ANTARCTICA_FEATURE_ID|FEATURE_NAME|FEATURE_CLASS|PRIMARY_LATITUDE_DMS|PRIMARY_LONGITUDE_DMS|PRIMARY_LATITUDE_DEC|PRIMARY_LONGITUDE_DEC|ELEV_IN_M|ELEV_IN_FT|DECISION_YEAR|DESCRIPTION|DATE_CREATED|DATE_EDITED
2|Aagaard Glacier|Glacier|664600S|0643100W|-66.7666667|-64.5166667|||12/31/1952|Glacier 8 mi long, which lies close E of Gould Glacier and flows in a southerly direction into Mill Inlet, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) during December 1947.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Bjarne Aagaard, Norwegian authority on Antarctic whaling and exploration.||03/30/2010
3|Aagaard Islands|Island|655100S|0534000E|-65.85|53.6666667|||01/01/1947|Group of small islands lying close W of Proclamation Island and Cape Batterbee.  Discovered in January 1930 by British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson and named for Bjarne Aagaard.||
5|Mount Aaron|Summit|743100S|0645300W|-74.5166667|-64.8833333|||01/01/1968|Mountain in the NW part of the Latady Mountains in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for W.T. Aaron, electrician with the South Pole Station winter party in 1963.||
7|Abbey Nunatak|Summit|853700S|1344300W|-85.6166667|-134.7166667|||01/01/1967|A nunatak 2 mi SE of Penrod Nunatak, lying at the W side of Reedy Glacier just N of the mouth of Kansas Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gordon Abbey, radioman with the Byrd Station winter party, 1957.||
8|Abbot Ice Shelf|Glacier|724500S|0960000W|-72.75|-96|||01/01/1968|An ice shelf 250 mi long and 40 mi wide, bordering Eights Coast from Cape Waite to Phrogner Point.  Thurston Island lies along the N edge of the W half of this ice shelf; other sizable islands (Sherman, Carpenter, Dustin, Johnson, McNamara, Farwell and Dendtler) lie partly or wholly within it.  The ice shelf was sighted by members of U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in flights from the ship Bear, in February 1940, and its W portion was delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  The full extent was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy (USN) air photos of 1966.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for R. Admiral J. Lloyd Abbot, Jr., Commanding Officer, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, February 1967 to June 1969.||
9|Abbotsmith Glacier|Glacier|530600S|0732400E|-53.1|73.4|||01/01/1957|A well-defined glacier, 3 mi long, descending from the ice-covered W slopes of Big Ben to the W side of Heard Island between Walsh and Henderson Bluffs. Surveyed in 1948 by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) who named it for John Abbotsmith, engineer with the party.||
10|Mount Abbott|Summit|744200S|1635000E|-74.7|163.8333333|1020|3346|01/01/1949|A mountain 1,020 m, which stands 3 mi NE of Cape Canwe and is the highest point in the Northern Foothills, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by the Northern Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, and named for Petty Officer George P. Abbott, Royal Navy (RN), a member of the expedition.||
11|Abbott Island|Island|640600S|0620800W|-64.1|-62.1333333|||01/01/1960|Island lying 1 mi W of Davis Island in the S part of Bouquet Bay, off the NE side of Brabant Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  Roughly charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos in 1959.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Maude Abbott (1869-1940), American authority on congenital heart disease.  Her classification of this subject is the basis of modern investigation and treatment.||
12|Abbott Peak|Summit|772724S|1665432E|-77.4566667|166.9088889|||01/01/1964|Pyramidal peak on Ross Island, on the N side of Mount Erebus, between it and Mount Bird.  Charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, 1910-13, and named for Petty Officer George P. Abbott, Royal Navy (RN), a member of the expedition.||09/18/2014
14|Mount Abbs|Summit|703500S|0663800E|-70.5833333|66.6333333|2135|7005|01/01/1962|The most prominent peak (2,135 m) in the central part of Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains, situated just W of Thomson Massif.  Discovered by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) southern party led by W.G. Bewsher in December 1956.  Named by ANCA for Gordon Abbs, radio operator at Mawson Station in 1956.||
16|Abele Nunatak|Summit|761800S|1431500W|-76.3|-143.25|||01/01/1966|A nunatak lying 2 mi E of Hutcheson Nunataks at the head of Balchen Glacier, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped from surveys by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for C.A. Abele, Jr., a member of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1933-35).||
17|Abele Spur|Ridge|831300S|0510500W|-83.2166667|-51.0833333||||A rock spur that descends W from Mount Lechner toward Herring Nunataks in the Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) at the suggestion of Arthur B. Ford for Gunars Abele, civil engineer on the 1973-74 U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) - Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory (CRREL) survey in this area.||
18|Abel Nunatak|Summit|633300S|0574100W|-63.55|-57.6833333|||01/01/1964|The easternmost of two isolated nunataks on the S side of Broad Valley, Trinity Peninsula.  The name arose at the time of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) geological survey in 1960-61 and is in association with nearby Cain Nunatak.||
19|Abendroth Peak|Summit|710500S|0620000W|-71.0833333|-62|||01/01/1976|A peak 4 mi NE of Stockton Peak on the divide between the Murrish and Gain Glaciers in Palmer Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ernst K. Abendroth, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at Palmer Station in 1968.||
20|Abernethy Flats|Flat|635200S|0575400W|-63.8666667|-57.9||||A gravel plain cut by braided streams at the head of Brandy Bay, James Ross Island.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1983 after Thomas Abernethy, gunner on His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Erebus (Captain James C. Ross) during exploration of these waters in 1842-43.||
23|Ablation Lake|Lake|704900S|0682600W|-70.8166667|-68.4333333||||A pro-glacial tidal lake in Ablation Valley, Alexander Island, with stratified saline and fresh water and depths exceeding 117 meters.  The feature is dammed in the upper portion by ice that pushes into the lake from the adjacent George VI Ice Shelf.  Named after the valley following British Antarctic Survey (BAS) limnological research from 1973.||
24|Ablation Point|Summit|704800S|0682200W|-70.8|-68.3666667|||01/01/1956|The E extremity of a hook-shaped rock ridge marking the N side of the entrance to Ablation Valley on the E coast of Alexander Island.  First photographed from the air on Nov. 23, 1935, by Lincoln Ellsworth and mapped from these photos by W.L.G. Joerg.  Roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) and resurveyed in 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for nearby Ablation Valley.||
25|Ablation Valley|Valley|704800S|0683000W|-70.8|-68.5|||01/01/1955|Mainly ice-free valley on the E coast of Alexander Island, 2 mi long, which is entered immediately S of Ablation Point and opens on George VI Sound.  First photographed from the air on Nov. 23, 1935, by Lincoln Ellsworth and mapped from these photos by W.L.G. Joerg.  First visited and surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), and so named by them because of the relatively small amounts of snow and ice found there.||
27|Abolin Rock|Summit|715000S|0111600E|-71.8333333|11.2666667|||01/01/1970|Large rock outcrop lying 1 mi W of the N end of Vindegga Spur in the Liebknecht Range, Humboldt Mountains, in Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Soviet botanist R.I. Abolin.||
28|Point Abrahamsen|Summit|540300S|0370800W|-54.05|-37.1333333|||01/01/1953|Point which separates Lighthouse Bay and Prince Olav Harbor, the two western arms of Cook Bay, on the N coast of South Georgia.  Charted by DI personnel in 1929 and probably named for Captain Abrahamsen, manager of the whaling station at Prince Olav Harbor at that time.||03/12/2021
29|Mount Abrams|Summit|752200S|0722700W|-75.3666667|-72.45|||01/01/1966|A mountain 2.5 mi E of Mount Brice, in the Behrendt Mountains, Ellsworth Land.  Discovered and photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) 1947-48, under Finn Ronne.  Named by Ronne for Talbert Abrams, a noted photogrammetric engineer and instrument manufacturer, who was a supporter of Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE).||
32|Abrupt Island|Island|670000S|0574600E|-67|57.7666667|||01/01/1965|Island 0.5 mi across, lying 1.5 mi E of Lang Island, close E of the Oygarden Group and Edward VIII Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and called Brattoy (abrupt island). The Norwegian name was translated by ANCA following a 1954 Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) survey of the area.||03/05/1997
33|Abrupt Point|Summit|665400S|0564200E|-66.9|56.7|||01/01/1965|Rocky point 3 mi SW of Patricia Islands, on the W side of Edward VIII Bay. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Brattodden (the abrupt point).  The Norwegian name was translated by ANCA following a 1954 Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) survey of the area.||03/05/1997
34|Mount Absalom|Summit|802400S|0252400W|-80.4|-25.4|1640|5381|01/01/1962|Southernmost and highest (1,640 m) mountain of the Herbert Mountains, in the central part of the Shackleton Range.  First mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and named for Henry W.L. Absalom, member of the Scientific Committee on the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1955-58.||
35|Abus Valley|Valley|795300S|1550500E|-79.8833333|155.0833333||||An ice-free valley 3 mi SE of Turnstile Ridge at the N end of Britannia Range.  Named in association with Britannia by a University of Waikato (New Zealand) geological party, 1978-79, led by M.J. Selby.  Abus is a historical placename formerly used in Roman Britain.||03/20/1997
36|Academy Glacier|Glacier|841500S|0610000W|-84.25|-61|||01/01/1968|A major glacier in the Pensacola Mountains, draining northwestward between the Patuxent and Neptune Ranges to enter Foundation Ice Stream.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the National Academy of Sciences which has played an important role in the planning of the U.S. program for Antarctica.||
38|Acarospora Peak|Summit|862100S|1482800W|-86.35|-148.4666667|||01/01/1971|A peak 1 mi NE of, and only slightly below the elevation of Mount Czegka, located at the SW end of Watson Escarpment.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) on suggestion of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) Scott Glacier Party, 1969-70, because the lichen Acarospora emergens Dodge was found on the peak.||
39|Access Point|Summit|645000S|0634700W|-64.8333333|-63.7833333|||01/01/1963|Rocky point immediately SE of Biscoe Point and 2 mi NW of Cape Lancaster on the S side of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05.  Surveyed in 1955 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and so named because there is a landing place for boats on the NW tip of the point which provides access to the inland parts of the island.||
40|Achaean Range|Range|643000S|0633800W|-64.5|-63.6333333|1370|4495|01/01/1963|Range of mountains rising to 1,370 m in the central part of Anvers Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  It is bounded on the E by Iliad Glacier and Trojan Range and on the W by Marr Ice Piedmont, and extends NW from Mount Agamemnon for 6 mi, curving NE for a further 12 mi to Mount Nestor.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955 and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for the Achaeans, one of the opposing forces of the Trojan War in Homer's Iliad.||
41|Mount Achala|Summit|625500S|0604200W|-62.9166667|-60.7|680|2231|01/01/1965|Peak rising to 680 m at the N end of Telefon Ridge, Deception Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the Argentine Antarctic Expedition in 1956 after a mountain in Argentina.||
42|Mount Achernar|Summit|841200S|1605600E|-84.2|160.9333333|||01/01/1965|A peak forming the NE end of MacAlpine Hills, on the S side of Law Glacier. Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) after the star Achernar used in fixing the survey baseline.||
43|Achernar Island|Island|665800S|0571200E|-66.9666667|57.2|||01/01/1965|Island 1.5 mi long, lying 1 mi W of Shaula Island in the Oygarden Group. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Utoy (the outer island).  The group was first visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party in 1954; the island was renamed by ANCA after the star Achernar, which was used for an astrofix in the vicinity.||03/05/1997
44|Mount Achilles|Summit|642900S|0633500W|-64.4833333|-63.5833333|1280|4199|01/01/1963|Snow-covered, steep-sided mountain, 1,280 m, which rises 4 mi SW of Mount Nestor in the Achaean Range of central Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago. Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955 and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Achilles, the central figure in Homer's Iliad.||
45|Mount Achilles|Summit|715300S|1680800E|-71.8833333|168.1333333|2880|9449|01/01/1967|A prominent pyramidal mountain (2,880 m) rising from the divide between Fitch Glacier and Man-o-War Glacier in the Admiralty Mountains.  Named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, after the former New Zealand cruiser HMNZS Achilles.||
46|Achilles Heel|Summit|643000S|0633800W|-64.5|-63.6333333|915|3002|01/01/1963|Snow-covered hill, 915 m, in the center of the col between Mount Helen and Mount Achilles in the Achaean Range of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago. Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955 and so named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because of its position in relation to Mount Achilles.||
47|Mount Aciar|Summit|642400S|0623300W|-64.4|-62.55|1300|4265|01/01/1965|A mountain rising to 1,300 m between the heads of Rush Glacier and Jenner Glacier in the Solvay Mountains, Brabant Island, Palmer Archipelago.  The name "Monte Primer Teniente Aciar" appears on a 1957 Argentine hydrographic chart.||03/05/1997
48|Ackerman Nunatak|Summit|824100S|0474500W|-82.6833333|-47.75|655|2149|01/01/1968|An isolated nunatak, 655 m, standing 6.5 mi SSE of Butler Rocks in northern Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Thomas A. Ackerman, aerographer, Ellsworth Station winter party, 1957.||
49|Ackerman Ridge|Ridge|863400S|1473000W|-86.5666667|-147.5|||01/01/1967|A prominent rock ridge forming the NW extremity of the La Gorce Mountains of the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered and roughly mapped in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Ronnie J. Ackerman, navigator of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 during Operation Deep Freeze 1965 and 1966.||
50|Ackroyd Point|Summit|704600S|1664700E|-70.7666667|166.7833333|||01/01/1969|A point situated just E of O'Hara Glacier along the S side of the inner portion of Yule Bay, on the N coast of Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Frederick W. Ackroyd, MC, U.S. Navy (USN), Medical Officer with the winter party at the Naval Air Facility at McMurdo Sound, 1958.||
51|Acorn Rock|Island|540000S|0381400W|-54|-38.2333333|20|66||A rock rising 20 m above sea level, 0.35 mi NW of Main Island in the Willis Islands, South Georgia.  The descriptive name was applied during the survey from His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Owen in 1960-61.||
53|Acrid Point|Summit|561700S|0273600W|-56.2833333|-27.6|||01/01/1972|A low-lying point between Stench Point and Pacific Point on the NW side of Zavodovski Island, South Sandwich Islands.  The name, applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971, refers to the acrid volcanic fumes emitted on the W side of the island.||
55|Active Reef|Bar|632300S|0555200W|-63.3833333|-55.8666667|||01/01/1963|Isolated reef lying in the Firth of Tay, just off the N coast of Dundee Island.  Discovered and named by Thomas Robertson, master of the Active, one of the ships of the Dundee whaling expedition of 1892-93.  The Active ran onto this reef during a gale on Jan. 10, 1893 and lay there for 6 hours before she could be gotten off.||
56|Active Sound|Bay|632500S|0561000W|-63.4166667|-56.1666667|||01/01/1956|Sound, averaging 2 mi wide, extending in an ENE direction from Antarctic Sound and joining the Firth of Tay with which it separates Joinville and Dundee Islands.  Discovered in 1892-93 by Captain Thomas Robertson of the Dundee whaling expedition.  Robertson named the feature after his ship, the Active, first vessel to navigate the sound.||
57|Mount Acton|Summit|705800S|0634200W|-70.9666667|-63.7|||01/01/1976|The high, dominant peak of the west ridge of the Welch Mountains in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander William Acton, U.S. Navy (USN), Operations Officer on the staff of the Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, 1967-68, and Executive Officer, 1968-69.||
59|Acuña Island|Island|604600S|0443700W|-60.7666667|-44.6166667|||01/01/1951|Small island which lies 0.2 mi S of Point Rae, off the S coast of Laurie Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted in 1903 by the ScotNAE under Bruce, who named it after Hugo A. Acuna, pioneer Argentine meteorologist at the South Orkney station during 1904.||10/29/1996
60|Acuña Rocks|Island|631800S|0575600W|-63.3|-57.9333333|||01/01/1964|Two rocks lying 0.4 mi W of Largo Island in the Duroch Islands, off Cape Legoupil, Trinity Peninsula.  Named by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition, 1947-48, after Sub-Teniente Acuna, a member of the expedition.||03/05/1997
61|Mount Adam|Summit|714700S|1683700E|-71.7833333|168.6166667|4010|13156|01/01/1951|Mountain (4,010 m) situated 2.5 mi WNW of Mount Minto in the Admiralty Mountains.  Discovered in Jan. 1841 by Captain James Clark Ross, Royal Navy (RN), who named this feature for V. Admiral Sir Charles Adam, a senior naval lord of the Admiralty.||
62|Cape Adams|Cape|750400S|0622000W|-75.0666667|-62.3333333|||01/01/1949|Abrupt rock scarp marking the S tip of Bowman Peninsula and forming the N side of the entrance to Gardner Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, under Ronne, and named by him for Lieutenant Charles J. Adams of the then U.S. Army Air Force (USAAF), pilot with the expedition.||
64|Adams Bluff|Cliff|820900S|1595500E|-82.15|159.9166667|||01/01/1966|A bluff standing 5 mi N of Peters Peak in the Holyoake Range of the Churchill Mountains.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Paul L. Adams, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at Byrd Station, 1961-62, 1962-63, and at McMurdo Station, 1963-64, 1964-65.||10/18/2000
65|Adams Fjord|Bay|665000S|0503000E|-66.8333333|50.5|||01/01/1973|A fjord about 13 mi long in the NE part of Amundsen Bay, just S of Mount Riiser-Larsen.  Photographed and mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft during 1956.  An Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by Phillip Law entered the fjord by motor launch from the Thala Dan on Feb. 14, 1958 and made a landing at the foot of Mount Riiser-Larsen. Named by ANCA for Ian L. Adams, Officer-in-Charge at Mawson Station in 1958.||
66|Adams Glacier|Glacier|665000S|1094000E|-66.8333333|109.6666667|||01/01/1960|A broad channel glacier, over 20 mi long, debouching into the head of Vincennes Bay, just E of Hatch Islands.  First mapped (1955) by G.D. Blodgett from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1947).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John Quincy Adams, sixth President of the United States. Adams was instrumental while later serving as U.S. representative from Massachusetts in gaining congressional authorization of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Lieutenant Charles Wilkes, and perpetuating the compilation and publication of the large number of scientific reports based on the work of this expedition.||
67|Adams Glacier|Glacier|780700S|1633800E|-78.1166667|163.6333333|||01/01/1955|A small glacier immediately S of Miers Glacier in Victoria Land.  The heads of these two glaciers are separated by a low ridge, and the E end of this ridge is almost completely surrounded by the snouts of the two glaciers, which nearly meet in the bottom of the valley, about 1 mi above Lake Miers, into which they drain. Named by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) after Lieutenant (later Sir) Jameson B. Adams, second in command of the shore party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09), who was one of the men to accompany Shackleton to within 97 mi of the South Pole.||
68|Adams Island|Island|663300S|0923500E|-66.55|92.5833333|||01/01/1955|Small rocky coastal island embedded in thick bay ice most of the year, lying at the W side of McDonald Bay, about 11 mi W of Mabus Point.  Discovered by the Western Base Party of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE), 1911-14, under Mawson, and named by him for the boatswain of the expedition ship Aurora.||
69|Adams Mountains|Summit|843000S|1662000E|-84.5|166.3333333|||01/01/1952|A small but well defined group of mountains in Queen Alexandra Range, bounded by the Beardmore, Berwick, Moody and Bingley Glaciers.  Discovered by British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named Adams Mountains for Lieutenant Jameson B. Adams, second in command of the expedition.  The British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) restricted the name to "Mount Adams" for a high peak in the group, but the original name and application are considered more apt and have been approved.||
70|Adams Nunatak|Summit|714400S|0683400W|-71.7333333|-68.5666667|||01/01/1975|A nunatak on the S side of Neptune Glacier, 6 mi W of Cannonball Cliffs, in eastern Alexander Island.  Mapped by Directorate of Overseas Surveys from satellite imagery supplied by U.S. National Aeronautics and Space Administration in cooperation with U.S. Geological Survey.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with Neptune Glacier after John C. Adams (1819-92), the Cambridge mathematician who deduced the existence of the planet Neptune.||03/05/1997
71|Mount Adamson|Summit|735500S|1630000E|-73.9166667|163|3400|11155|01/01/1966|A peak (3,400 m) rising 6.5 mi ENE of Mount Hewson in the Deep Freeze Range, Victoria Land.  Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1965-66, for R. Adamson, geologist with this party.||
72|Adams Peak|Summit|813800S|1600400E|-81.6333333|160.0666667|1540|5052|01/01/1965|Peak, 1,540 m, on the E side of Starshot Glacier, rising 2 mi S of Heale Peak in Surveyors Range.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) for C.W. Adams, one of the early New Zealand surveyors, who in 1883 established the Mount Cook (Wellington) latitude which became the fundamental position for all New Zealand surveys up to 1949.||
73|Adams Ridge|Ridge|710000S|1622300E|-71|162.3833333|800|2625||A sharp-crested rock ridge, 4 mi long and rising to 800 m, forming a part of the W margin of Bowers Mountains just S of where Sheehan Glacier enters Rennick Glacier.  Named by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1983 after Chris Adams, New Zealand geologist who worked in northern Victoria Land, 1981-82.||
74|Adams Rocks|Summit|761400S|1453900W|-76.2333333|-145.65|||01/01/1970|Two large rock outcrops that overlook the inner part of Block Bay from northward, located 7 mi W of Mount June, Phillips Mountains, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James G. Adams, builder, U.S. Navy (USN), of the Byrd Station party, 1967.||04/11/2001
75|Cape Adare|Cape|711700S|1701400E|-71.2833333|170.2333333|||01/01/1947|A prominent cape of black basalt which is in visual contrast to the rest of the snow-covered coast, forming the N tip of Adare Peninsula.  The cape marks the NE extremity of Victoria Land and the W side of the entrance to the Ross Sea. Discovered in Jan. 1841 by Captain James Ross, Royal Navy (RN), who named it for his friend Viscount Adare, M.P. for Glamorganshire.||
76|Adare Peninsula|Cape|714000S|1703000E|-71.6666667|170.5|||01/01/1962|A high ice-covered peninsula, 40 mi long, in the NE part of Victoria Land, extending S from Cape Adare to Cape Roget.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) for Cape Adare.||
77|Adare Saddle|Gap|714400S|1701200E|-71.7333333|170.2|900|2953|01/01/1962|A saddle at about 900 m, situated at the junction of Adare Peninsula and the Admiralty Mountains, and at the junction of Newnes Glacier and Moubray Glacier which fall steeply from it.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, in association with Adare Peninsula and Cape Adare.||
79|Adelaide Anchorage|Harbor|674700S|0685700W|-67.7833333|-68.95|||01/01/1964|An area of safe anchorage lying W of Avian Island, off the S end of Adelaide Island.  It is the anchorage normally used by ships visiting Adelaide station. Charted by members of the Royal Research Ship (RRS) John Biscoe and the Royal Navy (RN) Hydrographic Survey Unit in January-March 1962.||
80|Adelaide Island|Island|671500S|0683000W|-67.25|-68.5|||01/01/1947|Large, mainly ice-covered island, 75 mi long and 20 mi wide, lying at the N side of Marguerite Bay off the W coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered in 1832 by a British expedition under Biscoe, and named by him for Queen Adelaide of England.  First surveyed by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot.||
82|Adélie Coast|Beach|670000S|1390000E|-67|139|||01/01/1947|That portion of the coast of Wilkes Land lying between Pourquoi Pas Point, in 13611E, and Point Alden, in 14202E.  Discovered in January 1840 by Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville and named by him for his wife.||
84|Mount Ader|Summit|641000S|0602900W|-64.1666667|-60.4833333|||01/01/1964|Mountain along the N side of Breguet Glacier and just SE of Mount Cornu, in northern Graham Land.  Shown on an Argentine government chart in 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Clement Ader (1841-1925), French pioneer aeronaut, probably the first man to leave the ground in a heavier-than-air machine solely as the result of an engine contained in it, on Oct. 9, 1890.||
85|Adie Inlet|Stream|662500S|0622000W|-66.4166667|-62.3333333|||01/01/1952|Ice-filled inlet, 25 mi long in a NW-SE direction, lying E of Churchill Peninsula along the E coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) during 1947.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for R.J. Adie, South African geologist with Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1947-49.||
87|Adit Nunatak|Summit|655400S|0624800W|-65.9|-62.8|||01/01/1963|A nunatak 3 mi WNW of Mount Alibi on the N side of Leppard Glacier, in Graham Land.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955.  Named adit (an entrance) by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), because at the time (1957), it marked the approach to an unsurveyed inland area between Leppard and Flask Glaciers.||
89|Mount Adkins|Summit|730300S|0620200W|-73.05|-62.0333333|||01/01/1968|Mountain surmounting the N flank of Mosby Glacier just W of the mouth of Fenton Glacier in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Thomas Adkins, cook with the Palmer Station winter party in 1965.||
90|Admiralen Peak|Summit|620600S|0583000W|-62.1|-58.5|305|1001|01/01/1960|Peak, 305 m, lying 0.7 mi SSW of Crepin Point at the W side of Admiralty Bay on King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  In 1908-10 the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot applied the name "Le Poing" to a feature in this area.  It is not clear, however, which of four summits the name refers to and the name has been rejected.  This peak was named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for the Admiralen, the first modern floating factory ship, which first operated in Admiralty Bay in January 1906.||
92|Admiralty Bay|Bay|621000S|0582500W|-62.1666667|-58.4166667|||01/01/1947|Irregular bay, 5 mi wide at its entrance between Demay Point and Martins Head, indenting the S coast of King George Island for 10 mi in the South Shetland Islands.  The name appears on a map of 1822 by Captain George Powell, a British sealer, and is now established in international usage.||
94|Admiralty Mountains|Summit|714500S|1683000E|-71.75|168.5|||01/01/1947|A large group of high mountains and individually named ranges and ridges in NE Victoria Land which are bounded by the sea, and by the Dennistoun, Ebbe, and Tucker Glaciers.  Discovered in Jan. 1841 by Captain James Ross, Royal Navy (RN), and named by him for the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty under whose orders he served.||
95|Admiralty Peak|Summit|541300S|0365000W|-54.2166667|-36.8333333|945|3100|01/01/1965|Peak, 945 m, lying E of Wilckens Peaks in the central part of South Georgia. Charted by DI in 1926-30 and named after the Board of Admiralty.||
97|Admiralty Sound|Bay|642000S|0571000W|-64.3333333|-57.1666667|||01/01/1947|A sound which extends in a NE-SW direction and separates Seymour and Snow Hill Islands from James Ross Island, off the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  The broad NE part of the sound was named Admiralty Inlet by the British expedition under Ross, who discovered it on Jan. 6, 1843.  The feature was determined to be a sound rather than a bay in 1902 by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold.||
99|Adolph Islands|Island|661900S|0671100W|-66.3166667|-67.1833333|||01/01/1965|A group of small islands and rocks off NW Watkins Island, in the Biscoe Islands.  Mapped from air photos by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Edward F. Adolph, an American physiologist who has specialized in the reactions of the human body to cold; Professor of Physiology, University of Rochester, NY, 1948-60.||
101|Cape Adriasola|Cape|673900S|0691100W|-67.65|-69.1833333|||01/01/1951|Distinctive ice-cliffed cape at the SW end of Adelaide Island, 10 mi NW of Avian Island.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, and named by Charcot for an acquaintance in Punta Arenas.||
105|Adventure Point|Summit|540600S|0370900W|-54.1|-37.15|||01/01/1965|Point lying N of Brighton Beach on the W side of Possession Bay, South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1931 British Admiralty chart.||
106|Adventure Subglacial Trench|Valley|740000S|1320000E|-74|132||||A subglacial trench of interior Wilkes Land, running N-S and joined by Vincennes Subglacial Basin to Aurora Subglacial Basin to the west.  The feature was delineated by the SPRI-NSF-TUD airborne radio echo sounding program, 1967-79, and named after His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Adventure (Commander Tobias Furneaux, Royal Navy (RN)), one of the two ships of the British expedition, 1772-75 (Captain James Cook, Royal Navy (RN)).||
107|Mount Aeolus|Summit|772914S|1611542E|-77.487182|161.261679|2000|6562|01/01/1964|Prominent peak, over 2,000 m, between Mounts Boreas and Hercules in the Olympus Range of Victoria Land.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1958-59) for the Greek god of the winds.||
108|Aeolus Ridge|Ridge|711800S|0683400W|-71.3|-68.5666667|1300|4265||A ridge trending NE-SW and rising to c. 1,300 m at the southern end of Planet Heights in eastern Alexander Island.  Named in 1987 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Aeolus, the Greek god of wind, in reference to prevailing weather encountered here by British Antarctic Survey (BAS) parties.||
109|Aerodromnaya Hill|Summit|704700S|0113800E|-70.7833333|11.6333333|||01/01/1970|An isolated rock hill standing 1 mi S of the Schirmacher Hills in Queen Maud Land.  The hill was discovered and first roughly mapped from air photos by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  It was named Gora Aerodromnaya (airdrome hill) by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1961, because a landing strip was established in the vicinity in connection with nearby Novolazerevskaya Station.||
110|Aeronaut Glacier|Glacier|731600S|1633600E|-73.2666667|163.6|||01/01/1964|A glacier of low gradient, about 25 mi long, draining NE from Gair Mesa into the upper part of Aviator Glacier near Navigator Nunatak, in Victoria Land.  Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, to commemorate the air support provided by U.S. Navy Squadron VX-6, and in association with Aviator Glacier.||
113|Mount Afflick|Summit|704600S|0661100E|-70.7666667|66.1833333|||01/01/1967|A ridgelike mountain about 3 mi W of Mount Bunt in the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1960.  Named by ANCA for G.M. Afflick, weather observer at Mawson Station in 1965.||
114|Afuera Islands|Island|642000S|0613600W|-64.3333333|-61.6|||01/01/1965|Group of three small islands lying N of Challenger Island and just outside the S entrance point to Hughes Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot.  The name, which appears on an Argentine government chart of 1957, is probably descriptive of the islands' location; "Afuera" means outer or outside.||
115|Mount Agamemnon|Summit|643800S|0633100W|-64.6333333|-63.5166667|2575|8448|01/01/1963|Snow-covered mountain, 2,575 m, marking the S limit of the Achaean Range in the central part of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  It is part of the Mount Francais massif but has a separate summit 1.5 mi W of the main peak of Mount Francais.  It was surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1944, and again in 1955.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Agamemnon, Commander in Chief of the Achaean forces at Troy in Homer's Iliad.||
116|Cape Agassiz|Cape|682900S|0625600W|-68.4833333|-62.9333333|||01/01/1947|The E tip of Hollick-Kenyon Peninsula, a narrow ice-drowned spur extending E from the main mountain axis of Antarctic Peninsula between Mobiloil and Revelle Inlets.  The cape is the E end of a line from Cape Jeremy dividing Graham and Palmer Lands.  Discovered in December 1940 by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) who named it for W.L.G. Joerg, a geographer and polar specialist.  At his request it was named by the US-SCAN for Louis Agassiz, an internationally famous American naturalist and geologist of Swiss origin, who first propounded the theory of continental glaciation (Etudes sur les Glaciers, Neuchatel, 1840).||
117|Agate Peak|Summit|725600S|1634700E|-72.9333333|163.7833333|||01/01/1969|A peak at the SE end of Intention Nunataks, at the SW margin of Evans Neve.  So named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) because agate and other semi-precious stones were found here by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1966-67.||
122|Aguda Point|Summit|650200S|0634100W|-65.0333333|-63.6833333|||01/01/1965|Point forming the E side of the entrance to Hidden Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  The name appears on an Argentine government chart of 1957 and is probably descriptive; "aguda" is Spanish for sharp or sharp pointed.||
130|Aguirre Passage|Channel|644900S|0625100W|-64.8166667|-62.85||||A marine channel between Lemaire Island and Danco Coast, permitting northern access to Paradise Harbor.  The feature was navigated by the ship Belgica (Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99) and was known to Norwegian whalers in the area from 1913. Chilean Antarctic Expeditions operated a science station on Waterboat Point (q.v.) at Aguirre Passage from 1951-73.  Named by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition, 1950-51, after Don Pedro Aguirre Cerda (1879-1941), President of Chile, 1938-41.||
138|Agurto Rock|Island|631800S|0575400W|-63.3|-57.9|||01/01/1964|A rock lying just NW of Silvia Rock in the Duroch Islands, Trinity Peninsula. The name appears on a Chilean government chart of 1959.||
140|Mount Ahab|Summit|652600S|0621100W|-65.4333333|-62.1833333|925|3035|01/01/1963|A conspicuous mountain (925 m) that rises between the lower ends of Mapple and Melville Glaciers on the E coast of Graham Land.  The mountain was roughly surveyed in 1947 by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and was resurveyed in 1955.  The name was repositioned following a survey by British Antarctic Survey (BAS) in 1962.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Captain Ahab of the whaler Pequod, the central character in Herman Melville's Moby Dick.||
141|Ahern Glacier|Glacier|814700S|1591000E|-81.7833333|159.1666667|||01/01/1966|A small tributary glacier flowing E from the Churchill Mountains between Mount Lindley and Mount Hoskins to enter Starshot Glacier.  Named by the Holyoake, Cobham, and Queen Elizabeth Ranges Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1964-65) for B. Ahern, a member of the party.||
142|Ahlmann Glacier|Glacier|675200S|0654500W|-67.8666667|-65.75|||01/01/1952|Southernmost of two glaciers flowing E into Seligman Inlet, on the E coast of Graham Land.  The glacier was photographed from the air in 1940 by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS). Charted in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who named it for Prof. Hans Wilhelmsson Ahlmann, a Swedish glaciologist and geographer.||
143|Ahlmann Ridge|Ridge|715000S|0022500W|-71.8333333|-2.4166667||||A broad, mainly ice-covered ridge, about 70 mi long, surmounted by scattered, low peaks.  It rises between Schytt and Jutulstraumen Glaciers and extends from Borg Massif northward to Fimbul Ice Shelf in Queen Maud Land.  The area was first photographed from aircraft of the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39) and peaks in this vicinity were roughly plotted.  The Stein Nunataks and Witte Peaks, named by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), appear to coincide with the NE part of the Ahlmann Ridge.  The feature was mapped in detail from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59).  Named for Hans Wilhelmsson Ahlmann, chairman of the Swedish committee for the Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE).||
145|Ahlstad Hills|Range|715000S|0053000E|-71.8333333|5.5|||01/01/1967|A group of rock hills just E of Cumulus Mountain in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60), who gave it the name Ahlstadhottane.||
147|Ahmadjian Peak|Summit|834100S|1684200E|-83.6833333|168.7|2910|9547|01/01/1966|A prominent ice-covered peak, 2,910 m, standing 4.5 mi SW of Mount Fox in Queen Alexandra Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Vernon Ahmadjian, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1963-64.||
148|Ahrnsbrak Glacier|Glacier|794800S|0821800W|-79.8|-82.3|||01/01/1966|A glacier in the Enterprise Hills of the Heritage Range, flowing N between Sutton Peak and Shoemaker Peak to the confluent ice at the lower end of Union Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William F. Ahrnsbrak, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciologist at Palmer Station in 1965.||
150|Aiken Creek|Stream|773605S|1631700E|-77.601479|163.283247|||01/01/1992|A glacial meltwater stream in Taylor Valley, Victoria Land, which flows N from the unnamed glacier W of Wales Glacier to Many Glaciers Pond, then W to Lake Fryxell.  The feature is 4 mi long and receives some tributary flow from Wales Glacier.  The name was suggested by hydrologist Diane McKnight, leader of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) team which made extensive studies of the hydrology and geochemistry of streams and ponds in the Lake Fryxell basin, 1987-94.  Named after U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) hydrologist George R. Aiken, a member of the field team in three summer seasons, 1987-91, who assisted in establishing stream gaging stations on the streams flowing into Lake Fryxell in the 1990-91 season.||
151|Ailsa Craig|Cliff|604700S|0443700W|-60.7833333|-44.6166667|||01/01/1951|Precipitous island 1 mi S of Point Rae, off the S coast of Laurie Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted in 1903 by the ScotNAE under Bruce, who named it for the island in the Firth of Clyde in Scotland.||
153|Aim Rocks|Island|624200S|0611500W|-62.7|-61.25|||01/01/1965|Rocks lying E of Cape Timblon in the middle of Morton Strait, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name, given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961, is descriptive; these rocks in line are a guide for safe passage through the southern entrance of Morton Strait.||04/06/2001
154|Ainsworth Bay|Bay|674800S|1463700E|-67.8|146.6166667|||01/01/1949|An ice-filled recession of the coastline, 5 mi wide, between Capes Bage and Webb.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, and named by him for G.F. Ainsworth, a member of the expedition who served as leader and meteorologist with the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) party on Macquarie Island during 1911-13.||
155|Airdevronsix Icefalls|Glacier|773117S|1602401E|-77.521488|160.400203|||01/01/1960|A line of icefalls at the head of Wright Upper Glacier, in Victoria Land. Named by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) (1956-57) for U.S. Navy Air Development Squadron Six, which had been formed to provide air support for the Deep Freeze operations and which had also carried out many important Antarctic exploratory flights.||
156|Airdrop Peak|Summit|834500S|1724500E|-83.75|172.75|890|2920|01/01/1965|A twin-peaked mountain (890 m) at the N end of Commonwealth Range.  It is the first prominent feature in Ebony Ridge when approached from the northwest.  When New Zealand surveyors were making observations from the higher of the two peaks on Dec. 11, 1959, an R4D aircraft of U.S. Navy Squadron VX-6 flew overhead to drop a spare radio to the expedition whose original one had broken down.  So named because of this incident by the New Zealand Alpine Club Antarctic Expedition, 1959-60.||
157|Airy Glacier|Glacier|691300S|0662000W|-69.2166667|-66.3333333|||01/01/1962|A glacier 20 mi long and 6 mi wide, flowing W to the NE portion of Forster Ice Piedmont, near the W coast of the Antarctic Peninsula.  First roughly surveyed by British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1936-37; photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947; and surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1958.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Sir George Biddell Airy, British Astronomer Royal (1835-81), who in 1839 introduced a method of correcting magnetic compasses for deviation.||
158|Aitcho Islands|Island|622400S|0594700W|-62.4|-59.7833333|||01/01/1953|Group of small islands lying between Table Island and Dee Island in the N entrance to English Strait, South Shetland Islands.  Charted and named in 1935 by DI after the Admiralty Hydrographic Office.  Other features in this vicinity were named after members of the Hydrographic Office staff.||
159|Aitken Cove|Bay|604500S|0443200W|-60.75|-44.5333333|||01/01/1952|Cove which lies immediately NE of Cape Whitson, along the S coast of Laurie Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted in 1903 by the ScotNAE under Bruce, who named it for A.N.G. Aitken, solicitor to the expedition.||
160|Aitkenhead Glacier|Glacier|635700S|0584400W|-63.95|-58.7333333|||01/01/1964|Glacier about 10 mi long, flowing ESE from the Detroit Plateau, Graham Land, to Prince Gustav Channel close N of Alectoria Island.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Neil Aitkenhead, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) geologist at Hope Bay (1959-60).||
161|Aitken Nunatak|Summit|854200S|1734900E|-85.7|173.8166667|2785|9137|01/01/1966|A small rock nunatak, 2,785 m, standing 3 mi SW of Mount Bumstead in the Grosvenor Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William M. Aitken, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) aurora scientist at South Pole Station, 1962.||
162|Mount Ajax|Summit|714800S|1682700E|-71.8|168.45|3770|12369|01/01/1967|A mountain (3,770 m) rising 1 mi WSW of Mount Royalist in the Admiralty Mountains.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, after HMNZS Ajax.  The mountain is one of several in this area named for New Zealand ships.||
163|Ajax Icefall|Glacier|620400S|0582300W|-62.0666667|-58.3833333|||01/01/1960|Icefall between Stenhouse Bluff and Ullmann Spur at the head of Visca Anchorage, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot in 1908-10.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Ajax, which assisted in the search for a boat crew from the Discovery II, missing on King George Island in January 1937.||
165|Cape Akarui|Cape|682900S|0412300E|-68.4833333|41.3833333|||01/01/1964|A rocky cape 11 mi NE of Cape Omega on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Akarui-misaki (bright cape).||
166|Akebono Glacier|Glacier|680700S|0425300E|-68.1166667|42.8833333|||01/01/1964|Glacier flowing to the coast between Cape Hinode and Akebono Rock in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, who applied the name.||
167|Akebono Rock|Island|680400S|0425500E|-68.0666667|42.9166667|||01/01/1964|A substantial area of exposed rock just E of the mouth of Akebono Glacier on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, who also gave the name.||04/11/2001
168|Åkerlundh Nunatak|Summit|650400S|0601000W|-65.0666667|-60.1666667|||01/01/1952|Nunatak which lies 2 mi NW of Donald Nunatak between Bruce and Murdoch Nunataks in the Seal Nunataks group, off the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula. Charted in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who named it for Gustaf Akerlundh, a member of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04.||
169|Aker Peaks|Range|663700S|0551300E|-66.6166667|55.2166667|1800|5905|01/01/1947|A series of mainly snow-covered peaks, the highest 1,800 m, extending 9 mi in a NW-SE direction.  They rise 4 mi W of Nicholas Range and 30 mi WNW of Edward VIII Bay.  Discovered on Jan. 14, 1931 by a Norwegian whaling expedition under O. Borchgrevink, who named them after the farm of Director Svend Foyn Brunn of the Antarctic Whaling Co. at Tonsberg.||
171|Akkuratnaya Cove|Bay|704500S|0114800E|-70.75|11.8|||01/01/1970|A small cove 3 mi ESE of Nadezhdy Island, indenting the N side of the Schirmacher Hills, Queen Maud Land.  First photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1961 and named Bukhta Akkuratnaya (accurate cove).||
172|Alamein Range|Range|720500S|1633000E|-72.0833333|163.5|||01/01/1964|A range lying W of Canham Glacier, in the Freyberg Mountains.  Named in association with Lord Bernard Freyberg and the Second New Zealand Expeditionary Force by the Northern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64.||
173|Alamode Island|Island|684300S|0673200W|-68.7166667|-67.5333333|320|1050|01/01/1956|Largest and southeasternmost of the Terra Firma Islands, with steep rocky cliffs surmounted by a rock and snow cone rising to 320 m, lying in Marguerite Bay off the W coast of Graham Land.  First visited and surveyed by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill in 1936.  So named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), following a 1948 resurvey, for its resemblance to some form of confection served with ice cream on it.||
175|Alan Peak|Summit|723900S|0001100E|-72.65|.1833333|||01/01/1966|A peak at the W side of the mouth of Reece Valley, in the S part of the Sverdrup Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from air photos by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Remapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59).  Named for Alan Reece, geologist with the Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and earlier with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).||
179|Alasheyev Bight|Bay|673000S|0454000E|-67.5|45.6666667|||01/01/1965|A bight in the western part of the coast of Enderby Land.  Photographed from the air by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956.  Plotted in 1957 by the Soviet expedition and named for D.A. Alasheyev, Russian hydrographer.||
181|Alaska Canyon|Valley|860000S|1363300W|-86|-136.55|||01/01/1967|Deeply incised canyon in the N face of Michigan Plateau.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the University of Alaska, which sent researchers to Antarctica.||
182|Alatna Valley|Valley|765300S|1611000E|-76.8833333|161.1666667|||01/01/1963|An ice-free valley lying 4 mi N of Mount Gran and trending ENE for about 10 mi along the SE side of the Convoy Range.  Parker Calkin, U.S. geologist, made stratigraphic studies in the valley during the 1960-61 season.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1963 for the U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) Alatna which participated in Operation Deep Freeze 1958-59 and 1959-60, and in keeping with other ship names in the Convoy Range.||
183|Albanus Glacier|Glacier|855200S|1510000W|-85.8666667|-151|||01/01/1947|A glacier, 25 mi long, flowing W along the S side of Tapley Mountains to enter Scott Glacier just N of Mount Zanuck, in the Queen Maud Mountains. Discovered in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn, and named by Byrd for Albanus Phillips, Jr., manufacturer of Cambridge, MD, a patron of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) of 1928-30 and 1933-35.||
188|Albatross Crest|Ridge|543000S|0370200W|-54.5|-37.0333333||||A tussock-covered ridge in the eastern arm of Annenkov Island, South Georgia. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the Wandering Albatross (Diomedea exulans) which nests here.||
189|Albatross Island|Island|540100S|0372000W|-54.0166667|-37.3333333|||01/01/1953|Island 2 mi SE of Cape Buller, lying in the Bay of Isles, South Georgia. Charted in 1912-13 by Robert Cushman Murphy, American naturalist aboard the brig Daisy, who gave this name because he observed albatrosses there.||
191|Alberich Glacier|Glacier|773550S|1613734E|-77.597106|161.626205|||01/01/1976|A small glacier that drains west from Junction Knob toward the east flank of Sykes Glacier, in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  It is one in a group of features in the range named by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) mainly from Norse mythology.  In German legend, Alberich is the all-powerful king of the dwarfs and chief of the Nibelungen.||
195|Mount Albert Markham|Summit|812300S|1581400E|-81.3833333|158.2333333|3205|10515|01/01/1947|A striking flat-topped mountain, 3,205 m, standing midway between Mount Nares and Pyramid Mountain in the Churchill Mountains.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named for Admiral Sir Albert Markham, a member of the Ship Committee for the expedition.||01/05/2021
198|Mount Alberts|Summit|730200S|1675200E|-73.0333333|167.8666667|2320|7611|01/01/1966|A pointed, almost completely snow-covered mountain (2,320 m) situated 11 mi E of Mount Phillips on the E margin of Malta Plateau, Victoria Land.  The mountain stands immediately S of the terminus of Line Glacier and overlooks the W margin of Ross Sea.  Named by the New Zealand Geographic Board in 1966 after Fred G. Alberts, Geographer, U.S. Department of the Interior (later with the Defense Mapping Agency Topographic Center), who served as Secretary to the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names, U.S. Board on Geographic Names, 1949-80, and was compiler and editor of this Gazetteer.||
199|Alberts Glacier|Glacier|665200S|0645300W|-66.8666667|-64.8833333||||A heavily crevassed glacier c. 8 mi long, flowing E from Avery Plateau, Graham Land, and entering Mill Inlet between Balch Glacier and Southard Promontory. The glacier was photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy in 1968.  It was delineated from these photographs by DOS, 1980, and positioned from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1947-57.  In association with the names of Antarctic historians in the area, named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Fred G. Alberts, American toponymist; Secretary, Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN), 1949-80.||
200|Mount Albion|Summit|701700S|0653900E|-70.2833333|65.65|||01/01/1961|Mountain 2 mi SSE of Mount O'Shea in the S part of the Athos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Discovered by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) southern party led by W.G. Bewsher (1956-57) and named for Patrick Albion, radio operator at Mawson Station in 1956.||
201|Albone Glacier|Glacier|641300S|0594200W|-64.2166667|-59.7|||01/01/1964|A deeply entrenched narrow glacier on the E side of Wolseley Buttress flowing southward from Detroit Plateau, Graham Land.  Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from surveys (1960-61).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Dan Albone, English designer of the Ivel tractor, the first successful tractor with an internal combustion engine.||
203|Al'bov Rocks|Island|662800S|1264500E|-66.4666667|126.75|||01/01/1962|A cluster of rock outcrops close S of Cape Spieden on the W side of Porpoise Bay.  Charted by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) (1958) and named for Nikolay M. Al'bov (1806-99), Russian botanical geographer, explorer of Tierra del Fuego.||04/11/2001
204|Albrecht Penck Glacier|Glacier|764000S|1622000E|-76.6666667|162.3333333|||01/01/1949|A glacier between the Fry Glacier and Evans Piedmont Glacier, draining NE toward Tripp Bay on the coast of Victoria Land.  First charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) which named this feature for Albrecht Penck, Director of the Institute of Oceanography and of the Geographical Institute in Berlin.||
205|Mount Albright|Summit|824900S|1550600E|-82.8166667|155.1|||01/01/1966|Mountain surmounting the S end of the Endurance Cliffs in the Geologists Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John C. Albright, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist on the South Pole-Queen Maud Land Traverse, 1964-65.||
206|Alcock Island|Island|641400S|0610800W|-64.2333333|-61.1333333|||01/01/1965|Island lying W of Charles Point in Hughes Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  The name Penguin Island was used for the feature by whalers operating in the area in 1922.  Since this name has not been used on published maps and is a duplication of an earlier name, it has been rejected and a new name substituted. Alcock Island is for Sir John W. Alcock (1892-1919), who, with Sir A. Whitten-Brown, made the first nonstop trans-Atlantic flight on June 14-15, 1919.||
207|Alcyone Cone|Summit|724200S|1653300E|-72.7|165.55||||An extinct volcanic cone near the center of The Pleiades, at the W side of the head of Mariner Glacier in Victoria Land.  Named by a Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) field party to Evans Neve, 1971-72, after Alcyone, the brightest star in the Pleiades constellation.||
208|Mount Aldaz|Summit|760300S|1242500W|-76.05|-124.4166667|2520|8268|01/01/1962|A projecting-type mountain (2,520 m) that barely protrudes from the ice-covered Usas Escarpment, 22 mi ESE of Mount Galla, in Marie Byrd Land.  The mountain is mostly ice covered, but has notable rock outcropping along its northern spur.  Surveyed by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) on the Executive Committee Range Traverse of 1959.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Luis Aldaz, Meteorologist and Scientific Leader at Byrd Station, 1960.||
210|Aldea Island|Island|691300S|0683000W|-69.2166667|-68.5||||The central of the three Bugge Islands (q.v.), off Wordie Ice Shelf, Fallieres Coast, Antarctic Peninsula.  The island was named "Isla Aldea" by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition, 1947, probably after Sargento Juan de Dios Aldea, of the Chilean Navy, one of the heroes of the naval battle of Iquique, May 21, 1879.||
211|Aldebaran Rock|Summit|705000S|0664100W|-70.8333333|-66.6833333|||01/01/1976|A particularly conspicuous nunatak of bright red rock, located near the head of Bertram Glacier and 5 mi NE of Pegasus Mountains in western Palmer Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Aldebaran, the brightest star in the constellation of Taurus.||
212|Point Alden|Summit|664800S|1420200E|-66.8|142.0333333|||01/01/1947|An ice-covered point with rock exposures along the seaward side.  The point marks the W side of the entrance to Commonwealth Bay and the division between Adelie Coast and George V Coast.  Discovered on Jan. 30, 1840 by the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) under Lieutenant Charles Wilkes, and named by him for Lieutenant James Alden of the expedition's flagship Vincennes.||
213|Alderdice Peak|Summit|681200S|0493500E|-68.2|49.5833333|||01/01/1965|A peak 6 mi SE of Mount Underwood in the eastern part of the Nye Mountains. Plotted from air photos taken by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1959.  Named by ANCA for W. Alderdice, weather observer at Wilkes Station, 1959.||
215|Mount Aldrich|Summit|800700S|1581300E|-80.1166667|158.2166667|||01/01/1949|A massive, somewhat flat-topped mountain standing at the E side of Ragotzkie Glacier in Britannia Range.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named for Admiral Pelham Aldrich, who gave assistance to Scott in preparing the expedition.||
216|Aldridge Peak|Summit|722700S|1672400E|-72.45|167.4|2290|7513|01/01/1970|A peak (2,290 m) on the ridge between Hearfield and Trafalgar Glaciers in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James A. Aldridge, aviation machinist's mate with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 at McMurdo Station, 1967.||
218|Alectoria Island|Island|635900S|0583700W|-63.9833333|-58.6166667|||01/01/1963|A low, nearly ice-free island less than 1 mi long.  It lies in Prince Gustav Channel, about 0.5 mi off the terminus of Aitkenhead Glacier, Trinity Peninsula. Surveyed in 1945 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who named it after the lichen Alectoria which was predominant on the island at the time.||
222|Mount Alekseyev|Summit|672800S|0504000E|-67.4666667|50.6666667|||01/01/1971|A mountain standing 6 mi NE of McNaughton Ridges in the Scott Mountains of Enderby Land.  Named by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1961-62, for A.D. Alekseyev, Soviet polar pilot.||
223|Alencar Peak|Summit|652400S|0635300W|-65.4|-63.8833333|1555|5102|01/01/1950|Peak, 1,555 m, at the head of Lind Glacier, standing 6 mi E of Cape Perez on the W side of Graham Land.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot and named by him for Admiral Alexandrino de Alencar, then Minister of Marine of Brazil.||
225|Alert Channel|Channel|541000S|0364200W|-54.1666667|-36.7|||01/01/1965|A small channel between Whaler Channel and Bar Rocks, and leading to the head of Husvik Harbor in Stromness Bay, South Georgia.  Charted by DI personnel in 1928 and named after Alert, the motorboat used by the DI survey party.||
226|Alert Cove|Bay|541100S|0364200W|-54.1833333|-36.7|||01/01/1965|Small cove lying S of Kanin Point in Husvik Harbor, Stromness Bay, on the N coast of South Georgia.  Chated by DI personnel in 1928 and is named after Alert, the motorboat used by the DI survey party.||
227|Alert Point|Summit|540500S|0370900W|-54.0833333|-37.15|||01/01/1965|Point lying at the N side of the mouth of Purvis Glacier, Possession Bay, on the N coast of South Georgia.  Charted by DI in 1928-29 and named after the DI survey motorboat Alert.||
228|Alert Rock|Bar|541500S|0362200W|-54.25|-36.3666667|||01/01/1953|Submerged rock marked by breakers, lying 1.5 mi ESE of Barff Point, which marks the E side of the entrance to Cumberland Bay, South Georgia.  Charted in 1929 by DI personnel, who named it after the Alert, a small motor launch used during the survey.||
229|Cape Alexander|Cape|664400S|0623700W|-66.7333333|-62.6166667|||01/01/1952|Cape which forms the S end of Churchill Peninsula and the E side of the entrance to Cabinet Inlet, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in December 1947.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Rt. Hon. Albert V. Alexander, M.P., First Lord of the Admiralty.||
231|Mount Alexander|Summit|631800S|0554800W|-63.3|-55.8|595|1952|01/01/1963|Mountain with several summits, the highest 595 m, forming the rocky peninsula separating Gibson and Haddon Bays, on the S side of Joinville Island.  The cliff marking the extremity of the peninsula was discovered and named Cape Alexander on Jan. 8, 1893 by Thomas Robertson, master of the ship Active, one of the Dundee whalers.  The name was amended to Mount Alexander by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1956 following a survey by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1953-54, the mountain summits of the peninsula being considered more suitable to name.||
232|Alexander Hill|Summit|771620S|1662315E|-77.272351|166.387394|220|722|01/01/1964|Hill, 220 m, with a prominent seaward cliff face, lying S of Harrison Stream and Cinder Hill on the lower ice-free W slopes of Mount Bird, Ross Island.  Mapped by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1958-59, and named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) for B.N. Alexander, a surveyor with the expedition.||
236|Alexander Island|Island|710000S|0700000W|-71|-70|||01/01/1961|Large island lying W of the base of Antarctic Peninsula, from which it is separated by Marguerite Bay and George VI Sound.  It is about 240 mi long in a N-S direction, 50 mi wide in the N, and 150 mi wide in the south.  Discovered in 1821 by a Russian expedition under Bellingshausen, who named it Alexander I Land for the reigning Tsar.  Its insular nature was proven in December 1940, by a sledge party under Finn Ronne of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).||
240|Alexander Nunataks|Summit|663000S|1103900E|-66.5|110.65|||01/01/1956|Two coastal nunataks at the S limit of the Windmill Islands, standing on the shore of Penney Bay 0.4 mi E of the base of Browning Peninsula.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Photographer's Mate H.N. Alexander, member of one of the two U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml photographic units which obtained air and ground photos of the area in January 1948.||
241|Alexander Peak|Summit|772800S|1464800W|-77.4666667|-146.8|||01/01/1966|A peak in the N end of the Haines Mountains, in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Probably first seen on aerial flights from Little America base by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1928-30).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for C.D. Alexander, a member of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1933-35).||
245|Cape Alexandra|Cape|540000S|0380000W|-54|-38|||01/01/1953|Cape which forms the NW extremity of South Georgia.  It was named Cape North in 1775 by a British expedition under Cook, but this name has since become established for a cape 10 mi ENE which forms the northernmost point of South Georgia.  The name Cape Alexandra dates back to about 1912 and commemorates Queen Alexandra (1844-1925), Consort of King Edward VII of England.||
246|Cape Alexandra|Cape|674500S|0683600W|-67.75|-68.6|||01/01/1947|Cape forming the SE extremity of Adelaide Island.  Discovered in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, and named by him for Alexandra, then Queen of England.||
247|Alexandra Mountains|Summit|772500S|1533000W|-77.4166667|-153.5|||01/01/1947|A group of low, separated mountains in the N portion of Edward VII Peninsula, just SW of Sulzberger Bay in Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered in January-February 1902 by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) during an exploratory cruise of the Discovery along the Ross Ice Shelf.  Named for Alexandra, then Queen of England.||
253|Mount Alf|Summit|775500S|0860700W|-77.9166667|-86.1166667|3200|10499|01/01/1960|Mountain rising over 3,200 m between Mount Sharp and Mount Dalrymple in the N part of the Sentinel Range.  Mapped by the Marie Byrd Land Traverse party, 1957-58. Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Edward A. Alf, meteorologist, member of the 1957 wintering party at Byrd Station.||
259|Mount Alford|Summit|715500S|1613700E|-71.9166667|161.6166667|1480|4856|01/01/1970|A flat-topped, ice-free mountain (1,480 m) at the S side of Boggs Valley in the Helliwell Hills.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Montague Alford, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
260|Mount Alfred|Summit|701800S|0691400W|-70.3|-69.2333333|2000|6562|01/01/1955|Ice-capped mountain, more than 2,000 m, 5.5 mi inland from George VI Sound and 8 mi S of Mount Athelstan in the Douglas Range of Alexander Island.  First photographed from the air on Nov. 23, 1935, by Lincoln Ellsworth and mapped from these photos by W.L.G. Joerg.  Its E face was roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) and resurveyed in 1948 and 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who named it for Alfred, Saxon king of England, 871-899.  The W face of the mountain was mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.||
263|Algae Lake|Lake|661800S|1004800E|-66.3|100.8|||01/01/1961|Narrow, winding lake, 9 mi long and from 0.2 to 1 mi wide, extending in an E-W direction in the ice-free Bunger Hills.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Algae Inlet by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) because of the algae reported by OpHjp personnel, which cause varying tints to the meltwater ponds overlying the Bunger Hills and to the saline inlets and channels in the Highjump Archipelago area close to the north.  Subsequent Soviet expeditions (1956-57) found this "inlet" to be a lake.||
264|Algal Lake|Lake|773814S|1662600E|-77.637334|166.433284|||01/01/1971|A small, roughly circular meltwater lake about midway between Skua Lake and Island Lake on Cape Evans, Ross Island.  Named by U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologists David T. Mason, Charles R. Goldman and Brian J.B. Wood, Jr., who studied the lake in the 1961-62 and 1962-63 seasons.  The name derives from the striking mat of blue-green algal remains around the leeward edge of the lake.||
265|Algie Glacier|Glacier|820800S|1620500E|-82.1333333|162.0833333|||01/01/1965|Glacier about 25 mi long, flowing SE into Nimrod Glacier just W of Nash Range.  Named by the New Zealand Ross Sea Committee for the Hon. R.M. Algie who, as Minister in Charge of Scientific and Industrial Research, gave his strong support to the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.||
266|Mount Alibi|Summit|655500S|0624000W|-65.9166667|-62.6666667|||01/01/1963|A conspicuous mountain 3 mi ESE of Adit Nunatak on the N side of Leppard Glacier, in Graham Land.  The mountain was discovered and photographed from the air by Sir Hubert Wilkins on Dec. 20, 1928, and named "Mount Napier Birks."  The feature was not reidentified by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in its 1947 survey of the area, and the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) subsequently gave the name Mount Birks (q.v.) to a mountain 40 mi northeastward.  Following a Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) survey in 1955, the mountain named by Wilkins was definitely identified as the feature now described.  Because of past confusion as to its identity, the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) has renamed it Mount Alibi; "Alibi" meaning "proof of presence elsewhere."||
268|Alice Creek|Stream|645000S|0632900W|-64.8333333|-63.4833333|||01/01/1951|Cove forming the southernmost portion of Port Lockroy, Wiencke Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, and named by him for the wife of Edouard Lockroy, Vice President of the French Chamber of Deputies who assisted Charcot in obtaining government support for the expedition.||
269|Mount Alice Gade|Summit|854500S|1634000W|-85.75|-163.6666667|3400|11155|01/01/1947|A mainly ice-covered mountain over 3,400 m, marking the northeast extremity of the Rawson Plateau in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered in November 1911 by Capt. Roald Amundsen who named it for Alice Garfield King Gade, wife of Fredrik Herman Gade (brother of John Allyne Gade), the Norwegian minister (ambassador) and consul-general to Brazil, a strong supporter of Amundsen||11/18/2014
270|Alice Glacier|Glacier|835800S|1700000E|-83.9666667|170|||01/01/1962|A tributary glacier, 13 mi long, flowing E from the Queen Alexandra Range to enter Beardmore Glacier at Sirohi Point.  Discovered by British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named for the mother of Dr. E.S. Marshall, a member of Shackleton's South Polar Party.||
274|Allaire Peak|Summit|845300S|1705400W|-84.8833333|-170.9|1900|6234|01/01/1966|A rock peak (1,900 m) standing 3 mi NW of Mount Hall, between Gough and Le Couteur Glaciers in the Prince Olav Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain C.J. Allaire, USA, on the Staff of the Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1963.||
275|Mount Allan|Summit|695900S|0674500W|-69.9833333|-67.75|1600|5249||The largest massif (1,600 m) in the Traverse Mountains (q.v.), isolated to the N and S by low passes, on the Rymill Coast, Palmer Land.  Named in 1977 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Thomas J. Allan (1940-66), British Antarctic Survey (BAS) radio operator at Stonington Island, 1965-66, who lost his life while sledging with J.F. Noel near Tragic Corner, Fallieres Coast, in May 1966.||
276|Allan Hills|Range|764300S|1594000E|-76.7166667|159.6666667|||01/01/1962|A group of hills, mainly ice free and about 12 mi long, lying just NW of Coombs Hills near the heads of Mawson and Mackay Glaciers.  Mapped by the New Zealand party (1957-58) of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and named for Prof. R.S. Allan of the University of Canterbury, New Zealand.||
279|Mount Allan Thomson|Summit|765700S|1614300E|-76.95|161.7166667|1400|4593|01/01/1952|Conspicuous mountain surmounted by a dark peak over 1,400 m which stands at the N side of Mackay Glacier, about 3 mi W of the mouth of Cleveland Glacier in Victoria Land.  Charted and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) for J. Allan Thomson, British geologist who assisted in writing the scientific reports of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09.||
281|Allardyce Range|Range|542500S|0363300W|-54.4166667|-36.55|2935|9629|01/01/1951|Mountain range attaining a maximum elevation of 2,935 m in Mount Paget, rising S of Cumberland Bay and dominating the central part of South Georgia. Although not shown on the charts of South Georgia by Cook in 1775 or Bellingshausen in 1819, peaks of this range were doubtless seen by those explorers.  Named in about 1915, for Sir William L. Allardyce, Gov. of the Falkland Islands, 1904-14.||
282|All Black Peak|Summit|714800S|1635700E|-71.8|163.95|2025|6644||The main peak in Crown Hills at the SE end of Lanterman Range, rising to 2,025 m on the E side of the head of Johnstone Glacier in the Bowers Mountains. Descriptively named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1983 on the suggestion of geologist M.G. Laird.||
283|All-Blacks Nunataks|Summit|812900S|1554500E|-81.4833333|155.75|||01/01/1965|A group of conspicuous nunataks lying midway between Wallabies Nunataks and Wilhoite Nunataks at the SE margin of the Byrd Neve.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) for the well known New Zealand rugby team.||
284|Allegheny Mountains|Summit|771500S|1431800W|-77.25|-143.3|||01/01/1947|A small group of mountains 10 mi W of the Clark Mountains in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered on aerial flights made in 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), and mapped from aerial flights and ground surveys made by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41).  Named by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) for Allegheny College, Meadville, PA, alma mater of Paul Siple, leader of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) West Base.||
285|Allegro Valley|Valley|711800S|1601000E|-71.3|160.1666667|||01/01/1964|A steep-sided, glacier-filled valley indenting the E side of Daniels Range just N of White Spur, in the Usarp Mountains.  The northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, experienced fine weather here after several days of unpleasant travel; therefore, members named it after Milton's poem "L'Allegro" in antithesis with Penseroso Bluff, 14 mi to the north.||
286|Allemand Peak|Summit|782400S|1583600E|-78.4|158.6|||01/01/1965|Peak lying 1.5 miles S of Moody Peak in the N part of the Boomerang Range. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for Lawrence J. Allemand, construction driver at Little America V in 1958.||
287|Cape Allen|Cape|833300S|1710000E|-83.55|171|||01/01/1949|A bare rock point located 3 mi SW of Mount Hope, near the mouth of Beardmore Glacier.  The point forms the W side of the S approach to The Gateway.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named for Sir Robert Allen of the Franklin Relief Expedition to the Arctic.||
289|Mount Allen|Summit|772400S|1623200E|-77.4|162.5333333|1400|4593|01/01/1964|Peak, 1,400 m, standing between Clark Glacier and the head of Greenwood Valley in Victoria Land.  Charted by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1959-60, and named for A.D. Allen, one of the party's geologists.||
290|Mount Allen|Summit|772355S|1623130E|-77.398476|162.525048|3430|11253|01/01/1961|Mountain (3,430 m) located 5 mi SE of Mount Craddock in the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Forrest M. Allen, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), co-pilot on reconnaissance flights from Byrd Station, 1957-58.||
291|Allen Bay|Bay|541100S|0363200W|-54.1833333|-36.5333333|||01/01/1953|Semi-circular bay 0.5 mi wide, lying 1 mi WNW of Larsen Point in the N part of Cumberland West Bay, South Georgia.  Charted in 1926 by DI personnel on the Discovery Committee at that time.||
292|Allen Knoll|Summit|634000S|0583500W|-63.6666667|-58.5833333|||01/01/1964|A steep-sided snow dome rising from a flat snowfield 2 mi NW of the head of Russell West Glacier, Trinity Peninsula.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61). Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Keith Allen, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) radio operator at Hope Bay in 1959 and 1960.||
293|Allen Peak|Summit|773400S|0865100W|-77.5666667|-86.85|1880|6168|01/01/1961|Peak, 1,880 m, standing 5 mi W of Mount Wyatt Earp and forming the N extremity of the main ridge of the Sentinel Range.  Discovered by Lincoln Ellsworth on his trans-Antarctic flight of Nov. 23, 1935.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Robert J. Allen Jr., U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) cartographer and Antarctic specialist, 1950-79; consultant to U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Branch of International Acivities from 1980; a member of the Branch of Special Maps who helped prepare the 1962 map of this range.||03/01/2001
294|Allen Point|Summit|582900S|0261500W|-58.4833333|-26.25|||01/01/1952|The SE point of Montagu Island, in the South Sandwich Islands.  Montagu Island was discovered in 1775 by a British expedition under Cook, but the point was first mapped by Bellingshausen in 1819-20.  The point was surveyed in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II and named for H.T. Allen, member of the Discovery Committee.||
295|Mount Allen Young|Summit|832700S|1665200E|-83.45|166.8666667|2755|9039|01/01/1949|A prominent pyramidal mountain, 2,755 m, standing just S of Fegley Glacier and W of Lennox-King Glacier in the Holland Range.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named for Sir Allen Young, polar explorer who led the successful search for Benjamin Leigh Smith in the Arctic in 1882.||
296|Alley Spur|Ridge|823200S|0514700W|-82.5333333|-51.7833333|||01/01/1968|A rock spur on N side of Dufek Massif, just S of Sapp Rocks, in the Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Dalton E. Alley, USAF, navigator, a member of the Electronic Test Unit in the Pensacola Mountains, 1957-58.||
297|Alligator Island|Island|663400S|0974000E|-66.5666667|97.6666667|||01/01/1963|Steep, rocky island 0.5 mi long, lying in the Bay of Winds 4 mi W of Jones Rocks.  Discovered by the Western Base Party of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson, 1911-14, who so named it because of its shape.||
299|Alligator Peak|Summit|782800S|1584500E|-78.4666667|158.75|||01/01/1962|A prominent conical rock peak at the head of Alligator Ridge in the Boomerang Range.  Named for its proximity to Alligator Ridge by the 1957-58 New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.||
300|Alligator Ridge|Ridge|782700S|1584800E|-78.45|158.8|||01/01/1962|A spectacular serrated rock ridge, extending NE for 2 mi from Alligator Peak in the Boomerang Range into Skelton Neve.  Mapped and named for its shape by the 1957-58 New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.||
303|Mount Allison|Summit|723100S|1622200E|-72.5166667|162.3666667|||01/01/1969|A mountain 3 mi NE of Mount Stuart, in the Monument Nunataks.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard G. Allison, biologist at McMurdo Station, summers 1965-66 and 1967-68.||
304|Allison Bay|Bay|673000S|0611700E|-67.5|61.2833333|||01/01/1965|Small bay just W of Utstikkar Glacier on the coast of Mac. Robertson Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Isvika (the ice bay).  Renamed by ANCA for Dr. Robert Allison, medical officer at Mawson station in 1955.||
305|Allison Glacier|Glacier|781600S|1615500E|-78.2666667|161.9166667|||01/01/1963|Glacier with its head just N of Mount Huggins, descending from the W slopes of Royal Society Range into Skelton Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1963 for Lieutenant Commander John K. Allison, U.S. Navy (USN), officer in charge of the wintering-over detachment of Navy Squadron VX-6 at McMurdo Station, 1959.||
306|Allison Islands|Island|662100S|1102900E|-66.35|110.4833333|||01/01/1963|A small chain of islands lying in the N side of the entrance to Sparkes Bay in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William L. Allison, ionospheric scientist and member of the Wilkes Station party of 1958.||
307|Allison Peninsula|Cape|731000S|0855000W|-73.1666667|-85.8333333|||01/01/1968|A narrow ice-covered peninsula which extends into the Bellingshausen Sea from Ellsworth Land.  It forms the E margin of the Venable Ice Shelf.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Paul Allison, U.S. Navy (USN), Plans Officer, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, 1967 and 1968.||
308|Allison Ridge|Ridge|704500S|0661900E|-70.75|66.3166667|||01/01/1967|A rock ridge, partly snow covered, about 0.5 mi W of Mount Bunt in the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1960. Named by ANCA for D. Allison, electrical engineer at Mawson Station in 1965.||
310|Mount Allo|Summit|635800S|0614800W|-63.9666667|-61.8|285|935|01/01/1951|Conspicuous conical, snow-covered peak, 285 m, which rises from Neyt Point at the NE end of Liege Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, and named after M. Allo, Director General de la Marine at Anvers (Antwerp).||
311|Allowitz Peak|Summit|710800S|1673900E|-71.1333333|167.65|1240|4068|01/01/1970|A peak (1,240 m) rising immediately W of Mount Troubridge in Hedgpeth Heights of the Anare Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ronald D. Allowitz, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at Hallett Station, 1962-63.||
312|Mount Allport|Summit|680100S|0562700E|-68.0166667|56.45|||01/01/1967|A snow-free peak just W of Leslie Peak and about 5 mi S of Mount Cook of the Leckie Range.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos.  Named by ANCA for B. Allport, radio officer at Mawson Station in 1964, a member of one of the survey parties which carried out a tellurometer traverse passing through the Leckie Range in 1965.||
313|Mount Allsup|Summit|840100S|1593600E|-84.0166667|159.6|2580|8464|01/01/1966|A rock peak, 2,580 m, marking the SW limits of the Canopy Cliffs, at the S end of Queen Elizabeth Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Clifford C. Allsup, Aviation Machinist's Mate, U.S. Navy (USN), who was injured during Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) II, 1956-57.||
321|The Almond|Ridge|781900S|1632700E|-78.3166667|163.45|||01/01/1973|A bare, almond-shaped ridge of granite which separates the two coalescing channels of Pyramid Trough, located just W of The Pyramid on the W side of Koettlitz Glacier.  Given this descriptive name by the New Zealand Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1960-61.||
322|Almond Point|Summit|635300S|0593000W|-63.8833333|-59.5|||01/01/1953|A rocky point between Whitecloud Glacier and McNeile Glacier at the head of Charcot Bay, Trinity Peninsula.  Charted in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) who applied the name because of the distinctive shape of the point.||
323|Alpha Bluff|Cliff|785200S|1622900E|-78.8666667|162.4833333|||01/01/1962|A high bluff on the W side of Shults Peninsula, at the E side of Skelton Glacier.  Surveyed and named in 1957 by the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58). Named after the first letter of the Greek alphabet because it is the most southerly of all bluffs on the Skelton Glacier.||
324|Alpha Island|Island|641900S|0630000W|-64.3166667|-63|||01/01/1956|Small island lying between Epsilon Island and Delta Island in the Melchior Islands, Palmer Archipelago.  Charted by DI in 1927 and named after the first letter of the Greek alphabet, in association with the names of other islands in this group.  The island was surveyed by Argentine expeditions in 1942, 1943 and 1948.||
325|Alphard Island|Island|665800S|0572500E|-66.9666667|57.4166667|150|492|01/01/1965|Island 2.5 mi long and rising to 150 m, lying N of Shaula Island in the Oygarden Group.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and called Meoya (The Middle Island). First visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by R. Dovers in 1954; the island was renamed by ANCA after the star Alphard, which was used for an astrofix in the vicinity.||
326|Mount Alpheratz|Summit|705900S|0665800W|-70.9833333|-66.9666667|||01/01/1976|A prominent peak on the SE ridge of Pegasus Mountains, about 10 mi ENE of Gurney Point on the W coast of Palmer Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the star Alpheratz in the Great Square of Pegasus.||
327|Alsford Bay|Bay|541700S|0361600W|-54.2833333|-36.2666667|||01/01/1965|Small bay between Briggs Point and Cape George on the N coast of South Georgia.  Charted by DI in 1928-30 and named after Stoker W.B. Alsford, Royal Navy (RN), of  Discovery, 1925-27; a member of the survey party.||
330|The Altar|Summit|713900S|0112200E|-71.65|11.3666667|2200|7218|01/01/1970|A flat-topped rock summit (2,200 m) at the head of Grautskala Cirque, immediately W of Altarduken Glacier, in the Humboldt Mountains of Queen Maud Land. Discovered and given the descriptive name Altar by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39.||
331|Altarduken Glacier|Glacier|713900S|0112600E|-71.65|11.4333333|||01/01/1970|Small glacier just E of The Altar at the head of Grautskala Cirque, in the Humboldt Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and mapped from air photos by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Remapped by Norway from air photos and surveys by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Altarduken (the altar cloth) in association with The Altar.||
333|Altar Mountain|Summit|775331S|1605233E|-77.892077|160.875913|2000|6562|01/01/1962|Prominent mountain over 2,000 m high, standing at the S end of Arena Valley in Victoria Land. Indicated but not named on Ferrar's 1907 map.  So named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1958-59) because of its stepped profile and flat top, similar to pyramids of the Aztec and Mayan civilizations.||
334|Altar Peak|Summit|860400S|1502300W|-86.0666667|-150.3833333|1780|5840||A peak (1,780 m) located 1 mi ESE of Mount Harkness in the Gothic Mountains, Queen Maud Mountains.  The feature was first visited in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn.  The descriptive name was suggested by Edmund Stump, leader of a U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) - Arizona State University geological party which studied this peak, 1987-88.||
335|Alt Glacier|Glacier|710600S|1623100E|-71.1|162.5166667|||01/01/1964|A glacier, 4 mi long, flowing WSW from the Explorers Range of the Bowers Mountains to enter Rennick Glacier just N of Mount Soza.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Jean Alt, French observer, a weather central meteorologist at Little America V, winter party 1958.||
337|Alvarez Glacier|Glacier|705300S|1622000E|-70.8833333|162.3333333|||01/01/1964|A tributary glacier in the Explorers Range, Bowers Mountains, flowing from the SW side of Stanwix Peak into Rennick Glacier, to the N of Sheehan Glacier. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Jose A. Alvarez, Argentine Navy, an IGY Weather Central meteorologist at Little America V in 1957.||
338|Alvaro Cove|Bay|645100S|0630100W|-64.85|-63.0166667||||A cove on the N side of Bryde Island, Danco Coast, Graham Land.  The feature was surveyed by the Argentine Antarctic Expedition, 1950-51, and named after a staff officer with the relief ship of the expedition.||
344|Ambalada Peak|Summit|755700S|1582300E|-75.95|158.3833333|2160|7087|01/01/1967|A rock peak, 2,160 m, standing 2 mi SE of Griffin Nunatak in the Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Cesar N. Ambalada, electrician with the South Pole Station winter party, 1966.||
346|Ambergris Glacier|Glacier|654300S|0623700W|-65.7166667|-62.6166667||||A glacier flowing SSE into Flask Glacier, just W of Fluke Ridge on the E coast of Graham Land.  One of several names in the area that reflect a whaling theme.  Named in 1987 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from the substance secreted by the sperm whale and used in perfumery.||
347|Ambrose Rocks|Island|651600S|0642200W|-65.2666667|-64.3666667|||01/01/1972|A small cluster of rocks situated SW of the southern Argentine Islands and 1 mi NW of Gaunt Rocks, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for David A. Ambrose, survey asst. of the Hydrographic Survey Unit from His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Endurance working in this area in February 1969.||
348|Ambush Bay|Bay|631000S|0552600W|-63.1666667|-55.4333333|||01/01/1963|Bay 3.5 mi wide indenting the N coast of Joinville Island immediately E of King Point.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1953.  The name arose because the bay is a trap for the unwary if its shallow and foul nature is not known.||
350|Ameghino Gully|Valley|642800S|0583800W|-64.4666667|-58.6333333||||A gully running E-W through the outcrops on the W side of Longing Peninsula, Nordenskjold Coast.  The name derives from "Refugio Ameghino," the Argentine refuge situated on the SW side of Longing Gap and named in turn after Florentino Ameghino (1854-1911), Argentine geologist and anthropologist; Director, Museum of Natural History, Buenos Aires, 1902-11.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1990.||
353|American Highland|Area|723000S|0780000E|-72.5|78|2800|9186|01/01/1947|That portion of Antarctica back of the Ingrid Christensen Coast and eastward of Lambert Glacier, consisting of an upland snow surface (2,800 m) except for a group of nunataks (Grove Mountains) near 75E.  The area was discovered and named by Lincoln Ellsworth on January 11, 1939, in an aerial flight from his ship, the and by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1956 and 1957), the latter group making a landing to obtain an astrofix at Grove Mountains, 1958.||
354|Amery Ice Shelf|Glacier|694500S|0710000E|-69.75|71|||01/01/1953|A broad ice shelf at the head of Prydz Bay between the Lars Christensen Coast and Ingrid Christensen Coast.  The name "Cape Amery" was applied to a coastal angle mapped on Feb. 11, 1931 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Douglas Mawson.  He named it for William B. Amery, who represented the United Kingdom government in Australia (1925-28).  The Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) interpreted this feature to be a portion of an ice shelf and, in 1947, applied the name Amery to the whole shelf.||
355|Amery Peaks|Range|703600S|0672500E|-70.6|67.4166667|||01/01/1962|A group of peaks which extend for about 18 mi along the SE side of Nemesis Glacier, in eastern Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Discovered by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) southern party of 1956-57 and so named because of their proximity to the Amery Ice Shelf.||
357|Ames Range|Range|754200S|1322000W|-75.7|-132.3333333|||01/01/1947|Range of snow-covered, flat-topped, steep-sided mountains, extending in a N-S direction for 20 mi and forming a right angle with the E end of the Flood Range in Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and named by R. Admiral Richard E. Byrd for his father-in-law, Joseph Ames.||
358|Mount Amherst|Summit|863200S|1530600W|-86.5333333|-153.1|2400|7874||A peak rising to 2,400 m between Holdsworth Glacier and Scott Glacier, 3 mi NNE of McNally Peak, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1960-64.  The geology of the peak was studied in the 1978-79 season by a U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) - Arizona State University field party.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Amherst College, Amherst, MA, alma mater of Michael F. Sheridan, a member of the field party.||
360|Amiot Islands|Island|673600S|0693800W|-67.6|-69.6333333|||01/01/1951|Two groups of islands and rocks, Ward Islands and Cumbers Reef, respectively, lying 9 mi W of Cape Adriasola, Adelaide Island.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, and named by Charcot for A. Amiot, engineering director of the French Montevideo Co., Montevideo, Uruguay, which made repairs on the ship Pourquoi-Pas?. Accurately charted by the British Royal Navy Hydrographic Survey Unit in 1963.||
363|Amos Glacier|Glacier|774911S|1633914E|-77.819637|163.653889|||01/01/1992|A glacier, 3 mi long, flowing SE from Bettle Peak to a juncture with the Blue Glacier SE of Hannon Hill, in Victoria Land.  Named in 1992 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Larry Leon Amos, civil engineer, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS); member of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) two man astronomic surveying team to South Pole Station and Byrd Station in the 1969-70 field season.  Among other work, the team established the position of the Geographic South Pole (previously done 1956) and established a tie to the Byrd Ice Strain net which had been under study for several years.||
364|Amos Lake|Lake|604200S|0453900W|-60.7|-45.65|||01/01/1975|A small lake S of Thulla Point on Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Stephen C. Amos, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) limnologist on Signy Island, 1972-73.||
365|Amphibole Peak|Summit|844400S|1732600W|-84.7333333|-173.4333333|1660|5446|01/01/1966|The highest peak in the Gabbro Hills (1,660 m), standing 4 mi N of Mount Llano, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  So named by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1963-64) because minerals of the Amphibole group were found on the peak.||
366|Amphibolite Point|Summit|604100S|0452100W|-60.6833333|-45.35|||01/01/1956|Conspicuous, pyramidal point 1.5 mi NW of Saunders Point on the S coast of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) following their survey of 1948-49. There is a large amount of amphibolite on this point.||
367|The Amphitheatre|Basin|680600S|0663400W|-68.1|-66.5666667|||01/01/1973|Large bowl-shaped depression, 0.75 mi in diameter, at the S side of the head of Northeast Glacier on Graham Land.  The feature lies adjacent to former bases of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, and the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, and was charted by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) sledging parties which crossed Graham Land via Northeast Glacier and Bills Gulch.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) following its survey in 1946.||
368|The Amphitheatre|Basin|781800S|1630300E|-78.3|163.05|1700|5577|01/01/1956|A great cirque, now occupied only by neve, carved on the N side of Mount Dromedary, whose walls rise sheer about 1,700 m from the floor of Roaring Valley on the E side of Royal Society Range.  So named by the New Zealand Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1960-61, because of the feature's enormous size and near-perfect shape.||
369|Amphitheatre Lake|Lake|680600S|0484500E|-68.1|48.75|||01/01/1961|A smooth-surfaced meltwater lake 1.5 mi long in the W part of Amphitheatre Peaks, Nye Mountains.  The lake is almost completely enclosed by rock and ice cliffs, forming an amphitheatre, with an outlet into Rayner Glacier at the W end. Photographed in 1956 from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft and visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) airborne field party in 1958.  The descriptive name was applied by ANCA.||
370|Amphitheatre Peaks|Range|680600S|0485200E|-68.1|48.8666667|||01/01/1965|A group of peaks surrounding and extending to the E of Amphitheatre Lake, in the NW part of Nye Mountains.  Photographed in 1956 from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft and visited in Nov. 1958 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) airborne field party.  Named by ANCA in association with Amphitheatre Lake.||
371|Ample Bay|Bay|540300S|0372300W|-54.05|-37.3833333|||01/01/1953|Bay 1.8 mi wide, marked by Grace Glacier at its head, situated 2 mi E of Sunset Fjord in the SW part of the Bay of Isles, South Georgia.  A sketch of this bay was made in 1912-13 by Robert Cushman Murphy, American naturalist aboard the brig Daisy.  Charted and named descriptively by DI in 1929-30.||
373|Mount Amundsen|Summit|671400S|1004500E|-67.2333333|100.75||||A nunatak lying E of Denman Glacier, about 11 mi NE of Mount Sandow. Discovered by the Western Base Party of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Mawson.  Named by Mawson for Roald Amundsen, Norwegian polar explorer and the first to attain the South Pole.||
374|Amundsen Bay|Bay|665500S|0500000E|-66.9166667|50|||01/01/1962|Long embayment 24 mi wide, close W of the Tula Mountains in Enderby Land. The bay was seen as a large pack-filled recession in the coastline by Sir Douglas Mawson on Jan. 14, 1930.  Seen by Captain Hjalmar Riiser-Larsen in charge of a Norwegian expedition during an airplane flight on January 15 and subsequently mapped nearer its true position by the Norwegians.  The bay was mapped in detail by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party landed by aircraft in 1956 and another landed by launch from explorer who was first to reach the South Pole.||
375|Amundsen Coast|Beach|853000S|1620000W|-85.5|-162|||01/01/1964|That portion of the coast to the S of the Ross Ice Shelf lying between Morris Peak on the E side of Liv Glacier and the W side of the Scott Glacier.  Named by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1961 for Captain Roald Amundsen, the Norwegian explorer who led his own expedition in 1910-12 to the Antarctic.  Setting up a base at Framheim at the edge of the Ross Ice Shelf, he sledged southward across the shelf and discovered a route up the Axel Heiberg Glacier along this coast to reach the polar plateau.  He was the first to reach the South Pole, December 14, 1911.||
376|Amundsen Glacier|Glacier|853500S|1590000W|-85.5833333|-159|||01/01/1947|A major glacier, about 4 to 6 mi wide and 80 mi long, originating on the polar plateau where it drains the area to the S and W of Nilsen Plateau, and descending through the Queen Maud Mountains to enter the Ross Ice Shelf just W of MacDonald Nunataks.  Discovered by R. Admiral Byrd on the South Pole flight in November 1929.  The name was proposed for Roald Amundsen by Laurence Gould, leader of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party which sledged past the mouth of the glacier in December 1929.||
377|Amundsen Icefall|Glacier|852800S|1664200W|-85.4666667|-166.7|||01/01/1966|A steep and turbulent icefall where the Axel Heiberg Glacier descends from the polar plateau between Mount Fridtjof Nansen and Mount Don Pedro Christophersen, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by the Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for Captain Roald Amundsen, who ascended Axel Heiberg Glacier enroute to the South Pole in 1911.||
378|Amundsen Sea|Sea|730000S|1120000W|-73|-112|||01/01/1947|The marginal sea off the coast of Marie Byrd Land between Cape Dart, Siple Island, on the west and Cape Flying Fish, Thurston Island, on the east.  Named by the Norwegian expedition of 1928-29, under Captain Nils Larsen, while exploring this area in February, 1929.  Named for Captain Roald Amundsen, famous Norwegian explorer who was first to reach the South Pole.  The sea has been defined with greater precision through discoveries of the U.S. Antarctic Service (1939-41), U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47) and U.S. exploration in the post-IGY years.||
382|Anagram Islands|Island|651200S|0642000W|-65.2|-64.3333333|||01/01/1959|Group of small islands and rocks lying between Roca Islands and Argentine Islands, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  The area was charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99, the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05 and 1908-10, and the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37, and the names Argentine, Roca and Cruls variously applied to the four island groups on the S side of French Passage.  The islands were mapped in detail by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from photos taken from the helicopter of His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Protector and from information obtained by the British Naval Hydrographic Survey Unit in 1958 and the three names positioned as originally given by the Belgian and French expeditions.  The remaining island group was named Anagram Islands by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959, anagram meaning a transposition of parts.||
383|Mount Anakiwa|Summit|730000S|1654300E|-73|165.7166667|2640|8661|01/01/1968|A small mountain (2,640 m) situated 3 mi N of Mount Supernal in the Mountaineer Range, Victoria Land.  Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1966-67, after the Cobham Outward Bound School, Anakiwa, New Zealand.||
384|Mount Analogue|Summit|854900S|1380500W|-85.8166667|-138.0833333|3170|10400||A prominent mountain along the Watson Escarpment, rising to 3,170 m and forming the highest point of the ridge that runs N from Phleger Dome, Stanford Plateau.  The feature was visited in 1977-78 by a U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) - Arizona State University geological party, led by Edmund Stump, and named after Mount Analogue, a mythical mountain obscured by clouds, as described in the unfinished novel of the same name by Rene Dumal.  This mountain was obscured by clouds during much of the visit by the USARP party.||
385|Anare Mountains|Summit|705500S|1660000E|-70.9166667|166|||01/01/1964|A large group of mainly snow-covered peaks and ridges along the N coast of Victoria Land.  The group is bounded on the N and E by the Pacific Ocean, on the W by Lillie Glacier, and on the S by Ebbe Glacier and Dennistoun Glacier.  Mountains in this area were first sighted by Captain James Clark Ross in 1841.  They were photographed during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47, and were surveyed by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) helicopter teams, 1962-63.  Named by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, for the Australian National Antarctic Research Expedition (Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE)), 1962, under Phillip Law, which performed survey work along the coast.||
386|Anare Nunataks|Summit|695800S|0643700E|-69.9666667|64.6166667|2035|6676|01/01/1961|A group of mainly snow-covered ridges with exposed rock summits rising to 2,035 m, standing 16 mi S of Stinear Nunataks in Mac. Robertson Land.  First visited in November 1955 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by J.M. Bechervaise.  The name is the initials of Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions.||
387|Anare Pass|Gap|711300S|1663700E|-71.2166667|166.6166667|1200|3937|01/01/1970|A broad ice-covered pass at 1,200 m above sea level.  The pass is the highest point on the glaciers that delimit the south side of Anare Mountains, separating the latter from the Admiralty and Concord Mountains to the south.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Anare Mountains.||
390|Anchorage Bay|Bay|540700S|0364900W|-54.1166667|-36.8166667|||01/01/1953|Small bay in the W side of Fortuna Bay, 2 mi S of Cape Best, along the N coast of South Georgia.  Charted in 1929-30 by DI personnel and so named by them because it affords good anchorage.||
391|Anchorage Island|Island|673600S|0681300W|-67.6|-68.2166667|||01/01/1963|Island lying 0.7 mi SE of Lagoon Island in the Leonie Islands, off the SE coast of Adelaide Island.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10.  Named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, who visited the island in February 1936.||
392|Anchorage Patch|Harbor|683400S|0775500E|-68.5666667|77.9166667|||01/01/1965|A small, isolated shoal, the least depth of water over it being 6 fathoms, lying within Davis Anchorage, about 0.5 mi NW of Torckler Rocks.  The shoal was positioned by D'.T. Gale, Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveyor aboard the Thala Dan in 1961.||
393|Anchor Crag|Cliff|691200S|0661200W|-69.2|-66.2|||01/01/1962|A rocky crag on the N side of Airy Glacier, 4 mi NNE of Mount Gilbert, in the central part of Antarctic Peninsula.  Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) on Nov. 27, 1947, and surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), Nov. 4, 1958.  The UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) name is descriptive of a snow patch lodged on the face of the rock which, in 1958, closely resembled a ship's anchor.||
395|Anckorn Nunataks|Summit|701400S|0631200W|-70.2333333|-63.2|||01/01/1976|A group of nunataks and snow-covered hills, 15 mi long, between Mount Bailey and Mount Samsel in the E part of Palmer Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after J.F. Anckorn, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist who worked in the vicinity of this feature.||
396|Mount Ancla|Summit|644900S|0634100W|-64.8166667|-63.6833333|815|2674|01/01/1965|Mountain, 815 m, which is snow covered except for a rock ridge on its S side, standing 2 mi N of Cape Lancaster, Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  The mountain was surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1944 and 1955.  The name Monte Ancla (anchor mountain) first appears on an Argentine government chart of 1950.||
399|Andersen Escarpment|Cliff|850800S|0913700W|-85.1333333|-91.6166667|||01/01/1962|A steep rock and snow escarpment located S of Reed Ridge on the W side of the Ford Massif, Thiel Mountains.  The name was proposed by Peter Bermel and Arthur Ford, co-leaders of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Thiel Mountains party, 1960-61.  Named for Bjorn G. Andersen, Norwegian professor of geology and glaciology at the University of Oslo, who was a member of the 1960-61 and 1961-62 U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) field parties to the Thiel Mountains.||
400|Andersen Harbor|Harbor|641900S|0625600W|-64.3166667|-62.9333333|||01/01/1956|Small bay in the Melchior Islands, Palmer Archipelago, formed by the concave W side of Eta Island and the N end of Omega Island.  Charted by DI in 1927 and probably named after Kapt. Ola Andersen of the factory ship Svend Foyn, following the usage of Norwegian whalers that had operated in the area.  The harbor was surveyed by Argentine expeditions in 1942, 1943 and 1948.||
401|Andersen Island|Island|672600S|0632200E|-67.4333333|63.3666667|||01/01/1965|Island 4 mi W of Thorgaut Island in the Robinson Group.  Mapped by British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson in February 1931; this area was also charted from the whale catcher the whale catcher Falk, who had assisted the Discovery with coal.||
403|Cape Anderson|Cape|604600S|0443500W|-60.7666667|-44.5833333|||01/01/1951|Cape which marks the E side of the entrance to Mill Cove on the S coast of Laurie Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted in 1903 by the ScotNAE under Bruce, who named it for his secretary, Nan Anderson.||
404|Mount Anderson|Summit|780900S|0861300W|-78.15|-86.2166667|4255|13960|01/01/1960|Mountain (4,255 m) located 2 mi S of Mount Bentley in the main ridge of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Discovered by the Marie Byrd Land Traverse Party, 1957-58, under C.R. Bentley, and named for Vernon H. Anderson, glaciologist at Byrd Station, 1957, a member of the party.||
405|Anderson Dome|Summit|733000S|0935400W|-73.5|-93.9|1475|4839|01/01/1963|A prominent ice-covered dome mountain (1,475 m) rising on the E side of Gopher Glacier, 4 mi E of similar-appearing Bonnabeau Dome, in the Jones Mountains. Mapped by the University of Minnesota-Jones Mountains Party, 1960-61, and named by them for Joe M. Anderson, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) topographic engineer with the party.||
406|Anderson Glacier|Glacier|662400S|0635500W|-66.4|-63.9166667|||01/01/1952|Heavily crevassed glacier, 12 mi long, flowing SE into Cabinet Inlet between Cape Casey and Balder Point, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in December 1947.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Sir John Anderson, M.P., Lord President of the Council and member of the British War Cabinet (World War II).||
407|Anderson Heights|Summit|844900S|1781500W|-84.8166667|-178.25|2400|7874|01/01/1962|A roughly rectangular snow-covered tableland, 7 mi long and 6 mi wide, with an elevation somewhat over 2,400 m, located between Mount Bennett and Mount Butters in the E part of the Bush Mountains.  Discovered and photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47) on the flights of Feb. 16, 1947, and named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant George H. Anderson, USN, pilot of Flight 8 of that date from Little America to the South Pole and return.||
408|Anderson Hills|Range|843000S|0640000W|-84.5|-64|||01/01/1968|An irregular group of hills, ridges and peaks between Mackin Table and the Thomas Hills in the Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) at the suggestion of Captain Finn Ronne, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), leader at Ellsworth Station, 1957.  As Deputy Secretary of Defense, 1954-55, Robert Anderson had responsibilities for U.S. operations in Antarctica.||
409|Anderson Icefalls|Glacier|712100S|1690000E|-71.35|169|30|98|01/01/1949|Icefalls at the lower end of Pitkevitch Glacier terminating in a cliff face 30 m high, located just SE of Atkinson Cliffs along the N coast of Victoria Land. Charted in 1911 by Commander Victor L.A. Campbell's Northern Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13. Named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) probably for Mr. Anderson of the firm, John Anderson and Sons, Engineers, who owned Lyttelton Foundry, and took great interest in the expedition.||
410|Anderson Knoll|Summit|775412S|1632622E|-77.903361|163.43935||||The southernmost nunatak in Granite Knolls, 1 mi S of the main massif and marginal to Blue Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Klaus G. Anderson (d. 1991), civil engineering technician, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), 1960-90; member of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) field team which established geodetic control in the Hudson Mountains, Jones Mountains, Thurston Island and Farwell Island areas of Walgreen Coast and Eights Coast during the 1968-69 season.||
411|Anderson Massif|Range|791000S|0844500W|-79.1666667|-84.75|2190|7185|01/01/1964|A prominent ice-covered massif about 10 mi across and rising to 2,190 m, located at the juncture of Splettstoesser and Minnesota Glaciers in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John J. Anderson, geologist, field leader of the University of Minnesota Ellsworth Mountains Party, 1961-62.||
412|Anderson Nunataks|Summit|750600S|0681800W|-75.1|-68.3||||A group of nunataks forming the NE end of Sweeny Mountains, In Ellsworth Land.  Discovered and photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from Survey and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard E. Anderson, aviation electronics technician on R4D flights in 1961, including a Nov. 4, 1961 reconnaissance flight from Byrd Station to the Eights Coast.||01/05/2021
413|Anderson Peninsula|Cape|694800S|1601300E|-69.8|160.2166667|||01/01/1970|Low ice-covered peninsula, 7 mi long, terminating in Belousov Point.  The feature lies between Gillett Ice Shelf and Suvorov Glacier on the coastal margin of the Wilson Hills.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (later Captain) Richard E. Anderson, Civil Engineer Corps (CEC), U.S. Navy (USN), base public works officer at McMurdo Sound during Operation Deep Freeze I and II.  He wintered over in the McMurdo area during the latter operation, 1957.||
414|Anderson Pyramid|Summit|704600S|1595600E|-70.7666667|159.9333333|||01/01/1964|A distinctive pyramidal peak, the southernmost member of the Bigler Nunataks, in the Usarp Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Staff Sergeant Robert J. Anderson, U.S. Army (USA), non-commissioned officer in charge of the enlisted detachment of the helicopter group supporting the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) survey Topo East-West, 1962-63, which included the survey of this feature.||
415|Anderson Ridge|Ridge|854700S|1552400W|-85.7833333|-155.4|||01/01/1967|A ridge 2 mi long, rising above the middle of the head of Koerwitz Glacier in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Arthur J. Anderson, meteorologist with the South Pole Station winter party, 1960.||
416|Anderson Summit|Summit|850300S|0905300W|-85.05|-90.8833333|2810|9219|01/01/1962|The highest peak (2,810 m) in the Thiel Mountains, on top of the Ford Massif and directly SE of Walker Ridge.  It is snow covered except for bare rock at the top.  The name was proposed by Peter Bermel and Arthur Ford, co-leaders of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Thiel Mountains party, 1960-61.  The peak was climbed by Ford in 1961.  Named for Charles A. Anderson, then chief geologist of the U.S. Geological Survey.||
417|Anders Peak|Summit|714500S|0090100E|-71.75|9.0166667|2135|7005|01/01/1970|Peak, 2,135 m, rising 1 mi S of Gruvletindane Crags of the Holtedahl Peaks, in the Orvin Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos and surveys by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named for Anders Vinten-Johansen, medical officer with Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1957-58.||
418|Andersson Island|Island|633500S|0563500W|-63.5833333|-56.5833333|||01/01/1953|Island 7 mi long and 4 mi wide, lying 0.5 mi S of Jonassen Island at the W side of the S entrance to Antarctic Sound, off the NE tip of Antarctic Peninsula. This island was named Uruguay Island by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold, after the Argentine ship Uruguay which participated in the rescue of the ship-wrecked Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) in 1903.  In 1904, the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, apparently unaware of the Swedish naming, gave the name Uruguay to an island off the W coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  Since it is confusing to have two islands in close proximity identically named, and because Charcot's Uruguay Island has appeared more widely on maps and in reports, the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) accepts the decision of the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) that the name given this island by Nordenskjold be altered.  The new name commemorates J. Gunnar Andersson, who was second-in-command of Nordenskjold's expedition.||
419|Andersson Nunatak|Summit|632200S|0570000W|-63.3666667|-57|||01/01/1952|Nunatak 1 mi W of Sheppard Point, standing above the coastal ice cliffs on the N shore of Hope Bay, at the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered by J. Gunnar Andersson's party of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) which wintered at Hope Bay in 1903.  Named for Andersson by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) following their survey of the area in 1945.||
420|Andersson Peak|Summit|645200S|0610200W|-64.8666667|-61.0333333|1230|4035|01/01/1952|Ice-capped peak, 1,230 m, with rocky exposures on its E side, lying 9 mi N of Cape Fairweather on the E coast of Graham Land.  Charted in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and named by them for Karl Andreas Andersson, zoologist with the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), who explored along this coast in 1902.||
421|Andersson Ridge|Ridge|744300S|1623700E|-74.7166667|162.6166667|||01/01/1968|A ridge, 4 mi long, in southern Eisenhower Range, forming the N wall of Reeves Glacier between the mouths of Anderton and Carnein Glaciers, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1955-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lars E. Andersson, cosmic radiation scientist, South Pole Station winter party of 1966.||
422|Anderton Glacier|Glacier|744100S|1622200E|-74.6833333|162.3666667|||01/01/1968|A tributary glacier, 7 mi long, descending the S slopes of Eisenhower Range to enter Reeves Glacier between Mount Matz and Andersson Ridge, in Victoria Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1955-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Peter W. Anderton, glaciologist at McMurdo Station, summer 1965-66.||
423|Mount Andes|Summit|855300S|1464600W|-85.8833333|-146.7666667|2525|8284|01/01/1967|Peak, 2,525 m, in the SE part of the Tapley Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Paul G. Andes, USN, pilot at McMurdo Station, 1962-63 and 1963-64.||
426|Andreaea Plateau|Plain|604100S|0453700W|-60.6833333|-45.6166667|180|591||A small plateau with an average elevation of 180 m, located SW of Robin Peak, Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  The feature is notable for the largest known stand in the Antarctic of the black-brown moss Andreaea spp.||
427|Cape Andreas|Cape|640000S|0604300W|-64|-60.7166667|||01/01/1960|A cape marking the E side of the entrance to Curtiss Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) (1901-04) and named for Karl Andreas Andersson, zoologist of the expedition.||
428|Andreassen Point|Summit|635400S|0574600W|-63.9|-57.7666667|||01/01/1963|A low ice-free point in northern James Ross Island, fronting on Herbert Sound, 8 mi S of Cape Lachman.  Probably first seen by Nordenskjold in 1903. Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1945.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for F.L. Andreassen, first mate on the  Antarctic, the ship of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04.||03/05/1997
429|Mount Andr�|Summit|530200S|0732200E|-53.0333333|73.3666667|140|459|01/01/1957|Ice-free hill, 140 m, surmounting the small headland between Cave and West Bays on the W side of Heard Island.  First charted and named by Edgar Aubert de la Rue, French geologist aboard the whale catcher Kildalkey, who with his wife Andree undertook geological investigations along the N and W sides of the island in January 1929.  The feature was determined to form part of a dissected volcanic crater by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), under Mawson, which visited the area in November 1929 and applied the name Cave Bay Hill.  The approved name, a shortened form of Mont Andree de la Rue, was recommended by ANCA in 1954.||03/05/1997
431|Andrée Island|Island|643100S|0613100W|-64.5166667|-61.5166667|||01/01/1964|Island lying in Recess Cove, Charlotte Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land. Mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from air photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Salomon A. Andree (1854-97), Swedish engineer who attempted to fly over the North Pole by balloon in 1897, perishing in the attempt.||03/05/1997
432|Andresen Island|Island|665300S|0664000W|-66.8833333|-66.6666667|610|2001|01/01/1950|Island 2 mi long and rising over 610 m, lying in the middle of the entrance to Lallemand Fjord, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot, and named by him for the manager of the Magellan Whaling Co. at the company's Deception Island base, who provided coal for the expedition.||
433|Andrew Glacier|Glacier|635300S|0594000W|-63.8833333|-59.6666667|||01/01/1953|A glacier 3 mi long, flowing NE into Charcot Bay immediately W of Webster Peaks, northern Graham Land.  Charted in 1948 by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) who named the feature for Dr. J.D. Andrew, medical officer at the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) Hope Bay station in 1946-47.||
435|Mount Andrews|Summit|855700S|1494100W|-85.95|-149.6833333|2480|8136|01/01/1967|Mountain, 2,480 m, standing between Mount Danforth and Mount Gerdel on the S side of Albanus Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ensign Stanley J. Andrews, USN, who accompanied Lieutenant George W. Warden in aircraft flights over the Queen Maud Mountains during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47.||
436|Andrews Creek|Stream|773704S|1630247E|-77.6177778|163.0463889|||01/01/1992|A glacial meltwater stream which flows S along the E margin of Canada Glacier into the W end of Lake Fryxell, in Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  The name was suggested by hydrologist Diane McKnight, leader of a U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) team which made extensive studies of the hydrology and geochemistry of streams and ponds in the Lake Fryxell basin, 1987-94.  Named after U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) hydrologist Edmund Andrews, a member of the field team who studied glacier hydrology during the 1987-88 and 1991-92 summer seasons.||09/17/2020
438|Andrews Peak|Summit|721700S|1652500E|-72.2833333|165.4166667|2400|7874||A peak (2,400 m) in the Destination Nunataks, 3 mi W of Pyramid Peak in N Victoria Land.  Named by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) after Peter Andrews, geologist with the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) Evans Neve field party, 1971-72, who worked in this area.||
439|Andrews Peaks|Range|770800S|1440300W|-77.1333333|-144.05|||01/01/1970|A line of rock peaks 3 mi long near the head of Arthur Glacier, situated between Mount Warner and Mount Crow in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Stephen T. Andrews, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) ionospheric physicist, scientific leader at Byrd Station in 1969.||
440|Andrews Point|Summit|643000S|0625500W|-64.5|-62.9166667|||01/01/1952|Point between Hackapike Bay and Inverleith Harbor on the NE coast of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Charted and named in 1927 by DI personnel on the Discovery.||
441|Andrews Ridge|Ridge|773851S|1624955E|-77.647597|162.831915|||01/01/1972|A gentle ridge, the northern arm of Nussbaum Riegel, which trends eastward to the south of Suess Glacier and Lake Chad in Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  Named by Griffith Taylor, leader of the Western Journey Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
442|Andrews Rocks|Bar|540400S|0380000W|-54.0666667|-38|||01/01/1963|Small group of rocks 0.5 mi E of Cape Paryadin, South Georgia.  The rocks are bare of vegetation and awash in heavy seas.  The name Andrews Islands was probably given by Lieutenant Commander J.M. Chaplin, Royal Navy (RN), of the Discovery during his survey of the area in 1926.  The South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1955-56, reported that "rocks" is a more suitable descriptive term for this group.||
443|Cape Andreyev|Cape|685500S|1551200E|-68.9166667|155.2|||01/01/1973|A cape which marks the SE limit of the Slava Ice Shelf.  Photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47, and the Soviet Antarctic Expedition, 1956.  Named by the Soviets in 1960 for Prof. A.I. Andreyev, investigator of the history of geographic discovery.||
444|Mount Andreyev|Summit|714600S|0101300E|-71.7666667|10.2166667|2320|7611|01/01/1970|Mountain, 2,320 m, standing close SW of Mount Dallmann where it forms part of the SW wall of Brattebotnen Cirque, in the Orvin Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Probably first seen by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Soviet historical geographer A.I. Andreyev.||
447|Mount Andromeda|Summit|570500S|0263900W|-57.0833333|-26.65|550|1804|01/01/1972|The higher (550 m) and more southerly of the twin ice domes, this one marking the summit of Candlemas Island, South Sandwich Islands.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 in association with nearby Mount Perseus.  The name refers to a mythical heroine rescued from a sea monster by the hero Perseus.||
448|Mount Andrus|Summit|754800S|1321400W|-75.8|-132.2333333|||01/01/1966|A peak 2 mi SE of Mount Boennighausen in the SE extremity of Ames Range, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1964-68. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Carl H. Andrus, U.S. Navy (USN), medical officer and Officer-in-Charge of Byrd Station in 1964.||
449|Andrus Point|Summit|735300S|1654800E|-73.8833333|165.8|||01/01/1969|A prominent, rocky, digit-like point that juts eastward into Lady Newnes Bay toward the floating glacier tongue of the Parker Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander H.R. Andrus, logistics officer on the staff of the Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, 1962-66.||
450|Andvord Bay|Bay|645000S|0623900W|-64.8333333|-62.65|||01/01/1949|Bay 9 mi long and 3 mi wide, which lies between Beneden Head and Duthiers Point along the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache, and named by him for Rolf Andvord, Belgian consul at Christiania (Oslo) at that time.||
452|Anemometer Hill|Summit|681100S|0670000W|-68.1833333|-67|25|82|01/01/1964|A hill 25 m high northeast of Fishtrap Cove on Stonington Island, Marguerite Bay.  Surveyed by the East Base party of the U.S. Antarctic Service, 1939-41, which built its base on this island.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because the hill was the site of an anemometer in 1961.||
454|Mount Angier|Summit|832100S|1610000E|-83.35|161|||01/01/1966|A prominent peak in the Moore Mountains, Queen Elizabeth Range.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for Lieutenant Commander Donald L. Angier, U.S. Navy (USN), pilot of the reconnaissance, landing and pick-up flights in this area.||03/05/1997
455|Angino Buttress|Cliff|781400S|1584200E|-78.2333333|158.7|||01/01/1965|Prominent buttress-type mountain near the center of the Skelton Icefalls. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for Ernest E. Angino, geologist at McMurdo Station, 1959-60.||
457|Angle Peak|Summit|714500S|0620300W|-71.75|-62.05|||01/01/1976|A small but dominant peak that rises from one of the main spurs on the N side of Condor Peninsula.  The feature stands close S of where Cline Glacier enters Odom Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for J. Phillip Angle, of the Smithsonian Institution, who made bird life observations off the W coast of South America (1965) and Antarctic areas southward to Marguerite Bay, Antarctic Peninsula (1966).  He collaborated with George E. Watson in writing Birds of the Antarctic and Sub-Antarctic,  1975.||
461|Angot Point|Summit|634800S|0614100W|-63.8|-61.6833333|||01/01/1952|Point which marks the S tip of Hoseason Island, in the Palmer Archipelago. Named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05, for Alfred Angot, Asst. Dir. of the French Meteorological Service and member of the commission which published the scientific results of the expedition.||
463|Angus Nunatak|Summit|852200S|1241400W|-85.3666667|-124.2333333|||01/01/1962|The northern of two nunataks which lie close N of Mount Brecher in the Wisconsin Range, Horlick Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1959-60.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gordon W. Angus, ionospheric physicist, Byrd Station winter party, 1961.||
464|Aniline Island|Island|541900S|0362800W|-54.3166667|-36.4666667|5|16|01/01/1956|Small, flat-topped, rocky island, 5 m high, lying 0.8 mi SSW of Dartmouth Point in Moraine Fjord, South Georgia.  The island appears on earlier charts, but the name was given by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1951 following a sketch survey.  The feature is one of a group in the vicinity named after the chemical stain used in the preparation of histological examination of spcimens collected by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).||
465|Cape Ann|Cape|661000S|0512200E|-66.1666667|51.3666667|||01/01/1947|Projecting cape on the coast, surmounted by Mount Biscoe which rises to 700 meters.  Photographed from the air on Dec. 22, 1929 by a Norwegian expedition under Riiser-Larsen in a flight from the Norvegia, and on Jan. 14, 1930 photographed from the Discovery by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson.  Both expeditions believed the peak rising just S of the cape to be the same as that discovered on March 16, 1831 and named Cape Ann by John Biscoe.  The name Cape Ann, probably after Biscoe's wife, has been retained for the projecting cape; the surmounting peak was named Mount Biscoe by Mawson.||
466|Cape Anna|Cape|643500S|0622600W|-64.5833333|-62.4333333|280|919|01/01/1951|Prominent black cape rising to 280 m, forming the N tip of Arctowski Peninsula on the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, and named after Mme. Ernest (Anna) Osterrieth, who gave financial assistance to the expedition.||
467|Anna Cove|Bay|643500S|0622600W|-64.5833333|-62.4333333|||01/01/1965|Cove immediately E of Cape Anna at the N end of Arctowski Peninsula, along the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) on January 30, 1898, and named in association with Cape Anna (q.v.).||
468|Annandags Peaks|Range|723200S|0061800W|-72.5333333|-6.3|||01/01/1966|A group of small, isolated peaks about 15 mi SW of Jule Peaks in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Annandagstoppane (the next day's peaks).||
472|Cape Annawan|Cape|722000S|0952500W|-72.3333333|-95.4166667|||01/01/1960|An ice-covered cape which marks the E extremity of Thurston Island and the NW entrance to Seraph Bay.  Discovered in helicopter flights from the USS Burton Island and Glacier by personnel of the U.S. Navy (USN) Bellingshausen Sea Expedition in February 1960.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the ship Annawan, of the United States Expedition of 1829-31, which with the Penguin sailed W from the South Shetland Islands in February 1830, holding a course between 62S and 58S and exploring as far as 103W, northward of this cape.||01/28/2004
473|Cape Anne|Cape|733700S|1695100E|-73.6166667|169.85|||01/01/1947|Cape which marks the SE extremity of Coulman Island, located in the Ross Sea near the coast of Victoria Land.  Discovered in January 1841 by Sir James Clark Ross and named by him for his wife.||
475|Mount Anne|Summit|834800S|1683000E|-83.8|168.5|3870|12697|01/01/1949|A mountain, 3,870 m, standing 6 mi N of Mount Elizabeth, in Queen Alexandra Range.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named for Anne Dawson-Lambton, a supporter of the expedition.||
477|Annenkov Island|Island|542900S|0370500W|-54.4833333|-37.0833333|650|2133|01/01/1952|Irregularly-shaped island 4 mi long and 650 m high, lying 8 mi off the south-central coast of South Georgia.  Discovered in January 1775 by a British expedition under Cook, who named it "Pickersgills Island" for Lieutenant Richard Pickersgill of the expedition ship Resolution.  Resighted in 1819 by a Russian expedition under Bellingshausen, who, thinking he was the discoverer of the island, named it Annenkov Island for Lieutenant Mikhail Annenkov, officer on the expedition ship Pickersgill has become established for a group of islands 15 mi to the southeast.||03/05/1997
479|Annexstad Peak|Summit|764100S|1255200W|-76.6833333|-125.8666667|2610|8563|01/01/1962|A partially ice-free peak (2,610 m) on the W side of the crater rim of Mount Cumming, in the Executive Committee Range, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy trimetrogon photography, 1958-60.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John O. Annexstad, geomagnetician and station seismologist at Byrd Station, 1958; later with the Meteorite Working Group, Johnson Space Center, Houston, Texas.||03/05/1997
480|Ann Island|Island|680800S|0670600W|-68.1333333|-67.1|||01/01/1949|Island in the Debenham Islands, lying SE of Barbara Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill, and named by him for a daughter of Frank Debenham, member of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) Advisory Committee.||
484|Antarctica|Area|900000S|0000000E|-90|0|||01/01/1953|The Antarctic continent, together with the islands rising from the continental block, centering roughly on the South Pole and lying almost wholly within the Antarctic Circle.  It has an area of about 5.5 million square miles. Antarctica is a relatively high and compact mass and is snow covered except for some coastal areas and the protruding peaks of mountains and mountain ranges.  The first sighting of Antarctica is contested but apparently occurred in the 1820's. The term Antarctic has been applied to the southern polar regions of Earth, and Antarctica to the continent, by analogy with the term Arctic, applied to the northern polar regions.||10/18/2000
486|Antarctic Bay|Bay|540600S|0365900W|-54.1|-36.9833333|||01/01/1952|Bay 1 mi wide which recedes SW 4 mi, entered between Antarctic Point and Morse Point on the N coast of South Georgia.  Probably first sighted by a British expedition under Cook in 1775.  It was explored in 1902 by members of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), under Nordenskjold, who named it for their ship, the Antarctic.||
488|Antarctic Convergence|Area|000000N|0000000E|0|0|||01/01/1956|A line encircling Antarctica where the cold, northward-flowing Antarctic waters sink beneath the relatively warmer waters of the sub-Antarctic.  The line is actually a zone approximately 20 to 30 miles wide, varying somewhat in latitude in different longitudes, extending across the Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans between the 48th and 61st parallels of south latitude.  The precise location at any given place and time is made evident by the sudden change in surface temperature, which averages 5 to 10 degrees Fahrenheit (2.8 to 5.5 Celsius).  Although this zone is a mobile one, it usually does not stray more than a half a degree of latitude from its mean position.  This line, like the tree line of the north, is a natural boundary rather than one derived from reasoning.  It not only separates two hydrological regions, but also separates areas of distinctive marine life associations and of different climates.  The South Shetland Islands, South Orkney Islands, South Sandwich Islands, South Georgia, Bouvetoya, Heard Island and McDonald Islands all lie south of the Antarctic Convergence.  The Iles Kerguelen lie approximately on the Convergence; the Falkland Islands, Prince Edward Islands, Iles Crozet and Macquarie Island lie north of the Convergence.||10/18/2000
489|Antarctic Peninsula|Cape|693000S|0650000W|-69.5|-65|||01/01/1964|The major peninsula of Antarctica, extending from Prime Head in the north to a line between Cape Adams and a point on the mainland coast south of Eklund Islands.  The first sighting of Antarctic Peninsula is contested but it apparently occurred in the 1820's. Agreement on this name by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) and UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1964 resolved a long-standing difference involving use of the American name, Palmer Peninsula, and the British name, Graham Land, for this feature. (Graham Land is now restricted to that part of Antarctic Peninsula northward of a line between Cape Jeremy and Cape Agassiz; Palmer Land to the part southward of that line.)||03/05/1997
490|Antarctic Point|Summit|540400S|0365800W|-54.0666667|-36.9666667|||01/01/1953|Point which marks the W side of the entrance to Antarctic Bay on the N coast of South Georgia.  Charted in the period 1926-30 by DI personnel, who named it after nearby Antarctic Bay.||
492|Antarctic Sound|Bay|632000S|0564500W|-63.3333333|-56.75|||01/01/1947|Body of water about 30 mi long and from 7 to 12 mi wide, separating the Joinville Island group from the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  The sound was named by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold for the expedition ship Antarctic which in 1902, under the command of Captain C.A. Larsen, was the first vessel to navigate it.||
499|Mount Antell|Summit|540700S|0364200W|-54.1166667|-36.7|610|2001|01/01/1963|Mountain rising above 610 m, overlooking the N coast of South Georgia midway between Bjelland and Hercules Points.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Georg Antell, foreman of the South Georgia Whaling Co. station at nearby Leith Harbor, 1913-39.||
501|Antenna Island|Island|690000S|0393500E|-69|39.5833333|||01/01/1975|A small island lying midway between Nesoya and East Ongul Island, the latter the site of the scientific station of the Japanese Antarctic Research Expeditions in Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957.  The name "Antena-jima" (Antenna Island) was given by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1972.||
502|Antevs Glacier|Glacier|671900S|0664900W|-67.3166667|-66.8166667|||01/01/1965|Glacier on Arrowsmith Peninsula, Graham Land, flowing N between Seue Peaks and Boyle Mountains into Muller Ice Shelf, Lallemand Fjord.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 after Ernst V. Antevs, American glacial geologist.||03/05/1997
503|Ant Hill|Summit|784700S|1612700E|-78.7833333|161.45|1310|4298|01/01/1962|Hill, 1,310 m, rising steeply on the W side of the Skelton Glacier between Ant Hill Glacier and Dilemma Glacier.  Surveyed and named in 1957 by the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.  So named by geological members because of the prominent anticline in the bluff below the hill.||
504|Ant Hill Glacier|Glacier|784900S|1613000E|-78.8166667|161.5|||01/01/1962|Glacier between Ant Hill and Bareface Bluff, rising in the Worcester Range and flowing NE into Skelton Glacier.  Surveyed and named in 1957 by the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.  Named in association with Ant Hill.||
505|Anthony Bluff|Cliff|790600S|1600700E|-79.1|160.1166667|||01/01/1965|A conspicuous rock bluff along the S wall of Mulock Glacier, about 9 mi NW of Cape Lankester.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1959-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Alexander Anthony, USAF, in charge of science and publications on the staff of the U.S. Antarctic Projects Officer, 1963-65.||
506|Anthony Glacier|Glacier|694700S|0624500W|-69.7833333|-62.75|||01/01/1953|Glacier which flows in an ESE direction to the E coast of Palmer Land where it terminates opposite the S tip of Hearst Island.  The upper part of this glacier was seen by a sledge party of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill in 1936-37.  The glacier was seen from the seaward side in 1940 by a sledging party from East Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), and in 1947 was photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne.  Named by Ronne for Alexander Anthony of the J.P. Stevens Co., New York, which contributed windproof clothing to the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE).||
507|Anton Island|Island|660200S|1342800E|-66.0333333|134.4666667|||01/01/1962|A low ice-capped island about 0.5 mi long.  It lies 5 mi NNE of Lewis Island, just outside the E side of the entrance to Davis Bay.  Discovered in 1956 from the landed on the island on Jan. 18, 1960.  Named by ANCA for Anton Moyell, first officer on the Magga Dan in 1960.||
511|Anuchin Glacier|Glacier|711700S|0133100E|-71.2833333|13.5166667|||01/01/1970|A glacier draining southward to Lake Unter-See in the northern part of the Gruber Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after D.N. Anuchin, Soviet geographer.||
512|Anvers Island|Island|643300S|0633500W|-64.55|-63.5833333|||01/01/1947|High, mountainous island 38 mi long, which is the largest feature in the Palmer Archipelago, lying SW of Brabant Island at the SW end of the group.  Named in 1898 by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache after the province of Anvers, Belgium.||
513|Anvil Crag|Cliff|621200S|0582900W|-62.2|-58.4833333|300|984||A rock crag rising to 300 m 1 mi WSW of Sphinx Hill, King George Island.  The vertical crag is at the head of a medial moraine.  Descriptively named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977; with its three rock faces and flat top, it has the appearance of an anvil.||
514|Anvil Rock|Island|651400S|0641600W|-65.2333333|-64.2666667|||01/01/1950|Rock between Grotto Island and the SE end of Forge Islands in the Argentine Islands, Wilhelm Archipelago.  Charted and named in 1935 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill. The name is descriptive.||
515|Anvil Stacks|Pillar|541000S|0374200W|-54.1666667|-37.7|||01/01/1956|Two conspicuous sea stacks which lie close S of the entrance to Elephant Cove, off the S coast and near the W end of South Georgia.  The name "Elephant Bay Islands," derived from nearby Elephant Cove (formerly Elephant Bay), has been used locally for this feature by some South Georgia sealers.  The descriptive name Anvil Stacks, a less cumbersome name, was suggested by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) following their survey in 1951-52.||
516|Anzac Peak|Summit|530000S|0731800E|-53|73.3|715|2346|01/01/1957|An ice-covered peak (715 m) which marks the highest point on Laurens Peninsula, the NW arm of Heard Island.  The peak appears to have been roughly shown on an 1860 sketch map prepared by Captain H.C. Chester, American sealer operating in the area during this period.  The name Anzac Peak was applied by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) on April 25, 1948 to commemorate Anzac Day, the holiday on which the area was surveyed.||
517|Aogōri Bay|Bay|691300S|0394400E|-69.2166667|39.7333333|||01/01/1975|A small bay in the western side of Langhovde Hills along the coast of Queen Maud Land.  The bay lies just south of Mount Futago.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62.  The name "Aogoriwan" (blue ice bay) was adopted by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1972.||
518|Mount Aorangi|Summit|722500S|1662200E|-72.4166667|166.3666667|3135|10285|01/01/1964|The highest mountain, 3,135 m, in the Millen Range.  So named by the NZFMCAE, 1962-63, because of this mountain's cloud-piercing ability, and also in memory of Mount Cook, New Zealand, known to the Maori people as "Aorangi" (the cloud piercer).||
519|Apéndice Island|Island|641100S|0610200W|-64.1833333|-61.0333333|||01/01/1965|Island lying NW of Charles Point in Hughes Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  The name appears on an Argentine government chart of 1957.||
520|Apfel Glacier|Glacier|662500S|1003500E|-66.4166667|100.5833333|||01/01/1955|Glacier about 5 mi wide and 20 mi long, flowing WNW along the S flank of Bunger Hills and terminating in Edisto Ice Tongue.  Mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Earl T. Apfel, professor of geology at Syracuse University, who served as geologist with the U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml parties, 1947-48, which established astronomical control stations along Queen Mary, Knox and Budd Coasts.||
521|Aphrodite Glacier|Glacier|684700S|0643200W|-68.7833333|-64.5333333|||01/01/1962|A glacier 15 mi long flowing N to the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula 3 mi W of Victory Nunatak.  The lower portion of the feature was first plotted by W.L.G. Joerg from aerial photographs taken by Sir Hubert Wilkins in Dec. 1928 and Lincoln Ellsworth in Nov. 1935.  The glacier was subsequently photographed by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in Dec. 1947 (Trimetrogon air photography) and surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in Dec. 1958 and Nov. 1960. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Aphrodite, goddess of love in Greek mythology.||
522|Apocalypse Peaks|Range|772300S|1605100E|-77.383333|160.85|2360|7743|01/01/1962|Group of peaks with a highest point of 2,360 m, standing E of Willett Range and between the Barwick and Balham Valleys, in Victoria Land.  So named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1958-59) because the peaks are cut by talus slopes which gives them the appearance of the "Riders of the Apocalypse."||
523|Apollo Glacier|Glacier|685000S|0644500W|-68.8333333|-64.75|||01/01/1962|A glacier, 9 mi long, flowing NE and joining the lower part of Aphrodite Glacier 2 mi from the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  The lower part of this glacier was first plotted by W.L.G. Joerg from aerial photographs taken by Sir Hubert Wilkins in Dec. 1928 and Lincoln Ellsworth in Nov. 1935.  The glacier was subsequently photographed by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in Dec. 1947 (Trimetrogon air photography) and roughly surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in Nov. 1960.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Apollo, the god of manly youth and beauty in Greek mythology.||
525|Apollo Island|Island|701500S|0015500W|-70.25|-1.9166667|||01/01/1970|A small ice-covered island about 18 mi ENE of Blaskimen Island in the NW part of the Fimbul Ice Shelf, Queen Maud Land.  The island is 10 mi ENE of the site of the South African Sanae Station.  The name Apollo appears to be first used on a South African map of 1969.||
526|Apollo Peak|Summit|772946S|1604919E|-77.496125|160.821899|1900|6234||A dolerite capped peak rising to 1,900 m W of Mount Electra in the Olympus Range, Victoria Land.  The peak was named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1984 after work carried out by the New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP).  Named after the god Apollo, in association with other names from Greek mythology in this range.||
527|Mount Apolotok|Summit|721500S|1642900E|-72.25|164.4833333|2555|8382|01/01/1964|A high, prominent red granite peak, 2,555 m, in the Salamander Range, Freyberg Mountains.  The name is of Eskimo origin, meaning "the big red one," and was given by the Northern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64.||
528|Apostrophe Island|Island|733100S|1672600E|-73.5166667|167.4333333|||01/01/1966|Small ice-covered island lying close off Spatulate Ridge in Lady Newnes Bay, Victoria Land.  The name is descriptive of the appearance of the island in plan and was given by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1966.||
529|Appalachia Nunataks|Summit|694400S|0710400W|-69.7333333|-71.0666667|600|1968||Nunataks rising to c. 600 m on the W side of Elgar Uplands, Alexander Island. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 after the Delius composition Appalachia (1902), in association with Delius Glacier (q.v.) and the names of composers in this area.||
530|Point Appleby|Summit|672500S|0593600E|-67.4166667|59.6|||01/01/1970|Point on the western side of an unnamed island lying 0.8 mi S of Warren Island in William Scoresby Bay.  Discovered, charted and named by DI personnel on the William Scoresby in Feb. 1936, as a point on the eastern shore of the bay.  Later mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, as a point on an island near the eastern side of the bay.||
532|Arago Glacier|Glacier|645100S|0622300W|-64.85|-62.3833333|||01/01/1964|Glacier flowing into Andvord Bay just NW of Moser Glacier, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from air photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Dominique-Francois-Jean Arago (1786-1853), French geodesist who first demonstrated the application of photography to mapmaking in 1839.||
533|Arai Terraces|Bench|831200S|1633600E|-83.2|163.6|||01/01/1966|A series of crevassed terraces and icefalls close southward of Fazekas Hills, near the head of Lowery Glacier.  So named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1959-60) because the feature is a natural barrier to sledge travel which the party was unable to traverse.  Arai is the Maori term for barrier.||
535|Aramis Range|Range|703700S|0670000E|-70.6166667|67|||01/01/1962|The third range south in the Prince Charles Mountains, situated 11 mi SE of the Porthos Range and extending for about 30 mi in a SW-NE direction.  First visited in January 1957 by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) southern party led by W.G. Bewsher, who named it for a character in Alexander Dumas' novel The Three Musketeers, the most popular book read on the southern journey.||
536|Archambault Ridge|Ridge|734200S|1625500E|-73.7|162.9166667|||01/01/1969|A ridge which descends from the Deep Freeze Range to Campbell Glacier between Rainey and Recoil Glaciers in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant John L. Archambault, U.S. Navy (USN), medical officer at McMurdo Station, 1967.||
538|Cape Archer|Cape|765100S|1625200E|-76.85|162.8666667|||01/01/1947|Cape which marks the N side of the entrance to Granite Harbor on the coast of Victoria Land.  Named by the Northern Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) for W.W. Archer, chief steward of the expedition.||
539|Mount Archer|Summit|691200S|1573900E|-69.2|157.65|||01/01/1967|A rock peak immediately S of Archer Point on the W side of Harald Bay.  The peak was mapped from air photos taken in Feb. 1959 by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Magga Dan) led by Phillip Law.  Named after Archer Point.||
540|Archer Glacier|Glacier|651000S|0630500W|-65.1666667|-63.0833333|||01/01/1964|Glacier flowing NW into the head of Bolson Cove, Flandres Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Frederick S. Archer (1813-57), English architect who in 1849 invented the wet collodion process of photography, the first practical process on glass.||03/05/1997
541|Archer Peak|Summit|715200S|1711000E|-71.8666667|171.1666667|110|361|01/01/1962|Peak, 110 m, on the SW extremity of Possession Island.  Named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1898-1900, presumably for A. Archer, Esquire, of Australia, mentioned in the preface to Borchgrevink's First on the Antarctic Continent, or for Colin Archer who designed Borchgrevink's vessel, the Southern Cross.||
542|Archer Point|Summit|691100S|1573900E|-69.1833333|157.65|||01/01/1949|A rocky point on the coast marking the W side of Harald Bay.  Discovered in Feb. 1911 by Lieutenant H.L.L. Pennell, Royal Navy (RN), in the Terra Nova,  expedition ship of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, under Scott.  Named after W.W. Archer, chief steward of the expedition.||
543|Archibald Point|Summit|631200S|0564000W|-63.2|-56.6666667|||01/01/1964|An exposed rocky point on the SW side of Bransfield Island in Antarctic Sound.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) (1963) for George K. Archibald, first officer of Royal Research Ship (RRS) Shackleton, one of the British Antarctic Survey (BAS) ships.||
544|Arch Pond|Basin|541400S|0363000W|-54.2333333|-36.5||||A pond between Burnet Cove and Poa Cove, to the E of Maiviken, South Georgia. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from the natural arch in the rocky point just W of the pond.||
548|Arcondo Nunatak|Summit|820800S|0413700W|-82.1333333|-41.6166667|780|2559|01/01/1968|A nunatak, 780 m, standing 5 mi S of Mount Spann in the Panzarini Hills portion of the Argentina Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Mayor Pedro Arcondo, Argentine officer in charge at General Belgrano Station, 1959-61.||
549|Arctowski Cove|Bay|620900S|0582900W|-62.15|-58.4833333||||Small cove at the SE side of Point Thomas in Admiralty Bay, King George Island.  Named by a Polish Antarctic Expedition (1977-79) after Henryk Arctowski, Polish meteorologist with the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, and in association with the Henryk Arctowski research station on Point Thomas.||
550|Arctowski Nunatak|Summit|650600S|0600000W|-65.1|-60|||01/01/1952|Nunatak 2 mi NW of Hertha Nunatak in the Seal Nunataks group, off the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  Charted by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold during a sledge journey in 1902, and named by him for Henryk Arctowski, Polish geologist, oceanographer, and meteorologist of the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99.||
551|Arctowski Peak|Summit|734400S|0612800W|-73.7333333|-61.4666667|1410|4626|01/01/1953|A somewhat isolated ice-covered peak, 1,410 m, standing 8 mi WSW of the head of Howkins Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered and photographed from the air in December 1940 by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  During 1947 the peak was photographed from the air by members of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), under Ronne, who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted it from the ground.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Henryk Arctowski.||
552|Arctowski Peninsula|Cape|644500S|0622500W|-64.75|-62.4166667|||01/01/1951|Peninsula, 15 mi long in a N-S direction, lying between Andvord and Wilhelmina Bays on the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache.  The name, for Henryk Arctowski of that expedition was suggested by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for this hitherto unnamed feature.||
554|Ardery Island|Island|662200S|1102700E|-66.3666667|110.45|||01/01/1956|Steep, rocky island, 0.6 mi long, lying 1.1 mi W of Odbert Island in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Major E.R. Ardery, Army Corps of Engineers observer who assisted U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml parties in establishing astronomical control stations between Wilhelm II Coast and Budd Coast during the 1947-48 season.||02/25/1999
555|Ardley Cove|Bay|621200S|0585700W|-62.2|-58.95||||A cove that lies N of Ardley Island (q.v.) in Maxwell Bay, King George Island.  It was named "Caleta Ardley" by an Argentine expedition (c. 1957) in association with Ardley Island.||
556|Ardley Island|Island|621300S|0585600W|-62.2166667|-58.9333333|||01/01/1960|Island 1 mi long, lying in Maxwell Bay close off the SW end of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted as a peninsula in 1935 by DI personnel of the Discovery II and named for Lieutenant R.A.B. Ardley, Royal Navy Reserve (RNR),) officer on the ship in 1929-31 and 1931-33.  Air photos have since shown that the feature is an island.||
558|Arena Corner|Valley|695100S|0680200W|-69.85|-68.0333333||||An arcuate nunatak at the N end of the Traverse Mountains, 2 mi E of McHugo Peak, on the Rymill Coast, Palmer Land.  The name is descriptive of the shape of this feature, which serves as a landmark in the area.  Named in 1977 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC).||
559|Arena Glacier|Glacier|632400S|0570300W|-63.4|-57.05|||01/01/1963|Glacier 3 mi long, flowing NE from Mount Taylor into Hope Bay 2 mi SW of Sheppard Point, at the extremity of Trinity Peninsula.  Mapped in 1948 and 1955 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and so named by them because the flat ice floor of the glacier's upper half, surrounded by the steep slopes of Twin Peaks, Mount Taylor and Blade Ridge, resembles an arena.||
561|Arena Saddle|Gap|775317S|1604822E|-77.887949|160.805985||||A saddle 1 mi W of Altar Mountain, situated at mid-point on the E-W ridge which forms the head of Arena Valley in the Quartermain Mountains, Victoria Land. Named in association with Arena Valley.  The name was approved by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) from a proposal by C.T. McElroy who, with G. Rose and K.J. Whitby, carried out geological work in these mountains, 1980-81.||
562|Arena Valley|Valley|775040S|1605812E|-77.844522|160.96994|||01/01/1964|An ice-free valley, between East Beacon and New Mountain, which opens to the S side of Taylor Glacier in Victoria Land.  Given this descriptive name by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1958-59.||
563|Arenite Ridge|Ridge|694100S|0693200W|-69.6833333|-69.5333333||||Steep-sided rock and snow ridge in northern Alexander Island, extending 15 mi in a N-S direction and forming the eastern wall of Toynbee Glacier.  The ridge includes Mount Tyrrell and Mount Tilley.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 from the sandstone-type rocks that form this feature.||
564|Ares Cliff|Cliff|714900S|0681500W|-71.8166667|-68.25|500|1640|01/01/1975|A cliff formed of pale-colored sandstone which rises to about 500 m, located E of Mars Glacier and 1 mi N of Two Step Cliffs on the E side of Alexander Island. The feature was mapped from trimetrogon air photography taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and from survey by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1948-50.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with Mars Glacier after the Greek god of war, Ares.||
565|Areta Rock|Summit|820600S|0410500W|-82.1|-41.0833333|||01/01/1968|A rock 3 mi SE of Mount Spann in the Panzarini Hills portion of the Argentina Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Eduardo Ferrin Areta, Argentine officer in charge at Ellsworth Station, winter 1961.||
566|Argentina Range|Range|822000S|0420000W|-82.3333333|-42|||01/01/1968|A range of rock peaks and bluffs, 42 mi long, lying 35 mi E of the N part of Forrestal Range in the NE portion of the Pensacola Mountains.  Discovered and photographed on Jan. 13, 1956 in the course of a U.S. Navy (USN) transcontinental nonstop plane flight from McMurdo Sound to Weddell Sea and return.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Argentina, which for many years from 1955 maintained a scientific station on the Filchner Ice Shelf at the General Belgrano or Ellsworth Station site.  The entire Pensacola Mountains were mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1967 and 1968 from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) tricamera photographs taken in 1964.||
567|Argentine Islands|Island|651500S|0641600W|-65.25|-64.2666667|||01/01/1950|Group of islands 5 mi SW of Petermann Island and 4 mi NW of Cape Tuxen, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, and named by him for the Argentine Republic in appreciation of that government's generosity and kindness to his expedition.  The British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill was based in the Argentine Islands in 1935 and conducted a thorough survey of them.||
570|Argentino Channel|Channel|645400S|0630100W|-64.9|-63.0166667|||01/01/1965|Channel between Bryde Island and the W coast of Graham Land, connecting Paradise Harbor with Gerlache Strait.  First roughly charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99.  The name "Canal Argentino" appears for the feature on an Argentine government chart of 1950.||
571|Argo Glacier|Glacier|832200S|1573000E|-83.3666667|157.5|||01/01/1966|A glacier in the Miller Range, 10 mi long, flowing NE to enter Marsh Glacier just S of Macdonald Bluffs.  Named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) after the vessel sailed by Jason in Greek mythology.||
572|Argonaut Glacier|Glacier|731300S|1664200E|-73.2166667|166.7|||01/01/1967|A tributary glacier about 10 mi long in the Mountaineer Range of Victoria Land.  It flows E to enter Mariner Glacier just N of Engberg Bluff.  Named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, in association with Aeronaut, Cosmonaut and Cosmonette Glaciers.||
573|Argo Point|Summit|661500S|0605500W|-66.25|-60.9166667|260|853|01/01/1963|Prominent rock point rising steeply to 260 m on the E side of Jason Peninsula, 22 mi NE of Veier Head on the E coast of Graham Land.  Probably first seen by C.A. Larsen in 1893.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1953 and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1956.  The name derives from association with Jason Peninsula; Jason sailed in the Argo to search for the golden fleece.||
574|Argosy Glacier|Glacier|830800S|1573500E|-83.1333333|157.5833333|||01/01/1966|Glacier about 15 mi long, flowing E through Miller Range to enter Marsh Glacier N of Kreiling Mesa.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62).||
577|Dome Argus|Summit|810000S|0770000E|-81|77|4000|13123||The highest ice feature in Antarctica, comprising a dome or eminence of just over 4,000 m elevation, located near the center of East Antarctica and approximately midway between the head of Lambert Glacier and the South Pole.  At first called "Dome A," details of the morphology of this feature were determined by the SPRI-NSF-TUD airborne radio echo sounding program, 1967-79.  Named by SPRI from Greek mythology; Argus built the ship in which Jason and the Argonauts traveled.||
578|Mount Argus|Summit|685300S|0635200W|-68.8833333|-63.8666667|||01/01/1964|A large isolated mountain mass, surmounted by three separate peaks, the highest 1,220 meters.  It stands between Poseidon Pass and Athene Glacier, 10 mi WNW of Miller Point, in northeastern Palmer Land.  The mountain was photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service on September 28, 1940.  It was the subject of geological investigation by A.G. Fraser of British Antarctic Survey (BAS) in 1961.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) (1963) after the son of the god Zeus in Greek mythology.||
579|Mount Ariel|Summit|712200S|0684000W|-71.3666667|-68.6666667|1250|4101|01/01/1961|Peak, 1,250 m, marking the S limit of Planet Heights and overlooking the N side of Uranus Glacier in the E part of Alexander Island.  Probably first seen by Lincoln Ellsworth, who flew directly over it and photographed segments of this coast on Nov. 23, 1935.  First mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because of its association with Uranus Glacier, Ariel being one of the satellites of Uranus.||
580|The Ark|Summit|804300S|0244700W|-80.7166667|-24.7833333|1790|5873|01/01/1962|Rock summit, 1,790 m, in the central part of the Read Mountains, in the Shackleton Range.  First mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE).  The name, given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), is descriptive of its shape when viewed from the west.||
581|Arkell Cirque|Basin|804100S|0240800W|-80.6833333|-24.1333333||||A large cirque on the south face of the central Read Mountains, Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy in 1967 and surveyed from the ground by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after William J. Arkell (1904-58), English geologist; specialist in Jurassic stratigraphy and paleontology.||
582|Arkhangel'skiy Nunataks|Summit|692800S|1563000E|-69.4666667|156.5|||01/01/1967|A group of scattered rock outcrops about 15 mi W of the central part of Lazarev Mountains.  Photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47, the Soviet Antarctic Expedition, 1958, and Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), 1959.  The largest of the outcrops had been named by the Soviet expedition after Soviet geologist A.D. Arkhangel'skiy.  The broader application of the name to the entire group follows the recommendation by ANCA.||
584|Cape Arkona|Cape|531000S|0732600E|-53.1666667|73.4333333|||01/01/1957|A rocky headland between the mouths of Lied Glacier and Gotley Glacier on the SW side of Heard Island.  The feature appears to be roughly charted on an 1860 sketch map prepared by Captain H.C. Chester, American sealer operating in the area during this period.  The German frigate Arkona (Captain von Reibnitz) examined the S coast of the island in Feb. 1874 and, in Melbourne, provided the officers of His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Challenger with a position for the cape which was used in preparation of the Admiralty chart.  In so doing, however, the misspelling "Cape Arcona" was used on the British chart.||
585|Arkticheskiy Institut Rocks|Summit|711800S|0112700E|-71.3|11.45|||01/01/1970|A group of rocks lying 8 mi N of Nordwestliche Insel Mountains at the NW extremity of the Wohlthat Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and photographed by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition, 1960-61, and named for that nation's Arctic Institute.||
587|Armadillo Hill|Summit|680700S|0662200W|-68.1166667|-66.3666667|1760|5774|01/01/1955|Ice-covered hill which rises to 1,760 m and projects 120 m above the surrounding ice sheet, situated on the Graham Land plateau 4 mi ESE of the head of Northeast Glacier and 8 mi NE of the head of Neny Fjord.  First roughly surveyed by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, and resurveyed in 1940 by sledging parties of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) on whose field charts the hill is labeled "Sawtooth."  Named Armadillo Hill by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) following its 1946-47 survey, because when viewed from the NE the tumbled ice blocks on the summit and general shape of the hill resemble the side view of an armadillo.||
588|Mount Armagost|Summit|713800S|1660100E|-71.6333333|166.0166667|2040|6693|01/01/1970|One in the series of peaks (2,040 m) that rise between Mirabito Range and Homerun Range in northern Victoria Land.  This peak stands 9 mi SW of Mount LeResche.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Chief Equipment Operator Harry M. Armagost, U.S. Navy (USN), who wintered over at McMurdo Station in 1963 and 1967.||
589|Årmålsryggen|Ridge|731200S|0020800W|-73.2|-2.1333333|||01/01/1966|A ridge at the W end of the Neumayer Cliffs in Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Armalsryggen (the year's goal ridge).||
590|Armbruster Rocks|Island|735700S|1164900W|-73.95|-116.8166667||||Exposed rocks on the W side of Wright Island, 9 mi SW of Cape Felt, off Bakutis Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1959-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lieutenant Robert B. Armbruster, U.S. Navy (USN), Communications Officer at Christchurch, New Zealand, Operation Deep Freeze, 1963 and 1964.||04/11/2001
591|Cape Armitage|Cape|775135S|1664121E|-77.859629|166.689136|||01/01/1947|Cape forming the S end of Hut Point Peninsula and the southernmost point on Ross Island.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, under Scott, and named by him for Lieutenant (later Captain) Albert B. Armitage, second in command and navigator on the Discovery.||
593|Armitage Saddle|Gap|780900S|1631500E|-78.15|163.25|||01/01/1974|The saddle at the head of Blue Glacier, overlooking the Howchin and Walcott Glaciers which drain toward Walcott Bay in the Koettlitz Glacier.  The saddle is at the S end of the "Snow Valley" (upper part of Blue Glacier) mapped by Armitage in 1902, and subsequently wrongly omitted from maps of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.  The New Zealand Blue Glacier Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58, established a survey station on the saddle in September 1957.  They named it for Lieutenant A.B. Armitage, second-in-command of the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, in recognition of his exploration in this area.||
594|Armlenet Ridge|Ridge|715900S|0025200E|-71.9833333|2.8666667|||01/01/1971|Ridge trending N-S for 3 mi between Stabben Mountain and Jutulhogget Peak, forming the E arm of Jutulsessen Mountain in the Gjelsvik Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1958-59) and named Armlenet (the armrest).||
597|Armonini Nunatak|Summit|711100S|0655100E|-71.1833333|65.85|||01/01/1967|A partly snow-covered rock outcrop about 5 mi ESE of Mount Reu in the Prince Charles Mountains. There is an area of moraine on the NW side.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1960.  Named for G.C. Armonini, weather observer at Davis Station in 1962.||
598|Armour Inlet|Stream|733800S|1243900W|-73.6333333|-124.65|||01/01/1967|Ice-filled inlet indenting the N side of Siple Island just W of Armour Peninsula, along the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  The inlet was first roughly delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in January 1947.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the Armour Institute of Technology, Chicago, which donated funds to the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, for purchase of the Snow Cruiser.||
599|Armour Peninsula|Cape|734200S|1241000W|-73.7|-124.1666667|||01/01/1967|An ice-covered peninsula situated immediately E of Armour Inlet on Siple Island, along the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Armour Inlet.||
600|Mount Armstrong|Summit|855000S|1571200W|-85.8333333|-157.2|2330|7644|01/01/1967|Mountain, 2,330 m, standing 5 mi SSE of Mount Goodale in the Hays Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Thomas B. Armstrong, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) representative at Palmer Station, summer 1966-67.||
601|Armstrong Glacier|Glacier|713100S|0673000W|-71.5166667|-67.5|||01/01/1978|A glacier flowing from the south side of Mount Bagshawe westward into George VI Sound.  It provides the only known safe route for mechanical vehicles from George VI Sound to the Palmer Land plateau.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Edward B. Armstrong, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) surveyor at Stonington Island, 1964-65.||
602|Armstrong Peak|Summit|662400S|0532300E|-66.4|53.3833333|1470|4823|01/01/1965|Peak, 1,470 m, standing 15 mi SE of Mount Codrington in Enderby Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Austnuten (the east peak).  Rephotographed by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956.  An astrofix was obtained nearby in December 1959 by J.C. Armstrong, Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveyor at Mawson, for whom the feature was renamed by ANCA in 1960.||03/05/1997
603|Armstrong Platform|Bench|703200S|1601000E|-70.5333333|160.1666667|1800|5905|01/01/1970|A mainly ice-covered height, or small plateau, which is a northeastward extension of Pomerantz Tableland.  The feature is 5 mi long and ranges from 1,200 to 1,800 m in elevation.  It rises directly north of Helfferich Glacier in the Usarp Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard L. Armstrong, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
604|Armstrong Reef|Bar|655400S|0661800W|-65.9|-66.3|||01/01/1971|A reef, which encompasses a large number of small islands and rocks, extending for 5 mi from the SW end of Renaud Island, in the Biscoe Islands.  First accurately shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Terence E. Armstrong, English sea ice specialist.||
606|Mount Armytage|Summit|760200S|1604500E|-76.0333333|160.75|1855|6086|01/01/1949|Dome-shaped mountain, 1,855 m, standing N of Mawson Glacier and 14 mi W of Mount Smith in Victoria Land.  First charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) which named it for Bertram Armytage, a member of the expedition who was in charge of the ponies.||
607|Arneb Glacier|Glacier|722500S|1700200E|-72.4166667|170.0333333|||01/01/1962|Glacier 3 mi long and 2 mi wide, situated in a cliff-walled bay between Hallett Peninsula and Redcastle Ridge and flowing NW into Edisto Inlet as a floating ice tongue.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, for the USS Arneb, which in the 1957 season carried the buildings and stores for the establishment of Hallett station and revisited the station in subsequent seasons.||
608|Arnel Bluffs|Cliff|680700S|0561200E|-68.1166667|56.2|||01/01/1965|Series of rock outcrops in a steeply-falling ice scarp S of the Leckie Range. Plotted in December 1958 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) dog-sledge party led by G.A. Knuckey.  Named by ANCA for R.R. Arnel, geophysical assistant at Mawson Station, 1958.||
609|Arne Nunatak|Summit|714300S|0082000E|-71.7166667|8.3333333|||01/01/1967|The largest of the Hemmestad Nunataks, in the Drygalski Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from air photos by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named for Arne Hemmestad, mechanic with Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-57).||
611|Arnold Cove|Bay|772500S|1634600E|-77.416667|163.766667|||01/01/1976|A cove along the W margin of McMurdo Sound between Gneiss Point and Marble Point, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charles L. Arnold, leader of a U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) party that made an engineering study of Marble Point, McMurdo Station and Williams Field in the 1971-72 season.||
612|Arnoldy Nunatak|Summit|745400S|0711200W|-74.9|-71.2||||One of the Sky-Hi Nunataks (q.v.) lying 1 mi S of Mount Cahill in Ellsworth Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1987 after Roger L. Arnoldy, physicist, University of New Hampshire, Durham, NH; U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Principal Investigator in upper atmospheric physics at Siple Station and South Pole Station for many years from 1973.||
613|Aronson Corner|Valley|802900S|0205600W|-80.4833333|-20.9333333||||The cliffed extremity of a snow-capped ridge between Mummery Cliff and Chevreul Cliffs in Pioneers Escarpment (q.v.), Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967.  Surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of pioneers of polar life and travel, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Louis V. Aronson (1870-1940), American founder of the Ronson Corporation, who in about 1910 developed the first practical petrol lighter, known originally as the "trench match."||
619|Arrival Heights|Summit|774937S|1663955E|-77.827011|166.665307|||01/01/1952|Clifflike heights which extend in a NE-SW direction along the W side of Hut Point Peninsula, just N of Hut Point.  Discovered and named by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, under Scott.  The name suggests the expedition's arrival at its winter headquarters at nearby Hut Point.||
620|Arrol Icefall|Glacier|643500S|0604000W|-64.5833333|-60.6666667|||01/01/1964|A steep icefall about 3 mi long, originating on the S side of Detroit Plateau, Graham Land, about 8 mi NW of Cape Worsley.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the Arrol-Johnston car, which was adapted for use by Shackleton's Antarctic expedition (1907-09) and was the first mechanical transport used in Antarctica.||
621|Mount Arronax|Summit|674000S|0672200W|-67.6666667|-67.3666667|1585|5200|01/01/1956|Ice-covered, pointed peak, 1,585 m, standing 6 mi WSW of Nautilus Head and dominating the N part of Pourquoi Pas Island, off the W coast of Graham Land. First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named after Prof. Pierre Arronax, central character in Jules Verne's Twenty Thousand Leagues Under the Sea.  A number of features on the island are named for characters in the book.||
622|Arrowhead Nunatak|Summit|823400S|1572200E|-82.5666667|157.3666667|||01/01/1966|Long, narrow nunatak 7 mi SE of Sullivan Nunatak near the head of Nimrod Glacier.  Mapped and so named by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) because in plan it resembles an arrowhead.||
623|Arrowhead Range|Range|732400S|1640000E|-73.4|164|||01/01/1969|A mountain range 20 mi long, situated just N of Cosmonaut Glacier and W of Aviator Glacier in the Southern Cross Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  The name was applied by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) and alludes to the shape of the eastern end of the range.||
625|Mount Arrowsmith|Summit|764600S|1621800E|-76.7666667|162.3|||01/01/1962|A jagged rock peak near Mount Perseverance, 2 mi along a ridge running NE from that mountain, and a like distance E of Mount Whitcombe in Victoria Land. Mapped in 1957 by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58).  Named by them for its similarity to the Canterbury, New Zealand, mountain of that name, and in association with Mount Whitcombe (q.v.).||
626|Arrowsmith Peninsula|Cape|671500S|0671500W|-67.25|-67.25|||01/01/1960|Peninsula about 40 mi long on the W coast of Graham Land, W of Forel and Sharp Glaciers.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955-58 and named for Edwin P. Arrowsmith, Governor of the Falkland Islands.||
627|Arruiz Glacier|Glacier|703900S|1620900E|-70.65|162.15|||01/01/1964|A tributary glacier in the Explorers Range, Bowers Mountains.  It flows WNW from Stanwix Peak and enters Rennick Glacier N of Frolov Ridge.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Alberto J. Arruiz, Argentine IGY observer, a Weather Central meteorologist at Little America V in 1958.||
629|Arsen'yev Rocks|Summit|715100S|0111200E|-71.85|11.2|||01/01/1970|Rock outcrops lying among the morainal deposits 2.5 mi W of Mount Deryugin in the Liebknecht Range, Humboldt Mountains, in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Russian geographer K.I. Arsen'yev.||
632|Mount Arthur|Summit|673900S|0495200E|-67.65|49.8666667|1290|4232|01/01/1965|Mountain, 1,290 m, just W of Mount Douglas at the W end of the Scott Mountains, Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for J. Arthur, electrical fitter at Mawson station in 1960.||
634|Arthur Glacier|Glacier|770300S|1451500W|-77.05|-145.25|||01/01/1966|Valley glacier about 25 mi long, flowing W to Sulzberger Ice Shelf between the Swanson Mountains on the N and Mounts Rea and Cooper on the S, in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered by members of West Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), in aerial flights and from ground surveys in November-December 1940.  Named by US-SCAN for R. Admiral Arthur C. Davis, U.S. Navy (USN), a leader in aviation in the U.S. Navy.||
635|Arthur Harbor|Harbor|644600S|0640400W|-64.7666667|-64.0666667|||01/01/1963|Small harbor entered between Bonaparte and Norsel Points on the SW coast of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Roughly charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05.  Surveyed in 1955 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who established a station near the head of the harbor.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1956 for Oswald R. Arthur, then Governor of the Falkland Islands.||
637|Arthurson Bluff|Cliff|704500S|1660500E|-70.75|166.0833333|||01/01/1964|A mostly ice-covered bluff overlooking the confluence of Ludvig Glacier and Kirkby Glacier from the W, near the N coast of Victoria Land.  A helicopter landing was made here by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by Phillip Law, 1962.  Named by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) for Captain J. Arthurson, helicopter pilot with the expedition.||
638|Arthurson Ridge|Ridge|692200S|1583000E|-69.3666667|158.5|||01/01/1967|A short coastal ridge or promontory, a northern extension from the Wilson Hills, rising between Cook Ridge and the terminus of McLeod Glacier at the head of Davies Bay.  Photographed from aircraft of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47.  First visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) airborne field party in March 1961.  Named for J. Arthurson, helicopter pilot with Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Magga Dan, 1961) led by Phillip Law.||
640|Ascent Glacier|Glacier|831300S|1562400E|-83.2166667|156.4|||01/01/1966|Glacier, 2 mi wide, flowing N to enter Argosy Glacier in the Miller Range just E of Milan Ridge.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) who used this glacier to gain access to the central Miller Range.||
642|Asgard Range|Range|773548S|1615632E|-77.596619|161.942137|||01/01/1962|A mountain range dividing Wright Valley from Taylor Glacier and Taylor Valley, in Victoria Land.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1958-59) after the home of the Norse gods.||
643|Mount Ash|Summit|795700S|1563900E|-79.95|156.65|2025|6644|01/01/1965|Mountain, 2,025 m, in the Darwin Mountains, overlooking the N side of Hatherton Glacier 11 mi WSW of Junction Spur.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1959-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ralph E. Ash, mechanic, a member of the U.S. McMurdo-Pole traverse party, 1960-61.||
644|Ashen Hills|Range|574800S|0264300W|-57.8|-26.7166667|||01/01/1972|A ridge of rounded hills of gullied ash terminating in Nattriss Point at the SE end of Saunders Island, South Sandwich Islands.  The name applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 refers to the ashy composition and pale color of the hills.||
645|Asher Peak|Summit|754400S|1291100W|-75.7333333|-129.1833333|2480|8136|01/01/1974|A peak (2,480 m) in the SW portion of Mount Flint in the McCuddin Mountains of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Bill F. Asher, CECS, U.S. Navy (USN), Senior Chief Construction Electrician at Little America V in 1958.  He was Nuclear Power Plant Operator and Instrument Maintenance Supervisor with the nuclear power unit at McMurdo Station, 1969.||
646|Mount Ashley|Summit|540700S|0372100W|-54.1166667|-37.35|1155|3789|01/01/1963|Mountain, 1,155 m, standing S of the Bay of Isles, South Georgia, between the heads of Grace and Lucas Glaciers.  The name Clifford Ashley Mountains was used by Robert Cushman Murphy for a number of scattered mountains and ridges on the S side of the Bay of Isles, following his visit to South Georgia in 1912-13.  The South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1955-56, reported that a group name for these features is unsuitable and an altered form of the name was applied to the highest of the mountains.  Mount Ashley is named for Clifford W. Ashley, American whaling historian who wrote The Yankee Whaler and Whale Ships of New Bedford.||
648|Ash Point|Summit|622800S|0593900W|-62.4666667|-59.65|||01/01/1953|Point which marks the SE side of the entrance to Discovery Bay, on Greenwich Island in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted and named descriptively by DI personnel on the Discovery II, 1934-35.||
649|Ashton Glacier|Glacier|704400S|0615700W|-70.7333333|-61.95|||01/01/1953|Glacier 9 mi long, which flows ESE from Mount Thompson to the NW side of Lehrke Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  The glacier was photographed from the air in December 1940 by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), and was probably seen by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) ground survey party which explored this coast.  A joint party consisting of members of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) and the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted the glacier in 1947.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for L. Ashton, carpenter with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) at the Port Lockroy and Hope Bay bases in 1944-45 and 1945-46, respectively.||
650|Ashtray Basin|Basin|775202S|1610034E|-77.867226|161.009475|||01/01/1969|A small basin near the head of Arena Valley in Victoria Land.  Named by a field party of the University of New South Wales, Australia, that worked in this area in 1966-67.  The name is reported to be descriptive of characteristic formations on the site.||
651|Mount Ashworth|Summit|705600S|1630500E|-70.9333333|163.0833333|2060|6758|01/01/1964|A peak (2,060 m) 4 mi ENE of Mount Ford in the Bowers Mountains.  Named by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) for Squadron Leader N. Ashworth, RAAF, officer in charge of the Antarctic Flight with Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Thala Dan), 1962, led by Phillip Law, which explored the area.||
652|Asimutbreen Glacier|Glacier|712300S|0134200E|-71.3833333|13.7|||01/01/1970|A small, steep tributary glacier to Vangengeym Glacier, descending SE and then NE between Solhogdene Heights and Skuggekammen Ridge, in the eastern Gruber Mountains of the Wohlthat Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Asimutbreen (the azimuth glacier).||
653|Asman Ridge|Ridge|771000S|1444800W|-77.1666667|-144.8|||01/01/1947|A serrate ridge about 6 mi long on the S side of Arthur Glacier, just N of Bailey Ridge in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered in 1934 on aerial flights of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE).  Named by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) for Adam Asman, a member of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) West Base party.||
654|Aspasia Point|Summit|541900S|0370600W|-54.3166667|-37.1|||01/01/1956|Steep rocky point forming the W extremity of Fanning Ridge, lying 10 mi ESE of Cape Nunez on the S coast of South Georgia.  The feature was named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following mapping by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in 1951-52.  The name derives from association with Fanning Ridge.  The American armed corvette Aspasia under Captain Edmund Fanning took 57, 000 fur seals at South Georgia in 1800-01.||
656|Aspland Island|Island|612800S|0555500W|-61.4666667|-55.9166667|||01/01/1947|Small island 4 mi W of Gibbs Island in the South Shetland Islands.  The name dates back to at least 1821 and is now established in international usage.||
659|Asquith Bluff|Cliff|833000S|1672100E|-83.5|167.35|||01/01/1966|A prominent wedge-shaped rock bluff on the W side of Lennox-King Glacier, 4 mi SE of Mount Allen Young.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named "Mount Asquith" for Lord Oxford and Asquith, Prime Minister, 1908-16, who was instrumental in securing a grant from the United Kingdom Government to pay off the expedition's debts.||
660|Assender Glacier|Glacier|673600S|0462500E|-67.6|46.4166667|||01/01/1965|Glacier flowing W into Spooner Bay in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for Pilot Officer K. Assender, RAAF, pilot at Mawson station in 1959.||
661|Asses Ears|Pillar|621900S|0594500W|-62.3166667|-59.75|||01/01/1953|Three small islands off NW Robert Island, forming the N part of Potmess Rocks (q.v.) in English Strait, South Shetland Islands.  Presumably known to early sealers, the feature was charted and named descriptively by personnel on Discovery II in 1934-35.||
662|Assistance Bay|Bay|540700S|0370900W|-54.1166667|-37.15|||01/01/1953|Small bay forming the head of Possession Bay, along the N coast of South Georgia.  Named by DI personnel who charted the area during the period 1926-30.||
663|Astakhov Glacier|Glacier|704500S|1632100E|-70.75|163.35|||01/01/1970|The glacier next S of Chugunov Glacier in the Explorers Range, Bowers Mountains.  It flows NE from Mount Hager and enters Ob' Bay just W of Platypus Ridge.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Petr Astakhov, Soviet exchange scientist at the U.S. South Pole Station in 1967.||
664|Astapenko Glacier|Glacier|704000S|1630000E|-70.6666667|163|||01/01/1964|Glacier, 11 mi long, draining the N and NE slopes of Stanwix Peak in the Bowers Mountains and flowing ENE to Ob' Bay.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Pavel D. Astapenko, Soviet IGY observer, a Weather Central meteorologist at Little America V in 1958.||
665|Astarte Horn|Summit|714000S|0685200W|-71.6666667|-68.8666667|||01/01/1975|A pyramidal peak at the S end of the N-S range extending to Mount Umbriel, in eastern Alexander Island.  The feature was mapped from trimetrogon air photography taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and from survey by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1948-50.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with nearby Venus Glacier; the goddess Venus being identified with the Phoenician goddess Astarte in mythology.||
666|Mount Astor|Summit|860100S|1553000W|-86.0166667|-155.5|3710|12172|01/01/1956|A prominent peak, 3,710 m, standing 2 mi N of Mount Bowser in the Hays Mountains of the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered by R. Admiral Byrd on the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) flight of November 1929 to the South Pole, and named by him for Vincent Astor, contributor to the expedition.||
668|Astor Island|Island|623900S|0611100W|-62.65|-61.1833333|||01/01/1960|Island lying between Rugged Island and Livingston Island in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 for B. Astor of the American sealer South Shetland Islands for the New York Lyceum of Natural History (now American Museum of Natural History).||
669|Astor Rocks|Summit|714800S|0124400E|-71.8|12.7333333|||01/01/1970|Two small rock outcrops lying 4 mi SE of Mount Ramenskiy in the SE extremity of the Wohlthat Mountains.  Plotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named for Astor Ernstsen, a meteorologist with Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1958-59.||
670|Astraea Nunatak|Summit|715900S|0702500W|-71.9833333|-70.4166667|||01/01/1975|A nunatak 6 mi S of Staccato Peaks in southern Alexander Island.  Mapped from trimetrogon air photography taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and from survey by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1948-50.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after one of the asteroids lying between the orbits of Mars and Jupiter.||
671|Astro Cliffs|Cliff|664000S|0622600W|-66.6666667|-62.4333333|60|197|01/01/1963|Rock cliffs 60 m high, situated at the SE extremity of Churchill Peninsula, 6 mi NE of Cape Alexander on the E coast of Graham Land.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955, they mark the most southerly point of the survey.  The UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) name arose from the astronomical fix obtained near the summit which was essential for the control of the survey traverse.||
672|Astro Glacier|Glacier|825400S|1572000E|-82.9|157.3333333|||01/01/1966|Glacier between Turner Hills and Tricorn Peak in the Miller Range, flowing NE into the Marsh Glacier.  Seen by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) and so named because an astro station was set up on the bluff at the mouth of the glacier in December 1961.||
674|Astrolabe Glacier|Glacier|664500S|1395500E|-66.75|139.9166667|||01/01/1955|Glacier 4 mi wide and 10 mi long, flowing NNE from the continental ice and terminating at the coast in a prominent tongue at the E side of Geologie Archipelago.  Probably first sighted in 1840 by the French expedition under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville, although no glaciers were noted on d'Urville's chart of this coast.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in January 1947.  It was charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1949-51, and named after d'Urville's flagship, the Astrolabe.||
675|Astrolabe Glacier Tongue|Glacier|664200S|1400500E|-66.7|140.0833333|||01/01/1956|Prominent glacier tongue about 3 mi wide and 4 mi long, extending NE from Astrolabe Glacier at the E end of Geologie Archipelago.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named for the French corvette Astrolabe.||
676|Astrolabe Island|Island|631700S|0584000W|-63.2833333|-58.6666667|||01/01/1950|Island 3 mi long, lying in Bransfield Strait 14 mi NW of Cape Ducorps, Trinity Peninsula.  Discovered by the French expedition, 1837-40, under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville, and named by him for his chief expedition ship, the Astrolabe.||
678|Astrolabe Needle|Pillar|640800S|0623600W|-64.1333333|-62.6|50|164|01/01/1951|Conspicuous monolith rising 50 m above sea level S of Claude Point, Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05, and named after the Astrolabe, one of the ships of the French expedition under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville, 1837-40.||
679|Astrolabe Subglacial Basin|Basin|700000S|1360000E|-70|136|4700|15420||A subglacial basin to the S of Adelie Coast and E of Porpoise Subglacial Highlands, trending N-S and containing the thickest ice (c. 4,700 m) measured in Antarctica.  The basin was delineated by the SPRI-NSF-TUD airborne radio echo sounding program, 1967-79, and named after Astrolabe, the flagship of the French Antarctic Expedition, 1837-40 (Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville).||
681|Astronaut Glacier|Glacier|730500S|1640500E|-73.0833333|164.0833333|||01/01/1964|A broad SW flowing tributary to upper Aviator Glacier, joining the latter just W of Parasite Cone in Victoria Land.  Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, in association with nearby Aeronaut Glacier.||
683|Astro Peak|Summit|832900S|0570000W|-83.4833333|-57|835|2739|01/01/1968|A peak, 835 m, standing 1 mi off the W end of Berquist Ridge in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  So named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) because the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) established an astro control station on this peak during the 1965-66 season.||
684|Cape Astrup|Cape|644300S|0631100W|-64.7166667|-63.1833333|||01/01/1951|Bold, dark-colored bluff marking the N end of Wiencke Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, and named by Gerlache for Eivind Astrup, Norwegian Arctic explorer and member of Robert E. Peary's expeditions to Greenland in 1891-92 and 1893-95.||
685|Astudillo Glacier|Glacier|645300S|0625100W|-64.8833333|-62.85||||Small glacier flowing into Paradise Harbor between Leith Cove and Skontorp Cove, Danco Coast, Graham Land.  The glacier was surveyed by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition (1950-51) which applied the name, probably after an expedition member.||
688|Mount Athelstan|Summit|701000S|0691600W|-70.1666667|-69.2666667|1615|5298|01/01/1956|Prominent, partly ice-covered mountain, 1,615 m, at the N side of Trench Glacier on a spur which extends E from Douglas Range on the E coast of Alexander Island.  The E side of Douglas Range was first photographed from the air on Nov. 23, 1935, by Lincoln Ellsworth, and this feature was mapped from the photos by W.L.G. Joerg.  It was roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill. Resurveyed in 1948 and 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and named by them for Athelstan, Saxon king of England, 924-937.||
689|Athene Glacier|Glacier|685600S|0640000W|-68.9333333|-64|||01/01/1962|A glacier, 10 mi long, flowing E and merging with the terminus of Casey Glacier where it discharges into Casey Inlet, on the E coast of the Antarctic Peninsula.  Photographed from the air by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in Aug. 1947, and by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (Trimetrogon air photography) in Dec. 1947.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in Nov. 1960.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Athene, daughter of Zeus and goddess of the city of Athens in Greek mythology.||
690|Atherton Islands|Island|620600S|0585900W|-62.1|-58.9833333|||01/01/1953|Two small islands lying 2 mi WNW of Bell Point, King George Island in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted by DI in 1934-35 and named after Noel Atherton, cartographer in the Admiralty Hydrographic Office at the time; chief Civil Hydrographic Officer, 1951-62.||
691|Atherton Peak|Summit|540700S|0364500W|-54.1166667|-36.75|500|1640||A peak rising to c. 500 m east of Fortuna Bay, South Georgia.  Charted by DI, 1929-30, and named after Noel Atherton, cartographer in the Admiralty Hydrographic Office at that time; Chief Civil Hydrographic Officer, 1951-62.||
692|Athos Range|Range|701300S|0645000E|-70.2166667|64.8333333|||01/01/1961|The northernmost range in the Prince Charles Mountains of Mac. Robertson Land.  It consists of a large number of individual mountains and nunataks that trend east-west for 40 mi along the north side of Scylla Glacier.  These mountains were first observed from aircraft of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47.  The western part of the range was first visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by J. Bechervaise in November 1955.  The range was again visited in December 1956 by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) southern party, 1956-57, led by W.G. Bewsher, and a depot was established at the eastern extremity.  Named after a character in The Three Musketeers, a novel by Alexandre Dumas which was the most popular book read on the southern journey.||
694|Atka Glacier|Glacier|764100S|1613300E|-76.6833333|161.55|||01/01/1962|The glacier immediately E of Flagship Mountain, draining N into Fry Glacier in Victoria Land.  Discovered and named in 1957 by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.  Named after the USS Atka, an American icebreaker in the convoy to McMurdo Sound in the 1956-57 season.||
695|Atka Iceport|Glacier|703500S|0075100W|-70.5833333|-7.85|||01/01/1956|An iceport about 10 mi long and wide, marking a more-or-less permanent indentation in the front of the Ekstrom Ice Shelf on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  The feature was photographed from the air and mapped from these photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE), 1951-52.  It was named by personnel of the USS Atka, under Commander Glen Jacobsen, which moored here in Feb. 1955 while investigating possible base sites for International Geophysical Year operations.  The term iceport was first suggested by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1956 to denote ice shelf embayments such as this one, subject to configuration changes, which may offer anchorage or possible access to the upper surface of an ice shelf via ice ramps along one or more sides of the feature.||
696|Mount Atkinson|Summit|783900S|0852900W|-78.65|-85.4833333|3300|10827||A prominent mountain rising to c. 3,300 m, 3.5 mi WSW of Mount Craddock in the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1957-60.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Richard C. Atkinson, Director, National Science Foundation, 1977-80.||
697|Atkinson Cliffs|Cliff|711800S|1685500E|-71.3|168.9166667|||01/01/1947|High coastal cliffs, 4 mi long, between the lower ends of Fendley Glacier and Pitkevitch Glacier on the N coast of Victoria Land.  The feature was mapped in 1911 by the Northern Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, and named for Dr. Edward L. Atkinson, surgeon of the expedition.||
698|Atkinson Glacier|Glacier|713000S|1672500E|-71.5|167.4166667||||A glacier between Findlay Range and Lyttelton Range, Admiralty Mountains, flowing northward into Dennistoun Glacier.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1983 after William Atkinson, field assistant, New Zealand Antarctic Division, mechanic with the New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) geological party to the area, 1981-82, led by R.H. Findlay.||
699|Mount Atlas|Summit|724400S|1653000E|-72.7333333|165.5||||An extinct volcanic cone at the NE side of Mount Pleiones in The Pleiades, Victoria Land.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in association with Mount Pleiones (q.v.) after Atlas of Greek mythology.||
700|Atlas Cove|Bay|530100S|0732200E|-53.0166667|73.3666667|||01/01/1956|Cove on the N coast of Heard Island, entered between the base of Laurens Peninsula and Rogers Head.  Named by American sealers after the schooner sealing fleet which landed at Heard Island in 1855.  The name appears on a chart by the British expedition under Nares, which visited the island in the Challenger in 1874 and utilized the names then in use by the sealers.||
701|Atoll Nunataks|Summit|712100S|0684700W|-71.35|-68.7833333|||01/01/1975|A group of nunataks on the N side of Uranus Glacier, 3 mi W of Mount Ariel, in eastern Alexander Island.  The feature was mapped from trimetrogon air photography taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and from survey by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1948-50.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because of the arrangement of the nunataks in a ring.||
702|Atom Rock|Island|662800S|0662600W|-66.4666667|-66.4333333|||01/01/1965|An insular rock 0.5 mi NE of Rambler Island in the Bragg Islands, lying in Crystal Sound off the W coast of Graham Land.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1958-59).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with Bragg Islands, q.v.||
703|Atriceps Island|Island|604700S|0450900W|-60.7833333|-45.15|||01/01/1956|The southernmost of the Robertson Islands, lying 3 mi S of the SE end of Coronation Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), following their survey of 1948-49, after the colony of blue-eyed shags (Phalacrocorax atriceps) nesting on the island.||
704|Attlee Glacier|Glacier|661300S|0634600W|-66.2166667|-63.7666667|||01/01/1952|Glacier 8 mi long, which flows ESE from the plateau escarpment on the E side of Graham Land to the head of Cabinet Inlet to the N of Bevin Glacier.  During December 1947, the glacier was charted from the ground by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE).  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Rt. Hon. Clement R. Attlee, M.P., British Sec. of State for Dominion Affairs, member of the War Cabinet, and later Prime Minister.||
705|Atwater Hill|Summit|661100S|0663800W|-66.1833333|-66.6333333|||01/01/1965|A hill 2.5 mi S of Benedict Point on the E side of Lavoisier Island, Biscoe Islands.  Mapped from air photos by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Wilbur O. Atwater (1844-1907), American physiologist who, with F.G. Benedict, perfected the technique for calorimetric measurement of metabolism.||
706|Mount Atwood|Summit|771600S|1421700W|-77.2666667|-142.2833333|1180|3871|01/01/1947|Mountain, 1,180 m, at the W edge of the Clark Mountains in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940 on aerial flights from the West Base.  Named by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) for the late president emeritus W.W. Atwood, Sr., of Clark University, noted geologist and geographer, and his son, W.W. Atwood, Jr., who collaborated with his father in glaciological studies.||
708|Mount Aubert de la Rue|Summit|530100S|0732200E|-53.0166667|73.3666667|125|410|01/01/1957|Ice-free hill, 125 m, standing at the S end and surmounting the low isthmus that connects Laurens Peninsula with the main mass of Heard Island.  First charted and named by Edgar Aubert de la Rue, French geologist aboard the whale catcher of the island in January 1929.  Later surveyed by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1948.||
709|Aucellina Point|Summit|541200S|0372400W|-54.2|-37.4||||A small point 1.6 mi SE of Cape Rosa on the S coast of South Georgia.  Named in 1982 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after a mollusk of the genus Aucellina, found in a rich fossil locality nearby.||
710|Audrey Island|Island|680800S|0670700W|-68.1333333|-67.1166667|||01/01/1951|Southernmost island in the Debenham Islands, off the W coast of Graham Land. Discovered by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill, and named by him for a daughter of Frank Debenham, member of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) Advisory Committee.||
711|Augen Bluffs|Cliff|833000S|1574000E|-83.5|157.6666667|||01/01/1970|Rock bluffs between Orr Peak and Isocline Hill along the W side of Marsh Glacier, in the Miller Range.  So named by the Ohio State University Geological Party, 1967-68, because rocks of the locality include augengneiss.||
712|Aughenbaugh Peak|Summit|823700S|0524900W|-82.6166667|-52.8166667|1800|5905|01/01/1968|A sharp peak, over 1,800 m, standing 0.7 mi NE of Neuburg Peak in southwest Dufek Massif, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Nolan B. Aughenbaugh, glaciologist at Ellsworth Station, a member of the first party to visit Dufek Massif, in December 1957.||
713|Mount Augusta|Summit|844800S|1630600E|-84.8|163.1|||01/01/1966|A peak 2.5 mi E of Mount Wild, at the S end of the Queen Alexandra Range. Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named for Mrs. Swinford Edwards, a relative of Shackleton.||
714|Auguste Island|Island|640300S|0613700W|-64.05|-61.6166667|||01/01/1951|A flat-topped island less than 1 mi long, lying 4 mi NE of Two Hummock Island in Gerlache Strait.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) (1897-99) under Lieutenant Adrien de Gerlache, and named by him for his father.||
717|Aurdalen Valley|Valley|714200S|0122200E|-71.7|12.3666667|||01/01/1970|A small moraine-covered valley between Grakammen and Aurdalsegga Ridges, in the Petermann Ranges of the Wohlthat Mountains.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Aurdalen (the gravel valley).||
718|Aurdalsegga Ridge|Ridge|714400S|0122300E|-71.7333333|12.3833333|||01/01/1970|An irregular ridge 5 mi long surmounted by Mount Nikolayev, rising immediately SE of Aurdalen Valley in Sudliche Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Aurdalsegga (the gravel valley ridge).||
719|Aureole Hills|Range|634600S|0585400W|-63.7666667|-58.9|1080|3543|01/01/1953|Two smooth, conical, ice-covered hills, the higher being 1,080 m, standing close W of the N end of Detroit Plateau, Trinity Peninsula.  The descriptive name was given by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) following its survey of 1948.||
720|Aurhø Peak|Summit|720800S|0031100W|-72.1333333|-3.1833333|||01/01/1966|A peak with a gravel moraine on the NW side, situated 1 mi E of Slettfjell in the Ahlmann Ridge of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Aurho (gravel height).||
721|Auriga Nunataks|Summit|704200S|0663800W|-70.7|-66.6333333|||01/01/1978|A small group of nunataks in Palmer Land located 21 mi E of Wade Point at the head of Bertram Glacier.  The highest of these rises to a sharp peak and is visible for a great distance.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the constellation of Auriga.||
722|Aurkjosen Cirque|Basin|712100S|0133300E|-71.35|13.55|||01/01/1970|A mainly ice-free cirque marked by several old moraines, lying at the E side of Lake Unter-See in the Gruber Mountains of the Wohlthat Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Aurkjosen (the gravel cove).||
723|Aurkleven Cirque|Basin|715800S|0073100E|-71.9666667|7.5166667|||01/01/1967|A large cirque, the bottom of which is partially covered with moraine, between Kubus Mountain and Klevekampen Mountain in the Filchner Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Aurkleven (the gravel closet).||
724|Aurkvaevane Cirques|Basin|715200S|0142600E|-71.8666667|14.4333333|||01/01/1970|Three cirques with moraine-covered floors, indenting the W side of Kvaevefjellet Mountain in the Payer Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Replotted from air photos and surveys by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition, 1956-60, and named Aurkvaevane.||
725|Aurnupen Peak|Summit|715900S|0032200W|-71.9833333|-3.3666667|||01/01/1966|A peak with a gravel moraine on the NW side, situated 1 mi N of Flarjuven Bluff on the Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Aurnupen (the gravel peak).||
727|Mount Aurora|Summit|781400S|1662100E|-78.2333333|166.35|1040|3412|01/01/1963|A round-topped volcanic summit, 1,040 m, the highest point on Black Island in the Ross Archipelago.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1958-59) after the Aurora, the vessel which conveyed the Ross Sea Party of Shackleton's Imperial Trans-Antarctic Expedition (1914-17) to McMurdo Sound.||
729|Aurora Glacier|Glacier|773724S|1673719E|-77.623343|167.621835|||01/01/1964|Large glacier draining that part of Ross Island between Mount Erebus and Mount Terra Nova, and flowing S into McMurdo Ice Shelf.  Named by A.J. Heine in 1963 after the Aurora, the ship of the Ross Sea Party of the British expedition under Shackleton, 1914-17.||03/05/1997
730|Aurora Heights|Summit|830700S|1570500E|-83.1166667|157.0833333|||01/01/1966|Prominent heights 5 mi long, bordering the N side of Argosy Glacier in the Miller Range.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for the Aurora, the ship of the Ross Sea Party of the British Trans-Antarctic Expedition (1914-17).||
732|Aurora Peak|Summit|672300S|1441200E|-67.3833333|144.2|535|1755|01/01/1949|A peak (535 m) along the W side of the Mertz Glacier, 4 mi S of Mount Murchison.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson who named it after the expedition ship Aurora.||
733|Aurora Subglacial Basin|Basin|740000S|1140000E|-74|114||||A large subglacial basin of Wilkes Land to the W of Dome Charlie and trending NW toward the coast in the vicinity of Shackleton Ice Shelf.  The basin was delineated by the SPRI-NSF-TUD airborne radio echo sounding program, 1967-79, and named after Aurora, the ship of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE), 1911-14, led by Douglas Mawson.||
734|Austbanen Moraine|Ridge|713200S|0122100E|-71.5333333|12.35|||01/01/1970|A medial moraine in the glacier between Westliche and Mittlere Petermann Ranges in the Wohlthat Mountains, originating at Svarttindane Peaks and trending N for 12 miles.  First roughly plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, from air photos and surveys and named Austbanen (the east path). Vestbanen Moraine, a similar paralleling feature, lies 7 mi westward.||
735|Auster Glacier|Glacier|671200S|0504500E|-67.2|50.75|||01/01/1961|Glacier about 2 mi wide, flowing NW into the SE extremity of Amundsen Bay. Sighted in October 1956 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by P.W. Crohn, and named after the Auster aircraft used by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in coastal exploration.||
736|Auster Islands|Island|672500S|0635000E|-67.4166667|63.8333333|||01/01/1970|A group of small islands at NE end of the Robinson Group, located 5.5 mi N of Cape Daly, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveys and air photos 1959-66. So named by ANCA because of the nearness of the islands to Auster Rookery, and because they have provided a camp site for Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) parties visiting the rookery.||
737|Auster Pass|Gap|781800S|1623800E|-78.3|162.6333333|||01/01/1962|A high pass in the Royal Society Range, between Mount Huggins and Mount Kempe, leading into the Skelton Glacier area from McMurdo Sound.  Named by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) for the Royal New Zealand Air Force (RNZAF) Antarctic Flight's Auster aircraft.||
738|Auster Point|Summit|634900S|0592800W|-63.8166667|-59.4666667|||01/01/1960|A point midway along the E shore of Charcot Bay, Trinity Peninsula.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the Auster aircraft used by British expeditions in this area.||
739|Austhamaren Peak|Summit|714400S|0264200E|-71.7333333|26.7|2060|6758|01/01/1965|Peak, 2,060 m, standing close E of Byrdbreen in the Sor Rondane Mountains. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1946 from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named Austhamaren (the east hammer) by the Norwegians.||
740|Austhjelmen Peak|Summit|714200S|0262800E|-71.7|26.4666667|1740|5709|01/01/1966|Peak, 1,740 m, standing 2 mi E of Vesthjelmen Peak in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1946 from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named Austhjelmen (the east helmet) by the Norwegians.||
741|Austhovde Headland|Cliff|694200S|0374600E|-69.7|37.7666667|||01/01/1968|An icy headland, marked by several rock exposures, which forms the eastern, elevated portion of Botnneset Peninsula on the S side of Lutzow-Holm Bay. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Austhovde (east knoll).||
742|Mount Austin|Summit|745300S|0631000W|-74.8833333|-63.1666667|955|3133|01/01/1949|Conspicuous rock mass rising to 955 m, projecting into the head of Gardner Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, under Ronne, and named by him for Stephen F. Austin, American colonizer in Texas and one of the founders of the Republic of Texas.||
743|Austin Glacier|Glacier|540400S|0371200W|-54.0666667|-37.2|||01/01/1965|Glacier flowing N to Beckmann Fjord, Bay of Isles, on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1931 British Admiralty chart.||
745|Austin Head|Cliff|543100S|0363000W|-54.5166667|-36.5|||01/01/1963|Headland 2 mi NNW of Leon Head, projecting into Undine South Harbor on the S coast of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Elijah Austin, a leading merchant of New Haven, CT, who sent out the first two American sealing vessels to South Georgia in 1790.||
746|Austin Peak|Summit|713700S|1652900E|-71.6166667|165.4833333|||01/01/1964|A peak in the east-central portion of the Mirabito Range.  Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, for William T. Austin, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Representative at McMurdo Station, 1963-64, who organized support for the New Zealand field parties.||
747|Austin Rocks|Island|632600S|0610400W|-63.4333333|-61.0666667|||01/01/1950|Group of rocks which extend about 3 mi in a NE-SW direction, lying in Bransfield Strait 13 mi NW of Trinity Island.  Charted by a British expedition, 1828-31, under Commander Henry Foster, Royal Navy (RN), and named by him for Lieutenant Horatio T. Austin, Royal Navy (RN), an officer of the expedition.||
748|Austin Valley|Valley|733000S|0932100W|-73.5|-93.35|||01/01/1963|A small ice-filled valley at the E side of Avalanche Ridge, in the Jones Mountains.  Mapped by the University of Minnesota-Jones Mountains Party, 1960-61. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Jerry W. Austin, aviation machinist's mate of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6, a crew member on pioneering flights of LC-47 Dakota aircraft from Byrd Station to the Eights Coast area in November 1961.||
749|Austkampane Hills|Range|714700S|0251500E|-71.7833333|25.25|2210|7251|01/01/1965|Group of hills rising to 2,210 m, standing 5 mi N of Menipa Peak in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1946 from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named Austkampane (the east crags) by the Norwegians.||
750|Austnes Peninsula|Cape|664200S|0571700E|-66.7|57.2833333|||01/01/1965|A short, broad, ice-covered peninsula forming the SE end of Edward VIII Plateau and the N side of the entrance to Edward VIII Bay.  Cape Gotley marks the extremity of this peninsula.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition in January-February 1937, and named Austnes by them because of its eastward projection.||
753|Austpynten|Cape|693700S|0382300E|-69.6166667|38.3833333|||01/01/1968|A point forming the northeast extremity of Padda Island in Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Austpynten (the east point).||
755|Austral Island|Island|663000S|1103900E|-66.5|110.65|||01/01/1963|A small island in the extreme S lobe of Penney Bay, in the Windmill Islands. The island appears in air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47), but was not charted on subsequent maps.  So named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) because it is the southernmost of the Windmill Islands.||
756|Austranten Rock|Summit|712400S|0140200E|-71.4|14.0333333|||01/01/1970|Isolated rock outcrop lying 2 mi SE of Todt Ridge, at the eastern extremity of the Gruber Mountains and Wohlthat Mountains, in Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Austranten (the east ridge).||
759|Austreskorve Glacier|Glacier|715000S|0054000E|-71.8333333|5.6666667|||01/01/1967|A broad glacier in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains which drains N from a position just E of the head of Vestreskorve Glacier and passes along the E side of Breplogen Mountain.  Mapped and named from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60).||
760|Austskjera|Island|673100S|0640000E|-67.5166667|64|||01/01/1961|Group of rocks lying close to the coast about 5 mi E of Cape Daly and 2 mi ESE of Safety Island.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Austskjera (the east skerry).||
762|Austvollen Bluff|Cliff|720600S|0034800E|-72.1|3.8|||01/01/1966|A steep rock bluff forming the east side of Festninga Mountain in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Austvollen (the east wall).||
763|Austvorren Ridge|Ridge|730600S|0013500W|-73.1|-1.5833333|||01/01/1966|The eastern of two rock ridges which trend northward from the Neumayer Cliffs in Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and given the name Austvorren (the east jetty).||
764|Auvert Bay|Bay|661400S|0654500W|-66.2333333|-65.75|||01/01/1950|Bay 8 mi wide, indenting the coast for 3 mi between Cape Evensen and Cape Bellue, along the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, and named Baie Auvert (bay far from anywhere).||
766|Avalanche Bay|Bay|770100S|1624400E|-77.0166667|162.7333333|||01/01/1949|Bay 1 mi wide, lying just SE of Discovery Bluff in Granite Harbor, Victoria Land.  Mapped by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, under Scott.  So named by the expedition's Granite Harbor party because several avalanches were heard while sledging in this locality.||
767|Avalanche Corrie|Basin|604000S|0452200W|-60.6666667|-45.3666667|||01/01/1956|An ice-filled cirque, or corrie, close N of Amphibolite Point on the S coast of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  So named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), following their survey of 1948-49, because of the continuous avalanches from the hanging glaciers above the corrie.||
768|Avalanche Ridge|Ridge|733000S|0942200W|-73.5|-94.3666667|||01/01/1963|A linear rock ridge, 1 mi long, extending N from Pillsbury Tower and separating Basecamp Valley from Austin Valley, in the Jones Mountains.  Mapped by the University of Minnesota-Jones Mountains Party, 1960-61, and so named by them because of the continual avalanching of snow off the flanks of the ridge.||
769|Avalanche Rocks|Summit|663100S|0980200E|-66.5166667|98.0333333|185|607|01/01/1949|Vertical rock outcrop rising to 185 m, midway between Delay Point and Jones Rocks on the W side of Melba Peninsula.  Discovered in September 1912 by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson, and so named because of the occurrence of a tremendous avalanche while members of the expedition were encamped nearby.||04/11/2001
771|Mount Avers|Summit|762900S|1452100W|-76.4833333|-145.35|||01/01/1947|Mountain 2 mi N of Mount Ferranto in the Fosdick Mountains, in Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered in December 1929 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) and named for Henry G. Avers, chief mathematician of the Division of Geodesy, U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, who was a member of the National Geographic Society Commission of Experts which determined that Commander (later R. Admiral) Richard E. Byrd reached the North Pole by airplane (1926) and the South Pole (1929).||03/05/1997
772|Avery Plateau|Plain|665000S|0653000W|-66.8333333|-65.5|2000|6562|01/01/1956|Ice-covered plateau, about 40 mi long and rising to c. 2,000 m, midway between Loubet Coast and Foyn Coast in Graham Land.  The first sighting of this plateau is not ascertained, but it was presumably seen in January and February of 1909 by members of the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot from various positions in Matha Strait. It was surveyed in 1946-47 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) (1955) after Captain George Avery, Master of the cutter Lively, who, with Captain John Biscoe in the brig  Tula, approached this part of Antarctic Peninsula in February 1832.||
774|Avian Island|Island|674600S|0685400W|-67.7666667|-68.9|40|131|01/01/1956|Island, 0.75 mi long and 40 m high, lying close off the S tip of Adelaide Island.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot.  Visited in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who so named it because of the large number and variety of birds found there.||
775|Aviation Islands|Island|691600S|1584700E|-69.2666667|158.7833333|||01/01/1964|A group of small rocky islands lying 3 mi N of Cape Kinsey and the Wilson Hills.  Mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1958, and named Ostrova Polyarnoy Aviatsii (Polar Aviation Islands).  The feature is the site of an Adelie penguin rookery.||
776|Aviator Glacier|Glacier|735000S|1650300E|-73.8333333|165.05|||01/01/1964|A major valley glacier, over 60 mi long and 5 mi wide, descending generally southward from the plateau of Victoria Land along the west side of Mountaineer Range, and entering Lady Newnes Bay between Cape Sibbald and Hayes Head where it forms a floating tongue.  The glacier was photographed from the air by Captain W.M. Hawkes, U.S. Navy (USN), on the historic first flight from New Zealand to McMurdo Sound on Dec. 17, 1955.  An attempt to reconnoiter it by helicopter and to land a party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) on it had to be abandoned when the USS Glacier was damaged in pressure ice in December 1958.  Named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1958-59, as a tribute to the hazardous work of pilots and other airmen in Antarctic exploratory and scientific operations.||
777|Aviator Glacier Tongue|Glacier|740000S|1655000E|-74|165.8333333|||01/01/1969|The seaward extension of Aviator Glacier into the Ross Sea, between Wood Bay and Lady Newnes Bay along the coast of Victoria Land.  The name was recommended by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Aviator Glacier.||
778|Aviator Nunatak|Summit|851100S|1685800W|-85.1833333|-168.9666667|||01/01/1966|The northernmost of three large nunataks in the upper Liv Glacier, standing 4 mi E of Mount Wells.  Named by the Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for the aviators of R. Admiral Richard E. Byrd's flight to the South Pole in 1929.||
779|Avicenna Bay|Bay|642600S|0622300W|-64.4333333|-62.3833333|||01/01/1960|Small bay lying 1.5 mi SW of D'Ursel Point along the E side of Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Roughly charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos in 1959.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Avicenna (Abu Ali al Hussein abu Abdullah ibn Sina), 980-1037, greatest of the Arabian school of physicians.||
784|Avsyuk Glacier|Glacier|670700S|0671500W|-67.1166667|-67.25|||01/01/1965|Glacier on Arrowsmith Peninsula, Graham Land, flowing NW to Shumskiy Cove. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Gregori A. Avsyuk, Russian glaciologist; specialist on the glaciers of central Asia.||
785|Awl Point|Summit|635100S|0603800W|-63.85|-60.6333333|||01/01/1960|Point 4 mi NE of Borge Point on the E side of Trinity Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1952.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 because the point is low in elevation but very sharply pointed in plan.||
786|Axel Heiberg Glacier|Glacier|852500S|1630000W|-85.4166667|-163|||01/01/1947|A valley glacier, 30 mi long, descending from the polar plateau to the Ross Ice Shelf between Herbert Range and Mount Don Pedro Christophersen, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered in November 1911 by Captain Roald Amundsen, and named by him for Consul Axel Heiberg, Norwegian business man and patron of science, who contributed to numerous Norwegian polar expeditions.||
787|Mount Axtell|Summit|811800S|0850600W|-81.3|-85.1|||01/01/1964|A low but distinctive rock peak 1.5 mi SE of Mount Tidd in the Pirrit Hills. Positioned by the U.S. Ellsworth-Byrd Traverse Party, Dec. 7, 1958, and named for William R. Axtell, Jr., U.S. Navy (USN), cook at Ellsworth Station in 1958 who volunteered to accompany the traverse party.||
788|Axthelm Ridge|Ridge|693300S|1590200E|-69.55|159.0333333|||01/01/1970|A narrow ridge, 4 mi long, 1.5 mi SE of Parkinson Peak in the Wilson Hills. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Charles E. Axthelm, U.S. Navy (USN), Flag Secretary to the Commander of the U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, during Operation Deep Freeze 1969 and 1970; Executive Officer on the USS Glacier during Deep Freeze 1965 and 1966.||
789|Mount Axworthy|Summit|730600S|0624400W|-73.1|-62.7333333|||01/01/1968|Mountain in the NW part of the Dana Mountains in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charles S. Axworthy, a hospital corpsman and leader of the support personnel with the Palmer Station winter party in 1965.||
790|Mount Ayres|Summit|792000S|1562800E|-79.3333333|156.4666667|2500|8202|01/01/1962|A prominent mountain, 2,500 m, lying 10 mi S of the W end of the Finger Ridges in the Cook Mountains.  Climbed in December 1957 by the Darwin Glacier Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58).  Named for H.H. Ayres, one of the two men comprising the Darwin Glacier Party.||
793|Azarashi Rock|Island|700100S|0385400E|-70.0166667|38.9|||01/01/1968|A bare rock lying 1 mi N of Instekleppane Hills, near the E side of Shirase Glacier on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Azarashi-iwa (seal rock).||04/11/2001
796|Azimuth Hill|Summit|634500S|0581600W|-63.75|-58.2666667|85|279|01/01/1950|A low rocky outcrop (85 m) which extends to Prince Gustav Channel just S of the mouth of Russell East Glacier, Trinity Peninsula.  So named by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) following a 1946 survey because a sun azimuth was obtained from a cairn built near the E end of the outcrop.||
797|Azimuth Island|Island|673200S|0624400E|-67.5333333|62.7333333|||01/01/1965|The largest of the Azimuth Islands lying in Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  So named by ANCA because the island was included in a triangulation survey by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1959.||
798|Azimuth Islands|Island|673200S|0624400E|-67.5333333|62.7333333|||01/01/1965|Group of 4 small islands lying 1 mi NW of Parallactic Islands in Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  So named by ANCA because the largest island in the group was included in a triangulation survey by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1959.||
800|Aztec Mountain|Summit|774808S|1603308E|-77.802224|160.552243|2000|6562|01/01/1962|Small pyramidal mountain over 2,000 m, just SW of Maya Mountain and W of Beacon Valley in Victoria Land.  So named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1958-59) because its shape resembles the pyramidal ceremonial platforms used by the Aztec and Maya civilizations.||
801|Azufre Point|Summit|650300S|0633900W|-65.05|-63.65|||01/01/1965|Point lying 3 mi SE of Cape Renard on the S side of Flandres Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99. Charted by the Argentine Antarctic Expedition (1954) and named Punta Azufre (sulfur point).||
802|Azuki Island|Island|695300S|0385600E|-69.8833333|38.9333333|||01/01/1968|Small island 1 mi W of Rundvags Head in the SE part of Lutzow-Holm Bay. Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Azuki-shima (small red bean island).||
805|Azure Cove|Bay|650400S|0633500W|-65.0666667|-63.5833333|||01/01/1965|Cove 1 mi long, lying just E of Cangrejo Cove in the SW part of Flandres Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache (1897-99) and named "Baie d'Azur" because when the Belgica anchored near here, everything appeared to be colored blue in the evening light.||
806|Babe Island|Island|541600S|0361800W|-54.2666667|-36.3|||01/01/1953|Island which lies in the entrance to Cobblers Cove, along the N coast of South Georgia.  Charted and named by DI personnel in 1929.||
807|Babel Rock|Island|635300S|0612400W|-63.8833333|-61.4|||01/01/1960|The northernmost of a small group of rocks lying N of Intercurrence Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Two of the rocks lying off the N end of Intercurrence Island were first charted and named Penguin Islands by James Hoseason, First Mate of the sealer Sprightly, in 1824.  Since the name has not been used in recent years, it has been rejected to avoid confusion with the many other "Penguin" names.  Babel Rock, the largest and most conspicuous of the rocks, is the site of a penguin rookery and the name arises from the ceaseless noise.||
808|Babis Spur|Ridge|821300S|1630300E|-82.2166667|163.05|||01/01/1966|Rocky spur in the S part of Nash Range, about 6 mi W of Cape Wilson.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William A. Babis, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) oceanographer on the U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Eastwind, 1962-63, and on the USS Burton Island, 1963-64.||
809|Babordsranten Ridge|Ridge|721700S|0032600W|-72.2833333|-3.4333333|||01/01/1966|A small ridge 1 mi S of Stamnen Peak, at the SW end of Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Babordsranten (the port side ridge).||
810|Babushkin Island|Island|690600S|1573600E|-69.1|157.6|||01/01/1961|Small island lying 5.5 mi N of Archer Point and 5 mi E of Matusevich Glacier Tongue.  Mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) (1958) and named for Mikhail S. Babushkin (1893-1938), Soviet polar aviator lost in the Arctic.||
812|Bacharach Nunatak|Summit|664100S|0651100W|-66.6833333|-65.1833333|||01/01/1964|Conspicuous nunatak overlooking the N arm of Drummond Glacier, in Graham Land.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1955-57, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 for Alfred L. Bacharach, English biochemist, whose work on nutrition solved many problems of sledging rations.||
813|Bach Ice Shelf|Glacier|720000S|0720000W|-72|-72|||01/01/1961|An ice shelf which is irregular in shape and 45 mi in extent, occupying an embayment in the S part of Alexander Island entered between Berlioz and Rossini Points.  A minor embayment in this position first appears on the charts of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), which explored the S part of Alexander Island by air and from the ground in 1940.  The ice shelf was delineated from air photos obtained by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Johann Sebastian Bach (1685-1750), German composer.||
814|Bachstrom Point|Summit|652900S|0635100W|-65.4833333|-63.85|||01/01/1971|Point on the NE side of Beascochea Bay, 8 mi SE of Cape Perez on the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for J.F. Bachstrom, author in 1734 of a classic pamphlet recognizing scurvy as a nutritional deficiency disease and prescribing the necessary measures for its prevention and cure.||
815|Mount Back|Summit|542900S|0360700W|-54.4833333|-36.1166667|650|2133|01/01/1972|A peak (650 m) located 1.5 mi S of Doris Bay, South Georgia.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Squadron Leader Anthony H. Back, RAF, assistant surveyor with the British Combined Services Expedition, 1964-65, who assisted in the survey of this peak.||
816|Back Bay|Bay|681100S|0670000W|-68.1833333|-67|||01/01/1956|Bay 0.5 mi wide along the W coast of Graham Land, entered between Stonington Island and Fitzroy Island.  The head of the bay is formed by Northeast Glacier. The bay was first surveyed by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, and so named by them because of its location at the rear (northeast) side of Stonington Island.||
818|Back Cirque|Basin|673900S|0682800W|-67.65|-68.4666667||||An east-facing cirque to the N of Sloman Glacier in SE Adelaide Island.  The cirque indents the S side of the ridge that extends from the SE part of Mount Liotard.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1982 after Eric K.P. Back of the British Antarctic Survey (BAS), who in addition to service at Adelaide Station and Grytviken from 1964-65, also served as British Antarctic Survey (BAS) Base Commander, Signy, 1974-75, Halley, 1975-76, Faraday, 1977-78, and Rothera, 1978-79.||
819|Backdoor Bay|Bay|773320S|1661157E|-77.55554|166.199283|||01/01/1952|Small bay lying at the E side of Cape Royds, along the W side of Ross Island. The British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09, under Shackleton, unloaded supplies at Backdoor Bay for use at their winter headquarters on Cape Royds.  So named by them because it lies at the back (east) side of Cape Royds, opposite the small cove on the W side of the cape, known to them as "Front Door Bay."||
820|Backer Islands|Island|742500S|1024000W|-74.4166667|-102.6666667|||01/01/1968|A chain of small islands at the S side of Cranton Bay.  The islands trend NW for 12 mi from the ice shelf which forms the S limit of the bay.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Walter K. Backer, USN, chief construction mechanic at Byrd Station, 1967.||
821|Back Mesa|Summit|640200S|0581200W|-64.0333333|-58.2|740|2428||Ice-covered, flat-topped mountain with rock exposures, 740 m, located E of Hidden Lake on Ulu Peninsula, James Ross Island.  Following British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geological work, 1985-86, named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Dr. Eric H. Back, Lieutenant Royal Naval Volunteer Reserve (RNVR), medical officer on Operation Tabarin at Port Lockroy, 1943-44, and Hope Bay, 1944-45.||
823|Backstairs Passage Glacier|Glacier|750200S|1623600E|-75.0333333|162.6|||01/01/1947|Glacier about 2 mi long, draining E along the N side of Mount Crummer to the Ross Sea.  The Magnetic Pole Party, led by T.W.E. David, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09, ascended this glacier from the Ross Sea, then continued the ascent via Larsen Glacier to the plateau of Victoria Land.  So named by David's party because of the circuitous route to get to Larsen Glacier.||
824|Bader Glacier|Glacier|673700S|0664500W|-67.6166667|-66.75|||01/01/1960|Small glacier flowing to Bourgeois Fjord just S of Thomson Head, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 for Swiss glaciologist Henri Bader of Rutgers University (U.S.A.), author of an important thesis on the development of the snowflake and its metamorphoses.||
826|Baffle Rock|Island|681200S|0670500W|-68.2|-67.0833333|||01/01/1956|Small rock, just visible at the surface at high tide, lying in the center of the deep water channel approach to Stonington Island, 0.6 mi NW of the W tip of Neny Island in Marguerite Bay.  The rock was surveyed in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and so named by them because it is difficult to see and hinders approaching ships.||04/06/2001
827|Cape Bage|Cape|674300S|1463400E|-67.7166667|146.5666667||||A prominent point on the coast between Murphy Bay and Ainsworth Bay. Discovered in 1912 by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who named it for Lieutenant R. Bage, the expedition's astronomer, assistant magnetician and recorder of tides.||
828|Baggott Ridge|Ridge|701900S|0641900E|-70.3166667|64.3166667|||01/01/1970|A low ridge, mostly snow-covered, standing 1.5 mi W of Baldwin Nunatak and 7 mi SSW of Mount Starlight in the Prince Charles Mountains, Mac. Robertson Land. Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveys and air photos, 1955-65.  Named by ANCA for P.J. Baggott, radio officer at Mawson Station, 1965.||
829|Bagnold Point|Summit|670200S|0672900W|-67.0333333|-67.4833333|||01/01/1965|Point between Gunnel Channel and Shumskiy Cove on Arrowsmith Peninsula, Graham Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Ralph A. Bagnold, English author of The Physics of Blown Sand and Desert Dunes, 1941.||
831|Mount Bagshawe|Summit|712500S|0671400W|-71.4166667|-67.2333333|2200|7218|01/01/1955|Southernmost and highest of the Batterbee Mountains, 2,200 m, standing 8 mi inland from George VI Sound on the W coast of Palmer Land.  The mountain was first seen and photographed from the air on Nov. 23, 1935 by Lincoln Ellsworth, and was mapped from these photographs by W.L.G. Joerg.  It was surveyed in 1936 by British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954 after Sir Arthur W.G. Bagshawe (1871-1950), British authority on tropical medicine, who raised a special fund to defray the expenses of biological equipment for British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37.||
832|Bagshawe Glacier|Glacier|645600S|0623500W|-64.9333333|-62.5833333|||01/01/1963|A glacier which drains the NE slopes of Mount Theodore and discharges into Lester Cove, Andvord Bay, on the west coast of Graham Land.  The mouth of the glacier was first seen and sketched by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition in February 1898.  The glacier was first roughly surveyed by K.V. Blaiklock of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from the M.C. Lester, wintered at Waterboat Point near Andvord Bay in 1921.||
833|Bahamonde Point|Summit|631900S|0575500W|-63.3166667|-57.9166667||||A point which marks the W extremity of Schmidt Peninsula on Trinity Peninsula.  The point was charted by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition (1947-48) and named for First Lieutenant Arturo Bahamonde Calderon, engineer of the expedition.||
836|Mount Bailey|Summit|700000S|0631300W|-70|-63.2166667|1445|4741|01/01/1953|Mountain, 1,445 m, which stands S of Anthony Glacier and 6 mi WSW of Lewis Point, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Charted in 1936-37 by a British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) sledge party under Rymill.  It was recharted in 1947 by a joint sledge party consisting of members of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, and the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by Ronne for Commander Clay W. Bailey, U.S. Navy (USN), member of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35, and the West Base party of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, who assisted in outlining the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) radio requirements.||
838|Bailey Ice Stream|Stream|790000S|0300000W|-79|-30||||An ice stream on the northern margin of the Theron Mountains, flowing WSW to the Filchner Ice Shelf.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Jeremy Thomas Bailey (1941-65), British Antarctic Survey (BAS) glaciologist, who with two companions died in a crevasse accident during a radio echo sounding traverse inland from Halley station on Oct. 12, 1965.  On an earlier traverse in April, 1965, Bailey sounded the upper portion of this feature.||
840|Bailey Nunatak|Summit|754000S|1400200W|-75.6666667|-140.0333333|1010|3314|01/01/1966|Nunatak (1,010 m) located along the N flank of White Glacier, midway between Partridge Nunatak and Wilkins Nunatak, near the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped from U.S. Navy air photos and U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) surveys, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Andrew M. Bailey, meteorologist at Byrd Station, 1963.||
841|Bailey Peninsula|Cape|661700S|1103200E|-66.2833333|110.5333333|||01/01/1956|Rocky peninsula, 1.8 mi long and 1 mi wide, lying between Newcomb Bay and O'Brien Bay at the E side of the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp aerial photographs taken in February 1947 and thought to be an island connected by a steep snow ramp to the continental ice overlying Budd Coast.  The term peninsula was considered more appropriate by the Wilkes Station party of 1957.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Claude E. Bailey, USN, captain of the USS Henderson, destroyer escort of the western task group of U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, Task Force 68, 1946-47.||
842|Bailey Ridge|Ridge|771200S|1450200W|-77.2|-145.0333333|||01/01/1947|A serrate ridge 4 mi long, standing between Mount Blades and Fleming Peaks in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered on aerial flights of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) in 1934, and named by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) for Clay W. Bailey, a member of both expeditions.||
843|Bailey Rocks|Island|661700S|1103200E|-66.2833333|110.5333333|||01/01/1960|Small chain of rocks in the Windmill Islands which extends NE from the N side of Bailey Peninsula into Newcomb Bay.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and observed in 1957 by Wilkes Station personnel under C.R. Eklund. Named by Eklund for Aerographers Mate 1st Class Carl T. Bailey, USN, a Navy support force member of the 1957 wintering party at Wilkes Station during the IGY.||
844|Baillie Peak|Summit|832200S|1610000E|-83.3666667|161|2800|9186|01/01/1970|A peak over 2,800 m, located 2 mi SSE of Mount Angier in the Moore Mountains, Queen Elizabeth Range.  The peak was observed by the Ohio State University Geological Party, 1967-68, which named it for Ralph J. Baillie, field assistant with the party.||
845|Baillieu Peak|Summit|675100S|0604600E|-67.85|60.7666667|1380|4528|01/01/1947|Peak, 1,380 m, that rises above the ice sheet 25 mi S of Cape Bruce and 10 mi WSW of Pearce Peak.  Discovered in February 1931 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, and named for Clive Latham Baillieu (later Baron Baillieu), a patron of the expedition.||
848|Mount Bain|Summit|663300S|0652600W|-66.55|-65.4333333|2090|6857|01/01/1965|Mountain, 2,090 m, standing between Hopkins and Erskine Glaciers on the W coast of Graham Land.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 for James S. Bain of London, who specialized in the development of polar and high altitude rations, with special emphasis on plastic vacuum packaging, between 1948 and 1956.||
849|Bain Crags|Cliff|703000S|0714500E|-70.5|71.75|||01/01/1973|A number of rock exposures, many of which are banded, in the face of or projecting from the ice cliffs along the S part of the W side of Gillock Island in the Amery Ice Shelf.  The feature was visited in January 1969 by J.H.C. Bain, geologist with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey party, after whom it is named.||
850|Baines Nunatak|Summit|801900S|0235800W|-80.3166667|-23.9666667|1020|3346||Nunatak rising to 1,020 m to the E of Bernhardi Heights and 10 mi NW of Jackson Tooth, Pioneers Escarpment, in the Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967.  Surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  Named in 1977 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Thomas Baines (1822-75), English explorer and joint author, with W.B. Lord, of Shifts and Expedients of Camp Life, Travel and Exploration (London, 1871).||
851|Bainmedart Cove|Bay|705100S|0680300E|-70.85|68.05|||01/01/1971|A cove about 1 mi long in eastern Radok Lake, in the Prince Charles Mountains.  The cove leads to narrow Pagodroma Gorge which joins Radok and Beaver Lakes.  The name is a composite one made from the names of C. Bain, A. Medvecky, and J. Dart who spent a month at the cove studying the geology of the lakes area during the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey in Jan.-Feb., 1969.||
852|Bain Nunatak|Summit|710600S|0713500E|-71.1|71.5833333|||01/01/1973|One of the Manning Nunataks, on the E side of the Amery Ice Shelf.  The nunataks were photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47) and Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1957).  They were visited by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1965 and by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey party in 1969.  Named for C.J. Bain, weather observer at Mawson Station in 1969 and a member of the 1969 Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) survey party.||
863|Båkenesdokka Valley|Valley|712600S|0030300W|-71.4333333|-3.05|||01/01/1966|An ice-filled valley at the E side of Roberts Knoll, draining N to Jelbart Ice Shelf in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Bakenesdokka (the beacon cape depression).||
864|Båkeneset Headland|Cliff|712300S|0024800W|-71.3833333|-2.8|||01/01/1966|An ice-covered headland, marked by Baken Nunatak near the seaward end, forming the NW extremity of Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Bakeneset (the beacon cape).||
865|Båken Nunatak|Summit|711800S|0025700W|-71.3|-2.95|||01/01/1966|Small isolated nunatak surmounting the N part of Bakeneset Headland in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Baken (the beacon).||03/05/1997
866|Mount Baker|Summit|844400S|1722100W|-84.7333333|-172.35|1480|4856|01/01/1962|A mountain (1,480 m) in the SE part of Gabbro Hills near the edge of the Ross Ice Shelf, standing at the W side of Gough Glacier, 6 mi E of Amphibole Peak. Discovered by the U.S. Ross Ice Shelf Traverse Party (1957-58) under A.P. Crary, and named for Gladys E. Baker, who assisted in analyzing, classifying and reporting upon lichens for the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1933-35).||
867|Baker Glacier|Glacier|724600S|1691500E|-72.7666667|169.25|||01/01/1970|A small tributary glacier that enters Whitehall Glacier just N of Martin Hill, in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John R. Baker, biologist at Hallett Station in 1967-68 and 1968-69.||
868|Baker Nunatak|Summit|852300S|1244000W|-85.3833333|-124.6666667|||01/01/1962|A nunatak standing 1 mi NW of Mount Brecher in northern Wisconsin Range, Horlick Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1959-60. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Travis L. Baker, meteorologist, Byrd Station winter party, 1961.||03/05/1997
869|Baker Ridge|Ridge|832000S|0554000W|-83.3333333|-55.6666667|||01/01/1968|A ridge extending W for 5 mi from the N part of Washington Escarpment in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Clifford E. Baker, aviation electronics technician at Ellsworth Station, winter 1958.||
870|Baker Rocks|Summit|741400S|1644500E|-74.2333333|164.75|||01/01/1968|A spur-like rock exposure lying 2 mi W of Wood Bay and 7 mi N of Mount Melbourne, on the coast of Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1955-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Billy-Ace Baker, radioman, McMurdo Station winter party in 1963, 1967, 1971, and 1975; summer seasons, 1976-1980.||04/06/2001
872|Bakewell Island|Island|745000S|0185500W|-74.8333333|-18.9166667|||01/01/1970|Small ice-covered island near Princess Martha Coast and E of Lyddan Island in the S part of Riiser-Larsen Ice Shelf.  The island was discovered Nov. 5, 1967, in the course of a U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VXE-6 flight over the coast in LC-130 aircraft, and was plotted by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from air photos taken at that time.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after William Lincoln Bakewell, the lone American on Ernest Shackleton's ill-fated 1914-16 expedition in the Endurance to this area.  Bakewell reportedly represented himself as Canadian to gain acceptance for the voyage to Antarctica.||
873|Bakhallet Slope|Slope|720800S|0025600E|-72.1333333|2.9333333|||01/01/1966|An ice slope between Terningskarvet Mountain and Brugda Ridge in the Gjelsvik Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39). Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Bakhallet (the back slope).||
874|Mount Bakker|Summit|701900S|0643600E|-70.3166667|64.6|||01/01/1970|An isolated mountain marked by a northern snow-covered face, located 6.5 mi SSE of Mount Starlight in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveys and air photos, 1955-65.  Named by ANCA for F.C.R. Bakker, radio supervisor at Davis Station, 1964.||
875|Bakkesvodene Crags|Cliff|715600S|0063200E|-71.9333333|6.5333333|||01/01/1967|High rock crags overlooking the E side of Lunde Glacier in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Bakkesvodene (the hill slopes).||
876|Bakutis Coast|Beach|744500S|1200000W|-74.75|-120|||01/01/1966|That part of the coast of Antarctica extending from a point opposite eastern Dean Island, at 7442S, 12705W, to Cape Herlacher. The coast in this area is bounded by several large ice-covered islands and the very extensive Getz Ice Shelf.  This coast was sighted by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, and was charted in part from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, both expeditions led by Admiral R.E. Byrd.  The U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) completely mapped the coast from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for R. Admiral Fred E. Bakutis, Commander of the U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, from 1965 to 1967.||03/05/1997
877|Balaena Islands|Island|660100S|1110600E|-66.0166667|111.1|||01/01/1963|A small group of rocky islands lying close to the coast of Antarctica, 10 mi NE of Cape Folger.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after the British floating factory, Balaena from which sketches of Knox and Budd Coasts were obtained as the result of reconnaissance flights and shipboard observations in 1947.||03/05/1997
878|Balaena Valley|Valley|632000S|0562300W|-63.3333333|-56.3833333|||01/01/1963|Gently sloping valley, filled with ice, lying E of Suspiros Bay in the W part of Joinville Island.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1953-54.  The Balaena (Alexander Fairweather, master) was one of the Dundee whaling ships that visited the Joinville Island group in 1892-93.  The name was applied in 1956 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) and derives from association with Cape Kinnes 4 mi to the SW; Robert Kinnes was the Dundee shipowner and merchant who equipped these ships for their Antarctic voyage.||03/05/1997
881|Mount Balch|Summit|651600S|0635900W|-65.2666667|-63.9833333|1105|3625|01/01/1950|An E-W trending mountain with numerous sharp peaks, the highest 1,105 m, between Mount Peary and Mount Mill on the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot and named by him for Edwin Swift Balch, American author and authority on Antarctic exploration.||
882|Mount Balchen|Summit|852200S|1661200W|-85.3666667|-166.2|3085|10121|01/01/1966|A prominent peak, 3,085 m, standing 6 mi E of the summit of Mount Fridtjof Nansen, in the Herbert Range, Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by the Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for Bernt Balchen, pilot with Roald Amundsen on Arctic flights, and with R. Admiral Richard E. Byrd on his South Pole flight of 1929.||
884|Balchen Glacier|Glacier|762300S|1451000W|-76.3833333|-145.1666667|||01/01/1947|A crevassed glacier flowing W to Block Bay between the Phillips and Fosdick Mountains in Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered on Dec. 5, 1929, by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) and named by Byrd for Bernt Balchen, chief pilot of the expedition.||
885|Balchen Mountain|Summit|720000S|0271200E|-72|27.2|2820|9252|01/01/1962|Mountain, 2,820 m, standing at the E side of Byrdbreen in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named for Bernt Balchen, famous Norwegian polar aviator and chief pilot of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.||
886|Balch Glacier|Glacier|665000S|0644800W|-66.8333333|-64.8|||01/01/1960|Glacier 9 mi long, on the E coast of Graham Land, flowing SE into Mill Inlet, to the S of Gould Glacier.  First surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1946-47, and named East Balch Glacier.  With West Balch Glacier it was reported to fill a transverse depression across Graham Land, but further survey in 1957 showed that there is no close topographical alignment between the two.  The name Balch, for Edwin S. Balch, American Antarctic historian, has been limited to this glacier and an entirely new name (Drummond Glacier q.v.) approved for the west glacier.||
887|Balchunas Pass|Gap|754600S|1284500W|-75.7666667|-128.75|||01/01/1974|A broad pass between Mount Flint and Mount Petras in the McCuddin Mountains, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Robert C. Balchunas, U.S. Navy (USN), Executive Officer for Antarctic Support Activities during Operation Deep Freeze 1971, 1972, and 1973.||
888|Balder Point|Summit|662700S|0634500W|-66.45|-63.75|||01/01/1952|Point marking the eastern tip of a narrow, rocky "cockscomb" ridge, which extends from Frigga Peak for 6 mi in an ESE direction to the W side of Cabinet Inlet, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Charted in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who named it after the Norse god Balder, the mythological son of Frigga and Odin.||
889|Bald Head|Cliff|633800S|0573600W|-63.6333333|-57.6|||01/01/1952|Bare, ice-free headland 8 mi SW of View Point on the S side of Trinity Peninsula.  Probably first seen in 1902-03 by J. Gunnar Andersson's party of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold.  The Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted it and applied the descriptive name in 1945.||
890|Mount Baldr|Summit|773428S|1603435E|-77.574412|160.576364|||01/01/1962|Prominent peak standing W of Mount Thor and S of Wright Upper Glacier in the Asgard Range of Victoria Land.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1958-59) after one of the Norse gods.||
891|Baldred Rock|Island|604400S|0442600W|-60.7333333|-44.4333333|||01/01/1956|Rock in Fitchie Bay at Laurie Island in the South Orkney Islands.  It lies close off the S side of Ferrier Peninsula, 0.75 mi ESE of Graptolite Island.  This rock was mapped by the ScotNAE under Bruce, 1902-04, and was later named Bass Rock owing to its likeness to the Bass Rock in Scotland.  The name Bass Rock has also appeared on charts as an alternative name for an island in the Joinville Island group.  To avoid confusion of these names, in 1954 the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) recommended an entirely new name for the rock at Fitchie Bay.  Baldred Rock is named after Saint Baldred (died 606), the first hermit known to have lived on the Scottish Bass Rock.||
893|Mount Baldwin|Summit|721500S|1631800E|-72.25|163.3|||01/01/1964|A mountain 5 mi SE of Smiths Bench, in the Freyberg Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for T.T. Baldwin, transport specialist, a member of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Victoria Land Traverse Party which surveyed this area in 1959-60.||
894|Baldwin Bluff|Cliff|720600S|1692700E|-72.1|169.45|||01/01/1970|A rock bluff along the SW side of Ironside Glacier, about 5 mi SW of the summit of Mount Whewell, in the Admiralty Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Howard A. Baldwin, biologist at McMurdo Station, 1966-67.||
895|Baldwin Glacier|Glacier|850600S|1771000W|-85.1|-177.1666667|||01/01/1962|A broad glacier, flowing generally eastward from a large icefalls at the escarpment west of Mount Rosenwald and entering Shackleton Glacier south of Mount Heekin.  Discovered and photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47) on the flights of Feb. 16, 1947, and named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Sergeant George E. Baldwin, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC), photographer on Flight 8A.||
896|Baldwin Nunatak|Summit|701900S|0642400E|-70.3166667|64.4|||01/01/1970|A nunatak 6.5 mi SSW of Mount Starlight in the Prince Charles Mountains. Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveys and air photos, 1955-65.  Named by ANCA for J.W. Baldwin, weather observer (radio) at Mawson Station, 1965.||
897|Baldwin Peak|Summit|642300S|0604500W|-64.3833333|-60.75|||01/01/1964|Peak between Lilienthal Glacier and Mount Berry in northern Graham Land. Photographed by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) in 1956-57 and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS). Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Thomas S. Baldwin (1860-1923), American inventor of the vent opening which gives control and stability to parachutes.||
898|Baldwin Rocks|Summit|662400S|0984500E|-66.4|98.75|||01/01/1953|Group of rock outcrops about 5 mi NW of Watson Bluff on the N side of David Island.  Charted by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE), 1911-14, under Mawson, and named by him for Joseph M. Baldwin of the Melbourne Observatory.||04/12/2001
899|Baldwin Valley|Valley|771800S|1622000E|-77.3|162.333333|||01/01/1964|Ice-filled valley in the Saint Johns Range, lying NW of Pond Peak in Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Russel R. Baldwin, U.S. Navy (USN), who was in charge of the Airfield Maintenance Branch at McMurdo Station in 1962.||
900|Mount Baleen|Summit|653600S|0621200W|-65.6|-62.2|910|2986|01/01/1976|A prominent peak of 910 m and of pyramidal shape when viewed from Larsen Ice Shelf, standing between Rachel and Starbuck Glaciers on the E coast of Graham Land. The naming by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) is one in a group in this vicinity that reflects a whaling theme.  Baleen whales are distinguished by the presence of a sieve of horny baleen (whalebone) plates suspended from the upper jaw, and by the absence of teeth.||
902|Mount Balfour|Summit|691900S|0671300W|-69.3166667|-67.2166667|1010|3314|01/01/1955|Bastion-like rocky mountain, 1,010 m, which lies at the mouth of Fleming Glacier, close to the junction with Wordie Ice Shelf on the W side of Antarctic Peninsula.  First roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Resurveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1948 and named for Henry Balfour, President of the Royal Geographical Society, 1936-38.||
903|Balham Lake|Lake|772540S|1605756E|-77.427641|160.965694|||01/01/1970|A small lake near the center of Balham Valley in Victoria Land.  Named in 1964 by American geologist Parker E. Calkin for its location in Balham Valley.||
904|Balham Valley|Valley|772435S|1610646E|-77.409815|161.112709|||01/01/1964|An ice-free valley between the Insel Range and Apocalypse Peaks, in Victoria Land.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1958-59) for R.W. Balham, biologist with the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) who did the first freshwater biology in this area in 1957-58.||
905|Balin Point|Summit|604200S|0453600W|-60.7|-45.6|||01/01/1953|Point which marks the N side of the entrance to Borge Bay on the E side of Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted by DI in 1933 and so named in association with Balin Rocks (q.v.).||
906|Balin Rocks|Island|604200S|0453600W|-60.7|-45.6|||01/01/1953|Small group of rocks close S of Balin Point on the E side of Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted and named by the Norwegian whaling captains Petter Sorlle and Hans Borge in 1912-13.||
907|Balish Glacier|Glacier|792500S|0843000W|-79.4166667|-84.5|||01/01/1966|A glacier, 18 mi long, flowing N from Soholt Peaks to enter Splettstoesser Glacier just NE of Springer Peak, in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Daniel Balish, Executive Officer of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 during Deep Freeze 1965, and Commanding Officer in 1967.||
910|Ballance Peak|Summit|764600S|1592900E|-76.7666667|159.4833333|||01/01/1965|The highest peak at the southern end of the Allan Hills in Victoria Land. Reconnoitered by the New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) Allan Hills Expedition (1964) and named for P.F. Ballance, a geologist with the expedition.||
911|Mount Ballard|Summit|751200S|0700500W|-75.2|-70.0833333|||01/01/1968|Mountain in the W part of the Sweeney Mountains in Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for G.E. Ballard, equipment operator with the South Pole Station winter party in 1963.||
912|Ballard Spur|Ridge|820800S|1634000E|-82.1333333|163.6666667|||01/01/1966|Spur 5 mi N of Cape Wilson on the E side of Nash Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Thomas B. Ballard, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) aurora scientist at Hallett Station, 1961.||
921|Balleny Islands|Island|665500S|1632000E|-66.9166667|163.3333333|||01/01/1947|A group consisting primarily of three large and two smaller islands, heavily glaciated and volcanic in origin, lying 150 miles NNE of Cape Kinsey, Oates Coast. The group trends NW-SE for nearly 100 miles.  The islands were discovered by John Balleny, commander of the Eliza Scott, in February 1839.  They were named in his honor by Captain Beaufort, hydrographer to the Admiralty.||
923|Mount Ballou|Summit|731400S|1630300E|-73.2333333|163.05|2900|9514|01/01/1969|A pinnacle-type mountain (2,900 m) which forms the S end of Pain Mesa and the N side of the entrance to Pinnacle Gap in the Mesa Range, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Justin G. Ballou, U.S. Navy (USN), officer in charge of the Detachment A winter party at McMurdo Station, 1966.||
924|Ball Stream|Stream|772612S|1634144E|-77.436574|163.69559|||01/01/1968|A meltwater stream 2 mi west of Marble Point on the coast of Victoria Land. It issues from the front of Wilson Piedmont Glacier and flows northeast to Surko Stream just west of where the latter enters Arnold Cove.  The stream was studied by Robert L. Nichols, geologist for Metcalf and Eddy, Engineers, Boston, MA, which made engineering studies here under contract to the U.S. Navy in the 1957-58 season.  Named by Nichols for Donald G. Ball, soil physicist with Metcalf and Eddy.||
925|Balsam Beach|Beach|541900S|0362600W|-54.3166667|-36.4333333|||01/01/1956|Narrow boulder beach with jagged islands close offshore, lying 0.75 mi E of Dartmouth Point in Cumberland East Bay, South Georgia.  The beach appears on earlier charts, but the name was given by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1951 following a sketch survey. The name is one of a group in the vicinity of Dartmouth Point derived from the chemical stains used in the preparation for histological examination of biological material collected there by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).||03/05/1997
927|Bamse Mountain|Summit|721500S|0221800E|-72.25|22.3|2500|8202|01/01/1966|Mountain, 2,500 m, standing 11 mi W of Mount Nils Larsen in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Bamsefjell (bear mountain).||
929|Mount Banck|Summit|645400S|0630300W|-64.9|-63.05|675|2215|01/01/1965|Conspicuous mountain of red rock, 675 m, dominating the small peninsula just W of Mascias Cove, on the W coast of Graham Land.  In 1898 the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache applied the name "Ile Banck" to a feature which was charted as an island separated from the mainland by a narrow channel.  Air photos show it is actually a small peninsula, on which the most prominent feature is this mountain.  The name Mount William (q.v.), given by Biscoe in 1832 to a mountain which he described as being on the mainland but now identified on Anvers Island, has been used for the feature here described.||
930|Bancroft Bay|Bay|643400S|0615200W|-64.5666667|-61.8666667|||01/01/1965|Bay lying between Charlotte and Wilhelmina Bays, along the W coast of Graham Land.  The bay was first roughly indicated by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99. It was remapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from air photos taken by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE), 1955-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Anthony D. Bancroft, senior surveyor of the latter expedition.||
931|Banded Bluff|Cliff|852000S|1693000W|-85.3333333|-169.5|||01/01/1966|A prominent bluff about 4 mi long, rising 3 mi SE of McKinley Nunatak, where it forms a part of the E wall of Liv Glacier.  So named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) because of the alternate bands of snow and rock which mark the steep face of the bluff.||
932|Banded Peak|Summit|850300S|1660500W|-85.05|-166.0833333|1400|4593|01/01/1966|A small peak which rises over 1,400 m in the Duncan Mountains.  This feature which stands 3 mi NE of Mount Fairweather has a distinctive snow band across the south face.  Named by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64.||
933|Bandstone Block|Summit|714000S|0681200W|-71.6666667|-68.2|||01/01/1956|An almost rectangular block of sandstone which rises to c. 300 m 2 mi N of Triton Point at the mouth of Venus Glacier on the E coast of Alexander Island.  The coast in this vicinity was first seen from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth on Nov. 23, 1935, and roughly mapped from photos obtained on that flight by W.L.G. Joerg.  This feature was first surveyed in 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who so named it because of its conspicuous sedimentary bands.||10/18/2000
934|Bandy Island|Island|750400S|1374900W|-75.0666667|-137.8166667|||01/01/1975|A small ice-covered island lying in Hull Bay, 1.5 mi west of Lynch Point, coastal Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1962-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Orville L. Bandy (1917-73), professor of geology at the University of California, Los Angeles, and a participant since 1961 in several U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) projects.  In 1964 and 1966, respectively, he was chief scientist on cruises 7 and 17 of RV Anton Bruun, and took part in several cruises of U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) Eltanin.||
936|Banna Peak|Summit|795500S|1550300E|-79.9166667|155.05|2420|7940||A peak (2,420 m) that surmounts the S end of Banna Ridge in the NW part of Britannia Range.  Named in association with Britannia by a University of Waikato (New Zealand) geological party led by M.J. Selby, 1978-79.  Banna is a historical placename formerly used in Roman Britain.||03/05/1997
937|Banna Ridge|Ridge|795400S|1550600E|-79.9|155.1|2000|6562||A rock ridge that rises over 2,000 m and extends from Banna Peak NE toward the head of Hatherton Glacier.  The ridge forms the SE wall of Abus Valley in the NW part of Britannia Range.  Named in association with Banna Peak (q.v.) by a University of Waikato (New Zealand) geological party, 1978-79.||
938|Banzare Coast|Beach|670000S|1260000E|-67|126|||01/01/1947|That portion of the coast of Antarctica lying between Cape Southard, in 12205E, and Cape Morse, in 13010E.  Seen from the air by the British-Australian-New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition, 1930-31, under Douglas Mawson.  The name by Mawson is an acronym of the expedition title.||
940|Baranowski Glacier|Glacier|621200S|0582700W|-62.2|-58.45||||A glacier flowing E into Admiralty Bay, King George Island, NW of Demay Point.  Named by the Polish Antarctic Expedition after Stanislaw Baranowski (1935-78), Polish glaciologist who died on King George Island as a result of an accident at the Polish Arctowski Station while a member of the 1977-78 expedition.||
941|Barbara Island|Island|680800S|0670600W|-68.1333333|-67.1|||01/01/1951|Largest and northernmost of the Debenham Islands, lying off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill, and named by him for a daughter of Frank Debenham, member of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) Advisory Committee.||
943|Barber Cove|Bay|540000S|0373900W|-54|-37.65|||01/01/1964|Small, rock-strewn cove bounded by Bluff Point and Craigie Point, in the E part of Right Whale Bay, South Georgia.  The name Scott Bay, of unknown origin, appears for the feature on a chart based upon a 1930 survey by DI personnel.  Named Barber Cove by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1963, for Leading Seaman John M. Barber of His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Owen, which surveyed the area in 1961.||04/06/1998
944|Barber Glacier|Glacier|702600S|1624500E|-70.4333333|162.75|||01/01/1970|Glacier rising just E of Mount Bruce in the Bowers Mountains and flowing N to the coast between Stuhlinger Ice Piedmont and Rosenau Head.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Don W. Barber, CE, USA, construction and equipment officer, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, 1967 and 1968.||
945|Barbière Island|Island|651100S|0641000W|-65.1833333|-64.1666667|||01/01/1971|Small island, the southeasternmost of the islands lying off the S end of Petermann Island, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, and named after M. Barbiere, one of the port engineers at Recife (Pernambuco), who assisted the expedition in 1910.||
946|The Barchans|Island|651400S|0642000W|-65.2333333|-64.3333333|||01/01/1953|Group of small snow-capped islands marking the W end of the Argentine Islands, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill, and so named by him because the snow caps resemble barchans (also barkhans), migrating, crescent-shaped sand dunes found in several very dry regions of the world.||
947|Barclay Bay|Bay|623300S|0605800W|-62.55|-60.9666667|||01/01/1951|Bay lying between Cape Shirreff and Essex Point on the N side of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name appears on an 1825 chart of the British sealing expedition under Weddell, and is now established in international usage.||
949|Barcroft Islands|Island|662700S|0671000W|-66.45|-67.1666667|||01/01/1965|A group of small islands and rocks about 5 miles in extent, lying close S of Watkins Island, Biscoe Islands.  Mapped from air photos by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Sir Joseph Barcroft (1872-1947), Irish physiologist, a pioneer investigator of the physiological effects of high altitudes and cold.||
950|Barcus Glacier|Glacier|741500S|0620000W|-74.25|-62|||01/01/1968|Glacier in the Hutton Mountains that drains ESE, to the N of Mount Nash and Mount Light, into Keller Inlet in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James R. Barcus, ionospheric physics researcher at Byrd Station in the summers 1966-67 and 1967-68.||
952|Bardell Rock|Island|652000S|0652300W|-65.3333333|-65.3833333|||01/01/1972|A rock nearly 1 mi S of Dickens Rocks in the Pitt Islands, northern Biscoe Islands.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after Mrs. Bardell, a character in Charles Dickens' Pickwick Papers.||
953|Mount Barden|Summit|775100S|0861300W|-77.85|-86.2166667|2910|9547|01/01/1960|Mountain, 2,910 m, standing 2.5 mi NW of Mount Sharp in the N portion of the Sentinel Range.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Virgil W. Barden, ionospheric physicist, member of the 1957 wintering party at Byrd Station.||
955|Bardsdell Nunatak|Summit|701600S|0635400W|-70.2666667|-63.9|||01/01/1976|A mainly ice-free nunatak just N of Dalziel Ridge in the Columbia Mountains of Palmer Land.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Mark Bardsdell, Columbia University geologist who studied the structure of the Scotia Ridge area, 1970-71.||
956|Bareback Ridge|Ridge|542900S|0370500W|-54.4833333|-37.0833333||||An irregular ridge extending north from Olstad Peak in central Annenkov Island, South Georgia.  The UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) name stems from the absence of surficial material and vegetation from its top and sides.||
957|Bareface Bluff|Cliff|785000S|1614000E|-78.8333333|161.6666667|940|3084|01/01/1962|A large, sheer snow-free bluff, 940 m, rising above Skelton Glacier, between Ant Hill Glacier and Mason Glacier.  Surveyed and given this descriptive name in 1957 by the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.||
958|Barela Rock|Island|770100S|1485200W|-77.0166667|-148.8666667|||01/01/1970|A rock outcrop in the S part of Przybyszewski Island in the Marshall Archipelago.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ruben E. Barela, aviation structural mechanic, U.S. Navy (USN), of the McMurdo Station party, 1967.||
959|Bare Rock|Island|604300S|0453600W|-60.7166667|-45.6|||01/01/1953|Rock which lies 0.1 mi NE of Berntsen Point in the entrance to Borge Bay, off the E side of Signy Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted and named descriptively by DI personnel on the Discovery in 1927.||
961|Barff Peninsula|Cape|541900S|0361800W|-54.3166667|-36.3|||01/01/1964|Peninsula forming the E margin of Cumberland East Bay, South Georgia, extending NW from Sorling Valley 8 mi to Barff Point.  Probably first seen by the British expedition under Cook in 1775.  The peninsula takes its name from its northern extremity, Barff Point.||
962|Barff Point|Cape|541400S|0362400W|-54.2333333|-36.4|||01/01/1952|Point which forms the E side of the entrance to Cumberland Bay, on the N coast of South Georgia.  Named for Lieutenant A.D. Barff, Royal Navy (RN), of the Sappho, who, assisted by Captain C.A. Larsen, made a sketch map of Cumberland Bay in 1906.||
963|Bargh Glacier|Glacier|730500S|1684600E|-73.0833333|168.7666667|||01/01/1969|A glacier 6 mi long in the SW part of Daniell Peninsula, Victoria Land.  It lies 2 mi N of Langevad Glacier, whose stream it parallels, and flows SW to enter Borchgrevink Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Kenneth A. Bargh, seismologist at Hallett Station, 1958.||
966|Barilari Bay|Bay|655500S|0644300W|-65.9166667|-64.7166667|||01/01/1951|Bay 12 mi long and 6 mi wide, between Cape Garcia and Loqui Point on the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for R. Admiral Atilio S. Barilari, Argentine Navy.  Recharted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill.||
967|Bar Island|Island|681700S|0671200W|-68.2833333|-67.2|||01/01/1955|A long, low, rocky islet lying 0.25 mi off the W end of Red Rock Ridge, Antarctic Peninsula.  First roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under John Rymill. Resurveyed in 1948-49 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who so named the islet because of its shape.||
968|Barkell Platform|Bench|724000S|0681600E|-72.6666667|68.2666667|100|328|01/01/1973|A narrow, level rock platform on the N end of Mawson Escarpment. This promontory, 1,285 m high, was the site of a geodetic survey station during the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey in 1971.  Named for V.G. Barkell, helicopter pilot with the survey.||03/05/1997
969|Barker Bank|Bar|640100S|0570100W|-64.0166667|-57.0166667||||A marine bank in Erebus and Terror Gulf with a least depth of 20 meters.  The bank extends NE from Ula Point, James Ross Island, but its limits are not precisely defined.  Charted from His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Endurance, 1981-82, and named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Captain Nicholas J. Barker, Royal Navy (RN), who was in command of the ship, 1980-82.||07/07/1998
970|Barker Nunatak|Summit|745300S|0724200W|-74.8833333|-72.7||||One of the Grossman Nunataks (q.v.) in Ellsworth Land, located 2.2 mi NE of Fletcher Nunataks.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Kenneth Barker, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) cartographer who, with James B. Fletcher (Fletcher Nunataks, q.v.), formed the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) satellite surveying team at South Pole Station, winter party 1977.||
971|Barker Range|Range|723200S|1661000E|-72.5333333|166.1666667||||A mountain range trending NW-SE and including Jato Nunatak, Mount Watt, Mount McCarthy, and Mount Burton, located at the SW side of Millen Range in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) for James Barker, leader at Scott Base, 1972.||
973|Barkley Mountains|Summit|722200S|0010000E|-72.3666667|1|||01/01/1966|A small group of mountains including Kvitkjolen Ridge and Isingen Mountain, rising between Kvitsvodene Valley and Rogstad Glacier in the Sverdrup Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named for Erich Barkley, biologist on the expedition.  Surveyed by the Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE), 1949-52.||
975|Barkov Glacier|Glacier|714600S|0102700E|-71.7666667|10.45|||01/01/1970|Glacier draining NE between Mount Dallmann and the central part of Shcherbakov Range, in the Orvin Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  First photographed and roughly plotted by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Soviet geographer A.S. Barkov.||
976|Mount Barkow|Summit|732200S|0624800W|-73.3666667|-62.8|1390|4560|01/01/1953|Mountain, 1,390 m, which stands 20 mi W of Court Nunatak and New Bedford Inlet and marks the E end of the ridge separating Haines and Meinardus Glaciers, on the E side of Palmer Land.  Discovered and photographed from the air in December 1940 by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) mapped it from the ground in 1947.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Erich Barkow, German meteorologist and member of the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1911-12, under Filchner.||
977|Cape Barlas|Cape|604300S|0450000W|-60.7166667|-45|||01/01/1952|Cape marking the N end of Fredriksen Island in the South Orkney Islands. Discovered and roughly charted in the course of the joint cruise by Captain Nathaniel Palmer and Captain George Powell in 1821.  Further charted by DI in 1933 and named after William Barlas (1888-1941), British representative at Deception Island and South Shetland Islands for the season 1914-15, and at South Georgia on various occasions, 1928-41.||
978|Barlas Bank|Bar|540000S|0372000W|-54|-37.3333333|||01/01/1953|Small submarine bank 1.5 mi SE of Cape Buller, at the W side of the entrance to the Bay of Isles, South Georgia.  Charted by DI in 1929-30 and named after William Barlas (Cape Barlas, q.v.).||07/07/1998
979|Barlas Channel|Stream|671300S|0674500W|-67.2166667|-67.75|||01/01/1956|Channel, 8 mi long and 2 mi wide, in the N part of Laubeuf Fjord, extending SW from The Gullet and separating Day Island from Adelaide Island.  First roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who named it for William Barlas.||
981|Barlow Island|Island|625200S|0622100W|-62.8666667|-62.35|||01/01/1953|Small island lying 1 mi WNW of the N tip of Smith Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name Barlow, presumably for Peter Barlow, British physicist and mathematician, was applied to a cape on the E side of Smith Island by a British expedition under Foster, 1828-31.  In 1951-52, the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) determined that no significant cape exists on the E side of the island, but for the sake of historical continuity applied the name to the island described above.||
982|Barlow Rocks|Summit|782900S|1632400E|-78.4833333|163.4|||01/01/1995|A group of rocks standing below the NW slopes of Mount Morning on the S margin of upper Koettlitz Glacier in Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1994 after Roger A. Barlow, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) cartographer, a member of the satellite surveying team at South Pole Station, winter party 1992.||04/11/2001
983|Barnacle Valley|Valley|764700S|1611200E|-76.7833333|161.2|||01/01/1993|An ice-free valley 3 mi WSW of Dotson Ridge in the Convoy Range of Victoria Land.  The name is one of a group of nautical names in the Convoy Range, this one applied by the 1989-90 New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) field party with reference to the low and blocky floor of this valley, which has unusually large ice wedge polygon hummocks.||
986|Barnard Point|Cape|624600S|0602100W|-62.7666667|-60.35|||01/01/1951|Point which marks the SE side of the entrance to False Bay on the S side of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  This point was known to sealers as early as 1822.  The name was applied about a century later, probably after Mount Barnard (now Mount Friesland) which surmounts it to the northeast.  Charles H. Barnard, captain of the ship Charity of New York, was a sealer in the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21.||
988|Cape Barne|Cape|773451S|1661445E|-77.580865|166.245783|120|394||Steep, rocky bluff rising to 120 m between Cape Royds and Cape Evans on the W side of Ross Island.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, under Scott, and named by him for Lieutenant Michael Barne, Royal Navy (RN), a member of the expedition.||
989|Barne Glacier|Glacier|773624S|1662322E|-77.606596|166.38954|||01/01/1952|Steep glacier which descends from the W slopes of Mount Erebus and terminates on the W side of Ross Island between Cape Barne and Cape Evans where it forms a steep ice cliff.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, under Scott.  Named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09, under Shackleton after nearby Cape Barne.||
990|Barne Inlet|Bay|801500S|1601500E|-80.25|160.25|||01/01/1947|A reentrant about 17 mi wide occupied by the lower part of Byrd Glacier, lying between Cape Kerr and Cape Selborne on the W side of the Ross Ice Shelf. Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named for Lieutenant Michael Barne, Royal Navy (RN), a member of the expedition, who with Sub-Lieutenant George F.A. Mulock, Royal Navy (RN), mapped the coastline this far south in 1903.||
991|Mount Barnes|Summit|773747S|1633508E|-77.629607|163.585507|985|3232|01/01/1953|Peak, 985 m, surmounting the west-central side of New Harbor and marking the E end of the Kukri Hills, in Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, under Scott, and named New Harbour Heights.  It was renamed Mount Barnes after a Canadian ice physicist by Scott's second expedition, the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
993|Barnes Bluff|Cliff|744600S|1101900W|-74.7666667|-110.3166667||||A projecting portion of Jones Bluffs, 1.5 mi NNE of Eckman Bluff on the E side of Bear Peninsula, Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs taken 1966.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 after Lieutenant Commander John O. Barnes, USN, Air Operations Officer, Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1975-76 and 1976-77; officer in charge of the NSFA winter detachment at McMurdo Station, 1977.||
994|Barnes Glacier|Glacier|673200S|0662500W|-67.5333333|-66.4166667|||01/01/1960|Glacier flowing W into Blind Bay on the W coast of Graham Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 for Howard T. Barnes, Canadian physicist and pioneer of ice engineering.||
995|Barnes Icefalls|Glacier|834900S|0555300W|-83.8166667|-55.8833333|||01/01/1965|The icefalls along Washington Escarpment between Mount Dover and Bennett Spires in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James C. Barnes, meteorologist and station scientific leader at Ellsworth Station, winter 1962.||
997|Barnes Peak|Summit|842300S|1673400E|-84.3833333|167.5666667|3360|11023|01/01/1966|A peak, 3,360 m, standing 4 mi SE of Mount Dickerson in the Queen Alexandra Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Elwood E. Barnes, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) cosmic rays scientist at Hallett Station, 1963.||
998|Barnes Ridge|Ridge|780800S|0845000W|-78.1333333|-84.8333333|||01/01/1961|A ridge 7 mi long, extending between Young and Ellen Glaciers at the E side of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Stephen S. Barnes, scientific leader at Byrd Station in 1958.||
999|Barnett Glacier|Glacier|705900S|1673000E|-70.9833333|167.5|||01/01/1964|A large glacier in the Anare Mountains that flows E along the S side of Tapsell Foreland into Smith Inlet, northern Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Donald C. Barnett, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) topographic engineer, a member of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Topo East and West, 1962-63, in which the expedition extended geodetic control from the area of Cape Hallett to the Wison Hills (Topo West) and from the foot of Beardmore Glacier through the Horlick Mountains (Topo East).||
1000|Barn Rock|Summit|684100S|0673200W|-68.6833333|-67.5333333|90|295|01/01/1956|Prominent rock, more than 90 m high, near the N end of the Terra Firma Islands in Marguerite Bay.  First visited and surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) who so named the rock because of its appearance when seen from the west.||04/11/2001
1001|Barnum Peak|Summit|852300S|1714000W|-85.3833333|-171.6666667|2940|9646|01/01/1949|A peak (2,940 m) surmounting the E end of a prominent snow-covered rock divide near the head of Liv Glacier, just S of the mouth of LaVergne Glacier. Discovered by R. Admiral Byrd on the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) flight to the South Pole in November 1929, and named by him for J.D. Barnum, publisher of the Syracuse Post-Standard and contributor to the expedition.||
1002|Baronick Glacier|Glacier|783600S|1615000E|-78.6|161.8333333|||01/01/1963|A glacier 6 mi SW of Mount Cocks, in the Royal Society Range, draining into the Skelton Glacier to the west.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1963 for Chief Aviation Ordnanceman Michael P. Baronick, of U.S. Navy Squadron VX-6, who wintered at Williams Air Operating Facility at McMurdo Sound in 1956 and was in Antarctica several summer seasons.  Baronick, with a party of three, was in command of the Beardmore Air Operating Facility established on Oct. 28, 1956, at 8456S, 16600W.||
1004|Barracouta Ridge|Ridge|852000S|1663500W|-85.3333333|-166.5833333|||01/01/1966|A long jagged ridge which terminates on the north in Webster Knob.  The ridge is an extension from the base of Mount Fridtjof Nansen into the head of Strom Glacier, Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered and visited in 1929 by the geological party under Laurence Gould of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  It was climbed by geologists of the Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64.  The descriptive name applied by the Southern Party derives from the appearance of the toothlike pinnacle along the crest of the ridge.||
1005|Barracouta Rock|Bar|540100S|0380300W|-54.0166667|-38.05|||01/01/1964|Submerged rock lying 0.4 mi S of the entrance to Jordan Cove, Bird Island, off the W end of South Georgia.  First charted by personnel on His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Owen in 1961.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for one of Owen's survey motor boats.||
1007|Barratt Island|Island|683300S|0775200E|-68.55|77.8666667|||01/01/1965|A small island lying off the Vestfold Hills, about 1 mi W of Bluff Island. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Named by ANCA for N.R. Barratt, weather observer at Davis Station in 1960.||
1008|Mount Barre|Summit|673000S|0683300W|-67.5|-68.55|2195|7201|01/01/1956|Mountain with an ice-covered, pyramidal peak, 2,195 m, standing 2 mi NE of Mount Gaudry in the S part of Adelaide Island.  Discovered and surveyed in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot.  Resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Michel Barre, leader of the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) to the Adelie Coast, 1951-52.||
1009|Barré Glacier|Glacier|663500S|1384000E|-66.5833333|138.6666667|||01/01/1955|Channel glacier about 5 mi wide and 5 mi long, flowing N from the continental ice to the coast close E of Cape Pepin.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Michel Barre, leader of the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) wintering party of 1951-52, whose party extended reconnaissance of the coastal features as far westward as this glacier.||
1010|Mount Barren|Summit|541000S|0364500W|-54.1666667|-36.75|645|2116|01/01/1965|Mountain, 645 m, standing W of Husvik Harbor on the N coast of South Georgia. Named descriptively, probably by DI in 1926-30.||
1011|Barren Bluff|Cliff|730400S|1611800E|-73.0666667|161.3|||01/01/1964|Prominent rock bluff in the S part of Sequence Hills along the W side of upper Rennick Glacier, Victoria Land.  So named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, because of the extremely bare (of loose rock) and exposed nature of the surface.  The party had difficulty collecting sufficient stones for construction of a survey beacon.||
1012|Barrett Buttress|Cliff|721300S|0653600W|-72.2166667|-65.6|1600|5249||A nunatak rising to 1,600 m at the S margin of Goodenough Glacier, 9 mi SW of Blanchard Nunataks in W Palmer Land.  The feature has a sheer NW face 150 m high; the SE side is level with the snow plateau.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy aerial photographs taken 1966-69.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 after Richard G. Barrett, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) surveyor at Stonington Island and Adelaide Island stations, 1974-76.||03/05/1997
1013|Barrett Glacier|Glacier|843700S|1741000W|-84.6166667|-174.1666667|||01/01/1966|A glacier draining from the N slopes of the Prince Olav Mountains, about 15 mi long, flowing between Longhorn Spurs and Gabbro Hills to the Ross Ice Shelf. Named by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1963-64) for Peter J. Barrett, geologist with that party.||03/05/1997
1014|Barrett Island|Island|721200S|0953300W|-72.2|-95.55|||01/01/1968|An ice-covered island about 2 mi long, lying just within the N part of the mouth of Morgan Inlet, Thurston Island.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) Barry B. Barrett, pilot of Squadron VX-6 on photographic flights during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1964.||01/28/2004
1015|Barrett Nunataks|Summit|792000S|0812400W|-79.3333333|-81.4|||01/01/1964|A group of nunataks located on the E side of the Dott Ice Rise overlooking Constellation Inlet, in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Named by the University of Minnesota Ellsworth Mountains Party, 1962-63, for Peter J. Barrett, geologist with the party.||
1016|Barrier Bay|Bay|674500S|0811500E|-67.75|81.25|||01/01/1961|An open bay in the coastal angle formed by the coast and the W end of the West Ice Shelf.  Charted by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named by them Barrierevika (Barrier Bay).  "Barrier" is an obsolete term for "ice shelf."||
1018|Barrier Island|Island|682600S|0782300E|-68.4333333|78.3833333|||01/01/1965|An island, 0.5 mi long, at the N end of the Vestfold Hills, lying just N of the entrance to Tryne Fjord in Tryne Sound.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Visited in 1957 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party and so named because the island appeared to form a barrier to the passage of icebergs up Tryne Fjord.||
1020|Barrios Rocks|Summit|631900S|0575700W|-63.3166667|-57.95|||01/01/1964|A small group of rocks lying 1 mi W of Toro Point, Trinity Peninsula.  The name "Islote Barrios" was given by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition (1947-48) after General Guillermo Barrios Tirado, minister of national defense who accompanied the Presidential Antarctic Expedition (1948) to this area in the Presidente Pinto.  Air photographs of this feature appear to show three small rocks closely juxtaposed.||04/12/2001
1021|Bar Rocks|Bar|541000S|0364200W|-54.1666667|-36.7|||01/01/1953|Group of low rocks which lie near the head of Husvik Harbor in Stromness Bay, South Georgia.  Charted by DI personnel in 1928 and so named by them, presumably because their presence obstructs or impedes vessels approaching the head of the harbor.||04/12/2001
1024|Barros Rocks|Island|651700S|0641200W|-65.2833333|-64.2|||01/01/1950|Group of rocks between Berthelot Islands and Argentine Islands, lying 2 mi SW of Cape Tuxen off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot, and named after Captain Barros Cobra, Brazilian naval officer at Rio de Janiero, who assisted the expedition.||
1025|Cape Barrow|Cape|634200S|0614300W|-63.7|-61.7166667|||01/01/1952|Steep cliff forming the N end of Hoseason Island, in the Palmer Archipelago. The cape appears in rough outline on an 1828 chart published by Laurie and was presumably observed in 1824 by James Hoseason, mate of the British sealing expedition under Hughes.  It was named by a British expedition under Foster, 1828-31, probably for Sir John Barrow, Sec. of the Admiralty, 1804-06 and 1807-45, and founder of the Royal Geographical Society.  The cape was more accurately charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot.||
1026|Cape Barrow|Cape|712200S|1691700E|-71.3666667|169.2833333|||01/01/1947|The high, northern point of Flat Island in Victoria Land, marking the W side of the entrance to Robertson Bay.  Captain James Ross, in Jan. 1840, applied this name to a cape of the mainland, honoring Sir John Barrow, founder of the Royal Geographic Society, 1830, and Secretary of the Admiralty, 1807-45.  The feature was mapped as a point on Flat Island by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, led by Scott.||
1028|Mount Barr Smith|Summit|671000S|0991200E|-67.1666667|99.2|1310|4298|01/01/1947|A striking rock peak, 1,310 m, the northernmost in a line of peaks along the W side of Denman Glacier.  Discovered in December 1912 by members of the Western Base party of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson, and named by him for Robert Barr Smith of Adelaide, patron of the expedition.||
1029|Barry Hill|Summit|851000S|1744400W|-85.1666667|-174.7333333|||01/01/1966|An ice-free hill just W of the mouth of LaPrade Valley and about 1 mi NNE of Mount Kenyon, in the Cumulus Hills.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Richard P. Barry, Civil Engineer Corps (CEC), USN, communications officer at McMurdo Station, winter 1957, who participated in U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) I, II and III, 1955-58.||
1030|Barry Island|Island|680800S|0670700W|-68.1333333|-67.1166667||||Island lying in the center of the Debenham Islands, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, who used this island for a base in 1936 and 1937.  Named by Rymill for the eldest son of Frank Debenham, member of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) Advisory Committee.||
1031|Mount Barsoum|Summit|820400S|0880700W|-82.0666667|-88.1166667|||01/01/1964|A pointed and partly snow-free peak on the W end of Martin Hills.  It was positioned by the U.S. Ellsworth-Byrd Traverse Party on Dec. l0, 1958, and named for Lieutenant Adib H. Barsoum, U.S. Navy (USN), Medical Officer at Ellsworth Station in 1958.||
1032|Barter Bluff|Cliff|751000S|1140000W|-75.1666667|-114|||01/01/1978|Prominent rock bluff 1.5 mi W of Leister Peak in the Kohler Range, Marie Byrd Land.  The bluff forms part of the steep wall along the E side of Kohler Glacier. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Leland L. Barter, Ship's Engineer on the Eleanor Bolling during the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30, and on both the Bear of Oakland and the Jacob Ruppert during the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35.||
1033|Bartholin Peak|Summit|671700S|0664200W|-67.2833333|-66.7|||01/01/1964|A conspicuous peak near the N end of the Boyle Mountains in Graham Land. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 for Erasmus Bartholin, of Kobenhavn, whose De Figura Nivis Dissertatio, 1661, includes the earliest known scientific description of snow crystals.||03/05/1997
1034|Mount Bartlett|Summit|665700S|0510700E|-66.95|51.1166667|||01/01/1965|Mountain 3 mi SE of Mount Storer, in the Tula Mountains in Enderby Land. Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956 and 1957.  Named by ANCA for A.J. Bartlett, a member of the crew of the Discovery during the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31.||
1035|Mount Bartlett|Summit|845600S|1635600E|-84.9333333|163.9333333|2560|8399|01/01/1952|An ice-free mountain, 2,560 m, standing 2 mi N of Mount Buckley at the head of the Beardmore Glacier.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named for H.H. Bartlett of London, a supporter of the expedition.||
1036|Bartlett Bench|Bench|862400S|1521800W|-86.4|-152.3|||01/01/1971|A bare, flat benchlike elevation which overlooks the Bartlett Glacier from the E, located 6 mi SSW of Mount Ruth in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) Scott Glacier Party, 1969-70, in association with the Bartlett Glacier.||
1037|Bartlett Glacier|Glacier|861500S|1520000W|-86.25|-152|||01/01/1956|A tributary glacier, about 30 mi long and 5 mi wide at its terminus, flowing NE from Nilsen Plateau and joining Scott Glacier close N of Mount Gardiner. Discovered in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn, and named by Byrd for Captain Robert A. Bartlett of Brigus, Newfoundland, noted Arctic navigator and explorer who recommended that the expedition acquire the  Bear, an ice-ship which was purchased and rechristened by Byrd as the Bear of Oakland.||
1038|Bartlett Inlet|Bay|771300S|1564000W|-77.2166667|-156.6666667|||01/01/1966|A largely ice-filled inlet, about 16 mi wide, indenting the N coast of Edward VII Peninsula just E of Cape Colbeck.  Mapped from surveys by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Eugene F. Bartlett, MC, U.S. Navy (USN), officer in charge at Byrd Station, 1960.||
1039|Bartley Glacier|Glacier|773311S|1621539E|-77.553086|162.260805|||01/01/1962|A hanging glacier on the south wall of Wright Valley, Victoria Land, just west of Meserve Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for construction driver Ollie B. Bartley, U.S. Navy (USN), who was killed on Jan. 14, 1957, when the vehicle (weasel) he was driving dropped through the sea ice at Hut Point, McMurdo Sound.||
1040|Bartók Glacier|Glacier|693800S|0710000W|-69.6333333|-71|||01/01/1961|Glacier, 7 mi long and 3 mi wide, flowing SW from the S end of the Elgar Uplands in the N part of Alexander Island.  First photographed from the air and roughly mapped by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) in 1937.  More accurately mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Bela Bartok (1881-1945), Hungarian composer.||
1041|Barton Mountains|Summit|850200S|1730000E|-85.0333333|173||||A group of mountains including Mount Usher, Graphite Peak, Tricorn Mountain, and Mount Clarke, located S of Commonwealth Range and Hughes Range and bounded by Keltie Glacier, Brandau Glacier, Leigh Hunt Glacier, and Snakeskin Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1958-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lieutenant Commander Walter H. Barton, USN, officer in charge of the Squadron VXE-6 detachment at Beardmore South Camp in the 1985-86 field season.  Lieutenant Commander Barton developed, coordinated, and executed the logistical plan for this large and remote camp, which was in operation for 78 days and required over 800 flight hours in support of research in the Beardmore Glacier area.||
1042|Barton Peninsula|Cape|621400S|0584600W|-62.2333333|-58.7666667|||01/01/1964|Small peninsula separating Marian and Potter Coves at the SW end of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1963 for Colin M. Barton, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) geologist who worked in this part of King George Island, 1959-61.||
1043|Bartrum Glacier|Glacier|794400S|1584400E|-79.7333333|158.7333333|||01/01/1965|A small steeply crevassed glacier in the Brown Hills, flowing W between Bowling Green Plateau and Blank Peaks.  Mapped by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1962-63).  Named after J.A. Bartrum (1885-1949), Professor of Geology at the University of Auckland, New Zealand.||
1044|Bartrum Plateau|Plain|830600S|1600600E|-83.1|160.1|||01/01/1966|An ice-covered plateau, 11 mi long and 6 mi wide, standing W of Mount Bonaparte in the Queen Elizabeth Range.  Named by the Northern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for geologist, Prof. John Bartrum of Auckland University College.||
1045|Barwick Valley|Valley|772107S|1610757E|-77.351942|161.132371|||01/01/1962|An ice-free valley N of Apocalypse Peaks, extending from Webb Glacier to Victoria Valley in Victoria Land.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1958-59) for R.E. Barwick, summer biologist with the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) who worked in this area in 1957-58 and as a member of the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1958-59.||
1046|Bary Glacier|Glacier|542600S|0364700W|-54.4333333|-36.7833333||||A glacier flowing W into Jacobsen Bight, South Georgia, S of Christophersen Glacier.  The glacier cuts through the longest sedimentary sequence on the island, from Christophersen Glacier to Cape Darnley.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1982 after Thomas de Bary, one of the first directors of the Compania Argentina de Pesca from 1904.||
1048|Båsbolken Spur|Ridge|715400S|0051700E|-71.9|5.2833333|||01/01/1967|A rocky spur near the head of Tvibasen Valley which divides the upper valley into two equal parts, in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land. Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Basbolken.||
1050|Basecamp Valley|Valley|733000S|0942200W|-73.5|-94.3666667|||01/01/1963|A small ice-filled valley at the W side of Avalanche Ridge, in the Jones Mountains.  Mapped and named by the University of Minnesota-Jones Mountains Party, 1960-61, who established a base camp, "Camp Minnesota," just N of the mouth of this valley.||
1051|Baseline Nunataks|Summit|704600S|0670100E|-70.7666667|67.0166667|||01/01/1962|A small group of nunataks rising above the plateau ice 5 mi S of Mount McKenzie, along the S side of the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Visited in January 1957 by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) southern party of 1956-57 led by W.G. Bewsher.  This was the eastern end of a photo baseline, with Mount Hollingshead as the western end, hence the name.||
1052|Baseline Rock|Island|673600S|0624400E|-67.6|62.7333333|||01/01/1965|An isolated rock lying between Nost Island and the Flat Islands in Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  So named by ANCA because the rock was used as one end of the baseline of a triangulation carried out by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1959.||
1054|Basilica Peak|Summit|700200S|1592000E|-70.0333333|159.3333333|1810|5938|01/01/1964|A granite peak (1,810 m) located 2.5 mi SE of Mount Gorton in the S part of Wilson Hills.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) (1962-63) and New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1963-64).  Named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) because of its shape.||
1055|Basilisk Peak|Summit|592500S|0270500W|-59.4166667|-27.0833333|255|837|01/01/1972|The highest peak, 255 m, marking the crater rim of Bellingshausen Island, South Sandwich Islands.  The name as applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 "marks the aura of this savage cliff which falls abruptly into a deep and steaming crater where the basilisk of legend might properly have his den."||
1056|Basissletta|Bay|721700S|0033600W|-72.2833333|-3.6|||01/01/1966|A small, gently sloping, ice-covered plain between Pyramiden Nunatak and Stamnen Peak, near the SW end of Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Basissletta (the base plain).||
1057|Basso Island|Island|623000S|0594400W|-62.5|-59.7333333|||01/01/1972|Small island linked by a mainly submerged spit to the S shore of Discovery Bay, Greenwich Island, South Shetland Islands.  Charted by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition (1947), under Captain Federico Guesalaga Toro, and named for Juan Basso C., chief storekeeper on the ship Iquique of this expedition.||
1060|Mount Bastei|Summit|712200S|0133200E|-71.3666667|13.5333333|2460|8071|01/01/1970|A prominent buttress-type mountain (2,460 m) rising 2 mi W of Mount Mentzel in the Gruber Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and named Bastei (bastion) by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39, under Ritscher.||
1062|Bastien Range|Range|785000S|0860000W|-78.8333333|-86|||01/01/1969|A mountain range of moderate height which extends in a NW-SE direction for about 40 mi, flanking the SW side of Nimitz Glacier and the Sentinel Range, in the Ellsworth Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Thomas W. Bastien, geologist, leader of the helicopter supported University of Minnesota Geological Party to these mountains, 1963-64.  Bastien was also a member of a party to the Ellsworth Mountains in 1961-62.||
1063|Mount Bastin|Summit|723200S|0311500E|-72.5333333|31.25|2000|6562|01/01/1965|Mountain, 2,000 m, standing 1 mi N of Mount Perov in the Belgica Mountains. Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1957-58, under G. de Gerlache, who named it for Captain Frank Bastin, who assisted in the scientific preparation of the expedition.||
1064|Mount Bastion|Summit|771908S|1602937E|-77.318755|160.493509|2530|8300|01/01/1964|Mountain, 2,530 m, standing W of Webb Glacier and Gibson Spur, where the interior ice plateau meets the Willett Range in Victoria Land.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1959-60) for its buttress-like appearance.||
1066|Bastion Hill|Summit|795000S|1581900E|-79.8333333|158.3166667|1490|4888|01/01/1965|A prominent ice-free feature in the Brown Hills, rising to 1,490 m and projecting southward into Darwin Glacier just E of Touchdown Glacier.  The descriptive name was given by the Darwin Glacier Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58).||
1067|Bastion Peak|Summit|661000S|0633500W|-66.1666667|-63.5833333|1610|5282|01/01/1952|Ice-capped peak, 1,610 m, with rocky exposures on its S and E sides, which forms a buttress to the plateau escarpment W of Morrison Glacier, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Charted in 1947 and given this descriptive name by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  It was photographed from the air during 1947 by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne.||
1068|Bates Glacier|Glacier|741300S|1635100E|-74.2166667|163.85|||01/01/1966|A small tributary glacier flowing N from the W side of Mount Queensland, and entering the W side of Campbell Glacier just N of Mills Peak, in Victoria Land. Named by the Northern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1965-66, for D.R. Bates, field assistant with that party.||
1069|Bates Island|Island|654900S|0653800W|-65.8166667|-65.6333333|||01/01/1971|Narrow island nearly 3 mi long lying 3 mi E of Jurva Point, Renaud Island, in the Biscoe Islands.  First accurately shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Charles C. Bates, American oceanographer who has specialized in sea ice studies.||
1070|Bates Nunataks|Summit|801500S|1533000E|-80.25|153.5|||01/01/1966|Three isolated nunataks in the neve of Byrd Glacier, 18 mi W of Vantage Hill, Britannia Range.  Discovered by the Darwin Glacier Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58).  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) for J. Bates, a member of Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) who accompanied Sir Edmund Hillary to the South Pole.||
1071|Bates Peak|Summit|693500S|0724800W|-69.5833333|-72.8|600|1968||The westernmost peak (c. 600 m) on Rothschild Island, rising W of Fournier Ridge in the Desko Mountains, q.v.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Lawrence O. Bates, USCG, Executive Officer, U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Edisto, U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1969.||
1072|Bates Point|Summit|704300S|1664700E|-70.7166667|166.7833333|||01/01/1970|Ice-covered point forming the N side of the entrance to Yule Bay, along the N coast of Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Thomas R. Bates, U.S. Navy (USN), Flight Surgeon and Medical Officer at McMurdo Station, 1964.||
1074|Cape Batterbee|Cape|655100S|0534800E|-65.85|53.8|||01/01/1947|Ice-covered cape with prominent rock exposures protruding through the coastal ice cliffs, marking the most northerly projection of Enderby Land, just E of Proclamation Island.  Discovered on Jan. 13, 1930 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, and named by him for Sir Harry Fagg Batterbee, then Asst. Sec. of the Dominions Office.||03/12/2021
1075|Batterbee Mountains|Summit|712300S|0671500W|-71.3833333|-67.25|2200|7218|01/01/1947|Group of prominent mountains rising to 2,200 m, which forms part of the dissected edge of Dyer Plateau overlooking George VI Sound, on the W coast of Palmer Land.  First seen and photographed from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth on Nov. 23, 1935.  Charted from the ground in October 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, and named after Sir Harry Fagg Batterbee (1880-1976), Assistant Under-Secretary of State, Dominions Office, 1930-38, and Chairman of the Polar Committee in 1934, who gave help to the expedition.||
1076|Battlements Nunatak|Summit|763200S|1592100E|-76.5333333|159.35|||01/01/1962|A large nunatak near the head of Mawson Glacier, about 6 mi NW of Allan Hills.  It is mostly ice free and has a number of small peaks running in a line W from the main peak.  Discovered and named by the New Zealand party (1957-58) of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE). The name describes the steep rock peaks of the nunatak.||
1077|Battle Point|Summit|671000S|0644500W|-67.1666667|-64.75|||01/01/1975|A rocky and conspicuous coastal point lying just below and SE of Mount Dater on the E coast of Graham Land.  This coastal area was photographed by several American expeditions: U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41; Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48; U.S. Navy photos, 1968.  Mapped by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1963-64.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Walter R.B. Battle (1919-53), British glaciologist who worked on problems of cirque erosion.||
1078|Battleship Promontory|Cliff|765500S|1605500E|-76.9166667|160.9166667|||01/01/1963|A sandstone promontory which rises from the floor of Alatna Valley near its head, in Victoria Land.  The name was suggested by Parker Calkin, U.S. geologist who made stratigraphic studies in the valley in the 1960-61 season.||
1079|Battye Glacier|Glacier|705211S|0674533E|-70.8697222|67.7591667|||01/01/1967|A glacier flowing eastward into the south part of Radok Lake in the Aramis Range of the Prince Charles Mountains. Plotted from ANARE aerial photographs taken in 1956 and 1960. Named by the Antarctic Names Committee of Australia (1966) after A.C. Battye, glaciologist at Wilkes Station in 1962.    Not:  Lednik Priozërnyj.||01/07/2010
1080|Baudin Peaks|Range|684900S|0670300W|-68.8166667|-67.05|750|2461|01/01/1955|Group of peaks rising above 750 m, standing at the SE corner of Mikkelsen Bay, immediately SW of the mouth of Clarke Glacier, and 9 mi ENE of Cape Berteaux, on the W coast of Graham Land.  This general area was first sighted and roughly charted in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, who gave the name "Cap Pierre Baudin" to a cape in this vicinity.  The peaks previously described were roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, but no name was assigned to them.  The peaks were resurveyed in 1948-49 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who subsequently identified them as the feature named "Cap Pierre Baudin" by Charcot.  Named by Charcot for Pierre Baudin, then port engineer at Pernambuco (now Recife), where the Pourquoi-Pas? put in on her return from the Antarctic.||
1082|Baudissin Glacier|Glacier|530200S|0732600E|-53.0333333|73.4333333|||01/01/1957|A glacier, 1.5 mi wide, flowing into the W part of Corinthian Bay, 1 mi W of Challenger Glacier, on the N side of Heard Island.  The glacier appears to have been first noted by a sketch in the narrative accompanying the scientific reports of the 1874 Challenger work along the N side of the island.  The German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Drygalski, 1901-03, portrayed a single large glacier flowing into Corinthian Bay and named it after Admiral Count Friedrich Baudissin, a sponsor of the expedition. In 1948 the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) determined that more than one glacier discharges into Corinthian Bay. ANCA recommended in 1954 that Baudissin Glacier be adopted for the westernmost and largest of these glaciers.||
1083|Bauer Buttress|Cliff|672300S|0665600W|-67.3833333|-66.9333333||||A projecting rock buttress on the NE side of Mount Rendu on Arrowsmith Peninsula, Loubet Coast, Graham Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following geological work by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1980-81.  Named after Albert Bauer, French engineer and glaciologist who conducted research on glaciers in Iles Kerguelen, Adelie Coast, Greenland, and Iceland; formerly with Expeditions Polaires Francaises.||03/05/1997
1084|Bauhs Nunatak|Summit|841200S|1632400E|-84.2|163.4|2225|7300|01/01/1966|A prominent nunatak, 2,225 m, at the N side of Walcott Neve, about 3.5 mi SSE of Mount Sirius.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Luvern R. Bauhs, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) ionospheric scientist at South Pole Station, 1959.||
1085|Baulch Peak|Summit|832100S|1630500E|-83.35|163.0833333|||01/01/1966|A peak 8 mi NE of Claydon Peak, marking the extremity of a spur descending N from Prince Andrew Plateau, Queen Elizabeth Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for DeeWitt M. Baulch, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at South Pole Station, 1958.||
1086|Baumann Crag|Cliff|782400S|1610500E|-78.4|161.0833333|1265|4150|01/01/1995|A rock crag rising to 1,265 m and forming the S end of Halfway Nunatak, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1994 after Christopher C. Baumann, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) cartographer; member of the satellite surveying team at South Pole Station, winter party 1984; leader of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) mapping control field team on Seymour Island, summer season, 1992-93.||
1087|Mount Baume|Summit|543900S|0361300W|-54.65|-36.2166667|1910|6266|01/01/1963|Mountain, 1,910 m, rising midway along the N flank of Novosilski Glacier near the SE end of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57 and named for Louis C. Baume, a member of the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in 1955-56.||
1088|Bauprés Rocks|Island|645400S|0633700W|-64.9|-63.6166667|||01/01/1965|Two rocks lying in the middle of the southern entrance to Peltier Channel, in the Palmer Archipelago.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05.  The descriptive name "Rocas Baupres" (bowsprit rocks) was used on Argentine government charts as early as 1952; when viewed from a distance the feature is reported to resemble the bowsprit of a ship.||
1089|Bautaen Peak|Summit|715800S|0255700E|-71.9666667|25.95|2240|7349|01/01/1966|Peak, 2,240 m, on the NE side of Mount Bergersen in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Bautaen (the monolith).||
1090|Bawden Ice Rise|Glacier|665900S|0605000W|-66.9833333|-60.8333333||||An ice rise, 8 mi long and 2 mi wide, near the edge of Larsen Ice Shelf, 41 mi ESE of Cape Alexander, Graham Land.  The feature, which may consist of more than one ice rise, was mapped on a British Antarctic Survey (BAS) radio echo sounding flight from Adelaide Island in February 1975.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1985 after John Bawden, with British Antarctic Survey (BAS) from 1971; Finance Officer, 1973-78.||
1091|Mount Baxter|Summit|742200S|1623200E|-74.3666667|162.5333333|2430|7972||A large buttress-type mountain, 2,430 m, located just S of O'Kane Canyon where it forms a rounded projection of the E escarpment of Eisenhower Range, in Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) under Scott, who named it for Sir George and Lady Baxter of Dundee, supporters of the expedition.||
1092|Baxter Glacier|Glacier|764000S|1615100E|-76.6666667|161.85|||01/01/1993|A glacier nurtured by icefalls from Flight Deck Neve, flowing NE between Flagship Mountain and Mount Davidson to enter Fry Glacier, in Convoy Range, Victoria Land.  Named by a 1976-77 Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) field party after James K. Baxter (1926-72), New Zealand poet and social critic.||
1093|Bayard Islands|Island|645600S|0631400W|-64.9333333|-63.2333333|||01/01/1965|Small group of islands lying 1 mile NE of Cape Willems, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Hippolyte Bayard (1801-87), French civil servant who independently invented a photographic process for obtaining direct positives on paper, in 1839.||
1094|Bayet Peak|Summit|650200S|0630100W|-65.0333333|-63.0166667|1400|4593|01/01/1965|Conspicuous peak, 1,400 m, overlooking the S shore of Briand Fjord in Flandres Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  The SE entrance point of Briand Fjord was charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05, and named "Pointe Bayet" for Charles Bayet, Director of Instruction and member of the Commission of Scientific Work of the expedition.  As air photos show no well-defined point in this position the name has been applied to this conspicuous peak.||
1096|Cape Bayle|Cape|641700S|0631000W|-64.2833333|-63.1666667|||01/01/1971|Cape forming the NE end of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot and named after Vice Admiral Charles-Jesse Bayle (1842-1918), French Navy.||
1099|Mount Bayliss|Summit|733200S|0624400E|-73.5333333|62.7333333|||01/01/1961|A relatively low mountain, extending 9 mi in an E-W direction, standing 6 mi E of Mount Menzies in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Observed from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1957 and seen in the same year by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) ground party under K.B. Mather. Named by ANCA for E.P. Bayliss, Australian cartographer, who drew the map of Antarctica published in 1939 by the Property and Survey Branch, Department of Interior, Canberra.||
1100|Bayly Glacier|Glacier|643700S|0615000W|-64.6166667|-61.8333333|||01/01/1965|Glacier flowing into the head of Bancroft Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land. Mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Maurice B. Bayly, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) geologist at the Danco Island station in 1956 who, with L. Harris, pioneered the route from the Portal Point hut (on nearby Reclus Peninsula) to the plateau in February 1957.||03/05/1997
1101|Mount Bayonne|Summit|685600S|0705900W|-68.9333333|-70.9833333|1500|4921|01/01/1965|Mountain, 1,500 m, forming the N extremity of the Rouen Mountains in Alexander Island.  First mapped by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot, who named it for the French city.  Resighted from the air by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) in 1936.  Remapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.||
1102|Bay Point|Cape|644600S|0632600W|-64.7666667|-63.4333333|||01/01/1951|Point which marks the E side of the entrance to Borgen Bay on the SE coast of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  The name appears on a chart based on a 1927 DI survey, but may reflect an earlier naming.||
1103|Bazett Island|Island|661800S|0670600W|-66.3|-67.1|||01/01/1965|A small island close S of the W end of Krogh Island, Biscoe Islands.  Mapped from air photos by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Henry C. Bazett (1885-1950), American physiologist, pioneer of studies of temperature sensation and the physiology of temperature regulation of the human body.||
1104|Bazzano Island|Island|651100S|0641000W|-65.1833333|-64.1666667|||01/01/1971|Small island lying off the S end of Petermann Island, between Lisboa and Boudet Islands in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Discovered and named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot.||
1105|Beach Point|Cape|592600S|0271900W|-59.4333333|-27.3166667|||01/01/1952|The NE tip of Thule Island, made conspicuous by a bare rock ridge and a narrow beach of boulders and pebbles, in the South Sandwich Islands.  Charted and named in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II who made a landing there.||
1106|Beacon Dome|Summit|860800S|1462500W|-86.1333333|-146.4166667|3010|9875|01/01/1970|A large dome-like mountain (3,010 m) standing at the head of Griffith Glacier along the Watson Escarpment.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  So named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1969-70) because the mountain is composed of a granite basement with horizontally layered rocks of the Beacon series above.||
1107|Beacon Head|Cliff|674900S|0672100W|-67.8166667|-67.35|||01/01/1960|Small headland at the N side of the entrance to Lystad Bay on Horseshoe Island, off Graham Land.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because a timber beacon built on the headland by Argentines was used during the survey on Horseshoe Island by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955-57.||
1108|Beacon Heights|Summit|774951S|1605100E|-77.830934|160.849981|2345|7693|01/01/1964|A small cluster of peaks between Beacon Valley and Arena Valley in Quartermain Mountains, Victoria Land, rising to 2,345 m in West Beacon, and also including East Beacon and South Beacon.  Named by Hartley J. Ferrar, geologist with the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04), after the beacon sandstone which caps these heights.||
1109|Beacon Hill|Summit|680400S|0662300W|-68.0666667|-66.3833333|1810|5938|01/01/1955|An ice-covered, dome-shaped hill (1,810 m) which rises 120 m above the surrounding plateau ice surface, situated 2.5 mi NE of McLeod Hill in central Antarctic Peninsula.  The hill surmounts the divide between Northeast Glacier and Bills Gulch.  Surveyed and named by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41; the hill may have been the site of a beacon at that time.  The U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) operated a plateau weather station close southwestward (6807S, 6630W) of the hill throughout November and December 1940.||
1110|Beacon Valley|Valley|775035S|1603634E|-77.842957|160.609428|||01/01/1964|An ice-free valley between Pyramid Mountain and Beacon Heights, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1958-59) after Beacon Heights.||
1111|Beaglehole Glacier|Glacier|663300S|0640700W|-66.55|-64.1166667|||01/01/1976|A glacier between Spur Point and Friederichsen Glacier on the E coast of Graham Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after John C. Beaglehole (1901-71), New Zealand historian of the Antarctic and biographer of Captain James Cook.||
1112|Beagle Island|Island|632500S|0544000W|-63.4166667|-54.6666667|||01/01/1964|Island lying NE of Darwin Island in the Danger Islands off the E end of Joinville Island.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1963 after His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Beagle (Captain Fitzroy), due to its proximity to Darwin Island.||
1113|Beagle Peak|Summit|693700S|0713600W|-69.6166667|-71.6|700|2297||A peak rising to c. 700 m in central Lassus Mountains, Alexander Island. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Clyde A. Beagle, USN, LC-130 aircraft commander, Squadron VXE-6, U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1969 and 1970.||
1114|Beak Island|Island|633700S|0571800W|-63.6166667|-57.3|360|1181|01/01/1952|Arc-shaped island, 4 mi long and 360 m high, lying 0.5 mi NE of Eagle Island in the NE part of Prince Gustav Channel.  Probably first seen in 1902-03 by members of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold.  The Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) surveyed Beak Island in 1945 and so named it because of its shape and relative position to nearby Tail and Eagle Islands.||
1115|Beakley Glacier|Glacier|735100S|1195000W|-73.85|-119.8333333|||01/01/1967|A glacier on the W side of Duncan Peninsula on Carney Island, flowing N into Amundsen Sea.  Delineated by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from aerial photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in January 1947.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for V. Admiral W.M. Beakley, USN, Deputy Chief of Naval Operations for Ship Operations and Readiness during the IGY period, 1957-58.||
1116|Cape Beale|Cape|663500S|1624500E|-66.5833333|162.75|||01/01/1952|A steep bluff along the SE side of Borradaile Island in the Balleny Islands. The Balleny Islands were discovered by John Balleny in 1839.  Cape Beale is named for W. Beale, one of the merchants who joined with Charles Enderby in sending out the Balleny expedition.||
1117|Beale Pinnacle|Pillar|663600S|1624500E|-66.6|162.75|60|197|01/01/1952|A boot-shaped rock pinnacle (60 m) lying close off Cape Beale, Borradaile Island, in the Balleny Islands.  Named for W. Beale, one of the merchants who joined with Charles Enderby in sending out the John Balleny expedition of 1839.||
1118|Beall Island|Island|661800S|1102900E|-66.3|110.4833333|||01/01/1956|Rocky island, 1.1 mi long, with small coves indenting the E and W sides, lying 0.2 mi NW of Mitchell Peninsula in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James M. Beall, U.S. Weather Bureau observer with U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml who assisted staff aerology officers with forecasting duties.||
1119|Beall Reefs|Bar|661800S|1102700E|-66.3|110.45|||01/01/1963|Submarine ridges with depths of less than 1 fathom, located 0.5 mi W of Beall Island, in the Windmill Islands.  Discovered from the launch at Wilkes Station in 1961.  Named by ANCA after Beall Island.||
1120|Beaman Glacier|Glacier|705800S|1643800E|-70.9666667|164.6333333|||01/01/1964|A tributary to Ebbe Glacier lying close N of McLean Glacier in the SW part of Anare Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for First Lieutenant Charles W. Beaman, USA, helicopter pilot who flew missions in support of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Topo West survey of this area in the 1962-63 season.||03/05/1997
1121|Bean Peaks|Range|755800S|0700000W|-75.9666667|-70|||01/01/1968|A group of peaks including Carlson Peak and Novocin Peak, which form the SW part of the Hauberg Mountains in Ellsworth Land.  First sighted from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lawrence D. Bean, electrician with the South Pole Station winter party in 1967.||
1122|Beardmore Glacier|Glacier|834500S|1710000E|-83.75|171|||01/01/1947|One of the largest known valley glaciers, over 100 mi long, descending the polar plateau and flowing N between the Queen Alexandra and Commonwealth Ranges, to enter the Ross Ice Shelf.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named for Sir William Beardmore, a supporter of the expedition.||
1123|Beard Peak|Summit|864000S|1452500W|-86.6666667|-145.4166667|2360|7743|01/01/1967|A peak, 2,360 m, along the N edge of the La Gorce Mountains, standing 4 mi S of the E tip of Mount Mooney.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Philip H. Beard, photographer with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 during Operation Deep Freeze 1966 and 1967.||
1124|Bearing Island|Island|643300S|0620200W|-64.55|-62.0333333|||01/01/1965|Small island lying midway between Nansen and Enterprise Islands in Wilhelmina Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  The name Bearing or Direction Island was used for this feature by whalers in the area because the island and a rock patch on Nansen Island were used as leading marks when entering Foyn Harbor from the southeast.||
1125|Bear Island|Island|681100S|0670400W|-68.1833333|-67.0666667|||01/01/1956|Rocky island lying 1 mi W of Stonington Island in Marguerite Bay, off the coast of Graham Land.  The island was presumably known to the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, and the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, both based in the Stonington Island area.  It was surveyed in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who named it for the USS Bear, flagship of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) which visited this area in 1940.||
1127|Bear Peninsula|Cape|743500S|1110000W|-74.5833333|-111|||01/01/1953|A peninsula about 50 mi long and 25 mi wide which is ice covered except for several isolated rock bluffs and outcrops along its margins, lying 30 mi E of Martin Peninsula on Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  First delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in January 1947.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after the ice-ship USS Bear, flagship of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), from which three reconnaissance flights were made in late February 1940, resulting in the discovery of Walgreen Coast (with probable sighting of this feature) and the Thurston Island area.  This ship, under the name Bear of Oakland, also served as flagship of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35, which based at the Bay of Whales, Ross Ice Shelf.  Launched in 1874 at Greenock, Scotland, for use in the sealing trade, she sank in 30-foot seas and high winds in the North Atlantic, March 19, 1963, at which time she was being towed from Nova Scotia to Philadelphia.||
1128|Mount Bearskin|Summit|782000S|0853700W|-78.3333333|-85.6166667|2850|9350|01/01/1961|Mountain (2,850 m) located 5 mi NE of Mount Tyree, between Patton and Cornwell Glaciers, in the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Leland S. Bearskin, USAF, who participated in establishing the IGY South Pole Station in the 1956-57 season.||
1129|Beascochea Bay|Bay|653000S|0640000W|-65.5|-64|||01/01/1951|Bay, 10 mi long and 5 mi wide, indenting the W coast of Graham Land S of Cape Perez.  Discovered but incompletely defined by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99.  Resighted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for Commander Beascochea, Argentine Navy.  More accurately charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37.||
1130|Beaudoin Peak|Summit|794800S|0810000W|-79.8|-81|980|3215|01/01/1966|A snow-free peak, 980 m, surmounting the SE part of Meyer Hills in the Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Douglas W. Beaudoin, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at Ellsworth Station, 1961.||
1132|Beaufort Island|Island|765600S|1665600E|-76.9333333|166.9333333|||01/01/1947|An island in the Ross Sea, the northernmost feature of the Ross Archipelago, lying 12 mi N of Cape Bird, Ross Island.  Discovered and named in 1841 by Ross for Captain Francis Beaufort, Royal Navy (RN), Hydrographer to the Admiralty.||
1133|Beaufoy Ridge|Ridge|603800S|0453300W|-60.6333333|-45.55|650|2133|01/01/1956|Conspicuous black ridge, rising to 650 m at its NW end, standing at the W side of Sunshine Glacier and close N of Iceberg Bay on the S coast of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) following their survey in 1948-49.  On Dec. 12, 1821, the cutter Beaufoy under Michael McLeod sailed to a position at least 60 mi W of the South Orkney Islands, where a chart annotation indicates that land was sighted, possibly Coronation Island.||
1135|Beaumont Bay|Bay|813100S|1612200E|-81.5166667|161.3666667|||01/01/1947|An ice-filled reentrant on the W side of the Ross Ice Shelf between Young Head and Harris Point, into which Dickey Glacier flows.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named for Admiral Sir Lewis Beaumont, Royal Navy (RN), Arctic explorer who took special interest in this expedition.||03/05/1997
1136|Beaumont Glacier|Glacier|720200S|0620000W|-72.0333333|-62|||01/01/1953|Broad glacier flowing in a NE direction to the SW part of Hilton Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  The U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) discovered and photographed it from the air in 1940.  It was resighted in 1947 by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, who named it for the city of Beaumont, Texas, in recognition of the public support given his expedition by this city and the Tejas Chapter of the Daughters of the Republic of Texas, at Beaumont.||
1137|Beaumont Hill|Summit|640100S|0615900W|-64.0166667|-61.9833333|||01/01/1960|Hill 4.5 mi NE of Chauveau Point on the W side of Liege Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Shown on an Argentine government chart in 1957, but not named. Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos in 1959.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for William Beaumont (1785-1853), American surgeon who made important researches on gastric function.||
1138|Beaumont Island|Island|681200S|0665700W|-68.2|-66.95|||01/01/1956|Low, rocky island in Neny Bay, about 0.4 mi from the mouth of Centurion Glacier, off the W coast of Graham Land.  The island was presumably first sighted in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), and was roughly charted by them and by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  It was surveyed in 1946 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who named it for the Port of Beaumont, Texas, ship of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, which wintered nearby in Back Bay during 1947.||
1139|Beaumont Skerries|Island|644624S|0641837W|-64.7733333|-64.3102778|||01/01/1975|Two small islands and several rocks 1 mi E of Joubin Islands, off the SW coast of Anvers Island.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Malcolm J. Beaumont, Electronics Technician in R.V. Hero on her first Antarctic voyage, reaching nearby Palmer Station on Christmas Eve, 1968.||09/26/2014
1140|Beaupré Cove|Bay|644200S|0622200W|-64.7|-62.3666667|||01/01/1965|Cove 1 mi wide lying immediately NW of Piccard Cove in Wilhelmina Bay, along the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Charles-Francois Beautemps-Beaupre (1766-1854), French hydrographer who, in 1825, prepared survey instructions for the officers of the Astrolabe and Zelee, laying down for the first time principles for making measurements from landscape drawings.||
1141|Beaver Glacier|Glacier|670200S|0504000E|-67.0333333|50.6666667|||01/01/1961|Glacier about 15 mi long and 4 mi wide, flowing W into Amundsen Bay between Auster Glacier and Mount Gleadell.  Visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party on Oct. 28, 1956. Named after the Beaver aircraft used by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in coastal exploration.||
1142|Beaver Glacier|Glacier|832400S|1693000E|-83.4|169.5|||01/01/1966|A glacier, I5 mi long, draining the coastal mountains of Queen Alexandra Range just NW of Mount Fox and entering Ross Ice Shelf at McCann Point.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1959-60) after the Beaver aircraft City of Auckland, which crashed in this area in January 1960.||
1143|Beaver Island|Island|670700S|0504700E|-67.1166667|50.7833333|||01/01/1961|Island 2 mi long and 1 mi wide, on the S flank of Beaver Glacier in Amundsen Bay.  First visited in 1956 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by P.W. Crohn, and so named because of its proximity to Beaver Glacier.||
1144|Beaver Lake|Lake|704800S|0682000E|-70.8|68.3333333|||01/01/1961|A lake of smooth ice, 7 mi long and 5 mi wide, enclosed on the S and E by Flagstone Bench and Jetty Peninsula.  The lake is situated at the S end of an area of rough ice (a stagnant glacier), 17 mi ESE of Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Discovered by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) personnel in 1956.  An Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) camp was established in the vicinity in September 1957 and the lake was used extensively as a landing area by Beaver aircraft.||
1145|Beaver Rocks|Island|634000S|0592100W|-63.6666667|-59.35|||01/01/1964|A group of rocks lying 2 mi offshore at a point midway between Notter Point and Cape Kjellman, Trinity Peninsula.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after a type of aircraft used by the British Antarctic Survey.||
1146|Mount Beazley|Summit|855100S|1425100W|-85.85|-142.85|2410|7907|01/01/1967|Mountain, 2,410 m, surmounting the N extremity of the California Plateau. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Robert M. Beazley, MC, USN, officer in charge of the South Pole Station winter party, 1965.||
1147|Beche Blade|Ridge|804300S|0241900W|-80.7166667|-24.3166667|1600|5249||A sharp-crested ridge rising to 1,600 m between Murchison Cirque and Arkell Cirque on the S side of Read Mountains, Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of geologists grouped in this area, named in 1971 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Sir Henry Thomas de la Beche (1796-1855), English geologist, first Director-General, Geological Survey of Great Britain (later Institute of Geological Sciences), 1835-55.||
1148|Mount B�ervaise|Summit|701100S|0644800E|-70.1833333|64.8|2360|7743|01/01/1962|A great massif of brown rock, 2,360 m, standing 1 mi E of Mount Lacey in the Athos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  It has a sheer N face and is bare except for an icecap on the flat summit.  First visited in November 1955 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by John M. Bechervaise, officer in charge at Mawson Station in 1955, for whom it is named.||
1149|Béchervaise Island|Island|673500S|0624900E|-67.5833333|62.8166667|||01/01/1965|Largest of the Flat Islands in Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  It is one of several plotted as a part of "Flatoy" (flat island) by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37. Found to be a separate island by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1954 and named for John M. Bechervaise, officer in charge at Mawson Station in 1955 and 1959.||
1150|Cape Beck|Cape|781800S|1661600E|-78.3|166.2666667|||01/01/1973|A rounded, bare rock cape that forms the S end of Black Island in the Ross Archipelago.  Named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1958-59, for Mr. A.C. Beck, the leader of the sub-party of the expedition which explored the island.  Beck examined the SE coastline and visited this cape.||
1151|Mount Beck|Summit|710200S|0670100E|-71.0333333|67.0166667|||01/01/1974|A partly snow-covered mountain 2 mi SW of Taylor Platform in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1956 and 1960.  Named by ANCA for J.W. Beck, assistant cook at Mawson Station in 1964 and storeman at Wilkes Station in 1966.||
1153|Mount Becker|Summit|750600S|0720200W|-75.1|-72.0333333|||01/01/1966|A prominent mountain 1 mi NE of Mount Boyer, in the Merrick Mountains, Ellsworth Land.  These mountains were discovered from the air and photographed by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, under Finn Ronne.  The mountain was named by Ronne for Ralph A. Becker, legal counsel who assisted in the formation of Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) and in obtaining financial support for the expedition.||
1154|Beckett Nunatak|Summit|760200S|1601100E|-76.0333333|160.1833333|||01/01/1965|A flattish, mostly bare rock nunatak lying 9 mi W of Mount Armytage and S of Harbord Glacier in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and Navy air photos.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for W.T. Beckett, utilities man at McMurdo Station, 1963.||
1156|Beckmann Fjord|Bay|540300S|0371200W|-54.05|-37.2|||01/01/1953|Small bay immediately E of Bellingshausen Point, on the E side of the Bay of Isles, South Georgia.  Charted in 1912-13 by Robert Cushman Murphy, American naturalist aboard the brig Daisy, who named it for Captain Beckmann, master gunner of the whaler Don Ernesto, who lost his life in a whaling accident in December 1912.||
1157|Beck Peak|Summit|860500S|1585800W|-86.0833333|-158.9666667|2650|8694|01/01/1967|A peak, 2,650 m, on the E flank of Amundsen Glacier, standing 2 mi NW of Mount Stubberud on the ridge descending from northern Nilsen Plateau, Queen Maud Mountains.  This peak appears to have been first mapped from air and ground photos taken by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  It was mapped in greater detail by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for A. Beck, a crew member on the the spirit of Amundsen's 1911 commemoration of "Mount A. Beck," a name applied for an unidentifiable mountain in the general area.||
1158|Mount Beddie|Summit|642900S|0624300W|-64.4833333|-62.7166667|435|1427||A rounded, snow-covered mountain rising to 435 m on Hulot Peninsula in the SW end of Brabant Island, Palmer Archipelago.  The mountain was charted and named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, led by Jean B. Charcot.||
1159|Bedford Island|Island|662800S|0670900W|-66.4666667|-67.15|||01/01/1965|Island about 1 mi long, lying at the S end of Barcroft Islands in the Biscoe Islands.  Mapped from air photos taken by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Thomas Bedford, English physicist who has specialized on the measurement of the physical environment of man.||
1160|Bednarz Cove|Bay|662100S|1103200E|-66.35|110.5333333|||01/01/1963|Cove in the S side of Mitchell Peninsula on Budd Coast.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Chief Electronics Technician Donald F. Bednarz, USN, a member of the Wilkes Station party of 1958.||03/05/1997
1161|Beehive Hill|Summit|681600S|0661000W|-68.2666667|-66.1666667|2030|6660|01/01/1955|Ice-covered hill which rises to 2,030 m and projects 610 m above the surrounding ice sheet, situated on the plateau of Graham Land 10 mi E of the head of Neny Fjord and close N of the head of Wyatt Glacier.  First surveyed in 1940 by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), on whose field charts the hill is labeled "Sphinx."  Resurveyed in 1946 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) who gave the present name because of the hill's resemblance to a wicker beehive.||
1162|Beehive Mountain|Summit|773918S|1603425E|-77.654985|160.573727|||01/01/1962|A mountain 5 mi N of Finger Mountain, standing at the N margin and near the head of Taylor Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Named by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04), possibly at the suggestion of Armitage who discovered it.||
1164|Beer Island|Island|660000S|0654100W|-66|-65.6833333|||01/01/1953|Island 1 mi long, lying immediately S of Jagged Island and 8 mi W of Prospect Point, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted and named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.||
1165|Beethoven Peninsula|Cape|714400S|0734100W|-71.7333333|-73.6833333|||01/01/1961|A deeply indented, ice-covered peninsula, 60 mi long in a NE-SW direction and 60 mi wide at its broadest part, forming the SW part of Alexander Island.  First seen and photographed from the air in 1940 by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), which compiled the first rough map of SW Alexander Island.  Resighted and photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and remapped from Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) photos by Searle of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Ludwig van Beethoven (1770-1827), German composer.||
1166|Beetle Spur|Ridge|841000S|1720000E|-84.1666667|172|||01/01/1972|A rock spur 2 mi N of Mount Patrick in Commonwealth Range.  It descends from a small summit peak on the range to the E side of Beardmore Glacier.  Probably first seen by Shackleton's Southern Party in 1908.  The name is descriptive of the appearance of the spur when viewed from the west.  Name suggested by John Gunner of the Ohio State University Geological Expedition, 1969-70, who collected geological samples at the spur.||
1167|Begg Point|Summit|540300S|0375900W|-54.05|-37.9833333|||01/01/1963|Point forming the NE side of the entrance to Johan Harbor, on the S coast and near the W end of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1956-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Captain Sinclair Begg, Master of the whaling transport Coronda, 1933-40; Master of the Southern Opal, 1945-46; Manager on Southern Harvester, 1946-47; and Manager of the South Georgia Whaling Co. station at Leith Harbor, 1947-51.||
1168|Behaim Peak|Summit|684700S|0664300W|-68.7833333|-66.7166667|1150|3773|01/01/1962|A conspicuous pyramid-shaped rock peak (1,150 m) at the S extremity of the mountains separating Meridian Glacier and Doggo Defile, on the W side of Antarctic Peninsula.  Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in Nov. 1947, and surveyed from the ground by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in Dec. 1958.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Martin Behaim (1459-1506), German cosmographer and navigator who is credited with the first adoption of the astronomer's astrolabe for navigation at sea, in 1480.||03/05/1997
1169|Mount Behling|Summit|854000S|1610400W|-85.6666667|-161.0666667|2190|7185|01/01/1967|An ice-covered, flat-topped mountain, 2,190 m, standing between the Steagall and Whitney Glaciers and 5 mi N of Mount Ellsworth in the Queen Maud Mountains. First mapped from ground surveys and air photos by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert E. Behling, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciologist on the South Pole-Queen Maud Land Traverse II, summer 1965-66.||
1170|Behrendt Mountains|Summit|752000S|0723000W|-75.3333333|-72.5|||01/01/1966|A group of mountains, 20 mi long, aligned in the form of a horseshoe with the opening to the SW, standing 7 mi SW of Merrick Mountains in Ellsworth Land. Discovered and photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, under Finn Ronne. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John C. Behrendt, traverse seismologist at Ellsworth Station in 1957.  Behrendt led the Antarctic Peninsula Traverse party to these mountains, summer 1961-62, and carried out investigations in Marie Byrd Land and the Pensacola Mountains in 1963-64 and 1965-66.||03/05/1997
1171|Behr Glacier|Glacier|725500S|1680500E|-72.9166667|168.0833333|||01/01/1973|Steep tributary glacier, 7 mi long, flowing E along the N side of Clapp Ridge to join Borchgrevink Glacier, in Victoria Land.  The glacier first appears on a 1960 New Zealand map compiled from U.S. Navy aerial photographs.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Col. Robert Behr, USAF, who was of assistance in the review of U.S. policy toward Antarctica in 1970-71 period.||
1172|Beiszer Nunatak|Summit|832900S|0515700W|-83.4833333|-51.95|1630|5348|01/01/1968|Nunatak, 1,630 m, standing 1 mi S of Ray Nunatak at the SW end of Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John E. Beiszer, aviation structural mechanic at Ellsworth Station, winter 1957.||
1173|Beitzel Peak|Summit|801700S|0821800W|-80.2833333|-82.3|||01/01/1966|A peak rising 1.5 mi SE of Minaret Peak in the Marble Hills, Heritage Range. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John E. Beitzel, geophysicist on the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) South Pole-Queen Maud Land Traverses I and II, 1964-65 and 1965-66.||
1175|Bekker Nunataks|Summit|644200S|0605000W|-64.7|-60.8333333|||01/01/1964|Three nunataks lying below Ruth Ridge on the N side of Drygalski Glacier in Graham Land.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Lieutenant Col. Mieczyslaw G. Bekker, Canadian engineer, author of Theory of Land Locomotion, 1956, a comprehensive source of information on the physical relationship between snow mechanics and track-laying vehicles, skis and sledges.||
1176|Belding Island|Island|662400S|0671300W|-66.4|-67.2166667|||01/01/1965|An island 3 mi long, lying W of the S end of Watkins Island, Biscoe Islands. Mapped from air photos taken by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Harwood S. Belding, American physiologist, Dir. of the Quartermaster Climatic Research Laboratory, Department of the Army, Lawrence, MA, who has initiated considerable research on cold climate clothing.||
1177|Mount Belecz|Summit|853400S|1632700W|-85.5666667|-163.45|2120|6955|01/01/1967|An ice-covered, flat-topped mountain, 2,120 m, standing 6 mi NE of Mount Ruth Gade in the Quarles Range.  First mapped from ground surveys and air photos by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Dan M. Belecz, meteorologist with the South Pole Station winter party in 1962.||
1178|Belemnite Point|Summit|704000S|0683200W|-70.6666667|-68.5333333|||01/01/1956|The E extremity of a mainly ice-free, hook-shaped ridge, midway between Lamina Peak and Ablation Point and 2 mi inland from George VI Sound on the E coast of Alexander Island.  First photographed from the air on Nov. 23, 1935, by Lincoln Ellsworth and mapped from these photos by W.L.G. Joerg.  Roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) and resurveyed in 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  So named by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) because of belemnite fossils found there.||
1179|Belgen Valley|Valley|733500S|0040000W|-73.5833333|-4|||01/01/1966|A broad, ice-filled valley between Enden Point and Heksegryta Peaks in the Kirwan Escarpment, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and additional air photos (1958-59), and named Belgen (the shell).||
1182|Belgica Glacier|Glacier|652300S|0635000W|-65.3833333|-63.8333333|||01/01/1971|Glacier 8 mi long, flowing into Trooz Glacier to the E of Lancaster Hill, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 after the Belgica, the ship of the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache which explored this area in 1897-99.||
1183|Belgica Mountains|Summit|723500S|0311500E|-72.5833333|31.25|||01/01/1962|An isolated chain of mountains c. 10 mi long, standing 60 mi ESE of the Sor Rondane Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1957-58, under G. de Gerlache, and named after the ship Belgica, commanded by his father, Lieutenant Adrien de Gerlache, leader of the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99.||
1185|Belgica Subglacial Highlands|Area|763000S|1290000E|-76.5|129||||A group of subglacial highlands to the SE of Dome Charlie in Wilkes Land, running N-S and separating Peacock Subglacial Trench and Adventure Subglacial Trench from Wilkes Subglacial Basin.  The feature was delineated by the SPRI-NSF-TUD airborne radio echo sounding program, 1967-79, and named after de Gerlache).||
1187|Mount Belinda|Summit|582500S|0262300W|-58.4166667|-26.3833333|1370|4495|01/01/1952|Mountain, 1,370 m, which marks the summit of Montagu Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  Probably first sighted by a British expedition under Cook in 1775, and accurately sketched in 1819 by a Russian expedition under Bellingshausen. Named by DI personnel on the Discovery II following their survey in 1930, for Belinda Kemp, daughter of Stanley W. Kemp, Dir. of Research of the Discovery Committee, 1924-36.||
1188|Belknap Nunatak|Summit|723000S|0973600W|-72.5|-97.6|||01/01/1968|A nunatak about 6 mi WNW of Shelton Head, surmounting an ice-covered spur on the S coast of Thurston Island.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William Belknap, field assistant at Byrd Station, 1964-65.||01/28/2004
1189|Mount Bell|Summit|840400S|1673000E|-84.0666667|167.5|4305|14124|01/01/1952|A bluff-type mountain, 4,305 m, forming a part of the NE edge of Grindley Plateau, 6 mi SE of Mount Mackellar in Queen Alexandra Range.  Named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) for William Bell, a relative of Shackleton and supporter of the expedition.||
1190|Bell Bay|Bay|671100S|0582500E|-67.1833333|58.4166667|||01/01/1965|Bay situated between Mount Saint Michael and the Kring Islands along the coast of Enderby Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Indrefjord (inner fjord). Renamed by ANCA for Sergeant S. Bell, RAAF, wireless fitter at Mawson Station in 1959.||
1191|Bell Bluff|Cliff|840400S|1700000E|-84.0666667|170|||01/01/1966|A rock bluff on the W side of Beardmore Glacier, just N of the mouth of Garrard Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charles A. Bell, Utilities Man, who wintered at Hallett Station, 1964.||
1192|Bell Glacier|Glacier|664200S|1245400E|-66.7|124.9|||01/01/1955|A glacier draining northward into Maury Bay immediately eastward of Blair Glacier.  Mapped by G.D. Blodgett (1955) from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Thomas G. Bell, boatswain on the sloop Peacock during the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Lieutenant Charles Wilkes.||
1196|Mount Bellingshausen|Summit|750700S|1620600E|-75.1166667|162.1|1380|4528|01/01/1947|A conspicuous cone-shaped mountain, 1,380 m, standing 5 mi NE of Mount Priestley between Larsen and David Glaciers, in the Prince Albert Mountains of Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, led by Scott, and named by him after Admiral Thaddeus Bellingshausen, leader of the Russian expedition of 1819-21.||
1197|Bellingshausen Island|Island|592500S|0270300W|-59.4166667|-27.05|||01/01/1952|Easternmost island of Southern Thule, in the South Sandwich Islands. Probably sighted by a British expedition under Cook in 1775.  The island was described by Bellingshausen, whose Russian expedition visited the area in 1819-20. Charted in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II under Kemp, who named it for Admiral Thaddeus Bellingshausen.||03/05/1997
1198|Bellingshausen Point|Summit|540300S|0371400W|-54.05|-37.2333333|||01/01/1953|Point marking the E side of the entrance to Sea Leopard Fjord in the Bay of Isles, South Georgia.  Charted in 1912-13 by Robert Cushman Murphy, American naturalist aboard the brig Daisy, who named it for Admiral Thaddeus Bellingshausen.||
1199|Bellingshausen Sea|Sea|710000S|0850000W|-71|-85|||01/01/1947|Marginal sea off the coast of Antarctica between Alexander Island and Thurston Island.  Named for Admiral Thaddeus Bellingshausen.||
1201|Mount Bellows|Summit|845000S|1785800E|-84.8333333|178.9666667|2390|7841|01/01/1966|A mountain, 2,390 m, located 3 mi W of Layman Peak at the E side of Ramsey Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Frederick A. Bellows, U.S. Navy (USN), Radioman at McMurdo Station, 1964.||
1202|Bell Peak|Summit|852200S|1641400W|-85.3666667|-164.2333333|1620|5315|01/01/1967|A peak, 1,620 m, surmounting a SE trending spur of the Herbert Range, just SW of Sargent Glacier.  The peak was probably observed by Roald Amundsen's south polar party in 1911, and was later roughly mapped by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for G. Grant Bell who studied cosmic rays at McMurdo Station, winter party 1962.||
1203|Bell Point|Summit|620700S|0585300W|-62.1166667|-58.8833333|||01/01/1960|Rocky point lying 6 mi SW of Stigant Point near the W end of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted and named Rocky Point by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1935.  In order to avoid duplication, the name was rejected by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 and a new one substituted.  Bell Point is named for Dennis R. Bell (1934-59), Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) meteorological assistant at Admiralty Bay from 1958 to July 26, 1959, when he lost his life in a crevasse.||03/05/1997
1204|Bell Rock|Summit|713500S|0662600W|-71.5833333|-66.4333333|||01/01/1976|A very conspicuous and isolated nunatak on Goodenough Glacier, located 12 mi E of Mount Ward in Palmer Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Charles M. Bell, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist at Fossil Bluff, 1968-71.||
1205|Cape Bellue|Cape|661800S|0655300W|-66.3|-65.8833333|||01/01/1947|Cape which forms the N side of the entrance to Darbel Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot, and named by him for Admiral Bellue, Superintendent of the Dockyard at Cherbourg, France.||
1206|Bellum Valley|Valley|795400S|1551500E|-79.9|155.25||||A small valley E of Banna Ridge in the NW part of Britannia Range.  The valley entrance is adjacent to the head of Hatherton Glacier.  Named in association with Britannia by a University of Waikato (New Zealand) geological party, 1978-79, led by M.J. Selby.  Bellum is a historical placename formerly used in Roman Britain.||03/05/1997
1207|Bell Valley|Valley|795100S|0820000W|-79.85|-82|||01/01/1966|A small, mainly ice-free valley lying S of Urban Point in the Enterprise Hills, Heritage Range.  Named by the University of Minnesota geological party after the Bell helicopters used by the party in the exploration of the area in 1963-64.||
1208|Mount Belolikov|Summit|702900S|1620700E|-70.4833333|162.1166667|1120|3674|01/01/1964|Mountain (1,120 m) along the W wall of Gannutz Glacier, about 8 mi WNW of Mount Bruce, in the Bowers Mountains.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Surveyed by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1958 and named after Soviet meteorologist A.M. Belolikov, who perished in a fire at Mirnyy Station on Aug. 3, 1960.||
1209|Belousov Point|Summit|695100S|1602000E|-69.85|160.3333333|||01/01/1965|An ice-covered point forming the S tip of Anderson Peninsula, located just N of the terminus of Suvorov Glacier.  The point was mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) of 1958 and named for the Soviet polar captain Mikhail P. Belousov, 1904-46.||
1210|Cape Belsham|Cape|610500S|0545300W|-61.0833333|-54.8833333|||01/01/1952|Prominent cape 0.5 mi W of Point Wild on the N coast of Elephant Island, South Shetland Islands.  The name dates back to about 1822 and is well established in international usage.||
1212|Bender Mountains|Summit|853100S|1401200W|-85.5166667|-140.2|||01/01/1967|Small group of mountains 4 mi SW of Berry Peaks, between the SE edge of the Ross Ice Shelf and Watson Escarpment.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Leslie C. Bender, USN, aircraft commander at McMurdo Station, 1962-63 and 1963-64.||
1213|Beneden Head|Cliff|644600S|0624200W|-64.7666667|-62.7|700|2297|01/01/1960|Steep-sided headland, 700 m, forming the N side of the entrance to Andvord Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, and named after Prof. Edouard Van Beneden, president of the Belgica Commission and author of several of the zoological reports of the expedition.||
1214|Benedict Peak|Summit|751700S|1103200W|-75.2833333|-110.5333333|||01/01/1967|A sharp, mostly ice-covered subsidiary peak standing 6 mi NE of the summit of Mount Murphy, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Philip C. Benedict, aurora researcher at Byrd Station in 1966.||
1215|Benedict Point|Summit|660900S|0663600W|-66.15|-66.6|||01/01/1965|A point about 5 mi S of Cape Leblond on the E side of Lavoisier Island, Biscoe Islands.  Mapped from air photos taken by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Francis G. Benedict, American physiologist who, with W.O. Atwater, perfected the technique for calorimetric measurement of metabolism.||
1216|Benes Peak|Summit|760200S|1240700W|-76.0333333|-124.1166667|2450|8038|01/01/1962|A peak (2,450 m) that is almost entirely snow covered, situated along the Usas Escarpment, 4 mi E of Mount Aldaz, in Marie Byrd Land.  Surveyed by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) on the Executive Committee Range Traverse of 1959.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Norman S. Benes, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at Byrd Station, 1961.||
1217|Mount Beney|Summit|801600S|0274500W|-80.2666667|-27.75|1000|3281||The largest of the La Grange Nunataks, rising to 1,000 m in the N part of Shackleton Range.  Roughly mapped by Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) in 1957; photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) in 1967 and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Sergeant Ivor C. Beney, RE, member of the Royal Society IGY Expedition at Shackleton station in 1957, who assisted with preparations for the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1955-58.||
1219|Bengaard Peak|Summit|831900S|1632900E|-83.3166667|163.4833333|2110|6922|01/01/1966|Prominent rock peak, 2,110 m, located 6 mi S of Fazekas Hills, on the E side of Queen Elizabeth Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Hans J. Bengaard, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) ionospheric scientist at Little America V, 1957.||
1220|Benighted Pass|Gap|723000S|1661500E|-72.5|166.25||||A snow pass between Mount Watt and Mount Roy in the Barker Range of the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  The name was suggested by New Zealand geologist M.G. Laird and derives from the forced lay-over of his field party in an emergency tent due to bad weather on the pass during 1981-82.||
1221|Mount Benjamin|Summit|854800S|1600600W|-85.8|-160.1|1750|5741|01/01/1967|A prominent mountain, 1,750 m, rising sharply at the W side of Amundsen Glacier, 5 mi SE of Mount Ellsworth, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  First seen and mapped by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Benjamin F. Smith, meteorologist with the McMurdo Station winter party, 1963.||
1222|Mount Benkert|Summit|733800S|0764000W|-73.6333333|-76.6666667|||01/01/1968|The easternmost member of the Snow Nunataks, standing 8 mi ESE of Mount Thornton on the coast of Ellsworth Land.  Discovered and photographed by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain W.M. Benkert, USCG, commander of the Eastwind in Antarctica during Operation Deep Freeze 1966 and 1967.||
1223|Benlein Point|Summit|662900S|1102900E|-66.4833333|110.4833333|||01/01/1963|The southern point of Peterson Island, in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Construction Man Franklin J. Benlein, USN, a member of the Wilkes Station party of 1958.||
1225|Cape Bennett|Cape|603700S|0451300W|-60.6166667|-45.2166667|||01/01/1947|Bold promontory at the NE extremity of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Discovered on the occasion of the joint cruise by Captain George Powell, a British sealer in the sloop Dove, and Captain Nathaniel Palmer, an American sealer in the sloop James Monroe, in December 1821.  Named after David Bennett of Wapping, London, Captain Powell's employer.||
1226|Mount Bennett|Summit|844900S|1785500W|-84.8166667|-178.9166667|3090|10138|01/01/1962|A prominent mountain (3,090 m) about 3 mi E of Mount Boyd, surmounting the W part of Anderson Heights, Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41), and surveyed by the U.S. Ross Ice Shelf Traverse Party (1957-58) led by A.P. Crary. Named by Crary for Hugh Bennett, seismologist with the party.||
1228|Bennett Bluff|Cliff|751000S|1343000W|-75.1666667|-134.5|810|2657|01/01/1966|A bluff (810 m) between the upper reaches of Venzke Glacier and Berry Glacier, 7 mi SSW of Perry Range, in Marie Byrd Land.  The bluff has prominent rock exposures on the N wall and was first observed and photographed from aircraft of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) on Dec. l8, 1940.  Mapped in detail by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Clarence E. Bennett, AT1, U.S. Navy (USN), Aviation Electronics Technician with Squadron VX-6 and a member of the McMurdo Station winter party, 1963.||
1229|Bennett Dome|Summit|714800S|0730300W|-71.8|-73.05|460|1509||A rounded snow-covered peninsula on the S side of Beethoven Peninsula, Alexander Island, rising to c. 460 m between Weber Inlet and Boccherini Inlet. Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in 1947 and roughly mapped from the photographs by D. Searle of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Mapped definitively by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy aerial photographs taken 1967-68 and from Landsat imagery taken 1972-73.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Joseph E. Bennett, Head, Polar Coordination and Information Section, Division of Polar Programs, NSF, 1976-86.||
1230|Bennett Escarpment|Cliff|703600S|0641900E|-70.6|64.3166667|||01/01/1970|A rock and ice escarpment curving in a general SW direction for 20 mi from Mount Pollard, in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveys and air photos, 1956-65.  Named by ANCA for J.M. Bennett, physicist at Mawson Station, 1965.||
1231|Bennett Islands|Island|665600S|0674000W|-66.9333333|-67.6666667|||01/01/1956|A group of islands at the SW side of Liard Island in Hanusse Bay, extending in a SW direction for 6 mi off the W coast of Graham Land.  The islands were sighted and sketched from the air in February 1937 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Named in 1954 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Arthur G. Bennett, British representative on whaling in the South Shetland Islands and South Orkney Islands for many years between 1913 and 1927, and acting government naturalist in the Falkland Islands, 1924-38.||
1232|Bennett Nunataks|Summit|844700S|1162500W|-84.7833333|-116.4166667|||01/01/1962|Two rock nunataks 0.5 mi apart, lying 0.5 mi N of Lackey Ridge in the Ohio Range, Horlick Mountains.  Surveyed by the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Horlick Mountains Traverse party in Dec. 1958.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John B. Bennett, geomagnetist-seismologist at Byrd Station, 1960.||
1233|Bennett Platform|Bench|851300S|1775000W|-85.2166667|-177.8333333|||01/01/1962|A high, nearly flat, snow-free mesa of dark rock, about 5 mi long and 2.5 mi wide, located immediately E of Mount Black, on the W side of Shackleton Glacier. Discovered and photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47), on the flights of Feb. 16, 1947, and named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Floyd Bennett, copilot on the Byrd North Pole Flight of May 1926.||
1234|Bennett Saddle|Gap|770500S|1262600W|-77.0833333|-126.4333333|||01/01/1962|The deep snow saddle between Mount Waesche and Mount Sidley, in the Executive Committee Range, Marie Byrd Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gerard A. Bennett, Traverse Specialist at Byrd Station, a member of the Executive Committee Range Traverse (Feb. 1959) and Marie Byrd Land Traverse (1959-60) that carried out surveys in this area.||
1235|Bennett Spires|Pillar|835100S|0561000W|-83.85|-56.1666667|||01/01/1968|Two sharp peaks overlooking the head of Jones Valley in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Staff Sergeant Robert E. Bennett, USAF, radio operator of the Electronic Test Unit in the Pensacola Mountains, summer 1957-58.||
1236|Bennett Spur|Ridge|822600S|0503800W|-82.4333333|-50.6333333||||A rock spur between Wujek Ridge and Cox Nunatak in the Dufek Massif, Pensacola Mountains, q.v.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1979 after David W. Bennett who, with Robin Worcester, comprised the first of the annual U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) satellite surveying teams at the South Pole Station, winter party 1973.||
1237|Mount Benninghoff|Summit|775445S|1611911E|-77.912528|161.319595|1965|6447|01/01/1992|A mainly ice-free mountain (1,965 m) standing 1.5 mi SE of Terra Cotta Mountain in Quartermain Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1993 after William S. Benninghoff (1918-93), Professor of Botany, University of Michigan, 1957-88, retiring as Professor Emeritus of Botany; seasonal visits to Antarctica in 1968, 1976, 1977 and 1989; member, SCAR Working Group on Biology, 1968-87; member, Polar Research Board of the National Academy of Sciences, 1966-86.||
1238|Benn Skerries|Island|542700S|0032000E|-54.45|3.3333333|||01/01/1957|A small group of rocks which extend up to 0.25 mi westward from Norvegia Point, Bouvetoya.  Charted and named in December 1927 by a Norwegian expedition in the Norvegia under Captain Harald Horntvedt.||
1240|Benoit Peak|Summit|720600S|1634000E|-72.1|163.6666667|||01/01/1969|A peak 5 mi NNE of Mount Camelot in Alamein Range, Freyberg Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert E. Benoit, biologist at McMurdo Station, summers 1966-67 and 1967-68.||
1241|Mount Bensley|Summit|701900S|0641500E|-70.3166667|64.25|1920|6299|01/01/1970|Mountain, 1,920 m, standing 8.5 mi SSW of Mount Starlight in the Prince Charles Mountains, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveys and air photos, 1955-65.  Named by ANCA for P.A. Bensley, carpenter at Mawson Station, 1965.||
1242|Mount Benson|Summit|783700S|0842700W|-78.6166667|-84.45|2270|7447|01/01/1961|Mountain (2,270 m) standing at the NE side of Thomas Glacier, 4 mi E of Mount Osborne, in SE Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert F. Benson, seismologist at the IGY South Pole Station, 1957.||
1243|Benson Glacier|Glacier|764900S|1621200E|-76.8166667|162.2|||01/01/1962|A glacier c. 12 mi long, draining the E part of Flight Deck Neve and continuing E between the Fry and Mackay Glaciers into the N part of Granite Harbor where it forms a floating tongue.  Mapped in 1957 by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58), and indicated as a somewhat longer glacier including the present Midship Glacier (q.v.).  Named by the party after W.N. Benson, formerly professor of geology at the University of Otago, New Zealand, whose publications include a major contribution to the petrology of Victoria Land.||
1244|Benson Hills|Range|702800S|0621700W|-70.4666667|-62.2833333|||01/01/1976|A cluster of coastal hills near the head of Smith Inlet, 3 mi E of Berry Massif on the E side of Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Arthur K. Benson, U.S. Navy (USN), Medical Officer at Palmer Station in 1969.||
1245|Benson Knob|Summit|754500S|1591700E|-75.75|159.2833333|1540|5052|01/01/1968|A distinctive rock knob, 1,540 m, at the S extremity of Ricker Hills in the Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Anthony J. Benson, hospital corpsman with the South Pole Station winter party, 1966.||
1246|Benson Point|Summit|623900S|0611800W|-62.65|-61.3|||01/01/1960|Point forming the SW end of Rugged Island, in the South Shetland Islands. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 for Elof Benson, first mate and keeper of the logbook of the American brig Hersilia from Stonington, who visited the South Shetland Islands in 1819-20 and 1820-21.||
1247|Benson Ridge|Ridge|824600S|1644800E|-82.7666667|164.8|||01/01/1966|Rugged ridge between Robb and Bondeson Glaciers, standing 5 mi W of the N end of the Holland Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Carl S. Benson, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciologist at Roosevelt Island, 1961-62.||
1249|Benten Island|Island|690100S|0391300E|-69.0166667|39.2166667|||01/01/1968|Small island lying 5 mi W of Ongulkalven Island in the E part of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Benten-shima (goddess of fortune island).||
1250|Mount Bentley|Summit|780700S|0861400W|-78.1166667|-86.2333333|4245|13927|01/01/1960|Mountain (4,245 m) standing 2 mi N of Mount Anderson in the main western ridge of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Discovered by the Marie Byrd Land Traverse party, 1957-58, and named for Dr. Charles R. Bentley, leader of the traverse party and chief traverse seismologist at Byrd Station, 1957-59.||
1251|Bentley Crag|Cliff|671700S|0665300W|-67.2833333|-66.8833333|1000|3281|01/01/1965|A rock crag rising to c. 1,000 m N of Seue Peaks on Arrowsmith Peninsula in Graham Land.  Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from surveys and air photos, 1956-59.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Wilson A. Bentley (1865-1931), American meteorologist and specialist in microphotography of snow and ice crystals; joint author with W.J. Humphreys of Snow Crystals, New York, 1931.||
1252|Bentley Subglacial Trench|Valley|800000S|1050000W|-80|-105|||01/01/1961|A major subglacial trench of West Antarctica which lies S of Byrd Subglacial Basin and is separated from it by a ridge except for a juncture of the two features near their E termination.  From that juncture near Ellsworth Mountains, the trench extends WSW along the N side of Ellsworth Subglacial Highlands to c. 81S, 120W.  A maximum depth of -2,540 m is reported in the W part of the trench.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1961 for Charles R. Bentley, chief traverse seismologist at Byrd Station, 1957-59; leader of the 1957-58 seismic traverse that determined the existence of this trench and recorded its depth.  This amended description follows further subglacial delineation by the SPRI-NSF-TUD airborne radio echo sounding program, 1967-79.||
1253|Benton Island|Island|770400S|1475300W|-77.0666667|-147.8833333|||01/01/1966|An ice-covered island about 4 mi long, lying 5 mi NW of Nolan Island in Marshall Archipelago.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William T. Benton, BM1, U.S. Navy (USN), Boatswain's Mate aboard USS Glacier along this coast, 1961-62.||
1254|Benz Pass|Gap|634100S|0582200W|-63.6833333|-58.3666667|||01/01/1964|A narrow pass between the S cliffs of Louis Philippe Plateau and a rock nunatak 2 mi NE of the head of Russell East Glacier, Trinity Peninsula.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Karl Benz (1844-1929), German engineer who constructed the first practical gasoline motor car, in 1885.||
1255|Mount Beowulf|Summit|773757S|1614817E|-77.632415|161.80463|2100|6890||A peak rising to c. 2,100 m at the SE side of Mime Glacier in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1962 from U.S. Navy aerial photographs taken 1947-59.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1983 after the hero of the Old English epic poem.||
1256|Beowulf Glacier|Glacier|773727S|1615031E|-77.624218|161.841876||||A small north-flowing glacier located between Mime Glacier and the head of Rhone Glacier in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  Named in 1983 by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) from association with Mount Beowulf which stands at the head of this glacier.||
1258|Bergan Castle|Pillar|803600S|0212100W|-80.6|-21.35|1590|5216||A castlelike nunatak rising to 1,590 m to the SW of Mount Dewar in Shotton Snowfield, Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967. Surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of pioneers of polar life and travel grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after Ole Ferdinand Bergan (1876-1956), Norwegian inventor who designed Bergan's "meis" (carrying frames) and rucksacks, patented in Norway in 1909.||
1259|Berg Bay|Bay|712700S|1692700E|-71.45|169.45|||01/01/1947|Small bay between Birthday Point and Islands Point in the W side of Robertson Bay, northern Victoria Land.  Charted and named in 1911 by the Northern Party led by Victor Campbell of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, because icebergs appear to gravitate there.  Haffner Glacier which flows into this bay may also contribute icebergs.||
1260|Bergel Rock|Island|651000S|0645800W|-65.1666667|-64.9666667|||01/01/1972|Rock nearly 1 mi S of Quintana Island in southwestern Wilhelm Archipelago. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Alexandra Bergel, granddaughter of Sir Ernest Shackleton, sponsor for His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Endurance which made surveys in this area in February 1969.||04/12/2001
1261|Mount Bergen|Summit|765900S|1604800E|-76.9833333|160.8|2110|6922|01/01/1962|Prominent rocky peak, 2,110 m, standing 2 mi W of Mount Gran on the N side of Mackay Glacier in Victoria Land.  Surveyed in 1957 by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) and named by them after the birthplace in Norway of Tryggve Gran, a member of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
1262|Bergen Nunataks|Summit|722500S|0645300W|-72.4166667|-64.8833333||||A group of nunataks 14 mi N of Journal Peaks in south-central Palmer Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from aerial photographs taken by the U.S. Navy, 1966-69.  Named in 1977 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Michael Bergen, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) engineer, Palmer Station, winter party 1970.||
1263|Mount Berger|Summit|750400S|0715700W|-75.0666667|-71.95|||01/01/1966|A mountain with a steep northern rock face, standing 2 mi NE of Mount Becker in the Merrick Mountains, Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Raymond E. Berger, USN, aircraft pilot who flew the University of Wisconsin Traverse Party to this area and flew support missions in its behalf in the 1965-66 season.||
1264|Mount Bergersen|Summit|720400S|0254800E|-72.0666667|25.8|3170|10400|01/01/1947|Large mountain rising to 3,170 m, standing at the W side of Byrdbreen in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1946 from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named for Ambassador Birger Bergersen, chairman of the Norwegian Whaling Board.  Remapped in 1957 by the Norwegians from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.||
1265|Berg Ice Stream|Stream|734200S|0782000W|-73.7|-78.3333333|||01/01/1968|An ice stream c. 30 mi long flowing into Carroll Inlet between Rydberg Peninsula and Espenschied Nunatak, on the English Coast, Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Captain Harold Berg, commander of U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) Eltanin on Antarctic cruises, 1964-65.||03/05/1997
1266|Mount Bergin|Summit|674200S|0485500E|-67.7|48.9166667|700|2297|01/01/1965|Mountain, 700 m, standing 4 mi W of Mount Maslen in the Raggatt Mountains, Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for R.D. Bergin, radio officer at Mawson station in 1956.||
1267|Berg Mountains|Summit|691300S|1560400E|-69.2166667|156.0666667|||01/01/1967|A mountain and two ridges 14 mi S of Cape Buromskiy, Krylov Peninsula. Photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47, the Soviet Antarctic Expedition, 1958, and Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), 1959.  The feature was visited by an airborne survey party from the Soviet expedition and called "Gory L'va Berga" after the Soviet geographer Lev Berg.||
1269|Berg Peak|Summit|713200S|1614700E|-71.5333333|161.7833333|1870|6135|01/01/1964|A prominent peak (1,870 m) standing 3 mi S of El Pulgar in northern Morozumi Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Thomas E. Berg, geologist who wintered at McMurdo Sound in 1961, and spent three succeeding summer seasons making patterned ground studies in the area. Berg perished in the crash of a U.S. Navy helicopter near Mount McLennan, Nov. 19, 1969.||
1270|Bering Nunatak|Summit|745500S|0711800W|-74.9166667|-71.3||||A nunatak lying ESE of Mount Carrara in the Sky-Hi Nunataks of Ellsworth Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Edgar A. Bering, physicist, University of Houston, TX, who carried out upper atmosphere research at Siple Station in 1980-81.||
1271|Berkley Island|Island|661300S|1103900E|-66.2166667|110.65|||01/01/1960|Island, 0.5 mi long, which marks the NE end of the Swain Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and included in a survey of Swain Islands in 1957 by Wilkes Station personnel under C.R. Eklund.  Named by Eklund for Richard J. Berkley, geomagnetician with the US-IGY wintering party of 1957 at Wilkes Station.||
1273|Berkner Island|Island|793000S|0473000W|-79.5|-47.5|975|3199|01/01/1960|A high and completely ice-covered island about 200 mi long and 85 mi wide. This large feature rises to 975 m and separates Ronne Ice Shelf from Filchner Ice Shelf.  Discovered by members of the US-IGY party at Ellsworth Station, under the leadership of Captain Finn Ronne, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), during the 1957-58 season.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for American physicist Lloyd V. Berkner, engineer with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition, 1928-30.||
1274|Mount Berlin|Summit|760300S|1355200W|-76.05|-135.8666667|3500|11483|01/01/1947|Prominent, conical mountain, 3,500 m, standing 10 mi W of Mount Moulton at the W end of the Flood Range in Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) on flights to the NE and E of Little America in November-December 1934.  Named "Mount Hal Flood" by Byrd, but the name Flood is now applied to the entire mountain range of which this is a part.  Named by the US-SCAN for Leonard M. Berlin, leader of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) party which sledged to this mountain in December 1940.||
1275|Berlin Crater|Crater|760300S|1355200W|-76.05|-135.8666667|||01/01/1974|A high and circular ice-filled crater near the summit of Mount Berlin in the Flood Range, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Mount Berlin.||
1276|Berlin Crevasse Field|Area|760300S|1363000W|-76.05|-136.5|||01/01/1974|A crevasse field, 10 mi in extent, located immediately W of Mount Berlin in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Mount Berlin.||
1277|Berlioz Point|Summit|721200S|0740600W|-72.2|-74.1|||01/01/1961|Snow-covered point on the S side of Beethoven Peninsula, Alexander Island, marking the NW entrance point to the embayment occupied by Bach Ice Shelf.  The S part of Alexander Island was first roughly mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940, but this point was not clearly identified.  It was mapped from air photos obtained by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Hector Berlioz (1803-69), French composer.||
1278|Bermel Escarpment|Cliff|851700S|0893000W|-85.2833333|-89.5|400|1312|01/01/1962|A snow and rock escarpment, 15 mi long, extending from the base of Ford Massif to King Peak, in the Thiel Mountains.  The escarpment drops 300 to 400 m from the polar plateau to the ice surface N of these mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Peter F. Bermel, cartographer, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) (Bermel Peninsula, q.v.); co-leader (with Arthur B. Ford) of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Thiel Mountains party which surveyed the mountains in 1960-61; leader of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Topo East and Topo West, 1962-63, in which geodetic control was extended from the area of Cape Hallett to the Wilson Hills (Topo West), and from the foot of Beardmore Glacier through the Horlick Mountains (Topo East).||03/05/1997
1279|Bermel Peninsula|Cape|682700S|0652200W|-68.45|-65.3666667|1670|5479||A rugged, mountainous peninsula, c. 15 mi long and 7 mi wide, between Solberg Inlet and Mobiloil Inlet on the Bowman Coast, Graham Land.  The feature rises to 1,670 m in Bowditch Crests and includes Yule Peak, Mount Wilson, Campbell Crest, Vesconte Point, Wilson Pass, Rock Pile Peaks, Miyoda Cliff, and Rock Pile Point. The peninsula lies along the route explored and photographed from the air by Sir Hubert Wilkins, 1928, and Lincoln Ellsworth, 1935, and was first mapped from the Ellsworth photographs by W.L.G. Joerg in 1937.  The U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) explored this area from the ground, 1939-41, roughly positioning the peninsula.  The U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) also photographed the feature from the air in 1940, referring to it as "The Rock Pile" or "Rock Pile Point" from the appearance as a jumbled mass of peaks.  The U.S. Board on Geographic Names (BGN) approved the name Rock Pile Point for the peninsula in 1947, but the decision was subsequently vacated.  Although Rock Pile Peaks (q.v.) was approved for eastern summits and Rock Pile Point (q.v.) for the east extremity, the peninsula remained unnamed for about four decades.  However, reference to a geographic feature of this magnitude is needed, and in 1993 the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) recommended the peninsula be named after Peter F. Bermel (Bermel Escarpment, q.v.), cartographer, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), 1946-94; Assistant Director for Programs, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS); Member, U.S. Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names, 1979-94 (Chairman, 1993-94).||
1280|Cape Bernacchi|Cape|772904S|1635110E|-77.48439|163.852768||||Rocky cape between Bernacchi Bay and New Harbor on the coast of Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, under Scott, and named by him for Louis C. Bernacchi, physicist with the expedition.||
1282|Bernacchi Bay|Bay|772722S|1634931E|-77.456226|163.825224||||Bay about 3 mi wide between Marble Point and Cape Bernacchi, on the coast of Victoria Land.  Named after Cape Bernacchi by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, 1910-13.||
1283|Bernacchi Head|Cliff|760800S|1682000E|-76.1333333|168.3333333||||A precipitous cliff forming the S extremity of Franklin Island in the Ross Sea.  Named "Cape Bernacchi" by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1898-1900) for Louis C. Bernacchi, a member of the expedition.  The generic has been changed to "Head" by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) to avoid duplication with Cape Bernacchi on the coast of Victoria Land.||
1284|Bernal Islands|Island|662200S|0662800W|-66.3666667|-66.4666667|||01/01/1965|A group of four mainly snow-covered islands and a number of rocks lying in Crystal Sound, about 10 mi E of the S end of Lavoisier Island, Biscoe Islands. Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1958-59) and air photos obtained by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (1947-48). Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for John D. Bernal, British physicist, joint author with Sir Ralph Fowler of a classic paper on the structure of ice which suggested the location of the hydrogen atoms, in 1933.||
1287|Bernard Island|Island|664000S|1400200E|-66.6666667|140.0333333|||01/01/1962|Rocky island 0.25 mi long lying 0.05 mi E of Buffon Islands in the Geologie Archipelago.  Charted in 1951 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) and named by them for Claude Bernard (1813-78), noted French physiologist.||03/05/1997
1288|Bernard Rocks|Island|640800S|0620100W|-64.1333333|-62.0166667|||01/01/1960|Small group of rocks between Davis Island and Spallanzani Point, off the NE side of Brabant Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  First mapped by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos in 1959.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Claude Bernard (1813-78), French physiologist who made important contributions to the understanding of digestion, function of the liver and the methods of experimental medicine.||04/06/2001
1289|Bernhardi Heights|Summit|802000S|0250000W|-80.3333333|-25|1220|4003||A line of heights (1,220 m), snow-covered to E but with a west-facing rock escarpment, rising E of Schimper Glacier in the Herbert Mountains, Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of glacial geologists grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after Reinhard Bernhardi, German geologist, who in 1832 first recognized the moraines and erratics of north Germany as evidence of a former south extension of the Arctic ice sheet.||
1290|Mount Bernstein|Summit|713700S|1630700E|-71.6166667|163.1166667|2420|7940|01/01/1970|A prominent mountain, 2,420 m, which forms a part of the northern wall of Linder Glacier in the Lanterman Range, Bowers Mountains.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the late Captain Fred J. Bernstein, Asst. Chief of Staff for Operations and Plans, U.S. Navy (USN) Support Force, Antarctica, 1967 and 1968.||
1293|Berntsen Point|Summit|604300S|0453600W|-60.7166667|-45.6|||01/01/1953|Point which forms the S side of the entrance to Borge Bay on the E side of Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted in 1927 by DI personnel on the year.||
1294|Berntsen Ridge|Ridge|540900S|0364300W|-54.15|-36.7166667|580|1903||A ridge on the N coast of South Georgia, running W from Tonsberg Point and rising to c. 580 m at the W end.  The ridge partly occupies the peninsula between Stromness Harbor and Husvik Harbor.  Named in 1991 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Captain Soren Berntsen (1880-1940), Norwegian whaler who established Husvik whaling station for Tonsberg Hvalfangeri and became its first manager in 1910; later Master of Steamship (SS) Orwell, a whaling factory ship.||
1295|Berquist Ridge|Ridge|833100S|0563000W|-83.5166667|-56.5|||01/01/1968|A curving ridge, 8 mi long, trending W from its juncture with Madey Ridge in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert M. Berquist, photographer at Ellsworth Station, winter 1958.||
1296|Mount Berrigan|Summit|664000S|0524300E|-66.6666667|52.7166667|||01/01/1965|Mountain 1 mi E of Budd Peak in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1957.  Named by ANCA for M.G. Berrigan, assistant diesel mechanic at Wilkes Station in 1961.||
1297|Berrnabbane Crags|Cliff|694400S|0375800E|-69.7333333|37.9666667|||01/01/1968|Rocky crags along the SE shore of Djupvika, a bay on the SW side of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Berrnabbane (the bare crags).||
1299|Berr Point|Summit|694600S|0390400E|-69.7666667|39.0666667|||01/01/1966|A bare rock point along the SE shore of Lutzow-Holm Bay, lying 4 mi N of Rundvags Hills.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Berrodden (the bare point).||
1300|Mount Berry|Summit|642600S|0604300W|-64.4333333|-60.7166667|||01/01/1965|Mountain 3 mi SE of Baldwin Peak, near the head of Cayley Glacier in northern Graham Land.  Photographed by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Albert Berry, American aviator who in 1912 made the first parachute descent from an airplane, using a pack-type parachute.||
1301|Berry Glacier|Glacier|750000S|1340000W|-75|-134|||01/01/1974|Glacier, about 25 mi long and 5 mi wide, draining N between Perry Range and Demas Range into the Getz Ice Shelf on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  This vicinity was first photographed and rudely charted from aircraft of the U.S. Antarctic Service in December 1940.  The glacier was mapped in detail by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander William H. Berry, U.S. Navy (USN), Air Operations Officer for Task Force 43 during Deep Freeze operations 1969-72; Operations Officer, 1973.||
1302|Berry Head|Cliff|604200S|0453700W|-60.7|-45.6166667|||01/01/1952|Point which forms the division between Tern Cove and Stygian Cove on the NE side of Signy Island in the South Orkney Islands.  The name appears on the chart by DI personnel on the Discovery II resulting from their survey in 1933.||
1303|Berry Hill|Summit|634800S|0574900W|-63.8|-57.8166667|370|1214||Hill rising to 370 m between Lachman Crags and Cape Lachman on James Ross Island.  The hill is notable for an exposure of volcanic rocks and probable glacial beds of Pliocene age.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), 1987, after Alfred Thomas Berry, Chief Steward in Discovery II, 1929-39; in charge of stores on Operation Tabarin at Port Lockroy, 1943-44, and Hope Bay, 1944-45.||
1304|Berry Massif|Range|702700S|0623000W|-70.45|-62.5|||01/01/1976|A compact, roughly circular and mostly snow-covered massif located at the S side of the terminus of Clifford Glacier, where the latter enters Smith Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Dale L. Berry, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist who was Station Scientific Leader at Palmer Station in 1971.||
1305|Berry Peaks|Range|852600S|1383200W|-85.4333333|-138.5333333|||01/01/1967|Small group of peaks 10 mi S of the terminus of Reedy Glacier, between the SE edge of the Ross Ice Shelf and Watson Escarpment.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William Berry, radioman, Byrd Station winter party of 1961.||
1306|Bertalan Peak|Summit|720400S|1670800E|-72.0666667|167.1333333|2320|7611|01/01/1970|A peak (2,320 m) standing at the NW side of the head of Montecchi Glacier in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert E. Bertalan, U.S. Navy (USN), chief machinery repairman at McMurdo Station, 1967.||
1307|Cape Berteaux|Cape|685100S|0672700W|-68.85|-67.45|||01/01/1947|Cape surmounted by a high rock peak between Mikkelsen Bay and Wordie Ice Shelf on the W coast of Graham Land.  The French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10, originally applied the name Berteaux to an island in essentially this position.  The British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37, identified the feature sighted by Charcot as the cape described above.  Named by Charcot for a Monsieur Berteaux who helped obtain funds for his expedition.||03/05/1997
1310|Bertha Island|Island|672300S|0593900E|-67.3833333|59.65|||01/01/1947|Island 2.5 mi long, lying 1 mi S of Islay at the E side of William Scoresby Bay.  Discovered and named in February 1936 by DI personnel on the William Scoresby.||
1311|Berthelot Islands|Island|652000S|0640900W|-65.3333333|-64.15|||01/01/1963|Group of rocky islands, the largest 1 mi long, lying 1.5 mi SW of Deliverance Point, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, and named by him for Marcelin Berthelot, prominent French chemist.||
1313|Bertodano Bay|Bay|641500S|0564400W|-64.25|-56.7333333||||A bay between Bodman Point and Cape Wiman on the N side of Seymour Island. The name appears on Argentine navy charts from 1957 and recalls J. Lopez de Bertodano, chief engineer in the Argentine corvette Uruguay during the rescue of the shipwrecked Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) in 1903.||
1314|Bertoglio Glacier|Glacier|791800S|1602000E|-79.3|160.3333333|||01/01/1965|Glacier 7 mi long, flowing from the Conway Range eastward between Cape Lankester and Hoffman Point to the Ross Ice Shelf.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1959-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Lloyd W. Bertoglio, U.S. Navy (USN), commander of the McMurdo Station winter party, 1960.||
1315|Bertrab Glacier|Glacier|543700S|0355700W|-54.6166667|-35.95|||01/01/1952|Small glacier at the head of Gold Harbor, at the E end of South Georgia. Charted by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1911-12, under Filchner, and named by him for General von Bertrab, Chief Quartermaster in the German General Staff and Chief of the Land Survey, who was chairman of the expedition.||
1316|Bertrab Nunatak|Summit|775500S|0343200W|-77.9166667|-34.5333333|||01/01/1947|A nunatak located along the south side of Lerchenfeld Glacier and about 5 mi WSW of the Littlewood Nunataks.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1911-12, under Wilhelm Filchner, who named this feature for General von Bertrab.||
1317|Bertram Glacier|Glacier|705000S|0672800W|-70.8333333|-67.4666667|||01/01/1955|Glacier, 15 mi long and 18 mi wide at its mouth, flowing W from the Dyer Plateau of Palmer Land into George VI Sound between Wade and Gurney Points. Discovered and first surveyed in 1936 by Stephenson, Fleming and Bertram of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954 for George C.L. Bertram, biologist of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, and member of the discovery party, who in 1949 became Director of the Scott Polar Research Institute, Cambridge.||
1318|Bertrand Ice Piedmont|Glacier|683000S|0670000W|-68.5|-67|||01/01/1955|An ice piedmont about 11 mi long and from 3 to 5 mi wide, lying between Rymill Bay and Mikkelsen Bay on the Fallieres Coast of Graham Land.  It is bounded on the SE side by Pavie Ridge and on the NE side by Black Thumb.  Surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, and resurveyed in 1948-49 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Kenneth J. Bertrand (1910-78), Professor of Geography, the Catholic University of America, Washington, DC.  A geomorphologist and Antarctic historian, Bertrand was a member of the U.S. Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names, 1947-73; chairman, 1962-73.  His Americans in Antarctica, 1775-1948, published in 1971, is the most extensive and authoritative account of American involvement in the Antarctic.||
1320|Berwick Glacier|Glacier|843600S|1654500E|-84.6|165.75|||01/01/1966|A tributary glacier, 14 mi long, flowing SE between Marshall Mountains and Adams Mountains to enter Beardmore Glacier at Willey Point.  Named by British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) after His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Berwick, a vessel on which Lieutenant Jameson B. Adams of British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) had served.  The map of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) and some subsequent maps transpose the positions of Berwick Glacier and Swinford Glacier.  The latter lies 12 mi southwestward.  The original application (British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09) of Berwick Glacier is the one recommended.||
1322|Mount Besch|Summit|781100S|0844300W|-78.1833333|-84.7166667|1210|3970|01/01/1961|Mountain (1,210 m) forming the S end of Barnes Ridge and overlooking the terminus of Ellen Glacier, on the E side of Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains. First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Marvin E. Besch, USAF, who participated in establishing the IGY South Pole Station in the 1956-57 season.||
1323|Besnard Point|Summit|645000S|0632900W|-64.8333333|-63.4833333|||01/01/1951|Point which lies at the SE side of Port Lockroy, Wiencke Island, and marks the E side of the entrance to Alice Creek, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, and named by him for A. Besnard, seaman on the expedition ship Francais.||
1324|Bessinger Nunatak|Summit|850500S|0644100W|-85.0833333|-64.6833333|1640|5381|01/01/1968|A mound-shaped nunatak, 1,640 m, standing at the SW end of Mackin Table, 3 mi E of Mount Tolchin, in southern Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant C.D. Bessinger, Jr. (MC) USN, officer in charge of South Pole Station, winter 1963.||
1325|Cape Best|Cape|540500S|0364900W|-54.0833333|-36.8166667|||01/01/1952|Cape which marks the W side of the entrance to Fortuna Bay on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name dates back to at least 1912 and is well established.||
1326|Mount Best|Summit|664900S|0512300E|-66.8166667|51.3833333|||01/01/1965|Mountain 1.5 mi SW of Mount Morrison, in the Tula Mountains in Enderby Land. Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for F. Best, a member of the crew of the Discovery during the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31.||
1327|Best Peak|Summit|540700S|0364900W|-54.1166667|-36.8166667|600|1968|01/01/1965|Peak, 600 m, standing SW of Illusion Point, Fortuna Bay, on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1931 British Admiralty chart.||
1329|Beta Island|Island|641900S|0630000W|-64.3166667|-63|||01/01/1956|Small island which lies immediately N of Kappa Island and close SW of Alpha Island in the Melchior Islands, Palmer Archipelago.  The name, derived from the second letter of the Greek alphabet, was probably given by DI personnel who roughly surveyed the island in 1927.  The island was surveyed by Argentine expeditions in 1942, 1943 and 1948.||
1330|Beta Peak|Summit|755100S|1600600E|-75.85|160.1|1620|5315|01/01/1966|A rock peak, 1,620 m, surmounting a small ice-free mesa 2 mi NE of Pudding Butte, in the Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land.  So named by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, because they always referred to this feature throughout the season as Station B.||
1331|Cape Betbeder|Cape|633700S|0564100W|-63.6166667|-56.6833333|||01/01/1953|Cape which marks the SW end of Andersson Island, lying in Antarctic Sound off the NE tip of Antarctic Peninsula.  Charted by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold, and named by him for R. Admiral Onofre Betbeder, Argentine Minister of Marine, upon whose orders the Argentine ship Uruguay was dispatched to rescue Nordenskjold's expedition.||
1332|Betbeder Islands|Island|651500S|0650300W|-65.25|-65.05|||01/01/1950|Group of small islands and rocks in the SW part of the Wilhelm Archipelago, 22 mi W of Cape Tuxen.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for R. Admiral Onofre Betbeder, Argentine Navy.||
1334|Betekhtin Range|Range|715400S|0113200E|-71.9|11.5333333|||01/01/1970|A mountain range c. 14 mi long, forming the S arm of the Humboldt Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39. Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Soviet Academician A.G. Betekhtin.||
1336|Bettle Peak|Summit|774718S|1633150E|-77.788248|163.530683|1490|4888|01/01/1964|Peak, 1,490 m, standing W of Bowers Piedmont Glacier and 6 mi N of Granite Knolls in Victoria Land.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James F. Bettle, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist and scientific leader at McMurdo station in 1962.||
1337|Mount Betty|Summit|851100S|1634500W|-85.1833333|-163.75|||01/01/1951|A small ridge overlooking Ross Ice Shelf, located on the N side of Bigend Saddle in the NE extremity of the Herbert Range, Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered in November 1911 by Captain Roald Amundsen, and named by him for Betty Andersson, nurse and housekeeper in the Amundsen family for many years.||03/05/1997
1338|Bevin Glacier|Glacier|661700S|0634700W|-66.2833333|-63.7833333|||01/01/1952|Glacier 5 mi long, which flows E from the plateau escarpment on the E side of Graham Land into the NW end of Cabinet Inlet between Attlee and Anderson Glaciers. During December 1947, it was charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE).  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Rt. Hon. Ernest Bevin, M.P., British Minister of Labor and National Service and member of the War Cabinet.||
1339|Mount Bewsher|Summit|705400S|0652800E|-70.9|65.4666667|||01/01/1961|A prominent flat-topped mountain about 6 mi E of Mount McMahon in the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  First visited by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) southern party (1956-57) led by W.G. Bewsher, officer in charge at Mawson Station in 1956, for whom it is named.||
1341|Beyl Head|Cliff|740500S|1163100W|-74.0833333|-116.5166667||||An ice-covered headland midway on the E side of Wright Island, along Getz Ice Shelf, Bakutis Coast.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 after Commander David D. Beyl, U.S. Navy (USN), Operations Officer, Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1976, with responsibility for planning the Dome Charlie (q.v.) aircraft recovery program which resulted in the successful recovery of two LC-130 aircraft damaged during Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1975.||
1342|Bibby Point|Summit|634800S|0575700W|-63.8|-57.95|||01/01/1964|A steep rocky point with snow slopes falling away inland, at the NE corner of Brandy Bay, James Ross Island.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for John S. Bibby, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) geologist at Hope Bay, 1958-59.||
1343|Bibra Valley|Valley|795700S|1553000E|-79.95|155.5||||Ice-free valley bounded eastward by Danum Platform, lying 6 mi NE of Haven Mountain in Britannia Range.  Named in association with Britannia by a University of Waikato (New Zealand) geological party, 1978-79, led by M.J. Selby.  Bibra is a historical placename formerly used in Roman Britain.||03/20/1997
1344|Cape Bickerton|Cape|662000S|1365600E|-66.3333333|136.9333333|||01/01/1947|Ice-covered point 5 mi ENE of Gravenoire Rock which marks the N extremity of the coastal area close E of Victor Bay.  Charted by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson, 1911-14, and named by him for F. H. Bickerton, engineer of the expedition and leader of the Western Party which sighted the cape from its farthest west camp.||
1345|Cape Bidlingmaier|Cape|530100S|0733200E|-53.0166667|73.5333333|||01/01/1957|A rocky cape at the E side of the entrance to Mechanics Bay, on the N side of Heard Island.  The feature appears to have been known to American sealers as "Morgan's Point," as shown by Captain H.C. Chester's 1860 sketch map of the island. The name "Negros Head" was also in use by American sealers during the 1860-70 period.  The name Bidlingmaier was applied by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), under Drygalski, who made a running survey and landing along the N side of the island in 1902. Friedrich Bidlingmaier served as magnetician and meteorologist with the expedition.||
1346|Bielecki Island|Island|644616S|0642802W|-64.7711111|-64.4672222|||07/25/1975|An island 0.5 mi N of Trundy Island in the W part of Joubin Islands.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Johannes N. Bielecki, Asst. Engineer in R.V. Hero on her first Antarctic voyage to Palmer Station in 1968.||09/26/2014
1348|Cape Bienvenue|Cape|664300S|1403100E|-66.7166667|140.5166667|44|144|01/01/1956|Small rocky cape which is partially ice-covered, 44 m, forming the E side of the entrance to Piner Bay.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47. Charted and named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Barre, 1951-52, who established an astronomical control station on the cape.  Bienvenue is a French word meaning welcome, and describes the pleasure of the French party at finding a cape not shown on previous charts where a landing could be made.||
1349|Mount Bierle|Summit|713000S|1671900E|-71.5|167.3166667|2360|7743|01/01/1970|A mountain (2,360 m) rising 4.5 mi N of Mount Granholm in the Admiralty Mountains of Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Donald A. Bierle, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1966-67 and 1967-68.||
1350|Bier Point|Summit|741000S|1640900E|-74.1666667|164.15|||01/01/1968|A projecting point on the E side of Campbell Glacier, 7 mi NE of Mount Queensland, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1955-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Jeffrey W. Bier, biologist, McMurdo Station winter party, 1966.||
1351|Big Ben|Summit|530600S|0733100E|-53.1|73.5166667|2745|9006|01/01/1956|A massive ice-covered mountain, 2,745 m, which is the central and dominating feature on Heard Island, and toward which the relief of the island rises from all sides.  The name was apparently applied by American sealers at Heard Island following their initiation of sealing there in 1855.  The name was found to be already in common use when the British expedition under Nares visited the island in the Challenger in 1874 and made a survey of its salient features.||
1353|Big Brother Bluff|Cliff|712800S|1594800E|-71.4666667|159.8|2840|9317|01/01/1964|A high, angular granite bluff (2,840 m) along the W wall of Daniels Range, 6 mi N of Mount Burnham, in the Usarp Mountains.  So named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, because it is visible from 50 mi N and from many points across Rennick Glacier.  Hence the reminiscence from George Orwell's famous saying.||
1355|Bigelow Rock|Island|661000S|0952500E|-66.1666667|95.4166667|||01/01/1955|Low, ice-covered rock about 150 ft long, with numerous rock exposures close above sea level, lying immediately W of Shackleton Ice Shelf, about 25 mi NE of Junction Corner.  Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47. An astronomical control station was established on the rock by U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml, 1947-48. Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Tech. Sergeant George H. Bigelow, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC), tractor driver-mechanic with U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml.||04/11/2001
1356|Bigend Saddle|Gap|851200S|1635000W|-85.2|-163.8333333|||01/01/1966|A snow-covered saddle at the SW side of Mount Betty in northern Herbert Range, Queen Maud Mountains.  The saddle was traversed in December 1929 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Laurence Gould.  It was named by the Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, because one of the party's motor toboggans was abandoned here with a smashed big end bearing.||
1357|Biggs Island|Island|674800S|0685300W|-67.8|-68.8833333|||01/01/1964|Small island forming the easternmost of the Henkes Islands, off the S end of Adelaide Island.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1963 for Thomas Biggs, a Falkland Islander, coxswain of the launch of Royal Research Ship (RRS) John Biscoe which was used by the Royal Navy (RN) Hydrographic Survey Unit to chart this island in 1963.||
1358|Bigler Nunataks|Summit|704500S|1595500E|-70.75|159.9166667|||01/01/1970|A cluster of notable nunataks lying southeastward of Pomerantz Tableland between Keim Peak and Lovejoy Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John C. Bigler, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1966-67.||
1359|Mount Bigo|Summit|654600S|0641700W|-65.7666667|-64.2833333|1980|6496|01/01/1950|Mountain, 1,980 m, standing immediately SW of Mount Perchot at the head of Bigo Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, and named by Charcot, probably for Robert Bigo of Calais, a member of the Lique Maritime Francaise.||
1360|Bigo Bay|Bay|654300S|0643000W|-65.7166667|-64.5|||01/01/1950|Bay 8 mi long and 6 mi wide, indenting the W coast of Graham Land between Cape Garcia and the peninsula surmounted by Magnier Peaks.  The French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, first sighted this bay but charted it as the southern part of Leroux Bay.  The British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, determined that the peninsula surmounted by Magnier Peaks separates this bay from Leroux Bay.  Named by Rymill after Mount Bigo, a mountain at the head of the bay.||
1361|Bigourdan Fjord|Bay|673300S|0672300W|-67.55|-67.3833333|||01/01/1953|A sound, 12 mi long in an E-W direction and averaging 2 mi wide, lying between Pourquoi Pas Island and the SW part of Arrowsmith Peninsula, along the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot, and named by him for Guillaume Bigourdan, noted French astronomer.  It was roughly surveyed by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill, and resurveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1948-50.||
1362|Big Razorback Island|Island|774056S|1663031E|-77.682129|166.508498|||01/01/1952|The southeasternmost of the Dellbridge Islands, lying in Erebus Bay off the W side of Ross Island.  Discovered and named by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, under Scott.  The name is descriptive.||
1365|Bildad Peak|Summit|654900S|0623600W|-65.8166667|-62.6|||01/01/1963|A conspicuous snow-capped peak 5 mi W of Spouter Peak on the S side of Flask Glacier, in Graham Land.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the fictional Captain Bildad, part-owner of the whaling ship Pequod in Herman Melville's Moby Dick.||
1366|Bilgeri Glacier|Glacier|660100S|0644700W|-66.0166667|-64.7833333|||01/01/1965|Glacier flowing into Barilari Bay S of Huitfeldt Point, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Georg Bilgeri (1873-1934), Austrian pioneer exponent of skiing, inventor of the first spring ski binding, and author of one of the earliest skiing manuals.||
1368|The Billboard|Pillar|770400S|1454000W|-77.0666667|-145.6666667|300|984||Massive granite monolith with vertical faces rising more than 300 m above the continental ice, standing just W of Mount Rea between Arthur and Boyd Glaciers, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered in November 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) sledge party under Paul Siple, and so named because of its form and appearance.||
1369|Billey Bluff|Cliff|753200S|1400200W|-75.5333333|-140.0333333|||01/01/1966|A rocky coastal bluff 4 mi SW of Mount Langway in the W part of Ickes Mountains, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John P. Billey, ionospheric physicist, Scientific Leader at Byrd Station, 1971.||
1370|Billie Peak|Summit|644500S|0632300W|-64.75|-63.3833333|725|2379|01/01/1951|Peak, 725 m, which rises 1.5 mi ENE of Bay Point on the SE coast of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache.  The name appears on a chart based on a 1927 DI survey, but may reflect an earlier naming.||
1371|Billie Rocks|Island|604300S|0453700W|-60.7166667|-45.6166667|||01/01/1953|Group of rocks 0.1 mi NE of Drying Point, lying in Borge Bay along the E side of Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  The name Billie Rock, for the easternmost rock of the group, appeared on a chart based upon a 1927 sketch survey of Borge Bay by DI personnel on the Discovery.  The name has since been extended to include the entire group.||
1372|Mount Billing|Summit|754300S|1605400E|-75.7166667|160.9|1420|4659|01/01/1966|A wedge-shaped mountain, 1,420 m, standing between Mount Mallis and Mount Bowen in the Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) for Graham Billing, public relations officer at Scott Base, 1962-63 and 1963-64 seasons.||
1373|Billingane Peaks|Range|682100S|0591800E|-68.35|59.3|||01/01/1967|A cluster of four peaks, about 5 mi ESE of See Nunatak at the E end of the Hansen Mountains.  Mapped and named by Norwegian cartographers working from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.||
1374|Bill Inlet|Stream|540200S|0375800W|-54.0333333|-37.9666667|||01/01/1965|Small inlet lying immediately E of Undine Harbor, near the W end of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1929 British Admiralty chart.||
1376|Bill Rock|Island|540900S|0363900W|-54.15|-36.65|||01/01/1953|Rock which lies 0.3 mi E of the S end of Grass Island in Stromness Bay, South Georgia.  Charted and named in 1928 by DI personnel.||04/11/2001
1377|Bills Gulch|Valley|680500S|0655000W|-68.0833333|-65.8333333|||01/01/1947|The northern of two glaciers flowing E from the plateau upland into the head of Trail Inlet, on the E coast of Graham Land.  This glacier was used by the sledge party under Paul H. Knowles which traversed Antarctic Peninsula from the East Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) on its way to Hilton Inlet in 1940.  Named by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) for a lead dog that died at this point.  The name has been approved because of its wide use on maps and in reports.||
1378|Bills Island|Island|644900S|0633000W|-64.8166667|-63.5|||01/01/1951|Island which lies close NE of Goudier Island in the harbor of Port Lockroy, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered and charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot.  The name appears on a chart based on a 1927 DI survey, but may reflect an earlier naming.||
1379|Bills Point|Summit|641900S|0625900W|-64.3166667|-62.9833333|||01/01/1956|Point marking the S extremity of Delta Island in the Melchior Islands, Palmer Archipelago.  The name was probably given by DI personnel who roughly charted Delta Island in 1927.  The feature was surveyed by Argentine expeditions in 1942, 1943 and 1948.||
1380|Billycock Hill|Summit|681000S|0663300W|-68.1666667|-66.55|1630|5348|01/01/1955|Rounded, ice-covered hill which rises to 1,630 m and projects 180 m above the surrounding ice sheet, situated close N of the head of Neny Glacier on the W coast of Graham Land.  First surveyed by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Resurveyed in 1946 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named by them for its resemblance to a billycock hat.||
1381|Binary Peaks|Range|542900S|0360500W|-54.4833333|-36.0833333|||01/01/1972|A steep pinnacle covered with snow with two snow free and therefore conspicuous summits, situated 1.5 mi NW of Mount Krokisius and 2 mi NNW of Moltke Harbor, South Georgia.  This feature was named "Doppelspitz" (double peaks) by a German expedition under Schrader, 1882-83, and was identified by the British Combined Services Expedition of 1964-65.  An English form of the name, Binary Peaks, was recommended by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971.||
1382|Binder Beach|Beach|540100S|0374300W|-54.0166667|-37.7166667|||01/01/1965|A moraine beach at the head of Right Whale Bay on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name appears on a chart based upon a survey by DI personnel in 1930.||
1383|Binder Rocks|Summit|741400S|1150300W|-74.2333333|-115.05|||01/01/1967|An isolated rock outcrop located 4 mi S of Siglin Rocks on the W side of Martin Peninsula, Bakutis Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  First photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in January 1947.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant R.A. Binder, USN, maintenance coordinator at the Williams Field air strip, McMurdo Sound, during Deep Freeze 1967.||04/12/2001
1384|Binders Nunataks|Summit|723600S|0625800E|-72.6|62.9666667|||01/01/1966|Two small, light-colored nunataks standing 37 mi N of Mount Scherger in the southern Prince Charles Mountains.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), 1957-60.  Named by ANCA after a fictional character in the novel Ascent of Rumdoodle by W.E. Bowman.||
1385|Bindschadler Glacier|Glacier|775738S|1620941E|-77.960489|162.1614|||01/01/1992|A glacier in the NW part of Royal Society Range, Victoria Land, flowing N between Table Mountain and Platform Spur to join Emmanuel Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1992 after glaciologist Robert A. Bindschadler of the NASA Goddard Space Flight Center; from 1983 a principal investigator for U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) studies of the West Antarctic ice sheet including dynamics of ice streams in the Siple Coast area, their interaction with the Ross Ice Shelf, and the role of polar ice sheets in global climate change.||
1387|Bingen Cirque|Basin|724100S|0031800W|-72.6833333|-3.3|||01/01/1966|A conspicuous cirque in the steep, eastern rock cliffs of Jokulskarvet Ridge in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Bingen (the bin).||
1389|Bingham Glacier|Glacier|692300S|0631000W|-69.3833333|-63.1666667|||01/01/1947|Glacier 15 mi long flowing eastward to the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula, with Cape Reichelderfer as its southern portal.  The coast where Bingham Glacier reaches Larsen Ice Shelf was photographed by Sir Hubert Wilkins in 1928 and by Lincoln Ellsworth in 1935, and was mapped by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, who with E.W. Bingham sledged across the peninsula to a point close S of this glacier in 1936. It was also mapped in 1940 by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  Named by the US-SCAN in 1947 for Surgeon Lieutenant Commander E.W. Bingham, Royal Navy (RN), of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE).||
1390|Bingham Peak|Summit|792600S|0844700W|-79.4333333|-84.7833333|1540|5052|01/01/1966|A sharp peak (1,540 m,) located 2.5 mi SE of Springer Peak in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Joseph P. Bingham, auroral scientist at Eights Station in 1965.||
1391|Bingley Glacier|Glacier|842900S|1671000E|-84.4833333|167.1666667|||01/01/1952|A glacier 8 mi long in Queen Alexandra Range, draining S from the slopes of Mount Kirkpatrick, Mount Dickerson and Barnes Peak and entering Beardmore Glacier just N of Adams Mountains.  Named by E.H. Shackleton (British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09) after Bingley, England, the ancestral home of the Shackleton family.||
1392|Binnie Peaks|Range|540300S|0375200W|-54.05|-37.8666667|1400|4593||Twin peaks rising to 1,400 m to the N of Romerof Head in western South Georgia.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Edward B. Binnie, second British resident Magistrate, South Georgia, 1915-26, succeeding James Innes Wilson.||
1393|Binn Peak|Summit|624300S|0602600W|-62.7166667|-60.4333333|400|1312||A peak (400 m) surmounting Miers Bluff at the SW end of Hurd Peninsula, Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1990 after Captain T. Binn, Master of the sealer Minerva, from London, who visited the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21.||03/05/1997
1395|Birchall Peaks|Range|762900S|1462000W|-76.4833333|-146.3333333|||01/01/1952|Group of peaks 3 mi W of Mount Iphigene, on the S side of Block Bay in Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered in 1929 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE).  Named by Byrd for Frederick T. Birchall, member of the staff of the New York Times which published the expedition's press dispatches.||
1396|Cape Bird|Cape|770944S|1664204E|-77.162294|166.701245|||01/01/1947|Cape which marks the N extremity of Ross Island.  Discovered in 1841 by a British expedition under Ross, and named by him for Lieutenant Edward J. Bird of the ship Erebus.||
1397|Mount Bird|Summit|771617S|1664442E|-77.271439|166.744875|1765|5791|01/01/1947|Mountain, 1,765 m, standing about 7 mi S of Cape Bird, the N extremity of Ross Island.  Mapped by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, under Scott.  Apparently named by them after Cape Bird.||
1398|Bird Bluff|Cliff|763000S|1443600W|-76.5|-144.6|||01/01/1970|A rock bluff on the N side of the Fosdick Mountains, 2.5 mi E of Mount Colombo, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Charles F. Bird, Meteorological Officer on the Staff of the U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, 1968.||
1399|Birdie Rocks|Island|540300S|0375800W|-54.05|-37.9666667|||01/01/1965|Group of rocks lying S of Undine Harbor between Begg Point and Saluta Rocks, off the W end of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1929 British Admiralty chart.||04/12/2001
1400|Bird Island|Island|540000S|0380300W|-54|-38.05|||01/01/1952|Island 3 mi long and 0.5 mi wide, separated from the W end of South Georgia by Bird Sound.  Discovered in 1775 by a British expedition under Cook, who so named it because he saw numerous birds on the island.||
1402|Bird Ridge|Ridge|664700S|0550400E|-66.7833333|55.0666667|||01/01/1965|Partially ice-covered ridge 7 mi long, standing 6 mi NW of Mount Storegutt, westward of Edward VIII Bay.  Mapped from aerial photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956, and named for G. Bird, senior electronics technician at Mawson in 1961.||
1404|Birdsend Bluff|Cliff|644500S|0623300W|-64.75|-62.55|||01/01/1965|Rocky bluff at the S side of the mouth of Wheatstone Glacier, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First roughly surveyed by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  The name originated when two members of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) were camped immediately below this bluff in May 1956 and a fall of rock from the bluff flattened a bird outside their tent.||
1405|Bird Sound|Bay|540000S|0380100W|-54|-38.0166667|||01/01/1956|Hazardous but navigable sound, 1 mi long and 0.5 mi wide, separating Bird Island from the W end of South Georgia.  The names La Roche Strait and Bird Sound were used interchangeably for this feature on charts for many years.  Bird Sound, which takes its name from nearby Bird Island, is approved on the basis of local usage.||
1407|Birdwell Point|Summit|741800S|1281000W|-74.3|-128.1666667|||01/01/1974|The NW point of Dean Island, lying within the Getz Ice Shelf off the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Keith W. Birdwell, ET1, U.S. Navy (USN), Electronics Technician at Byrd Station, 1969.||
1408|Biretta Peak|Summit|730400S|1631200E|-73.0666667|163.2|2530|8300|01/01/1967|A small peak (2,530 m) on the E side of Pain Mesa in the Mesa Range, Victoria Land.  Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, from its resemblance to the square cap worn by Roman Catholic and some Anglican clerics.||
1410|Birkenhauer Island|Island|662900S|1103700E|-66.4833333|110.6166667|||01/01/1963|A mainly ice-free island lying S of Boffa Island, in the Windmill Islands. First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the Reverend Henry F. Birkenhauer, S.J., seismologist and member of the Wilkes Station party of 1958.||
1411|Mount Birks|Summit|651800S|0621000W|-65.3|-62.1666667|1035|3396|01/01/1963|Conspicuous, pyramid-shaped mountain, 1,035 m, at the N side of the mouth of Crane Glacier, on the E coast of Graham Land.  In 1928 Sir Hubert Wilkins gave the name Mount Napier Birks, after Napier Birks of Adelaide, Australia, to two conspicuous, black peaks which he observed and photographed from the air as lying close N of his Crane Channel.  This coast was charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947, but it has not been possible to identify Wilkins' Mount Napier Birks.  Since Crane Channel was definitely identified as Crane Glacier, the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) recommended in 1950 that the name, shortened to Mount Birks, be given to this conspicuous mountain lying close N of the mouth of the glacier.||
1412|Birley Glacier|Glacier|655800S|0642100W|-65.9666667|-64.35|||01/01/1955|Glacier, at least 10 mi long, flowing W into the E extremity of Barilari Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First seen and roughly surveyed in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot.  Resurveyed in 1935-36 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, and later named for Kenneth P. Birley, who contributed toward the cost of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37.||
1413|Birthday Point|Summit|712600S|1692400E|-71.4333333|169.4||||A bold rock point between Pressure Bay and Berg Bay on the N coast of Victoria Land.  Charted and named by the Northern Party, led by Campbell, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
1417|Mount Biscoe|Summit|661300S|0512200E|-66.2166667|51.3666667|700|2297|01/01/1947|Distinctive sharp black peak, 700 m, surmounting Cape Ann, 3 mi N of Mount Hurley.  Photographed from the air on Dec. 22, 1929 by a Norwegian expedition under Riiser-Larsen in a flight from the Norvegia, and on Jan. 14, 1930 photographed from the Discovery by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson.  The peak is thought to be the feature discovered on March 16, 1831 and named Cape Ann by John Biscoe.  The name Cape Ann has been retained for the adjoining cape; Mawson named the peak for its apparent discoverer, John Biscoe, Master, Royal Navy (RN), Ret., noted British Antarctic explorer.  Its position was fixed by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) survey party in 1957.||
1418|Biscoe Bay|Bay|644800S|0635000W|-64.8|-63.8333333|||01/01/1951|Bay which indents the SW coast of Anvers Island immediately N of Biscoe Point, in the Palmer Archipelago.  First charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache, and named by him for John Biscoe, who may have landed there in February 1832.||
1420|Biscoe Islands|Island|660000S|0663000W|-66|-66.5|||01/01/1947|Chain of islands, of which the principal ones are Renaud, Rabot, Lavoisier and Watkins, lying parallel to the W coast of Graham Land and extending 80 mi in a NE-SW direction.  Named for John Biscoe, leader of a British expedition which explored the islands on Feb. 17 and 18, 1832.||
1421|Biscoe Point|Summit|644900S|0634900W|-64.8166667|-63.8166667|||01/01/1963|Rocky point forming the SE side of Biscoe Bay, immediately N of Access Point on the S side of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  The French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot roughly surveyed the SW coast of Anvers Island in 1904.  They gave the name "Presqu'ile de Biscoe" to a small peninsula on the SE side of Biscoe Bay, honoring John Biscoe who may have landed in the vicinity in 1832.  When the coast was resurveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955, two rocky points were found in approximately that location; the name Biscoe Point has been applied to the more prominent of the two.||03/05/1997
1422|Biscuit Step|Slope|722200S|1683000E|-72.3666667|168.5|||01/01/1970|A step-like rise in the level of Tucker Glacier above its junction with Trafalgar Glacier, in Victoria Land.  It is very crevassed in its north half, but there is a good route of easy gradient through it toward its southern end. Biscuits were an important part of the expedition's rations (Australasian colloquialism "tucker"), and a small cache of them was left near the step for the return down the glacier by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, which named the feature.||03/05/1997
1423|Mount Bishop|Summit|834300S|1684200E|-83.7166667|168.7|3020|9908|01/01/1966|A prominent mountain, 3,020 m, standing 2 mi S of Ahmadjian Peak in Queen Alexandra Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lieutenant Barry Chapman Bishop (1932-94), USAF, an observer with the Argentine Antarctic Expedition (1956-57); member of the Staff of the U.S. Antarctic Projects Officer, 1958 and 1959; member of the American party which on May 22, 1962, succeeded in climbing Mount Everest.||
1424|Bishop Peak|Summit|781000S|1620900E|-78.1666667|162.15|3460|11352|01/01/1963|A sharp peak rising to 3,460 m near the center of Rampart Ridge, Royal Society Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and Navy air photos.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1963 after the Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu, which has sent many researchers to Antarctica.||
1425|Bismarck Strait|Channel|645100S|0640000W|-64.85|-64|||01/01/1947|Strait between the S end of Anvers and Wiencke Islands and the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Explored in 1874 by a German expedition under Dallmann, and named by him for the German statesman, Prince Otto von Bismarck.||
1426|Mount Bistre|Summit|650300S|0620300W|-65.05|-62.05|||01/01/1963|A mountain on the N side of Evans Glacier on the E side of Graham Land. Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947, and again in 1955.  The name, by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), is descriptive of the dark brown color of the steep E and S rock faces of the feature.||
1427|Mount Bitgood|Summit|762900S|1445500W|-76.4833333|-144.9166667|1150|3773|01/01/1970|A mountain (1,150 m) between Mount Lockhart and Mount Colombo on the N side of the Fosdick Mountains, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charles D. Bitgood, geologist with the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) party to the Fosdick Mountains, 1967-68.||
1428|Bizeux Rock|Island|664900S|1412400E|-66.8166667|141.4|||01/01/1962|Rocky island 0.1 mi long lying 0.1 mi E of Manchot Island and close NE of Cape Margerie.  Charted in 1950 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) and named by them for the island located in the center of the Rance estuary, France.||
1429|Mount Bjaaland|Summit|863300S|1641400W|-86.55|-164.2333333|2675|8776|01/01/1951|A rock peak (2,675 m), the southeasternmost summit of the massif at the head of Amundsen Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  In November 1911, a number of mountain peaks in this general vicinity were observed and rudely positioned by the South Pole Party under Roald Amundsen.  Amundsen named one of them for Olaf Bjaaland, a member of the party.  The peak described was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1960-64.  For the sake of historical continuity and to commemorate the Norwegian exploration in this area, the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) has selected this feature to be designated Mount Bjaaland.  Other peaks in the massif have been named for members of Amundsen's South Pole Party.||
1431|Bjelland Point|Summit|540600S|0364400W|-54.1|-36.7333333|||01/01/1963|Point on the N coast of South Georgia, immediately S of Second Milestone and 1.5 mi ENE of Robertson Point.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Sigurd L. Bjelland, Manager of the South Georgia Whaling Co. station at Leith Harbor for several years beginning in 1951.||
1432|Mount Bjerke|Summit|715800S|0094300E|-71.9666667|9.7166667|2840|9317|01/01/1970|Large mountain, 2,840 m, forming the southern end of the Conrad Mountains in the Orvin Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and photographed by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped by Norway from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named for Henry Bjerke, mechanic with Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1957-59.||
1436|Bjerkø Peninsula|Cape|675000S|0693000E|-67.8333333|69.5|||01/01/1947|Broad ice-covered peninsula forming the W shore of MacKenzie Bay.  Norwegian whalers explored this area in January and February 1931, naming the cape at the end of this peninsula for gunner Reidar Bjerko of the whale catcher Bouvet II, from whose deck the coast was sketched January 19.  Since Sir Douglas Mawson probably saw this cape from a great distance as early as Dec. 26, 1929, the Australian name of Cape Darnley has been retained for the cape, while the Norwegian name has been applied to the peninsula.||
1437|Björnert Cliffs|Cliff|745800S|1350900W|-74.9666667|-135.15|800|2625|01/01/1975|A series of ice-covered cliffs which face seaward along the northern side of McDonald Heights, Marie Byrd Land.  The cliffs stand between Hanessian Foreland and Hagey Ridge and descend abruptly from about 800 m, the average summit elevation, to 400 m at the base.  The feature was photographed from aircraft of the U.S. Antarctic Service, 1939-41, and was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1974) for Rolf P. Bjornert of the Office of Polar Programs, National Science Foundation, who served in the capacity of Station Projects Manager for Antarctica.||
1438|Bjørn Spur|Ridge|715500S|0043900E|-71.9166667|4.65|||01/01/1967|A rock spur which extends northeastward from Skigarden Ridge in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named for Bjorn Grytoyr, scientific assistant with Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-58).||
1439|Bjornstadt Bay|Bay|543500S|0355500W|-54.5833333|-35.9166667|||01/01/1965|Small bay lying 1.5 mi NE of Gold Harbor, along the E coast of South Georgia. The name dates back to at least 1929.||
1442|Mount Black|Summit|851400S|1782200W|-85.2333333|-178.3666667|3005|9859||A prominent mountain (3,005 m) with a gentle snow-covered slope on its SW side and a steep rock face on its NW side, forming a part of the polar escarpment just W of Bennett Platform and the upper reaches of Shackleton Glacier.  Discovered and photographed by R. Admiral Byrd on his return flight from the South Pole in November 1929, and named by him for Van Lear Black, American financier and contributor to Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) of 1928-30 and 1933-35.||
1444|Mount Blackburn|Summit|861700S|1471600W|-86.2833333|-147.2666667|3275|10745|01/01/1947|A massive, flat-topped mountain, 3,275 m, standing just E of Scott Glacier where it surmounts the SW end of California Plateau and the Watson Escarpment, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered by and named for Quin A. Blackburn, geologist, leader of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party which sledged the length of Scott Glacier in December 1934.||
1445|Blackburn Nunatak|Summit|834900S|0661300W|-83.8166667|-66.2166667|965|3166|01/01/1968|A prominent nunatak, 965 m, marking the N extremity of Rambo Nunataks in the Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Archie B. Blackburn, (MC) USN, officer in charge at Plateau Station, winter 1967.||
1446|Black Cap|Summit|790000S|1615100E|-79|161.85|||01/01/1965|A prominent black rock peak which surmounts the NW end of Teall Island, just S of the mouth of Skelton Glacier.  Sighted and given this descriptive name in February 1957 by the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58).||
1447|Black Coast|Beach|714500S|0620000W|-71.75|-62|||01/01/1947|That portion of the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula between Cape Boggs and Cape Mackintosh.  This coast was discovered and photographed from the air by members of the East Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service, 1939-41, on a flight of Dec. 30, 1940.  The most southerly point reached was Wright Inlet in 74S, but features as far S as Bowman Peninsula are identifiable in the aerial photographs taken on the flight.  Named after Commander (later Admiral) Richard B. Black, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR) (1902-92), leader of the Dec. 30 flight and commanding officer of the East Base.||
1448|Black Crag|Cliff|715200S|0980000W|-71.8666667|-98|||01/01/1960|A small steep cliff rock exposure at the NE end of Noville Peninsula, Thurston Island.  The feature is just S of small Mulroy Island.  Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 in January 1960.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for George H. Black, supply officer of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) in 1928-30.||01/28/2004
1449|Black Face|Cliff|775102S|1605234E|-77.850553|160.876152|300|984||The S wall of an E-W ridge in Arena Valley, 1 mi S of East Beacon, in the Quartermain Mountains, Victoria Land.  The feature is a prominent landmark and is formed by a dolerite dike which rises over 300 m above the floor of the valley. Named by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) from the color of the rock following geological work in the area by C.T. McElroy, G. Rose, and K.J. Whitby in 1980-81.||
1450|Blackface Point|Summit|675700S|0652400W|-67.95|-65.4|||01/01/1975|A rocky and precipitous point 3 mi NW of Cape Freeman on the E coast of Graham Land.  The point was photographed by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1947-48.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in description of the extremely black rock exposed at the end of the point.||
1451|Black Glacier|Glacier|714000S|1644200E|-71.6666667|164.7|||01/01/1964|A broad tributary to the Lillie Glacier flowing NE, marking the SE extent of the Bowers Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert F. Black, geologist, University of Wisconsin, project leader for Antarctic patterned ground studies, who carried out research in the McMurdo Sound region during several summer seasons in the 1960's.||03/05/1997
1452|Black Head|Cliff|540400S|0370700W|-54.0666667|-37.1166667|60|197|01/01/1953|Dark, rugged promontory, 60 m high, separating Cook and Possession Bays on the N coast of South Georgia.  Named by DI personnel who charted this area in 1929-30.||
1453|Black Head|Cliff|660600S|0653700W|-66.1|-65.6166667|||01/01/1951|Dark headland marking the S side of the entrance to Holtedahl Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First mapped and given this descriptive name by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.||
1457|Black Island|Island|651500S|0641700W|-65.25|-64.2833333|||01/01/1950|Island 0.2 mi long, lying close SW of Skua Island in the Argentine Islands, Wilhelm Archipelago.  Charted and named descriptively in 1935 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.||
1458|Black Island|Island|781200S|1662500E|-78.2|166.4166667|||01/01/1947|An island in the Ross Archipelago, 12 mi long, projecting through the Ross Ice Shelf to a height of 1,040 meters.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named by them for its appearance.  The island is largely ice free and principally composed of black volcanic rock.||
1459|Black Island Channel|Channel|651500S|0641700W|-65.25|-64.2833333|||01/01/1950|Channel 0.1 mi wide between Black Island and Skua Island in the Argentine Islands, Wilhelm Archipelago.  Charted and named in 1935 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.||
1460|Black Nunataks|Summit|725900S|0742800E|-72.9833333|74.4666667|||01/01/1967|A group of about nine nunataks located 10 mi WSW of Mount Harding in the Grove Mountains.  Mapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) from air photos, 1956-60.  Named by ANCA after I. Black, geophysicist at Mawson Station, 1963.||
1461|Black Pass|Gap|674000S|0673400W|-67.6666667|-67.5666667||||A pass trending NE-SW, 3 mi W of Mount Arronax, Pourquoi Pas Island, in NE Marguerite Bay.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Stanley E. Black (1933-58), Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) meteorological assistant, Signy Island, 1957-58, and Horseshoe Island, 1958, who, with D. Statham and G. Stride, was lost between Dion Islands and Horseshoe Island in May 1958, in a break up of the sea ice.||
1463|Black Point|Summit|540000S|0374200W|-54|-37.7|||01/01/1953|Point on the W side of Right Whale Bay, 1.4 mi SSW of Nameless Point on the N coast of South Georgia.  Charted and named by DI personnel in 1930.||
1464|Black Point|Summit|622900S|0604300W|-62.4833333|-60.7166667|||01/01/1953|Point which lies 2.5 mi SE of Cape Shirreff on the N coast of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The point was known to sealers as early as 1822.  It was charted and named in 1935 by DI personnel on the Discovery II.||
1465|Mount Black Prince|Summit|714700S|1681500E|-71.7833333|168.25|3405|11171|01/01/1967|Mountain (3,405 m) composed of dark colored rock, which tends to create an imposing appearance.  Located 4 mi W of Mount Ajax in the Admiralty Mountains of Victoria Land.  Named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, for its appearance and also for the New Zealand Cruiser HMNZS Black Prince.||
1466|Black Pudding Peak|Summit|765000S|1614500E|-76.8333333|161.75|||01/01/1964|An isolated black mountain located 2 mi NW of Mount Brogger in the Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named for its squat black appearance by the 1957 New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.||03/05/1997
1468|Black Ridge|Ridge|742400S|1633600E|-74.4|163.6|1500|4921||A prominent rock ridge in the Deep Freeze Range, Victoria Land, 7 mi long and rising to 1,500 m, forming a divide between the Priestley and Corner Glaciers. First explored by the Northern Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, and so named by them because of its appearance.||
1470|Black Rock|Island|533900S|0414800W|-53.65|-41.8|||01/01/1957|Low rock 10 mi SE of Shag Rocks and some 105 mi WNW of South Georgia.  Black Rock may have been considered as part of the "Aurora Islands" reported in this vicinity by the ship Aurora in 1762.  It was charted in 1927 by DI personnel on the William Scoresby.||04/11/2001
1471|Black Rock|Island|530100S|0733400E|-53.0166667|73.5666667|||01/01/1952|A small, dark rock lying immediately NW of Morgan Island and 0.2 mi N of Heard Island.  The feature appears to be roughly shown on an 1860 sketch map prepared by Captain H.C. Chester, American sealer operating in this area during this period.  The name, which is descriptive, appears to have been applied on charts about 1932, probably as a result of the 1929 British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) work under Mawson.||
1473|Blackrock Head|Cliff|671500S|0585900E|-67.25|58.9833333|||01/01/1947|Conspicuous coastal rock outcrop on the eastern part of Law Promontory, 3 mi NW of Tryne Point.  Discovered in February 1936 by DI personnel on the William Scoresby and so named by them for its black, rocky appearance.||
1474|Blackrock Ridge|Ridge|641700S|0564300W|-64.2833333|-56.7166667||||A ridge of exposed dark rock trending WSW-ENE, located 1.5 mi N of Penguin Point in central Seymour Island.  The descriptive name "Filo Negro" (black ridge) was applied to this feature in Argentine geological reports on the island in 1978. The approved name, jointly recommended by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) and UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1991, avoids duplication with Black Ridge (q.v.), Deep Freeze Range.||03/05/1997
1475|Black Rocks|Island|540800S|0363800W|-54.1333333|-36.6333333||||Small group of rocks 0.5 mi SE of Framnaes Point in the N part of Stromness Bay, South Georgia.  The name Blenheim Rocks has appeared for these rocks, but since about 1930 the name Black Rocks has been used more consistently.||
1476|Blacksand Beach|Beach|773252S|1660851E|-77.547786|166.147606|||01/01/1971|A beach formed of black volcanic sand at Cape Royds, Ross Island, about 0.5 mi northward of Flagstaff Point.  The descriptive name was given by members of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09, who found the beach within safe walking distance of their base hut near Flagstaff Point.||
1477|Blackstone Plain|Plain|574500S|0262800E|-57.75|26.4666667|||01/01/1972|A small plain just S of Harper Point at the N end of Saunders Island, South Sandwich Islands.  This lowland feature is made up of dark basaltic lavas and, in 1964, personnel from His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Protector found it to be the only area of the island free from ice and snow.  The descriptive name was given by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971.||
1478|Black Stump|Summit|722200S|1634800E|-72.3666667|163.8||||A prominent but low mountain 4.5 mi SE of Monte Cassino in the Freyberg Mountains.  The feature is a black peaked mass of andesite rock, possibly the stump of an old volcano.  Descriptively named by New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) geologist P.J. Oliver, who studied the mountain in the 1981-82 season.||
1479|Black Thumb|Pillar|682500S|0665300W|-68.4166667|-66.8833333|1190|3904|01/01/1963|Mountain, 1,190 m, with notched and precipitous sides, standing between Romulus Glacier and Bertrand Ice Piedmont on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted and named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.||
1481|Blackwall Glacier|Glacier|861000S|1594000W|-86.1666667|-159.6666667||||A tributary glacier, 8 mi long, which drains a portion of the W slope of Nilsen Plateau.  It flows NW along the NE side of Hansen Spur to join Amundsen Glacier.  The name was used by both the 1963-64 and 1970-71 Ohio State University field parties at Nilsen Plateau; all the rock walls surrounding this glacier are black in appearance.||
1482|Blackwall Mountains|Summit|682200S|0664800W|-68.3666667|-66.8|1370|4495|01/01/1956|Mountains rising to 1,370 m, extending in a WNW-ESE direction for 5 mi and lying close S of Neny Fjord on the W coast of Graham Land.  They are bounded to the E by Remus Glacier, to the S by Romulus Glacier, and are separated from Red Rock Ridge to the W by Safety Col.  First roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Resurveyed in 1948-49 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and so named by them because the black cliffs of the mountains facing Rymill Bay remain snow free throughout the year.||
1483|Mount Blackwelder|Summit|775847S|1610448E|-77.979732|161.080137|2340|7677||A sharp, mainly ice-free peak in N Wilkniss Mountains, Victoria Land, rising to 2,340 m W of Vernier Valley and 6 mi N of Pivot Peak.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1947-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1984 after Lieutenant Commander Billy G. Blackwelder, USN, Senior Helicopter Pilot, Antarctic Development Squadron Six (VXE-6), U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1971-72 and 1975-77.||
1484|Blackwelder Glacier|Glacier|775607S|1641031E|-77.935224|164.175179|||01/01/1960|A pocket glacier, 1 mi wide and 2 mi long, between Salmon Hill and Hobbs Glacier in Victoria Land.  The glacier was studied during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1957-58, by Troy L. Pewe and was named by him for Dr. Eliot Blackwelder, former head of the Geology Department at Stanford University.||
1485|Blade Ridge|Ridge|632500S|0570500W|-63.4166667|-57.0833333|575|1886|01/01/1952|Sharp rock ridge marked by three peaks, the highest 575 m, forming the NW wall of Depot Glacier near the head of Hope Bay, in the NE part of Trinity Peninsula.  Discovered by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold.  The descriptive name was given by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) following their survey of the area in 1945.||
1486|Mount Blades|Summit|771000S|1451500W|-77.1666667|-145.25|||01/01/1966|A mountain 3 mi WNW of Bailey Ridge, on the N side of Boyd Glacier in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered and mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander J.L. Blades, U.S. Navy (USN), in charge of Antarctic support activities at McMurdo Station during the winter of 1965.||
1487|Blades Glacier|Glacier|773800S|1530000W|-77.6333333|-153|||01/01/1970|A glacier flowing E from the snow-covered saddle just N of La Gorce Peak, Alexandra Mountains.  It merges with Dalton Glacier on the N side of Edward VII Peninsula.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William Robert Blades who served as navigator during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47) and Operation Deep Freeze (1955-59).||
1489|Blaiklock Glacier|Glacier|803000S|0295100W|-80.5|-29.85|||01/01/1962|Glacier 16 mi long, flowing N from Turnpike Bluff, then NW to Mounts Provender and Lowe in the W part of the Shackleton Range.  First mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and named for Kenneth V. Blaiklock, leader of the advance party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) in 1955-56 and surveyor with the transpolar party in 1956-58.||
1490|Blaiklock Island|Island|673300S|0670400W|-67.55|-67.0666667|||01/01/1956|High and rugged, irregular-shaped island 9 mi long, lying between Bigourdan Fjord and Bourgeois Fjord.  It is separated from Pourquoi Pas Island by The Narrows and from the W coast of Graham Land by Jones Channel.  The feature was partially surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, at which time it was charted as a promontory.  It was determined to be an island in 1949 by Kenneth V. Blaiklock, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) surveyor for whom it is named.||
1491|Mount Blair|Summit|723200S|1604900E|-72.5333333|160.8166667|2120|6955|01/01/1970|A small but conspicuous mountain (2,120 m) standing 6 mi NW of Mount Weihaupt in the Outback Nunataks.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Terence T. Blair, biologist at McMurdo Station, 1966-67.||
1492|Blair Glacier|Glacier|664500S|1243200E|-66.75|124.5333333|||01/01/1955|A glacier draining northward to the western corner of Maury Bay.  Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47), and named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James L. Blair, Midshipman on the sloop Peacock during the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Lieutenant Charles Wilkes.||
1493|Blair Islands|Island|665000S|1431000E|-66.8333333|143.1666667|||01/01/1952|A group of small islands lying 4 mi W of Cape Gray, at the E side of the entrance to Commonwealth Bay.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who named the group for J.H. Blair, Chief Officer on the Aurora.||
1494|Blair Peak|Summit|674800S|0625300E|-67.8|62.8833333|960|3150|01/01/1961|Sharp peak, 960 m, situated 2 mi SE of Rumdoodle Peak in the Masson Range of the Framnes Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Remapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), 1957-60, and named for James Blair, senior diesel mechanic at Mawson Station, 1958.||
1495|Blåisen Valley|Valley|723200S|0034200W|-72.5333333|-3.7|||01/01/1966|A small cirquelike valley on the W side of Borg Mountain just N of Borggarden Valley, in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Blaisen (the blue ice).||
1496|Cape Blake|Cape|682600S|1485500E|-68.4333333|148.9166667||||A rocky cape on the Organ Pipe Cliffs, 4 mi W of Cape Wild.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who named it for L.R. Blake, geologist and cartographer with the Macquarie Island party of the expedition.||
1497|Blake Island|Island|633800S|0590100W|-63.6333333|-59.0166667|||01/01/1953|A narrow ice-free island 1.5 mi long, lying in Bone Bay along the NW coast of Trinity Peninsula.  Charted in 1948 by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Pattrick J. Blake, midshipman on the brig Williams used in exploring the South Shetland Islands and Bransfield Strait in 1820.||
1499|Blakeney Point|Summit|661400S|1103500E|-66.2333333|110.5833333|||01/01/1963|The north point of Clark Peninsula, on Budd Coast.  First roughly mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for A.A. Blakeney, Photographer's Mate on U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp flights in this area and other coastal areas between 14 and 164, East longitude.  The point was remapped from air photos taken by a Soviet expedition in 1956 and by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956 and 1962.||03/05/1997
1500|Blake Nunataks|Summit|741000S|0664000E|-74.1666667|66.6666667|||01/01/1962|A group of three low, flat-topped nunataks running in a line NE-SW between Wilson Bluff and Mount Maguire, near the head of Lambert Glacier.  Sighted by Flying Officer J. Seaton, RAAF, during a photographic flight in November 1956. Named by ANCA for J.R. Blake, auroral physicist at Mawson Station in 1958.||
1501|Blake Peak|Summit|760100S|1434400W|-76.0166667|-143.7333333|||01/01/1966|An isolated peak on the SW side of Siemiatkowski Glacier in Marie Byrd Land. Mapped from surveys by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Dale G. Blake, ionospheric scientist at Byrd Station, 1964.||
1503|Blake Rock|Summit|851100S|0645000W|-85.1833333|-64.8333333|||01/01/1968|An isolated rock lying 5 mi S of the S end of Mackin Table in the Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Joseph A. Blake, Jr., construction electrician at South Pole Station, winter 1960.||
1504|Blåklettane Hills|Range|722600S|0213000E|-72.4333333|21.5|||01/01/1966|A small group of hills standing 18 mi SW of Bamse Mountain at the SW end of the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Blaklettane (the blue hills).||
1505|Blånabbane Nunataks|Summit|680200S|0630100E|-68.0333333|63.0166667|||01/01/1965|A small group of nunataks about 15 mi E of Mount Twintop in Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped and named by Norwegian cartographers working from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.||
1507|Blanchard Glacier|Glacier|644400S|0620500W|-64.7333333|-62.0833333|||01/01/1965|Glacier flowing into Wilhelmina Bay between Garnerin and Sadler Points, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Jean P. Blanchard (1753-1809), French aeronaut, the first professional balloon pilot, who, with John J. Jeffries, made the first balloon crossing of the English Channel in 1785.||
1508|Blanchard Hill|Summit|802600S|0215600W|-80.4333333|-21.9333333||||A hill between Mount Kelsey and Whymper Spur in the Pioneers Escarpment (q.v.), eastern Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967.  Surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Robert Blanchard, American inventor of a light-weight tent using a rigidly tensioned frame erected outside the tent.||
1509|Blanchard Nunataks|Summit|720000S|0645000W|-72|-64.8333333||||An east-west trending group of nunataks, about 16 mi long, marking the south end of the Gutenko Mountains in central Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lloyd G. Blanchard, of the Division of Polar Programs, National Science Foundation, Assistant Editor, Antarctic Journal of the United States.||
1511|Blanchard Ridge|Ridge|651200S|0640400W|-65.2|-64.0666667|520|1706|01/01/1951|Rocky ridge, 520 m, at the N side of the mouth of Wiggins Glacier on the W coast of Graham Land.  Mapped by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, and named by Charcot for a Monsieur Blanchard, then French Consul at Punta Arenas.||
1512|Blancmange Hill|Summit|640000S|0574000W|-64|-57.6666667|||01/01/1964|An outstanding ice-free coastal landmark located 3 mi NE of Stark Point on the E side of Croft Bay, James Ross Island.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) surveys taken 1958-61.  The name is descriptive since the feature resembles a blancmange.||
1516|Blankenship Glacier|Glacier|775921S|1614539E|-77.989116|161.760864|||01/01/1992|A steep glacier which descends N between La Count Mountain and Bubble Spur to enter upper Ferrar Glacier, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1992 after Donald D. Blankenship of the Geophysical and Polar Research Center, University of Wisconsin; geophysical researcher at Dome Charlie in East Antarctica for several seasons, 1978-82; researcher of Siple Coast ice streams in West Antarctica, 1983-88; at Byrd Polar Research Center, Ohio State University, from 1989.||
1517|Blank Peaks|Range|794500S|1584500E|-79.75|158.75|||01/01/1966|A cluster of ice-free peaks occupying the isolated ridge between Bartrum and Foggydog Glaciers in the Brown Hills.  Mapped by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1960-61) and named for H. Richard Blank, geologist with the expedition.||
1519|Blåskimen Island|Island|702500S|0030000W|-70.4166667|-3|300|984|01/01/1970|A high, ice covered island about 8 mi N of Novyy Island, at the juncture of the Jelbart and Fimbul Ice Shelves, Queen Maud Land.  The island rises about 300 m above the general level of the ice shelf and is surrounded by this ice, except for the N side which borders the sea.  The feature was roughly delineated by Norwegian cartographers working with air photos taken by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) in 1951-52 and Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) in 1958-59.  They called the island Blaskimen and included the area now called Novyy Island.  The Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) mapped the feature in 1961 and showed it to be separated from Novyy Island.||
1520|Blechnum Peaks|Range|541200S|0364300W|-54.2|-36.7166667|640|2100||Three peaks, the highest 640 m, on the N-S ridge between Gulbrandsen Lake and Olsen Valley on the N coast of South Georgia.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following British Antarctic Survey (BAS) biological work in the area after the rare fern Blechnum penna-marina, whose occurrence in South Georgia is known only from the N and E slopes of these peaks and from adjacent Olsen Valley.||
1521|Bleclic Peaks|Range|750100S|1341400W|-75.0166667|-134.2333333|||01/01/1966|Two peaks near the southern end of the N-S trending Perry Range in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John P. Bleclic, AGC, U.S. Navy (USN), senior aerographer's mate on USS Glacier in these coastal waters, 1961-62.||
1522|Bleikskoltane Rocks|Summit|721600S|0272200E|-72.2666667|27.3666667|||01/01/1965|Rocky outcrop 7 mi S of Balchen Mountain in the SE part of the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped in 1957 by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Bleikskoltane (the pale knolls).||
1524|Blériot Glacier|Glacier|642500S|0611000W|-64.4166667|-61.1666667|||01/01/1965|Short, but wide, glacier lying E of Salvesen Cove on the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Louis Bleriot (1872-1936), French aviator who in 1907 flew the first full-size powered monoplane and made the first flight across the English Channel in July 1909.||
1525|Bleset Rock|Summit|733900S|0035700W|-73.65|-3.95|||01/01/1966|Rock lying 5 mi ESE of Enden Point, surmounting the ice divide between the Utrakket and Belgen Valleys in the Kirwan Escarpment, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and additional air photos (1958-59), and named Bleset.||04/12/2001
1526|Blessing Bluff|Cliff|771916S|1630341E|-77.321083|163.061338|||01/01/1976|Prominent rock bluff that marks the E end of Staeffler Ridge and overlooks Wilson Piedmont Glacier, located 6.5 mi W of Spike Cape, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander George R. Blessing, U.S. Navy (USN), Officer-in-Charge of the Naval Support Force winter-over detachment at McMurdo Station in 1973.||
1528|Bleue Cove|Bay|664900S|1412400E|-66.8166667|141.4|||01/01/1962|Cove lying immediately E of Cape Margerie.  Charted and named in 1950 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE).  The name is descriptive of the color of the water, "bleue" being French for blue.||
1529|Blind Bay|Bay|673100S|0663200W|-67.5166667|-66.5333333|||01/01/1956|Small bay forming the NE extremity and head of Bourgeois Fjord and marking the junction of Fallieres Coast and Loubet Coast, along the W coast of Graham Land.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  So named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), following a 1949 survey, because the bay proved a blind alley to sledging parties.||
1530|Blizzard Heights|Summit|843700S|1635300E|-84.6166667|163.8833333|550|1804|01/01/1968|A high, elongate, flattish area in the Marshall Mountains, standing 2 mi NW of Blizzard Peak, from which it is separated by a broad snow col.  The heights are about 2 mi long and rise 550 m above the surrounding snow surface.  So named by the Ohio State University party to the Queen Alexandra Range (1966-67) because of proximity to Blizzard Peak.||
1531|Blizzard Peak|Summit|843800S|1640800E|-84.6333333|164.1333333|3375|11073|01/01/1966|The highest peak (3,375 m) in the Marshall Mountains, Queen Alexandra Range, standing 4 mi NW of Mount Marshall.  So named by the Northern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) because a blizzard prevented them from reaching it for several days.||
1532|The Blob|Summit|732400S|1245600W|-73.4|-124.9333333|||01/01/1967|A fairly conspicuous, mound-shaped knoll that is almost completely snow covered, standing midway between Thurston Glacier and Armour Inlet on the N coast of Siple Island.  This feature was first plotted by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump in January 1947.  The descriptive name was suggested by a member of the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) staff on the basis of the appearance of the feature in the aerial photographs.||
1533|Bloch Peak|Summit|741200S|1631500E|-74.2|163.25||||A prominent peak in the Deep Freeze Range, Victoria Land, between Priestley Glacier and the W part of Tourmaline Plateau.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1990 after Erich Bloch, Director, National Science Foundation, 1984-90.  The Foundation, through its Office of Polar Programs, is responsible for the development of the U.S. Antarctic Program.||
1534|Mount Block|Summit|854600S|1761300E|-85.7666667|176.2166667||||A nunatak in the Grosvenor Mountains, standing 5 mi S of Block Peak. Discovered by R. Admiral Byrd on the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) flight to the South Pole in November 1929, and named by him for Paul Block, Jr., son of Paul Block, a patron of the expedition.||
1535|Block Bay|Bay|761500S|1462200W|-76.25|-146.3666667|||01/01/1966|A long ice-filled bay lying E of Guest Peninsula along the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered in 1929 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) and named by Byrd for Paul Block, newspaper publisher and patron of the expedition.||
1536|Block Lake|Lake|541000S|0364300W|-54.1666667|-36.7166667||||A lake in Karrakatta Valley, WNW of Husvik Harbor, South Georgia.  The lake was dammed and served as a reservoir for the old Husvik whaling station.  Named in 1990 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after William C. Block, invertebrate zoologist; Head, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) Terrestrial Zoology and Microbiology Section, since 1976, who worked many summers on South Georgia and on Signy Island.||
1537|Block Mountain|Summit|702800S|0685200W|-70.4666667|-68.8666667|1460|4790|01/01/1955|Very prominent block-shaped mountain, 1,460 m, which juts E from the Douglas Range of Alexander Island immediately S of Transition Glacier.  Its N, E, and S sides, which are demarked by sharply defined corners, are nearly vertical, and from its NE corner a low spur connects this mountain with Tilt Rock.  First photographed from the air on Nov. 23, 1935, by Lincoln Ellsworth and mapped from these photos by W.L.G. Joerg.  Roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) and resurveyed in 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  The descriptive name was given by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).||
1538|Block Peak|Summit|854100S|1761300E|-85.6833333|176.2166667|2770|9088||A peak, 2,770 m, standing 4 mi NW of Mauger Nunatak in the Grosvenor Mountains.  Discovered by R. Admiral Byrd on the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) flight to the South Pole in November 1929, and named by him for William Block, son of Paul Block who was a patron of the expedition.||
1539|Blodgett Iceberg Tongue|Glacier|660500S|1300000E|-66.0833333|130|||01/01/1966|A large iceberg tongue that extends seaward from the vicinity of Cape Morse and Cape Carr on the east side of Porpoise Bay.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gardner D. Blodgett, Office of Geography, Department of Interior, who, in 1955, prepared a sketch map of the coastal features of Antarctica between 84E and 144E from U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47) aerial photographs.  Since the iceberg tongue was partially delineated for the first time on the 1955 sketch map by Blodgett, use of his name for it is considered appropriate.||
1541|Mount Blood|Summit|850100S|1673000W|-85.0166667|-167.5|||01/01/1966|A mountain at the S side of the mouth of Somero Glacier, 2.5 mi NE of Mount Johnstone, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard H. Blood, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) ionospheric physicist at the South Pole Station, winter 1965.||
1542|Mount Bloomfield|Summit|725900S|0653700E|-72.9833333|65.6166667|||01/01/1966|A low, domed, boulder-covered mountain 5 mi W of Mount Rymill in the southern Prince Charles Mountains.  Mapped from air photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956.  Named by ANCA for Flying Officer E. Bloomfield, RAAF, navigator with the Antarctic Flight at Mawson Station, 1960.||
1543|Bloor Passage|Channel|651400S|0641500W|-65.2333333|-64.25|||01/01/1971|Passage leading northward from Meek Channel between Corner Island and Uruguay Island, in the Argentine Islands, Wilhelm Archipelago.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Able Seaman Vincent T. Bloor, Royal Navy (RN), a member of the British Naval Hydrographic Survey Unit in the area in 1957-58.||
1544|Bloor Reef|Bar|540000S|0374100W|-54|-37.6833333||||A reef that dries, located off Binder Beach at the head of Right Whale Bay, South Georgia.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Leading Seaman Vincent T. Bloor, who assisted in the survey of Right Whale Bay in April 1961.||
1545|Blount Nunatak|Summit|831600S|0511900W|-83.2666667|-51.3166667|1630|5348|01/01/1957|A prominent nunatak, 1,630 m, standing 3 mi SW of Mount Lechner on the W side of Forrestal Range in the Pensacola Mountains.  Discovered and photographed on Jan. 13, 1956 during a U.S. Navy (USN) transcontinental nonstop plane flight from McMurdo Sound to Weddell Sea and return.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Hartford E. Blount, aviation machinists mate with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX during Operation Deep Freeze, 1956.||
1546|Mount Blowaway|Summit|694100S|1580900E|-69.6833333|158.15|1320|4331|01/01/1964|A gneissic mountain (1,320 m) with extensive areas of exposed rock, located 12 mi WNW of Governor Mountain in the Wilson Hills.  So named by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, because three members of the party were forced by a blizzard to abandon their proposed survey and gravity station there.||
1547|Blow-me-down Bluff|Cliff|680300S|0664000W|-68.05|-66.6666667|1820|5971|01/01/1956|Prominent rock bluff, 1,820 m, standing at the N flank of Northeast Glacier on the W side of Graham Land.  Roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), and by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940.  Resurveyed in 1946 and 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who so named it because the bluff stands in the windiest part of Northeast Glacier and many members of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) sledge parties have fallen in this area in high winds.||
1548|Blubaugh Nunatak|Summit|854500S|1340600W|-85.75|-134.1|||01/01/1967|A ridge-like nunatak located just S of the mouth of Kansas Glacier where it enters Reedy Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Donald D. Blubaugh, construction mechanic, Byrd Station winter party, 1957.||
1550|Blue Glacier|Glacier|775038S|1635150E|-77.843906|163.864017|||08/01/1949|Large glacier which flows into Bowers Piedmont Glacier about 10 mi S of New Harbor, in Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) under Scott, 1901-04, who gave it this name because of its clear blue ice at the time of discovery.||01/20/2010
1551|Blue Lake|Lake|773238S|1661055E|-77.543901|166.181949|||01/01/1968|The largest of several small frozen lakes near Cape Royds, Ross Island, lying 0.5 mi NNE of Flagstaff Point.  Named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) on account of the intensely vivid blue color of its ice.||
1553|Blue Whale Harbor|Harbor|540400S|0370100W|-54.0666667|-37.0166667|||01/01/1953|Small, sheltered anchorage entered 1 mi WSW of Cape Constance, along the N coast of South Georgia.  Charted in 1930 by DI personnel.  The blue whale is a commercially important species which is widely distributed in polar and subpolar waters; numbers are now very small.||
1554|Blue Whale Mountain|Summit|540400S|0370200W|-54.0666667|-37.0333333|490|1608||A mountain rising to 490 m at the W side of the head of Blue Whale Harbor, South Georgia.  Charted by DI personnel in 1930 and named in association with the harbor.||
1555|Bluff Island|Island|683300S|0775400E|-68.55|77.9|||01/01/1965|An island lying 0.5 mi S of Magnetic Island and 2 mi W of Breidnes Peninsula, Vestfold Hills, in Prydz Bay.  Mapped from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Remapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1957-58) and so named because the S end of the island is marked by a steep cliff face.||
1557|Bluff Point|Summit|540100S|0374000W|-54.0166667|-37.6666667|||01/01/1965|Point lying SW of Craigie Point in Right Whale Bay, on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name appears on a chart based on a survey by DI personnel in 1930.||
1560|Blümcke Knoll|Summit|665000S|0680000W|-66.8333333|-68|||01/01/1965|A small steep-sided feature protruding through the ice of northern Adelaide Island, about 11 mi SW of Mount Velain.  Mapped from air photos taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (1947-48) and Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Adolf Blumcke (1854-1914), German glaciologist, professor in the Oberrealschule at Augsburg.||
1561|Blundell Peak|Summit|692400S|0760600E|-69.4|76.1|||01/01/1971|A rock peak on Stornes Peninsula in Prydz Bay.  First mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37. Named by ANCA for A.A. Blundell, radio operator at Mawson Station in 1968, who assisted in the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) tellurometer traverse from this peak to Reinbolt Hills in 1968.||
1562|Mount Blunt|Summit|684800S|0654800W|-68.8|-65.8|1500|4921|01/01/1965|A rounded ice-covered mountain (1,500 m) rising from the W flank of Weyerhaeuser Glacier, on the E side of Antarctic Peninsula.  The mountain was photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) on Sept. 28, 1940.  It was roughly surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in Dec. 1958, and resurveyed in Nov. 1960.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Edmund Blunt (1770-1862), American publisher of charts and sailing directions, whose establishment was acquired by U.S. Government to form the nucleus of the U.S. Hydrographic Office (since 1972, the Defense Mapping Agency Hydrographic Center).||
1564|Blunt Cove|Bay|665400S|1084800E|-66.9|108.8|||01/01/1955|A cove in the southwest extremity of Vincennes Bay.  First mapped (1955) by G.D. Blodgett from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1947). Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Simon F. Blunt, Passed Midshipman on the sloop  Vincennes during the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Lieutenant Charles Wilkes.||03/05/1997
1565|Blustery Cliffs|Cliff|712500S|0675300E|-71.4166667|67.8833333|1135|3724|01/01/1973|A line of rocky cliffs 3.5 mi long on the N part of Fisher Massif, Mac. Robertson Land.  A point on the cliffs 1,135 m high was occupied as a survey station by J. Manning, surveyor with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey party in January 1969.  So named because of the great amount of turbulence caused by updraft currents.||
1566|Blythe Bay|Bay|622800S|0602000W|-62.4666667|-60.3333333|||01/01/1953|Anchorage at the SE side of Desolation Island, lying N of Livingston Island in the South Shetland Islands.  The feature was known to American and British sealers as Blythe Bay as early as 1821.  In the 1930's, however, the name was applied to a large bay between Williams Point and Cape Shirreff (now Hero Bay). This error has now been rectified and the name Blythe Bay is approved as originally used.  The name is probably after Blythe (now Blyth), England, home of William Smith who reported the discovery of the South Shetland Islands in 1819.||03/05/1997
1568|Blyth Spur|Ridge|640300S|0575100W|-64.05|-57.85||||A high spur trending ESE from Dobson Dome in James Ross Island.  Following geological work by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1985-86, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after John Blyth, cook on Operation Tabarin at Port Lockroy, 1943-44, and Hope Bay, 1944-45.||
1570|Boat Harbor|Harbor|541200S|0363600W|-54.2|-36.6|||01/01/1965|Small circular harbor lying S of Little Jason Lagoon in Jason Harbor, South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1930 British Admiralty chart.||
1572|Bobby Rocks|Summit|754900S|1591100E|-75.8166667|159.1833333|||01/01/1968|Ice-free rocks lying 4 mi S of Ricker Hills in the Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Bobby J. Davis, commissaryman with the South Pole Station winter party, 1966.||
1573|Bob Island|Island|645600S|0632600W|-64.9333333|-63.4333333|145|476|01/01/1963|Rocky island 1 mi long and 145 m high, lying 4 mi SE of Cape Errera, Wiencke Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  An island in this vicinity was surveyed and photographed by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache in 1898.  It was originally called "Ile Famine," but in the reports resulting from the expedition it was renamed "Ile Bob." In a survey of the area in 1955, the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) made a landing on this island.  Although it differs somewhat in size and position from the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) reports, the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) found it closely resembles the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) photograph and consider it to be the island originally named.||
1574|Bobo Ridge|Ridge|855100S|1504800W|-85.85|-150.8|||01/01/1967|An isolated rock ridge 2 mi long, extending W along the N side of Albanus Glacier and marking the SW extremity of the Tapley Mountains.  First roughly mapped by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert Bobo, meteorologist with the McMurdo Station winter party of 1963.||
1575|Boccherini Inlet|Stream|715000S|0722000W|-71.8333333|-72.3333333|||01/01/1961|Ice-filled inlet, 18 mi long and 16 mi wide, which indents the S side of Beethoven Peninsula and forms the N extremity of the Bach Ice Shelf in Alexander Island.  First mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Luigi Boccherini (1743-1805), Italian composer.||03/05/1997
1576|Mount Boda|Summit|680500S|0485200E|-68.0833333|48.8666667|||01/01/1965|A mountain just N of Amphitheatre Peaks at the western end of the Nye Mountains.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for Dr. J. Boda, medical officer at Wilkes Station, 1959.||
1577|Bode Nunataks|Summit|723000S|0750700E|-72.5|75.1166667|||01/01/1967|Two partly snow-covered nunataks lying 23 miles N of Mount Harding in the Grove Mountains.  Mapped from air photos, 1956-60, by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE).  Named by ANCA for O. Bode, weather observer at Mawson Station, 1962.||
1579|Bodman Point|Summit|641400S|0564800W|-64.2333333|-56.8|||01/01/1956|Rocky point which is situated centrally on the NW coast of Seymour Island in the James Ross Island group.  First surveyed by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, 1901-04, who named it Cape Bodman after Dr. Gosta Bodman, hydrographer and meteorologist with the expedition.  Resurveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1952.  Point is considered a more suitable descriptive term for this feature than cape.||
1580|Mount Bodys|Summit|670900S|0674800W|-67.15|-67.8|1220|4003|01/01/1956|The easternmost mountain on Adelaide Island.  It rises over 1,220 m and is ice covered except for small rock exposures on the S side.  First roughly surveyed in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot.  Resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and named by them for Sergeant William S. Bodys, mechanic for the expedition's Norseman airplane in 1950.||
1581|Mount Bodziony|Summit|743400S|1115400W|-74.5666667|-111.9|400|1312||A bluff-type mountain with a steep W rock face, rising to over 400 m at the N end of Hunt Bluff, Bear Peninsula, on Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 after Major Ronald Bodziony, USA, Terminal Operations Officer, U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1973-76.||
1582|Mount Boe|Summit|723500S|0311900E|-72.5833333|31.3166667|2520|8268|01/01/1966|Mountain, 2,520 m, standing 1 mi NE of Mount Victor in the Belgica Mountains. Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1957-58, under G. de Gerlache, who named it for Captain Sigmund Boe, commander of the ship Polarhav, which transported the expedition.||
1583|Lake Boeckella|Lake|632400S|0570000W|-63.4|-57|||01/01/1952|Small lake which lies 0.3 mi S of Hope Bay and drains by a small stream into Eagle Cove, at the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered and named by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold.  Boeckella is a species of crustacean found in this area.||
1585|Boeger Peak|Summit|754900S|1160600W|-75.8166667|-116.1|3070|10072|01/01/1976|Snow-covered peak (3,070 m) situated 2 mi W of Richmond Peak on the Toney Mountain massif, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Alvin C. Boeger, Chief Aerographer's Mate, U.S. Navy (USN).  As a member of the U.S. Naval Ice Reconnaissance Unit, Boeger made numerous ice reconnaissance flights between New Zealand and Antarctica from Oct. to Dec. 1972 which contributed to ship operations and routing.||
1586|Mount Boennighausen|Summit|754700S|1321800W|-75.7833333|-132.3|2970|9744|01/01/1974|Snow-covered mountain (2,970 m) located 4 mi SSW of Mount Kosciusko in the Ames Range of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Thomas L. Boennighausen, Civil Engineer Corps (CEC), U.S. Navy (USN), Officer-in-Charge of the nuclear power plant at McMurdo Station, 1966.  He served as Civil Engineer on the staff of the Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, 1969-70 and 1970-71.||
1588|Boffa Island|Island|662800S|1103700E|-66.4666667|110.6166667|||01/01/1956|Rocky, ridge-like island, 0.8 mi long, lying 0.5 mi E of Browning Peninsula between Bosner and Birkenhauer Islands, in the S part of the Windmill Islands. First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for W.C. Boffa, observer with the then Army Strategic Air Command, who assisted U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml parties in establishing astronomical control stations in the area in January 1948.||
1590|Bogen Glacier|Glacier|544800S|0355600W|-54.8|-35.9333333||||A small glacier on the N side of Drygalski Fjord between Trendall Crag and Hamilton Bay, at the SE end of South Georgia.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1979 after Arne Bogen, Norwegian sealer working in South Georgia after 1950; Master of the sealing vessel Albatross and Station Foreman, Grytviken.||
1591|Cape Boggs|Cape|703300S|0612300W|-70.55|-61.3833333|||01/01/1947|Bold, ice-covered headland marking the E extremity of Eielson Peninsula, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered by members of East Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) who charted this coast by land and from the air in 1940.  Named for S.W. Boggs, Geographer, Department of State, whose political and geographical studies of Antarctica were used by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).||
1593|Boggs Valley|Valley|715500S|1613000E|-71.9166667|161.5|||01/01/1970|A valley, heavily strewn with morainal debris, which indents the E side of Helliwell Hills between Mount Van der Hoeven and Mount Alford.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William J. Boggs, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
1594|Böhnecke Glacier|Glacier|722300S|0612500W|-72.3833333|-61.4166667|||01/01/1953|Steep glacier 3 mi wide, which flows SE to the NW side of Violante Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered and photographed from the air in December 1940 by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  During 1947 the glacier was photographed from the air by members of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted it from the ground.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Gunther Bohnecke, German oceanographer and member of the German expedition in the Meteor, 1925-27.||
1595|Bōhyō Heights|Summit|680800S|0424200E|-68.1333333|42.7|||01/01/1975|A small, rocky elevation that overlooks the coast of Queen Maud Land 2 mi ESE of Cape Hinode.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62.  The name "Bohyo-dai" (ice view heights) was given by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1973.||
1596|The Boil|Summit|740900S|1613200E|-74.15|161.5333333|2300|7546|01/01/1967|A prominent snow eminence marked by rock exposures on the NE side of the Reeves Neve, in Victoria Land.  It rises over 2,300 m and stands 4 mi E of Shepard Cliff.  The descriptive name was apparently applied by the Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) during a visit to the feature in December 1962.||04/11/2001
1599|Boker Rocks|Summit|722800S|0982900W|-72.4666667|-98.4833333|||01/01/1968|A rocky exposure located 5 mi NE of Von der Wall Point on the S coast of Thurston Island.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Helmut C. Boker, meteorologist at Byrd Station, 1964-65.||01/28/2004
1600|Mount Boland|Summit|651800S|0635000W|-65.3|-63.8333333|1065|3494|01/01/1950|Mountain over 1,065 m, standing 6 mi E of Lumiere Peak on the E-W ridge between Bussey and Trooz Glaciers, on the W side of Graham Land.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot and named by him for Monsieur Boland, seaman, and later lieutenant on the Pourquoi-Pas?, Charcot's ship.||
1603|Bol Glacier|Glacier|775206S|1623423E|-77.868412|162.57294|||01/01/1964|Glacier between Darkowski and Condit Glaciers, flowing N from the Cathedral Rocks into Ferrar Glacier in Victoria Land.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964, for Lieutenant Commander Peter Bol, U.S. Navy (USN), chaplain with the winter party of 1956 at the Naval Air Facility on McMurdo Sound.||
1605|Bolinder Bluff|Cliff|615600S|0575800W|-61.9333333|-57.9666667|||01/01/1960|Prominent bluff crowned by three buttresses of dark grey and light brown rock, overlooking Venus Bay 3 mi SE of False Round Point on the N coast of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The feature was known to sealers using the anchorage at nearby Esther Harbor in the 1820's.  It was charted and named by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1937 when the breakdown of the "Bolinder" boat engine caused 6 men to be marooned for 9 days on the beach at the foot of the bluff.||03/05/1997
1606|Bølingen Islands|Island|692800S|0754500E|-69.4666667|75.75|||01/01/1947|A group of small islands, 8 mi in extent, lying immediately off the N side of Publications Ice Shelf in the SE part of Prydz Bay.  Discovered and roughly charted by Captain Klarius Mikkelsen in February 1935.  Charted in greater detail by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37) and given the name Bolingen (the herd).||03/05/1997
1607|Mount Bolle|Summit|715400S|0065000E|-71.9|6.8333333|2685|8809|01/01/1970|A peak (2,685 m) which rises above Larsen Cliffs, 3 mi S of Kyrkjeskipet Peak, in the eastern Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  The name "Bolle-Berg" after Herbert Bolle, aviation supervisor of the expedition, was applied in this area by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39) under Alfred Ritscher.  The correlation of the name with this peak may be arbitrary, but it is recommended for the sake of international uniformity and historical continuity.||
1608|Bolle Bay|Bay|542700S|0032100E|-54.45|3.35|||01/01/1957|A cove indenting the western shore of Bouvetoya, entered on the southern side of Norvegia Point.  Roughly charted in 1898 by the German expedition under Karl Chun.  Recharted and named in December 1927 by a Norwegian expedition under Captain Harald Horntvedt.||
1609|Bollene Rocks|Summit|721500S|0271400E|-72.25|27.2333333|||01/01/1966|Group of rocks standing just W of Bleikskoltane Rocks at the head of Byrdbreen, in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Bollene (the buns).||
1611|Bolsón Cove|Bay|650900S|0630500W|-65.15|-63.0833333|||01/01/1965|Cove at the head of Flandres Bay, lying immediately E of Etienne Fjord, along the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  The name appears on an Argentine government chart of 1954 and is probably descriptive; "bolson" is Spanish for a large purse.||
1612|Mount Bolt|Summit|710500S|1654300E|-71.0833333|165.7166667|2010|6594|01/01/1964|A mountain (2,010 m) rising on the N side of Ebbe Glacier and 5 mi NW of Peterson Bluff in the Anare Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Ronald L. Bolt, U.S. Navy (USN), pilot of R4D aircraft in the support of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Topo West survey of this area in the 1962-63 season; he also worked the previous austral summer season in Antarctica.||
1613|Bolten Peak|Summit|714900S|0014400W|-71.8166667|-1.7333333|||01/01/1966|A small isolated peak 3 mi N of Litvillingane Rocks, on the E side of Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Bolten (the bolt).||
1614|Mount Bolton|Summit|855600S|1294300W|-85.9333333|-129.7166667|2840|9317|01/01/1967|A prominent mountain in western Wisconsin Range, 2,840 m, standing 6 mi SE of Mount Soyat along the E side of Reedy Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant James L. Bolton, USN, helicopter pilot on U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1965, 1966 and 1967.||
1615|Bolton Glacier|Glacier|650100S|0625800W|-65.0166667|-62.9666667|||01/01/1965|Glacier flowing into the head of Briand Fjord, Flandres Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Mapped in 1959 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for William B. Bolton (1848-89), English photographer who, with B.J. Sayce, invented the collodion emulsion process of dry-plate photography in 1864.||03/05/1997
1616|Mount Boman|Summit|823200S|1620000E|-82.5333333|162|1630|5348|01/01/1966|Mountain, 1,630 m, between Tranter and Doss Glaciers in the N part of the Queen Elizabeth Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William M. Boman, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) traverse engineer at Roosevelt Island, 1962-63, and McMurdo Station, winter of 1965.||
1617|Bombardier Glacier|Glacier|641900S|0595900W|-64.3166667|-59.9833333|||01/01/1964|A glacier flowing SE from the edge of Detroit Plateau, Graham Land, and through a deep trough to join Edgeworth Glacier.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for J.A. Bombardier, Canadian engineer who developed the "Snowmobile," one of the earliest successful over-snow vehicles (1926-37).||
1619|Bomb Peak|Summit|773200S|1691500E|-77.5333333|169.25|805|2641|01/01/1964|Peak, 805 m, situated 2 mi W of Cape Crozier on Ross Island.  Charted and so named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1958-59, because of the bomb-like (pyroclastic) geological formations surrounding the summit of this peak.||01/14/2003
1620|Bomford Peak|Summit|540800S|0373800W|-54.1333333|-37.6333333|1140|3740|01/01/1963|The highest peak, 1,140 m, located centrally on the peninsula between Wilson Harbor and Cheapman Bay on the S side of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57 and named for Captain Anthony G. Bomford, R.E., senior surveyor of the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1955-56.||
1621|Bommen Spur|Ridge|723700S|0030800W|-72.6166667|-3.1333333|||01/01/1966|A spur, or small ridge, extending eastward from Jokulskarvet Ridge to Flogstallen, in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Bommen (the bar).||
1622|Mount Bonaparte|Summit|830500S|1605000E|-83.0833333|160.8333333|3430|11253||A mountain, 3,430 m, standing 4 mi NW of Mount Lecointe in the Queen Elizabeth Range.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) under Shackleton, and named for Prince Roland Bonaparte, President of the Geographical Society of Paris.||
1623|Bonaparte Point|Summit|644700S|0640500W|-64.7833333|-64.0833333|||01/01/1951|Narrow point at the S side of Arthur Harbor on the SW coast of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for Prince Roland Bonaparte, then President of the Paris Geographical Society.||
1624|Mount Bond|Summit|664900S|0510700E|-66.8166667|51.1166667|||01/01/1965|Mountain just S of Mount Rhodes, in the Tula Mountains in Enderby Land. Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for E. Bond, a member of the crew of the Discovery during the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31.||
1625|Bondeson Glacier|Glacier|824400S|1650000E|-82.7333333|165|||01/01/1966|Glacier about 7 mi long, flowing N along the E side of Benson Ridge into the lower portion of Robb Glacier.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys (1961-62) and Navy air photos (1960).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for W. Bondeson, Master of the U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) Private John R. Towle during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1964 and 1965.||
1626|Bond Glacier|Glacier|665800S|1090000E|-66.9666667|109|||01/01/1955|A steep, heavily crevassed glacier to the W of Ivanoff Head, flowing from the continental ice to Blunt Cove at the head of Vincennes Bay.  Mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47), and named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Charles A. Bond, USN, commander of the expedition's Western Group.||
1627|Bond Nunatak|Summit|670900S|0681000W|-67.15|-68.1666667|||01/01/1964|Snow-capped nunatak with rock exposures on its W face, rising N of Mount Bouvier on Adelaide Island.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1963 for Flight Lieutenant Peter R. Bond, RAF, pilot with the British Antarctic Survey (BAS) Aviation Unit based at Adelaide station in 1962-63.||
1628|Bon Docteur Nunatak|Summit|664000S|1400100E|-66.6666667|140.0166667|28|92|01/01/1956|Small coastal nunatak, 28 m, standing at the W side of Astrolabe Glacier Tongue, 0.2 mi S of Rostand Island in the Geologie Archipelago.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1952-53, and named for Dr. Jean Cendron, medical officer and biologist with the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1951-52.||01/05/2021
1629|Bond Peaks|Range|721100S|0253400E|-72.1833333|25.5666667|3180|10433|01/01/1966|Group of peaks, 3,180 m, at the SW side of Mount Bergersen in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named for Captain Charles A. Bond, USN, commander of the western task group of U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, Task Force 68, which made photographic flights over this and other coastal areas between 14 and 164 East.||
1630|Bond Point|Summit|624100S|0604800W|-62.6833333|-60.8|||01/01/1960|Point lying NE of Elephant Point on the S side of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 for Ralph Bond, Master of the sealer Hetty of London, who visited the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21, and provided George Powell with descriptions and sketches of their southern coasts for incorporation in his 1822 chart.||
1631|Bond Ridge|Ridge|701600S|0651300E|-70.2666667|65.2166667|||01/01/1971|A rock ridge 1 mi NE of Moore Pyramid on the N side of Scylla Glacier, in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos of 1965.  Named by ANCA for D.W.G. Bond, senior diesel mechanic at Mawson Station in 1968.||
1633|Bone Bay|Bay|633800S|0590400W|-63.6333333|-59.0666667|||01/01/1953|A rectangular bay which is nearly 10 mi wide at the entrance between Notter Point and Cape Roquemaurel, along the NW coast of Trinity Peninsula.  The Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted the bay in 1948.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Thomas M. Bone, midshipman on the brig Williams used in exploring the South Shetland Islands and Bransfield Strait in 1820.||
1635|Bone Point|Summit|662500S|1104000E|-66.4166667|110.6666667|||01/01/1963|Rock point forming the SE extremity of Herring Island, in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Op Hjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Steven D. Bone, meteorologist and member of the Wilkes Station party of 1962.||03/05/1997
1637|Bonert Rock|Island|622700S|0594300W|-62.45|-59.7166667|||01/01/1972|A rock lying 0.5 mi SE of Canto Point, Greenwich Island, South Shetland Islands.  This feature was surveyed by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition (1947), which gave the name "Islote Bonert" or "Islote Capitan Bonert" after Capitan de Corbeta Federico Bonert Holzappel, second in command of the transport ship small feature.||
1639|Bongrain Ice Piedmont|Glacier|690000S|0713000W|-69|-71.5|||01/01/1955|Ice piedmont, 27 mi long in a NE-SW direction and 12 mi wide in its widest part, occupying the NW coastal area of Alexander Island.  First seen from a distance and roughly surveyed by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot.  Photographed from the air by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) on Aug. 15, 1936, and roughly mapped from these photos. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954 for Maurice Bongrain, surveyor of the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, who was responsible for the first map of this coast.||
1640|Bongrain Point|Summit|674300S|0674800W|-67.7166667|-67.8|||01/01/1956|Point which forms the S side of the entrance to Dalgliesh Bay on the W side of Pourquoi Pas Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who named the point for Maurice Bongrain, surveyor and First Officer of the Pourquoi Pas?, ship of the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, who was responsible for the first surveys of the area.||
1642|Bonnabeau Dome|Summit|733100S|0941000W|-73.5166667|-94.1666667|||01/01/1963|A prominent ice-covered dome mountain rising on the W side of Gopher Glacier, 4 mi W of similar-appearing Anderson Dome, in the Jones Mountains.  Mapped by the University of Minnesota-Jones Mountains Party, 1960-61, and named by them for Dr. Raymond C. Bonnabeau, Jr., medical doctor with the party.||
1643|Bonne Glacier|Glacier|775313S|1635018E|-77.886858|163.838414|||01/01/1993|A steep glacier 1 mi WSW of Hobbs Peak, descending NW from Hobbs Ridge into Blue Glacier, in Victoria Land.  The name is one of a group in the area associated with surveying applied in 1993 by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB).  Named after the Bonne map projection, a derivative conical projection, in which the parallels are spaced at true distances along meridians which are plotted as curves.||
1644|Bonner Beach|Beach|545000S|0360100W|-54.8333333|-36.0166667|||01/01/1963|Small, flat beach on the S shore of Larsen Harbor in the SE part of South Georgia.  It is the only place in South Georgia where Weddell seals breed.  The area was mapped by DI personnel in 1927 and by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1957 for William N. Bonner, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) biologist who worked in the Bay of Isles in 1953-55 and was sealing inspector in South Georgia in 1956-57.||
1645|Lake Bonney|Lake|774253S|1622552E|-77.714608|162.431015|||01/01/1964|Lake lying at the mouth of Taylor Glacier in the Taylor Valley of Victoria Land.  Visited by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04.  Named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, 1910-13, for T. Bonney, professor of geology at Cambridge University, England.||
1646|Bonney Bowl|Basin|802100S|0253500W|-80.35|-25.5833333||||A cirque to the SE of Sumgin Buttress in the west-central part of the Herbert Mountains, Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of glacial geologists grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after the Reverend Thomas G. Bonney (1833-1923), English geologist who worked on the origin of cirques; Professor of Geology, University College, London, 1877-1901.||
1647|Bonney Riegel|Ridge|774318S|1622030E|-77.721694|162.341641|||01/01/1964|A riegel, or rock bar extending N from the Kukri Hills across Taylor Valley to Lake Bonney, in Victoria Land.  Named in association with Lake Bonney by the Western Journey Party, led by Griffith Taylor, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||07/15/2004
1648|Bonnier Point|Summit|642800S|0635700W|-64.4666667|-63.95|||01/01/1971|Point marking the N side of the entrance to Hamburg Bay, on the NW coast of Anvers Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for J. Bonnier, assistant director of the Laboratory of Maritime Zoology at Wimereux, who installed a laboratory on the ship Francais.||
1649|Boobyalla Islands|Island|671500S|0463400E|-67.25|46.5666667|||01/01/1965|Two small islands 2 mi NE of Kirkby Head, Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA after the Australian native willow, Boobyalla (Acacia longifolia, Willd.).||
1650|Mount Bool|Summit|701100S|0645700E|-70.1833333|64.95|||01/01/1971|A mountain between Mounts Peter and Dwyer in the Athos Range of the Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) from air photos taken in 1965.  Named by ANCA for G.A. Bool, weather observer at Mawson Station, who assisted with the Prince Charles Mountains survey in 1969.||
1651|Boomerang Glacier|Glacier|743300S|1635400E|-74.55|163.9||||A gently curving glacier, 10 mi long, draining southward from Mount Dickason in the Deep Freeze Range to enter Browning Pass, at the N side of Nansen Ice Sheet in Victoria Land.  Discovered by the Northern Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, and so named by them because of its shape.||
1652|Boomerang Range|Range|783000S|1584500E|-78.5|158.75|||01/01/1962|Narrow mountain range, curved like a boomerang and extending generally N-S for about 16 mi, forming a part of the W limits of Skelton Neve.  Mapped and named in 1957 by the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.||
1653|Cape Boothby|Cape|663400S|0571600E|-66.5666667|57.2666667|||01/01/1947|A rounded cape, along the E side of the coastal projection of Edward VIII Plateau, situated 4 mi N of Kloa Point, just N of Edward VIII Bay.  Discovered on Feb. 28, 1936, by DI personnel on the William Scoresby and named for the captain of the vessel, Lieutenant Commander C.R.U. Boothby, Royal Navy Reserve (RNR).||
1654|Booth Island|Island|650500S|0640000W|-65.0833333|-64|980|3215|01/01/1950|Y-shaped island, 5 mi long and rising to 980 m, in the NE part of the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Discovered and named by a German expedition under Dallmann 1873-74, probably for Oskar Booth or Stanley Booth, or both, members of the Hamburg Geographical Society at that time.  The Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) has rejected the name Wandel Island, applied by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, in favor of the original naming.||
1655|Booth Peninsula|Cape|660600S|1011300E|-66.1|101.2166667|||01/01/1956|Rocky peninsula, 4 mi long and 1 mi wide, which projects W from the coast 3 mi SW of Remenchus Glacier.  Mapped from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for George H. Booth, air crewman on the U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp seaplane commanded by D.E. Bunger which landed in this area and obtained aerial and ground photographs of this ice-free region.||
1657|Booth Spur|Ridge|753700S|1420100W|-75.6166667|-142.0166667|||01/01/1972|A small rock spur at the N side of El-Sayed Glacier and 1.5 mi SW of Mount Shirley, in coastal Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Robert M. Booth, U.S. Navy (USN), Public Works Officer during Operation Deep Freeze 1968 and 1969.||
1658|Boot Rock|Island|570300S|0263900W|-57.05|-26.65|30|98|01/01/1952|Rock, 30 m high, which lies 0.1 mi off the SE side of Candlemas Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  Charted and named by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1930.||
1659|Borceguí Island|Island|610300S|0550900W|-61.05|-55.15|||01/01/1972|An ice-free island midway between Cape Yelcho and Gibbous Rocks, 1 mi off the N coast of Elephant Island, South Shetland Islands.  The name was applied by the command of the Argentine sea-going tug Chiriguano in the 1954-55 cruise; Borcegui means half-boot and describes the shape of the island.||
1660|Mount Borchgrevink|Summit|720700S|0230800E|-72.1166667|23.1333333|2390|7841|01/01/1966|Mountain, 2,390 m, standing 3 mi S of Tanngarden Peaks in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named for Otto Borchgrevink, leader of the Norwegian whaling expedition 1930-31, which mapped the coast of Antarctica from 51 30 to 59 East.||
1661|Borchgrevink Coast|Beach|730000S|1693000E|-73|169.5|||01/01/1964|That portion of the coast of Victoria Land between Cape Adare and Cape Washington.  The name was recommended by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1961 after Carstens E. Borchgrevink, a member of H.J. Bull's expedition to this area, 1894-95, and leader of the British Antarctic Expedition, 1898-1900, the first to winter on the continent, at Cape Adare.||
1662|Borchgrevink Glacier|Glacier|730400S|1683000E|-73.0666667|168.5|||01/01/1961|A large glacier in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land, draining S between Malta Plateau and Daniell Peninsula, and thence projecting into Glacier Strait, Ross Sea, as a floating glacier tongue.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, for Carsten E. Borchgrevink, leader of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1898-1900.  Borchgrevink visited the area in February 1900 and first observed the seaward portion of the glacier.||
1663|Borchgrevink Glacier Tongue|Glacier|732100S|1685000E|-73.35|168.8333333|||01/01/1969|The large seaward extension of the Borchgrevink Glacier in Victoria Land.  It discharges into Glacier Strait, Ross Sea, just S of Cape Jones.  Named in association with Borchgrevink Glacier.||
1664|Borchgrevinkisen|Glacier|721000S|0213000E|-72.1666667|21.5|||01/01/1966|Glacier flowing northward to the W of Taggen Nunatak, at the W end of the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named for Carsten E. Borchgrevink, Norwegian leader of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1898-1900.||
1666|Borchgrevink Nunatak|Summit|660300S|0623000W|-66.05|-62.5|650|2133|01/01/1952|Nunatak 1.5 mi long which rises to 650 m, standing at the S side of the entrance to Richthofen Pass, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Discovered in 1902 by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, who named it for C.E. Borchgrevink, leader of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) to Victoria Land, 1898-1900.||
1669|Mount Borcik|Summit|861200S|1533800W|-86.2|-153.6333333|2780|9121|01/01/1967|A prominent mountain, 2,780 m, standing 4.5 mi NNW of Mount Dietz in southern Hays Mountains of the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Andrew J. Borcik, pilot on photographic flights during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1965-67.||
1670|Bordal Rock|Island|544900S|0361400W|-54.8166667|-36.2333333|||01/01/1963|Isolated rock 1.5 mi WSW of Trollhul, off the S coast of South Georgia. Positioned by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Harald Bordal, a gunner of the Compania Argentina de Pesca, Grytviken, for several years beginning in 1948.||
1671|Bore|Bay|541600S|0371000W|-54.2666667|-37.1666667|||01/01/1963|Small cove indenting the mid part of Jossac Bight on the S coast of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57.  The name is well established in local use.||
1672|Boreal Point|Summit|630700S|0554800W|-63.1166667|-55.8|||01/01/1963|Point forming the W side of Rockpepper Bay, along the N coast of Joinville Island.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1953-54.  The feature was so named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because of its position on the north coast of Joinville Island.||
1673|Mount Boreas|Summit|772905S|1610648E|-77.484589|161.113362|2180|7152|01/01/1964|Prominent peak, 2,180 m, between Mounts Aeolus and Dido in the Olympus Range of Victoria Land.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1958-59) for a figure in Greek mythology.||
1674|Boreas Nunatak|Summit|711800S|0035700W|-71.3|-3.95|220|722|01/01/1947|A nunatak (220 m) nearly 1 mi SW of Passat Nunatak at the mouth of Schytt Glacier in Queen Maud Land.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named after Boreas, one of the Dornier flying boats of the expedition.  The feature was surveyed by the Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE), 1949-52.||
1675|Boreas Peak|Summit|693800S|0682000W|-69.6333333|-68.3333333|670|2198||A nunatak (670 m) at the N side of the terminus of Eureka Glacier, on the Rymill Coast of Palmer Land.  The best ramp for the approach to Eureka Glacier from George VI Sound is normally found close to this nunatak.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Boreas, the north wind in Greek, in association with other wind names in the area.||
1676|Boree Islands|Island|674100S|0452000E|-67.6833333|45.3333333|||01/01/1965|Two small islands 2 mi W of Point Widdows, Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA after Boree, vernacular name for species of Acacia found in Australia.||03/05/1997
1679|Bore Valley|Valley|541600S|0363100W|-54.2666667|-36.5166667|||01/01/1956|Valley, 0.7 mi long in a N-S direction, extending from Lewis Pass (q.v.) to Grytviken in Cumberland Bay, South Georgia.  It was first surveyed and named "Bores Dal" by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, 1901-04, but the form Bore Valley has since become established.  The discovery by J. Gunnar Andersson, of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), of numerous traces of a former ice covering, proving that ice had once filled the entire valley, led to the name.  Bore is the Swedish word for Boreas, the Greek god of the north wind.  Maidalen, to the N of Lewis Pass, was originally considered to be a part of Bore Valley but has since been determined to be a seperate valley.||
1681|Borg Bastion|Summit|781000S|1622900E|-78.1666667|162.4833333|3730|12237|01/01/1995|Prominent summit (3,730 m) on Johns Hopkins Ridge, standing 1.7 mi NW of Mount Rucker in Royal Society Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1994 after Scott G. Borg, a geologist who conducted field investigations in Antarctica, 1978-1994; from 1992, Program Manager for Polar Earth Sciences, Office of Polar Programs, NSF.||
1682|Borge Bay|Bay|604300S|0453700W|-60.7166667|-45.6166667|||01/01/1953|Small bay between Balin and Berntsen Points on the E side of Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted in 1912 by Norwegian whaling captain Petter Sorlle.  Named for Captain Hans Borge, master of the Polynesia, who undertook additional mapping of the bay during the following year.||
1685|Börgen Bay|Bay|644500S|0633000W|-64.75|-63.5|||01/01/1951|Bay 4 mi wide, indenting the SE coast of Anvers Island close W of Bay Point, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, and named by Gerlache for Karl Borgen, German astronomer.||
1686|Borge Point|Summit|635400S|0604500W|-63.9|-60.75|||01/01/1960|Point forming the E side of Mikkelsen Harbor, Trinity Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  The point was charted and this name used by the Norwegian whaling captain Hans Borge during his survey of Mikkelsen Harbor, probably in 1914-15.||
1688|Mount Borgeson|Summit|721200S|0990000W|-72.2|-99|||01/01/1960|A peak 5 mi ESE of Smith Peak in the Walker Mountains of Thurston Island. First delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Warren T. Borgeson, topographic engineer with the U.S. Navy (USN) Bellingshausen Sea Expedition, who established geodetic control points in this area in February 1960.||01/05/2021
1689|Borggarden Valley|Valley|723400S|0034800W|-72.5666667|-3.8|||01/01/1966|A broad ice-filled valley about 10 mi long, lying between Borg Mountain and Veten Mountain in the NW part of Borg Massif, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Borggarden (the castle courtyard).||
1690|Borghallet|Plain|722500S|0033000W|-72.4166667|-3.5|||01/01/1966|A gently-sloping plain of about 100 square miles, lying N of Borg Mountain in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Borghallet (the castle slope).||
1691|Borg Island|Island|665800S|0573500E|-66.9666667|57.5833333|||01/01/1961|Island 1 mi long in the eastern part of the Oygarden Group.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and called by them Borgoy (castle island).||
1692|Borg Massif|Range|724500S|0033000W|-72.75|-3.5|2700|8858|01/01/1962|A spectacular mountain massif, about 30 mi long and with summits above 2,700 m, situated along the NW side of the Penck Trough in Queen Maud Land.  The parallel, ice-filled Raudberg Valley and Frostlendet Valley trend northeastward through the massif, dividing its summits into three rough groups.  The feature was photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39), but was not correctly shown on the maps by the expedition.  It was mapped in detail by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52).  They named it Borgmassivet (the castle massif) in association with Borg Mountain, its most prominent feature.||
1694|Borg Mountain|Summit|723200S|0033000W|-72.5333333|-3.5|||01/01/1962|A large, flattish, ice-topped mountain with many exposed rock cliffs, standing at the N end of Borg Massif in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Borga (the castle).||
1695|Mount Borgstrom|Summit|741600S|1625300E|-74.2666667|162.8833333|2610|8563|01/01/1968|A mountain, 2,610 m, rising 2 mi SE of Mount Meister on Nash Ridge of the Eisenhower Range, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1955-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Charles O. Borgstrom, air operations officer with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 during Operation Deep Freeze 1966.||
1696|Mount Borland|Summit|742500S|0674500E|-74.4166667|67.75|||01/01/1961|A large, gently-domed mountain, standing 5 mi S of Mount Twigg near the head of Lambert Glacier.  Sighted by Flying Officer J. Seaton, RAAF, during an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) photographic flight in November 1956.  Named by ANCA for R.A. Borland, meteorologist at Mawson Station in 1958.||
1697|Cape Borley|Cape|655600S|0551000E|-65.9333333|55.1666667|||01/01/1947|An ice-covered cape protruding slightly from the coast midway between Cape Batterbee and Magnet Bay.  Discovered in January 1930 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, who named it for John Oliver Borley, a member of the Discovery Committee, who assisted British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) with arrangements to take over the Discovery.||
1698|Borley Point|Summit|582300S|0262800W|-58.3833333|-26.4666667|||01/01/1952|The NW tip of Montagu Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  Charted in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II and named for John O. Borley, member of the Discovery Committee.||
1699|Bornmann Glacier|Glacier|722000S|1701300E|-72.3333333|170.2166667|||01/01/1962|Glacier flowing from the W side of Hallett Peninsula 1 mi S of Seabee Hook and forming a short, floating ice tongue on the shore of Edisto Inlet.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, for Lieutenant Robert C. Bornmann, MC, USN, surgeon and leader of the U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) party at Hallett station in 1958.||
1700|Borns Glacier|Glacier|774700S|1620228E|-77.78347|162.041008|||01/01/1964|Glacier immediately W of Mount Coates, flowing N from the Kukri Hills of Victoria Land.  Charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, 1910-13.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Harold W. Borns, Jr., U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist who made investigations in the area during 1960-61.||
1701|Mount Borodin|Summit|713600S|0723800W|-71.6|-72.6333333|695|2280|01/01/1961|Mainly ice-covered mountain, 695 m, with a rock outcrop on the E side, 7 mi NNE of Gluck Peak in the SW part of Alexander Island.  A number of peaks in this general vicinity first appear on the maps of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48.  This peak, apparently one of these, was mapped from the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) air photos by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Alexander Borodin (1834-87), Russian composer.||
1703|Borradaile Island|Island|663500S|1624500E|-66.5833333|162.75|||01/01/1947|One of the Balleny Islands, about 2 mi long and 1 mi wide, lying 4 mi southeastward of Young Island.  Discovered in February 1839 by John Balleny, who named it for W. Borradaile, one of the merchants who united with Charles Enderby in sending out the expedition.||
1707|Borrello Island|Island|661900S|1102200E|-66.3166667|110.3666667|||01/01/1963|A small island lying off the W side of Hollin Island, in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Sebastian R. Borrello, geomagnetician at Wilkes Station in 1958.||
1708|Boschert Glacier|Glacier|744300S|1113000W|-74.7166667|-111.5||||A glacier to the SE of Hayden Peak, flowing SW from Bear Peninsula into Dotson Ice Shelf, on Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs taken 1966.  Named in 1977 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Ralph G. Boschert, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) cartographer, a member of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) satellite surveying team at South Pole Station, winter party 1975.||
1709|Bosner Island|Island|662700S|1103600E|-66.45|110.6|||01/01/1956|Rocky island, 0.3 mi long, lying 0.1 mi NW of Boffa Island and 0.5 mi E of Browning Peninsula in the S part of the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Paul Bosner, member of one of the two U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml photographic units which obtained aerial and ground photos of the area in January 1948.||
1711|Bosse Nunatak|Summit|720800S|0652200E|-72.1333333|65.3666667|||01/01/1973|A small nunatak in an area of disturbed ice, about 20 mi W of Mount Izabelle in the Prince Charles Mountains.  First sighted by J. Manning, surveyor with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey party in 1971.  Named after H.E. Bosse, helicopter pilot with the survey party.||
1712|Boss Peak|Summit|715200S|1661500E|-71.8666667|166.25|2170|7119|01/01/1964|An isolated black peak (2,170 m) at the E side of the terminus of Jutland Glacier, 8 mi NNE of Thomson Peak, in the NW part of the Victory Mountains of Victoria Land.  Named by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, partly for its resemblance to the boss on a shield, its aspect and also as a reminiscence of Sir Ernest Shackleton's nickname.||
1715|Botany Bay|Bay|634100S|0575300W|-63.6833333|-57.8833333|||01/01/1952|A small bay between Church Point and Camp Hill on the S coast of Trinity Peninsula.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), December 1946, and named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from the fossil plants collected there.||
1716|Botany Bay|Bay|770000S|1623500E|-77|162.5833333||||Small bight between Cape Geology and Discovery Bluff in the S part of Granite Harbor, Victoria Land.  Mapped by the Western Geological Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, who explored the Granite Harbor area in 1911-12.  Named by T. Griffith Taylor and Frank Debenham, Australian members of the party, after Botany Bay, Australia.||
1718|Bothy Bay|Bay|621000S|0585800W|-62.1666667|-58.9666667||||A small bay on the NW side of Fildes Peninsula, King George Island.  The entrance is 0.7 mi SE of Square End Island and the bay is backed by a wide beach, with low cliffs on the NE and SW sides.  The name, applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977, is suggested by a crude stone hut (bothy), evidently built by nineteenth-century sealers, on the shore of the bay.||
1719|Bothy Lake|Lake|604400S|0454000W|-60.7333333|-45.6666667||||A small lake at the head of Cummings Cove, Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), 1981, in reference to the British Antarctic Survey (BAS) refuge hut SW of the lake.||
1720|Botnfjellet Mountain|Summit|714500S|0112500E|-71.75|11.4166667|2750|9022|01/01/1970|Mountain, 2,750 m, forming the NE and E walls of Livdebotnen Cirque in the Humboldt Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and photographed by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped by Norway from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Botnfjellet (the cirque mountain).||
1722|Botnneset Peninsula|Cape|694400S|0373500E|-69.7333333|37.5833333|||01/01/1968|A mainly ice-covered peninsula between Fletta Bay and Djupvika along the S side, or "bottom," of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Botnneset (the bottom ness).||
1723|Botnnuten|Summit|702400S|0380100E|-70.4|38.0166667|1460|4790|01/01/1962|An isolated rock peak, 1,460 m, located S of Havsbotn and 22 mi SW of Shirase Glacier in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Botnnuten (the bottom peak), presumably in association with Havsbotn and because it is the farthest S peak in the immediate vicinity.||
1726|Bottrill Head|Cliff|674200S|0665700W|-67.7|-66.95|||01/01/1956|Rugged headland on the E side of Bourgeois Fjord which forms the N side of the entrance to Dogs Leg Fjord, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  The headland was resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) who named it for Harold Bottrill, Chairman of the Board of Directors, later General Manager, of Maclean and Stapledon S.A., shipping agents at Montevideo, who gave great assistance to the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, and to Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1943-48.||
1728|Boucot Plateau|Plain|822500S|1554000E|-82.4166667|155.6666667|||01/01/1966|A small ice-covered plateau which rises W of Wellman Cliffs and S of McKay Cliffs in the Geologists Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Arthur J. Boucot, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist at Byrd Station and to the Horlick Mountains, 1964-65.||
1729|Boudet Island|Island|651100S|0641000W|-65.1833333|-64.1666667|||01/01/1971|The largest of several small islands lying off the S end of Petermann Island, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, and named by Charcot, probably for Monsieur Boudet, then French Consul in Brazil.||
1730|Boudette Peaks|Range|765000S|1260200W|-76.8333333|-126.0333333|2815|9235|01/01/1962|Twin peaks (2,810 m and 2,815 m) located 1 mi WSW of Lavris Peak in the northern portion of Mount Hartigan, Executive Committee Range, Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy trimetrogon photography, 1958-60.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Eugene L. Boudette, Geologist, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), a member of the Marie Byrd Land Traverse Party, 1959-60.||
1731|Boulder Point|Summit|681100S|0670000W|-68.1833333|-67|||01/01/1956|The S extremity of Stonington Island, close off the W coast of Graham Land. First surveyed in 1940 by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  Resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and so named by them because of a prominent granite boulder on this point.||
1732|Boulder Rock|Island|711900S|1701300E|-71.3166667|170.2166667||||A rock lying along the W side of Adare Peninsula, immediately S of Ridley Beach, in northern Victoria Land.  Charted and named in 1911 by the Northern Party led by Campbell of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||04/12/2001
1733|Boulding Ridge|Ridge|680200S|0665500W|-68.0333333|-66.9166667|||01/01/1972|The ridge separating Todd and McClary Glaciers on the W side of Graham Land. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Richard A. Boulding, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) surveyor at Stonington Island, 1965-68.||
1735|Boulton Peak|Summit|640600S|0604200W|-64.1|-60.7|||01/01/1960|A peak at the SE side of Curtiss Bay, about 5 mi S of Cape Andreas, Graham Land.  Mapped from air photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys (1955-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Matthew P.W. Boulton, English inventor of ailerons for lateral control of aircraft, in 1868.||
1736|Bounty Nunatak|Summit|713700S|1595900E|-71.6166667|159.9833333|2350|7710|01/01/1964|A prominent, largely ice-free nunatak (2,350 m) located 4 mi SE of Mount Burnham in the S part of Daniels Range, Usarp Mountains.  The name was applied by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, because the party was out of food upon arrival at a food and fuel cache established near this nunatak.||
1737|Bouquet Bay|Bay|640300S|0621000W|-64.05|-62.1666667|||01/01/1960|Bay, 7 mi wide, lying between Liege Island and the N part of Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for Jean Bouquet de la Grye, French hydrographic engineer and a member of the commission which published the scientific results of the expedition.||
1739|Bourgeois Fjord|Bay|674000S|0670500W|-67.6666667|-67.0833333|||01/01/1947|Inlet, 30 mi long in a NE-SW direction and 3 to 5 mi wide, lying between the E sides of Pourquoi Pas and Blaiklock Islands and the W coast of Graham Land. Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot, and named by him for Col. Joseph E. Bourgeois, Dir. of the Geographic Service of the French Army.  The outline of this inlet was more accurately delineated in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.||
1740|Bourgeois Nunataks|Summit|695400S|1582200E|-69.9|158.3666667|||01/01/1970|A group of nunataks 12 mi SW of Governor Mountain in the Wilson Hills. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William L. Bourgeois, Chief Aviation Machinist's Mate, U.S. Navy (USN), flight engineer on LC-130 Hercules aircraft during Operation Deep Freeze 1967 and 1968.||
1741|Bousquet Island|Island|662500S|1104100E|-66.4166667|110.6833333|||01/01/1960|Island, 0.3 mi long, lying immediately E of Herring Island in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named by C.R. Eklund, station scientific leader, for Utilities Man 2d Class Edward A. Bousquet, USN, a Navy Support force member of the 1957 wintering party at Wilkes Station during the IGY.||
1742|Boutan Rocks|Island|645400S|0631000W|-64.9|-63.1666667|||01/01/1965|Small group of rocks lying 1.5 miles SW of Bruce Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  The rocks appear on an Argentine government chart of 1954.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Louis-Marie-Auguste Boutan (1859-1934), French naturalist and pioneer of submarine photography, 1893-98.||
1744|Bouvetøya|Island|542600S|0032400E|-54.4333333|3.4|780|2559|01/01/1953|An island 5 mi long and 3 wide which lies in extreme isolation, about 1,370 mi SE of Cape Aghulas, South Africa, in the SE part of the Atlantic Ocean.  The island terminates in steep rock and ice cliffs on all sides and rises to an ice-covered volcanic cone 780 m high.  Discovered on January 1, 1739 by the French explorer J.B.C. Bouvet de Lozier in the ships Aigle and Marie. Bouvet did not circle the island and heavy pack ice and fog prevented him from determining the nature of his discovery.  Although evidence, recently uncovered, indicates that Bouvetoya was resighted in 1808 by the British ships Snow Swan and Otter, it was not until the visit of the German ship feature were determined and made known.||
1745|Mount Bouvier|Summit|671400S|0680900W|-67.2333333|-68.15|2070|6791|01/01/1951|Massive, mainly ice-covered mountain, 2,070 m, immediately N of the head of Stonehouse Bay in the E part of Adelaide Island.  Discovered and roughly positioned by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for Louis Bouvier, prominent French naturalist.  Resurveyed by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, and by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1948-50.||
1748|Bøving Island|Island|661700S|1103100E|-66.2833333|110.5166667|||01/01/1970|A small island in the S part of Newcomb Bay, lying 0.1 mi E of McMullin Island in the Windmill Islands.  Mapped from U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp air photos, 1946-47.  Named by ANCA for F. Boving, third officer on M.V. Thala Dan in 1965, who assisted in a hydrographic survey in the vicinity.||
1749|Bowden Névé|Glacier|833000S|1650000E|-83.5|165|||01/01/1966|A neve about 20 mi wide, lying southward of Mount Miller between Queen Elizabeth Range and Queen Alexandra Range.  Observed in 1958 by the New Zealand Southern Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) and named for Charles M. Bowden, Chairman of the Ross Sea Committee which organized the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE).||
1750|Bowditch Crests|Ridge|683000S|0652200W|-68.5|-65.3666667|||01/01/1962|A line of precipitous cliffs surmounted by four summits on Bermel Peninsula in eastern Graham Land.  The feature was photographed from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth in Nov. 1935 and was mapped from these photos by W.L.G. Joerg.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1958.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Nathaniel Bowditch (1773-1838), American astronomer and mathematician, author of The New American Practical Navigator (1801) which firmly set out the practical results of theories established at that date and has since gone through more than 56 editions.||03/05/1997
1751|Mount Bowen|Summit|754500S|1610300E|-75.75|161.05|1875|6152||A mountain of stratified sandstone capped by a sharp black peak, 1,875 m, standing 6 mi SW of Mount Howard in the Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land. Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, which named it for the Honorable C.C. Bowen, one of the men who gave the expedition much assistance in New Zealand.||
1752|Bowen Cirque|Basin|804200S|0232700W|-80.7|-23.45||||A cirque NNE of Mount Wegener in the Read Mountains, Shackleton Range. Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967.  Surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of geologists grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after Norman Levi Bowen (1887-1956), American experimental petrologist who specialized in the phase equilibria of silicate melt systems.||
1753|Mount Bower|Summit|723700S|1603000E|-72.6166667|160.5|2610|8563|01/01/1970|A prominent mountain (2,610 m) standing 6 mi ENE of Roberts Butte in the Outback Nunataks.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-64. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John R. Bower, ionospheric physicist at South Pole Station, 1968.||
1754|Mount Bowers|Summit|850000S|1640500E|-85|164.0833333|2430|7972|01/01/1966|A peak, 2,430 m, standing 2 mi SSE of Mount Buckley, at the head of the Beardmore Glacier.  Named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) for Lieutenant Henry R. Bowers, who accompanied Scott to the South Pole and lost his life on the return journey.||
1755|Bowers Corner|Valley|790100S|0842100W|-79.0166667|-84.35|||01/01/1961|A peak located 9 mi SE of Lishness Peak in the extreme S end of Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  The feature stands at the E side of the terminus of Nimitz Glacier where it bends, or makes a corner, on joining Minnesota Glacier. First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Richard A. Bowers, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), in charge of the construction crew which built the IGY South Pole Station in the 1956-57 season.||
1756|Bowers Glacier|Glacier|723700S|1690300E|-72.6166667|169.05|||01/01/1964|Glacier at the W side of Mount Northhampton in the Victory Mountains, flowing N into Tucker Glacier, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Chester H. Bowers, meteorologist, senior U.S. representative at Hallett Station, 1962.||
1758|Bowers Mountains|Summit|711000S|1631500E|-71.1666667|163.25|||01/01/1964|A group of north-south trending mountains, about 90 mi long and 35 mi wide, bounded by the coast on the north and by the Rennick, Canham, Black and Lillie Glaciers in other quadrants.  The seaward end was first sighted in February 1911 from the Terra Nova, under Lieutenant Harry L.L. Pennell, Royal Navy (RN), and subsequently named "Bowers Hills."  Lieutenant Henry R. Bowers perished with Captain Robert F. Scott on the return from the South Pole in 1912.  The feature was photographed from U.S. Navy aircraft in 1946-47 and 1960-62, and was surveyed and mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1962-63.  The name was amended to Bowers Mountains upon U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) mapping which showed the group to be a major one with peaks rising to nearly 2,600 meters.||
1759|Bowers Peak|Summit|714500S|1632000E|-71.75|163.3333333|2140|7021|01/01/1964|A peak, 2,140 m, forming a part of the divide between the Hunter and Hoshko Glaciers in the Lanterman Range, Bowers Mountains.  Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, for Lieutenant John M. Bowers, Jr., of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6, who flew support flights for this New Zealand field party.||
1760|Bowers Piedmont Glacier|Glacier|774328S|1641351E|-77.724493|164.23093|||08/01/1949|Piedmont glacier on the coast of Victoria Land, covering about 40 square mi and lying just S of New Harbor.  It merges at its S side with Blue Glacier. Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04), but not named until the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13).  Named by Taylor for Lieutenant Henry R. Bowers, who perished with Scott on the return journey from the South Pole.||01/20/2010
1761|Bowie Crevasse Field|Area|790300S|0844500W|-79.05|-84.75|||01/01/1964|A large crevasse field at a break in slope on the Minnesota Glacier between the SE end of the Bastien Range and Anderson Massif in the Ellsworth Mountains. Named by the University of Minnesota Ellsworth Mountains Party, 1962-63, for Glenn E. Bowie, geophysicist with the party.||
1762|Bowin Glacier|Glacier|845300S|1772000E|-84.8833333|177.3333333|||01/01/1966|A tributary glacier, 5 mi long, flowing NE between Sullivan Ridge and Fulgham Ridge to enter Ramsey Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commissaryman C.F. Bowin, U.S. Navy (USN), Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1965 and 1966.||
1763|Bowler Rocks|Island|622100S|0595000W|-62.35|-59.8333333|||01/01/1972|A group of rocks lying 0.5 mi SW of Table Island, South Shetland Islands. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for David M. Bowler, surveying recorder for the Royal Navy (RN) Hydrographic Survey Unit aboard Nimrod in these islands, 1967.||
1764|Cape Bowles|Cape|611900S|0540600W|-61.3166667|-54.1|||01/01/1947|Cape forming the S extremity of Clarence Island in the South Shetland Islands.  Named in 1820 by Edward Bransfield, Master, Royal Navy (RN), while exploring the islands in the brig Williams.||
1765|Mount Bowles|Summit|623700S|0601200W|-62.6166667|-60.2|800|2625|01/01/1952|An ice-covered mountain over 800 m, situated 3 mi N of Mount Friesland in eastern Livingston Island, South Shetland Islands.  The origin of the name is uncertain; it appears (poorly positioned and probably intended for some other peak on the island) on the 1829 chart of the British expedition (1828-31) under Captain Henry Foster in the Chanticleer.||
1767|Bowles Creek|Stream|773723S|1630333E|-77.622931|163.059234|||01/01/1992|A glacial meltwater distributary stream, 0.25 mi long, which flows E from Maria Creek (q.v.) into the SW end of Lake Fryxell, close W of Green Creek, in Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  The name was suggested by hydrologist Diane McKnight, leader of a U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) team which made extensive studies of the hydrology and geochemistry of streams and ponds in the Lake Fryxell basin, 1987-94.  Named after U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) hydrologist Elizabeth C. Bowles, a member of the field team in the 1987-88 summer season, who conducted a study of organic geochemistry of streams flowing into Lake Fryxell.||
1768|Mount Bowlin|Summit|862800S|1471800W|-86.4666667|-147.3|2230|7316||A mountain, 2,230 m, standing between the mouths of Van Reeth and Robison Glaciers in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn, and named by Byrd for William H. Bowlin, airplane pilot with the expedition.||
1769|Bowling Green Plateau|Plain|794200S|1583600E|-79.7|158.6|||01/01/1965|A small but prominent ice-covered plateau at the N side of the Brown Hills in the Cook Mountains.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1962-63).  Prof. Charles C. Rich, geologist and deputy leader of the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), was affiliated with Bowling Green State University of Ohio.||
1770|Bowl Island|Island|670900S|0505000E|-67.15|50.8333333|||01/01/1965|An island with a bowl-like depression in the center, lying just S of Crohn Island at the head of Amundsen Bay, Enderby Land.  Sighted in 1956 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) field party and given this descriptive name.||
1771|Bowman Coast|Beach|681000S|0650000W|-68.1666667|-65|||01/01/1947|That portion of the E coast of the Antarctic Peninsula between Cape Northrop and Cape Agassiz.  Discovered by Sir Hubert Wilkins in an aerial flight of Dec. 20, 1928.  Named by Wilkins for Isaiah Bowman, then Dir. of the American Geographical Society.||
1772|Bowman Glacier|Glacier|853400S|1620000W|-85.5666667|-162|||01/01/1965|A deeply entrenched glacier, 40 mi long, descending the polar plateau between Quarles Range and Rawson Plateau of the Queen Maud Mountains to enter the Ross Ice Shelf just W of the flow of Amundsen Glacier.  Discovered in December 1929 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Laurence Gould, and named by Byrd for Isaiah Bowman, eminent geographer and president of Johns Hopkins University, 1935-49; Director of the American Geographical Society, 1915-35.||
1773|Bowman Inlet|Stream|684200S|0642300W|-68.7|-64.3833333||||An ice-filled inlet between Kay Nunatak and Platt Point, Hollick-Kenyon Peninsula, on the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  The inlet was photographed from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth, Nov. 23, 1935, and its W shore was mapped from the photographs by W.L.G. Joerg.  It was rephotographed by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1940, Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947, and was surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1958.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lieutenant Bradley J. Bowman, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), officer in charge, Palmer Station Construction Unit, Operation Deep Freeze, 1969.||
1774|Bowman Island|Island|651700S|1030700E|-65.2833333|103.1166667|||01/01/1947|A high ice-covered island, about 24 mi long and from 2 to 6 mi wide, shaped like a figure eight.  The feature rises above the NE part of Shackleton Ice Shelf, which partially encloses the island, 25 mi NE of Cape Elliott.  Discovered on Jan. 28, 1931 by British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Sir Douglas Mawson, who named it for Isaiah Bowman, then Director of the American Geographical Society.||
1775|Bowman Peak|Summit|772900S|1531300W|-77.4833333|-153.2166667|||01/01/1966|Peak on the S side of Butler Glacier, in the Alexandra Mountains of Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) in 1929 and named for John McEntee Bowman, president of the Bowman Biltmore Hotels Corporation, who donated headquarters for the preparation of the expedition.||
1776|Bowman Peninsula|Cape|744700S|0622200W|-74.7833333|-62.3666667||||Peninsula, 25 mi long in a N-S direction and 15 mi wide in its N and central portions, lying between Nantucket and Gardner Inlets on the E coast of Palmer Land. The peninsula is ice covered and narrows toward the S, terminating in Cape Adams. Discovered by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, under Ronne, who named it for Isaiah Bowman.||
1777|Mount Bowser|Summit|860300S|1553600W|-86.05|-155.6|3655|11991|01/01/1967|A prominent peak, 3,655 m, standing 2 mi S of Mount Astor at the N end of Fram Mesa, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Carl J. Bowser, geologist at McMurdo Station, 1965-66 and 1966-67 seasons.||
1778|Bowsprit Moraine|Ridge|763700S|1611500E|-76.6166667|161.25|||01/01/1993|A medial moraine, 1.5 mi long, off the NE point of Elkhorn Ridge, where Towle Glacier and Northwind Glacier join Fry Glacier, in the Convoy Range, Victoria Land. One of a group of nautical names in Convoy Range; the mapped form of the moraine protrudes like a bowsprit out from the end of Elkhorn Ridge.  Named by a 1989-90 New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) field party.||
1779|Bowsprit Point|Summit|564000S|0280800W|-56.6666667|-28.1333333|||01/01/1972|The NE point of Leskov Island, South Sandwich Islands.  The name applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 suggests the resemblance of this feature to the prow of a ship.||
1780|Bowyer Butte|Summit|745900S|1344500W|-74.9833333|-134.75|1085|3560|01/01/1966|A steep-cliffed eminence with a nearly flat summit, 3 mi wide and 1,085 m high, located between the lower ends of the Johnson Glacier and Venzke Glacier on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered and photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service, 1939-41.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Donald W. Bowyer, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at Byrd Station, 1962.||
1781|Boxing Island|Island|643500S|0614100W|-64.5833333|-61.6833333|||01/01/1965|Small island lying in Charlotte Bay E of Harris Peak, off the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  So named by members of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) because they first saw it on Boxing Day 1956.||
1782|Box Reef|Bar|674500S|0690300W|-67.75|-69.05|||01/01/1964|A line of drying rocks lying between Esplin Islands and League Rock, off the S end of Adelaide Island.  The name, given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1963 in association with nearby Cox Reef, derives from the well-known English literary allusion to a pair of individuals who occupied the same lodgings alternately day and night without knowledge of each other.||
1783|Mount Boyd|Summit|844800S|1792400W|-84.8|-179.4|2960|9711|01/01/1962|A pyramidal mountain (2,960 m) standing 3 mi W of Mount Bennett, in the Bush Mountains.  Discovered and photographed by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Surveyed by A.P. Crary, leader of the U.S. Ross Ice Shelf Traverse Party (1957-58), and named by him for Walter Boyd, Jr., glaciologist with the party.||
1784|Boydell Glacier|Glacier|641100S|0590400W|-64.1833333|-59.0666667|||01/01/1964|A glacier about 9 mi long, flowing SE from the Detroit Plateau, Graham Land, and merging on the S side with Sjogren Glacier.  Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from surveys (1960-61).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for James Boydell, English inventor of a steam traction engine, the first practical track-laying vehicle (British Patents of 1846 and 1854).||
1785|Boyd Escarpment|Cliff|822600S|0503000W|-82.4333333|-50.5||||A rock and snow escarpment which extends NE for 10 mi from Wujek Ridge and includes Bennett Spur, Cox Nunatak and Rankine Rock, in the Dufek Massif, Pensacola Mountains, q.v.  Named in 1979 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Walter W. Boyd, Jr., U.S. IGY glaciologist who wintered at Little America, 1957; geologist, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), for three summers in the Pensacola Mountains, 1962-66.||
1786|Boyd Glacier|Glacier|771400S|1452500W|-77.2333333|-145.4166667|||01/01/1947|Heavily crevassed glacier flowing WNW for about 45 mi to the Sulzberger Ice Shelf between Bailey Ridge and Mount Douglass in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land. Discovered on aerial flights of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) in 1934, and named for Vernon D. Boyd, expedition machinist, and a member of West Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41).||
1787|Boyd Head|Cliff|751700S|1100100W|-75.2833333|-110.0166667|1000|3281|01/01/1976|Prominent headland close E of the mouth of Vane Glacier on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  It rises over 1,000 m and has rock exposed to seaward.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Hugh F. Boyd III, USA, Construction Projects Officer during Operation Deep Freeze 1972 and 1973.||
1788|Boyd Nunatak|Summit|695000S|0744400E|-69.8333333|74.7333333|||01/01/1973|A small nunatak 8 mi SE of Mount Caroline Mikkelsen, on the S side of Publications Ice Shelf.  First mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Remapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) and named by ANCA for J.S. Boyd, physicist at Wilkes Station in 1965.||
1789|Boyd Ridge|Ridge|765700S|1165700W|-76.95|-116.95|||01/01/1967|An ice-covered ridge, 22 mi long, which extends in an E-W direction and forms the S end of Crary Mountains in Marie Byrd Land.  It is separated from the main peaks of the group by Campbell Valley.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John C. Boyd, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1965-66 and 1966-67 seasons.||
1791|Boyd Strait|Channel|625000S|0620000W|-62.8333333|-62|||01/01/1947|Strait lying between Snow and Smith Islands in the South Shetland Islands. Named in 1823 by a British expedition under Weddell for Captain David Boyd, Royal Navy (RN).||
1792|Mount Boyer|Summit|750700S|0720400W|-75.1166667|-72.0666667|||01/01/1966|A mountain 1 mi SW of Mount Becker, in the Merrick Mountains, Ellsworth Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Francis C. Boyer, hospital corpsman, USN, chief petty officer in charge of Eights Station in 1964.||
1793|Boyer Glacier|Glacier|731800S|1672100E|-73.3|167.35|||01/01/1969|Short tributary glacier situated 10 mi W of Index Point in the E part of Mountaineer Range.  It flows N into lower Mariner Glacier, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Jack W. Boyer, U.S. Navy (USN), radioman at Hallett Station, 1962.||
1794|Boyer Rocks|Island|633500S|0590000W|-63.5833333|-59|||01/01/1964|A small group of rocks in the NE corner of Bone Bay, 3 mi SW of Cape Roquemaurel, Trinity Peninsula.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Joseph Boyer, French naval officer on the Astrolabe during her Antarctic voyage (1837-40).||
1795|Boyer Spur|Ridge|715100S|0624800W|-71.85|-62.8|||01/01/1976|A mountainous spur from the base of Condor Peninsula on the E side of Palmer Land.  The spur stands between the Kellogg and Gruening Glaciers, about 5 mi WNW of Malva Bluff and the NW head of Hilton Inlet.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Stephen J. Boyer, geologist with the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geological and mapping party to the Lassiter Coast area in 1972-73.||
1796|Boyle Mountains|Summit|672100S|0663800W|-67.35|-66.6333333|||01/01/1964|A wall of mountains standing between the heads of Lallemand Fjord and Bourgeois Fjord, in Graham Land.  Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from surveys and air photos, 1946-59.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Robert Boyle (1627-91), English natural philosopher whose book New Experiments and Observations Touching Cold provided the first major scientific and practical approach to a philosophy of cold in all its aspects.||
1797|Mount Boyles|Summit|753400S|0705600W|-75.5666667|-70.9333333|1485|4872||The highest peak (1,485 m) in the Thomas Mountains (q.v.), located S of Sweeney Mountains in eastern Ellsworth Land.  Discovered and roughly mapped by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, led by Commander Finn Ronne, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR).  Mapped in greater detail by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) following the visit of a U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geological party, 1977-78, after Joseph M. Boyles, a geologist with the party.||
1798|Boyn Ridge|Ridge|690700S|0714800W|-69.1166667|-71.8|||01/01/1993|The northernmost ridge of Havre Mountains, N Alexander Island.  Following geological work by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1976-77, named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1980 after Charles Boyn, Director, Agence General Maritime, France, who superintended the building of the expedition ship Pourquoi-Pas? of French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10.||
1799|Boy Point|Summit|621000S|0581100W|-62.1666667|-58.1833333||||A point between Cinder Spur and Low Head on the S coast of King George Island in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the Polish Antarctic Expedition in 1980 after Wladyslaw Boy-Zelenski (1874-1941), Polish writer and essayist.||
1800|Bōzu Peak|Summit|692500S|0394700E|-69.4166667|39.7833333|235|771|01/01/1968|The central and highest (235 m) of the Byvagasane Peaks on the E shore of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Surveyed by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Bozu-san (treeless peak).||
1801|Cape Braathen|Cape|715300S|0960600W|-71.8833333|-96.1|||01/01/1960|Ice-covered cape at the NW termination of Evans Peninsula on Thurston Island. Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 in January 1960. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Christoffer Braathen, ski expert and dog driver with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) of 1928-30.||01/28/2004
1803|Brabant Island|Island|641500S|0622000W|-64.25|-62.3333333|2520|8268|01/01/1947|Second largest island of the Palmer Archipelago, lying between Anvers and Liege Islands.  It is 33 mi long in a N-S direction, 16 mi wide, and rises to 2,520 m in Mount Parry.  Named by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99, for the province of Brabant, Belgium, in recognition of the support given to the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) by its citizens.||
1804|Brabazon Point|Summit|642400S|0611600W|-64.4|-61.2666667|||01/01/1965|Point forming the E side of the entrance to Salvesen Cove, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for John T.C. Moore-Brabazon, First Baron Brabazon of Tara, pioneer British aviator, the first British subject to fly an airplane in the British Isles, in April 1909, and responsible for the R.F.C. Photographic Section during World War I and for the development of aerial photography.||
1805|Mount Brabec|Summit|733400S|1652400E|-73.5666667|165.4|2460|8071|01/01/1969|A mountain (2,460 m) surmounting the E wall of Aviator Glacier 10 mi N of Mount Monteagle, in the Mountaineer Range of Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Richard C. Brabec, USN, Hercules aircraft commander on U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1966.||
1806|Braces Point|Summit|570600S|0264600W|-57.1|-26.7666667|||01/01/1956|The NE point of Vindication Island, South Sandwich Islands.  The feature was named Low Point during the survey from Royal Research Ship (RRS) Discovery II in 1930, but the name was changed to avoid duplication.  The new name applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 refers to the bifid form of this point, reaching out to the nearby sea stack of Trousers Rock.||
1807|Bracken Peak|Summit|775100S|0852400W|-77.85|-85.4|1240|4068|03/11/1961|A peak (1,240 m) standing S of the terminus of Newcomer Glacier and 3 mi NE of Mount Malone, on the E side of Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 on photographic flights of Dec. 14-15, 1959.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Harold J. Bracken, plane captain of the airplane on these flights.||01/03/2013
1808|Braddock Nunataks|Summit|704800S|0655500W|-70.8|-65.9166667|||01/01/1976|A group of prominent nunataks located inland from Bertram Glacier and 9 mi SE of Perseus Crags on the W margin of the Dyer Plateau, in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Robert L. Braddock, Jr., Civil Engineer Corps (CEC), U.S. Navy (USN), Officer-in-Charge of the South Pole Station in 1974.||
1809|Braddock Peak|Summit|722700S|1662800E|-72.45|166.4666667|2960|9711||A peak rising to 2,960 m immediately SE of Mount Aorangi in the S part of Millen Range in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC), on the proposal of geologist R.A. Cooper, after Peter Braddock, field leader of geological parties to the area in the 1974-75 and 1980-81 seasons.||
1810|Bradford Glacier|Glacier|655100S|0641800W|-65.85|-64.3|||01/01/1971|Glacier flowing N from Mount Dewey into Comrie Glacier, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Samuel C. Bradford (1878-1948), English documentalist who was a pioneer advocate of scientific information services.||
1811|Bradford Rock|Island|661300S|1103400E|-66.2166667|110.5666667|||01/01/1960|Insular rock, mainly ice covered, which marks the NW end of the Swain Islands.  First roughly mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and included in a 1957 survey of Swain Islands by Wilkes Station personnel under C.R. Eklund.  Named by Eklund for Radioman Donald L. Bradford, USN, a Navy support force member of the 1957 wintering party at Wilkes Station during the IGY.||
1812|Mount Brading|Summit|641700S|0591700W|-64.2833333|-59.2833333|||01/01/1964|A mountain topped by a snow peak, 4 mi E of the NE corner of Larsen Inlet in Graham Land.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61) and named after Christopher G. Brading, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) surveyor at Hope Bay (1959-60), who, with I. Hampton, R. Harbour, and J. Winham, made the first ascent of this mountain.||
1813|Mount Bradley|Summit|635300S|0583700W|-63.8833333|-58.6166667|835|2739|01/01/1952|A pyramidal peak (835 m) at the SE end of a ridge descending from Detroit Plateau.  The peak is 4 mi SW of Mount Reece in southern Trinity Peninsula. Charted in 1945 by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who named it for K.G. Bradley, Colonial Secretary in the Falkland Islands at the time.||
1814|Bradley Nunatak|Summit|812400S|0855800W|-81.4|-85.9666667|||01/01/1964|A prominent nunatak standing 10 mi SW of Mount Tidd, Pirrit Hills.  The peak was positioned by the U.S. Ellsworth-Byrd Traverse Party on Dec. 7, 1958, and named for Reverend Edward A. Bradley, S.J., seismologist with the party.||
1815|Bradley Ridge|Ridge|701400S|0651500E|-70.2333333|65.25|||01/01/1967|A rock ridge about 7 mi SE of Mount Peter in the Athos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos.  Named for R.G. Bradley, weather observer at Mawson Station in 1964.||
1816|Bradley Rock|Island|650100S|0644200W|-65.0166667|-64.7|||01/01/1975|An isolated rock which lies about 9 mi NW of the entrance to French Passage in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) (1973) for Lieutenant Commander Edgar M. Bradley, Royal Navy (RN), who directed a hydrographic survey in the area in 1965.||04/06/2001
1817|Mount Bradshaw|Summit|712800S|1635200E|-71.4666667|163.8666667|2240|7349||A mountain peak (2,240 m) at the NE side of the neve of Leap Year Glacier, 4 mi NW of Ian Peak, in the Bowers Mountains, q.v.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1983 after J.D. Bradshaw, geologist, University of Canterbury, New Zealand, a member of New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) geological parties to the area, 1974-75 and 1981-82.||
1818|Mount Bragg|Summit|840600S|0564300W|-84.1|-56.7166667|1480|4856|01/01/1968|Mountain, 1,480 m, standing 6 mi SW of Gambacorta Peak in southern Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ralph L. Bragg, photographer with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 at McMurdo Station in 1964.||
1819|Bragg Islands|Island|662800S|0662600W|-66.4666667|-66.4333333|||01/01/1965|A small group of islands in Crystal Sound, about 7 mi N of Cape Rey, Graham Land.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1958-59) and air photos obtained by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (1947-48).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Sir William H. Bragg (1862-1942), English physicist who interpreted X-ray measurements to give the location of oxygen atoms in the structure of ice.||
1820|Brahms Inlet|Stream|712800S|0734100W|-71.4666667|-73.6833333|||01/01/1961|Ice-filled inlet, 25 mi long and 6 mi wide, indenting the N side of Beethoven Peninsula on Alexander Island between Harris Peninsula and Derocher Peninsula. Observed from the air and first mapped by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48.  Remapped from the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) air photos by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Johannes Brahms (1833-97), German composer.||
1821|Braillard Point|Summit|621300S|0585500W|-62.2166667|-58.9166667|||01/01/1960|Point forming the NE end of Ardley Island, off the SW end of King George Island in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted and named by DI personnel on the in 1931-33 and 1933-35.||
1822|Brain Island|Island|541000S|0364200W|-54.1666667|-36.7|||01/01/1953|Island at the N side of Husvik Harbor, in Stromness Bay, South Georgia. Charted and named by DI personnel in 1928.||
1823|Bramble Peak|Summit|722200S|1665900E|-72.3666667|166.9833333|2560|8399|01/01/1970|A peak (2,560 m) that surmounts the NE side of the head of Croll Glacier, in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Edward J. Bramble, U.S. Navy (USN), aviation machinist's mate with Squadron VX-6 at McMurdo Station, 1967.||
1824|Mount Bramhall|Summit|721500S|0981600W|-72.25|-98.2666667|||01/01/1960|A peak of the Walker Mountains, located 5 mi E of Mount Hawthorne on Thurston Island.  First delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Dr. E.H. Bramhall, physicist of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) in 1933-35.||01/28/2004
1827|Brandau Glacier|Glacier|845400S|1733000E|-84.9|173.5|||01/01/1966|A wide tributary glacier, 15 mi long, flowing westward from an ice divide between Haynes Table and Husky Heights to enter Keltie Glacier just W of Ford Spur. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander James F. Brandau, U.S. Navy (USN), pilot with Squadron VX-6, Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1964 and 1965.||
1828|Brandau Rocks|Summit|765300S|1592000E|-76.8833333|159.3333333|||01/01/1965|Rock exposures 0.5 mi west of Carapace Nunatak in Victoria Land. Reconnoitered by the New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) Allan Hills Expedition (1964), who named the rocks for Lieutenant Commander James F. Brandau, U.S. Navy (USN), helicopter pilot who made a difficult rescue flight to evacuate an injured member of the expedition.||04/12/2001
1829|Brandenberger Bluff|Cliff|755800S|1360500W|-75.9666667|-136.0833333|1650|5413|01/01/1966|A steep rock bluff (1,650 m) at the extreme N side of Mount Berlin in the Flood Range, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Arthur J. Brandenberger, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciologist with the Byrd Station Traverse of 1962-63.||
1830|Brand Peak|Summit|700100S|0635500W|-70.0166667|-63.9166667|||01/01/1976|A sharp snow-covered peak located 10 mi ESE of the Eternity Range and 4 mi NW of Mount Duemler, in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Timothy Brand, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at Palmer Station in 1974.||
1831|Mount Brandt|Summit|721000S|0010700E|-72.1666667|1.1166667|1540|5052|01/01/1970|A nunatak (1,540 m) which is the northernmost feature in Romlingane Peaks, in the Sverdrup Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  The name "Brandt-Berg" after Emil Brandt, sailor with the expedition, was applied in this area by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39) under Alfred Ritscher.  The correlation of the name with this nunatak may be arbitrary but is recommended for the sake of international uniformity and historical continuity.||03/16/2021
1832|Brandt Cove|Bay|544900S|0360200W|-54.8166667|-36.0333333|||01/01/1963|Cove on the S side of Drygalski Fjord, South Georgia, 1 mi N of the head of Larsen Harbor.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Karl Brandt, American economist and professor of agricultural economics at Stanford University, California; author of Whale Oil: An Economic Analysis.||
1833|Brandy Bay|Bay|635000S|0575900W|-63.8333333|-57.9833333|||01/01/1963|A bay 2 mi wide on the NW coast of James Ross Island, entered W of Bibby Point.  Probably first seen by Nordenskjold in 1903.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1945. During a subsequent visit to this bay by a Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) party in 1952, there was a discussion as to whether medicinal brandy should be used as treatment for a dog bite.  The name arose naturally from this incident.||
1834|Branscomb Glacier|Glacier|783200S|0860500W|-78.5333333|-86.0833333||||A glacier, 6 mi long, flowing W from the NW side of Vinson Massif into Nimitz Glacier, in the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1957-60.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lewis M. Branscomb, Chairman, National Science Board, 1982-84.||
1836|Mount Bransfield|Summit|631700S|0570500W|-63.2833333|-57.0833333|760|2493|01/01/1952|Prominent conical-topped, ice-covered mountain, 760 m, rising 2 mi SW of Cape Dubouzet at the NE tip of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered by a French expedition, 1837-40, under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville, who named it for Edward Bransfield, Master, Royal Navy (RN), who circumnavigated and charted the South Shetland Islands in 1820.||
1838|Bransfield Island|Island|631100S|0563600W|-63.1833333|-56.6|||01/01/1952|Island nearly 5 mi long, lying 3 mi SW of D'Urville Island off the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  The name Point Bransfield, after Edward Bransfield, Master, Royal Navy (RN), was given in 1842 by a British expedition under Ross to the low western termination of what is now the Joinville Island group.  A 1947 survey by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) determined that this western termination is a separate island.||
1839|Bransfield Strait|Channel|630000S|0590000W|-63|-59|||01/01/1947|Body of water about 60 mi wide extending for 200 mi in a general NE-SW direction between the South Shetland Islands and Antarctic Peninsula.  Named in about 1825 by James Weddell, Master, Royal Navy (RN), for Edward Bransfield, Master, RN.||
1840|Branson Nunatak|Summit|675500S|0624600E|-67.9166667|62.7666667|||01/01/1965|Nunatak between Mount Burnett and Price Nunatak in the Framnes Mountains, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Horntind (horn peak).  Renamed by ANCA for J. Branson, geophysicist at Mawson Station in 1962.||
1841|Branstetter Rocks|Island|700700S|0724000E|-70.1166667|72.6666667|||01/01/1956|A small group of rocks lying 1 mi ENE of Thil Island in the eastern part of Amery Ice Shelf.  Delineated in 1952 by John H. Roscoe from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47), and named by him for J.C. Branstetter, air crewman on Operation Highjump photographic flights in the area.||
1842|Bråpiggen Peak|Summit|725400S|0031800W|-72.9|-3.3|||01/01/1966|One of the ice-free peaks at the S side of Frostlendet Valley, situated 1 mi S of Friis-Baastad Peak in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Brapiggen (the abrupt peak).||
1843|Brash Island|Island|632400S|0545500W|-63.4|-54.9166667|||01/01/1963|Isolated island lying 5 mi NW of Darwin Island, off the SE end of Joinville Island.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1953.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because the island lies in an area where brash ice is frequently found.||
1845|Bratina Island|Island|780025S|1653307E|-78.00692|165.551951|||01/01/1963|Small island lying at the N tip of Brown Peninsula in the Ross Ice Shelf. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1963 for Chief Aviation Machinists Mate Joseph Bratina, U.S. Navy Squadron VX-6, stationed at McMurdo Station in the 1958-59, 1960-61 and 1961-62 summer seasons.||
1846|Brattebotnen Cirque|Basin|714300S|0101500E|-71.7166667|10.25|||01/01/1970|A steep-sided cirque in the W wall of Mount Dallmann, in the Orvin Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norway from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Brattebotnen (the steep cirque).||
1848|Brattnipane Peaks|Range|715400S|0243300E|-71.9|24.55|2660|8727|01/01/1965|Group of peaks, the highest 2,660 m, standing 9 mi NW of Mefjell Mountain in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1946 from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and in 1957 in greater detail from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named Brattnipane (the steep peaks) by the Norwegians.||03/05/1997
1851|Brattskarvbrekka Pass|Gap|721000S|0012500E|-72.1666667|1.4166667|||01/01/1966|An E-W pass between Brattskarvet Mountain and Vendeholten Mountain, in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Brattskarvbrekka (the steep mountain slope).||
1852|Brattskarvet Mountain|Summit|720600S|0012700E|-72.1|1.45|2100|6890|01/01/1966|Mountain, 2,100 m, next north of Vendeholten Mountain in the Sverdrup Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39). Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Brattskarvet (the steep mountain).||
1855|Brattstrand Bluffs|Cliff|691300S|0770000E|-69.2166667|77|||01/01/1973|Rock bluffs on the coast of Antarctica, about 3 mi ENE of Hovde Island. First mapped from air photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936), and named Brattstranda (the abrupt shore).||
1857|Mount Braun|Summit|692600S|0712400W|-69.4333333|-71.4|900|2953||A mountain rising to c. 900 m, forming the NE extremity of Sofia Mountains, Alexander Island.  The feature forms the NE part of a horseshoe-shaped ridge 3.5 mi ESE of Mount Holt.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander William K. Braun, USN, C-121J (Super Constellation) aircraft commander, Squadron VXE-6, U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1970 and 1971.||
1860|Braunsteffer Lake|Lake|683200S|0782200E|-68.5333333|78.3666667|||01/01/1973|A lake 0.5 mi long located 1 mi W of the central part of Lake Zvezda in the Vestfold Hills.  The lake was photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47) and was mapped from air photos by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) (1956) and Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1957-58).  Named by ANCA for C. Braunsteffer, weather observer at Davis Station in 1959, who carried out scientific investigations on lakes in the Vestfold Hills.||
1861|Brautnuten Peak|Summit|714600S|0012100W|-71.7666667|-1.35|||01/01/1966|A low peak 5 mi SE of Snokallen Hill, on the E side of Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Brautnuten.||
1863|Bravo Hills|Range|844100S|1710000W|-84.6833333|-171|780|2559|01/01/1966|A group of low peaks rising to 780 m, which borders the Ross Ice Shelf between Gough and Le Couteur Glaciers.  So named by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1963-64) because their supply Depot B (Bravo) was located nearby.||
1864|Brawhm Pass|Gap|775319S|1604416E|-77.888574|160.73765|||01/01/1969|A small pass on the E side of Farnell Valley in Victoria Land.  The pass provides easy passage between Beacon Valley and Arena Valley.  The name was recommended in 1968 by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC).  It is derived from the names of six party members of the University of New South Wales (Australia) expeditions of 1964-65 and 1966-67 who used this pass (e.g., Bryan, Rose, Anderson, Williams, Hobbs and McElroy).||
1865|Brawn Rocks|Summit|731200S|1604500E|-73.2|160.75|||01/01/1969|Prominent isolated rocks extending over 3 mi, lying 12 mi SW of Sequence Hills in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James E. Brawn, aviation machinist's mate with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 at McMurdo Station, 1966.||04/12/2001
1866|Mount Bray|Summit|745000S|1140400W|-74.8333333|-114.0666667|||01/01/1967|A rounded mountain that is ice-capped but has a steep, bare rock SE face, situated E of Jenkins Heights and 1.5 mi NW of Klimov Bluff on Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Thomas K. Bray, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) topographic engineer with the Marie Byrd Land Survey party, 1966-67.||03/05/1997
1868|Mount Brazil|Summit|720300S|1675900E|-72.05|167.9833333|2090|6857|01/01/1964|Mountain (2,090 m) at the S end of McGregor Range in the Admiralty Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Chief Warrant Officer John D. Brazil, USA, helicopter pilot supporting the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Topo North-South party that surveyed the area, 1961-62.||
1869|Brazitis Nunatak|Summit|845800S|0672300W|-84.9666667|-67.3833333|1625|5331|01/01/1968|A nunatak, 1,625 m, along the edge of an ice escarpment 5 mi S of DesRoches Nunataks in southwestern Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Peter F. Brazitis, cosmic ray scientist at South Pole Station, winter 1967.||
1870|Breakbones Plateau|Plain|570400S|0264100W|-57.0666667|-26.6833333|||01/01/1972|A small lava plateau just N of Chimaera Flats in Candlemas Island, South Sandwich Islands.  The feature is an interesting biological area containing numerous small fumaroles with attendant vegetation.  The name applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 refers to the difficulty of travel and to the presence of a large breeding colony of Giant Petrels (Macronectes giganteus), sometimes known as Breakbones.||
1871|Mount Breaker|Summit|675300S|0671600W|-67.8833333|-67.2666667|880|2887|01/01/1960|Mountain with double summits, the eastern summit (880 m) being the highest on Horseshoe Island, off Graham Land.  The name was given by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 and is descriptive; the two summits are separated by a shallow col and, when seen from the west, resemble a breaking wave.||
1872|Breaker Island|Island|644600S|0640700W|-64.7666667|-64.1166667|||01/01/1963|Small rocky island lying close SW of Norsel Point, off the SW coast of Anvers Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because the island causes breakers when the sea is rough.||
1874|Breakwater Island|Island|644700S|0631300W|-64.7833333|-63.2166667|||01/01/1952|Small island in the Palmer Archipelago with a line of rocks extending in a SW arc from it, lying opposite Nipple Peak, 0.3 mi off the E side of Wiencke Island. The descriptive name was given by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1944.||
1875|Breakwater Point|Summit|540000S|0372500W|-54|-37.4166667|||01/01/1965|Point forming the W side of the entrance to Koppervik, Bay of Isles, on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1931 British Admiralty chart.||
1876|Breakwater Rocks|Island|541200S|0363500W|-54.2|-36.5833333|||01/01/1963|Group of rocks extending across the S part of the entrance to Boat Harbor in Jason Harbor, South Georgia.  The name "The Breakwater" was probably given by Lieutenant Commander J.M. Chaplin, Royal Navy (RN), during his survey of Jason Harbor in 1929.  The South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1956-57, reported that the name is misleading; the rocks are not in a continuous straight line forming a natural breakwater, but are in a group.  The name was therefore altered to Breakwater Rocks by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1957.||04/12/2001
1878|Breakwind Ridge|Ridge|540900S|0365000W|-54.15|-36.8333333|860|2821|01/01/1956|Prominent rocky ridge which is 2 mi long in a N-S direction and rises to 860 m, close SW of the head of Fortuna Bay on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name Breakwind Range was probably applied by DI personnel who mapped Fortuna Bay in 1929-30.  Following a resurvey by the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, the descriptive term was altered to ridge, which is more suitable for this relatively small feature.  The name suggests a beneficial function of this ridge in protecting anchorages at Fortuna Bay from violent southwest and westerly winds.||
1879|Mount Brearley|Summit|774756S|1614552E|-77.798914|161.764455|2010|6594|01/01/1972|A sharp peak, 2,010 m, which is the westernmost summit of the Kukri Hills in Victoria Land.  Named by the Western Journey Party, led by Griffith Taylor, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
1880|Breccia Crags|Cliff|604200S|0451300W|-60.7|-45.2166667|305|1001|01/01/1964|Rock crags, 305 m, standing 1 mi W of Petter Bay in the SE end of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following the 1956-58 survey by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  The feature is of geological interest owing to the contact of brecciated schist and conglomerate.||
1881|Breccia Island|Island|682200S|0670100W|-68.3666667|-67.0166667|||01/01/1962|A small low island lying 1 mi NW of Tiber Rocks in the N part of Rymill Bay, off the W coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  Photographed by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in Nov. 1947 (trimetrogon air photography).  So named by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) geologist Robert L. Nichols because the country rock is a plutonic breccia.||
1882|Mount Brecher|Summit|852400S|1242200W|-85.4|-124.3666667|2100|6890|01/01/1962|A jagged rock mountain, 2,100 m, standing immediately W of Mount LeSchack in northern Wisconsin Range, Horlick Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1959-60.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Henry H. Brecher, a member of the Byrd Station winter party, 1960, who returned to Antarctica to do glaciological work in several succeeding summer seasons.||
1884|Mount Breckinridge|Summit|663700S|0534100E|-66.6166667|53.6833333|2050|6726|01/01/1965|Mountain, 2,050 m, standing 4 mi S of Stor Hanakken Mountain in the Napier Mountains, Enderby Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Langnuten (the long peak). Rephotographed by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956 and renamed by ANCA for J.E. Breckinridge, meteorologist at Wilkes Station in 1961.||
1886|Breckinridge Peak|Summit|780400S|1550700W|-78.0666667|-155.1166667|||01/01/1966|Peak in the S group of the Rockefeller Mountains, standing 1 mi SW of Mount Nilsen on Edward VII Peninsula.  Discovered by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) in 1929, and named by Byrd for Col. and Mrs. Henry Breckinridge of New York.||
1887|Breeding Nunatak|Summit|770400S|1422800W|-77.0666667|-142.4666667|||01/01/1970|An isolated nunatak 10 mi NE of the Allegheny Mountains in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for George H. Breeding, storekeeper, U.S. Navy (USN), of Byrd Station, 1967.||
1888|Breguet Glacier|Glacier|641000S|0604800W|-64.1666667|-60.8|||01/01/1965|Glacier flowing into Cierva Cove S of Gregory Glacier, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Louis (1880-1955) and Jacques (1881-1939) Breguet, French aircraft designers who built and flew the first helicopter to carry a man, in vertical flight.||
1889|Breid Bay|Bay|701500S|0241500E|-70.25|24.25|||01/01/1953|A bay about 20 mi wide, irregularly indenting, for as much as 12 mi, the ice shelf fringing the coast of Queen Maud Land.  This feature was charted and descriptively named "Breidvika" (broad bay) by H.E. Hansen, as a result of aerial photographs made on Feb. 6, 1937 by the Lars Christensen Expedition of 1936-37.||
1894|Breidnes Peninsula|Cape|683400S|0781000E|-68.5666667|78.1666667|||01/01/1956|A rocky peninsula, 13 mi long and 5 mi wide, between Ellis Fjord and Langnes Fjord in the Vestfold Hills.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37) and named Breidneset (the broad ness).||03/05/1997
1895|Breidskaret Pass|Gap|724400S|0032400W|-72.7333333|-3.4|||01/01/1966|A mountain pass between Hogfonna Mountain and Jokulskarvet Ridge in the Borg Massif, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Breidskaret (the wide gap).||
1896|Breidsvellet|Glacier|723900S|0031000W|-72.65|-3.1666667|||01/01/1966|A steep ice slope on the E side of Jokulskarvet Ridge, in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Breidsvellet (the broad icesheet).||
1897|Breidvåg Bight|Bay|692000S|0394400E|-69.3333333|39.7333333|||01/01/1968|A small bight along the E shore of Lutzow-Holm Bay, just W of Breidvagnipa Peak.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Breidvag (broad bay).||03/05/1997
1898|Breidvågnipa Peak|Summit|692100S|0394800E|-69.35|39.8|325|1066|01/01/1968|A peak (325 m) rising 0.5 mi SE of Mount Hiroe on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Breidvagnipa (the broad bay peak) in association with nearby Briedvag Bight.||
1901|Breitfuss Glacier|Glacier|665800S|0645200W|-66.9666667|-64.8666667|||01/01/1952|Glacier 10 mi long, which flows SE from Avery Plateau into Mill Inlet to the W of Cape Chavanne, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in 1947.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Leonid Breitfuss, German polar explorer, historian, and author of many polar bibliographies.||
1902|Brekilen Bay|Bay|700800S|0254800E|-70.1333333|25.8|||01/01/1970|An indentation in the ice shelf about 10 mi SW of Tangekilen Bay, along the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Brekilen (the glacier bay).||
1903|Brekkerista Ridge|Ridge|721400S|0001800W|-72.2333333|-.3|||01/01/1966|A ridge 2 mi NE of the summit of Jutulrora Mountain in the Sverdrup Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from air photos by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39). Remapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Brekkerista (the slope ridge).||
1904|Bremotet Moraine|Ridge|714100S|0120500E|-71.6833333|12.0833333|||01/01/1970|A small morainal area on the NW side of Zwiesel Mountain, at the point where the glacial flow of the Humboldt Graben meets that of Parizhskaya Kommuna Glacier, in the Wohlthat Mountains.  First plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39. Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Bremotet (the glacier meeting).||
1905|Mount Brennan|Summit|841500S|1755400E|-84.25|175.9|2540|8333|01/01/1962|A dome-shaped mountain, 2,540 m, which is the northernmost prominent summit in the Hughes Range, standing 7 mi NE of Mount Cartwright.  Discovered and photographed by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) on Flight C of February 29-March 1, 1940, and surveyed by A.P. Crary in 1957-58.  Named by Crary for Matthew J. Brennan, scientific station leader at Ellsworth Station, 1958.||
1906|Brennan Inlet|Stream|742800S|1163500W|-74.4666667|-116.5833333||||An ice-filled inlet in the SE part of Getz Ice Shelf, bounded to the W by Scott Peninsula and Nunn Island and to the E by Spaulding Peninsula, on the Bakutis Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lieutenant Commander Lawrence A. Brennan, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), who helped plan and execute the recovery of three damaged LC-130 aircraft from Dome Charlie (q.v.) in East Antarctica, successfully accomplished in the 1975-76 and 1976-77 seasons.||
1907|Brennan Point|Summit|760500S|1463100W|-76.0833333|-146.5166667|||01/01/1970|An ice-covered point forming the E side of the entrance to Block Bay on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered on the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1928-30) flight along this coast on Dec. 5, 1929.  Named for Michael J. Brennan, who was advisory on the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1928-30) in the selection of personnel.  Brennan was skipper of the North Pole.||
1908|Brennecke Nunataks|Summit|721400S|0633500W|-72.2333333|-63.5833333||||A group of large nunataks on the N side of the head of Beaumont Glacier, to the SW of Holmes Hills in south-central Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from aerial photographs taken by the U.S. Navy, 1966-69.  In association with the names of oceanographers grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Carl Wilhelm A. Brennecke (1875-1924), German oceanographer; member of the staff of Deutsche Seewarte (German Naval Observatory), 1904-24; member of the German Antarctic Expedition, 1911-12.||
1910|Breplogen Mountain|Summit|715500S|0052700E|-71.9166667|5.45|2725|8940|01/01/1967|A broad mountain, 2,725 m, which is ice covered except on its N and E sides, standing W of Austreskorve Glacier in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Breplogen (the glacier plough).||
1911|Mount Bresnahan|Summit|714800S|1612800E|-71.8|161.4666667|1630|5348|01/01/1970|A flat-topped, mainly ice-free mountain (1,630 m) situated along the E side of the Helliwell Hills, 6 mi NNE of Mount Van der Hoeven.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after David M. Bresnahan, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68 and 1968-69; on staff of Office of Polar Programs, National Science Foundation, from 1970.||
1912|Breton Island|Island|664800S|1412300E|-66.8|141.3833333|||01/01/1962|Small rocky island lying 0.2 mi SW of Empereur Island.  Charted in 1950 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) and named by them for their largely Breton crew.||
1913|Brewer Peak|Summit|713400S|1682800E|-71.5666667|168.4666667|2110|6922|01/01/1970|A peak (2,110 m) along the W wall of Pitkevitch Glacier near the glacier's head, in the Admiralty Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Thomas J. Brewer, CS1, U.S. Navy (USN), Commissaryman at McMurdo Station, 1967.||
1915|Mount Brewster|Summit|725700S|1692300E|-72.95|169.3833333|2025|6644|01/01/1947|A small peak (2,025 m) that rises above the general level of the central part of Daniell Peninsula and marks its greatest elevation, in Victoria Land.  Named in 1841 by Sir James Clark Ross for Sir David Brewster, Scottish physicist.||
1916|Brewster Island|Island|644300S|0623400W|-64.7166667|-62.5666667|||01/01/1965|Small island lying NE of Danco Island in Errera Channel, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1950.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Sir David Brewster (1781-1868), Scottish natural philosopher who in 1844 improved the mirror stereoscope invented by Sir Charles Wheatstone by substituting prisms.||
1917|Breyer Mesa|Summit|860100S|1611200W|-86.0166667|-161.2|3000|9842|01/01/1951|An ice-covered mesa, 5 mi long and rising over 3,000 m, standing between Christy and Tate Glaciers on the W side of Amundsen Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered by R. Admiral Byrd on the South Pole flight of November 1929, and named by him for Robert S. Breyer, West Coast representative and patron of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  The name "Mount Breyer" was previously recommended for this feature, but the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) has amended the terminology to the more suitable Breyer Mesa.||
1920|Brialmont Cove|Bay|641600S|0610000W|-64.2666667|-61|||01/01/1947|Cove in Hughes Bay, lying between Charles and Spring Points along the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted in 1898 by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, who named it for Lieutenant-General Brialmont, a member of the Belgica Commission.||
1922|Briand Fjord|Bay|650100S|0630100W|-65.0166667|-63.0166667|||01/01/1965|Bay nearly 3 mi long in the NE part of Flandres Bay, along the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) (1903-05) and named by Charcot for Aristide Briand (1862-1932), French statesman and Minister of Public Instruction in 1906.||
1923|Brian Island|Island|680800S|0670700W|-68.1333333|-67.1166667|||01/01/1949|The westernmost of the Debenham Islands, off the W coast of Graham Land. Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill, who named it for a son of Frank Debenham, member of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) Advisory Committee.||
1924|Mount Brice|Summit|752200S|0723700W|-75.3666667|-72.6166667|||01/01/1966|A mountain 2.5 mi W of Mount Abrams in the Behrendt Mountains, Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Neil M. Brice, radioscience researcher in this area at Camp Sky-Hi, summer 1961-62.||
1926|Bridgeman Island|Island|620400S|0564400W|-62.0666667|-56.7333333|240|787|01/01/1953|An almost circular, volcanic island marked by steep sides, 0.5 mi long and 240 m high, lying 23 mi E of King George Island in the South Shetland Islands. Bridgeman Island is an established name dating back to about 1820.||
1928|Bridge Pass|Gap|814600S|1604200E|-81.7666667|160.7|||01/01/1965|A high pass between the Surveyors and Nash Ranges, at the upper reaches of the Dickey and Algie Glaciers, affording a passage from the Nimrod Glacier region to Beaumont Bay.  Named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) for Captain Lawrence D. Bridge, Royal New Zealand Engineers (RNZE), leader at Scott Base from November 1960 to February 1961.||
1929|Mount Bridger|Summit|721700S|1673500E|-72.2833333|167.5833333|2295|7529|01/01/1970|A mountain (2,295 m) along the S side of Pearl Harbor Glacier, situated 5 mi NNE of Conard Peak in the Cartographers Range, Victory Mountains, in Victoria Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William D. Bridger, U.S. Navy (USN), aviation machinist's mate and flight engineer on Hercules aircraft at Williams Field, Ross Island, on Operation Deep Freeze 1968.||
1930|Bridger Bay|Bay|603300S|0455100W|-60.55|-45.85|||01/01/1964|Semi-circular bay 2.5 mi wide, lying W of Tickell Head along the N coast of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Discovered in 1821 in the course of the joint cruise by Captain Nathaniel Palmer, American sealer, and Captain George Powell, British sealer.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1956-58 and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for John F.D. Bridger, who participated in the survey of Coronation and Signy Islands.||
1931|Bridge Riegel|Ridge|764300S|1610000E|-76.7166667|161|||01/01/1993|A flat-topped rock ridge on the N side of Greenville Valley, immediately above Greenville Hole, in the Convoy Range, Victoria Land.  The feature provides a platform that overlooks the entire valley, similar to the bridge of a ship.  So named by a 1989-90 New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) field party.||
1932|Mount Bridgman|Summit|665000S|0672300W|-66.8333333|-67.3833333|||01/01/1965|A prominent mountain which surmounts the central part of Liard Island in Hanusse Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Mapped from photos obtained by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (1947-48) and Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Percy W. Bridgman, American physicist who discovered the high-pressure forms of ice.||
1933|Bridgman Glacier|Glacier|722300S|1700500E|-72.3833333|170.0833333|||01/01/1962|Steep glacier falling away from the W side of Hallett Peninsula and forming a floating ice tongue on the E shore of Edisto Inlet between Salmon and Roberts Cliffs.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, for Lieutenant Albert H. Bridgman, MC, USN, surgeon and U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) leader at Hallett station in 1959.||
1935|Bridwell Peak|Summit|715600S|1662800E|-71.9333333|166.4666667|2220|7283|01/01/1970|A peak (2,220 m) 6 mi SE of Boss Peak in the Victory Mountains of Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1960-63. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ray E. Bridwell, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at Hallett Station, 1964-65.||
1936|Brien Rocks|Summit|731300S|1612300E|-73.2166667|161.3833333|||01/01/1969|Prominent rock outcrops lying 6 mi W of Caudal Hills, in Victoria Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert J. Brien, aviation electronics technician with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 at McMurdo Station, 1966.||04/11/2001
1939|Briesemeister Peak|Summit|692800S|0624500W|-69.4666667|-62.75|690|2264|01/01/1953|Peak, 690 m, which stands 7 mi WNW of Cape Rymill on the E coast of Palmer Land.  This peak was photographed from the air by Sir Hubert Wilkins on Dec. 20, 1928, and by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940.  It was named by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, 1947-48, after William A. Briesemeister (d. 1967), Chief Cartographer, American Geographical Society, 1913-63, who by recognizing this peak on two photographs taken by Wilkins established their continuity, an important clue to the identity and correct position of Stefansson Strait (Geographical Review, July 1948, pp. 477, 484); he supervised the preparation of maps of Antarctica for use during the IGY (1957-58) and post-IGY programs of U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP), including continental maps published at a scale of 1:6 million (1956) and 1:5 million (1962).||
1940|Briggs Glacier|Glacier|541000S|0370800W|-54.1666667|-37.1333333|||01/01/1963|Glacier between Mount Worsley and The Trident in central South Georgia, flowing NW into Murray Snowfield.  Charted as a glacier flowing into the head of Possession Bay by Lieutenant Commander J.M. Chaplin, Royal Navy (RN), in 1929, and named for Able Seaman A.C. Briggs, one of the crew of the Discovery in 1925-27 and a member of Chaplin's survey party in 1928-30.  During the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1955-56, the complicated area of glaciers and snowfields S of Possession Bay was for the first time surveyed in detail, and Briggs Glacier was located.||
1941|Briggs Hill|Summit|774923S|1630019E|-77.823134|163.005141|1210|3970|01/01/1964|Conspicuous ice-free hill, 1,210 m, standing on the S side of Ferrar Glacier between Descent and Overflow Glaciers in Victoria Land.  Charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, 1910-13.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Raymond S. Briggs, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at McMurdo Station in 1962, and station scientific leader there in 1963.||
1942|Briggs Peak|Summit|685900S|0664200W|-68.9833333|-66.7|1120|3674|01/01/1962|An isolated, conical mountain (1,120 m) on the NE side of Wordie Ice Shelf, Antarctic Peninsula.  First roughly surveyed by British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1936-37.  Photographed by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), Nov. 1947 (trimetrogon air photography).  Surveyed from the ground by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1949 and 1958.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Henry Briggs (1556-1630), English mathematician who, with John Napier, was responsible for the invention of logarithms, about 1614.||
1943|Briggs Peninsula|Cape|643100S|0630100W|-64.5166667|-63.0166667|||01/01/1971|Small peninsula forming the W side of Inverleith Harbor on the NE coast of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  The NE point of the peninsula was charted in 1927 by DI personnel on the Discovery, who named it Briggs Point for Able Seaman A.C. Briggs, a member of the survey party.  As air photos show no distinct point in this location, the name was applied to the entire peninsula by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959.||
1944|Briggs Point|Summit|541700S|0361700W|-54.2833333|-36.2833333|||01/01/1965|Point on the E side of Godthul, close SW of Cape George on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name appears on a chart showing the results of a survey by DI personnel in 1929, and is probably for A.C. Briggs, a member of the survey party.||
1946|Brighton Beach|Beach|540700S|0371000W|-54.1166667|-37.1666667|||01/01/1965|A beach lying between Zero and Adventure Points in Possession Bay, on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name appears on a chart showing the results of a survey by DI personnel in 1926-30, and derives from the beach being crowded with fauna as Brighton Beach in England.||
1948|Brimstone Peak|Summit|615500S|0574500W|-61.9166667|-57.75|||01/01/1960|Conspicuous peak surmounting the rocky headland between Venus Bay and Emerald Bay, on the N coast of King George Island in the South Shetland Islands.  The name North Foreland originally appeared for this feature on a chart by British sealer Captain George Powell in 1822, but this name has since become firmly established for the NE cape of King George Island.  The name Brimstone was applied in 1937 by DI personnel on the Discovery II, because of its yellow color.||
1949|Brimstone Peak|Summit|754800S|1583300E|-75.8|158.55|2340|7677|01/01/1966|A peak, 2,340 m, surmounting a small ice-free mesa between Outpost Nunataks and Ricker Hills, in the Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, which so named it because of coloring which suggested "hellfire and brimstone."||
1951|Brindle Cliffs|Cliff|692300S|0683300W|-69.3833333|-68.55|610|2001|01/01/1956|Precipitous mass of ice-free rock rising to 610 m, standing 6 mi E of Cape Jeremy on the W coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  First seen from the air and photographed on Aug. 16, 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Surveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) who so named the feature because of its color.||
1952|Brinton Nunatak|Summit|853500S|1322400W|-85.5833333|-132.4|||01/01/1967|A small nunatak marking the W extremity of Ford Nunataks, in the Wisconsin Range, Horlick Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Curtis C. Brinton, utilitiesman with the Byrd Station winter party, 1957.||
1953|Mount Bris|Summit|635900S|0595000W|-63.9833333|-59.8333333|||01/01/1960|A broad mountain rising 1 mi W of the head of Sabine Glacier and 11 mi S of Cape Kater, in Graham Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Jean Marle le Bris (1808-72), French naval officer who designed a glider and became the first glider pilot, in 1857.||03/05/1997
1955|Brisbane Heights|Summit|603600S|0453800W|-60.6|-45.6333333|960|3150|01/01/1956|Series of heights rising to 960 m and extending in an arc from Worswick Hill to High Stile in the central part of Coronation Island, South Orkney Islands.  The feature was named Brisbane Plateau following the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) survey of 1948-49, but resurvey in 1956 determined heights to be a more suitable descriptive term. Matthew Brisbane, master of the cutter Beaufoy, accompanied James Weddell, master of the brig Jane,  to the South Orkney Islands in January 1823, and roughly charted the S coast of the group.||
1957|Bristly Peaks|Range|692300S|0661500W|-69.3833333|-66.25|||01/01/1962|A series of sharp, rock peaks on a ridge separating the Seller and Fleming Glaciers in central Antarctic Peninsula.  Photographed from the air by British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) in 1937, and by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in 1947.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1958 and 1960.  The name, applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), is descriptive of the sharp peaks which suggest the bristles of a brush.||
1958|Bristol Island|Island|590200S|0263100W|-59.0333333|-26.5166667|||01/01/1952|Island 5 mi long, lying midway between Montagu Island and Southern Thule in the South Sandwich Islands.  Discovered by a British expedition under Cook in 1775 and named by him for the title name of the noble family of Hervey.||
1959|Mount Britannia|Summit|644300S|0624100W|-64.7166667|-62.6833333|1160|3806|01/01/1965|Mountain, 1,160 m, rising in the center of Ronge Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 after H.M. Yacht Britannia in which Prince Philip, Duke of Edinburgh, visited South Georgia, the South Shetland Islands and Graham Land in January 1957.||
1960|Britannia Range|Range|800500S|1580000E|-80.0833333|158|||01/01/1947|A range of mountains bounded by the Hatherton and Darwin Glaciers on the north and the Byrd Glacier on the south, westward of the Ross Ice Shelf. Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) under Scott.  Named after His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Britannia, a vessel utilized as a naval college in England, which had been attended by several officers of Scott's expedition.||
1962|Britten Inlet|Stream|723600S|0723000W|-72.6|-72.5||||Ice-filled inlet on the SW side of Monteverdi Peninsula, S Alexander Island. The inlet was delineated from U.S. Landsat imagery of January 1973.  In association with the names of composers grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), 1977, after Edward Benjamin Britten (1913-76), British composer.||
1963|Britt Peak|Summit|760300S|1350700W|-76.05|-135.1166667|3070|10072|01/01/1974|A small peak (3,070 m) just SW of the summit of Mount Moulton, in the Flood Range of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Dale R. Britt, BU2, U.S. Navy (USN), a builder who wintered-over at South Pole Station, 1969.||
1966|Broad Valley|Valley|632200S|0575500W|-63.3666667|-57.9166667|||01/01/1952|A descriptive name for the broad glacier-filled valley on the S side of Laclavere Plateau, Trinity Peninsula.  The name was suggested by V.I. Russell of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) following his survey in 1946.||
1967|Mount Brockelsby|Summit|673400S|0501100E|-67.5666667|50.1833333|1290|4232|01/01/1965|Mountain, 1,290 m, standing 7 mi N of Simpson Peak in the Scott Mountains, Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for W.K. Brockelsby, ionosphere physicist at Mawson Station in 1961.||
1968|Brocken|Summit|542900S|0360400W|-54.4833333|-36.0666667|610|2001|01/01/1963|Mountain rising over 610 m close SW of Calf Head on the N side of South Georgia.  Named by the German group of the International Polar Year Investigations, 1882-83, after the highest mountain in central Germany.||
1969|Brock Gully|Valley|764300S|1594400E|-76.7166667|159.7333333|||01/01/1965|A valley 1 mi S of Windwhistle Peak in the Allan Hills of Victoria Land. Reconnoitered by the New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) Allan Hills Expedition (1964) who named it after the dialect name for a badger because of the resemblance to badger country in parts of England.||01/05/2021
1970|Brockhamp Islands|Island|671700S|0675600W|-67.2833333|-67.9333333|||01/01/1965|Two small islands in Laubeuf Fjord, lying 3 mi SW of Mothes Point, Adelaide Island.  Mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) air photos, 1947-48, and Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) surveys, 1948-50.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Bernhard Brockhamp, German glaciologist who, with H. Mothes, made the first seismic soundings of a glacier, in Austria in 1926.||
1971|Mount Brocklehurst|Summit|760800S|1612700E|-76.1333333|161.45|1310|4298|01/01/1949|Dome-shaped mountain, 1,310 m, standing N of Mawson Glacier and 6 mi W of Mount Murray in Victoria Land.  First charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) which named it for Sir Philip Lee Brocklehurst, who contributed to the expedition and was assistant geologist on it.||
1972|Brocklehurst Ridge|Ridge|710200S|0670600E|-71.0333333|67.1|||01/01/1967|A partly snow-covered rock ridge about 1 mi S of Taylor Platform in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1956 and 1960. Named by ANCA for F.J. Brocklehurst, electrical fitter at Mawson Station in 1964.||
1973|Mount Brocoum|Summit|701200S|0634500W|-70.2|-63.75|||01/01/1976|The dominant peak on the eastern ridge of the Columbia Mountains in Palmer Land.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Stephan J. Brocoum and his wife, Alice V. Brocoum, Columbia University geologists who studied the structure of the Scotia Ridge area.  He worked in 1968-69 and 1970-71; she, only the latter season.||
1974|Brøde Island|Island|545400S|0360700W|-54.9|-36.1166667|||01/01/1956|Small, rounded tussock-covered island, 1 mi SW of Green Island, off the S tip of South Georgia.  First charted in 1775 by a British expedition under Cook. Roughly surveyed by a German expedition, 1928-29, under Kohl-Larsen, who appears to have used the name "Hauptinsel" (head island) for this feature.  Following a survey in 1951-52, the South Georgia Survey (SGS) reported that the name Brode (Norwegian word meaning loaf) is firmly established among whalers and sealers for this island and the name is approved on this basis.||03/05/1997
1975|Brodie Peak|Summit|692500S|0660500W|-69.4166667|-66.0833333|1410|4626||One of the Bristly Peaks (q.v.), rising to 1,410 m 5 mi SSE of Mount Castro, in central Antarctic Peninsula.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 after Earl E. Brodie, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) engineer, Palmer Station winter party, 1969.||03/05/1997
1976|Brodie Ponds|Swamp|775659S|1634159E|-77.949658|163.699721||||A group of meltwater ponds lying W and SW of the base of Mount Kowalczyk on the surface of the Blue Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Visited by a New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) geological party led by R.H. Findlay, 1979-80, and named after Ken Brodie, a geologist with the party.||
1977|Brødrene Rocks|Island|661700S|0560600E|-66.2833333|56.1|||01/01/1965|Group of rocks lying in the entrance to Wheeler Bay, just NW of Magnet Bay. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Brodrene (the brothers).||03/05/1997
1978|Mount Brogger|Summit|765200S|1614800E|-76.8666667|161.8|1400|4593|01/01/1952|Mountain, 1,400 m, which forms part of the N wall of Cleveland Glacier about 4 mi N of Referring Peak, in Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land.  Charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) which named it for Prof. Waldemar C. Brogger, Norwegian geologist and mineralogist.||
1979|Brøgger Glacier|Glacier|543200S|0362600W|-54.5333333|-36.4333333|||01/01/1963|Glacier 7 mi long, flowing W into the S part of Undine South Harbor on the S coast of South Georgia.  The name appears on a chart by Prof. Olaf Holtedahl, Norwegian geologist who investigated South Georgia in 1928, and is probably for Prof. Waldemar Brogger, Norwegian geologist and mineralogist, and member of the Norwegian Parliament, 1900-09.||
1980|Broka Island|Island|670700S|0583600E|-67.1166667|58.6|140|459|01/01/1947|Rocky island, 4 mi long and rising to 140 m, with a prominent cove indenting the N side, situated 2 mi N of Law Promontory and 1 mi W of Havstein Island. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  They applied the name Broka (the trousers) because the outline of the island resembles that of a pair of trousers.||
1981|Broken Island|Island|674900S|0665700W|-67.8166667|-66.95|||01/01/1950|Island 2.5 mi long, lying 1.5 mi N of Centre Island in the N part of Square Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered and named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.||
1982|Cape Broms|Cape|642000S|0581800W|-64.3333333|-58.3|||01/01/1952|Cape which marks the S side of the entrance to Rohss Bay on the W side of James Ross Island, off the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold, who named it for G.E. Broms, a patron of the expedition.||
1983|Mount Bronk|Summit|842400S|1754600E|-84.4|175.7666667|3530|11581|01/01/1962|A snow-covered mountain, 3,530 m, standing 4 mi NE of Mount Waterman in Hughes Range.  Discovered and photographed by R. Admiral Byrd on the baselaying flight of Nov. 18, 1929, and surveyed by A.P. Crary in 1957-58.  Named by Crary for Detlev W. Bronk, President of the U.S. National Academy of Sciences, which actively supported Antarctic operations during the 1957-58 IGY period.||
1984|Mount Brooke|Summit|764900S|1595400E|-76.8166667|159.9|2675|8776|01/01/1961|A large isolated mountain, 2,675 m, standing 17 mi NW of Mount Gran and dominating the area near the heads of Mackay and Mawson Glaciers.  Named for Lieutenant Commander F.R. Brooke, Royal Navy (RN), leader of the 1957 New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.||
1985|Mount Brooker|Summit|543000S|0361400W|-54.5|-36.2333333|1880|6168|01/01/1963|Mountain, 1,880 m, standing at the head of Webb Glacier and forming the last major summit in the SE part of the Allardyce Range of South Georgia.  The feature was identified as "Pic" (meaning Peak) or "Pikstock" by the German group of the International Polar Year Investigations, 1882-83.  First climbed in 1955 by Ian M. Brooker, for whom it is named, and E.C. Webb, members of the British South Georgia Expedition, 1954-55, led by George Sutton.||
1986|Brooklyn Island|Island|643900S|0620400W|-64.65|-62.0666667|||01/01/1952|Island 2.5 mi long, lying 1 mi S of Nansen Island in the E part of Wilhelmina Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99, and named after the home of Dr. Frederick A. Cook, American member of the expedition who served as surgeon, anthropologist, and photographer.||
1987|Brookman Point|Summit|741900S|1315100W|-74.3166667|-131.85|||01/01/1974|The snow-covered NW point of Grant Island, lying off the coast of Marie Byrd Land and Getz Ice Shelf.  Discovered and first charted from the USS Glacier (Captain Edwin A. McDonald, USN) in February 1962.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Peter J. Brookman, Civil Engineer Corps (CEC), U.S. Navy (USN), Officer-in-Charge at Byrd Station, 1970.||
1988|Cape Brooks|Cape|733600S|0604600W|-73.6|-60.7666667|465|1526|01/01/1953|Cape marked by steep, conspicuous walls which rise to 465 m, forming the S side of the entrance to New Bedford Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land. Discovered and photographed from the air in December 1940 by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS). During 1947 the cape was photographed from the air by members of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted it from the ground.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Charles E.P. Brooks, English meteorologist on the staff of the Meteorological Office, 1907-49.||
1990|Brooks Nunatak|Summit|845900S|0661800W|-84.9833333|-66.3|1615|5298|01/01/1968|An isolated nunatak, 1,615 m, standing 6 mi SW of Shurley Ridge on the S side of Mackin Table in the Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert E. Brooks, biologist at South Pole Station, summer 1966-67.||
1991|Brooks Point|Summit|664500S|1082500E|-66.75|108.4166667|||01/01/1973|A small rock point on the W shore of Vincennes Bay, about 5 mi WNW of Mallory Point.  This feature was first mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John Brooks, seaman on the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) flagship Vincennes under Wilkes, 1838-42.  This 1972 naming resolves the problem raised by displacement of the name "Brooks Island" (now Ivanoff Head, q.v.).||
1992|Mount Broome|Summit|733500S|0614500W|-73.5833333|-61.75|||01/01/1968|Mountain in the N part of the range which lies between the mouths of Douglas and Bryan Glaciers in the Werner Mountains, Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Howard W. Broome, Jr., electrician with the South Pole Station winter party in 1967.||
1994|Brosnahan Island|Island|792800S|1605900E|-79.4666667|160.9833333|||01/01/1965|Island 1 mi long, rising above the western part of the Ross Ice Shelf 11 mi NE of Cape Murray.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1959-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander James J. Brosnahan, U.S. Navy (USN), commander of the McMurdo Station winter party, 1961.||
1997|Brothers Rocks|Island|574600S|0262500W|-57.7666667|-26.4166667|||01/01/1956|Group of rocks surrounded by foul ground lying 1 mi E of the N part of Saunders Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  Charted and named in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovey II.||
1999|Brouardel Point|Summit|650300S|0635900W|-65.05|-63.9833333|||01/01/1952|Point N of Port Charcot along the W side of the Mount Lacroix peninsula, Booth Island, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named for Doctor Brouardel, identified by Charcot as a member of the Institut de France.||
2001|Mount Brounov|Summit|715800S|0142000E|-71.9666667|14.3333333|2370|7775|01/01/1970|Mountain, 2,370 m, standing 1.5 mi S of Mount Kibal'chich in the Payer Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  First plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39. Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after P.I. Brounov, Soviet geographer.||
2003|Mount Brouwer|Summit|723500S|0312600E|-72.5833333|31.4333333|2460|8071|01/01/1966|Mountain, 2,460 m, between Mount Hoge and Mount Launoit in the Belgica Mountains.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1957-58, under G. de Gerlache, who named it for Carl de Brouwer, a patron of the expedition.||
2004|Cape Brown|Cape|691600S|0694500W|-69.2666667|-69.75|||01/01/1955|Prominent ice-covered cape 5.5 mi NNE of the summit of Mount Nicholas, marking the E side of the entrance to Schokalsky Bay on the NE coast of Alexander Island.  First seen from a distance by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot in 1909, but charted as part of a small island.  Photographed from the air in 1937 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, and later roughly mapped from the photos.  Surveyed from the ground in 1948 by Colin C. Brown, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) surveyor at Stonington Island, 1948-49, for whom the cape is named.||
2005|Mount Brown|Summit|681800S|0862500E|-68.3|86.4166667|||01/01/1955|An elongated rock peak protruding slightly above the continental ice, situated 160 mi E of the Vestfold Hills and 100 mi SSW of Cape Penck.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47), and named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) Eduardo P. Brown, USN, photographic officer for the Western Group of the expedition.||
2006|Brown Bay|Bay|661700S|1103300E|-66.2833333|110.55|||01/01/1971|A cove just to the SE of Casey Station on Bailey Peninsula, Budd Coast.  Photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1956, and the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), 1956. Named by ANCA for A.M. Brown, senior engineer with the Antarctic Division, Melbourne, a member of the team which planned and supervised the construction of Casey Station.||03/05/1997
2007|Brown Bluff|Cliff|633200S|0565500W|-63.5333333|-56.9166667|745|2444|01/01/1952|Ice-capped, flat-topped mountain, 745 m, with a prominent cliff of reddish-brown volcanic rock on the N face, 9 mi S of Hope Bay on the E side of Tabarin Peninsula, at the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  The descriptive name was applied by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) following their survey in 1946.||
2008|Mount Brown-Cooper|Summit|704200S|0641200E|-70.7|64.2|||01/01/1970|A partly ice-covered mountain 1 mi SW of Mount Forecast, surmounting the S end of Bennett Escarpment in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveys and air photos, 1956-65.  Named by ANCA for P.J. Brown-Cooper, geophysicist at Wilkes Station, 1965.||
2009|Brown Glacier|Glacier|530400S|0733900E|-53.0666667|73.65|||01/01/1968|A glacier just S of Round Hill on the E side of Heard Island.  Surveyed by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1948.  Named by ANCA for K.G. Brown, Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) biologist on Heard Island in 1951.||
2010|Brown Glacier|Glacier|745000S|0650800W|-74.8333333|-65.1333333||||A large glacier on the W side of Latady Mountains, flowing SSE to join Ketchum Glacier, W of Gardner Inlet, on Lassiter Coast, Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lawrence Edward Brown, geologist; member of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) field party which crossed this glacier, 1969-70.||
2011|Brown Hills|Range|794600S|1583300E|-79.7666667|158.55|||01/01/1965|A group of mainly snow-free hills in the Cook Mountains, lying N of the lower reaches of Darwin Glacier.  Named for their color by the Darwin Glacier Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58).||
2012|Mount Browning|Summit|743700S|1640300E|-74.6166667|164.05|760|2493||A mountain, 760 m, which rises opposite the terminus of Boomerang Glacier in the Northern Foothills, on the coast of Victoria Land.  First roughly mapped by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09.  This area was explored and mapped in greater detail by the Northern Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, and the mountain named for Petty Officer Frank V. Browning, Royal Navy (RN), a member of the Northern Party.||
2014|Browning Pass|Gap|743600S|1635900E|-74.6|163.9833333|||01/01/1967|An ice-covered pass, 10 mi long, lying between the main mass of Deep Freeze Range and Northern Foothills in Victoria Land.  The pass facilitates movement between the lower ends of Priestley and Campbell Glaciers.  The feature was first mapped as a part of Campbell Glacier by the Northern Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13. It was remapped by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, and named for Frank V. Browning, a member of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) Northern Party, for whom nearby Mount Browning is also named.||
2015|Browning Peninsula|Cape|662800S|1103300E|-66.4666667|110.55|||01/01/1956|Rocky peninsula, 4 mi long, separating Penney Bay and Eyres Bay at the S end of the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Charles L. Browning, USN, chief staff officer with U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml and later staff officer with Task Force 43, the logistic arm of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze, 1955-56.||03/05/1997
2016|Brown Island|Island|645800S|0634700W|-64.9666667|-63.7833333|||01/01/1953|Small, brown, almost snow-free island in the SE part of the Wauwermans Islands, 2 mi SW of Wednesday Island, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37, and so named because its brown color distinguished it from adjacent snow-capped islands.||
2018|Brown Mountain|Summit|541700S|0363100W|-54.2833333|-36.5166667|330|1083|01/01/1956|Rounded hill, 330 m, standing 0.75 mi S of the station at Grytviken, near the W shore of Cumberland East Bay, South Georgia.  First surveyed by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold.  The descriptive name "Braun Berg" (Brown Mountain) was given by A. Szielasko who mapped this area in 1906.  The English form of the name recommended by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954 has been adopted.||
2019|Brown Nunataks|Summit|823700S|0533000W|-82.6166667|-53.5|||01/01/1968|Three nunataks lying 1 mi NW of Walker Peak at the SW extremity of Dufek Massif, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John B. Brown, ionospheric scientist, Ellsworth Station winter party, 1957.||
2020|Brown Peak|Summit|672500S|1643500E|-67.4166667|164.5833333|1705|5594|01/01/1947|A peak (1,705 m) in the northern part of Sturge Island, in the Balleny Islands.  Discovered in Feb. 1839 by John Balleny, who named it for W. Brown, one of the merchants who helped Charles Enderby in sending the expedition.  Resighted in 1841 by Captain James Ross, who inadvertently applied the name Russell Peak.||
2021|Brown Peaks|Range|853500S|1580500W|-85.5833333|-158.0833333|||01/01/1967|A series of low peaks surmounting a ridge 4 mi long, standing 7 mi E of Robinson Bluff at the E side of Amundsen Glacier.  First roughly mapped from ground surveys and air photos by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Kenneth R. Brown, biologist with the McMurdo Station winter party of 1964.||
2022|Brown Peninsula|Cape|780600S|1652500E|-78.1|165.4166667|||01/01/1962|A nearly ice-free peninsula, 10 mi long and 4 mi wide, which rises above the Ross Ice Shelf northward of Mount Discovery, to which it is connected by a low isthmus.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) which named it "Brown Island" because of its color and islandlike character.  Since it is a peninsula, the name has been altered accordingly.||
2023|Brown Point|Summit|540700S|0370700W|-54.1166667|-37.1166667|||01/01/1965|Point lying between Steep Point and Glacier Point on the E side of Possession Bay, South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1931 British Admiralty chart.||
2025|Brown Ridge|Ridge|833800S|0550600W|-83.6333333|-55.1|||01/01/1965|A bare rock ridge, 3 mi long, extending NNW from Nelson Peak in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1955-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert D. Brown, geologist with the Patuxent Range field party, 1962-63.||
2026|Browns Bay|Bay|604300S|0443600W|-60.7166667|-44.6|||01/01/1952|Bay 1.5 mi wide, entered between Thomson Point and Cape Geddes along the N coast of Laurie Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted in 1903 by the ScotNAE under Bruce, who named it for R.N. Rudmose Brown, naturalist of the expedition.||
2027|Browns Butte|Summit|851500S|1673000E|-85.25|167.5|||01/01/1966|A bare rock butte at the N side of the mouth of Koski Glacier in the Dominion Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Craig W. Brown, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at South Pole Station, 1963.||
2028|Brown Scarp|Cliff|780400S|1612400E|-78.0666667|161.4|2410|7907|01/01/1995|A narrow wedgelike massif which has a notable southern escarpment but moderate northern slopes.  The feature is 1.5 mi long and rises to 2,410 m between Palais Glacier and Waddington Glacier in Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1994 after Arthur J. Brown, Deputy Program Director (1982-90), ITT Antarctic Services, Inc., corporate contractor to NSF in Antarctica; from 1994, Head of Safety, Environment, and Health Implementation Team, Office of Polar Programs, NSF.||
2029|Browns Glacier|Glacier|685600S|0780000E|-68.9333333|78|||01/01/1956|A small glacier 4 mi N of Chaos Glacier, flowing westward into the north extremity of Ranvik Bay.  The glacier was charted by Norwegian cartographers from air photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37), and was further identified in John H. Roscoe's 1952 study of this area from U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47) photography.  Named by Roscoe for Lieutenant (j.g.) Eduardo P. Brown, USN, photographic officer with the western task group of Operation Highjump.||
2030|Brownson Islands|Island|741000S|1033600W|-74.1666667|-103.6|||01/01/1955|Group of about 20 small islands which lie just outside the entrance to Cranton Bay, about 14 mi SW of the SW tip of Canisteo Peninsula.  Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the USS Brownson, a vessel of the eastern task group of this expedition.||
2031|Brown Valley|Valley|753800S|1321200W|-75.6333333|-132.2|||01/01/1966|A rectangular ice-covered valley between Mount Kauffman and Mount Kosciusko in the NE end of Ames Range, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Thomas I. Brown, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at Byrd Station in 1963.||
2032|Lake Brownworth|Lake|772609S|1624545E|-77.435704|162.76255|||01/01/1972|A meltwater lake immediately W of Wright Lower Glacier at the E end of Wright Valley, Victoria Land.  The lake was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and air photos obtained in 1956-60.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Frederick S. Brownworth Jr., U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) topographic engineer who worked several seasons in Antarctica.  In 1970-71 he supervised aerial photography of the dry valleys of Victoria Land, including this lake.||03/01/2001
2033|Brow Point|Summit|540400S|0370200W|-54.0666667|-37.0333333||||The western entrance point of Blue Whale Harbor on the N coast of South Georgia.  The descriptive name appeared on a British Admiralty chart of 1938 based upon DI surveys in 1930.||
2034|Cape Bruce|Cape|672500S|0604700E|-67.4166667|60.7833333|||01/01/1947|The N tip of a small island lying at the E side of Oom Bay, separated from the mainland rocks just W of Taylor Glacier.  A landing was made there on Feb. 18, 1931, by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson.  Named by Mawson for Rt. Hon. S.M. Bruce (later Lord Bruce) Prime Minister of Australia, 1923-29.||
2036|Mount Bruce|Summit|703200S|1623000E|-70.5333333|162.5|1640|5381|01/01/1952|Prominent mountain (1,640 m) rising just S of Stuhlinger Ice Piedmont and between the Gannutz and Barber Glaciers in the Bowers Mountains.  Discovered by members of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, who explored along this coast in the Terra Nova in February 1911.  Named for Lieutenant Wilfred M. Bruce, Royal Navy Reserve (RNR),) officer in charge of zoological work aboard the Terra Nova.||
2039|Bruce Island|Island|645400S|0630800W|-64.9|-63.1333333|||01/01/1963|An island lying 0.5 mi off the SW corner of Bryde Island in Gerlache Strait. Discovered and mapped by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Lieutenant Adrien de Gerlache.  The name was first used by Scottish geologist David Ferguson, who made a geological reconnaissance in this vicinity from the whalecatcher Hanka in 1913.||
2040|Bruce Islands|Island|604100S|0445400W|-60.6833333|-44.9|||01/01/1952|Group of small islands and rocks 1.5 mi NW of Eillium Island and 3 mi NW of Route Point, the NW tip of Laurie Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  First roughly shown on Powell's chart resulting from the joint cruise of Captain George Powell and Captain Nathaniel Palmer in 1821.  Remapped in 1912-13 by Captain Petter Sorlle, and in 1933 by DI personnel on the Discovery II, who named them for William S. Bruce, leader of the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition, 1902-04.||
2041|Bruce Nunatak|Summit|650500S|0601500W|-65.0833333|-60.25|||01/01/1952|Nunatak which lies 2 mi W of Donald Nunatak in the Seal Nunataks group, off the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  First charted in 1902 by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, who named it for Dr. William S. Bruce, leader of the ScotNAE, 1902-04.||
2042|Bruce Plateau|Plain|660000S|0640000W|-66|-64|1830|6004|01/01/1956|Ice-covered plateau, at least 90 mi long and about 1,830 m high, extending NE from the heads of Gould and Erskine Glaciers to the vicinity of Flandres Bay, in Graham Land.  The first sighting of this plateau has not been ascertained, but it was presumably seen in January 1909 by members of the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot from their position in Pendleton Strait.  The plateau was mapped from aerial photographs and Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) surveys, 1946-62.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after William S. Bruce, Scottish polar explorer and leader of the ScotNAE, 1902-04.||
2043|Bruce Point|Summit|760800S|1622600E|-76.1333333|162.4333333|||01/01/1966|A point situated at the south side of Charcot Cove on the coast of Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) under Captain Robert F. Scott, who named the feature for William S. Bruce, leader of the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition (1902-04).||
2045|Brückner Glacier|Glacier|671800S|0670000W|-67.3|-67|||01/01/1965|Glacier flowing NE on Arrowsmith Peninsula to Muller Ice Shelf in the SW part of Lallemand Fjord, Loubert Coast.  Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from surveys and air photos, 1956-59.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Eduard Bruckner (1862-1927), German pioneer glaciologist.||
2046|Brugda Ridge|Ridge|720500S|0025000E|-72.0833333|2.8333333|||01/01/1966|A ridge extending ESE from the S side of Jutulsessen Mountain in the Gjelsvik Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39). Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Brugda (basking shark).||
2048|Brugmann Mountains|Summit|640200S|0615500W|-64.0333333|-61.9166667|850|2789|01/01/1952|Mountains rising to 850 m, which are steep and rugged on the E slopes but are icecapped and descend gently toward the W, extending in a NE-SW arc along the E side of Liege Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99, and named by him for Georges Brugmann, a patron of the expedition.||
2049|Mount Brundage|Summit|751600S|0652800W|-75.2666667|-65.4666667||||Mountain located 12 mi WSW of Mount Terwileger in the S part of the Scaife Mountains.  Discovered by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, 1947-48, who named it for Burr Brundage, U.S. Department of State, who assisted in making arrangements for the expedition.||
2050|Bruner Hill|Summit|753900S|1422500W|-75.65|-142.4166667|770|2526|01/01/1972|A hill (770 m) which is snow covered except for some exposed rock on the N face.  It rises at the N side of El-Sayed Glacier, 8 mi SW of Mount Shirley, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Michael G. Bruner, U.S. Navy (USN), LC-130 aircraft commander during Operation Deep Freeze 1970 and 1971.||
2051|Brunhilde Peak|Summit|773731S|1612756E|-77.625295|161.465557|||01/01/1976|A rock peak between the upper part of Donner Valley and Sykes Glacier in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  Named by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) after Brunhilde, one in a group of names in the range derived from Norse mythology.  In the Nibelungenlied, Brunhilde is a young and stalwart queen whom Siegfried, by magic, wins and later tames for Gunther.||
2052|Brunner Glacier|Glacier|851400S|1753800W|-85.2333333|-175.6333333|||01/01/1966|A narrow steep-walled glacier 2 mi long, descending the W slope of the Cumulus Hills between Landry Bluff and Halfmoon Bluff to enter Shackleton Glacier. Named by the Texas Tech Shackleton Glacier Expedition (1964-65) for Staff Sergeant Donald R. Brunner, member of the U.S. Army Aviation Detachment which supported the expedition.||
2053|Brunonia Glacier|Glacier|540300S|0372900W|-54.05|-37.4833333|||01/01/1952|Glacier which flows E to the head of Sunset Fjord in the Bay of Isles, South Georgia.  Charted in 1912-13 by Robert Cushman Murphy, American naturalist aboard the brig Daisy, who named it for his alma mater Brown University.||
2054|Brunow Bay|Bay|624300S|0600900W|-62.7166667|-60.15|||01/01/1960|Small bay indenting the SE side of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 for Benjamin J. Brunow, Master of the schooner Henry, one of James Byers' fleet of American sealers from New York which visited the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21, operating from Yankee Harbor in nearby Greenwich Island.||
2056|Mount Bruns|Summit|842900S|0642300W|-84.4833333|-64.3833333|910|2986|01/01/1968|Mountain, 910 m, standing 4 mi N of Mount Lowry in Anderson Hills in northern Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John E. Bruns, glaciologist at Palmer Station, winter 1967.||
2057|Bruns Nunataks|Summit|720500S|0011000E|-72.0833333|1.1666667|||01/01/1970|A small group of nunataks, including Tua Hill, lying 2.5 mi WNW of Brattskarvet Mountain in the Sverdrup Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  The name "Bruns-Berge" after Herbert Bruns, electrical engineer with the expedition, was applied in this area by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39) under Alfred Ritscher.  The correlation of the name with these nunataks may be arbitrary but is recommended for the sake of international uniformity and historical continuity.||
2058|Brunt Icefalls|Glacier|755500S|0250000W|-75.9166667|-25|||01/01/1970|A line of icefalls extending along Caird Coast for about 50 miles, where the steep ice-covered coast descends to Brunt Ice Shelf.  The icefalls were discovered Nov. 5, 1967, in the course of a U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VXE-6 flight over the coast in LC-130 aircraft, and was plotted by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from air photos obtained at that time.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with the Brunt Ice Shelf.||
2059|Brunt Ice Shelf|Glacier|754000S|0250000W|-75.6666667|-25|||01/01/1965|An ice shelf that borders the coast of Coats Land between Dawson-Lambton Glacier and Stancomb-Wills Glacier Tongue.  The feature provided the site for the base of the Royal Society Expedition, 1955-59.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after David Brunt, English meteorologist, Physical Secretary of the Royal Society, 1948-57, who was responsible for the initiation of the Royal Society Expedition to this ice shelf in 1955.||
2060|Brunvoll Glacier|Glacier|674800S|0664800E|-67.8|66.8|||01/01/1953|Broad glacier flowing N to the coast between Murray Monolith and Torlyn Mountain on the E and Scullin Monolith and Mikkelsen Peak on the west.  The name was suggested by Bjarne Aagaard for the brothers Arnold and Saebjorn Brunvoll, Norwegian whaling captains who explored along this coast in the Seksern in January 1931.||
2061|Brusen Nunatak|Summit|681200S|0581300E|-68.2|58.2166667|||01/01/1967|A lone peak 3 mi W of Mount Gjeita in the Hansen Mountains.  Mapped and named by Norwegian cartographers working from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.||
2062|Brush Glacier|Glacier|742900S|1113600W|-74.4833333|-111.6|||01/01/1967|A broad glacier in the NW part of Bear Peninsula, flowing W into Dotson Ice Shelf to the N of Jeffrey Head, in Marie Byrd Land.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in January 1947.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Bernard E. Brush, station engineer at the Byrd (very low frequency) Substation, 1966.||
2063|Brusilov Nunataks|Summit|664200S|0522400E|-66.7|52.4|||01/01/1971|A group of nunataks lying 6 mi N of Mount Morrison in the Tula Mountains, Enderby Land.  The geology of the nunataks was investigated by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1961-62, which named them after the Russian polar explorer G.L. Brusilov.||
2064|Brutus Island|Island|540400S|0370900W|-54.0666667|-37.15|||01/01/1956|Small island lying near the center of Prince Olav Harbor on the N coast of South Georgia.  The descriptive name Saddle Island was given for this feature, probably by a British expedition under Shackleton, 1921-22, but the same name is used elsewhere in the Antarctic.  To avoid confusion a new name has been approved for this feature.  The name Brutus Island, after the hulk Brutus, which was towed across with coal from South Africa by two small catchers and has for many years been moored alongside the whaling station in Prince Olav Harbor, was proposed by Sir Harold Salvesen.||
2065|Bryan Coast|Beach|733500S|0840000W|-73.5833333|-84|||01/01/1966|That portion of the coast of Antarctica along the S shore of the Bellingshausen Sea between Pfrogner Point and the N tip of Rydberg Peninsula.  The eastern end of this coast was discovered from the air during flights of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (1947-48).  The entire coast was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1961-67.  Originally named George Bryan Coast after R. Admiral George S. Bryan, Hydrographer of the U.S. Navy, 1938-46, under whose direction noteworthy contributions to polar geography were made.  The name has been shortened for the sake of brevity.||
2066|Bryan Glacier|Glacier|772411S|1605532E|-77.403146|160.925507|||01/01/1968|Glacier that flows N along the E side of Werner Mountains and merges with Douglas Glacier on entering New Bedford Inlet in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Terry E. Bryan, glaciologist at Byrd Station, summer 1966-67.||
2067|Cape Bryant|Cape|711200S|0605500W|-71.2|-60.9166667|||01/01/1947|High, snow-covered cape forming the N side of the entrance to Palmer Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered by members of East Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) who explored this coast by land and from the air in 1940.  Named by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) for Herwil M. Bryant of the Smithsonian Institute, biologist with the East Base party.||
2070|Bryde Island|Island|645200S|0630200W|-64.8666667|-63.0333333||||Island 6 mi long and 3 mi wide, lying immediately SW of Lemaire Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99, and named for the representative of the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) in Norway.||
2071|Bryde Rocks|Summit|540100S|0381600W|-54.0166667|-38.2666667|||01/01/1963|Small group of rocks 1 mi WSW of the S end of Main Island, off the W end of South Georgia.  Positioned by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Thorleif Bryde, gunner of the South Georgia Whaling Co., Leith Harbor, for several years beginning in 1952.||04/12/2001
2073|Bryse Peaks|Range|724300S|0745000E|-72.7166667|74.8333333|||01/01/1967|A small nunatak, with two peaks, located 4 mi NNE of Mason Peaks in the Grove Mountains.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos, 1956-60.  Named by ANCA for R.A. Bryse, topographic draftsman, Division of National Mapping, Australian Department of National Development, who has contributed substantially to the production of Antarctic maps.||
2074|Bubble Spur|Ridge|775855S|1614920E|-77.981874|161.822216|||01/01/1993|A flattish rock spur that separates the lower ends of Blankenship Glacier and Tedrow Glacier, to the W of Table Mountain, Royal Society Range, in Victoria Land. The name is one of a group in the area associated with surveying applied in 1993 by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB); a bubble on a surveying instrument is used to indicate its directional tilt and to facilitate its leveling.||
2075|Mount Bubier|Summit|715600S|0974400W|-71.9333333|-97.7333333|||01/01/1968|Mountain visible from seaward, its summit about 4 mi S of the N tip of Edwards Peninsula on Thurston Island.  First delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Kennard F. Bubier, aviation mechanic on Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) in 1928-30.||01/05/2021
2078|Bucentaur Rock|Island|540900S|0363300W|-54.15|-36.55|||01/01/1956|The outermost of three rocks lying close NE of Busen Point, at the SE side of the entrance to Stromness Bay, South Georgia.  The name Low Rock was given for this feature by DI personnel during their survey in 1927, but this name is used elsewhere in the Antarctic.  Following the survey by South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, the feature was remaned Bucentaur Rock after the floating factory Bucentaur, which was anchored at Husvik in the early years of the whaling station after 1907, and from which the Husvik transport Busen and the catchers Busen I, II, III, etc., derive their names.||
2080|Buchanan Bay|Bay|670500S|1444000E|-67.0833333|144.6666667||||A sheltered bay formed by the junction of the western side of the Mertz Glacier Tongue and the mainland.  Cape De la Motte marks the western entrance point.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who named it after J.Y. Buchanan, a patron of the expedition and a former member of the Challenger expedition (1872-76).||
2082|Buchanan Hills|Range|793900S|0825500W|-79.65|-82.9166667|||01/01/1966|A cluster of rugged hills standing N of Union Glacier and between Collier Hills and Nimbus Hills, in the Heritage Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Roger Buchanan, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist in Antarctica in the 1964-65 season.||
2083|Buchanan Passage|Channel|664800S|0674200W|-66.8|-67.7|||01/01/1975|A marine channel separating Liard Island from Adelaide Island at the north end of Hanusse Bay.  Discovered and first charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Captain Peter W. Buchanan, Royal Navy (RN), commanding officer of His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Endurance in the Antarctic Peninsula area, 1968-70.||
2084|Buchanan Point|Summit|604300S|0442800W|-60.7166667|-44.4666667|||01/01/1956|Point 2.5 mi NW of Cape Dundas and 1 mi SE of Mackintosh Cove, at the NE end of Laurie Island in the South Orkney Islands.  In 1903 the ScotNAE under Bruce applied the name "Cape Buchanan," after J.Y. Buchanan, a member of the which had been named Cape Valavielle in 1838 by a French expedition under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville.  At the same time, the French name (in English form but misspelled "Cape Vallavielle") was transferred to the point now described.  The name Cape Valavielle has been retained for the prominent cape, as applied by d'Urville, on the basis of priority and wide usage.  For the sake of historical continuity, the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954 recommended that the name Buchanan Point be applied to the point now described.||
2085|Buchan Bay|Bay|604700S|0444200W|-60.7833333|-44.7|||01/01/1952|Small bay between Cape Hartree and Cape Murdoch, near the SW end of Laurie Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted in 1903 by the ScotNAE under Bruce, who named it for Alexander Buchan, noted Scottish meteorologist.||
2086|Bucher Glacier|Glacier|673900S|0665000W|-67.65|-66.8333333|||01/01/1960|Small glacier flowing to Bourgeois Fjord just N of Bottrill Head, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 for Edwin Bucher, Swiss glaciologist and author of many publications on snow and avalanches.||
2087|Bucher Peak|Summit|752000S|1105200W|-75.3333333|-110.8666667|2445|8022|01/01/1976|One of the highest peaks (2,445 m) in the west-central summit area of the Mount Murphy massif, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for noted American geologist Walter H. Bucher, Professor of Geology at Columbia University, 1940-56.||
2088|Bucher Rim|Cliff|761900S|1120900W|-76.3166667|-112.15|||01/01/1975|A rocky eminence on the S portion of the rim of the extinct volcano Mount Takahe, in eastern Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy tricamera aerial photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Peter Bucher (University of Bern, Switzerland), U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciologist at Byrd Station, 1969-70.||10/18/2000
2089|Buchia Buttress|Cliff|671700S|0681300W|-67.2833333|-68.2166667||||A rock buttress at the SW end of Mount Bouvier (q.v.), eastern Adelaide Island.  A geological locality investigated by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1980-81, found to contain marine fossils, including a bivalve species of the genus Buchia.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1982.||
2090|Buckeye Table|Summit|844900S|1144500W|-84.8166667|-114.75|||01/01/1962|A plateau, 12 mi long and 2 to 5 mi wide, occupying the central part of Ohio Range, Horlick Mountains.  The feature is a high level snow surface with precipitous northern cliffs; the plateau surface merges gradually with the inland ice to the south.  The name, a nickname of the state of Ohio and Ohio State University, was proposed by William H. Chapman, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) surveyor in these mountains in the 1958-59 season.  Ohio State University and its Institute of Polar Studies initiated a program of geological investigation in the Ohio Range and the Horlick Mountains beginning in the 1960-61 season.||
2091|Buckle Island|Island|665000S|1631200E|-66.8333333|163.2|||01/01/1947|One of the Balleny Islands, 13 mi long and 3 mi wide, lying about midway between Sturge and Young Islands.  Discovered in Feb. 1839 by John Balleny, captain of the schooner Eliza Scott.  He named it for J.W. Buckle, one of the merchants who united with Charles Enderby in sending out the expedition.||
2092|Mount Buckley|Summit|845800S|1635600E|-84.9666667|163.9333333|2645|8678|01/01/1952|An ice-free peak, 2,645 m, which is the central and highest summit of Buckley Island, a mountain massif at the head of Beardmore Glacier.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named for George Buckley of New Zealand, a supporter of the expedition.||
2093|Buckley Bay|Bay|682200S|1482000E|-68.3666667|148.3333333||||An embayment formed between the east side of the Ninnis Glacier Tongue and the mainland.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who named it for George Buckley of New Zealand, a patron of the expedition.||
2094|Buckley Island|Island|845700S|1640000E|-84.95|164|2645|8678|01/01/1966|An island-like mountain massif, surmounted by the peaks of Mount Bartlett, Mount Buckley and Mount Bowers, rising above the ice at the middle of the head of Beardmore Glacier.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named in association with Mount Buckley, 2,645 m, its highest peak.||
2095|Bucknell Ridge|Ridge|795800S|1583800E|-79.9666667|158.6333333|||01/01/1965|A mountainous ridge just above the Cranfield Icefalls, extending east-west along the southern side of Darwin Glacier near its mouth.  Mapped by the Darwin Glacier Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) and named for E.S. Bucknell, a member of the party.||
2098|Budd Coast|Beach|663000S|1120000E|-66.5|112|||01/01/1947|That portion of the coast of Antarctica lying between Hatch Islands, in 10916E, and Cape Waldron, in 11533E.  Discovered in February 1840 by the U.S. Exploring Expedition (1838-42) under the leadership of Lieutenant Charles Wilkes.  Named by Wilkes for Thomas A. Budd, Acting Master of the sloop Peacock, one of the ships used on the expedition.||
2099|Buddenbrock Range|Range|715200S|0052400E|-71.8666667|5.4|||01/01/1970|A group of scattered mountains and nunataks between Austreskorve Glacier and Vestreskorve Glacier in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  The name "Buddenbrock-Kette" was applied in the general area by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Alfred Ritscher, 1938-39, for the director of the Atlantic division of the former German Lufthansa Corporation.  The correlation of the name with this feature may be arbitrary but is recommended for the sake of international uniformity and historical continuity.||
2100|Lake Buddha|Lake|780238S|1634532E|-78.043779|163.758951|||01/01/1973|A large proglacial lake on the S margin of Joyce Glacier in the small valley known as Shangri-la.  Named in association with Shangri-la by the New Zealand Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1960-61.||
2101|Buddha Rock|Island|570400S|0264700W|-57.0666667|-26.7833333|35|115|01/01/1952|Rock, 35 m high, lying 0.3 mi W of Vindication Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  Charted and named in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II.||
2102|Buddington Peak|Summit|621200S|0584900W|-62.2|-58.8166667|||01/01/1965|Peak rising between Collins Harbor and Marian Cove in the SW part of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for James W. Buddington of New London, CT, who visited the South Shetland Islands in 1876-77, 1888-89 and 1889-90, in search of fur seals. Buddington was a leading figure during the revival of United States southern sealing which began in 1871.||
2104|Budd Pass|Gap|530800S|0733200E|-53.1333333|73.5333333|||01/01/1968|A pass in the ridge that extends SW from Budd Peak on Heard Island.  The pass is 1 mi SW of Budd Peak.  Surveyed by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), 1948-63.  Named by ANCA for G.M. Budd, Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) officer-in-charge on Heard Island in 1954 and leader of the 1963 Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Heard Island expedition.||
2105|Budd Peak|Summit|530700S|0733300E|-53.1166667|73.55|2315|7595|01/01/1965|A peak (2,315 m) 1.7 mi SE of Mawson Peak on Heard Island.  The peak was mapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1948.  Named by ANCA for G.M. Budd, Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) officer-in-charge on Heard Island in 1954, and leader of the 1963 Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Heard Island expedition.||
2106|Budd Peak|Summit|664000S|0524000E|-66.6666667|52.6666667|||01/01/1968|Peak 1 mi W of Mount Berrigan and 23 mi WSW of Stor Hanakken Mountain in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1957.  Named by ANCA for W. Budd, glaciologist at Wilkes station in 1961.||
2108|Büdel Islands|Island|654700S|0653800W|-65.7833333|-65.6333333|||01/01/1971|Group of islands lying between Laktionov Island and Schule Island, off the E side of Renaud Island in the Biscoe Islands.  First accurately shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Julius Budel, German sea ice specialist.||
2109|Budnick Hill|Summit|661700S|1103200E|-66.2833333|110.5333333|||01/01/1970|A small, rounded hill on the S side of Newcomb Bay on Budd Coast. The hill rises between Crane Cove and Geoffrey Bay and is joined by a narrow strip of land to the N part of Bailey Peninsula.  First mapped from U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump air photos of 1946-47.  Named by ANCA for K. Budnick, Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveyor in 1964 at Wilkes Station, who set up a trigonometrical station on the hill.||03/05/1997
2110|Buell Peninsula|Cape|703600S|1642400E|-70.6|164.4|||01/01/1973|An ice-covered peninsula terminating in Cape Williams, located between the lower ends of Lillie, George and Zykov Glaciers, at the NW end of the Anare Mountains.  The peninsula is 15 mi long and 8 mi at its greatest width. Photographed from U.S. Navy aircraft during Operation Highjump, 1946-47, and again in 1960-62.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1962-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (later Lieutenant Commander) Kenneth R. Buell, U.S. Navy (USN), navigator on aircraft with Squadron VX-6 in Antarctica in 1965-66 and 1966-67.||
2112|Buennagel Peak|Summit|773000S|1464600W|-77.5|-146.7666667|||01/01/1970|A rock peak 1 mi E of Alexander Peak in the N part of Haines Mountains, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lawrence A. Buennagel, geomagnetist/seismologist at Byrd Station, 1968.||
2116|Buettner Peak|Summit|751700S|1105500W|-75.2833333|-110.9166667|||01/01/1976|A sharp peak rising midway along the N wall of Roos Glacier in the NW part of the Mount Murphy massif, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert J. Buettner (1914-75), manager of contract logistics support provided to the U.S. Antarctic program by Holmes and Narver, Inc.  This work took him to Antarctica at least five times between 1969-74.||
2117|Buffer Island|Island|691000S|0671900W|-69.1666667|-67.3166667|||01/01/1962|A mostly ice-covered island lying W of Wordie Ice Shelf, 9 mi NW of Mount Balfour, Fallières Coast. The feature was photographed from aircraft by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in 1947. Following survey by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1958, named Buffer Ice Rise by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because it obstructed NW flow of the ice shelf in this vicinity. The UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) amended the name to Buffer Island following a general eastward recession of Wordie Ice Front (c.1999), which disclosed the feature to be an island. Not: Buffer Ice Rise.|09/07/2006|
2118|Buff Island|Island|645100S|0643500W|-64.85|-64.5833333|||01/01/1953|Island which lies 3 mi SW of Joubin Islands and 10.5 mi SW of Cape Monaco, Anvers Island, at the SW end of the Palmer Archipelago.  The island appears to be first shown and named on a 1936 chart by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.||
2119|Buffon Islands|Island|664000S|1400100E|-66.6666667|140.0166667|||01/01/1962|Group of 3 adjoining, rocky islands, together about 0.25 mi in extent, lying 0.1 mi E of Petrel Island in the Geologie Archipelago.  Charted in 1951 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) and named by them for Georges Buffon (1707-88), noted French naturalist.||03/05/1997
2120|Bugge Islands|Island|691200S|0682500W|-69.2|-68.4166667||||Small group of ice-covered islands lying close off the front of Wordie Ice Shelf and between 4 and 11 mi NW of Mount Guernsey, off the W coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  First seen from the air and photographed by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) in 1936, and later roughly mapped from the photographs.  Observed in 1947 from the Port of Beaumont, Texas by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, who named these islands for his niece, Ruth Bugge, who supplied woolen clothing from Norway for the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE).||
2121|Buggisch Peak|Summit|795000S|0834600W|-79.8333333|-83.7666667|1445|4741||A peak rising to 1,445 m, 1 mi SW of Lester Peak, Edson Hills, in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Werner Buggisch, a German member of the field party (stratigrapher, paleontologist) with the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Ellsworth Mountains Expedition, 1979-80, led by Gerald F. Webers.||
2122|Mount Bulcke|Summit|642900S|0623700W|-64.4833333|-62.6166667|1030|3379|01/01/1952|Bold summit, 1,030 m, at the end of an ice-covered spur which extends S from the Solvay Mountains, in the S extremity of Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99, and named by him for a supporter of the expedition.||
2123|Bulcke Finger|Pillar|642800S|0623700W|-64.4666667|-62.6166667|||01/01/1960|Prominent finger-like pinnacle, projecting from the western slopes of Mount Bulcke in the S part of Brabant Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  First seen and photographed by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos in 1959.  The name derives from association with Mount Bulcke and came into use among members of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).||
2124|Bulken Hill|Summit|715100S|0265800E|-71.85|26.9666667|2220|7283|01/01/1966|Hill, 2,220 m, standing 3 mi N of Balchen Mountain in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Bulken (the lump).||
2125|Bulkington Pass|Gap|654900S|0624300W|-65.8166667|-62.7166667|||01/01/1976|A pass on the S side of Flask Glacier and W of Bildad Peak on the E side of Graham Land.  The pass trends NE-SW for 4 mi and provides a route from the ice piedmont N of Adit Nunatak to Flask Glacier.  The toponym is one in a group applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) that reflects a whaling theme, Bulkington being a crewman on the vessel Pequod in Herman Melville's Moby Dick.||
2126|Bulkisen|Glacier|714800S|0264700E|-71.8|26.7833333|||01/01/1966|A blue icefield between Austhamaren Peak and Bulken Hill in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Bulkisen because of association with Bulken Hill.||
2128|Lake Bull|Lake|773130S|1614234E|-77.525041|161.709347|||01/01/1976|Small lake 0.5 mi E of Lake Vanda in Wright Valley, Victoria Land.  The name appears to have been applied in the 1960's, probably in association with nearby Bull Pass, or for physicist Colin Bull, for whom the pass is named.||03/05/1997
2130|Cape Buller|Cape|535900S|0372200W|-53.9833333|-37.3666667|||01/01/1952|Rugged cape forming the W side of the entrance to the Bay of Isles on the N coast of South Georgia.  Discovered and named in 1775 by a British expedition under Cook.||
2132|Bull Island|Island|715900S|1710600E|-71.9833333|171.1|||01/01/1969|Rocky island between Kemp Rock and Heftye Island in the Possession Islands. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for H.J. Bull who, with Captain Leonard Kristensen, explored this area in 1895 in the ship Antarctic and landed on the Possession Islands.||
2133|Bull Nunatak|Summit|650500S|0602300W|-65.0833333|-60.3833333|||01/01/1952|Nunatak which lies 3 mi W of Bruce Nunatak in the Seal Nunataks group, off the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  First charted in 1902 by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, and named by him for H.J. Bull, leader with Captain Leonard Kristensen of a Norwegian expedition to the Antarctic, 1894-95.||
2134|Bull Pass|Gap|772755S|1614525E|-77.46529|161.756996|||01/01/1964|A low pass through the Olympus Range, between Mount Jason and Mount Orestes, joining McKelvey and Wright Valleys in Victoria Land.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1958-59) for C. Bull, who led this expedition.||
2135|Bull Ridge|Ridge|644100S|0632800W|-64.6833333|-63.4666667|||01/01/1971|Ridge lying S of Mount Francais, from which it is separated by a distinct col, in the SE part of Anvers Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955-57 and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for George J. Bull, diesel mechanic at Signy Island station in 1955 and general assistant and mountaineer at Arthur Harbor in 1956, who took part in the survey.||
2136|Bullseye Lake|Lake|772449S|1611418E|-77.413479|161.238262|||01/01/1970|A very small pond lying near the center of an elliptical depression in the Insel Range, 4.5 mi NE of Mount Boreas, in Victoria Land.  The name was applied in 1964 by American geologist Parker E. Calkin and is apparently descriptive of its position and small size.||
2137|Bullseye Mountain|Summit|835500S|1600500E|-83.9166667|160.0833333|||01/01/1966|A rounded, mainly ice-covered mountain rising above Peletier Plateau 4 mi NW of Mount Ropar, in the Queen Elizabeth Range.  The name given by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) is descriptive of the semicircular bands of snow on the S side of the mountain.||
2138|Bulnes Island|Island|631800S|0575800W|-63.3|-57.9666667|||01/01/1964|A small island lying 2 mi NW of Cape Legoupil, Trinity Peninsula.  Charted by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition of 1947-48 under Capitan de Fragata Ernesto Gonzalez Navarrete.  Named by him for Manuel Bulnes Sanfuentes, Minister of National Defense during the preceding Chilean Antarctic Expedition of 1947.||
2139|Buls Bay|Bay|642300S|0621900W|-64.3833333|-62.3166667|||01/01/1952|Bay 2 mi wide, which indents the E side of Brabant Island just N of D'Ursel Point, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99, and named by him for Ch. Buls, a supporter of the expedition.||
2141|The Bulwark|Summit|781700S|1633300E|-78.2833333|163.55|||01/01/1963|A steep-walled granite bastion on the W side of Koettlitz Glacier, around which the glacier follows on its descent to Walcott Bay.  First mapped by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1960-61) because of its shape.||
2142|The Bump|Summit|540600S|0364600W|-54.1|-36.7666667||||A knoll on Robertson Point, the E entrance point of Fortuna Bay, South Georgia.  Charted by DI in 1929-30 and named descriptively.||
2143|Mount Bumstead|Summit|853900S|1741000E|-85.65|174.1666667|2990|9810||A large, isolated mountain, 2,990 m, standing 10 mi SE of Otway Massif in the Grosvenor Mountains.  Discovered by R. Admiral Byrd on the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) flight to the South Pole in November 1929 and named by him for Albert H. Bumstead, chief cartographer of the National Geographic Society at that time, and inventor of the sun compass, a device utilizing shadows of the sun to determine directions in areas where magnetic compasses are unreliable.||
2144|Bundermann Range|Range|720100S|0024200E|-72.0166667|2.7|||01/01/1970|A small range located immediately north of Nupskammen Ridge and Terningskarvet Mountain in the Gjelsvik Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  The name "Bundermann-Ketten" was applied to a range of mountains in this area by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39) under Alfred Ritscher.  The correlation of the name with this feature may be arbitrary, but is recommended for the sake of international uniformity and historical continuity.  Named for Max Bundermann, aerial photographer on the Passat, one of the flying boats used by the German expedition.||
2145|Bunger Hills|Range|661700S|1004700E|-66.2833333|100.7833333|||01/01/1955|Group of moderately low, rounded coastal hills, overlain by morainic drift and notably ice free in the summer months, lying S of the Highjump Archipelago. The hills are marked by numerous meltwater ponds and are nearly bisected by E-W trending Algae Lake.  Mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander David E. Bunger, USN, plane commander of one of the three U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp aircraft which engaged in photographic missions along most of the coastal area between 14 E and 164 E.  Bunger and members of his crew landed their airplane on an unfrozen lake here in February 1947.||
2148|Bunker Bluff|Cliff|730400S|1664000E|-73.0666667|166.6666667|||01/01/1969|A notable bluff that stands just S of the mouth of Gair Glacier and forms a part of the W wall of Mariner Glacier in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William H. Bunker, meteorologist at Hallett Station, 1962.||
2149|Bunner Glacier|Glacier|742800S|1104000W|-74.4666667|-110.6666667|||01/01/1967|A glacier in the NE part of Bear Peninsula, flowing to the sea along the SE side of Gurnon Peninsula, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Sergeant Donald R. Bunner, a member of the U.S. Army Aviation Detachment in Antarctica during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1965 and 1966.||
2150|Mount Bunt|Summit|704600S|0662200E|-70.7666667|66.3666667|2315|7595|01/01/1961|A sharp, conical peak, 2,315 m, which appears slightly truncated when viewed from NW, situated at the SW end of a group of low peaks about 7 mi SE of Mount Hollingshead in the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Sighted in January 1957 by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) southern party led by W.G. Bewsher.  Named by ANCA for J.S. Bunt, biologist at Mawson Station in 1956.||
2151|Bunt Island|Island|670900S|0505700E|-67.15|50.95|||01/01/1965|Island just E of Bowl Island at the head of Amundsen Bay in Enderby Land. Sighted in 1956 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) airborne field party.  Named by ANCA for J. Bunt, biologist at Mawson station in 1956.||
2152|Buntley Bluff|Cliff|791200S|1602400E|-79.2|160.4|||01/01/1965|Prominent rock cliff 2 mi long, just northward of Cape Lankester at the mouth of Mulock Glacier.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1959-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ensign Ronald E. Buntley, Civil Engineer Corps (CEC), USN, in charge of personnel at the air strip, Williams Field, McMurdo Sound in U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1964.||
2153|Mount Burch|Summit|704900S|1642500E|-70.8166667|164.4166667|1400|4593|01/01/1964|A peak (1,400 m) about 3 mi SE of Mount Kelly on the S side of George Glacier, in the Anare Mountains.  Named by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) for W.M. Burch, geophysicist with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Thala Dan), 1962, led by Phillip Law, which explored the area.||
2154|Burch Peaks|Range|665200S|0530200E|-66.8666667|53.0333333|||01/01/1965|Group of peaks 6 mi E of Mount Torckler in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1957.  Named by ANCA for W.M. Burch, geophysicist at Wilkes station in 1961.||
2155|Cape Burd|Cape|633900S|0570900W|-63.65|-57.15|||01/01/1953|Low rock cliff forming the SW extremity of Tabarin Peninsula, at the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  Charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1946 and named for Oliver Burd, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) meteorologist who lost his life when the base hut at Hope Bay burned in November 1948.||
2156|Burden Passage|Channel|630800S|0563200W|-63.1333333|-56.5333333|||01/01/1952|A marine passage between D'Urville Island and Bransfield Island, off the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  Charted in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named after Eugene Burden (1892-1979), who, as master of the Trepassey, first navigated the passage in January 1947.||
2158|Burdick Peak|Summit|623800S|0601500W|-62.6333333|-60.25|||01/01/1960|Peak rising SW of Mount Bowles on Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 for Christopher Burdick, Master of the American schooner Huntress of Nantucket, who visited the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21.||
2160|Burgess Glacier|Glacier|852600S|1715500E|-85.4333333|171.9166667|||01/01/1966|A glacier, 7 mi long, flowing NW through Otway Massif to enter Mill Stream Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert W. Burgess, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) ionospheric physicist at South Pole Station, 1963.||
2161|Burgess Ice Rise|Glacier|702300S|0732100W|-70.3833333|-73.35||||A small ice rise in Wilkins Ice Shelf, off the W coast of Alexander Island. Mapped from the air on a radio echo sounding flight by British Antarctic Survey (BAS) on Feb. 11, 1967, and later accurately positioned from U.S. Landsat imagery of Feb. 1979.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1980 after Flight Lieutenant Robert William Burgess, RAF pilot in command of the Twin Otter aircraft on the flight.||
2162|Burke Island|Island|730500S|1045200W|-73.0833333|-104.8666667|||01/01/1960|An ice-covered island about 16 mi long and 6 mi wide, lying 37 mi SW of Cape Waite, King Peninsula, in the Amundsen Sea.  Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 in January 1960.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Admiral Arleigh A. Burke, USN, Chief of Naval Operations during U.S. Navy (USN) Deep Freeze operations of 1956-61.||01/28/2004
2163|Burkett Islands|Island|665600S|0501900E|-66.9333333|50.3166667|||01/01/1965|Group of small islands lying just W of Mount Gleadell in the E part of Amundsen Bay, in Enderby Land.  Mapped from air photos taken in Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for G.E.L. Burkett, radio officer at Wilkes station in 1960.||
2164|Burkett Nunatak|Summit|724200S|1621400E|-72.7|162.2333333|2180|7152|01/01/1969|A nunatak, 2,180 m, standing 1 mi E of Minaret Nunatak, in the Monument Nunataks.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Willis A. Burkett, aviation electronics technician of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6. Burkett made six deployments with Deep Freeze expeditions and participated in over 100 flights to McMurdo Sound.||
2165|Burkitt Nunatak|Summit|694200S|0665300W|-69.7|-66.8833333|1200|3937||A small nunatak (1,200 m) located in the NW part of Dyer Plateau, Palmer Land, 9 mi WSW of Crescent Scarp.  Following glaciological work by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1980-81, the feature was named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after David M. Burkitt, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) general assistant who assisted in the work that season; member of Joint Services Expedition to Elephant Island, 1970-71.||
2166|Cape Burks|Cape|744500S|1365000W|-74.75|-136.8333333|||01/01/1962|Prominent rock cape, the NW seaward extension of McDonald Heights, marking the E side of the entrance of Hull Bay on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  The cape was sighted and mapped from the USS Glacier, Jan. 31, 1962, and was named for Lieutenant Commander Ernest Burks, U.S. Navy (USN), senior helicopter pilot on the Glacier and first person to set foot on the cape.||
2167|Mount Burley|Summit|542900S|0360900W|-54.4833333|-36.15|895|2936|01/01/1972|A peak (895 m) located 2 mi SW of Doris Bay, South Georgia.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Lieutenant Commander Malcolm K. Burley, Royal Navy (RN), leader of the British Combined Services Expedition which surveyed this vicinity in 1964-65.||
2168|Burlock Peak|Summit|860300S|1322000W|-86.05|-132.3333333|2070|6791|01/01/1967|A peak, 2,070 m, on the spur descending from Mount Simsarian, along the E face of Watson Escarpment.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James U. Burlock, builder at Byrd Station in 1962.||
2169|Burmester Dome|Summit|832200S|0505600W|-83.3666667|-50.9333333|2095|6873||An ice-capped dome rising to 2,095 m in west-central Saratoga Table, Forrestal Range, in the Pensacola Mountains.  At the suggestion of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) party leader Arthur B. Ford, named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Russell F. Burmester, geologist, Western Washington State University, Bellingham, WA, who worked in the Forrestal Range, 1978-79.||
2170|Burn Cliffs|Cliff|700600S|0694700W|-70.1|-69.7833333|455|1493||Two rock outlier ridges (455 m) westward of Mount Ethelwulf, Douglas Range, at the head of Haydn Inlet, Alexander Island.  The feature was mapped by DOS from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy in 1966 and U.S. Landsat imagery taken Jan. 1974.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), 1977, after Richard W. Burn, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist, Adelaide Island and N Alexander Island, 1975-76 and 1976-77.||
2171|Burnet Cove|Bay|541400S|0363000W|-54.2333333|-36.5|||01/01/1956|Cove 0.5 mi SW of Mai Point, on the E side of Maiviken in Cumberland Bay, South Georgia.  Roughly surveyed by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold. Resurveyed in 1929 by DI personnel, and in 1951 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  The name Burnet, given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), is the English name of a plant (genus Acaena) which is common in this vicinity.||
2172|Mount Burnett|Summit|675300S|0624500E|-67.8833333|62.75|1050|3445|01/01/1961|Peak, 1,050 m, standing 1.5 mi SW of Trost Peak in the Masson Range of the Framnes Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Remapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), 1957-60, and named for Eric Burnett, radiophysicist at Mawson Station, 1958.||
2173|Burnette Glacier|Glacier|720100S|1700300E|-72.0166667|170.05|||01/01/1964|Steep glacier in the Admiralty Mountains, flowing SE between Honeycomb Ridge and Quartermain Point into Moubray Bay.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Airman 2nd Class Robert L. Burnette, USAF, who perished in a crash of a C-124 Globemaster in this vicinity in 1958.||
2174|Burnette Rock|Island|752300S|1431300W|-75.3833333|-143.2166667|45|148|01/01/1967|A rock 45 m high, lying 0.7 mi NW of Groves Island, off the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Named for Chief Warrant Officer Desmond Burnette, USA, helicopter pilot on the Marie Byrd Land Traverse, 1966-67.  He was pilot of the first helicopter to land on this rock during the mapping control traverse with U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) topographic engineers.  The name was suggested to Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) by Charles E. Morrison, Jr., U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) who, with Burnette, Thomas Bray, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), and Sergeant Donald Bunner, USA, occupied and positioned this rock on Dec. 4, 1966.||
2175|Burnett Island|Island|661300S|1103600E|-66.2166667|110.6|||01/01/1960|Rocky island, 1 mi long in an E-W direction, which lies N of Honkala Island and is the central feature in the Swain Islands.  First photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  It was included in a 1957 survey of Swain Islands by Wilkes Station personnel under C.R. Eklund.  Named by Eklund for Lieutenant (j.g.) Donald R. Burnett, USN, Military Support Unit Commander of the 1957 wintering party at Wilkes Station during the IGY.||
2176|Burney Peak|Summit|621900S|0585200W|-62.3166667|-58.8666667|||01/01/1965|Peak rising W of Duthoit Point in the E part of Nelson Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961 for Captain Burney, Master of the British sealing vessel Nelson, probably from London, who visited the South Shetland Islands in 1820-23.||
2177|Mount Burnham|Summit|713400S|1595000E|-71.5666667|159.8333333|2810|9219|01/01/1964|A projecting, bluff-type mountain (2,810 m) along the W wall of Daniels Range, 6 mi S of Big Brother Bluff, in the Usarp Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James B. Burnham, ionospheric physicist who wintered at South Pole Station in 1958 and 1961.||
2178|Mount Burnham|Summit|771600S|1420500W|-77.2666667|-142.0833333|1170|3839|01/01/1947|Mountain, 1,170 m, standing 2 mi N of Mount Van Valkenburg in the Clark Mountains, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered on aerial flights from West Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940 and named for Guy Burnham, Cartographer in the School of Geography of Clark University.||
2182|Burns Bluff|Cliff|702200S|0675600W|-70.3666667|-67.9333333||||A bluff on the W coast of Palmer Land, immediately to the S of Naess Glacier. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Frederick M. Burns, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geophysicist at Stonington Island, 1967-69.||
2183|Burns Glacier|Glacier|735700S|1641500E|-73.95|164.25|||01/01/1968|A tributary glacier, 12 mi long, flowing N along the E side of Pinckard Table to enter the SW side of Tinker Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1955-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John P. Burns, radioman with the McMurdo Station winter parties of 1963 and 1967.||
2184|Burnside Ridges|Ridge|691200S|1571000E|-69.2|157.1666667|||01/01/1961|Three roughly parallel ridges running approximately NE-SW with their NE extremities terminating at Matusevich Glacier.  This area was photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump in 1947.  The feature was sketched and photographed on Feb. 20, 1959 by Phillip Law, leader of the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Magga Dan) expedition. Named by ANCA after Lieutenant Commander I.M. Burnside, RAN, hydrographic surveyor on the Magga Dan during the voyage.||
2185|Cape Buromskiy|Cape|690000S|1560500E|-69|156.0833333|||01/01/1961|The northern point of Krylov Peninsula.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump in 1947.  Mapped from air photos taken by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition of 1958.  Named by the latter after a member of the Soviet expedition, hydrographer N.I. Buromskiy, who died in Antarctica in 1957.||03/05/1997
2186|Buromskiy Island|Island|663200S|0930000E|-66.5333333|93|||01/01/1961|Small island lying 0.3 mi S of Haswell Island in the Haswell Islands. Discovered and mapped by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson, 1911-14.  Photographed by the Soviet expedition of 1958 and named for N.I. Buromskiy, expedition hydrographer who lost his life in the Antarctic in 1957.||
2187|Burrage Dome|Summit|753300S|1610500E|-75.55|161.0833333|840|2756|01/01/1968|A mainly ice-covered dome, 840 m, standing 4 mi NE of the summit of Mount Joyce, in the Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Roy E. Burrage, Jr., construction mechanic with the South Pole Station winter party, 1966.||
2189|Mount Burrill|Summit|725000S|1672900E|-72.8333333|167.4833333|2310|7579|01/01/1966|A mountain (2,310 m) on the east edge of Malta Plateau, situated 4 mi S of Mount Hussey at the head of Hand Glacier, in the Victory Mountains of Victoria Land.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) for Dr. Meredith F. Burrill, Executive Secretary of the U.S. Board on Geographic Names, 1943-73.  His leadership in the development of Antarctic names policy and principles has been instrumental in establishing greater international uniformity in the geographic nomenclature of the continent.||
2190|Burris Nunatak|Summit|714700S|1602700E|-71.7833333|160.45|||03/16/1970|A nunatak near the N extremity of Emlen Peaks, 2 mi NW of Mount Cox, in the Usarp Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James M. Burris, assistant to the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) representative at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||05/28/2012
2191|Burro Peaks|Range|622600S|0594700W|-62.4333333|-59.7833333|190|623||Twin rock peaks forming the summit (190 m) of Dee Island, English Strait, in the South Shetland Islands.  The feature was descriptively named "Picos Orejas de Burro" (burro's ears peaks) by a Chilean Antarctic Expedition (c. 1963), but a shorter English form of the name has been approved.||
2192|Mount Burrows|Summit|741800S|1633900E|-74.3|163.65|2260|7415|01/01/1966|A peak (2,260 m) located 5 mi WSW of Mount Queensland in the Deep Freeze Range, Victoria Land.  The feature towers high above the lower, east side of Priestley Glacier.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) for A.L. Burrows, Scientific Leader at Scott Base, 1964-65.||
2193|Mount Bursey|Summit|760100S|1323800W|-76.0166667|-132.6333333|2780|9121|01/01/1947|A broad, ice-covered mountain, 2,780 m, which forms the E end of Flood Range in Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) on aerial flights in 1940. Named for Jacob Bursey, member of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1928-30) and dog-driver with the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) party which sledged to the W end of the Flood Range in December 1940.||
2194|Bursey Icefalls|Glacier|755900S|1324800W|-75.9833333|-132.8|||01/01/1974|The icefalls draining the N slope of Mount Bursey in the Flood Range, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Mount Bursey.||
2195|Mount Bursik|Summit|794300S|0842300W|-79.7166667|-84.3833333|2500|8202|01/01/1966|Central peak (2,500 m) of the Soholt Peaks, in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Vlada D. Bursik, USN, Deputy Commander, U.S. Navy (USN) Support Force, Antarctica, during Deep Freeze 1966.||
2196|Burtis Island|Island|730400S|1252900W|-73.0666667|-125.4833333|||01/01/1966|A small island lying 10 mi east of Cape Dart, Siple Island, off the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1962-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William J. Burtis, ionospheric physicist at Byrd Station in 1965.||
2197|Mount Burton|Summit|723300S|1664400E|-72.55|166.7333333|2740|8989|01/01/1964|A graywacke peak (2,740 m) standing at the W side of the mouth of Osuga Glacier in the Barker Range, Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named by the NZFMCAE, 1962-63, after William Burton, crew member on the Terra Nova during the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.  Burton, who lived in New Zealand, was a guest of the U.S. Navy during the 1962-63 Antarctic season when he visited the continent again with two others of Scott's veterans.||
2198|Burton Cove|Bay|540100S|0380400W|-54.0166667|-38.0666667||||A small cove just E of Pearson Point, the SW tip of Bird Island, South Georgia.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Robert W. Burton, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) assistant in fur seal investigations on Bird Island, 1971-72.||
2199|Burton Island Glacier|Island|664900S|0902000E|-66.8166667|90.3333333|||01/01/1955|Channel glacier, about 9 mi wide and 7 mi long, flowing N from the continental ice to Posadowsky Bay just W of Cape Torson.  Mapped from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the USS assisted in establishing astronomical control stations along Wilhelm II, Queen Mary, Knox and Budd Coasts.||
2201|Burton Point|Summit|661600S|0665600W|-66.2666667|-66.9333333|||01/01/1965|The northeastern point of Krogh Island, in the Biscoe Islands.  Mapped from air photos taken by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Alan C. Burton, Canadian physiologist who has specialized in cold climate physiology and the problems of clothing for cold environments.||
2202|Burton Rocks|Island|681400S|0670200W|-68.2333333|-67.0333333|||01/01/1956|Small group of three rocks lying in Marguerite Bay, 1 mi S of Neny Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Surveyed in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named by them for the USS Burton Island, icebreaker with U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml, which visited Marguerite Bay in 1948 and assisted in the relief of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) and Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) parties on Stonington Island.||
2203|Burt Rocks|Summit|693500S|1590900E|-69.5833333|159.15|||01/01/1970|A cluster of rocks at the W margin of Noll Glacier, 1.5 mi S of Axthelm Ridge, in Wilson Hills.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1961-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for DeVere E. Burt, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at Hallett Station, 1968-69.||04/11/2001
2205|Busen Point|Summit|540900S|0363300W|-54.15|-36.55|||01/01/1953|Point forming the SE side of the entrance to Stromness Bay, on the N coast of South Georgia.  The point was known at a much earlier date, but the name was first used on the charts based upon the 1927-29 survey by DI personnel.  Named for the head of Husvik Harbor in Stromness Bay.||
2207|Bushell Bluff|Cliff|712800S|0673600W|-71.4666667|-67.6||||A bluff on the W coast of Palmer Land, immediately S of Norman Glacier. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Anthony N. Bushell, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) general assistant at Fossil Bluff, 1969-70.||
2208|Bush Mountains|Summit|845700S|1793000E|-84.95|179.5|||01/01/1947|A series of rugged elevations at the heads of Ramsey and Kosco Glaciers, extending from Mount Weir in the west to Anderson Heights overlooking Shackleton Glacier in the east.  Photographed at a distance by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) on several flights to the Queen Maud Mountains in November 1929.  The mountains were further defined from aerial photographs taken by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41), U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47), and U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) (1956-63).  Named by US-SCAN, on the recommendation of R. Admiral Byrd, after James I. Bush, American financier and patron of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.||
2209|Mount Bushnell|Summit|853600S|1504800W|-85.6|-150.8|840|2756|01/01/1967|Mountain, 840 m, between Mount Durham and Pincer Point in the NW part of Tapley Mountains.  First roughly mapped by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  Remapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Vivian C. Bushnell of the American Geographical Society, editor of the Society's Antarctic Map Folio Series.||
2211|Buskirk Bluffs|Cliff|704700S|1653900E|-70.7833333|165.65|||01/01/1964|A sheer rock bluff on the W side of McMahon Glacier in the Anare Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) for Major H. Buskirk, USAF, official American observer with Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Thala Dan), 1962, which explored this area.||
2212|Bussey Glacier|Glacier|651600S|0640100W|-65.2666667|-64.0166667|||01/01/1971|Glacier flowing W from Mount Peary to the head of Waddington Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Group Captain J. Bussey of the Directorate of Overseas Surveys.||
2213|Butcher Nunatak|Summit|763200S|1463000W|-76.5333333|-146.5|||01/01/1970|A nunatak at the S end of the Birchall Peaks, 4 mi SW of Swarm Peak, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert S. Butcher, builder, U.S. Navy (USN), at Byrd Station in 1967.||
2214|Butcher Ridge|Ridge|791200S|1554800E|-79.2|155.8|||01/01/1965|A large, mainly ice-free ridge near the polar plateau in the W part of the Cook Mountains.  The ridge is in the form of an arc, extending NW from Mount Ayres. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander H.K. Butcher, USN, air operations officer on the Staff of the U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1963 and 1964.||
2216|Butchers Spur|Ridge|853400S|1663000W|-85.5666667|-166.5|||01/01/1966|A high ice-covered spur which descends southwestward from Mount Don Pedro Christophersen to the polar plateau.  This feature on the south margin of the Queen Maud Mountains is the location of Roald Amundsen's "Butcher Shop."  It was here in November 1911 that his party slaughtered their excess sledge dogs, consuming portions themselves and permitting the remaining sledge dogs a feast, prior to making the final dash to the South Pole, which was reached December 14.||
2217|Mount Butler|Summit|781000S|1551700W|-78.1666667|-155.2833333|||01/01/1947|The southernmost peak of the Rockefeller Mountains, on Edward VII Peninsula in Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered on Jan. 27, 1929, by members of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) on an exploratory flight over this area.  Named for Raymond Butler, member of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) party which occupied the Rockefeller Mountains seismic station during November and December 1940.||
2218|Butler Glacier|Glacier|772400S|1524200W|-77.4|-152.7|||01/01/1966|A broad glacier draining the N side of Edward VII Peninsula in the vicinity of Clark Peak, and flowing generally northeastward through the Alexandra Mountains to its terminus in Sulzberger Bay.  Mapped from surveys by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant F.M. Butler, U.S. Navy (USN), expedition navigator in charge of all navigation watch sections on the USS Glacier during the exploration of this area in January 1962.||
2219|Butler Island|Island|721300S|0600800W|-72.2166667|-60.1333333|185|607|01/01/1953|Circular, ice-covered island 6 mi wide which rises to 185 m, lying 7 mi E of Merz Peninsula, off the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered and photographed from the air in December 1940 by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  During 1947 it was photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted it from the ground.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for K.S.P. Butler, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) commander in 1947-48.||
2220|Butler Nunataks|Summit|680300S|0622400E|-68.05|62.4|||01/01/1971|A small group of nunataks immediately N of Mount Twintop in the Framnes Mountains.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveys of 1954-62.  Named by ANCA for W.J. Butler, senior diesel mechanic at Mawson Station in 1967.||
2221|Butler Passage|Channel|645800S|0634400W|-64.9666667|-63.7333333|||01/01/1971|Passage between the Wauwermans Islands and Puzzle Islands, connecting Peltier and Lemaire Channels, off the W coast of Graham Land.  The route was probably first used by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05 and 1908-10, on their trips between Port Lockroy and Booth Island.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Captain Adrian R.L. Butler, Royal Navy (RN), captain of the British naval guardship His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Protector which was in this area in 1957-58 and 1958-59.||
2222|Butler Peaks|Range|713100S|0671000W|-71.5166667|-67.1666667|||01/01/1976|A group of peaks at the S end of the Batterbee Mountains, located about 4 mi S of Mount Bagshawe between the Armstrong and Conchie Glaciers.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Peter F. Butler, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geophysicist at Stonington Island, 1969-70 and 1973.||
2223|Butler Rocks|Summit|823500S|0475700W|-82.5833333|-47.95|910|2986|01/01/1968|Two rock nunataks, 910 m, standing 2.5 mi SW of Vanguard Nunatak in northern Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William A. Butler, aerographer, Ellsworth Station winter party, 1957.||
2224|Butson Ridge|Ridge|680500S|0665300W|-68.0833333|-66.8833333|1305|4281|01/01/1955|Rocky ridge with a number of ice-covered summits, the highest 1,305 m, forming the N wall of Northeast Glacier on the W coast of Graham Land.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Resurveyed in 1946-48 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named for Dr. Arthur R.C. Butson, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) medical officer at Stonington Island, who in July 1947 rescued a member of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) from a crevasse in Northeast Glacier.||
2225|Butterfly Knoll|Summit|802000S|0280900W|-80.3333333|-28.15||||One of the La Grange Nunataks, located 4.5 mi SW of Mount Beney in the Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from its resemblance in plan view to a butterfly.||
2226|Butter Point|Summit|773914S|1641234E|-77.653927|164.209571||||Low point forming the S side of the entrance to New Harbor on the coast of Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) under Scott.  So named by them because the Ferrar Glacier party left a tin of butter here, in anticipation of obtaining fresh seal meat at this point on the return journey.||
2228|Mount Butters|Summit|845300S|1772800W|-84.8833333|-177.4666667|2440|8005|01/01/1962|The snowcapped summit (2,440 m) of a buttress-type escarpment at the extreme SE end of Anderson Heights, between Mincey Glacier on the south and Shackleton Glacier on the east.  Discovered and photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47) on the flights of Feb. 16, 1947, and named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Raymond J. Butters, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC), navigator of Flight 8A.||
2229|Mount Butterworth|Summit|704200S|0664500E|-70.7|66.75|||01/01/1967|A mountain consisting of four peaks and a long, low ridge extending in an E-W direction, situated 5 mi S of Thomson Massif in the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1956 and 1960.  Named by ANCA for G. Butterworth, radio officer at Wilkes Station in 1963 and at Mawson Station in 1966.||
2230|The Buttons|Island|651400S|0641600W|-65.2333333|-64.2666667|||01/01/1950|Two small islands lying 0.2 mi NW of Galindez Island in the Argentine Islands, Wilhelm Archipelago.  Charted and named in 1935 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.||
2231|Buttress Hill|Summit|633400S|0570300W|-63.5666667|-57.05|690|2264|01/01/1952|Flat-topped hill, 690 m, with steep rock cliffs on the W side, standing 2 mi E of the most northern of the Seven Buttresses on Tabarin Peninsula in the NE extremity of Antarctic Peninsula.  Charted in 1946 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and so named because of its proximity to the Seven Buttresses.||
2232|Buttress Nunataks|Summit|722200S|0664700W|-72.3666667|-66.7833333|635|2083|01/01/1955|Group of prominent coastal rock exposures, the highest 635 m, lying close inland from George VI Sound and 10 mi WNW of the Seward Mountains, on the W coast of Palmer Land.  First seen from a distance and roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Visited and resurveyed in 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who gave this descriptive name.||
2233|Buttress Peak|Summit|722600S|1634500E|-72.4333333|163.75|||01/01/1966|A peak at the E end of the central ridge of Gallipoli Heights in the Freyberg Mountains.  The descriptive name was suggested by P.J. Oliver, New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) geologist who studied the peak, 1981-82.||
2234|Buttress Peak|Summit|842700S|1641600E|-84.45|164.2666667|2950|9678||A conical rock peak, 2,950 m, the eastern part of which projects as a rock buttress into the head of Berwick Glacier, standing 3 mi S of Mount Stonehouse in Queen Alexandra Range.  The descriptive name was given by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1961-62.||
2235|Buxton Glacier|Glacier|542600S|0361200W|-54.4333333|-36.2||||A glacier flowing NE between Heaney Glacier and Cook Glacier into St. Andrews Bay, South Georgia.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1987 after the Buxton family: Aubrey Leland Oakes and Pamela Mary Oakes (Baron Buxton of Alsa and Lady Buxton), who visited South Georgia in His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Endurance in March 1982, and their daughter the Hon. Lucinda Catherine Buxton, who led a filming expedition in this area in February-April 1982.||
2236|Buzfuz Rock|Island|652800S|0655300W|-65.4666667|-65.8833333|||01/01/1972|A rock 1.5 mi W of Snubbin Island in the Pitt Islands, northern Biscoe Islands.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after Sergeant Buzfuz, a character in Charles Dickens' Pickwick Papers.||
2238|Mount Byerly|Summit|815300S|0892300W|-81.8833333|-89.3833333|||01/01/1964|A major peak in the eastern part of the Nash Hills.  It was positioned by the U.S. Ellsworth-Byrd Traverse Party on Dec. 10, 1958, and named for Perry Byerly, chairman of the Technical Panel for Seismology and Gravity of the U.S. National Committee for the IGY, as set up by the National Academy of Sciences.||
2240|Byers Peninsula|Cape|623800S|0610500W|-62.6333333|-61.0833333|||01/01/1960|Mainly ice-free peninsula forming the W end of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 for James Byers, a New York shipowner who tried unsuccessfully in August 1820 to induce the United States Government to found a settlement in and take possession of the South Shetland Islands.  Byers organized and sent out a fleet of American sealers from New York to the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21.||
2241|Byewater Point|Summit|624500S|0613000W|-62.75|-61.5|||01/01/1965|Point on the W side of Snow Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted and named Cape Byewater by the British expedition under Foster in 1829.||
2242|Bynon Hill|Summit|625500S|0603600W|-62.9166667|-60.6|340|1115|01/01/1965|Ice-covered, dome-shaped hill with two rounded summits, 340 m, standing 1.5 mi N of Pendulum Cove, Deception Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name appears on an Argentine government chart of 1953.||
2243|Bynum Peak|Summit|850300S|1734100W|-85.05|-173.6833333|||01/01/1966|A rock peak 3 mi SE of Mount Finley, overlooking the N side of McGregor Glacier in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gaither D. Bynum, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) satellite geodesist at McMurdo Station, winter 1965.||
2244|Byōbu Rock|Summit|682200S|0420000E|-68.3666667|42|||01/01/1968|A large rock whose seaward face presents a crenulate or irregular shoreline, standing 1 mi E of Gobamme Rock on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Byobu-iwa (folding screen rock).||04/11/2001
2245|Bypass Hill|Summit|722800S|1682800E|-72.4666667|168.4666667|660|2165|01/01/1962|Hill, 660 m, situated on the ridge at the junction of Tucker and Trafalgar Glaciers in Victoria Land.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, who established a survey station at this point.||
2246|Bypass Nunatak|Summit|680100S|0622800E|-68.0166667|62.4666667|||01/01/1965|A nunatak about 2 mi S of Mount Tritoppen in the David Range of the Framnes Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37) and called Steinen (the stone).  It was renamed by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) because the feature marked the turning point in the route taken by the 1958 Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) seismic party in order to bypass dangerous terrain to the southwest.||
2247|Cape Byrd|Cape|693800S|0760700W|-69.6333333|-76.1166667|||01/01/1947|Low, ice-covered cape forming the NW extremity of Charcot Island.  First seen from the air and roughly mapped by Sir Hubert Wilkins on Dec. 29, 1929, in a flight from the William Scoresby.  Named by Wilkins for R. Admiral Richard E. Byrd, USN, (1888-1957) noted American explorer and leader of five expeditions to Antarctica, 1928-57.  Remapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in 1947 by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.||
2248|Mount Byrd|Summit|771000S|1443800W|-77.1666667|-144.6333333|810|2657|01/01/1970|A mountain (810 m) located 1 mi N of the E end of Asman Ridge in the Sarnoff Mountains, Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) led by R. Admiral Richard E. Byrd.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard E. Byrd, Jr., son of Admiral Byrd and a member of Operation Highjump (1946-47), who was of assistance to Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in clarifying a large number of name suggestions put forth by his father.||
2249|Byrdbreen|Glacier|714500S|0260000E|-71.75|26|||01/01/1962|The largest glacier, about 40 mi long and 11 mi wide, flowing NW between Mount Bergersen and Balchen Mountain in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named for R. Admiral Richard E. Byrd, USN, commander of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump.||
2250|Byrd Glacier|Glacier|802000S|1590000E|-80.3333333|159|||01/01/1961|A major glacier, about 85 mi long and 15 mi wide, draining an extensive area of the polar plateau and flowing eastward between the Britannia Range and Churchill Mountains to discharge into Ross Ice Shelf at Barne Inlet.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) after R. Admiral Richard E. Byrd, U.S. Navy (USN), American Antarctic explorer.||
2252|Byrd Head|Cliff|672700S|0610100E|-67.45|61.0166667|||01/01/1947|Conspicuous, rocky headland on the coast 1 mi SE of Colbeck Archipelago, just W of Howard Bay.  Discovered in February 1931 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, who named it for R. Admiral Richard E. Byrd, U.S. Navy (USN).||
2255|Byrd Névé|Glacier|810000S|1540000E|-81|154|||01/01/1965|An immense neve at the head of Byrd Glacier.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in association with Byrd Glacier.||
2256|Byrd Subglacial Basin|Basin|800000S|1150000W|-80|-115|||01/01/1961|A major subglacial basin of West Antarctica, extending E-W between Crary Mountains and Ellsworth Mountains.  It is bounded to the S by a low subglacial ridge which seperates this feature from Bentley Subglacial Trench.  A rude delineation of this subglacial basin was determined by several U.S. seismic parties operating from Byrd, Little America V, and Ellsworth Stations during the 1950's and 1960's.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1961) for its locus relative to Marie Byrd Land and Byrd Station.  This revised description, excluding Bentley Subglacial Trench and smaller basins to the S of Flood Range and Ford Ranges, follow delineation of the region by the SPRI-NSF-TUD airborne radio echo sounding program, 1967-79.||03/05/1997
2257|Bystander Nunatak|Summit|712000S|1594000E|-71.3333333|159.6666667|2435|7989|01/01/1964|A nunatak (2,435 m) lying 5 mi SW of Forsythe Bluff, on the W side of Daniels Range in the Usarp Mountains.  The name applied by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, is suggestive of the aspect of this relatively isolated feature.||
2259|Bystrov Rock|Summit|714700S|0123500E|-71.7833333|12.5833333|||01/01/1970|Prominent rock lying 1 mi SSE of Isdalsegga Ridge in Sudliche Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Soviet paleontologist A.P. Bystrov.||
2260|Byvågåsane Peaks|Range|692500S|0394800E|-69.4166667|39.8|||01/01/1966|Three low aligned rock peaks which surmount the E shore of Byvagen Bay on the E side of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37 and named Byvagasane (the town bay peaks) in association with Byvagen Bay.||10/28/1996
2261|Byvågen Bay|Bay|692500S|0394300E|-69.4166667|39.7166667|||01/01/1968|A small bay indenting the E shore of Lutzow-Holm Bay between Skarvsnes Foreland and Byvagasane Peaks.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Byvagen (the town bay).||
2262|Byway Glacier|Glacier|663000S|0651200W|-66.5|-65.2|||01/01/1964|Northern tributary of Erskine Glacier, flowing W from Slessor Peak in Graham Land.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1955-57, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 because the sledging route up this glacier is not as good as that along the main route up Erskine Glacier.||
2267|Mount Cabeza|Summit|640800S|0621100W|-64.1333333|-62.1833333|||01/01/1965|A mountain on the SE side of Pare Glacier, 1 mi SW of Hales Peak, in the NE portion of Brabant Island, Palmer Archipelago.  The name "Monte Cabeza" was used on a 1957 Argentine hydrographic chart.||
2268|Cabinet Inlet|Stream|663500S|0631000W|-66.5833333|-63.1666667|||01/01/1952|Ice-filled inlet, 36 mi long in a NW-SE direction, and some 27 mi wide at its entrance between Capes Alexander and Robinson, along the E coast of Graham Land. Charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in December 1947. Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for the British War Cabinet which authorized the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1943.||
2272|Cabrera Nunatak|Summit|754600S|1281200W|-75.7666667|-128.2|||01/01/1974|A nunatak 6.5 mi NE of Putzke Peak in the McCuddin Mountains, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Quirino Cabrera, CM1, U.S. Navy (USN), Construction Mechanic at Byrd Station, 1966 and 1969.||
2273|Cabrial Rock|Island|541900S|0361400W|-54.3166667|-36.2333333|||01/01/1963|Rock lying at the N side of the entrance to Ocean Harbor, South Georgia. Positioned by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Frank Cabrial, steward on the American brig Frances Alan of New London, who was drowned on Oct. 14, 1820; there is a grave marked by a wooden cross recording this in Ocean Harbor.||04/06/2001
2274|Cacapon Inlet|Stream|661000S|1010000E|-66.1666667|101|||01/01/1956|An inlet about 2 mi wide and 9 mi long, lying between Thomas Island and Fuller Island in the Highjump Archipelago.  The inlet is bounded on the west by Edisto Ice Tongue and on the east by the coast of Antarctica.  Mapped from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump in February 1947.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after USS Cacapon, a tanker in the Western Task Group of Operation Highjump, 1946-47.||
2275|Cachalot Peak|Summit|653800S|0621600W|-65.6333333|-62.2666667|1040|3412|01/01/1976|A peak (1,040 m) between Stubb and Starbuck Glaciers, about 3.5 mi W of Mount Queequeg, near the E coast of Graham Land.  The toponym is one in a group by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) that reflects a whaling theme, cachalot being the sperm whale.||
2276|Cache Heights|Summit|732700S|0940600W|-73.45|-94.1|||01/01/1963|Broad snow-covered heights about 3 mi long and 2 mi wide, located just NE of Bonnabeau Dome in the Jones Mountains.  Much lower than Bonnabeau Dome, the heights rise considerably above the adjacent ice surface.  Mapped and named by the University of Minnesota-Jones Mountains Party, 1960-61.  A food cache placed here by the party during a blizzard was never recovered.||
2279|Mount Cadbury|Summit|712100S|0663800W|-71.35|-66.6333333|1800|5905|01/01/1955|Easternmost of the Batterbee Mountains, 1,800 m, standing ESE of Mount Ness and 18 mi inland from George VI Sound on the W coast of Palmer Land.  The coast in this vicinity was first seen and photographed from the air on Nov. 23, 1935 by Lincoln Ellsworth, but this mountain seems to have been obscured from Ellsworth's line of sight by clouds or intervening summits.  Mount Cadbury was surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954 for Mrs. Henry Tyler Cadbury, who raised a special fund to defray the cost of refitting the Penola, the ship of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), at South Georgia in 1936.||
2280|Cadenazzi Rock|Summit|761800S|1123900W|-76.3|-112.65|||01/01/1975|A rock outcrop 1.5 mi E of Roper Point on the W slope of Mount Takahe in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy tricamera aerial photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Michael P. Cadenazzi, U.S. Navy (USN), LH-34 helicopter commander.  He flew close support missions for U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) scientists during the 1969-70 and 1970-71 seasons.||04/11/2001
2281|Cadle Monolith|Pillar|714000S|0605800W|-71.6666667|-60.9666667|||01/01/1976|A conspicuous, somewhat isolated, bare rock monolith or headland, standing at the E end of Condor Peninsula, 9 mi SE of Cape MacDonald, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gary L. Cadle, CE2, U.S. Navy (USN), electrician at Palmer Station in 1973.||
2282|Cadman Glacier|Glacier|653700S|0634700W|-65.6166667|-63.7833333|||01/01/1955|A glacier, 1.5 mi wide at its mouth and about 7 mi long, flowing northwestward into the head of the southern arm of Beascochea Bay on the W side of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered and roughly surveyed in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Jean B. Charcot.  Surveyed in 1935 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), led by John Rymill, and later named for John Cadman, 1st Baron Cadman of Silverdale, who contributed toward the cost of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37.||
2283|Cadwalader Beach|Beach|765800S|1665300E|-76.9666667|166.8833333|||01/01/1962|A beach nearly a mile long at the S end of Beaufort Island, in the Ross Archipelago.  The beach is occupied by a large Adelie  penguin rookery and there is easy access from the sea when the coast is ice free.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1958-59) for Captain John Cadwalader, U.S. Navy (USN), who encouraged and assisted the expedition in its Antarctic program, and also rendered valuable assistance to the New Zealand parties of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.||
2284|Cadwalader Inlet|Stream|720700S|0962200W|-72.1166667|-96.3666667|||01/01/1960|Ice-filled inlet about 22 mi long, indenting the NE coast of Thurston Island between Evans and Lofgren Peninsulas.  Discovered on helicopter flights from the USS Burton Island and Glacier by personnel of U.S. Navy (USN) Bellingshausen Sea Expedition in February 1960.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain John Cadwalader, USN, chief of staff to U.S. Antarctic Projects Officer and representative of Task Unit Commander aboard the Burton Island in February 1960.||01/28/2004
2285|Cady Nunatak|Summit|771300S|1425100W|-77.2166667|-142.85|||01/01/1970|A nunatak 3 mi E of Mount Zeigler in the NE part of the Allegheny Mountains, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Frederick M. Cady, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) ionospheric physicist at Byrd Station, 1968.||
2286|Café Point|Summit|643900S|0615900W|-64.65|-61.9833333|||01/01/1965|Point lying 2 mi S of Zapato Point and 2 mi E of Nansen Island on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache 1897-99.  The name appears on an Argentine government chart of 1954.||
2287|Caffin Valley|Valley|771918S|1603701E|-77.321684|160.616999||||A cirque-type valley between Mount Bastion and Gibson Spur in the Willett Range, Victoria Land.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1985 after James M. Caffin, New Zealand Antarctic historian who, from 1973-84, was editor of Antarctic, the popular news bulletin published by the New Zealand Antarctic Society.||
2288|Cagle Peaks|Range|793300S|0852800W|-79.55|-85.4666667|||01/01/1966|A group of sharp peaks that surmount the S end of White Escarpment in the Heritage Range.  Named by the University of Minnesota geological party, 1963-64, for Major Paul M. Cagle, commanding officer and pilot of the helicopter detachment that assisted the party in the field.||
2289|Mount Cahill|Summit|745300S|0711400W|-74.8833333|-71.2333333|1755|5758||One of the Sky-Hi Nunataks in Ellsworth Land, rising to 1,755 m ENE of Mount Carrara.  Named in 1987 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Laurence J. Cahill, Jr., physicist, University of Minnesota, Minneapolis, MN; Principal Investigator in upper atmospheric physics at Siple Station and South Pole Station for many years from 1973.||
2290|Cain Nunatak|Summit|633400S|0574200W|-63.5666667|-57.7|||01/01/1964|The westernmost of two isolated nunataks on the S side of Broad Valley, Trinity Peninsula.  The name arose at the time of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) geological survey in 1960-61 and is in association with nearby Abel Nunatak.||
2291|Caird Coast|Beach|760000S|0240000W|-76|-24|||01/01/1952|That portion of the coast of Coats Land lying between the terminus of Stancomb-Wills Glacier, in 2000W, and the vicinity of the Hayes Glacier, in 2754W. Sir Ernest Shackleton sailed along the coast in the Endurance during January 1915, naming it for Sir James Caird, patron of the expedition.||
2292|Cairn Hill|Summit|633000S|0570400W|-63.5|-57.0666667|475|1558|01/01/1952|Hill with two summits, the higher 475 m, standing 2 mi E of Duse Bay and 1 mi SW of Mineral Hill on Tabarin Peninsula.  First charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1946, who so named it because a cairn was erected on the eastern of the two summits.||
2293|Cairn Ridge|Ridge|823500S|0525000W|-82.5833333|-52.8333333|||01/01/1968|A rock ridge adjoining the N side of Dufek Massil, 2 mi NE of Hannah Peak, in the Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66. A cairn was erected on this ridge during a visit in December 1957 by the US-IGY traverse party from Ellsworth Station.||
2294|Cairns Cove|Bay|540000S|0374200W|-54|-37.7||||A small cove on the W side of Right Whale Bay on the N coast of South Georgia.  Charted and named "Haste Cove" by DI in 1930 but, following acceptance of the name, it was withdrawn by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959.  Following hydrographic survey from His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Owen, 1960-61, the cove was named after Petty Officer Peter T. Cairns, Royal Navy (RN), a member of the survey group.||
2295|Cairns Shoal|Bar|540000S|0374000W|-54|-37.6666667|||01/01/1964|Small area of shoal lying 0.6 mi W of Craigie Point in the E part of Right Whale Bay, South Georgia.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Petty Officer Peter T. Cairns of His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Owen, which first located this shoal in 1961.||
2297|Mount Calais|Summit|691100S|0701500W|-69.1833333|-70.25|2345|7693|01/01/1956|Massive mountain, 2,345 m, at the NW side of Schokalsky Bay in the NE part of Alexander Island.  First roughly surveyed in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charot, who named it for the French city.  The mountain was resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).||
2299|Mount Caldwell|Summit|720300S|1013300W|-72.05|-101.55|||01/01/1960|A peak of the Walker Mountains, located 3 mi SE of Mount Lopez, near the W end of Thurston Island.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump in December 1946.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Henry Howard Caldwell, USN, captain of the seaplane tender Pine Island which explored the area during this expedition.  Caldwell and five others survived a Dec. 30, 1946 crash of a seaplane at Thurston Island.||01/28/2004
2302|Calfee Nunatak|Summit|741900S|1614000E|-74.3166667|161.6666667|||01/01/1968|An isolated nunatak at the E side of Reeves Neve, 4 mi W of Mount Fenton, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1956-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for David W. Calfee, field assistant at McMurdo Station, 1965-66.||
2303|Calf Head|Cliff|542800S|0360300W|-54.4666667|-36.05|||01/01/1956|Rocky headland on the N coast of South Georgia, 3 mi NW of Cape Harcourt. The name "Kalber-Berg" (calf mountain) was given by the German group of the International Polar Year Investigations, 1882-83, but was limited to the summit of the headland.  The feature was surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, who reported that a name is more essential for its seaward extremity in order to distinguish it from Cape Harcourt, with which it is easily confused when viewed from N and NW.  The English form of the name, Calf Head, was recommended by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954.||03/06/1997
2304|Calf Point|Summit|713000S|1694500E|-71.5|169.75||||A point between the terminus of Nielsen Glacier and Penelope Point on the W shore of Robertson Bay, northern Victoria Land.  Charted and named in 1911 by the Northern Party, led by Campbell, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) 1910-13.  Named because of the great number of young seals seen here.||
2305|Calf Rock|Summit|703100S|0683800W|-70.5166667|-68.6333333|500|1640|01/01/1956|Rock mass on the E coast of Alexander Island, which rises to 500 m, 2 mi NE of Lamina Peak and 2 mi inland from George VI Sound.  First photographed from the air on Nov. 23, 1935, by Lincoln Ellsworth and mapped from these photos by W.L.G. Joerg.  Surveyed in 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and so named by them because of its offlying position; it is separated from the Lamina Peak ridge by faulting.||04/11/2001
2306|California Plateau|Plain|860400S|1451000W|-86.0666667|-145.1666667|3275|10745|01/01/1967|An undulating ice-covered plateau, 30 mi long and from 2 to 12 mi wide, which rises to 3,000 m at the eastern side of Scott Glacier.  The plateau reaches a maximum height in Mount Blackburn (3,275 m) at the southern end.  The northwestern side of the plateau is marked by the steep rock cliffs of Watson Escarpment; the southeastern side grades gradually to the elevation of the interior ice.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the several branches of the University of California which have sent numerous researchers to work in Antarctica.||
2307|Caliper Cove|Bay|733400S|1665600E|-73.5666667|166.9333333|||01/01/1966|A rounded, ice-filled cove in Lady Newnes Bay, situated between the mouths of Wylde and Suter Glaciers along the coast of Victoria Land.  The shape of the cove and the points that encompass it are nearly symmetrical suggesting calipers; hence the name applied by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1966.||
2308|Calkin Glacier|Glacier|774432S|1621628E|-77.74222|162.274464|||01/01/1964|Glacier just W of Sentinel Peak, flowing N from the Kukri Hills toward the terminus of Taylor Glacier in Victoria Land.  Charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, 1910-13.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Parker Calkin, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist who made investigations in the area during 1960-61 and 1961-62.||
2309|Callender Peak|Summit|751800S|1101800W|-75.3|-110.3|||01/01/1967|Precipitous, mainly ice-covered subsidiary peak on the Mount Murphy massif, located 9 mi ENE of the summit of Mount Murphy, on Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land. First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from air photos obtained in January 1947 by U.S. Navy Operation Highjump.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lieutenant Gordon W. Callender (CEC), U.S. Navy (USN), officer in charge of Byrd Station in 1966.||
2310|Callisto Cliffs|Cliff|710300S|0682000W|-71.05|-68.3333333|550|1804|01/01/1975|This feature, rising to 550 m, comprises two cliffs, one forming the southern margins of Jupiter Glacier, the other the eastern margin of Alexander Island.  The feature was mapped from trimetrogon air photography taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and from survey by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1948-50.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with Jupiter Glacier after Callisto, one of the moons of the planet Jupiter.||
2311|Cape Calmette|Cape|680400S|0671300W|-68.0666667|-67.2166667|625|2051||Cape marking the W extremity of a rocky peninsula which rises more than 625 m and projects from the W coast of Graham Land for 3 mi to form the S shore of Calmette Bay.  Discovered in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, who from a distance mistook this cape for an island.  The British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37, determined the true nature of the feature.  Named by Charcot for Gaston Calmette, editor of Le Figoro, who furnished the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) with copies of this newspaper for the two years preceding the expedition.||
2313|Calmette Bay|Bay|680300S|0671000W|-68.05|-67.1666667||||Small bay between Camp Point and Cape Calmette, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37, who named the bay for its S entrance point, Cape Calmette.||
2314|Caloplaca Cove|Bay|604300S|0453500W|-60.7166667|-45.5833333|||01/01/1975|A cove between Rethval Point and Pantomime Point on the east coast of Signy Island.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the abundant orange lichens of the genus Caloploca, which encrust the sea cliffs around the cove.||
2315|Caloplaca Hills|Range|860700S|1310000W|-86.1166667|-131|||01/01/1967|A distinctive group of rock hills including Mount Carmer and Heathcock Peak, lying E of the Watson Escarpment on the W side of Reedy Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1960-64.  The name was suggested by J.H. Mercer of the Institute of Polar Studies, Ohio State University, and denotes the type of lichen found here.||
2316|Mount Calvin|Summit|711700S|1650600E|-71.2833333|165.1|1600|5249|01/01/1970|A mountain over 1,600 m, standing 4 mi SE of Pilon Peak in the S part of Everett Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1960-63.  Named for Lieutenant Calvin Luther Larsen, USN, navigator and photographic officer of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 during Operation Deep Freeze 1969; as a chief photographer's mate, he wintered at Little America V in 1957. Lieutenant Larsen's first name was applied by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) to avoid a further overuse of the surname Larsen in Antarctic geographic names.||
2317|Calypso Cliffs|Cliff|684800S|0641300W|-68.8|-64.2166667|850|2789|01/01/1962|Two prominent rocky cliffs rising to 850 m on the S side of Mobiloil Inlet immediately W of the mouth of Cronus Glacier, on the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), Sept. 28, 1940, and by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (Trimetrogon air photography), Dec. 22, 1947.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in Dec. 1958. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Calypso, daughter of Atlas, goddess in Greek mythology.||
2318|Camana Rock|Island|541000S|0363700W|-54.1666667|-36.6166667|||01/01/1963|Rock midway between Kelp and Harrison Points in the S part of Stromness Bay, South Georgia.  Mapped by DI personnel under Lieutenant Commander J.M. Chaplin in 1927 and 1929.  Named in 1957 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for the sailing vessel Camana, owned by Tonsberg Hvalfangeri, Husvik, located at the head of Husvik Harbor in Stromness Bay.||
2319|Mount Camber|Summit|644100S|0631600W|-64.6833333|-63.2666667|1400|4593|01/01/1960|Mainly snow-covered mountain, 1,400 m, 1 mi NE of Molar Peak in the Osterrieth Range of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  First seen by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache.  The name High Peak was probably given to the feature by Lieutenant Commander J.M. Chaplin, Royal Navy (RN), during a sketch survey in 1927 on the unsuitable.  The new name, given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), is descriptive of the summit, which is long and gently sloping like a cambered road surface.||
2320|Cambrian Bluff|Cliff|825200S|1603300E|-82.8666667|160.55|||01/01/1966|Prominent bluff jutting into the N side of Nimrod Glacier and forming the S end of the Holyoake Range.  Named by the southern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) because the bluff is faced with vast seams of pink and white marble.||
2321|Cambridge Glacier|Glacier|765700S|1603100E|-76.95|160.5166667|||01/01/1962|A wide sheetlike glacier between the Convoy Range and Coombs Hills, draining S into the Mackay Glacier between Mount Bergen and Gateway Nunatak.  Surveyed in 1957 by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.  Named by them after Cambridge University, where many of the various Antarctic scientific reports have been written.||
2322|Camelback Ridge|Ridge|733100S|0942400W|-73.5166667|-94.4|1141|3743|01/01/1963|A short rock ridge with topographic highs of 1180 and 1141 m at the ends, located just W of Pemmican Bluff in the Jones Mountains.  Mapped by the University of Minnesota-Jones Mountains Party, 1960-61, who named it for its humped appearance.||
2324|Camel Nunataks|Summit|632500S|0572600W|-63.4166667|-57.4333333|450|1476|01/01/1964|Two similar rock nunataks rising to 450 m, 1 mi apart and 8 mi N of View Point, Trinity Peninsula.  The name is descriptive and has been in use amongst Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) personnel at Hope Bay since about 1959.||
2325|Mount Camelot|Summit|721100S|1633700E|-72.1833333|163.6166667|2590|8497|01/01/1969|A mountain, 2,590 m, in the Alamein Range, rising near the center of the Freyberg Mountains and being the highest summit of this group.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1968.  The mountain is of geological interest as one of the localities where the sub-beacon erosion surface is exposed.||
2326|Camels Hump|Summit|775515S|1623408E|-77.920706|162.568933|2320|7611|01/01/1953|Dark bare knob, 2,320 m, standing 3 mi S of Cathedral Rocks in the N part of the Royal Society Range, in Victoria Land.  Discovered and given this descriptive name by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) under Scott, 1901-04.||
2327|Mount Cameron|Summit|712000S|0663000E|-71.3333333|66.5|||01/01/1967|A small mountain about 5 mi S of Mount Woinarski in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1956 and 1960.  Named by ANCA for Dr. A.S. Cameron, medical officer at Mawson Station in 1965.||
2328|Cameron Island|Island|661300S|1103600E|-66.2166667|110.6|||01/01/1960|A small island just N of Hailstorm Island, in the Swain Islands.  This region was photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47), Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1956), and the Soviet expedition (1956).  The island was included in a 1957 ground survey by C.R. Eklund, who named it for Richard L. Cameron, chief glaciologist at Wilkes Station, 1957.||
2329|Cameron Nunataks|Summit|723600S|1364300E|-72.6|136.7166667|||01/01/1969|A small cluster of nunataks rising above the W margin of Evans Neve, at the S end of Freyberg Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Roy E. Cameron, biologist at McMurdo Station, summers 1966-67 and 1967-68.||
2334|Camp Bay|Bay|540200S|0372700W|-54.0333333|-37.45|||01/01/1953|Small bay between Rosita Harbor and Sunset Fjord, in the W side of the Bay of Isles, South Georgia.  Charted in 1929 by DI personnel and so named because a temporary camp was set up on its S shore.||
2337|Mount Campbell|Summit|845500S|1740000W|-84.9166667|-174|3790|12434|01/01/1962|A prominent peak (3,790 m) standing 3.5 mi SE of Mount Wade in the Prince Olav Mountains.  Discovered and photographed by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41), and surveyed by A.P. Crary (1957-58).  Named by Crary for Joel Campbell of the U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, Antarctic Project Leader for geomagnetic operations, 1957-60.||
2338|Campbell Cliffs|Cliff|844600S|1745500E|-84.7666667|174.9166667|||01/01/1962|A line of high, precipitous cliffs, mostly snow covered, forming the E wall of Haynes Table in Hughes Range.  Discovered and photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp on Flight 8A of Feb. 16, 1947, and named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Clifford M. Campbell, USN, senior officer on this flight.||09/05/2000
2339|Campbell Crest|Ridge|683000S|0652700W|-68.5|-65.45|1670|5479||A peak rising to 1,670 m at the W end of Bowditch Crests, Bermel Peninsula (q.v.), on the Bowman Coast of Graham Land.  The feature is the highest point in Bowditch Crests and appears in aerial photographs taken by Sir Hubert Wilkins, 1928, and Lincoln Ellsworth, 1935; roughly mapped from the Ellsworth photographs by W.L.G. Joerg in 1937.  Later photographed from the air by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1940, and U.S. Navy, 1966; surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1958.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1993 after Jon C. Campbell, geographer, U.S. Geological Survey from 1981; U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) member in the International GPS Campaign, 1991-92, at McMurdo, Byrd, and South Pole Stations who conducted developmental GPS geodetic surveys from U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Polar Sea at Mount Siple and Pine Island Bay; from 1993, Secretary, Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names, U.S. Board on Geographic Names.||03/06/1997
2340|Campbell Glacier|Glacier|742500S|1642200E|-74.4166667|164.3666667||||A glacier, about 60 mi long, originating near the S end of Mesa Range and draining SE between Deep Freeze Range and Mount Melbourne to discharge into N Terra Nova Bay.  The lower end of the glacier was observed by the Northern Party, led by Lieutenant Victor L.A. Campbell, Royal Navy (RN), of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.  Named for the leader of this party.  The extent of the glacier and its discharge into N Terra Nova Bay, rather than the Nansen Ice Sheet, was determined by United States and New Zealand survey parties to the area in 1961-62 and 1962-63.||
2341|Campbell Glacier Tongue|Glacier|743600S|1642400E|-74.6|164.4|||01/01/1968|The seaward extension of Campbell Glacier into northern Terra Nova Bay, on the coast of Victoria Land.  The name was suggested by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Campbell Glacier.||
2342|Campbell Head|Cliff|672500S|0604000E|-67.4166667|60.6666667|||01/01/1947|A bold headland on the W side of Oom Bay.  Discovered in February 1931 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, who named it for Flight Lieutenant Stuart Campbell, RAAF, pilot with the expedition.||
2343|Campbell Hills|Range|822600S|1634700E|-82.4333333|163.7833333|||01/01/1966|Group of hills 5 mi WSW of Cape Lyttelton on the S side of Nimrod Glacier. Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William J. Campbell, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciologist at the Ross Ice Shelf, 1962-63.||
2344|Campbell Nunatak|Summit|662900S|1104500E|-66.4833333|110.75|||01/01/1956|A coastal nunatak at the SE limit of the Windmill Islands, overlooking the SE extremity of Penney Bay 3 mi ENE of Alexander Nunataks.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for H. Campbell, Jr., member of one of the two U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml photographic units which obtained air and ground photos of the area in January 1948.||
2345|Campbell Peak|Summit|530600S|0733200E|-53.1|73.5333333|2415|7923|01/01/1957|A peak (2,415 m) standing 1.2 mi NE of Mawson Peak, the summit of Heard Island.  Surveyed in 1948 by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), who named it for Group-Captain Stuart A. Campbell, RAAF. Campbell visited Heard Island in 1929 as aircraft pilot with the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) led by Mawson, and again as leader of the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) when a research station was established on the island in December 1947.||
2346|Campbell Ridges|Ridge|702300S|0673500W|-70.3833333|-67.5833333|||01/01/1976|An irregular complex of ridges between Creswick Gap and Mount Courtauld in Palmer Land.  Two N-S ridges are linked by an E-W ridge, on which stand the highest peaks.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Bruce H. Campbell, U.S. Navy (USN), Commander of LC-130 aircraft in support of U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) field parties on the Lassiter Coast and elsewhere, 1969-70 and 1970-71.||
2347|Campbell Valley|Valley|765500S|1174000W|-76.9166667|-117.6666667|||01/01/1967|An ice-filled valley, or pass, extending E-W between the main group of peaks of the Crary Mountains and Boyd Ridge, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Wallace H. Campbell, ionospheric physicist at McMurdo Station in the 1964-65 season; Macquarie Island, 1961-62.||
2348|Camp Hill|Summit|634100S|0575200W|-63.6833333|-57.8666667|120|394|01/01/1952|Small ice-free hill, 120 m, which lies 2 mi E of Church Point on the S side of Trinity Peninsula Charted in 1946 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who so named it because a geological camp was established at the foot of the hill.||
2349|Camp Hills|Range|785800S|0855000W|-78.9666667|-85.8333333|||01/01/1966|A small group of hills which lie between the S portion of the Bastien Range and the Minnesota Glacier, in the Ellsworth Mountains.  So named by the University of Minnesota Geological Party, 1963-64, because they established their base camp (Camp Gould) near these hills.||
2350|Camp Lake|Lake|683300S|0780500E|-68.55|78.0833333|||01/01/1965|A small lake lying 0.5 mi W of the head of Weddell Arm on Breidnes Peninsula, Vestfold Hills.  Mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  So named because when first visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party in January 1955, a camp was established near the NE end of the lake.||
2351|Mount Campleman|Summit|845100S|0642000W|-84.85|-64.3333333|1970|6463|01/01/1968|A flat-topped, projecting-type mountain, 1,970 m, along the N edge of Mackin Table, 3 mi W of Stout Spur, in the Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard Campleman (CEC) USN, Petty Officer in charge of Palmer Station, winter 1967.||
2352|Camp Peak|Summit|541400S|0363200W|-54.2333333|-36.5333333|330|1083||Peak rising to c. 330 m on the W side of Maiviken, northern Thatcher Peninsula, South Georgia.  Charted by DI in 1929 and so named because a camp was established on the shore below the peak.||
2353|Camp Point|Summit|675800S|0671900W|-67.9666667|-67.3166667||||Point which marks the W extremity of the rugged heights between Square Bay and Calmette Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First seen by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10, but its relationship to adjacent features was unknown at that time.  It was mapped and named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37, who camped here during survey work in this area.||
2354|Camp Ridge|Ridge|720300S|1651200E|-72.05|165.2||||A prominent ridge surmounted by Mount Hayton in the SE part of East Quartzite Range, Concord Mountains.  Named by the Northern Party of the NZFMCAE, 1962-63, after Camp IV which was established here.||
2355|Camp Spur|Ridge|831600S|0505000W|-83.2666667|-50.8333333|||01/01/1968|A rock spur along the N wall of May Valley in the Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gary C. Camp, aerographer at Ellsworth Station, winter 1957.||
2356|Cam Rock|Island|604300S|0453700W|-60.7166667|-45.6166667|||01/01/1956|Rock lying E of Waterpipe Beach and NNW of Billie Rocks in Borge Bay, Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  The rock is low and ice worn and is not normally covered at high water.  Roughly surveyed by DI in 1927 and named descriptively.||
2357|Canada Glacier|Glacier|773618S|1625628E|-77.605033|162.941189|||01/01/1952|Small glacier flowing SE into the N side of Taylor Valley immediately W of Lake Fryxell, in Victoria Land.  Charted and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, under Scott.  Charles S. Wright, a Canadian physicist, was a member of the party that explored this area.||
2358|Canada Stream|Stream|773648S|1630253E|-77.61325|163.048165||||A small meltwater stream flowing ESE from the front of Canada Glacier into Lake Fryxell, in Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  Named in association with Canada Glacier by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1983.||
2365|Candlemas Island|Island|570300S|0264000W|-57.05|-26.6666667|||01/01/1952|Largest and easternmost of the Candlemas Islands, in the South Sandwich Islands.  Discovered by Captain James Cook in 1775.  Recharted in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II, who named it after the Candlemas Islands group.||
2366|Candlemas Islands|Island|570300S|0264300W|-57.05|-26.7166667|||01/01/1952|Small group, consisting of two islands and numerous rocks, lying 23 mi SE of Visokoi Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  Discovered on Feb. 2, 1775 by a British expedition under Cook, who named them to commemorate the day of their discovery.||
2369|Cangrejo Cove|Bay|650400S|0633900W|-65.0666667|-63.65|||01/01/1965|Cove 1.5 miles long lying immediately W of Azure Cove in Flandres Bay, along the W coast of Graham Land.  First roughly charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  The name "Bahia Cangrejo" (crayfish cove or crayfish bay) was given by the Argentine Antarctic Expedition of 1951-52.  The name is descriptive and derives from the small peninsula forming the west side of the cove which, when viewed from the air, resembles the pincers of a crayfish.||
2370|Mount Canham|Summit|702900S|0643500E|-70.4833333|64.5833333|||01/01/1971|A mountain at the N end of Bennett Escarpment, about 2 mi S of Corry Massif, in the Porthos Range of the Prince Charles Mountains.  The feature was plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos of 1965.  Named by ANCA for J.R. Canham, officer in charge at Wilkes Station in 1967.||
2371|Canham Glacier|Glacier|714900S|1630000E|-71.8166667|163|||01/01/1964|A tributary glacier about 30 mi long which drains the NW part of Evans Neve.  The glacier drains NW between the Alamein and Salamander Ranges of the Freyberg Mountains and enters the Rennick Glacier westward of Bowers Peak.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander David W. Canham, Jr., officer in charge of the winter party at the U.S. Naval Air Facility, McMurdo Sound, 1956.||
2372|Mount Canicula|Summit|634300S|0583000W|-63.7166667|-58.5|825|2707|01/01/1953|A mountain formed of two rock peaks, 890 and 825 m high.  It stands 3 mi E of Sirius Knoll on the divide separating Russell East Glacier and Russell West Glacier in central Trinity Peninsula.  Charted in 1946 by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and named by them because of the association with Sirius Knoll. Canicula is a synonym of Sirius, the dog star.||
2373|Canine Hills|Range|713700S|1635000E|-71.6166667|163.8333333||||A line of mostly snow-covered hills and ridges trending NW-SE for 11 mi and forming the eastern half of Molar Massif in the Bowers Mountains, q.v.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1983 from a proposal by geologist M.G. Laird, in association with the names Molar Massif and Incisor Ridge.||
2374|Caninus Nunatak|Summit|710600S|0701000W|-71.1|-70.1666667|700|2297||A nunatak (c. 700 m) located E of Palindrome Buttress and the N part of Walton Mountains (q.v.), Alexander Island.  In the 1974-75 field season, the British Antarctic Survey (BAS) reduced its number of dog teams.  The name derives from the burial of nine dogs near the nunatak.||
2375|Canis Heights|Summit|702600S|0661900W|-70.4333333|-66.3166667|||01/01/1976|A mainly snow-covered ridge located between the two upper tributaries of Millett Glacier on the western edge of the Dyer Plateau of Palmer Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the constellations of Canis Major and Canis Minor.||03/06/1997
2376|Canisteo Peninsula|Cape|734800S|1022000W|-73.8|-102.3333333|||01/01/1955|An ice-covered peninsula, about 30 mi long and 20 mi wide, which projects between Ferrero and Cranton Bays into the E extremity of Amundsen Sea.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the USS Canisteo, a tanker with the eastern task group of this expedition.||
2377|Cannonball Cliffs|Cliff|714700S|0681500W|-71.7833333|-68.25|500|1640|01/01/1975|Cliffs at the S side of the terminus of Neptune Glacier on the E side of Alexander Island.  The feature consists of two east-west ridges about 500 m high, joined by a narrow north-south ridge.  The feature was mapped from trimetrogon air photography taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and from survey by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1948-50.  The name was applied by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for the sandstone in the area, which contains numerous spherical, brown concretions known as "cannon-ball" concretions.||
2378|Canoe Nunatak|Summit|775915S|1611633E|-77.987596|161.275942|||01/01/1993|A nunatak, 1 mi long and 0.2 mi wide, located 2.2 mi ESE of Mount Blackwelder, Wilkniss Mountains, in Victoria Land.  The distinctive shape resembles an upturned canoe.  Named by Alan Sherwood, NZGS party leader in the area, 1987-88.||
2379|Cañón Point|Summit|643400S|0615500W|-64.5666667|-61.9166667|||01/01/1965|Point marking the SW side of the entrance to Bancroft Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First roughly charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  The name appears on an Argentine government chart of 1954.||
2380|Lake Canopus|Lake|773246S|1613144E|-77.54615|161.528803|65|213|01/01/1976|A small lake 65 m above the southern shore of Lake Vanda in Wright Valley, Victoria Land.  Named by the Eighth Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1963-64, after Canopus, pilot of Menelaus, the king of Sparta.||
2381|Mount Canopus|Summit|815000S|1610000E|-81.8333333|161|1710|5610|01/01/1965|A prominent ice-free peak, 1,710 m, surmounting the W edge of the Nash Range, 4.5 mi E of Centaur Bluff.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) after the brightest of the stars, Canopus, used for survey fixes.||03/06/1997
2382|Canopus Crags|Cliff|711000S|0663800W|-71.1666667|-66.6333333|||01/01/1976|A cluster of peaks of 3 mi extent, located between Vela Bluff and Carina Heights along the S side of Ryder Glacier, in Palmer Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the star Canopus in the constellation of Carina.||
2383|Canopus Island|Island|673200S|0625900E|-67.5333333|62.9833333|||01/01/1965|The southern of the two largest islands of the Canopus Islands in Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land, The two islands were mapped as one by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Spjotoy.  The island was included in a triangulation survey by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1959, and named after the star Canopus.||03/06/1997
2384|Canopus Islands|Island|673200S|0625900E|-67.5333333|62.9833333|||01/01/1965|Group of small islands just N of Klung Islands in the E part of Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Named by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) after the star Canopus.||
2385|Canopus Rocks|Island|673100S|0625600E|-67.5166667|62.9333333|||01/01/1965|Two small, low rocks lying 1 mi NW of Canopus Island in the E part of Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  Plotted from photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1958. Named by ANCA after Canopus Island.||
2386|Canopy Cliffs|Cliff|840000S|1600000E|-84|160|||01/01/1966|Steep cliffs extending from Mount Allsup to Mount Ropar on the SE side of Peletier Plateau, Queen Elizabeth Range.  A descriptive name applied by the Northern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62), suggesting the precipitous nature of the cliffs.||
2387|Canso Rocks|Island|633900S|0591800W|-63.65|-59.3|||01/01/1964|Two rocks lying W of Bone Bay, 2 mi NW of Notter Point, Trinity Peninsula. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after one of the types of aircraft used by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1955-57).||
2388|Mount Cantello|Summit|705200S|1630700E|-70.8666667|163.1166667|1820|5971|01/01/1970|Mountain (1,820 m) on the N side of Crawford Glacier, 4 mi NW of Mount Keith, in the Bowers Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Dominic Cantello, Jr., U.S. Navy (USN), electrician with the South Pole Station party, 1965.||
2389|Canterbury Spur|Ridge|844300S|1134500W|-84.7166667|-113.75||||A flat-topped ridge leading N from the N face of Mount Glossopteris, 1.3 mi E of Discovery Ridge, Ohio Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1958-59.  The spur is named after the Canterbury Museum, Christchurch, New Zealand, home of the National Antarctic Exhibition, Research and Reference Center. Geologists Jane Newman and Margaret Bradshaw of the Canterbury Museum worked on this ridge during the 1984-85 field season.||
2390|Canto Point|Summit|622700S|0594400W|-62.45|-59.7333333|||01/01/1953|Point forming the NW side of the entrance to Discovery Bay, Greenwich Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Surveyed by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition of 1947 which named it for Capitan de Corbeta Raul Del Canto, engineer on the ship Iquique during the expedition.  The name Fort William (q.v.) was incorrectly applied to this feature by DI personnel of the Discovery II in 1935.||03/06/1997
2391|Cantrell Peak|Summit|711200S|1651400E|-71.2|165.2333333|1895|6217|01/01/1970|A peak (1,895 m) standing 6 mi NNE of Mount Calvin and overlooking Ebbe Glacier from the S, in the N part of Everett Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Major Robert L. Cantrell, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC), pilot on photographic flights in C-130 aircraft during Operation Deep Freeze 1968 and 1969.||
2392|Canty Point|Summit|644500S|0633200W|-64.75|-63.5333333|||01/01/1963|Point forming the W side of the entrance to Borgen Bay on the SE coast of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Roughly charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for John Canty of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), radio operator/mechanic at the Arthur Harbor Station in 1955 and a member of the sledging party which visited the point.||
2393|Cape Canwe|Cape|744300S|1634100E|-74.7166667|163.6833333||||A high rock bluff 3 mi N of Vegetation Island, forming the W extremity of the Northern Foothills, Victoria Land.  First explored and named by the Northern Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.  The name arose from seeing this feature a long way off and wondering whether they could reach it.||
2394|Canyon Glacier|Glacier|835700S|1752500E|-83.95|175.4166667|||01/01/1962|A narrow glacier, 35 mi long, flowing to the Ross Ice Shelf.  It drains the NW slopes of Mount Wexler and moves northward between steep canyon walls of the Separation Range and Hughes Range to join the ice shelf immediately W of Giovinco Ice Piedmont.  The glacier was observed from nearby Mount Patrick by the New Zealand Alpine Club Antarctic Expedition (1959-60) who gave the descriptive name.||
2399|Capella Rocks|Summit|703900S|0663200W|-70.65|-66.5333333|||01/01/1976|A low, rocky ridge composed of several nunataks, located near the head of Bertram Glacier, 2 mi NE of Auriga Nunataks, in Palmer Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the star Capella in the constellation of Auriga.||
2400|Cape-Pigeon Rocks|Summit|665900S|1434700E|-66.9833333|143.7833333|||01/01/1952|Twin rocky promontories on the western side of Watt Bay, 3 mi south of Garnet Point.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who gave the name because of the large Cape pigeon rookery here.  The Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) has added a hyphen between the first and second words in the specific part of the name to reduce ambiguity and emphasize the generic term "Rocks."||04/12/2001
2409|Mount Capley|Summit|793200S|0831300W|-79.5333333|-83.2166667|1810|5938|01/01/1966|A peak, 1,810 m, in the Nimbus Hills of the Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Joe H. Capley, USN, pilot on photographic flights over Marie Byrd and Ellsworth Lands in Deep Freeze 1965 and 1966.||
2410|Capling Peak|Summit|722600S|1670800E|-72.4333333|167.1333333|2730|8957|01/01/1970|A peak (2,730 m) on the N side of Croll Glacier, 5 mi SE of Bramble Peak, in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert W. Capling, U.S. Navy (USN), aviation machinist's mate and flight engineer on Hercules aircraft at McMurdo Station during Operation Deep Freeze 1967 and 1968.||
2411|Cappellari Glacier|Glacier|855200S|1584000W|-85.8666667|-158.6666667|||01/01/1967|A glacier 11 mi long in the Hays Mountains, flowing W from the NW shoulder of Mount Vaughan to enter Amundsen Glacier just N of Mount Dort.  First roughly mapped by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  Remapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lewis K. Cappellari who made ionospheric studies at McMurdo Station in 1965.||
2412|Capsize Glacier|Glacier|740200S|1632000E|-74.0333333|163.3333333|||01/01/1968|A tributary glacier in Deep Freeze Range, draining the slopes between Mount Cavaney and Mount Levick and flowing NE to enter the Campbell Glacier, in Victoria Land.  So named by the Northern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1965-66, because of the spectacular spill which the party had there.||
2413|Capstan Rocks|Island|645700S|0632600W|-64.95|-63.4333333|||01/01/1960|Small group of rocks, sometimes awash at high water and in strong winds, lying 1 mi S of Bob Island in the S entrance to Gerlache Strait, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1950, but not named. Surveyed by the British Naval Hydrographic Survey Unit, 1956-57, and given this descriptive name by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC).||03/06/1997
2414|Mount Cara|Summit|824500S|1610600E|-82.75|161.1|3145|10318|01/01/1966|Peak, 3,145 m, standing 4 mi NNW of Mount Lysaght in the Queen Elizabeth Range.  Named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09.||
2415|Carapace Nunatak|Summit|765300S|1592400E|-76.8833333|159.4|||01/01/1961|A prominent isolated nunatak, the most westerly near the head of Mackay Glacier, standing 8 mi SW of Mount Brooke where it is visible for a considerable distance from many directions.  So named by the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) because of the carapaces of small crustaceans found in the rocks.||
2416|Caraquet Rock|Island|620700S|0590200W|-62.1166667|-59.0333333|||01/01/1960|Rock lying nearly 4 mi WSW of Bell Point, off the W part of King George Island in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for the sealing vessel Caraquet (Captain J. Usher) from Liverpool, which visited the South Shetland Islands in 1821-22.||
2418|Mount Carbone|Summit|762200S|1443000W|-76.3666667|-144.5|||01/01/1966|A mountain 3 mi E of Mount Paige in the Phillips Mountains, Marie Byrd Land. Discovered and mapped from air photos by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1928-30).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Al Carbone, cook with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1933-35).||
2419|Carbon Point|Summit|570600S|0264200W|-57.1|-26.7|||01/01/1972|A point just NW of Clapmatch Point, near the SW corner of Candlemas Island, South Sandwich Islands.  The name derives from "Punta Carbon" used in Argentine hydrographic publications as early as 1953.||
2420|Carbutt Glacier|Glacier|650900S|0624900W|-65.15|-62.8166667|||01/01/1965|Glacier entering Goodwin Glacier to the E of Maddox Peak, close E of Flandres Bay on the W coast of Graham Land.  The glacier appears on an Argentine government chart of 1954.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for John Carbutt (1832-1905), American (formerly English) photographer who introduced the first emulsion-coated celluloid photographic cut films, in 1888.||
2422|Carcelles Peak|Summit|542200S|0363000W|-54.3666667|-36.5|1065|3494|01/01/1963|Peak rising above 1,065 m immediately S of the head of Moraine Fjord, South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Alberto Carcelles, who made biological collections at South Georgia in 1926-27 and 1929-30 for the Museo Nacional de Buenos Aires.||
2423|Mount Cardell|Summit|701200S|0651100E|-70.2|65.1833333|||01/01/1967|An elongated mountain 2 mi NW of Bradley Ridge in the Athos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos.  Named for N. Cardell, senior technician (electronics) at Mawson Station in 1964.||
2424|Cardell Glacier|Glacier|662500S|0653200W|-66.4166667|-65.5333333|||01/01/1971|Glacier flowing into Darbel Bay between Shanty Point and Panther Cliff, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1955-57, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for John D.M. Cardell, English ophthalmic surgeon, who evolved the first satisfactory snow goggle design combining adequate protection and ventilation with safety and sufficient visual field.||
2425|Mount Cardinall|Summit|632700S|0571000W|-63.45|-57.1666667|675|2215|01/01/1952|Conical mountain, 675 m, lying close SW of Mount Taylor and overlooking the NE head of Duse Bay, at the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  Probably first seen by a party under J. Gunnar Andersson of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04.  Charted in 1945 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who named it for Sir Allan Cardinall, then Gov. of the Falkland Islands.||
2426|Cardno Point|Summit|540000S|0380000W|-54|-38|||01/01/1964|High flat-topped, tussock-covered point forming the E extremity of Bird Island, off the W end of South Georgia.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Lieutenant Commander Peter G.N. Cardno, Royal Navy (RN), navigating officer of His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Owen, which made a hydrographic survey of the area in 1960-61.||
2427|Cardozo Cove|Bay|621000S|0583700W|-62.1666667|-58.6166667|||01/01/1952|The northern of two coves at the head of Ezcurra Inlet, Admiralty Bay, on King George Island in the South Shetland Islands.  Probably named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, who charted Admiralty Bay in December 1909.||
2428|Care Heights|Summit|692500S|0704500W|-69.4166667|-70.75|1500|4921||A group of mostly ice-covered peaks and ridges, rising to c. 1,500 m N of Tufts Pass and forming the S end of Rouen Mountains (q.v.), Alexander Island.  The feature was photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and was mapped from these photographs by D. Searle of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1960.  Further delineation was made from U.S. Navy aerial photographs taken 1966-67 and from U.S. Landsat imagery taken Jan. 1974.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 after Bernard W. Care, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist, Stonington Island, 1973-75; Adelaide Island and N Alexander Island, 1975-76 and 1976-77.||
2429|Carey Glacier|Glacier|785300S|0835500W|-78.8833333|-83.9166667|||01/01/1961|A glacier on the E side of Miller Peak in the S end of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains, flowing SE to Minnesota Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant David W. Carey, pilot with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6, who was killed in the crash of a P2V Neptune airplane at McMurdo Sound in October 1956.||
2430|Carey Point|Summit|574700S|0263200W|-57.7833333|-26.5333333|||01/01/1956|Rocky point marking the W extremity of Saunders Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  It was named Rocky Point by DI personnel following their survey in 1930, but the name has been changed to avoid duplication with Rocky Point on Vindication Island.  Carey Point was recommended by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1953 and is named for Commander W.M. Carey, Royal Navy (RN), captain of the Discovery II at the time of the survey.||
2431|Carey Range|Range|725300S|0623700W|-72.8833333|-62.6166667|1700|5577||A mountain range, c. 35 mi long and 5 mi wide with peaks rising to 1,700 m, between Mosby Glacier and Fenton Glacier in SE Palmer Land.  The range was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1966-69.  In association with the names of continental drift scientists grouped in this area, named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Samuel W. Carey, Australian geologist; Professor of Geology, University of Tasmania, 1946-1970.||
2432|Cargo Pond|Basin|765500S|1610500E|-76.9166667|161.0833333|||01/01/1993|A pond in a moraine enclosed basin at the foot of the cliffs to the S end of Alatna Valley, in the Convoy Range of Victoria Land.  This frozen pond was the site of a 1960-61 U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) field party (Parker Calkin, Roger Hart, and Ellory Schempp) which had to be evacuated in a hurry.  Equipment and provisions stockpiled on the pond ice were eventually redistributed by the wind and lodged among the surrounding morainic boulders.  A 1989-90 New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) party (Trevor Chinn) camped nearby made frequent visits to the site to clean up the area, but also to acquire various 30-year old exotic foods to supplement their standard camp fare.||
2433|Carina Heights|Summit|710900S|0660800W|-71.15|-66.1333333|||01/01/1976|A large sprawling elevation, bounded by crags to the SW and by an icefall to the NW, located near the head of Ryder Glacier at the W edge of the Dyer Plateau of Palmer Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the constellation of Carina.||03/06/1997
2434|Carleton Glacier|Glacier|780115S|1622935E|-78.020825|162.493084|||01/01/1963|Glacier which drains the NW slopes of Mount Lister in the Royal Society Range and flows N into the Emmanuel Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and Navy air photos.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1963 after Carleton College, Northfield, Minnesota, which has sent researchers to Antarctica, and in association with nearby Rutgers Glacier.||
2435|Carlita Bay|Bay|541400S|0363800W|-54.2333333|-36.6333333|||01/01/1963|Small bay in the W side of Cumberland West Bay, South Georgia, just W of Islet Point.  The feature was named "Horseshoe Bay," probably during the survey of Cumberland West Bay by His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Dartmouth in 1920, but this name has been accepted for a bay close S of Cape George, less than 15 mi away.  A new name, proposed by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1957, has been substituted for the feature now described; Carlita Bay is for the Carlita (or Lille Carl), a whale catcher built in 1907, owned by the Compania Argentina de Pesca and used for sealing and for general transport work.||
2439|Carlota Cove|Bay|622200S|0594200W|-62.3666667|-59.7|||01/01/1971|Cove between Coppermine Peninsula and Misnomer Point on the W coast of Robert Island, South Shetland Islands.  The name derives from the Chilean name "Bahia Carlota" appearing on a 1961 Chilean hydrographic chart of the area.||
2441|Carl Passage|Channel|540400S|0370800W|-54.0666667|-37.1333333|||01/01/1953|Narrow channel 0.2 mi long, joining Elephant Lagoon to Cook Bay along the N coast of South Georgia.  The name appears on a chart based upon 1929-30 surveys by DI personnel, but may reflect an earlier naming.||
2443|Carlson Buttress|Cliff|823500S|0522700W|-82.5833333|-52.45|1800|5905||A rock buttress to the NW of Worcester Summit, rising to c. 1,800 m on the N side of Jaeger Table, Dufek Massif, in the Pensacola Mountains, q.v.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1979 for Christine Carlson, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geologist who worked in the Dufek Massif area, summer 1976-77.||
2444|Carlson Glacier|Glacier|692500S|0680300W|-69.4166667|-68.05||||A glacier, 9 mi long, flowing northward from between Mount Edgell and Relay Hills into Wordie Ice Shelf, Fallieres Coast.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1966, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1970-73.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Commander Burford A. Carlson, U.S. Navy (USN), Staff Meteorologist, Naval Support Force, Antarctica, Operation Deep Freeze, 1970 and 1971.||
2445|Carlson Inlet|Stream|780000S|0783000W|-78|-78.5||||An ice-filled inlet, 100 mi long and 25 mi wide, lying between Fletcher Ice Rise and Fowler Ice Rise in the SW part of Ronne Ice Shelf.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Ronald F. Carlson, U.S. Navy (USN), pilot of R4D-8 and C-130 aircraft with Squadron VX-6, who made innumerable flights in support of IGY and U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) field parties in the 1950s and 1960s.  On Dec. 14, 1961, he commanded a C-130 Hercules flight from McMurdo Station across the Ellsworth Mountains, during which he observed, photographed and roughly sketched this inlet.||
2446|Carlson Island|Island|635300S|0581600W|-63.8833333|-58.2666667|300|984|01/01/1952|Rocky island 1 mi long and 300 m high, lying in Prince Gustav Channel 3 mi SE of Pitt Point, Trinity Peninsula.  Discovered in 1903 by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, who named it for Wilhelm Carlson, one of the chief patrons of the expedition.||
2447|Carlson Peak|Summit|755700S|0703300W|-75.95|-70.55|||01/01/1968|One of the Bean Peaks in the Hauberg Mountains, Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Paul R. Carlson, meteorologist at Byrd Station, summer 1965-66.||
2448|Carlsson Bay|Bay|642400S|0580400W|-64.4|-58.0666667|||01/01/1956|Square bay, 2.5 mi in extent, entered 3 mi NW of Cape Foster on the SW side of James Ross Island.  First seen and surveyed in 1903 by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, who named it for J. Carlsson of Sweden who contributed toward the cost of the expedition.  The bay was resurveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1952-53.||
2449|Carlyon Glacier|Glacier|793400S|1595000E|-79.5666667|159.8333333|||01/01/1962|A large glacier which flows ESE from the neve E of Mill Mountain to the Ross Ice Shelf at Cape Murray.  Mapped in 1958 by the Darwin Glacier party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58).  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) for R.A. Carlyon, who with H.H. Ayres, made up the party.||
2450|Mount Carmer|Summit|860600S|1311100W|-86.1|-131.1833333|||01/01/1967|A mountain on the E side of Wotkyns Glacier, standing 2 mi WNW of Heathcock Peak in the Caloplaca Hills.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John L. Carmer, electronics technician at Byrd Station in 1962.||03/06/1997
2453|Carnein Glacier|Glacier|744100S|1625400E|-74.6833333|162.9|||01/01/1968|A glacier draining the SE corner of Eisenhower Range, flowing S along the W side of McCarthy Ridge to merge with lower Reeves Glacier at the Nansen Ice Sheet, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1955-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Carl R. Carnein, glaciologist at McMurdo Station, summer 1965-66.||
2454|Carnell Peak|Summit|792800S|0851700W|-79.4666667|-85.2833333|1730|5676|01/01/1966|A peak (1,730 m) in Watlack Hills, situated 2.5 mi from the SE end of the group, in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant D.L. Carnell, Civil Engineer Corps (CEC), USN, maintenance officer at Williams Field, McMurdo Sound, in the 1965-66 season, who was responsible for the first piercing of the Ross Ice Shelf at 50 meters.||
2455|Mount Carnes|Summit|773926S|1612103E|-77.657346|161.350896|||01/01/1976|A peak 2 mi E of Saint Pauls Mountain in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Philip A. Carnes, engineering and construction manager for Antarctic Support Services, who supervised construction and maintenance performed at the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) South Pole, Siple and McMurdo Stations for three seasons, 1973-76.||
2456|Carnes Crag|Cliff|712800S|1624100E|-71.4666667|162.6833333|1310|4298|01/01/1970|A rock crag, 1,310 m, in the NW extremity of Lanterman Range, Bowers Mountains, overlooking the junction of Sledgers Glacier and the Rennick Glacier. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James J. Carnes U.S. Navy (USN), chief electrician's mate with the McMurdo Station winter party, 1967.||
2457|Carney Island|Island|735700S|1210000W|-73.95|-121|||01/01/1967|An ice-covered island, 70 mi long, with all but its N coast lying within Getz Ice Shelf, located between Siple Island and Wright Island along the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  First delineated (except for its S part) from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in January 1947.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Admiral R.B. Carney, U.S. Navy (USN) (Ret.), Chief of Naval Operations during organization of Operation Deep Freeze support for the IGY of 1957-58.||03/06/1997
2458|Caroline Bluff|Cliff|615500S|0574200W|-61.9166667|-57.7|||01/01/1960|Bluff lying 1 mi SE of North Foreland, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The bluff was charted and named North Foreland Head by Scottish geologist David Ferguson in 1921.  To avoid confusion with North Foreland, the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) rejected this name in 1960 and substituted a new one.  The Hobart sealing vessel Caroline (Captain D. Taylor) visited the South Shetland Islands in 1821-22.||
2459|Mount Caroline Mikkelsen|Summit|694500S|0742400E|-69.75|74.4|235|771|01/01/1947|A small coastal mountain (235 m) between Hargreaves Glacier and Polar Times Glacier on Ingrid Christensen Coast.  The mountain overlooks the S extremity of Prydz Bay, 4 mi NNW of Swarthausen Nunatak, and is the highest summit in the vicinity.  Discovered February 20, 1935 by Captain Klarius Mikkelsen in the the wife of Captain Klarius Mikkelsen, who accompanied her husband on this voyage.||
2460|Carpenter Island|Island|724100S|0975700W|-72.6833333|-97.95|||01/01/1968|An oval-shaped island, 7 mi long, within the Abbot Ice Shelf of Peacock Sound.  It lies 17 mi due E of Sherman Island.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Donald L. Carpenter, radio scientist at Byrd Station, 1966-67.||01/28/2004
2461|Carpenter Nunatak|Summit|733700S|0611500E|-73.6166667|61.25|||01/01/1970|An isolated nunatak between Mount Mather and the Mount Menzies massif in the southern Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from the summit of Mount Menzies by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) dog-sledge party in 1961.  Named by ANCA for G.D.P. Smith, the carpenter at Mawson Station, 1961.||
2462|Cape Carr|Cape|660900S|1304200E|-66.15|130.7|||01/01/1955|A prominent, ice-covered cape, lying 15 mi NE of Cape Morse.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  The U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Wilkes gave the name Cape Carr to an ice cape in about 6505S, 13130E, naming it for Lieutenant Overton Carr of the flagship Vincennes.  Identification of Cape Carr is based on the correlation of Wilkes' chart of 1840 with G.D. Blodgett's reconnaissance map of 1955, compiled from air photos, taking into account the relative SW shift of Porpoise Bay from the 1840 to the 1955 map positions.||
2463|Mount Carrara|Summit|745300S|0712700W|-74.8833333|-71.45|1700|5577||Mountain rising to 1,700 m near the center of the Sky-Hi Nunataks (q.v.) in Ellsworth Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Paul E. Carrara, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geologist, a member of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) field party, 1977-78, which carried out geological reconnaissance mapping of the area between Sky-Hi Nunataks and the Orville Coast.  Carrara and two party members climbed the mountain in January 1978.||
2466|Carrel Island|Island|664000S|1400100E|-66.6666667|140.0166667|||01/01/1962|Rocky island 0.25 mi long lying 0.1 mi S of Petrel Island in the Geologie Archipelago.  Charted in 1950 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) and named by them for Alexis Carrel (1873-1944), noted French surgeon and physiologist.||
2472|Mount Carroll|Summit|632600S|0570300W|-63.4333333|-57.05|650|2133||A horseshoe-shaped mountain rising to 650 m, S of Hope Bay, Trinity Peninsula.  Discovered and mapped by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1945-47, and named in error "Mount Carrel" after Tom Carroll (b. 1864), Newfoundland boatswain of the ship Eagle, which participated in establishing the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) Hope Bay base in February 1945.  The spelling has been amended to correct the original error.||03/06/1997
2473|Carroll Inlet|Stream|731800S|0783000W|-73.3|-78.5|||01/01/1947|An inlet, 40 mi long and 6 mi wide, trending SE along the coast of Ellsworth Land between Rydberg Peninsula and Smyley Island.  The head of the inlet is divided into two arms by the presence of Case Island and is bounded to the E by Stange Ice Shelf.  Discovered on an airplane flight, Dec. 22, 1940, by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41), and named after Arthur J. Carroll, chief aerial photographer on U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) flights from the East Base.||03/06/1997
2474|Carro Pass|Gap|635700S|0580700W|-63.95|-58.1166667|||01/01/1964|A gently sloping snow pass linking Holluschickie Bay and the bay between Rink Point and Stoneley Point on the NW coast of James Ross Island.  Named for Capitan Ignacio Carro of the Argentine Army, who first traversed the pass in 1959.||
2475|Carryer Glacier|Glacier|711700S|1623800E|-71.2833333|162.6333333|||01/01/1964|A heavily crevassed tributary glacier, 12 mi long, which drains westward from the central part of the Bowers Mountains and enters Rennick Glacier between Mounts Soza and Gow.  Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, for S.J. Carryer, geologist with this party.||
2476|Mount Carse|Summit|544300S|0360500W|-54.7166667|-36.0833333|2330|7644|01/01/1963|Mountain having several peaks, the highest 2,330 m, standing 2 mi N of the head of Drygalski Fjord in the S part of the Salvesen Range of South Georgia. Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey between 1951 and 1957 and named for V. Duncan Carse, leader of the four South Georgia Survey (SGS) expeditions during that period.||
2477|Carse Point|Summit|701300S|0681300W|-70.2166667|-68.2166667|1250|4101|01/01/1955|The W extremity of a rock massif with four peaks, the highest 1,250 m, standing at the S side of the mouth of Riley Glacier, Palmer Land, and fronting on George VI Sound.  It lies separated from Mount Dixey to the NE by a low ice-filled col, and from Mount Flower to the E by a small glacier.  It appears that the massif of which this is the W extremity, was first photographed from the air on Nov. 23, 1935 by Lincoln Ellsworth and mapped from these photographs by W.L.G. Joerg.  The point was surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, and was named in 1954 for Verner D. Carse, member of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37.||
2478|Mount Carson|Summit|732700S|1631100E|-73.45|163.1833333|||01/01/1969|A mountain 2 mi W of Chisholm Hills in the Southern Cross Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gene A. Carson, U.S. Navy (USN), construction electrician at McMurdo Station in 1963 and 1967.||
2479|Carstens Shoal|Bar|673400S|0625100E|-67.5666667|62.85|||01/01/1965|An almost circular shoal (least depth 11.89 m) lying just N of East Budd Island in Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  Charted in February 1961 by d'A.T. Gale, hydrographic surveyor with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Thala Dan).  Named by ANCA for D.R. Carstens, surveyor at Mawson in 1962, who assisted the hydrographic survey in 1961.||
2480|Carter Island|Island|735900S|1145700W|-73.9833333|-114.95|||01/01/1967|A small, ice-covered island in Glade Bay, off the W side of Martin Peninsula, Bakutis Coast.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lieutenant G.W. Carter, U.S. Navy (USN), maintenance coordinator at the Williams Field air strip on McMurdo Sound during Operation Deep Freeze 1966.||03/06/1997
2481|Carter Peak|Summit|701900S|0641200E|-70.3166667|64.2|||01/01/1970|Peak standing 1 mi W of Mount Bensley and 9 mi SW of Mount Starlight, in the Prince Charles Mountains, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveys and air photos, 1955-65.  Named by ANCA for D.B. Carter, electronics technician at Mawson Station, 1965.||
2482|Carter Ridge|Ridge|723700S|1673700E|-72.6166667|167.6166667|||01/01/1973|A high and mountainous ridge, 11 mi long, located between Coral Sea Glacier and Elder Glacier, in the Victory Mountains of Victoria Land.  Mapped by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, and the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for American chemist Herbert E. Carter, member of the National Science Board, National Science Foundation, 1964-72; chairman, 1970-72.||
2483|Mount Cartledge|Summit|701700S|0654300E|-70.2833333|65.7166667|||01/01/1970|A mountain just E of Mount Albion in the Athos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos of 1965.  Named by ANCA for W.J. Cartledge, plumber at Wilkes Station in 1962, carpenter at Mawson Station in 1966.||
2484|Cartographers Range|Range|722100S|1675000E|-72.35|167.8333333|||01/01/1970|A rugged range about 25 mi long in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  It is bounded on the N by Pearl Harbor Glacier, on the E by Tucker Glacier, and on the S by Hearfield and Trafalgar Glaciers.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the cartographers and cartographic technicians of the Branch of Special Maps, U.S. Geological Survey.  Their skills and labor have produced excellent maps of Antarctica.||
2486|Mount Cartwright|Summit|842100S|1750800E|-84.35|175.1333333|3325|10909|01/01/1962|A sharp peak, 3,325 m, surmounting a N-S trending ridge 7 mi NNW of Mount Waterman in Hughes Range.  Discovered and photographed by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) on Flight C of February 29-March 1, 1940, and surveyed by A.P. Crary in 1957-58.  Named by Crary for Gordon Cartwright, first of the U.S. exchange IGY scientists, who wintered at the Soviet Mirnyy Station, 1957.||
2487|Casabianca Island|Island|644900S|0633100W|-64.8166667|-63.5166667|||01/01/1963|Low, rocky island lying in Neumayer Channel 0.5 mi NE of Damoy Point, Wiencke Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05, who named it for Monsieur Casabianca, then French Administrator of Naval Enlistment.||
2488|Cascade Bluff|Cliff|845700S|1781000W|-84.95|-178.1666667|||01/01/1964|A low, mainly ice-covered bluff that forms the SW wall of Mincey Glacier in the Queen Maud Mountains.  The feature was so named by the Texas Tech-Shackleton Glacier Party, 1962-63, because water cascades over the bluff during warm periods.||
2490|Case Island|Island|731900S|0774800W|-73.3166667|-77.8|||01/01/1968|A roughly circular ice-covered island, 12 mi in diameter, lying off the coast of Ellsworth Land.  The island lies in Carroll Inlet between the mainland and Smyley Island.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1961-66.  The name was suggested by Finn Ronne for Senator Francis H. Case (1896-1962), who assisted in obtaining Government support to provide a ship for the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition, 1947-48.||
2491|Cape Casey|Cape|662200S|0633500W|-66.3666667|-63.5833333|755|2477|01/01/1952|Conspicuous cape surmounted by a peak 755 m, marking the E end of the peninsula projecting into Cabinet Inlet immediately S of Bevin Glacier, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in 1947.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Rt. Hon. Richard G. Casey, Minister of State and Australian member of the British War Cabinet.||
2492|Mount Casey|Summit|734300S|1654700E|-73.7166667|165.7833333|2100|6890|01/01/1969|A mountain (2,100 m) at the N side of the head of Oakley Glacier, 5 mi ENE of Mount Monteagle in the Mountaineer Range of Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Dennis Casey, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), Catholic chaplain with the winter party at McMurdo Station, 1967.||03/06/1997
2493|Casey Bay|Bay|673000S|0480000E|-67.5|48|||01/01/1974|A large bay indenting the coast of Enderby Land between Tange Promontory and Dingle Dome.  The feature was observed from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for the Rt. Hon. Richard G. Casey (later Lord Casey), Australian Minister for External Affairs, 1951-60.||
2495|Casey Glacier|Glacier|690000S|0635000W|-69|-63.8333333|||01/01/1947|Glacier 6 mi wide, flowing E into Casey Inlet on the E coast of Palmer Land. Discovered by Sir Hubert Wilkins on an aerial flight of Dec. 20, 1928.  Wilkins believed the feature to be a channel cutting completely across Antarctic Peninsula, naming it Casey Channel after Rt. Hon. Richard G. Casey.  Correlation of aerial photographs taken by Lincoln Ellsworth in 1935 and preliminary reports of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, led W.L.G. Joerg to interpret this glacier to be what Wilkins named Casey Channel.  This interpretation is borne out by the results of subsequent exploration by members of the East Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940.||
2496|Casey Inlet|Stream|690000S|0633500W|-69|-63.5833333|||01/01/1962|An ice-filled inlet at the terminus of Casey Glacier, between Miller Point and Cape Walcott, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Photographed from the air by Sir Hubert Wilkins in 1928, Lincoln Ellsworth in 1935 and the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947.  The inlet takes its name from Casey Glacier.||
2497|Casey Islands|Island|644400S|0641600W|-64.7333333|-64.2666667||||A group of small islands in the W part of Wylie Bay, S of Cape Monaco, Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Fringing islands in this position were charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, led by Jean B. Charcot.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Casey A. Jones, Jr., cook with the winter party at the nearby U.S. Palmer Station in 1979. He died in an accident, January 9, 1980, while serving at the U.S. South Pole Station.||
2498|Casey Range|Range|674700S|0621200E|-67.7833333|62.2|||01/01/1947|A jagged, razor-backed ridge and a few nunataks in a line extending N-S, standing 8 mi W of David Range, in the Framnes Mountains.  Discovered by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31, under Mawson, who named it for Rt. Hon. Richard G. Casey.||
2500|Cassandra Nunatak|Summit|642700S|0632400W|-64.45|-63.4|425|1394|01/01/1971|Nunatak, 425 m, marking the E side of the mouth of Iliad Glacier in northern Anvers Island, Palmer Archipelago.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955-57, and mapped from photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Priam's daughter in Homer's Iliad.||
2501|Cassidy Glacier|Glacier|774612S|1600847E|-77.769957|160.146522|||01/01/1992|A glacier 7 mi long and 2 mi wide, flowing NE into upper Taylor Glacier between Depot Nunatak and the NW end of Quartermain Mountains, in Victoria Land. The descriptive names "South-West Arm" and "South Arm" were applied to this glacier and to the part of Ferrar Glacier S of Knobhead, respectively, by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04.  Subsequent mapping has shown that the glacier described here is part of the Taylor Glacier system.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1992 after William A. Cassidy, Department of Geology and Planetary Science, University of Pittsburgh, who in 13 field seasons, 1976-90, led U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) teams in the investigation and collection of Antarctic meteorites from diverse sites through Victoria Land and southward to Lewis Cliff, adjacent to Queen Alexandra Range.||
2502|Cassini Glacier|Glacier|775351S|1634917E|-77.89746|163.821323|||01/01/1993|A steep glacier between Goat Mountain and Bonne Glacier, descending NW from Hobbs Ridge into Blue Glacier, in Victoria Land.  One of a group of names in the area associated with surveying applied in 1993 by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB).  Named from the Cassini map projection, a cylindrical projection in which the cylinder is at right angles to the axis of the globe.||
2503|Monte Cassino|Summit|721900S|1634000E|-72.3166667|163.6666667|2270|7447|01/01/1964|A peak, 2,270 m, at the SE side of Moawhango Neve, in the Freyberg Mountains.  Named by the Northern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, for the association with Lord Freyberg and the Second New Zealand Expeditionary Force.||
2506|Castillo Point|Summit|753000S|1411800W|-75.5|-141.3|||01/01/1972|An ice-covered point which marks the east side of the terminus of Land Glacier on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Rudy Castillo, aerographer, U.S. Navy (USN), with the Marie Byrd Land Survey party and at Hallett Station, respectively, during Operation Deep Freeze 1968 and 1969.||
2509|Castle Crags|Cliff|820100S|1591200E|-82.0166667|159.2|||01/01/1966|Prominent jagged peaks 4 mi N of Hunt Mountain, on the ridge extending N from the Holyoake Range.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1964-65) for their castellated appearance.||
2510|Castle Peak|Summit|670000S|0655300W|-67|-65.8833333|2380|7808|01/01/1956|Prominent ice-covered peak, 2,380 m, standing immediately S of Murphy Glacier and close off the W side of Avery Plateau in Graham Land.  It is shaped like a truncated cone with a rounded summit and rises more than 610 m above the surrounding ice.  First surveyed in 1946 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and so named by them because of its resemblance to a ruined medieval castle.||
2511|Castle Rock|Island|774804S|1664632E|-77.801128|166.77568|175|574|01/01/1953|Conspicuous rock, 175 m high, lying 2 mi off the W side of Snow Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  This descriptive name dates back to 1822 and is now established in international usage.||
2512|Castle Rock|Summit|774800S|1664600E|-77.8|166.7666667|415|1362|01/01/1952|Bold rock crag, 415 m, standing 3 mi NE of Hut Point on the central ridge of Hut Point Peninsula, Ross Island.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) under Scott, who so named it because of its shape.||04/11/2001
2515|Castor Nunatak|Summit|651000S|0595500W|-65.1666667|-59.9166667|||01/01/1952|Nunatak 3 mi SW of Oceana Nunatak in the Seal Nunataks group, off the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  First seen and mapped as an island in December 1893 by a Norwegian Sealing expedition under C.A. Larsen, who named it after the coast of Antarctic Peninsula under Captain Morten Pedersen in 1893-94.  The feature was determined to be a nunatak in 1902 by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold.||
2516|Castor Rock|Island|570700S|0264700W|-57.1166667|-26.7833333|||01/01/1972|The northern of a pair of large off-lying rocks south of Vindication Island, South Sandwich Islands.  This rock, with its neighbor Pollux Rock, was named "Castor and Pollux" during the survey of these islands from Royal Research Ship (RRS) Discovery II in 1930.  In 1971 UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) recommended that they be assigned unambiguous names making each individually identifiable, and this has been done by naming the northern one Castor Rock and the southern one Pollux Rock.||
2517|Mount Castro|Summit|692000S|0660400W|-69.3333333|-66.0666667|1630|5348|01/01/1962|A mountain (1,630 m) on the N side of Seller Glacier, 5 mi SE of Mount Gilbert, in central Antarctic Peninsula.  Photographed from the air by British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) in 1937, and by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in 1947.  Surveyed from the ground by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in Dec. 1958.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Joao de Castro (1500-48), Portuguese navigator who made pioneer experimental investigations of the variation of the magnetic compass.||03/06/1997
2519|Casy Island|Island|631400S|0573000W|-63.2333333|-57.5|||01/01/1963|The largest feature in a group of small islands lying 2 mi SE of Lafarge Rocks and 3 mi NE of Coupvent Point, off the N side of Trinity Peninsula. Discovered and named by a French expedition under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville, 1837-40.||
2521|Catacomb Hill|Summit|780400S|1632500E|-78.0666667|163.4166667|1430|4692|01/01/1962|A prominent rock peak, 1,430 m, on the ridge that borders the E side of the head of Blue Glacier, in Victoria Land.  The New Zealand Blue Glacier Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) established a survey station on its summit in December 1957.  They gave it this descriptive name from the spectacular cavernous weathering occurring in the granite of the peak.||
2522|Catcher Icefall|Glacier|540900S|0374000W|-54.15|-37.6666667||||An icefall between Elephant Cove and Bomford Peak on the S side of South Georgia.  The UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) name was chosen for its association with the whaling industry.||
2523|Catenary Nunatak|Summit|775908S|1603109E|-77.985644|160.519247|||01/01/1993|A nunatak 1 mi SW of Monastery Nunatak on the S side of Quartermain Mountains, Victoria Land.  One of a group of names in the area associated with surveying applied in 1993 by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB); catenary being the curve in which a survey chain hangs when it is suspended between two points at the same level.||
2524|Cathedral Crags|Cliff|630000S|0603400W|-63|-60.5666667|140|459|01/01/1963|Rocky, ice-free hill with steeply cliffed sides, 140 m, surmounting the peninsula between Neptunes Window and Fildes Point on the SE side of Deception Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Although the feature was called The Convent or Weathercock Hill by the whalers operating from Deception Island in the period before 1930, these names have not been used recently.  The name Cathedral Crags was reported in 1953 to have become well established in local use at the nearby Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) station.||
2525|Cathedral Peaks|Range|844400S|1754000W|-84.7333333|-175.6666667|||01/01/1964|A rugged mountain mass surmounted by several conspicuous peaks, located N of Lubbock Ridge and extending for about 8 mi along the E margin of Shackleton Glacier.  From the glacier the peaks resemble the spires and turrets of a cathedral.  Named by F. Alton Wade, who worked in this area as leader of the Texas Tech Shackleton Glacier Party, 1962-63.||
2526|Cathedral Rocks|Summit|775120S|1623602E|-77.855521|162.600466|||01/01/1953|A series of four abrupt cliffs interspersed by short glaciers and surmounted by sharp peaks.  The cliffs extend for 8 mi along the south side of Ferrar Glacier and form part of the north shoulder of the Royal Society Range, in Victoria Land. Discovered and named on Dec. 7, 1902 by Lieutenant A.B. Armitage, leader of a party of the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) that explored this area.  The name is descriptive of the feature.||04/11/2001
2529|Cat Island|Island|654700S|0651300W|-65.7833333|-65.2166667|||01/01/1951|Island 0.5 mi long, lying midway between Duchaylard and Larrouy Islands at the S end of Grandidier Channel.  Discovered and named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill.||
2530|Catodon Rocks|Island|633000S|0600000W|-63.5|-60|||01/01/1960|Small group of rocks just NE of Ohlin Island, in the Palmer Archipelago. Photographed by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) in 1955-57 and mapped from these photos.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 after the sperm whale, Physeter catodon.||04/12/2001
2531|Cato Point|Summit|542800S|0032200E|-54.4666667|3.3666667|||01/01/1957|A point forming the southwest extremity of Bouvetoya.  First charted in 1898 by a German expedition under Karl Chun.  The Norwegian expedition under Captain Harald Horntvedt made a landing here from the Norvegia in December 1927. They applied the name.||
2532|Cat Ridge|Ridge|711000S|0615000W|-71.1666667|-61.8333333|||01/01/1976|A ridge in the middle of Gain Glacier in eastern Palmer Land.  A descriptive name applied by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN).  When viewed from northeastward, the limbs of the ridge are suggestive of a sprawling cat.||
2533|Catspaw Glacier|Glacier|774157S|1614318E|-77.699087|161.721583|||01/01/1964|Small alpine glacier just W of Stocking Glacier, flowing S from the slopes N of Taylor Glacier, in Victoria Land.  So named by Taylor of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) because of its resemblance to a cat's paw.||
2534|The Catwalk|Valley|643100S|0605600W|-64.5166667|-60.9333333|||01/01/1965|The very narrow neck of land between Herbert and Detroit Plateaus, in northern Graham Land.  Photographed by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) in 1956-57 and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960.||10/18/2000
2535|Caudal Hills|Range|731000S|1615000E|-73.1666667|161.8333333|||01/01/1964|The hills lying between Sequence Hills and Lichen Hills on the W margin of upper Rennick Glacier, in Victoria Land.  A series of spurs "tail" out to the north, hence the name Caudal.  So named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63.||
2536|Caughley Beach|Beach|771252S|1662609E|-77.214394|166.435863|||01/01/1964|The northernmost beach on the ice-free coast SW of Cape Bird, Ross Island. Mapped by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1958-59, and named for Graeme Caughley, biologist with the party that visited Cape Bird.||03/06/1997
2537|Cauldron Pool|Lake|570400S|0264300W|-57.0666667|-26.7166667|||01/01/1972|A hot, brackish steaming pond located E of Tow Bay and below the W slopes of volcanically active Lucifer Hill, in NW Candlemas Island, South Sandwich Islands. The descriptive name was applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971.||10/18/2000
2538|Caulfeild Glacier|Glacier|661100S|0650000W|-66.1833333|-65|||01/01/1971|The northern of two glaciers flowing into Hugi Glacier near its mouth, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1955-57 and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Vivian Caulfeild (1874-1958), English pioneer ski instructor, one of the greatest authorities on technique.||
2541|Caution Point|Summit|651600S|0620100W|-65.2666667|-62.0166667|||01/01/1952|Point 4 mi NE of Mount Birks, marking the E end of a rocky range which forms the N wall of Crane Glacier, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Photographed from the air by Sir Hubert Wilkins on a flight of Dec. 20, 1928.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) who charted it in 1947.||03/06/1997
2542|Cavalier Rock|Island|675000S|0692800W|-67.8333333|-69.4666667|||01/01/1964|Isolated rock lying 13 mi SW of Cape Adriasola, off the S part of Adelaide Island.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1963 for Sub. Lieutenant Geoffrey A. Cavalier, Royal Navy (RN), helicopter pilot of His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Protector who flew the reconnaissances which located this feature.||
2543|Mount Cavaney|Summit|740300S|1630300E|-74.05|163.05|2820|9252|01/01/1966|A peak, 2,820 m, rising just N of the head of Capsize Glacier in Deep Freeze Range, Victoria Land.  Named by the Northern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1965-66, for R.J. Cavaney, geologist with that party.||
2544|Cave Bay|Bay|530200S|0732200E|-53.0333333|73.3666667|||01/01/1957|A cove, 0.3 mi wide, which has been formed by the erosion of an extinct volcanic crater of which Mount Andree forms the N side, indenting the W side of Heard Island between West Bay and South West Bay.  The cove is roughly charted on an American sealer's sketch map prepared during the 1860-70 period.  It was more accurately charted and first named on a geological sketch map illustrating the 1929 work of the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson.||
2546|Cave Island|Island|622700S|0600400W|-62.45|-60.0666667|||01/01/1953|Island marked by a large cavern in its S side, which is the second largest of the Meade Islands lying in the N entrance to McFarlane Strait, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name Cave Rock appears to have been applied by DI personnel on the Discovery II who charted the feature in 1935.||
2547|Cave Landing|Locale|662300S|1102700E|-66.3833333|110.45|||01/01/1963|An ice foot near Cave Ravine, Ardery Island, which affords a boat landing in spring and summer, in the Windmill Islands.  Discovered in 1961 by Dr. M.N. Orton, medical officer at Wilkes Station.  Named by ANCA after Cave Ravine.||
2550|Cavendish Icefalls|Glacier|774900S|1612000E|-77.816667|161.333333|||01/01/1964|An icefall in the Taylor Glacier between Solitary Rocks and Cavendish Rocks, in Victoria Land.  Named by C.S. Wright, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13), after the Cavendish Laboratory of Cambridge, England, where Wright did much of his research work.||
2551|Cavendish Rocks|Summit|774941S|1612431E|-77.827994|161.408494|||01/01/1964|Conspicuous bare rocks just S of Cavendish Icefalls in the middle of Taylor Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 after Cavendish Icefalls.||04/11/2001
2552|Cave Point|Summit|541500S|0362400W|-54.25|-36.4|||01/01/1965|Point lying 0.5 mi SW of Barff Point on the E side of Cumberland East Bay, South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1929 British Admiralty chart.||
2553|Cave Ravine|Valley|662300S|1102700E|-66.3833333|110.45|||01/01/1963|A ravine in the W part of Ardery Island, in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  It was visited in 1961 by Dr. M.N. Orton, medical officer at Wilkes Station.  So named by ANCA due to the presence of a cave in the W wall of the ravine.||
2555|Cayley Glacier|Glacier|642000S|0605800W|-64.3333333|-60.9666667|||01/01/1965|Glacier flowing NW into the S side of Brialmont Cove, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) in 1956-57 and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Sir George Cayley (1773-1857), English engineer, the "father of aeronautica," who first defined the main principles of mechanical flight, 1796-1857, and designed the first caterpillar tractor in 1826.||
2556|Mount Caywood|Summit|751800S|0722500W|-75.3|-72.4166667|||01/01/1966|A conspicuous mountain rising midway between Mounts Chandler and Huffman, in the interior icefilled valley of the Behrendt Mountains, Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lindsay P. Caywood, Jr., geomagnetist at Camp Sky-Hi in this vicinity, summer 1961-62.||
2557|Cecil Cave|Cave|684600S|0904200W|-68.7666667|-90.7|||01/01/1952|A sea cave which indents the southern part of Cape Ingrid on the west coast of Peter I Island.  Discovered and named by a Norwegian expedition under Eyvind Tofte in the Odd I in January 1927. Tofte and the second mate rowed into the cave in an unsuccessful attempt to land on the island.||
2558|Cecilia Island|Island|622500S|0594300W|-62.4166667|-59.7166667|||01/01/1965|The southernmost of the Aitcho Islands, lying in English Strait in the South Shetland Islands.  The name Cecilias Straits was applied to English Strait by Captain Davis of the American sealer Huron of New Haven, CT, which visited the South Shetland Islands in 1820-22, after the shallop Cecilia tender to the Huron.  Since English Strait is firmly established, the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961 applied the name Cecilia to this conspicuous feature in order to preserve the American name in the area.||
2559|Mount Cecily|Summit|855200S|1741500E|-85.8666667|174.25|2870|9416|01/01/1952|Prominent peak, 2,870 m, standing 2.5 mi NW of Mount Raymond, in the Grosvenor Mountains.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named for Shackleton's daughter.  The position agrees with that shown on Shackleton's map but the peak does not lie in the Dominion Range as he thought, being separated from that range by the Mill Glacier.||
2560|Celebration Pass|Gap|835900S|1723000E|-83.9833333|172.5|||01/01/1962|A low pass through Commonwealth Range just north of Mount Cyril permitting passage between Beardmore Glacier and Hood Glacier.  The pass was crossed on Christmas Day, 1959, by the New Zealand Alpine Club Antarctic Expedition (1959-60) and was named by them because of the festivities held to mark the day.||
2561|Celestial Peak|Summit|693300S|1580300E|-69.55|158.05|1280|4199|01/01/1964|A granite peak (1,280 m) 8 mi N of Mount Blowaway in Wilson Hills.  First mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Topo West survey party, 1962-63.  Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, which occupied the peak as a survey and gravity station.  So named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) because the party's first observations of stars were made nearby.||
2562|Celsus Peak|Summit|642500S|0622600W|-64.4166667|-62.4333333|||01/01/1960|Peak 2 mi W of D'Ursel Point in the southern part of Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  First mapped by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache. Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos in 1959.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Aulus Cornelius Celsus, Roman who lived in the first century A.D., a great Latin classical medical writer.||
2563|Cemetery Bay|Bay|604200S|0453700W|-60.7|-45.6166667|||01/01/1975|A shallow southwest arm of Borge Bay, lying immediately below Orwell Glacier along the east coast of Signy Island.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with the whalers' graves on the east side of the feature.||
2565|Cenobite Rocks|Island|673500S|0691800W|-67.5833333|-69.3|||01/01/1964|Small isolated group of rocks lying 5 mi NW of Cape Adriasola, off the SW coast of Adelaide Island.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1963 because of its isolated position.||
2566|Cenotaph Hill|Summit|851300S|1671200W|-85.2166667|-167.2|2070|6791|01/01/1966|A rock peak (2,070 m) on the ridge separating the heads of Strom Glacier and Liv Glacier in the Queen Maud Mountains.  The peak is 8 mi NNE of the summit of Mount Fridtjof Nansen.  It was visited by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1963-64) who gave this name because the unusual knob of rock forming the summit resembles a monument.||
2567|Centaur Bluff|Cliff|815000S|1603000E|-81.8333333|160.5|||01/01/1966|A steep bluff on the E side of Surveyors Range, 4.5 mi W of Mount Canopus. Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) after the star Centauri, which was frequently used to fix survey stations.||
2568|Centennial Peak|Summit|845700S|1740000W|-84.95|-174|4070|13353|01/01/1970|A peak (4,070 m) situated 6.5 mi SSE of Mount Wade in Prince Olav Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos 1960-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in recognition of the Centennial of the Ohio State University in 1970, the same year the University's Institute of Polar Studies celebrated its Decennial.  The University and the Institute have been very active in Antarctic investigations since 1960.||
2571|Central Masson Range|Range|675000S|0625200E|-67.8333333|62.8666667|1120|3674|01/01/1965|The Masson Range is divided into three parts of which this segment is the central, rising to 1,120 m and extending 4 mi in a N-S direction.  The Masson Range was discovered and named by British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31, under Mawson.  This central range was mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Mekammen (the middle comb or crest).  The approved name, suggested by ANCA in 1960, more clearly identifies the feature as a part of Masson Range.||
2572|Centre Island|Island|675200S|0665700W|-67.8666667|-66.95|||01/01/1951|Island 4 mi long and 2 mi wide, lying 1 mi S of Broken Island in the S part of Square Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered and named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.||
2575|Centropleura Spur|Ridge|711700S|1631100E|-71.2833333|163.1833333||||The SW spur of a small massif enclosing a cirque, located at the head of Carryer Glacier, 3 mi NE of Mount Jamroga, in the Bowers Mountains.  The spur includes a sedimentary sequence which contains the Middle Cambrian fossil parties to this area, 1974-75 and 1981-82.||
2576|Centurion Glacier|Glacier|681200S|0665600W|-68.2|-66.9333333|||01/01/1956|Small steep glacier flowing NW to Neny Bay between Mount Nemesis and Roman Four Promontory, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Resurveyed in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  The name, given by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), derives from association with Roman Four Promontory.||
2577|Mount Cerberus|Summit|772618S|1615320E|-77.438318|161.888984|1600|5249|01/01/1964|Prominent peak over 1,600 m, with many side peaks, between Lake Vida and Mount Orestes in the Olympus Range of Victoria Land.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1958-59) after Cerberus, a three-headed dog of Greek mythology.||
2578|Cerberus Peak|Summit|820100S|1584600E|-82.0166667|158.7666667|2765|9071|01/01/1966|A prominent peak (2,765 m) at the head of Prince Philip Glacier, 6 mi NW of Hunt Mountain, in the Churchill Mountains.  The name was suggested by the Holyoake, Cobham and Queen Elizabeth Ranges Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1964-65.  Named after Cerberus, three-headed canine guardian of the gate to Hades in Greek mythology.||
2579|Ceres Nunataks|Summit|720300S|0702500W|-72.05|-70.4166667|||01/01/1975|A group of three nunataks located immediately east of the base of Shostakovich Peninsula in southern Alexander Island.  Mapped by Directorate of Overseas Surveys from satellite imagery supplied by U.S. National Aeronautics and Space Administration in cooperation with U.S. Geological Survey.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after one of the asteroids lying between the orbits of the planets Mars and Jupiter.||
2584|Mount Cervin|Summit|664000S|1400100E|-66.6666667|140.0166667|30|98|01/01/1962|Small rocky hill, 30 m, on the E side of Petrel Island in the Geologie Archipelago.  Charted in 1951 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) and named by them for the Matterhorn (Mont Cervin in French), which it resembles in form.||
2585|Cape Cesney|Cape|660600S|1335400E|-66.1|133.9|||01/01/1955|A broad ice-covered cape marking the W side of the entrance to Davis Bay. Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for A.M. Cesney, master's mate on the Flying Fish of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Wilkes.||
2586|Cetacea Rocks|Island|634300S|0613700W|-63.7166667|-61.6166667|||01/01/1960|Small group of rocks off the NE side of Hoseason Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 after the zoological order Cetacea (whales and porpoises); these rocks lie in one of the chief Antarctic whaling areas.||04/11/2001
2587|Cetus Hill|Summit|705600S|0661000W|-70.9333333|-66.1666667|||01/01/1976|A large ice-covered mound which comes to a point with three jagged rock peaks at its W end.  Located at the head of Ryder Glacier in western Palmer Land, about 27 mi ENE of Gurney Point.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the constellation of Cetus.||
2588|Cézembre Point|Summit|664800S|1412600E|-66.8|141.4333333|||01/01/1962|Rocky point 0.5 mi NE of Cape Margerie.  Charted in 1950 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) and named for an island in the Golfe de Saint-Malo, France.||
2589|Chabrier Rock|Island|621100S|0581800W|-62.1833333|-58.3|||01/01/1952|Rock which lies 0.5 mi SW of Vaureal Peak in the E side of the entrance to Admiralty Bay, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted and named in December 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot.||
2592|Lake Chad|Lake|773832S|1624548E|-77.642296|162.76327|||01/01/1964|Small lake lying E of the month of Suess Glacier in the Taylor Valley of Victoria Land.  Charted and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, 1910-13, after the African lake of the same name.||
2593|Mount Chadwick|Summit|723000S|1602600E|-72.5|160.4333333|2440|8005|01/01/1970|A small, bare rock mountain (2,440 m) situated 2.5 mi ESE of Mount Walton in the Outback Nunataks.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Dan M. Chadwick, meteorologist at South Pole Station, 1968.||
2594|Chaigneau Peak|Summit|651300S|0640100W|-65.2166667|-64.0166667|760|2493|01/01/1951|Sharp peak, 760 m, standing immediately SE of Blanchard Ridge on the W coast of Graham Land.  Probably first sighted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot, who named it for Senor Chaigneau, then Gov. of Provincia de Magallanes, Chile.||
2595|Chain Nunataks|Summit|775030S|1632540E|-77.841741|163.427669|||01/01/1993|A linear series of nunataks to the W of Blue Glacier, running WNW-ESE for 3.5 mi between Briggs Hill and Hannon Hill, in Victoria Land.  The name is one of a group in the area associated with surveying applied in 1993 by the New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB).  Named with reference to a surveyor's chain.||
2596|Chair Peak|Summit|644300S|0624300W|-64.7166667|-62.7166667|||01/01/1965|Peak rising W of Mount Britannia on Ronge Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  This descriptive name was given by M.C. Lester and T.W. Bagshawe, who wintered at nearby Waterboat Point in 1921-22 and used this peak as a prominent landmark during their survey.||
2598|Challenger Glacier|Glacier|530200S|0732800E|-53.0333333|73.4666667|||01/01/1957|A glacier, 0.8 mi wide, flowing into the E part of Corinthian Bay, 1 mi E of Baudissin Glacier, on the N side of Heard Island.  The glacier appears to have been first charted by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Drygalski, 1901-03, who portrayed a single large glacier flowing into Corinthian Bay.  In 1948 the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) determined that more than one glacier discharges into Corinthian Bay.  The Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) applied the name Challenger Glacier to the easternmost of these glacier's to commemorate the work of the British Challenger expedition, 1873-76.||
2599|Challenger Island|Island|642100S|0613500W|-64.35|-61.5833333|||01/01/1965|Island lying just N of Murray Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  The name was used in 1906 by J. Gunnar Andersson of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, 1901-04.||
2600|Mount Chalmers|Summit|792000S|1592900E|-79.3333333|159.4833333||||A mountain along the E escarpment of the Conway Range, about 5 mi S of the summit of Mount Keltie.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named for Robert Chalmers (later Baron of Northiam), Assistant Secretary of the Treasury, 1903-07.||
2601|Chamberlin Glacier|Glacier|673400S|0653300W|-67.5666667|-65.55|||01/01/1952|Glacier which flows NE into Whirlwind Inlet about 4 mi SE of Matthes Glacier, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by Sir Hubert Wilkins on a flight of Dec. 20, 1928, and in 1940 was photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  Charted in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who named it for American glaciologist and geomorphologist Thomas C. Chamberlin, educator and professor of geology at the Universities of Wisconsin and Chicago.||
2602|Chambers Glacier|Glacier|831700S|0492500W|-83.2833333|-49.4166667|||01/01/1957|A glacier in the Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains, draining E from Mount Lechner and Kent Gap, at the juncture of the Saratoga and Lexington Tables, to enter Support Force Glacier.  Discovered and photographed on Jan. 13, 1956 on a transcontinental patrol plane flight of U.S. Navy Operation Deep Freeze I from McMurdo Sound to the vicinity of Weddell Sea and return.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Captain Washington I. Chambers, U.S. Navy (USN), one of the pioneers in the development of the airplane catapult for ships.||
2603|Chambers Hill|Summit|775512S|1640750E|-77.920055|164.130623|1105|3625|01/01/1992|A ridgelike elevation (1,105 m) on the divide between the Hobbs Glacier and Blackwelder Glacier, 1 mi W of Hofman Hill, on the Scott Coast of Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1992 after James L. Chambers of Holmes and Narver, Inc., who served as the Holmes and Narver Resident Manager at McMurdo Station during the austral summers from 1976 to 1980 and as the Senior Site Manager from 1989 to 1994. With a staff of approximately 650 contractor personnel, he had on-site responsibility for all contractor activities at McMurdo Station, South Pole Station and Siple Station, as well as numerous summer camps spread over the continent.||
2604|Chameau Island|Island|664600S|1413600E|-66.7666667|141.6|||01/01/1962|Rocky island 0.1 mi long, lying 0.8 mi E of Cape Decouverte in the Curzon Islands.  Charted and named in 1951 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE).  The name is suggestive of the island's form which resembles the two humps on a camel, "chameau" being French for camel.||
2605|Champness Glacier|Glacier|712500S|1642200E|-71.4166667|164.3666667|||01/01/1969|A tributary glacier, 15 mi long, draining NE from the vicinity of Ian Peak in the Bowers Mountains and entering Lillie Glacier at Griffith Ridge.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) to northern Victoria Land, 1967-68, for G.R. Champness, field assistant with that party.||03/06/1997
2607|Chancellor Lakes|Lake|781300S|1631800E|-78.2166667|163.3|||01/01/1973|Small twin lakes near the crest of the ridge north of the Walcott Glacier. Named by the New Zealand University of Wellington Antarctic Expedition, 1960-61, in honor of the chancellor of that university.||
2608|Chance Rock|Bar|640000S|0611300W|-64|-61.2166667|||01/01/1960|Isolated rock, which is awash, lying in the center of Gerlache Strait near its junction with Orleans Strait, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 because the rock is a danger to shipping.||
2612|Mount Chandler|Summit|751700S|0723300W|-75.2833333|-72.55|||01/01/1966|A mountain 2.5 mi NW of Mount Caywood in the Behrendt Mountains, Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander J.L. Chandler, USN, pilot of R4D aircraft in support of the Antarctic Peninsula Traverse party to this area, 1961-62.||
2613|Chandler Island|Island|772100S|1531000W|-77.35|-153.1666667|||01/01/1970|An island 4 mi long which is the southernmost of the ice-covered White Islands, located at the head of Sulzberger Bay.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Alan Chandler, electrical engineer with the Byrd Station winter party in 1969.||
2614|Changing Lake|Lake|604200S|0453700W|-60.7|-45.6166667|||01/01/1975|The central of three lakes in Paternoster Valley in northeastern Signy Island.  This proglacial lake was so named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because the lake slowly changes shape and size as the retaining land ice gradually retreats.||
2615|Chang Peak|Summit|770400S|1263800W|-77.0666667|-126.6333333|2920|9580|01/01/1962|A snow-covered subsidiary peak (2,920 m) on the northeastern slope of Mount Waesche, in the Executive Committee Range, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy trimetrogon photography, 1958-60.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Feng-Keng (Frank) Chang, Traverse Seismologist at Byrd Station, 1959, and a member of the Marie Byrd Land Traverse Party that explored this area, 1959-60.||
2617|Channel Glacier|Glacier|644700S|0631900W|-64.7833333|-63.3166667|||01/01/1951|A through glacier, 1.5 mi long, extending in an E-W direction across Wiencke Island, between Nipple Peak and Wall Range, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache 1897-99.  The name appears on a chart based on a 1927 survey by DI personnel on the Discovery.||
2618|Channel Rock|Island|622800S|0600500W|-62.4666667|-60.0833333|||01/01/1953|The larger of two rocks lying in McFarlane Strait, 0.5 mi S of Meade Islands, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name appears to have been applied by DI personnel on the Discovery II who charted this rock in 1935.||
2619|Channel Rock|Island|651400S|0641600W|-65.2333333|-64.2666667|||01/01/1950|Rock which lies in the NW entrance to Meek Channel in the Argentine Islands, Wilhelm Archipelago.  Charted and named in 1935 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.||
2621|Chan Rocks|Summit|724500S|1603000E|-72.75|160.5|||01/01/1970|A group of rocks along an ice bluff situated 5 mi SE of Miller Butte in the Outback Nunataks.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-64. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lian Chan, engaged in laboratory management, McMurdo Station winter party, 1968.||04/11/2001
2622|Chanticleer Island|Island|634300S|0614800W|-63.7166667|-61.8|||01/01/1965|Nearly snow-free island, 1 mi long, lying off the NW end of Hoseason Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  The island was named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 after His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) vicinity on January 7, 1829.||
2623|Chanute Peak|Summit|635600S|0595800W|-63.9333333|-59.9666667|||01/01/1960|A peak on the E side of Lanchester Bay, 4 mi S of Wennersgaard Point, Graham Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Octave Chanute (1832-1910), American designer of gliders who first introduced moveable planes for the purpose of control and stability, 1896-97.||03/06/1997
2624|Chaos Glacier|Glacier|690100S|0780000E|-69.0166667|78|||01/01/1956|A glacier 4 mi S of Browns Glacier, flowing westward from Ingrid Christensen Coast into the central part of Ranvik Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37).  Named by John H. Roscoe in a 1952 study of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump aerial photography of this coast. The name alludes to the jumbled appearance of the terminal glacial flowage.||
2625|Chaos Reef|Bar|622200S|0594600W|-62.3666667|-59.7666667|||01/01/1972|A descriptive name for the confused area of breakers and shoal water located 0.7 mi NE of Morris Rock, at the N end of Aitcho Islands in the South Shetland Islands The name was given by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971.||
2626|Chapel Hill|Summit|634100S|0575800W|-63.6833333|-57.9666667|140|459|01/01/1952|Hill, 140 m, forming the summit of a headland 1.5 mi WSW of Church Point, on the S coast of Trinity Peninsula.  Charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1946, who so named it because of its proximity to Church Point.||
2627|Chapin Peak|Summit|855800S|1314000W|-85.9666667|-131.6666667|2170|7119|01/01/1967|A prominent rock peak (2,170 m) on the W side of Reedy Glacier, standing 2 mi SE of Stich Peak in the Quartz Hills.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Howard Chapin, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC), pilot with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 at McMurdo Station, 1962-63 season.||
2628|Chaplains Tableland|Area|780018S|1623755E|-78.004924|162.632019|||01/01/1963|A high tableland just N of Mount Lister in the Royal Society Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1963 in honor of the chaplains who have served in Antarctica, primarily at McMurdo Station.  The feature is clearly visible from McMurdo Station.||
2629|Chaplin Head|Cliff|540300S|0375400W|-54.05|-37.9|||01/01/1963|A headland between Undine Harbor and Schlieper Bay on the S coast of South Georgia.  Charted by DI in 1926, when the hill above the headland was called "Sharp Peak."  Following the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-57, renamed  Chaplin Head after Lieutenant Commander John M. Chaplin, Royal Navy (RN) (1888-1977), survey officer in Discovery, 1925-27, and in charge of a hydrographic survey party in South Georgia, 1928-30.||03/06/1997
2630|Mount Chapman|Summit|823500S|1055500W|-82.5833333|-105.9166667|2715|8907|01/01/1962|A triple-peaked mountain (2,715 m) with very steep sides and a large rock cliff on its north side, situated at the western end of the Whitmore Mountains. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William H. Chapman of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), cartographer with the Horlick Mountains Traverse (1958-59), who made a survey of the Whitmore Mountains on Jan. 2, 1959. Chapman spent several summer seasons in the Antarctic, including survey in the Pensacola Mountains (1957-58), and the highly successful U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Topo North-South Survey of the mountains bordering the west side of the Ross Sea and Ross Ice Shelf.||
2631|Chapman Glacier|Glacier|704300S|1662400E|-70.7166667|166.4|||01/01/1955|Glacier at the head of Yule Bay in north Victoria Land.  Named by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) for A. Chapman, a member of the helicopter team in this vicinity during the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Thala Dan), 1962, led by Phillip Law.||
2632|Chapman Glacier|Glacier|701700S|0675500W|-70.2833333|-67.9166667|||01/01/1964|Glacier 11 mi long and 10 mi wide in its central part, narrowing to 3 mi at its mouth, flowing W from the Dyer Plateau of Palmer Land to George VI Sound immediately S of Carse Point.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954 for Frederick S. Chapman, British mountaineer and Arctic explorer, who in 1934 brought 64 dogs from West Greenland to England for the use of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37.||
2633|Chapman Hump|Summit|701300S|0673000W|-70.2166667|-67.5|||01/01/1976|A large rounded nunatak in the center of Chapman Glacier in Palmer Land, located 10 mi inland from George VI Sound.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with Chapman Glacier.||
2634|Chapman Nunatak|Summit|710800S|0644500E|-71.1333333|64.75|||01/01/1967|A nunatak about 2 mi E of Mount Hicks in the Prince Charles Mountains. Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1960.  Named for P.R. Chapman, weather observer at Wilkes Station in 1963.||
2635|Chapman Peak|Summit|781100S|0851300W|-78.1833333|-85.2166667|2230|7316|01/01/1961|A peak (2,230 m) on the E side of Ellen Glacier, standing 5 mi NE of Mount Jumper in central Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain John H. Chapman, USAF, who participated in establishing the IGY South Pole Station in the 1956-57 season.||
2636|Chapman Point|Summit|655500S|0612000W|-65.9166667|-61.3333333|||01/01/1964|A low rounded point marking the eastern limit of Scar Inlet on the north side of Jason Peninsula, Graham Land.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Sydney Chapman, British geophysicist, President of the Commission for the International Geophysical Year, 1957-58.||
2637|Chapman Ridge|Ridge|672800S|0605800E|-67.4666667|60.9666667|300|984|01/01/1961|A ridge rising to 300 m and extending SW for 3 mi from Byrd Head.  Discovered by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31, under Mawson.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Named by ANCA for P. Chapman, auroral physicist at Mawson Station, 1958.||
2638|Chapman Rocks|Island|623000S|0602900W|-62.5|-60.4833333|||01/01/1965|Group of rocks lying in Hero Bay, Livingston Island, 3.5 mi SW of Desolation Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961 for Thomas Chapman, English trunkmaker of Southwark, who, in 1795 discovered a method of processing fur seal skins for use in the hat trade, thus initiating the industry in London.||
2640|Chappel Island|Island|661100S|1102500E|-66.1833333|110.4166667|||01/01/1971|The largest of the Donovan Islands, lying about 5 mi NW of Clark Peninsula in the E part of Vincennes Bay.  The island has a number of large Adelie  penguin rookeries.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for CWO R.L. Chappel, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC), motion picture officer on U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp photographic flights in this area and other coastal areas between 14 and 164 east longitude.||
2642|Chappell Nunataks|Summit|821800S|1581200E|-82.3|158.2|||01/01/1966|Group of nunataks 3 mi W of the central part of the Cobham Range.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1964-65) for J. Chappell, geologist with the expedition.||
2643|Chappell Peak|Summit|795700S|0825400W|-79.95|-82.9|1860|6102|01/01/1966|A peak, 1,860 m, standing 3 mi S of Schoeck Peak on the S side of Enterprise Hills, overlooking the head of Horseshoe Valley in the Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard L. Chappell, scientific aide at Little America V Station in 1957.||
2644|Cape Charcot|Cape|662600S|0983000E|-66.4333333|98.5||||Rocky point at the NE end of Melba Peninsula, 3 mi W of David Island. Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson, 1911-14, who named it for Dr. Jean B. Charcot, French Antarctic explorer.||03/06/1997
2645|Port Charcot|Harbor|650400S|0640000W|-65.0666667|-64|||01/01/1952|Bay 1.5 mi wide indenting the N shore of Booth Island, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Dr. Jean B. Charcot and named by him for his father, Dr. Jean Martin Charcot, famous French neurologist.  Charcot established the expedition's winter base at Port Charcot in 1904.||03/06/1997
2646|Charcot Bay|Bay|634800S|0593500W|-63.8|-59.5833333|||01/01/1947|A bay about 10 mi wide between Cape Kater and Cape Kjellman along the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold.  He named it for Dr. Jean B. Charcot, at that time a noted Arctic explorer preparing for his first Antarctic expedition, on which he planned to look for Nordenskjold whose return was overdue.||03/06/1997
2648|Charcot Cove|Bay|760700S|1622400E|-76.1166667|162.4||||A re-entrant in the coast of Victoria Land between Bruce Point and Cape Hickey.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) which named this feature for Dr. Jean B. Charcot, noted Arctic and Antarctic explorer.||
2649|Charcot Island|Island|694500S|0751500W|-69.75|-75.25|||01/01/1947|Island, 30 mi long and 25 mi wide, which is ice covered except for prominent mountains overlooking the N coast, 55 mi W of Alexander Island.  Discovered on Jan. 11, 1910, by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Dr. Jean B. Charcot, who, at the insistence of his crew and the recommendation of Edwin S. Balch and others, named it Charcot Land.  He did so with the stated intention of honoring his father, Dr. Jean Martin Charcot, a famous French physician.  The insularity of Charcot Land was proved by Sir Hubert Wilkins, who flew around it on Dec. 29, 1929.||
2652|Mount Charity|Summit|695400S|0643400W|-69.9|-64.5666667|2680|8793|01/01/1962|A massive mountain 9 mi S of Mount Hope, rising 2,680 m from the S end of Eternity Range in northern Palmer Land.  First seen from the air and named by Lincoln Ellsworth during his flights of Nov. 21 and 23, 1935.  Surveyed by J.R. Rymill of British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) in Nov. 1936.  The mountain was subsequently photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in Sept. 1940, and by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in Dec. 1947.  The feature is one of three major mountains in Ellsworth's Eternity Range to which he gave the names Faith, Hope and Charity.||
2653|Charity Glacier|Glacier|624400S|0602000W|-62.7333333|-60.3333333|||01/01/1960|Glacier lying N of Barnard Point on the S coast of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 after the brig Charity (Captain Charles H. Barnard), one of a fleet of American sealers from New York which visited the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21, operating mainly from Yankee Harbor, Greenwich Island.  The Charity also visited the islands the following season.||
2654|Charlat Island|Island|651100S|0641000W|-65.1833333|-64.1666667|||01/01/1971|Small island lying immediately W of the S end of Petermann Island, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, and named by Charcot for Monsieur Charlat, then French Vice-Consul in Rio de Janeiro.||
2657|Mount Charles|Summit|672300S|0500000E|-67.3833333|50|1110|3642|01/01/1965|Mountain, 1,110 m, standing 3 mi S of Mount Cronus in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956 and 1957.  The chart drawn by John Biscoe (1830-31) shows four mountains in what is now named Scott Mountains; these four mountains were named Charles, Henry, Gordon and George, probably for the Enderby Brothers, owners of Biscoe's vessels.  It has not been possible to identify the mountain so named by Biscoe, but in order to perpetuate the name ANCA applied it to this feature in 1962.||
2659|Charles Glacier|Glacier|723400S|0032600W|-72.5666667|-3.4333333|||01/01/1966|A small, steep glacier draining the S side of Borg Mountain, in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named for Charles W. Swithinbank, a glaciologist with Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE).||
2662|Charles Nunataks|Summit|731900S|0021000W|-73.3166667|-2.1666667|||01/01/1966|An isolated group of nunataks lying 8 mi S of the W end of Neumayer Cliffs in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59).  Named for Charles W. Swithinbank, glaciologist with Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE).||
2663|Charles Peak|Summit|794400S|0831100W|-79.7333333|-83.1833333|990|3248|01/01/1966|A bare rock peak, 990 m, surmounting the SE end of Collier Hills in the Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charles E. Williams, meteorologist at Little America V Station in 1958.||
2664|Charles Point|Summit|641400S|0610000W|-64.2333333|-61|||01/01/1947|Point forming the N side of the entrance to Brialmont Cove, on the W coast of Graham Land.  The present name derives from Cape Charles, first used in about 1831. This name, appearing on early maps in this approximate location, has sometimes been misapplied to the cape at the N side of Hughes Bay.||
2667|Charlesworth Cliffs|Cliff|801400S|0251800W|-80.2333333|-25.3||||A series of steep cliffs near the N end of the central ridge of Herbert Mountains, Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and surveyed by the British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of glacial geologists grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after John K. Charlesworth (1889-1972), Irish geologist; Professor of Geology, Queens University, Belfast, 1921-54; author of The Quaternary Era, With Special Reference to its Glaciation, London, 1957.||
2668|Dome Charlie|Summit|750000S|1250000E|-75|125|3200|10499||An ice dome rising to more than 3,200 m in the featureless snow plateau of Wilkes Land, East Antarctica.  Called "Dome C," the feature was the site of ice core drilling by field teams of several nations in the 1970's.  Simultaneously, it was called Dome Charlie (communications code word for letter C) by U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, and its Squadron VXE-6, which provided logistical support to the field teams and, in Jan. and Nov. 1975, suffered severe damage to three LC-130 Hercules aircraft during attempted takeoffs from the surface of this feature.  (In Nov. 1975 and Nov. 1976, the U.S. Navy established field camps on Dome Charlie to recover the aircraft.  Following major structural repairs and replacement of engines in the field, the three LC-130's were flown to McMurdo Station on Dec. 26, 1975, Jan. 14, 1976, and Dec. 25, 1976.)  In deciding the name, the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) considered Dome Charlie to be superior to the informal name, "Dome C," and that it has precedence over "Dome Circe," a name suggested from Greek mythology by members of the SPRI airborne radio echo sounding team in 1982.||
2669|Cape Charlotte|Cape|543200S|0355400W|-54.5333333|-35.9|||01/01/1952|Cape which forms the SE side of the entrance to Royal Bay, on the N coast near the E end of South Georgia.  Discovered in 1775 by a British expedition under Cook, who named it for Queen Charlotte, wife of King George III of Great Britain.||
2670|Charlotte Bay|Bay|643300S|0613900W|-64.55|-61.65|||01/01/1952|Bay indenting the W coast of Graham Land in a SE direction for 12 mi, between Reclus Peninsula and Cape Murray.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99.  Named for the fiancee of Georges Lecointe, executive officer, hydrographer and second-in-command of the expedition.||
2671|Charlton Island|Island|661300S|1100900E|-66.2166667|110.15|||01/01/1960|The westernmost of the Frazier Islands, lying in Vincennes Bay.  Mapped from air photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47) and U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml (1947-48).  Named by C.R. Eklund for Chief Electronics Technician Frederick E. Charlton, USN, of the Wilkes Station party, 1957.||05/30/2000
2673|Charpentier Pyramid|Summit|801600S|0253700W|-80.2666667|-25.6166667|1080|3543||Pyramid-shaped peak rising to 1,080 m in the NW part of the Herbert Mountains, Shackleton Range, q.v.  In association with the names of glacial geologists grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after Jean de (Hans von) Charpentier (1786-1855), Swiss engineer and mineralogist, who in 1835 gave additional proof on the former extension of glaciers.||
2675|Charrúa Ridge|Ridge|623900S|0602100W|-62.65|-60.35|340|1115||A ridge trending E-W and rising to 340 m on the NE side of Johnsons Dock, Hurd Peninsula, on Livingston Island in the South Shetland Islands.  The name "Monte Charrua" appears for this feature on a 1954 Argentine navy chart.  Named after the Charrua, one of the ships of the Argentine Antarctic Expedition, 1947-48.  The term ridge is considered appropriate for this feature.||
2676|Charybdis Glacier|Glacier|702500S|0673000E|-70.4166667|67.5|||01/01/1962|A large glacier which drains NE between the Porthos and Aramis Ranges of the Prince Charles Mountains to the W side of Amery Ice Shelf.  Discovered by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) southern party led by W.G. Bewsher in December 1956 and named after Homer's Charybdis because of the considerable difficulty experienced in traversing this region due to the glacier.||
2677|Charybdis Icefalls|Glacier|705100S|1611000E|-70.85|161.1666667|||01/01/1964|A large crevassed icefalls in the lower Harlin Glacier, where it descends notably to join Rennick Glacier.  The feature is nourished in part by Lovejoy Glacier which flows eastward parallel to the Harlin (north side) and coalesces with it before reaching the icefalls.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) (1962-63) and New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1963-64).  Named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) after the fearsome whirlpool of Greek mythology.||
2678|Chastain Peak|Summit|851000S|0943500W|-85.1666667|-94.5833333|2255|7398|01/01/1962|A peak (2,255 m) near the center of Moulton Escarpment, at the W margin of the Thiel Mountains.  Surveyed by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Thiel Mountains party, 1960-61.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after William W. Chastain, Aviation Structural Mechanic, U.S. Navy (USN), who lost his life in the crash of a P2V Neptune aircraft soon after takeoff from Wilkes Station, Nov. 9, 1961.||
2679|Chata Rock|Island|645200S|0634400W|-64.8666667|-63.7333333|||01/01/1965|Low isolated rock over which the sea breaks heavily constantly, lying 0.5 mi S of Cape Lancaster, the S end of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  The name appears on an Argentine government chart of 1950 and is probably descriptive, "chata" is a Spanish word for flat.||
2680|Chatos Islands|Island|673900S|0691000W|-67.65|-69.1666667|||01/01/1964|Group of small islands and rocks lying S of Cape Adriasola, Adelaide Island. The descriptive name "Islotes Chatos" (flat islands) was given by the Argentine Antarctic Expedition of 1952-53.||
2681|Chattahoochee Glacier|Glacier|763400S|1604200E|-76.5666667|160.7|||01/01/1965|Glacier in the Convoy Range which flows NE between Wyandot Ridge and Eastwind Ridge.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and Navy air photos.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for the U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) Chattahoochee a tanker in the American convoy into McMurdo Sound in the 1961-62 and 1962-63 seasons.||
2683|Chaucheprat Point|Summit|633200S|0564200W|-63.5333333|-56.7||||A low point at the NW corner of Jonassen Island in Antarctic Sound.  The name "Cap Chaucheprat," after M. Chaucheprat, Private Secretary to Vice Admiral Claude de Rosamel (Rosamel Island, q.v.), was applied to a feature in this vicinity by Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville in 1838.  The present name revives the d'Urville naming, which probably was related to the heights of Jonassen Island.||
2684|Mount Chauve|Summit|664900S|1412300E|-66.8166667|141.3833333|33|108|01/01/1962|Rocky hill, 33 m, at the NW extremity of Cape Margerie.  Charted and named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) in 1950.  The name is descriptive of the hill's denuded aspect, evoking the celebrated musical score Night on Bald Mountain, "chauve" being French for bald.||
2686|Chauveau Point|Summit|640500S|0620200W|-64.0833333|-62.0333333|||01/01/1960|Point marking the SW end of Liege Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  The western point of Liege Island was first charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for Monsieur Chauveau, an associate of the Central Meteorological Office at Paris.  Since there is no prominent point on the central part of the west coast which can be reidentified without ambiguity, the name has been applied to the conspicuous SW point which was also seen by Charcot.||
2687|Cape Chavanne|Cape|665900S|0644500W|-66.9833333|-64.75|||01/01/1952|Prominent, partly ice-free bluff with a conspicuous elongated dome forming the southern tip, standing E of the mouth of Breitfuss Glacier at the head of Mill Inlet, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in 1947.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Josef Chavanne, Austrian polar bibliographer.||
2691|Chavez Island|Island|653800S|0643200W|-65.6333333|-64.5333333|550|1804|01/01/1951|Island 3 mi long which rises to 550 m, lying immediately W of the peninsula between Leroux and Bigo Bays, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered and named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot, probably for Commandant Alfonso Chaves of Ponta Delgada, Azores, but the spelling Chavez has become established through long usage.||
2695|Cheal Point|Summit|603800S|0455900W|-60.6333333|-45.9833333|||01/01/1956|Rocky point 1 mi ESE of Return Point, the SW extremity of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  First surveyed in 1933 by DI personnel.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Joseph J. Cheal of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), general assistant in 1950 and leader in 1951 at the Signy Island base.  The point marks the W limit of Cheal's survey triangulation made in July-September 1950.||
2696|Cheapman Bay|Bay|540900S|0373100W|-54.15|-37.5166667|||01/01/1963|Bay 4 mi wide, indenting the S coast of South Georgia close W of King Haakon Bay.  The name Cheapman Strand was given to a feature in this vicinity by an American sealing expedition which visited South Georgia in 1877-78.  The name was recorded as Chapman Strand and applied to this bay by Matthews in 1931. "Langestrand" (long beach) has been used locally for the beach at the head of the bay and appeared for the bay itself on a British Admiralty chart of 1931. However, the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, reported that "Langestrand" is a descriptive term, not a placename, and is applied by sealers to at least four other beaches in South Georgia. To avoid confusion, the name Cheapman Bay has been approved for this feature and all other names rejected.||03/20/1997
2698|Cheeks Nunatak|Summit|745800S|0724900W|-74.9666667|-72.8166667|||01/01/1966|The largest and southernmost of three nunataks located 12 mi NW of Merrick Mountains, in Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Noble L. Cheeks, aviation electronics technician, member of the R4D party that flew to the vicinity of the eventual Eights Station in 1961 to set up a base camp.||
2699|Cheesman Island|Island|694400S|0750500W|-69.7333333|-75.0833333|||01/01/1961|Small rocky island off the N coast of Charcot Island, 1 mi N of Mount Martine.  First seen and photographed from the air in 1929 by Sir Hubert Wilkins, who roughly positioned it.  Remapped from air photos taken by the U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  The name was suggested by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1950 for S.A. Cheesman, pilot on Wilkins' 1929 flight.||03/06/1997
2700|Cape Cheetham|Cape|701800S|1624200E|-70.3|162.7|||01/01/1947|An ice-covered cape forming the NE extremity of Stuhlinger Ice Piedmont. First charted by members of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, who explored this coast in the location assigned on maps of the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Thala Dan), 1962.||
2703|Cheetham Ice Tongue|Glacier|754500S|1625500E|-75.75|162.9166667||||A small ice tongue on the E coast of Victoria Land between Lamplugh Island and Whitmer Peninsula.  It projects eastward into Ross Sea.  The tongue appears to be nourished in part by Davis Glacier and partly by ice draining from Lamplugh Island and Whitmer Peninsula.  First charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09, under Shackleton, and named by him for Alfred B. Cheetham, third officer on the  Nimrod.||
2704|Cheney Bluff|Cliff|793900S|1594800E|-79.65|159.8|||01/01/1965|A steep rock bluff at the S side of the mouth of Carlyon Glacier, 5 mi SW of Cape Murray.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1959-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander D.J. Cheney, Royal New Zealand Navy (RNZN), commander of HMNZS 1963-64.||
2705|Mount Cheops|Summit|655200S|0643800W|-65.8666667|-64.6333333|610|2001|01/01/1971|Mountain, over 610 m, standing 8 mi SSE of Cape Garcia on the W coast of Graham Land.  Mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the Great Pyramid at Giza because of its distinctive shape.||
2707|Chernushka Nunatak|Summit|713500S|0120100E|-71.5833333|12.0166667|1640|5381|01/01/1970|Nunatak, 1,640 m, lying 2 mi SW of Sandseten Mountain on the W side of Westliche Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named in commemoration of the Soviet scientists' achievements in the study of space.||
2708|Chërnyy Island|Island|660800S|1010400E|-66.1333333|101.0666667|||01/01/1966|A small island lying 0.5 mi S of the eastern tip of Thomas Island in the Highjump Archipelago.  Mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Rephotographed by the Soviet expedition (1956) and named Ostrov Chernyy (black island).||
2709|Mount Cherry-Garrard|Summit|711800S|1684100E|-71.3|168.6833333|||01/01/1951|A peak at the seaward end of the divide between Simpson Glacier and Fendley Glacier, on the N coast of Victoria Land.  Charted by the Northern Party, led by Victor Campbell, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.  They named the feature for Apsley Cherry-Garrard, Asst. Zoologist on the expedition.||
2711|Cherry Icefall|Glacier|842700S|1674000E|-84.45|167.6666667|||01/01/1966|A small, steep icefall on the S side of Barnes Peak in Queen Alexandra Range, descending toward Beardmore Glacier.  Originally named "Cherry Glacier" by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13), for Apsley Cherry-Garrard, zoologist with the expedition.  The name has been amended on the recommendation of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) to be more descriptive of the feature.||
2712|Cherry Island|Island|734500S|1233200W|-73.75|-123.5333333|||01/01/1967|An ice-covered island, 3 mi long, lying between Siple and Carney Islands and just within the Getz Ice Shelf, along the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Chief Warrant Officer J.M. Cherry, a member of the U.S. Army Aviation Detachment in Antarctica during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1966.||
2713|Cherry Spur|Ridge|725200S|1620000E|-72.8666667|162||||A prominent rock spur that forms the SW portion of Sculpture Mountain at the S end of Monument Nunataks.  The feature was geologically studied by Ohio State University field parties in the 1981-82 and 1982-83 seasons.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Eric M. Cherry, geologist with those parties who worked on the spur.||
2715|Chervov Peak|Summit|715000S|0103300E|-71.8333333|10.55|2550|8366|01/01/1970|Peak, 2,550 m, rising 1 mi N of Morkenatten Peak in the Shcherbakov Range, Orvin Mountains, in Queen Maud Land.  Roughly plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Soviet geologist Ye. I. Chervov.||
2716|Cheshire Rock|Island|622200S|0594500W|-62.3666667|-59.75|1|3|01/01/1972|A rock about 1 m above mean higher high water, lying 0.1 mi SE of Passage Rock in English Strait, South Shetland Islands.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Lieutenant Commander Peter J.E. Cheshire, leader of the Royal Navy (RN) Hydrographic Survey Unit in the area in 1967.||04/06/2001
2717|Chester Cone|Summit|623800S|0610500W|-62.6333333|-61.0833333|||01/01/1960|Cone-shaped elevation in the middle of Byers Peninsula, Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 for Captain Chester, Master of the Essex, one of the fleet of American sealers from Stonington, CT, which visited the South Shetland Islands in 1821-22.||
2718|Chester Mountains|Summit|764000S|1453500W|-76.6666667|-145.5833333|||01/01/1947|Group of mountains just N of the mouth of Crevasse Valley Glacier and 10 mi N of Saunders Mountain in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1933-35) and named for Colby M. Chester, president of General Foods Corporation, who gave generous support to the Byrd expeditions.||
2719|Mount Chetwynd|Summit|762000S|1620200E|-76.3333333|162.0333333|1400|4593||Mountain, over 1,400 m, immediately S of Mount Gauss in the Kirkwood Range of Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named for Sir Peter Chetwynd, a naval friend of Scott's, who was later Superintendent of Compasses at the Admiralty.||
2720|Cheu Valley|Valley|851100S|1735400W|-85.1833333|-173.9|||01/01/1966|A narrow, N-S trending valley in the Cumulus Hills, about 3 mi long, with its N end opening at the S side of McGregor Glacier, just W of the mouth of Gatlin Glacier.  Named by the Texas Tech-Shackleton Glacier Expedition (1964-65) for Specialist 5th Class Daniel T.L. Cheu, member of the U.S. Army Aviation Detachment which supported the expedition.||03/06/1997
2721|Chevreul Cliffs|Cliff|803200S|0203600W|-80.5333333|-20.6|1500|4921||Cliffs rising to c. 1,500 m to the E of Mount Dewar in Pioneers Escarpment, Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967.  Surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of pioneers of polar life and travel grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Michel Eugene Chevreul (1786-1889), French chemist whose research on the nature of fats in 1823 led to the invention of stearine candles, used subsequently by polar explorers.||
2722|Mount Chevreux|Summit|654600S|0640000W|-65.7666667|-64|1615|5298|01/01/1951|Mountain, 1,615 m, standing 5 mi SE of Leroux Bay on the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot, who named it for Edouard Chevreux, French zoologist.||
2723|Chevron Rocks|Summit|840700S|1731000E|-84.1166667|173.1666667|||01/01/1966|A distinctive rock outcrop at the N end of Retrospect Spur, near the head of Hood Glacier in the Queen Maud Mountains.  A New Zealand party climbed Retrospect Spur during the 1959-60 season.  They gave the name Chevron Rocks because of their appearance, resembling the stripes worn by non-commissioned officers.||
2724|Mount Chiang|Summit|775743S|1623917E|-77.961888|162.654627|2900|9514|01/01/1992|A distinctive mountain, 2,900 m, having the appearance of a gablelike projection from the N part of Chaplains Tableland, Royal Society Range, in Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1992 after Erick Chiang, Manager, Polar Operations Section, Division of Polar Programs, National Science Foundation, from 1991.||
2726|Chick Island|Island|664700S|1210000E|-66.7833333|121|||01/01/1963|An isolated rock island lying off the eastern end of Sabrina Coast, approximately 10 mi NE of Henry Islands.  Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47), and named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Amos Chick, carpenter on the sloop Vincennes during the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Lieutenant Charles Wilkes.||
2727|Mount Chider|Summit|720600S|1691000E|-72.1|169.1666667|3110|10203|01/01/1970|A notable mountain, 3,110 m, standing 2 mi SE of Mount Hart in the Admiralty Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Thomas J. Chider, helicopter pilot with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 at McMurdo Station in Operation Deep Freeze 1968.||
2728|Chijire Glacier|Glacier|680300S|0432300E|-68.05|43.3833333|||01/01/1964|Glacier flowing to the coast just E of Chijire Rocks in Queen Maud Land. Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, who also gave the name.||
2729|Chijire Rocks|Island|680200S|0431800E|-68.0333333|43.3|||01/01/1964|Group of exposed rocks standing on the coast just W of the mouth of Chijire Glacier in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, who also gave the name.||04/11/2001
2730|Child Rocks|Island|672600S|0631600E|-67.4333333|63.2666667|||01/01/1965|Group of rocks at the W end of the Robinson Group off the coast of Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Vestskjera (the west skerries). Renamed by ANCA for J.B. Child, Third Officer of the Discovery during British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31.||
2731|Childs Glacier|Glacier|832400S|0584000W|-83.4|-58.6666667|||01/01/1968|A glacier in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains, draining westward from Roderick Valley to enter Foundation Ice Stream.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John H. Childs, builder at Ellsworth Station, winter 1958.||
2734|Chimaera Flats|Flat|570400S|0264000W|-57.0666667|-26.6666667|||01/01/1972|A broad stretch of flat sand with a smooth surface only a few meters above sea level, between Medusa Pool and Gorgon Pool on Candlemas Island, South Sandwich Islands.  The name applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 refers to a mythical fire-eating monster.||
2735|Chinook Pass|Gap|692900S|0683300W|-69.4833333|-68.55||||A pass running N-S between Fohn Bastion and Wright Spires on the Rymill Coast of Palmer Land.  The pass is part of a convenient overland sledging route, southward from Brindle Cliffs.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the warm, dry wind descending the eastern slopes of the Rocky Mountains.  One of several features in the area named after winds.||
2736|Chinstrap Cove|Bay|611400S|0541100W|-61.2333333|-54.1833333|||01/01/1972|A cove 3 mi NE of Escarpada Point on the NW coast of Clarence Island, South Shetland Islands.  The name refers to the large colony of Chinstrap penguins (Pygoscelis antarctica) observed in the cove by the U.K. Joint Services Expedition, 1970-71.||
2737|Chinstrap Point|Summit|570700S|0264600W|-57.1166667|-26.7666667|||01/01/1972|The SE point of Vindication Island, South Sandwich Islands.  This feature was named Rocky Point during survey of the island from Royal Research Ship (RRS) Discovery II in 1930, but the name was changed to avoid duplication.  The new name applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 refers to the enormous colony of Chinstrap Penguins on the point.||
2738|Chionis Island|Island|635200S|0603800W|-63.8666667|-60.6333333|||01/01/1960|Island lying S of Awl Point, Trinity Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  The name Snow Island was used for this feature by whalers in the area in the 1920s, but has not been used on any published map.  Since Snow Island in the South Shetland Islands lies just across Bransfield Strait, a new name has been substituted for this feature.  Chionis Island was so named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 after the sheathbill (Chionis alba), a common bird in this region.||
2740|Chiriguano Bay|Bay|642800S|0623100W|-64.4666667|-62.5166667||||A bay NE of Strath Point, indenting the S end of Brabant Island, Palmer Archipelago.  The bay was surveyed and named "Bahia Chiriguano" by the Argentine Antarctic Expedition, 1948-49, after the Argentine tugboat Chiriguano which took part in the survey.||
2741|Chisel Peak|Summit|674000S|0674200W|-67.6666667|-67.7|1400|4593||A prominent chisel-shaped peak rising to c. 1,400 m on the SE side of Perplex Ridge, Pourquoi Pas Island, in Marguerite Bay.  Named descriptively by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1979.||
2742|Chisholm Hills|Range|732600S|1632100E|-73.4333333|163.35|||01/01/1968|A group of steep-sided hills situated 6 mi E of Gair Mesa in the Southern Cross Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named by the southern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1966-67, for Ross Chisholm, leader of the party.||
2743|Mount Chivers|Summit|823200S|1612600E|-82.5333333|161.4333333|1755|5758|01/01/1966|Mountain, 1,755 m, standing between the mouths of Otago and Tranter Glaciers in the N part of Queen Elizabeth Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Hugh J.H. Chivers, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) upper atmosphere physicist at Byrd, South Pole and Hallett Stations, 1962-63.||
2744|Cape Chocolate|Cape|775603S|1643442E|-77.934233|164.578359||||Small, dark cape forming the S side of Salmon Bay on the coast of Victoria Land.  It is made up of morainic material from the W margin of the Koettlitz Glacier.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) under Scott, and probably so named because of the color of the morainic material.||
2745|Chocolate Nunatak|Summit|723600S|1660300E|-72.6|166.05||||An isolated nunatak of red-brown color at the E side of the head of Mariner Glacier, 3 mi WSW of Mount McCarthy, Barker Range, in Victoria Land.  A descriptive name apparently applied by B.W. Riddolls and G.T. Hancox, geologists with the New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) Northern Party to upper Mariner Glacier, 1966-67.||
2746|Cholet Island|Island|650400S|0640200W|-65.0666667|-64.0333333|||01/01/1963|Small island immediately N of the narrow peninsula which forms the W extremity of Booth Island, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, who named it for Ernest Cholet, skipper of the ship Francais, and later, the Pourquoi-Pas?.||
2747|Chopin Hill|Summit|714000S|0734900W|-71.6666667|-73.8166667|600|1968|01/01/1961|Low, snow-covered hill, c. 600 m, lying 2 mi SW of Mount Schumann on Beethoven Peninsula, Alexander Island.  First mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Frederic Chopin (1810-49), Polish composer.||
2748|Chopin Ridge|Ridge|620900S|0580800W|-62.15|-58.1333333|265|869||A ridge running N-S and rising to 265 m between Lions Rump and Low Head, King George Island, South Shetland Islands.  Named by the Polish Antarctic Expedition to King George Island in the years 1977-79 after Frederic Chopin, Polish composer.||
2749|Mount Choto|Summit|691200S|0394000E|-69.2|39.6666667|350|1148|01/01/1968|A mountain, 350 m, surmounting the N end of Langhovde Hills on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Surveyed by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Choto-san (mount long head) in association with the name Langhovde Hills.||
2751|Choyce Point|Summit|674200S|0652300W|-67.7|-65.3833333|230|755|01/01/1975|A point 3 mi SW of Tent Nunatak on the E coast of Graham Land.  A rocky bluff rises behind the point as viewed from Larsen Ice Shelf to which the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947 applied the name "Cape Choyce."  The name was amended to Choyce Point in 1975 and reapplied to this point which is of geological significance and rises 230 m above the ice shelf.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for M.A. Choyce, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) meteorologist at Hope Bay, 1947.||
2753|Mount Christchurch|Summit|822800S|1641000E|-82.4666667|164.1666667|1355|4445||Mountain, 1,355 m, standing 7 mi SW of Cape Lyttelton on the S side of Shackleton Inlet.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named for the city of Christchurch, New Zealand, which generously supported the expedition.||
2756|Mount Christensen|Summit|675800S|0475200E|-67.9666667|47.8666667|1475|4839|01/01/1947|Prominent ice-covered mountain, 1,475 m, at the SW side of Rayner Glacier in Enderby Land.  Discovered on Jan. 13, 1930 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, who named it for Consul Lars Christensen, Norwegian whaling magnate and promoter of several Norwegian Antarctic expeditions.||
2759|Christensen Glacier|Glacier|542800S|0032400E|-54.4666667|3.4|||01/01/1963|A glacier which flows to the south coast of Bouvetoya, 1 mi east of Cato Point.  First charted in 1898 by a German expedition under Karl Chun.  Recharted in December 1927 by a Norwegian expedition under Captain Harald Horntvedt.  Named by Horntvedt after Lars Christensen, sponsor of the expedition.||
2760|Christensen Glacier|Glacier|542000S|0365200W|-54.3333333|-36.8666667|||01/01/1957|Glacier 4 mi long, flowing S into the E part of Newark Bay on the S coast of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Chr. Fred. Christensen, Norwegian naval architect who, in cooperation with the shipowner H.G. Melsom, first solved the practical problems of building a slipway on a whale factory ship by converting the Lancing in 1925; he also made important improvements in the machinery for treatment and extraction of whale products.||
2761|Christensen Nunatak|Summit|650600S|0593100W|-65.1|-59.5166667|||01/01/1952|Nunatak 1 mi N of Robertson Island in the Seal Nunataks group, off the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered in 1893 by a Norwegian expedition under C.A. Larsen, who named it for Christen Christensen of Sandefjord, Norway, pioneer of modern Antarctic whaling.  It was surveyed in 1902 by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, and in 1947 and 1953 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).||
2765|Mount Christi|Summit|625500S|0622400W|-62.9166667|-62.4|1280|4199|01/01/1956|Mountain, 1,280 m, standing nearly 3 mi NE of Mount Pisgah in the NE part of Smith Island, South Shetland Islands.  The name Cape Christi was given for the N cape of Smith Island by a British expedition under Foster, 1828-31, but that feature had already been named Cape Smith.  Since the latter name is approved for the cape, the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) recommended in 1953 that for the sake of historical continuity the name Christi be approved for the mountain now described.||
2766|Christiaensen Glacier|Glacier|713200S|0353700E|-71.5333333|35.6166667|||01/01/1966|A glacier that drains westward between Mount Eyskens and Mount Derom, in the Queen Fabiola Mountains.  Discovered on Oct. 7, 1960 by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Guido Derom, who named it for Leo Christiaensen, captain of the polar vessel Erika Dan which brought the Belgian expedition to Antarctica.||
2767|Christiania Islands|Island|635700S|0612700W|-63.95|-61.45|||01/01/1952|Group of islands and rocks between Liege and Trinity Islands, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache, who named the group for Christiania (now Oslo), Norway, where he obtained assistance and equipment for the expedition.||
2768|Cape Christie|Cape|721800S|1700100E|-72.3|170.0166667|||01/01/1947|A cape situated 5 mi WNW of Cape Hallett, marking the W side of the entrance to Edisto Inlet on the coast of Victoria Land.  Discovered, Jan. 15, 1841, by Sir James Clark Ross and named for Prof. Samuel Hunter Christie, of the Royal Military Academy, Woolwich.||
2769|Christie Peaks|Range|711500S|0672500W|-71.25|-67.4166667|||01/01/1976|A conspicuous group of sharp peaks located immediately S of the terminus of Ryder Glacier on the W coast of Palmer Land.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Timothy J.C. Christie, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) surveyor at Stonington Island, 1970-71.||
2770|Christine Island|Island|644800S|0640200W|-64.8|-64.0333333|||01/01/1974|Island 0.5 mi long which lies 1 mi off the S coast of Anvers Island and 1.5 mi SE of Bonaparte Point.  The name was proposed by U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist Dietland Muller-Schwarze after his wife Christine Muller-Schwarze, who studied Adelie Penguins with him on the island in 1971-72.||
2771|Cape Christmas|Cape|722000S|0604100W|-72.3333333|-60.6833333|320|1050|01/01/1953|Abrupt rock cape which rises to 320 m, marking the N side of the entrance to Wust Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered and photographed from the air in December 1940 by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  During 1947 it was photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted it from the ground. So named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) because the joint party in 1947 spent Christmas Day in this vicinity.||
2772|Mount Christmas|Summit|815400S|1615600E|-81.9|161.9333333|1745|5725|01/01/1947|A uniform sharp peak, 1,745 m, standing 9 mi WSW of Cape May, in the Nash Range.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and so named because it was the most salient feature in view when the polar party was abreast of it on Christmas Day, 1902.||
2773|Christmas Cliffs|Cliff|733300S|0941700W|-73.55|-94.2833333|||01/01/1963|South-facing cliffs with two prominent rock outcrops, located 2 mi SSE of Pillsbury Tower in the Jones Mountains.  Mapped by the University of Minnesota-Jones Mountains Party, 1960-61, and so named by the party because the cliffs were visited on Christmas Day, 1960.||
2775|Christoffersen Heights|Summit|733600S|0935400W|-73.6|-93.9|||01/01/1963|Broad snow-covered heights which form the south-central portion of the Jones Mountains, southward of Bonnabeau and Anderson Domes.  Mapped by the University of Minnesota-Jones Mountains Party, 1960-61.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Ernest H. Christoffersen, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), co-pilot of ski-equipped LC-47 Dakota aircraft on pioneering flights from Byrd Station to the Eights Coast area in November 1961.||
2776|Christoffersen Island|Island|604400S|0450300W|-60.7333333|-45.05|||01/01/1952|Small island immediately W of the S end of Powell Island in the South Orkney Islands.  The name appears on a chart by Norwegian whaling captain Petter Sorlle, who made a running survey of these islands in 1912-13.||
2778|Christophersen Glacier|Glacier|542500S|0364700W|-54.4166667|-36.7833333|||01/01/1963|Glacier 8 mi long, flowing W into Jacobsen Bight on the S coast of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Pedro Christophersen, one of the first Directors of the Compania Argentina de Pesca which operated the Grytviken whaling station for more than 50 years beginning in 1904.||
2780|Christoph Nunatak|Summit|744900S|0734700W|-74.8166667|-73.7833333|1300|4265||A nunatak rising to c. 1,300 m, 2.5 mi ENE of Holtet Nunatak in the Lyon Nunataks, Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy aerial photographs taken 1965-68 and Landsat imagery taken 1973-74.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1987 after Klaus J. Christoph, upper atmospheric physicist at Siple Station, 1970-71.||
2781|Christy Glacier|Glacier|860600S|1613000W|-86.1|-161.5|||01/01/1967|A steep tributary glacier draining SE along the SW side of Breyer Mesa to enter Amundsen Glacier, in Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Clarence C. Christy, maintenance shop supervisor at Williams Field, McMurdo Sound, on U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1967.||
2782|Chugunov Glacier|Glacier|704300S|1630900E|-70.7166667|163.15|||01/01/1964|Glacier about 15 mi long located just N of Astakhov Glacier in the Bowers Mountains.  It is one of several glaciers which drain the E slopes of the Explorers Range and flow to Ob' Bay.  Plotted from photographs taken by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1958. Named for N.A. Chugunov, Soviet aerologist who died while taking part in this expedition.||
2783|Chugunov Island|Island|655400S|0992900E|-65.9|99.4833333|||01/01/1961|Small ice-covered island, lying at the seaward extremity of Shackleton Ice Shelf, between the projections of Denman and Scott Glaciers.  Mapped from aerial photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Rephotographed by the Soviet expedition of 1956 and later named for N.A. Chugunov, aerologist who lost his life in the Antarctic in 1958.||
2784|Cape Church|Cape|675100S|0653500W|-67.85|-65.5833333|||01/01/1952|Rocky bluff which projects into the head of Seligman Inlet immediately N of Ahlmann Glacier, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Photographed from the air in 1940 by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  Charted in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who named it for Prof. James E. Church of the Agricultural Experiment Station, University of Nevada, who developed techniques of snow surveying and meltwater run-off forecasts now widely used.||
2785|Church Bay|Bay|540000S|0374700W|-54|-37.7833333|||01/01/1963|Bay 4.5 mi wide, indenting the N coast of South Georgia between Low Rock Point and Cape North.  Roughly charted by DI personnel in the period 1925-30 and surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-57.  The name is well established in local use.||
2786|Church Glacier|Glacier|715100S|1673400E|-71.85|167.5666667|||01/01/1970|Tributary glacier, 10 mi long, flowing southward along the west side of Church Ridge to enter Leander Glacier northwest of Shadow Bluff, in the Admiralty Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Brooks D. Church, laboratory management technician at McMurdo Station, 1966-67 and 1967-68.||
2787|Churchill Mountains|Summit|813000S|1583000E|-81.5|158.5|||01/01/1966|The major range of mountains and associated elevations bordering the W side of the Ross Ice Shelf between Byrd Glacier and Nimrod Glacier.  Several of its highest summits, including Mounts Egerton, Field, Wharton, Albert Markham and Nares, were first seen and named by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04.  The mountains were mapped in detail by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys, 1960-61, and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Sir Winston Churchill.||
2788|Churchill Peninsula|Cape|663000S|0624500W|-66.5|-62.75|||01/01/1952|Ice-covered peninsula between Cabinet and Adie Inlets, extending some 30 mi in a SE direction from the E coast of Graham Land.  Photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) and charted from the ground by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) during 1947.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Rt. Hon. (later Sir) Winston S. Churchill, M.P., British Prime Minister and leader of the War Cabinet which authorized the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1943.||
2789|Churchill Point|Summit|662400S|1102300E|-66.4|110.3833333|||01/01/1963|The northwestern point of Holl Island, in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Radioman Robert W. Churchill, USN, a member of the Wilkes Station party of 1958.||
2791|Church Nunataks|Summit|664800S|0523900E|-66.8|52.65|||01/01/1965|A line of small nunataks 1 mi NE of Mount Smethurst and 28 mi SW of Stor Hanakken Mountain in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1957.  Named by ANCA for S.W. Church, radio officer at Wilkes Station in 1961.||
2792|Church Point|Summit|634100S|0575500W|-63.6833333|-57.9166667|355|1165|01/01/1952|A point 2 mi W of Camp Hill on the S coast of Trinity Peninsula.  The feature was sighted by Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) in 1903; surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1945 and so named because the point rises to a rock peak (355 m), the sides of which resemble a church steeple.||
2793|Church Ridge|Ridge|714900S|1674500E|-71.8166667|167.75|2000|6562|01/01/1970|A southwest-trending ridge, 10 mi long, with several peaks over 2, 000 m high.  The ridge separates the flow of the Church and Leander Glaciers in the Admiralty Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander A.E. Church, U.S. Navy (USN), assistant chief of staff for civil engineering with the U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, 1967 and 1968.||
2794|Church Rock|Island|530200S|0732600E|-53.0333333|73.4333333|16|52|01/01/1957|A dark, steeple-like rock, 16 m high, lying at the head of Corinthian Bay opposite the terminus of Baudissin Glacier, off the N side of Heard Island. Probably named after Captain Church of the schooner Mechanic,  a tender to the Corinthian in Captain Erasmus Darwin Rogers' sealing fleet that landed at Heard Island in 1855.  The name appears in the reports of the British the names then in use.  Several members of the Church family of Montville, CT are recorded as working in the area during this period.||
2797|Cierva Cove|Bay|640900S|0605300W|-64.15|-60.8833333|||01/01/1965|Cove lying 6 mi SE of Cape Sterneck in Hughes Bay, along the W coast of Graham Land.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1950.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Juan de la Cierva (1895-1936), Spanish designer of the autogiro, the first successful rotating wing aircraft in 1923.||
2798|Cinder Hill|Summit|771620S|1662455E|-77.272153|166.415203|305|1001|01/01/1964|Prominent dissected volcano, 305 m, consisting of layers of red basalt scoria and cinders and abundant olivine nodules, standing between Harrison and Wilson Streams on the ice-free lower W slopes of Mount Bird, Ross Island.  Mapped and descriptively named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1958-59.||
2799|Cinder Spur|Ridge|620900S|0581100W|-62.15|-58.1833333|||01/01/1964|Small spur extending into Legru Bay, 1.5 mi W of Low Head on the S coast of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1963 because the feature is composed mainly of volcanic cinders.||
2801|Mount Circe|Summit|772835S|1605826E|-77.476343|160.973827|2000|6562|01/01/1964|Prominent peak over 2,000 m, standing just N of Mount Dido in the Olympus Range of Victoria Land.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1958-59) after a figure in Greek mythology.||
2802|Circle Icefall|Glacier|793800S|1563000E|-79.6333333|156.5|45|148|01/01/1965|An almost impenetrable icefall near Tentacle Ridge, 45 m high and 15 mi long, extending in an arc for almost the whole width across the Darwin Glacier.  Named by the Darwin Glacier Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) for its similarity to the circle of an opera house.||
2803|Cape Circoncision|Cape|542500S|0032100E|-54.4166667|3.35|||01/01/1957|A prominent cape which forms the NW extremity of Bouvetoya.  The name was given on Jan. 1, 1739 by J.B.C. Bouvet de Lozier, discoverer of Bouvetoya on that date, in memory of the holy day of the church calendar.  Bouvet approached the island from a NW direction and was uncertain whether his discovery was an island or part of a continent.  The cape was roughly charted in 1898 by a German expedition under Karl Chun.  Cartographic correlation of the name with this cape appears to be first evidenced on the chart of the Norvegia expedition of 1927-28 under Captain Harald Horntvedt.||
2807|Port Circumcision|Harbor|651100S|0641000W|-65.1833333|-64.1666667|||01/01/1960|A cove indenting the SE side of Petermann Island, in the Wilhelm Archipelago. Discovered on Jan. 1, 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, who named it for the holy day on which it was first sighted.  The cove served as a base for the ship Pourquoi-Pas? during the 1909 winter season.||04/06/1998
2808|Cirque Fjord|Bay|671800S|0583900E|-67.3|58.65|||01/01/1965|Ice-filled inlet on the S side of Law Promontory opening into Stefansson Bay in Enderby Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Botnfjorden (the cirque fjord). Seen by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party in 1956.  The translated form of the name recommended by ANCA has been approved.||
2809|Cirque Peak|Summit|721100S|1655800E|-72.1833333|165.9666667|||01/01/1970|A peak 1 mi S of Le Couteur Peak, in the Millen Range.  So named by the Northern Party of NZFMCAE, 1962-63, due to the peak's position at the head of a large cirque containing a section of the Pearl Harbor Glacier neve.||
2810|Citadel Bastion|Summit|720000S|0683200W|-72|-68.5333333|||01/01/1975|A rocky, flat-topped elevation at the S side of the terminus of Saturn Glacier, on the E side of Alexander Island.  The feature was mapped from trimetrogon air photography taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and from survey by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1948-50.  The name applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) refers to the resemblance of the feature to a fortified structure.||
2811|Citadel Peak|Summit|855700S|1542700W|-85.95|-154.45|||01/01/1970|A peak of volcanic rock along the S side of Vaughan Glacier, 6 mi E of Mount Vaughan, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  So named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1969-70; the summit is composed of vertical rock slabs, its strange appearance being reminiscent of a castle or citadel.||
2812|Clague Ridge|Ridge|711400S|0654000E|-71.2333333|65.6666667|||01/01/1967|A partially snow-covered rock ridge about 5 mi SW of Armonini Nunatak in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1960.  Named for E.L. Clague, weather observer at Wilkes Station in 1962.||
2813|Clapmatch Point|Summit|570600S|0263900W|-57.1|-26.65|||01/01/1972|A low, lava point penetrated by narrow clefts, forming the SW point of Candlemas Island, South Sandwich Islands.  The name applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 is a traditional sealers name for a female Fur Seal.  There is a breeding colony of this animal on the point.||
2814|Clapp Ridge|Ridge|725400S|1675400E|-72.9|167.9|||01/01/1970|A narrow, steep-sided ridge about 9 mi long, forming the N wall of Hand Glacier in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James L. Clapp, member of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciological party to Roosevelt Island, 1967-68.||
2815|Claquebue Island|Island|664600S|1413500E|-66.7666667|141.5833333|||01/01/1962|Rocky island 0.25 mi long, lying 0.05 mi E of Dru Rock in the Curzon Islands. Charted in 1951 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) and named by them, for the village in La Jument Verte, a novel much read and appreciated by members of the French expedition.||03/06/1997
2816|Mount Clara|Summit|545100S|0360200W|-54.85|-36.0333333|790|2592||A peak rising to c. 790 m to the E of Mount Normann and S of Larsen Harbor, in SE South Georgia.  Charted and named by DI personnel in 1927.||
2817|Clarence Island|Island|611200S|0540500W|-61.2|-54.0833333|||01/01/1947|Island 12 mi long, which is the easternmost of the South Shetland Islands. The name dates back to at least 1821 and is now established in international usage.||
2820|Clare Range|Range|771002S|1611050E|-77.167316|161.180599|||01/01/1962|The range extending WSW from Sperm Bluff to the Willett Range on the S side of Mackay Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Circumnavigated in 1957 by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58).  Named by them after Clare College of Cambridge, England.||
2821|Clarie Coast|Beach|663000S|1330000E|-66.5|133|||01/01/1947|That portion of the coast of Wilkes Land lying between Cape Morse, in 13010E, and Pourquoi Pas Point, in 13611E.  Discovered in January 1840 by Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville, who recognized the existence of land lying S of the ice cliffs to which he applied the name "Cote Clarie," after Madame Jacquinot, wife of the captain of his second ship, the Zelee.||
2823|Clarity Point|Summit|540400S|0370100W|-54.0666667|-37.0166667||||A point on the E side of Blue Whale Harbor, South Georgia.  The feature was charted and named "Clear Point" by DI in 1930.  The name was amended by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1991 to avoid duplication of Clear Point at Leith Harbor in Stromness Bay.||
2824|Mount Clarke|Summit|850500S|1721800E|-85.0833333|172.3|3210|10531|01/01/1956|A mountain (3,210 m) located 13 mi due east of Mount Iveagh in the Queen Maud Mountains.  The feature rises along the east margin of the Snakeskin Glacier, near the edge of the interior ice plateau.  Discovered and named by the Southern Journey Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) under Ernest Shackleton.||
2826|Clarke Bluff|Cliff|693900S|1591300E|-69.65|159.2166667|840|2756|01/01/1970|A steep bluff (840 m) at the E end of Feeney Ridge in the Wilson Hills. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) Jon B. Clarke, U.S. Navy (USN), Navigator on aerial photographic missions in LC-130F Hercules aircraft during Operation Deep Freeze 1967 and 1968.||
2827|Clarke Glacier|Glacier|684800S|0665600W|-68.8|-66.9333333|||01/01/1955|Glacier, 2 mi wide and 20 mi long, flowing W to Mikkelsen Bay along the N side of Sickle Mountain and Baudin Peaks, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  The glacier was traversed near its head by a U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) sledge party in January 1941.  Its lower reaches were surveyed in 1948-49 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and the glacier was named by them for Louis C.G. Clarke, Dir. of the Fitzwilliam Museum, Cambridge, 1937-46, who greatly assisted the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37.||
2828|Clarke Glacier|Glacier|753400S|1620500E|-75.5666667|162.0833333||||A glacier, 5 mi long, draining E to the coast of Victoria Land immediately N of Lewandowski Point.  The seaward extremity of this glacier merges with the flow of Davis Glacier and other glaciers from the south and contributes to the floating tongue of ice between Cape Reynolds and Lamplugh Island.  Discovered and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09, under Shackleton.||
2829|Clark Glacier|Glacier|772459S|1622205E|-77.416437|162.368044|||01/01/1962|Glacier between Mount Theseus and Mount Allen, occupying a low pass in the E part of the Olympus Range in Victoria Land.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1958-59, for Prof. R.H. Clark, head of the Geology Department, Victoria University of Wellington, who was immediately responsible for the sponsoring of the expedition.||
2830|Clark Hills|Range|704300S|0632500W|-70.7166667|-63.4166667|||01/01/1976|A cluster of low, mainly snow-covered hills of about 4 mi extent, located 5 mi SW of the Eland Mountains in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Kerry B. Clark, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist on the International Weddell Sea Oceanographic Expedition in 1968 and 1969.||
2831|Clark Island|Island|740500S|1051700W|-74.0833333|-105.2833333|||01/01/1968|An island 2 mi long in eastern Amundsen Sea.  It is the largest island of a small group lying 38 mi WSW of Canisteo Peninsula.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for F. Jerry Clark who participated in U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciological-geophysical work at Roosevelt Island, 1961-62, and on traverses from Byrd Station, 1963-64.||
2833|Clark Knoll|Summit|765300S|1465900W|-76.8833333|-146.9833333|||01/01/1970|An ice-covered knoll 4 mi SW of Mount Dane in the W part of Radford Island, Marshall Archipelago.  Mapped by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Elton G. Clark, utilitiesman, U.S. Navy (USN), at Byrd Station in 1967.||
2834|Clark Mountains|Summit|771600S|1420000W|-77.2666667|-142|1200|3937|01/01/1947|Group of low mountains rising above 1,200 m, standing 10 mi E of the Allegheny Mountains in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered and photographed on aerial flights in 1940 by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) and named for Clark University, Worcester, MA.||
2835|Clark Nunatak|Summit|624000S|0605500W|-62.6666667|-60.9166667|||01/01/1960|Nunatak lying on the southern side of Rotch Dome in the W part of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 for Daniel W. Clark, first mate of the brig Hersilia in 1820-21, who was in charge of a sealing gang on the South Beaches, Livingston Island.  Clark was responsible for one of the surviving descriptions of the activities of early American sealers in the South Shetland Islands.||
2836|Clark Peak|Summit|773100S|1541200W|-77.5166667|-154.2|645|2116|01/01/1966|A rock peak (645 m) surmounting a bluff on the west side of Larson Glacier in northern Edward VII Peninsula.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1964-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Leroy Clark, member of the winter party of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition, 1933-35.||03/06/1997
2837|Clark Peninsula|Cape|661500S|1103300E|-66.25|110.55|||01/01/1956|Rocky peninsula, 2 mi long and 2 mi wide, lying at the N side of Newcomb Bay on Budd Coast.  First mapped from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in February 1947 and thought to be an island connected by a steep snow ramp to the continental ice overlying Budd Coast.  The term peninsula was considered more appropriate by the Wilkes Station party of 1957 whose headquarters were on this peninsula.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain John E. Clark, USN, captain of the USS Currituck, seaplane tender and flagship of the western task group of U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, Task Force 68, 1946-47.||03/06/1997
2838|Clark Point|Summit|663300S|1235500E|-66.55|123.9166667|||01/01/1955|An ice-covered point at the E side of the entrance to Paulding Bay. Delineated by G.D. Blodgett (1955) from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for George W. Clark, Midshipman on the sloop Peacock during the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Lieutenant Charles Wilkes.||
2839|Clark Ridge|Ridge|843200S|0645000W|-84.5333333|-64.8333333|||01/01/1968|A prominent rock ridge, 4 mi long, located 4 mi W of Mount Lowry in Anderson Hills in northern Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Larry Clark, cook at Plateau Station, winter 1967.||
2840|Clarkson Cliffs|Cliff|802800S|0270400W|-80.4666667|-27.0666667|1400|4593||Ice-covered cliffs marked by rock exposures, rising to 1,400 m at the NE edge of Fuchs Dome, Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Peter D. Clarkson, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist, Halley Station, 1968-70, who worked in the area for four seasons, 1968-71, 1977-78; Head, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) Mineralogy, Geology and Geochemistry Section, 1976-89; at SPRI from 1989.||
2841|Clarkson Peak|Summit|831900S|1643400E|-83.3166667|164.5666667|2825|9268|01/01/1966|A prominent conical peak, 2,825 m, at the head of Robb Glacier, on the spur running W from Mount Miller.  Sighted in January 1958 by the New Zealand Southern Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58), and named for Mr. T.R. Clarkson, a member of the Ross Sea Committee.||
2843|Clark Spur|Ridge|844700S|1691200W|-84.7833333|-169.2|||01/01/1962|A narrow, rocky spur about 3 mi long, extending from the foothills of Prince Olav Mountains to the edge of the Ross Ice Shelf.  The spur forms the E side of the mouth of Morris Glacier, about 6 mi NW of Mount Henson.  Discovered and photographed by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1928-30) and named for Arnold H. Clark, asst. physicist who wintered with the expedition.||
2844|Clarsach Glacier|Glacier|695700S|0701700W|-69.95|-70.2833333||||A glacier flowing S between Prague Spur and Finlandia Foothills in N Alexander Island.  The feature was photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and was mapped from these photographs by D. Searle of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1960.  Further delineation was made from U.S. Navy aerial photographs taken 1966-67 and from U.S. Landsat imagery taken Jan. 1974.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), 1977; in plan view the outline of the glacier resembles a clarsach, or Irish harp.||
2847|Claude Point|Summit|640700S|0623600W|-64.1166667|-62.6|||01/01/1952|Point which forms the S side of the entrance to Guyou Bay on the W side of Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, who named it for Monsieur Claude, an associate member of the Bureau des Longitudes.||
2850|Clausen Glacier|Glacier|761000S|1120300W|-76.1666667|-112.05|||01/01/1975|A narrow glacier draining northward from the summit of Mount Takahe in Marie Byrd Land.  The terminus of the glacier is just west of Knezevich Rock.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Henrik B. Clausen (University of Bern, Switzerland), U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciologist at Byrd Station, 1969-70.||
2851|Clausnitzer Glacier|Glacier|740200S|1644100E|-74.0333333|164.6833333|||01/01/1968|A tributary glacier flowing E from Random Hills to enter Tinker Glacier just N of Harrow Peaks, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1955-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Frazer W. Clausnitzer, ionospheric physics scientist at McMurdo Station, winter 1966.||
2853|Claydon Peak|Summit|832500S|1620300E|-83.4166667|162.05|3040|9974|01/01/1966|A peak in the Queen Elizabeth Range, 3,040 m, which presents a rocky face to the NE, standing just S of January Col.  Visited by the New Zealand Southern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) in early 1958.  Named by them for Squadron-Leader J.R. Claydon, commanding officer of the Antarctic Flight of the Royal New Zealand Air Force (RNZAF), who assisted the survey team operating in this vicinity.||
2855|Clayton Glacier|Glacier|540400S|0372600W|-54.0666667|-37.4333333||||A small glacier flowing N along Murphy Wall into Sunset Fjord, Bay of Isles, South Georgia.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Roger A.S. Clayton, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist who worked in the area, 1972-74.||
2856|Clayton Hill|Summit|651100S|0641000W|-65.1833333|-64.1666667|125|410|01/01/1953|Hill, 125 m, in the north-central part of Petermann Island in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  First charted and named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot.||
2857|Clayton Ramparts|Cliff|804400S|0272500W|-80.7333333|-27.4166667|1600|5249||A line of E-W cliffs rising to over 1,600 m at the S margin of Fuchs Dome, Shackleton Range.  Surveyed by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1957, photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and further surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Charles A. Clayton, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) surveyor, Halley Station, 1969-71, who worked in the area.||
2858|Clear Island|Island|645500S|0634400W|-64.9166667|-63.7333333|||01/01/1965|Small snow-capped island lying immediately N of Wednesday Island and forming the northeasternmost of the Wauwermans Islands, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1950.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 because the island is conspicuous from all directions except the SW and is of great value as a reference point for mariners.||
2859|Clear Lake|Lake|773230S|1660943E|-77.541714|166.16207|||01/01/1968|A small lake just WNW of Blue Lake at Cape Royds, Ross Island.  A descriptive name given by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09).  It is the deepest lake in this vicinity.||
2860|Clear Point|Summit|540800S|0364000W|-54.1333333|-36.6666667|||01/01/1965|Point forming the NE side of the entrance to Leith Harbor, Stromness Bay, on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1929 British Admiralty chart.||
2862|Cleaves Glacier|Glacier|825700S|1650000E|-82.95|165|||01/01/1966|A glacier in the Holland Range, flowing NW from Mount Reid into the E side of Robb Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys (1961-62) and Navy air photos (1960).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Harold H. Cleaves, Master of the U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) Private Joseph F. Merrell during Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1964-65.||
2863|Cleft Island|Island|692100S|0753800E|-69.35|75.6333333|6|20|01/01/1970|A small island to the N of Bolingen Islands, lying 2.5 mi SE of Lichen Island in southern Prydz Bay.  The island is split by a deep channel about 6 m wide.  The island was plotted from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and called Lorten by Norwegian cartographers.  The feature was visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party from the Nella Dan in February 1966 and renamed with reference to the deep channel.||
2864|Cleft Peak|Summit|835500S|1733400E|-83.9166667|173.5666667|1245|4085|01/01/1966|A prominent coastal peak (1,245 m) whose eastern side is cleft from summit to base by a huge fissure.  The feature rises from the W part of the Separation Range and overlooks the terminus of Hood Glacier.  Named by the New Zealand Alpine Club Antarctic Expedition (1959-60) whose four members were landed in the vicinity by aircraft of U.S. Navy Squadron VX-6.||
2865|Cleft Point|Summit|603700S|0454600W|-60.6166667|-45.7666667|||01/01/1956|Point on the E side of Norway Bight on the S coast of Coronation Island, South Orkney Islands.  The point marks the W extremity of an island which is separated from Coronation Island by a narrow channel, but it was mapped by DI in 1933 as a point on Coronation Island.  The descriptive name alludes to the narrow separation from the main island and was given by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) following their survey of 1950.||03/06/1997
2866|Clemence Massif|Range|721100S|0684300E|-72.1833333|68.7166667|1400|4593|01/01/1961|An elongated, mostly ice-free massif, 15 mi long and rising to 1,400 m, standing 30 mi SE of Shaw Massif on the E side of Lambert Glacier.  Discovered by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) personnel from Beaver aircraft piloted by Flying Officer D.M. Johnston, RAAF, in 1957.  Named by ANCA for Squadron Leader P.H. Clemence, who commanded the RAAF Antarctic Flight at Mawson Station in 1957.||
2867|Clement Hill|Summit|621300S|0585800W|-62.2166667|-58.9666667|135|443||Hill rising to 135 m, the highest elevation in southern Fildes Peninsula, 1 mi NW of Halfthree Point, King George Island, South Shetland Islands.  The UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) named the hill in 1977 after Colin C. Clement, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) base leader and diesel mechanic at Admiralty Bay, 1956-57.||
2868|Clements Island|Island|655600S|0660000W|-65.9333333|-66|||01/01/1963|An island 1 mi long lying immediately S of Rabot Island in the Biscoe Islands.  The French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, gave the name "Ile Clements Markham" for Sir Clements Markham, President of the Royal Geographical Society, 1893-1905. Charcot applied this name to an incompletely defined island NE of Renaud Island, in what is now the Pitt Islands.  The recommended application, however, is based upon the map of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, which provided a more reliable chart of the area. The first part of the name rather than the last, has been retained to distinguish this feature from Markham Island in Terra Nova Bay, Victoria Land.||03/06/1997
2871|Clem Nunatak|Summit|783100S|1604000E|-78.5166667|160.6666667|1260|4134|01/01/1965|Isolated rock nunatak, 1,260 m, standing at the W side of Skelton Glacier, 7 mi SW of Halfway Nunatak.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for Willis R. Clem, a construction mechanic at McMurdo Station in 1959.||
2872|Clemons Spur|Ridge|823100S|0511300W|-82.5166667|-51.2166667||||A bare rock spur next S of Forlidas Ridge in the Dufek Massif, Pensacola Mountains, q.v.  Named at the suggestion of party leader Arthur B. Ford, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), after Samuel D. Clemons, steward, U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VXE-6, with the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Pensacola Mountains survey, 1965-66.||
2873|Clerke Rocks|Island|550100S|0344100W|-55.0166667|-34.6833333|||01/01/1952|Group of rocks extending 5 mi in an E-W direction, lying some 35 mi ESE of South Georgia.  Discovered in 1775 by a British expedition under Cook, who named them for Charles Clerke, officer on the Resolution who first saw the rocks.||04/12/2001
2875|Cléry Peak|Summit|650300S|0635800W|-65.05|-63.9666667|640|2100|01/01/1952|Peak, 640 m, on the N side of Mount Lacroix, a conspicuous massif at the N end of Booth Island, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, who named it for his father-in-law L. Clery, an eminent French lawyer.||
2876|Cletrac Peak|Summit|642000S|0593800W|-64.3333333|-59.6333333|||01/01/1964|A conspicuous steep-sided peak at the NW corner of Larsen Inlet, immediately N of Muskeg Gap, in Graham Land.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Cletrac tractors made by the Cleveland Tractor Co., Ohio, the first to be used successfully in the Antarctic, by Admiral Byrd's second expedition (1933-35).||
2877|Cleveland Glacier|Glacier|765500S|1620100E|-76.9166667|162.0166667||||Glacier about 2 mi wide which flows ESE from Mounts Morrison and Brogger to enter Mackay Glacier just W of Mount Marston, in Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) and named by Frank Debenham, a member of the expedition, after his mother's maiden name.||
2878|Cleveland Mesa|Summit|861900S|1300000W|-86.3166667|-130|||01/01/1967|A high, ice-covered mesa, 5 mi long and 3 mi wide, situated at the SE end of Michigan Plateau.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Harlan Cleveland, Asst. Sec. of State for International Organization Affairs, 1961-65, who was Chairman of the Antarctic Policy Group in 1965.||
2879|Cleveland Rock|Island|535900S|0372200W|-53.9833333|-37.3666667|||01/01/1963|Rock lying just off Cape Buller on the W side of the entrance to the Bay of Isles, South Georgia.  Positioned by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Benjamin D. Cleveland of New Bedford, MA, captain of the brig Daisy which visited South Georgia in 1912-13.||
2880|Cliff Island|Island|660000S|0653900W|-66|-65.65|||01/01/1963|Narrow cliffed island at the S side of Mutton Cove, lying immediately S of Upper Island and 8 mi W of Prospect Point, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted and named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.||03/06/1997
2882|Clifford Glacier|Glacier|702300S|0623000W|-70.3833333|-62.5|||01/01/1953|Broad glacier, about 40 mi long, flowing in an ENE direction to the gap between Mount Tenniel and the Eland Mountains, and then E to Smith Inlet on the E coast of Palmer Land.  The upper part of this glacier was charted in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill; the seaward side by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) survey party which explored along this coast in 1940.  During 1947 it was photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted it from the ground.  Named in 1952 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Sir G. Miles Clifford, then Gov. of the Falkland Islands.||
2883|Clifford Peak|Summit|643400S|0625300W|-64.5666667|-62.8833333|1160|3806|01/01/1953|Peak, 1,160 m, at the NE end of the Osterrieth Range, Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Probably first seen by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache. The peak was named by members of His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Snipe following an Antarctic cruise in January 1948, for Sir G. Miles Clifford.||
2886|Cline Glacier|Glacier|714000S|0620000W|-71.6666667|-62|||01/01/1976|A large glacier that drains the vicinity at the E side of Mount Jackson and flows generally SE between Schirmacher Massif and Rowley Massif into the head of Odom Inlet, on the E side of Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for David R. Cline, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist on the International Weddell Sea Oceanographic Expeditions in 1968 and 1969.||
2887|Clingman Peak|Summit|735000S|1611200E|-73.8333333|161.2|2150|7054|01/01/1969|The final peak (2,150 m) along the S wall at the head of Priestley Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Otis Clingman, Jr., biologist at McMurdo Station, 1965-66.||
2888|Clinker Bluff|Cliff|783100S|1613500E|-78.5166667|161.5833333|||01/01/1962|A detached bluff within the Skelton Glacier, due W of Mount Tricouni. Surveyed in 1957 by the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) and so named because it resembles the shape of a clinker, a rectangular nail used in alpine boots, and because of its association with nearby Mount Tricouni.||
2889|Clinker Gulch|Valley|570300S|0264200W|-57.05|-26.7|||01/01/1972|A gulch extending from Lucifer Hill to the N shore of Candlemas Island, South Sandwich Islands.  The name applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 reflects the actively volcanic, sulphurous nature of the area, and the loose piles of lava debris, resembling furnace clinkers, which wall the gulch.||
2890|Clinton Spur|Ridge|823900S|0524500W|-82.65|-52.75|||01/01/1968|A rock spur on the S side of Dufek Massif, 1.5 mi SE of Neuburg Peak, in the Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Clinton R. Smith, (MC) USN, of the Ellsworth Station winter party, 1957.||03/06/1997
2891|Cape Cloos|Cape|650700S|0640000W|-65.1166667|-64|||01/01/1950|High rock cape fronting on Lemaire Channel and marking the N side of the entrance to Girard Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache, and named after M. Cloos, sometime Honorary Consul in Denmark.||
2893|Mount Cloos|Summit|650700S|0635700W|-65.1166667|-63.95|915|3002|01/01/1951|Dome-shaped mountain probably over 915 m, standing at the N side of Girard Bay and 2 mi NE of Cape Cloos, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache.  Named in association with Cape Cloos by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10.||
2894|Cape Close|Cape|655500S|0522900E|-65.9166667|52.4833333|||01/01/1947|Cape on the coast of Enderby Land, 30 mi W of Cape Batterbee.  Discovered by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31, under Mawson, who named it for Sir Charles Close, President of the Royal Geographical Society, 1927-30.||
2895|Close Islands|Island|670100S|1442700E|-67.0166667|144.45|||01/01/1963|A cluster of about three small islands lying in the western part of the entrance to Buchanan Bay.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-l4) under Douglas Mawson, who named the group for John H. Close, a member of the expedition.||
2897|Clothier Harbor|Harbor|622200S|0594000W|-62.3666667|-59.6666667|||01/01/1952|Small harbor on the NW side of Robert Island, 1.5 mi NE of the W end of the island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by American sealers in about 1820 after the sealing vessel Clothier, under Captain Alexander Clark, one of several American sealing vessels headquartered at this harbor during the 1820-21 season.  The Clothier went aground here and sank on Dec. 9, 1820.||
2899|The Cloudmaker|Summit|841700S|1692500E|-84.2833333|169.4166667|2680|8793|01/01/1952|A massive mountain, 2,680 m, standing at the W side of Beardmore Glacier, just S of Hewson Glacier. Easily identified by its high, ice-free slope facing Beardmore Glacier.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09), and so named because of a cloud which usually appeared near the summit, providing a useful landmark during their journey up the Beardmore Glacier.||
2900|Mount Clough|Summit|855400S|1582600W|-85.9|-158.4333333|2230|7316|01/01/1967|An ice-free mountain, 2,230 m, standing 2 mi E of Mount Dort, at the S side of Cappellari Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered and first mapped by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John W. Clough, geophysicist who participated in the South Pole-Queen Maud Land Traverse II, summer 1965-66.||
2901|Clowes Bay|Bay|604400S|0453800W|-60.7333333|-45.6333333|||01/01/1952|Bay 1 mi wide, entered between Confusion Point and the Oliphant Islands, along the S side of Signy Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted in 1933 by DI personnel on the Discovery II, who named it for Archibald J. Clowes, English oceanographer on the staff of the Discovery Committee, 1924-46.||
2902|Clowes Glacier|Glacier|725600S|0604100W|-72.9333333|-60.6833333|||01/01/1953|Glacier 2 mi wide, which flows E to enter Mason Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered and photographed from the air in December 1940 by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  During 1947 it was photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted it from the ground.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Archibald J. Clowes.||
2903|Cloyd Island|Island|662500S|1103300E|-66.4166667|110.55|||01/01/1956|Rocky island, 0.6 mi long, between Ford and Herring Islands in the S part of the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for J.R. Cloyd, Army Transport Service observer with U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml which established astronomical control stations in the area in January 1948.||
2904|Club Lake|Lake|683300S|0781400E|-68.55|78.2333333|||01/01/1965|A salt-water lake in the central part of Breidnes Peninsula in the Vestfold Hills.  The lake is 1.5 mi long and its irregular shape resembles a club which is elongated NE-SW.  Mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Remapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1957-58) who gave the name.||03/06/1997
2905|Coal Harbor|Harbor|540200S|0375700W|-54.0333333|-37.95|||01/01/1953|Small bay 0.5 mi E of Undine Harbor along the S coast and near the W end of South Georgia.  The name Coaling Harbor, given in about 1912, suggests a possible early use of the bay by sealers and whalers.  The name was shortened to Coal Harbor by DI personnel who charted the area during the period 1926-30.||
2907|Coal Island|Island|540200S|0375700W|-54.0333333|-37.95|||01/01/1964|Small tussock-covered island with off-lying rocks marking the W side of the entrance to Coal Harbor, near the W end of South Georgia.  Charted by DI personnel on the Discovery during the period 1926-30, and by His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Owen in 1960-61.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1963 in association with Coal Harbor.||
2908|Coal Nunatak|Summit|720700S|0683200W|-72.1166667|-68.5333333|||01/01/1956|Flat-topped rock mass with steep cliffs facing S, standing 2 mi SW of Corner Cliffs on the SE coast of Alexander Island.  First seen from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth on Nov. 23, 1935, and mapped from photos obtained on that flight by W.L.G. Joerg.  Observed from the NW (the direction from which Ellsworth photographed this nunatak), only the summit protrudes above the coastal ice, and it was uncertain whether this was a peak on Alexander Island or an island in George VI Sound.  Its true nature was determined by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) who visited and surveyed this nunatak in 1949.  So named by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) because thin lenses of coal occur there.||03/06/1997
2909|Coal Rock|Summit|832900S|0503800W|-83.4833333|-50.6333333|||01/01/1968|A prominent nunatak lying 4 mi SE of Fierle Peak at the S end of Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Dwight L. Schmidt, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geologist to these mountains, for the Permian coal that is well exposed on the nunatak.||
2910|Coalsack Bluff|Cliff|841400S|1622500E|-84.2333333|162.4166667|||01/01/1966|A small rock bluff standing at the northern limits of Walcott Neve, 6 mi WSW of Bauhs Nunatak.  So named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) because of the coal seams found running through the bluff.||
2911|Coalseam Cliffs|Cliff|791000S|0285000W|-79.1666667|-28.8333333|||01/01/1962|Rock cliffs forming the NW part of Mount Faraway in the Theron Mountains. First mapped in 1956-57 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE).  So named because a coal seam was found when members of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) made an aircraft landing there in 1957.||
2912|Coast Lake|Lake|773234S|1660902E|-77.542774|166.150426|||01/01/1968|A small lake at Cape Royds, Ross Island, lying close to the coast, about 0.75 mi N of Flagstaff Point.  Named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) because of its position.||
2913|Mount Coates|Summit|675200S|0623100E|-67.8666667|62.5166667|1280|4199|01/01/1947|Peak, 1,280 m, just S of Mount Lawrence in the David Range of the Framnes Mountains.  Discovered and named in February 1931 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson.||
2914|Mount Coates|Summit|774800S|1620500E|-77.8|162.0833333|2060|6758|01/01/1964|Peak, 2060 m, just E of Borns Glacier in the Kukri Hills of Victoria Land. Named by the Western Journey Party, led by Taylor, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
2915|Coates Rocks|Summit|723200S|1642000E|-72.5333333|164.3333333|||01/01/1969|A small group of rocks in the NW part of Evans Neve, at the S side of Freyberg Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Donald A. Coates, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist at Hallett Station, summer 1964-65, and McMurdo Station, 1966-67.||04/06/2001
2916|Coats Land|Area|770000S|0273000W|-77|-27.5|||01/01/1952|That part of Antarctica which lies westward of Queen Maud Land and forms the eastern shore of Weddell Sea, extending in a general northeast-southwest direction between 2000W and 3600W.  The northeast part was discovered from the Scotia by William S. Bruce, leader of the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition, 1902-04. He gave the name Coats Land for James Coats, Jr., and Major Andrew Coats, the two chief supporters of the expedition.  In December 1914 and January 1915, Ernest Shackleton in the Endurance continued the exploration southward, joining Bruce's discovery to land which Wilhelm Filchner had discovered from the Deutschland in 1912.||
2917|Cobalescou Island|Island|641100S|0613900W|-64.1833333|-61.65|||01/01/1963|Small snow-free island with two rounded summits, lying 1 mile SE of Two Hummock Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered and named by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  The established name appears to be a corrupted spelling.  The toponym was suggested to Gerlache by Emile Racovitza, Romanian zoologist and botanist of the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), for Romanian scholar Grigore Cobalcescu, a geologist of European repute.||12/23/2002
2918|Cobblers Cove|Bay|541600S|0361800W|-54.2666667|-36.3|||01/01/1956|Small cove which provides an anchorage 0.5 mi W of the entrance to Godthul, along the N coast of South Georgia.  It was charted and named Pleasant Cove by DI personnel in 1929, but that name is not known locally.  The South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, reported that this feature is known to whalers and sealers as "Skomaker Hullet" (cobbler's cove), because it was first entered in thick fog by a Norwegian gunner who had once been a cobbler.  An English form of this name has been approved.||
2919|Cobham Range|Range|821800S|1590000E|-82.3|159|||01/01/1966|Range trending in a NW-SE direction for about 20 mi, standing W of Prince Philip Glacier in the S part of the Churchill Mountains.  Mapped by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1961-62.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) for a former Governor-General of New Zealand, Lord Cobham.||
2920|Coblentz Peak|Summit|660700S|0650800W|-66.1166667|-65.1333333|||01/01/1971|Peak rising at the N side of the head of Holtedahl Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for William W. Coblentz of the U.S. National Bureau of Standards, whose work on the transmissive properties of tinted glass has contributed to the design of satisfactory snow goggles.||
2922|Cochran Peak|Summit|793900S|0843900W|-79.65|-84.65|||01/01/1966|A sharp peak rising in the S part of Gifford Peaks, in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Henry B. Cochran, IGY weather central meteorologist at Little America V in 1958.||
2924|Cape Cockburn|Cape|640100S|0621800W|-64.0166667|-62.3|||01/01/1952|Cape marking the NE extremity of Pasteur Peninsula on Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  The name appears on a chart based upon a British expedition under Foster, 1828-31, who perhaps gave the name for George Cockburn, British naval officer and Admiral of the Fleet in 1851.  The cape was charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05.||
2925|Cockburn Island|Island|641200S|0565100W|-64.2|-56.85|450|1476|01/01/1952|Circular island 1 mi in diameter, consisting of a high plateau with steep slopes surmounted on the NW side by a pyramidal peak 450 m high, lying in the NE entrance to Admiralty Sound, S of the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered by a British expedition under Ross, 1839-43, who named it for Admiral George Cockburn, Royal Navy (RN), then Senior Naval Lord of the Admiralty.||
2926|Cockerell Peninsula|Cape|632400S|0580800W|-63.4|-58.1333333||||An ice-covered, bulb-shaped peninsula between Lafond Bay and Huon Bay on the N coast of Trinity Peninsula.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition, 1837-40, under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville.  Named in 1977 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Sir Christopher (Sydney) Cockerell, British pioneer of the hovercraft.||
2927|Mount Cocks|Summit|783100S|1623000E|-78.5166667|162.5|2440|8005|08/01/1949|Mountain, 2,440 m, in the S part of the Royal Society Range, standing at the head of Koettlitz Glacier and forming a part of the divide between the Koettlitz and the lower Skelton Glacier.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) which named it for E.L. Somers Cocks, then Treasurer of the Royal Geographical Society.||01/20/2010
2928|Cockscomb Buttress|Cliff|603700S|0454200W|-60.6166667|-45.7|465|1526|01/01/1956|Prominent, isolated rock buttress rising to 465 m, standing 1 mi NW of Echo Mountain and overlooking the E side of Norway Bight on the S coast of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  The name, which is descriptive, was given by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) following their survey of 1950.||
2929|Cockscomb Hill|Summit|620500S|0583000W|-62.0833333|-58.5|140|459|01/01/1956|Conspicuous hill shaped like a cockscomb, 140 m high, which rises through the glacier at the head of Mackellar Inlet in Admiralty Bay, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  First surveyed by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot.  Named by Lieutenant Commander F.W. Hunt, Royal Navy (RN), following his survey in 1951-52.||
2930|Cocks Glacier|Glacier|784100S|1620000E|-78.6833333|162|||01/01/1962|The glacier draining the SW face of Mount Cocks and a considerable area S of the mountain, and entering the Skelton Glacier opposite the Delta Glacier. Surveyed in 1957 by the New Zealand reconnaissance party to the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58), and named after Mount Cocks.||
2931|Mount Codrington|Summit|661800S|0525200E|-66.3|52.8666667|1520|4987|01/01/1947|Prominent mountain, 1,520 m, standing 24 mi SSE of Cape Close and 17 mi E of Johnston Peak.  Charted in 1930 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson as being the prominent peak sighted and so named by John Biscoe in March 1831.||
2932|Coffer Island|Island|604500S|0450800W|-60.75|-45.1333333|||01/01/1955|Small island lying in the entrance to the bay on the E side of Matthews Island in the Robertson Islands group of the South Orkney Islands.  The names "Koffer" and "Kotter" are used for this feature on two manuscript charts based on surveys by Captain Petter Sorlle during 1912-15.  The recommended spelling, the anglicized form of the first of the two names, was used by DI personnel on the Discovery II who charted these islands in 1933.||
2933|Coffin Rock|Island|564100S|0271100W|-56.6833333|-27.1833333|||01/01/1952|Rock which lies 1 mi ESE of Finger Point and 0.25 mi off the N side of Visokoi Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  Charted and named in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II.||
2934|Coffin Top|Summit|543000S|0360600W|-54.5|-36.1|745|2444|01/01/1972|A mountain with a flattened summit (745 m) located 1.4 mi ENE of Mount Fagan and 1.6 mi NW of Moltke Harbor, South Georgia.  The feature was named "Sarg-Berg" (coffin mountain) by the German group of the International Polar Year Expedition, 1882-83.  An English form of the name, Coffin Top, was recommended by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954.||03/06/1997
2936|Mount Cohen|Summit|851600S|1642700W|-85.2666667|-164.45|1765|5791||A peak, 1,765 m, standing 6 mi SW of Mount Betty in the Herbert Range, Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered by R. Admiral Byrd on several Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) plane flights to the Queen Maud Mountains in November 1929, and named by him for Emanuel Cohen of Paramount Pictures, who assisted in assembling the motion-picture records of the expedition.||
2937|Cohen Glacier|Glacier|851200S|1641500W|-85.2|-164.25||||A small glacier draining northward from Mount Cohen of the Herbert Range to enter Strom Glacier near the head of Ross Ice Shelf.  Named by the Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, in association with Mount Cohen.||
2938|Cohen Islands|Island|631800S|0575200W|-63.3|-57.8666667|||01/01/1964|A cluster of small islands between Ponce Island and Pebbly Mudstone Island in the SE part of Duroch Islands.  The group lies 0.5 mi WSW of Halpern Point.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Theodore J. Cohen, field assistant with the University of Wisconsin (U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP)) party during geological mapping of this area, 1961-62.||
2939|Cohen Nunatak|Summit|852400S|1361200W|-85.4|-136.2|||01/01/1967|A nunatak lying 1 mi W of the lower part of Reedy Glacier and 7 mi E of Berry Peaks.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (jg) Harvey A. Cohen, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), public affairs officer on the staff of the Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, in Operation Deep Freeze 1966 and 1967.||
2940|Coker Ice Rise|Glacier|690400S|0670800W|-69.0666667|-67.1333333||||A small ice rise in Wordie Ice Shelf, 6 mi WNW of Triune Peaks, Fallieres Coast.  Photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1958. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Walter B. Coker, U.S. Navy (USN), radioman, Palmer Station winter party, 1969.||
2942|Cape Colbeck|Cape|770700S|1580100W|-77.1166667|-158.0166667|||01/01/1947|Prominent ice-covered cape which forms the NW extremity of Edward VII Peninsula and Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered in January 1902 by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) and named for Lieutenant William Colbeck, Royal Navy Reserve (RNR),) who commanded Scott's relief ship, the Morning.||01/04/2021
2943|Colbeck Archipelago|Island|672600S|0605800E|-67.4333333|60.9666667|||01/01/1947|Numerous small rocky islands centered 1 mi NW of Byrd Head, just E of Taylor Glacier.  Discovered in January 1930 and charted in February 1931 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson.  Named by Mawson for W.R. Colbeck, second officer of the expedition ship, Discovery.  Norwegian whalers who explored this same area in January 1931 named the group 4 mi to the N the Thorfinn Islands.  The name Colbeck has sometimes appeared on charts for this latter group.||03/06/1997
2944|Colbeck Bay|Bay|713800S|1700500E|-71.6333333|170.0833333||||A cove between Duke of York Island and Cape Klovstad in the S part of Robertson Bay, Victoria Land.  First charted by British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1898-1900, under C.E. Borchgrevink, who named it for Lieutenant William Colbeck, Royal Navy Reserve (RNR),) magnetic observer of the expedition.||
2945|Mount Colbert|Summit|861200S|1531300W|-86.2|-153.2166667|2580|8464||A mountain rising to 2,580 m, 1.5 mi E of Mount Borcik and 1 mi SSW of Mount Stump in SE Hays Mountains, Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Mount Stump (q.v.) after Philip V. Colbert, geologist, Arizona State University, logistic coordinator and field associate with Edmund Stump on six U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) expeditions to the Transantarctic Mountains, 1970-71 through 1981-82, including the area of this mountain.||
2946|Colbert Hills|Range|841200S|1623500E|-84.2|162.5833333|||01/01/1972|A line of hills and bluffs, including Coalsack Bluff, lying E of Lewis Cliffs, between Law Glacier and Walcott Neve.  The hills trend SW for 16 mi from Mount Sirius.  Named for Edwin H. Colbert, curator of vertebrate paleontology at the American Museum of Natural History, leader of the paleontology team with the Ohio State University Geological Expedition, 1969-70, which discovered Lystrosaurus fossils in these hills.  The discovery is one of the truly significant fossil finds, with great implications on calculations concerning Gondwanaland.||03/06/1997
2947|Colbert Mountains|Summit|703500S|0703500W|-70.5833333|-70.5833333|1500|4921||Isolated mountain mass with several rounded snow-covered summits, the highest 1,500 m, overlooking Handel Ice Piedmont between Haydn and Schubert Inlets in the W central part of Alexander Island.  First seen and photographed from a distance by Lincoln Ellsworth on his trans-Antarctic flight of Nov. 23, 1935, and partially mapped from these photos by W.L.G. Joerg.  Resighted and photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, and by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) 1947-48, under Ronne, who named it for R. Admiral Leo O. Colbert, head of the U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, which furnished equipment for the expedition.  Remapped in detail from Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) air photos by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.||
2949|Mount Colburn|Summit|742500S|1323300W|-74.4166667|-132.55|520|1706|01/01/1962|A mountain, 520 m, rising above the east-central part of Shepard Island, off the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped from the USS Glacier on Feb. 4, 1962. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) Richard E. Colburn, U.S. Navy (USN), Communications Officer on the Glacier.||
2950|Coldblow Col|Gap|603700S|0454100W|-60.6166667|-45.6833333|300|984|01/01/1956|Snow-covered col at 300 m elevation, between Echo Mountain and Cragsman Peaks on Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Surveyed in 1950 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS). The name derives from the fact that a Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) party had their tent blown down in a gale when camped on this col in September 1948.||
2951|Mount Cole|Summit|844000S|1770800W|-84.6666667|-177.1333333|1400|4593|01/01/1962|A mountain over 1,400 m on the W side of Shackleton Glacier, between the mouths of Forman and Gerasimou Glaciers, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered and photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Nelson R. Cole, Aviation Machinist's Mate with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6, who lost his life in a helicopter crash in the McMurdo Sound area in July 1957.||
2952|Cole Channel|Channel|672200S|0675000W|-67.3666667|-67.8333333||||A marine channel running N-S between Wright Peninsula, Adelaide Island, and Wyatt Island, Laubeuf Fjord, off Loubet Coast.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1984 after Captain Maurice John Cole, Senior Master of the British Antarctic Survey (BAS) ship Bransfield from 1975; previous Antarctic service as officer on John Biscoe and Shackleton, several seasons, 1960-72.||
2953|Cole Glacier|Glacier|684200S|0660600W|-68.7|-66.1|||01/01/1962|A glacier on the E side of Godfrey Upland, 11 mi long, flowing NNE into the Traffic Circle, in southern Graham Land.  First seen by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940, but not named.  Roughly surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1958.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Humphrey Cole (c. 1530-91), the most famous English instrument maker of Elizabethan times, who pioneered the design of portable navigation instruments and equipped Martin Frobisher's expeditions.||03/06/1997
2954|Mount Coleman|Summit|773248S|1632135E|-77.546703|163.359703|1110|3642|01/01/1952|Rounded mountain, 1,110 m, standing immediately E of Commonwealth Glacier at the head of New Harbor in Victoria Land.  Mapped by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, 1910-13. Named by C.S. Wright, a member of the expedition, for Professor Coleman, geologist, of Toronto University, Canada.||
2955|Coleman Bluffs|Cliff|722800S|1603700E|-72.4666667|160.6166667|||01/01/1970|A loose chain of rock and ice bluffs that trend generally N-S for 5 mi, situated near the center of the Outback Nunataks, about 10 mi NW of Mount Weihaupt. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Harold L. Coleman, meteorologist at South Pole Station, 1968.||
2956|Coleman Glacier|Glacier|754700S|1323300W|-75.7833333|-132.55|||01/01/1974|A steep, heavily-crevassed glacier draining westward from Mount Andrus in the S part of Ames Range, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Master Sergeant Clarence N. Coleman, USA, member of the Army-Navy Trail Party that traversed eastward to establish Byrd Station in 1956.||
2957|Coleman Nunatak|Summit|751900S|1333900W|-75.3166667|-133.65|||01/01/1966|A nunatak located near the head of Berry Glacier, 2 mi S of Patton Bluff in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Richard I. Coleman, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at Byrd Station, 1962.||
2958|Cole Peak|Summit|854500S|1363800W|-85.75|-136.6333333|2140|7021|01/01/1967|Peak, 2,140 m, located 6 mi NE of Mount Doumani at the N side of Watson Escarpment.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Jerry D. Cole, airman with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 at McMurdo Sound, 1957 and 1960.||
2959|Cole Peninsula|Cape|665000S|0640000W|-66.8333333|-64|||01/01/1953|Peninsula, 15 mi long in an E-W direction and 8 mi wide, lying between Cabinet and Mill Inlets on the E coast of Graham Land.  It is ice covered except for several rocky spurs which radiate from Mount Hayes.  First sighted and photographed from the air in 1940 by members of East Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  During 1947 it was charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne. Named by Ronne for Rep. W. Sterling Cole of New York, member of the House Naval Affairs Committee, which assisted in obtaining Congressional support resulting in procurement of a ship for use by the Ronne expedition.||
2960|Cole Point|Summit|743900S|1273000W|-74.65|-127.5|||01/01/1974|Point at the S end of Dean Island, which lies within the Getz Ice Shelf just off the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lawrence M. Cole, BU2, U.S. Navy (USN), Builder at Byrd Station, 1969.||
2961|Mount Coley|Summit|811500S|1581300E|-81.25|158.2166667|2570|8432|01/01/1965|A mountain, 2,570 m, standing 3 mi S of Mount Frost, in the Churchill Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Vernon J. Coley, commanding officer of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 in Antarctica, 1957-58.||
2962|Coley Glacier|Glacier|640900S|0571400W|-64.15|-57.2333333|||01/01/1963|A glacier, 5 mi long, on the E side of James Ross Island.  It flows into Erebus and Terror Gulf just N of Cape Gage.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1945 and 1953. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for John A. Coley of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), meteorological assistant at Hope Bay in 1952 and 1953.||01/05/2021
2964|Mount Collard|Summit|723800S|0310700E|-72.6333333|31.1166667|2350|7710|01/01/1965|Mountain rising to 2,350 m, standing 3.5 mi S of Mount Perov at the southern extremity of the Belgica Mountains.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1957-58, under G. de Gerlache and named by him for Leo Collard, Belgian Minister of Public Instruction.||
2965|Colleen Lake|Lake|780122S|1635206E|-78.0227778|163.8683333|||01/01/1960|The lake is a small meltwater lake between the lower parts of Joyce Glacier and Garwood Glacier in Victoria Land.  It was first seen on the ground by U.S. geologist Troy L. Pewe on Jan. 14, 1958.  He gave it the name Colleen because the feature is similar to many of the clear, reflecting lakes in Ireland.  The lake is approximately 1 km by 0.5 km, located 2 mi E of Pewe Peak, Victoria Land.  Originally, the name Foam Lake was suggested by the New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1994 for the brown foam which gathers at the W end of the lake.  The 1995 Board on Geographic Names (BGN) decision for Foam Lake was made in error, and the feature is recognized officially as Colleen Lake.||11/19/2011
2966|Collerson Lake|Lake|683500S|0781100E|-68.5833333|78.1833333|||01/01/1973|A small, kidney-shaped lake 1.5 mi SW of Club Lake in the Vestfold Hills.  A camp was established on the shores of this lake during geological investigations by K. Collerson, geologist at Davis Station in Jan. 1970, for whom it was named by ANCA.||
2967|Cape Collier|Cape|701000S|0615400W|-70.1666667|-61.9|||01/01/1947|Broad ice-covered cape on the E coast of Palmer Land, about midway between the S end of Hearst Island and Cape Boggs.  Discovered in 1940 by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) who explored this coast by land and from the air from East Base.  Named for Zadick Collier, machinist at the East Base.||
2968|Collier Hills|Range|794200S|0832400W|-79.7|-83.4|||01/01/1964|A group of mainly ice free hills located between the mouths of Schanz and Driscoll Glaciers where the two join Union Glacier, in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Named by the University of Minnesota Ellsworth Mountains Party, 1962-63, for Robert M. Collier, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) topographic engineer with the party.||
2969|Mount Collins|Summit|713000S|0664100E|-71.5|66.6833333|||01/01/1961|A flattish, dark-colored rock exposure standing 13 mi W of Fisher Massif in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Discovered in November 1956 by Flying Officer John Seaton, RAAF.  Named by ANCA for P.J. Collins, senior diesel mechanic at Mawson Station in 1957.||
2970|Collins Bay|Bay|652100S|0640400W|-65.35|-64.0666667|||01/01/1971|Bay lying between Deliverance Point and Cape Perez on the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for R. Admiral Kenneth St.B. Collins, Royal Navy (RN), Hydrographer of the Navy for a number of years beginning in 1955.||
2971|Collins Glacier|Glacier|734100S|0655500E|-73.6833333|65.9166667|||01/01/1967|A glacier about 11 mi wide at its confluence with the Mellor Glacier, which it feeds from the SW, located N of Mount Newton in the Prince Charles Mountains. Mapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) from air photos taken in 1956 and 1960.  Named by ANCA for N.J. Collins, senior diesel mechanic at Mawson Station, 1960.||
2972|Collins Harbor|Harbor|621100S|0585100W|-62.1833333|-58.85|||01/01/1953|Bay indenting the S coast of King George Island immediately E of Fildes Peninsula, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name appears on a chart by Scottish geologist David Ferguson, who roughly charted the bay in 1913-14, but may reflect an earlier naming.||
2973|Collinson Ridge|Ridge|851300S|1752100W|-85.2166667|-175.35|||01/01/1971|A bare rock spur next N of Halfmoon Bluff in the NW part of Cumulus Hills, Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Prof. James W. Collinson, Ohio State University, a member of the Institute of Polar Studies geological expedition who worked at this spur in 1970-71.||
2974|Collins Peak|Summit|725800S|1674900E|-72.9666667|167.8166667|1810|5938|01/01/1970|A small but noteworthy peak (1,810 m) at the E side of Malta Plateau, on the end of the ridge overlooking the confluence of the Hand and Line Glaciers, in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Eric J. Collins, biologist at Hallett Station, 1965-66.||
2975|Collins Point|Summit|630000S|0603500W|-63|-60.5833333|||01/01/1953|Small but prominent point 0.75 mi WSW of Fildes Point, on the S side of Port Foster, Deception Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted by a British expedition under Foster, 1828-31.  Named by Lieutenant Commander D.N. Penfold, Royal Navy (RN), following his survey of the island in 1948-49, for Captain K. St.B. Collins, Royal Navy (RN), Superintendent of Charts in the Hydrographic Department, Admiralty.||
2976|Collins Ridge|Ridge|853500S|1604800W|-85.5833333|-160.8|||01/01/1967|A rugged, ice-covered ridge which extends N from Mount Behling to the Bowman Glacier, where it trends NE between the confluence of the Bowman and Amundsen Glaciers.  Mapped from ground surveys and air photos by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Henry C. Collins, Asst. Chief, Branch of Special Maps, U.S. Geological Survey.||
2977|Collins Rock|Island|661700S|1103300E|-66.2833333|110.55|||01/01/1958|Low rock at the S side of the entrance to McGrady Cove, Newcomb Bay, on Budd Coast.  First mapped from U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp aerial photographs taken in February 1947.  Surveyed in February 1957 by a party from the USS Glacier.  The name was suggested by Lieutenant Robert C. Newcomb, USN, navigator of the Glacier, for Engineman 3d Class Frederick A. Collins, USN, a member of the survey party.||04/12/2001
2978|Mount Colombo|Summit|763100S|1444400W|-76.5166667|-144.7333333|||01/01/1947|Mountainous projection in the NE part of the main massif of the Fosdick Mountains, standing 3 mi N of Mount Richardson in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land. Discovered by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) on the Eastern Flight of Dec. 5, 1929.  Named for Louis P. Colombo, a member of the biological party of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) which visited this area in December 1940.||
2979|Colorado Glacier|Glacier|855300S|1330500W|-85.8833333|-133.0833333|||01/01/1967|A tributary glacier, 10 mi long, draining NE from Michigan Plateau to enter Reedy Glacier between the Quartz Hills and Eblen Hills.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the University of Colorado, Boulder, CO, which has sent a number of research personnel to Antarctica.||03/06/1997
2980|Colosseum Cliff|Cliff|773601S|1612518E|-77.600154|161.421756|||01/01/1976|An impressive banded cliff located between Sykes Glacier and the doleritic rock of Plane Table in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  The descriptive name was applied by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC).||
2981|Colosseum Ridge|Ridge|794700S|1562000E|-79.7833333|156.3333333|||01/01/1965|A ridge between Haskell Ridge and Richardson Hill in the Darwin Mountains. The ridge contains pyramidal peaks and five large cirques, the appearance of the latter bearing a resemblance to the Colosseum in Rome.  Mapped and named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1962-63).||
2982|Coloured Peak|Summit|853000S|1562000W|-85.5|-156.3333333|660|2165|01/01/1970|A peak (660 m) near the head of Ross Ice Shelf in the coastal foothills of the Queen Maud Mountains, about 2 mi SE of O'Brien Peak.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  The peak was examined by members of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1969-70, and so named because of the colorful yellow, pink and brown banded strata that mark the feature.||
2983|Columbia Mountains|Summit|701400S|0635100W|-70.2333333|-63.85|||01/01/1976|A striking group of largely bare rock peaks, ridges and nunataks located near the E margin of the Dyer Plateau, 20 mi SE of the Eternity Range, in Palmer Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Columbia University, New York City, which for several seasons in the 1960s and 1970s has sent geologists to study the structure of the Scotia Ridge.||
2984|Columnar Valley|Valley|775857S|1615806E|-77.982432|161.968445|||01/01/1993|A valley trending NW between The Handle and Table Mountain in the NW part of Royal Society Range, Victoria Land.  Descriptively named by Alan Sherwood, NZGS field party leader in the area, 1987-88, after the columnar-jointed dolerite that forms the valley walls.||
2985|Column Rock|Summit|631100S|0571900W|-63.1833333|-57.3166667|||01/01/1964|A conspicuous rock pinnacle 1 mi N of Gourdin Island, Trinity Peninsula.  The descriptive name was applied by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC).||04/11/2001
2986|Colvocoresses Bay|Bay|662100S|1143800E|-66.35|114.6333333|||01/01/1955|A bay formed by the right angle of the Budd Coast at Williamson Glacier.  The bay is over 30 mi wide at the entrance and is occupied by glacier tongues and icebergs from Williamson and Whittle Glaciers.  Delineated by G.D. Blodgett (1955) from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for George W. Colvocoresses, Midshipman on the sloop Vincennes during the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Charles Wilkes.  Colvocoresses, later promoted to Captain, USN, published (1852-55) his own account of the voyage in Four Years in the Government Exploring Expedition Commanded by Captain Wilkes.||
2987|Colwell Massif|Range|780146S|1613321E|-78.029492|161.555704|2635|8645|01/01/1995|A rugged rock massif, about 4 mi long, rising to 2,635 m between Palais Glacier, Ferrar Glacier, and Rotunda Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1994 after Rita R. Colwell, marine microbiologist who has conducted field research in Antarctica; member of National Science Board (1983-90) who chaired Presidential committee on NSF roles in the polar regions; from 1991, President, Maryland Biotechnology Institute, University of Maryland.||
2988|Mount Coman|Summit|734900S|0641800W|-73.8166667|-64.3||||Prominent isolated mountain which rises above the ice-covered plateau of Palmer Land, located just westward of the Playfair Mountains.  Discovered by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, under Ronne, who named this mountain for Dr. F. Dana Coman, physician with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) of 1928-30.||
2991|Comb Ridge|Ridge|635500S|0572800W|-63.9166667|-57.4666667|105|344|01/01/1952|Ridge which rises to 105 m and forms the E and major part of the hill at the extremity of The Naze, a peninsula of northern James Ross Island, lying S of the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  Probably first sighted in 1902 by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold.  It was charted and given this descriptive name by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1946.||
2992|Mount Combs|Summit|732900S|0790900W|-73.4833333|-79.15||||An isolated mountain rising above the ice surface at the base of Rydberg Peninsula, Ellsworth Land.  Discovered by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (1947-48) under Finn Ronne, who named it for Representative J.M. Combs of Beaumont, Texas, who did much to gain support for the expedition.||
2995|Comer Crag|Cliff|540100S|0373800W|-54.0166667|-37.6333333|635|2083|01/01/1963|Crag, 635 m, standing 1 mi N of the head of Ice Fjord in the W part of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Captain George Comer of East Haddam, CT, who made his first sealing visit to South Georgia in the topsail schooner Era in 1885.||
2996|Commandant Charcot Glacier|Glacier|662500S|1363500E|-66.4166667|136.5833333|||01/01/1955|Prominent glacier about 3 mi wide and 12 mi long, flowing NNW from the continental ice to its terminus at the head of Victor Bay.  Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  The French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Marret sledged W along the coast to Victor Bay, close E of this glacier, in December 1952.  Named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) for the polar ship Commandant Charcot which transported French expeditions to this area, 1948-1952.||
2997|Commandant Charcot Glacier Tongue|Glacier|662200S|1363500E|-66.3666667|136.5833333|||01/01/1962|Broad glacier tongue about 2 mi long extending seaward from Commandant Charcot Glacier.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1950-52, and named by them for the French polar ship Commandant Charcot.||
2999|Committee Bay|Bay|540100S|0371900W|-54.0166667|-37.3166667|||01/01/1956|Small, bay-like body of water near the center of the Bay of Isles, South Georgia, whose limits are formed by the semi-circular arrangement of Crescent Island, Invisible Island, Hogs Mouth Rocks and Albatross Island.  Its entrance, between Crescent Island and Albatross Island, faces northwest.  The arrangement of the islands was first mapped in 1912-13 by Robert Cushman Murphy, American naturalist aboard the brig Daisy.  The bay was surveyed by Discovery Investigations personnel in 1929-30, and presumably named by them for the Discovery Committee, sponsors of Discovery Investigations.||
3000|Commonwealth Bay|Bay|665400S|1424000E|-66.9|142.6666667|||01/01/1947|An open bay about 30 mi wide at the entrance between Point Alden and Cape Gray.  Discovered in 1912 by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Douglas Mawson, who established the main base of the expedition at Cape Denison at the head of the bay.  Named by Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) after the Commonwealth of Australia.||
3002|Commonwealth Glacier|Glacier|773332S|1631518E|-77.558881|163.255042|||01/01/1952|Glacier which flows in a SE direction and enters the N side of Taylor Valley immediately W of Mount Coleman, in Victoria Land.  Charted and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, 1910-13.  Named for the Commonwealth of Australia, which made a financial grant to the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) and contributed two members to the Western Geological Party which explored this area.||
3003|Commonwealth Range|Range|841500S|1722000E|-84.25|172.3333333|||01/01/1947|A N-S trending range of rugged mountains, 60 mi long, bordering the E side of Beardmore Glacier from the Ross Ice Shelf to Keltie Glacier.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named by them for the Commonwealth of Australia, which gave much assistance to the expedition.||
3004|Commonwealth Stream|Stream|773351S|1632613E|-77.564268|163.436967|||01/01/1962|A meltwater stream in Taylor Valley which flows E from Commonwealth Glacier into New Harbor of McMurdo Sound.  Studied on the ground during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1957-58, by Troy L. Pewe, who suggested the name in association with Commonwealth Glacier.||03/06/1997
3008|Compass Island|Island|683800S|0674800W|-68.6333333|-67.8|15|49|01/01/1963|Small rocky island 15 m high, lying in Marguerite Bay 7 mi NW of Terra Firma Islands.  First seen and photographed from the air on Feb. 1, 1937 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE). First visited by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1948, and surveyed by them in 1949.  So named by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) because of difficulties experienced here with compass bearings, eventually proved to be due to substitution of iron for copper wire in an anorak hood.||
3009|Compton Glacier|Glacier|530300S|0733700E|-53.05|73.6166667|||01/01/1957|A glacier, 3 mi long, flowing NE from the lower slopes of Big Ben to the NE side of Heard Island between Gilchrist and Fairchild Beaches.  The lower reaches of this glacier were charted and named "Morgan's Iceberg" on an 1860 sketch map compiled by Captain H.C. Chester, American sealer operating in the area during this period.  The feature was surveyed in 1948 by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), who applied the name Compton Glacier for G.S. Compton, assistant surveyor with the expedition.||
3010|Compton Valley|Valley|850100S|0912000W|-85.0166667|-91.3333333|||01/01/1962|An ice-filled valley indenting the N side of Ford Massif between Reed Ridge and Walker Spur, in the Thiel Mountains.  Surveyed by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Thiel Mountains party, 1960-61.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) Romuald P. Compton, U.S. Navy (USN), who lost his life in the crash of a P2V Neptune aircraft soon after take-off from Wilkes Station, Nov. 9, 1961.||
3011|Comrie Glacier|Glacier|654800S|0642000W|-65.8|-64.3333333|||01/01/1955|Glacier 13 mi long, flowing W to enter the head of Bigo Bay on the W coast of Graham Land.  First sighted and roughly surveyed by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) in 1909.  Resurveyed in 1935-36 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), and later named for Leslie J. Comrie, founder and first Dir. of the Scientific Computing Service Ltd., London, who, as Supt. of the Nautical Almanac Office in 1934, greatly assisted the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, by providing advance copies of the Nautical Almanac up to 1937.||
3012|Conard Peak|Summit|722200S|1672600E|-72.3666667|167.4333333|2230|7316|01/01/1970|A peak (2,230 m) along the N side of Hearfield Glacier, about 5 mi N of Aldridge Peak, in the Cartographers Range, Victory Mountains, in Victoria Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ralph W. Conard, a member of the aircraft ground handling crew with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 at Williams Field, Ross Island, during Operation Deep Freeze 1968.||
3014|Conception Point|Summit|603100S|0454100W|-60.5166667|-45.6833333|||01/01/1947|Northernmost point on Coronation Island in the South Orkney Islands. Discovered on Dec. 8, 1821, in the course of the joint cruise by Captain George Powell, British sealer, and Captain Nathaniel Palmer, American sealer.  Named by Captain Powell.||
3015|Conchie Glacier|Glacier|713600S|0671500W|-71.6|-67.25|||01/01/1976|Glacier on the W coast of Palmer Land which flows SW into George VI Sound between the Batterbee Mountains and Steeple Peaks.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Flight-Lieutenant Bertie J. Conchie, RAF, pilot with the British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1969-75.||
3016|Concord Mountains|Summit|713500S|1651000E|-71.5833333|165.1666667|||01/01/1965|A group name applied to a complex system of ranges in northwest Victoria Land comprising Everett Range, Mirabito Range, King Range, Leitch Massif, East Quartzite Range and West Quartzite Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1960-63.  Named by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) which explored this area, 1963-64, for the international harmony existing in Antarctica and in particular for the fact that five nations participated in exploration of this region.||03/06/1997
3019|Condit Glacier|Glacier|775249S|1624658E|-77.880368|162.782725|||01/01/1964|Glacier at the E side of Cathedral Rocks, flowing N into the Ferrar Glacier of Victoria Land.  Charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, 1910-13.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for Lieutenant (j.g.) John C. Condit, U.S. Navy (USN), chaplain with the winter party of 1956 at the Naval Air Facility on McMurdo Sound.||
3020|Condon Hills|Range|675300S|0483800E|-67.8833333|48.6333333|840|2756|01/01/1965|Group of hills rising to 840 m along the E side of Rayner Glacier, Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956 and 1957.  Named by ANCA for M.A. Condon, Asst. Dir., Bureau of Mineral Resources, Canberra, Australia.||
3022|Condor Peninsula|Cape|714600S|0613000W|-71.7666667|-61.5|||01/01/1976|A mountainous, ice-covered peninsula, 30 mi long and 10 to 15 mi wide, between Odom Inlet and Hilton Inlet on the E coast of Palmer Land.  The peninsula was first observed and photographed from the air in the course of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) "Condor" flight of Dec. 30, 1940 from the East Base with Black, Snow, Perce, Carroll and Dyer aboard.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after the twin-motored Curtiss-Wright "Condor" biplane in which personnel of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, made numerous photographic flights and flights of discovery over Antarctic Peninsula, George VI Sound, Alexander and Charcot Islands and the Bellingshausen Sea between latitudes 6730S and 7400S.  The peninsula was mapped in detail by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.||
3023|Condyle Point|Summit|633500S|0594800W|-63.5833333|-59.8|||01/01/1960|The SE point of Tower Island, Palmer Archipelago.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC).  The name is descriptive of the shape of this feature; a condyle being the rounded prominence at the end of a bone.||
3024|Cone Hill|Summit|774630S|1665147E|-77.77509|166.862946|||01/01/1964|Hill 2 mi NE of Castle Rock on Hut Point Peninsula, Ross Island.  The descriptive name "Cone Hill I" was used by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, 1910-13, but the form Cone Hill has come into general use.||
3027|Cone Nunatak|Summit|633600S|0570200W|-63.6|-57.0333333|350|1148|01/01/1952|Nunatak, 350 m, which appears conical on its N side but has brown rock cliffs on its S face, lying 3 mi SSE of Buttress Hill on Tabarin Peninsula, at the NE extremity of Antarctic Peninsula.  The descriptive name was applied by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) following their survey of the area in 1946.||
3028|Cone Point|Summit|540300S|0370100W|-54.05|-37.0166667|||01/01/1965|Point forming the E side of the entrance to Blue Whale Harbor, on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1931 British Admiralty chart.||
3029|Cone Rock|Island|622600S|0600600W|-62.4333333|-60.1|||01/01/1953|Small insular rock lying 1.5 mi NE of Williams Point, Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The descriptive name "Conical Rock" was applied by DI personnel on the Discovery II who charted the rock in 1935; amended to Cone Rock on charts from c. 1948.||03/06/1997
3032|Confluence Cone|Summit|685600S|0664000W|-68.9333333|-66.6666667|||01/01/1962|A small but conspicuous nunatak 4 mi SE of Sickle Mountain, near the W coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in 1947.  Surveyed from the ground by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1958.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because of its position at the confluence of several glaciers which merge with Hariot Glacier to flow into Wordie Ice Shelf.||
3034|Cape Confusion|Cape|745000S|1635000E|-74.8333333|163.8333333|||01/01/1967|A rocky point which projects from the SW part of the Northern Foothills, 4 mi NW of Cape Russell, on the coast of Victoria Land.  Visited by the Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, which gave the name because of the complex geological structure of the area.||
3036|Confusion Island|Island|604400S|0453800W|-60.7333333|-45.6333333|||01/01/1975|An island 0.2 mi long at the west side of the entrance to Clowes Bay, off the south side of Signy Island.  The southern point of this island was charted and named "Confusion Point" by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1933.  The UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) altered the name in 1974, extending the application to the whole island.||
3039|Conger Glacier|Glacier|660200S|1033300E|-66.0333333|103.55|||01/01/1955|A glacier 5 mi E of Glenzer Glacier, flowing N into the E part of Shackleton Ice Shelf.  Mapped by G.D. Blodgett (1955) from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard R. Conger, Chief Photographer's Mate with U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Windmill (1947-48), who assisted in establishing astronomical control stations along the coast from Wilhelm II Coast to Budd Coast.||
3040|Conglomerate Ridge|Ridge|794500S|0840600W|-79.75|-84.1||||A ridge, 1 mi long, located 4 mi ESE of Mount Bursik in Soholt Peaks, Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  The ridge trends NW-SE and rises to c. 1,650 meters.  So named from the conglomerate composition of the ridge by Gerald F. Webers, leader of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Ellsworth Mountains Expedition, 1979-80.||
3041|Conical Hill|Summit|773900S|1683400E|-77.65|168.5666667|655|2149|01/01/1972|A small but distinctive rock hill (655 m) on the S slopes of Mount Terror, above Cape MacKay, on Ross Island.  Given this descriptive name by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, under Scott.||
3042|Conical Rock|Island|624300S|0611100W|-62.7166667|-61.1833333|||01/01/1953|Rock lying in the E part of Morton Strait, 2 mi S of the SW tip of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by DI personnel on the Discovery II, who charted the area in 1930-31.||
3046|Connell Canyon|Valley|795100S|0830100W|-79.85|-83.0166667|||01/01/1966|A scenic ice-filled canyon in the NW part of Enterprise Hills, extending from Linder Peak to Union Glacier, in the Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Davis B. Connell, USN, supply officer at McMurdo Station in Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1965 and 1966.||
3047|Connors Point|Summit|661800S|1102900E|-66.3|110.4833333|||01/01/1963|The northwest point of Beall Island in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Aerographer's Mate William J. Connors, USN, a member of the Wilkes Station party of 1958.||
3051|Cono Island|Island|674100S|0691000W|-67.6833333|-69.1666667|||01/01/1964|Conspicuous conical island lying S of Chatos Islands, off the SW part of Adelaide Island.  The feature was descriptively named "Islote Cono" (cone islet) by the Argentine Antarctic Expedition of 1952-53.||
3052|Mount Conrad|Summit|692500S|1584600E|-69.4166667|158.7666667|600|1968|01/01/1970|A somewhat subdued peak that rises to about 600 m 6 mi S of Cape Kinsey, in central Goodman Hills in the Wilson Hills.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for American aviation figure Max Conrad, who, in January 1970, became the first person to fly an aircraft solo to the South Pole.||
3053|Conradi Peak|Summit|660800S|0543400E|-66.1333333|54.5666667|1040|3412|01/01/1947|An isolated peak, 1,040 m, rising northward of Napier Mountains and inland from the coast, some 19 mi SW of Cape Borley.  Discovered in January 1930 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, who named it after a prominent member of the South African government who, in 1929, rendered much help to British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) during the stay of the  Discovery at Cape Town.||
3054|Conrad Mountains|Summit|715000S|0094000E|-71.8333333|9.6666667||||A narrow chain of mountains, 19 mi long, between Gagarin Mountains and Mount Dallmann in the Orvin Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher 1938-39 and named for Admiral Conrad, director of the meteorological division of the former Marineleitung (German Admiralty).  Surveyed by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60.||03/06/1997
3055|Conrow Glacier|Glacier|773357S|1620713E|-77.565946|162.120412|||01/01/1969|A small glacier, next westward of Bartley Glacier, that drains north from Asgard Range partway down the south wall of Wright Valley, Victoria Land.  Named by Roy E. Cameron, leader of a U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biological party to the area in 1966-67, for Howard P. Conrow, a member of that party.||
3056|Conroy Point|Summit|604400S|0454100W|-60.7333333|-45.6833333|||01/01/1975|A point midway along the northwest side of Moe Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after James W.H. Conroy, ornithologist on Signy Island, 1967-68.||
3057|Conseil Hill|Summit|673600S|0672800W|-67.6|-67.4666667|||01/01/1965|A hill midway along the N shore of Pourquoi Pas Island.  Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from surveys and air photos, 1946-59.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after a character in Jules Verne's Twenty Thousand Leagues Under the Sea.||
3058|Consort Islands|Island|675200S|0684200W|-67.8666667|-68.7|||01/01/1963|Two small islands in Marguerite Bay, lying 0.5 mi NE of Emperor Island in the Dion Islands.  The Dion Islands were first sighted and roughly charted in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE). Consort Islands were surveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and so named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because of their association with Emperor Island.||
3059|Cape Constance|Cape|540300S|0365900W|-54.05|-36.9833333|||01/01/1953|Cape that marks the N tip of the peninsula between Antarctic Bay and Possession Bay on the N coast of South Georgia.  Cape Constance was named in about 1912, after Constance Greene Allardyce, wife of Sir William L. Allardyce, Governor of the Falkland Islands, 1904-15.||
3061|Mount Constance|Summit|540400S|0370000W|-54.0666667|-37|475|1558|01/01/1965|Mountain, 475 m, rising immediately S of Cape Constance on the N coast of South Georgia.  The toponym dates back to at least 1931 and was applied in association with nearby Cape Constance.||03/06/1997
3063|Constellation Dome|Summit|810600S|1601300E|-81.1|160.2166667|1330|4363|01/01/1965|An ice-covered prominence, 1,330 m, the highest feature in the Darley Hills, standing 5 mi W of Gentile Point, between the Ross Ice Shelf and Nursery Glacier. So named by the Northern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) because it was here that the party carried out the first astro fix of the journey.||
3064|Constellation Inlet|Stream|783000S|0803000W|-78.5|-80.5|||01/01/1967|An ice-filled inlet, 30 mi long and 10 mi wide, between the Dott and Skytrain Ice Rises at the SW margin of Ronne Ice Shelf.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the Lockheed Super Constellation aircraft, C-121J. Equipped only with wheeled tricycle landing gear, it was for many years the principal carrier of personnel from the U.S. to New Zealand and thence to the ice runway near McMurdo Station.  In addition to its role of hauling men and supplies, the "Connie" flew many hours of aerial photography over Antarctica.||
3065|Construction Point|Summit|721900S|1701300E|-72.3166667|170.2166667|||01/01/1956|Point marking the W side of the entrance to Willett Cove and the S end of Seabee Hook, a low recurved spit 1.5 mi WSW of Cape Hallett, on the coast of Victoria Land.  Surveyed in January 1956 by members of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) I aboard the icebreaker USS Edisto, and so named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) because of its close association with Seabee Hook.||
3067|Consul Reef|Bar|675400S|0684200W|-67.9|-68.7|||01/01/1964|A line of drying and submerged rocks forming the S end of the Dion Islands, off the S end of Adelaide Island.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1963; the name extends those in the neighboring islands associated with an emperor's court.||
3068|Contact Peak|Summit|674600S|0672900W|-67.7666667|-67.4833333|1005|3297|01/01/1956|Prominent rock peak, 1,005 m, which is the southeasternmost peak on Pourquoi Pas Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  First sighted and roughly charted in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot.  It was surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) and in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  So named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) because the peak marks the granite-volcanic contact in the cliffs which is visible at a considerable distance.||
3069|Contact Point|Summit|632300S|0565900W|-63.3833333|-56.9833333|||01/01/1963|Small rock point close W of Sheppard Point on the N side of Hope Bay, Trinity Peninsula.  The feature was first charted as an island by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, but was surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955 and proved to be a point.  So named by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) because greywacke, tuff and diorite were found to be exposed on or very close to this point.  Such contacts had not previously been recorded and they were important for the interpretation of the geology of Tabarin Peninsula.||
3072|Contrast Rocks|Island|540400S|0365700W|-54.0666667|-36.95|||01/01/1953|Small group of rocks 0.5 mi E of Antarctic Point, along the N coast of South Georgia.  Charted and named in the period 1926-30 by DI personnel.||04/11/2001
3075|Convoy Range|Range|764700S|1604500E|-76.7833333|160.75|||01/01/1962|A broad range, much of it with an almost flat, plateau-like summit, extending S from the Fry Saddle and ending at Mackay Glacier.  The range is steeply cliffed on its E side, but on the W it slopes gently into the Cambridge Glacier.  The New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) worked in this area in 1957.  Named by them after the main convoy into McMurdo Sound in the 1956-57 season, the names of the various vessels being used for features in the range.||
3076|Cape Conway|Cape|625100S|0612400W|-62.85|-61.4|||01/01/1952|Cape which forms the S extremity of Snow Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by a British expedition under Foster, 1828-31, for the  Conway, a vessel on which Foster had previously served.||
3077|Conway Island|Island|660800S|0652800W|-66.1333333|-65.4666667|||01/01/1971|Island lying in Holtedahl Bay to the W of Lens Peak, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for William M. Conway, First Baron of Allington (1856-1937), English mountaineer and pioneer of polar skiing during his crossing of Vestspitsbergen in 1896.||
3078|Conway Range|Range|791600S|1593000E|-79.2666667|159.5||||A range in the Cook Mountains between Mulock and Carlyon Glaciers.  The range was discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04), but the name appears to be first used in the reports of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09).||
3079|Mount Cook|Summit|675500S|0562800E|-67.9166667|56.4666667|1900|6234|01/01/1965|Mountain, 1,900 m, the highest point of the main massif of the Leckie Range. Approximately mapped by Norwegian cartographers on Norwegian whalers chart No. 3. Plotted from air photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956, and first visited by G.A. Knuckey of Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in December 1956, when its position was fixed.  Named by ANCA for B.G. Cook, geophysicist at Mawson station in 1958.||
3080|Cook Bay|Bay|540300S|0370800W|-54.05|-37.1333333|||01/01/1953|Irregular bay, 1.3 mi wide at its entrance between Cape Crewe and Black Head, narrowing into two western arms, Lighthouse Bay and Prince Olav Harbor, along the N coast of South Georgia.  Charted by DI personnel during the period 1926-30, and named by them for Captain James Cook, who explored South Georgia and landed in this general vicinity in 1775.||
3082|Cooke Bluff|Cliff|781300S|1614500E|-78.2166667|161.75|||01/01/1995|A bold ice-covered bluff between Ruecroft Glacier and Rutgers Glacier, to the S of Rampart Ridge in Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1994 after William B. Cooke, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) cartographer in the Branch of Special Maps, 1951-87, who made significant contributions to the mapping of Antarctica.||
3083|Cooke Crags|Cliff|831000S|0504300W|-83.1666667|-50.7166667||||Rock crags on the ice slope between Henderson Bluff and Mount Lechner on the W side of Lexington Table, Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains.  The area was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1979 after James E. Cooke, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geophysicist who worked in Forrestal Range and Dufek Massif, 1978-79.||
3084|Cooke Peak|Summit|722700S|0744600E|-72.45|74.7666667|||01/01/1967|A somewhat elongated mountain surmounted by a central peak, standing 6 mi NW of Bode Nunataks in the Grove Mountains.  Mapped from air photos, 1956-60, by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE).  Named by ANCA for D.J. Cooke, cosmic ray physicist at Mawson Station, 1963.||
3085|Cook Glacier|Glacier|542700S|0361100W|-54.45|-36.1833333|||01/01/1953|Glacier which flows in a NNE direction to Saint Andrews Bay on the N coast of South Georgia.  Named by the German group of the International Polar Year Investigations based at nearby Moltke Harbor in 1882-83, for Captain James Cook.||
3086|Cook Ice Shelf|Glacier|684000S|1523000E|-68.6666667|152.5|||01/01/1966|An ice shelf about 55 mi wide, occupying a deep recession of the coastline between Capes Freshfield and Hudson.  This ice shelf was called a bay by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE), 1911-14, under Mawson, who named it for Joseph Cook, Prime Minister of the Commonwealth of Australia in 1914.  The generic term has been amended, as the bay is permanently filled by an ice shelf.||
3087|Cook Island|Island|592700S|0271000W|-59.45|-27.1666667|||01/01/1952|Central island of Southern Thule, in the South Sandwich Islands.  Southern Thule was discovered by a British expedition under Captain James Cook in 1775.  The island was named for Cook by a Russian expedition under Bellingshausen, which explored the South Sandwich Islands in 1819-20.||
3088|Cook Mountains|Summit|792500S|1580000E|-79.4166667|158|||01/01/1965|The group of mountains bounded by the Mulock and Darwin Glaciers.  Parts of the group were first viewed from the Ross Ice Shelf by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04). Additional portions of these mountains were mapped by a New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58), and they were completely mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1959-63.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) for Captain James Cook.||
3089|Cook Nunataks|Summit|670500S|0555000E|-67.0833333|55.8333333|||01/01/1970|Group of four nunataks at the NE end of the Schwartz Range, in Enderby Land. Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveys and air photos, 1954-66.  Named by ANCA for P.J. Cook, geologist who visited the area with Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Nella Dan), 1965.||
3090|Cook Peak|Summit|853600S|1565000W|-85.6|-156.8333333|||01/01/1967|A rock peak 4.5 mi W of Feeney Peak, surmounting the W wall of Goodale Glacier in the foothills of the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for David L. Cook, logistics assistant with the McMurdo Station winter party of 1965.||
3092|Cook Ridge|Ridge|692400S|1583500E|-69.4|158.5833333|||01/01/1967|A northeast trending ridge, mostly ice covered, which parallels the west side of Paternostro Glacier and extends into the southeast corner of Davies Bay.  First visited in March 1961 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) airborne survey party led by Phillip Law.  Named for surveyor David Cook of the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) expedition.||
3093|Cook Rock|Island|570400S|0264500W|-57.0666667|-26.75|45|148|01/01/1952|Arched rock, 45 m high, lying close E of Trousers Rock and 0.3 mi NE of Vindication Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  Charted in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II and named for Captain James Cook.||
3094|Cook Summit|Summit|642400S|0622400W|-64.4|-62.4|1590|5216||The highest peak in the Solvay Mountains, Brabant Island, rising to 1,590 m between Galen Peak and Celsus Peak.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1986 after Dr. Frederick A. Cook (1865-1940), American polar explorer and surgeon with the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, led by Lieutenant Adrien de Gerlache.||
3095|Coombes Ridge|Ridge|690800S|1570500E|-69.1333333|157.0833333|||01/01/1961|A rocky coastal ridge 2 mi W of Magga Peak.  The ridge, which runs roughly N-S, forms the E extremity of Lauritzen Bay.  This area was photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump in 1947.  The ridge was mapped on Feb. 20, 1959 by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Magga Dan), led by Phillip Law.  Named by ANCA for Bruce Coombes, airport engineer, Australian Department of Civil Aviation, who accompanied the expedition to investigate potential airfield sites at Wilkes Station and elsewhere.||
3096|Coombs Hills|Range|764700S|1600000E|-76.7833333|160|||01/01/1962|An area of broken and largely snow-free hills and valleys between the Odell and Cambridge Glaciers in Victoria Land.  Discovered in 1957 by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) and named by them for D.S. Coombs, professor of geology at the University of Otago, New Zealand, who assisted the expedition in obtaining essential petrological equipment.||
3097|Mount Cooper|Summit|770800S|1452200W|-77.1333333|-145.3666667|||01/01/1947|A large mountain standing 4 mi W of Asman Ridge on the S side of Arthur Glacier, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered on aerial flights in 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), and named by Byrd for Merian C. Cooper, motion picture producer of Hollywood.||
3098|Cooper Bay|Bay|544700S|0354800W|-54.7833333|-35.8|||01/01/1952|Small bay 1.3 mi SW of Cape Vahsel and 1 mi NW of Cooper Island, indenting the SE end of South Georgia.  The bay derives its name from nearby Cooper Island.||
3099|Cooper Bluffs|Cliff|703900S|1645600E|-70.65|164.9333333|||01/01/1964|High, ice-covered coastal bluffs on the E side of Zykov Glacier, near the mouth of the glacier, in the Anare Mountains.  Named by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) for Flying Officer G. Cooper, RAAF, a member of the Antarctic Flight with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Thala Dan), 1962, which explored the area.||
3100|Cooper Glacier|Glacier|853000S|1643000W|-85.5|-164.5|||01/01/1947|A tributary glacier, 15 mi long, flowing NE between Butchers Spur and Quarles Range to enter the S side of Axel Heiberg Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains. Discovered by R. Admiral Byrd on several plane flights to the Queen Maud Mountains in November 1929, and named by him for Kent Cooper, an official of the Associated Press.||
3101|Cooper Icefalls|Glacier|823100S|1600000E|-82.5166667|160|||01/01/1966|The main icefalls of the Nimrod Glacier, in the vicinity of Kon-Tiki Nunatak. Named by the southern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) for Christopher Neville Cooper, a member of the expedition, and also a member of the New Zealand Alpine Club Antarctic Expedition, 1959-60.||
3102|Cooper Island|Island|544800S|0354700W|-54.8|-35.7833333|||01/01/1952|Island 2 mi long which lies at the N side of the entrance to Drygalski Fjord, off the SE end of South Georgia.  Discovered by a British expedition under Cook in 1775, and named for Lieutenant Robert P. Cooper, an officer aboard the Resolution.||
3103|Cooper Nunatak|Summit|794500S|1591100E|-79.75|159.1833333|||01/01/1965|A large rocky nunatak 5 mi N of Diamond Hill, protruding through the ice E of the Brown Hills.  Mapped by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1962-63.  Named for R.A. Cooper, geologist with the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1960-61.||
3106|Cooper Sound|Bay|544800S|0354700W|-54.8|-35.7833333|||01/01/1956|Navigable channel nearly 1 mi wide, which separates Cooper Island from the SE coast of South Georgia.  The existence of this channel was first noted in 1775 by a British expedition under Cook.  The name, derived from nearby Cooper Island, is well established in use among the sealers in South Georgia.||
3107|Cooper Spur|Ridge|703800S|1650300E|-70.6333333|165.05|||01/01/1970|A narrow spur extending N from the E end of Cooper Bluffs, on the N coast of Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ronald R. Cooper, BUC, U.S. Navy (USN), Chief Builder with the McMurdo Station winter party, 1967.||
3108|Coor Crags|Cliff|745900S|1363600W|-74.9833333|-136.6|||01/01/1974|Several rock crags standing 3.5 mi SE of Cox Point in the N part of Erickson Bluffs, near the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  The feature was first observed and photographed from aircraft of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Lawrence W. Coor, U.S. Navy (USN), pilot of LC-130 Hercules aircraft during Operation Deep Freeze 1970 and 1971.||
3109|Mount Cope|Summit|840100S|1743300E|-84.0166667|174.55|||01/01/1966|A bluff-type mountain on the east side of Separation Range, Queen Maud Mountains.  It overlooks the west side of Canyon Glacier 4 mi northwest of Nadeau Bluff.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1958-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Ronald P. Cope, U.S. Navy (USN), Officer-in-Charge of the nuclear power plant at McMurdo Station, 1963.||03/06/1997
3110|Cope Hill|Summit|750700S|1144700W|-75.1166667|-114.7833333|||01/01/1976|A hill 1 mi W of Manfull Ridge on the N side of the Kohler Range in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Winston Cope, MC, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), Medical Officer at the South Pole Station, 1974.||
3111|Copestake Peak|Summit|541500S|0364600W|-54.25|-36.7666667|655|2149||A peak rising to 655 m on the S side of Neumayer Glacier, South Georgia. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Paul Goodall-Copestake, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) biological assistant, Grytviken, 1980-82, Station Commander, Bird Island, 1982-83.||
3113|Co-pilot Glacier|Glacier|731100S|1642200E|-73.1833333|164.3666667|||01/01/1967|A short, steep tributary glacier, flowing from the W and S slopes of Mount Overlord to the upper part of Aviator Glacier in Victoria Land.  Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, in recognition of services rendered by pilots of U.S. Navy Squadron VX-6, and in association with nearby Pilot Glacier.||
3114|Copland Pass|Gap|780600S|1625700E|-78.1|162.95|1600|5249||A pass at c. 1,600 m over Frostbite Spine, the ridge between Hooker Glacier and Salient Glacier in Royal Society Range, Victoria Land.  Named after Copland Pass, New Zealand, by R.H. Findlay, leader of a New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) geological party to the area, 1981-82.||
3115|Copland Peak|Summit|712700S|0731600W|-71.45|-73.2666667||||A peak 3 mi NE of Mussorgsky Peaks on Derocher Peninsula, SW Alexander Island.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy aerial photographs taken 1967-68 and from Landsat imagery taken 1972-73.  In association with names of composers in the area, named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Aaron Copland (1900-90), American composer.||
3116|Copper Col|Gap|644400S|0632300W|-64.7333333|-63.3833333|305|1001|01/01/1960|A col at 305 m, between Copper Peak and Billie Peak in the Osterrieth Range of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Probably first seen by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache.  The name "Copper Glacier" appears in this position on a chart based on a 1927 survey by DI personnel on the Discovery.  The feature was resurveyed in 1955 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who reported that col would be a better descriptive term.||
3117|Copper Cove|Bay|720900S|1700000E|-72.15|170|||01/01/1962|Small cove 2 mi N of Helm Point, indenting the E side of Honeycomb Ridge at the W margin of Moubray Bay.  So named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, because its cliffs are in places stained green by the weathering products of copper ores.||
3119|Coppermine Cove|Bay|622300S|0594200W|-62.3833333|-59.7|||01/01/1953|Cove immediately SE of Fort William, the W tip of Robert Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name, derived from the reported existence of copper ore in the cove, was applied by sealers in about 1821 to a much larger cove farther SE along the W side of Robert Island, but in recent years the name has become established for the cove described.||
3120|Coppermine Peninsula|Cape|622200S|0594300W|-62.3666667|-59.7166667|||01/01/1971|Rugged peninsula 1 mi long, located between Carlota Cove and Coppermine Cove at the W end of Robert Island, South Shetland Islands.  The name was proposed by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971.  It derives from Coppermine Cove to the S, a name in use since the 1820s.||
3121|Copper Nunataks|Summit|742200S|0645500W|-74.3666667|-64.9166667||||A cluster of nunataks 4 mi across, situated at the head of Wetmore Glacier, 11 mi WSW of Mount Crowell, in southern Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy tricamera aerial photography, 1961-67.  The name was given by Peter D. Rowley, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geologist to this area (1970-71; 1972-73), who reported that the nunataks contain the largest known copper deposits in Antarctica.||
3122|Copper Peak|Summit|644300S|0632100W|-64.7166667|-63.35|1125|3691|01/01/1951|Peak, 1,125 m and vivid green in color, standing 2 mi NNE of Billie Peak on the SE side of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  First seen by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  The descriptive name appears on a chart based on a 1927 survey by DI personnel on the Discovery.||
3123|Copperstain Ridge|Ridge|712700S|1642200E|-71.45|164.3666667|||01/01/1969|A ridge about 3 mi long which descends NNE from Mount Freed, in the Bowers Mountains.  The feature was so named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1967-68, because of the extensive copper staining found here.||
3124|Cora Cove|Bay|622800S|0602100W|-62.4666667|-60.35|||01/01/1953|Small cove in the NW part of Blythe Bay, indenting the SE side of Desolation Island in the South Shetland Islands.  A British sealing expedition under Powell visited the cove in 1821, reporting that the brig Cora, of Liverpool, had been lost at this location during the preceding year.||
3125|Coral Ridge|Ridge|773420S|1632535E|-77.572285|163.42629|100|328||A ridge trending N-S, transverse to the axis of Taylor Valley, Victoria Land, forming a divide 100 m above sea level between Lake Fryxell and Explorers Cove, McMurdo Sound.  A large number of solitary fossil corals have been found here by New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) - U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) teams in the course of joint geological studies of the area.  The name was suggested by Donald P. Elston, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), a research team member who worked at the ridge in the 1979-80 and 1980-81 seasons.||
3126|Coral Sea Glacier|Glacier|723300S|1682700E|-72.55|168.45|||01/01/1962|A southern tributary of Trafalgar Glacier, which in turn is a tributary of Tucker Glacier in Victoria Land.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, for the Coral Sea naval victory won by the United States and her allies in 1943, and because of the coralline appearance of the glacier due to an extremely broken icefall in its lower part.||
3128|Mount Corbató|Summit|850400S|1654200W|-85.0666667|-165.7|1730|5676||A peak (1,730 m) located 4.5 mi E of Mount Fairweather in the Duncan Mountains.  The peak was geologically mapped on Jan. 13, 1975 by the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Ohio State University field party.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charles E. Corbató, geologist with the party.||01/10/2018
3132|Cordall Stacks|Pillar|540000S|0380400W|-54|-38.0666667|||01/01/1964|Two conspicuous rock stacks, the eastern one joined to Bird Island by a low isthmus, lying on the NW side of the island 0.3 mi NW of Jordan Cove.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Peter A. Cordall, member of the South Georgia Biological Expedition, 1958-59, who made a plane-table survey of Bird Island.||03/06/1997
3133|Cordelia Bay|Bay|574700S|0262400W|-57.7833333|-26.4|||01/01/1952|Small bight along the E side of Saunders Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  Charted in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II.  Named for Cordelia A. Carey, daughter of Commander W.M. Carey, Royal Navy (RN), then captain of the Discovery II.||
3137|Cordiner Peaks|Range|824800S|0533000W|-82.8|-53.5|||01/01/1957|A group of peaks extending over an area of 6 mi, standing 8 mi SW of Dufek Massif in the N part of the Pensacola Mountains.  Discovered and photographed on Jan. 13, 1956 in the course of a transcontinental nonstop plane flight by personnel of U.S. Navy Operation Deep Freeze I from McMurdo Sound to Weddell Sea and return. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Douglas L. Cordiner, U.S. Navy (USN), an observer on the P2V-2N Neptune aircraft making this flight.  The entire Pensacola Mountains were mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1967 and 1968 from ground surveys and U.S. Navy tricamera aerial photographs taken 1964.||
3138|Cordini Glacier|Glacier|700100S|0623000W|-70.0166667|-62.5|||01/01/1976|A broad glacier that drains the Mount Bailey vicinity and flows between Lewis Point and James Nunatak to the E coast of Palmer Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Argentine scientist I. Rafael Cordini, author of reports on the geology and ice of the Antarctic Peninsula and Weddell Sea region.||
3140|Mount Cordwell|Summit|665200S|0530900E|-66.8666667|53.15|||01/01/1965|Mountain 2 mi E of Burch Peaks and 21 mi SSW of Stor Hanakken Mountain in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1957.  Named by ANCA for T.S. Cordwell, radio officer at Wilkes Station in 1961.||
3141|Corelli Horn|Summit|704200S|0694900W|-70.7|-69.8166667|1000|3281|01/01/1961|Prominent rocky pinnacle with a distinctive pointed summit, 1,000 m, standing 4 mi W of the N end of LeMay Range in central Alexander Island.  First mapped from air photos obtained by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Arcangelo Corelli (1653-1713), Italian composer.||03/06/1997
3142|Mount Corey|Summit|764000S|1450800W|-76.6666667|-145.1333333|||01/01/1952|Mountain 3 mi E of the Chester Mountains in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered by a Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) sledging party which visited the area in November 1934, and named for Stevenson Corey, a member of the sledge party.||
3145|Corinth Head|Cliff|530100S|0732500E|-53.0166667|73.4166667|||01/01/1957|A rocky headland 0.5 mi SE of Rogers Head, overlooking the W side of Corinthian Bay, on the N side of Heard Island.  The feature appears to have been roughly charted by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Drygalski, who made a running survey of the N side of the island in 1902.  Resurveyed by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1948, and so named by them because of its close association with Corinthian Bay.||
3146|Corinthian Bay|Bay|530100S|0732700E|-53.0166667|73.45|||01/01/1956|A bay, which is 3 mi wide and recedes 1.5 mi, entered between Rogers Head and Saddle Point on the N coast of Heard Island.  The name appears on an early chart compiled by American sealers.  It was probably given by Captain Erasmus Darwin Rogers, American whaler and sealer, after his vessel Corinthian in which he made the first landing on Heard Island in March 1855.||
3149|Cormorant Island|Island|644800S|0635800W|-64.8|-63.9666667|||01/01/1960|Island lying off the S side of Anvers Island, 2.5 mi ESE of Bonaparte Point, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1954, but not named.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 because of the large number of cormorants on the island.||
3150|Mount Corneliussen|Summit|541700S|0365800W|-54.2833333|-36.9666667|1540|5052|01/01/1963|Mountain, 1,540 m, standing 1 mi N of Mount Globus at the W end of the Allardyce Range of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Carl and Erling Corneliussen, Norwegian engineers, who between 1923 and 1938 were responsible for improvements in whaling equipment, especially devices in connection with explosive harpoons.||
3151|Cape Cornely|Cape|761400S|1624500E|-76.2333333|162.75|||01/01/1965|A cape on the coast of Victoria Land 3 mi north of Cape Day.  The cape is marked by a rock exposure and is situated at the south side of the terminus of Mawson Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S Navy aerial photographs, 1957-61.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Joseph R. Cornely, U.S. Navy (USN), radioman with the wintering parties at Little America V, South Pole Station, and McMurdo Station in three years, 1958, 1961 and 1963.||
3152|Corner Cliffs|Cliff|720400S|0682500W|-72.0666667|-68.4166667|||01/01/1955|Rocky mass surmounted by two flat-topped summits 1.5 mi apart, immediately S of Saturn Glacier in the SE part of Alexander Island.  The rocks of these cliffs were hidden from the line of sight by intervening ice slopes to the W, but the two rock ridges forming the NW shoulder of this feature were first seen and photographed from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth on Nov. 23, 1935, and mapped from these photos by W.L.G. Joerg.  The cliffs were first surveyed in 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who gave this name to mark the point where the exposed rock of eastern Alexander Island turns from a N-S direction toward the southwest.||
3153|Corner Glacier|Glacier|742700S|1634000E|-74.45|163.6666667|||01/01/1947|A steep glacier descending Deep Freeze Range between Black Ridge and Mount Dickason to merge with the confluent ice of Nansen Ice Sheet, in Victoria Land. First explored by the Northern Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, and so named by them because of its location with respect to the Nansen Ice Sheet.||
3154|Corner Island|Island|651500S|0641400W|-65.25|-64.2333333||||A small island in the form of a crude right angle, lying 0.1 mi NE of Galindez Island in the Argentine Islands, Wilhelm Archipelago.  Charted and named in 1935 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under John Rymill.||
3156|Corner Nunatak|Summit|825200S|1573900E|-82.8666667|157.65|||01/01/1966|A nunatak at the extreme NE corner of the Miller Range, between Nimrod Glacier and Marsh Glacier.  Named by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62).||
3157|Corner Peak|Summit|633500S|0583900W|-63.5833333|-58.65|930|3051|01/01/1952|A pyramidal peak (930 m) with considerable rock exposed on its N face. Located 8 mi ESE of Cape Roquemaurel, it marks a corner in the broad glacial valley which rises immediately to the SE and fans out NW to form a piedmont ice sheet on the NW side of Trinity Peninsula.  Named by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) following a 1946 survey.||
3159|Cornerpost Peak|Summit|715700S|1644000E|-71.95|164.6666667|2160|7087|01/01/1964|A peak, 2,160 m, at the SE end of Leitch Massif in the Concord Mountains.  So named by the northern party of NZFMCAE, 1962-63, because they established their most northerly survey station here on the turning point of their traverse.||
3160|Corner Rock|Island|651500S|0641400W|-65.25|-64.2333333|||01/01/1950|Rock lying about midway between Galindez Island and Corner Island at the SE entrance to Meek Channel, in the Argentine Islands, Wilhelm Archipelago.  Charted and named in 1935 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under John Rymill.||
3161|The Cornet|Summit|610700S|0544700W|-61.1166667|-54.7833333|||01/01/1972|A peak on the S side of Pardo Ridge between Muckle Bluff and The Stadium, in Elephant Island, South Shetland Islands.  A descriptive name for this cone-shaped feature applied by the U.K. Joint Services Expedition, 1970-71.||
3163|Cornet Island|Island|653400S|0645800W|-65.5666667|-64.9666667|||01/01/1959|Island lying 1.5 mi NE of Milnes Island along the W side of Grandidier Channel, in the Biscoe Islands.  First charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37. The name, given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959, is descriptive of the island's shape when seen from the air.||
3164|Cornice Channel|Channel|651500S|0641500W|-65.25|-64.25|||01/01/1956|Narrow channel separating Galindez Island from the E part of Skua Island in the Argentine Islands, Wilhelm Archipelago.  First surveyed in 1935-36 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  So named in 1954 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because a prominent cornice overhangs the ice cliff on the Galindez Island side of the channel.||
3166|Cape Cornish|Cape|664300S|1630500E|-66.7166667|163.0833333|||01/01/1953|A cape which forms the N tip of Buckle Island in the Balleny Islands.  Named by personnel on the Royal Research Ship (RRS) Discovery II in 1938 for A.W. Cornish, meteorologist with the Australian Central Bureau, an observer aboard the Discovery II during 1937-38.||
3167|Cornish Islands|Island|665900S|0672800W|-66.9833333|-67.4666667|||01/01/1965|Two small, snowcapped islands with a rock between them, lying 4 mi S of Liard Island in Hanusse Bay, Graham Land.  Mapped from air photos obtained by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (1947-48) and Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Vaughan Cornish (1863-1948), English geographer who made pioneer investigations of snow drift forms, 1901-14.||
3168|Mount Cornu|Summit|640900S|0603500W|-64.15|-60.5833333|||01/01/1965|Mountain standing at the head of Gregory Glacier and N of Breguet Glacier, in northern Graham Land.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Paul Cornu, French engineer who, in a machine of his own construction, was the first man to leave the ground successfully, although not vertically, in a helicopter.||
3169|Cornwall Glacier|Glacier|804700S|0261600W|-80.7833333|-26.2666667|||01/01/1962|Glacier 9 mi long, flowing S from Crossover Pass in the Shackleton Range to join Recovery Glacier E of Ram Bow Bluff.  First mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and named for General Sir James H. Marshall-Cornwall, member of the Committee of Management of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1955-58.||03/06/1997
3170|Cornwall Glacier|Glacier|830400S|1622000E|-83.0666667|162.3333333|||01/01/1966|A glacier in the Queen Elizabeth Range, draining eastward, to the south of Crowell Buttresses, to enter Lowery Glacier.  Named by the Northern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) after the English County and Dukedom of Cornwall.||
3171|Cornwallis Island|Island|610400S|0542800W|-61.0666667|-54.4666667|||01/01/1947|Island 1 mi long, which lies 5 mi NE of the E end of Elephant Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name dates back to about 1821 and is now established in international usage.||
3173|Cornwall Island|Island|622100S|0594200W|-62.35|-59.7|||01/01/1963|Island nearly 0.5 mi long, lying midway between Heywood Island and the W extremity of Robert Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The feature was first described as an island in the approaches to Clothier Harbor, but was not named, by Robert Fildes in 1820-22.  It was seen from a distance and named Cornwall Point by DI personnel in 1934-35. Air photos now confirm that the feature is an island.||
3175|Cornwall Peaks|Range|541100S|0365200W|-54.1833333|-36.8666667|960|3150|01/01/1956|Two conspicuous rock peaks, the highest 960 m, standing at the W side of Konig Glacier, 2.5 mi SW of Fortuna Bay, South Georgia.  The name Cornwall Peak was probably given by DI personnel during their survey of Fortuna Bay in 1929.  During the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, this peak could not be re-identified.  At the same time it was reported that the features now described, although lying farther south, together form a conspicuous landmark requiring a name.  The name Cornwall Peaks was recommended for these peaks by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954; the name Cornwall Peak has been eliminated.||03/06/1997
3178|Mount Cornwell|Summit|774000S|0860900W|-77.6666667|-86.15|2460|8071|01/01/1961|Mountain, 2,460 m, standing 2 mi S of Mount Washburn along the NE side of Newcomer Glacier in the N part of the Sentinel Range.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant James W. Cornwell of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6, co-pilot on photographic flights over the range on Dec. 14-15, 1959.||
3179|Coronation Island|Island|603700S|0453500W|-60.6166667|-45.5833333|||01/01/1947|The largest of the South Orkney Islands, 25 mi long and from 3 to 8 mi wide. The island extends in a general E-W direction, is mainly ice covered and comprises numerous bays, glaciers and peaks, the highest rising to 1,265 meters.  Discovered in December 1821, in the course of the joint cruise by Captain Nathaniel Palmer, an American sealer, and Captain George Powell, a British sealer.  Named by Powell in honor of the coronation of George IV, who had become King of Great Britain in 1820.||
3180|Coronda Peak|Summit|540700S|0364100W|-54.1166667|-36.6833333|610|2001|01/01/1965|Peak over 610 m, standing N of Leith Harbor on the N coast of South Georgia. The name appears on a chart showing the results of surveys by DI personnel in 1927 and 1929, and is probably after the S.S. Coronda whose captain was of assistance to the survey party.||
3182|Coronet Peak|Summit|713900S|1642100E|-71.65|164.35|2175|7136|01/01/1969|A peak, 2,175 m, standing at the E side of the terminus of Leap Year Glacier in the SE extremity of the Bowers Mountains.  So named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1967-68, because it is a fine peak.  It was climbed by two members of the expedition.||
3183|Corral Point|Summit|604500S|0454300W|-60.75|-45.7166667|||01/01/1956|Rocky point forming the SW extremity of Moe Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Roughly surveyed by DI personnel in 1933.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) following their survey of 1947.  The Corral Whaling Co. of Bergen, a subsidiary of Messrs. Christensen and Co., Corral, Chile, operated the floating factory Tioga, with its steam whalers Corral and Fyr, in the South Orkney Islands in 1912-13.||
3185|Correll Nunatak|Summit|673500S|1441400E|-67.5833333|144.2333333|||01/01/1952|A nunatak lying within the western part of Mertz Glacier, about 13 mi S of Aurora Peak.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who named it for Percy E. Correll, mechanic with the expedition.||
3189|Corry Island|Island|634300S|0573100W|-63.7166667|-57.5166667|510|1673|01/01/1952|Island 2 mi long and 510 m high, lying off the S coast of Trinity Peninsula between Vega and Eagle Islands.  This is believed to be the feature sighted by a British expedition under Ross, 1839-43, and named Cape Corry for Thomas L. Corry, a Lord Commissioner of the Admiralty.  In 1945, the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted an archipelago in this area.  The present application of this name is in accord with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) "that the name of Corry should be perpetuated on the most conspicuous of these islands as seen from eastward (the direction from which it was seen by Ross)."||
3190|Corry Massif|Range|702700S|0643600E|-70.45|64.6|||01/01/1970|A large massif marked by an unusual moraine pattern on the N side, standing 3 mi WNW of Crohn Massif in the Porthos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveys and air photos, 1955-65.  Named by ANCA for M.J. Corry, surveyor at Mawson Station, 1965.||
3191|Corry Rocks|Summit|702000S|0714100E|-70.3333333|71.6833333|||01/01/1971|A cluster of rocks at the N extremity of Gillock Island, in the Amery Ice Shelf.  One of these rocks was occupied as an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) survey station in 1968.  Named by ANCA for M.J. Corry, leader and glaciologist of the Amery Ice Shelf party in 1968, who took part in the survey.||04/12/2001
3193|Mount Cortés|Summit|682900S|0660600W|-68.4833333|-66.1|1490|4888|01/01/1962|A mainly ice-covered mountain (1,490 m) on the SW side of Gibbs Glacier in southern Graham Land.  It is separated from Hadley Upland by a col 1,300 m high. Photographed by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), Nov. 1947 (trimetrogon air photography).  Surveyed from the ground by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), Dec. 1958.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Martin Cortés, Spanish author of Arte de Navegar (Sevilla, 1551), an important manual of navigation.||01/10/2018
3194|Cosgrove Glacier|Glacier|672900S|0591000E|-67.4833333|59.1666667|||01/01/1962|Small glacier entering the S part of Stefansson Bay just W of Mulebreen. Seen from an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956 and later mapped.  Named by ANCA for M. Cosgrove, radio supervisor at Mawson Station, 1959.||
3195|Cosgrove Ice Shelf|Glacier|733400S|1002200W|-73.5666667|-100.3666667|||01/01/1968|An ice shelf 35 mi long and 25 mi wide, occupying the inner (east) part of the embayment between King and Canisteo Peninsulas.  Mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Jerome R. Cosgrove, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), asst. communications officer on the staff of the Commander, U.S. Navy (USN) Support Force, Antarctica, during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1967 and 1968.||01/28/2004
3196|Cosmonaut Glacier|Glacier|732600S|1643000E|-73.4333333|164.5|||01/01/1964|A tributary glacier 15 mi long in the Southern Cross Mountains, flowing E along the S side of Arrowhead Range to enter Aviator Glacier, in Victoria Land. Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, in association with Aviator, Aeronaut, and Astronaut Glaciers.||
3197|Cosmonette Glacier|Glacier|733700S|1645100E|-73.6166667|164.85|||01/01/1967|A tributary glacier in the Southern Cross Mountains, flowing E along the N side of Daley Hills to Aviator Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, in association with Cosmonaut and Aeronaut Glaciers and to commemorate the first woman astronaut.||
3200|Cotter Cliffs|Cliff|722800S|1701800E|-72.4666667|170.3|1500|4921|01/01/1966|A line of spectacular bare rock cliffs rising 1,500 m above the Ross Sea and forming the seaward (east) face of Hallett Peninsula, in Victoria Land.  A cape in this vicinity was named "Cape Cotter" in 1841 by Sir James Clark Ross, after Pownall R. Cotter, master on the Terror.  No prominent cape exists along the east side of Hallett Peninsula, but the name Cotter has been retained for the cliffs in the same general area.||
3201|Cotton Glacier|Glacier|770700S|1614000E|-77.1166667|161.6666667||||A glacier about 10 mi long on the S side of Clare Range, flowing eastward between Sperm Bluff and Queer Mountain, in Victoria Land.  Discovered by the Western Geological Party, led by G. Taylor, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.  Named by Taylor for Prof. Leo A. Cotton, of the geology department of Sydney University.  Cotton had earlier been a Summer Party member of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09.||02/14/2002
3202|Cotton Plateau|Plain|825400S|1594000E|-82.9|159.6666667|||01/01/1966|A snow-covered plateau just E of the mouth of Marsh Glacier, in the Queen Elizabeth Range.  Named by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for Sir Charles Cotton, noted New Zealand geomorphologist and authority on glacial landforms.||
3204|Coughtrey Peninsula|Cape|645400S|0625300W|-64.9|-62.8833333|||01/01/1965|Small hook-shaped peninsula at the N side of the entrance to Skontorp Cove, Paradise Harbor, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First mapped as an island in 1913-l4 by Scottish geologist David Ferguson, who named it Coughtrey Island.  The feature is, however, a peninsula and the site of the Almirante Brown Station, established by Argentina in 1949-50.||
3205|Couling Island|Island|671900S|0593900E|-67.3166667|59.65|||01/01/1947|Island 1 mi long, lying 1 mi N of Islay in the William Scoresby Archipelago. Discovered and named by DI personnel on the William Scoresby in February 1936.||
3206|Coulman Island|Island|732800S|1694500E|-73.4666667|169.75|||01/01/1947|An island 18 mi long and 8 mi wide, lying 9 mi SE of Cape Jones, Victoria Land, in the western Ross Sea.  Discovered in 1841 by Sir James Clark Ross who named it for his father-in-law, Thomas Coulman.||
3207|Couloir Cliffs|Cliff|770100S|1624800E|-77.0166667|162.8|60|197|01/01/1964|Granite cliffs, 3 mi long and from 30 to 60 m high, at the E side of Avalanche Bay in Granite Harbor, Victoria Land.  Named by the Granite Harbor Geological Party, led by Taylor, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13), because these cliffs have numerous chimneys and couloirs.||
3208|Coulston Glacier|Glacier|722500S|1675800E|-72.4166667|167.9666667|||01/01/1970|A small tributary glacier flowing S from Cartographers Range into Trafalgar Glacier, 10 mi W of Bypass Hill, in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos 1960 64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Peter W. Coulston, aviation electronics technician with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 at McMurdo Station, 1967.||
3209|Mount Coulter|Summit|831700S|0580200W|-83.2833333|-58.0333333|||01/01/1968|A mountain 3 mi NW of Mount Gorecki in the Schmidt Hills portion of the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for LeRoy G. Coulter, cook at Ellsworth Station, winter 1958.||
3210|Coulter Glacier|Glacier|692000S|0714700W|-69.3333333|-71.7833333||||A steeply inclined glacier, 5 mi long, flowing S from the Havre Mountains, Alexander Island, into Lazarev Bay.  The glacier was photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in 1947 and mapped from the photographs by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1960.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for R.W. Coulter, Master of U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) Alatna, U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1969.||
3211|Coulter Heights|Summit|752100S|1381500W|-75.35|-138.25|||01/01/1975|Snow-covered heights that rise between Strauss Glacier and Frostman Glacier near the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  The rock outcrops of Kuberry Rocks, Matikonis Peak and Lambert Nunatak protrude above the snow surface of the heights.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Neil M. Coulter, meteorologist at Byrd Station, 1963.||
3212|Countess Peninsula|Cape|660900S|1011400E|-66.15|101.2333333|||01/01/1961|Rocky peninsula, 1.5 mi long and 0.5 mi wide, which projects W from the coast between Booth Peninsula and the base of the Bunger Hills.  Mapped from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Julian Countess, air crewman on the U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp seaplane commanded by D.E. Bunger which obtained aerial and ground photographs of this ice-free area.||
3214|Mount Counts|Summit|831100S|1602600E|-83.1833333|160.4333333|||01/01/1966|A sharply pointed peak on the E side of Marsh Glacier marking the termination of the spur running W from Mount Rabot.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for Lieutenant Commander William D. Counts, U.S. Navy (USN), pilot on reconnaissance flights, killed in a Neptune plane crash at Wilkes Station in November 1961.||
3215|Counts Icefall|Glacier|851300S|0904800W|-85.2166667|-90.8|||01/01/1962|A steep, heavily-crevassed icefall at the juncture of the Ford Massif and the W end of Bermel Escarpment, in the Thiel Mountains.  Surveyed by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Thiel Mountains party, 1960-61.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander William D. Counts, U.S. Navy (USN), who lost his life in the crash of a P2V Neptune aircraft soon after take-off from Wilkes Station on Nov. 9, 1961.||
3216|Couperin Bay|Bay|720800S|0742200W|-72.1333333|-74.3666667||||A bay on the S coast of Beethoven Peninsula, Alexander Island, between Perce Point and Berlioz Point.  The bay was photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and was mapped from the photographs by D. Searle of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 in association with the names of composers grouped in this area, after Francois Couperin (1668-1733), French composer.||
3217|Coupvent Point|Summit|631600S|0573600W|-63.2666667|-57.6||||A point, with several off-lying rocks, projecting N from Trinity Peninsula, 5 mi SW of Lafarge Rocks.  The name "Roche Coupvent" (Coupvent Rock) was given by Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville to a feature in the vicinity.  The present name revives the d'Urville naming, given for August Coupvent-Desbois, officer on the Zelee and later the Astrolabe.||
3218|Mount Courtauld|Summit|702100S|0672800W|-70.35|-67.4666667|2105|6906|01/01/1955|Rounded, mainly ice-covered mountain, 2,105 m, standing 9 mi E of George VI Sound and the rocky ridge marking the N side of the mouth of Naess Glacier, on the W coast of Palmer Land.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954 for Augustine Courtauld, British Arctic explorer who was of assistance during the organization of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37.||
3219|Courtier Islands|Island|675200S|0684400W|-67.8666667|-68.7333333|30|98|01/01/1963|Group of about 24 small islands and rocks in Marguerite Bay, the highest 30 m, lying close SW of Emperor Island in the Dion Islands.  The Dion Islands were first sighted and roughly mapped in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE).  The Courtier Islands were visited and surveyed in 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and so named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because of their association with Emperor Island.||
3220|Courtney Peak|Summit|791400S|0833500W|-79.2333333|-83.5833333|1060|3478|01/01/1966|A peak, 1,060 m, in the N part of the Gross Hills, Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for electronics technician Kenneth N. Courtney, USN, who through Deep Freeze 1966 contributed to efficient communications during six austral summer seasons.||03/06/1997
3221|Court Nunatak|Summit|732200S|0613600W|-73.3666667|-61.6|685|2247|01/01/1953|Nunatak 3 mi long which rises to 685 m, standing close E of the mouth of Meinardus Glacier on the W side of New Bedford Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered and photographed from the air in December 1940 by members of East Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  During 1947 it was photographed from the air by members of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted it from the ground.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Arnold Court, American meteorologist and member of the West Base unit of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.||
3222|Court Ridge|Ridge|772000S|1465200W|-77.3333333|-146.8666667|||01/01/1947|Low, ice-drowned ridge extending to Sulzberger Ice Shelf from the NW extremity of the Haines Mountains, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land. Discovered by members of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) on the Northeast Flight of Dec. 15-16, 1934. Named for Arnold Court, meteorologist at the West Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41).||
3223|Cousins Rock|Summit|751600S|1333100W|-75.2666667|-133.5166667|||01/01/1974|An isolated rock located eastward of the upper part of Berry Glacier and Patton Bluff, about 3.5 mi NE of Coleman Nunatak, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Michael D. Cousins, ionospheric physicist at Siple Station, 1969-70.||04/11/2001
3224|Couzens Bay|Bay|803500S|1603000E|-80.5833333|160.5|||01/01/1961|An ice-filled bay about 10 mi long, entered between Senia Point and Cape Goldschmidt on the W side of the Ross Ice Shelf.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) for Lieutenant Thomas Couzens, Royal New Zealand Air Force (RNZAF), who lost his life in a crevasse accident near Cape Selborne on Nov. 19, 1959.||
3227|Covadonga Harbor|Harbor|631900S|0575500W|-63.3166667|-57.9166667|||01/01/1964|A small extension of the NE corner of Huon Bay immediately S of Cape Legoupil, Trinity Peninsula.  Named by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition after their ship Covadonga, which first used this anchorage in 1947-48.||03/06/1997
3228|Cove Rock|Island|615400S|0574800W|-61.9|-57.8|||01/01/1953|Low offshore rock 3 mi W of North Foreland, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted by DI in 1937 and called descriptively Cone Rock; the spelling Cove Rock, probably through error in transcription, appeared in a Hydrographic Office publication, 1942, and became established.||03/06/1997
3230|Covert Glacier|Glacier|775405S|1630541E|-77.901412|163.094849|||01/01/1992|A glacier flowing from the NE part of Royal Society Range between Pearsall Ridge and Stoner Peak, joining the Blue Glacier drainage in the vicinity of Granite Knolls, Victoria Land.  Named in 1992 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Kathy L. Covert, cartographer, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS); leader of the two person (satellite surveying, seismology) team at South Pole Station, winter party 1982; senior member of geodetic control party at Minna Bluff, Mount Discovery, White Island, and Beaufort Island, 1986-87 season.||
3231|Covey Rocks|Island|673300S|0674300W|-67.55|-67.7166667|||01/01/1956|Small group of rocks in Laubeuf Fjord, lying midway between Pinero Island and Cape Saenz, off the W coast of Graham Land.  First roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) who gave the name because of the resemblance of these rocks to a covey of partridges sitting in a field.||03/06/1997
3232|Lake Cowan|Lake|683200S|0782500E|-68.5333333|78.4166667|||01/01/1973|A lake 0.5 mi S of Lake Vereteno in the E part of the Vestfold Hills.  The lake, which resembles a seal in plan, has been visited by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) parties several seasons following 1957.  Named by ANCA for D. Cowan, weather observer at Davis Station in 1969, a member of an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party which passed the lake in March 1969.||
3233|Mount Cowart|Summit|834200S|0560900W|-83.7|-56.15|1245|4085|01/01/1968|A peak, 1,245 m, midway along Gale Ridge in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for M. Sergeant Ray J. Cowart, USAF, flight engineer and member of the Electronic Test Unit in the Pensacola Mountains, summer 1957-58.||
3234|Cowell Island|Island|691600S|0764300E|-69.2666667|76.7166667|||01/01/1973|A small island, partly contained in a glacier tongue from the coast of Antarctica, lying 3 mi WSW of Hovde Island.  First mapped from air photographs by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  First visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) survey party led by M.J. Corry in Feb. 1969.  Named by ANCA for W.D. Cowell, cook at Mawson Station in 1969 and a member of the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey party in 1969.||
3235|Cowie Dome|Summit|862500S|1520000W|-86.4166667|-152|||01/01/1971|A dome-shaped summit at the E side of Bartlett Glacier, located 2 mi directly W of Lee Peak in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) for George Donald (Don) Cowie, leader of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) which visited the region in 1969-70.||
3236|Cape Cox|Cape|752000S|0630800W|-75.3333333|-63.1333333|||01/01/1968|Cape which forms the NE extremity of Dodson Peninsula at the W side of Ronne Ice Shelf.  First sighted from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Larry E. Cox, radioman with the South Pole Station winter party in 1964.||
3237|Mount Cox|Summit|715000S|1603200E|-71.8333333|160.5333333|1960|6430|01/01/1964|A mountain (1,960 m) in the north-central part of Emlen Peaks, 5 mi N of Killer Nunatak.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Allen N. Cox, ADJ2, U.S. Navy (USN), crew chief in R4D (Skytrain) aircraft during 1962-63 in support of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Topo East-West survey. Cox returned to the Antarctic in the 1963-64 and 1964-65 seasons.||
3238|Cox Bluff|Cliff|754900S|1150700W|-75.8166667|-115.1166667|||01/01/1967|A rock and ice bluff just W of Spitz Ridge on the N side of Toney Mountain, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Tony L. Cox, geomagnetist-seismologist with the Byrd Station winter party, 1966.||
3239|Coxcomb Peak|Summit|763800S|1594900E|-76.6333333|159.8166667|||01/01/1965|A dolerite elevation which overlooks the south end of Plumstead Valley in the Allan Hills, Victoria Land.  Reconnoitered by the New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) Allan Hills Expedition (1964) who gave the name because of the jaunty appearance of the feature in profile.||
3241|Cox Glacier|Glacier|721200S|1010200W|-72.2|-101.0333333|||01/01/1960|Small glacier immediately E of Rochray Glacier on Thurston Island, flowing S to Abbot Ice Shelf in Peacock Sound.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 in January 1960.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) Jerry G. Cox, USN, helicopter pilot aboard the USS Burton Island, who made exploratory flights to Thurston Island in February 1960.||01/28/2004
3242|Cox Nunatak|Summit|822600S|0503400W|-82.4333333|-50.5666667|795|2608|01/01/1968|A nunatak, 795 m, standing 1 mi S of Rankine Rock in northeastern Dufek Massif, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Walter M. Cox, photographer, Ellsworth Station winter party, 1957.||03/06/1997
3243|Cox Peaks|Range|860300S|1533000W|-86.05|-153.5|||01/01/1967|A series of peaks on a ridge, located 5 mi SE of Mount Crockett, extending eastward from Hays Mountains of the Queen Maud Mountains and terminating at Scott Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Allan V. Cox, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geologist at McMurdo Station, 1965-66.||
3244|Cox Point|Summit|745600S|1364300W|-74.9333333|-136.7166667|||01/01/1974|A rock point at the SW side of the terminus of Garfield Glacier where the latter discharges into Hull Bay, on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  The point was first observed and photographed from aircraft of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, led by Admiral Richard Byrd.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for E.F. Cox, carpenter of Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35.||
3245|Cox Reef|Bar|674500S|0690500W|-67.75|-69.0833333|||01/01/1964|A group of drying rocks lying NW of Box Reef off the S end of Adelaide Island.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1963 for Able Seaman Edward F. Cox, a member of the Royal Navy (RN) Hydrographic Survey Unit which first charted this feature in 1963.||
3248|Coyer Point|Summit|742400S|1131300W|-74.4|-113.2166667||||An ice-covered point on the SE side of Martin Peninsula.  It is the N end of an ice-covered peninsula that extends into Dotson Ice Shelf, 23 mi SSE of Jacobsen Head, Bakutis Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1959-67, and Landsat imagery, 1972-73.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 after Lieutenant Ann E. Coyer, USN, first U.S. Navy woman to participate in Antarctic operations, Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1974.||
3250|Crabeater Point|Summit|684600S|0641000W|-68.7666667|-64.1666667|||01/01/1962|A point at the SE extremity of Mobiloil Inlet, 4 mi E of Victory Nunatak, on the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  The point, the NW extremity of a prominent ridge, was photographed from aircraft of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) on Sept. 28, 1940, and by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (Trimetrogon air photos), Dec. 22, 1947.  Surveyed in Dec. 1958 by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) who gave the descriptive name.  The ridge of which this point is the extremity resembles a recumbent Crabeater Seal when seen from the air.||
3252|Mount Crabtree|Summit|770000S|1445800W|-77|-144.9666667|820|2690|01/01/1970|A mountain (820 m) 4 mi ESE of Mount Fonda in the north-central part of the Swanson Mountains, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) under R. Admiral R.E. Byrd.  Named for Dr. E. Granville Crabtree, biologist, who was a consultant in the preparation stages of "Operation Highjump II" (which was cancelled) and for Operation Deep Freeze I (1955-56), for which Admiral Byrd was Officer in Charge, U.S. Antarctic Programs.||
3253|Crack Bluff|Cliff|863300S|1583800W|-86.55|-158.6333333|2810|9219||A bluff 8 mi SE of Kutschin Peak on the W side of Nilsen Plateau, Queen Maud Mountains.  The bluff rises to 2,810 m and has an extensive area of exposed rock. The name was proposed by Edmund Stump of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Ohio State University field party which geologically mapped the bluff on Dec. 27, 1970.  It is descriptive of the peculiar subhorizontal crack containing breccia fragments exposed on the steep SW face.||
3254|Cracktrack Glacier|Glacier|714000S|1663000E|-71.6666667|166.5||||A glacier flowing W from central Homerun Range into upper Tucker Glacier in the Admiralty Mountains, Victoria Land.  The glacier provided an access route to Field Neve for R.H. Findlay's New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) geological party during the 1981-82 season.  So named because one of the motor toboggan tracks was torn badly here, requiring makeshift field repair.||
3255|Mount Craddock|Summit|783800S|0851200W|-78.6333333|-85.2|4368|14331|01/01/1966|A prominent peak rising to 4368 m at the S extremity of Craddock Massif in the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains. The name Mount Craddock was originally recommended by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1965 for the present-day Craddock Massif (q.v.) but subsequent maps limited Mount Craddock to the massif’s southernmost peak, a position that became established over years. To avoid confusion and to fix the position of the name, Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) redefined Mount Craddock in 2006 to apply to the southernmost peak described above. Named after J. Campbell Craddock (1930-2006), leader of a University of Minnesota expedition (1962-63) that made geological investigations and cartographic surveys in the Sentinel and Heritage Ranges of the Ellsworth Mountains. During 1960-61, Craddock led a Minnesota geological expedition in examining the Jones Mountains.||01/05/2021
3257|Craft Glacier|Glacier|721200S|1012200W|-72.2|-101.3666667|||01/01/1960|Valley glacier about 5 mi long, lying W of Hendersin Knob on Thurston Island and flowing S to Abbot Ice Shelf in Peacock Sound.  First delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ensign Charles Craft, USN, helicopter pilot on USS Glacier who made exploratory flights at Thurston Island in February 1960.||01/28/2004
3258|Craggy Island|Island|622800S|0601900W|-62.4666667|-60.3166667|||01/01/1963|Narrow island marked by crags, lying close off the E side of Desolation Island and forming the NE side of Blythe Bay, in the South Shetland Islands. Charted in 1935 by DI personnel on the Discovery II who gave this descriptive name.||
3260|Cragsman Peaks|Range|603800S|0454000W|-60.6333333|-45.6666667|||01/01/1964|Peaks on the W side of Marshall Bay, extending from Cape Vik NW to Coldblow Col on the S coast of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1956-58 and so named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because the peaks provide a "climbers' paradise."||
3261|Craigie Point|Summit|540000S|0373900W|-54|-37.65|||01/01/1953|Point at the SE side of the entrance to Right Whale Bay, on the N coast of South Georgia.  Craigie Point is an established name dating back to about 1912.||
3262|Craig Ridge|Ridge|773100S|0860400W|-77.5166667|-86.0666667|||01/01/1966|A small rock ridge located close NE of Polarstar Peak in the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Named by the University of Minnesota Geological Party to these mountains, 1963-64, for James A. Craig, helicopter crew chief with the 62nd Transportation Corps Detachment, who assisted the party.  The geological party found a fossil leaf of the plant Glossopteris on the ridge.||
3263|Crain Ridge|Ridge|744500S|0635000W|-74.75|-63.8333333|||01/01/1968|A ridge along the N flank of Strange Glacier in the Latady Mountains, Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Harold D.K. Crain, utilitiesman with the South Pole Station winter party in 1967.||
3264|Crame Col|Gap|634900S|0575300W|-63.8166667|-57.8833333|175|574||A col at c. 175 m near the N tip of James Ross Island, trending NE-SW between the Bibby Point massif and Lachman Crags.  Following geological work by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1981-83, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after James A. Crame, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist from 1976, who worked in the area, 1981-82.||
3266|Crandall Peak|Summit|712700S|1684100E|-71.45|168.6833333|1840|6037|01/01/1970|A mostly snow-covered peak (1,840 m) located mid-way along the W wall of Pitkevitch Glacier in the Admiralty Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Eugene D. Crandall, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), Aircraft Commander (LC-130F) with Squadron VX-6 during Operation Deep Freeze 1968.||
3268|Crane Cove|Bay|661700S|1103100E|-66.2833333|110.5166667|||01/01/1958|Shallow cove 0.1 mi in extent, entered from the W between the N side of Bailey Peninsula and an unnamed island northward, on Budd Coast. Numerous low rocks almost join Bailey Peninsula and the unnamed island, forming the head of the cove and separating it from a similar cove just eastward.  First charted in February 1957 by a party from USS Glacier.  The name was suggested by Lieutenant Robert C. Newcomb, U.S. Navy (USN), navigator of the Glacier, after Electronics Technician 3d Class Robert I. Crane, U.S. Navy (USN), a member of the survey party.||03/06/1997
3269|Crane Glacier|Glacier|652000S|0621500W|-65.3333333|-62.25|||01/01/1952|Narrow glacier which flows 30 mi in an ENE direction through a deep trough into Exasperation Inlet, on the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  Sir Hubert Wilkins photographed this feature from the air in 1928 and gave it the name Crane Channel, after C.K. Crane of Los Angeles, reporting that it appeared to be a channel cutting in an E-W direction across the peninsula.  The name was altered to Crane Inlet following explorations along the W coast of the peninsula in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), which proved that no through channel from the E coast existed as indicated by Wilkins.  Comparison of Wilkins' photograph of this feature with those taken in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) shows that Wilkins' "Crane Channel" is this glacier, although it lies about 75 mi NE of the position originally reported by Wilkins.||
3271|Cranfield Icefalls|Glacier|795600S|1584000E|-79.9333333|158.6666667|||01/01/1965|A series of about eight spectacular icefalls, in an east-west line, falling steeply from Bucknell Ridge into the narrowest portion of Darwin Glacier near its mouth.  Named by the Darwin Glacier Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) for W.J. Cranfield, a member of the party.||
3272|Cranfield Peak|Summit|833800S|1605400E|-83.6333333|160.9|2850|9350|01/01/1966|A peak, 2,850 m, standing 6 mi S of Mount Weeks in Queen Elizabeth Range. Tentatively named Sentinel Peak by the New Zealand Southern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58), who visited it in 1958.  Renamed for Flying Officer W.J. Cranfield who, as one of the pilots operating with the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), gave considerable assistance to the surveying party in this area.||
3273|Cranton Bay|Bay|741000S|1021000W|-74.1666667|-102.1666667|||01/01/1968|A bay about 20 mi long and wide, lying S of Canisteo Peninsula at the E end of Amundsen Sea.  The S limit of the bay is formed by the Backer Islands and an ice shelf which separates this bay from Pine Island Bay.  Mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Elmer M. Cranton, USN, medical officer and officer in charge at Byrd Station, 1967.||
3274|Crary Ice Rise|Glacier|825600S|1723000W|-82.9333333|-172.5|||01/01/1976|An ice rise in the south-central part of the Ross Ice Shelf.  The feature was investigated by the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Ross Ice Shelf Project in the 1970s.  The name came into use among U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) workers and honors Albert P. Crary (1911-87), American geophysicist; Deputy Leader of the U.S. Scientific Program and Scientific Leader at Little America V during the IGY, 1957; leader of the U.S. seismic traverse of Ross Ice Shelf, 1957-58; leader, geophysical traverse W from Little America V, up Skelton Glacier to the Victoria Land plateau and W along the 78 parallel to c. 13130E, 1958-59; leader, geophysical traverse from McMurdo Station via Skelton Glacier to the South Pole, 1960-61; Chief Scientist, Office of Antarctic Programs, NSF, 1959-65; Deputy Director, Division of Environmental Sciences, NSF 1965-69 (Director, 1970-75); Director, Division of Earth Sciences, 1975-76; member of ACAN, 1961-76 (Chairman, 1974-76).||03/06/1997
3275|Crary Knoll|Summit|781600S|1613700E|-78.2666667|161.6166667|1520|4987|01/01/1995|A symmetrical ice-covered knoll rising to 1,520 m, 2 mi SSE of Holmes Block in the Skelton Glacier area, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1994.  The toponym provides a historical footnote that U.S. scientist Albert P. Crary (Crary Ice Rise, q.v.) led geophysical traverses past this feature to the Polar Plateau en route to the South Pole and other destinations.||
3276|Crary Mountains|Summit|764800S|1174000W|-76.8|-117.6666667|3655|11991|01/01/1960|A group of ice-covered mountains, 35 mi long, rising to 3,655 m in Mount Frakes and including Mount Rees, Mount Steere and Boyd Ridge.  The mountains are located 50 mi SW of Toney Mountain in Marie Byrd Land and were probably among those viewed by Admiral Byrd and other members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in plane flights from the ship Bear on Feb. 24 and 25, 1940.  They were mapped in the course of the 1957-58 oversnow traverse from Byrd Station to the Sentinel Range led by C.R. Bentley, and named after Albert P. Crary (Crary Ice Rise, q.v.), who was then Deputy Chief Scientist for the US-IGY Antarctic Program.||03/06/1997
3278|Crash Nunatak|Summit|754700S|1603800E|-75.7833333|160.6333333|||01/01/1966|An isolated nunatak between Beta Peak and Mount Bowen in the Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, because the nunatak lies close to the scene of the U.S. Navy R4D plane crash of Nov. 25, 1962.||
3279|Crater Bay|Bay|564000S|0281000W|-56.6666667|-28.1666667|||01/01/1953|Small bay at the NE side of Leskov Island in the South Sandwich Islands. Mapped by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Filchner, 1911-12, who so named it because of its apparent formation as a result of volcanic eruption.||
3280|Crater Cirque|Basin|723800S|1692200E|-72.6333333|169.3666667|||01/01/1962|A cirque on the S wall of Tucker Glacier, immediately W of its junction with Whitehall Glacier.  In its floor is an attractive lake containing red and green algae, and in the surrounding rock walls there are nests of Wilson's petrels, skuas, and snow petrels, as well as running streams and growths of moss and lichens.  Given this descriptive came by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58.||
3281|Crater Hill|Summit|775024S|1664326E|-77.840051|166.723908|300|984|01/01/1952|Hill, 300 m, marked by a volcanic crater at its summit, about 1 mi N of Observation Hill in the S part of Hut Point Peninsula, on Ross Island.  Discovered and named by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) under Scott, 1901-04.||
3282|Crater Lake|Lake|625900S|0604000W|-62.9833333|-60.6666667|||01/01/1965|A volcanic crater, now filled with water, lying NW of Mount Kirkwood on the S side of Deception Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The descriptive name was given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959.||
3283|Mount Craven|Summit|710800S|1651500E|-71.1333333|165.25|1500|4921|01/01/1964|A projecting type mountain (1,500 m) in the N part of Everett Range.  The feature stands 4 mi N of Cantrell Peak and overlooks Ebbe Glacier from the south. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Alexander T. Craven, U.S. Navy (USN), pilot of R4D aircraft in support of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Topo West survey of this area in 1962-63.  He returned to Antarctica, 1963-64.||
3284|Mount Crawford|Summit|774300S|0862800W|-77.7166667|-86.4666667|2255|7398|01/01/1961|Mountain with two summits, 2,360 and 2,255 m, standing 3.5 mi NW of Mount Dawson in the N part of the main ridge of the Sentinel Range.  Discovered by Lincoln Ellsworth on his trans-Antarctic flight of Nov. 23, 1935.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William B. Crawford, Jr., of the Branch of Special Maps, U.S. Geological Survey, which prepared the 1962 map of this range.||
3285|Crawford Glacier|Glacier|705300S|1631300E|-70.8833333|163.2166667|||01/01/1970|A tributary glacier which drains the E slopes of Explorers Range between Mount Hager and Mount Ford.  It descends E to join Lillie Glacier S of Platypus Ridge. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Douglas I. Crawford, biologist at McMurdo Station, 1965-66.||03/06/1997
3286|Craw Ridge|Ridge|775945S|1630403E|-77.995727|163.067503||||A prominent ridge that trends NE from Mount Lister along the S side of Lister Glacier, in the Royal Society Range, Victoria Land.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) after D. Craw, a member of a 1980-81 New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) geological party that reached 3,700 m on Mount Lister by way of this ridge.||
3287|Creagh Glacier|Glacier|780025S|1611206E|-78.00696|161.201741|||01/01/1995|Glacier, 4 mi long, flowing NE from Creagh Icefall to the vicinity of Canoe Nunatak, Wilkniss Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1994 after Father Gerry Creagh (d. 1994), a New Zealand citizen, who served as honorary U.S. Navy chaplain for over 25 summer seasons at the Chapel of the Snows, McMurdo Station. He was unofficially known as the "Chaplain of Antarctica."||
3288|Creagh Icefall|Glacier|780136S|1610716E|-78.026797|161.121014|||01/01/1995|Icefall at the head of Creagh Glacier (q.v.) in the Wilkniss Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1994 in association with Creagh Glacier.||
3289|Mount Creak|Summit|763600S|1620900E|-76.6|162.15|1240|4068||A sharp peak, 1,240 m, just N of Shoulder Mountain in the S end of the Kirkwood Range.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) which named this peak for Captain E.W. Creak, Director of Compasses at the Admiralty.||
3290|Mount Crean|Summit|775300S|1593000E|-77.8833333|159.5|2550|8366|01/01/1961|Massive, rocky mountain, 2,550 m, forming the central and highest summit of the Lashly Mountains, in Victoria Land.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) for Petty Officer Thomas Crean, Royal Navy (RN), companion of Lashly with Scott's British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) of 1901-04, and British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
3291|Greaney Nunataks|Summit|831400S|0514300W|-83.2333333|-51.7166667|||01/01/1968|Low nunataks lying SW of Herring Nunataks and 5.5 mi W of Mount Lechner in western Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for David B. Greaney, aviation electrician at Ellsworth Station, winter 1957.||09/01/2020
3292|Crean Glacier|Glacier|540800S|0370100W|-54.1333333|-37.0166667|||01/01/1963|Glacier 4 mi long, flowing NW from Wilckens Peaks to the head of Antarctic Bay on the N coast of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57 and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Tom Crean, Second Officer of the Endurance during the British expedition under Shackleton, 1914-16. Crean accompanied Shackleton in the James Caird from Elephant Island to King Haakon Bay, South Georgia, and made the overland crossing with him to Stromness; this glacier lies on the route.||
3293|Creehan Cliff|Cliff|754700S|1152600W|-75.7833333|-115.4333333|||01/01/1976|A cliff about 6 mi ENE of Richmond Peak on the N side of Toney Mountain in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-71.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Patrick E. Creehan, MC, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), Flight Surgeon of Squadron VXE-6 during Operation Deep Freeze 1971 and 1972.||
3294|Mount Creighton|Summit|702500S|0653900E|-70.4166667|65.65|||01/01/1967|A mountain about 3 mi ENE of Mount Gavaghan in the Porthos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos. Named for D.F. Creighton, electronics engineer at Mawson Station in 1963.||
3296|Crépin Point|Summit|620600S|0582900W|-62.1|-58.4833333|||01/01/1960|Point which marks the W side of the entrance to Mackellar Inlet in Admiralty Bay, on King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted and named "Cap Crepin" in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot.||
3297|Crescent Bay|Bay|713700S|1700400E|-71.6166667|170.0666667||||A cove in the NE side of Duke of York Island in Robertson Bay, northern Victoria Land.  Charted and so named because of its shape by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1898-1900, under C.E. Borchgrevink.  The feature is the site of an Adelie penguin rookery.||
3298|Crescent Glacier|Glacier|774001S|1631234E|-77.666881|163.209318|||01/01/1960|Small alpine glacier just E of Howard Glacier in the Kukri Hills, flowing N into Taylor Valley, in Victoria Land.  The glacier was studied by U.S. geologist Troy L. Pewe in December 1957, and was so named by him because of its crescent shape when viewed from the floor of Taylor Valley.||
3299|Crescent Island|Island|540100S|0371900W|-54.0166667|-37.3166667|||01/01/1963|Small, roughly crescent-shaped island lying close S of Mollyhawk Island in the Bay of Isles, South Georgia.  Roughly charted in 1912-13 by Robert Cushman Murphy.  Surveyed and named in 1929-30 by DI personnel.||
3300|Crescent Scarp|Cliff|693900S|0662000W|-69.65|-66.3333333|1400|4593|01/01/1962|A conspicuous, north-facing escarpment of rock and ice cliffs, rising to 1,400 m on the S side of Fleming Glacier in northern Palmer Land.  Roughly surveyed from the ground by British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) in 1936-37.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1940, and Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947.  Resurveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1958, and named descriptively.||
3301|Crescent Stream|Stream|773715S|1631053E|-77.62083|163.181522|||01/01/1992|A glacial meltwater stream, 2.6 mi long, flowing N from Crescent Glacier to the south-central shore of Lake Fryxell, in Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  Named in association with Crescent Glacier.  The name was suggested by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) hydrologist Diane McKnight and was approved by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) and the New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1994.||
3302|Cressey Peak|Summit|852900S|1431000W|-85.4833333|-143.1666667|870|2854|01/01/1967|Peak, 870 m, located 7 mi E of Harold Byrd Mountains between the SE edge of the Ross Ice Shelf and Watson Escarpment. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard N. Cressey, storekeeper with the Byrd Station winter party in 1958.||
3303|Mount Cresswell|Summit|724700S|0642000E|-72.7833333|64.3333333|||01/01/1966|A domed, elongated mountain with a small conical peak at the W end, standing 25 mi NNE of Mount Dummett in the southern Prince Charles Mountains.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1956.  Named by ANCA for G. Cresswell, auroral physicist at Mawson Station, 1960.||
3304|The Crest|Summit|632500S|0565900W|-63.4166667|-56.9833333|125|410|01/01/1963|The summit, 125 m, of a moraine just E of Lake Boeckella and 0.5 mi S of Hut Cove, Hope Bay, on Trinity Peninsula.  Mapped in 1945 and 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  The feature marks the summit of the initial steep slope up from the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) station at Hope Bay. The name originated locally in about 1945.||
3306|Creswick Gap|Gap|702300S|0674400W|-70.3833333|-67.7333333|||01/01/1976|A gap between Creswick Peaks and Campbell Ridges on the W side of Palmer Land.  The gap extends from Chapman Glacier to Meiklejohn Glacier and provides a safe sledging route from George VI Sound via the Naess and Meiklejohn Glaciers to the Dryer Plateau of Palmer Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with Creswick Peaks at the S end of the gap.||
3307|Creswick Peaks|Range|702800S|0674300W|-70.4666667|-67.7166667|1465|4806|01/01/1955|An impressive mountain massif with several peaks, the highest 1,465 m, standing at the NE side of Moore Point between Naess and Meiklejohn Glaciers, and 3 mi inland from George VI Sound on the W coast of Palmer Land.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954 after Frances E. Creswick (now Mrs. James I. Moore--see Moore Point), Asst. to the Dir. of the Scott Polar Research Institute, Cambridge, 1931-38, who helped to organize the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37.||
3309|Crevasse Valley Glacier|Valley|764600S|1453000W|-76.7666667|-145.5|||01/01/1947|A broad glacier about 30 mi long, flowing WSW between Chester Mountains and Saunders Mountain to Sulzberger Ice Shelf in Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered by a sledging party of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), which visited this area in November-December 1934, and so named because of its extensively crevassed surface.||
3310|Cape Crewe|Cape|540300S|0370800W|-54.05|-37.1333333|||01/01/1953|Cape which forms the N side of the entrance to Cook Bay, on the N coast of South Georgia.  Cape Crewe is an established name, dating back to about 1912.||
3311|Crewe Rock|Island|540300S|0370800W|-54.05|-37.1333333|3|10|01/01/1953|Rock, 3 m high, which lies 0.1 mi E of Cape Crewe, off the N coast of South Georgia.  Named for nearby Cape Crewe.||
3312|Crilly Hill|Summit|850600S|1742900W|-85.1|-174.4833333|||01/01/1966|The central of three ice-free hills at the N side of McGregor Glacier, 6 mi SSW of Mount Finley, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by the Texas Tech Shackleton Glacier Expedition (1964-65) for Specialist 6th Class Clifford L. Crilly, medic with the U.S. Army Aviation Detachment which supported the expedition.||
3313|Crimson Hill|Summit|625700S|0603600W|-62.95|-60.6|95|312|01/01/1963|Prominent, ice-free hill, 95 m, on the S side of Pendulum Cove, Deception Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  So named in 1829 by the British expedition under Foster, because there was a prominent strata of brickstone in the hill.||
3314|Crisp Glacier|Glacier|771115S|1620912E|-77.187538|162.15328|||01/01/1964|Glacier between Killer Ridge and Second Facet, flowing SE into Debenham Glacier in Victoria Land.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Kelton W. Crisp, U.S. Navy (USN), who was in charge of the electric shop at McMurdo Station, 1962.||
3315|Crisscross Crags|Cliff|640600S|0582100W|-64.1|-58.35|650|2133||An irregularly shaped system of crags with arms extending in four directions, rising to 650 m E of Rum Cove in James Ross Island.  Named descriptively by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1987.||
3317|Mount Crockett|Summit|860100S|1550400W|-86.0166667|-155.0666667|3470|11384|01/01/1956|A prominent peak, 3,470 m, standing 2 mi E of Mount Astor in the Hays Mountains of the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered by members of the geological party under Laurence Gould during the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30, and named by Byrd for Frederick E. Crockett, a member of that party.  The application of this name has been shifted in accord with the position assigned on the maps resulting from the second Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) of 1933-35.||
3318|Croft Bay|Bay|640000S|0574500W|-64|-57.75|||01/01/1952|Bay which indents the north-central side of James Ross Island and forms the S part of Herbert Sound, S of the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered in 1903 by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold.  Charted in 1945 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who named it for W.N. Croft, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) geologist at Hope Bay in 1946.||
3319|Crohn Island|Island|670700S|0505200E|-67.1166667|50.8666667|||01/01/1965|Island 0.5 mi E of Beaver Island at the head of Amundsen Bay in Enderby Land.  Sighted in 1956 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) airborne field party led by P.W. Crohn, geologist at Mawson Station in 1955 and 1956, for whom it is named.||
3320|Crohn Massif|Range|702700S|0645700E|-70.45|64.95|||01/01/1961|A large, domed massif 3 mi W of Mount Kirkby in the Porthos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Sighted by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) southern party led by W.G. Bewsher (1956-57) and named for Peter W. Crohn, geologist at Mawson Station in 1955 and 1956.||
3322|Croker Passage|Channel|640000S|0614200W|-64|-61.7|||01/01/1960|Passage lying between Christiania Islands and Two Hummock Island to the E and Hoseason Island and Liege Island to the W, in the Palmer Archipelago.  The northern entrance of this passage was very roughly charted and named "Croker Inlet" by Henry Foster in 1829 for John W. Croker (1780-1857), Sec. to the Admiralty at that time.  The name has since been applied to the whole of this deep water passage, which provides an alternative entrance to the N end of Gerlache Strait.||
3323|Croll Glacier|Glacier|722900S|1671800E|-72.4833333|167.3|||01/01/1964|A tributary glacier flowing SE along the N side of Handler Ridge into Trafalgar Glacier, in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named by the northern party of NZFMCAE, 1962-63, for W.G. Croll, a member of the survey party attached to this expedition.||
3324|Mount Cromie|Summit|845000S|1791400W|-84.8333333|-179.2333333|2950|9678|01/01/1962|A snow-covered mountain (2,950 m) rising 1.5 mi SE of Mount Boyd in the Bush Mountains.  Discovered and photographed by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Surveyed by A.P. Crary, leader of the U.S. Ross Ice Shelf Traverse Party (1957-58), and named by him for William Cromie, assistant glaciologist with the party.||
3325|Cronenwett Island|Island|770000S|1500000W|-77|-150|||01/01/1966|A high, ice-covered island about 20 mi long.  It lies between Vollmer Island and Steventon Island in the Marshall Archipelago, off the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  The feature was first observed and roughly delineated from aerial photographs taken by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander W.R. Cronenwett, U.S. Navy (USN), Photographic Officer for Deep Freeze II, 1956-57, and Public Information Officer for Task Group 43.1 during Deep Freeze 1962.||
3326|Cronk Islands|Island|661900S|1102500E|-66.3166667|110.4166667|||01/01/1963|A group of islands lying NE of Hollin Island, in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Caspar Cronk, glaciologist at Wilkes Station in 1958.||
3327|Mount Cronus|Summit|671800S|0500300E|-67.3|50.05|900|2953|01/01/1961|A majestic, conical, partially snow-covered peak, 900 m, rising 8 mi S of Amundsen Bay and 9 mi WSW of Reference Peak. Sighted by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party in October 1956 and named for Cronus, the father of the gods in classical mythology.||
3328|Cronus Glacier|Glacier|685100S|0640400W|-68.85|-64.0666667|||01/01/1962|A glacier 6 mi long and 3 mi wide flowing NW into Bowman Inlet between Calypso Cliffs and Crabeater Point on the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  Photographed by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (Trimetrogon air photography) on Dec. 22, 1947, and roughly surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in Dec. 1958.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Cronus, the god of agriculture in Greek mythology.||03/06/1997
3332|Mount Crooker|Summit|710300S|0671500W|-71.05|-67.25|||01/01/1976|A gable-shaped mountain with much exposed rock, located on the N side of Ryder Glacier and at the S end of the Pegasus Mountains, in Palmer Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Allen R. Crooker, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at Palmer Station in 1972.||
3333|Crookes Peak|Summit|661400S|0651800W|-66.2333333|-65.3|||01/01/1971|Peak at the E side of Widmark Ice Piedmont, midway between Stair Hill and Rugg Peak on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Sir William Crookes (1832-1919), English chemist and physicist whose pioneer work on the optical properties of tinted glass in 1909-13 led to the design of the first satisfactory snow goggles and the prevention of snow blindness.||
3334|Croom Glacier|Glacier|701800S|0622500W|-70.3|-62.4166667|||01/01/1976|A steep, broad glacier flowing to the head of Smith Inlet between Moe Point and Hughes Ice Piedmont, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John M. Croom, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at Palmer Station in 1968-69; he was U.S. Exchange Scientist at the Soviet's Bellingshausen Station in 1970.||
3335|Crosby Nunataks|Summit|664600S|0513300E|-66.7666667|51.55|||01/01/1965|Three nunataks 2 mi NE of Mount Morrison, in the N part of the Tula Mountains in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for W.E. Crosby, a member of the crew of the Discovery during the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31.||
3337|Mount Cross|Summit|843700S|0633800W|-84.6166667|-63.6333333|1005|3297|01/01/1968|Mountain, 1,005 m, standing 2.5 mi NE of King Ridge in Anderson Hills in central Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) at the suggestion of Captain Finn Ronne, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), leader at Ellsworth Station, 1957.  Dr. Allan S. Cross assisted in planning the medical supplies, in providing instruction in first aid, and in selecting trail rations for the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48.||
3339|Crosscut Peak|Summit|722200S|1661900E|-72.3666667|166.3166667|3120|10236|01/01/1964|A peak, 3,120 m, just N of Joice Icefall in the Millen Range.  So named by the Southern Party of NZFMCAE, 1962-63, due to its jagged northern ridge and summit.||
3340|Crosscut Point|Summit|570400S|0264600W|-57.0666667|-26.7666667|||01/01/1952|Series of jagged rocks forming the N end of Vindication Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  Charted in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II, and so named because numerous crosscutting dikes have withstood weathering and produced this irregular formation.||
3341|Crosse Passage|Channel|674700S|0685500W|-67.7833333|-68.9166667|||01/01/1964|Small passage leading SE from Adelaide Anchorage between Henkes Islands and Skeen Rocks, off the S end of Adelaide Island. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1963 for Lieutenant Commander Anthony G. Crosse, Royal Navy (RN), First Lieutenant of His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Protector used by the Hydrographic Survey Unit in charting this area in 1961-63.||
3342|Cape Crossfire|Cape|731000S|1682100E|-73.1666667|168.35|||01/01/1966|A promontory at the SE extremity of Malta Plateau, marking the point of convergence of the Mariner Glacier from the west and Borchgrevink Glacier from the north, in Victoria Land.  The name alludes to the converging flow of ice at this feature from different directions, and was given by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1966.||
3344|Crosson Ice Shelf|Glacier|745700S|1093000W|-74.95|-109.5|||01/01/1976|An ice shelf about 35 mi wide, located N and NE of Mount Murphy along the Walgreen Coast of Marie Byrd Land.  The ice shelf is nurtured by Smith, Pope, Vane, and Haynes Glaciers. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander W.E. Crosson, U.S. Navy (USN), Commanding Officer of the Antarctic Construction Group during Operation Deep Freeze 1973.||
3345|Crossover Pass|Gap|803800S|0263000W|-80.6333333|-26.5|||01/01/1962|Pass between Gordon and Cornwall Glaciers in the central part of the Shackleton Range.  First mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and so named because this pass, together with Gordon and Cornwall Glaciers, provides a sledging route across the Shackleton Range from north to south.||
3346|Cross Valley|Valley|641600S|0564200W|-64.2666667|-56.7|||01/01/1952|Valley 2 mi long in a NW-SE direction, cutting through the mid-part of Seymour Island, which lies S of the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, 1901-04, and  named Querthal (cross valley) because of the transverse alignment of the valley.||03/06/1997
3347|Crosswell Glacier|Glacier|781700S|0852400W|-78.2833333|-85.4|||01/01/1961|Glacier 10 mi long, flowing NNE from Mount Shinn to enter Ellen Glacier, in the central part of Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Col. Horace A. Crosswell, USAF, leader of C-124 Globemaster air drops in establishing the scientific station at the South Pole in the 1956-57 season.||
3348|Crouch Island|Island|674900S|0685800W|-67.8166667|-68.9666667|||01/01/1964|The second largest island of the Henkes Islands, off the S end of Adelaide Island.  Surveyed by the Royal Navy (RN) Hydrographic Survey Unit, 1962-63.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Alan Crouch, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) general assistant at Adelaide station, 1961-62, and member of the first party to winter on Adelaide Island.||
3349|Crouse Spur|Ridge|825300S|0483500W|-82.8833333|-48.5833333|||01/01/1968|A partly snow and rock spur descending from the E side of Forrestal Range, 3 mi S of Kester Peaks, in the Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Carl L. Crouse, construction man with the Ellsworth Station winter party, 1957.||
3350|Mount Crow|Summit|771100S|1440400W|-77.1833333|-144.0666667|||01/01/1966|A mountain just E of Mount McClung in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered and mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41). Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant J.L. Crow, MC, U.S. Navy (USN), officer in charge at Byrd Station, 1963.||
3351|Mount Crowder|Summit|720300S|1662300E|-72.05|166.3833333|2485|8153|01/01/1969|A prominent mountain, 2,485 m, located 6 mi NE of Mount Tararua in Monteath Hills, Victory Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Dwight F. Crowder, geologist at Hallett Station, summer 1964-65.||
3352|Mount Crowell|Summit|742000S|0640500W|-74.3333333|-64.0833333|||01/01/1968|Mountain in the N part of Rare Range in Palmer Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John C. Crowell, geologist at McMurdo Station, summer 1966-67.||
3353|Crowell Buttresses|Cliff|830300S|1623000E|-83.05|162.5|||01/01/1966|A series of high snow and rock buttresses, 10 mi long, forming the N wall of Cornwall Glacier for a distance of 5 mi and then trending NE an equal distance along the W side of Lowery Glacier, in Queen Elizabeth Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after John T. Crowell (d. 1986), who served with the National Science Foundation as Antarctic Vessel Project Officer, 1960-63, and Special Projects Officer, 1963-69.  He led a reconnaissance party to the Antarctic Peninsula in January 1963 to investigate the location for a U.S. station in the peninsula area.||03/06/1997
3354|Crown Head|Cliff|603700S|0451900W|-60.6166667|-45.3166667|||01/01/1964|Headland forming the E side of Palmer Bay on the N coast of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  First seen in the course of the joint cruise by Captain George Powell, British sealer, and Captain Nathaniel Palmer, American sealer, in December 1821.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1956-58.  The name derives from an association with Coronation Island and was given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959.||
3355|Crown Hills|Range|714800S|1635700E|-71.8|163.95|2000|6562||A group of peaks and hills between Zenith Glacier and Gambone Peak, including All Black Peak, rising to 2,000 m and forming the SE part of Lanterman Range in the Bowers Mountains, q.v.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1983, at the suggestion of geologist M.G. Laird, in association with nearby Coronet Peak.||
3356|Crown Mountain|Summit|861800S|1584500W|-86.3|-158.75|3830|12565|01/01/1967|A mountain, 3,830 m, surmounting the W side of Nilsen Plateau, 4 mi ENE of Mount Kristensen, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) to describe the appearance of the summit, a somewhat circular rock band contrasting with the ice surface of Nilsen Plateau.||
3357|Crown Peak|Summit|633400S|0583300W|-63.5666667|-58.55|1185|3888|01/01/1952|An ice-covered peak (1,185 m) topped by a conspicuous crown-shaped ice formation.  It forms the highest summit and the S end of Marescot Ridge and lies 10 mi E of Cape Roquemaurel on the NW side of Trinity Peninsula.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) following their survey of the area in 1946.||03/06/1997
3363|Cape Crozier|Cape|773100S|1692400E|-77.5166667|169.4|||01/01/1947|Cape which forms the E extremity of Ross Island. Discovered in 1841 by a British expedition under Ross, and named for Commander Francis R.M. Crozier, captain of the Terror, one of the two ships of Ross' expedition.||03/06/1997
3364|Cruchley Ice Piedmont|Glacier|604100S|0450100W|-60.6833333|-45.0166667||||An ice piedmont between the east margins of Powell Island and its north-south range of hills, extending 2.5 mi northward from John Peaks, in the South Orkney Islands.  A new name applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1987.  Historically it derives from James Weddell's map of 1825 on which Powell Island is charted as two islands, the southern one being "Cruchley's Island."||
3366|Cruiser Rocks|Island|611300S|0552800W|-61.2166667|-55.4666667|||01/01/1952|A group of rocks 7 mi S of Cape Lindsey, Elephant Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The rocks were known to sealers as early as 1822, and appeared on charts of that period by the name Cruisers.||
3370|Cruls Islands|Island|651100S|0643200W|-65.1833333|-64.5333333|||01/01/1963|Group of small islands lying 1 mi W of Roca Islands in the S part of Wilhelm Archipelago.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, and named by Gerlache for Luis Cruls, Belgian astronomer and later Dir. of the Observatory at Rio de Janeiro.||
3371|Crume Glacier|Glacier|713300S|1692100E|-71.55|169.35|||01/01/1970|A tributary glacier, 5 mi long, flowing E to enter Ommanney Glacier near the N coast of Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William R. Crume, AS1, U.S. Navy (USN), Support Equipment Maintenance Supervisor with Squadron VX-6 at McMurdo Station during Operation Deep Freeze 1968.||
3372|Mount Crummer|Summit|750300S|1623400E|-75.05|162.5666667|895|2936||A massive, brown granite mountain, 895 m, immediately S of Backstairs Passage Glacier on the coast of Victoria Land.  First charted and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09, under Shackleton.||
3373|Crummey Nunatak|Summit|764800S|1433600W|-76.8|-143.6|||01/01/1970|A linear rock nunatak, 1.5 mi long, at the NE end of Gutenko Nunataks in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  First mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Glen T. Crummey, CE1, U.S. Navy (USN), Construction Electrician at Byrd Station, 1967.||
3374|The Crutch|Gap|541100S|0363200W|-54.1833333|-36.5333333|||01/01/1953|A saddle-shaped col on a ridge, located 1.5 mi NW of Larsen Point at the W side of the entrance to Cumberland Bay, South Georgia.  Charted and named by DI personnel in the period 1925-29.  The name alludes to the shape of the feature.||
3375|Crutcher Rock|Summit|742100S|0724800W|-74.35|-72.8|1375|4511||A nunatak rising to c. 1,375 m, 6 mi SSW of Staack Nunatak in the Yee Nunataks (q.v.), Ellsworth Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1987 after Mont C. Crutcher, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) cartographer who worked in the field at Ross Ice Shelf, South Pole Station, Byrd Glacier, and Dome Charlie in 1974-75.||
3377|Crutch Peaks|Range|622800S|0595600W|-62.4666667|-59.9333333|275|902|01/01/1953|Dark, rocky peaks, the highest 275 m, lying 1.5 mi E of Greaves Peak and 2.5 mi E of the NW tip of Greenwich Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named Crutch Peak by DI personnel of the Discovery II in 1934-35. Air photos show that there are two pairs of high peaks and a number of lower peaks.||
3378|Cruyt Spur|Ridge|643700S|0604200W|-64.6166667|-60.7|||01/01/1964|A rocky spur 4 mi NE of Ruth Ridge, extending 2 mi SE from the S wall of Detroit Plateau, Graham Land.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for William Cruyt, Belgian army engineer who designed the first "auto-polaire" in 1907.||
3380|Cruzen Island|Island|744700S|1404200W|-74.7833333|-140.7|||01/01/1947|Rocky, but mostly snow-covered island about 50 mi NNE of the mouth of Land Glacier off the coast of Marie Byrd Land. Discovered in 1940 on aerial flights from West Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), and named for Commander Richard H. Cruzen, U.S. Navy (USN), commanding officer of the USS Bear and second in command of the expedition.||
3381|Cryptogam Ridge|Ridge|604300S|0454000W|-60.7166667|-45.6666667||||An E-W ridge lying S of Cummings Cove in Signy Island, South Orkney Islands.  The north-facing slope of the ridge supports a diversity of lichens and mosses, collectively referred to as cryptogams (spore-producing plants).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1991.||
3382|Crystal Hill|Summit|633900S|0574400W|-63.65|-57.7333333|150|492|01/01/1952|Ice-free hill, 150 m, forming the summit of a headland between Bald Head and Camp Hill on the S side of Trinity Peninsula.  So named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) because crystals were collected at the foot of the hill in 1945 and 1946.||
3383|Crystal Sound|Bay|662300S|0663000W|-66.3833333|-66.5|||01/01/1965|A sound between the southern part of the Biscoe Islands and the coast of Graham Land; northern limit Cape Evensen to Cape Leblond, southern limit Holdfast Point, Roux Island, Liard Island and Sillard Islands.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 because many features in the sound are named for men who have undertaken research on the structure of ice crystals.||
3384|Mount Csejtey|Summit|823000S|1555000E|-82.5|155.8333333|||01/01/1966|Mountain 1.5 mi S of Mount Macpherson in the central part of Geologists Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Bela Csejtey, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist at McMurdo Station, 1962-63.||
3390|Cube Rock (historical)|Island|633700S|0562200W|-63.6166667|-56.3666667|||01/01/1964|A small rock lying in the S entrance to Antarctic Sound, 3 mi SE of Cape Scrymgeour, Andersson Island, off Trinity Peninsula.  The name is a translation of "Roca Cubo," a descriptive name appearing on an Argentine chart of 1960.||
3394|Cuff Cape|Cape|765900S|1622100E|-76.9833333|162.35|||01/01/1952|A dark rock point emerging from the icy coast of Victoria Land, immediately S of Mackay Glacier.  Mapped by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) and so named because the dark rock resembles a hand extending from a snowy cuff.||
3395|Cugnot Ice Piedmont|Glacier|633800S|0581000W|-63.6333333|-58.1666667|||01/01/1964|An ice piedmont in Trinity Peninsula, about 15 mi long and between 3 and 6 mi wide, extending from Russell East Glacier to Eyrie Bay and bounded on the landward side by Louis Philippe Plateau.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Nicolas J. Cugnot (1725-1804), French military engineer who designed and built the first full-sized vehicle propelled by its own engine (steam), in 1769.||
3397|Cumberland Bay|Bay|541400S|0362800W|-54.2333333|-36.4666667|||01/01/1952|Bay, 4 mi wide at its entrance between Larsen and Barff Points, which separates into two extensive arms that recede inland 9 mi along the N coast of South Georgia.  Discovered and named in 1775 by a British expedition under Cook.||
3398|Cumberland East Bay|Bay|541700S|0362600W|-54.2833333|-36.4333333|||01/01/1956|Bay forming the eastern arm of Cumberland Bay, South Georgia.  It is entered between Sappho Point and Barff Point, where it is nearly 3 mi wide, and extends 8 mi in a SE direction. This feature was surveyed by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, who named it South Bay.  It was remapped during 1926-29 by DI personnel and renamed East Cumberland Bay, which is more descriptive of its geographic position.  The shortened form East Bay was simultaneously used.  Following the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) proposed that the name be altered to Cumberland East Bay and that all other names be rejected.  This change brings together information about the whole of Cumberland Bay in one place in indexes, and will avoid confusion with East Bay in Prince Olav Harbor, South Georgia.||
3399|Cumberland West Bay|Bay|541400S|0363500W|-54.2333333|-36.5833333||||Bay forming the western arm of Cumberland Bay, South Georgia.  It is entered southward of Larsen Point, where it is 2.5 mi wide, and extends 7 mi in a SW direction.  This feature was surveyed by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, who named it West Bay.  It was remapped during 1926-29 by DI personnel and renamed West Cumberland Bay.  The shortened form West Bay was simultaneously used.  Following the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) proposed that the name be altered to Cumberland West Bay and that all other names be rejected.  This change brings together information about the whole of Cumberland Bay in one place in indexes.||
3400|Cumbers Reef|Bar|673500S|0694000W|-67.5833333|-69.6666667|||01/01/1964|A group of rocks aligned in an arc forming the N and W parts of the Amiot Islands, off the SW part of Adelaide Island. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Roger N. Cumbers, 3rd officer of Royal Research Ship (RRS) Hydrographic Survey Unit in the charting of this area in 1963.||
3401|Cumbie Glacier|Glacier|771300S|1541200W|-77.2166667|-154.2|||01/01/1971|A short, steep glacier just E of Scott Nunataks, flowing N into Swinburne Ice Shelf along the SW side of Sulzberger Bay. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William A. Cumbie, Jr., AT2, USN.  An aviation electronics technician, Cumbie was radioman on the ski-equipped R4D aircraft carrying R. Admiral George Dufek, U.S. Navy (USN), that was first to land at the geographic South Pole, Oct. 31, 1956.||
3402|Mount Cumming|Summit|764000S|1254800W|-76.6666667|-125.8|||01/01/1947|A low, mostly snow-covered mountain, volcanic in origin, located midway between Mount Hampton and Mount Hartigan in the Executive Committee Range.  A circular snow-covered crater occupies the summit area.  Discovered by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) on a flight, Dec. 15, 1940, and named for Hugh S. Cumming, Jr., State Department member of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) Executive Committee.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy trimetrogon photography, 1958-60.||
3403|Mount Cummings|Summit|731400S|0613700W|-73.2333333|-61.6166667|||01/01/1968|Mountain at the E end of Galan Ridge in the Dana Mountains, Palmer Land.  First mapped by the joint Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE)-Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) party, 1947-48. Mapped in greater detail by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Jack W. Cummings, radioman with the Palmer Station winter party in 1965.||
3404|Cummings Cove|Bay|604400S|0454100W|-60.7333333|-45.6833333|||01/01/1956|Cove between Jebsen Point and Porteous Point on the W side of Signy Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Roughly surveyed by DI personnel in 1933, and resurveyed in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for E.T. Cummings of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), radio operator at Cape Geddes in 1946 and at Deception Island in 1947.||
3405|Cumpston Glacier|Glacier|665900S|0650200W|-66.9833333|-65.0333333|||01/01/1976|Small glacier on the E coast of Graham Land, draining between Breitfuss and Quartermain Glaciers into the head of Mill Inlet.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for J.S. Cumpston, Australian historian of the Antarctic.||
3406|Cumpston Massif|Range|733300S|0665300E|-73.55|66.8833333|2070|6791|01/01/1970|A prominent, flat-topped rock massif, 2,070 m, trending N-S for 9 mi at the junction of Lambert and Mellor Glaciers in the Prince Charles Mountains, Mac. Robertson Land.  Discovered in Nov. 1956 during an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) flight.  Named by ANCA for J.S. Cumpston of the Australian Department of External Affairs, who, with E.P. Bayliss, was responsible for the 1939 map of Antarctica by the Property and Survey Branch, Department of Interior, Canberra.||03/06/1997
3409|Cumulus Hills|Range|852000S|1750000W|-85.3333333|-175|||01/01/1966|Several groups of largely barren hills, divided by the Logie Glacier.  They are bounded by Shackleton Glacier on the west, McGregor Glacier on the north and Zaneveld Glacier on the south.  The exposed rock in this area was observed on a number of occasions to give rise to the formation of cumulus clouds, considered to be very rare at this elevation.  Named by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) because of these clouds.||
3410|Cumulus Mountain|Summit|715100S|0052300E|-71.85|5.3833333|2335|7661|01/01/1967|A mountain, 2,335 m, immediately N of Hogsenga Crags in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Cumulusfjellet (Cumulus Mountain).||
3411|Cuneiform Cliffs|Cliff|730600S|1673800E|-73.1|167.6333333|||01/01/1966|Steep, irregular cliffs at the S end of Malta Plateau, along the N side of the lower Mariner Glacier in Victoria Land. The name applied by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1966 is descriptive of wedgelike spurs that project from the face of the cliffs.||
3412|Mount Cunningham|Summit|541200S|0371800W|-54.2|-37.3|1220|4003|01/01/1963|Mountain, 1,220 m, rising immediately NE of the head of Queen Maud Bay on the S side of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57 and named for John C. Cunningham, a member of the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in 1955-56.||
3413|Cunningham Glacier|Glacier|841600S|1734500E|-84.2666667|173.75|||01/01/1966|A tributary glacier in the Queen Maud Mountains, flowing NE to enter Canyon Glacier 5 mi N of Gray Peak.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Willard E. Cunningham, Jr., cook at McMurdo Station, winter 1960; at South Pole Station, winter 1963.||
3414|Cunningham Peak|Summit|791600S|0861200W|-79.2666667|-86.2|2170|7119|01/01/1966|A mainly ice-covered peak, 2,170 m, at the head of Gowan Glacier along the Founders Escarpment, in the Heritage Range. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ship's Serviceman John B. Cunningham, USN, in charge of the McMurdo Station ship's store and laundry during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1966.||
3415|Mount Cupola|Summit|692100S|0702700W|-69.35|-70.45|2500|8202|01/01/1961|Dome-shaped mountain, 2,500 m, marking the SE limit of Rouen Mountains in the N part of Alexander Island.  First photographed from the air by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) in 1937.  Surveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  The descriptive name was given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960.||
3417|Curie Island|Island|663900S|1400300E|-66.65|140.05|||01/01/1956|Small rocky island near the E end of Geologie Archipelago, lying 1 mi SW of Derby Island, close N of Astrolabe Glacier Tongue.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47. Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1949-51, and named by them for the noted French family of physicians and chemists: Pierre Curie (1859-1906) and Marie Curie (1867-1934).||
3418|Curie Point|Summit|645000S|0632900W|-64.8333333|-63.4833333|||01/01/1951|Point which forms the NE extremity of Doumer Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for Pierre Curie, famous French chemist.||
3419|Mount Curl|Summit|704800S|0630700W|-70.8|-63.1166667|||01/01/1976|The snow-covered summit of a ridge located 4 mi ENE of Mount Gatlin, just NE of the Welch Mountains in Palmer Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James E. Curl, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciologist in the South Shetland Islands, 1971-72, 1972-73 and 1973-74.||
3420|Curphey Peaks|Range|711800S|1632300E|-71.3|163.3833333|1760|5774||Two snow-covered peaks of approximately similar height (western peak, 1,760 m), the two peaks bounding the east side of Helix Pass in the Bowers Mountains, q.v.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1983 after Ian Curphey, field leader of M.G. Laird's New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) geological party to the area, 1974-75.||
3421|Curran Bluff|Cliff|681300S|0650200W|-68.2166667|-65.0333333|910|2986||A bluff, 2 mi long, forming a part of the S coast of Joerg Peninsula, Bowman Coast, S of Reichle Mesa.  The bluff rises to 910 m at the W end and is the most prominent feature on the N side of Solberg Inlet.  It was photographed from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth, Nov. 21, 1935, and was mapped from these photographs by W.L.G. Joerg.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Martin P. Curran, a member of the Pine Island Bay reconnaissance survey in U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Burton Island, 1974-75, and Project Manager, RV Hero-Palmer Station Research System, 1976.||
3422|Mount Currie|Summit|674200S|0491200E|-67.7|49.2|1110|3642|01/01/1965|Mountain, 1,110 m, between Mount Maslen and Mount Merrick in the Raggatt Mountains, Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956 and 1957.  Named by ANCA for G.J. Currie, radio supervisor at Mawson Station in 1960.||
3423|Currituck Island|Island|660500S|1004000E|-66.0833333|100.6666667|||01/01/1956|Island 7 mi long marked by numerous small coves, lying on the NW side of Edisto Channel in the Highjump Archipelago. Mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in February, 1947. Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1956 after the USS Currituck, seaplane tender and flagship of the western task group of U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, Task Force 68, 1946-47.  At that time, the northern portion was thought to be a separate feature and was named "Mohaupt Island," but subsequent Soviet Expeditions (1956-57) found that only one large island exists.||
3424|Mount Curry|Summit|561800S|0273400W|-56.3|-27.5666667|550|1804|01/01/1972|Prominent volcanic cone, 550 m, forming the summit of Zavodovski Island, South Sandwich Islands.  The name is used in Argentine hydrographic publications as early as 1958.  It honors an Argentine sailor who lost his life in naval combat at Colonia, Uruguay, 1826.||
3425|Curtis Island|Island|655600S|0653800W|-65.9333333|-65.6333333|||01/01/1971|Island over 1 mi long, lying 2 mi NE of Jagged Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  First accurately shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Robin Curtis, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) geologist at Prospect Point in 1957, who was attached to the British Naval Hydrographic Survey Unit in the area, 1957-58.||
3426|Curtis Peaks|Range|845600S|1693600W|-84.9333333|-169.6|||01/01/1962|A small cluster of peaks surmounting the end of the ridge which extends E from Mount Hall of the Lillie Range, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered and photographed by the U.S. Ross Ice Shelf Traverse Party (1957-58) led by A.P. Crary, and named for Lieutenant Commander Roy E. Curtis, U.S. Navy (USN), pilot with U.S. Navy Squadron VX-6 during Deep Freeze Operations.||
3427|Curtiss Bay|Bay|640200S|0604700W|-64.0333333|-60.7833333|||01/01/1965|A bay about 4 mi wide, indenting the W coast of Graham Land between Cape Sterneck and Cape Andreas.  The name Bahia Inutil (useless bay) appearing on a 1957 Argentine chart is considered misleading; the bay has been used as an anchorage. The bay was renamed by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Glenn Curtiss (1878-1930), American aeronautical engineer who pioneered seaplanes from 1911 onward.||03/06/1997
3430|Curzon Islands|Island|664600S|1413500E|-66.7666667|141.5833333|||01/01/1947|Small group of rocky islands lying close off Cape Decouverte, Adelie Coast.  Probably sighted in January 1840 by a French expedition under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville though not identified as islands on d'Urville's maps.  The islands were roughly charted in 1912 by Captain J.K. Davis of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) ship President of the Royal Geographical Society, 1911-14.  The islands were mapped in detail by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1950-52.||
3431|Cushing Peak|Summit|640600S|0622500W|-64.1|-62.4166667|||01/01/1960|Peak in the N part of Brabant Island, standing 1.5 mi SE of Guyou Bay at the head of Lister Glacier, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Shown on an Argentine government chart in 1953, but not named.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos in 1959.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Harvey Cushing (1869-1939), American pioneer of neurosurgery.||
3432|The Cut|Channel|541600S|0361800W|-54.2666667|-36.3|||01/01/1953|Shallow, rock-strewn channel between Babe Island and the W side of the entrance to Cobblers Cove, along the N coast of South Georgia.  Charted and named in 1929 by DI personnel.||04/06/2001
3433|Cutcliffe Peak|Summit|703200S|0651700E|-70.5333333|65.2833333|||01/01/1971|A peak just S of Mount Mervyn in the Porthos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos of 1965.  Named by ANCA for M.A. Cutcliffe, electrical fitter at Mawson Station in 1966, who assisted with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) survey program.||03/06/1997
3434|Cuthbertson Snowfield|Glacier|604200S|0443000W|-60.7|-44.5|340|1115||A snowfield rising to 340 m and covering the high ground of eastern Laurie Island (eastward of Watson Peninsula), in the South Orkney Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1987 after William Cuthbertson, artist on the ScotNAE, led by W.S. Bruce, which wintered on Laurie Island in 1903.||
3435|Cutler Stack|Pillar|623600S|0605900W|-62.6|-60.9833333|||01/01/1964|Sea stack lying NE of Lair Point, off the N coast of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 for American sealer Benjamin S. Cutler, part owner of the brig Frederick, which visited the area, 1820-21, and Master of the schooner Free Gift, which visited the area, 1821-22.||03/06/1997
3436|Cuverville Island|Island|644100S|0623800W|-64.6833333|-62.6333333||||Dark, rocky island lying in Errera Channel between Arctowski Peninsula and the N part of Ronge Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99, who named it for J.M.A. Cavelier de Cuverville (1834-1912), a vice admiral of the French Navy.||03/06/1997
3438|Cuvier Island|Island|663900S|1400100E|-66.65|140.0166667|||01/01/1962|Rocky island 0.1 mi long, lying 0.2 mi N of the W part of Petrel Island in the Geologie Archipelago.  Charted in 1951 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) and named by them for Georges Cuvier (1769-1832), French naturalist.||
3440|Cyclops Peak|Summit|680000S|0554000E|-68|55.6666667|||01/01/1970|A triangular peak marked by a round patch of light colored rock, standing at the NE end of Dismal Mountains in Enderby Land. Mapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) from surveys and air photos, 1956-58, and so named because the light colored patch of rock brings to mind the mythical one-eyed giant Cyclops.||
3441|Mount Cyril|Summit|840200S|1723500E|-84.0333333|172.5833333|1190|3904|01/01/1949|An ice-covered mountain, 1,190 m, standing 2 mi S of Celebration Pass in the Commonwealth Range.  Discovered and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) under Shackleton.  Named for Cyril Longhurst, Secretary of the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04), who was best man at Shackleton's wedding.||
3444|Czamanske Ridge|Ridge|823500S|0524200W|-82.5833333|-52.7||||A ridge between Jaeger Table and Welcome Pass in the Dufek Massif, Pensacola Mountains, q.v.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Gerald K. Czamanske, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geologist, a member of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Pensacola Mountains party, 1976-77.||
3445|Mount Czegka|Summit|862100S|1484100W|-86.35|-148.6833333|2270|7447|01/01/1956|A mountain, 2,270 m, on the E side of Scott Glacier, just N of the terminus of Van Reeth Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn, and named by Byrd after Victor H. Czegka (1880-1973), CWO, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC), who served as a member with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30, and also as member and supply manager with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35.||
3446|D'Abnour Bay|Bay|641600S|0631400W|-64.2666667|-63.2333333|||01/01/1965|A small bay 3 mi ESE of Cape Gronland in northern Anvers Island, Palmer Archipelago.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) (1903-05) under J.B. Charcot, who named the bay for French naval officer Contre-amiral Richard d'Abnour.||
3448|Dagger Peak|Summit|635500S|0572900W|-63.9166667|-57.4833333|90|295|01/01/1952|Rock peak rising steeply from sea level to about 90 m at the W end of Comb Ridge, located near the extremity of The Naze on James Ross Island, close S of Trinity Peninsula.  This area was first explored in 1902 by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold. The peak was charted and given this descriptive name by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1945.||
3449|Daggoo Peak|Summit|654500S|0622000W|-65.75|-62.3333333|905|2969|01/01/1963|Rocky peak, 905 m, at the N side of the mouth of Flask Glacier, 5 mi WSW of Tashtego Point on the E side of Graham Land. Surveyed and photographed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1956 after Flask's harpooner on the Pequod in Herman Melville's Moby-Dick or The White Whale.||
3450|Daguerre Glacier|Glacier|650700S|0632500W|-65.1166667|-63.4166667|||01/01/1965|Glacier which joins with Niepce Glacier and flows into Lauzanne Cove, Flandres Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land. Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1954.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Louis J.M. Daguerre (1787-1851), French painter and physicist who, with J.N. Niepce, invented the daguerreotype process of photography perfected in 1839.||
3451|Dahl Reef|Bar|661500S|1102900E|-66.25|110.4833333|||01/01/1963|A narrow rock reef which uncovers at low water, lying 1.4 mi NW of Stonehocker Point, Clark Peninsula.  First charted in 1962, during a hydrographic survey of Newcomb Bay and approaches by d'A.T. Gale of Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE).  Named for Egil Dahl, third mate on the Thala Dan, the ship used by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1962.||
3454|Dailey Islands|Island|775248S|1650825E|-77.879927|165.140168||||Group of small volcanic islands lying off the coast of Victoria Land, 5 mi NE of Cape Chocolate, in the N part of the ice shelf bordering McMurdo Sound.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) under Scott, and named for Fred E. Dailey, expedition carpenter.||
3455|Mount Daimler|Summit|634500S|0582900W|-63.75|-58.4833333|||01/01/1964|The highest point of a rock massif between Russell East Glacier and Victory Glacier, 3 mi S of Mount Canicula, Trinity Peninsula.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Gottlieb Daimler (1834-1900), German engineer who developed the light-oil medium speed internal combustion engine which made possible the first commercial production of light mechanical land transport, 1883-85.||
3456|Dais|Plain|773252S|1611324E|-77.547716|161.223376|||01/01/1964|An elongated mesa between Labyrinth and Lake Vanda in the western part of Wright Valley, in Victoria Land.  Descriptively named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1958-59.||
3457|Daisy Point|Summit|540300S|0371100W|-54.05|-37.1833333|||01/01/1956|Point extending seaward from the high rocky shore on the E side of the Bay of Isles, South Georgia.  It lies 0.5 mi W of Cape Wilson, near the entrance to Beckmann Fjord.  The name Low Point was given for this feature, probably by DI personnel who charted this area in 1929.  Following its survey in 1951-52, the South Georgia Survey (SGS) reported that this part of the coast is high and rugged, and the point, though relatively low by comparison, does not merit the description "low."  The new name, recommended by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954, is after the sealing brig Daisy of New Bedford, MA, which under Captain Benjamin D. Cleveland visited the Bay of Isles in 1912-13.||
3458|Dakers Island|Island|644633S|0642242W|-64.7758333|-64.3783333|||01/01/1975|Island between Hartshorne Island and McGuire Island in eastern Joubin Islands.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Hugh B. Dakers, cook in R.V. Hero on her first Antarctic voyage to Palmer Station in 1968.||09/26/2014
3459|Dakota Pass|Gap|835000S|1603500E|-83.8333333|160.5833333|||01/01/1966|A low pass in the Queen Elizabeth Range, to the E of Peletier Plateau.  Named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) because the pass was used by a Dakota R4D (new designation Skytrain C-47) plane on a reconnaissance flight into the area.||
3460|Dale Glacier|Glacier|781700S|1620200E|-78.2833333|162.0333333|||01/01/1963|A trenchlike glacier which drains the SW slopes of Mount Huggins in the Royal Society Range and flows W into Skelton Glacier.  First visited by Brooke and Gunn of the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1963 for Lieutenant Commander Robert L. Dale, U.S. Navy (USN), officer in charge of the Squadron VX-6 wintering-over detachment at McMurdo Station in 1960.||
3461|Dales Island|Island|671100S|0594400E|-67.1833333|59.7333333|||01/01/1947|Small island lying 1 mi N of Warnock Islands, to the N of the William Scoresby Archipelago.  Discovered and named by DI personnel on the William Scoresby in February 1936.||
3462|Daley Hills|Range|734200S|1644500E|-73.7|164.75|||01/01/1969|A group of high, ice-covered hills along the W side of Aviator Glacier between the mouths of Cosmonette and Shoemaker Glaciers, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert C. Daley, USN, flight engineer on Hercules aircraft during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1966, 1967 and 1968.||
3463|Dalgliesh Bay|Bay|674200S|0674500W|-67.7|-67.75|||01/01/1956|Bay, 1 mi wide and indenting 3 mi, lying between Lainez Point and Bongrain Point on the W side of Pourquoi Pas Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  First roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named for David G. Dalgliesh, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) medical officer at Stonington Island in 1948-49, who accompanied the 1948 sledge survey party to this area.||
3464|Dålk Glacier|Glacier|692600S|0762700E|-69.4333333|76.45|||01/01/1956|A glacier, 8 mi long, draining into the SE part of Prydz Bay between Larsemann Hills and Steinnes.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37).  Named by John H. Roscoe in his 1952 study of features in the area as identified in air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Named after Dalk Island lying at the terminus of the glacier.||
3465|Dålk Island|Island|692300S|0763000E|-69.3833333|76.5|||01/01/1963|A small coastal island lying at the terminus of Dalk Glacier, in the SE part of Prydz Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37) and named Dalkoy.||
3469|Mount Dallmann|Summit|714500S|0101800E|-71.75|10.3|2485|8153|01/01/1966|A bold mountain (2,485 m) 11 mi E of the northern portion of the Conrad Mountains, in the Orvin Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named for Eduard Dallmann, German whaling captain who explored along the W coast of Antarctic Peninsula in 1873-74.  He was the first person to navigate under the German flag in Antarctic waters.||
3470|Dallmann Bay|Bay|642000S|0625500W|-64.3333333|-62.9166667|||01/01/1947|Bay lying between Brabant and Anvers Islands, connected to Gerlache Strait by Schollaert Channel, in the Palmer Archipelago. Discovered and first roughly charted in 1874 by the German whaler Captain Eduard Dallmann.  Named for Dallmann by the Society for Polar Navigation, Hamburg, which sponsored Dallmann's Antarctic exploration.  Later charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot.||
3471|Dallmann Nunatak|Summit|650100S|0601800W|-65.0166667|-60.3|||01/01/1952|Nunatak Island 5 mi N of Bruce Nunatak in the Seal Nunataks group, off the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  First charted in 1902 by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskojld, and named by him for Captain Eduard Dallmann.||
3473|Dallmeyer Peak|Summit|645300S|0624500W|-64.8833333|-62.75|1105|3625|01/01/1965|Peak, 1,105 m, standing 2 mi SW of Steinheil Point on the S side of Andvord Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  The peak appears on an Argentine government chart of 1952.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for John H. Dallmeyer (1830-83), English (formerly German) optician who independently developed the "rectilinear" photographic lens.||03/06/1997
3474|Mount Dalmeny|Summit|710700S|1665500E|-71.1166667|166.9166667|1610|5282|01/01/1951|A peak (1,610 m) 6 mi ESE of Drabek Peak and 3 mi W of Redmond Bluff in the Anare Mountains of Victoria Land. Discovered in 1841 by Captain James Ross, Royal Navy (RN), who named it for the Right Honorable Lord Dalmeny, then a junior lord of the Admiralty.||
3475|Dalmor Bank|Bar|621000S|0583200W|-62.1666667|-58.5333333||||A submarine bank with a least depth of c. 80 m, lying off the E end of Dufayel Island in Ezcurra Inlet, King George Island. Named by the Polish Antarctic Expedition after the expedition ship Dalmor, which first used the bank in 1977 as the best anchorage in the inlet.||
3476|Mount Dalrymple|Summit|775600S|0860300W|-77.9333333|-86.05|3600|11811|01/01/1960|Mountain, 3,600 m, between Mount Alf and Mount Goldthwait in the N part of the Sentinel Range.  Mapped by the Marie Byrd Land Traverse party, 1957-58.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Paul C. Dalrymple, meteorologist, member of the wintering party at Little America V in 1957 and the South Pole Station in 1958.  In later years, he continued to contribute to the understanding of Antarctica through leadership in the Antarctican Society and informal education.||
3477|Dalsnatten Crag|Cliff|723100S|0003000E|-72.5166667|.5|||01/01/1966|A rock crag on the E side of Skarsdalen Valley in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Dalsnatten (the valley crag).||
3478|Dalsnuten Peak|Summit|723600S|0031100W|-72.6|-3.1833333|||01/01/1966|A peak rising above the ice in the NE part of Raudberg Valley just N of Jokulskarvet Ridge, in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Dalsnuten (the valley peak).||
3479|Dalten Nunatak|Summit|722300S|0034200W|-72.3833333|-3.7|||01/01/1966|An isolated nunatak about 1.5 mi ESE of Dilten Nunatak and 7 mi NW of Borg Mountain in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Dalten.||
3480|Cape Dalton|Cape|665300S|0564400E|-66.8833333|56.7333333|||01/01/1970|Point marking the SE end of a snow-covered island, located 1 mi N of Abrupt Point on the western side of Edward VIII Bay. First mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37) and, though not specifically named on the map, the point appears to have been included as part of two larger features called "Skutenes" and "Skutenesmulen."  "Skutenes" (barge point) was subsequently mapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) as two snow-covered islands, making this descriptive name and "Skutenesmulen," a derivative, inappropriate.  Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) named the point Cape Dalton for R.F.M. Dalton, officer in charge of Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) work at Macquarie Island, 1953.||
3481|Mount Dalton|Summit|692900S|1575400E|-69.4833333|157.9|1175|3855|01/01/1961|A peak (1,175 m) on the E side of Matusevich Glacier, 6 mi SE of Thompson Peak, in the NW part of Wilson Hills.  Sketched and photographed by Phillip Law on Feb. 20, 1959, during the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Magga Dan) expedition.  Named by ANCA for R.F.M. Dalton, Technical Officer (aircraft) of the Antarctic Division and second-in-charge of this expedition.||
3482|Dalton Glacier|Glacier|773300S|1522500W|-77.55|-152.4166667|||01/01/1966|A broad glacier on the E side of the Alexandra Mountains on Edward VII Peninsula, flowing northward into Butler Glacier just S of Sulzberger Bay.  Mapped from surveys by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Brian C. Dalton, MC, U.S. Navy (USN), officer in charge at Byrd Station, 1957.||
3483|Dalton Iceberg Tongue|Glacier|661500S|1213000E|-66.25|121.5|||01/01/1962|A large iceberg tongue that extends seaward from the eastern part of Moscow University Ice Shelf.  The feature was partly delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  It was mapped on the basis of observation by Phillip Law from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1958.  Visited in Feb. 1960 by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Magga Dan) led by Phillip Law.  Named by ANCA for R.F.M. Dalton, second-in-command of the latter expedition.||
3484|Cape Daly|Cape|673100S|0634700E|-67.5166667|63.7833333|||01/01/1947|Ice-covered promontory on the coast, 3 mi W of Safety Island and close SE of the Robinson Group.  Discovered in February 1931 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, who named it for Senator Daly of the Australian Commonwealth Senate.||
3485|Dalziel Ridge|Ridge|701500S|0635500W|-70.25|-63.9166667|||01/01/1976|The primary, western ridge of the Columbia Mountains in Palmer Land.  There is considerable exposure of bare rock along the W slopes of the feature.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ian W.D. Dalziel, British geologist now at Columbia University, in several recent seasons (late 1960s to 1976) the principal U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) investigator of the structure and petrology of the Scotia Ridge area.||
3486|Mount Damm|Summit|823600S|1623700E|-82.6|162.6166667|1130|3707|01/01/1966|Snow-covered mountain, 1,130 m, between Heidemann and Nottarp Glaciers in the Queen Elizabeth Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert Damm, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1963-64.||
3487|Damocles Point|Summit|693900S|0692100W|-69.65|-69.35|60|197|01/01/1955|Point on the E coast of Alexander Island, 3 mi ESE of the S summit of Mount Tyrrell.  A small rock exposure near sea level is surmounted by a 60 m ice cliff.  First photographed from the air in 1937 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Surveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and so named by them because the ice cliff overhanging the spot where geological specimens were collected seemed like the sword of Damocles.||
3488|Damoy Point|Summit|644900S|0633200W|-64.8166667|-63.5333333|||01/01/1951|Point 0.5 mi WNW of Flag Point, the N entrance point to the harbor of Point Lockroy, on the W side of Wiencke Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered and named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot.||
3489|Damschroder Rock|Summit|853800S|0691400W|-85.6333333|-69.2333333|1595|5233|01/01/1968|A conspicuous rock outlier, 1,595 m, at the end of a snow-covered spur extending westward for 2.5 mi from central Pecora Escarpment, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gerald H. Damschroder, construction mechanic at Plateau Station, winter 1966.||04/11/2001
3491|Dana Glacier|Glacier|705500S|0622300W|-70.9166667|-62.3833333|||01/01/1976|Glacier about 30 mi long on the E side of Palmer Land.  It drains the slopes at the SE side of the Welch Mountains and flows E then NE to discharge into the head of Lehrke Inlet just N of Parmelee Massif.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander John B. Dana, USN, Commanding Officer of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VXE-6 in Antarctica during Operation Deep Freeze, 1973; he was squadron Executive Officer, 1972, and Operations Officer, 1971.||
3492|Dana Mountains|Summit|731200S|0622500W|-73.2|-62.4166667|||01/01/1968|A group of mountains just NW of New Bedford Inlet, bounded by Mosby Glacier on the N and the Haines and Meinardus Glaciers on the S, in Palmer Land.  First seen and photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after James Dwight Dana (1813-95) American geologist.||
3493|Danco Coast|Beach|644200S|0620000W|-64.7|-62|||01/01/1947|That portion of the W coast of the Antarctic Peninsula between Cape Sterneck and Cape Renard.  This coast was explored in Jan. and Feb. of 1898 by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, who named it for Lieutenant Emile Danco who died on the expedition.||
3494|Danco Island|Island|644400S|0623700W|-64.7333333|-62.6166667|||01/01/1965|Island 1 mi long lying in the S part of Errera Channel, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from the Norsel in 1955, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Emile Danco (1869-98), Belgian geophysicist and member of the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), who died on board the Belgica in the Antarctic.||03/06/1997
3495|Mount Dane|Summit|765100S|1464000W|-76.85|-146.6666667|||01/01/1966|A mountain 3 mi WNW of Eilefsen Peak in the N part of Radford Island, lying in Sulzberger Ice Shelf off the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  The mountain was probably first seen on aerial flights by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1928-30).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for F.S. Dane, dog driver with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1933-35).||
3497|Mount Danforth|Summit|855600S|1500100W|-85.9333333|-150.0166667|2000|6562|01/01/1956|An ice-free, pyramidal mountain over 2,000 m, standing immediately E of Mount Zanuck on the S side of Albanus Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn, and named by Byrd for William H. Danforth of the Purina Mills, St. Louis, contributor to the expedition.||
3498|D'Angelo Bluff|Cliff|871800S|1540000W|-87.3|-154|||01/01/1963|A prominent north-facing rock bluff, 6 mi long, trending westward from Mount Mclntyre.  The bluff stands at the W side of Scott Glacier, near the head, 13 mi S of Mount Early.  Discovered by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party led by Quin Blackburn, in Dec. 1934.  The bluff was visited Dec. 5, 1962 by a geological party of the Ohio State University Institute of Polar Studies, led by George Doumani.  Named by Doumani for CWO John D'Angelo, U.S. Army (USA), helicopter pilot who landed the party on this bluff.||
3499|Cape Danger|Cape|622700S|0602300W|-62.45|-60.3833333|||01/01/1953|Cape which forms the NW extremity of Desolation Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted in 1935 by DI personnel on the Discovery II.  So named because a group of sunken rocks extends about 0.4 mi N from the cape.||
3500|Danger Islands|Island|632500S|0544000W|-63.4166667|-54.6666667|||01/01/1963|Group of islands lying 13 mi ESE of Joinville Island. Discovered Dec. 28, 1842 by a British expedition under Ross, who so named them because, appearing among heavy fragments of ice, they were almost completely concealed until the ship was nearly upon them.||
3501|Danger Slopes|Slope|774832S|1664033E|-77.80895|166.675814|||01/01/1964|An ice slope just S of Knob Point on the W side of Hut Point Peninsula, Ross Island.  The initial slope is very steep and it terminates W in a sheer drop to Erebus Bay.  So named by British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) because Seaman George T. Vince of British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) lost his life here in a blizzard when he slipped and fell into the sea.||
3502|Mount Daniel|Summit|845400S|1701700W|-84.9|-170.2833333|2440|8005|01/01/1956|A prominent peak (2,440 m) standing 1 mi N of Mount Hall, in the Lillie Range of the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered and photographed by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1928-30), and named by Byrd for Robert W. Daniel of Lower Brandon, VA, a contributor to the expedition.||
3503|Daniel Island|Island|661400S|1103600E|-66.2333333|110.6|||01/01/1960|Small, rocky island which lies S of Honkala Island and marks the S end of Swain Islands.  First roughly mapped as part of the Swain Islands from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and included in a 1957 survey by Wilkes Station personnel under C.R. Eklund.  Named by Eklund for Commissaryman 2d Class David Daniel, USN, cook and Navy support force member of the 1957 wintering party at Wilkes Station during the IGY.||
3504|Cape Daniell|Cape|724300S|1695500E|-72.7166667|169.9166667|||01/01/1947|Cape at the NE extremity of Daniell Peninsula which marks the S side of the entrance to Tucker Inlet, in Victoria Land. Discovered, Jan. 15, 1841, by Sir James Clark Ross who named it for Professor Daniell, chemist of King's College, Cambridge University, and Foreign Secretary of the Royal Society.||03/06/1997
3505|Daniell Peninsula|Cape|725000S|1693500E|-72.8333333|169.5833333|||01/01/1962|The large peninsula between Cape Daniell and Cape Jones on the coast of Victoria Land.  It is an elongated basalt dome similar to Adare and Hallett Peninsulas and rises to 2,000 meters.  It is partly separated from the Victory Mountains by Whitehall Glacier, which is afloat in its lower reaches, but is joined to these mountains by the higher land in the vicinity of Mount Prior.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, after Cape Daniell, and by analogy with Adare and Hallett Peninsulas.||
3507|Daniels Hill|Summit|703400S|0643600W|-70.5666667|-64.6|||01/01/1978|A prominent solitary nunatak that rises above the ice in the eastern part of the Dyer Plateau of Palmer Land, approximately 15 mi W of the head of Clifford Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert Daniels, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at Palmer Station, 1975.||
3508|Daniels Range|Range|711500S|1600000E|-71.25|160|||01/01/1964|A principal mountain range of the Usarp Mountains, about 50 mi long and 10 mi wide, bounded to the N by Harlin Glacier and to the S by Gressitt Glacier.  The range was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Ambassador Paul C. Daniels (1903-86), a leading American figure in the formulation of the Antarctic Treaty in 1959.||
3510|Dannebrog Islands|Island|650300S|0640800W|-65.05|-64.1333333|||01/01/1950|Group of islands and rocks lying between the Wauwermans Islands and Vedel Islands in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  The Wilhelm Archipelago was first sighted and named by a German expedition under Dallmann, 1873-74.  It was resighted and named Dannebrog Islands by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache, in appreciation of support given to Gerlache by Denmark.  Dallmann's original naming has been retained for the archipelago, and the name Dannebrog restricted to the smaller group here described.||
3511|Danum Platform|Bench|795900S|1552700E|-79.9833333|155.45||||A mesa-like rock eminence 4 mi NE of Haven Mountain, forming the divide between Bibra Valley and Dubris Valley in Britannia Range.  Named in association with Britannia by a University of Waikato (New Zealand) geological party, 1978-79, led by M.J. Selby.  Danum is a historical name used in Roman Britain for present-day Doncaster.||
3512|Darbel Bay|Bay|663000S|0655500W|-66.5|-65.9166667|||01/01/1960|Bay 25 mi wide, indenting the W coast of Graham Land between Capes Bellue and Rey.  Discovered and roughly charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10, who gave it the name "Baie Marin Darbel."  The bay was further charted in 1931 by DI personnel on the Discovery II, and by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill.||
3513|Darbel Islands|Island|662300S|0655800W|-66.3833333|-65.9666667|||01/01/1965|Group of islands and rocks extending SW from Cape Bellue for 5 mi across the entrance to Darbel Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II and named Marin Darbel Islands after the bay in which they were found.  Both names have since been shortened by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC).||
3514|Darboux Island|Island|652500S|0641500W|-65.4166667|-64.25|270|886|01/01/1951|Island 1 mi long rising to 270 m, lying 3 mi W of Cape Perez off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for Jean Gaston Darboux, noted French mathematician.||
3515|Mount Darbyshire|Summit|782800S|1580500E|-78.4666667|158.0833333|2100|6890|01/01/1964|A prominent bare rock mountain (2,100 m) which stands close west of Warren Range in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1956-61.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Major Leslie L. Darbyshire, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC), pilot with U.S. Navy Squadron VX-6, 1960-61 and 1961-62.||
3516|Darkowski Glacier|Glacier|775218S|1622552E|-77.871694|162.431248|||01/01/1964|Glacier in the Cathedral Rocks, flowing N between Zoller and Bol Glaciers into the Ferrar Glacier of Victoria Land. Charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, 1910-13.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for Lieutenant Leon S. Darkowski, U.S. Navy (USN), chaplain in 1957 at the Naval Air Facility on McMurdo Sound.||
3517|Darley Hills|Range|810600S|1601000E|-81.1|160.1666667|||01/01/1965|A range of high, ice-covered coastal hills overlooking Ross Ice Shelf, trending N-S for about 20 mi between Capes Douglas and Parr.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James M. Darley, chief cartographer of the National Geographic Society, 1940-63, under whose direction many important maps of Antarctica were published.||03/06/1997
3518|Mount Darling|Summit|771500S|1432000W|-77.25|-143.3333333|||01/01/1947|Highest peak of the Allegheny Mountains, standing 1 mi W of Mount Swartley in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered on aerial flights from the West Base of U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940, and named for Prof. Chester A. Darling of Allegheny College, Meadville, Pennsylvania.||
3519|Darling Ridge|Ridge|844600S|1155400W|-84.7666667|-115.9|2350|7710|01/01/1962|A snow-covered, flat-topped ridge (2,350 m) with precipitous rock sides.  The ridge is 2.5 mi long and forms a notable landmark at the NW corner of Buckeye Table in the Ohio Range, Horlick Mountains.  Surveyed by the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Horlick Mountains Traverse party in Dec. 1958.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Fredric L. Darling, glaciological assistant with the party.||
3520|Cape Darlington|Cape|720000S|0604300W|-72|-60.7166667|305|1001|01/01/1953|Ice-covered headland which rises to 305 m, forming the S side of the entrance to Hilton Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered in 1940 by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), but at that time it was thought to be an island.  Its true nature was determined in an aerial flight by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, in November 1947.  Named by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) for Harry Darlington III, member of the East Base sledging party that explored this coast as far S as Hilton Inlet. Darlington was also a member of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE).||
3522|Darnell Nunatak|Summit|802700S|1555400E|-80.45|155.9|1405|4610|01/01/1965|A prominent nunatak, 1,405 m, standing 4 mi NW of Mount Rummage in the SW part of Britannia Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Chief Aviation Machinist's Mate Shepard L. Darnell, a member of U.S. Navy Squadron VX-6.  During the period December 27, 1962-January 4, 1963, Chief Darnell and six mechanics replaced in the field the engine of a helicopter downed on Emmanuel Glacier.||
3523|Cape Darnley|Cape|542700S|0364900W|-54.45|-36.8166667|||01/01/1953|Cape at the SE side of Jacobsen Bight on the south-central coast of South Georgia.  The name dates back to about 1920 and was given for E.R. Darnley of the Colonial Office, Chairman of the Discovery Committee, 1923-33.||
3524|Cape Darnley|Cape|674300S|0693000E|-67.7166667|69.5|||01/01/1947|Ice-covered cape forming the N extremity of Bjerko Peninsula at the W side of MacKenzie Bay.  On Dec. 26, 1929 Sir Douglas Mawson, from the masthead of the Discovery while in 6657S, 7157E, saw land miraged up on the SW horizon.  On Feb. 10, 1931 he returned in the Discovery and was able to approach close enough to see the headland, naming it for E.R. Darnley, Chairman of the Discovery Committee of the Colonial Office, London, 1923 to 1933.||03/06/1997
3525|Mount Darnley|Summit|590300S|0263000W|-59.05|-26.5|1100|3609|01/01/1952|Mountain, 1,100 m, in the south-central portion of Bristol Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  Charted in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II, who named it for E.R. Darnley.||
3527|Cape Dart|Cape|730700S|1260900W|-73.1166667|-126.15|||01/01/1947|A cape at the foot of Mount Siple on the N coast of Siple Island, just southward of Lauff Island.  Discovered in December 1940 by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in a flight from West Base.  Named for Justin W. Dart who, as an executive of the Walgreen Drug Co., supported the expedition.||
3528|Mount Dart|Summit|701200S|0650700E|-70.2|65.1166667|||01/01/1971|A mountain 1.5 mi SE of Mount Dwyer in the Athos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1965.  Named by ANCA for J.R. Dart, radio operator at Mawson Station who took part in the Prince Charles Mountains survey in 1969.||
3529|Dart Island|Island|621400S|0590100W|-62.2333333|-59.0166667|||01/01/1965|The largest of several small islands lying in the W entrance to Fildes Strait in the South Shetland Islands.  This island and the two islands to the E and S of it were first surveyed and named collectively "70 Islets" by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1934-35, because at least two of them were reported to be 70 ft high.  The name was rejected by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961 and a new name substituted for the largest island in the group.  Dart Island is named for the British sealing vessel Dart from London, which visited the South Shetland Islands in about 1823.||
3530|Dart Moraine|Ridge|705400S|0680000E|-70.9|68|||01/01/1973|An area of brown moraine, extending for 7 mi S of Radok Lake and Pagodroma Gorge and W of Flagstone Bench, at the E end of the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Photographed by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956.  This moraine was crossed many times in Jan.-Feb. 1969 by J. Dart, radio officer with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party camped at Radok Lake on his way to the aircraft landing strip used to supply the camp.||
3531|Dartmouth Point|Summit|541800S|0362700W|-54.3|-36.45|||01/01/1953|Point which marks the N end of the rugged promontory separating Moraine Fjord and the E head of Cumberland East Bay, South Georgia.  Charted by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04.  Named after His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) 1920.||
3532|Daruma Rock|Summit|683200S|0411100E|-68.5333333|41.1833333|||01/01/1968|A rock on the coast at the W side of Nishi-naga-iwa Glacier in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Daruma-iwa (tumbler rock).||04/12/2001
3533|Mount Darwin|Summit|850200S|1630800E|-85.0333333|163.1333333|||01/01/1947|A prominent but low-lying, ice free mountain at the head of Beardmore Glacier, about 5 mi WSW of Mount Bowers.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named after Major Leonard Darwin, President of the Royal Geographical Society, 1908-11.||
3534|Darwin Glacier|Glacier|795300S|1590000E|-79.8833333|159|||01/01/1962|A large glacier flowing from the polar plateau eastward between the Darwin and Cook Mountains to the Ross Ice Shelf.  The lower part of the glacier was mapped by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04), and the whole area traversed by New Zealand parties of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58). Named in association with the Darwin Mountains.||
3535|Darwin Island|Island|632600S|0544600W|-63.4333333|-54.7666667|||01/01/1963|Largest of the Danger Islands lying 11 mi ESE of the E tip of Joinville Island, off the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula. Discovered in 1842 by a British expedition under Ross, and named by him for Charles Darwin, noted naturalist.||
3536|Darwin Mountains|Summit|795100S|1561500E|-79.85|156.25||||A group of mountains between the Darwin and Hatherton Glaciers.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named for Major Leonard Darwin, at that time Honorary Secretary of the Royal Geographical Society.||
3537|Darwin Névé|Glacier|793000S|1550000E|-79.5|155|||01/01/1965|A large neve on the W side of the Cook and Darwin Mountains which feeds the Darwin and Hatherton Glaciers.  Named for its association with Darwin Glacier by the New Zealand Darwin Glacier Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.||
3538|Mount Dasinger|Summit|831300S|0550300W|-83.2166667|-55.05|1360|4462|01/01/1968|A mountain, 1,360 m, standing 6 mi NE of Neith Nunatak in northern Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) James R. Dasinger, USN, of the Ellsworth Station winter party, 1958.||
3539|Daspit Glacier|Glacier|681000S|0654500W|-68.1666667|-65.75|||01/01/1953|Glacier 6 mi long, flowing ENE along the S side of Mount Shelby to the head of Trail Inlet, on the E coast of Graham Land. Discovered by members of East Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  It was photographed from the air in 1947 by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, and charted in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by Ronne for Captain Lawrence R. Daspit, U.S. Navy (USN), who assisted in obtaining Navy support for the Ronne expedition.||
3540|Mount Dater|Summit|670800S|0644900W|-67.1333333|-64.8166667|1200|3937|01/01/1976|A prominent flat-topped coastal mountain which is marked by distinctive rock spurs and steep cliffs, rising to 1,200 m S of Mill Inlet on Foyn Coast, Graham Land.  The feature was roughly surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1947, and was photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947, and the U.S. Navy, 1963.  Following surveys by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1963-64, and in association with the names of Antarctic historians grouped in this area, it was named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Henry M. Dater (1909-74), U.S. Navy Historian; member of U.S. Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names, 1962-72 (Chairman, 1973-74); co-author (with E. Schulthess and G.J. Dufek) of Anarctica, Zurich, 1959.||
3541|Dater Glacier|Glacier|781700S|0843500W|-78.2833333|-84.5833333|||01/01/1961|A steep valley glacier, 24 mi long and from 1 to 3 mi wide, flowing NE in a sinuous course from the E slopes of Vinson Massif to Rutford Ice Stream which borders the E flank of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  At the lower end the Dater Glacier coalesces with the terminus of the Ellen Glacier, the two emerging from the Sentinel Range as one stream just N of Flowers Hills.  Discovered by U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 on photographic flights of Dec. 14-15, 1959, and mapped from these photographs by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS). Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Henry M. Dater, (Mount Dater, q.v.), historian on the staff of the U.S. Antarctic Projects Officer and the U.S. Naval Support Force Antarctica.||03/06/1997
3542|Datum Peak|Summit|775752S|1635110E|-77.96442|163.852863|1575|5167|01/01/1993|A peak (1,575 m) near the SW extremity of Hobbs Ridge, rising above the S side of Gauss Glacier, 1.6 mi W of Williams Peak, in Victoria Land.  The name is one of a group in the area associated with surveying applied in 1993 by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB).  Named from datum (a practical representation of a reference system), a geodesy and surveying term defined by fixed coordinates.||
3543|Daughtery Peaks|Range|732900S|1642000E|-73.4833333|164.3333333|2680|8793|01/01/1969|A small cluster of bare rock peaks (2,680 m) that surmount the S wall of Cosmonaut Glacier in the Southern Cross Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Franklin J. Daughtery, aviation structural mechanic with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6, a participant in six Deep Freeze operations.||
3544|Dauphin Island|Island|664600S|1413500E|-66.7666667|141.5833333|||01/01/1962|Rocky island 0.15 mi long with small summits at its N and S ends, between Claquebue Island and Chameau Island in the Curzon Islands.  Charted in 1951 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) and named by them for Dauphine, an ancient province of France.||
3548|Davern Nunatak|Summit|705400S|0652000E|-70.9|65.3333333|||01/01/1971|A nunatak 1.5 mi W of Mount Bewsher in the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos.  Named by ANCA for E.V. Davern, radio operator at Wilkes Station in 1963 and senior weather observer (radio) there in 1967.||01/05/2021
3549|Davey Nunataks|Summit|725800S|0745200E|-72.9666667|74.8666667|||01/01/1967|A group of seven nunataks lying 3 mi SW of Mount Harding in the Grove Mountains.  Mapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) from air photos, 1956-60. Named by ANCA for S.L. Davey, topographic draftsman with the Division of National Mapping, Australian Department of National Development, who has contributed substantially to the production of Antarctic maps.||
3550|Davey Peak|Summit|755300S|1154500W|-75.8833333|-115.75|1855|6086|01/01/1967|Small rock peak (1,855 m) 8 mi W of Scudder Peak on the S side of Toney Mountain, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gary R. Davey, meteorologist at Byrd Station in 1966.||
3551|Davey Point|Summit|615800S|0583400W|-61.9666667|-58.5666667|||01/01/1960|Conspicuous rocky point 3 mi SW of Round Point on the N coast of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  This feature was charted and named Round Island by DI personnel on the not an island but a rocky point.  Since there is already a Round Point on King George Island, a new name was substituted by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960. Davey Point is named for Graham J. Davey, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) assistant surveyor at Admiralty Bay in 1957 and 1958, who triangulated King George Island and extended this triangulation to Nelson, Robert and Greenwich Islands.||
3553|David Cauldron|Glacier|752000S|1605000E|-75.3333333|160.8333333|||01/01/1966|An icefall of turbulent iceblocks on the David Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Named by the Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, in association with David Glacier.||
3554|David Glacier|Glacier|751900S|1620000E|-75.3166667|162|||01/01/1947|A glacier over 60 mi long, flowing E from the polar plateau through the Prince Albert Mountains to the coast of Victoria Land.  It enters Ross Sea between Cape Philippi and Cape Reynolds to form the floating Drygalski Ice Tongue.  Discovered by Ernest Shackleton's "Northern Party," November 1908, under the leadership of Prof. T.W. Edgeworth David, of Sydney University, for whom the feature was named.||
3555|David Island|Island|662500S|0984600E|-66.4166667|98.7666667|||01/01/1947|Ice-covered island, 10 mi long and 6 mi wide, marked by rock exposures along its N and E sides, lying off Davis Peninsula in the Shackleton Ice Shelf.  Discovered in November 1912 by the Western Base Party of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson, and named by him for Prof. Sir. T.W. Edgeworth David, member of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) Advisory Committee.||
3557|David Range|Range|675400S|0623000E|-67.9|62.5|||01/01/1947|Range 5 mi W of Masson Range, which it parallels, in the Framnes Mountains.  It extends 16 mi in a NNE-SSW direction, with peaks rising to 1,500 meters.  Discovered on Feb. 14, 1931 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, who named it for Prof. Sir T.W. Edgeworth David.||
3558|Cape Davidson|Cape|604600S|0444600W|-60.7666667|-44.7666667|||01/01/1952|Cape which marks the southernmost part of Mackenzie Peninsula and the W side of the entrance to Wilton Bay, in the W part of Laurie Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted in 1903 by the ScotNAE under Bruce, who named it for J. Davidson, first mate of the expedition ship Scotia.||
3559|Mount Davidson|Summit|764300S|1615800E|-76.7166667|161.9666667|1560|5118||Mountain, 1,560 m, standing at the head of Albrecht Penck Glacier in Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) which named it for a member of the ship's company of the Morning, relief ship to the expedition.||
3560|Davidson Glacier|Glacier|824900S|1660700E|-82.8166667|166.1166667|||01/01/1966|A glacier in the Holland Range, flowing N along the E side of Longstaff Peaks into the Ross Ice Shelf.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys (1961-62) and Navy air photos (1960). Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander E.A. Davidson, USN, Commanding Officer of the USS Edisto during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1963.||
3561|Davidson Island|Island|662600S|0663700W|-66.4333333|-66.6166667|||01/01/1965|A small, dome-shaped ice-covered island between Wollan Island and Shull Rocks in Crystal Sound.  Mapped from air photos obtained by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (1947-48) and Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1958-59) and from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1958-59).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for William L. Davidson, American physicist who used neutron diffraction to determine the position of the hydrogen atoms in ice.||
3562|David Valley|Valley|773636S|1620837E|-77.609976|162.143526|||01/01/1969|A small partially ice-free valley lying above the Conrow Glacier and E of Horowitz Ridge in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Roy E. Cameron, leader of a U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biological party to the valley in 1967-68, for Charles N. David, a member of that party.||
3563|Cape Davies|Cape|715000S|1000400W|-71.8333333|-100.0666667|||01/01/1960|Ice-covered cape at the NE end of Hughes Peninsula, Thurston Island.  First delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Frank Davies, physicist with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) in 1928-30.||01/28/2004
3565|Davies Bay|Bay|691800S|1583400E|-69.3|158.5666667|||01/01/1953|A bay on the coast, 10 mi wide, between Drake Head and Cape Kinsey.  Discovered in February 1911 from the Terra Nova (Lieutenant Harry L.L. Pennell, Royal Navy (RN)) of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.  Named for Francis E.C. Davies, shipwright on the Terra Nova.||
3566|Davies Dome|Summit|635300S|0580300W|-63.8833333|-58.05|400|1312||A small ice dome with rock walls at the margins, rising to 400 m southeast of Stoneley Point on James Ross Island.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1987 after Gwion ("Taff") Davies, general assistant on Operation Tabarin at Port Lockroy, 1943-44, and Hope Bay, 1944-45.||
3567|Davies Escarpment|Cliff|853200S|0894800W|-85.5333333|-89.8|||01/01/1962|An east-facing ice escarpment over 10 mi long, located southward of Bermel Escarpment in the southern part of the Thiel Mountains.  The feature appears to be devoid of rock outcroppings.  The name was proposed by Peter Bermel and Arthur Ford, co-leaders of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Thiel Mountains party of 1960-61. Named after William E. Davies, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geologist aboard the icebreaker Atka in the Antarctic reconnaissance cruise of 1954-55 in search of station sites for use during the International Geophysical Year.||
3569|Davies Heights|Summit|621100S|0585600W|-62.1833333|-58.9333333|150|492||An elevated area, roughly elliptical in form and 1 mi long, rising to 150 m in north-central Fildes Peninsula, King George Island.  The feature has steep sides and an undulating top which rise 60 m above the surrounding plain.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Robert E.S. Davies, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist who worked in this area, 1975-76.||
3570|Davies Top|Summit|692400S|0645600W|-69.4|-64.9333333|2360|7743|01/01/1962|A conspicuous isolated peak (2,360 m) on the E side of Wakefield Highland, near the head of Lurabee Glacier in northern Palmer Land.  Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) on Dec. 22, 1947. Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in Nov. 1960.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Anthony G. Davies of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), Medical Officer at Horseshoe Island and Stonington Island, 1960.||
3571|Cape Davis|Cape|662400S|0565000E|-66.4|56.8333333|||01/01/1947|A rounded ice-covered cape along the N coast of Edward VIII Plateau, 9 mi E of Magnet Bay.  Discovered on Jan. 12, 1930, by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, who named it for Captain John King Davis, Director of Navigation under the Commonwealth Government and ship's captain and second in command of the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE).||03/06/1997
3573|Mount Davis|Summit|780600S|0861500W|-78.1|-86.25|3800|12467|01/01/1960|Mountain over 3,800 m located 1 mi N of Mount Bentley in the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Discovered by the Marie Byrd Land Traverse party, 1957-58, and named for Leo E. Davis, geomagnetician and seismologist at Byrd Station in 1957.||
3574|Point Davis|Summit|604600S|0443900W|-60.7666667|-44.65|||01/01/1952|Point 1.2 mi WNW of Point Rae on the N side of Scotia Bay, Laurie Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted in 1903 by the ScotNAE under Bruce, who named it for W.G. Davis, Director of the Argentine Meteorological Office.||03/06/1997
3575|Davis Anchorage|Harbor|683400S|0775500E|-68.5666667|77.9166667|||01/01/1965|An anchorage about 1 mi in extent with general depths of 10 to 13 fathoms, lying off Breidnes Peninsula, Vestfold Hills.  It is bounded on the west by Krat Rocks and Hobby Rocks, and on the east by the rocks and shoal water extending 0.5 mi offshore from Davis Station.  The anchorage has been used by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) ships to Davis Station, for which it is named, since 1957.||
3576|Davis Bay|Bay|660800S|1340500E|-66.1333333|134.0833333|||01/01/1947|A bay about 12 mi wide at the entrance between Cape Cesney and Lewis Island.  Discovered from the Aurora by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1910-14) under Douglas Mawson.  Named by Mawson for Captain John King Davis, master of the Aurora and second-in-command of the expedition.||
3579|Davis Coast|Beach|640000S|0600000W|-64|-60||||That portion of the W coast of the Antarctic Peninsula between Cape Kjellman and Cape Sterneck.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain John Davis, American sealer who made the first recorded landing on the continent of Antarctica at Hughes Bay on this coast in the Cecilia, Feb. 7, 1821.||
3582|Davis Glacier|Glacier|754500S|1621000E|-75.75|162.1666667||||A heavily crevassed glacier, 15 mi long, draining the NW slopes of Mount George Murray and flowing to the coast of Victoria Land opposite the S end of Lamplugh Island.  The glacier contributes to ice that flows N along the W side of Lamplugh Island and to the Cheetham Ice Tongue.  First charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09, under Shackleton, who named it for John King Davis, first officer and later captain of the expedition ship Nimrod.||
3585|Davis Hills|Range|865200S|1500000W|-86.8666667|-150|||01/01/1967|A small group of hills lying at the S side of Klein Glacier where the latter enters Scott Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Parker Davis, photographer with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 in Operation Deep Freeze 1966 and 1967.||
3586|Davis Ice Piedmont|Glacier|703800S|1661600E|-70.6333333|166.2666667|||01/01/1970|An ice piedmont about 10 mi long and 4 mi wide, located along the N side of Missen Ridge on the N coast of Victoria Land. The name "Cape Davis," after John E. Davis, Second Master of the James C. Ross in 1841.  Since no significant cape exists here, the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) and New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) have reapplied the name Davis to this ice piedmont.||
3587|Davis Ice Rise|Glacier|745600S|1101800W|-74.9333333|-110.3||||An ice rise, 4 mi long, near the terminus of Smith Glacier, 8 mi SE of Mayo Peak, Bear Peninsula, on the Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs taken 1966 and Landsat imagery taken 1972-73.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Commander Arthur R. Davis, USN, Supply Officer, Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1975-76 and 1976-77.||
3588|Davis Island|Island|640600S|0620400W|-64.1|-62.0666667|||01/01/1965|An island about 2 mi long, situated in a position which blocks much of the channel between Brabant Island and Liege Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  The island was photographed and roughly charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99.  The naming, by J.B. Charcot, leader of the French Antarctic Expedition, 1903-05, honors Walter G. Davis, director of the Argentine government meteorological office at the time of the French exploration.||
3589|Davis Islands|Island|664000S|1082500E|-66.6666667|108.4166667|||01/01/1963|A small group of rocky islands lying in the west part of the entrance to Vincennes Bay.  First mapped (1955) by G.D. Blodgett from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1947).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Malcolm Davis, bird curator of the zoo, Washington, DC, who served as biologist aboard the ship as ornithologist during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Windmill (1947-48).||
3590|Davis Knoll|Summit|821000S|1550100E|-82.1666667|155.0166667|||01/01/1966|A partly ice-covered knoll, standing 6 mi N of Mount Ester at the head of Lucy Glacier.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Thomas C. Davis, Jr., U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist at McMurdo Station, 1961-62.||
3591|Davis Nunataks|Summit|853700S|1663600E|-85.6166667|166.6|||01/01/1966|A small cluster of rock nunataks 3 mi NW of Mount Ward, the feature being a southern outlier of the main body of the Dominion Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ronald N. Davis, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geomagnetist-seismologist at South Pole Station, winter 1963.||03/06/1997
3592|Davis Peninsula|Cape|663500S|0984700E|-66.5833333|98.7833333|||01/01/1947|Elongated ice-covered peninsula, 3 mi wide, between Reid Glacier and Northcliffe Glacier.  Discovered in November 1912 by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson, who named it for Captain John King Davis.||
3593|Davis Promontory|Cliff|844100S|0963000W|-84.6833333|-96.5|||01/01/1962|A low promontory, completely snow covered, near the NE end of Havola Escarpment.  This promontory which faces southward was occupied by the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Horlick Mountains Traverse party, 1960-61. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Walter L. Davis, Chief Construction Mechanic, U.S. Navy (USN), who wintered over at Ellsworth Station, 1957, and Byrd Station, 1960. Davis was a member of the 11 man tractor party, led by Major Antero Havola, that journeyed from Byrd Station to South Pole Station, 1960-61.  On Dec. 25, 1960, the party passed a few miles northward of this promontory.||
3594|Davis Ridge|Ridge|712400S|0630000W|-71.4|-63|||01/01/1976|A ridge of irregular shape, apparently an outlier of the Mount Jackson massif.  It rises above the ice surface 6 mi ESE of the summit of Mount Jackson in the E part of Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Brent L. Davis, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at Palmer Station, 1971, and in the Antarctic Peninsula area, 1974-75 season.||03/06/1997
3595|Davis Saddle|Gap|762300S|1470900W|-76.3833333|-147.15|||01/01/1966|An ice saddle just eastward of Mitchell Peak on Guest Peninsula, along the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Clinton S. Davis, BM2, U.S. Navy (USN), Boatswain's Mate aboard USS Glacier along this coast, 1961-62.||03/04/1997
3596|Davis Sea|Sea|660000S|0920000E|-66|92|||01/01/1947|An area of the sea along the coast of Antarctica between West Ice Shelf and the Shackleton Ice Shelf.  Discovered by Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) from the Aurora.  Named by Sir Douglas Mawson for Captain J.K. Davis, master of the Aurora and second in command of the expedition.||03/06/1997
3597|Davis Valley|Valley|822800S|0510900W|-82.4666667|-51.15|||01/01/1968|An ice-free valley just E of Forlidas Ridge in northeast Dufek Massif, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Edward H. Davis, construction mechanic with the Ellsworth Station winter party, 1957.||
3598|Davisville Glacier|Glacier|851700S|1283000W|-85.2833333|-128.5|||01/01/1967|A glacier about 30 mi long which drains the north slopes of the Wisconsin Range, between Lentz and Moran Buttresses, and trends northwestward to merge with the lower portion of the Horlick Ice Stream.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Davisville, Rhode Island, location of the Construction Battalion Center responsible for cargo matters for U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze on the east coast.||
3599|Mount Dawson|Summit|774600S|0862100W|-77.7666667|-86.35|2695|8842|01/01/1960|Sharp, pyramidal mountain (2,695 m) located 2.5 mi NW of Mount Reimer in the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains. Discovered by the Marie Byrd Land Traverse Party, 1957-58, and named after Major Merle R. Dawson (d.1986), USA, leader of the Army-Navy Trail Party which established an oversnow route from Little America V to the site of Byrd Station in November-December 1956; Project Manager for Ship Operations in the Office of Polar Programs, NSF, 1965-70.||
3601|Dawson Head|Cliff|704300S|0615700W|-70.7166667|-61.95|||01/01/1976|A high coastal point, or headland, along the NW side of Lehrke Inlet on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Opie L. Dawson, USCG (Ret.), Commanding Officer of the U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Glacier during the International Weddell Sea Oceanographic Expedition, 1968.||
3602|Mount Dawson-Lambton|Summit|785400S|1603700E|-78.9|160.6166667|2295|7529|01/01/1952|A mountain, 2,295 m, standing 3 mi SW of the summit of Mount Speyer in the Worcester Range.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named after the Misses Dawson-Lambton, contributors to the expedition.||
3603|Dawson-Lambton Glacier|Glacier|760800S|0264500W|-76.1333333|-26.75|||01/01/1947|A heavily-crevassed glacier entering southeastern Weddell Sea immediately west of Brunt Ice Shelf.  Discovered in January 1915 by a British expedition led by Schackleton.  He named it for Elizabeth Dawson-Lambton, benefactress of the Shackleton expeditions.||
3605|Dawson Nunatak|Summit|701300S|0650200E|-70.2166667|65.0333333|||01/01/1967|A nunatak about 3 mi SSE of Mount Peter in the Athos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos.  Named for P.L. Dawson, senior diesel mechanic at Mawson Station in 1964.||
3606|Dawson Peak|Summit|835000S|1623300E|-83.8333333|162.55|2070|6791|01/01/1966|A prominent ice-free peak, 2,070 m, 5 mi SW of Mount Picciotto in the Queen Elizabeth Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after John A. Dawson, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) aurora scientist at South Pole Station, 1958.||
3607|Cape Day|Cape|761800S|1624600E|-76.3|162.7666667|||01/01/1947|A cape on the coast of Victoria Land 11 mi E of Mount Gauss.  First charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) which named this cape after Bernard C. Day, electrician and motor expert with the expedition.||
3608|Day Island|Island|671500S|0674200W|-67.25|-67.7|||01/01/1956|Island, 7 mi long and 3 mi wide, lying immediately S of The Gullet and 2 mi N of Wyatt Island in the N part of Laubeuf Fjord, off the W coast of Graham Land.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, who used the provisional name Middle Island for this feature.  The island was resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and renamed by them for V. Admiral Sir Archibald Day, Hydrographer to the Navy.||
3609|Daykovaya Peak|Summit|712800S|0121100E|-71.4666667|12.1833333|1995|6545|01/01/1970|Prominent peak, 1,995 m, rising between Mount Hansen and Kare Bench in Westliche Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains. Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named Gora Daykovaya (dike mountain).||03/06/1997
3610|Cape Dayman|Cape|704600S|1672400E|-70.7666667|167.4|||01/01/1947|A cape on the N side of Tapsell Foreland that forms the S side of the entrance to Yule Bay, in Victoria Land.  Discovered by Captain James Clark Ross, 1841, who named it after Joseph Dayman, mate on the ship Erebus.||
3612|Dayné Peak|Summit|645400S|0633600W|-64.9|-63.6|730|2395|01/01/1951|Distinctive pyramidal peak, 730 m, immediately NE of Cape Errera, the SW tip of Wiencke Island, in the Palmer Archipelago. Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache.  Named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, for Pierre Dayne, mountain guide and member of the expedition.||
3613|Mount Dayton|Summit|854400S|1584100W|-85.7333333|-158.6833333|1420|4659|01/01/1967|A mainly ice-free mountain, 1,420 m, at the E side of Amundsen Glacier, standing 5 mi W of Mount Goodale in the Hays Mountains.  Mapped from ground surveys and air photos by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Paul K. Dayton III, biologist with the McMurdo Station winter party of 1964.||
3614|Deacock Glacier|Glacier|531100S|0733100E|-53.1833333|73.5166667|||01/01/1968|A glacier close W of Lavett Bluff on the S side of Heard Island.  Surveyed by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), 1948-63.  Named by ANCA for W. Deacock, a member of Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) on Heard Island in 1963.||
3615|Cape Deacon|Cape|731400S|0595000W|-73.2333333|-59.8333333|||01/01/1953|Ice-covered cape forming the SE tip of Kemp Peninsula, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Probably first seen by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) who photographed a portion of Kemp Peninsula while exploring this coast from the air in December 1940.  During 1947 the cape was photographed from the air by members of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted it from the ground. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after George E.R. Deacon (1906-84), English oceanographer and member of the Discovery Investigations staff, 1927-39; Director of the National Institute of Oceanography, 1949-71.||
3616|Deacon Hill|Summit|603400S|0454800W|-60.5666667|-45.8|330|1083|01/01/1952|Conspicuous ice-covered peak, 330 m, on the divide between Bridger Bay and Norway Bight in the W part of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  First seen in 1821 by Captain Nathaniel Palmer and Captain George Powell on the occasion of their joint cruise, and roughly charted on Powell's map published in 1822.  Recharted in 1933 by DI personnel on the Discovery II, who named it for George E.R. Deacon, member of the hydrological staff of the Discovery Committee.||
3617|Deacon Peak|Summit|620600S|0575400W|-62.1|-57.9|170|558|01/01/1952|Peak, 170 m, marking the summit of Penguin Island, at the E side of the entrance to King George Bay, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted in 1937 by DI personnel on the Discovery II, who named it for George E.R. Deacon.||
3618|Dead End Glacier|Glacier|544700S|0355600W|-54.7833333|-35.9333333|||01/01/1963|Glacier flowing E from the S end of the Salvesen Range of South Georgia into the W side of Salomon Glacier.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and so named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because there is no route for sledging parties from the head of this glacier to the N shore of Drygalski Fjord.||
3620|Deadmond Glacier|Glacier|720100S|0962700W|-72.0166667|-96.45|||01/01/1960|Glacier about 6 mi long, flowing from the E side of Evans Peninsula on Thurston Island into Cadwalader Inlet.  Discovered by the U.S. Navy (USN) Bellingshausen Sea Expedition in February 1960.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Robert B. Deadmond, executive officer of the USS Burton Island, forming part of this expedition.||01/28/2004
3621|Mount Deakin|Summit|844000S|1704000E|-84.6666667|170.6666667|2810|9219|01/01/1952|A prominent mountain, 2,810 m, at the E side of Beardmore Glacier, just N of the mouth of Osicki Glacier.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named by Shackleton for Sir Alfred Deakin, Prime Minister of Australia, who had supported the expedition.||
3622|Deakin Bay|Bay|682300S|1501000E|-68.3833333|150.1666667|||01/01/1947|A wide, open bay on the coast between Horn Bluff and Cape Freshfield.  The bay was roughly delineated by the Far Eastern Party of Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Sir Douglas Mawson, who named it for Sir Alfred Deakin, Prime Minister of Australia in 1910.  In certain historical accounts and charts this feature has been correlated with "Peacocks Bay" of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (1838-42) under Lieutenant Charles Wilkes, U.S. Navy (USN).||
3625|Mount Dean|Summit|853200S|1630000W|-85.5333333|-163|1620|5315|01/01/1967|A mountain, 1,620 m, standing at the NE end of the Quarles Range, 2 mi NE of Mount Belecz.  Probably first seen by Roald Amundsen's polar party in 1911.  First mapped by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Jesse D. Dean, meteorologist with the South Pole Station party of 1962.||
3626|DeAngelo Glacier|Glacier|715400S|1701000E|-71.9|170.1666667|||01/01/1964|Tributary glacier which drains the slopes of Mount Robinson in the Admiralty Mountains.  It flows SE to enter Moubray Glacier southward of Mount Ruegg.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard J. DeAngelo, Airman First-Class, USAF, who perished in the C-124 Globemaster crash in this vicinity in 1958.||
3627|Dean Island|Island|743000S|1273500W|-74.5|-127.5833333|||01/01/1966|An ice-covered island, 20 mi long and 10 mi wide, lying within the Getz Ice Shelf and midway between Grant Island and Siple Island, off the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  First sighted from a distance of 20 mi from the USS Glacier on Feb. 5, 1962.  Named for Chief Warrant Officer S.L. Dean, U.S. Navy (USN), Electrical Officer on the Glacier at the time of discovery.||
3628|Dean Nunataks|Summit|743100S|0984800W|-74.5166667|-98.8|||01/01/1970|Two nunataks lying about 6 mi ENE of Mount Moses in the Hudson Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William S. Dean of Pleasanton, Texas, who served as ham radio contact in the U.S. for the Ellsworth Land Survey party of 1968-69, and for other U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) field parties over a three year period.||
3629|Dean Rocks|Island|674800S|0685600W|-67.8|-68.9333333|||01/01/1964|Group of four rocks lying between Preston and Biggs Islands in Henkes Islands, off the S end of Adelaide Island.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Engineer Mechanic Thomas Dean of the Royal Navy (RN) Hydrographic Survey Unit which first charted this feature in 1963.||
3630|Mount Dearborn|Summit|771435S|1600754E|-77.243075|160.131621|2300|7546|01/01/1964|Mountain, 2,300 m, between Mount Littlepage and the N part of the Willett Range, in Victoria Land.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964, for John Dearborn, biologist at McMurdo Station, 1959 and 1961.||
3631|Mount Deardorff|Summit|854800S|1623400W|-85.8|-162.5666667|2380|7808|01/01/1967|Prominent peak, 2,380 m, surmounting the massive ridge dividing the heads of Moffett and Steagall Glaciers in the Queen Maud Mountains.  First mapped from ground surveys and air photos by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for J. Evan Deardorff who made cosmic ray studies at McMurdo Station in 1964.||
3632|DeAtley Island|Island|731800S|0735400W|-73.3|-73.9|||01/01/1968|A large ice-covered island lying 10 mi E of Spaatz Island at the S side of Ronne Entrance.  The island was sighted and roughly mapped from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48.  Later named by Finn Ronne for Col. Ellsworth DeAtley, USA, and his wife Thelma DeAtley, who contributed clothing and food in support of Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE).||
3633|Débarquement Rock|Island|663600S|1400400E|-66.6|140.0666667|||01/01/1955|Ice-free rock 0.1 mi long marking the N end of the Dumoulin Islands and the NE end of Geologie Archipelago.  The French expedition under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville landed on a rocky islet in this vicinity in January 1840 and gave the name "Rocher du Debarquement."  Positive identification of this feature has not been made, but on the basis of air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and surveys and geological studies made by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) during the 1950-52 period, the seaward position of Debarquement Rock is believed to correlate with the feature so named by d'Urville.||04/11/2001
3635|Debenham Glacier|Glacier|771052S|1622731E|-77.181061|162.45866||||Glacier flowing into the northern part of Wilson Piedmont Glacier on the coast of Victoria Land.  First mapped by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04).  It was named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) for Frank Debenham, geologist with the expedition and Director of the Scott Polar Research Institute, 1925-48.||03/06/1997
3636|Debenham Islands|Island|680800S|0670700W|-68.1333333|-67.1166667||||Group of islands and rocks lying between Millerand Island and the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered and named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill; the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) base was on Barry Island, in the center of the group, during part of this time.  Named for Frank Debenham, who served as member of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) Advisory Committee.||
3637|Debenham Peak|Summit|672100S|0502600E|-67.35|50.4333333|1140|3740|01/01/1961|Peak, 1,140 m, lying S of Amundsen Bay in the Scott Mountains, about 7 mi E of Mount Cronus.  Discovered in January 1930 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, who named it for Frank Debenham.  The peak was more accurately positioned by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), 1954-58.||
3638|Mount DeBreuck|Summit|711600S|0354000E|-71.2666667|35.6666667|||01/01/1966|The northernmost massif in the Queen Fabiola Mountains. The feature is mainly ice free, linear in plan, and rises to about 2,000 meters.  Discovered on Oct. 7, 1960 by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Guido Derom, who named it for William DeBreuck, glaciologist and observer aboard Belgian aircraft during reconnoitering flights in this area.||
3639|DeBreuck Glacier|Glacier|825300S|1625000E|-82.8833333|162.8333333|||01/01/1966|Glacier, 8 mi long, which is a southern tributary to Kent Glacier in the Queen Elizabeth Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William DeBreuck, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciologist at the South Pole Station, 1962-63.||
3641|DeBusk Scarp|Cliff|692300S|0625700W|-69.3833333|-62.95|300|984|01/01/1953|Nearly vertical rock cliff, 2 mi long and rising to 300 m, at the S side of the mouth of Bingham Glacier, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  This feature was photographed from the air in 1928 by Sir Hubert Wilkins, and again in 1940 by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) who also sledge surveyed along this coast.  It was resighted by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, under Ronne, who named it after Clarence DeBusk, executive secretary of the Chamber of Commerce, Beaumont, Texas, who was of assistance to the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in the preparation for the voyage south.||
3642|Debussy Heights|Summit|695300S|0712300W|-69.8833333|-71.3833333|1300|4265|01/01/1961|Heights which rise to 1,300 m (at Ravel Peak) E of Mozart Ice Piedmont in the N part of Alexander Island.  First mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Claude Debussy (1862-1918), French composer.||
3643|Debutante Island|Island|693400S|0753000E|-69.5666667|75.5|||01/01/1956|A narrow island which is the southernmost of the Sostrene Islands.  The island is ice covered except for a small rock outcrop and barely protrudes above the general level of the Publications Ice Shelf.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Named Debutante in 1952 by John H. Roscoe because the island is just beginning to "come out" from under its ice cover.||03/06/1997
3644|De Camp Nunatak|Summit|721600S|1602200E|-72.2666667|160.3666667|||01/01/1970|A lone nunatak standing 3 mi SE of Welcome Mountain in the Outback Nunataks.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Michael A. de Camp, biologist at McMurdo Station, 1966-67.||
3646|Decazes Island|Island|662600S|0672000W|-66.4333333|-67.3333333|||01/01/1951|An island 0.5 mi long, lying 1.5 mi SW of Belding Island at the SW extremity of the Biscoe Islands.  The island is one of the largest of many small islets and rocks that fringe the northern side of Matha Strait.  The vicinity was charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) (1908-10) under Jean B. Charcot, who applied the name "Pointe Decazes" to the south end of an island in this approximate position.  The original application has been altered in recent years, and the name Decazes is now established in usage for the entire island described.||
3647|Decennial Peak|Summit|842200S|1660200E|-84.3666667|166.0333333|4020|13189|01/01/1970|A peak (4,020 m) situated 3 mi SW of Mount Kirkpatrick in Queen Alexandra Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1958-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in recognition of the Decennial of the Institute of Polar Studies, Ohio State University, in 1970, the same year the University celebrated its Centennial.  The University and the Institute have been very active in Antarctic investigations since 1960.||
3649|Deception Glacier|Glacier|783300S|1583300E|-78.55|158.55|||01/01/1961|Glacier between the Warren and Boomerang Ranges, flowing S into upper Mulock Glacier.  So named by the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) because it appears to lead directly into Skelton Neve but instead drains southward.||
3651|Deception Island|Island|625700S|0603800W|-62.95|-60.6333333|||01/01/1947|Ring-shaped island 8 mi in diameter, with a narrow entrance into a central landlocked harbor (a drowned breached crater), lying nearly 10 mi S of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name dates back to at least 1821 and is now established in international usage.||
3652|Deception Plateau|Plain|731500S|1645000E|-73.25|164.8333333|||01/01/1968|High, ice-covered plateau, 11 mi long and 6 mi wide, which is bounded by Aviator Glacier, Pilot Glacier and Mount Overlord, in Victoria Land.  So named by the southern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1966-67, because of its deceptively small appearance when viewed from a distance.||
3653|Decker Glacier|Glacier|772746S|1624743E|-77.462717|162.795347|||01/01/1976|A steep, narrow glacier that drains the NE slopes of Mount Newall in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Chief Aviation Machinist's Mate William D. Decker, U.S. Navy (USN), of Squadron VXE-6, who died at McMurdo Station on Oct. 11, 1971.||
3654|Cape D�uverte|Cape|664600S|1413300E|-66.7666667|141.55|||01/01/1947|The point of rocks which marks the northwest extremity of Curzon Islands along Adelie Coast.  Discovered on January 21, 1840 by the French Antarctic Expedition under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville who gave the name "Cap de la Decouverte" (cape of the discovery).  It was the first rocky point of the coast seen by members of the expedition.||
3658|Mount Dedo|Summit|643900S|0623300W|-64.65|-62.55|695|2280|01/01/1965|Conspicuous needle-like peak, 695 m, standing S of Orne Harbor on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  The name appears on an Argentine government chart of 1954 and is descriptive, "dedo" meaning finger in Spanish.||03/06/1997
3661|Dee Ice Piedmont|Glacier|684000S|0665800W|-68.6666667|-66.9666667|||01/01/1962|An ice piedmont between Pavie Ridge and the mouth of Clarke Glacier on the E side of Mikkelsen Bay, W coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  Surveyed from the ground by British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1936-37, and by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1948-50.  Photographed by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), Nov. 1947 (trimetrogon air photography).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after John Dee (1527-1608), English mathematician and pioneer teacher of navigation methods for 30 years during a period of great maritime expansion and exploration.||
3662|Dee Island|Island|622600S|0594700W|-62.4333333|-59.7833333|||01/01/1953|Island with a conspicuous sharp peak at its S end, lying 2.5 mi E of Ongley Island, close off the N side of Greenwich Island in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted and named in 1935 by DI personnel on the Discovery II.||
3663|Mount Deeley|Summit|670100S|0661300W|-67.0166667|-66.2166667|2150|7054|01/01/1965|A mountain 2,150 m, standing 6 mi NE of Salmon Cove in Graham Land.  Mapped from air photos taken by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE), 1956-57. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Richard M. Deeley, British geologist who made important investigations of the structure and flow of glaciers.||
3664|Dee Nunatak|Summit|745800S|1363100W|-74.9666667|-136.5166667|||01/01/1974|A rock nunatak which appears to be within the flow of Garfield Glacier, in the W part of McDonald Heights, Marie Byrd Land.  The feature lies 1 mi W of Rhodes Icefall.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Thomas H. Dee, U.S. Navy (USN), Medical Officer at Byrd Station, 1970.||
3665|Deep Freeze Range|Range|741500S|1634500E|-74.25|163.75|||01/01/1968|A rugged mountain range, over 80 mi long and about 10 mi wide, rising between Priestley and Campbell Glaciers in Victoria Land and extending from the edge of the polar plateau to Terra Nova Bay.  Peaks in the low and mid portions of the range were observed by early British expeditions to the Ross Sea.  The range was mapped in detail by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1955-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in recognition of the splendid support to research provided by the U.S. Navy's Operation Deep Freeze expeditions to Antarctica for many years beginning in 1954.||
3667|Deep Lake|Lake|773424S|1661508E|-77.573332|166.25231|||01/01/1968|A small elongate lake 0.5 mi N of Cape Barne, Ross Island. The descriptive name was applied by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09.||
3668|Defant Glacier|Glacier|723200S|0613500W|-72.5333333|-61.5833333|||01/01/1953|Glacier 2 mi wide at its mouth, which flows ESE to the W side of Violante Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land. Discovered and photographed from the air in December 1940 by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  During 1947 the glacier was photographed from the air by members of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted it from the ground.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Prof. Albert Defant, German oceanographer (Austrian born) who was Director of the Inst. fur Meereskunde (German Hydrographic Office), 1927-46.||03/06/1997
3670|The Defile|Gap|773902S|1624311E|-77.65044|162.719653|||01/01/1960|Narrow ice-free passageway between the terminus of Suess Glacier and the talus-covered slope of Nussbaum Riegel in Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  Charted and descriptively named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, 1910-13.||
3671|DeGanahl Glacier|Glacier|851300S|1703500W|-85.2166667|-170.5833333|||01/01/1962|A narrow, steep-walled glacier about 10 mi long, flowing SE from Jones Peak into the W side of Liv Glacier, opposite June Nunatak.  Discovered and photographed by R. Admiral Byrd on the South Pole Flight in November 1929 and named for Joe DeGanahl, navigator and dog driver and member of the Supporting Party, Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.||
3673|Mount Degerfeldt|Summit|665800S|0510100E|-66.9666667|51.0166667|||01/01/1965|Mountain 3.5 mi S of Mount Storer, in the Tula Mountains in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956 and 1957.  Named by ANCA for C. Degerfeldt, a member of the crew of the Discovery during the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31.||
3678|DeGoes Cliff|Cliff|714400S|1615400E|-71.7333333|161.9|||01/01/1970|A steep rock cliff on the W side of Morozumi Range.  The cliff is over 6 mi long, its northern end being 6 mi SW of Mount Van Veen.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Louis DeGoes of the National Academy of Sciences, Executive Secretary of the Committee on Polar Research, National Research Council.||
3680|De Haven Glacier|Glacier|670300S|1273200E|-67.05|127.5333333|||01/01/1955|A broad glacier flowing to the SW corner of Porpoise Bay. Delineated by G.D. Blodgett (1955) from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Edmund H. De Haven, Acting Master on the sloop Vincennes during the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Lieutenant Charles Wilkes.||
3681|Deildedalen Valley|Valley|712400S|0124300E|-71.4|12.7166667|||01/01/1970|Small valley partly filled with ice and opening to the north, lying between Mount Deildenapen and a similar mountain mass just westward in the Ostliche Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Deildedalen (the dividing valley).||
3682|Deildegasten Ridge|Ridge|712900S|0124200E|-71.4833333|12.7|||01/01/1970|A ridge about 5 mi long which rises just S of Deildedalen Valley in Ostliche Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Deildegasten.||
3683|Mount Deildenapen|Summit|712400S|0124600E|-71.4|12.7666667|2050|6726|01/01/1970|A broad mountain mass rising to 2,050 m and forming the E wall of Deildedalen Valley in the Ostliche Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Deildenapen (the dividing mountain).||
3684|Deimos Ridge|Ridge|715600S|0683600W|-71.9333333|-68.6|||01/01/1956|Prominent, narrow rocky spur of sandstone and shales, 3 mi SW of Phobos Ridge and Mars Glacier in the SE corner of Alexander Island.  First seen from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth on Nov. 23, 1935, and mapped from photos obtained on that flight by W.L.G. Joerg.  First surveyed in 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for its association with Mars Glacier, Deimos being the outer of two satellites of Mars.||03/06/1997
3685|Dekefjellet Mountain|Summit|715800S|0132500E|-71.9666667|13.4166667|||01/01/1970|An elongated mountain, about 3 mi long and surmounted by Kamskaya Peak, standing 1.5 mi W of Skavlrimen Ridge in the Weyprecht Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  The feature is partly rock and partly covered with snow.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  The mountain was replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Dekefjellet.||
3686|Dekefjellrantane Hills|Range|720200S|0132300E|-72.0333333|13.3833333|||01/01/1966|Group of rock hills at the S end of the Weyprecht Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Dekefjellrantane in association with nearby Dekefjellet Mountain.||
3687|DeLaca Island|Island|644700S|0640700W|-64.7833333|-64.1166667|||01/01/1975|A small U-shaped island 0.8 mi W of Bonaparte Point, off the SW coast of Anvers Island.  The island is one of two main investigation areas in a U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) study of terrestrial arthropods. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ted E. DeLaca, a member of the University of California, Davis, biological team working this area, 1971-74.||
3688|Delaite Island|Island|643300S|0621200W|-64.55|-62.2|||01/01/1952|Island 1 mi long, lying 3 mi NE of Emma Island in the north-central portion of Wilhelmina Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache, and named by him for J. Delaite, a supporter of the expedition.||
3689|Cape De la Motte|Cape|670000S|1442500E|-67|144.4166667|520|1706|01/01/1952|A prominent cape separating Watt and Buchanan Bays.  Just southward the continental ice surface rises 520 m at Mount Hunt. Charted by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who named it for C.P. de la Motte, third officer on the expedition ship this cape is "Point Case," which the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Lieutenant Charles Wilkes saw from what was called "Disappointment Bay" on Jan. 23, 1840.||
3690|Delay Point|Summit|662700S|0981500E|-66.45|98.25|185|607||Rocky bluff rising to 185 m on the W side of Melba Peninsula, about 6 mi W of Cape Charcot.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson, 1911-14, and so named by the Eastern Sledge Party of the Western Base because bad weather delayed the party near here for several days in November 1912.||
3693|Mount Deleon|Summit|805100S|1595700E|-80.85|159.95|780|2559|01/01/1966|A mainly ice-free mountain, 780 m, located along the S side of Entrikin Glacier, 9 mi WNW of Cape Douglas.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Emilio A. Deleon, hauling equipment operator, U.S. Navy (USN), a member of the Byrd Station party, 1963.||
3694|Delius Glacier|Glacier|693700S|0710300W|-69.6166667|-71.05|||01/01/1961|Glacier, 6 mi long and 2 mi wide, flowing W from Elgar Uplands into Nichols Snowfield, in the N part of Alexander Island.  First seen from the air and roughly mapped by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) in 1937.  More accurately mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960, and from U.S. Landsat imagery of February 1975.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Frederick Delius (1862-1934), British composer.||
3695|Deliverance Point|Summit|651800S|0640700W|-65.3|-64.1166667|||01/01/1960|Rocky point 2.5 mi S of Cape Tuxen on the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot.  So named because Charcot and two companions were rescued here after being separated from the ship Pourquoi-Pas? for several days, while on an exploration of the area in a small boat.||
3697|Dellbridge Islands|Island|774023S|1662608E|-77.67319|166.435678||||Group of small volcanic islands lying in McMurdo Sound, just S of Cape Evans, Ross Island.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) under Scott, who named them for James H. Dellbridge, second engineer with the expedition.||
3698|Deloncle Bay|Bay|650500S|0635600W|-65.0833333|-63.9333333|||01/01/1950|Bay, 1.5 mi long, indenting the W coast of Graham Land between Loubat and Glandaz Points and opening on Lemaire Channel opposite Booth Island.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99. Recharted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for Francois Deloncle, French diplomat.||
3700|Delta Bluff|Cliff|784100S|1612200E|-78.6833333|161.3666667|||01/01/1962|Steep triangular rock bluff immediately N of the mouth of Delta Glacier, on the W side of Skelton Glacier.  Surveyed and climbed in 1957 by the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) and so named because of the shape of the bluff.||
3702|Delta Glacier|Glacier|784200S|1612000E|-78.7|161.3333333|||01/01/1962|A glacier descending steeply from the Worcester Range between Northcliffe Peak and Delta Bluff to enter the W side of Skelton Glacier.  It was provisionally named "Cascade Glacier" because of its broken lower icefalls by the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.  As this name is a duplication, they renamed the glacier after nearby Delta Bluff.||
3703|Delta Island|Island|641900S|0625900W|-64.3166667|-62.9833333|||01/01/1956|Island 0.5 mi long, lying close SE of Lambda Island and E of Alpha Island in the Melchior Islands, Palmer Archipelago.  The name, derived from the fourth letter of the Greek alphabet, was probably given by DI personnel who roughly surveyed the island in 1927.  The island was surveyed by Argentine expeditions in 1942, 1943 and 1948.||
3705|Delta Peak|Summit|863500S|1473000W|-86.5833333|-147.5|||01/01/1970|A very sharp peak marking a pronounced corner point on Ackerman Ridge, 6 mi NE of Mount Gjertsen, in La Gorce Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64. So named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1969-70, because as seen from the south the colorful rock strata present a well visible form that is suggestive of the Greek letter "Delta."||
3706|Delta Stream|Stream|773800S|1630700E|-77.633333|163.116667|||01/01/1962|Small meltwater stream flowing from Howard Glacier into Lake Fryxell in Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  First studied on the ground by Troy L. Pewe during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1957-58, and so named by him because the stream has a series of deltas along its length which have been cut through as the stream was rejuvenated, the rejuvenation being caused by the lowering of the former glacial lake.||03/06/1997
3708|Delusion Point|Summit|652300S|0620000W|-65.3833333|-62|||01/01/1952|Point which marks the E end of a rocky range which forms the S wall of Crane Glacier, on the E coast of Graham Land.  The feature was photographed from the air by Sir Hubert Wilkins on a flight of Dec. 20, 1928.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who charted it in 1947.||
3710|Mount Demaria|Summit|651700S|0640600W|-65.2833333|-64.1|635|2083|01/01/1950|Mountain with precipitous sides, 635 m, rising immediately SE of Cape Tuxen on the W coast of Graham Land.  Probably first sighted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for the Demaria brothers, French developers of an anastigmatic lens used by the expedition's photographic section.||
3713|Demas Bluff|Cliff|763400S|1445000W|-76.5666667|-144.8333333|||01/01/1970|A rock bluff on the S side of the Fosdick Mountains, 2 mi W of Mount Richardson, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) under R. Admiral R.E. Byrd.  Named for Dr. Charles J. Demas who provided medical assistance and supplies for the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1933-35) and U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41).||
3714|Demas Ice Tongue|Glacier|721700S|1030700W|-72.2833333|-103.1166667|||01/01/1952|Conspicuous ice tongue, about 20 mi long, extending W from Abbot Ice Shelf of Peacock Sound into Amundsen Sea.  Discovered by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in flights from the Bear, February 1940, and named after E.J. Demas (d. 1979), member of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) of 1928-30 and 1933-35.||01/28/2004
3716|Demas Range|Range|750000S|1334500W|-75|-133.75|1115|3658||A range about 8 mi long that forms the lower east margin of the Berry Glacier in Marie Byrd Land.  The range trends N-S culminating in Mount Goorhigian (1,115 m).  Discovered by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, led by Admiral R.E. Byrd.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for E.J. "Pete" Demas, a member of the Byrd Antarctic Expeditions of 1928-30 and 1933-35.||
3717|Demas Rocks|Island|632100S|0580200W|-63.35|-58.0333333|||01/01/1952|A group of rocks off the NW coast of Trinity Peninsula in the approach to Huon Bay, 3 mi NE of Cape Ducorps.  Discovered in March 1838 by Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville, who named the rocks for Lieutenant Francois Barlatier Demas of the expedition ship Astrolabe.  The rocks were surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1946.||
3718|Demay Point|Summit|621300S|0582600W|-62.2166667|-58.4333333|||01/01/1952|Point which forms the W side of the entrance to Admiralty Bay, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  This point was known to sealers as early as 1822.  It was named almost 100 years later by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot.||
3720|Cape Demidov|Cape|540800S|0374400W|-54.1333333|-37.7333333|||01/01/1952|Cape which forms the S side of the entrance to Wilson Harbor, on the S coast and near the W end of South Georgia. Discovered by a Russian expedition under Bellingshausen in 1819, and named for Lieutenant Dimitri Demidov of the Vostok.||
3721|Demidov Island|Island|672900S|0482100E|-67.4833333|48.35|||01/01/1961|Small island 5 mi N of the mouth of Rayner Glacier and 9 mi SW of Hydrographer Islands along the coast of Enderby Land.  It appears that the island was mapped by both Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) and the Soviet expedition in 1957.  Named by the Soviet expedition for Lieutenant Dimitri Demidov of the Russian expedition of 1819-21 under Bellingshausen.||
3723|Deming Glacier|Glacier|720000S|1683000E|-72|168.5|||01/01/1970|Tributary glacier flowing along the N side of Novasio Ridge to enter Man-o-War Glacier, in the Admiralty Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ralph A. Deming, AE1, U.S. Navy (USN), Squadron VX-6 Aviation Electrician at McMurdo Station, 1967.||
3724|Demon Point|Summit|570300S|0264000W|-57.05|-26.6666667|||01/01/1972|A spit of coarse boulders which forms the NE tip of Candlemas Island, South Sandwich Islands.  It was charted and named Spit Point by personnel on Royal Research Ship (RRS) Discovery II in 1930, but that name was changed to avoid duplication.  The new name applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 continues a theme of features named after mythical monsters on this island.||
3725|Demorest Glacier|Glacier|672200S|0653500W|-67.3666667|-65.5833333|||01/01/1952|Glacier which flows SE into Whirlwind Inlet between Flint and Matthes Glaciers, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by Sir Hubert Wilkins on a flight of Dec. 20, 1928, and photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940.  Charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947 and named for Max H. Demorest, American glaciologist.||
3726|Denais Stack|Pillar|620800S|0583000W|-62.1333333|-58.5|||01/01/1960|Conspicuous rock stack lying 1.5 mi N of Point Thomas on the W side of Admiralty Bay, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name "Anse Denais," for one of the seamen on the Pourquoi-Pas?, was given in 1908-10 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot to a cove on the N side of Ezcurra Inlet.  Recent air photos show no cove in this position and the name Denais has been transferred to the feature now described in order to preserve Charcot's naming in the area.||
3727|Mount Denauro|Summit|862700S|1513000W|-86.45|-151.5|2340|7677|01/01/1967|Mountain, 2,340 m, standing on the W side of Scott Glacier, 3 mi S of Lee Peak, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ralph Denauro, aviation mechanic with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 on Operation Deep Freeze 1966.||
3728|Dendtler Island|Island|730100S|0901300W|-73.0166667|-90.2166667|||01/01/1968|An ice-covered island, 14 mi long, lying in the E part of Abbot Ice Shelf between Farwell Island and Fletcher Peninsula. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Major Robert Dendtler, USA, coordinating officer on the staff of the Commander, U.S. Navy (USN) Support Force, Antarctica, during Deep Freeze 1967 and 1968.||01/28/2004
3729|Denfeld Mountains|Summit|765500S|1444500W|-76.9166667|-144.75|||01/01/1970|A group of scattered mountains between Crevasse Valley Glacier and Arthur Glacier in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land. The mountains were explored by the Byrd Antarctic Expeditions (1928-30 and 1933-35) and by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) all led by R. Admiral R.E. Byrd.  Named for Admiral Louis E. Denfeld, Chief of Naval Operations and a member of the joint Chiefs of Staff (1947-49), who helped in the planning and organization of Operation Highjump (1946-47) for which Byrd was leader.||
3730|Mount Denham|Summit|665500S|0521900E|-66.9166667|52.3166667|||01/01/1965|Mountain 1 mi NW of Mount Keyser, in the E part of the Tula Mountains in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1957.  Named by ANCA for W.M. Denham, weather observer at Mawson Station in 1961.||
3731|Den Hartog Peak|Summit|842000S|1785200E|-84.3333333|178.8666667|||01/01/1962|A small peak at the W side of the mouth of Ramsey Glacier, 3 mi SE of Woodall Peak.  Discovered and photographed by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) on Flight C of February 29-March 1, 1940, and surveyed by A.P. Crary in 1957-58.  Named by Crary for Stephen Den Hartog, who was glaciologist on the Victoria Land Traverse Party (1958-59), and wintered at Little America V, 1958.||
3732|Mount Denholm|Summit|681200S|0490700E|-68.2|49.1166667|||01/01/1965|A mountain 1 mi SE of Mount Marriner in the Nye Mountains. Mapped from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for J. Denholm, physicist at Wilkes Station in 1959.||
3733|Deniau Island|Island|652700S|0641900W|-65.45|-64.3166667|||01/01/1950|Small island lying midway between Darboux Island and Lippmann Islands, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, and named by Charcot for Monsieur Deniau, a donor of numerous gifts to the expedition.||
3735|Cape Denison|Cape|670000S|1424000E|-67|142.6666667||||A rocky point at the head of Commonwealth Bay.  Discovered in 1912 by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who named it for Sir Hugh Denison of Sydney, a patron of the expedition.  The feature was the site of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) Main Base.||
3736|Denison Island|Island|661800S|1102700E|-66.3|110.45|||01/01/1963|Island lying 0.25 mi W of Beall Island in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Dean R. Denison, auroral scientist and member of the Wilkes Station party of 1958.||
3737|Denman Glacier|Glacier|664500S|0993000E|-66.75|99.5|||01/01/1947|Glacier 7 to 10 mi wide, descending N some 70 mi, and debouching into Shackleton Ice Shelf E of David Island. Discovered in November 1912 by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson, who named it for Lord Denman, Governor-General of Australia in 1911, a patron of the expedition.||
3738|Dennes Point|Summit|764100S|1594500E|-76.6833333|159.75|||01/01/1965|A dolerite point projecting into Shimmering Icefield from the western side of Shipton Ridge, in the Allan Hills of Victoria Land.  Reconnoitered by the New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) Allan Hills Expedition (1964) who named it after a similar dolerite feature on Bruny Island, Tasmania.||
3739|Dennison Reef|Bar|662900S|0665000W|-66.4833333|-66.8333333|||01/01/1965|A reef between Shull Rocks and Pauling Islands, lying E of the S end of the Biscoe Islands in Crystal Sound.  Mapped from air photos obtained by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (1947-48) and surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1958-59).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for David M. Dennison, British physicist who took x-ray diffraction pictures which were used to interpret the crystal structure of ice.||
3740|Dennistoun Glacier|Glacier|711100S|1680000E|-71.1833333|168||||A glacier, 50 mi long, draining the N slopes of Mounts Black Prince, Royalist and Adam in the Admiralty Mountains of Victoria Land.  It flows NW between Lyttelton Range and Dunedin Range, turning E on rounding the latter range to enter the sea S of Cape Scott.  The coastal extremity of the glacier was charted in 1911-12 by the Northern Party, led by Victor Campbell, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.  It is named for James R. Dennistoun, New Zealand alpinist who was in charge of the mules on board the Terra Nova on her way to Antarctica.  The entire extent of the glacier was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1960-63.  The name Fowlie Glacier (q.v.), a tributary glacier, has been inadvertently misapplied to this feature.||
3744|Dentine Peak|Summit|713500S|1634400E|-71.5833333|163.7333333|2210|7251||The highest peak (2,210 m) in the NE portion of Molar Massif, Bowers Mountains.  Named from association with Molar Massif by geologist R.A. Cooper, leader of New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) paleontological parties to this area, 1974-75 and 1981-82.||
3745|Denton Glacier|Glacier|772838S|1623528E|-77.477194|162.59104|||01/01/1962|A small hanging glacier which drains the NW slopes of Mount Newall and terminates on the S wall of Wright Valley, Victoria Land.  Named by U.S. geologist Robert Nichols for George Denton, geological assistant to Nichols at nearby Marble Point in the 1958-59 field season.||
3746|Mount Denuc�3815|Summit|664300S|0641200W|-66.7166667|-64.2|1535|5036|01/01/1952|Rounded mountain, 1,535 m, between Mounts Hulth and Haskell on the SW side of Cabinet Inlet, on the E coast of Graham Land. Charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in December 1947.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Jean Denuce, Belgian polar bibliographer.||
3747|Departure Rocks|Island|673700S|0624900E|-67.6166667|62.8166667|||01/01/1965|Group of 4 steep-sided rocks lying 1 mi N of Peake-Jones Rock in Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  So named by ANCA because Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) parties going W from Mawson Station on the sea ice always pass through or close to these rocks.||
3748|Depeaux Point|Summit|651100S|0641000W|-65.1833333|-64.1666667|||01/01/1971|Point forming the S end of Petermann Island, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Discovered and named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot.||
3750|Depot Glacier|Glacier|632500S|0570300W|-63.4166667|-57.05|||01/01/1952|Well-defined valley glacier, flanked by lateral moraines, which terminates in a high vertical ice cliff at the head of Hope Bay, in the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold, and so named by him because, as seen from Antarctic Sound, it appeared to be a possible site for a depot.||
3751|Depot Island|Island|665600S|0571900E|-66.9333333|57.3166667|||01/01/1961|Small island in the Oygarden Group, lying 1 mi N of the W end of Shaula Island.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  So named by ANCA because a depot was established there by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) during 1956.||
3752|Depot Island|Island|764200S|1625800E|-76.7|162.9666667|||01/01/1956|A small granite island lying 2 mi NW of Cape Ross, off the coast of Victoria Land.  Discovered by the South Magnetic Pole Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and so named by them because they put a depot of rock specimens on this island.||
3753|Dépôt Island|Island|663700S|1400500E|-66.6166667|140.0833333||||Small rocky island 0.1 mi long, 0.6 mi NW of Pasteur Island. near the center of the Dumoulin Islands.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1950-51, and so named because personnel on the expedition ship the party which surveyed the area.||
3755|Depot Nunatak|Summit|774456S|1600426E|-77.748753|160.073879|1980|6496|01/01/1962|Nunatak, 1,980 m, standing at the W side of Cassidy Glacier and Quartermain Mountains in Victoria Land.  Nearly vertical cliffs of columnar dolerite rise 150 m above glacier level at the E end.  So named by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04), on their western journey in 1903, because they made a food depot there, for use on their return.||
3756|Depot Peak|Summit|690200S|0643600E|-69.0333333|64.6|||01/01/1961|A solitary nunatak, with a single needle-shaped peak, lying about 37 mi N of Stinear Nunataks in Mac. Robertson Land. Discovered by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by R.G. Dovers during a southern journey in December 1954, and so named because a depot was established in the vicinity.||
3757|Derby Island|Island|663800S|1400500E|-66.6333333|140.0833333|||01/01/1956|Small rocky island close N of Astrolabe Glacier Tongue, lying 0.5 mi SW of Pasteur Island at the S end of the Dumoulin Islands.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47. Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1949-51, and so named because French field parties competed against each other for the honor of being first to reach the island area.||
3758|Derbyshire Peak|Summit|723100S|1610600E|-72.5166667|161.1|||01/01/1970|A small rock peak 5 mi NNE of Mount Weihaupt in the Outback Nunataks.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Edward Derbyshire, geologist at McMurdo Station, 1966-67.||
3759|DeRemer Nunataks|Summit|694500S|1580900E|-69.75|158.15|||01/01/1970|A group of nunataks centered about 4 mi SE of Mount Blowaway in the Wilson Hills.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Yoeman First Class Dennis L. DeRemer, U.S. Navy (USN), who served with the U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, February 1967 to July 1970.||
3760|Mount Dergach|Summit|703600S|1630100E|-70.6|163.0166667|||01/01/1970|A flat-topped, ice-covered mountain located just W of Ob' Bay and S of Lunik Point, in the Bowers Mountains.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Surveyed by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1958 and named after meteorologist A.P. Dergach, a member of Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1959-61, who perished in a fire at Mirnyy Station on Aug. 3, 1960.||
3761|Derocher Peninsula|Cape|712500S|0732000W|-71.4166667|-73.3333333||||Snow-covered peninsula between Brahms Inlet and Mendelssohn Inlet on the N side of Beethoven Peninsula, Alexander Island. Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and mapped from these photographs by D. Searle of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1960.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Commander Paul J. Derocher, U.S. Navy (USN), Commanding Officer, Antarctic Development Squadron Six (VXE-6), May 1985 to May 1986.||
3762|Mount Derom|Summit|713400S|0353800E|-71.5666667|35.6333333|2400|7874|01/01/1966|A massif (2,400 m) standing 2 mi S of Mount Eyskens in the Queen Fabiola Mountains.  Discovered on Oct. 7, 1960 by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under the leadership of Guido Derom.  Named for Derom by the Centre National de Recherches Polaires de Belgique.||
3765|Derrick Peak|Summit|800400S|1562300E|-80.0666667|156.3833333|2070|6791|01/01/1965|A prominent ice-free peak, 2,070 m, overlooking the S side of Hatherton Glacier, 3 mi W of the N end of Johnstone Ridge. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert O. Derrick of the U.S. Weather Bureau, who served as assistant to the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Representative at Christchurch from 1960 until his death in 1966.||
3766|Mount Deryugin|Summit|715100S|0112000E|-71.85|11.3333333|2635|8645|01/01/1970|Mountain, 2,635 m, on Vindegga Spur in the Liebknecht Range, Humboldt Mountains, in Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Soviet zoologist K.M. Deryugin.||
3768|Descartes Island|Island|664700S|1412900E|-66.7833333|141.4833333|||01/01/1962|Rocky island 0.1 mi long, midway between Lagrange Island and La Conchee and 0.9 mi NNE of Cape Mousse.  Charted in 1951 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) and named after Rene Descartes (1596-1650), French mathematician and philosopher.||03/06/1997
3769|Descent Cliff|Cliff|774305S|1665345E|-77.717983|166.895775|||01/01/1964|Cliff on the W side of Hut Point Peninsula, between Hutton Cliffs and Erebus Glacier Tongue, on Ross Island.  Charted and so named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, 1910-13, because it was here that a descent to the sea ice was made.||
3770|Descent Glacier|Glacier|775044S|1625228E|-77.845652|162.874397|||01/01/1962|Short, steep glacier between Briggs Hill and Condit Glacier, flowing NW from Descent Pass into Ferrar Glacier, in Victoria Land.  So named because of the adventurous descent made here by the party led by Armitage of the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04.  The name seems to have been first used on maps of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
3771|Descent Pass|Gap|775126S|1630452E|-77.857147|163.081154|||01/01/1962|A pass leading from Blue Glacier to Ferrar Glacier, in Victoria Land.  So named by the party led by Armitage of the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) because of the adventurous descent to Ferrar Glacier made here via Descent Glacier in 1902.||
3772|Deschampsia Point|Summit|604100S|0453800W|-60.6833333|-45.6333333||||A point on the NW side of Signy Island, South Orkney Islands, 0.3 mi NE of Spindrift Rocks.  Descriptively named following British Antarctic Survey (BAS) ecological research after the Antarctic hair grass point.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1991.||
3773|Deschanel Peak|Summit|685500S|0671400W|-68.9166667|-67.2333333|750|2461|01/01/1962|The summit of an isolated, partly ice-covered mountain, 750 m, rising from the S part of the glacier close SE of Cape Berteaux on the W coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  The approved name derives from "Sommet Deschanel" given by J.B. Charcot, leader of the French Antarctic Expedition, in Jan. 1909.||
3781|Desko Mountains|Summit|693700S|0722300W|-69.6166667|-72.3833333|1000|3281||A WNW-ESE mountain range on Rothschild Island (q.v.), off NW Alexander Island.  The range spans 20 mi from Bates Peak to Overton Peak and rises to c. 1,000 m at Enigma Peak, Fournier Ridge.  Seen (in part) from a distance by Bellingshausen, 1821, and Charcot, 1909, but the nature of the feature remained obscure.  The range was photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in 1947 and mapped from these air photographs by D. Searle of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  The range is further defined in U.S. Navy air photographs, 1966, and Landsat imagery, 1975.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Daniel A. Desko, USN, Commanding Officer, Squadron VXE-6, Operation Deep Freeze, 1977; LC-130 aircraft commander, 1976.||
3785|Desolation Island|Island|622800S|0602200W|-62.4666667|-60.3666667|||01/01/1952|V-shaped island lying in the entrance to Hero Bay, 5 mi W of Williams Point, Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Discovered in January 1820 by a British expedition under Bransfield, and so named by him because of its desolate appearance.||
3787|Despair Rocks|Island|603300S|0461000W|-60.55|-46.1666667|||01/01/1952|Group of rocks 2 mi S of Melsom Rocks and 7.5 mi WSW of Penguin Point, the NW tip of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Discovered and named by Captain Nathaniel B. Palmer, an American sealer in the sloop James Monroe, and Captain George Powell, a British sealer in the sloop Dove, in the course of their joint cruise in December 1821.||
3788|DesRoches Nunataks|Summit|845300S|0670800W|-84.8833333|-67.1333333|||01/01/1968|Two nunataks standing 3 mi E of Postel Nunatak in southwestern Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Joseph DesRoches, meteorologist at South Pole Station, winter 1967.||
3789|Dessent Ridge|Ridge|732500S|1663700E|-73.4166667|166.6166667|||01/01/1969|A mountainous, ice-covered ridge situated 5 mi E of Mount Murchison in the Mountaineer Range of Victoria Land.  The ridge trends N-S for 10 miles.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Joseph E. Dessent, meteorologist at Hallett Station, 1961.||
3790|Destination Nunataks|Summit|721500S|1652800E|-72.25|165.4666667|2565|8415|01/01/1994|A group of peaks and nunataks, 9 mi long and 4 mi wide, rising to 2,565 m at Pyramid Peak and including Sphinx Peak, Andrews Peak, Mummy Ridge, and unnamed nunataks to the NW, located in NE Evans Neve, 7 mi NW of Barker Range, Victoria Land.  This group was visited in 1970-71 by a Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) geological party led by M.G. Laird.  The name "Destination Rocks" was originally used for the feature because these nunataks were near the northern limits of Laird's expedition.  The name Destination Nunataks, as approved by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) and Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1985, applies to the entire group described rather than to two nunataks at the SE end as indicated on some maps.||
3792|Destruction Bay|Bay|615900S|0573900W|-61.9833333|-57.65|||01/01/1960|Bay 5.5 mi wide, lying between Taylor Point and Cape Melville on the E side of King George Island, South Shetland Islands.  Charted and named Bay of Destruction in 1821 by Richard Sherratt, Master of the Lady Trowbridge from Liverpool, probably because it was in this vicinity that his vessel was wrecked on Christmas Day, 1820.||
3793|Detaille Island|Island|665200S|0664800W|-66.8666667|-66.8|||01/01/1963|Small island lying 2 mi NW of Andresen Island in the entrance of Lallemand Fjord, off the W coast of Graham Land. Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot, who named it for Monsieur Detaille of Punta Arenas, shareholder in the Magellan Whaling Co., who assisted Charcot in obtaining supplies at the company's whaling base at Deception Island.||
3794|Detling Peak|Summit|751400S|1145200W|-75.2333333|-114.8666667|||01/01/1967|A cone-shaped, ice-covered peak located 12 mi SW of Morrison Bluff in the Kohler Range, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James K. Detling, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist with the Marie Byrd Land Survey Party, 1966-67.||
3795|Detour Island|Island|650100S|0635500W|-65.0166667|-63.9166667|||01/01/1971|Island lying 2.5 mi W of False Cape Renard, on the W side of Lemaire Channel in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 because the island lies near the entrance to the ships' passage W of Booth Island which provides an alternative route to Lemaire Channel when the latter is blocked by ice.||
3796|Detour Nunatak|Summit|770741S|1605732E|-77.128066|160.958777|||01/01/1962|A broad nunatak between Frazier Glacier and the upper part of Mackay Glacier, in Victoria Land.  So named in 1957 by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) because it was necessary to make a detour on the way up the Mackay Glacier, passing S of this nunatak.||
3798|Detroit Plateau|Plain|641000S|0600000W|-64.1666667|-60|1800|5905|01/01/1952|A major interior plateau of Graham Land, with heights between 1,500 and 1,800 m.  Its NE limit is marked by the S wall of Russell West Glacier, from which it extends some 90 mi in a general SW direction to Herbert Plateau.  The plateau was observed from the air by Sir Hubert Wilkins on a flight of Dec. 20, 1928. Wilkins named it Detroit Aviation Society Plateau after the society which aided in the organizing of his expedition but the shortened form of the original name is approved.  The N and E sides of the plateau were charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1946-47.||
3800|Deverall Island|Island|812800S|1615400E|-81.4666667|161.9|||01/01/1965|A small ice-covered island, rising above the Ross Ice Shelf just NE of Beaumont Bay.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) for William H. Deverall, radio operator at Scott Base, 1961.||
3801|DeVicq Glacier|Glacier|750000S|1310000W|-75|-131|||01/01/1966|A large glacier that drains the area between Ames Range and McCuddin Mountains in Marie Byrd Land and flows N to enter Getz Ice Shelf to the SE of Grant Island.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant David C. deVicq, U.S. Navy (USN), engineering officer in charge of building new Byrd Station, 1960-61.||
3802|Devil Island|Island|634800S|0571700W|-63.8|-57.2833333|||01/01/1952|Narrow island 1 mi long with a low summit on each end, lying in the center of a small bay 1 mi SE of Cape Well-met, northern Vega Island, S of the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula. Discovered and named by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold.||
3803|Deville Glacier|Glacier|644800S|0623500W|-64.8|-62.5833333|||01/01/1965|Glacier flowing along the S side of Laussedat Heights into Andvord Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  The glacier is shown on an Argentine government chart of 1952.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Edouard G. Deville (1849-1924), Surveyor-General of Canada, 1885-1924, who introduced and developed photogrammetric methods of survey in Canada from 1888 onward.||
3805|Devils Corrie|Basin|603900S|0452500W|-60.65|-45.4166667|||01/01/1956|Large and very spectacular cirque, or corrie, midway between Olivine Point and Amphibolite Point on the S coast of Coronation Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) following their survey of 1948-49.||
3806|Devils Glacier|Glacier|862300S|1650000W|-86.3833333|-165||||A heavily crevassed glacier at the edge of the polar plateau, about 20 mi long and 8 mi wide, draining the S part of the Mohn Basin and flowing NE to enter the upper part of Amundsen Glacier just N of the mountain group consisting of Mounts Wisting, Hassel, Bjaaland and Prestrud.  The glacier was encountered by Roald Amundsen's South Pole Party in 1911 and was named by them to describe the extremely rough sledging in the area.  Amundsen's route southward, between 168 and 169W, took the party across the upper or western portion of the glacier.||
3807|Devils Peak|Summit|603900S|0452700W|-60.65|-45.45|735|2411|01/01/1956|Conspicuous rocky peak, 735 m, between Sunshine Glacier and Devils Corrie on the S side of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Surveyed in 1948-49 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who so named it because of its proximity to Devils Corrie.||
3808|Devils Point|Summit|624000S|0611100W|-62.6666667|-61.1833333|||01/01/1960|Point forming the SW extremity of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted and named by James Weddell, Royal Navy (RN), Master of the brig Jane, during the period 1820-23.||
3809|Devils Punchbowl|Basin|770100S|1622400E|-77.0166667|162.4|||01/01/1952|Bowl-shaped cove (an empty cirque, the floor of which is below sea level) in the SW corner of Granite Harbor, between Devils Ridge and the S side of The Flatiron, in Victoria Land. Charted and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, under Scott.||
3810|Devils Ridge|Ridge|770100S|1622200E|-77.0166667|162.3666667|||01/01/1952|Rocky, sickle-shaped ridge extending from the S end of The Flatiron and forming the N wall of New Glacier, close W of Granite Harbor in Victoria Land.  Charted and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, under Scott.||
3811|Devils Thumb|Pillar|770100S|1622200E|-77.0166667|162.3666667|245|804|01/01/1952|Rocky knob, 245 m, marking the central part of Devils Ridge, just W of Granite Harbor in Victoria Land.  Charted and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, under Scott.||
3812|Devold Peak|Summit|721500S|0264400E|-72.25|26.7333333|3280|10761|01/01/1966|Peak, 3,280 m, between Kjelbotn Peak and Pukkelen Rocks near the head of Byrdbreen in the Sor Rondane Mountains. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1937 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named for Hallvard Devold, who with H. Riiser-Larsen and O. Kjelbotn attempted the exploration of Princess Ragnhild Coast by dog sledge in 1933.||
3813|DeVries Glacier|Glacier|802000S|1573000E|-80.3333333|157.5|||01/01/1965|A steep tributary glacier just E of Peckham Glacier, flowing from the S slopes of Britannia Range into Byrd Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Arthur L. DeVries, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station in the 1961-62 and 1963-64 summer seasons.||
3814|DeWald Glacier|Glacier|721900S|1670000E|-72.3166667|167|||01/01/1973|A glacier 5 mi long draining the NE slopes of Bramble Peak in the Victory Mountains of Victoria Land.  The glacier flows NW to merge with the terminus of Lensen Glacier where both glaciers join the larger Pearl Harbor Glacier.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) Bruce F. DeWald, U.S. Navy (USN), aerographer with the McMurdo Station winter party in 1963 and 1966; forecast duty officer at McMurdo Station during the summer seasons of 1972-73 and 1973-74.||
3815|Mount Dewar|Summit|803200S|0211100W|-80.5333333|-21.1833333|1600|5249||A mountain rising to c. 1,600 m to the SW of Aronson Corner in the Pioneers Escarpment, Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967.  Surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of pioneers of polar life and travel grouped in this area, named in 1971 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Sir James Dewar (1842-1923), Scottish chemist and physicist who invented the thermos flask, c. 1892.||
3816|Dewar Nunatak|Summit|672000S|0681500W|-67.3333333|-68.25|520|1706|01/01/1964|Mainly snow-covered nunatak rising to 520 m in the middle of Shambles Glacier, on the E coast of Adelaide Island.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1963 for Graham J.A. Dewar, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist at Adelaide station, 1961-63.||
3817|Dewart Island|Island|661300S|1101000E|-66.2166667|110.1666667|||01/01/1960|The central island in the Frazier Islands, in Vincennes Bay.  The island was photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47) and its position fixed by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1956).  Named by C.R. Eklund for Gilbert Dewart, seismologist at Wilkes Station, 1957.||
3818|Dewdrop Glacier|Glacier|770100S|1622200E|-77.0166667|162.3666667|||01/01/1952|Small hanging glacier at the head of Devils Punchbowl between The Flatiron and Devils Ridge, at the SW side of Granite Harbor, in Victoria Land.  Charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) under Scott, and named for its suggestive appearance, hanging on the edge of Devils Punchbowl.||
3819|Mount Dewe|Summit|755800S|0683900W|-75.9666667|-68.65|||01/01/1968|Mountain in the SE part of the Hauberg Mountains in Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Michael B. Dewe, glaciologist at Byrd Station, summer 1965-66.||
3820|Mount Dewey|Summit|655400S|0641900W|-65.9|-64.3166667|1830|6004|01/01/1971|Mountain, 1,830 m, standing 8 mi SE of Mount Cheops on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Melvil Dewey (1851-1932), American originator of the Dewey Decimal Classification, from which the Universal Decimal Classification is derived.||
3821|Mount DeWitt|Summit|771200S|1595000E|-77.2|159.8333333|2190|7185|01/01/1964|Mountain, 2,190 m, rising above the ice plateau just W of Mount Littlepage and Willett Range, in Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for Hugh H. DeWitt, scientific leader on the 1958-59.||
3822|DeWitt Nunatak|Summit|844900S|0674200W|-84.8166667|-67.7|1295|4249|01/01/1968|A nunatak, 1,295 m, along the face of an ice escarpment 7 mi W of Snake Ridge, in the Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Steven R. DeWitt, meteorologist at Palmer Station, winter 1966.||
3823|D'Hainaut Island|Island|635400S|0604700W|-63.9|-60.7833333|||01/01/1965|Small island lying in Mikkelsen Harbor, Trinity Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10.  Named by the sixth Chilean Antarctic Expedition (1952) for Lieutenant Ladislao D'Hainaut.||
3828|Diamond Glacier|Glacier|795100S|1590000E|-79.85|159|||01/01/1965|A small distributary glacier of the Darwin Glacier, flowing ENE into the narrow valley on the N side of Diamond Hill.  Mapped by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1962-63) and named after Diamond Hill.||
3829|Diamond Hill|Summit|795200S|1590900E|-79.8666667|159.15|||01/01/1965|A conspicuous snow-free hill which is diamond shape in plan, standing 10 mi E of Bastion Hill at the N side of the lower Darwin Glacier.  Named by the Darwin Glacier Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) which surveyed this area.||
3830|Diamond Peak|Summit|541200S|0363900W|-54.2|-36.65|610|2001||A peak rising to 610 m W of Jason Harbor, Cumberland West Bay, on the N coast of South Georgia.  Charted and named by DI between 1925-29.||
3831|Diamonen Island|Island|640200S|0611700W|-64.0333333|-61.2833333|||01/01/1965|Island lying N of Moreno Rock in Gerlache Strait, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  The island was called Big Diamonen Island by Captain Skidsmo of the Graham in 1921-22.  The name was shortened by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960.||
3832|Diana Reef|Bar|632600S|0561100W|-63.4333333|-56.1833333|||01/01/1963|Isolated reef lying 3 mi E of D'Urville Monument, Joinville Island, in Active Sound.  Roughly surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1954. Named in 1956 by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Diana (Robert Davidson, master), one of the ships of the Dundee whaling expedition which visited the Joinville Island area in 1892-93.||
3836|Diaz Cove|Bay|544500S|0361800W|-54.75|-36.3|||01/01/1952|Cove with the Kupriyanov Islands at the mouth, 10 mi NW of Cape Disappointment, near the E end of the S coast of South Georgia.  The cove was known to early sealers as shown by the remains of a sealing vessel found there.  It was rediscovered in 1929 by Captain Johannesen and named for his ship Diaz.||
3837|Diaz Rock|Island|631800S|0584500W|-63.3|-58.75|||01/01/1962|The largest of several rocks close N of the W end of Astrolabe Island, off Trinity Peninsula.  The name was given by the first Chilean Antarctic Expedition (1947) for sub-lieutenant Joaquin Diaz Martinez.||04/11/2001
3838|Dibble Glacier|Glacier|661700S|1343600E|-66.2833333|134.6|||01/01/1955|A prominent channel glacier flowing from the continental ice and terminating in a prominent tongue at the E side of Davis Bay.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47), and named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Jonas Dibble, ship's carpenter on the sloop Peacock of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Wilkes.  Dibble is credited with leaving his sick bed and working 24 hours without relief with other carpenters to repair a broken rudder on the Peacock, when the ship was partially crushed in an ice bay in 15119E and forced to retire northward.||
3839|Dibble Glacier Tongue|Glacier|655000S|1350000E|-65.8333333|135|||01/01/1956|A large glacier tongue extending seaward from Dibble Glacier.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Jonas Dibble and the unsung crew members of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) squadron under Lieutenant Charles Wilkes, 1838-42.||
3840|Dibble Iceberg Tongue|Glacier|653000S|1350000E|-65.5|135|||01/01/1962|An iceberg tongue at the seaward end of Dibble Glacier Tongue.  The names Dibble Glacier and Dibble Glacier Tongue were applied by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1955, concurrent with G.D. Blodgett's delineation of the features from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  The offshore segment of these two related features was photographed by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956 and 1959, and ANCA subsequently recommended that it be named Dibble Iceberg Tongue.  Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) has approved the latter name only for the portion lying seaward of Dibble Glacier Tongue.||
3842|Mount Dick|Summit|804900S|1593200E|-80.8166667|159.5333333|2410|7907|01/01/1966|A prominent peak, 2,410 m, standing 6 mi E of Mount Egerton, in the Churchill Mountains.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) for R.G. Dick, Surveyor General of New Zealand.||
3843|Mount Dickason|Summit|742400S|1635800E|-74.4|163.9666667|2030|6660||A prominent mountain, 2,030 m, at the head of Boomerang Glacier in the Deep Freeze Range, Victoria Land.  First mapped by the Northern Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, and named for Seaman Harry Dickason, Royal Navy (RN), a member of the Northern Party.||
3844|Dickens Rocks|Island|651900S|0652300W|-65.3166667|-65.3833333|||01/01/1965|Two rocks lying at the N end of the Pitt Islands, in the Biscoe Islands.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Charles Dickens (1812-70), English novelist. A number of other features in the Pitt Islands are named after characters in his Pickwick Papers.||03/06/1997
3845|Mount Dickerson|Summit|842000S|1670800E|-84.3333333|167.1333333|4120|13517|01/01/1966|A prominent mountain, 4,120 m, standing 4 mi E of Mount Kirkpatrick in Queen Alexandra Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Richard G. Dickerson, USN, VX-6 aircraft commander during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1964.||
3846|Dickey Glacier|Glacier|813500S|1610000E|-81.5833333|161|||01/01/1965|A glacier 12 mi long, flowing N along the E side of the Surveyors Range to enter Beaumont Bay, Ross Ice Shelf.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Willie M. Dickey, U.S. Navy (USN), commander, Naval Support Units, Antarctica, at Little America V, winter 1957.||
3847|Dickey Peak|Summit|781900S|0842600W|-78.3166667|-84.4333333|||01/01/1961|A peak in the NW part of Flowers Hills in the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Clifford R. Dickey, Jr., electronics technician at the South Pole Station in 1957.||
3848|Dick Glacier|Glacier|845300S|1755000W|-84.8833333|-175.8333333|||01/01/1966|A tributary glacier, 7 mi long, flowing W from Mount Campbell to enter Shackleton Glacier just N of Taylor Nunatak, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Alan L. Dick, a member of U.S. Navy Squadron VX-6 during Deep Freeze 1964.||
3849|Dickinson Rocks|Summit|773300S|1475500W|-77.55|-147.9166667|||01/01/1970|Isolated rock outcrops near the N end of Hershey Ridge, 9 mi NW of Linwood Peak, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for David N. Dickinson, construction mechanic, U.S. Navy (USN), at Brockton Station (80S, 178W) on the Ross Ice Shelf for two seasons, 1965-66 and 1966-67.||04/11/2001
3850|Dick Peaks|Range|674000S|0493600E|-67.6666667|49.6|||01/01/1965|Group of peaks 1 mi E of Mount Humble at the E end of the Raggatt Mountains, Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named after W. Dick, weather observer at Mawson station in 1960.||
3851|Dickson Icefalls|Glacier|760200S|1332500W|-76.0333333|-133.4166667|2000|6562|01/01/1966|A north-draining icefalls of moderate slope at an elevation of 1,800 to 2,000 m, located between Mount Moulton and Mount Bursey in the Flood Range of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Donald T. Dickson, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciologist with the Byrd Station Traverse of 1962-63.||03/06/1997
3852|Dickson Pillar|Pillar|715400S|1711100E|-71.9|171.1833333|||01/01/1969|A pillar rock lying close S of Possession Island in the Possession Islands.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1958-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Paul B. Dickson, PHC, U.S. Navy (USN), Photographer of Squadron VX-6 on the flight of Jan. 18, 1958, at the time this feature was photographed.||
3853|Mount Dido|Summit|772936S|1605717E|-77.493401|160.954739|2070|6791|01/01/1964|Prominent peak, 2,070 m, between Mounts Electra and Boreas in the Olympus Range of Victoria Land.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1958-59) for a figure in Greek mythology.||
3854|Dieglman Island|Island|660000S|1004600E|-66|100.7666667|||01/01/1961|Island about 4 mi long that is largely ice covered but has numerous rock outcrops, lying on the NW side of Edisto Channel in the Highjump Archipelago.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Dieglman Islets.  Subsequent Soviet expeditions (1956-57) mapped the feature as one island with numerous outcrops.  The name has been altered by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) to apply to the single island.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for E.D. Dieglman, air crewman on U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp photographic flights in this area in 1946-47.||
3858|Mount Dietz|Summit|861600S|1531000W|-86.2666667|-153.1666667|2250|7382|01/01/1967|A mountain, 2,250 m, just N of the confluence of Souchez and Bartlett Glaciers where it marks the S limit of Hays Mountains in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant D.L. Dietz, USN, pilot on photographic flights during Operation Deep Freeze 1964 and 1965.||
3859|Dietz Bluff|Cliff|720200S|0620800W|-72.0333333|-62.1333333||||A prominent bluff at the head of Hilton Inlet on the Black Coast, Palmer Land.  The bluff was photographed from the air by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1940, and by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947; mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy aerial photographs taken 1966-69.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN), in association with the names of continental drift scientists grouped in this area, after Robert S. Dietz, American marine geologist with Atlantic Oceanographic and Meteorological Laboratory, Miami, Florida, from 1967.||03/06/1997
3860|Dike Cirque|Basin|831400S|1575700E|-83.2333333|157.95|||01/01/1970|A semi-circular glacial cirque 1 mi wide in the Miller Range.  It is carved into Macdonald Bluffs at the SE base of Kreiling Mesa.  So named by the Ohio State University Geological Party, 1967-68, because the granite cliffs surrounding the cirque are cut by numerous black dikes.||
3861|Dilemma Glacier|Glacier|784500S|1612500E|-78.75|161.4166667|||01/01/1962|A steep, broken glacier descending from the Worcester Range into the W side of Skelton Glacier to the N of Ant Hill.  Mapped and named in 1957 by the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.  So named because of difficulties encountered by the geological party in an attempted descent of this glacier.||
3862|Dillon Peak|Summit|731700S|0624000W|-73.2833333|-62.6666667|||01/01/1968|Peak in the Dana Mountains surmounting the N side of the terminus of Haines Glacier, in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Raymond D. Dillon, biologist at McMurdo Station and Palmer Station during the 1966-67 and 1967-68 seasons.||
3863|Dilten Nunatak|Summit|722200S|0034700W|-72.3666667|-3.7833333|||01/01/1966|An isolated nunatak about 1.5 mi WNW of Dalten Nunatak and 8 mi NW of Borg Mountain in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Dilten.||
3864|Dimaryp Peak|Summit|632600S|0570200W|-63.4333333|-57.0333333|500|1640|01/01/1963|The prominent northeastern peak of Mount Carroll, rising to 500 m, 1 mi S of the head of Hope Bay, Trinity Peninsula.  First charted by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, 1901-04.  Surveyed in 1945 and 1955 by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who applied the name.  This peak is very similar to and has been frequently misidentified in bad weather as The Pyramid, a peak 0.8 mi to the east.  The name is an anagram of pyramid.||03/06/1997
3865|Dimick Peaks|Range|781800S|1615600E|-78.3|161.9333333|1495|4905|01/01/1995|Two peaks, the highest rising to 1,495 m, at the S side of the mouth of Dale Glacier in Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1994 after Dorothy Dimick, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) cartographer, an Antarctic specialist in the Branch of Special Maps, 1944-76.||
3868|Dinghy Point|Summit|540400S|0370900W|-54.0666667|-37.15||||A point on the S side of Prince Olav Harbor, Cook Bay, on the N coast of South Georgia.  Charted and named "Pram Point" by DI in 1929.  The name Dinghy Point was approved for this feature by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1991 to avoid duplication with Pram Point at Leith Harbor in Stromness Bay.||
3869|Dingle Dome|Summit|670300S|0485400E|-67.05|48.9|400|1312|01/01/1965|Ice-covered dome rising above 400 m and surmounting the N end of Sakellari Peninsula, on the coast of Enderby Land. Discovered in 1956 during flights by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft.  Named by ANCA for Robert Dingle, officer in charge at Davis station in 1957.||
3870|Dingle Lake|Lake|683400S|0780400E|-68.5666667|78.0666667|||01/01/1965|A salt-water lake lying just W of Stinear Lake, on the Breidnes Peninsula, Vestfold Hills.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Named by ANCA for Robert Dingle, Officer in Charge at Davis Station in 1957.||03/06/1997
3871|Dingsør Dome|Summit|680100S|0674300E|-68.0166667|67.7166667|||01/01/1961|A small, distinct ice-covered elevation rising inland from the coast, 11 mi S of Point Williams, in Mac. Robertson Land. Discovered in Feb. 1931 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) (1929-31) under Douglas Mawson.  Named by Mawson after Captain Dingsor, a Norwegian whale fishery inspector who was aboard the Kosmos (Captain Hans Andresen) in Antarctica that season.  The Kosmos had supplied coal to Mawson's ship, the Discovery, on Dec. 29, 1930.||
3873|Dinsmoor Glacier|Glacier|642200S|0595900W|-64.3666667|-59.9833333|||01/01/1964|A glacier flowing E from the S edge of Detroit Plateau, Graham Land, joining Edgeworth Glacier to the NE of Mount Elliott.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Charles Dinsmoor of Warren, PA, who invented the "endless tracking machine," a forerunner of modern tracked vehicles, in 1886; first manufactured commercially by Holt Manufacturing Co. of Stockton, CA, in 1906.||
3874|Dint Island|Island|691700S|0714900W|-69.2833333|-71.8166667|||01/01/1961|Rocky island, 1.5 mi long, lying 2 mi off the W side of Alexander Island in Lazarev Bay.  Probably first seen from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  First mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because a distinctive cirque makes a dent, or dint, on the S side of the island.||
3875|Diomedea Island|Island|621200S|0585700W|-62.2|-58.95||||Small island lying in Ardley Cove, Fildes Peninsula, King George Island.  The Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) called the feature "Ostrov Al'batros" or "Albatross Island" in 1968, but the English form duplicates a name in the Bay of Isles.  To avoid confusion, the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) recommended a new name in 1979; Diomedea is the generic name for several species of albatross.||
3876|Dione Nunataks|Summit|715600S|0690600W|-71.9333333|-69.1|||01/01/1961|Rock exposures at the head of Saturn Glacier, 9 mi W of Deimos Ridge in the SE part of Alexander Island.  The nunataks appear to have been first seen from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth on Nov. 23, 1935, and roughly mapped from photos obtained on that flight by W.L.G. Joerg.  Remapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from association with Saturn Glacier, Dione being one of the satellites of Saturn.||03/06/1997
3877|Dion Islands|Island|675200S|0684300W|-67.8666667|-68.7166667|||01/01/1960|Group of small islands and rocks lying in the N part of Marguerite Bay, 6 mi SW of Cape Alexandra, Adelaide Island. Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, and named by Charcot for the Marquis de Dion, who donated three motor sledges and whose De Dion-Bouton works produced equipment for the expedition.||
3878|Diplock Glacier|Glacier|640300S|0585000W|-64.05|-58.8333333|||01/01/1964|A narrow straight glacier, 10 mi long, flowing eastward from Detroit Plateau, Graham Land, into Prince Gustav Channel 5 mi S of Alectoria Island.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61). Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Bramah J. Diplock, British engineer who made considerable advances in the design of chain-track tractors (1885-1913).||
3881|Director Nunatak|Summit|664900S|0650600W|-66.8166667|-65.1|||01/01/1964|Conspicuous nunatak standing between the heads of Balch and Breitfuss Glaciers, in Graham Land.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1955-57, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 because this nunatak was used as a landmark by a Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) sledge party from Detaille Island in 1957 when traveling on Avery Plateau.||
3882|Dirtbag Nunatak|Summit|853200S|1445200W|-85.5333333|-144.8666667|940|3084||A ridge-like nunatak rising to 940 m, 3.5 mi SSW of Mount Manke, Harold Byrd Mountains.  The feature was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1960-63.  It was visited in 1977-78 by a U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) - Arizona State University geological party, led by Edmund Stump, and named in the spirit of Coalsack Bluff (q.v.); thin lenses of disintegrating mica and schist form a type of light soil on the slopes of the nunatak.||
3883|Cape Disappointment|Cape|545300S|0360700W|-54.8833333|-36.1166667|||01/01/1952|Cape which forms the S extremity of South Georgia.  First charted and so named in 1775 by a British expedition under Cook, who upon reaching this position was greatly disappointed in realizing that South Georgia was an island rather than a continent.||
3884|Cape Disappointment|Cape|604200S|0450500W|-60.7|-45.0833333|||01/01/1952|Cape midway along the W side of Powell Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  The name was originally applied to the S end of Powell Island by Captain George Powell and Captain Nathaniel Palmer in 1821, reflecting their reluctance to terminate their eastward cruise, necessitated by exhausted provisions and unfavorable winds.  In recent years the name has been consistently used for the cape on the W side of the island.||
3885|Cape Disappointment|Cape|653300S|0614300W|-65.55|-61.7166667|||01/01/1952|Cape which marks the tip of the ice-covered peninsula lying between Exasperation Inlet and Scar Inlet, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Discovered in 1902 by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), under Nordenskjold, and so named by him because he encountered many difficult crevasses in approaching the cape.||
3886|Disch Promontory|Cliff|833400S|1625200E|-83.5666667|162.8666667|||01/01/1966|A high, ice-covered promontory, 6 mi long, extending from the E side of Prince Andrew Plateau, Queen Elizabeth Range. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Carl R. Disch, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) ionospheric physicist, who was lost at Byrd Station, May 8, 1965.||
3888|Mount Discovery|Summit|782200S|1650100E|-78.3666667|165.0166667|2680|8793|01/01/1947|A conspicuous, isolated volcanic cone, 2,680 m, lying at the head of McMurdo Sound and E of Koettlitz Glacier, overlooking the NW portion of the Ross Ice Shelf.  It forms the center of a three-armed mass of which Brown Peninsula is one extension to the N.; Minna Bluff is a second to the E.; the third is Mount Morning to the west.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named for their expedition ship Discovery.||
3889|Discovery Bay|Bay|622900S|0594300W|-62.4833333|-59.7166667|||01/01/1952|Bay 3 mi long and 2 mi wide, indenting the N side of Greenwich Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  This bay has been known to sealers in the area since about 1821.  It was charted and named during 1935 by DI personnel on the Discovery II.||
3891|Discovery Bluff|Cliff|770100S|1623700E|-77.0166667|162.6166667||||Conspicuous headland forming the W side of the entrance to Avalanche Bay in Granite Harbor, Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901) under Scott, who referred to the feature as Rendezvous Bluff.  It was renamed for the ship Discovery by Scott's second expedition, the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
3893|Discovery Point|Summit|541800S|0362900W|-54.3|-36.4833333|||01/01/1956|Point formed of glacial moraine, marking the W side of the entrance to Moraine Fjord, South Georgia.  First surveyed by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold.  Probably named by Discovery Investigations personnel in the period following their surveys of 1926-31, presumably for their organization or their ships, the Discovery or Discovery II, which were utilized in the surveys of South Georgia.||
3895|Discovery Ridge|Ridge|844400S|1140600W|-84.7333333|-114.1|||01/01/1965|A broad rock ridge with a rather flat summit area.  It projects NW from Buckeye Table, Ohio Range, 2 mi NW of Mount Glossopteris.  The name was suggested by William E. Long, geologist of the Ohio State University expedition to the Horlick Mountains in 1960-61 and 1961-62.  The first tillite and the first Devonian brachiopods were discovered by the expedition on this ridge, hence the name.||
3896|Discovery Rock|Bar|540900S|0363500W|-54.15|-36.5833333|||01/01/1963|Submerged rock in Stromness Bay, South Georgia, lying 0.7 mi NNE of Ems Rock.  The rock was positioned by Discovery Investigations personnel under Lieutenant Commander J.M. Chaplin, Royal Navy (RN), who made surveys of Stromness Bay in 1927 and 1929.  They probably applied the name, which is now well established in local use.||
3897|Discovery Sound|Bay|643100S|0630100W|-64.5166667|-63.0166667|||01/01/1953|An E-W trending channel 0.5 mi wide, between Guepratte Island and Briggs Peninsula, on the NE side of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  The channel was discovered by a German expedition under Dallmann, 1873-74, and in 1903-05 was charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot.  During 1927 it was explored by DI personnel on the Discovery who applied the name.||
3898|Dismal Buttress|Cliff|852700S|1784200W|-85.45|-178.7|||01/01/1966|A mainly ice-free rock bluff, overlooking the W side of the head of Shackleton Glacier about 3 mi NW of Roberts Massif.  So named because of several depressing incidents experienced here by the Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62), including the loss of Dismal, the party's only lead dog, which had to be destroyed.||
3899|Dismal Island|Island|680600S|0685000W|-68.1|-68.8333333|60|197|01/01/1963|Island, 1 mi long and 60 m high, which is mainly ice covered and is the largest of the Faure Islands, lying in Marguerite Bay off the W coast of Graham Land.  The Faure Islands were discovered and first charted in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot.  The group was visited and surveyed in 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who so named this island for its appearance of extreme desolation and lifelessness.||
3900|Dismal Mountains|Summit|680500S|0552500E|-68.0833333|55.4166667|||01/01/1961|Group of nunataks about 35 mi SW of Rayner Peak. Photographed from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956, and surveyed by G.A. Knuckey during a dog-sledge journey from Amundsen Bay to Mawson Station in December 1958.  So named because the mountains are frequently shrouded in clouds.||03/06/1997
3901|Dismal Ridge|Ridge|781700S|1624800E|-78.2833333|162.8|||01/01/1973|A forked ridge leading N and E from the Mount Kempe-Mount Huggins saddle.  It is bounded on the N and W by the Radian and Glimpse Glaciers, and on the S by Kempe Glacier.  The two forks enclose the Glee Glacier and descend to Roaring Valley.  The ridge was so named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1960-61, because of the persistently dismal weather conditions encountered while they were mapping in January 1961, and also because of difficulties encountered in establishing a high food camp on this ridge by helicopter, again owing to the weather.||
3902|Mount Ditte|Summit|674300S|0683700W|-67.7166667|-68.6166667|1400|4593|01/01/1951|Mountain, 1,400 m, surmounting Cape Alexandra in the SE extremity of Adelaide Island.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, and named by Charcot for Alfred Ditte, noted French chemist.||
3903|Diver Point|Summit|540000S|0380300W|-54|-38.05||||A point midway along the N shore of Bird Island, South Georgia.  A UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) name that derives from the South Georgia Diving Petrel (Pelecanoides georgicus) which nests nearby.||
3904|Diversion Hills|Range|730900S|1633000E|-73.15|163.5|||01/01/1968|Small group of low rock outcrops at the E extremity of Pain Mesa, in Victoria Land.  Named by the southern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1966-67, because the party diverted eastward from their route here to visit Navigator Nunatak.||
3905|The Divide|Island|604400S|0451000W|-60.7333333|-45.1666667|||01/01/1952|A narrow channel between Matthews Island and the SE extremity of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands. Charted as an isthmus in 1912-13 by Norwegian whaling captain Petter Sorlle; recharted as an isthmus and named descriptively by DI in 1933.  The feature was surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1957 and found to be a channel.||
3906|Divide Peaks|Range|604300S|0451200W|-60.7166667|-45.2|640|2100|01/01/1956|Series of ice-topped peaks, the highest 640 m, rising from the SE end of Coronation Island and extending for 2 mi in a NW direction, in the South Orkney Islands.  Surveyed in by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1956-58, and named Divide Peaks in association with The Divide (q.v.).||03/06/1997
3909|Mount Dixey|Summit|701000S|0680400W|-70.1666667|-68.0666667|1250|4101|01/01/1955|Mountain, 1,250 m, standing at the S side of Riley Glacier and 3 mi NE of Carse Point, on the W coast of Palmer Land.  First photographed from the air on Nov. 23, 1935 by Lincoln Ellsworth, and mapped from these photographs by W.L.G. Joerg.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, and named in 1954 by members of the expedition for Neville Dixey, Chairman of Lloyd's in 1934, who raised a special fund at Lloyd's as a contribution towards the cost of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37.||01/05/2021
3910|Dixey Rock|Island|632800S|0544000W|-63.4666667|-54.6666667|25|82|01/01/1993|A rock rising 25 m above sea level, 1.5 mi SE of Darwin Island in the Danger Islands, q.v.  Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1953-54 and 1956-58, and photographed from the air by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE), 1956-57.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1980 after David J. Dixey, Head, Nautical Branch 5, Hydrographic Department.||
3911|Mount Dixon|Summit|530000S|0731700E|-53|73.2833333|705|2313|01/01/1957|A snow-covered peak (705 m) standing 0.7 mi W of Anzac Peak on Laurens Peninsula, Heard Island.  The feature appears to have been roughly charted on an 1860 sketch map by Captain H.C. Chester, American sealer operating in the area during this period. Surveyed in 1948 by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), and named by them for Lieutenant Commander George M. Dixon, RANVR, commanding officer of HMAS Labuan which landed and relieved the 1948 and 1949 Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) parties.||
3912|Dixon Peak|Summit|540300S|0380100W|-54.05|-38.0166667|420|1378|01/01/1964|Steep-sided peak rising to 420 m at the southern end of Paryadin Ridge, 1 mi N of Cape Paryadin, South Georgia.  Roughly charted by DI personnel on the Discovery in the period 1926-30.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1963 for Lieutenant John B. Dixon, Royal Navy (RN), surveying officer on His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Owen, which surveyed the area in 1960-61.||
3914|Dixson Island|Island|680800S|1464300E|-68.1333333|146.7166667|||01/01/1947|A high ice-covered island, 10 mi long and 5 mi wide, at the W side of the mouth of Ninnis Glacier.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who named it for Sir Hugh Dixson of Sydney, a patron of the expedition.||
3916|Djupedalen Valley|Valley|715800S|0070600E|-71.9666667|7.1|||01/01/1967|A glacier filled valley separating the Muhlig-Hofmann and Filchner Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Djupedalen (the deep valley).||
3917|Djupedalshausane Peaks|Range|720500S|0065900E|-72.0833333|6.9833333|||01/01/1966|A group of peaks between the heads of Lunde Glacier and Djupedalen Valley in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Djupedalshausane (the deep valley peaks).||
3918|Djupedalsleitet Saddle|Gap|720500S|0072200E|-72.0833333|7.3666667|||01/01/1966|An ice saddle between the head of Djupedalen Valley and Snuggerud Glacier, S of the Filchner Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Djupedalsleitet.||
3919|Djupvika|Bay|694400S|0375400E|-69.7333333|37.9|||01/01/1968|A bay between Botnneset and Djupvikneset Peninsulas in the SW part of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Djupvika (the deep bay) because of its deep indentation of the coast.||
3920|Djupvikneset Peninsula|Cape|694700S|0380600E|-69.7833333|38.1|||01/01/1968|A high, ice-covered peninsula between Djupvika and Havsbotn along the SW shore of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Djupvikneset (the deep bay ness, or promontory) in association with nearby Djupvika.||
3922|Djupvik Point|Summit|694300S|0380200E|-69.7166667|38.0333333|||01/01/1968|A point marking the E limit of Djupvika, a bay along the SW shore of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Djupvikodden (the deep bay point) in association with Djupvika.||
3924|Dlinnoye Lake|Lake|704400S|0113900E|-70.7333333|11.65|||01/01/1970|A narrow, serpentine lake, 0.5 mi long, lying close NW of Tsentral'naya Hill in the Schirmacher Hills, Queen Maud Land. The feature was mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1961 and named Ozero Dlinnoye (long lake).||03/06/1997
3925|Doake Ice Rumples|Glacier|794500S|0670000W|-79.75|-67||||An area of disturbed ice in the Ronne Ice Shelf, extending for c. 55 mi in a NW-SE direction between Korff Ice Rise and Henry Ice Rise.  First visited and mapped in part by the US-IGY geophysical traverse party from Ellsworth Station 1957-58, led by Edward Thiel.  Further delineated from U.S. Landsat imagery taken 1974 and from radio echo sounding by British Antarctic Survey (BAS) in 1981.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Christopher S.M. Doake, senior British Antarctic Survey (BAS) glaciologist from 1973, who has contributed to an understanding of the morphology and dynamics of the Ronne Ice Shelf.||
3926|Dobbratz Glacier|Glacier|792400S|0850500W|-79.4|-85.0833333|||01/01/1966|A broad tributary glacier which drains the S part of the White Escarpment and flows NE between Watlack Hills and Weber Peaks into Splettstoesser Glacier, in the Heritage Range.  Named by the University of Minnesota Geological Party, 1963-64, for Major Joseph Dobbratz, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC), pilot who supported the party.||
3928|Dobrowolski Island|Island|643600S|0625500W|-64.6|-62.9166667|||01/01/1960|Small island which lies close to the E coast of Anvers Island, 3 mi SW of Ryswyck Point, in the Palmer Archipelago. Charted in 1927 by DI personnel on the Discovery, who gave the name Astrolabe Island.  To avoid duplication, the name was changed in 1958 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC); Dobrowolski Island is named after Antoni B. Dobrowolski (1872-1954), assistant meteorologist of the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) which explored this area in 1898.||03/06/1997
3929|Mount Dobrynin|Summit|714200S|0114600E|-71.7|11.7666667|1970|6463|01/01/1970|Mountain, 1,970 m, standing 1 mi ESE of Eidsgavlen Cliff on the E side of the Humboldt Mountains in Queen Maud Land. Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Soviet geographer B.F. Dobrynin.||
3931|Dobson Dome|Summit|640200S|0575500W|-64.0333333|-57.9166667|950|3117|01/01/1964|A prominent snow-covered, dome-shaped mountain (950 m) between Rohss Bay and Croft Bay, in the N portion of James Ross Island.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1958-61.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Alban T.A. Dobson (1885-1962), British civil servant, Secretary of the International Whaling Commission, 1949-59, and President of the International Council for the Exploration of the Sea, 1952-55.||
3932|Mount Dockery|Summit|711300S|1643300E|-71.2166667|164.55|1095|3592|01/01/1964|A mountain, 1,095 m, standing 3 mi W of Mount Matthias in the W part of Everett Range, Concord Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Olan L. Dockery, U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6, pilot who flew photographic flights in northern Victoria Land, Queen Maud Mountains, Britannia Range and the McMurdo Sound area in the 1962-63 and 1963-64 seasons.||
3934|Dodd Island|Island|694200S|0753800E|-69.7|75.6333333|||01/01/1973|A small island in the SE part of the Publications Ice Shelf about 10 mi S of the Sostrene Islands.  First mapped by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37) from air photos.  Remapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) and named by ANCA for D.M. Dodd, weather observer at Davis Station in 1963.||
3935|Dodd Nunatak|Summit|715000S|1602400E|-71.8333333|160.4|||01/01/1970|A nunatak 2.5 mi W of Mount Cox in the NW portion of Emlen Peaks in the Usarp Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Walter H. Dodd of the Public Information Office, National Science Foundation, who worked at McMurdo Station in the 1966-67 and 1967-68 austral summers.||03/06/1997
3936|Mount Dodge|Summit|845200S|1722200W|-84.8666667|-172.3666667|1760|5774|01/01/1962|A mainly ice-free peak (1,760 m) on a mountain spur descending northward from the Prince Olav Mountains, at the confluence of Holzrichter and Gough Glaciers.  Discovered by the U.S. Ross Ice Shelf Traverse Party (1957-58) under A.P. Crary, and named for Prof. Carroll W. Dodge, who analyzed and reported upon lichens and lichen parasites for the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE). 1933-35.||
3938|Dodman Island|Island|655800S|0654600W|-65.9666667|-65.7666667|||01/01/1951|Island 3.5 mi long, lying 4 mi SE of Rabot Island and 10 mi W of Ferin Head, off the W coast of Graham Land.  The island was charted and named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill.||
3940|Dodson Peninsula|Cape|753200S|0641200W|-75.5333333|-64.2|||01/01/1956|An ice-covered peninsula, 40 mi long, located S of Hansen Inlet on the Orville Coast of Ellsworth Land.  Discovered by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, under Ronne, and named by him after Captain Harry L. Dodson, U.S. Navy (USN), a director of the American Antarctic Society (the organizing body of Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE)), and for his son, Robert H.T. Dodson, assistant geologist, surveyor, and chief dog team driver with Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE).||03/06/1997
3941|Dodson Rocks|Summit|695500S|0682500E|-69.9166667|68.4166667|||01/01/1973|Two small, dark rock exposures on the S side of Single Island, on the W side of the Amery Ice Shelf.  Discovered from an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1969.  Photographed from an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1971.  Named for R. Dodson, senior geologist with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey in 1971.||04/12/2001
3942|Doe Nunatak|Summit|722200S|1604700E|-72.3666667|160.7833333|||01/01/1970|A somewhat isolated nunatak, situated 3 mi WNW of Doescher Nunatak and 15 mi NNW of Mount Weihaupt in the Outback Nunataks. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-64. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Wilfred I. Doe, U.S. Navy (USN), hospital corpsman with the McMurdo Station winter party, 1967.||
3943|Doescher Nunatak|Summit|722300S|1605900E|-72.3833333|160.9833333|||01/01/1970|A somewhat isolated nunatak situated 13 mi N of Mount Weihaupt in the Outback Nunataks.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Roger L. Doescher, glaciologist, McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
3944|Doggers Bay|Bay|690700S|0690900E|-69.1166667|69.15|||01/01/1967|An ice-filled bay about 16 mi long and 5 mi wide on the W side of the Amery Ice Shelf, between Foley Promontory and Landon Promontory.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1956.  First visited in November 1962 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) dog-sledge party led by I. Landon-Smith.  Named by ANCA after the dog-sledge party.||
3945|Doggers Nunataks|Summit|674600S|0545100E|-67.7666667|54.85|||01/01/1961|Group of peaks 30 mi SW of Rayner Peak, to the SW of Edward VIII Bay.  Photographed in October 1956 by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft and surveyed in December 1958 by G.A. Knuckey during a dog-sledge journey from Amundsen Bay to Mawson Station.  Named by ANCA for the members of the 1958 Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) dog sledging party who were always referred to as the "Doggers."||
3946|Doggo Defile|Gap|684400S|0664700W|-68.7333333|-66.7833333|||01/01/1962|A narrow, steep-sided defile, in parts less than 1 mi wide, cutting through the coastal mountains E of Dee Ice Piedmont, W coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in 1947.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1948-50, and 1958.  The UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) name is descriptive; the NW entrance is only partly visible to sledge parties traveling along the coast, and the true nature of the feature is completely hidden by the surrounding mountains.||
3947|Dog Island|Island|654900S|0650500W|-65.8166667|-65.0833333|||01/01/1971|The northernmost of the Llanquihue Islands, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 because the island faces Cat Island across the navigable channel.||
3948|Dogs Leg Fjord|Bay|674300S|0665200W|-67.7166667|-66.8666667|||01/01/1951|Inlet 6 mi long in an E-W direction and 1.5 mi wide, lying directly E of Ridge Island and opening on Bourgeois Fjord, along the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill, and so named because of its shape.||
3949|Dogwatch Saddle|Gap|765300S|1614100E|-76.8833333|161.6833333|||01/01/1993|A snow saddle between Mount Brogger and Mount Morrison, separating the glacial catchments of the Benson Glacier and Cleveland Glacier in Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land.  A New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) field party made a late night temporary camp on the saddle in January 1990.  The name commemorates the midnight hours kept at this location.||
3950|Dohle Nunatak|Summit|711700S|0660600E|-71.2833333|66.1|||01/01/1973|A rock feature, consisting of two small peaks and a connecting ridge, between Mount Gleeson and Mount Gibson in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Named after C. Dohle, helicopter pilot with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey in 1971.||
3951|Dokkene Coves|Bay|691400S|0393800E|-69.2333333|39.6333333|||01/01/1968|Two coves just NW of Hamna Bay on the W side of Langhovde Hills, along the E shore of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and given the descriptive name Dokkene (the docks).||
3953|Dolan Peak|Summit|855600S|1331500W|-85.9333333|-133.25|2070|6791|01/01/1967|A rock peak, 2,070 m, standing 2 mi WNW of Hendrickson Peak in the NW part of the Quartz Hills.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Theodore G. Dolan, glaciologist at Byrd Station, summer 1959-60.||
3954|Mount Dolber|Summit|770700S|1453100W|-77.1166667|-145.5166667|865|2838|01/01/1970|A prominent mountain (865 m) with a large snow-free summit, located between Mount Rea and Mount Cooper in the Sarnoff Mountains, Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Sumner R. Dolber, USCG, captain of the icebreaker Southwind in the Antarctic Peninsula Ship Group (1967-68) and the Ross Sea Ship Group (1968-69).||
3955|Mount Dolence|Summit|795100S|0831300W|-79.85|-83.2166667|1950|6398|01/01/1964|A remarkably spired bare rock mountain, 1,950 m, located in the NW extremity of the Enterprise Hills and separated from Edson Hills by the upper part of Union Glacier, in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Named by the University of Minnesota Ellsworth Mountains Party, 1962-63, for Jerry D. Dolence, geologist and member of the party.||
3956|Dolleman Island|Island|703700S|0604500W|-70.6166667|-60.75|||01/01/1947|Rounded, ice-covered island, 13 mi long, lying 8 mi E of Cape Boggs, off the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered in 1940 by members of East Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  Named for Heinrich Dolleman, tractor driver for the East Base.||
3957|Dolphin Spur|Ridge|841200S|1724800E|-84.2|172.8|||01/01/1966|A broad ice-covered spur just E of Mount Patrick in the Commonwealth Range, descending N into the upper reaches of Hood Glacier.  Its several rock outcrops when seen from lower levels of the glacier resemble a school of dolphins diving through the sea.  Named by the New Zealand Alpine Club Antarctic Expedition, 1959-60.||
3959|Domashnyaya Bank|Bar|673900S|0455000E|-67.65|45.8333333|||01/01/1971|A shoal, covered by only 0.6 m of water, near Molodezhnaya Station in Enderby Land.  It lies close to shore, about 0.5 mi SW of Cape Granat.  First charted by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1961-62, which called it "Banka Domashnyaya" (domestic bank), presumably for the nearness of the feature to their station.||03/06/1997
3960|Dome|Summit|530500S|0733000E|-53.0833333|73.5|2410|7907|01/01/1957|A rounded, snow-covered peak, 2,410 m, standing 1.1 mi NW of Mawson Peak, near the summit of Heard Island.  Surveyed and given this descriptive name by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1948.||
3963|Domen Butte|Summit|724300S|0035000W|-72.7166667|-3.8333333|||01/01/1966|A snow-topped butte with steep rock sides, just SW of Hogskavlen Mountain in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Domen (the dome).||
3964|Dome Nunatak|Summit|770100S|1612700E|-77.0166667|161.45|990|3248|01/01/1952|Dome-shaped nunatak, 990 m, protruding above the Mackay Glacier, about 4 mi NW of Mount Suess, in Victoria Land.  Charted and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, 1910-13.||
3965|Dominion Range|Range|852000S|1663000E|-85.3333333|166.5|||01/01/1947|A broad mountain range, about 30 mi long, forming a prominent salient at the juncture of the Beardmore and Mill Glaciers.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named by Shackleton for the Dominion of New Zealand, which generously aided the expedition.||
3966|Donald Nunatak|Summit|650500S|0600600W|-65.0833333|-60.1|||01/01/1952|Nunatak 1.5 mi N of Gray Nunatak in the Seal Nunataks group, off the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  Charted in 1902 by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, and named by him for Dr. C.W. Donald, ship's doctor and naturalist on the Active, one of the vessels of the Dundee whaling expedition, 1892-93.||03/06/1997
3967|Donald Ridge|Ridge|793700S|0831000W|-79.6166667|-83.1666667|||01/01/1966|A narrow ridge extending S from Mount Capley in the Pioneer Heights, Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Donald L. Willson, meteorologist at Little America V Station in 1958.||
3968|Mount Donaldson|Summit|843700S|1721200E|-84.6166667|172.2|3930|12894|01/01/1962|A mountain, 3,930 m, standing 5 mi NNE of Flat Top and W of the head of Ludeman Glacier in the Commonwealth Range. Discovered and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09).||
3975|Don Juan Pond|Basin|773345S|1611121E|-77.562528|161.189179|||01/01/1966|A shallow saline pond located south of the Dais in the South Fork of Wright Valley, Victoria Land.  The pond was sighted on Oct. 11, 1961 in a field reconnaissance by U.S. Navy helicopter.  In the next three months, a U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) party with George H. Meyer and others made several trips to study the pond.  They named it Don Juan Pond for Lieutenants Donald Roe and John Hickey, U.S. Navy Air Development Squadron Six, who were of assistance to the field party.  A new mineral, calcium chloride hexahydrate, was discovered in the pond.  The name Antarcticite was proposed for the new mineral.||
3976|Donnachie Cliff|Cliff|640100S|0580400W|-64.0166667|-58.0666667|500|1640||A cliff on Ulu Peninsula, James Ross Island, rising to c. 500 m northeast of Back Mesa.  Following geological work by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1985-86, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Thomas Donnachie, radio operator on Operation Tabarin at Hope Bay, 1944-45.||
3977|Donnally Glacier|Glacier|813700S|1591800E|-81.6166667|159.3|||01/01/1965|A glacier about 12 mi long in the Churchill Mountains, flowing E along the N side of Swithinbank Range to enter Starshot Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Edward W. Donnally, U.S. Navy (USN), officer in charge of Naval support personnel at McMurdo Station, winter 1962.||
3978|Donner Valley|Valley|773647S|1612643E|-77.613193|161.445222|||01/01/1976|A small, mainly ice-free valley located NNE of Mount Thundergut in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC), presumably in association with nearby Mount Thundergut, "donner" being a German word for "thunder."||
3979|Donovan Islands|Island|661100S|1102400E|-66.1833333|110.4|||01/01/1958|A chain of about 8 islands lying well offshore, about 5 mi NW of Clark Peninsula in the E part of Vincennes Bay.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  They were photographed from the air by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in January, 1956.  Named after J. Donovan, Administrative Officer of the Antarctic Division, Melbourne, and leader of a number of relief expeditions to Heard and Macquarie Islands.||
3980|Mount Don Pedro Christophersen|Summit|853200S|1654700W|-85.5333333|-165.7833333|3765|12352|01/01/1947|A massive, largely ice-covered, gabled mountain (3,765 m), surmounting the divide between the heads of Axel Heiberg and Cooper Glaciers, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered in 1911 by Roald Amundsen, who named it for one of the expedition's chief supporters who lived in Buenos Aires.||
3983|Doolette Bay|Bay|675500S|1470000E|-67.9166667|147||||A bay lying at the junction of the western side of the Ninnis Glacier Tongue with the mainland.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who named it after G.P. Doolette of Perth, a patron of the expedition.||
3984|Mount Doorly|Summit|772241S|1625507E|-77.378116|162.918512|||01/01/1952|A summit surmounting the E part of the rocky ridge between Greenwood Valley and Wright Lower Glacier, in Victoria Land. Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, under Scott, and named after Lieutenant Gerald S. Doorly, Royal Navy (RN), of the Morning, relief ship to the expedition.||03/06/1997
3986|Doppler Nunatak|Summit|745100S|0714100W|-74.85|-71.6833333||||A nunatak lying SW of Mount Mende in the Sky-Hi Nunataks, Ellsworth Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1987 after Christian Johann Doppler (1803-53), Austrian scientist who discovered the Doppler effect in physics.||
3987|Dorchuck Glacier|Glacier|744400S|1135600W|-74.7333333|-113.9333333||||A narrow glacier, 9 mi long, flowing NE from Jenkins Heights between Klinger Ridge and Ellis Ridge into Dotson Ice Shelf, on Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1959-67, and Landsat imagery, 1972-73.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Robert E. Dorchuck, USN, nuclear power plant operator with the Naval Nuclear Power Unit at McMurdo Station, summer and winter seasons, Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1965 and 1969.||
3989|Dorian Bay|Bay|644900S|0633000W|-64.8166667|-63.5|||01/01/1951|Cove on the NW side of Wiencke Island, 0.5 mi ENE of Damoy Point, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, and named by him after Monsieur Dorian, a member of the French Chamber of Deputies.||
3990|Doris Bay|Bay|542700S|0360800W|-54.45|-36.1333333|||01/01/1952|Small bay immediately SE of Saint Andrews Bay, along the N coast of South Georgia.  The name dates back to about 1929 and is now well established.||
3991|Dorrel Rock|Summit|752600S|1112200W|-75.4333333|-111.3666667|||01/01/1967|A rock outcrop 11 mi SW of the summit of Mount Murphy, protruding through the ice near the head of Pope Glacier, on the Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Leo E. Dorrel, U.S. Navy (USN), hospital corpsman with the Byrd Station winter party, 1966.||04/11/2001
3992|Dorrer Glacier|Glacier|824100S|1630500E|-82.6833333|163.0833333|||01/01/1966|Glacier just S of Mount Heiser, flowing E into Lowery Glacier from the NE slopes of the Queen Elizabeth Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Egon Dorrer, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciologist on the Ross Ice Shelf 1962-63 and 1965-66.||
3993|Dorsey Island|Island|702200S|0713300W|-70.3666667|-71.55|||01/01/1947|Mainly ice-covered island, 12 mi long, lying in Wilkins Sound off the W coast of Alexander Island.  Discovered and roughly mapped from aircraft by members of East Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, and named after Herbert G. Dorsey, Jr., of the U.S. Weather Bureau, meteorologist at East Base who devised a method of predicting with exceptional accuracy the periods in which weather would be suitable for flying.  Remapped from air photos taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  The position of the island and its outline were corrected from U.S. Landsat imagery of 1973-75 and 1979.||
3994|Dorsey Mountains|Summit|670400S|0670400W|-67.0666667|-67.0666667|||01/01/1965|Mountains just E of Somigliana Glacier in the N part of Arrowsmith Peninsula in Graham Land.  Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from surveys and air photos, 1956-59.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Noah E. Dorsey (1873-1959), American physicist, author of Properties of Ordinary Water-Substance (New York, 1940), a comprehensive study of ice.||03/06/1997
3995|Mount Dort|Summit|855400S|1585300W|-85.9|-158.8833333|2250|7382|01/01/1967|Conspicuous ice-free mountain, 2,250 m, projecting into the E side of Amundsen Glacier just S of the mouth of Cappellari Glacier.  Discovered and first mapped by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Wakefield Dort, Jr., geologist at McMurdo Station, summer 1965-66, and exchange scientist at the Japanese Showa Station, winter 1967.||
3996|Dory Nunatak|Summit|764700S|1611800E|-76.7833333|161.3||||An isolated sandstone nunatak, 1.2 mi long, rising above the SW part of Flight Deck Neve, 1.5 mi SW of Dotson Ridge, in Convoy Range, Victoria Land.  One of a group of nautical names in Convoy Range.  So named by a 1989-90 New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) party because the feature appears to be sailing in the midst of the glacier neve like a small boat.||
4002|Doss Glacier|Glacier|823000S|1622100E|-82.5|162.35|||01/01/1966|Small glacier just E of Mount Boman, flowing into Nimrod Glacier from the N slopes of Queen Elizabeth Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Edgar L. Doss, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciologist at Roosevelt Island, 1962-63.||
4003|Dot Island|Island|540300S|0372100W|-54.05|-37.35|||01/01/1963|Tiny island lying 0.6 mi W of Tern Island in the S part of the Bay of Isles, South Georgia.  First charted by Robert Cushman Murphy in 1912-13.  Surveyed in 1929-30 by DI personnel, who probably so named it because of its size and minute appearance when represented on charts.||
4004|Dot Peak|Summit|794600S|1591000E|-79.7666667|159.1666667|1450|4757|01/01/1965|A small eminence, 1,450 m, marking the highest point of Cooper Nunatak, at the E side of the Brown Hills.  Mapped by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1962-63) and so named because of its small size.||
4005|Dotson Ice Shelf|Glacier|742400S|1122200W|-74.4|-112.3666667|||01/01/1967|An ice shelf about 30 mi wide between Martin and Bear Peninsulas on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from air photos obtained by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in January 1947.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant William A. Dotson, USN, formerly Officer in Charge of the Ice Reconnaissance Unit of the Naval Oceanographic Office, killed in a plane crash in Alaska in November 1964 while on an ice reconnaissance mission.||
4006|Dotson Ridge|Ridge|764600S|1612500E|-76.7666667|161.4166667|1640|5381|01/01/1965|A ridgelike nunatak, 1.5 mi long, rising to 1,640 m in the NW part of Flight Deck Neve, Convoy Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and Navy air photos.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for Morris F. Dotson, electrician at McMurdo Station, 1962.||
4008|Dotten Nunatak|Summit|715700S|0240500E|-71.95|24.0833333|||01/01/1966|Nunatak 2 mi N of Smalegga Ridge, near the mouth of Gillock Glacier in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Dotten (the lump).||
4009|Dott Ice Rise|Glacier|791800S|0814800W|-79.3|-81.8|||01/01/1966|A peninsula-like feature that is ice-drowned except for the Barrett Nunataks, about 20 mi long, extending eastward from the Heritage Range of the Ellsworth Mountains and terminating at Constellation Inlet at the SW edge of Ronne Ice Shelf.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert H. Dott, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist and senior U.S. representative at Bernardo O'Higgins Base, summer 1961-62.||
4010|Douanier Rock|Island|664900S|1420400E|-66.8166667|142.0666667|||01/01/1961|A small rocky island lying close to the coast and just east of Point Alden, the point which separates Adelie Coast and George V Coast.  Discovered and named "Rocher du Douanier" by the 1949 French expedition under Andre Liotard.  The name is whimsical.  It alludes to the coastal division and the proximity of this island.||04/11/2001
4011|Double Curtain Glacier|Glacier|773900S|1633102E|-77.649871|163.517243|||01/01/1964|Small glacier on the S slope of the Kukri Hills, just SW of Mount Barnes, flowing toward the mouth of Ferrar Glacier in Victoria Land.  Mapped by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, 1910-13, and so named by them because of its shape.||
4012|Doublefinger Peak|Summit|765300S|1621500E|-76.8833333|162.25|||01/01/1952|A peak about 4 mi inland from Granite Harbor, just NE of Mount Marston, in Victoria Land.  Named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13).  A snow filled cleft along the E face of the peak separates two dark rock exposures, suggesting the origin of the name.||
4013|Double Islands|Island|664500S|1411100E|-66.75|141.1833333|||01/01/1956|Two small rocky islands lying close E of the tip of Zelee Glacier Tongue and 0.4 mi NNW of Triple Islands. Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Charted and named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1949-51.||
4014|The Doublets|Summit|662500S|0984000E|-66.4166667|98.6666667|||01/01/1967|Rock outcrops located centrally on the western side of David Island.  Discovered and named by the Western Base Party of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson.||04/11/2001
4015|Doubtful Bay|Bay|545200S|0360100W|-54.8666667|-36.0166667|||01/01/1956|Small, deeply indented bay, which lies 1 mi ENE of Smaaland Cove and immediately W of Rumbolds Point on the SE coast of South Georgia.  Charted by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Filchner, 1911-12, who named it for Walter Slossarczyk, third officer of the expedition ship Bay (now Smaaland Cove, q.v.) were erroneously transposed on charts of this area.  The South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, reported that the name Slossarczyk Bay is not known locally and that this feature is best known as Doubtful Bay.  Despite the undoubted priority of Filchner's naming, the name Doubtful Bay is approved in order to conform with local usage.  The name Slossarczyk Crag has been approved for the elevation at the E side of the Bay.||
4017|Doubtful Point|Summit|541300S|0363600W|-54.2166667|-36.6|||01/01/1965|Point forming the E side of the entrance to Enten Bay, Cumberland West Bay, in South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1929 British Admiralty chart.||
4018|Mount Dougherty|Summit|824300S|1610500E|-82.7166667|161.0833333|2790|9153|01/01/1966|Mountain, 2,790 m, between Mount Sandved and Mount Cara on the main N-S ridge in the N part of the Queen Elizabeth Range. Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ellsworth C. Dougherty, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Sound, 1959-60 and 1961-62.||
4019|Cape Douglas|Cape|805500S|1605200E|-80.9166667|160.8666667|||01/01/1947|An ice-covered cape marking the S side of the entrance to Matterson Inlet, on the W side of Ross Ice Shelf.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named for Admiral Sir Archibald Douglas, Lord of the Admiralty, who persuaded the Admiralty to assign naval seamen to the expedition.||
4020|Mount Douglas|Summit|763100S|1611800E|-76.5166667|161.3|1750|5741|01/01/1962|A striking pyramidal peak, 1,750 m, near the head of Fry Glacier, on the divide between the Fry and Mawson Glaciers.  The New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) established a survey station on its summit in December 1957.  Named for Murray H. Douglas, a member of the party.||
4021|Douglas Crag|Cliff|544600S|0360000W|-54.7666667|-36|1670|5479|01/01/1963|Crag, 1,670 m, standing 1 mi SE of Mount Macklin at the S end of the Salvesen Range of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for George V. Douglas, geologist with the British expedition under Shackleton, 1921-22.||
4022|Douglas Gap|Gap|710500S|1674400E|-71.0833333|167.7333333|||01/01/1970|A glacier-filled gap, 1.5 mi wide, between Hedgpeth Heights and Quam Heights in the Anare Mountains of Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Donald S. Douglas, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at Hallett Station, 1959-60 and 1960-61.||
4023|Douglas Glacier|Glacier|733100S|0614500W|-73.5166667|-61.75|||01/01/1968|Glacier that flows ENE through the central Werner Mountains in Palmer Land.  The glacier merges with Bryan Glacier just N of Mount Broome where it enters New Bedford Inlet.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Everett L. Douglas, biologist at Palmer Station, summer 1967-68.||
4025|Douglas Islands|Island|672300S|0632200E|-67.3833333|63.3666667|||01/01/1947|Two small islands 12 mi NW of Cape Daly.  Discovered by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, 1929-31, and named for V. Admiral (later Sir Percy) Douglas, then Hydrographer of the British Navy.  The islands were first sighted during an aircraft flight from the 6640S, 6430E, but after the 1931 voyage they were placed at 6720S, 6332E.  In 1956, an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) sledge party led by P.W. Crohn was unable to find them in this position, but found two uncharted islands farther south to which the name has now been applied.||
4026|Douglas Peak|Summit|662400S|0522800E|-66.4|52.4666667|1525|5003|01/01/1947|Peak, 1,525 m, lying 11 mi SW of Mount Codrington and 8 mi E of Mount Marr.  Discovered in January 1930 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, and named for Flight Lieutenant E. Douglas, RAAF, pilot with the expedition.||
4027|Douglas Peaks|Range|800000S|0812500W|-80|-81.4166667|||01/01/1964|The group of peaks standing S of Plummer Glacier in the SE extremity of the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Named by the University of Minnesota Ellsworth Mountains Party, 1962-63, for Lieutenant Commander John Douglas, U.S. Navy (USN), LC-47 pilot who flew to the area to evacuate one of the party for emergency appendectomy.||
4028|Douglas Range|Range|700000S|0693500W|-70|-69.5833333|3000|9842|01/01/1947|Sharp-crested range, with peaks rising to 3,000 m, extending 75 mi in a NW-SE direction from Mount Nicholas to Mount Edred and forming a steep E escarpment of Alexander Island, overlooking the N part of George VI Sound.  Mount Nicholas was seen in 1909 from a distance by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot.  The full extent of the range was observed by Lincoln Ellsworth on his trans-Antarctic flight of Nov. 23, 1935, and its E escarpment first roughly mapped from air photos taken on that flight by W.L.G. Joerg.  The E face of the range was roughly surveyed from George VI Sound by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) in 1936 and resurveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1948-50.  The entire range, including the W slopes, was mapped in detail from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, for V. Admiral Sir Percy Douglas, chairman of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) Advisory Committee, member of the Discovery Committee from 1928 until his death in 1939, formerly Hydrographer of the British Navy.||
4029|Mount Douglass|Summit|772000S|1452000W|-77.3333333|-145.3333333|||01/01/1947|Ice-covered mountain 8 mi ESE of Mount Woodward on the S side of Boyd Glacier, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land. Discovered in 1934 on aerial flights of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE).  Named for Malcolm C. Douglass, dog driver at West Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41).||
4030|Douglas Strait|Channel|592700S|0271400W|-59.45|-27.2333333|||01/01/1952|Strait 2 mi wide between Thule and Cook Islands, in the South Sandwich Islands.  The existence of this strait was first noted by a Russian expedition under Bellingshausen in 1820.  It was charted in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II and named for V. Admiral Sir Percy Douglas, member of the Discovery Committee.||
4031|Mount Doumani|Summit|854900S|1373800W|-85.8166667|-137.6333333|3240|10630|01/01/1967|Prominent mountain, 3,240 m, standing between Johns and Kansas Glaciers at the N side of Watson Escarpment.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for George A. Doumani, geologist with the Byrd Station winter party in 1959.  Doumani explored the Horlick Mountains area that year and in 1960-61, 1961-62 and 1964-65.  He visited the Mount Weaver area in 1962-63.||
4032|Doumani Peak|Summit|770700S|1260300W|-77.1166667|-126.05|2675|8776|01/01/1962|A subsidiary peak (2,675 m) on the southern slopes of Mount Sidley in the Executive Committee Range, Marie Byrd Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for George A. Doumani, Traverse Seismologist at Byrd Station, a member of the Executive Committee Range Traverse (Feb. 1959) and Marie Byrd Land Traverse (1959-60) that carried out surveys of this area.||
4033|Doumer Hill|Summit|645100S|0633400W|-64.85|-63.5666667|515|1690|01/01/1960|Snow-covered pyramid, 515 m, forming the summit of Doumer Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05.  Named in 1958 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), in association with Doumer Island.||
4034|Doumer Island|Island|645100S|0633500W|-64.85|-63.5833333|515|1690|01/01/1951|Island 4.5 mi long and 2 mi wide, surmounted by a snow-covered pyramidal peak, 515 m, lying between the S portions of Anvers Island and Wiencke Island in the Palmer Archipelago. First seen by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache.  Resighted and charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, who named it for Paul Doumer, President of the Chamber of Deputies and later President of France.||
4035|Dove Channel|Channel|604500S|0453600W|-60.75|-45.6|||01/01/1955|Narrow channel bisecting the Oliphant Islands, trending in an E-W. direction between the two larger islands on the N and the main group of smaller islands and rocks on the S, lying 0.4 mi S of Gourlay Peninsula, the SE tip of Signy Island in the South Orkney Islands.  The name Dove Strait dates back to about 1930, but the generic term channel is approved because of the small size of this feature.||
4036|Mount Dover|Summit|834600S|0555000W|-83.7666667|-55.8333333|1645|5397|01/01/1965|A mountain, 1,645 m, surmounting the SE end of Gale Ridge where the ridge abuts the Washington Escarpment, in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James H. Dover, geologist with the Patuxent Range field party, 1962-63.||
4037|Cape Dovers|Cape|662900S|0970800E|-66.4833333|97.1333333|||01/01/1947|Cape fronting on Shackleton Ice Shelf, 5 mi S of Henderson Island.  Discovered by the Western Base Party of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE), 1911-14, under Mawson, and named for G. Dovers, cartographer with the expedition.||
4038|Mount Dovers|Summit|700800S|0645900E|-70.1333333|64.9833333|||01/01/1962|A high, brown rock ridge 2 mi NW of Mount Dwyer in the Athos Range of the Prince Charles Mountains.  It was observed from Stinear Nunataks in 1954 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by Robert G. Dovers, officer in charge at Mawson Station, and its position plotted in December 1955 by a party led by J.M. Bechervaise. Named by ANCA for Robert G. Dovers.||
4040|Dovers Moraine|Ridge|530700S|0734200E|-53.1166667|73.7|||01/01/1957|A band of coarse glacial moraine, extending in a N-S direction for 1.5 mi, deposited at the E end of the main mass of Heard Island immediately E of Stephenson Glacier.  Surveyed in 1948 by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), and named by them for Robert G. Dovers, geologist and chief surveyor with the party.  Small settlements were occupied near both ends of this morainal belt by American sealers engaged in the extraction of sea-elephant oil during the 1858-82 period.||03/06/1997
4042|Dovers Peak|Summit|694200S|0642600E|-69.7|64.4333333|||01/01/1961|A peak in the W part of the Stinear Nunataks in Mac. Robertson Land.  Discovered in 1954 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by Robert G. Dovers, officer in charge at Mawson Station in 1954, for whom it is named.||03/06/1997
4044|Mount Dow|Summit|544200S|0361000W|-54.7|-36.1666667|1680|5512|01/01/1963|Mountain, 1,680 m, standing at the S side of Novosilski Glacier, 1 mi W of the N end of Mount Carse in the S part of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for George F. Dow (1868-1936), American whaling historian and author of Whale Ships and Whaling: A Pictorial History of Whaling During Three Centuries.||
4045|Mount Dowie|Summit|704200S|0660000E|-70.7|66|||01/01/1962|A ridgelike mountain which rises to a central crest, about 4 mi W of Mount Hollingshead in the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Sighted by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) southern party led by W.G. Bewsher in January 1957, and named for Dr. Donald A. Dowie, medical officer at Mawson Station in 1956.||
4046|Mount Dowling|Summit|723100S|0980300W|-72.5166667|-98.05|||01/01/1968|Small mountain overlooking the S coast of Thurston Island, about 13 mi E of Von der Wall Point.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Forrest L. Dowling, geophysicist at Byrd Station, 1960-61.||01/28/2004
4047|Downer Glacier|Glacier|665800S|0562500E|-66.9666667|56.4166667|||01/01/1961|Glacier 15 mi long, flowing eastward into Edward VIII Ice Shelf just north of Wilma Glacier.  Part of the glacier was mapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1954 during a sledging journey to Edward VIII Bay led by R. Dovers.  Photographed from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956 and named by ANCA for Sergeant G.K. Downer, RAAF, electrical and instrument fitter at Mawson Station in 1958.||
4048|Downes Glacier|Glacier|530200S|0733100E|-53.0333333|73.5166667|||01/01/1968|A broad glacier flowing N on both sides of Cape Bidlingmaier to the N coast of Heard Island.  Surveyed by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1948.  Named by ANCA for M.C. Downes, Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) biologist at Heard Island in 1951 and 1963.||
4049|The Downfall|Summit|644800S|0622300W|-64.8|-62.3833333|||01/01/1965|A mountain (c. 1,500 m) between the heads of Arago and Woodbury Glaciers on the W coast of Graham Land.  Mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 because the feature marked the end of the route from Orel Ice Fringe by which members of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) at Danco Island station had hoped in 1956 to reach Forbidden Plateau.  A very steep drop on the E side of the summit precludes further progress.||03/06/1997
4050|Downham Peak|Summit|641700S|0585400W|-64.2833333|-58.9|||01/01/1964|A rock pyramid at the S side of the mouth of Sjogren Glacier, Trinity Peninsula.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Noel Y. Downham, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) meteorological assistant at Hope Bay, who assisted in the triangulation of this area in 1961.||03/06/1997
4051|Downs Cone|Summit|755000S|1161600W|-75.8333333|-116.2666667|||01/01/1976|One of several small cones or cone remnants along the SW side of Toney Mountain in Marie Byrd Land.  Located 3 mi WSW of Boeger Peak.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Bill S. Downs, AC1, U.S. Navy (USN), Air Controlman at Williams Field near McMurdo Station in the 1969-70 and 1970-71 austral summers.  He wintered at Little America V on the Ross Ice Shelf, 1958.||
4053|Downshire Cliffs|Cliff|713700S|1703600E|-71.6166667|170.6|2000|6562|01/01/1966|A line of precipitous basalt cliffs rising to 2,000 m above the Ross Sea and forming much of the E side of Adare Peninsula along the coast of Victoria Land.  In 1841 Captain James Ross applied the name "Cape Downshire" to a part of these cliffs.  He did so at the request of Commander Francis R.M. Crozier of the Downshire.  No prominent cape exists here and, for the sake of historical continuity, the name has been reapplied to these cliffs.||
4054|Downs Nunatak|Summit|693600S|0664000W|-69.6|-66.6666667|1000|3281||A nunatak rising to 1,000 m between Garcie Peaks and Webb Peak, Crescent Scarp, in NW Palmer Land.  The nunatak was photographed from the air by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1940, U.S. Navy, 1966, and was surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1970-73.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Bobby G. Downs, U.S. Navy (USN), cook, Palmer Station, winter party 1968.||
4055|Dow Nunatak|Summit|750100S|1361400W|-75.0166667|-136.2333333|||01/01/1974|A small, relatively isolated nunatak 3.5 mi NW of Mount Sinha in the SW part of McDonald Heights, Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charles R. Dow, who participated in glaciological research at Byrd Station, 1969-70.||
4056|Dow Peak|Summit|710300S|1630400E|-71.05|163.0666667|||01/01/1969|A peak located 2 mi ESE of Mount Sturm in the Bowers Mountains.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) to northern Victoria Land, 1967-68, for its senior geologist, J.A.S. Dow.||
4057|Doyle Glacier|Glacier|660000S|0651800W|-66|-65.3|||01/01/1971|Glacier flowing to the W coast of Graham Land on both sides of Prospect Point.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Sir Arthur Conan Doyle (1859-1930), the first Englishman to make a full day's journey on skis, in March 1893.||
4058|Doyle Point|Summit|655300S|0545200E|-65.8833333|54.8666667|||01/01/1947|Point between Cape Batterbee and Cape Borley on the coast of Enderby Land.  Discovered on Jan. 12, 1930 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, who named it for Stuart Doyle, who assisted the expedition photographer with the film record.||
4059|Drabanten Nunatak|Summit|735400S|0055500W|-73.9|-5.9166667|||01/01/1966|An isolated nunatak about 10 mi W of Tunga Spur, just N of the Kirwan Escarpment in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and additional air photos (1958-59), and named Drabanten (the satellite).||
4060|Drabek Peak|Summit|710500S|1663700E|-71.0833333|166.6166667|2090|6857|01/01/1970|A peak (2,090 m) 6 mi N of Anare Pass and 9 mi W of Redmond Bluff in the Anare Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charles M. Drabek, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1964-65 and 1967-68.||
4061|Mount Draeger|Summit|710900S|1635400E|-71.15|163.9|1690|5545|01/01/1970|A mountain, 1,690 m, in the NW part of Posey Range, Bowers Mountains.  The mountain overlooks from the E the junction of Smithson Glacier with the Graveson Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for chief radioman Ernest J. Draeger, U.S. Navy (USN), a member of the winter party at McMurdo Station in 1967.||
4062|Dragon Cove|Bay|622806S|0600717W|-62.4683333|-60.1213889|||01/01/1960|A cove lying southeast of Williams Point, Livingston Island in the South Shetland Islands. Named by the UK-APC in 1958 after the brig Dragon (Capt. A. McFarlane) of Liverpool, which visited the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21. In 1998 the UK-APC named several features lying in proximity to Dragon Cove on the theme of “fabulous beasts” (e.g., Aspis Island, Charybdis Cove, Hydra Cove). ||01/18/2010
4063|The Dragons Back|Ridge|802300S|0283300W|-80.3833333|-28.55|1315|4314||A mostly ice-free ridge rising to 1,315 m in the W part of La Grange Nunataks, Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71. Descriptively named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), 1971, from the spikes on the ridge crest giving an allusion of a dragon.||
4064|Dragons Lair Névé|Glacier|855100S|1540000W|-85.85|-154||||A névé of about 25 square miles in the Hays Mountains, bounded by Mount Griffith, Mount Pulitzer, Taylor Ridge, and Vaughan Glacier.  The feature was mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1960-64.  During November 1987, the névé was the camp site of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) - Arizona State University geological party, which suggested the name.  This name was approved in ACAN 346, June 20, 1988.  The name derives from the setting, surrounded by peaks, and from the appearance of Mount Pulitzer, the profile of which is remindful of a dragon.||
4065|Dragons Teeth|Island|631500S|0583900W|-63.25|-58.65|||01/01/1962|A small group of rocks off the NE part of Astrolabe Island, off Trinity Peninsula.  The name, applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), is descriptive of these black tooth-shaped rocks.||04/11/2001
4066|Drake Head|Cliff|691300S|1581500E|-69.2166667|158.25|||01/01/1953|A headland forming the W side of the entrance to Davies Bay.  Discovered from the Terra Nova under Lieutenant Harry L.L. Pennell, Royal Navy (RN), in February 1911.  Named for Francis R.H. Drake, meteorologist on board the Terra Nova.||
4067|Drake Icefall|Glacier|794600S|0835000W|-79.7666667|-83.8333333|||01/01/1964|An icefall 2 mi wide between Soholt Peaks and Edson Hills, draining eastward from the plateau to join the general flow of Union Glacier through the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains. Named by the University of Minnesota Ellsworth Mountains Party, 1962-63, for Benjamin Drake IV, geologist and member of the party.||
4068|Drake Nunatak|Summit|851700S|0892000W|-85.2833333|-89.3333333|1935|6348|01/01/1962|A nunatak (1,935 m) at the base of Bermel Escarpment and 1 mi E of Elliott Nunatak, in the Thiel Mountains.  The name was proposed by Arthur Ford and Peter Bermel, co-leaders of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Thiel Mountains party of 1960-61.  Named for Avery A. Drake, Jr., U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geologist aboard the USS Glacier to the Thurston Island and Bellingshausen Sea area, 1960-61.||
4069|Dråpane Nunataks|Summit|734600S|0050300W|-73.7666667|-5.05|||01/01/1966|Nunataks close N of Urnosa Spur, near the SW end of the Kirwan Escarpment in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and additional air photos (1958-59), and named Drapane (the drops).||
4071|Draves Point|Summit|660400S|1010400E|-66.0666667|101.0666667|||01/01/1961|The westernmost point of Booth Peninsula, lying 0.3 mi N of the eastern portion of Thomas Island.  The name "Draves Island" was given by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1956 to the western portion of Booth Peninsula, then thought to be a separate feature.  Subsequent Soviet Expeditions (1956-57) found that feature to be part of Booth Peninsula and Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) has reapplied the name to the point described.  Named for Dale Draves, air crewman on the U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp seaplane commanded by D.E. Bunger which landed in this area and obtained aerial and ground photographs in February 1947.||
4072|Dreadnought Point|Summit|640000S|0574800W|-64|-57.8|||01/01/1963|A prominent rocky point on the W side of Croft Bay, James Ross Island.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in Aug. 1953.  The UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) name is descriptive; the appearance of the feature is reminiscent of the bows of the early ironclads (battleships).||03/06/1997
4073|Dream Island|Island|644400S|0641400W|-64.7333333|-64.2333333|||01/01/1960|Island lying 1 mi SE of Cape Monaco, off the SW coast of Anvers Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  Surveyed by the British Naval Hydrographic Survey Unit in 1956-57.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because among the island's natural features are a cave and, in summer, a small waterfall, with mossy patches and grass.||
4075|Dreikanter Head|Cliff|765300S|1623000E|-76.8833333|162.5|||01/01/1952|A dark triangular headland between the mouths of Hunt and Marston Glaciers, on the W side of Granite Harbor, Victoria Land. The triangular appearance of the feature when viewed from the SE suggests the name; "Dreikantig" is a German word meaning three-edged.||
4076|Drew Cove|Bay|662000S|1103000E|-66.3333333|110.5|||01/01/1963|Cove indenting the W side of Mitchell Peninsula on the Budd Coast.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Chief Construction Electrician John W. Drew, USN, a member of the Wilkes Station party of 1958.||03/06/1997
4077|Mount Drewry|Summit|842700S|1672100E|-84.45|167.35|2910|9547||A prominent blocklike mountain on the W side of Beardmore Glacier, rising to 2,910 m between Bingley Glacier and Cherry Icefall in Queen Alexandra Range.  Discovered and roughly mapped by the Southern Journey Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), led by Ernest Shackleton, which was abreast of this mountain on December 13, 1908.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1986 after David J. Drewry, British glaciologist; a leader of the SPRI-NSF-TUD airborne radio echo sounding program, 1967-79; Director, Scott Polar Research Institute, 1984-87; Director, British Antarctic Survey, from 1987.||
4081|Driencourt Point|Summit|641200S|0623100W|-64.2|-62.5166667|||01/01/1960|Point 6 mi SE of Claude Point on the W side of Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot after Joseph F.L. Driencourt, a French engineer who advised on the hydrographic equipment for the expedition.||
4082|Driscoll Glacier|Glacier|794200S|0830000W|-79.7|-83|||01/01/1966|A glacier 13 mi long in the Heritage Range, draining SE between the Collier and Buchanan Hills to enter Union Glacier. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Jerome M. Driscoll, administration officer with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 during Deep Freeze 1965.||
4083|Driscoll Island|Island|761200S|1465500W|-76.2|-146.9166667|||01/01/1966|A narrow, ice-covered island 16 mi long, lying in Block Bay along the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  The feature was partially delineated from air photos taken by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1928-30) on the flight of Dec. 5, 1929.  The island was completely mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lawrence J. Driscoll, BM1, U.S. Navy (USN), Boatswain's Mate aboard USS Glacier along this coast, 1961-62.||
4084|Driscoll Point|Summit|825900S|1680000E|-82.9833333|168|||01/01/1966|Point forming the E side of the entrance to Wise Bay, overlooking the Ross Ice Shelf.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys (1961-62) and Navy air photos (1960).  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after C.E. Driscoll, Master of the U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) Private Joseph F. Merrell during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1963.||
4085|Mount Dromedary|Summit|781900S|1630200E|-78.3166667|163.0333333|2400|7874|01/01/1953|Hump-shaped mountain, over 2,400 m, standing 4 mi E of Mount Kempe in the Royal Society Range of Victoria Land.  First mapped by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, but named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13. Named for the appearance of the mountain which resembles a dromedary's hump.||
4086|Dromedary Glacier|Glacier|781800S|1631000E|-78.3|163.1666667|||01/01/1963|A small alpine glacier occupying a high cirque on the E side of Mount Dromedary in the Royal Society Range.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1960-61) for its proximity to Mount Dromedary.||
4091|Drummond Glacier|Glacier|664000S|0654300W|-66.6666667|-65.7166667|||01/01/1960|Glacier 10 mi long and 2 mi wide, on the W coast of Graham Land, flowing WNW into Darbel Bay to the S of Hopkins Glacier. First roughly surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1946-47, and named West Balch Glacier.  With East Balch Glacier it was reported to fill a transverse depression across Graham Land, but a further survey in 1957 showed that there is no close topographical alignment between the two.  The name Balch has been limited to the east glacier and an entirely new name approved for this glacier.  Sir Jack C. Drummond (1891-1952), professor of biochemistry at the University of London, helped in the selection and calculation of the sledging rations of many British polar expeditions between World War I and II.||
4092|Drummond Peak|Summit|775100S|1535800W|-77.85|-153.9666667|||01/01/1966|A low, isolated rock peak 19 mi SW of La Gorce Peak, rising above the ice surface of Edward VII Peninsula.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1955-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) Glenn N. Drummond, Jr., U.S. Navy (USN), Assistant Aerologist on the staff, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, 1959-62.||
4093|Drum Rock|Island|651400S|0641600W|-65.2333333|-64.2666667|6|20||An insular rock in the Argentine Islands, Graham Coast, rising 6 m above sea level on the eastern edge of Forge Islands, between Smooth Island and Grotto Island.  The name is descriptive of the shape of the rock and became established through local usage at the British Antarctic Survey (BAS) Faraday station during the 1980's.||
4094|Dru Rock|Island|664600S|1413500E|-66.7666667|141.5833333|||01/01/1962|Rocky island 0.15 mi long between Retour Island and Claquebue Island in the Curzon Islands.  Charted in 1951 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) and named by them "Rocher des Drus" in memory of the scaling of the needle-shaped peaks of Chamonix, France, "dru" being French for strong.||
4095|Drury Nunatak|Summit|691400S|1565800E|-69.2333333|156.9666667|||01/01/1961|A bare, black, isolated nunatak standing up boldly from the ice at the head of Lauritzen Bay, 1.5 mi NW of Reynolds Peak. The feature was observed and charted on Feb. 20, 1959 by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Magga Dan) led by Phillip Law.  Named by ANCA for Alan Campbell-Drury, Photographic Officer of the Antarctic Division who accompanied this expedition.||
4096|Drury Ridge|Ridge|833900S|0554500W|-83.65|-55.75|||01/01/1965|A mainly snow-covered ridge, 9 mi long, extending W from Nelson Peak in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for David L. Drury, meteorologist at Ellsworth Station summer 1959-60, winter 1961.||
4097|Drury Rock|Island|525600S|0733500E|-52.9333333|73.5833333|37|121|01/01/1957|A rock, about 37 m high, lying 0.3 mi SSE of Shag Island and 6 mi N of Heard Island.  This rock, though positioned several miles too far westward, appears to have been first shown on an 1860 sketch map compiled by Captain H.C. Chester, American sealer operating in the area during this period.  It was more accurately charted on an 1874 chart by a British expedition under Nares in the for Alan Campbell-Drury, radio operator and photographer with the party.||03/06/1997
4099|Mount Dryfoose|Summit|845200S|1695600W|-84.8666667|-169.9333333|1600|5249|01/01/1962|A ridge-type mountain about 2 mi long, with peaks rising above 1,600 m, located 3 mi NE of Mount Daniel astride the ridge descending NE from the S part of Lillie Range.  Discovered by the U.S. Ross Ice Shelf Traverse Party (1957-58) under A.P. Crary, and named after Lieutenant Earl D. Dryfoose, Jr., U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), pilot of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 during Deep Freeze operations.||03/06/1997
4100|Mount Drygalski|Summit|530200S|0732300E|-53.0333333|73.3833333|210|689|01/01/1957|Ice-free hill, 210 m, standing 0.7 mi SE of Atlas Cove, near the NW end of Heard Island.  The feature appears to have been roughly charted on an 1882 sketch map compiled by Ensign Washington I. Chambers aboard the USS Marion during the rescue of the shipwrecked crew of the American sealing bark German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) in 1902.  Prof. Erich von Drygalski, German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) leader, was a member of the landing party which investigated the area between Rogers Head and the summit of this feature.||
4104|Drygalski Fjord|Bay|544900S|0360000W|-54.8166667|-36|||01/01/1952|Bay 1 mi wide which recedes NW 7 mi, entered immediately N of Nattriss Head along the SE coast of South Georgia.  Charted by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1911-12, under Filchner, and named for Prof. Erich von Drygalski, leader of the German Antarctic Expedition, 1901-03.||
4105|Drygalski Glacier|Glacier|644300S|0604400W|-64.7166667|-60.7333333|||01/01/1952|Broad glacier, 18 mi long, which flows SE from Herbert Plateau through a rectangular re-entrant to a point immediately N of Sentinel Nunatak on the E coast of Graham Land.  Discovered in 1902 by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), under Nordenskjold, and named Drygalski Bay after Prof. Erich von Drygalski.  The feature was determined to be a glacier by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947.||
4108|Drygalski Ice Tongue|Glacier|752400S|1633000E|-75.4|163.5|||01/01/1947|A glacier tongue that is the prominent seaward extension of the David Glacier into the Ross Sea.  It ranges from 9 to 15 mi wide and is over 30 mi long.  Captain R.F. Scott, leader of the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), discovered this feature in January 1902 and named it for Prof. Erich von Drygalski, a contemporary German explorer then in Antarctica.  This feature became well established by the name Drygalski Ice Tongue prior to initiation of systematic application of common specific names to a glacier and its glacier tongue.  Although this feature is a glacier tongue, the generic term ice tongue has been retained in the name to reduce ambiguity.||
4109|Drygalski Island|Island|654500S|0923000E|-65.75|92.5|325|1066|01/01/1947|A domed, ice-capped island that is 11 mi long and rises to 325 m, lying 45 mi NNE of Cape Filchner. Viewed from the continental coast in November 1912 by members of the Western Base Party of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE), and observed more closely from the be "Drygalski's High Land," charted by Prof. Erich von Drygalski of the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) in 1902, his name was given to the island.||
4110|Drygalski Mountains|Summit|714500S|0081500E|-71.75|8.25|||01/01/1966|A group of scattered mountains and nunataks lying between the Filchner Mountains and Kurze Mountains in the Orvin Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named for Prof. Erich von Drygalski, leader of the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) of 1901-03.  Remapped from air photos and survey by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60.||
4111|Drying Point|Summit|604300S|0453700W|-60.7166667|-45.6166667|||01/01/1953|Point on the SW side of Borge Bay, lying 0.2 mi NW of Mooring Point on the E side of Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  The name appears on a chart based upon a 1927 survey of Borge Bay by DI personnel on the Discovery.||
4117|DuBeau Glacier|Glacier|662300S|1062700E|-66.3833333|106.45|||01/01/1955|A channel glacier flowing to the Antarctic coast 18 mi W of Merritt Island.  Mapped (1955) by G.D. Blodgett from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1947).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Earl P. DuBeau, photo interpreter with U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Windmill (1947-48), who assisted in establishing astronomical control stations along Queen Mary, Knox and Budd Coasts.||
4118|Dublitskiy Bay|Bay|700500S|0074500E|-70.0833333|7.75|||01/01/1970|A bay 12 mi wide indenting the ice shelf fringing the coast of Queen Maud Land.  The bay lies 70 mi N of Sigurd Knolls.  The feature was photographed from the air by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) in 1958-59 and mapped from these photos.  It was also mapped in 1961 by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) and named for K.A. Dublitskiy, former captain of the icebreaker Litke.||
4120|DuBois Island|Island|661600S|0671000W|-66.2666667|-67.1666667|||01/01/1965|One of the Biscoe Islands, lying 1 mi W of Krogh Island near the S end of the chain.  Mapped from air photos by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Eugene F. DuBois, American physiologist who has specialized in the measurement of basic metabolism and studies in the regulation of body temperature in man.||
4121|Cape Dubouzet|Cape|631600S|0570300W|-63.2666667|-57.05|||01/01/1947|Cape which marks the NE extremity of Antarctic Peninsula. Charted in 1838 by a French expedition under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville, who named it for Lieutenant Joseph Dubouzet of the expedition ship Zelee.||03/06/1997
4122|DuBridge Range|Range|713000S|1685300E|-71.5|168.8833333|||01/01/1970|A mountain range over 20 mi long in the Admiralty Mountains.  The range trends SW-NE. between Pitkevitch Glacier and Shipley Glacier and terminates at the N coast of Victoria Land just W of Flat Island.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lee DuBridge, member of the National Science Board for several years, Science Advisor to the President of the United States, 1969-70.||
4123|Dubris Valley|Valley|800000S|1552800E|-80|155.4666667||||A narrow ice-free valley just E of Danum Platform in northern Britannia Range.  Named in association with Britannia by a University of Waikato (New Zealand) geological party, 1978-79, led by M.J. Selby.  Dubris is a historical name used in Roman Britain for a stream at Dover.||
4125|Duchaylard Island|Island|654200S|0650700W|-65.7|-65.1166667|||01/01/1951|Island 3 mi long at the W side of Grandidier Channel, lying 1 mi SE of Vieugue Island and 10 mi W of Cape Garcia, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for Monsieur du Chaylard, French Minister Plenipotentiary at Montevideo, Uruguay.  The recommended spelling follows the form used in Bongrain's report of 1914 and is now firmly established.||
4126|Duclaux Point|Summit|640400S|0621500W|-64.0666667|-62.25|||01/01/1960|Point extending into Bouquet Bay from the E side of Pasteur Peninsula, 3 mi SE of Cape Cockburn on Brabant Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for Pierre E. Duclaux, French biochemist, director of the Pasteur Institute in Paris (1895).||
4128|Ducloz Head|Cliff|543100S|0363900W|-54.5166667|-36.65|||01/01/1956|Headland which forms the NW side of the entrance to Undine South Harbor on the S coast of South Georgia.  First charted in 1819 by a Russian expedition under Bellingshausen.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), following a survey by the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, for Le Sieur Ducloz Guyot, a passenger in the Spanish vessel Leon, which sighted South Georgia in 1756.||03/06/1997
4129|Cape Ducorps|Cape|632300S|0580900W|-63.3833333|-58.15|||01/01/1952|A point marking the N end of Cockerell Peninsula on the N coast of Trinity Peninsula.  Discovered by a French expedition, 1837-40, under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville, and named by him for Louis Ducorps, a member of the expedition.||
4130|Mount Dudley|Summit|681600S|0663000W|-68.2666667|-66.5|1375|4511|01/01/1955|Mountain over 1,375 m, standing at the head of Neny Fjord and bounded on the N and E sides by Neny Glacier, on the W coast of Graham Land.  The W side of this mountain was first roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  It was surveyed in entirety in 1940 by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  The feature was photographed from the air and ground by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, under Ronne, who named it for Harold M. Dudley, executive secretary of the American Council of Commercial Laboratories, Inc., Washington, DC, who procured various types of equipment and arranged financial aid for Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE).||03/06/1997
4132|Dudley Head|Cliff|841800S|1721500E|-84.3|172.25|2540|8333|01/01/1962|A snow-covered, prominent ridge projecting into the E side of Beardmore Glacier, surmounted by several domes rising to 2,540 m, about 5 mi S of Mount Patrick.  Discovered and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09), and called "Mount Dudley" by Shackleton.  The name was amended by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in keeping with the appearance of the feature.||03/06/1997
4135|Mount Duemler|Summit|700100S|0634500W|-70.0166667|-63.75|2225|7300|01/01/1953|Mountain, 2,225 m, rising SW of the head of Anthony Glacier and 11 mi W of Mount Bailey, inland from the E coast of Palmer Land.  This feature was first chartered by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill in 1936-37.  It was photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940, and the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne in 1947, and recharted in 1947 by a joint sledge party consisting of members of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) and Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS). Named by Ronne for R.F. Duemler, vice president of the Delaware, Lackawanna and Western Coal Co., New York, which contributed coal to the expedition.||03/06/1997
4138|Dufayel Island|Island|621000S|0583400W|-62.1666667|-58.5666667|||01/01/1952|Island lying near the center of Ezcurra Inlet, Admiralty Bay, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted and named in December 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot.||
4139|Dufek Coast|Beach|843000S|1790000W|-84.5|-179|||01/01/1964|That portion of the coast along the SW margin of the Ross Ice Shelf between Airdrop Peak on the E side of the Beardmore Glacier and Morris Peak on the E side of Liv Glacier.  Named by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1961 after R. Admiral George J. Dufek (1903-77), USN, who served under R. Admiral Richard E. Byrd during U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, and as commander of the Eastern Task Force of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47.  He was Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force Antarctica, 1954-59, a period in which the following American science stations were established: McMurdo, Little America V, Byrd, South Pole, Wilkes, Hallett and Ellsworth.  U.S. Navy ships, aircraft, and personnel under his command provided broad logistical support to research and survey operations, including aerial photographic missions to virtually all sectors of Antarctica.  On Oct. 31, 1956, Dufek in the ski-equipped R4D Skytrain aircraft Que Sera Sera (pilot Lieutenant Commander Conrad Shinn), flew from McMurdo Sound via Beardmore Glacier to make the first plane landing at the South Pole.||03/06/1997
4141|Dufek Massif|Range|823600S|0523000W|-82.6|-52.5|||01/01/1957|A rugged, largely snow-covered massif 27 mi long, standing W of the Forrestal Range in the N part of the Pensacola Mountains.  Discovered and photographed on Jan. 13, 1956 on a transcontinental patrol plane flight of U.S. Navy Operation Deep Freeze I from McMurdo Sound to the vicinity of Weddell Sea and return, and named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for R. Admiral George J. Dufek, U.S. Navy (USN) (Dufek Coast, q.v.), in direct operational command of U.S. Navy Task Force 43 during that operation.  The entire Pensacola Mountains were mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1967 and 1968 from ground surveys and U.S. Navy tricamera aerial photographs taken in 1964.||
4142|Dufek Mountain|Summit|721000S|0244500E|-72.1666667|24.75|3150|10335|01/01/1962|Large mountain rising to 3,150 m, standing 2 mi SW of Mefjell Mountain in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named for R. Admiral George J. Dufek, U.S. Navy (USN) (Dufek Coast, Dufek Massif, q.v.), who had been commander of the Eastern Group of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump.||03/06/1997
4143|Duff Peak|Summit|774655S|1622709E|-77.782022|162.452444|1945|6381|01/01/1992|A peak 1 mi ESE of Sentinel Peak, rising to 1,945 m at the head of Hughes Glacier in Kukri Hills, Victoria Land.  Named in 1992 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Roger S. Duff (d. 1978), for 30 years director of the Canterbury Museum, Christchurch, New Zealand.  To celebrate the Museum's centenary in 1970, a Hundredth Anniversary Wing was planned which would incorporate a National Antarctic Exhibition, Research and Reference Center.  A landmark of Dr. Duff's administration, the Antarctic wing was opened on March 4, 1977.||
4144|Duff Point|Summit|622700S|0600200W|-62.45|-60.0333333|||01/01/1965|Point forming the W extremity of Greenwich Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name Duffs Straits was applied to McFarlane Strait by James Weddell in 1820-23, after Captain Norwich Duff under whom Weddell served in His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Espoir in 1814.  The name Duff Point was given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961 in order to preserve Weddell's name in the area; this point forms the NE entrance to McFarlane Strait.||
4146|Duffy Peak|Summit|714500S|0704000W|-71.75|-70.6666667||||A peak SE of Hageman Peak in the Staccato Peaks, Alexander Island.  The peak was photographed from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth in 1935.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Joseph A. Duffy, U.S. Navy (USN), aircraft pilot, Squadron VXE-6, Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1969 and 1970.||
4147|Sierra DuFief|Range|645200S|0632800W|-64.8666667|-63.4666667|1415|4642|01/01/1963|A mountain range 4 mi long with numerous sharp peaks, the highest 1, 415 m, extending in a NE-SW direction in the S part of Wiencke Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, and named by Gerlache for Jean DuFief, then general secretary of the Belgian Royal Geographical Society.||03/06/1997
4148|Dugdale Glacier|Glacier|713800S|1695000E|-71.6333333|169.8333333||||A glacier about 25 mi long, draining NE from the Admiralty Mountains into Robertson Bay on the N coast of Victoria Land.  It flows along the W side of Geikie Ridge before coalescing with Murray Glacier just W of Duke of York Island.  Charted by British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1898-1900, under C.E. Borchgrevink, who named it for Frank Dugdale, Esquire, of Snitterfield, Stratford-on-Avon.||
4150|Dugurdspiggen Peak|Summit|722600S|0024600W|-72.4333333|-2.7666667|||01/01/1966|An isolated peak about 4 mi N of the Borg Massif in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Dugurdspiggen (the second breakfast peak).||
4152|Duken Flat|Flat|734800S|0051000W|-73.8|-5.1666667|||01/01/1966|A small, flat, ice-covered area between Urnosa Spur and Framranten Point, near the SW end of the Kirwan Escarpment in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and additional air photos (1958-59), and named Duken.||
4153|Duke of York Island|Island|713800S|1700400E|-71.6333333|170.0666667||||A mountainous ice-free island, 2.5 mi long, lying in the S part of Robertson Bay, along the N coast of Victoria Land.  First charted in 1899 by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under C.E. Borchgrevink, who named it for the Duke of York.||
4154|Mount Dumais|Summit|850200S|0642800W|-85.0333333|-64.4666667|1830|6004|01/01/1968|A bluff-type mountain, 1,830 m, standing on the SW edge of Mackin Table, 2 mi N of Lekander Nunatak, in southern Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Clarence C. Dumais (MC) USN, officer in charge of South Pole Station, winter 1960.||
4155|Dumbbell Island|Island|684300S|0673500W|-68.7166667|-67.5833333|||01/01/1963|Low rocky island lying 1 mi W of Alamode Island in the Terra Firma Islands, off the W coast of Graham Land.  The island was surveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who so named it because of its shape.||
4156|Mount Dummett|Summit|731100S|0640100E|-73.1833333|64.0166667|||01/01/1965|An elongated mountain 11 mi E of Mount McCauley in the southern Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from air photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956.  Named by ANCA for R.B. Dummett, formerly Managing Director, B.P. Australia Ltd., in recognition of the valuable assistance given to Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) by the company.||
4159|Dumoulin Islands|Island|663700S|1400400E|-66.6166667|140.0666667|||01/01/1947|Small group of rocky islands at the NE end of the Geologie Archipelago, 2.5 mi N of Astrolabe Glacier Tongue.  A French expedition under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville landed on one of these islands in 1840.  The islands were roughly charted by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE), 1911-14, under Mawson, who named them after C.A. Vincendon-Dumoulin of the French expedition who conducted observations on terrestrial magnetism in this locality.  The group was photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and recharted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Liotard, 1949-51.||03/06/1997
4160|Dumoulin Rocks|Island|632900S|0594600W|-63.4833333|-59.7666667|||01/01/1960|Group of rocks 4 mi NE of Cape Leguillou, the N tip of Tower Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  The French expedition under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville, 1837-40, applied the name Iles Dumoulin, for C.A. Vincendon-Dumoulin, hydrographer with the expedition, to a group of small islands in this area.  A study of air photos has shown that there are two groups of rocks.  The SW group has been named Kendall Rocks and the NE group Dumoulin Rocks.||04/11/2001
4161|Cape Dumoutier|Cape|633300S|0594600W|-63.55|-59.7666667|||01/01/1952|Point which forms the E tip of Tower Island, at the NE end of Palmer Archipelago.  Named by the French expedition under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville, 1837-40, for Pierre Dumoutier, a surgeon with the expedition.||
4162|Dunbar Islands|Island|622900S|0601200W|-62.4833333|-60.2|||01/01/1960|Group of islands lying SW of Williams Point, off the N coast of Livingston Island in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 for Thomas Dunbar, Master of the schooner Stonington, CT, which visited the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21.||
4163|Dunbar Ridge|Ridge|793300S|0841600W|-79.55|-84.2666667|||01/01/1966|A narrow ridge, 10 mi long, which separates the upper reaches of the Balish and Schneider Glaciers in the Heritage Range.  Named by the University of Minnesota Geological Party, 1963-64, for Warrant Officer William Dunbar, maintenance officer of the 62nd Transportation Detachment, who aided the party.||
4164|Duncan Mountains|Summit|850200S|1660000W|-85.0333333|-166|||01/01/1947|A group of rugged coastal foothills, about 18 mi long, extending from the mouth of Liv Glacier to the mouth of Strom Glacier at the head of Ross Ice Shelf.  Discovered by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) in November 1929 and named for James Duncan, Manager of Tapley, Ltd., shipping agents for the Byrd expeditions at Dunedin, New Zealand.||
4165|Duncan Peninsula|Cape|735600S|1193000W|-73.9333333|-119.5|||01/01/1967|An ice-covered peninsula, 30 mi long, which forms the E part of Carney Island, along the coast of Marie Byrd Land. Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in January 1947.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Admiral Donald B. Duncan, U.S. Navy (USN) (Ret.), Vice Chief of Naval Operations under Admiral Carney during the IGY period of 1957-58.||
4166|Cape Dundas|Cape|604400S|0442400W|-60.7333333|-44.4|||01/01/1947|Easternmost point of Laurie Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Sighted by Captain James Weddell on Jan. 12, 1823, and named by him in honor of the illustrious Dundas family.||
4167|Dundee Island|Island|633000S|0555500W|-63.5|-55.9166667|||01/01/1947|Ice-covered island lying E of the NE tip of Antarctic Peninsula and S of Joinville Island.  Discovered on Jan. 8, 1893 by Captain Thomas Robertson of the Active and named for the home port, Dundee, Scotland, from whence the ship sailed in company with three other vessels in search of whales.||03/06/1997
4168|Dunedin Range|Range|712400S|1675400E|-71.4|167.9|||01/01/1964|A northwest-trending mountain range, 23 mi long and 2 to 4 mi wide, located 5 mi E of Lyttelton Range in the Admiralty Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the city of Dunedin, New Zealand which over the years has had a close association with Antarctic expeditions; also in recognition of the friendship and cooperation of its citizens with American participation in the U.S. Antarctic Research Program.||
4169|Dungane Peaks|Range|721100S|0240900E|-72.1833333|24.15|2870|9416|01/01/1966|Two peaks, 2,870 m, standing 9 mi W of Dufek Mountain in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegain cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Dungane (the heaps).||
4170|Mount Dungey|Summit|670000S|0511500E|-67|51.25|||01/01/1965|Mountain 1 mi W of Pythagoras Peak in the Tula Mountains, Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for F.G. Dungey, a member of the crew of the Discovery during the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31.||
4171|Dun Glacier|Glacier|774753S|1621345E|-77.798084|162.229169|||01/01/1964|A short, steep tributary to the Ferrar Glacier in Victoria Land.  It descends the southern side of Kukri Hills midway between Mount Coates and Sentinel Peak.  Named by the Western Journey Party led by Griffith Taylor of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) under Scott.||
4172|Dunikowski Ridge|Ridge|620900S|0581100W|-62.15|-58.1833333|315|1033||A ridge trending NW-SE and rising to c. 315 m NE of Legru Bay, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named following geological work by the Polish Antarctic Expedition, 1977-79, after Xawery Dunikowski (1875-1964), Polish sculptor.||
4173|Cape Dunlop|Cape|771442S|1632836E|-77.244883|163.476666||||Rocky point just W of Dunlop Island on the coast of Victoria Land.  First mapped by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) under Shackleton, who named this feature Rocky Point.  It has since taken its name from Dunlop Island.||
4174|Dunlop Island|Island|771408S|1632939E|-77.235645|163.494154||||Rocky island, 1 mi long, lying just off the Wilson Piedmont Glacier and the coast of Victoria Land, close NE of Cape Dunlop. First mapped by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) under Shackleton, who named it for H.J.L. Dunlop, chief engineer of the ship Nimrod.||
4175|Dunlop Peak|Summit|675700S|0622800E|-67.95|62.4666667|1330|4363|01/01/1965|One of the Smith Peaks, 1,330 m, standing 1 mi S of Mount Hordern in the David Range, Framnes Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Named by ANCA for R. Dunlop, cosmic ray physicist at Mawson station in 1959.||
4177|Dunn Glacier|Glacier|733600S|1654600E|-73.6|165.7666667|||01/01/1969|Steep tributary glacier which drains the NW slopes of Mount Casey and flows N to Icebreaker Glacier, in the Mountaineer Range, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert Dunn, U.S. Navy (USN), commissaryman, McMurdo Station, 1967.||
4178|Dunn Spur|Ridge|862100S|1472200W|-86.35|-147.3666667|||01/01/1967|A prominent rock spur which descends from Mount Blackburn and extends for 5 mi along the N side of Van Reeth Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Thomas H. Dunn of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6, aircrewman on photographic aircraft over Antarctica on Operation Deep Freeze 1964, 1966 and 1967.||
4179|Duparc Rocks|Island|633100S|0585000W|-63.5166667|-58.8333333|||01/01/1964|A group of rocks between 1 and 2 mi off the coast, 3 mi NE of Cape Roquemaurel, Trinity Peninsula.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Louis Duparc, French naval officer on the Astrolabe during her Antarctic voyage (1837-1840).||
4180|Duperré Bay|Bay|642700S|0624100W|-64.45|-62.6833333|||01/01/1963|Bay 3 mi long, lying immediately NE of Hulot Peninsula at the SW extremity of Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago. Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, who named it for V. Admiral Charles Duperre, French Navy.||
4181|Mount Durham|Summit|853300S|1511200W|-85.55|-151.2|860|2821|01/01/1956|A mainly ice-free mountain, 860 m, standing at the E side of the mouth of Scott Glacier and marking the NW limit of the Tapley Mountains in the Queen Maud Mountains.  First observed in December 1929 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Laurence Gould.  The mountain was climbed in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn, and was named by Byrd after Durham, NH, seat of the University of New Hampshire and home of Stuart D.L. Paine, a member of the latter party.||
4182|Durham Point|Summit|853200S|1511200W|-85.5333333|-151.2|||01/01/1956|A small rock spur extending N from Mount Durham at the NW end of the Tapley Mountains, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  The feature was visited in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn, and named in association with Mount Durham.||03/06/1997
4183|Mount Durnford|Summit|805800S|1581500E|-80.9666667|158.25|2715|8907|01/01/1965|A mountain, 2,715 m, standing 5 mi SE of Mount Field in the Churchill Mountains.  Discovered and named "Durnford Bluff" by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04), for Admiral Sir John Durnford, a Junior Naval Lord who was of assistance to the expedition.  The New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) remapped the feature and amended the name to Mount Durnford.||
4185|Duroch Islands|Island|631800S|0575400W|-63.3|-57.9|||01/01/1963|Group of islands and rocks which extend over an area of about 3 mi, centering about 1 mi NW of Cape Legoupil, off the N coast of Trinity Peninsula.  Discovered by a French expedition under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville, 1837-40, who gave the name "Rocher Duroch" to one of the largest islands in the group.  The Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), which charted the islands in 1946, recommended that the name Duroch be extended to include the entire group of islands. Named for Ensign Joseph Duroch of d'Urville's expedition ship, the Astrolabe.||
4188|Durrance Inlet|Stream|735000S|0163000W|-73.8333333|-16.5|||01/01/1970|An ice-filled inlet 10 mi N of Veststraumen Glacier along Princess Martha Coast.  The inlet is 5 mi wide, recedes 12 mi, and opens to Riiser-Larsen Ice Shelf.  It was plotted by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from aerial photographs obtained by U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VXE-6 in a Nov. 5, 1967 reconnaissance flight over this coast.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) Frank M. Durrance, Jr., U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), navigator on that flight.||
4190|D'Ursel Point|Summit|642500S|0622000W|-64.4166667|-62.3333333|||01/01/1960|Point which marks the S side of the entrance to Buls Bay on the SE coast of Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago. Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache, and named by him for Count Hippolyte d'Ursel, a supporter of the expedition.||03/06/1997
4192|Mount D'Urville|Summit|633100S|0581100W|-63.5166667|-58.1833333|1085|3560|01/01/1952|Mountain, 1,085 m, standing close N of the E end of Louis Philippe Plateau on Trinity Peninsula.  Discovered by the French expedition, 1837-40, and named for the expedition leader, Captain (later Admiral) Jules Dumont d'Urville.||03/06/1997
4194|D'Urville Island|Island|630500S|0562000W|-63.0833333|-56.3333333|||01/01/1947|Northernmost island of the Joinville Island group, 17 mi long, lying immediately N of Joinville Island, from which it is separated by Larsen Channel.  Charted in 1902 by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, who named it for Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville, French explorer who discovered land in the Joinville Island group.||
4195|D'Urville Monument|Pillar|632500S|0561800W|-63.4166667|-56.3|575|1886|01/01/1952|Conspicuous conical summit, 575 m, at the SW end of Joinville Island, off the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula. Discovered by a British expedition, 1839-43, under Ross, and named by him for Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville.||
4197|D'Urville Wall|Cliff|751600S|1621300E|-75.2666667|162.2166667|720|2362||A great glacier-cut wall of granite which rises to 720 m and forms the N wall of David Glacier near its terminus, in the Prince Albert Mountains of Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09, under Shackleton.  He named this feature for Admiral Jules Dumont d'Urville.||
4198|Mount Duse|Summit|541600S|0362900W|-54.2666667|-36.4833333|505|1657|01/01/1953|Conspicuous mountain, 505 m, surmounting King Edward Point on the W side of Cumberland East Bay, South Georgia.  Charted in 1902 by Lieutenant S.A. Duse, cartographer of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, for whom it is named.||
4199|Duse Bay|Bay|633200S|0571500W|-63.5333333|-57.25|||01/01/1952|Bay indenting the S side of Trinity Peninsula between View Point and the W side of Tabarin Peninsula.  Discovered by a party under J. Gunnar Andersson, of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04.  Named by Nordenskjold, leader of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), for Lieutenant S.A. Duse.||
4202|Duseberg Buttress|Cliff|651000S|0640600W|-65.1666667|-64.1|500|1640|01/01/1959|Conspicuous rocky cone, 500 m, standing at the SW side of Mount Scott on the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) 1897-99 and named "Cap Duseberg" by Gerlache.  Aerial photos show no cape, only a rock buttesss, evidently the feature Gerlache intended to name.||
4205|Dusky Ridge|Ridge|800500S|1570200E|-80.0833333|157.0333333|||01/01/1966|An ice-free rock ridge, 9 mi long and 2 mi wide, between Lieske and Hinton Glaciers in the Britannia Range.  Named "Dusky Mountains" by the Darwin Glacier Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) because of the lack of snow on its slopes.  The name was amended to Dusky Ridge following remapping of the feature by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.||
4206|Dustin Island|Island|723400S|0944800W|-72.5666667|-94.8|||01/01/1947|An island about 18 mi long, lying 15 mi SE of Cape Annawan, Thurston Island.  The feature forms the SE limit of Seraph Bay. Discovered by R. Admiral Byrd and other members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in a flight from the Bear on Feb. 27, 1940.  Named by Byrd for Frederick G. Dustin, member of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35, and mechanic with the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.||01/28/2004
4208|Duthiers Point|Summit|644800S|0624900W|-64.8|-62.8166667||||Point forming the S side of the entrance to Andvord Bay on the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache, who named it "Cap Lacaze-Duthiers" for Felix Henri de Lacaze-Duthiers (1821-1901), French naturalist and authority on the anatomy of mollusks.||
4209|Duthoit Point|Summit|621900S|0585000W|-62.3166667|-58.8333333|||01/01/1953|Point which forms the E tip of Nelson Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The point appears on charts dating back to 1822.  It was recharted by DI, 1934-35, and named after Arthur Duthoit, a draftsman in the Admiralty Hydrographic Office at the time.||
4211|Du Toit Mountains|Summit|722800S|0621100W|-72.4666667|-62.1833333|1700|5577||A group of mountains about 35 mi long and 10 mi wide, to the SW of Wilson Mountains in SE Palmer Land.  The mountains have peaks rising to 1,700 m and are bounded by Beaumont Glacier, Maury Glacier and Defant Glacier.  First photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1940; rephotographed by the U.S. Navy, 1966-69, and mapped from the photographs by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS).  In association with the names of continental drift scientists grouped in this area, named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Alexander Logie Du Toit (1878-1948), South African geologist, an early proponent of the theory of continental drift.||
4212|Du Toit Nunataks|Summit|804300S|0255000W|-80.7166667|-25.8333333||||A group of nunataks between Cornwall Glacier and Glen Glacier, marking the W end of the Read Mountains, Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and surveyed by the British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of geologists grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Alexander Logie Du Toit, South African geologist.||
4213|Duyvis Point|Summit|655500S|0643500W|-65.9166667|-64.5833333|||01/01/1971|Point on the E side of Barilari Bay 11 mi SSE of Cape Garcia, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First roughly charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  Mapped more accurately by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for F. Donker Duyvis, Dutch documentalist, Secretary of the International Federation for Documentation.||03/06/1997
4214|Dvergen Hill|Summit|721300S|0004700E|-72.2166667|.7833333|||01/01/1966|Small, isolated rock hill about 4 mi N of Fuglefjellet in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Dvergen (the dwarf).||
4215|Dvořák Ice Rise|Glacier|712100S|0724600W|-71.35|-72.7666667|||01/01/1961|An ice rise 1.5 mi in extent, rising above the ice of Mendelssohn Inlet in the SW part of Alexander Island. First mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Antonin Dvořák (1841-1904), Bohemian composer.||
4216|Mount Dwyer|Summit|701100S|0650400E|-70.1833333|65.0666667|||01/01/1967|A mountain 2 mi SE of Mount Dovers in the Athos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos.  Named for V.J. Dwyer, radio operator at Mawson Station in 1964.||
4218|Dwyer Escarpment|Cliff|703800S|1652400E|-70.6333333|165.4|||01/01/1964|Ice-covered escarpment that overlooks the N coast of Victoria Land between Cooper Spur and Cape North.  Mapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), 1962, which gave the name after L.J. Dwyer, former Director of the Australian Commonwealth Bureau of Meteorology, a member of the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Executive Planning Committee.||
4219|Dwyer Nunataks|Summit|681300S|0582700E|-68.2166667|58.45|||01/01/1967|A scattered group of low peaks and ridges about 6 mi long and 3 mi wide, lying 2 mi SE of Mount Gjeita in the Hansen Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos.  Named by ANCA after V. Dwyer, radio officer at Mawson Station in 1964, a member of one of the survey parties which carried out a tellurometer traverse passing through the Hansen Mountains in 1965.||
4220|Dybvadskog Peak|Summit|791900S|0862100W|-79.3166667|-86.35|2180|7152|01/01/1966|A sharp, somewhat isolated peak, 2,180 m, the westernmost of those rising above the ice surface just W of the S part of Founders Escarpment, in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Olav Dybvadskog, Norwegian glaciologist, a member of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) South Pole-Queen Maud Land Traverse of 1964-65.||
4221|Dyer Island|Island|673600S|0625200E|-67.6|62.8666667|||01/01/1965|Small island between Lee Island and Entrance Island in Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  Plotted from photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA after R. Dyer, cook at nearby Mawson station in 1960.||
4222|Dyer Plateau|Plain|703000S|0650000W|-70.5|-65|||01/01/1947|A broad ice-covered upland of north-central Palmer Land, bounded to the N by Fleming Glacier and Bingham Glacier, and to the S by the Gutenko Mountains.  The plateau was first explored on land and photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41. Named after J. Glenn Dyer, surveyor with the then General Land Office, Department of the Interior; leader of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) surface party which sledged from Fleming Glacier SE across the plateau to the Welch Mountains; U.S. observer with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) during the 1956-57 season.||
4223|Dyer Point|Summit|715300S|1003700W|-71.8833333|-100.6166667|||01/01/1960|Ice-covered point just W of Hughes Peninsula on the N coast of Thurston Island.  First plotted from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for J.N. Dyer, radio engineer with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) in 1933-35.||01/28/2004
4224|Mount Dyke|Summit|673500S|0492500E|-67.5833333|49.4166667|1100|3609|01/01/1965|Mountain, 1,100 m, standing 3 mi N of Mount Humble in the NE part of the Raggatt Mountains.  Plotted from air photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956.  Named by ANCA for Flying Officer G. Dyke, RAAF, pilot at Mawson station in 1960.||
4225|Dykeman Point|Summit|713300S|0750800W|-71.55|-75.1333333||||Snow-covered point between Rameau Inlet and Verdi Inlet, marking the NW extremity of Pesce Peninsula, Alexander Island. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy aerial photographs taken 1967-68 and from Landsat imagery taken 1972-73.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Paul R. Dykeman, U.S. Navy (USN), Commanding Officer, Antarctic Development Squadron Six (VXE-6), from May 1981 to May 1982.||
4226|Dykes Peak|Summit|771247S|1610153E|-77.213123|161.031331|2220|7283|01/01/1975|A peak (2,220 m) at the head of Victoria Upper Glacier, 4 mi east of Skew Peak, in the Clare Range of Victoria Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1947-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1974) for Leonard H. Dykes who was associated for nearly 20 years with the successive Antarctic co-ordinating committees within the U.S. Government.||
4227|Dyment Island|Island|740800S|1020200W|-74.1333333|-102.0333333|||01/01/1968|A small island lying 5 mi SW of McKinzie Islands in the inner-central part of Cranton Bay.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Donald I. Dyment, USN, cook at Byrd Station, 1967.||
4228|Dyna Hill|Summit|722200S|0004000E|-72.3666667|.6666667|||01/01/1966|A hill 2 mi W of Kvithovden Peak in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Dyna (the dune).||
4229|Dynamite Island|Island|681100S|0670000W|-68.1833333|-67|||01/01/1963|Small, low, rocky island in Back Bay, lying 0.1 mi E of Stonington Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  First surveyed by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, who referred to it as Petrel Island; a name not approved because it duplicates an existing name in the Antarctic.  The name Dynamite Island was proposed by Finn Ronne, leader of Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48.  In 1947 it was necessary to dynamite a passage for the Port of Beaumont, Texas through the ice to the E of this island.||
4230|Dyrdal Peak|Summit|832500S|0512300W|-83.4166667|-51.3833333|1820|5971|01/01/1968|A peak, 1,820 m, standing at the SW extremity of Saratoga Table, 2 mi WNW of Fierle Peak, in the Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Frederick F. Dyrdal, aviation structural mechanic at Ellsworth Station, winter 1957.||
4231|Dzema Peak|Summit|854500S|1380000W|-85.75|-138|2570|8432|01/01/1967|Peak, 2,570 m, standing 5 mi WSW of Mount Ratliff on the N side of Watson Escarpment.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (jg) John Dzema of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 who was at McMurdo Station the 1962-63 and 1963-64 seasons.||
4232|Mount Dzhalil'|Summit|720100S|0143600E|-72.0166667|14.6|2510|8235|01/01/1970|A small mountain, 2,510 m, in the Linnormen Hills of the Payer Mountains, in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Musa Dzhalil', Soviet poet.||
4234|Dziura Nunatak|Summit|714400S|1611500E|-71.7333333|161.25|1480|4856|01/01/1970|An ice-free nunatak (1,480 m) located 2 mi NW of Mount Remington in the NW extremity of Helliwell Hills.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charles S. Dziura, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at South Pole Station, 1967-68.||
4236|Eadie Island|Island|612800S|0555700W|-61.4666667|-55.95|||01/01/1953|Island 1 mi long which lies between Aspland and O'Brien Islands, in the South Shetland Islands.  The island was charted in February 1821 by a Russian expedition under Bellingshausen, who gave the name "Ostrova Tri Brata" (three brothers islands) for the present Aspland, Eadie and O'Brien Islands. Eadie Island was named by Lieutenant L.C. Hill, Royal Navy Reserve (RNR),) captain of the Discovery II, which engaged in survey work in the area in 1936-37, for the dockyard manager of the Melbourne Harbour Trust of Williamstown, Australia.||03/06/1997
4237|Eady Ice Piedmont|Glacier|783100S|1652000E|-78.5166667|165.3333333|||01/01/1963|The ice piedmont lying S of Mount Discovery and Minna Bluff, merging at the S side with the Ross Ice Shelf.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and Navy air phtos.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1963 for Captain Jack A. Eady, U.S. Navy (USN), Chief of Staff to the Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, from July 1959 to April 1962.||03/06/1997
4238|Eagle Cove|Bay|632400S|0570000W|-63.4|-57|||01/01/1952|Small cove immediately W of Seal Point along the S side of Hope Bay, at the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered by J. Gunnar Andersson's party of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, who wintered at Hope Bay in 1903.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) after the ship Eagle, which participated in the establishment of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) base at Hope Bay in 1945.||
4239|Eagle Island|Island|634000S|0572900W|-63.6666667|-57.4833333|560|1837|01/01/1952|Island 5 mi long and 4 mi wide, rising to 560 m on the NE side.  It is the largest island in the archipelago which lies between Trinity Peninsula and Vega Island.  Probably first seen by a party under J. Gunnar Andersson of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04. Eagle Island was charted in 1945 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named after the ship Eagle, used by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).||
4240|Earle Island|Island|632900S|0544700W|-63.4833333|-54.7833333|||01/01/1993|Small island 3 mi SW of Darwin Island and marking the SW end of Danger Islands, q.v.  Following work in the area from His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) c. 1790), artist in HMS Beagle, in association with Beagle Island (q.v.) and other names in the group.||
4241|Mount Early|Summit|870400S|1534600W|-87.0666667|-153.7666667|2720|8924|01/01/1965|A solitary volcanic cone (2,720 m) standing 13 mi N of D'Angelo Bluff, on the W side and near the head of Scott Glacier. Discovered in December 1934 from nearby Mount Weaver by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party led by Quin Blackburn.  Visited by the Ohio State University geological party led by George Doumani on Nov. 21, 1962.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Captain Neal E. Early, USA, a member of the aviation unit that supported the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Topo East survey of this area, 1962-63.||
4242|Early Bluff|Cliff|751300S|1135700W|-75.2166667|-113.95|||01/01/1967|A high bluff on the S side of Kohler Range in Marie Byrd Land.  It stands at the E side of Kohler Glacier at the point where this distributary drains northward from Smith Glacier. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Thomas O. Early, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist with the Marie Byrd Land Survey Party, 1966-67.||
4243|Early Islands|Island|734000S|1014000W|-73.6666667|-101.6666667|||01/01/1970|Group of small islands lying just W of Cosgrove Ice Shelf in the SE corner of Ferrero Bay, Amundsen Sea.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Tommy Joe Early, biologist with the Ellsworth Land Survey, 1968-69.||
4244|Earnshaw Glacier|Glacier|684500S|0651100W|-68.75|-65.1833333|||01/01/1965|A glacier 10 mi long, flowing northward to the east of Norwood Scarp and entering Maitland Glacier to the south of Werner Peak, in eastern Antarctic Peninsula.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) on Sept. 28, 1940.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in Jan. 1961.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Thomas Earnshaw (1749-1829), English watchmaker who made innovations leading to the modern marine chronometer.||
4247|East Antarctica|Area|800000S|0800000E|-80|80|||01/01/1962|One of the two major regions of Antarctica, lying on the Indian Ocean side of the Transantarctic Mountains and comprising Coats Land, Queen Maud Land, Enderby Land, Mac. Robertson Land, Wilkes Land and Victoria Land.  All but a small portion of this region lies within the Eastern Hemisphere, a fact that has suggested the name.  The name has been in existence more than 90 years (Balch, 1902; Nordenskjold, 1905), but its greatest use followed the International Geophysical Year (1957-58) and explorations disclosing that the Transantarctic Mountains provide a useful regional separation of East Antarctica and West Antarctica.  The name was approved by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1962.||08/23/1999
4248|East Arm|Summit|673600S|0625300E|-67.6|62.8833333|||01/01/1965|Rock mass forming the eastern limit of Horseshoe Harbor in Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  Roughly mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Rephotographed by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47. First visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party on Feb. 5, 1954.  Named by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE).||10/18/2000
4250|East Bay|Bay|540400S|0370900W|-54.0666667|-37.15|||01/01/1956|Bay, 0.5 mi wide, indenting the east portion of Prince Olav Harbor, South Georgia.  The name, which is descriptive of position, was given by a British expedition under Shackleton which visited South Georgia in 1921-22.||
4252|East Beacon|Summit|775012S|1605347E|-77.836765|160.896431|2265|7431|01/01/1964|The prominent eastern peak, rising to 2,265 m in Beacon Heights (q.v.), in the Quartermain Mountains, Victoria Land. Named East Beacon by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1958-59.||03/06/1997
4253|East Budd Island|Island|673500S|0625100E|-67.5833333|62.85|||01/01/1965|The eastern of two larger islands at the N end of the Flat Islands in Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, who named the northern islands Flatoynalane (the flat island needles). This island was named by ANCA for Dr. G.M. Budd, medical officer at Mawson Station in 1959.||11/05/2004
4254|East Cape|Cape|603800S|0451100W|-60.6333333|-45.1833333|||01/01/1952|Cape 1.4 mi SE of Cape Bennett on the N coast of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Discovered and roughly charted in the course of the joint cruise by Captain George Powell and Captain Nathaniel Palmer in December 1821.  Named by DI personnel on the Discovery II who charted the South Orkney Islands in 1933.  It is the easternmost cape on the N coast of Coronation Island.||
4257|East Egerton|Summit|805000S|1580600E|-80.8333333|158.1|2815|9235|01/01/1966|A prominent peak, 2,815 m, rising 2 mi east of Mount Egerton in the Churchill Mountains.  Mapped by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) and named in association with Mount Egerton.||
4260|Eastface Nunatak|Summit|784200S|1633800E|-78.7|163.6333333|||01/01/1963|A small nunatak about 11 mi S of Mount Morning in Victoria Land.  It is ice covered with a conspicuous rock face on the east side.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and Navy air photos. Given this descriptive name by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1963.||
4263|East Groin|Summit|773845S|1605649E|-77.645818|160.947065|||01/01/1976|Narrow rock spur that forms the east wall of Flory Cirque on the south side of Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  The descriptive name was given by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1976 and is in association with the nearby West Groin, named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) under Captain Robert F. Scott.||04/11/2001
4264|Mount Eastman|Summit|651000S|0625900W|-65.1666667|-62.9833333|||01/01/1965|Mountain overlooking the head of Flandres Bay, 4 mi S of Pelletan Point on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for George Eastman (1854-1932), American inventor, manufacturer and philanthropist who, with W.H. Walker, produced the first practicable photographic rollfilm camera (Kodak) in 1888.||
4265|East Melchior Islands|Island|641900S|0625500W|-64.3166667|-62.9166667|||01/01/1956|A group of small ice-covered islands and rocks which lie E of The Sound in the Melchior Islands, Palmer Archipelago.  The islands W of The Sound are called West Melchior Islands.  The name was probably given by DI personnel who roughly charted these islands in 1927.  The islands were surveyed by Argentine expeditions in 1942, 1943 and 1948.||
4266|East Ongul Island|Island|690100S|0393500E|-69.0166667|39.5833333|||01/01/1971|An island, 1 mi long, lying immediately E of the N part of Ongul Island at the E side of the entrance of Lutzow-Holm Bay. This island was originally mapped as a part of Ongul Island by Norwegian cartographers who worked from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  A strait separating this island from Ongul Island was discovered in 1957 by the Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE). They named this small island for its position with relation to Ongul Island.||
4268|East Point|Summit|541100S|0363200W|-54.1833333|-36.5333333||||A point between Jason Harbor and Allen Bay in Cumberland West Bay, South Georgia.  The point was charted and probably named by DI between 1926-29.||
4269|East Quartzite Range|Range|720000S|1650500E|-72|165.0833333|||01/01/1967|A range, 12 mi long, forming a subordinate SW unit of King Range, in the Concord Mountains.  It lies 5 mi E of West Quartzite Range.  Named by the Northern Party of NZFMCAE, 1962-63, after the distinctive geological formation of the feature.||
4271|East Skerry|Island|541500S|0361800W|-54.25|-36.3|||01/01/1953|Small group of islands and rocks forming the E part of Skrap Skerries, lying 2 mi NW of Cape George, off the N coast of South Georgia.  The name was applied in the period 1926-30 by DI personnel who charted these islands.||
4273|East Stack|Pillar|670500S|0581200E|-67.0833333|58.2|60|197|01/01/1947|A coastal rock outcrop which rises to 60 m on the E side of Hoseason Glacier, 16 mi SE of Edward VIII Bay.  Discovered in February 1936 by DI personnel on the Willam Scoresby, and probably so named by them for its distinctive appearance and association with nearby West Stack.||
4274|Eastwind Ridge|Ridge|763600S|1604700E|-76.6|160.7833333|||01/01/1965|A broad, partially ice-covered ridge about 10 mi long between the Chattahoochee and Towle Glaciers in the Convoy Range. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and Navy air photos.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for the U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Eastwind, an icebreaker in several American convoys into McMurdo Sound since the 1958-59 season.||03/20/1997
4275|Mount Eather|Summit|702900S|0655000E|-70.4833333|65.8333333|||01/01/1967|A mountain about 2 mi S of Martin Massif in the Porthos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos. Named for R.H. Eather, auroral physicist at Mawson Station in 1963.||
4276|Eaton Nunatak|Summit|751000S|0720000W|-75.1666667|-72|||01/01/1966|A prominent nunatak marking the SE extremity of the Merrick Mountains, in Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John W. Eaton, aurora scientist at Eights Station in 1963.||
4279|Ebbe Glacier|Glacier|710300S|1644500E|-71.05|164.75|||01/01/1964|A tributary glacier about 60 mi long, draining NW from the Homerun Range and Robinson Heights, and then WNW between Everett Range and Anare Mountains into Lillie Glacier.  This feature saddles with Tucker Glacier, the latter draining SE to the Ross Sea.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and air photos by U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Gordon K. Ebbe, commanding officer of Squadron VX-6 from June 1955 to June 1956.||
4280|Eblen Hills|Range|855100S|1332800W|-85.85|-133.4666667|1640|5381|01/01/1967|A cluster of precipitous rock hills, 1,640 m, rising just N of the mouth of Colorado Glacier where the latter enters the W side of Reedy Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James C. Eblen, aviation machinist with the McMurdo Station winter party of 1959, a participant in several U.S. Navy (USN) Deep Freeze expeditions.||
4281|Ebon Pond|Basin|771100S|1651100E|-77.1833333|165.1833333|||01/01/1960|A pond located in the SW extremity of Brown Peninsula in Victoria Land.  First studied on the ground by U.S. geologist Troy L. Pewe during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1957-58.  So named by him because of the black volcanic terrain which entirely surrounds the pond.||
4282|Ebony Ridge|Ridge|834600S|1724600E|-83.7666667|172.7666667|||01/01/1966|A coastal ridge 5 mi long between Airdrop Peak and Mount Robert Scott at the N end of the Commonwealth Range.  It consists of dark metamorphosed greywacke contrasting sharply with the predominate brown ochre of the weathered surface of the granitic intrusions forming nearby Mounts Kyffin and Harcourt. Descriptively named by the New Zealand Alpine Club Antarctic Expedition, 1959-60.||
4283|Ebony Wall|Cliff|635500S|0590900W|-63.9166667|-59.15|400|1312|01/01/1953|A dark, nearly vertical rock wall which rises about 400 m at the head of Pettus Glacier.  The wall is about 2 mi long and forms a part of the W escarpment of Detroit Plateau near the base of Trinity Peninsula.  Charted in 1948 by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) who applied the descriptive name.||
4285|Echo Mountain|Summit|603700S|0454100W|-60.6166667|-45.6833333|790|2592|01/01/1956|Conspicuous mountain, 790 m, surmounting the W side of Laws Glacier close N of Cragsman Peaks on Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Surveyed in 1948-49 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and so named by them because of the remarkable echoing noted in this part of Laws Glacier.||
4286|Echo Pass|Gap|541700S|0363300W|-54.2833333|-36.55|305|1001|01/01/1956|Pass, 305 m in elevation, lying 1.5 mi SW of Grytviken, South Georgia, in the chain of mountains which extends SW from Mount Hodges.  The pass provides a ski route from the station at Grytviken to the head of Cumberland West Bay.  The name is used on the chart of a German expedition 1928-29, under Kohl-Larsen, who states that the name was already in use by whalers.||
4287|Eckener Point|Summit|642600S|0613600W|-64.4333333|-61.6|||01/01/1965|Point marking the NE side of the entrance to Charlotte Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First roughly charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Hugo Eckener (1868-1954), German pioneer of airship aviation, president of Aeroarctic, an international society for exploration of the Arctic with airships, 1929-37, who piloted the Graf Zeppelin for more than 600 flights including a major Arctic flight in 1931.||
4288|Eckhörner Peaks|Range|713100S|0112700E|-71.5166667|11.45|||01/01/1970|A series of about six peaks that form the N wall of Schussel Cirque, in the north-central Humboldt Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and given the descriptive name Eck-Horner (corner peaks) by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39, under Ritscher.||
4289|Eckins Nunatak|Summit|850700S|1755100W|-85.1166667|-175.85|||01/01/1966|A small, isolated nunatak lying 5 mi NE of Matador Mountain, in the E part of Shackleton Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Henry J. Eckins, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at South Pole Station, winter 1961.||
4290|Eckman Bluff|Cliff|744700S|1102200W|-74.7833333|-110.3666667|350|1148||An angular bluff, mostly ice covered but with a steep SE rock face, rising to c. 350 m in the S part of Jones Bluffs, Bear Peninsula, on the Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs taken 1966.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Commander James F. Eckman, USCG, Engineer Officer on U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Burton Island, 1970-71; (Executive Officer, 1975-76); Ship Operations Officer on the staff of the Commander, Naval Support Force, Antarctica, 1977-78 and 1978-79.||
4291|Eclipse Glacier|Glacier|542300S|0365000W|-54.3833333|-36.8333333||||Glacier flowing SW into the N part of Jacobsen Bight on the S coast of South Georgia.  So named by the British South Georgia Expedition, 1954-55, led by George A. Sutton.||
4293|Eddy Col|Gap|632600S|0570600W|-63.4333333|-57.1|||01/01/1963|A steep-sided rocky col between Mount Taylor and Blade Ridge, 1.5 mi SW of the head of Hope Bay on Trinity Peninsula. Surveyed in 1955 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who applied the descriptive name; the wind direction varies continually in this col.||
4294|Eddy Point|Summit|621400S|0585900W|-62.2333333|-58.9833333|||01/01/1960|Small point on the S side of Fildes Peninsula, 0.5 mi W of Halfthree Point on King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted and named by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1935.  The feature is used as a reference point for locating the rocks which lie along the route of boats passing through Fildes Strait.||
4295|Eddystone Rocks|Island|623600S|0612300W|-62.6|-61.3833333|||01/01/1952|Group of rocks lying 4.5 mi WSW of Start Point, Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name dates back to about 1822 and is now established in international usage.||
4296|Eden Glacier|Glacier|661200S|0631500W|-66.2|-63.25|||01/01/1952|Glacier 5 mi long, which flows in a southerly direction into the head of Cabinet Inlet, NW of Lyttelton Ridge, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in 1947.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Rt. Hon. Robert Anthony Eden, M.P., then British Secretary of State for Foreign Affairs and member of the War Cabinet.||
4298|Eden Rocks|Island|632900S|0554000W|-63.4833333|-55.6666667|||01/01/1963|Two rocks lying just off the E end of Dundee Island, off the N end of Antarctic Peninsula.  A small island was reported here by Captain James Ross, Royal Navy (RN), on Dec. 30, 1842.  He named it "Eden Island" for Captain Charles Eden, RN.  Following survey by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1953, it was reported that the feature consists of two rocks lying close together.||
4300|Edge Glacier|Glacier|822900S|0510700W|-82.4833333|-51.1166667|||01/01/1968|A small cliff-type glacier draining northward into Davis Valley in northeast Dufek Massif, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Joseph L. Edge, photographer with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 on Operation Deep Freeze 1963 and 1964.||
4302|Mount Edgell|Summit|692600S|0681600W|-69.4333333|-68.2666667|1675|5495|01/01/1947|Mountain, 1,675 m, rising eastward of Cape Jeremy, the E side of the N entrance to George VI Sound, on the W coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10.  Seen from a great distance and thought to be an island, he named it "Ile Gordon Bennett" for James Gordon Bennett (1841-1918) of the New York Herald, who gave financial aid to the expedition.  The British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, surveying this area in 1936-37 and finding no island, applied the name Mount Edgell to the feature now recognized as Charcot's "Ile Gordon Bennett." The name Mount Edgell, after Sir John Augustine Edgell, Hydrographer of the British Navy, 1932-45, has since become established through international usage.||
4303|Edgell Bay|Bay|621600S|0585900W|-62.2666667|-58.9833333|||01/01/1952|Bay 1.5 mi long and wide, indenting the NE side of Nelson Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  This bay appears in rough outline on Powell's chart of the South Shetland Islands published in 1822.  It was recharted during 1934-35 by DI personnel on the Augustine Edgell, Royal Navy (RN).||
4304|Edge Rocks|Summit|835900S|0525500W|-83.9833333|-52.9166667|||01/01/1968|Two rock exposures at the SE margin of Iroquois Plateau, 11 mi E of Hill Nunatak, in the Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Given this name by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) because of their fringe position with relation to Iroquois Plateau.||
4305|Edgeworth Glacier|Glacier|642300S|0595500W|-64.3833333|-59.9166667|||01/01/1964|A glacier 12 mi long, flowing SW from the edge of Detroit Plateau below Wolseley Buttress to the ice shelf W of Sobral Peninsula, Graham Land. Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61). Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Richard L. Edgeworth (1744-1817), English inventor of the "portable railway," the first track-laying vehicle, in 1770.||
4306|Edholm Point|Summit|661500S|0670400W|-66.25|-67.0666667|||01/01/1965|The northwestern point of Krogh Island, Biscoe Islands. Mapped from air photos by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Otto G. Edholm, British physiologist, Head of the Division of Human Physiology of the National Institute for Medical Research since its foundation in 1949, who has specialized in studies of the effects of cold on man.||
4308|Edinburgh Hill|Summit|623300S|0600100W|-62.55|-60.0166667|||01/01/1958|Conspicuous volcanic knob forming the N side of the entrance to Moon Bay in the E part of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Photographed and named by Scottish geologist David Ferguson in 1913-14.  The feature was renamed High Point in 1935 by DI personnel on the Discovery II but the original name has been approved.||
4310|Edisto Channel|Channel|660500S|1005000E|-66.0833333|100.8333333|||01/01/1955|Channel, whose S end is filled by Edisto Ice Tongue.  It extends in a NE-SW direction between the Taylor Islands and the NW islands of the Highjump Archipelago on the W, and the Bunger Hills, Thomas Island, and the remaining islands in the Highjump Archipelago on the east.  Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the USS which assisted in establishing astronomical control stations along Wilhelm II, Queen Mary, Knox and Budd Coasts.||
4311|Edisto Glacier|Glacier|722700S|1695300E|-72.45|169.8833333|||01/01/1962|Glacier flowing NE between Felsite Island and Redcastle Ridge into the head of Edisto Inlet.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, for the USS Edisto, first vessel to visit the Edisto Inlet area.||
4312|Edisto Ice Tongue|Glacier|661000S|1004000E|-66.1666667|100.6666667|||01/01/1955|An ice tongue along the northwest margin of Bunger Hills where it occupies the southwestern portion of Edisto Channel, in the Highjump Archipelago.  The ice tongue is a seaward extension of the flow of Apfel Glacier as well as part of the main flow of Scott Glacier.  Mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Edisto Channel.||
4313|Edisto Inlet|Stream|722000S|1700500E|-72.3333333|170.0833333|||01/01/1962|Rectangular arm of Moubray Bay, 7 mi long and 3 mi wide, entered between Cape Hallett and Cape Christie.  The USS this branch of Moubray Bay in February 1956, and the name Edisto Bay was given at that time.  Edisto Inlet has overtaken the earlier name in usage.||
4315|Edisto Rocks|Island|681300S|0670800W|-68.2166667|-67.1333333|||01/01/1972|Low rocks 1.2 mi SW of the W tip of Neny Island, lying in Marguerite Bay off the W coast of Graham Land.  Surveyed in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named for the USS Edisto, icebreaker with U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml, which visited Marguerite Bay in February 1948 and assisted in the relief of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) and Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) parties on Stonington Island.||
4319|Mount Edixon|Summit|714900S|1633500E|-71.8166667|163.5833333|2080|6824|01/01/1964|A mountain, 2,080 m, located 6 mi SE of Bowers Peak in the Lanterman Range, Bowers Mountains.  Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, for Lieutenant James R. Edixon, pilot with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6, who, with considerable willingness and skill, was responsible for the expedition's air support.||
4320|Edlin Névé|Glacier|711000S|1630600E|-71.1666667|163.1|||01/01/1969|A neve at the S side of Mount Sturm in the Bowers Mountains.  Several glaciers, including the Carryer, Irwin, McLin and Graveson, are nourished by this neve.  Named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1967-68, for G. Edlin, who served as postmaster at Scott Base and assisted in the field during this expedition.||
4321|Edman Island|Island|661800S|1103200E|-66.3|110.5333333|||01/01/1963|Island near the center of O'Brien Bay, Budd Coast.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Donald H. Edman, ionospheric scientist and member of the Wilkes Station party of 1958.||03/06/1997
4322|Edmonson Point|Summit|742000S|1650800E|-74.3333333|165.1333333|||01/01/1968|A rounded, largely ice-free point lying below Mount Melbourne along the W side of Wood Bay, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1955-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Larry D. Edmonson, satellite geodesy scientist at McMurdo Station, winter party 1966.||
4323|Mount Edred|Summit|703500S|0690000W|-70.5833333|-69|2195|7201|01/01/1955|Prominent ice-covered mountain, 2,195 m, which stands 10 mi inland from George VI Sound and marks the S limit of Douglas Range on Alexander Island.  First photographed from the air on Nov. 23, 1935 by Lincoln Ellsworth and mapped from these photos by W.L.G. Joerg.  Its E side was roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) and resurveyed in 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Edred, Saxon king of England, 946-955.  The W face of the mountain was mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.||
4326|Edson Hills|Range|795000S|0833900W|-79.8333333|-83.65|||01/01/1964|A group of mainly ice-free hills lying S of Drake Icefall and W of Union Glacier in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Named by the University of Minnesota Ellsworth Mountains Party, 1962-63, for Dean T. Edson, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) topographic engineer with the party.||
4328|Mount Edward|Summit|751200S|0693300W|-75.2|-69.55|1635|5364||A prominent rock mountain (1,635 m) located centrally along the S margin of the Sweeney Mountains, in eastern Ellsworth Land. Discovered by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, under Ronne, who named this summit for Commander Edward C. Sweeney, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), a contributor to the expedition.||
4331|Edward Ridge|Ridge|671500S|0553400E|-67.25|55.5666667|||01/01/1966|Gently rising, snow-covered ridge standing 13 mi NW of Rayner Peak in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1959.  Named by ANCA for Edward Nash, aircraft mechanic with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Nella Dan), under Phillip Law in 1965.||
4332|Mount Edwards|Summit|765100S|1440700W|-76.85|-144.1166667|||01/01/1970|A mountain 5 mi ESE of Morris Peak in the Denfeld Mountains of the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) led by R. Admiral R.E. Byrd.  Named for Leroy P. Edwards who acted as financial advisor to Admiral Byrd with regard to funds for the early Byrd expeditions.||
4333|Edwards Gap|Gap|711500S|0702000W|-71.25|-70.3333333|500|1640||A pass at c. 500 m through the Walton Mountains (q.v.), southward of Mount McArthur, on Alexander Island.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Christopher W. Edwards, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist at Stonington Island, 1973-75, who mapped this area.||
4334|Edwards Glacier|Glacier|713500S|1603000E|-71.5833333|160.5|||01/01/1970|A glacier draining the E slopes of Daniels Range between Thompson Spur and Schroeder Spur, in the Usarp Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lloyd N. Edwards, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
4335|Edwards Island|Island|653500S|0641900W|-65.5833333|-64.3166667|||01/01/1965|The second largest and innermost of the group of islands lying in the entrance to Leroux Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1955-57. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Lieutenant Cecil J.C. Wynne-Edwards, Royal Navy (RN), leader of a hydrographic survey unit in the area, 1956-57 and 1957-58.||03/06/1997
4336|Edwards Islands|Island|665100S|0502900E|-66.85|50.4833333|||01/01/1965|A group of islands in the E side of Amundsen Bay, about 2.5 mi SW of Mount Oldfield in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for T. Edwards, assistant diesel mechanic at Wilkes station in 1960.||
4337|Edwards Islands|Island|735300S|1030800W|-73.8833333|-103.1333333|||01/01/1960|Group of about 20 small islands, mostly ice free, lying off the SW tip of Canisteo Peninsula in Amundsen Sea.  Plotted from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 in January 1960.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for "Z" "T" Edwards, chief quartermaster on the USS this area in February 1960.||
4338|Edwards Nunatak|Summit|704600S|0654200E|-70.7666667|65.7|||01/01/1971|A nunatak with two small rock outliers, lying 2 mi SW of Mount Kizaki in the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains. Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos.  Named by ANCA for D.R. Edwards radio technician at Mawson Station in 1969, who took part in the Prince Charles Mountains Survey in 1969.||
4339|Edwards Peninsula|Cape|720000S|0974000W|-72|-97.6666667|||01/01/1960|Ice-covered peninsula about 20 mi long, between Murphy and Koether Inlets on the N side of Thurston Island.  Delineated from aerial photographs made by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946 and by U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 in January 1960.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Donald L. Edwards, navigator of USS Burton Island on the U.S. Navy (USN) Bellingshausen Sea Expedition to this area in February 1960.||01/28/2004
4340|Edwards Pillar|Pillar|730500S|0662000E|-73.0833333|66.3333333|||01/01/1973|A large rock pillar on the western face of Mount Stinear, Prince Charles Mountains.  The feature is in the vicinity of a geodetic survey station established by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey party in 1971.  Named for N.F. Edwards, a surveyor with the party.||
4341|Edwards Point|Summit|622900S|0593000W|-62.4833333|-59.5|||01/01/1953|Point which marks the S extremity of Robert Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted in 1935 by DI personnel on the 1948 Admiralty chart based upon this survey.||
4342|Edwards Spur|Ridge|755900S|1351800W|-75.9833333|-135.3|||01/01/1974|A spur with a small rock exposure along its crest, located on the lower NW slopes of Mount Moulton in Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Alvah G. Edwards, CD1, U.S. Navy (USN), Construction Driver with the Army-Navy Trail Party that traversed eastward from Little America V to establish Byrd Station in 1956.||
4343|Edward VIII Bay|Bay|665000S|0570000E|-66.8333333|57|||01/01/1947|Bay about 20 mi in extent, entered between Edward VIII Plateau and the Oygarden Group.  Discovered in 1936 by DI personnel on the William Scoresby, and named for Edward VIII, then King of England.||
4345|Edward VIII Ice Shelf|Glacier|665000S|0563300E|-66.8333333|56.55|||01/01/1962|An ice shelf occupying the head of Edward VIII Bay.  The northern part of this feature was called Innviksletta (the inner bay plain) by Norwegian cartographers, who mapped it from aerial photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  The area was first visited in 1954 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) sledge party.  The entire ice shelf was then mapped and named in association with Edward VIII Bay.||03/06/1997
4346|Edward VIII Plateau|Plain|663500S|0565000E|-66.5833333|56.8333333|||01/01/1965|A dome-shaped, ice-covered peninsula between Magnet Bay and Edward VIII Bay.  Probably seen by personnel on the William Scoresby in 1936.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Gulfplataet (the gulf plateau).  It was renamed King Edward Plateau by ANCA, but the form Edward VIII Plateau has been approved by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) to be consistent with the names of nearby Edward VIII Bay and Ice Shelf.||
4347|Edward VII Peninsula|Cape|774000S|1550000W|-77.6666667|-155|||01/01/1947|A large ice-covered peninsula which forms the NW extremity of Marie Byrd Land and projects into the Ross Sea between Sulzberger Bay and the NE corner of the Ross Ice Shelf.  Discovered on Jan. 30, 1902, by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) under Scott, who named it King Edward VII Land for the King of England.  Its peninsular character was determined by exploration conducted by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1933-35) and the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41).||03/06/1997
4350|Mount Egbert|Summit|695700S|0693700W|-69.95|-69.6166667|2895|9498|01/01/1955|Mainly ice-covered mountain, 2,895 m, 8 mi SSE of Mount Stephenson in the Douglas Range of Alexander Island.  Possibly first seen in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, but not recognized as a part of Alexander Island.  Surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who named the mountain for Egbert, Saxon king of England, 802-839.||
4351|Mount Ege|Summit|833400S|0555300W|-83.5666667|-55.8833333|1350|4429|01/01/1965|Mountain, 1,350 m, between Berquist and Drury Ridges in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John R. Ege, geologist with the Neptune Range field party, 1963-64.||
4352|Egeberg Glacier|Glacier|713400S|1695000E|-71.5666667|169.8333333||||A small glacier between Scott Keltie Glacier and Dugdale Glacier, flowing into the W side of Robertson Bay, Victoria Land. First charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1898-1900, under C.E. Borchgrevink, who named it for Consul Westye Egeberg of Christiania (now Oslo), Norway.||
4353|Mount Egerton|Summit|805000S|1575500E|-80.8333333|157.9166667|2830|9285||A mountain, 2,830 m, rising 3 mi NNW of Mount Field in the Churchill Mountains.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named for Admiral Sir George Le Clerc Egerton, a member of the Arctic Expedition of 1875-76, one of Scott's advisors for this expedition.||
4354|Egg Island|Island|634100S|0574200W|-63.6833333|-57.7|310|1017|01/01/1952|Circular island 1.5 mi in diameter and 310 m high, lying 1 mi W of Tail Island in the NE part of Prince Gustav Channel. Probably first seen by a party under J. Gunnar Andersson of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04.  It was charted in 1945 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who so named it because of its relative position to Tail, Eagle and Beak Islands.||
4356|Egil Peak|Summit|722400S|0011800E|-72.4|1.3|2640|8661|01/01/1966|A peak, 2,640 m, at the E side of Isingen Mountain, in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59).  Named for Egil Rogstad, chief radio operator with the Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE).||
4358|Ehlers Knob|Summit|723500S|0950900W|-72.5833333|-95.15|||01/01/1968|A small but conspicuous ice-covered knob which surmounts the W part of the N coast of Dustin Island.  The knob was photographed from helicopters of the Burton Island and February 1960.  It was visited and surveyed by a party from the Ehlers, field assistant at Byrd Station, 1966-67.||01/28/2004
4359|Mount Ehrenspeck|Summit|844600S|1753500W|-84.7666667|-175.5833333|2090|6857||One of the Cathedral Peaks, a group of summits that form a portion of the wall on the east side of Shackleton Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  This peak (2,090 m) stands 2 mi SW of Mount Kenney.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Helmut Ehrenspeck, geologist with the Ohio State University Party of 1970-71 which geologically mapped this vicinity.||
4361|Eichorst Island|Island|644700S|0640400W|-64.7833333|-64.0666667|||01/01/1975|Small island whose W end is deeply cleft into three parts, giving the appearance of three separate rocks at high tide, lying between Shortcut Island and Surge Rocks off the SW coast of Anvers Island.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Marvin H. (Ike) Eichorst of Glenview, IL, licensed operator of amateur radio station W9RUK who handled radio traffic between points in the United States and Palmer Station during the period 1964-72.||
4362|Eidsgavlen Cliff|Cliff|714100S|0114200E|-71.6833333|11.7|||01/01/1970|A cliff 1 mi S of Eidshaugane Peaks in the Humboldt Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and photographed by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Eidsgavlen (the isthmus gable).||03/06/1997
4363|Eidshaugane Peaks|Range|714000S|0114600E|-71.6666667|11.7666667|||01/01/1970|A group of peaks 1 mi N of Eidsgavlen Cliff in the Humboldt Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and photographed by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Eidshaugane (the isthmus hills).||03/06/1997
4365|Eielson Peninsula|Cape|703500S|0614500W|-70.5833333|-61.75|||01/01/1953|Rugged, mainly snow-covered peninsula, 20 mi long in an E-W direction and averaging 10 mi wide, lying between Smith Inlet and Lehrke Inlet on the E coast of Palmer Land.  The rocky N wall of this peninsula is probably the feature which, on his flight of Dec. 20, 1928, Sir Hubert Wilkins sighted and named "Cape Eielson" from a position above Stefansson Strait (Wilkins gave the name to the farthest S rock outcrop seen from this position). This rock wall is conspicuous in the aerial photographs of the peninsula taken by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940 from an aerial position at the N side of Stefansson Strait.  The peninsula is named for Carl B. Eielson, pilot on Wilkins' flight of 1928.||
4367|Eights Coast|Beach|733000S|0960000W|-73.5|-96|||01/01/1947|That portion of the coast of Antarctica between Cape Waite and Phrogner Point.  This coast is bordered by Thurston Island, Abbot Ice Shelf and some islands within the ice shelf.  It was sighted by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in flights from the ship from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-66.  Named by US-SCAN for James Eights of Albany, NY, geologist on the Annawan in 1830, who carried on geologic investigations in the South Shetland Islands, and who cruised westward on the Annawan, in company with the Penguin, to 103°W.  Eights, the earliest American scientist in the Antarctic, discovered the first known fossils in the Antarctic region, a tree section, in the South Shetland Islands.  As a result of these investigations Eights, in 1833, published in the Transactions of the Albany Institute (Vol. 2) what proved to be remarkably accurate observations and conclusions on the natural phenomena of the region.||03/06/1997
4369|Eijkman Point|Summit|653700S|0641000W|-65.6166667|-64.1666667|||01/01/1971|The extremity of a rocky spur projecting into Leroux Bay from the W coast of Graham Land, 4 mi SSE of Nunez Point. First mapped by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill 1934-37.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Christiaan Eijkman (1858-1930), Dutch biologist, who in 1890-97 first produced experimental beriberi and initiated work on its prevention.||
4370|Eilefsen Peak|Summit|765200S|1462500W|-76.8666667|-146.4166667|||01/01/1966|A peak in the NE part of Radford Island, lying in Sulzberger Ice Shelf off the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  The peak was probably seen on an aerial flight by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1928-30). Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Albert Eilefsen, driver with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1933-35).||
4371|Eillium Island|Island|604200S|0445100W|-60.7|-44.85|||01/01/1952|Small island 1.2 mi NW of Route Point, the NW tip of Laurie Island in the South Orkney Islands.  It was first seen and roughly charted by Captain George Powell and Captain Nathaniel Palmer during their joint cruise in 1821.  Recharted in 1903 by the ScotNAE under Dr. William S. Bruce, who named it for his son Eillium.||
4374|Einstødingen Island|Island|693900S|0385000E|-69.65|38.8333333|||01/01/1968|A lone island lying 10 mi E of Padda Island in southern Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Einstodingen (the hermit) because of its isolated position.||
4375|Einstøding Islands|Island|672800S|0614100E|-67.4666667|61.6833333|||01/01/1965|A group of three small islands, 2 mi N of the Stanton Group off the coast of Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Einstodingane.||
4376|Einthoven Hill|Summit|641400S|0620900W|-64.2333333|-62.15|||01/01/1960|Hill 3 mi SW of Mitchell Point on the E side of Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos in 1959.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Willem Einthoven (1860-1927), Dutch inventor of the electrocardiograph.||
4377|Eisberg Head|Cliff|751200S|1102700W|-75.2|-110.45|||01/01/1976|A headland consisting of steep cliffs marked by rocky exposures, located just W of the mouth of Vane Glacier on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  The headland is the N extremity of a mountainous ridge descending from the central part of the Mount Murphy massif Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander (later Captain) Harry B. Eisberg, U.S. Navy (USN), Staff Medical Officer on Operation Highjump, 1946-47.||03/06/1997
4378|Eisenhower Range|Range|741500S|1621500E|-74.25|162.25|3070|10072|01/01/1968|A majestic mountain range, about 45 mi long and rising to 3,070 m, which rises between Reeves Neve on the west, Reeves Glacier on the south, and Priestley Glacier on the north and east, in Victoria Land.  The range is flat topped and descends gradually to Reeves Neve, but is steep cliffed and marked by sharp spurs along the Priestley Glacier.  The range was probably observed by most early expeditions due to its prominence as viewed from the Ross Sea.  It was mapped in detail by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1955-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Dwight D. Eisenhower, who was President of the United States in 1954, at the time when the U.S. Navy's Operation Deep Freeze expeditions to Antarctica were initiated.||
4379|Eisner Peak|Summit|685000S|0654500W|-68.8333333|-65.75|1525|5003||A peak rising to 1,525 m at the W side of the terminus of Sumner Glacier, 2 mi SSE of Mount Blunt, on the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  The peak was photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947, and U.S. Navy, 1966, and was surveyed from the ground by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1960-61.  Named in 1977 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Glen Eisner, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist, Palmer Station, 1975.||
4380|Mount Eissinger|Summit|700200S|0674400W|-70.0333333|-67.7333333|500|1640|01/01/1978|A large ridge-like mountain at the N side of Riley Glacier on the W side of Palmer Land.  The feature has a snow-topped upper surface, bare rock cliffs along the N side, and an impressive rectangular rock buttress rises in an unbroken, near-vertical sweep from the glacier to 500 m at the W end. Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Karlheinz Eissinger, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) topographic engineer with the Ellsworth Land Survey party, 1968-69.||
4381|Ekblad Glacier|Glacier|830400S|1671700E|-83.0666667|167.2833333|||01/01/1966|A glacier, 8 mi long, flowing from the E slopes of the Holland Range into Wise Bay, Ross Ice Shelf.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for A. Ekblad, Master of the U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) Wyandot during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1964 and 1965.||
4382|Mount Ekblaw|Summit|771900S|1414800W|-77.3166667|-141.8|1235|4052|01/01/1947|Mountain, 1,235 m, standing 3 mi E of Mount Van Valkenburg in the E part of the Clark Mountains in Marie Byrd Land. Discovered on aerial flights from the West Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940 and named for W.E. Ekblaw, professor of geography at Clark University and a member of the Crocker Land Expedition in the Arctic (1913-17).||
4384|Ekelöf Point|Summit|641400S|0571200W|-64.2333333|-57.2|||01/01/1956|High rocky point which lies 5 mi SW of Cape Gage and marks the N side of the entrance to Markham Bay on the E side of James Ross Island.  First seen and surveyed by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, 1901-04, who named it Kap Ekelof after Dr. Eric Ekelof, medical officer of the expedition.  Resurveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1953.  Point is considered a more suitable descriptive term for this feature than cape.||03/06/1997
4385|Ekesteinen Rock|Summit|714600S|0104600E|-71.7666667|10.7666667|||01/01/1970|An isolated rock 3.5 mi SE of Smirnov Peak, Shcherbakov Range, at the E end of the Orvin Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Ekesteinen (the spoke stone).||04/11/2001
4386|Ekho Mountain|Summit|712800S|0152600E|-71.4666667|15.4333333|1690|5545|01/01/1970|Mountain, 1,690 m, standing 3 mi SW of Vorposten Peak in the Lomonosov Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and roughly plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1958-59; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named Gora Ekho (Echo Mountain).||
4387|Eklund Islands|Island|731600S|0715000W|-73.2666667|-71.8333333|410|1345|01/01/1953|Group of islands which rise through the ice near the SW end of George VI Sound.  The largest island, 5 mi in extent and rising to 410 m, was discovered in December 1940 by Finn Ronne and Carl R. Eklund of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) during their 1,097-mile sledge journey S from Stonington Island to the SW part of George VI Sound and return.  At that time this large island, named by Ronne for Eklund, ornithologist and assistant biologist of the expedition was the only land protruding above an area of hummocky ice. V.E. Fuchs and R.J. Adie of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) sledged to the SW part of George VI Sound in 1949, at which time, because of a recession of the ice in the sound, they were able to determine that the island discovered by Ronne and Eklund is the largest of a group of mainly ice-covered islands.  On the basis of original discovery, the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) recommends that the name Eklund be applied to the island group rather than the single island discovered by Ronne and Eklund.||03/06/1997
4388|Ekspress Nunatak|Summit|714800S|0025300E|-71.8|2.8833333|||01/01/1970|An isolated nunatak 10 mi N of Stabben Mountain in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norsk Polarinstitutt from air photography of 1951-52 and 1958-59.  Also mapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1961 and named Gora Ekspress (express hill).||03/06/1997
4389|Ekström Ice Shelf|Glacier|710000S|0080000W|-71|-8|||01/01/1970|The ice shelf lying between Sorasen Ridge and Halvfarryggen Ridge, on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  First mapped by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE), 1949-52.  Named for Bertil Ekstrom, Swedish mechanical engineer with Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE), who drowned when the weasel (track-driven vehicle) he was driving plunged over the edge of Quar Ice Shelf, Feb. 24, 1951.||03/06/1997
4392|Eland Mountains|Summit|703500S|0631000W|-70.5833333|-63.1666667|2440|8005|01/01/1953|Range of mountains which rise above 2,440 m and extend about 20 mi in a NE-SW direction along the S side of Clifford Glacier, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  The mountains were discovered in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), and they appear in aerial photographs taken by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in September 1940.  During 1947 they were photographed from the air by members of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted them from the ground.  The name Eland, Lady Clifford's maiden name, was given in 1952 by Sir Miles Clifford, Gov. of the Falkland Islands, at the request of members of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) staff.||
4393|Elbow Peak|Summit|833200S|0563700W|-83.5333333|-56.6166667|1195|3921|01/01/1965|A peak, 1,195 m, located at the southernmost bend of Berquist Ridge in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  The name given by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) describes the peak's position along the ridge.||
4394|Mount Elder|Summit|611300S|0551200W|-61.2166667|-55.2|||01/01/1972|A mountain between Endurance Glacier and Mount Pendragon in Elephant Island, South Shetland Islands.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Captain John P. Elder, RE, surveyor of the U.K. joint Services Expedition to Elephant Island, 1970-71.||
4395|Elder Bluff|Cliff|703100S|0614400W|-70.5166667|-61.7333333|||01/01/1976|A prominent and mostly bare rock bluff that forms a portion of the N side of Eielson Peninsula and overlooks Smith Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert B. Elder, Chief of the U.S. Coast Guard Oceanographic Unit on the first International Weddell Sea Oceanographic Expedition on board U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Glacier in 1968.||
4396|Elder Glacier|Glacier|723500S|1684600E|-72.5833333|168.7666667|||01/01/1964|Tributary glacier entering the Tucker Glacier just W of Oread Spur, in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William C. Elder, topographic engineer, a member of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Topo North-South party that surveyed the area, 1961-62.||
4397|Eld Peak|Summit|692000S|1571200E|-69.3333333|157.2|800|2625|01/01/1961|A prominent peak (800 m) rising 6 mi SE of Reynolds Peak on the W side of Matusevich Glacier.  Two conical peaks were sighted in the area from the Peacock on Jan. 16, 1840 by Passed Midshipmen Henry Eld and William Reynolds of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838 42). The southeastern peak was named for Eld by U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) leader Lieutenant Charles Wilkes.  In 1959 Phillip Law of Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) made investigations of features in this area.  Reference to Wilkes' narrative showed that the recorded descriptions of the peaks sighted by Eld and Reynolds to be in accord with photographs of the peaks on the W side of Matusevich Glacier.  The peak described was selected by Law to commemorate Wilkes' naming.||
4398|Eldred Glacier|Glacier|615800S|0581600W|-61.9666667|-58.2666667|||01/01/1960|Glacier 2.5 mi long, flowing to the N coast of King George Island immediately E of Potts Peak, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Andrew J. Eldred, Master of the sealing vessel Thomas Hunt from Stonington, CT, who visited the South Shetland Islands in 1873-74, 1875-76, 1878-79 and 1879-80.  During the latter season he took part in the unsuccessful search for the Charles Shearer.||
4399|Eldred Point|Summit|753000S|1415800W|-75.5|-141.9666667|||01/01/1972|An ice-covered point which marks the west side of the terminus of Land Glacier on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1959-65. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for David T. Eldred, a member of the U.S. Navy winter-over support unit at McMurdo Station in 1958, 1965 and 1969.||
4400|Eldridge Bluff|Cliff|732700S|1644800E|-73.45|164.8|||01/01/1969|A prominent rock bluff 5 mi long, comprising that part of the W wall of Aviator Glacier immediately S of Cosmonaut Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander David B. Eldridge, Jr., U.S. Navy (USN), officer in charge of the winter detachment of Squadron VX-6 at McMurdo Station, 1967.||
4401|Eldridge Peak|Summit|845100S|1165000W|-84.85|-116.8333333|||01/01/1962|A small, mainly ice-free peak, or nunatak, marking the W extremity of the Ohio Range.  Surveyed by the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Horlick Mountains Traverse party in Dec. 1958.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Henry M. Eldridge, Antarctic cartographer, Branch of Special Maps, U.S. Geological Survey.||
4402|Mount Electra|Summit|772931S|1605407E|-77.492046|160.901875|2000|6562|01/01/1962|Prominent peak, over 2,000 m, immediately W of Mount Dido in the Olympus Range of Victoria Land.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1958-59) for a figure in Greek mythology.||
4411|Elephant Cove|Bay|540900S|0374100W|-54.15|-37.6833333|||01/01/1956|Small circular cove lying 0.5 mi N of Klutschak Point along the S coast and near the W end of South Georgia.  The name Elephant Bay, probably applied by early sealers at South Georgia, was recorded on the chart of the German expedition under Kohl-Larsen, 1928-29, and the chart by DI personnel who mapped South Georgia in this period.  Cove is considered a better descriptive term for the feature.||
4412|Elephant Flats|Flat|604200S|0453700W|-60.7|-45.6166667|||01/01/1956|A mud flat along the shore between Cemetery Bay and Marble Knolls on the east side of Signy Island.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the elephant seals that frequent the flat.||
4413|Elephant Island|Island|611000S|0551400W|-61.1666667|-55.2333333|||01/01/1947|Island 24 mi long and 12 mi wide in its widest part, lying in the E part of the South Shetland Islands.  The name dates back to at least 1821 and is now established in international usage.||
4414|Elephant Lagoon|Swamp|540400S|0370800W|-54.0666667|-37.1333333|||01/01/1953|Lagoon, 0.3 mi long, situated close S of Cook Bay to which it is connected by Carl Passage, on the N coast of South Georgia. Probably named by DI personnel who charted the area during the period 1926-30.||03/06/1997
4415|Elephant Moraine|Ridge|761700S|1572000E|-76.2833333|157.3333333||||An isolated moraine, 3 mi long, located 27 mi W of Reckling Peak, to the W of the head of Mawson Glacier in Victoria Land. The moraine, described in some reports as an ice core moraine, is situated along a long, narrow patch of bare ice that extends W from Reckling Peak for 60 miles.  The feature was noted in U.S. satellite imagery of 1973, and in aerial photographs obtained subsequently, by William R. MacDonald of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), who originally described it to William A. Cassidy as "a possible nunatak having an outline similar to an elephant."  Several U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) field parties led by Cassidy successfully searched for meteorites at this moraine from the 1979-80 season.  The descriptive name was approved by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1989.||
4416|Elephant Point|Summit|624100S|0605200W|-62.6833333|-60.8666667|||01/01/1960|Mainly ice-free promontory on which there is a square black rock, forming the southernmost point of the W half of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  First charted and named by Robert Fildes in 1820-22.  The name was incorrectly placed on the point between South and False Bays (now Miers Bluff) for many years.||
4418|Elephant Rocks|Island|644600S|0640500W|-64.7666667|-64.0833333|||01/01/1975|A group of three prominent rocks connected by shoals, located between Torgersen Island and the NW entrance to Arthur Harbor, off the SW coast of Anvers Island.  The name became established locally among U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) personnel at nearby Palmer Station in about 1971, as these rocks provide a favorite habitat for elephant seals.||03/06/1997
4422|Elevation Point|Summit|774816S|1613903E|-77.804467|161.650844|||01/01/1993|A bold rock point which forms the W end of Kukri Hills, overlooking Taylor Glacier in Victoria Land.  The name is one of a group in the area associated with surveying applied by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1993.||
4423|Eley Peak|Summit|793900S|0842000W|-79.65|-84.3333333|||01/01/1966|Small rock peak in the N part of Soholt Peaks, over-looking the head of Balish Glacier in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN); for Richard G. Eley, USN, photographer on flights over Marie Byrd Land and Ellsworth Land, 1965-66 and 1966-67.||03/06/1997
4425|Elgar Uplands|Area|693900S|0704300W|-69.65|-70.7166667|1900|6234|01/01/1961|Uplands rising to 1,900 m, between Tufts Pass to the N and Sullivan Glacier to the S, in the N part of Alexander Island. First photographed from the air and roughly mapped by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) in 1937.  Remapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960, and from U.S. Landsat imagery of February, 1975.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Sir Edward Elgar (1857-1934), English composer.||
4426|Eliason Glacier|Glacier|641500S|0592500W|-64.25|-59.4166667|||01/01/1964|A glacier 5 mi long close W of Mount Hornsby, flowing S from Detroit Plateau into the ice piedmont N of Larsen Inlet, Graham Land.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the Eliason motor sledge, invented in 1942 in Sweden, now made in Canada, and used in Arctic Canada since 1950 and in the Antarctic since 1960.||
4427|Mount Elizabeth|Summit|835400S|1682300E|-83.9|168.3833333|4480|14698||A massive ice-free mountain, 4,480 m, standing 6 mi S of Mount Anne in Queen Alexandra Range.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named for Elizabeth Dawson-Lambton, a supporter of the expedition.||
4428|Eliza Cone|Summit|665500S|1631200E|-66.9166667|163.2|||01/01/1947|A rock with an archway through it standing 1 mi W of Cape McNab on the S end of Buckle Island, in the Balleny Islands. Located adjacent to Scott Cone, the two features appear to have been named after John Balleny's schooner, the Eliza Scott, in which he discovered the Balleny Islands in Feb. 1839.||
4429|Eliza Rocks|Island|622600S|0601400W|-62.4333333|-60.2333333|||01/01/1960|Group of rocks lying W of Zed Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 after the sealer Desolation Island, during part of the 1821-22 season.||
4430|Elkhorn Ridge|Ridge|764000S|1610300E|-76.6666667|161.05|||01/01/1965|Rugged ridge, 10 mi long, between Towle and Northwind Glaciers in the Convoy Range of Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and Navy air photos.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for the U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) Elkhorn, a tanker in the American convoy into McMurdo Sound, 1961-62.||
4431|Mount Elkins|Summit|663900S|0540800E|-66.65|54.1333333|2300|7546|01/01/1965|Steep-sided mountain with three major peaks, the highest 2,300 m, standing close N of Young Nunataks in the Napier Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Jokelen (the glacier).  Remapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) from air photos taken in 1956, and named for T.J. Elkins, ionosphere physicist at Mawson in 1960.||03/06/1997
4432|Ellefsen Harbor|Harbor|604400S|0450300W|-60.7333333|-45.05|||01/01/1947|Harbor lying at the S end of Powell Island between Christoffersen and Michelsen Islands, in the South Orkney Islands.  Discovered in the course of the joint cruise by Captain George Powell, British sealer, and Captain Nathaniel Palmer, American sealer, in December 1821.  The name first appears on Powell's chart published in 1822.||
4433|Ellen Glacier|Glacier|781300S|0843000W|-78.2166667|-84.5|||01/01/1961|A large glacier in central Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains, draining the E slopes of Mount Anderson and Long Gables and flowing generally SE for 22 mi to Barnes Ridge, where it leaves the range and enters S.-flowing Rutford Ice Stream. First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Col. Cicero J. Ellen, USAF, who was in command of many of the air operations when the South Pole Station was established by air drop in the 1956-57 season.||
4434|Ellerbeck Peak|Summit|542300S|0361900W|-54.3833333|-36.3166667|685|2247||A peak rising to 685 m on the S side of Sorling Valley, South Georgia.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1987 for Lieutenant Commander John A. Ellerbeck, Royal Navy (RN), pilot in command of the helicopter from His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) submarine Santa Fe during the retaking of Grytviken, Apr. 25, 1982.||
4435|Mount Ellery|Summit|695300S|1593800E|-69.8833333|159.6333333|1110|3642|01/01/1964|A mountain (1,110 m) near the head of Suvorov Glacier, 2 mi NW of Hornblende Bluffs, in the Wilson Hills.  The region was photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47.  The position of the mountain was fixed on Feb. 21, 1962 by Syd L. Kirkby, surveyor with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Thala Dan cruise led by Phillip Law.  Named for R.L.J. Ellery, a member of the Austratian Antarctic Exploration Committee of 1886.||
4437|Mount Elliot|Summit|705300S|1663200E|-70.8833333|166.5333333|1500|4921|01/01/1951|A mountain (1,500 m) rising between Kirkby Glacier and O'Hara Glacier, about 5 mi S of Yule Bay, in the Anare Mountains, Victoria Land.  A mountain in this approximate position was sighted by Captain James C. Ross, Royal Navy (RN), in Feb. 1841, who named it for R. Admiral George Elliot, Commander-in-Chief in the Cape of Good Hope Station.||
4438|Elliot Peak|Summit|843100S|1640400E|-84.5166667|164.0666667|||01/01/1968|The summit peak of a conspicuous NE trending basalt ridge, rising 1 mi NW of Tempest Peak, in Queen Alexandra Range.  Named by the Ohio State University party to the Queen Alexandra Range (1966-67) for David H. Elliot, geologist with the party.||
4439|Cape Elliott|Cape|655200S|1023500E|-65.8666667|102.5833333|||01/01/1955|An ice-covered cape marking the N extremity of the Knox Coast of Wilkes Land.  It fronts on Shackleton Ice Shelf, 28 mi SW of Bowman Island.  Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47) and named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after J.L. Elliott, chaplain on the sloop Vincennes of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Wilkes.||
4440|Mount Elliott|Summit|642400S|0600200W|-64.4|-60.0333333|1265|4150|01/01/1952|Conspicuous mountain, 1,265 m, with a few small rock exposures and ice-free cliffs on the SE side, standing 16 mi NW of Cape Sobral, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Charted in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named for F.K. Elliott, leader of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) base at Hope Bay in 1947 and 1948.||
4442|Elliott Glacier|Glacier|663300S|1151400E|-66.55|115.2333333||||A small channel glacier that drains northward to Budd Coast midway between Cape Hammersly and Cape Waldron.  Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47), and named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Samuel Elliott, Midshipman on the sloop Wilkes.||
4443|Elliott Hills|Range|712500S|0652500W|-71.4166667|-65.4166667|||01/01/1976|A group of low hills and nunataks, 12 mi long, that mark the NW end of the Gutenko Mountains, in central Palmer Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander David J. Elliott, U.S. Navy (USN), Commander of LC-130 aircraft in aerial photographic and ice-sensing flights over extensive areas of the Antarctic continent during Operation Deep Freeze, 1970 and 1971.||
4444|Elliott Nunatak|Summit|851600S|0894300W|-85.2666667|-89.7166667|2165|7103|01/01/1962|A large nunatak (2,165 m) jutting out from the center of Bermel Escarpment, in the Thiel Mountains.  The name was proposed by Peter Bermel and Arthur Ford, co-leaders of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Thiel Mountains party that surveyed these mountains in 1960-61.  Named for Raymond L. Elliott, geologist with the Thiel Mountains party.||
4445|Elliott Passage|Channel|674400S|0682800W|-67.7333333|-68.4666667||||A marine channel running NE-SW between the SE coast of Adelaide Island and Jenny Island.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1984 after Captain Christopher R. Elliott, Master of Royal Research Ship (RRS) John Biscoe from 1975; he served in other officer positions on John Biscoe and Royal Research Ship (RRS) Bransfield from 1967.||03/06/1997
4446|Elliott Ridge|Ridge|835700S|0570000W|-83.95|-57|||01/01/1965|A hook-shaped ridge, 8 mi long, extending westward from Wiens Peak in southern Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander James Elliott, captain of the icebreaker USS Staten Island which assisted the cargo ship Wyandot through the Weddell Sea pack ice to establish Ellsworth Station on the Filchner Ice Shelf in January 1957.||03/06/1997
4447|Elliott Rock|Island|540000S|0380500W|-54|-38.0833333|||01/01/1963|Rock lying in Stewart Strait, close W of Bird Island, off the W end of South Georgia.  Positioned by DI personnel under Lieutenant Commander J.M. Chaplin in the period 1926-30.  Named in 1957 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Henry W. Elliott (1846-1930), American naturalist; pioneer of fur seal studies in the North Pacific and life-long champion of fur seal protection.  Fur seals breed on nearby Bird Island.||
4448|Ellipsoid Hill|Summit|774803S|1634941E|-77.800968|163.828143|1130|3707|01/01/1993|A rounded, partly ice-covered summit (1,130 m) to the N of Blue Glacier, between Geoid Glacier and Spheroid Hill, in Victoria Land.  The name is one of a group in the area associated with surveying applied in 1993 by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB).  Named from ellipsoid, in geodesy a mathematical figure formed by revolving an ellipse about its minor axis.||
4449|Mount Ellis|Summit|795200S|1561400E|-79.8666667|156.2333333|2330|7644|01/01/1965|The highest point, 2,330 m, of the Darwin Mountains, surmounting the northern edge of Midnight Plateau.  Mapped by the Darwin Glacier Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58).  Named for M.R. Ellis, engineer with the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), who accompanied Sir Edmund Hillary to the South Pole.||
4450|Ellis Bluff|Cliff|852000S|1753500W|-85.3333333|-175.5833333|2280|7480|01/01/1966|A rock bluff rising to 2,280 m at the S side of the mouth of Logie Glacier, in the Cumulus Hills.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for W. Ellis, a chief air controlman, U.S. Navy (USN), during Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1965 and 1966.||
4452|Ellis Cone|Summit|754900S|1162300W|-75.8166667|-116.3833333|||01/01/1976|One of several small cones or cone remnants along the SW side of Toney Mountain in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Homer L. Ellis, ACC, U.S. Navy (USN), radar air traffic controller at McMurdo Station, winter party 1968, and chief in charge of the ground controlled approach unit at the Byrd Station skiway landing strip, summer season, 1969-70.||
4453|Ellis Fjord|Bay|683600S|0780500E|-68.6|78.0833333|||01/01/1956|A long narrow fjord between Breidnes Peninsula and Mule Peninsula in the Vestfold Hills.  Photographed by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37), and plotted by Norwegian cartographers as a bay and a remnant lake which were called Mulvik (snout bay) and Langevatnet (the long lake) respectively. Analysis by John Roscoe of air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47) showed these two features to be connected. The feature was renamed Ellis Fjord by Roscoe after Edwin E. Ellis, aerial photographer on U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump flights over this area.||
4454|Ellis Glacier|Glacier|715800S|0241700E|-71.9666667|24.2833333|||01/01/1966|Glacier, 4 mi long, flowing N from Mount Walnum between Gillock and Jennings Glaciers in the Sor Rondane Mountains. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named for Edwin E. Ellis, aerial photographer on U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp photographic flights in this area and other coastal areas between 14 and 164 East.||
4455|Ellis Ridge|Ridge|744500S|1135400W|-74.75|-113.9||||An ice-covered ridge, 10 mi long and 1.5 mi wide, extending NE from Jenkins Heights between Dorchuck Glacier and Keys Glacier, on Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1959-67, and U.S. Landsat imagery, 1972-73.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Melvin Y. Ellis, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) cartographer, a member of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) satellite surveying team at South Pole Station, winter party 1974.||
4456|Cape Ellsworth|Cape|661700S|1621800E|-66.2833333|162.3|290|951|01/01/1947|A sheer rock bluff (290 m) forming the N end of Young Island in the Balleny Islands.  Named by personnel of the Ellsworth.  The vessel, after picking up Ellsworth at Little America on the Ross Ice Shelf made a running survey around the northern end of the Balleny Islands on the way back to Australia.||
4457|Mount Ellsworth|Summit|854500S|1610000W|-85.75|-161|2925|9596|01/01/1951|The highest peak, 2,925 m, on the elongated massif between Steagall and Amundsen Glaciers, in the Queen Maud Mountains. Discovered by R. Admiral Byrd on the South Pole flight of November 28-29, 1929, and named by him for Lincoln Ellsworth, American Antarctic explorer.||
4459|Ellsworth Land|Area|753000S|0800000W|-75.5|-80|||01/01/1962|That portion of the Antarctic continent bounded on the west by Marie Byrd Land, on the north by Bellingshausen Sea, on the northeast by the base of Antarctic Peninsula, and on the east by the western margin of Ronne Ice Shelf.  It is largely a high ice plateau, but includes the majestic Ellsworth Mountains and a number of scattered mountain groups as the Hudson, Jones, Behrendt, Merrick, Sweeney and Scaife Mountains.  This land lies near the center of the area traversed by American explorer Lincoln Ellsworth on an airplane flight during November-December 1935.  It was named for him by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1962) to commemorate that historic transcontinental flight from Dundee Island to the Ross Ice Shelf.||
4460|Ellsworth Mountains|Summit|784500S|0850000W|-78.75|-85|4892|16050|01/01/1961|A major group of mountains, 200 mi long and 30 mi wide, which trend NNW-SSE and rise from the relatively featureless snow plain that borders the western margin of the Ronne Ice Shelf. They are bisected by Minnesota Glacier to form the northern Sentinel Range and the southern Heritage Range.  The former is by far the higher and more spectacular with Vinson Massif (4,892 m) constituting the highest point on the continent.  The mountains were discovered on Nov. 23, 1935, by Lincoln Ellsworth in the course of a trans-Antarctic flight from Dundee Island to the Ross Ice Shelf.  He gave the descriptive name Sentinel Range.  The mountains were mapped in detail by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1958-66.  When it became evident that the mountains comprise two distinct ranges, the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) restricted the application of Sentinel Range to the high northern one and gave the name Heritage Range to the southern one; the Committee recommended the name of the discoverer for this entire group of mountains.||
4461|Ellsworth Subglacial Highlands|Area|803000S|0940000W|-80.5|-94||||A line of subglacial highlands in West Antarctica that extend WSW from central Ellsworth Mountains to the vicinity of Mount Moore and Mount Woollard.  The existence of the feature was first indicated from seismic soundings by the Marie Byrd Land Traverse Party, 1957-58, led by Charles R. Bentley.  It was delineated in detail by the SPRI-NSF-TUD airborne radio echo sounding program, 1967-79, and named in association with the Ellsworth Mountains.||03/06/1997
4462|Ellyard Nunatak|Summit|701900S|0645400E|-70.3166667|64.9|||01/01/1971|A nunatak on the N side of Scylla Glacier, about 7 mi SSE of Mount Bechervaise, in the Prince Charles Mountains. Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos of 1965.  Named by ANCA for D.G. Ellyard, physicist at Mawson Station in 1966.||
4463|Elmers Nunatak|Summit|835800S|0552500W|-83.9666667|-55.4166667|||01/01/1968|A prominent nunatak 5 mi SE of Mount Hawkes in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Elmer H. Smith, aerographer with the wintering parties at Ellsworth Station in 1958 and McMurdo Station in 1961.||
4465|El Pulgar|Pillar|712900S|1614600E|-71.4833333|161.7666667|1660|5446|01/01/1969|A precipitous granite monolith (1,660 m) standing 3 mi N of Berg Peak in northern Morozumi Range.  The feature was climbed by four members of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1967-68, who gave the name El Pulgar (Spanish for "the thumb").||
4467|El-Sayed Glacier|Glacier|754000S|1415200W|-75.6666667|-141.8666667|||01/01/1970|A glacier about 15 mi long which drains the NE slopes of Zuncich Hill in Marie Byrd Land.  It flows NE to enter Land Glacier at the S side of Mount Shirley.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Sayed Z. El-Sayed, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) oceanographer on the International Weddell Sea Oceanographic Expedition, 1967-68 and 1969-70.||
4470|Elsehul|Bay|540100S|0375900W|-54.0166667|-37.9833333|||01/01/1953|Bay 0.5 mi wide, entered close W of Cape Pride along the N coast of South Georgia.  The name dates back to the period 1905-12 and was probably applied by Norwegian sealers and whalers working in the area.||
4472|Else Nunataks|Summit|672100S|0554000E|-67.35|55.6666667|||01/01/1970|Group of low, partially snow-covered nunataks 3 mi N of Mount Oydeholmen, on the S, side of Wilma Glacier, Enderby Land.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveys and air photos, 1954-66.  Named by ANCA for H. Else, pilot with Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Nella Dan), 1965.||
4473|Else Platform|Bench|702200S|0664800E|-70.3666667|66.8|||01/01/1973|An elevated, flat-topped mass of rock at the N end of Jetty Peninsula, Mac. Robertson Land.  The feature was the site of a survey station occupied by M.N. Rubeli, surveyor with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey in 1969.  Named after H. Else, helicopter pilot with the survey.||
4476|Elsner Ridge|Ridge|714700S|1672100E|-71.7833333|167.35|||01/01/1970|A narrow, southwest-trending ridge, or spur, 6 mi long, located 4 mi NE of the S end of Homerun Range in the Admiralty Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy, aerial photographs, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert W. Elsner, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68, 1968-69 and 1969-70.||
4477|Eltanin Bay|Bay|734000S|0820000W|-73.6666667|-82|||01/01/1968|A bay about 35 mi wide in southern Bellingshausen Sea.  It indents the coast of Ellsworth Land west of Wirth Peninsula. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1961-66. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) oceanographic research ship South Pacific Ocean.||
4478|Elton Hill|Summit|685000S|0663500W|-68.8333333|-66.5833333|1000|3281|01/01/1962|A prominent rocky hill (1,000 m) which marks the SE limit of Meridian Glacier at its junction with Clarke Glacier in southern Graham Land.  First seen from the air and photographed by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), Nov. 1947.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), Dec. 1958.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after John Elton, English inventor of the artificial horizon and its application to quadrants and sextants, in 1732.||
4479|Elvers Peak|Summit|795200S|0833300W|-79.8666667|-83.55|1615|5298|01/01/1966|A peak, 1,615 m, at the SE end of Edson Hills in the Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Douglas J. Elvers, seismologist on the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) South Pole-Queen Maud Land Traverse II, in 1965-66.||
4480|Ely Nunatak|Summit|720800S|0663000E|-72.1333333|66.5|||01/01/1973|A small, dark-colored nunatak 4 mi N of Mount Izabelle in the Prince Charles Mountains.  The position of the nunatak was fixed by intersection from geodetic survey stations in 1971. Named by ANCA for J. Ely, Technical Officer (survey) with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey in 1971.||
4482|Embassy Islands|Island|675300S|0684500W|-67.8833333|-68.75|||01/01/1964|Two small islands, the westernmost of the Dion Islands, lying 7 mi S of Adelaide Island.  The Dion Islands were first sighted and roughly charted in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot. This feature was surveyed in 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named Embassy Rock by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because of its detached position in association with Emperor Island.  In 1963 the British Royal Navy Hydrographic Survey Unit found there were two islands, not one as previously supposed.||03/06/1997
4484|Embree Glacier|Glacier|775900S|0851000W|-77.9833333|-85.1666667|||01/01/1961|Glacier 20 mi long in the north-central part of the Sentinel Range, flowing NNE from the slopes of Mount Anderson and Mount Bentley and then E to its terminus opposite Mount Tegge on the E side of the range.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Major Henry Embree, USAF, who participated in the establishment of the South Pole Station in 1956.||03/06/1997
4486|Emeline Island|Island|622400S|0594800W|-62.4|-59.8|||01/01/1965|One of the Aitcho Islands, lying 2 mi NW of Cecilia Island in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961 after the American sealing vessel Emeline (Captain Jeremiah Holmes) from Stonington, CT, which visited the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21 and operated from nearby Clothier Harbor.||
4487|Emerald Cove|Bay|613500S|0574600W|-61.5833333|-57.7666667|||01/01/1960|Cove 2 mi wide, lying between North Foreland and Brimstone Peak on the N coast of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name Shireff's Cove (sic) was given by William Smith in 1819, after Captain William H. Shirreff, Royal Navy (RN), to whom he reported his discovery of the South Shetland Islands.  In 1820, Smith's description of his landing on North Foreland was confused with his description of features on northern Livingston Island, and the name was applied to a feature on that island, where it has been officially accepted.  Emerald Cove was applied by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 and is for the brig Emerald (Captain John G. Scott) from Boston, MA, which visited the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21 in company with the Esther.  These two vessels rescued the crew of the Venus from Esther Harbor in March 1821.||03/06/1997
4488|Emerald Lake|Lake|604300S|0453900W|-60.7166667|-45.65|||01/01/1975|A small lake in western Signy Island, about 0.6 mi SE of Jebsen Point.  The name, applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), describes the unique (for Signy Island) color of the water.||
4489|Emerald Nunatak|Summit|693900S|0695900W|-69.65|-69.9833333|1250|4101||Nunatak (1,250 m) on the W side of Douglas Range near the head of Hampton Glacier, NE Alexander Island.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following surveys by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1973-77, because of the greenish rock of which the feature is composed.||
4490|Emerging Island|Island|732300S|1680200E|-73.3833333|168.0333333|||01/01/1966|An ice-covered island 2 mi long, lying 1.5 mi E of Index Point, Victoria Land, in the N part of Lady Newnes Bay.  The feature appears to be barely emerging above the ice at the terminus of Mariner Glacier.  Named in 1966 by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC).||
4491|Mount Emerson|Summit|713500S|1684400E|-71.5833333|168.7333333|2190|7185|01/01/1970|A mountain (2,190 m) 5 mi ESE of Brewer Peak in the S part of DuBridge Range, Admiraity Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for George L. Emerson, SW1, U.S. Navy (USN), Steelworker at McMurdo Station, 1967.||
4492|Mount Emily|Summit|855000S|1742000E|-85.8333333|174.3333333|||01/01/1952|A rock peak 2 mi N of Mount Cecily, in the Grosvenor Mountains.  Shown by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) as being part of the Dominion Range, but it is separated from that range by the flow of the Mill Glacier.  Named by Shackleton for his wife, Lady Emily Dorman Shackleton.||
4494|Mount Emison|Summit|741200S|1634400E|-74.2|163.7333333|2050|6726|01/01/1968|A prominent mountain, 2,050 m, rising on the W side of Campbell Glacier, just N of the mouth of Bates Glacier, in the Deep Freeze Range, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1955-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after William B. Emison, biologist at McMurdo Station, 1964-65 and 1965-66 seasons.||
4495|Emlen Peaks|Range|715400S|1603500E|-71.9|160.5833333|||01/01/1964|A group of scattered peaks and nunataks, 16 mi long and 7 mi wide, lying 6 mi S of Daniels Range in the S end of the Usarp Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after John T. Emlen, biologist, University of Wisconsin, program leader who made penguin navigational studies on the Ross Ice Shelf, the interior of Victoria Land, and elsewhere in Antarctica, 1962-63.||03/06/1997
4497|Emma Island|Island|643600S|0622000W|-64.6|-62.3333333|||01/01/1952|Island 1.5 mi long, with bare jagged peaks projecting through an icecap, lying 4 mi W of Nansen Island in the SW half of the entrance to Wilhelmina Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Lieutenant Adrien de Gerlache, and named after his mother, Emma de Gerlache de Gomery.||
4498|Emmanuel Glacier|Glacier|775510S|1620617E|-77.919459|162.104671|||01/01/1962|Glacier in the Royal Society Range of Victoria Land, descending from Mount Lister northwestward between Table Mountain and Cathedral Rocks to enter Ferrar Glacier.  Named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) after Emmanuel College, Cambridge, England.||
4500|Emm Rock|Island|621600S|0584200W|-62.2666667|-58.7|30|98|01/01/1953|Conspicuous rock 30 m high, lying 0.5 mi off the S coast of King George Island at the E side of the entrance to Potter Cove, in the South Shetland Islands.  This rock, presumably known to early sealers in the area, was sketched by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot, and charted by DI personnel on the Discovey II in 1935.  The name derives from the shape of the rock, which resembles the letter M.||
4503|Empereur Island|Island|664800S|1412300E|-66.8|141.3833333|||01/01/1955|Rocky island 1 mi N of Cape Margerie, lying immediately N of Breton Island in the entrance to Port Martin.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Liotard, 1949-51, and so named because the first emperor penguin captured by the expedition was taken on this island.||
4504|Emperor Bay|Bay|753200S|0265200W|-75.5333333|-26.8666667|||01/01/1965|A small bay which indents the Brunt Ice Shelf due W of Halley Station.  So named by the Royal Society IGY expedition because of the Emperor penguin colony on the fast ice in the embayment during 1956.  The expedition's base was a few miles eastward (1955-59) on the Brunt Ice Shelf.||
4505|Emperor Island|Island|675200S|0684300W|-67.8666667|-68.7166667|||01/01/1963|Small island in Marguerite Bay, lying close NE of Courtier Islands in the Dion Islands.  The islands in this group were discovered and roughly charted in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE).  This island was surveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and so named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because a low rock and shingle isthmus at the SE end of the island is the winter breeding site of emperor penguins.||
4507|Ems Rock|Island|541000S|0363500W|-54.1666667|-36.5833333|||01/01/1963|Rock midway between Harrison and Busen Points in the S part of Stromness Bay, South Georgia.  Charted by DI personnel under Lieutenant Commander J.M. Chaplin in 1927 and 1929.  Named in 1957 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for the sailing vessel Ems, owned by the Tonsberg Hvalfangeri, Husvik, located at the head of Husvik Harbor in Stromness Bay.||
4508|Enceladus Nunataks|Summit|714300S|0692700W|-71.7166667|-69.45|||01/01/1975|A group of about eight nunataks scattered over a wide area at the head of the drainage basin of Saturn Glacier, in southern Alexander Island.  Mapped from trimetrogon air photography taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and from survey by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1948-50.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from association with Saturn Glacier, Enceladus being one of the moons of the planet Saturn.||
4509|Enchanted Valley|Valley|823700S|0531000W|-82.6166667|-53.1666667|||01/01/1968|A small snow-filled valley between Walker Peak and Hannah Peak in the SW end of Dufek Massif, Pensacola Mountains.  The name describes the scenic beauty of the valley and was applied by the US-IGY party from Ellsworth Station that visited the valley in December 1957.||
4510|Enchantress Rocks|Island|624200S|0604900W|-62.7|-60.8166667|||01/01/1965|Group of rocks lying 1.5 mi SE of Elephant Point, Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961 after the British sealing vessel the South Shetland Islands in 1821-22.||
4512|Enden Point|Summit|733700S|0041400W|-73.6166667|-4.2333333|||01/01/1966|A rock point at the SW side of Belgen Valley, in the Kirwan Escarpment of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and additional air photos (1958-59), and named Enden (the end).||03/06/1997
4513|Enderby Land|Area|673000S|0530000E|-67.5|53|||01/01/1952|A projecting land mass of Antarctica, extending from Shinnan Glacier in about 4438E to William Scoresby Bay in 5934E. Discovered in February 1831 by John Biscoe in the Tula. Named after Enderby Bros. of London, owners of the Tula, who encouraged their captains to combine exploration with sealing.||
4514|Endresen Islands|Island|671700S|0600000E|-67.2833333|60|60|197|01/01/1947|Group of small islands, the highest rising to 60 m, lying just N of the Hobbs Islands.  Discovered and named by DI personnel on the William Scoresby in February 1936.||
4516|Endurance Cliffs|Cliff|824700S|1550500E|-82.7833333|155.0833333|||01/01/1966|A line of steep east-facing cliffs between Mount Summerson and Mount Albright in the S part of the Geologists Range.  Mapped by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) and named for the 1914-16.||
4517|Endurance Glacier|Glacier|611000S|0550800W|-61.1666667|-55.1333333|||01/01/1972|Broad glacier N of Mount Elder, draining SE to the S coast of Elephant Island, South Shetland Islands.  It is the main discharge glacier on the island.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) 1970-71, to Elephant Island and established several anchorages off this glacier.||
4520|Endurance Reef|Bar|681800S|0673200W|-68.3|-67.5333333|||01/01/1975|A reef lying 8 mi W of Red Rock Ridge in Marguerite Bay. The name is after His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Endurance which at this position in Feb. 1972 struck a rock in a depth of 2 meters.  The area was surveyed by boats from the Endurance in 1973 when similar depths were found up to 1 mi SSW of the rock.||
4521|Engberg Bluff|Cliff|731300S|1664800E|-73.2166667|166.8|||01/01/1969|Bold ice-covered bluff between the mouths of the Argonaut and Meander Glaciers at the point where these tributaries enter the S part of Mariner Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Larry W. Engberg, meteorologist at Hallett Station, 1961.||
4523|Engel Peaks|Range|693200S|0630800W|-69.5333333|-63.1333333|1460|4790|01/01/1953|Three peaks, the highest 1,460 m, extending in a NW-SE direction for 4 mi, standing 15 mi W of Cape Rymill on the E side of Palmer Land.  This feature was photographed from the air in 1928 by Sir Hubert Wilkins, and again in 1940 by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) who also sledge surveyed along this coast.  The peaks were resighted by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, under Ronne, who named them for Bud Engel, president of the Albert Richard Division of the Osterman Co., Milwaukee, who contributed garments suitable for winter use to the expedition.||
4524|Mount Engelstad|Summit|852900S|1672400W|-85.4833333|-167.4|||01/01/1950|A rounded snow-covered summit rising from the edge of the polar plateau at the head of Axel Heiberg Glacier, about midway between Helland-Hansen Shoulder and Mount Wilhelm Christophersen. Discovered in 1911 by Roald Amundsen and named by him for Captain Ole Engelstad, of the Norwegian Navy, who had been selected as second in command of the Fram to carry the expedition to Antarctica, but who was killed in a scientific experiment preceding its departure.||
4525|Mount England|Summit|770300S|1622700E|-77.05|162.45|1205|3953||Conical-topped mountain, 1,205 m, rising immediately S of New Glacier in the NE part of Gonville and Caius Range, in Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, under Scott, who named it for Lieutenant Rupert England, Royal Navy (RN), of the Morning, relief ship to the expedition.||
4526|England Peak|Summit|823700S|0524900W|-82.6166667|-52.8166667|2150|7054|01/01/1952|A sharp peak c. 2,150 m, located 0.5 mi S of Aughenbaugh Peak and E of Neuburg Peak in the W part of Dufek Massif, Pensacola Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) at the suggestion of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) field party leader Arthur B. Ford after Anthony W. England, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geophysicist who worked in the Dufek Massif during the 1976-77 and 1978-79 seasons.||
4527|England Ridge|Ridge|770200S|1622900E|-77.0333333|162.4833333|||01/01/1968|The NE continuation of the glaciated steep NE crest of Mount England, forming a snow-free rock crest with steep NW-facing snow-free walls down to the frozen sea at the terminus of New Glacier, in Victoria Land.  The feature was explored by F. Ugolini, K. Wise and H. Janetschek in Jan. 1962.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Mount England.||
4530|English Coast|Beach|733000S|0730000W|-73.5|-73|||01/01/1966|That portion of the coast of Antarctica between the N tip of Rydberg Peninsula and Buttress Nunataks (west side of Palmer Land).  This coast was discovered and explored in 1940, on land by F. Ronne and C.R. Eklund and from the air by other members of the East Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  It was originally named Robert English Coast after Captain Robert A.J. English, U.S. Navy (USN), Executive Secretary of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, and formerly Captain of the Bear of Oakland on the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35.  The name is shortened for the sake of brevity.||
4531|English Rock|Summit|764900S|1180000W|-76.8166667|-118|||01/01/1975|A rock outcrop near the foot of the western slope of Mount Frakes, in the Crary Mountains, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1959-66. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Claude L. English, Jr., U.S. Navy (USN), helicopter crewman with Squadron VXE-6 during Deep Freeze 1970; he also deployed with the Squadron during Deep Freeze 1961, 1962 and 1965.||
4532|English Strait|Channel|622700S|0593800W|-62.45|-59.6333333|||01/01/1952|Strait lying between Greenwich and Robert Islands, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name dates back to at least 1822 and is now established in international usage.||
4533|Enigma Peak|Summit|693400S|0724400W|-69.5666667|-72.7333333|1000|3281|01/01/1961|Peak, 1,000 m, surmounting Fournier Ridge, Desko Mountains, on Rothschild Island.  Probably seen from a distance by Bellingshausen in 1821, Charcot in 1909, and the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) in 1936. It was observed and photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, and mapped as the prominent NW peak of the island. Mapped in greater detail from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960, and from U.S. Landsat imagery of February 1975.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because of difficulty in identifying the peak during the map compilation.||
4535|Enten Bay|Bay|541300S|0363700W|-54.2166667|-36.6166667|||01/01/1953|Small bay lying SW of Jason Harbor in the W side of Cumberland West Bay, South Georgia.  The name "Entenbucht" (duck bay) seems to have been first used on a 1907 chart of Cumberland Bay by Dr. A. Szielasko, physician and ornithologist on the Norwegian whaler Fridtjof Nansen, who published an account of his natural history observations made at Cumberland Bay during the previous year.||03/06/1997
4537|Enterprise Hills|Range|795500S|0820000W|-79.9166667|-82|||01/01/1964|A prominent group of largely ice-free hills and peaks in the form of an arc.  The feature extends for about 30 mi to form the N and NE boundary of Horseshoe Valley in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Enterprise Hills were mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  The name was applied by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with the name Heritage Range.||03/06/1997
4538|Enterprise Island|Island|643200S|0620000W|-64.5333333|-62|||01/01/1965|Island 1.5 mi long lying at the NE end of Nansen Island in Wilhelmina Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  This island and Nansen Island were first charted as one feature and named "Ile Nansen" by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache in 1898.  The islands became well known to whalers operating in the area in the early 1900s and the names North and South Nansen Islands were used to distinguish them.  Since Nansen Island has now become established for the larger feature, a new name has been given to the smaller by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), commemorating the enterprise of the whalers who made the anchorage at the S side of the island (Foyn Harbor) a major center of summer industry during the period 1916-30.||03/06/1997
4540|Entrance Island|Island|673600S|0625200E|-67.6|62.8666667|||01/01/1965|Island just N of the entrance to Horseshoe Harbor in Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37. Rephotographed by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956.  So named by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) because of its position at the entrance to the harbor at Mawson Station.||03/06/1997
4541|Entrance Point|Summit|630000S|0603300W|-63|-60.55|||01/01/1952|Point marking the S side of Neptunes Bellows, the entrance to Port Foster, Deception Island, in the South Shetland Islands. Deception Island was known to sealers in the area as early as 1821.  The point was named by the Hydrographic Department of the Admiralty following a survey by Lieutenant Commander D.N. Penfold, Royal Navy (RN), in 1948-49.||
4542|Entrance Shoal|Bar|673600S|0625200E|-67.6|62.8666667|||01/01/1965|Small shoal (least depth 7.9 m) just W of Entrance Island at the NW entrance to Horseshoe Harbor in Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  Charted in February 1961 by d'A.T. Gale, hydrographic surveyor with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Thala Dan), and so named because of its location.||
4543|Entrikin Glacier|Glacier|804900S|1600000E|-80.8166667|160|||01/01/1965|A broad sweeping glacier flowing eastward from the Churchill Mountains into Matterson Inlet.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Joseph W. Entrikin, USN, pilot with Squadron VX-6 during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) I, 1955-56.||
4545|Entuziasty Glacier|Glacier|703000S|0143000E|-70.5|14.5||||A broad outlet glacier of Queen Maud Land including its tributary, the Musketov Glacier.  The glacier flows generally northward into Lazarev Ice Shelf and is nourished in its upper reaches by ice draining from the Hoel Mountains and the NE end of the Wohlthat Mountains.  The lower part of the glacier, particularly the relationship with the Musketov Glacier, was first delinerated by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1961.  They named it Lednik Entuziastov (enthusiasts' glacier).||
4547|Envoy Rock|Island|675100S|0684200W|-67.85|-68.7|||01/01/1964|Rock marking N limit of the Dion Islands, off the S end of Adelaide Island.  Charted by a Royal Navy (RN) Hydrographic Survey Unit from His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Protector in 1963 and so named in association with Emperor Island and names from an emperor's court.||04/11/2001
4548|Mount Eos|Summit|714200S|1683800E|-71.7|168.6333333|2600|8530||A mountain with a bare summit rising to c. 2,600 m, 4.5 mi N of Mount Adam in the Admiralty Mountains, Victoria Land. Visited in 1981-82 by Bradley Field, geologist, NZGS, who suggested the name because the area provided excellent views of dawns and sunsets.  In Greek mythology, Eos is the goddess of dawn.||
4549|Eosin Hill|Summit|541900S|0362600W|-54.3166667|-36.4333333|90|295|01/01/1956|Hill, 90 m, rising 0.5 mi SE of Dartmouth Point in Cumberland East Bay, South Georgia.  Roughly surveyed by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) following their sketch survey in 1951.  The name is one of a group in the vicinity of Dartmouth Point derived from the chemical stains used in the preparation for histological examination of biological material collected there by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).||
4552|Ephraim Bluff|Cliff|623400S|0594300W|-62.5666667|-59.7166667|||01/01/1953|High bluff at the S end of Greenwich Island, overlooking the S entrance to McFariane Strait, 1.7 mi W of Sartorius Point, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name Mount Ephraim was used for this feature by American sealers as early as 1820-22. Air photos show that bluff is the more suitable descriptive term.||
4553|Epidote Peak|Summit|844600S|1765600W|-84.7666667|-176.9333333|||01/01/1966|A prominent rock peak just N of the mouth of Held Glacier, overlooking the W side of Shackleton Glacier in the Queen Maud Mountains.  So named by the Texas Tech Shackleton Glacier Party (1964-65) because of the abundance of the mineral epidote which gives the peak a spotted appearance.||
4554|Epler Glacier|Glacier|861500S|1610000W|-86.25|-161|||01/01/1967|A tributary glacier, 10 mi long, draining W from Nilsen Plateau in Queen Maud Mountains to enter Amundsen Glacier just S of Olsen Crags.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charles F. Epler, storekeeper with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 on Operation Deep Freeze 1966 and 1967.||
4555|Mount Epperly|Summit|782600S|0855300W|-78.4333333|-85.8833333|4600|15092|01/01/1961|Mountain over 4,600 m, located 2 mi S of Mount Tyree in the main ridge of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Robert M. Epperly, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), pilot on reconnaissance and traverse support flights in this area in the 1957-58 season.||
4556|Epsilon Island|Island|641900S|0630000W|-64.3166667|-63|||01/01/1956|Small island lying between Alpha Island and the S extremity of Lambda Island in the Melchior Islands, Palmer Archipelago. The island was roughly surveyed by DI personnel in 1927.  The name, derived from the fifth letter of the Greek alphabet, appears to have been first used on a 1946 Argentine government chart following surveys of the Melchior Islands by Argentine expeditions in 1942 and 1943.||
4558|Mount Erebus|Summit|773147S|1670912E|-77.5297222|167.1533333|3794|12447|01/01/1947|An active volcano, 3,794 m high, which forms the summit of Ross Island at the southwestern corner of Ross Sea.  Named by Captain James Clark Ross in 1841 for his ship, the Erebus.||01/05/2021
4559|Erebus and Terror Gulf|Bay|635500S|0564000W|-63.9166667|-56.6666667|||01/01/1947|Gulf on the SE side of the tip of Antarctic Peninsula, bordered on the NE by the Joinville Island group and on the SW by the James Ross Island group.  Named for His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Erebus and HMS exploring these waters in 1842-43.||
4560|Erebus Bay|Bay|774432S|1663238E|-77.742139|166.543771||||Bay about 13 mi wide between Cape Evans and Hut Point Peninsula, on the W side of Ross Island.  The bay was explored by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) under Scott.  It was named by Scott's second expedition, the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13), which built its headquarters on Cape Evans.  The feature is surmounted by Mount Erebus.||
4561|Erebus Glacier|Glacier|774003S|1670544E|-77.667446|167.095507|||01/01/1972|A glacier draining the lower S slopes of Mount Erebus, Ross Island, and flowing W to Erebus Bay where it forms the floating Erebus Glacier Tongue.  Named in association with Mount Erebus by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, under Scott.||03/06/1997
4562|Erebus Glacier Tongue|Glacier|774205S|1664318E|-77.701508|166.721731|||01/01/1964|The seaward extension of Erebus Glacier from Ross Island, projecting into Erebus Bay where part of it is floating.  Charted and named by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) under Scott, 1901-04.||
4563|Ereby Point|Summit|623800S|0602700W|-62.6333333|-60.45|||01/01/1965|Point lying 4.5 mi ENE of Hannah Point along the N side of South Bay, Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name Erebys Bay was applied to South Bay on a chart of 1825 by James Weddell, Ereby Point was applied by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961 in order to preserve Weddell's name in the area.||
4565|Erehwon Nunatak|Summit|743100S|0764100W|-74.5166667|-76.6833333|1050|3445||A small nunatak (6 m high, 15 m long) at an elevation of 1,050 m, located 16 mi NW of Henkle Peak in Ellsworth Land.  It was discovered in January 1985 by chance in a snowstorm and fog by the joint U.S. Geological Survey (USGS)-British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geological party led by Peter D. Rowley. party is significantly older than the oldest previously dated rock from southern Antarctic Peninsula.  The name is "nowhere" spelled backwards and was suggested by Rowley because the field party was uncertain of its location during the foul weather.||
4566|Eremitten Nunatak|Summit|721100S|0271300E|-72.1833333|27.2166667|||01/01/1966|Nunatak 3 mi S of Balchen Mountain in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Eremitten (the hermit).||
4567|Erewhon Basin|Basin|794800S|1583400E|-79.8|158.5666667|||01/01/1968|An extensive ice-free area forming a basin in the Brown Hills separating the snouts of the Foggydog and Bartrum Glaciers from the northern edge of the Darwin Glacier.  Explored by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1962-63, and named from Samuel Butler's novel Erewhon.||
4569|Erickson Bluffs|Cliff|750200S|1363000W|-75.0333333|-136.5|||01/01/1974|A series of conspicuous rock bluffs extending from Gilbert Bluff to Mount Sinha, forming the SW edge of McDonald Heights, near the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  A portion of the bluffs were photographed from aircraft of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  They were mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Albert W. Erickson, leader of a biology party that made population studies of seals, whales, and birds in the pack ice of the Bellingshausen and Amundsen Seas using U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Southwind and its two helicopters, 1971-72.||03/06/1997
4570|Erickson Glacier|Glacier|842500S|1795000W|-84.4166667|-179.8333333|||01/01/1966|A glacier, 12 mi long, flowing N from the Queen Maud Mountains, between Mount Young and O'Leary Peak, to join Ramsey Glacier at the edge of the Ross Ice Shelf.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander J.L. Erickson, USN, commanding officer of the USS Staten Island during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1965.||
4572|Erlanger Spur|Ridge|831600S|0510600W|-83.2666667|-51.1||||A rock spur from the SW extremity of Lexington Table, Forrestal Range, in the Pensacola Mountains.  The spur lies S of Abele Spur and extends W toward Blount Nunatak.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN), at the suggestion of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geologist Arthur B. Ford, after George L. Erlanger, electronics specialist with Geophysical Survey Systems Inc., who worked with the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) - Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory (CRREL) survey in the Pensacola Mountains, 1973-74.||
4574|Ernesto Pass|Gap|540100S|0374400W|-54.0166667|-37.7333333|||01/01/1963|Pass between Morsa Bay and Right Whale Bay in the NW part of South Georgia.  The name Don Ernesto Glacier, for the catcher Pesca, was used for a glacier in the area on a British Admiralty chart in 1931.  The South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1955-56, reported that the glacier is now vestigial and no longer reaches the sea, but that the pass requires a name.  The form Ernesto Pass was recommended by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1957.||
4575|Eroica Peninsula|Cape|711100S|0723000W|-71.1833333|-72.5|||01/01/1975|An ice-covered peninsula lying N of Beethoven Peninsula and Mendelssohn Inlet in W Alexander Island.  Mapped from trimetrogon air photography taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and from survey by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1948-50.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Beethoven's Eroica symphony (1804), in association with Beethoven Peninsula.||
4576|Eros Glacier|Glacier|711800S|0682000W|-71.3|-68.3333333|||01/01/1961|Glacier on the E coast of Alexander Island, 7 mi long and 2 mi wide at its mouth, flowing SE from Planet Heights into George VI Sound immediately N of Fossil Bluff.  Probably first seen on Nov. 23, 1935, by Lincoln Ellsworth, who flew directly over the glacier and obtained photos of features N and S of it.  The mouth of the glacier was observed and positioned by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) in 1936 and the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1948 and 1949.  The glacier was mapped in detail from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the minor planet Eros in association with nearby Pluto and Uranus Glaciers.||03/06/1997
4578|Errant Glacier|Glacier|822100S|1605800E|-82.35|160.9666667|||01/01/1966|Glacier, 15 mi long, which lies on the E side of Holyoake Range and drains S into Nimrod Glacier.  This glacier offered a route to the southern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) when they journeyed north from Nimrod Glacier in December 1960.  Named by them to describe the zigzag route of the party in traveling on the glacier in search for a route north.||
4579|Erratic Point|Summit|530400S|0732200E|-53.0666667|73.3666667|||01/01/1957|A small, moss-covered point at the head of South West Bay, 1.3 mi NE of Cape Gazert, on the W side of Heard Island.  The German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) in 1902 charted a cape in this vicinity, from the summit of Mount Drygalski, and applied the name "Kap Lerche."  In November 1929 the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson charted a small point in this position and applied the name Erractic Point because of the large number of massive erractic boulders encountered there.  The Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) was unable to find any significant feature in this immediate area during their 1948 survey of the island, hence the name Erratic Point was retained by them for this small point.||03/06/1997
4580|Erratic Valley|Valley|704700S|0682500W|-70.7833333|-68.4166667||||A short valley that joins Ablation Valley, Alexander Island, from the north.  Named from the large number of erratic igneous blocks observed in the valley by a University of Aberdeen (Scotland) field party which mapped the area, 1978-79.||
4581|Cape Errera|Cape|645500S|0633700W|-64.9166667|-63.6166667|||01/01/1951|Cape which forms the SW end of Wiencke Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, and named by Gerlache for Leo Errera, Paul Errera, and Madame M. Errera, contributors to the expedition.||
4582|Errera Channel|Channel|644200S|0623600W|-64.7|-62.6||||Channel between the W coast of Graham Land and Ronge Island.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache, who named this feature for Leo Errera, professor at the University of Brussels and a member of the Belgica Commission.||
4584|Erskine Glacier|Glacier|662900S|0654000W|-66.4833333|-65.6666667|||01/01/1960|Glacier 16 mi long on the W coast of Graham Land, flowing W into Darbel Bay to the N of Hopkins Glacier.  First surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1946-47, and named West Gould Glacier.  With East Gould Glacier it was reported to fill a transverse depression across Graham Land, but further survey in 1957 showed no close topographical alignment between the two.  The name Gould has been limited to the east glacier and an entirely new name, for Angus B. Erskine, leader of the first Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) party to travel down the glacier and to survey it in detail, has been approved for the west glacier.||03/06/1997
4585|Erskine Iceport|Glacier|695600S|0191200E|-69.9333333|19.2|||01/01/1956|An iceport, about 3 mi wide and 6 mi long, which marks a more-or-less permanent indentation extending SE into the seaward front of the extensive ice shelf fringing Queen Maud Land.  The "General Erskine Bay" was applied by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) I personnel on the USS Glacier who made a running survey of this coast in March 1956.  The term iceport was suggested by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1956 to denote an ice shelf indentation, subject to configuration changes, which may offer anchorage or possible access to the upper surface of an ice shelf via ice ramps along one or more sides of the feature.  Named for General Graves B. Erskine, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC) (Ret.), director of the Office of Special Operations, Department of the Navy, who assisted in formulating expedition plans and policy.||
4586|Erven Nunataks|Summit|754500S|1281000W|-75.75|-128.1666667|||01/01/1966|Small nunatak group 7.5 mi NE of Putzke Peak in the McCuddin Mountains of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Raymond D. Erven, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at Byrd Station, 1964.||
4587|Esbensen Bay|Bay|545200S|0355700W|-54.8666667|-35.95|||01/01/1952|Small bay 1 mi SW of Nattriss Head, along the SE end of South Georgia.  Charted by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1911-12, under Filchner, and named for Captain V. Esbensen, manager of the Compania Argentina de Pesca whaling station at Grytviken.||
4588|Escalade Peak|Summit|783800S|1592200E|-78.6333333|159.3666667|2035|6676|01/01/1961|Prominent peak, 2,035 m, about 8 mi E of the S end of Boomerang Range, in Victoria Land.  So named by the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1957-58) because its vertical pitches and platforms provide a ladder-like route to the summit.||
4590|Escarpada Point|Summit|611700S|0541400W|-61.2833333|-54.2333333|||01/01/1972|The rocky, rugged SW point of Clarence Island, South Shetland Islands.  The descriptive name was applied in Argentine government cruises of 1953-54. Escarpada means craggy.||
4601|Eskimo Point|Summit|741700S|1623300E|-74.2833333|162.55|||01/01/1967|A flat-topped, steep-sided promontory which protrudes from the E side of Eisenhower Range and forms the N wall of O'Kane Canyon, in Victoria Land.  So named by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, which camped on its upper surface and built an igloo while waiting for white-out conditions to lift.||
4603|Eskola Cirque|Basin|804300S|0234900W|-80.7166667|-23.8166667||||A cirque 2 mi wide between Arkell Cirque and Bowen Cirque in central Read Mountains, Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967.  Surveyed by the British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71. In association with the names of geologists grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after Pentti Eskola (1883-1964), Finnish geologist, an authority on the Precambrian rocks of Finland and on silicate melt systems.||
4604|Esmark Glacier|Glacier|541300S|0371300W|-54.2166667|-37.2166667|||01/01/1965|Glacier flowing into the W part of Jossac Bight on the S coast of South Georgia.  Named by the Norwegian expedition under Holtedahl, 1927-28, probably for Jens Esmark, professor of mineralogy at the University of Kristiania (Oslo), Norway.||
4607|Espenschied Nunatak|Summit|733500S|0775200W|-73.5833333|-77.8666667|||01/01/1968|The westernmost member of the Snow Nunataks, on the English Coast of Ellsworth Land.  This nunatak was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Peter C. Espenschied, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) auroral scientist at the Byrd Auroral Sub-Station, 1960-61.||
4615|Esplin Islands|Island|674500S|0690000W|-67.75|-69|||01/01/1964|Group of two small islands and off-lying rocks lying NE of Box Reef, off the S end of Adelaide Island.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Sub. Lieutenant Christopher J. Esplin Jones, Royal Navy (RN), a member of the RN Hydrographic Survey Unit which charted this group in 1962-63.||
4617|Esser Hill|Summit|775610S|1640448E|-77.936154|164.079884|1235|4052|01/01/1992|A peak, 1,235 m, standing between the divergent flow of the Priddy Glacier and Blackwelder Glacier, 1 mi SW of Chambers Hill, on the Scott Coast, Victoria Land.  Named in 1992 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Alan C. Esser of Holmes and Narver, Inc., who served as Project Manager of Antarctic Support Activities, 1976-80, and was responsible for contractor operations at McMurdo Station, South Pole Station and Siple Station, as well as field activities in support of the U.S. Antarctic Program.||
4618|Essex Point|Summit|623500S|0611200W|-62.5833333|-61.2|||01/01/1960|Point lying 1 mi NE of Start Point at the W end of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 after the Essex (Captain Chester), one of the fleet of American sealers from Stonington, CT, which visited the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21 and 1821-22.||
4619|Mount Essinger|Summit|775217S|1623844E|-77.87133|162.645578|1905|6250|01/01/1992|A peak rising to 1,905 m, surmounting the most eastern massif of Cathedral Rocks, Royal Society Range, in Victoria Land. Named in 1992 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Chaplains Tableland (q.v.) after Lieutenant Commander Jesse W. Essinger, U.S. Navy (USN), chaplain with the 1968 winter party at McMurdo Station.||
4623|Estay Rock|Island|631900S|0575900W|-63.3166667|-57.9833333|||01/01/1964|A rock lying 1.8 mi WSW of Toro Point, Trinity Peninsula. The name appears on a Chilean government chart of 1948.  Named for a minister of the Chilean government, Fidel Estay Cortez.||04/12/2001
4627|Mount Ester|Summit|821800S|1550400E|-82.3|155.0666667|2200|7218|01/01/1966|Mountain over 2,200 m, surmounting the western part of McKay Cliffs in the Geologists Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Donald W. Ester, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist at McMurdo Station, 1962-63.||
4630|Esther Harbor|Harbor|615500S|0575900W|-61.9166667|-57.9833333|||01/01/1960|Small harbor at the W side of Venus Bay, lying immediately W of Pyrites Island and S of Gam Point, on the N coast of King George Island in the South Shetland Islands.  The harbor was known to both American and British sealers as early as 1821.  The sealing vessel Esther (Captain Low) of Boston worked in this area in the 1820-21 season.||
4632|Esther Nunatak|Summit|615700S|0575000W|-61.95|-57.8333333|||01/01/1960|Nunatak lying 2 mi SW of Brimstone Peak in the NE part of King George Island, South Shetland Islands.  Charted and named by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1937, probably from association with nearby Esther Harbor.||
4635|Eta Island|Island|641900S|0625500W|-64.3166667|-62.9166667|||01/01/1956|Island, 1.5 mi long, which lies immediately N of Omega Island in the Melchior Islands, Palmer Archipelago.  This island, the largest feature in the NE part of the Melchior Islands, is part of what was called "Ile Melchior" by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05, but the name Melchior now applies to the whole island group.  Eta Island was roughly surveyed by DI personnel in 1927. The name Eta, derived from the seventh letter of the Greek alphabet, appears to have been first used on a 1946 Argentine government chart following surveys of the Melchior Islands by Argentine expeditions in 1942 and 1943.||03/07/1997
4636|Mount Etchells|Summit|801700S|0282000W|-80.2833333|-28.3333333|900|2953||One of the La Grange Nunataks in the Shackleton Range, rising to c. 900 m to the W of Mount Beney.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after William A. Etchells, diesel mechanic and Projects Officer (engineering) with British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1962-88, who worked in Shackleton Range, 1968-69.||
4639|Eternity Range|Range|694600S|0643400W|-69.7666667|-64.5666667|2860|9383|01/01/1962|A range of mountains 28 mi long, rising 2,860 m, and trending N-S approximately in the middle of the Antarctic Peninsula.  Eternity Range is divided into three main mountain blocks, the major summits in each from N to S being Mounts Faith, Hope and Charity.  These four names were applied by Lincoln Ellsworth who discovered the range from the air during his flights of Nov. 21 and 23, 1935. In Nov. 1936, the range was surveyed by J.R. Rymill of British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) who gave the name Mount Wakefield to the central mountain in the range.  This complication by Rymill, and uncertainty as to the precise location or extent of Ellsworth's discovery, hindered for a time a resolution of its nomenclature (i.e., following the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, the name Eternity Range or Eternity Mountains was incorrectly applied to the present Welch Mountains 60 miles farther south).  A careful study of the original reports, maps and photographs, and comparison with materials from subsequent expeditions such as Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947, and Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1960, has led to the conclusion that the range described comprises at least the core of Ellsworth's Eternity Range and appropriately commemorates his discovery.  The name Wakefield, given by Rymill, has been transferred to nearby Wakefield Highland.||03/07/1997
4640|Mount Ethelred|Summit|700400S|0692900W|-70.0666667|-69.4833333|2470|8104|01/01/1955|Mainly ice-covered mountain, 2,470 m, 3 mi SE of Mount Ethelwulf and 8 mi inland from George VI Sound, in the Douglas Range of Alexander Island.  Probably first observed by Lincoln Ellsworth, who photographed the E side of the Douglas Range from the air on Nov. 23, 1935.  Its E face was roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE).  Resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named for Ethelred I, Saxon king of England, 865-871.  The W face of the mountain was mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.||
4641|Mount Ethelwulf|Summit|700200S|0693400W|-70.0333333|-69.5666667|2590|8497|01/01/1955|Mainly ice-covered mountain, 2,590 m, standing between Mounts Egbert and Ethelred at the head of Tumble Glacier, in the Douglas Range of Alexander Island.  Probably first observed by Lincoln Ellsworth, who photographed the E side of the Douglas Range from the air on Nov. 23, 1935.  Its E face was roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named for Ethelwulf, Saxon king of England, 839-858. The W face of the mountain was mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.||
4643|Étienne Fjord|Bay|650900S|0631300W|-65.15|-63.2166667|||01/01/1965|Bay 5 mi long, lying between Bolson and Thomson Coves on the S side of Flandres Bay, along the W coast of Graham Land. Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for Eugene Etienne (1844-1921), French politician, Vice President of the Chamber of Deputies, 1902-04, and Minister of War, 1905-06.||
4644|Etna Island|Island|630500S|0550900W|-63.0833333|-55.15|||01/01/1951|Island with a high summit, lying 6 mi N of the eastern end of Joinville Island, off the NE tip of Antarctic Peninsula. Discovered by a British expedition under Ross, 1839-43, who so named it because of its resemblance to volcanic Mount Etna.||
4645|Mount Eubanks|Summit|700200S|0671500W|-70.0333333|-67.25|600|1968||An isolated mountain that rises 600 m above the ice surface and provides a prominent landmark near the head of Riley Glacier in Palmer Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Paul D. Eubanks, U.S. Navy (USN), Commander of LC-130 aircraft on long-range flights between McMurdo Station and Lassiter Coast, 1969-70.  He also carried out open field and resupply missions to various stations and camps elsewhere in Antarctica.||
4646|Eubanks Point|Summit|732700S|0933800W|-73.45|-93.6333333|||01/01/1963|A point with steep ice-covered slopes which is marked by a rock exposure on the NE face, located 2 mi WSW of the summit of Mount Loweth in the Jones Mountains.  Mapped by the University of Minnesota-Jones Mountains Party, 1960-61.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Staff Sergeant Leroy E. Eubanks, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC), navigator with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6, who participated in pioneering flights of LC-47 Dakota aircraft from Byrd Station to the Eights Coast area in November 1961.||
4647|Eureka Glacier|Glacier|694400S|0684500W|-69.7333333|-68.75|||01/01/1955|Broad, gently sloping glacier, 18 mi long and 17 mi wide at its mouth, which flows westward from the W side of Palmer Land into George VI Sound.  It is bounded on its N side by the nunataks S of Mount Edgell, on its S side by the Traverse Mountains and Terminus Nunatak, and at its head Prospect Glacier provides a route to Wordie Ice Shelf.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill and resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  The name expresses triumph of discovery and arose because the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) sledge party found their way to George VI Sound via this glacier in 1936.||
4648|Eureka Spurs|Ridge|724200S|1660000E|-72.7|166||||Several rock spurs exposed along the E side of the head of Mariner Glacier, 8 mi SW of Mount McCarthy, in Victoria Land.  So named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) field party to Evans Neve, 1971-72, on the occasion of fossil discoveries made in the area.||
4649|Europa Cliffs|Cliff|705200S|0684500W|-70.8666667|-68.75|||01/01/1975|A group of interconnected hills and rock ridges on the west side of Jupiter Glacier in eastern Alexander Island.  Mapped from trimetrogon air photography taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and from survey by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1948-50.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from association with Jupiter Glacier after Europa, one of the satellites of Jupiter.||
4652|Cape Eva|Cape|684200S|0903700W|-68.7|-90.6166667|||01/01/1952|A cape forming the north end of Peter I Island.  Discovered and named in 1927 by a Norwegian expedition in the Odd I under Eyvind Tofte.||
4653|Cape Evans|Cape|773821S|1662407E|-77.63927|166.402063||||Rocky cape on the W side of Ross Island, forming the N side of the entrance to Erebus Bay.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) under Scott, who named it the Skuary.  Scott's second expedition, the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13), built its headquarters here, renaming the cape for Lieutenant Edward R.G.R. Evans, Royal Navy (RN), second in command of the expedition.||
4654|Mount Evans|Summit|771520S|1622828E|-77.255505|162.474349|1420|4659|01/01/1952|Mountain with a double summit rising to 1,420 m, dominating the central part of Saint Johns Range in Victoria Land. Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) under Scott, who named it for Lieutenant Edward R.G.R. Evans (later Admiral Lord Mountevans) of the mountain that he took his "Mountevans."||
4655|Evans Butte|Summit|855500S|1451600W|-85.9166667|-145.2666667|2570|8432|01/01/1967|Prominent snow-topped butte, 2,570 m, standing at the head of Albanus Glacier and marking the SE limit of the Tapley Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Eldon L. Evans, U.S. Navy (USN), medical officer of the Byrd Station winter party, 1962.||
4656|Evans Cove|Bay|745300S|1634800E|-74.8833333|163.8||||A cove in Terra Nova Bay, Victoria Land, entered between Inexpressible Island and Cape Russell.  First charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09.  Probably named by Shackleton for Captain F.P. Evans, master of the ship Koonya, which towed the Nimrod south in 1907, and later master of the Nimrod during the last year of the expedition.||
4657|Evans Glacier|Glacier|650500S|0614000W|-65.0833333|-61.6666667|||01/01/1960|A gently-sloping glacier 15 mi long and 4 mi wide, flowing eastward from the plateau escarpment to join Hektoria Glacier between Shiver Point and Whiteside Hill, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by Sir Hubert Wilkins in an aerial flight, Dec. 20, 1928, and named Evans Inlet by him for E.S. Evans of Detroit. A further survey by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955 reported that this low-lying area is not an inlet, but is formed by the lower reaches of Hektoria Glacier and the feature now described.||
4658|Evans Glacier|Glacier|834700S|1700000E|-83.7833333|170|||01/01/1966|A tributary glacier just S of Owen Hills, flowing E from the Queen Alexandra Range into Beardmore Glacier.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for Petty Officer Edgar Evans, a member of Scott's South Pole Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13), who died near here.||
4659|Evans Heights|Summit|750600S|1613300E|-75.1|161.55|||01/01/1968|Small rock heights on the W side of the mouth of Woodberry Glacier, in the Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John P. Evans, field assistant at McMurdo Station, 1964-65.||
4660|Evans Ice Stream|Stream|760000S|0780000W|-76|-78||||A large ice stream draining from Ellsworth Land, between Cape Zumberge and Fowler Ice Rise, into the western part of Ronne Ice Shelf.  The feature was recorded on Feb. 5, 1974 in Landsat imagery.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Stanley Evans, British physicist who, starting in 1961, developed apparatus for radio echo sounding of icecaps and glaciers from aircraft; he carried out upper atmosphere research at Brunt Ice Shelf, 1956-57.||03/07/1997
4662|Evans Island|Island|673600S|0624800E|-67.6|62.8|||01/01/1961|The southernmost island of the Flat Islands, lying in the eastern part of Holme Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE).  Visited by various Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) parties between 1954 and 1959. Named by ANCA for D. Evans, diesel mechanic at Mawson Station, 1958.||
4663|Evans Knoll|Summit|745100S|1002500W|-74.85|-100.4166667|||01/01/1968|A mainly snow-covered knoll on the coast at the N side of the terminus of Pine Island Glacier.  It lies 9 mi SW of Webber Nunatak and marks the SW end of the Hudson Mountains.  Mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Donald J. Evans who studied very-low-frequency emissions from the upper atmosphere at Byrd Station, 1960-61.||
4664|Evans Lake|Lake|541500S|0363000W|-54.25|-36.5||||A comparatively deep lake of irregular shape lying E of Poa Cove, Maiviken, in northern Thatcher Peninsula, South Georgia. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after John C. Ellis-Evans, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) freshwater biologist from 1975 and Head, Freshwater Biology Section, from 1979, who worked during several summers and two winters on Signy Island and one summer on South Georgia.||
4665|Evans Névé|Glacier|724500S|1643000E|-72.75|164.5|||01/01/1964|A large neve which nourishes the Tucker, Mariner, Aviator, Rennick and Lillie Glaciers.  Named for Edgar Evans of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, by the Northern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64. Evans, Wilson, Oates and Bowers accompanied Captain Robert F. Scott to the South Pole, Jan. 17, 1912. All five perished on the return journey.||
4666|Evans Peak|Summit|781700S|0855800W|-78.2833333|-85.9666667|3950|12959|01/01/1966|A prominent rock peak, 3,950 m, standing 3 mi ENE of Mount Ostenso in the Sentinel Range of the Ellsworth Mountains.  Named by the University of Minnesota Geological Party to these mountains, 1963-64, for John Evans, geologist with the party.||
4667|Evans Peninsula|Cape|720100S|0964700W|-72.0166667|-96.7833333|||01/01/1960|Ice-covered peninsula about 30 mi long, between Koether and Cadwalader Inlets in the NE part of Thurston Island.  Discovered in flights from the USS Burton Island and Glacier by personnel of the U.S. Navy (USN) Bellingshausen Sea Expedition in February 1960.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Griffith Evans, Jr., commander of the icebreaker Burton Island during this expedition.||01/28/2004
4668|Evans Piedmont Glacier|Glacier|764400S|1624000E|-76.7333333|162.6666667|||01/01/1961|A broad ice sheet occupying the low-lying coastal platform between Tripp Island and Cape Archer in Victoria Land. Circumnavigated in 1957 by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.  Named after Petty Officer Edgar Evans, Royal Navy (RN), of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13), who was one of the South Pole Party under Captain Scott, and who lost his life on the Beardmore Glacier on the return journey.||
4669|Evans Point|Summit|722800S|0992300W|-72.4666667|-99.3833333|||01/01/1960|An ice-covered point fronting on Peacock Sound, lying 15 mi WNW of Von der Wall Point on the S side of Thurston Island. First plotted from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard Evans, an oceanographer on the USS Burton Island in this area during the U.S. Navy (USN) Bellingshausen Sea Expedition, February 1960.||01/28/2004
4670|Evans Ridge|Ridge|720700S|1665400E|-72.1166667|166.9|||01/01/1966|A broad ridge that trends in a north-south direction for about 12 mi, standing between the Midway and McKellar Glaciers in the Victory Mountains of Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named in 1966 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Arthur Evans, Secretary of the New Zealand Antarctic Place Names Committee.||
4671|Cape Evensen|Cape|660900S|0654400W|-66.15|-65.7333333|||01/01/1950|Cape forming the N side of the entrance to Auvert Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for Captain C.J. Evensen of the Hertha, who explored along the W coast of Antarctic Peninsula in 1893.||
4673|Evensen Nunatak|Summit|645900S|0602200W|-64.9833333|-60.3666667|||01/01/1952|Nunatak 1.5 mi NW of Dallmann Nunatak in the Seal Nunataks group, off the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  First charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in August 1947, and named by them for Captain C.J. Evensen.||
4675|Everett Nunatak|Summit|852800S|1764000W|-85.4666667|-176.6666667|||01/01/1966|A massive rock nunatak standing just NE of Roberts Massif, at the SW side of Zaneveld Glacier.  Named by the Texas Tech Shackleton Glacier Expedition (1964-65) for James R. Everett, graduate student at Texas Technological College, a member of the expedition who first explored the feature.||
4676|Everett Range|Range|712000S|1654000E|-71.3333333|165.6666667|||01/01/1964|Rugged, mainly ice-covered range nearly 60 mi long between the Greenwell and Ebbe Glaciers in northwest Victoria Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander William H. Everett, U.S. Navy (USN), Commander of Antarctic Squadron Six (VX-6), 1962-63.||
4677|Everett Spur|Ridge|710500S|1643000E|-71.0833333|164.5|||01/01/1970|A prominent rock spur which marks the NW end of Everett Range and the junction of Ebbe Glacier with the Lillie Glacier. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Kaye R. Everett, geologist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68, and at Livingston Island, 1968-69.||
4678|Evermann Cove|Bay|540100S|0380400W|-54.0166667|-38.0666667|||01/01/1964|Cove 0.2 mi long, lying just SW of Jordan Cove along the S side of Bird Island, South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Biological Expedition, 1958-59.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Barton W. Evermann (1853-1932), American zoologist on the staff of the Bureau of Fisheries, 1891-1914, specialist in administrative and legal problems relating to the fur seal.||
4679|Everson Ridge|Ridge|604300S|0453900W|-60.7166667|-45.65|||01/01/1975|A ridge extending from Jebsen Point to Tioga Hill on Signy Island.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Inigo Everson, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) biologist on Signy Island, 1965-66.||03/07/1997
4681|Evison Glacier|Glacier|714100S|1635100E|-71.6833333|163.85|||01/01/1969|A small glacier draining from the S end of Molar Massif in the Bowers Mountains.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1967-68, for F.F. Evison, New Zealand's first professor of geophysics.||
4682|Evteev Glacier|Glacier|785700S|1611200E|-78.95|161.2|||01/01/1965|Glacier flowing from the SE slopes of the Worcester Range to the Ross Ice Shelf, W of Cape Timberlake.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for Sveneld A. Evteev, glaciologist and Soviet exchange observer at McMurdo Station in 1960.||
4684|Ewer Pass|Gap|604300S|0443200W|-60.7166667|-44.5333333|200|656||A pass rising to c. 200 m, trending NNW-SSE between Browns Bay and Aitken Cove on Laurie Island, South Orkney Islands. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1987 after John R. Ewer, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) meteorological observer, Cape Geddes, Laurie Island, January-March 1947, and Deception Island, 1947-48, who was a member of the party that crossed Laurie Island via this pass.||
4685|Ewing Island|Island|695400S|0611300W|-69.9|-61.2166667|||01/01/1953|Ice-covered, dome-shaped island 8 mi in diameter, lying 15 mi NE of Cape Collier, off the E coast of Palmer Land. Discovered from the air on Nov. 7, 1947 by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), under Ronne, who named it for Dr. Maurice Ewing of Columbia University, who assisted in planning the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) seismological program.||
4687|Exasperation Inlet|Stream|652000S|0620000W|-65.3333333|-62|||01/01/1952|Large ice-filled inlet, 16 mi wide at its entrance between Foyn Point and Cape Disappointment, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Charted in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who so named it because the disturbed nature of the ice in the vicinity caused considerable difficulty to sledging parties.||
4688|Executive Committee Range|Range|765000S|1260000W|-76.8333333|-126|||01/01/1947|A range consisting of five major mountains, volcanic in origin, which trends north-south for 50 miles along the 126th meridian, in Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered by the United States Antarctic Service expedition on a flight, Dec. 15, 1940, and named for the Antarctic Service Executive Committee.  Individual mountains are named in honor of members of the committee, except for Mount Sidley, the most imposing mountain in the range, which was discovered and named by Rear Admiral Richard E. Byrd in 1934. The entire range was mapped in detail by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy trimetrogon photography, 1958-60.||
4689|Exile Nunatak|Summit|701900S|0711600W|-70.3166667|-71.2666667|||01/01/1961|Isolated nunatak in the NW part of Handel Ice Piedmont in the W-central part of Alexander Island.  First mapped from air photos obtained by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  The name given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) suggests the feature's isolated position.||
4690|Exiles Nunataks|Summit|695700S|1580300E|-69.95|158.05|||01/01/1964|A cluster of small nunataks 8 mi SSW of DeRemer Nunataks in the Wilson Hills.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  So named by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, because of their isolated position.||
4693|Exodus Glacier|Glacier|795000S|1562200E|-79.8333333|156.3666667||||A steep, smooth glacier 1 mi NE of Mount Ellis, flowing from the N edge of Midnight Plateau to the SW side of Island Arena, in the Darwin Mountains.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1962-63, in association with nearby Exodus Valley.||
4694|Exodus Valley|Valley|795000S|1561800E|-79.8333333|156.3||||A steep moraine-filled valley which descends northward from Midnight Plateau between Colosseum Ridge and Exodus Glacier, in the Darwin Mountains.  So named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1962-63) because the valley is virtually the only easy route of descent from Midnight Plateau.||
4695|Exotic Point|Summit|621300S|0590200W|-62.2166667|-59.0333333||||Point on the SW side of Fildes Peninsula, King George Island, forming the S entrance point to Geographers Cove.  The approved name is a translation of the Russian "Mys Ekzoticheskiy" applied by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) geologists in 1968.  The name presumably refers to the different nature of the rocks from those adjoining the point.||
4698|Expedition Rock|Bar|604200S|0444400W|-60.7|-44.7333333|||01/01/1952|Submerged rock 1.5 mi ENE of Cape Robertson, lying in the entrance to Jessie Bay on the N side of Laurie Island, in the South Orkney islands.  Charted by Petter Sorlle, 1912-15, and called "Aagot Gr"; recharted by DI in 1933 and named Expedition Rock.||
4699|Explorers Cove|Bay|773348S|1633511E|-77.563368|163.58632|||01/01/1976|A cove at the northwest head of New Harbor, Victoria Land, on the west side of McMurdo Sound.  The name was applied by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1976 in recognition of the large number of explorers that have worked in the vicinity of this cove.||
4700|Explorers Range|Range|705000S|1624500E|-70.8333333|162.75|||01/01/1964|A large mountain range in the Bowers Mountains, extending from Mount Bruce in the north to Carryer and McLin Glaciers in the south.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) for the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, whose members carried out a topographical and geological survey of the area.  The names of several party members are assigned to features in and about this range.||
4701|Exposure Hill|Summit|733200S|1624300E|-73.5333333|162.7166667|||01/01/1964|A low hill at the SW end of Gair Mesa, in the Mesa Range, Victoria Land.  So named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, because the W side of the hill has a noteworthy exposure of light colored sandstone.||
4704|Express Cove|Bay|604200S|0453900W|-60.7|-45.65|||01/01/1956|Small cove N of Foca Point on the W coast of Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  It has a very indented shoreline with numerous offshore islands and rocks.  It was roughly charted in 1933 by DI personnel, and surveyed in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for the American schooner Express, Thomas B. Lynch commanding, which visited the South Orkney Islands in 1880.||
4705|Express Island|Island|622700S|0595900W|-62.45|-59.9833333||||Narrow craggy island, 0.6 mi long, lying close offshore of NW Greenwich Island, due N of Greaves Peak.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 after the American schooner Express (Captain Ephraim Williams), one of the ships in the sealing fleet of Edmund Fanning and Benjamin Pendleton from Stonington, Connecticut, which operated in this area, 1820-21.||
4707|Extension Reef|Bar|655800S|0660800W|-65.9666667|-66.1333333|||01/01/1950|A reef which encompasses a large number of small islands and rocks, extending 10 mi SW from the S end of Rabot Island, in the Biscoe Islands.  First charted and named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill.||
4709|Exum Glacier|Glacier|733000S|0941400W|-73.5|-94.2333333|||01/01/1963|Small glacier flowing N between Hughes Point and Bonnabeau Dome, in the Jones Mountains.  Mapped by the University of Minnesota-Jones Mountains Party, 1960-61.  Named by the party for Glenn Exum, mountaineer, who provided training in rock and ice climbing for the University of Minnesota field parties of 1960-61 and 1961-62.||
4710|Eyeglass Cirque|Basin|774834S|1615733E|-77.80947|161.959236|||01/01/1993|A cirque 2 mi E of South America Glacier on the S cliffs of Kukri Hills, Victoria Land.  The name is one of a group in the area associated with surveying applied in 1993 by the New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB); eyeglass referring to the eyepiece of a surveying telescope.||
4711|Eyres Bay|Bay|662900S|1102800E|-66.4833333|110.4666667|||01/01/1963|Bay lying between the W side of Browning Peninsula and the front of Vanderford Glacier at the S end of the Windmill Islands. First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ensign David L. Eyres, USN, a member of the Wilkes Station party of 1958.||
4712|Eyrie Bay|Bay|633500S|0573800W|-63.5833333|-57.6333333|||01/01/1965|A bay, 2.5 mi wide at its mouth and extending 3 mi inland, lying N of Jade Point, Trinity Peninsula.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because of the proximity to Eagle Island.||
4713|Mount Eyskens|Summit|713200S|0353600E|-71.5333333|35.6|2300|7546|01/01/1966|A large rock and ice massif rising to 2,300 m next northward of Mount Derom in the Queen Fabiola Mountains. Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Guido Derom, Oct. 7, 1960, and named for Albert Eyskens, pilot of one of the two aircraft used by the Belgian reconnoitering party in this area.||
4716|Ezcurra Inlet|Stream|621000S|0583400W|-62.1666667|-58.5666667|||01/01/1952|Inlet forming the W arm of Admiralty Bay, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted by French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot, and named Fiord Ezcurra after Pedro de Ezcurra (1859-1911), Argentine politician and Minister of Argriculture in 1908, who assisted French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE).||
4719|Factory Bluffs|Cliff|604300S|0453600W|-60.7166667|-45.6|120|394|01/01/1975|The bluffs rising to 120 m to the south of Signy station and Factory Cove, on the east side of Signy Island.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the small shore-based whaling station that operated in the 1920-30 period below the bluffs on the shores of Factory Cove.||
4720|Factory Cove|Bay|604300S|0453700W|-60.7166667|-45.6166667|||01/01/1956|Small cove entered between Knife Point and Berntsen Point in the S part of Borge Bay at Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  The cove was roughly surveyed by the Norwegian whaling captain Hans Borge in 1913-14, and was named "Borge Havna" on a map of that period by Petter Sorlle.  The name of Borge was later transferred to the bay of which this cove forms a small part. The cove was resurveyed by DI personnel in 1927 and renamed Factory Cove, because the ruins of the whaling factory built in 1920-21 by the Tonsberg Hvalfangeri stand on its SE shore.||03/07/1997
4721|Factory Point|Summit|540800S|0364100W|-54.1333333|-36.6833333|||01/01/1956|Small point on the W side and close to the head of Leith Harbor, in Stromness Bay, South Georgia.  The name was probably given by whalers because of its nearness to Messrs. Salvesen and Company's whaling station near the head of Leith Harbor.||
4723|Fadden Peak|Summit|852900S|1424300W|-85.4833333|-142.7166667|920|3018|01/01/1967|Peak, 920 m, located 2 mi E of Cressey Peak, between the SE edge of the Ross Ice Shelf and Watson Escarpment.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Dean E. Fadden, utilitiesman with the Byrd Station winter party, 1958.||
4724|Mount Fagan|Summit|543000S|0360800W|-54.5|-36.1333333|930|3051|01/01/1972|A mountain (930 m) located 1.4 mi WSW of Coffin Top and 2.75 mi W of Moltke Harbor, South Georgia.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 for Captain P.F. Fagan, RE, surveyor on the British Combined Services Expedition, 1964-65, and the first person to climb the mountain.||
4725|Mount Fagerli|Summit|542000S|0364300W|-54.3333333|-36.7166667|1880|6168|01/01/1963|Mountain, 1,880 m, in the Allardyce Range of South Georgia, standing 1 mi SW of Marikoppa on the N side of Kjerulf Glacier. Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Soren Fagerli, Manager of the Compania de Pesca station, Grytviken, 1938-48.||
4726|Mount Faget|Summit|714400S|1682600E|-71.7333333|168.4333333|3360|11023|01/01/1970|A mountain (3,360 m) 4 mi NW of Mount Adam in the Admiralty Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Maxime A. Faget of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration, a visitor at McMurdo Station, 1966-67.||
4727|Fairchild Beach|Beach|530400S|0733900E|-53.0666667|73.65|||01/01/1957|Sandy beach, 0.3 mi wide and 1 mi long, which extends N from the base of Round Hill to the S side of the terminus of Compton Glacier, on the E side of Heard Island.  The name "Fairchild's Beach" was in use by American sealers as early as 1857, but the origin of the name is not known.||
4728|Fairchild Peak|Summit|835200S|1654100E|-83.8666667|165.6833333|2180|7152|01/01/1966|A conspicuous rock peak, 2,180 m, standing 1.6 mi SSE of Portal Rock, at the S side of the mouth of Tillite Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William W. Fairchild, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) cosmic rays scientist at McMurdo Sound, 1961.||
4729|Fairway Patch|Bar|540100S|0375800W|-54.0166667|-37.9666667|||01/01/1965|A shoal lying in the entrance to Elsehul, near the W end of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1931 British Admiralty chart.||
4730|Fairway Rock|Bar|545000S|0360100W|-54.8333333|-36.0166667|||01/01/1953|Submerged rock in the central part of Larsen Harbor at the SE end of South Georgia.  Charted in 1927 by DI personnel, and so named by them because it lies in the navigable portion of the harbor.||04/06/2001
4731|Cape Fairweather|Cape|650000S|0610100W|-65|-61.0166667|705|2313|01/01/1952|Cape 705 m high, which is ice covered except for rocky exposures along its SE and E sides, lying midway between Drygalski Glacier and Evans Glacier on the E coast of Graham Land.  Charted in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who named it for Alexander Fairweather, captain of the Dundee whaler Balaena which operated along the NE coast of Antarctic Peninsula in 1892-93.||
4732|Mount Fairweather|Summit|850400S|1663200W|-85.0666667|-166.5333333|1865|6119|01/01/1966|A prominent mountain, 1,865 m, standing at the head of Somero Glacier, 4 mi NE of Mount Schevill, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  So named by the Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1963-64), which experienced a spell of unusually fine weather while in the vicinity of this peak.||
4733|Mount Faith|Summit|693700S|0642900W|-69.6166667|-64.4833333|2650|8694|01/01/1962|A massive mountain 9 mi N of Mount Hope, rising to 2,650 m from the N end of Eternity Range in northern Palmer Land.  First seen from the air and named by Lincoln Ellsworth during his flights of Nov. 21 and 23, 1935.  Surveyed by J.R. Rymill of British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) in Nov. 1936.  The mountain was subsequently photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in Sept. 1940, and Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in Dec. 1947.  The feature is one of three major mountains in Ellsworth's Eternity Range to which he gave the names Faith, Hope and Charity.||
4735|Mount Falconer|Summit|773446S|1630754E|-77.579436|163.131604|810|2657|01/01/1964|Mountain, 810 m, which surmounts Lake Fryxell on the N wall of Taylor Valley, between Mount McLennan and Commonwealth Glacier.  Named by the Western Journey Party, led by Taylor, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
4736|Falkenhof Glacier|Glacier|850200S|1720500E|-85.0333333|172.0833333|||01/01/1966|A tributary glacier 7 mi long, flowing W from the vicinity of Tricorn Mountain to enter Snakeskin Glacier NW of Mount Clarke.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Jack J. Falkenhof, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at South Pole Station, 1963.||
4737|Falkland Harbor|Harbor|604400S|0450300W|-60.7333333|-45.05|||01/01/1952|Harbor along the SW side of Powell Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted by Norwegian whaling captain Petter Sorlle in 1912-13.  Named for the floating whale factory in the 1912-13 season.||
4738|Mount Falla|Summit|842200S|1645500E|-84.3666667|164.9166667|3825|12549|01/01/1966|A prominent conical mountain, 3,825 m, standing 3.5 mi NE of Mount Stonehouse, between Berwick and Prebble Glaciers, in Queen Alexandra Range.  Sighted in January 1958 by the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58), and named for R.A. Falla, a member of the Ross Sea Committee.||
4739|Falla Bluff|Cliff|673400S|0612900E|-67.5666667|61.4833333|||01/01/1947|Prominent rocky coastal bluff at the head of Utstikkar Bay. Discovered in February 1931 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, and named by him for R.A. Falla, ornithologist with the expedition.||
4740|Fallières Coast|Beach|683000S|0670000W|-68.5|-67|||01/01/1947|That portion of the W coast of the Antarctic Peninsula between the head of Bourgeois Fjord and Cape Jeremy.  This coast was first explored in Jan. 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under J.B. Charcot, who named it for Clement Armand Fallieres, then President of France.||
4742|Fallone Nunataks|Summit|852100S|1425400W|-85.35|-142.9|||01/01/1967|A chain of nunataks 10 mi long, located 10 mi NE of Harold Byrd Mountains, between the edge of Ross Ice Shelf and Watson Escarpment.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (jg) Paul R. Fallone, Jr., U.S. Navy (USN), aide to the Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, 1962.||
4749|False Bay|Bay|624300S|0602200W|-62.7166667|-60.3666667|||01/01/1947|Bay 4 mi long, which lies between Barnard Point and Miers Bluff on the S side of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Probably first entered and charted by Captain Nathaniel Palmer in November 1820; so named because of the possibility in thick weather of confusion between this feature and nearby South Bay (q.v.), where Johnson Dock was frequented by the early sealers.||
4750|False Cape Renard|Cape|650200S|0635000W|-65.0333333|-63.8333333|||01/01/1971|Rocky cape 1.5 mi SW of Cape Renard, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99. This feature and Cape Renard together were called "The Needles" by Henryk Arctowski, geologist, oceanographer and meteorologist with the Belgian expedition.  Since the two capes are easily confused and need to be distinguished, a collective name is considered unsuitable. False Cape Renard was applied by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10.||
4751|False Island|Island|643100S|0625300W|-64.5166667|-62.8833333|||01/01/1952|The largest of three islands lying at the E side of Hackapike Bay, off the NE coast of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Two islands were charted in this approximate position by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), under Charcot, 1903-05. False Island was named by DI personnel on the Discovery in 1927.||
4752|False Island Point|Island|635500S|0572000W|-63.9166667|-57.3333333|||01/01/1952|Headland 1 mi long and 0.5 mi wide, which is connected by a low, narrow, almost invisible isthmus to the S side of Vega Island, lying S of the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  First sighted in February 1902 and charted as an island by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold.  It was determined to be a part of Vega Island in 1945 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who applied this descriptive name.||
4753|False Round Point|Summit|615400S|0580200W|-61.9|-58.0333333|||01/01/1952|Point 8.5 mi W of North Foreland and 2 mi S of Ridley Island, on the N coast of King George Island in the South Shetland Islands.  This point has appeared on charts since about 1822.  Probably named for its similarity to Round Point, which lies 12 mi to the W, by DI personnel on the Discovery II who charted the N coast of this island in 1937.||
4757|Fanfare Island|Island|651300S|0641100W|-65.2166667|-64.1833333|||01/01/1962|The northernmost of the Argentine Islands, lying 1.5 mi S of Herald Reef in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961 from association with Herald Reef.||
4759|Fang Buttress|Cliff|644100S|0632100W|-64.6833333|-63.35|||01/01/1971|Rock buttress immediately W of Molar Peak near the S end of the Osterrieth Range of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago. The buttress has a small but prominent tooth-like rock in front of it and is a landmark for parties crossing William Glacier. Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1955-57, and given this descriptive name by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959.||
4760|Fang Glacier|Glacier|772727S|1670111E|-77.457636|167.019699|||01/01/1964|Glacier on the W side of Fang Ridge, separating the old and new craters of Mount Erebus on Ross Island.  Charted by Frank Debenham of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, and named by him in association with Fang Ridge.||
4761|Fang Peak|Summit|674800S|0623500E|-67.8|62.5833333|||01/01/1965|Prominent conical peak 1 mi S of Mount Parsons in the David Range of the Framnes Mountains, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  So named by ANCA because of its resemblance to a tooth.||
4762|Fang Ridge|Ridge|772857S|1671047E|-77.482529|167.179608|||01/01/1964|A conspicuous ridge on the NE slope of Mount Erebus, on Ross Island.  It is a much denuded portion of the original caldera rim left by a catastrophic eruption.  So named, probably for its curved shape, by Frank Debenham of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, who made a plane table survey in 1912.||
4763|Fan Lake|Lake|543000S|0370300W|-54.5|-37.05||||A small lake located in SE Annenkov Island, South Georgia. The lake is fed by meltwater and is bounded to the W by an alluvial fan, from which the name is derived.  So named following a geological survey by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1972-73.||
4764|Cape Fanning|Cape|722400S|0603900W|-72.4|-60.65|||01/01/1947|Cape which forms the N side of the entrance to Violante Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in a flight from East Base on Dec. 30, 1940.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Edmund Fanning, of Stonington, CT, and New York City, who in addition to actual Antarctic exploration in connection with his sealing and whaling business also vigorously promoted exploration by others under both private and public auspices.  His book, Voyages Round the World, published in 1833, is an authoritative work on early American Antarctic exploration.||03/07/1997
4765|Fanning Ridge|Ridge|542000S|0370200W|-54.3333333|-37.0333333|||01/01/1956|Prominent rock ridge, 5 mi long, paralleling the S coast of South Georgia between Aspasia Point and the W side of Newark Bay. The ridge was named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), following its mapping by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in 1951-52, for Captain Edmund Fanning (1770-1841) of Stonington, CT, who with the Aspasia took 57,000 fur seal skins at South Georgia in 1800-01, and published the earliest account of sealing there.||
4768|Fantome Rock|Island|540000S|0380100W|-54|-38.0166667|||01/01/1964|A dangerous rock in the middle of Bird Sound, South Georgia, lying 0.1 mi S of Gony Point, Bird Island.  Charted by DI personnel on the Discovery in the period 1926-30. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1963 for His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Owen's motor cutter, used in a survey of this area in February-March 1961, and lost in heavy seas near this rock.||03/07/1997
4769|Cape Faraday|Cape|603800S|0450400W|-60.6333333|-45.0666667|||01/01/1952|Cape which forms the N tip of Powell Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Discovered by Captain George Powell and Captain Nathaniel Palmer on the occasion of their joint cruise in December 1821.  The name first appears on Powell's chart published in 1822.||
4770|Mount Faraway|Summit|791200S|0284900W|-79.2|-28.8166667|1175|3855|01/01/1960|Prominent, snow-covered mountain, 1,175 m, marking the S extremity of the Theron Mountains.  Discovered by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) in 1956, and so named because during days of sledging toward this mountain they never seemed to be any nearer to it.||
4771|Farbo Glacier|Glacier|755000S|1414500W|-75.8333333|-141.75|||01/01/1972|A tributary glacier which drains northeastward and enters the Land Glacier 8 mi west of Mount McCoy, on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard R. Farbo, equipment operator, U.S. Navy (USN), who wintered-over in Antarctica on three expeditions of Operation Deep Freeze.  He was at McMurdo Station in 1959 and 1965, and the South Pole Station in 1969.||
4772|Farewell Point|Summit|540000S|0380100W|-54|-38.0166667|||01/01/1953|Point which forms the NE extremity of Bird Island, off the W end of South Georgia.  The name appears to have been applied by DI personnel who charted South Georgia in the period 1926-30.||
4773|Farewell Rock|Island|635200S|0610100W|-63.8666667|-61.0166667|||01/01/1952|Rock 0.5 mi long lying off the SW end of Spert Island and 6 mi NW of Skottsberg Point, Trinity Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Although the origin of the name is unknown, it has appeared on maps for over one hundred years and its usage has become established internationally.||
4775|Mount Farley|Summit|863500S|1523000W|-86.5833333|-152.5|2670|8760||A conspicuous rock peak, 2,670 m, standing at the W side of Scott Glacier, 3 mi E of McNally Peak, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn, and named at that time by Byrd for the Hon. James M. Farley, Postmaster General of the United States.||
4776|Farley Massif|Range|701300S|0654800E|-70.2166667|65.8|||01/01/1967|A mountain 1 mi N of Mount Jacklyn in the Athos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos.  Named for J.A. Farley, surveyor at Mawson Station in 1964.||
4777|Farman Highland|Area|740800S|0613000W|-74.1333333|-61.5|750|2461||A relatively smooth ice-covered upland, rising to c. 750 m and forming the E part of Hutton Mountains, between Wright Inlet and Keller Inlet, Lassiter Coast, Palmer Land.  The feature was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1961-67. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1991 after Joseph C. Farman, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS)-British Antarctic Survey (BAS) atmospheric physicist, 1957-90; scientific officer, Argentine Islands, 1957-59 (Base Leader, 1958-59).||
4778|Farman Nunatak|Summit|642500S|0610700W|-64.4166667|-61.1166667|655|2149|01/01/1965|Nunatak, 655 m, rising W of Mount Morton in Bleriot Glacier, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS). Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Henry Farman (1874-1958), pioneer Anglo-French aviator and aircraft designer, who carried the first airplane passenger in 1908.||
4779|Farmer Island|Island|763800S|1470400W|-76.6333333|-147.0666667|||01/01/1966|An ice-covered island 14 mi long, lying 6 mi N of Radford Island in Sulzberger Ice Shelf along the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  The island was first roughly mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Floyd L. Farmer, SFCA, U.S. Navy (USN), senior shipfitter on the USS Glacier along this coast, 1961-62.||
4780|Farnell Valley|Valley|775235S|1603953E|-77.876253|160.664677|||01/01/1964|An ice-free valley, 1 mi long, a tributary to Beacon Valley, descending to the latter from the SE side, in Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964, for James B.H. Farnell, who assisted in supplying field parties at McMurdo Station, 1960.||
4783|Farquharson Nunatak|Summit|643000S|0594200W|-64.5|-59.7||||A nunatak 1.3 mi NW of Mount Lombard on Sobral Peninsula, Nordenskjold Coast.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Geoffrey W. Farquharson, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist who worked in this area in the 1979-80 and 1980-81 field seasons.||
4784|Farr Bay|Bay|663500S|0942300E|-66.5833333|94.3833333|||01/01/1947|Bay on the coast of Antarctica, 7 mi wide, lying just E of Helen Glacier.  Discovered in November 1912 by the Western Base Party of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson.  In some early reports the feature was called Depot Bay.  It was later named by Mawson for Dr. C.C. Farr of New Zealand, a member of the Expedition Advisory Committee.||
4786|Mount Farrell|Summit|782100S|0850300W|-78.35|-85.05|2600|8530|01/01/1961|Mountain over 2,600 m, rising just NW of Dater Glacier and about 13 mi E of Mount Shear, in the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) Lawrence J. Farrell, USN, who died in the crash of a UB-1 Otter airplane at Marble Point on Jan. 4, 1959.||
4787|Farrington Island|Island|671500S|0594200E|-67.25|59.7|||01/01/1947|Small island lying 4 mi NNE of Couling Island and 1.5 mi W of Klakkane Islands, in the William Scoresby Archipelago. Discovered and named by DI personnel on the William Scoresby in February 1936.||
4788|Farrington Ridge|Ridge|733500S|0942000W|-73.5833333|-94.3333333|||01/01/1963|An isolated linear ridge, 1.5 mi long, with continuous rock exposure along the crest, located 2 mi NNW of Forbidden Rocks in the Jones Mountains.  Mapped by the University of Minnesota-Jones Mountains Party, 1960-61, who named it for Lieutenant Robert L. Farrington, U.S. Navy (USN), co-pilot of the LC-47 Dakota aircraft that made the first landing in the Jones Mountains, Dec. 9, 1960.||
4789|Farwell Island|Island|725100S|0910500W|-72.85|-91.0833333|||01/01/1968|An ice-covered island, about 38 mi long and 10 mi wide, lying between McNamara and Dendtler Islands in the E part of Abbot Ice Shelf.  The feature was positioned by parties from the USS Glacier and Staten Island in February 1961, and was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy (USN) air photos of 1966.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain A.F. Farwell, Chief of Staff to the Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, during Deep Freeze 1968 and 1969.||01/28/2004
4790|Fasettfjellet|Summit|723300S|0025900W|-72.55|-2.9833333|2425|7956|01/01/1966|Mountain, 2,425 m, standing N of Flogstallen in the NE part of Borg Massif in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Fasettfjellet (the facet mountain).||
4791|Faulkender Ridge|Ridge|750200S|1150000W|-75.0333333|-115|||01/01/1967|An ice-covered ridge about 12 mi long, located W of Horrall Glacier in the NW part of Kohler Range, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for DeWayne J. Faulkender, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) topographic engineer with the Marie Byrd Land Survey party, 1966-67.||
4792|Faulkner Escarpment|Cliff|861200S|1560000W|-86.2|-156|3000|9842||An ice-covered escarpment, 30 mi long and over 3,000 m high, trending in a N-S direction and forming the E edge of Nilsen Plateau and Fram Mesa in the Queen Maud Mountains. Discovered in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn, and named by Byrd for Charles J. Faulkner, Jr., chief counsel of Armour and Co. of Chicago, contributors to the expedition.||
4793|Faulkner Nunatak|Summit|693600S|0714200W|-69.6|-71.7|200|656||A distinctive nunatak (c. 200 m) just W of Beagle Peak, Lassus Mountains, in NW Alexander Island.  The feature appears in U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs obtained in 1966.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Harold T. Faulkner, USN, Leading Chief of Squadron VXE-6 Photo Division on Operation Deep Freeze, 1969.||
4794|Fault Bluff|Cliff|791800S|1574000E|-79.3|157.6666667|2320|7611|01/01/1962|A notable rock bluff (2,320 m) situated 9 mi NE of Mount Longhurst in the Cook Mountains.  The feature was visited in the 1957-58 season by members of the Darwin Glacier Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.  They applied the name which presumably refers to a geological fault at the bluff.||
4795|Fauré Inlet|Stream|723700S|0704800W|-72.6166667|-70.8||||Ice-filled inlet on the S side of Monteverdi Peninsula, S Alexander Island.  Discovered and first charted by Finn Ronne and Carl Eklund of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), 1977, in association with the names of composers grouped in this area, after Gabriel Faure (1845-1924), French composer.||
4796|Faure Islands|Island|680600S|0685200W|-68.1|-68.8666667|||01/01/1950|Group of rocky islands and reefs, 3 mi in extent, lying 21 mi SW of Cape Alexandra, the SE end of Adelaide Island. Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot, who named them for Maurice Faure, French scholar and statesman.||03/07/1997
4797|Faure Passage|Channel|681400S|0683300W|-68.2333333|-68.55|||01/01/1975|A marine channel or passage between the Faure Islands and Kirkwood Islands in Marguerite Bay.  The name "Pasaje Faure" was applied by Argentine workers in the area in association with the Faure Islands.||
4798|Faure Peak|Summit|854200S|1283500W|-85.7|-128.5833333|3940|12926|01/01/1966|A peak, 3,940 m, standing 3.5 mi E of Mount Minshew along the N side of Wisconsin Plateau in the Horlick Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gunter Faure, leader of the Ohio State University geological party to the Horlick Mountains, 1964-65.||
4799|Favela Rocks|Summit|761200S|1452100W|-76.2|-145.35|||01/01/1970|A group of rocks at the NW end of the Phillips Mountains, 4 mi NW of Mount June, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65). Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Rafael Favela, Jr., equipment operator, U.S. Navy (USN), Byrd Station winter party, 1967.||04/11/2001
4800|Favreau Pillar|Pillar|715700S|1710700E|-71.95|171.1166667|||01/01/1969|A pillar rock lying close E of Foyn Island in the Possession Islands.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1958-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert D. Favreau, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC), Navigator on the U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 flight of Jan. 18, 1958, at the time this feature was photographed.||
4801|Fazekas Hills|Range|830800S|1631000E|-83.1333333|163.1666667|||01/01/1966|Rugged, ice-free hills trending in a N-S direction for 9 mi just E of Mount Oona on the E side of Lowery Glacier, Queen Elizabeth Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Stephen P. Fazekas, Sr., U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at South Pole Station, 1958.||
4802|Mount Fazio|Summit|732300S|1624800E|-73.3833333|162.8|2670|8760|01/01/1969|An ice-free mountain, 2,670 m, marking the SW end of Tobin Mesa, in the Mesa Range, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William Z. Fazio, USN, helicopter crewmember during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1966, 1967 and 1968.||
4803|Mount Fearon|Summit|750500S|1614200E|-75.0833333|161.7|1140|3740|01/01/1968|A mountain, 1,140 m, rising at the E side of Woodberry Glacier, 6 mi NW of Mount Priestley, in the Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Colin E. Fearon, biologist at McMurdo Station, summer 1962-63.||03/07/1997
4804|Mount Feather|Summit|775740S|1602116E|-77.9611111|160.3544444|3010|9875|01/01/1961|A massive mountain, 3,010 m, with a broad flattish summit, standing at the S extremity of the Quartermain Mountains, in Victoria Land.  Named after Thomas A. Feather, Royal Navy (RN), Boatswain on the Discovery during the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04), who accompanied Scott in his Western Journey to this area in 1903.||01/05/2021
4805|Mount Fedallah|Summit|654300S|0625200W|-65.7166667|-62.8666667|1250|4101||A mountain (c. 1,250 m) situated E of Pip Cliffs on the N side of Flask Glacier in eastern Graham Land.  Named after a crewman of Pequod in association with other names from Moby Dick in this area.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1987.||
4807|Feeley Peak|Summit|852600S|1262600W|-85.4333333|-126.4333333|1730|5676|01/01/1967|A peak, 1,730 m, standing 3 mi NW of Sheets Peak, between Davisville and Quonset Glaciers on the N side of Wisconsin Range. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Keith E. Feeley, construction mechanic, Byrd Station winter party, 1959.||
4808|Feeney Col|Gap|853700S|1554500W|-85.6166667|-155.75|970|3182|01/01/1970|A col at the NE side of Feeney Peak, near the center of Medina Peaks in the Queen Maud Mountains. Though steep on both sides and high (970 m), the col provides a good route through Medina Peaks.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  The col was used by members of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1969-70, who named it in association with Feeney Peak.||
4809|Feeney Peak|Summit|853700S|1555000W|-85.6166667|-155.8333333|1210|3970|01/01/1967|A peak, 1,210 m, near the center of Medina Peaks, standing 7 mi N of Patterson Peak on the E side of Goodale Glacier. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert E. Feeney, biologist at McMurdo Station for several summers, 1964-65 to 1968-69.||
4810|Feeney Ridge|Ridge|694000S|1590600E|-69.6666667|159.1|||01/01/1970|A ridge, 6 mi long, which is mainly ice free along the crest.  It parallels the SE side of Fergusson Glacier in the Wilson Hills.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Edward J. Feeney, U.S. Navy (USN), Aircraft Commander (LC-130F Hercules) during Operation Deep Freeze 1968.||
4811|Fegley Glacier|Glacier|832400S|1672500E|-83.4|167.4166667|||01/01/1966|A tributary glacier in the Holland Range, flowing E into Lennox-King Glacier, 5 mi NE of Mount Allen Young.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Charles E. Fegley, III, Civil Engineer Corps (CEC), U.S. Navy (USN), officer in charge of the nuclear power unit at McMurdo Station during Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1964.||
4812|Feistmantel Valley|Valley|764300S|1593500E|-76.7166667|159.5833333|||01/01/1965|A fossiliferous valley lying south of Shimmering Icefield and west of Mount Watters in the Allan Hills, Victoria Land. Reconnoitered by the New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) Allan Hills Expedition (1964), who named it after Prof. O. Feistmantel, who made pioneering studies of Gondwana flora.||03/07/1997
4813|Mount Feldkotter|Summit|840600S|0560600W|-84.1|-56.1|1510|4954|01/01/1968|Mountain, 1,510 m, standing 4 mi S of Gambacorta Peak in southern Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Henry H.J. Feldkotter, aviation electrician at Ellsworth Station, winter 1958.||
4815|Félicie Point|Summit|644200S|0630900W|-64.7|-63.15|||01/01/1953|Point which forms the S end of Lion Island, lying immediately E of Anvers Island in the Palmer Archipelago. Charted and named by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache.||
4817|Mount Fell|Summit|732600S|0621600W|-73.4333333|-62.2666667|||01/01/1968|Mountain 8 mi W of Mount Hemmingsen in the N part of Werner Mountains in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Jack W. Fell, biologist on the Eastwind in the cruise along Antarctic Peninsula in the 1965-66 season.||
4818|Felsite Island|Island|722600S|1694900E|-72.4333333|169.8166667|300|984|01/01/1962|A rock island 1 mi long and 300 m high, lying at the head of Edisto Inlet within the northward stream of Edisto Glacier. Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, as descriptive of several prominent dikes of cream-colored igneous rocks (felsite) in its otherwise dark sedimentary rock formation.||
4819|Cape Felt|Cape|735200S|1162300W|-73.8666667|-116.3833333|||01/01/1967|An ice-covered cape which marks the N end of Wright Island, on Bakutis Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in January 1947.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Admiral Harry D. Felt, USN, Vice Chief of Naval Operations in the post 1957-58 IGY period.||
4820|Felton Head|Cliff|671700S|0465900E|-67.2833333|46.9833333|||01/01/1965|Flat-topped, dark brown headland with a sheer seaward side, standing 3.5 mi E of Harrop Island on the coast of Enderby Land. Plotted from air photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956.  Named for Sergeant K. Felton, RAAF, engine fitter at Mawson in 1960.||
4821|Fender Buttress|Cliff|643400S|0610400W|-64.5666667|-61.0666667|1600|5249|01/01/1964|A rock buttress rising to more than 1,600 m, projecting from the S side of Herbert Plateau into the head of Drygalski Glacier, Graham Land.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61). Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Guillaume Fender of Buenos Aires, inventor of an early type of track-laying vehicle (British Patent of 1882, taken out by John C. Mewburn).||
4822|Fendley Glacier|Glacier|711800S|1684700E|-71.3|168.7833333|||01/01/1964|A glacier, 17 mi long, flowing NE from the Admiralty Mountains to enter the sea between Mount Cherry-Garrard and Atkinson Cliffs, on the N coast of Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Tech. Sergeant Iman A. Fendley, USAF, who perished in the crash of a C-124 Globemaster aircraft in this vicinity in 1958.||
4823|Fendorf Glacier|Glacier|793000S|0844900W|-79.5|-84.8166667|||01/01/1966|A broad glacier draining from the E slopes of Gifford Peaks and flowing N to merge with Dobbratz Glacier, in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander James E. Fendorf, USN, pilot with Squadron VX-6 during Deep Freeze 1966.||
4825|Fenrir Valley|Valley|773705S|1615627E|-77.618111|161.940954|||01/01/1976|A small, mainly ice-free valley between the upper reaches of the Heimdall and Rhone Glaciers in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  The name, applied by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) and Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in consultation, is one in a group in the range derived from Norse mythology, wherein Fenrir is a wolf chained by Tiw.||
4826|Fenriskjeften Mountain|Summit|715300S|0081800E|-71.8833333|8.3|||01/01/1967|A large bare rock mountain which in plan resembles a hairpin, forming the S portion of Drygalski Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from air photos by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39). Mapped from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and because of its shape named Fenriskjeften (Fenrir's jaw), after the wolf in Norse mythology.||
4827|Fenristunga|Glacier|715200S|0081700E|-71.8666667|8.2833333|||01/01/1967|A sloping field of ice within the rock walls of hairpin-shaped Fenriskjeften Mountain, in the Drygalski Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Fenristunga (Fenrir's tongue) in association with Fenriskjeften Mountain.||
4828|Mount Fenton|Summit|742000S|1615500E|-74.3333333|161.9166667|2480|8136|01/01/1968|A peak (2,480 m) rising from the northern part of Skinner Ridge, 2 mi NE of Mount Mackintosh, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1956-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Michael D. Fenton, geologist at McMurdo Station, 1965-66.||
4829|Fenton Glacier|Glacier|730300S|0614800W|-73.05|-61.8|||01/01/1968|Glacier that drains S into Mosby Glacier just E of Mount Adkins in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) Ernest R. Fenton, USN, Officer-in-Charge of Palmer Station in 1971.||
4830|Ferguslie Peninsula|Cape|604300S|0443400W|-60.7166667|-44.5666667|||01/01/1952|Peninsula 1.5 mi long, lying between Browns Bay and Macdougal Bay on the N coast of Laurie Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted in 1903 by the ScotNAE under Bruce, who named it for the residence of James Coats, chief patron of the expedition.||
4831|Mount Ferguson|Summit|845600S|1683500W|-84.9333333|-168.5833333|1190|3904|01/01/1962|An irregular, mound-shaped mass (1,190 m) which surmounts the S part of Mayer Crags on the W side of Liv Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered and photographed by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1928-30), and named for Homer L. Ferguson, president of the Newport News Shipbuilding and Dry Dock Co., Newport News, VA, which made repairs and alterations on Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) ships.||
4832|Ferguson Bay|Bay|592800S|0271600W|-59.4666667|-27.2666667|||01/01/1952|Small bay which forms an excellent anchorage between Hewison and Herd Points at the SE end of Thule Island, in the South Sandwich Islands.  Charted in 1930 by DI personnel on the of Port Glasgow, Scotland, builders of the Discovery II.||
4834|Ferguson Nunataks|Summit|733300S|0634800W|-73.55|-63.8|||01/01/1968|A nunatak group lying between the heads of Meinardus and Swann Glaciers in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charles L. Ferguson, electrician with the Palmer Station winter party in 1965.||
4835|Ferguson Peak|Summit|544700S|0355000W|-54.7833333|-35.8333333|560|1837|01/01/1963|Peak, 560 m, standing close W of the head of Cooper Bay in the E extremity of South Georgia.  Photographed by Niall Rankin during his visit to South Georgia in 1947.  Rankin did not disclose the locality because he wished to protect the fur seals found there and shown in his photo.  The photo was identified as the feature now described by the British South Georgia Expedition, 1954-55, and the peak was unofficially named Fur Seal Peak.  Since Bird Island, at the W end of South Georgia, is now the only place where fur seals breed, this name is misleading.  A new name, Ferguson Peak was recommended by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1957 for David Ferguson, a Scottish geologist, who carried out geological investigations in South Georgia in 1911-12 for Messrs. Chr. Salvesen and Company.||
4836|Ferguson Ridge|Ridge|642300S|0594800W|-64.3833333|-59.8|855|2805||A ridge trending NNW-SSE and rising to 855 m SW of Nodwell Peaks, Nordenskjold Coast, Graham Land.  Named in 1983 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Harry G. Ferguson (1884-1960), British pioneer of tractor design from 1911 onward.||
4837|Fergusson Glacier|Glacier|693800S|1591000E|-69.6333333|159.1666667|||01/01/1964|Tributary glacier that flows NE between Serba Peak and Feeney Ridge into Noll Glacier, in the Wilson Hills.  Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, after Sir Bernard Fergusson, Governor-General of New Zealand, who made a flight over the party during his visit to Antarctica.||
4839|Ferin Head|Cliff|655900S|0652000W|-65.9833333|-65.3333333|||01/01/1950|Headland 4 mi N of the entrance to Holtedahl Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, who from a distant position in Pendleton Strait charted this feature as an island, which Charcot named for A. Ferin, French Vice-consul at Ponta Delgada, Azores.  The British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37, charted this coast and correlated their work with that of Charcot.  Ferin Head, as here applied, is in accord with the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) interpretation.||
4842|Fernette Peak|Summit|853500S|1765800W|-85.5833333|-176.9666667|2700|8858|01/01/1970|A peak (2,700 m) that rises above the south-central part of Roberts Massif in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gregory L. Fernette, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) field assistant in Antarctica during the 1968-69 season.||
4843|Mount Ferranto|Summit|763200S|1452500W|-76.5333333|-145.4166667|||01/01/1947|Mountain which forms the extreme SW projection of the main massif of the Fosdick Mountains, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered by a sledging party of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) which visited this area in November-December 1934.  Named for Felix Ferranto, radio and tractor operator with the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41).||
4844|Mount Ferrara|Summit|821500S|0412500W|-82.25|-41.4166667|875|2871|01/01/1957|A mountain, 875 m, standing 2.5 mi NE of Vaca Nunatak in the Panzarini Hills portion of the Argentina Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Discovered and photographed during a U.S. Navy (USN) transcontinental nonstop plane flight of Jan. 13, 1956 from McMurdo Sound to Weddell Sea and return.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Chief Aviation Machinists Mate Frederick J. Ferrara, USN, crew chief of the P2V-2N Neptune aircraft making the flight.||
4845|Ferrar Glacier|Glacier|774900S|1624151E|-77.816768|162.69757|||01/01/1947|Glacier about 35 mi long, flowing from the plateau of Victoria Land west of the Royal Society Range to New Harbor in McMurdo Sound.  The glacier makes a right (east) turn northeast of Knobhead, where it is apposed, i.e., joined in Siamese-twin fashion, to Taylor Glacier.  From there, it continues east along the south side of Kukri Hills to New Harbor.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) under Captain Robert F. Scott, R.N., who named this feature for Hartley T. Ferrar, geologist of the expedition.  The name Ferrar Glacier was originally applied both to the part of this glacier below its right turn and to the present Taylor Glacier.  Griffith Taylor, geologist of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-14) under Scott, found evidence that these are not two parts of a single glacier but are two glaciers apposed.  With this discovery Scott gave the names Ferrar Glacier and Taylor Glacier essentially as now applied; the Taylor Glacier (q.v.) makes a left turn at Cavendish Rocks and drains east along the north side of Kukri Hills.||
4846|Ferrell Nunatak|Summit|835400S|0545300W|-83.9|-54.8833333|||01/01/1968|A nunatak protruding from the ice surface of Iroquois Plateau 5 mi NE of Elmers Nunatak, in the Pensacola Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James T. Ferrell, construction mechanic at Ellsworth Station, winter 1958.||
4850|Ferrero Bay|Bay|732800S|1022300W|-73.4666667|-102.3833333|||01/01/1968|A body of water about 15 mi wide, lying immediately W of Cosgrove Ice Shelf and occupying the outer (west) part of the embayment between King and Canisteo Peninsulas.  Mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander H.H. Ferrero, communications officer on the staff of the Commander, U.S. Navy (USN) Support Force, Antarctica, 1966-68.||01/28/2004
4851|Ferrer Point|Summit|623000S|0594200W|-62.5|-59.7|||01/01/1972|An ice-free point in the S part of Discovery Bay, Greenwich Island, South Shetland Islands.  The point is 1.1 mi SW of Iquique Cove.  Charted by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition (1950-51) and named for Lieutenant Fernando Ferrer Fouga, hydrographic officer on the transport ship Angamos during the expedition.||
4852|Ferrer Rocks|Island|644200S|0624800W|-64.7|-62.8||||A group of rocks in Gerlache Strait lying between Ketley Point, Ronge Island, and Useful Island.  Charted by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition (1950-51) and named for Lieutenant Fernando Ferrer Fouga, hydrographic officer on the Angamos.||
4853|Ferrier Peninsula|Cape|604400S|0442600W|-60.7333333|-44.4333333|||01/01/1952|Narrow peninsula, 1.5 mi long, forming the E end of Laurie Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Roughly charted in 1823 by a British sealing expedition under Weddell.  Surveyed in 1903 by the ScotNAE under Bruce, who named it for his secretary J.G. Ferrier, also manager in Scotland of the expedition.||
4854|Ferrigno Glacier|Glacier|780800S|1615900E|-78.1333333|161.9833333|||01/01/1995|A broad glacier on the N side of Rampart Ridge, Victoria Land, flowing WNW from Mount Lynch and Bishop Peak to the vicinity of The Spire.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1994 after Jane G. Ferrigno, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geologist, specialist in the use of satellite imagery to study and map Antarctica, and other ice and snow areas throughout the world; co-editor (with Richard S. Williams, Jr.) of Satellite Image Atlas of Glaciers of the World.||
4855|Ferri Ridge|Ridge|750100S|1134100W|-75.0166667|-113.6833333|||01/01/1976|A gentle ridge forming the W wall of Simmons Glacier.  It terminates in Mount Isherwood at the N side of the Kohler Range, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Guy Ferri, U.S. Department of State, Chairman of the Interagency Committee on Antarctica, 1969-70.||
4857|Festive Plateau|Plain|792400S|1573000E|-79.4|157.5|2200|7218|01/01/1965|An ice-covered plateau over 2,200 m, about 10 mi long and 3 mi wide, just N of Mount Longhurst in the Churchill Mountains. Named by two members of the Darwin Glacier Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) who spent Christmas Day 1957 on the plateau.||
4858|Festninga Mountain|Summit|720700S|0034300E|-72.1166667|3.7166667|2535|8317|01/01/1966|A broad, ice-topped mountain, 2,535 m, standing W of Mount Hochlin at the W end of the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Festninga (the fortress).||
4859|Festningsporten Pass|Gap|720500S|0034300E|-72.0833333|3.7166667|||01/01/1966|An ice-covered gap in the middle of the N face of Festninga Mountain leading to the mountain's flat summit, in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Festningsporten (the fortress gate).||
4860|Mount Feury|Summit|715000S|0981900W|-71.8333333|-98.3166667|||01/01/1960|Mountain between Sikorski and Frankenfield Glaciers on the NE side of Noville Peninsula, Thurston Island.  First delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James Feury, mechanic and snowmobile driver of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.||01/05/2021
4862|Feyerharm Knoll|Summit|770000S|1254600W|-77|-125.7666667|||01/01/1962|An ice-covered knoll on the lower northeastern slope of Mount Sidley, in the Executive Committee Range of Marie Byrd Land.  Surveyed by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) during the Executive Committee Range Traverse of 1959.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William R. Feyerharm, Meteorologist at Byrd Station, 1960.||
4865|The Fid|Summit|683900S|0655800W|-68.65|-65.9666667|1640|5381|01/01/1962|A sharp peak rising to 1,640 m at the E side of the mouth of Cole Glacier in southern Graham Land.  The peak was photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) on Sept. 28, 1940. Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in Dec. 1958.  The name derives from its shape, which suggests the conical wooden pin used in splicing, known as a fid.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC).||
4866|Fidase Peak|Summit|632300S|0573300W|-63.3833333|-57.55|915|3002|01/01/1964|A distinctive peak 9 mi E of Mount Jacquinot, rising to 915 m at the W end of Mott Snowfield, Trinity Peninsula.  Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) represents the initial letters of the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (1955-57) led by P.G. Mott.||
4868|Mount Fidjeland|Summit|714200S|0253600E|-71.7|25.6|1630|5348|01/01/1966|Mountain, 1,630 m, standing close NE of Mehaugen Hill on the W side of the mouth of Byrdbreen in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named for one of the mechanics on the Lars Christensen Expedition to this area, 1936-37.||
4870|Cape Fie|Cape|542700S|0032800E|-54.45|3.4666667|||01/01/1957|A cape marking the SE extremity of Bouvetoya.  First roughly charted in 1898 by a German expedition under Karl Chun. Recharted and named by the Norwegian expedition under Captain Harald Horntvedt who explored the area from the Norvegia in December 1927.||
4871|Fiebelman Nunatak|Summit|745700S|0723700W|-74.95|-72.6166667||||One of the Grossman Nunataks (q.v.), lying 3.5 mi ENE of Cheeks Nunatak in Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs taken 1965-68.  Named in 1987 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Harold E. Fiebelman, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) cartographer, who worked in the field at Byrd Station and South Pole Station, 1972-73.||
4872|Mount Fiedler|Summit|853300S|1404100W|-85.55|-140.6833333|1140|3740|01/01/1967|One of the Bender Mountains, 1,140 m, standing between the edge of Ross Ice Shelf and the Watson Escarpment.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Leonard G. Fiedler, electrician with the Byrd Station winter parties of 1960 and 1964.||
4875|Mount Field|Summit|805300S|1580200E|-80.8833333|158.0333333|3010|9875||A mountain, 3,010 m, standing 3 mi SSE of Mount Egerton in the Churchill Mountains.  Discovered and named by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, under Scott.||
4876|Field Glacier|Glacier|670800S|0662400W|-67.1333333|-66.4|||01/01/1965|A glacier S of Salmon Cove, flowing W into Lallemand Fjord, Loubet Coast.  Mapped from air photos taken by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE), 1956-57. In association with the names of glaciologists grouped in this area, named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after William B.O. Field (b. 1904), American glaciologist and surveyor; sometime Research Fellow of the American Geographical Society, NY.||
4877|Fielding Col|Gap|685200S|0665900W|-68.8666667|-66.9833333|||01/01/1972|An east-west trending pass between Baudin Peaks and Hag Pike in southern Graham Land.  It provides the best known route leading inland to Morgan Upland between Neny Fjord and Wordie Ice Shelf.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Harold M. Fielding, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) surveyor at Stonington Island, 1967-69.||
4879|Field Névé|Glacier|713800S|1670000E|-71.6333333|167||||A large neve between Homerun Range and Findlay Range in the Admiralty Mountains, Victoria Land.  The feature lies between the upper reaches of Ebbe Glacier, which flows northwest, and Tucker Glacier, which flows southeast.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) after Bradley Field, geologist, NZGS, a member of a New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) geological party to N Victoria Land, 1981-82.||
4880|Field Rock|Island|673600S|0625400E|-67.6|62.9|||01/01/1970|A rock outcrop 0.5 mi S of Teyssier Island, on the coast of Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveys and air photos, 1954-62.  Named by ANCA for E.D. Field, cook at nearby Mawson Station, 1957.||04/12/2001
4881|Fields Peak|Summit|755900S|1355600W|-75.9833333|-135.9333333|||01/01/1974|A small but distinctive peak 2.5 mi SE of Brandenberger Bluff on the lower N slopes of Mount Berlin, in Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Master Sergeant Samuel J. Fields, USA, member of the 1956 Army-Navy Trail Party that blazed trail from Little America V to 80S, 120W, to establish Byrd Station.||
4884|Fierle Peak|Summit|832500S|0505800W|-83.4166667|-50.9666667|1960|6430|01/01/1968|A sharp peak, 1,960 m, standing 3 mi ESE of Dyrdal Peak at the S extremity of Saratoga Table in the Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gerard R. Fierle, meteorologist at Ellsworth Station, winter 1957.||
4885|Fiftyone Glacier|Glacier|531100S|0733400E|-53.1833333|73.5666667|||01/01/1968|A large glacier flowing S between Lavett Bluff and Lambeth Bluff on the S side of Heard Island.  Surveyed by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1948. Named "The 1951 Glacier" by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party that made a traverse of Heard Island in 1951.  The form Fiftyone Glacier was recommended by ANCA in 1964.||
4886|Figaro Nunatak|Summit|700700S|0704400W|-70.1166667|-70.7333333|200|656|01/01/1961|Isolated nunatak rising to c. 200 m near the E end of Mozart Ice Piedmont, in the N part of Alexander Island.  Mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from association with ice piedmont after Mozart's opera The Marriage of Figaro.||
4889|Fikkan Peak|Summit|713100S|1595000E|-71.5166667|159.8333333|||01/01/1970|A peak midway between Big Brother Bluff and Mount Burnham along the W wall of Daniels Range, in the Usarp Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Philip R. Fikkan, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
4890|Cape Filchner|Cape|662700S|0915400E|-66.45|91.9|||01/01/1947|Ice-covered cape fronting on Davis Sea, 17 mi WNW of Adams Island.  The cape is the division between Wilhelm II Coast and Queen Mary Coast.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE), 1911-14, under Mawson, who named it for Wilhelm Filchner, leader of the German Antarctic Expedition of 1911-12.||
4892|Filchner Ice Shelf|Glacier|790000S|0400000W|-79|-40|||01/01/1963|The ice shelf lying between Berkner Island and Luitpold Coast, at the head of Weddell Sea.  Over 200 mi long and 100 mi wide, the feature is nourished primarily by the Slessor, Recovery, and Support Force Glaciers, all located E of Berkner Island.  The E part of Filchner Ice Shelf was discovered in January-February 1912 by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Wilhelm Filchner. Filchner named the feature for Kaiser Wilhelm, but the Emperor requested it be named for its discoverer.  The ice shelf lying W of Berkner Island has now been found to be a distinct feature (see Ronne Ice Shelf).  The latter was first seen and explored by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, under Commander Finn Ronne.||
4894|Filchner Mountains|Summit|720300S|0074000E|-72.05|7.6666667|||01/01/1966|A group of mountains 7 mi SW of Drygalski Mountains, at the W end of the Orvin Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named for Wilhelm Filchner, leader of the German expedition to the Weddell Sea area in 1911-12.  Remapped from air photos taken by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1958-59.||
4895|Filchner Rocks|Bar|544200S|0354400W|-54.7|-35.7333333|||01/01/1952|Group of rocks, some of which are submerged, 4 mi NE of Cape Vahsel, off the E end of South Georgia.  The existence of these rocks was reported in 1775 by a British expedition under Cook.  They were charted by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1911-12, and named for Dr. Wilhelm Filchner, leader of the expedition.||
4898|Fildes Peninsula|Cape|621200S|0585800W|-62.2|-58.9666667|||01/01/1960|Peninsula 4.5 mi long, forming the SW extremity of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named from association with nearby Fildes Strait by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960.||
4899|Fildes Point|Summit|630000S|0603400W|-63|-60.5666667|||01/01/1952|Point which forms the N side of Neptunes Bellows, the entrance to Port Foster, Deception Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Deception Island was known to sealers in the area as early as 1821; the point was later named for Robert Fildes, a British sealer in these waters at that early time.||
4900|Fildes Strait|Channel|621400S|0590000W|-62.2333333|-59|||01/01/1952|Strait which extends in a general E-W direction between King George Island and Nelson Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  This strait has been known to sealers in the area since about 1822, but at that time it appeared on the charts as Field's Strait.  Probably named for Robert Fildes, a British sealer of that period.||
4901|Filer Haven|Harbor|604400S|0453500W|-60.7333333|-45.5833333|||01/01/1975|A small cove between Pantomime Point and Pageant Point on the east side of Gourlay Peninsula, Signy Island.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after John Filer, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) biologist who fell to his death from the cliffs here in 1961.||
4902|Filla Island|Island|684900S|0775000E|-68.8166667|77.8333333|||01/01/1956|A rocky island over 3 mi long, located in the N part of the Rauer Islands and being the largest island in the group.  Charted by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37).  They gave the name Filla (the tatters) to a larger island here, presumably for the ragged outline of the feature as shown on the Norwegian chart.  In 1952, John Roscoe made a study of this area as revealed in aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  He found that what the Norwegians had named Filla was in fact a cluster of small islands.  He applied the name Filla Island to the largest of these as described.||
4903|Filson Nunatak|Summit|675200S|0630300E|-67.8666667|63.05|||01/01/1965|Small nunatak 6 mi E of Trost Peak in the E part of the Framnes Mountains, Mac. Robertson Land.  Photographed from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1958 and seen by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party in December 1962. Named by ANCA for R. Filson, carpenter at Mawson Station in 1962, a member of the party.||
4904|Filsponen Nunatak|Summit|721200S|0142500E|-72.2|14.4166667|||01/01/1966|Nunatak rising NE of Steinfila Nunatak in the S part of the Payer Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Filsponen (the filings).||
4905|Fimbul Ice Shelf|Glacier|703000S|0001000W|-70.5|-.1666667|||01/01/1966|An ice shelf about 120 mi long and 60 mi wide, nourished by Jutulstraumen Glacier, bordering the coast of Queen Maud Land. from 3W to 3E.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39). Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Fimbulisen (the giant ice).||
4907|Final Island|Island|650500S|0642900W|-65.0833333|-64.4833333|||01/01/1971|The westernmost of the Myriad Islands, lying 3.5 mi NW of Snag Rocks in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57 and from the helicopter of His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Protector in March 1958.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because it is the furthest W of the Myriad Islands and the westernmost of all the islands bordering French Passage.||
4908|Final Rock|Summit|840900S|0561000W|-84.15|-56.1666667|||01/01/1968|An isolated rock standing 3 mi S of Mount Feldkotter at the S extremity of the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  So named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) because it is the southernmost rock of the Neptune Range.||04/11/2001
4909|Finback Massif|Range|654100S|0622500W|-65.6833333|-62.4166667|1000|3281|01/01/1976|A massif rising to more than 1,000 m between Stubb and Flask Glaciers.  It stands 6 mi WNW of Tashtego Point on the E side of Graham Land.  The name is one of several applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in this vicinity that reflects a whaling theme, the finback being a species of baleen whale.||
4910|Mount Finch|Summit|723400S|1672300E|-72.5666667|167.3833333|2100|6890|01/01/1970|A mountain (2,100 m) standing at the W side of the mouth of Trainer Glacier where the latter enters Trafalgar Glacier, in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Jerry L. Finch, U.S. Navy (USN), Squadron VX-6 project officer for infrared ice sounding equipment and an aircraft commander in Operation Deep Freeze, 1968.||
4911|Findlay Point|Summit|603500S|0452300W|-60.5833333|-45.3833333|||01/01/1964|Point 2 mi NW of Palmer Bay on the N coast of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  First seen in December 1821 in the course of the joint cruise by Captain George Powell, British sealer, and Captain Nathaniel Palmer, American sealer, and roughly charted by Powell.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1956-58 and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Alexander G. Findlay (1812-1875), English geographer and hydrographer who compiled a long series of nautical directories and charts, including the South Orkney Islands.||
4912|Findlay Range|Range|713900S|1672200E|-71.65|167.3666667||||A range lying parallel to and W of Lyttelton Range, extending between Grigg Peak and Sorensen Peak in the Admiralty Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) after Robert H. Findlay, geologist, New Zealand Antarctic Division, DSIR; leader of a New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) geological party to this area, 1981-82.||
4914|Fine Point|Summit|540400S|0370900W|-54.0666667|-37.15||||A point W of Sheer Point on the N side of Prince Olav Harbor, Cook Bay, in South Georgia.  Charted and named descriptively by DI personnel, 1929-30.||
4915|Fingeren Peak|Summit|723800S|0034700W|-72.6333333|-3.7833333|||01/01/1966|A peak immediately NW of Hogskavlpiggen Peak, in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Fingeren (the finger).||
4916|Finger Mountain|Summit|774420S|1604051E|-77.738967|160.680815|1920|6299|01/01/1962|An elongated mountain rising to 1,920 m on the N side of Turnabout Valley, in the Quartermain Mountains, Victoria Land. So named by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) because a long tongue of dolerite between the sandstone strata has the appearance of a finger.||03/07/1997
4917|Finger Point|Summit|564100S|0271300W|-56.6833333|-27.2166667|||01/01/1952|Point marking the N tip of Visokoi Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  Charted in 1930 and given this descriptive name by DI personnel on the Discovery II.||
4918|Finger Point|Summit|651500S|0641700W|-65.25|-64.2833333|||01/01/1964|Point which forms the SW end of Skua Island in the Argentine Islands, Wilhelm Archipelago.  Charted and named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill.||
4919|Finger Point|Summit|770000S|1622600E|-77|162.4333333|||01/01/1950|Narrow rocky point forming the E extremity of The Flatiron, in Granite Harbor, Victoria Land.  Mapped and descriptively named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) under Scott.||
4920|Finger Ridges|Ridge|791100S|1570000E|-79.1833333|157|||01/01/1965|Several mainly ice-free ridges and spurs extending over a distance of about 12 miles, east-west, in the NW part of the Cook Mountains.  The individual ridges are 1 to 2 miles long and project northward from the higher main ridge.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1959-63.  The descriptive name was given by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN).||
4921|Finlandia Foothills|Summit|695600S|0700900W|-69.9333333|-70.15|1130|3707||A rock massif, 10 mi long and 3 mi wide, rising to c. 1,130 m at the W side of Sibelius Glacier, Alexander Island. Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and mapped from these photographs by D. Searle of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1960.  In association with the glacier, named after the symphonic poem Finlandia (1899) by Jean Sibelius.||
4922|Mount Finley|Summit|850100S|1735800W|-85.0166667|-173.9666667|3470|11384||A prominent mountain (3,470 m) on the ridge which extends S from Mount Wade, located 5 mi SSW of Mount Oliver in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by R. Admiral Byrd for John H. Finley, President of the American Geographical Society at the time of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.||
4923|Finley Glacier|Glacier|733500S|1653800E|-73.5833333|165.6333333|||01/01/1969|A tributary glacier which drains the NW slopes of Mount Monteagle and flows N into the upper part of Icebreaker Glacier, in the Mountaineer Range, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Russell H. Finley, aviation boatswain's mate with Squadron VX-6 during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1966, 1967 and 1968.||
4924|Finley Heights|Summit|691300S|0631300W|-69.2166667|-63.2166667|1070|3510|01/01/1962|Rugged coastal heights rising to 1,070 m between the mouths of Bingham and Lurabee Glaciers, on the E coast of Palmer Land. Discovered by Sir Hubert Wilkins in an aerial flight on Dec. 20, 1928.  He considered the heights to be islands lying in a great transverse channel across Antarctic Peninsula and named them Finley Islands for John H. Finley of The New York Times, then president of the American Geographical Society.  Correlation of aerial photographs taken by Lincoln Ellsworth in 1935 and preliminary reports of the findings of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, led W.L.G. Joerg to interpret this to be joined to the mainland.  In published reports, members of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) have concurred in this interpretation which was also borne out by the results of subsequent flights and a sledge trip from East Base, in 1940, by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).||
4928|Fin Nunatak|Summit|690300S|0640300W|-69.05|-64.05|805|2641|01/01/1962|A nunatak (805 m) in the middle of Casey Glacier, near the E coast of Palmer Land.  The nunatak was photographed from the air by Sir Hubert Wilkins on Dec. 20, 1928, and was first mapped from these photos by W.L.G. Joerg.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in Dec. 1960.  The name by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) is suggested by the fin-like shape of the feature.||
4929|Finsterwalder Glacier|Glacier|671900S|0662000W|-67.3166667|-66.3333333|||01/01/1956|Glacier, 2 mi wide and 10 mi long, flowing SW from the central plateau of Graham Land toward the head of Lallemand Fjord.  Its mouth lies between the mouths of Haefeli and Klebelsberg Glaciers, the three glaciers merging with Sharp Glacier where the latter enters the fjord.  First surveyed from the plateau in 1946-47 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and named by them for Sebastian Finsterwalder and his son, Richard Finsterwalder, German glaciologists.||
4930|Fireman Glacier|Glacier|774727S|1601611E|-77.790945|160.269696|||01/01/1992|A glacier in the W part of Quartermain Mountains, Victoria Land, flowing NW into Cassidy Glacier.  Named in 1992 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Edward L. Fireman (d. 1990), physicist, Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA; authority on the analysis and dating of extraterrestrial materials and space debris; from 1979 conducted investigations on the dating and composition of Antarctic meteorites and Antarctic ice samples, including deep core ice obtained at Byrd Station.||
4931|Firlingane Nunataks|Summit|715200S|0270700E|-71.8666667|27.1166667|||01/01/1966|Four nunataks standing between Bulken Hill and Hesteskoen Nunatak in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Firlingane (the quadruplets).||
4932|First Crater|Crater|774959S|1663914E|-77.833193|166.653914|||01/01/1972|A crater on Arrival Heights, located 0.75 mi N of Hut Point on Ross Island.  Named by Debenham in 1912 on his local survey of Hut Point Peninsula during the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
4933|First Facet|Cliff|770856S|1623248E|-77.148807|162.546774|||01/01/1964|Steep ice-free bluff rising just eastward of Second Facet, forming a part of the N wall of Debenham Glacier in Victoria Land.  Charted and descriptively named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, 1910-13.||
4934|First Milestone|Island|540600S|0364000W|-54.1|-36.6666667|||01/01/1953|Rock marked by breakers, 2 mi NW of Cape Saunders, off the N coast of South Georgia.  Charted and named by DI personnel on the Discovery during the period 1926-30.||
4935|First Point|Summit|542800S|0370700W|-54.4666667|-37.1166667|||01/01/1953|The NW point of Annenkov Island off the south-central coast of South Georgia.  Charted and named by DI personnel on the Discovery during the period 1926-30.||04/06/1998
4936|First Rock|Island|545500S|0360700W|-54.9166667|-36.1166667|||01/01/1952|Rock lying 1 mi SSE of Brode Island and 2 mi S of Cape Disappointment, the S extremity of South Georgia.  It is first (southernmost) in a line of three insular features S of Cape Disappointment discovered in 1775 by Captain James Cook.  So named because of its position by DI personnel who charted South Georgia in the period 1926-30.||
4937|First View Point|Summit|770100S|1630300E|-77.0166667|163.05|||01/01/1964|A small point between Cape Roberts and Avalanche Bay in Granite Harbor, Victoria Land.  Named by the Granite Harbor Geological Party, led by Taylor, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
4938|Fischer Nunatak|Summit|674400S|0630300E|-67.7333333|63.05|750|2461|01/01/1965|Nunatak, 750 m, standing 2 mi S of Mount Henderson in the NE part of the Framnes Mountains, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Sornuten (the south peak).  Renamed by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) for H.J.L. Fischer, cook at Mawson Station in 1958.||
4939|Fischer Ridge|Ridge|715800S|1690000E|-71.9666667|169|||01/01/1970|An ice-covered ridge trending NW-SE between Kirk Glacier and Ironside Glacier in the Admiralty Mountains, Victoria Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William H. Fischer, Atmospheric Chemist at McMurdo Station, 1966-67.||03/06/1997
4940|Mount Fisher|Summit|850600S|1710300W|-85.1|-171.05|4080|13386|01/01/1947|A domed, snow-capped summit (4,080 m) standing 2 mi NW of Mount Ray in the Prince Olav Mountains.  Discovered and photographed by R. Admiral Byrd on flights to the Queen Maud Mountains in November 1929, and named by him for the Fisher brothers, Detroit industrialists and contributors to the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.||
4941|Fisher Bastion|Summit|782100S|1623100E|-78.35|162.5166667|2650|8694|01/01/1995|A high rectangular massif (2,650 m) between the upper reaches of Potter Glacier and Foster Glacier, 4.5 mi SE of Mount Huggins in Royal Society Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1994 after U.S. Navy Captain Dwight Douglas Fisher (Fisher Peak, q.v.), U.S. Navy (USN) Commanding Officer of NSFA, 1987-89.||10/19/2012
4942|Fisher Bay|Bay|673100S|1454500E|-67.5166667|145.75||||An embayment about 14 mi wide between the eastern side of the Mertz Glacier Tongue and the mainland.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who named it for Andrew Fisher, Prime Minister of Australia in 1911.||
4943|Fisher Glacier|Glacier|731500S|0660000E|-73.25|66|||01/01/1961|Prominent western tributary to the Lambert Glacier, about 100 mi long, flowing E past the N sides of Mounts Menzies and Rubin and joining the main stream of the Lambert Glacier just E of Mount Stinear.  Sighted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft by K.B. Mather in 1957.  Named by ANCA for N.H. Fisher, chief geologist, Bureau of Mineral Resources, Department of National Development, Australia.||
4944|Fisher Island|Island|770800S|1540000W|-77.1333333|-154|||01/01/1966|An ice-covered island 7 mi long, lying just N of Edward VII Peninsula where it marks the W side of the entrance to Sulzberger Bay.  Mapped from surveys by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Wayne Fisher of the U.S. Department of State.||
4945|Fisher Massif|Range|721900S|0674000E|-72.3166667|67.6666667|||01/01/1962|A rock massif about 16 mi long and 5 mi wide, standing at the W side of Lambert Glacier about 42 mi S of the Aramis Range, in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Discovered by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by B.H. Stinear in October 1957.  Named by ANCA for Morris M. Fisher, surveyor at Mawson Station in 1957.||
4947|Fisher Nunatak|Summit|774300S|0872700W|-77.7166667|-87.45|||01/01/1960|A nunatak with rock exposure, standing 13 mi W of Mount Crawford of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Discovered by the Marie Byrd Land Traverse party, 1957-58, under C.R. Bentley.  Named for Diana D. Fisher, director, Glaciological Headquarters, US-IGY Program, 1956-59.||
4949|Fisher Peak|Summit|755200S|0682300W|-75.8666667|-68.3833333|1100|3609||A peak rising to c. 1,100 m, 5 mi SE of Mount Leek, Hauberg Mountains, in eastern Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1961-67.  Climbed in December 1977 by members of a U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) field party.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1985 after Commander Dwight D. Fisher, USN, command pilot on the first landing by LC-130 Hercules aircraft on English Coast in December 1984; Commanding Officer, U.S. Navy Antarctic Development Squadron Six (VXE-6), from May 1984 to May 1985; Commanding Officer, NSFA, 1987-89; Naval Officer on detail to NSF, 1989-92; Deputy Manager, Polar Operations Section, Office of Polar Programs, NSF, from 1992.||
4950|Fisher Spur|Ridge|710900S|1595000E|-71.15|159.8333333|||01/01/1970|A rugged rock spur jutting northward from the W flank of Daniels Range immediately N of Mount Nero, in the Usarp Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Dean F. Fisher, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geophysicist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
4951|Fishhook Ridge|Ridge|642700S|0593600W|-64.45|-59.6|100|328||A ridge rising to c. 100 m on the E side of Sobral Peninsula, Nordenskjold Coast.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1990 from the shape of the feature in plan view.||
4952|Fish Islands|Island|660200S|0652500W|-66.0333333|-65.4166667|||01/01/1950|Group of small islands lying in the N part of the entrance to Holtedahl Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered and named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill.||
4953|Fishtail Point|Summit|785700S|1623600E|-78.95|162.6|||01/01/1962|The southernmost point of Shults Peninsula, at the E side of the mouth of Skelton Glacier.  Surveyed and given this descriptive name in 1957 by the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58).||
4954|Fishtrap Cove|Bay|681100S|0670000W|-68.1833333|-67|||01/01/1956|Small cove 0.1 mi NW of Boulder Point on the SW side of Stonington Island, close off the W coast of Graham Land.  First surveyed by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Resurveyed in 1946-47 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who so named it because Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) parties used this cove for setting fish traps.||
4955|Cape Fiske|Cape|742100S|0602700W|-74.35|-60.45||||Cape which forms the E tip of Smith Peninsula, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  This cape was photographed from the air by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in December 1940, and in 1947 by members of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted it from the ground.  Named by Ronne for C.O. Fiske climatologist with the Ronne expedition.||
4956|Fission Wall|Cliff|855200S|1551200W|-85.8666667|-155.2|1400|4593||A 1,400 m high granite cliff on the N face of Mount Griffith, Hays Mountains, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  The feature was climbed on Nov. 16, 1987, by a U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) - Arizona State University geological party led by Edmund Stump.  The name derives from granite samples collected on the wall at 100 m spacing for dating by the fission-track method.||
4958|Fitch Glacier|Glacier|720100S|1680700E|-72.0166667|168.1166667|||01/01/1964|Tributary glacier flowing south along the east side of McGregor Range to enter Man-o-War Glacier in the Admiralty Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant E.E. Fitch, U.S. Navy (USN), medical officer at Hallett Station, 1963.||
4959|Fitchie Bay|Bay|604500S|0442900W|-60.75|-44.4833333|||01/01/1947|Bay lying between Cape Dundas and Cape Whitson on the S side of Laurie Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted in 1903 by the ScotNAE under Bruce, who named it for John Fitchie, second mate of the expedition ship Scotia.||
4960|Fitton Rock|Island|674600S|0683400W|-67.7666667|-68.5666667|||01/01/1964|A flat-topped rock lying SE of Cape Alexandra, off the S end of Adelaide Island.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1963 for Gordon F. Fitton, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) general assistant at Adelaide Station, 1961-62, and member of the first party to winter on Adelaide Island.||
4961|FitzGerald Bluffs|Cliff|740300S|0772000W|-74.05|-77.3333333|||01/01/1968|Prominent north-facing bluffs, 9 mi long, located 30 mi S of Snow Nunataks in Ellsworth Land.  Discovered by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (1947-48) under Finn Ronne, who named the bluffs after Gerald FitzGerald, Chief Topographic Engineer, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), 1947-57.||
4962|Fitzgerald Glacier|Glacier|733300S|1661500E|-73.55|166.25|||01/01/1967|A prominent valley glacier draining to Lady Newnes Bay from the ice cascades on the S and W slopes of Mount Murchison, in Victoria Land.  At the mouth it coalesces with the Icebreaker Glacier before debouching on Lady Newnes Bay.  Explored by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1958-59, and named by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) for E.B. Fitzgerald, deputy leader of the expedition.||
4963|Fitzgerald Hill|Summit|771527S|1662400E|-77.257393|166.399929|230|755|01/01/1964|Hill, 230 m, standing W of Mount Bird between Fitzgerald Stream and Shell Glacier on Ross Island.  Mapped by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1958-59, and named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) for E.B. Fitzgerald, deputy leader of the expedition.||
4964|Fitzgerald Nunataks|Summit|661500S|0524900E|-66.25|52.8166667|||01/01/1965|Three isolated nunataks 2 mi N of Mount Codrington, at the NW end of the Napier Mountains in Enderby Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Veslenutane (the little peaks).  Photographed from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956 and renamed by ANCA for Brigadier L. Fitzgerald, Director of Survey in the Australian Army, 1942-60.||
4965|Fitzgerald Stream|Stream|771507S|1662408E|-77.252053|166.402199|||01/01/1964|Stream between Fitzgerald Hill and Inclusion Hill on the lower ice-free W slopes of Mount Bird, Ross Island, flowing to McMurdo Sound across McDonald Beach.  Explored by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1958-59, and named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) for E.B. Fitzgerald, deputy leader of the expedition.||
4966|Fitzmaurice Point|Summit|661600S|0634300W|-66.2666667|-63.7166667||||A point on the NW side of Cabinet Inlet, Foyn Coast, between Attlee Glacier and Bevin Glacier.  Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) and surveyed from the ground by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in December 1947.  Named in 1985 by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Sir Gerald G. Fitzmaurice (1901-82), Legal Advisor, Foreign Office, 1953-60 (Second Legal Advisor, 1945-53), who served Cabinet Ministers commemorated in this area; Chairman, UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), 1952-60.||
4967|Fitzpatrick Rock|Island|661600S|1103000E|-66.2666667|110.5|||01/01/1958|Low icecapped rock lying 0.5 mi NW of Kilby Island at the mouth of Newcomb Bay, in the Windmill Islands.  First charted in February 1957 by a party from the USS Glacier.  The name was suggested by Lieutenant Robert C. Newcomb, U.S. Navy (USN), navigator of the Glacier, for Boatswain's Mate 2d Class John Fitzpatrick, U.S. Navy (USN), member of the survey party.||03/06/1997
4969|Fitzroy Island|Island|681100S|0665800W|-68.1833333|-66.9666667|||01/01/1963|Island 0.5 mi E of the S tip of Stonington Island, lying in Neny Bay at the foot of Northeast Glacier, by which it is partially covered, off the W coast of Graham Land.  The island was presumably first sighted in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), and was roughly charted by them and by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  It was surveyed in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) who named it for the RMS Fitzroy, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) ship which visited this area in 1947.||
4970|Fitzroy Point|Cape|631100S|0550700W|-63.1833333|-55.1166667|||01/01/1963|Low point at the E side of Fliess Bay forming the NE extremity of Joinville Island.  Discovered on Dec. 30, 1842 by a British expedition under Ross, who named it Cape Fitzroy for Captain (later Vice Admiral) Robert Fitzroy, Royal Navy (RN) (1805-65), English hydrographer and meteorologist.||03/06/1997
4971|Mount Fitzsimmons|Summit|775400S|1545500W|-77.9|-154.9166667|||01/01/1947|Peak standing between Mounts Jackling and Shideler in the N group of the Rockefeller Mountains on Edward VII Peninsula. Discovered on Jan. 27, 1929, by members of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) on an exploratory flight to this area.  Named for Roy G. Fitzsimmons, physicist in charge of the Rockefeller Mountains seismic station for the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) during November-December 1940.||
4972|Fitzsimmons Nunataks|Summit|720800S|1614200E|-72.1333333|161.7|||01/01/1970|A group of small nunataks about 27 mi ENE of Welcome Mountain of the Outback Nunataks and 8 mi SE of Helliwell Hills. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-64. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John M. Fitzsimmons, biologist at McMurdo Station, 1965-66.||
4974|Fivemile Rock|Summit|632900S|0570300W|-63.4833333|-57.05|375|1230|01/01/1963|Small nunatak, 375 m, rising just NW of Mineral Hill on Tabarin Peninsula.  Mapped in 1946 and again in 1956 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and so named because the feature is located 5 miles from their station at Hope Bay on the route from there to Duse Bay.||
4975|Fizkin Island|Island|653100S|0653100W|-65.5166667|-65.5166667|||01/01/1965|Island lying 2.5 mi SE of Pickwick Island, Pitt Islands, in the Biscoe Islands.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 after Horatio Fizkin, Esquire, a character in Charles Dickens' Pickwick Papers.||
4976|Fjellimellom Valley|Valley|720500S|0022900E|-72.0833333|2.4833333|||01/01/1966|An ice-filled valley between Jutulsessen Mountain and Nupskammen Ridge in the Gjelsvik Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52), and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Fjellimellom (between the mountains).||
4977|Fjomet Nunatak|Summit|732500S|0025500W|-73.4166667|-2.9166667|||01/01/1966|An isolated nunatak about 8 mi ESE of Mount Hallgren, along the Kirwan Escarpment of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Fjomet.||
4978|Fladerer Bay|Bay|731500S|0802000W|-73.25|-80.3333333|||01/01/1968|A bay about 15 mi long and 6 mi wide between Wirth and Rydberg Peninsulas, Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain George Fladerer, commander of U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) Eltanin on Antarctic cruises.||
4979|Flagon Point|Summit|721400S|0604100W|-72.2333333|-60.6833333|395|1296|01/01/1953|Point surmounted by two peaks, 295 and 395 m, marking the S side of the entrance to Schott Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered and photographed from the air in December 1940 by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  It was charted in 1947 by a joint party consisting of members of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) and Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  So named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) because the two peaks are suggestive of a flagon tilted on its side when viewed from north or south.||
4980|Flag Point|Summit|644900S|0633100W|-64.8166667|-63.5166667|||01/01/1951|Point which lies 0.3 mi ESE of Damoy Point and forms the N side of the entrance to Port Lockroy, Wiencke Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1944.  When the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) base at Port Lockroy was established in 1944, a metal Union Jack was erected on this point.||
4981|Flagpole Point|Summit|681100S|0670100W|-68.1833333|-67.0166667|||01/01/1956|Point 0.2 mi NW of Fishtrap Cove, forming the S part of the W extremity of Stonington Island, close off the W coast of Graham Land.  First surveyed by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, whose East Base was located on this island.  Resurveyed in 1946-47 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and so named by them because of the flag pole which was erected by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) on a rocky knoll close NE of this point.||
4982|Flagship Mountain|Summit|764300S|1613000E|-76.7166667|161.5|1720|5643|01/01/1962|Prominent, conical rock peak, 1,720 m, surmounting the S part of the large rock mass between Northwind and Atka Glaciers in the Convoy Range, Victoria Land.  Named by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) after the USS Glacier, flagship of the American convoy into McMurdo Sound in the 1956-57 season, and closely associated with the area in other years.||03/07/1997
4983|Flagstaff Glacier|Glacier|620500S|0582600W|-62.0833333|-58.4333333|||01/01/1960|Very small glacier lying immediately N of Flagstaff Hill on Keller Peninsula, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name arose locally in about 1958 and derives from association with Flagstaff Hill.||
4984|Flagstaff Hill|Summit|620500S|0582500W|-62.0833333|-58.4166667|265|869|01/01/1960|Hill 265 m, lying 0.5 mi N of Plaza Point on Keller Peninsula, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands. The name has been used at the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) station at Admiralty Bay since about 1952, and arose because there was an iron flagstaff on the summit of the hill.||
4985|Flagstaff Point|Summit|773322S|1661000E|-77.555981|166.166645|||01/01/1952|Point forming the S end of the Cape Royds headland on the W side of Ross Island.  Charted and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Shackleton, 1907-09, which established its winter headquarters and erected a flag near the point.||
4986|Flagstone Bench|Bench|705100S|0681200E|-70.85|68.2|||01/01/1961|A large rock bench which is littered with flaggy slabs of sandstone, bordering the SE sides of Radok Lake and Beaver Lake in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Visited by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) survey parties in 1957 and 1958.  The descriptive name was applied by ANCA.||
4987|Flanagan Glacier|Glacier|792900S|0824200W|-79.4833333|-82.7|||01/01/1967|A glacier in the Pioneer Heights, Heritage Range, draining E from Thompson Escarpment between Gross and Nimbus Hills to the confluent ice at the lower end of Union Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Walter B. Flanagan, assistant maintenance officer with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 at McMurdo Station in Deep Freeze 1963 and 1964.||
4990|Flandres Bay|Bay|650200S|0632000W|-65.0333333|-63.3333333|||01/01/1956|Large bay lying between Capes Renard and Willems, along the W coast of Graham Land.  Explored in 1898 by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, who named it, probably after the historical area of that name, now constituting part of France, Belgium and the Netherlands.||
4991|Flank Island|Island|650700S|0642100W|-65.1166667|-64.35|||01/01/1971|The southernmost of the Myriad Islands, lying 2 mi ENE of Snag Rocks in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys in 1956-57 and from the helicopter of His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Protector in March 1958.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because of its position.||03/07/1997
4992|Cape Flannery|Cape|592700S|0272100W|-59.45|-27.35|||01/01/1952|Cape which forms the W end of Thule Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  Charted in 1930 by DI personnel on the member of the Discovery Committee.||
4993|Mount Flanuten|Summit|714700S|0111700E|-71.7833333|11.2833333|2725|8940|01/01/1970|A mountain (2,725 m) extending as a massif between Livdebotnen Cirque and Vindegghallet Glacier, in the Humboldt Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and photographed by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped by Norway from air photos and surveys of the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Flanuten (the flat summit).||
4994|Flårjuven Bluff|Cliff|720200S|0032400W|-72.0333333|-3.4|||01/01/1966|A flat-topped, largely ice-free bluff about 1 mi N of Storkletten Peak, on the Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Flarjuven.||
4995|Flårjuvnutane Peaks|Range|720100S|0033200W|-72.0166667|-3.5333333|||01/01/1966|A group of small rock peaks about 1 mi W of Flarjuven Bluff, on the Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Flarjuvnutane.||
4996|Flask Glacier|Glacier|654700S|0622500W|-65.7833333|-62.4166667|||01/01/1963|A gently-sloping glacier 25 mi long, flowing E from Bruce Plateau to enter Scar Inlet between Daggoo and Spouter Peaks in Graham Land.  The lower reaches of this glacier were surveyed and photographed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947.  The entire glacier was photographed by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) in 1955-56, and mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the third mate on the Whale.||
4997|Flatcap Point|Cliff|640700S|0580700W|-64.1166667|-58.1166667||||The most northerly of two relatively low flat-topped rock cliffs on the east side of the northern arm of Rohss Bay, James Ross Island.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61).  The descriptive name was given by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC).||10/19/2000
4998|The Flatiron|Cliff|770100S|1622300E|-77.0166667|162.3833333|||01/01/1952|Rocky, triangular-shaped headland which overlooks the SW part of Granite Harbor, in Victoria Land.  Charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, 1910-13, who so named it because of its distinctive shape.||
4999|Flatiron Valley|Valley|705400S|0682900W|-70.9|-68.4833333||||A N-S valley including a lake, located in the S part of Ganymede Heights, marginal to Jupiter Glacier, Alexander Island. The name derives from field work in 1978-79 by the Department of Geography, University of Aberdeen, Scotland, with British Antarctic Survey (BAS) support. Named from the triangular slope facets between prominent gullies on the W side of the valley.||
5000|Flat Island|Island|530200S|0723600E|-53.0333333|72.6|||01/01/1957|An island 0.1 mi long, lying 0.1 mi N of McDonald Island, in the McDonald Islands.  The feature appears to have been first shown on an 1874 chart by the British expedition under Nares in the Challenger.  It was surveyed and given this descriptive name by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1948.||
5001|Flat Island|Island|712400S|1691800E|-71.4|169.3|480|1575|01/01/1947|High (480 m), flat-topped island, 3 mi long, lying at the terminus of Shipley Glacier off the N coast of Victoria Land. Its NE tip, Cape Barrow, marks the W side of the entrance to Robertson Bay.  First charted and given this descriptive name by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
5002|Flat Islands|Island|673600S|0624900E|-67.6|62.8166667|||01/01/1961|A small chain of islands which extends 2.5 mi in a NE-SW direction, lying 2 mi SW of Welch Island in the E part of Holme Bay.  The islands were mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and the name Flatoyholmane (the flat island islets) was applied to the group at the S end of the chain.  Following surveys by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), ANCA recommended in 1958 that the descriptive name Flat Islands be applied for the entire group.||
5005|Flatnes Ice Tongue|Glacier|691600S|0764400E|-69.2666667|76.7333333|||01/01/1956|An ice tongue forming the W limit of Hovde Cove in the SE part of Prydz Bay.  The tongue is nourished by local drainage from Ingrid Christensen Coast and extends for 3 mi into the bay. Plotted by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37) and named Flatnes (flat point).  The generic ice tongue has been approved for this feature on the basis of John H. Roscoe's 1952 study of features in the area as identified in air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).||
5007|Flat Spur|Ridge|773610S|1613021E|-77.602724|161.505746|||01/01/1976|Rock spur that descends NE from Brunhilde Peak between the N and S branches of Sykes Glacier, in the Asgard Range of Victoria Land.  The descriptive name was applied by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC).||
5008|Flat Top|Summit|802700S|0281600W|-80.45|-28.2666667|1330|4363|01/01/1960|Distinctive table mountain, 1,330 m, with steep rocky cliffs, 4 mi NE of Lister Heights in the W part of the Shackleton Range.  First seen and given this descriptive name during the early reconnaissance flights of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1955-58.  Visited and mapped by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) in 1957.||
5009|Flat Top|Summit|844200S|1715000E|-84.7|171.8333333|4000|13123|01/01/1966|A prominent ice-covered mountain, over 4000 m, with a broad, flat summit area, standing just E of the head of Osicki Glacier.  It is the highest point in the Commonwealth Range. Named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) as being descriptive.||
5010|Flat Top Peninsula|Cape|621300S|0590200W|-62.2166667|-59.0333333|||01/01/1965|Small, flat-topped peninsula 1 mi N of the SW extremity of King George Island, South Shetland Islands.  The peninsula was named on a chart based upon a survey by DI personnel of the Discovery II during 1935.||04/06/1998
5011|Flattunga|Glacier|685100S|0400000E|-68.85|40|||01/01/1968|A small ice tongue protruding into the sea between Tottsuki Point and Tensoku Rock, at the western end of Prince Olav Coast in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Flattunga (the flat tongue).||
5012|Flatvaer Islands|Island|690100S|0393300E|-69.0166667|39.55|||01/01/1968|A group of small islands, of which Ongul Island is the largest, lying at the E side of the entrance of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Flatvaer (flat islands).||03/07/1997
5013|Fleece Glacier|Glacier|655400S|0631000W|-65.9|-63.1666667|||01/01/1976|A tributary glacier that enters Leppard Glacier on its N side about 1. 5 mi E of Moider Peak, on the E side of Graham Land.  The toponym is one in a group applied in the vicinity by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) that reflects a whaling theme, Fleece being the cook aboard the Pequod in Herman Melville's Moby Dick.||
5014|Fleet Point|Summit|673700S|0652400W|-67.6166667|-65.4|260|853|01/01/1975|A rocky point 4 mi NW of Tent Nunatak on the E coast of Graham Land.  The point has a rocky spine ranging from 260 m to 870 m in height.  The point appears in the aerial photographs of several American expeditions: U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41; Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48; U.S. Navy photos, 1968.  Mapped by British Antarctic Survey (BAS) 1963-64.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Michael Fleet, General Assistant with the British Antarctic Survey (BAS) Larsen Ice Shelf party, 1963-64.||
5015|Flein Island|Island|694500S|0390500E|-69.75|39.0833333|||01/01/1966|Small island lying 0.4 mi N of Berr Point in the SE part of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Norwegian cartographers working from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, mapped this feature as two islands, applying the name Fleinoya (the bare island) to the larger.  The Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, determined that only one island exists in this position and retained the name given earlier for the larger island.||
5018|Mount Fleming|Summit|773303S|1600557E|-77.550946|160.099207|2200|7218|01/01/1962|Mountain, over 2,200 m, standing at the SW side of Airdevronsix Icefalls and Wright Upper Glacier, in Victoria Land. Named in 1957 by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) for Dr. C.A. Fleming, Senior Paleontologist of the New Zealand Geological Survey, and Chairman of the Royal Society's Antarctic Research Committee.||
5019|Fleming Glacier|Glacier|692500S|0664000W|-69.4166667|-66.6666667|||01/01/1947|Broad glacier 25 mi long on the W side of Antarctic Peninsula, flowing WNW and terminating in Forster Ice Piedmont to the E of Wordie Ice Shelf.  The glacier was charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37, and was photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) on Sept. 29, 1940.  This hitherto unnamed feature was named by the US-SCAN in 1947 for Reverend W.L.S. Fleming, Dean of Trinity Hall, Cambridge University; also, chaplain, chief scientist, and geologist of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE).||
5020|Fleming Head|Cliff|751000S|1623800E|-75.1666667|162.6333333|||01/01/1968|Prominent rock headland on the coast of Victoria Land, marking the S side of the terminus of Larsen Glacier where it enters Ross Sea.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1957-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John P. Fleming, Senior Chief Construction Electrician, U.S. Navy (USN), a member of the McMurdo Station winter party, 1962 and 1966.||
5021|Fleming Peaks|Range|771500S|1443000W|-77.25|-144.5|||01/01/1966|A small group of peaks 6 mi ESE of Bailey Ridge, on the N side of Boyd Glacier in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land. Discovered and mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Bernard Fleming, an assistant to the scientific staff on the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1933-35).||
5022|Fleming Point|Summit|642000S|0623500W|-64.3333333|-62.5833333|||01/01/1960|Point 4.5 mi NE of Humann Point on the W side of Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Roughly charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos in 1959.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Sir Alexander Fleming (1881-1955), Scottish bacteriologist who discovered penicillin in 1928.||
5024|Flensing Icefall|Glacier|705500S|1634400E|-70.9166667|163.7333333|||01/01/1964|A large icefall at the E side of the Bowers Mountains, situated S of Platypus Ridge at the junction of Graveson and Rastorguev Glaciers with the Lillie Glacier.  So named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, because the icefall's longitudinal system of parallel crevassing resembles the carcass of a whale when being flensed.||
5025|Flensing Islands|Island|604200S|0454100W|-60.7|-45.6833333|||01/01/1952|Group of small islands lying 1 mi W of Foca Point on the W side of Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  The islands were named "Flenserne" on a chart of 1912-13 by Norwegian whaling captain Petter Sorlle.  The name Flensing Islands, suggested by the earlier Norwegian name, was used by DI personnel on the the process of stripping skin and blubber from whales.||
5026|Flesa Rock|Summit|722900S|0022500W|-72.4833333|-2.4166667|||01/01/1966|An isolated rock lying 7 mi E of the NE end of the Borg Massif, in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Flesa (the low-lying islet).||04/11/2001
5027|Cape Fletcher|Cape|674100S|0653500E|-67.6833333|65.5833333|||01/01/1947|A minor projection of the ice-covered coastline S of Martin Reef, midway between Strahan Glacier and Scullin Monolith. Discovered by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31, under Mawson, and named by him for H.O. Fletcher, asst. biologist with the expedition.||
5028|Fletcher Bluff|Cliff|673600S|0684200W|-67.6|-68.7|800|2625||A rock-faced, snow-backed bluff (c. 800 m) located 3 mi WNW of the summit of Mount Liotard on the E margin of Fuchs Ice Piedmont, Adelaide Island.  Named in 1983 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after David D.W. Fletcher, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) general assistant, Halley Station, 1972-73; Station Commander, Signy, 1973-74, and Rothera, 1976-81.||
5029|Fletcher Ice Rise|Glacier|782000S|0810000W|-78.3333333|-81||||A large ice rise, 100 mi long and 40 mi wide, at the southwest side of Ronne Ice Shelf.  The feature is completely ice covered and rises between Rutford Ice Stream and Carlson Inlet. The ice rise was observed, photographed and roughly sketched by Lieutenant Ronald F. Carlson, U.S. Navy (USN), in the course of a C-130 aircraft flight of Dec. 14-15, 1961 from McMurdo Sound to this vicinity and return.  Mapped in detail by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from Landsat imagery taken 1973-74. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Joseph O. Fletcher, director of the Office of Polar Programs, National Science Foundation, 1971-74.||03/07/1997
5030|Fletcher Island|Island|665300S|1430500E|-66.8833333|143.0833333|||01/01/1963|A rocky island, 0.25 mi in diameter, which is the largest of the Fletcher Islands.  It lies in the E part of Commonwealth Bay, 6 mi WSW of Cape Gray.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who named it for Frank D. Fletcher, First Officer on the expedition ship Aurora.||
5031|Fletcher Islands|Island|665300S|1430500E|-66.8833333|143.0833333|||01/01/1956|A small group of islands lying 6 mi WSW of Cape Gray in the E part of Commonwealth Bay.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who gave the name Fletcher to the large island of the group.  The Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) recommends that the name Fletcher also be applied for the group in keeping with the interpretation shown on G.D. Blodgett's 1955 map compiled from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).||
5032|Fletcher Nunataks|Summit|745400S|0724700W|-74.9|-72.7833333||||Two nunataks lying 2.2 mi SW of Barker Nunatak in the Grossman Nunataks, Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs taken 1965-68 and Landsat imagery taken 1973-74.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after James B. Fletcher, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) cartographic technician who, with Kenneth Barker (Barker Nunatak, q.v.), formed the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) satellite surveying team at South Pole Station, winter party 1977.||
5033|Fletcher Peninsula|Cape|724500S|0885000W|-72.75|-88.8333333|||01/01/1968|A broad ice-covered peninsula which extends into the Bellingshausen Sea between the Abbot and the Venable Ice Shelves. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1961-66. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Fred C. Fletcher of Boston, a contributor to the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.||
5036|Mount Flett|Summit|680900S|0491200E|-68.15|49.2|||01/01/1965|A mountain between Mount Marriner and Mount Underwood in the central Nye Mountains.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for A. Flett, radio officer at Wilkes Station, 1959.||
5037|Fletta Bay|Bay|694500S|0371200E|-69.75|37.2|||01/01/1964|A bay indenting the SW shore of Lutzow-Holm Bay immediately W of Botnneset Peninsula.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Fletta (the braid).||
5038|Flett Buttress|Cliff|640700S|0574900W|-64.1166667|-57.8166667|905|2969||A rock crag rising to 905 m northwest of Mount Haddington, James Ross Island.  It provides the highest exposure of volcanic rock on the island.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1987 after William R. Flett, geologist on Operation Tabarin at Deception Island (Base Leader), 1943-44, and Hope Bay, 1944-45.||
5039|Flett Crags|Cliff|803900S|0233500W|-80.65|-23.5833333||||Rock crags on the N slope of Read Mountains, 5 mi N of Mount Wegener, in the Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy in 1967.  Surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of geologists grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Sir John Smith Flett (1869-1947), British geologist who worked on Scottish geology and volcanoes; Director, Geological Survey and Museum of Practical Geology (later British Geological Survey), 1920-35.||
5040|Fleurus Island|Island|643400S|0621300W|-64.5666667|-62.2166667|||01/01/1965|Island lying 0.5 mi S of Delaite Island in Wilhelmina Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1950.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1956 after the British ship Fleurus, which visited the area in 1928.||
5041|Fliess Bay|Bay|631200S|0551000W|-63.2|-55.1666667|||01/01/1964|Bay lying immediately W of Fitzroy Point along the N coast of Joinville Island.  The name appears on an Argentine government chart of 1957.  Named "Caleta Almirante Fliess" after Admiral Felipe Fliess (1878-1952) who, as a lieutenant, was commander of the Argentine navy group detached for duty with the crew of the ship Uruguay in 1903, on the occasion of the rescue expedition to the members of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) (1901-04) led by Dr. Otto Nordenskjold.||
5042|Flight Deck Névé|Glacier|764700S|1613000E|-76.7833333|161.5||||An elevated and unusually flat glacier neve, about 5 mi by 3 mi, between Flagship Mountain and Mount Razorback in the Convoy Range, Victoria Land.  The feature is the primary source of ice to the east-flowing Benson Glacier at Scuppers Icefalls. One of a group of nautical names in Convoy Range applied by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1994.||
5043|Flinders Peak|Summit|692100S|0664000W|-69.35|-66.6666667|960|3150|01/01/1962|A conspicuous triangular peak (960 m) on the W end of Bristly Peaks.  The peak overlooks Forster Ice Piedmont near the W coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  Photographed from the air by British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) (Feb. 1937) and Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (Dec. 1947).  Surveyed from the ground by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in Dec. 1958.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Matthew Flinders (1774-1814), English navigator who discovered the cause of deviation in magnetic compasses, and pointed the way to a solution, 1805-14.||
5044|Mount Flint|Summit|754400S|1290600W|-75.7333333|-129.1|2695|8842|01/01/1966|Prominent rounded and mainly snow-covered mountain, 2,695 m, standing 10 mi NW of Mount Petras in the McCuddin Mountains of Marie Byrd Land.  The feature was observed from aircraft of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in Flight G, Dec. 15, 1940, and was briefly referred to as "Mount Gray."  It was mapped in detail by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert B. Flint, Jr., U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) scientist on high latitude geophysical and geomagnetic phenomena.  Flint wintered over at Byrd Station, 1964, Plateau Station where he was scientific leader, 1966, and Vostok Station where he was U.S. Exchange Scientist, 1974.||
5045|Flint Glacier|Glacier|672000S|0652500W|-67.3333333|-65.4166667|||01/01/1952|Glacier which flows S into Whirlwind Inlet between Demorest Glacier and Cape Northrop, on the E coast of Graham Land. Discovered by Sir Hubert Wilkins on his flight of Dec. 20, 1928, and photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940.  Charted in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who named it for Richard F. Flint, glaciologist and professor of geology at Yale University.||03/07/1997
5047|Flint Ridge|Ridge|773116S|1630203E|-77.521029|163.034083|995|3264|01/01/1973|A N-S trending ridge with a summit elevation of 995 m, located immediately N of Commonwealth Glacier in Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lawrence A. Flint, manager of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Berg Field Center at McMurdo Station in 1972.  A standard U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) survey tablet stamped "Flint ET 1971-72" was fixed in a rock slab atop this ridge by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Electronic Traverse, 1971-72.||
5048|Flogeken Glacier|Glacier|720400S|0042500E|-72.0666667|4.4166667|||01/01/1966|A deeply entrenched glacier, flowing NW between Mount Grytoyr and Langfloget Cliff, in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Flogeken (the rock wall spoke).||03/07/1997
5050|Flogstallen|Summit|723600S|0025900W|-72.6|-2.9833333|||01/01/1966|A flat, icecapped mountain with steep rock sides just NE of Jokulskarvet Ridge, in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Flogstallen (the rock wall stable).||
5051|Flood Range|Range|760300S|1343000W|-76.05|-134.5|||01/01/1966|Range of large snow-covered mountains extending in an E-W direction for about 60 mi and forming a right angle with the S end of the Ames Range in Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) in 1934 from a great distance.  Reconnaissance flights by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) explored the range.  The principle mountain was named "Mount Hal Flood" by Byrd for his uncle, the Hon. Henry D. Flood, U.S. Senator from Virginia.  The name was subsequently transferred by US-SCAN from the mountain to the entire range.||
5052|Mount Flora|Summit|632500S|0570100W|-63.4166667|-57.0166667|520|1706|01/01/1952|Mountain, 520 m, containing a well-defined cirque which faces NE, standing 0.5 mi SE of the head of Hope Bay, at the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, 1901-04, and named by J. Gunnar Andersson, second-in-command of the expedition who discovered flora fossils of the Jurassic period in certain strata of this mountain.||
5055|Florence Island|Island|663800S|1400500E|-66.6333333|140.0833333|||01/01/1962|Small rocky island lying 0.4 mi S of Derby Island near the N extremity of Astrolabe Glacier Tongue.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) in 1951 and named after Florence, Italy.||
5056|Florence Nunatak|Summit|621300S|0583700W|-62.2166667|-58.6166667|280|919|01/01/1960|Conspicuous nunatak, 280 m, nearly 2 mi E of the head of Potter Cove in the SW part of King George Island, South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for the sealing vessel which visited the South Shetland Islands in 1876-77 during the revival of United States southern fur sealing.  Some of the crew of the Florence wintered at Potter Cove during 1877; only one survived.||
5057|Florence Rock|Island|604700S|0443600W|-60.7833333|-44.6|||01/01/1952|Rock 0.1 mi long with a smaller rock off its NE end, lying 0.8 mi SW of Cape Anderson, off the S coast of Laurie Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted and named by the ScotNAE, 1902-04, led by W.S. Bruce.||
5059|Flory Cirque|Basin|773854S|1605102E|-77.648429|160.850663|||01/01/1976|A cirque between West Groin and East Groin, two rock spurs on the north side of Taylor Glacier in Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert F. Flory, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist at McMurdo Station for three seasons, 1968-71.||03/07/1997
5061|Flotsam Moraines|Ridge|765100S|1614000E|-76.85|161.6666667|||01/01/1993|The moraines trailing northeastward from Mount Morrison, trapped in the ice eddies between Midship Glacier and ice from local mountainside glaciers, in Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land.  So named by a 1989-90 New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) field party from association with Jetsam Moraine and because all supraglacial moraines are "floating" on the glacier ice, and drift in a manner similar to marine flotsam and jetsam.||
5062|Flounder Island|Island|660100S|0652400W|-66.0166667|-65.4|||01/01/1971|The largest of the Fish Islands at the N side of Holtedahl Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 because it lies in the Fish Islands.||
5063|Mount Flower|Summit|701200S|0675300W|-70.2|-67.8833333|1465|4806|01/01/1955|Mountain with two summits, the highest 1,465 m, standing 6.5 mi inland from Carse Point and George VI Sound, on the W coast of Palmer Land.  This mountain lies partially within the margin of area first photographed from the air on Nov. 23, 1935 by Lincoln Ellsworth, and its N extremity was mapped from these photographs by W.L.G. Joerg.  It was first surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954 for Geoffrey C. Flower, instructor in survey at the Royal Geographical Society, 1933-40, who helped with the organization and working out of the surveys made by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37.||
5064|Flowers Hills|Range|782400S|0841000W|-78.4|-84.1666667|1390|4560|01/01/1961|A group of hills, 20 mi long and with peaks of 1,240 and 1,390 m, lying S of the terminus of Dater Glacier and extending along the E edge of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains. First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Edwin C. Flowers, meteorologist at the South Pole Station in 1957.||
5065|Fløymannen Nunatak|Summit|730900S|0021400W|-73.15|-2.2333333|||01/01/1966|A nunatak just N of the W end of Neumayer Cliffs in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Floymannen (the wing man).||
5066|Mount F. L. Smith|Summit|833800S|1692900E|-83.6333333|169.4833333|2635|8645|01/01/1949|A mountain, 2,635 m, standing 1 mi NE of Mount Fox in the Queen Alexandra Range.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named for F.L. Smith, London tobacconist, who was a supporter of the expedition.||
5067|Fluke Ridge|Ridge|654500S|0622800W|-65.75|-62.4666667|300|984||A narrow rock ridge rising to c. 300 m on the N side of Flask Glacier near the terminus, on Oscar II Coast, Graham Land. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1987.  One of several names in the area from Melville's Moby Dick which reflect a whaling theme.||
5068|Fluted Peak|Summit|853700S|1764000W|-85.6166667|-176.6666667|||01/01/1966|A fluted snow peak rising at the SE extremity of Roberts Massif.  The only snow peak on the massif, it is visible for many miles to the south as a distinctive landmark.  Surveyed and named by the Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) because of its appearance.||
5069|Fluted Rock|Summit|673400S|0462100E|-67.5666667|46.35|||01/01/1965|Column-like rock standing on the NE side of Spooner Bay in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  The Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Thala Dan) visited the rock in February, 1961 and so named it because of its fluted appearance when viewed from the sea.||04/11/2001
5070|Flutter Island|Island|683300S|0775800E|-68.55|77.9666667|||01/01/1965|An irregular-shaped island, almost cut in two, lying in Prydz Bay between Trigwell Island and Breidnes Peninsula, Vestfold Hills.  First mapped from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37) as two islands.  Remapped as a single island by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1957-58) and named for Maxwell J. Flutter, officer in charge at Davis Station in 1958.||
5071|Cape Flying Fish|Cape|720300S|1022000W|-72.05|-102.3333333|||01/01/1952|An ice-covered cape which forms the W extremity of Thurston Island.  Discovered by R. Admiral Byrd and members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in a flight from the Bear, February 1940.  Named by US-SCAN for the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) ship Flying Fish, commanded by Lieutenant William M. Walker, U.S. Navy (USN), which reached a point within 125 mi of this cape; the ship's position on the morning of Mar. 23, 1839 was 7000S, 10016W.||01/28/2004
5072|Flynn Glacier|Glacier|813100S|1592100E|-81.5166667|159.35|||01/01/1965|A glacier about 10 mi long, draining eastward from Mount Nares in the Churchill Mountains and entering Starshot Glacier S of Kelly Plateau.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander William F. Flynn (CEC), U.S. Navy (USN), commanding officer Mobile Construction Battalion, Special Detachment Bravo, at McMurdo Sound, winter 1957.||03/07/1997
5073|Flyspot Rocks|Island|683500S|0681900W|-68.5833333|-68.3166667|35|115|01/01/1955|Rocks rising 35 m above sea level, lying 14 mi NW of Terra Firma Islands in Marguerite Bay.  The rocks are ice covered on the S sides but mainly ice free on their N sides.  Probably first sighted in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot who, from a position slightly northwestward, charted a "doubtful" island in essentially this position.  The group was roughly sketched from the air by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) on a flight, Feb. 1, 1937.  They were visited and surveyed in 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  The name arose at an earlier date because of their indistinct appearance as represented on the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) map.||
5074|Foale Nunatak|Summit|701600S|0652000E|-70.2666667|65.3333333|||01/01/1971|A nunatak lying 4 mi ENE of Moore Pyramid on the N side of Scylla Glacier, in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos of 1965.  Named by ANCA for K.A. Foale, radio operator at Davis Station in 1963.||
5080|Foca Cove|Bay|604200S|0453900W|-60.7|-45.65|||01/01/1975|A cove just south of Foca Point on the west side of Signy Island.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with Foca Point.||
5081|Foca Point|Summit|604200S|0454000W|-60.7|-45.6666667|||01/01/1956|Rocky point forming the S side of the entrance to Express Cove on the W side of Signy Island in the South Orkney Islands. Surveyed in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for the whale catcher Foca, belonging to the Compania Argentina de Pesca, which visited the South Orkney Islands in December 1926.||
5083|Fog Bay|Bay|774000S|1681000E|-77.6666667|168.1666667|||01/01/1972|A small bay immediately WNW of Terror Point in Windless Bight, on the S side of Ross Island.  So named by the Winter Journey Party, led by Wilson of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, in July 1911 because of the thick white fog they encountered in this locality.||
5084|Fogg Highland|Area|724500S|0605000W|-72.75|-60.8333333||||An ice-covered upland, 20 mi long and 10 mi wide, on the Black Coast, Palmer Land, terminating on the NE in Cape Herdman and bounded on the N by Violante Inlet and on the S by Clowes Glacier.  The feature was photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940, the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in 1947, and the U.S. Navy (USN), 1965-67; surveyed by the joint Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE)-Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) sledge party in November 1947.  Named in 1981 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Gordon E. Fogg, Professor of Marine Biology, University College of North Wales, 1971-85, who conducted research in the Antarctic Peninsula area in conjunction with British Antarctic Survey (BAS) in 1966, 1974, and 1979; Chairman, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) Scientific Advisory Committee, 1970-86.||
5085|Foggydog Glacier|Glacier|794700S|1584000E|-79.7833333|158.6666667|||01/01/1965|A glacier between Blank Peaks and Mount Rich in the Brown Hills.  Mapped by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1962-63) and so named because in plan the glacier is shaped like the head and neck of a dog, with a moraine suggesting a collar and a glacial lake in the position of the ears.  Fog accumulated regularly over the glacier.||
5086|Foggy Pass|Gap|715900S|1645000E|-71.9833333|164.8333333||||A pass running NE-SW between the Leitch Massif on the north and West Quartzite Range and East Quartzite Range on the south, in the Concord Mountains.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1983 on a proposal from geologist M.G. Laird.  So named from the weather conditions encountered in the area.||
5087|Fogle Peak|Summit|775727S|1623422E|-77.957395|162.572878|2475|8120|01/01/1992|A distinctive pointed peak, 2,475 m, standing at the head of Kamb Glacier in Royal Society Range, Victoria Land.  Named in 1992 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Benson Fogle, Program Manager for Upper Atmospheric Research, Division of Polar Programs, National Science Foundation, 1976-85.||
5088|Föhn Bastion|Summit|693100S|0683600W|-69.5166667|-68.6|915|3002||A landmark mountain rising to 915 m about 8 mi SE of Cape Jeremy, on the Rymill Coast, Palmer Land.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 in association with other wind names in this area.  Fohn (foehn) is the descending warm wind common in the European Alps.||
5089|Fokker Rocks|Summit|780400S|1551000W|-78.0666667|-155.1666667|||01/01/1971|Rock outcrops just S of Mount Schlossbach in the Rockefeller Mountains of Edward VII Peninsula.  The name, applied by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN), recalls the fact that a Fokker airplane of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30, was damaged beyond repair by strong winds while it was on the ground on the S side of nearby Washington Ridge. The plane was visited by Charles Morrison of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) on Dec. 31, 1966.||
5090|Fokknuten Nunatak|Summit|715600S|0231500E|-71.9333333|23.25|||01/01/1966|Small nunatak standing 4 mi E of Perlebandet Nunataks in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Fokknuten (the spray peak).||
5091|Fold Island|Island|671700S|0592300E|-67.2833333|59.3833333|||01/01/1953|An offshore island, 6 mi long and 3 mi wide, which with smaller islands close southward separate Stefansson Bay to the W from William Scoresby Bay to the east.  This feature was seen by DI personnel on the William Scoresby in February 1936, who mapped it as part of the mainland.  It was determined to be an island and named Foldoya by Norwegian cartographers who charted this area from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen expedition in January-February 1937.||
5094|Foley Promontory|Cliff|685700S|0692400E|-68.95|69.4|||01/01/1967|An ice-covered promontory about 5 mi N of Landon Promontory on the W side of the Amery Ice Shelf.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1956.  First visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by D.R. Carstens in November 1962.  Named by ANCA for N.E. Foley, weather observer at Mawson Station in 1962, a member of the field party.||
5095|Cape Folger|Cape|660800S|1104400E|-66.1333333|110.7333333|||01/01/1955|An ice-covered cape forming the E side of the entrance to Vincennes Bay on Budd Coast.  The position of Cape Folger correlates closely with the W end of Wilkes' "Budd's High Land," as charted as a coastal landfall by the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) in 1840.  Mapped from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Edward C. Folger, Jr., USN, commander of the icebreaker astronomical control stations in the Windmill Islands, close SW in Vincennes Bay.||03/07/1997
5096|Folger Rock|Island|621600S|0591500W|-62.2666667|-59.25|||01/01/1966|Rock lying 2.5 mi N of Harmony Point, Nelson Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961 for Tristan Folger, Master of the American sealing vessel William and Nancy from Nantucket, which visited the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21, operating from nearby Harmony Cove.||
5097|Folk Ridge|Ridge|730900S|1614900E|-73.15|161.8166667|||01/01/1969|A ridge just SE of Moore Ridge and parallel to it in the Caudal Hills, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John E. Folk, biolab technician at McMurdo Station, 1965-66.||
5098|Foltz Nunatak|Summit|740800S|0762000W|-74.1333333|-76.3333333|800|2625||A nunatak rising to c. 800 m, 1 mi N of Schwartz Peak in Ellsworth Land.  The feature is part of a nunatak group discovered and photographed from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth in Nov. 1935.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1961-68, and from Landsat imagery taken 1973-74. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1987 after Gary F. Foltz, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) cartographic technician, a member of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) satellite surveying teams at the South Pole Station during two winter periods, 1978 and 1984.||
5099|Fomalhaut Nunatak|Summit|705800S|0664000W|-70.9666667|-66.6666667|||01/01/1976|An isolated, flat-topped nunatak near the head of Ryder Glacier, 6.5 mi E of Mount Alpheratz of the Pegasus Mountains, in Palmer Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the star Fomalhaut in the constellation of Piscis Austrinus.||03/07/1997
5100|Mount Fonda|Summit|765900S|1451500W|-76.9833333|-145.25|695|2280|01/01/1970|A mountain (695 m) in the NW part of the Swanson Mountains, 6 mi S of Greegor Peak, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) under R. Admiral R.E. Byrd.  Named for Howard B. Fonda who contributed medical supplies to the Byrd Antarctic Expeditions of 1928-30 and 1933-35.||
5102|Fontaine Bluff|Cliff|793500S|1594200E|-79.5833333|159.7|||01/01/1965|Bluff 4 mi W of Cape Murray on the S side of Carlyon Glacier.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1959-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander R.K. Fontaine, U.S. Navy (USN), commander of USS Hissem on ocean station duty in support of aircraft flights between Christchurch and McMurdo Sound, 1963-64.||
5103|Fontaine Heights|Summit|654800S|0642800W|-65.8|-64.4666667|||01/01/1965|A line of heights that extend from Mount Dewey to Cape Garcia on the S side of Bigo Bay, W coast of Graham Land.  Mapped from air photos and Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) surveys, 1955-57.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Henri La Fontaine (1854-1943), Belgian documentalist, co-founder of Institut International de Bibliographie at Bruxelles, 1895, and of Office Central des Associations Internationales at Bruxelles, 1907; initiator of the Universal Decimal Classification.||
5105|Foolsmate Glacier|Glacier|740100S|1615500E|-74.0166667|161.9166667|||01/01/1968|A small, heavily crevassed tributary glacier flowing NE to enter Priestley Glacier, 11 mi W of Shafer Peak, in Victoria Land.  The name was applied by the Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63.||
5106|The Football|Summit|723000S|1694200E|-72.5|169.7|||01/01/1962|Prominent bare rock scar of football shape on the N side of Football Mountain, on the ridge separating Edisto Inlet and Tucker Glacier.  The scar is surrounded by an unbroken snow slope and is said to be always visible, though occasionally lightly covered by snow for short periods, and is consequently a landmark for pilots and men at Hallett station.  Given this descriptive name by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58.||04/11/2001
5107|Football Mountain|Summit|723100S|1694200E|-72.5166667|169.7|830|2723|01/01/1962|Mountain, 830 m, with a prominent and peculiar rock scar called The Football on its N side, on the ridge between Edisto Inlet and Tucker Glacier.  It was occupied as a survey station, and marked by a large rock cairn, by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, who named it for The Football.||
5108|Football Saddle|Gap|723100S|1694600E|-72.5166667|169.7666667|700|2297|01/01/1962|Broad pass at 700 m, 2 mi ESE of Football Mountain on the ridge between Edisto Inlet and Tucker Glacier.  The pass is an all-snow route that can be crossed by sledge, but there are two other saddles close E and W of Football Mountain that are no higher and are more easily crossed on foot, though more difficult by sledge because they are steeper and have stretches of bare rock.  So named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, because of its proximity to The Football.||
5109|Foote Islands|Island|661200S|0661200W|-66.2|-66.2|||01/01/1965|A small group of snow-capped islands and several rocks, lying 12 mi SE of Cape Leblond, Lavoisier Island, in Crystal Sound.  Mapped from air photos obtained by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (1947-48) and surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1958-59).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Brian L.H. Foote, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) radio mechanic at Arthur Harbor (1957) and surveyor at Detaille Island (1958), who made surveys of the Crystal Sound area.||
5110|Footscrew Nunatak|Summit|775432S|1605700E|-77.908957|160.949933|1865|6119|01/01/1993|A nunatak (1,865 m) to the SW of Windy Gully, standing 1.4 mi SE of Altar Mountain, Quartermain Mountains, in Victoria Land. One of a group of names in the area associated with surveying applied in 1993 by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB); footscrew being a leveling screw of a tripod as used with surveying instruments.||
5111|Fopay Peak|Summit|830300S|1614700E|-83.05|161.7833333|||01/01/1966|A peak 5 mi NW of Mount Macbain, on the S side of Cornwall Glacier, Queen Elizabeth Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charles F. Fopay, Weather Central Meteorologist at Little America V, 1958.||
5113|Forbes Glacier|Glacier|674800S|0664400W|-67.8|-66.7333333|||01/01/1956|Glacier which flows W into the NE corner of Square Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  It is 10 mi long, 4 mi wide in its central part, and narrows to 2 mi at its mouth.  The lower reaches of the glacier were first surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  The survey was completed in 1946-48 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) who named the glacier for James D. Forbes (1809-68), Scottish physicist who was noted for his pioneer works on glaciology.||
5115|Forbes Point|Summit|645300S|0623300W|-64.8833333|-62.55|||01/01/1965|Point forming the E side of the entrance to Lester Cove, Andvord Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  The name Forbes Hill was given by Scottish geologist David Ferguson in 1913-14 to a corner or spur of the plateau escarpment which is not a definable feature.  From it, however, a ridge runs down to a prominent point useful for reference purposes, to which the name Forbes has been applied.||
5116|Forbes Ridge|Ridge|800900S|1573000E|-80.15|157.5|||01/01/1965|A ridge about 7 mi long in the Britannia Range, extending N from Mount McClintock along the E side of Hinton Glacier.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert B. Forbes of the University of Alaska, who made geological studies in the McMurdo Sound area with U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1955-56, and during the summer season, 1962-63.||
5117|Forbidden Plateau|Plain|644700S|0620500W|-64.7833333|-62.0833333|||01/01/1965|The long, narrow plateau extending southwestward from Charlotte Bay to Flandres Bay in Graham Land.  Mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because all attempts to reach the plateau failed until it was finally traversed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) members in 1957.||
5118|Forbidden Rocks|Summit|733600S|0941200W|-73.6|-94.2|||01/01/1963|Linear rock outcrops, 1 mi long, located on the W edge of Christoffersen Heights and between Haskell and Walk Glaciers, in the Jones Mountains.  Mapped by the University of Minnesota-Jones Mountains Party, 1960-61.  So named by the party because the rocks were inaccessible from their NW approach because of crevasse fields.||
5119|Forbidden Valley|Valley|855900S|1540000W|-85.9833333|-154||||A valley to the S of Citadel Peak in Hays Mountains.  The valley drains ENE from Mount Crockett to Scott Glacier and is partly covered by glacier and moraine.  It was visited in December 1987 by a U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) - Arizona State University geological party led by Edmund Stump.  The mouth of the valley is blocked by a moraine which denies easy access, hence the name.||
5120|Mount Ford|Summit|705700S|1625200E|-70.95|162.8666667|2580|8464|01/01/1964|A prominent mountain (2,580 m) located 2 mi N of Miller Peak and 4 mi WSW of Mount Ashworth in Explorers Range, Bowers Mountains.  Explored by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, and named for M.R.J. Ford who wintered at Scott Base and was deputy leader-surveyor of the northern party.||
5121|Mount Forde|Summit|765300S|1620500E|-76.8833333|162.0833333|1200|3937|01/01/1952|Mountain over 1,200 m, standing at the head of Hunt Glacier, 2 mi NW of Mount Marston, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) and named for Petty Officer Robert Forde, Royal Navy (RN), a member of the expedition's Western Geological Party.||
5122|Mount Fordell|Summit|801900S|0820900W|-80.3166667|-82.15|1670|5479|01/01/1966|A mountain, 1,670 m, marking the S end of the Marble Hills in the Heritage Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant William D. Fordell, U.S. Navy (USN), co-pilot of LC-47 aircraft, who perished in a plane crash on the Ross Ice Shelf, Feb. 2, 1966.||03/07/1997
5123|Ford Ice Piedmont|Glacier|821000S|0500000W|-82.1666667|-50||||The large ice piedmont lying northward of Dufek Massif and Forrestal Range between the lower ends of Foundation Ice Stream and Support Force Glacier, in the Pensacola Mountains, q.v. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Arthur B. Ford of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), Menlo Park, CA, geologist and co-leader (with Peter F. Bermel) of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) party in the Thiel Mountains, 1960-61 (leader 1961-62); field work at Lassiter Coast, 1970-71; leader of geological parties to the Pensacola Mountains in 1965-66, 1973-74, 1976-77, and 1978-79.||
5124|Ford Island|Island|662400S|1103100E|-66.4|110.5166667|||01/01/1956|Rocky island, 1.3 mi long, between O'Connor and Cloyd Islands in the S part of the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Homer D. Ford, photographic officer with the eastern task group of U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and assistant photographic officer with the U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml parties which obtained air and ground photos of this area in January 1948.||
5125|Ford Massif|Range|850500S|0910000W|-85.0833333|-91|2810|9219|01/01/1962|A broad, snow-topped massif 15 mi long and 5 mi wide, forming the major topographic landmark of northern Thiel Mountains.  The massif rises to 2,810 m, is essentially flat, and terminates in steep rock cliffs in all but the southern side. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for geologist Arthur B. Ford of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), co-leader of the 1960-61 U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Thiel Mountains survey party and leader of the 1961-62 geologic party to these mountains.  Ford led geological parties working in the Pensacola Mountains in several austral seasons, 1962-63 to 1978-79.||
5126|Ford Nunataks|Summit|853500S|1313000W|-85.5833333|-131.5|||01/01/1967|A cluster of nunataks and low peaks rising above a network of ice-drowned ridges about 9 mi in extent, lying 7 mi NW of Murtaugh Peak in the Wisconsin Range, Horlick Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Franklin E. Ford, construction mechanic with the winter parties at Byrd Station in 1961 and South Pole Station in 1965.||
5127|Ford Peak|Summit|754300S|1602700E|-75.7166667|160.45|1830|6004|01/01/1966|A rock peak, 1,830 m, standing 6.5 mi W of Mount Billing in the Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, for M.R.J. Ford, asst. surveyor with that party, who had wintered over at Scott Base in 1962.||
5129|Ford Ranges|Range|770000S|1440000W|-77|-144|||01/01/1966|The mountain groups and ranges standing E of Sulzberger Ice Shelf and Block Bay in the NW part of Marie Byrd Land. Discovered by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) on Dec. 5, 1929, and named by Byrd for Edsel Ford of the Ford Motor Co., who helped finance the expedition.||
5130|Ford Rock|Summit|774542S|1665356E|-77.76171|166.898794|||01/01/1964|Prominent rock 1 mi NE of Cone Hill on Hut Point Peninsula, Ross Island.  Cone Hill and this rock were designated "Cone Hill I" and "Cone Hill II," respectively, by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, 1910-13. Cone Hill has been approved for Scott's "Cone Hill I," but a new name suggested by A.J. Heine has been substituted for this prominent rock.  M.R.J. Ford, New Zealand surveyor, established a survey beacon network for the McMurdo Ice Shelf Project, 1962-63.  A survey beacon was established earlier on this rock by a U.S. Hydrographic Office survey team, 1955-56.||04/11/2001
5131|Ford Spur|Ridge|845100S|1735000E|-84.85|173.8333333|||01/01/1966|A prominent spur which marks the SW extremity of Haynes Table, and the confluence of Keltie Glacier and Brandau Glacier in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for C. Reginald Ford, Stores Officer for Scott's British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04).||
5132|Mount Forecast|Summit|704000S|0641800E|-70.6666667|64.3|||01/01/1970|A large mountain comprising several peaks, standing just NE of Mount Brown-Cooper and 12.5 mi SW of Mount Pollard in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveys and air photos, 1956-65.  Named by ANCA for M.J. Forecast, weather observer at Wilkes Station, 1965.||
5133|Forecastle Summit|Summit|764600S|1610800E|-76.7666667|161.1333333|2040|6693|01/01/1993|The highest mountain summit (2,040 m) in the N part of Staten Island Heights, with a rounded top that gives a commanding view of Fry Glacier and Benson Glacier, in Convoy Range, Victoria Land.  One of the nautical names in Convoy Range.  So named by a New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) field party in the 1989-90 season.||
5134|Forefinger Point|Summit|673700S|0480400E|-67.6166667|48.0666667|||01/01/1965|Prominent rock point between McKinnon Island and Rayner Glacier on the coast of Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  So named by ANCA because in plan it resembles a pointing left hand.||
5135|Foreland Island|Island|615700S|0573900W|-61.95|-57.65|||01/01/1963|Island 1 mi ESE of Taylor Point, off the E side of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  This island was known to sealers as early as 1821 and takes its name from North Foreland, the prominent cape 3.5 mi to the northwest.||
5136|Forel Glacier|Glacier|672900S|0663000W|-67.4833333|-66.5|||01/01/1956|Glacier 1.5 mi wide and 4 mi long, flowing SW into Blind Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Its lower reaches were surveyed in 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and the glacier named by them for Francois A. Forel, noted Swiss glacier physicist and author, and first President of the International Commission of Glaciers in 1894.||
5137|Foreman Peak|Summit|854500S|1382400W|-85.75|-138.4|2050|6726|01/01/1967|Peak, 2,050 m, standing 2 mi W of Dzema Peak on the N side of Watson Escarpment.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Donald L. Foreman, mechanic with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 who wintered at Little America V in 1958 and McMurdo Station in 1960.||
5138|Forge Islands|Island|651400S|0641700W|-65.2333333|-64.2833333|||01/01/1959|Group of small islands lying NE of The Barchans and 0.5 mi NW of Grotto Island, in the Argentine Islands, Wilhelm Archipelago.  Charted and named Horseshoe Islands by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  The name was changed by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 to avoid confusion with Horseshoe Island in Marguerite Bay. This new name arises from association with the old name and with nearby Anvil Rock.||
5139|Forgotten Hills|Range|725900S|1640000E|-72.9833333|164|||01/01/1968|A small group of hills 6 mi SE of Intention Nunataks, at the W side of the head of Astronaut Glacier.  Named by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1966-67, because none of the three parties that had visited the area had time to examine these hills.||
5140|Forlidas Pond|Basin|822700S|0512100W|-82.45|-51.35||||A round frozen pond, 100 m in diameter, lying in a morainal valley E of the N end of Forlidas Ridge, Dufek Massif. The only pond in the northern Pensacola Mountains, it is of much interest to biologists.  The pond was discovered and briefly investigated in December 1957 by a US-IGY party from Ellsworth Station.  The name is in association with Forlidas Ridge and was suggested by Arthur B. Ford of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) following geological work in the area, 1978-79.||03/07/1997
5141|Forlidas Ridge|Ridge|822900S|0511600W|-82.4833333|-51.2666667|||01/01/1968|A rock ridge that forms the W side of Davis Valley in the Dufek Massif, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Charles W. Forlidas, radioman, Ellsworth Station winter party, 1957.||
5142|Forman Glacier|Glacier|843900S|1771000W|-84.65|-177.1666667|||01/01/1966|A tributary glacier, 4 mi long, flowing E to enter Shackleton Glacier between Mount Franke and Mount Cole, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after John H. Forman, Construction Mechanic, U.S. Navy (USN), a member of the McMurdo Station winter party, 1959.||
5144|Forrestal Range|Range|830000S|0493000W|-83|-49.5|||01/01/1957|A largely snow-covered mountain range, about 65 mi long, standing E of Dufek Massif and the Neptune Range in the Pensacola Mountains.  Discovered and photographed on Jan. 13, 1956 on a transcontinental patrol plane flight of U.S. Navy Operation Deep Freeze I from McMurdo Sound to the vicinity of the Weddell Sea and return.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after the USS Forrestal, first supercarrier of the U.S. Navy.  The entire Pensacola Mountains were mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1967 and 1968 from U.S. Navy tricamera aerial photographs taken in 1964.||
5145|Forrester Island|Island|740900S|1321300W|-74.15|-132.2166667|||01/01/1962|An ice-capped island 3.5 mi long that lies 13 mi NNE of Shepard Island, off the Getz Ice Shelf of Marie Byrd Land.  The island was discovered and charted from the USS Glacier on Feb. 5, 1962.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lieutenant Commander John J. Forrester, U.S. Navy (USN), Executive Officer aboard Glacier at the time of discovery.||
5146|Forrest Pass|Gap|755300S|1323400W|-75.8833333|-132.5666667|||01/01/1966|A broad ice-filled pass between Mount Bursey, in the Flood Range, and the southern elevations of the Ames Range in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert B. Forrest, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciologist with the Byrd Station Traverse of 1962-63.||
5147|Førstefjell|Summit|715000S|0054300W|-71.8333333|-5.7166667|||01/01/1966|An isolated nunatak about 5 mi N of Forstefjellsrabben, in the NW part of Giaever Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Forstefjell (first mountain).||
5148|Førstefjellsrabben|Summit|715500S|0054900W|-71.9166667|-5.8166667|||01/01/1966|An isolated nunatak about 5 mi S of Forstefjell, in the NW part of Giaever Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52), and named Forstefjellsrabben (the first mountain hill) in association with Forstefjell.||
5150|Förster Cliffs|Cliff|640100S|0573300W|-64.0166667|-57.55|550|1804||Cliffs located ENE of Stark Point, running E-W for 2 mi and rising to 550 m in northern James Ross Island.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1987 after Reinhard Forster (1935-87), West German geologist from the University of Munich, who was a member of the British Antarctic Survey (BAS) field party to the area, 1985-86.||
5151|Forster Ice Piedmont|Glacier|692200S|0670000W|-69.3666667|-67|||01/01/1962|An ice piedmont lying landward of Wordie Ice Shelf along the W coast of the Antarctic Peninsula.  It is formed by the confluence of Airy, Seller, Fleming and Prospect Glaciers and is about 25 mi long from north to south and 12 mi wide.  First surveyed from the ground by British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) in 1936-37, and again in more detail by P. Forster and P. Gibbs of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1958.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Peter D. Forster of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), surveyor at Stonington Island in 1958 and at Horseshoe Island in 1960.||
5153|Forsters Passage|Channel|591500S|0265000W|-59.25|-26.8333333|||01/01/1952|Body of water between Bristol Island and Southern Thule in the South Sandwich Islands.  In 1775, a British expedition under Cook gave the name Forster's Bay, after John R. Forster, naturalist with the expedition to what appeared to be a bay in essentially this position.  The "bay" was determined to be a strait by a Russian expedition under Bellingshausen in 1820.||
5154|Forsythe Bluff|Cliff|711600S|1595000E|-71.2666667|159.8333333|2500|8202|01/01/1970|A bluff rising to more than 2,500 m along the W edge of Daniels Range, in the Usarp Mountains.  The bluff is 11 mi N of Big Brother Bluff Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Warren L. Forsythe, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
5155|Fortenberry Glacier|Glacier|704800S|1665700E|-70.8|166.95|||01/01/1970|A glacier on the N side of Tapsell Foreland in Victoria Land.  It flows N into Yule Bay 3 mi E of Ackroyd Point.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Ralph M. Fortenberry, U.S. Navy (USN), Medical Officer at McMurdo Station, 1960.||
5156|Fortín Rock|Island|622800S|0604400W|-62.4666667|-60.7333333|||01/01/1965|A conspicuous rock or sea stack lying off Black Point, Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name appears in a 1953 volume of Argentine sailing directions for Antarctica and Argentine charts.  In Spanish, fortin means small fort.  This feature has sometimes been misidentified on charts as Scarborough Castle (q.v.).||03/07/1997
5157|Fort Point|Summit|623400S|0593400W|-62.5666667|-59.5666667|85|279|01/01/1963|Rocky point, 85 m high, forming the SE extremity of Greenwich Island, South Shetland Islands.  The highest rock at the seaward end of the point was named Castle Rock by DI personnel following their survey in 1935.  The name Fort Rock, considered equally descriptive of the feature, was recommended by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954 to avoid confusion with Castle Rock lying close westward of Snow Island, only 60 mi away.  Air photos now show that the feature is not an isolated sea feature but is connected to Greenwich Island.||
5158|The Fortress|Bench|771826S|1605411E|-77.307148|160.90292|300|984|01/01/1976|A platform of Beacon Sandstone dissected to form four promontories bordered by cliffs over 300 m high.  Situated on the shoulder to the NE of Webb Glacier, they form part of the divide between the Webb and Victoria Upper Glaciers.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1959-60, for its fortress-like appearance.||
5160|Fortress Hill|Summit|635600S|0573100W|-63.9333333|-57.5166667|120|394|01/01/1952|Hill, 120 m, which stands 2 mi N of Terrapin Hill in northern James Ross Island, close S of Trinity Peninsula. Charted in 1946 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who gave this descriptive name.||
5161|Fortress Rocks|Summit|775032S|1664120E|-77.8422|166.688788|||01/01/1972|A cluster of low rock summits 0.5 mi N of the summit of Observation Hill on Hut Point Peninsula, Ross Island.  A descriptive name given by members of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, under Scott.||04/11/2001
5163|Fortuna Bay|Bay|540700S|0364800W|-54.1166667|-36.8|||01/01/1952|Bay 3 mi long and 1 mi wide, entered between Cape Best and Robertson Point on the N coast of South Georgia.  Named after the whaling expedition under C.A. Larsen which participated in establishing the first permanent whaling base at Grytviken, South Georgia, in 1904-05.||
5164|Fortuna Glacier|Glacier|540600S|0365100W|-54.1|-36.85|||01/01/1952|Glacier flowing in a NE direction to its terminus just W of Cape Best, with an eastern distribiitary almost reaching the W side of Fortuna Bay, on the N coast of South Georgia.  Named in about 1912, presumably for the whale catcher Fortuna.||
5165|Fortuna Peak|Summit|540700S|0364700W|-54.1166667|-36.7833333|385|1263|01/01/1965|Peak, 385 m, standing at the E side of Fortuna Bay, on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1931 British Admiralty chart, and is probably in association with Fortuna Bay.||
5166|Fortuna Rocks|Island|540600S|0364700W|-54.1|-36.7833333|||01/01/1953|Small group of rocks extending across the E side of the entrance to Fortuna Bay along the N coast of South Georgia. These rocks were indicated on a chart by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Filchner, who examined Fortuna Bay in 1911-12.  The name Fortuna Rocks was in use prior to 1920 and derives from nearby Fortuna Bay.||04/11/2001
5167|Fort William|Cliff|622300S|0594300W|-62.3833333|-59.7166667|100|328|01/01/1953|A flat-topped headland (100 m) forming the western end of Robert Island in the South Shetland Islands.  Robert Fildes described Fort William in 1820-22 as being the eastern side of the entrance (to English Strait).  His subsequent report (1829) described Fort William in detail, but erroneously placed it on the western side of the entrance (on Greenwich Island), a position which was adopted for a period following a survey by DI personnel in 1934-35.  The UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) has re-interpreted all known versions of Fildes' sailing directions in conjunction with photographs and has concluded that the feature named Fort William by Fildes is the one here described; the Greenwich Island feature for which the name Fort William was erroneously applied is now named Canto Point (q.v.).||
5170|Fosdick Mountains|Summit|763200S|1444500W|-76.5333333|-144.75|||01/01/1947|An E-W trending mountain range with marked serrate outlines, standing along the S side of Balchen Glacier at the head of Block Bay, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land. Discovered by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) in 1929, and named by Byrd for Raymond B. Fosdick, President of the Rockefeller Foundation.||
5177|Fossil Bight|Bay|641800S|0565200W|-64.3|-56.8666667||||A shallow recession in the N coast of Seymour Island, 1 mi NNE of Cape Lamas.  The feature was called "Fossil Bay" or "Bahia Fosiles" by U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) and Argentine researchers because of fossils found here in 1982.  The generic term bight is considered appropriate to this feature.||03/07/1997
5178|Fossil Bluff|Cliff|712000S|0681700W|-71.3333333|-68.2833333|||01/01/1955|Prominent rock bluff on the E coast of Alexander Island marking the N side of the mouth of Uranus Glacier where it enters George VI Sound.  Probably first seen by Lincoln Ellsworth, who flew directly over it and photographed segments of the coast in this vicinity on Nov. 23, 1935.  First roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) and so named by them because fossils were found in the rock strata there.  Resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).||
5179|Fossil Wood Point|Summit|705000S|0680200E|-70.8333333|68.0333333|||01/01/1973|A point of land between Bainmedart Cove and Radok Lake in the E part of Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  The area was visited several times in Jan.-Feb. 1969 by A. Medvecky, geologist with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey party. So named because deposits of fossil wood were found on the point.||
5180|Cape Foster|Cape|642700S|0575900W|-64.45|-57.9833333|||01/01/1952|Cape lying 2 mi SE of Carlsson Bay on the S side of James Ross Island.  Discovered by a British expedition 1839-43, under Ross, who named it for Captain Henry Foster, Royal Navy (RN), leader of a British expedition in the Chanticleer, 1828-31.  The cape was mapped by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, 1901-04.||
5181|Mount Foster|Summit|630000S|0623300W|-63|-62.55|2105|6906|01/01/1956|A triple peak, 2,105 m, standing 4 mi SW of Mount Pisgah and forming the summit of Smith Island in the South Shetland Islands.  Captain Henry Foster, Royal Navy (RN), who visited the island in the but this name has gradually been superseded by the present name honoring Captain Foster.||
5182|Port Foster|Harbor|625700S|0603900W|-62.95|-60.65|||01/01/1947|Basin-like harbor (a drowned breached crater), 5 mi long and 3 mi wide, lying within Deception Island in the South Shetland Islands.  The harbor was known to sealers as early as 1820, and in its early history was called Port Williams, after Captain William Smith's brig, the Williams, or Yankee Harbor, because of the number of American sealers who harbored there.  A few years later it was named Port Foster after Captain Henry Foster of the Chanticleer, who made pendulum and magnetic observations in this harbor in 1829.  The latter name has become established by usage.||
5183|Foster Bluff|Cliff|662500S|1103700E|-66.4166667|110.6166667|||01/01/1963|Conspicuous rock bluff surmounting the shore in the SW part of Herring Island, in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Danny L. Foster, meteorologist and member of the Wilkes Station party of 1962.||
5184|Foster Glacier|Glacier|782400S|1625000E|-78.4|162.8333333|||01/01/1963|A glacier in the Royal Society Range, 4 mi S of Mount Kempe, flowing SE into the Koettlitz Glacier.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1963 for Major James Foster, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC), assistant air operations officer for U.S. Navy Task Force 43 in Antarctica, 1960.||
5185|Foster Island|Island|660400S|1001600E|-66.0666667|100.2666667|||01/01/1961|Rocky island 0.3 mi long, lying 7 mi WNW of Currituck Island at the NW end of the Highjump Archipelago.  Mapped from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for H.C. Foster, motion picture photographer on U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp photographic flights in this area and other coastal areas between 14 and 164 east longitude.||
5186|Foster Nunatak|Summit|710600S|0714000E|-71.1|71.6666667|||01/01/1973|A horseshoe shaped rock outcrop in the S part of the Manning Nunataks, on the E side of the Amery Ice Shelf.  The Manning Nunataks were photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47) and Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1957).  They were visited by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1965 and Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1969.  Named by ANCA for A.L. Foster, electronics engineer at Mawson Station in 1970, a member of an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) glaciological traverse party on the Amery Ice Shelf in January 1970.||
5187|Foster Peninsula|Cape|711800S|0611000W|-71.3|-61.1666667|||01/01/1976|A high ice-covered peninsula between Palmer Inlet and Lamplugh Inlet on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Theodore D. Foster, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) oceanographer on the International Weddell Sea Expedition, 1969. He was party leader on Weddell Sea investigations, 1972-73 and 1974-75.||
5188|Foster Plateau|Plain|644300S|0612500W|-64.7166667|-61.4166667|||01/01/1965|A plateau, about 80 square mi in area, lying between Drygalski and Hektoria Glaciers in northern Graham Land. Photographed by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) in 1956-57 and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Richard A. Foster, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) leader of the Danco Island station in 1956 and 1957.||
5189|Fothergill Point|Summit|643500S|0601200W|-64.5833333|-60.2|||01/01/1964|A low rocky coastal point 5 mi NE of Cape Worsley, on the E side of Graham Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Ian L. Fothergill, leader and meteorological assistant at the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) station at Hope Bay, 1959-63.||
5190|Foul Point|Summit|603200S|0452900W|-60.5333333|-45.4833333|||01/01/1947|The N point of the island, with off-lying rocks, lying at the E side of the entrance to Ommanney Bay on the N side of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Discovered in December 1821 in the course of the joint cruise by Captain George Powell, British sealer, and Captain Nathaniel Palmer, American sealer.  The name first appears on Powell's chart, published in 1822.||
5191|Foundation Ice Stream|Stream|831500S|0600000W|-83.25|-60|||01/01/1968|A major ice stream in the Pensacola Mountains, draining northward for 150 miles along the west side of the Patuxent and Neptune Ranges to enter Ronne Ice Shelf westward of Dufek Massif. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the National Science Foundation, which has played a leading role in support of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program during this period.||
5192|Founders Escarpment|Cliff|791500S|0861500W|-79.25|-86.25|||01/01/1966|A prominent escarpment located W of Founders Peaks in the Heritage Range, extending from Minnesota Glacier to Splettstoesser Glacier.  Named after the nearby Founders Peaks by the University of Minnesota Geological Party, 1963-64.||
5193|Founders Peaks|Range|791000S|0861500W|-79.1666667|-86.25|||01/01/1964|A cluster of sharp peaks and ridges located just E of Founders Escarpment and between Minnesota and Gowan Glaciers, in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Founders Peaks were mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  The name was applied by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) is association with the name Heritage Range.||
5194|Mount Fourcade|Summit|643600S|0623000W|-64.6|-62.5|||01/01/1965|Mountain standing 2 mi SW of Cape Anna on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for H.G. Fourcade, South African surveyor who designed the stereogoniometer and gave it practical application for plotting photogrammetric surveys in about 1900.||
5195|Fourier Island|Island|664800S|1413000E|-66.8|141.5|||01/01/1962|Small rocky island 0.05 mi off the coast and 0.75 mi ENE of Cape Mousse.  Charted in 1951 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) and named by them for Jean-Baptiste Fourier (1768-1830), French geometrician.||
5196|Fournier Bay|Bay|643100S|0630600W|-64.5166667|-63.1|||01/01/1951|Bay 8 mi long and 3 mi wide, indenting the NE coast of Anvers Island immediately W of Briggs Peninsula, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Probably first seen by a German expedition 1873-74, under Dallmann.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, and named by him for V. Admiral Ernest Fournier, French Navy.||
5197|Fournier Island|Island|643300S|0624900W|-64.55|-62.8166667|||01/01/1965|A small island in southern Schollaert Channel, lying 0.5 mi off the east extremity of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  The island was charted but left unnamed by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05.  The name appears on Argentine charts dating back to 1950, and honors the ship Fournier which took part in the Argentine Antarctic expedition of 1947.  In 1948 the vessel was wrecked in the Strait of Magellan.||
5198|Fournier Ridge|Ridge|693400S|0723500W|-69.5666667|-72.5833333|1000|3281||An E-W ridge, 9 mi long, rising to c. 1,000 m in the W part of Desko Mountains (q.v.), Rothschild Island.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander James M. Fournier, USCG, Commanding Officer, U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Executive Officer, Burton Island, 1971.||
5199|Four Ramps|Ridge|844200S|1773500E|-84.7|177.5833333|||01/01/1962|A group of four small rock spurs, roughly parallel and projecting through the snow surface, forming the NE part of Sullivan Ridge on the W side of Ramsey Glacier.  Discovered and photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47) and given this descriptive name by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN).||
5200|Fowler Ice Rise|Glacier|773000S|0780000W|-77.5|-78||||A very large ice rise between Evans Ice Stream and Carlson Inlet, in the SW part of Ronne Ice Shelf.  The feature appears to be completely ice covered except for Haag Nunataks which protrude above the surface in the NW portion.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Landsat imagery taken 1973-74.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Alfred N. Fowler, U.S. Navy (USN) (Ret.), Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, 1972-74.||03/07/1997
5201|Fowler Islands|Island|662500S|0662600W|-66.4166667|-66.4333333|||01/01/1965|A group of small islands lying between Bernal and Bragg Islands in Crystal Sound.  Mapped from air photos obtained by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (1947-48) and Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57) and surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1958-59).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Sir Ralph H. Fowler (1889-1944), English physicist; joint author with J.D. Bernal of a classic paper on the structure of ice which suggested the location of the hydrogen atoms, in 1933.||
5202|Fowler Knoll|Summit|844700S|0991400W|-84.7833333|-99.2333333|2465|8087|01/01/1962|A notable snow-covered knoll (2,465 m) with an abrupt south-facing cliff, in the west-central part of the Havola Escarpment.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1958-61.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Chief Warrant Officer George W. Fowler, USA, navigator on the 700 nautical mile tractor traverse from Byrd Station to South Pole Station, Dec. 8, 1960 to Jan. 11, 1961.  The tractor party, led by Major Antero Havola, passed a few miles northward of this knoll on Dec. 25, 1960.||
5203|Fowlie Glacier|Glacier|714000S|1680400E|-71.6666667|168.0666667||||A tributary glacier, 13 mi long, in the Admiralty Mountains, Victoria Land.  From a common head with Dennistoun Glacier, it flows NW between Mount Ajax and Mount Faget, entering the main flow of the Dennistoun Glacier at the SE base of Lyttelton Range.  Named after Walter Fowlie of the New Zealand Antarctic Division, field assistant with a New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) geological party to this area, 1981-82, led by R.H. Findlay.  The original application of the name (New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC), Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) 1983) was revised in 1994 in relation to Dennistoun Glacier, q.v.||
5205|Mount Fox|Summit|833800S|1691500E|-83.6333333|169.25|2820|9252|01/01/1949|A mountain, 2,820 m, standing 1 mi SW of Mount F.L. Smith in the Queen Alexandra Range.  Discovered and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09).||
5206|Fox Glacier|Glacier|661500S|1142000E|-66.25|114.3333333|||01/01/1955|A glacier draining the area northeastward of Law Dome.  It terminates at the coast, 12 mi N of Williamson Glacier, where it forms a small glacier tongue.  Delineated by G.D. Blodgett (1955) from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Dr. J.L. Fox, Assistant Surgeon on the sloop Vincennes during the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Lieutenant Charles Wilkes.||
5207|Fox Ridge|Ridge|704700S|0675300E|-70.7833333|67.8833333|||01/01/1973|A rock ridge on McLeod Massif, about 5 mi W of Beaver Lake, in the E part of Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos.  The feature was the site of a tellurometer station during the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey in 1969.  Named by ANCA for J. Fox, technical officer (survey), the leader of one of the survey parties in the Prince Charles Mountains.||
5208|Foxtail Peak|Summit|541400S|0364200W|-54.2333333|-36.7|455|1493|01/01/1964|Peak, 455 m, on the N side of Neumayer Glacier, 2 mi W of Carlita Bay, South Georgia.  Charted by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-56 and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the Antarctic foxtail grass slopes of the peak.||
5210|Foyn Coast|Beach|664000S|0642000W|-66.6666667|-64.3333333|||01/01/1947|That portion of the E coast of the Antarctic Peninsula between Cape Alexander and Cape Northrop.  Discovered in 1893 by a Norwegian expedition under Captain C.A. Larsen, who named it for Svend Foyn, Norwegian whaler of Tonsberg whose invention of the grenade harpoon greatly facilitated modern whaling.||
5211|Foyn Harbor|Harbor|643300S|0620100W|-64.55|-62.0166667|||01/01/1965|An anchorage between Nansen and Enterprise Islands in Wilhelmina Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Surveyed by M.C. Lester and T.W. Bagshawe in 1921-22.  Named by whalers in the area after the whaling factory Svend Foyn, which was moored here during 1921-22.||
5212|Foyn Island|Island|715600S|1710400E|-71.9333333|171.0666667|||01/01/1962|The second largest island in the Possession Islands, lying 4 mi SW of Possession Island.  Named by a Norwegian expedition of 1894-95, led by Bull and Kristensen, for Svend Foyn, primary financer of the expedition.||
5215|Foyn Point|Summit|651500S|0613800W|-65.25|-61.6333333|525|1722|01/01/1952|Point, surmounted by a peak 525 m high, marking the N side of the entrance to Exasperation Inlet, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Sir Hubert Wilkins on a flight of Dec. 20, 1928 photographed what appeared to be an island off the E coast, later charting it in 6630S, 6230W.  Subsequent comparison of Wilkins' photographs of this feature with those taken by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who charted the coast in 1947, indicate that this point, although considerably N of the position reported by Wilkins, is the feature named by him Foyn Island.  The name Foyn Point is given to the SE extremity of this feature.  Named for Svend Foyn.||
5216|Mount Frakes|Summit|764800S|1174200W|-76.8|-117.7|3675|12057|01/01/1967|A prominent mountain (3,675 m) marking the highest elevation in the Crary Mountains, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lawrence A. Frakes, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist who worked three summer seasons in the Falkland Islands and Antarctica, 1964-65 through 1967-68.||
5217|Frame Ridge|Ridge|780500S|1652600E|-78.0833333|165.4333333|||01/01/1970|A small straight ridge in the central part of Brown Peninsula, Victoria Land.  It is located just north of the small, central lake on the peninsula and extends northward down to Tuff Bluff.  Named by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) for A.O. Frame, paleontology technician with the New Zealand Geological Survey and Victoria University Expedition to the area, 1964-65.||
5219|Fram Islands|Island|663800S|1395000E|-66.6333333|139.8333333|||01/01/1955|Small group of rocky islands and rocks in the W portion of Geologie Archipelago, 2 mi NNW of Cape Geodesie. Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1949-51, and named by them for the Norwegian polar ship Amundsen in the Antarctic.||03/07/1997
5220|Fram Mesa|Summit|860800S|1562800W|-86.1333333|-156.4666667|||01/01/1967|A high, ice-capped mesa, 10 mi long and 1 to 3 mi wide, that forms the NE portion of Nilsen Plateau in the Queen Maud Mountains.  The feature may have been seen by Amundsen in 1911, and it was observed and partially mapped by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) of 1928-30 and 1933-35.  It was mapped in detail by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after the Fram, the ship used by Amundsen's expedition of 1910-12.||
5223|Framnaes Point|Summit|540800S|0363900W|-54.1333333|-36.65|||01/01/1953|Point 1 mi SW of Cape Saunders, on the N side of Stromness Bay, South Georgia.  The name was given prior to 1920, probably by Norwegian whalers operating in the area.||
5225|Cape Framnes|Cape|655700S|0603300W|-65.95|-60.55|||01/01/1947|Cape which forms the NE end of Jason Peninsula, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Discovered and named in 1893 by a Norwegian expedition under C.A. Larsen.  The name is probably descriptive.  Larsen reported that he gave the name Framnes (forward point) to the promontory which shoots off in an eastern direction from Mount Jason (now Jason Peninsula).  He said it appeared to be the most advanced point of land which his expedition saw here.||
5226|Framnes Head|Cliff|684700S|0904200W|-68.7833333|-90.7|||01/01/1952|A small rock point in Sandefjord Cove on the west side of Peter I Island.  Charted and named by a Norwegian expedition in the Norvegia under Nils Larsen, who made the first landing on Peter I Island at this point in February 1929.||
5227|Framnes Mountains|Summit|675000S|0623500E|-67.8333333|62.5833333|||01/01/1947|Group of mountains consisting of Casey, Masson, and David Ranges, and adjacent peaks and mountains.  The three major ranges and other lesser features were sighted and named in February 1931 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson.  This coast was also sighted by Norwegian whalers in the same season.  The whole area was mapped in detail by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition in January 1937.  This overall name for the several ranges was given by Christensen after Framnesfjellet, a hill near Sandefjord, Norway.||
5228|Fram Peak|Summit|680400S|0582700E|-68.0666667|58.45|||01/01/1962|The northernmost peak in the Hansen Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37) and named Framfjellet (the forward peak).||
5229|Framrabben Nunatak|Summit|722900S|0035200W|-72.4833333|-3.8666667|||01/01/1966|A nunatak about 3 mi WNW of Borg Mountain in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Framrabben (the forward nunatak).||
5230|Framranten Point|Summit|734900S|0051300W|-73.8166667|-5.2166667|||01/01/1966|A rocky point that extends northwestward from Kuvungen Hill, near the SW end of the Kirwan Escarpment in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and additional air photos (1958-59), and named Framranten.||
5231|Framryggen Ridge|Ridge|723000S|0035400W|-72.5|-3.9|||01/01/1966|A small rock ridge about 3 mi W of Borg Mountain in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Framryggen (the forward ridge).||
5232|Framskotet Spur|Ridge|723000S|0034100W|-72.5|-3.6833333|||01/01/1966|A rock spur forming the W extremity of Borg Mountain in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Framskotet (the forward bulkhead).||
5233|Franca Glacier|Glacier|682300S|0653400W|-68.3833333|-65.5666667||||A glacier flowing NE into the head of Solberg Inlet, Bowman Coast, to the S of Houser Peak.  The glacier was photographed from the air by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1940, U.S. Navy, 1966, and was surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1946-48.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 after Dr. Fernando E. Franca, Medical Officer and Station Manager, Palmer Station, 1974.||
5235|Mount Fran�s|Summit|643800S|0632700W|-64.6333333|-63.45|2760|9055|01/01/1951|Majestic, snow-covered mountain, 2,760 m, which forms the summit of Anvers Island, standing SE of the center of the island and 6 mi N of Borgen Bay, in the Palmer Archipelago.  First seen by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), who explored the SE coast of the island in 1898.  Later sighted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, who named it for the expedition ship Francais.||
5238|Français Cove|Bay|650400S|0640200W|-65.0666667|-64.0333333|||01/01/1952|Small cove at the W side of Port Charcot, which indents the N end of Booth Island, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, and named by him after the ship expedition's winter operations at Port Charcot in 1904.||
5239|Français Glacier|Glacier|663300S|1381500E|-66.55|138.25|||01/01/1955|Glacier 4 mi wide and 12 mi long, flowing NNE from the continental ice to the coast close W of Ravin Bay.  Though no glaciers were noted on Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville's chart of this coast, the close correlation of his "Baie des Ravins" feature and narrative description with the indentation of the coast near the mouth of this glacier suggests first sighting of this feature by the French expedition, 1837-40.  During December 1912 members of the Main Base Party of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) camped on the upland slopes close E of the glacier, but no reference was made to the glacier in the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) reports, though a clear view and unpublished sketch were obtained of the distant coast to the northwest.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  The French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Marret, 1952-53, sledged W on the sea ice to the ice cliffs close E of the glacier.  Named after the Charcot, 1903-05.||
5240|Français Glacier Tongue|Glacier|663100S|1381500E|-66.5166667|138.25|||01/01/1962|Broad glacier tongue about 3 mi long extending seaward from Francais Glacier.  Charted in 1951 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) and named by them for the Francais, expedition ship of the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05.||
5241|Français Rocks|Island|630200S|0560000W|-63.0333333|-56||||A group of fringing rocks lying off the NE coast of D'Urville Island.  The name "Pointe des Francais" (point of the French) was given by Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville (French expedition, 1837-40) to the NE point of the island which at that time was believed to be continuous with Joinville Island. Surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1952-54) and aerial photographs by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57) have not revealed a definable point hereabout.  For the sake of historical continuity in the area, the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) (1978) applied the name Francais Rocks to these fringing rocks.||
5242|Cape Frances|Cape|673000S|1644500E|-67.5|164.75|||01/01/1947|A cape on the E side of Sturge Island in the Balleny Islands.  In 1841, Captain James C. Ross, viewing Sturge Island from a considerable distance, thought it a group of three islands and named the center island, Frances.  This error was discovered in 1904 by Captain Robert F. Scott, who applied the name to this cape.||
5244|Francey Hill|Summit|704300S|0670200E|-70.7166667|67.0333333|||01/01/1967|A low, snow-covered rock feature about 3 mi S of Mount McKenzie in the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1960.  Named by ANCA for R.J. Francey, cosmic ray physicist at Mawson Station in 1964.||
5245|Mount Francis|Summit|721300S|1684500E|-72.2166667|168.75|2610|8563|01/01/1964|A massive, ridgelike mountain (2,610 m) that overlooks Tucker Glacier from the north, standing between Tyler and Staircase Glaciers in the Admiralty Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Henry S. Francis, Jr., Director, International Cooperation and Information Program, Office of Antarctic Programs, National Science Foundation. Francis wintered-over at Little America V Station in 1958 and made visits to Antarctica in other seasons.||
5246|Francis Island|Island|673700S|0644500W|-67.6166667|-64.75|||01/01/1952|Island which is irregular in shape, 7 mi long and 5 mi wide, lying 12 mi ENE of Choyce Point, off the E coast of Graham Land.  Discovered and photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940.  Charted in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who named it for S.J. Francis, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) surveyor.||
5247|Francis Peaks|Range|673900S|0502500E|-67.65|50.4166667|||01/01/1965|Group of peaks and ridges 1 mi SE of Mount Gordon in the Scott Mountains, Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for R.J. Francis, physicist at Mawson station in 1961.||
5248|Franck Nunataks|Summit|713200S|0722300W|-71.5333333|-72.3833333|||01/01/1961|Scattered group of small rock outcrops, 3 mi in extent, at the base of Beethoven Peninsula in the SW part of Alexander Island.  First mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Cesar Franck (1822-90), French composer.||
5250|Mount Franke|Summit|843700S|1770400W|-84.6166667|-177.0666667|1600|5249|01/01/1962|A prominent mountain (1,600 m) with much rock exposed on its N side, standing between Mount Wasko and Mount Cole along the W side of Shackleton Glacier.  Discovered and photographed by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Surveyed by A.P. Crary in 1957-58 and named by him for Lieutenant Commander Willard J. Franke, USN, of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6, who wintered at Little America V, 1958.||
5251|Frankenfield Glacier|Glacier|715200S|0981300W|-71.8666667|-98.2166667|||01/01/1960|Small glacier in the NE part of Noville Peninsula, Thurston Island.  It flows ENE to Bellingshausen Sea between Mount Feury and Mulroy Island.  First roughly delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) Chester Frankenfield, meteorologist on the U.S. Navy (USN) Bellingshausen Sea Expedition, who established an automatic weather station on Thurston Island in February 1960.||01/28/2004
5254|Mount Franklin|Summit|780500S|1545700W|-78.0833333|-154.95|||01/01/1947|Peak standing between Breckinridge Peak and Washington Ridge in the S group of the Rockefeller Mountains, on Edward VII Peninsula in Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) on Jan. 27, 1929.  The name was applied by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41), which established a seismic station camp on this peak.||
5256|Franklin Island|Island|760500S|1681900E|-76.0833333|168.3166667|||01/01/1947|An island 7 mi long, lying in the Ross Sea about 80 mi E of Cape Hickey, Victoria Land.  Discovered on Jan. 27, 1841 by Ross, and named for Sir John Franklin, the noted Arctic explorer, who as Governor of Van Diemen's Land (Tasmania) had royally entertained the expedition on its way south at Hobart in 1840.||
5257|Franklin Point|Summit|635700S|0612900W|-63.95|-61.4833333|||01/01/1960|Conspicuous rock point forming the W end of Intercurrence Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  First roughly charted and named Cape Franklin by Henry Foster in 1829.||
5258|Frank Newnes Glacier|Glacier|712800S|1691900E|-71.4666667|169.3166667||||A short glacier discharging into the head of Pressure Bay on the N coast of Victoria Land.  First charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1898-1900, which named the feature for Frank Newnes, the only son of the expedition sponsor, Sir George Newnes.||
5259|Franko Escarpment|Cliff|830300S|0490500W|-83.05|-49.0833333||||A mostly snow-covered escarpment that runs N-S for 4 mi and forms the NE edge of Lexington Table in the Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains, q.v.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1979 for Stephen J. Franko, Grants and Contracts Officer, National Science Foundation, from 1967, with responsibility for all contracts in support of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP).||
5260|Mount Fraser|Summit|543700S|0362100W|-54.6166667|-36.35|1610|5282|01/01/1963|Mountain, 1,610 m, standing on the S coast of South Georgia immediately N of Novosilski Bay.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Francis C. Fraser, British zoologist; member of the scientific staff at the Discovery Investigations Marine Station, Grytviken, 1926-27, 1928-29, and 1930, who also worked on the Discovery in 1927 and on Discovery II between 1929 and 1931.||
5261|Fraser Point|Summit|604100S|0443100W|-60.6833333|-44.5166667|||01/01/1952|Point between Marr Bay and Mackintosh Cove on the N coast of Laurie Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Mapped by the ScotNAE in 1903, and in 1912-13 by Captain Petter Sorlle. Remapped in 1933 by DI personnel on the Discovery II who named it for Francis C. Fraser.||
5262|Mount Frazier|Summit|775200S|1545800W|-77.8666667|-154.9666667|||01/01/1947|Northernmost peak of the Rockefeller Mountains, standing 1 mi N of Mount Jackling on Edward VII Peninsula in Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered on Jan. 27, 1929, by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE).  Named for Russell G. Frazier, medical officer at West Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41), and observer with the Rockefeller Mountains Geological Party, which visited this area in December 1940.||
5263|Frazier Glacier|Glacier|770500S|1612500E|-77.0833333|161.4166667|||01/01/1964|Glacier between the Clare Range and Detour Nunatak, flowing NE to join Mackay Glacier E of Pegtop Nunatak, in Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for Lieutenant (j.g.) W.F. Frazier, officer in charge at Byrd Station, 1963.||
5264|Frazier Islands|Island|661300S|1101000E|-66.2166667|110.1666667|||01/01/1957|A group of four rocky islands in the eastern part of Vincennes Bay, 8 mi WNW of Clark Peninsula.  The islands were first photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Paul W. Frazier, USN, navigator and projects officer with U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml which visited this area in January 1948, who later served as operations officer with U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) I at Little America V.||
5266|Frazier Ridge|Ridge|790900S|0862500W|-79.15|-86.4166667|||01/01/1966|A sharp ridge on the W side of Webster Glacier, extending N from Founders Escarpment to Minnesota Glacier, in the Heritage Range.  Named by the University of Minnesota geological party, 1963-64, for Sergeant Herbert J. Frazier, radioman with the 62nd Transportation Detachment who was of assistance to the party.||
5267|Freberg Rocks|Island|543000S|0364200W|-54.5|-36.7|||01/01/1963|Small group of rocks lying off Rocky Bay, 1.5 mi WNW of Ducloz Head, South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Hjalmar Freberg, a gunner of Tonsberg Hvalfangeri, Husvik, 1946-54.||
5268|Frecker Ridge|Ridge|704900S|1661300E|-70.8166667|166.2166667|||01/01/1964|A ridge that rises abruptly along the W side of Kirkby Glacier in the Anare Mountains, Victoria Land.  It is 5 mi long and terminates in the N at Mount Gale.  Named by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) for Sergeant R. Frecker, RAAF, a member of the Antarctic Flight with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Thala Dan) cruise that explored this coast, 1962.||
5270|Fred Cirque|Basin|723400S|0002500E|-72.5666667|.4166667|||01/01/1966|A large cirque in the W side of Roots Heights, Sverdrup Mountains, in Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59).  Named for Ernest Fredrick Roots, chief geologist with the Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE).||
5272|Frederick Rocks|Island|623200S|0605600W|-62.5333333|-60.9333333|||01/01/1960|Group of rocks lying in Barclay Bay off the N coast of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 after the brig Frederick (Captain Benjamin Pendleton), one of the fleet of American sealers from Stonington, CT, which visited the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21 and 1821-22.||
5273|Fredriksen Island|Island|604400S|0445900W|-60.7333333|-44.9833333|||01/01/1952|Island 2.5 mi long and 0.5 mi wide, lying 0.5 mi SE of Powell Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Discovered by Captain Nathaniel Palmer and Captain George Powell on the occasion of their joint cruise in December 1821.  Named by Norwegian whaling captain Petter Sorlle, who made a running survey of the island in the 1912-13 season.||
5276|Mount Freed|Summit|712900S|1642000E|-71.4833333|164.3333333|2120|6955|01/01/1970|A mountain, 2,120 m, that surmounts the divide between the Champness and McCann Glaciers, in the S part of the Bowers Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander M.G. Freed, legal officer on the staff of the Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, 1966-68.||
5277|Cape Freeman|Cape|672000S|1643500E|-67.3333333|164.5833333|||01/01/1947|A cape forming the N end of Sturge Island in the Balleny Islands.  Named for H. Freeman, commander of the cutter Scott, resulting in the discovery of the Balleny Islands in 1839.||
5278|Cape Freeman|Cape|675900S|0652000W|-67.9833333|-65.3333333|||01/01/1952|Cape marking the E end of the peninsula separating Seligman and Trail Inlets, on the E coast of Graham Land.  The cape was photographed from the air in 1940 by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  Charted in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who named it for R.L. Freeman, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) surveyor at the Stonington Island base.||
5279|Mount Freeman|Summit|724300S|1682100E|-72.7166667|168.35|2880|9449|01/01/1970|A prominent mountain (2,880) surmounting the base of Walker Ridge, 2 mi NW of Mount Lepanto, in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Elliott R. Freeman, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), helicopter aircraft commander during Operation Deep Freeze, 1968.||01/04/2002
5280|Freeman Glacier|Glacier|661000S|1322400E|-66.1666667|132.4|||01/01/1955|A channel glacier flowing to the W side of Perry Bay, immediately E of Freeman Point.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for J.D. Freeman, sailmaker on the sloop Peacock of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Wilkes.||
5281|Freeman Point|Summit|660900S|1320600E|-66.15|132.1|||01/01/1955|An ice-covered point on the coast close west of Freeman Glacier.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47), and named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for J.D. Freeman of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Lieutenant Charles Wilkes.||
5282|Freeth Bay|Bay|674400S|0453900E|-67.7333333|45.65|||01/01/1965|Bay 5 mi wide on the coast of Enderby Land, lying 12 mi W of Spooner Bay in Alasheyev Bight.  Plotted from air photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956.  First visited by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Thala Dan) under D.F. Styles in February 1961 and named for the Hon. Gordon Freeth, M.P., then Australian Minister for the Interior.||
5285|Freezland Rock|Island|590300S|0264400W|-59.05|-26.7333333|305|1001|01/01/1972|Conspicuous sharp-pointed rock, 305 m, located 2 mi W of Bristol Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  This feature was originally named Freezland Peak by Captain Cook, after Samuel Freezland, the seaman who first sighted it and so discovered the South Sandwich group in 1775. Cook's chart, showing the feature as an insular rock, was verified in 1930 by DI personnel on the accordingly.||
5287|Freimanis Glacier|Glacier|720500S|1681500E|-72.0833333|168.25|||01/01/1964|Tributary glacier that flows WNW for 25 mi and enters Tucker Glacier between Mount Greene and Novasio Ridge, in the Admiralty Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Harry Freimanis, aurora scientist, station scientific leader at Hallett Station, 1962-63.||
5288|Fremantle Peak|Summit|530500S|0733000E|-53.0833333|73.5|2375|7792|01/01/1957|A peak, 2,375 m, standing 0.4 mi NE of the Dome, near the summit of Heard Island.  Surveyed in 1948 by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), and named by them after the port of Fremantle, the final point of embarkation for the expedition.||
5289|Fremouw Peak|Summit|841700S|1642000E|-84.2833333|164.3333333|2550|8366|01/01/1966|A prominent peak, 2,550 m, forming the S side of the mouth of Prebble Glacier, in Queen Alexandra Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Edward J. Fremouw, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) aurora scientist at South Pole Station, 1959.||
5291|French Passage|Channel|651000S|0642000W|-65.1666667|-64.3333333|||01/01/1950|Passage through the Wilhelm Archipelago, extending in a NW-SE direction between Petermann Island, Stray Islands, Vedel Islands and Myriad Islands to the N and Argentine Islands, Anagram Islands, Roca Islands, and Cruls Islands to the south. So named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, because the passage was navigated for the first time in 1909 by the Pourquoi-Pas?, the ship of the French Antarctic Expedition under Charcot.||
5292|Cape Freshfield|Cape|682000S|1510000E|-68.3333333|151|||01/01/1947|An ice-covered cape between Deakin Bay and Cook Ice Shelf. The coastline in this vicinity was first roughly charted by the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Lieutenant Charles Wilkes, and for a period this cape was thought to be Wilkes' Cape Hudson (q.v.).  The cape was mapped in 1912 by the Far Eastern Party of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Douglas Mawson, who named it for Douglas Freshfield, a long-time member of the Council of the Royal Geographical Society, and one time president of that organization.||
5293|Freshfield Nunatak|Summit|802800S|0245300W|-80.4666667|-24.8833333|1450|4757||An isolated nunatak rising to c. 1,450 m to the SE of Herbert Mountains in the Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of pioneers of polar life and exploration grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after Douglas W. Freshfield (1845-1934), English geographer and mountaineer in the Caucasus Mountains and the Himalayas.||
5295|Freshwater Inlet|Stream|540000S|0380300W|-54|-38.05|||01/01/1964|Small eastern arm of Jordan Cove on the S side of Bird Island, South Georgia.  Charted by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57. So named in 1956 by W.N. Bonner, British government biologist and sealing inspector, because the feature is fed by freshwater streams.||
5298|Mount Freya|Summit|773600S|1605100E|-77.6|160.85|||01/01/1962|Prominent peak E of Mount Thor in the Asgard Range of Victoria Land.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1958-59) after one of the Norse goddesses.||
5299|Freyberg Mountains|Summit|721500S|1634500E|-72.25|163.75|||01/01/1964|A group of mountains in Victoria Land, bounded by Rennick Glacier, Bowers Mountains, Black Glacier, and Evans Neve. Named for New Zealand's most famous General, Lord Bernard Freyberg, by the Northern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64.||
5300|Friar Island|Island|645500S|0635500W|-64.9166667|-63.9166667|||01/01/1960|Island lying immediately NE of Manciple Island in the Wauwermans Islands, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1952, but not named.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 after one of the characters in Chaucer's Canterbury Tales.||
5301|Fricker Glacier|Glacier|670300S|0650000W|-67.05|-65|||01/01/1952|Glacier, 10 mi long, which lies close N of Monnier Point and flows in a NE direction into the SW side of Mill Inlet, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in 1947.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Karl Fricker, German Antarctic historian.||
5302|Frida Hole|Bay|540200S|0375600W|-54.0333333|-37.9333333|||01/01/1956|Small bay lying 0.5 mi SE of Coal Harbor, along the S coast and near the W end of South Georgia.  Probably named by early whalers or sealers who used the bay as an anchorage.||10/18/2000
5306|Mount Fridovich|Summit|852700S|1481200W|-85.45|-148.2|440|1444|01/01/1967|A small mountain, 440 m, standing at the N side of the terminus of Leverett Glacier and marking the W limit of Harold Byrd Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) Bernard Fridovich, U.S. Navy (USN), meteorologist with the winter party at McMurdo Sound, 1957.||
5307|Fridtjof Island|Island|645300S|0632200W|-64.8833333|-63.3666667|||01/01/1965|Island lying 1.5 miles NE of Vazquez Island, off the SE side of Wiencke Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered and named by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.||
5308|Mount Fridtjof Nansen|Summit|852100S|1673300W|-85.35|-167.55|4070|13353|01/01/1947|A high massive mountain (4,070 m) which dominates the area between the heads of Strom and Axel Heiberg Glaciers, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered by Roald Amundsen in 1911, and named by him for Fridtjof Nansen, polar explorer, who helped support Amundsen's expedition.||
5310|Fridtjof Sound|Bay|633400S|0564300W|-63.5666667|-56.7166667|||01/01/1953|Sound, 6 mi long in a N-S direction and 2 mi wide, which separates Andersson and Jonassen Islands from Tabarin Peninsula, at the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold, and named after the Fridtjof, a vessel dispatched from Sweden to search for the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) when it was feared lost in 1903.||03/07/1997
5311|Friederichsen Glacier|Glacier|663800S|0640900W|-66.6333333|-64.15|||01/01/1952|Glacier 7 mi long, which flows in an easterly direction into Cabinet Inlet, close N of Mount Hulth, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in 1947.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Ludwig Friederichsen, German cartographer who in 1895 published a chart based upon all existing explorations of Antarctic Peninsula and the South Shetland Islands.||
5312|Friedmann Nunataks|Summit|705500S|0653000W|-70.9166667|-65.5|||01/01/1976|A small group of nunataks 6 mi SE of Braddock Nunataks on the W margin of Dyer Plateau, Palmer Land.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Herbert Friedmann of the Smithsonian Institution, author of "Birds of the United States Antarctic Service Expedition, 1939-41" (Proceedings of the American Philosophical Society, Vol. 89, 1945).||
5313|Friedmann Valley|Valley|775444S|1603201E|-77.912187|160.533498|||01/01/1992|One of the McMurdo Dry Valleys, located W of Rector Ridge at the head of Beacon Valley, in Quartermain Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named in 1992 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after E. Imre Friedmann, biologist, Polar Desert Research Center, Florida State University, who in virtually every austral summer, 1976-87, led U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) field parties in the study of microorganisms in rocks of the McMurdo Dry Valleys.  His wife, Roseli Ocampo-Friedmann, was a member of the field party in the last four seasons.||
5314|Mount Fries|Summit|805700S|1563600E|-80.95|156.6|1985|6512|01/01/1965|A prominent peak, 1,985 m, standing just S of the mouth of Zeller Glacier and being one of the westernmost summits along the S wall of Byrd Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert H. Fries, aurora scientist at the South Pole Station, 1963.||
5315|Mount Friesland|Summit|624000S|0601200W|-62.6666667|-60.2|1790|5873|01/01/1960|Mountain, 1,790 m, which lies 3 mi ENE of the head of False Bay, Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The feature was known to American and British sealers as early as 1820-21, and has been variously known as Peak of Frezeland, Friezland Peak, and Friesland Peak.  In the early 1900s the name Barnard, applied by Weddell in 1825 to nearby Needle Peak, was transferred to this mountain.  The original name has now been restored; the spelling Friesland appears to have been more frequently used than any of the other versions.  The name Barnard Point (q.v.) has since been approved for the nearby point at the SE side of False Bay.||
5321|Frigate Range|Range|824800S|1622000E|-82.8|162.3333333|||01/01/1966|A high range trending for 12 mi E from Mount Markham in the Queen Elizabeth Range.  Named by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) to commemorate the work of the New Zealand frigates on Antarctic patrol duties.||
5322|Frigga Peak|Summit|662500S|0640000W|-66.4166667|-64|1570|5151|01/01/1952|Peak, 1,570 m, which stands at the S side of Anderson Glacier on the E coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in 1947.  The Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) named it after the mythological Norse goddess Frigga, the "cloud spinner," because cloud was observed to form on the summit of this peak earlier than on any other feature in this vicinity.||
5324|Friis-Baastad Peak|Summit|725300S|0031800W|-72.8833333|-3.3|||01/01/1966|One of the ice-free peaks at the S side of Frostlendet Valley, situated 1 mi SE of Mana Mountain in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named for Captain Kare Friis-Baastad, a member of the Norwegian air unit with Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE).||
5325|Friis Hills|Range|774453S|1612732E|-77.748062|161.458874|1750|5741|01/01/1975|A cluster of ice-free hills, 6 mi in extent and rising to 1,750 m, at the N side of the bend in Taylor Glacier in Victoria Land.  Named after geographer and archivist Herman R. Friis (1906-89), Director of the Center for Polar Archives in the National Archives; U.S. exchange scientist at the Japanese station East Ongul Island, 1969-70; member of Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN), 1957-73.||
5326|Fringe Rocks|Island|660400S|0655500W|-66.0666667|-65.9166667|||01/01/1971|Group of rocks forming the W limit of the Saffery Islands, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 because of their position on the fringe of the ships' passage between Saffery Islands and Trump Islands.||
5328|Mount Frishman|Summit|712000S|1665600E|-71.3333333|166.9333333|1880|6168|01/01/1970|A small, pointed mountain (1,880 m) in the E part of Robinson Heights, Admiralty Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy photography, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Steven A. Frishman, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at Hallett Station, 1966-67.||03/07/1997
5333|Mount Fritsche|Summit|660000S|0624200W|-66|-62.7|||01/01/1963|A snow-capped coastal mountain with many steep rock faces, located on the N side of Richthofen Pass in eastern Graham Land. This mountain was probably first seen by Otto Nordenskjold of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04. Sir Hubert Wilkins observed the feature from the air on Dec. 20, 1928, and named it "Cape Fritsche" after Carl B. Fritsche of Detroit, MI.  The generic term has been amended in keeping with the nature of the feature.||
5335|Mount Fr�din|Summit|645000S|0625000W|-64.8333333|-62.8333333|600|1968||A mountain (c. 600 m) rising 0.5 mi ESE of Waterboat Point, Paradise Harbor, Danco Coast.  The feature was originally called "Mount Lunch-Ho!" by T.W. Bagshawe and M.C. Lester, because on the first ascent in 1921 lunch was eaten on the summit.  Renamed by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition (1950-51) after Swedish engineer Bertil Frodin, who conducted geological and glaciological studies on the expedition.||
5338|Frölich Peak|Summit|653200S|0634800W|-65.5333333|-63.8|1035|3396|01/01/1971|Peak 1,035 m, rising above Holst Point at the head of Beascochea Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Theodor C.B. Frolich, Norwegian biochemist who in 1907, with Axel Holst, first produced experimental scurvy and laid the foundations for later work on vitamins.||
5339|Frolov Ridge|Ridge|704500S|1620900E|-70.75|162.15|||01/01/1964|Prominent ridge about 11 mi long, trending N-S, located just W of Arruiz Glacier in the Bowers Mountains.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Surveyed by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1958 and named after V.V. Frolov, Soviet polar investigator, director of the Arctic and Antarctic Scientific Research Institute.||
5340|Frontier Mountain|Summit|725900S|1602000E|-72.9833333|160.3333333|2805|9203|01/01/1964|A large, mainly ice-free mountain (2,805 m) situated 20 mi SSE of Roberts Butte of the Outback Nunataks, and 11 mi WNW of Sequence Hills, near the edge of the featureless, interior ice plateau.  Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, because of its geographical location.||
5341|Frontier Nunataks|Summit|782100S|0880600W|-78.35|-88.1|||01/01/1966|A small isolated group of nunataks lying about 20 mi W of the Sentinel Range of the Ellsworth Mountains.  The nunataks were visited by geologist Thomas Bastien of the University of Minnesota Geological Party, 1963-64, and so named because they are the extreme western outlier of the Ellsworth Mountains.||
5342|Mount Frontz|Summit|854600S|1314600W|-85.7666667|-131.7666667|2010|6594|01/01/1967|A prominent mountain in western Wisconsin Range, 2,010 m, rising between Mount Vito and Griffith Peak on the E side of Reedy Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Leroy Frontz, aircraft commander during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1966 and 1967.||
5343|Mount Frosch|Summit|724600S|1675500E|-72.7666667|167.9166667|2750|9022|01/01/1973|A mainly snow-covered mountain (2,750 m) standing 3 mi NE of Mount Riddolls at the head of Borchgrevink Glacier, in the Victory Mountains of Victoria Land.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert A. Frosch, Assistant Secretary of the Navy for Research and Development, 1971-72; Administrator, National Aeronautics and Space Administration 1978.||
5344|Mount Frost|Summit|811100S|1582100E|-81.1833333|158.35|2350|7710|01/01/1965|Mountain, 2,350 m, in the Churchill Mountains, standing 4 mi S of Mount Zinkovich, at the S side of the head of Silk Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Col. Foy B. Frost, USAF, commanding officer of the Ninth Troop Carrier Squadron, which furnished C-124 Globemaster airlift support between New Zealand and the Antarctic and from McMurdo Sound inland to Byrd, Eights, and South Pole Stations during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1962.||
5345|Frostbite Spine|Ridge|780600S|1630000E|-78.1|163||||A prominent ridge, 5 mi long, between Hooker Glacier and Salient Glacier on the E side of Royal Society Range, Victoria Land.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) from a proposal by R.H. Findlay, whose New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) geological party worked in the area of the ridge in 1979-80.  So named because a party member suffered frostbite injury here and had to be replaced.||
5346|Frost Cliff|Cliff|751300S|1354300W|-75.2166667|-135.7166667|||01/01/1974|A steep, partly ice-covered cliff 2 mi E of Mount Steinfeld, on the S side of the divide between the upper reaches of Hull Glacier and Kirkpatrick Glacier, in Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander William L. Frost, U.S. Navy (USN), Officer-in-Charge of Antarctic Support Activities at McMurdo Station, 1970.||
5347|Frost Glacier|Glacier|670500S|1290000E|-67.0833333|129|||01/01/1955|A channel glacier flowing to the head of Porpoise Bay. Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John Frost, boatswain on the brig Porpoise of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Wilkes.||
5348|Frostlendet Valley|Valley|724600S|0031800W|-72.7666667|-3.3|||01/01/1966|An ice-filled valley, about 15 mi long, draining northeastward along the south side of Hogfonna Mountain, in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Frostlendet (the frost ground).||
5349|Frostman Glacier|Glacier|750800S|1375700W|-75.1333333|-137.95|||01/01/1974|A broad, low gradient glacier discharging into the S side of Hull Bay just W of Kontor Cliffs, on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Thomas O. Frostman, meteorologist at Plateau Station, 1968.||
5350|Frost Rocks|Island|651600S|0642000W|-65.2666667|-64.3333333|||01/01/1972|A cluster of rocks situated SW of the southern Argentine Islands and 0.5 mi SW of Whiting Rocks, off the coast of Graham Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Richard Frost, survey asst. of the Hydrographic Survey Unit from His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Endurance working in the area in February 1969.||
5351|Frost Spur|Ridge|823300S|0515900W|-82.55|-51.9833333|||01/01/1968|A rock spur between Lewis Spur and Alley Spur on the N side of Dufek Massif Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charles Frost, logistics specialist, Office of Antarctic Programs, National Science Foundation.||06/05/2000
5352|Fruitcake Bluff|Cliff|713300S|1602900E|-71.55|160.4833333|100|328||A steep rock outcrop in the form of a bluff 100 m high, extending in a NE-SW direction for 1 mi in the SE portion of Thompson Spur, Daniels Range.  Recorded by U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologists C.C. Plummer and R.S. Babcock, who made a geological reconnaissance of Daniels Range in December 1981.  Descriptively named from the prevalent intrusive rock on the bluff which has the appearance in color and texture of a fruitcake.||
5353|Frustration Dome|Summit|680000S|0643300E|-68|64.55|||01/01/1971|A large crevassed ice dome about 38 mi SE of Mount Henderson in Mac. Robertson Land.  The dome was the site of a tellurometer station established during an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) traverse from Mawson Station to Mount Kjerka in 1967.  So named by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) because the traverse party was delayed here by vehicle breakdown, delaying completion of the survey until the next spring.||
5354|Frustration Ridge|Ridge|821200S|1583800E|-82.2|158.6333333|||01/01/1966|Ridge forming the N end of the Cobham Range in the Churchill Mountains.  So named by the Holyoake, Cobham, and Queen Elizabeth Ranges party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1964-65) because although from below it looked a simple climb, great difficulty was experienced in traversing it.||
5356|Mount Frustum|Summit|732300S|1625500E|-73.3833333|162.9166667|3100|10170|01/01/1967|A large pyramidal shaped table mountain, 3,100 m, standing between Mount Fazio and Scarab Peak in the S part of Tobin Mesa, in Victoria Land.  Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, for its frustum-like shape.||
5357|Fryer Point|Summit|585900S|0263000W|-58.9833333|-26.5|||01/01/1952|Northern point of Bristol Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  Charted in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II and named for Lieutenant Commander D.H. Fryer, Royal Navy (RN), captain of H.M. Surveying Ship Fitzroy.||
5358|Fry Glacier|Glacier|763800S|1621800E|-76.6333333|162.3||||A glacier draining the slopes at the NE corner of the Convoy Range and flowing along the S end of the Kirkwood Range into Tripp Bay, Victoria Land.  First charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named for A.M. Fry, a contributor to the expedition.||
5359|Fry Peak|Summit|710300S|0634000W|-71.05|-63.6666667|||01/01/1976|A sharp-pointed peak which is the southernmost peak in the Welch Mountains, in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Frederick M. Fry, USN, Flight Surgeon and member of the para-rescue team of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VXE-6 during Operation Deep Freeze 1969 and 1970.||
5360|Fry Saddle|Gap|763300S|1610500E|-76.55|161.0833333|||01/01/1962|Narrow ice saddle at the head of Fry Glacier, about 4 miles WSW of Mount Douglas in Victoria Land.  Discovered in 1957 by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) and named by them in association with Fry Glacier.||
5362|Lake Fryxell|Lake|773635S|1630928E|-77.609648|163.157673|||01/01/1964|Lake 3 mi long, between Canada and Commonwealth Glaciers at the lower end of Taylor Valley in Victoria Land.  Mapped by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, 1910-13.  The lake was visited by Prof. T.L. Pewe during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1957-58, and was named by him for Dr. Fritiof M. Fryxell, glacial geologist of Augustana College, Illinois.||
5364|Fuchs Dome|Summit|803600S|0275000W|-80.6|-27.8333333|1525|5003|01/01/1962|Large ice-covered dome rising over 1,525 m, between Stratton and Gordon Glacier's in the central part of the Shackleton Range.  First mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and named for Sir Vivian E. Fuchs, leader of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1955-58.||
5365|Fuchs Ice Piedmont|Glacier|671000S|0684000W|-67.1666667|-68.6666667|||01/01/1956|Ice piedmont 70 mi long, extending in a NE-SW direction along the entire W coast of Adelaide Island.  First mapped in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Sir Vivian E. Fuchs, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) base leader and geologist at Stonington Island in 1948-49.||
5366|Mount Fucik|Summit|715200S|0142600E|-71.8666667|14.4333333|2305|7562|01/01/1970|The central peak (2,305 m) of Kvaevefjellet Mountain, in the Payer Mountains of Queen Maud Land. Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39. Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Julius Fučík (1903-43), Czechoslovakian journalist and author.||
5370|Fuente Rock|Island|623000S|0594100W|-62.5|-59.6833333|||01/01/1966|A low rock surmounted by a navigational beacon, 0.4 mi NE of Ferrer Point in Discovery Bay, Greenwich Island, South Shetland Islands.  The name derives from the form "Islote de la Fuente" appearing on a Chilean hydrographic chart of 1951.||04/11/2001
5374|Fuglefjellet|Summit|721700S|0004600E|-72.2833333|.7666667|||01/01/1966|A mountain 7 mi E of Mount Roer in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (193839).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Fuglefjellet (the bird mountain).||
5375|Fukuro Cove|Bay|691200S|0393900E|-69.2|39.65|||01/01/1975|A cove, 1 mi SW of Mount Choto, which indents the Langhovde Hills along the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62.  The name Fukuro-ura (Hukuro Ura), meaning "pouch cove," was approved by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1972.||
5376|Mount Fukushima|Summit|712100S|0353700E|-71.35|35.6166667|2470|8104|01/01/1966|The highest massif (2,470 m) in the Queen Fabiola Mountains, standing just north of Yamato Glacier.  The rock massif rises 1,600 m above the local ice surface and has many ragged peaks.  Discovered in 1960 by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), under Guido Derom.  Named by Derom after Shin Fukushima, geophysicist of the Japanese expedition, lost in a violent blizzard near the Japanese station on East Ongul Island in October 1960.||
5378|Fulgham Ridge|Ridge|845400S|1772500E|-84.9|177.4166667|||01/01/1966|A narrow ice-free ridge, 4 mi long, forming the SE side of Bowin Glacier in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Aviation Boatswain's Mate Donald R. Fulgham, USN, Antarctic Support Activity, who participated in U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1964.||
5379|Fullastern Rock|Bar|673700S|0692600W|-67.6166667|-69.4333333|||01/01/1964|Isolated submerged rock lying in the middle of Johnston Passage 7 mi WNW of Cape Adriasola, Adelaide Island.  The rock is potentially dangerous to ships and was so named when Royal Research Ship (RRS) John Biscoe was compelled to go full astern to avoid this hazard.||
5380|Mount Fuller|Summit|775235S|1622112E|-77.876468|162.353221|1925|6316|01/01/1992|A peak in Cathedral Rocks, Royal Society Range, rising to 1,925 m between the lower portions of Zoller Glacier and Darkowski Glacier in Victoria Land.  Named in 1992 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Chaplains Tableland (q.v.) after Lieutenant Commander William C. Fuller, U.S. Navy (USN), chaplain with the 1964 winter party at McMurdo Station.||
5381|Fuller Dome|Summit|863800S|1561800W|-86.6333333|-156.3|2850|9350|01/01/1967|A dome-shaped, ice-covered mountain. 2,850 m, at the NW end of the Rawson Mountains in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for C.E. Fuller, storekeeper with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 on Operation Deep Freeze 1966 and 1967.||
5382|Fuller Island|Island|661200S|1010000E|-66.2|101|||01/01/1956|Island in the Highjump Archipelago, 4 mi long and 1.5 mi wide, lying 2 mi S of Thomas Island on the S side of Cacapon Inlet.  Mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for H.F. Fuller, air crewman on the U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp seaplane commanded by D.E. Bunger which landed in this area in February 1947.||
5383|Fuller Rock|Bar|681000S|0685400W|-68.1666667|-68.9||||A rock awash, one of the principal dangers to ships on the N side of Faure Passage, Marguerite Bay, about 4.2 mi SSW of Dismal Island.  Charted by a RN Hydrographic Survey Unit from Royal Research Ship (RRS) Fuller, Royal Navy (RN), who directed the survey.||
5385|Fulmar Bay|Bay|603700S|0460100W|-60.6166667|-46.0166667|||01/01/1956|Bay 1 mi wide between Moreton Point and Return Point at the W end of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  First sighted and roughly charted by Captain George Powell and Captain Nathaniel Palmer on their joint cruise in December 1821.  It was surveyed in 1933 by DI personnel.  So named in 1954 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because large numbers of Antarctic fulmars (Fulmarus glacialoides) nest in this area.||
5386|Fulmar Crags|Cliff|603800S|0451100W|-60.6333333|-45.1833333|||01/01/1964|Crags surmounting East Cape, the NE extremity of Coronation Island in the South Orkney Islands.  The name arose from the Antarctic fulmars which breed on these crags and was given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following a 1956-58 survey by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).||
5387|Fulmar Island|Island|663200S|0930100E|-66.5333333|93.0166667|||01/01/1962|Small island just S of Zykov Island in the Haswell Islands. Discovered by the Western Base Party of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14), who plotted this island and the present Zykov Island as a single island.  They named it Fulmar Island because of its rookery of Southern Fulmars.  The Soviet expedition of 1956 found there are two islands, retaining the name Fulmar for the southern one.||
5388|Mount Fulton|Summit|765300S|1445400W|-76.8833333|-144.9|900|2953|01/01/1970|A mountain (900 m) between Mount Passel and Mount Gilmour in the Denfeld Mountains of the Ford Ranges in Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) led by R. Admiral R.E. Byrd.  Named for R. Arthur Fulton who was of great assistance in arranging the insurance for the Jacob Ruppert, one of the ships used by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1933-35).||
5391|Fume Point|Summit|562000S|0273300W|-56.3333333|-27.55|||01/01/1972|A low-lying lava feature forming the S point of Zavodovski Island, South Sandwich Islands.  The name applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 refers to the dangerous volcanic fumes emitted in this locality.||
5393|Funk Glacier|Glacier|653400S|0634600W|-65.5666667|-63.7666667|||01/01/1971|Glacier flowing into Beascochea Bay to the S of Frolich Peak, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Casimir Funk, American (formerly Polish) biochemist who, while working at the Lister Institute in London in 1912, originated the theory of vitamins.||
5394|Furdesanden Moraine|Ridge|714800S|0093700E|-71.8|9.6166667|||01/01/1970|A moraine extending in a N-S direction for 17 mi along the W side of Conrad Mountains in the Orvin Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and photographed by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped by Norway from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Furdesanden (the furrow of sand).||
5395|Furlong Creek|Stream|773856S|1630830E|-77.648971|163.141744|||01/01/1992|A glacial meltwater tributary stream, 1.6 mi long, flowing N from Howard Glacier into Delta Stream in Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  Spaulding Pond lies along this watercourse.  The name was suggested by Diane McKnight, leader of a U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) team which made extensive studies of the hydrology and geochemistry of streams and ponds in the Lake Fryxell basin, 1987-94.  Named after hydrologist Edward Furlong, a member of the field team that established stream gaging stations on streams flowing into Lake Fryxell in the 1990-91 season.||
5396|Furman Bluffs|Cliff|740600S|1135300W|-74.1|-113.8833333|||01/01/1967|A line of steep ice bluffs that form the SE side of Philbin Inlet on Martin Peninsula, Marie Byrd Land.  First delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in January 1947. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Master Chief Quartermaster James L. Furman, USN, staff assistant assigned to Antarctic Task Force 43 from 1964-67.||
5397|Furness Glacier|Glacier|610600S|0545200W|-61.1|-54.8666667|||01/01/1953|Small glacier flowing between Cape Belsham and Point Wild to the N coast of Elephant Island, South Shetland Islands. Charted and named by the Shackleton Endurance expedition 1914-16.||
5399|Fur Seal Cove|Bay|604400S|0453600W|-60.7333333|-45.6||||A cove between Lenton Point and Gourlay Peninsula on the S side of Signy Island, South Orkney Islands.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because a large number of fur seals frequent the cove and adjacent shore.||
5401|Furse Peninsula|Cape|612900S|0552800W|-61.4833333|-55.4666667|||01/01/1993|The E part of Gibbs Island, E of The Spit, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name Narrow Island was used by Captain George Powell, 1822, with reference to the entire island; in subsequent use the reference was occasionally limited to this peninsula.  Named in 1980 by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Commander John R. (Chris) Furse, Royal Navy (RN), leader of JSEEIG, 1976-77.||
5402|Fusco Nunatak|Summit|800200S|0800900W|-80.0333333|-80.15|||01/01/1966|The westernmost of the Wilson Nunataks, located just W of Hercules Inlet, at the SE extremity of the Heritage Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for aviation electrician Thomas A. Fusco, U.S. Navy (USN), air crewman on the first flight from McMurdo Station to Plateau Station, Dec. 13, 1965.||
5403|Fusilier Mountain|Summit|542500S|0361500W|-54.4166667|-36.25|810|2657||A mountain rising to 810 m on the N side of Heaney Glacier, 2.7 mi W of Mount Skittle, on the N coast of South Georgia.  The field name "Dome Mountain" was used by the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1991 after the Royal Regiment of Fusiliers, established in 1688, the oldest unit in the British Army.  A detachment of the unit was stationed at Grytviken in 1988.||
5404|Mount Futago|Summit|691200S|0394400E|-69.2|39.7333333|245|804|01/01/1975|A small mountain with two peaks, the northern one being 240 m and the southern one 245 m, in the northern part of Langhovde Hills, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62.  The name Futago-yama (Hutago Yama), meaning "twin mountain," was given by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1972.||
5405|Mount Fyfe|Summit|823200S|1551000E|-82.5333333|155.1666667|2260|7415|01/01/1966|Mountain, 2,260 m, standing 3 mi N of Quest Cliffs in the Geologists Range.  Seen by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) and named for H.E. Fyfe, chief geologist of the New Zealand Geological Survey.||
5406|Fyfe Hills|Range|672200S|0491200E|-67.3666667|49.2|||01/01/1961|A group of low coastal hills lying S of Dingle Dome and immediately E of Hydrographer Islands.  Sighted in October 1957 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by B.H. Stinear.  Named by ANCA for W.V. Fyfe, Surveyor General, West Australia.||
5407|Fyr Channel|Channel|604400S|0454100W|-60.7333333|-45.6833333|||01/01/1955|Channel 0.2 mi wide between the SW end of Signy Island and Moe Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  The name Fyr Strait appears on a manuscript chart drawn by Captain Petter Sorlle in 1912, and corrected by Hans Borge in 1913, but the generic term channel is approved because of the small size of this feature. The Corral Whaling Co. of Bergen, a subsidiary of Messrs. Christensen and Co., Corral, Chile, operated the steam whaler Fyr in the South Orkney Islands in 1912-13.||04/06/1998
5409|Gabbro Crest|Ridge|832800S|0502200W|-83.4666667|-50.3666667|1750|5741||The crest (c. 1,750 m) of the mountain spur between Sheriff Cliffs and Vigen Cliffs on the SE edge of Saratoga Table, Forrestal Range, q.v.  So named in 1979 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN), at the suggestion of Arthur B. Ford, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geologist, from the dominant rock type of the Forrestal Range.||
5410|Gabbro Hills|Range|844200S|1730000W|-84.7|-173|||01/01/1966|A group of rugged ridges and coastal hills which borders the Ross Ice Shelf between the Barrett and Gough Glaciers and extends S to Ropebrake Pass.  So named by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1963-64) because of the prevalence of gabbro, a dark, plutonic rock in the area.||
5411|Mount Gaberlein|Summit|750400S|1620400E|-75.0666667|162.0666667|1210|3970|01/01/1968|A mountain, 1,210 m, standing 3.5 mi NNW of Mount Bellingshausen in the Prince Albert Mountains of Victoria Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1957-62. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William E. Gaberlein, Chief Construction Electrician, U.S. Navy (USN), who wintered over at McMurdo Station in 1962 and 1964.||
5413|Gablenz Range|Range|720000S|0043000E|-72|4.5|||01/01/1966|A mountain range, 13 mi long, including Skigarden Ridge, Mount Grytoyr and associated features.  The range lies between the N part of Preuschoff Range and Luz Range in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Alfred Ritscher, 1938-39, and named after the director of the German Lufthansa Corporation.||
5414|Gabriel Peak|Summit|653600S|0623900W|-65.6|-62.65|1220|4003|01/01/1976|A peak (1,220 m) at the confluence of Starbuck and Jeroboam Glaciers on the E side of Graham Land.  The name is one of several in the vicinity applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from Herman Melville's Moby Dick Gabriel being the crewman of the ship||
5415|Gadarene Lake|Lake|712400S|0673500W|-71.4|-67.5833333|||01/01/1956|A meltwater lake 1 mi long in the ice shelf of George VI Sound, lying below Swine Hill with its E shore bounding the exposed rocks of the W coast of Palmer Land.  In summer a considerable volume of water enters the lake from the ravine immediately N of Swine Hill.  First seen and surveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  The name arose at that time and results from the mad rush by the sledge dogs which attempted to throw themselves and their sledge down the steep ice slopes into the water, like the Gadarene swine.||
5416|Gadarene Ridge|Ridge|764200S|1593300E|-76.7|159.55|||01/01/1965|A ridge extending southward from Ship Cone in the Allan Hills of Victoria Land.  Reconnoitered by the New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) Allan Hills Expedition (1964) who gave the name because of the swine-backed appearance of the feature in profile.||
5417|Gadsden Peaks|Range|713800S|1672400E|-71.6333333|167.4|2500|8202|01/01/1969|A line of northeast-trending peaks on a ridge, 5 mi long. They rise over 2,500 m and stand 5 mi WSW of Lange Peak of Lyttelton Range, in the Admiralty Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Michael Gadsden, radioscience researcher at McMurdo Station, 1965-66 and 1967-68.||
5418|Gagarin Mountains|Summit|715700S|0092300E|-71.95|9.3833333|||01/01/1970|A linear group of mountains, trending in a N-S direction for 10 mi between the Kurze and Conrad Mountains of the Orvin Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60.  Remapped from surveys and air photos by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named for Soviet astronaut Yuriy A. Gagarin.||
5419|Cape Gage|Cape|641000S|0570500W|-64.1666667|-57.0833333|||01/01/1952|Rocky promontory forming the E extremity of James Ross Island and the W side of the N entrance to Admiralty Sound. Discovered by a British expedition 1839-43, under Ross, who named it for V. Admiral William Hall Gage, a Lord Commissioner of the Admiralty.||
5420|Gage Ridge|Ridge|665400S|0511600E|-66.9|51.2666667|||01/01/1965|A partially snow-covered ridge, 7 mi long, standing 2.5 mi W of Mount Selwood in the Tula Mountains in Enderby Land. Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for H.V. Gage, a member of the crew of the Discovery during the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31.||
5421|Gagge Point|Summit|662000S|0665400W|-66.3333333|-66.9|||01/01/1965|The southern extremity of Lavoisier Island, Biscoe Islands. Mapped from air photos obtained by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Adolph P. Gagge, American physiologist who has specialized in the reactions of the human body to cold environments.||
5422|Gain Glacier|Glacier|710100S|0612500W|-71.0166667|-61.4166667|||01/01/1976|A large glacier on the E coast of Palmer Land, flowing NE from Cat Ridge and entering the Weddell Sea between Imshaug Peninsula and Morency Island.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Louis Gain, naturalist on the French Antarctic Expedition, 1908-10, author of several of the expedition reports on zoology and botany.||
5423|Gair Glacier|Glacier|730300S|1663200E|-73.05|166.5333333|||01/01/1967|A tributary glacier, 10 mi long, rising close SE of Mount Supernal in the Mountaineer Range and flowing ENE to enter Mariner Glacier just N of Bunker Bluff in Victoria Land.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) 1962-63, for H.S. Gair, geologist and leader that season of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) northern field party.||
5424|Gair Mesa|Summit|732800S|1625200E|-73.4666667|162.8666667|||01/01/1967|The southernmost mesa of the Mesa Range, in Victoria Land. Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, for H.S. Gair, geologist and leader of this party.||
5426|Galan Ridge|Ridge|731000S|0620000W|-73.1666667|-62|||01/01/1968|A prominent ridge which forms the NE rampart of the Dana Mountains in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Michael P. Galan, a member of the McMurdo Station winter party in 1967 and of the South Pole-Queen Maud Land Traverse III in 1967-68.||
5427|Galatos Peak|Summit|715800S|1634300E|-71.9666667|163.7166667|2045|6709|01/01/1964|A peak, 2,045 m, that marks the NW extremity of Salamander Range in the Freyberg Mountains.  Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, after Galatos, a village in Crete associated with Lord Freyberg and the Second New Zealand Expeditionary Force during World War II.||
5428|Mount Gale|Summit|704600S|1661200E|-70.7666667|166.2|||01/01/1966|A promontory at the N end of Frecker Ridge in the Anare Mountains, Victoria Land.  It stands at the S side of the confluence of Ludvig Glacier and Kirkby Glacier.  Named by ANCA for Commander d'A.T. Gale, formerly of the RAN, hydrographic surveyor with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Thala Dan) cruise that explored this coast, 1962.||
5429|Gale Escarpment|Cliff|725500S|0752300E|-72.9166667|75.3833333|||01/01/1967|A northwest-facing escarpment of rock and ice, standing eastward of Mount Harding and Wilson Ridge in the Grove Mountains.  Mapped from air photos, 1956-60, by ANAPL.  Named by ANCA for d'A.T. Gale, officer in charge of the Antarctic Mapping Branch, Australian Division of National Mapping, who has contributed substantially to Antarctic mapping.||
5430|Galen Peak|Summit|642200S|0622600W|-64.3666667|-62.4333333|||01/01/1960|Peak 3 mi W of Buls Bay, standing at the S side of Hippocrates Glacier in the S part of Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  First mapped by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Photographed by Hunting Aersurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos in 1959.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Galen (138-201), the most eminent Roman doctor of his time, author of numerous works on medicine, surgery and anatomy.||
5431|Gale Ridge|Ridge|834100S|0562700W|-83.6833333|-56.45|||01/01/1965|A ridge, 12 mi long, extending northwestward from Mount Dover in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Phillip L. Gale, meteorologist at Ellsworth Station, winter 1962.||
5432|Galileo Cliffs|Cliff|704600S|0684500W|-70.7666667|-68.75|||01/01/1975|A line of E-W cliffs, 5 mi long, standing between Grotto Glacier and Jupiter Glacier, 7 mi west of Ablation Point, in eastern Alexander Island.  Mapped from trimetrogon air photography taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and from survey by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1948-50.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from association with Jupiter Glacier after Galileo Galilei (1564-1642). Italian astronomer who discovered the four named satellites of Jupiter.||
5433|Galindez Island|Island|651500S|0641500W|-65.25|-64.25|||01/01/1950|Island 0.5 mi long, lying immediately E of Winter Island in the Argentine Islands, Wilhelm Archipelago.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, who named it for Commander Ismael F. Galindez, Argentine Navy, who was dispatched in the feared lost early in 1905.  Recharted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.||
5434|Galkin Nunatak|Summit|732700S|0655500W|-73.45|-65.9166667|||01/01/1968|An isolated nunatak about 35 mi NW of Mount Coman, surmounting the interior ice plateau near the base of Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William L. Galkin, meteorologist at Byrd Station, summer 1965-66.||
5435|Mount Galla|Summit|755600S|1255200W|-75.9333333|-125.8666667|2520|8268|01/01/1962|Snow-capped mountain (2,520 m) which rises above the Usas Escarpment, 31 mi E of Mount Petras, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Edward J. Galla, U.S. Navy (USN), who was medical doctor and leader of support personnel at Byrd Station, 1959.||
5436|Gallaher Peak|Summit|852700S|1381800W|-85.45|-138.3|1005|3297|01/01/1967|One of the Berry Peaks, 1,005 m, standing between the SE edge of the Ross Ice Shelf and Watson Escarpment.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after James T. Gallaher, electrician with the Byrd Station winter party, 1958.||
5437|Gallen Nunatak|Summit|754800S|1283600W|-75.8|-128.6|||01/01/1974|A nunatak on the S side of Balchunas Pass, 1.5 mi NW of Putzke Peak, in the McCuddin Mountains of Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-69. Named by US-SCAN for Lieutenant (j.g.) Kevin P. Gallen, Civil Engineer Corps (CEC), U.S. Navy (USN), Officer-in-Charge of South Pole Station, 1971.||
5438|Gallipoli Heights|Summit|722600S|1634800E|-72.4333333|163.8|||01/01/1964|A group of peaks and ridges centered 7.5 mi SSE of Monte Cassino, in the Freyberg Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named for association with Lord Freyberg and Freyberg Mountains (q.v.) by the Northern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64.||03/07/1997
5439|Gallows Point|Summit|642000S|0625900W|-64.3333333|-62.9833333|||01/01/1956|The northernmost of two low, parallel points which mark the extremity of Gamma Island in the Melchior Islands, Palmer Archipelago.  The name was probably given by DI personnel who roughly surveyed the point in 1927.  The point was resurveyed by Argentine expeditions in 1942, 1943 and 1948.||
5440|Gallup Glacier|Glacier|850900S|1775000W|-85.15|-177.8333333|||01/01/1966|A broad glacier, about 12 mi long, flowing E between Mount Rosenwald and Mount Black to enter Shackleton Glacier just N of Matador Mountain.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Commander F.S. Gallup, Jr., U.S. Navy (USN). Commanding Officer of Squadron VX-6 during Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1965.||
5441|Galtefjellet|Summit|681600S|0583500E|-68.2666667|58.5833333|||01/01/1967|The southeastern of two rock outliers on the S side of Purka Mountain in the Hansen Mountains.  Mapped and named Galtefjellet (boar mountain) by Norwegian cartographers working from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.||04/06/2001
5442|Galten Islands|Island|662300S|0562500E|-66.3833333|56.4166667|||01/01/1961|Small group of islands in the E part of Magnet Bay, 10 mi W of Cape Davis.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition. 1936-37, and called Galten (the boar).  First visited in 1957 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by B.H. Stinear.||
5444|Galyshev Nunatak|Summit|713600S|0122800E|-71.6|12.4666667|||01/01/1970|Nunatak at the SW foot of Store Svarthorn Peak in Mittlere Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Soviet pilot V.L. Galyshev.||
5445|Gamage Point|Summit|644600S|0640400W|-64.7666667|-64.0666667|||01/01/1975|A rock point that marks the north side of the entrance to Hero Inlet on the southwest side of Anvers Island.  The U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Palmer Station is located on this point.  The name, applied by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN), is in association with Hero Inlet inasmuch as it was the Harvey F. Gamage shipyard in South Bristol, Maine, that built the Research Vessel Hero.||
5447|Gamaleya Rock|Summit|714400S|0104300E|-71.7333333|10.7166667|||01/01/1970|A rock 2 mi SE of Smirnov Peak, marking the extremity of a line of rocks that extend E from Shcherbakov Range, in the Orvin Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Roughly plotted from air photos by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Soviet navigation scientist P. Ya. Gamaleya.||
5448|Gambacorta Peak|Summit|840200S|0560300W|-84.0333333|-56.05|1840|6037|01/01/1965|A peak, 1,840 m, standing 4 mi E of Mount Kaschak in southern Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Francis M. Gambacorta, captain of the USS Wyandot that transported the party which established Ellsworth Station at the outset of the International Geophysical Year.  Unloading at the station site on the Filchner Ice Shelf began Jan. 29, 1957.||
5449|Gambone Peak|Summit|714500S|1641400E|-71.75|164.2333333|1620|5315|01/01/1970|A peak, 1,620 m, located 7 mi SW of Coronet Peak, at the junction of the Leap Year and Black Glaciers, in the Bowers Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g) J.C. Gambone, Operations Administrative Asst. on the staff of the Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force.  Antarctica, 1967 and 1968.||
5450|Gamburtsev Subglacial Mountains|Summit|803000S|0760000E|-80.5|76|||01/01/1975|A major group of subglacial mountains which underlie and extend beyond the area of Dome Argus in the central part of East Antarctica.  Their existence was determined by a Soviet seismic party in 1958.  Named after Grigoriy A. Gamburtsev (1903-55) Soviet geophysicist.||
5451|Gamma Hill|Summit|633400S|0564700W|-63.5666667|-56.7833333|300|984|01/01/1964|A distinctive ice-covered hill on Tabarin Peninsula rising more than 300 m on the shore of Fridtjof Sound.  The name arises from the intensive geophysical work carried out in this part of Tabarin Peninsula by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1959-60.||
5452|Gamma Island|Island|642000S|0630000W|-64.3333333|-63|||01/01/1956|Island, 1 mi long, which marks the SW extremity of the Melchior Islands in the Palmer Archipelago.  This island was first roughly charted and named "Ile Gouts" by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05, but that name has not survived in usage.  The name Gamma, derived from the third letter of the Greek alphabet, was probably given by DI personnel who roughly surveyed the island in 1927.  The island was surveyed by Argentine expeditions in 1942, 1943 and 1948.||
5453|Gam Point|Summit|615500S|0580000W|-61.9166667|-58|||01/01/1960|Rocky point 2 mi SE of False Round Point on the N coast of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The point is one of the features named Pyritic or Esther Islands by Scottish geologist David Ferguson in 1913-14.  Although Ferguson represented the point as a rocky island separated from the ice cliff of King George Island by a channel 400 ft wide, air photos show that there is no channel.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960.  The word "gam" is an old sealers' and whalers' term for the occasions when groups of men from several vessels met in one of them for a gossip.  Nearby Esther Harbor was an anchorage frequently used by sealers.||
5456|Gándara Island|Island|631900S|0575600W|-63.3166667|-57.9333333|||01/01/1964|An island immediately SW of Kopaitic Island in the Duroch Islands.  The name appears on a Chilean government chart of 1959. Presumably named for Comodoro Jorge Gandara, leader of the 1954-55 Chilean Antarctic expedition.||
5457|Gand Island|Island|642400S|0625100W|-64.4|-62.85|||01/01/1952|Ice-covered island, 3 mi long and 1.5 mi wide, lying at the N end of Schollaert Channel, between Anvers and Brabant Islands in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, and named by Gerlache after Gand, the French form of Ghent, a city in Belgium where subscription drives were held to help finance the expedition.||
5458|Gangbrekka Pass|Gap|721500S|0002000W|-72.25|-.3333333|||01/01/1966|A mountain pass between Jutulrora Mountain and Brekkerista Ridge in the Sverdrup Mountains of Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Gangbrekka (the passage slope).||
5459|Gannon Nunataks|Summit|704300S|0692800W|-70.7166667|-69.4666667|750|2461||A notable twin-peaked nunatak (c. 750 m) and several smaller rock outcrops, located between the N end of LeMay Range and Lully Foothills in Alexander Island.  The feature was photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and mapped from these photographs by D. Searle of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1960.  Named in 1977 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Anthony E. Gannon, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) meteorological observer, Halley Station, 1970-72, general assistant, Grytviken, 1972, and builder, Stonington Island, 1973-75, who participated in a plane-table survey of N Alexander Island, 1973.||
5460|Gannutz Glacier|Glacier|702400S|1621100E|-70.4|162.1833333|||01/01/1970|A smooth glacier which flows N from the Bowers Mountains and enters the E part of Rennick Bay between Weeder Rock and Stuhlinger Ice Piedmont.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Theodore P. Gannutz, biologist at Hallett Station in the 1966-67 season; station scientific leader at Palmer Station in 1968.||
5462|Ganymede Heights|Summit|705200S|0682600W|-70.8666667|-68.4333333|600|1968|01/01/1975|Heights consisting of rounded ridges with extensive rock outcrops rising to 600 m or more, located between Jupiter Glacier and Ablation Valley on the E side of Alexander Island.  Mapped by Directorate of Overseas Surveys from satellite imagery supplied by U.S. National Aeronautics and Space Administration in cooperation with U.S. Geological Survey.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from association with Jupiter Glacier after Ganymede, one of the satellites of Jupiter.||
5463|The Gap|Gap|775058S|1664216E|-77.849506|166.704358|||01/01/1952|A pass between Crater Hill and Observation Hill at the S end of Hut Point Peninsula, on Ross Island.  Charted and named by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, under Scott.  British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) sledge parties traversed the S end of the peninsula via this low level passage.||
5465|Gap Nunatak|Summit|675400S|0622900E|-67.9|62.4833333|1030|3379|01/01/1965|Small nunatak, 1,030 m, standing in the center of Hordern Gap in the David Range, Framnes Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Metoppen (the middle peak). Renamed by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) for its location in Hordern Gap.||
5467|Mount Garan|Summit|673200S|0985600E|-67.5333333|98.9333333|||01/01/1955|A mountain marked by a cluster of small peaks, rising 9 mi SW of Mount Strathcona near the head of Denman Glacier.  Mapped from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for E.M. Garan, aerial photographer on Operation Highjump flights over this and other coastal areas between 14° and 164° East.||03/07/1997
5470|Cape Garcia|Cape|654400S|0644000W|-65.7333333|-64.6666667|||01/01/1950|Cape at the N side of the entrance to Barilari Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  The cape was discovered and named "Cap Loqui" by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot.  At the same time Charcot named the S entrance point to the bay "Cap Garcia," after Rear Admiral Garcia, Argentine Navy.  The maps of Charcot's French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, showed "Cap Garcia" as the N cape of Barilari Bay and the name has since become established for this feature.  Charcot did not use the name "Cap Loqui" on the maps of his second expedition but, for the sake of historical continuity, the name Loqui Point (q.v.) has been accepted for the S entrance point.||
5473|Garcia Point|Summit|851400S|1701600W|-85.2333333|-170.2666667|||01/01/1966|A conspicuous point which forms the S side of the terminus of DeGanahl Glacier, where the latter enters Liv Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Leopoldo Garcia, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at South Pole Station, winter 1965.||
5474|Garcie Peaks|Range|693200S|0664800W|-69.5333333|-66.8|960|3150|01/01/1962|A group of three small peaks, the highest 960 m, located 5 mi SE of Mount Leo on the S side of Fleming Glacier, in west-central Antarctic Peninsula.  Surveyed from the ground by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in Dec. 1958.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Pierre Garcie, French sailor whose Le grand routier et pilotage (1483) was the first manual of sailing directions to include coastal recognition sketches.||
5475|Garczynski Nunatak|Summit|852400S|1244800W|-85.4|-124.8|||01/01/1962|A cone-shaped nunatak, the highest in a cluster of nunataks close W of Mount Brecher, lying at the N flank of Quonset Glacier in the Wisconsin Range, Horlick Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1959-60.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Carl J. Garczynski, meteorologist, Byrd Station winter party, 1961.||
5476|Garde Islands|Island|655100S|0662200W|-65.85|-66.3666667|||01/01/1971|Small group of islands lying 5 mi WNW of Lively Point, off the SW side of Renaud Island in the Biscoe Islands.  First accurately shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Vilhelm Garde (1859-1926), Danish oceanographer who in 1899 initiated the international scheme of sea ice reporting in the Arctic.||
5477|Garden Spur|Ridge|843300S|1744500W|-84.55|-174.75|||01/01/1966|A spur on the W side of Longhorn Spurs, 3 mi S of Cape Surprise.  So named by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1963-64) because of the rich flora of mosses, algae and lichens found there.||03/07/1997
5478|Mount Gardiner|Summit|861900S|1505700W|-86.3166667|-150.95|2480|8136||A ridge-like granitic mountain, 2,480 m, standing 3 mi E of Mount Ruth and just S of the junction of Bartlett and Scott Glaciers, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn, and named by Byrd for Joseph T. Gardiner of Wellington, New Zealand, agent for the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) of 1928-30 and 1933-35.||
5479|Gardiner Glacier|Glacier|860100S|1314800W|-86.0166667|-131.8|||01/01/1967|A glacier at the S side of Quartz Hills, flowing E from Watson Escarpment into Reedy Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard D. Gardiner, construction electrician at Byrd Station in 1962.||
5480|Gardiner Ridge|Ridge|753900S|1322600W|-75.65|-132.4333333|||01/01/1974|A ridge extending from Mount Kauffman to Mount Kosciusko in the Ames Range, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James E. Gardiner, CD1, U.S. Navy (USN), Construction Driver and member of the Army-Navy Trail Party which blazed trail from Little America V to establish Byrd Station in 1956.||
5481|Mount Gardner|Summit|782300S|0860200W|-78.3833333|-86.0333333|4587|15049|01/01/1961|Mountain (4,685 m) standing 1.5 mi W of Mount Tyree in the W-central part of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains. Discovered by the Marie Byrd Land Traverse party, 1957-58, under C.R. Bentley.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Harvey L. Gardner, U.S. Navy (USN), pilot in Antarctica in 1957-58 and 1958-59 seasons, who was killed in the crash of a UB-1 Otter airplane at Marble Point on Jan. 4, 1959.||01/05/2021
5484|Gardner Inlet|Stream|745800S|0625200W|-74.9666667|-62.8666667|||01/01/1953|Large, ice-filled inlet at the SW side of Bowman Peninsula, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, under Ronne, who named it for Irvine C. Gardner, physicist at the National Bureau of Standards, and member of the American Antarctic Assn., Inc., the organization set up to make plans and preparations for the expedition.  His work in the field of optics as applied to aerial photography has been an important contribution to this technique in polar exploration.||
5485|Gardner Island|Island|683500S|0775200E|-68.5833333|77.8666667|||01/01/1970|An island 0.75 mi long, lying off Breidnes Peninsula, Vestfold Hills, about 2 mi W of Heidemann Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37) and named Breidneskollen (the broad point knoll).  It was renamed by ANCA for Lionel G. Gardner, diesel mechanic at the nearby Davis Station in 1958.||
5486|Gardner Nunatak|Summit|742600S|0724600W|-74.4333333|-72.7666667|1670|5479||A nunatak rising to c. 1,670 m, 5.5 mi WSW of Tollefson Nunatak in the Yee Nunataks (q.v.), Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1961-1968, and from Landsat imagery taken 1973-74.  Named in 1987 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Robert N. Gardner, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) cartographer, who participated in surveys at Cape Crozier (Ross Island), South Pole Station, and Palmer Station, 1973-74.||
5487|Gardner Ridge|Ridge|865700S|1482400W|-86.95|-148.4|||01/01/1967|An ice-free ridge 4 mi SE of Davis Hills, lying at the S side of Klein Glacier in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Eric T. Gardner of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6, photographer on Operation Deep Freeze 1966 and 1967.||
5488|Gårekneet Ridge|Ridge|720400S|0144800E|-72.0666667|14.8|||01/01/1966|A rock ridge 3 mi S of Garenevkalven Nunatak in the Payer Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Garekneet.||
5489|Gårenevkalven Nunatak|Summit|720000S|0144700E|-72|14.7833333|2250|7382|01/01/1966|A nunatak (2,250 m) located 3 mi north of Garekneet Ridge in the eastern part of the Payer Mountains, in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped and named by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60.||
5490|Garfield Glacier|Glacier|745700S|1363500W|-74.95|-136.5833333|||01/01/1974|A glacier, 6 mi long, flowing between Peden Cliffs and Cox Point to the E side of Hull Bay on the coast of Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Donald E. Garfield, who participated in deep core drilling activities at Byrd Station, 1967-68.||
5492|Gargoyle Ridge|Ridge|822400S|1593000E|-82.4|159.5|||01/01/1966|High rock ridge forming the S end of Cobham Range in the Churchill Mountains.  So named by the Holyoake, Cobham, and Queen Elizabeth Ranges party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1964-65) because of the curiously wind-carved rock buttresses on top of the ridge.||
5497|Garnerin Point|Summit|644100S|0621000W|-64.6833333|-62.1666667|||01/01/1965|Point on the W coast of Graham Land projecting into Wilhelmina Bay SE of Pelseneer island.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Andre J. Garnerin (1770-1825), French aeronaut, the first man to make a successful descent from a free balloon by parachute, in 1797.||
5499|Garnet Hill|Summit|604400S|0453800W|-60.7333333|-45.6333333|230|755|01/01/1956|Rocky hill, 230 m, rising above the E side of McLeod Glacier in the S part of Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  It forms the S end of a line of rock and ice cliffs which separate McLeod Glacier from Orwell Glacier.  So named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), following their survey of 1947, because of the abundance of garnets found there.||
5500|Garnet Point|Summit|665600S|1434600E|-66.9333333|143.7666667|||01/01/1952|A rocky coastal point consisting of garnet gneiss, located at the west side of the entrance to Watt Bay.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, and named by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) geological party led by Frank L. Stillwell.||
5501|Garnet Rocks|Island|682100S|0670400W|-68.35|-67.0666667|||01/01/1955|Group of three rocks lying 2 mi E of the Refuge Islands in the N part of Rymill Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  First surveyed in 1948-49 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and so named by them because of the occurrence of garnet in the rocks.||
5502|Garrard Glacier|Glacier|840700S|1693500E|-84.1166667|169.5833333|||01/01/1966|A glacier in Queen Alexandra Range, draining eastward from the neve between Mount Lockwood and Mount Kirkpatrick and entering Beardmore Glacier S of Bell Bluff.  It appears that British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) applied the name "Garrard Glacier" to the feature which had been named Bingley Glacier by Shackleton in 1908.  The area was surveyed by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62), who retained Bingley Glacier on the basis of priority and reapplied the name Garrard Glacier to this previously unnamed feature.  Named for Apsley Cherry-Garrard, zoologist with British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13).||
5503|Cape Garry|Cape|632100S|0621600W|-63.35|-62.2666667|||01/01/1965|Cape forming the SW extremity of Low Island in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted and named by a British expedition under Foster, 1828-31.  More accurately mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1959 from air photos taken by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE), 1955-57.||
5504|Garwood Glacier|Glacier|780051S|1635655E|-78.014104|163.948578|||01/01/1960|A glacier occupying the NW part of Garwood Valley, in Victoria Land.  First Mapped by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04), but not named until 1911.  Named by Taylor of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) for Edmund J. Garwood, professor of geology and mineralogy at the University of London.||
5505|Garwood Point|Summit|741400S|1103600W|-74.2333333|-110.6||||Point marking the N extremity of Gurnon Peninsula, a NE arm of Bear Peninsula, on the Walgreen Coast of Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in 1947.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after James W. Garwood, U.S. Navy (USN) metalsmith; crew chief at Williams Field, McMurdo Sound, and Christchurch, New Zealand; maintenance shop supervisor in eight Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) deployments.||
5506|Garwood Valley|Valley|780132S|1640700E|-78.025456|164.116673|||01/01/1960|A valley opening on the coast of Victoria Land just S of Cape Chocolate.  It is largely ice free, but is occupied near its head by the Garwood Glacier.  Named by Taylor of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) in association with Garwood Glacier.||
5507|Gary Peaks|Range|705400S|1623500E|-70.9|162.5833333|||01/01/1970|Two peaks which form a portion of the N wall of Sheehan Glacier, situated 4 mi WSW of Mount Hager in Explorers Range, Bowers Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gary F. Martin, U.S. Navy (USN), machinery repairman at the South Pole Station in 1965.||
5508|Garzón Point|Summit|645500S|0625300W|-64.9166667|-62.8833333||||Point between Oscar Cove and Skontorp Cove in southern Paradise Harbor, Danco Coast, Graham Land.  Following Argentine exploration in the area, named in 1956 by the Comision de Coordinacion Geografica (Argentina) after General Eugenio Garzon, a hero of the Argentine War of Independence.||
5509|Mount Gass|Summit|802700S|0293000W|-80.45|-29.5|||01/01/1962|A conspicuous rock mountain on the E side of Blaiklock Glacier, 6 mi SE of Mount Provender, in the Shackleton Range. First mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and tamed for Sir Neville A. Gass, Chairman of the British Petroleum Company, a supporter of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1955-58.||
5510|Mount Gaston|Summit|702500S|0654700E|-70.4166667|65.7833333|||01/01/1971|A mountain 0.5 mi SE of Mount Tarr in the Porthos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos of 1965. Named by ANCA for J. Gaston, aircraft engineer with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey party in 1969.||
5511|Mount Gaston de Gerlache|Summit|714400S|0354900E|-71.7333333|35.8166667|2400|7874|01/01/1966|The southernmost massif (2,400 m) in the Queen Fabiola Mountains.  Discovered on Oct. 7, 1960 by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1960, under Guido Derom.  Named by Derom for Gaston de Gerlache de Gomery, son of Adrien de Gerlache de Gomery (leader of the Belgica expedition, 1897-99). Gaston de Gerlache de Gomery led the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1957-58, which landed on Princess Ragnhild Coast and built the Roi Baudouin Station to carry out the scientific program of the IGY.||
5512|Gaston Islands|Island|642800S|0615000W|-64.4666667|-61.8333333|||01/01/1952|Two islands and off-lying rocks 1 mi NW of the tip of Reclus Peninsula, off the W coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  First charted in 1898 by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Lieutenant Adrien de Gerlache, who named one of the islands for his brother Gaston.  The name was extended to apply to the entire group by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960.||
5513|Cape Gates|Cape|733500S|1223800W|-73.5833333|-122.6333333|||01/01/1967|An ice-covered cape which marks the NW extremity of Carney Island along the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in January 1947. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Thomas S. Gates, Under Secretary of the Navy before and during the Navy's Deep Freeze expeditions.||03/07/1997
5514|The Gateway|Gap|833100S|1705800E|-83.5166667|170.9666667|||01/01/1966|A low snow-filled pass between Cape Allen and Mount Hope at the NE extremity of Queen Alexandra Range, affording passage from Ross Ice Shelf to the mouth of Beardmore Glacier westward of Mount Hope.  Discovered by the Southern Polar Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and so named because the pass was used to enter Beardmore Glacier.||
5515|Gateway Hills|Range|714000S|1632800E|-71.6666667|163.4666667|2000|6562||A prominent pair of hills (2,000 m) immediately W of Husky Pass at the head of Sledgers Glacier, Bowers Mountains (q.v.). So named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1983 on a proposal by geologist M.G. Laird because the hills bound the southern entrance to Sledgers Glacier.||
5516|Gateway Nunatak|Summit|770100S|1601500E|-77.0166667|160.25|||01/01/1962|Prominent nunatak near the head of Mackay Glacier, standing 9 mi W of Mount Gran, in Victoria Land.  Surveyed in 1957 by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58), and so named by them because it marks the most obvious gateway through the upper icefalls for parties traveling W up the Mackay Glacier.||
5517|Gateway Pass|Gap|714000S|0684700W|-71.6666667|-68.7833333|||01/01/1975|A pass about 5 mi long between Astarte Horn and Offset Ridge in eastern Alexander Island.  Mapped by Directorate of Overseas Surveys from satellite imagery supplied by U.S. National Aeronautics and Space Administration in cooperation with U.S. Geological Survey.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because the feature serves as a "gateway" giving access to the interior of Alexander Island from the head of Venus Glacier.||
5518|Gateway Ridge|Ridge|644300S|0633300W|-64.7166667|-63.55|715|2346|01/01/1965|A serrated rock ridge, over 715 m, situated southeast of Mount Rennie on Anvers Island, Palmer Archipelago.  It separates Hooper Glacier from William Glacier where the two enter Borgen Bay.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1944 and 1945.  The name originated because the snow col at the northern end of the ridge provides the only sledging route between Hooper Glacier and William Glacier.||
5519|Gatlin Glacier|Glacier|851000S|1733000W|-85.1666667|-173.5|||01/01/1966|A tributary glacier 7 mi long, flowing NW between the Cumulus Hills and Red Raider Rampart to enter the S side of McGregor Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Harold Oad Gatlin, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at the South Pole Station, winter 1964.||
5520|Gatlin Peak|Summit|704700S|0631800W|-70.7833333|-63.3|||01/01/1976|A prominent but somewhat detached snow-covered peak, rising 4.5 mi NE of Steel Peak at the NE end of the Welch Mountains, Palmer Land.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Donald H. Gatlin, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), navigator on LC-130 aerial photographic flights during Operation Deep Freeze 1968 and 1969.||
5522|Gaudin Point|Summit|650500S|0632200W|-65.0833333|-63.3666667||||The eastern entrance point of Lauzanne Cove, Flandres Bay, Danco Coast.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot. In association with the names of pioneers of photography in this area, the point was named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) (1977) after Marc Antoine Gaudin (1804-80), French photographer who took the first instantaneous photographs of moving objects in 1841.||
5523|Mount Gaudry|Summit|673200S|0683700W|-67.5333333|-68.6166667|2315|7595|01/01/1950|Mountain, 2,315 m, rising close SW of Mount Barre and 5 mi NNW of Mount Liotard in the S part of Adelaide Island. Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot who named it after Albert Gaudry, prominent French paleontologist.||
5524|Gaul Cove|Bay|674900S|0671100W|-67.8166667|-67.1833333|||01/01/1964|A cove indenting the NE side of Horseshoe Island, off Graham Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Kenneth M. Gaul, first leader of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) Horseshoe Island station in 1955.||
5525|Gauntlet Ridge|Ridge|732500S|1673500E|-73.4166667|167.5833333|||01/01/1966|A flat-topped, mainly ice-covered ridge, or peninsula, which separates the mouths of Nascent and Ridgeway Glaciers where they discharge into Lady Newnes Bay, Victoria Land.  The name suggests the appearance of the feature in plan and was applied by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1966.||
5526|Gaunt Rocks|Island|651700S|0642000W|-65.2833333|-64.3333333|||01/01/1971|Small group of rocks lying 2 mi W of Barros Rocks, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Roughly charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37, and more accurately positioned by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57.  The name, given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959, is descriptive of these desolate, grim-looking rocks.||04/11/2001
5527|Mount Gauss|Summit|761900S|1620200E|-76.3166667|162.0333333||||The northernmost peak of the Kirkwood Range in Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) which named this feature after Prof. Karl Friedrich Gauss (1775-1855), German mathematician and astronomer.||
5529|Gaussberg|Summit|664800S|0891100E|-66.8|89.1833333|370|1214|01/01/1947|Extinct volcanic cone, 370 m, fronting on Davis Sea immediately W of Posadowsky Glacier.  Discovered in February 1902 by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Drygalski, who named it after the expedition ship Gauss.||
5530|Gauss Glacier|Glacier|775814S|1634421E|-77.970474|163.739124|||01/01/1993|A steep glacier on the N side of Datum Peak, descending W from the SW extremity of Hobbs Ridge into Blue Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Named by the New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1993 after German mathematician and astronomer Karl Friedrich Gauss.||
5531|Gauthier Point|Summit|645000S|0633600W|-64.8333333|-63.6|||01/01/1951|Point which forms the N extremity of Doumer Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, who named it for Monsieur Gauthier, builder of the expedition ships Francais and Pourquoi-Pas?.||
5533|Mount Gavaghan|Summit|702600S|0652700E|-70.4333333|65.45|||01/01/1967|A mountain in the Porthos Range, Prince Charles Mountains, between Mount Kirkby and Mount Creighton.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos.  Named for E.J. Gavaghan, radio operator at Mawson Station in 1963.||
5534|Gavin Ice Piedmont|Glacier|634400S|0590000W|-63.7333333|-59|||01/01/1964|An ice piedmont in Trinity Peninsula, about 15 mi long and between 3 and 6 mi wide, extending from Charcot Bay to Russell West Glacier.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Christopher B. Gavin-Robinson, pilot of Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).||
5536|Gaviotín Rock|Island|630800S|0560100W|-63.1333333|-56.0166667|||01/01/1965|A rock lying in Larsen Channel, about 0.25 mi N of the coastal ice cliffs of Joinville Island and 2 mi N of Saxum Nunatak.  The name Gaviotin (gull) appears on an Argentine government chart of 1957.||
5537|Gavlen Ridge|Ridge|723900S|0002700E|-72.65|.45|||01/01/1966|A ridge forming the S extremity of Roots Heights, in the S part of the Sverdrup Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Gavlen (the gable).||
5538|Gavlpiggen Peak|Summit|735800S|0054700W|-73.9666667|-5.7833333|||01/01/1966|A low, isolated peak 2 mi SW of Klakknabben Peak, just N of the Kirwan Escarpment in Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and additional air photos (1958-59), and named Gavlpiggen (the gable peak).||
5539|Mount Gawn|Summit|715500S|1651100E|-71.9166667|165.1833333|2190|7185|01/01/1964|A prominent peak (2,190 m) in the central part of King Range in northwest Victoria Land.  Named by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, for J.E. Gawn, radio operator at Scott Base, 1963-64, who maintained radio schedules with the party.||
5540|Gawne Nunatak|Summit|760300S|1352400W|-76.05|-135.4|||01/01/1974|A nunatak on the E side of Wells Saddle between Mount Berlin and Mount Moulton in the Flood Range, Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Steven P. Gawne, a member of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) team that studied ice sheet dynamics in the area NE of Byrd Station in the 1971-72 season.||
5541|Gawn Ice Piedmont|Glacier|795800S|1601200E|-79.9666667|160.2|||01/01/1965|An ice piedmont and snow slope occupying the coastal platform between Darwin and Byrd Glaciers.  Named by the Darwin Glacier Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) for J.E. Gawn, radio operator at Scott Base who worked closely with the field parties.||
5543|Gaylord Nunatak|Summit|745600S|0720800W|-74.9333333|-72.1333333|1500|4921||A nunatak rising to c. 1,500 m, 1.5 mi NNE of Schmutzler Nunatak in the SE end of the Grossman Nunataks (q.v.), Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1961-68, and Landsat imagery, 1973-74.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1987 after Chauncey L. Gaylord, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) cartographer, 1942-76, Chief of the Compilation Unit in the Branch of Special Maps, working for many years in the preparation of Antarctic maps.||
5544|Gazella Peak|Summit|540000S|0380300W|-54|-38.05|120|394|01/01/1964|Peak rising over 120 m between Roche Peak and Cordall Stacks on the N side of Bird Island, South Georgia.  Charted by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1963 after the subspecific form of the fur seal (Arctocaphalus tropicalis gazella), which breeds in considerable numbers on Bird Island.||
5545|Cape Gazert|Cape|530500S|0732100E|-53.0833333|73.35|||01/01/1957|Cape at the W end of the rocky promontory which forms the S side of South West Bay, on the W side of Heard Island.  This feature was known to American sealers as "Green Point," as shown by Captain H.C. Chester's 1860 sketch map and other sealer maps of the period.  The present name was applied by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) when they landed at the feature in February 1902, after Dr. Hans Gazert, medical officer with the expedition, and it has become established in international usage.||
5546|Gburek Peaks|Range|721100S|0001500W|-72.1833333|-.25|||01/01/1966|A group of rocky elevations including Mount Straumsvola and Mount Jutulrora, forming the western end of the Sverdrup Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named for Leo Gburek, geophysicist on the expedition.  The name Gburek is here restricted to the westernmost peaks of those so named on maps of the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), these being clearly recognizable on detailed maps by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE), 1949-52, and subsequent Norwegian expeditions.||
5548|Gdynia Point|Summit|621000S|0583300W|-62.1666667|-58.55||||The eastern point of Dufayel Island, lying in Ezcurra Inlet, Admiralty Bay, King George Island.  Named in 1979 by the Polish Antarctic Expedition after Gdynia, Poland, a port city on the Baltic Sea.||
5549|Gealy Spur|Ridge|843800S|1651300E|-84.6333333|165.2166667|||01/01/1972|A high rock spur on the W side of Beardmore Glacier.  The spur descends NE from Mount Marshall and terminates in Willey Point.  This area was first sighted by Shackleton's Southern Journey Party in December 1908.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William J. Gealy stratigrapher with the Ohio State University Geological Expedition of 1969-70, who worked the spur and found tetrapod fossils here.||
5550|Cape Geddes|Cape|604200S|0443500W|-60.7|-44.5833333|||01/01/1952|Cape which forms the N end of Ferguslie Peninsula on the N coast of Laurie Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted in 1903 by the ScotNAE under Bruce, who named it for Prof. P. (later Sir Patrick) Geddes, noted Scottish biologist and sociologist.||
5552|Gedges Rocks|Island|652000S|0643200W|-65.3333333|-64.5333333|||01/01/1972|A group of rocks located 3 mi NNW of Grim Rock and 10 mi WSW of Cape Tuxen, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, and named "Gedges Reef" after The Gedges, a dangerous reef off the mouth of the Helford River in Cornwall, England.  In 1971, UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) reported that the term rocks is more appropriate for this feature.||
5553|Mount Geier|Summit|713400S|0622500W|-71.5666667|-62.4166667|||01/01/1976|The dominant, largely snow-covered peak in the N part of Schirmacher Massif, near the E coast of Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Frederick J. Geier, topographic engineer with the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geological and mapping party to Lassiter Coast, 1969-70.||
5554|Geikie Glacier|Glacier|541700S|0364100W|-54.2833333|-36.6833333|||01/01/1953|Glacier which flows NE to Mercer Bay, at the SW end of Cumberland West Bay, South Georgia.  First charted by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold, who named it after Sir Archibald Geikie (1835-1924), noted Scottish geologist and Director-General of the Geological Survey Great Britain, 1882-1901.||
5555|Geikie Inlet|Stream|753000S|1630000E|-75.5|163||||An inlet along the coast of Victoria Land, formed between the cliffs of the Drygalski Ice Tongue on the north and Lamplugh Island and the seaward extension of Clarke Glacier on the south. Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, under Scott, who named it after Sir Archibald Geikie (Geikie Glacier q.v.), who gave much assistance in preparing the expedition.||
5557|Geikie Nunatak|Summit|802400S|0255200W|-80.4|-25.8666667||||A nunatak 3 mi W of Mount Absalom in the SW end of the Herbert Mountains, Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and surveyed by the British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of glacial geologists grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after James Geikie (1839-1915), Professor of Geology, Edinburgh University from 1882, who was one of the first to recognize that multiple glaciations occurred during the Pleistocene period.||
5559|Geikie Ridge|Ridge|714400S|1693600E|-71.7333333|169.6||||A massive mountain ridge, 20 mi long and 6 mi wide, forming the divide between Dugdale Glacier and Murray Glacier in the Admiralty Mountains of Victoria Land.  First charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1898-1900, under C.E. Borchgrevink, who named the high land between these glaciers Geikie Land, after Sir Archibald Geikie (Geikie Glacier and Geikie Inlet, q.v.).  The generic "Land" has been changed to "Ridge," since it was not appropriate for so small a feature, but Borchgrevink's intent in naming the whole mass has been respected.||
5560|Mount Geissel|Summit|802500S|0814700W|-80.4166667|-81.7833333|1430|4692|01/01/1966|A mountain, 1,430 m, standing 3 mi S of Mount Simmons in the Independence Hills, Heritage Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert H. Geissel, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geomagnetist/seismologist at Plateau Station in 1966.||
5561|Gemel Peaks|Range|621200S|0585900W|-62.2|-58.9833333|||01/01/1960|Two peaks 1.3 mi NE of Horatio Stump on Fildes Peninsula, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted and named Twin Peak or Twin Peaks by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1935.  To avoid duplication, this name was rejected by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 and a new name substituted.  "Gemel" means twin.||
5563|Gemini Nunatak|Summit|660800S|0623000W|-66.1333333|-62.5|490|1608|01/01/1952|Nunatak consisting of two almost ice-free peaks, 465 and 490 m, which are connected by a narrow, rock ridge, standing 4 mi S of Borchgrevink Nunatak on Philippi Rise, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in 1947.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) after the constellation Gemini, which contains the twin stars Castor and Pollux.||
5564|Gemini Nunataks|Summit|844200S|1763800W|-84.7|-176.6333333|||01/01/1964|Two nunataks of similar size and appearance in a prominent position near the W wall of Shackleton Glacier, just SE of Mount Cole.  Named by F. Alton Wade, leader of the Texas Tech Shackleton Glacier Party (1962-63), after the constellation Gemini, which contains the twin stars Castor and Pollux.||
5565|Mount Genecand|Summit|660600S|0643900W|-66.1|-64.65|||01/01/1959|Mountain at the head of Barilari Bay between Lawrie and Weir Glaciers, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1955-57, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Felix Genecand (1874-1957), Swiss mountaineer who invented the Tricouni nail for climbing boots shortly before World War I.||
5572|Genghis Hills|Range|804400S|0280200W|-80.7333333|-28.0333333|1305|4281||Hills rising to 1,305 m to the S of Fuchs Dome and 4 mi W of Stephenson Bastion, in the Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U. S Navy, 1967, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after Graham K. ("Genghis") Wright, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) general assistant at Halley Station, 1968-71, who took part in the survey, 1969-70.||
5573|Gentile Point|Summit|810700S|1604800E|-81.1166667|160.8|||01/01/1965|A rounded, ice-covered point 7 mi N of Cape Parr, extending seaward from Darley Hills on the W side of Ross Ice Shelf.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Peter A. Gentile, Master of U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) Alatna in U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1961, and of U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) Chattahoochee which made four fuel-carrying trips between New Zealand and McMurdo Sound in U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1963.||
5574|Gentle Glacier|Glacier|764600S|1611500E|-76.7666667|161.25|||01/01/1993|A small glacier lobe, to the E and immediately below Forecastle Summit, which drains S into deglaciated Barnacle Valley in Convoy Range, Victoria Land.  Though a part of the Northwind Glacier-Fry Glacier system, this diminished glacier flows back into Barnacle Valley.  The name was proposed by New Zealand geologist Christopher J. Burgess and describes the glacier, but also the excellent helicopter support provided to his 1976-77 field party by U.S. Navy helicopters, "Gentle" being their code name.||
5575|Geode Nunataks|Summit|695000S|0700500W|-69.8333333|-70.0833333||||A group of small nunataks on the W side of Sibelius Glacier, N of Finlandia Foothills, in NE Alexander Island.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977; the nunataks are composed of lava flows with abundant geodes (cavities within the rock containing quartz and calcite crystals).||
5576|Cape G��e|Cape|664000S|1395100E|-66.6666667|139.85|||01/01/1955|Low, ice-covered point marked by prominent rock outcrops at its NE end, lying 3 mi NW of the mouth of Astrolabe Glacier. Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1951-52, and so named by them because of the extensive geotletic program undertaken in this region, particularly in the Geologie Archipelago close offshore.||
5577|Geodetic Glacier|Glacier|774502S|1634723E|-77.75048|163.789687|||01/01/1993|A glacier flowing E from Bettle Peak along the N side of Thomas Heights into Bowers Piedmont Glacier, on Scott Coast, Victoria Land.  The name is one of a group in the area associated with surveying applied in 1993 by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB).  Named from geodesy, the branch of applied mathematics concerned with measuring, or determining the shape of the earth, and the precise location of points on its surface.||
5578|Geoffrey Bay|Bay|661700S|1103200E|-66.2833333|110.5333333|||01/01/1971|A cove just E of Budnick Hill on the N side of Bailey Peninsula, Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named by ANCA for Geoffrey D.P. Smith, Senior Technical Officer (buildings) with the Antarctic Division, Melbourne, a member of the team that planned and supervised the construction of nearby Casey Station.||
5579|Geoffrey Hills|Range|673700S|0483600E|-67.6166667|48.6|||01/01/1965|Group of hills at the W end of the Raggatt Mountains, Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for Geoffrey D.P. Smith, carpenter at Mawson Station in 1961.||
5580|Geographers Cove|Bay|621300S|0590200W|-62.2166667|-59.0333333||||A cove between Flat Top Peninsula and Exotic Point on the SW side of Fildes Peninsula, King George Island.  The approved name is a translation of the Russian "Bukhta Geografov" (geographers bay), applied in 1968 following Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) surveys from nearby Bellingshausen Station.||
5581|Geoid Glacier|Glacier|774820S|1634701E|-77.805582|163.783528|||01/01/1993|A glacier flowing S from Thomas Heights, to the W of Ellipsoid Hill, into Blue Glacier, Victoria Land.  The name is one of a group in the area associated with surveying applied in 1993 by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB).  Named from geoid, the particular equipotential surface which coincides with mean sea level.||
5584|Géologie Archipelago|Island|663900S|1395500E|-66.65|139.9166667|||01/01/1955|Small archipelago of rocky islands and rocks close N of Cape Geodesie and Astrolabe Glacier Tongue, extending from Helene Island on the W to Dumoulin Islands on the east. The French expedition under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville landed on Debarquement Rock in the Dumoulin Islands in January 1840. Because rock samples were obtained, they gave the name "Pointe Geologie" to a coastal feature charted as lying S of Debarquement Rock.  The archipelago was delineated, in part, from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Following surveys by French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) parties during the 1950-52 period, the French gave the name "Archipel de Pointe Geologie" to the entire archipelago, as d'Urville's coastal feature is believed to correlate with portions of the cluster of islands close N of Astrolabe Glacier Tongue.||
5585|Geologists Island|Island|621300S|0585700W|-62.2166667|-58.95||||An island, 0.25 mi long, lying S of Ardley Island in the entrance of Hydrographers Cove, Fildes Peninsula, King George Island.  The approved name is a translation of the Russian "Ostrov Geologov" (geologists island), applied in 1968 following Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) surveys from Bellingshausen Station.||
5586|Geologists Range|Range|823000S|1553000E|-82.5|155.5|||01/01/1966|A mountain range about 35 mi long, standing between the heads of Lucy and Nimrod Glaciers.  Seen by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) and named to commemorate the work of geologists in Antarctic exploration.||
5588|Cape Geology|Cape|770000S|1623200E|-77|162.5333333|||01/01/1952|Low, gravel-covered point marking the W limit of Botany Bay, in the S part of Granite Harbor, Victoria Land.  Charted and named by the Western Geological Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, who established their base here.||
5590|Cape George|Cape|541700S|0361500W|-54.2833333|-36.25|||01/01/1952|Cape 5.5 mi ESE of Barff Point, on the N coast of South Georgia.  Discovered in 1775 by a British expedition under Cook, who named it for George III, King of Great Britain.||
5591|Mount George|Summit|674300S|0500000E|-67.7166667|50|1555|5102|01/01/1965|Mountain, 1,555 m, close W of Simpson Peak in the Scott Mountains.  Plotted from air photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956 and 1957.  The name was first applied by John Biscoe (1830-31), probably after one of the Enderby Brothers, the owners of his vessel.  As Biscoe's feature could not be identified among the many peaks in the area, the name was applied to this feature by ANCA in 1962.||
5595|George Glacier|Glacier|704100S|1641500E|-70.6833333|164.25|||01/01/1970|A valley glacier in the W part of Anare Mountains.  It rises E of Mount Burch and flows NW past Mount Kelly to Lillie Glacier Tongue on the coast.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert Y. George, zoologist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
5597|Mount George Murray|Summit|755400S|1615000E|-75.9|161.8333333|||01/01/1951|A flat-topped, mainly ice-covered mountain rising between the heads of Davis and Harbord Glaciers in the Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, which named it for George R.M. Murray of the British Museum staff director of the scientific aims of Scott's expedition.||
5598|George Nunatak|Summit|853500S|1452600W|-85.5833333|-145.4333333|1050|3445|01/01/1967|Nunatak, 1,050 m, located midway between the E part of Harold Byrd Mountains and Leverett Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Paul George, a member of the U.S. Army helicopter unit which supported the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Topo West and Topo East surveys of 1962-63.||
5600|George Rock|Island|541400S|0363100W|-54.2333333|-36.5166667|3|10|01/01/1965|Rock, 3 m high, lying at the W side of the entrance to Maiviken, Cumberland Bay, on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1930 British Admiralty chart.||
5605|Georges Point|Summit|644000S|0624000W|-64.6666667|-62.6666667|||01/01/1963|The N tip of Ronge Island, lying W of Arctowski Peninsula off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered and named by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache.||
5606|George V Coast|Beach|683000S|1480000E|-68.5|148|||01/01/1947|That portion of the coast of Antarctica lying between Point Alden, in 14202E, and Cape Hudson, in 15345E.  Explored by members of the Main Base party of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson who named this feature for King George V of England.||
5607|George VI Ice Shelf|Glacier|714500S|0680000W|-71.75|-68|||01/01/1975|An extensive ice shelf that occupies George VI Sound between Alexander Island and Palmer Land.  The ice shelf extends from Ronne Entrance, at the SW end of the sound, to Niznik Island, about 30 mi S of the N entrance between Cape Brown and Cape Jeremy.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with George VI Sound.||
5608|George VI Sound|Bay|710000S|0680000W|-71|-68|||01/01/1947|A major fault depression, 300 mi long in the shape of the letter J, which skirts the L. and S shores of Alexander Island, separating it from Antarctic Peninsula and the English Coast.  The sound is ice covered and varies from about 15 mi to more than 40 mi wide.  Discovered by Lincoln Ellsworth who flew over it in 1935.  Explored by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) in 1936-37 and by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940.  Named by Rymill, leader of British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), for George VI, King of England.||
5610|Georgian Cliff|Cliff|711500S|0681500W|-71.25|-68.25|550|1804|01/01/1975|A prominent cliff along George VI Sound, located just N of the terminus of Eros Glacier on the E side of Alexander Island. The feature forms a bluff 550 m high at its northern end, but becomes a sharp ridge toward the south.  The feature was mapped from trimetrogon air photography taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and from survey by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1948-50.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because it lies on George VI Sound.||
5611|Gerard Bluffs|Cliff|833700S|1571500E|-83.6166667|157.25|||01/01/1966|Prominent ice-free bluffs marking the southern extremity of the Miller Range.  Mapped in December 1957, and named by the New Zealand southern party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) for V. Gerard, IGY scientist at Scott Base in 1957.||
5612|Gerasimou Glacier|Glacier|844200S|1770300W|-84.7|-177.05|||01/01/1966|Steep-walled tributary glacier, 5 mi long, entering the W side of Shackleton Glacier opposite Gemini Nunataks, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by the Texas Tech-Shackleton Glacier Party, 1964-65, for Helen Gerasimou, polar personnel specialist with the Office of Antarctic Programs, National Science Foundation.||
5613|Gerber Peak|Summit|650700S|0631700W|-65.1166667|-63.2833333|||01/01/1965|Peak 2 mi SSW of Rahir Point, standing close S of Thomson Cove, Flandres Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Friedrich Gerber (1797-1872), Swiss veterinary surgeon who first suggested the use of photography for book illustration, in 1839.||
5614|Mount Gerdel|Summit|855900S|1491900W|-85.9833333|-149.3166667|2520|8268|01/01/1967|Mountain, 2,520 m, standing 2 mi SE of Mount Andrews at the S side of Albanus Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant David H. Gerdel, USN, of the Byrd Station winter party, 1965.||
5616|Gerd Island|Island|604000S|0454400W|-60.6666667|-45.7333333|||01/01/1952|Island 1 mi WSW of Stene Point at the E side of the entrance to Norway Bight, off the S coast of Coronation Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted and named by Norwegian whaling captain Petter Sorlle, who made a running survey of the South Orkney Islands in 1912-13.||
5617|Cape Gerlache|Cape|663000S|0990200E|-66.5|99.0333333|||01/01/1962|Cape which forms the NE tip of Davis Peninsula, 4 mi SE of David Island.  Discovered in November 1912 by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE), 1911-14, under Mawson, who named it for Lieutenant Adrien de Gerlache, leader of the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99.||
5618|Mount Gerlache|Summit|745900S|1622600E|-74.9833333|162.4333333|980|3215|01/01/1953|A prominent mountain, 980 m, standing on the NE side of Larsen Glacier between Widowmaker Pass and Backstairs Passage Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, and named for Lieutenant Adrien de Gerlache.||
5619|Gerlache Inlet|Stream|744100S|1640600E|-74.6833333|164.1|||01/01/1967|An inlet 4 mi wide in the NW corner of Terra Nova Bay, indenting the Northern Foothills just S of Mount Browning, along the coast of Victoria Land.  The name appears to have been applied by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, and honors Belgian Antarctic explorer Lieutenant Adrien de Gerlache.||
5620|Gerlache Island|Island|643500S|0641600W|-64.5833333|-64.2666667|||01/01/1960|Largest of the Rosenthal Islands lying off the W coast of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  First roughly charted and named "Pointe de Gerlache" by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, for Lieutenant Adrien de Gerlache.  As a result of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) surveys in 1956-58, this island is considered to be the feature named by Charcot; there is no prominent point in this vicinity which would be visible from seaward.||
5622|Gerlache Strait|Channel|643000S|0622000W|-64.5|-62.3333333|||01/01/1947|Strait separating the Palmer Archipelago from Antarctic Peninsula.  The Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), under Lieutenant Adrien de Gerlache, explored the strait in January and February 1898, naming it for the expedition ship Belgica.  The name was later changed to honor the commander himself.||
5623|Gerontius Glacier|Glacier|693100S|0703400W|-69.5166667|-70.5666667||||A glacier flowing N from Elgar Uplands (q.v.) into Tufts Pass in N Alexander Island.  So named in association with the uplands, from The Dream of Gerontius (1900), an oratorio by Elgar.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977.||
5624|Gerrish Peaks|Range|744000S|1114200W|-74.6666667|-111.7|||01/01/1967|A line of eroded rock peaks standing 4 mi SE of Hunt Bluff on the W side of Bear Peninsula, Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land. The feature was first photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in January 1947.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Samuel D. Gerrish, ionospheric physics researcher at Byrd Station, 1966.||
5625|Gerry Glacier|Glacier|772400S|1520500W|-77.4|-152.0833333|||01/01/1970|A glacier on Edward VII Peninsula, flowing N between Reeves Peninsula and Howard Heights to the head of Sulzberger Bay. Features in this area were photographed from the air and mapped by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30 and 1933-35.  This glacier was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (at the suggestion of R. Admiral R.E. Byrd) for U.S. Senator Peter G. Gerry of Rhode Island, long time friend of the Byrd family and contributor to the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35.||
5627|Gertrude Rock (historical)|Summit|711721S|1701300E|-71.2891667|170.2166667|||01/01/1962|The feature disappeared between 2003 and 2006. Formerly, the northern of two rocks called The Sisters (q.v.), off the N extremity of Cape Adare. The Sisters were named by the BrAE, 1989-1900. Gertrude Rock was named by Campbell, leader of the Northern Party of the BrAE, 1910-13, at the suggestion of Levick, after Gertrude and Rose, two sisters mentioned in a favorite comic song of the time. This description was revised 17 July 2007.||01/18/2010
5628|Gervaize Rocks|Island|632100S|0580600W|-63.35|-58.1|||01/01/1964|A group of rocks about 3 mi NNE of Cape Ducorps, Trinity Peninsula.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Charles Gervaize, French naval officer on the Astrolabe during her Antarctic voyage (1837-40).||04/12/2001
5629|Gessner Peak|Summit|714600S|0065500E|-71.7666667|6.9166667|3020|9908|01/01/1966|The highest peak (3,020 m) of Storkvarvet Mountain, standing 3 mi N of Habermehl Peak in the NE part of the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named for the manager of the German Hansa-Luftbild, an aerial photographic corporation.||
5631|Mount Gester|Summit|750100S|1344800W|-75.0166667|-134.8|950|3117|01/01/1974|A flat-topped, ice-capped mountain (950 m) on the divide between Johnson Glacier and Venzke Glacier in Marie Byrd Land. It stands just S of Mount Kohnen and Bowyer Butte.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) Ronald L. Gester, NOAA Corps, seismologist/geomagnetist at Byrd Station, 1971.||
5633|Getman Ice Piedmont|Glacier|680600S|0645700W|-68.1|-64.95||||An ice piedmont between Reichle Mesa and Three Slice Nunatak at the E end of Joerg Peninsula, Bowman Coast.  The feature was explored from the ground and photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and was surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1946-48.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 for Commander Robert T. Getman, USCG, Executive Officer, U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Southwind, U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze, 1969.||
5634|Mount Getz|Summit|763300S|1451300W|-76.55|-145.2166667|1120|3674|01/01/1970|A mountain (1,120 m) in the S part of the Fosdick Mountains, 5 mi ESE of Mount Ferranto, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) led by R. Admiral R.L. Byrd.  Named for George F. Getz, Jr., who, like his father, gave financial support toward the exploration efforts of Admiral Byrd.||
5635|Getz Ice Shelf|Glacier|741500S|1250000W|-74.25|-125|||01/01/1953|An ice shelf, over 300 mi long and from 20 to 60 mi wide, bordering the Hobbs and Bakutis Coasts of Marie Byrd Land between McDonald Heights and Martin Peninsula.  Several large islands are partially or wholly embedded in the ice shelf.  The ice shelf westward of Siple Island was discovered by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in December 1940.  The portion eastward of Siple Island was first delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  The entire feature was mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy air phots. of 1962-65. Named by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) for George F. Getz of Chicago, who helped furnish the seaplane for the expedition.||
5637|Mount Gevers|Summit|855000S|1582900W|-85.8333333|-158.4833333|1480|4856|01/01/1967|A rock peak, 1,480 m, in the Hays Mountains of the Queen Maud Mountains, standing at the N side of Cappellari Glacier at the point where it enters Amundsen Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for T.W. Gevers of the University of Witwatersrand (Johannesburg), geologist at McMurdo Station in 1964-65.||
5638|Geysen Glacier|Glacier|733100S|0643600E|-73.5166667|64.6|||01/01/1967|A large tributary to the Fisher Glacier, flowing NE between Mounts Bayliss and Ruker in the Prince Charles Mountains. Plotted from air photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956 and 1957.  Named by ANCA for H. Geysen, officer in charge of Mawson Station, 1960.||
5639|Giaever Glacier|Glacier|723700S|0310800E|-72.6166667|31.1333333|||01/01/1962|Glacier flowing NW between Mount Kerckhove de Denterghem and Mount Lahaye in the Belgica Mountains.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1957-58, under G. de Gerlache, who named it for Norwegian explorer John S.Giaever (1901-70), counselor for the expedition; leader of Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE), 1949-52.||
5640|Giaever Ridge|Ridge|720000S|0050000W|-72|-5|||01/01/1962|A broad, snow-covered ridge, about 70 mi long in a N-S direction, on the W side of Schytt Glacier in Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named for John S. Giaever, leader of the expedition.||
5642|Giannini Peak|Summit|710000S|0625000W|-71|-62.8333333|||01/01/1976|A peak 13 mi ESE of Mount Nordhill in the E part of Palmer Land.  The peak stands on the N side of Dana Glacier at the point where the glacier makes a left (NE.) turn toward Lehrke Inlet. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Albert P. Giannini, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at Palmer Station, 1973.||
5643|Giants Cirque|Basin|671700S|0671700W|-67.2833333|-67.2833333||||A large cirque on the W side of Tyndall Mountains which opens to the SW to Vallot Glacier, on Arrowsmith Peninsula, Loubet Coast.  The descriptive name was applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1983 following British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geological work in the area.||
5644|Giard Point|Summit|642600S|0634900W|-64.4333333|-63.8166667|||01/01/1971|Point forming the S side of the entrance to Perrier Bay, on the NW coast of Anvers Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for Alfred Giard, noted French zoologist and member of the Institut de France.||
5646|Gibbney Island|Island|673300S|0622000E|-67.55|62.3333333|||01/01/1965|A small island on the W side of Holme Bay, off Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air phots taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Bryggeholmen (the wharf island).  Renamed by ANCA for L.F. Gibbney, officer in charge at Heard Island station in 1952.||
5647|Gibbon Bay|Bay|603900S|0451100W|-60.65|-45.1833333|||01/01/1952|Bay 1 mi long and wide, entered between Rayner Point and The Turret along the E coast of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  The bay was first observed in December 1821 by Captain George Powell and Captain Nathaniel Palmer, but was more accurately delineated on a 1912 chart by Captain Petter Sorlle. It was recharted in 1933 by DI personnel on the Discovery II and named for the ship's surgeon, Dr. G.M. Gibbon.||
5648|Gibbon Nunatak|Summit|853100S|1273600W|-85.5166667|-127.6|||01/01/1967|An isolated nunatak on the N side of Wisconsin Range, standing 8 mi N of Lentz Buttress on the W side of Davisville Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Thomas L. Gibbon, construction driver Byrd Station winter party, 1959.||
5649|Gibbous Rocks|Island|610300S|0545900W|-61.05|-54.9833333|||01/01/1972|Group of rocks located 4 mi NW of Cape Belsham, Elephant Island, South Shetland Islands.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following charting by the Joint Services Expedition, 1970-71.  The name is descriptive of their rounded shapes (gibbous meaning humped).||04/12/2001
5650|Mount Gibbs|Summit|734900S|1625600E|-73.8166667|162.9333333|3140|10302|01/01/1969|A mountain (3,140 m) rising on the S side of Recoil Glacier in the Deep Freeze Range, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Maurice E. Gibbs, U.S. Navy (USN), meteorological officer at McMurdo Station, 1967.||
5651|Gibbs Glacier|Glacier|682800S|0660000W|-68.4666667|-66|||01/01/1962|A glacier, 15 mi long, flowing SE into the N part of Mercator Ice Piedmont on the E side of Antarctic Peninsula.  This feature together with Neny Glacier, which flows NW, occupy a transverse depression between Mercator Ice Piedmont and Neny Fjord on the W side of Antarctic Peninsula.  Gibbs Glacier was photographed from the air and first mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, and Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Peter M. Gibbs of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), surveyor at Horseshoe Island, 1957, and leader at Stonington Island, 1958, who was responsible (with P. Forster) for the first ground survey of the glacier.||
5652|Gibbs Island|Island|612800S|0553400W|-61.4666667|-55.5666667|||01/01/1947|Island which lies 14 mi SW of Elephant Island in the South Shetland Islands.  James Weddell, Master, Royal Navy (RN), whose chart of the islands appeared in 1825, seems first to have used the present name, which is now established in international usage.||
5654|Gibney Reef|Bar|661500S|1103000E|-66.25|110.5|||01/01/1958|An exposed reef lying 0.5 mi W of Clark Peninsula, in the Windmill Islands.  First charted in February 1957 by a party from the USS Glacier.  The name was suggested by Lieutenant Robert C. Newcomb, U.S. Navy (USN), navigator of the Glacier, after Seaman Joseph Gibney U.S. Navy (USN), a member of the survey party.||
5657|Gibraltar Peak|Summit|720500S|1645900E|-72.0833333|164.9833333|||01/01/1969|A peak 1 mi SE of Lavallee Peak, in West Quartzite Range. Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1967-68, because it is shaped like the famous rock of the same name.||
5658|Mount Gibson|Summit|712000S|0662000E|-71.3333333|66.3333333|||01/01/1967|A small mountain about 2.5 mi W of Mount Cameron and 3 mi S of Schmitter Peak in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1956 and 1960.  Named by ANCA after P.R. Gibson, plumber at Wilkes Station in 1965.||
5659|Gibson Bay|Bay|631900S|0555300W|-63.3166667|-55.8833333|||01/01/1963|Small bay on the S side of Joinville Island, lying just W of Mount Alexander at the junction of Active Sound and the Firth of Tay.  Discovered and named on Jan. 8, 1893 by Thomas Robertson, master of the ship Active, one of the Dundee whalers.||
5660|Gibson Spur|Ridge|772022S|1603959E|-77.339324|160.666313|||01/01/1964|A high rocky spur just W of the mouth of Webb Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1959-60) after G.W. Gibson, one of the party's geologists.||
5661|Mount Giddings|Summit|672500S|0504700E|-67.4166667|50.7833333|||01/01/1965|Mountain 6 mi SE of Debenham Peak in the Scott Mountains in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA after J.E. Giddings, cook at Mawson Station in 1961.||
5662|Giddings Peak|Summit|701200S|0644400E|-70.2|64.7333333|||01/01/1971|A small peak just W of Mount Bechervaise in the Athos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos of 1965.  Named by ANCA after A. Giddings, cook at Wilkes Station in 1959.||
5665|Gierloff Nunataks|Summit|853100S|1290000W|-85.5166667|-129|||01/01/1967|A group of nunataks lying 8 mi NW of Lentz Buttress, at the N side of Wisconsin Range, Horlick Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after George B. Gierloff, builder, Byrd Station winter party, 1961.||
5667|Giffard Cove|Bay|643700S|0614200W|-64.6166667|-61.7|||01/01/1965|Cove 1 mi wide in the W side of Charlotte Bay, along the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Henri Giffard (1825-1882), French engineer who constructed and flew the first truly navigable balloon (dirigible airship), in 1852.||
5669|Gifford Peaks|Range|793600S|0844800W|-79.6|-84.8|||01/01/1966|A line of sharp peaks and ridges along the escarpment at the W side of the Heritage Range, located between Watlack Hills and Soholt Peaks.  Named by the University of Minnesota Geological Party, 1963-64, for Chief Warrant Officer Leonard A. Gifford, pilot of the 62nd Transportation Detachment, who aided the party.||
5670|Giganteus Island|Island|673500S|0623000E|-67.5833333|62.5|||01/01/1965|Island just N of the Rookery Islands in the W part of Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  A giant petrel (Macronectes Giganteus) rookery was observed by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) on the island in December 1958, hence the name.||
5671|Mount Gilbert|Summit|691600S|0661700W|-69.2666667|-66.2833333|1420|4659|01/01/1962|A mountain (1,420 m) on the divide between Airy Glacier and Seller Glacier, 5 mi NW of Mount Castro, in west-central Antarctic Peninsula.  Photographed from the air by British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) in Feb. 1937, and Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in Nov. 1947.  Surveyed from the ground by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in Dec. 1958.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for William Gilbert (1540-1603), English physician whose pioneer work De magnete, magneticisque corporibus . . . (1600) laid the foundations for an understanding of earth magnetism and the variation of the compass.||
5672|Gilbert Bluff|Cliff|745800S|1363700W|-74.9666667|-136.6166667|||01/01/1974|A rock bluff with abrupt cliff faces on the N and E sides, located on the S side of Garfield Glacier and near the N margin of Erickson Bluffs in the McDonald Heights area of coastal Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James R. Gilbert, member of the biological party that made population studies of seals, whales and birds in the pack ice of the Bellingshausen and Amundsen Seas using U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Southwind and its two helicopters, 1971-72.||
5673|Gilbert Glacier|Glacier|700000S|0710000W|-70|-71||||A glacier c. 20 mi long flowing S from Nichols Snowfield into Mozart Ice Piedmont, Alexander Island.  Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and mapped from these photographs by D. Searle of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1960.  Named in association with Sullivan Glacier (q.v.), after Sir William S. Gilbert (1836-1911), British librettist.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), 1977.||
5675|Gilbert Strait|Channel|633800S|0601600W|-63.6333333|-60.2666667|||01/01/1960|Strait between Trinity and Tower Islands in the Palmer Archipelago.  Named by a British expedition 1828-31, under Foster, for Davies Gilbert, President of the Royal Society, 1827-30, and of the committee which formulated the objectives of the expedition.  The strait was mapped by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold.||
5676|Gilchrist Aiguilles|Summit|530100S|0732000E|-53.0166667|73.3333333|||01/01/1968|A series of sharp peaks close S of Mount Olsen on Laurens Peninsula, Heard Island.  Surveyed by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1948.  Named by ANCA for Dr. A.R. Gilchrist, Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) medical officer on Heard Island in 1948 and 1963.||
5677|Gilchrist Beach|Beach|530200S|0733600E|-53.0333333|73.6|||01/01/1957|A rocky beach, 1 mi long, lying W of Compton Glacier on the N side of Heard Island.  This feature was known to American sealers as Rocky Beach, as shown by an unpublished sealer's map of "Hurds Island" compiled during the 1860-70 period.  The name Stoney Beach was also in use during this period.  The name Gilchrist Beach, as applied by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) during its 1948 survey of the island, is now established in usage.  Dr. Alan R. Gilchrist served as medical officer with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party.||
5678|Gilchrist Glacier|Glacier|660700S|1140600E|-66.1166667|114.1|||01/01/1955|A short channel glacier flowing to Budd Coast 9 mi NW of Fox Glacier.  Delineated by G.D. Blodgett (1955) from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Dr. Edward Gilchrist, Acting Surgeon on the sloop Wilkes.||
5679|Mount Giles|Summit|750900S|1373700W|-75.15|-137.6166667|820|2690|01/01/1947|A mainly snow-covered mountain (820 m) located 5 mi SSE of Lynch Point on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  The mountain is the highest elevation on the divide between the seaward ends of Frostman Glacier and Hull Glacier.  Discovered on aerial flights from the West Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940, and named for Walter R. Giles technical sergeant, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC), copilot and radio operator on some of these flights.||
5680|Gill Bluff|Cliff|761400S|1123300W|-76.2333333|-112.55|||01/01/1967|A rock bluff on the NW side of Mount Takahe, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Allan Gill, aurora researcher at Byrd Station in 1963.||
5681|Gillespie Glacier|Glacier|851100S|1751200W|-85.1833333|-175.2|||01/01/1966|A small tributary glacier just SW of Mount Kenyon, descending the W slopes of the Cumulus Hills to enter Shackleton Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lester F. Gillespie, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at South Pole Station, winter 1962.||
5682|Mount Gillet|Summit|723400S|0312300E|-72.5666667|31.3833333|2460|8071|01/01/1966|Mountain, 2,460 m, standing close N of Mount Van der Essen in the Belgica Mountains.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1957-58, under G. de Gerlache, who named it for Charles Gillet, a patron of the expedition.||
5683|Gillett Ice Shelf|Glacier|693500S|1594200E|-69.5833333|159.7|||01/01/1970|A narrow ice shelf occupying an indentation of the coast off the Wilson Hills between the peninsula containing the Holladay Nunataks and the Anderson Peninsula.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Clarence R. Gillett, USCG, who served on the U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) operations, Dec. 1966 to May 1970.||
5684|Gillett Nunataks|Summit|754800S|1144300W|-75.8|-114.7166667|||01/01/1976|Two mainly snow-covered nunataks at the E end of Spitz Ridge and the Toney Mountain massif, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard D. Gillett, RM1, U.S. Navy (USN), Radioman at South Pole Station, 1974.||
5685|Gilliamsen Peak|Summit|715100S|0702000W|-71.85|-70.3333333|650|2133||A peak (c. 650 m) at the SE end of the Staccato Peaks (q.v.) in the S portion of Alexander Island.  The peak was photographed from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth in 1935.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lieutenant Commander Donald A. Gilliamsen, U.S. Navy (USN), aircraft pilot, Squadron VXE-6, Operation Deep Freeze, 1969 and 1970.||
5686|Gillick Rock|Summit|753600S|1291200W|-75.6|-129.2|||01/01/1975|An isolated rock nunatak lying at the NW end of the McCuddin Mountains, 8 mi N of the summit of Mount Flint.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy tricamera aerial photographs, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Thomas L. Gillick, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), helicopter pilot who flew close support for U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) scientists during Deep Freeze 1970 and 1971.||
5687|Gillies Islands|Island|663200S|0962500E|-66.5333333|96.4166667|||01/01/1963|Three small, rocky islands protruding above Shackleton Ice Shelf 3 mi N of Cape Moyes.  Discovered by the Western Base Party of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson, 1911-14, and named for F.J. Gillies, chief engineer of the ship Aurora.  Astronomical control was established on the central island by U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml personnel in January 1948.||
5689|Gillies Rock|Summit|830700S|0544500W|-83.1166667|-54.75|||01/01/1968|An isolated rock lying 6 mi N of Mount Dasinger in northern Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Betty Gillies, ham radio operator of San Diego, CA, who for several seasons from 1960-70 arranged phone patches for members of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) field parties in the Thiel Mountains, Pensacola Mountains, and elsewhere in Antarctica.||03/07/1997
5690|Mount Gillmor|Summit|702800S|1594600E|-70.4666667|159.7666667|2185|7169|01/01/1964|A largely ice-free mountain (2,185 m) at the S side of the head of Svendsen Glacier, in the Usarp Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for C. Stewart Gillmor, U.S. Exchange Scientist (ionospheric physics) at the Soviet Mirnyy Station in 1961.||
5692|Gillock Glacier|Glacier|720000S|0240800E|-72|24.1333333|||01/01/1966|Glacier 5 mi long, flowing N from Mount Walnum to the W of Smalegga Ridge, in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named for Lieutenant Robert A. Gillock, USN, navigator on U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp photographic flights in this area and other coastal areas between 14° and 164° East.||03/07/1997
5693|Gillock Island|Island|702600S|0715200E|-70.4333333|71.8666667|||01/01/1956|An ice-covered island, 20 mi long and 2 to 6 mi wide, with numerous rock outcrops exposed along its flanks.  It is aligned north-south and lies in the eastern part of Amery Ice Shelf Delineated in 1952 by John H. Roscoe from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Named by him for Lieutenant Robert A. Gillock, USN, navigator on Operation Highjump photographic flights over this and other coastal areas between 14 and 164 East longitude.||
5694|Mount Gilmour|Summit|765600S|1444000W|-76.9333333|-144.6666667|||01/01/1947|Mountain 4 mi SE of Mount Passel in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered in 1940 by members of West Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  Named for Harold P. Gilmour, recorder, and subsequently historian and administrative assistant to the expedition commander.||
5695|Mount Gilruth|Summit|714400S|1684800E|-71.7333333|168.8|3160|10367|01/01/1970|A mostly ice-covered mountain (3,160 m) 4.5 mi ENE of Mount Adam in the Admiralty Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert R. Gilruth of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration, a visitor at McMurdo Station, 1966-67.||
5696|Gin Cove|Bay|640300S|0582500W|-64.05|-58.4166667||||A cove indenting the NW coast of James Ross Island to the N of Tumbledown Cliffs.  In association with the names of other alcoholic spirits on this coast, named Gin Cove by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1983.||
5697|Ginger Islands|Island|674500S|0684200W|-67.75|-68.7|||01/01/1964|Group of islands lying W of Cape Alexandra, off the S end of Adelaide Island.  Surveyed by the Royal Navy (RN) Hydrographic Survey Unit, 1962-63.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Kenneth Ginger, Civil Hydrographic Officer responsible for British Admiralty charts of the Antarctic for a number of years beginning in 1958.  The largest of the islands appears reddish when free of snow.||
5698|Giovanni Peak|Summit|700200S|0712200W|-70.0333333|-71.3666667|500|1640|01/01/1961|Peak rising to c. 500 m at the S end of Debussy Heights, above Mozart Ice Piedmont in the N part of Alexander Island. First mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with the ice piedmont after Mozart's opera Don Giovanni.||
5699|Giovinco Ice Piedmont|Glacier|840100S|1761000E|-84.0166667|176.1666667|||01/01/1966|An ice piedmont, 10 mi wide, between Canyon Glacier and Perez Glacier, gradually descending N to the Ross Ice Shelf. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for F.A. Giovinco, Master of the U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) Private John R. Towle during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1965.||06/05/2000
5700|Mount Giovinetto|Summit|781600S|0861000W|-78.2666667|-86.1666667|4090|13418|01/01/1960|The summit of a buttress-type mountain (4,090 m) located 2 mi N of Mount Ostenso in the main ridge of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Discovered by the Marie Byrd Land Traverse party, 1957-58, and named for Mario B. Giovinetto, glaciologist at Byrd Station in 1957.||
5701|Gipps Ice Rise|Glacier|684600S|0605600W|-68.7666667|-60.9333333|||01/01/1975|A roughly elliptical ice rise, 10 mi long and bounded by an ice cliff on all sides, lying at the edge of Larsen Ice Shelf about 35 mi NE of Hearst Island.  The feature was discovered by William R. MacDonald of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), Dec. 18, 1966, while on a photographic mapping mission of this area aboard a Super Constellation aircraft crewed by the U.S. Navy VXE-6 Squadron. The ice rise was first mapped from these photos by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS).  The name was proposed by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Derek R. Gipps, Senior Executive Officer with British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1961-73.||
5703|Girard Bay|Bay|650800S|0640000W|-65.1333333|-64|||01/01/1950|Bay 2 mi long and 1 mi wide, indenting the W coast of Graham Land between Cape Cloos and Mount Scott.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99.  Named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, for Jules Girard of the Paris Societe de Geographie.||
5704|Girdler Island|Island|660000S|0653900W|-66|-65.65|||01/01/1963|Small island at the S side of Mutton Cove, lying 0.1 mi SW of Cliff Island and 8 mi W of Prospect Point, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted and named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill.||
5705|Giró Nunatak|Summit|821300S|0420200W|-82.2166667|-42.0333333|||01/01/1968|A nunatak 4 mi NW of Vaca Nunatak in the Panzarini Hills portion of the Argentina Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain G.A. Giro, Argentine officer in charge of General Belgrano Station, winter 1965.||
5706|Mount Gist|Summit|672100S|0985400E|-67.35|98.9|||01/01/1955|A mountain 8 mi NW of Mount Strathcona near the head of Denman Glacier.  Mapped from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47), and named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Francis J. Gist, USN, co-pilot and navigator on Operation Highjump photographic flights over this and other coastal areas between 14 and 164 East.||
5707|Giza Peak|Summit|712000S|0681600W|-71.3333333|-68.2666667|600|1968||A peak rising to c. 600 m on the E side of the Fossil Bluff massif, Alexander Island.  For many years this peak was known to British Antarctic Survey (BAS) workers as "Sphinx," a name already in use.  To avoid duplication, the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1987 applied the name Giza Peak to this feature in reference to the site of the colossal statue at El Giza, Egypt.||
5708|Mount Gjeita|Summit|681200S|0581400E|-68.2|58.2333333|||01/01/1965|The highest peak in the Hansen Mountains, about 3 mi E of Brusen Nunatak.  Mapped and named by Norwegian cartographers working from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.||
5710|Gjel Glacier|Glacier|715300S|0245500E|-71.8833333|24.9166667|||01/01/1966|Glacier, 17 mi long, flowing N between the steep cliffs of Luncke Range and Meljell Mountain, in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Gjelbreen (the ravine glacier).||
5711|Gjelstad Pass|Gap|541700S|0365700W|-54.2833333|-36.95|||01/01/1963|Pass through the W part of the Allardyce Range of South Georgia, between Mount Corneliussen and Smillie Peak.  It is the only pass yet discovered which gives access overland to the area S of the Allardyce Range.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for A. Gjelstad, Norwegian engineer and factory owner, who between 1926 and 1932 invented various devices of great practical value to the whaling industry, including the "whale-claw," an apparatus for grasping the tails of whales for hauling them up the slipways of factory ships.||
5713|Gjelsvik Mountains|Summit|720900S|0023600E|-72.15|2.6|||01/01/1962|A group of mountains about 25 mi long, between the Sverdrup and Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  First photographed from the air and roughly plotted by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped in detail by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59).  Named for Tore Gjelsvik, Director of Norsk Polarinstitutt.||
5714|Gjelsvik Peak|Summit|851900S|1680000W|-85.3166667|-168|3660|12008|01/01/1966|A peak, 3,660 m, standing 2.5 mi NW of Mount Fridtjof Nansen, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by the Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for Tore Gjelsvik, Director of the Norsk Polarinstitutt, Oslo.||
5715|Mount Gjertsen|Summit|864000S|1482700W|-86.6666667|-148.45|2420|7940|01/01/1947|A mountain, 2,420 m, standing 2 mi NE of Mount Grier in the La Gorce Mountains, Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn, and so named in an attempt to reconcile Byrd's discoveries with the names applied by Roald Amundsen in 1911-12. Amundsen had named a mountain in the general vicinity for Lieutenant Hj.F. Gjertsen of the Norwegian Navy, who was second mate on Amundsen's ship Fram and later ice pilot for the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35.||04/06/1998
5716|Gjertsen Promontory|Cliff|863800S|1483200W|-86.6333333|-148.5333333|||01/01/1970|A low but sharply rising promontory at the extremity of the spur trending N from Mount Gjertsen, in the La Gorce Mountains. The feature was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1969-70, in association with Mount Gjertsen.||
5720|Glacier Bight|Bay|715000S|0992500W|-71.8333333|-99.4166667|||01/01/1968|An open embayment about 22 mi wide, indenting the N coast of Thurston Island between Hughes and Noville Peninsulas.  First delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the icebreaker USS Glacier the first ship ever to make its way to this coastal area, in February 1960.||01/28/2004
5721|Glacier Bluff|Cliff|623200S|0594800W|-62.5333333|-59.8|30|98|01/01/1953|Ice cliff 30 m high, forming the N side of the entrance to Yankee Harbor, Greenwich Island, in the South Shetland Islands. Charted and named in 1935 by DI personnel on the Discovery II.||
5724|Glacier Point|Cape|540700S|0370800W|-54.1166667|-37.1333333|||01/01/1965|Point lying E of Assistance Bay at the head of Possession Bay, South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1931 British Admiralty chart.||
5726|Glacier Strait|Channel|732500S|1692400E|-73.4166667|169.4|||01/01/1966|A north-south trending strait off the coast of Victoria Land in the western Ross Sea, situated between Coulman Island on the east and Cape Jones, Borchgrevink Glacier Tongue and Mariner Glacier Tongue on the west.  The name honors the USS navigate the strait, and is also in conjunction with the significant presence of the two large glacier tongues.  The name was proposed by M.R.J. Ford, New Zealand surveyor who was aboard the Glacier in February 1965.||
5727|Glaciologist Bay|Bay|711400S|0053000W|-71.2333333|-5.5|||01/01/1966|An ice-filled bay about 25 mi long in the SW part of Jelbart Ice Shelf along the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Glasiologbukta (the glaciologist bay).||
5728|Glade Bay|Bay|735600S|1152000W|-73.9333333|-115.3333333||||An open triangular-shaped bay in Amundsen Sea, 30 mi wide at the broad N entrance and defined by the angle formed by the N part of Wright Island, the front of Getz Ice Shelf, and the NW side of Murray Foreland, Martin Peninsula, on the Bakutis Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1959-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Commander Gerald L. Glade, USN, helicopter pilot in USS Atka on U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1956-57; Deputy Commander, Naval Support Force, Antarctica, 1975-76.||
5730|Glandaz Point|Summit|650500S|0635900W|-65.0833333|-63.9833333|||01/01/1955|Point forming the S side of the entrance to Deloncle Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for A. Glandaz.||
5731|Glasgal Island|Island|661200S|1102300E|-66.2|110.3833333|||01/01/1960|Small island which marks the SW extremity of Donovan Islands in Vincennes Bay.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and observed in 1957 by Wilkes Station personnel under C.R. Eklund.  Named by Eklund for Ralph Glasgal, auroral scientist with the US-IGY wintering party of 1957 at Wilkes Station.||
5732|Mount Glasgow|Summit|710800S|1625500E|-71.1333333|162.9166667|2490|8169|01/01/1969|A mountain, 2,490 m, standing 4 mi NW of Mount Webb in the Explorers Range of the Bowers Mountains.  Named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1967-68, for J. Glasgow, field assistant with the expedition.||
5733|Glashaugen Hill|Summit|721200S|0272400E|-72.2|27.4|||01/01/1966|Small rocky hill 2 mi N of Blektskoltane Rocks, near the head of Byrdbreen in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN). OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Glashaugen (the glass hill).||
5735|Glass Point|Summit|615600S|0581200W|-61.9333333|-58.2|||01/01/1960|Point 4.5 mi SW of False Round Point on the N coast of King George Island, South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for R.H. Glass, Master of the Francis Allyn from New London, CT, who visited the South Shetland Islands in 1873-75 and 1877-79.  In 1877-78 he rescued from Potter Cove the sole survivor of the sealing crew from the Florence.||
5736|Mount Gleadell|Summit|665700S|0502700E|-66.95|50.45|560|1837|01/01/1961|A nearly conical ice-free peak, 560 m, the highest summit on the headland just N of Observation Island at the E side of Amundsen Bay.  Sighted in October 1956 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party under P.W. Crohn, and named for Geoffrey Gleadell, cook at Mawson Station in 1954.||
5737|Gleaner Heights|Summit|623500S|0601500W|-62.5833333|-60.25|||01/01/1960|A series of elevations extending SW from Leslie Hill in the E part of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 after the American brig MA, which was diverted to sealing in the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21.||
5738|Mount Gleaton|Summit|721100S|1682700E|-72.1833333|168.45|2130|6988|01/01/1964|A mountain (2,130 m) that overlooks Tucker Glacier from the north, standing near the end of the ridge just north of Helman Glacier, in the Admiralty Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Clarence E. Gleaton, Chief Warrant Officer, USA, helicopter pilot in support of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Topo North-South survey of this area, 1961-62.||
5739|Glee Glacier|Glacier|781600S|1630000E|-78.2666667|163|||01/01/1974|A small glacier enclosed by the two arms of Dismal Ridge, flowing eastward to Roaring Valley.  It was given this name because of the feeling inspired by occasional sightings of the glacier made through the mists of Dismal Ridge, as it afforded a means of orientation in conditions of otherwise blind navigation. Named by the New Zealand Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1960-61.||
5740|Mount Gleeson|Summit|711500S|0660900E|-71.25|66.15|||01/01/1967|A mountain peak with a rock ridge extending SE for 2 mi, situated about 6 mi W of Mount Woinarski in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1956 and 1960. Named by ANCA for T.K. Gleeson, weather observer at Wilkes Station in 1965.||
5741|Glen Glacier|Glacier|804400S|0251600W|-80.7333333|-25.2666667|||01/01/1962|Glacier at least 7 mi long, flowing S in the Shackleton Range to join Recovery Glacier to the W of Read Mountains.  First mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and named for Alexander R. Glen, member of the Committee of Management of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1955-58.||
5742|Glen Peak|Summit|664600S|0672400W|-66.7666667|-67.4|||01/01/1965|A peak on the N end of Liard Island in Hanusse Bay.  Mapped from air photos obtained by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (1947-48) and Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57). Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for John W. Glen, British physicist who has made laboratory investigations on the flow of single and polycrystalline ice.||
5743|Glenzer Glacier|Glacier|655800S|1031500E|-65.9666667|103.25|||01/01/1955|A glacier 5 mi W of Conger Glacier, draining northward from Knox Coast into the E part of Shackleton Ice Shelf.  Mapped by G.D. Blodgett (1955) from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) Hubert Glenzer, Jr., pilot with U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Windmill (1947-48), who assisted in operations resulting in the establishment of astronomical control stations along the coast from Wilhelm II Coast to Budd Coast.||
5744|Gless Peak|Summit|721200S|1655100E|-72.2|165.85|2630|8629|01/01/1969|A peak, 2,630 m, standing 2 mi WSW of Cirque Peak, in the Millen Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Elmer E. Gless, biologist at Hallett Station, summers 1965-66, 1966-1967 and 1967-68.||
5746|Glimpse Glacier|Glacier|781600S|1624600E|-78.2666667|162.7666667|||01/01/1973|An alpine glacier composed of two segments, separated by an icefall, which flow NE from neve in the area between Mount Kempe and Mount Huggins.  It joins the Pipecleaner Glacier 2 mi S of the confluence of the latter with the Radian Glacier.  So named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1960-61, because it was up this glacier that the geologists traversed to the Koettlitz-Skelton divide at the ridge crest in order to gain their only glimpse of the polar plateau in January 1961.||
5747|Glinka Islands|Island|692300S|0721700W|-69.3833333|-72.2833333|||01/01/1961|Small group of rocky islands in Lazarev Bay, immediately E of Rothschild Island.  First photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Michael Ivanovich Glinka (1803-57), Russian composer.||
5748|Gliozzi Peak|Summit|800100S|0813100W|-80.0166667|-81.5166667|1475|4839|01/01/1966|A peak, 1,475 m, standing 3 mi S of Plummer Glacier in the Douglas Peaks, Heritage Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James Gliozzi, glaciologist on the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) South Pole-Queen Maud Land Traverse I, 1964-65.||
5749|Glitrefonna Glacier|Glacier|715700S|0253300E|-71.95|25.55|||01/01/1966|Glacier at the N side of Mount Bergersen in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Glitrefonna (the glitter glacier).||
5750|Mount Globus|Summit|541900S|0370000W|-54.3166667|-37|1270|4167|01/01/1963|Mountain, 1,270 m, between Fanning Ridge and Mount Corneliussen at the W end of the Allardyce Range of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Hvalfangerselskapet "Globus" A/S, a Norwegian whaling company founded in 1924, which first used the plan patented by Petter Sorlle for processing whales in a factory ship fitted with a slipway.||
5751|Glopeflya Plain|Plain|720700S|0102500E|-72.1166667|10.4166667|||01/01/1966|A narrow, ice-covered plain between the eastern part of the Orvin Mountains and the interior ice plateau which rises close southward, in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Glopeflya (the ravine plateau).||
5752|Glopeneset|Cliff|721100S|0100000E|-72.1833333|10|||01/01/1966|A mainly ice-covered promontory at the S side of Glopeflya Plain and the Orvin Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  First photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Glopeneset (the ravine promontory).||
5753|Glopenesranen Nunatak|Summit|720800S|0100100E|-72.1333333|10.0166667|||01/01/1966|A nunatak surmounting the N end of Glopeneset at the S side of Glopeflya Plain in Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Glopenesranen (the ravine promontory point).||
5754|Mount Glossopteris|Summit|844400S|1134300W|-84.7333333|-113.7166667|2865|9399|01/01/1962|A mainly ice-covered mountain (2,865 m), which may be identified by the exposed horizontal bedding on the N face, located at the NE end of Buckeye Table, Ohio Range.  The name was proposed by U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist William Long, a member of the Horlick Mountains Traverse party 1958-59, who, with Charles Bentley, Frederic Darling and Jack Long, climbed to the summit in Dec. 1958.  Glossopteris is a prehistoric fernlike plant whose imprint was found on rocks of this mountain.||
5755|Glossopteris Gully|Valley|705100S|0680600E|-70.85|68.1|||01/01/1971|A steep-sided, narrow gully on the E side of Bainmedart Cove, Radok Lake, in the Prince Charles Mountains.  A three-man Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party camped near the mouth of the gully for a month in Jan.-Feb., 1969.  Named by ANCA after the glossopteris fossil plant found in the upper part of the gully.||
5756|Glover Hills|Range|764100S|1614000E|-76.6833333|161.6666667|||01/01/1993|The prominent hills separating Atka Glacier and Baxter Glacier in the Convoy Range, Victoria Land.  Named by the 1976-77 Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), led by Christopher J. Burgess, after Dennis J.M. Glover (1912-82), New Zealand writer, publisher and poet.||
5757|Glover Rocks|Island|674600S|0685400W|-67.7666667|-68.9|||01/01/1964|Group of rocks lying NW of Avian Island, off the S end of Adelaide Island.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for John F. Glover, 3rd Engineer of Royal Research Ship (RRS) John Biscoe (1962-63), the ship assisting the Royal Navy (RN) Hydrographic Survey Unit which charted the feature in 1963.||
5758|Mount Glowa|Summit|752700S|0731700W|-75.45|-73.2833333|||01/01/1966|A prominent mountain 8 mi W of Mount Hirman in the Behrendt Mountains, Ellsworth Land.  Discovered and photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, under Finn Ronne.  Named by Ronne for Col. L. William Glowa, aide to General Curtis LeMay at the time Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) was organized, who assisted in obtaining support for the expedition.||
5759|Gløymdehorten Nunatak|Summit|720700S|0121100E|-72.1166667|12.1833333|||01/01/1966|A nunatak on the W side of Horteriset Dome, just W of the Weyprecht Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Gloymdehorten.||
5760|Lake Glubokoye|Lake|674000S|0455200E|-67.6666667|45.8666667|||01/01/1971|A small lake situated just E of Lake Lagernoye and Molodezhnaya Station in the Thala Hills, Enderby Land.  Mapped and named "Ozero Glubokoye" (deep lake) by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1961-62.||
5762|Gluck Peak|Summit|714200S|0724100W|-71.7|-72.6833333|335|1099|01/01/1961|Rock peak, 335 m, located 6.5 mi SSW of Mount Borodin on Beethoven Peninsula, AlexanderIsland.  First mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Christoph Willibald von Gluck (1714-87), Austrian composer.||
5764|Gluvrekletten Peak|Summit|721200S|0023200E|-72.2|2.5333333|2200|7218|01/01/1966|A peak, 2,200 m, between Terningskarvet Mountain and Nupskammen Ridge in the Gjelsvik Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Gluvrekletten.||
5765|Gluvreklett Glacier|Glacier|721400S|0023500E|-72.2333333|2.5833333|||01/01/1966|Glacier flowing NW between Von Essen Mountain and Terningskarvet Mountain in the Gjelsvik Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Gluvreklettbreen.||
5766|Gneiskopf Peak|Summit|715600S|0120700E|-71.9333333|12.1166667|2930|9613|01/01/1970|A peak (2,930 m) rising 5 mi SW of Mount Neustruyev at the southern end of Sudliche Petermann Range, in the Wohlthat Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and given the descriptive name Gneiskopf (gneiss peak) by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39, under Ritscher.||
5767|Gneiss Hills|Range|604400S|0453900W|-60.7333333|-45.65|260|853|01/01/1956|Two prominent hills, 270 m and 260 m, at the W side of McLeod Glacier in the S part of Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  So named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), following their survey of 1947, because of a band of pink gneiss outcrops near the summits.||
5769|Gneiss Lake|Lake|604400S|0453900W|-60.7333333|-45.65||||Small lake on the W side of Gneiss Hills (q.v.) in the S portion of Signy Island, South Orkney Islands.  The lake is permanently ice covered and is visible only in summer when melting occurs at the perimeter.  Named in 1981 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with the hills.||
5770|Gneiss Point|Summit|772353S|1634437E|-77.398008|163.743629|||01/01/1947|Rocky point 2 mi N of Marble Point, on the coast of Victoria Land.  First mapped by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) under Scott and so named because of gneissic granite found here.||
5771|Gneysovaya Peak|Summit|713300S|0121000E|-71.55|12.1666667|2050|6726|01/01/1970|A peak, 2,050 m, on the ridge connecting Krakken Mountain and Sandseten Mountain in the Westliche Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mappeded from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named Gora Gneysovaya (gneiss mountain).||
5772|Mount Gniewek|Summit|792000S|1585500E|-79.3333333|158.9166667|2060|6758|01/01/1965|Conspicuous ice-covered flat-topped mountain, 2,060 m, standing at the N side of Carlyon Glacier, 6 mi SW of Mount Keltie.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1959-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John J. Gniewek, geomagnetician at Little America V, 1958.||
5773|Gnome Island|Island|673300S|0665000W|-67.55|-66.8333333|||01/01/1963|Rocky island lying between the E end of Blaiklock Island and Thomson Head near the head of Bourgeois Fjord, off the W coast of Graham Land.  First surveyed in 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and so named by them because of the resemblance of the island to a small gnomelike creature rising from the sea.||
5775|Gnomon Island|Island|610500S|0545200W|-61.0833333|-54.8666667|||01/01/1953|Small rocky island lying just N of Point Wild, Elephant Island, South Shetland Islands.  Charted and named by the Shackleton Endurance expedition, 1914-16.  So named because when viewed from Point Wild the shape of the feature is suggestive of the elevated arm of a sundial.||
5777|Goat Mountain|Summit|775430S|1634852E|-77.908296|163.81452|1640|5381|01/01/1964|Peak, 1,640 m, standing W of Hobbs Glacier between Hobbs Peak and Mount Kowalczyk in Victoria Land.  Climbed by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1960-61, and so named by them because a balanced mass of gneiss with a goat-like silhouette protrudes 10 m above the general profile of the southern slope of the mountain.||
5778|Gobamme Rock|Summit|682200S|0415600E|-68.3666667|41.9333333|||01/01/1968|An exposed rock standing on the coast between Kozo Rock and Byobu Rock in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Gobamme-iwa (checkerboard rock).||04/12/2001
5780|Mount Gobey|Summit|725800S|1651500E|-72.9666667|165.25|3125|10253|01/01/1968|The highest mountain, 3,125 m, in the Retreat Hills, at the S margin of Evans Neve.  Climbed on Dec. 26, 1966 by the Northern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1966-67, who named it for the party's field assistant, D.W. Gobey.||
5781|Gockel Ridge|Ridge|724200S|0001200E|-72.7|.2|||01/01/1970|A ridge extending from Alan Peak to Nupskapa Peak at the S end of the Sverdrup Mountains.  The name "Gockel-Kamm" after Wilhelm Gockel, meteorological assistant on the expedition, was given to a ridge in the area by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39) under Alfred Ritscher.  The correlation of the name with this ridge may be arbitrary but is recommended for the sake of international uniformity and historical continuity.||
5784|Godel Iceport|Glacier|700900S|0214500E|-70.15|21.75|||01/01/1956|An iceport about 5 mi wide, which marks a more-or-less permanent indentation in the seaward front of the extensive ice shelf fringing the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Named by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) I personnel on the USS Glacier, which made a running survey of this coast in March 1956, for William H. Godel, deputy director of the Office of Special Operations, Department of the Navy, who assisted in formulating expedition plans and policy.||
5785|Godfrey Upland|Area|684400S|0662300W|-68.7333333|-66.3833333|1500|4921|01/01/1962|A small remnant plateau with an undulating surface and a mean elevation of 1,500 m in south-central Graham Land.  It is bounded by Clarke, Meridian, Lammers and Cole Glaciers.  The existence of the feature was known to U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, F. Ronne and C.R. Eklund having traveled along Meridian and Lammers Glaciers in Jan. 1941.  It was photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in 1947 and surveyed from the ground by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1958.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Thomas Godfrey (1704-49), American glassworker and mathematician who, at the same time as John Hadley, independently invented the quadrant (the forerunner of the sextant), in 1730.||
5786|Godfroy Point|Summit|651000S|0641000W|-65.1666667|-64.1666667|||01/01/1971|Point which marks the N extremity of Petermann Island, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, and named by Charcot for Rene Godfroy, sub-lieutenant on the study of tides and the atmosphere.||
5787|Godthul|Bay|541700S|0361800W|-54.2833333|-36.3|||01/01/1953|Bay 1 mi long entered between Cape George and Long Point, on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name Godthul (Good Hollow) dates back to the period 1905-12, and was probably applied by Norwegian sealers and whalers working in the area.||
5791|Goepfert Bluff|Cliff|743800S|1101900W|-74.6333333|-110.3166667||||A bluff at the E end of Grimes Ridge, Bear Peninsula, on the Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs taken in 1966.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 after Lieutenant Eric R. Goepfert, USN, officer in charge of the NSFA winter detachment at McMurdo Station, 1976.||
5792|Goetschy Island|Island|645200S|0633100W|-64.8666667|-63.5166667|||01/01/1965|Low rocky island lying near the middle of Peltier Channel in the Palmer Archipelago.  First charted and named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05.||
5793|Goettel Escarpment|Cliff|701400S|0665500W|-70.2333333|-66.9166667|||01/01/1976|A prominent escarpment buttressing the Dyer Plateau located 5 mi N of Orion Massif and near the head of Chapman Glacier in Palmer Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Frederick A. Goettel, USCG, Commanding Officer of U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Westwind, in support of construction of the new Palmer Station, during Operation Deep Freeze, 1967.||
5794|Goldcrest Point|Summit|540000S|0380500W|-54|-38.0833333|||01/01/1964|The NW point of Bird Island, South Georgia.  Charted by DI personnel on the Discovery in the period 1926-30 and by the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-57.  The point is the site of a large colony of macaroni penguins (Eudyptes chrysolophus).  The name, given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1963, refers to the golden crests of this species.||
5795|Goldenberg Ridge|Ridge|662800S|1103500E|-66.4666667|110.5833333|||01/01/1963|A linear rocky eminence, 0.8 mi long, which extends in a NW-SE direction along the E side of Browning Peninsula, at the S end of the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Burton D. Goldenberg, meteorologist and member of the Wilkes Station Party of 1962.||
5796|Golden Cap|Summit|842000S|1642600E|-84.3333333|164.4333333|2870|9416|01/01/1968|The highest peak, 2,870 m, on the ridge running NW from Mount Falla, about midway between the latter mountain and Fremouw Peak in Queen Alexandra Range.  So named by the Ohio State University party to the Queen Alexandra Range (1966-67) because the peak consists mainly of a buff-weathering massive sandstone.||
5797|Golden Pass|Gap|692300S|0704700W|-69.3833333|-70.7833333|1250|4101||A snow pass at c. 1,250 m on the N side of Care Heights, Rouen Mountains, Alexander Island.  So named from the color of granite on either side of the pass, as reported by British Antarctic Survey (BAS) parties. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), 1977.||
5798|Gold Harbor|Harbor|543700S|0355600W|-54.6166667|-35.9333333|||01/01/1952|Small bay 5 mi SSW of Cape Charlotte, with Bertrab Glacier at its head, along the E end of South Georgia.  During the early 1900's the feature was variously called Anna's Bay, Gold-Hafen, or Sandwich Bay; the latter name has also been used for Iris Bay (q.v.).  The approved name appears to have taken root through common usage by sealers and whalers and is now well established.||
5799|Gold Head|Cliff|543600S|0355500W|-54.6|-35.9166667|||01/01/1960|Headland forming the N entrance point of Gold Harbor on the E coast of South Georgia.  The name, which derives from Gold Harbor, was proposed by Commander C.J. Gratton, Royal Navy (RN), following his survey of the harbor in 1958.||
5800|Cape Goldie|Cape|823800S|1655400E|-82.6333333|165.9||||A cape at the S side of the mouth of Robb Glacier, overlooking the Ross Ice Shelf.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named for Sir George Goldie, a member of the committee which made the final draft of the instructions for the expedition.||
5801|Goldman Glacier|Glacier|774222S|1625126E|-77.70614|162.857094|||01/01/1964|Glacier 2 mi E of Marr Glacier, flowing N from the Kukri Hills into Taylor Valley in Victoria Land.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist Charles R. Goldman, who made studies in the area in the 1962-63 season.||
5802|Mount Goldring|Summit|665700S|0660100W|-66.95|-66.0166667|||01/01/1965|A peak on the N side of Murphy Glacier, to the E of Lallemand Fjord in Graham Land.  Mapped from air photos obtained by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE), 1956-57.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Denis C. Goldring, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) geologist at nearby Detaille Island, 1957-59.||
5803|Cape Goldschmidt|Cape|804100S|1611200E|-80.6833333|161.2|||01/01/1966|A low ice-covered cape forming the eastern tip of Nicholson Peninsula, at the W side of the Ross Ice Shelf.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) for Donald R. Goldschmidt, a member of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) parties of 1959-60 and 1960-61 which mapped this area.||
5804|Goldschmidt Cirque|Basin|804400S|0224800W|-80.7333333|-22.8||||A cirque at the W side of Trueman Terraces in the E portion of the Read Mountains, Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967.  Surveyed by the British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of geologists grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Victor M. Goldschmidt (1888-1947), Norwegian geochemist and pioneer in the field of crystal chemistry.||
5805|Goldsmith Glacier|Glacier|785600S|0274200W|-78.9333333|-27.7|||01/01/1962|Glacier flowing WNW through the Theron Mountains 6 mi S of Tailend Nunatak.  First mapped in 1956-57 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and named for Rainer Goldsmith, medical officer with the advance party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) in 1955-56.||
5806|Goldstream Peak|Summit|864100S|1483000W|-86.6833333|-148.5|2800|9186||A peak rising to c. 2,800 m at the junction of ridges from Mount Gjertsen, Mount Grier, and Johansen Peak, in the La Gorce Mountains.  The peak was geologically mapped by a U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) - Arizona State University field party, 1980-81, and named by Edmund Stump, leader of the party.  The name derives from a contact between shallow intrusions on the W face of the peak, which has produced gold, yellow, and brown coloration along a meandering line.||
5807|Goldsworthy Ridge|Ridge|674100S|0630300E|-67.6833333|63.05|||01/01/1965|Ridge extending N from Mount Henderson in the NE part of the Framnes Mountains, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Named by ANCA for R.W. Goldsworthy, survey field assistant with Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Nella Dan) in 1962.||
5808|Mount Goldthwait|Summit|775900S|0860300W|-77.9833333|-86.05|3815|12516|01/01/1960|Prominent mountain (3,815 m) located 2.5 mi S of Mount Dalrymple in the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Discovered by the Marie Byrd Land Traverse Party, 1957-58, and named for Richard P. Goldthwait, consultant, Technical Panel on Glaciology, U.S. National Committee for the IGY, and later Director, Institute of Polar Studies, Ohio State University.||
5809|Golubaya Bay|Bay|695800S|0095000E|-69.9666667|9.8333333|||01/01/1970|A bay in the SE extremity of Kamenev Bight, along the ice shelf fringing the coast of Queen Maud Land.  The bay was photographed from the air by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) in 1958-59 and was mapped from these photos.  It was also mapped in 1961 by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) who named it Bukhta Golubaya (azure bay).||
5812|Gomez Nunatak|Summit|735700S|0683800W|-73.95|-68.6333333|||01/01/1968|Isolated nunatak 40 mi SW of Mount Vang, surmounting the interior ice plateau near the base of Antarctic Peninsula. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Jose M. Gomez, mechanic with the Eights Station winter party in 1965.||
5813|Gommen Valley|Valley|735300S|0051700W|-73.8833333|-5.2833333|||01/01/1966|An ice-filled valley between Tunga Spur and Kuven Hill, near the SW end of the Kirwan Escarpment in Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and additional air photos (1958-59), and named Gommen (the gum).||
5815|Gondola Ridge|Ridge|770100S|1614500E|-77.0166667|161.75|||01/01/1952|High rocky ridge just S of Mackay Glacier, extending NE from Mount Suess for about 4 mi in Victoria Land.  Charted by the Western Geological Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) who so named it because Mount Suess, to which the ridge is joined, resembles a gondola in shape.||
5816|Gonville and Caius Range|Range|770723S|1621538E|-77.123092|162.260653|1500|4921|08/01/1949|A range of peaks, 1,000 to 1,500 m, between Mackay Glacier and Debenharn Glacier in Victoria Land.  First mapped by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) under Scott.  Named for Gonville and Caius College, of Cambridge University, the alma mater of several members of the expedition.||01/20/2010
5817|Gony Point|Summit|540000S|0380100W|-54|-38.0166667|||01/01/1964|High tussock-covered point 0.5 mi SW of Cardno Point, on the SE side of Bird Island, South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1963. Gony (also spelled gooney) is an old sailors' name for the wandering albatross (Diomedea exulans), which breeds on Bird Island.||
5818|Mount Gonz�z|Summit|771100S|1443300W|-77.1833333|-144.55|||01/01/1970|A prominent mountain 1 mi E of Asman Ridge in the Sarnoff Mountains, Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Oscar Gonzalez, geologist, Universidad de Chile, a member of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Marie Byrd Land Survey 11, 1967-68.||
5820|González Anchorage|Harbor|631900S|0575600W|-63.3166667|-57.9333333|||01/01/1964|An anchorage in the Duroch Islands on the W side of Kopaitic Island.  The anchorage was charted by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition of 1948, which gave the name after Capitan de Fragata Ernesto Gonzalez Navarrete, the commander of the expedition.||
5821|González Island|Island|622900S|0594000W|-62.4833333|-59.6666667|||01/01/1966|Small island on the S side of the entrance to Iquique Cove, Discovery Bay, Greenwich Island, in the South Shetland Islands. On its W side this island is linked to a smaller island by a spit which is covered only at high tides.  The island was charted by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition of 1947, commanded by Capitan de Navio Federico Guesalaga Toro, which named it after Ernesto Gonzalez Navarrete, captain of the ship Iquique on the expedition.||
5823|Mount Goodale|Summit|854500S|1574300W|-85.75|-157.7166667|2570|8432|01/01/1956|A mountain with double summits, 2,420 m and 2,570 m, standing 6 mi SE of Mount Thorne in the Hays Mountains of the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered in December 1929 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Laurence Gould, and named by Byrd after Edward E. Goodale, a member of that party.  From 1959 to 1968 Goodale served as U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Representative in Christchurch, New Zealand, and facilitated the passage of thousands of researchers to Antarctica and return.||
5824|Goodale Glacier|Glacier|853500S|1562400W|-85.5833333|-156.4|||01/01/1967|A glacier which flows N from Mount Goodale and Mount Armstrong along the W side of Medina Peaks, in the foothills of the Queen Maud Mountains.  First seen and mapped by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Mount Goodale.||
5825|Goodall Ridge|Ridge|710200S|0665000E|-71.0333333|66.8333333|||01/01/1967|A partly snow-covered rock ridge about 6 mi WSW Taylor Platform in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1956 and 1960.  Named by ANCA for A.W. Goodall, diesel mechanic at Macquarie Island in 1962 and Davis Station in 1964.||
5826|Cape Goodenough|Cape|661600S|1261000E|-66.2666667|126.1666667|||01/01/1947|An ice-covered cape marking the W side of the entrance to Porpoise Bay and forming the northernmost projection of Norths Highland.  Discovered by British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Douglas Mawson on an airplane flight in January 1931.  Named by Mawson for Admiral Sir William Goodenough, President of the Council, Royal Geographical Society, 1930-33.||
5827|Goodenough Glacier|Glacier|720000S|0664000W|-72|-66.6666667||||Broad sweeping glacier to the S of the Batterbee Mountains, flowing from the W shore of Palmer Land into George VI Sound. Discovered in 1936 by Stephenson, Fleming, and Bertram of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, while exploring George VI Sound.  Named by Rymill after Margaret Goodenough, wife of Admiral Sir William Goodenough, the latter one of Rymill's principal supporters in raising funds for the expedition.||
5828|Good Glacier|Glacier|841200S|1775000E|-84.2|177.8333333|||01/01/1962|A wide glacier draining the E slopes of Hughes Range between Mount Brennan and Mount Waterman and flowing NE to enter the Ross Ice Shelf to the E of Mount Reinhardt.  Discovered by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) on Flight C of February 29-March 1, 1940, and named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN), on the recommendation of R. Admiral Richard E. Byrd, for V. Admiral Roscoe F. Good, USN, who furnished assistance and support for U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47).||
5829|Mount Goodman|Summit|751400S|0721400W|-75.2333333|-72.2333333|||01/01/1966|A mountain marking the NE extremity of the Behrendt Mountains, in Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Alan L. Goodman, aurora scientist at Eights Station in 1963.||
5830|Goodman Hills|Range|692700S|1584300E|-69.45|158.7166667|||01/01/1970|A group of coastal hills of about 10 mi extent, rising directly S of Cape Kinsey and between the Paternostro Glacier and Tomilin Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1960-63.  Named for Commander Kelsey B. Goodman, U.S. Navy (USN), Plans Officer on the staff of the Commander, Naval Support Force Antarctica, 1969-72; Assistant for Polar Regions in the Office of the Secretary of Defense, 1972-74; Member of the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names, U.S. Board on Geographic Names, 1973-76.||
5831|Goodspeed Glacier|Glacier|772950S|1622910E|-77.497332|162.486126|||01/01/1962|A small hanging glacier on the south wall of Wright Valley, Victoria Land, between the Hart and Denton Glaciers.  Named by U.S. geologist Robert Nichols after Robert Goodspeed, geological assistant to Nichols at nearby Marble Point in the 1959-60 field season.||
5832|Goodspeed Nunataks|Summit|730000S|0611000E|-73|61.1666667|||01/01/1962|A group of three rows of nunataks, oriented approximately E-W and 10 to 15 mi long, located at the W end of Fisher Glacier, about 30 mi WNW of Mount McCauley, in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Sighted by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) seismic party led by K.B. Mather in January 1958.  Named by ANCA after M.J. Goodspeed, geophysicist at Mawson Station in 1957.||
5833|Mount Goodwin|Summit|811600S|0853300W|-81.2666667|-85.55||||A rock peak that is the second most prominent summit in the Pirrit Hills.  Positioned by the U.S. Ellsworth-Byrd Traverse Party on Dec. 10, 1958 and named for Robert J. Goodwin, glaciologist with the traverse party.||
5834|Goodwin Glacier|Glacier|650600S|0625700W|-65.1|-62.95|||01/01/1965|Glacier flowing W into Flandres Bay southward of Pelletan Point on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Hannibal Goodwin (1822-1900), American pastor who invented the first transparent nitrocellulose flexible photographic roll-film in 1887.||03/07/1997
5835|Goodwin Nunataks|Summit|843800S|1613100E|-84.6333333|161.5166667|||01/01/1966|A small group of isolated nunataks lying about 10 mi W of Marshall Mountains, at the S side of Walcott Neve.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Michael L. Goodwin, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geomagmetist and seismologist at South Pole Station, 1960.||
5836|Goodwin Peak|Summit|855400S|1291100W|-85.9|-129.1833333|2770|9088|01/01/1967|A peak, 2,770 m, standing 3 mi NE of Mount Bolton, at the W side of Haworth Mesa, in the Wisconsin Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Commander Edmund E. Goodwin, Public Affairs Officer on the staff of the Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, during Operation Deep Freeze 1965 and 1966.||
5837|Mount Goorhigian|Summit|750300S|1334600W|-75.05|-133.7666667|1115|3658|01/01/1966|The highest mountain (1,115 m) of the Demas Range, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Martin Goorhigian, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at Byrd Station, 1961.||
5838|Goorkha Craters|Crater|794500S|1593400E|-79.75|159.5666667|||01/01/1952|A line of snow-free coastal hills 5 mi long, standing 2 mi E of Cooper Nunatak between Carlyon and Darwin Glaciers. Discovered and named by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04).||
5839|Mount Goossens|Summit|711900S|0354400E|-71.3166667|35.7333333|2200|7218|01/01/1966|A largely bare rock massif (2,200 m) standing next south of Mount Pierre in the Queen Fabiola Mountains.  Discovered on Oct. 7, 1960 by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), under Guido Derom, who named it for Leon Goossens, photographer of the Belgian party which made reconnoitering aircraft flights in this area.||
5841|Gopher Glacier|Glacier|732800S|0940000W|-73.4666667|-94|||01/01/1963|A glacier descending from Christoffersen Heights and draining N between Bonnabeau and Anderson Domes, in the Jones Mountains.  Mapped and named by the University of Minnesota-Jones Mountains Party, 1960-61. Gopher is the nickname of the University of Minnesota and of the State.||
5842|Cape Gordon|Cape|635100S|0570300W|-63.85|-57.05|330|1083|01/01/1952|Jagged headland 330 m high, forming the E end of Vega. Island, lying S of the NE tip of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered by a British expedition 1839-43, under Ross, and named by him for Captain William Gordon, Royal Navy (RN), a Lord Commissioner of the Admiralty.||
5843|Mount Gordon|Summit|673600S|0501700E|-67.6|50.2833333|||01/01/1965|Mountain 6 mi NE of Simpson Peak in the Scott Mountains, Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956 and 1957.  The name was first applied by John Biscoe in 1831, probably for Lieutenant General Charles Gordon, brother-in-law of the Enderby Brothers, owners of his vessel.  As Biscoe's feature could not be identified among the many peaks in the area, ANCA applied the name to this feature.||
5846|Gordon Glacier|Glacier|801700S|0260900W|-80.2833333|-26.15|||01/01/1962|Glacier at least 24 mi long, flowing N from Crossover Pass through the Shackleton Range to join Slessor Glacier.  First mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and named after George P. Pirie-Gordon, member of the Committee of Management and treasurer of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1955-58.||
5847|Gordon Nunataks|Summit|725300S|0634800W|-72.8833333|-63.8||||A group of nunataks on the S side of Mosby Glacier, near its head, in south-central Palmer Land.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from aerial photographs taken by the U.S. Navy, 1966-69.  In association with the names of Antarctic oceanographers grouped in this area, named in 1977 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Arnold L. Gordon, American oceanographer; Professor of Geology, Lamont-Doherty Geological Observatory, Columbia University, New York.||
5849|Gordon Peak|Summit|722600S|0003200E|-72.4333333|.5333333|||01/01/1966|A rock peak marking the NW end of Robin Heights in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59).  Named for Gordon de Q. Robin, third in command and physicist with the Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE).||
5850|Gordon Valley|Valley|842300S|1640000E|-84.3833333|164|||01/01/1966|A small valley, the western half of which is occupied by a lobe of ice from Walcott Neve, lying W of Mount Falla in Queen Alexandra Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Mark A. Gordon, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) aurora scientist at Hallett Station, 1959.||
5851|Mount Gorecki|Summit|832000S|0573500W|-83.3333333|-57.5833333|1110|3642|01/01/1957|Mountain, 1,110 m, at the SE extremity of Schmidt Hills in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Discovered and photographed on Jan. 13, 1956 on a U.S. Navy (USN) transcontinental nonstop plane flight from McMurdo sound to Weddell Sea and return.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for aviation electronics technician Francis Gorecki, radioman of the P2V-2N aircraft making the flight.||
5852|Gorev Island|Island|663200S|0925900E|-66.5333333|92.9833333|||01/01/1961|Small island lying between Buromskiy Island and Poryadin Island in the Haswell Islands.  Discovered and mapped by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson, 1911-14.  Remapped by the Soviet expedition of 1956, and named by them for D. Gorev, a member of British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, under Scott.||
5853|Gorgon Pool|Lake|570400S|0264100W|-57.0666667|-26.6833333|||01/01/1972|A lake, or perhaps lagoon, between Chimaera Flats and Kraken Cove in Candlemas Island, South Sandwich Islands.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with nearby Medusa Pool.  Gorgon is a mythical creature of Homer's Illiad, linked in other mythology with Medusa.||10/18/2000
5854|Mount Gorham|Summit|740300S|0620400W|-74.05|-62.0666667|||01/01/1968|Mountain just SW of Mount Tricorn in the Hutton Mountains, Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Charles E. Gorham, builder with the South Pole Station winter party in 1967.||
5855|Gorki Ridge|Ridge|713700S|0113700E|-71.6166667|11.6166667|||01/01/1970|A ridge about 8 mi long forming the E wall of Schussel Cirque in the Humboldt Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Soviet author A.M. Gorki.||
5857|Mount Gorman|Summit|702900S|0642800E|-70.4833333|64.4666667|||01/01/1971|A mountain in the N part of Bennett Escarpment, situated just W of Mount Canham and 2 mi S of the W end of Corry Massif, in the Porthos Range of the Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1965.  Named by ANCA after C. Gorman, supervising technician (radio) at Wilkes Station in 1962.||
5858|Gorman Crags|Cliff|710100S|0652700E|-71.0166667|65.45|||01/01/1967|An east-west trending ridge marked by four craggy peaks, about 5 mi E of Husky Dome in the Prince Charles Mountains. Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) photos taken in 1960.  Named after C.A.J. Gorman, supervising technician (radio) at Wilkes Station in 1962.||
5860|Gornyye Inzhenery Rocks|Summit|713200S|0124400E|-71.5333333|12.7333333|||01/01/1970|A group of rocks just S of Deildegasten Ridge in the Ostliche Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named Skaly Gornykh Inzhenerov (mining engineers rocks).||
5864|Mount Gorton|Summit|700100S|1591500E|-70.0166667|159.25|1995|6545|01/01/1964|A prominent mountain (1,995 m) located 6 mi WSW of Mount Perez in southern Wilson Hills.  Photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47.  The mountain was sighted in 1961 by Phillip Law of Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) and was positioned by observations from the ship Australian Minister for the Navy at that time.||
5865|Gosling Islands|Island|603900S|0455500W|-60.65|-45.9166667|||01/01/1956|Scattered group of islands and rocks lying close S and W of Meier Point, off the S coast of Coronation Island in the South Orkney Islands.  First charted and named "Gestlingen" by Petter Sorlle in 1912-13.  This was corrected to "Gjeslingene" (the goslings) on a later chart by Sorlle.  The approved name is an anglicized form recommended by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC).||
5866|Gossard Channel|Channel|660500S|1011300E|-66.0833333|101.2166667|||01/01/1956|Narrow channel extending in an E-W direction between the Mariner Islands and Booth Peninsula in the central portion of the Highjump Archipelago.  Mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for G.C. Gossard, Jr., air crewman on U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp photographic flights in this area and other coastal areas between 14° and 164° east longitude.||03/07/1997
5867|Gossler Islands|Island|644200S|0642200W|-64.7|-64.3666667|||01/01/1963|Group of N-S trending islands 3 mi in extent, lying 1.5 mi W of Cape Monaco, Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago. Discovered and named by a German expedition under Dallmann, 1873-74.||
5868|Gösta Peaks|Range|720600S|0024400W|-72.1|-2.7333333|||01/01/1966|The northeastern peaks of the Liljequist Heights, in the S part of Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59).  Named for Gosta H. Liljequist, Swedish meteorologist with the Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE).||
5870|Gothic Mountains|Summit|860000S|1500000W|-86|-150||||A group of mountains, 20 mi long, in the Queen Maud Mountains, located W of Watson Escarpment and bounded by Scott Glacier, Albanus Glacier, and Griffith Glacier.  The mountains were first visited in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party led by Quin Blackburn.  The name was proposed by Edmund Stump, leader of a U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) - Arizona State University geological party which made investigations here in the 1980-81 season.  The mountains are composed of granites which have weathered to produce a series of spires and peaks reminiscent of a Gothic cathedral.||
5871|Gothic Peak|Summit|720100S|1644800E|-72.0166667|164.8|2085|6840|01/01/1964|A peak, 2,085 m, standing 4 mi NW of Lavallee Peak, in West Quartzite Range.  Named by the Northern Party of NZFMCAE, 1962-63, for its likeness in profile to a Gothic cathedral.||
5872|Cape Gotley|Cape|664200S|0571900E|-66.7|57.3166667|||01/01/1965|Cape forming the eastern extremity of Austnes Peninsula at the N side of the entrance to Edward VIII Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and called Austnestangen (the east cape tongue), a name derived from that of the peninsula. The area was remapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) and in 1958 the cape renamed by ANCA for A.V. Gotley, officer in charge of the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party on Heard Island in 1948.||
5873|Gotley Glacier|Glacier|531000S|0732700E|-53.1666667|73.45|||01/01/1957|A well-defined glacier, 5 mi long, descending from the ice-covered slopes of Big Ben to the SW side of Heard Island between Cape Arkona and Cape Labuan.  Surveyed in 1948 by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), and named by them for Aubrey V. Gotley, meteorologist and officer-in-charge of the party.||
5874|Goudier Island|Island|645000S|0633000W|-64.8333333|-63.5|||01/01/1963|Small island with an appearance of bare, polished rock, lying 0.05 mi N of Jougla Point in the harbor of Port Lockroy, Wiencke Iskland, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, and named after E. Goudier, chief engineer of the expedition ship Francais.||
5876|Mount Gough|Summit|813800S|1592200E|-81.6333333|159.3666667|1000|3281|01/01/1967|The prominent mountain that forms the eastern portion of Swithinbank Range in the Churchill Mountains.  The feature rises more than 1,000 m above the west side of Starshot Glacier where it is joined by Donnally Glacier.  Named by the U.S. Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (1967) for R.P. Gough, Surveyor-General of New Zealand.||
5877|Gough Glacier|Glacier|844200S|1713500W|-84.7|-171.5833333|||01/01/1966|A glacier about 25 mi long, flowing from the N slopes of Prince Olav Mountains and the base of Lillie Range and trending northward to the Ross Ice Shelf, between Gabbro Hills and Bravo Hills.  Named by the Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1963-64) for A.L. Gough, surveyor of the party.||01/05/2021
5878|Mount Gould|Summit|854800S|1484000W|-85.8|-148.6666667|2385|7825|01/01/1947|A prominent mountain, 2,385 m, surmounting the central part of the Tapley Mountains, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered in December 1929 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Laurence Gould.  Named by Byrd for president Laurence M. Gould of Carleton College, polar explorer who served as geologist and second in command of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  From 1955-1970, Gould was a leader in the planning of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program, and has served as chairman of the National Academy of Sciences Committee on Polar Research, and chairman of the international Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research.||
5880|Gould Bay|Bay|780000S|0450000W|-78|-45||||A bay located at the junction of Filchner Ice Shelf with the northeast corner of Berkner Island, in southern Weddell Sea. Discovered by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, under the leadership of Commander Finn Ronne, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), who named this bay for Laurence M. Gould, geologist, geographer and second in command of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition, 1928-30.||
5881|Gould Coast|Beach|843000S|1500000W|-84.5|-150|||01/01/1964|That portion of the coast along the E margin of the Ross Ice Shelf between the W side of Scott Glacier and the S end of Siple Coast (8330S, 15300W).  Named by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1961 for Laurence M. Gould, a geologist who was second-in-command of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  Gould led the Geological Party which in 1929 mapped 175 miles of this coast.  While president of Carleton College, Northfield, Minnesota, he was appointed Chairman of the U.S. National Committee for the IGY and took a prominent part in planning the United States research program for Antarctica.||
5883|Goulden Cove|Bay|621100S|0583800W|-62.1833333|-58.6333333|||01/01/1952|The southern of two coves at the head of Ezcurra Inlet, Admiralty Bay, on King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Probably named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, who surveyed Admiralty Bay in December 1909.||
5884|Gould Glacier|Glacier|664700S|0643900W|-66.7833333|-64.65|||01/01/1960|Glacier 12 mi long on the E coast of Graham Land, flowing SE into Mill Inlet, to the W of Aagaard Glacier.  First surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1946-47, and named East Gould Glacier.  With West Gould Glacier it was reported to fill a transverse depression across Graham Land, but further survey in 1957 showed that there is no close topographical alignment between the two.  The name Gould, for Rupert T. Gould (1890-1948), British polar historian and cartographer, has been limited to this glacier and an entirely new name (Erskine Glacier, q.v.) approved for the west glacier.||
5885|Gould Island|Island|770800S|1480500W|-77.1333333|-148.0833333|||01/01/1970|One of the ice-covered islands in Marshall Archipelago, located within Sulzberger Ice Shelf, coastal Marie Byrd Land. The feature is 2 mi long and lies just N of Spencer Island and 2 mi NE of Steventon Island.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Stuart S. Gould, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), dental officer at McMurdo Station, 1967.||
5887|Gould Nunataks|Summit|663000S|0514200E|-66.5|51.7|||01/01/1973|A small group of nunataks about 18 mi SE of Mount Biscoe in Enderby Land.  Discovered in Jan. 1930 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, who named them Gould Nunatak after Lieutenant Commander R.T. Gould, Royal Navy (RN), of the Hydropaphic Department, Admiralty, who worked on the British Admiralty South Polar Chart.  Plotted as a group by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) from air photos in 1964.||
5888|Gould Peak|Summit|780700S|1551500W|-78.1166667|-155.25|||01/01/1966|Peak standing 1 mi N of Tennant Peak in the S group of the Rockefeller Mountains, on Edward VII Peninsula in Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) in 1929, and named by Byrd for Charles ("Chips") Gould, carpenter on the expedition.||
5890|Gourdin Island|Island|631200S|0571800W|-63.2|-57.3|||01/01/1963|Largest island in a group of islands and rocks 1 mi N of Prime Head, the N tip of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered by a French expedition, 1837-40, under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville, and named by him for Ensign Jean Gourdin of the expedition ship Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1945-47.||
5894|Gourdon Glacier|Glacier|641500S|0572200W|-64.25|-57.3666667|||01/01/1956|Glacier 4 mi long on the E side of James Ross Island, flowing SE into Markham Bay between Saint Rita and Rabot Points. It has a conspicuous rock wall at its head.  First surveyed by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, 1901-04, who named it for Ernest Gourdon, geologist and glaciologist of the French Antarctic Expedition, 1903-05.||
5895|Gourdon Peak|Summit|650500S|0640000W|-65.0833333|-64|||01/01/1959|Peak 0.5 mi N of Wandel Peak, one of several high peaks on the N-S trending ridge of Booth Island, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, and named by him for Ernest Gourdon, geologist of the expedition.||
5896|Gourdon Peninsula|Cape|642400S|0631200W|-64.4|-63.2|||01/01/1963|A snow-covered peninsula 6 mi long, forming the SE side of Lapeyrere Bay on the NE coast of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  The NE coast of Anvers Island was roughly surveyed by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot in 1905 and the name "Pointe Gourdon," for Vice-Admiral Gourdon of the French Navy, was given to a point between Lapeyrere and Fournier Bays.  The UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1956 altered the name to Gourdon Peninsula and applied it to the peninsula described, which almost certainly is the feature Charcot had in mind when he gave the original name.||
5897|Gourlay Peninsula|Cape|604400S|0453600W|-60.7333333|-45.6|||01/01/1956|Ice-free peninsula, which is 0.1 mi wide at its base and widens to 0.4 mi, forming the SE extremity of Signy Island in the South Orkney Islands.  The seaward end of the peninsula divides into three arms, Pantomime, Pageant, and Gourlay Points.  Surveyed in 1933 by DI personnel, and resurveyed in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS). Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), after Gourlay Point.||03/07/1997
5898|Gourlay Point|Summit|604400S|0453600W|-60.7333333|-45.6|||01/01/1952|Southernmost of three finger-like points which form the SE end of Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted in 1933 by DI personnel on the Discovery II, who gave the name for R. Gourlay, third engineer of the ship.||
5900|Gouverneur Island|Island|664000S|1395700E|-66.6666667|139.95|||01/01/1956|Low rocky island 1.2 mi WSW of Petrel Island and 2.4 mi E of Cape Geodesie in the S part of Geologie Archipelago.  Photographed from the air by OpHjp, 1946-47. Charted and named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Liotard, 1949-51. Liotard was the first man to encamp on the island and, as leader of the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), also held the honorary post of governor.||
5901|Gouvernøren Harbor|Harbor|643200S|0620000W|-64.5333333|-62|||01/01/1965|Small harbor indenting the E side of Enterprise Island just W of Pythia Island in Wilhelmina Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  The name was applied by whalers using the harbor because the whaling vessel Gouvernoren I was wrecked there in 1916.||
5902|Governor Islands|Island|603000S|0455600W|-60.5|-45.9333333|||01/01/1952|Group of islands and rocks 0.5 mi N of Penguin Point, the NW extremity of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands. Discovered by Captain George Powell and Captain Nathaniel Palmer during their joint cruise in December 1821.  The name appears on a chart based upon a running survey of the South Orkney Islands in 1912-13 by Petter Sorlle, Norwegian whaling captain.||
5903|Governor Mountain|Summit|694300S|1584300E|-69.7166667|158.7166667|1550|5085|01/01/1964|A mainly ice-free mountain (1,550 m) at the W side of the head of Tomilin Glacier, in the Wilson Hills.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Topo West party, 1962-63.  The mountain was occupied as a survey station by the Northern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, which named it for Sir Bernard Fergusson, Governor-General of New Zealand, and because of the dominating aspect of this feature.||
5904|Mount Gow|Summit|712000S|1624000E|-71.3333333|162.6666667|1770|5807|01/01/1964|Mountain, 1,770 m, on the E side of Rennick Glacier in the Bowers Mountains.  It marks the W end of the rugged heights between the mouths of Carryer and Sledgers Glaciers where these two tributaries enter Rennick Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Anthony J. Gow, veteran Antarctic glaciologist, who carried on research at the Byrd, South Pole, and McMurdo Stations nearly every summer season from 1959 to 1969.||03/07/1997
5905|Gowan Glacier|Glacier|790700S|0853900W|-79.1166667|-85.65|||01/01/1966|Glacier about 15 mi long in the Heritage Range of the Ellsworth Mountains, flowing N from the vicinity of Cunningham Peak in the Founders Escarpment to enter Minnesota Glacier just E of Welcome Nunatak.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Jimmy L. Gowan, (MC) USN, officer in charge and doctor at Plateau Station in 1966.||
5906|Goward Peak|Summit|693600S|0721900W|-69.6|-72.3166667|500|1640||A sharp-pointed peak rising to c. 500 m just E of Fournier Ridge, Desko Mountains (q.v.), on Rothschild Island.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Richard F. Goward, USCG, Executive Officer, U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Glacier, Operation Deep Freeze, 1969.||
5907|Gowlett Peaks|Range|695300S|0645500E|-69.8833333|64.9166667|||01/01/1961|A small group of isolated peaks, consisting of tall, sharp twin peaks and two close outliers, about 8 mi NE of Anare Nunataks in Mac. Robertson Land.  Sighted in November 1955 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by J.M. Bechervaise.  Named by ANCA for Alan Gowlett, engineer at Mawson Station in 1955.||
5909|Mount Gozur|Summit|780700S|0853000W|-78.1166667|-85.5|2980|9777|01/01/1961|A mountain (2,980 m) just NW of the head of Young Glacier and 9 mi E of Mount Bentley, in the central part of Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Alexander Gozur, USAF, who participated in establishing the South Pole Station in the 1956-57 season.||
5911|Graae Glacier|Glacier|544800S|0361000W|-54.8|-36.1666667|||01/01/1963|Glacier 2 mi long on the N side of Mount Sabatier, flowing WSW to Trollhul in the S part of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Morgens E.W. Graae of Denmark, who developed sledges for the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1953-54 and 1955-56.||
5912|Graben Horn|Summit|714800S|0120200E|-71.8|12.0333333|2815|9235|01/01/1970|A prominent horn or cone-shaped peak (2,815 m) rising at the E side of Humboldt Graben.  The peak is situated in the central part of Pieck Range in the Petermann Ranges of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, who named it in association with Humboldt Graben.  Graben, of German origin, is a term applied to a rift valley or a fault trough.||
5914|Grace Glacier|Glacier|540400S|0372300W|-54.0666667|-37.3833333|||01/01/1953|Glacier which flows N into Ample Bay at the Bay of Isles, South Georgia.  Charted in 1912-13 by Robert Cushman Murphy, American naturalist aboard the brig Daisy, who named it for his wife, Grace Barstow Murphy.||
5916|Grace Rock|Island|622200S|0590100W|-62.3666667|-59.0166667|||01/01/1965|Rock lying nearly 1 mi off the S coast of Nelson Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961 after the British sealing vessel Grace (Captain Rowe) from Plymouth, which visited the South Shetland Islands in 1821-22.||
5917|Grace Rocks|Summit|662500S|1003300E|-66.4166667|100.55|||01/01/1971|Prominent rock outcrops situated at the S side of the mouth of Apfel Glacier at its junction with Scott Glacier.  Mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Philip J. Grace, USN, pilot with U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml, 1947-48, who assisted in operations which resulted in the establishment of astronomical control stations from Wilhelm II Coast to Budd Coast.||04/11/2001
5919|Graduation Ridge|Ridge|712800S|1614400E|-71.4666667|161.7333333|||01/01/1969|A high rock ridge N of El Pulgar, forming the N extremity of Morozumi Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  The ridge was visited by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1967-68, who gave the name because geologist J.A.S. Dow received his exam results here.||
5921|Mount Graham|Summit|852500S|1464500W|-85.4166667|-146.75|460|1509|01/01/1967|Mountain 460 m, in the N part of the Harold Byrd Mountains. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander R.E. Graham, officer in charge of the winter-over detachment of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 at Little America V, 1956.||
5922|Graham Coast|Beach|654500S|0640000W|-65.75|-64||||That portion of the W coast of the Antarctic Peninsula between Cape Renard and Cape Bellue.  Named for Sir James R.G. Graham, First Lord of the Admiralty at the time John Biscoe explored along the W coast of Antarctic Peninsula in 1832.||
5923|Graham Land|Area|660000S|0633000W|-66|-63.5|||01/01/1964|That portion of the Antarctic Peninsula which lies north of a line joining Cape Jeremy and Cape Agassiz.  This application of Graham Land is consistent with the 1964 agreement between Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) and UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), in which the name Antarctic Peninsula was approved for the major peninsula of Antarctica, and the names Graham Land and Palmer Land for the northern and southern portions, respectively.  This feature is named after Sir James R.G. Graham, First Lord of the Admiralty at the time of John Biscoe's exploration of the west side of Graham Land in 1832.||
5924|Graham Passage|Channel|642400S|0613100W|-64.4|-61.5166667|||01/01/1965|Passage separating Murray Island from the W coast of Graham Land.  Named by Captain Skidsmo after his whale catcher 20, 1922.||
5925|Graham Peak|Summit|664600S|0505800E|-66.7666667|50.9666667|||01/01/1965|Peak about 7 mi E of Mount Riiser-Larsen in the NW part of the Tula Mountains in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for N. Graham, cook at Wilkes Station in 1960.||
5926|Graham Spur|Ridge|700600S|0623000W|-70.1|-62.5|||01/01/1976|A mostly ice-covered spur, but with prominent bare rock exposures at the tip and near its center, located on the NW side of Hughes Ice Piedmont, 6 mi S of James Nunatak, on the E side of Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William L. Graham, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist and Station Scientific Leader at Palmer Station in 1972.||
5927|Gråhorna Peaks|Range|713600S|0121600E|-71.6|12.2666667|||01/01/1970|A cluster of peaks 5 mi W of Store Svarthorn Peak in Westliche Petermann Range, in the Wohlthat Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, who gave the name "Graue Horner" (gray peaks).  The feature was remapped by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition, 1956-60, who used the form Grahorna.  The Norwegian spelling has been recommended by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) to agree with associated features having the same root spelling.||
5929|Grainger Valley|Valley|704500S|0675200E|-70.75|67.8666667|||01/01/1973|A valley 12 mi long and up to 1 mi wide separating Manning Massif and McLeod Massif in the E part of Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Photographed from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956. The valley was crossed in Feb. 1969 by a survey party during the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey.  Named by ANCA for D. Grainger, geologist with the party, who also took part in the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey in 1970.||
5930|Gråkammen Ridge|Ridge|714100S|0122000E|-71.6833333|12.3333333|||01/01/1970|A mountainous ridge that includes Tambovskaya Peak and Mount Solov'yev, rising between Grahorna Peaks and Aurdalen Valley in Westliche Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains. Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39. Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Grakammen (the gray ridge).||
5931|Mount Gran|Summit|765900S|1605800E|-76.9833333|160.9666667|2235|7333||Large flat-topped mountain, 2,235 m, standing at the N side of Mackay Glacier and immediately W of Gran Glacier in Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) which named it for Tryggve Gran, Norwegian naval officer who was a ski expert with the expedition.||
5932|Cape Granat|Cape|673900S|0455100E|-67.65|45.85|||01/01/1971|A cape on the W part of the Thala Hills, 7 mi NE of Campbell Glacier, on the coast of Enderby Land. Molodezhnaya Station is just S of the cape.  This feature was mapped and called "Mys Granat" (Cape Garnet) by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1961-62.||
5934|Grand Chasms|Valley|783500S|0393000W|-78.5833333|-39.5|||01/01/1962|Two or more deep crevasses in the Filchner Ice Shelf, extending W for an unknown distance from 37W, close W of Touchdown Hills.  The feature is the most notable crevassed area on the Filchner Ice Shelf, roughly 60 mi long and from 0.25 to 3 mi wide.  Discovered by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1955-58.  During 1957 it was examined by a U.S. party from Ellsworth Station led by Dr. Edward Thiel, who applied the descriptive name.||
5937|Grandidier Channel|Channel|653500S|0644500W|-65.5833333|-64.75|||01/01/1947|A navigable channel between the W coast of Graham Land and the N end of the Biscoe Islands, extending from Penola Strait southwestward to the vicinity of Larrouy Island.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for Alfred Grandidier, President of the Paris Geographical Society.  Charcot applied the name to the entire body of water between the mainland and the Biscoe Islands but the name has since been restricted to the navigable portion described.||
5939|Gran Glacier|Glacier|765600S|1611400E|-76.9333333|161.2333333|||01/01/1962|A glacier flowing S into Mackay Glacier between Mounts Gran and Woolnough.  It rises from a snow divide with Benson Glacier to the northeast.  Named after Mount Gran by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58), which visited the area in November 1957.||
5940|Mount Granholm|Summit|713400S|1671800E|-71.5666667|167.3|2440|8005|01/01/1970|A mountain (2,440 m) 9 mi SE of Mount Pittard in the NW part of Admiralty Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Nels H. Granholm, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at Hallett Station, 1967-68.||
5941|Gränicher Island|Island|665300S|0674300W|-66.8833333|-67.7166667|||01/01/1965|A small island which is the northernmost of the Bennett Islands in Hanusse Bay.  Mapped from air photos obtained by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (1947-48) and Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Walter H.H. Granicher, Swiss physicist who from 1954 made important investigations of the electrical and mechanical properties of ice in relation to its molecular structure.||
5942|Granite Harbor|Harbor|765300S|1624400E|-76.8833333|162.7333333|||01/01/1947|A bay in the coast of Victoria Land, about 14 mi long, entered between Cape Archer and Cape Roberts.  Discovered and named by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) in the Discovery in January 1902, while searching for safe winter quarters for the ship.  The name derives from the great granite boulders found on its shores.||
5944|Granite Knolls|Summit|775250S|1632745E|-77.880567|163.462631|||01/01/1964|Conspicuous rock outcrops on the NW flank of Blue Glacier, 5 mi W of Hobbs Peak in Victoria Land.  This descriptive name was given by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, 1910-13.||
5945|Granite Pillars|Pillar|833600S|1704500E|-83.6|170.75|||01/01/1966|Conspicuous ice-free rock pillars at the W side of lower Beardmore Glacier, 2 mi E of Mount Ida in the Queen Alexandra Range.  Discovered by British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09), and first named the "Cathedral Rocks," but changed later to avoid confusion with a feature of that name in the Royal Society Range.||
5946|Granite Spur|Ridge|733000S|0942400W|-73.5|-94.4|||01/01/1963|A rock spur along the N front of the Jones Mountains, 0.5 mi W of Avalanche Ridge.  Mapped by the University of Minnesota-Jones Mountains Party, 1960-61 So named by the party because the basement granite is well exposed here.||
5947|Granitnaya Mountain|Summit|720800S|0113800E|-72.1333333|11.6333333|2880|9449|01/01/1970|Mountain, 2,880 m, standing just E of Skeidshovden Mountain in the Wohlthat Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60 remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named Gora Granitnaya (granite mountain).||
5948|Mount Grant|Summit|541500S|0370700W|-54.25|-37.1166667|1205|3953|01/01/1963|Mountain, 1,205 m, standing between Esmark and Keilhau Glaciers on the S side of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Henry E.W. Grant, Colonial Sec. and Legal Adviser in the Falkland Islands, 1906-09, who contributed to the early development of the whaling industry and the conservation of whales in the area.||
5949|Grant Island|Island|742800S|1313500W|-74.4666667|-131.5833333|||01/01/1966|An ice-covered island, 20 mi long and 10 mi wide, lying 5 mi E of the smaller Shepard Island off the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Like Shepard Island, this feature is surrounded by the Getz Ice Shelf on all but the N side.  Discovered and charted by personnel on the USS Glacier on Feb. 4, 1962.  Named Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander E.G. Grant, Commanding Officer of the Glacier at the time of discovery.||
5951|Graphite Peak|Summit|850300S|1724500E|-85.05|172.75|3260|10695|01/01/1966|A peak, 3,260 m, standing at the NE end of a ridge running 3 mi NE from Mount Clarke, just S of the head of Falkenhof Glacier.  So named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) because of the graphite found on the peak.||
5952|Graptolite Island|Island|604400S|0442800W|-60.7333333|-44.4666667|||01/01/1952|Island 0.5 mi long in the NE part of Fitchie Bay, lying off the SE portion of Laurie Island in the South Orkney Islands. Weddell's chart published in 1825 shows two islands in essentially this position.  Existence of a single island was determined in 1903 by the ScotNAE under Bruce, who so named it because graptolite fossils were found there.||
5953|Graser Nunatak|Summit|745500S|0701200W|-74.9166667|-70.2||||A nunatak which is isolated except for Hinely Nunatak 1 mi to the SE, located 16 mi E of Sky-Hi Nunataks (q.v.) in Ellsworth Land.  Named in 1987 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after William F. Graser, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) cartographer who, with John A. Hinely, formed the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) satellite surveying team at South Pole Station, winter party 1976.||
5954|Grass Bluff|Cliff|853500S|1771400W|-85.5833333|-177.2333333|||01/01/1966|A wedge-shaped rock bluff 4 mi NW of Fluted Peak, in the southern part of Roberts Massif.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert D. Grass, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at South Pole Station, winter 1964.||
5955|Grassholm|Island|540300S|0375600W|-54.05|-37.9333333|||01/01/1956|Island 1 mi S of Frida Hole, along the S coast and near the W end of South Georgia.  The name Em Island was given for this feature, probably by DI personnel who surveyed this coast in 1926.  The South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, reported that this feature is known to whalers and sealers as "Grassholmen," and that Em Island is unknown locally.  The indefinite form of the name has been approved.||
5957|Grass Island|Island|540900S|0364000W|-54.15|-36.6666667|||01/01/1953|Conspicuous island lying across the entrance to Stromness Harbor in Stromness Bay, South Georgia.  It was known as Mutton Island as early as 1912, but since 1920 the name Grass Island has been consistently used.||
5959|Gråsteinen Nunatak|Summit|715700S|0020000W|-71.95|-2|||01/01/1966|An isolated nunatak 7 mi SW of Litvillingane Rocks, on the E side of Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Grasteinen (the gray stone).||
5960|Gratton Nunatak|Summit|860600S|1274600W|-86.1|-127.7666667|||01/01/1967|A bare, linear nunatak lying at the S side of the mouth of McCarthy Glacier, where the latter enters Reedy Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John W. Gratton, construction mechanic at Byrd Station in 1962.||
5963|Grautskåla Cirque|Basin|713700S|0112200E|-71.6166667|11.3666667|||01/01/1970|A cirque immediately N of The Altar in the Humboldt Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and mapped from air photos by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Remapped by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Grautskala (the mash bowl) because of its appearance and association with nearby Schussel Cirque.||
5964|Gravenoire Rock|Summit|662100S|1364300E|-66.35|136.7166667|||01/01/1955|Small rock outcrop about 1 mi SE of Rock X, protruding above the coastal ice at the E side of Victor Bay.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1952-53, and so named by them because of its resemblance to Gravenoire, the name of a puy or dome-shaped hill overlooking the city of Clermont-Ferrand, which lies in the chain of extinct volcanoes forming the Monts d'Auvergne of central France.||04/11/2001
5965|Graves Nunataks|Summit|864300S|1413000W|-86.7166667|-141.5|||01/01/1967|Small group of nunataks near the edge of the polar plateau, lying 14 mi ESE of Beard Peak, La Gorce Mountains, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gerald V. Graves of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6, photographer on Operation Deep Freeze 1966 and 1967.||
5966|Graveson Glacier|Glacier|710000S|1634500E|-71|163.75|||01/01/1964|A broad north-flowing tributary to the Lillie Glacier, draining that portion of the Bowers Mountains between the Posey Range and the southern part of Explorers Range.  The feature is fed by several lesser tributaries and enters Lillie Glacier via Flensing Icefalls.  Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, for F. Graveson, mining engineer, who wintered at Scott Base in 1963 and was field assistant on this expedition.||
5970|Gravier Peaks|Range|671200S|0672000W|-67.2|-67.3333333|2315|7595|01/01/1956|Prominent, ice-covered peaks, the highest 2,315 m, situated 2 mi NE of Lewis Peaks on Arrowsmith Peninsula and extending in a NE-SW direction, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First sighted and roughly positioned in 1903 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, who named the feature for Charles Gravier, French zoologist. Surveyed in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, at which time the individual peaks making up this group were first identified.  The data for the present description is largely based upon a resurvey of the peaks in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).||
5971|Cape Gray|Cape|665100S|1432200E|-66.85|143.3666667||||A rock cape which forms the E side of the entrance to Commonwealth Bay.  The cape is actually a small rocky island which is joined to the icecap of the mainland by an ice ramp. Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who named it for Percy Gray, second officer on the expedition ship Aurora.||
5972|Mount Gray|Summit|750100S|1364200W|-75.0166667|-136.7||||A rounded, ice-worn mountain on the SW part of McDonald Heights in coastal Marie Byrd Land.  It stands on the east side of Hull Glacier, 2 mi north of Oehlenschlager Bluff.  Discovered on aerial flights from the West Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940, and named for Orville Gray, aviation machinist's mate, plane captain on these flights.||
5974|Gray Glacier|Glacier|822300S|1593500E|-82.3833333|159.5833333|||01/01/1966|A glacier in the Cobham Range, 6 mi long, lying S of Tarakanov Ridge and flowing SE to merge with Prince Philip Glacier where the two join the Nimrod Glacier.  Named by the Holyoake, Cobham, and Queen Elizabeth Ranges party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1964-65) for M. Gray, postmaster and assistant radio officer at Scott Base, 1965.||03/07/1997
5975|Gray Hill|Summit|825600S|0482900W|-82.9333333|-48.4833333|1020|3346|01/01/1968|A mainly ice-covered hill, 1,020 m, standing 2.5 mi S of Crouse Spur on the E side of Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Master Sergeant Kitt Gray, USAF, flight engineer and member of the Electronic Test Unit in the Pensacola Mountains, 1957-58.||
5976|Gray Nunatak|Summit|650600S|0600500W|-65.1|-60.0833333|||01/01/1952|Nunatak which lies 1.5 mi W of Arctowski Nunatak in the Seal Nunataks group, off the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula. First charted by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold during a sledge journey in 1902, and named by him probably for Captain David Gray, whaling skipper of Peterhead, Scotland.  Gray had planned an expedition to the Weddell Sea in 1891 but the plan was abandoned due to a lack of funds.||
5977|Gray Peak|Summit|842000S|1735600E|-84.3333333|173.9333333|2570|8432|01/01/1966|A prominent rock peak, 2,570 m, standing at the W side of Canyon Glacier in the Queen Maud Mountains, 4 mi NE of Mount Hermanson.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Thomas I. Gray, Jr., Weather Central meteorologist at Little America V, 1958.||
5978|Gray Rock|Summit|744100S|1631700E|-74.6833333|163.2833333|||01/01/1968|An isolated rock lying 4 mi ENE of Rhodes Head, at the SE side of Eisenhower Range, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1955-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Alvin M. Gray, radioscience researcher at McMurdo Station, summer 1965-66.||04/11/2001
5979|Grayson Nunatak|Summit|764700S|1433800W|-76.7833333|-143.6333333|||01/01/1972|A nunatak situated 3 mi west of Mount Crummey.  It is the northwesternmost feature of the Gutenko Nunataks, in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered and first mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Remapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Donald E. Grayson, engineer at Byrd Station, 1970.||
5980|Gray Spur|Ridge|851000S|0902900W|-85.1666667|-90.4833333|||01/01/1962|A rock spur between Aaron Glacier and Counts Icefall on the E side of Ford Massif, in the Thiel Mountains.  A small peak rises from the end of the spur.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Thiel Mountains party of 1960-61.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James L. Gray, Aviation Machinist's Mate, U.S. Navy (USN), who lost his life in a crash of a P2V Neptune aircraft soon after take-off from Wilkes Station, Nov. 9, 1961.||
5983|Greater Mackellar Island|Island|665800S|1423900E|-66.9666667|142.65|||01/01/1963|The largest of the Mackellar Islands, lying 2 mi N of Cape Denison in the center of Commonwealth Bay.  Discovered and named by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (191 1-14) under Douglas Mawson.||
5986|Greaves Peak|Summit|622800S|0595900W|-62.4666667|-59.9833333|240|787|01/01/1963|Sharp, dark, double-pointed peak, 240 m, near the NW end of Greenwich Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  This peak, presumably known to early sealers in the area, was charted by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1935 and given the descriptive name Black Peak.  In order to avoid duplication the name was changed by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961. Greaves Peak is named for Captain Greaves, Master of the British sealing vessel 1821-22.||
5987|Greben' Island|Island|663100S|0930100E|-66.5166667|93.0166667|||01/01/1961|Small island lying close N of the E end of Haswell Island in the Haswell Islands.  Photographed and plotted by the Soviet expedition of 1956, and named Greben' (comb) because of its ridgelike shape.||
5988|Greegor Peak|Summit|765300S|1451400W|-76.8833333|-145.2333333|550|1804|01/01/1970|A peak (550 m) 3 mi WSW of the summit of Mount Passel in the Denfeld Mountains of the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for David H. Greegor, biologist with the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Marie Byrd Land Survey II, 1967-68.||
5989|Cape Green|Cape|634000S|0565000W|-63.6666667|-56.8333333||||Low ice cliff forming the SE extremity of Tabarin Peninsula, on the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  Charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1946 and named for Michael C. Green, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) geologist who lost his life when the base hut at Hope Bay burned in November 1948.||
5991|Green Creek|Stream|773727S|1630333E|-77.624132|163.059169|||01/01/1953|A glacial meltwater stream, 0.65 mi long, flowing NE from the extremity of Canada Glacier into the SW end of Lake Fryxell, close E of Bowles Creek, in Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  The name was suggested by hydrologist Diane McKnight, leader of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) teams that made intensive studies of the hydrology of streams of the Lake Fryxell basin, 1987-94.  Named after William J. Green of Miami University, Oxford, Ohio, who conducted research on the geochemistry of the Onyx River, 1980-81, and Lake Fryxell, Lake Hoare, and their feeder streams, 1982-83.||
5992|Mount Greene|Summit|720600S|1681400E|-72.1|168.2333333|2220|7283|01/01/1964|A mountain (2,220 m) at the S side of the mouth of Freimanis Glacier at the point the latter joins Tucker Glacier, in the Admiralty Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for First Lieutenant John H. Greene, USA, commander of the helicopter detachment that supported the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Topo North-South survey of the area, 1961-62.||
5993|Greene Inlet|Stream|540300S|0380100W|-54.05|-38.0166667|||01/01/1963|Inlet immediately NW of Cape Paryadin at the W end of South Georgia.  The name Deep Inlet was probably given by Lieutenant Commander J.M. Chaplin, Royal Navy (RN), of the Discovery, during his survey of the Undine Harbor area in 1926 but it is not used locally.  The South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, reported that the feature requires a name, but that Deep Inlet is not sufficiently distinctive; it is descriptive of so many features at South Georgia.  Greene Inlet is named for Daniel Greene of New Haven, CT, who in 1790 commanded one of the first two American sealing vessels to visit South Georgia.||
5994|Greene Peninsula|Cape|542100S|0362600W|-54.35|-36.4333333||||A mountainous peninsula between Moraine Fjord and Cumberland East Bay, South Georgia.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1979 after Stanley Wilson Greene, British bryologist working in South Georgia from 1960; with British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1969-74, and the Institute of Terrestrial Ecology, Penicuik, from 1974.||
5995|Greene Point|Summit|734900S|1660900E|-73.8166667|166.15|||01/01/1969|An ice-covered point 7 mi NE of Andrus Point in Lady Newnes Bay, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Stanley W. Greene, biologist at McMurdo Station, 1964-65.||
5996|Greene Ridge|Ridge|831200S|1571000E|-83.2|157.1666667|||01/01/1966|A partially ice-covered ridge, 5 mi long, extending northward from Martin Dome to the southern edge of Argosy Glacier in the Miller Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Charles R. Greene, Jr., U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) ionospheric scientist at the South Pole Station, 1958.||
5997|Mount Greenfield|Summit|804600S|0273600W|-80.7666667|-27.6|1490|4888|01/01/1962|Ice-free mountain rising to 1,490 m and surmounting the W extremity of Stephenson Bastion in the Shackleton Range.  Mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and named after George C. Greenfield, literary agent of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1955-58.||
5998|Green Gable|Summit|604300S|0453600W|-60.7166667|-45.6|205|673||A hill rising to c. 205 m, W of Paal Harbor and 0.2 mi NW of Rusty Bluff on Signy Island, South Orkney Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from the green slopes (due to vegetation) below the cliffs of this feature.||
5999|Green Glacier|Glacier|645800S|0615200W|-64.9666667|-61.8666667|||01/01/1963|A glacier on the E side of Graham Land, 15 mi long and 4 mi wide, flowing from the plateau NE and then E into the W side of Hektoria Glacier.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for John R. Green, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) leader at Deception Island in 1950 and at Argentine Islands in 1951.||
6000|Green Glacier|Glacier|794300S|1561000E|-79.7166667|156.1666667|||01/01/1968|Glacier on the W side of Haskell Ridge, flowing N from the Darwin Mountains into Darwin Glacier.  Mapped by the Darwin Glacier Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58, who named it because of the green color of its surface.||
6001|Green Ice Rises|Glacier|662100S|0973700E|-66.35|97.6166667|||01/01/1955|A local swelling of the ice surface 5 mi east of Henderson Island, where the Shackleton Ice Shelf overrides an underlying obstruction.  Mapped by G.D. Blodgett (1955) from aerial photography taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Duane L. Green, radio operator and recorder with U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Windmill parties which established astronomical control stations along Wilhelm II, Knox, and Budd Coasts in January and February, 1948.||03/07/1997
6002|Green Island|Island|545300S|0360600W|-54.8833333|-36.1|||01/01/1965|Small, rounded, tussock-covered island which lies immediately SE of Cape Disappointment, the S tip of South Georgia.  The name "Green Islands," derived from their covering of tussock grass, was given in 1775 by a British expedition under Cook to a group of three islands lying close off Cape Disappointment.  The name "Grune Insel" or "Grun-Insel," meaning Green Island, was used for this island by Kohl-Larsen in 1930, presumably because of local usage.  The South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, reported that whalers and sealers, in practice, use separate names for the three islands, limiting the name Green Island to the northernmost one.  Brode Island is the central island and First Rock is southernmost of the three.  The name "Green Islands" given by Cook for the three islands is apparently not needed and has dropped from use.||
6003|Green Island|Island|651900S|0641000W|-65.3166667|-64.1666667|||01/01/1956|The northernmost island in the Berthelot Islands, lying just outside Collins Bay off the W coast of Graham Land. Discovered and first mapped by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot. The name derives from the luxuriant growth of moss nearly 4 acres in extent on the northern slopes of the island.||
6004|Green Lake|Lake|773259S|1660923E|-77.549778|166.156344|||01/01/1968|A small lake near the coast, about midway between Pony Lake and Coast Lake at Cape Royds, Ross Island.  Named by British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) because of its coloring.||
6006|Mount Greenlee|Summit|845100S|1770000W|-84.85|-177|2030|6660|01/01/1964|A steep-sided, jagged mountain (2,030 m) of metamorphic rock which overlooks the W side of Shackleton Glacier just E of Mount Butters.  Named by F. Alton Wade, leader of the Texas Tech Shackleton Glacier Party (1962-63), for David W. Greenlee, a member of the party.||
6007|Green Point|Summit|671900S|0593000E|-67.3166667|59.5|||01/01/1947|Rocky point forming the E extremity of Fold Island, at the W side of the entrance to William Scoresby Bay.  Discovered and named by DI personnel on the William Scoresby in February 1936.||
6009|Green Reef|Bar|644400S|0631700W|-64.7333333|-63.2833333|||01/01/1953|Group of low rocks in Neumayer Channel, lying close E of Green Spur, Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Charted from His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Snipe in January 1948 and so named because of proximity to Green Spur.||
6010|Green Rocks|Island|661400S|1103800E|-66.2333333|110.6333333|||01/01/1960|Small cluster of rocks, 0.25 mi E of Honkala Island and an equal distance offshore, in the E part of Swain Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and included in a 1957 survey of Swain Islands by Wilkes Station personnel under C.R. Eklund.  Named by Eklund for Construction Driver 2d Class Sydney E. Green, USN, a Navy support force member of the 1957 wintering party at Wilkes Station during the IGY.||
6011|Greenshields Peak|Summit|654000S|0642200W|-65.6666667|-64.3666667|||01/01/1971|Peak between Leroux and Bigo Bays, rising 1 mi W of Magnier Peaks on the W coast of Graham Land.  Mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for James N.H. Greenshields, pilot with the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) in this area, 1955-56.||
6012|Green Spur|Ridge|644300S|0632000W|-64.7166667|-63.3333333|||01/01/1952|Green colored spur extending from Copper Peak, on the SE side of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Probably first seen by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  The name appears on a map based upon a 1927 survey by DI personnel on the Discovery, but may reflect an earlier naming.||04/06/1998
6013|Greenstone Point|Summit|733000S|0941900W|-73.5|-94.3166667|||01/01/1963|High rock spur along the N front of the Jones Mountains, immediately E of Austin Valley.  Mapped by the University of Minnesota-Jones Mountains Party, 1960-61.  So named by the party because of the greenish color of the rock.||
6014|Green Valley|Valley|850400S|0903000W|-85.0666667|-90.5|||01/01/1962|A steep-sided, ice-filled valley that indents the E side of Ford Massif just N of Janulis Spur, in the Thiel Mountains.  The name was proposed by Arthur Ford and Peter Bermel, co-leaders of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Thiel Mountains party that surveyed these mountains in 1960-61.  Named for David H. Green, camp assistant with the party.||
6015|Greenville Hole|Basin|764300S|1605800E|-76.7166667|160.9666667|||01/01/1993|A circular depression, 200 m deep, in the center of Greenville Valley, Convoy Range, Victoria Land.  The feature is 1 mi in diameter, ice free and marks the lowest elevation in Convoy Range.  Named in association with Greenville Valley, q.v.||04/22/2011
6016|Greenville Valley|Valley|764400S|1605200E|-76.7333333|160.8666667|||01/01/1964|The large mainly ice-free valley lying S of Elkhor Ridge in the Convoy Range of Victoria Land.  A lobe of the Northwind Glacier flows a short distance W into the mouth of the valley. Near the head of the valley the S wall is breached by the entrance to Merrell Valley.  Explored in 1957 by the New Zealand Northern Survey Part of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.  Named by them after the U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) Greenville Victory, a freighter in the main American convoy into McMurdo Sound in the 1956-57 season.||
6017|Greenwell Glacier|Glacier|712000S|1650000E|-71.3333333|165|||01/01/1964|A major tributary glacier, 45 mi long, draining NW between Mirabito Range and Everett Range to enter Lillie Glacier below Mount Works, in northwest Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Martin D. Greenwell, U.S. Navy (USN), Commander of Antarctic Squadron Six (VX-6), 1961-62.||
6018|Greenwich Island|Island|623100S|0594700W|-62.5166667|-59.7833333|||01/01/1952|Island 15 mi long and from 0.5 to 6 mi wide, lying between Robert and Livingston Islands, in the South Shetland Islands. The name dates back to at least 1821 and is now established in international usage.||
6019|Greenwood Valley|Valley|772136S|1625102E|-77.359916|162.850457|||01/01/1964|Ice-filled valley at the W side of Wilson Piedmont Glacier, lying between Staefller Ridge and Mount Doorly in Victoria Land. Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Russell A. Greenwood, U.S. Navy (USN), who was in charge of heavy equipment maintenance at McMurdo Station, 1962.||
6020|Greer Peak|Summit|764700S|1442500W|-76.7833333|-144.4166667|||01/01/1970|A prominent peak, the northernmost of the Wiener Peaks, in the Denfeld Mountains of the Ford Ranges in Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) led by R. Admiral R.E. Byrd.  Named for Dr. William E.R. Greer, personal physician to Admiral Byrd in the 1950s.||
6025|Mount Gregory|Summit|825200S|1594400E|-82.8666667|159.7333333|2940|9646|01/01/1966|A mountain (2,940 m) at the south end of Hochstein Ridge in Queen Elizabeth Range.  It is the only large elevation rising from Cotton Plateau.  The name was suggested by the Holyoake, Cobham and Queen Elizabeth Ranges Part of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1964-65. Named for a geologist in the party, M. Gregory.||
6026|Gregory Bluffs|Cliff|704400S|1654900E|-70.7333333|165.8166667|||01/01/1964|High granite bluffs that form the E side of Nielsen Fjord on the N coast of Victoria Land.  Named by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) for C. Gregory, geologist with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Thala Dan) cruise.  Pilott John Stanwix, with Gregory and party leader Phillip Law, landed a helicopter at the foot of these bluffs to examine them, Feb. 12, 1962.||
6027|Gregory Glacier|Glacier|640800S|0604800W|-64.1333333|-60.8|||01/01/1965|Glacier flowing into Cierva Cove N of Breguet Glacier, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for H. Franklin Gregory, American pioneer in the development and use of helicopters.||
6028|Gregory Island|Island|764900S|1625800E|-76.8166667|162.9666667||||A small island lying just off the E coast of Victoria Land, 2.5 mi NE of Cape Archer.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04), at which time it was thought to be a coastal point and was named "Gregory Point," for John W. Gregory, director of the civilian staff of the expedition.  It was determined to be an island by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13).||
6029|Gregory Point|Summit|625500S|0623300W|-62.9166667|-62.55|||01/01/1963|Point on the W side of Smith Island, 7 mi SW of Cape Smith, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name Cape Gregory appears on a chart based on work by a British expedition under Foster, 1828-31; air photos now show that point is a more suitable descriptive term.||
6031|Gregory Ridge|Ridge|860300S|1574600W|-86.05|-157.7666667|||01/01/1967|A narrow rock ridge descending westward from northern Fram Mesa in the Queen Maud Mountains and terminating at the E side of Amundsen Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander N.B. Gregory, pilot on photographic flights during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1965.||
6032|Gregory Rock|Summit|774000S|1474600W|-77.6666667|-147.7666667|||01/01/1970|A rock that outcrops above the ice slopes of western Hershey Ridge, 7 mi WSW of Linwood Peak, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Elmer D. Gregory, aviation maintenance line crew supervisor at Williams Field, McMurdo Sound, during Operation Deep Freeze 1967.||04/06/2001
6034|Gremlin Island|Island|681600S|0671200W|-68.2666667|-67.2|||01/01/1963|Small rocky island which lies close NW of the tip of Red Rock Ridge, off the W coast of Graham Land.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  The island was used as a site for a depot by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1948-49, and was so named by them because of the mysterious disappearance of a ration box left there by a Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) sledging party.||
6035|Mount Grendal|Summit|773428S|1620035E|-77.574496|162.009592|2000|6562||A peak rising to 2,000 m between the heads of Valhalla Glacier and Conrow Glacier in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land. Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1962 from U.S. Navy aerial photographs taken 1947-59.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1983 from association with Mount Beowulf (q.v.) after Grendal (Grendel), the monster in the Old English epic poem Beowulf.||
6036|Gressitt Glacier|Glacier|713000S|1611500E|-71.5|161.25|||01/01/1964|A broad glacier, about 45 mi long, draining the area between Daniels Range and Emlen Peaks in the Usarp Mountains and flowing NE to enter the Rennick Glacier just N of Morozumi Range. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for biologist J. Linsley Gressitt, Program Director who made biological studies, particularly in the Ross Sea area, in six austral summers, 1959-60 to 1965-66.||
6037|Grew Peak|Summit|751800S|1103700W|-75.3|-110.6166667|1400|4593|01/01/1976|A peak over 1,400 m, one of several named peaks on the Mount Murphy massif in Marie Byrd Land.  The feature is located on the NE spur of the massif, between Benedict Peak and the loftier summit peaks.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Edward Grew, U.S. Exchange Scientist to the Soviet Antarctic station Molodezhnaya in 1973.||
6039|Grey Island|Island|604500S|0450200W|-60.75|-45.0333333|||01/01/1952|Island 0.6 mi S of Michelsen Island and 1 mi W of the S part of Fredriksen Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  First charted and named "Holmen Graa" (The Grey Island) on a map by the Norwegian whaler Captain Petter Sorlle, who made a running survey of the South Orkney Islands in 1912-13.  The anglicized form approved appears on the chart by DI personnel on the Discovery II who surveyed the islands in 1933.||04/06/1998
6040|Mount Grieg|Summit|713400S|0731000W|-71.5666667|-73.1666667|800|2625|01/01/1961|Snow-covered mountain, c. 800 m, with a rock-exposed W side, overlooking the SE part of Brahms Inlet on Beethoven Peninsula in the SW part of Alexander Island.  A number of mountains in this vicinity first appear on maps by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48.  This mountain, apparently one of these, was mapped from Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) air photos by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960; remapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), 1988.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Edvard Grieg (1843-1907), Norwegian composer.||
6041|Mount Grier|Summit|864100S|1485700W|-86.6833333|-148.95|3035|9957||A prominent mountain, 3,035 m, standing at the E side of the Scott Glacier where it forms the westernmost summit of the La Gorce Mountains, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn, and named by Byrd for Dr. G. Layton Grier, head of the L.D. Caulk Co. of Milford, DE, who contributed dental supplies to the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) of 1928-30 and 1933-35.||
6043|Mount Griffin|Summit|711100S|1661600E|-71.1833333|166.2666667|1760|5774|01/01/1964|A mountain (1,760 m) which stands 13 mi ESE of Mount Bolt and marks the S limit of the Anare Mountains in Victoria Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Chief Warrant Officer Joe R. Griffin, USA, helicopter pilot in support of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Topo East and Topo West expeditions, 1962-63, which included a survey of this mountain.||
6044|Griffin Nunatak|Summit|755500S|1582000E|-75.9166667|158.3333333|||01/01/1968|A flat-topped nunatak about 2 mi long, standing between Ambalada Peak and Terminal Peak in the Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant William R. Griffin, (MC) USN, officer in charge at South Pole Station, winter party 1966.||
6045|Mount Griffith|Summit|855300S|1553000W|-85.8833333|-155.5|3095|10154||A massive mountain, 3,095 m, standing 4 mi NNE of Mount Vaughan in the Hays Mountains of the Queen Maud Mountains.  First observed and roughly mapped in December 1929 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Laurence Gould.  Remapped in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn, and named by Byrd for Raymond Griffith, of Twentieth Century-Fox Pictures, who assisted in assembling motion-picture records of the expedition.||
6046|Griffith Glacier|Glacier|861100S|1492400W|-86.1833333|-149.4|||01/01/1967|A tributary glacier draining westward from the California Plateau and Watson Escarpment to enter Scott Glacier between Mount McKercher and Mount Meeks.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Philip G. Griffith, aircraft commander on photographic flights during Operation Deep Freeze 1966 and 1967.||
6047|Griffith Island|Island|662000S|1102900E|-66.3333333|110.4833333|||01/01/1963|Small island at the S entrance to Robertson Channel in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Chief Fire Patrolman Russell B. Griffith, USN, a member of the Wilkes Station party of 1958.||
6048|Griffith Nunataks|Summit|762800S|1434500W|-76.4666667|-143.75|||01/01/1947|Group of rock exposures on the S side of Balchen Glacier between O'Connor Nunataks and Mount Perkins, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in aerial flights over this area in 1940, and named for Clyde W. Griffith, machinist and tractor operator of this expedition.||
6049|Griffith Peak|Summit|854700S|1313100W|-85.7833333|-131.5166667|1800|5905|01/01/1967|A rock peak rising over 1,800 m in western Wisconsin Range, standing at the N side of the mouth of Hueneme Glacier at the junction with Reedy Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Raymond E. Griffith, cook with the winter parties at Byrd Station in 1961 and 1963.||
6050|Griffith Ridge|Ridge|712200S|1642300E|-71.3666667|164.3833333|||01/01/1970|A rock ridge 5 mi long in the Bowers Mountains, located just within the mouth of Champness Glacier, where the latter joins the larger Lillie Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Harry G. Griffith, U.S. Navy (USN), public works officer at McMurdo Station, 1967.||
6051|Mount Griffiths|Summit|662900S|0540300E|-66.4833333|54.05|1680|5512|01/01/1965|Elongated mountain with two prominent peaks of 1,650 and 1,680 m, standing 5 mi NW of Wilkinson Peaks in the Napier Mountains.  Plotted by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and called Mefjell (middle mountain), a name used elsewhere in Antarctica. The mountain was visited in 1961 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) sledge party and named by ANCA for G.S. Griffiths, a member of the Australian Antarctic Exploration Committee of 1886.||
6052|Grigg Peak|Summit|712600S|1670900E|-71.4333333|167.15|2130|6988|01/01/1970|A peak (2,130 m) located 7 mi W of the N tip of Lyttelton Range in the Admiralty Mountains of Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gordon C. Grigg, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1966-67.||
6053|Grikurov Ridge|Ridge|711700S|0690000W|-71.2833333|-69|||01/01/1975|A ridge that extends westward for about 6 mi from the south end of the LeMay Range, in Alexander Island.  The feature was mapped from trimetrogon air Photography taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and from survey by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1948-50.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Garrik Grikurov, Russian exchange geologist with the British Antarctic Survey, who worked in this area in 1963-64.||03/07/1997
6055|Grimes Glacier|Glacier|791200S|0842200W|-79.2|-84.3666667|||01/01/1966|Steep glacier descending from the E side of Anderson Massif, in the Heritage Range of the Ellsworth Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Master Chief Equipmentman Paul D. Grimes, USN, who supervised the construction crews during relocation of Williams Air Field at McMurdo Sound in the closing month of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1965.||
6056|Grimes Ridge|Ridge|743800S|1103000W|-74.6333333|-110.5|||01/01/1967|A high, mostly ice-covered ridge at the N side of Holt Glacier on Bear Peninsula, Walgreen Coast, in Marie Byrd Land. First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from air photos obtained by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in January 1947.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Captain E.W. Grimes, a member of the U.S. Army Aviation Detachment that provided Antarctic support during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1966.||
6057|Grimley Glacier|Glacier|690900S|0644000W|-69.15|-64.6666667|||01/01/1962|A tributary glacier, 15 mi long and 3 mi wide.  It lies 3 mi N of Sunfix Glacier and flows ENE into Casey Glacier in northern Palmer Land.  The glacier was photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) on Sept. 28, 1940, and by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) on Dec. 22, 1947.  It was surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in Dec. 1960.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Peter H. Grimley of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), geologist at Horseshoe Island and Stonington Island in 1960.||
6058|Mount Grimminger|Summit|731800S|0621800W|-73.3|-62.3|1680|5512|01/01/1953|Cone-shaped, mostly ice-covered mountain, 1,680 m, standing on the N side of Meinardus Glacier, close E of its juncture with Haines Glacier, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered and photographed from the air in December 1940 by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  During 1947 it was photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted it from the ground. Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for George Grimminger, American meteorologist and joint author of the meteorological reports of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30, and the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35, and a member of the latter expedition.||
6059|Grim Rock|Island|652300S|0642900W|-65.3833333|-64.4833333|||01/01/1950|A rock awash 3 mi SSE of Gedges Reef and 10 mi WNW of Cape Perez, lying in Grandidier Channel off the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted in February by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, and so named from its appearance.||
6060|Mount Grimsley|Summit|703600S|0663200E|-70.6|66.5333333|||01/01/1967|A small mountain 1 mi SW of Mount Abbs in the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1956 and 1960.  Named by ANCA for S.W. Grimsley, technical officer (ionosphere) at Wilkes Station in 1963.||
6061|Grimsley Peaks|Range|663400S|0534000E|-66.5666667|53.6666667|||01/01/1965|Five linear peaks just S of Stor Hanakken Mountain in the Napier Mountains, Enderby Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Remapped from air photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956 and named by ANCA for S.W. Grimsley, technical officer (ionosphere) at Wilkes Station in 1961.||
6062|Grinda Ridge|Ridge|715600S|0042600E|-71.9333333|4.4333333|||01/01/1967|A rock ridge 1.5 mi long, immediately N of Mount Grytoyr in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Grinda (the gate).||
6063|Grinder Island|Island|773400S|1492000W|-77.5666667|-149.3333333|||01/01/1970|One of the ice-covered islands in Marshall Archipelago, located within Sulzberger Ice Shelf, coastal Marie Byrd Land. The island is 7 mi long and 1 mi wide and lies 13 mi SW of Steventon Island.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Harry W. Grinder, aviation structural mechanic, U.S. Navy (USN), of McMurdo Station, 1967.||
6064|Grinder Rock|Island|635800S|0612600W|-63.9666667|-61.4333333|||01/01/1960|The southernmost of a group of rocks extending from the SE end of Intercurrence Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Shown on Argentine and Chilean government charts of 1957.  The name, given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960, is descriptive of this toothlike feature.||04/12/2001
6065|Grindle Rock|Island|590300S|0263700W|-59.05|-26.6166667|215|705|01/01/1952|Conspicuous rock, 215 m high, lying 0.7 mi W of Bristol Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  Discovered by a British expedition under Cook in 1775.  Recharted in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II and named by them for Sir Gilbert E.A. Grindle, Permanent Under-Secretary of State for the British Colonies.||
6066|Grindley Plateau|Plain|840900S|1660500E|-84.15|166.0833333|||01/01/1966|A high icecapped plateau in the central Queen Alexandra Range, bordered by the peaks of Mount Mackellar, Mount Bell and Mount Kirkpatrick.  Named by the Northern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for George Grindley, senior geologist of the party.||
6068|Grinnell Island|Island|661100S|1102400E|-66.1833333|110.4|||01/01/1960|Island 0.5 mi long, lying S of Chappel Island in the Donovan Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named by C.R. Eklund for Lieutenant Sheldon W. Grinnell, MC, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), medical officer at Wilkes Station, 1957.||
6069|Grizzly Peak|Summit|855800S|1512200W|-85.9666667|-151.3666667|2200|7218||A peak rising to 2,200 m on the SW flank of Mount Zanuck, in the Gothic Mountains, Queen Maud Mountains.  The feature was visited in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party and was included in "Darryl Zanuck Mountain."  The granite of this peak is highly jointed and fairly bristles with small spires, suggestive of the coat of a grizzly bear.||
6070|Grob Ridge|Ridge|832900S|0512200W|-83.4833333|-51.3666667|||01/01/1968|A narrow ridge, 3 mi long, located 3 mi S of Dyrdal Peak at the S end of Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard W. Grob, cook at Ellsworth Station, winter 1957.||
6071|Gromov Nunataks|Summit|674500S|0504000E|-67.75|50.6666667|||01/01/1971|A group of nunataks lying 7 mi ESE of Mount Henry in the Scott Mountains of Enderby Land.  Named by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1961-62, for M.M. Gromov, Soviet pilot.||
6072|Cape Gronland|Cape|641500S|0631900W|-64.25|-63.3166667|||01/01/1951|Cape which forms the northern extremity of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by a German expedition 1873-74, under Dallmann, who named it for his expedition ship, the Gronland.  It was later charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05.||
6075|Grossenbacher Nunatak|Summit|745200S|0740100W|-74.8666667|-74.0166667||||A nunatak at the SW end of Lyon Nunataks (q.v.), Ellsworth Land, 2 mi SW of Holtet Nunatak.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Ernest P. Grossenbacher, upper atmospheric physicist, Siple Station, 1970-71.||
6077|Gross Hills|Range|791800S|0832200W|-79.3|-83.3666667|||01/01/1966|The line of rugged hills and peaks located E of Schmidt Glacier, in the Heritage Range.  Named by the University of Minnesota Geological Party, 1963-64, for Barton Gross, geologist with the party.||
6079|Grossman Nunataks|Summit|745500S|0724000W|-74.9166667|-72.6666667|1500|4921|01/01/1994|A group of about a dozen nunataks in Ellsworth Land, rising 1,300-1,500 m in elevation and running NW-SE for 18 mi between Lyon Nunataks and Sky-Hi Nunataks.  The group includes features from Smith Nunataks and Whitmill Nunatak in the NW to Gaylord Nunatak and Neff Nunatak in the southeast.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1961-68, and U.S. Landsat imagery, 1973-74.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1994 after Charles Grossman, formerly Chief, Shaded Relief and Special Graphics Unit, Branch of Special Maps, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), a specialist in the production of maps of Antarctica.||
6080|Grosvenor Mountains|Summit|854000S|1750000E|-85.6666667|175|||01/01/1963|A group of widely scattered mountains and nunataks rising above the polar plateau E of the head of Mill Glacier, extending from Mount Pratt in the N to the Mount Raymond area in the S, and from Otway Massif in the NW to Larkman Nunatak in the SE. Discovered by R. Admiral Byrd on the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) flight to the South Pole in November 1929, and named by him for Gilbert Grosvenor, President of the National Geographic Society, which helped finance the expedition.  Several peaks near Mount Raymond were apparently observed by Shackleton in 1908, although they were then considered to be a continuation of the Dominion Range.||
6082|Grotto Glacier|Glacier|704500S|0683500W|-70.75|-68.5833333|||01/01/1955|Glacier on the E coast of Alexander Island which flows E to George VI Sound between Belemnite Point and Ablation Point.  It is 25 mi long, 3 mi wide where it emerges from the coastal mountains, and 7 mi wide at its mouth.  First photographed from the air on Nov. 23, 1935, by Lincoln Ellsworth and mapped from these photos by W.L.G. Joerg.  Roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) and resurveyed in 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  So named by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) because a sledge dog was rescued from a crystal-line crevasse in this glacier.||
6083|Grotto Island|Island|651400S|0641500W|-65.2333333|-64.25|||01/01/1950|Narrow island 0.5 mi long with a serrated coastline, lying 0.1 mi N of Galindez Island in the Argentine Islands, Wilhelm Archipelago.  Charted and named in 1935 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.||
6084|Groux Rock|Summit|761300S|1444700W|-76.2166667|-144.7833333|||01/01/1970|An isolated rock outcrop in the N part of the Phillips Mountains, 5 mi ENE of Mount June, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Roger G. Groux, shipfitter, U.S. Navy (USN), Byrd Station winter party, 1967.||
6085|Grove Mountains|Summit|724500S|0750000E|-72.75|75|||01/01/1966|A large, scattered group of mountains and nunataks extending over an area of approximately 40 by 20 mi, located 100 mi E of Mawson Escarpment.  First photographed from the air by aircraft of U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named by ANCA for Squadron Leader I.L. Grove, RAAF pilot with Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), who made a November 1958 landing in these mountains.||
6087|Groves Island|Island|753000S|1430500W|-75.5|-143.0833333|||01/01/1966|An ice-covered island 5 mi long, lying close off the coast of Marie Byrd Land between Siemiatkowski and Land Glaciers. Mapped from surveys by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Benjamin F. Groves, meteorologist at Byrd Station, 1964.||
6088|Growler Rock|Island|620700S|0580800W|-62.1166667|-58.1333333|||01/01/1952|Rock 1 mi NW of Lions Rump in the W part of King George Bay, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted and named during 1937 by DI personnel on the Discovery II. The term growler is used to denote small pieces of ice barely showing above water.||
6089|Grubb Glacier|Glacier|645600S|0623800W|-64.9333333|-62.6333333|||01/01/1965|Glacier flowing into Lester Cove, Andvord Bay, to the W of Bagshawe Glacier, on the W coast of Graham Land.  The glacier appears on an Argentine government chart of 1952.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Thomas Grubb (1800-78), Irish optician who designed and introduced the first aplanatic camera lens, in 1857.||
6092|Gruber Mountains|Summit|712200S|0132500E|-71.3666667|13.4166667|||01/01/1966|A small group of mountains consisting of a main massif and several rocky outliers, forming the NE portion of the Wohlthat Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39, under Ritscher.  The mountains were remapped by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, who named them for Otto von Gruber, the German cartographer who compiled maps of this area from air photos taken by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  This feature is not to be confused with "Gruber-Berge," an unidentified toponym applied by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) in northern Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains.||
6093|Gruendler Glacier|Glacier|723800S|1672800E|-72.6333333|167.4666667|||01/01/1970|A tributary glacier that drains the N slopes of Malta Plateau near Mount Hussey and flows N into Trainer Glacier, in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James D. Gruendler, member of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciological party to Roosevelt Island, 1967-68.||
6095|Gruening Glacier|Glacier|715200S|0615500W|-71.8666667|-61.9166667|||01/01/1947|Broad glacier descending SE between steep rock walls to the NW part of Hilton Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land. Discovered by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in a flight down this glacier from East Base on Dec. 30, 1940.  Named for Ernest H. Gruening, Director of the Division of Territories and Island Possessions, U.S. Department of the Interior, during the inception of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), and member of the Executive Committee by which the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) was directed, later U.S. Senator from Alaska.||03/07/1997
6097|Grunden Rock|Island|632400S|0565800W|-63.4|-56.9666667|15|49|01/01/1953|Rock 15 m high, surrounded by a group of smaller rocks, lying close E of Hut Cove along the S side of the entrance to Hope Bay, at the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, 1901-04.  The Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1945 named the entire group of rocks for Toralf Grunden, member of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) who wintered at Hope Bay in 1903, but in 1952 the name was restricted to the largest rock in this group for easier reference to the light beacon established on the main rock by the Argentine government during the previous season.||
6098|Grunehogna Peaks|Range|720300S|0024700W|-72.05|-2.7833333|||01/01/1966|A group of peaks 2 mi N of Liljequist Heights, in the S part of Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Grunehogna.||
6102|Gruvleflesa Knolls|Summit|714400S|0085000E|-71.7333333|8.8333333|||01/01/1967|Two low rock knolls rising above the glacial moraine just W of Gruvletindane Crags, in the Kurze Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Gruvleflesa.||
6103|Gruvletindane Crags|Cliff|714400S|0085900E|-71.7333333|8.9833333|2255|7398|01/01/1967|Rock crags, rising to 2,255 m and forming the N end of the Kurze Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Gruvletindane.  The feature is bounded on the western side by a large and prominent glacial moraine.||
6104|Mount Gryt�yr|Summit|720000S|0043100E|-72|4.5166667|2695|8842|01/01/1966|A broad ice-topped mountain, 2,695 m, between Flogeken Glacier and Stuttflog Glacier in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named for B. Grytoyr, meteorologist with Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-58).||
6107|Guano Island|Island|664600S|1413600E|-66.7666667|141.6|||01/01/1962|Rocky island 0.2 mi long, lying 0.2 mi S of Chameau Island at the SE end of the Curzon Islands.  Charted and named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) in 1951.  The name derives from the considerable deposits of penguin excrement there.||
6108|Guarcello Peak|Summit|795500S|0831000W|-79.9166667|-83.1666667|2050|6726|01/01/1966|A peak, 2,050 m, located 3.5 mi SSE of Mount Dolence in the Enterprise Hills, Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Dominic Guarcello, meteorologist at Little America V Station in 1958.||
6109|Guard Glacier|Glacier|710100S|0621000W|-71.0166667|-62.1666667|||01/01/1976|A broad tributary glacier that drains E along the S margin of Parmelee Massif to join Murrish Glacier, on the E side of Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charles L. Guard, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist who (with David E. Murrish) made investigations of peripheral vascular control mechanisms in birds in the Antarctic Peninsula region for three seasons, 1972-75.||
6114|Guardian Nunatak|Summit|834900S|1731400E|-83.8166667|173.2333333|210|689|01/01/1966|A rock exposure (210 m) on the ice-covered spur that descends from Mount Robert Scott east-northeastward toward the western edge of Hood Glacier, near the juncture with Ross Ice Shelf.  It is, as it were, guarding the entrance to the glacier, hence the name given by the New Zealand Alpine Club Antarctic Expedition, 1959-60.||
6115|Guardian Rock|Island|673300S|0671600W|-67.55|-67.2666667|||01/01/1956|A low ice-free rock lying in Bigourdan Fjord, 1.5 mi N of Parvenu Point, Pourquoi Pas Island, close off the W coast of the Antarctic Peninsula.  First surveyed in 1948-49 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS); so named by them because of the position of this rock which guards the NW entrance to The Narrows.||
6116|Mount Gudmundson|Summit|791300S|1575100E|-79.2166667|157.85|2040|6693|01/01/1965|A mainly ice-free mountain, 2,040 m, standing 6 mi NE of Fault Bluff in the Cook Mountains.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1959-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Julian P. Gudmundson (BUC), USN, explosive expert who wintered at Little America V in 1957.  He blasted the foundation for the nuclear power plant at McMurdo Station during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1961.||
6117|Guébriant Islands|Island|674800S|0682500W|-67.8|-68.4166667|||01/01/1963|Two small islands in the N part of Marguerite Bay, lying 5 mi SE of the SE cape of Adelaide Island.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, and named by Charcot for Father Guebriant, French missionary to China.||
6118|Mount Gueguen|Summit|650400S|0640000W|-65.0666667|-64|365|1197|01/01/1952|Sharp rocky peak, 365 m, standing 0.25 mi NW of Louise Peak in the N part of Booth Island, in the Wilhelm Archipelago. Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, who named it for F. Gueguen, stoker on the Francais, and later the Pourquoi Pas?.||04/06/1998
6120|Guéguen Point|Summit|650900S|0640700W|-65.15|-64.1166667|||01/01/1971|Point forming the S end of Hovgaard Island, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Charted and named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05, after J. Gueguen, one of the crew the ship 1908-10.||
6122|Guenter Bluff|Cliff|704000S|1594400E|-70.6666667|159.7333333|||01/01/1970|A prominent rock bluff on the west side of Pomerantz Tableland, Usarp Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Clarence A. Guenter, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) worker in the field of physiopsychology at South Pole Station, 1967-68.||
6123|Guépratte Island|Island|643000S|0630000W|-64.5|-63|||01/01/1953|Ice-covered island 1.5 mi long, lying between Anvers and Brabant Islands at the E side of the entrance to Fournier Bay, Palmer Archipelago.  This island was first shown on the Friederichsen map of 1895, embodying the 1873-74 explorations of a German expedition under Dallmann.  It was later charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, who named it after Captain Guepratte, French Navy.  The name Discovery Island, applied in 1927 by DI personnel on the Discovery, has been rejected in favor of the earlier name.||
6125|Mount Guernsey|Summit|692000S|0681400W|-69.3333333|-68.2333333|1250|4101|01/01/1955|Isolated, mainly ice-covered mountain, 1,250 m, standing 6 mi N of the summit of Mount Edgell, on the W coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  The name "Ile Guernesey" was given in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, after the island of Guernsey off the coast of France.  The position of "Ile Guernesey" on the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) maps does not agree with that of the mountain described above, but from the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) narrative and sketches by Bongrain, French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) surveyor, it has been determined that this mountain was the feature seen in 1909 by Charcot from a position near the center of the entrance to Marguerite Bay.  The mountain was surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), but no name was assigned.  It was further surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1948.||
6126|Guerrero Glacier|Glacier|783200S|0841500W|-78.5333333|-84.25|||01/01/1961|A glacier about 7 mi long, draining from the SE slopes of Mount Havener to the S side of Taylor Spur, in the SE part of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John F. Guerrero, meteorologist at South Pole Station in 1957.||
6128|Guesalaga Island|Island|641600S|0615900W|-64.2666667|-61.9833333|||01/01/1965|The northern of two islands lying off the E side of Lecointe Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Named by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition of 1947 for its commander, Capitan de Navio Federico Guesalaga Toro.||
6129|Guesalaga Peninsula|Cape|622900S|0594000W|-62.4833333|-59.6666667|||01/01/1972|A small, low-lying shingle covered peninsula on the E side of Discovery Bay, Greenwich Island, South Shetland Islands. Named by Chile for Captain Federico Guesalaga Toro, leader in 1947 of the Chilean expedition in Iquique and Angamos which established the permanent Arturo Prat scientific station on this peninsula.||
6131|Guest Peninsula|Cape|761800S|1480000W|-76.3|-148|||01/01/1966|A snow-covered peninsula about 45 mi long between Sulzberger Ice Shelf and Block Bay in the NW part of Marie Byrd Land.  Mitchell Peak, located on the peninsula, was sighted by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) in 1929.  This feature was defined and mapped as an island by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940.  It was determined to be a peninsula by U.S. Geological Survey cartographers from air photos taken by the U.S. Navy, 1962-65.  Named for Amy Guest, contributor to the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35.||
6132|Guettard Range|Range|742100S|0632700W|-74.35|-63.45|||01/01/1968|A mountain range, 40 mi long and 10 mi wide, located NW of Bowman Peninsula and between the Johnston and Irvine Glaciers, in the SE extremity of Palmer Land.  The feature was photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48.  It was mapped from U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for French naturalist and geologist Jean Etienne Guettard, 1715-86.||
6133|The Guides|Island|540400S|0365200W|-54.0666667|-36.8666667|||01/01/1952|Two tussock-covered islands lying off the E side of the entrance to Antarctic Bay along the N coast of South Georgia. Charted by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Filchner, 1911-12.  The name appears on a chart based upon surveys of South Georgia by DI personnel in the period 1926-30.||
6134|Guido Island|Island|645500S|0635000W|-64.9166667|-63.8333333|||01/01/1965|Island lying 1 mi NE of Prioress Island in the Wauwermans Islands, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1950; the name "Isla Guido Spano" appears on a 1957 chart and is for Carlos Guido Spano (1829-1918), a famous Argentine poet.||
6137|Guile Island|Island|654400S|0651100W|-65.7333333|-65.1833333|||01/01/1971|Island lying 1 mi SW of Duchaylard Island, in the Biscoe Islands.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 because, while there appears to be a number of landing places on this island, numerous underwater rocks make approach dangerous.||03/07/1997
6140|Gulbrandsen Lake|Lake|541200S|0364400W|-54.2|-36.7333333|||01/01/1963|Lake 0.5 mi long lying N of Neumayer Glacier in South Georgia.  Charted and named "White City" by the Br expedition under Shackleton, 1921-22, but this name is considered unsuitable and has never been used locally.  Gulbrandsen Lake was named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1957 for Gunnar Gulbrandsen, pattern-maker at the Compania Argentina de Pesca station at Grytviken, 1927-30, carpenter at Stromness, 1945-46, and variously carpenter, dockforeman, dockmaster, and junior officer at the South Georgia Whaling Co. station, Leith Harbor, for several years beginning in 1946.||03/07/1997
6141|Gulch Island|Island|635900S|0612900W|-63.9833333|-61.4833333|||01/01/1960|Island lying NW of Small Island in the Christiania Islands, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1952.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 because the island is deeply indented.||
6143|Gull Channel|Channel|681100S|0670000W|-68.1833333|-67|||01/01/1956|Channel 0.1 mi wide between Dynamite Island and Stonington Island, along the W coast of Graham Land.  First surveyed by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, and so named by them because numerous sea gulls frequented the channel area.||
6144|The Gullet|Stream|671000S|0673800W|-67.1666667|-67.6333333|||01/01/1956|Narrow channel between the E extremity of Adelaide Island and the W coast of Graham Land, separating Hansen and Day Islands and connecting the heads of Hanusse Bay and Laubeuf Fjord.  This area was first explored in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot who, though uncertain of the existence of the channel, sketched its probable position on the charts of the expedition.  The channel was first visited and roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  It was resurveyed and given this descriptive name in 1948 by members of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).||
6145|Gulliver Nunatak|Summit|661200S|0624000W|-66.2|-62.6666667|575|1886|01/01/1952|Nunatak with a flat, ice-free summit, 575 m, at the N side of Adie Inlet, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in 1947.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for the fictional character in Jonathan Swift's appearance is suggestive of a man lying on his back with his head toward the south.||
6146|Gull Lake|Lake|541700S|0363100W|-54.2833333|-36.5166667|||01/01/1956|Lake, 0.15 mi in diameter, lying close to the SW shore of King Edward Cove, 0.5 mi S of the abandoned whaling station at Grytviken, South Georgia.  First roughly surveyed and named "Mowensee" or "Moven See" (Gull Lake) by A. Szielasko, who visited South Georgia in 1906.  The English form Gull Lake was used by Robert Cushman Murphy in 1947, in describing his visit to the lake in November 1912.  This latter form, recommended by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954, is approved.||
6148|Mount Gunn|Summit|765200S|1604200E|-76.8666667|160.7|2465|8087|01/01/1962|Massive mountain, 2,465 m, standing in the Convoy Range about 7 mi NW of Mount Gran in Victoria Land Photographed in 1957 by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) and named by them for Bernard M. Gunn, a member of the party.||
6152|Gunnel Channel|Channel|670600S|0673300W|-67.1|-67.55|||01/01/1956|Channel, 0.5 mi wide and 7 mi long, situated in the S part of Hanusse Bay and separating Hansen Island from the W coast of Graham Land.  First observed from the air and roughly charted in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Surveyed from the ground in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) who gave this descriptive name.  The channel gives a false impression of such narrowness that a boat could not navigate it without scraping her gunnels (gunwales) on either side.||
6153|Mount Gunner|Summit|833200S|1693800E|-83.5333333|169.6333333|1430|4692|01/01/1970|A partially snow-covered peak (1,430 m) that rises from the southern part of Morris Heights in Queen Alexandra Range.  The peak was examined by the Ohio State University Geological Party, 1967-68.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John D. Gunner, Ohio State University geologist and a member of the party to this and other Antarctic localities in three summer seasons, 1967-70.||
6155|Gunnestad Glacier|Glacier|720300S|0235000E|-72.05|23.8333333|||01/01/1962|Glacier 13 mi long, flowing N between Mount Wideroe and Mount Walnum in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named for Lieutenant Alf Gunnestad, pilot with the Norwegian expedition under Lars Christensen, 1933-34.||
6156|Gunn Peaks|Range|732500S|0663600W|-73.4166667|-66.6|||01/01/1968|Isolated peaks 9 mi E of Mount Vang in southern Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert C. Gunn, glaciologist at Byrd Station, summer 1965-66.||
6157|Mount Gunter|Summit|685900S|0663400W|-68.9833333|-66.5666667|1970|6463|01/01/1962|A conspicuous mountain (1,970 m) with precipitous black rock cliffs on its W side, rising at the S side of Hariot Glacier, 3 mi E of Briggs Peak, on the W side of Antarctic Peninsula.  First roughly surveyed by British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) in 1936-37. Photographed by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in Nov. 1947 (trimetrogon air photography). Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1958.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Edmund Gunter (1581-1626), English mathematician whose "line of numbers" (1617) was the first step toward a slide rule; in 1620 he published tables of logarithm sines and tangents which revolutionized navigation.||
6158|Gurling Glacier|Glacier|703400S|0622000W|-70.5666667|-62.3333333|||01/01/1976|A glacier draining between Krebs Ridge and Leininger Peak into the SW corner of Smith Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after P. Gurling, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) surveyor who worked in the general vicinity of this feature.||
6159|Gurney Point|Summit|710000S|0672700W|-71|-67.45|610|2001|01/01/1955|Small rocky mass overlooking George VI Sound, rising to 610 m and marking the W extremity of the rock ridge separating Bertram and Ryder Glaciers on the W coast of Palmer Land.  The point was first seen and photographed from the air on Nov. 23, 1935 by Lincoln Ellsworth, and was mapped from these photographs by W.L.G. Joerg.  It was surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954 for Norman A. Gurney, a member of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37.||
6160|Gurnon Peninsula|Cape|742200S|1103500W|-74.3666667|-110.5833333|||01/01/1967|A completely ice-covered peninsula about 10 mi long, between Park and Bunner Glaciers in the NE part of Bear Peninsula, Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from air photos obtained by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in January 1947.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lieutenant P.J. Gurnon, USN, a Hercules aircraft commander in Antarctica during Operation Deep Freeze 1965-67.||
6162|Gustav Bull Mountains|Summit|675100S|0660900E|-67.85|66.15|||01/01/1947|A small group of bare, rugged mountain peaks and nunataks, lying 4 mi inland from the coast and 10 mi SW of Scullin Monolith in Mac. Robertson Land.  In January and February 1931 several Norwegian whale catchers, exploring this coast, made sketches of the land from their vessels and named this group the Gustav Bull Mountains for Captain Gustav B. Bull, at that time whaling manager of the Thorshammer.  The British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) (1929-31), under Douglas Mawson, made an airplane flight over this area in January 1930, returning for further exploration in February 1931.  They gave names to individual features in the group.||
6163|Gusty Gully|Valley|775334S|1612729E|-77.892874|161.458005|||01/01/1993|A small N-S valley, the upper portion of which is occupied by a glacier, between Mount Kuipers and Knobhead in Quartermain Mountains, Victoria Land.  So named by Alan Sherwood, NZGS party leader to the area, 1987-88, from the strong winds observed here, similar to Windy Gully located 3 mi to the west.||
6165|Gutenko Mountains|Summit|714000S|0644500W|-71.6666667|-64.75||||A large, scattered group of hills, nunataks and small mountains at the south end of Dyer Plateau in central Palmer Land.  The feature includes Elliott Hills, Rathbone Hills, Guthridge Nunataks and Blanchard Nunataks.  These mountains were seen from the air during flights of Nov. 21 and Dec. 23, 1947, by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition and are named for Sigmund Gutenko, U.S. Navy (USN), chief commissary steward with the expedition.  The mountains were mapped in detail by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.||
6166|Gutenko Nunataks|Summit|765300S|1434000W|-76.8833333|-143.6666667|||01/01/1947|Small, elongated nunataks 1 mi W of Mount Morgan in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered on aerial flights made from the West Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940, and named for Sigmund Gutenko, cook and steward at West Base.||
6167|Guthridge Nunataks|Summit|714800S|0643300W|-71.8|-64.55||||A scattered group of sharp peaked nunataks and small mountains, about 22 mi long and 6 mi wide, midway between Rathbone Hills and Blanchard Nunataks in the Gutenko Mountains of central Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Guy G. Guthridge, Director, Polar Information Service, Division of Polar Programs, National Science Foundation; Editor, Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names, from 1989 (Chairman from 1994).||
6169|Gutiérrez Reef|Bar|631800S|0575500W|-63.3|-57.9166667|||01/01/1964|A reef with 2 fathoms of water over it, located 0.2 mi NNE of the N end of Kopaitic Island in the Duroch Islands, Trinity Peninsula.  Named by the second Chilean Antarctic Expedition (1948) after a boatswain by the name Gutierrez.||
6171|Guyatt Ridge|Ridge|803800S|0292700W|-80.6333333|-29.45||||A ridge SW of Wedge Ridge in the S part of Haskard Highlands, Shackleton Range.  Surveyed by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1957, photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and further surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Malcolm J. Guyatt, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) general assistant, Halley Station, 1969-71, who worked in Shackleton Range, 1969-70.||
6172|Guyer Rock|Island|683300S|0690100W|-68.55|-69.0166667||||Low rock lying 16 mi W of Flyspot Rocks, Marguerite Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Named in 1986 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Lieutenant Simon T.G. Guyer, Royal Navy (RN), Officer of the Watch at the time His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Endurance grounded on the rock in the 1985-86 season.||
6173|Guyou Bay|Bay|640500S|0623500W|-64.0833333|-62.5833333|||01/01/1952|Bay 4 mi wide, which indents the W coast of Brabant Island between Claude Point and Metchnikoff Point, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, who named it for Captain Emile Guyou, French Navy, distinguished in the field of naval science and member of the commission which published the scientific results of the expedition.||
6175|Guyou Islands|Island|650300S|0632400W|-65.05|-63.4|||01/01/1965|Small group of islands lying 2 miles NE of Sonia Point in Flandres Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache (1897-99), and named for Emile Guyou (1843-1915), French mathematician who prepared a report on the magnetic results of the expedition.||
6176|Guy Peaks|Range|720900S|0985300W|-72.15|-98.8833333|||01/01/1968|A cluster of peaks located 3 mi NE of Mount Borgeson, overlooking Peale Inlet on Thurston Island.  Mapped from air photos made by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Arthur W. Guy, electrical engineer at Byrd Station, 1964-65.||01/28/2004
6177|Gwynn Bay|Bay|670500S|0575700E|-67.0833333|57.95|||01/01/1965|Bay close W of Hoseason Glacier along the coast of Enderby Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Breidvika (the broad bay).  Renamed by ANCA for Dr. A.M. Gwynn, officer in charge at Macquarie Island station in 1949.||
6178|Gygra Peak|Summit|715800S|0031600E|-71.9666667|3.2666667|1980|6496|01/01/1967|A rock peak, 1,980 m, just W of Risen Peak in the Gjelsvik Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Gygra (the giantess).||
6180|Haag Nunataks|Summit|770000S|0781800W|-77|-78.3||||Three low elevations aligned nearly N-S  The dominant central nunatak and the southern elevation have definite rock exposures; the minor northern elevation may be entirely snow covered.  The feature was discovered by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (1947-48), led by Finn Ronne, who named it "Mount Haag" for Joseph Haag, head of Todd Shipyards, New York, which worked on the expedition ship, Aerial photographs obtained by U.S. Navy Squadron VX-6 in 1966 show the feature to be a group of nunataks, not a mountain, and the name is amended accordingly by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN).||
6183|Haas Glacier|Glacier|854500S|1645500W|-85.75|-164.9166667|||01/01/1967|A steep tributary glacier draining northward from Rawson Plateau to enter the S side of Bowman Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charles G. Haas, meteorologist, South Pole Station winter party, 1960.||
6184|Haban Spur|Ridge|731800S|1630000E|-73.3|163||||A bold rock spur 3 mi N of Scarab Peak, extending NE from the E central part of Tobin Mesa in the Mesa Range, Victoria Land.  The feature was geologically studied by an Ohio State University field party during the 1982-83 season.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Marta A. Haban, a geologist in the party.||
6185|Habermehl Peak|Summit|714900S|0065500E|-71.8166667|6.9166667|2945|9662|01/01/1966|A peak (2,945 m) 3 mi S of Gessner Peak in the NE part of the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named for the director of the German Weather Service.  Remapped from air photos taken by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1958-59.||
6187|Hachinosu Peak|Summit|690100S|0393500E|-69.0166667|39.5833333|45|148|01/01/1968|A small hill, 45 m high, standing 0.2 mi E of Nishino-ura Cove and marking the highest point on East Ongul Island.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957, and named Hachinosu-yama (beehive peak).||
6188|Hackapike Bay|Bay|643100S|0625500W|-64.5166667|-62.9166667|||01/01/1952|Anchorage 4 mi NW of Ryswyck Point, entered W of False Island along the NE coast of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Charted and named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill.||
6189|Hackerman Ridge|Ridge|723900S|1674600E|-72.65|167.7666667|||01/01/1977|A large mountainous ridge trending N-S between the Gruendler and Rudolph Glaciers, in the Victory Mountains, of Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Norman Hackerman, member of National Science Board, 1968-78; Chairman since 1974.  He visited Antarctica in 1975 and 1977 as part of his official duties in support of the U.S. scientific program in Antarctica.||
6190|Mount Haddington|Summit|641300S|0573800W|-64.2166667|-57.6333333|1630|5348|01/01/1947|Mountain, 1,630 m, surmounting the central part of James Ross Island.  Discovered by a British expedition under Ross, Dec. 31, 1842, and named by him for the Earl of Haddington, then First Lord of the Admiralty.||
6191|Haddon Bay|Bay|631800S|0554400W|-63.3|-55.7333333|||01/01/1963|Bay lying immediately E of Mount Alexander along the S coast of Joinville Island.  Discovered in January 1893 by Thomas Robertson, master of the ship Active, one of the Dundee whalers.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1953 and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1956 for Prof. Alfred C. Haddon (1855-1940), who helped Dr. W.S. Bruce with his preparations for scientific work with the Dundee whaling expedition.||
6193|Hades Terrace|Bench|734100S|1633000E|-73.6833333|163.5|||01/01/1966|A steep, mainly ice-covered bluff along the E side of Campbell Glacier, situated just W of Vulcan Hills in the Southern Cross Mountains of Victoria Land.  Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1965-66, presumably from Greek mythology.||
6195|Hadley Peak|Summit|850100S|0904000W|-85.0166667|-90.6666667|2660|8727|01/01/1962|A peak (2,660 m) surmounting the escarpment at the N edge of Ford Massif in the Thiel Mountains.  The name was proposed by Peter Bermel and Arthur Ford, co-leaders of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Thiel Mountains party which surveyed these mountains in 1960-61.  Named for Jarvis B. Hadley of USCS, then Chief of the Branch of Regional Geology in the Eastern U.S. and administrator of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geology programs in Antarctica.||
6196|Hadley Point|Summit|735500S|1135800W|-73.9166667|-113.9666667||||The NE point of Murray Foreland, Martin Peninsula, on Bakutis Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  The point lies 5 mi SE of Cape Herlacher.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1959-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Richard C. Hadley, USN, who wintered at McMurdo Station in 1959 and other years through 1977; in charge of supply functions at McMurdo during last deployment.||
6197|Hadley Upland|Area|682900S|0662400W|-68.4833333|-66.4|1900|6234|01/01/1962|A triangular shaped remnant plateau with an undulating surface (1,500-1,900 m) in southern Graham Land.  It is bounded by Windy Valley and the Martin, Gibbs and Lammers Glaciers.  The existence of this upland was known to the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, F. Ronne and C.R. Eklund having travelled along Lammers and Gibbs Glaciers in Jan. 1941.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1948-50 and 1958.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after John Hadley (1682-1744), English mathematician who, at the same time as Thomas Godfey, independently invented the quadrant (the forerunner of the sextant), in 1730-31.||
6198|Haefeli Glacier|Glacier|671800S|0662300W|-67.3|-66.3833333|||01/01/1956|Glacier, 2 mi wide and 6 mi long, situated at the NW side of Finsterwalder Glacier and flowing SSW toward the head of Lallemand Fjord on the W coast of Graham Land.  With Finsterwalder and Klebelsberg Glaciers, its mouth merges with Sharp Glacier where the latter enters the fjord.  First surveyed in 1946-47 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named by them for Robert Haefeli, Swiss glaciologist.||
6199|Haffner Glacier|Glacier|712800S|1692400E|-71.4666667|169.4||||A small glacier discharging into Berg Bay along the N coast of Victoria Land.  First charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1898-1900, under C.E. Borchgrevink, who named it for Col. Haffner, Director of the Government Survey of Norway.||
6200|Hageman Peak|Summit|714300S|0704800W|-71.7166667|-70.8|940|3084||Peak rising to c. 940 m at the NW end of Staccato Peaks, Alexander Island.  The peak was photographed from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth in 1935.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Roger H. Hageman, USN, LC-130 aircraft commander, U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1969.||
6201|Mount Hager|Summit|705300S|1624800E|-70.8833333|162.8|2420|7940|01/01/1970|Mountain (2,420 m) located 6 mi W of Mount Cantello in Explorers Range, Bowers Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Clarence L. Hager, geophysicist at the South Pole Station, 1967-68.||
6202|Hagerty Peak|Summit|751700S|0681100W|-75.2833333|-68.1833333|||01/01/1968|Peak in the SE extremity of the Sweeney Mountains in Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Cornelius J. Hagerty, photographer with the McMurdo Station winter party in 1960.||
6203|Hagey Ridge|Ridge|745700S|1345600W|-74.95|-134.9333333|||01/01/1974|High snow-covered ridge, between Bjornert Cliffs and Johnson Glacier, forming the E end of McDonald Heights on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  The ridge was first photographed from aircraft of the U.S. Antarctic Service in December 1940.  It was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Donald W. Hagey, U.S. Navy (USN), Officer-in-Charge at Byrd Station in 1969.||
6204|Haggerty Hill|Summit|775700S|1641200E|-77.95|164.2|1100|3609|01/01/1992|A mostly ice-free peak, 1,100 m, standing 0.5 mi SE of Salmon Hill and immediately N of the snout of Salmon Glacier, on the Scott Coast, Victoria Land.  Named in 1992 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Patrick R. Haggerty of Holmes and Narver, Inc., who managed logistics and construction activities at McMurdo Station, South Pole Station, Siple Station and various field camps during the 1970's and 1990's.  He introduced female construction workers to the U.S. Antarctic Program for the first time during the 1978-79 season, and implemented computer based construction scheduling in the 1990's.||
6205|Haggits Pillar|Pillar|672400S|1795500W|-67.4|-179.9166667|65|213|01/01/1952|A column of rock (65 m) in the South Pacific Ocean, lying 0.1 mi W of Scott Island and some 315 mi NNE of Cape Adare, Victoria Land.  Discovered in December 1902 by Captain William R. Colbeck, Royal Navy Reserve (RNR),) commander of the Morning, relief ship to the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, under Scott.  The name was used on official charts of the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) drawn by Lieutenant George F.A. Mulock.||
6207|Hag Pike|Summit|685700S|0665900W|-68.95|-66.9833333|710|2329|01/01/1962|A conspicuous rock column (710 m) on the N side of Wordie Ice Shelf near the W coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  Together with the mountain to the N, it forms the W side of the mouth of Harlot Glacier.  Photographed from the air by British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1937, and by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1948-50, and 1958.  The name by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) is descriptive, "hag" being the stump of a tree which remains after felling.||04/11/2001
6208|Håhellerbotnen Cirque|Basin|715400S|0060500E|-71.9|6.0833333|||01/01/1967|A large cirque on the E side of Hahelleregga Ridge in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956 60) and named Hahellerbotnen (the shark cave cirque).||
6209|Håhelleregga Ridge|Ridge|715200S|0055800E|-71.8666667|5.9666667|||01/01/1967|An irregular rock ridge just N of Hahellerskalvet in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Hahelleregga (the shark cave ridge).||
6210|Håhelleren Cove|Bay|715500S|0060400E|-71.9166667|6.0666667|||01/01/1967|A cove indenting the N side of Håhellerskarvet in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Plotted from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Håhelleren (the shark cave).||
6211|Håhellerskarvet|Summit|715700S|0060800E|-71.95|6.1333333|2910|9547|01/01/1967|A broad, partially ice-covered mountain, 2,910 m, between Austreskorve and Lunde Glaciers in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Plotted from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Håhellerskarvet (the shark cave mountain).||
6212|Mount Hahn|Summit|691700S|0700900W|-69.2833333|-70.15|1100|3609||A mountain (c. 1,100 m) between Walter Glacier and Hampton Glacier at the head of Schokalsky Bay, Alexander Island. Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1948-50.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Gerald L. Hahn, USN, LC-130 aircraft pilot, U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1975 and 1976.||
6213|Hahn Island|Island|781500S|1645800E|-78.25|164.9666667|||01/01/1963|Island 1 mi long, lying 7 mi N of Mount Discovery, on the E side of Koettlitz Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and Navy air photos.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1963 for Commander James Hahn, U.S. Navy (USN), public information officer on the staff of the Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, for several years preceding 1963.||
6214|Haigh Nunatak|Summit|711500S|0711300E|-71.25|71.2166667|||01/01/1970|A low peak 12 mi NE of Pickering Nunatak on the E side of the mouth of Lambert Glacier.  Photographed from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1957.  Visited by a geological party of the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in January 1966.  Named by ANCA for J. Haigh, geophysicist at Mawson Station in 1965, who accompanied the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) party.||
6215|Haigh Point|Summit|645500S|0630600W|-64.9166667|-63.1||||A point W of Mount Banck, Danco Coast, forming the N entrance point of Thomas Cove (q.v.).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with the cove after Dorothy Haigh, Head, Cartographic Section, Foreign and Commonwealth Office, 1948-70, with responsibility for preparing UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) maps.||
6216|Hailstorm Island|Island|661300S|1103700E|-66.2166667|110.6166667|||01/01/1960|Rocky island, 0.25 mi long, between Cameron Island and the E end of Burnett Island in the central part of Swain Islands. First roughly mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and included in a 1957 survey of Swain Islands by Wilkes Station personnel under C.R. Eklund.  Named by Eklund for Radioman Kenneth J. Hailstorm, USN, a Naval support force member of the 1957 wintering party at Wilkes Station during the IGY.||
6218|Haines Glacier|Glacier|732100S|0623300W|-73.35|-62.55|||01/01/1953|Glacier 4 mi wide, flowing in a SE direction and joining Meinardus Glacier immediately E of Mount Barkow, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered and photographed from the air in December 1940 by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  During 1947 the glacier was photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted it from the ground.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for William C. Haines, American meteorologist and member of the Byrd Antarctic Expeditions of 1928-30 and 1933-35, and joint author of the meteorological reports of these two expeditions.||
6219|Haines Mountains|Summit|773400S|1462000W|-77.5666667|-146.3333333|||01/01/1947|Range of ice-capped mountains trending NW-SE for about 25 mi and forming the SW wall of Hammond Glacier, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) in 1934, and named for William C. Haines, meteorologist of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1928-30 and 1933-35).||
6220|Håkollen Island|Island|670000S|0571500E|-67|57.25|100|328|01/01/1965|Island 1 mi long, rising to 100 m, lying in the SW part of the Oygarden Group.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and called Hakollen (the shark knoll).||
6222|Håkon Col|Gap|715400S|0085200E|-71.9|8.8666667|||01/01/1967|A col at the S side of Saether Crags in the Kurze Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named for Hakon Saether, medical officer with Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-57).||
6223|Mount Hale|Summit|780400S|0861900W|-78.0666667|-86.3166667|3595|11794|01/01/1960|Mountain (3,595 m) standing 1.5 mi NW of Mount Davis in the main ridge of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains. Discovered by the Marie Byrd Land Traverse party, 1957-58, under C.R. Bentley, and named for Daniel P. Hale, auroral physicist at Byrd Station and member of the traverse party.||
6224|Hale Glacier|Glacier|721300S|1003300W|-72.2166667|-100.55|||01/01/1960|Glacier about 6 mi long, located just E of Mount Simpson on Thurston Island and flowing SW to Abbot Ice Shelf in Peacock Sound.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 in January 1960.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) Bill J. Hale, USN, helicopter pilot aboard USS Burton Island who made exploratory flights to Thurston Island in February 1960.||01/28/2004
6225|Hales Peak|Summit|640800S|0620900W|-64.1333333|-62.15|||01/01/1965|A peak rising from the northeast shoulder of Mount Cabeza in the northeast part of Brabant Island, Palmer Archipelago. Mapped from air photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys, Ltd., 1956-57.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Stephen Hales (1677-1761), English curate of Teddington, who first estimated blood pressure, and made important advances in hygiene.||
6226|Haley Glacier|Glacier|713300S|0615000W|-71.55|-61.8333333|||01/01/1976|A glacier, 8 mi long, draining SE along the N side of Rowley Massif into Odom Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Philip H. Haley, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at Palmer Station, 1973.||
6227|Half Black Peak|Summit|714700S|1634000E|-71.7833333|163.6666667|2000|6562||A peak 2 mi NE of Mount Edixon, rising to over 2,000 m in the SE part of Lanterman Range, Bowers Mountains (q.v.). Descriptively named in 1983 by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) on the proposal of M.G. Laird, because of the proximity of All Black Peak (q.v.) and from the color of this peak, half black rock and half snow.||
6228|Half Century Nunatak|Summit|852200S|1785000W|-85.3666667|-178.8333333|||01/01/1966|A prominent nunatak, displaying a high east-facing rock escarpment, located 4 mi N of Dismal Buttress at the W side of upper Shackleton Glacier.  Named by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) which, near this nunatak, celebrated the 50th anniversary of Amundsen reaching the South Pole.||
6229|Half Dome Nunatak|Summit|822700S|1591400E|-82.45|159.2333333|||01/01/1966|Nunatak lying 2 mi S of Cobham Range, at the mouth of Lucy Glacier.  So named by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) because it is rounded on one side and cut into sheer cliffs on the other side.||
6233|Half Moon Beach|Beach|622900S|0604700W|-62.4833333|-60.7833333|||01/01/1960|Small beach lying 1 mi SE of Scarborough Castle on the N coast of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  This descriptive name was recorded by Robert Fildes, who had sealers working here in 1820-21 and 1821-22.||
6234|Halfmoon Bluff|Cliff|851300S|1753800W|-85.2166667|-175.6333333|||01/01/1966|A rock bluff overlooking the E side of Shackleton Glacier, rising immediately N of the mouth of Brunner Glacier, in the Cumulus Hills.  So named by the Texas Tech Shackleton Glacier Expedition (1964-65) because its sheer cliffs and crescent shaped top give it the appearance of a half moon.||
6235|Half Moon Island|Island|623600S|0595500W|-62.6|-59.9166667|||01/01/1952|Crescent-shaped island 1.25 mi long, lying in the entrance to Moon Bay on the E side of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  This island was known to sealers in the area as early as 1821.  The name, which suggests its shape, appears on a chart based upon a 1935 survey by DI personnel on the Discovery II.||04/07/1998
6236|Half-ration Névé|Glacier|730100S|1633000E|-73.0166667|163.5|||01/01/1967|A large neve at the head of Aviator Glacier in Victoria Land.  It is largely enclosed on the W side by the Mesa Range.  So named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, because its resupply was delayed several days by blizzards and the party was limited to reduced rations.||
6237|Halfthree Point|Summit|621400S|0585700W|-62.2333333|-58.95|||01/01/1960|Point forming the SE end of Fildes Peninsula, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted and named by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1935.||
6238|Halfway Island|Island|644500S|0641200W|-64.75|-64.2|||01/01/1965|Island lying 2.5 mi NW of Litchfield Island, off the SW coast of Anvers Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  Surveyed by the British Naval Hydrographic Survey Unit in 1956-57.  The name arose because the island lies halfway between Arthur Harbor and Cape Monaco, a route frequently traveled by boat by members of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) at the Arthur Harbor station.||
6239|Halfway Nunatak|Summit|782300S|1610600E|-78.3833333|161.1|||01/01/1962|An isolated nunatak on the W side of The Landing, and almost in the center of the upper Skelton Glacier.  Surveyed and descriptively named in 1957 by the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.||
6240|Hålisen Glacier|Glacier|720200S|0085100E|-72.0333333|8.85|||01/01/1966|A cirque glacier between Halisrimen Peak and Halisstonga Peak in the Kurze Mountains of Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Halisen (the slippery ice).||
6241|Hålishalsen Saddle|Gap|720700S|0090400E|-72.1166667|9.0666667|||01/01/1966|An ice saddle between the Kurze Mountains and the interior ice plateau close southward, in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Halishalsen (the slippery ice neck).||
6242|Hålisrimen Peak|Summit|720100S|0085200E|-72.0166667|8.8666667|2655|8711|01/01/1966|Peak, 2,655 m, rising 2 mi NW of Halisstonga Peak in the Kurze Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Halisrimen (the slippery ice frost).||
6243|Hålisstonga Peak|Summit|720200S|0085700E|-72.0333333|8.95|2780|9121|01/01/1966|Peak, 2,780 m, marking the S end of the Kurze Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Halisstonga.||
6244|Mount Hall|Summit|845500S|1702200W|-84.9166667|-170.3666667|2430|7972|01/01/1962|A rock peak (2,430 m) standing 1.5 mi SW of Mount Daniel, surmounting the snow-covered, tabular mountain block which forms the S end of Lillie Range, in the foothills of the Prince Olav Mountains.  Discovered and photographed by the U.S. Ross Ice Shelf Traverse Party (1957-38) under A.P. Crary, and named by him for Lieutenant Commander Ray E. Hall, USN, pilot of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 during Deep Freeze Operations.||
6245|Hall Cliff|Cliff|715900S|0683700W|-71.9833333|-68.6166667|||01/01/1975|A sandstone cliff 1 mi long, located along the S side of Saturn Glacier and 1 mi W of Citadel Bastion in eastern Alexander Island.  The feature was mapped from trimetrogon air photography taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and from survey by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1948-50.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from association with Saturn Glacier after Asaph Hall (1829-1907), the American astronomer who contributed toward the discovery of Saturn and also discovered the satellites of the planet Mars.||
6246|Halle Flat|Flat|764000S|1595000E|-76.6666667|159.8333333|||01/01/1965|A relatively flat area just southward of Coxcomb Peak in the Allan Hills, Victoria Land.  Reconnoitered by the New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) Allan Hills Expedition, 1964.  They gave the name after Thore G. Halle whose pioneering work (1913) on Antarctic fossil plants forms part of the scientific reports on Otto Nordenskjold's Swedish Antarctic Expedition of 1901-04.||
6247|Haller Rocks|Island|640400S|0620600W|-64.0666667|-62.1|||01/01/1960|Small group of rocks in the E part of Bouquet Bay, lying 2 mi NW of the SW end of Liege Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos in 1959.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Albrecht von Haller (1708-1777), Swiss physiologist who made important contributions to medical knowledge (e.g., mechanism of heartbeat, action of bile).||
6249|Cape Hallett|Cape|721900S|1701600E|-72.3166667|170.2666667|||01/01/1947|A bold rock cape forming the north tip of Hallett Peninsula, on the coast of Victoria Land.  Discovered in 1841 by Sir James Clark Ross who named it for Thomas R. Hallett, purser on one of the expedition ships, the Erebus.||
6250|Hallett Peninsula|Cape|723000S|1701000E|-72.5|170.1666667|1500|4921|01/01/1962|Triangular, dome-shaped peninsula, 20 mi long, with 1,500 m cliffs on its E. seaboard side and 300 m on its W side.  The peninsula extends from Cape Hallett to Cape Wheatstone and is joined to the mainland by a narrow ridge between Tucker Glacier and Edisto Inlet.  So named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, because Hallett station on Seabee Hook was established at the N end of the peninsula.||
6251|Mount Hallgren|Summit|732300S|0032200W|-73.3833333|-3.3666667|||01/01/1962|A mountain, largely ice-covered, with a steep, rocky northern face, situated 27 mi SW of Neumayer Cliffs in the Kirwan Escarpment, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and additional air photos (1958-59), and named for Stig E. Hallgren, photographer with Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE).||
6253|Hall Island|Island|540000S|0380800W|-54|-38.1333333|||01/01/1964|A small, steep-sided, tussock-covered island between Verdant Islands and Proud Island in the Willis Islands, South Georgia.  Charted by DI personnel on the Discovery in the period 1926-30.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Commander Geoffrey P.D. Hall, Royal Navy (RN), Commanding Officer of His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Owen which surveyed the area in 1960-61.||
6254|Hall Nunatak|Summit|785900S|0872400W|-78.9833333|-87.4|||01/01/1966|A small nunatak about 2 mi southeastward of Thomas Nunatak, situated along the ice escarpment at the head of Minnesota Glacier, in the Ellsworth Mountains.  Named by the University of Minnesota Geological Party to these mountains (1963-64) for George S. Hall, helicopter crew chief with the U.S. Army (USA) 62nd Transportion Corps Detachment, who assisted the party.||
6256|Hall Nunataks|Summit|704800S|0664500E|-70.8|66.75|||01/01/1967|A group of four nunataks about 6 mi ESE of Mount Bunt in the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1960.  Named by ANCA for R.G. Hall, assistant diesel mechanic at Wilkes Station in 1964.||
6257|Hall Peak|Summit|792900S|0834500W|-79.4833333|-83.75|2170|7119|01/01/1966|A peak, 2,170 m, in the Heritage Range, surmounting the dividing ridge at the upper reaches of Rennell Glacier, Schmidt Glacier and Larson Valley.  Named by the University of Minnesota Geological Party to these mountains, 1963-64, for Walter D.M. (Mike) Hall, geologist with the party.||
6258|Hall Peninsula|Cape|624600S|0611400W|-62.7666667|-61.2333333|||01/01/1965|Small peninsula 2 mi SW of President Head on the E side of Snow Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name Basil Halls Island was applied to Snow Island by James Weddell in 1820-23, for Captain Basil Hall, Royal Navy (RN) (1788-1844). Hall Peninsula was given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961 in order to preserve Weddell's name on the island.||
6259|Hall Ridge|Ridge|704200S|0631200W|-70.7|-63.2|||01/01/1976|A low, snow-covered ridge 5 mi S of the Eland Mountains in Palmer Land.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Phillip L. Hall, U.S. Army, Assistant Civil Engineering Officer on the staff of the Commander, Naval Support Force, Antarctica, during Operation Deep Freeze, 1969 and 1970.||
6260|Hall Rock|Summit|765100S|1592000E|-76.85|159.3333333|||01/01/1971|A large rock located 2 mi NW of Carapace Nunatak at the edge of the polar plateau of Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for geologist Bradford A. Hall who, with Harold W. Borns, did research on the so-called Mawson Tillite in this vicinity, 1968-69.||04/11/2001
6261|Halpern Point|Summit|631800S|0575000W|-63.3|-57.8333333|||01/01/1964|A point on the northern coast of Trinity Peninsula directly south of the eastern part of the Duroch Islands.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Martin Halpern of the Geophysical and Polar Research Center, University of Wisconsin, Madison, leader of the field party which geologically mapped this area, 1961-62.||
6262|Halsknappane Hills|Range|720400S|0060100E|-72.0666667|6.0166667|||01/01/1966|A group of low rock hills just W of Skorvehalsen Saddle in the E part of the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Halsknappane (the neck buttons).||
6263|Halverson Peak|Summit|714700S|1644400E|-71.7833333|164.7333333|1710|5610|01/01/1970|A peak (1,710 m) which marks the E side of the terminus of Rawle Glacier, in the King Range of the Concord Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Jack E. Halverson, U.S. Navy (USN), chief electronics technician and member of the McMurdo Station party, 1967.||
6264|Halvfarryggen Ridge|Ridge|711000S|0064000W|-71.1666667|-6.6666667|||01/01/1970|A broad snow-covered ridge separating the Ekstrom and Jelbart Ice Shelves, on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  First mapped by the Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE), 1949-52.  They referred to the feature as "Isrygg" (ice ridge), but it was subsequently named Halvfarryggen (the half way ridge) by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60.||
6265|Hamarglovene Crevasses|Valley|715600S|0050500E|-71.9333333|5.0833333|||01/01/1967|A crevasse field in lower Vestreskorve Glacier just E of Hamaroya Mountain, in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Hamarglovene (the hammer clefts).||
6266|Hamarøya Mountain|Summit|715600S|0045700E|-71.9333333|4.95|||01/01/1967|An isolated ice-free mountain in the middle of the mouth of Vestreskorve Glacier in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Hamaroya (the hammer island).||
6268|Hamarskaftet Nunataks|Summit|715000S|0045800E|-71.8333333|4.9666667|||01/01/1967|A row of nunataks about 5 mi long, lying 2 mi NW of Swarthamaren Mountain in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Hamarskaftet (the hammer handle).||
6269|Hamarskorvene Bluff|Cliff|720100S|0051400E|-72.0166667|5.2333333|||01/01/1966|A rock and ice bluff just E of Kvithamaren Cliff in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Hamarskorvene.||
6270|Hamartind Peak|Summit|723300S|0003900E|-72.55|.65|||01/01/1966|A peak at the E extremity of Hamrane Heights in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Hamartind (the crag peak).||
6272|Hamberg Glacier|Glacier|542100S|0363100W|-54.35|-36.5166667|||01/01/1953|Glacier which flows in an ENE direction from the NE side of Mount Sugartop to the W side of the head of Moraine Fjord, South Georgia.  Charted by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold, who named it for Axel Hamberg, Swedish geographer, mineralogist and Arctic explorer.||
6274|Hamberg Lakes|Lake|541900S|0363100W|-54.3166667|-36.5166667|||01/01/1958|Two adjoining lakes lying near the N outlet of Hamberg Glacier, 1 mi W of Moraine Fjord, Cumberland East Bay, South Georgia.  First surveyed by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold.  The name derives from nearby Hamberg Glacier, and was given by A. Szielasko who explored this vicinity in 1906.||
6276|Hamblin Glacier|Glacier|662400S|0650700W|-66.4|-65.1166667|||01/01/1971|Glacier flowing to the SE side of Widmark Ice Piedmont, in Graham Land.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1955-57, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Theodore Hamblin (1890 1952), English optician who in the 1930s helped in the evolution of the first satisfactory snow goggle design.||
6278|Hamburg Bay|Bay|643000S|0635700W|-64.5|-63.95|||01/01/1951|Bay indenting the NW coast of Anvers Island immediately S of Bonnier Point, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered but incompletely defined by a German expedition 1873-74, under Dallmann, who named it for Hamburg, Germany, home port of the expedition.  The bay was more accurately mapped by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot.||
6280|Hamer Hill|Summit|643200S|0593500W|-64.5333333|-59.5833333|505|1657||A hill (505 m) on the eastern edge of the central mountain mass of Sobral Peninsula, Nordenskjold Coast, Graham Land. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Richard D. Hamer, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist, Rothera Station, 1978-79 and 1980-81, who worked in the area.||
6282|Mount Hamilton|Summit|804000S|1581700E|-80.6666667|158.2833333|1990|6529||A mountain, 1,990 m, standing at the E edge of Kent Plateau, 7 mi S of Mount Tuatara, in the Churchill Mountains. Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named for Admiral Sir Richard Vesey Hamilton, who served on Arctic voyages (1850-54) and was a member of the Ship Committee for this expedition.||
6283|Mount Hamilton|Summit|854400S|1515300W|-85.7333333|-151.8833333|1410|4626||A mountain 1,410 m, which marks the W end of the Tapley Mountains, standing at the E side of the lower reaches of Scott Glacier in the Queen Maud Mountains.  First observed by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Laurence Gould in December 1929. Visited in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn, and named by Byrd for G.C. Hamilton, general manager of the McClatchy Newspapers, of Sacramento, CA, who was a contributor to the expedition.||
6284|Hamilton Bay|Bay|544800S|0355400W|-54.8|-35.9|||01/01/1963|Small bay at the mouth of Salomon Glacier, indenting the SE coast of South Georgia 0.4 mi NE of the mouth of Drygalski Fjord. Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for James E. Hamilton (1893-1957), Colonial Naturalist to the Falkland Islands, who was seconded for service with the Discovery Investigations, 1925-28.||
6285|Hamilton Bluff|Cliff|694400S|0735600E|-69.7333333|73.9333333|||01/01/1971|A rock bluff on the coast of Antarctica, about 2 mi W of Palmer Point and 10 mi W of Mount Caroline Mikkelsen.  First mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Visited by I.R. McLeod, geologist with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey party, 1969.  Named by ANCA for R. Hamilton, helicopter pilot with Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Nella Dan) in 1968.||
6286|Hamilton Cliff|Cliff|850100S|0901800W|-85.0166667|-90.3|600|1968|01/01/1962|An imposing rock cliff that rises more than 600 m and forms the NE extremity of Ford Massif, in the Thiel Mountains.  The name was proposed by Peter Bermel and Arthur Ford, co-leaders of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Thiel Mountains party which surveyed these mountains in 1960-61.  Named for Warren B. Hamilton, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) representative in charge of geologic studies in the McMurdo Sound dry valley area, 1958-59.||
6287|Hamilton Glacier|Glacier|824000S|1601500E|-82.6666667|160.25|||01/01/1966|A glacier about 12 mi long flowing from the NW slopes of Markham Plateau in the Queen Elizabeth Range into Nimrod Glacier. Named by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) for W.M. Hamilton, Sec. of the New Zealand Department of Scientific and Industrial Research.||
6288|Hamilton Ice Piedmont|Glacier|743000S|1101800W|-74.5|-110.3||||An ice piedmont, 8 mi wide, to the E of Wyatt Hill, Bear Peninsula, on the Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1959-66.  Named in 1977 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Robert Hamilton, meteorologist, University of California, Davis; U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Station Scientific Leader at South Pole Station, winter party 1975.||
6289|Hamilton Point|Summit|642200S|0571800W|-64.3666667|-57.3|||01/01/1956|Flat-topped point marking the S side of the entrance to Markham Bay on the SE side of James Ross Island.  Discovered by a British expedition under Ross, 1839-43, who named it Cape Hamilton after Captain W.A.B. Hamilton, Royal Navy (RN), then private secretary to the Earl of Haddington, and later Second Secretary to the Admiralty.  First surveyed by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, 1901-04, and resurveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1953.  Point is considered a more suitable descriptive term for the feature than cape.||
6290|Hammer Hill|Summit|610400S|0552100W|-61.0666667|-55.35|||01/01/1972|The most northerly hill on Elephant Island, South Shetland Islands, situated just S of Cape Yelcho.  So named by the U.K. joint Services Expedition, 1970-71, as being descriptive of the appearance of the feature.||
6291|Hammer Point|Summit|622000S|0593900W|-62.3333333|-59.65||||A point 0.5 mi SW of Catharina Point, NW Robert Island, South Shetland Islands.  Descriptively named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following aerial photography of Robert Island by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE), 1956, and British Antarctic Survey (BAS) field work, 1975-76.||
6292|Cape Hammersly|Cape|662800S|1150300E|-66.4666667|115.05||||An ice-covered cape midway between Williamson and Totten Glaciers on Budd Coast.  Delineated by G.D. Blodgett (1955) from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47), and named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for George W. Hammersly, Midshipman on the sloop Wilkes.||
6293|Hammerstad Reef|Bar|541300S|0372500W|-54.2166667|-37.4166667|||01/01/1963|Reef 1.5 mi S of Cape Rosa, lying in the N part of the entrance to Queen Maud Bay off the S coast of South Georgia. Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Thorleif Hammerstad, a sealer of the Compania Argentina de Pesca, Grytviken, for several years beginning in 1946.||
6294|Hammond Glacier|Glacier|772500S|1460000W|-77.4166667|-146|||01/01/1947|Glacier on the NE side of the Haines Mountains, flowing NW for about 40 mi to Sulzberger Ice Shelf in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered in 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), and named by Byrd for John Hays Hammond, American mining engineer and philanthropist.||
6296|Hamm Peak|Summit|694300S|0740800E|-69.7166667|74.1333333|||01/01/1971|A small rock peak just back from the coast, standing close S of Strover Peak and 6 mi WNW of Mount Caroline Mikkelsen. First mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Named by ANCA for G.F. Hamm, officer in charge at Mawson Station in 1968, who established a survey station on the feature.||
6297|Hamna Bay|Bay|691600S|0394100E|-69.2666667|39.6833333|||01/01/1968|A sheltered bay that indents the W side of Langhovde Hills on the E side of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Hamna (the harbor).||
6298|Hamna Icefall|Glacier|691700S|0394300E|-69.2833333|39.7166667|||01/01/1975|An icefall which descends to the S end of Hamna Bay immediately E of Hamnenabben Head, on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62.  The name was adopted by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1963 in association with Hamna Bay.||
6299|Hamnenabben Head|Cliff|691700S|0394100E|-69.2833333|39.6833333|||01/01/1968|A bare rock headland which forms the S shore of Hamna Bay along the E side of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Hamnenabben (the harbor crag) in association with Hamna Bay.||
6300|Hamner Nunatak|Summit|783300S|1575600E|-78.55|157.9333333|||01/01/1965|Nunatak lying W of the Warren Range, 5 mi WNW of Wise Peak. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for Karl C. Hamner, biologist at McMurdo Station, 1960-61.||
6301|Mount Hampson|Summit|664800S|0511100E|-66.8|51.1833333|||01/01/1965|Mountain 1 mi N of Mount Rhodes, in the N part of the Tula Mountains in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for R.V. Hampson, a member of the crew of the Discovery during the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31.||
6302|Mount Hampton|Summit|762900S|1254800W|-76.4833333|-125.8|3325|10909|01/01/1947|An impressive mountain (3,325 m) with a circular ice-filled crater occupying much of the summit area.  It is the northernmost of the extinct volcanoes which comprise the Executive Committee Range in Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) on a flight, Dec. 15, 1940, and named for Ruth Hampton, Department of the Interior member of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) Executive Committee.  Mapped in detail by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy trimetrogon photography, 1958-60.||
6303|Hampton Bluffs|Cliff|642500S|0591800W|-64.4166667|-59.3|||01/01/1964|A group of three rock bluffs on the E side of Larsen Inlet, Graham Land.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Ian F.G. Hampton, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) physiologist at Hope Bay in 1959 and 1960.||
6304|Hampton Glacier|Glacier|692000S|0700500W|-69.3333333|-70.0833333|||01/01/1955|Glacier in the NE part of Alexander Island, 25 mi long and 5 mi wide, which flows NNE along the W wall of Douglas Range to Schokalsky Bay.  First photographed from the air during a flight up this glacier in 1937 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE).  The mouth of the glacier was surveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and later named for Wilfred E. Hampton of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, who piloted the airplane that made the above mentioned flight in 1937.||
6305|Hampton Ridge|Ridge|835200S|1670200E|-83.8666667|167.0333333|||01/01/1966|A ridge about 10 mi long in Queen Alexandra Range, running N from Pagoda Peak between Montgomerie and Mackellar Glaciers. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Major William C. Hampton, commanding officer of the U.S. Army Aviation Detachment which supported the Texas Tech-Shackleton Glacier Expedition, 1964-65.||
6306|Hamrane Heights|Summit|723200S|0003600E|-72.5333333|.6|||01/01/1966|Ice-free heights between Skarsdalen Valley and Hei Glacier in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Hamrane (the crags).||
6310|Mount Hancox|Summit|723800S|1665900E|-72.6333333|166.9833333|3245|10646|01/01/1968|A prominent mountain (3,245 m) about 6 mi SE of Mount Burton, rising above the north margin of Malta Plateau in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named by the Mariner Glacier geology party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1966-67, for G.T. Hancox, senior geologist with the party in this area.||
6311|Handel Ice Piedmont|Glacier|702000S|0710000W|-70.3333333|-71|||01/01/1961|Large ice piedmont lying N and W of Colbert Mountains, between Haydn and Schubert Inlets on the W-central coast of Alexander Island.  Apparently first seen from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940 but not separately mapped.  First mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for George Frederick Handel (1685-1759), German composer.||
6312|Hand Glacier|Glacier|725800S|1680500E|-72.9666667|168.0833333|||01/01/1970|A deeply entrenched valley glacier that drains the E slopes of Malta Plateau and flows E along the S side of Clapp Ridge into the Borchgrevink Glacier, in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Cadet H. Hand, biologist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
6313|The Handle|Range|775947S|1615808E|-77.996405|161.968917|||01/01/1993|An elongated massif 1.5 mi SW of Table Mountain in the NW part of Royal Society Range, Victoria Land.  The feature was descriptively named by Alan Sherwood, NZGS field party leader in the area, 1987-88.  Its size and position in relation to an associated ridge suggest a handle to a sickle.||
6314|Handler Ridge|Ridge|723000S|1670000E|-72.5|167|||01/01/1970|A prominent ridge about 10 mi long which serves as a divide between Croll Glacier and the upper portion of Trafalgar Glacier, in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1969 for Dr. Philip Handler, then Chairman, National Science Board and President of the National Academy of Sciences.||
6315|Mount Handsley|Summit|775611S|1613611E|-77.936471|161.602971|||01/01/1970|A subsidiary rock peak on the Knobhead massif in Victoria Land.  It rises 1.5 mi SSE of Knobhead and overlooks the upper part of Ferrar Glacier from the northwest.  Named in 1969 by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) after Jesse Handsley, member of the Discovery crew of Captain Robert Scott's expedition, who accompanied Scott, Evans, Feather, Skelton and Lashly on the major sledging journey up the Ferrar and Taylor Glaciers in 1903.||
6316|Handsley Valley|Valley|775522S|1613617E|-77.922639|161.604691|||01/01/1993|A small ice-free valley between Knobhead and Mount Handsley in Quartermain Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1993 in association with Mount Handsley.||
6317|Hanessian Foreland|Cape|744200S|1351500W|-74.7|-135.25|||01/01/1975|A relatively low, snow-covered foreland or peninsula, over 20 mi long and 10 mi wide, on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  It extends seaward between Siniff Bay and the western end of Getz Ice Shelf Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after John Hanessian, Jr. (1925-74), of George Washington University, Washington DC, noted authority on political science and international affairs.  At the time of his death he was on leave to the National Science Foundation.  From 1954-58, he served on the National Academy of Sciences staff and made substantial contribution to the Committee on Polar Research in the planning and carrying out of the US-IGY program.||03/07/1997
6318|Hanka Island|Island|645100S|0624900W|-64.85|-62.8166667|||01/01/1965|Small island lying near the head of Leith Cove, Paradise Harbor, off the W coast of Graham Land.  The name was applied by Scottish geologist David Ferguson, who visited this area in the whaler Hanka in 1913-14.||
6319|Hannah Island|Island|763900S|1484800W|-76.65|-148.8|||01/01/1970|An ice-covered island in Marshall Archipelago, lying between Hutchinson Island and Guest Peninsula within Sulzberger Ice Shelf.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for J.P. Hannah, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) ionospheric physicist at Byrd Station in 1968.||
6320|Hannah Peak|Summit|823600S|0531000W|-82.6|-53.1666667|||01/01/1968|A sharp peak at the SW end of Dufek Massif 2 mi NNE of Walker Peak, in the Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James L. Hannah, construction electrician, who wintered-over at Ellsworth Station in 1957 and McMurdo Station in 1961.||
6321|Hannah Point|Summit|623900S|0603700W|-62.65|-60.6166667|||01/01/1960|Point forming the E side of the entrance to Walker Bay on the S coast of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 after the sealer Hannah of Liverpool, which visited the South Shetland Islands and was wrecked there on Dec. 25, 1820.||
6322|Hannah Ridge|Ridge|833600S|0551000W|-83.6|-55.1666667|||01/01/1968|A narrow, arc-shaped rock ridge, 5 mi long, extending westward from Washington Escarpment just north of Brown Ridge, in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Edward L. Hannah, aviation structural mechanic at Ellsworth Station, winter 1958.||
6323|Hannam Islands|Island|665500S|1425800E|-66.9166667|142.9666667|||01/01/1963|Three small islands lying in the eastern part of Commonwealth Bay, midway between Cape Denison and Cape Gray. Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who named them for Walter H. Hannam, wireless telegrapher with the expedition.||
6325|Hannan Ice Shelf|Glacier|673600S|0473500E|-67.6|47.5833333|||01/01/1961|An ice shelf 18 mi wide on the coast of Enderby Land.  The ice shelf is nourished by Molle and Kichenside Glaciers and borders McKinnon Island on all but its N side.  Photographed from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  First visited in October 1957 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by B.H. Stinear.  Named by ANCA for F.T. Hannan, meteorologist at Mawson Station in 1957.||
6326|Hannon Hill|Summit|774956S|1633851E|-77.832295|163.647397|1110|3642|01/01/1992|A bare rock hill (1,110 m) on the W side of the terminus of Amos Glacier, at the juncture with Blue Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Named in 1992 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Timothy J. Hannon, cartographer, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS); leader of the two man U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) team working jointly out of Vanda Station with a New Zealand team in the 1988-89 season to establish new geodetic controls and observe old stations in the McMurdo Dry Valleys; relocated the position of the Geographic South Pole.||
6327|Cape Hansen|Cape|604000S|0453500W|-60.6666667|-45.5833333|||01/01/1952|Cape which separates Marshall and Iceberg Bays on the S coast of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  The name appears on a chart based upon a running survey of the islands in 1912-13 by Petter Sorlle, Norwegian whaling captain.||
6328|Mount Hansen|Summit|712800S|0120900E|-71.4666667|12.15|1895|6217|01/01/1970|Mountain, 1,895 m, standing 1 mi N of Kare Bench and just NW of Daykovaya Peak at the N extremity of Westliche Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named for Kare Hansen, a meteorologist with Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1958-59.||
6330|Hansenbreen|Glacier|720600S|0224500E|-72.1|22.75|||01/01/1965|Glacier 15 mi long, flowing N along the W side of Mount Nils Larsen in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Roughly mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and remapped by them in greater detail in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47. Named for H.E. Hansen, Norwegian cartographer who compiled these and other maps for Norwegian Antarctic expeditions.||
6331|Hansen Glacier|Glacier|782100S|0843300W|-78.35|-84.55|||01/01/1961|A tributary glacier 10 mi long, flowing NE from Mount Tuck to join Dater Glacier, in the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Herbert L. Hansen, meteorologist at South Pole Station in 1957.||06/05/2000
6334|Hansen Inlet|Stream|751500S|0634000W|-75.25|-63.6666667|||01/01/1968|Ice-filled inlet between Capes Schlossbach and Cox, along the E coast and near the base of Antarctic Peninsula. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for B. Lyle Hansen who, with Herbert T. Ueda, was in charge of the deep-core drilling program at Byrd Station for several seasons, 1966-69.||
6335|Hansen Island|Island|670600S|0673700W|-67.1|-67.6166667|||01/01/1956|Island 6 mi long and 3 mi wide, lying immediately N of The Gullet at the head of Hanusse Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, who used the provisional name North Island for this feature.  The island was resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and was renamed in 1954 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Leganger H. Hansen, manager at Messrs. Chr. Salvesen's whaling station at Leith Harbor, South Georgia, 1916-37, who gave great assistance to the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37.||
6336|Hansen Mountains|Summit|681600S|0584700E|-68.2666667|58.7833333|||01/01/1947|A large group of nunataks lying 55 mi S of Stefansson Bay and extending 25 mi in a NW-SE direction.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Named for H.E. Hansen, Norwegian cartographer who compiled the maps for this and other Norwegian Antarctic expeditions.||
6337|Hansen Nunatak|Summit|744800S|1622000E|-74.8|162.3333333|965|3166||A prominent beehive-shaped nunatak, 965 m, near the terminus of Reeves Glacier, rising above the middle of the glacier about 3 mi NE of Mount Larsen and 3 mi NW of Teall Nunatak, in Victoria Land. Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, the area was more fully explored by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09, which named this feature.||03/07/1997
6338|Hansen Point|Summit|540800S|0364100W|-54.1333333|-36.6833333|||01/01/1965|Point lying between Factory and Harbour Points on the W side of Leith Harbor, Stromness Bay, on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name appears on a chart showing the results of surveys by DI personnel in 1927 and 1929, and is probably for Leganger Hansen, manager of the whaling station at Leith Harbor at that time.||
6339|Hansen Rocks|Island|673000S|0625400E|-67.5|62.9|||01/01/1973|A group of five small islands lying just N of Holme Bay and the coast of Mac. Robertson Land, about 1 mi NE of Sawert Rocks. Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photographs.  Named by ANCA for Captain B.T. Hansen, master of the Nella Dan for Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) relief voyages in 1968, 1969, 1970 and 1972.||
6340|Hansen Spur|Ridge|861300S|1593300W|-86.2166667|-159.55|||01/01/1967|A spur, 8 mi long, descending from the NW side of Nilsen Plateau of the Queen Maud Mountains and terminating at the edge of Amundsen Glacier just E of Olsen Crags.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ludvig Hansen, a member of the sea party aboard the Fram on Amundsen's Norwegian expedition of 1910-12.  This naming preserves the spirit of Amundsen's 1911 commemoration of "Mount L. Hansen," a name applied for an unidentified mountain in the general area.||
6341|Hans-Martin Nunatak|Summit|713700S|0085600E|-71.6166667|8.9333333|||01/01/1967|An isolated nunatak about 3 mi S of Henriksen Nunataks in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named for Hans-Martin Henriksen, meteorological assistant with Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-58).||
6343|Mount Hanson|Summit|852800S|1472600W|-85.4666667|-147.4333333|800|2625|01/01/1957|A mountain rising to 800 m, standing 1 mi SE of Supporting Party Mountain in the Harold Byrd Mountains.  Discovered in December 1929 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Laurence Gould, and named by R. Admiral Byrd for Malcolm P. Hanson, chief radio engineer of the expedition, and a pioneer in the development of radio communication apparatus for polar regions.||
6345|Hanson Hill|Summit|633500S|0584900W|-63.5833333|-58.8166667|900|2953|01/01/1952|A snow-covered hill (900 m) with two lower summits, one to the N and one to the S, standing 4 mi SE of Cape Roquemaurel on Trinity Peninsula.  This hill was roughly charted but left unnamed by the French expedition under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville in March 1838.  In 1948, the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) gave the name "Thanaron Hill" to the feature.  Their action followed a 1946 search by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) which failed to identify a coastal point in the vicinity to which d'Urville had given the name "Cap Thanaron."  The latter feature (now Thanaron Point) was subsequently identified.  In 1963, the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) renamed the hill described after Thomas A. Hanson, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) surveyor at Hope Bay, 1957-59.||
6346|Hanson Peak|Summit|712100S|1701800E|-71.35|170.3|1255|4117|01/01/1966|A small peak (1,255 m) 4 mi S of Cape Adare in the N part of Adare Peninsula.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) after Nikolai Hanson, member of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1898-1900, under C.E. Borchgrevink, who was the first man known to have died on the Antarctic mainland (at Cape Adare, Oct. 14, 1899). Hanson's grave surmounts nearby Cape Adare.||
6347|Hanson Ridge|Ridge|771723S|1631748E|-77.289708|163.296752|||01/01/1964|Prominent ice-free ridge situated 3 mi NW of Spike Cape, near the center of Wilson Piedmont Glacier in Victoria Land.  The feature was "Black Ridge" on maps of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, 1910-13, but that name is already in use in Victoria Land.  In order to avoid identical names it was renamed in 1964 by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Kirby J. Hanson, meteorologist at the South Pole Station, 1958.||
6348|Mount Hanssen|Summit|855900S|1642800W|-85.9833333|-164.4666667|3280|10761|01/01/1967|An ice-covered mountain distinguished by a sharp peak, 3,280 m, standing at the southernmost point of Rawson Plateau in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered by Captain Roald Amundsen while enroute to the South Pole in November 1911, and named by him for Helmer Hanssen, deputy leader of the South Pole Party.||
6349|Hanusse Bay|Bay|665700S|0673000W|-66.95|-67.5|||01/01/1953|Broad bay, 20 mi long in a general N-S direction, lying between the northern portions of Adelaide Island and Arrowsmith Peninsula.  Discovered and first charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot, and named by him for the Dir. of the Hydrographic Service of the French Navy.||
6353|Happy Valley|Valley|752200S|0724000W|-75.3666667|-72.6666667|||01/01/1966|An ice-filled valley, 3 mi wide and over 10 mi long, lying within the horseshoe-shaped confines of the Behrendt Mountains, in Ellsworth Land.  The name originated as a field name of the University of Wisconsin Traverse Party, 1965-66, which surveyed this area.||
6354|Harald Bay|Bay|691200S|1574500E|-69.2|157.75|||01/01/1961|A bay about 4 mi wide indenting the coast between Archer Point and Williamson Head.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump in 1947.  Sketched and photographed by Phillip Law, leader of Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Magga Dan) on Feb. 20, 1959.  Named by ANCA for Captain Harald Moller Pederson, master of the Magga Dan during the expedition.||04/06/1998
6355|Harbord Glacier|Glacier|755500S|1622400E|-75.9166667|162.4|||01/01/1949|A glacier flowing along the S side of Mount George Murray. It enters the Ross Sea S of Whitmer Peninsula where it forms Harbord Glacier Tongue.  The name derives from the glacier tongue, which was named by Ernest Shackleton for A.E. Harbord, second officer of the Nimrod during the last year of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09.||
6356|Harbord Glacier Tongue|Glacier|755500S|1625000E|-75.9166667|162.8333333||||A glacier tongue forming the seaward extension of Harbord Glacier on the coast of Victoria Land.  First charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Shackleton, 1907-09, at which time it extended about 5 mi into the Ross Sea.  Named by Shackleton for A.E. Harbord, second officer of the Nimrod for the last year of the expedition.||
6360|Harbour Glacier|Glacier|644900S|0632600W|-64.8166667|-63.4333333|||01/01/1951|A through glacier 3 mi long and 1.5 mi wide, lying on the NW side of Wiencke Island and extending in a NE direction from Port Lockroy to the cove 1 mi E of Noble Peak, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Probably first seen by the BeigAE, 1897-99, under Gerlache.  Charted in 1944 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who so named it because of its proximity to the harbor of Port Lockroy.||
6362|Harbour Point|Summit|540900S|0364100W|-54.15|-36.6833333|||01/01/1953|Point separating Leith and Stromness Harbors, in Stromness Bay, South Georgia.  This descriptive name was in use as early as 1920 and was probably applied by whalers operating from Stromness Bay.||
6363|Cape Harcourt|Cape|542900S|0355800W|-54.4833333|-35.9666667|||01/01/1952|The E extremity of Harcourt Island on the N coast of South Georgia, forming the N side of the entrance to Royal Bay.  The name dates back to at least 1920 and is now well established.||
6364|Mount Harcourt|Summit|834900S|1722500E|-83.8166667|172.4166667|1535|5036|01/01/1951|A mountain, 1,535 m, standing 5 mi E of Mount Kyffin at the N end of Commonwealth Range.  Discovered and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09.||
6366|Harcourt Island|Island|542900S|0355800W|-54.4833333|-35.9666667|||01/01/1972|A small island at the N side of the entrance to Royal Bay, South Georgia.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after Cape Harcourt, the easternmost point of this island.||
6367|Hard Head|Cliff|540300S|0375800W|-54.05|-37.9666667|||01/01/1964|High tussock-topped headland 0.2 mi S of Matthews Point on the W side of the approach to Undine Harbor, South Georgia. Surveyed by personnel on His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Owen in 1960-61 and given this descriptive name by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC).||
6368|Hardiman Peak|Summit|850100S|1692300W|-85.0166667|-169.3833333|1210|3970|01/01/1966|A peak, 1,210 m, forming the E extremity of the ridge along the N side of Zotikov Glacier, in the Prince Olav Mountains. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Terrance L. Hardiman, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geomagnetist/seismologist at South Pole Station, 1965.||
6369|Mount Harding|Summit|725300S|0750200E|-72.8833333|75.0333333|||01/01/1967|The largest mountain in the Grove Mountains, located in the south-central part of the group and about 4 mi W of Gale Escarpment.  Mapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) from air photos, 1956-60.  Named by ANCA for N.E. Harding, topographic draftsman with the Division of National Mapping, Department of National Development, who has contributed substantially to the production of Antarctic maps.||
6371|Mount Hardy|Summit|664900S|0504300E|-66.8166667|50.7166667|||01/01/1965|Mountain standing close E of Mount Oldfield in the NW part of the Tula Mountains, in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for K. Hardy, weather observer at Wilkes Station in 1959.||
6374|Hardy Cove|Bay|623200S|0593500W|-62.5333333|-59.5833333|||01/01/1965|Cove on the E side of Greenwich Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name Hardy, for Admiral Sir Thomas Hardy (1769-1839), was originally given by British sealer Robert Fildes in 1820-22 to what is now Sartorius Point (q.v.). Hardy Cove was applied by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961 to preserve Fildes' name on Greenwich Island.||
6375|Hardy Point|Summit|592500S|0270400W|-59.4166667|-27.0666667|||01/01/1952|Western point of Bellingshausen Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  Charted in 1930 by DI personnel on the the zoological staff of the Discovery Committee, 1924-28, and professor of zoology at University College of Hull.||
6376|Hardy Rocks|Island|661600S|0671700W|-66.2666667|-67.2833333|||01/01/1965|Insular rocks lying 2 mi W of DuBois Island, Biscoe Islands.  Mapped from air photos taken by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57). Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for James D. Hardy, American physiologist who has studied the reactions of the human body to cold environments.||
6377|Hare Peak|Summit|845900S|1741700E|-84.9833333|174.2833333|2970|9744|01/01/1966|An ice-free peak, 2,970 m, at the N end of the ridge forming the E side of Leigh Hunt Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for C.H. Hare, a member of the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04).||
6378|Hargrave Hill|Summit|640100S|0601100W|-64.0166667|-60.1833333|||01/01/1960|A hill at the S side of Wright Ice Piedmont, 2 mi NE of the mouth of Henson Glacier, in Graham Land.  Mapped from air photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys (1955-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Lawrence Hargrave (1850-1915), Australian inventor of the box-kite and other fixed wing flying machines, pioneer of rotary aero engines (1884-1909).||
6379|Hargreavesbreen|Glacier|721100S|0231300E|-72.1833333|23.2166667|||01/01/1966|A short, steep glacier flowing NW between Mount Nils Larsen and Mount Wideroe in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named for R.B. Hargreaves, aerial photographer on U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp photographic flights in this area and other coastal areas between 14 and 164 East.||
6380|Hargreaves Glacier|Glacier|694600S|0742000E|-69.7666667|74.3333333|||01/01/1956|A glacier 2 mi W of Mount Caroline Mikkelsen on Ingrid Christensen Coast.  It drains into the central part of the head of Sandefjord Ice Bay.  Delineated in 1952 by John H. Roscoe from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47. Named by Roscoe for R.B. Hargreaves, aerial photographer on Operation Highjump flights in the area.||
6382|Hariot Glacier|Glacier|690000S|0662000W|-69|-66.3333333|||01/01/1962|A glacier flowing NW along the S side of Morgan Upland before turning W into the N portion of Wordie Ice Shelf, along the W coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  Roughly surveyed by British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1936-37.  The upper reaches were photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947.  Surveyed from the ground by members of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) who travelled along it in Dec. 1958.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Thomas Hariot (1560-1621), English mathematician who pioneered new methods of navigation under the patronage of Sir Walter Raleigh.||
6383|Mount Harker|Summit|771815S|1620217E|-77.304097|162.038175|||01/01/1952|A peak at the E side of Willis Glacier in Saint Johns Range, in Victoria Land.  Charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, 1910-13, and named for Dr. Alfred Harker, noted British petrologist.||
6384|Harker Glacier|Glacier|542200S|0363200W|-54.3666667|-36.5333333|||01/01/1953|Glacier which flows ENE to the SW end of Moraine Fjord, in Cumberland East Bay, South Georgia.  The feature was mapped and named De Geer Glacier by the AwedAE, 1901-04.  It was remapped in 1912 by David Ferguson and named after Alfred Harker (Mount Harker, q.v.).||
6385|Harker Point|Summit|590400S|0263100W|-59.0666667|-26.5166667|||01/01/1952|Point which forms the S end of Bristol Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  Charted in 1930 by DI personnel on the on the staff of the Discovery Committee.||
6386|Mount Harkness|Summit|860400S|1503600W|-86.0666667|-150.6|1900|6234||A mountain, 1,900 m, standing 1.5 mi S of Organ Pipe Peaks and forming part of the E wall of Scott Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn, and named at that time by R. Admiral Byrd for Bruce Harkness, friend of Richard S. Russell, Jr., a member of that party.||
6387|Harlin Glacier|Glacier|705300S|1605000E|-70.8833333|160.8333333|||01/01/1964|A broad sweeping glacier that descends from the polar plateau in the vicinity of Mount Nero on the northwest side of Daniels Range.  It flows northeast between Sample Nunataks and the north end of Daniels Range and then eastward to join the lower part of Rennick Glacier.  Lovejoy Glacier merges with the north side of this feature east of Sample Nunataks but eventually loses its individual characteristics.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ben W. Harlin, meteoroloist-in-charge at Little America V, 1957, and Scientific Leader at South Pole Station, 1961.||
6388|Mount Harmer|Summit|592600S|0270900W|-59.4333333|-27.15|1115|3658|01/01/1952|Ice-covered peak, 1,115 m, in the north-central portion of Cook Island, in the South Sandwich Islands.  Charted in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II, who named it for Sir Sidney F. Harmer, Vice-Chairman of the Discovery Committee.||
6389|Harmer Glacier|Glacier|544600S|0361500W|-54.7666667|-36.25|||01/01/1963|Glacier 3 mi long, flowing SW from Starbuck Peak to the sea close N of Ranvik, on the S coast of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Sir Sidney F. Harmer.||
6390|Harmon Bay|Bay|741500S|1105200W|-74.25|-110.8666667||||An embayment at the N end of Bear Peninsula, c. 7 mi wide, defined by the NE shore of Moore Dome, the terminus of Park Glacier and the NW end of Gurnon Peninsula, on Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Commander Robert H. Harmon, USCG, Executive Officer, U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Burton Island, U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1969.||
6391|Harmony Cove|Bay|621900S|0591200W|-62.3166667|-59.2|||01/01/1952|Cove entered between Harmony Point and The Toe on the W side of Nelson Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by American sealers in about 1820 after the sealing vessel sealing vessels headquartered at Harmony Cove during the 1820-21 season.||
6392|Harmony Point|Summit|621900S|0591500W|-62.3166667|-59.25|||01/01/1952|Point which lies close W of Harmony Cove and forms the W extremity of Nelson Island, in the South Shetland Islands. Charted in 1935 by DI personnel on the Discovery II. Named from association with Harmony Cove.||
6394|Mount Harmsworth|Summit|784100S|1605600E|-78.6833333|160.9333333|2765|9071||A prominent ice-covered peak, 2,765 m, at the NW side of the head of Delta Glacier in the Worcester Range.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named for Sir Alfred Harmsworth, later Viscount Northcliffe, a generous contributor to the expedition.||
6395|Harnasie Hill|Summit|621100S|0581600W|-62.1833333|-58.2666667|250|820||A steep-sided hill rising to 250 m between Vaureal Peak and Martins Head in the S portion of Krakow Peninsula, King George Island.  Named "Wierch Harnasie" (Harnasie Hill) by the Polish Antarctic Expedition, 1980, after the Harnasie opera by Karol Szymanowski.||
6396|Harnish Creek|Stream|773652S|1631427E|-77.614433|163.240841|||01/01/1992|A meltwater stream, 3 mi long, which flows N from the unnamed glacier E of Crescent Glacier into the E part of Lake Fryxell, Taylor Valley, in Victoria Land.  The name was suggested by hydrologist Diane McKnight, leader of a U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) team that made extensive studies of the hydrology and geochemistry of streams and ponds in the Lake Fryxell basin, 1987-94.  Named after U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) hydrologist Richard A. Harnish, a member of the field team in the 1988-89 and 1990-91 seasons; during latter season assisted in establishing stream gaging stations on streams flowing into Lake Fryxell.||
6398|Harold Byrd Mountains|Summit|852600S|1463000W|-85.4333333|-146.5|||01/01/1967|A group of exposed mountains and nunataks which extend in an E-W direction between the lower part of Leverett Glacier and the head of the Ross Ice Shelf Discovered in December 1929 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Laurence Gould, and named by R. Admiral Byrd for D. Harold Byrd, a cousin and a contributor towards the purchase of furs for the expedition.||
6400|Mount Harper|Summit|840300S|0570300W|-84.05|-57.05|1405|4610|01/01/1968|Peak, 1,405 m, standing 2 mi W of Mount Kaschak in southern Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ronald B. Harper, electronics technician at Ellsworth Station, winter 1958.||
6401|Harper Glacier|Glacier|735200S|1630500E|-73.8666667|163.0833333|||01/01/1969|A small tributary glacier which descends NE between Mount Gibbs and Mount Adamson of the Deep Freeze Range to enter Campbell Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Wayne M. Harper, satellite geodesist at McMurdo Station, 1964-65.||
6402|Harper Peak|Summit|540700S|0364500W|-54.1166667|-36.75|785|2575|01/01/1965|Peak, 785 m, standing E of Fortuna Peak and Fortuna Bay on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1931 British Admiralty chart.||
6403|Harper Point|Summit|574500S|0262900W|-57.75|-26.4833333|||01/01/1952|Point forming the N end of Saunders Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  Charted in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery Committee.||
6404|Harp Island|Island|660000S|0654000W|-66|-65.6666667|||01/01/1963|Small island between Beer and Upper Islands, lying 8 mi W of Prospect Point, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37, and so named because of its distinctive shape.||
6405|Harpon Bay|Bay|541600S|0363700W|-54.2666667|-36.6166667|||01/01/1963|Bay 1 mi wide, lying just E of Mercer Bay in the S part of Cumberland West Bay, South Georgia.  First mapped by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for the cargo vessel Compania Argentina de Pesca, Grytviken, since 1922.||
6406|Harpun Rocks|Bar|641900S|0625900W|-64.3166667|-62.9833333|||01/01/1956|Submerged rocks lying 0.1 mi SE of Bills Point, Delta Island, in the Melchior Islands, Palmer Archipelago.  The name appears on a chart based upon a 1927 survey by DI personnel, but may reflect an earlier naming by whalers.  Harpun is a Norwegian word meaning harpoon.||
6407|Harrigan Hill|Summit|661900S|1102900E|-66.3166667|110.4833333|||01/01/1963|Rocky hill in the NW part of Mitchell Peninsula, just E of Pidgeon Island of the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Edward C. Harrigan, meteorologist at Wilkes Station in 1961.||
6408|Mount Harrington|Summit|724500S|1685700E|-72.75|168.95|2610|8563|01/01/1967|One of the highest peaks in the E end of the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land, rising to 2,610 m on the W side of Whitehall Glacier and 5 mi SW of Mount Northampton.  Named in 1960 by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) after geologist Hilary J. Harrington, who led the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) in exploring this region, 1957-58, and also led New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) in the McMurdo Sound region, 1958-59; U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) investigator (with Russell J. Korsch) in the McMurdo Sound region, 1968-69.||
6409|Mount Harrington|Summit|853400S|1640000W|-85.5666667|-164|2550|8366|01/01/1993|A mountain, 2,550 m, standing 4 mi NE of Mount Ruth Gade in the Quarles Range, Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30, and by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John R. Harrington, meteorologist with the South Pole Station winter party, 1962.||
6410|Harris Hill|Summit|774839S|1631714E|-77.810788|163.287197|900|2953|01/01/1992|A bare rock hill, 900 m, which is a SW outlier of Stratton Hills, standing at the head of Overflow Glacier and overlooking Ferrar Glacier just northward, in Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1992 after William M. Harris, cartographer, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), from 1971; field team leader of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Royal Society Range Survey, 1983-84 season; at the South Pole the team repositioned the marker at the Geographic South Pole, completed the site survey plan for the new South Pole Station, and site surveys for the Clean Air Facility; working from U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Polar Sea at the end of the season, obtained new position for Siple Island.||
6412|Mount Harrison|Summit|702300S|1594600E|-70.3833333|159.7666667|1955|6414|01/01/1964|A large mountain (1,955 m) which dominates the ridge separating the Robilliard and Svendsen Glaciers, in the Usarp Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Louis J. Harrison, USA, helicopter mechanic in the field in support of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) surveys Topo North-South (1961-62) and Topo East-West (1962-63), the latter including the survey of this mountain.||
6414|Harrison Bluff|Cliff|771606S|1662133E|-77.268405|166.359293|||01/01/1964|A pale-colored trachyte headland forming the seaward termination of Trachyte Hill and marking the southern end of McDonald Beach on the western side of Mount Bird, Ross Island. Many skuas nest on the bluff.  A survey station marked by a rock cairn was placed on the top of the northwest corner of the bluff by E.B. Fitzgerald of the Cape Bird Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1958-59. Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) for J. Harrison, mountaineer-assistant with the expedition.||
6415|Harrison Glacier|Glacier|661400S|1311500E|-66.2333333|131.25|||01/01/1955|A channel glacier flowing to the Clarie Coast about 12 mi E of Cape Carr.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for George W. Harrison, Passed Midshipman on the tender Flying Fish of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Wilkes.||
6416|Harrison Nunatak|Summit|723200S|0960200W|-72.5333333|-96.0333333|||01/01/1960|A snow-covered nunatak, with rock exposure to the SE, located 4 mi S of Savage Glacier in the extreme SE part of Thurston Island.  Discovered on helicopter flights from the USS Bellinghausen Sea Expedition in February 1960.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Henry T. Harrison, Jr., U.S. Weather Bureau meteorologist with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) in 1928-30.||01/28/2004
6417|Harrison Passage|Channel|655300S|0651100W|-65.8833333|-65.1833333|||01/01/1965|A passage between Larrouy and Tadpole Islands to the W, and Llanquihue Islands and the W coast of Graham Land to the east. Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for John Harrison (1693-1776), English horologist who first definitely solved the problem of determining longitude at sea.||
6418|Harrison Peak|Summit|722400S|1663900E|-72.4|166.65|2830|9285|01/01/1970|A peak (2,830 m) along the N side of Wood Glacier, about 5 mi N of Mount McDonald, in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William R. Harrison, biologist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
6419|Harrison Point|Summit|541000S|0363600W|-54.1666667|-36.6|||01/01/1956|Point marked by a string of off-lying rocks, lying 1.5 mi W of Busen Point on the S side of Stromness Bay, South Georgia. Charted in 1927 by DI personnel and named Matthews Point for L. Harrison Matthews, British zoologist and member of the staff of the Discovery Investigations, 1924-35, who worked at South Georgia in 1924-27.  In 1954, the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) recommended that this name be altered to Harrison Point to avoid duplication with Matthews Point (also named for L. Harrison Matthews), a better known feature in Undine Harbor, South Georgia.  This change allows Harrison Matthews' name to be retained for this feature, while the confusing duplication of names is avoided.||
6420|Harrison Stream|Stream|771611S|1662421E|-77.269706|166.405815|||01/01/1964|Small stream flowing W between Trachyte and Cinder Hills to the N end of Romanes Beach on Ross Island.  Mapped by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1958-59.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) for J. Harrison, mountaineer-assistant with the expedition.||
6421|Harris Peak|Summit|773409S|1624032E|-77.569058|162.675473|1005|3297|01/01/1965|Peak, 1,005 m, surmounting the base of Reclus Peninsula on the W coast of Graham Land.  Mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Leslie Harris, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) carpenter and general assistant at the Danco Island station in 1956, who participated in the reconnaissance journeys from that station and from the nearby Portal Point hut.||
6422|Harris Peninsula|Cape|713100S|0740600W|-71.5166667|-74.1||||A broad snow-covered peninsula surmounted by Mount Lee, between Verdi Inlet and Brahms Inlet on the N side of Beethoven Peninsula, Alexander Island.  Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and mapped from these photographs by D. Searle of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1960.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Michael J. Harris, U.S. Navy (USN), Commanding Officer, Squadron VXE-6, from May 1982 to May 1983.||
6423|Harris Point|Summit|813500S|1613200E|-81.5833333|161.5333333|||01/01/1965|A rocky coastal point along the W side of the Ross Ice Shelf, located 6 mi S of Young Head at the S side of Beaumont Bay.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Herman D. Harris, a chief hospital corpsman with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6. Harris built a sick bay at South Pole Station during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1961.||
6424|Harris Rock|Island|625700S|0562100W|-62.95|-56.35|||01/01/1964|The largest and southernmost of a group of three rocks lying N of Montrol Rock and D'Urville Island, in the Joinville Island group.  The name appears on an Argentine government chart of 1960.  Named after Capitan de Navio Santiago Harris, Argentine Navy.||
6425|Cape Harrisson|Cape|664300S|0990300E|-66.7166667|99.05||||A point just northward of Possession Rocks at the junction of the Northcliffe and Denman Glaciers.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Sir Douglas Mawson, who named the feature for Charles T. Harrisson, biologist and artist at the expedition's Western Base.  The spelling Harrisson (not Harrison) is approved in this toponym, and also in Harrisson Ice Rises, on the basis of the honoree's signature on several of his paintings included in Mawson's The Home of the Blizzard.||
6426|Harrisson Ice Rises|Glacier|662700S|0963900E|-66.45|96.65|||01/01/1952|A local swelling of the ice surface 12 mi WSW of Henderson Island, where the Shackleton Ice Shelf overrides an underlying obstruction.  Discovered by the Eastern Sledge Party of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who named the feature for Charles T. Harrisson, biologist with the expedition.||
6427|Harriss Ridge|Ridge|700800S|0650800E|-70.1333333|65.1333333|||01/01/1971|An E-W ridge with two small outliers off its W end, located 2 mi NE of Mount Dovers in the Athos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1965.  Named by ANCA for B. Harriss, helicopter pilot with the Prince Charles Mountains survey party in 1969.||
6428|Harris Valley|Valley|763800S|1595200E|-76.6333333|159.8666667|||01/01/1965|A valley just east of Coxcomb Peak in the Allan Hills of Victoria Land.  Reconnoitered by the New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) Allan Hills Expedition (1964), who gave the name after Prof. T.M. Harris who has made outstanding contributions to Mezozoic paleobotany.||
6429|Harrop Island|Island|671600S|0465200E|-67.2666667|46.8666667|||01/01/1965|Small island lying close to the coast and 3 mi NW of Felton Head, Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for J.R. Harrop, weather observer at Wilkes Station in 1960.||
6430|Harrow Peaks|Range|740400S|1644500E|-74.0666667|164.75|||01/01/1968|A group of rugged peaks in the E part of Random Hills, bounded on the N by Clausnitzer Glacier and on the E by Tinker Glacier, overlooking the NW extremity of Wood Bay on the coast of Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1955-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Geoffrey N. Harrow, biologist at McMurdo Station, 1965-66 season.||
6431|Mount Harry|Summit|741400S|0763200W|-74.2333333|-76.5333333|||01/01/1968|A mountain 14 mi southeast of FitzGerald Bluffs, Ellsworth Land.  It is westernmost in a chain of small summits lying southeastward of the bluffs.  The feature lies within a group of nunataks photographed by Lincoln Ellsworth on Nov. 23, 1935.  It was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Jack L. Harry, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Topographic Engineer, a member of the Marie Byrd Land Survey Party, 1967-68.||
6434|Harry Island|Island|640800S|0615900W|-64.1333333|-61.9833333|||01/01/1963|Icecapped island dominated by a truncated pyramidal peak, lying at the SE entrance to the channel between Brabant Island and Liege Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the BeigAE under Gerlache, 1897-99, and named for a supporter of the expedition.||
6435|Mount Hart|Summit|720500S|1690500E|-72.0833333|169.0833333|3000|9842|01/01/1970|A mountain over 3,000 m, standing 2 mi NW of Mount Chider in the Admiralty Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Vemon D. Hart, officer in charge of the U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 winter party at McMurdo Station, 1968.||
6436|Harter Nunatak|Summit|811400S|0845400W|-81.2333333|-84.9|||01/01/1964|A small, relatively isolated nunatak lying 4 mi NE of Mount Tidd at the NE side of Pirrit Hills.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1958-61.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gene L. Harter, meteorologist at Little America V in 1957.||
6437|Hart Glacier|Glacier|773108S|1622534E|-77.518818|162.426203|||01/01/1962|A small hanging glacier on the south wall of Wright Valley, Victoria Land, between the Meserve and Goodspeed Glaciers.  Named by U.S. geologist Robert Nichols for Roger Hart, geological assistant to Nichols at nearby Marble Point in the 1959-60 field season.||
6438|Hart Hills|Range|834300S|0890500W|-83.7166667|-89.0833333|||01/01/1962|A line of low, mainly snow-covered hills, 4 mi long, trending east-west.  The hills are isolated, lying 8 mi W of Pagano Nunatak and 77 mi N of Ford Massif of the Thiel Mountains. Observed by Edward Thiel and Campbell Craddock in the course of an airlifted geophysical traverse along the 88th meridian West, Dec. 13, 1959.  The name was proposed by them for Pembroke Hart, National Academy of Sciences staff, member of the technical panel on seismology and gravity on the U.S. National Committee for the IGY.||
6439|Mount Hartigan|Summit|765200S|1260000W|-76.8666667|-126|||01/01/1947|A broad, mostly snow-covered mountain with several individually named peaks which rise up to 2,800 meters.  It is situated immediately north of Mount Sidley in the Executive Committee Range, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered by the United States Antarctic Service expedition on a flight, Dec. 15, 1940, and named for R. Admiral Charles C. Hartigan, U.S. Navy (USN), Navy Department member of the Antarctic Service Executive Committee.||
6440|Mount Hartkopf|Summit|755900S|1404500W|-75.9833333|-140.75|1110|3642|01/01/1966|A mountain, 1,110 m, rising along the E side of the upper reaches of Land Glacier, 11 mi SE of Mount McCoy, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Kenneth W. Hartkopt U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) ionospheric physicist at Byrd Station, 1963.||
6441|Cape Hartree|Cape|604800S|0444400W|-60.8|-44.7333333|||01/01/1952|Cape which forms the SW tip of Mossman Peninsula on the S coast of Laurie Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Discovered on the occasion of the joint cruise in December 1821 by Captain George Powell, a British sealer in the sloop Dove, and Captain Nathaniel Palmer, an American sealer in the sloop James Monroe.  The name appears on Powell's map published in 1822.||
6442|Hart Rock|Island|604100S|0442200W|-60.6833333|-44.3666667|10|33|01/01/1952|Rock, 10 m high, lying 1.5 mi NW of Herdman Rocks and 3 mi NNE of the E extremity of Laurie Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  First charted in 1838 by a French expedition under d'Urville.  Named in 1933 by DI personnel on the Discovery II, for T. John Hart, member of the zoological staff of the Discovery Committee.||
6443|Hartshorne Island|Island|644644S|0642202W|-64.7788889|-64.3672222|||01/01/1975|Island between Dakers Island and Howard Island in eastern Joubin Islands.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Sidney G. Hartshorne, Master of R.V. Hero on her first Antarctic voyage to Palmer Station in 1968.||09/26/2014
6444|Mount Harvey|Summit|665500S|0504800E|-66.9166667|50.8|||01/01/1961|A snow-free peak E of Amundsen Bay, standing in the Tula Mountains, about 6 mi ENE of Mount Gleadell.  Sighted in 1955 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by P.W. Crohn.  Named by ANCA for William Harvey, carpenter at Mawson Station in 1954.||
6445|Harvey Heights|Summit|641400S|0622400W|-64.2333333|-62.4|||01/01/1960|A series of elevations close N of Mount Parry and W of the head of Malpighi Glacier in central Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Shown on an Argentine government chart in 1953, but not named.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos in 1959.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for William Harvey (1578-1657), English physician who first demonstrated the circulation of the blood.||
6446|Harvey Islands|Island|674300S|0453300E|-67.7166667|45.55|||01/01/1965|Two islands in the W part of Freeth Bay, Enderby Land. Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for R. Harvey, radio officer at Wilkes Station in 1959.||
6449|Harvey Nunataks|Summit|665800S|0520000E|-66.9666667|52|||01/01/1965|Four nunataks standing 4 mi W of Mount Ryder, in the E part of the Tula Mountains in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1936 and 1957.  Named by ANCA for D.J. Harvey, electronics engineer at Mawson Station in 1961.||
6450|Harvey Peak|Summit|791300S|1570100E|-79.2166667|157.0166667|2120|6955|01/01/1965|An ice-free peak, 2,120 m, standing 2 mi S of the Finger Ridges in the Cook Mountains.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1959-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Paul Harvey, a member of the U.S. Army aviation support unit for Topo North and Topo South (1961-62) which conducted the tellurometer surveys.||
6451|Harvey Ridge|Ridge|705900S|0651800E|-70.9833333|65.3|||01/01/1971|A ridge, elongated in a N-S direction, lying 2 mi E of Husky Massif in the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains. Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos.  Named by ANCA for S.T. Harvey, senior technician (electronics) at Wilkes Station in 1965.||
6452|Harvey Shoals|Bar|681100S|0670900W|-68.1833333|-67.15|||01/01/1972|Three shoal patches with least depths of 3 fathoms, located between Miller and Northstar Islands in Marguerite Bay.  Charted by the Hydrographic Survey Unit from Royal Research Ship (RRS) John Biscoe in 1966.  Named for Petty Officer Brian E. Harvey, surveying recorder who carried out all the sounding for this survey.||
6453|Harwell Glacier|Glacier|845700S|1712900W|-84.95|-171.4833333|||01/01/1966|A steep-walled tributary glacier, 3 mi long, descending the N slopes of the Prince Olav Mountains just E of Mount Smithson to enter the upper part of Gough Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Thomas W. Harwell, Civil Engineer Corps (CEC), U.S. Navy (USN), who participated in Naval Support Activity during Operation Deep Freeze 1964.||
6454|Mount Harwood|Summit|704400S|1654900E|-70.7333333|165.8166667|1040|3412|01/01/1964|Peak (1,040 m) which surmounts Gregory Bluffs on the N coast of Victoria Land.  Named by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) for T.R. Harwood, second-in-charge of the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) cruise (Thala Dan), 1962, which explored this area.||
6455|Haselton Icefall|Glacier|772145S|1604154E|-77.362458|160.698262|||01/01/1970|An icefall descending from the Willett Range between Gibson Spur and Apocalypse Peaks toward Webb Lake in Barwick Valley, in Victoria Land.  Named by Parker E. Calkin for fellow U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist George M. Haselton, who assisted Calkin in the field in this area in the 1961-62 season.||
6456|Hash Island|Island|544900S|0355900W|-54.8166667|-35.9833333|||01/01/1963|Island lying in the entrance to Larsen Harbor, on the SE coast of South Georgia.  Roughly surveyed by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1911-12, under Filchner.  Probably named by DI personnel who resurveyed the feature in 1927.||
6457|Haskard Highlands|Area|803000S|0291500W|-80.5|-29.25|1210|3970||A range of peaks and ridges between Blaiklock Glacier and Stratton Glacier in NW Shackleton Range, rising to 1,210 m at Mount Weston and including features between Mount Provender and Pointer Nunatak.  The feature was first mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE).  It was photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after Sir Cosmo D.P.T. Haskard, Governor of the Falkland Islands, 1964-70.||
6458|Mount Haskell|Summit|664500S|0641600W|-66.75|-64.2666667|1480|4856|01/01/1952|Buttress-type mountain, 1,480 m, standing at the SW side of Cabinet Inlet between Mounts Denuce and Holmes, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Charted in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who named it for Daniel C. Haskell, American bibliographer of the New York Public Library and author of the bibliography, The United States Exploring Expedition, 1838-42, and its Publications, 1844-1874.||
6459|Haskell Glacier|Glacier|733400S|0941300W|-73.5666667|-94.2166667|||01/01/1963|A small glacier descending from Christoffersen Heights and draining W between Prism Ridge and Forbidden Rocks, in the Jones Mountains.  Mapped by the University of Minnesota-Jones Mountains Party, 1960-61.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Hugh B. Haskell, U.S. Navy (USN), co-pilot on a pioneer flight of Nov. 25, 1961 from Byrd Station to establish Sky-High Camp (later Eights Station) at 7514S, 7706W.||
6460|Haskell Ridge|Ridge|794400S|1561000E|-79.7333333|156.1666667|||01/01/1965|A rocky ridge 2 mi W of Colosseum Ridge in the Darwin Mountains.  Mapped by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1962-63) and named after T.R. Haskell, a member of the expedition.||
6461|Haskill Nunatak|Summit|832400S|0514500W|-83.4|-51.75|1710|5610|01/01/1968|An elongate nunatak, 1,710 m, standing 2.5 mi W of Dyrdal Peak in southern Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert E. Haskill, radioman at Ellsworth Station, winter 1957.||
6462|Haslam Heights|Summit|672500S|0673000W|-67.4166667|-67.5|1000|3281||A line of peaks trending NNE-SSW, rising to c. 1,000 m to the W of Vallot Glacier and Nye Glacier in Arrowsmith Peninsula, Graham Land.  Probably first seen by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10; roughly mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1948.  Named in 1985 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Rear Admiral Sir David W. Haslam, Royal Navy (RN), Hydrographer of the Navy, 1975-85.||
6463|Mount Haslop|Summit|803600S|0301600W|-80.6|-30.2666667|760|2493|01/01/1962|Mountain, 760 m, which stands 2 mi S of Mount Lowe at the W extremity of Shackleton Range.  First mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and named for Flight Lieutenant Gordon M. Haslop, Royal New Zealand Air Force (RNZAF) (1922-1961), New Zealand second pilot of the RAF contingent of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) in 1956-58.||
6464|Haslum Crag|Cliff|642200S|0565900W|-64.3666667|-56.9833333|||01/01/1963|Prominent rock crag close to the N coast of Snow Hill Island, James Ross Island group.  It stands 2 mi NE of Station Nunatak.  First seen by members of Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold, who gave the descriptive name "Basaltspitze." Concerned that the name could be mistaken for descriptive information, the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) changed it to Haslum Crag, honoring H.J. Haslum, second mate on the Antarctic, the ship of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04.  The crag was surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1952.||
6465|Mount Hassage|Summit|755100S|0722900W|-75.85|-72.4833333|1120|3674||A prominent isolated mountain (1,120 m) located 12 mi SW of Mount Horne in eastern Ellsworth Land.  The feature was discovered by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, and marks the SW extremity and turnabout point of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) plane flight of Nov. 21, 1947. Named by Ronne for Charles Hassage, ship's chief engineer on the expedition.||
6466|Mount Hassel|Summit|862800S|1642800W|-86.4666667|-164.4666667|2390|7841|01/01/1951|A rock peak (2,390 m), the northeasternmost summit of the massif at the head of Amundsen Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  In November 1911, a number of mountain peaks in this general vicinity were observed and rudely positioned by the South Pole Party under Roald Amundsen.  Amundsen named one of them for Sverre Hassel, a member of the party.  The peak described was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1960-64.  For the sake of historical continuity and to commemorate the Norwegian exploration in this area, the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) has selected this feature to be designated Mount Hassel.  Other peaks in the massif have been named for members of Amundsen's South Pole Party.||
6468|Mount Hastings|Summit|853400S|1541000W|-85.5666667|-154.1666667|||01/01/1967|A low mountain 2 mi SE of Mount Rigby in the Karo Hills, at the W side of Scott Glacier.  First sighted by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James V. Hastings who carried out geomagnetic studies at McMurdo Station, summer 1964-65.||
6469|Haswell Island|Island|663100S|0930000E|-66.5166667|93|||01/01/1963|The largest of the Haswell Islands, lying off the coast of Antarctica, about 1.5 mi N of Mabus Point.  Discovered by the Western Base Party of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE), 1911-14, under Mawson, and named by him for Prof. William A. Haswell, zoologist at Sydney University and member of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) Advisory Committee.||
6470|Haswell Islands|Island|663200S|0930000E|-66.5333333|93|||01/01/1963|Group of rocky coastal islands lying off Mabus Point and extending about 1.5 mi seaward.  Charted by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson (1911-14), who applied the name Rookery Islands because of a large emperor penguin rookery on Haswell Island, the largest and seaward island in the group.  ANCA proposed in 1955 that the name Haswell be extended to the entire group.||
6471|Hatcher Bluffs|Cliff|862000S|1253600W|-86.3333333|-125.6|||01/01/1967|A line of bluffs facing NW, located 5 mi S of Metavolcanic Mountain, at the E side of Reedy Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Julius O. Hatcher, construction mechanic at Byrd Station in 1962.||
6472|Hatch Islands|Island|665300S|1091600E|-66.8833333|109.2666667|||01/01/1963|A small group of rocky islands lying 3 mi E of Ivanoff Head at the head of Vincennes Bay.  The islands mark the division between Knox Coast and Budd Coast.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ernest B. Hatch, tractor driver with U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Windmill (1947-48), who assisted in transporting shore parties that established astronomical control stations from Wilhelm II Coast to Budd Coast.||
6473|Hatch Outcrop|Summit|723400S|0932000W|-72.5666667|-93.3333333|||01/01/1962|An outcropping of rocks close northward of Peeler Bluff in the western part of McNamara Island.  The island lies within the northern part of Abbot Ice Shelf Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Ross Hatch, U.S. Navy (USN), who assisted in obtaining position data at this outcrop, February 7, 1961.||
6474|Hatch Plain|Plain|804400S|0253600W|-80.7333333|-25.6|1350|4429||A small debris-covered area (elevation c. 1,350 m) on the E margin of Du Toit Nunataks, Read Mountains, in the Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of geologists grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after Frederick H. Hatch (1864-1932), British consulting geologist; author of standard textbooks on igneous and sedimentary petrology.||
6475|Hatherton Glacier|Glacier|795500S|1573500E|-79.9166667|157.5833333|||01/01/1962|A large glacier flowing from the polar plateau generally eastward along the south side of the Darwin Mountains and entering Darwin Glacier at Junction Spur.  Mapped by the Darwin Glacier Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58).  Named for Trevor Hatherton, Scientific Officer in Charge of Antarctic Activities, Department of Scientific and Industrial Research, Wellington, New Zealand.||
6477|Hatten Peak|Summit|723400S|0041000W|-72.5666667|-4.1666667|||01/01/1966|An isolated rock peak 6 mi NW of Veten Mountain, rising above the ice at the NW side of Borg Massif in Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Hatten (the hat).||
6478|Cape Hattersley-Smith|Cape|715100S|0610400W|-71.85|-61.0666667|||01/22/1985|A cape marked by a triangular rock peak at the SE end of Condor Peninsula, 5 mi SW of Cape Knowles, on the Black Coast, Palmer Land.  The cape was photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) on Dec. 30, 1940.  It was surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS)-Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) party from Stonington Island in Nov. 1947 and was rephotographed by the U.S. Navy in 1966.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1984 after Geoffrey Francis Hattersley-Smith, with British Antarctic Survey (BAS) from 1973 (Secretary, UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), 1975-91); Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) Base Leader and glaciologist, Admiralty Bay, 1948-49; with Defense Research Board, Canada, 1951-73 (field research in the Arctic); author of The History of Place-names in the Falkland Islands Dependencies (South Georgia and the South Sandwich Islands), Cambridge, 1980, and The History of Place-names in the British Antarctic Territory, Cambridge, 1991.||07/30/2012
6479|Hauberg Mountains|Summit|755200S|0691500W|-75.8666667|-69.25||||A group of mountains of about 35 mi extent, located 12 mi N of Cape Zumberge and 30 mi S of Sweeney Mountains in eastern Ellsworth Land.  Discovered by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, led by Ronne, and named by him for John Hauberg, of Rock Island, IL, a contributor to the expedition.||03/07/1997
6480|Hauge Reef|Bar|542800S|0365700W|-54.4666667|-36.95|||01/01/1956|Chain of islands and rocks extending in an ENE direction from the E extremity of Annenkov Island to a point about 3 mi WSW of Cape Darnley, South Georgia.  First charted in 1819 by a Russian expedition under Bellingshausen.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, and named for Captain Ole Hauge, of the sealer was of great assistance to the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52.||
6481|Hauge Strait|Channel|542800S|0365300W|-54.4666667|-36.8833333|||01/01/1963|Strait 3 mi wide between Cape Darnley and the NE end of Hauge Reef, off the S coast of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for its association with Hauge Reef.||
6482|Hauken Rock|Island|620100S|0573300W|-62.0166667|-57.55|||01/01/1960|Rock lying nearly 1 mi E of Ornen Rocks and 2 mi NE of Cape Melville, the E extremity of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 from association with Ornen Rocks.  Hauken and the floating factory ship Admiralen to the South Shetland Islands in January-February 1906.||
6483|Haulaway Point|Summit|681100S|0670000W|-68.1833333|-67|||01/01/1956|Small rocky point midway along the NE side of Stonington Island, close off the W coast of Graham Land.  First surveyed by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Resurveyed in 1946-47 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who so named the point because it is one of the best places for hauling stores ashore.||
6484|Haunn Bluff|Cliff|662300S|1103300E|-66.3833333|110.55|||01/01/1963|Steep rock bluff which surmounts the E part of the S shore of Odbert Island, in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Marvin G. Haunn, meteorologist and member of the Wilkes Station party of 1962.||
6485|Haupt Nunatak|Summit|663500S|1104100E|-66.5833333|110.6833333|||01/01/1955|Small nunatak 5 mi S of Alexander Nunatak, at the E side of the lower reaches of Vanderford Glacier.  Mapped from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ensign Richard W. Haupt, USN, assistant hydrographic officer with U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml 1947-48, who assisted the shore parties which established astronomical control stations from Wilhelm II Coast to Budd Coast.||
6486|Hauron Peak|Summit|645600S|0625900W|-64.9333333|-62.9833333|1350|4429|01/01/1965|Peak, 1,350 m, rising 3 mi SE of Mount Banck on the W coast of Graham Land.  The peak appears on an Argentine government chart of 1952.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Louis-Arthur D. du Hauron (1837-1920), French pioneer of cinematography, the first man to lay down the fundamental principles of color photography, in 1869.||
6487|Mount Havener|Summit|782700S|0843700W|-78.45|-84.6166667|2800|9186|01/01/1961|A mountain rising to 2,800 m directly at the head of Guerrero Glacier, in the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains. First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Melvin C. Havener, mechanic at the South Pole Station in 1957.||
6488|Haven Hill|Summit|825300S|1623600E|-82.8833333|162.6|||01/01/1966|Hill 2 mi W of Mount Tedrow, on the S side of Kent Glacier in the Queen Elizabeth Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Stoner B. Haven, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Sound, 1960.||
6489|Haven Mountain|Summit|800200S|1551200E|-80.0333333|155.2|2470|8104|01/01/1965|A prominent mountain, 2,470 m, with a level razor-back snow ridge at its highest (eastern) part, standing 2 mi NE of Three Nunataks in the NW part of Britannia Range.  So named by the Darwin Glacier Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58), who sheltered for five days in the largely snow-free area below the N side of the summit ridge.||
6490|Haverly Peak|Summit|650600S|0633300W|-65.1|-63.55|960|3150||A peak rising to 960 m, 1 mi E of the head of Azure Cove, Flandres Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  In association with the names of cartographers grouped near this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1986 after William R. Haverly, of the Cartographic Section, Foreign and Commonwealth Office, from 1970, (Head from 1986), with responsibility for preparing UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) maps.||
6491|Haver Peak|Summit|750900S|1143500W|-75.15|-114.5833333|||01/01/1967|A small peak 4 mi S of Morrison Bluff in the Kohler Range of Marie Byrd Land.  First photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lieutenant D.J. Haver, USN, Asst. Officer in Charge, Supply Department, during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1965 and 1966.||01/05/2021
6492|Havfruen Peak|Summit|590200S|0263200W|-59.0333333|-26.5333333|365|1197|01/01/1972|A peak in the east part of Bristol Island, South Sandwich Islands.  This peak (365 m) is conspicuous from both north and south.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after the Norwegian barque Sandwich Islands on Dec. 1, 1911.||
6493|Havilland Point|Summit|635500S|0601400W|-63.9166667|-60.2333333|||01/01/1960|Point 2 mi E of Cape Page on the W coast of Graham Land. Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1955-57 and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Sir Geoffrey de Havilland, English pioneer aircraft designer.||
6494|Havola Escarpment|Cliff|844500S|0984000W|-84.75|-98.6666667|||01/01/1962|An isolated, snow-covered escarpment about 30 mi NW of Thiel Mountains.  The escarpment is arc shaped, 30 mi long, and faces south.  It was observed and mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Horlick Mountains Traverse party, 1958-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Major Antero Havola, USA, leader of the 700 nautical mile tractor traverse from Byrd Station to South Pole Station, Dec. 8, 1960 to Jan. 11, 1961.  On Dec. 25, 1960, the Havola party passed a few miles northward of this escarpment.||
6495|Havre Mountains|Summit|690800S|0714000W|-69.1333333|-71.6666667|||01/01/1961|Mountains forming the NW extremity of Alexander Island, extending 20 mi in an E-W direction between Cape Vostok and Russian Gap.  First seen in 1821 by a Russian expedition under Bellingshausen and resighted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99.  They were roughly charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot, who named them for Le Havre, French port from which the Pourquol Pas? sailed in 1908.  The mountains were mapped in detail from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.||
6496|Havsbotn|Bay|695000S|0384500E|-69.8333333|38.75|||01/01/1947|A bay comprising the narrow southernmost, or "bottom," portion of Lutzow-Holm Bay, marking its head.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Havsbotn (sea bottom).||
6497|Havstein Island|Island|670700S|0584500E|-67.1166667|58.75|||01/01/1947|Rocky island, 3 mi long and 2 mi wide, situated 1.5 mi N of Law Promontory and 1 mi E of Broka Island.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Havstein (sea stone), probably because of its rocky nature and its seaward position.||
6498|Mount Hawea|Summit|825000S|1615200E|-82.8333333|161.8666667|3080|10105|01/01/1966|Peak, 3,080 m, standing 4 mi E of Mount Markham in the Frigate Range.  Named by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for the New Zealand frigate, Hawea.||
6499|Hawker Island|Island|683800S|0775100E|-68.6333333|77.85|||01/01/1965|An irregular-shaped island c. 1 mi long, lying between Mule Island and Mule Peninsula, Vestfold Hills, in the E part of Prydz Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Remapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1957-58) and named after A.C. Hawker, radio supervisor at Davis Station in 1957.||
6500|Mount Hawkes|Summit|835500S|0560500W|-83.9166667|-56.0833333|1975|6480|01/01/1957|The highest mountain (1,975 m) along the Washington Escarpment, standing at the E side of Jones Valley in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Discovered and photographed on Jan. 13, 1956 in the course of the trans-Antarctic nonstop plane flight by personnel of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze I from McMurdo Sound to the Weddell Sea and return.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander William M. Hawkes, USN, co-pilot of the P2V-2N Neptune aircraft making this flight.||
6502|Hawkes Heights|Summit|733200S|1694200E|-73.5333333|169.7|2000|6562|01/01/1968|The heights (an ice-filled crater rising to 2,000 m) that dominate the S part of Coulman Island and mark the island's summit, in the Ross Sea.  Named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1958-59, for Captain William M. Hawkes, U.S. Navy (USN), who took a leading part in early air operations from Williams Field near McMurdo Station, including long range photo reconnaissance and supply flights, and the first air landing at the South Pole.  He was commander of one of the two planes which made the historic first flight from Christchurch to McMurdo Sound on Dec. 17, 1955.  His air photos proved of great value to two New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) parties to this part of Victoria Land.||
6503|Hawkins Glacier|Glacier|663400S|1073100E|-66.5666667|107.5166667|||01/01/1955|A channel glacier flowing to the Antarctic coast 4 mi W of Snyder Rocks.  Mapped (1955) by G.D. Blodgett from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1947).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Samuel N. Hawkins, sailmaker on the sloop Vincennes of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Lieutenant Charles Wilkes.||
6504|Hawkins Peak|Summit|752400S|1102900W|-75.4|-110.4833333|||01/01/1967|A small summit peak on a mostly ice covered and rounded mass located 7 mi SE of Mount Murphy, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Major Billy R. Hawkins, a member of the U.S. Army Aviation Detachment in Antarctica, 1966-67.||
6505|Haworth Mesa|Summit|855400S|1281800W|-85.9|-128.3|3610|11844|01/01/1967|An ice-capped mesa with steep rock walls whose summit area is 5 mi long and 3 mi wide and rises to 3,610 m, standing between Sisco Mesa and Mount McNaughton where it forms part of the divide between Norfolk and Olentangy Glaciers in western Wisconsin Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Leland J. Haworth, Director of the National Science Foundation and a member of the Antarctic Policy Group.||
6506|Mount Hawthorne|Summit|721400S|0982900W|-72.2333333|-98.4833333|||01/01/1952|A prominent mountain in the Walker Mountains, rising directly S of the base of Noville Peninsula on Thurston Island. Discovered by R. Admiral Byrd and members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in a flight from the Bear on Feb. 27, 1940.  Named by Byrd for Roger Hawthorne, field representative for the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.||01/28/2004
6507|Mount Hay|Summit|710600S|0653900E|-71.1|65.65|||01/01/1967|A mountain about 11 mi SE of Husky Dome in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1960. Named for Dr. M. Hay, medical officer and officer in charge at Davis Station in 1961.||
6508|Hayden Peak|Summit|744100S|1114100W|-74.6833333|-111.6833333||||The southernmost of the rock summits in Gerrish Peaks, Bear Peninsula, on Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Dennis J. Hayden, USN, radioman in four summer seasons at McMurdo Station, 1975-78.||08/06/2021
6509|Haydn Inlet|Stream|701300S|0704500W|-70.2166667|-70.75|||01/01/1961|Ice-filled inlet indenting the W coast of Alexander Island between Mozart and Handel Ice Piedmonts.  It is 27 mi long and 12 mi wide at the mouth, narrowing toward the head.  First seen from the air and roughly mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Resighted from the air and photographed by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and remapped from these photos by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Franz Joseph Haydn (1732-1808), Austrian composer.||
6510|Mount Hayes|Summit|665000S|0641000W|-66.8333333|-64.1666667|1140|3740|01/01/1952|Plateau-type mountain, 1,140 m, situated at the base of Cole Peninsula on the E coast of Graham Land.  Charted in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who named it for Reverend James Gordon Hayes, Antarctic historian and author of Antarctica: A Treatise on the Southern Continent and The Conquest of the South Pole.||
6511|Hayes Glacier|Glacier|761600S|0275400W|-76.2666667|-27.9|||01/01/1970|A glacier entering the SE part of Weddell Sea about 17 mi WSW of Dawson-Lambton Glacier.  The glacier was discovered in the course of a U.S. Navy LC-130 plane flight over Caird Coast, Nov. 5, 1967, and was plotted by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from photographs obtained at that time.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Winston R. Hayes, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), pilot on that flight.||
6512|Hayes Head|Cliff|740100S|1651700E|-74.0166667|165.2833333|850|2789|01/01/1968|A prominent headland, 850 m, overlooking the N extremity of Wood Bay, standing 3 mi N of Kay Island on the coast of Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1955-63. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Miles O. Hayes, geologist at McMurdo Station, 1965-66 season.||
6513|Hayes Peak|Summit|672800S|0604600E|-67.4666667|60.7666667|340|1115|01/01/1947|Conical peak, 340 m, rising through the ice slopes 2 mi S of Cape Bruce and Oom Bay.  Discovered in February 1931 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, who named it for Reverend James Gordon Hayes.||
6514|Hayes Peak|Summit|852000S|0891800W|-85.3333333|-89.3|2060|6758|01/01/1962|An isolated, low rock peak (2,060 m) rising above the ice surface just S of Bermel Escarpment, in the Thiel Mountains.  The name was proposed by Peter Bermel and Arthur Ford, co-leaders of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Thiel Mountains party which surveyed these mountains in 1960-61.  Named for Philip T. Hayes, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geologist in the McMurdo Sound dry valley area, 1958-59.||
6515|Hayman Nunataks|Summit|854000S|1793000E|-85.6666667|179.5|||01/01/1966|A small group of isolated nunataks at the E end of the Grosvenor Mountains, 6 mi N of Larkman Nunatak.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Noel R. Hayman, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) aurora scientist at Hallett Station, 1962.||
6516|Mount Hayne|Summit|701600S|0650200E|-70.2666667|65.0333333|||01/01/1971|A mountain 2 mi NW of Moore Pyramid on the N side of Scylla Glacier, in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos of 1965.  Named by ANCA for J.R. Hayne, photographic officer with the Antarctic Division, Melbourne, a member of the Prince Charles Mountains survey party in 1969.||
6517|Haynes Glacier|Glacier|752500S|1093000W|-75.4166667|-109.5|||01/01/1967|A broad glacier flowing to Walgreen Coast, to the E of Mount Murphy, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Major John W. Haynes, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC), aircraft pilot on Operation Deep Freeze 1967 and 1968, who made a photographic flight over this glacier on Jan. 1, 1967.||
6518|Haynes Table|Summit|844900S|1743500E|-84.8166667|174.5833333|3390|11122|01/01/1962|A high, snow-covered mesa, some 8 mi across and rising to 3,390 m, located S of Mount Odishaw in the Hughes Range, between the heads of Keltie Glacier and Brandau Glacier.  Discovered and photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 on the flight of Jan. 12-13, 1956.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for B.C. Haynes, meteorologist of the U.S. Weather Bureau on U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp 1946-47.||
6519|Hay Peak|Summit|540400S|0371000W|-54.0666667|-37.1666667|660|2165||A peak rising to 660 m at the head of Prince Olav Harbor in Cook Bay, South Georgia.  Charted and descriptively named "The Snow Pap" by DI in 1929, but subsequently deleted.  Renamed Hay Peak by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1990 after Arthur E. Hay of Somerset, England, who was Technical Engineer with the Southern Whaling and Sealing Company at its whaling station at Prince Olav Harbor, 1924-35.||
6520|Hayrick Island|Island|684200S|0673200W|-68.7|-67.5333333|150|492|01/01/1963|Small prominent rock mass, more than 150 m high, between Lodge Rock and Twig Rock in the Terra Firma Islands, off the W coast of Graham Land.  The Terra Firma Islands were first visited and surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  This island was surveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and so named by them because, when seen from the E, its high mass has an appearance suggesting a hayrick.||
6521|Hays Glacier|Glacier|674000S|0461800E|-67.6666667|46.3|||01/01/1965|Glacier flowing N into the head of Spooner Bay, Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956.  Named for J. Hays, United States observer with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Thala Dan, 1961) which made a landing nearby.||
6522|Hays Mountains|Summit|860000S|1550000W|-86|-155|||01/01/1966|A large group of mountains and peaks of the Queen Maud Mountains, surmounting the divide between the lower portions of Amundsen and Scott Glaciers and extending from the vicinity of Mount Thorne on the northwest to Mount Dietz on the southeast. Discovered by R. Admiral Byrd on the South Pole flight of November 28-29, 1929, and mapped in part by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological parties to this area in 1929 and 1934.  Named by Byrd for Will Hays, former head of Motion Picture Producers and Distributors.||
6524|Haystack Mountain|Summit|770300S|1624100E|-77.05|162.6833333|1000|3281|01/01/1952|Mountain over 1,000 m with a rounded summit suggestive of a mound or haystack, standing 1.5 mi E of Mount England in the NE part of the Gonville and Caius Range, in Victoria Land.  Charted and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, 1910-13.||
6525|Mount Hayter|Summit|820200S|1572600E|-82.0333333|157.4333333|2690|8825|01/01/1966|Peak, 2,690 m, standing 1 mi SE of Laird Plateau on the W side of Olson Neve.  Seen by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1964-65) and named for Adrian Hayter, leader at Scott Base in 1965.||
6526|Hayter Peak|Summit|530100S|0732000E|-53.0166667|73.3333333|565|1854|01/01/1957|A peak, 565 m, standing 0.2 mi W of Mount Olsen along the backbone of Laurens Peninsula, at the NW end of Heard Island. The peak was surveyed in 1948 by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), and named by them for Alfred J. Hayter, warrant officer on the expedition ship HMAS Labuan.||
6527|Mount Hayton|Summit|720300S|1651200E|-72.05|165.2|2240|7349|01/01/1964|A peak, 2,240 m, in the S portion of East Quartzite Range. Named by the NZFMCAE, 1962-63, for J.S. Hayton, field assistant in the party.  The peak was climbed on Dec. 18, 1962.||
6528|Mount Hayward|Summit|780700S|1672100E|-78.1166667|167.35|||01/01/1961|A hill 2 mi SW of Mount Heine on White Island, in the Ross Archipelago.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1958-59) for V. Hayward, a Canadian member of the Imperial Trans-Antarctic Expedition (1914-17), who lost his life in a blizzard on May 8, 1916 when the sea ice in McMurdo Sound went out.||
6529|Hazard Rock|Island|645900S|0634400W|-64.9833333|-63.7333333|1|3|01/01/1956|Small isolated rock, 1 m high, lying on the E side of Butler Passage, 2.5 mi NE of Cape Renard, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Named by Lieutenant Commander F.W. Hunt, Royal Navy (RN), following his survey in 1952.  This feature is a hazard to navigation in the low visibility which is frequent in this vicinity.||
6530|Mount Hazlett|Summit|720600S|1673500E|-72.1|167.5833333|2080|6824|01/01/1970|A mountain (2,080 m) at the S side of the mouth of Montecchi Glacier where the latter enters Tucker Glacier, in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Paul C. Hazlett, member of the U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 winter party at McMurdo Station, 1968.||
6531|Head Island|Island|643100S|0625500W|-64.5166667|-62.9166667|||01/01/1965|A small island that lies 0.6 mi S of Andrews Point and close to the NE side of Anvers Island.  The feature is situated at the SE side of Hackapike Bay and is not to be confused with Pear Island and False Island which are just northeastward. Charted from the Penola by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) (1934-37) under John Rymill.  The name is presumed to be descriptive and dates back to about 1952.||
6532|Headland Peak|Summit|541600S|0364300W|-54.2666667|-36.7166667|875|2871||A peak rising to 875 m on the N side of Geikie Glacier, at the head of Cumberland West Bay, South Georgia.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Robert K. Headland, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) biological assistant, Grytviken, 1977-80 and 1981-82; Curator, Scott Polar Research Institute, from 1987.||
6533|Head Peak|Summit|721000S|1661100E|-72.1666667|166.1833333|||01/01/1964|A peak 3.5 mi E of Le Couteur Peak, situated on a projecting ridge of Millen Range in the neve area of Pearl Harbor Glacier.  So named by the Southern Party of NZFMCAE, 1962-63, due to its likeness to a head and to its position at the head of Pearl Harbor Glacier.||
6534|Heald Island|Island|781500S|1634900E|-78.25|163.8166667|555|1821|01/01/1962|An island, 3 mi long and 555 m high, which projects through the ice of the Koettlitz Glacier just E of Walcott Bay, in Victoria Land.  Discovered and named by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) for Seaman William L. Heald, a member of the expedition who saved the life of Ferrar when the latter was suffering from scurvy in 1902.||
6535|Heale Peak|Summit|813500S|1600400E|-81.5833333|160.0666667|1340|4396|01/01/1965|A rock peak (1,340 m) at the E side of Starshot Glacier, 2 mi N of Adams Peak in the Surveyors Range.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) for Theophilus Heale of New Zealand, an early exponent of the use of triangulation in survey (1868), and later Inspector of Survey for New Zealand.||
6537|Cape Healy|Cape|712200S|0605800W|-71.3666667|-60.9666667|||01/01/1953|Prominent, square-shaped rock cape forming the N side of the entrance to Lamplugh Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land. Discovered by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) who explored this coast by land and from the air in 1940.  Named for Joseph D. Healy, member of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35, and dog driver at the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) East Base, 1939-41.||
6538|Heaney Glacier|Glacier|542500S|0361200W|-54.4166667|-36.2|||01/01/1956|Glacier, 4 mi long, which lies close NW of Cook Glacier and flows NE and then E toward Saint Andrews Bay on the N coast of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for John B. Heaney, surveyor with that expedition.||
6539|Heap Glacier|Glacier|790300S|1592000E|-79.05|159.3333333|||01/01/1965|Glacier 10 mi long flowing northeastward to Mulock Glacier, to the east of Henry Mesa.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1959-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John A. Heap, a member of the University of Michigan-Ross Ice Shelf Studies party, 1962-63.||
6540|Heaphy Spur|Ridge|771427S|1611740E|-77.240855|161.294329|||01/01/1975|A prominent, curved, rock spur, 4 mi long, which descends from the southern side of Clare Range and divides the head of Victoria Upper Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1947-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1974) after William Heaphy, a New Zealand citizen who, over the past 10 years, participated in the U.S. Antarctic Research Program.||
6541|Heap Island|Island|655000S|0654300W|-65.8333333|-65.7166667||||An island off the SE coast of Renaud Island, Biscoe Islands, Graham Coast, between Jurva Point and Bates Island.  In association with the names of sea-ice specialists grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1985 after John A. Heap, sea-ice specialist with Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1955-62, who worked in the Antarctic with Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1955-56, with Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-57, and with U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP), 1962-63; Head, Polar Regions Section, Foreign and Commonwealth Office, and member of the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from 1976.||
6542|Heaps Rock|Summit|760000S|1324600W|-76|-132.7666667|||01/01/1974|A rock exposure above Bursey Icefalls and 2 mi WNW of Hutt Peak on the Mount Bursey massif, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Kenneth L. Heaps, meteorologist at South Pole Station, 1970.||04/11/2001
6543|Heard Island|Island|530600S|0733000E|-53.1|73.5|||01/01/1953|An island, 23 mi long and 10 mi wide, lying southeastward of Iles Kerguelen in the Indian Ocean.  Although it has numerous areas of exposed rock, the feature is surmounted by an ice-covered volcanic dome (Big Ben) rising to 2,745 meters.  The island was discovered on Nov. 25, 1853 by Captain John J. Heard of the merchant ship Oriental of New London, CT.  It was named for Captain Heard by American sealers who began sealing operations at the island soon after word of its discovery.||
6544|Hearfield Glacier|Glacier|722600S|1674200E|-72.4333333|167.7|||01/01/1964|A tributary glacier which flows ESE along the S side of Cartographers Range and enters Trafalgar Glacier just E of Aldridge Peak, in the Victory Mountains of Victoria Land.  Named by the northern party of NZFMCAE, 1962-63, for B. Hearfield, a leading New Zealand alpinist and a member of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, which also worked in the Tucker Glacier area.||
6546|Hearst Island|Island|692500S|0621000W|-69.4166667|-62.1666667|365|1197|01/01/1947|Ice-covered, dome-shaped island lying 4 mi E of Cape Rymill, off the E coast of Palmer Land.  The island is 36 mi long, in a N-S direction, 7 mi wide, and rises to 365 m First sighted on a flight on Dec. 20, 1928 by Sir Hubert Wilkins. Thinking it was part of the mainland of Antarctica, he named it Hearst Land for William Randolph Hearst, who helped finance the expedition.  It was resighted and its insularity ascertained in 1940 by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) who explored this coast by land and from the air.  They named it Wilkins Island.  Examination of aerial photographs have shown, however, that this large island is what Wilkins considered Hearst Land.||
6548|Heart Lake|Lake|773434S|1661634E|-77.575988|166.276056|||01/01/1972|One of the several small lakes on Cape Barne, Ross Island, located 0.2 mi NW of Terrace Lake.  The name is descriptive of the outline of the lake and was given by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09, under Shackleton.||
6549|Heathcock Peak|Summit|860700S|1304000W|-86.1166667|-130.6666667|2310|7579|01/01/1967|A peak, 2,310 m, located in the E part of Caloplaca Hills and overlooking the W edge of Reedy Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Joe D. Heathcock, builder at Byrd Station in 1962.||
6550|Heave-ho Slope|Slope|723200S|1701000E|-72.5333333|170.1666667|450|1476|01/01/1962|A slope falling 450 m from Quarterdeck Ridge to a saddle at the SW end of Hallett Peninsula.  The slope must be traversed by parties moving overland from Hallett station to Tucker Glacier, after the bay ice in Edisto Inlet has broken out.  The New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, met deep soft new snow in this area and sledges had to be man-hauled up the slope in relays, hence the name.||
6551|Hecate Rock|Bar|540200S|0371200W|-54.0333333|-37.2||||A submerged rock with a least depth of 4.2 m, lying off the entrance to Beckmann Fjord, Bay of Isles, South Georgia.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1984 after His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Hecate, which came very close to grounding on the rock during a hydrographic survey of the Bay of Isles in January-February, 1983.||
6552|Heckmann Island|Island|672000S|0610300E|-67.3333333|61.05|||01/01/1966|The largest island in the E part of the Thorfinn Islands, lying 7 mi N of Byrd Head, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Remapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) and named by ANCA for B. Heckmann, chief officer on the Nella Dan in 1965.||
6553|Mount Hector|Summit|643600S|0632500W|-64.6|-63.4166667|2225|7300|01/01/1963|Snow-covered mountain, 2,225 m, between Mount Francais and Mount Priam in the S part of the Trojan Range, Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Hector, son of Priam and Commander in Chief of the Trojan and allied armies against the Achaeans in Homer's Iliad.||
6554|Mount Hedden|Summit|720500S|0012500E|-72.0833333|1.4166667|1515|4970|01/01/1970|A nunatak (1,515 m) lying 1 mi N of Brattskarvet Mountain in the Sverdrup Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  The "Hedden-Berg" after Carl Hedden, a sailor with the expedition, was applied in the area by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39) under Alfred Ritscher.  The correlation of the name with this nunatak may be arbitrary but is recommended for the sake of international uniformity and historical continuity. Though in many accounts Mr. Hedden's name is spelled as Karl, a relative has confirmed the spelling as Carl.||03/21/2018
6555|Hedgehog Island|Island|721200S|1700000E|-72.2|170|||01/01/1962|Small, bare granite island, or stack, in Moubray Bay, 1 mi S of Heim Point.  It was first visited in 1957 by a small party from Hallett station.  So named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, because of its shape.||
6556|Hedgpeth Heights|Summit|710700S|1673000E|-71.1166667|167.5|1300|4265|01/01/1970|Mainly snow-covered heights, 14 mi long and with peaks rising to 1,300 m, located 2 mi SW of Quam Heights in the Anare Mountains of Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Joel W. Hedgpeth, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68, and Palmer Station, 1968-69.||
6557|Hedin Nunatak|Summit|751900S|1111800W|-75.3166667|-111.3|||01/01/1967|A conspicuous nunatak with a flat top capped with ice and steep bare rock walls, standing 9 mi WNW of the summit of Mount Murphy, om Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  First roughly mapped from air photos taken in January 1947 by U.S. Navy Operation Highjump.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Alan E. Hedin, aurora researcher at Byrd Station in 1962.||
6559|Hedley Glacier|Glacier|774821S|1620646E|-77.805817|162.112911|||01/01/1972|A small glacier from Mount Coates in the Kukri Hills, Victoria Land, flowing S into Ferrar Glacier.  Named by the Western Journey Party of British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, probably for Charles Hedley, of the Australian Museum, whose studies and reports on the Mollusca contributed to Scott's British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, and to British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09, led by Shackleton.||
6560|Heed Rock|Bar|645900S|0634700W|-64.9833333|-63.7833333|||01/01/1960|A very small rock, awash at high water and virtually hidden from sight, lying 1 mi S of Brown Island in the Wauwermans Islands in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1950, but not named.  Surveyed by the British Naval Hydrographic Survey Unit in 1956-57, and so named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) as a caution to mariners.||
6561|Mount Heekin|Summit|850300S|1771600W|-85.05|-177.2666667|||01/01/1962|A large, ice-free mountain overlooking the N side of the mouth of Baldwin Glacier where the latter enters Shackleton Glacier.  Discovered and photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47) on the flights of Feb. 16, 1947, and named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) Robert P. Heekin, USN, navigator of Flight 8.||
6562|Mount Heer|Summit|731800S|0625800W|-73.3|-62.9666667|||01/01/1968|Mountain on the S side of Haines Glacier, 3 mi N of Mount Barkow, in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ray R. Heer, Jr., Program Director (Atmospheric Physics), Office of Antarctic Programs, National Science Foundation.||
6563|Heezen Glacier|Glacier|724500S|0611800W|-72.75|-61.3||||A glacier flowing NE from the E portion of Wegener Range and entering Violante Inlet E of Mount Reynolds, on the Black Coast, Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from aerial photographs taken by the U.S. Navy, 1966-69.  In association with the names of oceanographers grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 after Bruce C. Heezen (1924-77), American marine geologist and oceanographer; Professor of Geology, Lamont-Doherty Geological Observatory, Columbia University, 1964-77.||
6564|Heftye Island|Island|715900S|1710600E|-71.9833333|171.1|||01/01/1962|Small island which is the southernmost of the Possession Islands, lying E of the S end of Adare Peninsula.  Named by a Norwegian expedition of 1894-95, led by Bull and Kristensen, for Messrs. Thos, Joh. Heftye and Son of Christiania (now Oslo), shareholders in the expedition ship Antarctic.||
6566|Mount Heg|Summit|725700S|1664500E|-72.95|166.75|||01/01/1973|Massive ice-covered mountain forming the S end of a promontory on the W side of Malta Plateau in Victoria Land.  It is bounded on the W, S, and E sides by the Seafarer, Mariner and Potts Glaciers.  The mountain first appears on a 1960 New Zealand map compiled from U.S. Navy aerial photographs.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1972 for James E. Heg, Chief of the Polar Planning and Coordination Staff in the Office of Polar Programs, National Science Foundation.||
6569|Heidemann Bay|Bay|683500S|0775800E|-68.5833333|77.9666667|||01/01/1965|A bay, 1 mi long, indenting the seaward end of Breidnes Peninsula, Vestfold Hills, just S of Davis Station.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  First visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party from the Kista Dan on Jan. 11, 1957.  Named for Frank Heidemann, second mate of the Kista Dan in 1957.||
6570|Heidemann Glacier|Glacier|823300S|1625000E|-82.55|162.8333333|||01/01/1967|Glacier, 5 mi long, originating close NW of Mount Damm in the Queen Elizabeth Range and flowing E into Lowery Glacier. Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard P. Heidemann, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciologist at Roosevelt Island, 1962-63.||
6571|Hei Glacier|Glacier|722900S|0003500E|-72.4833333|.5833333|||01/01/1966|A glacier flowing NW between Hamrane Heights and Robin Heights in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Heibreen (the upland glacier).||
6572|Heikampen Peak|Summit|722800S|0004100E|-72.4666667|.6833333|||01/01/1966|Peak at the SE end of Robin Heights in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Heikampen (the upland mountain top).||
6573|Heilman Glacier|Glacier|823700S|1604600E|-82.6166667|160.7666667|||01/01/1966|A glacier in the N part of Queen Elizabeth Range, flowing NW from Mount Sandved into Nimrod Glacier.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William L. Heilman, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciologist at Roosevelt Island, 1961-62.||
6575|Heimdall Glacier|Glacier|773442S|1615054E|-77.578358|161.848262|||01/01/1976|A small glacier just E of Siegfried Peak and Siegmund Peak on the S side of Wright Valley in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  The name, given by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC), is one in a group derived from Norse mythology, Heimdall being the warden of Asgard.||
6576|Heimefront Range|Range|743500S|0110000W|-74.5833333|-11|||01/01/1966|A range of mountains in three groups trending NE-SW for 65 mi, situated 50 mi WSW of Kirwan Escarpment in Queen Maud Land. The range was observed and photographed by the Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition in the course of air reconnaissane from Maudheim in January 1952.  The name "Heimefrontfjella" (homefront range) was applied by the placename authority in the Norwegian government.  This range may include the rudely mapped mountains identified as "Kottas Berge" on the map of the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) of 1938-39.||03/20/1997
6577|Heim Glacier|Glacier|672800S|0665500W|-67.4666667|-66.9166667|||01/01/1956|Glacier 8 mi long in the SE part of Arrowsmith Peninsula, which flows S to merge with the ice in Jones Channel, on the W coast of Graham Land.  With Antevs Glacier, to the N, it forms a transverse depression extending to the SW part of Lallemand Fjord.  First sighted from the air in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Its lower reaches were surveyed in 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and the glacier named by them for Albert Heim, Swiss glaciologist and author in 1885 of Handbuch der Gletscherkunde.||
6579|Mount Heine|Summit|780500S|1672700E|-78.0833333|167.45|760|2493|01/01/1963|A hill, 760 m, in the N part of White Island, in the Ross Archipelago.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1958-59) for A.J. Heine, leader of their party who visited White Island.  Heine, who climbed this hill, spent four summers and one winter in Antarctica, mostly in the McMurdo Sound area.||
6580|Heinous Peak|Summit|855900S|1545500W|-85.9833333|-154.9166667|3300|10827||A prominent peak rising to c. 3,300 m, 1 mi NNE of Mount Crockett and 6 mi SE of Mount Vaughan in the Hays Mountains of the Queen Maud Mountains.  The peak was climbed on Nov. 28, 1987, by four members of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) - Arizona State University geological party led by Edmund Stump.  So named because the ascent was a 20-hour ordeal in technical ice climbing on very steep terrain.||
6581|Heintz Peak|Summit|705600S|0634200W|-70.9333333|-63.7|||01/01/1976|The summit at the N end of the W ridge of the Welch Mountains, about 2 mi N of Mount Acton, in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Harvey L. Heintz, U.S. Navy (USN), Commander of LC-130 aircraft during Operation Deep Freeze, 1969 and 1970.||
6583|Heirtzler Ice Piedmont|Glacier|723400S|0612500W|-72.5666667|-61.4166667|||01/01/1994|A relatively low, triangular-shaped, ice-covered area of about 7 mi extent, located at the W side of Violante Inlet and N of Maury Glacier, on Black Coast, Palmer Land.  The feature was first seen and photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) on Dec. 30, 1940, and was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs taken 1966-69.  In association with the names of continental drift scientists grouped in this area, named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after James R. Heirtzler, American physicist; Research Scientist, Lamont-Doherty Geological Observatory, Columbia University, 1960-64 (Senior Research Scientist, 1964-67); Senior Scientist, Woods Hole Oceanographic Institute, 1969-86; Geophysicist and Head, Geophysics Branch, NASA Goddard Space Flight Center, from 1986.||
6584|Mount Heiser|Summit|824000S|1625600E|-82.6666667|162.9333333|||01/01/1965|Mountain just N of Dorrer Glacier in the Queen Elizabeth Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Paul W. Heiser, Jr., U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) aurora scientist Scott Base, 1959.||
6585|Heiser Ridge|Ridge|835000S|0570900W|-83.8333333|-57.15|||01/01/1965|A narrow rock ridge, 5 mi long, midway between West Prongs and Hudson Ridge in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James R. Heiser, topographic engineer with the Neptune Range field party, summer 1963-64.||
6586|Mount Heito|Summit|691600S|0394900E|-69.2666667|39.8166667|495|1624|01/01/1975|A flat-topped mountain (495 m) on the SE end of Langhovde Hills, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos taken by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62.  The name Heito-zan (flat-top mountain) was approved by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1972.||
6587|Heitō Glacier|Glacier|691600S|0394800E|-69.2666667|39.8|||01/01/1975|A small glacier draining westward along the south side of Mount Heito in the southern part of Langhovde Hills, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62. Named Heito-hyoga (flat-top glacier) for its proximity to Mount Heito by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1973.||
6588|Heke Peak|Summit|775836S|1625242E|-77.976755|162.878242|2175|7136|01/01/1993|A peak (2,175 m) on the ridge that forms the S wall of Mitchell Glacier near the glacier head, in the Royal Society Range, Victoria Land.  Named in 1993 by the New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) after Randal Heke, foreman of the construction unit which built the New Zealand Scott Station in 1957.  He remained in a supervisory role for the management of the buildings for many years until his retirement.||
6589|Heksegryta Peaks|Range|733100S|0034800W|-73.5166667|-3.8|||01/01/1966|A group of peaks rising between Belgen Valley and Tverregg Glacier, in the Kirwan Escarpment of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and additional air photos (1958-59), and named Hekesegryta (the witch's cauldron).||
6590|Hektoria Glacier|Glacier|650300S|0613100W|-65.05|-61.5166667|||01/01/1963|A glacier flowing S from the area around Mount Johnson into Larsen Ice Shelf just W of Shiver Point, on the E coast of the Antarctic Peninsula.  The name "Hektoria Fiords" was given by Sir Hubert Wilkins during his flight of Dec. 20, 1928, after the S.S. Following survey by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947, the feature could not be identified; however, during further survey by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955, Wilkins' "long ice-filled fiords" were found to be this glacier and two short unnamed ones.||
6591|Hektor Icefall|Glacier|620000S|0574800W|-62|-57.8|||01/01/1960|Icefall extending in an arc about 5 mi long at the head of Sherratt Bay, on the S coast of King George Island in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for the Hektor Whaling Company which operated the land station at Deception Island from 1912 to 1931, and worked chiefly in the waters of the South Shetland Islands.||
6593|Held Glacier|Glacier|844700S|1770000W|-84.7833333|-177|||01/01/1966|A tributary glacier, 3 mi long, flowing E from Anderson Heights to enter Shackleton Glacier just S of Epidote Peak, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant George B. Held, Civil Engineer Corps (CEC), U.S. Navy (USN), Public Works Officer at McMurdo Station during 1964.||
6594|Mount Helen|Summit|643200S|0633800W|-64.5333333|-63.6333333|1370|4495|01/01/1963|Mountain, 1,370 m, which rises 2 mi SW of Mount Achilles in the Achaean Range of central Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  It is snow covered except for a steep rock scarp on its E side.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955 and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Helen, wife of Menelaus, whose abduction by Paris was the cause of the Trojan War in Homer's Iliad.||
6598|Hélène Island|Island|663700S|1394400E|-66.6166667|139.7333333|||01/01/1955|Small rocky island 0.2 mi NW of Ifo Island marking the W end of Geologie Archipelago.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1949-51, and named by them for one of the French expedition's dogs.||
6599|Helen Glacier|Glacier|664000S|0935500E|-66.6666667|93.9166667|||01/01/1947|Glacier marked by a series of heavy, broken, crevassed icefalls, terminating in the sea in Helen Glacier Tongue. Discovered in November 1912 by the Western Base Party of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson, who named it for Lady Helen, wife of Sir Lucas Tooth of Sydney, a patron of the expedition.||
6600|Helen Glacier Tongue|Glacier|663300S|0940000E|-66.55|94|||01/01/1947|Glacier tongue which extends seaward from Helen Glacier on the coast of Antarctica.  Discovered in November 1912 by the Western Base Party of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson.  Named after Helen Glacier.||
6603|Helfert Nunatak|Summit|775300S|0872500W|-77.8833333|-87.4166667|||01/01/1960|Prominent rock nunatak standing 15 mi W of Mount Sharp of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Discovered and visited by the Marie Byrd Land Traverse party, 1957-58, under C.R. Bentley.  Named for Norbert F. Helfert, meteorologist at Byrd Station in 1957.||
6604|Helfferich Glacier|Glacier|703500S|1601200E|-70.5833333|160.2|||01/01/1970|A glacier about 8 mi long which drains the east slopes of Pomerantz Tableland southward of Armstrong Platform, in the Usarp Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Merritt R. Helfferich, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) worker in the field of ionospheric physics at South Pole Station, 1967-68.||
6607|Helix Pass|Gap|711800S|1631800E|-71.3|163.3|||01/01/1969|A small north-south pass 4 mi ENE of Mount Jamroga in the central Bowers Mountains.  The pass lies between unnamed peaks and permits passage from the area at the head of Carryer Glacier to areas in the southern part of Bowers Mountains.  So named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1967-68, because ascent of the pass required an all night trip with much zigzagging and climbing; thus named after the genus of land snail, Helix.||
6608|Helland Glacier|Glacier|542900S|0363700W|-54.4833333|-36.6166667|||01/01/1963|Glacier 4 mi long flowing SW from Mount Paget to Rocky Bay, on the S side of South Georgia.  Mapped by Olaf Holtedahl during his visit to South Georgia in 1927-28, and named by him for Amund Helland (1846-1918), Norwegian mining geologist and glaciologist.||
6610|Helland-Hansen Shoulder|Ridge|852600S|1681000W|-85.4333333|-168.1666667||||A mainly ice-covered ridge which extends southward from the west portion of Mount Fridtjof Nansen and overlooks the northern side of the head of Axel Heiberg Glacier.  Discovered in 1911 by Roald Armundsen and named by him for Prof. B. Helland-Hansen, of the University of Oslo, Norway.||10/18/2000
6612|Hellerman Rocks|Island|644800S|0640100W|-64.8|-64.0166667|||01/01/1975|A group of seven small islets and rocks connected by a shoal, located 0.4 mi E of Hermit Island, off the SW coast of Anvers Island.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) Lance W. Hellerman, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), Officer-in-Charge of Palmer Station in 1969.||
6613|Helle Slope|Slope|712500S|0051500E|-71.4166667|5.25|||01/01/1966|A large ice piedmont along the coast of Queen Maud Land, lying E of Jutulstraumen Glacier and N of the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39). Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59).  Named for Sigurd Helle, leader of the 1957 Norwegian expedition to Queen Maud Land.||
6614|Hell Gates|Channel|624000S|0611100W|-62.6666667|-61.1833333|||01/01/1952|Narrow boat passage between the rocks off Devils Point, the SW end of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name dates back to about 1821 and was applied by early sealers in the area because many lives and ships were lost here.||04/06/2001
6615|Helliwell Hills|Range|715000S|1612500E|-71.8333333|161.4166667|||01/01/1964|A group of rocky hills and low mountains about 18 mi long and 9 mi wide.  The hills lie S of Gressitt Glacier and midway between Emlen Peaks and the Morozumi Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert A. Helliwell of Stanford University, Program Director for the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) study of very low frequency (VLF) radio noise phenomena.||03/20/1997
6616|Hells Gate|Channel|745100S|1634800E|-74.85|163.8||||A narrows located near the E edge of the Nansen Ice Sheet, lying just N of Evans Cove between Inexpressible Island and the Northern Foothills, Victoria Land.  First explored and mapped by the Northern Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, who gave the feature this expressive name.||10/18/2000
6617|Hells Gate Moraine|Ridge|745200S|1634800E|-74.8666667|163.8|||01/01/1967|The glacial moraine at Hells Gate, at the head of Evans Cove on the coast of Victoria Land.  The moraine extends southward to Hells Gate from nearby Vegetation Island and Cape Confusion.  Mapped and named by the Northern Party of British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, in association with Hells Gate.||
6618|Helman Glacier|Glacier|721200S|1682800E|-72.2|168.4666667|||01/01/1970|A small tributary glacier in the Admiralty Mountains, flowing southward between Mount Gleaton and Taylor Peak into Tucker Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Terry N. Helman, U.S. Navy (USN), radioman at McMurdo Station, 1967.||
6620|Helmet Peak|Summit|623900S|0600100W|-62.65|-60.0166667|1040|3412|01/01/1960|Peak, 1,040 m, rising just southward of the mouth of Huron Glacier in the eastern part of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by DI personnel during the period 1926-32.||
6621|Helm Glacier|Glacier|830700S|1623000E|-83.1166667|162.5|||01/01/1966|Glacier IS mi long, flowing N to enter Lowery Glacier just W of Fazekas Hills, in the Queen Elizabeth Range.  Named for Arthur S. Helm, former Secretary of the Ross Sea Committee, by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62).||
6622|Helm Peak|Summit|692900S|0675000W|-69.4833333|-67.8333333|930|3051||A peak of 930 m, the highest elevation in the Relay Hills, on the W side of Antarctic Peninsula.  The area was photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1966, and was surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1970-73.  Named in 1977 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with other wind names in the area.  The helm wind is an E gale in the lee of the northern Pennines of England.||
6623|Helm Point|Summit|721100S|1700000E|-72.1833333|170|||01/01/1962|Point which marks the SE tip of Honeycomb Ridge on the W side of Moubray Bay.  It consists of brown granodiorite and supports a relatively luxuriant vegetation of lichens and mosses, along with nests of snow petrels and Wilson's petrel.  Two Japanese whale-chasers, apparently familiar with the site, dropped anchor there for two nights early in Feb. 1958.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, for Arthur S. Helm, Secretary, Ross Sea Committee, who gave much assistance to the expedition.  Helm was Secretary of the New Zealand Antarctic Place Names Committee, 1957-64.||03/20/1997
6624|Mount Helms|Summit|820400S|0875800W|-82.0666667|-87.9666667|||01/01/1964|A rounded, partly snow-covered peak rising between Mount Semprebon and Mount Oldenburg in central Martin Hills.  The peak was positioned by a U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) party led by J. Campbell Craddock in January 1963.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ward J. Helms, radioscience researcher at Byrd Station in 1962.||
6625|Helms Bluff|Cliff|782900S|1642500E|-78.4833333|164.4166667|||01/01/1963|A prominent north-facing bluff 10 mi E of Mount Morning in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and Navy air photos.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1963 for Lieutenant Commander Louis L. Helms, U.S. Navy (USN), officer in charge of the Squadron VX-6 wintering-over detachment at McMurdo Station, 1961.||
6626|Hemmen Ice Rise|Glacier|775700S|0494600W|-77.95|-49.7666667||||An ice rise 11 mi long, located off the northwest corner of Berkner Island in Ronne Ice Shelf.  The feature appears for the first time on a chart prepared at Ellsworth Station in 1957 by Captain Finn Ronne, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR).  The ice rise was subsequently noted in U.S. Earth Resources Technology Satellite imagery.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for George E. Hemmen, Executive Secretary of the Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research, 1972; he served with Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) as meteorological observer at Admiralty Bay, 1952-53, and Base Leader at Deception Island, 1953-54, and with the Royal Society Antarctic Expedition, 1956.||
6627|Hemmestad Nunataks|Summit|714000S|0082600E|-71.6666667|8.4333333|||01/01/1967|A group of about 20 nunataks extnding over about 7 miles, forming the NE portion of the Drygalski Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from air photos by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named for Arne Hemmestad, mechanic with Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-57).||
6629|Mount Hemmingsen|Summit|732500S|0615000W|-73.4166667|-61.8333333|||01/01/1968|Mountain at the NE end of the Werner Mountains, located on the S side of Meinardus Glacier, 5 mi SW of Court Nunatak, in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Edvard A. Hemmingsen, biologist at McMurdo Station, summer 1966-67, and Palmer Station, 1967-68.||
6630|Mount Hemphill|Summit|705900S|1650600E|-70.9833333|165.1|1800|5905|01/01/1964|A snow-covered mountain that rises above 1,800 m in the S part of Anare Mountains.  It stands between the head of McLean Glacier and Ebbe Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) Harold S. Hemphill, U.S. Navy (USN), photographic officer with Squadron VX-6 in Antarctica, 1962-63 and 1963-64.||
6631|Hemphill Island|Island|662300S|1103400E|-66.3833333|110.5666667|||01/01/1963|Small, mainly ice-covered island lying between Robinson Ridge and Odbert Island, in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948. Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for George R. Hemphill, meteorologist and member of the Wilkes Station party of 1961.||
6632|Hendersin Knob|Summit|720900S|1011200W|-72.15|-101.2|||01/01/1960|An ice-covered knob rising between the heads of Craft and Rochray Glaciers in the SW part of Thurston Island.  First plotted from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for aviation radioman Wendell K. Hendersin, USN, a member of the expedition who lost his life in a seaplane crash at Thurston Island on Dec. 30, 1946.||01/28/2004
6633|Cape Henderson|Cape|661100S|1004400E|-66.1833333|100.7333333|||01/01/1956|Ice-free cape, overlain by morainic drift, marking the NW end of the Bunger Hills.  Mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in February 1947.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the USS the U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, Task Force 68, 1946-47.||
6634|Mount Henderson|Summit|674200S|0630400E|-67.7|63.0666667|970|3182|01/01/1947|Massive mountain, 970 m, rising through the ice sheet 5 mi SE of Holme Bay and a like distance NE of the N end of the Masson Range.  Discovered in February 1931 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, who named it after W. Henderson, Director of the Australian Department of External Affairs, a member of the Australian Antarctic Committee, 1929.||03/07/1997
6635|Mount Henderson|Summit|781100S|1672000E|-78.1833333|167.3333333|||01/01/1967|A hill 2 mi WNW of Isolation Point in the south-central part of White Island, in the Ross Archipelago.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1958-59) for G.B. Henderson, a member of that expedition.||
6636|Mount Henderson|Summit|801200S|1561300E|-80.2|156.2166667|2660|8727|01/01/1949|A prominent mountain, 2,660 m, standing 5 mi W of Mount Olympus, in the Britannia Range.  Discovered and named by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04.||
6637|Henderson Bluff|Cliff|530700S|0732300E|-53.1166667|73.3833333|||01/01/1968|A rock bluff close S of the mouth of Abbotsmith Glacier on the W side of Heard Island.  Surveyed by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1948.  Named by ANCA for M.W. Henderson, Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) weather observer on Heard Island in 1954.||
6638|Henderson Bluff|Cliff|830500S|0503500W|-83.0833333|-50.5833333|1660|5446|01/01/1968|A rock bluff, 1,660 m, along the W side of Lexington Table 9 mi N of Mount Lechner, in the Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John R. Henderson, geophysicist in the Pensacola Mountains, 1965-66.||
6639|Henderson Glacier|Glacier|794700S|0822500W|-79.7833333|-82.4166667|||01/01/1966|A glacier about 7 mi long in the Enterprise Hills, Heritage Range, flowing NE from Schoeck and Hoinkes Peaks to enter Union Glacier just E of Mount Rossman.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Felix E. Henderson, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at Eights Station in 1965.||
6640|Henderson Island|Island|662200S|0971000E|-66.3666667|97.1666667|240|787|01/01/1947|Ice-covered island 9 mi long and rising to 240 m, lying 9 mi SE of Masson Island, within the Shackleton Ice Shelf Discovered in August 1912 by the Western Base Party of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson, and named by him for Prof. G.C. Henderson of Adelaide, a member of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) Advisory Committee.||
6642|Henderson Pyramid|Summit|780600S|1612700E|-78.1|161.45|2450|8038|01/01/1995|A pointed, mostly ice-covered mountain, 2,450 m, located 4 mi SSW of Ugolini Peak on the W side of Royal Society Range, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1956-61.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1994 after Thomas E. Henderson, cartographer, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS); field team member on Ellsworth Mountains Geodetic Control Project, 1979-80; leader, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), northern Victoria Land Geodetic Team, 1981-82; U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) satellite surveying team at South Pole Station, winter party 1982.||
6644|Hendrickson Peak|Summit|855600S|1324900W|-85.9333333|-132.8166667|2000|6562|01/01/1967|A rock peak rising over 2,000 m at the W side of Reedy Glacier, standing 2 mi W of May Peak in the Quartz Hills.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for George Hendrickson, glaciologist at Byrd Station, 1962-63 and 1963-64.||
6645|Henfield Rock|Island|621900S|0593500W|-62.3166667|-59.5833333|||01/01/1965|Rock lying 2 mi NW of Newell Point, Robert Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961 for Joseph Henfield, Master of the American sealing vessel Catharina from Stonington, CT, who visited the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21.||
6646|Hengist Nunatak|Summit|690000S|0701400W|-69|-70.2333333|610|2001|01/01/1955|Isolated flat-topped nunatak, more than 610 m, which rises above Roberts Ice Piedmont 10 mi N of Mount Calais in the NE part of Alexander Island.  First photographed from the air in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Surveyed from the ground in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  The names for this feature and for the group of nunataks to the N are for the brother chieftains, Hengist and Horsa, who led the first Saxon bands which settled England in the fifth century.||
6647|Henkes Islands|Island|674800S|0685600W|-67.8|-68.9333333|||01/01/1963|Group of small islands and rocks 2 mi in extent, lying 1 mi SW of Avian Island, close off the S extremity of Adelaide Island. Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot, and named by him for one of the Norwegian directors of the Magellan Whaling Co. at Punta Arenas.  Charcot applied the name to the scattered rocks and islands between Cape Adriasola and Cape Alexandra.  The name was restricted to the group described by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following definitive mapping by the British Antarctic Survey (BAS) in 1961 and the British Royal Navy Hydrographic Survey in 1963.||
6648|Henkle Peak|Summit|743900S|0755000W|-74.65|-75.8333333|||01/01/1968|A peak about 15 mi N of Mount Rex in Ellsworth Land.  It lies among a group of nunataks that were first sighted and photographed by Lincoln Ellsworth on Nov. 23, 1935.  The peak was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1961-66. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charles R. Henkle of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), topographic engineer with the Marie Byrd Land Survey Party, 1967-68.||
6649|Mount Henksen|Summit|664600S|0510400E|-66.7666667|51.0666667|||01/01/1965|An elongated mountain with several peaks, standing between Peacock Ridge and Mount Parviainen in the N part of the Tula Mountains in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956 and 1957.  Named by ANCA for H. Henksen, a member of the crew of the Discovery during the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31.||
6650|Point Hennequin|Summit|620800S|0582400W|-62.1333333|-58.4|||01/01/1952|Point forming the E side of the entrance to Martel and Mackellar Inlets, on the E side of Admiralty Bay, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, who surveyed Admiralty Bay in 1909.||
6651|Mount Hennessey|Summit|721400S|1644500E|-72.2333333|164.75|||01/01/1969|A mountain 2 mi N of Mount Tukotok in Salamander Range, Freyberg Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Raymond W. Hennessey, aerographer at Hallett Station in 1957.||
6652|Hennessy Islands|Island|655300S|0654300W|-65.8833333|-65.7166667|||01/01/1971|Group of small islands 2 mi in extent, lying 4 mi SE of Jurva Point, the SE end of Renaud Island, in the Biscoe Islands. The main islands in the group were first accurately shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Jack Hennessy (1885-1954), Deputy Marine Superintendent of the (British) Meteorological Office, 1940-54, who collected and published reports on sea ice observations in Antarctic waters, 1902-53.||
6653|Henningsen Glacier|Glacier|542700S|0364200W|-54.45|-36.7|||01/01/1963|Glacier 3 mi long, flowing SW to the S coast of South Georgia between Cape Darnley and Rocky Bay.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Leonard Henningsen, Manager of Tonsberg Hvalfangeri, Husvik, 1945-50.||
6654|Henriksen Buttress|Cliff|542300S|0363300W|-54.3833333|-36.55|1970|6463|01/01/1963|Prominent rock buttress, 1,970 m, standing 2 mi SE of Mount Sugartop in the central part of the Allardyce Range of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Henrik N. Henriksen who, in 1909, built the South Georgia Whaling Co. station at Leith Harbor, and was manager there from 1909 until 1920.||03/07/1997
6655|Henriksen Nunataks|Summit|713000S|0090000E|-71.5|9|||01/01/1967|A group of scattered nunataks about 10 mi N of the Kurze Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from air photos by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named for Hans-Martin Henriksen, meteorological assistant with Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-58).||
6657|Mount Henry|Summit|674300S|0501700E|-67.7166667|50.2833333|1500|4921|01/01/1965|Mountain, 1,500 m, standing 1 mi E of Simpson Peak in the Scott Mountains, Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  The name was first applied by John Biscoe in 1831 to a feature which cannot now be identified.  It was probably named after one of the Enderby Brothers, owners of Biscoe's vessel.||
6658|Mount Henry|Summit|835200S|1720400E|-83.8666667|172.0666667|1675|5495|01/01/1962|A sharp peak (1,675 m) in the Commonwealth Range, standing 4 mi SE of Mount Kyffin on the E side of Beardmore Glacier. Discovered and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09.||
6659|Henry Bay|Bay|665200S|1204500E|-66.8666667|120.75|||01/01/1955|A small bay at the eastern end of Sabrina Coast.  The Henry Islands lie in the western part of the bay.  Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47), and named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Wilkes Henry, Midshipman on the sloop Wilkes.||
6660|Henry Bluff|Cliff|624100S|0602500W|-62.6833333|-60.4166667|120|394||A bluff rising to c. 120 m on the W side of Hurd Peninsula, 1.5 mi SW of Johnsons Dock, on Livingston Island in the South Shetland Islands.  Named in 1990 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the schooner York, which worked in the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21.||
6661|Henry Ice Rise|Glacier|803500S|0620000W|-80.5833333|-62||||A triangular-shaped ice rise about 70 mi long located between Korff Ice Rise and the southern portion of Berkner Island in the Ronne Ice Shelf First visited by the US-IGY geophysical traverse party from Ellsworth Station, 1957-58.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Captain Clifford D. Henry, Military Sealift Command, a veteran American polar sea captain and master of U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) Private John R. Towle.  Henry died aboard his ship, Feb. 16, 1975, while returning from his fourteenth voyage to Antarctica in support of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program.||
6662|Henry Inlet|Stream|715700S|1000800W|-71.95|-100.1333333|||01/01/1960|Narrow, ice-filled inlet about 12 mi long, indenting the N coast of Thurston Island immediately E of Hughes Peninsula. First plotted from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert Henry, photographer's mate with the U.S. Navy (USN) Bellingshausen Sea Expedition, who in February 1960 recorded features along Eights Coast from helicopters.||01/28/2004
6663|Henry Islands|Island|665300S|1203800E|-66.8833333|120.6333333|||01/01/1963|A group of four small islands in the western part of Henry Bay.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47), and named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Wilkes Henry, Midshipman on the sloop Vincennes during the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Lieutenant Charles Wilkes.||06/21/2000
6664|Mount Henry Lucy|Summit|851100S|1702600E|-85.1833333|170.4333333|3020|9908|01/01/1952|A prominent peak, 3,020 m, standing 2.5 mi SSE of Mount White at the S end of Supporters Range.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named for Sir Henry Lucy, M.P., who publicized Shackleton's expedition and assisted in obtaining a financial grant from Parliament for the expedition.||
6665|Henry Mesa|Summit|790500S|1590400E|-79.0833333|159.0666667|1430|4692|01/01/1965|A distinctive wedge-shaped mesa 2 mi in extent, standing 4 mi S of Mulock Glacier on the W side of Heap Glacier.  The ice-covered summit, 1, 430 m, is flat except for a cirque which indents the N side.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1959-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain B.R. Henry, USCG, commander of the Eastwind U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1964, and commander of the U.S. ship group, Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1965.||
6666|Henry Moraine|Ridge|715700S|0093800E|-71.95|9.6333333|||01/01/1970|A small moraine on the NW side of Mount Bjerke in the Conrad Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norway from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named for Henry Bjerke, mechanic with Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1957-59.||
6667|Henry Nunataks|Summit|750800S|0723600W|-75.1333333|-72.6|||01/01/1968|A cluster of nunataks located 6 mi W of the Merrick Mountains in eastern Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for K.C. Henry, engineman with the Eights Station winter party in 1963.||
6669|Mount Henson|Summit|845000S|1682100W|-84.8333333|-168.35|905|2969|01/01/1962|An ice free summit (905 m) standing at the NE extremity of Mayer Crags, forming the NW portal to Liv Glacier where the latter enters Ross Ice Shelf Discovered and photographed by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1928-30), in November 1929, and named for Matthew Henson, a member of R. Admiral Peary's party which reached the North Pole in 1909.||
6670|Henson Glacier|Glacier|640600S|0601100W|-64.1|-60.1833333|||01/01/1960|A glacier flowing northward from the Detroit Plateau, Graham Land, and merging with Wright Ice Piedmont about 2 mi SW of Hargrave Hill.  Mapped from air photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys (1955-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for William S. Henson (1805-88), English designer of a powered model airplane (1842-43) which led to widespread aeronautical research and development.||
6671|Herald Reef|Bar|651100S|0641100W|-65.1833333|-64.1833333|||01/01/1971|Reef 1 mi SW of Petermann Island, lying on the N side of French Passage in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 because this reef heralds the approach to French Passage from the east.||
6672|Herbert Mountains|Summit|802000S|0253000W|-80.3333333|-25.5|||01/01/1962|Conspicuous group of rock summits on the E side of Gordon Glacier in the Shackleton Range.  First mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and named for Sir Edwin S. Herbert, Chairman of the Finance Committee and Member of the Committee of Management of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1955-58.||
6673|Herbert Plateau|Plain|643200S|0611500W|-64.5333333|-61.25|||01/01/1965|A portion of the central plateau of Graham Land, lying between Bleriot and Drygalski Glaciers.  Photographed by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) in 1956-57 and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS). Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Walter W. Herbert, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) asst. surveyor at the Hope Bay station in 1956 and 1957.||
6674|Herbert Range|Range|852200S|1653000W|-85.3666667|-165.5|||01/01/1966|A range in the Queen Maud Mountains, extending from the edge of the polar plateau to the Ross Ice Shelf between the Axel Heiberg and Strom Glaciers.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) for Walter W. Herbert, leader of the Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) which explored the Axel Heiberg Glacier area.||
6675|Herbertson Glacier|Glacier|774313S|1634850E|-77.720368|163.813887|||01/01/1964|Small alpine glacier which drains from the cliff that forms the S margin of New Harbor, about 5 mi WSW of Butter Point, Victoria Land.  Named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13), presumably for British geographer A.J. Herbertson of Oxford University.||
6676|Herbert Sound|Bay|635500S|0574000W|-63.9166667|-57.6666667|||01/01/1963|A sound extending from Cape Lachman and Keltie Head on the NW to the narrows between The Naze and False Island Point on the SE, separating Vega Island from James Ross Island and connecting Prince Gustav Channel with Erebus and Terror Gulf.  On Jan. 6, 1843 Captain James Clark Ross discovered a broad embayment E of the sound, which he named Sidney Herbert Bay after the Hon. Sidney Herbert, M.P., First Secretary to the Admiralty, 1841-45. The sound proper was discovered and charted by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold, who included it with the broad embayment under the name Sidney Herbert Sound.  The recommended application restricts Herbert Sound to the area W of the narrows between The Naze and False Island Point; the embayment discovered by Ross forms the W margin of Erebus and Terror Gulf.||
6677|Herbst Glacier|Glacier|754000S|1320700W|-75.6666667|-132.1166667|||01/01/1974|The eastern glacier of two that drain the N slopes of Mount Kosciusko and reach Brown Valley, in the Ames Range, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Emmett L. Herbst of Holmes and Narver, Inc., who participated in the drilling program at Byrd Station, 1968-69.  He worked at McMurdo Station and other Antarctic areas in several seasons, 1971-76.||
6678|Mount Hercules|Summit|772901S|1612610E|-77.483565|161.436246|||01/01/1964|Large, flat-topped, elevated feature between Mounts Aeolus and Jason in the Olympus Range of Victoria Land.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1958-59) for a figure in Greek mythology.||
6679|Hercules Bay|Bay|540700S|0364000W|-54.1166667|-36.6666667|||01/01/1953|Bay 0.5 mi wide, which lies 1 mi WNW of Cape Saunders along the N coast of South Georgia.  Named by Norwegian whalers after the Hercules (or Herkules), a whale catcher which had visited the bay.||
6680|Hercules Dome|Summit|860000S|1050000W|-86|-105||||A large ice dome between Thiel Mountains and Horlick Mountains.  The feature was first mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs taken 1959-60.  It was further delineated by the SPRI-NSF-TUD airborne aerial radio echo sounding program, 1967-79, and named after the Lockheed LC-130 Hercules aircraft which was used on all echo sounding flights from 1969.||
6681|Hercules Inlet|Stream|800500S|0783000W|-80.0833333|-78.5|||01/01/1966|A large, narrow, ice-filled inlet which forms a part of the SW margin of Ronne Ice Shelf.  It is bounded on the W by the SE flank of the Heritage Range, and on the N by Skytrain Ice Rise. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the LC-130 Hercules aircraft used by the U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, as a photographic and load carrying plane.||
6682|Hercules Névé|Glacier|730400S|1651500E|-73.0666667|165.25|||01/01/1968|A neve at the N margin of Mountaineer Range in Victoria Land.  It is bounded by Deception Plateau, Astronaut Glacier, Retreat Hills, and by such western tributaries to the Mariner Glacier as Meander and Gair Glaciers.  Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1966-67, in appreciation of the party's transport into the field by U.S. Navy C-130 Hercules aircraft, also as an indication to future parties of a possible C-130 landing place.||
6683|Hercules Point|Summit|540700S|0364000W|-54.1166667|-36.6666667|||01/01/1956|Point forming the W side of the entrance to Hercules Bay on the N coast of South Georgia.  Probably first surveyed by DI personnel in 1927.  The name, which derives from nearby Hercules Bay, was used by a German expedition under Kohl-Larsen, 1928-29, but is known to have been used earlier by whalers.||
6684|Cape Herdman|Cape|723600S|0603600W|-72.6|-60.6|||01/01/1953|A broad ice-covered cape forming the S entrance point to Violante Inlet, on the Black Coast, Palmer Land.  The cape was photographed from the air in 1940 by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS); rephotographed from the air in 1947 by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) and, in conjunction with Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) surveyed from the ground.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Henry F.P. Herdman (1901-67), British oceanographer and member of the scientific staff of DI, 1924-49; with the National Institute of Oceanography, 1949-67.||
6685|Herdman Rocks|Island|604200S|0442000W|-60.7|-44.3333333|15|49|01/01/1952|Two rocks, 15 m high, lying 1.5 mi SE of Hart Rock and 3 mi NE of Cape Dundas, Laurie Island, in the South Orkney Islands. First charted in 1838 by a French expedition under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville.  Recharted in 1933 by DI and named after H.F.P. Herdman (Cape Herdman, q.v.).||
6686|Herd Point|Summit|592800S|0271700W|-59.4666667|-27.2833333|||01/01/1952|Point which forms the W side of Ferguson Bay at the S end of Thule Island, in the South Sandwich Islands.  It was roughly charted by a Russian expedition under Bellingshausen in 1819-20. Recharted in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II and named for R.D. Herd of Messrs. Ferguson Brothers, Port Glasgow, Scotland, builders of the Discovery II.||
6688|Heritage Range|Range|794500S|0830000W|-79.75|-83|||01/01/1961|A major mountain range, 100 mi long and 30 mi wide, situated southward of Minnesota Glacier and forming the southern half of the Ellsworth Mountains.  The range is complex, consisting of scattered ridges and peaks of moderate height, escarpments, hills and nunataks, the various units of relief set off by numerous intervening glaciers.  The northern portion of the range was probably first sighted by Lincoln Ellsworth in the course of his trans-Antarctic flight of Nov. 23, 1935.  In Dec. 1959, E.C. Thiel, J.C. Craddock and E.S. Robinson conducted an aerial reconnaissance of the area, landing on a glacier in the northern part of the range.  During the 1962-63 and 1963-64 seasons, the University of Minnesota expeditions made geologic and cartographic surveys of the range.  The entire range was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from aerial photographs taken by the U.S. Navy, 1961-66.  So named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) because topographic units within the range have received names relating to the theme of American heritage.||
6691|Cape Herlacher|Cape|735200S|1141200W|-73.8666667|-114.2|||01/01/1955|A bold, ice-covered cape forming the N end of Martin Peninsula in Marie Byrd Land.  Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in January 1947.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1955 after Carl J. Herlacher, principal Antarctic cartographer with the U.S. Navy Hydrographic Office 1937.||
6694|Mount Hermanson|Summit|842300S|1733200E|-84.3833333|173.5333333|3140|10302|01/01/1966|An ice-covered mountain in the Queen Maud Mountains, 3,140 m, standing at the head of Cunningham Glacier, 4 mi SW of Gray Peak.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain J.M. Hermanson, U.S. Navy (USN), air operations officer, McMurdo Station, 1957-58; Chief of Staff to the U.S. Antarctic Projects Officer, 1959.||
6696|Hermes Glacier|Glacier|685900S|0651500W|-68.9833333|-65.25|||01/01/1962|A glacier 8 mi long, flowing W into Weyerhaeuser Glacier in northern Graham Land.  Surveyed in Jan. 1960 by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) who discovered the glacier after several fruitless attempts to find a route out of the mountains east of Earnshaw Glacier.  It provided an ideal "road" back to known country and was therefore named after Hermes, the god of roads in Greek mythology.  This name by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) initiated the idea of naming other features in this area after Greek gods.||
6697|Hermes Point|Summit|733500S|1661300E|-73.5833333|166.2166667|||01/01/1969|The seaward end of a ridge from the Mountaineer Range, situated at the confluence of the Icebreaker and Fitzgerald Glaciers along the coast of Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Agustive A. Hermes, Jr., USN, aviation structural mechanic at Williams Field, McMurdo Sound, on U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1967 and 1968.||
6698|Hermitage Peak|Summit|812600S|1602900E|-81.4333333|160.4833333|750|2461|01/01/1965|A peak, 750 m, standing 4 mi N of Mount Ubique, in the Surveyors Range.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) for the Military School of Surveying in England.||
6699|Hermit Island|Island|644800S|0640200W|-64.8|-64.0333333|||01/01/1960|Island nearly 1 mi long, lying 1.5 mi SE of Bonaparte Point, off the SW coast of Anvers Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 because a member of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) at the Arthur Harbor station spent some time on this island alone in January 1957, making survey observations.||
6700|Hero Bay|Bay|623100S|0602700W|-62.5166667|-60.45|||01/01/1958|Bay 17 mi wide which indents for 6 mi the N side of Livingston Island between Cape Shirreff and Williams Point, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name Blythe Bay (q.v.), originally applied to a small bay on the SE side of Desolation Island on Powell's chart of 1822 published by Laurie, was erroneously transferred to this bay in the l930s.  This error has now been rectified and a new name approved for the feature here described.  Hero Bay is named for the American sloop Hero, under Captain Nathaniel B. Palmer, which was one of the vessels of the Pendleton sealing fleet from Stonington which visited the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21.||
6702|Heroína Island|Island|632400S|0543600W|-63.4|-54.6|||01/01/1993|Small island marking the NE end of Danger Islands (q.v.), ESE of Joinville Island.  Named by the Argentine Antarctic Expedition, 1948-49, after the expedition ship Heroina. Approved by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1993.||
6704|Hero Inlet|Stream|644600S|0640400W|-64.7666667|-64.0666667|||01/01/1970|A narrow inlet at the south side of Palmer Station between Gamage Point and Bonaparte Point, along the southwest side of Anvers Island.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after the Research Vessel a turning basin when docking at Palmer Station.||
6705|Heron Passage|Channel|540000S|0381100W|-54|-38.1833333|||01/01/1964|Channel between Vaughan Island and Trinity Island in the Willis Islands at South Georgia.  The existence of this passage, reported in the 1930s, was confirmed by His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Owen during a hydrographic survey of the area in 1961.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after one of the Owen's survey motor boats, the Heron.||
6706|Mount Herr|Summit|854500S|1493200W|-85.75|-149.5333333|1730|5676|01/01/1967|A peak, 1,730 m, located 5 mi NW of Mount Gould in the Tapley Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lieutenant Arthur L. Herr, Jr., aircraft commander with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 at McMurdo Station, 1962-63 and 1963-64.||
6710|Herring Island|Island|662400S|1103800E|-66.4|110.6333333|||01/01/1956|Rocky island, 2 mi long, lying 1 mi E of Cloyd Island in the S part of the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Charles C. Herring, USN, photographic officer with U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml parties which obtained air and ground photos of the area in January 1948.||
6711|Herring Nunataks|Summit|831200S|0512200W|-83.2|-51.3666667|||01/01/1968|Two prominent nunataks standing 3 mi NW of Mount Lechner in western Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Earl F. Herring, aviation storekeeper at Ellsworth Station, winter 1957.||
6712|Herrington Hill|Summit|661500S|0664200W|-66.25|-66.7|||01/01/1965|A hill on the E side of Lavoisier Island, Biscoe Islands, about 5 mi southward of Benedict Point.  Mapped from air photos taken by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Lovic P. Herrington, American physiologist who has specialized in the reactions of the human body to cold environments.||
6713|Herrin Peak|Summit|791600S|0854500W|-79.2666667|-85.75|1755|5758|01/01/1966|A large snow-covered peak, 1,755 m, standing 6 mi S of Landmark Peak on the E side of Gowan Glacier, in the Heritage Range.  Named by the University of Minnesota Geological Party, 1963-64, for John M. Herrin, helicopter crew chief with the 62nd Transportation Detachment, who assisted the party.||
6714|Herrmann Mountains|Summit|723300S|0003000E|-72.55|.5|||01/01/1966|A group of rocky elevations including Hamrane Heights and Roots Heights, rising between Reece Valley and Kvitsvodene Valley in the Sverdrup Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named for Ernst Herrmann, geographer of the expedition.  Surveyed by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE), 1949-52.||
6715|Herrmann Nunatak|Summit|761500S|1434700W|-76.25|-143.7833333|||01/01/1966|A nunatak 4 mi NE of the E end of the Phillips Mountains, in Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered and mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41). Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John Herrmann, photographer with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1933-35).||
6717|Mount Herschel|Summit|721200S|1693100E|-72.2|169.5166667|3335|10941|01/01/1947|A conspicuous peak (3,335 m) standing 1.6 mi NE of Mount Peacock and overlooking the terminus of Ironside Glacier from the S, in the Admiralty Mountains, Victoria Land.  Discovered in 1841 by Sir James Clark Ross, who named this feature for Sir John F.W. Herschel, noted English astronomer.||
6718|Herschel Heights|Summit|715300S|0693800W|-71.8833333|-69.6333333|||01/01/1975|A complex of nunataks of which Mimas Peak on the east is the highest, located SW of Enceladus Nunataks and near the head of Saturn Glacier in southeastern Alexander Island.  The eastern part of this feature was photographed by Lincoln Ellsworth, Nov. 23, 1935, in the course of his trans-Antarctic flight and was plotted from the air photos by W.L.G. Joerg.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from association with Mimas and Enceladus, after Sir Frederick W. Herschel (1738-1822), the British astronomer who discovered these two satellites.||
6720|Hershey Ridge|Ridge|774000S|1471000W|-77.6666667|-147.1666667|||01/01/1947|Low, ice-covered ridge trending in a NW-SE direction for about 30 mi between McKinley Peak and the Haines Mountains, in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered in 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), and named for Garland Hershey, Asst. State Geologist of the Iowa Geological Survey (1939-47) and Director of the Iowa Geological Survey after 1947.||03/07/1997
6721|Hersilia Cove|Bay|623800S|0611300W|-62.6333333|-61.2166667|||01/01/1960|Cove indenting the N side of Rugged Island near its E end, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named in February 1820 by James P. Sheffield, Master of the brig Hersilia of Stonington, CT, in 1819-20 and 1820-21, the first American sealer known to have visited the South Shetland Islands.||
6724|Hertha Nunatak|Summit|650900S|0595900W|-65.15|-59.9833333|||01/01/1952|Nunatak 1 mi NW of Castor Nunatak in the Seal Nunataks group, off the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  First seen and mapped as an island in December 1893 by Captain C.A. Larsen, who named it after the Hertha, a ship which combined sealing and exploring activities along the W coast of Antarctic Peninsula under Captain C.J. Evensen in 1893-94.  It was determined to be a nunatak by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold during a sledge journey in 1902.||
6727|Hervé Cove|Bay|621100S|0583300W|-62.1833333|-58.55|||01/01/1952|Small cove 2 mi SW of Point Thomas, along the S side of Ezcurra Inlet, Admiralty Bay, on King George Island in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot, and named by him for a member of the expedition.||
6728|Hervéou Point|Summit|650400S|0640300W|-65.0666667|-64.05|||01/01/1952|Point forming the W extremity of the rocky peninsula between Port Charcot and Salpetriere Bay, on the W side of Booth Island in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, and named by him for F. Herveou, a seaman on the Francais.||03/04/1997
6729|Herz Glacier|Glacier|544100S|0355800W|-54.6833333|-35.9666667|||01/01/1965|Glacier flowing SE from the vicinity of Mount Paterson to the E coast of South Georgia.  Named by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Filchner, 1911-12.||
6731|Hesperus Nunatak|Summit|713100S|0692100W|-71.5166667|-69.35|||01/01/1975|A sharp-pointed nunatak lying 2 mi SW of Titania Peak and about 18 mi W of Venus Glacier in southeastern Alexander Island. Mapped by Directorate of Overseas Surveys from satellite imagery supplied by U.S. National Aeronautics and Space Administration in cooperation with U.S. Geological Survey.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from association with Venus Glacier, Hesperus being a variant name for the "evening star," Venus.||
6734|Hesse Peak|Summit|540200S|0380000W|-54.0333333|-38|515|1690|01/01/1963|The highest (515 m) peak on Paryadin Ridge, lying midway between Cape Alexandra and Cape Paryadin at the W end of South Georgia.  Charted and named by a German expedition under Kohl-Larsen in 1928-29.||
6735|Hess Glacier|Glacier|671300S|0650500W|-67.2166667|-65.0833333|||01/01/1952|Glacier 5 mi long, flowing ENE between steep rock walls to its terminus 10 mi SW of Monnier Point, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Charted in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who named it for Hans Hess, German glaciologist.||
6736|Hessler Peak|Summit|793700S|0840200W|-79.6166667|-84.0333333|1670|5479|01/01/1966|A sharp peak, l,670 m, at the S end of Dunbar Ridge in the Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Victor P. Hessler, ionospheiric physicist, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) scientist at the Soviet Vostok Station in the 1965-66 and 1966-67 summer seasons.||05/10/2010
6737|Hess Mesa|Summit|773753S|1604828E|-77.631285|160.807702|||01/01/1976|A small mesa that surmounts the divide between Koenig Valley and Mudrey Cirque in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for L.O. Hess, Master of U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) Maumee in the Ross Sea Ship Group during Operation Deep Freeze 1970 and 1971.||
6738|Hess Mountains|Summit|720000S|0623000W|-72|-62.5|1500|4921||A group of mountains rising to c. 1,500 m at the head of Hilton Inlet, Black Coast, to the W of Dietz Bluff and bounded to N by Gruening Glacier, to W by Runcorn Glacier and to S by Beaumont Glacier.  First photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1940.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from aerial photographs taken by the U.S. Navy, 1966-69.  Surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1972-73.  In association with the names of continental drift scientists grouped in this area, named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN), 1978, after Harry H. Hess (1906-69), American geologist, Professor of Geology, Princeton University, 1948-69.||
6740|Hesteskoen Nunatak|Summit|715200S|0271500E|-71.8666667|27.25|2350|7710|01/01/1965|Horseshoe-shaped nunatak, 2,350 m, standing 4 mi N of Balchen Mountain in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1946 from air pho taken by the Laws Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named Hesteskoen (the horseshoe) by the Norwegians.||
6741|Hestesletten|Plain|541800S|0363100W|-54.3|-36.5166667|||01/01/1963|Glacial plain between Hamberg Lakes and Cumberland East Bay, South Georgia.  It is covered with tussock and is almost 2 mi long in a NE-SW direction and 0.75 mi wide.  The name Hestesletten (Norwegian word meaning horse plain) arose because a small herd of horses, introduced by the South Georgia Exploration Co. in 1905, survived here for a number of years.||
6742|Heth Ridge|Ridge|695800S|1594500E|-69.9666667|159.75|||01/01/1970|A ridge 3 mi long, located 4 mi S of Hornblende Bluffs and near the head of Suvorov Glacier, in the Wilson Hills.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Samuel R. Heth, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at Hallett Station, 1968-69.||
6744|Hette Glacier|Glacier|714300S|0263500E|-71.7166667|26.5833333|||01/01/1966|Glacier, 6 mi long, flowing N between Hettene Nunataks and Austhamaren Peak in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Hettebreen (the cap glacier).||
6745|Hettene Nunataks|Summit|714500S|0262500E|-71.75|26.4166667|||01/01/1966|Group of nunataks at the W side of Hette Glacier in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Hettene (the caps).||
6746|Hetty Rock|Island|624000S|0604400W|-62.6666667|-60.7333333|||01/01/1960|The largest of several rocks off John Beach, Walker Bay, Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted by DI in 1935 and named descriptively Low Rock.  Renamed by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 after the sealer Hetty (Captain Ralph Bond) of London, which was sealing in the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21.||
6747|Heuser Nunatak|Summit|720200S|1603800E|-72.0333333|160.6333333|||01/01/1970|A small nunatak that lies 3 mi S of Mount Phelen and marks the S extremity of the Emlen Peaks in the Usarp Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-64. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charles M. Heuser, biolab technician at McMurdo Station, 1966-67.||
6748|Heverley Nunataks|Summit|753300S|1283400W|-75.55|-128.5666667|||01/01/1974|Small, relatively isolated nunataks protruding through the ice 14 mi NE of the summit of Mount Flint in the McCuddin Mountains, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-69.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Harry W. Heverley, BU1, U.S. Navy (USN), Builder and member of the winter party at South Pole Station in 1971, and at McMurdo Station in 1962 and 1966.||
6749|Hewison Point|Summit|592800S|0271500W|-59.4666667|-27.25|||01/01/1952|Point which forms the E side of Ferguson Bay and the SE end of Thule Island, in the South Sandwich Islands.  First charted by a Russian expedition under Bellingshausen in 1819-20.  Recharted in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II who named it for Lieutenant Col. Hewison of Messrs. Ferguson Brothers, Port Glasgow, Scotland, builders of the Discovery II.||
6750|Hewitt Glacier|Glacier|831700S|1675000E|-83.2833333|167.8333333|||01/01/1961|A glacier, 15 mi long, descending the E slopes of Holland Range between Lewis Ridge and Mount Tripp to enter Richards Inlet.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1959-60) for Leonard R. Hewitt, leader at Scott Base, 1959.||
6751|Mount Hewson|Summit|735800S|1623800E|-73.9666667|162.6333333|3720|12205|01/01/1967|A bluff-type mountain (3,720 m) standing 6.5 mi WSW of Mount Adamson in the Deep Freeze Range of Victoria Land.  Named by the southern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, for R.W. Hewson, leader and surveyor of this party; also a surveyor for the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1961-62.||
6752|Hewson Glacier|Glacier|841200S|1694500E|-84.2|169.75|||01/01/1966|A glacier in the Queen Alexandra Range, 15 mi long, flowing NE to enter Beardmore Glacier just N of The Cloudmaker.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for Ronald Hewson, surveyor with the expedition.||
6753|Heywood Island|Island|622000S|0594100W|-62.3333333|-59.6833333|||01/01/1963|Rocky, crescent-shaped island lying 1.5 mi WNW of the N tip of Robert Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name Heywood's Isles, for Captain Peter Heywood, Royal Navy (RN), was given by George Powell in 1821-22 to a group of islands off the NW coast of Robert Island.  In 1935, DI personnel on the Discovery II charted these islands, giving the name Hummock Island to the feature here described.  Air photos now show that a group name for the islands is not required and the name Heywood Islands has been vacated.  The alteration of Hummock Island to Heywood Island retains Powell's original naming in the area and eliminates a duplicate name.||
6754|Heywood Lake|Lake|604100S|0453700W|-60.6833333|-45.6166667|||01/01/1975|The northernmost lake in Three Lakes Valley in northeastern Signy Island.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Ronald B. Heywood, limnologist with Life Sciences Division, British Antarctic Survey (BAS), who worked on Signy Island in 1962-63 and 1970-71.||
6756|Hibbert Rock|Island|674700S|0690200W|-67.7833333|-69.0333333|||01/01/1964|A drying rock lying SE of League Rock, off the S end of Adelaide Island.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for William Hibbert, 2nd Engineer of Royal Research Ship (RRS) John Biscoe (1957-63), the ship which assisted the Royal Navy (RN) Hydrographic Survey Unit which surveyed the area in 1962-63.||
6757|Cape Hickey|Cape|760500S|1623800E|-76.0833333|162.6333333|||01/01/1964|Cape on the coast of Victoria Land, just E of Charcot Cove and Marin Glacier.  It forms the outer, north portal of the re-entrant through which Mawson Glacier flows to the Ross Sea. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and Navy air photos.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for Lieutenant John Hickey, U.S. Navy (USN), pilot with Navy Squadron VX-6, who participated in Topo North and South surveys in 1962.||
6758|Mount Hicks|Summit|710800S|0643900E|-71.1333333|64.65|||01/01/1967|A ridgelike mountain with two peaks, about 12 mi SW of Husky Dome in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1960.  Named for Dr. K.E. Hicks, medical officer at Wilkes Station in 1963 and 1965.||
6759|Hicks Ridge|Ridge|710900S|1624000E|-71.15|162.6666667|||01/01/1970|A rugged ridge located between Mount Soza and Morley Glacier in the Explorers Range, Bowers Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Thomas Hicks, U.S. Navy (USN), cook with the McMurdo Station winter party, 1967.||
6760|Hidden Bay|Bay|650200S|0634600W|-65.0333333|-63.7666667|||01/01/1960|Bay 3 mi long, lying between Cape Renard and Aguda Point on the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache 1897-99.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 because from the north the bay is hidden by the Screen Islands.||
6761|Hidden Col|Gap|853200S|1560000W|-85.5333333|-156|||01/01/1970|A col in the N part of Medina Peaks, about 3.5 mi SW of Marks Point, that allows a quick sledging route between the lower Amundsen and Scott Glaciers.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  The col was explored by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1969-70, and so named because it is hidden behind ridges and spurs of the peaks to the NE and SW of it.||
6762|Hidden Lake|Lake|640200S|0581800W|-64.0333333|-58.3|||01/01/1952|Lake, 1.5 mi long, lying midway between Lagrelius Point and Cape Obelisk in the W part of James Ross Island.  It drains by a small stream into the deep bay 4 mi S of Lagrelius Point. Discovered in 1945 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who so named it because it is obscured by surrounding highlands.||
6763|Hidden Valley|Valley|781000S|1635200E|-78.1666667|163.8666667|||01/01/1973|The ice-free valley next south of Miers Valley through which an alpine glacier formerly moved to coalesce with Koettlitz Glacier.  The mouth of the valley is completely blocked by the Koettlitz moraine, the only one of the numerous valleys tributary to the Koettlitz isolated in this fashion.  The main valley is hidden not only from the coast but from most of the surrounding ridges.  The valley was traversed during December and January by the New Zealand Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) 1960-61 who applied the name.||
6764|Hiegel Passage|Channel|662300S|1102700E|-66.3833333|110.45|||01/01/1963|The water passage between Ardery Island on the N and Holl and Ford Islands on the S, in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948. Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander James A. Hiegel, USN, leader of Mobile Construction Battalion Number One, who supervised the construction of Wilkes Station in February 1957.||
6765|Higashi-naga-iwa Glacier|Glacier|682700S|0413800E|-68.45|41.6333333|||01/01/1968|A wide glacier flowing to the sea at the eastern side of Naga-iwa Rock in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and, in association with nearby Naga-iwa Rock, named Higashi-naga-iwa-hyoga (eastern long rock glacier).||
6767|Higgins Canyon|Valley|844700S|1144100W|-84.7833333|-114.6833333|||01/01/1962|A steep.sided, ice-filled canyon immediately E of Schulthess Buttress, on the N side of Buckeye Table in the Ohio Range, Horlick Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Merwyn D. Higgins, geologist with the Ohio State University expedition to the Horlick Mountains in 1961-62.||
6768|Higgins Nunatak|Summit|793900S|0822700W|-79.65|-82.45|||01/01/1966|The largest of the Samuel Nunataks, lying near the S end of this group in the Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for utilitiesman John C. Higgins, USN, a member of the McMurdo Station party during Deep Freeze 1966.||
6769|Mount High|Summit|733400S|0620500W|-73.5666667|-62.0833333|||01/01/1968|A mountain on the S side of Douglas Glacier in the central Werner Mountains, in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Harvey W. High, cook with the South Pole Station winter party in 1967.||
6770|Highjump Archipelago|Island|660500S|1010000E|-66.0833333|101|||01/01/1955|Group of rocky islands, rocks and ice rises about 50 mi long and from 5 to 15 mi wide, lying generally N of the Bunger Hills and extending from the Taylor Islands, close NW of Cape Hordern, to a prominent group of ice rises which terminate close W of Cape Elliott.  Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp 1946-47 and so named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN).  The codeword "highjump" was used for identifying the U.S. Navy Task Force 68, 1946-47.  This task force was divided into three groups which completed photographic flights covering approximately 70 per cent of the coastal areas of Antarctica, excluding Antarctic Peninsula, as well as significant portions of the interior.||
6771|High Nunatak|Summit|800300S|0823500W|-80.05|-82.5833333|||01/01/1966|An isolated nunatak 4 mi E of Liberty Hills in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Elmer High, helicopter crew chief with the 62nd Transportation Detachment, who assisted the University of Minnesota geological party in this area in 1963-64.||
6774|High Rock|Island|535800S|0372900W|-53.9666667|-37.4833333|30|98|01/01/1953|Rock, 30 m high, situated at the N end of the Welcome Islands, 4.5 mi WNW of Cape Buller, off the N coast of South Georgia.  Named by DI personnel who made surveys at South Georgia during 1926-30.||
6775|High Stile|Glacier|603500S|0453000W|-60.5833333|-45.5|455|1493|01/01/1956|Pass at the head of Sunshine Glacier at 455 m elevation situated at the junction of the SW ridge of Mount Nivea and the E end of Brisbane Heights in the central part of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  The name arises from the general appearance and situation of the feature and was applied by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) following their survey of 1948-49.||
6776|Highton Glacier|Glacier|611400S|0540300W|-61.2333333|-54.05|||01/01/1993|Glacier on E coast of Clarence Island, S of Sugarloaf Island, flowing NE to the sea.  Called Stamina Glacier from the stamina needed to cross it by JSEEIG, 1976-77; named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1980 after Commander John E. Highton, Royal Navy (RN), Deputy Leader of the expedition and in charge of the group on Clarence Island.||
6777|Hikae Rock|Summit|680000S|0435800E|-68|43.9666667|||01/01/1968|A rock exposure of 1 mi along the ice coast, lying 1 mi E of Rakuda Glacier in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Hikae-iwa.||04/12/2001
6779|Mount Hill|Summit|705600S|0614200W|-70.9333333|-61.7|945|3100|01/01/1952|Mountain, 945 m, standing 8 mi SW of Cape Sharbonneau at the E side of the head of Lehrke Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered by members of the East Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) who explored this coast by land and from the air in 1940.  They named it Cape Hill for Archie C. Hill, cook at East Base.  In 1947 it was determined to be a mountain distinct from Cape Sharbonneau to the NE by a joint sledge party consisting of members of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) and the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).||
6780|Hillary Coast|Beach|792000S|1610000E|-79.3333333|161|||01/01/1964|That portion of the coast along the W margin of the Ross Ice Shelf between Minna Bluff and Cape Selborne.  Named by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1961 for Sir Edmund Hillary, leader of the New Zealand Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58. Various New Zealand parties carried out detailed surveys of portions of this coast and pioneered routes up the Skelton Glacier and Darwin Glacier to the polar plateau.||
6781|Hill Bay|Bay|641100S|0620800W|-64.1833333|-62.1333333|||01/01/1963|A bay, 5 mi long and 2 mi wide, which indents eastern Anvers Island between Spallanzani Point and Mitchell Point.  The bay was roughly surveyed by the Admiralty Hydrographic Unit, 1951-52.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Leonard C. Hill of the Discovery Investigations, who served as an officer on Royal Research Ship (RRS) William Scoresby in Jan.-Feb. 1931, and on every Antarctic commission of Royal Research Ship (RRS) Discovery II between 1931-39.||
6782|Hill Glacier|Glacier|730300S|0754000W|-73.05|-75.6666667|||01/01/1968|A broad glacier that drains the west-central part of Spaatz Island, at the south side of Ronne Entrance.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lennie J. Hill, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Topographic Engineer, a member of the Marie Byrd Land Survey Party, 1967-68.||
6783|Hillier Moss|Area|604300S|0453600W|-60.7166667|-45.6|||01/01/1975|A wet, level, low-lying area, which has several small pools and extensive moss carpets, located 0.2 mi north of Lenton Point in southeastern Signy Island.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Edward R. Hillier, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) medical officer and leader at Signy Island station, 1967.||
6784|Hill Nunatak|Summit|840000S|0544500W|-84|-54.75|||01/01/1957|A prominent nunatak rising above the ice at the SE end of the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains, 8 mi ENE of Gambacorta Peak.  Discovered and photographed on Jan. 13, 1956 during a U.S. Navy (USN) transcontinental plane flight from McMurdo Sound to the Weddell Sea and return.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Jack O. Hill, aerial photographer on this flight.||
6785|Hill Peaks|Summit|765400S|1464200W|-76.9|-146.7|||01/01/1966|A small group of peaks 2 mi SW of Mount Dane in the W part of Radford Island, lying in Sulzberger Ice Shelf off the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  The peaks were probably first observed by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1928-30) on an aerial flight of Dec. 5, 1929.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Joseph Hill, Jr., mechanic and driver with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1933-35).||
6787|Hilton Inlet|Stream|715700S|0612000W|-71.95|-61.3333333|||01/01/1953|Ice-filled inlet, 12 mi wide, which recedes about 22 mi W from its entrance between Capes Darlington and Knowles, along the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940, and named for Donald C. Hilton, member of the East Base sledge party that charted this coast as far S as this inlet.||
6788|Himalia Ridge|Ridge|705000S|0682700W|-70.8333333|-68.45||||A ridge running E-W on the N side of Ganymede Heights, NE of Jupiter Glacier, E Alexander Island.  Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in 1947 and mapped from these photographs by D. Searle of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geological work, 1983-84, after Himalia, a satellite of Jupiter, in association with the glacier.||
6789|Hinckley Rock|Summit|830400S|0551400W|-83.0666667|-55.2333333|||01/01/1968|A rock 4 mi NW of Gillies Rock in northern Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Neil Hinckley, a member of the Electronic Test Unit in the Pensacola Mountains, 1957-58.||
6790|Hindle Glacier|Glacier|543400S|0360500W|-54.5666667|-36.0833333|||01/01/1963|Glacier 6 mi long, flowing N from the vicinity of Mount Paterson into Royal Bay on the N coast of South Georgia. Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52.  The name Bruce Glacier was used unofficially by the British South Georgia Expedition, 1954-55, but a number of Antarctic features are named for Dr. William S. Bruce.  The UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) recommended in 1957 that the glacier be named for Dr. Edward Hindle, British zoologist who, as Honorary Secretary of the Royal Geographical Society, was of great assistance to the South Georgia Survey expeditions.||03/07/1997
6792|Hind Turret|Pillar|773756S|1613752E|-77.632187|161.631193|||01/01/1976|A descriptive name that is suggestive of the appearance and position of this peak at the south (hind) side of Obelisk Mountain in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  The name was recommended by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in consultation with the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC).||
6793|Hinely Nunatak|Summit|745600S|0701500W|-74.9333333|-70.25|||01/01/1994|A small nunatak, isolated except for Graser Nunatak 1 mi to the NE, located 16 mi E of Sky-Hi Nunataks in Ellsworth Land. Named in 1987 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after John A. Hinely, Jr., U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) civil engineer who, with William F. Graser, formed the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) satellite surveying team at South Pole Station, winter party 1976.||
6794|Cape Hinks|Cape|691000S|0631000W|-69.1666667|-63.1666667|||01/01/1947|Bold headland surmounted by a high ice-covered dome, marking the N extremity of Finley Heights on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered and photographed by Sir Hubert Wilkins on his flight of Dec. 20, 1928.  Later photographed from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth in 1935, and by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940.  Named by the US-SCAN for Arthur R. Hinks, Secretary of the Royal Geographical Society, 1915-45, who undertook in his published studies to reconcile the explorations of Wilkins, Ellsworth, Rymill and the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in this general area.||03/07/1997
6795|Mount Hinks|Summit|675300S|0660300E|-67.8833333|66.05|595|1952|01/01/1947|A rock peak (595 m) rising 0.2 mi S of Mount Marsden in the Gustav Bull Mountains of Mac. Robertson Land.  On February 13, 1931, the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) (1929-31) under Douglas Mawson made a landing on nearby Scullin Monolith.  They named this peak after Arthur R. Hinks, Secretary of the Royal Geographical Society, 1915-45.||
6796|Hinks Channel|Channel|671600S|0673700W|-67.2666667|-67.6166667|||01/01/1956|Arc-shaped channel in the N part of Laubeuf Fjord, 2 mi wide and 11 mi long, which extends from The Gullet and separates Day Island on the W from Arrowsmith Peninsula and Wyatt Island on the E, off the W coast of Graham Land.  First roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) who named it for Arthur R. Hinks.||
6798|Cape Hinode|Cape|680700S|0423800E|-68.1166667|42.6333333|||01/01/1964|Rock cape 3 mi W of Akebono Glacier on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Hinode-misaki (sunrise cape).||
6799|Hinode Peak|Summit|681000S|0423500E|-68.1666667|42.5833333|120|394|01/01/1975|A small coastal peak (120 m) located 3 mi SW of Cape Hinode on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Hinode-yama (sunrise mountain).||01/05/2021
6800|Hinton Glacier|Glacier|800300S|1571000E|-80.05|157.1666667|||01/01/1965|A tributary glacier in the Britannia Range, flowing N between Forbes and Dusky Ridges into Hatherton Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Chief Construction Mechanic Clarence C. Hinton, Jr., U.S. Navy (USN). Hinton wintered at McMurdo Station, 1963, and headed a team charged with the maintenance of mechanical equipment at the outlying U.S. stations.||
6801|Hippocrates Glacier|Glacier|642200S|0622200W|-64.3666667|-62.3666667|||01/01/1960|Glacier at least 3 mi long and 2 mi wide, flowing SE into Buls Bay on the E side of Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Shown on an Argentine government chart in 1953, but not named.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos in 1959.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Hippocrates (460-ca. 355 B.C.), Greek physician and author of numerous works on medicine, who also established a professional code of medical conduct.||
6802|Hippo Island|Island|662500S|0981000E|-66.4166667|98.1666667|||01/01/1963|Steep, rocky island, 0.5 mi long, which rises above Shackleton Ice Shelf 1.5 mi N of Delay Point.  Discovered by the Western Base Party of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson, 1911-l4, who so named it because of its shape.||
6804|Hippolyte Point|Summit|644100S|0630700W|-64.6833333|-63.1166667|||01/01/1953|Point which marks the NE end of Lion Island, lying immediately E of Anvers Island in the Palmer Archipelago. Charted and named by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.||
6807|Mount Hirman|Summit|752800S|0724600W|-75.4666667|-72.7666667|||01/01/1966|A prominent mountain marking the S end of the Behrendt Mountains, in Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Joseph W. Hirman, scientific leader at Eights Station in 1965.||
6808|Mount Hiroe|Summit|692100S|0394700E|-69.35|39.7833333|316|1037|01/01/1975|A rocky mountain (316 m) situated 0.5 mi NW of Breidvagnipa Peak and 1.3 mi NE of Hiroe Point, on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  First mapped by H.E. Hansen from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  The name "Hiroe-yama" (broad bay mountain) was applied by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1973 and follows Japanese research in this area.||
6809|Hiroe Point|Summit|692200S|0394400E|-69.3666667|39.7333333|||01/01/1975|A rock point situated 1.3 mi SW of Mount Hiroe on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  The point marks the S end Breidvag Bight. First mapped by H.E. Hansen from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  The name "Hiroe-misaki" (broad bay point) was applied by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1973 and follows Japanese research in the area.||
6811|Hitchcock Heights|Summit|684600S|0645100W|-68.7666667|-64.85|1800|5905|01/01/1962|A mostly ice-covered mountain mass, 1,800 m, between Maitland and Apollo Glaciers at the S side of Mobiloil Inlet, on the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered and photographed by Sir Hubert Wilkins on his flight of Dec. 20, 1928, and rephotographed by Lincoln Ellsworth in 1935.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1952 for Charles B. Hitchcock of the American Geographical Society, who by utilizing these photographs assisted in constructing the first reconnaissance map of this area.||
6812|Hiyoko Island|Island|690000S|0393300E|-69|39.55|||01/01/1975|An island lying 0.6 mi SW of Nesoya in the NE part of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  It is the easternmost of three small islands which lie 0.5 mi NW of the strait separating Ongul Island and East Ongul Island.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62.  The name "Hiyoko-jima" (baby chick island) was given by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1972.||
6814|Hjart Island|Island|693800S|0391600E|-69.6333333|39.2666667|||01/01/1968|Island lying 2 mi W of Skallen Hills in the E part of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Hjartoy (heart island) because of its shape.||
6815|Hjelmkalven Point|Summit|714000S|0262200E|-71.6666667|26.3666667|||01/01/1966|Rocky point on the N side of Vesthjelmen Peak, at the E side of the mouth of Byrdbreen in the Sor Rondane Mountains. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1946 from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named Hjelmkalven by the Norwegians.||
6817|Hjorth Hill|Summit|773100S|1633700E|-77.516667|163.616667|760|2493|01/01/1952|A rounded, ice-free mountain 760 m, standing just N of New Harbor and 2 mi S of Hogback Hill, in Victoria Land.  Charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, led by Scott, and named for the maker of the primus lamps used by the expedition.  The name is spelled Hjort's Hill in the popular narrative of Scott's expedition, but Hjorth's Hill is used on the map accompanying the narrative.  The recommended spelling is based upon the form consistently used on the maps accompanying the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) scientific reports.||
6818|Hjort Massif|Range|720800S|0612500W|-72.1333333|-61.4166667|1000|3281||A salient mountain rising to c. 1,000 m at the NE end of the Wilson Mountains, on the S side of Hilton Inlet, Bowman Coast, Palmer Land.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1940. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from aerial photographs taken by the U.S. Navy, 1966-69.  Surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1974-75.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 after Johan Hjort (1869-1948), Professor of Marine Biology, University of Oslo, 1920-39; Chairman of the International Whaling Committee, 1926-39.||
6823|Cape Hoadley|Cape|662800S|0995600E|-66.4666667|99.9333333|||01/01/1947|Prominent rock coastal outcrop forming the W portal of the valley occupied by Scott Glacier.  Discovered by the Western Base Party of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson in November 1912, and named by him for C.A. Hoadley, geologist with the Western Base Party.||
6824|Lake Hoare|Lake|773750S|1625159E|-77.630633|162.86627|||01/01/1976|A lake about 2 mi long between Lake Chad and Canada Glacier in Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  Named by the 8th Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1963-64, for physicist R.A. Hoare, a member of Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) that examined lakes in Taylor, Wright, and Victoria Valleys.||
6825|Hobart Rock|Island|541700S|0363000W|-54.2833333|-36.5|||01/01/1953|Low rock lying at the S side of the entrance to King Edward Cove, Cumberland East Bay, South Georgia.  The name appears on a chart based upon a survey of King Edward Cove by personnel on His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Sappho in 1906.||
6826|Hobbie Ridge|Ridge|730900S|1654100E|-73.15|165.6833333|||01/01/1969|A bold ridge that projects from the middle of the head of Meander Glacier, 5 mi S of Mount Supernal, in Victoria Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John E. Hobbie, biologist at McMurdo Station 1962-63.||
6828|Mount Hobbs|Summit|834500S|0585000W|-83.75|-58.8333333|1135|3724|01/01/1968|A mountain, 1,135 m, the highest summit of Williams Hills in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ensign James W. Hobbs, USN, of the Ellsworth Station winter party, 1958.||
6829|Hobbs Coast|Beach|745000S|1320000W|-74.8333333|-132|||01/01/1966|That portion of the coast of Marie Byrd Land extending from Cape Burks to a point on the coast opposite eastern Dean Island, at 7442S, 12705W.  Discovered by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and named for Prof. William H. Hobbs of the University of Michigan, glaciologist specializing in polar geography and history.  The U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) completely mapped the coast from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.||
6830|Hobbs Glacier|Glacier|775327S|1641037E|-77.890861|164.176916|||01/01/1963|A glacier situated in a steep, rock-walled cirque at the NW side of Hamilton Point, and flowing SE into the S part of Markham Bay on the E coast of James Ross Island.  First seen and surveyed by Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold, who named it for Prof. William H. Hobbs (1864-1953), American geologist and glaciologist.||
6831|Hobbs Glacier|Glacier|775400S|1642400E|-77.9|164.4|||08/01/1949|Eastward flowing glacier, about 7 mi long, lying 2 mi S of Blue Glacier on the coast of Victoria Land.  First explored by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) under Scott.  Scott's second expedition, the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13), explored the area more thoroughly and named the glacier for Prof. William H. Hobbs of the University of Michigan, an authority on glaciology.||01/20/2010
6832|Hobbs Islands|Island|671900S|0595800E|-67.3166667|59.9666667|||01/01/1965|A group of islands 10 mi NE of William Scoresby Bay.  The largest island of this group was discovered on Feb. 18, 1931 by British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson who thought it to be a cape and called it Cape Hobbs.  Later exploration by the William Scoresby expedition (1936) and the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37) showed it to be part of an island group.  Named by Mawson for Prof. William H. Hobbs.||
6833|Hobbs Peak|Summit|775247S|1635515E|-77.879668|163.920745|1510|4954|01/01/1964|Prominent peak, 1,510 m, on the divide between the Hobbs and Blue Glaciers in Victoria Land.  It is the highest point on the E-W section of this dividing ridge.  Climbed by members of the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1960-61), who gave it this name from its nearness to Hobbs Glacier.||
6834|Hobbs Point|Summit|643700S|0620300W|-64.6166667|-62.05|||01/01/1965|The NE end of Brooklyn Island in Wilhelmina Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Graham J. Hobbs, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) geologist at the Danco Island station in 1957 and 1958 who made a geologic reconnaissance survey of the coast between Cape Murray and Cape Willems.||
6835|Hobbs Ridge|Ridge|775250S|1635820E|-77.880475|163.972257|||01/01/1992|A prominent arc-shaped ridge which circumscribes the Hobbs Glacier to the N and NW and forms the divide with lower Blue Glacier, on Scott Coast, Victoria Land.  Named in association with Hobbs Glacier (q.v.).||
6836|Hobbs Stream|Stream|775523S|1643011E|-77.923136|164.503123|||01/01/1964|Seasonal meltwater stream flowing from the mouth of Hobbs Glacier into Salmon Bay on the coast of Victoria Land.  Referred to, but not named in publications of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) under Scott.  Named after Hobbs Glacier by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1958-59.||
6837|Hobby Rocks|Island|683500S|0775400E|-68.5833333|77.9|||01/01/1965|Three small islands lying off the Vestfold Hills, marking the western side of Davis Anchorage.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  They were remapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos and named for D. Hobby, diesel mechanic at Davis Station in 1960.||04/11/2001
6838|Hobnail Peak|Summit|783200S|1615300E|-78.5333333|161.8833333|||01/01/1962|Triangular rock bluff immediately S of Mount Tricouni, on the E side of Skelton Glacier in Victoria Land.  Explored in 1957 by the New Zealand party, of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58), and named in association with Clinker Bluff and Mount Tricouni.||03/07/1997
6839|Mount Hochlin|Summit|720500S|0040300E|-72.0833333|4.05|2760|9055|01/01/1966|A large ice-topped mountain, 2,760 m, standing E of Festninga Mountain in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named for L. Hochlin, radio operator and dog driver with Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-58).||
6840|Hochstein Ridge|Ridge|824500S|1594700E|-82.75|159.7833333|||01/01/1966|Ridge 12 mi long, extending N from Cotton Plateau between Prince Edward Glacier and Prince of Wales Glacier in the Queen Elizabeth Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Manfred Hochstein, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciologist at Roosevelt Island, 1961-62, 1962-63 and 1963-64.||
6841|Hockey Cirque|Basin|831700S|1563000E|-83.2833333|156.5|||01/01/1970|A glacial cirque 0.5 mi wide along the E wall of Ascent Glacier in the Miller Range.  So named by the Ohio State University Geological Party, 1967-68, because the cirque was the scene of a game of ice hockey.||
6842|Hodge Escarpment|Cliff|830300S|0501100W|-83.05|-50.1833333||||An escarpment to the NE of Henderson Bluff on the NW side of Lexington Table, Forrestal Range, in the Pensacola Mountains (q.v.).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Steven M. Hodge, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geophysicist, who worked in the Dufek Massif and Forrestal Range, 1978-79.||
6843|Hodgeman Islands|Island|670100S|1441400E|-67.0166667|144.2333333|||01/01/1963|A group of small islands lying close to the coast, 4 mi WSW of Cape De la Motte, in the E part of the entrance to Watt Bay. Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who named the is lands for Alfred J. Hodgeman, cartographer and assistant meteorologist with the expedition.||
6844|Mount Hodges|Summit|541600S|0363200W|-54.2666667|-36.5333333|605|1985|01/01/1956|Mountain, 605 m, standing 1 mi W of Mount Duse, close NW of the head of King Edward Cove, Cumberland East Bay, South Georgia. First roughly surveyed by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold.  "Moldaenke Berg" was used for this mountain on a 1907 map by A. Szielasko, but the name has not survived on later general charts of this area.  The name Mount Hodges appears to have been applied some years later and is now well established.  Probably named for Captain M.H. Hodges, Royal Navy (RN), of the in 1906.||
6845|Hodges Glacier|Glacier|541600S|0363200W|-54.2666667|-36.5333333|||01/01/1960|Small glacier 1 mi W of Grytviken, South Georgia, flowing from the S side of Petrel Peak to the foot of Mount Hodges.  The name was recommended by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) and derives from association with Mount Hodges.||
6846|Hodges Point|Summit|672100S|0650300W|-67.35|-65.05|960|3150|01/01/1975|A rocky point terminating in an impressive black cliff, lying 6 mi ENE of Cape Northrop on the E coast of Graham Land. Twin summits on the point rise to 940 m and 960 m.  The feature was photographed by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) 1947-48. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Ben Hodges, General Assistant with the British Antarctic Survey (BAS) Larsen Ice Shelf party, 1963-64.||
6847|Cape Hodgson|Cape|780700S|1660500E|-78.1166667|166.0833333|||01/01/1961|The northernmost cape of Black Island, in the Ross Archipelago.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1958-59) for Thomas V. Hodgson, biologist of the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04), who with Koettlitz, Ferrar and Bernacchi was first to visit the island.||
6848|Hodgson Nunatak|Summit|741700S|1000400W|-74.2833333|-100.0666667|||01/01/1968|A nunatak which lies 5 mi S of Teeters Nunatak and 20 mi NW of Mount Moses in the Hudson Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ronald A. Hodgson, USN, builder with the Byrd Station party, 1966.||
6849|Mount Hodson|Summit|564200S|0271300W|-56.7|-27.2166667|915|3002|01/01/1952|Volcanic mountain, 915 m, forming the summit of Visokoi Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  Discovered in 1819 by a Russian expedition under Bellingshausen.  Charted in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II who named it for Arnold Hodson, then Gov. of the Falkland Islands.||
6850|Hodson Point|Summit|540800S|0364700W|-54.1333333|-36.7833333|||01/01/1965|Point lying 1 mi S of Small Bay, on the E side of Fortuna Bay, South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1931 British Admiralty chart.||
6851|Mount Hoegh|Summit|645000S|0624800W|-64.8333333|-62.8|890|2920|01/01/1965|Mountain, 890 m, standing 1.5 mi SSE of Duthiers Point on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Emil von Hoegh (1865-1915), German mathematical optician who designed the first double anastigmatic camera lens in 1893.||
6852|Hoek Glacier|Glacier|660000S|0650400W|-66|-65.0666667|||01/01/1971|Glacier flowing to the W coast of Graham Land southward of Llanquihue Islands.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Henry W. Hoek (1878-1951), pioneer Swiss (formerly German) ski-mountaineer and author of one of the earliest skiing manuals.||
6853|Hoel Mountains|Summit|720000S|0140000E|-72|14|||01/01/1966|A group of mountains including the Weyprecht and Payer Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  First photographed from the air and plotted by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named for Adolf Hoel, Norwegian geologist and Arctic explorer, leader and member of many expeditions to Greenland and Spitsbergen since 1907.||
6854|Mount Hoffman|Summit|811900S|0851500W|-81.3166667|-85.25|||01/01/1964|A distinctive rock peak 1.5 mi SSW of Mount Tidd, in the southern flank of the Pirrit Hills.  The peak was positioned by the U.S. Ellsworth-Byrd Traverse Party on Dec. 7, 1958.  Named for Daniel Hoffman, mechanic with the traverse party.||
6855|Hoffman Glacier|Glacier|832200S|1674000E|-83.3666667|167.6666667|||01/01/1966|A narrow glacier, 10 mi long, flowing eastward from Mount Miller in the Holland Range to enter Lennox-King Glacier south of Rhodes Peak.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Robert D. Hoffman, U.S. Navy (USN), commanding officer of the USS Mills during Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1965.||
6856|Hoffman Point|Summit|792000S|1603000E|-79.3333333|160.5|||01/01/1965|An ice-covered coastal point at the S side of the mouth of Bertoglio Glacier, where the latter flows into Ross Ice Shelf. Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1959-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander G.L. Hoffman, Civil Engineer Corps (CEC), USN, commander of Mobile Construction Battalion Eight at McMurdo Station in U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1964.||
6857|Hofman Hill|Summit|775457S|1641233E|-77.915925|164.209195|1065|3494|01/01/1992|An ice-free peak, 1,065 m, standing at the N side of the terminus of Blackwelder Glacier, on the Scott Coast, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1992 after Robert J. Hofman, biologist, Marine Mammal Commission, Washington, DC, from 1975; conducted seal studies in 12 visits to Antarctica in the 1960's and 1970's; U.S. Representative to the Scientific Committee for the Conservation of Antarctic Marine Living Resources, 1983-86.||
6858|Mount Hofmann|Summit|824000S|1603600E|-82.6666667|160.6|2000|6562|01/01/1966|Snow-covered mountain, 2,000 m, between the mouths of Hamilton and Heilman Glaciers in the N part of the Queen Elizabeth Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Walther F. Hofmann, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciologist on the Ross Ice Shelf, 1962-63.||
6861|Hogback Hill|Summit|772903S|1633633E|-77.484289|163.609207|735|2411|01/01/1952|Rounded mountain, 735 m, rising just N of Hjorth Hill and 4 mi W of Cape Bernacchi, in Victoria Land.  Charted and given this descriptive name by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott 1910-13.||
6862|Högbom Outcrops|Summit|801500S|0245200W|-80.25|-24.8666667|1000|3281||Rocks rising to c. 1,000 m at the E side of the terminus of Schimper Glacier in the Herbert Mountains, Shackleton Range. Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of glacial geologists grouped in this area, named in 1971 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Arvid Gustaf Hogbom (1857-1940), Swedish geologist who made important contributions to the glacial geology of northern Sweden.||
6863|Mount Hoge|Summit|723500S|0312500E|-72.5833333|31.4166667|2480|8136|01/01/1966|Mountain, 2,480 m, between Mount Van der Essen and Mount Brouwer in the Belgica Mountains.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1957-58, under G. de Gerlache, who named it for Edmond Hoge, member of the scientific committee of the expedition.||
6864|Høgfonnaksla Ridge|Ridge|724400S|0033400W|-72.7333333|-3.5666667|||01/01/1966|A high rock ridge forming the N end of Hogfonna Mountain, in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Hogfonnaksla (the high snowfield shoulder).||
6865|Høgfonna Mountain|Summit|724500S|0033300W|-72.75|-3.55|||01/01/1966|A high, flat, snow-topped mountain with sheer rock sides, standing 3 mi SE of Hogskavlen Mountain in the Borg Massif, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Hogfonna (the high snowfield).||
6866|Høgfonnhornet Peak|Summit|724600S|0033700W|-72.7666667|-3.6166667|||01/01/1966|A peak surmounting the S extremity of Hogfonna Mountain, in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Hogfonnhornet (the high snowfield horn).||
6867|Hoggestabben Butte|Summit|720000S|0035800E|-72|3.9666667|2410|7907|01/01/1966|Prominent butte, 2,410 m, standing 3 mi N of Mount Hochlin and being its highest northern outlier, in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Hoggestabben (the chopping block).||
6868|Hogg Islands|Island|673100S|0613700E|-67.5166667|61.6166667|||01/01/1973|A group of small islands lying 0.5 mi S of Kamelen Island in the N part of the Stanton Group.  These small islands were mapped from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and later by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE).  They were visited in 1969 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) dog-sledge party to the Taylor Glacier area.  Named by ANCA for Dr. J. Hogg, medical officer at Mawson Station in 1969.  The central island in the group affords the best camp site in the area.||
6869|Høghamaren Crag|Cliff|723400S|0003600E|-72.5666667|.6|||01/01/1966|A rock crag 1 mi SW of Hamartind Peak in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Hoghamaren (the high crag).||
6870|Hogmanay Pass|Gap|691500S|0640700W|-69.25|-64.1166667|1230|4035|01/01/1962|A pass 1,230 m high, immediately SW of Scripps Heights, leading from the head of Casey Glacier to the middle of Lurabee Glacier, in northeastern Palmer Land.  The feature was first photographed from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth in Nov. 1935, and its southern portion was plotted from these photos by W.L.G. Joerg.  It was rephotographed by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1940, and by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947. This pass was used by a Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) survey party in Dec. 1960 and provided a good sledge route.  So named because the pass was approached on the last day of 1960, the Scottish feast of Hogmanay.||
6871|Høgsaetet Mountain|Summit|723500S|0032300W|-72.5833333|-3.3833333|||01/01/1966|A mountain just NE of Raudberget in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Hogsaetet (the high seat).||
6872|Høgsenga Crags|Cliff|715300S|0052300E|-71.8833333|5.3833333|||01/01/1967|High rock crags which form the N extremity of Breplogen Mountain in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land. Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Hogsenga (the high bed).||
6873|Høgskavlen Mountain|Summit|724000S|0034300W|-72.6666667|-3.7166667|||01/01/1966|A prominent, flattish, snow-topped mountain just NE of Domen Butte in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Hogskavlen (the high snowdrift).||
6874|Høgskavlnasen Point|Summit|724200S|0034500W|-72.7|-3.75|||01/01/1966|Point which forms the S extremity of Hogskavlen Mountain in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Hogskavlnasen (the high snowdrift point.)||
6875|Høgskavlnebbet Spur|Ridge|723800S|0033900W|-72.6333333|-3.65|||01/01/1966|A spur extending N from Hogskavlen Mountain in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Hogskavlnebbet (the high snowdrift spur).||
6876|Høgskavlpiggen Peak|Summit|723900S|0034500W|-72.65|-3.75|||01/01/1966|A peak rising from the W part of Hogskavlen Mountain, in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Hogskavlpiggen (the high snowdrift peak).||
6877|Høgskotet Spur|Ridge|723100S|0033000W|-72.5166667|-3.5|||01/01/1966|A high rock spur on the N side of Borg Mountain, in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Hogskotet (the high bulkhead).||
6878|Hogs Mouth Rocks|Island|540100S|0371900W|-54.0166667|-37.3166667|||01/01/1956|Chain of rocks which extend S from Invisible Island in the Bay of Isles, South Georgia.  First roughly charted in 1912-13 by Robert Cushman Murphy, American naturalist abroad the brig Isles in 1929-30.||
6879|Hoinkes Peak|Summit|795200S|0825800W|-79.8666667|-82.9666667|1840|6037|01/01/1966|A sharp rock peak, 1,840 m, standing at the head of Henderson Glacier where it forms part of the W wall of the glacier, in the Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Herfried C. Hoinkes, meteorologist at Little America V Station in 1957.||
6880|Holane Nunataks|Summit|715800S|0002900E|-71.9666667|.4833333|||01/01/1966|Two isolated nunataks lying about 20 mi W of the N extremity of the Sverdrup Mountains, in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Holane.||
6881|Holcomb Glacier|Glacier|753500S|1424800W|-75.5833333|-142.8|||01/01/1972|A glacier which drains northward to the coast of Marie Byrd Land 9 mi southeast of Groves Island.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Leroy G. Holcomb, ionospheric physicist at Byrd Station, 1971.||
6882|Holden Nunataks|Summit|725100S|0650000W|-72.85|-65|1500|4921||A group of about four nunataks rising to 1,500 m near the head of Mosby Glacier, to the S of Journal Peaks in south-central Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from aerial photographs taken by the U.S. Navy, 1966-69.  Surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1974-75.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Godfrey A. Holden, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) general assistant who took part in the survey; later, Station Commander, Rothera, 1977-78.||
6884|Holder Peak|Summit|694500S|0743100E|-69.75|74.5166667|||01/01/1970|A low peak near the Antarctic coast, standing just N of Young Peak and 2 mi E of Mount Caroline Mikkelsen.  First plotted from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and with Young Peak called "Tvillingfjell" (twin mountain) by Norwegian cartographers.  This peak was named by ANCA for J. Holder, weather observer at Davis Station in 1963 and a member of the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party that surveyed the area.||
6885|Holdfast Point|Summit|664800S|0663600W|-66.8|-66.6|||01/01/1964|A point at the E side of Lallemand Fjord, about 12 mi SW of Cape Rey, Graham Land.  Mapped from air photos taken by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  So named because when the pack ice breaks out to the N of Lallemand Fjord, it usually continues to hold fast for some time longer S of this point.||
6886|Mount Holdgate|Summit|592800S|0271100W|-59.4666667|-27.1833333|960|3150|01/01/1972|A prominent mountain (960 m) with steep icefalls and rock buttresses which provides a clear landmark at the SE end of Cook Island, South Sandwich Islands.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Martin W. Holdgate, organizer and senior scientist of the survey of the South Sandwich Islands from His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Protector in 1964.||
6887|Mount Holdsworth|Summit|720800S|1663500E|-72.1333333|166.5833333|2360|7743|01/01/1964|A granite peak (2,360 m) in the E part of Monteath Hills, Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named by NZFMCAE, 1962-63, after Gerald Holdsworth, leader of the northern party of this expedition.||
6888|Holdsworth Glacier|Glacier|863000S|1540000W|-86.5|-154|||01/01/1967|A tributary glacier about 8 mi long, flowing NE from Fuller Dome to enter the SE side of Bartlett Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gerald Holdsworth, involved in geological studies at McMurdo Station, summer of 1965-66.||
6889|Hole Rock|Island|615300S|0574400W|-61.8833333|-57.7333333|||01/01/1953|The largest of several rocks lying close N of North Foreland, the NE cape of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted in 1937 by DI personnel on the extends through it.||
6890|Holgate Shoal|Bar|535900S|0381600W|-53.9833333|-38.2666667|||01/01/1964|An area of shoals lying E of Ramp Rock and 1.5 mi NW of Main Island in the Willis Islands, South Georgia.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Able Seaman Ralph A. Holgate of His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Owen, which first charted the shoal in 1961.||
6891|Holiday Peak|Summit|780600S|1633600E|-78.1|163.6|800|2625|01/01/1974|A peak over 800 m high standing between the lower ends of Miers and Adams Glaciers.  So named by the New Zealand Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1960-61, because of its prominent position overlooking the expedition's Christmas camp.||
6892|Holladay Nunataks|Summit|693100S|1591900E|-69.5166667|159.3166667|||01/01/1970|A cluster of nunataks 3 mi in extent, occupying the central part of the peninsula between the terminus of Tomilin Glacier and the Gillett Ice Shelf Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Billy W. Holladay, Chief Aviation Electronics Technician, U.S. Navy (USN), who was Maintenance Control Chief at McMurdo Station during Operation Deep Freeze, 1968.||
6893|Holland Range|Range|831000S|1660000E|-83.1666667|166|||01/01/1966|A rugged coastal range, about 60 mi long, lying just W of the Ross Ice Shelf and extending from the Robb Glacier to Lennox-King Glacier.  Named by the Ross Sea Committee for Sir Sidney Holland, who as Prime Minister of New Zealand supported that nation's participation in the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58).||
6894|Hollick-Kenyon Peninsula|Cape|683500S|0635000W|-68.5833333|-63.8333333|||01/01/1953|The peninsula, an ice-covered spur from the main mountain mass of the Antarctic Peninsula, projects over 40 mi in a NE arc from its base between Mobiloil and Casey Inlets.  Discovered and partially photographed from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth on his 1935 trans-Antarctic flight from Dundee Island to the Ross Sea. Photographed from the air and charted from the ground by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940.  Named for Herbert Hollick-Kenyon, pilot on Ellsworth's flight in 1935, whose demonstration of the practicability of landing and taking off an airplane in isolated areas constitutes a distinct contribution to the technique of Antarctic exploration.||
6895|Hollick-Kenyon Plateau|Plain|780000S|1050000W|-78|-105|1200|3937|01/01/1947|A large, relatively featureless snow plateau, 1,200 m to 1,800 m above sea level, located between the northern portion of the Ellsworth Mountains, to the east, and Mount Takahe and Crary Mountains, to the west.  Discovered by Lincoln Ellsworth on his trans-Antarctic airplane flight during November-December 1935, and named by Ellsworth for his pilot, Herbert Hollick-Kenyon.||
6896|Mount Hollingshead|Summit|704100S|0661000E|-70.6833333|66.1666667|||01/01/1965|A large peak about 3 mi E of Mount Dowie in the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Visited in January 1957 by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) southern party led by W.G. Bewsher, and named for John A. Hollingshead, radio supervisor at Mawson Station in 1956.||
6897|Mount Hollingsworth|Summit|671500S|0502100E|-67.25|50.35|||01/01/1965|Mountain 1 mi S of Priestley Peak, close S of Amundsen Bay in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for R.J.T. Hollingsworth, geophysicist at Mawson Station in 1961.||
6898|Hollingsworth Glacier|Glacier|753300S|1595700E|-75.55|159.95|||01/01/1968|A broad glacier of low gradient, draining the vicinity E of the Ricker Hills and flowing NE to enter David Glacier just E of Trio Nunataks, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Jerry L. Hollingsworth, meteorologist with the South Pole Station winter party, 1966.||
6899|Hollingworth Cliffs|Cliff|802600S|0253300W|-80.4333333|-25.55||||A line of cliffs to the S of Mount Absalom in the Herbert Mountains, Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of glacial geologists grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Sydney E. Hollingworth (1899-1966), British geologist who specialized in the Pleistocene geology of NW England; Professor of Geology, University College, London University, 1946-66.||
6900|Hollin Island|Island|661900S|1102400E|-66.3166667|110.4|||01/01/1963|An island about 1 mi long, lying N of Midgley Island, in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John T. Hollin, glaciologist at Wilkes Station in 1958.||
6901|Holl Island|Island|662500S|1102500E|-66.4166667|110.4166667|||01/01/1955|Rocky, triangular-shaped island, 1.7 mi long, marking the SW end of the Windmill Islands.  Mapped from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml, 1947-48.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Richard C. Holl, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), photogrammetrist with the Navy Hydrographic Office, who served as surveyor with the U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml parties which established astronomical control stations on Holl Island and along Queen Mary and Knox Coasts.||
6902|Mount Holloway|Summit|844500S|1633600E|-84.75|163.6|2650|8694|01/01/1966|A mountain, 2,650 m, standing between Swinford Glacier and Table Bay, in Queen Alexandra Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Harry L. Holloway, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1964-65.||
6904|Holluschickie Bay|Bay|635900S|0581600W|-63.9833333|-58.2666667|||01/01/1963|A bay on the W coast of James Ross Island, entered between Matkah and Kotick Points.  Probably first seen by Nordenskjold in 1903.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1945 The name arose during a subsequent visit by a Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) party in 1952, when a large number of young seals was observed near the mouth of the bay.  The holluschickie were the young seals in Rudyard Kipling's story "The White Seal" in the Jungle Book.||
6905|Holman Dome|Summit|662700S|0985400E|-66.45|98.9|||01/01/1953|Dome-shaped nunatak 2 mi SW of Watson Bluff, on the E side of David Island.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson 1911-14 who named it for William A. Holman, Premier of New South Wales in 1911.||
6906|Mount Holmboe|Summit|772000S|0863500W|-77.3333333|-86.5833333|1730|5676|01/01/1961|Mountain, 1,730 m, standing 1 mi N of Mount Liavaag and 7 mi NW of Mount Weems near the extreme N end of the Sentinel Range in the Ellsworth Mountains.  Discovered by Lincoln Ellsworth on his trans-Antarctic flight of Nov. 23, 1935.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Dr. Jorgen Holmboe, meteorologist on Ellsworth's Antarctic expedition, 1933-34.||
6907|Holme Bay|Bay|673500S|0624200E|-67.5833333|62.7|||01/01/1947|Bay, 22 mi wide, containing many islands, indenting the coast 5 mi N of the Framnes Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition in January-February 1937, and so named because of its island-studded character.||
6908|Mount Holmes|Summit|664700S|0641600W|-66.7833333|-64.2666667|1440|4724|01/01/1952|Buttress-type mountain, 1,440 m, standing 3 mi NW of Mount Hayes on the E coast of Graham Land.  Charted in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne. Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Maurice Holmes, author of An Introduction to the Bibliography of Captain James Cook R.N. (London, 1936).||
6909|Holmes Block|Summit|781300S|1613500E|-78.2166667|161.5833333|1855|6086|01/01/1995|A blocklike bluff, rising to 1,855 m at the W side of Ruecroft Glacier, 2 mi W of Cooke Bluff, in Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1994 after John W. Holmes, cartographer, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Branch of Special Maps, 1951-77, a specialist in  Antarctic mapping; from 1977, assigned to U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Mapping Applications Center.||10/18/2000
6910|Holmes Bluff|Cliff|745900S|1334300W|-74.9833333|-133.7166667|||01/01/1966|A bluff marking the N end of Demas Range on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  The feature was observed from aircraft of the U.S. Antarctic Service, 1939-41, but was first mapped in detail by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Thomas J. Holmes, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at Byrd Station, 1961.||
6911|Holmes Glacier|Glacier|664600S|1265400E|-66.7666667|126.9|||01/01/1953|A broad glacier debouching into the western part of Porpoise Bay about 10 mi S of Cape Spieden.  Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47). Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Dr. Silas Holmes, Assistant Surgeon on the brig Porpoise during the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Lieutenant Charles Wilkes.||
6912|Holmes Hills|Range|720800S|0632500W|-72.1333333|-63.4166667|1700|5577||A group of ridges and nunataks rising to c. 1,700 m between Runcorn Glacier and Beaumont Glacier, bounded to SW by Brennecke Nunataks in south-central Palmer Land.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from aerial photographs taken by the U.S. Navy, 1966-69.  Surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1972-73.  In association with the names of continental drift scientists grouped in this area, named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1978 after Arthur Holmes (1890-1965), Scottish geologist, Professor of Geology, Edinburgh University, 1943-56.||
6913|Holmes Island|Island|654100S|0651500W|-65.6833333|-65.25|||01/01/1971|Island 1.5 mi long, lying S of Vieugue Island, in the Biscoe Islands.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Bryan Holmes, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) surveyor at Prospect Point in 1957, who was attached to the British Naval Hydrographic Survey Unit in this area, 1957-58.||
6914|Holmes Rock|Island|622300S|0595000W|-62.3833333|-59.8333333|||01/01/1965|Rock lying 1 mi NW of Emeline Island, Aitcho Islands, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961 for Jeremiah Holmes, Master of the American sealing vessel Emeline from Stonington, CT, who visited the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21.||
6915|Holmes Summit|Summit|804000S|0244000W|-80.6666667|-24.6666667|1875|6152||Peak rising to 1,875 m, the highest elevation in the Read Mountains, Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of geologists grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after Professor Arthur Holmes (Holmes Hills, q.v).||
6916|Holmestrand|Cape|541500S|0371600W|-54.25|-37.2666667|||01/01/1965|Point at the W side of Jossac Bight, on the S coast of South Georga.  The name appears on a chart based on surveys by DI personnel during 1925-30, but was probably applied earlier by Norwegian whalers operating from South Georgia.||
6919|Holoviak Glacier|Glacier|712200S|0720900W|-71.3666667|-72.15||||Glacier flowing W into the head of Mendelssohn Inlet, Beethoven Peninsula, SW Alexander Island. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy aerial photographs taken 1967-68 and from Landsat imagery taken 1972-73.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Judy C. Holoviak, technical editor, 1964-77, of the Antarctic Research Series, published by the American Geophysical Union; director of publications for the Union from 1978.||
6920|Holst Peak|Summit|712000S|0700600W|-71.3333333|-70.1|1000|3281|01/01/1961|Rocky pyramidal peak, 1,000 m, midway between the S end of the Walton Mountains and LeMay Range in the central part of Alexander Island.  First mapped from air photos obtained by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Gustav Holst (1874-1934), English composer.||
6921|Holst Point|Summit|653200S|0635000W|-65.5333333|-63.8333333|||01/01/1971|Point at the head of Beascochea Bay which divides it into two arms, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Axel Holst (1860-1931), Norwegian biochemist who in 1907, with Theodor C.B. Frolich, first produced experimental scurvy and laid the foundations for later work on vitamins.||
6922|Mount Holt|Summit|692500S|0714300W|-69.4166667|-71.7166667|750|2461||Mountain rising to c. 750 m at the terminus of Palestrina Glacier, Lazarev Bay, Alexander Island. The mountain was photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and was mapped from the photos by D. Searle of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Fred C. Holt, U.S. Navy (USN), Commanding Officer, Squadron VXE-6, Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1976; LC-130 aircraft commander, 1975.||
6923|Holtanna Peak|Summit|715500S|0082200E|-71.9166667|8.3666667|2650|8694|01/01/1967|A peak, 2,650 m, whose E portion is occupied by a small cirque glacier, standing 1 mi N of Mundlauga Crags in the E part of Fenriskjeften Mountain in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Holtanna (the hollow tooth).||
6924|Holtedahl Bay|Bay|660700S|0652000W|-66.1166667|-65.3333333|||01/01/1950|Bay, 10 mi long in NW-SE direction and averaging 6 mi wide, between Prospect Point and Black Head along the W coast of Graham land.  Discovered by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, and named by Rymill for Prof. Olaf Holtedahl, Norwegian geologist who conducted geologic research during 1927-28 in the South Shetland Islands and the Palmer Archipelago, to which he was transported by various whaling vessels.||
6927|Holtedahl Peaks|Range|714700S|0085800E|-71.7833333|8.9666667|||01/01/1970|A group of peaks and ridges lying northward of Steinskaret Gap and forming the northern portion of the Kurze Mountains, in Queen Maud Land.  The name "Holtedahlfjella" was applied to the entire extent of the Kurze Mountains on a Norsk Polarinstitutt map of 1966, but the name Kurze has priority, having been given by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39.  For the sake of historical continuity, Kurze Mountains has been retained as applied by Ritscher; the name Holtedahl Peaks is recommended for the elevations northward of Steinskaret Gap in these mountains. Named for Prof. Olaf Holtedahl, noted Norwegian geologist who worked in the South Shetland Islands and Palmer Archipelago area, 1927-28.||
6928|Holtet Nunatak|Summit|745000S|0735600W|-74.8333333|-73.9333333|1300|4265||A nunatak rising to c. 1,300 m, 2 mi NE of Grossenbacher Nunatak in the Lyon Nunataks, Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from aerial photographs taken by the U.S. Navy, 1965-68, and from Landsat imagery taken 1973-74.  Named in 1987 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Jan A. Holtet of the Norwegian Institute of Cosmic Physics, upper atmospheric physicist at Siple Station, 1970-71.||
6929|Holt Glacier|Glacier|744000S|1103600W|-74.6666667|-110.6|||01/01/1967|A broad glacier on Bear Peninsula that flows E to the sea between Grimes Ridge and Jones Bluffs, in Marie Byrd Land.  First delineated by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in January 1947.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Joseph V. Holt, a member of the U.S. Army Aviation Detachment in Antarctica, 1965-66.||
6930|Holth Peaks|Range|772500S|0864300W|-77.4166667|-86.7166667|1820|5971|01/01/1961|A group of peaks which rises to 1,820 m in the form of a short NE-SW ridge, 2 mi NW of Mount Lymburner near the N end of the Sentinel Range in the Ellsworth Mountains.  Discovered by Lincoln Ellsworth on his trans-Antarctic flight of Nov. 23, 1935. Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Baard Holth, captain of the Wyatt Earp on Ellsworth's first expedition to Antarctica, 1933-34.||
6931|Holt Nunatak|Summit|641700S|0592100W|-64.2833333|-59.35|||01/01/1964|A prominent nunatak lying at the NE corner of Larsen Inlet in Graham Land.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the Holt Mfg. Co. of Stockton, CA, which, in 1906, began commercial production of chain-track tractors, and the Holt Caterpillar Tractor Co. of New York, founded two years later.||
6932|Holt Peak|Summit|794500S|0810400W|-79.75|-81.0666667|850|2789|01/01/1966|A bare rock peak, 850 m, surmounting the NE end of the Meyer Hills in the Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William C. Holt, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) auroral scientist at Ellsworth Station, 1961.||
6933|Holt Point|Summit|661700S|1103000E|-66.2833333|110.5|||01/01/1963|Point marking the W extremity of Bailey Peninsula, at the E side of the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for photographer's mate James R. Holt, USN, a member of the Wilkes Station party of 1958.||
6934|Holyoake Range|Range|821300S|1600000E|-82.2166667|160|||01/01/1966|A range in the S part of the Churchill Mountains, extending in a NW-SE direction for about 25 mi between Prince Philip and Errant Glaciers.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) for the Rt. Hon. K.J. Holyoake who, as Minister of Agriculture, then Prime Minister and later as Leader of the Opposition, gave strong support to New Zealand participation in Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.||
6935|Holzrichter Glacier|Glacier|845000S|1723000W|-84.8333333|-172.5|||01/01/1966|A broad tributary glacier which drains the NE slopes of the Prince Olav Mountains between Mount Wade and Mount Oliver and enters the Gough Glacier just N of Mount Dodge.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Max A. Holzrichter, U.S. Navy (USN), Deputy Commander and Chief of Staff, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, 1964 and 1965.||
6936|Mount Homard|Summit|804000S|0295000W|-80.6666667|-29.8333333|1200|3937|01/01/1962|Mountain, 1,200 m, near the head of Blaiklock Glacier, 2 mi S of Trey Peaks in the W part of the Shackleton Range.  First mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and named for Sergeant Major Desmond E.L. Homard, engineer with the advance party and transpolar party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1955-58.||
6937|Hombron Rocks|Bar|632800S|0584200W|-63.4666667|-58.7|||01/01/1952|Rocks awash lying off Thanaron Point, Trinity Peninsula. Discovered by a French expedition, 1837-40, under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville, and named by him for Jacques Hombron, a surgeon with the expedition.  The rocks were surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1946.||04/11/2001
6939|Homerun Range|Range|714000S|1663500E|-71.6666667|166.5833333|||01/01/1964|A northwest-trending range, 28 mi long and 2 to 7 mi wide, located E of Everett Range at the heads of the Ebbe and Tucker Glaciers in Victoria Land.  The name derives from "Homerun Bluff," a field name of the southern party of NZFMCAE, 1962-63, used to denote a turning point in their traverse at this range to the airlift point and the return to Scott Base.  The entire range was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.||
6940|Homeward Point|Summit|645100S|0633700W|-64.85|-63.6166667|||01/01/1960|Point forming the W side of the entrance to Security Bay, on Doumer Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot 1903-05.  So named by the British Naval Hydrographic Survey Unit in 1956-57 because the point was sighted as a prominent landmark almost daily by the crew of their motor-launch when homeward bond for Port Lockroy at the end of a day's survey work in Bismarck Strait.||
6941|Homing Head|Cliff|674800S|0671600W|-67.8|-67.2666667|60|197|01/01/1960|Headland at the NE side of Sally Cove on Horseshoe Island, off Graham Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958.  The name arose because this conspicuous black headland, formed by sheer cliffs 60 m high, was treated as an objective by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) sledging parties returning to the Horseshoe Island station.||
6944|Honeycomb Glacier|Glacier|720700S|1695200E|-72.1166667|169.8666667|||01/01/1962|Glacier which drains the N and E sides of the mountainous mass surmounted by Mount Whewell, then flows S between that feature and Honeycomb Ridge to Moubray Bay.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, for its proximity to Honeycomb Ridge.||
6945|Honeycomb Ridge|Ridge|720500S|1695800E|-72.0833333|169.9666667|||01/01/1962|Ridge which extends N from the mouth of Ironside Glacier on the W side of Moubray Bay.  So named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, because it consists mainly of a granitic rock which in many places is honeycombed on exposed surfaces by holes and cavities.||
6947|Honkala Island|Island|661400S|1103700E|-66.2333333|110.6166667|||01/01/1960|Rocky island, 0.75 mi long, at the SE side of Burnett Island, in the Swain Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and observed by Wilkes Station personnel who conducted a 1957 survey of Swain Islands under C.R. Eklund. Named by Eklund for Rudolf A. Honkala, chief meteorologist with the US-IGY wintering party of 1957 at Wilkes Station.||
6948|Honnør Glacier|Glacier|692300S|0395000E|-69.3833333|39.8333333|||01/01/1964|A glacier flowing to the E side of Lutzow-Holm Bay, to the N of Byvagasane Peaks.  A glacier tongue extending seaward from this feature was mapped by the Lars Christensen Exp 1936-37 and named Honnorbrygga (the honor wharf).  The Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, found the glacier tongue had broken off but amended the original naming to apply to the glacier.||
6949|Honnywill Peak|Summit|803100S|0290800W|-80.5166667|-29.1333333|1220|4003|01/01/1962|Rock peak, 1,220 m, immediately SE of Williams Ridge on the W side of Stratton Glacier in the Shackleton Range.  First mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and named for Eleanor Honnywill, Assistant Secretary to the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) in 1955-59, and later Secretary and Editor.||
6951|Honores Rock|Island|623000S|0594300W|-62.5|-59.7166667|||01/01/1972|A rock lying 0.5 mi SW of Ferrer Point in Discovery Bay, Greenwich Island, South Shetland Islands.  The name derives from the forms "Islote Honores" and "Islote Cocinero Honores" given by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition (1947) after the cook of the expedition ship Iquique.||
6952|Hood Glacier|Glacier|835500S|1731000E|-83.9166667|173.1666667|||01/01/1962|A glacier about 25 mi long draining northward from Siege Dome in the Commonwealth Range.  It enters Ross Ice Shelf between that range and Separation Range.  Discovered by the Southern Polar Party of British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) under Ernest Shackleton.  Named for Admiral Sir Horace Hood, under whom J.B. Adams, a member of the party had served in His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Berwick.||
6953|Hoodwink Island|Island|670100S|0665200W|-67.0166667|-66.8666667|||01/01/1964|Island lying 1 mi E of Arrowsmith Peninsula in Lallemand Fjord, Graham Land.  Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from surveys and air photos, 1955-57.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because the island hoodwinked Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) geologists and surveyors who misinterpreted the island's geological composition and incorrectly identified a nearby survey station during a local triangulation.||
6954|Mount Hook|Summit|832000S|0500000W|-83.3333333|-50||||A mountainous snow-covered projection from the E side of Saratoga Table, 5 mi SE of Sorna Bluff, in the Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains (q.v.).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1979 after Lieutenant Richard M. Hook, U.S. Navy (USN), Medical Officer at South Pole Station, winter party 1969.||
6955|Hooke Point|Summit|671100S|0664200W|-67.1833333|-66.7|||01/01/1964|A point near the head of Lallemand Fjord, in Graham Land. Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from surveys and air photos, 1946-59.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Robert Hooke (1635-1703), English experimental physicist and author of Micrographia, which contains one of the earliest known descriptions of ice crystals.||
6956|Cape Hooker|Cape|631800S|0615600W|-63.3|-61.9333333|||01/01/1952|The SE point of Low Island, in the South Shetland Islands. The feature was roughly charted by the nineteenth century sealers; further charted by Commander Henry Foster in 1829 but shown as the NE point of the island.  Following air photography by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) in 1956, the charted shape of the island was drastically altered and the name Cape Hooker was applied to its SE point as described.||
6957|Cape Hooker|Cape|703800S|1664500E|-70.6333333|166.75|||01/01/1947|Cape on the NE portion of the peninsula which includes Davis Ice Piedmont, on the N coast of Victoria Land.  With Cape Dayman to the ESE, it forms an outer entrance point to Yule Bay. Discovered by Captain James Clark Ross, 1841, who named it for Joseph Dalton Hooker (later Sir Joseph), naturalist and assistant surgeon on the Erebus who became internationally famous as a botanist.||
6958|Mount Hooker|Summit|780600S|1624200E|-78.1|162.7|3800|12467|08/01/1949|Rounded summit over 3,800 m, standing immediately S of Mount Lister in the Royal Society Range of Victoria Land. Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) which named it for Sir Joseph Hooker.||01/20/2010
6959|Hooker Glacier|Glacier|780342S|1630711E|-78.061566|163.119672|||01/01/1962|A glacier on the E side of the Royal Society Range, draining NE into Blue Glacier from the slopes of Mount Hooker. Surveyed in 1957 by the New Zealand Blue Glacier Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) and named after Mount Hooker.||
6960|Hook Island|Island|653800S|0651000W|-65.6333333|-65.1666667|||01/01/1971|Island lying 1 mi NE of Vieugue Island, in the Biscoe Islands.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  The name, given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959, is descriptive of the island's shape when seen from the air.||
6961|Hooper Crags|Cliff|782500S|1624300E|-78.4166667|162.7166667|||01/01/1963|A rocky spur 3 mi long, lying at the S side of Foster Glacier in the Royal Society Range. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1963 for Lieutenant Benjamin F. Hooper, helicopter pilot with U.S. Navy Squadron VX-6, who wintered at McMurdo Station in 1960.||
6962|Hooper Glacier|Glacier|644400S|0633700W|-64.7333333|-63.6166667|||01/01/1963|Glacier 3 mi long, flowing from the col N of Mount William into the W side of Borgen Bay, Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Peter R. Hooper of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), leader and geologist at the Arthur Harbor station in 1955 and 1956.||
6963|Hoopers Shoulder|Summit|773152S|1665312E|-77.531152|166.886794|1800|5905|01/01/1972|An independent cone at an elevation of 1,800 m on the W slopes of Mount Erebus on Ross Island.  From McMurdo Sound it appears as a perfect pyramid of black rock, standing out as a splendid mark against the background of the ice and almost on a line from Cape Royds to the crater of Mount Erebus.  The cone itself is about 100 m high and is surrounded by a deep moat or ditch, caused by the sweeping action of strong winds.  It was named by F. Debenham on the second ascent of Mount Erebus for F.J. Hooper, a steward of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13. Hooper was one of the party making the second ascent.||10/18/2000
6964|Hopalong Nunatak|Summit|813300S|0284500W|-81.55|-28.75|||01/01/1962|Westernmost and highest of the Whichaway Nunataks.  First mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and so named to mark the work in this area of the Australian geologist of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) in 1956-58.||
6965|Lake Hope|Lake|632500S|0570100W|-63.4166667|-57.0166667|||01/01/1966|A small lake lying 0.5 mi N of Mount Flora, close E of the head of Hope Bay, Trinity Peninsula.  Named after nearby Hope Bay by Argentine parties working in the area.||
6966|Mount Hope|Summit|694600S|0643400W|-69.7666667|-64.5666667|2860|9383|01/01/1962|A massive mountain rising to 2,860 m, forming the central and highest peak of Eternity Range, northern Palmer Land.  First seen from the air and named Mount Hope by Lincoln Ellsworth during his flights of Nov. 21 and 23, 1935.  The mountain was surveyed and given the name Mount Wakefield by J.R. Rymill of British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) in Nov. 1936.  The feature was subsequently photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in Sept. 1940, and by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in Dec. 1947. A careful study of the reports, maps, and photographs of these expeditions, as well as additional survey of the area by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960, has led to the conclusion that Ellsworth's Mount Hope and Rymill's Mount Wakefield are synonymous.  For the sake of historical continuity the name Mount Hope has been retained for this mountain (the name Wakefield has been transferred to Wakefield Highland located close northwestward).  This mountain is one of three major mountains in Ellsworth's Eternity Range to which he gave the names Faith, Hope, and Charity.||03/07/1997
6967|Mount Hope|Summit|833100S|1711600E|-83.5166667|171.2666667|835|2739|01/01/1947|A low but conspicuous mountain, 835 m, marking the W side of the terminus of Beardmore Glacier, at its confluence with the Ross Ice Shelf.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and so named because the Polar Party, after ascending this mountain in the hope of finding a route to the South Pole, saw the great Beardmore Glacier stretching to the south as far as they could see.||
6969|Hope Bay|Bay|632300S|0570000W|-63.3833333|-57|||01/01/1947|Bay 3 mi long and 2 mi wide, indenting the tip of Antarctic Peninsula and opening on Antarctic Sound.  Discovered on Jan. 15, 1902, by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, who named it in commemoration of the winter spent there by J. Gunnar Andersson, S.A. Duse, and Toralf Grunden of his expedition.||
6970|Mount Hopeful|Summit|620200S|0580600W|-62.0333333|-58.1|||01/01/1960|Peak standing 1.5 mi N of the head of King George Bay and 1.5 mi SE of Rea Peak on King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for the Enderby Brothers' schooner Hopeful (Captain Henry Rea), which sailed from London in 1833 in company with the tender Rose in order to continue John Biscoe's Antarctic researches.  The Antarctic voyage was abandoned after the Rose had been crushed in the pack ice at 6017S, 5326W, December 1833 or January 1834.||
6972|Hope Island|Island|630300S|0565000W|-63.05|-56.8333333|||01/01/1952|Largest of a group of small islands lying 6 mi W of Turnbull Point, D'Urville Island, off the NE tip of Antarctic Peninsula.  The name appears on Powell's map published by Laurie in 1822.  A French expedition under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville, 1837-40, charted an island in essentially the same position which was named Daussy Island.||
6974|Hope Point|Summit|541700S|0362900W|-54.2833333|-36.4833333|20|66|01/01/1953|Rocky bluff, 20 m, forming the N side of the entrance to King Edward Cove, on the W side of Cumberland East Bay, South Georgia.  Charted by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, 1901-04. Named for H.W.W. Hope, who directed a 1920 survey of King Edward Cove by personnel on His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Dartmouth.  Hope Point is the site of a monument in commemoration of Sir Ernest Shackleton.||
6975|Hope Point|Summit|672300S|0593600E|-67.3833333|59.6|||01/01/1953|A point the western end of Bertha Island in the William Scoresby Archipelago.  The name appears to have been applied by personnel of the William Scoresby who landed on Bertha Island and roughly charted these islands in February 1936.||
6976|Hope Valley|Valley|540100S|0375600W|-54.0166667|-37.9333333|||01/01/1963|Valley extending ENE for nearly 3 mi from the head of Undine Harbor near the W end of South Georgia.  Charted and named "Tal der Hoffnung" by a German expedition under Kohl-Larsen 1928-29; an English form of the original name is approved.||
6977|Hop Island|Island|685000S|0774300E|-68.8333333|77.7166667|||01/01/1956|One of the largest of the Rauer Islands, about 3 mi long, lying 1 mi WSW of Filla Island.  Charted by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37), who gave the name Hopoy.  They charted the feature as being even larger, including a southern arm enclosing a cove.  The feature was more accurately delineated by John H. Roscoe in 1952 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  The name Hop Island has been retained for the largest segment of the feature as suggested by Roscoe.||
6978|Hopkins Glacier|Glacier|663600S|0654200W|-66.6|-65.7|||01/01/1964|Glacier flowing into Darbel Bay S of Erskine Glacier, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1955-57, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 for Sir Frederick Hopkins (1861-1947), founder of the School of Biochemistry at Cambridge, who made pioneer investigations on synthetic diets and vitamins which contributed greatly to the development of present ideas on concentrated rations.||
6980|Horatio Stump|Summit|621300S|0590100W|-62.2166667|-59.0166667|165|541|01/01/1960|Flat-topped hill, 165 m, lying immediately E of Flat Top Peninsula at the SW end of King George Island, South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for the sealing vessel Shetland Islands in 1820-21.||
6981|Cape Hordern|Cape|661500S|1003100E|-66.25|100.5166667|||01/01/1955|Ice-free cape, overlain by morainic drift, at the NW end of the Bunger Hills.  Probably sighted from Watson Bluff (6625S, 9857E) by A.L. Kennedy and other members of the Western Base Party of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson, 1911-14, who charted the W wall of what appeared to be two small islands lying N of Cape Hoadley in about 10035E.  Named "Hordern Island" by Mawson for Sir Samuel Hordern of Sydney, a patron of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE).  Renamed Cape Hordern by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) following correlation of Kennedy's map with the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) map of 1955 compiled from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.||
6982|Mount Hordern|Summit|675600S|0622900E|-67.9333333|62.4833333|1510|4954|01/01/1947|Peak, 1,510 m, standing 4 mi S of Mount Coates in the David Range.  Discovered in February 1931 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, and named for Sir Samuel Horden, a patron of this expedition and the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson, 1911-14.||
6983|Hordern Gap|Gap|675300S|0623000E|-67.8833333|62.5|||01/01/1961|Gap, 3 mi wide, between Mount Coates and Mount Hordern in the David Range of the Framnes Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  This gap was used by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) parties in 1957 and 1958 as a route through the range.  Named by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) for its proximity to Mount Hordern.||
6986|Horgebest Peak|Summit|723400S|0002700E|-72.5666667|.45|||01/01/1966|Peak just E of Fred Cirque in Roots Heights, Sverdrup Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Horgebest (mountain beast).||
6987|Horizon Bluff|Cliff|775402S|1602631E|-77.900495|160.442033|2275|7464|01/01/1993|A steep bluff at the head of Beacon Valley, rising to 2,275 m to the W of Friedmann Valley in Quartermain Mountains, Victoria Land.  One of a group of names in the area associated with surveying applied in 1993 by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB); horizon being the line of sight described by level line of theodolite or level.||
6988|Horlick Ice Stream|Stream|851700S|1320000W|-85.2833333|-132|||01/01/1967|A large ice stream on the featureless ice surface to the north of the main mass of the Horlick Mountains, draining west-southwestward, paralleling these mountains, to enter the lower portion of the Reedy Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Horlick Mountains.||
6989|Horlick Mountains|Summit|852300S|1210000W|-85.3833333|-121|||01/01/1947|A mountain group in the Transantarctic Mountains, lying eastward of Reedy Glacier and including the Wisconsin Range, Long Hills and Ohio Range.  The mountains were discovered in two observations by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35, one by Kennett L. Rawson from a position in about 8305S, 10519W, at the end of his SE flight of Nov. 22, 1934, and another by Quin Blackburn in Dec. 1934, from positions looking up Leverett and Albanus Glaciers. Portions of the Wisconsin Range are recorded in aerial photography obtained by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47.  The entire mountain group was surveyed by U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) parties and was mapped from U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1959-64.  Named by Admiral Byrd for William Horlick, of the Horlick's Malted Milk Corp., a supporter of the Byrd expedition of 1933-35.||
6991|The Horn|Summit|633900S|0573400W|-63.65|-57.5666667|220|722|01/01/1952|A hill, 220 m, with a sheer cliff of reddish rock on its W side, surmounting the NW point of Eagle Island, which lies in Prince Gustav Channel between Trinity Peninsula and Vega Island. Surveyed and named descriptively by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1945.||
6992|Hornaday Rock|Island|540100S|0380100W|-54.0166667|-38.0166667|||01/01/1963|Rock lying in Bird Sound, 0.6 mi WSW of Cape Alexandra at the W end of South Georgia.  The feature appears on charts dating back to the 1930s.  It was recharted by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for William T. Hornaday (1854-1937), American zoologist and Director of the New York Zoological Park, 1896-1926. After 1907 he was a leader in the fight to introduce protective legislation for fur seals.  Fur seals breed on nearby Bird Island.||
6993|Hornblende Bluffs|Cliff|695400S|1594500E|-69.9|159.75|1050|3445|01/01/1964|Prominent bluffs that rise to 1,050 m, located 2 mi SE of Mount Ellery and near the head of Suvorov Glacier, in Wilson Hills.  So named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, who found the rock here contains the mineral hornblende.||
6994|Horn Bluff|Cliff|682100S|1494500E|-68.35|149.75|325|1066||A prominent rocky headland on the northern side of the coastal island at the western side of Deakin Bay.  The feature rises to 325 m and is marked by the columnar structure of the dolerite forming the upper part of it.  Discovered and mapped as part of the mainland by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who applied the name for W.A. Horn of Adelaide, a patron of the expedition.  The headland was shown to be on an island by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1962.||
6995|Mount Horne|Summit|754600S|0714400W|-75.7666667|-71.7333333|1165|3822||Highest (1,165 m) and most prominent mountain in the Quilty Nunataks, standing 12 mi ENE of Mount Hassage in eastern Ellsworth Land.  Discovered by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, under Ronne, who named it for Bernard Horne of Pittsburgh, PA, who furnished wind-proofs and other clothing for the expedition.||03/07/1997
6997|Horne Glacier|Glacier|711700S|1645600E|-71.2833333|164.9333333|||01/01/1970|A valley glacier, 6 mi long, draining SW from the Everett Range between Mount Works and Mount Calvin and entering the lower part of Greenwell Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Robert P. Horne, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), pilot of C-130 aircraft on photographic flights in Operation Deep Freeze 1968 and 1969.||
6998|Horne Nunataks|Summit|714200S|0664600W|-71.7|-66.7666667|||01/01/1976|A group of six nunataks in relative isolation, located on the N side of Goodenough Glacier, about 7 mi inland from the W coast of Palmer Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Ralph R. Horne, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist at the Adelaide and Stonington Island stations in 1964-65.||
6999|Horner Nunatak|Summit|741600S|0724500W|-74.2666667|-72.75|||01/01/1968|A nunatak 1 mi E of Staack Nunatak, in eastern Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Stanley Horner, radioscience researcher at Byrd Station, summer 1962-63.||
7001|Hornet Peak|Summit|721200S|0025900W|-72.2|-2.9833333|||01/01/1966|A sharp peak 3 mi W of Snohetta Dome, near the S end of Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1959-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Hornet (the horn).||
7002|Horney Bluff|Cliff|800900S|1594000E|-80.15|159.6666667|||01/01/1965|A conspicuous ice-free bluff about 15 mi long, extending eastward along the north side of Byrd Glacier from Merrick Glacier toward Cape Kerr.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Harry R. Horney, Admiral Byrd's chief of staff on U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47.||
7004|Hornpipe Heights|Summit|695100S|0703600W|-69.85|-70.6|1200|3937||A group of partly exposed ridges rising to c. 1,200 m between Sullivan Glacier, Mikado Glacier, and Clarsach Glacier in N Alexander Island.  Whistle Pass is adjacent to the NE part of the heights.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), 1977, in association with Whistle Pass.||
7005|Horn Reef|Bar|542800S|0032200E|-54.4666667|3.3666667|||01/01/1957|Submerged rocks which extend 0.3 mi SW from Lars Island, off the SW extremity of Bouvetoya.  Charted and named in December 1927 from the Norvegia by a Norwegian expedition under Captain Harald Horntvedt.||
7006|Mount Hornsby|Summit|641400S|0591500W|-64.2333333|-59.25|||01/01/1964|A prominent snow-capped mountain on the S side of the middle reaches of Sjogren Glacier, Trinity Peninsula.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Richard Hornsby and Sons of Grantham, who designed and constructed several highly successful chain-track vehicles for the British War Office, the first "caterpillar tractors," 1904-10.||
7010|Horntvedt Glacier|Glacier|542500S|0032100E|-54.4166667|3.35|||01/01/1957|A small glacier flowing to the north coast of Bouvetoya immediately east of Cape Circoncision.  First charted in 1898 by a German expedition under Karl Chun.  Recharted in December 1927 by a Norwegian expedition which named it for Harald Horntvedt, captain of the expedition ship Norvegia.||
7012|Horowitz Ridge|Ridge|773637S|1620602E|-77.610184|162.100452|||01/01/1969|A rock ridge between David and King Valleys in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  Named for Prof. Norman Horowitz, California Institute of Technology, whose interest in the analogy of Antarctica to Mars led him to suggest the value of Victoria Land dry valley studies in regard to Martian life detection.  The studies were undertaken (1966-68) by a U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biological party led by Roy E. Cameron, who suggested the naming.||
7013|Horrall Glacier|Glacier|750000S|1142800W|-75|-114.4666667|||01/01/1967|A tributary glacier in the Kohler Range of Marie Byrd Land. It flows ENE from Faulkender Ridge to join Kohler Glacier at Klimov Bluff.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Thomas R. Horrall, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciologist with the Marie Byrd Land Survey party, 1966-67.||
7014|Horrocks Block|Summit|713500S|0682200W|-71.5833333|-68.3666667|||01/01/1975|A large rectangular outcrop of mainly sandstone, lying on the N side of Venus Glacier, 2 mi SW of Keystone Cliffs, on the E side of Alexander Island.  Mapped by Directorate of Overseas Surveys from satellite imagery supplied by U.S. National Aeronautics and Space Administration in cooperation with U.S. Geological Survey.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from association with Venus Glacier after Jeremiah Horrocks, the British astronomer who predicted and first observed a transit of Venus, in 1639.||10/18/2000
7015|Horror Rock|Island|543100S|0371100W|-54.5166667|-37.1833333||||A rock lying 3.5 mi west of South West Point, Annenkov Island, South Georgia.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from the circumstances of the rock's discovery by His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Owen on Feb. 21, 1961.  The ship avoided striking the rock in rough weather and low visibility, passing within 1 mile of heavy breakers.||
7016|Horsa Nunataks|Summit|685600S|0701800W|-68.9333333|-70.3|610|2001|01/01/1955|Isolated group of about five partly snow-covered nunataks, more than 610 m, which rise above Roberts Ice Piedmont, 14 mi N of Mount Calais, in the NE part of Alexander Island.  First photographed from the air in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill. Surveyed from the ground in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  The names for these nunataks and for the isolated nunatak to the S are for the brother chieftains, Hengist and Horsa, who led the first Saxon bands which settled England in the fifth century.||
7017|Horsburgh Point|Summit|582600S|0262600W|-58.4333333|-26.4333333|||01/01/1952|Point, 3.4 mi NW of Scarlett Point, on the SW side of Montagu Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  Charted in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II, who named it for H. Horsburgh, technical officer to the Discovery Committee.||
7018|Horse Bluff|Cliff|711800S|0673400W|-71.3|-67.5666667||||A coastal bluff at the W side of Tindley Peaks, Rymill Coast, Palmer Land, overlooking George VI Sound.  Surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS) from 1970, and so named from a distinctive feature on the bluff resembling a horse's head.||
7019|Horse Head|Cliff|541700S|0363000W|-54.2833333|-36.5|10|33|01/01/1956|Jagged, rocky point with conspicuous cliffs 10 m high, situated 0.3 mi N of the mouth of Penguin River, in Cumberland East Bay, South Georgia.  The profile of the cliff is said to resemble a horse's head.  First surveyed by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold.  The name Horse Head, recommended by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954, is an English form of "Hestes Hode," applied by sealers and whalers.||
7020|Horseshoe Bay|Bay|541700S|0361600W|-54.2833333|-36.2666667|||01/01/1953|Bay 0.5 mi wide at the S side of Cape George, along the N coast of South Georgia.  The name appears on a chart based upon a 1929 sketch survey by DI personnel.||
7021|Horseshoe Bay|Bay|773127S|1661231E|-77.524303|166.208662|||01/01/1952|Cove just N of Cape Royds on the W side of Ross Island. Discovered and named by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) under Scott.  The name suggests the shape of the cove.||
7024|Horseshoe Harbor|Harbor|673600S|0625200E|-67.6|62.8666667|||01/01/1965|Harbor in Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land, formed by the horseshoe-shaped rock projections of West Arm and East Arm. Mawson Station is at the head of this harbor.  Roughly mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Rephotographed by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  First visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party under Phillip Law, who selected this site for Mawson Station, established on Feb. 13, 1954.||
7025|Horseshoe Island|Island|675100S|0671200W|-67.85|-67.2|900|2953||Island 6.5 mi long and 3 mi wide occupying most of the entrance to Square Bay, along the W coast of Graham Land. Discovered and named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill who mapped this area by land and from the air in 1936-37.  Its name is indicative of the crescentic alignment of the 600 to 900 m peaks which give a comparable shape to the island.||
7028|Horseshoe Mountain|Summit|773415S|1595824E|-77.570854|159.973348|||01/01/1948|Mountain just W of Mount Fleming, standing on the N side of the head of Taylor Glacier, near the edge of the polar plateau in Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and so named because of its shape.||
7029|Horseshoe Nunatak|Summit|815200S|1582500E|-81.8666667|158.4166667|||01/01/1970|A horseshoe-shaped nunatak in the Churchill Mountains, located 5 mi W of Mount Hoskins on the N side of the upper portion of Starshot Glacier.  The nunatak was charted and descriptively named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1964-65.||
7030|Horseshoe Valley|Valley|800500S|0820000W|-80.0833333|-82|||01/01/1965|A large ice-filled valley in the southern Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains, outlined by the semicircular arrangement of the Independence, Marble, Liberty and Enterprise Hills.  Approval of the descriptive name was suggested by the University of Minnesota Ellsworth Mountains Party, 1962-63, who reported the name was in wide use by U.S. Navy flyers in the area.||
7031|Hortebrekka Slope|Slope|720700S|0123400E|-72.1166667|12.5666667|||01/01/1966|A crevassed ice slope which marks the E edge of Horteriset Dome, just W of the Weyprecht Mountains in Queen Maud Land. Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Hortebrekka.||
7032|Horteflaket Névé|Glacier|715600S|0124500E|-71.9333333|12.75|||01/01/1970|A neve at the head of Musketov Glacier, between the Petermann Ranges and the Weyprecht Mountains in Queen Maud Land. First plotted from air photos by, German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Horteflaket.||
7033|Horten|Bay|541700S|0370700W|-54.2833333|-37.1166667|||01/01/1963|Cove in the W part of Jossac Bight along the S coast of South Georgia.  The names "Horten or Betsey Cove" and "Horten Bay" were recorded by L.H. Matthews in 1931 as names in local use for this cove at that time.  The South Georgia Survey (SGS) reported in 1957 that Horten is well established in local use.||
7035|Horten Peak|Summit|720400S|0031100E|-72.0666667|3.1833333|2470|8104|01/01/1966|Small rock peak, 2,470 m, rising S of the summit of Risemedet Mountain in the Gjelsvik Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Horten.||
7036|Horteriset Dome|Summit|720500S|0122200E|-72.0833333|12.3666667|||01/01/1966|A broad ice covered hill about 13 mi W of the S part of the Weyprecht Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  First photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Horteriset.||
7037|Horton Glacier|Glacier|673300S|0683000W|-67.55|-68.5||||A glacier at the E side of Mount Barre and Mount Gaudry, flowing SE from Adelaide Island into Ryder Bay.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 for Colin P. Horton, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) builder at the nearby Rothera Station, 1976-77.||
7038|Horton Ledge|Summit|854100S|0690500W|-85.6833333|-69.0833333|||01/01/1968|A flat rock ledge that caps the SW extremity of Pecora Escarpment, at the SW end of the Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Edward C. Horton, Jr., electronics technician at Plateau Station, winter 1966.||
7039|Horvath Island|Island|661900S|0670800W|-66.3166667|-67.1333333|||01/01/1965|A small island close N of Watkins Island, Biscoe Islands. Mapped from air photos taken by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Stephen M. Horvath, American physiologist who has specialized in the peripheral circulation of man in climatic extremes.||
7040|Hoseason Glacier|Glacier|670600S|0580700E|-67.1|58.1166667|||01/01/1965|Glacier 12 mi long, flowing N into the sea between West Stack and East Stack, 15 mi E of Edward VIII Bay.  Roughly mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Visited in 1954 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) sledging party and named by ANCA for Richard Hoseason of Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), who perished on a field trip at Heard Island in 1952.||
7042|Hoseason Island|Island|634400S|0614100W|-63.7333333|-61.6833333|||01/01/1947|Island 6 mi long and 3 mi wide, lying 20 mi W of Trinity Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  This name, which has appeared on charts for over 100 years, commemorates James Hoseason, first mate on the Sprightly, an Enderby Brothers sealing ship which operated in these waters in 1824.-25.||
7044|Hoshko Glacier|Glacier|714900S|1632400E|-71.8166667|163.4|||01/01/1970|A cirque-type glacier in the Lanterman Range, Bowers Mountains, draining SW from between Bowers Peak and Mount Edixon into the lower part of Canham Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant John Hoshko, Jr., U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), public affairs officer on the staff of the Commander, U.S. Navy (USN) Support Force, Antarctica, 1966-68.||
7045|Mount Hoskins|Summit|815000S|1590300E|-81.8333333|159.05|2030|6660||A mountain, 2,030 m, standing on the W side of Starshot Glacier, 4 mi S of Mount Lindley.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named for Sir Anthony Hoskins, a former Lord of the Admiralty and a member of the expedition Ship Committee.||
7046|Hoskins Peak|Summit|674600S|0673600W|-67.7666667|-67.6|||01/01/1962|A peak 3 mi W of Contact Peak in southern Pourquoi Pas Island, Graham Land.  Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from surveys, 1956-59. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Arthur K. Hoskins, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) geologist at Stonington Island in 1958 and Horseshoe Island in 1959.||
7048|Hospital Point|Summit|623200S|0594700W|-62.5333333|-59.7833333|||01/01/1965|Point formed by an ice cliff with a small amount of rock exposed at its base, lying at the N side of Yankee Harbor immediately E of Glacier Bluff, Greenwich Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted and named Rocky Point by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1935.  In order to avoid duplication the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) rejected this name in 1961 and substituted a new one.  Hopsital Point derives from Hospital Cove, a name for Yankee Harbor in common use among British sealers in the 1820s and British whalers in the 1920s.||
7049|Host Island|Island|645600S|0635500W|-64.9333333|-63.9166667|||01/01/1960|Island lying immediately SE of Manciple Island in the Wauwermans Islands, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1950.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 after one of the characters in Chaucer's Canterbury Tales.||
7050|Mount Hotine|Summit|814300S|1600000E|-81.7166667|160|||01/01/1966|A peak 2 mi NE of Mount McKerrow, in the Surveyors Range. Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) for Brigadier Martin Hotine, British Director of Overseas Surveys at the time.||
7051|Hotine Glacier|Glacier|650800S|0635200W|-65.1333333|-63.8666667|||01/01/1971|Glacier 10 mi long which is divided at its mouth by Mount Cloos, flowing W into both Deloncle and Girard Bays, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Brigadier Martin Hotine, Director of Overseas Surveys.||
7052|Hough Glacier|Glacier|783200S|0842000W|-78.5333333|-84.3333333|||01/01/1961|A glacier in the SE portion of the Sentinel Range of the Ellsworth Mountains, rising just S of Mount Tuck and flowing ESE for 10 mi between the Guerrero and Remington Glaciers.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William S. Hough, who made ionosphere studies at the South Pole Station in 1957.||
7053|Houk Spur|Ridge|850100S|0644500W|-85.0166667|-64.75|||01/01/1968|A bare rock spur extending from the SW side of Mackin Table, 1 mi N of Mount Dumais, in southern Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Vernon N. Houk (MC) USN, officer in charge of South Pole Station, winter 1958.||
7055|Houlder Bluff|Cliff|610600S|0545100W|-61.1|-54.85|||01/01/1972|A bluff overlooking Point Wild on the N coast of Elephant Island, South Shetland Islands.  This feature was named "Mount Frank Houlder" by the Shackleton expedition 1914-16, after Frank Houlder of the Houlder Steamship line, who assisted that expedition.  Originally regarded as a distinct mountain from northward, it is now known to be backed inland by higher ground.||
7056|Houle Island|Island|664200S|1411200E|-66.7|141.2|||01/01/1955|Low rocky island 1 mi W of Ressac Island and about 3.5 mi NNE of Zelee Glacier Tongue.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1949-51, and so named by them because the surf breaks over this low-lying island. "Houle" is the French word for surge or swell.||
7057|Houliston Glacier|Glacier|720000S|1643400E|-72|164.5666667|||01/01/1969|A tributary glacier between Neall Massif and West Quartzite Range, flowing NW into Black Glacier.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1967-68, for R. Houliston, electrician at Scott Base, 1967-68.||
7058|Hound Bay|Bay|542200S|0361300W|-54.3666667|-36.2166667|||01/01/1956|Bay, which is 2.5 mi wide at its mouth and recedes 3 mi, entered between Tijuca Point and Cape Vakop along the N coast of South Georgia.  The names George Bay and Hundebugten have appeared on charts for this feature.  The South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, reported that this bay is better known to whalers and sealers as Bikjebugten (the word Bikje implying any low type canine).  The name Hound Bay, proposed by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) is an English form of this name.||
7059|Hourglass Buttress|Cliff|864000S|1462800W|-86.6666667|-146.4666667|2790|9153||A rock buttress, rising to 2,790 m, 3.5 mi W of Beard Peak in the La Gorce Mountains, Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1960-64. Geologically mapped by a U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) - Arizona State University geological party, 1980-81.  The name derives from a long snow chute up the face of the buttress.||
7060|Hourglass Lake|Lake|772035S|1610253E|-77.343033|161.048136|||01/01/1970|Small meltwater lake midway between Webb Lake and Lake Vashka in Barwick Valley, Victoria Land.  The descriptive name was given in 1964 by American geologist Parker E. Calkin and alludes to the outline of the lake.||
7061|Lake House|Lake|774211S|1612501E|-77.70294|161.416866|||01/01/1976|A lake in the extreme west end of Pearse Valley, north of Friis Hills in Victoria Land.  Named by the eighth Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1963-64, for D.A. House, chemist and member of the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) party that explored lakes in Taylor, Wright, and Victoria Valleys.||03/07/1997
7062|House Nunatak|Summit|745600S|0725700W|-74.9333333|-72.95||||One of the Grossman Nunataks (q.v.) in Ellsworth Land, located 4 mi SE of Whitmill Nunatak.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after John R. House Jr., U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) cartographer, who worked in the field at South Pole Station and Byrd Station, 1972-73.||03/01/2001
7063|Houser Peak|Summit|682200S|0653300W|-68.3666667|-65.55|1080|3543||A peak (1,080 m) between Tofani Glacier and Franca Glacier at the head of Solberg Inlet, Bowman Coast.  The peak was photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1940, the U.S. Navy, 1966, and was surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1946-48.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN), 1977, for Elaine Houser, administrative officer with Holmes and Narver, Inc., which from the 1968-69 season through 1979-80, provided engineering, construction, and general support services to U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) stations in Antarctica.||
7064|Houston Glacier|Glacier|703400S|0620300W|-70.5666667|-62.05|||01/01/1976|A small glacier that drains N from Eielson Peninsula into Smith Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert B. Houston, RM1, U.S. Navy (USN), radioman at Palmer Station in 1973.||
7067|Hovde Bay|Bay|691000S|0394500E|-69.1666667|39.75|||01/01/1964|A bay along the E shore of Lutzow-Holm Bay, just N of Langhovde Hills.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Hovdebukta (the knoll bay) in association with the name Langhovde Hills.||
7069|Hovdebrekka Slope|Slope|720300S|0114800E|-72.05|11.8|||01/01/1966|A crevassed ice slope several mi long which trends northeastward from Skeidshovden Mountain in the Wohlthat Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  First photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Hovdebrekka (the knoll slope).||
7071|Hovde Cove|Bay|691500S|0765000E|-69.25|76.8333333|||01/01/1966|A small coastal reentrant within Prydz Bay, lying immediately E of Flatnes Ice Tongue.  Mapped and named Hovdevika by Norwegian cartographers working from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.||
7072|Hovde Glacier|Glacier|691500S|0765500E|-69.25|76.9166667|||01/01/1956|A small glacier just W of Brattstrand Bluffs on the SE shore of Prydz Bay.  A short tongue from this glacier extends seaward to nearby Hovde Island.  First mapped by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, which named the island.  This glacier was named "Hovde Ice Tongue" by John H. Roscoe in 1952 following his study of aerial photographs of the area taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47, but the term glacier is considered appropriate to this small feature.||
7074|Hovde Island|Island|691500S|0765200E|-69.25|76.8666667|||01/01/1965|A small, rounded, rocky island in Prydz Bay, lying at the extremity of the small glacier tongue from Hovde Glacier.  Mapped from air photographs by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936) and named Hovden (the knoll).  The recommended form and generic term takes into account the offshore nature of the feature.||
7075|Hovdeknattane Rocks|Summit|720700S|0113900E|-72.1166667|11.65|||01/01/1966|Rocky crags projecting from the SW part of Hovdebrekka Slope, just N of Skeidshovden Mountain in the Wohlthat Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Hovdeknattane (the knoll rocks).||
7078|Hovdeskar Gap|Gap|714700S|0113900E|-71.7833333|11.65|||01/01/1970|A gap just E of Mount Skarshovden at the head of Skarsbrotet Glacier, in the Humboldt Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and photographed by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped by Norway from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Hovdeskar (knoll gap).||
7080|Hovgaard Island|Island|650800S|0640800W|-65.1333333|-64.1333333|||01/01/1953|Island 3 mi long, lying 1.5 mi SW of Booth Island in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Discovered and named Krogmann Island by a German expedition under Dallmann, 1873-74, but the name Hovgaard, applied by the BeIgAE, 1897-99, under Gerlache, has overtaken the original name in usage.  The name Krogmann Point (q.v.) has been given to the W extremity of Hovgaard Island.||
7081|Cape Howard|Cape|712500S|0610800W|-71.4166667|-61.1333333|||01/01/1952|High, flat-topped, snow-covered cape at the extremity of the peninsula separating Lamplugh and Odom Inlets, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) who explored along this coast by land and from the air in 1940.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for August Howard, founder of the American Polar Society and editor of the Polar Times.||
7082|Mount Howard|Summit|754000S|1611600E|-75.6666667|161.2666667|1460|4790||A dark, rounded mountain, 1,460 m, standing 8 mi SE of Mount Joyce in the Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land. Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, which named it for Lord Howard de Walden who assisted Captain R.F. Scott in his experiments with sledges.||
7083|Howard Bay|Bay|672800S|0610400E|-67.4666667|61.0666667|||01/01/1947|Bay, 2 mi wide, between Byrd Head and Ufs Island. Discovered in February 1931 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, and named by him for A. Howard, hydrologist with the expedition.||
7084|Howard Glacier|Glacier|774032S|1630506E|-77.675457|163.085083|||01/01/1960|Small alpine glacier just W of Crescent Glacier, flowing into Taylor Valley on the N from the Kukri Hills, in Victoria Land.  The glacier was studied in December 1957 by U.S. geologist T.L. Pewe, who named it for Arthur D. Howard, geomorphologist of Stanford University, and glaciologist in Antarctica during U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.||
7085|Howard Heights|Summit|772700S|1514000W|-77.45|-151.6666667|515|1690|01/01/1970|A snow covered coastal promontory (515 m) between Stewart and Gerry Glaciers on the N side of Edward VII Peninsula. Features in this area were explored by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30 and 1933-35.  These heights were mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (at the suggestion of Admiral R.E. Byrd) for Roy W. Howard of the Scripps-Howard newspapers, who made financial contributions to the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35.||
7086|Howard Hills|Range|670600S|0510900E|-67.1|51.15|||01/01/1965|An area of low hills and meltwater lakes S of Beaver Glacier in NE part of the Scott Mountains, Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA after W.E.Howard, a member of the crew of the Discovery during the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31.||
7087|Howard Island|Island|644715S|0642157W|-64.7875|-64.3658333|||01/01/1975|Island directly south of Hartshorne Island in eastern Joubin Islands.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Judson R. Howard, Mate in the R.V. Hero on her first voyage to Antarctica in 1968.||09/26/2014
7088|Howard Nunataks|Summit|773000S|0870000W|-77.5|-87|||01/01/1961|Group of some 15 nunataks lying off the extremity of the mountainous ridge at the NW corner of the Sentinel Range. Discovered by Lincoln Ellsworth on his trans-Antarctic flight of Nov. 23, 1935.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Patrick Howard, engine mechanic on Ellsworth's expedition.||
7089|Howard Peaks|Range|741500S|1634200E|-74.25|163.7|||01/01/1968|A line of E-W trending peaks at the S side of Tourmaline Plateau, extending transversely across Deep Freeze Range, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1955-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Hugh C. Howard, cook at McMurdo Station for four summer seasons, 1963-64 to 1966-67.||
7090|Howchin Glacier|Glacier|781200S|1632200E|-78.2|163.3666667|||01/01/1962|Glacier between the Ward and Walcott Glaciers, on the E side of the Royal Society Range in Victoria Land.  Discovered by a party led by Taylor of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) and named for Prof. W. Howchin, geologist of Adelaide.||
7091|Mount Howe|Summit|872200S|1493000W|-87.3666667|-149.5|2930|9613||An elongated mountain (2,930 m) comprising low connecting ridges and gable-shaped nunataks.  It rises at the E side of Scott Glacier, near the head, directly opposite Mount McIntyre. This mountain, including its small southern outlier, apparently is the southernmost mountain in the world.  Discovered in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party led by Quin Blackburn.  Named by Admiral Byrd for Louis McHenry Howe, secretary to the President of the United States at that time, Franklin D. Roosevelt.||
7092|Howe Glacier|Glacier|861400S|1491200W|-86.2333333|-149.2|||01/01/1967|A short tributary glacier draining W into Scott Glacier immediately N of Mount Russell, in the Queen Maud Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert C. Howe of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6, photographer on Operation Deep Freeze 1966 and 1967.||
7093|Howell Peak|Summit|705800S|1600000E|-70.9666667|160|1750|5741|01/01/1970|A small rock peak (1,750 m) on the NW end of Daniels Range, Usarp Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Kenneth R. Howell, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at the South Pole Station, 1967-68.||
7095|Howkins Inlet|Stream|734000S|0605400W|-73.6666667|-60.9|||01/01/1953|Ice-filled inlet which recedes SW 6 mi between Cape Brooks and Lamb Point, along the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered and photographed from the air in December 1940 by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  During 1947 it was photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted it from the ground. Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for G. Howkins, meteorologist with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) base at Deception Island in 1944-45.||
7097|Hoyt Head|Cliff|745900S|1343600W|-74.9833333|-134.6|||01/01/1974|High rock headland forming the NE end of Bowyer Butte, located at the W side of Venzke Glacier on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  The headland was first seen and photographed from aircraft of the U.S. Antarctic Service in December 1940.  It was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Ronnie A. Hoyt, Civil Engineer Corps (CEC), U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), Officer-in-Charge at Byrd Station, 1971.||
7099|Mount Hubbard|Summit|721100S|0993600W|-72.1833333|-99.6|||01/01/1960|A peak in the Walker Mountains, standing 6 mi E of Mount Noxon in Thurston Island.  First plotted from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Harold A. Hubbard, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geologist aboard the icebreaker Burton Island, who made investigations in the area in February 1960 during the U.S. Navy (USN) Bellingshausen Sea Expedition.||01/28/2004
7100|Mount Hubley|Summit|780500S|0864600W|-78.0833333|-86.7666667|||01/01/1960|A prominent, snow-covered, outlying mountain to the W of Mount Hale, in the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard C. Hubley, member, Technical Panel on Giaciology, U.S. National Committee for the IGY.||
7103|Hübl Peak|Summit|644300S|0622900W|-64.7166667|-62.4833333|||01/01/1965|Peak W of Stolze Peak on Arctowski Peninsula, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Mapped by the FlDS from photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Artur Freiherr von Hubl (1853-1932), Austrian surveyor, head of the topographic section of the Militargeographische Institut, Vienna, who in 1894 designed a stereocomparator which was developed independently by Dr. Carl Pulfrich in 1901.||
7104|Hub Nunatak|Summit|683700S|0660500W|-68.6166667|-66.0833333|||01/01/1956|A beehive-shaped nunatak in the lower part of Lammers Glacier on Antarctic Peninsula.  The feature is conspicuously located near the center of the Traffic Circle, a glacial depression which is notable for the series of prominent glaciers which flow toward, or eminate from it in a radial pattern. Discovered in 1940 by members of the East Base party of the U.S. Antarctic Service, 1939-41, who so named the nunatak because of its unique location in the Traffic Circle.||
7105|Mount Huckaby|Summit|855400S|1270300W|-85.9|-127.05|2620|8596|01/01/1967|An ice-free, wedge-shaped mountain in western Wisconsin Range, 2,620 m, surmounting the E wall of Olentangy Glacier just E of Haworth Mesa.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Donnie W. Huckaby, maintenance officer at McMurdo Station for U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 during 1962-63 and 1963-64.||
7106|Mount Huckle|Summit|693800S|0694800W|-69.6333333|-69.8|2500|8202|01/01/1955|Mainly ice-covered mountain, 2,500 m, near the N end of Douglas Range in E Alexander Island.  It rises 7 mi SSE of Mount Spivey on the W side of Toynbee Glacier and is 9 mi inland from George VI Sound.  Possibly first seen in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, but not recognized as part of Alexander Island. Photographed from the air in 1936-37 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill. Surveyed from the ground in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named for Sydney R. Huckle, general assistant at Stonington Island, who aided in the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) survey of the W side of George VI Sound in 1949.||
7107|Huddle Rocks|Island|652500S|0645900W|-65.4166667|-64.9833333|||01/01/1971|Group of rocks lying 1.5 mi NW of Symington Islands, in the Biscoe Islands.  Mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because of the compact nature of the group.||
7108|Hudman Glacier|Glacier|785400S|0841200W|-78.9|-84.2|||01/01/1961|Glacier between Marze Peak and Miller Peak at the S end of Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains, flowing SSE to Minnesota Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Rayburn A. Hudman, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC), who died in the crash of a P2V Neptune airplane at McMurdo Sound on Oct. 18, 1956.||
7109|Cape Hudson|Cape|682000S|1534500E|-68.3333333|153.75|||01/01/1961|The N cape of Mawson Peninsula, George V Coast.  Land was sighted in this area, Jan. 19, 1840, by Lieutenant William L. Hudson in the USS Peacock of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Wilkes, who applied the name Cape Hudson.  An analysis by B.P. Lambert and P.G. Law of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) chart, and of the photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47) and Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1959), suggests that the N cape of Mawson Peninsula is Wilkes' Cape Hudson.||
7110|Hudson Island|Island|663900S|1082600E|-66.65|108.4333333|||01/01/1967|The largest of the Davis Islands, lying in the western portion of Vincennes Bay.  Photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47, and first mapped from these photographs by G.D. Blodgett.  First visited by Phillip Law and members of Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Hudson, leader of the helicopter team with Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE).||
7111|Hudson Mountains|Summit|742500S|0993000W|-74.4166667|-99.5|||01/01/1952|A large group of low scattered mountains and nunataks of about 70 mi extent in W ellsworth Land.  They lie just E of Cranton Bay and Pine Island Bay at the E extremity of Amundsen Sea, and are bounded on the N by Cosgrove Ice Shelf and on the S by Pine Island Glacier.  Discovered by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in flights from the USS Bear in February 1940, and further delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946. The full extent of the group was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy (USN) air photos of 1966.  Named by US-SCAN after Captain William L. Hudson, commander of the Peacock during U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE), 1838-42. The Peacock, accompanied by the Flying Fish under Lieutenant Walker, cruised along the edge of the pack to the N of this area for several days during the latter part of March 1839.||03/07/1997
7112|Hudson Nunatak|Summit|705400S|0651700E|-70.9|65.2833333|||01/01/1971|A nunatak 2.5 mi W of Mount Bewsher in the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos.  Named by ANCA for Dr. J.W. Hudson, medical officer at Mawson Station in 1966.||
7113|Hudson Ridge|Ridge|834700S|0563900W|-83.7833333|-56.65|||01/01/1968|A narrow rock ridge 5 mi long, lying 4 mi N of Heiser Ridge in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Peter M. Hudson, aviation machinist at Ellsworth Station, winter 1958.||
7114|Hueca Point|Summit|582600S|0262600W|-58.4333333|-26.4333333|||01/01/1972|The westernmost point of Montagu Island, South Sandwich Islands.  The name Punta Hueca (hollow point) was first used in Argentine hydrographic publications of 1953.||
7115|Huemul Island|Island|634000S|0605000W|-63.6666667|-60.8333333|||01/01/1965|Island lying off the N end of Trinity Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10.  Named by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition of 1946-47 under Federico Guesalaga Toro.  The Huemul, a South American deer, is one of the animals that appears on the national shield of Chile.||
7116|Hueneme Glacier|Glacier|854900S|1311500W|-85.8166667|-131.25|||01/01/1967|A glacier, 8 mi long, draining westward from Wisconsin Range to enter Reedy Glacier between Griffith Peak and Mickler Spur.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Port Hueneme, CA, location of the Construction Battallon Center which handles west coast cargo for U.S. Navy (USN) Deep Freeze Operations.||
7118|Huey Creek|Stream|773600S|1630653E|-77.59994|163.114816|||01/01/1992|A glacial meltwater stream, 1.2 mi long, flowing S from an ice field W of Mount Falconer to the north-central shore of Lake Fryxell, in Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  The name was suggested by hydrologist Diane McKnight, leader of a U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) team that made extensive hydrological studies in the Lake Fryxell basin, 1987-94.  The name acknowledges support received by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) field team in Taylor Valley from U.S. Navy Squadron VXE-6 and its twin engine UH-1N "Huey" helicopters.||
7119|Mount Huffman|Summit|751900S|0721600W|-75.3166667|-72.2666667|||01/01/1966|A prominent mountain 4 mi NE of Mount Abrams, in the Behrendt Mountains, Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Jerry W. Huffman, scientific leader at Eights Station in 1963.||
7120|Hugershoff Cove|Bay|643800S|0622300W|-64.6333333|-62.3833333|||01/01/1965|Cove lying 2 mi NW of Beaupre Cove in Withelmina Bay, along the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Carl R. Hugershoff (1882-1941), German geodesist who designed the autocartograph, an instrument which first applied the principles of photogrammetry to air photos, in about 1921.||
7121|Mount Huggins|Summit|781700S|1622900E|-78.2833333|162.4833333|3735|12254|08/01/1949|A large conical mountain, 3,735 m, surmounting the heads of Allison, Dale, and Potter Glaciers in the Royal Society Range. Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) which named it for Sir William Huggins, President of the Royal Society, 1900-05.||01/20/2010
7122|Huggler Peak|Summit|790700S|0844100W|-79.1166667|-84.6833333|1580|5184|01/01/1966|A sharp snow-covered peak, 1,580 m, in the N part of Anderson Massif, in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John Q. Huggler, storekeeper U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), who assisted in various construction projects at McMurdo Station during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1966.||
7123|Mount Hughes|Summit|793100S|1572300E|-79.5166667|157.3833333|2250|7382||A mountain, 2,250 m, midway between Mount Longhurst and Tentacle Ridge in the Cook Mountains.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named for J.F. Hughes, an Honorary Secretary of the Royal Geographical Society, who helped in the preparation for the expedition.||
7124|Hughes Bay|Bay|641300S|0612000W|-64.2166667|-61.3333333|||01/01/1947|A bay lying between Cape Sterneck and Cape Murray along the W coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  The name has appeared on maps for over 100 years, and commemorates Edward Hughes, master of the explored in this area in 1824-25.||
7125|Hughes Bluff|Cliff|752400S|1621200E|-75.4|162.2|310|1017|01/01/1968|A conspicuous rock and ice bluff (310 m) along the S side of David Glacier, 6 mi W of Cape Reynolds, in Victoria Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy tricamera aerial photography, 1957-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Garrett A. Hughes, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) researcher (cosmic radiation) at McMurdo Station in 1966.||
7126|Hughes Glacier|Glacier|774417S|1622813E|-77.737988|162.470395|||01/01/1962|Small alpine glacier flowing toward Lake Bonney in Taylor Valley from the Kukri Hills on the south, in Victoria Land. Mapped by the Western Geological Party led by Taylor of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) and named for Prof. McKenny Hughes, geologist, of Cambridge.||
7128|Hughes Ice Piedmont|Glacier|701200S|0621500W|-70.2|-62.25|||01/01/1976|The ice piedmont between Cordini Glacier and Smith Inlet on the east coast of Palmer Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Terence J. Hughes, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciologist at Deception Island and McMurdo Sound during 1970-71, and Deception Island, 1973-74.||
7129|Hughes Island|Island|704400S|1673900E|-70.7333333|167.65|||01/01/1970|Small ice-covered island, the easternmost of the Lyall Islands, lying just outside the E part of the entrance to Yule Bay, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Ronald M. Hughes, U.S. Navy (USN), Medical Officer at McMurdo Station, 1966.||
7130|Hughes Peninsula|Cape|715400S|1001700W|-71.9|-100.2833333|||01/01/1960|Ice-covered peninsula about 18 mi long, lying W of Henry Inlet on the N side of Thurston Island.  Plotted from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Jerry Hughes, photographer's mate with the U.S. Navy (USN) Bellingshausen Sea Expedition in February 1960, who took aerial photographs of Thurston Island from helicopters.||01/28/2004
7131|Hughes Point|Summit|733000S|0941600W|-73.5|-94.2666667|||01/01/1963|Steep rock point on the W side of the terminus of Exum Glacier, in the Jones Mountains.  Mapped by the University of Minnesota-Jones Mountains Party, 1960-61, and named by them for Wayne B. Hughes, Asst. U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Representative at McMurdo Station, 1960-61.||
7132|Hughes Range|Range|843000S|1753000E|-84.5|175.5|4230|13878|01/01/1962|A high massive N-S trending range surmounted by six prominent summits, of which Mount Kaplan (4,230 m) is the highest, located E of Canyon Glacier in the Queen Maud Mountains and extending 45 mi from the confluence of Brandau and Keltie Glaciers in the S, to the Giovinco Ice Piedmont in the north. Discovered and photographed by R. Admiral Byrd on the Baselaying Flight of Nov. 18, 1929, and named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN), on the recommendation of R. Admiral Byrd, for Charles Evans Hughes, Secretary of State and Chief Justice of the U.S., and adviser and counselor of Byrd.||
7134|Hugi Glacier|Glacier|661100S|0650700W|-66.1833333|-65.1166667|||01/01/1971|Glacier flowing northward into the head of Holtedahl Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Franz J. Hugi (1796-1855), Swiss teacher, the "father of winter mountaineering," and author of two pioneer works on glacier phenomena.||
7135|Hugo Island|Island|645700S|0654500W|-64.95|-65.75|||01/01/1963|An isolated ice-covered island 1 mi long, with several rocky islets and pinnacles off its E side, located off the W side of Antarctic Peninsula, c. 40 mi SW of Cape Monaco, Anvers Island.  Probably discovered by C.J. Evensen, captain of the Peninsula in 1893, because an unnamed island of similar extent and location first appeared on the charts at that time.  The island was charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Dr. J.B. Charcot, who named it for the French poet and novelist Victor Hugo, grandfather of Charcot's first wife, nee Jeanne Hugo.||
7137|Huie Cliffs|Cliff|831900S|0510300W|-83.3166667|-51.05||||Steep rock cliffs rising above May Valley and forming the NW edge of Saratoga Table, Forrestal Range, in the Pensacola Mountains (q.v.).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Carl Huie, technician in Antarctica, 1976-77, and geologist with U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in the Pensacola Mountains, 1978-79.||
7139|Cape Huinga|Cape|823100S|1651000E|-82.5166667|165.1666667|||01/01/1966|A bold cape overlooking the Ross Ice Shelf, at the N side of the mouth of Robb Glacier.  The Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1959-60) assembled near the cape in November 1959, thus suggesting the name.  Huinga is the Maori word for a gathering.||
7141|Huitfeldt Point|Summit|655900S|0644400W|-65.9833333|-64.7333333|||01/01/1971|Point SE of Vorweg Point on the SW side of Barilari Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Fritz Huitfeldt, Norwegian pioneer ski exponent, author of one of the earliest skiing manuals, and designer of the Huitfeldt ski binding, for long the standard binding.||
7143|Hulcombe Ridge|Ridge|702400S|0661500E|-70.4|66.25|||01/01/1967|A rock ridge, extending 1.5 mi in a N-S direction, situated 3 mi W of Wignall Peak in the Porthos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1956.  Named by ANCA for G.C. Hulcombe, diesel mechanic at Davis Station in 1962.||
7144|Huldreskorvene Peaks|Range|720000S|0060500E|-72|6.0833333|||01/01/1966|A group of summit peaks and crags just N of Skorvehalsen Saddle and W of Tussenobba Peak in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Huldreskorvene.||
7145|Huldreslottet Mountain|Summit|725800S|0034800W|-72.9666667|-3.8|||01/01/1966|A prominent ice-free mountain that is the southernmost summit in the Borg Massif, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Huldreslottet (the fairy castle).||
7146|Hull Bay|Bay|745500S|1374000W|-74.9166667|-137.6666667|||01/01/1966|An ice-filled bay, about 25 mi wide, fed by Hull Glacier, which descends into it between Lynch Point and Cape Burks, on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  The bay derives its name from Hull Glacier, which is named for Secretary of State Cordell Hull.||
7147|Hull Glacier|Glacier|750500S|1371500W|-75.0833333|-137.25|||01/01/1966|A glacier, about 35 mi long, flowing NW between Mount Giles and Mount Gray into Hull Bay, in Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and named for Secretary of State Cordell Hull.||
7149|Hulot Peninsula|Cape|642900S|0624400W|-64.4833333|-62.7333333|||01/01/1960|Rugged peninsula forming the SW extremity of Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for Baron Hulot.||
7150|Mount Hulshagen|Summit|723100S|0311600E|-72.5166667|31.2666667|2100|6890|01/01/1962|Mountain, 2,100 m, standing 1 mi NW of Mount Bastin on the N side of the Belgica Mountains.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1957-58, under G. de Gerlache, who named it for Charles Hulshagen, vehicle mechanic with the expedition.||
7151|Mount Hulth|Summit|664100S|0641100W|-66.6833333|-64.1833333|1470|4823|01/01/1952|Peak, 1,470 m, with precipitous black cliffs on its SE side, standing at the W side of Cabinet Inlet and S of the mouth of Friederichsen Glacier on the E coast of Graham Land.  During 1947 it was charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for J.M. Hulth, Swedish polar bibliographer.||
7152|Humann Point|Summit|642400S|0624100W|-64.4|-62.6833333|||01/01/1960|Point forming the N side of the entrance to Duperre Bay on the W side of Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago. First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for Vice-Admiral Humann, French Navy.||
7153|Mount Humble|Summit|674000S|0492900E|-67.6666667|49.4833333|1450|4757|01/01/1965|Highest mountain, 1,450 m, in the Raggatt Mountains. Plotted from air photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956.  Named by ANCA for J. Humble, cosmic ray physicist at Mawson in 1960.||
7154|Humble Island|Island|644600S|0640600W|-64.7666667|-64.1|||01/01/1963|Small rocky island lying 0.4 mi SE of Norsel Point in Arthur Harbor, off the SW coast of Anvers Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1956 because the island seems to be squeezed insignificantly between Litchfield Island and the coast of Anvers Island.||
7155|Humble Point|Summit|611100S|0540800W|-61.1833333|-54.1333333|||01/01/1972|Low point 5 mi SW of Cape Lloyd on the W coast of Clarence Island, South Shetland Islands.  The feature is called "Punta Baja" (low point) on Argentine government charts of the 1950s, but that descriptive name is repetitive.  The UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) recommended translation of "Punta Baja" to Humble Point in 1971. That form has been approved to avoid duplication.||03/07/1997
7156|Humboldt Graben|Glacier|714500S|0115500E|-71.75|11.9166667|||01/01/1966|A glacier-filled valley, 20 mi long, trending N-S between the Humboldt Mountains and the Petermann Ranges in Queen Maud Land.  The feature was discovered and mapped by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, who named it in association with the adjacent Humboldt Mountains.||
7157|Humboldt Mountains|Summit|714500S|0113000E|-71.75|11.5|||01/01/1966|A group of mountains immediately W of the Petermann Ranges, forming the westernmost portion of the Wohlthat Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and mapped by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, who named them for Alexander von Humboldt, famed German naturalist and geographer of the first half of the nineteenth century.||
7159|Humic Lake|Lake|541500S|0363000W|-54.25|-36.5||||A small relatively shallow lake located SE of Burnet Cove on the E side of Maiviken, South Georgia.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from the dark-stained water caused by humic acid derived from the leaching of decaying peat on nearby slopes.||
7160|Hum Island|Island|672100S|0593800E|-67.35|59.6333333|||01/01/1963|Small island in the William Scoresby Archipelago, lying between the W extremities of Bertha Island and Islay.  Discovered and named by DI personnel on the William Scoresby in February 1936.||
7161|Mount Hummel|Summit|742800S|1311900W|-74.4666667|-131.3166667|||01/01/1966|A snow-capped summit that rises above the east-central portion of Grant Island, off the coast of Marie Byrd Land. Discovered and first charted from the USS Glacier on Feb. 4, 1962.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) William T. Hummel, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), helicopter pilot aboard Glacier at the time of discovery.||
7162|Mount Hummer|Summit|831700S|0500600W|-83.2833333|-50.1||||A snow-covered, bluff-type mountain on the SW side of the head of Chambers Glacier, NE Saratoga Table, in the Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains (q.v.).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1979 after Dr. Michael G. Hummer, M.D., Oklahoma Medical Research Foundation, a researcher in biomedicine and the physician at South Pole Station, winter party 1975.||
7163|Hummer Point|Summit|742200S|1101500W|-74.3666667|-110.25||||The E point of ice-covered Gurnon Peninsula, an eastern arm of Bear Peninsula, on the Walgreen Coast of Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1959-66. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 after Dr. Michael G. Hummer.||
7164|Hummock Island|Island|655300S|0652900W|-65.8833333|-65.4833333|||01/01/1950|Island 1 mi long, lying 4 mi W of Larrouy Island and 5.5 mi NW of Ferin Head, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered and named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill.||
7166|The Hump|Summit|642100S|0631500W|-64.35|-63.25|||01/01/1951|Conspicuous dome-shaped summit on the N shore of Lapeyrere Bay, northern Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  The name appears on a chart based on a 1927 survey by DI personnel on the Discovery, but may reflect an earlier naming.||
7167|Humpback Rocks|Island|540700S|0363800W|-54.1166667|-36.6333333|||01/01/1956|Small group of rocks lying 0.25 mi N of Cape Saunders, off the N coast of South Georgia.  The South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, reported that the descriptive name Knolrokset (humpback rocks) has been used for this feature by the whalers and sealers at South Georgia.  An English form of the name, Humpback Rocks, was recommended by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954.||03/07/1997
7168|Mount Humphrey Lloyd|Summit|721900S|1692700E|-72.3166667|169.45|2975|9760|01/01/1950|A conspicuous mountain (2,975 m) which forms a substantial part of the divide between the heads of Towles and Manhaul Glaciers, in the Admiralty Mountains, Victoria Land.  Discovered in 1841 by Sir James Clark Ross.  He named this feature for the Reverend Dr. Humphrey Lloyd of Trinity College, Dublin, an active member of the British Association which promoted interest in magnetic and meteorological research in the Antarctic.||03/07/1997
7170|Humphreys Ice Rise|Glacier|671400S|0665000W|-67.2333333|-66.8333333|||01/01/1994|An ice rise in Muller Ice Shelf in the SW part of Lallemand Fjord, Loubet Coast.  Photographed from the air by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE), 1956-57, and surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1956-59.  In association with the names of glaciologists grouped in this area, named "Humphreys Hill" by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after William J. Humphreys (1862-1949), an American meterologist and specialist on the effects of ice in the atmosphere; joint author with W.A. Bently (Bently Crag, q.v.) of Snow Crystals, New York, 1931. Renamed Humphreys Ice Rise to reflect the true nature of the feature.||
7171|Humphries Glacier|Glacier|725100S|1685000E|-72.85|168.8333333|||01/01/1964|Steep tributary glacier just cast of Ingham Glacier, flowing generally southwestward to join Borchgrevink Glacier northwestward of Mount Prior, in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John G. Humphries, New Zealand ionospheric scientist at Hallett Station, 1957.||
7172|Humphries Heights|Summit|650300S|0635200W|-65.05|-63.8666667|||01/01/1971|Series of elevations extending SW from False Cape Renard to Deloncle Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Col. G.J. Humphries, Deputy Director of Overseas Surveys.||
7173|Hump Island|Island|673600S|0625300E|-67.6|62.8833333|||01/01/1965|Island just E of the East Arm of Horseshoe Harbor in Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37. Rephotographed by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  So named by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) because of its humped appearance from ground level.||
7174|Hump Passage|Channel|852700S|1701200W|-85.45|-170.2|||01/01/1966|A wide gap just SE of Barnum Peak, through which Liv Glacier emerges from the polar plateau.  It was originally referred to as the "Hump" by R. Admiral Richard E. Byrd and is the pass over which he made his historic South Pole flight of 1929.  The feature was observed by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) who recommended perpetuation of a form of the original name.||
7175|Humps Island|Island|635900S|0572500W|-63.9833333|-57.4166667|||01/01/1963|Island 0.5 mi long with two summits near the W end, situated 4 mi SSE of the tip of The Naze, a peninsula of N James Ross Island, which lies S of the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula. Discovered by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, 1901-04.  This descriptive name was recommended by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1948 following a survey of the area by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1945.||
7177|Mount Hunt|Summit|670700S|1441800E|-67.1166667|144.3|520|1706||A dome-shaped mountain about 520 m high, surmounting the promontory which terminates in Cape De la Motte.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who named it for H.A. Hunt, Dir. of the Commonwealth Bureau of Meteorology.||
7179|Hunt Bluff|Cliff|743600S|1115200W|-74.6|-111.8666667|||01/01/1967|A steep rock and ice bluff about 3 mi long, standing 2 mi S of Jeffrey Head on the W side of Bear Peninsula, Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  First photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in January 1947.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lieutenant Robert B. Hunt, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), medical officer with the Byrd Station winter party, 1966.||
7180|Cape Hunter|Cape|665700S|1422100E|-66.95|142.35||||A rocky promontory on the W shore of Commonwealth Bay, 8 mi W of Cape Denison.  Discovered in 1912 and explored the following year by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Douglas Mawson, who named it for John G. Hunter, chief biologist of the expedition.||
7181|Mount Hunter|Summit|640500S|0622400W|-64.0833333|-62.4|1410|4626|01/01/1960|Mountain, 1,410 m, standing 4 mi WSW of Duclaux Point on Pasteur Peninsula, Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago. Shown on an Argentine government chart in 1953, but not named. Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos in 1959.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for John Hunter (1728-1793), British surgeon, comparative anatomist and physiologist, who revolutionized the approach to surgery as an exact science in relation to other aspects of medicine.||
7182|Hunter Glacier|Glacier|714400S|1630000E|-71.7333333|163|||01/01/1970|A tributary glacier, 7 mi long, draining westward from central Lanterman Range in the Bowers Mountains and entering Rennick Glacier at Mount Lugering.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander William G. Hunter, executive and operations officer with the McMurdo Station winter party in 1964.||
7183|Hunt Glacier|Glacier|765200S|1622500E|-76.8666667|162.4166667|||01/01/1952|A small, deeply entrenched glacier on the E coast of Victoria Land, entering Granite Harbor N of Dreikanter Head. Mapped by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.  Probably named for H.A. Hunt, Australian meteorologist who assisted in writing the scientific reports of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09.||
7185|Hunt Mountain|Summit|820500S|1591600E|-82.0833333|159.2666667|3240|10630|01/01/1966|Mountain, 3,240 m, which stands in the N part of the Holyoake Range and is its highest point.  Mapped by the southern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) and named for Captain P.J. Hunt, RE, leader of the party.||
7186|Hunt Nunataks|Summit|701100S|0645300E|-70.1833333|64.8833333|||01/01/1971|A linear group of nunataks, 2 mi long, lying just E of Mount Bechervaise in the Athos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) from air photos obtained in 1965. Named by ANCA for P. Hunt, senior helicopter pilot with the Prince Charles Mountains survey party in 1969.||
7187|Hunt Peak|Summit|671800S|0680200W|-67.3|-68.0333333|610|2001|01/01/1963|Triangular rock peak, 610 m, marking the N side of the entrance to Stonehouse Bay on the E coast of Adelaide Island. Discovered and first roughly surveyed in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot.  Resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who named the point marked by this peak for Sergeant Kenneth D. Hunt, mechanic for the expedition's Norseman airplane in 1950.  Further survey in 1957-58 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) showed no definable point in the vicinity and the name was transferred to the peak.||
7189|Huntress Glacier|Glacier|624100S|0601700W|-62.6833333|-60.2833333|||01/01/1960|Glacier flowing into the head of False Bay, Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 after the American schooner Huntress (Captain Christopher Burdick) from Nantucket, which visited the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21 in company with the Huron of New Haven, CT.||
7190|Hunt Spur|Ridge|855900S|1465000W|-85.9833333|-146.8333333|||01/01/1967|A rugged spur descending from Mount Warden along the NW face of Watson Escarpment.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Glenn C. Hunt, aviation electronics technician of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 who participated in Operation Deep Freeze for 5 years.||
7191|Huon Bay|Bay|632300S|0580000W|-63.3833333|-58|||01/01/1952|Bay about 8 mi wide between Cape Ducorps and Cape Legoupil, along the N coast of Trinity Peninsula.  A French expedition under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville, 1837-40, originally gave the name Huon to a cape in this area after Felix Huon de Kermadec, a member of the expedition.  A survey by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1946 did not identify the cape but applied the name to this bay which lies in the same area.||
7192|Hurd Peninsula|Cape|624100S|0602300W|-62.6833333|-60.3833333|||01/01/1965|Peninsula between South Bay and False Bay on the S coast of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961 for Captain Thomas Hurd, Royal Navy (RN), second Hydrographer to the British Admiralty, 1808-23, who instituted a regular system of nautical surveys, and under whose authority Lieutenant E. Bransfield's 1820 survey of the Bransfield Strait area was published in November 1822.||
7194|Cape Hurley|Cape|673600S|1451800E|-67.6|145.3||||An ice-covered coastal point marking on the east the mouth of the depression occupied by the Mertz Glacier.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who named it for James F. Hurley, official photographer of the expedition.||
7195|Mount Hurley|Summit|661700S|0512100E|-66.2833333|51.35||||Snow-covered massif with steep bare slopes on the W side, standing 7 mi S of Cape Ann and 3 mi S of Mount Biscoe. Discovered in January 1930 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31, under Mawson, who named it for Captain James Francis (Frank) Hurley, photographer with the expedition.  Hurley also served with the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson, 1911-14, and a British expedition under Shackleton, 1914-17.||
7196|Hurley Glacier|Glacier|673400S|0683200W|-67.5666667|-68.5333333||||A glacier between Mount Gaudry and Mount Liotard, flowing E into Ryder Bay, Adelaide Island.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 after Alec J. Hurley, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) mechanic, Halley Station, 1975-76, and Rothera Station, 1976-77.||
7197|Huron Glacier|Glacier|623800S|0600200W|-62.6333333|-60.0333333|||01/01/1960|Glacier flowing into Moon Bay, Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 after the American ship Huron (Captain John Davis) of New Haven, CT, which visited the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21 and 1821-22.||
7198|Hurricane Heights|Summit|764400S|1604000E|-76.7333333|160.6666667|2000|6562|01/01/1993|The irregular, mainly ice-free heights which rise to c. 2,000 m at the S side of the head of Towle Valley, in the Convoy Range, Victoria Land.  The name was applied by a 1989-90 New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) field party to describe the windy aspect of this upland area.||
7199|Hurst Bay|Bay|635700S|0572800W|-63.95|-57.4666667||||A small bay on the E side of The Naze, James Ross Island. Following hydrographic work in the area from His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) E. Hurst, Royal Navy (RN), the ship's navigating officer.||
7200|Hurst Peak|Summit|793400S|0843500W|-79.5666667|-84.5833333|1790|5873|01/01/1966|A prominent rock peak, 1,790 m, at the S end of Webers Peaks in the Heritage Range.  Named by the University of Minnesota Geological Party, 1963-64, for aviation machinist James E. Hurst, crew member aboard the LC-47 which made the first 1963-64 flight to the Ellsworth Mountains.||
7201|Husdal|Valley|541100S|0364300W|-54.1833333|-36.7166667||||A short valley running WSW from the head of Husvik Harbor, South Georgia.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in the Norwegian form "Husdal" (house valley) in association with the disused Husvik whaling station at the head of Husvik Harbor.||
7202|Hushen Glacier|Glacier|712600S|0725200W|-71.4333333|-72.8666667||||A glacier on the N side of Beethoven Peninsula, Alexander Island, flowing NE and joining Reuning Glacier in discharging into S Mendelssohn Inlet.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy aerial photographs taken 1967-68 and from Landsat imagery taken 1972-73. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for W. Timothy Hushen, Director, Polar Research Board, National Academy of Sciences, 1981-88.||
7203|Husky Dome|Summit|845400S|1761700E|-84.9|176.2833333|3580|11745|01/01/1995|A snow dome rising to 3,580 m, marking the highest point of Husky Heights, between the heads of Brandau Glacier and Ramsey Glacier in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1961-62, after their Husky dogs which they drove to the summit of this feature.||
7205|Husky Heights|Summit|845300S|1760000E|-84.8833333|176|||01/01/1966|Relatively flat, ice-covered heights 4 mi SE of Haynes Table, overlooking the head of Brandau Glacier in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Husky Dome (q.v), the highest point on these heights.||
7206|Husky Massif|Range|710000S|0650900E|-71|65.15|2100|6890|01/01/1971|A rock outcrop (2,100 m) about 2.5 mi long, standing 6.5 mi SW of Mount Bewsher in the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  First sighted from Mount Bewsher by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) field party in January 1957 and named "Husky Dome" to commemorate the sledge dogs used by the party.  The earlier name was amended to Husky Massif by ANCA in 1970 and is considered more descriptive.||
7207|Husky Pass|Gap|714000S|1633400E|-71.6666667|163.5666667|||01/01/1964|A pass between Lanterman Range and Molar Massif in the Bowers Mountains, located at the head of Sledgers Glacier and an unnamed tributary, leading to Leap Year Glacier.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, for the great efforts made here by dog teams in hauling out of the Rennick Glacier watershed into that of the Lillie Glacier.||
7208|Mount Hussey|Summit|724600S|1673100E|-72.7666667|167.5166667|2790|9153|01/01/1970|A mountain (2,790 m) rising from the spur at the head of Gruendler Glacier, in the Victory Mountains of Victoria Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Keith M. Hussey, geologist at McMurdo Station, 1966-67.||
7210|Husvik Harbor|Harbor|541000S|0364000W|-54.1666667|-36.6666667|||01/01/1952|The southernmost of three harbors at the head of Stromness Bay, along the N coast of South Georgia.  The name dates back to about 1912, and was probably given by Norwegian whalers who frequented the harbor and established a whaling station at its head.||
7212|Hutcheson Nunataks|Summit|761700S|1432700W|-76.2833333|-143.45|||01/01/1966|A small group of nunataks along the N side of Balchen Glacier, about midway between the Phillips Mountains and Abele Nunatak, in Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered and mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Guy Hutcheson, radio engineer with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) 1933-35.||
7213|Hutchins Nunataks|Summit|753900S|0681000W|-75.65|-68.1666667|1200|3937||A group of nunataks rising to c. 1,200 m, 12 mi NNE of Mount Leek, Hauberg Mountains, in eastern Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1961-67. Visited in December 1977 by a U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geological party, led by P.D. Rowley, and named after Lieutenant Commander John R. Hutchins, USN, command pilot of an LC-130 aircraft in support of the party.||
7214|Hutchinson Island|Island|764700S|1485300W|-76.7833333|-148.8833333|||01/01/1966|An ice-covered island 15 mi long, lying 10 mi E of Vollmer Island in Marshall Archipelago.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy, air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) Peter A. Hutchinson, U.S. Navy (USN), Operations Officer aboard USS Glacier along this coast, 1961-62.||
7215|Hutchison Hill|Summit|665600S|0654200W|-66.9333333|-65.7|||01/01/1966|Hill 1.5 mi NE of Lampitt Nunatak on Avery Plateau, Graham Land.  This hill is one of the few features on the plateau that is readily visible from Darbel Bay.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Sir Robert Hutchison, English physician who made outstanding contributions to knowledge of the scientific principles of nutrition.||
7216|Hut Cove|Bay|632400S|0565900W|-63.4|-56.9833333|||01/01/1952|Small cove in the E part of Hope Bay between Seal Point and Grunden Rock, at the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered by a party under J. Gunnar Andersson of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, who wintered at Hope Bay in 1903.  So named in 1945 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) because they, like the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), established a base hut on the S shore of this cove.||
7217|Hut Point|Summit|775046S|1663817E|-77.846088|166.637924||||Small point lying 1 mi NW of Cape Armitage, at the S end of Hut Point Peninsula, Ross Island.  Discovered and named by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) under Scott, who established their hut on the point.||
7218|Hut Point Peninsula|Summit|774651S|1665035E|-77.780901|166.843174||||Long narrow peninsula from 2 to 3 mi wide and 15 mi long, projecting SW from the slopes of Mount Erebus on Ross Island. The British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) under Scott built its hut on Hut Point at the S end of the peninsula.  Members of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) under Scott, wintering on Cape Evans and often using the hut during their journeys, came to refer to this feature as Hut Point Peninsula.||
7219|Hutton Cliffs|Cliff|774359S|1665158E|-77.73297|166.86604|||01/01/1964|Cliffs on the W side of Hut Point Peninsula on Ross Island, about 2 mi N of Ford Rock.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named for Captain Hutton of the Canterbury Museum, Christchurch, New Zealand.||
7220|Hutton Mountains|Summit|741200S|0622000W|-74.2|-62.3333333|||01/01/1968|A group of mountains in SE Palmer Land, bounded on the SW by Johnston Glacier, on the NW by Squires Glacier, on the N by Swann Glacier, and on the E by Keller Inlet.  The mountains were observed and photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48.  They were mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after James Hutton (1726-97), Scottish geologist.||
7221|Hutto Peak|Summit|791700S|0855300W|-79.2833333|-85.8833333|1620|5315|01/01/1966|A sharp peak, 1,620 m, standing just below the Founders Escarpment on the ridge separating the upper portions of Gowan and Splettstoesser Glaciers, in the Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Chief Yoeman Grey H. Hutto, USN, a participant in Deep Freeze operations in two austral seasons in Antarctica, 1964-66.||
7222|Hutt Peak|Summit|760100S|1323900W|-76.0166667|-132.65|||01/01/1974|A small but sharply rising snow-covered peak that rises above the general level of the central part of the Mount Bursey massif, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charles R. Hutt of the U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, a geomagnetist-seismologist at South Pole Station, 1970.||03/07/1997
7223|Mount Huxley|Summit|775125S|1625115E|-77.856858|162.854199|1155|3789|01/01/1992|A mountain (1,155 m) between lower Condit Glacier and Descent Glacier, marginal to Ferrar Glacier, at the N end of Royal Society Range, Victoria Land.  Named in 1992 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Leonard Huxley, editor of Scott's Last Expedition, two volumes, London, 1913; Volume I being the journals of Captain R.F. Scott, Royal Navy (RN); Volume II being the reports of journeys and scientific work undertaken by E.A. Wilson and the surviving members of the expedition.  The work has long been acclaimed among narrative reports to come out of the heroic era.||
7232|Mount Hyatt|Summit|745300S|0644700W|-74.8833333|-64.7833333|||01/01/1968|Mountain in the southern part of the Latady Mountains, about 5 mi NW of Schmitt Mesa, in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gerson Hyatt, builder with the McMurdo Station winter party in 1967, who assisted in building the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Plateau Station at 7915S, 4030E.||
7233|Hyatt Cove|Bay|650500S|0633200W|-65.0833333|-63.5333333||||A cove at the W side of Sonia Point in Flandres Bay, Danco Coast, Graham Land.  Discovered and roughly mapped by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99.  Mapped in greater detail in the 1950's by Argentine, British and Chilean expeditions.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1986 after Raymond H. Hyatt of the Cartographic Section, Foreign and Commonwealth Office, 1949-85 (Head, 1970-85), with responsibility for preparing UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) maps.||
7234|Hyde Glacier|Glacier|794800S|0834200W|-79.8|-83.7|||01/01/1966|A short glacier flowing E through Edson Hills to join Union Glacier, in the Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William H. Hyde, ionospheric scientist at Little America V Station in 1958.||
7235|Hydrodist Rocks|Bar|634400S|0605500W|-63.7333333|-60.9166667|||01/01/1972|Four rocks, one of which dries at low tide and two are submerged, lying 4 mi W of Trinity Island, Palmer Archlpelago. These rocks were fixed in January 1964 by His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Protector by means of helicopter-borne hydrodist.||
7236|Hydrographer Islands|Island|672300S|0485000E|-67.3833333|48.8333333|||01/01/1965|Prominent group of small islands in the bay just S of Sakellari Peninsula, Enderby Land.  Photographed by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (Lena) in March 1957, and by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in December 1957.  Named "Ostrova Gidrografov" (Hydrographer Islands) by the Soviet expedition.||
7237|Hydrographers Cove|Bay|621300S|0585700W|-62.2166667|-58.95||||A cove between the SW side of Ardley Island and Fildes Peninsula, King George Island.  The approved name is a translation of the Russian "Bukhta Gidrografov" (hydrographers bay), applied in 1968 following Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) surveys from Bellingshausen Station.||
7238|Hydrurga Cove|Bay|604400S|0454000W|-60.7333333|-45.6666667||||A cove on the SW side of Signy Island, South Orkney Islands, opening on Fyr Channel.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the leopard seals, Hydrurga leptonyx, that commonly frequent the cove.||
7239|Hydrurga Rocks|Island|640800S|0613700W|-64.1333333|-61.6166667|||01/01/1960|Group of rocks lying E of Two Hummock Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Photographed by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE), 1955-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 after Hydmrga leptonyx, the leopard seal.||
7240|Hyperion Nunataks|Summit|720400S|0685500W|-72.0666667|-68.9166667|||01/01/1956|Group of about 10 nunataks lying S of Saturn Glacier and 8 mi W of Corner Cliffs, in the SE part of Alexander Island.  First seen and photographed from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth on Nov. 23, 1935, and mapped from these photos by W.L.G. Joerg.  Surveyed in 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and so named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because of asssociation with Saturn Glacier, Hyperion being one of the satellites of Saturn.||
7241|Ian Peak|Summit|713100S|1635900E|-71.5166667|163.9833333|||01/01/1969|A peak in the Bowers Mountains, located 3 mi NW of Mount Stirling where the feature overlooks the heads of Leap Year and Champness Glaciers.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1967-68, for Ian Smith, Victoria University geologist in Antarctica that season.||
7242|Iapetus Nunatak|Summit|713600S|0701500W|-71.6|-70.25|||01/01/1975|An isolated nunatak at the SW margin of Satellite Snowfield, about midway between Walton Mountains and Staccato Peaks in southern Alexander Island.  Mapped by Directorate of Overseas Surveys from satellite imagery supplied by U.S. National Aeronautics and Space Administration in cooperation with U.S. Geological Survey.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from association with Saturn Glacier (nearby to the east), after Iapetus, one of the satellites of Saturn.||
7245|Ibarra Peak|Summit|775805S|1630248E|-77.9680556|163.0466667|1306|4285|01/01/1992|The summit at the extremity of the ridge which extends E from Royal Society Range between Mitchell Glacier and Lister Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Named in 1992 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Phillip D. Ibarra, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) cartographic technician; member of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) field parties in the 1988-89, 1989-90 and 1990-91 seasons; participated in establishing geodetic control at Ross Island, McMurdo Dry Valleys, South Pole Station, and working from U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Ross Island.||08/14/2020
7246|Ibar Rocks|Bar|622700S|0594300W|-62.45|-59.7166667|||01/01/1972|Two rocks located 0.2 mi E of Bonert Rock and 0.6 SE of Canto Point, Greenwich Island, South Shetland Islands.  The names "Islote Ibar" and "Islote Teniente Ibar" appearing on Chilean hydrographic charts in the 1950s refer to the larger and western rock.  The recommended name Ibar Rocks includes a submerged outlier to the NE of the larger rock.  Teniente (lieutenant) Mario Ibar P. signed the official act of inauguration of the Chilean Arturo Prat scientific station on Greenwich Island in 1947.||
7250|Iceberg Bay|Bay|603900S|0453200W|-60.65|-45.5333333|||01/01/1952|Bay 3 mi wide, which indents the S coast of Coronation Island between Cape Hansen and Olivine Point, in the South Orkney Islands.  Named by Matthew Brisbane, who roughly charted the S coast of Coronation Island under the direction of James Weddell in 1823.||
7251|Iceberg Point|Summit|643800S|0630600W|-64.6333333|-63.1|||01/01/1952|Prominent point 8 mi WSW of Ryswyck Point, on the E side of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  The point was first mapped by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99.  The name appears on a chart based upon a 1927 survey by DI personnel on the Discovery, but may reflect an earlier naming.||
7252|Icebreaker Glacier|Glacier|733700S|1661000E|-73.6166667|166.1666667|||01/01/1967|A large valley glacier 10 mi NE of Mount Monteagle that flows SE from the Mountaineer Range to Lady Newnes Bay, Victoria Land.  Below Hermes Point, its flow coalesces with that of Fitzgerald Glacier.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1958-59, as a tribute to the work of the complements of U.S. Navy, and U.S. Coast Guard icebreakers in Antarctic exploration, in supporting scientists and in aiding other ships.||
7253|Icefall Nunatak|Summit|722800S|1660800E|-72.4666667|166.1333333|||01/01/1965|A nunatak 1 mi N of Mount Watt in the Barker Range, Victoria Land.  The nunatak was visited in 1981-82 by Bradley Field, geologist, NZGS, who suggested the name from the impressive icefalls that drop off at either side of the feature.||
7254|Icefall Nunatak|Summit|781800S|1583800E|-78.3|158.6333333|1760|5774|01/01/1994|Prominent ice-free nunatak, 1,760 m, lying close S of the main flow of Skelton Icefalls.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for its proximity to Sketton Icefalls.||
7256|Ice Fjord|Bay|540300S|0374100W|-54.05|-37.6833333|||01/01/1952|Bay 5.5 mi tong and 2 mi wide, entered between Weddell and Kade Points along the S coast and near the W end of South Georgia.  The name is well established, dating back to about 1920.||
7257|Ichime Glacier|Glacier|682300S|0420800E|-68.3833333|42.1333333|||01/01/1964|Glacier flowing to the sea just W of Kasumi Rock in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, who also gave the name.||
7258|Ickes Mountains|Summit|752900S|1394500W|-75.4833333|-139.75|||01/01/1966|A series of coastal mountains that extend W from Strauss Glacier for 15 mi in Marie Byrd Land.  The mountains were discovered from aircraft of the U.S. Antarctic Service on Dec. 18, 1940.  The name Ickes Mountains, after Sec. of the Interior Harold L. Ickes, appeared in the maps and reports resulting from this expedition although Ickes objected and never acquiesced to the use.  Nonetheless, the name became established in usage and in 1966 was approved by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN).  The U.S. Antarctic Service was established in the Division of Territories and Island Possessions of the Department of the Interior in 1939, during the period (1933-46) that Ickes was secretary.||
7259|Mount Ida|Summit|833500S|1702900E|-83.5833333|170.4833333|1565|5134|01/01/1949|A conspicuous bare rock mountain, 1,565 m, standing 2 mi W of Granite Pillars, just SE of the head of King Glacier in Queen Alexandra Range.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09), and named for Ida Jane Rule of Christchurch, New Zealand, who later married Edward Saunders, Secretary to Shackleton, who assisted in preparing the narrative of the expedition.||
7260|Idun Peak|Summit|773830S|1612432E|-77.641602|161.408757|||01/01/1976|A small peak between Mount Thundergut and Veli Peak in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  The name, recommended by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in consultation with New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC), is one in a group of names in Asgard Range derived from Norse mythology Idun being a goddess.||
7261|Ifo Island|Island|663800S|1394400E|-66.6333333|139.7333333|||01/01/1956|Low rocky island 0.2 mi SE of Helene Island at the W end of Geologie Archipelago.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Charted and named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Liotard, 1949-51. Ifo is the phonetic spelling of "il faut," a much-used expression by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) meaning "one (you) must."||
7263|Igloo Hill|Summit|643300S|0614700W|-64.55|-61.7833333|280|919|01/01/1965|Completely ice-covered hill, 280 m, in the central part of Reclus Peninsula on the W coast of Graham Land.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1954.  Given this descriptive name by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960.||
7264|Igloo Spur|Ridge|773300S|1691600E|-77.55|169.2666667|160|525|01/01/1964|Small, isolated spur 160 m high at the culmination of the general ridge extending SE from Bomb Peak, at the E end of Ross Island.  Mapped and so named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1958-59, because it was on this feature that Dr. E.A. Wilson and his party built a stone igloo during the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
7265|Iliad Glacier|Glacier|642700S|0632700W|-64.45|-63.45|||01/01/1963|Glacier flowing NE from the central highlands of Anvers Island between the Achaean and Trojan Ranges into Lapeyrere Bay, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Surveyed in 1955 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Homer's Iliad.||
7266|Illusion Hills|Range|732900S|1622000E|-73.4833333|162.3333333|||01/01/1967|Small escarpment-like hills located between the Lichen Hills and Vantage Hills at the head of Rennick Glacier in Victoria Land.  Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, because they were found to be much more distant than anticipated.||
7267|Illusion Point|Summit|540600S|0364800W|-54.1|-36.8|||01/01/1965|Point lying SE of Cape Best, on the W side of Fortuna Bay, South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1931 British Admiralty chart.||
7268|Il Polo Glacier|Glacier|695000S|0745400E|-69.8333333|74.9|||01/01/1956|A small glacier draining northward between Polar Times Glacier and Polarforschung Glacier into Publications Ice Shelf. Delineated in 1952 by John H. Roscoe from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation High-jump, 1946-47.  Named by Roscoe for Il Polo, a polar journal published by the Instituto Geografico, Forli, Italy.||
7269|Mount Imbert|Summit|723400S|0312800E|-72.5666667|31.4666667|2495|8186|01/01/1966|Mountain, 2,495 m, standing close NE of Mount Launoit in the E part of the Belgica Mountains.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1957-58, under G. de Gerlache, who named it for Bertrand Imbert, leader of the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1956-57.||
7270|Mount Imhotep|Summit|642100S|0622400W|-64.35|-62.4|||01/01/1960|Mountain rising near the head of Hippocrates Glacier in the S part of Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  First mapped by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos in 1959.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Imhotep (c. 2890 B.C.), who lived in Egypt and was the first physician to emerge as an individual.||
7271|Imshaug Peninsula|Cape|705300S|0613500W|-70.8833333|-61.5833333|||01/01/1976|A broad, snow-covered peninsula at the S side of Lehrke Inlet on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Henry A. Imshaug, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist in a long-range biosystematic study of subantarctic floras with research at Islas Juan Fernandez, 1965-66; Falkland Islands, 1967-68; Chilean archipelago, 1969; Campbell Island, 1969-70; and Iles Kerguelen, 1970-71.||03/07/1997
7272|Inaccessible Cliffs|Cliff|823300S|1604800E|-82.55|160.8|||01/01/1966|A line of steep cliffs, interrupted by several glaciers, which form the northern escarpment of the Queen Elizabeth Range. The escarpment borders the southern side of the Nimrod Glacier which is very heavily crevassed.  Named by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) because of their general inaccessibility.||
7273|Inaccessible Island|Island|773933S|1662144E|-77.659144|166.362241||||Small rocky island, the northernmost of the Dellbridge Islands, lying 1 mi SW of Cape Evans, Ross Island.  It is the most imposing of the group as it is nearly always bare of snow and rises to 95 meters.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) under Scott, and so named because of the difficulty in reaching it.||
7274|Inaccessible Islands|Island|603400S|0464400W|-60.5666667|-46.7333333|215|705|01/01/1947|Group of small precipituous islands ranging from 120 to 215 m high, the westernmost features of the South Orkney Islands, lying 20 mi W of Coronation Island.  Discovered in December 1821 by Captain George Powell, a British sealer in the sloop sealer in the sloop James Monroe, though it is possible they are the Seal Islands seen by Palmer a year earlier.  So named by Powell because of their appearance of inaccessibility.||
7276|Inca Point|Summit|621800S|0591200W|-62.3|-59.2||||Point on the NW side of Harmony Cove, Nelson Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  An isolated stack off the point bears a striking resemblance to an Inca head.  The name "Punta Inca" seems first to appear on a 1957 Argentine hydrographic chart.  An English form of the name has been approved.||
7277|Incisor Ridge|Ridge|714000S|1634100E|-71.6666667|163.6833333||||A ridge, 9 mi long, forming the SW segment of Molar Massif in the Bowers Mountains (q.v.).  Named in association with Molar Massif by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) (1983) on the proposal of geologist M.G. Laird.||
7278|Inclusion Hill|Summit|771505S|1662548E|-77.251264|166.430129|335|1099|01/01/1964|Prominent steeply concial hill, 335 m, between McDonald Beach and the Mount Bird icecap on Ross Island.  It is a trachyte plug, in parts containing numerous inclusions of basalt. Explored and descriptively named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1958-59.||
7279|Independence Hills|Range|802500S|0813300W|-80.4166667|-81.55|||01/01/1964|A line of rugged hills and peaks, 10 mi long. with mainly bare rock eastern slopes.  They lie 3 mi SE of Marble Hills and form the S segment of the W wall of Horseshoe Valley, in the Heritage Range. Independence Hills were mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  The name was applied by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with the name Heritage Range.||
7281|Mount Inderbitzen|Summit|784900S|0844700W|-78.8166667|-84.7833333|2600|8530|01/01/1994|A mountain rising to over 2,600 m, located 12 mi SSE of Mount Craddock and 1.5 mi S of Mount Milton in the S part of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1994 after Anton L. Inderbitzen, Associate Chief Scientist, Division of Polar Programs, NSF, 1983-86; Head, Antarctic Staff, NSF, 1986-91; Deputy Assistant Director for Research, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), from 1991.  At NSF, Inderbitzen was responsible for the coordination and planning of all scientific activities within theU.S. Antarctic Project (USAP), and for the formulation and enforcement of U.S. environmental regulations in Antarctica.||
7283|Index Peak|Summit|654900S|0642600W|-65.8166667|-64.4333333|1220|4003|01/01/1971|Peak over 1,220 m, standing 7.5 mi SE of Cape Garcia on the W coast of Graham Land.  Mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because the peak resembles an index finger.||
7284|Index Point|Summit|732100S|1675500E|-73.35|167.9166667|||01/01/1966|A low, ice-covered point that forms the E extremity of the Mountaineer Range on the coast of Victoria Land.  The feature lies at the terminus of Mariner Glacier, 1.5 mi W of Emerging Island.  So named in 1966 by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) because the shape is suggestive of an index finger.||
7285|Indian Rocks|Island|622900S|0601700W|-62.4833333|-60.2833333|||01/01/1960|Group of rocks in Hero Bay, lying E of Wood Island off the N coast of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 after the sealer Indian (Captain Spiller) of Liverpool, which visited the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21 and brought back some of the crew of the wrecked Cora from nearby Desolation Island.||
7288|Indicator Island|Island|651500S|0641600W|-65.25|-64.2666667|||01/01/1950|Island 0.1 mi long, lying 0.1 mi W of the NW end of Galindez Island in the Argentine Islands, Wilhelm Archipelago. Charted and named in 1935 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  A wind sock was erected on this island by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) to indicate wind direction for the expedition's airplane.||
7290|Indrehovdeholmen Island|Island|691100S|0393300E|-69.1833333|39.55||||An island lying 1.5 mi W of Langhovde-kita Point in the E part of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Indrehovdeholmen (the inner knoll island) because of its position among the islands adjacent to Langhovde Hills.||04/05/2010
7292|Inepta Cove|Bay|624200S|0601800W|-62.7|-60.3||||A cove on the E side of False Bay, Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The feature was named "Caleta Inepta" (inept cove) on a 1954 Argentine navy chart, reflecting the inadequacy of the cove as an anchorage.  The name has been approved with an English generic term.||
7294|Ineson Glacier|Glacier|640400S|0582200W|-64.0666667|-58.3666667||||A glacier flowing NW into Gin Cove, James Ross Island. Following geological work by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1981-83, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Jonathan R. Ineson, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist in the area.||
7295|Inexpressible Island|Island|745400S|1633900E|-74.9|163.65||||An island, 7 mi long, in Terra Nova Bay, Victoria Land, lying close S of the Northern Foothills at the outer edge of the Nansen Ice Sheet.  First explored by the Northern Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, and called "Southern Foothills" in contradistinction to the Northern Foothills.  The name was changed to Inexpressible Island by the party after spending a very unpleasant winter on half rations in a cave in a snowdrift on the island.||
7296|Inferno Peak|Summit|720700S|1655900E|-72.1166667|165.9833333|||01/01/1970|A peak 3 mi N of Le Couteur Peak in the N end of Millen Range.  So named by the Southern Party of NZFMCAE, 1962-63, because geologic examination showed it contained the granite/greywacke contact, with baking of the sedimentary rock imparting a reddish color to the peak.||
7297|Inferno Ridge|Ridge|792600S|0841300W|-79.4333333|-84.2166667|||01/01/1966|A narrow ridge, 8 mi long, rising between Schneider and Rennell Glaciers in the Heritage Range.  So named by the University of Minnesota Geological Party to these mountains, 1963-64, because the area is deeply dissected and composed of black rocks.||
7299|Ingham Glacier|Glacier|725000S|1683800E|-72.8333333|168.6333333|||01/01/1964|A tributary glacier 3 mi W of Humphries Glacier, flowing S into Borchgrevink Glacier in the Victory, Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Clayton E. Ingham, New Zealand geophysicist at Hallett Station, 1957.||
7301|Cape Ingrid|Cape|684600S|0904200W|-68.7666667|-90.7|||01/01/1952|A dark rock promontory separating Norvegia Bay and Sandefjord Cove on the west side of Peter I Island.  Discovered in 1927 by a Norwegian expedition under Eyvind Tofte in the Named for Ingrid Christensen, the wife of Lars Christensen.||
7303|Ingrid Christensen Coast|Beach|693000S|0770000E|-69.5|77|||01/01/1947|That portion of the coast of Antarctica lying between Jennings Promontory, in 7233E, and the western end of the West Ice Shelf in 8124E.  The coast was discovered and a landing made on Vestfold Hills, February 20, 1935, by Captain Klarius Mikkelsen in the Thorshavn, a vessel owned by Norwegian whaling magnate Lars Christensen.  Named for Ingrid Christensen, wife of Lars Christensen, who sailed in Antarctic waters with her husband.  The southwestern portion of this coast was discovered and photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump in March 1947.||
7305|Inland Forts|Summit|773726S|1610810E|-77.623981|161.136222|||01/01/1964|A line of peaks extending between Northwest Mountain and Saint Pauls Mountain, in the Asgard Range of Victoria Land. Discovered and so named by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04.||
7306|Inman Nunatak|Summit|744900S|0985400W|-74.8166667|-98.9|||01/01/1968|A nunatak standing 6 mi E of Mount Manthe in the SE part of the Hudson Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Martin M. Inman, auroral scientist at Byrd Station, 1960-61 and 1961-62 seasons.||
7307|Inner Bay|Bay|540100S|0375800W|-54.0166667|-37.9666667|||01/01/1965|Small bay lying SE of The Knob in Elsehul, near the W end of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1931 British Admiralty chart.||
7308|Inner Harbor|Harbor|641900S|0630000W|-64.3166667|-63|||01/01/1956|Small harbor in the Melchior Islands, Palmer Archipelago, formed by the semi-circular arrangement of Lambda, Epsilon, Alpha and Delta Islands.  The descriptive name was probably given by DI personnel who roughly surveyed the harbor in 1927.  It was resurveyed by Argentine expeditions in 1942, 1943 and 1948.||
7309|Inner Lee Island|Island|540200S|0371600W|-54.0333333|-37.2666667|||01/01/1953|Small island 0.8 mi NNE of Luck Point, lying in the Bay of Isles, South Georgia.  This island was charted in 1912-13 by Robert Cushman Murphy, American naturalist abroad the brig the Lee Islands.  These islands were recharted in 1929-30 by DI personnel, who renamed this southwestern of the two, Inner Lee Island.  The northeastern island is now known as Outer Lee Island.||
7310|Inner Reef|Bar|540600S|0370800W|-54.1|-37.1333333|||01/01/1965|A reef extending from Adventure Point to Brown Point, near the head of Possession Bay, South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1931 British Admiralty chart.||
7312|Mount Innes-Taylor|Summit|865100S|1542700W|-86.85|-154.45|2730|8957||A mountain, 2,730 m, standing 1 mi N of Mount Saltonstall at the S side of Poulter Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains. Discovered in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn, and named by Byrd for Captain Alan Innes-Taylor who served with the expedition as chief of trail operations.||
7315|Innhovde Point|Summit|695200S|0371000E|-69.8666667|37.1666667|||01/01/1968|A lone bare rock point located along the inner, icefilled shore of Fletta Bay, on the SW side of Lutzow-Holm Bay. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Innhovde (inner knoll).||
7317|Inott Point|Summit|623100S|0600000W|-62.5166667|-60|||01/01/1993|A point 1 mi NNE of Edinburgh Hill on the E coast of Livingston Island, South Shetland Islands.  In association with the names of nineteenth century sealers in this area, named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Captain Robert Inott, Master of the American sealing ship Samuel (Samuel Peak, q.v.) from Nantucket, who visited the South Shetland Islands, 1820-21.||
7318|Mount Insel|Summit|772337S|1613021E|-77.393553|161.505906|||01/01/1962|The highest point in the NE part of the Insel Range, in Victoria Land.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1958-59) in association with Insel Range.||
7320|Insel Range|Range|772422S|1611746E|-77.406052|161.296146|||01/01/1962|A series of ice-free flat-topped peaks resembling islands which rise above the surrounding terrain and separate McKelvey Valley from Balham Valley, in Victoria Land.  So named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1958-59) because of the resemblance to islands.||
7321|Inspiration Rocks|Summit|732600S|0940500W|-73.4333333|-94.0833333|||01/01/1963|A group of rock outcrops at the N edge of Cache Heights, in the Jones Mountains.  Mapped by the University of Minnesota-Jones Mountains Party, 1960-61.  So named by the party because from these rocks almost the entire Jones Mountains come into view.||
7323|Instekleppane Hills|Range|700200S|0385300E|-70.0333333|38.8833333|||01/01/1966|A group of low rock hills that protrude above the ice slopes at the E side of Shirase Glacier, close S of the SE extremity of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Instekleppane (the innermost lumps).||
7324|Insteodden Point|Summit|695800S|0384600E|-69.9666667|38.7666667|||01/01/1968|A rock point along the E side of Havsbotn, lying 1 mi SW of Strandnebba at the extreme SE corner of Lutzow-Holm Bay. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Insteodden (the innermost point).||
7326|Institute Ice Stream|Stream|820000S|0750000W|-82|-75||||An ice stream flowing N into Ronne Ice Shelf, SE of Hercules Inlet.  The feature was traversed by the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Ellsworth-Byrd Seismic Party, 1958-59, and the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP)-University of Wisconsin Seismic Party, 1963-64.  It was delineated by the SPRI-NSF-TUD airborne radio echo sounding program, 1967-79, and in association with Foundation Ice Stream (q.v.) and Support Force Glacier (q.v.), named after the Scott Polar Research Institute, Cambridge, England.||
7327|Institut Geologii Arktiki Rocks|Summit|705600S|0113000E|-70.9333333|11.5|||01/01/1970|A group of scattered rock outcrops that extend in an E-W direction for 20 mi, located 7 mi S of the Schirmacher Hills in Queen Maud Land, Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after the Institute of Arctic Geology.||04/12/2001
7328|Intention Nunataks|Summit|725600S|1634600E|-72.9333333|163.7666667|||01/01/1967|A group of peaked nunataks between Solo Nunatak and Forgotten Hills, at the SW margin of Evans Neve.  The surveyor's intention to place a survey station here was thwarted by weather and other factors.  Named by the Northern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63.||
7329|Intercurrence Island|Island|635500S|0612400W|-63.9166667|-61.4|||01/01/1952|Island 4.5 mi long, the largest of the Christiania Islands, lying 8 mi ENE of Liege Island at the NE end of Palmer Archipelago.  Though the origin of this name is unknown, it has appeared on maps for over a hundred years and its usage has been established internationally.||
7333|Intrusion Lake|Lake|542900S|0370400W|-54.4833333|-37.0666667||||A lake, 0.2 mi long, located NNE of Olstad Peak in central Annenkov Island, South Georgia.  Mapped by British Antarctic Survey (BAS) in 1972-73 and so named because its irregular shape is controlled by several intrusions of andesite along its N shore.||
7334|Intrusive Spur|Ridge|733000S|0942500W|-73.5|-94.4166667|||01/01/1963|A rock spur along the N front of the Jones Mountains, 1 mi W of Avalanche Ridge.  Mapped by the University of Minnesota-Jones Mountains Party, 1960-61.  So named by the party because the intrusive complex of the basement rocks of the Jones Mountains is well exposed on the spur.||
7337|Mount Inverleith|Summit|645500S|0624500W|-64.9166667|-62.75|1495|4905|01/01/1965|Mountain, 1,495 m, standing near the edge of the plateau escarpment 2 mi ENE of the head of Skontorp Cove, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted and named Iverleith Hill by Scottish geologist David Ferguson in 1913-14.||
7338|Inverleith Harbor|Harbor|643200S|0630000W|-64.5333333|-63|||01/01/1953|Small bay between Andrews Point and Briggs Peninsula along the NE coast of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago. Presumably discovered by whalers working in this area who gave the name Inverleith or Leith Harbor.  Inverleith Harbor ("inver" meaning the place of meeting of rivers or where a river falls into the sea or take) is recommended because the name Leith Harbor is used elsewhere in the Antarctic.  Leith, Scotland, is the home of Salvesen and Co., a whaling firm which has operated extensively in Antarctic waters.||
7341|Invisible Island|Island|540100S|0371900W|-54.0166667|-37.3166667|||01/01/1963|Small, tussock-covered island lying close SE of Crescent Island and Mollyhawk Island in the Bay of Isles, South Georgia. Charted in 1912-13 by Robert Cushman Murphy, American naturalist aboard the brig Daisy.  Probably named by DI personnel who surveyed the Bay of Isles in 1929-30.||
7342|Ionosphere Bay|Bay|664600S|1413500E|-66.7666667|141.5833333|||01/01/1962|Small bay bordering the E side of Cape Decouverte. Charted in 1951 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) and named by them for the corresponding scientific discipline.||
7344|Mount Iphigene|Summit|763100S|1455000W|-76.5166667|-145.8333333|||01/01/1947|Mountain just W of Ochs Glacier between Marujupu Peak and Birchall Peaks, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land. Discovered in 1929 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), and named by Byrd for Iphigene Ochs Sulzberger, daughter of Adolph Ochs and wife of Arthur Sulzberger, patrons of the expedition.||
7348|Iquique Cove|Bay|622900S|0594000W|-62.4833333|-59.6666667|||01/01/1972|A small cove in the E side of Discovery Bay, Greenwich Island, South Shetland Islands.  The cove is immediately adjacent to the Arturo Prat Station on Guesalaga Peninsula.  Named by Chile after the naval frigate Iquique which landed the first occupation party here in 1947.||
7351|Iris Bay|Bay|544200S|0355600W|-54.7|-35.9333333|||01/01/1956|Small bay immediately S of Muller Point at the E end of South Georgia, lying 6 mi NW of Cape Vahsel, along the embayment between Cape Vahsel and Cape Charlotte.  The name Sandwich Bay, for John Montagu, 4th Earl of Sandwich, was given to the whole embayment between Cape Vahsel and Cape Charlotte in 1775 by a British expedition under Cook.  The name was later restricted on maps to the small bay described, since a name for the large embayment was not considered useful.  The South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, reported that the name Iris Bay for the same feature is well established in use among the whalers and sealers in South Georgia, and that the name Sandwich Bay is unknown locally.  Iris Bay is approved to conform with local usage.||
7352|Cape Irizar|Cape|753300S|1625700E|-75.55|162.95||||A bold rocky headland that forms the N end of Lamplugh Island, off the coast of Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, under Scott.  He named it for Captain Jullan Irizar, of the Argentine naval vessel Urguay, who rescued the shipwrecked members of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition of 1901-04.||
7353|Irizar Island|Island|651300S|0641200W|-65.2166667|-64.2|||01/01/1952|Island 0.5 mi long, lying 0.5 mi NE of Uruguay Island in the NE part of the Argentine Islands, in the Wilhelm Archipelago. Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, and named by him for Captain Julian Irizar, Argentine Navy.  The island was recharted in 1935 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.||
7355|Ironside Glacier|Glacier|720800S|1694000E|-72.1333333|169.6666667|||01/01/1962|A spectacular glacier, about 30 mi long, originating at the S side of Mount Minto in the Admiralty Mountains and draining SE between Mount Whewell and Mount Herschel into Moubray Bay, Victoria Land.  At its mouth it is joined by the Honeycomb Glacier flowing in from the north.  The name is suggested by an association of ideas involved in the name Admiralty Mountains, and by the impression of power given by the great icefall in the lower portion of the glacier.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58.||
7356|Iroquois Plateau|Plain|835100S|0540000W|-83.85|-54|||01/01/1968|A large, mainly ice-covered plateau situated east of the southern part of the Washington Escarpment in the Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after the Bell UH-1 "Iroquois" helicopter which has greatly facilitated field operations in Antarctica.||
7358|Irvine Glacier|Glacier|744200S|0631500W|-74.7|-63.25|||01/01/1951|Glacier, 40 mi long, draining SE between the Guettard and Rare Ranges into the N part of Gardner Inlet.  Discovered by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, under Ronne, who named it for George J. Irvine, of the Engineer Depot at Fort Belvoir, VA, who outlined the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) photographic program.||
7359|Mount Irving|Summit|611700S|0540800W|-61.2833333|-54.1333333|||01/01/1975|A mountain that is the dominant elevation in the southern part of Clarence Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  A prominent feature, the mountain doubtless was known to sealers in the area in the 1820s.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Rear Admiral Sir Edmund George Irving, Royal Navy (RN), Hydrographer of the Navy, 1960-66.||
7360|Irving Island|Island|662500S|0670400W|-66.4166667|-67.0666667|||01/01/1965|A small island at the NE end of the Barcroft Islands, in the Biscoe Islands.  Mapped from air photos taken by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Laurence Irving, American physiologist who has specialized in the effects of a polar environment.||
7361|Irving Point|Summit|564300S|0270700W|-56.7166667|-27.1166667|||01/01/1952|Point forming the E extremity of Visokoi Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  Discovered and first roughly charted in 1819 by a Russian expedition under Bellingshausen.  It was named Penguin Point, because of a rookery there, by DI personnel following their survey in 1930, but that name has been changed because it is already in use for other features.  Irving Point was recommended by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1953 and is for Lieutenant Commander J. Irving, Royal Navy (RN), who made sketches of the South Sandwich Islands from the Discovery II in 1930.||
7362|Irwin Glacier|Glacier|710700S|1632500E|-71.1166667|163.4166667|||01/01/1970|A steep tributary glacier in the Bowers Mountains, draining NE from Edlin Neve and at the terminus coalescing with Montigny Glacier (from the north), with which it enters the larger Graveson Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Carlisle S. Irwin, glaciologist, who participated in the study of Meserve Glacier in 1966-67.||
7363|Cape Irwyn|Cape|844100S|1700500W|-84.6833333|-170.0833333|||01/01/1968|A rock cape at the edge of the Ross Ice Shelf forming the N extremity of Lillie Range in the foothills of the Prince Olav Mountains.  Named by the Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1963-64) for Irwyn Smith, relief radio operator at Scott Base, 1963-64.||
7364|Isaacson Point|Summit|592600S|0270300W|-59.4333333|-27.05|||01/01/1952|The SE point of Bellingshausen Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  Charted by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1930 and named for Ms. S.M. Isaacson, an assistant to the staff of the Discovery Committee.||
7366|Isachsen Mountain|Summit|721100S|0261500E|-72.1833333|26.25|3425|11237|01/01/1962|Large mountain rising to 3,425 m, standing 4 mi SE of Mount Bergersen in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named for Major Gunnar Isachsen, leader with Captain Hjalmar Riiser-Larsen of the Norwegian expedition 1930-31.||
7367|Isacke Passage|Channel|665400S|0671500W|-66.9|-67.25|||01/01/1975|A marine channel in Hanusse Bay between Liard Island and Arrowsmith Peninsula on the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered and first charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Captain Christopher J. Isacke, Royal Navy (RN), commanding officer of His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Endurance in the Antarctic Peninsula area, 1972-74.||
7369|Isakson Nunatak|Summit|745000S|0734200W|-74.8333333|-73.7|1300|4265||Nunatak rising to c. 1,300 m, 1.5 mi SE of Christoph Nunatak in the Lyon Nunataks, Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1961-68, and Landsat imagery, 1973-74.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1987 after Steven W. Isakson of Stanford University, Stanford, CA, upper atmospheric physicist at Siple Station, winter party 1975.||
7370|Isbrynet Hill|Summit|730900S|0042800W|-73.15|-4.4666667|||01/01/1966|A rock hill SW of Penck Ledge, rising above the ice slopes at the W side of the head of Penck Trough in Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and additional air photos (1958-59), and named Isbrynet (the ice rim).||
7371|Isca Valley|Valley|800100S|1553200E|-80.0166667|155.5333333||||Narrow ice-free valley lying next W of Ituna Valley and 2 mi ENE of Haven Mountain in Britannia Range.  Named in association with Britannia by a University of Waikato (New Zealand) geological party, 1978-79, led by M.J. Selby.  Isca is a historical name used in Roman Britain for the River Exe.||
7372|Isdalen Valley|Valley|714400S|0123000E|-71.7333333|12.5|||01/01/1970|An ice-filled valley between Aurdalsegga and Isdalsegga Ridges in Sudliche Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains. Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39. Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Isdalen (the ice valley).||
7373|Isdalsegga Ridge|Ridge|714500S|0123300E|-71.75|12.55|||01/01/1970|A rock ridge surmounted by Pinegin Peak, forming the E wall of Isdalen Valley in Sudliche Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Isdalsegga (the ice valley ridge).||
7376|Isfossnipa Peak|Summit|730900S|0013000W|-73.15|-1.5|||01/01/1966|A peak 2 mi SE of Austvorren Ridge, surmounting the E part of Neumayer Cliffs in Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Isfossnipa (the icefall peak).||
7377|Mount Isherwood|Summit|745900S|1134300W|-74.9833333|-113.7166667|||01/01/1967|A flattish, mainly ice-covered mountain with steep rock slopes, located 4 mi WSW of Mount Strange in the Kohler Range of Marie Byrd Land.  The mountain was first photographed from aircraft of U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in January 1947.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William F. Isherwood, geophysicist on the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) South Pole-Queen Maud Land Traverse II, 1965-66, and on the Marie Byrd Land Survey 1966-67.||
7378|Ishmael Peak|Summit|655300S|0622500W|-65.8833333|-62.4166667|||01/01/1963|A conspicuous detached rock peak, 4 mi S of Spouter Peak, which marks the N side of the mouth of Leppard Glacier, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947 and 1955.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the narrator of Herman Melville's story Moby Dick.||
7381|Isingen Mountain|Summit|722300S|0010400E|-72.3833333|1.0666667|||01/01/1966|A large icecapped mass, through which protrude several rock peaks, between Ising Glacier and Rogstad Glacier in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938 39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Isingen (the icing).||
7382|Ising Glacier|Glacier|722400S|0005700E|-72.4|.95|||01/01/1966|A glacier flowing NW between Isingen Mountain and Kvitkjolen Ridge in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Isingbreen (the icing glacier).||
7383|Isingsalen Saddle|Gap|722000S|0010200E|-72.3333333|1.0333333|||01/01/1966|An ice saddle between Isingen Mountain and Salknappen Peak in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Isingsalen (the icing saddle).||
7384|Isingufsa Bluff|Cliff|722100S|0011300E|-72.35|1.2166667|||01/01/1966|A rock bluff forming the NE corner of Isingen Mountain in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Isingufsa (the icing bluff).||
7385|Isklakken Hill|Summit|715600S|0272600E|-71.9333333|27.4333333|||01/01/1966|Rocky hill 2 mi E of Balchen Mountain at the E end of the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Isklakken (the ice lump).||
7386|Iskollen Hill|Summit|725100S|0040900W|-72.85|-4.15|||01/01/1966|A broad, snow-covered hill with a few rock outcrops at the summit, lying SW of Raudberg Valley in the SW part of the Borg Massif, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Iskollen (the ice hill).||
7389|Island Arena|Valley|794900S|1563500E|-79.8166667|156.5833333|||01/01/1965|A broad valley occupied by a lateral lobe of the Darwin Glacier, indenting the N side of the Darwin Mountains between Colosseum Ridge and Kenneth Ridge.  An islandlike nunatak, Richardson Hill, rises above the ice of the valley.  The descriptive name was given by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1962-63).||
7390|Island Lake|Lake|773820S|1662610E|-77.63884|166.436079|||01/01/1968|A lake lying SE of Skua Lake at Cape Evans, Ross Island. It appears that the descriptive name was given by members of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13), who built their winter quarters hut at Cape Evans.||
7392|Islands Point|Summit|712800S|1693100E|-71.4666667|169.5166667||||A high rock point separating Berg Bay and Relay Bay, lying along the W shore of Robertson Bay in Victoria Land.  Charted by the Northern Party of British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, under Captain Robert Scott. Probably named with reference to the small island (Sphinx Rock) which lies just N of the point.||10/19/2000
7395|Islay|Island|672100S|0594200E|-67.35|59.7|||01/01/1947|Island 2 mi long, lying 1.5 mi N of Bertha Island in the William Scoresby Archipelago.  Discovered in February 1936 by DI personnel on the William Scoresby, who probably named it for an island of that name in the Hebrides.||03/07/1997
7397|Bay of Isles|Island|540200S|0372000W|-54.0333333|-37.3333333|||01/01/1952|Bay 9 mi wide and receding 3 mi, lying between Capes Buller and Wilson along the N coast of South Georgia.  Discovered in 1775 by a British expedition under Cook and so named by him because numerous islands lie in the bay.||
7398|Islet Point|Island|541400S|0363800W|-54.2333333|-36.6333333|||01/01/1965|Point forming the E side of the entrance to Carlita Bay, Cumberland West Bay, on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1929 British Admiralty chart and probably derives from the islet just off the point.||
7400|Isocline Hill|Summit|833100S|1573600E|-83.5166667|157.6|200|656|01/01/1970|A hill in the S part of Augen Bluffs, Miller Range.  The hill rises 100-200 m above the W side of Marsh Glacier and is connected to Augen Bluffs by a col 10-20 m lower than the height of the hill.  So named by the Ohio State University Geological Party, 1967-68, because an isoclinal fold is well exposed on the side of the hill.||
7401|Isolation Point|Summit|781100S|1673000E|-78.1833333|167.5|||01/01/1963|A small volcanic peak projecting through the ice sheet covering the SE extremity of White Island, in the Ross Archipelago.  So named because of its remote position by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1958-59.||
7402|Isrosene Nunataks|Summit|715300S|0263500E|-71.8833333|26.5833333|||01/01/1966|Two nunataks 6 mi WNW of Balchen Mountain, protruding through the W part of Byrdbreen in the Sor Rondane Mountains. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Isrosene (the ice roses).||
7404|Istindhalsen Saddle|Gap|720500S|0023400W|-72.0833333|-2.5666667|||01/01/1966|An ice saddle between Istind Peak and Grunehogna Peaks in the Ahlmann Ridge of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-39) and named Istindhalsen (the ice peak neck).||
7405|Istind Peak|Summit|720600S|0022300W|-72.1|-2.3833333|||01/01/1966|A partly ice-covered peak 1 mi S of Tindeklypa, on the E side of Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Istind (ice peak).||
7408|Italia Valley|Valley|621000S|0583100W|-62.1666667|-58.5166667||||A small valley lying ENE of Herve Cove, Ezcurra Inlet, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The feature was named "Conca Italia" (Italia hollow) and used as the site of its base hut by the first Italian expedition to Antarctica, 1975-76, led by Rennato Cepparo.  The name has been approved with an English generic term.||
7410|Ituna Valley|Valley|800000S|1554500E|-80|155.75||||Narrow ice-free valley between Isca Valley and Lemanis Valley in the Britannia Range.  The valley opens northward to Hatherton Glacier, 8 mi WNW of Derrick Peak.  Named in association with Britannia by a University of Waikato (New Zealand) geological party, 1978-79, led by M.J. Selby.  Ituna is a historical name used in Roman Britain for the River Eden.||
7411|Ivanoff Head|Cliff|665300S|1090700E|-66.8833333|109.1166667|||01/01/1972|A small rocky headland, or probable island, which lies along the coast and is partly overlain by continental ice, situated 4 mi W of Hatch Islands at the head of Vincennes Bay. The feature was first mapped from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and was named Brooks Island by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1956. the name Ivanoff Head, inadvertently applied by Australia in 1961, has succeeded the earlier name in general use and is now recommended.  Helicopter landings were made here by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) from the Magga Dan in February 1960.  The feature was used as a rescue base when a helicopter crashed nearby.  Named after Captain P. Ivanoff pilot of the crashed helicopter.||
7412|Mount Iveagh|Summit|850400S|1693800E|-85.0666667|169.6333333|||01/01/1952|A broad mountain in the Supporters Range, overlooking the E side of Mill Glacier 5 mi NW of Mount White.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named for Lord Iveagh, of the firm of Guinness, who helped finance the expedition.||
7413|Iversen Peak|Summit|843700S|1112600W|-84.6166667|-111.4333333|||01/01/1962|A peak 3 mi ENE of Urbanak Peak at the NE end of the Ohio Range, Horlick Mountains.  Surveyed by the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Horlick Mountains Traverse party in Dec. 1958.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Frede Iversen, ionospheric physicist at Byrd Station in 1960.||
7414|Ives Bank|Bar|674000S|0681200W|-67.6666667|-68.2||||A marine bank with a least depth of 11 m in the southern approaches to Ryder Bay, Adelaide Island, 1 mi S of Mikkelsen Islands.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Lieutenant Commander David M. Ives, Royal Navy (RN), who surveyed this bank from His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Endurance in March 1981.||
7415|Ives Ice Rise|Glacier|715300S|0733500W|-71.8833333|-73.5833333||||An ice rise c. 1 mi long at the head of Weber Inlet, SW Alexander Island.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy aerial photographs taken 1967-68 and Landsat imagery taken 1972-73.  In association with the names of composers grouped in this area, named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Charles E. Ives (1874-1954), American composer.||
7416|Ives Tongue|Cape|672200S|0592900E|-67.3666667|59.4833333|||01/01/1965|A narrow tongue of land projecting from an island between Fold Island and the coast of Enderby Land.  Discovered and named in February 1936 by the William Scoresby expedition.||10/18/2000
7418|Ivory Pinnacles|Summit|635000S|0590900W|-63.8333333|-59.15|1120|3674|01/01/1953|Two ice-covered peaks (1,120 m) on the W side of Pettus Glacier, 9 mi SE of Cape Kjellman, in northern Graham Land. Charted in 1948 by members of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) who applied the descriptive name.||
7419|Ivory Tower|Summit|852800S|1422400W|-85.4666667|-142.4|800|2625||A small peak rising to c. 800 m, 1.5 mi E of Fadden Peak, between Harold Byrd Mountains and Bender Mountains.  The peak was visited by a U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) - Arizona State University geological party, 1977-78, and so named from its composition of nearly all white marble.||
7420|Mount Izabelle|Summit|721000S|0663000E|-72.1666667|66.5|||01/01/1961|A bare rock mountain standing 12 mi SW of Shaw Massif in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Discovered from an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Beaver aircraft on Nov. 28, 1956, while engaged in aerial photography. Named by ANCA for B. Izabelle, weather observer at Mawson Station in 1957.||
7421|Jabet Peak|Summit|644900S|0632800W|-64.8166667|-63.4666667|545|1788|01/01/1952|Peak, 545 m, which marks the SW end of the serrate ridge 1 mi NE of Port Lockroy, Wiencke Island, in the Palmer Archipelago. Probably first sighted in 1898 by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache. First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, who named it for Jacques Jabet, boatswain of the expedition ship Francais.||04/06/1998
7422|Lake Jabs|Lake|683300S|0781500E|-68.55|78.25|||01/01/1970|A small lake next east of Club Lake in the central part of Breidnes Peninsula, Vestfold Hills.  The area was photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47), Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1954-58) and the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (1956).  Named by ANCA after B.V. Jabs, weather observer at the nearby Davis Station in 1961.||
7423|Jaburg Glacier|Glacier|824200S|0532500W|-82.7|-53.4166667|||01/01/1968|A broad glacier draining westward between Dufek Massif and Cordiner Peaks in the Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Conrad J. Jaburg, USN, helicopter pilot, Ellsworth Station winter party, 1957.||
7424|Jacka Glacier|Glacier|530000S|0732000E|-53|73.3333333|||01/01/1957|A glacier, 0.8 mi long, flowing NE from Hayter Peak and terminating in icefalls opposite Vanhoffen Bluff on the N side of Heard Island.  The glacier appears to be roughly charted on an 1860 sketch map compiled by Captain H.C. Chester, American sealer operating in the area during this period.  It was surveyed in 1948 by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), and named by them for Fred J. Jacka, expedition physicist.||
7426|Mount Jackling|Summit|775400S|1545800W|-77.9|-154.9666667|||01/01/1947|Peak 1 mi S of Mount Frazier in the N group of the Rockefeller Mountains on Edward VII Peninsula in Marie Byrd Land. Discovered on Jan. 27, 1929, by members of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) on an exploratory flight over this area.  The name was applied by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) which explored the area.||
7427|Mount Jacklyn|Summit|701500S|0655300E|-70.25|65.8833333|||01/01/1962|A conical peak surmounting a horseshoe-shaped ridge 1 mi S of Farley Massif, in the eastern part of the Athos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  First visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) southern party led by W.G. Bewsher (1956-57) and named for Robert Jacklyn, cosmic ray physicist at Mawson Station in 1956.||
7428|Mount Jackman|Summit|722400S|1631500E|-72.4|163.25|1920|6299|01/01/1964|A mountain, 1,920 m, standing 9 mi S of Mount Baldwin in the Freyberg Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Warren A. Jackman, photographer, a member of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Victoria Land Traverse Party which surveyed this area in 1959-60.||
7429|Mount Jackson|Summit|712300S|0632200W|-71.3833333|-63.3666667|3050|10006|01/01/1966|A massive mountain rising over 3,050 m and dominating the upland in the southern part of Palmer Land.  It rises to a majestic summit peak on the S and E, while the N flank is occupied by a vast cirque.  Discovered by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, in aerial flights and sighted by the ground survey party on the plateau.  Named by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) for Andrew Jackson, President of the United States, 1829-37, who signed the bill authorizing the United States Exploring Expedition, 1838-42, led by Lieutenant Charles Wilkes, U.S. Navy (USN).||
7430|Jackson Glacier|Glacier|744700S|1354500W|-74.7833333|-135.75|||01/01/1974|A glacier about 10 mi long, flowing N from McDonald Heights into Siniff Bay on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Bernard V. Jackson, Station Scientific Leader at South Pole Station, 1971.||
7431|Jackson Peak|Summit|825000S|0533500W|-82.8333333|-53.5833333|1255|4117|01/01/1968|A peak, 1,255 m, standing 2 mi S of Sumrall Peak in the Cordiner Peaks, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Allen M. Jackson, aviation electronics technician, Ellsworth Station winter party, 1957.||
7432|Jackson Tooth|Summit|802500S|0231600W|-80.4166667|-23.2666667|1215|3986||Nunatak rising to 1,215 m at the W end of Pioneers Escarpment (q.v.), Shackleton Range.  In association with the names of pioneers of polar life and travel grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after Major Frederick George Jackson (1860-1938), English Arctic explorer who in 1895 designed the features of the pyramid tent, later to become standard equipment on British polar expeditions.||
7434|Jacobsen Bight|Bay|542500S|0365000W|-54.4166667|-36.8333333|||01/01/1963|Bight 4 mi wide, indenting the S coast of South Georgia between Larvik Cone and Cape Darnley.  The name "Sukkertopp bukta" (Sugarloaf Bay) was used by Olaf Holtedahl in 1929 for the whole of the coast between Cape Darnley and Sandefjord, which was shown on his map as one bay.  The name "Zuckerspitzenbucht" was used for the northwestern of two bays shown on this same stretch of coast by Ludwig Kohl-Larsen in 1930.  The South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, surveyed this coast in detail and confirmed the existence of two bays.  As the names derived from Mount Sugartop are misleading (the mountain does not dominate the bay) and as none of the existing names for the feature are used locally, the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1957 proposed a new name.  Jacobsen Bight is for Fridthjof Jacobsen (1874-1933), who worked at the Compania Argentina de Pesca station at Grytviken, 1904-21, and later became vice president of the company.||
7435|Jacobsen Glacier|Glacier|825800S|1670500E|-82.9666667|167.0833333|||01/01/1966|A glacier flowing ENE from Mount Reid, in the Holland Range, into the Ross Ice Shelf.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys (1961-62) and Navy air photos (1960).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for H. Jacobsen, Master of the U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) Chattahoochee during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1964 and 1965.||
7436|Jacobsen Head|Cliff|740200S|1133500W|-74.0333333|-113.5833333|||01/01/1967|An ice-covered headland forming the NE point of Slichter Foreland, Martin Peninsula, on the Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  First delineated by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in January 1947.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Commander Glen Jacobsen, USN, captain of the icebreaker Atka on the 1954-55 reconnaissance cruise to Antarctica to examine sites for use as science stations during the 1957-58 IGY.||
7437|Jacobs Island|Island|644800S|0640100W|-64.8|-64.0166667|||01/01/1975|A narrow island 0.3 mi long between Hellerman Rocks and Laggard Island, off the SW coast of Anvers Island.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Paul F. Jacobs, U.S. Navy (USN), Officer-in-Charge of Palmer Station in 1972.||
7438|Jacobs Nunatak|Summit|841700S|1593800E|-84.2833333|159.6333333|||01/01/1966|A nunatak on the W side of MacAlpine Hills, just W of the head of Sylwester Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Willis S. Jacobs, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geomagnetist and seismologist at South Pole Station, 1959.||
7439|Jacobs Peak|Summit|800400S|1574600E|-80.0666667|157.7666667|2040|6693|01/01/1965|A peak, 2,040 m, surmounting the N end of the ridge which stands on the W side of Ragotzkie Glacier, in the Britannia Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John D. Jacobs, U.S. exchange observer at Vostok Station in 1964.||
7440|Jacoby Glacier|Glacier|754800S|1320600W|-75.8|-132.1|||01/01/1974|A steep glacier draining the E slopes of the Ames Range between Mount Boennighausen and Mount Andrus, in Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William J. Jacoby, driller at Byrd Station, 1968-69.||
7441|Jacques Peaks|Range|643100S|0615100W|-64.5166667|-61.85|385|1263|01/01/1965|Peaks rising to 385 m at the NW end of Reclus Peninsula on the W coast of Graham Land.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1954.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Greville L. Jacques, senior helicopter pilot with the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE), 1955-57, who made a landing on one of these peaks to establish a survey station.  The peaks are the most conspicuous feature on Reclus Peninsula.||
7442|Mount Jacquinot|Summit|632200S|0575300W|-63.3666667|-57.8833333|475|1558|01/01/1952|Pyramidal peak, 475 m, with exposed rock on its N side, lying 3 mi S of Cape Legoupil and 1 mi E of Huon Bay, on the N side of Trinity Peninsula.  Discovered by a French expedition, 1837-40, under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville, who named it for Lieutenant Charles Jacquinot, commander of the expedition ship Zelee.||04/06/1998
7443|Jacquinot Rocks|Island|632600S|0582400W|-63.4333333|-58.4|||01/01/1952|Group of rocks about midway between Hombron Rocks and Cape Ducorps and 1 mi off the N coast of Trinity Peninsula.  Charted in 1946 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) who named the rocks for Honore Jacquinot, surgeon with the French expedition under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville which explored this coast in 1838.||
7444|Jade Point|Summit|633600S|0573500W|-63.6|-57.5833333|||01/01/1964|A gently sloping rocky point forming the S limit of Eyrie Bay, Trinity Peninsula.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC).  The lower slopes of the point are permanently sheathed in greenish-tinged ice, which suggested the descriptive name.||
7445|Jaeger Hills|Range|753000S|0654000W|-75.5|-65.6666667|1000|3281||A group of hills and nunataks, rising to c. 1,000 m and running NE-SW for 24 mi between Matthews Glacier and McCaw Ridge on the Orville Coast, Ellsworth Land.  The feature was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1961-67.  It was visited in 1977-78 by a U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geological party, led by Peter D. Rowley, and named after Commander James W. Jaeger, USN, Commanding Officer, Antarctic Development Squadron Six, 1977-78, and command pilot of the LC-130 aircraft in support of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) party.||
7446|Jaeger Table|Summit|823600S|0523000W|-82.6|-52.5|2030|6660||The ice-covered summit plateau of Dufek Massif, Pensacola Mountains, rising to 2,030 m at Worcester Summit.  The plateau was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1968 from ground surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs taken 1964.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN), at the suggestion of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geologist Arthur B. Ford, after Commander James W. Jaeger, U.S. Navy (USN), pilot of the Squadron VXE-6 Hercules aircraft that landed the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) field party in the area in the 1976-77 season.||
7448|Jagar Islands|Island|663500S|0572000E|-66.5833333|57.3333333|||01/01/1970|Group of small islands lying immediately off Cape Boothby, Enderby Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Jagarane (the hunters).  The form Jagar Islands, recommended by ANCA, has been adopted.||
7449|Jagged Island|Island|615400S|0582900W|-61.9|-58.4833333|||01/01/1953|Rocky island lying 2.5 mi NNW of Round Point, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The island, presumably known to early sealers in the area, was charted by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1935 and given this descriptive name.||
7450|Jagged Island|Island|655800S|0654100W|-65.9666667|-65.6833333|||01/01/1950|Island 2 mi long, lying 1 mi E of Dodman Island and 8 mi W of Ferin Head, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Probably first sighted in January 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot.  Charted and named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill.||
7451|Jagged Rocks|Island|632400S|0565900W|-63.4|-56.9833333|||01/01/1952|Group of jagged rocks lying near the center of Hut Cove in the E part of Hope Bay, at the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula. First charted in 1903 by a party under J. Gunner Andersson of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE).  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1945.||
7452|Jago Nunataks|Summit|720600S|1644000E|-72.1|164.6666667|2300|7546||A cluster of closely spaced nunataks rising to 2,300 m, centered 3 mi E of the S end of Neall Massif in the Concord Mountains.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1983 after J.B. Jago, geologist with New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) geological parties to this area in 1974-75 and 1980-81.||
7455|Cape James|Cape|630600S|0624500W|-63.1|-62.75|||01/01/1952|Cape which forms the S tip of Smith Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name appears on a chart based upon a British expedition 1828-31, under Foster, and is now well established in international usage.||
7460|James Nunatak|Summit|695900S|0622700W|-69.9833333|-62.45|410|1345|01/01/1953|Conical nunatak, 410 m, standing 5.5 mi S of Lewis Point on the E coast of Palmer Land.  This feature was photographed from the air by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in September 1940 and was probably seen by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) ground party that explored this coast.  During 1947 it was charted by a joint party consisting of members of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) and Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for David P. James, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) surveyor at the Hope Bay base in 1945-46.||
7462|Jameson Point|Summit|631700S|0621600W|-63.2833333|-62.2666667|||01/01/1965|Point 3 mi N of Cape Garry on the W side of Low Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Roughly charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10.  Photographed from the air by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE), 1955-57, and more accurately delineated from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1959. The name "Jameson Island" was applied to Low Island by James Weddell in 1820-23.  Jameson Point has been approved for this point to preserve Weddell's name on Low Island.||
7465|James Ross Island|Island|641000S|0574500W|-64.1666667|-57.75|1630|5348|01/01/1947|A large island off the SE side and near the northeastern extremity of Antarctic Peninsula, from which it is separated by Prince Gustav Channel.  Rising to 1,630 m, it is irregularly shaped and extends 40 mi in a N.S. direction.  Charted in Oct. 1903 by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Otto Nordenskjold.  He named it for Sir James Clark Ross, leader of a British expedition to this area in 1842, who discovered and roughly charted a number of points along the eastern side of the island.  The form James Ross Island is used to avoid confusion with the widely known Ross Island in McMurdo Sound.||
7468|Jamieson Ridge|Ridge|802700S|0255300W|-80.45|-25.8833333|1200|3937||A narrow ridge 1 mi long, rising to c. 1,200 m at the SW end of the Herbert Mountains, Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of glacial geologists grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after Thomas F. Jamieson (1829-1913), Scottish geologist whose work on the ice-worn rocks of Scotland developed the true origin of glacial striae in 1862; originator of the theory of isostasy in 1865.||
7469|Mount Jamroga|Summit|712000S|1630600E|-71.3333333|163.1|2265|7431|01/01/1970|A mountain, 2,265 m, located 8 mi E of Mount Gow in the rugged heights between Carryer and Sledgers Glaciers, in the Bowers Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander John J. Jamroga, photographic officer, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, 1967 and 1968.||
7470|Jane Col|Gap|604200S|0453800W|-60.7|-45.6333333|||01/01/1975|A col west of Jane Peak at the head of Limestone Valley on Signy Island.  Named in association with Jane Peak by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC).||
7471|Jane Peak|Summit|604300S|0453800W|-60.7166667|-45.6333333|210|689|01/01/1956|Conspicuous nunatak, 210 m, standing 0.5 mi W of the N part of Borge Bay on Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands. Roughly surveyed in 1933 by DI personnel, and resurveyed in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named in 1954 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for the brig Orkney Islands in 1822-23.||
7473|Janet Rock|Summit|663300S|1391000E|-66.55|139.1666667|||01/01/1955|Small rock 7.5 mi WNW of Liotard Glacier, lying immediately seaward of the ice cliffs overlying the coast.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1952-53, and named by them for Paul Janet, French spiritualist-philosopher of the 19th century.||04/11/2001
7474|Mount Janetschek|Summit|745400S|1621600E|-74.9|162.2666667|1455|4774|01/01/1968|A mountain, 1,455 m, standing between Mount Larsen and Widowmaker Pass at the S side of the mouth of Reeves Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1955-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Heinz Janetschek, biologist at McMurdo Station, 1961-62 season.||
7477|Janke Nunatak|Summit|755300S|0702700W|-75.8833333|-70.45|||01/01/1968|An isolated nunatak, 4 mi NE of Carlson Peak in western Hauberg Mountains, in Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John W. Janke, radioman with the Eights Station winter party in 1964.||
7478|Janssen Peak|Summit|645300S|0633100W|-64.8833333|-63.5166667|1085|3560|01/01/1952|Conspicuous peak, 1,085 m, forming the SW end of Sierra DuFief in the SW part of Wiencke Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache. Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, who named it for Jules Janssen, noted French astronomer.||
7479|January Col|Gap|832400S|1620000E|-83.4|162|||01/01/1966|A high col on the N side of Claydon Peak, Prince Andrew Plateau.  Approached from New Years Pass by the New Zealand southern party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58), the party was able to gain a view of the mountains to the north and east.  Named by the party because they climbed it in January 1958.||
7480|Janulis Spur|Ridge|850700S|0902700W|-85.1166667|-90.45|||01/01/1962|A rock spur which extends eastward from the Ford Massif between Green Valley and Aaron Glacier, in the Thiel Mountains. The name was proposed by Peter Bermel and Arthur Ford, co-leaders of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Thiel Mountains party which surveyed these mountains in 1960-61.  Named for Lieutenant George Janulis, pilot with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6, who flew the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) party into the Thiel Mountains.||
7481|Mount Janus|Summit|710400S|1630600E|-71.0666667|163.1|2420|7940||A bifurcated peak rising to 2,420 m at the N side of the head of Montigny Glacier in the Bowers Mountains.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) on the proposal of geologist R.A. Cooper, leader of a New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) geological party to the area, 1981-82.  Named after Janus, the deity of portals in Roman mythology, symbolized as having two faces.||
7482|Janus Island|Island|644700S|0640600W|-64.7833333|-64.1|||01/01/1963|Rocky island 0.2 mi long, lying 0.5 mi S of Litchfield Island, off the SW coast of Anvers Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  It is the southernmost of the islands on the W side of the entrance to Arthur Harbor.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following survey by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955.  The name, for the ancient Latin deity who was guardian of gates, arose because of the position of the island at the entrance to Arthur Harbor.||
7483|Jaques Nunatak|Summit|675300S|0661200E|-67.8833333|66.2|||01/01/1971|A small nunatak lying 3 mi SSW of Mount Kennedy in the Gustav Bull Mountains of Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1936 and 1959.  Named by ANCA for G.A. Jaques, a weather observer at Mawson Station in 1967.||
7484|Jardine Peak|Summit|621000S|0583100W|-62.1666667|-58.5166667|285|935|01/01/1960|Peak, 285 m, standing 1 mi SW of Point Thomas on the W side of Admiralty Bay, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for D. Jardine of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), geologist at Admiralty Bay in 1949, who traveled extensively on King George Island.||
7485|Jare IV Nunataks|Summit|713800S|0360000E|-71.6333333|36|||01/01/1966|A group of four aligned nunataks situated 3 mi NNE of Mount Gaston de Gerlache in the Queen Fabiola Mountains.  Discovered on Oct. 7, 1960 by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Guido Derom.  Named by Derom after the fourth Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) IV); in November-December 1960, a field party of the Japanese expedition reached this area and carried out geodetic and other scientific work.||
7486|Jaren Crags|Cliff|714500S|0064400E|-71.75|6.7333333|||01/01/1967|A row of rock peaks in the form of a bluff, just W of Storkvarvet Mountain in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Jaren (the edge).||
7487|Jarina Nunatak|Summit|762300S|1601000E|-76.3833333|160.1666667|||01/01/1965|Nunatak lying 7 mi WNW of the main summit of Trinity Nunatak in the stream of the Mawson Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for Lieutenant Commander Michael Jarina, pilot with U.S. Navy Squadron VX-6 in 1962.||
7488|Jarl Nunataks|Summit|715500S|0031800E|-71.9166667|3.3|||01/01/1967|A small group of nunataks 3 mi N of Risen Peak which mark the NE extremity of the Gjelsvik Mountains in Queen Maud Land. Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named for Jarl Tonnesen, meteorologist with Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-58).||
7490|Jaron Cliffs|Cliff|762300S|1121000W|-76.3833333|-112.1666667|||01/01/1967|A line of steep, snow-covered cliffs on the S side of Mount Takahe, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Helmut P. Jaron, aurora researcher at Byrd Station in 1963.||
7491|Mount Jason|Summit|772928S|1613329E|-77.491096|161.558106|||01/01/1964|Peak just W of Bull Pass in the Olympus Range of Victoria Land.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1958-59) for a figure in Greek mythology.||
7493|Jason Harbor|Harbor|541100S|0363500W|-54.1833333|-36.5833333|||01/01/1953|Bay 1 mi wide, lying W of Allen Bay in the N side of Cumberland West Bay, South Georgia.  Charted and named by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold.  The bay was previously visited by the Jason, Captain C.A. Larsen, in 1894.||
7494|Jason Island|Island|541100S|0363000W|-54.1833333|-36.5|||01/01/1952|Island 1 mi N of Larsen Point at the W side of the entrance to Cumberland Bay, off the N coast of South Georgia.  Named after the Jason, the vessel used by Captain C.A. Larsen in 1893-94 in exploring Cumberland Bay.||
7497|Jason Peak|Summit|541100S|0363700W|-54.1833333|-36.6166667|675|2215|01/01/1965|Peak, 675 m, lying 1 mi W of Jason Harbor on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1929 British Admiralty chart.||
7498|Jason Peninsula|Cape|661000S|0610000W|-66.1666667|-61|||01/01/1960|A large peninsula on the E coast of Graham Land comprising several mainly snow-covered summits.  It rises above Larsen Ice Shelf and extends from the narrow neck of land E of Medea Dome for 42 mi, terminating in Cape Framnes.  This feature was first seen from seaward on Dec. 1, 1893 by Captain C.A. Larsen, who named one of the high peaks Mount Jason after his ship.  Larsen was too distant to map the area in detail, but in 1902 the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold observed the area from Borchgrevink Nunatak and reported the peaks seen by Larsen to be separated from the mainland.  The name Jason Island was subsequently used for Larsen's discovery, but in 1955 the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) determined this feature to be a large peninsula.||
7499|Jasper Point|Summit|621100S|0585500W|-62.1833333|-58.9166667||||The NE entrance point to Norma Cove, Fildes Peninsula, King George Island.  The point is bounded by cliffs of black and buff rocks, in which occur veins of red and green jasper.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following geological work by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1975-76.||
7500|Jato Nunatak|Summit|722100S|1655200E|-72.35|165.8666667|||01/01/1964|A small but distinctive nunatak at the N end of Barker Range, in Victoria Land.  Named by the Southern Party of NZFMCAE, 1962-63, after the JATO bottles used by American aircraft to assist in taking off with heavy loads at high elevations.  The aircraft landing point was nearby.||
7501|Jaynes Islands|Island|735900S|1041500W|-73.9833333|-104.25|||01/01/1968|A cluster of small islands located 20 mi W of the SW end of Canisteo Peninsula, in the Amundsen Sea.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James T. Jaynes, USN, equipment operator at Byrd Station, 1966.||
7505|Jeanne Hill|Summit|650400S|0640100W|-65.0666667|-64.0166667|195|640|01/01/1960|Hill, 195 m, standing 0.25 mi NW of Mount Gueguen and overlooking Port Charcot on Booth Island, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Dr. Jean B. Charcot, and named by him for his sister.||
7508|Port Jebsen|Harbor|604300S|0454100W|-60.7166667|-45.6833333|||01/01/1952|Cove immediately N of Jebsen Point on the W side of Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted in 1912-13 by Petter Sorlle, a Norwegian whaling captain.  The cove is named for nearby Jebsen Point.||
7509|Jebsen Point|Summit|604300S|0454100W|-60.7166667|-45.6833333|||01/01/1952|Point at the S side of Port Jebsen on the W side of Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  The name appears on a map based upon a running survey of these islands by Captain Petter Sorlle in 1912-13.||
7510|Jebsen Rocks|Island|604300S|0454100W|-60.7166667|-45.6833333|||01/01/1952|Chain of rocks which extends 0.5 mi in an E-W direction, lying 0.5 mi N of Jebsen Point, off the W side of Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted by Captain Petter Sorlle, a Norwegian whaler who made a running survey of the South Orkney Islands in 1912-13.  The rocks are named for nearby Jebsen Point.||
7511|Jefford Point|Summit|642400S|0574100W|-64.4|-57.6833333|||01/01/1963|A point formed by a rock cliff surmounted by ice, located 8 mi ENE of Cape Foster on the S coast of James Ross Island.  First surveyed by Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Otto Nordenskjold. Resurveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1948, the records being lost in a fire at Hope Bay, it was surveyed again by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1952.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Brian Jefford, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) surveyor at Hope Bay in 1948, and at Admiralty Bay in 1949.||
7512|Jeffery Head|Cliff|743300S|1115400W|-74.55|-111.9|||01/01/1967|A conspicuous, rock bluff, or headland, standing 4 mi S of Brush Glacier on the W side of Bear Peninsula, on the Walgreen Coast, of Marie Byrd Land.  First photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in January 1947.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Stuart S. Jeffery, researcher in ionospheric physics at Byrd Station in 1966.||10/15/1999
7513|Jeffries Bluff|Cliff|731800S|0601300W|-73.3|-60.2166667||||The ice-covered south point of Kemp Peninsula on the Lassiter Coast, Palmer Land.  The feature was photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in Dec. 1940, surveyed by the joint Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE)-Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) sledge party in Nov. 1947 and rephotographed by the U.S. Navy (USN), 1965-67. In association with Cape Deacon (q.v.) to the NE, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1981 after Margaret Elsa Jeffries (Mrs. George Deacon), a member of the staff of the Discovery Committee, c. 1930.||
7514|Jeffries Glacier|Glacier|790200S|0281200W|-79.0333333|-28.2|||01/01/1962|Glacier between Lenton Bluff and Maro Cliffs, flowing NW for at least 8 mi through the Theron Mountains.  First mapped in 1956-57 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and named for Peter H. Jeffries, meteorologist with the advance party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) in 1955-56.||
7515|Jeffries Peak|Summit|644300S|0620000W|-64.7166667|-62|||01/01/1965|Peak standing southward of Wilhelmina Bay, between Leonardo and Blanchard Glaciers on the W coast of Graham Land.  Mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for John Jeffries (1744-1819), American physician who, with Jean Blanchard, made the first balloon crossing of the English Channel in 1785.||
7516|Jeffries Point|Summit|592800S|0271000W|-59.4666667|-27.1666667|||01/01/1952|Point on the south-central side of Cook Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  Charted in 1930 by DI personnel on the assistant to the staff of the Discovery Committee.||
7517|Jekselen Peak|Summit|720000S|0023300W|-72|-2.55|1405|4610|01/01/1966|Peak, 1,405 m, the highest in a small ridge 7 mi ESE of Mount Schumacher, in the Ahlmann Ridge of Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Jekselen (the molar).||
7519|Jelbart Ice Shelf|Glacier|703000S|0043000W|-70.5|-4.5|||01/01/1966|An ice shelf about 40 mi wide, fronting on the coast of Queen Maud Land northward of Giaever Ridge.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named for John E. Jelbart, Australian observer with Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) who drowned near Maudheim Station on February 24, 1951.||
7522|Mount Jenkins|Summit|750800S|0691000W|-75.1333333|-69.1666667|1705|5594|01/01/1968|A mountain, 1,705 m, standing 7 mi NE of Mount Edward in the Sweeney Mountains, Ellsworth Land.  Discovered and photographed by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for W.H. Jenkins, hospital corpsman at South Pole Station, winter party 1963.||
7523|Jenkins Glacier|Glacier|544600S|0360700W|-54.7666667|-36.1166667|||01/01/1963|Glacier close S of Risting Glacier, flowing E into the head of Drygalski Fjord in the SE part of South Georgia.  The glacier was named for Erich von Drygalski by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1911-12, under Filchner.  To avoid duplication with Drygalski Glacier in Graham Land, also named for Erich von Drygalski, a new name was proposed in 1957 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC).  Jenkins Glacier is named for James T. Jenkins, author of A History of the Whale Fisheries and Bibliography of Whaling.||04/06/1998
7524|Jenkins Heights|Summit|744800S|1142000W|-74.8|-114.3333333|500|1640||A broad ice-covered area rising over 500 m and covering some 25 square miles, located S of McClinton Glacier and W of Mount Bray on Bakutis Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Charles Jenkins, NOAA geophysicist; Station Scientific Leader at South Pole Station, winter party 1974.||
7525|Jenner Glacier|Glacier|642700S|0623500W|-64.45|-62.5833333|||01/01/1960|Glacier 3 mi long flowing SW from the Solvay Mountains into the E arm of Duperre Bay, in the S part of Brabant Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  Shown on an Argentine government chart in 1953, but not named.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos in 1959.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Edward Jenner (1749-1823), English physician, pioneer of preventive medicine, who instituted the use of cowpox vaccine in smallpox vaccination.||
7526|Mount Jennings|Summit|723200S|1661500E|-72.5333333|166.25|2800|9186||A peak rising to c. 2,800 m immediately S of Mount Roy in the Barker Range of the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) after Peter Jennings, field assistant and mechanic with the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) Evans Neve field party, 1971-72.||
7527|Jennings Bluff|Cliff|664200S|0552900E|-66.7|55.4833333|100|328|01/01/1965|Dark, flat-topped outcrop in the Nicholas Range, 10 mi N of Mount Storegutt.  It rises about 100 m above the general ice level and has a steep eastern side, backing to an ice scarp in the west.  Discovered by British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31, under Mawson.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and called Brattstabben (The Steep Stump).  Photographed from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956 and remapped.  Renamed by ANCA in 1961 for N.D. Jennings, assistant diesel mechanic at Mawson Station in 1960.||
7529|Jennings Glacier|Glacier|715700S|0242200E|-71.95|24.3666667|||01/01/1966|Glacier, 10 mi long, flowing N along the W side of Luncke Range in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named for Lieutenant James C. Jennings, USN, co-pilot and navigator on U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp photographic flights of this and other coastal areas between 14 and 164 East.||
7530|Jennings Lake|Lake|701000S|0723200E|-70.1666667|72.5333333|||01/01/1956|A narrow meltwater lake, 3 mi long, at the foot of Jennings Promontory on the eastern margin of the Amery Ice Shelf. Delineated by John H. Roscoe in 1952 from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47), and named by him in association with Jennings Promontory.||
7531|Jennings Peak|Summit|713200S|1680700E|-71.5333333|168.1166667|2320|7611|01/01/1970|A peak (2,320 m) in the SE part of Dunedin Range, Admiralty Mountains, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Cedell Jennings, AE2, U.S. Navy (USN), Aviation Electrician's Mate at McMurdo Station, 1968.||
7532|Jennings Promontory|Cliff|701000S|0723300E|-70.1666667|72.55|||01/01/1956|A prominent rock promontory on the eastern margin of Amery Ice Shelf between Branstetter Rocks and Kreitzer Glacier. Delineated in 1952 by John H. Roscoe from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47), and named by him for Lieutenant James C. Jennings, USN, co-pilot and navigator on Operation Highjump photographic flights in this area.||
7533|Jennings Reef|Bar|674600S|0685000W|-67.7666667|-68.8333333|||01/01/1964|A reef, mostly submerged, extending between Avian Island and Rocca Islands, off the S end of Adelaide Island.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Leading Seaman Ronald A.J. Jennings, coxswain of the survey motorboat Quest,  used by the Royal Navy (RN) Hydrographic Survey Unit which charted the feature in 1963.||
7534|Jenny Buttress|Cliff|615900S|0574300W|-61.9833333|-57.7166667|||01/01/1960|A rock buttress 2.5 mi N of Melville Peak, overlooking Destruction Bay on the E side of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for the sealing vessel Jenny from the Isle of Wight which was found drifting in Drake Passage by the whaler Hope in September 1840.  All her crew were dead and the log was entered up to Jan. 17, 1823.||03/07/1997
7535|Jenny Island|Island|674400S|0682400W|-67.7333333|-68.4|500|1640|01/01/1950|Rocky island 2 mi long which rises to 500 m, lying 3 mi E of Cape Alexandra, the SE extremity of Adelaide Island, in northern Marguerite Bay.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot, and named by him for the wife of Sub-Lieutenant Maurice Bongrain, French Navy, second officer of the expedition.||
7536|Mount Jensen|Summit|770808S|1622629E|-77.135679|162.441433|1000|3281|01/01/1964|Peak over 1,000 m, just N of First Facet in the Gonville and Caius Range of Victoria Land.  Mapped and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
7537|Jensen Glacier|Glacier|850500S|1704800E|-85.0833333|170.8|||01/01/1966|A tributary glacier, about 10 mi long, flowing N between Supporters Range and Lhasa Nunatak into Snakeskin Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Kenard H. Jensen, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at South Pole Station, 1963.||12/22/1999
7538|Jensen Nunataks|Summit|730400S|0660500W|-73.0666667|-66.0833333|||01/01/1968|A cluster of isolated nunataks in the interior of southern Palmer Land, about 28 mi NE of Mount Vang.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Curtis M. Jensen, glaciologist at Byrd Station, summer 1965-66.||
7539|Jensen Ridge|Ridge|604100S|0453800W|-60.6833333|-45.6333333||||A curving ridge running eastward from Foca Point toward Jane Col on Signy Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Named in 1991 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Captain Gullik Jensen, of the whaling ship whaling expedition to Signy Island, 1935-36.||01/24/2005
7540|Cape Jeremy|Cape|692400S|0685100W|-69.4|-68.85|||01/01/1953|Cape marking the E side of the N entrance to George VI Sound and the W end of a line dividing Graham and Palmer Lands. Discovered by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill, who named it for Jeremy Scott, son of J.M. Scott, who served as home agent for the expedition.||
7541|Jeroboam Glacier|Glacier|653800S|0624000W|-65.6333333|-62.6666667|||01/01/1976|A SW tributary glacier that joins Starbuck Glacier just E of Gabriel Peak, on the E side of Graham Land.  The toponym is one of several in the vicinity applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from Herman Melville's Moby Dick, the Jeroboam being the ship that met the Pequod.||
7542|Jessie Bay|Bay|604400S|0444400W|-60.7333333|-44.7333333|||01/01/1947|Bay 4 mi wide, lying between Mackenzie and Pirie Peninsulas, on the N side of Laurie Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Apparently seen in the course of the joint cruise by Captain George Powell, British sealer, and Captain Nathaniel Palmer, American sealer, in 1821.  It was roughly charted by Captain James Weddell, British sealer, in 1822 and surveyed in 1903 by the ScotNAE of William S. Bruce, who named this bay for his wife, Jessie Mackenzie Bruce.||
7544|Jester Rock|Island|675200S|0684200W|-67.8666667|-68.7|||01/01/1956|Small isolated rock in Marguerite Bay, lying midway between Emperor Island and Noble Rocks in the Dion Islands.  The Dion Islands were first sighted and roughly charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) in 1909.  Jester Rock was surveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and so named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because of its association with Emperor Island.||
7545|Jetsam Moraine|Ridge|765000S|1613600E|-76.8333333|161.6|||01/01/1993|A thin, sinuous medial moraine that arcs smoothly for 6 mi from a point near Mount Razorback to beyond the far (NE) side of Black Pudding Peak, in Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land. Its curved trajectory marks the contact between Benson Glacier ice and that of Midship Glacier.  So named by a 1989-90 New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) field party from association with Flotsam Moraines and because all supraglacial moraines are "floating" on the glacier ice, and drift similar to flotsam and jetsam.||
7546|Jetty Peninsula|Cape|703000S|0685400E|-70.5|68.9|||01/01/1961|An elongated, steep-sided, almost flat-topped peninsula that extends northward from just E of Beaver Lake for about 30 mi into the Amery Ice Shelf.  Discovered from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for its resemblance to a jetty.||
7547|Mount Jewell|Summit|665700S|0530900E|-66.95|53.15|||01/01/1965|Mountain 3 mi S of Mount Cordwell and 25 mi SSW of Stor Hanakken Mountain in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1957.  Named by ANCA for F. Jewell, geophysicist at Wilkes Station in 1961.||
7548|Jewell Glacier|Glacier|541600S|0370800W|-54.2666667|-37.1333333||||A short glacier flowing SSW from Mount Grant into Jossac Bight on the S coast of South Georgia.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1982 after John A. Jewell, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) field assistant in this area, 1976-77, Rothera Station, 1977-78; Base Commander, Rothera, 1978-80.||
7549|Jezek Glacier|Glacier|775854S|1621313E|-77.981629|162.220255|||01/01/1992|A glacier on the SE side of Platform Spur, flowing NE into Emmanuel Glacier in the Royal Society Range, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1992 after Kenneth C. Jezek, geophysicist with Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory (CRREL) and NOAA, 1983-89; in 12 visits to the Arctic and Antarctic, conducted geophysical surveys using remote sensing techniques on measurement and properties of terrestrial ice and sea ice with work at Dome Charlie, Ross Ice Shelf and Weddell Sea; Director, Byrd Polar Research Center, from 1989.||
7551|Jigsaw Islands|Island|645400S|0633700W|-64.9|-63.6166667|||01/01/1960|Two small islands lying off the SW end of Wiencke Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  One of the islands was used as a main triangulation station by the British Naval Hydrographic Survey Unit in 1956-57, and by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) in March 1957.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because of the difficulty with which the station was recovered, the surveyors piecing together the available information bit by bit to narrow down the exact spot on the island where the station had been established.||
7552|Jingle Island|Island|652300S|0651800W|-65.3833333|-65.3|||01/01/1965|Island 1.5 mi long lying 1 mi NE of Weller Island, Pitt Islands, in the Biscoe Islands.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 after Alfred Jingle, a strolling actor in Charles Dickens' Pickwick Papers.||
7553|Jinks Island|Island|652200S|0653800W|-65.3666667|-65.6333333|||01/01/1965|Island lying 5 mi N of Pickwick Island, Pitt Islands, in the Biscoe Islands.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 after a character in Charles Dickens' Pickwick Papers.||
7554|Mount Jiracek|Summit|734600S|1635600E|-73.7666667|163.9333333|2430|7972|01/01/1969|A mountain (2,430 m) rising at the W side of the head of Tinker Glacier, in the Southern Cross Mountains of Victoria Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for George R. Jiracek, geophysicist at McMurdo Station, 1964-65.||
7555|Mount J. J. Thomson|Summit|774119S|1621540E|-77.688586|162.261109|||01/01/1972|A prominent hump-shaped peak along the N wall of Taylor Valley, standing above Lake Bonney, between Rhone and Matterhorn Glaciers, in Victoria Land.  So named by the Western Journey Party, led by Taylor, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.  The initials have been retained to distinguish the name from Mount Allan Thomson (also named by British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13) near Mackay Glacier, Victoria Land.||
7556|Jocelyn Islands|Island|673500S|0625300E|-67.5833333|62.8833333|||01/01/1965|Group of islands lying between Flat Islands and Rouse Islands in the E part of Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Meholmane (the middle islands).  Renamed in 1960 by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) for Jocelyn Terry, who for a number of years broadcast news and messages to Antarctica from Radio Australia.||
7557|Jock Point|Summit|540200S|0372700W|-54.0333333|-37.45||||A point on the N side of Sunset Fjord, Bay of Isles, on the N coast of South Georgia.  Charted by DI, 1928-30, and named after Petty Officer J. ("Jock") Purvis, Royal Navy (RN), a member of the DI hydrographic survey.||
7559|Joerg Peninsula|Cape|681100S|0651000W|-68.1833333|-65.1666667|||01/01/1953|Rugged, mountainous peninsula, 22 mi long in a NE-SW direction and from 3 to 10 mi wide, lying between Trail Inlet and Solberg Inlet on the Bowman Coast, Graham Land.  The peninsula lies in the area explored from the air by Sir Hubert Wilkins in 1928 and Lincoln Ellsworth in 1935, and its S coast was  mapped by W.L.G. Joerg from air photographs taken by Ellsworth; further mapped and photographed from the air by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940; surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after W.L.G. Joerg (1885-1952), American geographer, polar cartographer, and archivist, who made important contributions to Antarctic cartography, nomenclature and history; Chairman, U.S. Board on Geographic Names (BGN) Special Committee on Antarctic Names, 1943-47; member of Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN), 1947-52.||
7560|Mount Joern|Summit|723500S|1602400E|-72.5833333|160.4|2510|8235|01/01/1970|A ridgelike mountain (2,510 m) standing 3 mi NW of Mount Bower in the Outback Nunataks.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Albert T. Joern, a researcher in physiopsychology with the winter party at South Pole Station, 1968.||
7561|Johan Harbor|Harbor|540300S|0375900W|-54.05|-37.9833333|||01/01/1963|Small bay 0.5 mi SW of Undine Harbor along the S coast of South Georgia.  The name "Johann Harbour" was used on a chart resulting from a survey of this area by DI personnel in 1926-27. The South Georgia Survey (SGS) reported in 1957 that "Johan" is the correct spelling of the name, which is well known locally.||
7562|Johannesen Point|Summit|540100S|0381400W|-54.0166667|-38.2333333|||01/01/1956|The SW point of Main Island in the Willis Islands off the W end of South Georgia.  This feature was named All Johannesens Point, presumably by DI personnel who charted South Georgia in the period 1926-30.  Following a survey of the island in 1951-52, the South Georgia Survey (SGS) reported that this cumbersome name is seldom used locally.  On this basis, the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) recommended the present shortened form of the name.||
7564|Johannessen Harbor|Harbor|652600S|0652500W|-65.4333333|-65.4166667|||01/01/1963|Sheltered anchorage lying to the E and NE of Snodgrass Island in the Pitt Islands, northern Biscoe Islands.  The harbor was entered by the Norsel in 1955 and was then surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Olav Johannessen, master of the Norsel.||
7565|Johannessen Nunataks|Summit|725200S|1611100E|-72.8666667|161.1833333|||01/01/1970|An isolated, ridgelike outcropping of rocks about 4 mi long, standing 15 mi S of Mount Weihaupt in the S extremity of the Outback Nunataks.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Karl R. Johannessen, meteorologist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
7568|Johannsen Loch|Lake|541900S|0361500W|-54.3166667|-36.25|||01/01/1953|Cove 0.7 mi long, lying 1 mi N of Ocean Harbor along the N coast of South Georgia.  The name appears on a chart based upon surveys by DI personnel during the period 1926-30, but may reflect an earlier naming.||
7569|Mount Johansen|Summit|703000S|0671300E|-70.5|67.2166667|1555|5102|01/01/1962|A summit rising to 1,555 m in the south-central part of White Massif in the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains. First visited by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) southern party led by W.G. Bewsher in December 1956.  Named by ANCA for Sergeant G. Johansen, RAAF, airframe fitter at Mawson Station in 1956.||
7570|Johansen Islands|Island|690300S|0725200W|-69.05|-72.8666667|||01/01/1947|A group of small, low, partly snow-free islands lying 12 mi WNW of Cape Vostok at the NW end of Alexander Island.  Discovered from the USS Bear on its initial approach to establish the East Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1940.  Named for Bendik Johansen, ice pilot for the expedition, who served in a similar capacity on the Byrd Antarctic Expeditions of 1928-30 and 1933-35.||
7571|Johansen Peak|Summit|864300S|1481100W|-86.7166667|-148.1833333|3310|10859|01/01/1967|A prominent peak, 3,310 m, standing 3 mi ESE of Mount Grier in the La Gorce Mountains of the Queen Maud Mountains. Discovered by R. Admiral Byrd on the South Pole Flight of Nov. 28-29, 1929, and mapped in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn.  So named in an attempt to reconcile Byrd's discoveries with the names applied by Roald Amundsen in 1911. Amundsen had named a peak in the general vicinity for Hjalmar Johansen, a member of the Eastern Sledge Party of his 1910-12 expedition.||
7572|John Beach|Beach|623900S|0604600W|-62.65|-60.7666667|||01/01/1960|A beach at the W side of the entrance to Walker Bay on the S coast of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands. First roughly charted and named Black Point by Robert Fildes in 1820-22.  As there is already a Black Point on Livingston Island, this name was rejected and a new one substituted by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958.  John Beach is named after the brig John (Captain John Walker) of London, which was sealing in the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21 and 1821-22.||
7579|John Nunatak|Summit|811200S|0851900W|-81.2|-85.3166667|||01/01/1962|An isolated granite nunatak lying 4 mi N of Pirrit Hills. The nunatak was examined by U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologists Edward Thiel and Campbell Craddock on Dec. 13, 1959, in the course of an airlifted geophysical traverse along the 88th meridian West.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Steelworker First Class Orlan F. John, U.S. Navy (USN), who lost his life in a construction accident at McMurdo Sound, Antarctica, Nov. 2, 1960.||
7580|John Peaks|Range|604300S|0453000W|-60.7166667|-45.5|415|1362|01/01/1952|Prominent snow-covered peaks, 415 m, at the S end of Powell Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Probably first sighted by Captain George Powell and Captain Nathaniel Palmer, who discovered these islands in December 1821.  Charted in 1933 by DI personnel on the Discovery II who named them for D.D. John, member of the zoological staff of the Discovery Committee.||
7582|Mount Johns|Summit|793700S|0911400W|-79.6166667|-91.2333333|90|295|01/01/1960|A solitary nunatak rising 90 m above the ice surface, about 50 mi W of the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Discovered by the Marie Byrd Land Traverse Party on Jan. 27, 1958, and named for Robert H. Johns (1932-58), an IGY Byrd Station meteorologist (1957) who died in the Arctic following his tour of duty at Byrd Station.||
7584|Johns Glacier|Glacier|854800S|1363000W|-85.8|-136.5|||01/01/1967|An arc-shaped glacier 8 mi long in the northern part of Watson Escarpment.  It drains eastward around the northern side of Mount Doumani to join the Kansas Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Ernest H. Johns, U.S. Navy (USN), a participant in several deployments of Operation Deep Freeze, 1955-68.||
7586|Johns Hopkins Ridge|Ridge|780800S|1622800E|-78.1333333|162.4666667|||01/01/1964|A prominent ridge of the Royal Society Range, running northward from Mount Rucker for 6 miles.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and Navy air photos.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1963 for the Johns Hopkins University of Baltimore, Maryland, which has sent many researchers to Antarctica, and in association with nearby Carleton and Rutgers Glaciers.||
7587|Johns Knoll|Summit|715900S|0075900E|-71.9833333|7.9833333|||01/01/1967|A crevassed ice knoll (apparently the ice surface reflection of the underlying rock) in the lower part of Vinje Glacier in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Johnsbaen (John's sunken rock) for John Snuggerud, radio technician with Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60).||
7588|Cape Johnson|Cape|740400S|1650900E|-74.0666667|165.15|||01/01/1947|An ice-covered cape in northern Wood Bay at the east side of the terminus of Tinker Glacier, on the coast of Victoria Land. Discovered in 1841 by Captain James Clark Ross, Royal Navy (RN), who named it for Captain Edward John Johnson, RN.||
7590|Johnson Bluff|Cliff|844900S|1703100E|-84.8166667|170.5166667|||01/01/1966|A conspicuous rock bluff 5 mi ENE of Ranfurly Point, overlooking the E side of Keltie Glacier at its confluence with Beardmore Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Dwight L. Johnson, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1963.||
7591|Johnson Col|Gap|782200S|0851000W|-78.3666667|-85.1666667|1800|5905|01/01/1961|A col at about 1,800 m, located 2 mi WSW of Mount Farrell in the central part of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains. First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Earl F. Johnson, utilitiesman, USN, at the South Pole Station in 1957.||
7592|Johnson Cove|Bay|540100S|0380500W|-54.0166667|-38.0833333|||01/01/1965|Cove entered between Pio and Pearson Points on the W side of Bird Island, off the W end of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used in a 1948 British Admiralty Pilot.||
7593|Johnson Glacier|Glacier|745500S|1344500W|-74.9166667|-134.75|||01/01/1966|A glacier flowing N between McDonald Heights and Bowyer Butte to merge with Getz Ice Shelf on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Roland L. Johnson, Boatswain's Mate, U.S. Navy (USN), crew member of the USS Glacier during exploration of this coast in the 1961-62 season.||
7595|Johnson Island|Island|725200S|0935400W|-72.8666667|-93.9|||01/01/1968|An ice-covered island, about 9 mi long and 5 mi wide, lying within Abbot Ice Shelf, about 14 mi SE of Dustin Island.  The feature was observed and roughly positioned as an "ice rise" by parties from the USS Glacier in February 1961.  Remapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1966.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Theodore L. Johnson, electrical engineer at Byrd Station, 1964-65.||01/28/2004
7596|Johnson Neck|Isthmus|792700S|0822000W|-79.45|-82.3333333|||01/01/1966|A relatively low, ice-drowned neck of land, or isthmus, which joins the Dott Ice Rise to the E side of Pioneer Heights in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Douglas J. Johnson, meteorologist at Byrd Station in 1965.||10/18/2000
7598|Johnson Nunataks|Summit|850200S|0923000W|-85.0333333|-92.5|||01/01/1962|Two isolated rock crags, or nunataks, which lie 3 mi W of Reed Ridge, along the NW side of Ford Massif in the Thiel Mountains.  The name was proposed by Peter Bermel and Arthur Ford, co-leaders of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Thiel Mountains party which surveyed these mountains in 1960-61.  Named for U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geologist Charles G. Johnson who, working from aboard the Glacier, studied the Beaufort Island and Cape Bird areas during 1958-59.||
7599|Johnson Peak|Summit|834300S|0891600W|-83.7166667|-89.2666667|2010|6594||A low mountain (2,010 m) which forms the W part of Hart Hills.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1982 after Robert J.R. Johnson, newspaper correspondent attached to the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Pagano Nunatak-Hart Hills expedition, 1964-65.||
7600|Johnson Peaks|Range|712100S|0122600E|-71.35|12.4333333|||01/01/1970|A cluster of detached peaks which mark the N extremity of Mittlere Petermann Range, in the Wohlthat Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39. Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named for Rolf Johnson, steward with Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1958-59.||
7601|Johnson Point|Summit|542400S|0365000W|-54.4|-36.8333333||||Point jutting into Jacobsen Bight dividing it into two bays, on the S coast of South Georgia.  The point marks the southern end of one of the best sedimentary successions on the island.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1982 after Clive E. Johnson, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) field assistant in the area, 1975-76, Rothera Station, 1977-79.||
7602|Johnsons Dock|Bay|624000S|0602200W|-62.6666667|-60.3666667|||01/01/1953|Cove in the E side of South Bay, along the S coast of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name dates back to about 1821 and presumably honors Captain Robert Johnson of the Jane Maria, commander of a New York sealing fleet in the South Shetland Islands in the 1820-21 season.||
7604|Johnson Spur|Ridge|783700S|0840000W|-78.6166667|-84|||01/01/1961|A rocky spur located 6 mi SSE of Taylor Spur, on the E side of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William F. Johnson, meteorologist at the South Pole Station in 1957.||
7606|Mount Johnston|Summit|644400S|0614800W|-64.7333333|-61.8|||01/01/1963|A mountain with two snow-covered summits surmounting the Graham Land plateau between Wilhelmina Bay and Hektoria Glacier. Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Captain William Johnston, master of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) relief ships John Biscoe (1950-55), Shackleton (1955-56) and the new John Biscoe (1956-57).||
7607|Mount Johnston|Summit|713200S|0672400E|-71.5333333|67.4|1770|5807|01/01/1961|The highest (1,770 m) and southernmost peak of the Fisher Massif, standing just W of Lambert Glacier in the Prince Charles Mountains.  First visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by B.H. Stinear in October 1957.  Named by ANCA for Flying Officer D.M. Johnston, pilot with the RAAF Flight at Mawson Station in 1957.||
7608|Mount Johnstone|Summit|850300S|1674500W|-85.05|-167.75|1230|4035|01/01/1966|A mountain, 1,230 m, standing at the E side of Liv Glacier, about 2.5 mi SW of Mount Blood, in the Queen Maud Mountains. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for C. Raymond Johnstone, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) logistics officer at McMurdo Station, winter 1965.||
7609|Johnstone Glacier|Glacier|715200S|1635300E|-71.8666667|163.8833333|||01/01/1970|A small glacier located 1 mi E of Zenith Glacier, draining from the S extremity of Lanterman Range, Bowers Mountains.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) to northern Victoria Land, 1967-68, for Ian Johnstone, chief scientific officer at Scott Base that season.||
7610|Johnstone Ridge|Ridge|800800S|1564000E|-80.1333333|156.6666667|||01/01/1965|A mainly ice-free ridge in the Britannia Range, extending 7 mi N from Mount Olympus toward the S side of Hatherton Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Graeme N. Johnstone, a member of the Byrd Substation auroral party, winter 1962, and the McMurdo Station winter party, 1964.||
7611|Johnston Glacier|Glacier|742500S|0622000W|-74.4166667|-62.3333333||||Glacier flowing in a SE direction along the N side of Mount Owen to the head of Nantucket Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, under Ronne, who named it for Freeborn Johnston, of the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism at Carnegie Institute, Washington, DC, in recognition of his contributions to the planning of the geophysical program and the working up of the results for the expedition.||
7612|Johnston Heights|Summit|852900S|1724700E|-85.4833333|172.7833333|3220|10564|01/01/1970|Snow-covered heights, 3,220 m, forming the SE corner of Otway Massif in the Grosvenor Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1959-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for David P. Johnston, member of a U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geological party to the area, 1967-68 season.||
7613|Johnston Passage|Channel|673700S|0692400W|-67.6166667|-69.4|||01/01/1964|A channel running N-S and separating the Amiot Islands from the SW part of Adelaide Island.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Captain William Johnston, from 1956-62 Master of Royal Research Ship (RRS) John Biscoe, the ship which assisted the Royal Navy (RN) Hydrographic Survey Unit in charting this area in 1963.||
7614|Johnston Peak|Summit|661600S|0520600E|-66.2666667|52.1||||Sharp dark peak, 7 mi N of Mount Marr and 11 mi NW of Douglas Peak.  Discovered in January 1930 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, who named it for Prof. T. Harvey Johnston, chief biologist to the expedition.||
7615|Johnston Spur|Ridge|742300S|0630200W|-74.3833333|-63.0333333|||01/01/1968|A spur in the central part of the Guettard Range, extending eastward to the flank of Johnston Glacier, in Palmer Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Thomas M. Johnston, equipment operator with the South Pole Station winter party in 1965.||
7617|Joice Icefall|Glacier|722300S|1662100E|-72.3833333|166.35|||01/01/1964|An icefall draining from the polar plateau through the Millen Range into Lensen Glacier.  Named by the Southern Party of NZFMCAE, 1962-63, after I. Joice, field assistant to the party.||
7618|Joinville Island|Island|631500S|0554500W|-63.25|-55.75|||01/01/1947|Largest island of the Joinville Island group, about 40 mi long in an E-W direction and 12 mi wide, lying off the NE tip of Antarctic Peninsula, from which it is separated by Antarctic Sound.  Discovered and roughly charted in 1838 by a French expedition under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville, who named it for Francois Ferdinand Philippe Louis Marie, Prince de Joinville (1818-1900), the third son of the Duc d'Orleans.||
7619|Joke Cove|Bay|540100S|0375800W|-54.0166667|-37.9666667|||01/01/1965|Small cove lying W of The Knob in Elsehul, near the W end of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1931 British Admiralty chart.||
7621|Jøkulfallet|Glacier|715100S|0064200E|-71.85|6.7|||01/01/1967|A steep ice slope on the N side of Jokulkyrkja Mountain in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Jokulfallet (the glacier fall).||
7622|Jøkulgavlen Ridge|Ridge|724200S|0032100W|-72.7|-3.35|||01/01/1966|A prominent flat-topped ridge forming the S part of Jokulskarvet Ridge, in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Jokulgavlen (the glacier gable).||
7623|Jøkulhest Dome|Summit|715200S|0064200E|-71.8666667|6.7|||01/01/1967|The high icecapped summit of Jokulkyrkja Mountain, in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Jokulhest (the glacier horse).||
7624|Jøkulkyrkja Mountain|Summit|715300S|0064000E|-71.8833333|6.6666667|2965|9728|01/01/1967|A broad, ice-topped mountain, 2,965 m, with several radial rock spurs, standing E of Lunde Glacier in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Jokulkyrkja (the glacier church).||
7625|Jøkulskarvet Ridge|Ridge|724000S|0031800W|-72.6666667|-3.3|||01/01/1966|A large mountainous ridge with an icecapped summit, just NE of Hogfonna Mountain in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Jokulskarvet (the glacier mountain).||
7626|Mount Joli|Summit|664000S|1400100E|-66.6666667|140.0166667|38|125|01/01/1962|Small rocky mass with three summits, the highest 38 m, on the NE side of Petrel Island in the Geologie Archipelago. Charted in 1951 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) and named by them for a summit of the Alps, in the vicinity of Mont Blanc.||
7627|Jomfruene|Bay|540400S|0380300W|-54.0666667|-38.05|||01/01/1965|A group of three small tussock-covered islands and a number of barren rocks, lying 1 mi WNW of Cape Paryadin, South Georgia. The position and number of these islands have been approximated on charts for years.  In 1951-52, the South Georgia Survey (SGS) reported that the single large island, shown on charts as "Three Point Island," was known locally as Jomfruene (the maidens).  Following more detailed survey by the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1955-56, it is now known that there are three small islands, not one large one, and the local name has been extended to the group.||
7630|Jona Island|Island|665500S|0674200W|-66.9166667|-67.7|||01/01/1965|One of the smaller of the Bennett Islands, lying in Hanusse Bay 3 mi N of the E end of Weertman Island.  Mapped from air photos taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (1947-48) and Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Franco P. Jona, American, formerly Italian, physicist who in 1951 made an accurate determination of the elastic constant of an ice single crystal.||
7631|Jonassen Island|Island|633300S|0564000W|-63.55|-56.6666667|||01/01/1953|Island 2.5 mi long, lying 0.5 mi N of Andersson Island in the S entrance to Antarctic Sound, off the NE tip of Antarctic Peninsula.  This island was named Irizar Island by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold, for Captain Julian Irizar of the Argentine ship Uruguay, who rescued the shipwrecked Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) in 1903.  In 1904 Dr. Jean B. Charcot, apparently unaware of the Swedish naming, gave the name Irizar to an island off the W coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  Since it is confusing to have two islands in close proximity identically named, and because Charcot's Irizar Island has appeared more widely on maps and in reports, the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) accepts the decision of the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) that the name given this island by Nordenskjold be altered.  The new name commemorates Ole Jonassen, who accompanied Nordenskjold on his two principal sledge journeys in 1902-03.||
7632|Jonassen Rocks|Island|544100S|0362200W|-54.6833333|-36.3666667|||01/01/1963|Small group of rocks lying off the S coast of South Georgia, 1 mi W of the S end of Novosilski Bay.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Idar Jonassen (1889-1933), a gunner of the Compania Argentina de Pesca, Grytviken, 1924-33.||
7633|Cape Jones|Cape|731700S|1691300E|-73.2833333|169.2166667|||01/01/1947|The cape lying immediately SE of Mount Lubbock and marking the S tip of Daniell Peninsula, in Victoria Land.  Discovered in January 1841 by Sir James Clark Ross who named it for Captain William Jones, Royal Navy (RN).||
7635|Mount Jones|Summit|771400S|1421100W|-77.2333333|-142.1833333|||01/01/1947|The northernmost summit of the Clark Mountains, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered on aerial flights from West Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940, and named for Clarence F. Jones, Professor of Geography at Clark University.||
7636|Jones Bluffs|Cliff|744600S|1102000W|-74.7666667|-110.3333333|||01/01/1967|High, mainly snow-covered bluffs rising S of Holt Glacier in the E part of Bear Peninsula, Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land. First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from air photos obtained by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in January 1947.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lieutenant Commander S.W. Jones, USN, who piloted aircraft for magnetometry studies during Operation Deep Freeze 1966 and 1967.||
7637|Jones Channel|Channel|673000S|0670000W|-67.5|-67|||01/01/1956|Ice-filled channel, 8 mi long and 1 to 2 mi wide, lying between Blaiklock Island and the S part of Arrowsmith Peninsula and connecting Bourgeois Fjord with the head of Bigourdan Fjord, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Named for Harold D. Jones, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) airplane mechanic at Stonington Island, 1947-49, who was a member of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) party which discovered, surveyed, and sledged through this channel in 1949.||
7638|Jones Escarpment|Cliff|700000S|0642100E|-70|64.35|||01/01/1970|A curving escarpment, extending for 10 mi in a southerly direction from Riddell Nunataks and facing eastward, located 12 mi NNW of Mount Starlight in Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveys and air photos, 1955-65.  Named by ANCA for W.K. Jones, geophysicist at Wilkes Station, 1960.||
7639|Jones Glacier|Glacier|663600S|0913000E|-66.6|91.5|||01/01/1955|Channel glacier, 5 mi wide and 6 mi long, flowing N from the continental ice to the coast close E of Krause Point. Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ensign Teddy E. Jones, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), photo interpreter with the Naval Photographic Interpretation Center, who served as recorder and assistant with the U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml parties which established astronomical control stations along Wilhelm II, Knox and Budd Coasts in 1947-48.||
7640|Jones Ice Shelf|Glacier|673100S|0670100W|-67.5166667|-67.0166667|3|10||The ice shelf occupying Jones Channel (q.v.), between Arrowsmith Peninsula and Blaiklock Island on the W coast of Graham Land.  The channel is blocked by the ice shelf which rises from 3 m to 12 m above sea level.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1981 in association with the channel.||
7641|Jones Mountains|Summit|733200S|0940000W|-73.5333333|-94|||01/01/1961|An isolated group of mountains, trending generally E-W for 27 mi, situated on the Eights Coast, Ellsworth Land, c. 50 mi S of Dustin Island.  The charts of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, show mountains in this approximate location and relationship to Dustin and Thurston Islands, indicating they were sighted in the flight from the ship Bear, Feb. 27, 1940.  The mountains appear in distant air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, Dec. 30, 1946, and were observed from U.S. Navy (USN) aircraft by Edward Thiel and J. Campbell Craddock, Jan. 22, 1960.  The naming was proposed by Thiel and Craddock after Dr. Thomas O. Jones (1908-93), American chemist; senior NSF official in charge of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program, 1958-78; Director, Division of Enviornmental Science, NSF, 1965-69; Deputy Assistant Director for National and International Programs, NSF, 1969-78.||
7642|Jones Nunatak|Summit|694700S|1590400E|-69.7833333|159.0666667|||01/01/1970|A nunatak at the head of Noll Glacier, 4 mi W of Mount Schutz, in the Wilson Hills.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Frank E. Jones, Aviation Boatswain's Mate of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6, a member of the aircraft ground handling crew at Williams Field, McMurdo Sound, during Operation Deep Freeze 1967 and 1968.||
7643|Jones Peak|Summit|850500S|1720000W|-85.0833333|-172|3670|12041|01/01/1966|A mainly ice-free peak, 3,670 m, standing 5 mi WNW of Mount Fisher at the head of DeGanahl Glacier, in the Prince Olav Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John M. Jones, Program Officer of the Committee on Polar Research, National Academy of Sciences, 1957-1963.||
7644|Jones Point|Summit|643900S|0621800W|-64.65|-62.3|||01/01/1965|Point within Wilhelmina Bay, lying 6 mi SE of Cape Anna on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Sir Bennett M. Jones, F.R.S., author of Aerial Surveying by Rapid Methods, a pioneer work on the subject.||
7645|Jones Ridge|Ridge|663600S|0992500E|-66.6|99.4166667|||01/01/1955|Small rock ridge, marked by a sharp peak at its seaward end, protruding above the lower reaches of Denman Glacier near the point where the glacier meets the coast.  Discovered by the Western Base Party of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson, 1911-14, who applied the name Cape Jones, believing the feature marked the W end of the prominent rock cliffs at the E side of Denman Glacier.  Dr. S.E. Jones served as medical officer at the Western Base and as leader of the party which extended exploration W to Gaussberg. The name Jones Ridge was reassigned on the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) map of 1955, compiled from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in February 1947, because a substantial portion of the Denman Glacier flowage separates this feature from the rock cliffs to the east.||
7646|Jones Rocks|Island|663400S|0975000E|-66.5666667|97.8333333|||01/01/1953|Coastal outcrops 4 mi SW of Avalanche Rocks, on the E shore of the Bay of Winds.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE), 1911-14, under Mawson, and named by him for Dr. S.E. Jones, medical officer with the expedition.||04/12/2001
7647|Jones Valley|Valley|835500S|0565000W|-83.9166667|-56.8333333|||01/01/1968|A snow-covered valley between West Prongs and Elliott Ridge in southern Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) James G.L. Jones, USN, a member of the Ellsworth Station winter party in 1958.||
7649|Jorda Glacier|Glacier|811800S|1594900E|-81.3|159.8166667|||01/01/1965|A glacier, about 15 mi long, draining the E slopes of the Churchill Mountains between Mount Coley and Pyramid Mountain and merging with the lower Nursery Glacier just before the latter enters the Ross Ice Shelf.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Henry P. Jorda, USN, pilot with Squadron VX-6 during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) I, 1955-56.||
7650|Jordan Cove|Bay|540000S|0380300W|-54|-38.05|||01/01/1963|Small cove which is the principal indentation in the S side of Bird Island, off the W end of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for David S. Jordan (1851-1931), American naturalist, the first president of Stanford University, 1891-1913.  In 1896-97 he was commissioner in charge of fur seal investigations in the North Pacific, and subsequently a powerful advocate of fur seal protection by international agreement.  Fur seals breed on Bird Island, particularly in the vicinity of this cove.||
7651|Jordan Nunatak|Summit|720900S|1010400W|-72.15|-101.0666667|||01/01/1970|A nunatak standing between the heads of Rochray and Cox Glaciers in the SW part of Thurston Island.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Specialist 6 Joe Jordan, U.S. Army Aviation Detachment, a helicopter mechanic on the Ellsworth Land Survey, 1968-69 season.||01/28/2004
7655|Jorge Island|Island|622300S|0594600W|-62.3833333|-59.7666667|||01/01/1972|One of the Aitcho Islands, lying 0.5 mi SE of Passage Rock, English Strait, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name was given by the third Chilean Antarctic Expedition (1949-50) after the son of commander Jose Duarte of the ship Lautaro.||
7656|Jorgensen Nunataks|Summit|834300S|1641200E|-83.7166667|164.2|||01/01/1966|Two rock nunataks, rising above the ice-covered ridge which descends eastward from Mount Picciotto, Queen Elizabeth Range. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Arthur E. Jorgensen, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at South Pole Station, winter 1958.||
7662|Jorum Glacier|Glacier|651400S|0620300W|-65.2333333|-62.05|||01/01/1963|A glacier flowing E into Exasperation Inlet, just N of Caution Point, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947 and 1955.  The UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) name alludes to the punchbowl shape of the head of the glacier, a "jorum" being a large drinking bowl used for punch.||
7667|Mount Josephine|Summit|773300S|1524800W|-77.55|-152.8||||Peak marked by prominent rock outcrops, 6 mi SE of Bowman Peak in the Alexandra Mountains of Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered by R. Admiral Byrd while on the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) Eastern Flight of Dec. 5, 1929, and named by him during the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1933-35) for Josephine Clay Ford, daughter of Edsel Ford, contributor to both expeditions.||
7668|Jossac Bight|Bay|541600S|0371100W|-54.2666667|-37.1833333|||01/01/1963|Bight extending for 7 mi along the S coast of South Georgia between Holmestrand and Aspasia Point.  The name "Jossac Bite" was used by the early sealers for a bight to the SE of King Haakon Bay, probably the feature now described.  The compound name "Holmestrand-Hortenbucht" (presumably derived from the two existing names Holmestrand and Horten, q.v.) was later used by a German expedition under Kohl-Larsen 1928-29.  A form of the earlier name has been approved.||
7669|Jotunheim Valley|Valley|773715S|1611406E|-77.620746|161.234978||||A high, mainly ice-free valley to the E of Mount Wolak and Utgard Peak in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  Saint Pauls Mountain stands at the head of the valley.  The feature was named in 1982 by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) from a proposal by G.G.C. Claridge, soil scientist with the DSIR, New Zealand.  One of several names in the Asgard Range from Norse mythology; Jotunheim being the home of the giants.||
7670|Joubert Rock|Island|681200S|0674100W|-68.2|-67.6833333|||01/01/1972|A rock with a least depth of 6 fathoms 5 ft, lying 5 mi SW of Pod Rocks and 9 mi WSW of Millerand Island, in Marguerite Bay. Charted by the Hydrographic Survey Unit from Royal Research Ship (RRS) John Biscoe in 1966.  Named for Arthur B.D. Joubert, third officer of John Biscoe and officer of the watch when the rock was discovered.||
7671|Joubin Islands|Island|644626S|0642433W|-64.7738889|-64.4091667|||01/01/1963|Group of small islands lying 3 mi SW of Cape Monaco, Anvers Island, at the SW end of the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, and named by him for Louis Joubin, French naturalist.||09/26/2014
7673|Jougla Point|Summit|645000S|0633000W|-64.8333333|-63.5|||01/01/1950|Point forming the W side of the entrance to Alice Creek in Port Lockroy, lying on the W side of Wiencke Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered and named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, who considered it to be a peninsula.  Because of its small size the term point is considered more appropriate.||
7674|Joungane Peaks|Range|720400S|0001700W|-72.0666667|-.2833333|||01/01/1966|A line of about four small peaks just N of Storjoen Peak in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from air photos by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Remapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Joungane.||
7675|Journal Peaks|Range|724100S|0645500W|-72.6833333|-64.9166667||||Two groups of separated peaks and nunataks which trend E-W for about 8 mi.  They rise 17 mi SE of Seward Mountains in central Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1966-69.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after the Antarctic Journal of the United States, established 1966, a publication of the Division of Polar Programs, National Science Foundation, reporting on the U.S. Antarctic Research Program and related activities.||
7676|Lake Joyce|Lake|774310S|1613749E|-77.719438|161.630286|||01/01/1966|A lake which lies along the northern side of Taylor Glacier in Pearse Valley, Victoria Land.  It is 0.5 mi long, 140 ft deep and is covered by 22 ft of very clear ice.  The lake was studied by the New Zealand Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1963-64) which named it after Ernest Joyce, a member of earlier British expeditions to the area led by Scott (1901-04) and Shackleton (1907-09).||
7677|Mount Joyce|Summit|753600S|1604900E|-75.6|160.8166667|1830|6004||A prominent, dome-shaped mountain, 1,830 m, standing 8 mi NW of Mount Howard in the Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land. First mapped by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09, which named it for Ernest Joyce who was in charge of general stores, dogs, sledges, and zoological collections with the expedition and who had earlier been with the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04.  Joyce was also with the Ross Sea Party of Shackleton's Imperial Trans-Antarctic Expedition, 1914-17.||
7678|Joyce Glacier|Glacier|780023S|1633625E|-78.006471|163.606953|||01/01/1960|Glacier immediately N of Pewe Peak, draining from the neve NE of Catacomb Hill and terminating 2 mi up-valley (west) of the snout of Garwood Glacier, which would have been a tributary to it in times of more intense glaciation.  Named by the New Zealand Blue Glacier Party (1956-57) after Ernest Joyce, a member of British Antarctic expeditions of 1901-04, 1907-09 and 1914-17.||
7682|Jubilee Peak|Summit|610800S|0540200W|-61.1333333|-54.0333333|500|1640|01/01/1993|A peak rising to c. 500 m at N end of Clarence Island, W of Cape Lloyd, in the South Shetland Islands.  Following the ascent of the peak by a JSEEIG party, Feb. 2, 1977, it was named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in honor of the Silver Jubilee year of HM Queen Elizabeth II.||
7683|Judas Rock|Bar|635200S|0610700W|-63.8666667|-61.1166667|||01/01/1960|Rock, which is awash, lying 5 mi W of the SW end of Trinity Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1950.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 because the rock marks the S extremity of a shoal area which extends northward from it for 3 mi in an otherwise clear passage.||04/06/2001
7684|Mount Judd|Summit|850400S|1702600E|-85.0666667|170.4333333|2400|7874|01/01/1966|A prominent bare rock mountain, over 2,400 m, surmounting the ridge running N from Mount White in the Supporters Range. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert C. Judd, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at South Pole Station, winter 1964, and Hallett Station, 1964-65 summer season.||
7685|Judith Glacier|Glacier|802900S|1584900E|-80.4833333|158.8166667|||01/01/1965|Glacier about 9 mi long, flowing from the vicinity of Mount Hamilton northeastward to enter Byrd Glacier just E of Mount Tuatara.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander J.H. Judith, USN, commanding officer of the Edisto during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1964.||
7686|Mount Jukkola|Summit|715100S|0643800W|-71.85|-64.6333333|||01/01/1976|A sharp, pyramidal peak, or nunatak, at the south-central margin of the Guthridge Nunataks, in the Gutenko Mountains of central Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Lloyd A. Jukkola, Civil Engineer Corps (CEC), U.S. Navy (USN), Officer-in-Charge of Palmer Station in 1973.||
7687|Jule Peaks|Range|722300S|0053300W|-72.3833333|-5.55|||01/01/1966|A small group of isolated peaks about 35 mi WNW of Borg Mountain in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Juletoppane (the Christmas peaks).||
7688|Cape Jules|Cape|664400S|1405500E|-66.7333333|140.9166667||||Rocky cape with a small cove along its N end, 3 mi W of Zelee Glacier Tongue.  Discovered and named by the French expedition under d'Urville, 1837-40. Jules is the given name of the discoverer, Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville, as well as his son. The area was charted by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) in 1912-13, and again by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) in 1931, both under Mawson.  The French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Barre established astronomical control at this locality in 1951.||03/07/1997
7690|Jumbo Cove|Bay|541000S|0363300W|-54.1666667|-36.55|||01/01/1952|Cove 0.5 mi SE of Busen Point on the N coast of South Georgia.  Charted and named by DI personnel during the period 1926-30.||
7691|Mount Jumper|Summit|781400S|0853600W|-78.2333333|-85.6|2890|9482|01/01/1961|Mountain (2,890 m) located 7 mi E of Mount Viets in the central part of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Major Jesse T. Jumper, USAF, who participated in establishing the South Pole Station in the 1956-57 season.||
7692|Cape Juncal|Cape|625900S|0562800W|-62.9833333|-56.4666667|||01/01/1964|Prominent cape forming the NW extremity of D'Urville Island, in the Joinville Island group.  The name appears on an Argentine government chart of 1957 and was applied in remembrance of the Argentine naval victory of 1827 at the island of Juncal.||
7693|Junction Corner|Valley|663000S|0944100E|-66.5|94.6833333|||01/01/1948|The junction point of the mainland with the W side of Shackleton Ice Shelf.  Discovered and named by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE), 1911-14, under Mawson.||
7694|Junction Knob|Summit|773533S|1613907E|-77.592364|161.651953|||01/01/1976|A descriptive name given by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) to a small but distinctive peak at the junction of Odin Glacier and Alberich Glacier neve areas in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land.||
7695|Junction Spur|Ridge|795300S|1572900E|-79.8833333|157.4833333|||01/01/1965|A rocky spur marking the eastern extremity of the Darwin Mountains and the junction of the Hatherton and Darwin Glaciers. Mapped and named by the Darwin Glacier Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58).||
7696|Junction Valley|Valley|541700S|0363200W|-54.2833333|-36.5333333|||01/01/1964|Valley sloping eastward from Echo Pass to Hestesletten on the W side of Cumberland East Bay, South Georgia.  The name Junction Valley was originally applied by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, 1901-04, to a valley joining Cumberland East Bay with Cumberland West Bay.  The summit of this valley was later named Echo Pass.  The original name has therefore been restricted to the E valley; Sphagnum Valley has been applied to the western part.||
7697|Mount June|Summit|761600S|1450700W|-76.2666667|-145.1166667|||01/01/1966|Mountain 6 mi W of Mount Paige in the Phillips Mountains of the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) in December 1929, and named for Harold Island June, airplane pilot with the expedition.||
7698|June Island|Island|680800S|0670700W|-68.1333333|-67.1166667|||01/01/1949|Island in the Debenham Islands lying close SW of Audrey Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered and charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill, who named it for a daughter of Frank Debenham, member of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) Advisory Committee.||
7699|June Nunatak|Summit|851400S|1692900W|-85.2333333|-169.4833333|||01/01/1966|The central of three nunataks in mid-stream of the upper Liv Glacier, standing about 4 mi SE of Mount Wells, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by the Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for Harold June, aviator and engineer on the South Pole flight of R. Admiral Richard E. Byrd in 1929.||
7700|Juno Peaks|Range|715800S|0694700W|-71.9666667|-69.7833333|||01/01/1975|Two steep-sided nunataks with a small rock to the west, forming part of an east-west ridge 6 mi SW of Mimas Peak, in southern Alexander Island.  Mapped from trimetrogon air photography taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and from survey by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1948-50.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after one of the asteroids lying between the orbits of Mars and Jupiter.||
7701|Jupiter Amphitheatre|Valley|713400S|1615100E|-71.5666667|161.85|||01/01/1969|A steep-walled valley of great beauty in eastern Morozumi Range.  The valley is occupied by a glacier and is entered between Sickle Nunatak and Mount Van Veen.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  The name was applied by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) during the 1967-68 season.||
7702|Jupiter Glacier|Glacier|705700S|0683000W|-70.95|-68.5|||01/01/1955|Glacier on the E coast of Alexander Island, 10 mi long and 5 mi wide at its mouth, which flows E into George VI Sound to the S of Ablation Valley.  First photo from the air on Nov. 23, 1935, by Lincoln Ellsworth and mapped from these photos by W.L.G. Joerg.  Roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE).  Named for the planet Jupiter by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) following their surveys in 1948 and 1949.||
7703|Jurassic Nunatak|Summit|742000S|0730400W|-74.3333333|-73.0666667||||A small nunatak 1.5 mi NE of Triassic Nunatak in the Yee Nunataks, Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1961-68.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1987 after the Jurassic Period in geological time and in association with Triassic Nunatak.  The name does not imply the age of the rock constituting this feature.||
7704|Jurien Island|Island|633200S|0594900W|-63.5333333|-59.8166667|||01/01/1960|A small island lying N of Cape Leguillou, the N tip of Tower Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  The island was first charted and named by Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville on March 4, 1838.||
7705|Jurva Point|Summit|655000S|0654900W|-65.8333333|-65.8166667|||01/01/1971|The extremity of a small peninsula forming the SE end of Renaud Island, in the Biscoe Islands.  First accurately shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Risto Jurva, Finnish oceanographer and pioneer in sea ice studies.||
7706|Justa Peak|Summit|541000S|0363400W|-54.1666667|-36.5666667|495|1624|01/01/1965|Peak, 495 m, lying SW of Busen Point on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1929 British Admiralty chart.||
7707|Mount Justman|Summit|843500S|1725600W|-84.5833333|-172.9333333|740|2428|01/01/1966|A mountain (740 m) along the edge of Ross Ice Shelf, standing in the N part of Gabbro Hills, midway between Olliver Peak and Mount Roth.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander L.G. Justman, U.S. Navy (USN), Assistant Ship Operations Officer on the Staff of the Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, 1964.||
7708|Jutland Glacier|Glacier|715500S|1661200E|-71.9166667|166.2|||01/01/1964|A broad tributary glacier, 15 mi long and 4 mi wide, in the Victory Mountains of Victoria Land.  It drains NW from a common divide with Midway Glacier to join the flow of the Greenwell Glacier NW of Boss Peak.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1960-63.  Named by the northern party of NZFMCAE which explored the area, 1962-63, to continue the sequence of features in the vicinity named after famous battles.||
7709|Jutulgryta Crevasses|Valley|711600S|0002700E|-71.2666667|.45|||01/01/1966|A crevasse field about 12 mi long, at the E side of the mouth of Jutulstraumen Glacier in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Jutulgryta (the giant's caldron).||03/07/1997
7710|Jutulhogget Peak|Summit|720200S|0025100E|-72.0333333|2.85|||01/01/1966|A high peak in the eastern ridge of Jutulsessen Mountain, in the Gjelsvik Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1958-59) and named Jutulhogget.||
7711|Jutulpløgsla Crevasses|Valley|722800S|0013500W|-72.4666667|-1.5833333|||01/01/1966|A crevasse field half-way up Jutulstraumen Glacier, about 8 mi SE of Nashornet Mountain, in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Jutulplogsla (the giant's plowed field).||
7712|Jutulrøra Mountain|Summit|721500S|0002700W|-72.25|-.45|||01/01/1966|A prominent mountain 6 mi S of Straumsvola Mountain in the W part of the Sverdrup Mountains, overlooking the E side of Jutulstraumen Glacier in Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from air photos by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Remapped from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Jutulrora (the giant's pipe).||
7713|Jutulsessen Mountain|Summit|720200S|0024100E|-72.0333333|2.6833333|2370|7775|01/01/1966|A large mountain rising to 2,370 m, standing 7 mi N of Terningskarvet Mountain in the Gjelsvik Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-1939). Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Jutulsessen (the giant's seat).||
7714|Jutulstraumen Glacier|Glacier|713500S|0003000W|-71.5833333|-.5|||01/01/1966|A large glacier in Queen Maud Land, about 120 mi long, draining northward to the Fimbul Ice Shelf between the Kirwan Escarpment, Borg Massif and Ahlmann Ridge on the west and the Sverdrup Mountains on the east.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Jutulstraumen (the giant's stream).||
7715|Kabuto Rock|Island|680300S|0433600E|-68.05|43.6|||01/01/1964|A large, blunt rock projecting from the coast about midway between Chijire Glacier and Rakuda Glacier in Queen Maud Land. Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, who also gave the name.||04/12/2001
7716|Kade Point|Summit|540600S|0374400W|-54.1|-37.7333333|||01/01/1953|Point separating Ice Fjord and Wilson Harbor on the S coast of South Georgia.  Kade Point is an established name dating back to about 1912.||
7717|Kado Point|Summit|693900S|0392200E|-69.65|39.3666667|||01/01/1975|A rock coastal point along the eastern side of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  It marks the western extremity of Skallen Hills on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62.  The descriptive name "Kado-misaki" (corner point) was given by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1972.||
7718|Kaggen Hill|Summit|720300S|0262500E|-72.05|26.4166667|||01/01/1966|Small ice-covered hill standing in Byrdbreen, 7 mi E of Mount Bergersen in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Kaggen (the keg).||
7720|Kainan Bay|Bay|781000S|1623000W|-78.1666667|-162.5|||01/01/1947|An iceport which indents the front of Ross Ice Shelf about 37 miles NE of the NW end of Roosevelt Island.  Discovered in January 1902 by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) under Robert Scott.  It was named by the Japanese expedition under Lieutenant Nobu Shirase which, in January 1912, effected a landing on the ice shelf here from the ship Kainan Maru.  Little America V, the main base of USN Operation Deep Freeze, 1955-56, was established at this site in late December 1955.||05/23/2014
7721|Kaino-hama Beach|Beach|690100S|0393400E|-69.0166667|39.5666667|||01/01/1968|A small beach lying 0.2 mi S of Kitami Beach, on the S side of East Ongul Island.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Kaino-hama (beach of shells).||
7722|Cape Kaiser|Cape|641400S|0620100W|-64.2333333|-62.0166667|||01/01/1952|The N end of Lecointe Island, lying just E of Brabant Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache, and named by him for a supporter of the expedition.||
7727|Kakure Rocks|Summit|675700S|0444700E|-67.95|44.7833333|||01/01/1968|Two rocky exposures along the E wall of Shinnan Glacier, at the W extremity of Enderby Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Kakure-iwa (hidden rocks).||04/11/2001
7728|Kalafut Nunatak|Summit|774600S|1453600W|-77.7666667|-145.6|||01/01/1970|A nunatak which marks the SE end of the Haines Mountains, in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65). Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John Kalafut, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciologist at Byrd Station in the 1966-67 and 1968-69 seasons.||
7731|Kal'vets Rock|Summit|714700S|0110900E|-71.7833333|11.15|||01/01/1970|A rock outcrop lying 2 mi WSW of the summit of Mount Flanuten on the W side of the Humboldt Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39. Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Soviet pilot O.A. Kal'vets.||
7732|Kamb Glacier|Glacier|775452S|1623857E|-77.914375|162.64929|||01/01/1992|A broad elevated glacier, 4 mi long, in the Royal Society Range, Victoria Land, flowing NE from Fogle Peak to enter Condit Glacier.  Named in 1992 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after glaciologist Barclay Kamb of the California Institute of Technology; from the 1980's, a principal investigator in U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) studies of the West Antarctic ice sheet, including the drilling of deep boreholes to the base of Siple Coast ice streams; research in order to determine the mechanisms by which the ice streams are able to move at relatively greater speeds than the surrounding ice sheet.||03/07/1997
7733|Kame Island|Island|675800S|0441200E|-67.9666667|44.2|||01/01/1968|An island 4 mi E of Cape Ryugu, lying close to the shore of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Kameshima (turtle island) because of its shape.||
7734|Kamelen Island|Island|673100S|0613700E|-67.5166667|61.6166667|45|148|01/01/1973|An island about 45 m high, lying 3 mi SW of Einstoding Islands in the N part of the Stanton Group.  This island was mapped from air photographs by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37) and named Kamelen (the camel).||
7735|Kamenev Bight|Bay|695500S|0093000E|-69.9166667|9.5|||01/01/1970|A shallow embayment about 25 mi wide in the ice shelf fringing the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Cape Krasinskiy, an ice cape, marks the W end of the bight which lies 60 mi NW of Schirmacher Hills.  The bight was photographed from the air by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) in 1958-59 and was mapped from these photos.  It was also mapped in 1961 by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) who named it for S.S. Kamenev, organizer of Arctic expeditions.||
7736|Kamenev Nunatak|Summit|714100S|0630000W|-71.6833333|-63|||01/01/1978|A ridge-like nunatak located inland from Odom Inlet and 7 mi W of Mount Whiting in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Yevgeniy N. Kamenev, Soviet geologist who was an Exchange Scientist to the U.S. McMurdo Station in 1972. He participated as a member of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geological and mapping party to the Lassiter Coast in 1972-73.||
7739|Kaminski Nunatak|Summit|833600S|0541200W|-83.6|-54.2|||01/01/1968|A cone-shaped nunatak 1.5 mi SE of Rivas Peaks in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Francis Kaminski, aerographer at Ellsworth Station, winter 1958.||
7740|Mount Kammuri|Summit|691300S|0394500E|-69.2166667|39.75|340|1115|01/01/1975|A mountain (340 m) standing 1.5 mi SSE of Mount Choto in the central part of Langhovde Hills, on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62. The name Kammuri-yama (Kanmuri Yama), meaning "crown mountain," was given by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1973.||
7741|Lake Kamome|Lake|690100S|0393500E|-69.0166667|39.5833333|||01/01/1968|A small lake between Lake Midori and Lake Tarachine in the S part of East Ongul Island.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957, and named Kamome-ike (sea gull pond).||
7743|Kampekalven Mountain|Summit|715600S|0074600E|-71.9333333|7.7666667|2200|7218|01/01/1967|A mountain, 2,200 m, forming the NE end of the Filchner Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (l938-39).  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Kampekalven (the crag calf).||
7744|Kamp Glacier|Glacier|714500S|0252400E|-71.75|25.4|||01/01/1966|Glacier, 8 mi long, flowing NW between Austkampane Hills on the W and Nordhaugen, Mehaugen and Sorhaugen Hills on the E, in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Kampbreen (the crag glacier).||
7745|Kamskaya Peak|Summit|715700S|0132500E|-71.95|13.4166667|2690|8825|01/01/1970|Highest peak, 2,690 m, of Dekefjellet Mountain in the Weyprecht Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named probably after the Soviet river Kama.||
7746|Kanak Peak|Summit|791600S|1583000E|-79.2666667|158.5|2410|7907|01/01/1965|Conspicuous ice-free peak, 2,410 m, standing 6 mi NW of Mount Gniewek and N of the head of Carlyon Glacier in the Cook Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1959-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander R.A. Kanak, USN, commander of USS Durant on ocean station duty in support of aircraft flights between Christchurch and McMurdo Sound in U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1963.||
7747|Kaname Island|Island|692100S|0373600E|-69.35|37.6|||01/01/1975|A small, isolated island which lies about 22 mi NW of Padda Island in Lutzow-Holm Bay.  The island was discovered by the Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) during helicopter reconnaissance flights from East Ongul Island in the 1969-70 season.  The name "Kaname-jima" (chief, or important island) was given by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1972.||
7748|Mount Kane|Summit|735800S|0625900W|-73.9666667|-62.9833333|||01/01/1968|Mountain standing 6 mi WSW of Squires Peak in the Playfair Mountains, southern Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Alan F. Kane, construction mechanic with the South Pole Station winter party in 1964.||
7749|Kane Rocks|Summit|851800S|1664500E|-85.3|166.75|||01/01/1966|An E-W trending ridge, 3 mi long, forming a rock median between the upper reaches of Koski Glacier and Vandament Glacier in the Dominion Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Henry Scott Kane, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) cosmic rays scientist at South Pole Station, winter 1964; a member of the South Pole-Queen Maud Land Traverse, 1964-65 and 1965-66.||04/06/2001
7750|Kanin Point|Summit|541100S|0364200E|-54.1833333|36.7|||01/01/1956|Rocky point lying 2 mi WSW of Kelp Point on the S side of Husvik Harbor, in Stromness Bay, South Georgia.  The descriptive name Rocky Point was given for this feature, probably by DI personnel who surveyed Husvik Harbor in 1928.  This name is used elsewhere in the Antarctic.  The South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, reported that this feature is known at the Husvik whaling station as Kanin Point (the word Kanin meaning rabbit).  The name presumably arose from one of several attempts made since 1872 to introduce rabbits into the island.  Kanin Point is approved on the basis of local usage.||
7751|Kani Rock|Summit|680200S|0431200E|-68.0333333|43.2|||01/01/1968|A rock exposure between Umeboshi Rock and Chijire Rocks on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Kani-iwa (crab rock).||04/12/2001
7753|Kannheiser Glacier|Glacier|721000S|1014200W|-72.1666667|-101.7|||01/01/1960|Glacier about 4 mi long, lying 12 mi ESE of Cape Flying Fish on Thurston Island and flowing S into Abbot Ice Shelf. First delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander William Kannheiser, USN, helicopter pilot aboard the USS Glacier, who explored and photographed new Thurston Island features in February 1960.||01/28/2004
7754|Kansas Glacier|Glacier|854200S|1343000W|-85.7|-134.5|||01/01/1967|A steep glacier, 25 mi long, draining NE from Stanford Plateau to enter Reedy Glacier just N of Blubaugh Nunatak. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the University of Kansas, Lawrence, KS, which has sent a number of research personnel to Antarctica.||
7755|Kapellet Canyon|Valley|715300S|0064700E|-71.8833333|6.7833333|||01/01/1967|A canyon with steep rock and ice walls indenting the E side of Jokulkyrkja Mountain, in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Kapellet (the chapel).||
7756|Mount Kaplan|Summit|843300S|1751900E|-84.55|175.3166667|||01/01/1962|A massive mountain, highest in the Hughes Range, standing 3 mi SE of Mount Wexler.  Discovered and photographed by R. Admiral Byrd on the Baselaying Flight of Nov. 18, 1929, and surveyed by A.P. Crary in 1957-58.  Named by the latter for Joseph Kaplan, Chairman of the U.S. National Committee for the IGY, 1957-58.||
7757|Kappa Island|Island|641900S|0630000W|-64.3166667|-63|||01/01/1956|Island, nearly 0.5 mi long, lying immediately S of Beta Island and close E of Theta Islands in the Melchior Islands, Palmer Archipelago.  The name, derived from the tenth letter of the Greek alphabet, probably was given by DI personnel who roughly surveyed the island in 1927.  The island was resurveyed by Argentine expeditions in 1942, 1943 and 1948.||
7758|Karaali Rocks|Summit|752200S|1375500W|-75.3666667|-137.9166667|||01/01/1974|A small group of rocks along the E side of the mainly snow-covered Coulter Heights.  Located 5 mi E of Matikonis Peak in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Atok Karaali, ionospheric physicist at Plateau Station, 1968.||04/11/2001
7759|Karamete Point|Summit|690900S|0352600E|-69.15|35.4333333|||01/01/1975|A point just eastward of Kita-karamete Rock on the east side of Riiser-Larsen Peninsula, coastal Queen Maud Land.  The name "Karamete-misaki" (back gate point) was applied by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1963 and follows Japanese exploration of this area.||
7760|Kåre Bench|Bench|712900S|0121000E|-71.4833333|12.1666667|1810|5938|01/01/1970|Flat-topped mountain, 1,810 m, standing 1 mi S of Mount Hansen and just SW of Daykovaya Peak at the N end of Westliche Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named for Kare Hansen, a meteorologist with Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1958-59.||
7761|Karelin Bay|Bay|663000S|0850000E|-66.5|85|||01/01/1971|A baylike indentation in the middle of the N part of West Ice Shelf.  Leskov Island lies immediately SE of the bay.  Mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1956, and named for professor of oceanography, Dmitriy Karelin.||
7762|Karelin Islands|Island|653500S|0653500W|-65.5833333|-65.5833333|||01/01/1971|Group of islands 3 mi in extent, lying 3 mi SE of Tula Point, Renaud Island, in the Biscoe Islands.  First accurately shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Dmitriy Karelin (1913-1953), Soviet meteorologist and pioneer of research on sea ice recording and forecasting.||
7766|Karlsen Rock|Bar|602100S|0460000W|-60.35|-46|||01/01/1952|Submerged rock lying 10 mi NNW of Penguin Point, the NW point of Coronation Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted and named on a map by Petter Sorlle, Norwegian whaler who made a running survey of the South Orkney Islands in 1912-13.||
7767|Karm Island|Island|665900S|0572700E|-66.9833333|57.45|||01/01/1961|Island 1.5 mi long, lying 1 mi SE of Shaula Island in the S part of the Oygarden Group.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and called by them Karm (coaming).  First visited in 1954 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) sledging party led by R. Dovers.||
7768|Karo Hills|Range|853400S|1541000W|-85.5666667|-154.1666667|||01/01/1967|Rounded, ice-free foothills extending for 12 mi along the W side of the terminus of Scott Glacier, from Mount Salisbury NNW to the edge of the Ross Ice Shelf.  First seen and roughly mapped by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Admiral H. Arnold Karo, Director of the U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, 1955-65.||
7769|Karpf Point|Summit|665400S|0642300W|-66.9|-64.3833333|||01/01/1952|A point along the N side of Mill Inlet, 3 mi S of Mount Vartdal, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in 1947.  Named by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Alois Karpf, librarian of the Kaiserliche and Konigliche Geographische Gesellschaft in Vienna and joint author of a polar bibliography.||
7770|Mount Karpinskiy|Summit|721200S|0182500E|-72.2|18.4166667|||01/01/1971|An isolated mountain about 9 mi S of Zhelannaya Mountain in the Russkiye Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Observed and mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1959, and named for geologist A.P. Karpinskiy, President of the Academy of Sciences of the USSR.||
7772|Kar Plateau|Plain|765600S|1622000E|-76.9333333|162.3333333|||01/01/1952|A small, mainly snow-covered plateau with an almost vertical rock scarp marking its southern side, standing on the W side of Granite Harbor, just N of the terminus of Mackay Glacier, in Victoria Land.  The plateau rises gently toward the NW to the heights of Mount Marston.  Mapped and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13. "Kar" is a Turkish word meaning snow.||
7773|Karrakatta Valley|Valley|541000S|0364300W|-54.1666667|-36.7166667||||A short valley trending WNW from Husvik Harbor, Stromness Bay, South Georgia.  Named after the hulk Karrakatta on a slipway at the abandoned whaling station at the head of Husvik Harbor.  Built in Oslo in 1912, she served as a whale catcher off Western Australia, and was last used at the slipway to provide steam to the adjacent engineering shop, probably until 1959. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1990.||
7775|Kartografov Island|Island|691200S|1574300E|-69.2|157.7166667|||01/01/1970|A small coastal island lying in the W part of the mouth of Harald Bay.  Photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47), the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (1957-58) and Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1959).  The island was named Ostrov Kartografov (cartographers' island) by the Soviet expedition.||
7776|Mount Kaschak|Summit|840200S|0564000W|-84.0333333|-56.6666667|1580|5184|01/01/1968|Peak, 1,580 m, standing 4 mi W of Gambacorta Peak in southern Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped from U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John P. Kaschak, aviation machinist at Ellsworth Station, winter 1958.||
7780|Kasumi Glacier|Glacier|682000S|0422100E|-68.3333333|42.35|||01/01/1964|A wide glacier flowing to the sea just E of Kasumi Rock in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) 1957-62, who gave the name.||
7781|Kasumi Rock|Summit|682200S|0421400E|-68.3666667|42.2333333|||01/01/1964|A substantial rock exposure on the coast between Ichime Glacier and Kasumi Glacier in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, who also gave the name.||04/12/2001
7782|Katedralen Canyon|Valley|715200S|0063300E|-71.8666667|6.55|||01/01/1967|An ice-filled canyon with steep rock cliffs indenting the NW side of Jokulkyrkja Mountain, in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Katedralen (the cathedral).||
7783|Cape Kater|Cape|634600S|0595400W|-63.7666667|-59.9|||01/01/1952|Cape fringed by rocks, marking the W side of the entrance to Charcot Bay on the W coast of Graham Land.  This coast was sketched by a British expedition 1828-31, under Foster, who named a cape in this region after Captain Henry Kater, a member of the committee which planned the expedition.  This region was more fully mapped by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold, who gave the name Cape Gunnar to this cape.  The name Kater perpetuates the earlier naming.||
7784|Kater Rocks|Island|634600S|0595300W|-63.7666667|-59.8833333|||01/01/1960|A small cluster of rocks lying 1 mi NW of Cape Kater, Graham Land.  The rocks were first charted and named by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition, 1901-04, under Otto Nordenskjold.||04/12/2001
7786|Mount Kathleen|Summit|834600S|1724800E|-83.7666667|172.8|900|2953|01/01/1951|A peak about 900 m, being the central and highest summit of Ebony Ridge at the N end of Commonwealth Range.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) under Sir Ernest Shackleton, who named this feature for his eldest sister.||
7788|Mount Katsufrakis|Summit|825800S|1613800E|-82.9666667|161.6333333|||01/01/1966|A projecting-type mountain on the E side of Markham Plateau in the Queen Elizabeth Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John P. Katsufrakis, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) radio scientist at McMurdo Station, 1963-64, and Byrd Station, 1964-65 and 1965-66.||
7789|Kattaugo Rocks|Island|694600S|0373100E|-69.7666667|37.5166667|||01/01/1968|Two exposed rocks 5 mi E of Sata Nunatak, standing at the base of Botnneset Peninsula on the S side of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Kattaugo (the cat's eyes).||04/12/2001
7790|Mount Kauffman|Summit|753700S|1322500W|-75.6166667|-132.4166667|2365|7759|01/01/1966|Prominent mountain (2,365 m) that surmounts the NW end of Ames Range in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander S.K. Kauffman, U.S. Navy (USN), staff civil engineering officer who supervised the planning and building of Plateau Station, 1965-66.||
7791|Kauffman Glacier|Glacier|711500S|0611800W|-71.25|-61.3|||01/01/1976|Broad, smooth glacier, 7 mi long, flowing eastward into the head of Palmer Inlet on the east coast of Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Thomas A. Kauffman, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist and Station Scientific Leader at Palmer Station in 1973.||
7792|Kavrayskiy Hills|Range|702700S|1610500E|-70.45|161.0833333|||01/01/1965|A line of mostly ice-covered coastal hills rising south of Rennick Bay and along the west side of the lower end of Rennick Glacier.  Charted by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) (1958) and named after Vladimir V. Kavrayskiy, Soviet geodesist and cartographer (1884-1954).||05/26/2011
7793|Kayak Bay|Bay|641800S|0621300W|-64.3|-62.2166667||||A bay, 1.5 mi wide, on the inner (west) side of Pampa Passage, indenting the east coast of Brabant Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  Malpighi Glacier and Mackenzie Glacier flow into the bay.  The feature was roughly mapped in 1898 by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE). Mapped in greater detail by Argentine expeditions from 1947-48 onward and included as part of "Bahia Pampa" (now Pampa Passage, q.v.).  This bay was so named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1986 in reference to the sea canoes of the British Joint Services Expedition that passed through the bay on a circumnavigation of Brabant Island in Feb. 1985.||
7794|Kaye Crest|Ridge|720600S|0042400E|-72.1|4.4|||01/01/1970|A ridge lying between Preuschoff Range and Gablenz Range in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  The name "Kaye-Kamm" was given to a linear elevation in this vicinity by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39.  The correlation of the name with this feature may be arbitrary but is recommended for the sake of international uniformity and historical continuity.||
7795|Kay Island|Island|740400S|1651900E|-74.0666667|165.3166667|||01/01/1966|A small island lying 2 mi E of Cape Johnson in the N part of Wood Bay, Victoria Land.  Discovered in 1841 by Captain James Clark Ross, Royal Navy (RN), and named by him for Lieutenant Joseph W. Kay, Dir. of the Rossbank Observatory in Tasmania, who was third lieutenant on the ship Terror.  Originally charted by Ross as a group of three islands, only this one is now known to exist.||
7797|Kay Nunatak|Summit|684100S|0644000W|-68.6833333|-64.6666667|500|1640|01/01/1953|Dark rocky nunatak rising to 500 m, situated at the S side of Mobiloil Inlet and forming the northernmost outlier of Hitchcock Heights, on the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  The nunatak was photographed from the air by Sir Hubert Wilkins on Dec. 20, 1928, and by Lincoln Ellsworth in 1935.  Named in 1952 by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John D. Kay of the American Geographical Society, who by utilizing these photographs assisted in constructing the first reconnaissance map of this area.||
7798|Kay Peak|Summit|751400S|1105700W|-75.2333333|-110.95|760|2493|01/01/1976|A pyramidal peak, 760 m, near the end of the large spur descending NW from the Mount Murphy massif, in Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander W. Kay, U.S. Navy (USN), leader of the Construction Unit at South Pole Station during Operation Deep Freeze 1973.||
7799|Kazanskaya Mountain|Summit|715800S|0131500E|-71.9666667|13.25|2690|8825|01/01/1970|Mountain, 2,690 m, forming the N end of Snoskalegga Ridge in the Weyprecht Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named presumably after the Russian city Kazan.||
7800|Mount Kazukaitis|Summit|720200S|1005500W|-72.0333333|-100.9166667|||01/01/1960|A peak of the Walker Mountains, located at the base of Hughes Peninsula in the W part of Thurston Island.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Chief Photographer's Mate Frank Kazukaitis, USN, who recorded features of the Walgreen and Eights Coasts on the U.S. Navy (USN) Bellingshausen Sea Expedition in February 1960.  He served as photographer on several additional Navy Deep Freeze deployments to Antarctica.||01/28/2004
7801|Kealey Ice Rise|Glacier|770000S|0830000W|-77|-83||||An ice rise, 40 mi long and 15 mi wide, forming a western lobe of the larger Fowler Ice Rise.  It is situated just north of the junction of Talutis Inlet and Carlson Inlet, at the southwest side of Ronne Ice Shelf.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from imagery provided by NASA Earth Resources Technology Satellite (ERTS-1), 1973-74. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Gerald P. Kealey, U.S. Navy (USN), medical officer at South Pole Station in 1971.||
7802|Cape Keeler|Cape|685100S|0631300W|-68.85|-63.2166667|520|1706|01/01/1947|Ice-covered cape, which rises gently northwestward to 520 m, forming the S side of the entrance to Revelle Inlet on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered on Dec. 20, 1928 by Sir Hubert Wilkins, who named it for Fred E. Keeler of the Lockheed Company. An advance base and meteorological station was established at Cape Keeler by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne in 1947-48.||
7803|Keel Hill|Summit|850600S|1741300W|-85.1|-174.2166667|||01/01/1966|A small ice-free hill, standing at the N side of McGregor Glacier, about 1.5 mi E of Crilly Hill, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by the Texas Tech Shackleton Glacier Expedition (1964-65) for Specialist 5th Class Elbert E. Keel, member of the U.S. Army Aviation Detachment which supported the expedition.||
7804|Keel Island|Island|672100S|0591900E|-67.35|59.3166667|||01/01/1965|Island lying 1 mi S of Fold Island on the E side of Stefansson Bay, off the coast of Enderby Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Kjolen (the keel). Seen by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party in 1956.  The translated form of the name recommended by ANCA has been approved.||
7805|Keep Rock|Island|624800S|0613700W|-62.8|-61.6166667|||01/01/1956|Small rock lying 0.8 mi WSW of Castle Rock, off the W side of Snow Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name, which derives from association with Castle Rock, was given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following survey by Lieutenant Commander F.W. Hunt, Royal Navy (RN), in 1951-52.||
7807|Kehle Glacier|Glacier|785600S|1601800E|-78.9333333|160.3|||01/01/1965|Glacier draining the W slopes of Worcester Range in the vicinity of Mount Speyer and Mount Dawson-Lambton, and flowing SW into Mulock Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for Ralph Kehle, glaciologist at Little America V, 1959-60.||
7808|Keilhau Glacier|Glacier|541600S|0370400W|-54.2666667|-37.0666667|||01/01/1963|Glacier 5 mi long flowing W from Kohl Plateau and then SW to Jossac Bight, on the S coast of South Georgia.  Mapped by Olaf Holtedahl during his visit to South Georgia in 1927-28, and named by him for Baltazar M. Keilhau (1797-1858), Norwegian geologist and professor of mineralogy at the University of Christiania.||
7809|Keim Peak|Summit|704400S|1595200E|-70.7333333|159.8666667|2045|6709|01/01/1964|A noteworthy pointed rock peak (2,045 m) on the southern spur of Pomerantz Tableland, in the Usarp Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1960-62. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Mike B. Keim, U.S. Navy (USN), aerial photographer on flights by Squadron VX-6 in Victoria Land in 1962-63; returned to Antarctica in 1963-64.||
7810|Mount Keinath|Summit|743200S|1635700E|-74.5333333|163.95|1090|3576|01/01/1968|A mountain, 1,090 m, rising at the E side of the terminus of Boomerang Glacier in Deep Freeze Range, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1955-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gerald E. Keinath, biolab administrator at McMurdo Station, 1965-66 season.||
7811|Mount Keith|Summit|705400S|1631900E|-70.9|163.3166667|1530|5020|01/01/1970|Mountain (1,530 m) surmounting the E end of the ridge between Rastorguev and Crawford Glaciers in the Bowers Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-65. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John D. Keith, builder, U.S. Navy (USN), a member of the South Pole Station party, 1965.||
7812|Kellas Islands|Island|673300S|0624600E|-67.55|62.7666667|||01/01/1965|Two small islands 0.5 mi S of the Parallactic Islands in Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  Plotted from photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1958 and 1959.  Named by ANCA for W.R. Kellas, weather observer at Mawson Station in 1960.||
7815|Keller Inlet|Stream|741500S|0610500W|-74.25|-61.0833333||||Ice-filled inlet 12 mi long, in a NE-SW direction, and 6 mi wide, between Cape Little and Cape Fiske, along the E coast of Palmer Land.  This inlet was photographed from the air by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in December 1940, and in 1947 by members of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted it from the ground.  Named by Ronne for Louis Keller of Beaumont, Texas, who contributed supplies to Ronne's expedition.||
7816|Keller Peninsula|Cape|620500S|0582600W|-62.0833333|-58.4333333|||01/01/1960|High peninsula separating Mackellar and Martel Inlets in Admiralty Bay, on King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name Keller was applied by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, who charted Admiralty Bay in December 1909.||
7818|Kelley Massif|Range|703900S|0633500W|-70.65|-63.5833333|||01/01/1976|A rugged mountain massif, 10 mi long, located immediately W of the Eland Mountains and along the S side of Clifford Glacier, in Palmer Land.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Hugh A. Kelley, U.S. Navy (USN), Commander of Antarctic Support Activities during Operation Deep Freeze 1968 and 1969.||
7819|Kelley Nunatak|Summit|853900S|1464400W|-85.65|-146.7333333|||01/01/1967|Nunatak on the N side of Leverett Glacier, 12 mi NE of Mount Gould.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Herbert O. Kelley, radioman with the Byrd Station winter party in 1958.||
7820|Kelley Peak|Summit|801000S|0825000W|-80.1666667|-82.8333333|1710|5610|01/01/1966|A peak, 1,710 m, forming the S end of Liberty Hills in the Heritage Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for air crewman Charles C. Kelley, U.S. Navy (USN), who perished in the crash of the LC-47 aircraft on the Ross Ice Shelf, Feb. 2, 1966.||
7821|Kelley Spur|Ridge|823700S|0520800W|-82.6166667|-52.1333333|||01/01/1968|A rock spur 2 mi E of Spear Spur on the S side of Dufek Massif Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Samuel Kelley, photographer of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 on several Deep Freeze deployments, 1964-70.||
7822|Kellick Island|Island|615500S|0582600W|-61.9166667|-58.4333333|||01/01/1960|Island 0.5 mi long, lying 1 mi NE of Round Point, off the N coast of King George Island in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Captain Kellick, Master of the British sealer Henry, who visited the South Shetland Islands in 1821-22.||
7823|Kellogg Glacier|Glacier|715100S|0624100W|-71.85|-62.6833333|||01/01/1976|A glacier about 9 mi long at the base of Condor Peninsula on the E side of Palmer Land.  The glacier flows SE along the N side of Boyer Spur and merges with the N side of Gruening Glacier just inland from the NW head of Hilton Inlet.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for geologist Karl S. Kellogg, a member of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Lassiter Coast party in 1972-73.||
7824|Mount Kelly|Summit|704700S|1641900E|-70.7833333|164.3166667|1110|3642|01/01/1964|Prominent peak (1,110 m) located 3 mi NW of Mount Burch in western Anare Mountains.  Named by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) for Second Lieutenant R.M. Kelly, officer in charge of the army amphibious motor vehicle detachment with Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Thala Dan) 1962, led by Phillip Law, which explored the area.||
7825|Kelly Glacier|Glacier|721900S|1685500E|-72.3166667|168.9166667|||01/01/1964|Steep tributary glacier descending SW from Mount Peacock to enter Tucker Glacier just S of Mount Titus, in the Admiralty Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Anthony J. Kelly, U.S. Navy (USN), medical officer at Hallett Station, 1961.||
7826|Kelly Nunataks|Summit|771700S|1414400W|-77.2833333|-141.7333333|||01/01/1970|The nunataks that mark the E extremity of the Clark Mountains, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John David Kelly, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) ionospheric physicist at Byrd Station, 1968.||
7827|Kelly Plateau|Plain|812400S|1593000E|-81.4|159.5|||01/01/1965|An ice-covered plateau, about 15 mi long and from 2 to 4 mi wide, located on the E side of the Churchill Mountains between the lower parts of Jorda and Flynn Glaciers.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander George R. Kelly, USN, commanding officer of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 during Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1964.||
7828|Kelmelis Hills|Range|775845S|1633438E|-77.979209|163.577103|1070|3510|01/01/1992|A group of hills rising to 1,070 m between Brodie Ponds and Joyce Glacier, situated midway up the Blue Glacier on its E margin, in Victoria Land.  Named in 1992 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after John A. Kelmelis, cartographer, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS); Manager of Polar Programs, Office of International Activities, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), 1984-87.||
7829|Kelp Bank|Bar|540000S|0370600W|-54|-37.1|||01/01/1965|A shoal, which is covered with kelp, lying 2 mi NE of Cape Crewe, off the N coast of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1931 British Admiralty chart.||
7830|Kelp Bay|Bay|542700S|0360700W|-54.45|-36.1166667|||01/01/1956|Small open bay close ESE of Doris Bay on the N coast of South Georgia.  It is filled with kelp and there is no anchorage. The South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, reported that the descriptive name was well established locally.||
7833|Kelp Point|Summit|541000S|0363800W|-54.1666667|-36.6333333|||01/01/1953|Point fringed by kelp, marking the S side of the entrance to Husvik Harbor, the southern arm of Stromness Bay, on the N coast of South Georgia.  Charted and named by DI personnel in the period 1926-30.||
7834|Mount Kelsey|Summit|802700S|0221900W|-80.45|-22.3166667|1370|4495||Mountain rising to c. 1,370 m between M'Clintock Bastion and Blanchard Hill in the Pioneers Escarpment (q.v.), Shackleton Range.  In association with the names of pioneers of polar life and travel grouped in this area, named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after Henry Kelsey (1670-c. 1729), English employee of the Hudson's Bay company, first white man known to have adopted North American Indian methods of life and travel (including the use of pemmican) in 1691.||
7835|Kelsey Cliff|Cliff|743000S|0621800W|-74.5|-62.3|||01/01/1968|A prominent cliff standing close SE of Mount Owen in the E end of the Guettard Range, in Palmer Land.  First mapped by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE)-Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) joint sledge party in 1947-48.  Named for Lawrence D. Kelsey, radio operator with the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48.||
7836|Cape Keltie|Cape|660300S|1332600E|-66.05|133.4333333|||01/01/1947|An ice-covered cape on Clarie Coast, 11 mi W of Cape Cesney.  Discovered from the Aurora by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, and roughly charted at a distance of about 10 mi as lying in 6605S, 13300E.  Named by Mawson for Sir John Scott Keltie, Sec. of the Royal Geographical Society, 1892-1915. The identification of this feature is based upon the G.D. Blodgett map of 1955, compiled from aerial photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).||
7837|Mount Keltie|Summit|791500S|1592900E|-79.25|159.4833333|2640|8661||Mountain, 2,640 m, midway between Mounts Kosko and Chalmers in the Conway Range.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named for Sir John Scott Keltie, Secretary of the Royal Geographical Society, 1892-1915.||
7838|Keltie Glacier|Glacier|845300S|1702000E|-84.8833333|170.3333333|||01/01/1952|A large glacier, 30 mi long, draining from Pain Neve SW around the southern extremity of Commonwealth Range, and then NW to enter Beardmore Glacier at Ranfurly Point.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) who named it for Sir John Scott Keltie, Secretary of the Royal Geographical Society, 1892-1915.||
7839|Keltie Head|Cliff|634700S|0574100W|-63.7833333|-57.6833333|395|1296|01/01/1964|Rounded headland with vertical cliffs which rise to a small ice dome 395 m high, forming the NW end of Vega Island, south of Trinity Peninsula.  Discovered by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, 1901-04, and named by him for Sir John Scott Keltie, Sec. of the Royal Geographical Society, 1892-1915.||
7840|Kelvin Crests|Ridge|691000S|0663500W|-69.1666667|-66.5833333|||01/01/1962|A line of steep-sided elevations with ice-covered cliffs 5 mi long.  Located on the N side of Airy Glacier near its junction with Forster Ice Piedmont on the W side of Antarctic Peninsula. Roughly surveyed by British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) in 1936-37.  Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in 1947.  Surveyed from the ground, from the SW only, by members of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), Dec. 1958.  Completely mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), 1974. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for William Thomson, First Baron Kelvin (1824-1907), British physicist and engineer who made substantial improvements in the design of magnetic compasses, 1873-78, and invented the Kelvin sounding machine in 1878.||
7841|Cape Kemp|Cape|645200S|0633900W|-64.8666667|-63.65|||01/01/1951|Cape forming the SW tip of Doumer Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) 1903-05, under Charcot. Various islands of the Palmer Archipelago were charted in 1927 by DI personnel on the Discovery, and this cape was subsequently named for Dr. Stanley W. Kemp, British marine biologist and oceanographer, who was scientific leader on the Discovery.||
7844|Kemp Coast|Beach|671500S|0580000E|-67.25|58|||01/01/1947|That portion of the coast of Antarctica that lies between the head of Edward VIII Bay, in 5625E, and William Scoresby Bay, in 5934E.  Named for a British sealing captain, Peter Kemp, who discovered land in this vicinity in 1833.||
7845|Mount Kempe|Summit|781900S|1624300E|-78.3166667|162.7166667|3005|9859|08/01/1949|Peak, 3,005 m, midway between Mounts Huggins and Dromedary in the Royal Society Range of Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) which named it for Sir Alfred Bray Kempe, at that time Treasurer of the Royal Society.||01/20/2010
7846|Kempe Glacier|Glacier|781800S|1625400E|-78.3|162.9|||01/01/1974|A short alpine glacier, bounded on the N by Dismal Ridge and on the S by the Mount Kempe-Mount Dromedary ridge, whose chief nourishment is neve fields on the N slopes of Mount Kempe.  The glacier drains NE toward Roaring Valley.  Named by the New Zealand Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1960-61, for its association with Mount Kempe.||
7848|Kemp Peak|Summit|672600S|0592400E|-67.4333333|59.4|340|1115|01/01/1962|A prominent peak, 340 m, standing close SE of Stefansson Bay.  Discovered in January 1930 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson and named for Dr. Stanley W. Kemp, British marine biologist and oceanographer who was Director of Research of the Discovery Investigations, 1924-36.  This area was subsequently mapped in detail by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  They named the peak "Hornet," but Australian parties that explored the area in the l950s have identified it as Kemp Peak, named earlier by Mawson.||03/07/1997
7849|Kemp Peninsula|Cape|730800S|0601500W|-73.1333333|-60.25|305|1001|01/01/1953|Irregular ice-covered peninsula 26 mi long in a N-S direction and 5 to 12 mi wide.  The peninsula rises gently to 305 m and projects E between the heads of Mason and Mossman Inlets, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  First seen from the air in December 1940 by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), who at that time photographed all but its N extremity.  During 1947 it was photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted it from the ground.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Stanley W. Kemp, British marine biologist and oceanographer, first Director of Research of the Discovery Investigations, 1924-36, and Director of the Plymouth Marine Laboratory, 1936-45.||03/07/1997
7850|Kemp Rock|Island|715800S|1710600E|-71.9666667|171.1|||01/01/1969|A large insular rock between Foyn Island and Bull Island in the Possession Islands.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William R. Kemp, PH1, U.S. Navy (USN), Photographer of Squadron VX-6 on the flight of Jan. 18, 1958, at the time the Possession Islands and this feature were photographed.||
7851|Kendall Basin|Basin|801500S|0253900W|-80.25|-25.65||||An ice-free cirque at the NW end of the Herbert Mountains, Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of glacial geologists grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after Percy Fry Kendall (1856-1936), English glacial geologist; sometime Professor of Geology, Leeds University.||
7853|Kendall Rocks|Island|633000S|0594900W|-63.5|-59.8166667|||01/01/1952|Group of pillar-shaped rocks, lying 3 mi N of Tower Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  The name Kendall Group appears NW of this position on a chart based upon work by a British expedition under Commander Henry Foster, Royal Navy (RN), 1828-31, but it was later found that no islands exist there.  The name Kendall Rocks has subsequently been applied to these pillar-shaped rocks discovered in 1838 by a French expedition under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville.  Named for Lieutenant E.N. Kendall of Foster's expedition ship, the Chanticleer.||04/06/1998
7854|Kendall Terrace|Bench|625500S|0604200W|-62.9166667|-60.7|||01/01/1963|Ice-free volcanic ash terrace extending along the NW side of Deception Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1957 for Lieutenant Edward N. Kendall, Royal Navy (RN) (1800-45), surveyor on His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Chanticleer who made the first survey of Deception Island in January-March 1829.||
7855|Mount Kendrick|Summit|862200S|1564000W|-86.3666667|-156.6666667|3610|11844|01/01/1967|A massive ice-covered mountain, 3,610 m, surmounting the E side of the Nilsen Plateau at the head of Bartlett Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain H.E. Kendrick, Operations Officer on the staff of the Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, in U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1967.||
7856|Kenfield Nunatak|Summit|734600S|0990300W|-73.7666667|-99.05|||01/01/1968|An isolated nunatak which lies about 8 mi SE of the head of Cosgrove Ice Shelf and 17 mi ENE of Pryor Cliff, at the extreme N end of the Hudson Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard E. Kenfield, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) topographic engineer working from Byrd Station in the 1963-64 season.||
7857|Kennar Valley|Valley|774558S|1602434E|-77.766053|160.409459|||01/01/1992|A small valley, ice free except for a lobe of ice marginal to Taylor Glacier at the mouth, located W of Finger Mountain in the Quartermain Mountains, Victoria Land.  The name appears to be first used on a 1961 New Zealand Lands and Survey Department map compiled from New Zealand field surveys, 1957-60, and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs of that period.  Presumably named after Thomas Kennar, Royal Navy (RN), Petty Officer on the Discovery during the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, led by R.F. Scott.  In November 1903, Kennar and William J. Weller (Mount Weller, q.v.) accompanied Hartley T. Ferrar in the first geological reconnaissance of Quartermain Mountains.||
7858|Cape Kennedy|Cape|663000S|0983200E|-66.5|98.5333333|||01/01/1948|Point on the E side of Melba Peninsula, 4 mi SW of David Island.  Discovered by the Western Base Party of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE), 1911-l4, under Mawson, who named it for A.L. Kennedy, a member of the expedition.||
7859|Mount Kennedy|Summit|675200S|0661300E|-67.8666667|66.2166667|||01/01/1947|A small bare peak standing 1 mi S of Mount Rivett in the Gustav Bull Mountains of Mac. Robertson Land.  On February 13, 1931, the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Douglas Mawson made a landing on nearby Scullin Monolith.  They named this peak for A.L. Kennedy, physicist with British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) (1929-31).||
7861|Kennedy Peak|Summit|671300S|0991100E|-67.2166667|99.1833333|||01/01/1956|Small peak protruding above the continental ice 2 mi S of Mount Barr Smith, on the W side of Denman Glacier.  Mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for A.L. Kennedy, cartographer with the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) Western Base party, in recognition of the close correlation of his 1912-13 running survey of the E half of the Queen Mary Coast with the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) map of 1955 compiled from aerial photographs.||
7862|Kennedy Ridge|Ridge|782400S|1620800E|-78.4|162.1333333|||01/01/1995|An ice-covered ridge, 3.5 mi long, which is notably straight and extends W from Mount Moxley between Potter Glacier and Wirdnam Glacier, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1994 after Nadene Kennedy, Polar Coordination Specialist, Office of Polar Programs, NSF.  Associated with NSF Antarctic Program since 1978, including ten working visits to the continent; at the time of naming, NSF liaison with Antarctic tourist industry, responsible for implementing Antarctic Treaty reporting requirements and coordination of Antarctic visitor program.||
7863|Kennel Peak|Summit|750100S|1334400W|-75.0166667|-133.7333333|800|2625|01/01/1974|A small but notable rock peak (over 800 m) about 0.5 mi N of Rockney Ridge in the Demas Range, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-69.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for A. Alexander Kennel, ionospheric physicist, Station Scientific Leader at South Pole Station, 1969.||
7864|Kenneth Ridge|Ridge|705700S|0713000E|-70.95|71.5|||01/01/1973|The northernmost of three rock outcrops in the northern part of the Manning Nunataks.  The nunataks were photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47) and Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1957).  They were visited by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1965 and by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1969.  Named by ANCA for Kenneth A. Smith, radio officer at Mawson Station in 1969, a member of the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey party in 1969.||
7865|Mount Kennett|Summit|670300S|0651000W|-67.05|-65.1666667|1360|4462|01/01/1975|A distinctive snow and rock mountain (1,360 m) between Quartermain Glacier and Fricker Glacier on the E side of Graham Land.  Features on this coast were photographed by several American expeditions: U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41; Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48; U.S. Navy photos, 1968.  Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1947-48.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Peter Kennett, General Assistant with the British Antarctic Survey (BAS) Larsen Ice Shelf party, 1963-64.||
7867|Kennett Ridge|Ridge|795100S|1564500E|-79.85|156.75|||01/01/1965|A rocky ridge, 6 mi long, which descends eastward from the NE end of Midnight Plateau in the Darwin Mountains.  Mapped by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1962-63) and named for J.P. Kennett, geologist with the expedition.||
7868|Mount Kenney|Summit|844400S|1752800W|-84.7333333|-175.4666667|2030|6660|01/01/1962|A sharp summit (2,030 m) in the Cathedral Peaks, rising 3 mi E of Shackleton Glacier and 10 mi NW of Mount Wade, in the Prince Olav Mountains.  Discovered and photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for 1st Lieutenant Leroy S. Kenney, U.S. Marine Corps Reserve (USMCR), helicopter and airplane pilot with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 during Deep Freeze operations.||
7869|Kenney Glacier|Glacier|632500S|0570200W|-63.4166667|-57.0333333|||01/01/1963|Glacier 1 mi long flowing NW from The Pyramid and The Saddlestone into Depot Glacier, near the head of Hope Bay, Trinity Peninsula.  Mapped in 1945 and 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS). Resurveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955 and named for Richard R. Kenney, assistant surveyor at Hope Bay in 1954 and 1955, who made a detailed local survey of the area between Hope and Duse Bays.||
7870|Kenney Nunatak|Summit|780400S|1613000E|-78.0666667|161.5|||01/01/1995|A conspicuous nunatak rising in Waddington Glacier, 1.5 mi SSW of Ugolini Peak, Royal Society Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1994 after Frank J. Kenney, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) cartographer, member of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) field team for the International Global Positioning System (GPS) Campaign at Byrd Station, McMurdo Station, and Pine Island Bay area, 1991-92.  The team established the first continuous-tracking GPS reference station in Antarctica.||
7872|Kent Gap|Gap|831700S|0503000W|-83.2833333|-50.5|||01/01/1968|An ice-filled gap connecting the heads of May Valley and Chambers Glacier and marking the divide between Lexington and Saratoga Tables, in the Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Kenneth K. Kent, electronics technician at Ellsworth Station, winter 1957.||
7873|Kent Glacier|Glacier|825000S|1631000E|-82.8333333|163.1666667|||01/01/1966|Glacier which drains the E side of Markham Plateau in the Queen Elizabeth Range and flows E for about 15 mi to enter Lowery Glacier.  Named by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) after the English county and the Dukedom of Kent.||
7874|Kent Plateau|Plain|804400S|1575000E|-80.7333333|157.8333333|||01/01/1965|An ice-covered plateau, 12 mi long and 4 mi wide, extending northward from Mount Egerton and Kiwi Pass to the vicinity of Mount Hamilton, in the Churchill Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Donald F. Kent, USN, logistics officer to Admiral Dufek at the outset of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze I, 1955-56.||
7875|Mount Kenyon|Summit|851000S|1745200W|-85.1666667|-174.8666667|2260|7415|01/01/1964|A mountain, 2,260 m, standing 1 mi NW of Shenk Peak in the N part of the Cumulus Hills.  Named by F. Alton Wade, leader of the Shackleton Glacier Party of U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) (1962-1963) after Kenyon College, Gambier, Ohio, his Alma Mater.||
7876|Kenyon Peaks|Range|843300S|1633600E|-84.55|163.6|||01/01/1968|A small group of basalt peaks 3 mi NW of Storm Peak, in the Marshall Mountains.  Named by the Ohio State University party to the Queen Alexandra Range (1966-67) for D. Kenyon King, field assistant with the party.||
7878|Mount Kerckhove de Denterghem|Summit|723700S|0310800E|-72.6166667|31.1333333|2400|7874|01/01/1966|Mountain, 2,400 m, just N of Mount Collard in the Belgica Mountains.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1957-58, under G. de Gerlache, who named it for Count Charles de Kerckhove de Denterghem, a patron of the expedition.||
7879|Kerick Col|Gap|640500S|0582400W|-64.0833333|-58.4|150|492||A col running N-S at 150 m between Gin Cove and Rum Cove, in the W part of James Ross Island.  Crisscross Crags rise at the E side of the col.  In association with names in this area from Kipling's Jungle Book, named after Kerick Booterin, chief of the seal hunters in The White Seal.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1983.||
7881|Cape Kerr|Cape|800300S|1602600E|-80.05|160.4333333|||01/01/1947|A high snow-covered cape at the N side of Barne Inlet, the terminus of Byrd Glacier at the W side of the Ross Ice Shelf. Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named for Admiral of the Fleet, Lord Walter Kerr, one of the Sea Lords who lent his assistance to the expedition.||
7882|Mount Kerr|Summit|702600S|0653800E|-70.4333333|65.6333333|||01/01/1971|A mountain about 0.5 mi S of Mount Creighton in the Porthos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos of 1965.  Named by ANCA for A.G. Kerr, physicist at Mawson Station in 1967.||
7883|Kerr Point|Summit|644200S|0623800W|-64.7|-62.6333333|||01/01/1965|Point 2 mi SE of Georges Point, on the E side of Ronge Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Adam J. Kerr, Second Officer of Royal Research Ship (RRS) Shackleton, who sounded the adjacent Errera Channel in 1956-57.||
7884|Mount Kershaw|Summit|673200S|0665800W|-67.5333333|-66.9666667|1180|3871||A mountain, 1,180 m, rising above Jones Ice Shelf and Kosiba Wall in the NE end of Blaiklock Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after John E.G. Kershaw (1948-1990), British Antarctic Survey (BAS) senior pilot, 1974-79, and pilot on Transglobe Expedition, 1980-82, and other expeditions.  He was killed in a flying accident on Jones Ice Shelf, Mar. 5, 1990, and now rests near the foot of this mountain.||
7885|Kershaw Ice Rumples|Glacier|784500S|0754000W|-78.75|-75.6666667||||A large area of disturbed ice between Fletcher Ice Rise and Korff Ice Rise, in the SW part of Ronne Ice Shelf.  The feature appears in U.S. Navy aerial photographs taken in the 1960s and in imagery obtained by NASA Earth Resources Technology Satellite (ERTS-1), 1973-74.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for John E.G. Kershaw, senior pilot with the British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1974-75.||
7886|Kershaw Peaks|Range|645600S|0630800W|-64.9333333|-63.1333333|820|2690|01/01/1965|Group of five main peaks, the highest 820 m, standing W of the mouth of Miethe Glacier on the W coast of Graham Land.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1952.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Dennis Kershaw of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), assistant surveyor at the Arthur Harbor Station in 1956 and at the Danco Island station in 1957.||
7887|Kessens Peak|Summit|865100S|1464100W|-86.85|-146.6833333|2660|8727|01/01/1967|A peak, 2,660 m, located 5 mi SE of Mount Paine in the La Gorce Mountains, Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gerard R. Kessens of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6, photographer on Operation Deep Freeze 1966 and 1967.||
7888|Kessler Peak|Summit|833700S|1675000E|-83.6166667|167.8333333|2180|7152|01/01/1966|A conspicuous cone-shaped peak (2,180 m) in Queen Alexandra Range, standing at the E side of Lennox-King Glacier, 4 mi WSW of Mount Rotolante.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Charles L. Kessler, U.S. Navy (USN), Director of Selective Service System for Virginia.  Kessler was a member of the ship's party on the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1928-30) and revisited Antarctica in 1962 and 1965.||
7889|Kester Peaks|Range|824900S|0482300W|-82.8166667|-48.3833333|||01/01/1968|Three aligned rock peaks standing together 5 mi S of Mount Malville on the E side of Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Larry T. Kester, photographer with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 during Operation Deep Freeze 1964.||
7890|Ketchum Glacier|Glacier|750000S|0634500W|-75|-63.75||||Eastward flowing glacier at the base of Palmer Land, about 50 mi long, descending between the Latady and Scaife Mountains into Gardner Inlet.  Discovered by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, under Ronne, who named it for Commander Gerald Ketchum, U.S. Navy (USN), commander of the icebreaker Burton Island which broke the ice to free the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) from Marguerite Bay for the return home.||
7891|Ketley Point|Summit|644200S|0624600W|-64.7|-62.7666667|||01/01/1965|Point forming the W end of Ronge Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for John Ketley, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) assistant surveyor at the Danco Island station in 1956 and at Arthur Harbor in 1957.||
7893|Keuken Rock|Island|683500S|0775000E|-68.5833333|77.8333333|||01/01/1965|A large insular rock lying off the Vestfold Hills, about 1.4 mi SW of Barratt Island.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Named by ANCA for J. Keuken, weather observer at Davis Station in 1959.||
7894|Kevin Islands|Island|631700S|0574400W|-63.2833333|-57.7333333|||01/01/1964|A cluster of small islands and rocks which lie close to the northern coast of Trinity Peninsula, midway between Halpern Point and Coupvent Point.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Kevin M. Scott, member of geological party from the University of Wisconsin (U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP)), who carried out independent studies in Gerlache Strait, 1961-62.||
7895|Lake Keyhole|Lake|780800S|1634100E|-78.1333333|163.6833333|||01/01/1974|A very small lake on the south, or Hidden Valley side of The Keyhole.  Named by the New Zealand Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1960-61, because of its proximity to The Keyhole.||
7896|The Keyhole|Gap|780700S|1634100E|-78.1166667|163.6833333|||01/01/1973|A narrow ice-carved slot, or defile, between the Adams Glacier and Hidden Valley.  It provides the only low-level entrance to Hidden Valley, and is the key to easy passage between Lake Miers and Ward Glacier.  Named by the New Zealand Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) who used it on several occasions during the summer of 1960-61.||
7897|Keyhole Island|Island|684700S|0672000W|-68.7833333|-67.3333333|||01/01/1963|Small rocky island lying 5 mi SE of the Terra Firma Islands in the SW part of Mikkelsen Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land. First surveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who applied this name because of the presence of an ice arch formed by the icecap on this island.||
7898|Mount Keyser|Summit|665600S|0522300E|-66.9333333|52.3833333|||01/01/1966|Mountain 3 mi E of Mount Ryder, in the E part of the Tula Mountains in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1957.  Named by ANCA for D.O. Keyser, radio officer at Mawson Station in 1961.||
7899|Keyser Nunatak|Summit|773600S|1455500W|-77.6|-145.9166667|605|1985|01/01/1970|A large nunatak (605 m) at the N side of the terminus of Reynolds Glacier, in the Haines Mountains of Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) Teddy H. Keyser, U.S. Navy (USN), navigator in LC-130F Hercules aircraft during Operation Deep Freeze 1968.||
7901|Keyser Ridge|Ridge|735700S|0632800E|-73.95|63.4666667|||01/01/1970|A snow-covered ridge, trending in a NE-SW direction for 11 mi, standing 26 mi SSE of Mount Bayliss in the Prince Charles Mountains, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos of 1957 and 1960.  Named by ANCA for D.O. Keyser, radio officer at Mawson, a member of the 1961 Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) field party that attempted to reach this ridge but was stopped by impassable crevasses.||
7902|Keys Glacier|Glacier|744800S|1140000W|-74.8|-114||||A glacier flowing NE from Jenkins Heights between Ellis Ridge and Mount Bray on Bakutis Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1959-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 after Keith W. Keys, AC1, USN, air controller at Williams Field, McMurdo Sound, 1975-76.||
7903|Keystone Cliffs|Cliff|713500S|0681300W|-71.5833333|-68.2166667|610|2001|01/01/1956|Cliffs, 610 m, marking the E face of the sedimentary ridge between Mercury and Venus Glaciers, on the E coast of Alexander Island.  The coast in this vicinity was first seen from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth on Nov. 23, 1935, and roughly mapped from photos obtained on that flight by W.L.G. Joerg.  The cliffs were roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) and resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  So named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) because the geologic structures revealed in these cliffs provided the key to the general tectonic structure of the area.||
7904|Khamsin Pass|Gap|692900S|0674500W|-69.4833333|-67.75|750|2461||A pass at 750 m, running N-S between Relay Hills and the Kinnear Mountains, southward of Wordie Ice Shelf, Antarctic Peninsula.  An important pass used by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1936-37, and subsequent parties, it allows easy access from the Wordie Ice Shelf into Palmer Land.  Named in 1977 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with other wind names in the area.  Khamsin is the warm southerly wind in Egypt that comes from the Sahara.||
7907|Khmara Bay|Bay|672000S|0490000E|-67.3333333|49|||01/01/1971|A small bay lying directly S of Zubchatyy Ice Shelf and Sakellari Peninsula, in Enderby Land.  Photographed by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956 and explored by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1957.  Named by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) after tractor driver I.F. Khamara, who lost his life when his tractor broke through the ice at Mirnyy Station in January 1956.||
7908|Khmara Island|Island|663300S|0930000E|-66.55|93|||01/01/1971|Small island lying 1 mi S of Haswell Island, Queen Mary Coast.  Mapped from aerial photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47. Remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1956 and named after I.F. Khmara (Khmara Bay, q.v.).||
7910|Mount Khmyznikov|Summit|715200S|0113900E|-71.8666667|11.65|2800|9186|01/01/1970|A peak, 2,800 m, in the N part of Skeidsnutane Peaks, Betekhtin Range, in the Humboldt Mountains of Queen Maud Land. Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Soviet hydrographer P.K. Khmyznikov.||
7912|Khufu Peak|Summit|712000S|0681600W|-71.3333333|-68.2666667|745|2444||A peak rising to c. 745 m near the center of the Fossil Bluff massif, E Alexander Island.  For many years this was known to British Antarctic Survey (BAS) workers by the unofficial descriptive name "Pyramid," a name already in use.  To avoid duplication, in 1987 the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) applied a new name after Khufu, second Pharaoh of the Fourth Dynasty of Egypt, who erected the Great Pyramid of El Giza.||03/07/1997
7913|Khyber Pass|Gap|604300S|0453600W|-60.7166667|-45.6||||A steep-sided pass between the NE side of McLeod Glacier and Rusty Bluff on Signy Island, South Orkney Islands.  A well-used route by British Antarctic Survey (BAS) personnel providing access to Gourlay Peninsula from Moraine Valley.  The name, after the storied Khyber Pass, was in local use for many years prior to adoption by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1990.||
7914|Mount Kibal'chich|Summit|715600S|0141900E|-71.9333333|14.3166667|2500|8202|01/01/1970|The highest peak, 2,500 m, of the Kvaevenutane Peaks, in the Payer Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after the Russian revolutionary N.I. Kibal'chich, 1854-81.||
7916|Kichenside Glacier|Glacier|674600S|0473600E|-67.7666667|47.6|||01/01/1965|Glacier, 15 mi long and 3 to 5 mi wide, flowing NE into the S part of Hannan Ice Shelf on the coast of Enderby Land.  Charted from air photos taken from an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for Squadron Leader J. Kichenside, RAAF, officer commanding the Antarctic Flight at Mawson Station in 1960.||
7917|Kidd Islands|Island|662700S|0655900W|-66.45|-65.9833333|||01/01/1965|Small group of islands within Darbel Bay, lying just S of Darbel Islands off the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) in 1956-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for D.A. Kidd, British physicist who in 1888, with J.C. McConnel, made pioneer tests of the deformation of ice single crystals.||
7918|Cape Kidson|Cape|732400S|0604500W|-73.4|-60.75|300|984|01/01/1953|An abrupt rock scarp which rises to 300 m, forming the N side of the entrance to New Bedford Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  First sighted and photographed from the air by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940.  During 1947 the cape was photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted it from the ground.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Edward Kidson, New Zealand meteorologist and author of the meteorological reports of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Shackleton, 1907-09, and the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson, 1911-14.||
7919|Kidson Island|Island|671200S|0611100E|-67.2|61.1833333|||01/01/1947|Island 0.5 mi long, lying 15 mi NNE of Byrd Head. Discovered in February 1931 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, and named by him for Edward Kidson.||
7921|Kieffer Knoll|Summit|822900S|1623900E|-82.4833333|162.65|||01/01/1966|Rocky knoll which marks the extreme NE corner of the Queen Elizabeth Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Hugh H. Kieffer, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciologist at Roosevelt Island, 1961-62.||
7922|Kiel Glacier|Glacier|780800S|1541500W|-78.1333333|-154.25|||01/01/1960|A broad, heavily crevassed glacier descending SW from Edward VII Peninsula just E of the Rockefeller Mountains.  The glacier was partially delineated from aerial photographs obtained by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1928-30) and subsequently was observed from the air by several U.S. expeditions to the area.  It is named for driver Max R. Kiel, U.S. Navy (USN), Mobile Construction Battalion, who lost his life on March 5, 1956, when his tractor fell into a crevasse about 20 mi westward of this glacier while attempting to establish a trail to Byrd Station.||
7925|Kikko Terrace|Bench|680800S|0424000E|-68.1333333|42.6666667|150|492|01/01/1975|A rocky terrace rising to 150 m about 1.5 mi SSE of Cape Hinode.  The feature was mapped by the Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) from surveys and air photos obtained 1957-62.  The Japanese form of the name, "Kikko-ga-hara" (tortoise shells terrace), and the English form, Kikko Terrace, were given by the Antarctic Place-Names Committee of Japan in 1973.||
7926|Kilby Island|Island|661600S|1103100E|-66.2666667|110.5166667|||01/01/1956|Rocky island, 0.2 mi long, lying close NE of McMullin Island in the entrance of Newcomb Bay, in the Windmill Islands. First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Arthur L. Kilby, who served as photographer with the central task group of U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and with U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml which obtained air and ground photos of the Windmill Islands in January 1948.||
7927|Kilby Reef|Bar|661700S|1103200E|-66.2833333|110.5333333|||01/01/1963|A small, isolated reef, which uncovers at low water, lying 0.15 mi SE of Kilhy Island, in the Windmill Islands.  First charted in February 1957 by a survey party led by Lieutenant R.C. Newcomb, U.S. Navy (USN), of the USS Glacier.  Recharted by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1962, during a hydrographic survey of Newcomb Bay by d'A.T. Gale. Named by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) after Kilby Island.||
7928|Kiletangen Ice Tongue|Glacier|695700S|0262500E|-69.95|26.4166667|||01/01/1970|A narrow projection of the ice shelf on the E side of Tangekilen Bay, along the coast of Queen Maud Land.  First mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Kiletangen (the bay tongue).||
7929|Kilfoyle Nunataks|Summit|704300S|0655100E|-70.7166667|65.85|||01/01/1971|Two nunataks lying 1.5 mi SW of Mount Dowie in the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos. Named by ANCA for B. Kilfoyle, physicist at Mawson Station in 1966.||
7930|Killermet Cove|Bay|645200S|0630700W|-64.8666667|-63.1166667|||01/01/1965|The southernmost of two coves indenting the W side of Bryde Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  The cove appears on an Argentine government chart of 1950.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 because three members of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) were chased into this cove in their dinghies by six killer whales while circumnavigating Bryde Island in May 1957.||
7931|Killer Nunatak|Summit|715400S|1602800E|-71.9|160.4666667|2080|6824|01/01/1964|A granite nunatak (2,080 m) near the center of the Emlen Peaks, 5 mi NW of Mount Phelen, in the Usarp Mountains.  Named by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, for its distinctive outline resembling the dorsal fin of a killer whale.||
7932|Killer Ridge|Ridge|771058S|1620332E|-77.182734|162.058917|1000|3281|01/01/1952|Dark ridge rising over 1,000 m between Crisp and Miller Glaciers in the Gonville and Caius Range, in Victoria Land. Charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) and named after the killer whale, whose outline the ridge is said to resemble.||
7933|Killingbeck Island|Island|673400S|0680500W|-67.5666667|-68.0833333|||01/01/1965|Small island lying E of Rothera Point, off the SE coast of Adelaide Island.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1964 for John B. Killingbeck, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) glaciologist in 1960-63.||
7935|Mount Kinet|Summit|731400S|1655400E|-73.2333333|165.9|2180|7152|01/01/1969|A large, rounded mountain (2,180 m) on the S side of upper Meander Glacier, 5 mi SE of Hobbie Ridge, in the Mountaineer Range of Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Urbain J. Kinet, biologist at McMurdo Station, 1965-66.||
7936|Cape King|Cape|733500S|1663700E|-73.5833333|166.6166667|||01/01/1969|A cape along the coast of Victoria Land, forming the seaward end of the rocky west wall of Wylde Glacier where the glacier enters Lady Newnes Bay, Ross Sea.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Geoffrey A. King, ionospheric and geomagnetic scientist at Hallett Station, 1958.||
7938|Mount King|Summit|695300S|0692600W|-69.8833333|-69.4333333|1890|6201|01/01/1955|Flat-topped, mainly ice-covered mountain, 1,890 m, between Sedgwick and Tumble Glaciers and connected by an ice-covered spur to the Douglas Range to the W, on the E coast of Alexander Island.  First roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill. Resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named by them for William B.R. King, professor of geology at Cambridge University.||
7939|King Cliffs|Cliff|721800S|0960700W|-72.3|-96.1166667|||01/01/1970|Ice-covered cliffs, with numerous rock exposures, forming the S side of the larger N arm of Morgan Inlet, on Thurston Island.  The cliffs were first investigated by geologists with the U.S. Navy (USN) Bellingshausen Sea Expedition in February 1960.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charles E. King, geologist, member of the Ellsworth Land Survey which worked at the cliffs in the 1968-69 season.||01/28/2004
7940|King Edward Cove|Bay|541700S|0363000W|-54.2833333|-36.5|||01/01/1953|Sheltered cove immediately SW of Mount Duse, in the W side of Cumberland East Bay, South Georgia.  This cove, frequented by early sealers at South Georgia, was charted by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold.  It was named in about 1906 for King Edward VII of England, 1901-10.||
7943|King Edward Point|Summit|541700S|0363000W|-54.2833333|-36.5|||01/01/1953|Low point projecting from the N side of King Edward Cove toward the central part of the cove, on the W side of Cumberland East Bay, South Georgia.  Charted by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold.  Named in about 1906 for King Edward VII of England.||
7950|King George Bay|Bay|620600S|0580500W|-62.1|-58.0833333|||01/01/1947|Bay indenting the S coast of King George Island for 6 mi between Lions Rump and Turret Point, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named on Jan. 24, 1820 for the then reigning sovereign of England by a British expedition under Bransfield.||
7951|King George Island|Island|620000S|0581500W|-62|-58.25|||01/01/1947|Island 43 mi long and 16 mi wide at its broadest part, lying E of Nelson Island in the South Shetland Islands.  Named about 1820 for the then reigning sovereign of England.||
7958|King Glacier|Glacier|832900S|1701800E|-83.4833333|170.3|||01/01/1966|A glacier close NW of Mount Ida, flowing N from Queen Alexandra Range into the Ross Ice Shelf.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Hugh A. King, MC, U.S. Navy (USN), officer in charge at Hallett Station, 1964.||
7959|King Haakon Bay|Bay|541000S|0372000W|-54.1666667|-37.3333333|||01/01/1952|Bay 1.5 mi wide and receding ENE 6 mi between Cheapman Bay and Queen Maud Bay along the S coast of South Georgia.  Named in about 1912 by Norwegian whalers for King Haakon VII of Norway.||
7962|King Island|Island|653000S|0640300W|-65.5|-64.05|||01/01/1965|A small island close to the south-central shore of Beascochea Bay, Graham Land.  Mapped from air photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd., 1956-57.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Charles Glen King, American biochemist who, with W.A. Waugh, in 1932, first identified the antiscorbutic component (ascorbic acid) from lemon juice, making possible the production of synthetic vitamin C to prevent scurvy.||
7968|King Peak|Summit|852100S|0881200W|-85.35|-88.2|2200|7218|01/01/1962|A rock peak (2,200 m) surmounting the E extremity of the Bermel Escarpment, 1.5 mi WNW of Mount Powell, in the E part of the Thiel Mountains.  The name was proposed by Peter Bermel and Arthur Ford, co-leaders of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Thiel Mountains party which surveyed these mountains in 1960-61.  Named for Clarence King, the first director of the U.S. Geological Survey, 1879-81. Other peaks in the vicinity are named for subsequent directors of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS).||
7969|King Peninsula|Cape|721200S|1001500W|-72.2|-100.25|||01/01/1960|An ice-covered peninsula, 100 mi long and 20 mi wide, lying S of Thurston Island and forming the S side of Peacock Sound.  It projects from the continental ice sheet and trends W between the Abbot and Cosgrove Ice Shelves to terminate at Amundsen Sea.  The feature was photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47, and was plotted from these photos as a long island, or possible peninsula.  Photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) in 1966 show it is a peninsula.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Fleet Admiral Ernest J. King, USN, Chief of Naval Operations from 1942-45, who approved the preliminary work for Operation Highjump.||01/28/2004
7970|King Pin|Summit|772655S|1630925E|-77.448576|163.15696|820|2690|01/01/1962|Nunatak, 820 m, rising above the Wilson Piedmont Glacier about midway between Mount Doorly and Hogback Hill.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1958-59, after the American helicopter King Pin which flew the party into this area, and which rendered a similar service in two other years to New Zealand parties.||
7971|King Point|Summit|630900S|0552700W|-63.15|-55.45|||01/01/1963|Point marking the W side of the entrance to Ambush Bay on the N coast of Joinville Island.  Discovered on Dec. 30, 1842 by a British expedition under Ross, who named it Cape King for Captain (later Rear Admiral) Philip P. King, Royal Navy (RN), 1793-1856, English naval surveyor who made notable improvements to the charts of Australia and South America.||
7972|King Range|Range|715200S|1650300E|-71.8666667|165.05|||01/01/1964|A mountain range, 14 mi long and 5 mi wide, in northwestern Victoria Land.  The range is bounded on the W by Rawle Glacier and Leitch Massif, on the NW by Black Glacier and on the NE and E by the head of Lillie Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander James P. King, U.S. Navy (USN), staff meteorological officer on Deep Freeze operations, 1962-64.||
7973|King Ridge|Ridge|843800S|0640500W|-84.6333333|-64.0833333|||01/01/1968|A narrow rock ridge, 3 mi long, lying 2 mi SW of Wrigley Bluffs in Anderson Hills in central Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) at the suggestion of Captain Finn Ronne, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), leader at Ellsworth Station, 1957. Col. J. Caldwell King, USA, had assisted Ronne in obtaining support for the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48.||
7974|King Valley|Valley|773658S|1620345E|-77.616053|162.062365|||01/01/1969|A small ice-free valley lying above the Conrow Glacier and W of Horowitz Ridge in Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Roy E. Cameron, leader of a U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biological party to the valley in 1967-68, for Jonathan A. King, a member of that party.||
7975|Kingyo Rock|Summit|683700S|0410000E|-68.6166667|41|||01/01/1968|A large linear rock which lies at the S side of Omega Glacier where the glacier meets the sea, on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Kingyo-iwa (goldfish rock).||04/11/2001
7976|Kinnear Mountains|Summit|693200S|0674000W|-69.5333333|-67.6666667|875|2871|01/01/1955|Small group of mountains, more than 875 m, standing W of Prospect Glacier at the S margin of Wordie Ice Shelf, on the W coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered and roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  The name was proposed by members of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) for Sir Norman B. Kinnear, British ornithologist who, as member of the staff of the British Museum (Natural History), was of great assistance to the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE).||
7977|Cape Kinnes|Cape|632200S|0563300W|-63.3666667|-56.55|||01/01/1952|Cape which forms the W extremity of Joinville Island, off the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  Named by members of the Dundee whaling expedition 1892-93, for R. Kinnes, sponsor of the expedition.||
7980|Kinntanna Peak|Summit|715300S|0082100E|-71.8833333|8.35|2725|8940|01/01/1967|A sharp peak, 2,725 m, about 1 mi N of Holtanna Peak in the E part of Fenriskjeften Mountain in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Kinntanna (the molar).||
7981|Kinsella Peak|Summit|834100S|0565300W|-83.6833333|-56.8833333|||01/01/1968|A peak along the S side of Gale Ridge, 5 mi W of Mount Cowart, in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William R. Kinsella, electronics technician at Ellsworth Station, winter 1958.||
7982|Cape Kinsey|Cape|691900S|1584800E|-69.3166667|158.8|||01/01/1947|An ice-covered cape at the E side of Davies Bay. Discovered in February 1911 by Lieutenant H.L.L. Pennell, Royal Navy (RN), of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott.  Named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) for Mr. J.J. Kinsey, who was the official representative of the expedition at Christchurch, New Zealand.||
7983|Mount Kinsey|Summit|845500S|1691800E|-84.9166667|169.3|3110|10203|01/01/1952|A mountain, 3,110 m, at the E edge of Beardmore Glacier, standing 5 mi SW of Ranfurly Point in the Supporters Range. Named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) for J.J. Kinsey of Christchurch, who conducted the affairs of the expedition in New Zealand.||
7984|Kinsey Ridge|Ridge|752300S|1390800W|-75.3833333|-139.1333333|||01/01/1966|A flat-topped, partly ice-covered ridge in the middle of Strauss Glacier, near the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James H. Kinsey, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) auroral scientist at Byrd Station, 1963.||
7985|Kinter Nunatak|Summit|745500S|0711900W|-74.9166667|-71.3166667||||The southernmost of the Sky-Hi Nunataks (q.v.) in eastern Ellsworth Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1987 after Paul M. Kinter, School of Electrical Engineering, Cornell University, Ithaca, NY, who carried out research at Siple Station on VLF wave emissions and interaction in 1980-81.||
7986|Kinzl Crests|Ridge|670500S|0661800W|-67.0833333|-66.3|2135|7005|01/01/1965|Three peaks, 2,135 m, standing 3 mi E of Salmon Cove and Lallemand Fjord in Graham Land.  Mapped from air photos taken by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE), 1956-57.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Hans Kinzl, Austrian glaciologist.||
7987|Kirby Cone|Summit|855400S|1362600W|-85.9|-136.4333333|||01/01/1967|A distinctive sharp peak on the spur which extends N from the NW end of Michigan Plateau.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charles H. Kirby, radioman at Byrd Station, winter 1961.||
7988|Mount Kirkby|Summit|702600S|0651500E|-70.4333333|65.25|||01/01/1965|A large, linear, flat-topped mountain about 3 mi E of Crohn Massif in the Porthos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  First visited in December 1956 by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) southern party led by W.G. Bewsher.  Named by ANCA for Sydney L. Kirkby, surveyor at Mawson Station in 1956.||
7989|Kirkby Glacier|Glacier|704300S|1660900E|-70.7166667|166.15|||01/01/1964|Glacier 20 mi long that drains the central Anare Mountains and flows NW to the sea just N of Arthurson Bluff, northern Victoria Land.  Named by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) for S.L. Kirkby, surveyor on the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Thala Dan) cruise of 1962 along this coast.||
7990|Kirkby Head|Cliff|671700S|0462900E|-67.2833333|46.4833333|||01/01/1965|Sheer coastal outcrop with the continental ice reaching almost to the top of its southern side, standing at the E side of the entrance to Alasheyev Bight in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956.  First visited in November 1960 by S.L. Kirkby, surveyor at Mawson Station, for whom it is named.||
7991|Kirkby Shoal|Bar|661500S|1103100E|-66.25|110.5166667|||01/01/1963|A small shoal with depths of less than 10 fathoms, lying 0.15 mi NW of Stonehocker Point, Clark Peninsula.  First charted by d'A.T. Gale of Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1962, during a hydrographic survey of Newcomb Bay and approaches.  Named for S.L. Kirkby, surveyor with Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE).||
7992|Kirkaldy Spur|Ridge|763739S|1595026E|-76.6275|159.8405556|||01/01/1965|A rock spur to the north of Coxcomb Peak in northern Shipton Ridge, Allan Hills, Victoria Land. The spur was named by the New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) Allan Hills Expedition, 1964, after John Francis Kirkaldy (1908-90) Professor of Geology, Queen Mary College, London.   Not: Kirkcaldy Spur.||
7993|Kirk Glacier|Glacier|720200S|1690900E|-72.0333333|169.15|||01/01/1970|A tributary glacier draining SE along the S side of Fischer Ridge into Ironside Glacier, in the Admiralty Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Edward Kirk, U.S. Navy (USN), commissaryman at McMurdo Station, 1967.||
7994|Mount Kirkpatrick|Summit|842000S|1662500E|-84.3333333|166.4166667|4528|14855|01/01/1947|A lofty, generally ice-free mountain 5 mi W of Mount Dickerson.  At 4,528 m, it is the highest point in the Queen Alexandra Range.  Discovered and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09). Named for a Glasgow businessman, who was one of the original supporters of the expedition.||
7995|Kirkpatrick Glacier|Glacier|750900S|1360000W|-75.15|-136|||01/01/1974|A tributary glacier about 12 mi long, flowing W along the S side of McDonald Heights to enter the E side of Hull Glacier near the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Thomas W. Kirkpatrick, USCG, Ship Operations Officer, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, during Deep Freeze 1972 and 1973.||
7996|Mount Kirkwood|Summit|630000S|0603900W|-63|-60.65|460|1509|01/01/1953|Mountain, 460 m, standing 3 mi W of Entrance Point in the S part of Deception Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  First charted by a British expedition 1828-31, under Foster.  Named in 1950 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Commander Henry Kirkwood, Royal Navy (RN), master of the John Biscoe in Antarctic waters, 1948-50.||04/06/1998
7997|Kirkwood Islands|Island|682200S|0690000W|-68.3666667|-69|||01/01/1963|Scattered group of reefs and rocks, with one larger island, lying in the central part of Marguerite Bay, 15 mi SSW of the Faure Islands.  The islands were sighted in 1949 from the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) vessel John Biscoe, and a running survey was made from the ship in 1950.  Named for Commander Henry Kirkwood, Royal Navy (RN), in command of the John Biscoe at that time.||
7998|Kirkwood Range|Range|762700S|1620000E|-76.45|162|||01/01/1962|A massive coastal range extending N-S between the Fry and Mawson Glaciers.  A broad low-level platform on the seaward side of the range is occupied by the Oates Piedmont Glacier.  Named by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) for Captain Henry Kirkwood, Royal Navy (RN), captain of the supply ship Endeavour during this period.||
7999|Kirton Island|Island|673000S|0633800E|-67.5|63.6333333|||01/01/1965|Small coastal island of the Robinson Group, lying 3 mi W of Cape Daly, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Named by ANCA for M. Kirton, geophysicist at Mawson Station in 1959.||
8000|Kirwan Escarpment|Cliff|732500S|0033000W|-73.4166667|-3.5|||01/01/1962|A prominent northwest-facing escarpment which lies S of the Penck Trough in Queen Maud Land.  The escarpment is featured by moderate-height cliffs and prominent rock spurs interspersed with glaciers and steep ice slopes and trends NE-SW for about 90 miles.  At least the northern end of this feature (Neumayer Cliffs) was included in the aerial photography of the general area by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39), but the maps resulting from that expedition do not portray the escarpment properly.  The escarpment was mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos (1958-59) and named for Laurence P. Kirwan, Director of the Royal Geographical Society.||
8001|Kirwan Inlet|Stream|722100S|0685000W|-72.35|-68.8333333|||01/01/1956|Inlet in the SE corner of Alexander Island, 12 mi wide at its mouth and indenting 7 mi, opening on George VI Sound.  The inlet is ice filled and merges almost imperceptibly with the rising ice slopes of Alexander Island to the west.  Roughly mapped in 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Laurence P. Kirwan, Director and Secretary of the Royal Geographical Society.||03/07/1997
8002|Kista Nunatak|Summit|694700S|0371700E|-69.7833333|37.2833333|||01/01/1968|A nunatak 0.5 mi S of Sata Nunatak, standing at the E side of Fletta Bay along the SW coast of Lutzow-Holm Bay. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Kista (the chest).||
8003|Kista Rock|Island|694400S|0742400E|-69.7333333|74.4|||01/01/1961|A small island, the southernmost of a chain of small islands, lying off the coast of Antarctica 1 mi N of Mount Caroline Mikkelsen.  First plotted from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  An Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party landed by aircraft on Kista Rock in 1957 and obtained an astrofix.  Named after the Kista Dan which was used by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) as an expedition ship, 1954-57.||
8004|Kista Strait|Channel|673500S|0625100E|-67.5833333|62.85|||01/01/1965|Strait between the Flat Islands and Jocelyn Islands in Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  The strait was first navigated by the site on which Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) established Mawson Station.||
8005|Kita-karamete Rock|Summit|690400S|0352300E|-69.0666667|35.3833333|||01/01/1975|A rock situated 9 mi N of Minami-karamete Rock in the E part of Riiser-Larsen Peninsula, Queen Maud Land.  The name "Kita-karamete-iwa" (north back gate rock) was applied by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1972 following Japanese research in this area.||04/06/2001
8006|Kitami Beach|Beach|690100S|0393400E|-69.0166667|39.5666667|||01/01/1968|A beach in the south part of Nishino-ura Cove on East Ongul Island.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Kitami-hama (north looking beach).||
8007|Kitano-seto Strait|Channel|690000S|0393500E|-69|39.5833333|||01/01/1970|A narrow strait between Nesoya and East Ongul Island in the Flatvaer Islands.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37. Surveyed by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957, and named Kitano-seto (northern strait) because of its location in the island group.||
8008|Kitano-ura Cove|Bay|690000S|0393600E|-69|39.6|||01/01/1968|A cove indenting the northern side of East Ongul Island. First mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Surveyed by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957, and named Kitano-ura (northern cove).||
8009|Kitching Ridge|Ridge|851200S|1770600W|-85.2|-177.1|||01/01/1971|A prominent rock ridge on the W side of Shackleton Glacier, between Bennett Platform and Matador Mountain, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for South African vertebrate paleontologist James W. Kitching who first found fossils here. Kitching was an exchange scientist with the Ohio State University Institute of Polar Studies 1970-71 geological party to the Queen Maud Mountains.||
8010|Kite Stream|Stream|772307S|1620507E|-77.385244|162.08523||||A meltwater stream in the Victoria Valley, Victoria Land, that flows W from Victoria Lower Glacier into Lake Vida.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after James Steven Kite, University of Maine, geological field assistant with the Victoria Valley party, 1977-78.  Kite was conducting research in the glacial geology of Victoria Valley, when, not as a part of his research, he found a 43-pound meteorite iron in a moraine 0.3 mi inland from Victoria Lower Glacier.||02/08/1999
8011|Lake Kitezh|Lake|621200S|0585800W|-62.2|-58.9666667||||A lake 0.3 mi long near the center of Fildes Peninsula, King George Island.  The largest of many lakes on the peninsula, it has been used as a reservoir by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) Bellingshausen Station and the Chilean Rodolfo Marsh Station.  The name is adapted from the Russian "Ozero Kitezh" used in a 1973 geographical report by L.S. Govorukha and I.M. Simonov.  Named after Kitezh, an ancient Russian city of legendary fame.||
8013|Kitney Island|Island|673100S|0630400E|-67.5166667|63.0666667|||01/01/1973|A small island 1 mi ENE of Smith Rocks, off the coast of Mac. Robertson Land.  The Lars Christensen Expedition (1936) first mapped this island which, though left unnamed, was included in a small group named by them "Spjotoyskjera" (now Wiltshire Rocks).  Remapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956.  Named by ANCA for V.J. Kitney, supervising technician (radio) at Mawson Station in 1968.||
8014|Kitticarrara Glacier|Glacier|774300S|1630108E|-77.716587|163.019022|||01/01/1964|Short, steep glacier 1 mi S of Howard Glacier in the Kukri Hills, flowing ESE into Ferrar Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Named by the Western Journey Party, led by Taylor, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.  The name was suggested by F. Debenham after a sheep station in New South Wales.||
8015|Kivi Peak|Summit|862200S|1293900W|-86.3666667|-129.65|2390|7841|01/01/1967|A peak, 2,390 m, marking the S end of Cleveland mesa on the E side of Michigan Plateau.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Stephen Kivi, utilitiesman at Byrd Station in 1962.||
8016|Kiwi Pass|Gap|804800S|1580000E|-80.8|158|||01/01/1965|A high pass in the Churchill Mountains immediately NE of Mount Egerton.  Named by the Northern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) who used the pass in crossing these mountains.  Kiwi is a familiar nickname for New Zealanders.||
8018|Kizahashi Beach|Beach|692800S|0393500E|-69.4666667|39.5833333|||01/01/1975|A beach at the head of Osen Cove, Skarvsnes Foreland, on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62.  The name "Kizahashi-hama" (stair beach) was given by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) headquarters in 1972.||
8019|Mount Kizaki|Summit|704500S|0654600E|-70.75|65.7666667|||01/01/1971|A mountain 4 mi SW of Mount Dowie in the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos.  Named by ANCA after Koshiro Kizaki, glaciologist at Mawson Station in 1966; later Professor of Geology, Ryukyu University, Okinawa.||
8020|Kizer Island|Island|771600S|1504800W|-77.2666667|-150.8|||01/01/1966|An ice-covered island about 15 mi long, lying 10 mi SW of Cronenwett Island at the W end of Sulzberger Ice Shelf.  Mapped from surveys by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65). Named for Lieutenant T.L. Kizer, U.S. Navy (USN), helicopter pilot on the USS 1962.||
8022|Kjelbotn Peak|Summit|721400S|0263400E|-72.2333333|26.5666667|3210|10531|01/01/1966|Peak, 3,210 m, standing between Isachsen Mountain and Devold Peak in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named for Olav Kjelbotn, who with H. Riiser-Larsen and H. Devold attempted sledge exploration of Princess Ragnhild Coast in 1933.||
8024|Kjellberg Peak|Summit|725600S|0034500W|-72.9333333|-3.75|||01/01/1966|A small rock peak at the head of Frostlendet Valley, about 4 mi W of Ryvingen Peak, in the S part of the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named for Sigvard Kjellberg, photographer with the Norwegian air unit of the Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE).||
8025|Cape Kjellman|Cape|634400S|0592400W|-63.7333333|-59.4|||01/01/1952|Cape marking the E side of the entrance to Charcot Bay, on the W side of Trinity Peninsula.  First charted by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold, and named by him probably for Prof. Frans Reinhold Kjellman, Swedish botanist.||
8026|Kjellstrøm Rock|Island|541600S|0372600W|-54.2666667|-37.4333333|||01/01/1963|Rock lying 0.5 mi NW of Cape Nunez, off the S coast of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Johan Kjellstrom, gunner of the Compania Argentina de Pesca, Grytviken, 1943-50, and of the South Georgia Whaling Co., Leith Harbor, 1950-55.||
8027|Mount Kjerka|Summit|680300S|0660400E|-68.05|66.0666667|865|2838|01/01/1947|A mountain (865 m) at the S end of the Gustav Bull Mountains, 11 mi S of Mount Marsden, in Mac. Robertson Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37) and named Kjerka (the church).||
8028|Mount Kjerringa|Summit|662900S|0551100E|-66.4833333|55.1833333|1220|4003|01/01/1961|Isolated peak, 1,220 m, situated 8 mi N of Aker Peaks and 26 mi westward of Magnet Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and called Kjerringa (the old woman).||03/07/1997
8029|Kjerulf Glacier|Glacier|542100S|0365100W|-54.35|-36.85|||01/01/1963|Glacier 7 mi long flowing W from Mount Sugartop to the E side of Newark Bay, on the S coast of South Georgia.  Mapped by Olaf Holtedahl during his visit to South Georgia in 1927-28, and named by him for Theodor Kjerulf (1825-1888), Norwegian geologist and Prof. of Mineralogy at the University of Christiania.||
8030|Kjølrabbane Hills|Range|721600S|0032200W|-72.2666667|-3.3666667|||01/01/1966|A small group of hills between Lyftingen Peak and Styrbordsknattane Peaks, near the SW end of Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Kjolrabbane (the keel hills).||
8031|Kjuka Headland|Cliff|693600S|0394400E|-69.6|39.7333333|300|984|01/01/1968|A rock headland, 300 m, standing just N of Telen Glacier on the E side of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Kjuka (the lump).||
8032|Kjukevåg Bay|Bay|693600S|0394100E|-69.6|39.6833333|||01/01/1968|A small bay formed between the seaward projection of Telen Glacier and the coast just northward, on the E coast of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Kjukevag (lump bay) because of its proximity to Kjuka Headland.||
8033|Kjuklingen Nunatak|Summit|681300S|0582700E|-68.2166667|58.45|||01/01/1967|One of the Dwyer Nunataks, lying 1.5 mi E of Mount Gjeita in the Hansen Mountains.  Mapped and named Kjuklingen (the chicken) by Norwegian cartographers working from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.||
8035|Klakkane Islands|Island|671500S|0594600E|-67.25|59.7666667|||01/01/1953|Group of small islands lying 1.5 mi E of Farrington Island in the William Scoresby Archipelago.  Charted and named Klakkane (the lumps) by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition in January 1937.||
8036|Klakknabben Peak|Summit|735700S|0054200W|-73.95|-5.7|||01/01/1966|A low isolated peak 2 mi NE of Gavlpiggen Peak, just N of the Kirwan Escarpment in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and additional air photos (1958-59), and named Klakknabben (the lump peak).||
8038|Klebelsberg Glacier|Glacier|672300S|0661900W|-67.3833333|-66.3166667|||01/01/1956|Glacier, 7 mi long and 2 mi wide, situated at the S side of Finsterwalder Glacier and flowing NW from the central plateau of Graham Land toward the head of Lallemand Fjord.  With Finsterwalder and Haefeli Glaciers, its mouth merges with Sharp Glacier where the latter enters the fjord.  First surveyed from the plateau in 1946-47 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and named by them for Raimund von Klebelsberg, Austrian glaciologist.||
8040|Klein Glacier|Glacier|864800S|1500000W|-86.8|-150|||01/01/1967|A broad glacier near the edge of the polar plateau, flowing NW into Scott Glacier immediately S of La Gorce Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Verle W. Klein, pilot with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 on Operation Deep Freeze, 1966 and 1967.||
8042|Klekowski Crag|Cliff|620800S|0583000W|-62.1333333|-58.5|400|1312||A rock crag rising to c. 400 m on the S side of Lange Glacier, Admiralty Bay, King George Island.  Named by the Polish Antarctic Expedition in 1979 after Professor Romuald Klekowski, Director, Institute of Ecology, Polish Academy of Sciences, which sponsored Arctowski Station on King George Island.||
8044|Klevekampen Mountain|Summit|715800S|0074100E|-71.9666667|7.6833333|||01/01/1967|A large, mainly ice-free mountain 3 mi E of Kubus Mountain in the Filchner Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from air photos by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Klevekampen (the closet crag).||
8045|Klevekåpa Mountain|Summit|720200S|0073700E|-72.0333333|7.6166667|2910|9547|01/01/1966|An icecapped mountain, 2,910 m, with an abrupt SE rock face, standing close NW of the mouth of Snuggerud Glacier in the Filchner Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Kleveapa (the closet cloak).||
8046|Klevetind Peak|Summit|715900S|0073700E|-71.9833333|7.6166667|2910|9547|01/01/1967|A peak, 2,910 m, immediately S of Klevekampen Mountain in the Filchner Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Klevetind (the closet peak).||
8048|Klimov Bluff|Cliff|745200S|1140200W|-74.8666667|-114.0333333|||01/01/1967|A partly ice-free east-facing bluff, located at the SE end of Jenkins Heights, 1.5 mi SE of Mount Bray, Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after L.V. Klimov, Soviet exchange scientist who wintered at McMurdo Station in 1966.  He accompanied the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Marie Byrd Land Survey party, 1966-67.||
8049|Klinck Nunatak|Summit|720400S|0635900W|-72.0666667|-63.9833333|1800|5905||Isolated nunatak rising to c. 1,800 m between Blanchard Nunataks and Holmes Hills in south-central Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from aerial photographs taken by the U.S. Navy, 1966-69. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 for Jay C. Klinck, U.S. Navy (USN), construction mechanic, Palmer Station, winter party 1970; U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) operational support, Siple Station, winter party 1973.||
8050|Mount Kling|Summit|543000S|0361800W|-54.5|-36.3|1845|6053|01/01/1963|Mountain, 1,845 m, between Nordenskjold Peak and Mount Brooker in the Allardyce Range of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Alfred Kling, navigator of the Deutschland during the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1911-12, under Filchner.||
8051|Klinger Ridge|Ridge|744300S|1140000W|-74.7166667|-114||||An ice-covered ridge S of Martin Peninsula, extending NE from Jenkins Heights between McClinton Glacier and Dorchuck Glacier on Bakutis Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1959-67, and Landsat imagery, 1972-73. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Charles Klinger, Lockheed Missiles and Space Co.; Station Scientific Leader and specialist in aurora photometry at South Pole Station, winter party 1973.||
8052|Kloa Point|Summit|663800S|0571900E|-66.6333333|57.3166667|||01/01/1961|Prominent coastal point projecting from the E side of Edward VIII Plateau, 3 mi N of Cape Gotley.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and called by them Kloa (the claw).||
8053|Klo Rock|Island|635500S|0604600W|-63.9166667|-60.7666667|||01/01/1960|Rock, on which the sea breaks, lying at the E side of the entrance to Mikkelsen Harbor, Trinity Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  The rock was charted and this name used by the Norwegian whaling captain Hans Borge during his survey of Mikkelsen Harbor, probably in 1914-15.||
8055|Cape Klovstad|Cape|713900S|1700600E|-71.65|170.1||||A rugged rock point between Colbeck Bay and Protection Cove in the S part of Robertson Bay, Victoria Land.  First charted by British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1898-1900, under C.E. Borchgrevink, who named the feature for Dr. Herlof Klovstad, Medical Officer of the expedition.||
8057|Klumpane Peaks|Range|715700S|0032400W|-71.95|-3.4|||01/01/1966|A group of small rock peaks on the E side of the mouth of Strengen Valley, on the Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Klumpane (the lumps).||
8058|Klung Island|Island|673300S|0625900E|-67.55|62.9833333|||01/01/1965|Largest island of the Klung Islands lying in Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, as part of "Klungholmane" (the bramble islands).  Named by ANCA after the Klung Islands.||
8059|Klung Islands|Island|673300S|0630000E|-67.55|63|||01/01/1961|Group of small islands lying 0.5 mi E of Welch Island in the NE part of Holme Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and called by them Klungholmane (the bramble islands).||
8060|Klutschak Point|Summit|541000S|0374100W|-54.1666667|-37.6833333|||01/01/1956|Rocky point 2 mi SE of Cape Demidov on the S coast of South Georgia.  The coast in this vicinity was roughly charted in 1775 by a British expedition under Cook and in 1819 by a Russian expedition under Bellingshausen.  The point itself appears on charts dating back to about 1900.  It was named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following a survey by the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, for Heinrich W. Klutschak, Austrian artist who accompanied the American sealing schooner Flying Fish to South Georgia in 1877-78 and published a narrative of his activities with a sketch map in 1881.||
8061|Knack Point|Summit|851500S|1185000W|-85.25|-118.8333333|||01/01/1962|A point at the termination of a flat-topped spur which marks the N end of Long Hills in the Horlick Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1958-60. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Joseph V. Knack, meteorologist at Byrd Station in 1958.||
8062|Knallen Peak|Summit|721600S|0035600W|-72.2666667|-3.9333333|||01/01/1966|A small rock peak 2 mi W of Pyramiden Nunatak, at the E side of the head of Schytt Glacier in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Knallen.||
8063|Knappane Peaks|Range|723800S|0041200W|-72.6333333|-4.2|||01/01/1966|A string of separated rock peaks just W of Nalegga Ridge, on the W side of Borg Massif in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Knappane (the buttons).||
8064|Knappen Peak|Summit|692700S|0394000E|-69.45|39.6666667|220|722|01/01/1968|A bare rock peak, 220 m, standing just E of Osen Cove on Skarvsnes Foreland, at the E side of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Knappen (the button).||
8065|Knattebrauta Nunataks|Summit|722700S|0001800E|-72.45|.3|||01/01/1966|A line of nunataks trending NE-SW lying 4 mi N of Robin Heights in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Knattebrauta (the crag slope).||
8066|Knerten Rock|Summit|713300S|0025200W|-71.55|-2.8666667|||01/01/1966|A small isolated rock 7 mi N of Vesleskarvet Cliff, in the NW part of Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Knerten (the nipper).||04/06/2001
8067|Knezevich Rock|Summit|761000S|1120000W|-76.1666667|-112|||01/01/1975|A rock outcrop on the lower part of the north slope of Mount Takahe in Marie Byrd Land.  It lies at the east side of the mouth of Clausen Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Nick Knezevich, Jr., U.S. Navy (USN), electronics technician at South Pole Station, 1974.||04/11/2001
8068|Knife Point|Summit|604300S|0453700W|-60.7166667|-45.6166667|||01/01/1953|Point along the S side of Borge Bay, 0.1 mi SE of Mooring Point, on the E side of Signy Island in the South Orkney Islands. The name appears on a chart based on a 1927 survey of Borge Bay by DI personnel on the Discovery, but may reflect an earlier naming.||
8069|Knight Island|Island|645500S|0640100W|-64.9166667|-64.0166667|||01/01/1960|Island 1.5 mi long, lying 1 mi W of Reeve Island in the Wauwermans Islands, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1950.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 after one of the characters in Chaucer's Canterbury Tales.||
8070|Knight Nunatak|Summit|692300S|1585200E|-69.3833333|158.8666667|||01/01/1970|A lone coastal nunatak 4 mi SSE of Cape Kinsey and 3 mi NE of Mount Conrad in the Goodman Hills.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Melvin W. Knight, U.S. Navy (USN), Operations Division Yeoman responsible for handling office routine in Washington, DC, Christchurch, and McMurdo Station during Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1967-70.||03/07/1997
8071|Knight Rocks|Island|625000S|0613500W|-62.8333333|-61.5833333|||01/01/1956|Group of small rocks which lie 4.5 mi WNW of the S end of Snow Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following survey by Lieutenant Commander F.W. Hunt, Royal Navy (RN), in 1951-52, because of their proximity to Castle Rock.||
8072|The Knob|Summit|540100S|0375800W|-54.0166667|-37.9666667|40|131|01/01/1953|Conspicuous dome-shaped rock, 40 m high, at the W side of Elsehul on the N coast of South Georgia.  Charted and given this descriptive name by DI personnel in 1930.||04/11/2001
8073|Knobble Head|Cliff|630900S|0563200W|-63.15|-56.5333333|||01/01/1964|A conspicuous rock exposure forming the E extremity of Bransfield Island in Antarctic Sound.  The descriptive name was applied by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) survey party of 1960-61.||
8074|Knobhead|Summit|775440S|1613338E|-77.910995|161.560476|2400|7874||A massive ice-free mountain, 2,400 m, standing S of the W end of Kukri Hills and overlooking the Ferrar and Taylor Glaciers at their point of apposition, in Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and so named because of its appearance.||
8075|Knobhead Moraine|Ridge|775129S|1613741E|-77.858129|161.627928|||01/01/1992|A conspicuous moraine of large boulders to the N of Knobhead, Quartermain Mountains, in Victoria Land.  It continues northward between Cavendish Rocks and the W end of Kukri Hills as a medial moraine in lower Taylor Glacier.  The moraine was first observed by Lieutenant Albert B. Armitage, Royal Navy Reserve (RNR),) second in command of the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, who named it in association with Knobhead.||
8077|Knob Lake|Lake|604200S|0453700W|-60.7|-45.6166667|||01/01/1975|The central lake in Three Lakes Valley in northeast Signy Island. So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because there is a glacier-scoured rock knob forming a small island near the south end of the lake.||
8078|Knob Point|Summit|570400S|0264700W|-57.0666667|-26.7833333|||01/01/1952|The SW point of Vindication Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  Charted in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II, and probably so named because a conspicuous height of land overlooks the point.||
8079|Knob Point|Summit|774804S|1664013E|-77.801119|166.670415|||01/01/1968|A rounded coastal point on the west side of Hut Point Peninsula, Ross Island.  The feature lies 1.5 mi west of Castle Rock.  The name was adopted by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) on the recommendation of Gerald L. Kooyman, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist who studied physiological characteristics related to diving in the Weddell seal in this vicinity, 1963-64 and 1964-65.  Kooyman reported that this descriptive name was already in use by other field workers in the area.||
8080|The Knoll|Summit|773100S|1692100E|-77.5166667|169.35|370|1214|01/01/1952|Snow-free knoll, 370 m, surmounting Cape Crozier at the E extremity of Ross Island.  Discovered and named by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, under Scott.||
8082|Knotten Nunatak|Summit|713700S|0021900W|-71.6166667|-2.3166667|||01/01/1966|A nunatak 5 mi SW of Krylen Hill, in the N part of Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Knotten (the knob).||
8083|Knott Nunatak|Summit|704000S|0692700W|-70.6666667|-69.45||||A nunatak 1 mi NW of the N end of LeMay Range, Alexander Island.  Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and mapped from these photographs by D. Searle of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1960.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 for Christopher E. Knott, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) general assistant, Stonington Island, 1974-75, and Adelaide Island, 1975-76, who participated in a plane-table survey of this area.||
8084|Cape Knowles|Cape|714800S|0605000W|-71.8|-60.8333333|305|1001|01/01/1947|Cape rising to 305 m, marking the N side of the entrance to Hilton Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered by members of East Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940.  Named for Paul H. Knowles, geologist and leader of the East Base sledging party that surveyed this coast as far S as Hilton Inlet.||
8085|Knowles Passage|Channel|662600S|1102800E|-66.4333333|110.4666667|||01/01/1963|A water passage between Holl Island and Peterson Island, in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47) and U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml (1947-48).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Lloyd C. Knowles, USN, engineer officer of the USS Burton Island, who took part in survey and photographic operations in the Windmill Islands in January 1948.||
8086|Knox Coast|Beach|663000S|1050000E|-66.5|105|||01/01/1947|That portion of the coast of Antarctica lying between Cape Hordern, in 10031E, and Hatch Islands, in 10916E.  Discovered in February 1840 by the U.S. Exploring Expedition (1838-42) under Lieutenant Charles Wilkes.  Named by Wilkes for Lieutenant Samuel R. Knox, U.S. Navy (USN), captain of the Flying Fish, who served as acting master on the Vincennes during the Antarctic cruise.||
8088|Knox Peak|Summit|844900S|1163900W|-84.8166667|-116.65|||01/01/1962|A small but distinctive rock peak, or nunatak, located between Vann Peak and Lackey Ridge at the W end of the Ohio Range.  Surveyed by the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Horlick Mountains Traverse party in Dec. 1958.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Arthur S. Knox, Antarctic cartographer, Branch of Special Maps, U.S. Geological Survey.||
8090|Knuckey Peaks|Range|675400S|0533200E|-67.9|53.5333333|||01/01/1961|Group of isolated peaks 30 mi SE of McLeod Nunataks and 15 mi W of Doggers Nunataks in Enderby Land.  Discovered and positioned in December 1958 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) dog-sledge party.  Named by ANCA for G.A. Knuckey, surveyor at Mawson Station in 1958, a member of the dog-sledge party.||
8091|Knuckle Reef|Bar|675000S|0672200W|-67.8333333|-67.3666667|||01/01/1960|A reef lying off Beacon Head, Horseshoe Island.  The descriptive name was given by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958; individual rocks on the reef, which are exposed at low tide, resemble the knuckles of a clenched fist.||
8092|Knut Rocks|Summit|712400S|0130200E|-71.4|13.0333333|||01/01/1970|Several small rock outcrops on a north-facing slope, located 5 mi E of Deildegasten Ridge in the SW part of the Gruber Mountains, in Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named for Knut Odegaard, radio operator with Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1958-59.||
8095|Koala Island|Island|673400S|0475300E|-67.5666667|47.8833333|||01/01/1965|Island close W of Pinn Island and just N of the E end of McKinnon Island, off the coast of Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA after the Australian native animal, the Koala or "native bear."||
8096|Koch Glacier|Glacier|642700S|0623000W|-64.45|-62.5|||01/01/1960|Glacier 3 mi long immediately E of Jenner Glacier on the S side of Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Shown on an Argentine government chart in 1953, but not named.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos in 1959.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Robert Koch (1843-1910), pioneer German bacteriologist who discovered the tubercule bacillus.||
8098|Koechlin Island|Island|664200S|0673800W|-66.7|-67.6333333|||01/01/1965|An island off the NE coast of Adelaide Island, about 4.5 mi S of the Sillard Islands.  Mapped from air photos taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (1947-48) and Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Rene Koechlin, Swiss glaciologist; author of Les glaciers et leur mechanisme, 1944.||
8100|Koehler Nunatak|Summit|745200S|0980800W|-74.8666667|-98.1333333|||01/01/1970|Isolated nunatak about 20 mi ESE of Mount Manthe, at the SE margin of the Hudson Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Walter Koehler, U.S. Army Aviation Detachment, helicopter pilot for the Ellsworth Land Survey, 1968-69.||
8101|Koenig Valley|Valley|773613S|1604657E|-77.603543|160.782527|||01/01/1976|An ice-free valley just E of Mount Thor in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ervon R. Koenig, scientific leader at McMurdo Station with the winter-over party in 1972 and station manager there in the 1973-74 and 1974-75 seasons.||
8102|Koerner Bluff|Cliff|760000S|1330400W|-76|-133.0666667|||01/01/1966|A bare rock bluff along the NW margin of Mount Bursey in Flood Range, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Roy M. Koerner, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciologist with the Byrd Station Traverse, 1962-63.||
8103|Koerner Rock|Island|631900S|0570500W|-63.3166667|-57.0833333|||01/01/1964|A small but conspicuous rock outcrop 4 mi SW of Cape Dubouzet, Trinity Peninsula.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Roy M. Koerner, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) assistant meteorologist and glaciologist at Hope Bay, 1957-1960.||04/11/2001
8104|Koerwitz Glacier|Glacier|854200S|1542400W|-85.7|-154.4|||01/01/1967|A low gradient glacier flowing NE from Mount Griffith in the Hays Mountains to the Karo Hills.  First seen and roughly mapped by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Peter H. Koerwitz, biolab manager at McMurdo Station in 1965.||
8105|Koether Inlet|Stream|720100S|0971500W|-72.0166667|-97.25|||01/01/1960|Ice-filled inlet about 18 mi long, indenting the N coast of Thurston Island between Edwards and Evans Peninsulas.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 in January 1960. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ensign Bernard Koether, navigator of USS February 1960 assisted in the charting of the Thurston Island coastline and in the accurate location of soundings.||01/28/2004
8106|Koettlitz Glacier|Glacier|781500S|1641500E|-78.25|164.25|||01/01/1947|A large glacier lying W of Mounts Morning and Discovery, flowing from the vicinity of Mount Cocks northeastward between Brown Peninsula and the mainland into the ice shelf of McMurdo Sound.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) which named it for Dr. Reginald Koettlitz, physician and botanist of the expedition.||
8108|Mount Kohler|Summit|771700S|1453500W|-77.2833333|-145.5833333|480|1575|01/01/1970|A mountain (480 m) on the S side of Boyd Glacier, 4 mi E of Mount Woodward, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) led by R. Admiral R.E. Byrd.  Named for Herbert V. Kohler, Jr., and Ruth DeYoung Kohler II, son and daughter of Herbert V. Kohler, financial contributors to the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35.||
8109|Kohler Dome|Summit|760200S|1341700W|-76.0333333|-134.2833333|2680|8793|01/01/1974|A rounded, snow-covered elevation (2,680 m) that rises slightly above the general level of the extreme E part of the Mount Moulton massif, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert E. Kohler of the U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, a geomagnetist/seismologist at Byrd Station, 1970.||
8110|Kohler Glacier|Glacier|745500S|1134500W|-74.9166667|-113.75|||01/01/1967|A distributary of the Smith Glacier in Marie Byrd Land, flowing northward through the middle of the Kohler Range into Dotson Ice Shelf.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Kohler Range.||
8111|Kohler Head|Cliff|754800S|1625100E|-75.8|162.85|||01/01/1968|A small headland on the NE side of Whitmer Peninsula, on the coast of Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1957-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John L. Kohler, U.S. Navy (USN), construction electrician at McMurdo Station, 1965-66 and 1966-67.||
8112|Kohler Range|Range|750500S|1141500W|-75.0833333|-114.25|||01/01/1947|A mountain range about 40 mi long standing between the base of Martin Peninsula and Smith Glacier in Marie Byrd Land.  The range consists of two ice-covered plateaus punctuated by several rock peaks and bluffs.  The plateaus are oriented E-W and are separated by Kohler Glacier, a distributary which flows N from Smith Glacier.  Discovered from a distance on Feb. 24, 1940 by R. Admiral Byrd and other members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in an airplane flight from the ship Bear.  Named by Byrd for Walter J. Kohler, manufacturer and former governor of Wisconsin, who was one of the supporters of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35, and who helped furnish the seaplane from which the discovery was made.||
8114|Kohl Plateau|Plain|541400S|0365700W|-54.2333333|-36.95|760|2493|01/01/1965|Ice-covered plateau, over 760 m, standing between the heads of Keilhau and Neumayer Glaciers in the central part of South Georgia.  Discovered and first indicated on a map by Ludwig Kohl-Larsen during his 1929-30 expedition.  Surveyed and named for its discoverer by the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52.||
8115|Komhyr Ridge|Ridge|824700S|1601000E|-82.7833333|160.1666667|||01/01/1966|A prominent ridge immediately E of Hochstein Ridge in the NW part of the Queen Elizabeth Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Walter D. Komhyr, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at McMurdo Station, 1963-64.||01/05/2000
8116|Mount Kohnen|Summit|750000S|1344700W|-75|-134.7833333|||01/01/1974|A peak on the SW corner of Bowyer Butte, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Heinz Kohnen, geophysicist at Byrd Station, 1970-71.||
8117|Ko-iwa Rock|Summit|684200S|0403300E|-68.7|40.55|||01/01/1968|A small rock exposure 3.5 mi W of Oku-iwa Glacier on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Ko-iwa (small rock).||04/12/2001
8118|Koke Strand|Beach|691300S|0393900E|-69.2166667|39.65|||01/01/1975|A beach, or strand, situated just southward of Mount Choto in the Fukuro Cove of Langhovde Hills, coastal Queen Maud Land.  The feature is the site of a community of mosses measuring 15 by 30 meters.  The name "Koke-daira" (moss strand) was given by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1963 and follows Japanese research in this vicinity.||
8119|Kolich Point|Summit|772123S|1633356E|-77.356389|163.565575|||01/01/1976|Rock point midway between Spike Cape and Gneiss Point on the E coast of Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Thomas M. Kolich, geophysicist who participated in the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geophysical survey of the Ross Ice Shelf in the 1973-74 and 1974-75 seasons.||
8120|Koll Rock|Island|672400S|0604100E|-67.4|60.6833333|||01/01/1965|Large rock 0.5 mi SE of Oom Island in the W side of Oom Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Kollskjer (knoll rock).||
8121|Koloc Point|Summit|741000S|1113900W|-74.1666667|-111.65|||01/01/1967|An ice-covered point marking the N extremity of Bear Peninsula, Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from air photos obtained by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in January 1947.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lieutenant Commander Bohumil Koloc, Jr., USN, helicopter pilot during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1966 and 1967.||
8122|Mount Kolodkin|Summit|714500S|0123700E|-71.75|12.6166667|2525|8284|01/01/1970|Mountain, 2,525 m, standing 1.5 mi SE of Pinegin Peak in the Sudliche Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Kolodkin, designer of Bellingshausen's ships the Vostok and Mirnyy.||
8123|Cape Kolosov|Cape|662900S|0501600E|-66.4833333|50.2666667|||01/01/1961|A point along the W side of the ice-covered peninsula that forms the E side of the entrance to Amundsen Bay.  Photographed in 1956 from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft.  Rephotographed in 1958 by the Soviet expedition and named after the polar aviation navigator V. Kolosov, who died in the Arctic.||
8124|Mount Kolp|Summit|813900S|1614200E|-81.65|161.7|1010|3314|01/01/1965|A mainly ice-free coastal mountain, 1,010 m, standing 7 mi WNW of Cape Laird, along the W side of the Ross Ice Shelf.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Col. H.R. Kolp, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC), executive officer of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 in Antarctica during Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) I (1955-56).||
8126|Kolven Island|Island|673300S|0612900E|-67.55|61.4833333|||01/01/1970|A small island lying 0.5 mi E of Stedet Island and close NE of Falla Bluff, in Utstikkar Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Kolven (the club).||
8127|Komandnaya Nunatak|Summit|721200S|0143100E|-72.2|14.5166667|||01/01/1970|The eastern and highest of the Rokhlin Nunataks, located in the S part of the Payer Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named Gora Komandnaya (command mountain).||
8128|Komatsu Nunatak|Summit|715500S|1611100E|-71.9166667|161.1833333|1840|6037|01/01/1970|A very prominent nunatak rising to 1,840 m near its center. Located 4 mi W of the summit of Mount Van der Hoeven in the W part of Helliwell Hills.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Stanley K. Komatsu, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1966-67 and 1967-68.||
8129|Komsa Mountain|Summit|720500S|0252100E|-72.0833333|25.35|2960|9711|01/01/1966|Mountain, 2,960 m, between Koms Glacier and Salen Mountain in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Komsa (the Lapp cradle).||
8131|Koms Glacier|Glacier|720300S|0251800E|-72.05|25.3|||01/01/1966|Glacier, 5 mi long, flowing N between Mefjell Mountain and Komsa Mountain in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Komsbreen (the Lapp cradle glacier).||
8132|Komsomol'skaya Hill|Summit|663300S|0930100E|-66.55|93.0166667|35|115|01/01/1961|Hill rising to 35 m, standing immediately S of Mabus Point on the coast of Antarctica.  Discovered and roughly sketched by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson, 1911-14.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Rephotographed by the Soviet expedition of 1956, who named it Komsomol'skaya (Young Communist).||
8133|Komsomol'skiy Peak|Summit|754500S|0632500E|-75.75|63.4166667|||01/01/1973|A partly snow-covered peak rising above the ice plateau about 130 miles SSE of Mount Menzies, Mac. Robertson Land. Discovered by the crew of a Soviet aircraft on Dec. 7, 1958, during a flight from the "Pole of Inaccessibility" to Mirnyy Station.  Photographed by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in December 1960.  Named by the Soviet expedition.||
8142|König Glacier|Glacier|541000S|0364800W|-54.1666667|-36.8|||01/01/1956|Glacier, 3 mi long and 1.5 mi wide, flowing in a northerly direction from the N side of Neumayer Glacier to the head of Fortuna Bay, South Georgia.  First surveyed in 1928-29 by a German expedition under Kohl-Larsen, who named it for Felix Konig, Austrian mountaineer with the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1911-12, under Filchner.||
8149|Konter Cliffs|Cliff|750600S|1374800W|-75.1|-137.8|360|1181|01/01/1975|A line of cliffs (360 m) which surmount the east side of the terminus of Frostman Glacier, on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy tricamera aerial photographs, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard W. Konter, a member of the ship's party on the City of New York during the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.||
8150|Kon-Tiki Nunatak|Summit|823300S|1595200E|-82.55|159.8666667|1300|4265|01/01/1966|Raft-like nunatak, 1,300 m, surmounting the Cooper Icefalls in the center of Nimrod Glacier.  Seen by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) and named after the raft Kon-Tiki which drifted across the Pacific Ocean from E to W in 1947.||
8151|Mount Koob|Summit|845300S|1690200W|-84.8833333|-169.0333333|1600|5249|01/01/1966|The highest peak (1,600 m) in Mayer Crags, Queen Maud Mountains, standing 4 mi NW of Mount Ferguson.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Derry D. Koob, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station in the 1964-65 and 1965-66 seasons.||
8152|Mount Koons|Summit|724300S|1602200E|-72.7166667|160.3666667|||01/01/1970|A small mountain situated 1 mi E of Miller Butte in the Outback Nunataks.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert W. Koons, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) logistics coordinator with the McMurdo Station winter party, 1968.||
8154|Kooperatsiya Ice Piedmont|Glacier|701500S|1602500E|-70.25|160.4166667|||01/01/1964|An ice piedmont at the southwest side of Yermak Point on the west shore of Rennick Bay.  This area was photographed in 1958 by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) which gave the name "Zaliv Kooperatsiya" to the western portion of Rennick Bay (q.v.).  The Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) has retained the prior name Rennick Bay.  For the sake of historical continuity, the name Kooperatsiya Ice Piedmont has been approved for the feature described.  Named after the Kooperatsiya, the expedition ship used by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1958.||
8155|Koopman Peak|Summit|852900S|1253500W|-85.4833333|-125.5833333|2200|7218|01/01/1967|A peak over 2,200 m, standing 2 mi N of Moran Buttress on the N side of Wisconsin Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Kenneth E. Koopman, Navy yeoman on Operation Deep Freeze 1965, 1966 and 1967.||
8156|Kooyman Peak|Summit|824300S|1624900E|-82.7166667|162.8166667|1630|5348|01/01/1966|Peak, 1,630 m, on the ridge just S of Dorrer Glacier in the Queen Elizabeth Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gerald L. Kooyman, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1961-62, 1963-64 and 1964-65.||
8157|Kopaitic Island|Island|631900S|0575500W|-63.3166667|-57.9166667|||01/01/1964|An island lying 0.3 mi W of Cape Legoupil in the Duroch Islands.  Named by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition of 1947 for Lieutenant Boris Kopaitic O'Neill, leader of the Chilean party at Greenwich Island in 1947.||
8158|Mount Kopere|Summit|821700S|1585100E|-82.2833333|158.85|||01/01/1966|Peak 1.5 mi NW of Lyttelton Peak in the central part of Cobham Range.  Named by the Holyoake, Cobham and Queen Elizabeth Ranges party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1964-65).  Kopere is the Maori word for arrow; the peak's triangular cross section from most directions suggests an arrowhead.||
8160|Köppen Point|Summit|543000S|0360200W|-54.5|-36.0333333|||01/01/1956|Point marking the NE side of the entrance to Moltke Harbor in Royal Bay, South Georgia.  The name Koppenberg was originally given by the German group of the International Polar Year Investigations, 1882-83, to a small hill lying close inland from the point now described, and about 0.5 mi E of the German base.  It was named for Prof. W. Koppen (1846-1940), noted meteorologist and climatologist, who had recommended the establishment of a high level observatory near the base.  The South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, reported that the hill is too small and unimportant to require a name, but that one is needed for the nearby point. For the sake of historical continuity, the name of Koppen is transferred to this previously unnamed point; the name Koppenberg is rejected.||
8162|Koppervik|Bay|540000S|0372500W|-54|-37.4166667|||01/01/1953|Cove 0.25 mi wide, lying 1.7 mi SW of Cape Buller in the NW side of the Bay of Isles, South Georgia.  The name was applied prior to 1930, probably by Norwegian whalers operating at South Georgia.||
8163|Korff Ice Rise|Glacier|790000S|0693000W|-79|-69.5|||01/01/1975|An ice rise, 80 mi long and 20 mi wide, lying 50 mi ENE of Skytrain Ice Rise in the SW part of Ronne Ice Shelf.  Discovered by the US-IGY Ellsworth Traverse Party, 1957-58.  Named by the party for Prof. Serge A. Korff, vice chairman of the cosmic ray technical panel, U.S. National Committee for the IGY, 1957-59.||
8165|Mount Korsch|Summit|825200S|1605600E|-82.8666667|160.9333333|4000|13123||A pyramidal peak, rising to c. 4,000 m on the NW margin of Markham Plateau, Queen Elizabeth Range, 3 mi W of Mount Markham. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1988 after geologist Russell J. Korsch who, with E. Stump and D. Egerton, climbed and geologically mapped this peak on Dec. 3, 1985, as a member of a U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) field party. Korsch was a member of U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) field parties, 1968-69 and 1985-86; New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) field parties, 1982-83 and 1984-85.||
8166|Kosar Point|Summit|710800S|0730700W|-71.1333333|-73.1166667||||Snow-covered point forming the W end of Eroica Peninsula, SW Alexander Island.  Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in 1947 and mapped from these photographs by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy aerial photographs taken 1967-68 and from Landsat imagery taken 1972-73.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander William S. Kosar, U.S. Navy (USN), assigned to the Division of Polar Programs, NSF, as aviation projects officer, 1975-77.  He was instrumental in modifying LC-130 aircraft to provide longer range in support of extensive radio echo sounding missions.||
8168|Mount Kosciusko|Summit|754300S|1321300W|-75.7166667|-132.2166667|2910|9547|01/01/1966|Prominent mountain (2,910 m) that comprises the central portion of Ames Range in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Henry M. Kosciusko, U.S. Navy (USN), Commander of the Antarctic Support Activities group, 1965-67.||
8169|Kosco Glacier|Glacier|842700S|1780000W|-84.45|-178|||01/01/1962|A glacier about 20 mi long, flowing from the Anderson Heights vicinity of the Bush Mountains northward to enter Ross Ice Shelf between Wilson Portal and Mount Speed.  Discovered by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain George F. Kosco, USN, chief aerologist and chief scientist of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47.||
8170|Kosco Peak|Summit|794700S|0834600W|-79.7833333|-83.7666667|1650|5413||A prominent rock peak in the N part of Edson Hills, rising to c. 1,650 m between Drake Icefall and Hyde Glacier, in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after William J. Kosco, topographic engineer, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), 1952-83; Chief, Polar Programs Office, 1975-83, with responsibility for Antarctic mapping.||
8171|Kosiba Wall|Cliff|673100S|0665500W|-67.5166667|-66.9166667|1180|3871||Cliff face rising to 1,180 m at the NE end of Blaiklock Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geological work in the area, 1980-81.  Named after Alexander Kosiba (1901-81), Polish climatologist and glaciologist; Professor of Meteorology and Climatology, University of Wroclaw, 1945-71; Leader of the first Polish expedition to Greenland, 1937, and of Polish glaciological expeditions to Svalbard, 1957-60.||
8172|Koski Glacier|Glacier|851700S|1671500E|-85.2833333|167.25|||01/01/1966|An east-flowing glacier, 7 mi long, draining the east-central portion of the Dominion Range icecap.  The glacier lies close N of Vandament Glacier, whose flow it parallels, and terminates at Mill Glacier just SE of Browns Butte.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Raymond J. Koski, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) engineer on several traverses originating at the South Pole Station 1962-63, 1963-64 and 1964-65.||
8173|Mount Kosko|Summit|790900S|1593300E|-79.15|159.55|1795|5889|01/01/1965|A peak, 1,795 m, standing 6 mi N of Mount Keltie in the Conway Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1959-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Arno Kosko, ionosphere scientist at Byrd Station, 1963.||
8174|Kosky Peak|Summit|705700S|0632800W|-70.95|-63.4666667|||01/01/1976|A peak 1.5 mi S of Mount Nordhill in the Welch Mountains of Palmer Land.  The peak was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Harry G. Kosky, USCG, Commanding Officer of U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Westwind in the Antarctic Peninsula Ship Group during Operation Deep Freeze, 1971.||
8175|Mount Kostka|Summit|704200S|1644900E|-70.7|164.8166667|1210|3970|01/01/1964|Mountain (1,210 m) on the W side of Zykov Glacier, 3 mi SE of Saddle Peak, in the Anare Mountains.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Surveyed by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1958 and named after Czechoslovakian aerologist O. Kostka, a member of Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1959-61, who perished in a fire at Mirnyy Station on Aug. 3, 1960.||
8177|Kotick Point|Summit|640000S|0582200W|-64|-58.3666667|||01/01/1963|The southern entrance point to Holluschickie Bay, on the W coast of James Ross Island.  The name, recommended by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), arose from association with Holluschickie Bay; Kotick was the name of the white seal in Rudyard Kipling's Jungle Book.||
8180|Kotterer Peaks|Range|701100S|0642600E|-70.1833333|64.4333333|||01/01/1970|A group of small peaks standing between Wignall Nunataks and Mount Starlight in the Athos Range, Prince Charles Mountains. Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveys and air photos, 1955-65.  Named by ANCA for C. Kotterer, weather observer at Davis Station, 1964.||
8181|Kouperov Peak|Summit|750600S|1334800W|-75.1|-133.8|890|2920|01/01/1966|A peak (890 m) at the S end of the Demas Range in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Leonid Kouperov, Soviet Exchange Scientist (ionospheric physicist) to the U.S. Byrd Station, 1961.||
8182|Kovacs Glacier|Glacier|831100S|0491500W|-83.1833333|-49.25||||Glacier on the SE side of Lexington Table, flowing ENE into Support Force Glacier in the Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains (q.v.).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1979 after Austin Kovacs, leader of the 1973-74 U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) - Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory (CRREL) survey party (with G. Erlanger and G. Abele) in this area; also worked in the McMurdo Sound area.||
8183|Mount Kowalczyk|Summit|775605S|1634653E|-77.9348|163.78128|1690|5545|01/01/1964|Mountain, 1,690 m, standing 1 mi S of Goat Mountain at the head of Hobbs Glacier in Victoria Land.  Charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, 1910-13.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for Chester Kowalczyk, Chief of the Photogrammetry Branch, U.S. Naval Oceanographic Office, who for many years had responsibility for the photogrammetric compilation of Antarctic charts.||
8184|Cape Koyubi|Cape|691400S|0393800E|-69.2333333|39.6333333|||01/01/1975|A rocky point marking the western extremity of a U-shaped peninsula which extends seaward in finger-like fashion from the west side of Langhovde Hills, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62.  The name "Koyubi-misaki" (little finger point) was given by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1972 in association with Cape Nakayubi, which lies 0.5 mi to the southeast.||
8185|Kozlov Nunataks|Summit|663700S|0510700E|-66.6166667|51.1166667||||A group of nunataks lying 8 mi N of Mount Parviainen in the Tula Mountains, Enderby Land.  The nunataks were visited by geologists of the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1961-62, who named them for M.I. Kozlov, Soviet polar pilot.||
8186|Kozō Rock|Summit|682300S|0415400E|-68.3833333|41.9|||01/01/1968|An exposed rock standing on the coast between Narabi Rocks and Gobamme Rock in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Kozo-iwa (youngster rock).||04/12/2001
8188|Kraken Cove|Bay|570300S|0264100W|-57.05|-26.6833333|||01/01/1972|The largest cove at Candlemas Island, South Sandwich Islands, indenting the N coast of the island just W of Demon Point.  The name applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 is that of a legendary Norwegian sea monster.||
8189|Krakken Hill|Summit|715700S|0261400E|-71.95|26.2333333|||01/01/1966|Rocky hill standing in Byrdbreen, 5 mi E of Bautaen Peak in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Krakken (the stool).||
8190|Krakken Mountain|Summit|713200S|0120900E|-71.5333333|12.15|||01/01/1970|A mountain 1 mi N of Sandseten Mountain and just NW of Gneysovaya Peak in Westliche Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains. Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39. Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Krakken (the stool).||
8193|Kraków Peninsula|Cape|620700S|0581500W|-62.1166667|-58.25||||The peninsula between Admiralty Bay and King George Bay, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name "Krakow Icefield," after the former capital of Poland, was applied in 1980 by the Polish Antarctic Expedition to the ice that nearly covers this peninsula.  The original name was amended soon after so as to apply to the peninsula.||
8194|Kramer Island|Island|771400S|1471000W|-77.2333333|-147.1666667|||01/01/1970|An ice-covered island, 2 mi long, in Marshall Archipelago. It lies between Nolan Island and Court Ridge in Sulzberger Ice Shelf.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Michael S. Kramer, meteorologist at Byrd Station, 1968.||
8195|Kramer Rocks|Island|652600S|0640200W|-65.4333333|-64.0333333|||01/01/1971|Two rocks lying in the N part of Beascochea Bay, 3 mi SE of Cape Perez on the W coast of Graham Land.  Mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for J.G.H. Kramer, Austrian army physician who independently recognized scurvy as a nutritional deficiency disease and showed how it could be prevented or cured, in about 1737.||
8196|Krank Glacier|Glacier|830800S|1620500E|-83.1333333|162.0833333|||01/01/1966|A glacier 5 mi long, flowing E to enter Helm Glacier just S of Mount Macbain in the Queen Elizabeth Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Joseph P. Krank, Weather Central meteorologist at Little America Station, winter of 1957.||
8197|Kranz Peak|Summit|863100S|1552400W|-86.5166667|-155.4|2680|8793|01/01/1967|A peak 2,680 m, standing 6 mi NW of Mount Przywitowski, between the heads of Holdsworth and Bartlett Glaciers, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Arthur C. Kranz, staff meteorological officer, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1966 and 1967.||
8198|Kråsen Crevasse Field|Area|714800S|0005800W|-71.8|-.9666667|||01/01/1966|A crevasse field about 15 mi long in the lower part of Jutulstraumen Glacier, in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Krasen (the crop).||
8200|Krasheninnikov Peak|Summit|714100S|0124000E|-71.6833333|12.6666667|2525|8284|01/01/1970|Peak, 2,525 m, on the S side of Svarthausane Crags in the Sudliche Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Russian geographer S.P. Krasheninnikov.||
8201|Krasin Nunataks|Summit|681800S|0500500E|-68.3|50.0833333|||01/01/1971|A small group of nunataks lying 10 mi SE of Alderdice Peak in the Nye Mountains, Enderby Land.  The features were plotted by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1961-62, which named them after the Soviet icebreaker Krasin.||
8202|Cape Krasinskiy|Cape|695000S|0083000E|-69.8333333|8.5|||01/01/1970|A projecting angle of the ice shelf fringing the coast of Queen Maud Land, separating Dublitskiy Bay and Kamenev Bight. The feature was photographed from the air by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) in 1958-59 and was mapped from these photos.  It was also mapped in 1961 by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) who named it for G.D. Krasinskiy, polar investigator and organizer of air expeditions.||
8204|Krasnaya Nunatak|Summit|681800S|0494200E|-68.3|49.7|||01/01/1971|A nunatak lying 4 mi S of Alderdice Peak in the Nye Mountains, Enderby Land.  Mapped and named "Gora Krasnaya" (red mountain) by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1961-62.||
8206|Krasnov Rocks|Summit|714800S|0102000E|-71.8|10.3333333|||01/01/1970|A linear group of rocks 2 mi SSE of the summit of Mount Dallmann, in the Orvin Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Russian geographer A.N. Krasnov.||
8209|Krat Rocks|Bar|683400S|0775400E|-68.5666667|77.9|||01/01/1965|An area of submerged rocks with a least depth of c. 1m, lying at the W side of Davis Anchorage, 0.8 mi S of Bluff Island, off Vestold Hills, Ingrid Christensen Coast.  The reef was delineated by d'A.T. Gale, Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveyor aboard the Thala Dan in 1961.  Named by ANCA after I. Krat, chief engineer on the Thala Dan in 1961.||
8210|Kraul Mountains|Summit|732000S|0141000W|-73.3333333|-14.1666667|||01/01/1966|A chain of mountains and nunataks that trend northeastward from Veststraumen Glacier for approximately 70 mi in western Queen Maud Land.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named for Captain Otto Kraul, ice pilot of the expedition.||
8211|Krause Point|Summit|663400S|0910400E|-66.5666667|91.0666667|||01/01/1955|Low, ice-covered point fronting on Davis Sea midway between Cape Torson and Cape Filchner.  Mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Glenn R. Krause, photogrammetrist with the Navy Hydrographic Office, who served as surveyor with the U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml parties which established astronomical control stations along Wilhelm II, Knox and Budd Coasts in 1947-48.||
8212|Kraut Rocks|Summit|760400S|1361100W|-76.0666667|-136.1833333|||01/01/1974|A group of rock outcrops on the snow-covered, lower SW slopes of the Mount Berlin massif, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William F. Kraut, RM1, U.S. Navy (USN), radioman with the 1956 Army Navy Trail Party that traversed eastward from Little America V to establish the Byrd Station.||04/12/2001
8213|Mount Krebs|Summit|845000S|1702000W|-84.8333333|-170.3333333|1630|5348|01/01/1962|A prominent rock peak (1,630 m) surmounting the central part of the main ridge of Lillie Range, 4 mi N of Mount Daniel, in the foothills of the Prince Olav Mountains.  Discovered by the U.S. Ross Ice Shelf Traverse Party (1957-58) under A.P. Crary, and named by him for Commander Manson Krebs, USN, helicopter and airplane pilot of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 during Deep Freeze operations.||
8214|Krebs Glacier|Glacier|643800S|0613100W|-64.6333333|-61.5166667|||01/01/1965|Glacier flowing W into the head of Charlotte Bay on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Arthur C. Krebs (1850-1935), who, with C. Renard, constructed and flew the first dirigible airship capable of steady flight under control, in 1884.||
8215|Krebs Ridge|Ridge|703300S|0622500W|-70.55|-62.4166667|||01/01/1976|An E-W ridge which forms the N wall of Gurling Glacier and terminates at the SW head of Smith Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William N. Krebs, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at Palmer Station in 1972.||
8216|Kreiling Mesa|Summit|831300S|1575400E|-83.2166667|157.9|||01/01/1966|A distinctive, partially ice-covered mesa at the S side of the mouth of Argosy Glacier in the Miller Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lee W. Kreiling, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) traverse engineer at NAF McMurdo, winter 1961, Ellsworth Land Traverse, 1961-62, and Roosevelt Island, 1962-63.||
8218|Kreitzer Glacier|Glacier|702200S|0723600E|-70.3666667|72.6|||01/01/1956|A glacier flowing NW between Jennings Promontory and Reinbolt Hills into the E part of Amery Ice Shelf.  Delineated in 1952 by John H. Roscoe from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47.  Named by Roscoe for Lieutenant William R. Kreitzer, USN, commander of one of the three Operation Highjump aircraft used in photographing this and other coastal areas between 14 and 164 East.||
8219|Kreitzerisen|Glacier|721300S|0221000E|-72.2166667|22.1666667|||01/01/1966|Glacier, 8 mi long, flowing N between Tertene Nunataks and Bamse Mountain in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named for Lieutenant William R. Kreitzer, USN, plane commander on one of the three U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp aerial crews which photographed this and other coastal areas between 14 and 164 East.||
8220|Krieger Peak|Summit|714600S|0703500W|-71.7666667|-70.5833333||||A peak between Duffy Peak and The Obelisk in the Staccato Peaks, southern Alexander Island.  The peak was photographed from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth in 1935.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Charles J. Krieger, U.S. Navy (USN), aircraft commander, Squadron VXE-6, Operation Deep Freeze, 1969 and 1970.||
8221|Krigsvold Nunataks|Summit|753800S|1375500W|-75.6333333|-137.9166667|||01/01/1974|A small cluster of isolated nunataks located directly at the head of Strauss Glacier, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Sergeant Alvin I. Krigsvold, USA, member of the Army-Navy Trail Party that blazed a trail from Little America V to establish Byrd Station in 1956.||
8222|Mount Kring|Summit|745900S|1575400E|-74.9833333|157.9|||01/01/1966|A sharply defined nunatak on the northern margin of the upper reaches of David Glacier, 13 mi SW of Mount Wood, in Victoria Land.  Previously uncharted, it was used (with Mount Wood) as a reference for establishing a U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) field party on Nov. 6, 1962.  Named by D.B.McC. Rainey of the Cartographic Branch of the New Zealand Department of Lands and Survey for Staff Sergeant Arthur L. Kring, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC), navigator on many U.S. Navy VX-6 Squadron flights during the 1962-63 season when New Zealand field parties received logistic support by that squadron.||
8224|Kring Islands|Island|671000S|0583000E|-67.1666667|58.5|||01/01/1965|Two islands and numerous rocks lying at the E side of Bell Bay along the coast of Enderby Land.  Mapped as one island by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Kringla (the ring). Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos of 1959 show the feature to be more than one island.||
8227|Mount Kristensen|Summit|862000S|1594000W|-86.3333333|-159.6666667|3460|11352|01/01/1967|A mountain, 3,460 m, standing on the W side of Nilsen Plateau 2 mi SE of Lindstrom Peak, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1967 for H. Kristensen, an engineer on the ship Fram of Amundsen's Norwegian expedition of 1910-12.  This naming preserves Amundsen's commemoration of "Mount H. Kristensen," a name applied in 1911 for an unidentifiable mountain in the general area.||
8228|Kristensen Rocks|Island|715500S|1711100E|-71.9166667|171.1833333|||01/01/1969|Twin rocks lying 1 mi S of Possession Island in the Possession Islands group in the Ross Sea.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named bu Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Leonard Kristesen who, with H.J. Bull in the ship Antarctis, explored the area and landed on the Possession Islands in 1895.||04/11/2001
8231|Krogh Island|Island|661700S|0670000W|-66.2833333|-67|||01/01/1965|Island about 5 mi long lying close W of the S part of Lavoisier Island, Biscoe Islands.  Mapped from air photos taken by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for August Krogh (1874-1949), Danish physiologist who specialized in the functional activity of the capillaries, pioneer of studies of human metabolism and blood circulation in cold climates.||
8233|Krogmann Point|Summit|650800S|0640800W|-65.1333333|-64.1333333|||01/01/1971|Point forming the W extremity of Hovgaard Island, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Hovgaard Island was first seen by a German expedition under Dallmann in January 1874 and named "Krogmann Insel."  However, the name Hovgaard, applied by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache in February 1898, has overtaken the original in usage. In order to preserve Dallmann's earlier name in this vicinity, Krogmann Point has been approved for the feature here described.||
8234|Krok Fjord|Bay|684000S|0780000E|-68.6666667|78|||01/01/1965|A narrow sinuous fjord, 11 mi long, between Mule Peninsula and Sorsdal Glacier Tongue, at the south end of the Vestfold Hills.  Mapped from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37) and named Krokfjorden (the crooked fjord).||
8237|Mount Krokisius|Summit|543000S|0360300W|-54.5|-36.05|||01/01/1972|A mountain 0.6 mi NE of Moltke Harbor, South Georgia. Named by the German group of the International Polar Year Investigations, 1882-83, for Corvette Captain Krokisius, commander of the Marie, one of the two ships of the expedition.||
8239|Krok Island|Island|670200S|0574600E|-67.0333333|57.7666667|||01/01/1965|Irregular-shaped island nearly 1 mi in extent, the largest of the group lying 1 mi S of Abrupt Island and 6 mi W of Hoseason Glacier.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Krokoy (crooked island).||
8240|Krok Lake|Lake|683700S|0782400E|-68.6166667|78.4|||01/01/1965|An irregular-shaped lake about 4 mi long in the SE part of the Vestfold Hills.  The lake was partially mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37) and named Krokvatnet (the crooked lake). The lake was mapped in its entirety by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), utilizing air photos taken in 1957-58.||
8242|Kroner Lake|Lake|625900S|0603500W|-62.9833333|-60.5833333|||01/01/1952|Circular lake 0.2 mi in diameter lying immediately W of Whalers Bay, on Deception Island in the South Shetland Islands. The name Tokroningen, meaning the two kroner piece, was given this lake by whalers during the period 1905-31.  The original name was altered to Kroner Lake in 1950 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following a survey of Deception Island by Lieutenant Commander D.N. Penfold, Royal Navy (RN), in 1948-49.||
8249|Mount Kropotkin|Summit|715400S|0063500E|-71.9|6.5833333|||01/01/1970|A peak on the W side of Jokulkyrkja Mountain in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norsk Polarinstitutt from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60. Also mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1961 and named for Russian scientist P.A. Kropotkin.||
8251|Kroshka Island|Island|704000S|0020500E|-70.6666667|2.0833333|||01/01/1970|The smaller of two ice-covered islands lying close together in the Fimbul Ice Shelf, along the coast of Queen Maud Land.  The feature was first mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1961 and named Kupol Kroshka (crumb dome).||
8252|Krout Glacier|Glacier|845300S|1721200W|-84.8833333|-172.2|||01/01/1966|A tributary glacier, 4 mi long, draining the N slopes of Prince Olav Mountains between Mount Sellery and Mount Smithson and entering Gough Glacier just E of Mount Dodge.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Equipment Operator 1st Class Walter L. Krout, U.S. Navy (USN), of Operation Deep Freeze, 1964.||
8254|Kruber Rock|Summit|714500S|0110500E|-71.75|11.0833333|||01/01/1970|A lone rock lying 3.5 mi WNW of the summit of Mount Flanuten on the W side of the Humboldt Mountains, in Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Soviet geographer A.A. Kruber.||
8255|Mount Kruger|Summit|723600S|0005700E|-72.6|.95|2655|8711|01/01/1966|A mountain (2,655 m) standing 8 mi SW of Kvitho Peak in the Sverdrup Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named for Walter Kruger, meteorological assistant on the expedition.  Surveyed by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE), 1949-52.||
8258|Krylen Hill|Summit|713300S|0021000W|-71.55|-2.1666667|||01/01/1966|A hill 5 mi SW of Valken Hill, in the N part of Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Krylen (the hump).||
8260|Krylov Peninsula|Cape|690500S|1562000E|-69.0833333|156.3333333|||01/01/1967|An ice-covered peninsula W of Lauritzen Bay on Oates Coast. Photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47), the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) (1957-58), and Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1959); named by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) after Soviet mathematician and academic naval architect Aleksey N. Krylov (1863-1945).||
8261|Krylvika Bight|Bay|712000S|0020000W|-71.3333333|-2|||01/01/1966|A bight, a southern lobe of the Fimbul Ice Shelf, indenting the coast of Queen Maud Land for about 30 mi between Bakeneset Headland and Trollkjelneset Headland.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Krylvika (the hump bay), probably in association with nearby Krylen Hill.||
8264|Kubbestolen Peak|Summit|714700S|0085400E|-71.7833333|8.9|2070|6791|01/01/1967|A bare rock peak, 2,070 m, at the NW end of Vinten-Johansen Ridge in the Kurze Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Kubbestolen (the log chair).||
8265|Kuberry Rocks|Summit|751700S|1383100W|-75.2833333|-138.5166667|||01/01/1974|A small area of exposed rock at the N end of Coulter Heights.  The rocks are 6 mi NW of Matikonis Peak, near the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard W. Kuberry, geomagnetist/seismologist at Byrd Station, 1969-70.||04/12/2001
8266|Kubitza Glacier|Glacier|702400S|0631100W|-70.4|-63.1833333|||01/01/1976|A northern tributary glacier to the Clifford Glacier, joining it just east of Mount Samsel in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for J.T. Kubitza, BUC, U.S. Navy (USN), Chief Builder in the construction detachment at Palmer Station in 1969-70.||
8267|Kubusdaelda|Valley|715900S|0072600E|-71.9833333|7.4333333|||01/01/1967|A steep, ice-filled ravine between Kubus and Klevekampen Mountains in the Filchner Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Kubusdaelda (the cube dell) in association with Kubus Mountain.||
8268|Kubusdalen|Valley|715800S|0071400E|-71.9666667|7.2333333|||01/01/1967|An ice-filled valley between Trollslottet and Kubus Mountains in the Filchner Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Kubusdalen (the cube valley) in association with Kubus Mountain.||
8269|Kubus Mountain|Summit|715900S|0072100E|-71.9833333|7.35|2985|9793|01/01/1966|A distinctive blocky mountain (2,985 m) rising 3 mi SE of Trollslottet Mountain, in the NW part of the Filchner Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, and given the descriptive name Kubus (the cube).||
8270|Kuhn Nunatak|Summit|840600S|0663400W|-84.1|-66.5666667|||01/01/1968|One of the Rambo Nunataks, lying 3 mi SW of Oliver Nunatak on the W side of Foundation Ice Stream, in the Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Michael Kuhn, meteorologist at Plateau Station, winter 1967.||08/08/2011
8271|Mount Kuipers|Summit|775435S|1612406E|-77.909858|161.401653|1940|6365|01/01/1992|An ice-free mountain (1,940 m) between Mount Benninghoff and Knobhead in Quartermain Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1992 after Ronald L. Kuipers, formerly of the Central Intelligence Agency; from 1968-80 associated with committees within the U.S. Government responsible for coordinating Antarctic policy; initiated and collaborated in the authorship of the atlas Polar Regions, CIA, 1978.||
8272|Kuiper Scarp|Cliff|712600S|0682700W|-71.4333333|-68.45|||01/01/1975|An E-W escarpment along the south side of Uranus Glacier on the east side of Alexander Island.  The scarp was photographed by Lincoln Ellsworth, Nov. 23, 1935, in the course of a trans-Antarctic flight and was plotted from the photos by W.L.G. Joerg.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from association with Uranus Glacier after Gerald P. Kuiper, the American astronomer who in 1948 discovered Miranda, one of the satellites of Uranus.||
8273|Kujira Point|Summit|693600S|0381600E|-69.6|38.2666667|||01/01/1968|A small point forming the N extremity of Padda Island in Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37. Remapped by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Kujira-misaki (whale point).||
8274|Kukri Hills|Range|774454S|1623802E|-77.748282|162.63394|2000|6562|08/01/1949|Prominent E-W trending range, about 25 mi long and over 2,000 m high, forming the divide between Ferrar Glacier on the S and Taylor Glacier and Taylor Valley on the N, in Victoria Land. Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and probably so named because its shape resembles that of Kukri, a Gurkha knife.||01/20/2010
8275|Kulen Mountain|Summit|723900S|0031800W|-72.65|-3.3|||01/01/1966|A projecting-type mountain on the NW side of Jokulskarvet Ridge, in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Kulen.||
8276|Kullen Knoll|Summit|720400S|0024400W|-72.0666667|-2.7333333|||01/01/1966|A knoll 2 mi N of Gosta Peaks, in the S part of Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Kullen.||
8277|Kuno Cirque|Basin|804000S|0245500W|-80.6666667|-24.9166667||||A glacier-filled cirque between Glen Glacier and Murchison Cirque on the S side of the Read Mountains, Shackleton Range. The feature was photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of geologists grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after Professor Hisashi Kuno (1910-69), Japanese petrologist, who worked on basaltic magmas.||
8278|Kuno Point|Summit|662400S|0671000W|-66.4|-67.1666667|||01/01/1965|The SW extremity of Watkins Island, Biscoe Islands.  Mapped from air photos taken by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Yasau Kuno, a Japanese physiologist who has specialized in the study of human sweating and its effect as a temperature regulator.||
8279|Kupriyanov Islands|Island|544500S|0361900W|-54.75|-36.3166667|||01/01/1963|Group of islands off the S coast of South Georgia, close S of Diaz Cove.  The name "Mys Kupriyanov" or "Mys Kupriyanova," for Ivan Kupriyanov, an officer of the Mirnyy, was given by Admiral Thaddeus Bellingshausen in 1819 to a cape on the coast between Novosilski Bay and Cape Disappointment.  The name was evidently overlooked by Lieutenant Commander J.M. Chaplin, who in 1930 gave the name Johannesen Point to a feature on this same stretch of coast.  Johannesen Point was identified by the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1955-56, as an insignificant point not requiring a name.  At the same time, the group of islands off Diaz Cove was mapped in detail for the first time.  An altered form of the original Russian name has been accepted for this group.||
8280|Mount Kurchatov|Summit|713900S|0111400E|-71.65|11.2333333|2220|7283|01/01/1970|A peak, 2,220 m, rising from the base of Sponskaftet Spur in the Humboldt Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Soviet academician I.V. Kurchatov.||
8283|Mount Kurlak|Summit|840500S|1680000E|-84.0833333|168|||01/01/1966|An ice-covered mountain 3 mi SE of Mount Bell in Queen Alexandra Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander William B. Kurlak, USN, aircraft commander during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1964.||
8285|Kurumi Island|Island|690100S|0392800E|-69.0166667|39.4666667|||01/01/1968|Island lying between Ongulkalven Island and Ongul Island in Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37. Surveyed by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Kurumi-shima (walnut island) because of its configuration.||
8287|Kurze Mountains|Summit|715300S|0085500E|-71.8833333|8.9166667|||01/01/1970|A range of mainly bare rock peaks, ridges and mountains about 20 mi long and 6 mi wide in the Orvin Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  The feature stands between Drygalski Mountains on the west and Gagarin Mountains and Conrad Mountains on the east. Kurze Mountains were discovered and plotted from air photos by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, who named them for the Dir. of the Naval Division of the former Marineleitung (German Admiralty).  They were remapped by Norsk Polarinstitutt from surveys and air photos taken by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and given the name "Holtedahlfjella."  The correlation of the prior name (Kurze) with this feature is quite definite and is recommended for the sake of international uniformity and historical continuity.||
8288|Kusunoki Point|Summit|653300S|0655900W|-65.55|-65.9833333|||01/01/1965|A point on the W coast and near the N end of Renaud Island, in the Biscoe Islands.  Mapped from air photos by Hunting Aerosurveys, 1956-57.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Kou Kusunoki, Japanese sea ice specialist at Hokkaido University; from 1966 with the National Institute of Polar Research, Tokyo.||
8289|Kutschin Peak|Summit|862500S|1594200W|-86.4166667|-159.7|2360|7743|01/01/1967|Prominent peak 2,360 m, on the W slope of the Nilsen Plateau, standing 6 mi S of Mount Kristensen, at the E side of Amundsen Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for A. Kutschin, a member of the sea party of Amundsen's Norwegian expedition of 1910-12.||
8290|Kuven Hill|Summit|735200S|0051500W|-73.8666667|-5.25|||01/01/1966|A prominent hill between Gommen Valley and Kuvsletta Flat, near the SW end of the Kirwan Escarpment in Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and additional air photos (1958-59), and named Kuven (the hump).||
8291|Kuvsletta Flat|Flat|735000S|0051400W|-73.8333333|-5.2333333|||01/01/1966|A small, flattish, ice-covered area between Utrinden and Framranten Points, near the SW end of the Kirwan Escarpment in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and additional air photos (1958-59), and named Kuvsletta (the hump plain).||
8292|Kuvungen Hill|Summit|735000S|0050900W|-73.8333333|-5.15|||01/01/1966|A hill just SE of Framranten Point, near the SW end of the Kirwan Escarpment in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and additional air photos (1958-59), and named Kuvungen.||
8294|Kvaevefjellet Mountain|Summit|715200S|0142700E|-71.8666667|14.45|||01/01/1970|An elongated mountain, about 6 mi long and surmounted by Mount Fučík, which has been eroded by the ice into a series of spurs that enclose small cirques, standing at the N end of the Payer Mountains in Queen Maud Land. Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39. Replotted from air photos and surveys by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition, 1956-60, and named Kvaevefjellet.||
8295|Kvaevenutane Peaks|Range|715700S|0141800E|-71.95|14.3|||01/01/1970|A small cluster of peaks which include Mount Kibal'chich and Mount Brounov, located 2 mi SW of Kvaevefjellet Mountain in the Payer Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Kvaevenutane in association with Kvaevefjellet Mountain.||
8296|Kvalfinnen Ridge|Ridge|720800S|0262400E|-72.1333333|26.4|2670|8760|01/01/1966|Ridge, 2,670 m, standing on the W side of Byrdbreen and 0.5 mi N of Isachsen Mountain in the Sor Rondane Mountains. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Kvalfinnen (the whale fin) because of its shape.||
8297|Kvamsgavlen Cliff|Cliff|714600S|0115000E|-71.7666667|11.8333333|||01/01/1970|A gable-like cliff facing E at the SE corner of Storkvammen Cirque, on the E side of the Humboldt Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and photographed by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped and named Kvamsgavlen by Norway from air photos and surveys by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60.||
8299|Kvarsnes Bay|Bay|670300S|0564900E|-67.05|56.8166667|||01/01/1965|Small bay at the SW side of Kvarsnes Foreland, in the S part of Edward VIII Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Kvarsnesvika.||
8300|Kvarsnes Foreland|Summit|670200S|0570000E|-67.0333333|57|||01/01/1947|Prominent, rocky foreland projecting into the S side of Edward VIII Bay close W of the Oygarden Group.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, who named it Kvarsnes.||04/11/2001
8302|Kvassknatten Nunatak|Summit|722700S|0002000E|-72.45|.3333333|||01/01/1966|One of the Knattebrauta Nunataks, in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Kvassknatten (the sharp crag).||
8303|Kvasstind Peak|Summit|723100S|0032300W|-72.5166667|-3.3833333|||01/01/1966|A peak in the NE part of Borg Mountain, in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Kvasstind (sharp peak).||
8304|Kvea Valley|Valley|715500S|0043000E|-71.9166667|4.5|||01/01/1967|A rectangular ice-filled valley between Grinda and Skigarden Ridges, northward of Mount Grytoyr in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Kvea (the sheepcote).||
8305|Kvervelnatten Peak|Summit|733100S|0035300W|-73.5166667|-3.8833333|||01/01/1966|A peak 2 mi SW of Svartbandufsa Bluff in the Kirwan Escarpment of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and additional air photos (1958-59), and named Kvervelnatten.||
8306|Kvinge Peninsula|Cape|711000S|0611000W|-71.1666667|-61.1666667|||01/01/1976|Snow-covered peninsula at the N side of Palmer Inlet terminating in Cape Bryant, on the E coast of Palmer Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Thor Kvinge, Norwegian oceanographer from the University of Bergen, a member of the International Weddell Sea Oceanographic Expeditions, 1968, 1969 and 1970.||
8307|Kvithamaren Cliff|Cliff|715900S|0050200E|-71.9833333|5.0333333|||01/01/1966|A cliff just E of Slokstallen Mountain in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Kvithamaren (the white hammer or crag).||
8308|Kvitholten Hill|Summit|714900S|0055100E|-71.8166667|5.85|||01/01/1967|A snow-clad hill at the E side of Austreskorve Glacier, standing just S of Sagbladet Ridge in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Kvitholten (the white grove).||
8309|Kvithø Peak|Summit|722900S|0011300E|-72.4833333|1.2166667|||01/01/1966|An isolated peak rising above the ice 7 mi SE of Kvitkjolen Ridge, in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Kvitho (white hill).||
8310|Kvithovden Peak|Summit|722200S|0004500E|-72.3666667|.75|||01/01/1966|A peak at the N end of Kvitkjolen Ridge in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Kvithovden (the white peak).||
8311|Kvitkjølen Ridge|Ridge|722400S|0004900E|-72.4|.8166667|||01/01/1966|A rock ridge between ice filled Kvitsvodene Valley and Ising Glacier in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Kvitljolen (the white keel).||
8312|Kvitkleven Cirque|Basin|720000S|0074300E|-72|7.7166667|||01/01/1967|An ice-filled cirque at the S side of Klevekampen Mountain in the Filchner Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  First plotted from air photos by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Kvitkleven (the white closet).||
8314|Kvitskarvhalsen Saddle|Gap|723000S|0005100E|-72.5|.85|||01/01/1966|An ice saddle between Mount Kruger and Robin Heights in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Kvitskarvhalsen (the white mountain neck).||
8315|Kvitsvodene Valley|Valley|722600S|0004500E|-72.4333333|.75|||01/01/1966|An ice-filled valley about 5 mi long between Kvitkjolen Ridge and Robin Heights in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Kvitsvodene.||
8316|Mount Kyffin|Summit|834800S|1713800E|-83.8|171.6333333|1670|5479|01/01/1949|A distinctive reddish-brown mountain, 1,670 m, with a sloping spur extending 4 mi to the N, at the extreme N end of the Commonwealth Range, projecting into the E side of Beardmore Glacier and rising precipitously above it.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named for Evan Kyffin-Thomas, one of the proprietors of the Register, an Adelaide, South Australian newspaper.  He was a traveling companion of Shackleton's on the voyage from England.||
8318|Mount Kyle|Summit|715700S|1683500E|-71.95|168.5833333|2900|9514|01/01/1970|A mountain (2,900 m) midway along the ridge bordering the N side of Deming Glacier, in the Admiralty Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ricky L. Kyle, UT2, U.S. Navy (USN), Utilitiesman at McMurdo Station, 1967.||
8319|Kyle Cone|Summit|773100S|1691600E|-77.5166667|169.2666667|||01/01/1972|An exposed volcanic cone near Cape Crozier, located 1.2 mi WNW of the summit of The Knoll in eastern Ross Island.  Named by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) after Philip R. Kyle (Kyle Peak, q.v.), a geologist with Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), which examined the cone in the 1969-70 season.||
8320|Kyle Nunataks|Summit|664700S|0512000E|-66.7833333|51.3333333|||01/01/1965|Three nunataks 2.5 mi E of Mount Hampson, in the N part of the Tula Mountains in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for J.T. Kyle, a member of the crew of the Discovery during the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31.||
8321|Kyle Peak|Summit|723400S|1661700E|-72.5666667|166.2833333|2850|9350||A peak 2 mi NE of Mount McCarthy, rising to c. 2,850 m in the Barker Range of the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) after Philip R. Kyle, geologist who worked in the vicinity of this peak, including The Pleiades, with the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1971-72; further geological work in this area with U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) during the International Northern Victoria Land Project, 1981-82.||
8322|Kyrkjebakken Slope|Slope|715400S|0063200E|-71.9|6.5333333|||01/01/1967|An ice slope on the W side of Jokulkyrkja Mountain, in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Kyrkjebakken (the church hill).||
8323|Kyrkjedalen Valley|Valley|715000S|0065300E|-71.8333333|6.8833333|||01/01/1967|An ice-filled valley between Jokulkyrkja Mountain and Habermehl Peak in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Kyrkjedalen (the church valley).||
8324|Kyrkjedalshalsen Saddle|Gap|714700S|0065300E|-71.7833333|6.8833333|||01/01/1967|An ice saddle between Gessner Peak and Habermehl Peak in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Kyrkjedalshalsen (the church valley neck).||
8325|Kyrkjeskipet Peak|Summit|715200S|0064800E|-71.8666667|6.8|3085|10121|01/01/1967|A peak, 3,085 m, just N of Kapellet Canyon and dominating the NE part of Jokulkyrkja Mountain in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Kyrkjeskipet (the church nave).||
8326|Kyrkjetorget|Basin|715400S|0065700E|-71.9|6.95|||01/01/1967|A flattish ice-filled amphitheater on the E side of Jokulkyrkja Mountain in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Kyrkjetorget (the church market place).||
8327|Laager Point|Summit|623800S|0610900W|-62.6333333|-61.15||||Conspicuous headland on the shore of New Plymouth harbor, Byers Peninsula, Livingston Island.  The feature was referred to in 1971 by Chilean researchers P.J. Hernandez P. and V. Azcarate M. as "Punta Campamento" (camp point).  Both forms are already in use in the Antarctic.  To avoid confusion, the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) amended the name to Laager Point, "laager" meaning camp.||03/07/1997
8333|Labbé Rock|Island|631700S|0575600W|-63.2833333|-57.9333333|||01/01/1964|A rock lying about 0.7 mi NW of Largo Island in the Duroch Islands.  The name was conferred by the first Chilean Antarctic Expedition (1947) for First Lieutenant Custodio Labbe Lippi, navigation officer of the transport ship Angamos.||
8335|Cape Labuan|Cape|531100S|0732800E|-53.1833333|73.4666667|||01/01/1957|A rocky point midway between Cape Arkona and Lavett Bluff, forming the SW extremity of Heard Island.  Charted in 1948 by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) and named after HMAS Labuan, relief ship for the expedition.||
8336|Labyrinth|Flat|773310S|1604808E|-77.552762|160.802092|||01/01/1964|An extensive flat upland area which has been deeply eroded at the W end of Wright Valley, in Victoria Land.  So named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1958-59) because the eroded dolerite of which it is formed gives an appearance of a labyrinth.||
8338|Mount Lacey|Summit|701100S|0644300E|-70.1833333|64.7166667|||01/01/1962|A high, pyramidal, brown rock mountain with two sharp peaks, standing 1 mi W of Mount Bechervaise in the Athos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Sighted by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by J.M. Bechervaise in November 1955 and plotted by R.H. Lacey, surveyor at Mawson Station in 1955, for whom it is named.||
8339|Lachal Bluffs|Cliff|673000S|0610900E|-67.5|61.15|||01/01/1970|A group of rocky headlands located just S of Ufs Island on the coast of Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Named by ANCA for R. Lachal, assistant cook at Mawson Station, who acted as geological field assistant, 1965.||
8340|Cape Lachman|Cape|634700S|0574700W|-63.7833333|-57.7833333|||01/01/1952|Cape marking the N tip of James Ross Island, which lies S of Trinity Peninsula.  Discovered by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold, who named it for J. Lachman, a patron of the expedition.||
8341|Lachman Crags|Cliff|635200S|0575000W|-63.8666667|-57.8333333|645|2116|01/01/1952|Escarpment which extends in a N-S direction for about 5 mi, its high point rising to 645 m, standing 3 mi SSW of Cape Lachman on James Ross Island.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1945, and named after Cape Lachman.||
8343|Lackey Ridge|Ridge|844900S|1161500W|-84.8166667|-116.25|||01/01/1962|An E-W ridge, 4 mi long, that forms the W end of Buckeye Table in the Ohio Range, Horlick Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Larry L. Lackey, geologist with the Ohio State University expedition to the Horlick Mountains in 1960-61.||
8344|Laclavère Plateau|Plain|632700S|0574700W|-63.45|-57.7833333|1035|3396|01/01/1965|A plateau, 10 mi long and from 1 to 3 mi wide, rising to 1,035 m between Misty Pass and Theodolite Hill, Trinity Peninsula.  The plateau rises S of Schmidt Peninsula and the Chilean scientific station, General Bernardo O'Higgins.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) (1963) after Georges R. Laclavere, French cartographer, President of the Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research (SCAR), 1958-63.||
8345|La Conchée|Island|664700S|1412900E|-66.7833333|141.4833333|||01/01/1962|Rocky island 0.25 mi long lying between Pascal Island and Monge Island, 0.7 mi NE of Cape Mousse, Adelie Coast.  Charted in 1950 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) and named after one of the forts guarding the Golfe de Saint-Malo, France.||
8346|La Count Mountain|Summit|780021S|1614338E|-78.005883|161.727108|1875|6152|01/01/1992|A mostly ice-free mountain, 1,875 m, forming the northern portion of Battleship (massif), located between Rotunda Glacier, Blankenship Glacier, and Ferrar Glacier in Victoria Land.  The mountain was studied by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geologist Warren Hamilton during the 1958-59 season.  Named in 1992 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Ronald La Count, Manager, Polar Operations Section, Division of Polar Programs, National Science Foundation, 1984-90.||
8347|Mount Lacroix|Summit|650300S|0635800W|-65.05|-63.9666667|640|2100|01/01/1952|Prominent mountain with red vertical cliffs and a rounded summit, 640 m, surmounting the NE end of Booth Island, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot and named by him after Alfred Lacroix (1863-1948) French mineralogist and geologist; member of the scientific commission for FrAe, 1903-05 and 1908-10.||
8349|Lacroix Glacier|Glacier|774000S|1623000E|-77.666688|162.499983|||01/01/1964|Glacier between Suess and Matterhorn Glaciers, which flows SE into Taylor Valley in Victoria Land.  Mapped by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, 1910-13, and named after Alfred Lacroix, (Mount Lacroix, q.v.).||03/07/1997
8350|Lacroix Nunatak|Summit|665100S|1412000E|-66.85|141.3333333|75|246|01/01/1955|Ridge of terminal moraine, about 1 mi long and 75 m high, standing immediately S of a small zone of low rocky ridges which protrude above the ice-covered point 2 mi SW of Cape Margerie, Adelie Coast.  Discovered in 1931 by British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) personnel on the believing it to be a 300-m rock peak.  Named by Mawson after French mineralogist Alfred Lacroix (Mount Lacroix, q.v.). Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Surveyed by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1949-51, which established an astronomical control station near its center.||
8351|Lacuna Island|Island|653100S|0651800W|-65.5166667|-65.3|||01/01/1959|A small island lying 8 mi E of Tula Point, the N end of Renaud Island, in the Biscoe Islands.  Mapped from air photos obtained by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd., 1956-57.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because the island lies in a lacuna (a gap) in the vertical air photos taken, in 1956-57.||
8353|Lady Newnes Bay|Bay|734000S|1673000E|-73.6666667|167.5|||01/01/1966|A bay about 60 mi long in the western Ross Sea, extending along the coast of Victoria Land from Cape Sibbald to Coulman Island.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1898-1900, led by C.E. Borchgrevink.  He named it for Lady Newnes, whose husband, Sir George Newnes, financed the expedition.||
8357|Laënnec Glacier|Glacier|641200S|0621300W|-64.2|-62.2166667|||01/01/1960|Glacier 3 mi long flowing NE into Hill Bay on the E side of Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos in 1959.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Rene T.H. Laennec (1781-1826), French inventor of the stethoscope and pioneer investigator of chest diseases.||
8358|Lafarge Rocks|Island|631300S|0573300W|-63.2166667|-57.55|||01/01/1952|One large and several smaller rocks lying 2 mi NW of Casy Island and 7 mi W of Prime Head, the N tip of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered by a French expedition, 1837-40, under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville, and named by him for Ensign Antoine Pavin de la Farge of the expedition ship Zelee. They were recharted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1946.||
8359|Lafond Bay|Bay|632700S|0581000W|-63.45|-58.1666667|||01/01/1964|A bay, 3 miwide, lying S of Cockerell Peninsula, Trinity Peninsula.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Lieutenant Pierre Lafond, French naval officer on the Astrolabe during her Antarctic voyage (1837-40).||
8360|LaForrest Rock|Summit|850600S|1643200W|-85.1|-164.5333333|||01/01/1967|A rock outcrop 1.5 mi W of the mouth of Strom Glacier, along the low, ice-covered N slopes of the Duncan Mountains. This area was first explored and mapped by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for B.A. LaForrest, a storekeeper on U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze, 1966.||04/11/2001
8361|Mount Lagado|Summit|660000S|0631500W|-66|-63.25|1200|3937||Mountain rising to c. 1,200 m on the S side of Leppard Glacier, W of Target Hill, on Oscar II Coast, Graham Land.  In association with names from Jonathan Swift's Gulliver's Travels grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1988 after Lagado, the capital of the flying island of Laputa.||
8362|Mount Lagally|Summit|670900S|0670600W|-67.15|-67.1|||01/01/1965|Mountain standing 3 mi S of Vanni Peak in the Dorsey Mountains, on Arrowsmith Peninsula in Graham Land.  Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from surveys and air photos, 1956-59.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Max Lagally (1881-1945), German mathematician and glaciologist who made studies of the mass and heat balance of glaciers.||
8363|Lagarrigue Cove|Bay|643900S|0623400W|-64.65|-62.5666667|||01/01/1965|Small cove S of Spigot Peak, Errera Channel, on the Danco Cast.  The name was proposed by the Argentine navy and was approved by the Argentine geographical coordinating commission in 1956 to replace the provisional name "Puerto Lote."  Named in memory of a navy cook with the Argentine Antarctic Expedition of 1947-48 who perished in a crevasse accident in the vicinity.||
8366|Lake Lagernoye|Lake|674000S|0455100E|-67.6666667|45.85|||01/01/1971|A small lake situated just S of the camp at Molodezhnaya Station and close W of Lake Glubokoye, in the Thala Hills, Enderby Land.  Mapped and named "Ozero Lagernoye" (camp lake) by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1961-62.||
8367|Laggard Island|Island|644900S|0640200W|-64.8166667|-64.0333333|||01/01/1963|Rocky island lying 2 mi SE of Bonaparte Point, off the SW coast of Anvers Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following a 1955 survey by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  The name arose from the island's position on the eastern fringe of the islands in the vicinity of Arthur Harbor.||
8368|Låghamaren Cliff|Cliff|723000S|0003000E|-72.5|.5|||01/01/1966|A rock cliff forming the NW end of Hamrane Heights in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Laghamaren (the low crag).||
8369|Lågkollane Hills|Range|720800S|0222800E|-72.1333333|22.4666667|||01/01/1966|Group of hills standing 7 mi N of Bamse Mountain between Kreitzerisen and Hansenbreen in the Sor Rondane Mountains. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Lagkollane (the low hills).||
8370|Lagoon Island|Island|673500S|0681600W|-67.5833333|-68.2666667|||01/01/1963|The northernmost of the Leonie Islands, lying in the entrance to Ryder Bay on the SE side of Adelaide Island. Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot.  The island was charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill in February 1936 and so named because with the island on its W side it forms a lagoon.||
8371|Lagoon Point|Summit|541100S|0363500W|-54.1833333|-36.5833333|||01/01/1965|Point lying E of the entrance to Little Jason Lagoon in Jason Harbor, on the N coast of South Georgia.  Charted by DI in 1929 and called Bluff Point; the name was amended to Lagoon Point as published on a 1930 British Admiralty chart.||
8374|La Gorce Mountains|Summit|864500S|1460000W|-86.75|-146|||01/01/1947|A group of mountains, 20 mi long, standing between the tributary Robison and Klein Glaciers at the E side of the upper reaches of the Scott Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains. Discovered in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn, and named by Byrd for John Oliver La Gorce, Vice President of the National Geographic Society.||
8375|La Gorce Peak|Summit|773700S|1532200W|-77.6166667|-153.3666667|||01/01/1947|Prominent summit 8 mi SW of Mount Josephine, standing at the S end and marking the highest peak in the Alexandra Mountains in Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered in February 1929 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), and named by Byrd for John Oliver La Gorce.||
8376|Lagotellerie Island|Island|675300S|0672400W|-67.8833333|-67.4|||01/01/1950|Island 1 mi long, lying 2 mi W of Horseshoe Island in Matguerite Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered and named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10.||
8380|Lagrange Island|Island|664600S|1412800E|-66.7666667|141.4666667|||01/01/1962|Small rocky island 0.4 mi NE of Newton Island and 1.5 mi N of Cape Mousse, Adelie Coast.  Charted in 1951 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) and named after Joseph Lagrange (1736-1813), French mathematician.||
8381|La Grange Nunataks|Summit|801800S|0275000W|-80.3|-27.8333333||||A scattered group of nunataks extending W for 22 mi from the mouth of Gordon Glacier, on the N side of the Shackleton Range.  First mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE); photographed in 1967 by U.S. Navy aircraft.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Johannes J. La Grange, South African meteorologist with the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1955-58.||
8382|Lagrange Peak|Summit|642800S|0622600W|-64.4666667|-62.4333333|||01/01/1963|Conspicuous peak, 450 mi, standing 5.5 mi NE of Strath Point on the SE coast of Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  A point on the coast just S of this peak was first charted and the name Lagrange applied by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  On one of the photos published by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) the name is applied to the S tip of the island.  To avoid confusion the generic term has been altered and the name applied to the peak described here.||
8384|Lagrelius Point|Summit|635500S|0581700W|-63.9166667|-58.2833333|||01/01/1956|Low, ice-free point on the NW side of James Ross Island, 1.5 mi S of Carlson Island.  Discovered and first surveyed in 1903 by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, who named it Cape Lagrelius after Axel Lagrelius of Stockholm, who contributed toward the cost of the expedition.  It was resurveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1952.  Point is considered a more suitable descriptive term for this feature than cape.||
8388|Laguna Hill|Summit|625600S|0604200W|-62.9333333|-60.7|160|525|01/01/1965|Ice-free hill, 160 m, rising above the lagoon on the SW side of Telefon Bay, Deception Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The descriptive name "Monte de la Laguna" was used on an Argentine chart in 1956.||
8389|Mount Lahaye|Summit|723600S|0311000E|-72.6|31.1666667|2475|8120|01/01/1966|Mountain, 2,475 m, on the N side of Giaever Glacier in the Belgica Mountains, Weuun Maud Land.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1957-58, under G. de Gerlache, and named after Prof. Edmond Lahaye, President of the Belgian National Committee for the International Geophysical Year, 1957-58.||
8391|Lahille Island|Island|653300S|0642300W|-65.55|-64.3833333|||01/01/1950|Island 3 mi long, lying 2 mi W of Nunez Point off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and charted as a point on the coast which Charcot named after Fernando Lahille (1861-1940) Argentine naturalist.  Charcot's French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, determined the insularity of the feature.||
8393|Laine Hills|Range|704600S|0642800W|-70.7666667|-64.4666667|||01/01/1976|A cluster of four mainly snow-covered hills that rise above the Dyer Plateau about 16 mi NW of the Welch Mountains, in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Daren Laine, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at Palmer Station in 1975.||
8395|Lainez Point|Summit|674100S|0674800W|-67.6833333|-67.8|||01/01/1963|Point which forms the N side of the entrance to Dalgliesh Bay on the W side of Pourquoi Pas Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10, and named by him for Manuel Lainez, senator of the Argentine Republic and founder of the newspaper El Diario.||
8396|Cape Laird|Cape|814100S|1622700E|-81.6833333|162.45|||01/01/1965|A rocky cape 8 mi NW of Cape May, along the W side of Ross Ice Shelf.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) for Malcolm G. Laird, New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) geologist who took a special interest in the peneplain surface above the cape's granite cliffs.||
8397|Laird Glacier|Glacier|845500S|1695500E|-84.9166667|169.9166667|||01/01/1966|A tributary glacier, 3 mi long, flowing NE from the Supporters Range to enter Keltie Glacier 4 mi SE of Ranfurly Point.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert J. Laird, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1963.||
8398|Laird Plateau|Plain|820000S|1570000E|-82|157|2400|7874|01/01/1966|Small plateau over 2,400 m, standing 1 mi NW of Mount Hayter on the N side of the head of Lucy Glacier.  Seen by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1964-65) and named for the leader of this geological party to the area, Malcolm G. Laird (Cape Laird, q.v.).||
8399|Lair Point|Summit|623700S|0610200W|-62.6166667|-61.0333333|||01/01/1965|Point lying 5 mi SE of Essex Point on the N side of Byers Peninsula, Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name, given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961, is descriptive.  A large cave on this point was used by sealers during the early l820s, relics of their occupation being found by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1957-58.||03/07/1997
8400|Laizure Glacier|Glacier|691500S|1580700E|-69.25|158.1166667|||01/01/1970|A broad glacier that enters the sea immediately W of Drake Head, Oates Coast.  The glacier was roughly plotted by Australia from U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump photography, 1946-47, and from photographs and other data obtained by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), 1959-62.  It was mapped in detail by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) photography, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) David H. Laizure, USN, navigator on LC-130 aircraft during Operation Deep Freeze 1968.||
8401|Lajarte Islands|Island|641400S|0632400W|-64.2333333|-63.4|||01/01/1951|Group of islands fringing the N coast of Anvers Island, close W of Cape Gronland, in the Palmer Archipelago. Discovered by a German expedition under Dallmann, 1873-74. Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for Captain Dufaure de Lajarte, French Navy.||
8402|Lake Island|Island|683300S|0775900E|-68.55|77.9833333|||01/01/1965|A small island between Plog Island and Flutter Island, lying in Prydz Bay just W of Breidnes Peninsula, Vestfold Hills. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Remapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1957-58) and so named because a lake occupies the northern part of the island.||
8403|Laktionov Island|Island|654600S|0654600W|-65.7666667|-65.7666667|||01/01/1971|Island 2 mi long, lying 4 mi NE of Jurva Point, Renaud Island, in the Biscoe Islands.  First accurately shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 after Aleksandr F. Laktionov (d. 1965), Soviet sea ice specialist in the Arctic and Antarctic Institute, Lenigrad, 1927-65 (Head, Department of Oceanography, Ice Forecasting and River Mouths).||
8405|Lallemand Fjord|Bay|670500S|0664500W|-67.0833333|-66.75|||01/01/1950|Bay, 30 mi long in a N-S direction and 9 mi wide, entered between Holdfast Point and Roux Island, lying between Arrowsmith Peninsula and the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot, and named after Charles Lallemand (1857-1938), a member of the Bureau des Longitudes and of the scientific commission for French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10.||
8406|Mount Lama|Summit|780400S|1634200E|-78.0666667|163.7|800|2625|01/01/1974|A bare rock peak over 800 m, culminating the ridge N of Miers Glacier and forming the S rampart of the valley named Shangri-la in Victoria Land.  Named in association with Shangri-la by the New Zealand Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1960-61.||
8408|Lamarck Island|Island|664000S|1400200E|-66.6666667|140.0333333|||01/01/1962|Rocky island 0.1 mi long, lying 0.1 mi NE of Rostand Island in the Geologie Archipelago, Adelie Coast.  Charted in 1951 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) and named by them, after Jean-Baptiste Lamarck (1744-1829), French naturalist.||
8409|Cape Lamas|Cape|641900S|0565400W|-64.3166667|-56.9||||The southwest point of Seymour Island.  The cape was named by the command of the Argentine ship Chiriguano of the Argentine Antarctic Expedition, 1953-54, after Guardiamarina (Midshipman) Lamas, of the Argentine Navy, who died aboard the trawler Fournier off Tierra del Fuego in September 1949.||
8410|Cape Lamb|Cape|635400S|0573700W|-63.9|-57.6166667|||01/01/1952|A cape which forms the SW tip of Vega Island in the James Ross Island group.  Discovered by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Otto Nordenskjold.  Resighted in 1945 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and named after Ivan M. Lamb (1911-90), botanist on the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) staff at Port Lockroy, 1944; at Hope Bay, 1945; leader of biological expedition to Melchior Islands, 1964-65.||
8411|Lambda Island|Island|641800S|0630000W|-64.3|-63|||01/01/1956|Island 1.5 mi long, which lies immediately NW of Delta Island in the Melchior Islands, Palmer Archipelago.  This island, the largest feature in the NW part of the island group, was first roughly charted and named "Ile Sourrieu" by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05, but that name has not survived in usage.  The name Lambda, derived from the 11th letter of the Greek alphabet, was given by DI personnel who roughly charted the island in 1927. The island was surveyed by Argentine expeditions in 1942, 1943 and 1948.||
8412|Lambert Glacier|Glacier|710000S|0700000E|-71|70|||01/01/1961|A major glacier, about 25 mi wide and over 120 mi long, draining a large area to the east and south of the Prince Charles Mountains and flowing northward to the Amery Ice Shelf.  This glacier was delineated and named in 1952 by American geographer John H. Roscoe who made a detailed study of this area from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47.  He gave the name Baker Three Glacier, using the code name of the Navy photographic aircraft and crew that made three flights in this coastal area in March 1947 resulting in geographic discoveries. The glacier was described in Gazetteer No. 14, Geographic Names of Antarctica (U.S. Board on Geographic Names, 1956), but the feature did not immediately appear on published maps.  As a result the name Lambert Glacier, applied by ANCA in 1957 following mapping of the area by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956, has become established for this feature.  Named for Bruce P. Lambert, Director of National Mapping in the Australian Department of National Development.||
8413|Lambert Nunatak|Summit|752500S|1375400W|-75.4166667|-137.9|||01/01/1966|A rock nunatak that protrudes through the snow mantle of southeastern Coulter Heights, near the coast of Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Paul A. Lambert, QMl, U.S. Navy (USN), Senior Quartermaster on the USS Glacier, 1961-62.||
8414|Lamberts Peak|Summit|724400S|0745100E|-72.7333333|74.85|||01/01/1967|A small peak 3 mi NNE of the Mason Peaks in the Grove Mountains.  Mapped from air photos, 1956-60, by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE).  Named by ANCA for G. Lamberts, topographic draftsman with the Division of National Mapping, Australian Department of National Development, who has made a substantial contribution to the compilation on Antarctic maps.||
8416|Lambeth Bluff|Cliff|531100S|0733600E|-53.1833333|73.6|||01/01/1966|A rock coastal bluff at the E side of Fiftyone Glacier, on the S side of Heard Island.  Surveyed in 1948 by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) and named "Cape Lambeth" for A. James Lambeth, geologist with the expedition.  Further Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) exploration led to revision of the name in 1964 to Lambeth Bluff.||
8417|Lamboley Peak|Summit|750400S|0641900W|-75.0666667|-64.3166667|||01/01/1968|A prominent peak in the NW part of Prehn Peninsula, Orville Coast.  The peak was first photographed by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and was mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Paul E. Lamboley, radioman at South Pole Station in 1964.||
8418|Lamb Peak|Summit|793400S|0845700W|-79.5666667|-84.95|||01/01/1966|Conspicuous bare rock peak located 2 mi SSE of Maagoe Peak in the Gifford Peaks of the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Arthur D. Lamb, who contributed to the success of austral summer resupply activities for three seasons in his capacity as operations and communications officer through U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1966.||
8419|Lamb Point|Summit|734100S|0604800W|-73.6833333|-60.8|||01/01/1953|Low, ice-covered point forming the S side of the entrance to Howkins Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered and photographed from the air in December 1940 by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  During 1947 it was photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted it from the ground. Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for H.H. Lamb, meteorologist on the British whale factory ship Balaena in Antarctic waters in 1946-47, who prepared daily forecasts for the whaling fleet on the basis of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and other meteorological reports.||
8420|Lamina Peak|Summit|703200S|0684500W|-70.5333333|-68.75|1280|4199|01/01/1955|Prominent pyramid-shaped peak, 1,280 m, surmounting a stratified ridge which curves down from Mount Edred northeastward toward George VI Sound.  The peak stands 4.5 mi inland from the E coast of Alexander Island at the S limit of the Douglas Range. First photographed from the air on Nov. 23, 1935, by Lincoln Ellsworth and mapped from these photos by W.L.G. Joerg.  Roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) and resurveyed in 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS). So named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) because of the marked horizontal stratification of the rocks of this peak.||
8421|Lammers Glacier|Glacier|683700S|0661000W|-68.6166667|-66.1666667|||01/01/1953|Large glacier flowing E along the N side of Godfrey Upland into the Traffic Circle and Mercator Ice Piedmont, on the E coast of Graham Land.  This glacier appears indistinctly in an aerial photograph taken by Sir Hubert Wilkins on Dec. 20, 1928, but shows more clearly in aerial photographs taken by Lincoln Ellsworth in 1935 and the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940.  It was resighted in 1947 by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, who named it for Lester Lammers, contributor of nine grown husky dogs and four puppies to the expedition.||
8422|La Molaire|Summit|664000S|1400100E|-66.6666667|140.0166667|24|79|01/01/1962|Rocky hill, 24 m, on the W side of Rostand Island in the Geologie Archipelago.  Charted and named in 1951 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE). The name suggests the feature's resemblance to a molar, "La Molaire" being French for the molar.||04/11/2001
8423|Mount Lampert|Summit|743300S|0623900W|-74.55|-62.65|||01/01/1968|Mountain about 6 mi W of Kelsey Cliff in the SE part of Guettard Range, in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Irwin R. Lampert, storekeeper at South Pole Station in 1964.||
8424|Lamping Peak|Summit|841400S|1644900E|-84.2333333|164.8166667|||01/01/1966|A rock peak standing between Prebble and Wyckoff Glaciers, on the western slopes of the Queen Alexandra Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John T. Lamping, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geomagnetist at South Pole Station, 1961.||
8425|Lampitt Nunatak|Summit|665700S|0654700W|-66.95|-65.7833333|||01/01/1964|Nunatak near the head of Murphy Glacier, in Graham Land. Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1955-57, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 for Leslie H. Lampitt (1887-1957), chemist who contributed many ideas for concentrated rations used by British polar expeditions during the period 1937-57.||
8427|Lamplugh Inlet|Stream|712300S|0611000W|-71.3833333|-61.1666667|||01/01/1952|Inlet 7 mi long, lying between Capes Healy and Howard, along the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) who explored this coast from East Base by land and from the air in 1940.  Named for Elmer L. Lamplugh, chief radio operator at East Base.||
8428|Lamplugh Island|Island|753800S|1624500E|-75.6333333|162.75||||An ice-capped island, 10 mi long, lying 4 mi N of Whitmer Peninsula, along the coast of Victoria Land.  This feature was first sighted by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) led by Scott, 1901-04, but it was first charted as an island by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Shackleton, 1907-09. Named by Shackleton for G.W. Lamplugh, who gave assistance to the expedition.||
8429|Lamykin Dome|Summit|672700S|0464000E|-67.45|46.6666667|525|1722|01/01/1973|A domed feature (525 m) which forms the ice-covered summit of Tange Promontory, on the coast of Enderby Land.  The feature was plotted on charts by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) (1957) and named for Soviet hydrographer S.M. Lamykin.||
8430|Cape Lancaster|Cape|645100S|0634400W|-64.85|-63.7333333|||01/01/1951|Cape forming the S extremity of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by a German expedition under Dallmann, 1873-74.  Later sighted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache, who named it for Albert Lancaster, Scientific Dir. of the Meteorological Service of the Royal Observatory of Belgium and a supporter of the expedition.||
8431|Lancaster Hill|Summit|652100S|0640000W|-65.35|-64|||01/01/1971|Hill at the S side of the mouth of Trooz Glacier, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Sir James Lancaster, English navigator of the East India Company who was responsible for the first regular use of fruit juice to prevent scurvy on ships, in 1601.||
8432|Lance Rocks|Summit|825200S|0481900W|-82.8666667|-48.3166667|||01/01/1968|Two rocks lying together at the NE end of Crouse Spur in the Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Samuel J. Lance, USAF, navigator and member of the Electronic Test Unit in the Pensacola Mountains, 1957-58.||
8433|Lancetes Lake|Lake|541500S|0363100W|-54.25|-36.5166667||||A small lake near the head of Maiviken, in northern Hatcher Peninsula, South Georgia.  The lake has a rich benthic flora of algae and mosses, which support a large population of the only water beetle seen in the sub-Antarctic, Lancetes clausii, from which the feature takes its name.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1991.||
8434|Lanchester Bay|Bay|635500S|0600600W|-63.9166667|-60.1|||01/01/1960|Bay 7 mi wide lying E of Havilland Point, along the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1955-57 and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Frederick W. Lanchester (1868-1946), aeronautical engineer who laid the foundations of modern airfoil theory.||
8435|Lancing Glacier|Glacier|542000S|0365600W|-54.3333333|-36.9333333|||01/01/1963|Glacier 3 mi long, flowing S from Mount Corneliussen and Smillie Peak to Newark Bay on the S side of South Georgia. Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for the Lancing (ex-Flackwell), built in 1898, and converted to a whale factory ship in 1923.  It was the first factory ship to be fitted with a slipway.  The Islands in 1925-26.||
8436|Landauer Point|Summit|670400S|0674800W|-67.0666667|-67.8|||01/01/1965|A point on the E coast of Adelaide Island, marking the W side of the N entrance to Tickle Channel in Graham Land.  Mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from air photos taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE), 1956-57.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Joseph K. Landauer, American physicist who has studied the mechanical properties of ice and glacier flow.||
8437|Land Bay|Bay|752500S|1414500W|-75.4166667|-141.75|||01/01/1966|An ice-filled bay, about 40 mi wide, indenting the coast of Marie Byrd Land just eastward of Groves Island.  Discovered by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41).  The bay takes its name from Land Glacier which descends into the bay.||
8439|Landen Ridge|Ridge|665000S|0635400W|-66.8333333|-63.9|||01/01/1953|A narrow rock ridge at the E end of Cole Peninsula in Graham Land.  During Dec. 1947 it was charted by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne.  Named by Ronne for David Landen of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), who assisted in planning the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) photographic program and in correlating photographs after the expedition returned.||
8440|Landers Peaks|Range|692600S|0711200W|-69.4333333|-71.2|1000|3281||A group of peaks 4 mi E of Mount Braun, rising to c. 1,000 m between Palestrina Glacier and Nichols Snowfield in the N part of Alexander Island.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Robert J. Landers, USN, LC-130 aircraft pilot, Squadron VXE-6, U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1965 and 1966.||
8441|Landfall Peak|Summit|720000S|1020100W|-72|-102.0166667|||01/01/1960|Prominent peak-shaped landmark near the extreme W end of Thurston Island, about 8 mi ENE of Cape Flying Fish.  Discovered by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in flights from the ship Bear in February 1940, and photographed at that time by E.B. Perce.  The peak was plotted from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946, and was observed by personnel of the U.S. Navy (USN) Bellingshausen Sea Expedition in February 1960.  So named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) because rock exposures on the peak serve as a mark for ships approaching Thurston Island from the west.||01/28/2004
8442|Land Glacier|Glacier|754000S|1414500W|-75.6666667|-141.75|||01/01/1966|A broad, heavily-crevassed glacier, about 35 mi long, descending into Land Bay in Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and named for R. Admiral Emory S. Land, Chairman of the U.S. Maritime Commission.||
8443|The Landing|Glacier|782200S|1612500E|-78.3666667|161.4166667|||01/01/1964|A large flat snowfield in the upper Skelton Glacier, between the Upper and Lower Staircases.  Mapped and named in February 1957 by the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.||
8444|Landing Cove|Bay|604400S|0454100W|-60.7333333|-45.6833333|||01/01/1975|A cove north of Conroy Point on the northwest side of Moe Island in the South Orkney Islands.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because the cove provides the only possible landing place for small boats on the island.||
8445|Landmark Peak|Summit|791000S|0854000W|-79.1666667|-85.6666667|1840|6037|01/01/1966|A very prominent peak, 1,840 m, standing 5 mi S of Minnesota Glacier on the E side of Gowan Glacier, in the Heritage Range.  So named by the University of Minnesota Geological Party to these mountains, 1963-64, because the peak is a well used reference point for pilots flying in the area.||
8446|Landmark Point|Summit|673100S|0635600E|-67.5166667|63.9333333|||01/01/1970|A rocky point lying 0.5 mi SE of Safety Island, on the coast of Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveys and air photos, 1956-66.  So named by ANCA because it is almost due south from Auster Rookery and affords an excellent landmark if approaching the rookery along the coast from Mawson Station.||
8447|Mount Landolt|Summit|784600S|0843000W|-78.7666667|-84.5|2280|7480|01/01/1961|Mountain (2,280 m) standing at the head of Hudman Glacier in the S part of Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Arlo U. Landolt, aurora scientist at the IGY South Pole Station in 1957.||
8448|Landon Promontory|Cliff|691300S|0692000E|-69.2166667|69.3333333|||01/01/1967|A broad, domed ice-covered promontory on the W side of the Amery Ice Shelf, about 5 mi S of Foley Promontory.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1956.  The area was first visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by D.R. Carstens in November 1962.  Named by ANCA after I. Landon-Smith, glaciologist at Mawson Station in 1962, a member of the field party.||
8449|Landrum Island|Island|691400S|0682000W|-69.2333333|-68.3333333||||The southernmost of the three Bugge Islands (q.v.) in the S part of Marguerite Bay, Fallieres Coast.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Betty J. Landrum, biologist, Smithsonian Oceanographic Sorting Center, 1965-89, serving as Director, 1973-78.||
8450|Landry Bluff|Cliff|851600S|1753700W|-85.2666667|-175.6166667|||01/01/1968|A rock bluff in the Cumulus Hills, standing just N of the mouth of Logie Glacier, where the latter joins Shackleton Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Edward J. Landry, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist who wintered at Byrd Station in 1963 and at South Pole Station in 1965.||
8452|Lands End Nunataks|Summit|834300S|1723700E|-83.7166667|172.6166667|||01/01/1970|Two rock nunataks 2 mi NNW of Airdrop Peak at the N end of Ebony Ridge.  The nunataks lie at the E side of the terminus of Beardmore Glacier and mark the northern termination of the Commonwealth Range at Ross Ice Shelf.  The descriptive name was recommended to Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) by John Gunner of the Ohio State University Institute of Polar Studies, who, with Henry H. Brecher, measured a geological section here on Jan. 16, 1970.||
8453|Lange Glacier|Glacier|620700S|0583000W|-62.1166667|-58.5|||01/01/1960|Glacier flowing into the W. side of Admiralty Bay close S. of Admiralen Peak, King George I., in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Alexander Lange (1860-1922), Norwegian pioneer of modern steam whaling in the South Shetland Is. in 1905-6, and commander of the Admiralen.||03/18/1997
8454|Lange Peak|Summit|713400S|1674200E|-71.5666667|167.7|2435|7989|01/01/1970|Peak (2,435 m) in the west-central part of Lyttelton Range in the Admiralty Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist Otto L. Lange of Hallett Station, 1966-67.||
8456|Langevad Glacier|Glacier|730800S|1685000E|-73.1333333|168.8333333|||01/01/1969|A glacier located 2 mi S of Bargh Glacier and just W of Narrow Neck, draining SW from the Daniell Peninsula into the lower part of Borchgrevink Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Michael W. Langevad, electronics technician at Hallett Station, 1957.||
8459|Langfloget Cliff|Cliff|720600S|0042400E|-72.1|4.4|||01/01/1966|A rock cliff 6 mi long at the W side of Flogeken Glacier, in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Langfloget (the long rock wall).||
8460|Langflog Glacier|Glacier|720600S|0041400E|-72.1|4.2333333|||01/01/1966|Glacier flowing N between Mount Hochlin and Langfloget Cliff in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Langflogbreen (long rock wall glacier).||
8461|Langford Peak|Summit|853300S|1352300W|-85.55|-135.3833333|||01/01/1967|An isolated peak 2 mi W of the lower part of Reedy Glacier and 5 mi NW of Abbey Nunatak.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lawrence G. Langford, Jr., a builder with the Byrd Station winter party, 1958.||
8462|Langhofer Island|Island|723200S|0930200W|-72.5333333|-93.0333333|||01/01/1968|A small ice-covered island with a rock outcrop near the S end, lying at the N edge of Abbot Ice Shelf and 0.5 mi E of McNamara Island.  The USS Glacier lay close off the island, Feb. 11, 1961, and geological and botanical collections were made at the outcrop.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Joel H. Langhofer, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) topographic engineer aboard the Glacier who positioned geographical features in this area.||
8463|Langhovde Glacier|Glacier|691300S|0394800E|-69.2166667|39.8|||01/01/1968|A glacier at the E side of Langhovde Hills, flowing N to Hovde Bay on the E shore of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named for its proximity to Langhovde Hills.||
8464|Langhovde Hills|Range|691400S|0394400E|-69.2333333|39.7333333|||01/01/1964|An extensive area of bare rock hills along the E shore of Lutzow-Holm Bay, just S of Hovde Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Langhovde (long knoll).||
8465|Langhovde-kita Point|Summit|691000S|0393700E|-69.1666667|39.6166667|||01/01/1968|A point which marks the N end of Langhovde Hills, on the E shore of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Surveyed by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Langhovde-kita-misaki (Langhovde north point) because of its location in Langhovde Hills.||
8466|Lang Island|Island|665900S|0574100E|-66.9833333|57.6833333|||01/01/1961|Island 1 mi long and 0.4 mi wide, lying midway between Abrupt Island and the Oygarden Group.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and called by them Langoy (long island).||
8467|Langley Peak|Summit|640200S|0603600W|-64.0333333|-60.6|||01/01/1960|A peak 3 mi E of Curtiss Bay, rising above the W end of Wright Ice Piedmont in Graham Land.  Mapped from air photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys (1955-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Samuel P. Langley (1834-1906), American mathematician, one time Secretary of the Smithsonian Institute, designer of the first satisfactory powered model airplane, in 1896.||
8468|Langmuir Cove|Bay|665800S|0671000W|-66.9666667|-67.1666667|||01/01/1965|A cove in the N end of Arrowsmith Peninsula, Graham Land. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Irving Langmuir (1881-1957), American physicist who studied the formation of snow.||
8472|Langnes Fjord|Bay|683000S|0781500E|-68.5|78.25|||01/01/1965|A narrow fjord, 10 mi long, between Langnes Peninsula and Breidnes Peninsula in the Vestfold Hills.  Mapped from air photos by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37) and named after Langnes Peninsula.  John Roscoe's 1952 study of air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47) revealed that this fjord continues farther east than was previously mapped, and that it includes what had been plotted as an isolated lake which the Norwegians had called "Breidvatnet."||
8474|Langnes Peninsula|Cape|682800S|0781500E|-68.4666667|78.25|||01/01/1956|A narrow rocky peninsula of irregular shape, 9 mi long, being the northernmost of the three main peninsulas that comprise the Vestfold Hills.  The name derives from "Langneset" (the long point), applied by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37) which mapped the peninsula from aerial photographs.||
8475|Lang Nunatak|Summit|741000S|0662900W|-74.1666667|-66.4833333|||01/01/1968|An isolated nunatak lying in the interior of southern Palmer Land, about 30 mi W of the head of Irvine Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James F. Lang, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Asst. Representative at Byrd Station, summer 1965-66.||
8477|Langpollen Cove|Bay|692600S|0393500E|-69.4333333|39.5833333|||01/01/1968|A long, narrow cove in the NW part of Skarvsnes Foreland on the E side of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Langpollen (the long bay).||
8478|Langskavlen Glacier|Glacier|720100S|0142900E|-72.0166667|14.4833333|||01/01/1966|A short, steep glacier flowing from the N side of Skavlho Mountain in the Payer Mountains of Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Langskavlen (the long snowdrift).||
8479|Lang Sound|Bay|670900S|0584000E|-67.15|58.6666667|||01/01/1953|Sound 1.5 mi wide at its narrowest point and 9 mi long, lying between the group of islands that include Broka and Havstein Islands and the Law Promontory.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition in January-February 1937 and named Langsundet (the long sound).||
8482|Mount Langway|Summit|752900S|1394700W|-75.4833333|-139.7833333|760|2493|01/01/1970|A coastal mountain (760 m) located 2.5 mi SW of Mount LeMasurier in the Ickes Mountains of Marie Byrd Land.  The mountain was first photographed from aircraft of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Chester C. Langway, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciologist at Byrd Station, 1968-69.||
8483|Cape Lankester|Cape|791600S|1602900E|-79.2666667|160.4833333||||A high, rounded, snow-covered cape at the S side of the entrance to Mulock Inlet, along the W edge of the Ross Ice Shelf. Discovered and named by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04).  Probably named for Sir Edwin Ray Lankester, Director of the Natural History Department of the British Museum (1898-1907) and founder of the Marine Biological Association in 1884.||03/07/1997
8484|Lann Glacier|Glacier|711500S|1675400E|-71.25|167.9|||01/01/1970|A steep tributary glacier, 3 mi long, in the N end of Admiralty Mountains.  The glacier is 4 mi E of Rowles Glacier and flows NW to enter Dennistoun Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Roy R. Lann, U.S. Navy cook at Hallett Station, 1964.||
8485|Mount Lanning|Summit|774700S|0854500W|-77.7833333|-85.75|1820|5971|01/01/1961|Mountain (1,820 m) located at the S side of Newcomer Glacier, 5 mi SE of Mount Warren, in the N portion of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for 1st Lieutenant Delmar L. Lanning, USAF, who participated in establishing the South Pole Station in the 1956-57 season.||
8486|Lanterman Range|Range|714000S|1631000E|-71.6666667|163.1666667|||01/01/1964|A mountain range about 35 mi long and 12 mi wide, forming the SW part of the Bowers Mountains.  It is bounded by the Rennick, Sledgers, Black and Canham Glaciers.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander William Lanterman, aerological officer for U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze, 1959-62.||
8488|Lanusse Bay|Bay|641400S|0623000W|-64.2333333|-62.5||||A bay between Driencourt Point and Minot Point on the W side of Brabant Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  Named "Bahia Lanusse" by the Argentine Antarctic Expedition in 1979, presumably after Teniente de Navio Alejandro Lanusse, Argentine Navy, the first Argentine aircraft pilot to fly in the Antarctic; he was killed in a flying accident at Buenos Aires, c. 1943.||
8489|Mount Lanyon|Summit|711500S|0671000E|-71.25|67.1666667|||01/01/1967|A large mountain about 11 mi S of Taylor Platform in the Prince Charles Mountains.  The mountain is divided in the S by a small, plateau-fed glacier and an area of moraine extends eastward from the mountain for 8 miles.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos of 1956 and 1960.  Named by ANCA for J.H. Lanyon, officer in charge at Wilkes Station in 1965.||
8490|Lanyon Peak|Summit|771517S|1614132E|-77.25462|161.692352|||01/01/1976|A sharp rock peak 2.5 mi E of Victoria Upper Glacier in the Saint Johns Range of Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Margaret C. Lanyon, a New Zealand national who for many years in the 1960s and 1970s served in a secretarial and administrative capacity with the U.S. Antarctic Research Program, in Christchurch.||
8491|Mount Lanzerotti|Summit|745000S|0713300W|-74.8333333|-71.55|1550|5085||The northernmost of the Sky-Hi Nunataks (q.v.), rising to c. 1,550 m in Ellsworth Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1987 after Louis J. Lanzerotti, Bell Laboratories, Murray Hill, NJ, a Principal Investigator for upper atmosphere research at Siple Station and South Pole Station for many years from 1970; Member, Polar Research Board, National Academy of Sciences, 1982-90; Chairman, Committee on Antarctic Policy and Science, 1992-93.||
8492|Lanz Peak|Summit|771700S|0861700W|-77.2833333|-86.2833333|1570|5151|01/01/1961|Peak, 1,570 m, near the extreme N end of the Sentinel Range in the Ellsworth Mountains.  It is 10 mi NNW of Mount Weems and is the middle one of a group of three peaks lying in a NE-SW direction.  Discovered by Lincoln Ellsworth on his trans-Antarctic flight of Nov. 23, 1935.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Walter J. Lanz, radio operator on three Ellsworth Antarctic expeditions, 1933-36.||
8494|Lapeyrère Bay|Bay|642300S|0631500W|-64.3833333|-63.25|||01/01/1950|Bay 7 mi long and 2 mi wide, which lies N of Gourdon Peninsula and indents the NE coast of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  The bay was roughly charted by the German expedition under Dallmann, 1873-74.  Recharted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for R. Admiral Boue de Lapeyrere, French Navy.||
8495|Lapidary Point|Summit|621200S|0585600W|-62.2|-58.9333333||||The SW entrance point to Rocky Cove, Maxwell Bay, King George Island.  Named "Mys Kamennyy" (rocky cape) by G.E. Grikurov and M.M. Polyakov, 1968, following Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) surveys in the area.  Translated as Lapidary Point by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1978.||
8496|Laplace Island|Island|664700S|1412800E|-66.7833333|141.4666667|||01/01/1962|Small rocky island 0.3 mi WNW of La Conchee and 0.75 mi N of Cape Mousse.  Charted in 1951 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) and named by them for Pierre de Laplace (1749-1827), French astronomer and mathematician.||
8499|LaPrade Valley|Valley|851100S|1743600W|-85.1833333|-174.6|||01/01/1966|A valley in the Cumulus Hills with steep rock walls and ice-covered floor, about 3 mi long, extending N to McGregor Glacier, just W of Rougier Hill.  Named by the Texas Tech Shackleton Glacier Expedition (1964-65) for Kerby E. LaPrade, graduate student at Texas Technological College, and a member of the expedition.||
8501|Laputa Nunataks|Summit|660800S|0625800W|-66.1333333|-62.9666667|1000|3281|01/01/1976|A range of nunataks and snow-covered hills with minor rock outcrops, rising from about 500 m to over 1,000 m.  Located 6 mi NW of Adie Inlet on the E side of Graham Land.  First charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in 1947. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the flying island in Jonathan Swift's Nunatak to the southeast.||
8502|Lapworth Cirque|Basin|804400S|0230800W|-80.7333333|-23.1333333||||A cirque to the W of Goldschmidt Cirque in the E portion of Read Mountains, Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967.  Surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of geologists grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after Charles Lapworth (1842-1920), British geologist who established the stratigraphic succession in S Scotland and who defined the Ordovician system; Professor of Geology and Physiography, Birmingham University, 1881-1913.||
8508|Larga Valley|Valley|641700S|0564900W|-64.2833333|-56.8166667||||A valley 2 mi long, trending NE-SW in the W part of Seymour Island.  The feature was descriptively named "Quebrada Larga" (long valley) in Argentine geological reports and maps of 1978. The term valley has been substituted in place of "quebrada" in the approved name.||
8510|Largo Island|Island|631800S|0575300W|-63.3|-57.8833333|||01/01/1964|An elongated island, 1 mi in extent, which is the largest of the Duroch Islands.  It lies 1 mi W of Halpern Point, Trinity Peninsula.  The Chilean Antarctic Expedition, 1947-48, charted the feature as three islands to which the personal names Rozas, Swett, and Horn were applied.  Charted as one island by Martin Halpern, leader of the University of Wisconsin geological party in this area, 1961-62, who reported the name "Largo" (meaning long) to be the only one used by Chilean officials at the nearby General Bernardo O'Higgins Station.||
8511|Larkman Nunatak|Summit|854600S|1792300E|-85.7666667|179.3833333|2660|8727|01/01/1966|A large, isolated rock nunatak, 2,660 m, at the SE end of the Grosvenor Mountains, 12 mi E of Mauger Nunatak.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for A.H. Larkman, Chief Engineer of the Shackleton's Imperial Trans-Antarctic Expedition (1914-17) from Australia to the Ross Sea.||
8515|Larrouy Island|Island|655200S|0651500W|-65.8666667|-65.25|745|2444|01/01/1950|Island 5 mi long and 2 mi wide which rises to 745 m, lying in Grandidier Channel, 4 mi N of Ferin Head.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, who named it for Monsieur Larrouy, at that time a French Minister Plenipotentiary.||
8518|Lars Christensen Coast|Beach|690000S|0690000E|-69|69|||01/01/1947|That portion of the coast of Antarctica lying between Murray Monolith, in 6654E, and the head of Amery Ice Shelf in 7100E.  The seaward portions of this area (along the Amery Ice Front to Murray Monolith) were discovered and sailed along by Norwegian whalers employed by Lars Christensen of Sandefjord, Norway for whom this coast is named.  Mr. Christensen personally participated in some of the exploration conducted in Antarctica by his firm, 1926-37.  Exploration and mapping of the southwestern (interior) side of Amery Ice Shelf was accomplished by Australian expeditions during the 1950s.||
8520|Lars Christensen Peak|Summit|684600S|0903100W|-68.7666667|-90.5166667|1755|5758|01/01/1947|A lofty, rounded dome (1,755 m) in the NE part of Peter I Island.  It marks the greatest elevation of the island.  Peter I Island was discovered by Captain Thaddeus Bellingshausen in January 1821 and viewed from a distance of 15 miles.  The island was circumnavigated in January 1927 by the Norwegian whale catcher Christensen, Norwegian whaling magnate who sent out the vessel.||
8521|Larsemann Hills|Range|692400S|0761300E|-69.4|76.2166667|||01/01/1947|A series of low rounded coastal hills along the SE shore of Prydz Bay.  The hills extend W for 9 mi from Dalk Glacier. Discovered in February 1935 by Captain Klarius Mikkelsen from the whaling ship Thorshavn, sent out by Norwegian whaling magnate Lars Christensen, and given this name.||
8524|Mount Larsen|Summit|592700S|0271800W|-59.45|-27.3|710|2329|01/01/1952|Mountain, 710 m, situated in the east-central portion of Thule Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  Charted in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II who named it for Captain C.A. Larsen.||
8525|Mount Larsen|Summit|745100S|1621200E|-74.85|162.2|1560|5118|01/01/1947|A mountain, 1,560 m, presenting sheer granite cliffs on the N side standing 3 mi SW of Hansen Nunatak at the S side of the mouth of Reeves Glacier in Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) under Scott, who named it for Captain C.A. Larsen, noted Norwegian Antarctic explorer whose explorations along the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula in the Jason, 1892-93, marked the beginning of commercial whaling operations in the Antarctic. Larsen led numerous whaling expeditions until his death in December 1925 while directing operations in the Ross Sea.||
8526|Larsen Bank|Bar|661600S|1103200E|-66.2666667|110.5333333|||01/01/1963|A shoal with a least depth of 52 ft in the N part of Newcomb Bay, located 0.5 mi N of Kilby Island in the Windmill Islands.  Discovered and charted in February 1957 by a party from the USS Glacier.  Named by ANCA for Ludvig Larsen, second mate on the Thala Dan, used by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in a 1962 survey of Newcomb Bay.||
8528|Larsen Channel|Channel|631000S|0561200W|-63.1666667|-56.2|||01/01/1947|Strait 1 to 3 mi wide between D'Urville Island and Joinville Island, off the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula. Discovered in 1902 by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, and named for Captain C.A. Larsen of the expedition ship Antarctic.||
8529|Larsen Cliffs|Cliff|715600S|0065300E|-71.9333333|6.8833333|||01/01/1967|Steep rock and ice cliffs which form a part of the east face of Jokulkyrkja Mountain, in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named for Per Larsen, steward with Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-57).||
8531|Larsen Glacier|Glacier|750600S|1622800E|-75.1|162.4666667|||01/01/1947|A glacier flowing SE from Reeves Neve, through the Prince Albert Mountains and entering the Ross Sea just S of Mount Crummer in Victoria Land.  Discovered by the South Magnetic Party of the Shackleton expedition, 1907-09, who followed its course on their way to the plateau area beyond.  They named it Larsen Glacier because it flowed past the foot of Mount Larsen, which was constantly in view as they ascended the course of the glacier.||
8532|Larsen Harbor|Harbor|545000S|0360100W|-54.8333333|-36.0166667|||01/01/1953|Narrow inlet in the S side of Drygalski Fjord, 2.5 mi WNW of Nattriss Head, at the SE end of South Georgia.  Charted by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1911-12, under Filchner, who named it for Captain C.A. Larsen, who was at that time in charge of the Grytviken whaling station.||
8534|Larsen Ice Shelf|Glacier|673000S|0623000W|-67.5|-62.5|||01/01/1953|An extensive, linear ice shelf in the northwest part of the Weddell Sea, extending along the east coast of Antarctic Peninsula from Cape Longing to the area just southward of Hearst Island.  Named for Captain C.A. Larsen, who sailed along the Larsen Ice Front in the Jason as far as 6810S during December 1893.||
8535|Larsen Inlet|Stream|642600S|0592600W|-64.4333333|-59.4333333|||01/01/1952|Ice-filled inlet, 12 mi long in a N-S direction and 7 mi wide, between Capes Longing and Sobral along the E coast of Graham Land.  C.A. Larsen, Norwegian whaling captain, reported a large bay in this area in 1893.  Larsen's name was suggested for the feature by Edwin Swift Balch in 1902.  The inlet was re-identified and charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947.||
8537|Larsen Islands|Island|603600S|0460400W|-60.6|-46.0666667|||01/01/1952|Small group of islands lying 1 mi NW of Moreton Point the W extremity of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands. Discovered by Captain George Powell and Captain Nathaniel Palmer on the occasion of their joint cruise in December 1821.  They were named on Captain Petter Sorlle's chart, based upon his survey of the South Orkney Islands in 1912-13, in honor of Captain C.A. Larsen.||
8538|Larsen Nunatak|Summit|645800S|0600400W|-64.9666667|-60.0666667|||01/01/1952|Nunatak 2 mi N of Murdoch Nunatak in the Seal Nunataks group, off the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  The Seal Nunataks were discovered by a Norwegian whaling expedition under C.A. Larsen in December 1893.  Commemoration of Larsen was proposed by Ludwig Friederichsen in 1895.  The application of this name is based upon a 1947 survey by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).||
8539|Larsen Point|Summit|541200S|0363000W|-54.2|-36.5|||01/01/1952|Point which forms the W side of the entrance to Cumberland Bay on the N coast of South Georgia.  Named for Captain C.A. Larsen, who visited Cumberland Bay in the Jason in 1893-94.||
8543|Lars Island|Island|542800S|0032200E|-54.4666667|3.3666667|||01/01/1957|A rocky island, less than 0.2 mi long, which lies just off the southwest extremity of Bouvetoya.  First roughly charted in 1898 by a German expedition under Karl Chun.  The Norwegian expedition under Captain Harald Horntvedt made a landing on the island from the ship Norvegia in December 1927.  They named it, probably after Lars Christensen, sponsor of the Norwegian expedition.||
8544|Lars Nunatak|Summit|715200S|0041300E|-71.8666667|4.2166667|||01/01/1967|An isolated nunatak about 5 mi W of Skigarden Ridge in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named for Lars Hochlin, dog driver and radio operator with Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-58).||
8545|Larson Crag|Cliff|764400S|1610800E|-76.7333333|161.1333333|1600|5249|01/01/1965|A prominent rocky summit, over 1,600 m, at the N end of Staten Island Heights in the Convoy Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and Navy air photos.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for Commander Wesley Larson, commanding officer of the USS Staten Island in Antarctic waters, 1959-60.||
8546|Larson Glacier|Glacier|772800S|1540000W|-77.4666667|-154|||01/01/1970|A tributary glacier that drains NW from La Gorce Peak in the Alexandra Mountains and enters the S side of Butler Glacier, on Edward VII Peninsula.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for helicopter pilot Lieutenant Commander Conrad S. Larson, U.S. Navy (USN), officer in charge of the helicopter detachment aboard the icebreaker Eastwind during Operation Deep Freeze, 1955-56.||
8547|Larson Nunataks|Summit|824500S|0480000W|-82.75|-48|||01/01/1968|A small cluster of nunataks lying along the E side of Forrestal Range, 1.5 mi SE of Mount Malville, in the Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Larry R. Larson, aviation electronics technician at Ellsworth Station, winter 1957.||
8548|Larson Valley|Valley|793200S|0835100W|-79.5333333|-83.85|||01/01/1966|A relatively smooth, ice-filled valley between the S end of Inferno Ridge and Mhire Spur in the Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for equipment operator D.L. Larson, USN, snow removal operator at Williams Field, McMurdo Sound, during Deep Freeze 1965 and 1966.||
8550|Larssen Peak|Summit|541900S|0364600W|-54.3166667|-36.7666667|1550|5085|01/01/1963|Peak, 1,550 m, between Three Brothers and Marikoppa in the Allardyce Range of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Harald Larssen, Manager at the Compania Argentina de Pesca station, Grytviken, 1951-54.||
8551|Larvik|Bay|542200S|0365400W|-54.3666667|-36.9|||01/01/1963|Small bay indenting the S coast of South Georgia between Newark Bay and Jacobsen Bight.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57.  The name is well established in local usage.||
8553|Larvik Cone|Summit|542200S|0365200W|-54.3666667|-36.8666667|425|1394|01/01/1963|Low but prominent scree cone, 425 m, on the promontory between Newark Bay and Jacobsen Bight, on the S coast of South Georgia.  Roughly sketched by the British South Georgia Expedition, 1954-55, and named Larvik Peak from association with nearby Larvik.  The South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1956-57, reported that cone is a more suitable descriptive term.||
8554|Larvik Harbor|Harbor|642900S|0622700W|-64.4833333|-62.45||||A small bay SW of Lagrange Peak in SE Brabant Island, Palmer Archipelago.  The bay was roughly charted by a British expedition, 1920-22, and so named after the town of Larvik in southern Norway, following the name usage of whalers (M.C. Lester's amendments to Kapt. Johans Johannessen's manuscript chart of c. 1919-20).||
8557|Laseron Islands|Island|665900S|1424800E|-66.9833333|142.8|||01/01/1952|A chain of small ice-capped and rocky islands lying 3 mi E of Cape Denison in Commonwealth Bay.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who named them for Charles F. Laseron, taxidermist with the expedition.||
8558|Lasher Spur|Ridge|690600S|0663900W|-69.1|-66.65||||A prominent mountain spur trending NW from Kelvin Crests, 4 mi ENE of Triune Peaks, Fallieres Coast.  The spur was photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947, U.S. Navy, 1966, and was surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1958.  Named in 1977 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant William J. Lasher, U.S. Navy (USN), LC-130 aircraft commander, Operation Deep Freeze, 1969 and 1970.||
8560|Lashly Glacier|Glacier|775423S|1595106E|-77.906462|159.851784|||01/01/1961|Short, broad glacier lying between the Lashly Mountains on the W and Tabular Mountain and Mount Feather on the E, flowing S into The Portal, in Victoria Land.  So named by the New Zealand Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) for its proximity to the Lashly Mountains.||
8561|Lashly Mountains|Summit|775400S|1593300E|-77.9|159.55|2550|8366||A small group of mountains, the most prominent being Mount Crean (2,550 m), standing S of the head of Taylor Glacier and W of Lashly Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named for William Lashly, a member of the party which explored this area.||
8563|Mount Lassell|Summit|714500S|0685000W|-71.75|-68.8333333|1000|3281|01/01/1961|Snow-covered peak, 1,000 m, overlooking the head of Neptune Glacier in the SE part of Alexander Island.  The peak appears to have been first seen from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth on Nov. 23, 1935, and roughly mapped from photos obtained on that flight by W.L.G. Joerg.  Remapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for William Lassell (1799-1880), English astronomer who discovered Umbriel and Ariel, satellites of Uranus, and Triton, satellite of Neptune.||
8565|Lassiter Coast|Beach|734500S|0620000W|-73.75|-62|||01/01/1953|That portion of the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula extending from Cape Mackintosh to Cape Adams.  The N portion of this coast was discovered and photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940.  During 1947 the entire extent of the coast was photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted it from the ground.  The name was applied by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain James W. Lassiter of the then U.S. Army Air Force (USAAF), who as chief pilot was instrumental in the overall success of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) aerial exploratory program.  Lassiter was pilot not only on the flight SW from Cape Adams, on which geographic discovery was extended to 7600S, 7230W (the Mount Hassage area), but also on the flight SE to about 7900S, 4345W, on which the seaward edge of the Ronne Ice Shelf and the W and central edge of the Filchner Ice Shelf were sighted and photographed for the first time.||
8568|Lassus Mountains|Summit|693500S|0713800W|-69.5833333|-71.6333333|2100|6890|01/01/1961|Mountains, 15 mi long and 3 mi wide, rising to 2,100 m and extending S from Palestrina Glacier in the NW part of Alexander Island.  First seen in 1821 by the Russian expedition under Bellingshausen.  Photographed from the air in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) but mapped as part of the Havre Mountains.  First mapped in detail from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Orlandus Lassus (c. 1532-94), Belgian composer.||
8569|Last Cache Nunatak|Summit|853300S|1740800W|-85.55|-174.1333333|||01/01/1966|The southernmost and last nunatak on the ridge forming the eastern wall of Zaneveld Glacier.  Though not large, it is an important navigational landmark on the polar plateau in the vicinity of the head of Shackleton Glacier.  So named by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62), who made their last depot of food and fuel near the nunatak.||
8570|Last Hill|Summit|632800S|0570500W|-63.4666667|-57.0833333|350|1148|01/01/1952|Small hill, 350 m, with a rock ridge at its crest and a cliff at its N side, standing 4 mi SSW of Hope Bay and 2 mi E of the NE shore of Duse Bay on Tabarin Peninsula.  Probably seen by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold.  First charted in 1946 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who so named it because it marks the last climb on the sledge route between Hope Bay and Duse Bay.||
8571|Latady Island|Island|704500S|0743500W|-70.75|-74.5833333|||01/01/1961|Low ice-covered island, 35 mi long and more than 10 mi wide, lying 45 mi S of Charcot Island and W of Alexander Island. An ice-covered feature in this approximate position was seen from the air and described by Sir Hubert Wilkins in 1929, but not recognized as an island or separately mapped.  The island was first photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and mapped from these photos by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for William R. Latady, aerial photographer and navigator on the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) flight.||
8572|Latady Mountains|Summit|744500S|0641800W|-74.75|-64.3||||A group of mountains rising W of Gardner Inlet and between the Wetmore and Ketchum Glaciers, in SE Palmer Land.  These mountains were discovered by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, under Ronne, and named for William Latady, aerial photographer with the expedition.||
8573|Latham Peak|Summit|662100S|0514800E|-66.35|51.8||||Peak projecting through the icecap 16 mi SE of Cape Ann and 8 mi NW of Mount Marr.  Discovered in January 1930 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, who named it for Rt. Hon. Sir John Greig Latham, Minister for External Affairs in the Australian Government, 1931-34, and later Chief Justice of Australia.||
8574|Latino Peak|Summit|720900S|1673300E|-72.15|167.55|2290|7513|01/01/1970|A peak (2,290 m) situated 4 mi SSW of Mount Hazlett in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Terry L. Latino, U.S. Navy (USN), constructionman at McMurdo Station, 1967.||
8579|Laubeuf Fjord|Bay|672000S|0675000W|-67.3333333|-67.8333333|||01/01/1953|A sound, 25 mi long in a N-S direction and averaging 10 mi wide, lying between the east-central portion of Adelaide Island and the S portion of Arrowsmith Peninsula, Graham Land. Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot, and named by him for Maxime Laubeuf, French marine engineer who supervised building the engine for the ship Pourquoi-Pas?.||
8580|Mount Laudon|Summit|741300S|0640300W|-74.2166667|-64.05|||01/01/1968|A prominent mountain standing 7 mi N of Mount Crowell in the NW part of Guettard Range, in southern Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Thomas S. Laudon, geologist at Byrd Station, summer 1960-61, and member of the University of Wisconsin geological party to the Eights Station area, summer 1965-66.||
8581|Lauff Island|Island|730300S|1260800W|-73.05|-126.1333333|||01/01/1962|A small island lying 2 mi north of Cape Dart, Siple Island, off the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered and photographed from aircraft of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Bernard J. Lauff, USN, Commanding Officer of USS Glacier during Operation Deep Freeze, 1956-57.||
8582|Launch Channel|Channel|661700S|1103000E|-66.2833333|110.5|||01/01/1963|The narrow body of water between Bailey Peninsula and Shirley Island in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN).  The relatively shallow soundings in the channel restrict its use to smaller craft, suggesting the name.||
8584|Launch Rock|Bar|674600S|0685600W|-67.7666667|-68.9333333|||01/01/1964|Submerged rock lying SW of Glover Rocks, off the S end of Adelaide Island.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) to commemorate the unnamed launch from Royal Research Ship (RRS) John Biscoe used by the Hydrographic Survey Unit which charted this area in 1963.||
8585|Mount Launoit|Summit|723400S|0312700E|-72.5666667|31.45|2470|8104|01/01/1966|Mountain, 2,470 m, between Mount Brouwer and Mount Imbert in the Belgica Mountains.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1958-59, under G. de Gerlache, who named it for Count de Launoit, President of the BRUFINA Society which gave financial assistance to the expedition.||
8586|Cape Laurens|Cape|525900S|0731500E|-52.9833333|73.25|||01/01/1956|Cape which marks the NW extremity of Laurens Peninsula and Heard Island.  The name was probably applied by Captain Franklin F. Smith, of the American bark Laurens, who visited Heard Island in 1855-56 and who, with Captain Erasmus Darwin Rogers, initiated sealing operations and longtime American sealer occupation of Heard Island.  The name appears on a chart by the British expedition under Nares, which visited the island in the the sealers.||
8587|Laurens Peninsula|Cape|530000S|0731800E|-53|73.3|||01/01/1956|Rugged peninsula surmounted by several ice-covered peaks which forms the NW part of Heard Island.  The name was applied by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) following their survey in 1948.  It derives from the existing name Cape Laurens, applied for the NW extremity of this peninsula after the American bark Laurens which, under Captain Franklin F. Smith, visited Heard Island in 1855-56 and assisted in initiating sealing operations there.||
8588|Laurie Island|Island|604400S|0443700W|-60.7333333|-44.6166667|||01/01/1947|An irregularly-shaped island, 12.5 mi long in an E-W direction, being the easternmost of the South Orkney Islands. Discovered in December 1821 in the course of the joint cruise by Captain George Powell, British sealer, and Captain Nathaniel Palmer, American sealer.  R.H. Laurie, Chartseller to the Admiralty, published a chart of the South Shetland Islands, South Orkney Islands, and the NE end of the Antarctic Peninsula on Nov. 1, 1822, based on the exploration of Powell, Palmer and other sealers then in this area.  The island was surveyed in 1903 by the ScotNAE under W.S. Bruce.||
8589|Laurie Point|Summit|540300S|0375900W|-54.05|-37.9833333|||01/01/1963|The E extremity of a small island which lies close to shore and marks the S side of the entrance to Johan Harbor, on the S coast and near the W end of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1956-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for A.H. Laurie, member of the scientific staff of the Discovery Investigations Marine Station, Grytviken, in 1930-31, who also worked on the William Scoresby in 1929-30 and on Discovery II in 1930.||
8590|Lauritzen Bay|Bay|690700S|1565000E|-69.1166667|156.8333333|||01/01/1961|A bay about 12 mi wide, occupied by bay ice and ice shell, indenting the coast between Cape Yevgenov and Coombes Ridge.  The Matusevich Glacier Tongue joins Coombes Ridge in forming the W side of the bay.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump in 1947.  Sketched and photographed by Phillip Law, leader of Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Magga Dan) on Feb. 20, 1959.  Named by ANCA for Knud Lauritzen, shipowner of Copenhagen, Denmark, owner of Magga Dan and other vessels used by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) since 1954.||
8591|Laussedat Heights|Summit|644700S|0623000W|-64.7833333|-62.5|||01/01/1965|A series of elevations extending eastward for 8 mi in the SW part of Arctowski Peninsula, on the W coast of Graham Land. Mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Aime Laussedat (1819-1907), French military engineer, the "father of photogrammetry," who pioneered the application of photography to survey from about 1851 onward.||
8593|Lautaro Island|Island|644900S|0630600W|-64.8166667|-63.1|||01/01/1968|An island 1 mi long, lying just W of Lemaire Island in Gerlache Strait.  Probably first seen by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) (1897-99) under Gerlache.  Named by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition (1948-49) after the Lautaro, one of the Chilean expedition ships working in the area that season.||
8594|Lauzanne Cove|Bay|650500S|0632300W|-65.0833333|-63.3833333|||01/01/1965|Cove 2 miles wide, lying immediately S of Guyou Islands on the S side of Flandres Bay, along the W coast of Graham Land. First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, who named it for Stephane Lauzanne, chief editor of the French newspaper Le Matin, 1900-15.||04/06/1998
8595|Lavallee Peak|Summit|720400S|1645600E|-72.0666667|164.9333333|2175|7136|01/01/1969|A peak, 2,175 m, just NW of Gibraltar Peak in West Quartzite Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant David O. Lavallee, USN, biological diver at McMurdo Station, summers 1963-64, 1964-65 and 1966-67.||
8596|Lavallee Point|Summit|763700S|1595000E|-76.6166667|159.8333333|||01/01/1965|The northernmost point of Shipton Ridge in the Allan Hills, Victoria Land.  Reconnoitered by the New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) Allan Hills Expedition (1964) who reported that they named the point after Lieutenant Lavallee, U.S. Navy, who assisted in establishing the expedition in the Allan Hills.||
8597|Låvebrua Island|Island|630200S|0603500W|-63.0333333|-60.5833333|95|312|01/01/1963|Island, 95 m high, lying 0.7 mi E of South Point, Deception Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted by a British expedition under Foster, 1828-31.  The name was given by Norwegian whalers operating from Deception Island, and was in use as early as 1927.  The name is descriptive, meaning literally "threshing floor bridge" or "barn bridge."||
8599|LaVergne Glacier|Glacier|851900S|1704500W|-85.3166667|-170.75|||01/01/1966|A tributary glacier about 7 mi long, flowing E along the S slopes of Seabee Heights to enter Liv Glacier close SW of McKinley Nunatak.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Cornelius B. de LaVergne, Deputy Commander of Antarctic Support Activity at McMurdo Station during U.S. Navy (USN) Op DFrz 1961.||
8601|Lavett Bluff|Cliff|531100S|0733200E|-53.1833333|73.5333333|||01/01/1966|A rock bluff between Deacock Glacier and Fiftyone Glacier on the S side of Heard Island.  Surveyed in 1948 by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) and named "Cape Lavett" for Lieutenant John L. Lavett, RAN, one of the officers on HMAS Labuan, relief ship for the expedition. Further Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) exploration led to revision of the name in 1964 to Lavett Bluff.||
8602|Lavoisier Island|Island|661200S|0664400W|-66.2|-66.7333333|||01/01/1962|Island 18 mi long and 5 mi wide, lying between Rabot and Watkins Islands in the Biscoe Islands.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, and named "Ile Nansen" after Fridtjof Nansen, Norwegian Arctic explorer.  To avoid confusion with Nansen Island (q.v.) in Wilhelmina Bay, the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) recommended in 1960 that the island be renamed for Antoine Laurent Lavoisier, French chemist who pioneered the study of metabolism.||
8603|Lavris Peak|Summit|764900S|1255600W|-76.8166667|-125.9333333|2745|9006|01/01/1962|A snow-capped peak which rises to 2,745 m in the NE portion of Mount Hartigan, in the Executive Committee Range, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy trimetrogon photography, 1958-60.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William C. Lavris, Meteorological Technician at Byrd Station, 1959.||
8605|Law Dome|Summit|664400S|1125000E|-66.7333333|112.8333333|1395|4577|01/01/1970|A large ice dome which rises to 1,395 m directly south of Cape Poinsett.  The feature was roughly mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47.  The dome has been the subject of intensive glaciological and geophysical surveys by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), 1962-65.  Named by ANCA for Phillip G. Law, Director of the Antarctic Division, Australian Department of External Affairs, 1949-66.||
8606|Law Glacier|Glacier|840500S|1610000E|-84.0833333|161|||01/01/1966|A glacier about 10 in. wide between the S end of Queen Elizabeth Range and the MacAlpine Hills, gradually descending ENE from the polar plateau to Bowden Neve.  Named by the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) for B.R. Law, Deputy-Chairman of the Ross Sea Committee.||
8607|Law Islands|Island|671500S|0590200E|-67.25|59.0333333|||01/01/1961|Group of small islands lying off the E end of Law Promontory, at the W side of the entrance to Stefansson Bay. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  First visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by P.W. Crohn in 1956.  So named by ANCA because of their proximity to Law Promontory.||
8608|Law Promontory|Cliff|671500S|0584700E|-67.25|58.7833333|||01/01/1965|A mainly ice-covered promontory 15 mi long, extending generally eastward from the coast at the NW side of Stefansson Bay.  First mapped by DI personnel on the William Scoresby in February, 1936.  Remapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and called Breidhovde (Broad Knoll).  First visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party in 1956, and renamed by ANCA for Phillip Law, who flew over and photographed this feature in February 1954.||
8610|Mount Lawrence|Summit|675100S|0623100E|-67.85|62.5166667|1230|4035|01/01/1965|Peak, 1,230 m, just N of Mount Coates in the David Range of the Frammes Mountains, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Named by ANCA for J. Lawrence, diesel mechanic at Mawson Station in 1959.||
8612|Lawrence Channel|Channel|672100S|0673500W|-67.35|-67.5833333||||A marine channel in Laubeuf Fjord, running N-S between Wyatt Island and Arrowsmith Peninsula, Loubet Coast.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1984 after Captain Stuart J. Lawrence, Master of the British Antarctic Survey (BAS) ship Bransfield from 1974.||
8613|Lawrence Nunatak|Summit|845000S|0670200W|-84.8333333|-67.0333333|1540|5052|01/01/1968|A nunatak, 1,540 m, standing 3 mi W of Snake Ridge along the ice escarpment that trends SW from the ridge, in the Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lawrence E. Brown, surveyor at Palmer Station, winter 1966.||
8614|Lawrence Peaks|Range|725000S|1662000E|-72.8333333|166.3333333|||01/01/1968|A mountain complex of high peaks separating the Seafarer Glacier from the head of the Mariner Glacier.  Named by the Northern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1966-67, for the leader of the party, J.E.S. Lawrence.||
8615|Lawrie Glacier|Glacier|660400S|0643600W|-66.0666667|-64.6|||01/01/1971|Glacier flowing into the head of Barilari Bay between Mount Genecand and Mezzo Buttress, on the W coast of Graham Land. Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Robert Lawrie, English alpine and polar equipment specialist.||
8616|Laws Glacier|Glacier|603800S|0453800W|-60.6333333|-45.6333333|||01/01/1956|A confluent glacier system which flows into Marshall Bay on the S coast of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands. Surveyed in 1948-49 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Richard M. Laws of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), leader and biologist at Signy Island base in 1948 and 1949, and at South Georgia in 1951.||
8617|Lawson Aiguilles|Summit|675000S|0661500E|-67.8333333|66.25|||01/01/1971|A line of sharp peaks in the S part of Mount Rivett, in the Gustav Bull Mountains of Mac. Robertson Land.  Peaks in this group were included in Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveys of 1962 and 1967.  Named by ANCA for E.J. Lawson, diesel mechanic at Mawson Station who assisted with the survey work in 1967.||
8618|Lawson Nunatak|Summit|675600S|0625100E|-67.9333333|62.85|||01/01/1971|A small tooth-like nunatak lying 2 mi SE of Branson Nunatak in the Masson Range of the Framnes Mountains.  The feature was fixed by intersection from trigonometrical stations by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1968.  Named by ANCA for E.J. Lawson, diesel mechanic at Mawson Station, who assisted with the survey work in 1967.||
8619|Lawson Nunataks|Summit|704700S|1594500E|-70.7833333|159.75|||01/01/1970|A line of nunataks about 4 mi long, located 4 mi SW of Keim Peak in the Usarp Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gerald J. Lawson, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
8620|Lawson Peak|Summit|661100S|0653600W|-66.1833333|-65.6|||01/01/1965|Peak 3.5 mi SE of Cape Evensen on the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Sir Arnold Lawson (1867-1947), English ophthalmic surgeon whose work in tinted glass contributed to improvements in the protective qualities of snow goggles.  The peak is a prominent landmark when seen from the southwest.||
8621|Lawther Knoll|Summit|542900S|0370300W|-54.4833333|-37.05|315|1033||A rounded, scree-covered hill (315 m) in eastern Annenkov Island, South Georgia.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist Eric G. Lawther who worked on the island, 1972-73.||
8622|Lay-brother Rock|Island|603400S|0461300W|-60.5666667|-46.2166667|||01/01/1952|Rock 2 mi SW of Despair Rocks and 7 mi NW of Route Point, off the W end of Coronation Island in the South Orkney Islands. Charted and named by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1933.||
8623|Layman Peak|Summit|845100S|1793500E|-84.85|179.5833333|2560|8399|01/01/1962|A peak, 2,560 m, standing 3 mi E of Mount Bellows and 4 mi N of McIntyre Promontory, in the Queen Maud Mountains. Discovered and photographed by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) on Flight C of February 29-March 1, 1940, and surveyed by A.P. Crary in 1957-58.  Named by Crary for Frank Layman, mechanic of the U.S. Ross Ice Shelf Traverse Party (1957-58) and Victoria Land Traverse Party (1958-59).||
8624|Cape L�ra|Cape|642000S|0565500W|-64.3333333|-56.9166667||||The northernmost point of Snow Hill Island.  The cape was named "Cabo Costa Lazara" by the command of the Argentine ship after Teniente (Lieutenant) Costa Lazara, an Argentine navy pilot who was killed in a flying accident at the Espora Naval Air Base.||
8626|Lazarev Bay|Bay|692000S|0720000W|-69.3333333|-72|||01/01/1961|Rectangular bay, 15 mi long and 13 mi wide, between Alexander Island and Rothschild Island and bounded on the S by ice shelf joining the two islands.  The N coast of Alexander Island was first seen from a great distance by the Russian expedition of 1821 under Bellingshausen.  The bay was first mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Lieutenant Mikhail P. Lazarev (1788-1851), second-in-command of the Russian expedition and commander of the sloop Mirnyy.||
8627|Lazarev Ice Shelf|Glacier|693700S|0144500E|-69.6166667|14.75|||01/01/1971|That part of the ice shelf fringing the coast of Queen Maud Land between Leningradskiy Island and Verblyud Island.  It is about 50 mi long.  First photographed from the air and mapped by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Explored and mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1959, and named for Lieutenant (later Admiral) Mikhail P. Lazarev, commander of the sloop Mirnyy.||
8628|Lazarev Mountains|Summit|693200S|1572000E|-69.5333333|157.3333333|||01/01/1967|A chain of mountains along the west side of Matusevich Glacier southward of Eld Peak, about 25 mi long.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47), the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (1957-58) and Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1959).  Named by the Soviet expedition after Lieutenant M.P. Lazarev, commander of the sloop Mirnyy of the Bellingshausen expedition (1819-21).||04/06/1998
8629|Leach Nunatak|Summit|773600S|1462500W|-77.6|-146.4166667|||01/01/1970|A nunatak 4 mi WSW of Mount Ronne in the Haines Mountains, Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Edwin B. Leach, aviation electronics technician, U.S. Navy (USN), Williams Field Division Chief responsible for maintenance of electronic equipment on all aircraft during Operation Deep Freeze 1967.||
8630|Leafvein Gulch|Valley|570600S|0264600W|-57.1|-26.7666667|||01/01/1972|A valley 0.5 mi long with intensely gullied flanks, draining the NE part of Vindication Island, South Sandwich Islands.  Its lower end lies SW of Braces Point on the E coast of the island.  The name applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 derives from the pattern of the gullies which recall the radiating veins of a leaf.||
8632|League Rock|Island|674600S|0690400W|-67.7666667|-69.0666667|||01/01/1964|Distinctive rounded rock lying SW of Box Reef, off the S end of Adelaide Island.  Surveyed by the Royal Navy (RN) Hydrographic Survey Unit, 1962-63.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because the rock lies one league distant from Adelaide station.||
8633|Leah Ridge|Ridge|701300S|0650000E|-70.2166667|65|||01/01/1971|A rock ridge located 1 mi NW of Dawson Nunatak and 5 mi SE of Mount Bechervaise in the Athos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  The feature was intersected by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) survey party in November 1966 and climbed by the party in December 1966.  So named by ANCA because "Leah" was the code word used at Mawson Station to identify the survey party.||
8634|Cape Leahy|Cape|734300S|1190000W|-73.7166667|-119|||01/01/1957|An ice-covered cape which marks the N extremity of Duncan Peninsula, Carney Island, along the coast of Marie Byrd Land. Discovered and photographed from the air on Jan. 24, 1947, by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47, and named by Rear Admiral Byrd for Fleet Admiral William D. Leahy, USN, who, as naval advisor to the President at the time of Operation Highjump, assisted materially at the high-level planning and authorization stages.||
8636|Lealand Bluff|Cliff|672700S|0593300E|-67.45|59.55|||01/01/1953|High rounded bluff at the SW corner of William Scoresby Bay in the E part of Enderby Land.  Named by DI personnel on the William Scoresby who charted this area in 1936.||
8637|Léal Bluff|Cliff|635300S|0573500W|-63.8833333|-57.5833333|485|1591||A rounded bluff rising to 485 m, 2 mi inland from Cape Lamb in the SW part of Vega Island.  Named by the Argentine Antarctic Expedition after Mayor Jorge Leal, deputy leader at the Argentine station "Esperanza" in 1947.||
8638|Leander Glacier|Glacier|715600S|1674100E|-71.9333333|167.6833333|||01/01/1962|A tributary glacier in the Admiralty Mountains, draining the area W of Mount Black Prince and flowing S between Shadow Bluff and McGregor Range to enter Tucker Glacier.  Partially surveyed by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, which also observed upper parts of the glacier from Mount Midnight and Mount Shadow.  Named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) for the light cruiser HMNZS Leander which served in World War II, 1939-45.||
8639|Leap Year Glacier|Glacier|714200S|1641500E|-71.7|164.25|||01/01/1964|A tributary glacier between Molar Massif and Mount Stirling in the Bowers Mountains, draining SE into Black Glacier.  So named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, as party members arrived here in the new year of 1964 after climbing out of the Sledgers Glacier.||
8640|Lear Spire|Pillar|780500S|1613000E|-78.0833333|161.5|2470|8104|01/01/1995|A distinctive pointed spire rising to 2,470 m, 3 mi S of Ugolini Peak, Colwell Massif, in Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1994 after D'Ann Figard Lear, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), librarian for the Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research (SCAR) library (Reston, VA), which holds an extensive collection of Antarctic photography, maps, and geodetic control data.||
8641|Leay Glacier|Glacier|651000S|0635700W|-65.1666667|-63.95|||01/01/1971|Glacier flowing NW into Girard Bay to the W of Hotine Glacier, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Petra Leay Searle of the Directorate of Overseas Surveys, who has contributed to the work of mapping the Antarctic Peninsula area.||
8643|Cape Leblond|Cape|660400S|0663600W|-66.0666667|-66.6|||01/01/1950|Cape forming the N end of Lavoisier Island, in the Biscoe Islands.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10, and named by him for the President of the Norman Geographical Society at Rouen.||
8644|Mount Lechner|Summit|831400S|0505500W|-83.2333333|-50.9166667|2030|6660|01/01/1968|A prominent mountain, 2,030 m, surmounting the SW end of Saratoga Table in the Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Major Ralph C. Lechner, USA, airlift coordinator on the staff of the Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, 1964-66.||
8645|Mount Leckie|Summit|702600S|0660000E|-70.4333333|66|||01/01/1967|A roughly circular outcrop about 3 mi E of Martin Massif in the Porthos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Visited by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) southern party (1956-57).  Named for Squadron Leader D.W. Leckie, RAAF, who commanded the Antarctic Flight at Mawson Station, 1956.||
8646|Leckie Range|Range|675500S|0562700E|-67.9166667|56.45|||01/01/1962|Group of peaks 50 mi S of Edward VIII Bay.  The individual peaks were first shown on a 1947 Norwegian whalers chart by H.E. Hansen.  Named by ANCA for Squadron Leader Douglas Leckie, RAAF, who commanded the Antarctic Flight at Mawson Station, 1956, and who piloted the Auster aircraft from which Phillip Law sighted and plotted these peaks.||
8647|Mount Lecointe|Summit|830900S|1610900E|-83.15|161.15|3620|11876||A conspicuous mountain, 3,620 m, located 3 mi NW of Mount Rabot in the Queen Elizabeth Range.  Named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) for Lieutenant Georges Lecointe, who was second in command of the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) (1897-99) under Gerlache.||
8648|Lecointe Island|Island|641600S|0620300W|-64.2666667|-62.05|700|2297|01/01/1965|An elongated island, 4 mi long and 700 m high, separated from the E coast of Brabant Island by Pampa Passage, in the Palmer Archipelago.  The island was first roughly surveyed by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition, 1897-99, which gave the name Cape Kaiser to its northern extremity.  The island was surveyed and photographed by several British expeditions, 1955-58, and was named by them for Georges Lecointe, second-in-command and surveyor of the Belgian expedition which was responsible for the first survey of Gerlache Strait.||
8649|Le Couteur Glacier|Glacier|844200S|1703000W|-84.7|-170.5|||01/01/1966|A glacier, 15 mi long, which drains the NW slopes of Mount Hall and Mount Daniel and flows N along the W side of Lillie Range to the Ross Ice Shelf.  Named by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1963-64) for P.C. Le Couteur, geologist with the New Zealand Federated Mountain Clubs Antarctic Expedition, 1962-63.||
8650|Le Couteur Peak|Summit|720900S|1655900E|-72.15|165.9833333|||01/01/1964|A peak between Cirque and Omega Peaks, in the N part of Millen Range.  Named by the Southern Party of the NZFMCAE, 1962-63, for P.C. Le Couteur, geologist with this party.||
8652|Lécuyer Point|Summit|645000S|0633000W|-64.8333333|-63.5|||01/01/1951|Point which forms the S side of the entrance to the harbor of Port Lockroy, Wiencke Island, in the Palmer Archipelago. Discovered and named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05.||
8653|Leda Ridge|Ridge|705200S|0683200W|-70.8666667|-68.5333333||||A ridge running NE-SW on the W side of Ganymede Heights, E of Jupiter Glacier, in E Alexander Island.  The ridge was photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in 1947 and was mapped from the photographs by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Leda, a satellite of Jupiter, in association with Jupiter Glacier.||
8654|Ledda Bay|Bay|742300S|1312000W|-74.3833333|-131.3333333|||01/01/1966|A shallow embayment or bight, 12 mi long, in the N side of Grant Island, off the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered and first charted from the USS Glacier (Captain Edwin A. McDonald, USN) on Feb. 4, 1962.  Named for R.J. Ledda, QM3, U.S. Navy (USN), quartermaster aboard the Glacier on the cruise in which the bay was discovered.||
8656|Lednikov Bay|Bay|663400S|0922200E|-66.5666667|92.3666667|||01/01/1962|Small bay just W of McDonald Bay on the coast of Antarctica.  The bay was mapped in 1955 from aerial photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Remapped by the Soviet expedition of 1956 and named Bukhta Lednikovaya (glacier bay), probably because of its location at the terminus of a small glacier.||
8657|Mount Lee|Summit|713300S|0740500W|-71.55|-74.0833333|590|1936||A mountain rising to 590 m in central Harris Peninsula, Beethoven Peninsula, in the SW part of Alexander Island. Discovered and roughly mapped by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and named by Ronne after R. Admiral Paul F. Lee, U.S. Navy (USN), Chief of the Office of Naval Research who, appreciating the significance of the scientific program, authorized Naval support for the expedition. Remapped from Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) air photos by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960; remapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy air phots, 1967-68, and Landsat imagery taken 1972-73.||
8658|Mount Leech|Summit|720900S|0994700W|-72.15|-99.7833333|||01/01/1960|A peak of the Walker Mountains, standing 5 mi NW of Mount Hubbard in Thurston Island.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert E. Leech, entomologist who participated in a U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) airborne insect program in the Ross, Amundsen and Bellingshausen Sea areas in the 1959-60 season.||01/28/2004
8659|Lee Island|Island|673500S|0625200E|-67.5833333|62.8666667|||01/01/1965|Island just W of Teyssier Island in Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Named by ANCA for R.T. Lee, diesel mechanic at nearby Mawson station in 1957.||
8662|Mount Leek|Summit|754900S|0683100W|-75.8166667|-68.5166667|||01/01/1968|A mountain standing W of Spear Glacier in the NE part of the Hauberg Mountains, in Ellsworth Land.  First observed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gouke M. Leek, glaciologist at Byrd Station, summer 1965-66.||
8663|Lee Lake|Lake|770200S|1620800E|-77.0333333|162.1333333|300|984|01/01/1972|A small lake at the SE corner of Redcliff Nunatak on the S flank of Mackay Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Redcliff Nunatak projects as a rounded mound of granite 300 m above the glacier surface.  The ice is piled up on the W side and sweeps around the N and S sides to the lee side, where it is much lower, and where this lake has formed from meltwater.  Given this descriptive name by the Western Journey Party, led by Taylor, of British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
8664|Lee Nunatak|Summit|710100S|1595800E|-71.0166667|159.9666667|1920|6299|01/01/1970|A nunatak (1,920 m) 4 mi NW of Penseroso Bluff in the NW part of Daniels Range, Usarp Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Chun Chi Lee, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
8665|Lee Peak|Summit|862500S|1513500W|-86.4166667|-151.5833333|||01/01/1967|A peak along the W side of Scott Glacier, 3 mi N of Mount Denauro, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Frank P. Lee, photographer on aerial flights in Antarctica during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1965, 1966 and 1967.||
8666|Leeson Point|Summit|582400S|0261400W|-58.4|-26.2333333|||01/01/1972|Conspicuous ice-covered coastal feature forming the NE corner of Montagu Island, South Sandwich Islands.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Lieutenant John Leeson, Royal Navy (RN), Senior Pilot in His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) in 1964.||
8667|LeFeuvre Scarp|Cliff|692100S|0631800W|-69.35|-63.3|750|2461|01/01/1962|An irregular cliff-like elevation (750 m) situated 11 mi W of Cape Reichelderfer on the E side of Palmer Land.  It marks the N side of the divide between Bingham Glacier and a smaller unnamed glacier next northward.  The feature was photographed from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth in 1935, the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940, and the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in 1947.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1962 after Charles F. LeFeuvre, radio operator at Brunt Ice Shelf in 1956, Signy Island in 1959, and Horseshoe and Stonington Islands in 1960.||
8669|Lefèvre-Utile Point|Summit|645000S|0633100W|-64.8333333|-63.5166667|||01/01/1950|A point 1 mi W of Curie Point along the N side of Doumer Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered and named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) (1903-05) under Jean B. Charcot.||
8670|Cape Legoupil|Cape|631900S|0575400W|-63.3166667|-57.9|||01/01/1952|Cape at the NE side of the entrance to Huon Bay, Trinity Peninsula, terminating in Schmidt Peninsula (q.v.).  Discovered by a French expedition under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville, 1837-40, and named for artist Ernest Goupil, who died on the expedition.  The incorrect form Legoupil has been used so extensively that in this special case it is accepted.||
8671|Legru Bay|Bay|621000S|0581200W|-62.1666667|-58.2|||01/01/1960|Bay 2 mi wide, indenting the S coast of King George Island immediately NE of Martins Head, in the South Shetland Islands. In 1908-10, the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot applied the name "Cap Legru" to a feature which has now been identified as Martins Head.  As the latter has priority, Charcot's name has been transferred to the feature now described in order to retain it in the area in which it was originally given.||
8672|Cape Leguillou|Cape|633200S|0595000W|-63.5333333|-59.8333333|||01/01/1951|Point which forms the N tip of Tower Island, at the NE end of Palmer Archipelago.  Charted by a French expedition under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville, 1837-40, and named by him for Elie Le Guillou, a surgeon on the expedition ship the charts of the d'Urville expedition and has been consistently used since that time.||
8674|Lehaie Point|Summit|643000S|0624700W|-64.5|-62.7833333|||01/01/1960|The SW point of Hulot Peninsula, Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache, and named after Monsieur Houzeau de Lehage , a supporter of the expedition.  The French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05, charted the point, substantially modifying its earlier cartographic representation.||
8677|Lehrke Inlet|Stream|704900S|0614500W|-70.8166667|-61.75|||01/01/1952|Ice-filled inlet, 8 mi wide, which recedes SW for 17 mi between Cape Boggs and Cape Sharbonneau, along the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) who explored this coast on land and from the air in 1940.  Named for Lester Lehrke, boatswain's mate of the Bear, one of the expedition ships, and sailmaker of the East Base.||
8678|Leigh Hunt Glacier|Glacier|850000S|1741000E|-85|174.1666667|||01/01/1966|A glacier, 7 mi long, flowing NNW to enter Brandau Glacier just W of Hare Peak.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for A. Leigh Hunt, founder and first chairman of the New Zealand Antarctic Society.||
8679|Leininger Peak|Summit|703400S|0621500W|-70.5666667|-62.25|1135|3724|01/01/1953|Peak, 1,135 m, standing at the N side of the base of Eielson Peninsula, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  The peak was photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, 1947-48, and charted in 1947 by a joint sledge party consisting of members of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) and Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by Ronne for Commander Joseph A. Leininger, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), who devised the plans for the loading of cargo and the alterations on the expedition ship.||
8681|Leister Peak|Summit|750900S|1135400W|-75.15|-113.9|||01/01/1967|A peak 3 mi N of Early Bluff in the Kohler Range, Marie Byrd Land Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Geoffrey L. Leister, biologist with the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Marie Byrd Land Survey Party, 1966-67.||
8682|Leitch Massif|Range|715500S|1643600E|-71.9166667|164.6|||01/01/1964|A mountain massif that forms the northern part of West Quartzite Range, in the Concord Mountains.  Named by the northern party of NZFMCAE, 1962-63, for E.C. Leitch, geologist with this party.||
8683|Leith Cove|Bay|645200S|0625000W|-64.8666667|-62.8333333|||01/01/1963|Cove in the NE part of Paradise Harbor, along the W coast of Graham Land.  Probably named by whalers operating in this vicinity.  Leith, Scotland, is the home of Salvesen and Co., whalers.||
8684|Leith Harbor|Harbor|540800S|0364100W|-54.1333333|-36.6833333|||01/01/1953|The northernmost of three harbors in the W side of Stromness Bay, South Georgia.  Named in about 1912 by Salvesen and Co., whalers of Leith, Scotland, operators of the whaling station at the head of the harbor.||
8687|Lekander Nunatak|Summit|850400S|0642900W|-85.0666667|-64.4833333|1815|5955|01/01/1968|A nunatak, 1,815 m, standing along the SW edge of Mackin Table, 2 mi NE of Bessinger Nunatak, in southern Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Bryant A. Lekander, cook at South Pole Station, winter 1960.||
8688|Mount Leland|Summit|771614S|1611820E|-77.270568|161.305558|||01/01/1976|Rock peak 1 mi W of Victoria Upper Glacier in Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Bainbridge B. Leland, USCG, Commanding Officer of U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Burton Island during Operation Deep Freeze 1968 and 1969.||
8689|Lemaire Channel|Channel|650400S|0635700W|-65.0666667|-63.95|||01/01/1950|Channel about 7 mi long and averaging about 1 mi wide, extending in a NE-SW direction from Splitwind Island and False Cape Renard to Roullin Point and Cape Cloos, and separating Booth Island from the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by a German expedition under Dallmann, 1873-74. Traversed in December 1898 by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, and named by him for Charles Lemaire, Belgian explorer of the Congo.||
8690|Lemaire Island|Island|644900S|0625700W|-64.8166667|-62.95||||Island 4.5 mi long and 1.5 mi wide, lying 1 mi W of Duthiers Point off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache, who named it for Charles Lemaire.||
8693|Lemanis Valley|Valley|800100S|1555000E|-80.0166667|155.8333333||||A partly ice-free valley intruded at the entrance by a lobe of ice from Hatherton Glacier, lying between Ituna Valley and Lindum Valley and 7 mi WNW of Derrick Peak in Britannia Range. Named in association with Britannia by a University of Waikato (New Zealand) geological party, 1978-79, led by M.J. Selby.  Lemanis is an old Roman placename for Lymn in England.||03/20/1997
8694|Le Marais|Area|664600S|1413400E|-66.7666667|141.5666667|||01/01/1962|Small area, mainly ice-covered but bounded by several rock exposures, forming part of the peninsula behind Cape Decouverte.  Charted and named in 1951 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE).  The name derives from the muddy pools of melting water which form there during periods of summer thaw, "le marais" being French for marsh.||
8695|Lemasters Bluff|Cliff|732000S|1621200E|-73.3333333|162.2|||01/01/1969|A rock bluff at the E extremity of the Lichen Hills in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Max E. Lemasters, U.S. Navy (USN), air operations officer at McMurdo Station, 1967.||
8696|Mount LeMasurier|Summit|752700S|1393900W|-75.45|-139.65|800|2625|01/01/1970|An ice-free coastal mountain which rises to more than 800 m between Mount Vance and Mount Langway, in the central part of the Ickes Mountains of Marie Byrd Land.  The feature was discovered and photographed from aircraft of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Wesley E. LeMasurier, geologist with Marie Byrd Land Survey II, 1967-68.||
8697|LeMay Range|Range|705500S|0692000W|-70.9166667|-69.3333333|2000|6562||Mountain range 40 mi long with peaks rising to 2,000 m, extending in a NW-SE direction from Snick Pass to Uranus Glacier in central Alexander Island.  First seen from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth on Nov. 23, 1935, and the N and E portions mapped from photos obtained on that flight by W.L.G. Joerg.  Resighted from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and named by Ronne for General Curtis LeMay, Deputy Chief of Air Staff for Research and Development of the then U.S. Army Air Force (USAAF), which furnished equipment for the expedition. Remapped in detail from Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) photos by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.||
8700|Lena Passage|Channel|663400S|0925800E|-66.5666667|92.9666667|||01/01/1961|Passage 0.5 mi wide between the SW part of the Haswell Islands and Vetrov Hill on the coast of Antarctica.  Mapped by the Soviet expedition (1956), who named it for the ship Lena.||
8701|Lenfant Bluff|Cliff|702200S|1600300E|-70.3666667|160.05|||01/01/1970|A rock bluff marking the S side of the mouth of Svendsen Glacier, in the Usarp Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Claude J.M. Lenfant, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
8706|Lenie Passage|Channel|644400S|0642300W|-64.7333333|-64.3833333|||01/01/1975|A NW-SE passage 1 mi wide between the Gossler Islands and Joubin Islands in the Palmer Archipelago.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Pieter J. Lenie, Master of the R.V. Hero in 1972-73 and 1973-74.  Lenie is believed to be first to navigate and carry out sounding of this passage, in the Hero in Jan.-Feb. 1973.||
8707|Leningradskiy Bay|Bay|700000S|0123000E|-70|12.5|||01/01/1970|An indentation in the ice shelf fringing Queen Maud Land immediately W of Lazarev Ice Shelf.  Leningradskiy Island is at the head of the bay.  Mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1959 and named by them for the city of Leningrad.||
8708|Leningradskiy Island|Island|700800S|0125000E|-70.1333333|12.8333333|100|328|01/01/1970|An ice-covered island situated at the head of Leningradskiy Bay at the W margin of the Lazarev Ice Shelf, Queen Maud Land. The feature rises nearly 100 m above the general level of the ice shelf which surrounds all but the N side.  Discovered and mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1961, and named in association with Leningradskiy Bay.||
8709|Leniz Point|Summit|645400S|0630500W|-64.9|-63.0833333|||01/01/1965|The N extremity of the small peninsula on which Mount Banck stands, lying 1 mile S of Byrde Island on the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, who made a landing here on February 10, 1898.  The toponym appears on a Chilean government chart of 1951 and is for the chief stoker Clorindo Leniz Gallejo, on board the tender Yelcho which rescued the crew of the Endurance from Elephant Island in August 1916.||
8710|Lennox-King Glacier|Glacier|832500S|1680000E|-83.4166667|168|||01/01/1961|A large valley glacier, about 40 mi long, draining Bowden Neve and flowing NE between the Holland and Queen Alexandra Ranges to enter Richards Inlet, Ross Ice Shelf.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1959-60) for Lieutenant Commander James Lennox-King, Royal New Zealand Navy (RNZN), leader at Scott Base, 1960.||
8711|Lensen Glacier|Glacier|721800S|1664800E|-72.3|166.8|||01/01/1964|A tributary glacier that flows NE to enter Pearl Harbor Glacier just E of Mount Pearson, in the Victory Mountains of Victoria Land.  Named by NZFMCAE, 1962-63, for G.J. Lensen, a member of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, that worked in the Tucker Glacier area.||
8712|Lensink Peak|Summit|710400S|0652500E|-71.0666667|65.4166667|||01/01/1967|The easternmost of a group of three peaks about 5 mi SE of Husky Massif in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1960.  Named for W.H. Lensink, weather observer at Wilkes Station in 1960.||
8713|Lens Peak|Summit|660800S|0652400W|-66.1333333|-65.4|||01/01/1965|Peak at the S side of Holtedahl Bay just E of Conway Island, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 from association with a group of features in the area commemorating pioneers of research on snow blindness and the design of snow goggles.||
8714|Lenton Bluff|Cliff|790000S|0281300W|-79|-28.2166667|||01/01/1962|Rock bluff on the N side of the mouth of Jeffries Glacier in the Theron Mountains.  First mapped in 1956-57 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and named for Ralph A. Lenton, deputy leader of the advance party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) in 1955-56 and carpenter and radio operator with the transpolar party in 1956-58.||
8715|Lenton Point|Summit|604400S|0453700W|-60.7333333|-45.6166667|||01/01/1956|The SW extremity of a small, rocky peninsula in Clowes Bay on the S side of Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands. Roughly surveyed in 1933 by DI personnel, and resurveyed in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named in 1954 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Ralph A. Lenton of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), radio operator at Signy Island base in 1948, who helped with the survey and biological work; subsequently at Admiralty Bay in 1949, and then leader at Deception Island in 1951, at Port Lockroy in 1952 and at the Argentine Islands in 1954.||
8716|Lentz Buttress|Cliff|854000S|1273600W|-85.6666667|-127.6|2800|9186|01/01/1967|A prominent rock bluff 5 mi ENE of Faure Peak, rising to 2,800 m and forming a projection along the N side of the Wisconsin Plateau of the Horlick Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Malcolm W. Lentz, USN, officer in charge of the South Pole Station winter party, 1962.||
8717|Mount Leo|Summit|692900S|0670000W|-69.4833333|-67|1270|4167|01/01/1962|An isolated mountain (1,270 m) at the SE margin of Forster Ice Piedmont on the W side of Antarctic Peninsula.  The mountain has steep rock cliffs on its S side.  First roughly surveyed by British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE). 1936-37.  Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947, and resurveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1958.  The name applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) is suggestive of the shape of the feature, which resembles a recumbent lion.||
8720|Leonardo Glacier|Glacier|644200S|0615800W|-64.7|-61.9666667|||01/01/1965|Glacier flowing into Wilhelmina Bay between Sadler and Cafe Points, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Leonardo da Vinci (1452-1519), artist, musician, architect and first aeronautical scientist.||
8721|Leon Head|Cliff|543300S|0362900W|-54.55|-36.4833333|880|2887|01/01/1956|Prominent rocky headland, 880 m, forming the S side of the mouth of Brogger Glacier and the SE side of the entrance to Undine South Harbor, on the S coast of South Georgia.  The headland was roughly charted in 1819 by a Russian expedition under Bellingshausen.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), following a survey by the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, for the Spanish vessel Leon, which sighted South Georgia in 1756.||
8722|Léonie Island|Island|673600S|0682100W|-67.6|-68.35|455|1493|01/01/1963|Largest and westernmost of the Leonie Islands, 1 mi in diameter and 455 m high, lying in the entrance to Ryder Bay along the SE side of Adelaide Island.  Discovered and named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot.||
8723|Léonie Islands|Island|673600S|0681700W|-67.6|-68.2833333|||01/01/1953|Group of small islands lying in the entrance to Ryder Bay along the SE side of Adelaide Island.  The French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10, discovered these islands and gave the name Leonie to the largest island.  The British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37, extended the coverage of the name to the entire group.||
8724|Leopard Island|Island|651500S|0641800W|-65.25|-64.3|||01/01/1950|Island 0.2 mi long, lying 0.2 mi W of the SW end of Skua Island in the Argentine Islands, Wilhelm Archipelago.  Charted and named in 1935 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.||
8730|Leopold and Astrid Coast|Beach|672000S|0843000E|-67.3333333|84.5|||01/01/1947|That portion of the coast of Antarctica lying between the western extremity of the West Ice Shelf, in 8124E, and Cape Penck, in 8743E.  Discovered and explored in an airplane flight from the Norwegian ship Thorshavn, January 17, 1934, by Lieutenant Alf Gunnestad and Captain Nils Larsen.  Named by Lars Christensen, Norwegian whaling magnate and leader of the expedition, for King Leopold and Queen Astrid of Belgium.||
8732|Mount Lepanto|Summit|724400S|1682700E|-72.7333333|168.45|2910|9547|01/01/1962|A major peak, 2,910 m, situated 2 mi SE of Mount Freeman in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, after the Battle of Lepanto of 1571.  One of a group of associated names in this area given by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE).||
8734|Lepley Nunatak|Summit|730700S|0901900W|-73.1166667|-90.3166667|||01/01/1962|A small conspicuous rocky nunatak 2 mi SW of Dentler Island, lying near the inner part and E end of Abbot Ice Shelf. First sighted on Feb. 9, 1961 from helicopters of the USS Larry K. Lepley, oceanographer of the U.S. Navy Hydrographic Office, who with three others was marooned at this nunatak, Feb. 12-15, 1961, by a severe wind and snowstorm.||01/28/2004
8737|Leppard Glacier|Glacier|655800S|0623000W|-65.9666667|-62.5|||01/01/1963|A large valley glacier draining E into Scar Inlet, to the N of Ishmael Peak, on the E coast of Graham Land.  First seen from the air and photographed in part by Sir Hubert Wilkins on Dec. 20, 1928.  The glacier was surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955.  It is now clear that, on the photographic evidence of his outward flight, Wilkins gave the name "Crane Channel" to this glacier, and that on his return flight he photographed what is now accepted as Crane Glacier (q.v.), perhaps thinking that it was the same feature.  Since Crane Glacier has been retained for the northern of these glaciers photographed by Wilkins, the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) has named this feature for Norman A.G. Leppard, assistant surveyor with Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who surveyed this area in 1955.||
8738|Mount Lepus|Summit|704000S|0671000W|-70.6666667|-67.1666667|||01/01/1976|A large rocky massif separated into two distinct sections by a deep saddle.  Located between Millett and Bertram Glaciers, about 10 mi E of Wade Point on the W coast of Palmer Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the constellation of Lepus.||
8740|Lerchenfeld Glacier|Glacier|775500S|0341500W|-77.9166667|-34.25||||A glacier flowing in a west-northwesterly direction between Bertrab Nunatak and Littlewood Nunataks.  It coalesces with the southern flank of Schweitzer Glacier before the combined flow discharges into the head of Vahsel Bay.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1911-12, under Wilhelm Filchner, who named this feature for Count Hugo von und zu Lerchenfeld-Kofering, supporter of the expedition.||
8741|Mount LeResche|Summit|713100S|1661700E|-71.5166667|166.2833333|2040|6693|01/01/1969|Prominent mountain (2,040 m) at the extreme N end of Homerun Range in the Admiralty Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1960-63. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert E. LeResche, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1966-67 and 1967-68.||
8742|Leroux Bay|Bay|653600S|0641600W|-65.6|-64.2666667|||01/01/1950|Bay 9 mi long in a NW-SE direction and averaging 5 mi wide, between Nunez Point and the narrow peninsula surmounted by Magnier Peaks, along the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for Commander Leroux, Argentine Navy.  More accurately delineated by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) in 1935.||
8743|Mount LeSchack|Summit|852500S|1240000W|-85.4166667|-124|2265|7431|01/01/1962|A distinctive flat-topped mountain, 2,265 m, standing on the N side of Perkins Canyon in the Wisconsin Range, Horlick Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1959-60.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Leonard A. LeSchack, traverse seismologist, Byrd Station winter party, 1958.||
8744|Les Dents|Summit|685700S|0705800W|-68.95|-70.9666667|1500|4921|01/01/1965|Conspicuous landmark consisting of four toothlike peaks, uniform in height and rising to c. 1,500 m between Mount Bayonne and Mount Paris, in the N part of Alexander Island.  First roughly mapped and named "Les Dents" (the teeth) by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot.  Further mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.||
8745|Leskov Island|Island|564000S|0281000W|-56.6666667|-28.1666667|||01/01/1952|Island less than 1 mi long, lying 30 mi W of Visokoi Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  Discovered in 1819 by a Russian expedition under Bellingshausen, who named it for the third lieutenant on the expedition ship Vostok.||
8746|Leskov Island|Island|663600S|0851000E|-66.6|85.1666667|185|607|01/01/1965|Ice-covered island in the West Ice Shelf, rising to 185 m, 6 mi NW of Mikhaylov Island.  Discovered by the Soviet expedition of 1956, who named it for Lieutenant A. Leskov of the sloop  Vostok on the Bellingshausen expedition 1819-21.||
8747|Leslie Hill|Summit|623400S|0601200W|-62.5666667|-60.2|||01/01/1960|Hill lying northward of Mount Bowles in the E part of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 for David Leslie, Master of the American brig to sealing in 1820-21 in the South Shetland Islands, following the discovery of this group.||
8748|Leslie Peak|Summit|680000S|0563000E|-68|56.5|||01/01/1967|A rock outcrop with a conical peak at its S end, about 5 mi S of Mount Cook of the Leckie Range.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos.  Named by ANCA for Leslie Miller, radio officer at Mawson Station in 1964, a member of one of the survey parties which carried out a tellurometer traverse passing through the Leckie Range in 1965.||
8750|Lesser Mackellar Island|Island|665800S|1423900E|-66.9666667|142.65|||01/01/1963|A small island immediately NE of Greater Mackellar Island in the Mackellar Islands, lying 2 mi N of Cape Denison in the center of Commonwealth Bay.  Discovered and named by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson.  The name is indicative of the size of the feature in relation to Greater Mackellar Island.||
8751|Lester Cove|Bay|645400S|0623600W|-64.9|-62.6|||01/01/1965|Cove forming the southernmost part of Andvord Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Maxime C. Lester (1891-1957), who, with T.W. Bagshawe, wintered at nearby Waterboat Point in 1921.||
8752|Lester Peak|Summit|794900S|0834200W|-79.8166667|-83.7|||01/01/1966|A prominent snow-free peak at the S side of Hyde Glacier in the Edson Hills, Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lester A. Johnson, meteorologist at Little America V Station in 1958.||
8754|Lettau Peak|Summit|775710S|1622942E|-77.952799|162.494901|2455|8054|01/01/1992|A triangular peak (2,455 m) 1 mi WNW of Fogle Peak in Royal Society Range, Victoria Land.  Named in 1992 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Bernhard Lettau, Program Manager for Polar Ocean and Climate Sciences in the Office of Polar Programs, National Science Foundation, from 1976.||
8755|Mount Letten|Summit|665500S|0510300E|-66.9166667|51.05|||01/01/1965|Mountain 1 mi S of Mount Storer, in the Tula Mountains in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956 and 1957.  Named by ANCA for W.H. Letten, a member of the crew of the Discovery during British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31.||
8756|Mount Levack|Summit|781800S|0850500W|-78.3|-85.0833333|2670|8760|01/01/1961|Mountain (2,670 m) located 13 mi E of Mount Ostenso in the central part of Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Major Herbert T. Levack, USAF, who participated in establishing the South Pole Station in the 1956-57 season.||
8758|Levassor Nunatak|Summit|634000S|0580700W|-63.6666667|-58.1166667|||01/01/1964|A conspicuous horseshoe-shaped nunatak 1 mi inland in the middle of Cugnot Ice Piedmont, Trinity Peninsula.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Emile Levassor (1844-1897), French engineer, who in 1891 was jointly responsible with R. Panhard for a motor car design which originated the principles on which most subsequent developments were based.||
8759|Le Vaux Peak|Summit|764000S|1254300W|-76.6666667|-125.7166667|||01/01/1962|A small peak on the east side of the crater rim of Mount Cumming in the Executive Committee Range, Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1958-60.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Howard A. Le Vaux, auroral physicist at Byrd Station, 1959, and a member of the Marie Byrd Land Traverse Party, 1959-60.||
8760|Level Valley|Valley|775923S|1610846E|-77.989692|161.146179|||01/01/1993|A distinctive ice-free valley which descends northeastward from the Pivot Peak cirque, in Wilkniss Mountains, Victoria Land. One of a group of names in the area associated with surveying applied in 1993 by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB).  A surveyors level is an instrument designed primarily to furnish a horizontal line of sight.||
8761|Leverett Glacier|Glacier|853800S|1473500W|-85.6333333|-147.5833333|||01/01/1947|A glacier about 50 mi long and 3 to 4 mi wide, draining northward from the Watson Escarpment, between the California and Stanford Plateaus, and then trending WNW between Tapley Mountains and Harold Byrd Mountains to terminate at the head of the Ross Ice Shelf close E of Scott Glacier.  Discovered in December 1929 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Laurence Gould, and named by him for Frank Leverett, eminent geologist at the University of Michigan and authority on glacial geology of the central United States.||
8762|Lever Glacier|Glacier|653000S|0634000W|-65.5|-63.6666667|||01/01/1955|Glacier, 1.5 mi wide at its mouth and at least 6 mi long, flowing WNW, then WSW into the head of the N arm of Beascochea Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First sighted and roughly surveyed in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE).  Resurveyed in 1935 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, and named in 1954 for William H. Lever, 2nd Viscount Leverhulme of the Western Isles, who contributed toward the cost of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37.||
8763|Mount Levick|Summit|740800S|1631000E|-74.1333333|163.1666667|2390|7841||A prominent mountain, 2,390 m, standing at the NW side of Tourmaline Plateau in the Deep Freeze Range, Victoria Land. First charted by the Northern Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, and named for G. Murray Levick, surgeon with the expedition and a member of the Northern Party.||
8764|Levi Peak|Summit|840800S|1650600E|-84.1333333|165.1|||01/01/1966|A rock peak 2 mi NW of Mount Stanley, at the western edge of Grindley Plateau.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gene S. Levi, meteorologist at Hallett Station, winter 1963, and 1964-65 summer season.||
8765|Levy Island|Island|662000S|0663500W|-66.3333333|-66.5833333|||01/01/1965|An isolated snow-covered island in Crystal Sound, about 7.5 mi E of Gagge Point, Lavoisier Island.  Mapped from air photos taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (1947-48) and surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1958-59).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Henri H. Levy, American physical chemist who, with S.W. Peterson, determined the location of the hydrogen atoms in ice by neutron diffraction, in 1957.||
8766|Lewald Glacier|Glacier|544500S|0355200W|-54.75|-35.8666667|||01/01/1965|Small glacier 3 mi W of Cape Vahsel, flowing northward to the coast at the E end of South Georgia.  Named by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Filchner, 1911-12, for Theodor Lewald, Ministerialdirektor im Reichsamt des Innern, Germany, who took an active interest in the expedition.||
8767|Lewandowski Point|Summit|753600S|1621300E|-75.6|162.2166667|||01/01/1968|A rugged, partially ice-free point on the Victoria Land coast, marking the S side of the mouth of Clarke Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy tricamera aerial photographs, 1957-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John R. Lewandowski, U.S. Navy (USN), Chief Construction Electrician at McMurdo Station, 1965-66 and 1966-67.||
8768|Cape Lewis|Cape|663000S|1243000E|-66.5|124.5|||01/01/1955|An ice-covered cape at the W side of Maury Bay.  Delineated by G.D. Blodgett (1955) from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Thomas Lewis, crew member on the sloop Peacock during the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Lieutenant Charles Wilkes.||
8770|Lewis Bay|Bay|772033S|1673111E|-77.342611|167.519663|||01/01/1964|Bay indenting the N coast of Ross Island between Mount Bird and Cape Tennyson.  Charted by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) under Scott, 1901-04. Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for Captain Price Lewis, USN, commanding officer of the USS Staten Island during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1959, and who in U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1963 and 1964 was assistant chief of staff and ship group commander, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica.||
8771|Lewis Bluff|Cliff|755300S|1403600W|-75.8833333|-140.6|||01/01/1966|A rock bluff located at the confluence of Paschal Glacier and White Glacier, 7 mi SE of Mount McCoy, in coastal Marie Byrd Land.  The bluff was photographed from aircraft of U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, and was mapped in detail by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for David L. Lewis, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) ionospheric physicist at Byrd Station, 1963.||
8772|Lewis Chain|Summit|802300S|0265000W|-80.3833333|-26.8333333||||A chain of four rock nunataks on the W side of Gordon Glacier in the Shackleton Range.  First mapped by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) in 1957; photographed by U.S. Navy (trimetrogon aerial photography) in 1967.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Squadron Leader John H. Lewis, RAF, senior pilot of the RAF contingent of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.||
8773|Lewis Cliff|Cliff|841700S|1610500E|-84.2833333|161.0833333|||01/01/1966|An irregular cliff, about 12 mi long, extending S from Mount Achernar along the W side of Walcott Neve.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard E. Lewis, Aviation Electronics Technician, USN, who was injured during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) II, 1956-57.||
8774|Lewis Glacier|Glacier|674500S|0654000W|-67.75|-65.6666667|||01/01/1952|The northerly of two glaciers flowing E into Seligman Inlet, on the E coast of Graham Land.  The glacier was photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940.  It was charted in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who named it for William Vaughan Lewis, British glaciologist and lecturer at the Department of Geography, Cambridge University.||
8775|Lewis Hill|Summit|635100S|0580400W|-63.85|-58.0666667|75|246||A hill (75 m) topped by three volcanic plugs, located 1 mi ENE of Stoneley Point on James Ross Island.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geological work in the area after Mark P.D. Lewis, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) field assistant in the area, 1982-83; Station Commander at Rothera, 1980-82, and Faraday, 1982-84.||
8776|Lewis Island|Island|660600S|1342200E|-66.1|134.3666667|30|98|01/01/1963|A small rocky island rising to 30 m, marking the E side of the entrance to Davis Bay.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James B. Lewis, Passed Midshipman on the sloop Peacock of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Wilkes.||
8778|Lewis Nunatak|Summit|854000S|0880500W|-85.6666667|-88.0833333|||01/01/1962|An isolated, mainly snow-covered nunatak located about 10 mi SE of the Davies Escarpment and 14 mi SW of Nolan Pillar, at the S end of the Thiel Mountains.  The name was proposed by Peter Bermel and Arthur Ford, co-leaders of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Thiel Mountains party which surveyed the area in 1960-61.  Named for Charles R. Lewis, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geologist who worked from various U.S. vessels research in the McMurdo Sound region and in the Balaena Islands during the 1955-56 season.||
8779|Lewisohn Nunatak|Summit|773800S|1425000W|-77.6333333|-142.8333333|||01/01/1966|An isolated nunatak 10 mi SE of the Mackay Mountains, Ford Ranges, in Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered and mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Walter P. Lewisohn, radio operator with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1933-35).||
8780|Lewis Pass|Gap|541600S|0363000W|-54.2666667|-36.5|200|656||A pass at c. 200 m at the head of Bore Valley, connecting it with Maidalen (valley) to the north, on Thatcher Peninsula, South Georgia.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Ronald Ian Lewis Smith, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) plant ecologist from 1964 and Head, Plant Ecology and Environment Section, from 1974, who has carried out extensive botanical research in South Georgia, South Orkney Islands, and the Antarctic Peninsula during many summers and one winter.||
8782|Lewis Peaks|Range|671500S|0673000W|-67.25|-67.5|1065|3494|01/01/1955|Two prominent peaks, 1,065 m, standing 3 mi E of Day Island and surmounting the W part of Arrowsmith Peninsula on the W coast of Graham Land.  First roughly surveyed in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot.  Resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) who named it for Flight Lieutenant John Lewis, pilot of the Auster airplane which was used from the John Biscoe for reconnaissance of ice conditions in Marguerite Bay in February 1950.||
8783|Lewis Point|Summit|695400S|0622500W|-69.9|-62.4166667|510|1673|01/01/1953|Point marked by rocky exposures on its N side and surmounted by an ice-covered dome, 510 m, standing at the S side of the mouth of Anthony Glacier, on the E coast of Palmer Land. Photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940.  During 1947 it was photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted it from the ground.  Named by Ronne for Col. Richard L. Lewis of the Army Quartermaster Corps, which furnished field equipment and clothing to the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) for testing purposes.||
8784|Lewis Ridge|Ridge|831300S|1673500E|-83.2166667|167.5833333|||01/01/1966|A rugged, ice-covered ridge, 14 mi long, extending eastward from the Holland Range, between Morton and Hewitt Glaciers, and terminating at Richards Inlet.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander G.H. Lewis, USN, commanding officer of the USS Burton Island during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1964.||
8785|Lewis Rocks|Summit|761800S|1452100W|-76.3|-145.35|||01/01/1970|An area of rock outcrops 3 mi in extent, at the SW foot of Mount June in the Phillips Mountains of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John H. Lewis, geologist with the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Fosdick Mountains party, 1967-68.||
8786|Lewis Snowfield|Glacier|712500S|0712000W|-71.4166667|-71.3333333|||01/01/1976|A low and undulating snowfield in southern Alexander Island, extending westward from the Walton Mountains to Beethoven Peninsula and northward from Bach Ice Shelf to Wilkins Ice Shelf. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Ernest G. Lewis, Governor of the Falkland Islands, 1971-74.||
8787|Lewis Sound|Bay|662000S|0670000W|-66.3333333|-67|||01/01/1965|A body of water running NW-SE between Lavoisier Island and Krogh Island to NE and Watkins Island to SW, in the Biscoe Islands.  Mapped from aerial photographs taken by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE), 1956-57.  In association with the names of pioneers in cold climate physiology grouped in this area, named "Lewis Passage" by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) (1960) after Sir Thomas Lewis (1882-1945), English physiologist who investigated the responses of the blood vessels of the skin to environmental temperature; later renamed Lewis Sound as the feature does not provide safe passage for a ship.||
8788|Lewis Spur|Ridge|823400S|0521300W|-82.5666667|-52.2166667|||01/01/1968|A rock spur 1.5 mi W of Frost Spur on the N side of Dufek Massif, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Atles F. Lewis, aviation structural mechanic, Ellsworth Station winter party, 1957.||
8789|Lewthwaite Strait|Channel|604200S|0450700W|-60.7|-45.1166667|||01/01/1947|Passage 2.5 mi wide, lying between Coronation and Powell Islands in the South Orkney Islands.  Discovered in December 1821, on the occasion of the joint cruise of Captain George Powell, a British sealer in the sloop Dove, and Captain Nathaniel Palmer, an American sealer in the sloop James Monroe.  Mr. Lewthwaite was a teacher of navigation in Prince's Street, Rotherhithe (London). Captain Powell left the chart and journal of his Antarctic exploration with Lewthwaite before sailing on his last expedition, on which he met his death.||
8790|Lexington Table|Summit|830500S|0494500W|-83.0833333|-49.75|||01/01/1957|A high, flat, snow-covered plateau, about 15 mi long and 10 mi wide, standing just N of Kent Gap and Saratoga Table in the Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Discovered and photographed on Jan. 13, 1956 on a transcontinental nonstop flight by personnel of U.S. Navy Operation Deep Freeze I from McMurdo Sound to the vicinity of Weddell Sea and return.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the USS Lexington of 1926, one of the first large aircraft carriers of the U.S. Navy.||
8792|Lhasa Nunatak|Summit|850700S|1711800E|-85.1166667|171.3|||01/01/1966|Narrow rock ridge, 9 mi long, trending in a NW-SE direction between Snakeskin Glacier and Jensen Glacier, to the E of Supporters Range.  So named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) because the central peak resembles a Tibetan monastery perched on top of a hill.||
8793|Liard Island|Island|665100S|0672500W|-66.85|-67.4166667|1000|3281|01/01/1953|Mountainous island, 13 mi long, 6 mi wide and rising to 1,000 m, situated in the north-central portion of Hanusse Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered and named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10.||
8794|Mount Liavaag|Summit|772200S|0862900W|-77.3666667|-86.4833333|1820|5971|01/01/1961|Mountain, 1,820 m, between Mount Holmboe and Holth Peaks near the N end of the Sentinel Range in the Ellsworth Mountains. Discovered by Lincoln Ellsworth on his trans-Antarctic flight of Nov. 23, 1935.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for First Mate Liavaag of the Wyatt Earp in 1935-36, also a member of Ellsworth's two earlier Antarctic expeditions.||
8796|Liberty Hills|Range|800600S|0825800W|-80.1|-82.9666667|||01/01/1964|A line of rugged hills and peaks with bare rock eastern slopes, about 10 mi long, standing 7 mi NW of Marble Hills and forming part of the W wall of Horseshoe Valley, in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Liberty Hills were mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  The name was applied by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with the name Heritage Range.||
8797|Liberty Rocks|Island|621900S|0592700W|-62.3166667|-59.45|||01/01/1965|Group of rocks lying SE of Mellona Rocks in Nelson Strait, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961 after the British sealing vessel Liberty (Captain Peacock) from Newcastle, which visited the South Shetland Islands in 1821-22.||
8798|Libois Bay|Bay|650400S|0640300W|-65.0666667|-64.05|||01/01/1952|Cove on the W side of Cholet Island which is entered between Rozo Point, the NW end of Cholet Island, and Paumelle Point, the NW end of Booth Island, in the Wilhelm Archipelago. First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for F. Libois, second mechanic and carpenter of the ship Francais.||
8799|Lichen Hills|Range|731800S|1620000E|-73.3|162|||01/01/1964|Escarpment-like hills located 2 mi S of Caudal Hills on the W margin of upper Rennick Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Lichens were collected there, hence the name given by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63.||
8800|Lichen Island|Island|692000S|0753200E|-69.3333333|75.5333333|||01/01/1961|A small island lying 5 mi N of the Bolingen Islands and 2.5 mi NW of Cleft Island in southern Prydz Bay.  First visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by Phillip Law on Feb. 5, 1955.  So named by Law because of the rich growth of lichens found there.||
8802|Lichen Peak|Summit|765600S|1452400W|-76.9333333|-145.4||||Peak standing between Saunders Mountain and the Swanson Mountains in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) sledge party under Paul Siple, and so named because of the lichens and other botanical specimens obtained there.||
8803|Lidke Ice Stream|Stream|735700S|0772000W|-73.95|-77.3333333||||An ice stream c. 25 mi long flowing N into Stange Sound, E of Mount Benkert, on the English Coast of Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1961-66.  The ice stream was first visited by a U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) field party in January 1985.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after David J. Lidke, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geologist, a member of the party.||
8804|Liebig Peak|Summit|664600S|0660000W|-66.7666667|-66|||01/01/1965|A prominent peak on Protector Heights, Graham Land, that is identifiable from both Darbel Bay and Lallemand Fjord.  Mapped from air photos taken by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Justus von Liebig (1803-73), German pioneer of physiological chemistry, whose work on metabolism and food constituents laid the foundations for modern nutrition studies.||
8805|Liebknecht Range|Range|714800S|0112200E|-71.8|11.3666667|||01/01/1970|A mountain range, 10 mi long, forming the SW arm of the Humboldt Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after the German revolutionary Karl Liebknecht (1871-1919).||
8806|Lie Cliff|Cliff|764200S|1173700W|-76.7|-117.6166667|||01/01/1975|A prominent rock cliff at the eastern foot of Mount Steere, in the Crary Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Hans P. Lie, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) ionospheric physicist at Siple Station in the 1970-71 and 1973-74 summer seasons.||
8807|Mount Lied|Summit|703000S|0653300E|-70.5|65.55|||01/01/1962|A prominent pyramidal peak about 7 mi ENE of Mount Mervyn in the Porthos Range of the Prince Charles Mountains.  Sighted by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) southern party led by W.G. Bewsher in 1956 and named for Nils T. Lied, weather observer at Mawson Station in 1956 and Davis Station in 1957.||
8808|Lied Bluff|Cliff|683100S|0781600E|-68.5166667|78.2666667|125|410|01/01/1961|A rocky hill 1.5 mi N of Club Lake in the north-central part of Breidnes Peninsula, Vestfold Hills.  The hill is 125 m high and its southern face is almost perpendicular.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37).  First visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) sledge party led by B.H. Stinear in 1958.  Named by ANCA for Nils Lied, weather observer at Davis Station in 1957.||
8809|Lied Glacier|Glacier|530900S|0732600E|-53.15|73.4333333|||01/01/1966|A glacier close N of Cape Arkona on the SW side of Heard Island.  Surveyed by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1948.  Named by ANCA for N.T. Lied, radio operator and weather observer with Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) on Heard Island in the years 1951 and 1963, respectively.||
8810|Liège Island|Island|640200S|0615500W|-64.0333333|-61.9166667|||01/01/1953|Island, 9 mi long and 3 mi wide, lying immediate NE of Brabant Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache, who name it for the province of Liege, Belgium.||
8813|Lientur Channel|Channel|645000S|0630000W|-64.8333333|-63|||01/01/1965|Channel between Lemaire and Byrde Islands connecting Paradise Harbor with Gerlache Strait, off the W coast of Graham Land.  First roughly charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99.  Named by the fourth Chilean Antarctic Expedition (1949-50) after the Lientur, one of the ships used during this expedition.||04/06/1998
8814|Lieske Glacier|Glacier|800500S|1565000E|-80.0833333|156.8333333|||01/01/1965|A tributary glacier draining the N slopes of Mount Olympus in Britannia Range and flowing N between Johnstone and Dusky Ridges into Hatherton Glacier.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Bruce J. Lieske, meteorologist who wintered at Little America V in 1957.||
8815|Mount Light|Summit|741600S|0615900W|-74.2666667|-61.9833333|||01/01/1968|Mountain along the S side of Barcus Glacier, 6 mi ESE of Mount Nash, in the Hutton Mountains, Palmer Land.  Mapped by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE)-Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) joint sledge party of 1947-48.  Named by Finn Ronne for Richard Upjohn Light, then President of the American Geographical Society.  The Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) had applied the name "Cape Light" to part of the extremity of Smith Peninsula, but that name is now dropped as Cape Fiske provides adequate reference to that feature.||
8816|Lighthouse Bay|Bay|540300S|0370800W|-54.05|-37.1333333|||01/01/1953|Small bay between Cape Crewe and Point Abrahamsen, forming the N arm of Cook Bay along the N coast of South Georgia. Charted by DI personnel in 1929.  Probably so named at that time because a lighthouse (now disused) was located on nearby Sheep Point.||
8817|Light Lake|Lake|604200S|0453900W|-60.7|-45.65|||01/01/1975|A small lake 0.2 mi east of Thulla Point in western Signy Island.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Jeremy J. Light, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) limnologist and leader at Signy Island station, 1970-72.||
8818|Lilienthal Glacier|Glacier|642100S|0604800W|-64.35|-60.8|||01/01/1965|Glacier flowing W into Cayley Glacier between Pilcher and Baldwin Peaks, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS). Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Otto Lilienthal (1848-1896), German pioneer of flight in gliders.||
8819|Lilienthal Island|Island|661200S|1102300E|-66.2|110.3833333|||01/01/1960|One of the Donovan Islands, lying just N of Glasgal Island in Vincennes Bay.  The island was mapped from air photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named by C.R. Eklund for Billie R. Lilienthal, USN, aerographer at Wilkes Station, 1957.||
8820|Liljequist Heights|Summit|720600S|0024800W|-72.1|-2.8|||01/01/1966|The heights about 2 mi S of Grunehogna Peaks, in the Ahlmann Ridge of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59).  Named for Gosta H. Liljequist, Swedish meteorologist with the Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE).||
8823|Lille Kari Rock|Island|542400S|0032800E|-54.4|3.4666667|2|7|01/01/1957|An insular rock 2 m high which lies 1.2 mi northwest of Cape Lollo, Bouvetoya.  Charted from the ship Norvegia in December 1927 by a Norwegian expedition under Captain Harald Horntvedt.  Named by Horntvedt in association with Store Kari Rock which lies 1 mi westward.||
8824|Lillie Glacier|Glacier|704500S|1635500E|-70.75|163.9166667|||01/01/1964|A large glacier, about 100 mi long and 10 mi wide, between Bowers Mountains on the W and Concord and Anare Mountains on the E, flowing to Ob' Bay on the coast and forming the Lillie Glacier Tongue.  The glacier tongue was discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, and named for Dennis G. Lillie, biologist on the Terra Nova.  The name Lillie has since been extended to the entire glacier as it is now known.  The lower half of the glacier was plotted by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Thala Dan), 1962, which explored the area and utilized air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47.  The whole feature was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.||
8825|Lillie Glacier Tongue|Glacier|703400S|1634800E|-70.5666667|163.8|||01/01/1947|The prominent seaward extension of the Lillie Glacier into Ob' Bay.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, when the Terra Nova explored westward of Cape North in February 1911.  Named by British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) for Dennis G. Lillie, biologist on the Terra Nova.||
8827|Lillie Range|Range|845000S|1702500W|-84.8333333|-170.4166667|||01/01/1966|A range of mountains extending northward from the Prince Olav Mountains (in the vicinity of Mount Fisher) to the Ross Ice Shelf.  Mounts Hall, Daniel, Krebs and Mason are in the range. Named by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1963-64) for A.R. Lillie, professor of geology at the University of Auckland.||
8828|Lilliput Nunataks|Summit|660800S|0624000W|-66.1333333|-62.6666667|700|2297|01/01/1976|Three nunataks, from 600 to 700 m high and trending SE-NW, located 3 mi N of Gulliver Nunatak on the E side of Graham Land. The nunataks are snow free on their SE sides.  They were charted by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in 1947.  The name, from Jonathan Swift's Gulliver's Travels, means land of small people and was applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with Gulliver Nunatak.||
8829|Mount Limburg Stirum|Summit|723400S|0311900E|-72.5666667|31.3166667|2350|7710|01/01/1966|Mountain, 2,350 m, standing on the E side of Norsk Polarinstitutt Glacier and 1 mi N of Mount Boe in the Belgica Mountains.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1957-58, under G. de Gerlache, who named it for Count Charles de Limburg Stirum, a patron of the expedition.||01/05/2021
8830|Limestone Valley|Valley|604200S|0453700W|-60.7|-45.6166667|||01/01/1975|A valley extending northwest from Cemetery Bay, Signy Island.  The valley leads directly to Jane Col and serves as a route to the west coast of the island.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because of an exposure of limestone in the cliff above the valley.||
8832|Limit Rock|Bar|615400S|0573900W|-61.9|-57.65|||01/01/1953|A rock awash, lying 2 mi E of North Foreland, the NE cape of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted in 1937 by DI personnel on the Discovery II, and so named because it marks the E limit of foul ground surrounding North Foreland.||
8833|Limitrophe Island|Island|644800S|0640100W|-64.8|-64.0166667|||01/01/1975|An oval-shaped island 0.5 mi long, lying directly E of Christine Island and 1 mi S of Anvers Island.  A suggestive name given by Palmer Station personnel in 1972, because the island lies at the limit of normal field operations from the station.||
8834|Limpet Island|Island|673800S|0681800W|-67.6333333|-68.3|||01/01/1963|The southernmost of the Leonie Islands, lying in the entrance to Ryder Bay, close off the SE coast of Adelaide Island. The Leonie Islands were discovered and first roughly surveyed in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot.  Limpet Island was surveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and so named by them because of the large number of limpet shells found there.||
8837|Linchpin Ice Rise|Glacier|690400S|0672700W|-69.0666667|-67.45||||A small ice rise NE of Miller Ice Rise, situated near the ice front of Wordie Ice Shelf on Fallieres Coast.  The feature was mapped from U.S. Landsat imagery, 1974-79.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because the ice rise plays a key role in maintaining the position of the ice front, as observed in 1979.||
8838|Linck Nunataks|Summit|824100S|1041200W|-82.6833333|-104.2|||01/01/1962|A group of four small, ice-covered nunataks at the SE end of the Whitmore Mountains.  Three of the nunataks are together and aligned while the fourth lies 2.5 mi distant.  Visited and surveyed on Jan. 2, 1959 by the Horlick Mountains Traverse Party. William H. Chapman, party surveyor, proposed the naming for M. Kerwin Linck, Chief of the Branch of Special Maps, U.S. Geological Survey.||
8840|Lincoln Nunatak|Summit|672700S|0684300W|-67.45|-68.7166667|||01/01/1964|Snow-capped nunatak with a rocky W face, at the end of a ridge running westward from Mount Mangin on Adelaide Island. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Flight Lieutenant Warren D. Lincoln, RAF, pilot with the British Antarctic Survey (BAS) Aviation Unit based at Adelaide station in 1962-63.||
8842|Lindenberg Island|Island|645500S|0594000W|-64.9166667|-59.6666667|||01/01/1952|Circular island 0.5 mi in diameter, lying 11 mi N of Robertson Island and some 35 mi ENE of Cape Fairweather, off the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered by a Norwegian whaling expedition under C.A. Larsen in December 1893.  Named by Larsen for a member of the firm of Woltereck and Robertson of Hamburg which sent him to the Antarctic.||
8845|Linder Glacier|Glacier|714100S|1630300E|-71.6833333|163.05|||01/01/1970|A steep tributary glacier that drains the S slopes of Mount Bernstein and moves S to enter Hunter Glacier, in the Lanterman Range, Bowers Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) Michael A. Linder, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), communications and administrative officer with the McMurdo Station winter party, 1967.||
8846|Linder Peak|Summit|795200S|0831200W|-79.8666667|-83.2|||01/01/1966|A somewhat lower but very imposing peak standing immediately S of Mount Dolence in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Harold W. Linder, geophysicist with the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Ross Ice Shelf party, 1961-62.||
8847|Lind Glacier|Glacier|652300S|0640100W|-65.3833333|-64.0166667|||01/01/1971|Glacier flowing W from Alencar Peak into the S part of Collins Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for James Lind (1716-1794), Scottish "founder of modern naval hygiene," who was the first to publish a convincing account of experimental work establishing the dietary cause and cure of scurvy, in 1755.||
8848|Mount Lindley|Summit|814600S|1590500E|-81.7666667|159.0833333|1760|5774||A mountain, 1,760 m, standing on the W side of Starshot Glacier, 4 mi N of Mount Hoskins.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named for Lord Nathaniel Lindley, a member of the committee that made the final draft of instructions for the expedition.||
8851|Lindqvist Nunatak|Summit|803900S|0203800W|-80.65|-20.6333333|1470|4823||A nunatak 6 mi S of Chevreul Cliffs, rising to 1,470 m in the E part of Shotton Snowfield, Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy in 1967 and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of pioneers of polar life and travel grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Frans W. Lindqvist (1862-1931), Swedish inventor of the Primus pressure stove in 1892.||
8852|Lind Ridge|Ridge|754800S|1323300W|-75.8|-132.55|||01/01/1974|A ridge forming the S wall of Coleman Glacier in the Ames Range, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Larry W. Lind, glaciologist at Byrd Station, 1968-69.||
8855|Lindsay Peak|Summit|843700S|1633200E|-84.6166667|163.5333333|3210|10531|01/01/1968|A basalt peak, 3,210 m, standing 4 mi WNW of Blizzard Peak in the Marshall Mountains.  Named by the Ohio State University party to Queen Alexandra Range (1966-67) for John Lindsay, geologist with the party.||
8856|Lindsay Reef|Bar|542600S|0032900E|-54.4333333|3.4833333|||01/01/1957|A reef lying close north of Cape Meteor on the east side of Bouvetoya.  First charted in 1898 by a German expedition under Karl Chun.  Recharted in December 1927 by a Norwegian expedition under Captain Harald Horntvedt.  Named by the Norwegians after Captain James Lindsay, British whaler in command of the Swan who, in the company of Captain Thomas Hopper with the Otter, sighted Bouvetoya in 1808.||
8858|Cape Lindsey|Cape|610600S|0552900W|-61.1|-55.4833333|||01/01/1952|Cape which forms the W extremity of Elephant Island in the South Shetland Islands.  The name appears on Powell's map published by Laurie in 1822.||
8859|Lindsey Islands|Island|733700S|1031800W|-73.6166667|-103.3|||01/01/1960|A group of islands lying just off the NW tip of Canisteo Peninsula in Amundsen Sea.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Alton A. Lindsey, biologist with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35.||
8860|Lindstrøm Peak|Summit|861800S|1601000W|-86.3|-160.1666667|2640|8661|01/01/1967|A peak, 2,640 m, standing 2 mi NW of Mount Kristensen on the W side of Nilsen Plateau, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Adolf H. Lindstrom, cook for the land party at Framheim on Amundsen's expedition of 1910-12.  This naming preserves the spirit of Amundsen's commemoration of "Mount A. Lindstrom," a name applied in 1911 for an unidentifiable mountain in the general area.||
8861|Lindum Valley|Valley|800300S|1555800E|-80.05|155.9666667||||Ice-filled valley that opens northward to Hatherton Glacier, lying 5 mi WNW of Derrick Peak in Britannia Range. Named in association with Britannia by a University of Waikato (New Zealand) geological party, 1978-79, led by M.J. Selby.  Lindum is an old Roman placename for present-day Lincoln.||03/20/1997
8863|Line Glacier|Glacier|725900S|1675000E|-72.9833333|167.8333333|||01/01/1970|A glacier that drains the S part of the E slopes of Malta Plateau and flows E between Collins Peak and Mount Alberts into Borchgrevink Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Kenneth Line, traverse engineer with the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciological party at Roosevelt Island, 1967-68.||
8864|Linehan Glacier|Glacier|831500S|1624100E|-83.25|162.6833333|||01/01/1966|A glacier, 11 mi long, flowing NE from Prince Andrew Plateau along the N side of Turnabout Ridge to enter Lowery Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Father Daniel Linehan, S.J., who made seismic soundings of ice thickness from the USS Atka, 1954-55, and in the Ross Sea area, 1955-56.||05/24/2001
8865|Line Islands|Island|675600S|0671400W|-67.9333333|-67.2333333|||01/01/1972|Small group of islands between Horseshoe Island and Camp Point, lying off the W side of Graham Land.  First plotted by British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37.  The name, applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971, is descriptive of the group which lies in a straight line.||
8867|Link Island|Island|631600S|0575600W|-63.2666667|-57.9333333|||01/01/1964|A small island at the outer (N) margin of the Duroch Islands, approximately 3 mi NW of Halpern Point, Trinity Peninsula.  The island was charted by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition, 1947-48, and called "Islote Sub-Teniente Ross" or "Islote Ross."  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after David A. Link, field assistant with the University of Wisconsin (U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP)) geological party during reconnaissance of this area, 1960-61, this name avoiding possible confusion with James Ross Island.||
8868|Link Stack|Pillar|653600S|0643400W|-65.6|-64.5666667|||01/01/1971|Rocky pillar at the NW end of Chavez Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37. So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 because it was here that the 1957 winter surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from the Prospect Point station were linked with the 1957-58 summer surveys by the British Naval Hydrographic Survey Unit.||
8869|Linnaeus Terrace|Bench|773551S|1610506E|-77.597618|161.084963||||A rock terrace on the N side of Oliver Peak in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs taken 1970.  The name was proposed to Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) by E. Imre Friedmann, biologist, Florida State University, who established a U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) field camp on this terrace in December 1980 for the study of microbial flora living in rocks.  Named after Carolus Linnaeus (Karl von Linne, 1707-78), Swedish botanist, the first to enunciate the principles for defining genera and species and to adhere to a uniform use of the binomial system for naming plants and animals.||
8870|Linn Mesa|Summit|733200S|1632000E|-73.5333333|163.3333333|||01/01/1969|A small mesa located 3 mi S of Chisholm Hills in the Southern Cross Mountains of Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Paul E. Linn, U.S. Navy (USN), utilitiesman at McMurdo Station in 1963 and 1967.||
8871|Linnormegget Hill|Summit|720800S|0142700E|-72.1333333|14.45|||01/01/1966|A rock hill 3 mi S of Linnormen Hills in the Payer Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Linnormegget (the dragon's egg).||
8872|Linnormen Hills|Range|720400S|0143300E|-72.0666667|14.55|||01/01/1966|Hills extending SW-NE. and rising close E of Skavlho Mountain in the Payer Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from survey and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Linnormen (the dragon).||
8873|Linsley Peninsula|Cape|720300S|0981100W|-72.05|-98.1833333|||01/01/1972|A broad, roughly rectangular ice-covered peninsula which protrudes into the S part of Murphy lnlet, northern Thurston Island, dividing the inlet into two arms at the head.  The peninsula was first plotted from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Richard G. Linsley, USN, pilot of LC-130 Hercules aircraft who made flights in support of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geological party working at Thurston Island in the 1968-69 season.||
8874|Linton-Smith Nunataks|Summit|701700S|0724500E|-70.2833333|72.75|||01/01/1973|A group of nunataks between Jennings Promontory and Reinbolt Hills on the E side of Amery Ice Shelf.  First photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  The position was fixed by intersection from Corry Rocks and Rubeli Bluff by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveyors in 1968.  Named by ANCA for N. Linton-Smith, senior technical officer with the Antarctic Division, Melbourne, a member of the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Amery Ice Shelf glaciological traverse in 1970.||
8875|Linwood Peak|Summit|773600S|1471300W|-77.6|-147.2166667|||01/01/1966|An isolated peak on Hershey Ridge, standing 14 mi W of Mount Ronne in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered and mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Linwood T. Miller, sailmaker with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1933-35).||
8876|Lion Island|Island|644100S|0630800W|-64.6833333|-63.1333333|||01/01/1952|Island 1.5 mi long and 1 mi wide, lying off the E side of Anvers Island and 1 mi NE of Cape Astrup, Wiencke Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache.  The name appears on a map based on a 1927 survey by DI personnel on the Discovery.  The profile of the island suggests a reclining lion when viewed from the southwest.||
8877|Lion Island|Island|663900S|1400100E|-66.65|140.0166667|||01/01/1956|A small rocky island 0.2 mi NNE of Petrel Island in the Geologie Archipelago.  Surveyed and named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) (1949-51) under Andre Liotard.  The name derives from the rock summit of the island which has the shape of a lion's head.||
8878|Lion Island|Island|765100S|1623300E|-76.85|162.55|||01/01/1967|A small island lying E of the mouth of Hunt Glacier in Granite Harbor, Victoria Land.  Named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
8879|Lion Sound|Bay|644000S|0630900W|-64.6666667|-63.15|||01/01/1952|Small passage between Lion Island and the SE coast of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache.  The name appears on a map based on a 1927 survey by DI personnel on the Discovery.  Named for its association with Lion Island.||
8880|Lions Rump|Cliff|620800S|0580700W|-62.1333333|-58.1166667|||01/01/1960|Conspicuous headland forming the W side of the entrance to King George Bay, on King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted and given this descriptive name in 1937 by DI personnel on the Discovery II.||
8882|Mount Liotard|Summit|673700S|0683400W|-67.6166667|-68.5666667|2225|7300|01/01/1956|Mountain having a conspicuous ice-covered peak, 2,225 m, standing midway between Mount Gaudry and Mount Ditte in the S part of Adelaide Island.  Discovered and first surveyed by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) in 1909.  Resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Andre F. Liotard, French observer with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947-48 and leader of the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1949-51.||
8883|Liotard Glacier|Glacier|663700S|1393000E|-66.6166667|139.5|||01/01/1955|Channel glacier about 3 mi wide and 6 mi long, flowing NNE from the continental ice and terminating in a small tongue about 4 mi W of Helene Island.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Andre-Frank Liotard, leader of the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1949-51, whose group completed the initial survey of the coastal features as far westward as this glacier.||
8884|Liouville Point|Summit|651000S|0640900W|-65.1666667|-64.15|||01/01/1971|Point marking the NE end of Petermann Island, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, and named by Charcot for J. Liouville, asst. medical officer and zoologist of the expedition.||
8885|Lippert Peak|Summit|795900S|0815600W|-79.9833333|-81.9333333|||01/01/1966|A sharp pointed peak at the end of a ridge that extends W from Douglas Peaks into Horseshoe Valley, located 5 mi SE of Strong Peak (which this peak resembles) in the Heritage Range. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for George E. Lippert, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at Palmer Station in 1965.||
8887|Lippmann Islands|Island|653000S|0642600W|-65.5|-64.4333333|||01/01/1959|Group of small islands 2 mi in extent, lying close NW of Lahille Island off the W coast of Graham Land.  Originally mapped as a single island by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, and named by him for Gabriel Lippmann, French physicist and Nobel Prize winner.||
8888|Lipps Island|Island|644600S|0640700W|-64.7666667|-64.1166667|||01/01/1975|A small rocky island 0.2 mi W of Litchfield Island, off the SW coast of Anvers Island.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Dr. Jere H. Lipps, leader (1971-74) of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) team making studies of shallow water benthic foraminifera along Antarctic Peninsula, including this area.||
8889|Mount Liptak|Summit|784500S|0845400W|-78.75|-84.9|3000|9842|01/01/1961|A mountain over 3,000 m with twin summits, located 7 mi SE of Mount Craddock in the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains. First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for L.H. Liptak, aviation machinist mate, USN, who served as plane captain on the first reconnaissance flights to this vicinity in January 1958.||
8890|Mount Lira|Summit|675200S|0485300E|-67.8666667|48.8833333|||01/01/1971|A mountain located 5 mi E of Condon Hills, in Enderby Land. The geology of this feature was investigated by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1961-62, which called it "Gora Lira" (lyre mountain), probably because of its shape.||
8891|Lisboa Island|Island|651100S|0641100W|-65.1833333|-64.1833333|||01/01/1971|The southwesternmost of the small islands lying off the S end of Petermann Island, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Discovered and named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot.||
8892|Lishness Peak|Summit|785300S|0844500W|-78.8833333|-84.75|2200|7218|01/01/1961|A peak (2,200 m) near the S end of the Sentinel Range of the Ellsworth Mountains, rising at the E side of Nimitz Glacier, 1 mi SE of Wilson Peak.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Alton R. Lishness, radio operator on a U.S. Navy (USN) R4D exploratory flight to this area on Jan. 28, 1958.||
8893|Mount Lisicky|Summit|782700S|1620500E|-78.45|162.0833333|2120|6955|01/01/1963|A peak, 2,120 m, standing 7 mi NW of Mount Cocks in the Royal Society Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and Navy air photos.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1963 for Captain Joseph F. Lisicky, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC), maintenance officer for U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1960, who served several summers at McMurdo Station.||
8894|Lisignoli Bluff|Cliff|823100S|0424100W|-82.5166667|-42.6833333|610|2001|01/01/1968|A rock bluff, 610 m, forming the N end of Schneider Hills in the Argentina Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Cesar Augusto Lisignoli, Argentine glaciologist and scientific leader at Ellsworth Station, winter 1961.||
8895|Mount Lister|Summit|780400S|1624100E|-78.0666667|162.6833333|4025|13205|01/01/1947|Massive mountain, 4,025 m, forming the highest point in the Royal Society Range of Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) which named it for Lord Joseph Lister, President of the Royal Society, 1895-1900.||
8896|Lister Cove|Bay|623000S|0600500W|-62.5|-60.0833333|||01/01/1960|Cove lying midway between Williams Point and Edinburgh Hill along the NE coast of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  First charted and named by James Weddell in the brig Jane during the period 1820-23.||
8897|Lister Glacier|Glacier|640500S|0621900W|-64.0833333|-62.3166667|||01/01/1960|Glacier 5 mi long and 1 mi wide, flowing into Bouquet Bay just S of Duclaux Point on the NE side of Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Shown on an Argentine government chart in 1953, but not named.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos in 1959.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Joseph Lister, First Baron Lister (1827-1912), English surgeon and founder of antiseptic surgery.||
8898|Lister Glacier|Glacier|775900S|1630500E|-77.9833333|163.0833333|||01/01/1962|Glacier on the E side of the Royal Society Range, draining NE from a large cirque immediately N of Mount Lister.  It derives its name from Mount Lister, and was surveyed in 1957 by the New Zealand Blue Glacier Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.||
8899|Lister Heights|Summit|803100S|0283500W|-80.5166667|-28.5833333|||01/01/1962|Rock heights on the E side of Stratton Glacier, 4 mi SW of Flat Top in the W part of the Shackleton Range.  First mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and named for Hal Lister, glaciologist with the transpolar party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) in 1956-58, and leader at the expedition's advance base, "South Ice," in 1957.||
8900|Lister Nunataks|Summit|732700S|1603200E|-73.45|160.5333333|||01/01/1969|Isolated nunataks located in the N reaches of Priestley Neve, about 15 mi SSW of Brawn Rocks, in Victoria Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Larry W. Lister, helicopter flight crewman with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 during Operation Deep Freeze 1966, 1967 and 1968.||
8901|Liston Nunatak|Summit|705400S|0634500W|-70.9|-63.75|||01/01/1976|A large nunatak immediately NW of Heintz Peak of the Welch Mountains in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander John M. Liston, U.S. Navy (USN), Operations Officer for Antarctic Support Activities during Operation Deep Freeze 1969 and Executive Officer, 1970.||
8902|Mount Liszt|Summit|712900S|0720000W|-71.4833333|-72|600|1968|01/01/1961|Snow-covered mountain, c. 600 m, with a scarp on its SE side, rising 5 mi NE of Mount Frieg, Beethoven Peninsula, in the SW part of Alexander Island.  A number of mountains in this vicinity first appear on maps by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48.  This mountain, apparently one of these, was mapped from Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) air photos by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Franz Liszt (1811-86), Hungarian composer.||
8903|Litchfield Island|Island|644600S|0640600W|-64.7666667|-64.1|50|164|01/01/1963|Rocky island 0.5 mi long and rising to 50 m, lying 0.5 mi S of Norsel Point, off the SW coast of Anvers Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Douglas B. Litchfield of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), general assistant and mountaineer at the Arthur Harbor station in 1955 who helped with the local survey and made numerous soundings through the sea ice in the vicinity of the island.||
8904|Litell Rocks|Summit|712400S|1620000E|-71.4|162|||01/01/1964|An area of rock outcrops within the lower Rennick Glacier, located 5 mi E of the N end of Morozumi Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard J. Litell, public information officer, National Science Foundation, who served in four summer seasons in Antarctica, 1960-64.||04/11/2001
8905|Litke Nunatak|Summit|673600S|0514000E|-67.6|51.6666667|||01/01/1971|A nunatak 10 mi E of Perov Nunataks, lying at the E margin of the Scott Mountains in Enderby Land.  Named by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1961-62, after the Soviet icebreaker Litke.||
8906|Cape Little|Cape|740500S|0610400W|-74.0833333|-61.0666667||||Cape at the E extremity of the peninsula between Wright and Keller Inlets, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Probably seen from the air by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) who photographed Wright lnlet in December 1940.  Photographed from the air during 1947 by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted it from the ground.  Named by Ronne for Delbert M. Little, Asst. Chief for Operations, U.S. Weather Bureau, who arranged the program for sending weather reports from the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE).||01/05/2021
8907|Mount Little|Summit|703000S|0651600E|-70.5|65.2666667|||01/01/1970|A mountain immediately N of Mount Mervyn in the Porthos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos of 1965.  Named by ANCA for S.G. Little, electrical fitter-mechanic at Mawson Station in 1967 and technical assistant at Casey Station in 1969.||
8908|Mount Little|Summit|770000S|1435100W|-77|-143.85|||01/01/1971|A mainly ice-free mountain 3 mi SW of Mount Swan in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  First mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, under Admiral Richard Byrd.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) at the suggestion of Admiral Byrd for Captain Harold H. Little, U.S. Navy (USN), who made financial contributions to the Byrd Antarctic Expeditions of 1928-30 and 1933-35, and assisted in the logistic plans for these expeditions.||
8909|Littleblack Nunataks|Summit|813500S|1562000E|-81.5833333|156.3333333|||01/01/1970|A group of about a dozen black nunataks at the SE side of the Byrd Neve.  This scattered group lies 4 mi SE of All-Blacks Nunataks and 15 mi SW of Mount Nares of the Churchill Mountains.  Charted and descriptively named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1960-61.||
8912|Little Jason Lagoon|Swamp|541100S|0363600W|-54.1833333|-36.6|||01/01/1956|An almost circular lagoon, 0.4 mi in diameter, lying at the head of Jason Harbor to which it is connected by a narrow cut, in Cumberland West Bay, South Georgia.  The name Little Jason was in use at South Georgia prior to 1920.  The feature was surveyed in 1929 by DI personnel, who named it Nogood Lagoon because a motor boat could not get through the entrance.  The South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, reported that the feature is known locally as Little Jason or (in Norwegian) Lille Jason.  In order to indicate the nature of the feature, and at the same time to conform with local usage, the name Little Jason Lagoon is approved.||
8913|Little Matterhorn|Summit|530400S|0733000E|-53.0666667|73.5|1480|4856|01/01/1957|Rocky peak, 1,480 m, formed by a small volcanic cone 1.1 mi NNW of Fremantle Peak, on the N flank of Big Ben, the dominating mountain on Heard Island.  Surveyed and named in 1948 by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE).||
8915|Little Moltke Harbor|Harbor|543200S|0360500W|-54.5333333|-36.0833333|||01/01/1956|Small bay between Pirner Point and the ice cliffs of Ross Glacier, lying 1 mi S of Moltke Harbor in the W side of Royal Bay, South Georgia.  First surveyed by the German group of the International Polar Year Investigations, 1882-83, under Schrader. The name Little Moltke, derived from nearby Moltke Harbor, is used for this feature by the sealers in South Georgia.  The full name, Little Moltke Harbor, is approved in order to indicate the nature of the feature.||
8916|Mount Littlepage|Summit|771154S|1600222E|-77.198235|160.039525|2000|6562|01/01/1964|Mountain over 2,000 m, standing between Mount DeWitt and Mount Dearborn, just W of the N end of the Willett Range, in Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Jack L. Littlepage, biologist at McMurdo Station in 1961, who worked additional summer seasons there, 1959-60 and 1961-62.||
8917|Little Razorback Island|Island|774007S|1663150E|-77.668702|166.53047|||01/01/1952|Smallest and easternmost of the Dellbridge Islands, lying in Erebus Bay off the W side of Ross Island.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) under Scott, 1901-04, and so named because of its size and similarity to nearby Big Razorback Island.||
8919|Little Thumb|Pillar|681900S|0665300W|-68.3166667|-66.8833333|825|2707|01/01/1956|Small isolated rock tower, 825 m, on the S side of Neny Fjord, standing close S of The Spire at the NW end of the Blackwall Mountains on the W coast of Graham Land.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  It was climbed on Jan. 22, 1948 by members of Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) and Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who used variations of this name in referring to the feature.||
8920|Littlewood Nunataks|Summit|775300S|0342000W|-77.8833333|-34.3333333|250|820|01/01/1966|A group of four lichen-covered nunataks, rising to c. 250 m between Schweitzer and Lerchenfeld Glaciers, Luitpold Coast.  The nunataks are brick red in color.  They were discovered and first roughly charted by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1911-12, under Wilhelm Filchner. They were visited by helicopter from the icebreaker USS Lieutenant (j.g.) Erickson, U.S. Navy (USN).  Named by Behrendt after William H. Littlewood, oceanographer, U.S. Navy Hydrographic Office, who worked in this and adjacent parts of the Weddell Sea area during Operation Deep Freeze 1957 and 1959.||
8921|Litvillingane Rocks|Summit|715200S|0014400W|-71.8666667|-1.7333333|||01/01/1966|Two isolated nunataks, the eastern with a small outlier, lying 3 mi S of Bolten Peak, on the E side of Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Litvillingane (the mountainside twins).||
8922|Livdebotnen Cirque|Basin|714500S|0112100E|-71.75|11.35|||01/01/1970|A cirque formed in the NE side of Mount Flanuten and W side of Botnfjellet Mountain, in the Humboldt Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and photographed by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39. Mapped by Norway from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Livdebotnen (the shelter cirque).||
8924|Lively Point|Summit|655200S|0661100W|-65.8666667|-66.1833333|||01/01/1960|Point forming the S extremity of Renaud Island in the Biscoe Islands.  The Biscoe Islands were discovered in 1832 by a British expedition under John Biscoe, and were first roughly surveyed by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and 1908-10, both under Charcot. Renaud Island was again roughly surveyed in 1935-36 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), under Rymill.  The point was named in 1954 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for the cutter Lively, one of the two vessels of Biscoe's 1830-32 expedition.||
8926|Liv Glacier|Glacier|845500S|1680000W|-84.9166667|-168|||01/01/1947|A steep valley glacier, 40 mi long, emerging from the polar plateau just SE of Barnum Peak and draining N through the Queen Maud Mountains to enter Ross Ice Shelf between Mayer Crags and Duncan Mountains.  Discovered in 1911 by Roald Amundsen, who named it for the daughter of Fridtjof Nansen.||
8927|Livingston Island|Island|623600S|0603000W|-62.6|-60.5|||01/01/1947|Island 38 mi long and from 2 to 20 mi wide, lying between Greenwich and Snow Islands in the South Shetland Islands.  This island was known to sealers as early as 1820, and the name Livingston has been well established in international usage for over 100 years.||
8928|Livonia Rock|Island|620200S|0573600W|-62.0333333|-57.6|||01/01/1960|Rock lying 0.5 mi S of Cape Melville, the E extremity of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for the sealing vessel Livonia from London, which visited the South Shetland Islands in 1821-22.||
8929|Lizard Hill|Summit|633100S|0570100W|-63.5166667|-57.0166667|355|1165|01/01/1952|Narrow, curving rock ridge, 355 m, standing 2 mi SW of Trepassey Bay and 0.5 mi E of Ridge Peak, on Tabarin Peninsula. Probably first seen by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold.  First charted in 1946 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who applied the descriptive name.||
8930|Lizard Island|Island|654100S|0642700W|-65.6833333|-64.45|||01/01/1950|Island 2 mi long and 0.5 mi wide, lying in the N part of Bigo Bay along the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill who so named it because of its shape.||
8931|Lizard Nunatak|Summit|693000S|0710300W|-69.5|-71.05|800|2625||Nunatak rising to c. 800 m in Nichols Snowfield, N Alexander Island.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 from its shape and in association with Serpent Nunatak to the northeast.||
8932|Lizard Point|Summit|844800S|1634000E|-84.8|163.6666667|||01/01/1966|A low morainic point along the W side of upper Beardmore Glacier, marking the S side of the entrance to glacier-filled Table Bay.  Named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
8933|Lizards Foot|Summit|771315S|1625200E|-77.220835|162.866578|||01/01/1952|Rocky spur forming the E end of the Saint Johns Range in Victoria Land.  Charted and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, 1910-13.||04/11/2001
8935|Mount Llano|Summit|844800S|1732100W|-84.8|-173.35|1930|6332|01/01/1962|A mountain peak (1,930 m) in the foothills of the Prince Olav Mountains, standing 6 mi NE of Mount Wade.  Surveyed by the U.S. Ross Ice Shelf Traverse Party (1957-58) under A.P. Crary, and named after George A. Llano, American biologist and authority on polar lichems; Program Manager for Biological  and Medical Sciences, Office of Polar Programs, National Science Foundation, 1960-77; member of several seasonal expeditions to Antarctica from 1957-58.||
8937|Llanquihue Islands|Island|655300S|0650600W|-65.8833333|-65.1|||01/01/1965|A group of islands to the E of Larrouy Island, extending northward for 9 mi from the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  The name appears on a Chilean government chart of 1947 and is after the Chilean province of the same name.||
8938|Lliboutry Glacier|Glacier|673000S|0664600W|-67.5|-66.7666667||||A glacier flowing SW from the Boyle Mountains into Bourgeois Fjord, Loubet Coast.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1983 after Louis A.F. Lliboutry, French physicist and glaciologist who investigated the mechanical deformation of ice and the micro-meteorological properties of ice surfaces, and who also made a general study of glaciers in Antarctic Peninsula; Director, Laboratory of Glaciology, University of Grenoble, 1958-83; President, International Commission on Snow and Ice, 1983-87.||
8939|Cape Lloyd|Cape|610700S|0540100W|-61.1166667|-54.0166667|||01/01/1947|Cape which forms the N end of Clarence Island in the South Shetland Islands.  The name Lloyd's Promontory appears on charts of the 1821-25 period, but in more recent years the feature has become internationally known as Cape Lloyd.||
8940|Mount Lloyd|Summit|831300S|1654400E|-83.2166667|165.7333333|3210|10531|01/01/1949|A mountain (3,210 m) in the Holland Range, standing N of the head of Hewitt Glacier, 7 mi N of Mount Miller.  Discovered and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09).||
8942|Lloyd Hill|Summit|623000S|0595400W|-62.5|-59.9|335|1099|01/01/1965|Hill, 335 m, lying SW of Mount Plymouth on Greenwich Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name Lloyd's Land on H. Foster's manuscript chart (1820) may refer to Greenwich Island, but the latter is now firmly established.  Lloyd Hill was applied by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961 to preserve this early name in the area.||
8943|Lloyd Icefall|Glacier|720400S|1652700E|-72.0666667|165.45|||01/01/1964|A large icefall at the head of Lillie Glacier, draining from the polar plateau between the King and Millen Ranges.  Named by the Northern Party of NZFMCAE, 1962-63, for R. Lloyd, field assistant with the Southern Party of that expedition.||
8947|Loaf Rock|Island|644800S|0635500W|-64.8|-63.9166667|||01/01/1960|Rock lying 3 mi W of Biscoe Point, off the SW coast of Anvers Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  Surveyed by the British Naval Hydrographic Survey Unit in 1956-57.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 because the rock is shaped like a flat loaf of bread.||
8948|Lobel Island|Island|645900S|0635300W|-64.9833333|-63.8833333|||01/01/1965|Island nearly 1 mi long, lying 2 mi SW of Brown Island in the Wauwermans Islands, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05, and named for Loicq de Lobel.||
8949|Lobodon Island|Island|640500S|0613500W|-64.0833333|-61.5833333|||01/01/1960|Island lying 3.5 mi E of Wauters Point, Two Hummock Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Photographed by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) in December 1956.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 after Lobodon carcinophagus, the crabeater seal.||
8950|Locator Island|Island|651100S|0643000W|-65.1833333|-64.5|||01/01/1971|The highest of the Roca Islands, lying 0.2 mi N of the largest island in the group, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57 and from the helicopter of His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Protector in March 1958.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because this distinctive island provides a useful mark for locating one's position when navigating French Passage.||
8951|Mount Locke|Summit|712400S|1690600E|-71.4|169.1|1190|3904|01/01/1970|A snow-capped coastal peak (1,190 m) at the NE end of DuBridge Range, in the Admiralty Mountains, Victoria Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Jerry L. Locke, U.S. Navy (USN), helicopter pilot with Squadron VX-6 during Operation Deep Freeze 1968.||
8952|Mount Lockhart|Summit|762800S|1450600W|-76.4666667|-145.1|||01/01/1947|Prominent northerly projection from the main massif of the Fosdick Mountains 4 mi NE of Mount Avers, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) on a flight on Dec. 5, 1929.  Named for Ernest E. Lockhart, physiologist at West Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) and a member of the biological party which visited this area in 1940.||
8953|Lockhart Ridge|Ridge|850200S|1745000W|-85.0333333|-174.8333333|||01/01/1966|A conspicuous ridge about 4 mi long, extending W along the S side of Yeats Glacier and terminating at Shackleton Glacier. Named by the Texas Tech Shackleton Glacier Expedition (1964-65) for CWO James J. Lockhart, pilot with the U.S. Army Aviation Detachment which supported the expedition.||
8954|Lockley Point|Summit|644700S|0632300W|-64.7833333|-63.3833333|||01/01/1951|Low, ice-covered point lying 1 mi NE of Noble Peak on the NW side of Wiencke Island, in the Palmer Arhcipelago.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache in 1898.  Resighted and charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1944, and named for Lieutenant J.G. Lockley, Royal Naval Volunteer Reserve (RNVR), base leader, biologist, and meteorologist at Port Lockroy in 1945.||
8955|Port Lockroy|Harbor|644900S|0633000W|-64.8166667|-63.5|||01/01/1951|Harbor, 0.5 mi long and wide, entered between Flag Point and Lecuyer Point on the W side of Wiencke Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for Edouard Lockroy, French politician and Vice President of the Chamber of Deputies, who assisted Charcot in obtaining government support for the expedition.||
8956|Mount Lockwood|Summit|840900S|1672400E|-84.15|167.4|||01/01/1966|A projecting-type mountain 5 mi S of Mount Bell, forming a part of the E face of Grindley Plateau in Queen Alexandra Range. The above is the interpretation of Shackleton's intended position for this mountain made by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62), which explored this region.  Named by British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) for Dr. C.B. Lockwood of St. Bartholomew Hospital, where Dr. E.S. Marshall of British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) had previously been employed.||
8957|Cape Lockyer|Cape|531000S|0733800W|-53.1666667|-73.6333333|||01/01/1957|A steep rock point 1.5 mi NE of Lambeth Bluff on the SE side of Heard Island.  Surveyed in 1948 by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) and named by them for Lieutenant H.C.J. Lockyer, RANVR, one of the officers on HMAS Labuan, relief ship for the expedition.||
8959|Lockyer Island|Island|642700S|0573600W|-64.45|-57.6|||01/01/1952|Island 2.5 mi long, lying off the S shore of James Ross Island in the SW entrance to Admiralty Sound.  Named Cape Lockyer by Captain James Clark Ross, Jan. 7, 1843, at the request of Captain Francis R.M. Crozier in honor of the latter's friend, Captain Nicholas Lockyer, Royal Navy (RN).  The insularity of the feature was determined by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold in 1902.||
8960|Lodge Rock|Island|684100S|0673200W|-68.6833333|-67.5333333|30|98|01/01/1956|Low, snow-capped rock, less than 30 m high, between Barn Rock and Hayrick Island in the Terra Firma Islands, off the W coast of Graham Land.  The Terra Firma Islands were first visited and surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  This rock was surveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and so named by them because a low ledge onto which sledges could be driven provided lodgment clear of the sea ice pressure area.||
8961|Mount Loewe|Summit|703200S|0674300E|-70.5333333|67.7166667|1130|3707|01/01/1962|The most northerly of the Amery Peaks, 1,130 m, rising 6 mi NE of Mount Seaton in eastern Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Discovered by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) southern party led by W.G. Bewsher in 1956.  Named by ANCA for Fritz Loewe, a member of the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) reconnaissance party in the Wyatt Earp, 1947-48, and Australian observer with the French Expedition on Adelie Coast, 1951-52.||
8962|Loewe Massif|Range|703400S|0680000E|-70.5666667|68|1000|3281|01/01/1973|A large rock massif in the E part of the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  The surface of the massif is largely an undulating plateau from which Mount Loewe and Medvecky Peaks rise.  The plateau lies at an average elevation of 1,000 m above the sea level and 600 m above the ice on its northern flank. Discovered by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by W.G. Bewsher in 1956.  The name of the massif derives from Mount Loewe, which was named for Fritz Loewe, a member of the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) reconnaissance party in the French expedition at Port Martin, Adelie Coast, in 1951.||
8963|Lofgren Peninsula|Cape|721200S|0960400W|-72.2|-96.0666667|||01/01/1960|An ice-covered peninsula about 22 mi long, projecting between Cadwalader and Morgan Inlets on the NE side of Thurston Island.  Discovered in helicopter flights from the USS Bellingshausen Sea Expedition in February 1960.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charles E. Lofgren, personnel officer with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.||01/28/2004
8964|Loftus Glacier|Glacier|773241S|1624723E|-77.544623|162.789598|||01/01/1964|Valley glacier between Mounts Weyant and McLennan, which flows N to join Newall Glacier in Victoria Land.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for Chief Journalist Leo G. Loftus, U.S. Navy (USN), who served five summer seasons at McMurdo Station, 1959-64.||
8965|Logie Glacier|Glacier|851800S|1752000W|-85.3|-175.3333333|||01/01/1966|A tributary glacier, about 10 mi long and 2 mi wide, flowing W through the Cumulus Hills to enter Shackleton Glacier just NE of Vickers Nunatak.  Named by the Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for W.R. Logie, New Zealand maintenance officer and field mechanic who spent nearly two years in the Antarctic and was Deputy-Leader of Scott Base during the 1962-63 season.||
8968|Mount Loke|Summit|772911S|1623208E|-77.486333|162.535437|||01/01/1972|A horn shaped peak on the S wall of Wright Valley, standing between Goodspeed and Denton Glaciers in the Asgard Range of Victoria Land.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1958-59, after one of the Norse gods.||
8969|Lokehellene Cliffs|Cliff|715600S|0084700E|-71.9333333|8.7833333|||01/01/1967|Steep rock cliffs which form the W side of Nupsskarvet Mountain, in the Kurze Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Lokehellene (Loki slopes, or Loke) after the god of Norse mythology.||
8970|Løken Moraines|Ridge|661700S|1103700E|-66.2833333|110.6166667|||01/01/1960|A line of N-S trending moraines, about 7 mi long, lying from 0.5 to 2 mi inland from the Windmill Islands, just E of the base of Clark, Bailey and Mitchell Peninsulas.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47) and OpWml (1947-48). Named by C.R. Eklund for Olav Loken, Norwegian glaciologist who was a member of the Wilkes Station party, 1957.||
8971|Løken Pond|Basin|541400S|0363000W|-54.2333333|-36.5||||A pond E of Burnet Cove, Maiviken, in northern Thatcher Peninsula, South Georgia.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1991 after the Reverend Kristen Loken (1885-1975), Norwegian Lutheran minister from Lillehammer, who was the first appointed Pastor of South Georgia.  He was at Grytviken whaling station, 1912-14, and supervised the building of the church there.||03/07/1997
8972|Lokey Peak|Summit|715000S|0640600W|-71.8333333|-64.1|||01/01/1976|A small, sharp peak, or nunatak, standing at the SE extremity of the Guthridge Nunataks, in the Gutenko Mountains of central Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William M. Lokey, Station Manager at Palmer Station, 1975. He previously wintered at McMurdo Station in 1970 and 1974.||
8974|Mount Lola|Summit|604400S|0444300W|-60.7333333|-44.7166667|170|558|01/01/1953|Peak, 170 m, surmounting Point Lola at the E side of the entrance to Uruguay Cove, Laurie Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  The name appears on an Argentine government chart of 1930, based upon surveys by two Argentine naval officers, I. Espindola in the Uruguay in 1915 and A. Rodriguez in the Primero de Mayo in 1930.||
8975|Point Lola|Summit|604400S|0444300W|-60.7333333|-44.7166667|||01/01/1953|The E entrance point to Uruguay Cove, Laurie Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  The name appears on an Argentine government chart of 1930, based upon surveys by two Argentine naval officers, I. Espindola in the Uruguay in 1915 and A. Rodriguez in the Primero de Mayo in 1930.||
8976|Cape Lollo|Cape|542500S|0032900E|-54.4166667|3.4833333|||01/01/1957|A cape which forms the NE extremity of Bouvetoya.  First charted in 1898 by a German expedition under Karl Chun. Recharted and named in December 1927 by a Norwegian expedition under Captain Harald Horntvedt.||
8977|Mount Lombard|Summit|643100S|0593800W|-64.5166667|-59.6333333|||01/01/1964|The highest peak dominating the mountain mass whose S extremity is Cape Sobral, Graham Land.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Alvin O. Lombard, American engineer of the Lombard Steam Log Hauler Co., Waterville, Maine, who designed some of the earliest successful over-snow tractors, the first application of knowledge of snow mechanics to trafficability, 1901-13.||
8980|Lomonosov Mountains|Summit|713100S|0152000E|-71.5166667|15.3333333|||01/01/1970|A somewhat isolated chain of mountains extending 18 mi NE-SW, located 20 mi E of the Wohlthat Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and first plotted from air photos by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1958-59; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after M.V. Lomonosov, Russian scientist.||
8981|Lonely Island|Island|540300S|0375900W|-54.05|-37.9833333|||01/01/1953|Small island lying 0.8 mi NE of Cape Paryadin, along the S coast and near the W end of South Georgia.  Charted and named by DI personnel during surveys of South Georgia in 1926-30.||
8982|Lonely One Nunatak|Summit|711200S|1611800E|-71.2|161.3|||01/01/1970|An eroded rock outcrop 16 mi NW of Morozumi Range.  The low outcrop rises above the relatively featureless ice at the W side of the confluence of the Gressitt and Rennick Glaciers.  The name applied by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, alludes to the relative isolation of the feature.||
8983|Lonely Rock|Island|640600S|0570300W|-64.1|-57.05|7|23|01/01/1964|A rock rising 7 m above sea level E of Ula Point, James Ross Island, on the W margin of Erebus and Terror Gulf.  Charted by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1945, and named Lone Rock by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because of its small size and isolation.  The name was modified in 1963 to avoid duplication with Lone Rock off Nelson Island.||04/11/2001
8984|Lone Rock|Island|622100S|0585000W|-62.35|-58.8333333|||01/01/1953|Isolated rock 1.5 mi S of the E end of Nelson Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1935, and given this descriptive name.||
8986|Lonewolf Nunataks|Summit|812000S|1525000E|-81.3333333|152.8333333|||01/01/1966|A group of isolated nunataks lying 25 mi NW of Wilhoite Nunataks, at the S side of Byrd Neve.  So named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) because of their isolation.||
8988|Long Beach|Beach|531100S|0732900E|-53.1833333|73.4833333|||01/01/1957|A rocky beach lying close E of Cape Labuan on the S side of Heard Island.  The name Long Beach appears on an 1860 chart compiled by Captain H.C. Chester, American sealer operating in the area during this period.  The presence of sealers' huts along this beach during Chester's 1860 visit suggests knowledge of this beach several years earlier.||
8990|Mount Longhurst|Summit|792600S|1571800E|-79.4333333|157.3|2845|9334||A prominent mountain, 2,845 m, standing W of Mill Mountain and forming the highest point of Festive Plateau in the Cook Mountains.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named for Cyril Longhurst, secretary of the expedition.||04/05/2010
8992|Long Gables|Summit|781100S|0861400W|-78.1833333|-86.2333333|4110|13484|01/01/1960|Prominent twin peaks (4,150 m and 4,110 m) joined by a col. The lower rock exposures are in the form of steep buttresses. The peaks rise from the main ridge of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains between Mounts Anderson and Viets. Discovered by the Marie Byrd Land Traverse party (1957-58) under C.R. Bentley.  Named for Jack B. Long, a member of the party, a participant in many oversnow traverses and other Antarctic research activities in the following decade.||
8993|Long Glacier|Glacier|723000S|0964300W|-72.5|-96.7166667|||01/01/1968|Glacier about 8 mi long in the SE part of Thurston Island. It flows S to Abbot Ice Shelf, 14 mi W of Harrison Nunatak. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Fred A. Long, Jr., aviation machinist of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6, who wintered at Little American V in 1957 and was in Antarctica in the 1960-61 and 1962-63 seasons.||01/28/2004
8994|Long Hills|Range|851800S|1184500W|-85.3|-118.75|||01/01/1962|A group of hills and rock outcroppings about 6 mi in extent, located midway between Wisconsin Range and Ohio Range in the Horlick Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1958-60.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William E. Long, geologist with the Horlick Mountains Traverse, 1958-59; also a member of the Ohio State University expedition to the Horlick Mountains in 1960-61 and 1961-62.||
8995|Longhorn Spurs|Ridge|843600S|1744500W|-84.6|-174.75|||01/01/1966|A high ridge, 12 mi long, extending N from the Prince Olav Mountains between Massam and Barrett Glaciers to the edge of the Ross Ice Shelf.  A series of rock spurs extend from the W side. Visited and so named by the Texas Tech Shackleton Glacier Party (1964-65) because of the resemblance of the spurs to the horns of longhorn cattle.||
8996|Longhurst Plateau|Plain|792300S|1562000E|-79.3833333|156.3333333|2200|7218|01/01/1968|A narrow, snow-covered extension of the polar plateau located just W of Mount Longhurst.  Rising to 2,200 m, it is about 20 mi long and 10 mi wide, and is bounded on the S by upper Darwin Glacier and on the E by McCleary Glacier.  The plateau was traversed by the Darwin Glacier Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) in 1957-58, who named it for nearby Mount Longhurst.||
8997|Cape Longing|Cape|643300S|0585000W|-64.55|-58.8333333|||01/01/1947|Rocky cape on the E coast of Graham Land, forming the S end of a large ice-covered promontory which marks the W side of the S entrance to Prince Gustav Channel.  Discovered by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold in 1902, and so named by him because from the position of his winter hut on Snow Hill Island the cape lay in the direction of his "land of longing" which he was anxious to explore.||
8998|Longing Gap|Gap|642500S|0585700W|-64.4166667|-58.95|||01/01/1964|A constriction in the promontory N of Cape Longing, Graham Land, where the land narrows to 2 miles and forms a low isthmus. The gap is used to avoid the long detour around Cape Longing. Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with Cape Longing.||
8999|Longing Peninsula|Cape|643000S|0585000W|-64.5|-58.8333333||||A peninsula 9 mi long terminating in Cape Longing, situated at the NE end of Nordenskjold Coast where it separates Larsen Ice Shelf from Prince Gustav Ice Shelf.  Discovered and roughly charted by Otto Nordenskjold, leader of Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, who named Cape Longing.  Named after the cape by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geological work in the area, 1987-88.||
9000|Long Island|Island|634600S|0581200W|-63.7666667|-58.2|||01/01/1952|Island 3 mi long, in a NE-SW direction, and 0.5 mi wide, lying opposite the mouth of Russell East Glacier and 2 mi S of Trinity Peninsula in Prince Gustav Channel.  Discovered and named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1945.  The name is descriptive.||
9001|Long Lake|Lake|621200S|0585800W|-62.2|-58.9666667||||Narrow lake, 0.1 mi long, near the head of Hydrographers Cove, Fildes Peninsula, King George Island.  The name is a translation of the Russian "Ozero Dlinnoye" (long lake) in a report by L.S. Govorukha and I.M. Simonov, 1973, following Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) surveys on the island.  Acceptance of the translated form in this instance avoids a duplication of the name Dlinnoye Lake in Schirmacher Hills.||
9002|Longlow Rock|Island|582400S|0262900W|-58.4|-26.4833333|||01/01/1952|Rock 1 mi SSW of Borley Point and 0.5 mi off the W shore of Montagu Island, in the South Sandwich Islands.  Charted and named in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II.||04/06/2001
9003|Long Peak|Summit|784400S|0835400W|-78.7333333|-83.9|1200|3937||A bare rock peak (1,200 m) on the extended ridge line, 7 mi ENE of Mount Landolt in SE Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1957-59. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1984 after Dr. James W. Long, M.D., National Science Foundation physician and consultant on Antarctic health matters for 10 years.||
9005|Long Point|Summit|541600S|0361700W|-54.2666667|-36.2833333|||01/01/1953|Point forming the N side of the entrance to Godthul, a bay along the N coast of South Georgia.  Charted in 1928 by a Norwegian expedition under Harald Horntvedt.  Recharted by DI personnel in 1929 and named after Walter Hume Long (1854-1924), Secretary of State for the Colonies, 1926-18; First Lord of the Admiralty, 1919-21.||
9006|Long Ridge|Ridge|530600S|0733400E|-53.1|73.5666667|||01/01/1957|A high, partly ice-free ridge, 1.5 mi long, which is located 1 mi SE of Campbell Peak and descends eastward from Big Ben, the domed summit on Heard Island.  Surveyed and given this descriptive name by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1948.||
9007|Longridge Head|Cliff|672800S|0674000W|-67.4666667|-67.6666667|||01/01/1956|Headland at the N side of Whistling Bay on Arrowsmith Peninsula, marking the S end of a small coastal ridge which extends 3 mi northward along the W coast of Graham Land.  First sighted by members of the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot who roughly charted this area in 1909.  The name is descriptive and was applied by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) who surveyed the headland in 1948.||
9008|Long Rock|Island|624200S|0611100W|-62.7|-61.1833333|||01/01/1953|Large linear rock lying in Morton Strait, 2 mi N of the E end of Snow Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by DI personnel on the Discovery II, who charted the intricate passage between Snow and Livingston Islands in 1930-31.||04/06/2001
9009|Longs Nunatak|Summit|662800S|1104300E|-66.4666667|110.7166667|||01/01/1960|A coastal nunatak 1 mi NW of Campbell Nunatak, facing on Penney Bay at the S end of the Windmill Islands.  First mapped in 1955 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named by Carl R. Eklund, scientific leader at Wilkes Station during the IGY, for Robert L. Long, Jr., ionospheric physicist at Wilkes in 1957.||
9012|Longstaff Peaks|Range|825400S|1654200E|-82.9|165.7|||01/01/1966|A series of high peaks standing just W of Davidson Glacier in the N-central part of the Holland Range.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04), and named "Mount Longstaff" for Llewellyn Wood Longstaff, principal contributor to the expedition.  The descriptive term was amended by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC).||
9013|Longton Point|Summit|592800S|0270900W|-59.4666667|-27.15|||01/01/1972|A feature of sheer high rock cliffs alternating with steep icefalls, forming the SE corner of Cook Island, South Sandwich Islands.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Royce E. Longton, botanist of the survey of the South Sandwich Islands from His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Protector in 1964.||
9014|Long Valley|Valley|861300S|1474800W|-86.2166667|-147.8|||01/01/1967|An ice-filled valley, 6 mi long, extending from Mount Blackburn northwestward to Griffith Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Walter H. Long, Jr., of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6, photographer on Operation Deep Freeze 1966 and 1967.||
9015|Lönnberg Valley|Valley|542300S|0361700W|-54.3833333|-36.2833333|||01/01/1963|Ice-free valley between Hound Bay and Nordenskjold Glacier on the N coast of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Prof. Einar Lonnberg, Swedish zoologist, who was responsible for preparing a report on Sorling's 1904-05 zoological collections from South Georgia.||
9016|Mount Loodts|Summit|723200S|0311100E|-72.5333333|31.1833333|2420|7940|01/01/1962|Mountain, 2,420 m, immediately E of Mount Lorette in the Belgica Mountains.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1957-58, under G. de Gerlache, who named it for Jacques Loodts, geodesist with the expedition.||
9017|Cape Lookout|Cape|611600S|0551200W|-61.2666667|-55.2|240|787|01/01/1947|Steep bluff, 240 m high, marking the S extremity of Elephant Island in the South Shetland Islands.  The name appears on a map of 1822 by Captain George Powell, a British sealer, and is now established in international usage.||
9018|The Lookout|Summit|683600S|0775700E|-68.6|77.95|90|295|01/01/1961|A hill, 90 m high and 0.5 mi from the coast, which is the highest summit on the western end of Breidnes Peninsula, Vestfold Hills.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37).  First visited by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) parties from Davis Station in 1957.  Named by ANCA.||
9019|Lookout Dome|Summit|830300S|1562700E|-83.05|156.45|2470|8104|01/01/1966|An ice-covered, dome-shaped mountain, 2,470 m, in the MiIler Range.  So named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) because its heights offer an extensive view of Nimrod Glacier and were used as a survey station.||
9020|Lookout Lake|Lake|683600S|0775700E|-68.6|77.95|||01/01/1965|A small lake 0.5 mi NNE of The Lookout, a hill in the W part of Breidnes Peninsula in the Vestfold Hills.  It was first visited in 1957 by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) parties from Davis Station and named in association with The Lookout.||
9021|Lookout Nunatak|Summit|722300S|1635400E|-72.3833333|163.9||||A nunatak lying 6.5 mi SE of Monte Cassino in the Freyberg Mountains, Victoria Land.  The nunatak is in the middle of an icefall overlooking Gallipoli Heights to the southwest.  So named by New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) geologist P.J. Oliver because the nunatak served as a lookout on the initial visit to the area in the 1981-82 season.||
9022|Mount Lopatin|Summit|725100S|1680400E|-72.85|168.0666667|2670|8760|01/01/1970|A mountain (2,670 m) situated 6 mi ESE of Mount Riddolls in the Victory Mountains of Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Boris Lopatin, Soviet exchange scientist at McMurdo Station, 1968.||
9024|Mount Lopez|Summit|720000S|1014100W|-72|-101.6833333|||01/01/1960|A peak of the Walker Mountains, located 5 mi E of Landfall Peak in the W part of Thurston Island.  Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Operation Highjump, 1946-47.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ensign Maxwell A. Lopez, U.S. Navy (USN), a member of the expedition who lost his life in a seaplane crash at Thurston Island on Dec. 30, 1946.||01/28/2004
9027|López Nunatak|Summit|622900S|0593900W|-62.4833333|-59.65|275|902|01/01/1972|A steep-sided granitic nunatak (275 m) located 0.9 mi SE of Ash Point on Greenwich Island, South Shetland Islands.  Named by the First Chilean Antarctic Expedition for Lieutenant Sergio Lopez Angulo, in 1947.||
9029|Loqui Point|Summit|655500S|0645800W|-65.9166667|-64.9666667|||01/01/1956|Point which marks the S side of the entrance to Barilari Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  This feature was discovered and named "Cap Garcia" by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot.  At the same time Charcot gave the name "Cap Loqui" to the N cape of Barilari Bay, after Captain Loqui of the Argentine Navy.  The maps of Charcot's French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) of 1908-10, showed "Cap Garcia" as the N cape of Barilari Bay, and the name Cape Garcia (q.v.) has since become established in that position.  Charcot did not use the name "Cap Loqui" on the maps of the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, and with his shifting of the name Cape Garcia, this south entrance point to Barilari Bay has remained unnamed.  For the sake of historical continuity, the name Loqui Point has been accepted for this feature.||
9030|Lord Bank|Bar|675000S|0691500W|-67.8333333|-69.25||||A submarine bank with a least depth of 18 m lying WSW of the entrance to Quest Channel, Adelaide Island.  The bank was surveyed from His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Endurance in Jan. 1980 and was named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Captain James T. Lord, Royal Navy (RN), commanding HMS Endurance, 1978-80.||
9031|Lord Nunatak|Summit|802100S|0240100W|-80.35|-24.0166667||||A nunatak 1.5 mi SW of Baines Nunatak (q.v.), midway between Herbert Mountains and Pioneers Escarpment in the Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of pioneers of polar life and travel grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after William B. Lord, Canadian artilleryman and joint author with T. Baines of Shifts and Expedients of Camp Life, Travel and Exploration, London, 1871.||
9032|Loren Nunataks|Summit|833600S|0535200W|-83.6|-53.8666667|||01/01/1968|A line of low nunataks standing 3 mi E of Rivas Peaks in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Loren Brown, Jr., aviation machinist at Ellsworth Station, winter 1958.||
9033|Lorentzen Peak|Summit|714500S|0025000W|-71.75|-2.8333333|||01/01/1962|A peak 5 mi S of Vesleskarvet Cliff, on the W side of Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59).  Named for Bjarne Lorentzen, cook with the Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE).||
9036|Mount Lorette|Summit|723200S|0310900E|-72.5333333|31.15|2200|7218|01/01/1965|Ice-free mountain resembling a cathedral in form, rising to 2,200 m close W of Mount Loodts in the Belgica Mountains. Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1957-58, under G. de Gerlache, who named it for Notre Dame de Lorette, patron saint of aviators.||
9037|Mount Lorius|Summit|722800S|1622100E|-72.4666667|162.35|1690|5545|01/01/1964|A mountain, 1,690 m, standing 2.5 mi N of Mount Allison, in the Monument Nunataks.  Mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Victoria Land Traverse Party, 1959-60.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Claude Lorius, French glaciologist, a member of the traverse party.||
9038|Lorn Rocks|Island|653100S|0645600W|-65.5166667|-64.9333333|||01/01/1971|Group of rocks lying 12 mi W of the N end of Lahille Island, in the Biscoe Islands.  Mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because the rocks are small, forlorn and deserted.||
9052|Lost Seal Stream|Stream|773539S|1631449E|-77.594056|163.246875|||01/01/1992|A glacial meltwater stream, 1.4 mi long, draining from the W margin of Commonwealth Glacier into the NE end of Lake Fryxell, in Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  The name was suggested by Diane McKnight, leader of a U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) team that studied the hydrology of streams flowing into Lake Fryxell in several seasons, 1987-94. The name commemorates the encounter with a living Weddell seal. The seal wandered into the area N of Lake Fryxell during November 1990 and was evacuated by helicopter to New Harbor after it entered the camp area.  A mummified seal is prominent at the mouth of the stream.||
9053|Lost Valley|Valley|640200S|0582400W|-64.0333333|-58.4||||A valley to the N of Gin Cove and W of Patalamon Mesa on James Ross Island.  So named following British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geological work, 1981-83, in association with Hidden Lake.||
9055|Loubat Point|Summit|650400S|0635600W|-65.0666667|-63.9333333|||01/01/1955|Point forming the N side of the entrance to Deloncle Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Probably first seen by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99.  Resighted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for a Monsieur de Loubat.||
9056|Loubet Coast|Beach|670000S|0660000W|-67|-66|||01/01/1947|That portion of the W coast of the Antarctic Peninsula between Cape Bellue and the head of Bourgeois Fjord.  This coast was explored in Jan. 1905 by French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under J.B. Charcot, who named it for Emile Loubet, then President of France.||
9059|Loudwater Cove|Bay|644600S|0640500W|-64.7666667|-64.0833333|||01/01/1963|Small west-facing cove, 0.5 mi long, lying immediately N of Norsel Point along the SW coast of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Surveyed in 1955 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and so named because of the thundering noise with which the sea beats into this cove.||
9061|Louise Island|Island|643600S|0622300W|-64.6|-62.3833333|||01/01/1963|Ice-covered island 0.6 mi long, lying 1 mi E of Cape Anna in the SW side of the entrance to Wilhelmina Bay, along the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Lieutenant Adrien de Gerlache, and named by him for his sister.||
9062|Louise Peak|Summit|650500S|0640000W|-65.0833333|-64|625|2051|01/01/1959|Peak, 625 m, standing 1 mi N of Gourdon Peak on Booth Island, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05, and named by him for the sister of Ernest Gourdon, geologist of the expedition.||
9066|Louis Philippe Plateau|Plain|633600S|0582100W|-63.6|-58.35|1370|4495|01/01/1964|A plateau, about 11 mi long and 5 mi wide, which rises to 1,370 m and occupies the central part of Trinity Peninsula between Russell West Glacier and Windy Gap.  This application of the name, recommended by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1948, commemorates Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville's 1838 exploration of the Trinity Peninsula area, which he had named "Terre Louis Philippe," after Louis Philippe (1773-1850), King of France (1830-48).||
9067|Lovegrove Point|Summit|604100S|0453900W|-60.6833333|-45.65||||The north entrance point to Express Cove on the west side of Signy Island, South Orkney Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Ian W. Lovegrove, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) general assistant, Rothera Station, 1981-84 (Base Commander, 1983-84), Base Commander, Signy Island, summers 1984-89.||
9068|Lovejoy Glacier|Glacier|704800S|1601000E|-70.8|160.1666667|||01/01/1964|A broad glacier descending eastward through the Usarp Mountains between Anderson Pyramid and Sample Nunataks.  In its lower course, the glacier runs side by side with the larger Harlin Glacier to the south without a ridge separating the two. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Owen B. Lovejoy of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6, pilot of R4D aircraft in Antarctica, 1962-63 and 1963-64.||
9069|Lovill Bluff|Cliff|732200S|1265400W|-73.3666667|-126.9|||01/01/1966|A rock and snow coastal bluff at the western end of Siple Island, off the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  The bluff stands 14 mi SW of the summit of Mount Siple and marks the N side of the entrance to Pankratz Bay.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James E. Lovill, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist-in-charge at Byrd Station in 1965.||
9070|Mount Lowe|Summit|803300S|0301600W|-80.55|-30.2666667|990|3248|01/01/1962|Mountain having two peaks, the highest 990 m, on the S side of the mouth of Blaiklock Glacier in the W part of the Shackleton Range.  First mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and named for Wallace G. Lowe, New Zealand photographer with the transpolar party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) in 1956-58.||
9071|Lowe Bluff|Cliff|855800S|1371200W|-85.9666667|-137.2|||01/01/1967|High, ice-covered bluff between the head of Kansas Glacier and Alaska Canyon, along the Watson Escarpment.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William G. Lowe, radioman with the Byrd Station winter party, 1957.||
9072|Lowe Glacier|Glacier|825800S|1602500E|-82.9666667|160.4166667|||01/01/1966|A tributary glacier 7 miles long in Queen Elizabeth Range. It flows south from a common saddle with the Prince of Wales Glacier 3 miles east of Mount Gregory to join the Princess Anne Glacier.  The name was proposed by Holyoake, Cobham and Queen Elizabeth Ranges Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1964-65.  Named after a member of the party, D. Lowe.||
9076|Lower Staircase|Glacier|782500S|1614500E|-78.4166667|161.75|||01/01/1965|The lower, eastern portion of Skelton Glacier, between The Landing and Clinker Bluff in Victoria Land.  Surveyed and given this descriptive name in 1957 by the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.||
9079|Lowery Glacier|Glacier|823500S|1631500E|-82.5833333|163.25|||01/01/1961|Glacier about 60 mi long, which flows N from Prince Andrew Plateau along the E side of Queen Elizabeth Range to enter Nimrod Glacier.  Named by the N.Z Geological and Topographical Survey Expedition (1959-60) for J.H. Lowery who, as a member of a field party, suffered injuries when a Sno-cat broke through a crevasse bridge off Cape Selborne in November 1959.||
9080|Mount Loweth|Summit|732700S|0933300W|-73.45|-93.55|1420|4659|01/01/1963|A snow-topped mountain (1,420 m) with a steep rock cliff on the N side, located 6 mi ENE of Anderson Dome in the E end of the Jones Mountains.  Mapped by the University of Minnesota-Jones Mountains Party, 1960-61.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Hugh F. Loweth, Executive Offices of the President, who for some years was instrumental in the development and guidance of U.S. science policies and programs for Antarctica.||01/05/2021
9081|Low Head|Cliff|620900S|0580800W|-62.15|-58.1333333|||01/01/1960|Headland 1 mi SSW of Lions Rump, the W side of the entrance to King George Bay, on King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted and given this descriptive name during 1937 by DI personnel on the Discovery II.||
9083|Low Island|Island|631700S|0620900W|-63.2833333|-62.15|||01/01/1947|Low island 9 mi long and 5 mi wide, lying 14 mi SE of Smith Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  So named because of its low elevation.  This island was known to sealers as early as 1820, and the name Low has been well established in international usage for over 100 years.||
9084|Mount Lowman|Summit|703900S|1600300E|-70.65|160.05|1610|5282|01/01/1970|A mountain (1,610 m) on the east-central slopes of Pomerantz Tableland, 2 mi SE of Rinehart Peak, in the Usarp Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Henry R. Lowman III, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
9090|Low Reef|Bar|543000S|0370000W|-54.5|-37|||01/01/1963|Reef extending for 1 mi from the E end of Annenkov Island. The name Low Rock appeared on a 1931 Admiralty chart for the NE rock of this reef.  The South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1956-57, reported that it is the reef which requires a name to distinguish it from nearby Hauge Reef.||
9091|Low Rock|Island|621700S|0583900W|-62.2833333|-58.65|||01/01/1953|Low rock surrounded by foul ground, lying 1 mi SW of Stranger Point, the S extremity of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  An unnamed rock in essentially this position appears on a chart by David Ferguson, Scottish geologist aboard the whaler Hanka, in these waters in 1913-14.  Low Rock was more accurately charted by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1935 and 1937.||04/06/1998
9095|Low Rock Point|Cape|540100S|0375000W|-54.0166667|-37.8333333|||01/01/1952|Point forming the W side of the entrance to Church Bay, near the W end of the N coast of South Georgia.  Charted by DI personnel in 1926-30, and named because a low rock lies off the point.||
9096|Mount Lowry|Summit|843300S|0640900W|-84.55|-64.15|1020|3346|01/01/1968|Mountain, 1,020 m, standing 2.5 mi NW of Wrigley Bluffs in Anderson Hills in northern Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James K. Lowry, biologist at Palmer Station, winter 1967.||
9097|Lowry Bluff|Cliff|742200S|1631900E|-74.3666667|163.3166667|1070|3510|01/01/1968|A bluff, 1,070 m, forming the E extremity of Nash Ridge of the Eisenhower Range, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1955-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for George Lowry, biologist at McMurdo Station, 1965-66 season.||
9098|Low Tongue|Cape|673300S|0620000E|-67.55|62|||01/01/1965|A tongue of rock 0.1 mi long, projecting from the icy coast of Mac. Robertson Land just W of Holme Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Lagtangen (the low tongue). The translated form of the name recommended by ANCA has been approved.||10/18/2000
9099|Loze Mountain|Summit|713700S|0111700E|-71.6166667|11.2833333|2130|6988|01/01/1970|Mountain, 2,130 m, surmounting the W wall of Grautskala Cirque in the Humboldt Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after "Lose Platte," a name applied by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) to an indeterminate feature in the area.||
9100|Mount Lozen|Summit|720700S|1682400E|-72.1166667|168.4|2460|8071|01/01/1970|A mountain (2,460 m) at the NW side of the head of Tocci Glacier in the Admiralty Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Michael R. Lozen, U.S. Navy (USN), radioman at McMurdo Station, 1967.||
9101|Mount Lubbock|Summit|731300S|1690800E|-73.2166667|169.1333333|1630|5348|01/01/1951|A coastal peak, 1,630 m, rising immediately N of Cape Jones at the S end of Daniell Peninsula, Victoria Land.  Discovered in January 1841 by Sir James Clark Ross who named it for Sir John Lubbock, treasurer of the Royal Society.||
9102|Lubbock Ridge|Ridge|845200S|1752500W|-84.8666667|-175.4166667|||01/01/1964|A high ridge, about 5 mi long, extending W from Mount Wade and terminating in a steep bluff at the E side of Shackleton Glacier.  Named by F. Alton Wade, leader of the Texas Tech Shackleton Glacier Party (1962-63), in honor of Lubbock, home of Texas Technological College, to which all three members of the party were affiliated.||01/05/2021
9103|Lucas Glacier|Glacier|540400S|0371800W|-54.0666667|-37.3|||01/01/1953|Glacier flowing N into the Bay of Isles, South Georgia, close W of Luck Point.  Charted in 1912-13 by Robert Cushman Murphy, American naturalist aboard the brig Daisy, who named it for Frederic A. Lucas, Director of the American Museum of Natural History at that time.||03/07/1997
9104|Lucas Island|Island|683000S|0775700E|-68.5|77.95|||01/01/1965|A small island lying just W of the Vestfold Hills, 2 mi NW of Plog Island.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37) and called Plogsteinen (the plow stone).  It was mapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1958 and renamed for W.C. Lucas, diesel mechanic at Davis Station, 1957.||
9105|Lucas Nunatak|Summit|674800S|0621100E|-67.8|62.1833333|||01/01/1965|Nunatak 1 mi S of Woodberry Nunataks in the Casey Range, Framnes Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37. Visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party in April 1962.  Named by ANCA for F.M. Lucas, officer in charge at Mawson Station in 1962.||
9106|Lucas Point|Summit|541500S|0362000W|-54.25|-36.3333333|||01/01/1965|Point forming the W side of the entrance to Rookery Bay, on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1930 British Admiralty chart.||
9107|Lucifer Hill|Summit|570400S|0264200W|-57.0666667|-26.7|||01/01/1972|A reddish, cindery, sulphur-streaked hill forming the summit of the northern section of Candlemas Island, South Sandwich Islands.  It was one of the most active volcanic vents in this island chain at the time of His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Protector's survey in 1964.  The name applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) refers to the diabolical and infernal mythical association of active volcanoes.||
9108|Luck Nunatak|Summit|751900S|0723200W|-75.3166667|-72.5333333|||01/01/1966|A nunatak 2 mi SW of Mount Caywood, in the Behrendt Mountains, Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for George D. Luck, crew member of the R4D aircraft party which established a base camp in the Eights Station vicinity in 1961.||
9109|Luck Point|Summit|540300S|0371600W|-54.05|-37.2666667|||01/01/1953|Point at the W side of the entrance to Sea Leopard Fjord, in the Bay of Isles, South Georgia.  The name appears to have been first used by DI personnel who charted this point during 1929-30.||
9111|Lucy Glacier|Glacier|822400S|1582500E|-82.4|158.4166667|||01/01/1966|Wide glacier which flows SE from the polar plateau, between Laird Plateau and McKay Cliffs, into Nimrod Glacier. Named for W.R. Lucy, surveyor with 1963-64 Scott Base projects, who wintered over in 1964, and was surveyor with the 1964-65 Geologists Range field party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE).||
9112|Ludeman Glacier|Glacier|842700S|1724000E|-84.45|172.6666667|||01/01/1966|A valley glacier, 13 mi long, flowing N through the Commonwealth Range to enter the E side of Beardmore Glacier at a point 12 mi N of Mount Donaldson.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Emmert E. Ludeman, U.S. Navy (USN), officer in charge at the Naval Air Facility, McMurdo Sound, 1958.||
9113|Ludvig Glacier|Glacier|704500S|1660900E|-70.75|166.15|||01/01/1964|Tributary glacier draining N between Arthurson Bluff and Mount Gale to join Kirkby Glacier near the coast of N Victoria Land.  Named by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) for Ludvig Larsen, chief officer of the ship Thala Dan in which Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) explored this coast, 1962.||
9116|Luff Nunatak|Summit|710600S|0712800E|-71.1|71.4666667|||01/01/1973|Narrow nunatak, 3 mi long, located W of Foster Nunatak in the Manning Nunataks, in the E part of Amery Ice Shelf.  The Manning Nunataks were photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47) and Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1957).  They were visited by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1965 and Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1969.  Named by ANCA for T.S. Luff, senior diesel mechanic at Mawson Station in 1970, a member of the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) glaciological traverse party on the Amery Ice Shelf in January 1970.||
9117|Mount Lugering|Summit|714200S|1625700E|-71.7|162.95|2000|6562|01/01/1970|Mountain nearly 2,000 m high on the W side of Lanterman Range, Bowers Mountains.  It marks the N side of the terminus of Hunter Glacier where it joins Rennick Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for utilitiesman Donald R. Lugering, U.S. Navy (USN), of the South Pole Station winter party, 1965.||
9118|Mount Lugg|Summit|711300S|0644300E|-71.2166667|64.7166667|||01/01/1973|A partly snow-covered mountain 5 mi S of Mount Hicks in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Photographed from the Mount Willing and Mount Hicks geodetic stations in 1971 during the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey.  Named by ANCA for Dr. D. Lugg, senior medical officer with the Antarctic Division, Melbourne, and Officer in Charge of Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains surveys in 1970 and 1971.||
9119|Lugg Island|Island|683200S|0775700E|-68.5333333|77.95|||01/01/1970|A small island lying 1 mi NW of Lake Island, off the W end of Breidnes Peninsula, Vestfold Hills.  First plotted from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Named by ANCA for Dr. D. Lugg, medical officer at Davis Station, 1963, who visited the island for biological studies.||
9120|Luhrsen Nunatak|Summit|715900S|1614100E|-71.9833333|161.6833333|||01/01/1970|A nunatak 3 mi SSE of Mount Alford at the SE end of the Helliwell Hills.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard H. Luhrsen, assistant to the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) representative at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
9124|Luisa Bay|Bay|542300S|0361100W|-54.3833333|-36.1833333|||01/01/1956|Small bay lying between Cape Vakop and Mount Skittle on the N coast of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for the Luisa, one of the vessels of the Compania Argentina de Pesca which participated in establishing the first permanent whaling station at Grytviken, South Georgia, in 1904; now a hulk in King Edward Cove.||
9126|Luitpold Coast|Beach|773000S|0320000W|-77.5|-32|||01/01/1947|That portion of the coast of Coats Land extending from the vicinity of Hayes Glacier, in 2754W to 3600W, which is regarded as the east limit of the Filchner Ice Shelf.  Discovered by Wilhelm Filchner, leader of the German Antarctic Expedition, 1911-12, and named for Prince Regent Luitpold of Bavaria.||
9128|Luke Glacier|Glacier|654200S|0640200W|-65.7|-64.0333333|||01/01/1955|Glacier at least 15 mi long, flowing NW into the head of Leroux Bay on the W coast of Graham Land.  First sighted and roughly surveyed in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE).  Resurveyed in 1935-36 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), and later named for George L. Johnston, 1st Baron Luke of Pavenham, Chairman of Messrs. Bovril Ltd., who contributed toward the cost of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37.||
9129|Lully Foothills|Summit|704900S|0693800W|-70.8166667|-69.6333333|||01/01/1961|Large group of peaks and nunataks extending 15 mi in a NE-SW direction between Vivaldi Glacier and LeMay Range in the W-central part of Alexander Island.  Apparently first seen from the air and roughly mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940.  Remapped in detail from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Jean-Baptiste Lully (1639-87), French composer.||03/20/1997
9130|Lulow Rock|Summit|853600S|0683000W|-85.6|-68.5|1695|5561|01/01/1968|A prominent rock, 1,695 m, which is the northernmost exposed rock along the face of Pecora Escarpment, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William F. Lulow, cook at Plateau Station, winter 1966.||04/11/2001
9131|Lumière Peak|Summit|651800S|0640300W|-65.3|-64.05|1065|3494|01/01/1950|Peak, 1,065 m, standing 3 mi SE of Cape Tuxen on the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for Louis Lumiere, leader in photographic research and development in France at that time.||
9133|Lumus Rock|Island|651300S|0651800W|-65.2166667|-65.3|||01/01/1972|A rock located 4 mi WNW of Sooty Rock, marking the SW extremity of Wilhelm Archipelago.  Discovered by British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, and named "Lumus Reef" after one of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) cats, the only one to survive the Antarctic winter.  The British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) naming has been accepted because of long use.  A change in generic term, from reef to rock, was made on recommendation by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971.||04/11/2001
9135|Luna-Devyat' Mountain|Summit|714000S|0115000E|-71.6666667|11.8333333|1880|6168|01/01/1970|Mountain, 1,880 m, forming the E end of the Eidshaugane Peaks in the Humboldt Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named Gora Luna-Devyat' (Luna Nine Mountain) in commemoration of the achievements of Soviet scientists in the study of space.||
9136|Lunar Crag|Cliff|710800S|0684200W|-71.1333333|-68.7|1200|3937||One of the rock summits in the Planet Heights, rising to c. 1,200 m at the head of Pluto Glacier in E Alexander Island. Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and mapped from these photographs by D. Searle of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1960.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), 1977, in association with names of planets and satellites in this area.||
9138|Luncke Range|Range|720200S|0244200E|-72.0333333|24.7|3020|9908|01/01/1966|Range of peaks rising to 3,020 m, extending in a N-S direction for 10 mi between Jennings Glacier and Gjel Glacier in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named for Bernhard Luncke, Norwegian cartographer who plotted the maps in H.E. Hansen's Atlas of Parts of the Antarctic Coastal Lands, 1946, and a revision covering the Sor Rondane Mountains, 1957.||
9139|Luncke Ridge|Ridge|682900S|0782500E|-68.4833333|78.4166667|||01/01/1967|A fairly prominent ridge on the northern side of the eastern extremity of Langnes Fjord in the Vestfold Hills.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lar Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  It was seen in 1957 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party and named for Bernhard Luncke, Norwegian cartographer who plotted the Vestfold Hills area for the Hansen Atlas.||
9141|Mount Lunde|Summit|665800S|0502800E|-66.9666667|50.4666667|||01/01/1965|Mountain ridge close S of Mount Gleadell, in the W part of the Tula Mountains in Enderby Land.  Sighted by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Amundsen Bay party, under P.W. Crohn in October 1956.  Named by ANCA for J. Lunde, senior diesel mechanic at Wilkes Station in 1960.||
9143|Lunde Glacier|Glacier|715300S|0061500E|-71.8833333|6.25|||01/01/1966|A glacier about 25 mi long flowing NW between Håhellerskarvet and Jokulkyrkja Mountain in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named for T. Lunde, glaciologist with Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-58).||
9145|Lundström Knoll|Summit|803100S|0202500W|-80.5166667|-20.4166667|1400|4593||A rock knoll rising to c. 1,400 m to the NE of Chevreul Cliffs in Pioneers Escarpment, Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967.  Surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with the names of pioneers of polar life and travel grouped in this area, after Johan E. Lundstrom (1815-88), Swedish inventor of the first true "strike-on-box safety match" in 1855.||
9146|Lunik Point|Summit|703200S|1630600E|-70.5333333|163.1|||01/01/1964|An ice-covered coastal point, lying 3 mi NE of Mount Dergach on the W side of Ob' Bay.  Photographed and plotted by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1958, and named after the first Soviet moon module (called "Lunik").||
9147|Mount Lupa|Summit|682600S|0664300W|-68.4333333|-66.7166667|1625|5331|01/01/1955|Flat-topped, ice-covered mountain over 1,625 m, standing between Romulus Glacier and Martin Glacier close ESE of Black Thumb and 5 mi E of the head of Rymill Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First roughly surveyed in 1936 by the BGE under Rymill.  Resurveyed in 1948-49 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) who applied the name. This mountain lies near the heads of Romulus and Remus Glaciers, and the name derives from the mythological story of the she-wolf which fed these twins after they had been thrown into the Tiber.||
9149|Lurabee Glacier|Glacier|691500S|0633700W|-69.25|-63.6166667|||01/01/1947|Glacier 27 mi long, flowing NE between Scripps Heights and Finley Heights to the E coast of Palmer Land.  This glacier was discovered by Sir Hubert Wilkins on Dec. 20, 1928 on his pioneer Antarctic flight.  He named it Lurabee Channel for Lurabee Shreck of San Francisco, in recognition of her aid in procuring equipment for this and an earlier Arctic flight, and for her editorial assistance on his book Flying the Arctic.  The term channel has been amended to glacier, in keeping with the true nature of the feature.||
9150|Lurker Rock|Island|680300S|0684400W|-68.05|-68.7333333|3|10|01/01/1972|A rock 3 m high, located 3 mi NE of Dismal Island, Faure Islands, in Marguerite Bay.  Charted by the Hydrographic Survey Unit from Royal Research Ship (RRS) John Biscoe in 1966.  The name, applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971, is descriptive of the feature, which is covered by ice and can easily be mistaken for a piece of floating ice, especially at high water.||
9152|Lussich Cove|Bay|620600S|0582100W|-62.1|-58.35|||01/01/1952|Cove at the SE side of Martel Inlet in Admiralty Bay, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, and named by him for Antonio Lussich of Montevideo, who was of assistance to the expedition.||
9153|Luther Peak|Summit|722200S|1695000E|-72.3666667|169.8333333|820|2690|01/01/1956|Peak, 820 m, standing 11 mi SE of Mount Peacock in the Admiralty Mountains and overlooking Edisto lnlet in northern Victoria Land.  Charted from radarscope photographs taken in March 1956 by members of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) I aboard the USS USN, captain of the Edisto.||
9155|Lützow-Holm Bay|Bay|691000S|0373000E|-69.1666667|37.5|||01/01/1947|A large bay, about 120 mi wide, indenting the coast of Queen Maud Land between Riiser-Larsen Peninsula and the coastal angle immediately east of the Flatvaer Islands.  Discovered by Captain Hjalmar Riiser-Larsen in two airplane flights from his expedition vessel, the Norvegia, on Feb. 21 and 23, 1931. The name, honoring Commander Finn Lutzow-Holm of the Norwegian Naval Air Service, a pilot for Captain Riiser-Larsen on the Aagaard in 1935.||03/20/1997
9156|Luz Range|Range|720300S|0044900E|-72.05|4.8166667|||01/01/1970|A mountain range 14 mi long, including Petrellfjellet, Snobjorga Bluff and associated features, lying next east of Gablenz Range in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Alfred Ritscher, 1938-39, and named after the commercial director of the German Lufthansa Corporation.||
9158|Lyall Islands|Island|704100S|1672000E|-70.6833333|167.3333333|||01/01/1947|A group of four islands, Unger, Surgeon, Novosad and Hughes, lying just outside the entrance to Yule Bay, Victoria Land.  Discovered by Captain James C. Ross, 1841, who named the group for David Lyall, Asst. Surgeon on the Terror.  In keeping with this, Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) has named some of the individual islands and nearby features for surgeons who have worked in Antarctica.||
9159|Lyddan Island|Island|742500S|0204500W|-74.4166667|-20.75|||01/01/1970|An ice-covered island at the SW extremity of Riiser-Larsen Ice Shelf, about 20 mi off Princess Martha Coast.  The island is about 45 mi long and has three narrow arms in the form of a trefoil.  It was discovered and plotted by W.R. MacDonald on Nov. 5, 1967, in the course of a U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VXE-6 reconnaissance flight over the coast in LC-130 aircraft.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert H. Lyddan, Chief Topographic Engineer of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), who has been active in the planning and supervision of Antarctic mapping operations since the 1950s.||
9160|Lyell Glacier|Glacier|541700S|0363700W|-54.2833333|-36.6166667|||01/01/1953|Glacier flowing in a N direction to Harpon Bay at the SE head of Cumberland West Bay, South Georgia.  Mapped by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold, who named it for Sir Charles Lyell (1797-1875), eminent British geologist.||
9161|Lyell Lake|Lake|541900S|0363500W|-54.3166667|-36.5833333||||A lake on the E side of Lyell Glacier, South Georgia.  The moraine-dammed lake has a series of terraces above the current shoreline, marking former lake levels.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1991 in association with the glacier.||
9162|Lyftingen Peak|Summit|721700S|0031500W|-72.2833333|-3.25|||01/01/1966|A peak just SE of Kjolrabbane Hills, near the SW end of Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Lyftingen.||
9163|Lykke Peak|Summit|542700S|0032300E|-54.45|3.3833333|765|2510|01/01/1957|A snow-covered summit (765 m) that surmounts the SW part of Bouvetoya.  It stands 1 mi E of Norvegia Point.  First roughly charted in 1898 by a German expedition under Karl Chun. Recharted and named in December 1927 by the Norvegia expedition under Captain Harald Horntvedt.||
9166|Mount Lymburner|Summit|772600S|0863000W|-77.4333333|-86.5|1940|6365|01/01/1961|Mountain, 1,940 m, standing 4 mi WNW of Mount Weems near the N end of the Sentinel Range in the Ellsworth Mountains. Discovered by Lincoln Ellsworth on his trans-Antarctic flight of Nov. 23, 1935.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for J.H. Lymburner, asst. pilot on Ellsworth's expedition.||
9168|Mount Lynch|Summit|781000S|1620400E|-78.1666667|162.0666667|3340|10958|01/01/1995|One of the high peaks (3,340 m) in Rampart Ridge, rising between Shupe Peak and Bishop Peak in Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1994 after John Lynch, NSF representative at the South Pole for a portion of the austral summer season since 1986; at the time of naming, Program Manager for Polar Aeronomy and Astrophysics, Office of Polar Programs, NSF.||05/17/1999
9169|Lynch Island|Island|603900S|0453600W|-60.65|-45.6|||01/01/1956|Island lying in the E part of Marshall Bay, close off the S coast of Coronation Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Roughly charted in 1912-13 by Petter Sorlle, a Norwegian whaling captain, and surveyed in 1933 by DI personnel.  Resurveyed in 1948-49 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Thomas B. Lynch, an American sealer who visited the South Orkney Islands in the schooner Express in 1880.||
9170|Lynch Point|Summit|750500S|1374400W|-75.0833333|-137.7333333|||01/01/1966|Rocky point at the seaward end of the peninsula between Frostman Glacier and Hull Glacier on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Photographed from U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) aircraft on Dec. 18, 1940.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ensign William R. Lynch II, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), Damage Control Officer aboard USS Glacier in exploring these coastal waters, 1961 -62.||
9171|Lynsky Cove|Bay|661915S|1102658E|-66.3208333|110.4494444|||01/01/1963|A cove in the north side of Pidgeon Island in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Chief Builder James E. Lynsky, USN, a member of the Wilkes Station party of 1958.||02/17/2011
9172|Lynx Rocks|Island|623200S|0603200W|-62.5333333|-60.5333333|||01/01/1960|Group of rocks lying in Hero Bay to the W of Siddons Point, Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 after the Australian sealer Lynx (Captain Richard Siddons) from Sydney, which visited the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21 and 1821-22.||
9173|Lyon Nunataks|Summit|745000S|0735000W|-74.8333333|-73.8333333|||01/01/1966|A group of nunataks including Grossenbacher Nunatak, Holtet Nunatak, Christoph Nunatak and Isakson Nunatak, lying W of Grossman Nunataks and 30 mi NW of the Behrendt Mountains, in Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Owen R. Lyon, hospital corpsman, USN, chief petty officer in charge of Eights Station in 1965.||
9174|Lyon Peak|Summit|634700S|0604800W|-63.7833333|-60.8|1000|3281|01/01/1960|Peak rising to e. 1,000 m S of Milburn Bay on the W side of Trinity Island, Palmer Archipelago.  Photographed by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE), 1956, and mapped from these photos.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 after Percy C. Lyon (1862-1952), of the British Department of Scientific and Industrial Research, who was chairman of the interdepartmental committee on research and development of the Antarctic area, 1917-20.||
9175|Mount Lysaght|Summit|824900S|1611900E|-82.8166667|161.3166667|3755|12319|01/01/1966|Peak, 3,755 m, standing 1.5 mi N of Mount Markham in the northern part of the Queen Elizabeth Range.  Discovered and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09.||
9176|Lystad Bay|Bay|675000S|0671700W|-67.8333333|-67.2833333|||01/01/1956|Bay 2.5 mi wide which indents the W side of Horseshoe Island, in the NE part of Marguerite Bay.  First surveyed in 1936-37 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  The bay was visited by the USMS North Star and USS Bear of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940. The name was proposed by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Isak Lystad of the North Star.||04/06/1998
9178|Cape Lyttelton|Cape|822100S|1643900E|-82.35|164.65|||01/01/1947|A cape forming the southern entrance point of Shackleton Inlet, along the western edge of the Ross Ice Shelf.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named after Lyttelton, New Zealand. The Discovery started on the last lap of its journey south from Lyttelton, where very generous assistance was given the expedition.||
9179|Lyttelton Peak|Summit|821800S|1585600E|-82.3|158.9333333|2335|7661|01/01/1966|The highest peak, 2,335 m, of the Cobham Range.  Mapped by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) and given the family name of the former Governor-General of New Zealand, Lord Cobham.||
9180|Lyttelton Range|Range|713300S|1674500E|-71.55|167.75|||01/01/1964|A narrow northwest-trending range located S of Dunedin Range in the Admiralty Mountains.  The range is 16 mi long and forms the W wall of the upper part of the Dennistoun Glacier. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after the port of Lyttelton, New Zealand, where over the years, many expedition ships refueled and replenished supplies en route to Antarctica; also in recognition of the friendship and cooperation of its citizens with American participation in the U.S. Antarctic Research Program.||
9181|Lyttelton Ridge|Ridge|662200S|0630700W|-66.3666667|-63.1166667|425|1394|01/01/1953|Dark, jagged ridge, 425 m, extending 4 mi in a NW-SE direction along the W side of Churchill Peninsula, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Charted in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who named it for Rt. Hon. Oliver Lyttelton, M.P., then British Minister of Production and member of the War Cabinet.  Photographed from the air during 1947 by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne.||
9183|Mount Lyttleton|Summit|662400S|0652200W|-66.4|-65.3666667|||01/01/1965|Conspicuous, almost entirely snow-covered mountain near the head of Cardell Glacier, on the W coast of Graham Land. Photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, 1947-48. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Westcote R. Lyttleton (1877-1956), New Zealand Works Dir. of Triplex Safety Glass Co. Ltd., London, who first introduced laminated safety glass for use in goggles in about 1912.||
9185|Maagoe Peak|Summit|793300S|0850000W|-79.55|-85|1850|6069|01/01/1966|A peak (1,850 m) at the N end of Gifford Peaks in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Steffen Maagoe, ionospheric scientist at Eights Station in 1964.||
9186|Maaske Dome|Summit|855800S|1440000W|-85.9666667|-144|||01/01/1967|An icecapped, dome-like elevation 2 mi long, rising above the N part of California Plateau.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Gary L. Maaske, USN, helicopter pilot at McMurdo Station, 1962-63 and 1963-64 seasons.||
9187|Cape Mabel|Cape|604100S|0444000W|-60.6833333|-44.6666667|||01/01/1952|Cape forming the N tip of Pirie Peninsula on the N coast of Laurie Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Probably first seen by the British sealing expedition under Weddell, who examined the N coast of Laurie Island in 1823.  Charted in 1903 by the ScotNAE under Bruce, who named it for Mrs. J.H. Harvey Pirie, wife of the surgeon-geologist to the expedition.||
9188|Mabel Island|Island|604000S|0444200W|-60.6666667|-44.7|||01/01/1952|Island 1.5 mi NW of Cape Mabel, off the N coast of Laurie Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted in 1933 by DI personnel on the Discovery II, who named it after nearby Cape Mabel.||
9191|Mabus Point|Summit|663300S|0930100E|-66.55|93.0166667|||01/01/1955|A point on the coast lying just south of Haswell Islands, marking the east limit of McDonald Bay.  First charted by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE), 1911-14, under Douglas Mawson.  Recharted by G.D. Blodgett in 1955 from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Howard W. Mabus, USN, executive officer of the icebreaker Edisto, who was instrumental in providing close support to U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Windmill parties in establishing astronomical control stations along this coast, 1947-48.  Mabus Point subsequently became the site of the Soviet scientific station, Mirnyy.||
9192|Mount Macalester|Summit|794100S|0842000W|-79.6833333|-84.3333333|2430|7972||A prominent peak rising to 2,430 m in the central part of Soholt Peaks, Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Macalester College, St. Paul, MN, the alma mater of Gerald F. Webers, leader of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Ellsworth Mountains Expedition, 1979-80.||
9193|MacAlpine Hills|Range|841300S|1603000E|-84.2166667|160.5|||01/01/1966|A chain of mainly ice-free, bluff-type hills extending from Mount Achernar SW along the S side of Law Glacier, to Sylwester Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ensign Kenneth D. MacAlpine, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR). A member of U.S. Navy Squadron VX-6, MacAlpine was injured in an airplane crash at McMurdo Sound, October 1956.||
9194|Macaroni Point|Summit|625400S|0603200W|-62.9|-60.5333333|||01/01/1965|Point marking the NE extremity of Deception Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name arose following survey by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in January 1954, because a colony of macaroni penguins (Eudyptes chrysolophus) is on this point.||04/06/1998
9195|Mount Macbain|Summit|830600S|1621800E|-83.1|162.3|2205|7234|01/01/1966|A prominent mountain, 2,205 m, standing between the mouths of Cornwall Glacier and Helm Glacier in the Queen Elizabeth Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Merle Macbain, USN, Public Information Officer, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) III and IV, 1957-58 and 1958-59.||
9196|Cape MacDonald|Cape|713200S|0611100W|-71.5333333|-61.1833333|435|1427|01/01/1947|Headland which rises to 435 m, forming the S side of the entrance to Odom Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land. Discovered by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) who explored this area by land and from the air in 1940, and named for J.E. MacDonald, field representative and secretary of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).||
9197|Mount Macdonald|Summit|843100S|1731000E|-84.5166667|173.1666667|3630|11909|01/01/1966|A peak, 3,630 m, surmounting the massive N-S trending ridge between Ludeman Glacier and Pain Neve in the Commonwealth Range.  Named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for the Hon. T.L. Macdonald, who was Minister of External Affairs and of Defence when the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) was being planned and who took a prominent part in obtaining New Zealand participation in the Antarctic.||
9198|Macdonald Bluffs|Cliff|831500S|1575000E|-83.25|157.8333333|||01/01/1966|Prominent east-facing bluffs between Argosy and Argo Glaciers in the Miller Range, descending to the Marsh Glacier. Mapped by the New Zealand Southern Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) and named for W.J.P. Macdonald, IGY scientist at Scott Base in 1957.||
9200|Macdonald Cove|Bay|540000S|0372800W|-54|-37.4666667||||Cove indenting the W side of the peninsula which terminates at Cape Buller, N coast of South Georgia.  The cove is 2.5 mi SSE of the Welcome Islands and has important fossil occurrences on its periphery.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1982 after David I.M. Macdonald, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist in charge of field work on South Georgia, 1975-76 and 1976-77.||
9203|MacDonald Nunataks|Summit|852700S|1573800W|-85.45|-157.6333333|||01/01/1967|Two nunataks overlooking the head of the Ross Ice Shelf, standing just E of the terminus of Amundsen Glacier, 5 mi W of O'Brien Peak.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John A. MacDonald, biologist, McMurdo Station winter party, 1964.||
9204|MacDonald Peak|Summit|774000S|0864000W|-77.6666667|-86.6666667|1940|6365|01/01/1961|Peak, 1,940 m, midway between Shockey Peak and Mount Crawford near the N end of the main ridge of the Sentinel Range. Discovered by Lincoln Ellsworth on his trans-Antarctic flight of Nov. 23, 1935.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1961) for William R. MacDonald of the Branch of Special Maps, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), which prepared the 1962 map of this range.  Subsequently, MacDonald participated in numerous expeditions to Antarctica to supervise aerial photography used in preparing U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) maps of the continent.  At the time of his death (1977) he was Chief of the Branch of International Activities, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), and a member of the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names, of the U.S. Board on Geographic Names.||
9205|MacDonald Point|Summit|795200S|1602000E|-79.8666667|160.3333333|||01/01/1966|A coastal point with some rocky exposures at the S side of the mouth of Darwin Glacier, where the latter flows into Ross Ice Shelf.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1959-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James H. (Scot) MacDonald, journalist who as a member of U.S. Navy Squadron VX-6 worked several seasons at McMurdo Station between 1958 and 1961.||
9206|MacDonald Spur|Ridge|764700S|1593300E|-76.7833333|159.55|||01/01/1965|A long, low ridge extending eastward from Ballance Peak in the Allan Hills, Victoria Land.  Reconnoitered by the New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) Allan Hills Expedition (1964).  Named for Ivan MacDonald, field assistant with the expedition.||
9207|Macdougal Bay|Bay|604200S|0443300W|-60.7|-44.55|||01/01/1952|Small bay lying between Ferguslie and Watson Peninsulas on the N coast of Laurie Island, in the South Orkney Islands. Charted in 1903 by the ScotNAE under Bruce, who named it for J. Macdougal, third mate of the expedition ship Scotia.||
9208|Mount Macelwane|Summit|815400S|0893000W|-81.9|-89.5|||01/01/1964|The highest peak in the eastern part of the Nash Hills. The peak was positioned by the U.S. Ellsworth-Byrd Traverse Party on Dec. 14, 1958, and named for Reverend James B. Macelwane, S.J. (1883-1956), first chairman of the Technical Panel for Seismology and Gravity of the U.S. National Committee for the IGY, as set up by the National Academy of Sciences.||
9210|Mount Macey|Summit|695200S|0651800E|-69.8666667|65.3|1960|6430|01/01/1961|An isolated peak 1,960 m, about 15 mi SE of Stinear Nunataks in Mac. Robertson Land.  Sighted in 1954 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by R.G. Dovers, and named for L.E. Macey, technical superintendent at Mawson Station in 1954.||
9211|Macey Cone|Summit|525900S|0731500E|-52.9833333|73.25|125|410|01/01/1957|Small hill, 125 m, which marks the remnants of an extinct volcanic cone surmounting the lava cliffs at the NW end of Laurens Peninsula, about 0.6 mi NE of Cape Laurens, at the NW end of Heard Island.  The feature was surveyed in 1948 by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), who named it for L.E. Macey, senior radio operator with the expedition.||
9214|Macfie Sound|Bay|672200S|0594300E|-67.3666667|59.7166667|||01/01/1947|Passage 1 mi wide at its narrowest point, extending in an E-W direction between Islay and Bertha Island in the William Scoresby Archipelago.  Discovered in February 1936 by DI personnel on the William Scoresby, and named by them for Lieutenant A.F. Macfie, Royal Navy Reserve (RNR),) who prepared the charts of the expedition.||
9215|MacGregor Peaks|Range|624200S|0602400W|-62.7|-60.4|340|1115||Peaks rising to c. 340 m midway between Binn Peak and Moores Peak on Hurd Peninsula, Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1990 after Captain Christopher MacGregor, Master of the brig Minstrel, from London, who visited the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21.||
9216|Mount Machatschek|Summit|665200S|0680400W|-66.8666667|-68.0666667|||01/01/1965|A prominent, mainly snow-covered mountain in northern Adelaide Island, about 14 mi SW of Mount Velain.  Mapped from air photos taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (1947-48) and Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Fritz Machatschek (1876-1957), Austrian geomorphologist; joint author with E. von Drygalski of Gletscherkunde, 1942.||
9217|Machin Nunatak|Summit|724800S|0645300E|-72.8|64.8833333|||01/01/1967|Small domed nunatak lying 7 mi E of Mount Cresswell in the southern Prince Charles Mountains.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), 1956-60.  Named by ANCA for D.K. Machin, radio officer at Mawson Station, 1960.||
9218|Cape MacKay|Cape|774200S|1683100E|-77.7|168.5166667||||Ice-covered cape which forms the SE extremity of Ross Island.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named for Captain Harry MacKay, commander of the Terra Nova, one of the relief ships for the expedition.||
9219|Mackay Glacier|Glacier|765800S|1620000E|-76.9666667|162|||01/01/1947|A large glacier in Victoria Land, descending eastward from the polar plateau, between the Convoy and Clare Ranges, into the southern part of Granite Harbor.  Discovered by the South Magnetic Pole Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named for Alistair F. Mackay, a member of the party.||
9220|Mackay Glacier Tongue|Glacier|765800S|1622000E|-76.9666667|162.3333333||||The glacier tongue of the Mackay Glacier, projecting into Granite Harbor, Victoria Land.  First mapped by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) and named in association with Mackay Glacier.||
9221|Mackay Mountains|Summit|773000S|1432000W|-77.5|-143.3333333|||01/01/1947|Prominent group of peaks 10 mi S of the Allegheny Mountains in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) in 1934, and named for Clarence Mackay of the Postal Telegraph and Mackay Radio Companies, who was a benefactor of the expedition.||
9222|MacKay Peak|Summit|624300S|0601800W|-62.7166667|-60.3|700|2297||Snow-covered pyramidal peak rising to c. 700 m between False Bay and Charity Glacier, Livingston Island, South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 after Captain Donald MacKay, Master of the shallop Sarah, of the New York sealing fleet in these islands under Captain Robert Johnson, 1820-21.||
9223|Mackay Point|Summit|673200S|0680500W|-67.5333333|-68.0833333||||A point on the SE coast of Adelaide Island, 2 mi NE of Rothera Point.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1961-62, and by a Royal Navy (RN) Hydrographic Survey Unit from His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Endurance, 1976-77. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1978 for Donald C. Mackay, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) builder, Halley Station, 1972-73, Signy Island, 1974-75, and Rothera Station, 1976-78.||
9226|Mount Mackellar|Summit|835900S|1663900E|-83.9833333|166.65|4295|14091|01/01/1952|A massive mountain, 4,295 m, standing at the head of Mackellar Glacier, 3 mi S of Pagoda Peak, in Queen Alexandra Range.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named for Campbell Mackellar, a supporter of the expedition.||
9227|Mackellar Glacier|Glacier|834700S|1671500E|-83.7833333|167.25|||01/01/1966|A large tributary glacier in Queen Alexandra Range, flowing N along the E side of Hampton Ridge from Mount Mackellar, to enter Lennox-King Glacier.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) in association with Mount Mackellar.||
9228|Mackellar Inlet|Stream|620500S|0582800W|-62.0833333|-58.4666667|||01/01/1952|Inlet forming the NW head of Admiralty Bay, at King George Island in the South Shetland Islands.  Probably named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, who charted Admiralty Bay in December 1909.||
9229|Mackellar Islands|Island|665800S|1424000E|-66.9666667|142.6666667|||01/01/1963|A group of about 30 small islands and rocks lying 1.5 mi N of Cape Denison in the center of Commonwealth Bay.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who named them for C.D. Mackellar of London, a patron of the expedition.||
9231|Mackemer Point|Summit|662700S|1102900E|-66.45|110.4833333|||01/01/1963|The northwestern point of Peterson Island, in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Aerographer's Mate Frederick W. Mackemer, USN, a member of the Wilkes Station party of 1958.||
9232|MacKenzie Bay|Bay|683800S|0703500E|-68.6333333|70.5833333|||01/01/1947|A relatively small embayment of the western extremity of Amery Ice Shelf, about 20 mi NE of Foley Promontory.  On Feb. 10, 1931, the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) (1929-31) sighted a much larger embayment here and made an airplane flight to sketch its limits.  They named it "MacKenzie Sea" after Captain K.N. MacKenzie, master of the expedition's ship Discovery in 1930-31. Breakout of a large part of Amery Ice Shelf has drastically reduced the size of this feature; in 1968 the bay was 15 mi wide.  Several Norwegian whaling ships sighted the original embayment nearly simultaneously with British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE); the whale-catcher Seksern (Captain Brunvoll) reached this area on Jan. 13, 1931, the the Torlyn (Captain Klarius Mikkelsen) on Feb. 13, 1931.||
9233|Mackenzie Glacier|Glacier|641700S|0621600W|-64.2833333|-62.2666667|||01/01/1960|Glacier 4 mi long flowing eastward from Mount Parry to join Malpighi Glacier at the E coast of Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  First roughly charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos in 1959.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Sir James Mackenzie (1853-1925), English physician and pioneer of studies of heart disease.||
9234|Mackenzie Peninsula|Cape|604500S|0444800W|-60.75|-44.8|||01/01/1947|Steep, rocky peninsula forming the W end of Laurie Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  First seen and roughly charted by Captain George Powell and Captain Nathaniel Palmer in 1821.  Surveyed in 1903 by the ScotNAE under William S. Bruce, who gave this peninsula the maiden name of his wife.||
9236|Mackerel Island|Island|660100S|0652600W|-66.0166667|-65.4333333|||01/01/1965|Island immediately W of Flounder Island in the Fish Islands, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 because it is one of the Fish Islands.||
9237|Mackey Rock|Summit|763600S|1462200W|-76.6|-146.3666667|||01/01/1970|An isolated rock on the E side of Sulzberger Ice Shelf, 8 mi SW of Mount Iphigene, on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Steven Mackey, field assistant with the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Marie Byrd Land Survey II, summer 1967-68.||04/12/2001
9238|MacKinnon Glacier|Glacier|713200S|1631300E|-71.5333333|163.2166667||||A glacier flowing northward along the W side of Reilly Ridge into Sledgers Glacier in Lanterman Range, Bowers Mountains. Named in 1983 by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) after D.I. MacKinnon, geologist, a member of R.A. Cooper's New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) geological party in the area, 1974-75.||
9239|Mackin Table|Summit|845700S|0640000W|-84.95|-64|||01/01/1969|An ice-topped, wedge-shaped plateau, about 20 mi long, standing just N of Patuxent Ice Stream in the Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named for J. Hoover Mackin, professor of geology at the University of Washington, at Seattle.  The name was suggested by U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologists who investigated the Pensacola Mountains, several having been students under Mackin.||03/20/1997
9240|Cape Mackintosh|Cape|725000S|0595400W|-72.8333333|-59.9|||01/01/1953|Low, ice-covered cape forming the N tip of Kemp Peninsula and the E entrance point to Mason Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Probably first seen by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) who photographed a portion of Kemp Peninsula while exploring this coast from the air in December 1940.  During 1947 the cape was photographed by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), which in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) surveyed it from the ground.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) after Neil A. Mackintosh (1900-74), British marine biologist, oceanographer, and authority on Antarctic whales; member of DI scientific staff from 1924 and Chief Scientific Officer, 1929-49; Deputy Director, National Institute of Oceanography (now Insitute of Oceanographic Sciences), 1949-61.||03/20/1997
9241|Mount Mackintosh|Summit|742200S|1614900E|-74.3666667|161.8166667|2300|7546||A peak (2,300 m) that rises from Skinner Ridge, 2 mi SW of Mount Fenton, on the western margin of the Eisenhower Range of Victoria Land.  Charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) under Ernest Shackleton, who named it for A.L.A. Mackintosh, Second Officer on the expedition ship, the Nimrod.||
9242|Mackintosh Cove|Bay|604200S|0443000W|-60.7|-44.5|||01/01/1952|Cove immediately SE of Fraser Point along the N coast of Laurie Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted in 1903 by the ScotNAE under Bruce.  Named for Neil A. Mackintosh, then a member of the Discovery Committee zoological staff, by DI personnel on the Discovery II following their survey of the South Orkney Islands in 1933.||
9243|Mount Macklin|Summit|544500S|0360300W|-54.75|-36.05|1900|6234|01/01/1963|Mountain having 2 peaks, the higher 1,900 m, between Mount Carse and Douglas Crag in the S part of the Salvesen Range of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Alexander H. Macklin, medical officer of the British expedition under Shackleton, 1914-16.  Macklin accompanied Shackleton in the James Caird from Elephant Island to King Haakon Bay, South Georgia.||
9244|Mount Macklin|Summit|695700S|0643600E|-69.95|64.6|2005|6578|01/01/1961|A mainly snow-covered ridge with an exposed summit 2,005 m just E of Mount Shaw in the Anare Nunataks of Mac. Robertson Land.  First visited in November 1955 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by J.M. Bechervaise.  Named by ANCA for Eric Macklin, radio operator at Mawson Station in 1955.||
9245|Macklin Island|Island|672900S|0633900E|-67.4833333|63.65|||01/01/1965|Small island in the E part of the Robinson Group, 3 mi NW of Cape Daly, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Named by ANCA for E.L. Macklin, radio officer at Mawson Station in 1955 and 1959.||
9246|Mackworth Rock|Island|660200S|0663400W|-66.0333333|-66.5666667|||01/01/1965|An insular rock in Pendleton Strait, about 2 mi N of Cape Leblond, Lavoisier Island.  Mapped from air photos taken by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Norman H. Mackworth, British experimental psychologist who in 1953 first demonstrated beyond doubt that man acclimatizes to cold.||
9247|Maclaren Monolith|Pillar|802000S|0252300W|-80.3333333|-25.3833333|1000|3281||A peak rising to c. 1,000 m on the central ridge of Herbert Mountains, Shackleton Range.  The feature is notable for a monolith forming the summit.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and surveyed by the British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of glacial geologists grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after Charles Maclaren (1782-1866), Scottish naturalist who in 1842 was the first to recognize the glacial control of sea level.||
9248|Macleod Point|Summit|640600S|0615800W|-64.1|-61.9666667|||01/01/1960|Point forming the SE tip of Liege Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Shown on an Argentine government chart in 1957, but not named.  Photographed from the air by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1959. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for John J.R. Macleod (1876-1935), Scottish physiologist who was one of the discoverers of insulin in 1922.||
9249|MacMahon Rock|Island|541800S|0362600W|-54.3|-36.4333333|||01/01/1965|Rock lying 0.5 mi E of Dartmouth Point in Cumberland East Bay, South Georgia.  The name appears on a 1930 British Admiralty chart.||
9250|MacMillan Point|Summit|775446S|1643429E|-77.912743|164.574791|||01/01/1992|An ice-free point, 1.5 mi N of Cape Chocolate, forming the N side of the entrance to Salmon Bay, on the Scott Coast, Victoria Land.  Named in 1992 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Mark T. MacMillan of San Jose, CA, a research assistant in the U.S. Antarctic Program who lost his life in a diving accident at New Harbor, McMurdo Sound, on November 14, 1987.  A graduate of the University of California at Santa Cruz and a diver, he was in a group collecting foraminifera from the sea at the time of the accident.||
9252|MacNamara Glacier|Glacier|842000S|0634000W|-84.3333333|-63.6666667|||01/01/1968|A glacier in the Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains, draining northeastward between the Thomas and Anderson Hills to Foundation Ice Stream.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Edlen E. MacNamara, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) exchange scientist at Molodezhnaya Station winter 1967.||
9253|Mount Macnowski|Summit|745900S|0645700W|-74.9833333|-64.95|||01/01/1968|A mountain in the N part of the Scaife Mountains, about 5 mi WSW of Schmitt Mesa, near the base of Antarctic Peninsula. First observed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Francis B. Macnowski, construction mechanic at South Pole Station in 1967.||
9254|Mount Macpherson|Summit|822900S|1555000E|-82.4833333|155.8333333|2360|7743|01/01/1966|Mountain, 2,360 m, standing 1.5 mi N of Mount Csejtey on the S edge of Boucot Plateau in the Geologists Range.  Seen by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) and named for E.O. Macpherson, formerly chief geologist of the New Zealand Geological Survey.||
9255|MacPherson Peak|Summit|703300S|1594300E|-70.55|159.7166667|2290|7513|01/01/1964|A prominent rock peak (2,290 m) on the NW end of Pomerantz Tableland, Usarp Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Frank L. MacPherson, USA, helicopter mechanic in the field supporting the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) surveys Topo North-South (1961-62) and Topo East-West (1962-63), the latter including survey of this peak.||
9256|MacQuarrie Edge|Ridge|803200S|0300300W|-80.5333333|-30.05|760|2493||A rock scarp rising to c. 760 m in the N part of Otter Highlands, western Shackleton Range.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Alister S. MacQuarrie (1935-1970), British Antarctic Survey (BAS) tractor mechanic, Halley Station, 1968-69, who worked in the Shackleton Range.||
9257|Mac. Robertson Land|Area|700000S|0650000E|-70|65|||01/01/1947|That portion of Antarctica lying southward of the coast between William Scoresby Bay and Cape Darnley.  In the east it includes the Prince Charles Mountains.  Named by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31, under Douglas Mawson, after Sir MacPherson Robertson of Melbourne, a patron of the expedition.||
9258|Macy Glacier|Glacier|624300S|0600900W|-62.7166667|-60.15|||01/01/1960|Glacier flowing into Brunow Bay, Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 for Robert Macy, Master of the brig Aurora, one of the fleet of American sealers from New York which visited the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21.||
9260|Madden Island|Island|772700S|1490300W|-77.45|-149.05|||01/01/1970|An ice-covered island, 4 mi long, in Marshall Archipelago. It lies between Moody Island and Grinder Island in Sulzberger Ice Shelf.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Michael C. Madden, electrician's mate, U.S. Navy (USN), of the Byrd Station party, 1966.||
9262|Madder Cliffs|Cliff|631800S|0562900W|-63.3|-56.4833333|305|1001|01/01/1963|Reddish rock cliffs rising steeply from the sea to about 305 m and forming the N side of the entrance to Suspiros Bay, at the W end of Joinville Island.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1953-54. The name, given in 1956 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), is descriptive of the red color of the rocks, madder being a red vegetable dye.||
9263|Maddox Peak|Summit|650900S|0625000W|-65.15|-62.8333333|||01/01/1965|Peak standing at the S side of the mouth of Carbutt Glacier, E of Flandres Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  The peak appears on an Argentine government chart of 1954.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Richard L. Maddox (1816-1902), English physician and pioneer of photography who invented the gelatin emulsion process of dry-plate photography in 1871, revolutionizing photographic technique.||
9264|Madell Point|Summit|663500S|0662200W|-66.5833333|-66.3666667|||01/01/1964|A point 2 mi NE of Cape Rey on the coast of Graham Land. Mapped from air photos taken by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named for James S. Madell, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) surveyor at Detaille Island in 1957, who was responsible for the triangulation of this area.||
9265|Madey Ridge|Ridge|832800S|0555000W|-83.4666667|-55.8333333|||01/01/1968|A ridge trending NW from Mount Moffat along the N side of Berquist Ridge in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Jules Madey of Clark, NJ, ham radio operator who arranged innumerable phone patches between personnel in Antarctica and parties in the U.S. in the period 1957-67.||
9266|Madigan Nunatak|Summit|670900S|1432100E|-67.15|143.35||||An isolated nunatak that rises above the continental ice 18 mi S of Cape Gray.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who named it for Cecil T. Madigan, meteorologist with the expedition.||
9267|Mount Madison|Summit|802600S|1601000E|-80.4333333|160.1666667|1385|4544|01/01/1966|A prominent, largely ice-covered mountain, 1,385 m, rising 7 mi W of Cape Selborne, on the S side of Byrd Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Douglas W. Madison, aide to the Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force Antarctica, 1961-62, and Public Information Officer, 1963-64.||
9268|Mae-hyōga Rock|Summit|700000S|0385400E|-70|38.9|||01/01/1968|An exposed rock lying 3 mi NW of Oku-hyoga Rock on the E side of Shirase Glacier, in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Mae-hyoga-iwa (outer glacier rock) in association with nearby Oku-hyoga Rock.||04/10/2001
9269|Mount Maere|Summit|723200S|0311700E|-72.5333333|31.2833333|2300|7546|01/01/1966|Mountain, 2,300 m, on the W side of Norsk Polarinstitutt Glacier immediately SW of Mount Bastin, in the Belgica Mountains. Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1957-58, under G. de Gerlache, who named it for Xavier de Maere d'Aertrijcke, second-in-command and chief meteorologist of the expedition.||
9270|Magee Rock|Island|661300S|1103700E|-66.2166667|110.6166667|||01/01/1960|An insular rock lying 0.2 mi NE of Cameron Island, in the Swain Islands.  This region was photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47), Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1956) and the Soviet expedition (1956). The rock was included in a 1957 ground survey by C.R. Eklund, who named it for George E. Magee, USN, carpenter at Wilkes Station, 1957.||
9271|Magga Peak|Summit|691000S|1571100E|-69.1666667|157.1833333|||01/01/1961|A triangular "flatiron" shaped wall of sheer rock forming the end of the northernmost of the Burnside Ridges.  The summit is a sharp point.  Photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump in 1947.  A first landing from a ship was made on Feb. 20, 1959 by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Magga Dan) led by Phillip Law.||
9272|Mount Maglione|Summit|771800S|1414700W|-77.3|-141.7833333|||01/01/1970|A low mountain 1 mi NE of Mount Ekblaw in the Clark Mountains, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) Charles R. Maglione, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), navigator on LC-130F Hercules aircraft during Operation Deep Freeze 1968.||03/07/1997
9273|Magnet Bay|Bay|662200S|0562000E|-66.3666667|56.3333333|||01/01/1947|A shallow coastal indentation, 7 mi wide and receding only 2 mi, located 9 mi W of Cape Davis at the NW side of Edward VIII Plateau.  The British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31, under Mawson, originally charted Magnet Bay as a larger bay extending from Cape Davis to Cape Borley, naming it after the vessel Magnet, in which Peter Kemp first sighted land in this vicinity in 1833.  Later exploration, particularly that of the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, has shown the bay to be less extensive.||
9274|Magnet Hill|Summit|632200S|0572200W|-63.3666667|-57.3666667|||01/01/1964|A small, distinctive snow-covered hill rising from Mott Snowfield, 4 mi NE of Camel Nunataks, Trinity Peninsula.  The hill was the site of magnetometer and topographical survey stations and was named by the British geophysical and survey party which worked in this area in 1959.||
9275|Magnetic Island|Island|683300S|0775400E|-68.55|77.9|||01/01/1965|A small island 0.25 mi NE of Turner Island, lying off Breidnes Peninsula, Vestfold Hills.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by Phillip Law on March 3, 1954.  So named because magnetic observations taken there by J. Brooks showed the declination to be anomalous.||
9276|Magnetite Bluff|Cliff|832200S|0511500W|-83.3666667|-51.25||||A bluff 2 mi NE of Mount Stephens on the W side of Saratoga Table, Forrestal Range (q.v.).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN), 1979, at the suggestion of Arthur B. Ford and following U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geological work in the area, from the extensive occurrences of magnetite in the gabbro of this area which cause large magnetic anomalies over the Forrestal Range.||
9279|Magnier Peaks|Range|654000S|0641800W|-65.6666667|-64.3|1345|4413|01/01/1950|Two peaks, the higher 1,345 m, surmounting the peninsula between Leroux and Bigo Bays on the W coast of Graham Land. Discovered and named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot.||
9280|Magnis Ridge|Ridge|800500S|1561200E|-80.0833333|156.2||||A rock ridge 1.5 mi W of Derrick Peak, forming the divide between Magnis Valley and Metaris Valley in Britannia Range. Named in association with Magnis Valley (q.v.) by a University of Waikato (New Zealand) geological party, 1978-79, led by M.J. Selby.||
9281|Magnis Valley|Valley|800500S|1560500E|-80.0833333|156.0833333||||Broad ice-free valley, 5 mi long, lying 3 mi W of Derrick Peak in Britannia Range.  Named in association with Britannia by a University of Waikato (New Zealand) geological party, 1978-79, led by M.J. Selby.  Magnis is a historical placename formerly used in Roman Britain.||03/20/1997
9282|Magoke Point|Summit|694000S|0392900E|-69.6666667|39.4833333|||01/01/1975|A rock point on the southeast part of Skallen Hills, Queen Maud Land.  The point projects into the inlet which lies between Skallen Hills and Skallen Glacier.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62.  The name was applied by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1972.||
9283|Mount Maguire|Summit|740100S|0665500E|-74.0166667|66.9166667|||01/01/1961|A large flat-topped mountain with a distinctive pointed nunatak on the E side, located 22 mi S of Cumpston Massif near the head of Lambert Glacier.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos and surveys, 1956-58.  Named by ANCA for Sergeant O. Maguire, RAAF, radio technician at Mawson Station in 1958.||
9284|Mahalak Bluffs|Cliff|681700S|0652300W|-68.2833333|-65.3833333|500|1640||A discontinuous line of bluffs, 2 mi long, on the N side of Solberg Inlet, Bowman Coast.  The bluffs rise to c. 500 m, E of Robillard Glacier, forming part of the SW coast of Joerg Peninsula.  The feature was photographed from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth, Nov. 21, 1935, and was mapped from these photographs by W.L.G. Joerg.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 for Lieutenant Lawrence W. Mahalak, Jr., (MC) U.S. Navy (USN), Medical Officer, Palmer Station, Operation Deep Freeze, 1971.||
9285|Mount Mahan|Summit|853200S|1400400W|-85.5333333|-140.0666667|1260|4134|01/01/1967|Mountain 1,260 m, standing 3 mi E of Mount Fiedler in the Bender Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Shirley F. Mahan, radioman with the Byrd Station winter party, 1960.||
9286|Maher Island|Island|725800S|1262200W|-72.9666667|-126.3666667|||01/01/1962|A small horseshoe-shaped island which has numerous areas of exposed rock, lying 7 mi north of the northwest end of Siple Island, off the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered and photographed from aircraft of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Eugene Maher, USN, Commanding Officer of USS Glacier during Operation Deep Freeze, 1955-56.||
9287|Mahler Spur|Ridge|694800S|0705200W|-69.8|-70.8666667|||01/01/1961|Rock spur, 6 mi long, extending W into Mozart Ice Piedmont 7 mi E of the S end of Debussy Heights, in N Alexander Island. First seen from the air and roughly mapped by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) in 1937. Accurately delineated from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Gustav Mahler (1860-1911), Austrian composer.||
9288|Mahogany Bluff|Cliff|635300S|0571400W|-63.8833333|-57.2333333||||A rocky bluff 5 mi SW of Cape Gordon, forming the E side of Pastorizo Bay, Vega Island.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because of the striking deep red-brown color of the bluff.||
9289|Mount Mahony|Summit|771150S|1613543E|-77.197263|161.595268|1870|6135|01/01/1952|A massive mountain, 1,870 m, standing just E of the head of Victoria Upper Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by the Western Geological Party, led by G. Taylor, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.  Named for D. Mahony, geologist, of Melbourne, Australia.||
9291|Maidalen|Valley|541500S|0363100W|-54.25|-36.5166667||||A valley, 1.2 mi long in a N-S direction, extending from Maiviken to Lewis Pass on Thatcher Peninsula, South Georgia. This feature was originally considered to be a part of Bore Valley (q.v.) but has since been determined to be a separate valley.  Named Maidalen (May valley) by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1990 following in the Norwegian form in association with Maiviken.||
9292|Maiden Castle|Pillar|763900S|1595000E|-76.65|159.8333333|||01/01/1965|A prominent rock feature east of Halle Flat in the Allan Hills of Victoria Land.  Reconnoitered by the New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) Allan Hills Expedition (1964) who so named it because of the resemblance to a pre-Roman earthwork of the same name in Dorsetshire, England.||
9293|Maigetter Peak|Summit|762700S|1462900W|-76.45|-146.4833333|||01/01/1970|A rock peak, the northernmost of the Birchall Peaks, on the south shore of Block Bay in Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1928-30) and plotted from photos taken on the flight of Dec. 5, 1929.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert Z. Maigetter, biologist with the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Marie Byrd Land Survey II, 1967-68.||
9295|Maignan Point|Summit|650300S|0640200W|-65.05|-64.0333333|||01/01/1952|Point marking the NE end of Cholet Island and the W side of the entrance to Port Charcot, lying close off the NW part of Booth Island in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for F. Maignan, a seaman of the Francais who lost his life in a ship accident shortly after the expedition's departure from Le Havre.||
9296|Maigo Peak|Summit|680800S|0424200E|-68.1333333|42.7|||01/01/1975|A rocky hill situated 1.5 mi ESE of Cape Hinode and just W of Bohyo Heights on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62.  The name "Maigo-yama" (straychild mountain) was applied by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1973.||
9297|Cape Main|Cape|733300S|1695400E|-73.55|169.9|||01/01/1966|A small cape situated 5 mi N of Cape Anne, along the E side of Coulman Island, Victoria Land.  Named by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1966 for Brian Main, scientific technician at Hallett Station, 1962-63.||
9298|Main Bay|Bay|540100S|0380300W|-54.0166667|-38.05||||A cove which is the western arm of Jordan Cove along the south coast of Bird Island, South Georgia.  The UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) has found that this descriptive name has been in local use at least since 1957.||
9299|Main Channel|Channel|541000S|0364200W|-54.1666667|-36.7|||01/01/1965|A small channel lying S of Bar Rocks and leading to the head of Husvik Harbor in Stromness Bay, South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1930 British Admiralty chart.||
9300|Mount Maines|Summit|663900S|0535400E|-66.65|53.9|2190|7185|01/01/1965|Mountain, 2,190 m, standing 8 mi SE of Stor Hanakken Mountain in the Napier Mountains, Enderby Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Stornuten (the big peak).  Rephotographed by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956 and renamed by ANCA for R.L. Maines, cook at Wilkes Station in 1961.||
9301|Main Island|Island|540000S|0381300W|-54|-38.2166667|550|1804|01/01/1952|Island 1.7 mi long and rising to 550 m, the largest of the Willis Islands off the W end of South Georgia.  Discovered in 1775 by a British expedition under Cook.  Charted by DI personnel in the period 1926-30, and so named because it is the principal island in the group.||
9303|Mainsail Rock|Island|603700S|0460300W|-60.6166667|-46.05|||01/01/1956|Rock lying 0.6 mi SW of Spine Island in Sandefjord Bay, South Orkney Islands.  It is the largest and easternmost of a chain of three rocks trending in a NW-SE direction off the SE side of Monroe Island.  The rock was named by DI personnel following their survey in 1933.||
9306|Mai Point|Summit|541400S|0363000W|-54.2333333|-36.5|||01/01/1956|Point marking the E side of the entrance to Maiviken, a small bay in Cumberland West Bay, South Georgia.  Charted by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold.  The name derives from association with Maiviken.||
9307|Maipo Island|Island|642500S|0621700W|-64.4166667|-62.2833333|||01/01/1965|A low, snow-covered island lying at the entrance to Buls Bay, eastern Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  The island was first roughly charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99.  The name appears on a 1947 Chilean government chart and commemorates the work of the Maipo,  an oil tanker which participated in several Chilean Antarctic expeditions during the 1940s and 1950s.||
9308|Mount Mair|Summit|544900S|0360200W|-54.8166667|-36.0333333|780|2559||A mountain rising to 780 m between Brandt Cove and Larsen Harbor, Drygalski Fjord, South Georgia.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Bruce F. Mair, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist, who carried out extensive geological mapping in the area in the 1974-75 and 1976-77 field seasons.||
9309|Maish Nunatak|Summit|743600S|0992800W|-74.6|-99.4666667|||01/01/1968|A nunatak located 5 mi WSW of Mount Moses, in the central part of the Hudson Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for F. Michael Maish, ionospheric physicist at Byrd Station in 1967, who served as U.S. exchange scientist at Vostok Station in 1969.||
9310|Maitland Glacier|Glacier|684300S|0650000W|-68.7166667|-65|||01/01/1953|Glacier flowing along the W flank of Hitchcock Heights into Mobiloil Inlet, on the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  This glacier may appear indistinctly in an aerial photograph taken by Sir Hubert Wilkins on his flight of Dec. 20, 1928, but it was more clearly shown in aerial photographs taken by Lincoln Ellsworth in 1935 and the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1952 for O. Maitland Miller of the American Geographical Society, who by utilizing Wilkins' and Ellsworth's photographs assisted in constructing the first reconnaissance map of this area.||
9311|Maivatn|Lake|541500S|0363100W|-54.25|-36.5166667|39|128||A lake near the head of Maiviken (q.v.) in northern Thatcher Peninsula, South Georgia.  The feature is the largest and deepest (39 m) of several small freshwater lakes in the Maiviken area.  Named Maivatn (May lake) by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1990 in association with Maiviken.||
9312|Maiviken|Bay|541400S|0363000W|-54.2333333|-36.5|||01/01/1953|A cove at the N end of Thatcher Peninsula between Cumberland West Bay and Cumberland East Bay, South Georgia. Charted by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold, and named Majviken (May Cove) after May Day, 1902, the day on which the cove was entered.  Over the years, the Norwegian spelling Maiviken has become established for the cove.||
9316|Maling Peak|Summit|603900S|0454000W|-60.65|-45.6666667|430|1411|01/01/1956|Peak, 430 m, which is southernmost of two conspicuous peaks 0.5 mi NW of Cape Vik on the S coast of Coronation Island, on the South Orkney Islands.  Roughly surveyed in 1933 by DI personnel. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Derek H. Maling, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) meteorologist at Signy Island in 1948 and 1949, who made a survey triangulation of Signy Island and the S coast of Coronation Island.||
9318|Mount Mallis|Summit|754000S|1604800E|-75.6666667|160.8|1360|4462|01/01/1968|A mountain, 1,360 m, midway between Mount Joyce and Mount Billing in the Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert R. Mallis, geomagnetist/seismologist with the South Pole Station winter party, 1966.||
9319|Mallory Bluff|Cliff|840200S|1655000E|-84.0333333|165.8333333|||01/01/1966|A prominent bluff on the NW slope of Grindley Plateau, just NE of the head of Wahl Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Roger P. Mallory, Jr., U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at South Pole Station, 1962, and at Wilkes Station, 1963.||
9320|Mallory Point|Summit|664900S|1083900E|-66.8166667|108.65|||01/01/1955|A steep rocky point close northward of Blunt Cove, projecting from the ice cliffs along the west side of Vincennes Bay.  First mapped (1955) by G.D. Blodgett from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1947).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ensign Charles W. Mallory, USN, construction officer with U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Windmill (1947-48), who gave close support to shore parties that established astronomical control stations from Wilhelm II Coast to Budd Coast.||
9321|Malmgren Bay|Bay|654500S|0660700W|-65.75|-66.1166667|||01/01/1971|Bay indenting the W side of Renaud Island immediately N of Speerschneider Point, in the Biscoe Islands.  First accurately shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Finn A.E.J. Malmgren (1895-1928), Swedish author of an important study on the properties of sea ice, in 1927.||
9322|Mount Malone|Summit|775200S|0853600W|-77.8666667|-85.6|2460|8071|01/01/1961|Mountain (2,460 m) located 8 mi E of Mount Barden in the N part of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Wallace R. Malone, USAF, who participated in the establishment of the South Pole Station in the 1956-57 season.||
9323|Mount Maloney|Summit|854100S|1633500W|-85.6833333|-163.5833333|1990|6529|01/01/1967|A mountain, 1,990 m, standing 4 mi N of Mount Alice Gade at the SE side of Bowman Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains. Discovered and mapped by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John H. Maloney, Jr., meteorologist with the South Pole Station winter party, 1960.||
9324|Malpighi Glacier|Glacier|641600S|0621500W|-64.2666667|-62.25|||01/01/1960|Glacier 5 mi long and 1 mi wide, flowing SE from Harvey Heights to join Mackenzie Glacier at the E coast of Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  First roughly charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos in 1959.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Marcello Malpighi (1628-1694), Italian physiologist and pioneer histologist who first demonstrated the existence of the blood capillaries.||
9325|Malta Plateau|Plain|725800S|1671800E|-72.9666667|167.3|||01/01/1966|An ice-covered plateau of about 25 mi extent in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  The plateau is irregular in shape and is bounded on the S and W by Mariner Glacier, on the N by tributaries to Trafalgar Glacier, and on the E by tributaries to Borchgrevink Glacier.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) to commemorate the island of Malta in association with the Victory Mountains.||
9326|Malus Island|Island|661400S|0654500W|-66.2333333|-65.75|||01/01/1965|Island 4.5 mi S of Cape Evensen, lying in Auvert Bay off the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Etienne L. Malus (1775-1812), French physicist who discovered the polarization of light by reflection, a fact subsequently used in the design of snow goggles.||
9327|Malva Bluff|Cliff|715500S|0622100W|-71.9166667|-62.35|||01/01/1976|A steep, south-facing rock bluff at the base of Condor Peninsula, overlooking the NW extremity of Hilton Inlet on the E side of Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Antonio I. Malva-Gomes, topographic engineer with the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Lassiter Coast geologic and mapping party in 1970-71.  He was also a member of the Pine Island Bay Reconnaissance aboard the U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Burton Island, 1974-75.||
9328|Mount Malville|Summit|824400S|0481000W|-82.7333333|-48.1666667|1030|3379|01/01/1968|Mountain, 1,030 m, standing 5 mi SW of Ackerman Nunatak in northern Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for J. McKim Malville, auroral scientist, Ellsworth Station winter party, 1957.||
9329|Malysh Mountain|Summit|720900S|0112400E|-72.15|11.4|2640|8661|01/01/1970|A small mountain, 2,640 m, standing SW of Skeidshovden Mountain in the Wohlthat Mountains of Queen Maud Land. Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named Gora Malysh (small child mountain).||
9330|Malyutki Nunataks|Summit|720400S|0104600E|-72.0666667|10.7666667|||01/01/1970|A group of nunataks that trend N-S for 4 mi, situated at the SE extremity of the Orvin Mountains, about 13 mi WNW of Skeidsberget Hill, in Queen Maud Land.  The feature was mapped by Norsk Polar-institutt from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60.  Also mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1961 and named Skaly Malyutki (baby nunataks).||
9331|Mame Island|Island|690100S|0392900E|-69.0166667|39.4833333|||01/01/1968|Small island lying 0.1 mi W of Ongul Island in the E part of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Mame-jima (bean island).||
9333|Mamelon Point|Summit|671900S|0644900W|-67.3166667|-64.8166667|||01/01/1975|A point 11 mi ENE of Cape Northrop on the E coast of Graham Land.  The feature was charted as an island by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947 and given the name "Mamelon Island" because of its resemblance to a small, rounded hill or fort.  Further exploration has disproved the insularity of the feature and the terminology has been altered accordingly.||
9335|Mana Mountain|Summit|725100S|0032200W|-72.85|-3.3666667|||01/01/1966|A prominent ice-free mountain bordering the S side of Frostlendet Valley about 5 mi SW of Moteplassen Peak, in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Mana.||
9337|Manchot Island|Island|664900S|1412400E|-66.8166667|141.4|||01/01/1956|Rocky island lying in the entrance to Port Martin, 0.2 mi W of Bizeux Rock and 0.2 mi N of Cape Margerie.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1949-51, and so named by them because a large Adelie penguin rookery was located on the island.  "Manchot" is the French word for penguin.||
9339|Manciple Island|Island|645600S|0635600W|-64.9333333|-63.9333333|||01/01/1960|Island lying between Reeve and Host Islands in the Wauwermans Islands, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1952.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 after one of the characters in Chaucer's Canterbury Tales.||
9341|Mandible Cirque|Basin|730700S|1691500E|-73.1166667|169.25|||01/01/1966|A spectacular cirque indenting the coast of Daniell Peninsula 5 mi WSW of Cape Phillips, in Victoria Land.  Named in 1966 by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) for its appearance in plan and oblique views.||
9342|Mandolin Hills|Range|695500S|0672000W|-69.9166667|-67.3333333|300|984||Isolated group of nunataks which rise 300 m above the ice, 9 mi E of Mount Noel, Traverse Mountains (q.v.), in NW Palmer Land.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 from the shape of the feature when viewed in plan.||
9343|Mane Skerry|Island|675000S|0671800W|-67.8333333|-67.3|||01/01/1965|Small island in the central part of Lystad Bay, off Horseshoe Island.  Named from association with nearby Mite Skerry.  An initial misspelling of "might and main" became established at the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) station, 1955-57.||
9344|Manfull Ridge|Ridge|750500S|1143900W|-75.0833333|-114.65|||01/01/1976|A broad snow-covered ridge that descends gently from the N side of Kohler Range about 5 mi W of Morrison Bluff, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-71.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Byron P. Manfull, U.S. Department of State, Chairman of the Interagency Committee on Antarctica, 1967-69.||
9345|Mount Manger|Summit|772900S|1531500W|-77.4833333|-153.25|||01/01/1970|A snow-covered mountain located 3 mi NW of Mount Josephine in the Alexandra Mountains, on Edward VII peninsula.  The mountain was photographed from the air and roughly mapped by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (at the suggestion of R. Admiral R.E. Byrd) for William Manger, of the family that owned the Manger Hotel chain, who assisted Byrd expeditions by providing free room for office space and for expedition personnel.||
9346|Mount Mangin|Summit|672500S|0682600W|-67.4166667|-68.4333333|2040|6693|01/01/1950|Mountain, 2,040 m, standing 5 mi NE of Mount Barre on Adelaide Island.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, and named by Charcot for Louis A. Mangin, noted French botanist.||
9347|Manhaul Glacier|Glacier|722400S|1694500E|-72.4|169.75|||01/01/1962|A glacier flowing from the E slopes of Mount Humphrey Lloyd to enter Edisto Inlet just S of Luther Peak, in Victoria Land. So named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, because the seaward tongue of this glacier which is afloat was crossed several times during the season by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) parties using man-hauling methods of transport.||
9348|Manjū Rock|Summit|684500S|0402500E|-68.75|40.4166667|||01/01/1968|An exposed rock lying midway between Tama Glacier and Tama Point on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Manju-iwa (bun-shaped rock).||04/11/2001
9349|Mount Manke|Summit|852800S|1444200W|-85.4666667|-144.7|900|2953|01/01/1967|A mountain, 900 m, marking the E limit of the Harold Byrd Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert M. Manke, utilitiesman with the Byrd Station winter party in 1960.||
9350|Mount Mankinen|Summit|735400S|1630600E|-73.9|163.1|2910|9547|01/01/1969|A mountain (2,910 m) situated 2 mi NE of Mount Adamson in the Deep Freeze Range, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Edward A. Mankinen, geologist at McMurdo Station, 1965-66.||
9351|Mount Mann|Summit|831200S|0492000W|-83.2|-49.3333333|1680|5512|01/01/1968|Mountain, 1,680 m, standing on the SE edge of Lexington Table, 4 mi S of Mount Zirzow, in the Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Edward K. Mann, USAF, an assistant in the Research Division of the U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, 1966-68.||
9352|Manna Glacier|Glacier|694500S|1594000E|-69.75|159.6666667|||01/01/1964|A broad depression glacier located N of Stevenson Bluff and Mount Steele in the Wilson Hills.  It drains NE into the E part of Gillett Ice Shelf.  So named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, because of an airdrop of extra comforts from an aircraft which carried the Governor-General of New Zealand over this area.||
9353|Mount Mannering|Summit|714800S|1645700E|-71.8|164.95|||01/01/1964|A mountain 4 mi SSE of Toilers Mountain in the King Range, Concord Mountains.  Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, for Guy Mannering, photographer at Scott Base, 1962-63.||
9354|Manning Massif|Range|704200S|0675000E|-70.7|67.8333333|||01/01/1973|A large rock massif between Loewe Massif and McLeod Massif in the E part of Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from air photographs.  First visited by a party from the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey in 1969.  Named by ANCA for J. Manning, surveyor at Mawson Station in 1967, surveyor-in-charge of field survey operations during the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains surveys of 1969, 1971 and 1972.||
9355|Manning Nunataks|Summit|710000S|0711200E|-71|71.2|||01/01/1961|A group of nunataks in the eastern side of the southern part of Amery Ice Shelf, about 20 mi NNE of Pickering Nunatak. Photographed from the air by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1957.  Named by ANCA for Sergeant A.S. Manning, RAAF, airframe fitter at Mawson Station in 1958.||
9356|Manoury Island|Island|642700S|0625000W|-64.45|-62.8333333|||01/01/1963|Island lying 1.5 mi S of Gand Island at the N end of Schollaert Chanel, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for G. Manoury, secretary of the expedition.||
9357|Man-o-War Glacier|Glacier|720400S|1680300E|-72.0666667|168.05|||01/01/1964|A tributary glacier in the Admiralty Mountains that drains the vicinity south of Mount Black Prince and Mount Royalist and flows southward to enter Tucker Glacier between McGregor Range and Novasio Ridge.  Named in association with Admiralty Mountains by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58.||
9358|Mansergh Snowfield|Glacier|820100S|1595000E|-82.0166667|159.8333333|||01/01/1966|A snowfield feeding the central portion of the Starshot Glacier, separating the Surveyors and Holyoake Ranges.  Seen by the Holyoake, Cobham and Queen Elizabeth Ranges party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1964-65) and named for G. Mansergh, geologist with the party.||
9359|Mansfield Point|Summit|603900S|0454400W|-60.65|-45.7333333|||01/01/1956|Point marking the E side of the entrance to Norway Bight on the S coast of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands. Surveyed by DI personnel in 1933 and by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1948-49. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Arthur W. Mansfield of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), meteorologist at Grytviken, South Georgia, in 1951; leader, meteorologist and biologist at Signy Island in 1952.||
9360|Mantell Screes|Summit|803800S|0242600W|-80.6333333|-24.4333333|1500|4921||A rock spur rising to c. 1,500 m and bounded by screes (taluses), located NW of Arkell Cirque on the N side of the Read Mountains, Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of geologists grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after Gideon A. Mantell (1790-1852), English surgeon and geologist, known for his discovery of the iguanodon and three other fossil reptiles.||04/11/2001
9361|Mount Manthe|Summit|744700S|0992100W|-74.7833333|-99.35|575|1886|01/01/1968|A mountain (575 m) standing 5 mi NNE of Shepherd Dome, in the S part of the Hudson Mountains.  Mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lawrene L. Manthe, meteorologist at Byrd Station, 1967.||
9363|Many Glaciers Pond|Glacier|773553S|1631906E|-77.597952|163.31842|||01/01/1992|A pond, 0.3 mi long, located 0.5 mi S of the snout of Commonwealth Glacier in Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  The pond is part of the Aiken Creek system and receives drainage from several glaciers including Commonwealth Glacier, Wales Glacier and the unnamed glacier next westward.  The name was suggested by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) hydrologist Diane McKnight, leader of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) field teams that studied the hydrology of streams entering Lake Fryxell, Taylor Valley, 1987-94.||
9365|Mapple Glacier|Glacier|652500S|0621500W|-65.4166667|-62.25|||01/01/1964|A narrow glacier 15 mi long, flowing eastward into the southern arm of Exasperation Inlet on the east side of Graham Land.  It lies 2 mi north of Melville Glacier and is separated from it by a line of small peaks.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1961. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Father Mapple, the whalemen's Nantucket priest in Herman Melville's Moby Dick.||
9367|Maranga Island|Island|651200S|0642200W|-65.2|-64.3666667|||01/01/1962|The westernmost of the Anagram Islands, lying on the S side of French Passage in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), 1961, "maranga" is an anagram of the name Anagram.||03/07/1997
9369|Marble Hills|Range|801700S|0820500W|-80.2833333|-82.0833333|||01/01/1964|A group of mainly ice-free hills on the W side of Horseshoe Valley, located between the Liberty Hills and Independence Hills in the S part of the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  So named by the University of Minnesota Ellsworth Mountains Party, 1962-63, because the rocks in these hills are composed of marble.||
9370|Marble Knolls|Summit|604200S|0453700W|-60.7|-45.6166667|||01/01/1975|Low marble knolls which lie near the shore of Borge Bay, just SW of Waterpipe Beach, in eastern Signy Island.  The descriptive name was applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1974.||
9371|Marble Peak|Summit|852900S|1562800W|-85.4833333|-156.4666667|||01/01/1970|A coastal peak, the twin of O'Brien Peak 2 mi to the SE and almost the same height, overlooking the head of Ross Ice Shelf about midway between Amundsen and Scott Glaciers.  The peak was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64. The name was applied by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1969-70, because there are light-colored, whitish bands of marble crossing straight over its summit.||
9372|Marble Point|Summit|772550S|1635012E|-77.430509|163.836617||||A rocky promontory of marble lying 3 mi N of Cape Bernacchi on the coast of Victoria Land.  Mapped by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and so named because of the marble found there.||
9373|Marble Rock|Summit|673600S|0625000E|-67.6|62.8333333|||01/01/1971|A rock outcrop at the edge of the ice cliff about 0.8 mi WSW of West Arm and the Mawson Station, on the coast of Mac. Robertson Land.  First plotted from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  So named by ANCA because of marble beds described there by D.S. Trail, geologist at Mawson Station in 1961.||04/11/2001
9374|Matataua Glacier|Glacier|780600S|1620300E|-78.1|162.05||||Glacier, about 7 mi long, which drains the slopes of Rampart Ridge between Mount Bishop and Mount Potter and flows NW to the vicinity of Mount Bockheim, in the Royal Society Range, Victoria Land. Initially named by ACAN in 1994 but renamed by ACAN/BGN in September 2018 in association with Matataua Peak. The name Matataua Glacier represents a change in designation that brings the name of this feature into alignment with ACAN policies.||09/13/2018
9377|Marcoux Nunatak|Summit|695500S|1590400E|-69.9166667|159.0666667|1530|5020|01/01/1970|A nunatak (1,530 m) about midway between Schmidt Nunataks and Poorman Peak in the Wilson Hills.  It stands above the ice near the head of Manna Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John S. Marcoux, U.S. Navy (USN), aviation structural mechanic with Squadron VX-6, who wintered at McMurdo Station in 1967.||
9378|Marégraphe Island|Island|664000S|1400000E|-66.6666667|140|||01/01/1962|Small rocky island 0.05 mi W of the N end of Carrel Island in the Géologie Archipelago. Charted in 1951 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) and so named by them because a recording tide gauge, or marigraph, was placed on the island and obtained data during 1951 and 1952.||06/21/2000
9380|Marescot Point|Summit|632900S|0583500W|-63.4833333|-58.5833333|||01/01/1964|A small but distinctive low rocky point projecting N from Trinity Peninsula, 2.5 mi E of Thanaron Point.  This feature is a reidentification of Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville's original "Cap Marescot," named after Jacques Marescot du Thilleul (1808-39), ensign on the Astrolabe during d'Urville's expedition (1837-40), who died during the voyage.||
9381|Marescot Ridge|Ridge|633200S|0583200W|-63.5333333|-58.5333333|1185|3888|01/01/1952|A ridge consisting of numerous ice-covered hills, the highest being Crown Peak (1,185 m) at the S end of the ridge. Located 2 mi inland from Marescot Point along the NW coast of Trinity Peninsula.  This ridge was probably observed by Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville on Feb. 27, 1838, when he named nearby "Cap Marescot" (now Marescot Point).  Following its 1946 survey, the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) gave the name Marescot Ridge to this ridge, thinking it to be the coastal feature named by d'Urville.  The name Marescot has been retained for both the ridge and the nearby point.||
9386|Cape Margerie|Cape|664900S|1412300E|-66.8166667|141.3833333|||01/01/1955|Low, ice-covered cape, marked by prominent rock outcrops at its N end, lying midway between Cape Mousse and Lacroix Nunatak and bounded on the N by numerous rocky islands.  Charted by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson, 1911-14, who named this feature for Emmanuel de Margerie, French geographer and geologist.  Cape Margerie served as the main base site for French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) parties under Liotard, in 1950-51, and Barre, in 1951-52, until fire destroyed the main buildings of their base, known as Port Martin, in January 1952.||
9387|Marguerite Bay|Bay|683000S|0683000W|-68.5|-68.5|||01/01/1947|An extensive bay on the W side of Antarctic Peninsula, which is bounded on the N by Adelaide Island, and on the S by Wordie Ice Shelf, George VI Sound, and Alexander Island. Discovered in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Dr. Jean B. Charcot, who named the bay for his wife.||
9388|Marguerite Island|Island|664700S|1412300E|-66.7833333|141.3833333|||01/01/1962|Rocky island 0.7 mi NW of Empereur Island and 1.75 mi NNW of Cape Margerie.  Charted in 1951 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) and named by them for a character in Goethe's Faust.||
9389|Maria Creek|Stream|773721S|1630313E|-77.6225|163.0536111||||A glacial meltwater stream, 0.5 mi long, which flows from the snout of Canada Glacier in Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  It drains NE, close to the glacier, entering the W end of Lake Fryxell to the W of Bowles Creek and Green Creek.  The name was suggested by Diane McKnight, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) hydrologist working in the Lake Fryxell basin, 1987-94, and alludes to the many aeolian deposits of fine sands along the creek, indicative of strong winds blowing around the S end of Canada Glacier during the winter.  Named from "They Called the Wind Maria," a song in Paint Your Wagon, the American musical play by Lerner and Loewe.||09/17/2020
9393|Marian Cove|Bay|621300S|0584800W|-62.2166667|-58.8|||01/01/1953|Cove indenting the SW part of King George Island between Collins Harbor and Potter Cove, in the South Shetland Islands. The name was used by Scottish geologist David Ferguson in a 1921 report based upon his investigations of King George Island in 1913-14, but may reflect an earlier naming.||
9395|Marie Byrd Land|Area|800000S|1200000W|-80|-120|||01/01/1947|That portion of Antarctica lying east of the Ross Ice Shelf and the Ross Sea and south of the Pacific Ocean, extending eastward approximately to a line between the head of the Ross Ice Shelf and Eights Coast.  The inclusion of the area between the Rockefeller Plateau and Eights Coast is based upon the leading role of Rear Admiral Richard E. Byrd in the exploration of this area.  The name was originally applied by Admiral Byrd in 1929, in honor of his wife, to the northwestern part of the area, the part that was explored in that year.||
9396|Marie Island|Island|660700S|0654500W|-66.1166667|-65.75|||01/01/1956|An island 2 mi long, which lies immediately N of Cape Evensen, Graham Land.  The name "Pointe Marie," after the elder sister of Dr. Jean B. Charcot, was applied by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) (1903-05) to a point on the coast close N of Cape Evensen.  After the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) (1908-10) Charcot re-applied the name to the S tip of an island, "Ile Waldeck-Rousseau," in approximately the same latitude. Correlating its survey with those of Charcot, the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) (1934-37) identified "Ile Waldeck-Rousseau" as Waldeck-Rousseau Peak on the mainland.  The most prominent feature near the peak requiring a name is the island described.  The name Marie Island for this feature preserves Charcot's naming in the locality.||
9398|Mariholm|Island|604500S|0454200W|-60.75|-45.7|||01/01/1952|The highest and easternmost island in a small group which lies 0.3 mi S of Moe Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Named on a chart based upon a running survey of the South Orkney Islands by Captain Petter Sorlle in 1912-13.||
9399|Marikoppa|Summit|541900S|0364200W|-54.3166667|-36.7|1840|6037|01/01/1963|Mountain, 1,840 m, between Larssen Peak and Paulsen Peak in the Allardyce Range of South Georgia.  The name, which is known locally, was used in 1950 by H.B. Paulsen.  "Koppa" is a descriptive Finnish word meaning "basket with a lid on top."  The mountain was surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52.||
9401|Marina Point|Summit|651500S|0641600W|-65.25|-64.2666667|||01/01/1956|Low rocky point which forms the NW tip of Galindez Island in the Argentine Islands, Wilhelm Archipelago.  First surveyed in 1935-36 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill and named by members of the expedition for Princess Marina, later Duchess of Kent, who was married in November 1934, while the ship Penola was enroute to the Argentine Islands.||
9402|Marin Bluff|Cliff|692500S|0683600W|-69.4166667|-68.6|425|1394||A small rock bluff rising to 425 m, 5 mi ESE of Cape Jeremy on the W side of Antarctic Peninsula.  The feature is one of several in the area named after winds.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 after the marin, a warm S or SE wind of the Gulf of Lion, France.||
9406|Mariner Glacier|Glacier|731500S|1673000E|-73.25|167.5|||01/01/1964|A major glacier over 60 mi long, descending SE from the plateau of Victoria Land, between Mountaineer Range and Malta Plateau, and terminating at Lady Newnes Bay, Ross Sea, where it forms a floating glacier tongue.  Its lower reaches and entrance to its valley were reconnoitered in December 1958 by Captain John Cadwalader, U.S. Navy (USN), and two members of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), in a flight from the icebreakers USS Glacier and USS Staten Island which were lying close off the S end of Coulman Island, in an attempt to land expedition members on the mainland.  Named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1958-59, as a tribute to the work of mariners in Antarctic research and exploration.||
9407|Mariner Glacier Tongue|Glacier|732700S|1682000E|-73.45|168.3333333|||01/01/1969|The broad seaward extension of the Mariner Glacier in Victoria Land.  The feature is just west of and abuts the Borchgrevink Glacier Tongue where it discharges into Lady Newnes Bay.  Named in association with Mariner Glacier.||
9408|Mariner Hill|Summit|715100S|0682000W|-71.85|-68.3333333|500|1640|01/01/1994|A prominent snow-free conical hill, rising to c. 500 m, midway between Syrtis Hill and Two Step Cliffs, Alexander Island. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1993 after Mariner 9, the NASA probe which was the first spacecraft to orbit the planet Mars, in 1971.||
9409|Mariner Islands|Island|660100S|1010900E|-66.0166667|101.15|||01/01/1956|Group of rocky islands and rocks forming the north-central group of the Highjump Archipelago, bounded by Edisto Channel on the W, Gossard Channel on the S, and Remenchus Glacier on the east.  Mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) to commemorate the discovery of a large ice-free region at the W end of the Knox Coast by the crew of the PBM-Martin Mariner seaplane commanded by D.E. Bunger.  During photographic reconnaissance of this coastal area in January 1947, the aircraft landed on one of the inlets indenting the Bunger Hills and ground-level photographs and water samples were obtained at that time.||
9413|Marin Glacier|Glacier|760340S|1622035E|-76.0611111|162.3430556|||12/08/1964|A glacier just W of Cape Hickey, flowing SE into Charcot Cove on the coast of Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and Navy air photos.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for Bonifacio Marin, engineman at McMurdo Station, 1962.||10/14/2020
9414|Marinovic Beach|Beach|773438S|1633211E|-77.577282|163.53626||||A gently sloping beach on the S shore of Explorers Cove, New Harbor, on the Scott Coast of Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Baldo Marinovic, graduate student (biology), University of California, Santa Cruz, and member of the 1985 winter party at McMurdo Station.  During 1984-85, the sea off this beach was a site for the study of reproductive biology and larval ecology of shallow-water echinoderms by biologists of the University of California, Santa Cruz.  The name came into local use following the selection of the beach by Marinovic, correctly, as a likely place to study echinoderms.||
9418|Marion Nunataks|Summit|694500S|0751500W|-69.75|-75.25|600|1968|01/01/1950|Small group of nunataks rising to c. 600 m on the N shore of Charcot Island, midway between Mount Monique and Mount Martine.  Discovered and roughly mapped on Jan. 11, 1910, by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Dr. Jean B. Charcot, and named by him in association with Mount Monique and Mount Martine after his daughter, Marion. Photographed from the air on Feb. 9, 1947, by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and mapped from these photos by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.||
9420|Maris Nunatak|Summit|695900S|0730900E|-69.9833333|73.15|||01/01/1956|A small coastal nunatak 2 mi ENE of Whisnant Nunatak, situated at the junction of Rogers Glacier and the E side of Amery Ice Shelf.  Delineated in 1952 by John H. Roscoe from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47), and named by him for R.L. Maris, air crewman on Operation Highjump photographic flights over this and other coastal areas between 14 and 164 east longitude.||
9422|Mount Markab|Summit|705600S|0670200W|-70.9333333|-67.0333333|||01/01/1976|A striking mountain with a pointed peak which provides a notable landmark.  Located on the N side of the Pegasus Mountains, about 10 mi NE of Gurney Point, on the W coast of Palmer Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the star Markab in the constellation of Pegasus.||
9423|Marker Rock|Island|660500S|0654700W|-66.0833333|-65.7833333|||01/01/1971|Rock lying 1.5 mi NNW of Turnabout Island in the Saffery Islands, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 because it marks the ships' passage through the Saffery Islands.||
9424|Mount Markham|Summit|825100S|1612100E|-82.85|161.35|4280|14042|01/01/1947|A majestic twin-peaked massif, 4,350 and 4,280 m, surmounting the N end of Markham Plateau in the Queen Elizabeth Range.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named for Sir Clements Markham who, as President of the Royal Geographical Society, planned this Antarctic expedition and chose Scott as its leader.||
9425|Markham Bay|Bay|641700S|0571800W|-64.2833333|-57.3|||01/01/1952|Bay 8 mi wide, lying between Ekelof Point and Hamilton Point on the E side of James Ross Island.  Possibly first seen by a British expedition under Ross, who explored this area in 1842-43.  First charted by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold, who named it for Sir Clements Markham.||
9426|Markham Island|Island|743600S|1645500E|-74.6|164.9166667||||A small but conspicuous island lying just off Oscar Point in the N part of Terra Nova Bay, Victoria Land.  Discovered in February 1900 by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1898-1900) under C.E. Borchgrevink, who named it for Sir Clements Markham.||
9429|Markham Plateau|Plain|825600S|1611000E|-82.9333333|161.1666667|||01/01/1966|A small, but prominent, high plateau which extends S from Mount Markham for about 10 mi and forms the divide between east and west-flowing glaciers in the N part of Queen Elizabeth Range. Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Mount Markham.||
9430|Markham Point|Summit|540400S|0372500W|-54.0666667|-37.4166667|||01/01/1965|Point forming the W side of Ample Bay, Bay of Isles, on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name appears on a chart by J. Innes Wilson in 1912.||
9431|Markinsenis Peak|Summit|713500S|1642900E|-71.5833333|164.4833333|1790|5873|01/01/1970|A peak (1,790 m) on the S side of McCann Glacier at its junction with Lillie Glacier, in the Bowers Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for radioman Ronald Markinsenis, U.S. Navy (USN), of the South Pole Station winter party, 1965.||
9433|Cape Markov|Cape|664600S|0501600E|-66.7666667|50.2666667|||01/01/1971|An ice cape on the E side of Amundsen Bay, situated 7 mi W of Mount Riiser-Larsen in Enderby Land.  Named by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1961-62, for K.K. Markov, professor of geography at Moscow State University, author of a number of reports on Antarctica.||
9434|Marks Peak|Summit|763000S|1254500W|-76.5|-125.75|3325|10909|01/01/1962|A rocky peak (3,325 m) on the south side of the crater rim of Mount Hampton, in the Executive Committee Range of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy trimetrogon photography, 1958-60.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Keith E. Marks, electronics engineer, National Bureau of Standards, a member of the Marie Byrd Land Traverse Party, 1959-60.||
9435|Marks Point|Summit|852900S|1554000W|-85.4833333|-155.6666667|||01/01/1967|A rock point extending E from the N end of Medina Peaks, at the S edge of the Ross Ice Shelf.  This feature and nearby area were first seen by members of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for George R. Marks, logistics worker at McMurdo Station, winter party, 1962.||
9436|Marø Cliffs|Cliff|790400S|0283000W|-79.0666667|-28.5|||01/01/1962|Prominent rock cliffs standing SW of Jeffries Glacier in the Theron Mountains.  First mapped in 1956-57 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and named for Harald Maro, captain of the Canadian sealer members of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) to the Filchner Ice Shelf in 1955-56.||
9437|Mount Marquis|Summit|722900S|0623000W|-72.4833333|-62.5||||A mountain in the S part of Du Toit Mountains, situated 4 mi N of Maury Glacier, 28 mi SSW of Dietz Bluff and 27 mi due W of the N end of Pullen Island, on the Black Coast of Palmer Land. It was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1966-69. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Peter T. Marquis, general assistant, British Antarctic Survey (BAS), a member of the joint British Antarctic Survey (BAS)-U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) party to this area, 1986-87.||
9439|Mount Marr|Summit|662400S|0520700E|-66.4|52.1166667|||01/01/1947|A rock peak which rises above the surrounding ice surface 8 mi S of Johnston Peak and 8 mi W of Douglas Peak, in Enderby Land.  Discovered in January 1930 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Douglas Mawson.  Named after James W.S. Marr, zoologist on the expedition, whose services were lent to British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) by the British Discovery Investigations Committee.||
9440|Marr Bay|Bay|604200S|0443100W|-60.7|-44.5166667|||01/01/1952|Bay lying between Cape Valavielle and Fraser Point along the N coast of Laurie Island, in the South Orkney Islands. Mapped in 1903 by the ScotNAE under Bruce.  Named for James W.S. Marr, member of the Discovery Committee zoological staff, by personnel on the Discovery II following their survey of the South Orkney Islands in 1933.||
9441|Marr Bluff|Cliff|694700S|0692000W|-69.7833333|-69.3333333|1065|3494|01/01/1955|Rock bluff, 1,065 m, immediately N of Wager Glacier on the E coast of Alexander Island.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1948 and named by them for John E. Marr, English geologist and professor of geology at Cambridge University, 1917-30.||
9442|Marret Glacier|Glacier|662600S|1374400E|-66.4333333|137.7333333|||01/01/1955|Channel glacier about 4 mi wide and 4 mi long, flowing NE from the continental ice to the coast close E of Cape Robert. Delineated from aerial photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Mario Marret, leader of the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1952-53, whose party extended reconnaissance of the coastal features to the W side of Victor Bay.||
9443|Marr Glacier|Glacier|774310S|1624419E|-77.719354|162.738711|||01/01/1964|Glacier 2 mi W of Goldman Glacier, flowing N from the Kukri Hills into Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  Charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, 1910-13, who it appears also applied the name.||
9444|Marr Ice Piedmont|Glacier|643300S|0634000W|-64.55|-63.6666667|||01/01/1956|Large ice piedmont which covers the NW half of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  This feature was presumably first seen by a German expedition under Dallmann, 1873-74, and was first roughly surveyed by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, both under Charcot.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for James W.S. Marr, British marine biologist, who was first commander of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1943-45, and leader of the base at nearby Port Lockroy. Marr was also a member of the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, 1929-31, and Shackleton's expedition of 1921-22.||
9445|Mount Marriner|Summit|681000S|0490300E|-68.1666667|49.05|||01/01/1965|A mountain 2 mi WSW of Mount Flett in the central Nye Mountains.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for A. Marriner, radio officer at Wilkes Station in 1959.||
9446|Mount Marsden|Summit|675200S|0660300E|-67.8666667|66.05|600|1968|01/01/1947|A bare rock mountain (600 m) lying 3 mi SW of Mount Rivett in the Gustav Bull Mountains of Mac. Robertson Land.  On February 13, 1931, the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) (1929-31) under Douglas Mawson made a landing on nearby Scullin Monolith.  They named this mountain for Ernest Marsden, Director of the Department of Scientific and Industrial Research, New Zealand.||
9447|Mars Glacier|Glacier|715400S|0682300W|-71.9|-68.3833333|||01/01/1955|Glacier in the SE corner of Alexander Island, 6 mi long and 2 mi wide, flowing S into the ice shelf of George Vl Sound between Two Step Cliffs and Phobos Ridge.  First seen from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth on Nov. 23, 1935, and roughly mapped from photos obtained on that flight by W.L.G. Joerg.  First surveyed in 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for the planet Mars.||
9448|Cape Marsh|Cape|651500S|0592800W|-65.25|-59.4666667|235|771|01/01/1963|A prominent cape consisting of a rock cliff over 235 m high, marking the SE extremity of Robertson Island on the edge of Larsen Ice Shelf.  The island was discovered and roughly charted by Captain C.A. Larsen in 1893.  The S part of the island was resurveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in July, 1953.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for George W. Marsh, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) leader and medical officer at Hope Bay, 1952 and 1953.||
9449|Mount Marshall|Summit|844100S|1643900E|-84.6833333|164.65|3160|10367|01/01/1966|A prominent peak, 3,160 m, standing 4 mi SE of Blizzard Peak in the Marshall Mountains, Queen Alexandra Range.  The peak is named in association with the Marshall Mountains, the latter honoring Dr. Eric S. Marshall of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09.||
9450|Marshall Archipelago|Island|770000S|1483000W|-77|-148.5|||01/01/1970|An extensive group of large ice-covered islands within Sulzberger Ice Shelf.  Several of the islands were discovered and plotted by the Byrd Antarctic Expeditions (1928-30 and 1933-35) and by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41), all led by Admiral Byrd.  The full extent of the archipelago was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  The naming was proposed by Admiral Byrd for General of the Army George C. Marshall, who made financial contributions as a private individual and also, on the same basis, provided advisory assistance to the Byrd expedition of 1933-35.||
9451|Marshall Bay|Bay|603900S|0453800W|-60.65|-45.6333333|||01/01/1952|Bay 2 mi wide, lying between Capes Vik and Hansen on the S side of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Roughly charted in 1912-13 by Petter Sorlle, Norwegian whaling captain.  Recharted in 1933 by DI personnel on the Discovery II, who gave the name for Dr. E.H. Marshall, surgeon and member of the Marine Executive Staff of the Discovery Committee.||
9452|Marshall Mountains|Summit|843700S|1643000E|-84.6166667|164.5|||01/01/1952|A group of mountains overlooking the Beardmore Glacier in Queen Alexandra Range, bounded on the N by Berwick Glacier, and on the S by Swinford Glacier.  Discovered by the South Polar Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09), and named for Dr. Eric Marshall, surgeon and cartographer to the expedition, a member of the Polar Party.||
9453|Marshall Nunatak|Summit|741000S|0754100W|-74.1666667|-75.6833333|||01/01/1968|A somewhat isolated rock nunatak, 23 mi ESE of FitzGerald Bluffs in Ellsworth Land.  It lies 9 mi E of Schwartz Peak and is the easternmost member in the chain of small summits located SE of the bluffs.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William F. Marshall, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Topographic Engineer in Antarctica, 1967-68.||
9454|Marshall Peak|Summit|710900S|0613200W|-71.15|-61.5333333|1205|3953|01/01/1953|Peak, 1,205 m, which is ice covered except for its rocky NE side, standing 6 mi NW of the head of Palmer Inlet on the E coast of Palmer Land.  This coast was first explored in 1940 by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), but the peak was first charted by a joint party consisting of members of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) and Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Norman B. Marshall, zoologist at the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) Hope Bay base in 1945-46.||
9455|Marshall Ridge|Ridge|780302S|1640604E|-78.050511|164.101145|1175|3855||A ridge to the E of Blue Glacier on Scott Coast, Victoria Land, running E-W and rising to c. 1,175 m between Garwood Valley and Marshall Valley.  The feature was almost surely observed in 1903 by the Koettlitz Glacier party led by Lieutenant A.B. Armitage of British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), but it was first clearly mapped by Captain Robert F. Scott's second expedition, British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.  The ridge was named in association with Marshall Valley by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1982.||
9456|Marshall Stream|Stream|780402S|1641909E|-78.06735|164.319272|||01/01/1962|A meltwater stream about 6 mi long that flows through the Marshall Valley from the Rivard Glacier to the Koettlitz Glacier, in Victoria Land.  The stream was observed by Troy L. Pewe, glacial geologist with U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1957-58.  The name was applied by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) and Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in consultation, and derives from its location in Marshall Valley.||
9457|Marshall Valley|Valley|780347S|1641140E|-78.063059|164.194449|||01/01/1963|Small valley, which is ice free except for Rivard Glacier at its head, lying between the Garwood and Miers Valleys on the coast of Victoria Land.  Named by the New Zealand Blue Glacier Party (1956-57) for Dr. Eric Marshall, surgeon and cartographer of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09), who accompanied Shackleton on his journey to within 97 mi of the South Pole.||
9458|Marsh Glacier|Glacier|825200S|1583000E|-82.8666667|158.5|||01/01/1966|Glacier about 70 mi long, flowing N from the polar plateau between the Miller Range and Queen Elizabeth Range into Nimrod Glacier.  Seen by a New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) and named for G.W. Marsh, a member of the party.||
9459|Mars Hills|Range|764000S|1620000E|-76.6666667|162|||01/01/1993|A small group of low rounded hills of a distinct red color, located 2.5 mi N of Mount Davidson in the Convoy Range, Victoria Land.  The name was proposed in 1977 by New Zealand geologist Christopher J. Burgess in association with Viking Hills (q.v.) and because of the color resemblance to that of the planet Mars.||
9460|Marsh Ridge|Ridge|854600S|1461000W|-85.7666667|-146.1666667|||01/01/1967|A rocky ridge, 3 mi long, midway along the S side of Leverett Glacier and 11 mi ENE of Mount Gould.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert D. Marsh, a cook with the Byrd Station winter party, 1957.||
9461|Marsh Spur|Ridge|655300S|0623800W|-65.8833333|-62.6333333|||01/01/1976|A spur about 4.5 mi S of Bildad Peak and 4.5 mi W of Scar Inlet on the E side of Graham Land.  The spur is important geologically for the contact between Basement Complex gneisses and volcanics of probable Upper Jurassic age.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Anthony F. Marsh, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist at Fossil Bluff and Hope Bay, 1963-65.||
9462|Mount Marsland|Summit|671100S|0511400E|-67.1833333|51.2333333|||01/01/1965|Mountain standing 6 mi S of the E part of Beaver Glacier in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956. Named by ANCA in 1962 for F.L. Marsland, a member of the crew of the Discovery during British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31.||
9463|Marsteinen Nunatak|Summit|712600S|0014200W|-71.4333333|-1.7|||01/01/1966|A coastal nunatak 6 mi NE of Valken Hill, at the N end of Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Marsteinen (the sea stone).||
9464|Mount Marston|Summit|765400S|1621200E|-76.9|162.2|1245|4085||A whaleback-shaped mountain, 1,245 m, standing at the N side of Kar Plateau, 3 mi N of the terminus of Mackay Glacier in Victoria Land.  First mapped by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named for George E. Marston, artist with the expedition.||
9465|Marston Glacier|Glacier|765400S|1623000E|-76.9|162.5|||01/01/1962|A glacier draining eastward from Mount Marston and Doublefinger Peak and entering Granite Harbor between Dreikanter Head and the Kar Plateau.  The New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) ascended this glacier en route to Mount Marston in October 1957.  They named it for its proximity to that mountain.||
9467|Martel Inlet|Stream|620500S|0582200W|-62.0833333|-58.3666667|||01/01/1952|Inlet forming the NE head of Admiralty Bay, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted in December 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot and named "Fiord Martel" after J.L. Martel, a French politician.||
9469|Martello Tower|Summit|620600S|0580800W|-62.1|-58.1333333|10|33|01/01/1952|Rock 10 m high, lying in King George Bay 2 mi NNW of Lions Rump, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted in 1937 by DI personnel on the Discovery II, who named it after the fortified towers by that name.||
9471|Martens Peak|Summit|853400S|1310200W|-85.5666667|-131.0333333|||01/01/1967|A rock peak in the NE part of Ford Nunataks in the Wisconsin Range, Horlick Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Edward A. Martens, radioman with the winter party at Byrd Station in 1960 and McMurdo Station in 1965.||
9476|Mount Martin|Summit|694000S|0625900W|-69.6666667|-62.9833333|1360|4462|01/01/1953|Mountain, 1,360 m, with conspicuous rock exposures on its SE side, standing immediately N of the head of Anthony Glacier on the E coast of Palmer Land.  The mountain lies on the fringe of the area explored by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) in 1936, and was photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940.  During 1947 the mountain was photographed from the air by members of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), under Ronne, who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted it from the ground. Named by Ronne for Orville Martin, electronics engineer who was of assistance in planning and obtaining radio equipment necessary for Ronne's expedition.||
9477|Point Martin|Summit|604700S|0444100W|-60.7833333|-44.6833333|||01/01/1952|Point on the E side of Mossman Peninsula 0.8 mi NW of Cape Murdoch, on the S coast of Laurie Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted in 1903 by the ScotNAE under Bruce, who named it for J. Martin, able-bodied seaman on the expedition ship Scotia.||
9478|Port Martin|Harbor|664900S|1412400E|-66.8166667|141.4|||01/01/1954|Anchorage lying immediately off Cape Margerie.  Discovered in 1950 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Liotard, and named by them in conjunction with the expedition base established on Cape Margerie.  Named for Andre-Paul (J.A.) Martin, second-in-command of the expedition who died en route to the Antarctic.||
9480|Martin Dome|Summit|831800S|1571200E|-83.3|157.2|||01/01/1966|An elevated, snow-covered prominence between Argosy Glacier and Argo Glacier in the Miller Range.  Sighted in December 1957 by the New Zealand Southern Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE).  Named for L. Martin, leader at Scott Base in 1958.||
9481|Mount Martine|Summit|694500S|0750500W|-69.75|-75.0833333|800|2625|01/01/1950|Massive mountain, c. 800 m, with a prominent rocky N face and ice-covered S slopes, overlooking the N shore of Charcot Island close S of Cheesman Island.  Discovered and roughly mapped on Jan. 11, 1910, by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Dr. Jean B. Charcot, and named by him in association with Mount Monique and Mount Marion Nunataks after his daughter, Martine.  Photographed from the air on Feb. 9, 1947, by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and mapped from these photos by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.||
9485|Martin Glacier|Glacier|682900S|0665300W|-68.4833333|-66.8833333|||01/01/1955|Glacier, 3 mi wide and 9 mi long, which flows W and then NW from the S side of Mount Lupa to the SE corner of Rymill Bay where it joins the Bertrand Ice Piedmont, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill. Resurveyed in 1948-49 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named for James H. Martin, member of the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, 1929-31, and first mate of the Penola during the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37.||
9487|Martin Hill|Summit|724800S|1691400E|-72.8|169.2333333|||01/01/1964|A conspicuous ice-free hill at the W side of Whitehall Glacier in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for P.J. Martin, New Zealand senior scientist at Hallett Station, 1961.||
9488|Martin Hills|Range|820400S|0880100W|-82.0666667|-88.0166667|||01/01/1964|An isolated range of hills, or peaks, nearly 4 mi long, lying about 50 mi S of Pirrit Hills.  The feature was positioned by the U.S. Ellsworth-Byrd Traverse Party on Dec. 10, 1958. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Larry R. Martin, Scientific Leader at Byrd Station in 1962.||
9489|Martin Ice Rise|Glacier|722600S|0690100W|-72.4333333|-69.0166667||||An ice rise, 6 mi long and 3 mi wide, in George VI Ice Shelf, located 10 mi SW of Kirwan Inlet, Alexander Island. Delineated as an ice rise from U.S. Landsat imagery of January 1973.  Named in 1977 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Sir David Martin (1914-76), Executive Secretary of the Royal Society, 1947-76, who played a leading role in organizing the Royal Society IGY Expedition, 1956-58.||
9490|Martin Island|Island|664400S|0570000E|-66.7333333|57|||01/01/1965|Small island in the N part of Edward VIII Bay, just off the S shore of Edward VIII Plateau.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and called Utvikgalten (the outer bay boar). Remapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), the island was renamed by ANCA in 1958 for A.R. Martin, officer in charge of the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party at Macquarie Island in 1948.||
9491|Martin Islands|Island|653700S|0652200W|-65.6166667|-65.3666667|||01/01/1950|Group of islands and rocks 5 mi in extent lying 5 mi E of the N part of Renaud Island and 1 mi W of Vieugue Island in Grandidier Channel.  A group of islands to the N of "Pitt Island" was roughly charted and named Martin Islands for Captain Martin, Argentine Navy, by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot.  Aerial surveys have shown that what appeared to be one large island, Pitt, is actually a group of small islands.  As they lie in one group with no logical division between them, the earlier name of Pitt was amended to Pitt Islands and extended to cover all the islands N of Renaud Island.  The name Martin Islands was transferred to the group now described in order to preserve Charcot's name in the area.||
9492|Martin Massif|Range|702800S|0654000E|-70.4666667|65.6666667|||01/01/1967|A massif in the Porthos Range, Prince Charles Mountains, just E of Mount Lied to which it is connected by a low col. Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos.  Named for P.J. Martin, officer in charge at Mawson Station in 1964.||
9494|Martin Nunataks|Summit|745700S|1584600E|-74.95|158.7666667|||01/01/1968|Two isolated nunataks situated along the northern margin of David Glacier, 9 mi SE of Mount Wood, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1956-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert D. Martin, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) topographic engineer at McMurdo Station, 1961-62.||
9495|Martin Peak|Summit|842200S|0652100W|-84.3666667|-65.35|1045|3428|01/01/1968|A peak, 1,045 m, standing 2 mi NE of Nance Ridge in the Thomas Hills in northern Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Christopher Martin, biologist at Palmer Station, 1966-67.||
9496|Martin Peninsula|Cape|742000S|1143000W|-74.3333333|-114.5|||01/01/1955|A peninsula about 60 mi long and 20 mi wide that is ice covered except for a few rock outcrops along its margins, located between Getz Ice Shelf and Dotson Ice Shelf on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in January 1947.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Col. Lawrence Martin, USA (Ret.), American geographer and authority on Antarctic exploration with the Library of Congress; member of US-SCAN, 1943-46.||
9497|Martin Reef|Bar|673400S|0653100E|-67.5666667|65.5166667|||01/01/1947|A reef awash, lying 7 mi N of the coast and slightly W of Cape Fletcher.  This reef was apparently encountered by Captain Carl Sjovold in the Norwegian whale catcher Bouvet III in January 1931, and by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson in February 1931.  Named by Mawson for the boatswain of the Discovery.||
9498|Martin Ridge|Ridge|842500S|1653000E|-84.4166667|165.5|||01/01/1966|A broad ice-covered ridge bordering the W side of upper Moody Glacier in Queen Alexandra Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Major Wilbur E. Martin, USA, in charge of trail operations during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1963.||
9501|Martins Head|Cliff|621100S|0581400W|-62.1833333|-58.2333333|||01/01/1952|Prominent headland forming the S side of the entrance to Legru Bay on the S coast of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name dates back to at least 1820, when it was described by Edward Bransfield, Master, Royal Navy (RN), during his exploration of these islands.||
9503|Martin Valley|Valley|541700S|0362100W|-54.2833333|-36.35||||A valley trending NE-SW across the N portion of Barff Peninsula, South Georgia, between Rookery Bay and Cumberland East Bay.  The valley has been known locally as "Three Lakes Valley," a name duplicated on Signy Island.  The new name, applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1988, is after Stephen J. Martin, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) Station Commander, Grytviken, 1980-82.||
9504|Mount Martyn|Summit|692400S|1571000E|-69.4|157.1666667|||01/01/1961|A cluster of bare rock faces with one peak, standing 3 mi S of Eld Peak in the Lazarev Mountains.  This is probably the most prominent rock outcrop on the W side of Matusevich Glacier. Photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47.  Photographed on Feb. 20, 1959, by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Magga Dan) led by Phillip Law, and named for D.F. Martyn, a member of the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Executive Planning Committee.||
9507|Marujupu Peak|Summit|763100S|1453700W|-76.5166667|-145.6166667|||01/01/1947|Conspicuous nunatak standing above the main flow of Ochs Glacier, between Mounts Iphigene and Ferranto in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered and so named by R. Admiral Byrd on the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) flight of Dec. 5, 1929. Marujupu combines the letters from the names of three daughters and a son of Mr. and Mrs. Arthur Sulzberger.  The daughters are Marian, Ruth and Judy; Punch is the nickname of son Arthur.  The Sulzbergers were patrons of the expedition.||
9508|Mount Marvel|Summit|784500S|1592200E|-78.75|159.3666667|1540|5052|01/01/1965|Mountain, 1,540 m, standing 7 mi S of Escalade Peak, near the head of Mulock Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for Commander R. Marvel, U.S. Navy (USN), officer in charge of Detachment Alpha at McMurdo Station in 1963.||
9509|Marvin Nunatak|Summit|774558S|1600331E|-77.766061|160.058675|2090|6857|01/01/1992|A prominent nunatak 1 mi S of Depot Nunatak, rising to 2,090 m on the W side of Cassidy Glacier, to the W of Quartermain Mountains in Victoria Land.  Presumably first seen by British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, from nearby Depot Nunatak.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1992 after Ursula B. Marvin, Smithsonian Astrophysical Laboratory, Cambridge, MA; field party member, Antarctic Search for Meteorites (ANSMET) expedition to Victoria Land, 1978-79 and 1981-82; field work at Seymour Island, 1984-85; member of the Advisory Committee to the Division of Polar Programs, NSF, from 1983.||
9510|Mount Marwick|Summit|710200S|1624800E|-71.0333333|162.8|2590|8497||A high peak in the Explorers Range, Bowers Mountains (q.v.), rising to 2,590 m at the head of Morley Glacier, 2.5 mi W of Mount Sturm.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1982 after John Marwick (1891-1978), Chief Paleontologist, New Zealand Geological Survey.||
9513|Marze Peak|Summit|785200S|0843000W|-78.8666667|-84.5|||01/01/1961|A rock peak with twin summits near the S end of the ridge between Wessbecher and Hudman Glaciers, at the S end of Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Marion O. Marze, aviation machinist's mate, USN, who perished in the crash of a P2V Neptune airplane at McMurdo Sound on Oct. 18, 1956.||
9514|Mount Marzolf|Summit|702800S|1594100E|-70.4666667|159.6833333|||01/01/1970|An elongated partially ice-free mountain standing at the head of Svendsen Glacier, 2 mi W of Mount Gillmor, in the Usarp Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John E. Marzolf, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
9515|Cape Mascart|Cape|663800S|0674100W|-66.6333333|-67.6833333|||01/01/1950|Cape forming the northern extremity of Adelaide Island. Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, and named by him for Eleuthere Mascart, French physicist and Dir. of the Bureau Central Meteorologique.||
9516|Mascías Cove|Bay|645400S|0630100W|-64.9|-63.0166667|||01/01/1965|Cove indenting the W coast of Graham Land immediately E of Mount Banck.  First roughly charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99, and later, by the Scottish geologist David Ferguson, 1913-14.  Named for Lieutenant Eladio Mascias of the tug Argentine Antarctic Expedition of 1949-50.||
9517|Maskelyne Passage|Channel|655000S|0652400W|-65.8333333|-65.4|||01/01/1965|Passage between Larrouy and Tadpole Islands to the E and Cat Island, Runnelstone Rock and Hummock Island to the W, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Nevil Maskelyne (1732-1811), English Astronomer Royal, 1757-1811, who started the Nautical Almanac in 1767.||
9518|Mount Maslen|Summit|674200S|0490700E|-67.7|49.1166667|1200|3937|01/01/1965|Mountain, 1,200 m, standing 1 mi W of Mount Currie in the Raggatt Mountains, Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for A.W.G. Maslen, officer-in-charge at Mawson Station in 1961.||
9519|Mount Masley|Summit|725900S|1625400E|-72.9833333|162.9|2605|8546|01/01/1969|A prominent flat-topped summit, 2,605 m, in the narrow, northern part of Pain Mesa, situated 11 mi E of Silva Ridge in the Mesa Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Andrew J. Masley, ionospheric physics scientist at McMurdo Station, summer 1962-63.||
9520|Mount Mason|Summit|844300S|1694800W|-84.7166667|-169.8|815|2674|01/01/1962|A peak (815 m) at the edge of Ross Ice Shelf, surmounting the N extremity of Lillie Range.  Discovered and photographed by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1928-30) and named for Howard F. Mason, radio engineer who wintered with that expedition at Little America.||
9521|Mason Glacier|Glacier|785300S|1614100E|-78.8833333|161.6833333|||01/01/1965|Glacier draining the E slopes of Worcester Range, immediately S of Bareface Bluff, and flowing E into Skelton Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for David T. Mason, biologist at McMurdo Station, 1961-62 and 1962-63.||
9522|Mason Inlet|Stream|725700S|0602500W|-72.95|-60.4166667|||01/01/1953|Ice-filled inlet which recedes 15 mi SW between Cape Mackintosh and the coastline south of Cape Herdman, along the E coast of Palmer Land.  First seen and photographed from the air in December 1940 by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  During 1947 the inlet was photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted it from the ground.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for D.P. Mason, their surveyor on the joint British-American sledge journey during the charting of this coast in 1947.||
9523|Mason Peaks|Range|724600S|0744400E|-72.7666667|74.7333333|||01/01/1967|A prominent serrated ridge with several peaks, standing 8 mi NW of Mount Harding in the Grove Mountains.  Mapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) from air photos, 1956-60.  Named by ANCA for A.C. Mason, topographic draftsman, Division of National Mapping, Australian Department of National Development, who has contributed substantially to the compilation of Antarctic maps.||
9524|Mason Spur|Ridge|783300S|1642500E|-78.55|164.4166667|1300|4265|01/01/1963|An elevated spur, partially ice-covered and over 1,300 m high, which projects eastward from Mount Morning in Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1963 for Robert Mason, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Representative at McMurdo Station, 1962-63.||
9525|Masquerade Ridge|Ridge|830400S|1644000E|-83.0666667|164.6666667|||01/01/1972|Prominent rock ridge, 5 mi long, located 16 mi N of Clark Peak on the E side of Robb Glacier.  Rocks were collected here by John Gunner and John Splettstoesser in December 1969.  The name was suggested by Gunner because the ridge is pictured on the cover of the Feb. 7, 1970 issue of Saturday Review, in which an article about the 1969-70 Ohio State University Geological Expedition to the general area appears.  The ridge on the photograph was evidently confused with Coalsack Bluff, and the individual in the foreground of the photograph is not David Elliot, as the caption states.||
9526|Mount Massam|Summit|814400S|1581200E|-81.7333333|158.2|||01/01/1966|A broad ice-covered mountain about 8 mi W of Mount Lindley, in the Churchill Mountains.  Named by the Holyoake, Cobham, and Queen Elizabeth Ranges Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1964-65) for D. Massam, member of the party.||
9527|Massam Glacier|Glacier|843300S|1751200W|-84.55|-175.2|||01/01/1966|A glacier, 11 mi long, flowing N between Waldron Spurs and Longhorn Spurs to enter the Ross Ice Shelf just E of the mouth of Shackleton Glacier.  Named by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1963-64) for D. Massam, a member of that party.||
9528|Mount Massell|Summit|722900S|1632100E|-72.4833333|163.35|1880|6168|01/01/1969|A mountain, 1,880 m, standing 6 mi SE of Mount Jackman, in the Freyberg Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Wulf Massell, Biolab Manager at McMurdo Station in 1967.||
9529|Massey Glacier|Glacier|715300S|1682400E|-71.8833333|168.4|||01/01/1970|A tributary glacier, 6 mi long, draining the W slopes of Meier Peak in the Admiralty Mountains.  It flows W along the S side of Wylie Ridge to join Man-o-War Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for C. Stanton Massey, meteorologist at South Pole Station, 1968.||
9530|Massey Heights|Summit|635800S|0575800W|-63.9666667|-57.9666667|||01/01/1963|Prominent, flat-topped rock heights, with steeply cliffed sides, 6 mi SW of Andreassen Point on James Ross Island. Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1945 and 1955.  Named for Paul M.O. Massey, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) medical officer at Hope Bay in 1955.||
9531|Masson Island|Island|660800S|0963500E|-66.1333333|96.5833333|465|1526|01/01/1947|Ice-covered island about 17 mi long and rising to 465 m, lying 9 mi NW of Henderson Island within the Shackleton Ice Shelf.  Discovered in February 1912 by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson, who named it for Prof. Sir David Orme Masson of Melbourne, a member of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) Advisory Committee.||
9532|Masson Range|Range|675100S|0625000E|-67.85|62.8333333|1000|3281|01/01/1947|High broken chain of mountains, consisting primarily of North Masson, Central Masson, and South Masson Ranges, forming a part of the Framnes Mountains.  Having several peaks over 1,000 m, the range extends in a N-S direction for 15 miles.  Discovered and charted by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31, under Mawson, and named for Prof. Sir David Orme Masson, a member of the Advisory Committee for this expedition as well as the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE), 1911-14, under Mawson. First visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by John Bechervaise in 1956.||
9533|Mast Hill|Summit|681100S|0670000W|-68.1833333|-67|14|46|01/01/1964|A hill 14 m high at the western end of Stonington Island, Marguerite Bay, on the west side of Antarctic Peninsula. Surveyed by the East Base party of the U.S. Antarctic Service, 1939-41, which erected a flag staff on this hill and built its base close northeastward.||
9534|Mast Point|Summit|662200S|1102600E|-66.3666667|110.4333333|||01/01/1963|The westernmost point of Ardery Island, in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Construction Man Clarence W. Mast, USN, a member of the Wilkes Station party of 1958.||
9535|Matador Mountain|Summit|851000S|1765000W|-85.1666667|-176.8333333|1950|6398|01/01/1964|A prominent, ice-free mountain, 1,950 m, standing at the S side of the mouth of Gallup Glacier where the latter enters Shackleton Glacier.  Named by F. Alton Wade, leader of the Texas Tech Shackleton Glacier Expedition (1962-63) because all three members of the party were affiliated with this college.  "Matador" is the general name for the student body at Texas Technological College.||03/07/1997
9537|Matchless Mountain|Summit|763800S|1613500E|-76.6333333|161.5833333|1140|3740|01/01/1993|A mountain which rises to 1,140 m on the S margin of the Fry Glacier, at the juncture of Atka Glacier, in Convoy Range, Victoria Land.  The name was suggested by New Zealand geologist Christopher J. Burgess, leader of a 1976-77 Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) geological party to this locality, and refers to the matchless view of the surrounding area obtained from the summit of this mountain.||
9538|Mount Mateer|Summit|665900S|0510800E|-66.9833333|51.1333333|||01/01/1965|Mountain 1 mi E of Mount Degerfeldt, in the Tula Mountains in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956 and 1957.  Named by ANCA for N.C. Mateer, a member of the crew of the Discovery during the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31.||
9541|Matha Strait|Channel|663400S|0673000W|-66.5666667|-67.5|||01/01/1947|Strait lying between Adelaide Island and the S end of the Biscoe Islands.  The strait takes its name from Matha Bay, the name originally applied by Charcot, leader of the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, to the water feature as he conceived it.  The British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37, recognizing that it is really a strait rather than a bay, changed the name to Matha Strait.  Named for Lieutenant A. Matha, second-in-command of the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot.||
9542|Mount Mather|Summit|733400S|0610000E|-73.5666667|61|||01/01/1961|A peak 3.5 mi W of Mount Menzies in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Sighted by Flying Officer J. Seaton from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Mapped by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) seismic party of 1957-58 led by Keith B. Mather, for whom it is named.||
9543|Mount Matheson|Summit|665700S|0505600E|-66.95|50.9333333|||01/01/1966|Mountain between Mount Harvey and Mount Degerfeldt, in the W part of the Tula Mountains, in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956 and 1957.  Named by ANCA for J. Matheson, a member of the crew of the Discovery during British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31.||
9544|Mount Matheson|Summit|750500S|0721000W|-75.0833333|-72.1666667|||01/01/1966|A mountain 2 mi NW of Mount Boyer, in the Merrick Mountains, Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lorne D. Matheson, ionospheric physics researcher at Eights Station in 1963.||
9545|Matheson Glacier|Glacier|704700S|0620500W|-70.7833333|-62.0833333|||01/01/1953|Glacier 11 mi long, lying 2 mi S of Ashton Glacier, which it parallels, and flowing in an E direction to the W side of Lehrke Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  First sighted by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) who explored this coast by land and from the air in December 1940.  First charted by a joint party consisting of members of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) and Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for J. Matheson, a member of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) at the Port Lockroy and Hope Bay bases, 1944-46.||
9546|Mount Mathew|Summit|814100S|1595700E|-81.6833333|159.95|2030|6660|01/01/1966|A peak, 2,030 m, standing at the E side of Starshot Glacier, 2 mi N of Mount Hotine, in the Surveyors Range.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) for Felton Mathew, the first Surveyor-General of New Zealand, in 1840.||
9548|Mathewson Point|Summit|742300S|1323300W|-74.3833333|-132.55|||01/01/1962|A steep, rocky point at the N tip of Shepard Island, which lies on the seaward edge of the Getz Ice Shelf, Marie Byrd Land. The point, the site of an Adelie penguin rookery, was charted by personnel of the USS Glacier on Feb. 4, 1962.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) David S. Mathewson, U.S. Navy (USN), then supply officer of the Glacier.||
9549|Mathias Point|Summit|582800S|0261400W|-58.4666667|-26.2333333|||01/01/1972|Point about 1.5 mi N of Allen Point, Montagu Island, in the South Sandwich Islands.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for W.A. Mathias, Royal Navy (RN), pilot in His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Protector's ship's flight during the survey of the South Sandwich Islands in 1964.||
9550|Mathieu Rock|Island|662000S|1364900E|-66.3333333|136.8166667|||01/01/1955|Ice-free rock, midway between Cape Bickerton and Rock X, at the E side of the entrance to Victor Bay.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Marret, 1952-53, and named for Claude Mathieu, French astronomer of the 19th century.||04/11/2001
9551|Mathis Nunataks|Summit|770800S|1432700W|-77.1333333|-143.45|||01/01/1970|An isolated cluster of nunataks near the head of Arthur Glacier, 8 mi ESE of Mount Warner, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Terry R. Mathis, traverse engineer with the Byrd Station glaciological strain network, summer season (1967-68), and station engineer with the Byrd Station winter party (1968).||
9552|Mathis Spur|Ridge|832000S|0511700W|-83.3333333|-51.2833333|||01/01/1968|A rock spur along the W side of Saratoga Table, 3 mi N of Mount Stephens, in the Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Melvin Mathis, hospital corpsman at Ellsworth Station, winter 1957.||
9553|Mathys Bank|Bar|801900S|0283000W|-80.3166667|-28.5|750|2461||A rock ridge rising to c. 750 m, located 2.5 mi SW of Mount Etchells in La Grange Nunataks, Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Nicholas Mathys, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) general assistant, Halley Station, 1967-69, who worked in Shackleton Range, 1968-69.||
9554|Matikonis Peak|Summit|752100S|1381400W|-75.35|-138.2333333|||01/01/1966|Small, rather isolated rock peak that protrudes through the snow mantle of central Coulter Heights, near the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William P. Matikonis, DC2, U.S. Navy (USN), Damage Controlman aboard USS Glacier, 1961-62.||
9555|Mount Matin|Summit|650800S|0634000W|-65.1333333|-63.6666667|||01/01/1965|A massive mainly snow-covered mountain which surmounts the mountainous divide N of Hotine Glacier, on the W side of Graham Land.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, led by J.B. Charcot, who named it after the newspaper Le Matin which contributed generously to the cost of the expedition.||
9556|Matkah Point|Summit|635800S|0581900W|-63.9666667|-58.3166667|||01/01/1963|The northern entrance point to Holluschickie Bay, on the W coast of James Ross Island.  The name, recommended by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), arose from association with Holluschickie Bay; Matkah was the mother of the white seal, Kotick, in Rudyard Kipling's Jungle Book.||
9557|Matney Peak|Summit|791000S|0861400W|-79.1666667|-86.2333333|1810|5938|01/01/1966|A mostly ice-free peak, 1,810 m, near the middle of the line of peaks at the E side of Webster Glacier in the Heritage Range of the Ellsworth Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Chief Aviation Boatswain's Mate William R. Matney, USN, who contributed significantly to improving fuel operations in Antarctica and for a portion of Operation Deep Freeze 1966, acted as fuels officer.||03/20/1997
9558|Matsch Ridge|Ridge|773400S|0862000W|-77.5666667|-86.3333333|1830|6004||A prominent ridge at an elevation of c. 1,830 m, extending 1.5 mi in a WNW direction from Mount Ulmer, Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1982 after Charles Matsch, Professor of Geology, University of Minnesota, Duluth, who as a member of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Ellsworth Mountains Expedition, 1979-80, worked at this ridge.||
9559|Matsuyama Rocks|Summit|664000S|0663500W|-66.6666667|-66.5833333|||01/01/1965|A small group of rocks close off the W side of Stefan Ice Piedmont, Graham Land.  Mapped from air photos taken by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Motonori Matsuyama (1884-1958), Professor of Geology and Geophysics, Kyto University, Japan, who made laboratory studies of the crystal forms of ice.||04/11/2001
9560|Matterhorn|Summit|774012S|1622653E|-77.670011|162.448166|1600|5249|01/01/1964|Peak, 1,600 m, surmounting the N wall of Taylor Valley between Lacroix and Matterhorn Glaciers.  So named by Griffith Taylor of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, 1910-13, because of its resemblance to the famous Swiss mountain.||
9562|Matterhorn Glacier|Glacier|774003S|1622038E|-77.667389|162.343916|||01/01/1962|Small alpine glacier on the edge of the N wall of Taylor Valley, just W of the Matterhorn, in Victoria Land.  Named after the Matterhorn by U.S. geologist T.L. Pewe, who visited the area in December 1957.||
9563|Matterson Inlet|Stream|805000S|1603000E|-80.8333333|160.5|||01/01/1965|An ice-filled inlet between Penny Point and Cape Douglas, on the W side of Ross Ice Shelf.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) for Garth John Matterson, leader of the party that surveyed the area.||
9564|Matthes Glacier|Glacier|673000S|0654000W|-67.5|-65.6666667|||01/01/1952|Glacier 9 mi long, flowing E into Whirlwind Inlet between Demorest and Chamberlin Glaciers, on the E coast of Graham Land. Discovered by Sir Hubert Wilkins on a flight of Dec. 20, 1928, and photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940.  Charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947 and named for Francois E. Matthes, glaciologist, then chief geologist with the U.S. Geological Survey.||
9565|Matthews Glacier|Glacier|754500S|0653000W|-75.75|-65.5|||01/01/1968|A glacier on the E side of the Wilkins Mountains, draining S to enter the Ronne Ice Shelf just W of Dodson Peninsula. Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for J.D. Matthews, engineman at South Pole Station in 1963.||
9566|Matthews Island|Island|604500S|0450900W|-60.75|-45.15|||01/01/1964|The largest of the Robertson Islands in the South Orkney Islands.  It lies immediately SE of Coronation Island, from which it is narrowly separated by The Divide.  Mapped as part of Coronation Island until January 1957 when a Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) party established its insularity.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Drummond H. Matthews, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) geologist at Signy Island in 1956.||
9567|Matthews Peak|Summit|674000S|0674700W|-67.6666667|-67.7833333|1100|3609||A prominent peak (1,100 m) rising NW of Statham Peak in the SW part of Perplex Ridge, Pourquoi Pas Island, in Marguerite Bay. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1979 after David W. Matthews, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist, Stonington Island, 1965-67, who worked in the area.||
9568|Matthews Point|Summit|540200S|0375800W|-54.0333333|-37.9666667|||01/01/1956|Point forming the W side of the entrance to Undine Harbor, along the S coast and near the W end of South Georgia.  Charted in the period 1926-30 by DI personnel and named for L. Harrison Matthews, British zoologist, member of the staff of the Discovery Investigations, 1924-35, who worked at South Georgia in 1924-27.||
9570|Matthews Ridge|Ridge|705700S|1670300E|-70.95|167.05|||01/01/1970|High, mostly snow-covered ridge, 6 mi long, on the S side of Tapsell Foreland, Victoria Land.  The ridge forms the E wall of McElroy Glacier and terminates to the S at Barnett Glacier. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Jerry L. Matthews, geologist who worked in the Horlick Mountains, 1965-66, and the McMurdo Station area, 1966-67.||
9571|Mount Matthias|Summit|711300S|1644100E|-71.2166667|164.6833333|1610|5282|01/01/1970|Mountain (1,610 m) rising 2 mi ENE of Mount Dockery in Everett Range, Concord Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Jack M. Matthias, U.S. Navy (USN), maintenance officer and aircraft commander with Squadron VX-6 in Operation Deep Freeze 1968 and 1969.||
9572|Mattox Bastion|Summit|773800S|1605600E|-77.633333|160.933333|||01/01/1976|One of the peaks of the Inland Forts, surmounting the NE part of Flory Cirque in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Benjamin G. Mattox, U.S. Navy (USN), officer-in-charge of the Naval Support Force winter-over detachment at McMurdo Station in 1971.||
9573|Matusevich Glacier|Glacier|692000S|1572700E|-69.3333333|157.45|||01/01/1966|A broad glacier about 50 mi long, with a well developed glacier tongue, flowing to the coast between Lazarev Mountains and the NW extremity of Wilson Hills.  The region was photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47, the Soviet Antarctic Expedition, 1957-58, and Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), 1959 and 1962.  Named by the Soviet expedition after N.N. Matusevich, Soviet hydrographer and geodesist.||
9574|Matusevich Glacier Tongue|Glacier|690500S|1571500E|-69.0833333|157.25|||01/01/1970|A glacier tongue about 18 mi long which is the broad seaward extension of the Matusevich Glacier.  The Magga Dan, vessel of the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) led by Phillip Law, sailed around the tongue, Feb. 21, 1959, at which time the seaward extremity was determined to be floating in 300 fathoms of ocean.||
9575|Mount Matz|Summit|744200S|1621700E|-74.7|162.2833333|1300|4265|01/01/1968|A mountain, 1,300 m, at the W side of the terminus of Anderton Glacier, forming the end of a ridge descending S from Eisenhower Range to Reeves Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1955-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for David B. Matz, geologist at McMurdo Station, 1965-66 season.||
9577|Cape Maude|Cape|830900S|1682500E|-83.15|168.4166667|||01/01/1947|A high ice-covered cape forming the E end of Vaughan promontory, Holland Range, overlooking Ross Ice Shelf. Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named for Col. I.A. Maude, who donated the "Maudgee" pony ration for the expedition.||
9579|Maud Subglacial Basin|Basin|810000S|0150000E|-81|15|||01/01/1975|A large subglacial basin situated southward of the Wohlthat Mountains in southern Queen Maud Land.  Seismic soundings in the area were made by U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) field parties in several seasons from 1964-68.  So named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for its location in Queen Maud Land.||
9580|Mauger Nunatak|Summit|854400S|1764400E|-85.7333333|176.7333333|2780|9121|01/01/1966|A nunatak, 2,780 m, about 3 mi NE of Mount Block in the Grosvenor Mountains.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for C.C. Mauger, crew member of the Aurora, the vessel which transported the Ross Sea Party of Shackleton's Imperial Trans-Antarctic Expedition (1914-17) from Australia to the Ross Sea.||
9581|Maumee Ice Piedmont|Glacier|744400S|1132500W|-74.7333333|-113.4166667||||An ice piedmont at the terminus of Kohler Glacier, E of Jenkins Heights, on the Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs taken 1965-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) Maumee, a supply tanker that serviced McMurdo Station from 1970-85.  Upon construction of fuel storage tanks at McMurdo Station, completed in 1970, Maumee replaced smaller tankers used earlier, delivering in one voyage a year's supply of petroleum fuels.||
9582|Maurice Channel|Channel|592600S|0270500W|-59.4333333|-27.0833333|||01/01/1952|Strait 1.5 mi wide between Bellingshausen and Cook Islands, in the South Sandwich Islands.  In 1820, Bellingshausen indirectly indicated the existence of the strait by describing Southern Thule as consisting of one high rock and three small islands.  It was charted in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery Committee.||
9585|Maurstad Point|Summit|653900S|0660500W|-65.65|-66.0833333|||01/01/1971|Point lying 6.5 mi NNE of Speerschneider Point, midway along the W side of Renaud Island in the Biscoe Islands.  First accurately shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Alf Maurstad, author of Atlas of Sea Ice, 1935.||
9586|Maury Bay|Bay|663300S|1244200E|-66.55|124.7|||01/01/1955|An ice-filled bay indenting the coast just east of Cape Lewis.  Mapped by G.D. Blodgett (1955) from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47), and named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William L. Maury, lieutenant on the brig Porpoise during the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Lieutenant Charles Wilkes.||
9587|Maury Glacier|Glacier|724200S|0614000W|-72.7|-61.6666667|||01/01/1953|Glacier 4 mi wide, flowing in an ENE direction to the SW corner of Violante Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land. Discovered and photographed from the air in December 1940 by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  During 1947 the glacier was photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted it from the ground.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Matthew F. Maury, 1806-73, American naval officer and hydrographer, and distinguished promoter of maritime research and Antarctic exploration.||
9588|Mautino Peak|Summit|772043S|1620511E|-77.3452778|162.0863889|||01/01/1976|A peak at the W side of Packard Glacier in the Saint Johns Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Richard L. Mautino, U.S. Navy (USN), officer-in-charge of the Naval Support Force winter-over detachment at McMurdo Station in 1972.||11/18/2014
9589|Cape Mawson|Cape|695900S|0744000W|-69.9833333|-74.6666667|||01/01/1947|Low, ice-covered cape forming the SE extremity of Charcot Island.  First seen from the air and roughly charted by Sir Hubert Wilkins on Dec. 29, 1929, in a flight made around the island.  Named by Wilkins for Sir Douglas Mawson, Australian Antarctic explorer and leader of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE), 1911-14, and the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31.  Remapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in 1947 by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.||
9590|Mawson Coast|Beach|674000S|0633000E|-67.6666667|63.5|||01/01/1966|That portion of the coast of Mac. Robertson Land lying between William Scoresby Bay, in 5934E, and Murray Monolith, in 6654E.  The coast was sighted during the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-30, under Sir Douglas Mawson.  Further exploration and landings at Cape Bruce and Scullin Monolith were made during British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1930-31. Named by ANCA after Sir Douglas Mawson in recognition of his great contribution to Antarctic exploration.||
9591|Mawson Corridor|Gap|670000S|0630000E|-67|63|||01/01/1967|A sea passage between grounded icebergs on the approach to Mawson Station at Holme Bay.  It is about 22 mi long and 4 to 5 mi wide, opening out at the southern end to give the feature a funnel shape.  The northern end at 6645S, 6320E, is sharply defined and coincides with the edge of the continental shelf; from there it bears 202.  Discovered by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1954, and used regularly by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) relief ships in their approach to Mawson Station.||03/07/1997
9592|Mawson Escarpment|Cliff|730500S|0681000E|-73.0833333|68.1666667|||01/01/1961|A flat-topped, west-facing escarpment which extends in a N-S direction for 70 mi along the E side of Lambert Glacier. Discovered by Flying Officer J. Seaton, RAAF, of Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) while on a reconnaissance flight in November, 1956.  Named by ANCA for Sir Douglas Mawson.||
9593|Mawson Glacier|Glacier|761300S|1620500E|-76.2166667|162.0833333||||A large glacier on the E coast of Victoria Land, descending eastward from the polar plateau, to the N of Trinity Nunatak and the Kirkwood Range, to enter Ross Sea, where it forms the Nordenskjold Ice Tongue.  First mapped by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named for Douglas Mawson, expedition physicist, who later led two other Antarctic expeditions, 1911-14, and 1929-31.||
9594|Mawson Peak|Summit|530600S|0733100E|-53.1|73.5166667|2745|9006|01/01/1957|A peak, 2,745 m, formed by an active volcanic cone at the summit of Big Ben, the mountain dominating the main mass of Heard Island.  Surveyed in 1948 by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) and named by them for Sir Douglas Mawson, leader of the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) which made geological investigations at the island in November 1929.||
9595|Mawson Peninsula|Cape|683500S|1541100E|-68.5833333|154.1833333|455|1493|01/01/1961|A high (455 m), narrow, ice-covered peninsula on the W side of Slava Ice Shelf.  It extends over 30 mi in a northwesterly direction, terminating in Cape Hudson.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47. Phillip Law of Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) flew along the peninsula to its northern end in Feb. 1959 and sketched and photographed it.  Named by ANCA for Sir Douglas Mawson.||
9596|Maxwell Bay|Bay|621500S|0585100W|-62.25|-58.85|||01/01/1960|Bay 10 mi long, lying between King George Island and Nelson Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The main entrance to the bay is at the SE side and is wide open; Fildes Strait on the NW side is encumbered by rocks and is only navigable by boats.  The name Maxwells Straits was given to this bay and to Fildes Strait by British sealing captain James Weddell in 1822-24, for Lieutenant Francis Maxwell who served with Weddell in 1813-14.  The name was altered and limited to the feature here described by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960.||
9598|Cape May|Cape|815000S|1625000E|-81.8333333|162.8333333|||01/01/1965|A high rock cape along the W side of Ross Ice Shelf, 8 mi SE of Cape Laird.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named for Admiral of the Fleet Sir William Henry May, Lord of the Admiralty and Controller of the Navy, 1901-05.||
9600|Maya Mountain|Summit|774706S|1603601E|-77.785082|160.600271|2000|6562|01/01/1962|Small pyramidal mountain, about 2,000 m high, between Aztec Mountain and Pyramid Mountain, just S of Taylor Glacier in Victoria Land.  So named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1958-59) because its shape resembles the pyramidal ceremonial platforms used by the Mayan civilization.||
9605|Mayeda Peak|Summit|843600S|1644100E|-84.6|164.6833333|2890|9482|01/01/1966|A peak, 2,890 m, standing in the Marshall Mountains, Queen Alexandra Range, 4.5 mi N of Mount Marshall.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Fred H. Mayeda, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at South Pole Station, 1959.||
9606|Mayer Crags|Cliff|845300S|1684500W|-84.8833333|-168.75|||01/01/1966|A rugged V-shaped massif, 10 mi long, surmounted by several sharp peaks, located at the W side of the mouth of Liv Glacier, where the latter enters Ross Ice Shelf.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Robert V. Mayer, U.S. Navy (USN), pilot of Hercules aircraft in four Antarctic seasons; plane commander for a mid-winter evacuation flight on June 26, 1964.||
9607|Mayer Hills|Range|693300S|0671200W|-69.55|-67.2|900|2953|01/01/1962|Low, mainly ice-covered hills with steep N.-facing slopes but rather featureless summits, about 900 m, lying S of Forster Ice Piedmont, Antarctic Peninsula, between Prospect Glacier and Mount Leo.  First roughly surveyed from the ground by British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1936-37; resurveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1958.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Johann Tobias Mayer (1723-1762), German mathematician who constructed a series of lunar tables for determining longitude, published by the British Admiralty in 1775.||
9608|Mayewski Peak|Summit|771737S|1621443E|-77.293615|162.245142|||01/01/1976|A peak in the Saint Johns Range of Victoria Land, located midway on the ridge that bounds the N side of Baldwin Valley. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Paul A. Mayewski who participated in U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciological and geological work at the McMurdo Station area (1968-69), McGregor Glacier (1970-71), Willett and Convoy Ranges (1971-72) and Rennick Glacier (1974-75).||
9609|May Glacier|Glacier|661300S|1303000E|-66.2166667|130.5|||01/01/1955|A channel glacier about 5 mi wide and 6 mi long, flowing to the coast between Cape Morse and Cape Carr.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William May, Passed Midshipman on the Flying Fish of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Wilkes.||
9610|Mount Mayhew|Summit|653500S|0622600W|-65.5833333|-62.4333333|1200|3937|01/01/1976|A peak, 1,200 m, between Pequod and Starbuck Glaciers on the E side of Graham Land.  The SW face of the peak is rocky and very steep, while the NE face is snow covered.  The name is one of several in the vicinity applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from Herman Melville's Moby Dick, Mayhew being the captain of the Jeroboam.||
9611|Mayman Nunatak|Summit|710500S|0665600E|-71.0833333|66.9333333|||01/01/1967|A low rock outcrop, which has a domed appearance from the NE, about 6 mi SW of Taylor Platform in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1956 and 1960. Named by ANCA for Dr. K.J. Mayman, medical officer at Davis Station in 1964.||
9612|Cape Mayo|Cape|685400S|0632300W|-68.9|-63.3833333|500|1640|01/01/1947|Bare rock cliff, forming the E end of a flat, ice-covered platform which rises to 500 m, situated between Cape Keeler and Miller Point on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered by Sir Hubert Wilkins on a flight, Dec. 20, 1928, and named by him for William B. Mayo of the Ford Motor Company.  It has been more fully defined on the basis of information resulting from flights by Lincoln Ellsworth in 1935, and from the flights and sledge journey along this coast by members of the East Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940.||
9613|Mayo Peak|Summit|744900S|1103300W|-74.8166667|-110.55|300|984||A flattish summit (c. 300 m) which forms the S end of Jones Bluffs, Bear Peninsula, on the Walgreen Coast of Marie Byrd Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 after Elbert A. Mayo, Jr., of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VXE-6, flight engineer on LC-130 aircraft, who participated in five Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) deployments.||
9614|May Peak|Summit|855700S|1322300W|-85.95|-132.3833333|2200|7218|01/01/1967|A pyramidal peak rising over 2,200 m at the W side of Reedy Glacier, standing 1 mi W of Stich Peak in the Quartz Hills. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Robert L. May, USN, helicopter pilot at McMurdo Station, 1962-63.||
9617|Mayr Ridge|Ridge|721100S|0022200E|-72.1833333|2.3666667|||01/01/1970|A mountainous ridge including Nupskammen Ridge and Von Essen Mountain, forming the SW extremity of the Gjelsvik Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  The name "Mayr-Kette" was applied in the general area by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, for Rudolf Mayr, pilot of the flying boat Passat used by the expedition.  The correlation of the name with this feature may be arbitrary but is recommended for the sake of international uniformity and historical continuity.||
9618|May Valley|Valley|831800S|0511000W|-83.3|-51.1666667|||01/01/1968|A nearly flat snow-covered valley along the W flank of Forrestal Range, at the juncture of the Lexington and Saratoga Tables, in the Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Walter H. May, aerographer at Ellsworth Station, winter 1957.||
9619|Mazza Point|Summit|711900S|0733600W|-71.3166667|-73.6||||Snow-covered point between Brahms Inlet and Mendelssohn Inlet, marking the NW end of Derocher Peninsula, Alexander Island.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy aerial photographs taken 1967-68 and from U.S. Landsat imagery taken 1972-73.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Joseph D. Mazza, U.S. Navy (USN), Commanding Officer, Squadron VXE-6, May 1986 to May 1987.||
9620|Mazzeo Island|Island|650900S|0650000W|-65.15|-65|||01/01/1972|Island 0.5 mi WNW of Quintana Island in Wilhelm Archipelago.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Lieutenant Peter Mazzeo, second survey officer on His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Endurance working in this area in February 1969.||
9621|Mount McAllister|Summit|684400S|0655400W|-68.7333333|-65.9|1975|6480||Mountain rising to 1,975 m on the W side of Weyerhaeuser Glacier, 4 mi NW of Mount Blunt in E Antarctic Peninsula.  The peak was photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1940, Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947, U.S. Navy, 1966, and was surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1958-61.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 for Lieutenant R.M. McAllister, USCG, Operations Officer, U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Burton Island, U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze, 1975 and 1976.||
9622|Mount McArthur|Summit|711100S|0702000W|-71.1833333|-70.3333333|1450|4757||The highest peak (c. 1,450 m) in the Walton Mountains (q.v.), Alexander Island.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Malcolm McArthur, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geophysicist at Stonington Island, 1971-73, who worked in northern Alexander Island.||
9623|McArthur Glacier|Glacier|712000S|0672900W|-71.3333333|-67.4833333|||01/01/1976|A glacier between Christie Peaks and Swine Hill, flowing W from Palmer Land into George VI Sound.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Alistair H. McArthur, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geophysicist at Stonington Island, 1967-68.||
9624|McCain Bluff|Cliff|701900S|1600500E|-70.3166667|160.0833333|||01/01/1970|A bold rock bluff at the N side of the mouth of Svendsen Glacier, in the Usarp Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John C. McCain, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
9625|McCall Point|Summit|670200S|0663800W|-67.0333333|-66.6333333|||01/01/1965|A point on the E side of Lallemand Fjord, 4 mi NW of Salmon Cove, in Graham Land.  Mapped from air photos taken by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE), 1956-57.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after John G. McCall (1923-54), American engineer of the University of Alaska, who first measured the detailed internal movement of a cirque glacier in 1951-52.||
9626|Mount McCallum|Summit|710100S|1624500E|-71.0166667|162.75|2200|7218||A peak rising to c. 2,200 m immediately NW of 2,590-meter Mount Marwick, in the Explorers Range, Bowers Mountains (q.v.). The naming was proposed by M.G. Laird, leader of a New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) geological party to the area, 1981-82.  Named after G. McCallum, New Zealand scientist and mountaineer who perished in an avalanche on Mount Ruapehu, New Zealand, in 1981.  He worked in Antarctica in the 1963-64 season.||
9627|McCallum Pass|Gap|672300S|0681800W|-67.3833333|-68.3|||01/01/1964|A pass between the NE ridge of Mount Mangin and the ridge on the S side of Stonehouse Bay, in the southern part of Adelaide Island.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1963 for Hugh C.G. McCallum of the British Antarctic Survey (BAS), who with A. Crouch first traversed the pass in 1961.||
9628|McCalman Peak|Summit|633700S|0574700W|-63.6166667|-57.7833333|550|1804|01/01/1964|The 550 m summit of an E-W trending ridge 3 mi N of Crystal Hill, Trinity Peninsula.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Donald McCalman, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) surveyor at Hope Bay, 1958-59.||
9629|McCance Glacier|Glacier|664300S|0655500W|-66.7166667|-65.9166667|||01/01/1964|Glacier flowing into Darbel Bay just W of Widdowson Glacier, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1955-57, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Robert A. McCance of the Department of Experimental Medicine, Cambridge, who gave great help in the calculation of concentrated sledging rations for British polar expeditions during the period 1938-58.||
9630|Mount McCann|Summit|733400S|0773700W|-73.5666667|-77.6166667|||01/01/1968|A mountain between Espenschied Nunatak and Mount Thornton in the west-central part of the Snow Nunataks, Ellsworth Land. Discovered and photographed by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Kenneth McCann, commander of U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) September 1966.||
9631|McCann Glacier|Glacier|713300S|1643300E|-71.55|164.55|||01/01/1970|A tributary glacier which drains the E slopes of Mount Stirling in the Bowers Mountains and flows E between Mount Radspinner and Markinsenis Peak into the Lillie Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Chief Utilitiesman J.M. McCann, U.S. Navy (USN). McCann was a member of the McMurdo Station winter party in 1962 and took part in summer support activities, 1963-65.||
9632|McCann Point|Summit|832200S|1693800E|-83.3666667|169.6333333|||01/01/1966|A point marking the E side of the mouth of Beaver Glacier, where the latter enters Ross Ice Shelf.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for K.A. McCann, Master of the U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) Private Joseph F. Merrell during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1965.||
9634|McCarroll Peak|Summit|660300S|0624600W|-66.05|-62.7666667|1105|3625|01/01/1960|Rock peak, 1,105 m, standing at the S side of Richthofen Pass on the E coast of Graham Land.  Probably first seen by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, 1901-04.  The name "Cape McCarroll," for H.G. McCarroll of Detroit, MI, was given to the S side of Nordenskjold's "Richthofen Valley" (now Richthofen Pass) by Sir Hubert Wilkins on his flight of Dec. 20, 1928.  The name has been modified and applied to the peak here described in order to maintain the intended relationship between the McCarroll and Richthofen features.||
9635|Mount McCarthy|Summit|702400S|0663100E|-70.4|66.5166667|1860|6102|01/01/1962|The easternmost peak (1,860 m) of the Porthos Range in the Prince Charles Mountains.  First visited by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) southern party led by W.G. Bewsher in December 1956.  Named by ANCA for James W. McCarthy, senior meteorologist and second in charge at Mawson Station in 1956.||
9636|Mount McCarthy|Summit|723500S|1661400E|-72.5833333|166.2333333|2865|9399|01/01/1964|A peak, 2,865 m, standing 1 mi NW of Schofield Peak, in the Barker Range, Victoria Land.  Named by the NZFMCAE, 1962-63, after Mortimer McCarthy, a member of the crew of the Terra Nova of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13. McCarthy, was a guest of the U.S. Navy during the 1962-63 season when he revisited McMurdo Sound with two other Scott veterans.||01/05/2021
9637|McCarthy Glacier|Glacier|860400S|1272400W|-86.0666667|-127.4|||01/01/1967|A broad glacier at the S side of Wisconsin Plateau, flowing W to merge with the lower part of Olentangy Glacier before entering Reedy Glacier just SW of Mount McNaughton.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Robert J. McCarthy, USN, pilot on flights to the general area during Operation Highjump, 1946-47.||
9638|McCarthy Inlet|Stream|785000S|0450000W|-78.8333333|-45|||01/01/1965|An ice-filled inlet which is the largest and northern-most of three inlets indenting the eastern side of Berkner Island. Discovered by U.S. ground and flying personnel at Ellsworth Station (1957-58) under Captain Finn Ronne, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Charles J. McCarthy, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), commander of the U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 aircraft unit at Ellsworth Station during this period.||
9639|McCarthy Island|Island|541000S|0372600W|-54.1666667|-37.4333333|||01/01/1963|Island, 1 mi long, lying in the entrance to King Haakon Bay on the S side of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Timothy McCarthy, a seaman on the Endurance during the British expedition under Shackleton, 1914-16. McCarthy accompanied Shackleton in the James Caird from Elephant Island to King Haakon Bay.||
9640|McCarthy Island|Island|671600S|0592500E|-67.2666667|59.4166667|||01/01/1970|An island 2 mi long, lying just NE of Fold Island, off the coast of Enderby Land.  Mapped as part of Fold Island (Foldoya) by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37. Identified as a separate island by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) geological party, 1961.  Named by ANCA for W.R. McCarthy, Australian petrologist, who described several hundred specimens from Antarctica collected by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) geologists.||
9641|McCarthy Nunatak|Summit|690700S|0644500E|-69.1166667|64.75|||01/01/1973|A small nunatak, the top of which is almost at the same level as the surrounding ice plateau, about 5 mi SE of Depot Peak, Mac. Robertson Land.  Discovered from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1970.  Named by ANCA after I. McCarthy, senior weather observer at Mawson in 1970, a member of the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey party in 1971.||
9642|McCarthy Point|Summit|742500S|1305900W|-74.4166667|-130.9833333|||01/01/1966|Ice-covered point that marks the NE extremity of Grant Island on the seaward edge of the Getz Ice Shelf.  Discovered and charted from the USS Glacier on Feb. 4, 1962.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) J.F. McCarthy, U.S. Navy (USN), Disbursing Officer on the Glacier at the time of discovery.||
9643|McCarthy Ridge|Ridge|743700S|1630300E|-74.6166667|163.05|||01/01/1968|A broad, mainly ice-covered ridge with steep sides forming the E wall of Carnein Glacier, in the foothills of SE Eisenhower Range, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1955-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Peter C. McCarthy, biolab manager at McMurdo Station, winter party 1966.||
9644|McCarthy Valley|Valley|851800S|1192000W|-85.3|-119.3333333|||01/01/1962|An ice-filled valley, 3 mi long, between Peters Butte and Todd Ridge in the NW part of Long Hills, Horlick Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1958-60.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James E. McCarthy, meteorological electronics technician at Byrd Station in 1960.||
9645|McCaslin Nunatak|Summit|853800S|1405700W|-85.6333333|-140.95|||01/01/1967|Isolated nunatak 5 mi S of the W end of the Bender Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James C. McCaslin, a member of the U.S. Army Aviation Unit which supported the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Topo East survey in 1962-63.||
9646|Mount McCauley|Summit|731200S|0631500E|-73.2|63.25|||01/01/1962|A prominent mountain between Mount Scherger and Mount Dummett on the N side of Fisher Glacier, in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Discovered from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956 and visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party in 1960.  Named by ANCA for Air Marshal Sir John McCauley, Chief of the Australian Air Staff, 1954-57.||
9647|McCauley Rock|Summit|830200S|0485300W|-83.0333333|-48.8833333|1020|3346|01/01/1968|A rock, 1,020 m, situated just off the E edge of Lexington Table, 6 mi N of Mount Zirzow, in the Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Clyde J. McCauley, U.S. Navy (USN) seaman at Ellsworth Station, winter 1957.||
9648|McCaw Ridge|Ridge|752100S|0650000W|-75.35|-65|||01/01/1968|An isolated ridge lying 4 mi S of the central part of Ueda Glacier, near the base of Antarctic Peninsula.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for D. McCaw, construction electrician at South Pole Station in 1963.||
9649|McClary Glacier|Glacier|680400S|0670000W|-68.0666667|-67|||01/01/1962|A glacier 10 mi long and 2 mi wide on the W coast of Graham Land.  It flows SW along the N side of Butson Ridge into Marguerite Bay between Cape Calmette and Debenham Islands.  First roughly surveyed by British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1936-37, and resurveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1946-50.  This application by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) is for George B. McClary, father of Nelson McClary, mate on the Port of Beaumont during the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48.||
9650|McClary Ridge|Ridge|665500S|0640900W|-66.9166667|-64.15|||01/01/1953|A small, crescent-shaped ridge 5 mi SSE of Mount Hayes on the S side of Cole Peninsula in Graham Land.  In Dec. 1947 it was charted by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and was photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne.  Named by Ronne for George B. McClary of Winnetka, IL, contributor to the expedition.||
9651|McCleary Glacier|Glacier|793300S|1565000E|-79.55|156.8333333|||01/01/1965|A broad glacier about 10 mi long, draining southward into Darwin Glacier just W of Tentacle Ridge.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1959-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for George McCleary, public information officer on the staff of the U.S. Antarctic Projects Officer (1959-61), whose labors helped to start the Bulletin of the U.S. Antarctic Projects Officer (USAPO).||
9652|Mount McClintock|Summit|801300S|1572600E|-80.2166667|157.4333333|3490|11450|01/01/1947|The highest mountain (3,490 m) in Britannia Range, surmounting the S end of Forbes Ridge, 6 mi E of Mount Olympus. Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named for Admiral Sir Leopold McClintock, Royal Navy (RN), a member of the Ship Committee for the expedition.||
9653|McClinton Glacier|Glacier|744000S|1140000W|-74.6666667|-114||||A glacier between the base of Martin Peninsula and Jenkins Heights, flowing ENE into Dotson Ice Shelf, on the Walgreen Coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1959-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Racie A. McClinton, Jr., USN, LC-130 flight engineer of Squadron VXE-6, who served in nine Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) deployments through 1977.||
9654|Mount McClung|Summit|771100S|1442600W|-77.1833333|-144.4333333|||01/01/1966|A mountain 2 mi SE of Mount Gonzalez in the Sarnoff Mountains, Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered and mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lieutenant Herbert C. McClung, MC, U.S. Navy (USN), officer in charge at Byrd Station, 1965.||
9655|McCollum Peak|Summit|653200S|0640200W|-65.5333333|-64.0333333|735|2411|01/01/1971|Peak, 735 m, standing S of Beascochea Bay 2 mi SE of Mount Waugh, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Elmer V. McCollum, American biochemist who first isolated vitamins A and B, in 1915.||
9656|McConchie Ridge|Ridge|781000S|1624500E|-78.1666667|162.75||||A rock spur trending SE from Salient Peak in the Royal Society Range, Victoria Land.  Named in 1985 by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) after John A. McConchie, field assistant with the New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) geological party to this area, 1979-80, led by R.H. Findlay.  McConchie joined the party as a replacement for Adrian Daly who suffered from frostbite.||
9657|McConnel Islands|Island|662900S|0655100W|-66.4833333|-65.85|||01/01/1965|Islands lying in Darbel Bay SE of Kidd Islands, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE), 1956-57. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for James C. McConnel (1860-1890), English physicist who made pioneer experiments on the plastic deformation of ice, both single and polycrystals, 1881-90.||
9658|Cape McCormick|Cape|715000S|1705800E|-71.8333333|170.9666667|||01/01/1947|Cape marking the E extremity of Adare Peninsula in Victoria Land.  Discovered by Captain James Ross, 1841, who named it for Robert McCormick, Surgeon on the Erebus.||
9659|Mount McCormick|Summit|770000S|1442600W|-77|-144.4333333|||01/01/1966|A mountain 2 mi SE of Mount Ralph in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered and mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for W.S. McCormick, airplane pilot with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1933-35).||
9661|Mount McCoy|Summit|755200S|1411000W|-75.8666667|-141.1666667|||01/01/1947|A high table-topped massif with dark, snow-free, vertical walls, at the E side of Land Glacier in Marie Byrd Land. Discovered by members of West Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and named for James C. McCoy, chief pilot at West Base.||12/07/2020
9662|McCraw Glacier|Glacier|800700S|1563500E|-80.1166667|156.5833333||||Glacier in the Britannia Range, draining the NW slopes of Mount Olympus and flowing N, westward of Johnstone Ridge, to enter Hatherton Glacier.  Named by a University of Waikato geological party, 1978-79, led by M.J. Selby.  Named for John D. McCraw, Dean of Science, University of Waikato, Hamilton, New Zealand, a member on a 1959-60 field party to the McMurdo Dry Valleys.||
9663|McCrilliss Nunatak|Summit|852700S|1285500W|-85.45|-128.9166667|||01/01/1967|A nunatak marking the N end of the Gierloff Nunataks on the N side of the Wisconsin Range, Horlick Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Harold L. McCrilliss, construction electrician, a member of the winter parties at Byrd Station in 1959 and South Pole Station in 1964.||
9664|Mount McCrory|Summit|752900S|1392600W|-75.4833333|-139.4333333|||01/01/1974|A mountain 2 mi ESE of Mount Vance in the E part of the Ickes Mountains, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Eugene E. McCrory, USCG, Commanding Officer of U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Glacier, during Operation Deep Freeze 1969 and 1970.||
9665|McCuddin Mountains|Summit|754700S|1284200W|-75.7833333|-128.7|||01/01/1974|A small cluster of mountains consisting mainly of two large mountains, Mount Flint and Mount Petras, along with several scattered peaks and nunataks.  Located in Marie Byrd Land, 40 mi E of the Ames Range.  The mountains were discovered and photographed from the air in a flight from West Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service on Dec. 14, 1940.  They were mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for R. Admiral Leo B. McCuddin, U.S. Navy (USN), Commander of the U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, 1972.||
9666|Mount McCue|Summit|844500S|1744100W|-84.75|-174.6833333|1710|5610|01/01/1962|A peak (1,710 m) standing 5.5 mi NW of Mount Wade in the Prince Olav Mountains.  Discovered by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41. Surveyed by A.P. Crary (1957-58) and named by him for James A. McCue, U.S. Navy (USN), radio mechanic, who was in charge of the first Beardmore Camp during the 1957-58 season.||
9667|McCuistion Glacier|Glacier|844900S|1753000W|-84.8166667|-175.5|||01/01/1966|A tributary glacier, 4 mi long, which flows W along the N side of Lubbock Ridge to enter Shackleton Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Joshua P. McCuistion, Construction Driver 1st Class, U.S. Navy (USN), who was injured in an Otter airplane crash on Dec. 22, 1955, following take-off from the Cape Bird area.||
9668|McDaniel Nunatak|Summit|754800S|1614800E|-75.8|161.8|||01/01/1968|A ridgelike projection at the N side of the head of Davis Glacier, about 5 mi N of Mount George Murray, in the Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James R. McDaniel, satellite geodesist with the McMurdo Station winter party, 1966.||
9669|Mount McDonald|Summit|723000S|1663600E|-72.5|166.6|2470|8104|01/01/1964|A peak (2,470 m) on the N side of Trafalgar Glacier, 4 mi NW of Mount Burton, in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land. Named by NZFMCAE, 1962-63, for William McDonald, crew member on the Terra Nova during the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.  McDonald, who lives in New Zealand, was a guest of the U.S. Navy during the 1962-63 Antarctic season when he visited the continent again with two others of Scott's veterans.||
9670|McDonald Bay|Bay|663600S|0924400E|-66.6|92.7333333|||01/01/1955|Open bay, 10 mi wide at its entrance between Adams Island and the Haswell Islands, lying immediately W of Mabus Point on the coast of Antarctica.  Charted by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson, 1911-14.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Commander Edwin A. McDonald, USN, Commander of the USS Burton Island, flagship of the two icebreakers which supported the U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml parties which established astronomical stations along Wilhelm II, Queen Mary, Knox and Budd Coasts during the 1947-48 summer season.||
9671|McDonald Beach|Beach|771529S|1662151E|-77.258122|166.364224|||01/01/1964|An extensive beach lying W of Inclusion Hill and 6 mi SW of Cape Bird on Ross Island.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1958-59, after Captain Edwin A. McDonald, then Deputy Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, who provided extensive transport and other facilities to the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) in support of the survey of the Cape Bird area.||
9673|McDonald Heights|Summit|745500S|1360000W|-74.9166667|-136|1000|3281|01/01/1966|Broad, mainly snow-covered heights about 35 mi long and rising over 1,000 m between Cape Burks and Morris Head on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  The heights are bounded southward by the Hull, Kirkpatrick and Johnson Glaciers.  The feature was photographed from aircraft of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  It was observed and partially mapped from the USS Glacier during Feb. 1962, and was mapped in detail by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1965.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Captain Edwin A. McDonald, U.S. Navy (USN), Deputy Commander of the U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, in 1962, and Commander of the Task Unit that explored this coast in the Glacier in Feb. 1962.||
9674|McDonald Ice Rumples|Glacier|752800S|0261800W|-75.4666667|-26.3|||01/01/1965|A severely disturbed area in the Brunt Ice Shelf, which is assumed to be aground and pushed upward in this vicinity.  It covers an area 3 by 2 miles.  In 1957 the maximum elevation above the general surface of the ice shelf was about 18 meters, a few hundred meters from the ice front.  The Royal Society IGY expeditions occupied a base nearby (1955-59) and were familiar with this feature.  It has now been identified with "Allan McDonald Glacier" reported by Shackleton's expediton in January 1915.  For the sake of historical continuity the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) has given the name McDonald to these ice rumples.  Allan McDonald of the British Association of Magallanes at Punta Arenas was chiefly responsible for raising funds for sending the Emma on the third attempt, in July 1916, to rescue the 22 men of the Endurance left on Elephant Island.||
9675|McDonald Island|Island|530300S|0723600E|-53.05|72.6|||01/01/1957|Rocky island, nearly 1 mi long, marking the largest feature in the McDonald Islands.  This feature was charted and named on an 1874 chart by a British expedition under Nares in the||
9676|McDonald Islands|Island|530200S|0723600E|-53.0333333|72.6|||01/01/1953|Small island group consisting of several islands and rocks, situated about 23 mi W of Heard Island.  Named for Captain William McDonald of the British ship Samarang who discovered the islands in January 1854.||
9677|McDonald Point|Summit|672100S|0594000E|-67.35|59.6666667|||01/01/1953|A point marking the western end of Islay, an island in William Scoresby Archipelago.  The name appears to have been applied by crew members of the William Scoresby, a ship used in charting these islands in February 1936.||
9678|McDonald Ridge|Ridge|662000S|0521500E|-66.3333333|52.25|||01/01/1965|A mostly ice-covered ridge between Johnston and Douglas peaks, about 22 mi SE of Mount Biscoe in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for K.R. McDonald, radio officer at Mawson Station in 1961.||
9680|McDonough Nunataks|Summit|850800S|1795900E|-85.1333333|179.9833333|||01/01/1966|Small group of isolated rock nunataks at the S margin of the Queen Maud Mountains, rising above the ice plateau 5 mi W of Mount Rosenwald.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John W. McDonough, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) ionospheric physicist at the South Pole Station, 1962.||
9682|Mount McElroy|Summit|740900S|0631200W|-74.15|-63.2||||Prominent mountain at the W end of the Hutton Mountains, in SE Palmer Land.  Discovered by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, led by Ronne, who named the mountain for T.P. McElroy, of Boston, who contributed the radio and communication instruments for the expedition.||
9683|McElroy Glacier|Glacier|705800S|1665800E|-70.9666667|166.9666667|||01/01/1970|A tributary glacier just W of Matthews Ridge on Tapsell Foreland, Victoria Land.  It drains S to join Barnett Glacier. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Clifford T. McElroy, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist at McMurdo Station, 1964-65 and 1966-67.||
9684|McElroy Ridge|Ridge|723700S|1680300E|-72.6166667|168.05|||01/01/1973|A high mountainous ridge, 16 mi long, in the Victory Mountains of Victoria Land.  The ridge is bounded by the Gruendler, Trainer, Trafalgar and Rudolph Glaciers.  Mapped in part by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58.  Mapped in detail by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William D. McElroy, Director of the National Science Foundation, 1969-72.||
9685|McFarlane Strait|Channel|623200S|0595500W|-62.5333333|-59.9166667|||01/01/1947|Strait lying between Greenwich and Livingston Islands, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name appears on an 1822 chart by Captain George Powell, a British sealer, and is now well established in international usage.||
9686|McGaw Peak|Summit|755200S|1405900W|-75.8666667|-140.9833333|800|2625|01/01/1972|A prominent peak (over 800 m) on the ridge between Land Glacier and Paschal Glacier in Marie Byrd Land.  It stands midway between Mount McCoy and Pearson Peak.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Major Hugh R.L. McGaw, USA, Logistics Research Officer on the staff of the Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, during Operation Deep Freeze 1971 and 1972.||
9687|Mount McGee|Summit|740300S|1643300E|-74.05|164.55|1410|4626|01/01/1968|A mountain, 1,410 m, rising from a ridge at the N side of Clausnitzer Glacier in the Random Hills, in Victoria Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1955-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lawrence E. McGee, geologist at McMurdo Station, 1965-66 season.||
9688|McGee Rock|Summit|755400S|1425900W|-75.9|-142.9833333|||01/01/1970|An isolated rock at the S side of Parker Pass, about 5 mi S of Zuncich Hill, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Wayne R. McGee, EO3, U.S. Navy (USN), Equipment Operator at Byrd Station, 1966.||04/11/2001
9689|Mount McGhee|Summit|665600S|0523900E|-66.9333333|52.65|||01/01/1965|Mountain 4 mi S of Mount Smethurst in Enderby Land. Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1957.  Named by ANCA for J. McGhee, mechanic and driver at Wilkes Station in 1961.||
9690|McGinnis Peak|Summit|843200S|1775200W|-84.5333333|-177.8666667|1270|4167|01/01/1962|A prominent peak (1,270 m) with a large, bare cirque in the N slope, standing near the edge of the Ross Ice Shelf, just E of the lower part of Kosco Glacier and 3.5 mi SW of Oppegaard Spur. Discovered by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Surveyed by A.P. Crary in 1957-58, and named by him for Lyle McGinnis, seismologist with the U.S. Victoria Land Traverse Party in 1958-59.||
9691|McGrady Cove|Bay|661600S|1103400E|-66.2666667|110.5666667|||01/01/1963|Cove at the head of Newcomb Bay in the Windmill Islands. First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump and Operation Windmill in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Chief Photographer's Mate E.D. McGrady, USN, who participated in the flights of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump over the Windmill Islands in 1947.||
9692|Mount McGrath|Summit|705300S|0652800E|-70.8833333|65.4666667|||01/01/1971|A mountain 1 mi NE of Mount Bewsher in the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos.  Named by ANCA for A.E. McGrath, assistant diesel mechanic at Mawson Station in 1963.||
9693|McGrath Nunatak|Summit|680300S|0630100E|-68.05|63.0166667|||01/01/1970|A ridge-like nunatak at the W end of the Blanabbane Nunataks, standing 7 mi SE of Van Hulssen Nunatak in Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Named by ANCA for P.J. McGrath, radio officer at Mawson Station who assisted in the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Framnes Mountains-Depot Peak survey during 1965.||
9694|Mount McGregor|Summit|703700S|0663900E|-70.6166667|66.65|||01/01/1965|A peak surmounting the SW end of Thomson Massif in the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Sighted in December 1956 by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) southern party led by W.G. Bewsher, and named for Peter McGregor, geophysicist at Mawson Station in 1956.||
9695|McGregor Glacier|Glacier|850800S|1745000W|-85.1333333|-174.8333333|||01/01/1966|A tributary glacier, 14 mi long and 3 mi wide, draining the SW slopes of the Prince Olav Mountains and flowing W to enter Shackleton Glacier just N of Cumulus Hills.  Named by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for V.R. McGregor, geologist with that party.||
9696|McGregor Range|Range|715800S|1675100E|-71.9666667|167.85|||01/01/1964|Mountain range 13 mi long in the south-central Admiralty Mountains.  The range is circumscribed by the flow of the Tucker, Leander, Fitch and Man-o-War Glaciers.  Partially mapped by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Ronald K. McGregor, U.S. Navy (USN), leader of Antarctic Support Activities at McMurdo Station, winter party 1962.||
9697|McGuire Island|Island|644553S|0642316W|-64.7647222|-64.3877778|||01/01/1975|Island in the NE portion of the Joubin Islands.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Thomas J. McGuire, Oiler in RV Hero in her first voyage to Antarctica and Palmer Station in 1968.||09/26/2014
9698|McHugo Peak|Summit|695100S|0680500W|-69.85|-68.0833333|1250|4101||A prominent peak rising to 1,250 m, marking the NW extremity of Traverse Mountains on the Rymill Coast, Palmer Land. The peak was photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1966, and was surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1971-72.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 after M. Barbara McHugo, Senior Map Officer, Directorate of Overseas Surveys, 1958-86, with responsibility for Antarctic mapping, 1960-1984.||
9699|McIlroy Peak|Summit|541100S|0364600W|-54.1833333|-36.7666667|745|2444||A peak rising to 745 m W of Husvik Harbor and 0.8 mi S of Mount Barren, South Georgia.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1990 after Dr. James A. McIlroy (1879-1968), surgeon on the British Imperial Trans-Antarctic Expedition, 1914-16, in Endurance, and on the Shackleton-Rowett Antarctic Expedition, 1921-22, in||
9701|Mount McIntyre|Summit|871700S|1530000W|-87.2833333|-153||||A rocky, flat, projecting-type mountain that forms the NE extremity of D'Angelo Bluff.  It rises at the W side of Scott Glacier, near the head, directly opposite Mount Howe.  Discovered in Dec. 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party led by Quin Blackburn.  Named by Admiral Byrd for Marvin H. McIntyre, secretary to the President of the United States at that time, Franklin D. Roosevelt.||
9702|McIntyre Island|Island|661400S|1103400E|-66.2333333|110.5666667|||01/01/1960|A small island just W of Blakeney Point, Clark Peninsula, in the Windmill Islands.  The island was photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47) and was included in a 1957 ground survey by C.R. Eklund.  Named by the latter for construction mechanic Robert McIntyre, USN, of the Wilkes Station party, 1957.||
9703|McIntyre Island|Island|672200S|0490500E|-67.3666667|49.0833333|||01/01/1965|The easternmost of the Hydrographer Islands, lying just S of Sakellari Peninsula, Enderby Land.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos in 1957 and visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party in 1959.  Named by ANCA for Sergeant H. McIntyre, RAAF, engine fitter at Mawson Station in 1959.||
9704|McIntyre Promontory|Cliff|845700S|1794000E|-84.95|179.6666667|||01/01/1962|A promontory having the ground plan of a sharp V pointed toward the N, with steep cliffs on either flank, forming a part of the Bush Mountains at the head of Ramsey Glacier.  Discovered and photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp on Flight 8A of Feb. 16, 1947, and named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Eugene C. McIntyre, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC), copilot on this flight.||
9705|McKaskle Hills|Range|700100S|0730000E|-70.0166667|73|||01/01/1956|A group of moderately low, rocky coastal hills between Rogers Glacier and Mistichelli Hills, on the eastern margin of the Amery Ice Shelf.  Delineated in 1952 by John H. Roscoe from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47), and named by him for H.A. McKaskle, air crewman on Operation Highjump photographic flights over coastal areas between 14 and 164 East longitude.||
9706|McKay Cliffs|Cliff|821900S|1560000E|-82.3166667|156|||01/01/1966|A line of cliffs about 20 mi long, forming the N wall of Geologists Range.  Seen by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) and named for Alexander McKay, pioneer New Zealand geologist.||
9707|McKellar Glacier|Glacier|721200S|1670700E|-72.2|167.1166667|||01/01/1964|A tributary glacier flowing S along the E side of Evans Ridge into Pearl Harbor Glacier in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named by the northern party of NZFMCAE, 1962-63, for I.C. McKellar, geologist and glaciologist to the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, which undertook surveys in the nearby Tucker Glacier area.||
9708|Mount McKelvey|Summit|852100S|0871800W|-85.35|-87.3|2090|6857|01/01/1978|A rocky, mostly ice-free peak (2,090 m) situated less than 1 mi E of Mount Walcott in the eastern portion of the Thiel Mountains.  Surveyed by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Thiel Mountains party, 1960-61. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Vincent E. McKelvey, ninth director of the U.S. Geological Survey, 1971-78.  During this period numerous U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geologic and topographic expeditions, for which he had administrative responsibility, were carried out in Antarctica.||
9709|McKelvey Valley|Valley|772559S|1612344E|-77.433113|161.395514|||01/01/1960|Valley between the western part of the Olympus Range and the Insel Range, in Victoria Land.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1958-59) for B.C. McKelvey, a geologist of Victoria University, who, with P.N. Webb, did the first geological exploration of this area (1957-58), and was again in Wright Valley with the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1958-59.||
9710|Mount McKenny|Summit|714000S|1602200E|-71.6666667|160.3666667|1890|6201|01/01/1964|A mountain (1,890 m) at the S end of Daniels Range, 4 mi SE of Mount Toogood, in the Usarp Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Clarence D. McKenny, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist who wintered at the South Pole Station in 1959 and 1961, and at Eights Station in 1963.||
9711|Mount McKenzie|Summit|704000S|0670100E|-70.6666667|67.0166667|2255|7398|01/01/1962|A pyramidal peak, 2,255 m, situated 3.5 mi SE of Saxton Ridge in the Amery Peaks of the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Seen by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) southern party led by W.G. Bewsher, 1956-57.  Named by ANCA for John A. McKenzie, cook at Mawson Station in 1956.||
9712|McKenzie Nunatak|Summit|711400S|1632500E|-71.2333333|163.4166667|1620|5315|01/01/1970|A very prominent nunatak (1,620 m) which rises above the ice between McLin and Graveson Glaciers, in the Bowers Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Garry D. McKenzie, glaciologist, who participated in the study of Meserve Glacier in 1966-67.||
9713|McKenzie Peak|Summit|701800S|0653800E|-70.3|65.6333333|||01/01/1971|A peak just S of Mount Albion in the Athos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos of 1965.  Named by ANCA for J.F. McKenzie, radio technician at Wilkes Station in 1963.||
9714|Mount McKeown|Summit|775600S|0853100W|-77.9333333|-85.5166667|1880|6168|01/01/1961|A mountain (1,880 m) on the N side of Embree Glacier, 3 mi NE of Mount Schmid, in the N portion of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for First Lieutenant Donald F. McKeown, USAF, who participated in establishing the South Pole Station in the 1956-57 season.||
9715|Mount McKercher|Summit|860900S|1500200W|-86.15|-150.0333333|2230|7316||A mountain, 2,230 m, standing at the E side of Scott Glacier, just N of the mouth of Griffith Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn, and named for Hazel McKercher, secretary to R. Admiral Byrd during the period of this expedition.||
9716|Mount McKerrow|Summit|814500S|1594800E|-81.75|159.8|||01/01/1966|A prominent mountain on the E side of Starshot Glacier, standing 5 mi N of Thompson Mountain in Surveyors Range. Discovered by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) and named for James McKerrow, a former Surveyor General of New Zealand.||
9717|Mount McKibben|Summit|752300S|0644200W|-75.3833333|-64.7|||01/01/1968|A mountain standing 5 mi SW of Hansen Inlet and 3 mi SE of McCaw Ridge, near the base of Antarctic Peninsula.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for L.D. McKibben, USN, shipfitter with the South Pole Station winter party in 1963.||
9718|McKinley Nunatak|Summit|851800S|1700300W|-85.3|-170.05|||01/01/1966|The southernmost of three large nunataks in upper Liv Glacier, about 5 mi NNE of Barnum Peak.  Named by the Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for Captain Ashley C. McKinley, photographer with R. Admiral Richard E. Byrd on his South Pole flight of 1929.||03/07/1997
9719|McKinley Peak|Summit|775400S|1481800W|-77.9|-148.3|||01/01/1966|Peak standing 15 mi W of Hershey Ridge at the S end of the Ford Ranges in Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered on the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) flight of Dec. 5, 1929, and named by Byrd for Grace McKinley, wife of Captain Ashley C. McKinley, aerial photographer and third-in-command of the expedition.||
9720|McKinnis Peak|Summit|693400S|1592100E|-69.5666667|159.35|510|1673|01/01/1970|A peak (510 m) 2 mi SE of Holladay Nunataks in the Wilson Hills.  It surmounts the peninsula that is bounded by Tomilin and Noll Glaciers on the west and Gillett Ice Shelf on the east. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Joe D. McKinnis of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6, Aviation Electronics Technician and air crewman on LC-130F aircraft in five Operation Deep Freeze deployments through 1969.||
9721|McKinnon Glacier|Glacier|703800S|0674500E|-70.6333333|67.75|||01/01/1973|A glacier flowing SE from the Nemesis Glacier to Beaver Lake in the E part of the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains. The area was first visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party in 1956 and mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photographs.  Named by ANCA for G.W. McKinnon, Geographical Officer with the Antarctic Division, Melbourne, Officer in Charge of the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey party in 1969.||
9722|McKinnon Island|Island|673600S|0473500E|-67.6|47.5833333|||01/01/1965|Large island, mostly ice covered, in the Hannan Ice Shelf along the coast of Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956.  Named for Graeme W. McKinnon, Geographical Officer of the Antarctic Division, Melbourne, and Secretary of the Antarctic Names Committee of Australia.||
9723|McKinzie Islands|Island|740300S|1015000W|-74.05|-101.8333333|||01/01/1968|A group of small islands in the NE extremity of Cranton Bay.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-66. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard H. McKinzie, USN, hospital corpsman at Byrd Station, 1967.||
9724|McKnight Creek|Stream|773544S|1631645E|-77.595467|163.279211|||01/01/1992|A glacial meltwater stream, 1 mi long, flowing SW from the snout of Commonwealth Glacier and entering the E end of Lake Fryxell between Lost Seal Stream and Aiken Creek, in Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Diane McKnight, research hydrologist, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), leader of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) field teams over several years (1987-94) that made extensive studies of the hydrology and geochemistry of streams flowing into Lake Fryxell.||
9725|McLaren Ridge|Ridge|705200S|0673800E|-70.8666667|67.6333333|||01/01/1967|A rock ridge at the head of Battye Glacier, about 5 mi W of Radok Lake in the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains. Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1956 and 1960.  Named by ANCA for W.A. McLaren, glaciologist at Wilkes Station in 1965.||
9726|McLaughlin Cliffs|Cliff|713500S|0673200W|-71.5833333|-67.5333333|||01/01/1976|The abrupt rock cliffs that overlook George VI Sound between the Armstrong and Conchie Glaciers, in west Palmer Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Donald J. McLaughlin, Civil Engineer Corps (CEC), U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), Officer-in-Charge of Palmer Station in 1970.  The steep cliffs provide nesting sites for a colony of Snow Petrels (Pagodroma nivea).||
9727|McLaughlin Peak|Summit|743500S|0641800W|-74.5833333|-64.3|||01/01/1968|A peak standing 9 mi ESE of Mount Aaron in the N part of the Latady Mountains, in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert H. McLaughlin, USN, engineman with the South Pole Station winter party in 1964.||
9728|McLean Buttress|Cliff|771925S|1605822E|-77.323736|160.972712|||01/01/1976|A buttress-like mountain or promontory at the N side of Webb Lake and Barwick Valley in Victoria Land.  It rises abruptly from the valley and marks the S limit of the cliffs known as The Fortress.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Frank E. McLean, USCG, Commanding Officer of U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Burton Island in the Ross Sea during Operation Deep Freeze 1970 and 1971.||
9729|McLean Glacier|Glacier|705900S|1644500E|-70.9833333|164.75|||01/01/1964|Tributary glacier located N of Mount Hemphill in the SW part of Anare Mountains, draining W and entering the lower part of Ebbe Glacier just S of Beaman Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Kenneth S. McLean, topographic engineer with the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Topo East-West party that surveyed this area in the 1962-63 season.||
9730|McLean Nunataks|Summit|675000S|1435700E|-67.8333333|143.95|||01/01/1952|A group of three nunataks lying within the western part of Mertz Glacier, near the head.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who named them after Dr. Archie L. McLean, medical officer and bacteriologist with the expedition.||
9731|McLean Peak|Summit|855100S|1413500W|-85.85|-141.5833333|2290|7513|01/01/1967|A peak, 2,290 m, surmounting a spur descending from the NW end of Stanford Plateau, along the Watson Escarpment.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant William E. McLean, USN, medical officer and officer in charge of the South Pole Station winter party in 1964.||
9732|McLean Ridge|Ridge|704400S|0665100E|-70.7333333|66.85|||01/01/1967|A small, partly ice-covered ridge about 3 mi SE of Mount Butterworth in the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains. Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1956 and 1960.  Named by ANCA for C.V. McLean, senior diesel mechanic at Wilkes Station in 1963.||
9733|McLea Nunatak|Summit|755900S|1593000E|-75.9833333|159.5|||01/01/1966|A nunatak between Richards Nunatak and Sharks Tooth, in the Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named by the Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, for F. McLea, radio operator at Scott Base who was responsible for the field party radio communications.||
9734|Mount McLennan|Summit|773335S|1625028E|-77.559687|162.841224|||01/01/1965|Mountain 4 mi S of Howard Hills in the NE part of the Scott Mountains, Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for K. McLennan, a member of the crew of the Discovery during the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31.||
9735|Mount McLennan|Summit|773500S|1625600E|-77.5833333|162.9333333|1600|5249|01/01/1952|Prominent mountain rising over 1,600 m at the N side of Taylor Valley, surmounting the area at the heads of Canada, Commonwealth, and Loftus Glaciers, in Victoria Land.  Named by C.S. Wright of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) for Professor McLennan, physicist of Toronto University, Canada.||
9736|McLeod Glacier|Glacier|604400S|0453800W|-60.7333333|-45.6333333|||01/01/1970|Glacier 1 mi long, flowing in a SE direction into Clowes Bay on the S side of Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954 for Michael McLeod, following a survey by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947.  On Dec. 12, 1821, the cutter of the South Orkney Islands, where a chart annotation indicates that land was sighted, possibly Coronation Island.||
9737|McLeod Glacier|Glacier|692200S|1582200E|-69.3666667|158.3666667|||01/01/1956|Glacier that descends from the Wilson Hills, between Stanwix and Arthurson Ridges, into Davies Bay.  Plotted by Australian cartographers from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47.  Named by ANCA for Ian R. McLeod, geologist and leader of an airborne field party that visited this area with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Magga Dan), 1961.||
9738|McLeod Hill|Summit|680500S|0663000W|-68.0833333|-66.5|1790|5873|01/01/1955|Rounded, ice-covered hill, 1,790 m, which forms a prominent landmark 1 mi E of the head of Northeast Glacier in Graham Land. First roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), and resurveyed by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  It was resurveyed in 1946 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named for Kenneth A. McLeod, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) meteorological observer who, during July-December 1947, occupied with a member of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) the plateau meteorological station 1 mi E of this hill.||
9739|McLeod Massif|Range|704600S|0680000E|-70.7666667|68|||01/01/1973|A large rock massif just S of Manning Massif in the E part of Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from air photographs.  First visited by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey in 1969.  Named by ANCA for I.R. McLeod, geologist-in-charge of geological field operations during the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains surveys of 1969 and 1970.||
9740|McLeod Nunataks|Summit|672900S|0524200E|-67.4833333|52.7|||01/01/1961|Isolated group of nunataks 35 mi SE of the Tula Mountains in Enderby Land.  Photographed in 1956 by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft.  First visited in December 1958 by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) dog-sledge party with position fixed by G.A. Knuckey.  Named by ANCA for I.R. McLeod, geologist at Mawson Station in 1958, a member of the dog-sledge party.||
9741|McLin Glacier|Glacier|711200S|1632700E|-71.2|163.45|||01/01/1969|A tributary glacier which flows N of McKenzie Nunatak into Graveson Glacier, in the Bowers Mountains.  The glacier saddles with Carryer Glacier on the W and is nourished in part by Edlin Neve.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) to this area, 1967-68, for Lieutenant Commander Robert D. McLin, U.S. Navy (USN), pilot of Hercules LC-130 aircraft in Antarctica that season.||
9742|M'Clintock Bastion|Summit|802800S|0222800W|-80.4666667|-22.4666667|1400|4593||Mountain rising to c. 1,400 m to the W of Mount Kelsey in the Pioneers Escarpment, Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967.  Surveyed by the British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of pioneers of polar life and travel grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after Admiral Sir Francis Leopold M'Clintock, Royal Navy (RN) (1819-1907), British Arctic explorer and pioneer in adopting Eskimo methods of overland travel; he took part in three Franklin search voyages, 1848-54, and commanded Fox, 1857-59, on the voyage to Arctic Canada that finally determined the fate of Sir John Franklin's expedition.||
9743|Mount McMahon|Summit|705200S|0650900E|-70.8666667|65.15|||01/01/1967|A mountain about 5 mi W of Mount Bewsher in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos.  Named for R. McMahon, officer in charge at Mawson Station in 1963.||
9744|McMahon Glacier|Glacier|704500S|1654500E|-70.75|165.75|||01/01/1964|Glacier about 18 mi long in the Anare Mountains, Victoria Land.  It drains N between Buskirk Bluffs and Gregory Bluffs into Nielsen Fjord.  Named by ANCA for F.P. McMahon, Logistics Officer with the Australian Antarctic Division, who led a number of expeditions to Macquarie Island and was second-in-charge of several expeditions to Antarctica.||
9745|McMahon Islands|Island|673800S|0455800E|-67.6333333|45.9666667|||01/01/1965|Two low, peaked, rocky islands, 0.5 mi N of the Thala Hills, Enderby Land.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1956 and visited by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Thala Dan) in February, 1961. Named by ANCA for F.P. McMahon, Supply Officer, Antarctic Division, Melbourne, and second-in-command of the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Thala Dan), 1960-61.||
9747|McMorrin Glacier|Glacier|675900S|0671000W|-67.9833333|-67.1666667|||01/01/1964|A glacier flowing W from Mount Metcalfe to Marguerite Bay in Graham Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Ian McMorrin, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) general assistant at Stonington Island, 1961-63, who helped survey this area in 1962.||
9748|McMullin Island|Island|661700S|1103100E|-66.2833333|110.5166667|||01/01/1956|Rocky island, 0.3 mi long, lying between Shirley and Kilby Islands in the S part of the entrance of Newcomb Bay, in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John P. McMullin, air crewman with U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml which established astronomical control in the area in January 1948.||
9750|McMurdo Dry Valleys|Valley|773000S|1620000E|-77.5|162||||A convenient name for a geographic area, 120 mi long and 50 mi wide, encompassing the largest assemblage of ice-free features in Antarctica.  The area occupies the S portion of Scott Coast, Victoria Land, and is roughly defined as extending from 7630S to 7830S, between 16000E and 16430E.  A variety of feature types occur within the area including mountains, ranges, glaciers, lakes, and ice-free valleys, the latter generally referred to as "dry valleys" following R.F. Scott's usage of 1907.  Three concentrations of ice-free areas are notable: in the N, Alatna Valley and other ice-free valleys are associated with Convoy Range; the main central sector is bounded by Saint Johns Range, Quartermain Mountains, and Kukri Hills and includes Victoria Valley, Barwick Valley, Balham Valley, McKelvey Valley, Wright Valley, the elevated valleys of the Olympus Range and Asgard Range, the Pearse Valley, Taylor Valley, and the valleys in Quartermain Mountains; in the extreme SE, Garwood Valley, Marshall Valley, Miers Valley, Hidden Valley, Pyramid Trough, and Roaring Valley lie near the coast between Royal Society Range and Koettlitz Glacier.  Much scientific interest has focused on this area because extensive sections of bedrock are exposed to study. Parts of the area were visited by British expeditions led by Captain Robert F. Scott (1901-04 and 1910-13), who referred to Taylor Valley, as well as Beacon Valley and Pyramid Trough (named later), as "dry valleys."  In 1986, the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) recommended the name McMurdo Dry Valleys from among several informal names which were then in use.  The name is in accord with the historical use of the term "dry valleys" in this area, with the fact that the ice-free valleys are the salient characteristic of the area as a whole, and with the situation of this feature adjacent to McMurdo Sound and McMurdo Ice Shelf.||
9751|McMurdo Ice Shelf|Glacier|775650S|1665227E|-77.947205|166.874238|||01/01/1972|That portion of the Ross Ice Shelf bounded by McMurdo Sound and Ross Island on the north and Minna Bluff on the south. Studies show this feature has characteristics quite distinct from the Ross Ice Shelf and merits individual naming.  A.J. Heine, who made investigations in 1962-63, suggested the name for the ice shelf bounded by Ross Island, Brown Peninsula, Black Island and White Island.  Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) has extended the application of this name to include the contiguous ice shelf southward to Minna Bluff.||
9753|McMurdo Sound|Bay|773137S|1650100E|-77.526871|165.016639|||01/01/1947|A sound about 35 mi long and wide, lying at the junction of the Ross Sea and Ross Ice Shelf between Ross Island and Victoria Land.  Discovered by Captain James Clark Ross in February 1841 and named for Lieutenant Archibald McMurdo of the Terror.||
9756|Cape McNab|Cape|665600S|1631400E|-66.9333333|163.2333333|350|1148|01/01/1947|A cape (350 m) which forms the S end of Buckle Island in the Balleny Islands.  Named for John McNab, 2d mate of the schooner Eliza Scott, who made a sketch of the Balleny Islands when they were discovered by John Balleny in 1839.||
9757|McNair Nunatak|Summit|675200S|0632300E|-67.8666667|63.3833333|||01/01/1961|Small, clearly defined rock exposure, situated 12 mi E of the central part of Masson Range and 5 mi SSE of Russell Nunatak. Seen first by R. Dovers during the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) southern journey of 1954.  Named by ANCA for Richard McNair, cook at Mawson Station, 1955.||
9758|McNally Peak|Summit|863500S|1532400W|-86.5833333|-153.4|2570|8432|01/01/1967|A peak 2,570 m, standing 3.5 mi W of Mount Farley, near the SE side of Holdsworth Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Joseph J. McNally, USN, supply officer at McMurdo Station, winter 1959; on the staff of the Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1967.||
9759|McNamara Island|Island|723600S|0931400W|-72.6|-93.2333333|||01/01/1947|A mainly ice-covered island, 6 mi long, which is partly within the N edge of Abbot Ice Shelf, about 20 mi E of Dustin Island.  Discovered by R. Admiral Byrd and members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) on flights from the Bear, Feb. 27, 1940.  Named by Byrd for John McNamara, boatswain on the Jacob Ruppert of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35.||01/28/2004
9760|Mount McNaughton|Summit|855800S|1281200W|-85.9666667|-128.2|3000|9842|01/01/1967|A large mountain rising over 3,000 m, standing 2 mi S of Haworth Mesa in western Wisconsin Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John T. McNaughton, Asst. Sec. of Defense for lnternational Security Affairs, a member of the Antarctic Policy Group from 1965 until his death in 1967.||
9761|McNaughton Ridges|Ridge|673200S|0502700E|-67.5333333|50.45|||01/01/1965|A group of ridges 12 mi NE of Simpson Peak in the Scott Mountains, Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956 and 1957.  Named by ANCA for I.L.K. McNaughton, physicist at Mawson Station in 1961.||
9762|McNeile Glacier|Glacier|635400S|0592600W|-63.9|-59.4333333|||01/01/1953|Glacier flowing northward to the SE side of Almond Point where it enters Charcot Bay, on the W side of Graham Land. Charted in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named for S.St.C. McNeile, surveyor at the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) Hope Bay base in 1948-49.||
9763|McNish Island|Island|540900S|0372800W|-54.15|-37.4666667|||01/01/1998|The larger of two islands lying at the E side of Cheapman Bay on the S side of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Harry McNeish (1886-1930), carpenter on the British expedition under Shackleton, 1914-16.  McNeish accompanied Shackleton in the Georgia.  Name changed from McNeish to McNish 1998 after submittal of Henry McNish's birth certificate to the United Kingdom Antarctic Place-Names Committee.||09/25/1998
9765|McPherson Crags|Cliff|542900S|0370400W|-54.4833333|-37.0666667|460|1509||A group of prominent crags rising to 460 m in central Annenkov Island, South Georgia.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Ms. Ray McPherson (1916-75), clerical officer with the British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1967-75.||
9766|McPherson Peak|Summit|783200S|0844200W|-78.5333333|-84.7|2200|7218|01/01/1961|A peak (2,200 m) located at the W side of the head of Remington Glacier, in the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains. First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William C. McPherson, Jr., Navy radioman at the South Pole Station in 1957.||
9767|McSaveney Spur|Ridge|771638S|1603721E|-77.277266|160.622427|||01/01/1976|A prominent rock spur 2 mi NE of Mount Bastion in the Willett Range of Victoria Land.  The spur descends NE from the plateau level toward the NW flank of Webb Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Maurice J. McSaveney and Eileen R. McSaveney, husband and wife geologists who made investigations of Meserve Glacier and the Wright Valley area, he in 1968-69, 1972-73 and 1973-74; she in 1969-70 and 1972-73.||
9768|McSweeney Point|Summit|824900S|1664000E|-82.8166667|166.6666667|||01/01/1966|A sharp rock point 3 mi E of the terminus of Davidson Glacier, overlooking the Ross Ice Shelf.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys (1961-62) and Navy air photos (1960).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant R.H. McSweeney, USN, Commanding Officer of the USS Tombigbee during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1963.||
9770|McWhinnie Peak|Summit|771600S|1621436E|-77.266542|162.243392|||01/01/1976|A peak 2 mi NE of Mount Harker in Saint Johns Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Mary A. McWhinnie, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist who wintered-over at McMurdo Station in 1974.  She worked on several Antarctic cruises in U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) Eltanin between 1962 and 1972.||
9771|Meade Islands|Island|622700S|0600500W|-62.45|-60.0833333|||01/01/1953|Group of small islands and rocks lying in the N entrance to McFarlane Strait, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted and named in 1935 by DI personnel on the Discovery II.||
9772|Meade Nunatak|Summit|802300S|0215800W|-80.3833333|-21.9666667|990|3248||A nunatak 3 mi N of Blanchard Hill, rising to 990 m in the Pioneers Escarpment (q.v.), Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967.  Surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of pioneers of polar life and travel grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after Charles F. Meade (1881-1975), English mountaineer and designer of the Meade tent.||
9773|Meads Peak|Summit|834500S|0570800W|-83.75|-57.1333333|1165|3822|01/01/1968|A peak, 1,165 m, standing 0.5 mi off the NW end of Hudson Ridge in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Edward C. Meads, construction driver at Ellsworth Station, winter 1958.||
9774|Meander Glacier|Glacier|731600S|1665500E|-73.2666667|166.9166667|||01/01/1967|A large meandering tributary to the Mariner Glacier in Victoria Land.  The glacier emerges in the vicinity of Mount Supernal and Hobbie Ridge and drains generally eastward for 30 mi through the Mountaineer Range to join Mariner Glacier just E of Engberg Bluff.  The descriptive name was given by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63.||
9775|Meares Cliff|Cliff|711200S|1682500E|-71.2|168.4166667|600|1968|01/01/1947|An angular coastal cliff that rises to 600 m, located 5.5 mi WNW of Nelson Cliff along the N coast of Victoria Land.  First charted by the Northern Party, led by Campbell, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.  Named by Campbell for Cecil H. Meares who had charge of the dogs on this expedition.||
9776|Mechanics Bay|Bay|530100S|0733100E|-53.0166667|73.5166667|||01/01/1956|A bay, 1 mi wide, lying immediately E of Saddle Point on the N coast of Heard Island.  Named by American sealers after the schooner Mechanic, a tender to the Corinthian in Captain Erasmus Darwin Rogers' sealing fleet which landed at Heard Island in 1855.||
9778|Mechnikov Peak|Summit|713700S|0112800E|-71.6166667|11.4666667|2365|7759|01/01/1970|Prominent peak, 2,365 m, at the base of the spur separating Schussel and Grautskala Cirques in the Humboldt Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Russian geographer L.I. Mechnikov, 1838-88.||
9779|Medea Dome|Summit|661100S|0620300W|-66.1833333|-62.05|350|1148|01/01/1963|Snow dome, 350 m, marking the E end of Philippi Rise on the E coast of Graham Land.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1953.  Named in 1956 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with Jason Peninsula.  Medea helped Jason to obtain the golden fleece and later became his wife.||03/07/1997
9780|Medhalsen Saddle|Gap|720900S|0031000E|-72.15|3.1666667|||01/01/1966|An ice saddle just S of Risemedet Mountain in the Gjelsvik Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Medhalsen (the landmark neck).||
9781|Medhovden Bluff|Cliff|720100S|0031800E|-72.0166667|3.3|||01/01/1966|A high ice-covered bluff with a steep, eastern rock face, forming the NE end of Risemedet Mountain in the Gjelsvik Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Medhovden (the landmark bluff).||
9783|Median Snowfield|Glacier|833000S|0523000W|-83.5|-52.5|||01/01/1968|A large snowfield in the Pensacola Mountains between Torbert Escarpment, in the Neptune Range, and the southern part of the Forrestal Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  This name given by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) reflects the position of the feature between the Neptune and Forrestal Ranges.||
9784|Mount Medina|Summit|682700S|0661500W|-68.45|-66.25|1845|6053|01/01/1962|A prominent ice-covered mountain (1,845 m) which rises from the NE part of Hadley Upland and overlooks the head of Gibbs Glacier in southern Graham Land.  Photographed by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in Nov. 1947 (trimetrogon air photography).  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1958. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Pedro de Medina (1493-1567), Spanish Cosmographer Royal, who wrote Arte de Navegar (Valladolid, 1545), an important manual of navigation.||
9785|Medina Peaks|Range|853600S|1555400W|-85.6|-155.9|||01/01/1967|Rugged, mainly ice-free peaks surmounting a ridge 15 mi long, extending N along the E side of Goodale Glacier to the edge of the Ross Ice Shelf.  Portions of the peaks were first seen and roughly mapped by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Guillermo Medina, Technical Director of the U.S. Navy Hydrographic Office, 1954-60, and of the Naval Oceanographic Office, 1960-64.||
9788|Medley Rocks|Island|625800S|0560100W|-62.9666667|-56.0166667|||01/01/1963|Group of reefs and rocks lying close off the NE side of D'Urville Island, in the Joinville Island group.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1953-54 and named in 1956.  The name arose because of the medley of reefs and rocks in this area.||
9789|Medmulen Spurs|Ridge|720100S|0030800E|-72.0166667|3.1333333|||01/01/1966|A group of rock spurs extending from the N side of Risemedet Mountain, in the Gjelsvik Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Medmulen (the landmark snout).||
9790|Medusa Pool|Lake|570400S|0264200W|-57.0666667|-26.7|||01/01/1972|A tidal lagoon which occupies the W side of the central lowlands of Candlemas Island, South Sandwich Islands.  The name, given by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971, is associated in classical mythology with the geomorphologically similar Gorgon Pool, nearby.||10/18/2000
9791|Medvecky Peaks|Range|703400S|0673800E|-70.5666667|67.6333333|||01/01/1973|A group of peaks rising from the NW part of Loewe Massif, in the E part of Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photographs.  Named by ANCA for A. Medvecky, geologist with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey in 1969.||
9792|Meek Channel|Channel|651500S|0641500W|-65.25|-64.25|||01/01/1950|A narrow channel separating Galindez Island from Grotto Island and Corner Island in the Argentine Islands, Wilhelm Archipelago.  Charted in 1935 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, and named for William McC. Meek, marine architect and surveyor, who was of assistance in preparing the expedition ship Penola for the voyage.||
9793|Mount Meeks|Summit|861300S|1485100W|-86.2166667|-148.85|2470|8104|01/01/1967|A mountain, 2,470 m, surmounting the rocky divide between the Griffith and Howe Glaciers, in the Queen Maud Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Harman T. Meeks of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6, navigator on aircraft during Operation Deep Freeze 1966 and 1967.||
9794|Mefford Knoll|Summit|760100S|1361600W|-76.0166667|-136.2666667|||01/01/1974|A rocky knoll or ledge on the lower W slopes of Mount Berlin massif, in the Flood Range of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Michael Mefford, a member of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) team that studied ice sheet dynamics in the area NE of Byrd Station, 1971-72.||
9797|Mefjell Glacier|Glacier|715800S|0250000E|-71.9666667|25|||01/01/1966|Glacier, 5 mi long, flowing NW into Gjel Glacier between Menipa Peak and Mefjell Mountain in the Sor Rondane Mountains. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Mefjellbreen (the middle mountain glacier).||
9798|Mefjell Mountain|Summit|720500S|0250300E|-72.0833333|25.05|3080|10105|01/01/1953|Large mountain rising to 3,080 m, standing 5 mi W of Mount Bergersen in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1946 from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named Mefjell (middle mountain) by the Norwegians because of its central location in the mountain group.||
9799|Megalestris Hill|Summit|651100S|0641000W|-65.1833333|-64.1666667|35|115|01/01/1953|Rocky hill, 35 m, in the S part of Petermann Island in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  First charted and named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot.  Megalestris is an obsolete generic name for the South Polar skua.||
9801|Megaw Island|Island|665500S|0673600W|-66.9166667|-67.6|||01/01/1965|The easternmost of the Bennett Islands in Hanusse Bay. Mapped from air photos taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (1947-48) and Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Helen Dick Megaw, British physicist who in 1934 made accurate measurements of the cell dimensions of ice.||
9802|Mehaugen Hill|Summit|714400S|0253300E|-71.7333333|25.55|||01/01/1966|The central hill in the group at the E side of Kamp Glacier in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1946 from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named Mehaugen (the middle hill) by the Norwegians.||
9804|Meholmen Island|Island|685800S|0393200E|-68.9666667|39.5333333|||01/01/1968|A small island lying midway between Ongul Island and Utholmen Island in Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Meholmen (the middle island).||
9806|Meier Peak|Summit|715100S|1684000E|-71.85|168.6666667|3450|11319|01/01/1970|Peak (3,450 m) rising at the S side of the head of Ironside Glacier, 4 mi SSW of Mount Minto, in the Admiralty Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Miron D. Meier, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), helicopter pilot with Squadron VX-6 during Operation Deep Freeze 1967 and 1968.||
9807|Meier Point|Summit|603800S|0455400W|-60.6333333|-45.9|||01/01/1952|Point forming the W side of the entrance to Norway Bight on the S side of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands. Named on a chart by Captain Petter Sorlle, Norwegian whaler who made a running survey of the South Orkney Islands in 1912-13.||
9808|Meier Valley|Valley|670800S|0672400W|-67.1333333|-67.4|||01/01/1965|A valley close E of Mount St. Louis on Arrowsmith Peninsula in Graham Land.  Mapped from air photos taken by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE), 1956-57. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Mark F. Meier, American geologist who made the first detailed study of strain all over the surface of a glacier, in 1952.||
9809|Meiklejohn Glacier|Glacier|703300S|0674400W|-70.55|-67.7333333|||01/01/1955|Glacier, 12 mi long and 4 mi wide, flowing SW from the Dyer Plateau of Palmer Land to George VI Sound, immediately S of Moore Point.  In its lower reaches the S side of this glacier merges with Millett Glacier.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954 for Ian F. Meiklejohn, radio operator of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37.||
9810|Meinardus Glacier|Glacier|732200S|0615500W|-73.3666667|-61.9166667|||01/01/1953|Extensive glacier flowing in an ENE direction to a point immediately E of Mount Barkow, where it is joined from the NW by Haines Glacier, and then E to enter New Bedford Inlet close W of Court Nunatak, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered and photographed from the air in December 1940 by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  During 1947 it was photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted it from the ground. Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Wilhelm Meinardus, German meteorologist and climatologist and author of many publications including the meteorological results of the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Drygalski, 1901-03.||
9811|Mount Meister|Summit|741400S|1624700E|-74.2333333|162.7833333|2520|8268|01/01/1968|A mountain, 2,520 m, on the W side of Priestley Glacier, surmounting the N end of Nash Ridge of the Eisenhower Range, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1955-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Laurent J. Meister, geologist at McMurdo Station, 1965-66 season.||
9814|Meknattane Nunataks|Summit|694800S|0751200E|-69.8|75.2|||01/01/1973|A cluster of rock outcrops on the E side of Polarforschung Glacier where it flows to Publications Ice Shelf.  The feature consists of a massive ridge with broken outcrops to the south and east.  Mapped from air photos by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936) and named Meknattane (the middle crags).  Also photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  The geology of the feature was investigated by I.R. McLeod, geologist with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey party in Jan. 1969.||
9815|Mount Melania|Summit|780700S|1660800E|-78.1166667|166.1333333|330|1083|01/01/1963|A prominent rounded hill, 330 m, at the N end of Black Island, in the Ross Archipelago.  It was first climbed by Ferrar and Bernacchi of the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04.  The name is a Greek word connoting black, an appropriate name for a feature on Black Island.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1958-59.||
9816|Melba Peninsula|Cape|663100S|0981800E|-66.5166667|98.3||||Broad, ice-covered peninsula between Reid Glacier and the Bay of Winds, fronting on Shackleton Ice Shelf.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson, 1911-14, who named it for Dame Nellie Melba, of Melbourne, a patron of the expedition.||
9817|Melbert Rocks|Summit|780200S|1550700W|-78.0333333|-155.1166667|||01/01/1971|Rock outcrops close NW of Mount Paterson in the Rockefeller Mountains, on Edward VII Peninsula.  Discovered by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for George W. Melbert, UTCN, U.S. Navy (USN), Utilitiesman at Byrd Station, 1966.||
9818|Mount Melbourne|Summit|742100S|1644200E|-74.35|164.7|2730|8957||A massive volcanic cone of great beauty, 2,730 m, surmounting the projection of the coast between Wood Bay and Terra Nova Bay, in Victoria Land.  Discovered in 1841 by Captain James Clark Ross, Royal Navy (RN), who named it for Lord Melbourne, British Prime Minister when the expedition was being planned.||
9819|Melbourne Bluff|Cliff|530200S|0733200E|-53.0333333|73.5333333|385|1263|01/01/1957|Rocky bluff, 385 m, standing 1.3 mi S of Cape Bidlingmaier and protruding above the ice-covered slopes at the N side of Heard Island.  The feature was surveyed in 1948 by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) and so named by them because it trends roughly ENE in the general direction of Melbourne, Australia, the home headquarters of the expedition.||
9824|Melchior Harbor|Harbor|641900S|0625900W|-64.3166667|-62.9833333|||01/01/1956|Small harbor in the Melchior Islands, Palmer Archipelago, formed by the semi-circular arrangement of Delta, Alpha, Beta, Kappa and Gamma Islands.  The name, derived from the name of the island group, was probably given by DI personnel who roughly surveyed the harbor in 1927.  The harbor was surveyed by Argentine expeditions in 1942, 1943 and 1948.||
9825|Melchior Islands|Island|641900S|0625700W|-64.3166667|-62.95|||01/01/1952|Group of many low, ice-covered islands lying near the center of Dallmann Bay in the Palmer Archipelago.  First seen but left unnamed by a German expedition under Dallmann, 1873-74. Resighted and roughly charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05. Charcot named what he believed to be the large easternmost island in the group "Ile Melchior" after Vice Admiral Melchior of the French Navy, but later surveys proved Charcot's "Ile Melchior" to be two islands, now called Eta Island and Omega Island.  The name Melchior Islands has since become established for the whole island group now described, of which Eta Island and Omega Island form the eastern part.  The group was roughly surveyed in 1927 by DI personnel in the Discovery, and was resurveyed by Argentine expeditions in 1942 and 1943, and again in 1948.||
9827|Melfjellet|Summit|682100S|0591200E|-68.35|59.2|||01/01/1967|A prominent rock outcrop in the eastern part of the Hansen Mountains, about 2 mi SE of See Nunatak.  Mapped and named by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.||
9831|Melleby Peak|Summit|731600S|0011500W|-73.2666667|-1.25|||01/01/1966|A peak marking the eastern end of the Neumayer Cliffs in Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59).  Named for Peter Melleby, who was in charge of sledge dogs with the Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE).||
9833|Mellona Rocks|Island|621800S|0593000W|-62.3|-59.5|||01/01/1965|Group of rocks lying 2 mi NE of Newell Point, Robert Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961 after the British sealing vessel Mellona (Captain Johnson) from Newcastle, which visited the South Shetland Islands in 1821-22.||
9834|Mello Nunatak|Summit|722100S|1650300E|-72.35|165.05|||01/01/1969|An isolated nunatak standing 7 mi E of Mount Staley of the Freyberg Mountains, in the NE part of Evans Neve.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gerald L. Mello, chief engineman, USN, petty officer in charge of Hallett Station, summer 1966-67, and member of the McMurdo Station winter party of 1967.||
9835|Mellor Glacier|Glacier|733000S|0663000E|-73.5|66.5|||01/01/1961|Tributary glacier, flowing NNE between Mounts Newton and Maguire and coalescing with Collins Glacier just prior to junction with Lambert Glacier at Patrick Point, in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Mapped from air photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956.  Named by ANCA after Malcolm Mellor (1933-91), English-born glaciologist at Mawson Station, 1957; engineer with the U.S. Army's Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory (CRREL), 1961-91.||
9836|Mel Moraine|Ridge|715300S|0091800E|-71.8833333|9.3|||01/01/1970|A moraine at the N end of the Gagarin Mountains, in the Orvin Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Mel (meal).||
9837|Melrose Peak|Summit|821900S|1601400E|-82.3166667|160.2333333|||01/01/1966|A peak 4 mi S of Peters Peak in the Holyoake Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert L. Melrose, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at Hallett Station, 1963-64.||
9838|Melsom Rocks|Island|603100S|0461000W|-60.5166667|-46.1666667|||01/01/1951|Group of isolated rocks lying 2 mi N of Despair Rocks and 7 mi W of Penguin Point, the NW end of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  First seen and rudely charted by Captain George Powell and Captain Nathaniel Palmer during their joint cruise in December 1821.  Named for Captain H.G. Melsom, manager of the Thule Whaling Co., by Captain Petter Sorlle, who conducted a running survey of the South Orkney Islands in 1912-13.||
9839|Cape Melville|Cape|620200S|0573700W|-62.0333333|-57.6166667|||01/01/1952|Cape forming the E extremity of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  This name was applied to the NE cape of King George Island on some early charts, but in recent years has been consistently used for the E cape.  The name dates back to 1820 when it was used by Edward Bransfield, Master, Royal Navy (RN), during his explorations of the South Shetland Islands.||
9841|Melville Glacier|Glacier|652800S|0621000W|-65.4666667|-62.1666667|||01/01/1963|A glacier, 12 mi long, between Mapple Glacier and Pequod Glacier on the E coast of Graham Land.  It flows into Exasperation Inlet southward of Mount Ahab.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947 and 1955.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Herman Melville (1819-91), author of Moby Dick.  Other features in the area are named after characters in the story.||
9842|Melville Highlands|Area|604400S|0443600W|-60.7333333|-44.6|500|1640||An ice-covered upland rising to c. 500 m and forming the central part of Laurie Island between Pirie Peninsula and the south coast, in the South Orkney Islands.  A new name applied by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1987.  Historically, it derives from James Weddell's map of 1825 whereon the name "Melville Island" appears for the already named Laurie Island.  Robert S. Dundas, 2nd Viscount Melville (1771-1851), was First Lord of the Admiralty, 1812-27 and 1828-30, including the period of Antarctic exploration by Weddell.||
9843|Melville Peak|Summit|620100S|0574100W|-62.0166667|-57.6833333|||01/01/1952|Prominent peak surmounting Cape Melville, the E cape of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  This peak, which was probably known to early sealers in the area, was charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10.  It takes its name from nearby Cape Melville.||
9844|Melville Point|Summit|743500S|1353100W|-74.5833333|-135.5166667|||01/01/1974|A point marking the E side of the entrance to Siniff Bay on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Frederick C. Melville, Master of the City of New York in voyages to the Bay of Whales during the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.||
9846|Melvold Nunataks|Summit|725100S|0740900E|-72.85|74.15|||01/01/1967|A group of small nunataks located 14 mi W of Mount Harding in the Grove Mountains.  Mapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) from air photos, 1956-60.  Named by ANCA for C.D. Melvold, radio officer at Mawson Station, 1962.||
9847|Mount Mende|Summit|745000S|0713600W|-74.8333333|-71.6|1500|4921||A nunatak 0.5 mi SW of Mount Lanzerotti, rising to c. 1,500 m in the Sky-Hi Nunataks of Ellsworth Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1987 after Stephen B. Mende of the Lockheed Research Laboratory, Palo Alto, CA, a Principal Investigator in upper atmosphere research, including auroral studies, carried out at Siple Station and South Pole Station from 1973.||
9849|Mendeleyev Glacier|Glacier|715500S|0143300E|-71.9166667|14.55|||01/01/1970|Glacier, 10 mi long, draining NE through the N outcrops of the Payer Mountains, in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Dmitri I. Mendeleyev (1834-1907), Russian chemist.||
9850|Mendelssohn Inlet|Stream|711700S|0725200W|-71.2833333|-72.8666667|||01/01/1961|Ice-filled inlet, 25 mi long and 9 mi wide, between Derocher peninsula and Eroica Peninsula on the N side of Beethoven Peninsula, Alexander Island.  First seen from the air and roughly mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Resighted and photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48.  Remapped from the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) photos by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Felix Mendelssohn (1809-47), German composer.||
9851|Mendenhall Peak|Summit|852400S|0871900W|-85.4|-87.3166667|2130|6988|01/01/1962|A peak (2,130 m) 0.5 mi W of Mount Wrather in the E part of the Thiel Mountains.  The name was proposed by Peter Bermel and Arthur Ford, co-leaders of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Thiel Mountains party which surveyed these mountains in 1960-61.  Named for Walter C. Mendenhall, fifth director of the U.S. Geological Survey, 1931-43.||
9852|Mendori Island|Island|690000S|0393200E|-69|39.5333333|||01/01/1975|The northernmost in a group of three small islands which lie 0.5 mi northwest of the strait separating Ongul Island and East Ongul Island.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62.  The name "Mendori-jima" (hen island) was given by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1972 in association with Ondori Island, which lies 0.2 mi northward.||
9853|Menelaus Ridge|Ridge|643500S|0634000W|-64.5833333|-63.6666667|1370|4495|01/01/1963|Snow-covered ridge having four small summits, 1,370 m, between Mount Agamemnon and Mount Helen in the Achaean Range of central Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Surveyed in 1955 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Menelaus, husband of Helen and younger brother of Agamemnon in Homer's Iliad.||
9854|The Menhir|Summit|603900S|0451200W|-60.65|-45.2|395|1296|01/01/1964|Isolated pinnacle rock, 395 m, overlooking the W side of Gibbon Bay in eastern Coronation Island, South Orkney Islands. Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1956-58 and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959. A menhir is an upright monumental stone.||04/11/2001
9856|Ménier Island|Island|645900S|0633700W|-64.9833333|-63.6166667|||01/01/1953|Island, largest in a small island group lying in the mouth of Flandres Bay, 4 mi NE of Cape Renard, off the W coast of Graham Land.  The island group was discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05, who gave them the name "Iles Menier."  The name Menier is here applied to the largest of these islands.||
9859|Menipa Peak|Summit|715600S|0251000E|-71.9333333|25.1666667|2590|8497|01/01/1965|Peak, 2,590 m, standing 5 mi N of Mefjell Mountain in the central part of the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1946 from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named Menipa (the middle peak) by the Norwegians.||
9861|Mount Mentzel|Summit|712200S|0134000E|-71.3666667|13.6666667|2330|7644|01/01/1966|A peak (2,330 m) standing 6 mi E of Mount Zimmermann in the Gruber Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named for the president of the Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft (German Research Society).||
9862|Cape Menzel|Cape|720300S|0954600W|-72.05|-95.7666667|||01/01/1966|A bold rock cape marking the N extremity of otherwise ice-covered Lofgren Peninsula, in the NE part of Thurston Island. Discovered on helicopter flights from the USS Burton Island and Glacier by personnel of U.S. Navy (USN) Bellingshausen Sea Expedition in February 1960.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Reinhard W. Menzel, geomagnetist-seismologist with the Eights Station winter party, 1965.||01/28/2004
9863|Mount Menzies|Summit|733000S|0615000E|-73.5|61.8333333|3355|11007|01/01/1961|The culminating peak (3,355 m) on the large massif between Mounts Mather and Bayliss, standing on the S side of Fisher Glacier in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Sighted by Flying Officer J. Seaton from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Mapped by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party under K.B. Mather in 1957-58.  Named by ANCA for Robert Gordon Menzies, Prime Minister of Australia.||
9864|Meoto Rocks|Island|680700S|0423600E|-68.1166667|42.6|||01/01/1968|Two large rocks lying just W of Cape Hinode, off the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Meotoiwa (husband and wife rocks).||
9866|Mercanton Heights|Summit|673000S|0672600W|-67.5|-67.4333333|||01/01/1965|Heights standing between Bigourdan Fjord and Nye Glacier in the SW part of Arrowsmith Peninsula in Graham Land.  Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from surveys and air photos, 1948-59.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Paul-Louis Mercanton, Swiss glaciologist who for many years was Secretary of the International Commission on Snow and Ice.||
9867|Mercator Ice Piedmont|Glacier|683700S|0653000W|-68.6166667|-65.5|||01/01/1962|A gently-sloping ice piedmont at the head of Mobiloil Inlet, formed by the confluence of the Gibbs, Lammers, Cole and Weyerhaeuser Glaciers in eastern Graham Land.  The feature was first photographed from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth in Nov. 1935, and was plotted from these photos by W.L.G. Joerg as the lower end of a "major valley depression" along the coast.  First seen from the ground by F. Ronne and C.R. Eklund of U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, which also obtained air photos.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in Dec. 1958.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Gerardus Mercator (1512-94), Flemish mathematician and geographer, originator of the map projection which bears his name, 1568.||
9868|Mount Mercer|Summit|701300S|0653900E|-70.2166667|65.65|||01/01/1971|A mountain 2 mi W of Farley Massif in the Athos Range, Prince Charles Mountains. Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos of 1965. Named by ANCA for B. Mercer, weather observer at Davis Station in 1961.||
9869|Mercer Bay|Bay|541600S|0364000W|-54.2666667|-36.6666667|||01/01/1953|Small bay marked by Geikie Glacier at its head, at the SW end of Cumberland West Bay, South Georgia.  The bay appears on a sketch map of Cumberland Bay by Lieutenant S.A. Duse of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04.  The name is first used on a chart based upon survey work by DI personnel in 1926-30.  Probably named for Lieutenant Commander G.M. Mercer, Royal Navy Reserve (RNR),) captain of the DI research ship William Scoresby, which engaged in whale marking and oceanographic work off South Georgia in 1926-27.||
9870|Mercer Ridge|Ridge|845000S|1134500W|-84.8333333|-113.75|||01/01/1962|A prominent, partly ice-free ridge that forms the SW end of Mount Schopf in Ohio Range, Horlick Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after John H. Mercer (1922-87), glacial geologist, a member of the Ohio State University expedition to the Horlick Mountains in 1960-61.  He returned to work in the Horlick Mountains, 1964-65, and later worked in the Antarctic, Alaska, Greenland, Argetina, Chile, and Peru; with the Institute of Polar Studies (now Byrd Research Center), Ohio State University, 1966-87.||
9871|Mercik Peak|Summit|850500S|1690600W|-85.0833333|-169.1|1425|4675|01/01/1966|A conspicuous peak, 1,425 m, located 7 mi NE of Mount Wells, on the ridge descending from the latter, in the Prince Olav Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James E. Mercik, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) aurora scientist at South Pole Station, winter 1965.||
9873|Mercury Bluff|Cliff|622900S|0604900W|-62.4833333|-60.8166667|||01/01/1960|Perpendicular bluff lying SW of Cape Shirreff and Scarborough Castle on the N coast of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 after the sealer Mercury (Captain Wetherell) from London, which visited the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21, and anchored in nearby Shirreff Cove.||
9874|Mercury Glacier|Glacier|713400S|0681400W|-71.5666667|-68.2333333|||01/01/1955|Glacier on the E coast of Alexander Island, 5 mi long and 2 mi wide, flowing E into George VI Sound between Waitabit Cliffs and Keystone Cliffs.  Probably first seen by Lincoln Ellsworth, who flew near it and photographed segments of this coast on Nov. 23, 1935.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for the planet Mercury following rough surveys from George VI Sound by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1948 and 1949. Mapped in detail from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.||
9875|Mount Meredith|Summit|711200S|0674500E|-71.2|67.75|||01/01/1961|A fairly massive, almost flat-topped mountain standing 10 mi N of Fisher Massif in the Prince Charles Mountains. Photographed from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956 and 1957.  Named by ANCA for Sergeant N. Meredith, RAAF, engine fitter at Mawson Station in 1957.||
9876|Merger Island|Island|700600S|0711300W|-70.1|-71.2166667|||01/01/1961|Ice-covered island 3 mi long at the entrance to Haydn lnlet, off the W coast of Alexander Island.  First mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  The name given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) is descriptive, the island being almost submerged in the surrounding ice shelf.||
9877|Mericle Rock|Summit|733900S|1631500E|-73.65|163.25|||01/01/1969|A nunatak in the middle of Campbell Glacier, approximately 9 mi from its head, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for David L. Mericle, U.S. Navy (USN), electronics technician at McMurdo Station, 1967.||
9878|Meridian Glacier|Glacier|684500S|0663700W|-68.75|-66.6166667|||01/01/1962|A broad glacier, 9 mi long, which flows S along the W side of Godfrey Upland and joins the Clarke Glacier between Behaim Peak and Elton Hill, in southern Graham Land.  F. Ronne and C.R. Eklund of U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) travelled along this glacier in Jan. 1941.  It was photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in Nov. 1947, and it was surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in Dec. 1958.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because the glacier flows from N to S along the meridian.||
9879|Merrell Valley|Valley|765000S|1605000E|-76.8333333|160.8333333|||01/01/1964|A long, narrow ice-free valley in the Convoy Range, running N from its head immediately E of Mount Gunn into the Greenville Valley.  Mapped in 1957 by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.  Named by them after the U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) Private Joseph F. Merrell, a freighter in the main American convoy into McMurdo Sound in the 1956-57 season.||
9880|Merrem Peak|Summit|760300S|1360300W|-76.05|-136.05|3000|9842|01/01/1974|A prominent peak of 3,000 m that is the secondary summit and is located 2 mi W of Berlin Crater on the Mount Berlin massif, in Marie Byrd Land.  The peak was discovered and charted by the Pacific Coast Survey Party, led by Leonard Berlin, of the U.S. Antarctic Service in December 1940.  Subsequently mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Frank H. Merrem, Jr., ionospheric physicist and Scientific Leader at South Pole Station, 1970.||
9881|Mount Merrick|Summit|674200S|0491800E|-67.7|49.3|1120|3674|01/01/1965|Mountain, 1,120 m, standing 3 mi W of Mount Humble in the Raggatt Mountains.  Plotted from air photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956 and 1957.  Named by ANCA for W.R. Merrick, geophysicist at Mawson Station in 1960.||
9882|Merrick Glacier|Glacier|801300S|1585200E|-80.2166667|158.8666667|||01/01/1965|A steep tributary glacier just east of Sennet Glacier in Britannia Range, descending southwestward to enter Byrd Glacier at the west end of Horney Bluff.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN), in association with nearby Byrd Glacier, for the USS Merrick, cargo ship (Central Group of Task Force 68) of U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, led by Admiral Byrd.||
9883|Merrick Mountains|Summit|750600S|0720400W|-75.1|-72.0666667|||01/01/1966|A cluster of mountains, 8 mi long, standing 7 mi NE of the Behrendt Mountains in eastern Ellsworth Land.  Discovered and photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, under Finn Ronne. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Conrad G. Merrick, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) topographic engineer with the Antarctic Peninsula Traverse Party, 1961-62, who participated in the survey of these mountains.||
9884|Merrick Point|Summit|742800S|1100900W|-74.4666667|-110.15||||An ice-covered point on the E side of Hamilton Ice Piedmont, Bear Peninsula, on the Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1959-66. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 after Dale Merrick, Stanford University, upper atmosphere researcher and Station Scientific Leader at Siple Station, winter party 1975.||
9885|Merritt Island|Island|662800S|1071200E|-66.4666667|107.2|||01/01/1963|A small rocky island lying close to the coast of Antarctica, 13 mi WNW of Cape Nutt.  Mapped (1955) by G.D. Blodgett from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1947). Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Everett L. Merritt, photogrammetrist, Navy Hydrographic Office, who served as surveyor with U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Windmill parties which established astronomical control stations along Wilhelm II, Knox, and Budd Coasts (1948).||
9886|Mersey Spit|Bar|620500S|0575500W|-62.0833333|-57.9166667|||01/01/1952|A spit on the S coast of King George Island, close N of Penguin Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted and named during 1937 by DI personnel on the Discovery II.||10/18/2000
9887|Merton Passage|Channel|541400S|0362400W|-54.2333333|-36.4|||01/01/1953|Narrow passage between Right Whale Rocks and a small rock 0.1 mi N of Barff Point, at the E side of the entrance to Cumberland Bay, South Georgia.  The name Merton, the former name for Right Whale Rocks, was applied to this passage by DI personnel as a result of surveys during the period 1926-30.||
9889|Mertz Glacier|Glacier|673000S|1444500E|-67.5|144.75|||01/01/1947|A heavily crevassed glacier, about 45 mi long and averaging 20 mi wide.  It reaches the sea between Cape De la Motte and Cape Hurley where it continues as a large glacier tongue.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who named it for Xavier Mertz, a member of the expedition who lost his life, Jan. 7, 1913, on the far-east sledge journey.||
9890|Mertz Glacier Tongue|Glacier|671000S|1453000E|-67.1666667|145.5|||01/01/1947|A glacier tongue, about 45 mi long and 25 mi wide, forming the seaward extension of Mertz Glacier.  Discovered and named by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson.||
9891|Mount Mervyn|Summit|703100S|0651300E|-70.5166667|65.2166667|||01/01/1962|A very sharp peak standing S of the main body of the Porthos Range in the Prince Charles Mountains, about 6 mi S of Mount Kirkby.  Sighted in December 1956 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) southern party led by W.G. Bewsher, and named for Mervyn Christensen, weather observer at Mawson Station in 1956.||
9892|Merz Peninsula|Cape|721500S|0610500W|-72.25|-61.0833333|||01/01/1953|Irregular, ice-covered peninsula, about 15 mi long in an E-W direction and averaging 25 mi wide, between Hilton and Violante Inlets on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered and photographed from the air in December 1940 by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  During 1947 it was photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted it from the ground. Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Alfred Merz, 1880-1925, noted German oceanographer and original leader of the German expedition in the Meteor, 1925-26.||
9895|Mesa Range|Range|731100S|1625500E|-73.1833333|162.9166667|||01/01/1967|A range of remarkable flat-topped mesas comprising the Sheehan, Pain, Tobin and Gair Mesas, situated at the head of the Rennick Glacier in Victoria Land.  Given this descriptive name by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63.||
9896|Meserve Glacier|Glacier|773211S|1622127E|-77.536511|162.357445|||01/01/1962|A hanging glacier on the south wall of Wright Valley, Victoria Land, between Bartley Glacier and Hart Glacier.  Named by U.S. geologist Robert Nichols for William Meserve (geological assistant to Nichols) who did field work in Wright Valley during the 1959-60 field season.||
9897|Messent Peak|Summit|692400S|0661300W|-69.4|-66.2166667|1100|3609||One of the Bristly Peaks (q.v.), rising to c. 1,100 m just W of Brodie Peak and 5 mi SW of Mount Castro in central Antarctic Peninsula.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 for David R. Messent, geodesist, U.S. Army Topographic Command (later Defense Mapping Agency, Hydrographic/Topographic Center), Palmer Station, winter party 1969.||03/07/1997
9900|Metaris Valley|Valley|800500S|1561700E|-80.0833333|156.2833333||||A small, rounded cirque valley with steep sides and residual neve, lying W of Derrick Peak in Britannia Range. Named in association with Britannia by a University of Waikato (New Zealand) geological party, 1978-79, led by M.J. Selby.  Metaris is the historical name of a bay in Roman Britain, known today as The Wash.||
9901|Metavolcanic Mountain|Summit|861300S|1261500W|-86.2166667|-126.25|2480|8136|01/01/1967|A large flat-topped mountain (2,480 m) located 5 mi N of Hatcher Bluffs on the E side of Reedy Glacier.  Composed of dark metavolcanic rock, this mountain contrasts with lighter-colored granites elsewhere along the glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1960-64.  The name was suggested by geologist J.H. Mercer, Institute of Polar Studies, Ohio State University, following field work in the vicinity.||
9902|Mount Metcalfe|Summit|675900S|0665700W|-67.9833333|-66.95|||01/01/1964|A mountain at the S side of the head of McMorrin Glacier, 1.5 mi S of Mount Wilcox, in Graham Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Robert J. Metcalfe, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) surveyor at Stonington Island, 1960-62, who surveyed the area in 1962.||
9903|Metchnikoff Point|Summit|640300S|0623400W|-64.05|-62.5666667|||01/01/1960|Point forming the W extremity of Pasteur Peninsula in northern Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for Elie Metchnikoff, Russian-born zoologist and bacteriologist, who succeeded Pasteur as director of the Pasteur Institute in Paris.||
9904|Cape Meteor|Cape|542600S|0032900E|-54.4333333|3.4833333|||01/01/1957|A cape marked by steep cliffs which forms the E extremity of Bouvetoya.  The cape was roughly charted in 1898 by the German expedition under Karl Chun.  Named after the Captain F. Spiess visited Bouvetoya in 1926.  The name appears on a British chart based upon a 1930 survey by personnel on the Discovery II, but this may reflect an earlier naming.||
9905|Meteorite Hills|Range|794000S|1553600E|-79.6666667|155.6||||A group of hills, 11 mi long, forming the W portion of the Darwin Mountains.  The hills are located between the heads of Darwin Glacier and Hatherton Glacier.  The name was proposed by John O. Annexstad of the Meteorite Working Group, Johnson Space Center, Houston, TX, in association with field work carried out in this vicinity by Antarctic Search for Meteorites (ANSMET), led by William A. Cassidy, University of Pittsburgh, PA, during the 1978-79 season.||
9906|Methuen Cove|Bay|604600S|0443300W|-60.7666667|-44.55|||01/01/1952|Cove between Cape Anderson and Cape Whitson on the S coast of Laurie Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted in 1903 by the ScotNAE under Bruce, who named it for H. Methuen, accountant of the expedition.||
9908|Mount Metschel|Summit|781700S|1590000E|-78.2833333|159|1845|6053|01/01/1965|A prominent ice-free mountain, 1,845 m, standing 4 mi SE of Angino Buttress and the Skelton Icefalls.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and Navy air photos.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander John J. Metschel, U.S. Navy (USN), commander of the icebreaker USS 1963.  Metschel was killed in the Arctic, Oct. 15, 1963, while engaged in ice reconnaissance in a helicopter from his ship.||
9909|Metzgar Nunatak|Summit|742800S|0722500W|-74.4666667|-72.4166667|1700|5577||A nunatak rising to c. 1,700 m, 3 mi S of Tollefson Nunatak in the Yee Nunataks (q.v.), Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1961-68, and from Landsat imagery taken 1973-74.  Named in 1987 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after John M. Metzgar, Jr., U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) cartographer, a member of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) satellite surveying team at the South Pole Station, winter party 1978.||
9910|Mount Meunier|Summit|745800S|1131900W|-74.9666667|-113.3166667|665|2182||A mountain rising to 665 m near the NE end of Kohler Range, 3 mi E of Mount Strange.  The N slopes of the feature are partly ice free and overlook Dotson Ice Shelf on the Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1959-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 after Tony Kenneth Meunier, cartographer and physical scientist with U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from 1972; member of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) satellite surveying team at South Pole Station, winter party, 1974; member of Antarctic Search for Meteorites (ANSMET) team in the Allan Hills area, 1982-83, initiating a plan for positioning, by satellite surveying methods, the location of meteorites discovered in field operations; from 1991, in Polar Programs Section, Office of International Activities, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS).||
9911|Meusnier Point|Summit|643300S|0613800W|-64.55|-61.6333333|||01/01/1965|Point within Charlotte Bay, lying 4 mi SE of Portal Point on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Jean B.M. Meusnier (1754-1793), French military engineer and prophetic designer of the first dirigible airship, in 1785.||
9912|Meyer Desert|Plain|850800S|1664500E|-85.1333333|166.75|||01/01/1966|A triangular ice-free area of about 50 square miles at the N end of the Dominion Range, near the confluence of the Beardmore and Mill Glaciers.  Named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for George Meyer of U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP), who was scientific leader at McMurdo Station, 1961, and led a field party into this area, summer 1961-62.||
9913|Meyer Hills|Range|794700S|0810600W|-79.7833333|-81.1|||01/01/1964|A small group of hills located between the Enterprise Hills and the head of Constellation Inlet, in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Named by the University of Minnesota Ellsworth Mountains Party, 1962-63, for Harvey J. Meyer, geologist with that party.||
9914|Meyer Rock|Island|530100S|0723400E|-53.0166667|72.5666667|||01/01/1957|A pinnacle rock 1 mi NW of McDonald Island in the McDonald Islands.  This feature was charted as Meyers Rock on an 1874 chart by the British Challenger expedition, but the form Meyer Rock is now approved.  Captain Johann Meyer of the German ship La Rochelle sighted the island group in 1857, not realizing the prior discovery by Captain McDonald in 1854.||
9915|Meyers Nunatak|Summit|745400S|0984600W|-74.9|-98.7666667|||01/01/1968|A nunatak located 10 mi ESE of Mount Manthe, at the SE end of the Hudson Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Herbert Meyers, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geomagnetist at Byrd Station, 1960-61.||
9917|Mezzo Buttress|Cliff|660300S|0643100W|-66.05|-64.5166667|||01/01/1971|Rocky buttress at the head of Barilari Bay just E of Lawrie Glacier, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 because the face of this buttress is conspicuously divided diagonally, half being composed of black rock and the other half of red rock.||
9918|Mhire Spur|Ridge|793300S|0835000W|-79.55|-83.8333333|||01/01/1966|A spur descending W from the heights associated with Mount Sporli to form the S limit of Larson Valley, in the Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for chief equipment operator Clifford J. Mhire, USN, responsible for supervising the movement of jet fuel from McMurdo Station to nearby Williams Field during Deep Freeze 1966.||
9919|Mica Islands|Island|692000S|0683600W|-69.3333333|-68.6|||01/01/1955|Group of about four mainly ice-covered islands lying 7 mi W of Mount Guernsey and 6 mi NE of Cape Jeremy, off the W coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  First seen from the air and photographed by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) in 1936, and later roughly mapped from the photographs. The islands were visited and surveyed from the ground in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and so named by them because there is mica in the schists which form them.||
9921|Mount Michael|Summit|574800S|0262800W|-57.8|-26.4666667|805|2641|01/01/1952|Active volcanic mountain, 805 m, surmounting Saunders Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  The island was discovered by a British expedition under Cook in 1775, but the mountain was presumably first charted in 1820 by a Russian expedition under Bellingshausen.  Recharted in 1930 by DI personnel on the Commander W.M. Carey, Royal Navy (RN), captain of the Discovery II at the time of the survey.||
9923|Michelsen Island|Island|604400S|0450200W|-60.7333333|-45.0333333|||01/01/1952|Small island in the South Orkney Islands, joined to the S end of Powell Island by a narrow isthmus of occasionally submerged boulders.  First observed and rudely mapped in 1821 by Captain George Powell and Captain Nathaniel Palmer.  Named on a map by Captain Petter Sorlle, Norwegian whaler who made a running survey of the South Orkney Islands in 1912-13.||
9924|Michigan Plateau|Plain|860800S|1333000W|-86.1333333|-133.5|3000|9842|01/01/1967|An undulating ice-covered plateau, 30 mi long, which rises to 3, 000 m at the western side of Reedy Glacier.  The northern and eastern sides of the plateau are marked by the steep Watson Escarpment; the western and southern sides grade gradually to the elevation of the interior ice.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after the University of Michigan at Ann Arbor, MI, which has sent numerous research personnel to work in Antarctica.||
9925|Mickle Island|Island|773407S|1661325E|-77.568654|166.223686|||01/01/1952|A very small island 1 mi SE of Flagstaff Point, close off the W side of Ross Island.  Charted and so named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) led by Shackleton, 1907-09.  The name appears to be capricious or whimsical, mickle meaning "great."||
9926|Mickler Spur|Ridge|854900S|1304500W|-85.8166667|-130.75|||01/01/1967|A narrow spur, 4 mi long, forming the S wall of Hueneme Glacier in western Wisconsin Range and terminating at Reedy Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Raymond R. Mickler, equipment operator, a member of the winter parties at Byrd Station in 1961 and McMurdo Station in 1964.||
9927|Midas Island|Island|641000S|0610700W|-64.1666667|-61.1166667|||01/01/1965|Island lying NW of Apendice Island in Hughes Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  First seen by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache in 1898 and described as an island with two summits "like the ears of an ass."  The name, given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960, derives from this description; Midas, King of Phrygia, was represented in Greek satyric drama with the ears of an ass.||
9928|Midbresrabben Hill|Summit|724400S|0020600W|-72.7333333|-2.1|||01/01/1966|An isolated rock hill protruding above the ice between the Penck Trough and Jutulstraumen Glacier, E of the Borg Massif in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Midbresrabben (the mid-glacier ridge).||
9931|Middle Ground Rock|Bar|540800S|0363600W|-54.1333333|-36.6|||01/01/1965|Submerged kelp-covered rock lying 1.5 mi E of Framnaes Point, in the middle of the entrance of Stromness Bay, South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1952 British Admiralty chart.||
9932|Middle Head|Cliff|541600S|0363900W|-54.2666667|-36.65|||01/01/1965|A small headland lying at the W side of the entrance to Mercer Bay at the head of Cumberland West Bay, South Georgia. The same appears to be first used on a 1929 British Admiralty chart and describes its position at the head of the bay.||
9933|Middle Island|Island|615800S|0573800W|-61.9666667|-57.6333333|||01/01/1963|Island 1.5 mi S of Foreland Island and midway along the E coast of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands. Charted in 1937 by DI personnel on the Discovery II, and so named because of its position.||
9936|Midge Lake|Lake|623800S|0610600W|-62.6333333|-61.1||||A small arcuate lake at the NW side of Chester Cone on Byers Peninsula, Livingston Island.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977.  During the short summer the imagos of the chironomid midge surrounding the lake.||
9937|Midgley Island|Island|662000S|1102400E|-66.3333333|110.4|||01/01/1956|Rocky island, 0.8 mi long, lying immediately S of Hollin Island in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant E.W. Midgley, Army Medical Corps observer who assisted U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml parties in establishing astronomical control stations between Wilhelm II Coast and Budd Coast during the 1947-48 season.||
9938|Midgley Reefs|Bar|662000S|1102200E|-66.3333333|110.3666667|||01/01/1963|Several tidal and submerged rocks among the islands lying off the W side of Midgley Island, in the Windmill Islands. Discovered from small craft from Wilkes Station in 1961.  Named by ANCA after Midgley Island.||
9939|Midkiff Rock|Summit|772800S|1450600W|-77.4666667|-145.1|||01/01/1970|A rock outcrop on the broad ice-covered ridge between Hammond and Swope Glaciers, 6 mi ESE of Mount West, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Frank T. Midkiff, Jr., aviation machinist's mate, U.S. Navy (USN), helicopter flight crewman during Operation Deep Freeze 1968.||04/11/2001
9940|Mount Midnight|Summit|715600S|1672800E|-71.9333333|167.4666667|2000|6562|01/01/1962|A peak nearly 2,000 m high, standing on the N side of Tucker Glacier, 3. 5 mi W of Shadow Bluff, in the Admiralty Mountains.  Climbed by a geological team of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, in Jan. 1958.  Named by them in association with Mount Shadow, just eastward, and Shadow Bluff.||
9941|Midnight Plateau|Plain|795300S|1561500E|-79.8833333|156.25|2200|7218|01/01/1965|A prominent ice-covered plateau, over 2,200 m, forming the central feature of the Darwin Mountains.  It is the only area of snow accumulation in the Darwin Mountains.  Discovered by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1962-63) and so named because the feature was visited by expedition members at midnight on December 27, 1962.||
9942|Lake Midori|Lake|690100S|0393600E|-69.0166667|39.6|||01/01/1968|A small lake just NE of Lake Kamome and 0.3 mi SE of Hachinosu Peak on East Ongul Island.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957, and named Midori-ike (green pond).||
9943|Midship Glacier|Glacier|765200S|1613000E|-76.8666667|161.5|||01/01/1993|A broad flat glacier filling the bulk of Alatna Valley and having its origin on the slopes of Mount Morrison to the south, in Convoy Range, Victoria Land.  From 1957 this ice body was considered part of Benson Glacier.  However, it was determined by a 1989-90 New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) field party (Trevor Chinn) that although it abuts against the main Benson Glacier at Jetsam Moraine, this glacier makes no contribution of ice to the Benson as its dominant ice flow is northward across its length.  With the identification of Midship Glacier as a distinct feature, the application of Benson Glacier (q.v.) has been restricted to the ice flowing eastward from Flight Deck Neve to the terminus in Granite Harbor. Approved by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1993 as recommended by the New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB).||
9945|Midway Glacier|Glacier|721000S|1665000E|-72.1666667|166.8333333|||01/01/1964|A tributary glacier that flows S along the W side of Evans Ridge into Pearl Harbor Glacier, in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  At the head, it shares a common snow saddle with Jutland Glacier which flows north.  Named by the southern party of NZFMCAE, 1962-63, to continue the series of glaciers named after famous naval battles.||
9949|Lake Miers|Lake|780600S|1635100E|-78.1|163.85|||01/01/1963|A small lake in Miers Valley, lying 1 mi E of the snouts of Miers and Adams Glaciers, and filled by meltwater from these glaciers.  A stream from the lake flows down the valley in the warmest weather to reach the coast of Victoria Land.  Named after Miers Glacier in 1957 by the New Zealand Blue Glacier Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.||
9950|Miers Bluff|Cliff|624300S|0602700W|-62.7166667|-60.45|||01/01/1963|Bluff marking the S end of Hurd Peninsula which separates False and South Bays on the S coast of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name Elephant Point (q.v.), given by Robert Fildes in 1820-22 to another feature, has been for a number of years applied in error to this bluff.  It is now approved as originally intended and a new name has been substituted for the feature here described.  Miers Bluff is named for John Miers (1789-1879), English engineer and botanist, who was responsible for the first published chart of the South Shetland Islands, based on the work of William Smith.||
9951|Miers Glacier|Glacier|780500S|1634000E|-78.0833333|163.6666667|||01/01/1960|A small glacier N of Terminus Mountain in Victoria Land, occupying the upper (western) portion of Miers Valley.  Mapped and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
9953|Miers Valley|Valley|780600S|1640000E|-78.1|164|||01/01/1960|A valley just S of Marshall Valley and W of Koettlitz Glacier, on the coast of Victoria Land.  The valley is ice free except for Miers Glacier in its upper (western) part and Lake Miers near its center.  Mapped and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
9954|Miethe Glacier|Glacier|645600S|0630600W|-64.9333333|-63.1|||01/01/1965|Glacier 3 miles long, flowing NW into Gerlache Strait to the S of Mount Banck, on the W coast of Graham Land.  The glacier appears on an Argentine government chart of 1952.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Adolf Miethe (1862-1927), German chemist who introduced the first panchromatic emulsion for photographic plates in 1903.||
9955|Migmatitovaya Rock|Summit|714700S|0103800E|-71.7833333|10.6333333|||01/01/1970|A rock at the E end of a spur, lying 3 mi NE of Terletskiy Peak in the Shcherbakov Range, Orvin Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Roughly plotted from air photos by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named Skala Migmatitovaya (migmatite rock.||
9956|Mount Mignone|Summit|775215S|1623047E|-77.870702|162.5131|2025|6644|01/01/1992|A peak in Cathedral Rocks, Royal Society Range, rising to 2,025 m between Darkowski Glacier and Bol Glacier in Victoria Land.  Named in 1992 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Chaplains Tableland (q.v.) after Lieutenant John C. Mignone, U.S. Navy (USN), chaplain with the 1966 winter party at McMurdo Station.||
9958|Miharashi Peak|Summit|690000S|0393700E|-69|39.6166667|40|131|01/01/1968|A hill 40 m high, the highest point in the NE extremity of East Ongul Island.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957, and named Miharashi-iwa (extensive view peak).||
9961|Mikado Glacier|Glacier|695300S|0704000W|-69.8833333|-70.6666667||||A glacier on the N side of Mahler Spur, flowing WNW into Sullivan Glacier near the junction with the Gilbert Glacier in N Alexander Island.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), 1977, in association with Gilbert Glacier and Sullivan Glacier, after the operetta The Mikado.||
9962|Cape Mikhaylov|Cape|665400S|1183200E|-66.9|118.5333333|||01/01/1961|An ice-covered point about 42 mi E of Totten Glacier, Wilkes Land.  Photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump in 1947. Plotted on base compilation maps by Gardner Blodgett of the Office of Geography, U.S. Department of the lnterior, in 1955. Photographed by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition in 1956.  Named after Pavel N. Mikhaylov, artist with the Bellingshausen expedition, 1819-21.||
9963|Mikhaylov Island|Island|664800S|0853000E|-66.8|85.5|240|787|01/01/1965|Ice-covered island in the West Ice Shelf, rising to 240 m, 6 mi SE of Leskov Island.  Discovered by the Soviet expedition of 1956, who named it for Pavel N. Mikhaylov, artist on the Bellingshausen expedition 1819-21.||
9964|Mikhaylov Point|Summit|564400S|0271200W|-56.7333333|-27.2|||01/01/1956|Small promontory marking the S extremity of Visokoi Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  It was named Low Point by DI personnel following their survey of 1930, but the name has been changed to avoid duplication with Low Point on nearby Vindication Island.  Mikhaylov Point was recommended by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1953 and is named for Pavel N. Mikhaylov, artist aboard the 1819-21.  Mikhaylov made an excellent series of sketches of the South Sandwich Islands.||
9966|Mikkelsen Bay|Bay|684300S|0671000W|-68.7166667|-67.1666667|||01/01/1955|Bay, 15 mi wide at its mouth and indenting 10 mi, entered between Bertrand Ice Piedmont and Cape Berteaux along the W coast of Graham Land.  First seen from a distance in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, but not recognized as a large bay.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, and resurveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1948-49.  The name was proposed by members of British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) for Ejnar Mikkelsen, Danish Arctic explorer and Inspector for East Greenland, 1934-50.||
9967|Mikkelsen Harbor|Harbor|635400S|0604700W|-63.9|-60.7833333|||01/01/1952|Small bay indenting the S side of Trinity Island between Skottsberg and Borge Points, in the Palmer Archipelago. Discovered by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04.  The origin of the name has not been ascertained, but it was apparently in common usage by 1913, at the time of the geologic reconnaissance by Scottish geologist David Ferguson in the whale-catcher Hanka.||
9969|Mikkelsen Islands|Island|673800S|0681100W|-67.6333333|-68.1833333|||01/01/1963|Small group of islands and rocks lying off the SE coast of Adelaide Island, 2 mi SE of the Leonie Islands.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10, and named by him for Otto Mikkelsen, Norwegian diver who inspected the damaged hull of the Pourquoi-Pas? at Deception Island.||
9970|Mikkelsen Peak|Summit|674700S|0664300E|-67.7833333|66.7166667|420|1378|01/01/1947|The highest peak, 420 m, of the Scullin Monolith in Mac. Robertson Land.  In January and February 1931 several Norwegian whale catchers, exploring along this coast, made sketches of the shore from their vessels and named this mountain for Captain Klarius Mikkelsen, master of the Torlyn.||
9972|Mikus Hill|Summit|702700S|0635000W|-70.45|-63.8333333|||01/01/1976|A hill with a number of bare rock exposures, surmounting the SW wall of Richardson Glacier in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Edward J. Mikus, PH3, U.S. Navy (USN), photographer of the cartographic aerial mapping crew in LC-130 aircraft of Squadron VXE-6, 1968-69.||
9973|Milan Ridge|Ridge|831500S|1560800E|-83.25|156.1333333|||01/01/1966|A mainly ice-free ridge, 5 mi long, bordering the W side of Ascent Glacier in the Miller Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Frederick M. Milan, physiologist at Little America V, 1957.||
9974|Milan Rock|Summit|760100S|1404100W|-76.0166667|-140.6833333|||01/01/1972|A rock along the eastern margin of Land Glacier, 2 mi SE of Mount Hartkopf, in Marie Byrd Land.  It is the southernmost outcrop near the head of the glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Frederick T. Milan, aviation structural mechanic, U.S. Navy (USN), a member of Squadron VX-6 air crew on LC-130 aircraft for several seasons; crew member on first midwinter flight to Antarctica, June 25, 1964.||04/11/2001
9975|Milburn Bay|Bay|634400S|0604400W|-63.7333333|-60.7333333|||01/01/1960|Bay indenting the NW side of Trinity Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1952. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for M.R. Milburn, air traffic control officer of the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE), which photographed this area in 1955-57.||
9976|Miles Bay|Bay|540400S|0373900W|-54.0666667|-37.65|||01/01/1963|Small bay in the S side of Ice Fjord, South Georgia.  The name South Bay was given to this feature by the Scottish geologist David Ferguson during his visit to South Georgia in 1911-12.  Since the same name is well established for an arm of Prince Olav Harbor 18 mi away, the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) recommended in 1957 that a new name be substituted for the feature now described. Miles Bay is after the catcher Don Miles, built in 1926, which was owned by the Compania Argentina de Pesca in 1934.||
9977|Miles Island|Island|660400S|1011500E|-66.0666667|101.25|||01/01/1956|Rocky island 3 mi long, lying just N of Booth Peninsula in the Mariner Islands.  Mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for R.A. Miles, air crewman on U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp photographic flights in this area and other coastal areas between 14 and 164 East longitude.||
9978|Milestone Bluff|Cliff|673800S|0684500W|-67.6333333|-68.75|830|2723|01/01/1965|Rock-faced, snow-backed bluff rising to about 830 m just WSW of Mount Liotard, in the S part of Adelaide Island.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1964 because the bluff is an important landmark on the inland route N of Adelaide station.||
9980|Milky Way|Gap|711100S|0685500W|-71.1833333|-68.9166667|||01/01/1961|Col between the S part of LeMay Range and Planet Heights, which is the highest point on a possible sledging route between Jupiter and Uranus Glaciers in the E part of Alexander Island. First mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from association with nearby Planet Heights and the glaciers which are named for planets.||
9981|Mount Mill|Summit|651500S|0640300W|-65.25|-64.05|735|2411|01/01/1950|Mountain, 735 m, standing 2 mi W of Mount Balch on the NE shore of Waddington Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99.  Named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot, for Hugh Robert Mill, British geographer, Antarctic historian and author in 1905 of The Siege of the South Pole.||
9982|Mill Cove|Bay|604600S|0443500W|-60.7666667|-44.5833333|||01/01/1952|Cove entered between Cape Anderson and Valette Island on the S coast of Laurie Island, in the South Orkney Islands. Charted in 1903 by the ScotNAE under Bruce, who named it for Hugh Robert Mill, British geographer and polar historian.||
9983|Millen Range|Range|722000S|1661500E|-72.3333333|166.25|||01/01/1964|A prominent NW-SE trending range, located W of Cartographers Range in the Victory Mountains.  Peaks in the range include Inferno, Omega, Le Couteur, Head, Cirque, Gless, Turret, Crosscut and Mount Aorangi.  Named by the NZFMCAE, 1962-63, for John M. Millen, leader of this expedition.||
9984|Mount Miller|Summit|665700S|0511600E|-66.95|51.2666667|||01/01/1965|Mountain 1 mi NW of Pythagoras Peak, in the Tula Mountains in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for J.J. Miller, a member of the crew of the Discovery during the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31.||
9985|Mount Miller|Summit|832000S|1654800E|-83.3333333|165.8|4160|13648||A prominent mountain, 4,160 m, standing in the Holland Range, 7 mi S of Mount Lloyd.  Discovered and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09.||
9987|Millerand Island|Island|680900S|0671300W|-68.15|-67.2166667||||A high rugged island 3 mi in diameter, lying 4 mi S of Cape Calmette, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10.  Named by Charcot, presumably for Alexandre Millerand, French statesman.||
9988|Miller Bluffs|Cliff|773500S|0854500W|-77.5833333|-85.75|||01/01/1972|A line of steep, east-facing bluffs about 15 mi long which extend WNW from the mouth of Newcomer Glacier in the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  The N end of the feature was photographed by Lincoln Ellsworth on his trans-Antarctic flight of Nov. 23, 1935.  The bluffs were mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1961 from air photos obtained by U.S. Navy Squadron VX-6 in 1959.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the Hon. George P. Miller, former chairman of the House Science and Astronautics Committee, whose great interest in Antarctic activities was of assistance in assuring successful completion of U.S. research of that continent, 1958-72.||
9989|Miller Butte|Summit|724200S|1601500E|-72.7|160.25|||01/01/1970|A large rock butte located 2 mi SE of Roberts Butte in the Outback Nunataks.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Carl D. Miller, geophysicist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
9990|Miller Crag|Cliff|734000S|0944200W|-73.6666667|-94.7|1450|4757|01/01/1963|A bold and conspicuous outcropping of bare rock (1,450 m), standing 3 mi WSW of Sutley Peak in the W extremity of the Jones Mountains.  Mapped by the University of Minnesota-Jones Mountains Party, 1960-61, who named it for Thomas P. Miller, geologist with the party.||
9991|Miller Glacier|Glacier|771123S|1615714E|-77.189663|161.953925||||A glacier about 1 mi wide, described by Griffith Taylor as a transection glacier lying in a transverse trough and connecting the Cotton and Debenham Glaciers in Victoria Land.  Discovered by the Western Geological Party, led by Taylor, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.  Named by Taylor for M.J. Miller, Mayor of Lyttelton, and the shipwright who repaired the expedition vessel, Terra Nova, prior to its voyage from New Zealand.||
9992|Miller Heights|Summit|660100S|0651400W|-66.0166667|-65.2333333|||01/01/1971|A series of elevations extending eastward from Sharp Peak, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Roughly charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Ronald Miller, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) general assistant at Detaille Island in 1956 and leader at Prospect Point in 1957.||
9993|Miller Ice Rise|Glacier|690500S|0673700W|-69.0833333|-67.6166667||||An ice rise nearly 2 mi long and 1 mi wide at the ice front (1974) of Wordie Ice Shelf, 16 mi WNW of Triune Peaks, in S Marguerite Bay.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1948-49, and photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1966.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 for Richard Miller, U.S. Navy (USN), chief radioman, Palmer Station, winter party 1968.||
9994|Miller Island|Island|645400S|0635900W|-64.9|-63.9833333|||01/01/1960|Island lying 1 mi NE of Knight Island in the Wauwermans Islands, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1950.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 after one of the characters in Chaucer's Canterbury Tales.||
9995|Miller Nunatak|Summit|742600S|1641500E|-74.4333333|164.25|||01/01/1968|A sharp pointed nunatak rising above the ice at the lower end of Campbell Glacier, 5 mi ESE of Mount Dickason, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1955-63. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Herman T. Miller, biologist at McMurdo Station, 1965-66 season.||
9996|Miller Nunataks|Summit|670200S|0551100E|-67.0333333|55.1833333|||01/01/1970|Group of nunataks standing 11 mi SW of Mount Storegutt in Enderby Land.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveys and air photos 1954-66. Named by ANCA for K.R. Miller, weather observer at Mawson Station, 1962.||
9997|Miller Peak|Summit|705900S|1625300E|-70.9833333|162.8833333|2420|7940|01/01/1964|A peak (2,420 m) located 2 mi S of Mount Ford in Explorers Range, Bowers Mountains.  Explored by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, and named for J.H. "Bob" (now Sir J. Holmes) Miller, leader-surveyor of that party.||
9998|Miller Peak|Summit|784900S|0841400W|-78.8166667|-84.2333333|||01/01/1961|A peak with twin summits on the central part of the ridge between Hudman and Carey Glaciers, at the S end of Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charles S. Miller, aviation electronics technician, USN, who was killed in a crash of a P2V Neptune airplane at McMurdo Sound in October 1956.||
9999|Miller Point|Summit|685600S|0632300W|-68.9333333|-63.3833333|250|820|01/01/1947|Black, rock cape rising to 250 m and forming the N side of the entrance to Casey Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land. Discovered by Sir Hubert Wilkins in a flight on Dec. 20, 1928, and named by him for George E. Miller of Detroit, MI.  It has been more fully defined as a result of flights by Lincoln Ellsworth in 1935, and by the flights and sledge journey along this coast from East Base by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940.||
10000|Miller Range|Range|831500S|1570000E|-83.25|157|||01/01/1966|A range of mountains extending S from Nimrod Glacier for 50 mi along the western edge of Marsh Glacier.  Named for J.H. "Bob" (now Sir J. Holmes) Miller, a member of the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1958) who, with G.W. Marsh, mapped this area.||
10001|Miller Ridge|Ridge|700800S|0653000E|-70.1333333|65.5|||01/01/1967|A rock ridge 1 mi E of Mount Seedsman on the N side of the Athos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos.  Named for L.D. Miller, radio operator at Mawson Station in 1964.||
10002|Miller Spur|Ridge|750700S|1372900W|-75.1166667|-137.4833333|||01/01/1974|An ice-covered spur that descends NE from Mount Giles, near the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  The spur terminates in a small rock bluff about 1 mi W of lower Hull Glacier.  The feature was observed and photographed on Dec. 18, 1940, from aircraft of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) led by Admiral Richard Byrd.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Linwood T. Miller, sailmaker and member of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35, who produced windproof shirts, parkas, tents and other canvas materials for the expedition.||
10003|Miller Valley|Valley|833900S|0551400W|-83.65|-55.2333333|||01/01/1965|A small ice-free valley between Drury Ridge and Brown Ridge in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Donald R. Miller, LC-47 pilot with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6, who flew logistical support for the Neptune Range field party, 1963-64.||
10004|Milles Nunatak|Summit|705500S|1600600E|-70.9166667|160.1|||01/01/1970|A nunatak lying 3 mi NE of Howell Peak on the N end of Daniels Range, Usarp Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for David B Milles, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biological laboratory technician at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
10005|Millett Glacier|Glacier|703700S|0674000W|-70.6166667|-67.6666667|||01/01/1955|Heavily crevassed glacier, 13 mi long and 7 mi wide, flowing W from the Dyer Plateau of Palmer Land to George VI Sound, immediately N of Wade Point.  In its lower reaches the N side of this glacier merges with Meiklejohn Glacier.  It was first surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954 for Hugh M. Millett, chief engineer of the Penola during the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37.||
10006|Mill Glacier|Glacier|851000S|1683000E|-85.1666667|168.5|||01/01/1947|A tributary glacier, 10 mi wide, flowing NW between the Dominion Range and the Supporters Range into Beardmore Glacier. Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named for Hugh Robert Mill, British geographer and Antarctic historian.||
10007|Millington Glacier|Glacier|843200S|1780000E|-84.5333333|178|||01/01/1966|A narrow tributary glacier, 10 mi long, flowing from the eastern slopes of Hughes Range into Ramsey Glacier, northward of Mount Valinski.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Richard E. Millington, USN, medical officer with U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1963 and 1964.||
10008|Mill Inlet|Stream|670000S|0642000W|-67|-64.3333333|||01/01/1952|Ice-filled inlet which recedes 8 mi in a NW direction and is some 20 mi wide at its entrance between Cape Robinson and Monnier Point, along the E coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947 and named for Hugh Robert Mill.  Photographed from the air during 1947 by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne.||
10009|Mill Island|Island|653000S|1004000E|-65.5|100.6666667|||01/01/1947|An ice-domed island, 25 mi long and 16 mi wide, lying 25 mi N of the Bunger Hills.  Discovered in February 1936 by personnel on the William Scoresby, and named for Hugh Robert Mill.||
10010|Mill Mountain|Summit|792600S|1575200E|-79.4333333|157.8666667|2730|8957|01/01/1965|A large flat-topped mountain (2,730 m) forming the eastern end of Festive Plateau in the Cook Mountains.  This mountain was probably sighted by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) under Captain Robert F. Scott, who gave the name "Mount Mill," after British Antarctic historian Hugh Robert Mill, to a summit in nearby Reeves Bluffs. This area was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy photography (1959-63).  A prominent mountain does not rise from the bluffs, and since the name Mount Mill is in use elsewhere in Antarctica, the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1965) altered the original name to Mill Mountain and applied it to the prominent mountain described.||
10011|Mill Peak|Summit|675800S|0610800E|-67.9666667|61.1333333|1760|5774|01/01/1947|Prominent peak, 1,760 m, rising above the ice sheet 10 mi S of Pearce Peak and 30 mi S of Cape Simpson.  Discovered in February 1931 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, who named it for Dr. Hugh Robert Mill.||
10013|Mount Mills|Summit|851200S|1651700E|-85.2|165.2833333|2955|9695|01/01/1952|A mountain, 2,955 m, forming part of the N escarpment of the Dominion Range, overlooking the Beardmore Glacier 8 mi N of Mount Saunders.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named for Sir James Mills who, with the government of New Zealand, paid the cost of towing the expedition ship Nimrod to Antarctica in 1908.||
10014|Mills Peak|Summit|541600S|0362100W|-54.2666667|-36.35|625|2051|01/01/1968|A peak 1 mi SW of Cape Douglas, rising to 625 m in the N portion of Barff Peninsula, South Georgia.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1988 for Lieutenant Keith P. Mills, RM, commanding the Royal Marines platoon at King Edward Point at the outset of hostilities between the United Kingdom and Argentina, Apr. 3, 1982.||
10015|Mills Peak|Summit|741400S|1635400E|-74.2333333|163.9|1420|4659||A sharp peak in the Deep Freeze Range, 1,420 m, standing along the W side of Campbell Glacier between Mount Queensland and the terminus of Bates Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1955-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Peter J. Mills, geologist at McMurdo Station, 1965-66 season.||
10016|Mill Stream Glacier|Stream|852000S|1710000E|-85.3333333|171|||01/01/1966|A tributary glacier, about 10 mi wide, flowing W between Supporters Range and Otway Massif to enter Mill Glacier.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) in association with Mill Glacier.||
10017|Mills Valley|Valley|730600S|1631200E|-73.1|163.2|||01/01/1969|An ice-filled valley indenting the E side of Pain Mesa between Biretta Peak and Diversion Hills, in the Mesa Range, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Norman J. Mills, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), officer in charge of the Detachment A winter party at McMurdo Station, 1967.||
10018|Milnes Island|Island|653500S|0650200W|-65.5833333|-65.0333333|||01/01/1971|Island lying 2 mi N of Woolpack Island, in the Biscoe Islands.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Leading Seaman Arthur R. Milnes, Royal Navy (RN), member of the British Naval Hydrographic Survey Units in the area in 1956-57 and 1957-58.||
10019|Mount Milton|Summit|784800S|0844800W|-78.8|-84.8|3000|9842|01/01/1961|A mountain (3,000 m) located 11 mi SSE of Mount Craddock and 1.5 mi SE of Mount Southwick, in the S part of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Patrick G. Milton, aviation machinist's mate, USN, who served as plane captain on a reconnaissance flight to these mountains on Jan. 28, 1958.||
10020|Milward Patch|Area|535900S|0380100W|-53.9833333|-38.0166667|||01/01/1953|Large patch of kelp 1 mi N of the E part of Bird Island, off the W tip of South Georgia.  Charted in 1930, along with other navigational hazards, by DI personnel on the William Scoresby, and named for C.A. Milward, Chief Officer of the ship at the time of the survey.||10/18/2000
10021|Mimas Peak|Summit|715600S|0693600W|-71.9333333|-69.6|1000|3281|01/01/1956|Sharp conspicuous peak, 1,000 m, rising W of the head of Saturn Glacier and 9 mi W of Dione Nunataks in the SE part of Alexander Island.  First seen and photographed from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth on Nov. 23, 1935, and mapped from these photos by W.L.G. Joerg.  Seen from a distance in 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and roughly positioned.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for its association with Saturn Glacier, Mimas being one of the satellites of Saturn.  The peak and surrounding area were first mapped in detail from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.||
10022|Mime Glacier|Glacier|773722S|1614610E|-77.622696|161.769306|||01/01/1976|A small glacier at the S (upper) end of Tiw Valley in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  The name is one in a group given by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) from Norse mythology.  In Der Ring des Nibelungen, Mime is the smith who aids Siegfried to win the ring and is slain by the hero for his treachery.||
10023|Mims Spur|Ridge|860200S|1253500W|-86.0333333|-125.5833333|||01/01/1967|A prominent rock spur protruding from the S extremity of Wisconsin Plateau, situated just SE of Polygon Spur on the N side of McCarthy Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Julius E. Mims, Jr., radioman at Byrd Station in 1962.||
10025|Lake Minami|Lake|690100S|0393500E|-69.0166667|39.5833333|||01/01/1968|A small lake lying just S of Lake Tarachine in the S part of East Ongul Island.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957, and named Minami-ike (south pond).||
10026|Mount Minami-heito|Summit|691700S|0394800E|-69.2833333|39.8|480|1575|01/01/1975|A mountain (480 m) surmounting the SE extremity of Langhovde Hills, on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62.  The name "Minami-heito-zan" (south flat top mountain) was given by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1973 and is in association with the name Mount Heito just northward.||
10027|Minami-karamete Rock|Summit|691300S|0352600E|-69.2166667|35.4333333|||01/01/1975|%A rock located 9 mi S of Kita-karamete Rock in the E part of Riiser-Larsen Peninsula, Queen Maud Land.  The name "Miniami-karamete-iwa" (south back gate rock) was applied by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1972 following Japanese research in this area.%||04/06/2001
10028|Minamino-seto Strait|Channel|690200S|0393300E|-69.0333333|39.55|||01/01/1968|A narrow strait between Ongul Island and Te Islands in the Flatvaer Islands.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37. Surveyed by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Minamino-seto (southern strait) because of its location in the island group.||
10029|Minamo Island|Island|693900S|0393700E|-69.65|39.6166667|||01/01/1975|The largest of several small islands which lie in the narrow inlet between Skallen Hills and Skallen Glacier, along the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62.  The name was given by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1972.||
10030|The Minaret|Island|644600S|0633900W|-64.7666667|-63.65|1065|3494|01/01/1963|Steep rock pinnacle, 1,065 m, on the ridge extending NE from Mount William in the southern part of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1944 and again in 1955.  The name, given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), is descriptive of the shape of the summit.||
10031|Minaret Nunatak|Summit|724200S|1621000E|-72.7|162.1666667|2115|6939|01/01/1967|A minaret-like nunatak, 2,1 15 m, standing 1 mi W of Burkett Nunatak, in the Monument Nunataks.  Named by the Northern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63.||
10032|Minaret Peak|Summit|801500S|0822200W|-80.25|-82.3666667|||01/01/1964|A distinctive rock peak at the NW end of the Marble Hills in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  So named by the University of Minnesota Ellsworth Mountains Party, 1962-63, because the peak resembles a minaret.||
10033|Mincey Glacier|Glacier|845700S|1773000W|-84.95|-177.5|||01/01/1962|A glacier, 10 mi long, draining the S slopes of Anderson Heights in the Bush Mountains and flowing SE to enter Shackleton Glacier at Thanksgiving Point.  Discovered and photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47) on the flights of Feb. 16, 1947, and named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Master Sergeant A.V. Mincey, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC), radio operator of Flight 8A.||
10034|Mineral Hill|Summit|632900S|0570300W|-63.4833333|-57.05|445|1460|01/01/1952|Round-topped hill, 445 m, with ice-free, talus-covered slopes, standing 1.5 mi W of Trepassey Bay on Tabarin Peninsula. Probably first seen by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, 1901-04. First charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1946, who so named it because small quantities of reddish mineral in the rock gave the surfaces a conspicuous color.||
10035|Minerva Rocks|Island|635300S|0603700W|-63.8833333|-60.6166667|||01/01/1960|Small group of rocks lying off Chionis Island near Trinity Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  So named by whalers because the Minerva, one of the whale catchers of the British factory ship Pythia, went aground on these rocks in March 1922.  The catcher was abandoned and, because of the heavy swell, became a total wreck.||
10037|Mink Peak|Summit|861400S|1295600W|-86.2333333|-129.9333333|||01/01/1967|A prominent peak standing 2 mi N of Cleveland Mesa, at the E end of Watson Escarpment.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Harold D. Mink, utilitiesman with the wintering parties at Byrd Station in 1962 and 1966.||
10038|Minna Bluff|Cliff|783100S|1662500E|-78.5166667|166.4166667|||01/01/1947|A narrow, bold peninsula, 25 mi long and 3 mi wide, projecting SE from Mount Discovery into Ross Ice Shelf. Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) which named it for Minna, the wife of Sir Clements Markham, the "father" of the expedition.||
10039|Minna Saddle|Gap|782600S|1653300E|-78.4333333|165.55|||01/01/1962|A sweeping snow saddle, several miles long and wide, at the junction of Minna Bluff and the E slopes of Mount Discovery. Named in 1958 for its association with Minna Bluff by the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.||
10040|Minnehaha Icefalls|Glacier|770200S|1622400E|-77.0333333|162.4|||01/01/1952|A small, heavily crevassed icefall descending the steep west slopes of Mount England and forming a southern tributary to New Glacier, close west of its terminus at Granite Harbor, Victoria Land.  Charted and named by a party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) led by Taylor.  The name was suggested by Frank Debenham.||
10041|Minnesota Glacier|Glacier|790000S|0830000W|-79|-83|||01/01/1964|A broad glacier, about 40 mi long and 5 mi wide, flowing E through the Ellsworth Mountains and separating the Sentinel and Heritage Ranges.  It is nourished by ice from the plateau W of the mountains and by the Nimitz and Splettstoesser Glaciers. Minnesota Glacier merges into the larger Rutford Ice Stream at the E margin of the Ellsworth Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the University of Minnesota, at Minneapolis, which sent research parties to the Ellsworth Mountains in 1961-62, 1962-63 and 1963-64.||
10042|The Minnows|Island|660100S|0652300W|-66.0166667|-65.3833333|||01/01/1965|Group of small islands and rocks lying E of Flounder Island in the Fish Islands, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 because the group lies in the Fish Islands.||
10043|Minotaur Pass|Gap|772938S|1605327E|-77.493777|160.890972|1600|5249||A pass, or saddle, at c. 1,600 m between Apollo Peak and Mount Electra in the Olympus Range, Victoria Land.  The pass permits walking access to Wright Valley from McKelvey Valley. Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1984 after the Minotaur, in association with names from Greek mythology in the Olympus Range.||
10044|Minot Point|Summit|641600S|0623100W|-64.2666667|-62.5166667|||01/01/1965|A rock point midway along the west coast of Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  The point lies 3 mi west of the summit of Mount Parry.  Mapped from air photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys, Ltd., 1956-57.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after George R. Minot (1885-1950), American physician and co-winner of a Nobel prize for his work on liver therapy in pernicious anemia.||
10045|Mount Minshew|Summit|854300S|1292200W|-85.7166667|-129.3666667|3895|12779|01/01/1966|A prominent, mainly ice-covered mountain with a small exposed summit peak, 3,895 m, standing 3.5 mi W of Faure Peak at the NW extremity of the elevated plateau portion of the Wisconsin Range, Horlick Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Velon H. Minshew, geologist with the Ohio State University geologic party to the Horlick Mountains, 1964-65.||
10046|Minstrel Point|Summit|610400S|0552500W|-61.0666667|-55.4166667|||01/01/1972|Point about midway between Capes Lindsey and Yelcho on the W coast of Elephant Island, South Shetland Islands.  Named by the U.K. Joint Services Expedition to Elephant Island, 1970-71, after the brig Minstrel (Captain MacGregor), a sealer from London, which anchored N of this feature in February 1821.||
10047|Mount Minto|Summit|714700S|1684500E|-71.7833333|168.75|4165|13665|01/01/1950|Lofty, mostly ice-free mountain rising to 4,165 m, located 2.5 mi E of Mount Adam in the central portion of the Admiralty Mountains.  Discovered in Jan. 1841 by Captain James Ross, Royal Navy (RN), who named it for the Earl of Minto, then First Lord of the Admiralty.||
10048|Mintz Peak|Summit|765300S|1260300W|-76.8833333|-126.05|||01/01/1962|A small peak rising above the SE corner of Mount Hartigan in the Executive Committee Range, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy trimetrogon photography, 1958-60. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Jerome Mintz, Meteorological Electronics Technician at Byrd Station, 1959.||
10049|Mirabilite Pond|Basin|781100S|1635600E|-78.1833333|163.9333333|||01/01/1960|An alkali pond at a high elevation in the southern part of Hidden Valley, west of Koettlitz Glacier.  The pond is located on the northern side of the ridge that bounds the southeast part of Hidden Valley.  The feature was studied by U.S. geologist Troy L. Pewe (1957-58) whose finding of a thin film of white salt mirabilite (Glauber's salt) around the edge of the pond suggested the name.||
10050|Mirabito Range|Range|714000S|1652700E|-71.6666667|165.45|||01/01/1964|Narrow, northwest-trending mountain range, 40 mi long and 4 mi wide, standing between the upper part of Lillie Glacier and the Greenwell Glacier in northern Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander John A. Mirabito, U.S. Navy (USN), staff Meteorological Officer on four Deep Freeze Operations, 1955-59.||
10051|Mirage Island|Island|664800S|1412700E|-66.8|141.45|||01/01/1962|Rocky island 0.25 mi long lying 0.3 mi W of Cape Mousse. Charted in 1950 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) and so named by them because mirages were frequently observed in the vicinity of the island.||
10054|Miranda Peaks|Range|712800S|0683600W|-71.4666667|-68.6|||01/01/1975|A line of about six peaks trending N-S on the S side of Uranus Glacier, in eastern Alexander Island.  The peaks were photographed by Lincoln Ellsworth, Nov. 23, 1935, in the course of a trans-Antarctic flight and were plotted from the air photos by W.L.G. Joerg.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from association with Uranus Glacier after Miranda, one of the moons of the planet Uranus.||
10055|Mirazh Mountain|Summit|711800S|0132500E|-71.3|13.4166667|1485|4872|01/01/1970|Peak, 1,485 m, on the north-central part of Steinmulen Shoulder in the Gruber Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named Gora Mirazh (mirage mountain).||
10056|Mirfak Nunatak|Summit|815800S|1560500E|-81.9666667|156.0833333|||01/01/1965|A nunatak near the polar plateau, 10 mi SW of Vance Bluff. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after the U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) Mirfak, cargo vessel in the U.S. convoy to McMurdo Sound in U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1963.||
10057|Mirnyy Peak|Summit|692000S|0723400W|-69.3333333|-72.5666667|750|2461|01/01/1961|Prominent peak, 750 m, 4 mi NE of Enigma Peak in the N part of Rothschild Island.  Presumably first seen from a distance by the Russian expedition of 1821 under Bellingshausen. Photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, and roughly mapped.  Mapped in detail from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for the sloop Mirnyy, one of the ships of the Bellingshausen expedition.||
10058|Mount Mirotvortsev|Summit|715000S|0121700E|-71.8333333|12.2833333|2830|9285|01/01/1970|Mountain, 2,830 m, standing 1.5 mi NE of Mount Neustruyev in Sudliche Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after K.N. Mirotvortsev (1880-1950), Soviet geographer and explorer.||
10060|Mirounga Flats|Flat|604200S|0453600W|-60.7|-45.6|||01/01/1956|Small partially enclosed tidal area in the inner, northwestern corner of Borge Bay, Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Its E limit is formed by the Thule Islands; its N and W limits by Signy Island.  The tidal area dries at low water.  Roughly surveyed in 1933 by DI personnel.  Resurveyed in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and so named by them because elephant seals the moulting period.||
10061|Mirounga Point|Summit|621400S|0584100W|-62.2333333|-58.6833333||||The E entrance point to Potter Cove, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The feature was called "Punta Baliza" (beacon point) by R. Araya and F. Herve, 1966; later called "Punta Elefante" by the Argentine Antarctic Expedition after the elephant seal (Mirounga leonina), in connection with the establishment of SSSI No. 13 (Site of Special Scientific Interest) in this vicinity under the Antarctic Treaty.  The approved name avoids the duplication of Elephant Point on Livingston Island.||
10062|Mirsky Ledge|Summit|843700S|1114000W|-84.6166667|-111.6666667|||01/01/1962|A snow-covered ledge, or shelflike feature, about 10 mi NE of Mount Schopf in the Ohio Range.  Urbanak Peak and Iversen Peak rise above the ledge which is the apparent NE extremity of the Horlick Mountains.  The geology of these mountains was investigated by researchers from the Institute of Polar Studies, Ohio State University, 1958-62.  The ledge was named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Arthur Mirsky, Assistant Director of the Institute in that period.||
10063|Misch Crag|Cliff|711400S|1595200E|-71.2333333|159.8666667|2590|8497||A rock crag 1 mi NE of Forsythe Bluff, rising to c. 2,590 m on the W side of Daniels Range, Usarp Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1986 after Peter Misch, Professor Emeritus of Geology, University of Washington, who has contributed to the training of numerous geologists who have worked in the Antarctic.||
10064|Misery Peak|Summit|853100S|1781600W|-85.5166667|-178.2666667|2725|8940|01/01/1966|A peak (2,725 m) at the extreme W side of Roberts Massif, occupied as a survey station.  So named by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) to describe the many miserable hours spent here while waiting for clouds to disperse.||
10066|Mislaid Rock|Island|543000S|0370800W|-54.5|-37.1333333|||01/01/1965|Rock lying SW of First Point, Annenkov Island, off the S coast of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1931 British Admiralty chart.||
10067|Misnomer Point|Summit|622200S|0594200W|-62.3666667|-59.7|||01/01/1972|A point immediately N of Carlota Cove on the W coast of Robert Island, South Shetland Islands.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971.  For several years this feature was identified incorrectly on charts as "Cornwall Point," a variant form of the name originally given to nearby Cornwall Island.||
10068|Missen Ridge|Ridge|704100S|1662400E|-70.6833333|166.4|||01/01/1964|A long, ice-covered ridge situated S of the Davis Ice Piedmont and extending along the peninsula of which Cape Hooker is the NE point, on the N coast of Victoria Land.  Named by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) for R. Missen, weather technician on the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Thala Dan) cruise along this coast, 1962.||
10070|Mission Rock|Island|674900S|0682500W|-67.8166667|-68.4166667|||01/01/1964|Low-lying rock lying SW of the Guebriant Islands, off the S end of Adelaide Island.  Surveyed by the Royal Navy (RN) Hydrographic Survey Unit, 1962-63.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1963 because of the rock's proximity to Guebriant Islands, which were named for the French missionary Father Guebriant.||
10071|Mistake Peak|Summit|772617S|1601403E|-77.438138|160.234065|2600|8530|01/01/1962|Snowy peak, about 2,600 m, rising 3 mi WSW of Shapeless Mountain, at the S end of the Willett Range in Victoria Land.  So named in 1957 by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58), because they mistakenly climbed the mountain in the belief they were on Shapeless Mountain.||
10072|Misthound Cirque|Basin|794600S|1561200E|-79.7666667|156.2|||01/01/1968|A cirque forming a large embayment in the E side of Haskell Ridge in the Darwin Mountains.  It is the type locality for the Misthound Coal measures, a formation of the Beacon Sequence of the Darwin Mountains.  So named by Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1962-63, because of the eerie bleakness and often mist-filled floor of the cirque, which contains many peculiarly shaped boulders resembling large dogs.||
10073|Mistichelli Hills|Range|700200S|0725200E|-70.0333333|72.8666667|||01/01/1956|A group of moderately low, rocky coastal hills, 1 mi SW of McKaskle Hills, on the E margin of the Amery Ice Shelf. Delineated in 1952 by John H. Roscoe from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Named by Roscoe for G. Mistichelli, air crewman on Operation Highjump photographic flights over the area.||
10074|Mistral Ridge|Ridge|693300S|0680400W|-69.55|-68.0666667||||A mostly snow-covered ridge extending 6 mi in a NNW-SSE direction, located 5 mi E of Zonda Towers, Rymill Coast, Palmer Land.  The ridge was photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1966, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1971-72.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 after the mistral, the cold NW wind of S France.  One of several features in the area named after winds.||
10075|Mist Rocks|Island|664800S|0663700W|-66.8|-66.6166667|||01/01/1965|A group of insular rocks close NW of Holdfast Point at the entrance to Lallemand Fjord, Graham Land.  Mapped from air photos taken by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  The name arose locally; the first Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) party sledging N from Detaille Island on Aug. 21, 1956, fortuitously discovered these rocks while searching in the mist for a secure camp site.||
10077|Misty Pass|Gap|632900S|0575900W|-63.4833333|-57.9833333|700|2297|01/01/1952|Pass, 700 m high, between the head of Broad Valley and a valley descending N to Bransfield Strait, situated 8 mi SE of Cape Ducorps on Trinity Peninsula.  Mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1946, and so named because clouds pouring E through the pass had been noted by the survey party to herald bad weather.||
10078|Mount Mitchell|Summit|824300S|1653600E|-82.7166667|165.6|1820|5971|01/01/1966|Mountain, 1,820 m, standing 5 mi SW of Cape Goldie in the N part of the Holland Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys (1961-62) and Navy air photos (1960).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander G.W. Mitchell, Commanding Officer of the USS Burton Island during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1964.||
10079|Mitchell Glacier|Glacier|775730S|1631034E|-77.958317|163.176225|||01/01/1992|A glacier which descends steeply from Chaplains Tableland in NE Royal Society Range, Victoria Land, flowing ENE between Transit Ridge and Ibarra Peak to join the Blue Glacier drainage S of Granite Knolls.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1992 after J. Murray Mitchell (1928-90), climatologist with the U.S. Weather Bureau and successor agencies, 1955-86; project scientist on climatic change, ESSA, 1965-74; senior research climatologist, NOAA, 1974-86; member, Polar Research Board, National Academy of Sciences, 1978-82 (Chairman of Committee on Polar Regions and Climatic Change, 1979-84); member, Advisory Committee to the Division of Polar Programs, NSF, 1988-90.||
10081|Mitchell Nunatak|Summit|705800S|0713000E|-70.9666667|71.5|||01/01/1973|The central nunatak in a group of three nunataks in the N part of the Manning Nunataks.  The Manning Nunataks were photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47) and by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1957).  They were visited by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1965 and by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey party in 1969.  Named by ANCA for R. Mitchell, senior diesel mechanic at Mawson Station in 1969.||
10082|Mitchell Peak|Summit|762500S|1472200W|-76.4166667|-147.3666667|||01/01/1947|A solitary peak 13 mi W of Birchall Peaks on the S side of Guest Peninsula in Marie Byrd Land.  It was sighted by R. Admiral Byrd, Dec. 5, 1929, while on an airplane flight over this coast. Named by Byrd for Hugh C. Mitchell, mathematician of the U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, a member of the National Geographic Society committee of experts which determined that Byrd reached both the North and South Poles by airplane in 1926 and 1929, respectively.||
10083|Mitchell Peninsula|Cape|662000S|1103200E|-66.3333333|110.5333333|||01/01/1963|Rocky peninsula, 2.5 mi long and 2 mi wide, lying between O'Brien Bay and Sparkes Bay at the E side of the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in February 1947 and thought to be an island connected by a steep snow ramp to the continental ice overlying Budd Coast.  The term peninsula was considered more appropriate by the Wilkes Station party of 1957.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Ray A. Mitchell, USN, captain of the USS Cacapon, tanker of the western task group of U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, Task Force 68, 1946-47.||
10084|Mitchell Point|Summit|641300S|0620300W|-64.2166667|-62.05|||01/01/1960|Point at the S side of the entrance to Hill Bay on the E coast of Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos in 1959.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Silas W. Mitchell (1829-1914), American surgeon, founder of neurology in the United States.||
10086|Mite Skerry|Island|675200S|0671900W|-67.8666667|-67.3166667|||01/01/1965|Small island in the S part of the entrance to Lystad Bay, off Horseshoe Island.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958; the name is descriptive of its small size.||
10088|Mitsudomoe Islands|Island|695700S|0384500E|-69.95|38.75|||01/01/1968|Three small islands lying close together 1 mi W of Strandnebba in the SE extremity of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Mitsudomoe-shima (commas-united-to-form-a-circle islands).||
10089|The Mitten|Summit|755900S|1603000E|-75.9833333|160.5|||01/01/1965|Bare flat-topped mountain, which resembles a mitten when viewed from above, standing 3 mi NW of Mount Armytage in Victoria Land.  Named by the Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1962-63) because of its shape.||
10090|Mitterling Glacier|Glacier|665000S|0641800W|-66.8333333|-64.3|||01/01/1976|Glacier on the E coast of Graham Land, draining between Mount Vartdal and Mount Hayes into the N part of Mill Inlet. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Philip I. Mitterling, American historian and author of America in the Antarctic to 1840.||
10091|Mittlere Petermann Range|Range|713000S|0122800E|-71.5|12.4666667|||01/01/1970|One of the Petermann Ranges, extending N-S for 17 mi from Johnson Peaks to Store Svarthorn Peak, in the Wohlthat Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39, and so named by them for its middle position in the northern part of the Petermann Ranges.||
10094|Mixon Rocks|Summit|764300S|1592300E|-76.7166667|159.3833333|||01/01/1965|Rock outcrops about 2.5 mi west of Gadarene Ridge in the Allan Hills, Victoria Land.  Reconnoitered by the New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) Allan Hills Expedition, 1964, who named this feature for Lieutenant William A. Mixon, a U.S. Navy medical officer at McMurdo Station who treated an injured member of the expedition.||04/11/2001
10095|Miyoda Cliff|Cliff|682200S|0650500W|-68.3666667|-65.0833333|400|1312||A rock cliff rising to c. 400 m at the NE end of Rock Pile Peaks, Bermel Peninsula, marking the S entrance point to Solberg Inlet, Bowman Coast.  The cliff was photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1940, the U.S. Navy, 1966, and was surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1946-48.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 for Larry W. Miyoda, Station Manager, Palmer Station, 1976; engineer, Siple Station, 1974.||
10096|Mizar Nunataks|Summit|815200S|1543500E|-81.8666667|154.5833333|||01/01/1965|Small cluster of rock nunataks near the polar plateau, 12 mi S of Wilhoite Nunataks.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after the U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1962.||
10097|Mizuho Plateau|Plain|713000S|0390000E|-71.5|39|||01/01/1975|A mainly featureless ice plateau, situated eastward of the Queen Fabiola Mountains and southward of the Shirase Glacier in Queen Maud Land.  A field party of the Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) studied the Mizuho Plateau in November-December 1960 and gave its name.  At the Japanese station on East Ongul Island it was called "Japan Highland," but this name was not adopted officially.  Mizuho is one of the ancient names of Japan.||
10098|Mizukuguri Cove|Bay|691100S|0393800E|-69.1833333|39.6333333|||01/01/1975|A cove in the east side of Lutzow-Holm Bay, Queen Maud Land.  It indents the western shore of Langhovde Hills 0.5 mi west of Mount Choto.  This area was the site of SCUBA diving by members of the Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) in February 1968.  The name "Mizukuguriura" (diving cove) was applied by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1972.||
10099|Mizukumi Stream|Stream|690000S|0393500E|-69|39.5833333|||01/01/1968|A small meltwater stream 0.1 mi N of Hachinosu Peak on East Ongul Island.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 195J, and named Mizukumizawa (water-drawing stream).||
10101|Mjell Glacier|Glacier|720700S|0260600E|-72.1166667|26.1|||01/01/1966|Glacier 9 mi long, flowing NE between Mount Bergersen and Isachsen Mountain in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Mjellbreen (the dry-snow glacier).||
10102|Mjøllføykje Bluff|Cliff|733200S|0034500W|-73.5333333|-3.75|||01/01/1966|A prominent bluff at the E side of Belgen Valley, in the Kirwan Escarpment of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and additional air photos (1958-59) and named Mjollfoykje.||
10103|Mjøllkvaevane Cirques|Basin|715300S|0142700E|-71.8833333|14.45|||01/01/1970|A series of small snow-filled cirques that indent the E side of Kvaevefjellet Mountain in the Payer Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Mjollkvaevane.||
10104|M'Kean Point|Summit|624200S|0600100W|-62.7|-60.0166667|||01/01/1965|Point lying 3.5 mi E of Brunow Bay on the SE coast of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961 for Captain M'Kean, Master of the British sealing vessel Princess Charlotte from Calcutta, who visited the South Shetland Islands and moored in nearby Johnsons Dock in 1821-22.||
10105|Moawhango Névé|Glacier|721500S|1633400E|-72.25|163.5666667|||01/01/1969|A small neve between Mount Camelot and Monte Cassino, in the Freyberg Mountains.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1967-68, in association with a locality of the same name in New Zealand.||
10107|Mount Moberly|Summit|644400S|0634100W|-64.7333333|-63.6833333|1535|5036|01/01/1963|Steep-sided, snow-covered mountain, 1,535 m, at the end of the ridge extending SW from Mount Francais in the S part of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  It is separated from Mount William to the S by the col at the head of Hooper Glacier. In 1832, John Biscoe named a mountain in this area for Captain John Moberly, Royal Navy (RN), but the mountain was not located by subsequent expeditions.  The feature described was identified as Mount Moberly by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) who made surveys in the area in 1944 and 1955.||
10109|Mobiloil Inlet|Stream|683500S|0644500W|-68.5833333|-64.75|||01/01/1953|Ice-filled inlet, nurtured by several NE and E flowing glaciers, lying between Rock Pile Peaks and Hollick-Kenyon Peninsula along the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered by Sir Hubert Wilkins in a flight on Dec. 20, 1928, and named by him after a product of the Vacuum Oil Co. of Australia.||
10110|Moe Island|Island|604500S|0454200W|-60.75|-45.7|||01/01/1952|Island 1 mi long separated from the SW end of Signy Island by Fyr Channel, in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted by Captain Petter Sorlle, 1912-13, and named after M. Thoralf Moe of Sandefjord, Norway, a contemporary whaling captain who worked in this area.||
10111|Moe Point|Summit|701900S|0622300W|-70.3166667|-62.3833333|||01/01/1976|A point comprised of a small bare rock bluff, located just S of Croom Glacier on the NW side of Smith Inlet, in Palmer Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard Moe, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at Palmer Station in 1974.||
10112|Mount Moffat|Summit|833200S|0551700W|-83.5333333|-55.2833333|1250|4101|01/01/1968|Mountain, 1,250 m, standing 4 mi NE of Mount Ege in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert J. Moffat, construction electrician at Ellsworth Station, winter 1958.||
10113|Moffett Glacier|Glacier|855200S|1610000W|-85.8666667|-161|||01/01/1950|A tributary glacier, 13 mi long, flowing E from Rawson Plateau to enter Amundsen Glacier just S of Mount Benjamin, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered by R. Admiral Byrd on the South Pole flight of Nov. 28-29, 1929, and named by him for R. Admiral William A. Moffett, U.S. Navy (USN), first Chief of the Bureau of Aeronautics, Department of the Navy.||
10114|Mount Mogensen|Summit|773400S|0855000W|-77.5666667|-85.8333333|2790|9153|01/01/1960|A snow-covered mountain, 2,790 m, standing 5 mi NE of Mount Ulmer in the N part of the Sentinel Range.  Discovered by Lincoln Ellsworth on his trans-Antarctic flight of Nov. 23, 1935.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Palle Mogensen, scientific leader at South Pole Station, 1957-58.||
10117|Mohaupt Point|Summit|660400S|1004700E|-66.0666667|100.7833333|||01/01/1961|The eastern point of Currituck Island, in the Highjump Archipelago.  The name "Mohaupt Island" was given by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1956 to the northern portion of Currituck Island, then thought to be a separate feature.  Subsequent Soviet expeditions (1956-57) found that feature to be part of Currituck Island and Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) has reapplied the name to the point described.  Named for H.E. Mohaupt, air crewman on U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp photographic flights in this area in 1946-47.||
10118|Mount Mohl|Summit|783300S|0850500W|-78.55|-85.0833333|3710|12172|01/01/1961|A mountain (3,710 m) at the E side of Vinson Massif, surmounting the ridge between the heads of Dater and Thomas Glaciers, in the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Edgar A. Mohl, USN, hydrographic officer on the staff of Commander, U.S. Navy (USN) Task Force 43, during Deep Freeze Operations I and II, 1955-56 and 1956-57.||
10119|Mohn Basin|Basin|863000S|1680000W|-86.5|-168||||A major depression in the surface near the edge of the polar plateau.  It extends southward from the western limit of Quarles Range for about 100 miles and includes the neve area adjacent to the heads of the Bowman, Devils, Amundsen and Scott Glaciers, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  The feature was encountered in December 1911 by the South Pole Party of the Norwegian expedition under Roald Amundsen.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Henrik Mohn, Norwegian meteorologist and author of the meteorological report of this expedition.||
10120|Mohn Peaks|Range|730700S|0611500W|-73.1166667|-61.25|1230|4035|01/01/1953|Two ice-covered peaks, the northern and southern 1,275 m and 1,230 m, respectively, standing 9 mi WSW of the head of Mason Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  First seen and photographed from the air in December 1940 by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  During 1947 the peaks were photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted them from the ground.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Henrik Mohn.||
10121|Moider Glacier|Glacier|674300S|0673800W|-67.7166667|-67.6333333||||A glacier flowing W into the E side of Dalgliesh Bay, Pourquoi Pas Island, in Marguerite Bay.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1979 in association with nearby Perplex Ridge.  The word "moider" is a synonym for perplex.||03/07/1997
10122|Moider Peak|Summit|655500S|0630900W|-65.9166667|-63.15|1165|3822|01/01/1963|A peak (1,165 m) on the divide between Fleece Glacier and the upper reaches of Leppard Glacier, 12 mi W of Mount Alibi, on the E side of Graham Land.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC); "moider" means to perplex or to confuse.  At the time of the survey, the area to the NW of this peak was obscured by low cloud, and its relationship with other features in the vicinity could not be determined.||
10123|Molar Massif|Range|713800S|1634500E|-71.6333333|163.75|||01/01/1970|A large mountain massif immediately E of Lanterman Range in the Bowers Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  The descriptive name was applied by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN).  When viewed in plan, the outline of the massif resembles a molar tooth.||
10124|Molar Peak|Summit|644100S|0631900W|-64.6833333|-63.3166667|1065|3494|01/01/1963|Steep-sided peak, 1,065 m, between Mount Camber and Copper Peak in the Osterrieth Range of Anvers Island, in the palmer Archipelago.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following a survey by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955.  The descriptive name arose because the peak is shaped like a tooth.||
10125|Molchaniya Rock|Summit|720900S|0140800E|-72.15|14.1333333|||01/01/1970|An isolated rock 6 mi WNW of Rokhlin Nunataks in the Payer Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and first plotted from air photos by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Remapped from air photos and surveys by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named Skala Molchaniya (silent rock).||
10127|Molecule Island|Island|662800S|0662400W|-66.4666667|-66.4|||01/01/1965|The easternmost of the Bragg Islands, lying in Crystal Sound 7.5 mi N of Cape Rey, Graham Land.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1958-59).  The name arose from association with Atom Rock in the same group.||
10128|Molholm Island|Island|661600S|1103300E|-66.2666667|110.55|||01/01/1960|An island at the entrance to McGrady Cove in the eastern part of Newcomb Bay, Windmill Islands.  The island was mapped from air photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp 1946-47.  Named by C.R. Eklund for John Molholm, glaciologist at Wilkes Station, 1957.||
10129|Molholm Shoal|Bar|661600S|1103300E|-66.2666667|110.55|||01/01/1963|A shoal area 0.1 mi W of Molholm Island in the Windmill Islands.  Depths of less than 6 fathoms extend for 0.2 mi in a N-S direction, with depths of 11 ft near the S end.  Discovered and charted in February 1957 by a party from the USS Glacier.  Named by ANCA after nearby Molholm Island.||
10130|Molina Point|Summit|644800S|0625100W|-64.8|-62.85||||The eastern point of Lemaire Island, Danco Coast, Graham Land.  Named "Punta Molina" by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition, 1950-51, possibly after a member of the expedition.||
10131|Molina Rocks|Island|632200S|0582700W|-63.3666667|-58.45|||01/01/1964|A small group of rocks 4 mi W of Tupinier Islands, Trinity Peninsula.  The name appears on a Chilean government chart of 1951.||04/11/2001
10133|Molle Glacier|Glacier|673100S|0471000E|-67.5166667|47.1666667|||01/01/1965|Glacier, 4 mi wide, flowing NNE into the N part of the Hannan Ice Shelf, Enderby Land.  Charted from air photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956.  Named by ANCA for J.D. Molle, radio officer at Davis Station in 1960.||
10134|Møller Bank|Bar|673400S|0625200E|-67.5666667|62.8666667|||01/01/1965|Marine bank (least depth 32 m) at the N end of Kista Strait, 1 mi W of Welch Island in Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land. Charted in February 1961 by d'A.T. Gale, hydrographic surveyor with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Thala Dan).  Named by ANCA for J. Wennerberg Moller, third mate on the Thala Dan in 1961, who assisted in the hydrographic survey.||
10136|Möller Ice Stream|Stream|822000S|0633000W|-82.3333333|-63.5||||An ice stream flowing NNE into Ronne Ice Shelf to the W of Foundation Ice Stream.  The drainage basin of this ice stream is separated by Rambo Nunataks from the drainage basin of Foundation Ice Stream.  The feature was delineated from U.S. Landsat imagery commissioned by the Institut fur Angewandte Geodasie, Frankfurt am Main, Germany, recorded January-March, 1986.  Named after Dietrich Moller, German engineer, Professor and Director, Institute for Land Survey, Technical University of Braunschweig, from 1972; Deputy Leader and in charge of geodetic work at Filchner Station on Ronne Ice Shelf, 1979-80.||
10137|Molley Corner|Valley|640900S|0581900W|-64.15|-58.3166667||||A point on the N side of Rohss Bay, James Ross Island, 3 mi E of Cape Obelisk.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1983 after William Molley, Third Mate in His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Terror of the British expedition, 1839-43, under Captain James C. Ross.||
10138|Möll Spur|Ridge|762300S|1120900W|-76.3833333|-112.15|||01/01/1975|A jagged rock spur which juts southward from Jaron Cliffs on the southern slope of Mount Takahe, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy tricamera aerial photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Markus Moll (University of Bern, Switzerland), U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciologist at Byrd Station, 1969-70.||
10139|Mollweide Glacier|Glacier|775603S|1633934E|-77.93414|163.659486|||01/01/1993|A steep glacier 1 mi S of Mount Kowalczyk, descending W from Hobbs Ridge into Blue Glacier, in Victoria Land.  The name is one of a group in the area associated with surveying applied in 1993 by the New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB).  Named from the Mollweide projection, an equal area map projection with the parallels and central meridian being straight lines.||
10140|Mollyhawk Island|Island|540100S|0371900W|-54.0166667|-37.3166667|||01/01/1963|Small, tussock-covered island lying between Seaward Rock and Crescent Island in the N part of the Bay of Isles, South Georgia.  Charted in 1912-13 by Robert Cushman Murphy, American naturalist aboard the brig Daisy.  Surveyed in 1929-30 by DI personnel and named in association with Albatross Island, Prion Island and other natural history names given in the Bay of Isles by Murphy in 1912-13.||
10141|Molly Hill|Summit|540100S|0380400W|-54.0166667|-38.0666667||||A hill between Evermann Cove and Johnson Cove in western Bird Island, South Georgia.  The name derives from the Blackbrowed Albatross or Mollymauk (Diomedea melanophris) which breeds on the hill in large numbers.  According to UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), the name has been in local usage at least since 1963.||
10142|Molnar Rocks|Island|661100S|0665800W|-66.1833333|-66.9666667|||01/01/1965|Insular rocks lying 4 mi W of the middle of Lavoisier Island, Biscoe Islands.  Mapped from air photos taken by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for George W. Molnar, American physiologist who has specialized in the reactions of the body to cold environments.||
10144|Moltke Harbor|Harbor|543100S|0360400W|-54.5166667|-36.0666667|||01/01/1953|Bay 1 mi wide in the NW side of Royal Bay, along the N coast of South Georgia.  Charted by the German group of the International Polar Year Investigations based at Royal Bay in 1882-83, and named after the expedition ship Moltke.||
10146|Moltke Nunataks|Summit|775800S|0353000W|-77.9666667|-35.5|||01/01/1947|A chain of north-south trending nunataks close to the northeastern end of the Filchner Ice Shelf.  One nunatak was first roughly mapped and named "Moltke Nunatak" by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1911-12, under Wilhelm Filchner.  He named it for General Helmuth von Moltke, Chief of the German General Staff and Sec. of State for Home Affairs.  Surveys during the mid-1950s by British, Argentine and United States expeditions indicate a group of four or five nunataks exist in the area.||
10148|Mom Peak|Summit|852700S|1730000E|-85.45|173|3260|10695|01/01/1973|A peak (3,260 m) in eastern Otway Massif, 5 mi SE of Mount Petlock.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-63).  This name recognizes the activities of Shirley (Mrs. James C.) Anderson of San Diego, CA, widely known as "Antarctica Mom" among U.S. personnel wintering over in Antarctica.  In the years following 1961, Mrs. Anderson communicated with thousands of wintering personnel in Antarctica and her efforts contributed greatly to their morale.||
10149|Cape Monaco|Cape|644300S|0641800W|-64.7166667|-64.3|||01/01/1960|Cape which forms the SW tip of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by a German expedition 1873-74, under Dallmann, but its relationship to Anvers Island was not known at that time.  It was later charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, and named by him for prince Albert de Monaco, a patron of the expedition.||
10150|Cape Monakov|Cape|670900S|0484100E|-67.15|48.6833333|||01/01/1971|A cape on the W coast of Sakellari Peninsula, Enderby Land. The region was photographed by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956 and by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1957.  Named by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) after S. Ye. Monakov, a Soviet polar aviator who perished in the Arctic.||
10151|Monastery Nunatak|Summit|775821S|1603542E|-77.97249|160.594958|||01/01/1962|A spectacular isolated nunatak at the head of Ferrar Glacier, between Mount Feather and Pivot Peak, in Victoria Land. A cap of pale sandstone, with vertical walls, standing above a horizontal base of black dolerite, strongly suggests a Tibetan monastery.  Named by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1958-59).||
10153|Mondor Glacier|Glacier|632800S|0570800W|-63.4666667|-57.1333333|||01/01/1963|Glacier 3.5 mi long flowing SW from the head of Depot Glacier into Duse Bay, Trinity Peninsula.  This glacier and Depot Glacier together fill the depression between Hope and Duse Bays which marks the northern limit of Tabarin Peninsula.  Mapped in 1946 and 1956 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who named the feature in association with Tabarin Peninsula.  "Operation Tabarin" (the forerunner of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS)) was derived from the "Bal Tabarin" in Paris.  In Recueil General des Oeuvres et Fantaisies de Tabarin, Tabarin was the buffoon who attracted the crowd to the booth where Mondor sold his quack medicines.||
10155|Monflier Point|Summit|655500S|0660400W|-65.9166667|-66.0666667|||01/01/1960|Point which marks the SW end of Rabot Island in the Biscoe Islands.  First charted and named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot.||
10156|Monge Island|Island|664700S|1412900E|-66.7833333|141.4833333|||01/01/1962|Small rocky island immediately S of La Conchee and 0.5 mi NE of Cape Mousse.  Charted in 1951 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) and named after Gaspard Monge (1746-1818), French mathematician.||
10157|Monica Rock|Island|622000S|0594400W|-62.3333333|-59.7333333|1|3|01/01/1972|A rock about 1.5 m above mean higher high water and showing as two rocks at most states of the tide, located 0.7 mi W of Cornwall Island in English Strait, South Shetland Islands. Charted and named by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition, 1949-50, after the eldest daughter of Lieutenant Venturini.||
10160|Mount Monique|Summit|694500S|0753000W|-69.75|-75.5|600|1968|01/01/1950|Mountain, c. 600 m, with a prominent rocky N face and ice-covered S slopes, 3 mi W of Marion Nunataks on the N coast of Charcot Island.  Discovered and roughly mapped on Jan. 11, 1910, by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Dr. Jean B. Charcot, and named by him in association with Marion Nunataks and Mount Martine after his daughter, Monique.  Photographed from the air on Feb. 9, 1947, by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and mapped from these photos by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.||
10163|Monk Islands|Island|604000S|0455500W|-60.6666667|-45.9166667|||01/01/1952|Group of very small islands and rocks lying 1.5 mi S of Meier Point, off the S coast of Coronation Island in the South Orkney Islands.  First charted and named "Munken" (The Monk) by Norwegian whaling captain Peter Sorlle in 1912-13.  The name approved is an anglicized form of the earlier Norwegian name appearing on the chart by DI personnel on the Discovery II, who surveyed the islands in 1933.||
10164|Monnier Point|Summit|670600S|0644500W|-67.1|-64.75|||01/01/1952|Low, mainly ice-covered point forming the S side of the entrance to Mill Inlet, on the E coast of Graham Land.  During 1947 it was photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, and charted from the ground by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Franz R.V. Le Monnier, Austrian polar bibliographer.||
10165|The Monolith|Island|665700S|1631700E|-66.95|163.2833333|80|262|01/01/1947|A remarkable pinnacle rock (80 m), broad at the base and tapering to a point.  It lies close off the N end of the islet S of Sabrina Island, in the Balleny Islands.  So named because of its shape.||
10166|Monroe Island|Island|603600S|0460300W|-60.6|-46.05|||01/01/1955|Largest of the Larsen Islands, lying off the W end of Coronation Island in the South Orkney Islands.  The Larsen Islands were discovered by Captain George Powell and Captain Nathaniel Palmer in December 1821, but were named on a chart by the Norwegian whaler Captain Petter Sorlle in 1912-13.  They were recharted in 1933 by DI personnel on the Discovery II, who used the name Larsen Islands for the group and named the largest island Larsen Island.  Because the names were found to be confusing, the island was renamed in 1954 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for the sloop James Monroe, which was commanded by Captain Palmer at the time of discovery and anchored in this vicinity in December 1821.||
10168|Monroe Point|Summit|624900S|0613000W|-62.8166667|-61.5|||01/01/1965|Point lying 3 mi NW of Cape Conway on the SW side of Snow Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  It was named Low Point by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1935, but this name has not since been used.  In order to avoid duplication, a new name was applied by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961. Monroe Point derives from Monroe Island, the name used for Snow Island by sealers in the 1820s.||
10170|Monsimet Cove|Bay|621100S|0583400W|-62.1833333|-58.5666667|||01/01/1952|Cove 0.5 mi W of Herve Cove along the S side of Ezcurra Inlet, in Admiralty Bay, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot, and named by him for a member of the expedition.||
10171|Mount Monson|Summit|773100S|1433100W|-77.5166667|-143.5166667|1155|3789|01/01/1970|The highest summit (1,155 m) in the Mackay Mountains, situated 1.5 mi NE of Vivian Nunatak in the SW part of the group, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65) Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Laurence C. Monson III, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), co-pilot of LC-130F Hercules aircraft during Operation Deep Freeze 1968.||
10173|Montagu Island|Island|582500S|0262000W|-58.4166667|-26.3333333|||01/01/1952|Island 9 mi long and 5 mi wide, lying between Saunders and Bristol Islands, in the South Sandwich Islands.  Discovered in 1775 by a British expedition under Cook, who named it for John Montagu, the fourth Earl of Sandwich and First Lord of the Admiralty.||
10175|Mount Monteagle|Summit|734300S|1652800E|-73.7166667|165.4666667|2780|9121|01/01/1950|A high, sharp peak (2,780 m) standing 10 mi N of Cape Sibbald in the Mountaineer Range, Victoria Land.  It surmounts Aviator Glacier to the west and the large cirque of Parker Glacier to the east.  Discovered in January 1841 by Sir James Clark Ross who named this peak for Baron Monteagle, Chancellor of the Exchequer, 1835-39.||
10176|Monteath Hills|Range|720600S|1663000E|-72.1|166.5|2550|8366||A group of mountains in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land, bounded by Jutland Glacier, Midway Glacier, Pearl Harbor Glacier, and Plata Glacier.  The group includes Mount Crowder, Mount Tararua (2,550 m), and Mount Holdsworth.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC), 1983, after Colin Monteath, field operations officer, Antarctic Division, New Zealand Department of Scientific and Industrial Research.||
10177|Montecchi Glacier|Glacier|720400S|1673500E|-72.0666667|167.5833333|||01/01/1970|A tributary glacier that drains E from Bertalan Peak to enter Tucker Glacier just N of Mount Hazlett, in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Pietrantonio Montecchi, geophysicist at McMurdo Station, 1966-67.||
10178|Monteverdi Peninsula|Cape|723000S|0720000W|-72.5|-72|||01/01/1975|A large ice-covered peninsula between Bach Ice Shelf and George VI Sound, forming the southernmost part of Alexander Island.  The southern side of the feature was first seen and charted by Finn Ronne and Carl Eklund of U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, who traversed the entire length of George VI Sound.  Mapped from trimetrogon air photography taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and from survey by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1948-50.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Italian composer Claudio Monteverdi, 1568-1643.||
10179|Montgolfier Glacier|Glacier|644700S|0621500W|-64.7833333|-62.25|||01/01/1965|Glacier flowing to Piccard Cove between Rozier and Woodbury Glaciers on the W coast of Graham Land.  Mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Joseph M. Montgolfier (1740-1810) and his brother Etienne J. Montgolfier (1745-1799), French papermakers, inventors of the hot-air balloon, 1782-83, and pioneer balloonists.||
10180|Montgomerie Glacier|Glacier|834700S|1665500E|-83.7833333|166.9166667|||01/01/1967|A narrow tributary glacier, 10 mi long, flowing N along the W side of Hampton Ridge in Queen Alexandra Range to enter Lennox-King Glacier.  Named by the Northern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for John Montgomerie, assistant surveyor of that party.||
10182|Montigny Glacier|Glacier|710500S|1632400E|-71.0833333|163.4|||01/01/1970|A steep tributary glacier in the Bowers Mountains, flowing eastward and at the terminus coalescing with Irwin Glacier (from the south), with which it enters the larger Graveson Glacier. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Raymond J. Montigny, glaciologist, who participated in the study of Meserve Glacier in 1966-67.||
10183|Montravel Rock|Island|630900S|0580200W|-63.15|-58.0333333|||01/01/1952|Rock lying 11 mi NW of Cape Legoupil off the NW coast of Trinity Peninsula.  Discovered in Feb. 1838 by Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville, who named it for Ensign Louis Tardy de Montravel of the expedition ship Zelee.||
10184|Mount Montreuil|Summit|730400S|1661100E|-73.0666667|166.1833333|2680|8793|01/01/1969|A mountain (2,680 m) along the N side of Gair Glacier 8.5 mi E of Mount Supernal, in the Mountaineer Range of Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Paul L. Montreuil, biologist at McMurdo Station, 1964-65.||
10185|Montrol Rock|Island|625800S|0562100W|-62.9666667|-56.35|||01/01/1965|The largest of a group of rocks lying E of Cape Juncal, D'Urville Island, in the Joinville Island group.  Discovered by the French expedition under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville, 1837-40, and named after Francois Mongin de Montrol, a French journalist and politician.||
10190|The Monument|Pillar|634400S|0575300W|-63.7333333|-57.8833333|495|1624|01/01/1952|A rock pillar rising to 495 m on Red Island in Prince Gustav Channel.  The feature was sighted by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, 1901-04.  It was surveyed and named descriptively by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1945.||
10191|Monument Nunataks|Summit|723500S|1621500E|-72.5833333|162.25|||01/01/1964|A group of nunataks that have numerous pinnacles and odd-shaped projections resembling monuments, situated N of Sculpture Mountain in the upper part of Rennick Glacier.  Named by the Northern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63.||
10192|Monument Rocks|Island|640100S|0605700W|-64.0166667|-60.95|||01/01/1960|A group of rocks lying 4 mi NE of Cape Sterneck in the entrance to Curtiss Bay, northern Graham Land.  Roughly charted and given this descriptive name by James Hoseason, First Mate of the sealer Sprightly in 1824.||
10194|Mount Moody|Summit|713100S|1625200E|-71.5166667|162.8666667|2040|6693|01/01/1964|A peak (2,040 m) located 5 mi SE of Carnes Crag in northwestern Lanterman Range, Bowers Mountains.  Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, for Lieutenant Daniel M. Moody, U.S. Navy (USN), of Squadron VX-6, who flew support flights for this New Zealand expedition.||
10195|Moody Glacier|Glacier|843000S|1654800E|-84.5|165.8|||01/01/1966|A glacier between Martin Ridge and Adams Mountains in the Queen Alexandra Range, draining S into Berwick Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Construction Electrician P.R. Moody, U.S. Navy (USN), at McMurdo Station, winter 1963.||
10196|Moody Island|Island|772000S|1491200W|-77.3333333|-149.2|||01/01/1966|An ice-covered island 10 mi long, between Kizer and Steventon Islands in the Sulzberger Ice Shelf Mapped from surveys by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for E.L. Moody, dog-driver with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1933-35).||
10197|Moody Nunatak|Summit|830700S|1593000E|-83.1166667|159.5|||01/01/1966|A prominent isolated nunatak at the E side of Marsh Glacier, 4 mi W of Bartrum Plateau, Queen Elizabeth Range.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1964-65) for Lieutenant D.M. Moody, pilot with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6, who flew the southern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) in and out of the field.||
10198|Moody Peak|Summit|782200S|1583500E|-78.3666667|158.5833333|1800|5905|01/01/1965|Peak over 1,800 m, marking the N limit of Boomerang Range. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for Junior L. Moody, Aviation Boatswain's Mate, U.S. Navy (USN), in charge of loading and of loading aircraft at McMurdo Station, 1959-60.||
10199|Moody Point|Summit|631800S|0550100W|-63.3|-55.0166667|||01/01/1952|Point which forms the E end of Joinville Island, off the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered by a British expedition under Ross, 1839-43, and named by him for Lieutenant Governor Moody of the Falkland Islands.||
10200|Moon Bay|Bay|623500S|0600000W|-62.5833333|-60|||01/01/1952|Bay 7 mi wide which recedes 4 mi between Edinburgh Hill and Renier Point, on the E side of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  This bay was known to sealers in the area as early as 1821.  Recharted in 1935 by DI personnel on the Moon Island.||
10201|Mount Mooney|Summit|863400S|1454800W|-86.5666667|-145.8|2850|9350||A ridge-shaped mountain, 2,850 m, standing just N of the La Gorce Mountains, where it rises above the middle of Robison Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn, and named by R. Admiral Byrd for James E. Mooney, who assisted this and later Byrd expeditions.  From 1959-65, Mooney served as Deputy United States Antarctic Projects Officer.||
10202|Mount Moonie|Summit|701300S|0650700E|-70.2166667|65.1166667|||01/01/1971|A mountain just S of Mount Dart and 1 mi W of Mount Cardell in the Athos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1965.  Named by ANCA for P.J. Moonie, radio operator at Mawson Station in 1967 and 1969. Moonie was a member of the Prince Charles Mountains survey party in 1969.||
10203|Moonlight Point|Summit|612700S|0555600W|-61.45|-55.9333333|||01/01/1993|The NW point of Aspland Island in the South Shetland Islands.  So named by a JSEEIG party canoeing from O'Brien Island to Aspland Island, Jan. 3, 1977, because the point appeared silhouetted against a full moon.  Approved by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1980.||
10205|Cape Moore|Cape|705600S|1675400E|-70.9333333|167.9|||01/01/1947|Cape at the E end of Tapsell Foreland which forms the N side of the entrance to Smith Inlet, on the N coast of Victoria Land.  Discovered by Captain James C. Ross, 1841, who named it for Thomas E.L. Moore, mate on the Terror.||
10206|Mount Moore|Summit|802500S|0974500W|-80.4166667|-97.75|305|1001|01/01/1960|Mount Moore is approximately 2270 meters above sea level; the summit rises 305 meters above the surrounding snow surface.  With only Mount Woollard nearby, 8 mi to the S, it stands about 150 mi W of the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains. Discovered by the Marie Byrd Land Traverse Party on Feb. 4, 1958, and named after Lieutenant John P. Moore, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR) (1928-55), a helicopter pilot aboard the USS Atka, who perished in a helicopter crash near Kainan Bay in January 1955.||03/13/2007
10208|Moore Dome|Summit|742000S|1112000W|-74.3333333|-111.3333333|700|2297||An ice dome, circular in plan and of 15 mi extent, rising to 700 m and forming the NW portion of Bear Peninsula, on Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in 1947 and U.S. Navy (USN) in 1966.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 after Captain Robert G. Moore, USCG, Commanding Officer, U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Burton Island, with operations in the Ross Sea, Pine Island Bay and Antarctic Peninsula areas during the 1974-75 season.||
10209|Moore Embayment|Bay|784500S|1650000E|-78.75|165|||01/01/1947|A large ice-filled embayment between Shults Peninsula and Minna Bluff, along the northwest side of the Ross Ice Shelf. Discovered and named by Captain Robert F. Scott's Discovery expedition, 1901-04.  Admiral Sir Arthur Moore, Naval Commander-in-Chief at Cape Town, placed the resources of the naval dockyard at Cape Town at the disposal of the proceeded to New Zealand and the Antarctic.||
10210|Moore Island|Island|694000S|0683900W|-69.6666667|-68.65||||The largest of the Rhyolite Islands (q.v.), lying in the W part of the group, located close offshore the Rymill Coast in George VI Sound.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 for Donald Moore, laboratory manager, Palmer Station, winter party 1968 and summer party 1968-69.||
10211|Moore Mountains|Summit|832100S|1604500E|-83.35|160.75|||01/01/1966|A small but conspicuous group of mountains just N of New Year Pass in the Queen Elizabeth Range.  Observed in 1957 by the New Zealand Southern Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) and named for R.D. Moore, Treasurer of the Ross Sea Committee.||
10212|Moore Point|Summit|703000S|0675300W|-70.5|-67.8833333|||01/01/1955|Rocky point surmounted by a small peak, fronting on George VI Sound and marking the N side of the mouth of Meiklejohn Glacier, on the W coast of Palmer Land.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Named by  UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954 after James I. Moore, second engineer of the Penola during the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37.||
10213|Moore Pyramid|Summit|701800S|0650800E|-70.3|65.1333333|||01/01/1967|A snow-covered mountain, resembling a pyramid, standing 1 mi NW of Mount Wishart on the N side of Scylla Glacier in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos.  Named for A.L. Moore, radio operator at Mawson Station in 1963.||
10214|Moore Ridge|Ridge|730700S|1614500E|-73.1166667|161.75|||01/01/1969|The northernmost ridge of the Caudal Hills, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Bruce F. Moore, photographer with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 at McMurdo Station, 1966.||
10215|Moores Peak|Summit|624100S|0602100W|-62.6833333|-60.35|370|1214||A peak rising to c. 370 m on the W side of False Bay, near the head, on Hurd Peninsula, Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1990 after Captain Prince B. Moores, Master of the sealing ship George Porter, from Nantucket, Massachusetts, who visited the South Shetland Islands in 1821-22.||
10216|Mooring Point|Summit|604300S|0453700W|-60.7166667|-45.6166667|||01/01/1953|Point along the S side of Borge Bay between Drying Point and Knife Point, on the E side of Signy Island in the South Orkney Islands.  The name appears on a chart based on a 1927 survey of Borge Bay by DI personnel on the Discovery, but may reflect an earlier naming by whalers.||
10220|Moraine Bluff|Cliff|784600S|1621200E|-78.7666667|162.2|930|3051|01/01/1962|A bluff, 930 m, on the E side of the Skelton Glacier, lying N of Red Dike Bluff.  Surveyed and named in 1957 by the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58).  So named because a long morainic strip extends from the foot of the bluff on to the Skelton Glacier.||
10221|Moraine Canyon|Valley|860900S|1573000W|-86.15|-157.5|||01/01/1967|A canyon with very steep rock walls, 8 mi long, indenting northern Nilsen Plateau just west of Fram Mesa, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  So named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) because the canyon floor is completely covered by glacial moraine.||
10222|Moraine Cove|Bay|683500S|0670800W|-68.5833333|-67.1333333|||01/01/1956|Small cove at the N end of Mikkelsen Bay along the W coast of Graham Land.  A moraine descends to the cove from the SW end of Pavie Ridge.  The name derives from the provisional name "Moraine Point," used by Prof. Robert L. Nichols of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), who examined the geology of this area in 1947.  The name Moraine Cove retains the spirit of the naming by Nichols, and is considered more essential for reference purposes than a name for the moraine itself.||
10223|Moraine Fjord|Bay|541900S|0362900W|-54.3166667|-36.4833333|||01/01/1953|Inlet 3.5 mi long with a reef (a terminal moraine) extending across its entrance, forming the W head of Cumberland East Bay, South Georgia.  Charted by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, 1901-04, who so named it because of the large glacial moraine at its entrance.||
10225|Moraine Ridge|Ridge|721800S|1680300E|-72.3|168.05|||01/01/1971|A small ridge in the NE part of Cartographers Range, descending to the SW flank of Tucker Glacier just S of the junction with Pearl Harbor Glacier, in Victoria Land.  So named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58.||
10226|Moraine Valley|Valley|604300S|0453700W|-60.7166667|-45.6166667|||01/01/1956|Valley filled with morainic debris, 0.75 mi long, which drains N into Elephant Flats on the E side of Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  In summer a stream, fed by the ice slopes at its S end, runs in this valley.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) following their survey of 1947.||
10228|Morales Peak|Summit|861500S|1262200W|-86.25|-126.3666667|||01/01/1967|A peak which rises from the S part of Metavolcanic Mountain, just E of Reedy Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Tommy S. Morales, radioman at Byrd Station in 1962.||
10229|Moran Bluff|Cliff|742300S|1323700W|-74.3833333|-132.6166667|||01/01/1974|A steep coastal bluff close W of Mathewson Point on the N side of Shepard Island, along the edge of Getz Ice Shelf.  The feature was visited by personnel of USS Glacier (Captain Edwin A. McDonald, USN) on Feb. 4, 1962.  Name applied by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gerald F. Moran, CMl, U.S. Navy (USN), construction mechanic who winteredover at McMurdo Station (1965) and Plateau Station (1968), and worked at Byrd Station, summer season 1969-70.||
10230|Moran Buttress|Cliff|853100S|1253800W|-85.5166667|-125.6333333|2600|8530|01/01/1967|A steep bluff 2 mi S of Koopman Peak, rising over 2,600 m and forming a major projection between Davisville and Quonset Glaciers along the N wall of the Wisconsin Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Clifford D. Moran, USN, aircraft pilot during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1966 and 1967.||
10233|Moran Glacier|Glacier|691400S|0701600W|-69.2333333|-70.2666667||||A glacier 10 mi long, joined at the S side by Walter Glacier (q.v.), flowing E into Schokalsky Bay, NE Alexander Island.  Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1948-50.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Clifford D. Moran, USN, aircraft pilot, Squadron VXE-6, U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze, 1966 and 1977.||
10235|Moreland Nunatak|Summit|811500S|0870500W|-81.25|-87.0833333|||01/01/1964|An isolated nunatak lying about 15 mi W of the Pirrit Hills.  The feature was positioned from U.S. Navy aerial photography taken in 1961.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William B. Moreland, meteorologist at Little America V, winter party 1957.||
10236|Morelli Glacier|Glacier|725900S|1023800W|-72.9833333|-102.6333333|||01/01/1968|A glacier in the W part of King Peninsula, 18 mi SE of Cape Waite, draining NE to Abbot Ice Shelf in Peacock Sound.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Panfilo S. Morelli, glaciologist at Byrd Station, 1961-62.||01/28/2004
10237|Morency Island|Island|710200S|0610900W|-71.0333333|-61.15|||01/01/1962|Island 1 mi long, lying close W of Steele Island and 10 mi NW of Cape Bryant, off the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered by members of the East Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) who explored this coast by land and from the air in 1940.  Named for Anthony J.L. Morency, tractor driver for the East Base.||
10238|Morennaya Hill|Summit|663400S|0930000E|-66.5666667|93|40|131|01/01/1961|Hill rising to 40 m, standing 1 mi SW of Mabus Point on the coast of Antarctica.  Discovered by Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson, 1911-14. Mapped by the Soviet expedition of 1956, who named it Morennaya (morainic).||
10240|Point Moreno|Summit|604500S|0444200W|-60.75|-44.7|||01/01/1952|Point at the E side of the entrance to the small cove at the head of Scotia Bay, on the S coast of Laurie Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted in 1903 by the ScotNAE under Bruce, who named it for Francisco P. Moreno, noted Argentine scientist and director of the Museo de la Plata.||
10242|Moreno Rock|Island|640500S|0611800W|-64.0833333|-61.3|||01/01/1952|A rock lying in Gerlache Strait, 7 mi WSW of Cape Sterneck, Antarctic Peninsula.  Named by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) (1897-99) under Lieutenant Adrien de Gerlache for Argentine scientist and statesman Francisco P. Moreno.||04/06/2001
10243|Moreton Point|Summit|603700S|0460200W|-60.6166667|-46.0333333|||01/01/1953|Point 1 mi N of Return Point at the W end of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Roughly charted by Captain George Powell and Captain Nathaniel Palmer in 1821.  Named by DI personnel on the Discovery II who charted the islands in 1933.||
10245|Mount Morgan|Summit|765300S|1433400W|-76.8833333|-143.5666667|||01/01/1966|A mountain 5 mi NE of Mount Swan in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered and mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for C.G. Morgan, geologist with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1933-35).||
10246|Morgan Inlet|Stream|721600S|0955400W|-72.2666667|-95.9|||01/01/1966|Ice-filled inlet about 18 mi long, with two branches, indenting the E end of Thurston Island between Lofgren and Tierney Peninsulas.  Discovered in helicopter flights from USS Bellingshausen Sea Expedition in February 1960.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Joseph R. Morgan, USN, hydrographic and oceanographic officer of U.S. Navy (USN) Task Force 43 during this expedition.||01/28/2004
10247|Morgan Island|Island|530100S|0733400E|-53.0166667|73.5666667|||01/01/1957|A small island which is the largest feature in a group of islands located 1 mi E of Cape Bidlingmaier, off the N side of Heard Island.  The island group was charted as extending across "Morgan Bay" on an 1860 sketch map compiled by Captain H.C. Chester, an American sealer, and "Morgan Islands" appears on the 1874 chart and the scientific reports of a British expedition under Nares in the Challenger.  Surveyed in 1948 by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), who restricted the name Morgan to the largest feature in the group.||
10248|Morgan Nunataks|Summit|752200S|0703500W|-75.3666667|-70.5833333|||01/01/1968|A small group of nunataks located at the SW extremity of the Sweeney Mountains, in Ellsworth Land.  First observed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William R. Morgan, cook at Eights Station in 1965.||
10249|Morgan Peak|Summit|754700S|0682400W|-75.7833333|-68.4|1100|3609||A peak rising to c. 1,100 m, located 3 mi NE of Mount Leek in the Hauberg Mountains, Ellsworth Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1985 after Commander William A. Morgan, U.S. Navy (USN), command pilot of an LC-130 aircraft in support of a U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geological party to this area, 1977-78; Commanding Officer, Antarctic Development Squadron Six (VXE-6), May 1978 to May 1979.||
10250|Morgan Ridge|Ridge|702900S|0644100E|-70.4833333|64.6833333|||01/01/1970|A small rock ridge trending E-W, standing between Mount Pollard and Mount Small in the Porthos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveys and air photos, 1956-65. Named by ANCA for P.J. Morgan, glaciologist at Wilkes Station, 1964.||
10253|Morgan Upland|Area|690000S|0660000W|-69|-66|||01/01/1965|Featureless undulating snow plateau in central Antarctic Peninsula bounded by Cole Glacier and Clarke Glacier on the north and west, by Weyerhaeuser Glacier on the east, by Airy Glacier on the south, and Hariot Glacier on the southwest.  The area was photographed from the air in Sept. 1962 by the British Antarctic Survey (BAS) air unit.  The photos were used for compiling a map by Ivor P. Morgan, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) surveyor, 1961-64, for whom the upland is named.||
10254|Mount Moriarty|Summit|734000S|1655800E|-73.6666667|165.9666667|1700|5577|01/01/1969|A mountain (1,700 m) located 4 mi NE of Mount Casey in the Mountaineer Range of Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lieutenant Commander Jack O. Moriarty, U.S. Navy (USN), air operations officer at McMurdo Station, winter party 1966.||
10256|Mørkenatten Peak|Summit|715200S|0103400E|-71.8666667|10.5666667|2515|8251|01/01/1970|Peak, 2,515 m, located 1 mi S of Chervov Peak in the Shcherbakov Range, Orvin Mountains, in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norway from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) 1956-60, and named Morkenatten (the dark night).||
10257|Mount Morley|Summit|694000S|0712800W|-69.6666667|-71.4666667|1550|5085|01/01/1961|A mountain rising to c. 1,550 m in the S part of Lassus Mountains, NW Alexander Island.  First mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Thomas Morley (1557-1603), English composer.||
10258|Morley Glacier|Glacier|711200S|1624500E|-71.2|162.75|||01/01/1964|A steep tributary to the Carryer Glacier, flowing S between Hicks Ridge and Mount Tokoroa in the Explorers Range, Bowers Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Keith T. Morley, Australian IGY observer, Weather Central Meteorologist at Little America V in 1958.||
10259|Lake Morning|Lake|782100S|1635300E|-78.35|163.8833333|||01/01/1963|An ice lake, nearly 2 mi long, lying 9 mi N of Mount Morning along the E side of the Koettlitz Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and Navy air photos.  Named in 1963 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Mount Morning.||
10260|Mount Morning|Summit|783100S|1633500E|-78.5166667|163.5833333|2725|8940|01/01/1947|Dome-shaped mountain, 2,725 m, standing WSW of Mount Discovery and E of Koettlitz Glacier in Victoria Land. Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) which named it for the Morning, relief ship to the expedition.||
10261|Morozumi Range|Range|713900S|1615500E|-71.65|161.9166667|||01/01/1964|A spectacular mountain range of unusual scenic beauty, extending NW-SE for 25 miles, with its northern elevations overlooking the convergence of the Gressitt and Rennick Glaciers. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Henry M. Morozumi, aurora scientist at South Pole Station, 1960, and Station Scientific Leader at Byrd Station, 1963.||
10264|Morrell Point|Summit|592600S|0272500W|-59.4333333|-27.4166667|||01/01/1972|The northernmost point on the W coast of Thule Island, South Sandwich Islands.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 for Benjamin Morrell, sealer of Stonington, CT, who visited the island in the Wasp in 1823.||
10265|Morrell Reef|Bar|542700S|0032900E|-54.45|3.4833333|||01/01/1957|A reef reported to lie close off the southeast coast of Bouvetoya, about 0.4 mi northward of Cape Fie.  First charted in 1898 by a German expedition under Karl Chun.  Recharted in December 1927 by a Norwegian expedition under Captain Harald Horntvedt.  Named by the Norwegians after Captain Benjamin Morrell, American sealer who visited the northwest side of Bouvetoya in the Wasp in 1822, perhaps making the first landing on the island.||
10267|Morrill Peak|Summit|693900S|0721800W|-69.65|-72.3|550|1804||A sharp-pointed peak (c. 550 m) in the Desko Mountains (q.v.), rising 2 mi WNW of Thuma Peak in SE Rothschild Island. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Peter A. Morrill, USCG, Executive Officer, U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Westwind, U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1967 and 1968.||
10269|Mount Morris|Summit|781900S|0861000W|-78.3166667|-86.1666667|||01/01/1960|A steep, sharp mountain about 1 mi S of Mount Ostenso, in the main ridge of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Wesley R. Morris, meteorologist at Byrd Station in 1957.||
10270|Morris Basin|Basin|753900S|1590900E|-75.65|159.15|||01/01/1968|A basin of about 9 square miles in area in the N part of the Ricker Hills, in the Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land. The S portion of the basin is ice free but the N portion is occupied by a large lobe of ice.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert W. Morris, biologist at McMurdo Station in the 1965-66 and 1966-67 seasons.||
10271|Morris Cliff|Cliff|802000S|0814900W|-80.3333333|-81.8166667|||01/01/1966|A steep, east-facing cliff between the Marble Hills and Independence Hills in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Harold M. Morris, U.S. Navy (USN), pilot of LC-47 aircraft, who perished in a crash on the Ross Ice Shelf, Feb. 2, 1966.||
10272|Morris Glacier|Glacier|540500S|0371400W|-54.0833333|-37.2333333|||01/01/1953|Glacier flowing N to the head of Sea Leopard Fjord in the Bay of Isles, South Georgia.  Charted in 1912-13 by Robert Cushman Murphy, American naturalist aboard the brig Daisy, who named it for Edward Lyman Morris, a botanist who was then head of the Department of Natural Science at the Brooklyn Museum.||
10273|Morris Glacier|Glacier|844600S|1693000W|-84.7666667|-169.5|||01/01/1966|A glacier, 10 mi long, which drains N from Mount Daniel to the Ross Ice Shelf between Lillie Range and Clark Spur.  Named by the southern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, for Commander Marion E. Morris, U.S. Navy (USN), Executive Officer (later Commanding Officer) of Squadron VX-6, who piloted the aircraft which flew the 1963-64 party's reconnaissance.||
10274|Morris Head|Cliff|745400S|1345000W|-74.9|-134.8333333|||01/01/1966|Ice-covered headland marking the seaward end of Hagey Ridge and NE extremity of McDonald Heights, on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  The headland was photographed from aircraft of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) on Dec. 18, 1940, and was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lloyd Morris, QMC, U.S. Navy (USN), Chief Quartermaster and senior member of the bathythermograph team aboard USS Glacier in exploring this coast, 1961-62.||
10275|Morris Heights|Summit|832800S|1694200E|-83.4666667|169.7|||01/01/1966|Relatively smooth ice-covered heights, forming a peninsula-like divide between Beaver and King Glaciers at the N end of Queen Alexandra Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Clarence T. Morris, U.S. Navy (USN), aerology officer on the staff of the Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, 1962 and 1963.||
10276|Morris Hills|Range|802300S|0272700W|-80.3833333|-27.45||||Scattered group of hills 6 mi NE of Petersen Peak, in the La Grange Nunataks of north-central Shackleton Range.  First mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE); photographed in 1967 by U.S. Navy (trimetrogon aerial photography).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Leslie F. Morris, member of the Royal Society IGY Expedition at Brunt Ice Shelf, who in 1957 spent several weeks helping with the final preparations for the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) transpolar journey.||
10277|Morris Island|Island|763700S|1474800W|-76.6166667|-147.8|||01/01/1966|An ice-covered island about 7 mi long, lying 5 mi W of Farmer Island in Sulzberger Ice Shelf.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.)J.E. Morris, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), aboard USS Glacier along this coast in 1961-62.||
10279|Mount Morrison|Summit|664800S|0512700E|-66.8|51.45||||Mountain 1.5 mi NE of Mount Best, in the Tula Mountains in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for H.C. Morrison, a member of the crew of the Discovery during the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31.||
10280|Mount Morrison|Summit|765400S|1613200E|-76.9|161.5333333|1895|6217|01/01/1965|Mountain, 1,895 m, standing between Midship Glacier and the head of Cleveland Glacier a in Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named after J.D. Morrison of the Morning, a relief ship to the expedition.||
10281|Morrison Bluff|Cliff|750500S|1142000W|-75.0833333|-114.3333333|||01/01/1967|A high rock and ice bluff on the W side of Kohler Glacier, standing 5 mi E of Manfull Ridge in the W massif of the Kohler Range, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Charles E. Morrison Jr., U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) topographic engineer, who conducted surveys on several U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Antarctic expeditions, including establishment of the Byrd ice-strain network, 1964-65, and surveys in Marie Byrd Land, 1966-67; in Ellsworth Land, 1968-69; in McMurdo Dry Valleys, 1971-72.||03/01/2001
10282|Morrison Glacier|Glacier|661000S|0633000W|-66.1666667|-63.5|||01/01/1952|Glacier 3 mi long between Attlee and Eden Glaciers, flowing S to the head of Cabinet Inlet, on the E coast of Graham Land. Charted in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who named it for Rt. Hon. Herbert Morrison, M.P., British Sec. of State for Home Affairs and Home Security and member of the War Cabinet.  Photographed from the air during 1947 by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne.||
10283|Morrison Hills|Range|841200S|1684000E|-84.2|168.6666667|||01/01/1966|A series of rugged E-W trending hills between Garrard Glacier and Hewson Glacier in Queen Alexandra Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lieutenant I. James Morrison, USN, who did preliminary work leading to the induction of C-130 aircraft into Antarctica in February 1960, and who also participated in U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) for several seasons 1958-59.||
10284|Morrison Rocks|Summit|765100S|1173900W|-76.85|-117.65|||01/01/1975|A group of rocks which outcrop along the southern slope of Mount Frakes, in the Crary Mountains, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Paul W. Morrison, U.S. Navy (USN), hospital corpsman at the South Pole Station in 1974.||
10285|Morris Peak|Summit|845600S|1672200W|-84.9333333|-167.3666667|910|2986|01/01/1966|A prominent peak (910 m) marking the NW end of the Duncan Mountains, at the E side of the mouth of Liv Glacier where the latter enters Ross Ice Shelf.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander H.C. Morris, U.S. Navy (USN), commanding officer of the USS Mills during Operation Deep Freeze 1963.||
10286|Morris Point|Summit|540100S|0380400W|-54.0166667|-38.0666667||||A point 0.5 mi E of Pearson Point on the S side of Bird Island, South Georgia.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Lieutenant (later Commander) Roger O. Morris, hydrographic officer in His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Owen during survey of Stewart Strait and approaches in 1960-61.||
10287|Morris Rock|Island|622300S|0594800W|-62.3833333|-59.8|||01/01/1965|Rock lying 2 mi W of Fort William in the Aitcho Islands, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name Cape Morris was given by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1935 to the W extremity of Robert Island, but this point has since been identified as the original location of Fort William. Morris Rock was applied by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961 to preserve the name in the area.||
10288|Morriss Peak|Summit|765000S|1442900W|-76.8333333|-144.4833333|950|3117|01/01/1970|A peak (950 m) at the SW end of the Wiener Peaks, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  The peak was mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, led by Byrd, and by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  The naming was proposed by Admiral Byrd for P.G.B. Morriss, manager of the Hotel Clark in Los Angeles, who provided office space and quarters for Byrd Antarctic Expeditions of 1928-30 and 1933-35.||
10294|Morsa Bay|Bay|540300S|0374400W|-54.05|-37.7333333|||01/01/1963|Small bay 2.5 mi E of Weddell Point, indenting the N side of Ice Fjord along the S coast of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for the catcher Morsa, which was built in 1929, and later owned by the Compania Argentina de Pesca, Grytviken.||
10295|Cape Morse|Cape|661500S|1301000E|-66.25|130.1666667|||01/01/1955|A low, ice-covered cape which marks the E side of the entrance to Porpoise Bay and forms the division between Banzare and Clarie Coasts, Wilkes Land.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William H. Morse, purser's steward on the brig Porpoise of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Wilkes.  Due to an inadvertent error, this placename was incorrectly spelled "Cape Mose" for a number of years.||03/07/1997
10296|Morse Glacier|Glacier|662100S|1300500E|-66.35|130.0833333|||01/01/1955|A channel glacier flowing to the E side of Porpoise Bay, about 3 mi SW of Cape Morse.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William H. Morse, purser's steward on the brig Porpoise of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Wilkes.  Due to an inadvertent error, this placename was incorrectly spelled "Mose Glacier" for a number of years.||03/07/1997
10297|Morse Nunataks|Summit|841600S|1605000E|-84.2666667|160.8333333|||01/01/1966|isolated rock nunataks standing 4.5 mi S of Mount Achernar, between Lewis Cliff and MacAlpine Hills.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Oliver C. Morse III, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) ionospheric scientist at South Pole Station, 1960.||
10298|Morse Point|Summit|540500S|0365600W|-54.0833333|-36.9333333|||01/01/1956|Point marking the E side of the entrance of Antarctic Bay on the N coast of South Georgia.  The point appears roughly charted on maps dating back to about 1900.  It was roughly surveyed by DI personnel in the period 1925-31, and resurveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the British sealing vessel Morse, which was working in South Georgia in 1799-1800, probably the first British sealer to do so.  She was based at Antarctic Bay when encountered by Edmund Fanning, who published an account of the meeting.||
10299|Mount Morton|Summit|642400S|0610100W|-64.4|-61.0166667|||01/01/1965|Mountain standing between Bleriot and Cayley Glaciers, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Grant Morton, American aviator who made the first parachute descent from an airplane using a parachute carried loosely.||
10300|Morton Glacier|Glacier|831200S|1680000E|-83.2|168|||01/01/1966|A glacier, 15 mi long, descending eastward from Holland Range between Vaughan Promontory and Lewis Ridge to the Ross Ice Shelf Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander John A. Morton, officer in charge of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 Detachment ALFA, which wintered at McMurdo Station, 1964.||
10302|Morton Strait|Channel|624200S|0611400W|-62.7|-61.2333333|||01/01/1952|Strait between Snow Island on the SW and Rugged and Livingston Islands on the NE, in the South Shetland Islands.  The strait was named on a chart by James Weddell, published in 1825, and is now established in international usage.||
10303|Mosby Glacier|Glacier|730900S|0614000W|-73.15|-61.6666667|||01/01/1953|Glacier 5 mi wide at its mouth, flowing in a SE direction to the NW corner of New Bedford Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered and photographed from the air in December 1940 by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  During 1947 it was photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) mapped its terminus from the ground.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Hakon Mosby, Norwegian meteorologist and oceanographer.||
10304|Mosby Peak|Summit|542600S|0032100E|-54.4333333|3.35|670|2198|01/01/1957|A snow-covered peak (670 m) which rises above the W part of Bouvetoya, 0.7 mi NE of Norvegia Point.  Charted by the Norwegian expedition in the Norvegia, 1927-28, under Captain Harald Horntvedt.  Named by the expedition for Hakon Mosby, oceanographer and meteorologist, who was one of two scientists on the expedition.||
10309|Moser Glacier|Glacier|645100S|0622200W|-64.85|-62.3666667|||01/01/1965|Glacier flowing into Andvord Bay just SE of Arago Glacier, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Ludwig F. Moser (1805-80), German physicist who invented stereoscopic photography in 1844.||
10310|Mount Moses|Summit|743300S|0991100W|-74.55|-99.1833333|750|2461|01/01/1968|The highest (750 m) and most prominent of the Hudson Mountains, located near the center of the group, about 14 mi NNE of Mount Manthe.  Mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert L. Moses, geomagnetist-seismologist at Byrd Station, 1967.||
10311|Moss Braes|Slope|604100S|0453700W|-60.6833333|-45.6166667||||West-facing slopes (braes) situated W of Robin Peak on Signy Island, South Orkney Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1990 from the extensive moss banks on the dissected rocky slopes.||
10312|Moss Islands|Island|640900S|0610300W|-64.15|-61.05|||01/01/1965|Group of small islands and rocks lying E of Midas Island and N of Apendice Island in Hughes Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted in detail and given the descriptive name "Moos Inseln" (Moss Islands) by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold in 1902.||
10313|Moss Lake|Lake|604200S|0453700W|-60.7|-45.6166667|||01/01/1975|The southernmost lake in Paternoster Valley on Signy Island.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because a luxuriant stand of moss covers the deeper part of the lake.||
10314|Mossman Inlet|Stream|731700S|0603200W|-73.2833333|-60.5333333|||01/01/1953|Narrow ice-filled inlet which recedes N 10 mi between Cape Kidson and the SW end of Kemp Peninsula, along the E coast of Palmer Land.  This inlet was first seen and photographed from the air in December 1940 by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  During 1947 it was photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted it from the ground.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Robert C. Mossman, 1870-1940, British meteorologist and climatologist and member of the ScotNAE under Bruce, 1902-04.||
10315|Mossman Peninsula|Cape|604600S|0444300W|-60.7666667|-44.7166667|||01/01/1947|Narrow peninsula 3 mi long, extending S from the W part of Laurie Island and separating Scotia and Wilton Bays, in the South Orkney Islands.  Discovered in 1821 by Captain George Powell and Captain Nathaniel Palmer, and roughly charted on Powell's map of 1822.  Surveyed in 1903 by the ScotNAE under Bruce, who named it for Robert C. Mossman, meteorologist of the expedition.||
10317|Møteplassen Peak|Summit|724700S|0030900W|-72.7833333|-3.15|||01/01/1966|The northernmost peak in the group bordering the S side of Frostlendet Valley, in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Moteplassen (the meeting place).||
10319|Motherway Island|Island|662600S|1103100E|-66.4333333|110.5166667|||01/01/1963|A small rocky island about 0.2 mi N of Peterson Island, near the S end of the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in February 1947.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Paul T. Motherway, member of one of the two U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml photographic units which obtained aerial and ground photographic coverage of this area in January 1948.||
10321|Mothes Point|Summit|671400S|0675200W|-67.2333333|-67.8666667|||01/01/1965|A point 7 mi SW of The Gullet on the E side of Adelaide Island.  Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from air photos taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE), 1956-57.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Hans Mothes, German glaciologist who, with B. Brockhamp, made the first seismic soundings of a glacier, in Austria in 1926.||
10322|Mott Snowfield|Glacier|632000S|0572000W|-63.3333333|-57.3333333|||01/01/1964|A snowfield in NE Trinity Peninsula between Laclavere Plateau and Antarctic Sound.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Peter G. Mott, leader of Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE), 1955-57.||
10323|Moubray Bay|Bay|721100S|1701500E|-72.1833333|170.25|||01/01/1947|A bay in western Ross Sea, indenting the coast of Victoria Land between Capes Roget and Hallett.  Discovered in 1841 by Sir James Clark Ross and named by him for George H. Moubray, clerk in charge of the expedition ship Terror.||
10324|Moubray Glacier|Glacier|715200S|1701800E|-71.8666667|170.3|||01/01/1962|A rather steep glacier flowing S to Moubray Bay from Adare Saddle on Adare Peninsula.  It is one of the main contributors of ice to Moubray Piedmont Glacier.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, for its proximity to Moubray Bay.||
10325|Moubray Piedmont Glacier|Glacier|715500S|1702000E|-71.9166667|170.3333333|||01/01/1962|A piedmont glacier filling the N part of Moubray Bay, formed by the confluence of Moubray Glacier and ice streams falling from the W side of the S end of Adare Peninsula.  The greater part of it is probably afloat.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, for Moubray Bay.||
10326|Mouillard Glacier|Glacier|641800S|0605300W|-64.3|-60.8833333|||01/01/1965|Glacier flowing into the SE corner of Brialmont Cove, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Louis P. Mouillard (1834-1897), French pioneer of gliding flight.||
10327|Moulder Peak|Summit|800500S|0830200W|-80.0833333|-83.0333333|||01/01/1966|A sharp peak 3 mi SE of Mount Rosenthal in the Liberty Hills, Heritage Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for storekeeper Andrew B. Moulder, U.S. Navy (USN), who was fatally injured in a cargo unloading accident at South Pole Station, Feb. 13, 1966.||
10328|Mount Moulton|Summit|760300S|1350800W|-76.05|-135.1333333|3070|10072|01/01/1947|Broad, ice-covered mountain 3,070 m, standing 10 mi E of Mount Berlin in the Flood Range, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered on aerial flights by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940, and named for Richard S. Moulton, chief dog driver at West Base and a member of the survey party which sledged to the W end of the Flood Range in December 1940.||
10329|Moulton Escarpment|Cliff|851000S|0944500W|-85.1666667|-94.75|||01/01/1962|A rock and ice escarpment, 8 mi long, in a semi-isolated position about 10 mi west of Ford Massif where it forms the western shoulder of the Thiel Mountains.  Surveyed by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Thiel Mountains party, 1960-61.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Kendall N. Moulton of the Division of Polar Programs, National Science Foundation.  As program manager of the Foundation's Field Operation Program, Moulton made more than a dozen deployments to Antarctica in the years 1958-77.||03/07/1997
10330|Moulton Icefalls|Glacier|760000S|1343500W|-76|-134.5833333|||01/01/1974|The steep icefalls draining the northern slopes of Mount Moulton, in the Flood Range of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and the U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Mount Moulton.||
10331|Mountaineer Range|Range|732800S|1661500E|-73.4666667|166.25|||01/01/1967|The range of mountains lying between the Mariner and Aviator Glaciers in Victoria Land.  The seaward parts of the range were first viewed by Ross in 1841, and subsequently by several British and later American expeditions.  The precise mapping of its overall features was accomplished from U.S. Navy air photographs and surveys by New Zealand and American parties in the 1950s and 1960s.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1958-59, in keeping with the backgrounds of members of the 1957-58 and 1958-59 field parties who made a reconnaissance of the area, and also in association with the names Aviator and Mariner.||
10332|Mountainview Ridge|Ridge|785500S|0834200W|-78.9166667|-83.7|||01/01/1966|A gentle ice-covered ridge which forms the SE extremity of the Sentinel Range in the Ellsworth Mountains.  So named by the University of Minnesota Geological Party, 1963-64, because an excellent view of the high peaks of the Sentinel Range was obtained from the ridge.||
10336|Moureaux Islands|Island|650500S|0630800W|-65.0833333|-63.1333333|||01/01/1965|Two islands and off-lying rocks lying 2.5 miles WNW of Pelletan Point in Flandres Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land. First charted and named by members of the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, who made a landing on one of the islands in February 1898.||
10337|Moureaux Point|Summit|635700S|0614900W|-63.95|-61.8166667|||01/01/1952|Point which forms the N extremity of Liege Island, in Palmer Archipelago.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05, who named it for T. Moureaux, director of the Parc Saint-Maur Observatory, near Paris.||
10338|Mousinho Island|Island|703800S|0715800E|-70.6333333|71.9666667|235|771|01/01/1973|A partly ice-covered island, 235 m high, about 2 mi from the S end of Gillock Island in the Amery Ice Shelf.  Photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47) and Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1958).  First visited by a party led by J. Manning, from the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey in Jan. 1969.  Named by ANCA for A. Mousinho, pilot of the Beaver aircraft with the 1969 Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains party.||
10339|Cape Mousse|Cape|664800S|1412800E|-66.8|141.4666667|||01/01/1955|Small rocky cape, fringed by many small islands and backed by moraine close to the S, protruding through the coastal icecap 2.5 mi SW of Cape Decouverte.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1949-51, and so named by them because several patches of lichens were found on the exposed rocky surfaces.  "Mousse" is French for moss.||
10341|Moutonnée Lake|Lake|705200S|0682000W|-70.8666667|-68.3333333|||01/01/1975|A sea lake marginal to George VI Ice Shelf, 4 mi S of Ablation Point on the E side of Alexander Island.  Following limnological and tidal studies by British Antarctic Survey (BAS) from 1971, it was so named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from the presence of roches moutonnees (sheep back rocks) on its shores.||
10342|Moutonnée Valley|Valley|705100S|0682500W|-70.85|-68.4166667||||A valley in the Ganymede Heights, Alexander Island, running eastward to Moutonnee Lake and George VI Sound.  Named in association with the lake by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1980.||
10346|Mount Moxley|Summit|782500S|1622100E|-78.4166667|162.35|||01/01/1963|A peak in the Royal Society Range, surmounting the divide between Potter and Wirdnam Glaciers.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and Navy air photos.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1963 for Lieutenant (jg) Donald F. Moxley, U.S. Navy (USN), Otter and helicopter pilot with Squadron VX-6 at McMurdo Station in 1960.||
10348|Cape Moyes|Cape|663500S|0962500E|-66.5833333|96.4166667|||01/01/1948|Ice-covered point fronting on the Shackleton Ice Shelf, 18 mi W of Cape Dovers.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson, 1911-14, and named by him for Morton H. Moyes, meteorologist with the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) Western Base party.||
10349|Moyes Islands|Island|670100S|1435100E|-67.0166667|143.85|||01/01/1963|A group of small islands lying in the W part of Watt Bay, 2.5 mi SE of Cape-Pigeon Rocks.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who named them for Morton H. Moyes who served as meteorologist with the expedition.||
10350|Moyes Nunatak|Summit|672700S|0673100W|-67.45|-67.5166667||||Nunatak 1.5 mi SE of Mount Veynberg on the W side of Nye Glacier, Arrowsmith Peninsula, Graham Land.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Alastair B. Moyes, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist, Rothera Station, 1979-81, who worked in the area during the 1980-81 season.||
10351|Moyes Peak|Summit|674500S|0611300E|-67.75|61.2166667|||01/01/1947|Small rock peak projecting slightly above the ice sheet 2 mi N of Pearce Peak, 12 mi SW of Falla Bluff.  Discovered in February 1931 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, and named by him for Commander Morton H. Moyes, RAN, cartographer of the expedition.  The approximate position of this peak was verified in aerial photographs taken by the U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp on February 26, 1947.||
10352|Moyes Point|Summit|604500S|0454000W|-60.75|-45.6666667|||01/01/1964|Point in the SW part of Signy Island, South Orkney Islands, forming the E side of the SE entrance to Fyr Channel.  First charted in 1933 by DI personnel on the Discovery II. Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1956-58 and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for William Moyes, British government representative at Signy Island in 1912-13.||
10353|Mozart Ice Piedmont|Glacier|700000S|0710000W|-70|-71|||01/01/1961|Ice piedmont, 60 mi long in a NW-SE direction and 15 mi wide in its widest part, on the W coast of Alexander Island. Mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in 1947, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Wolfgang Mozart (1756-1791), Austrian composer.||
10357|Muck Glacier|Glacier|843900S|1773000E|-84.65|177.5|||01/01/1966|A glacier between Campbell Cliffs and Sullivan Ridge in the Queen Maud Mountains.  It flows generally northward from Husky Heights, and then eastward around the N end of Sullivan Ridge to enter Ramsey Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Major James B. Muck, USA, of the U.S. Army Aviation Detachment which supported the Texas Tech Shackleton Glacier Expedition to this area, 1964-65.||
10358|Muckle Bluff|Cliff|610900S|0545200W|-61.15|-54.8666667|||01/01/1972|Bluff 5 mi W of Walker Point on the S coast of Elephant Island, South Shetland Islands.  Mapped by U.K. Joint Services Expedition, 1970-71.  The descriptive name for this prominent feature was applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971; muckle being an old Scottish word meaning large.||
10359|Mudge Passage|Channel|660200S|0655000W|-66.0333333|-65.8333333||||A marine passage running E-W from the vicinity of Prospect Point, Graham Coast, between Beer Island and Dodman Island to the N and Saffery Islands and Trump Islands to the S, to the vicinity of Extension Reef.  The passage was navigated and charted by Captain C.R. Elliott in Royal Research Ship (RRS) John Biscoe in Jan. 1979.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with Harrison Passage and Maskelyne Passage to the NE, after Thomas Mudge (1715-94), English horologist who made substantial improvements to marine chronometers.||
10360|Mudrey Cirque|Basin|773833S|1604418E|-77.642613|160.738285|||01/01/1976|A cirque between Northwest Mountain and West Groin in the S part of Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Michael G. Mudrey, Jr., U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist with the Dry Valley Drilling Project in Victoria Land in three seasons, 1972-75.||
10361|Mount Mueller|Summit|665500S|0553200E|-66.9166667|55.5333333|||01/01/1965|Ice-covered mountain standing close E of Mount Storegutt, 22 mi W of Edward VIll Bay.  Mapped from aerial photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956 and named for F. von Mueller, a member of the Australian Antarctic Exploration Committee of 1886.||
10362|Mügge Island|Island|665500S|0674500W|-66.9166667|-67.75|||01/01/1965|One of the Bennett Islands, lying 1.5 mi N of the W end of Weertman Island in Hanusse Bay.  Mapped from air photos taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (1947-48) and Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Johannes O.C. Mugge (1858-1932), German mineralogist who made pioneer studies of the plasticity of ice, in 1895.||
10364|Mühlig-Hofmann Mountains|Summit|720000S|0052000E|-72|5.3333333|||01/01/1966|A major group of associated mountain features extending E-W for 65 mi between the Gjelsvik Mountains and Orvin Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named for the division director of the German Air Ministry.  Remapped by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60.||
10365|Muir Peak|Summit|790900S|0862500W|-79.15|-86.4166667|||01/01/1966|A conspicuous rock peak near the middle of Frazier Ridge in the Founders Peaks, Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Hugh M. Muir, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) auroral scientist and member of the winter party at the Plateau Station in 1966.||
10366|Mukai Rocks|Island|690300S|0394200E|-69.05|39.7|||01/01/1975|A small cluster of rocks on the coast of Queen Maud Land. The rocks are situated on the east margin of Ongul Sound, opposite East Ongul Island, site of the scientific station of the Japanese Antarctic Research Expeditions.  The name Mukai-iwa, meaning "facing rocks" or "opposite rocks," was given by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1972.||04/11/2001
10367|Mount Mulach|Summit|710700S|1640400E|-71.1166667|164.0666667|1080|3543|01/01/1970|A mountain (1,080 m) standing 4 mi NE of Mount Draeger on the E side of Posey Range, Bowers Mountains, where it overlooks the Lillie Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Chief Electrician's Mate William J. Mulach, U.S. Navy (USN), of the McMurdo Station winter party, 1967.||
10368|Mulebreen|Glacier|672800S|0592100E|-67.4666667|59.35|||01/01/1965|Glacier 6 mi wide, flowing WNW into the SE side of Stefansson Bay.  First mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition 1936-37, and names Mulebreen (the snout glacier).||
10369|Mule Island|Island|683900S|0775000E|-68.65|77.8333333|||01/01/1965|A small island lying immediately SW of Hawker Island, off the W tip of Mule Peninsula, Vestfold Hills, in Prydz Bay. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37) and named "Muloy" (snout island).||
10370|Mule Peninsula|Cape|683900S|0775800E|-68.65|77.9666667|||01/01/1965|An irregular-shaped rocky peninsula between Ellis Fjord and Krok Fjord in the southern part of the Vestfold Hills.  Mapped from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37) and called Breidnesmulen (the broad point snout) by Norwegian cartographers.  Mule Peninsula is an adaptation of the original Norwegian name by ANCA.||
10371|Mule Point|Summit|670500S|0581200E|-67.0833333|58.2|||01/01/1961|Rocky point just S of East Stack, at the E side of Hoseason Glacier.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographers taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and called Mule (snout).||
10374|Mulga Island|Island|671400S|0464300E|-67.2333333|46.7166667|||01/01/1965|Small island 3 mi off the coast and 5 mi NE of Kirkby Head, Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956. Mulga is the vernacular name for species of Acacia found in semi-desert areas of Australia.||
10375|Mulgrew Nunatak|Summit|793800S|1575600E|-79.6333333|157.9333333|1600|5249|01/01/1965|A prominent nunatak, 1,600 m, standing 4 mi E of Tentacle Ridge in the Cook Mountains.  Mapped by the Darwin Glacier Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) and named for P.D. Mulgrew, chief radio operator at Scott Base, who accompanied Sir Edmund Hillary to the South Pole.||
10376|Mount Mull|Summit|743300S|0630800W|-74.55|-63.1333333|||01/01/1968|A mountain on the E flank of Irvine Glacier, standing 11 mi SW of Mount Owen in the Guettard Range, Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William B. Mull, cook at South Pole Station in 1964.||
10377|Müller Crest|Ridge|721100S|0080800E|-72.1833333|8.1333333|2620|8596|01/01/1966|A short ridgelike nunatak (2,620 m) marking the SE extremity of the Filchner Mountains in the Orvin Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named after Johannes Muller, navigation officer of the Deutschland, the ship of the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Filchner, 1911-12.  Remapped from air photos and survey by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60.||
10378|Müller Glacier|Glacier|721600S|1662400E|-72.2666667|166.4|||01/01/1969|A tributary glacier, flowing NE from Millen Range to enter Pearl Harbor Glacier close NW of Mount Pearson.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Dietland Muller-Schwarze, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at Hallett Station (1964-65), Cape Crozier (1969-70 and 1970-71), and Palmer Archipelago (1971-72).  His wife, Christine Muller-Schwarze, joined him as a member of the biology research parties in the last three summer seasons.||
10379|Müller Ice Shelf|Glacier|671500S|0665200W|-67.25|-66.8666667||||An ice shelf lying SW of Hooke Point in SW Lallemand Fjord, Arrowsmith Peninsula, Loubet Coast.  The ice shelf is nurtured by Bruckner Glacier and Antevs Glacier.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1981 after Fritz Muller (1926-80), Swiss glaciologist, who carried out research in Switzerland, Greenland, the Canadian Arctic, and the Himalayas.||
10381|Müller Point|Summit|544100S|0355500W|-54.6833333|-35.9166667|||01/01/1963|Point on the E coast of South Georgia, forming the E limit of Iris Bay.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Johannes Muller, Second Officer and navigator of the Deutschland during the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1911-12. His survey and astronomical fixes included the mapping of this point and resulted in considerable improvements to the existing maps of South Georgia.||
10382|Mulligan Peak|Summit|771100S|1601500E|-77.183333|160.25|||01/01/1963|An ice-free peak 1 mi N of Robison Peak, at the N end of Willett Range in Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John J. Mulligan of the U.S. Bureau of Mines, who scaled this peak and the peak to the south of it during December 1960 and found coal beds and fossil wood.||
10383|Mullins Valley|Valley|775358S|1603541E|-77.899494|160.594828|||01/01/1992|Mullins Valley is a four mile long valley located at 5,400ft elevation in the McMurdo Dry Valleys.  It is one the few dry valleys in the world to contains rock glaciers.  US Antarctic Program (U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP)) research has dated the subsurface ice in Mullins Valley at 4 million years old making it among the oldest ice on earth.  U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) research has also shown the rock glaciers in the valley to be analogous to the Arsia Mons region on Mars.  Named for Jerry L. Mullins, Physical Scientist, Chief, Antarctic and Arctic Program for U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) and National Science Foundation Antarctic geophysical research.  His was responsible for Antarctic field research in the Transantarctic Mountains, McMurdo Dry Valleys, Shackleton Mountains, Beardmore Mountains, Antarctic Peninsula, Mount Siple, Amundsen-Scott South Pole station and at deep field research locations in West Antarctica.  His program conducted research in the disciplines of global positioning systems, geodesy, crustal motion, glacial geophysics, airborne geospatial systems, seismology, light detection and ranging (LIDAR), topographic mapping and he managed the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) South Pole winter-over program from 1989 to 1994.  He was appointed by the National Academy of Sciences, Polar Research Board as a US delegate to the Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research Geosciences Standing Scientific Group from 1995-2004 and was appointed as a member of the Advisor Committee on Antarctic Names in 1994.  Mullins Valley appears in the Antarctic research literature, on the maps from the British expedition of Captain Scott and in aerial photographs from the United States expedition Operation Highjump by Admiral Byrd.||12/10/2003
10384|Mulock Glacier|Glacier|790000S|1600000E|-79|160|||01/01/1961|A large glacier draining ESE into Mulock Inlet in the NW corner of the Ross Ice Shelf.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in association with Mulock Inlet.||
10385|Mulock Inlet|Stream|790800S|1604000E|-79.1333333|160.6666667||||A re-entrant about 10 mi wide between Capes Teall and Lankester.  The feature is occupied by lower Mulock Glacier which drains through it to the Ross Ice Shelf.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named for Lieutenant George F.A. Mulock, Royal Navy (RN), surveyor with the expedition.||
10387|Mulroy Island|Island|715100S|0980000W|-71.85|-98|||01/01/1960|Small island which lies just off Black Crag, the E extremity of Noville Peninsula, Thurston Island.  Discovered by the U.S. Navy (USN) Bellingshausen Sea Expedition in February 1960.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Thomas B. Mulroy, fuel engineer with Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) in 1928-30.||01/28/2004
10389|Mount Mumford|Summit|713300S|0650900W|-71.55|-65.15|||01/01/1976|The central summit in the line of low rock peaks 4 mi N of the W end of Rathbone Hills, in the Gutenko Mountains of central Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Joel H. Mumford, U.S. Navy (USN), Medical Officer at Palmer Station, 1972.||
10390|Mummery Cliff|Cliff|802700S|0212300W|-80.45|-21.3833333|1250|4101||A cliff rising to c. 1,250 m to the SE of Whymper Spur in the Pioneers Escarpment (q.v.), Shackleton Range.  In association with the names of pioneers of polar life and travel grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after Albert F. Mummery (1855-95), English mountaineer and designer of the Mummery tent.||
10391|Mumm Islands|Island|650100S|0635900W|-65.0166667|-63.9833333|||01/01/1965|A group of several small islands and rocks lying 1.5 mi NW of Turquet Point, Booth Island, off the W coast of Graham Land. Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under J.B. Charcot, who applied the name.||
10392|Mummy Pond|Basin|773944S|1623937E|-77.662343|162.660374|||01/01/1960|A pond between Suess and Lacroix Glaciers in Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  So named by T.L. Pewe, U.S. geologist who visited the area in December 1957, because of the mummified seals found around the pond.||
10393|Mummy Ridge|Ridge|721600S|1653900E|-72.2666667|165.65||||A ridge 1 mi E of Pyramid Peak in the Destination Nunataks, N Victoria Land.  The ridge was visited in 1981-82 by Bradley Field, geologist, NZGS, who suggested the name in association with nearby Pyramid Peak and Sphinx Peak.||
10394|Mundlauga Crags|Cliff|715700S|0082400E|-71.95|8.4|2455|8054|01/01/1967|A group of rock crags, 2,455 m, which form the S end of Fenriskjeften Mountain in the Drygalski Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Mundlauga.||
10396|Munizaga Peak|Summit|853200S|1773700W|-85.5333333|-177.6166667|2590|8497|01/01/1970|An ice-free peak (2590 m) located 3 mi ESE of Misery Peak in the Roberts Massif, Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Fernando S. Munizaga, Chilean geologist who participated in the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Ellsworth Land Survey, 1968-69, and accompanied the Texas Technological College geological party in a survey of Roberts Massif in the same season.||
10398|Muñoz Point|Summit|645000S|0625400W|-64.8333333|-62.9||||The SE point of Lemaire Island, Danco Coast, Graham Land. First mapped by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99.  Named "Punta Munoz" by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition, 1950-51, after Roberto Labra Munoz, in charge of General Bernardo O'Higgins Station, 1950-51.||
10399|Mount Munson|Summit|844800S|1742600W|-84.8|-174.4333333|2800|9186|01/01/1962|A mountain (2,800 m) rising from the NW flank of Mount Wade, 3 mi from its summit, in the Prince Olav Mountains. Discovered and photographed by R. Admiral Byrd on flights to the Queen Maud Mountains in November 1929.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain William H. Munson, USN, Commanding Officer of U.S. Navy (USN) Air Development Squadron Six, otherwise known as VX-6, 1959-61.||
10400|Mural Nunatak|Summit|645900S|0613200W|-64.9833333|-61.5333333|||01/01/1963|A conspicuous nunatak on the E side of Hektoria Glacier, 5 mi NW of Shiver Point, in Graham Land.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947 and 1955.  The name, given by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), is descriptive of the nunatak's wall-like appearance when seen from the southwest.||
10401|Mount Murch|Summit|843800S|0652500W|-84.6333333|-65.4166667|1100|3609|01/01/1968|A small mountain, 1,100 m, standing 5 mi S of Mount Suydam in Anderson Hills in central Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Paul L. Murch, cook at Palmer Station, winter 1966.||
10402|Mount Murchison|Summit|671900S|1441500E|-67.3166667|144.25|565|1854|01/01/1950|A dome-shaped, mostly snow-covered mountain (565 m) on the W side of the Mertz Glacier, about 11 mi SW of the head of Buchanan Bay.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who named it for Roderick Murchison of Melbourne, a patron of the expedition.||
10403|Mount Murchison|Summit|732500S|1661800E|-73.4166667|166.3|3500|11483||A very prominent mountain, 3,500 m, marking the high point on the rugged divide between Fitzgerald and Wylde Glaciers in the Mountaineer Range, Victoria Land.  Discovered in January 1841 by Sir James Clark Ross who named this feature for Sir Roderick Impey Murchison, then general secretary of the British Association.||
10404|Murchison Cirque|Basin|804200S|0243300W|-80.7|-24.55||||A glacier-filled cirque between Kuno Cirque and Arkell Cirque on the S side of the Read Mountains, Shackleton Range. Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of geologists grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after Sir Roderick Impy Murchison (1792-1871), British geologist; President, Royal Geographical Society, 1843-44, 1851-52, and 1855-58; Director-General, Geological Survey of Great Britain, 1855-71.||
10405|Cape Murdoch|Cape|604800S|0444100W|-60.8|-44.6833333|||01/01/1952|Cape which forms the SE tip of Mossman Peninsula on the S coast of Laurie Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted in 1903 by the ScotNAE under Bruce, who named it for W.G. Burn Murdoch, Scottish artist on the Balaena, one of the Dundee whaling ships in the Antarctic in 1892-93, and a supporter of Bruce's expedition.||
10406|Murdoch Nunatak|Summit|650100S|0600200W|-65.0166667|-60.0333333|||01/01/1963|Nunatak 3 mi NE of Donald Nunatak in the Seal Nunataks group, off the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  First charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947, and named by them for W.G. Burn Murdoch.||
10407|Cape Murmanskiy|Cape|694000S|0132000E|-69.6666667|13.3333333|||01/01/1971|An ice cape that projects from the W side of Lazarev Ice Shelf, about 25 mi NNE of Leningradskiy Island, in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1959 and named by them for the city of Murmansk.||
10408|Mount Murphy|Summit|752000S|1104400W|-75.3333333|-110.7333333|2705|8875|01/01/1955|A massive, snow-covered mountain with steep, rocky slopes, rising to 2,705 m directly S of Bear Peninsula, Marie Byrd Land. The mountain is bounded by the Smith, Pope and Haynes Glaciers. Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in January 1947.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert Cushman Murphy of the American Museum of Natural History, noted authority on Antarctic and sub-Antarctic bird life.  While serving on the whaler and charted the Bay of Isles region of South Georgia.||
10409|Murphy Bay|Bay|674200S|1461900E|-67.7|146.3166667||||A bay 7 mi wide between Penguin Point and Cape Bage. Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who named it for Herbert D. Murphy, a member of the expedition.||
10410|Murphy Glacier|Glacier|665400S|0662000W|-66.9|-66.3333333|||01/01/1964|A glacier in Graham Land, flowing generally westward to Orford Cliff and merging with Wilkinson Glacier before terminating in Lallemand Fjord.  Mapped from air photos taken by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named for Thomas L. Murphy, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) leader and assistant surveyor at Detaille Island in 1956.||
10411|Murphy Inlet|Stream|715900S|0980200W|-71.9833333|-98.0333333|||01/01/1960|Ice-filled inlet about 18 mi long, with two parallel branches at the head, lying between Noville and Edwards Peninsulas on the N side of Thurston Island.  Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charles J.V. Murphy, assistant to R. Admiral Byrd after Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) of 1928-30, and member of the wintering party of Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) of 1933-35.||01/28/2004
10412|Murphy Peak|Summit|775935S|1640503E|-77.993139|164.084293|1280|4199|01/01/1992|A prominent, partly ice-covered peak, 1,280 m, standing at the S side of Salmon Glacier, 2.7 mi SW of Haggerty Hill, on the Scott Coast, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1992 after Robert L. Murphy of Holmes and Narver, Inc., manager of the support contractor to the U.S. Antarctic Program, 1976-80 and 1990-92; responsible for integrating operations of the (resulting in shared logistics and engineering capabilities) and for preparation of the McMurdo Station Long-Range Development Plan used to modernize infrastructure, 1980-92.||
10413|Murphy Rocks|Summit|773500S|1445500W|-77.5833333|-144.9166667|||01/01/1970|Rock outcrops 12 mi SE of Mount West on the broad ice-covered ridge between the Hammond and Boyd Glaciers, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Dion M. Murphy, aviation machinist's mate, U.S. Navy (USN), a helicopter flight crewman during Operation Deep Freeze 1968.||04/11/2001
10414|Murphy Wall|Cliff|540500S|0372400W|-54.0833333|-37.4|905|2969|01/01/1963|Series of N-S trending peaks, the highest 905 m, resembling a wall along the W side of Grace Glacier on the N side of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Robert Cushman Murphy, American ornithologist who made observations and collections in the Bay of Isles in 1912-13 for the American Museum of Natural History, New York.||
10415|Cape Murray|Cape|642100S|0613800W|-64.35|-61.6333333|||01/01/1952|A cape forming the western end of Murray Island, off the west coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Lieutenant Adrien de Gerlache (1897-99) and at the time considered to be joined to Graham Land.  Named by Gerlache, presumably for Sir John Murray, British marine zoologist and oceanographer, an ardent advocate of Antarctic research.||
10416|Cape Murray|Cape|793500S|1601100E|-79.5833333|160.1833333|||01/01/1947|A mainly ice-covered coastal bluff at the N side of the mouth of Carlyon Glacier, on the W side of the Ross Ice Shelf Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named for George R.M. Murray, temporary director of the scientific staff of the expedition, who had accompanied the Discovery as far as Cape Town.||
10418|Mount Murray|Summit|760900S|1615000E|-76.15|161.8333333|1005|3297|01/01/1949|Sharp granite peak, 1,005 m, standing 8 mi W of Bruce Point on the N side of Mawson Glacier in Victoria Land.  First charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) which named it for James Murray, biologist with the expedition.||
10419|Murray Dome|Summit|704200S|0671200E|-70.7|67.2|||01/01/1967|A dome-shaped rock feature about 3 mi SE of Mount McKenzie in the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1956 and 1960.  Named by ANCA for Dr. L. Murray, medical officer at Macquarie Island in 1963 and at Wilkes Station in 1964.||
10420|Murray Foreland|Cape|740000S|1143000W|-74|-114.5||||A high ice-covered peninsula, 20 mi long and 10 mi wide, forming the northwestern arm of the Martin Peninsula on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  First mapped from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump in January 1947.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Grover E. Murray, American geologist, member of the Board of Directors, National Science Foundation (1964-), president of Texas Tech University, Lubbock, Texas (1966-76).||
10421|Murray Glacier|Glacier|713900S|1700000E|-71.65|170||||Valley glacier, 20 mi long, draining seaward along the E side of Geikie Ridge in the Admiralty Mountains.  Its terminus coalesces with that of Dugdale Glacier where both glaciers discharge into Robertson Bay along the N coast of Victoria Land. First charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1898-1900, under C.E. Borchgrevink, who named this feature for Sir John Murray of the Challenger expedition, 1872-76.||
10422|Murray Harbor|Harbor|642100S|0613500W|-64.35|-61.5833333|||01/01/1965|A small harbor lying E of Cape Murray on the N side of Murray Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  The name was used by whalers in the area in 1922.||
10423|Murray Island|Island|642200S|0613400W|-64.3666667|-61.5666667|||01/01/1965|Island 6 mi long lying at the SW side of Hughes Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  The feature has been known to sealers operating in the area since the 1820s, although it was shown on charts as part of the mainland.  In 1922 the whale catcher Graham passed through the channel separating it from the mainland, proving its insularity.  Named in association with Cape Murray, the seaward extremity of the island.||
10424|Murray Islands|Island|604700S|0443100W|-60.7833333|-44.5166667|||01/01/1952|Group of small islands 1.2 mi SE of Cape Whitson, off the S coast of Laurie Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Discovered in 1823 by Matthew Brisbane, who explored the S coast of Laurie Island under the direction of James Weddell.  The name "Murrys Islands" appears on Weddell's chart, but the islands are probably named for James Murray of London, maker of the chronometers used on Weddell's voyage.||
10425|Murray Monolith|Pillar|674700S|0665400E|-67.7833333|66.9|370|1214|01/01/1947|The detached front, 370 m, of Torlyn Mountain, standing 4 mi E of Scullin Monolith in Mac. Robertson Land.  Early in January 1930 the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson sighted land in this area, and an airplane flight was made from the ship Discovery for observation.  On Feb. 13, 1931 Mawson landed on nearby Scullin Monolith.  Named by Mawson for Sir George Murray, Chief Justice of South Australia and Chancellor of the University of Adelaide, a patron of the expedition.||
10426|Murray Snowfield|Glacier|540900S|0370900W|-54.15|-37.15|||01/01/1963|Snowfield centered 2 mi S of Possession Bay in South Georgia.  The name "John Murray-Gletscher" was given to a glacier flowing into the head of Possession Bay by members of the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1911-12.  The South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1955-56, reported that there is no true glacier in this position, but that the nearby snowfield requires a name.||
10427|Murrish Glacier|Glacier|710200S|0614500W|-71.0333333|-61.75||||A glacier about 15 mi long on the E side of Palmer Land. It drains ENE, to the N of Stockton Peak and Abendroth Peak, and merges with the N side of Gain Glacier before the latter enters Weddell Sea opposite Morency Island.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for David E. Murrish, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist, party leader for the study of peripheral vascular control mechanisms in birds in the Antarctic Peninsula region for three seasons, 1972-75.||
10430|Murtaugh Peak|Summit|854100S|1301500W|-85.6833333|-130.25|3085|10121|01/01/1966|A sharp peak, 3,085 m, surmounting a ridge 4 mi WNW of Mount Minshew in the Wisconsin Range, Horlick Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John E. Murtaugh, geologist with the Ohio State University geological party to the Horlick Mountains, 1964-65.||
10431|Museum Ledge|Summit|844500S|1134800W|-84.75|-113.8|25|82|01/01/1964|The ledge is a flat sandstone bed about 25 m long and 9 to 12 m wide exposed by erosion.  The feature is a fossil locality. It contains excellently displayed fossil wood and is located on the SW shoulder of Mount Glossopteris in the Ohio Range, Horlick Mountains.  The name alludes to the display of fossil wood found here and was suggested by William E. Long, geologist with the Ohio State University expedition who worked in these mountains in the 1960-61 and 1961-62 austral summers.||
10432|Mushketov Glacier|Glacier|712000S|0145500E|-71.3333333|14.9166667|||01/01/1970|A large glacier trending northeastward, draining the area between the Wohlthat Mountains on the west and the Weyprecht, Payer and Lomonosov Mountains on the east, in Queen Maud Land. Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39. Replotted from air photos and surveys by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1958-59, and named after Ivan V. Mushketov (1850-1902), Russian geologist and geographer.||
10434|Mushroom Island|Island|685300S|0675300W|-68.8833333|-67.8833333|||01/01/1950|Ice-covered island lying 10 mi WSW of Cape Berteaux, off the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37, and so named because of its resemblance to a mushroom cap.||
10436|Muskeg Gap|Gap|642300S|0593900W|-64.3833333|-59.65|||01/01/1964|A low isthmus at the N end of Sobral Peninsula, Graham Land.  The gap provides a coastal route which avoids a long detour around Sobral Peninsula Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the Canadian "Muskeg" tractor.||
10437|Cape Musselman|Cape|711700S|0610000W|-71.2833333|-61|||01/01/1947|Cape forming the S side of the entrance to Palmer lnlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) who explored this coast by land and from the air from East Base in 1940.  Named for Lytton C. Musselman, member of the East Base party which sledged across Dyer Plateau to the vicinity of Mount Jackson, which stands inland from this cape.||
10438|Musson Nunatak|Summit|713100S|0632700W|-71.5166667|-63.45|||01/01/1976|A pyramidal nunatak standing 10 mi S of Mount Jackson, at the E margin of the Dyer Plateau of Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John M. Musson, PH2, U.S. Navy (USN), photographer and member of the cartographic aerial mapping crew in LC-130 aircraft of Squadron VXE-6, 1968-69.||
10439|Mussorgsky Peaks|Range|712900S|0732200W|-71.4833333|-73.3666667|500|1640|01/01/1961|Two rocky peaks rising to 500 m NW of Mount Grieg on Derocher Peninsula, Alexander Island.  A number of peaks in this vicinity first appear on maps by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48.  These peaks, apparently included within that group, were mapped from Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) air photos by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Modeste Mussorgsky (1839-81), Russian composer.||
10441|Mutel Peak|Summit|763100S|1460300W|-76.5166667|-146.05|860|2821|01/01/1970|A rock peak (860 m) 2 mi SW of Mount Iphigene in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Photographed and roughly plotted by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30, and U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert L. Mutel, ionospheric physicist at Byrd Station, 1969.||
10444|Mutton Cove|Bay|660000S|0653900W|-66|-65.65|||01/01/1953|An anchorage 0.5 mi NE of the S end of Beer Island in the Biscoe Islands.  The cove is formed by four small islands, Harp, Upper, Cliff and Girdler Islands.  Beer Island shelters the cove from the west.  Charted in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill and, at the suggestion of Lieutenant R.G.D. Ryder, Royal Navy (RN), captain of the days in a training ship at Devonport.||
10447|Muus Glacier|Glacier|712600S|0613600W|-71.4333333|-61.6|||01/01/1976|A glacier entering the N side of Odom Inlet between Snyder Peninsula and Stromme Ridge, on the E coast of Palmer Land. Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for David Muus, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) oceanographer aboard U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Northwind in the Ross Sea area, 1971-72, and a participant in the Weddell Sea Oceanographic Investigations aboard U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Glacier, 1974-75.||
10448|Myall Islands|Island|674000S|0454300E|-67.6666667|45.7166667|||01/01/1965|Two islands lying close W of the Thala Hills, off the coast of Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA after Myall, vernacular name for species of Acacia found in Australia.||
10449|Myers Glacier|Glacier|721600S|1000700W|-72.2666667|-100.1166667|||01/01/1960|Valley glacier about 7 mi long, flowing SW from Mount Noxon on Thurston Island to Abbot Ice Shelf in Peacock Sound. Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 in January 1960.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) Dale P. Myers, USN, helicopter pilot aboard USS Burton Island who made exploratory flights to Thurston Island in February 1960.||01/28/2004
10451|Myriad Islands|Island|650500S|0642500W|-65.0833333|-64.4166667|||01/01/1971|Scattered group of small islands and rocks extending for about 5 mi, lying W of the Dannebrog and Vedel Islands in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37. So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 because of the very many islands in the group.||
10452|Mount Naab|Summit|763600S|1605600E|-76.6|160.9333333|1710|5610|01/01/1965|Mountain, 1,710 m, which surmounts the E part of Eastwind Ridge in the Convoy Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and Navy air photos.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for Captain Joseph Naab, Jr., USCG, commanding officer of the icebreaker Eastwind during 1961 and 1962.||
10454|Nabbøya|Island|691600S|0393500E|-69.2666667|39.5833333|||01/01/1968|A high, small, bare rock island lying 1 mi W of Hamnenabben Head in the E part of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Nabboya (the peg island).||
10456|Nachtigal Glacier|Glacier|542900S|0360900W|-54.4833333|-36.15|||01/01/1972|A glacier 2 mi long flowing N from Mount Fagan toward Doris Bay, South Georgia.  Charted by the German group of the International Polar Year Investigations, 1882-83, who named the glacier after Dr. Gustav Nachtigal (1834-85), German physician and explorer of Africa.||
10457|Nachtigal Peak|Summit|542900S|0361400W|-54.4833333|-36.2333333|1160|3806|01/01/1956|Rocky peak on a spur projecting northward from the SE extremity of the Allardyce Range, South Georgia.  It rises to 1,160 m at the W side of the head of Cook Glacier, 4 mi E of Nordenskjold Peak.  The name "Kleine Pic" (Little Peak) was given to this feature by the German group of the International Polar Year Investigations, 1882-83.  The South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, reported that "Kleine Pic" is not particularly descriptive or distinctive for the peak described, and that name has been rejected.  The name Nachtigal Peak, recommended by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954, derives from nearby Nachtigal Glacier (q.v.), which was named by the German group of 1882-83.||
10458|Nadeau Bluff|Cliff|840400S|1750900E|-84.0666667|175.15|||01/01/1966|A mainly ice-covered bluff just SW of Giovinco Ice Piedmont, protruding into Canyon Glacier from that glacier's E side.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for F.A. Nadeau, Jr., a member of the support party at McMurdo Station, 1963.||
10460|Nadezhdy Island|Island|704400S|0114000E|-70.7333333|11.6666667|||01/01/1970|A bare rock island nearly 1 mi long, lying just off the north-central side of Schirmacher Hills, Queen Maud Land.  First photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1961 and named Ostrov Nadezhdy (hope island).||
10461|Nadir Bluff|Cliff|775753S|1602728E|-77.964853|160.457709|2355|7726|01/01/1993|A bluff (2,355 m) which forms a shoulderlike projection from the E side of Mount Feather in the Quartermain Mountains, Victoria Land.  One of a group of names in the area associated with surveying applied in 1993 by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB); nadir being opposite of zenith and the direction of gravity as defined by a plumb line.||
10462|Naess Glacier|Glacier|702200S|0675500W|-70.3666667|-67.9166667|||01/01/1955|Small glacier, which is separated from Chapman Glacier to the N by a rocky ridge, flowing from the W coast of Palmer Land into George VI Sound.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954 for Erling D. Naess, Manager of the Vestfold Whaling Co., who was of great assistance to the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37.||
10463|Nagagutsu Point|Summit|694100S|0382100E|-69.6833333|38.35|||01/01/1968|An ice-covered point which forms the SE extremity of Padda Island in Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Remapped by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Nagagutsu-misaki (boot point).||
10465|Naga-iwa Rock|Summit|682700S|0413100E|-68.45|41.5166667|||01/01/1968|A conspicuous rock on the shore protruding into the sea 2 mi E of Cape Akarui, in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Naga-iwa (long rock).||01/05/2021
10466|Mount Nagata|Summit|712100S|1624700E|-71.35|162.7833333|2140|7021||A mostly snow-covered mountain rising to 2,140 m, located 2 mi E of Mount Gow in the Bowers Mountains (q.v.).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1984 after Takesi Nagata (1913-91), pioneer in the study of paleomagnetism; Director, National Institute of Polar Research, Japan.||
10467|Nakano-seto Strait|Channel|690100S|0393300E|-69.0166667|39.55|||01/01/1968|A very narrow strait between Ongul Island and East Ongul Island in the E part of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  The strait was first noted in 1957 by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) who named it Nakano-seto (central strait).||
10468|Nakaya Islands|Island|662700S|0661400W|-66.45|-66.2333333|||01/01/1965|A small group of islands in Crystal Sound, 10 mi NE of Cape Rey, Graham Land.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1958-59).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Ukichiro Nakaya (1900-62), a Japanese physicist who has specialized in investigations of the structure and properties of single ice crystals and snowflakes.||
10469|Cape Nakayubi|Cape|691400S|0393900E|-69.2333333|39.65|||01/01/1975|A rocky point marking the south extremity of a U-shaped peninsula which extends seaward in finger-like fashion from the west side of Langhovde Hills, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62.  The name "Nakayubi-misaki" (middle finger point) was given by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1972 in association with Cape Koyubi, which lies 0.5 mi northwestward.||
10470|Nålegga Ridge|Ridge|723900S|0040300W|-72.65|-4.05|||01/01/1966|A narrow rock ridge marking the N end of Seilkopf Peaks in the Borg Massif, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Nalegga (the needle ridge).||
10471|Nameless Glacier|Glacier|713800S|1701800E|-71.6333333|170.3||||A glacier that descends westward from Adare Peninsula and discharges into Protection Cove, Robertson Bay, 2 mi N of Newnes Glacier.  It was charted and named by the Northern Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.  This was the only one of the Robertson Bay glaciers that was left unnamed by C.E. Borchgrevink, who headed the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1898-1900.||
10472|Nameless Point|Summit|535900S|0374100W|-53.9833333|-37.6833333|||01/01/1952|Point at the NW side of the entrance to Right Whale Bay, near the W end of the N coast of South Georgia.  Charted and probably named by DI personnel in the period 1926-30.||
10475|Nance Ridge|Ridge|842300S|0653600W|-84.3833333|-65.6|||01/01/1968|A rock ridge 2 mi NE of Mount Yarbrough in the Thomas Hills in northern Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Vernon L. Nance, radioman at Palmer Station, winter 1966.||
10476|Nancy Rock|Island|621300S|0590600W|-62.2166667|-59.1|||01/01/1965|Rock lying 2 mi W of Flat Top Peninsula, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961 after the American sealing vessel Nancy (Captain Benjamin Upton) from Salem, MA, which visited the South Shetland Islands in 1820-22.||
10477|Mount Nansen|Summit|743300S|1623600E|-74.55|162.6|2740|8989|01/01/1947|A prominent mountain, 2,740 m, surmounting the steep eastern escarpment of the Eisenhower Range, 11 mi S of Mount Baxter, in Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, and named for Fridtjof Nansen, Norwegian Arctic explorer from whom Captain Scott obtained much practical information for his expedition.||
10481|Nansen Ice Sheet|Glacier|745300S|1631000E|-74.8833333|163.1666667|||01/01/1950|An ice shelf, about 30 mi long and 10 mi wide, nourished by the Priestley and Reeves Glaciers and abutting the N side of Drygalski Ice Tongue, along the coast of Victoria Land.  This feature was explored by the South Magnetic Polar Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09, and by the Northern Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13. Frank Debenham, geologist with the latter expedition, applied the name "Nansen Sheet" as the feature is adjacent to Mount Nansen, the dominating summit in the area.||
10482|Nansen Island|Island|643500S|0620600W|-64.5833333|-62.1|||01/01/1965|The largest of the islands lying in Wilhelmina Bay off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99, and named for Dr. Fridtjof Nansen, noted Arctic explorer.||
10485|Nansen Reef|Bar|541800S|0360900W|-54.3|-36.15|2|7||A submerged rocky ridge with a depth of about 2 m over it, situated 4.5 mi ESE of Cape George, off the N coast of South Georgia.  Named after the S.S. Fridtjof Nansen, which struck this reef and sank, Nov. 10, 1906.||
10489|Nantucket Inlet|Stream|743500S|0614500W|-74.5833333|-61.75|||01/01/1947|Ice-filled inlet 6 mi wide, which recedes 13 mi in a NW direction between the Smith and Bowman Peninsulas, along the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in a flight from East Base on Dec. 30, 1940, and named for Nantucket Island, MA, home of early New England whalers of the first half of the 19th century.||
10492|Napier Island|Island|691400S|0674700W|-69.2333333|-67.7833333|||01/01/1962|An island 0.8 mi long in the SE part of Marguerite Bay, 12 mi WNW of Mount Balfour, Fallières Coast. Following survey and mapping as an ice rise in Wordie Ice Shelf by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1958, this feature was named Napier Ice Rise by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC). The name was amended to Napier Island by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after a general eastward recession of Wordie Ice Front (c. 1999) revealed it was an island. In association with the names of pioneers of navigation grouped in this area, named after John Napier (1550-1617), Scottish mathematician who invented logarithms and published his first tables in 1614. Not: Napier Ice Rise|09/07/2006|
10493|Napier Mountains|Summit|663000S|0534000E|-66.5|53.6666667|2300|7546|01/01/1947|Group of more-or-less separated peaks, the highest 2,300 m, extending 40 mi in a NW-SE direction and centering about 40 mi S of Cape Batterbee in Enderby Land.  Discovered in January 1930 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, who named them for the Hon. John Mellis Napier, a judge of the Supreme Court of South Australia.||
10494|Napier Peak|Summit|624000S|0602000W|-62.6666667|-60.3333333|340|1115||A peak rising to 340 m on the W side of Huntress Glacier, near the head of False Bay, Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named in 1990 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Captain William Napier, Master of the schooner Venus, from New York, who visited the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21 (Venus Bay, q.v.).||
10496|Napier Rock|Island|621000S|0582600W|-62.1666667|-58.4333333|||01/01/1960|Rock lying 1.75 mi ESE of Point Thomas in Admiralty Bay, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Ronald G. Napier (1925-1956) of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), general assistant and handyman at the Signy Island station in 1955, and then leader at Admiralty Bay until he was drowned on March 24, 1956.||
10497|Narabi Rocks|Summit|682400S|0414700E|-68.4|41.7833333|||01/01/1968|Three aligned rocks extending nearly 3 mi along the coast, between Temmondai Rock and Kozo Rock, in Queen Maud Land. Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Narabi-iwa (row rocks).||04/12/2001
10498|Mount Nares|Summit|812700S|1581000E|-81.45|158.1666667|3000|9842||A massive mountain, over 3,000 m, standing just S of Mount Albert Markham and overlooking the head of Flynn Glacier, in the Churchill Mountains.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) led by Scott, who named it for Sir George S. Nares, captain of the an Arctic expedition in 1875-76, and a member of the Ship Committee for Scott's expedition.||
10501|Narrow Neck|Isthmus|730600S|1690300E|-73.1|169.05|||01/01/1966|A narrow, but elevated isthmus or neck of land between Langevad Glacier and Mandible Cirque in the S part of Daniell Peninsula, Victoria Land.  The feature serves to join Tousled Peak and the Mount Lubbock vicinity to the main mass of Daniell Peninsula.  The descriptive name was applied by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1966.||10/18/2000
10502|The Narrows|Stream|673600S|0671200W|-67.6|-67.2|||01/01/1953|Narrow channel between Pourquoi Pas Island and Blaiklock Island, connecting Bigourdan and Bourgeois Fjords off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered and given this descriptive name by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill.||
10503|Narval Bay|Bay|540200S|0374100W|-54.0333333|-37.6833333|||01/01/1963|Bay 1.5 mi wide in the N side of Ice Fjord, South Georgia. The name North Bay was given to this feature by the Scottish geologist David Ferguson during his visit to South Georgia in 1911-12.  Since the same name is well established for an arm of Prince Olav Harbor 20 mi away, the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) recommended in 1957 that a new name be substituted for this feature.  Narval Bay is named after the catcher Narval, built in 1929, which was owned by the Compania Argentina de Pesca in 1934.||
10504|Nascent Glacier|Glacier|732200S|1673700E|-73.3666667|167.6166667|||01/01/1966|A short, fairly smooth glacier in the E extremity of Mountaineer Range, draining SE to the coast of Victoria Land between Gauntlet Ridge and Index Point.  So named in 1966 by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC), presumably as descriptive of the emerging or youthful development of the feature.||
10505|Mount Nash|Summit|741400S|0622000W|-74.2333333|-62.3333333|1295|4249||Mountain, 1,295 m, standing 13 mi WNW of the head of Keller lnlet and 12 mi NNE of Mount Owen, on the E coast of Palmer Land. Discovered by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, under Ronne, who named it for H.R. Nash, of Pittsburgh, PA, a contributor to the expedition.||
10506|Nash Glacier|Glacier|711500S|1681000E|-71.25|168.1666667|||01/01/1970|Glacier, 20 mi long, draining the N slopes of Dunedin range in the Admiralty Mountains.  The terminus of this glacier merges with that of Wallis Glacier and Dennistoun Glacier before reaching the sea E of Cape Scott.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Arthur R. Nash, U.S. Navy (USN), helicopter pilot with Squadron VX-6 during Operation Deep Freeze 1967 and 1968.||
10507|Nash Hills|Range|815300S|0892300W|-81.8833333|-89.3833333|||01/01/1964|A short range of isolated ice-covered hills about 25 mi NW of Martin Hills.  The feature was positioned by the U.S. Ellsworth-Byrd Traverse Party on Dec. 10, 1958.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Archie R. Nash, U.S. Navy (USN), Officer-in-Charge at Byrd Station in 1962.||
10508|Nashornet Mountain|Summit|722200S|0020000W|-72.3666667|-2|||01/01/1966|A mountain 6 mi NE of Viddalskollen Hill, on the S side of Viddalen Valley in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Nashornet (the rhinoceros).||
10509|Nashornkalvane Rocks|Summit|721900S|0015600W|-72.3166667|-1.9333333|||01/01/1966|A group of rocks 2 mi N of Nashornet Mountain, at the S side of the mouth of Viddalen Valley in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Nashornkalvane (the rhinoceros' calves).||04/12/2001
10510|Nash Range|Range|815500S|1620000E|-81.9166667|162|||01/01/1965|A mainly ice-covered coastal range, 40 mi long, bordering the W side of the Ross Ice Shelf between Dickey and Nimrod Glaciers.  Named by the Ross Sea Committee for Walter Nash who, as Leader of the Opposition and later as Prime Minister of New Zealand, gave strong support to New Zealand participation in the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.||
10511|Nash Ridge|Ridge|741700S|1630000E|-74.2833333|163|||01/01/1968|A high, massive ridge of eastern Eisenhower Range, about 10 mi long and 5 mi wide, projecting between the flow of the O'Kane and Priestley Glaciers, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1955-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Harold A. Nash, biologist at McMurdo Station in the 1965-66 and 1966-67 seasons.||
10513|Natal Ridge|Ridge|715000S|0681800W|-71.8333333|-68.3|||01/01/1994|A prominent snow-free terraced ridge forming part of the N boundary of the Two Step Cliffs massif on Alexander Island. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1993 in recognition of the geomorphological and biological surveys conducted by scientists from the University of Natal in the Mars Glacier party.||
10514|Natani Nunatak|Summit|844600S|0663200W|-84.7666667|-66.5333333|||01/01/1968|A nunatak 1.5 mi NNE of the extremity of Snake Ridge in the Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Kirmach Natani, biologist at South Pole Station, winter 1967.||
10515|Nathan Hills|Range|732500S|1642400E|-73.4166667|164.4|||01/01/1968|A series of hills in the E part of the Arrowhead Range of the Southern Cross Mountains, in Victoria Land.  Named by the southern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1966-67, for Simon Nathan, senior geologist with this party.||
10517|Nattriss Head|Cliff|545100S|0355600W|-54.85|-35.9333333|||01/01/1956|Small but prominent rock headland marking the S side of the entrance to Drygalski Fjord on the SE coast of South Georgia. Charted by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1911-12, under Filchner.  It was named Nattriss Point for E.A. Nattriss, shipping officer to the Discovery Committee, following survey by DI personnel in 1927.  The name Nattriss Head is approved for this feature because the term head is more descriptive than point, and because acceptance of this form will avoid confusion with Nattriss Point (also named for E.A. Nattriss) on Saunders Island in the South Sandwich Islands.||
10518|Nattriss Point|Summit|574800S|0262200W|-57.8|-26.3666667|||01/01/1953|Rocky point forming the E end of Saunders Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  First charted in 1819 by a Russian expedition under Bellingshausen.  Recharted in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II and named by them for E.A. Nattriss, shipping officer to the Discovery Committee.||
10520|Nautilus Head|Cliff|673800S|0670700W|-67.6333333|-67.1166667|975|3199|01/01/1956|Prominent headland rising to 975 m near the NE extremity of Pourquoi Pas Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) who named it after the submarine Nautilus in Jules Verne's Twenty Thousand Leagues Under The Sea. Other features on Pourquoi Pas Island are named for characters in this book.||
10521|Navajo Butte|Summit|775830S|1620107E|-77.97494|162.018657|||01/01/1993|A sandstone butte which displays large-scale cross bedding, rising from the south-central part of Table Mountain, Royal Society Range, in Victoria Land.  Named by Alan Sherwood, NZGS party leader in the area, 1987-88, after the famous Navajo sandstone of Utah.||
10522|Navarrette Peak|Summit|755500S|1284500W|-75.9166667|-128.75|||01/01/1974|A rock peak marking the SW extremity of the Mount Petras massif, in the McCuddin Mountains of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-69.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Claude Navarrette, U.S. Navy (USN), Deputy Commander and Chief of Staff to the Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, during Operation Deep Freeze 1972.  He also served on the staff during 1969 and 1970.||
10524|Navigator Nunatak|Summit|731500S|1641300E|-73.25|164.2166667|||01/01/1967|A large nunatak in the middle of the head of Aviator Glacier in Victoria Land.  Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, because it is a good landmark for navigation and the name is also in association with Aviator, Pilot, and Co-pilot Glaciers, nearby.||03/07/1997
10525|Navigator Peak|Summit|792300S|0854800W|-79.3833333|-85.8|1910|6266|01/01/1966|A sharp and prominent peak, 1,910 m, standing 4 mi E of Zavis Peak in the N part of the White Escarpment, Heritage Range. So named by the University of Minnesota Geological Party to these mountains, 1963-64, because the peak served as a landmark to navigators and pilots returning to camp from flights in the southern part of the Heritage Range.||
10527|Navy Point|Summit|643000S|0622800W|-64.5|-62.4666667||||The NE entrance point to Chiriguano Bay in SE Brabant Island, Palmer Archipelago.  The feature was charted in 1954 by the Argentine Antarctic Expedition and, in 1978, named "Punta Marina" (Navy Point) in honor of the Argentine Navy.  A complete translation of the name has been approved to avoid a duplication of Marina Point in the Argentine Islands.||
10530|The Naze|Island|635700S|0573200W|-63.95|-57.5333333|||01/01/1952|Peninsula in N James Ross Island, marking the SE entrance to Herbert Sound and extending about 5 mi NE from Terrapin Hill toward the south-central shore of Vega Island.  Discovered and named "Nasudden" by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold.  The recommended form is the English version used by Nordenskjold.||
10532|Neall Massif|Range|720400S|1642800E|-72.0666667|164.4666667|||01/01/1969|A mountain massif rising between the Salamander and West Quartzite Ranges.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) for V.E. Neall, leader and geologist of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1967-68.||
10533|Neb Bluff|Cliff|670000S|0663500W|-67|-66.5833333|||01/01/1964|A conspicuous rock bluff 6 mi S of Orford Cliff, Graham Land, overlooking the E side of Lallemand Fjord.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1956 and so named because of its snout-like appearance.||
10535|Nebles Point|Summit|621100S|0585200W|-62.1833333|-58.8666667|||01/01/1960|Point forming the W side of the entrance to Collins Harbor in the SW part of King George Island, South Shetland Islands.  On his chart of 1825, James Weddell, Master, Royal Navy (RN), applied the name Nebles Harbour to Collins Harbor, or possibly to an anchorage close N of Ardley Island; the detail of this part of his map cannot be interpreted with certainty.  Nebles Point was given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 in order to preserve Weddell's naming in the area.  The point lies between the two possible positions of his name.||
10536|Neck or Nothing Passage|Channel|622900S|0602100W|-62.4833333|-60.35|||01/01/1953|Narrow passage leading from Blythe Bay between the S end of Desolation Island and a small group of islands 0.2 mi southward, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name was applied prior to 1930, probably by whalers who frequented Blythe Bay and who at times ran their vessels to sea via this passage to escape severe easterly gales.||
10537|Mount Neder|Summit|710200S|1674000E|-71.0333333|167.6666667|1010|3314|01/01/1970|Mountain with a small, pointed summit (1,010 m) that surmounts the NW part of Quam Heights in the Anare Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Irving R. Neder, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist in the Ohio Range and Wisconsin Range area, 1965-66, and McMurdo Sound area, 1966-67.||
10540|Needle Island|Island|530200S|0723500E|-53.0333333|72.5833333|||01/01/1957|A pinnacle rock lying 0.2 mi W of the N end of McDonald Island in the McDonald Islands.  Surveyed and given this descriptive name by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1948.||
10541|Needle Peak|Summit|624400S|0601100W|-62.7333333|-60.1833333|370|1214|01/01/1952|Sharply-pointed black peak, 370 m, standing at the W side of Brunow Bay on the S coast of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The feature was named Barnards Peak on James Weddell's chart published in 1825, but the name Needle Peak given by DI personnel following a 1935 survey has succeeded it in usage.  The name Barnard Point (q.v.) has been approved for the nearby point at the SE side of False Bay.||
10543|Neff Nunatak|Summit|745800S|0720800W|-74.9666667|-72.1333333|1500|4921||A nunatak rising to c. 1,500 m, located 1 mi SE of Schmutzler Nunatak in the SE end of the Grossman Nunataks (q.v.), Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs taken 1965-68.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1988 after Richard J. Neff, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) cartographer, a member of the winter party at Australia's Casey Station, 1975.||
10561|Black Hill|Summit|623916S|0610006W|-62.6544444|-61.0016667|100|328||A hill rising to c. 100 m near the eastern end of South Beaches, Byers Peninsula, Livingston Island.  The descriptive name "Morro Negro" (black hill) was applied by an Argentine Antarctic Expedition in about 1958.||07/21/2021
10563|Neighbour Peak|Summit|543100S|0360600W|-54.5166667|-36.1|||01/01/1972|A peak rising 1 mi W of Pirner Peak at Royal Bay, South Georgia.  The British Combined Services Expedition, 1964-65, identified this feature as "Nachbar" (meaning neighbor), the name used by the German expedition under Schrader, 1882-83.  The UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) recommended in 1971 that "Nachbar" be used in the English form Neighbour and the descriptive term peak be added to it.||
10564|Neill Peak|Summit|675000S|0663700E|-67.8333333|66.6166667|460|1509|01/01/1947|Mountain, 460 m, standing 3 mi SW of Scullin Monolith in Mac. Robertson Land.  Discovered on Feb. 13, 1931 by British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, who presumably applied the name.||
10567|Neilson Peak|Summit|705700S|0621300W|-70.95|-62.2166667|||01/01/1976|A peak in the central part of Parmelee Massif at the head of Lehrke lnlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for David R. Neilson, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at Palmer Station, 1975.||
10568|Neith Nunatak|Summit|831700S|0555500W|-83.2833333|-55.9166667|||01/01/1968|A nunatak 3 mi N of Baker Ridge in northern Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Willard Neith, photographer with the Electronic Test Unit in the Pensacola Mountains, 1957-58.||
10569|Neko Harbor|Harbor|645000S|0623300W|-64.8333333|-62.55|||01/01/1956|Small bay indenting the E shore of Andvord Bay 6 mi SE of Beneden Head, along the W coast of Graham Land.  First seen and roughly charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named after Messrs. Chr. Salvesen's floating factory Neko, which operated in the South Shetland Islands and Antarctic Peninsula area for many seasons between 1911-12 and 1923-24, and which often used this bay.  The name was published by the Scottish geologist David Ferguson in 1921, following his visit to this area in 1913.||
10570|Nella Island|Island|703700S|1660400E|-70.6166667|166.0666667|||01/01/1964|The northern of two small, rocky islands lying just off the NW edge of Davis Ice Piedmont, off the N coast of Victoria Land. Named by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) after M.V. Nella Dan, one of two expedition ships used by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1962 to explore this area.||
10571|Nella Rock|Bar|673100S|0625100E|-67.5166667|62.85|||01/01/1973|A reef sounding 2 fathoms, 3 ft, situated 2.5 cables from and bearing 81 from the eastern extremity of the largest of the Sawert Rocks, at the entrance to Holme Bay.  Named by ANCA.  The rock was struck by the Nella Dan on Mar. 4, 1969, on passage from Mawson Station to Melbourne.||04/06/2001
10572|Nelly Island|Island|661400S|1101100E|-66.2333333|110.1833333|||01/01/1958|The largest and easternmost of the Frazier Islands, lying in Vincennes Bay.  The Frazier Islands were delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in February 1947.  Nelly Island was visited on Jan. 21, 1956 by a party of the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) who established an astronomical control station there.  So named by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) because there are several Giant Petrel, or Nelly, rookeries on the island.||
10573|Mount Nelson|Summit|854700S|1534800W|-85.7833333|-153.8|1930|6332|01/01/1967|A mountain, 1,930 m, standing 3 mi NE of Mount Pulitzer, near the W side of Scott Glacier in the Queen Maud Mountains. First mapped by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Randy L. Nelson, who made satellite geodesy studies at McMurdo Station, winter party 1965.||
10574|Nelson Channel|Channel|570300S|0264300W|-57.05|-26.7166667|||01/01/1953|Navigable channel between Candlemas and Vindication Islands, in the South Sandwich Islands.  First roughly charted by Captain James Cook, discoverer of these islands in 1775.  Recharted in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II, who gave the name Nelson Strait for Lieutenant A.L. Nelson, Royal Navy Reserve (RNR),) chief officer and navigator of the ship.  The name has been amended to avoid duplication with Nelson Strait in the South Shetland Islands.||
10575|Nelson Cliff|Cliff|711400S|1684200E|-71.2333333|168.7|||01/01/1970|A prominent rock cliff at the W side of Simpson Glacier on the N coast of Victoria Land.  First charted by the Northern Party, led by Victor Campbell, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.  Named for Edward W. Nelson, biologist of the expedition.||
10577|Nelson Island|Island|621800S|0590300W|-62.3|-59.05|||01/01/1947|Island 12 mi long and 7 mi wide, lying SW of King George Island in the South Shetland Islands.  The name dates back to at least 1821 and is now established in international usage.||
10578|Nelson Nunatak|Summit|725600S|1675400E|-72.9333333|167.9|||01/01/1970|A mainly ice-covered nunatak in the middle of Hand Glacier, in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Thomas R. Nelson, U.S. Navy (USN), construction mechanic at McMurdo Station, 1967.||
10579|Nelson Peak|Summit|834000S|0550300W|-83.6666667|-55.05|1605|5266|01/01/1965|A peak, 1,605 m, standing at the eastern end of Drury Ridge and Brown Ridge where the two ridges abut Washington Escarpment, in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Willis H. Nelson, geologist with the Neptune Range field party, 1963-64.||
10580|Nelson Rock|Island|672300S|0624500E|-67.3833333|62.75|||01/01/1965|A solitary, dark rock, partly ice-covered, 3 mi N of Williams Rocks, off the coast of Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by R.G. Dovers of Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1954.  Named by ANCA for R. Nelson, weather observer at Mawson Station in 1962, who assisted with the triangulation of this rock and the erection of a beacon.||
10582|Nelson Strait|Channel|622000S|0591800W|-62.3333333|-59.3|||01/01/1952|Strait lying between Nelson and Robert Islands, in the South Shetland Islands.  Probably first charted in 1821 by Captain Nathaniel B. Palmer, American sealer, who named it Harmony Strait.  Renamed King George's Strait on Captain George Powell's chart of 1822, and Parrys Straits by James Weddell, Master, Royal Navy (RN), on his chart of 1825.  It has since become known as Nelson Strait, probably taking its name from Nelson Island, which it adjoins on the east.||
10584|Mount Nemesis|Summit|681200S|0665400W|-68.2|-66.9|790|2592|01/01/1955|Mountain, 790 m, which lies 2 mi NE of the seaward extremity of Roman Four Promontory and close N of Neny Fjord, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  The name is believed to have been given by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.||
10585|Nemesis Glacier|Glacier|703200S|0673000E|-70.5333333|67.5|||01/01/1961|A large glacier which flows NE through the center of the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Discovered in January 1957 by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) southern party under W.G. Bewsher, and named after Homer's Nemesis because considerable difficulty was experienced in traversing the region due to the glacier.||
10588|Nemo Cove|Bay|674300S|0671800W|-67.7166667|-67.3|||01/01/1956|Cove midway along the E side of Pourquoi Pas Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named after Captain Nemo, designer and captain of the Nautilus in Jules Verne's Twenty Thousand Leagues Under the Sea. Other features on the island are named after characters in this book.||
10589|Nemo Glacier|Glacier|674300S|0672200W|-67.7166667|-67.3666667||||A glacier flowing E into Nemo Cove, Porquoi Pas Island, in NE Marguerite Bay.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), 1979, in association with Nemo Cove.||
10590|Nemo Peak|Summit|644600S|0631600W|-64.7666667|-63.2666667|865|2838|01/01/1951|Conspicuous peak, 865 m, standing 1 mi NE of Nipple Peak in the N part of Wiencke Island, in the Palmer Archipelago. Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache.  The name appears on a chart based on a 1927 survey by DI personnel in the Discovery, but may reflect an earlier naming.||
10591|Neny Bay|Bay|681200S|0665800W|-68.2|-66.9666667|||01/01/1953|Small indentation in the W coast of Graham Land which is bounded on the W by Neny Island, and on the NW and SE respectively by Stonington Island and Roman Four Promontory.  The bay was first charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  The name, derived from Neny Island, was suggested by members of East Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, who referred to it as Neny Island Bay.||
10592|Neny Fjord|Bay|681600S|0665000W|-68.2666667|-66.8333333|||01/01/1950|Bay 10 mi long in an E-W direction and 5 mi wide, between Red Rock Ridge and Roman Four Promontory on the W coast of Graham Land.  This coast was first explored in 1909 by Dr. Jean B. Charcot who, it appears, gave this name to a feature somewhat north of the bay described.  The British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) made a detailed survey of this area in 1936-37, and in correlating their work with that of Charcot applied the name Neny Fjord to the bay between Red Rock Ridge and Roman Four Promontory.  The name has become established in this latter position through international acceptance and use.||
10594|Neny Glacier|Glacier|681500S|0662500W|-68.25|-66.4166667|||01/01/1962|A glacier flowing NW into the N part of Neny Fjord on the W side of Antarctic Peninsula.  This feature together with Gibbs Glacier, which flows SE, occupy a transverse depression between Neny Fjord and Mercator Ice Piedmont on the E side of Antarctic Peninsula.  The name Neny Glacier, derived from association with Neny Fjord, was first used by the U.S. Antarctic Service, 1939-41, whose members used the glacier as a sledging route.||
10596|Neny Island|Island|681200S|0670300W|-68.2|-67.05|675|2215|01/01/1947|Island 1.5 mi long which rises to 675 m, lying 1 mi NW of Roman Four Promontory and directly N of the mouth of Neny Fjord, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37, and named after nearby Neny Fjord.||
10599|Neny Matterhorn|Summit|682000S|0665100W|-68.3333333|-66.85|1125|3691|01/01/1956|Sharp, pyramid-shaped peak over 1,125 m, standing in the NW part of the Blackwall Mountains on the S side of Neny Fjord, Graham Land.  First roughly surveyed in 1936-37 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, and resurveyed in 1948-49 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  The name was apparently first used by members of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, under Ronne, and the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and derives from its location near Neny Fjord, and its resemblance to the Swiss Matterhorn.||
10601|Neptune Glacier|Glacier|714400S|0681700W|-71.7333333|-68.2833333|||01/01/1955|Glacier on the E coast of Alexander Island, 12 mi long and 4 mi wide, flowing E into George VI Sound to the S of Triton Point.  First seen from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth on Nov. 23, 1935, and roughly mapped from photos obtained on that flight by W.L.G. Joerg.  The mouth of the glacier was positioned in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for the planet Neptune following a Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) survey in 1949.  The head of the glacier was mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.||
10602|Neptune Nunataks|Summit|763700S|1451800W|-76.6166667|-145.3|||01/01/1970|A small group of nunataks between the Chester and Fosdick Mountains, in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gary D. Neptune, geologist with the Marie Byrd Land Survey II, 1967-68 season.||
10603|Neptune Range|Range|833000S|0560000W|-83.5|-56|||01/01/1957|A mountain range, 70 mi long, lying WSW of Forrestal Range in the central part of the Pensacola Mountains.  The range is comprised of Washington Escarpment with its associated ridges, valleys and peaks, the Iroquois Plateau, and the Schmidt and Williams Hills.  It was discovered and photographed on Jan. 13, 1956 on a U.S. Navy (USN) transcontinental plane flight from McMurdo Sound to Weddell Sea and return.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after the Navy P2V-2N "Neptune" aircraft with which this flight was made.  The entire Pensacola Mountains were mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1967 and 1968 from ground surveys and U.S. Navy tricamera aerial photographs taken in 1964.||
10604|Neptunes Bellows|Stream|630000S|0603400W|-63|-60.5666667|||01/01/1952|Channel on the SE side of Deception Island forming the entrance to Port Foster, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name was appended by American sealers prior to 1822 because of the strong gusts experienced in this narrow channel.||
10605|Neptunes Window|Island|625900S|0603300W|-62.9833333|-60.55|||01/01/1952|Narrow gap between two rock pillars, situated close E of Whalers Bay on the SE side of Deception Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  So named by Lieutenant Commander D.N. Penfold, Royal Navy (RN), following his survey of Deception Island in 1948-49, because weather and ice conditions in the approach to Neptunes Bellows could conveniently be observed from this gap.||
10607|Nergaard Peak|Summit|720000S|0092700E|-72|9.45|2475|8120|01/01/1966|A peak (2,475 m) located 3 mi south of Niels peak in the Gagarin Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos and surveys by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named for Niels Nergaard, scientific assistant with Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-58.||
10608|Mount Nero|Summit|711200S|1595000E|-71.2|159.8333333|2520|8268|01/01/1970|A mountain (2,520 m) surmounting the W wall of Daniels Range 3 mi N of Forsythe Bluff, in the Usarp Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Leonard L. Nero, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
10609|Mount Nervo|Summit|831400S|0580000W|-83.2333333|-58|1070|3510|01/01/1968|A mountain, 1,070 m, standing 3 mi N of Mount Coulter in the Schmidt Hills portion of the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for George W. Nervo, radioman at Ellsworth Station, winter 1958.||
10610|Nesholmen Island|Island|694400S|0381200E|-69.7333333|38.2|||01/01/1968|A small island lying 0.5 mi off Djupvikneset Peninsula in southern Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Nesholmen (the ness island) because of its proximity to Djupvikneset Peninsula.||
10611|Neshyba Peak|Summit|711400S|0624500W|-71.2333333|-62.75|||01/01/1976|A small, sharp peak, mostly snow covered, surmounting the N part of a complex ridge 16 mi ENE of Mount Jackson, in E Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Stephen Neshyba, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) oceanographer who studied the laminar structure of the bottom water in the Antarctic Peninsula area, 1972-73.||
10612|Mount Nesos|Summit|781200S|1670600E|-78.2|167.1|400|1312|01/01/1963|The remnants of a volcanic core, over 400 m high, projecting through the ice near the SW end of White Island, in the Ross Archipelago.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1958-59) from the Greek word nesos (nisos), meaning island, and referring to the fact that although isolated by the ice sheet the hill is a part of White Island.||
10613|Nesøya|Island|690000S|0393500E|-69|39.5833333|||01/01/1971|Island, 0.5 mi long, lying close off the N point of East Ongul Island in the E side of the entrance of Lutzow-Holm Bay. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Nesoya (the point island).||
10614|Mount Nespelen|Summit|764700S|1614800E|-76.7833333|161.8|||01/01/1962|A massive mountain, the highest in the coastal ranges between the Mackay and Fry Glaciers, lying on the N side of Benson Glacier, 4 mi S of Mount Davidson.  Named by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party (1956-57) of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) after the McMurdo Sound that season.||
10615|Mount Ness|Summit|712000S|0665200W|-71.3333333|-66.8666667|1890|6201|01/01/1955|Northernmost of the Batterbee Mountains, 1,890 m, standing 9 mi NE of the summit of Mount Bagshawe and 14 mi inland from George VI Sound on the W coast of Palmer Land.  The mountain was first seen and photographed from the air on Nov. 23, 1935 by Lincoln Ellsworth, and was mapped from these photographs by W.L.G. Joerg.  It was surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954 for Mrs. Patrick Ness, who contributed toward the cost of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37.||
10616|Nestling Rock|Summit|712300S|1702400E|-71.3833333|170.4|||01/01/1966|A rock lying in the sea just E of the N portion of Adare Peninsula, along the coast of Victoria Land.  The descriptive name applied by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) suggests the location of this relatively small feature beside towering Downshire Cliffs.||04/12/2001
10617|Mount Nestor|Summit|642500S|0632800W|-64.4166667|-63.4666667|1250|4101|01/01/1963|Mountain, 1,250 m, the northernmost of the Achaean Range in Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Its W side rises steeply from Marr Ice Piedmont; its E side is a jumble of crevasses and jagged rock pinnacles.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955 and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Nestor, oldest of the Achaean chieftains fighting at Troy in Homer's Iliad.||
10618|Neuburg Peak|Summit|823700S|0525400W|-82.6166667|-52.9|1840|6037|01/01/1968|A jagged rock peak, 1,840 m, rising 2.5 mi E of Walker Peak in the SW part of Dufek Massif, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Hugo A.C. Neuburg, glaciologist at Ellsworth Station, a member of the first party to visit Dufek Massif, in December 1957.||
10620|Neumann Peak|Summit|670400S|0673400W|-67.0666667|-67.5666667|||01/01/1965|A peak on the N end of Hansen Island, in Hanusse Bay in Graham Land.  Mapped from air photos taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE), 1956-57.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Franz E. Neumann (1798-1895), German physicist who made an important contribution to understanding of the thermal conductivity of ice.||
10621|Cape Neumayer|Cape|634200S|0603400W|-63.7|-60.5666667|||01/01/1960|Cape forming the NE end of Trinity Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Charted and named by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, 1901-04, for Georg B. von Neumayer (1826-1909), distinguished German geophysicist.  In recent years the name Cape Wollaston has been applied to this cape, but the feature so named by Henry Foster has now been identified as the NW cape of Trinity Island.||
10622|Mount Neumayer|Summit|751600S|1621700E|-75.2666667|162.2833333|720|2362|01/01/1947|A mountain (720 m) surmounting D'Urville Wall on the N side of the terminus of David Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, under Scott, who named this feature for Georg von Neumayer, German geophysicist, who was active in organizing Antarctic exploration.||
10623|Neumayer Channel|Channel|644700S|0633000W|-64.7833333|-63.5|||01/01/1951|Channel 16 mi long in a NE-SW direction and about 1.5 mi wide, separating Anvers Island from Wiencke Island and Doumer Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  The SW entrance to this channel was seen by Dallmann, leader of the German expedition 1873-74, who named it Roosen Channel.  The Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache, sailed through the channel and named it for Georg von Neumayer.  The second name has been approved because of more general usage.||
10624|Neumayer Cliffs|Cliff|730700S|0014500W|-73.1166667|-1.75|||01/01/1966|A series of abrupt rock cliffs forming the NE end of Kirwan Escarpment in Queen Maud Land.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named for German geophysicist Georg von Neumayer.  Surveyed by the Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE), 1949-52.||
10626|Neumayer Glacier|Glacier|541500S|0364100W|-54.25|-36.6833333|||01/01/1952|Glacier, 8 mi long and 2 mi wide, which flows E along the N flank of Allardyce Range to the W side of the head of Cumberland West Bay, South Georgia.  Charted by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, 1901-04, and named for Georg von Neumayer.||
10628|Mount Neuner|Summit|751800S|0724100W|-75.3|-72.6833333|||01/01/1966|A mountain 3.5 mi SW of Mount Chandler, in the Behrendt Mountains, Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charles S. Neuner, station engineer at Camp Sky-Hi, summer 1961-62.||
10630|Neupokoyev Bight|Bay|700500S|0044500E|-70.0833333|4.75|||01/01/1970|A bight 30 mi wide, indenting the ice shelf that fringes the coast of Queen Maud Land about 20 mi NE of Tsiolkovskiy Island.  The feature was photographed from the air by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) in 1958-59 and roughly mapped from these photos.  It was also mapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1961 and named for K.K. Neupokoyev, Soviet hydrographer, who worked in northern polar areas in the 1920s.||
10632|Mount Neustruyev|Summit|715100S|0121400E|-71.85|12.2333333|2900|9514|01/01/1970|Peak, 2,900 m, standing 5 mi NNE of Gneiskopf Peak in Sudliche Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after the Soviet geographer S.S. Neustruyev (1874-1928).||
10637|Névé Nunatak|Summit|781700S|1605400E|-78.2833333|160.9|||01/01/1962|An isolated nunatak just N of Halfway Nunatak, between the Upper Staircase and the E side of Skelton Neve.  Surveyed in 1957 by the New Zealand Northern Survey party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) and named for its association with Skelton Neve.||04/21/2004
10638|Nevlingen Peak|Summit|675900S|0550500E|-67.9833333|55.0833333|2100|6890|01/01/1967|A prominent isolated peak, 2,100 m, standing 13 mi SE of Doggers Nunataks in Enderby Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Nevlingen.||
10639|Nevskiye Nunataks|Summit|714000S|0080500E|-71.6666667|8.0833333|||01/01/1970|A group of scattered nunataks comprising the Sorensen Nunataks and Hemmestad Nunataks in the Drygalski Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norsk Polarinstitutt from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60.  Also mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1961; the name is an adjective derived from Neva, a river in the Soviet Union.||
10640|Mount Newall|Summit|772942S|1624213E|-77.494919|162.703475|1920|6299|01/01/1952|A peak, 1,920 m, the NE extremity of Asgard Range, in Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named for one of the men who helped raise funds to send a relief ship for the expedition.||
10641|Newall Glacier|Glacier|773216S|1623529E|-77.537852|162.591281|||01/01/1962|Glacier in the E part of the Asgard Range of Victoria Land, flowing E between Mount Newall and Mount Weyant into the Wilson Piedmont Glacier.  Mapped by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58, who named it after nearby Mount Newall.||
10642|Newark Bay|Bay|542100S|0365500W|-54.35|-36.9166667|||01/01/1952|Bay 3 mi long, entered at the SE end of Fanning Ridge, along the S coast of South Georgia.  The presence of this bay seems to have been first noted in 1819 by a Russian expedition under Bellingshausen, who roughly charted a small inlet in this approximate position.  The name dates back to about 1927 and has become established for the feature.||
10643|New Bedford Inlet|Stream|732200S|0611500W|-73.3666667|-61.25|||01/01/1947|Large pouch-shaped, ice-filled embayment between Cape Kidson and Cape Brooks, along the E coast of Palmer Land. Discovered and photographed from the air in December 1940 by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), and named after New Bedford, MA, the center of the New England whaling industry in the middle of the 19th century.||
10645|Newburgh Point|Summit|660600S|0664600W|-66.1|-66.7666667|||01/01/1965|The NW point of Lavoisier Island, Biscoe Islands.  Mapped from air photos taken by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1958-59).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Louis H. Newburgh (1883-1956), American physiologist who specialized in the physiology of heat regulation and clothing for cold environments.||
10647|Newcomb Bay|Bay|661600S|1103300E|-66.2666667|110.55|||01/01/1957|Sheltered bay about 1 mi in extent, between Clark Peninsula and Bailey Peninsula in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp aerial photographs taken in February 1947.  In February 1957 Willis L. Tressler, oceanographer, led a party from the USS suggested by Tressler for Lieutenant Robert C. Newcomb, USN, navigator of the Glacier and member of the survey party.||
10648|Newcomer Glacier|Glacier|774700S|0852700W|-77.7833333|-85.45|||01/01/1961|Glacier 20 mi long transecting the N part of the Sentinel Range, flowing SE from the vicinity of Allen Peak and then E to where it leaves the range N of Bracken Peak.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Loyd E. Newcomer of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6, pilot on photographic flights over the range on Dec. 14-15, 1959.||
10650|Newell Point|Summit|622000S|0593200W|-62.3333333|-59.5333333|||01/01/1953|Point on the N side of Robert Island, 2.5 mi E of the N end of the island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted and named in 1935 by DI personnel on the Discovery II.||
10653|New Glacier|Glacier|770200S|1622400E|-77.0333333|162.4|||01/01/1952|A small glacier flowing ENE from the low ice-covered plateau at the S side of Mackay Glacier, terminating at the SW extremity of Granite Harbor, immediately N of Mount England, in Victoria Land.  Charted and named by G. Taylor, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, because he walked around a bluff and saw a glacier where none was expected, in the corner of Granite Harbor.||
10654|New Harbor|Harbor|773549S|1635317E|-77.597076|163.888153|||01/01/1947|Bay about 10 mi wide between Cape Bernacchi and Butter Point along the coast of Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and so named because this new harbor was found while the Discovery was seeking the farthest possible southern anchorage along the coast of Victoria Land.||
10658|Newman Island|Island|753900S|1453000W|-75.65|-145.5|||01/01/1966|An ice-covered island 15 mi long, lying in the Nickerson Ice Shelf on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped from surveys by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander J.F. Newman, U.S. Navy (USN), ships officer on the staff of the Commander, Task Force 43, during Deep Freeze 1966.||
10659|Newman Nunataks|Summit|664000S|0544500E|-66.6666667|54.75|||01/01/1965|Group of nunataks about midway between the Napier Mountains and Aker Peaks.  Roughly mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37. Remapped from aerial photos taken by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956 and 1960, and named after A.J. Newman, senior diesel mechanic at Mawson in 1961.||
10660|Newman Shoal|Bar|683500S|0775400E|-68.5833333|77.9|||01/01/1970|A shoal at the SW side of Davis Anchorage, just off the Vestfold Hills.  The shoal has depths of 1 fathom or less and lies 0.1 mi SE of Hobby Rocks.  Charted during an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Thala Dan) hydrographic survey in 1961.  Named by ANCA for A.J. Newman, senior diesel mechanic at Mawson Station in 1961, who assisted with the survey around Davis Station.||
10661|New Mountain|Summit|775154S|1610746E|-77.864991|161.129507|2260|7415|01/01/1962|Mountain, 2,260 m, standing between Arena Valley and Windy Gully, on the S side of Taylor Glacier in Victoria Land.  Charted and named by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04.||
10663|Newnes Glacier|Glacier|714100S|1701400E|-71.6833333|170.2333333||||Glacier dropping sharply from the Adare Saddle to empty into Protection Cove at the head of Robertson Bay, Victoria Land. Charted by British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1898-1900, under C.E. Borchgrevink, who named it for Sir George Newnes, sponsor of the expedition.||
10664|New Plymouth|Bay|623700S|0611200W|-62.6166667|-61.2|||01/01/1952|Small bay bordered by an extensive line of beaches, lying S of Start Point and between Rugged Island and the W end of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  This name, used by early sealers, dates back to at least 1822 and is now established in international usage.||
10665|New Rock|Island|630100S|0604400W|-63.0166667|-60.7333333|105|344|01/01/1952|Rock, 105 m high, lying 0.75 mi off the SW coast of Deception Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name of the rock derives from its relatively recent charting in about 1929.||
10666|New Schwabenland|Area|723000S|0003000E|-72.5|.5|||01/01/1966|An area name for the mountainous upland of Queen Maud Land extending from the Kraul Mountains to Vorposten Peak.  This area, more than 500 miles in extent, was first explored from aircraft by the German Antarctic Expedition of 1938-39 led by Captain Alfred Ritscher.  They named it after the expedition ship The maps published by this expedition were of an uneven quality, features in the eastern portion of the area being plotted with greater reliability.  It has not been possible for Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) to identify some features plotted and named by the expedition.  The western part of the area was surveyed by the Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE), 1949-52.  The entire area was mapped from air photos and survey undertaken by Norwegian Antarctic Expeditions in the years 1956-60.||
10669|Mount Newton|Summit|740100S|0653000E|-74.0166667|65.5|||01/01/1967|A large humped mountain with a boulder strewn surface and conical peak near the center, standing between flow of Collins and Mellor Glaciers in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Mapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) from air photos taken in 1956.  Named by ANCA for Dr. G. Newton, medical officer at Mawson Station, 1960.||
10670|Newton Island|Island|664600S|1412700E|-66.7666667|141.45|||01/01/1962|Rocky island 0.5 mi NW of Laplace Island and 1.2 mi NNW of Cape Mousse.  Charted in 1951 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) and named by them for Sir Isaac Newton, English philosopher and mathematician.||
10671|New Year Nunatak|Summit|710200S|0711200E|-71.0333333|71.2|||01/01/1970|A nunatak in the central part of the Manning Nunataks in the SE part of Amery Ice Shelf.  Plotted from air photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1957.  So named by ANCA because the nunatak was visited by a geological party of the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) on New Year's Day of 1966.||
10672|New Year Pass|Gap|832800S|1604000E|-83.4666667|160.6666667|||01/01/1966|A low snow pass between the Moore Mountains and Mount Weeks in Queen Elizabeth Range.  This pass was used on New Year's Day, 1958, by a New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) to get from Marsh Glacier to January Col, Prince Andrew Plateau, overlooking Bowden Neve.||
10673|New Year Peak|Summit|721400S|1660300E|-72.2333333|166.05|2600|8530||The major peak (c. 2,600 m) on the NW side of Toboggan Gap in the Millen Range, Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  The name was suggested by Bradley Field, geologist, NZGS, whose field party camped below the peak during the New Year period, 1981-82.||
10674|Mount New Zealand|Summit|741100S|1623000E|-74.1833333|162.5|2890|9482|01/01/1950|A large mountain, 2,890 m, standing immediately NW of Nash Ridge on the S side of Priestley Glacier, in the Eisenhower Range, Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, which named this mountain in recognition of the generous assistance given the expedition by the Government and people of New Zealand.||
10676|Neyt Point|Summit|635800S|0614800W|-63.9666667|-61.8|||01/01/1960|Point which lies 1 mi SE of Moureaux Point, the N extremity of Liege Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache, and named by him for General Neyt, a supporter of the expedition.||
10677|Niban Rock|Summit|681400S|0422800E|-68.2333333|42.4666667|||01/01/1964|A rock which protrudes into the sea 8 mi SW of Cape Hinode, on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Niban-iwa (number two rock).||04/12/2001
10678|Nibelungen Valley|Valley|773658S|1611918E|-77.616188|161.321639|||01/01/1976|An ice free valley just W of Plane Table and Panorama Peak in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  Nibelungen is one in a group of mythological names in the range given by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC).||
10679|The Niblets|Island|660000S|0654000W|-66|-65.6666667|||01/01/1953|Group of rocks between Harp Island and Beer Island, lying 8 mi W of Prospect Point, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted and named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill.  The name suggests the small size of features in the group.||
10682|Mount Nicholas|Summit|692200S|0695000W|-69.3666667|-69.8333333|1465|4806|01/01/1955|Mountain, 1,465 m, standing 5.5 mi SSW of Cape Brown and forming the N limit of Douglas Range on the E side of Alexander Island.  First seen and roughly charted from a distance in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, who named it "Ile Nicolas II" after Nicholas II, then reigning tsar of Russia.  The French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) maps showed it as an island, or possible headland, separated by a channel from Alexander Island.  The coast in this vicinity was photographed from the air in 1937 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), but Charcot's name which was altered to "Cape Nicholas," was applied in error to the seaward bulge of Mount Calais, about 13 mi to the NNW  Surveys in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) identified the feature originally named "Ile Nicolas II" by Charcot as the mountain described.||
10684|Nicholas Range|Range|664000S|0552800E|-66.6666667|55.4666667|||01/01/1965|Line of rocky peaks extending in a N-S direction, standing close E of Aker Peaks and 23 mi SW of Magnet Bay.  Discovered in January 1930 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, who named it for Mr. G.R. Nicholas of Melbourne, a patron of the expedition.  The individual peaks were plotted by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.||
10685|Nicholl Head|Cliff|674700S|0670600W|-67.7833333|-67.1|||01/01/1956|Bold W extremity of the ridge separating Dogs Leg Fjord and Square Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named for Timothy M. Nicholl, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) base leader at the Argentine Islands in 1948 and 1949.||
10686|Mount Nichols|Summit|852700S|1460500W|-85.45|-146.0833333|670|2198|01/01/1967|Mountain, 670 m, in the central part of the Harold Byrd Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William L. Nichols, construction mechanic with the Byrd Station winter party in 1957.||
10688|Nicholson Island|Island|661700S|1103200E|-66.2833333|110.5333333|||01/01/1971|The westernmost of the Bailey Rocks, lying 0.1 mi NE of Budnick Hill in Newcomb Bay, Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named by ANCA for R.T. Nicholson, senior carpenter, who took a leading part in the construction of nearby Casey Station in 1966.||
10689|Nicholson Peninsula|Cape|804300S|1603000E|-80.7166667|160.5|||01/01/1965|A broad ice-covered peninsula about 15 mi long, between Couzens Bay and Matterson Inlet on the W side of Ross Ice Shelf. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain M.W. Nicholson, U.S. Navy (USN), chief of staff to the U.S. Antarctic Projects Officer during Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1964.||
10690|Nicholson Rock|Summit|755000S|1145600W|-75.8333333|-114.9333333|||01/01/1976|A rock 2.5 mi E of Cox Bluff on the mainly snow-covered Spitz Ridge in eastern Toney Mountain massif, Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charles E. Nicholson, CE2, U.S. Navy (USN), Construction Electrician at South Pole Station, 1974.||04/12/2001
10691|Nichols Rock|Summit|752300S|1391300W|-75.3833333|-139.2166667|||01/01/1974|A rock on the W side of Kinsey Ridge, which lies in the middle of Strauss Glacier in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Clayton W. Nichols, geophysicist at Byrd Station, 1969-70.||04/12/2001
10692|Nichols Snowfield|Glacier|692500S|0710500W|-69.4166667|-71.0833333|||01/01/1961|Snowfield, 22 mi long and 8 mi wide, bounded by the Rouen Mountains and Elgar Uplands to the E and Lassus Mountains to the W, in the N part of Alexander Island.  First seen from the air and roughly mapped by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) in 1937.  Mapped in detail from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) for Dr. Robert L. Nichols, head of the Department of Geology, Tufts University, and senior scientist of the Ronne expedition.||
10693|Nickell Peak|Summit|771916S|1612800E|-77.320977|161.466644|||01/01/1976|An ice free peak standing at the W side of Victoria Upper Lake, 1 mi SE of Sponsors Peak, in Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gregory W. Nickell, manager of the Eklund Biological Center, and of the Thiel Earth Sciences Laboratory at McMurdo Station.  He died accidentally on May 15, 1974, when a truck he was driving left the road between McMurdo Station and Scott Base.||
10694|Mount Nickens|Summit|735600S|1002000W|-73.9333333|-100.3333333|||01/01/1968|A snow-covered mesa-type mountain with a steep northern rock face, marking the NW extremity of the Hudson Mountains.  It stands just E of the base of Canisteo Peninsula and overlooks Cosgrove Ice Shelf.  Mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Herbert P. Nickens, map compilation specialist who contributed significantly to the construction of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) sketch maps of Antarctica.||
10695|Mount Nickerson|Summit|832700S|1684800E|-83.45|168.8|1480|4856|01/01/1966|A broad mountain, 1,480 m, standing between Lennox-King and Beaver Glaciers, 4 mi SW of Yeates Bluff in Queen Alexandra Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander N.E. Nickerson, USN, commanding officer of USS Edisto during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1965.||
10696|Nickerson Ice Shelf|Glacier|754500S|1450000W|-75.75|-145|||01/01/1966|An ice shelf about 35 mi wide, lying N of Siemiatkowski Glacier and the W part of Ruppert Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  First observed and roughly mapped by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1928-30).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander H.J. Nickerson, U.S. Navy (USN), administrative officer on the staff of the Commander, Task Force 43, during Deep Freeze 1966.||
10699|Nicolas Rocks|Island|603400S|0460600W|-60.5666667|-46.1|||01/01/1955|Group of rocks at the NW side of the Larsen Islands, lying 2.5 mi off the W end of Coronation Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Discovered by Captain George Powell and Captain Nathaniel Palmer in December 1821.  Named "Cape Nicolas" by Powell after the feast day of Saint Nicholas, December 6, the approximate day of discovery.  Powell's spelling "Nicolas" has been retained because of long usage, but the term rocks is considered more descriptive of the feature.||
10700|Nicol Crags|Cliff|804400S|0240500W|-80.7333333|-24.0833333|1300|4265||Rock crags rising to c. 1,300 m to the S of Arkell Cirque in the Read Mountains, Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of geologists grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after William Nicol (c. 1768-1851), Scottish natural philosopher who devised the Nicol prism and the preparation of thin rock sections, thus contributing to the techniques of microscopy.||
10703|Nielsen Fjord|Bay|704200S|1655000E|-70.7|165.8333333|||01/01/1964|A fjord 2 mi wide between Cape North and Gregory Bluffs on the N coast of Victoria Land.  Named by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) for Captain Hans Nielsen, master of the M.V. Thala Dan used in exploring this coast, 1962.||
10704|Nielsen Glacier|Glacier|713100S|1694100E|-71.5166667|169.6833333|||01/01/1947|Glacier, 4 mi long, discharging into the W side of Robertson Bay just W of Calf Point, northern Victoria Land. First charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1898-1900, under C.E. Borchgrevink, who named it for Prof. Yngvar Nielsen of Christiania University, Norway.||
10708|Niels Peak|Summit|715700S|0092300E|-71.95|9.3833333|2525|8284|01/01/1970|Peak, 2,525 m, rising 3 mi N of Nergaard Peak in the Gagarin Mountains of the Orvin Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos and surveys by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named for Niels Nergaard, scientific assistant with Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-58.||
10709|Niépce Glacier|Glacier|650700S|0632200W|-65.1166667|-63.3666667|||01/01/1965|Glacier which joins with Daguerre Glacier and flows into Lauzanne Cove, Flandres Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land. Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1954.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Joseph N. Niepce (1765-1833), French physicist, the first man to produce a permanent photographic record, 1816-29, who, with J.L.M. Daguerre, invented the daguerreotype process of photography perfected in 1839.||
10710|Niggli Nunataks|Summit|803800S|0232000W|-80.6333333|-23.3333333|1470|4823||A group of nunataks 6 mi NNE of Mount Wegener, rising to 1,470 m near the E end of the Read Mountains, Shackleton Range. Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967.  Surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of geologists grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after Paul Niggli (1888-1953), Swiss geologist who introduced the cataloguing of magma types by molecular or Niggli values; Professor of Geology, University of Zurich.||
10711|Nigg Rock|Island|604300S|0445100W|-60.7166667|-44.85|155|509|01/01/1952|Insular rock, 155 m high, lying 0.5 mi NW of Route Point, the NW tip of Laurie Island in the South Orkney Islands.  First seen and roughly charted by Captain George Powell and Captain Nathaniel Palmer on the occasion of their joint cruise in 1821. Recharted in 1903 by the ScotNAE under William S. Bruce, who named it for the birthplace of his wife in Scotland.||
10713|Mount Nikolayev|Summit|714400S|0122600E|-71.7333333|12.4333333|2850|9350|01/01/1970|The central peak, 2,850 m, of Aurdalsegga Ridge in Sudliche Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61 and named after Soviet petrographer V.A. Nikolayev.||
10715|Nikolayev Range|Range|715400S|0060200E|-71.9|6.0333333|||01/01/1970|A range standing between Austreskorve Glacier and Lunde Glacier in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norsk Polarinstitutt from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60.  Also mapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1961 and named for Andriyan G. Nikolayev, Soviet astronaut.||
10716|Niles Island|Island|662600S|1102400E|-66.4333333|110.4|||01/01/1963|Rocky island, 0.2 mi long, lying close off the S end of Holl Island in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for G.W. Niles, a member of the U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml photographic units which photographed the area in February 1947 and January 1948, respectively.||
10718|Mount Nils|Summit|680400S|0480100E|-68.0666667|48.0166667|||01/01/1965|Prominent, ice-covered mountain standing close W of Rayner Glacier and 3 mi S of Mount Christensen, Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956 and 1957.  Named by ANCA for Captain Nils Larsen, master of the Norwegian exploration ship January 1930.||
10719|Nilse Hullet|Bay|541000S|0373500W|-54.1666667|-37.5833333|||01/01/1963|Cove indenting the S coast of South Georgia, 1.5 mi SW of Cheapman Bay and 1 mi ENE of Samuel Islands.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57.  The name is well established in local use.||
10720|Mount Nilsen|Summit|780300S|1550000W|-78.05|-155|||01/01/1947|A peak 4 mi WSW of Mount Paterson in the Rockefeller Mountains, on Edward VII Peninsula.  Discovered in 1929 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), and named by Byrd for Captain Nilsen of the Norwegian whaler C.A. Larsen, which towed the City of New York through the pack ice.||
10721|Nilsen Bay|Bay|673600S|0643400E|-67.6|64.5666667|||01/01/1965|Small bay just W of Strahan Glacier, and 18 mi ESE of Cape Daly.  Discovered in February 1931 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, who named it after the master of the Norwegian whaler Sir James Clark Ross which transported coal to Antarctic waters for the Discovery.  On the map published in the Cape Daly and the Strahan Glacier is called Nielsen Bay.  Recent examination of Mawson's notes shows that the bay was placed too far west and the name misspelled.||
10722|Nilsen Island|Island|543900S|0362500W|-54.65|-36.4166667|||01/01/1963|Small island lying 1.5 mi W of the N part of Novosilski Bay, off the S coast of South Georgia.  The island has appeared on charts since the 1930s.  It was recharted by South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Nochart Nilsen, gunner of the Compania Argentina de Pesca, Grytviken, 1939-40 and 1946-48, and of the South Georgia Whaling Company, Leith Harbor, for several years beginning in 1949.||
10724|Nilsen Peak|Summit|843200S|1752500W|-84.5333333|-175.4166667|780|2559|01/01/1966|A prominent peak (780 m) at the N end of Waldron Spurs, marking the E side of the mouth of Shackleton Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for W.B. Nilsen, Master of the U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) Chattahoochee during Operation Deep Freeze 1965.||
10725|Nilsen Plateau|Plain|862000S|1580000W|-86.3333333|-158|3940|12926|01/01/1966|A rugged, ice-covered plateau which, including Fram Mesa, is about 30 mi long and 1 to 12 mi wide, rising to 3,940 m between the upper reaches of the Amundsen and Scott Glaciers, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered in November 1911 by the Norwegian expedition under Roald Amundsen, and named by him for Captain Thorvald Nilsen, commander of the ship Fram.||
10728|Nils Jørgen Peaks|Range|715200S|0023600W|-71.8666667|-2.6|||01/01/1966|A group of small peaks about 6 mi NE of Mount Schumacher on the Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59).  Named for Nils Jorgen Schumacher, senior meteorologist with the Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE).||
10729|Mount Nils Larsen|Summit|721400S|0230600E|-72.2333333|23.1|2190|7185|01/01/1962|Mountain, 2,190 m, standing 3 mi SW of Mount Wideroe in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named for Captain Nils Larsen, leader of the Norwegian expedition 1928-29.||
10731|Nils Larsen Glacier|Glacier|684400S|0903900W|-68.7333333|-90.65|||01/01/1952|A glacier descending to the west coast of Peter I Island close northward of Norvegia Bay.  In February 1929 the crew of the Norvegia carried out a series of investigations of this island, landing on February 2.  Named for Nils Larsen, captain of the Norvegia.||
10732|Nils Plain|Plain|720700S|0002700E|-72.1166667|.45|||01/01/1966|An ice plain of about 25 mi extent, lying northward of Mount Roer in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59). Named for Nils Roer, surveyor of the Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE).||
10733|Nilsson Rocks|Summit|714500S|0674200E|-71.75|67.7|||01/01/1961|A group of fairly low rock outcrops which enclose a meltwater lake, situated 9 mi S of Fisher Massif in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from air photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for C.S. Nilsson, physicist at Mawson Station in 1957.||
10734|Nimbus Hills|Range|793500S|0825000W|-79.5833333|-82.8333333|||01/01/1966|A rugged line of hills and peaks about 14 mi long, forming the SE part of Pioneer Heights in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after the National Aeronautics and Space Administration weather satellite, Nimbus, which took photographs of Antarctica (including the Ellsworth Mountains) from approximately 500 mi above earth on Sept. 13, 1964.||
10735|Nimitz Glacier|Glacier|785500S|0851000W|-78.9166667|-85.1666667|||01/01/1961|A glacier about 40 mi long and 5 mi wide, draining the area about 10 mi W of the Vinson Massif and flowing SE between the Sentinel Range and Bastien Range to enter Minnesota Glacier, in the central Ellsworth Mountains.  Discovered by U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 on photographic flights of Dec. 14-15, 1959, and mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from these photos.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Fleet Admiral Chester W. Nimitz, USN, who as Chief of Naval Operations at the time of Operation Highjump, 1947-48, made possible that unprecedentedly large and complex Antarctic expedition.||
10736|Mount Nimrod|Summit|852500S|1654500E|-85.4166667|165.75|2835|9301|01/01/1952|A mountain, 2,835 m, standing 4 mi SSE of Mount Saunders in the Dominion Range.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named after the expedition ship Nimrod.||
10737|Nimrod Glacier|Glacier|822100S|1630000E|-82.35|163|||01/01/1956|A major glacier, about 85 mi long, flowing from the polar plateau in a northerly direction between the Geologists and Miller Ranges, then northeasterly between the Churchill Mountains and Queen Elizabeth Range, and finally spilling into Shackleton Inlet and the Ross Ice Shelf between Capes Wilson and Lyttelton. It was photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  The name, given by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN), is in association with Shackleton Inlet and is for the Nimrod, the ship of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) under Shackleton.||
10738|Nimrod Passage|Channel|645900S|0635800W|-64.9833333|-63.9666667|||01/01/1972|A marine passage leading to the northern end of Lemaire Channel between Wauwermans Islands and Dannebrog Islands in Wilhelm Archipelago.  Surveyed by the Royal Navy (RN) Hydrographic Survey Unit in March-April 1964, and safely navigated by Royal Research Ship (RRS) John Biscoe at this time.  Named after the motor survey boat Nimrod which was used to take most of the soundings.||12/06/1996
10739|Nims Peak|Summit|723400S|1605800E|-72.5666667|160.9666667|||01/01/1970|A sharp rock peak about 3 mi NW of Mount Weihaupt in the Outback Nunataks.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for David J. Nims, ionospheric physicist at McMurdo Station, 1968.||
10740|Ninnis Glacier|Glacier|682200S|1470000E|-68.3666667|147|||01/01/1947|A large, heavily hummocked and crevassed glacier descending steeply from the high interior to the sea in a broad valley, on George V Coast.  Discovered by Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who named it for Lieutenant B.E.S. Ninnis, who lost his life on the far east sledge journey of the expedition, Dec. 14, 1912.||
10742|Ninnis Glacier Tongue|Glacier|680500S|1474500E|-68.0833333|147.75|||01/01/1947|A broad glacier tongue which forms the seaward extension of Ninnis Glacier.  It was recorded (1962) as projecting seaward about 30 miles.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson and named after Ninnis Glacier.||
10744|Nipe Glacier|Glacier|715200S|0251500E|-71.8666667|25.25|||01/01/1966|Broad glacier between Austkampane Hills and Menipa Peak in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Nipebreen (the mountain peak glacier).||
10745|Mount Nipha|Summit|780900S|1672400E|-78.15|167.4|760|2493|01/01/1963|A hill, 760 m, standing almost precisely in the center of White Island, in the Ross Archipelago. Nipha is a Greek word for snow.  So named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1958-59) because the hill is surrounded by ice and snow.||
10746|Nipple Peak|Summit|644700S|0631700W|-64.7833333|-63.2833333|675|2215|01/01/1951|Peak, 675 m, standing 1 mi NE of Channel Glacier in the N part of Wiencke Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache.  The name, which suggests the shape of the feature, was given by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) who mapped the peak in 1944.||
10747|Nishi-naga-iwa Glacier|Glacier|683100S|0411800E|-68.5166667|41.3|||01/01/1968|A glacier flowing to the sea between Daruma Rock and Cape Akarui in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and, in associaton with Higashi-naga-iwa Glacier lying 5 mi eastward, named Nishi-naga-iwa-hyoga (western long rock glacier).||
10748|Nishino-seto Strait|Channel|690100S|0392900E|-69.0166667|39.4833333|||01/01/1968|A narrow strait between Ongulkalven Island and Ongul Island in Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37. Surveyed by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Nishino-seto (western strait) because of its location in the Flatvaer Islands.||
10749|Nishino-ura Cove|Bay|690100S|0393400E|-69.0166667|39.5666667|||01/01/1968|A cove indenting the western side of East Ongul Island. First mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Surveyed by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957, and named Nishino-ura (western cove).||
10754|Mount Nivea|Summit|603500S|0452900W|-60.5833333|-45.4833333|1265|4150|01/01/1956|Conspicuous, snow-topped mountain, 1,265 m, at the head of Sunshine Glacier on Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  A number of rock towers lie on the NW side.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1948-49, and named by them for the snow petrel (Pagodroma nivea) which breeds in this area.||04/06/1998
10757|Niznik Island|Island|694700S|0683000W|-69.7833333|-68.5|||01/01/1953|Island in the N part of George VI Sound, lying opposite the mouth of Eureka Glacier near the coast of Palmer Land. Discovered by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, under Ronne, who named it for the Theodore T. Niznik family of Baltimore, MD, contributors to the expedition.||
10758|Njord Valley|Valley|773641S|1610714E|-77.611403|161.12043||||A high, mainly ice-free valley, 2 mi long, located E of Oliver Peak in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  The New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) approved the name in 1982 from a proposal by G.G.C. Claridge, soil scientist with the DSIR, New Zealand.  One of several names in Asgard Range from Norse mythology; Njord being the father of the goddess Freya.||
10760|Nobby|Island|550200S|0343800W|-55.0333333|-34.6333333|||01/01/1952|Rock at the SE end of the Clerke Rocks, lying some 40 mi ESE of the SE end of South Georgia.  The Clerke Rocks were discovered by Captain James Cook in 1775.  Nobby was probably given this descriptive name by DI personnel, who made surveys of the South Georgia area in the period 1926-30.||04/12/2001
10761|Nobby Nunatak|Summit|632500S|0565900W|-63.4166667|-56.9833333|270|886|01/01/1952|Nunatak, 270 m, standing 1 mi S of Lake Boeckella and 1 mi E of Mount Flora, at the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  This area was first explored by a party under J. Gunnar Andersson of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04.  Nobby Nunatak was first charted and named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1945.  The name is descriptive.||
10762|Nobile Glacier|Glacier|643200S|0612800W|-64.5333333|-61.4666667|||01/01/1965|Glacier flowing into the SE part of Recess Cove, Charlotte Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Umberto Nobile, Italian designer of the rigid airships Norge and respectively.||
10763|Nob Island|Island|651200S|0641900W|-65.2|-64.3166667|||01/01/1962|The largest of the Anagram Islands, lying on the S side of French Passage in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961 because there is a black knob of rock, almost permanently snow free, on the N side of the island which is a useful navigational mark for vessels using French Passage; nob is a spelling of knob.||
10764|Mount Noble|Summit|603900S|0451600W|-60.65|-45.2666667|1165|3822|01/01/1952|Mountain, 1,165 m, standing at the N side of Roald Glacier 2 mi W of Gibbon Bay, in the E portion of Coronation Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Presumably first sighted by Captain Nathaniel Palmer and Captain George Powell in 1821.  The peak was named by James Weddell in 1823 for his friend James Noble of Edinburgh, orientalist.||
10765|Noble Glacier|Glacier|620400S|0582600W|-62.0666667|-58.4333333|||01/01/1960|Small glacier lying just N of Flagstaff Glacier on the E side of Keller Peninsula, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Hugh M. Noble of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), glaciologist at Admiralty Bay in 1957, who made detailed studies of the regime of Flagstaff and Stenhouse Glaciers.||
10766|Noble Nunatak|Summit|851200S|1212900W|-85.2|-121.4833333|||01/01/1962|An isolated nunatak in the N part of the Horlick Mountains, lying 8 mi N of Widich Nunatak along the N side of Shimizu Ice Stream.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1959-60. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William C. Noble, meteorologist, Byrd Station winter party, 1958.||
10767|Noble Peak|Summit|644800S|0632500W|-64.8|-63.4166667|720|2362|01/01/1951|Peak, 720 m, standing 1 mi SW of Lockley Point and marking the NE end of a prominent ridge on the NW side of Wiencke Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache.  The name appears on a chart based on a 1927 survey by DI personnel on the Discovery, but may reflect on earlier naming.||
10768|Noble Rocks|Island|675200S|0684100W|-67.8666667|-68.6833333|||01/01/1956|Group of about 19 small, low rocks in Marguerite Bay, lying E of Jester Rock in the Dion Islands.  The Dion Islands were first sighted and roughly charted in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE).  Noble Rocks were surveyed in 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and so named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because of their association with Emperor Island.||
10770|Nødtvedt Nunataks|Summit|863200S|1621800W|-86.5333333|-162.3|||01/01/1967|Isolated nunataks standing in mid-stream of the Amundsen Glacier, rising 7 mi ENE of Mount Bjaaland.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for J. Nodtvedt, a member of the sea party of Amundsen's Norwegian expedition of 1910-12.||
10771|Nodule Nunatak|Summit|631900S|0560500W|-63.3166667|-56.0833333|440|1444|01/01/1963|Small but prominent isolated nunatak, 440 m, standing 3 mi S of Mount Tholus in the southern part of Joinville Island. Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1953-54.  The descriptive name was given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1956.||
10772|Nodwell Peaks|Range|641800S|0594700W|-64.3|-59.7833333|||01/01/1964|Two outstanding peaks, less than 1 mile apart, on the E side of Edgeworth Glacier, Graham Land.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Robin-Nodwell Mfg. Ltd. of Calgary, Canada, makers of Nodwell tracked carriers, used in Antarctica since 1960.||
10774|Mount Noel|Summit|695500S|0675500W|-69.9166667|-67.9166667|1600|5249||A large ice-capped mountain (1,600 m) in the Traverse Mountains, isolated by wide snow passes from McHugo Peak and Mount Allan to the N and S of it, on the Rymill Coast, Palmer Land.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after John Fraser Noel (1942-66), British Antarctic Survey (BAS) diesel mechanic, Stonington Island, 1965-66, who lost his life while sledging with T.J. Allan near Tragic Corner, Fallieres Coast, in May 1966.||
10775|Noel Hill|Summit|621400S|0584600W|-62.2333333|-58.7666667|255|837|01/01/1953|Conspicuous slate knob, 255 m, on Barton Peninsula in the W part of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name was used by Scottish geologist David Ferguson in a 1921 report based upon his investigations of King George Island in 1913-14.||
10777|Mount Noice|Summit|731700S|1644000E|-73.2833333|164.6666667|2780|9121|01/01/1969|A mountain (2,780 m) surmounting the SW edge of Deception Plateau, 8 mi S of Mount Overlord, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Gary E. Noice, U.S. Navy (USN), navigator with Squadron VX-6 at McMurdo Station, 1966.||
10779|Noire Rock|Summit|644000S|0623500W|-64.6666667|-62.5833333|||01/01/1965|Dark pinnacle rock 1.5 mi SW of Mount Dedo on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted and descriptively named (noire means black) by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache in 1898.||04/12/2001
10780|Nøkkelholmane Islands|Island|692400S|0392900E|-69.4|39.4833333|||01/01/1968|A scattered group of about 24 islands and rocks lying just off the W side of Skarvsnes Foreland in the E part of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Nokkelholmane (the key island).||
10781|Nøkkel Island|Island|692800S|0392800E|-69.4666667|39.4666667|||01/01/1968|The southernmost of the Nokkelholmane Islands, lying off the W side of Skarvsnes Foreland in the E part of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Nokkeloya (the key island).||
10782|Nolan Island|Island|771300S|1472400W|-77.2166667|-147.4|||01/01/1966|An ice-covered island 6 mi long, lying 2 mi N of Court Ridge in Sulzberger Ice Shelf, along the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered and mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William G. Nolan, RD1, U.S. Navy (USN), Radarman aboard USS Glacier in Antarctica, 1957-58 and 1961-62.||
10783|Nolan Pillar|Pillar|852700S|0865200W|-85.45|-86.8666667|1940|6365|01/01/1962|A rock pinnacle (1,940 m) standing 3 mi SE of Smith Knob and marking the E extremity of the Thiel Mountains.  The name was proposed by Peter Bermel and Arthur Ford, co-leaders of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Thiel Mountains party which surveyed these mountains in 1960-61. Named for Thomas B. Nolan, seventh director of the U.S. Geological Survey, 1956-65.||
10784|Noll Glacier|Glacier|693300S|1590900E|-69.55|159.15|||01/01/1970|Glacier, nearly 20 mi long, draining NE from Jones Nunatak in central Wilson Hills.  The glacier turns NW at Wegert Bluff and enters the lower part of Tomilin Glacier before the latter debouches into the sea.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Major Edmund P. Noll, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC), Cargo Officer and LC-130 Aircraft Commander with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 during Operation Deep Freeze 1968.||
10786|Nomad Rock|Island|631300S|0574200W|-63.2166667|-57.7|||01/01/1963|An isolated rock in Bransfield Strait, 5 mi off the N coast of Trinity Peninsula and 9 mi NE of Cape Legoupil.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because of confusion about the identity of geographic points along this coast, and because of the wandering of features and names on charts of this vicinity.||
10787|Nonplus Crag|Cliff|705800S|0691000W|-70.9666667|-69.1666667|1250|4101|01/01/1961|Prominent rock cliff, 1,250 m, in the LeMay Range, near the head of Jupiter Glacier in the E-central part of Alexander Island.  First photographed from the air on Nov. 23, 1935, by Lincoln Ellsworth and mapped from these photos by W.L.G. Joerg. Remapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Name given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) is descriptive of the perplexity which arose over Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) identification of the feature.||
10788|Noonan Cove|Bay|661500S|1103100E|-66.25|110.5166667|||01/01/1960|A cove in the W side of Clark Peninsula, to the S of Stonehocker Point and Wilkes Station.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47) and included in a 1957 ground survey by C.R. Eklund.  Named by the latter for Paul F. Noonan, USN, photographer with the Wilkes Station party, 1957.||
10790|Nordbukta|Island|693800S|0382100E|-69.6333333|38.35|||01/01/1968|A bay on the N side of Padda Island in Lutzow-Holm Bay. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Nordbukta (the north bay).||
10797|Nordenskjöld Coast|Beach|643000S|0603000W|-64.5|-60.5|||01/01/1947|That portion of the E coast of the Antarctic Peninsula between Cape Longing and Cape Fairweather.  The name was proposed in 1909 by Edwin Swift Balch, for Dr. Otto Nordenskjold, Swedish geographer and leader of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, who explored this coast in 1902.||
10798|Nordenskjöld Glacier|Glacier|542200S|0362200W|-54.3666667|-36.3666667||||Large glacier flowing N to the head of Cumberland East Bay, on the N coast of South Georgia.  Charted by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, and named for Dr. Otto Nordenskjold, leader of the expedition.||
10799|Nordenskjöld Ice Tongue|Glacier|761100S|1624500E|-76.1833333|162.75||||A broad glacier tongue extending eastward from the Mawson Glacier into the Ross Sea.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named for Otto Nordenskjold, Swedish geographer who led an expedition to Antarctica in 1901.  This feature had become well established by the name Nordenskjold Ice Tongue prior to initiation of systematic application of common specific names to a glacier and its glacier tongue.  Although this feature is a glacier tongue, the generic term ice tongue is retained in the name to reduce ambiguity.||
10800|Nordenskjöld Outcrops|Summit|642700S|0585800W|-64.45|-58.9666667||||Rock outcrops on the W side of Longing Peninsula at the NE end of Nordenskjold Coast.  The feature extends S for 2 mi from the vicinity of Longing Gap and is the type locality for the geologic Nordenskjold Formation.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geological work, 1987-88, after Otto Nordenskjold, leader of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, who explored this coast in 1902.||
10801|Nordenskjöld Peak|Summit|542900S|0362200W|-54.4833333|-36.3666667|2355|7726|01/01/1956|Conspicuous, partly snow-covered mountain, 2,355 m, which rises at the head of Nordenskjold Glacier and stands close E of Mount Roots in the Allardyce Range of South Georgia.  The name derives from nearby Nordenskjold Glacier, and was given by David Ferguson, Scottish geologist who visited South Georgia in 1911-12.||
10802|Nordhaugen Hill|Summit|714300S|0252700E|-71.7166667|25.45|||01/01/1966|The northernmost of three hills bordering the E side of Kamp Glacier in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1946 from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named Nordhaugen (the north hill) by the Norwegians.||
10803|Mount Nordhill|Summit|705500S|0632700W|-70.9166667|-63.45|||01/01/1976|A high, sharp-pointed peak between Steel Peak and Kosky Peak in the east ridge of the Welch Mountains, in Palmer Land. The peak was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Claude H. Nordhill, U.S. Navy (USN), Operations Officer of Squadron VXE-6 in Antarctica during Operation Deep Freeze, 1970, and Commanding Officer, 1972.||
10804|Nord Island|Island|664500S|1413300E|-66.75|141.55|||01/01/1962|Small rocky island which is the northernmost feature in the Curzon Islands.  Charted in 1951 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) and so named by them because of its position in the group, "nord" being French for north.||
10808|Nordtoppen Nunatak|Summit|712900S|0251400E|-71.4833333|25.2333333|1100|3609|01/01/1966|Nunatak, 1,100 m, standing 16 mi N of the Austkampane Hills of the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1946 from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named Nordtoppen (the north peak) by the Norwegians because of its position in the group.||
10810|Nordwestliche Insel Mountains|Summit|712700S|0113300E|-71.45|11.55|||01/01/1970|A small, detached group of mountains, island-like in appearance, and forming the northern extremity of the Humboldt Mountains, in the Wohlthat Mountains of Queen Maud Land. Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named Nordwestliche Insel (northwest island).  The feature lies at the northwest extremity of the Wohlthat Mountains.||
10812|Norfolk Glacier|Glacier|855300S|1301800W|-85.8833333|-130.3|||01/01/1967|A glacier, 12 mi long, draining westward from Wisconsin Range to enter Reedy Glacier between Mounts Soyat and Bolton. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Norfolk, VA, location of Detachment Three, the Meteorological Support Unit of the U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica.||
10814|Norma Cove|Bay|621100S|0585500W|-62.1833333|-58.9166667||||A cove between Suffield Point and Jasper Point, Maxwell Bay, King George Island.  The feature was named "Bukhta Norma" or "Norma Inlet" by L.S. Govorukha and I.M. Simonov, 1973, following Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) surveys from the nearby Bellingshausen Station.||
10816|Norman Glacier|Glacier|712500S|0673000W|-71.4166667|-67.5|||01/01/1976|Glacier, 5 mi long, flowing SW from Palmer Land to enter George VI Sound just N of Bushell Bluff.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Shaun M. Norman, base commander with the British Antarctic Survey (BAS) at Stonington Island, 1966-68.||
10817|Mount Normann|Summit|545100S|0360400W|-54.85|-36.0666667|1240|4068|01/01/1963|Mountain, 1,240 m, standing 1 mi N of Smaaland Cove at the S end of South Georgia.  The feature has appeared on charts since the 1930s.  It was surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Wilhelm Normann (1870-1939), German chemist, whose work led to the introduction in about 1907 of the hydrogenation process for hardening whale oil.||
10818|Normanna Reef|Bar|642100S|0625900W|-64.35|-62.9833333|||01/01/1956|Reef lying near the center of the S entrance to The Sound in the Melchior Islands, Palmer Archipelago.  The name appears on a chart based upon a 1927 survey by DI personnel, but this may reflect an earlier naming by whalers.  The name presumably derives from the Normanna Whaling Co. of Sandefjord, Norway, or one of its ships that worked in this area.||
10819|Normanna Strait|Channel|604000S|0453800W|-60.6666667|-45.6333333|||01/01/1952|Strait 1 mi wide between Signy Island and Coronation Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Discovered by Matthew Brisbane, who roughly charted the S coast of Coronation Island under the direction of James Weddell in 1823.  The name appears on a chart based upon a survey of these islands by Captain Petter Sorlle in 1912-13, and is probably after the Normanna Whaling Co. of Sandefjord, Norway, operators of the floating factory ship Normanna.||
10820|Norman Peak|Summit|690900S|0660800W|-69.15|-66.1333333|1790|5873||Peak rising to 1,790 m on the N side of Airy Glacier, 4 mi NNE of Anchor Crag and 3.8 mi W of Peregrinus Peak, in SW Graham Land.  The peak was photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947, and was surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1958.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Robert Norman (fl. 1560-96), English compass maker who fortuitously discovered magnetic dip in 1576.||
10823|Norris Reef|Bar|542500S|0032000E|-54.4166667|3.3333333|||01/01/1957|A reef lying close off the western shore of Bouvetoya, 0.5 mi southwest of Cape Circoncision.  First charted in 1898 by a German expedition under Karl Chun.  Recharted in December 1927 by a Norwegian expedition under Captain Harald Horntvedt.  Named by the Norwegians after British sealer Captain George Norris who, with the Sprightly and Lively, visited Bouvetoya in 1825.||
10826|Norsel Iceport|Glacier|710100S|0110000W|-71.0166667|-11|||01/01/1970|A small iceport in the front of the Quar Ice Shelf, along the coast of Queen Maud Land.  This feature was named by the Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE), 1949-52, which used it to moor and unload the expedition ship Norsel.  The low ice front permitted easy access onto Quar Ice Shelf, where Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) established Maudheim Station about 1 mi S of the iceport.||
10827|Norsel Point|Summit|644600S|0640600W|-64.7666667|-64.1|||01/01/1963|Rocky point on the NW side of Arthur Harbor, on the SW coast of Anvers Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for the Norwegian sealing vessel Norsel, which was chartered by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for the 1954-55 summer season to establish the station at Arthur Harbor.||
10828|Norseman Point|Summit|681200S|0670000W|-68.2|-67|||01/01/1956|Easternmost point of Neny Island, lying in Marguerite Bay off the W coast of Graham Land.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) after the Norseman airplane which landed near the point to relieve the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) party on Stonington Island in February 1950.||
10829|Norsk Polarinstitutt Glacier|Glacier|723400S|0311600E|-72.5666667|31.2666667|||01/01/1962|Glacier flowing SW between Mount Perov and Mount Limburg Stirum in the Belgica Mountains.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1957-58, under G. de Gerlache, who named it after the Norsk Polarinstitutt of Oslo.||
10837|Cape North|Cape|535800S|0374400W|-53.9666667|-37.7333333|||01/01/1952|Cape marking the northernmost point of South Georgia, near the W end of the island.  This name was first applied to the NW tip of South Georgia on a map by Captain James Cook in 1775.  Since 1912 it has become established for the northernmost point of the island, which is in keeping with the geographical position inferred by the name.||
10838|Cape North|Cape|704100S|1654800E|-70.6833333|165.8|500|1640|01/01/1947|A large bluff with much rock exposed along the N and E sides, standing at the W side of Nielsen Fjord on the N coast of Victoria Land.  The top of the bluff is snow covered and rises to about 500 m.  Although it is not the northernmost coastal point in the immediate area, the feature is conspicuous and presumably is the one observed by Captain James Clark Ross in 1841 and given the name Cape North.  On the chart by Ross, Cape North is depicted as the northernmost cape observed westward of Cape Hooker.||
10840|Mount Northampton|Summit|724100S|1690600E|-72.6833333|169.1|2465|8087|01/01/1950|A mountain (2,465 m) that rises above the central part of the ridge just E of Bowers Glacier in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Discovered in January 1841 by Sir James Clark Ross, who named it for the Marquis of Northampton, then President of the Royal Society.||
10841|North Barrier|Ridge|530400S|0733500E|-53.0666667|73.5833333|||01/01/1957|A narrow rock ridge which descends northward from Campbell Peak to Mount Separation, and then along the NW flank of Compton Glacier in northern Heard Island.  The descriptive name was applied by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1948.||
10842|North Bay|Bay|540400S|0370900W|-54.0666667|-37.15|||01/01/1953|Cove forming the northern head of Prince Olav Harbor, along the N coast of South Georgia.  Probably named by DI personnel who charted Prince Olav Harbor in 1929.||
10843|North Bay|Bay|773744S|1662410E|-77.628854|166.402646|||01/01/1964|A small bay on the north side of Cape Evans, Ross Island. Named by members of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
10845|Northcliffe Glacier|Glacier|664000S|0985200E|-66.6666667|98.8666667||||Glacier descending to the coast immediately E of Davis Peninsula.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE), 1911-14, under Mawson, and named for Lord Northcliffe, of London, a patron of the expedition.||
10846|Northcliffe Peak|Summit|784400S|1610800E|-78.7333333|161.1333333|2255|7398|01/01/1962|Prominent peak, 2,255 m, rising 4 mi SE of Mount Harmsworth in the Worcester Range.  Surveyed and named in 1957 by the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) because of its association with Mount Harmsworth.  Sir Alfred Harmsworth, a generous contributor to the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04), was later created Viscount Northcliff.||
10848|Northeast Glacier|Glacier|680900S|0665800W|-68.15|-66.9666667|||01/01/1955|Steep, heavily crevassed glacier, 13 mi long and 5 mi wide at its mouth, which flows from McLeod Hill westward and then SW into Marguerite Bay between the Debenham Islands and Roman Four Promontory, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Resurveyed in 1940 by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), who first used this glacier as a sledging route, and so named by them because it lies at the northeast side of their base at Stonington Island.||
10849|Northern Foothills|Summit|744400S|1635500E|-74.7333333|163.9166667||||A line of coastal hills on the west side of Terra Nova Bay, Victoria Land, lying southward of Browning Pass and forming a peninsular continuation of the Deep Freeze Range.  So named by the Northern Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, because during field operations Inexpressible Island, close southward, was originally referred to as the "Southern Foothills."||
10851|North Foreland|Cape|615400S|0574400W|-61.9|-57.7333333|||01/01/1947|Cape forming the NE extremity of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named on Oct. 16, 1819 by Captain William Smith in the brig Williams.  Since this was the easternmost point which he saw on this trip, he named it after the headland in England which forms its most easterly land.||
10856|North Fork|Valley|773200S|1611500E|-77.533333|161.25|||01/01/1976|The northern arm of Wright Valley in Victoria Land.  The feature is separated from the South Fork by the Dais.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1958-59.||
10861|North Masson Range|Range|674700S|0624900E|-67.7833333|62.8166667|1030|3379|01/01/1965|The Masson Range is divided into three parts of which this segment is the northern, rising to 1,030 m and extending 3 mi in a N-S direction.  The Masson Range was discovered and named by British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31, under Mawson.  This northern range was mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Nordkammen (the north comb or crest).  The approved name, suggested by ANCA in 1960, more clearly identifies the feature as a part of Masson Range.||
10863|North Point|Summit|604100S|0453800W|-60.6833333|-45.6333333|||01/01/1952|Point marking the northern extremity of Signy Island in the South Orkney Islands.  The name appears on a chart based upon a survey of the South Orkney Islands by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1933.||
10865|Cape Northrop|Cape|672400S|0651600W|-67.4|-65.2666667|1160|3806|01/01/1952|Conspicuous, rocky bluff which rises to 1,160 m, forming the N side of the entrance to Whirlwind Inlet, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by Sir Hubert Wilkins on a flight of Dec. 20, 1928, and named for Jack Northrop, designer of the Lockheed airplane used on the expedition.  The cape was photographed by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940 and charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947.||
10866|Northrup Head|Cliff|695200S|1600900E|-69.8666667|160.15|||01/01/1970|An ice-covered headland on the N side of Suvorov Glacier. The headland, a coastal extension of the Wilson Hills, stands 3.5 mi WSW of Belousov Point.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for David A. Northrup, ATN2, U.S. Navy (USN), Aviation Electronics Technician with Squadron VX-6 at McMurdo Station, 1967.||
10867|Norths Highland|Area|664000S|1260000E|-66.6666667|126|||01/01/1956|An ice-covered upland close S of Cape Goodenough, surmounting the Banzare Coast between Maury and Porpoise Bays. The name "North's High Land" after James H. North, acting master on the brig Porpoise, was applied to an elevated coastal area by the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Wilkes.  Subsequently, because of inadequate data regarding the nature of this feature, the name "Norths Coast" was applied to a coastal area in the vicinity of 12745E Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) identification of Norths Highland is based upon correlation of Wilkes' chart with G.D. Blodgett's reconnaissance map (1955) compiled from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  The name is adopted for this recently verified upland region in 12600E in keeping with Wilkes' original naming.||
10868|North Spit|Bar|621300S|0584900W|-62.2166667|-58.8166667|||01/01/1965|Rocky spit forming the N side of the entrance to Marian Cove, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The descriptive name appears on a chart showing the results of a survey by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1935.||10/18/2000
10869|Northstar Island|Island|681100S|0670700W|-68.1833333|-67.1166667|||01/01/1963|Low rocky island 1 mi NW of the W tip of Neny Island, lying in Marguerite Bay off the W coast of Graham Land.  First roughly charted in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947, and named by them for USMS North Star, one of the ships of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, which visited Marguerite Bay in 1940.||
10871|Northtrap Rocks|Island|625400S|0563500W|-62.9|-56.5833333|||01/01/1964|Small isolated group of rocks lying NW of Cape Juncal, D'Urville Island, in the Joinville Island group.  In association with Sauthtrap Rock (q.v.), so named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1963 because the rocks are the northernmost of two features which should be avoided by vessels entering Antarctic Sound from the north.||04/06/2001
10873|North West Cornice|Ridge|530400S|0732600E|-53.0666667|73.4333333|||01/01/1957|A narrow rock ridge descending in a northwest direction from Big Ben on Heard Island, and terminating at Schmidt Glacier in the northwest part of the island.  Surveyed and given this descriptive name by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1948.||
10874|Northwest Mountain|Summit|773853S|1603820E|-77.647978|160.638755|||01/01/1962|Massive mountain just NE of Beehive Mountain, on the N side of upper Taylor Glacier in Victoria Land.  The name appears on the maps of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
10875|Northwind Glacier|Glacier|764000S|1611800E|-76.6666667|161.3|||01/01/1962|A large glacier, one of the major sources of the Fry Glacier, in the Convoy Range, Victoria Land.  The glacier drains the W part of Flight Deck Neve and flows N between Elkhorn Ridge and Sunker Nunataks to Fry Glacier.  A lobe of the glacier flows W a short distance into the mouth of Greenville Valley. Named by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party (1956-57) of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) after the U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Northwind, an icebreaker in the main American convoy into McMurdo Sound that season.||
10876|Cape Norvegia|Cape|712000S|0121800W|-71.3333333|-12.3|||01/01/1947|A prominent cape on the coast of Queen Maud Land which marks the northeast extremity of Riiser-Larsen Ice Shelf. Discovered by Commander Hjalmar Riiser-Larsen in February 1930 while on an airplane flight from the Norvegia, the ship in which the expedition was made.  The cape was named by Riiser-Larsen for the ship.||
10877|Mount Norvegia|Summit|675100S|0480800E|-67.85|48.1333333|1340|4396|01/01/1965|Large ice-covered mountain, 1,340 m, standing 6 mi N of Mount Christensen, Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956 and 1957.  Named after the Norwegian exploration ship, Norvegia, which was off Enderby Land in December 1929-January 1930.||
10879|Norvegia Bay|Bay|684500S|0904200W|-68.75|-90.7|||01/01/1952|A cove at the north side of Cape Ingrid on the west side of Peter I Island.  Named after the Norvegia, the Norwegian research vessel which visited the island in February 1929.  The crew engaged in charting the island and in sounding and dredging operations.||
10881|Norvegia Point|Summit|542700S|0032100E|-54.45|3.35|||01/01/1957|A point 2 mi south of Cape Circoncision on the west side of Bouvetoya.  First roughly charted from the Valdivia in 1898 by a German expedition under Karl Chun.  Recharted in December 1927 by a Norwegian expedition under Captain Harald Horntvedt.  Named by Horntvedt after his expedition ship, the Norvegia.||
10882|Norvegia Rock|Bar|542400S|0032500E|-54.4|3.4166667|2|7|01/01/1957|A submerged rock with less than 2 m of water over it, lying off the N coast of Bouvetoya, approximately 0.5 mi ENE of Cape Valdivia.  The Norvegia, the ship of the Norwegian expedition under Captain Harald Horntvedt, struck a rock here on December 3, 1927.  Named by the expedition after the Norvegia.||04/06/2001
10883|Norway Bight|Bay|603700S|0454900W|-60.6166667|-45.8166667|||01/01/1952|Bay 4 mi wide indenting the S coast of Coronation Island between Meier Point and Mansfield Point, in the South Orkney Islands.  The name appears on a chart by Petter Sorlle, Norwegian whaling captain who made a running survey of the South Orkney Islands in 1912-13.||
10885|Norway Glacier|Glacier|863000S|1640000W|-86.5|-164|||01/01/1967|A tributary glacier about 10 mi long, descending the polar plateau just W of Mount Prestrud, and flowing NE to enter Amundsen Glacier between Mount Bjaaland and Mount Hassel, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with the many features named in this area for members of Amundsen's Norwegian expedition of 1910-12.||
10886|Norway Rocks|Island|761000S|1682000E|-76.1666667|168.3333333|||01/01/1952|A reef of rocks, the charted position of which is doubtful, reported to extend about 4 mi southward from Bernacchi Head, Franklin Island, in the Ross Sea.  Discovered in 1841 by Ross. Named by C.E. Borchgrevink, a native of Norway, leader of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1898-1900.||04/12/2001
10887|Norwegian Rock|Bar|530200S|0731900E|-53.0333333|73.3166667|||01/01/1957|A sunken rock outside the entrance to West Bay, about 1.2 mi SE of West Cape, off the W side of Heard Island.  The name Norvegian Rock appears in a supplement to the 1930 British Admiralty Antarctic Pilot and probably reflects the work of Norwegian whalers in the vicinity in that general period.  The form Norwegian Rock was recommended by ANCA in 1954.||04/12/2001
10888|Norwood Scarp|Cliff|685000S|0652300W|-68.8333333|-65.3833333|1525|5003|01/01/1962|A well-defined escarpment, 11 mi long and rising to 1,525 m, forming part of the E flank of Weyerhaeuser Glacier in eastern Antarctic Peninsula.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) on Sept. 28, 1940 and by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), Aug. 14, 1947.  Roughly surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in Dec. 1958 and Nov. 1960.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Richard Norwood (1590-1675), English mathematician who expounded the advantages of great-circle sailing and who, in 1635, measured an arc of meridian in order to improve the practice of navigation.||
10889|Nøst Island|Island|673700S|0624100E|-67.6166667|62.6833333|||01/01/1961|Island less than 0.5 mi long, lying 2 mi WSW of Evans Island in the S part of Holme Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and called by them Nostet (the boatshed).||
10890|Nostoc Lake|Lake|802400S|0300500W|-80.4|-30.0833333|||01/01/1962|Lake lying 1 mi SW of Mount Provender in the W part of the Shackleton Range.  First mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and given the generic name of the freshwater alga found growing in the lake.||
10895|Nottarp Glacier|Glacier|823700S|1625400E|-82.6166667|162.9|||01/01/1966|Small glacier draining eastward into Lowery Glacier just S of Mount Damm in the Queen Elizabeth Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Klemens J. Nottarp, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciologist on the Ross Ice Shelf, 1962-63 and 1965-66.||
10897|Notter Point|Summit|634000S|0591100W|-63.6666667|-59.1833333|||01/01/1964|A rocky point 6 mi NE of Cape Kjellman marking the W limit of Bone Bay, Trinity Peninsula.  The name, applied by Argentina in 1953, memorializes Tomas Notter, a commander of English origin in Admiral Brown's squadron in the struggle for Argentine independence.  He died fighting against the Spanish commander Romarate on March 21, 1814 aboard his small vessel Santisima Trinidad, when his vessel grounded under enemy batteries.||04/06/1998
10899|Novasio Ridge|Ridge|720300S|1682200E|-72.05|168.3666667|||01/01/1964|A long, ice-covered ridge separating the lower portions of Freimanis and Man-o-War Glaciers in the Admiralty Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard A. Novasio, U.S. Navy (USN), radioman at Hallett Station, 1957.||
10901|Mount Noville|Summit|862700S|1461000W|-86.45|-146.1666667|2410|7907|01/01/1947|A mountain, 2,410 m, standing between Van Reeth and Robison Glaciers and 4 mi E of Mount Bowlin, in the Queen Maud Mountains. Discovered by the geological party under Quin Blackburn of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35, and named by Byrd for George O. Noville, executive officer of the expedition.||
10903|Noville Peninsula|Cape|715600S|0983500W|-71.9333333|-98.5833333|||01/01/1952|High ice-covered peninsula about 30 mi long, between Peale and Murphy Inlets on the N side of Thurston Island.  Delineated from aerial photographs made by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946. Named for George O. Noville, executive officer of Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35.||01/28/2004
10904|Novocin Peak|Summit|760100S|0693300W|-76.0166667|-69.55|||01/01/1968|One of the Bean Peaks, located near the SE end of this group, in the Hauberg Mountains, Ellsworth Land.  First observed from aircraft by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Norbert W. Novocin, meteorologist at Byrd Station, summer 1965-66.||
10906|Novosad Island|Island|704200S|1672900E|-70.7|167.4833333|||01/01/1970|Small, ice-covered island, one of the Lyall Islands, lying 4 mi NNE of Cape Dayman, off the N coast of Victoria Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Charles L. Novosad, Jr., U.S. Navy (USN), Medical Officer at the Naval Air Facility, McMurdo Sound, 1957.||
10907|Novosilski Bay|Bay|543900S|0362100W|-54.65|-36.35|||01/01/1952|Bay 2 mi wide, indenting the S coast of South Georgia immediately S of Mount Fraser.  Discovered by a Russian expedition under Bellingshausen in 1819 and named for Lieutenant Pavel M. Novosilskiy of the Mirnyy, which accompanied Bellingshausen's flagship the Vostok. The spelling Novosilski has become established for the feature through long usage.||
10908|Novosilski Glacier|Glacier|544000S|0361800W|-54.6666667|-36.3|||01/01/1956|Glacier, 8 mi long and 2 mi wide, flowing in a westerly direction from the SW slopes of the Salvesen Range to Novosilski Bay on the S coast of South Georgia.  First surveyed and named by a German expedition 1928-29, under Kohl-Larsen.  The name derives from nearby Novosilski Bay.||
10909|Novyy Island|Island|705000S|0025000W|-70.8333333|-2.8333333|250|820|01/01/1970|The larger and southern island of two similar ice covered features that serve to delimit the Jelbart and Fimbul Ice Shelves, on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  The summit of this feature rises about 250 m above the surrounding ice shelf.  The island was partly delineated by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60.  It was mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1961 and named Kupol Novyy (new dome).||
10911|Noxious Bluff|Cliff|561900S|0273400W|-56.3166667|-27.5666667|50|164|01/01/1972|Dark bluff 50 m high on the SW coast of Zavodovski Island, South Sandwich Islands.  The name applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 refers to the volcanic fumes and generally forbidding nature of the locality.||
10912|Mount Noxon|Summit|721100S|0995600W|-72.1833333|-99.9333333|||01/01/1960|A peak of the Walker Mountains, rising at the head of Myers Glacier on Thurston Island.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Sergeant W.C. Noxon, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC), who served as navigator on aerial photographic flights over this area by U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 in January 1960.||01/28/2004
10914|Nozal Hill|Summit|651100S|0635700W|-65.1833333|-63.95|610|2001|01/01/1959|Ice-covered hill probably over 610 m, standing 1 mi N of Mount Shackleton and midway between Regnard Peaks and Blanchard Ridge on the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot, who named it for Monsieur Nozal, seaman, and later lieutenant on the ship Pourquoi-Pas?.||
10916|The Nozzle|Gap|795500S|1590500E|-79.9166667|159.0833333|||01/01/1965|A comparatively narrow constriction through which the lower Darwin Glacier flows, causing the ice to bank up somewhat in the vicinity of Diamond Hill.  The descriptive name was given by the Darwin Glacier Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58).||
10919|Mount Nubian|Summit|781500S|1662500E|-78.25|166.4166667|||01/01/1963|A sharp point of rock at the end of a ridge formed by a lava flow, situated 1 mi SE of Mount Aurora on Black Island, in the Ross Archipelago.  The rock forming the mountain is a glossy basalt and appears exceptionally black.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1958-59) after a negroid tribe resident in Sudan, and in keeping with Black Island.||
10922|Nueva Rock|Bar|674400S|0691000W|-67.7333333|-69.1666667|||01/01/1964|Submerged rock lying S of Cono Island and W of Cox Reef, off the S end of Adelaide Island.  The name appears on an Argentine government chart of 1957 and suggests the recent discovery of the rock; nueva is a Spanish word meaning new.||
10923|Numbat Island|Island|673400S|0475800E|-67.5666667|47.9666667|||01/01/1965|Small island just E of Pinn Island, off the coast of Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA after the numbat (banded anteater), a native animal of Australia.||
10925|Cape Nunez|Cape|541600S|0372500W|-54.2666667|-37.4166667|||01/01/1952|Cape forming the SW extremity of Nunez Peninsula on the S coast of South Georgia.  The name dates back to at least 1912 and was probably given by whalers who frequented this coast.||
10926|Nuñez Peninsula|Cape|541500S|0372100W|-54.25|-37.35|||01/01/1963|Rocky and comparatively snow-free peninsula, 5 mi long, lying between Queen Maud Bay and Jossac Bight on the S coast of South Georgia.  The feature was known to early whalers and sealers on South Georgia.  It was surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with Cape Nunez, the SW extremity of the peninsula.||
10927|Nuñez Point|Summit|653300S|0641500W|-65.55|-64.25|||01/01/1950|Point forming the W extremity of Takaki Promontory, between Beascochea and Leroux Bays on the W coast of Graham Land. Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for Captain Nunez, Argentine Navy.||
10928|Nunn Island|Island|741700S|1170000W|-74.2833333|-117|||01/01/1967|An ice-covered island, 9 mi long, lying within Getz Ice Shelf just S of Wright Island, along the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for R. Admiral Ira Nunn, U.S. Navy (USN), responsible for legal elements of the Navy's Antarctic support during the IGY.||
10929|Nupkins Island|Island|652600S|0654100W|-65.4333333|-65.6833333|||01/01/1965|Island lying 3 mi W of Sawyer Island, Pitt Islands, in the Biscoe Islands.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after George Nupkins, Esquire, the principal magistrate in Charles Dickens' Pickwick Papers.||
10930|Nupshamrane Peaks|Range|715700S|0032000W|-71.95|-3.3333333|||01/01/1966|Peaks just E of Klumpane Peaks, on the W side of Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Nupshamrane (the high peaks).||
10931|Nupskammen Ridge|Ridge|720900S|0021900E|-72.15|2.3166667|||01/01/1966|A ridge of jagged peaks 8 mi long, standing N of Von Essen Mountain in the Gjelsvik Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Nupskammen (the peak crest).||
10932|Nupskåpa Peak|Summit|724300S|0001600E|-72.7166667|.2666667|2450|8038|01/01/1966|An icecapped peak, 2,450 m, just S of Reece Valley in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52). Rephotographed by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Nupskapa (the peak cloak).||
10933|Nupsskåka Valley|Valley|715800S|0084800E|-71.9666667|8.8|||01/01/1967|An ice-filled valley at the SW side of Nupsskarvet Mountain in the Kurze Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Nupsskaka (the peak shaft).||
10934|Nupsskarvet Mountain|Summit|715600S|0085200E|-71.9333333|8.8666667|||01/01/1967|A broad mountain at the N side of Halisrimen Peak in the Kurze Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Nupsskarvet.||
10936|Nurket Rock|Summit|732500S|0030600W|-73.4166667|-3.1|||01/01/1966|A rock face just E of Mount Hallgren in the Kirwan Escarpment, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and additional air photos (1958-59), and named Nurket (the pygmy).||04/12/2001
10938|Nursery Glacier|Glacier|811600S|1603000E|-81.2666667|160.5|||01/01/1965|Glacier about 20 mi long, flowing SE along the W side of Darley Hills to enter Ross Ice Shelf just S of Cape Parr.  So named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1959-60) because it was on this glacier that a litter of husky pups was born.||
10941|Nussbaum Riegel|Ridge|774023S|1624510E|-77.673165|162.752775|||01/01/1964|A riegel or rock-bar across Taylor Valley in Victoria Land, extending from the vicinity of Sollas Glacier toward Lake Chad. Charted and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, 1910-13.||07/15/2004
10942|Nusser Island|Island|654300S|0654300W|-65.7166667|-65.7166667|||01/01/1971|Island lying 1.5 mi N of Laktionov Island, off the E side of Renaud Island in the Biscoe Islands.  First accurately shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Franz Nusser, Austrian meteorologist who has specialized in sea ice studies.||
10943|Cape Nutt|Cape|663800S|1081200E|-66.6333333|108.2|||01/01/1955|A mostly ice-covered cape with several rock outcrops at the extremity, forming the W side of the entrance to Vincennes Bay. The position of Cape Nutt correlates closely with the eastern end of "Knox's High Land" as charted as a coastal landfall in 1840 by the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) under Lieutenant Charles Wilkes.  The cape was mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander David C. Nutt, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), research assistant in geography at Dartmouth College, who served as a marine biologist on U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Windmill, 1947-48.||
10944|Nutt Bluff|Cliff|823400S|0514500W|-82.5666667|-51.75|1315|4314||Rock bluff rising to c. 1,315 m SE of Alley Spur, Dufek Massif (q.v.).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) at the suggestion of Arthur B. Ford, leader of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geological party in the Dufek Massif, 1976-77, after Constance J. Nutt, geologist, Stanford University, Stanford, CA, a member of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) party.||
10945|Nye Glacier|Glacier|672800S|0673100W|-67.4666667|-67.5166667|||01/01/1965|A glacier on Arrowsmith Peninsula flowing SW to Whistling Bay, in Graham Land.  Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from surveys and air photos, 1948-59.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for John F. Nye, English physicist who has made important theoretical contributions to the study of the flow of glaciers and ice sheets.||
10946|Nye Islands|Island|661000S|1102500E|-66.1666667|110.4166667|||01/01/1963|Two small islands lying between Midgley Island and Pidgeon Island, in the Windmill Islands.  The two islands where photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47) and U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml (1947-48), and though rather clearly shown in the photography were not shown on the resulting charts.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Harvey M. Nye, meteorological electronics technician at Wilkes Station in 1959.||
10947|Nye Mountains|Summit|681000S|0490000E|-68.1666667|49|||01/01/1961|A group of mountains, 30 mi long and 10 to 15 mi wide, which trend eastward from the head of Rayner Glacier.  They were sighted by Squadron Leader D. Leckie, RAAF, during an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) flight in Oct. 1956.  Named by ANCA for P.B. Nye, former Director of the Bureau of Mineral Resources, Australian Department of National Development.||
10949|Mount Nygren|Summit|650900S|0634800W|-65.15|-63.8||||An outstanding pointed mountain, bearing the aspect of a stark rock nunatak of pyramidal shape, which rises sharply above the middle of Hotine Glacier in western Antarctic Peninsula.  The mountain was photographed from aircraft of U.S. Navy Squadron VXE-6 in 1969.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Rear Admiral Harley D. Nygren, Director, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration Corps, 1970; U.S. observer with the British Antarctic Survey, 1961-62, when he conducted oceanographic research in the Shackleton, John Biscoe, and Kista Dan.||03/07/1997
10950|Nygren Point|Summit|642300S|0581300W|-64.3833333|-58.2166667|||01/01/1956|Rocky point 4 mi SE of Cape Broms, on the SW side of James Ross Island.  First seen and surveyed in 1903 by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, who named it Cape Nygren after G. Nygren, Swedish chemist who contributed toward the cost of the expedition.  It was resurveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1952.  Point is considered a more suitable descriptive term for this feature than cape.||
10951|Cape Oakeley|Cape|710100S|1675400E|-71.0166667|167.9|||01/01/1947|Bold headland on the NE side of Quam Heights.  It forms the S side of the entrance of Smith Inlet in northern Victoria Land. Discovered in 1841 by Captain James Ross, Royal Navy (RN), who named it for Henry Oakeley, mate on the Erebus.||
10953|Oakley Glacier|Glacier|734200S|1660800E|-73.7|166.1333333|||01/01/1969|A glacier in the Mountaineer Range that descends east from Mount Casey to merge with the floating tongue from the Icebreaker Glacier at Lady Newnes Bay, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Donald C. Oakley, U.S. Navy (USN), Protestant chaplain with the winter party at McMurdo Station, 1967.||
10954|Oates Coast|Beach|693000S|1590000E|-69.5|159|||01/01/1947|That portion of the coast of Antarctica between Cape Hudson and Cape Williams.  The eastern portion of this coast was discovered in February 1911 by Lieutenant Harry Pennell, Royal Navy (RN), commander of the expedition ship Terra Nova during the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.  He named the coast after Captain Lawrence E.G. Oates who, with Captain Robert F. Scott and three British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) companions, perished on the return journey from the South Pole in 1912.  The western portion of the coast, the vicinity of the Mawson Peninsula, was first delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47.||
10956|Oates Piedmont Glacier|Glacier|762500S|1623500E|-76.4166667|162.5833333|||01/01/1962|An extensive lowland ice sheet E of the Kirkwood Range, occupying the whole of the coastal platform between the Fry and Mawson Glaciers in Victoria Land.  Surveyed in 1957 and named by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) after Captain Lawrence E.G. Oates who, with Captain Scott and three companions, perished on the return from the South Pole in 1912.||
10957|Ob' Bay|Bay|703500S|1632200E|-70.5833333|163.3666667|||01/01/1964|A bay lying between Lunik Point and Cape Williams.  Lillie Glacier Tongue occupies the east part of the bay.  Charted by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) (1958) and named after the expedition ship Ob'.||
10960|Cape Obelisk|Cape|640800S|0582700W|-64.1333333|-58.45|||01/01/1952|Cape at the N side of the entrance to Rohss Bay, on the W side of James Ross Island.  Discovered and named by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold.  The name is descriptive of a conspicuous rock pinnacle about 2 mi within the headland, which is visible from northwestward and southward.||
10961|The Obelisk|Pillar|715000S|0703300W|-71.8333333|-70.55|750|2461|01/01/1961|Prominent pillar, 750 m, centrally located within Staccato Peaks, 18 mi WNW of Mimas Peak in the S part of Alexander Island. First seen from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth on Nov. 23, 1935, and roughly mapped from photos taken on that flight by W.L.G. Joerg.  Remapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Name given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) is descriptive.||
10962|Obelisk Col|Gap|640700S|0582400W|-64.1166667|-58.4|150|492||A col at c. 150 m on the E side of Cape Obelisk, James Ross Island, aligned N-S between Rum Cove and Rohss Bay.  Named after Cape Obelisk by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1983.||
10963|Obelisk Mountain|Summit|773724S|1613758E|-77.623323|161.632767|2200|7218|01/01/1962|Mountain, about 2,200 m, between Catspaw Glacier and Mount Odin in the Asgard Range of Victoria Land.  Given this descriptive name by the Western Journey Party, led by Taylor, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
10966|Oberon Peak|Summit|712400S|0693200W|-71.4|-69.5333333|1250|4101|01/01/1961|Isolated nunatak, 1,250 m, at the head of Uranus Glacier and 8 mi NNW of Titania Peak in central Alexander Island.  First mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for its association with Uranus Glacier, Oberon being one of the satellites of Uranus.||
10967|Lake Ober-See|Lake|711700S|0133900E|-71.2833333|13.65|||01/01/1970|A meltwater lake lying between Sjoneset Spur and Mount Seekopf in the Gruber Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, who named it Ober-See (upper lake).||
10969|Oberst Glacier|Glacier|720300S|0270400E|-72.05|27.0666667|||01/01/1966|Glacier draining the W side of Balchen Mountain in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Oberstbreen (the colonel glacier) because of its association with Balchen Mountain.  Bernt Balchen, a famous Norwegian polar aviator, achieved the rank of colonel in the U.S. Army Air Force in World War II.||
10970|Mount Obiglio|Summit|742700S|1315000W|-74.45|-131.8333333|510|1673|01/01/1962|A moderate rock summit (510 m) in the west-central portion of Grant Island, along the edge of the Getz Ice Shelf, coastal Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered and charted from the USS 1961-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant G.M. Obiglio, Argentine naval observer aboard Glacier, at the suggestion of the Task Unit Commander, Captain Edwin A. McDonald, U.S. Navy (USN).||
10971|Oblachnaya Nunatak|Summit|674100S|0511600E|-67.6833333|51.2666667|||01/01/1971|A nunatak lying 6 mi SE of Perov Nunataks, at the E margin of Scott Mountains in Enderby Land.  The geology of the nunatak was investigated by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1961-62, which called it "Gora Oblachnaya" (cloudy mountain).||
10972|Ob' Passage|Channel|663300S|0930100E|-66.55|93.0166667|||01/01/1961|Passage 0.4 mi wide between Khmary Island and Mabus Point on the coast of Antarctica.  First observed by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Mawson.  Mapped by the Soviet expedition (1956), who named it for the ship Ob'.||
10973|Obrecht Pyramid|Summit|680900S|0653200W|-68.15|-65.5333333|600|1968||A pyramidal peak (c. 600 m) on the N shore of Joerg Peninsula, Bowman Coast.  The peak was photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1940, and was surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1946-48.  The name "Punta Alberto Obrecht" after Alberto Obrecht, former Director of the Chilean Astronomical Observatory and a member of the Comision Antartica Chilena of 1906, was applied to this feature on a Chilean hydrographic chart of 1947.  An amended form of the original name has been approved.||
10974|O'Brien Bay|Bay|661800S|1103200E|-66.3|110.5333333|||01/01/1963|Bay lying between Bailey and Mitchell Peninsulas on the Budd Coast.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump and Operation Windmill in 1947 and 1948. Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Clement E. O'Brien, USN, communications officer with U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Windmill which established astronomical control stations in the Windmill Islands in 1948.||03/07/1997
10975|O'Brien Island|Island|613000S|0555800W|-61.5|-55.9666667|540|1772|01/01/1950|Small rocky island which rises to 540 m, lying 2 mi SW of Aspland Island in the South Shetland Islands.  The name dates back to at least 1822 and is now established in international usage.||
10977|O'Brien Peak|Summit|852800S|1564200W|-85.4666667|-156.7|670|2198|01/01/1952|A rock peak, 670 m, standing 3 mi W of the N extremity of Medina Peaks, along the edge of the Ross Ice Shelf.  Discovered in December 1929 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Laurence Gould, and named by Byrd for John S. O'Brien, surveyor with that party.||
10979|Mount Obruchev|Summit|685400S|1541000E|-68.9|154.1666667|||01/01/1967|A mountain 15 mi ESE of Scar Bluffs, near the base of Mawson Peninsula.  Mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition, 1958, and named for Soviet geologist V.A. Obruchev.||
10980|Obruchev Hills|Range|663500S|0994600E|-66.5833333|99.7666667|||01/01/1967|A group of rounded hills on the coast between Denman Glacier and Scott Glacier.  The hills were plotted by the Western Base Party of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) as a great rock face.  They were plotted in greater detail from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47) and later by the Soviet expedition (1956).  Named by the latter for Vladimir A. Obruchev, Soviet geologist (1863-1956).||
10981|Observation Bluff|Cliff|604300S|0453600W|-60.7166667|-45.6|110|361|01/01/1956|The eastern summit, 110 m, of the ice-free ridge which forms the N side of Paal Harbor in Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  The area was roughly surveyed by DI personnel in 1933.  The bluff was surveyed in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and so named by them because it marks the position from which daily sea ice observations were made.||
10982|Observation Hill|Summit|775107S|1664142E|-77.852029|166.694971|230|755|01/01/1952|Conical hill, 230 m, surmounting Cape Armitage at the S end of Hut Point Peninsula on Ross Island.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, under Scott, and so named because it forms an excellent lookout station.||
10983|Observation Island|Island|670100S|0502400E|-67.0166667|50.4|||01/01/1961|Small irregular island lying just W of the mouth of Beaver Glacier in the E part of Amundsen Bay.  Visited in 1956 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by P.W. Crohn, and so named because the island was occupied as a magnetic and astronomical observation station.||
10985|O'Cain Point|Summit|621600S|0585300W|-62.2666667|-58.8833333|||01/01/1965|Point lying 3 mi NW of Duthoit Point on the E side of Nelson Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name O'Cain's Island, after the American sealing vessel O'Cain (Captain Jonathan Winship) from Boston, MA, was applied by the Stonington sealers in 1820-21 to Nelson Island, but this name did not become established.  O'Cain Point was applied by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961 to preserve the American name in the area.||
10989|Oceana Nunatak|Summit|650800S|0594800W|-65.1333333|-59.8|||01/01/1952|One of the Seal Nunataks, lying at the NW corner of Robertson Island, off the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula. Discovered by a Norwegian whaling expedition under C.A. Larsen in December 1893, and named after the Oceana Co. of Hamburg, a sponsor of the expedition.||
10990|Ocean Harbor|Bay|542000S|0361600W|-54.3333333|-36.2666667|||01/01/1956|Deeply indented bay on the N coast of South Georgia which is entered 1.5 mi WNW of Tijuca point.  The names New Fortune Bay and Neufortuna Bay, probably for the Fortuna, Norwegian-Argentine whaling vessel which participated in establishing the first permanent whaling station at Grytviken, South Georgia in 1904-05, were used for this feature in 1922 by Filchner, following the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1911-12.  Following a survey of the island in 1951-52, the South Georgia Survey (SGS) reported that the feature is known to whalers and sealers as Ocean Harbor, a name derived from the Ocean Whaling Co. which at one time had a station there.  The name Ocean Harbor is approved for this feature on the basis of local usage, and also to avoid confusion of the name New Fortuna Bay with Fortuna Bay, only 22 mi to the northwest.||
10991|Mount Oceanite|Summit|582900S|0261500W|-58.4833333|-26.25|915|3002|01/01/1972|A conspicuous ice-covered mountain (probably an extinct volcano) rising to 915 m in the extreme SE corner of Montagu Island, South Sandwich Islands.  The name applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 refers to the oceanite lavas present in this area, which occur nowhere else in the South Sandwich Islands.||
10992|Mount Ochre|Summit|781400S|1663300E|-78.2333333|166.55|||01/01/1963|A volcanic crater, partly eroded away, lying 3 mi E of Mount Aurora on Black Island, in the Ross Archipelago.  So named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1958-59) because reddish-brown scoria covers much of the upper slopes.||
10993|Ochs Glacier|Glacier|763000S|1453500W|-76.5|-145.5833333|||01/01/1947|Glacier flowing to the head of Block Bay between Mount Iphigene and Mount Avers, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land. Discovered by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) in 1929, and named for Adolph S. Ochs, publisher of the New York Times, a patron of the expedition.||
10994|Ocoa Point|Summit|623700S|0610900W|-62.6166667|-61.15||||A steep headland backed by raised beach terraces at the head of New Plymouth, Byers Peninsula, Livingston Island.  The feature is named "Punta Ocoa" in a report by P.J. Hernandez P. and V. Azcarate M., 1971, following geological work by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition.  Presumably named for a member of the expedition.||
10995|O'Connell Nunatak|Summit|844300S|0650800W|-84.7166667|-65.1333333|1210|3970|01/01/1968|A peaked rock nunatak, 1,210 m, standing 6 mi SSE of Mount Murch in southern Anderson Hills, in the Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard V. O'Connell, seismologist at South Pole Station, winter 1967.||
10996|O'Connor Island|Island|662500S|1102800E|-66.4166667|110.4666667|||01/01/1956|Rocky island, 1 mi long, between Holl and Ford Islands in the S part of the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Joseph (Jerry) J. O'Connor, who served as air crewman with the eastern task group of U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and assisted U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml parties in establishing astronomical control stations between Wilhelm II Coast and Budd Coast during the 1947-48 season.||
10997|O'Connor Nunataks|Summit|762600S|1432500W|-76.4333333|-143.4166667|||01/01/1947|Group of rock exposures rising above the ice near the head of Balchen Glacier, 5 mi NE of Griffith Nunataks in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in aerial flights over this area in 1940, and named for Raymond O'Connor, a member of the West Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41).||
10998|O'Connor Peak|Summit|541600S|0361900W|-54.2666667|-36.3166667|675|2215|01/01/1965|Peak, 675 m, standing W of Long Point on Barff Peninsula, South Georgia.  Charted by a Norwegian Antarctic Expedition, 1927-28, and named Mount Bryde.  Recharted by DI in 1929 and named after Midshipman W.P. O'Connor, Royal Navy Reserve (RNR),) who assisted with the survey.||
10999|O'Connors Rock|Island|620500S|0582400W|-62.0833333|-58.4|||01/01/1952|Rock 0.1 mi SW of Stenhouse Bluff, King George Island, lying in Visca Anchorage in the N part of Admiralty Bay, in the South Shetland Islands.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot.  The name "O'Connor's Rock" was first used for this feature on a British chart and is probably after Midshipman W.P. O'Connor, Royal Navy Reserve (RNR),) who assisted in a sketch survey of Visca Anchorage in the Discovery in 1927.||
11000|Odbert Island|Island|662200S|1103300E|-66.3666667|110.55|||01/01/1956|Rocky island, 1.5 mi long, between Ardery Island and Robinson Ridge in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Jack A. Odbert, USN, assistant aerological officer with U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml which established astronomical control stations in the area in January 1948.||
11001|Odde Nunatak|Summit|720200S|0104300E|-72.0333333|10.7166667||||The northernmost of a small chain of nunataks at the E side of Glopeflya Plain, close S of the E part of the Orvin Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named for Odde Gjeruldsen, scientific assistant with Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-58).||
11003|Odell Glacier|Glacier|764400S|1595500E|-76.7333333|159.9166667|||01/01/1961|A glacier draining NE between Allan Hills and Coombs Hills into the upper Mawson Glacier in Victoria Land.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) for Prof. N.E. Odell, formerly of Otago University, New Zealand.||
11005|Mount Odin|Summit|773443S|1614007E|-77.578502|161.668705|1465|4806|01/01/1952|A saddle-top mountain consisting of two ice-covered peaks, 1,465 m, situated close SW of Frigga Peak on the divide between Anderson and Sleipnir Glaciers, on the E coast of Graham Land. During 1947 the peak was photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) and charted from the ground by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) after the Norse god Odin, the mythological husband of Frigga.||
11006|Mount Odin|Summit|773500S|1613900E|-77.5833333|161.65|2000|6562|01/01/1962|The most prominent, though not the highest peak in the Asgard Range, rising over 2,000 m just S of Lake Vanda in Victoria Land.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1958-59) for one of the Norse gods.||
11007|Odin Glacier|Glacier|773453S|1613711E|-77.581332|161.619671|||01/01/1976|A small glacier that drains the W slopes of Mount Odin in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  Named by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in association with Mount Odin.||
11008|Odinokaya Nunatak|Summit|713200S|0061000E|-71.5333333|6.1666667|||01/01/1970|A small, isolated nunatak about 15 mi NW of the Jaren Crags, Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norsk Polarinstitutt from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60.  Also mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1961 and named Gora Odinokaya (solitary hill).||
11009|Odin Valley|Valley|773545S|1614245E|-77.5958|161.712435|||01/01/1976|An ice free valley immediately E of Mount Odin in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  Named by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in association with Mount Odin.||
11010|Mount Odishaw|Summit|844200S|1745400E|-84.7|174.9|3965|13008|01/01/1962|A high, prominent mountain, 3,965 m, forming a distinctive landmark 9 mi SSW of Mount Kaplan, in the Hughes Range. Discovered and photographed by R. Admiral Byrd on the Baselaying Flight of Nov. 18, 1929, and surveyed by A.P. Crary in 1957-58. Named by the latter for Hugh Odishaw, Executive Secretary of the U.S. National Committee for the IGY.||03/07/1997
11012|Odom Inlet|Stream|713000S|0612000W|-71.5|-61.3333333|||01/01/1952|Ice-filled inlet 9 mi long, between Cape Howard and Cape MacDonald along the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) who explored this coast from East Base both by land and from the air in 1940.  Named for Howard Odom, radio operator at the East Base.||
11013|O'Donnell Peak|Summit|722400S|1660100E|-72.4|166.0166667|||01/01/1969|A peak on the polar plateau, situated 5 mi W of Joice Icefall of the Millen Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Frank B. O'Donnell, meteorologist at Hallett Station in 1962.||
11014|Oehlenschlager Bluff|Cliff|750300S|1364200W|-75.05|-136.7|||01/01/1974|A steep rock bluff overlooking Hull Glacier from the north. It marks the SW extremity of Erickson Bluffs and McDonald Heights in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard J. Oehlenschlager, member of the biological party that made population studies of seals, whales, and birds in the pack ice of the Bellingshausen and Amundsen Seas using U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Southwind and its two helicopters, 1971-72.||
11015|Oeschger Bluff|Cliff|762400S|1114800W|-76.4|-111.8|||01/01/1975|A flat-topped snow and rock bluff that projects from the southeast part of Mount Takahe in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy tricamera aerial photography, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Hans Oeschger (University of Bern, Switzerland), U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciologist at Byrd Station, 1968-69 and 1969-70.||
11019|The Office Boys|Island|550100S|0343900W|-55.0166667|-34.65|||01/01/1952|Group of rocks at the NE end of the Clerke Rocks, lying some 40 mi ESE of the SE end of South Georgia.  Clerke Rocks were discovered by Captain James Cook in 1775.  The Office Boys were charted and probably named by DI personnel who made surveys in the South Georgia area in the period 1926-30.||04/12/2001
11020|The Office Girls|Summit|722000S|1600100E|-72.3333333|160.0166667|||01/01/1970|Two prominent rock nunataks along an ice cliff, situated 7 mi SW of Welcome Mountain in the Outback Nunataks.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) to express appreciation for the dedicated support provided to Antarctic programs by home-based personnel.||
11021|Offset Ridge|Ridge|714100S|0683200W|-71.6833333|-68.5333333|||01/01/1975|A ridge extending W from Triton Point between Venus Glacier and Neptune Glacier in eastern Alexander Island.  Mapped by Directorate of Overseas Surveys from satellite imagery by U.S. National Aeronautics and Space Administration in cooperation with U.S. Geological Survey.  The ridge is kinked in the middle and is effectively formed of two ridges offset from one another; thus, the descriptive name applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC).||
11022|Ogden Heights|Summit|735800S|1614000E|-73.9666667|161.6666667|||01/01/1968|Flattish, mainly ice-covered heights, about 7 mi long, forming a part of the S wall of upper Priestley Glacier to the SE of Tantalus Peak, Victoria Land.  The heights are near where the southern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, was landed.  Named by them for Lieutenant John H. Ogden, U.S. Navy (USN), pilot who airlifted the party to this point, flew in their resupply, and later flew the party back to base at the end of the season.||
11023|Ōgi Beach|Beach|690800S|0392600E|-69.1333333|39.4333333|||01/01/1975|A beach at the head of the cove in southern Rumpa Island, in the eastern part of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by the Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE). The name Ogi-hama (Oogi Hama), meaning "fan beach," was applied by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1973.||
11024|O'Gorman Rocks|Island|683400S|0775700E|-68.5666667|77.95|||01/01/1965|Two small insular rocks lying off the Vestfold Hills, about 0.5 mi S of Trigwell Island.  The rocks were plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos of 1957 and 1958.  Named by ANCA for M. O'Gorman, weather observer at Davis Station in 1959.||
11025|O'Hara Glacier|Glacier|704900S|1664000E|-70.8166667|166.6666667|||01/01/1970|A glacier just W of Ackroyd Point, flowing NW into the S side of Yule Bay, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Norbert W. O'Hara, a member of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) party which conducted studies of the Ross Ice Shelf, 1965-66.||
11027|Ohio Range|Range|844500S|1140000W|-84.75|-114|2990|9810|01/01/1962|A range about 30 mi long and 10 mi wide, extending WSW-ENE from Eldridge Peak to Mirsky Ledge.  The range forms the NE end of the Horlick Mountains and consists primarily of a large snow-topped plateau with steep northern cliffs and several flat-topped ridges and mountains.  The highest point, 2,990 m, is the summit of Mount Schopf.  The range was surveyed in 1958-59 by the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Horlick Mountains Traverse, and was investigated in 1960-61 and 1961-62 by geologists of the Institute of Polar Studies of Ohio State University, for which the range is named.||
11028|Ohlin Island|Island|633000S|0600700W|-63.5|-60.1166667|||01/01/1952|Island lying 6 mi W of the N end of Tower Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, and named by Nordenskjold for Axel Ohlin, zoologist with the expedition.||
11029|Mount Ohridsky|Summit|693100S|0713000W|-69.5166667|-71.5|1500|4921||An ice-covered mountain rising to c. 1,500 m, 5 mi S of Mount Braun, in the S part of Sofia Mountains, Alexander Island. The name results from geological work in the area in February 1988 by a field party composed of members of British Antarctic Survey (BAS) and the first Bulgarian Antarctic Expedition.  Named after Kliment Ohridsky (Okhridsky), Bulgarian scholar, whose name is officially associated with the University of Sofia.||
11030|Lake O-ike|Lake|690100S|0393400E|-69.0166667|39.5666667|||01/01/1968|A lake just SE of Showa Flat in the E extremity of Ongul Island.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named O-ike (big pond) because it is the largest lake on the island.||
11031|Mount Ojakangas|Summit|773600S|0861500W|-77.6|-86.25|2450|8038||An elongated mountain rising to c. 2,450 m, 2 mi NW of Mount Washburn in the N part of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1982 after Richard Ojakangas, Professor of Geology, University of Minnesota, Duluth, a member of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Ellsworth Mountains Expedition, 1979-80.||
11032|O'Kane Canyon|Valley|741900S|1623000E|-74.3166667|162.5|||01/01/1967|A steep-walled canyon at the head of O'Kane Glacier, indenting the E side of Eisenhower Range between Mount Baxter and Eskimo Point, in Victoria Land.  Named by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, for H.D. O'Kane, photographer at Scott Base, 1961-62. O'Kane had made several reconnaissance flights to provide aerial photographs of the area.||
11033|O'Kane Glacier|Glacier|742600S|1630600E|-74.4333333|163.1|||01/01/1968|A steep glacier, 15 mi long, draining the E wall of Eisenhower Range between Mount Baxter and Eskimo Point and flowing SE to its terminus opposite the mouths of the Priestley and Corner Glaciers at the N extremity of Nansen Ice Sheet, in Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with O'Kane Canyon, located at the head of the glacier.||
11034|O'Keefe Hill|Summit|702000S|0642400E|-70.3333333|64.4|||01/01/1970|An isolated ice-covered hill, located 1.5 mi S of Baldwin Nunatak and 8 mi SSW of Mount Starlight in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos, 1965.  Named by ANCA for J. O'Keefe, cook at Mawson Station, 1964.||
11036|Okskaya Nunatak|Summit|715800S|0134700E|-71.9666667|13.7833333|2295|7529|01/01/1970|Elongated nunatak, 2,295 m, at the N end of Rimekalvane Nunataks in the Weyprecht Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named presumedly after the river Oka.||03/07/1997
11037|Oku-hyōga Rock|Summit|700600S|0390100E|-70.1|39.0166667|||01/01/1968|A rock which is the farthest south bare rock exposed along the E side of Shirase Glacier, in Queen Maud Land Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) 1957-62, and named Oku-hyoga-iwa (inner glacier rock) because of its position.||04/12/2001
11038|Oku-iwa Glacier|Glacier|684200S|0404600E|-68.7|40.7666667|||01/01/1968|Glacier flowing to the sea just W of Oku-iwa Rock on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named after nearby Oku-iwa Rock.||
11039|Oku-iwa Rock|Summit|684200S|0405000E|-68.7|40.8333333|||01/01/1968|A substantial rock exposure just E of Oku-iwa Glacier on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Oku-iwa (interior rock).  The name presumably suggests the interior position of the rock with respect to the minor recession of the coast along which the rock is located.||04/12/2001
11040|Okuma Bay|Bay|775000S|1582000W|-77.8333333|-158.3333333|||01/01/1947|A bay indenting the front of Ross Ice Shelf at its juncture with Edward VII Peninsula.  It was discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) under Scott in 1902.  Named by the Japanese Antarctic Expedition under Lieutenant Nobu Shirase (1911-12) after Count Shigenobu Okuma (1838-1922), Premier of Japan.||
11043|Olander Nunatak|Summit|742500S|0720700W|-74.4166667|-72.1166667|||01/01/1968|One of several somewhat scattered nunataks which rise above the ice of eastern Ellsworth Land, lying 5 mi E of Tollefson Nunatak and 27 mi NNW of Sky-Hi Nunataks.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for R.E. Olander, electronics technician at Eights Station in 1963.||
11044|Olav Peak|Summit|542500S|0032500E|-54.4166667|3.4166667|780|2559|01/01/1957|A snow-covered peak (780 m) which stands 1.5 mi south of Cape Valdivia and surmounts the north-central part of Bouvetoya.  The recommended name was applied in December 1927 by the Norvegia expedition under Captain Harald Horntvedt. Although the name "Kaiser Wilhelm Pik" appears on the chart of the German Valdivia expedition of 1898 as applying to this peak, the accompanying expedition report indicates that name is intended for the entire summit area of the island, not this single peak.||
11045|Olav Rocks|Island|540300S|0370700W|-54.05|-37.1166667|||01/01/1956|Small group of rocks lying 0.6 mi ESE of Cape Crewe off the N coast of South Georgia.  Charted by DI personnel during the period 1927-30, and so named because the rocks serve as a guide to vessels entering Prince Olav Harbor.  The incorrect spelling, "Prince Olaf Rocks," appearing on the charts by DI personnel has been corrected.  A shortened form of the original name is approved.||
11048|Mount Oldenburg|Summit|820400S|0875500W|-82.0666667|-87.9166667|||01/01/1964|A partly snow-covered peak 0.5 mi E of Mount Helms in the E part of Martin Hills.  The peak was sketched by J. Campbell Craddock in January 1963.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Margaret Oldenburg, who has been interested in polar exploration and research for a number of years, and who is well known to polar workers because of her gifts of books, photographs and other materials to isolated IGY and Weather Bureau stations. Application of the name was suggested by a number of persons including Edward C. Thiel who, with J. Campbell Craddock, conducted an airlifted geophysical traverse along the 88th meridian near this feature in 1959-60.||
11049|Mount Oldfield|Summit|665000S|0503800E|-66.8333333|50.6333333|||01/01/1961|A coastal mountain at the E side of Amundsen Bay, standing close W of Mount Hardy in the Tula Mountains.  Photographed and mapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956.  Visited and positioned by G.A. Knuckey of Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in November 1958.  Named by ANCA for R.E.T. Oldfield, radio officer at Mawson Station in 1958.||
11050|Oldham Island|Island|673200S|0614200E|-67.5333333|61.7|||01/01/1965|An island in the E part of the Stanton Group, off Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Andoya (duck island).  Renamed by ANCA for Hugh Oldham, biologist and magnetician at Mawson Station in 1955.||
11051|The Old Man|Cape|540400S|0370800W|-54.0666667|-37.1333333|||01/01/1965|Point lying between Squire and Sheep Points in Cook Bay, South Georgia.  The name appears on a 1938 British Admiralty chart.||
11052|Old Mans Head|Cliff|722200S|0604500W|-72.3666667|-60.75|||01/01/1953|Dark headland marking the S side of the entrance to Wust Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered and photographed from the air in December 1940 by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  During 1947 the headland was photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted it from the ground.  This descriptive name was given by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).||03/07/1997
11053|Oldroyd Island|Island|683200S|0775400E|-68.5333333|77.9|||01/01/1965|A small island 0.2 mi NW of Magnetic Island, lying off the Vestfold Hills in the E part of Prydz Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Remapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1957-58) and named by ANCA for K.C. Oldroyd, weather observer at Davis Station in 1960.||
11054|Olds Peak|Summit|844000S|1744100W|-84.6666667|-174.6833333|1480|4856|01/01/1966|A peak (1,480 m) standing 6 mi NE of Mount Kenney in the S part of Longhorn Spurs, Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Corwin A. Olds, USN, who participated in Antarctic Support Activity during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1964.||
11055|O'Leary Peak|Summit|842700S|1791400W|-84.45|-179.2333333|1040|3412|01/01/1962|A partly snow-covered peak (1,040 m), the northernmost summit along the E wall of Erickson Glacier, where the latter enters the Ross Ice Shelf.  Discovered and photographed by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Paul V. O'Leary, builder, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), a member of the U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, who lost his life by accidental poisoning on Nov. 28, 1959.||
11056|O'Leary Ridges|Ridge|705800S|0671900E|-70.9666667|67.3166667|||01/01/1967|Three partly snow-covered ridges extending in a line NW-SE for about 5 mi, situated 20 mi SE of Mount Bunt in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1960. Named by ANCA for R.A. O'Leary, officer in charge at Wilkes Station in 1964.||
11058|Olentangy Glacier|Glacier|860000S|1272000W|-86|-127.3333333|||01/01/1966|A glacier draining that portion of the Wisconsin Plateau of the Horlick Mountains that stands ENE of Sisco Mesa, flowing S to merge into McCarthy Glacier and the larger Reedy Glacier to the SW of Mount McNaughton.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  The name was proposed by the Ohio State University geological party to the Horlick Mountains, 1964-65. The Olentangy River flows through the University campus.||
11059|Oliphant Islands|Island|604500S|0453600W|-60.75|-45.6|||01/01/1956|Group of small ice-free islands and rocks lying S of Gourlay Peninsula, the SE extremity of Signy Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Dove Channel extends through this group in a general E-W direction.  The group was roughly charted in 1912-13 by Petter Sorlle, Norwegian whaling captain, and again in 1933 by DI personnel.  Surveyed in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named by them for Prof. Marcus L.E. Oliphant, then professor of physics, Birmingham University; later director of the Research School of Physical Sciences, Australian National University, who gave assistance to the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in obtaining equipment.||03/07/1997
11060|Mount Oliver|Summit|845600S|1734400W|-84.9333333|-173.7333333|3800|12467|01/01/1962|A peak over 3,800 m, standing 2 mi SE of Mount Campbell in the Prince Olav Mountains.  Discovered and photographed by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Surveyed by A.P. Crary (1957-58) and named by him for Norman Oliver, Air Force Cambridge Research Center, who was Antarctic Project Leader for aurora operations, 1957-60.||
11061|Oliver Glacier|Glacier|823400S|1634500E|-82.5666667|163.75|||01/01/1966|Glacier draining the area west and south of Mount Christchurch and entering Lowery Glacier just N of the Taylor Hills.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Edward J. Oliver, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciologist at South Pole Station, 1961-62.||
11062|Oliver Island|Island|691900S|0683700W|-69.3166667|-68.6166667||||The largest of the Mica Islands, lying outside the entrance to West Bay and 6 mi NE of Cape Jeremy in S Marguerite Bay. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 for David L. Oliver, CS1, U.S. Navy (USN), cook, Palmer Station, winter party 1972.||
11063|Oliver Nunatak|Summit|840500S|0660800W|-84.0833333|-66.1333333|||01/01/1968|One of the Rambo Nunataks, lying 2 mi S of Sowle Nunatak on the W side of Foundation Ice Stream, in the Pensacola Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Thomas H. Oliver, electronics technician at Plateau Station, winter 1967.||
11064|Oliver Peak|Summit|773656S|1610220E|-77.61548|161.038883|2410|7907|01/01/1976|A prominent peak (2,410 m) located 4 mi NNW of Round Mountain in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Leon Oliver of New Zealand, who participated in the international Dry Valley Drilling Project as chief driller (1973-74) and drilling superintendent (1974-75).||
11065|Olivine Point|Summit|604000S|0452900W|-60.6666667|-45.4833333|||01/01/1956|The southern end of the low-lying peninsula which forms the E limit of Iceberg Bay on the S coast of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1948-49, and so named by them because the mineral olivine occurs in the igneous dikes intersecting the peninsula just N of the point.||
11066|Ollivant Point|Summit|574600S|0263100W|-57.7666667|-26.5166667|||01/01/1972|The westernmost point of Saunders Island, South Sandwich Islands.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Captain Martin S. Ollivant, Royal Navy (RN), Captain of His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Protector at the time of her survey of the island in 1964.||
11067|Olliver Peak|Summit|843400S|1733300W|-84.5666667|-173.55|630|2067|01/01/1966|A rock peak (630 m) along the edge of Ross Ice Shelf.  It stands at the E side of the mouth of Barrett Glacier and is the northwesternmost summit in Gabbro Hills.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander George R. Olliver, U.S. Navy (USN), who was injured in the crash of an Otter aircraft on Dec. 22, 1955, following a take-off from near Cape Bird.||
11068|Mount Olsen|Summit|530100S|0732000E|-53.0166667|73.3333333|635|2083|01/01/1957|A snow-covered peak (635 m) standing 0.2 mi E of Hayter Peak on Laurens Peninsula, in the NW part of Heard Island.  The feature appears to have been roughly charted on an 1860 sketch map compiled by Captain H.C. Chester, American sealer operating in the area during this period.  It was surveyed in 1948 by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), who named it for Bjarne Olsen, first mate on the whale catcher Kidalkey which visited the island in January 1929.||
11069|Olsen Crags|Cliff|861200S|1604800W|-86.2|-160.8|||01/01/1967|Rugged crags surmounting a small but conspicuous mountain block that projects into the E side of Amundsen Glacier just N of Epler Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Karinius Olsen, cook on the Fram, the ship of Amundsen's Norwegian expedition of 1910-12.  This naming preserves the spirit of Amundsen's 1911 commemoration of "Mount K. Olsen," a name applied for an unidentifiable mountain in the general area.||
11071|Olsen Peak|Summit|773200S|0862900W|-77.5333333|-86.4833333|2140|7021|01/01/1961|Peak, 2,140 m, standing 2 mi NW of Mount Wyatt Earp near the N end of the Sentinel Range.  Discovered by Lincoln Ellsworth on his trans-Antarctic flight of Nov. 23, 1935.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Hartveg Olsen, captain of Ellsworth's expedition ship Wyatt Earp in 1935-36.||
11072|Olsen Rock|Island|540400S|0380000W|-54.0666667|-38|||01/01/1963|Rock lying 0.5 mi SE of Cape Paryadin, off the W end of South Georgia.  Charted by DI personnel in 1926-27.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Soren Olsen, gunner of the South Georgia Whaling Co. at Leith Harbor, 1926-30, 1933-39 and 1945-53.||04/12/2001
11073|Olsen Valley|Valley|541200S|0364100W|-54.2|-36.6833333|||01/01/1963|Valley extending from Husvik Harbor in Stromness Bay to Carlita Bay in Cumberland West Bay, on the N side of South Georgia.  The feature was known to early whalers and sealers at South Georgia.  It was surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Nils E. Olsen, Manager of Tonsberg Hvalfangeri, Husvik, 1950-56.||
11074|Olson Glacier|Glacier|724900S|1664100E|-72.8166667|166.6833333|||01/01/1970|A tributary glacier descending westward from Malta Plateau to enter Seafarer Glacier, in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard D. Olson of the Office of Antarctic Programs, National Science Foundation, who participated in research administration activities at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
11075|Olson Island|Island|771400S|1531700W|-77.2333333|-153.2833333|||01/01/1970|The largest and northernmost of the ice-covered White Islands, in southern Sulzberger Bay.  The feature is rudely delineated on the map of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30, and is indicated as "low ice cliffs" that rise above the ice shelf in this part of the bay.  Mapped in detail by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named for Michael L. Olson, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) ionospheric physicist at Byrd Station, winter party 1968, and a member of the Plateau Station summer party, 1968-69.||
11076|Olson Névé|Glacier|820700S|1580000E|-82.1166667|158|||01/01/1966|A neve on the NW side of Cobham Range which nourishes the Lucy and Prince Philip Glaciers, in the Churchill Mountains. Mapped by the Holyoake, Cobham and Queen Elizabeth Ranges party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1964-65).  Named for Lieutenant Dennis A. Olson, U.S. Navy (USN), who flew the New Zealand party to the neve and supported it during the summer season.  The feature is incorrectly identified as "Olsen Neve" on some maps of the late 1960s.||
11077|Olson Nunatak|Summit|745500S|1622800E|-74.9166667|162.4666667|||01/01/1968|A bare rock nunatak lying at the S side of the terminus of Reeves Glacier, 4 mi N of the summit of Mount Gerlache, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1955-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James J. Olson, geophysicist with the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Ross Ice Shelf party in the 1961-62 season.||
11078|Olson Peaks|Range|791600S|1600500E|-79.2666667|160.0833333|1335|4380|01/01/1965|Two close-lying peaks, the higher 1,335 m, standing 4 mi W of Cape Lankester on the N side of Bertoglio Glacier.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1959-63. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gary D. Olson, a member of the U.S. Army aviation support unit for Topo North and Topo South (1961-62) which conducted the tellurometer surveys.||
11079|Olstad Glacier|Glacier|685000S|0904100W|-68.8333333|-90.6833333|||01/01/1952|A heavily crevassed glacier descending to the west coast of Peter I Island about 2 mi south of Tofte Glacier.  Peter I Island was circumnavigated by the Norwegain whale catcher Odd I in January 1927 and was explored from the Norvegia in February 1929.  The glacier is named for Ola Olstad, Norwegian zoologist who, transported by various whaling ships, conducted research in South Georgia, South Shetland Islands and Palmer Archipelago in 1927-28.||
11080|Olstad Peak|Summit|542900S|0370500W|-54.4833333|-37.0833333|650|2133|01/01/1963|Peak, 650 m, surmounting Annenkov Island off the S coast of South Georgia.  First observed in 1775 by a British expedition under Cook.  It was surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Ola Olstad, Norwegian zoologist, member of the Norwegian expedition under Horntvedt, 1927-28, and chief scientist of the Norwegian expedition under Nils Larsen, 1928-29.||
11081|Oluf Rocks|Island|634100S|0601000W|-63.6833333|-60.1666667|||01/01/1960|Small group of rocks lying 3.5 mi E of Cape Neumayer, Trinity Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Photographed by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) in 1955-57 and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS). Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 after the Danish freighter Oluf Sven (Captain J.C. Ryge) which transported the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) to Deception Island in 1955 and 1956, and was used during the two summer seasons as a mobile base for operations by ground survey parties.||
11082|Mount Olympus|Summit|801300S|1564600E|-80.2166667|156.7666667|2400|7874|01/01/1965|A rectangular, flat, ice-covered mountain over 2,400 m, standing 5 mi E of Mount Henderson in the Britannia Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN), in association with nearby Byrd Glacier, after the Admiral Byrd.||
11083|Olympus Range|Range|772848S|1613442E|-77.480113|161.578382|2000|6562|01/01/1962|A primarily ice-free mountain range of Victoria Land with peaks over 2,000 m, between Victoria and McKelvey Valleys on the north and Wright Valley on the south.  Mapped by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1958-59, and named for the mythological home of the Greek gods. Peaks in the range are named for figures in Greek mythology.||
11084|Cape Omega|Cape|683400S|0405900E|-68.5666667|40.9833333|||01/01/1964|A prominent rock cape between Omega Glacier and Daruma Rock on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, who gave the name.||
11085|Omega Glacier|Glacier|683700S|0410100E|-68.6166667|41.0166667|||01/01/1964|A glacier flowing to the coast just S of Cape Omega in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, who gave the name.||
11086|Omega Island|Island|642000S|0625600W|-64.3333333|-62.9333333|||01/01/1956|Island 2 mi long, which lies immediately S of Eta Island in the Melchior Islands, Palmer Archipelago.  This island, the largest feature in the SE part of the Melchior Islands, is part of what was called "Ile Melchior" by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05, but the name Melchior now applies for the whole island group.  Omega Island was roughly surveyed by DI personnel in 1927.  The name Omega, derived from the last letter of the Greek alphabet, appears to have been first used on a 1946 Argentine government chart following surveys of the Melchior Islands by Argentine expeditions in 1942 and 1943.||
11087|Omega Nunatak|Summit|815500S|0291200W|-81.9166667|-29.2|||01/01/1962|Isolated, flat-topped nunatak 21 mi SSW of the Whichaway Nunataks.  First mapped in 1957-58 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and so named because it was the last rock outcrop seen, until Victoria Land was reached, on the transpolar route of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) in 1957-58.||
11088|Omega Peak|Summit|720900S|1660300E|-72.15|166.05|||01/01/1970|A peak 1 mi NE of Le Couteur Peak, in the Millen Range.  So named by the Southern Party of NZFMCAE, 1962-63, because this was the last major peak climbed by the party, Jan. 2, 1963.||
11089|Omicron Islands|Island|642100S|0625500W|-64.35|-62.9166667|||01/01/1963|Group of small islands and rocks which lie close SE of Omega Island in the Melchior Islands, Palmer Archipelago.  The name, derived from the 15th letter of the Greek alphabet, appears to have been first used on a 1946 Argentine government chart following surveys of these islands by Argentine expeditions in 1942 and 1943.||
11091|Ommanney Bay|Bay|603300S|0453200W|-60.55|-45.5333333|||01/01/1947|Bay 2 mi wide between Prong Point and Foul Point on the N coast of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  First seen and roughly charted by Captain George Powell and Captain Nathaniel Palmer in 1821.  Recharted in 1933 by DI personnel on the Discovery II and named for Francis D. Ommanney, zoologist on the staff of the Discovery Committee.||
11092|Ommanney Glacier|Glacier|713200S|1692900E|-71.5333333|169.4833333||||Valley glacier, 20 mi long, meandering northward in the Admiralty Mountains to discharge into Relay Bay, on the W side of Robertson Bay, along the N coast of Victoria Land.  Charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1898-1900, under C.E. Borchgrevink, who named it for Admiral Sir Erasmus Ommanney, who had served in the Arctic Expedition of 1850.||
11093|Ommundsen Island|Island|662000S|1102200E|-66.3333333|110.3666667|||01/01/1963|An island just W of Midgley Island in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Audon Ommundsen, transport specialist at Wilkes Station in 1958.||03/07/1997
11097|Ondori Island|Island|690000S|0393200E|-69|39.5333333|||01/01/1975|A small island lying 1 mi N of Ongul Island and 0.8 mi W of Nesoya in the NE part of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62.  The name "Ondori-jima" (rooster island) was given by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1972 in association with nearby Mendori Island.||
11098|O'Neal Ridge|Ridge|724800S|1684500E|-72.8|168.75||||A high ridge trending NE-SW, bounded by Ingham Glacier and Humphries Glacier in the Victory Mountains of Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Russell D. O'Neal, member of the National Science Board, 1972-77.  As part of his official duties in support of the U.S. science program, he visited several sites in Antarctica in 1975.||
11100|Mount O'Neil|Summit|854000S|1362000W|-85.6666667|-136.3333333|2090|6857|01/01/1967|Mountain, 2,090 m, just NE of Mount Ratliff at the N side of Kansas Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert J. O'Neil, utilitiesman with the Byrd Station winter party in 1961.||
11101|O'Neal Nunataks|Summit|790100S|0850000W|-79.0166667|-85|||01/01/1966|A small, linear group of nunataks that mark the S end of Bastien Range, in the Ellsworth Mountains.  Named by the University of Minnesota geological parties to the Ellsworth Mountains for Jerry O'Neal, aerographer with these parties in 1963-64 and 1964-65.||04/04/2005
11102|O'Neill Peak|Summit|740500S|0771400W|-74.0833333|-77.2333333|850|2789||The highest point (c. 850 m) of FitzGerald Bluffs (q.v.), on the English Coast, Ellsworth Land.  Following geological work in the area by a U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) field party in Dec. 1984, named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after John M. O'Neill, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geologist, a member of the field party.||
11103|O'Neill Point|Summit|644900S|0630600W|-64.8166667|-63.1||||The N point of Lautaro Island, lying 1.5 mi WSW of Lemaire Island in Gerlache Strait.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 for Vincent Michael O'Neill, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) radio operator and mechanic at Danco Island, 1957-58, and Deception Island, 1958-59.||
11104|Onezhskiye Nunataks|Summit|713500S|0070300E|-71.5833333|7.05|||01/01/1970|A small group of nunataks, the largest being Storkvarvsteinen Peak, situated 9 mi NNE of Slettefjellet in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norsk Polarinstitutt from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60. Also mapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1961; the name is an adjective derived from Onega, a river in the Soviet Union.||
11105|Ongley Island|Island|622600S|0595400W|-62.4333333|-59.9|||01/01/1953|Small island lying 2.5 mi W of Dee Island, close off the N side of Greenwich Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted in 1935 by DI personnel on the Discovery II, but the name appears to have been first used on a 1948 Admiralty chart based upon this survey.||
11106|Ongulgalten Island|Island|690400S|0393600E|-69.0666667|39.6|||01/01/1968|The northernmost of three aligned islands lying 1 mi SE of the Te Islands, at the S end of the Flatvaer Islands.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Ongulgalten (the fishhook boar) in association with nearby Ongul Island.||
11107|Ongul Island|Island|690100S|0393200E|-69.0166667|39.5333333|||01/01/1971|An island 1.5 mi long, which is the largest feature in the Flatvaer Islands lying just within the E side of the entrance of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  They believed this island to be connected to East Ongul Island (q.v.) and applied the name "Ongul" (fishhook), which is suggestive of the outline of the two islands taken together.  In 1957, the Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) found East Ongul Island to be a separate entity, but the name Ongul Island is retained for this largest island in the group.||
11109|Ongulkalven Island|Island|690100S|0392700E|-69.0166667|39.45|||01/01/1966|An island lying 1 mi W of Ongul Island in Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Ongulkalven (the fishhook calf).||
11111|Ongul Sound|Bay|690200S|0393800E|-69.0333333|39.6333333|||01/01/1971|A sound, 2 mi wide, between the E shore of Lutzow-Holm Bay and the Flatvaer Islands in which Ongul Island is the principal feature.  Mapped by cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named for its association with Ongul Island.||
11113|Ong Valley|Valley|831400S|1573700E|-83.2333333|157.6166667|||01/01/1966|A mainly ice-free valley 5 mi long, just W of Kreiling Mesa in the Miller Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John S. Ong, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) traverse engineer on the South Pole Traverse (1962-63).||
11114|Onley Hill|Summit|674300S|0630200E|-67.7166667|63.0333333|840|2756|01/01/1965|A bare rock hill, 840 m, standing 1 mi S of Mount Henderson in the NE part of the Framnes Mountains, Mac. Robertson Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Sorkollen (the south knoll).  Renamed by ANCA for L. Onley, weather observer at Mawson Station in 1959.||
11115|Onlooker Nunatak|Summit|715400S|1622200E|-71.9|162.3666667|||01/01/1964|An isolated nunatak which protrudes prominently above the ice of the Rennick Glacier just SE of Morozumi Range.  Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64.  The name is suggestive of the aspect of the feature.||
11116|Onnum Ridge|Ridge|800700S|1562500E|-80.1166667|156.4166667||||A mountain spur that descends NE to McCraw Glacier, 3 mi S of Derrick Peak in the Britannia Range.  Named in association with Britannia by a University of Waikato (New Zealand), geological party, 1978-79, led by M.J. Selby.  Onnum is a historical placename formerly used in Roman Britain.||03/07/1997
11117|Onyx River|Stream|773119S|1614923E|-77.521837|161.823153|||01/01/1962|A meltwater stream which flows westward through the Wright Valley from Wright Lower Glacier to Lake Vanda.  Mapped and named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1958-59.||
11119|Oom Bay|Bay|672600S|0604400E|-67.4333333|60.7333333|||01/01/1947|A well-defined bay, 2 mi wide, indenting the coast between Cape Bruce and Campbell Head.  Discovered in February 1931 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, who named it for Lieutenant K.E. Oom, RAN, cartographer with the expedition.||
11120|Oom Island|Island|672400S|0603900E|-67.4|60.65|||01/01/1965|Small island 0.5 mi NE of Campbell Head, off the coast of Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Uksoy.  Renamed by ANCA for Lieutenant K.E. Oom, RAN, a member of the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31.||
11121|Mount Oona|Summit|830900S|1623600E|-83.15|162.6|2170|7119|01/01/1966|A mountain, 2,170 m, at the N end of the ridge between Helm Glacier and Lowery Glacier in the Queen Elizabeth Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Henn Oona, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) aurora scientist at South Pole Station, 1964.||
11122|Oona Cliff|Cliff|722700S|1600900E|-72.45|160.15|||01/01/1970|A north-facing rock and ice cliff, about 4 mi long, situated just NW of Mount Walton in the Outback Nunataks.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Hain Oona, ionospheric physicist at South Pole Station, 1968.||
11123|Opornyy Point|Summit|694800S|0130000E|-69.8|13|||01/01/1971|An ice point along the W side of Lazarev Ice Shelf, about 15 mi N of Leningradskiy Island, in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1959 and named Mys Opornyy (support point) because the ice shelf at this point rests on the ocean floor.||
11124|Oppegaard Spur|Ridge|842900S|1772200W|-84.4833333|-177.3666667|||01/01/1962|A narrow rock spur, 2 mi long, extending NW from the SW portion of Mount Speed, standing just E of Kosco Glacier where the latter enters Ross Ice Shelf.  Discovered and photographed by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard D. Oppegaard, Seaman Apprentice, U.S. Navy (USN), a member of the U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, who lost his life in a shipboard accident, Nov. 8, 1957.||
11125|Oppkuven Peak|Summit|723700S|0002400E|-72.6166667|.4|||01/01/1966|A peak 2 mi N of Gavlen Ridge in the Roots Heights, Sverdrup Mountains, in Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Oppkuven (the ascent peak).||
11128|Orca Peak|Summit|541600S|0363200W|-54.2666667|-36.5333333|395|1296|01/01/1965|Peak, 395 m, standing W of Grytviken on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1930 British Admiralty chart.||
11129|Oread Spur|Ridge|723500S|1685300E|-72.5833333|168.8833333|1185|3888|01/01/1962|A rock spur on the S side of Tucker Glacier, 10 mi W of Crater Cirque, on which a survey station was placed at a height of 1,185 m by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58.  They named it Oread (mountain nymph), which is derived from Greek mythology.||
11134|Orel Ice Fringe|Glacier|644600S|0623600W|-64.7666667|-62.6|||01/01/1965|A strip of coastal ice bordering the S side of Errera Channel between Beneden Head and Porro Bluff, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Eduard von Orel (1877-1941), Austrian surveyor who in 1905 designed the first stereoautograph for plotting maps directly from horizontal photographs.||
11136|Mount Orestes|Summit|772816S|1615537E|-77.471241|161.926945|1600|5249|01/01/1964|Prominent peak, over 1,600 m, just E of Bull Pass in the Olympus Range of Victoria Land.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1958-59) for a figure in Greek mythology.||
11137|Orestes Valley|Valley|772734S|1615322E|-77.45941|161.889325|||01/01/1970|A small ice-free valley at the N side of Mount Orestes in the Olympus Range, Victoria Land.  Named in 1964 for its association with Mount Orestes by American geologist Parker E. Calkin.||
11138|Orford Cliff|Cliff|665500S|0662900W|-66.9166667|-66.4833333|||01/01/1964|A coastal cliff of Graham Land, overlooking the E side of Lallemand Fjord just E of Andresen Island.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1956.  Named for Michael J.H. Orford, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) assistant surveyor at Detaille Island in 1956, a member of the party which found a route from Detaille Island to Avery Plateau, via Orford Cliff and Murphy Glacier.||
11139|Organ Peak|Summit|665600S|0670000W|-66.9333333|-67|||01/01/1965|The northernmost peak of Arrowsmith Peninsula, Graham Land. Mapped in 1960 from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  The name, which arose locally in 1956, is descriptive; the fluted appearance of this peak resembles the pipes of an organ.||
11140|Organ Pipe Cliffs|Cliff|682500S|1490400E|-68.4166667|149.0666667|||01/01/1947|A line of coastal cliffs in the form of palisades of columnar dolerite overlooking the sea to the west of Cape Wild. Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who named them because of the similarity of the rock structure to organ pipes.||
11141|Organpipe Nunatak|Summit|635900S|0580700W|-63.9833333|-58.1166667|150|492||Nunatak rising to 150 m in the glacier flowing west into Holluschickie Bay, in northwest James Ross Island.  Named descriptively following British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geological work on the island, 1985-86, from the excellent columnar jointing exhibited on the feature.||
11142|Organ Pipe Peaks|Range|860300S|1500000W|-86.05|-150|||01/01/1968|A row of aiguille type rock peaks, 7 mi long, standing just N of Mount Harkness and E of Scott Glacier in the Gothic Mountains.  Discovered by the geological party of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35, who gave the descriptive name.||
11143|The Organ Pipes|Summit|823700S|0524200W|-82.6166667|-52.7||||Notable rock cliffs on the NW side of Jaeger Table, S of Cairn Ridge, in the Dufek Massif, Pensacola Mountains (q.v.). The name is suggested by the appearance of the feature caused by weathering along prominent vertical joints in the gabbro rock. Named by Arthur B. Ford, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geologist, leader of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Pensacola Mountains survey party, 1978-79.||
11146|Orheim Point|Summit|792300S|0841900W|-79.3833333|-84.3166667|||01/01/1966|A rock point at the end of Inferno Ridge in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Olav Orheim, Norwegian glaciologist on the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) South Pole-Queen Maud Land Traverse II, 1965-66.||
11147|Orion Massif|Range|702300S|0664700W|-70.3833333|-66.7833333|||01/01/1976|A prominent massif, 14 mi long, with a complicated network of peaks, passes, ridges and cirques.  Located 4 mi ENE of Scorpio Peaks, between the upper parts of Meiklejohn and Millett Glaciers, in Palmer Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the constellation of Orion.||
11151|Orléans Strait|Channel|635000S|0602000W|-63.8333333|-60.3333333|||01/01/1960|A strait running NE-SW and separating Trinity Island and Tower Island from Davis Coast, Antarctic Peninsula.  Possibly first seen by Nathaniel B. Palmer, captain of the Hero, on Nov. 18, 1820.  Named and outlined in part by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1837-40, under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville.  Charted in greater detail by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold.  Presumably named for the royal house of Orleans; Louis Philippe (formerly Duc d'Orleans) was King of France at the time of d'Urville's voyage.||
11152|Mount Ormay|Summit|704400S|0664200E|-70.7333333|66.7|||01/01/1967|A ridgelike mountain 1 mi S of Mount Butterworth in the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1956 and 1960.  Named by ANCA for P.I. Ormay, plumber at Wilkes Station in 1963.||
11153|Ormehausen Peak|Summit|720100S|0143800E|-72.0166667|14.6333333|||01/01/1966|A peak at the N end of Linnormen Hills in the Payer Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Ormehausen (the serpent's head).||
11154|Ormeryggen|Summit|720400S|0143300E|-72.0666667|14.55|||01/01/1966|The three major hills forming the central portion of Linnormen Hills, standing SE of Skavlho Mountain in the Payer Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Ormeryggen (the serpent's back).||
11155|Ormesporden Hill|Summit|720500S|0141900E|-72.0833333|14.3166667|||01/01/1966|A hill at the SW end of Linnormen Hills in the Payer Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Ormesporden (the serpent's tail).||
11157|Mount Orndorff|Summit|843700S|1752600W|-84.6166667|-175.4333333|1520|4987|01/01/1966|A peak (1,520 m) standing 5 mi S of Nilsen Peak, at the W side of Massam Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Howard J. Orndorff, U.S. Navy (USN), a member of the winter party at McMurdo Station in 1963.||
11158|Orne Harbor|Harbor|643700S|0623200W|-64.6166667|-62.5333333|||01/01/1963|Cove 1 mi wide, indenting the W coast of Graham Land 2 mi SW of Cape Anna.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache in 1898.  The name Orne Harbor was probably in use by Norwegian whalers, because it was used by Scottish geologist David Ferguson following his geologic reconnaissance of this area aboard the whaler Hanka in 1913.||
11159|Orne Islands|Island|644000S|0624000W|-64.6666667|-62.6666667|||01/01/1963|Group of small islands lying close N of Ronge Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  First roughly surveyed in 1898 by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache.  The name Orne Islands was probably in use by Norwegian whalers, because it was used by Scottish geologist David Ferguson following his geological reconnaissance of this area aboard the Hanka in 1913.||
11160|Ørnen Rocks|Island|620100S|0573500W|-62.0166667|-57.5833333|||01/01/1963|Group of rocks, some of which are above water, 1 mi NE of Cape Melville, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands. Named after the Norwegian whaler Ornen which went aground there about 1908 or 1909.||
11162|Orr Glacier|Glacier|713600S|1625200E|-71.6|162.8666667|||01/01/1970|A tributary glacier which drains the large cirque between Mounts Moody and Bernstein in the Lanterman Range, Bowers Mountains, and flows W into Rennick Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Major Thomas L. Orr, USA, Asst. Logistics Officer on the staff of the Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, 1968 and 1969.||
11163|Orr Island|Island|773800S|1493600W|-77.6333333|-149.6|||01/01/1970|An ice-covered island 5 mi long, lying 3 mi SW of Grinder Island in Marshall Archipelago, off the coast of Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Thomas E. Orr, Supply Officer and Officer-in-Charge of the Para Rescue Team of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 during Operation Deep Freeze 1968.||
11164|Orr Peak|Summit|832900S|1574900E|-83.4833333|157.8166667|||01/01/1966|A peak in the Miller Range overlooking Marsh Glacier, forming the eastern salient in the bluffs southward of Argo Glacier.  Observed in December 1957 by the New Zealand Southern Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58).  Named for H. Orr, IGY scientist at Scott Base in 1957.||
11165|Ortiz Island|Island|631800S|0575200W|-63.3|-57.8666667|||01/01/1964|An island in the Duroch Islands.  It lies 0.2 mi south of the eastern end of Largo Island and a like distance from the northern coast of Trinity Peninsula.  The name was given by Martin Halpern, leader of the University of Wisconsin (U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP)) field party which geologically mapped the Duroch Islands, 1961-62.  It honors Marcos Ortiz G., Captain of the Chilean ship its study of this area.||
11166|Orton Cave|Cave|662300S|1102700E|-66.3833333|110.45|||01/01/1963|A cave in the western wall of Cave Ravine, Ardery Island, in the Windmill Islands.  Discovered in 1961 by Dr. M.N. Orton, medical officer at Wilkes Station, for whom it was named by ANCA.||
11167|Orton Reef|Bar|661600S|1103300E|-66.2666667|110.55|||01/01/1963|A reef with a least depth of 2 ft in the N part of Newcomb Bay, located 0.5 mi N of Molholm Island in the Windmill Islands. Discovered and charted in February 1957 by a party from the USS Wilkes Station, who assisted in an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) survey of Newcomb Bay in the 1961-62 season.||
11168|Orville Coast|Beach|754500S|0653000W|-75.75|-65.5|||01/01/1968|That portion of the coast of Antarctica lying W of Ronne Ice Shelf between Cape Adams and Cape Zumberge.  Discovered by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, under Ronne, who named this coast for Captain Howard T. Orville, U.S. Navy (USN), Head of the Naval Aerological Service, who was largely responsible for formulating the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) meteorological program.  The name Orville Coast is considered a more useful reference than "Orville Escarpment," the name originally applied for this area.||
11171|Orvin Mountains|Summit|720000S|0090000E|-72|9|||01/01/1966|Major group of mountains extending for about 65 mi between the Wohlthat and Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains in Queen Maud Land. First photographed from the air and roughly plotted by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named for Anders K. Orvin, Director of the Norsk Polarinstitutt (1945-48) and Under-Director after 1948.||03/07/1997
11172|Orwell Bight|Bay|604300S|0452300W|-60.7166667|-45.3833333|||01/01/1956|Body of water lying S of the eastern half of Coronation Island, bounded on the west by Signy Island and on the east by the Robertson Islands, in the South Orkney Islands.  The general nature of this bight was first delineated by Petter Sorlle, Norwegian whaling captain who mapped this area in 1912-13.  It was surveyed by DI personnel in 1933 and by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1948-49. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for the Norwegian transport Orwell, the second ship of that name belonging to the Tonsberg Hvalfangeri, which anchored in Borge Bay, Signy Island, on the W side of this bight in the seasons 1925-26 to 1929-30.||
11173|Orwell Glacier|Glacier|604300S|0453800W|-60.7166667|-45.6333333|20|66|01/01/1956|Small glacier, less than 0.5 mi long, which descends steeply from the S slopes of Snow Hills and terminates in 20 m ice cliffs along the S margin of Elephant Flats in the E part of Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Surveyed by DI personnel in 1927 and named by them for the Norwegian transport throughout the seasons 1925-26 to 1929-30.  Resurveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947.||
11174|Orwell Lake|Lake|604300S|0453700W|-60.7166667|-45.6166667||||A small lake in Moraine Valley, lying SE of Orwell Glacier in the E part of Signy Island, South Orkney Islands.  The lake has developed with the retreat of Orwell Glacier in recent years. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1981 in association with the glacier.||
11175|Mount Osborne|Summit|783700S|0844700W|-78.6166667|-84.7833333|2600|8530|01/01/1961|A mountain (2,600 m) on the SW side of Thomas Glacier, 5 mi E of Mount Craddock, in the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains. First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Thomas M. Osborne, Navy builder, who helped construct and served at the South Pole Station with the winter party, 1957.||
11176|Oscar Cove|Bay|645500S|0625500W|-64.9166667|-62.9166667||||A cove next W of Garzon Point in southern Paradise Harbor, Danco Coast, Graham Land.  The cove was named "Caleta Oscar" by the Argentine Antarctic Expedition, 1949-50, from the forename of the second-in- command of the expedition ship Chiriguano used in survey of the area.||
11177|Oscar II Coast|Beach|654500S|0623000W|-65.75|-62.5|||01/01/1947|That portion of the E coast of the Antarctic Peninsula between Cape Fairweather and Cape Alexander.  Discovered in 1893 by Captain C.A. Larsen, who named it for King Oscar II of Norway and Sweden.||
11179|Oscar Point|Summit|743500S|1645300E|-74.5833333|164.8833333|||01/01/1966|A small rock point along the N shore of Terra Nova Bay, 1 mi NW of Markham Island, in Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1898-1900, and named for King Oscar of Norway and Sweden. C.E. Borchgrevink, the leader of this expedition, was a native of Norway.  Originally charted by Borchgrevink as an island, the feature is now known to be joined to the coast.||
11181|Osechka Peak|Summit|713100S|0152600E|-71.5166667|15.4333333|1740|5709|01/01/1970|Small peak, 1,740 m, standing 6 mi S of Vorposten Peak in Lomonosov Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1958-59; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named Gora Osechka (misfire mountain).||
11182|Osen Cove|Bay|692700S|0394000E|-69.45|39.6666667|||01/01/1968|A lake-like cove that indents the N part of Skarvsnes Foreland and opens on Byvagen Bay at the E side of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Osen (the outlet).||
11183|Mount O'Shea|Summit|701500S|0653500E|-70.25|65.5833333|||01/01/1967|A mountain 2 mi NNW of Mount Albion in the Athos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos.  Named for A.J. O'Shea, assistant diesel mechanic at Mawson Station in 1964.||
11184|O'Shea Peak|Summit|702600S|0663100E|-70.4333333|66.5166667|||01/01/1967|A small peak just S of Mount McCarthy in the eastern part of the Porthos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1956 and 1960.  Named for J.H. O'Shea, radio officer at Wilkes Station in 1962 and 1964 and at Macquarie Island in 1966.||
11185|Oshiage Beach|Beach|693800S|0392700E|-69.6333333|39.45|||01/01/1975|A beach on the NE side of Skallen Hills on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  The beach faces an inlet which lies between Skallen Hills and the terminus of Skallen Glacier.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62.  The name "Oshiage-hama" (raised beach) was applied by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1972.||
11186|Osicki Glacier|Glacier|844100S|1704500E|-84.6833333|170.75|||01/01/1966|A narrow, deeply entrenched glacier just S of Mount Deakin in the Commonwealth Range, flowing W into Beardmore Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Kenneth J. Osicki, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1963.||
11187|Oskeladden Rock|Summit|711800S|0112700E|-71.3|11.45|||01/01/1970|Rock lying 0.9 mi S of Pal Rock in the Arkticheskiy Institut Rocks, at the NW extremity of the Wohlthat Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and photographed by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped by Norway from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Oskeladden.||
11188|Osmic Hill|Summit|541900S|0363000W|-54.3166667|-36.5|305|1001|01/01/1956|Conspicuous rounded hill which rises abruptly from the surrounding plain to 305 m, marking the N limit of an undulating ridge of hills on the W side of Moraine Fjord, South Georgia. Roughly surveyed by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold. Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) following their sketch survey in 1951.  The name is one in a group in the vicinity of Discovery Point derived from the chemical fixatives used there in biological work by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).||
11191|Osøya|Island|692700S|0393700E|-69.45|39.6166667|||01/01/1968|Island in the middle of Osen Cove, which indents the N coast of Skarvsnes Foreland, on the E side of Lutzow-Holm Bay. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Osoya (the outlet island) in association with Osen Cove.||
11192|Mount Ostenso|Summit|781800S|0861100W|-78.3|-86.1833333|4180|13714|01/01/1960|A mountain (4,180 m) 2 mi S of Mount Giovinetto in the main ridge of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  First mapped by the Marie Byrd Land Traverse Party (1957-58) led by C.R. Bentley, and named for Ned A. Ostenso, traverse seismologist at Byrd Station (1957) and a member of the party.||
11194|Osterrieth Range|Range|644000S|0631500W|-64.6666667|-63.25|||01/01/1960|Mountain range extending in a NE-SW direction along the SE coast of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache, and named by him for Mme. Ernest Osterrieth, a patron of the expedition.||
11196|Östliche Petermann Range|Range|712600S|0124400E|-71.4333333|12.7333333|||01/01/1970|One of the Petermann Ranges, trending in a N-S direction for 15 mi from Per Spur to Gornyy Inzhenery Kocks, in the Wohlthat Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39, and so named by them for its eastern location in the Petermann Ranges.||
11198|Ostryy Point|Summit|695500S|0120000E|-69.9166667|12|||01/01/1970|A projecting point of the ice shelf that fringes the coast of Queen Maud Land.  The feature forms the W side of the entrance to Leningradskiy Bay.  Mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1959 and named Mys Ostryy (angular point).||
11199|Osuga Glacier|Glacier|723400S|1665500E|-72.5666667|166.9166667|||01/01/1970|A tributary glacier flowing NE to Trafalgar Glacier just E of Mount Burton, in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for David T. Osuga, biologist at McMurdo Station, 1966-67.||
11200|O'Sullivan Peak|Summit|712600S|0620600W|-71.4333333|-62.1|1765|5791|01/01/1953|Ice-covered peak, 1,765 m, which forms the highest point and is near the S end of a N-S trending ice-covered ridge, standing 11 mi W of the N arm of Odom Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  The peak was photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in December 1940, and was probably seen by the expedition's ground party that explored this coast.  First charted by a joint party consisting of members of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) and the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947. Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for T.P. O'Sullivan, a member of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) at the Hope Bay base in 1946-47.||
11201|Otago Glacier|Glacier|823200S|1611000E|-82.5333333|161.1666667|||01/01/1966|Glacier about 20 mi long draining the NE side of Mount Markham and entering Nimrod Glacier just E of Svaton Peaks. Named by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for Otago University, New Zealand.||
11202|Otago Spur|Ridge|844500S|1141000W|-84.75|-114.1666667||||A small spur projecting northward from the Buckeye Table, W of Discovery Ridge, Ohio Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1958-59.  The spur was studied by a New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) geological party, 1983-84, and named after Otago University, the alma mater of Jonathan Aitchison, a member of the field party.||
11204|Mount Otis|Summit|750500S|1361300W|-75.0833333|-136.2166667|||01/01/1974|A small rocky summit along the N side of Kirkpatrick Glacier.  The feature is 1.5 mi SW of Mount Sinha at the SE margin of Erickson Bluffs in McDonald Heights, Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Jack Otis, member of the biological party that made population studies of seals, whales, and birds in the pack ice of the Bellingshausen and Amundsen Seas using U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Southwind and its two helicopters, 1971-72.||01/05/2021
11205|Otlet Glacier|Glacier|654800S|0643800W|-65.8|-64.6333333|||01/01/1971|Glacier 9 mi long, flowing along the S side of Fontaine Heights to the W coast of Graham Land.  Roughly charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  More accurately mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Paul Otlet (1868-1944), Belgian documentalist, co-founder of the Institut International de Bibliographie at Brussels, 1895, and of the Universal Decimal Classification.  He was a pioneer of the rational organization of polar information by an international classification scheme.||
11207|Otome Point|Summit|680800S|0423600E|-68.1333333|42.6|||01/01/1975|A point 2 mi SW of Cape Hinode on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62.  The name "Otomenohana" or "Otome-no-hana" (girl's nose) was applied by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1973.||
11208|Ottehallet Slope|Slope|721200S|0001300W|-72.2|-.2166667|||01/01/1966|An ice slope between Straumsvola Mountain and Brekkerista Ridge in the Sverdrup Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Ottehallet (the early-morning slope).||
11210|Otter Highlands|Area|803800S|0300000W|-80.6333333|-30||||A group of peaks and ridges extending NW-SE for 17 mi from Mount Lowe to Wyeth Heights, located W of Blaiklock Glacier and forming the W end of the Shackleton Range.  Surveyed by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) in 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1972 after the de Havilland Otter aircraft which supported the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE).||
11211|Otter Plain|Plain|713000S|0073000E|-71.5|7.5|||01/01/1967|An ice plain between Sigurd Knolls on the N and the Muhlig-Hofmann and Drygalski Mountains on the S, in Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named after the Otter aircraft used by the expedition.||
11212|Otter Rock|Summit|633800S|0591200W|-63.6333333|-59.2|||01/01/1964|A high distinctive rock lying 3 mi N of Notter Point, Trinity Peninsula.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the Otter aircraft used by British Antarctic Survey (BAS).||04/12/2001
11217|Otway Massif|Range|852700S|1720000E|-85.45|172|||01/01/1966|A prominent, mainly ice-free massif, about 10 mi long and 7 mi wide, standing at the NW end of the Grosvenor Mountains at the confluence of Mill Glacier and Mill Stream Glacier.  Surveyed and named by the Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for P.M. Otway, who had wintered over at Scott Base and was a member of this party and the Northern Party during the summer of 1960-61.||
11218|Ouellette Island|Island|644720S|0642353W|-64.7888889|-64.3980556|||01/01/1975|Island 0.5 mile west of Howard Island in southern Joubin Islands.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gerald L. Ouellette, Chief Engineer in the Hero in her first voyage to Antarctica and Palmer Station in 1968.||09/26/2014
11219|Outback Nunataks|Summit|723000S|1603000E|-72.5|160.5|||01/01/1970|A series of bare rock nunataks and mountains which are distributed over an area about 40 mi long by 20 mi wide.  The group lies S of Emlen Peaks of the Usarp Mountains and W of Monument Nunataks and upper Rennick Glacier, adjacent to the featureless interior plateau.  Discovered by the U.S. Victoria Land Traverse party, 1959-60, and mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-64.  So named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for their remote position at the posterior side of the large mountain belt that extends from the Ross Sea to the interior ice plateau.||
11220|Outcast Islands|Island|644900S|0640800W|-64.8166667|-64.1333333|||01/01/1963|Two small islands, nearly 0.5 mi apart, and a number of surrounding rocks lying 2 mi SW of Bonaparte Point, off the SW coast of Anvers Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following a survey in 1955 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  The name arose because of their isolated position some distance from the other islands in the vicinity of Arthur Harbor.||
11221|Outer Island|Island|604300S|0453500W|-60.7166667|-45.5833333|||01/01/1953|Island fringed by submerged rocks, lying 0.3 mi E of Berntsen Point on the E side of Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted in 1933 by DI personnel on the Discovery II, and so named because of its position close outside the entrance to Borge Bay.||
11222|Outer Lee Island|Island|540200S|0371400W|-54.0333333|-37.2333333|||01/01/1953|Small island 1.5 mi NNW of Bellingshausen Point, lying in the outer part of the Bay of Isles, South Georgia.  This island was charted in 1912-13 by Robert Cushman Murphy, American naturalist aboard the brig Daisy, who included it as one of two islands which he called the Lee Islands.  These islands were recharted in 1929-30 by DI personnel, who renamed this northeastern of the two, Outer Lee Island.  The southwestern island is now known as Inner Lee Island.||
11223|Outer Moraine Reef|Bar|540600S|0370800W|-54.1|-37.1333333|||01/01/1965|A reef extending from Alert Point to Steep Point in Possession Bay, South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1931 British Admiralty chart.||
11224|Outlaw Rock|Bar|675300S|0685300W|-67.8833333|-68.8833333|||01/01/1964|Isolated rock, awash at low tide, lying W of the Dion Islands off the S end of Adelaide Island.  First charted by the Royal Navy (RN) Hydrographic Survey Unit in 1963.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because of its isolation.||
11225|Outlook Peak|Summit|855900S|1505000W|-85.9833333|-150.8333333|||01/01/1970|A low peak that rises steeply 2 mi SE of Mount Zanuck in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  So named by members of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1969-70, who obtained a good view of the next stage of their route from here.||
11227|Outpost Nunataks|Summit|755000S|1581200E|-75.8333333|158.2|||01/01/1966|Three aligned nunataks standing 4 mi SW of Brimstone Peak in the Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by the Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, and presumably named by the party because of the position of the nunataks near the edge of the polar plateau.||
11228|Outrider Nunatak|Summit|692800S|1562300E|-69.4666667|156.3833333|1250|4101|01/01/1973|A prominent nunatak (1,250 m) in the north-central portion of the Arkhangel'skiy Nunataks.  The feature was photographed from aircraft of U.S. Navy Operation Highjump on Jan. 4, 1947. The summit of the nunatak was intersected by members of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Topo West Traverse, 1962-63.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, presumably because of its forward position in the group.||
11229|Ovbratten Peak|Summit|724700S|0034400W|-72.7833333|-3.7333333|||01/01/1966|A steep, pyramidal rock peak about 2 mi SW of Hogfonna Mountain, in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Ovbratten.||
11231|Ove Peak|Summit|721100S|0032700W|-72.1833333|-3.45|||01/01/1966|The northernmost peak in the group at the W side of Wilson Saddle, near the SW end of Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named for Ove Wilson, medical officer with Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE).||
11232|Overflow Glacier|Glacier|774725S|1631106E|-77.790293|163.185078|||01/01/1962|Steep tributary glacier spilling into Ferrar Glacier from the S, just E of Briggs Hill, in Victoria Land.  Given this descriptive name by the Western Journey Party, led by Taylor, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
11233|Mount Overlook|Summit|712800S|1632600E|-71.4666667|163.4333333|2010|6594||A mostly snow-covered mountain rising to c. 2,010 m and overlooking the middle portion of Sledgers Glacier from the north, in the Bowers Mountains (q.v.).  The feature was so named by M.G. Laird, leader of a New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) geological party to the area, 1981-82, because the party obtained an excellent view from the summit.||
11234|Mount Overlord|Summit|731000S|1643600E|-73.1666667|164.6|3395|11138|01/01/1964|A very large mountain (3,395 m) which is an extinct volcano, situated at the NW limit of Deception Plateau and just E of the head of Aviator Glacier, in Victoria Land.  So named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, because it "overlords" lesser peaks in the area.||
11235|Overton Peak|Summit|694100S|0715800W|-69.6833333|-71.9666667|550|1804||A peak in the Desko Mountains (q.v.), rising to c. 550 m at the SE end of Rothschild Island.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Commander Robert H. Overton, USCG, Executive Officer, U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Westwind, U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1971.||
11237|Oviedo Cove|Bay|641300S|0563500W|-64.2166667|-56.5833333||||A cove at the NE end of Seymour Island, SE of Cape Wiman. The cove was named "Caleta Oviedo" in 1979 after an Argentine sailor who died in the Antarctic.  Applied by the names commission, Argentine Ministry of Defense.||
11239|Øvrevollen Bluff|Cliff|721100S|0034500E|-72.1833333|3.75|||01/01/1966|A rock and ice bluff just S of Festninga Mountain in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Ovrevollen (the upper wall).||
11241|Mount Owen|Summit|742500S|0623000W|-74.4166667|-62.5|1105|3625|01/01/1947|Mountain, 1,105 m, standing 2 mi NW of Kelsey Cliff at the S side of Johnston Glacier, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  This mountain was photographed from the air in December 1940 by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), and in 1947 by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted it from the ground.  Named by Ronne for Arthur Owen, trail man with the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE).||
11242|Owen Hills|Range|834400S|1695000E|-83.7333333|169.8333333|||01/01/1966|An area of rugged ice-covered hills on the W side of Beardmore Glacier, between Socks and Evans Glaciers, in the Queen Alexandra Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for George Owen, Special Assistant for Antarctica in the Department of State, 1959-62.||
11243|Owen Island|Island|615600S|0582600W|-61.9333333|-58.4333333|||01/01/1953|Island lying between Round Point and Pottinger Point close off the N coast of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted and named in 1935 by DI personnel on the Discovery II.||
11244|Owen Peak|Summit|715300S|0630800W|-71.8833333|-63.1333333|||01/01/1966|A peak standing inland from Hilton Inlet, eastern Palmer Land, on the S side of Gruening Glacier.  Discovered from the air during a flight of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (1947-48) on Nov. 21, 1947, and named "Mount Russell Owen" after the New York Times correspondent with the first Byrd Antarctic Expedition, 1928-30. The name was later shortened and changed to its present form by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN).||
11245|Owen Ridge|Ridge|795000S|0845000W|-79.8333333|-84.8333333|3200|10499|01/01/1975|A very high and rugged mountain ridge, 22 mi long, which forms the southwesternmost element of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  It extends SSE from Mount Strybing (3,200 m) and includes Mount Southwick and Lishness Peak.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1957-60. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1974) for Thomas B. Owen, Assistant Director of National and International Programs, National Science Foundation.||
11246|Owen Shoals|Bar|535800S|0380700W|-53.9666667|-38.1166667|||01/01/1964|Area of shoals 2.5 mi NW of the NW extremity of Bird Island, South Georgia.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Owen, which surveyed the feature in 1960-61.||
11247|Owlshead Peak|Summit|661900S|0654900W|-66.3166667|-65.8166667|||01/01/1965|Peak 1.5 mi E of Cape Bellue on the W coast of Graham Land. Photographed by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) in 1956-57.  The name is descriptive of the feature when seen from Crystal Sound and Darbel Bay.||
11249|Owston Islands|Island|662300S|0660600W|-66.3833333|-66.1|||01/01/1965|A group of small islands lying 1 mi W of Darbel Islands in Crystal Sound.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1958-59).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for P.G. Owston, British crystallographer who has interpreted x-ray diffraction work on ice in terms of structure and movement of molecules.||
11250|Oyako Islands|Island|682800S|0412400E|-68.4666667|41.4|||01/01/1968|Two small islands, one very tiny, lying immediately N of Cape Akarui on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Oyako-shima (parent and child islands).||
11251|Oyayubi Island|Island|691400S|0394000E|-69.2333333|39.6666667|||01/01/1975|A narrow rock island 1.5 mi long.  It lies close off Langhovde Hills, 2 mi S of Mount Choto, in eastern Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62.  The name "Oyayubi-jima" (thumb island) was given by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1972 in association with Oyayubi Point (thumb point), the southern point of this island.||12/06/1996
11252|Oyayubi Point|Summit|691500S|0393900E|-69.25|39.65|||01/01/1975|A rocky point marking the southern end of Oyayubi Island which lies close off Langhovde Hills, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62.  The name "Oyayubi-misaki" (thumb point) was given by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1972 in association with Cape Nakayubi, which lies immediately northward.||
11253|Mount oydeholmen|Summit|672400S|0554100E|-67.4|55.6833333|||01/01/1947|Mostly ice-covered mountain standing 4 mi W of Rayner Peak, southward of Edward VIII Bay in Enderby Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Oydeholmen (the desolate islet).||
11254|Øygarden Group|Island|665800S|0572500E|-66.9666667|57.4166667|||01/01/1965|Group of rocky, irregular islands which extends about 11 mi in an E-W direction, lying in the S part of the entrance to Edward VlII Bay.  First sighted in February 1936 by DI personnel on the William Scoresby, and considered by them to be part of the mainland.  They were charted as islands by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition in January-February 1937, and named Oygarden, a descriptive term for a protective chain of islands lying along and off the coast.||
11256|Ozhidaniya Cove|Bay|704400S|0113900E|-70.7333333|11.65|||01/01/1970|A cove 0.5 mi E of Tyuleniy Point on the N side of Schirmacher Hills, Queen Maud Land.  Nadezhdy Island lies across the mouth of the cove.  Mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1961 and named Zaliv Ozhidaniya (anticipation cove).||
11257|Paal Harbor|Harbor|604300S|0453600W|-60.7166667|-45.6|||01/01/1953|Small bay 0.5 mi S of Borge Bay along the E side of Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  The name appears on a map based upon a running survey of the South Orkney Islands in 1912-13 by Norwegian whaling captain Petter Sorlle.||
11258|Pabellón Island|Island|641900S|0625700W|-64.3166667|-62.95|||01/01/1963|The southernmost of two islands which lie close off the N tip of Omega Island and mark the S side of the western entrance to Andersen Harbor in the Melchior Islands, Palmer Archipelago. The island was roughly surveyed by DI personnel in 1927.  Named by the Argentine expedition during a survey of these islands in 1946-47.  They erected a mast on this island from which they flew the Argentine national colors (pabellon).||
11260|Pacific Point|Summit|561900S|0273600W|-56.3166667|-27.6|||01/01/1956|Small rounded point on the NW side of Zavodovski Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  It was named Low Point by DI personnel following their survey in 1930, but that name has been changed because it has also been used for several other features in the vicinity.  Pacific Point was recommended in 1953 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) and is named for the American schooner Pacific which, under Captain James Brown, visited Zavodovski Island in 1830, making a landing there.||
11261|Packard Glacier|Glacier|772017S|1620910E|-77.338036|162.152877|||01/01/1964|Glacier just W of Purgatory Peak in the Saint Johns Range of Victoria Land, flowing S into Victoria Valley.  Mapped and named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1958-59, for Andrew Packard, summer biologist who worked in this area with the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) in 1957-58.||
11262|Padda Island|Island|693900S|0382000E|-69.65|38.3333333|||01/01/1962|Island lying near the W side of the entrance to Havsbotn in Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Padda (the toad) because of its shape.||
11264|Pagano Nunatak|Summit|834100S|0874000W|-83.6833333|-87.6666667|1830|6004|01/01/1962|A notable rock nunatak with a pointed summit (1,830 m) which stands in relative isolation, 8 mi E of Hart Hills and 80 mi NNE of Ford Massif, Thiel Mountains.  The nunatak was examined and sketched by Edward Thiel in the course of an airlifted seismic traverse along meridian 88W in the 1959-60 season.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Chief Warrant Officer Gerald Pagano (d.1981), USA, assistant for plans and operations on the staff of the Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, 1960-65; staff member, Center for Polar Archives, National Archives, 1972-81.||
11265|Cape Page|Cape|635500S|0601800W|-63.9166667|-60.3|||01/01/1960|Cape lying 13 mi SW of Cape Kater on the W coast of Graham Land.  Roughly shown by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, 1901-04.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1955-57 and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Sir Frederick H. Page, pioneer aircraft designer and president of the Royal Aeronautical Society, 1945-47.||
11266|Pageant Point|Summit|604400S|0453600W|-60.7333333|-45.6|||01/01/1956|The central and highest of three ice-free points at the E end of Gourlay Peninsula on Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Surveyed in 1933 by DI personnel, and resurveyed in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  The name, given by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), derives from the penguin rookery there, with its associated pageantry.||
11267|Page Bluff|Cliff|693800S|0661100W|-69.6333333|-66.1833333|1250|4101||A bluff rising to c. 1,250 m at the E end of Crescent Scarp (q.v.) in northern Palmer Land.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1940, and surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1958.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 after John H. Page, geodesist, U.S. Army Topographic Command (later Defense Mapping Agency, Hydrographic/Topographic Center), Scientific Leader, Palmer Station, winter party 1969.||
11269|Mount Paget|Summit|542600S|0363300W|-54.4333333|-36.55|2935|9629|01/01/1952|Saddle-shaped mountain, 2,935 m, marking the summit of the Allardyce Range in the central part of South Georgia.  This feature was known to early sealers and whalers at South Georgia, and the name has long been established through general usage.||
11270|Paget Glacier|Glacier|542400S|0362800W|-54.4|-36.4666667|||01/01/1956|Glacier in South Georgia, 4 mi long and 1 mi wide, which flows NE from the N slopes of Mount Paget into the W side of Nordenskjold Glacier.  Roughly surveyed in 1928-29 by a German expedition under Kohl-Larsen, and resurveyed in 1951-52 by the South Georgia Survey (SGS).  The name, which is derived from nearby Mount Paget, was given by the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52.||
11272|Pagoda Peak|Summit|835600S|1664500E|-83.9333333|166.75|3040|9974|01/01/1966|A sharp peak, 3,040 m, between the heads of Tillite and Montgomerie Glaciers, 3 mi N of Mount Mackellar in Queen Alexandra Range.  So named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) because of its shape.||
11273|Pagoda Ridge|Ridge|715300S|0683300W|-71.8833333|-68.55|||01/01/1975|A ridge with a small peak resembling a pagoda at the summit, located between Phobos Ridge and Deimos Ridge on the N side of Saturn Glacier, in SE Alexander Island.  The feature was mapped from trimetrogon air photography taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and from survey by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1948-50.  This descriptive name was applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC).||
11274|Pagodroma Gorge|Valley|705000S|0680800E|-70.8333333|68.1333333|||01/01/1971|A steep-sided gorge 3 mi long which joins Radok and Beaver Lakes, in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Photographed from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  The gorge was traveled by A. Medvecky, Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) geologist in Jan.-Feb., 1969.  Named by ANCA after the Snow Petrels (Pagodroma nivea) which nest in the weathered sandstone walls of the gorge.||
11275|Mount Paige|Summit|762000S|1444200W|-76.3333333|-144.7|||01/01/1966|A mountain 3 mi W of Mount Carbone in the Phillips Mountains, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered and mapped from air photos taken by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1928-30).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for David Paige, artist with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1933-35).||
11276|Mount Paine|Summit|864600S|1473200W|-86.7666667|-147.5333333|3330|10925|01/01/1947|A massive, flat-topped mountain, 3,330 m, forming a buttress-type projection of the western part of the La Gorce Mountains, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn, and named by Byrd for Stuart D.L. Paine, navigator and radio operator of that party.||
11277|Paine Ridge|Ridge|715000S|1620000E|-71.8333333|162|||01/01/1970|A saber-shaped ridge largely composed of bare rock, extending southward from DeGoes Cliff at the SW end of the Morozumi Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Roland D. Paine, Public Information Officer, National Science Foundation, who worked at McMurdo Station, 1960-61 and 1968-69.||
11278|Pain Mesa|Summit|730800S|1630000E|-73.1333333|163|||01/01/1967|A large mesa just N of Tobin Mesa in the Mesa Range, Victoria Land.  Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, for Kevin Pain, deputy leader of this party.||
11279|Pain Névé|Glacier|843600S|1742000E|-84.6|174.3333333|||01/01/1966|A neve between Commonwealth Range and Hughes Range from which the Keltie Glacier drains southwestward to enter Beardmore Glacier.  Named by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for Kevin Pain, field assistant with the party.||
11281|Painted Cliffs|Cliff|835000S|1622000E|-83.8333333|162.3333333|||01/01/1966|An irregular line of cliffs which extend SW from Mount Picciotto and mark the SE edge of Prince Andrew Plateau.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) because of the colored sedimentary and igneous rock layers exposed on the face of the cliffs.||
11283|Painted Peak|Summit|674500S|0625100E|-67.75|62.85|710|2329|01/01/1965|Prominent peak, 710 m, on the northern spur of the North Masson Range in the Framnes Mountains, Mac. Robertson Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party in 1955, and so named because of its conspicuous red-brown coloring.||
11284|Painted Peak|Summit|722700S|1634500E|-72.45|163.75||||A peak rising from the N part of Russet Hills in the Gallipoli Heights, Freyberg Mountains.  Descriptively named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) on the proposal of P.J. Oliver, New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) geologist who studied the feature, 1981-82.  Ignimbrite and dacite breccia cut by dikes of andesite and dacite give the peak many colors.||
11285|Mount Paish|Summit|665100S|0524800E|-66.85|52.8|||01/01/1965|Mountain 1.5 mi E of Mount Torckler and 27 mi SW of Stor Hanakken Mountain in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1957.  Named by ANCA for P.G. Paish, weather observer at Wilkes Station in 1961.||
11287|Palais Glacier|Glacier|775737S|1613906E|-77.960281|161.651761|||01/01/1995|A broad glacier, about 8 mi long, flowing N between Wilkniss Mountains and Colwell Massif to enter Ferrar Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1994 after Julie Michelle Palais, glaciologist, who conducted field research in Antarctica during five seasons at Dome Charlie and Mount Erebus, 1978-89; from 1991, Program Director for Polar Glaciology, Office of Polar Programs, NSF; from 1994, member of the U.S. Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names.||
11288|Palaver Point|Summit|640900S|0614500W|-64.15|-61.75|||01/01/1960|Point on the W side of Two Hummock Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Photographed by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) in 1955-57.  The name arose because the feature is the site of a penguin rookery, with its attendant ceaseless noise resembling the profuse and idle discussion denoted by the word "palaver."||
11289|Palestrina Glacier|Glacier|692100S|0713500W|-69.35|-71.5833333|||01/01/1961|Glacier in the N part of Alexander Island, 11 mi long and 8 mi wide, flowing W from Nichols Snowfield into Lazarev Bay. Mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Giovanni da Palestrina (1525-1594), Italian composer.||
11290|Palets Rock|Summit|704600S|0113600E|-70.7666667|11.6|||01/01/1970|An isolated rock which rises above the ice midway between Aerodromnaya Hill and the Schirmacher Hills, in Queen Maud Land. First photographed from the air and roughly mapped by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Remapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1961 and named Skala Palets (toe rock).||04/12/2001
11291|Palindrome Buttress|Cliff|710600S|0702700W|-71.1|-70.45|905|2969|01/01/1961|Conspicuous rock buttress, 905 m, marking the S end of the N group of Walton Mountains, Alexander Island.  First seen from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth on Nov. 23, 1935, and roughly mapped from photos obtained on that flight by W.L.G. Joerg.  Remapped in greater detail from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because the characteristic shape of the buttress is recognizable at a considerable distance from all quarters.||
11292|Palisade Nunatak|Summit|640400S|0581500W|-64.0666667|-58.25|||01/01/1964|A substantial rock nunatak just N of Rohss Bay and 2 mi SE of Hidden Lake on James Ross Island.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61).  This distinctive ridge-backed nunatak with vertical columnar structure is the largest outcrop of hard intrusive rock on James Ross Island.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for its resemblance to a palisade.||
11293|The Palisades|Cliff|825000S|1591000E|-82.8333333|159.1666667|||01/01/1966|A steep escarpment at the W side of Cotton Plateau in the Queen Elizabeth Range, overlooking Marsh and Nimrod Glaciers. Seen by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) and so named because of the resemblance to a protective wall at the junction of two rivers.||
11294|Palisade Valley|Valley|794700S|1582600E|-79.7833333|158.4333333|1000|3281|01/01/1968|Valley about 2 mi long and 1,000 m high, dominated for its entire length by a large dolerite sill, situated at the SW side of Pleasant Plateau and 3 mi NE of Bastion Hill in the Brown Hills.  Explored by Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1962-63, and so named because of resemblance to the Palisades bordering the Hudson River near New York.||
11295|Pallas Peak|Summit|720600S|0694300W|-72.1|-69.7166667|||01/01/1975|A steep triangular peak which forms part of an impressive ridge midway between Ceres Nunataks and Stephenson Nunatak, in southern Alexander Island.  The western face of the peak is seamed with many gullies, but the eastern side has a gentle slope of snow and rock.  Mapped by Directorate of Overseas Surveys from satellite imagery supplied by U.S. National Aeronautics and Space Administration in cooperation with U.S. Geological Survey.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after one of the asteroids lying between the orbits of Mars and Jupiter.||
11296|Pallid Peak|Summit|843700S|1784900W|-84.6166667|-178.8166667|1500|4921||A small peak (1,500 m) along the W side of Kosco Glacier, 7 mi SW of McGinnis Peak, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  The descriptive name was proposed by Edmund Stump of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Ohio State University party which geologically mapped the peak on Dec. 3, 1970. Composed entirely of white crystalline marble, the Peak lacks contrast with the snow that skirts it to a high level.||
11298|Mount Palmer|Summit|714600S|0983200W|-71.7666667|-98.5333333|||01/01/1968|An ice-covered mountain, visible from seaward, surmounting the N end of Noville Peninsula on Thurston Island.  Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James Troxall Palmer, acting surgeon on the ship Relief and later on the sloop of war Peacock of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) under Wilkes, 1838-42, and later Surgeon-General of the Navy.||01/28/2004
11299|Palmer Archipelago|Island|641500S|0625000W|-64.25|-62.8333333|||01/01/1947|Group of islands extending from Tower Island in the N to Anvers Island in the S, lying NW of Antarctic Peninsula, from which it is separated by Gerlache Strait.  Named by Gerlache, leader of the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, for Captain Nathaniel Palmer who navigated these waters in 1820.||
11300|Palmer Bay|Bay|603700S|0452000W|-60.6166667|-45.3333333|||01/01/1947|Bay 1 mi wide, lying immediately W of Crown Head on the N coast of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands. Discovered in December 1821 in the course of a joint cruise by Captain George Powell, a British sealer in the sloop Dove and Captain Nathaniel Palmer, an American sealer in the sloop James Monroe.  Named for Captain Palmer.||
11303|Palmer Inlet|Stream|711500S|0611000W|-71.25|-61.1666667|||01/01/1952|Ice-filled inlet 7 mi long, lying between Cape Bryant and Cape Musselman along the E coast of Palmer Land.  Essentially rectangular in shape, it is bordered by almost vertical cliffs. Discovered by members of East Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) who explored this coast by land and from the air in 1940.  Named for Robert Palmer, assistant to the meteorologist at the East Base.||
11305|Palmer Land|Area|713000S|0650000W|-71.5|-65|||01/01/1964|That portion of the Antarctic Peninsula which lies south of a line joining Cape Jeremy and Cape Agassiz.  This application of Palmer Land is consistent with the 1964 agreement between Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) and UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), in which the name Antarctic Peninsula was approved for the major peninsula of Antarctica, and the names Graham Land and Palmer Land for the northern and southern portions, respectively.  This feature is named after Captain Nathaniel B. Palmer, American sealer who explored the Antarctic Peninsula area southward of Deception Island in the Hero in November 1820.||
11307|Palmer Point|Summit|694300S|0740200E|-69.7166667|74.0333333|||01/01/1971|A rock point on the coast of Antarctica, about 2 mi W of Strover Peak and 8 mi WNW of Mount Caroline Mikkelsen. Photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Visited by I.R. McLeod, geologist with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey party, 1969.  Named by ANCA for J. Palmer, helicopter pilot with Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Nella Dan) in 1968.||
11310|Mount Palombo|Summit|772900S|1431200W|-77.4833333|-143.2|1030|3379|01/01/1970|A mountain (1,030 m) marking the NE end of the Mackay Mountains, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Robert A. Palombo, U.S. Navy (USN), aircraft commander during Operation Deep Freeze 1968.||
11311|Palosuo Islands|Island|653700S|0660500W|-65.6166667|-66.0833333|||01/01/1971|Group of small islands and rocks lying 1.5 mi N of Maurstad Point, off the W side of Renaud Island in the Biscoe Islands. First accurately shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Erkki Palosuo, Finnish oceanographer who has specialized in sea ice studies.||
11312|Pål Rock|Summit|711800S|0112600E|-71.3|11.4333333|||01/01/1970|Rock lying between Per and Oskeladden Rocks in the Arkticheskiy Institut Rocks at the NW extremity of the Wohlthat Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and photographed by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped by Norway from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Pal (Paul).||
11313|Mount Palsson|Summit|672000S|0653200W|-67.3333333|-65.5333333|1190|3904|01/01/1975|A large and conspicuous mountain rising to 1,190 m.  The feature is located at the N end of Whirlwind Inlet between Flint Glacier and Demorest Glacier on the E coast of Graham Land.  The mountain was photographed by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Sveinn Palsson (1762-1840), Icelandic naturalist who carried out pioneer work on glaciers and ice caps in Iceland.||
11315|Pampa Island|Island|642000S|0621000W|-64.3333333|-62.1666667|475|1558|01/01/1965|An island 1.5 mi long and 475 m high, which lies off the E coast of Brabant Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  The island lies 1 mi NE of Pinel Point and is separated from Brabant Island by the southern part of Pampa Passage.  First roughly charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99.  Named by the Argentine expedition of 1947-48 in association with Pampa Passage.||
11316|Pampa Passage|Channel|641800S|0621000W|-64.3|-62.1666667|||01/01/1965|A ship passage along the east side of Brabant Island, trending southwestward between the latter island and off-lying Lecointe Island and Pampa Island.  The name "Bahia Pampa" was given by the Argentine Antarctic expedition of 1947-48 after the term passage is considered apt for this feature.||
11317|Pampero Pass|Gap|693100S|0680700W|-69.5166667|-68.1166667|750|2461||A snow pass at c. 750 m, running N-S between Mount Edgell and Mistral Ridge in NW Palmer Land.  The pass provides a sledge route between Wordie Ice Shelf and Eureka Glacier.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with other wind names in the area.  Pampero is the cold wind that blows from the S Andes to the Atlantic Ocean.||
11320|Pandemonium Point|Summit|604500S|0454000W|-60.75|-45.6666667|||01/01/1956|Point marking the S end of a sharp ice-free ridge which forms the S extremity of Signy Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Surveyed in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and so named by them because of the ceaseless noise from the penguin rookeries on the W side of the ridge close N of the point.||
11321|Pandora Spire|Pillar|774709S|1611400E|-77.785752|161.233369|1670|5479|01/01/1964|Sharply pointed feature, 1,670 m, the highest in the Solitary Rocks, on the N side of Taylor Glacier in Victoria Land. Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58.||
11322|Pan Glacier|Glacier|684800S|0642400W|-68.8|-64.4|||01/01/1962|A glacier 7 mi long, flowing N and terminating at the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula 2 mi SW of Victory Nunatak.  The lower part of the glacier was plotted by W.L.G. Joerg from air photos taken by Lincoln Ellsworth in Nov. 1935.  The glacier was subsequently photographed by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (Trimetrogon air photography) in Dec. 1947, and roughly surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in Dec. 1958.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Pan, god of the shepherds in Greek mythology.||
11323|Panhard Nunatak|Summit|634200S|0581700W|-63.7|-58.2833333|||01/01/1964|The nearest nunatak to the coast on the north side of Russell East Glacier, Trinity Peninsula.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Rene Panhard (1841-1908), French engineer who in 1891 was jointly responsible with E. Levassor for a motor car design which originated the principles on which most subsequent developments were based.||
11325|Pankratz Bay|Bay|732700S|1263800W|-73.45|-126.6333333|||01/01/1966|A bay in the western end of Siple Island, off the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  The bay is just south of Lovill Bluff and opens on Wrigley Gulf.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Leroy M. Pankratz, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geomagnetician and seismologist at Byrd Station in 1965.||
11326|Panorama Peak|Summit|773641S|1612423E|-77.611379|161.406283|||01/01/1976|A rock peak 0.5 mi N of Mount Thundergut on the ridge extending to Plane Table, in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land. The name applied by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) presumably alludes to excellent views available from the summit.||04/15/2004
11327|Panorama Point|Summit|824900S|1591000E|-82.8166667|159.1666667|||01/01/1966|Point surmounted by a small hill on the NW side of Cotton Plateau, overlooking the junction of Marsh and Nimrod Glaciers. So named by the Holyoake, Cobham and Queen Elizabeth Ranges party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1964-65) because it affords an excellent view.||
11329|Panther Cliff|Cliff|662300S|0653600W|-66.3833333|-65.6|||01/01/1965|Conspicuous cliff at the NE corner of Darbel Bay, just N of the mouth of Cardell Glacier, on the W coast of Graham Land. Photographed by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) in 1956-57.  The name is descriptive of the appearance of the cliff, which is a landmark for parties sledging in Darbel Bay.||
11330|Pantomime Point|Summit|604400S|0453600W|-60.7333333|-45.6|||01/01/1956|The northernmost of three ice-free points at the E end of Gourlay Peninsula on Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands. Surveyed in 1933 by DI personnel, and resurveyed in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  The name, given by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), arose from the behavior observed in the penguin rookeries on Gourlay Peninsula.||
11331|Panzarini Hills|Range|821000S|0413000W|-82.1666667|-41.5|||01/01/1968|A group of hills lying N of San Martin Glacier and forming the N half of the Argentina Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Admiral Rodolfo N. Panzarini, Director of the Instituto Antartico Argentino in this period.||
11332|Papanin Nunataks|Summit|681300S|0501500E|-68.2166667|50.25|||01/01/1971|A small group of nunataks lying 11 mi E of Alderdice Peak in the Nye Mountains, Enderby Land.  Named by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) (1961-62) for Soviet polar expert Admiral Ivan D. Papanin.||
11333|Pape Rock|Summit|753200S|1590400E|-75.5333333|159.0666667|||01/01/1968|A lone rock at the S side of David Glacier, 3 mi NW of Shomo Rock, in the Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Bernard C. Pape, builder with the South Pole Station winter party, 1966.||
11334|Papua Beach|Beach|541500S|0363400W|-54.25|-36.5666667|||01/01/1956|Beach 1.5 mi long on the SE shore of Cumberland West Bay, South Georgia.  The name derives from "Papua Cove," now an obsolete name, applied for a minor recession of the shore of this beach by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, 1901-04, because a colony of gentoo penguins (Pygoscelis papua) was found there.  The cove was called "Pinguinbucht" on a 1907 chart by A. Szielasko, and the form Penguin Bay appears on some later charts. Following this survey in 1951-52, the South Georgia Survey (SGS) reported that the beach now described, rather than the cove or bay, is the significant feature for which a name is required.||
11336|Papua Island|Island|630700S|0555700W|-63.1166667|-55.95|||01/01/1964|Small circular island lying 4 mi W of Boreal Point, off the N coast of Joinville Island.  The name was applied by the Argentine Antarctic Expedition (1953-54) because large numbers of gentoo penguins (Pygoscelis papua) were sighted on this island.||
11338|Paradise Beach|Beach|545000S|0361000W|-54.8333333|-36.1666667|||01/01/1963|Small sealing beach 2.5 mi NW of Rogged Bay on the S coast of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57. The name is well established in local use.||
11340|Paradise Harbor|Harbor|645100S|0625400W|-64.85|-62.9|||01/01/1947|Wide embayment behind Lemaire and Bryde Islands, indenting the W coast of Graham Land between Duthiers and Leniz Points. The name was applied by whalers operating in this vicinity and was in use by 1920.||
11341|Paradise Ridge|Ridge|852700S|1571000W|-85.45|-157.1666667|||01/01/1970|A low ridge that parallels the coast at the head of Ross Ice Shelf, located E of Amundsen Glacier and midway between MacDonald Nunataks and O'Brien Peak.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  So named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1969-70, because the ridge is rather flat on top and provides easy traversing.||
11342|Paragon Point|Summit|653800S|0641700W|-65.6333333|-64.2833333|||01/01/1971|Small but prominent point on the SW side of Leroux Bay, 3 mi WSW of Eijkman Point on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959.||
11345|Parallactic Island|Island|673200S|0624600E|-67.5333333|62.7666667|||01/01/1965|The most northwesterly of the Parallactic Islands in Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  So named by ANCA because a photo-theodolite was erected on the island for parallactic measurement of the aurora by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1961.||
11346|Parallactic Islands|Island|673200S|0624600E|-67.5333333|62.7666667|||01/01/1965|Group of 6 small islands between the Azimuth and Kellas Islands in Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Named by ANCA after Parallactic Island, one of the group.||
11347|Parasite Bay|Bay|664600S|1413300E|-66.7666667|141.55|||01/01/1962|Small bay between Peage Island and the coastal angle formed by the W side of Cape Decouverte.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) in 1951 and named by them for the study of atmospheric parasites made here, and by analogy with Ionosphere Bay at the E side of Cape Decouverte.||
11348|Parasite Cone|Summit|730600S|1641800E|-73.1|164.3|||01/01/1967|A small parasite cone on the NW flank of Mount Overlord, 6.5 mi distant from the latter's summit, in the Mountaineer Range, Victoria Land.  Given this descriptive name by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63.||
11351|Mount Pardoe|Summit|670800S|0501100E|-67.1333333|50.1833333|790|2592|01/01/1965|Mountain, 790 m, between Wyers Ice Shelf and Priestley Peak on the shore of Amundsen Bay in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for Dr. R. Pardoe, medical officer at Mawson Station in 1961.||
11352|Pardoe Peak|Summit|732900S|0613800E|-73.4833333|61.6333333|||01/01/1970|The summit of the SW part of the Mount Menzies massif, located about 3.5 mi SW of the summit of Mount Menzies, in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos and surveys, 1957-61.  Named by ANCA for Dr. R. Pardoe, medical officer at Mawson Station, 1961.||
11354|Pardo Ridge|Ridge|610700S|0545100W|-61.1166667|-54.85|||01/01/1972|Ridge extending from The White Company in the W to Cape Valentine in the E end of Elephant Island, South Shetland Islands.  Mapped by U.K. Joint Services Expedition, 1970-71, and named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Captain Luis Pardo, commander of the Chilean tug Yelcho which rescued members of Shackleton's Endurance expedition from Elephant Island in August 1916.||
11355|Pardue Peak|Summit|790600S|0863000W|-79.1|-86.5|1840|6037|01/01/1966|The northernmost peak, 1,840 m, on Smith Ridge in the Founders Peaks, Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant A. Michael Pardue, (MC) USN, Flight Surgeon with Squadron VX-6 in Antarctica in 1960-61.||
11358|Paré Glacier|Glacier|640800S|0621300W|-64.1333333|-62.2166667|||01/01/1960|Glacier 7 mi long and 1 mi wide, flowing E and then NE into the head of Bouquet Bay on the NE side of Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Shown on an Argentine government chart in 1953, but not named.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos in 1959.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Ambroise Pare (1510-1590), French surgeon who first taught the importance of clean wound dressings, improved operative techniques and fracture treatment.||
11361|Mount Paris|Summit|685900S|0705000W|-68.9833333|-70.8333333|2800|9186|01/01/1961|Conspicuous mountain, c. 2,800 m, 4 mi SE of Mount Bayonne in N Alexander Island.  First mapped by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot, who named it for the French capital.  Resighted in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) and charted as mountains, but subsequent study of air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, has caused the name to be restricted to this single mountain.||
11363|Paris Peak|Summit|643000S|0632200W|-64.5|-63.3666667|1645|5397|01/01/1963|Conspicuous peak, 1,645 m, standing 4 mi NE of Mount Priam in the Trojan Range of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago. It is snow covered on the S side, but the N side is formed by sheer rock scarps.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955 and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Paris, son of Priam, whose abduction of Helen caused the Trojan War in Homer's Iliad.||
11364|Parizhskaya Kommuna Glacier|Glacier|713800S|0120400E|-71.6333333|12.0666667|||01/01/1970|Glacier, 8 mi long, draining NW between Zwiesel Mountain and Grakammen Ridge to Humboldt Graben in the Petermann Ranges, Wohlthat Mountains.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named Lednik Parizhskoy Kommuny (Paris commune glacier).||
11367|Mount Park|Summit|671400S|0510000E|-67.2333333|51|||01/01/1965|Mountain 3 mi W of Mount Tomlinson in the NE part of the Scott Mountains, Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for J.A. Park, a member of the crew of the Discovery during the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31.||
11368|Mount Parker|Summit|711500S|1680500E|-71.25|168.0833333|1260|4134|01/01/1950|A bluff-type mountain (1,260 m) along the W side of Nash Glacier in the Admiralty Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  The name Mount Parker was given to a mountain in this general vicinity by Captain James Ross, Royal Navy (RN), in 1840, honoring V. Admiral Sir William Parker, a senior naval lord of the Admiralty, 1834-41.  For the sake of historical continuity Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) has retained the name for this mountain.||
11369|Parker Bluff|Cliff|861700S|1453800W|-86.2833333|-145.6333333|||01/01/1967|A bold, rounded bluff at the S end of the California Plateau, overlooking Van Reeth Glacier about 5 mi E of Mount Blackburn, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John J. Parker, photographer with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 on Operation Deep Freeze 1966 and 1967.||
11370|Parker Glacier|Glacier|734700S|1653300E|-73.7833333|165.55|||01/01/1969|A valley glacier in the Mountaineer Range of Victoria Land which drains the area just E and NE of Mount Monteagle, and flows S to Lady Newnes Bay where it terminates in a floating glacier tongue adjacent to Andrus Point.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Anthony G.H. Parker, biologist at Hallett Station in 1963-64, and McMurdo Station, 1964-65 and 1966-67.||
11371|Parker Hill|Summit|683100S|0782600E|-68.5166667|78.4333333|135|443|01/01/1973|A hill exceeding 135 m, located just E of Lake Cowan in the E part of the Vestfold Hills.  The hill was the site of a wind-run pole erected by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party from Davis Station in 1969.  Named by ANCA for Dr. D. Parker, Officer-in-Charge and medical officer at Davis Station in 1969.||
11372|Parker Mesa|Summit|771518S|1605558E|-77.255025|160.932742|||01/01/1976|A prominent snow covered mesa 4 mi SE of Skew Peak, in the S part of Clare Range, Victoria Land.  This high, flattish feature was named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Bruce C. Parker, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist who conducted limnological studies at Antarctic Peninsula (1969-70) and in Victoria Land (1973-74 and 1974-75).||
11373|Parker Pass|Gap|755300S|1424800W|-75.8833333|-142.8|||01/01/1970|A broad ice-covered pass on the S side of Zuncich Hill in Marie Byrd Land.  It leads from the head of Siemiatkowski Glacier to the neve area lying SW of El-Sayed Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Dana C. Parker, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geophysicist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
11374|Parker Peak|Summit|721800S|0972400W|-72.3|-97.4|||01/01/1960|A peak of the Walker Mountains rising at the base of Evans Peninsula on Thurston Island.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 in January 1960.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Alton N. Parker, aviation pilot of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) in 1928-30.||01/28/2004
11375|Park Glacier|Glacier|742100S|1105000W|-74.35|-110.8333333|||01/01/1967|A glacier in the N part of Bear Peninsula, flowing to the sea along the W side of Gurnon Peninsula, on Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from air photos obtained by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Chung G. Park, an ionospheric physics researcher at Byrd Station, 1966.||
11376|Parkinson Peak|Summit|693300S|1590000E|-69.55|159|690|2264|01/01/1967|A pyramidal peak (690 m) near the coast in the north-central Wilson Hills.  It surmounts the N extremity of the ridge complex that is the divide between Tomilin and Noll Glaciers.  Visited in March 1961 by an airborne field party from the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Magga Dan, 1961) led by Phillip Law.  Named for W.D. Parkinson, geophysicist with the expedition.||
11378|Parks Glacier|Glacier|770700S|1255500W|-77.1166667|-125.9166667|||01/01/1962|A glacier draining southeastward from Weiss Amphitheater, a caldera in southern Mount Sidley, in the Executive Committee Range, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) on the Executive Committee Range Traverse of 1959.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Perry E. Parks, Jr., exploration geophysicist and assistant seismologist on the Marie Byrd Land Traverse, 1959-60.||
11379|Parmelee Massif|Range|705800S|0621000W|-70.9666667|-62.1666667|||01/01/1976|A rugged mountain massif standing W of the base of Imshaug Peninsula at the head of Lehrke Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for David F. Parmelee, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist who studied birds of the Antarctic pack ice ecosystems in the Antarctic Peninsula area from aboard icebreakers in 1972-73, 1973-74 and 1974-75.||
11380|Parochlus Lake|Lake|541000S|0364500W|-54.1666667|-36.75||||A shallow lake at the head of Karrakatta Valley, to the WNW of Husvik Harbor, South Georgia.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1990 after the midge Parochlus steinenii, whose larvae abound near the margins of the lake.||
11381|Parpen Crags|Cliff|603500S|0454900W|-60.5833333|-45.8166667|||01/01/1956|Precipitous, isolated rock face, near the head of Norway Bight on the S side of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following survey by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1948-50. Parpen is a term used in masonry to denote a stone extending through the thickness of a wall.||
11382|Cape Parr|Cape|811400S|1610400E|-81.2333333|161.0666667|||01/01/1947|A large snow-covered cape along the W side of the Ross Ice Shelf, about 8 mi S of Gentile Point.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) under Scott, who named it for Admiral Alfred Arthur Chase Parr, one of Scott's advisors who had served in Arctic exploration.||
11383|Parrish Peak|Summit|795500S|0820100W|-79.9166667|-82.0166667|1775|5823|01/01/1966|A very pointed, partly snow-topped peak, 1,775 m, surmounting the ridge next S of Seal Glacier in the Enterprise Hills, Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Edward N. Parrish, glaciologist on the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) South Pole-Queen Maud Land Traverses (I and II), 1964-65 and 1965-66.||
11384|Mount Parry|Summit|641600S|0622500W|-64.2666667|-62.4166667|2520|8268|01/01/1947|A mountain (2,520 m) which rises eastward of Minot Point and dominates the central portion of Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  The feature appears to have been named by Captain Henry Foster, Royal Navy (RN), of the Chanticleer expedition in 1829 and since has gained international usage.||
11386|Parry Patch|Bar|621700S|0592200W|-62.2833333|-59.3666667|||01/01/1965|A shoal lying in Nelson Strait 3 mi NW of Harmony Point, Nelson Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name Parry's Straits or Perry's Straits was applied to Nelson Strait by the British sealer Richard Sherratt in 1820-21, but the name did not become established.  Parry Patch was applied by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961 to preserve Sherratt's name in the area.||
11387|Parry Point|Summit|793000S|0302000W|-79.5|-30.3333333|||01/01/1962|Prominent rock outcrop lying N of the mouth of Slessor Glacier and 25 mi SW of Mount Faraway in the Theron Mountains, on the E side of the Filchner Ice Shelf.  First mapped in 1957-58 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and named for R. Admiral Cecil R.L. Parry, Secretary to the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) of 1955-58.||
11389|Mount Parsons|Summit|674700S|0623500E|-67.7833333|62.5833333|1120|3674|01/01/1961|Prominent pointed peak, 1,120 m, standing in the David Range, 1 mi SSW of its N extremity.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  The peak was visited in January 1956 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by John Bechervaise.  Named by ANCA for Neville Parsons, cosmic ray physicist at Mawson Station, 1955.||
11390|Parsons Peak|Summit|541100S|0363400W|-54.1833333|-36.5666667|460|1509||A peak rising to c. 460 m, located S of Busen Point in Stromness Bay, South Georgia.  Charted by DI in 1929 and probably named from the Parsons marine engine used in the survey motorboat.||
11392|Partizan Island|Island|683100S|0781000E|-68.5166667|78.1666667|||01/01/1970|A hook-shaped island, 3 mi long, lying in the middle of the entrance to Langnes Fjord, Vestfold Hills.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37).  They gave the name Onguloy (fishook island), but that name might be confused with the better known Ongul Island, the site of recent Japanese Antarctic Research Expeditions.  The area was subsequently photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47), Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1954-58), and the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (1956).  Renamed Ostrov Partizan (partisan island) by the Soviet expedition.||
11393|Partridge Nunatak|Summit|754200S|1402000W|-75.7|-140.3333333|730|2395|01/01/1970|The westernmost of three aligned nunataks lying southward of the Ickes Mountains in Marie Byrd Land.  The nunatak (730 m) is located along the N side of White Glacier, about 5 mi W of Bailey Nunatak.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Billy W. Partridge, EOC, U.S. Navy (USN), Chief Equipment Operator at Byrd Station, 1966.||
11395|Parvenu Point|Summit|673400S|0671700W|-67.5666667|-67.2833333|||01/01/1956|Low but prominent point forming the N extremity of Pourquoi Pas Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  The point was resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and found to be more conspicuous from the W than had previously been supposed, its new stature thus suggesting the name.||
11396|Mount Parviainen|Summit|664500S|0510700E|-66.75|51.1166667|||01/01/1965|Mountain close NE of Mount Henksen, in the N part of the Tula Mountains in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for L. Parviainen, a member of the crew of the Discovery during the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31.||
11397|Cape Paryadin|Cape|540400S|0380000W|-54.0666667|-38|||01/01/1952|Cape which forms the southernmost point of the W tip of South Georgia.  Discovered in 1775 by a British expedition under Cook.  The cape was resighted in 1819 by a Russian expedition under Bellingshausen, who named it for Ya. Poryadin, navigator on the Vostok.  The spelling "Paryadin" for the cape has become established through long usage.||
11401|Paryadin Ridge|Ridge|540200S|0380000W|-54.0333333|-38|||01/01/1963|Ridge extending from Cape Alexandra to Cape Paryadin at the W end of South Georgia.  The name "Paryadin-Kamm," derived from nearby Cape Paryadin, was given by Ludwig Kohl-Larsen during his visit to South Georgia in 1928-29.  An English form of the name has been approved.||
11403|Pascal Island|Island|664700S|1412900E|-66.7833333|141.4833333|||01/01/1962|Small rocky island 0.2 mi ESE of Descartes Island and 1 mi NE of Cape Mousse.  Charted in 1951 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) and named by them for Blaise Pascal (1623-1662), French physician and philosopher.||
11404|Paschal Glacier|Glacier|755400S|1404000W|-75.9|-140.6666667|||01/01/1972|A glacier about 20 mi long and 4 mi wide, draining NW between two ridges, the terminal points of which are Mount McCoy and Lewis Bluff.  The lower end of this glacier merges with the flow of White Glacier and the larger Land Glacier near Mount McCoy before the latter feature debouches into Land Bay on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Paschal Glacier was photographed from aircraft of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, and was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Evans W. Paschal, Scientific Leader at Byrd Station, 1970.||
11405|Mount Pasco|Summit|665900S|0544400E|-66.9833333|54.7333333|||01/01/1965|Mountain standing westward of Edward VIII Bay, 18 mi WSW of Mount Storegutt.  Plotted from aerial photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956 and named by ANCA for Commander C. Pasco, Royal Navy (RN), member of the Australian Antarctic Exploration Committee of 1886.||
11406|Pascoe Glacier|Glacier|764600S|1610100E|-76.7666667|161.0166667|||01/01/1993|A cirque glacier, 1.5 mi long, which flows into Greenville Valley from the N end of Staten Island Heights, in the Convoy Range, Victoria Land.  The name was applied by geologist Christopher J. Burgess, Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) party leader in the 1976-77 season. Named after John D. Pascoe (1909-72), New Zealand mountaineer, photographer, and author of books on New Zealand mountains and alpine subjects; Chief Archivist, Department of Internal Affairs, 1963.||
11407|Passage Rock|Island|622300S|0594500W|-62.3833333|-59.75|||01/01/1953|Rock in the Aitcho Islands at the N entrance to English Strait, 0.5 mi W of Fort William, Robert Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted in 1935 by DI personnel on the vessels passing through the strait.||
11408|Passat Nunatak|Summit|711800S|0035500W|-71.3|-3.9166667|145|476|01/01/1947|A nunatak (145 m) nearly 1 mi NE of Boreas Nunatak at the mouth of Schytt Glacier in Queen Maud Land.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named after Passat, one of the Dornier flying boats of the expedition.||
11409|Mount Passel|Summit|765300S|1445600W|-76.8833333|-144.9333333|||01/01/1947|A ridgelike mountain 4 mi N of the Swanson Mountains in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered in December 1940 by members of a geological party of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) which visited this area, and named for Charles F. Passel, geologist and radio operator of that party.||
11410|Passel Pond|Basin|765300S|1450500W|-76.8833333|-145.0833333|||01/01/1970|A meltwater pond lying at the SW foot of Mount Passel in the Denfeld Mountains of the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  The pond was first mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Mount Passel.||
11411|Passes Peak|Summit|632700S|0570300W|-63.45|-57.05|535|1755|01/01/1952|Pyramidal peak, 535 m, standing next S of Mount Carroll and 2 mi S of the head of Hope Bay, at the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  First charted in 1945 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and so named because it lies between two passes used by Hope Bay sledging parties in traveling to Duse Bay and to the head of Depot Glacier.||
11412|Pasteur Island|Island|663700S|1400600E|-66.6166667|140.1|||01/01/1956|Small rocky island at the SE end of the Dumoulin Islands, close N of Astrolabe Glacier Tongue.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1949-51.  Named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1951-52, for Louis Pasteur, famous French chemist who made notable contributions to medical science.||
11413|Pasteur Peninsula|Cape|640400S|0622400W|-64.0666667|-62.4|||01/01/1952|Broad peninsula 5 mi long in a N-S direction and ranging from 5 to 8 mi wide between Guyou Bay and Bouquet Bay, forming the N end of Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Mapped by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot in honor of Louis Pasteur, famous French chemist.||
11416|Pastorizo Bay|Bay|635400S|0571700W|-63.9|-57.2833333||||A bay 2 mi wide, indenting the S side of Vega Island just W of Mahogany Bluff.  The name appears on an Argentine chart of 1959.||
11417|Pastor Peak|Summit|855400S|1344200W|-85.9|-134.7|2000|6562|01/01/1967|A peak rising to 2,000 m along the N wall of Colorado Glacier, located midway between Teller Peak and Eblen Hills on the ridge descending from Michigan Plateau.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Stephan E. Pastor, equipment operator, a member of the winter parties at the Naval Air Facility, McMurdo Sound, 1956, Byrd Station in 1960 and McMurdo Station in 1964.||
11420|Patagonia Bay|Bay|642700S|0631200W|-64.45|-63.2||||A bay between Gourdon Peninsula and Thompson Peninsula on the NE coast of Anvers Island, Palmer Archipelago.  Named "Bahia Patagonia" by the Argentine Antarctic Expedition, 1947, after the expedition ship Patagonia.||
11421|Patalamon Mesa|Summit|640200S|0582200W|-64.0333333|-58.3666667|700|2297||A flat-topped mountain rising to c. 700 m west of Hidden Lake, in the western portion of James Ross Island.  In association with nearby Kerick Col, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1987 after Patalamon, son of Kerick Booterin, in Rudyard Kipling's story The White Seal in The Jungle Book.||
11422|Patcha Point|Summit|643700S|0620800W|-64.6166667|-62.1333333|||01/01/1965|The S end of Nansen Island in Wilhelmina Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Jan Patcha, helicopter pilot with the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) which photographed this area in 1956-57.||
11423|Patella Island|Island|630800S|0552900W|-63.1333333|-55.4833333|75|246|01/01/1963|Small but prominent island, more than 75 m high, lying 2 mi NW of Ambush Bay off the N coast of Joinville Island.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1953.  The name is descriptive of the island's shape; Patella is the Latin name for a limpet.||
11425|Paternoster Valley|Valley|604100S|0453700W|-60.6833333|-45.6166667|||01/01/1975|A valley extending southwestward from Stygian Cove in northern Signy Island.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from the occurrence of three small paternoster lakes at different levels in the valley.||
11426|Paternostro Glacier|Glacier|692400S|1583700E|-69.4|158.6166667|||01/01/1970|A glacier, 11 mi long, in the Wilson Hills.  It flows between Cook Ridge and Goodman Hills to enter the E part of Davies Bay.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) Joseph L.A. Paternostro, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), Navigator in LC-130F Hercules aircraft during Operation Deep Freeze 1967 and 1968.||
11427|Mount Paterson|Summit|543900S|0360800W|-54.65|-36.1333333|2195|7201|01/01/1963|Mountain, 2,195 m, standing 2 mi NNW of Mount Carse in the Salvesen Range of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named for Stanley B. Paterson, assistant surveyor of the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1955-56.||
11428|Mount Paterson|Summit|780200S|1543600W|-78.0333333|-154.6|||01/01/1947|Pyramidal mountain about 2 mi NE of Mount Schlossbach, at the NE end of the S group of the Rockefeller Mountains on Edward VII Peninsula.  Discovered by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1928-30) and later named by Byrd for Seward M. Paterson, manufacturer who furnished shoes and ski boots for the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1933-35).||
11429|Paterson Islands|Island|673200S|0631000E|-67.5333333|63.1666667|||01/01/1970|Group of small islands lying 4 mi NE of Klung Islands, close along the coast of Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Named by ANCA for A.J.F. Paterson, supervisory technician (radio) at Mawson Station, 1963.||
11430|Patience Rocks|Island|674500S|0685600W|-67.75|-68.9333333|||01/01/1964|Group of rocks lying 1.5 mi NW of Avian Island, close off the S end of Adelaide Island.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Leading Engineer Mechanic Donald Patience, a member of the Royal Navy (RN) Hydrographic Survey Unit which charted this area in 1963.||
11431|Paton Peak|Summit|765700S|1665700E|-76.95|166.95|740|2428|01/01/1961|The highest point, 740 m, on Beaufort Island, in the Ross Archipelago.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1958-59) for James Paton, a seaman who made at least six voyages to the Ross Sea area.  He first served on the Morning, relief ship of the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04), and made the first landing on the island by walking to it against orders, over sea ice from the ship.||
11432|Patricia Islands|Island|665100S|0564700E|-66.85|56.7833333|||01/01/1947|Three small islands 15 mi SW of Austnes Point in the W part of Edward VIII Bay.  Discovered and named in February 1936 by DI personnel on the William Scoresby.  The islands were mapped in greater detail by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  They were visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party under R.G. Dovers in 1954.||
11434|Mount Patrick|Summit|841300S|1720000E|-84.2166667|172|2380|7808|01/01/1952|A massive largely ice-covered mountain in the Commonwealth Range, rising to 2,380 m just E of Wedge Face on the E side of the Beardmore Glacier.  Discovered and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09.||
11435|Patrick Nunatak|Summit|840400S|0553500W|-84.0666667|-55.5833333|||01/01/1968|A nunatak 3.5 mi SE of Gambacorta Peak in southern Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Frank M. Patrick, aerographer at Ellsworth Station, winter 1958.||
11436|Patrick Point|Summit|732800S|0665100E|-73.4666667|66.85|||01/01/1961|The northern point of Cumpston Massif, at the junction of Mellor and Lambert Glaciers in the Prince Charles Mountains. Mapped from air photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956.  Named by ANCA for Patrick Albion, radio operator at Mawson Station, 1956.||
11438|Patriot Hills|Range|802000S|0812500W|-80.3333333|-81.4166667|||01/01/1964|A line of rock hills 5 mi long, located 3 mi E of the N end of Independence Hills in Horseshoe Valley, Heritage Range. Patriot Hills were mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  The name was applied by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with the name Heritage Range.||
11439|Patroclus Hill|Summit|642800S|0633700W|-64.4666667|-63.6166667|760|2493|01/01/1963|Rounded, snow-covered hill, 760 m, separated by a low col from the NW side of Mount Achilles in the Achaean Range of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955 and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Patroclus, the squire and close friend of Achilles in Homer's Iliad.||
11441|Patterson Peak|Summit|854400S|1555900W|-85.7333333|-155.9833333|1610|5282|01/01/1967|A peak, 1,610 m, standing at the S end of Medina Peaks, 4 mi NW of Anderson Ridge, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Clair C. Patterson, glaciologist at Byrd Station, summer 1965-66.||
11442|Patterson Rock|Island|661300S|1103500E|-66.2166667|110.5833333|||01/01/1960|An insular rock 0.5 mi W of Cameron Island, in the Swain Islands.  This region was photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47), Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1956) and the Soviet expedition (1956).  The rock was included in a 1957 ground survey by C.R. Eklund, who named it for Acy H. Patterson, USN, electrician at Wilkes Station, 1957.||
11443|Patton Bluff|Cliff|751300S|1334000W|-75.2166667|-133.6666667|||01/01/1966|A bluff situated between Shibuya Peak and Coleman Nunatak on the E side of Berry Glacier, in Marie Byrd land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Delbert E. Patton, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) ionospheric physicist at Byrd Station, 1962.||
11444|Patton Glacier|Glacier|781600S|0852500W|-78.2666667|-85.4166667|||01/01/1961|A broad tributary glacier in the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  It drains the E slope of the main ridge between Mounts Ostenso and Tyree and flows E to enter Ellen Glacier. First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Sergeant Richard J. Patton, USAF, first ever to parachute land at the South Pole, Nov. 26, 1956.  He gave valuable assistance on the ground in directing the air drops from Globemaster aircraft, used in transporting supplies to establish the South Pole Station.||
11445|Patuxent Ice Stream|Stream|851500S|0674500W|-85.25|-67.75|||01/01/1968|A broad ice stream between Patuxent Range and Pecora Escarpment in the Pensacola Mountains, draining northwestward to the upper part of Foundation Ice Stream.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for its proximity to the Patuxent Range.||
11447|Patuxent Range|Range|844300S|0643000W|-84.7166667|-64.5|||01/01/1962|A major range of the Pensacola Mountains, comprising the Thomas Hills, Anderson Hills, Mackin Table and various nunataks and ridges bounded by the Foundation Ice Stream, Academy Glacier and the Patuxent Ice Stream.  Discovered and partially photographed on Jan. 13, 1956 in the course of a transcontinental nonstop plane flight by personnel of U.S. Navy Operation Deep Freeze I from McMurdo Sound to Weddell Sea and return.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the U.S. Naval Air Station (at Cedar Point, Maryland) located on the south side of the mouth of the Patuxent River. The range was mapped in detail by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.||
11448|Paul Beach|Beach|540400S|0372400W|-54.0666667|-37.4|||01/01/1963|A shingle beach at the W end of Ample Bay, in the Bay of Isles, South Georgia.  The beach is 0.55 mi long, tussock-covered at the higher levels, and is backed by 35-m cliffs.  It is bounded to the E by Grace Glacier and to the W by cliffs which extend E from Markham Point.  The beach was occupied for biological work in 1953-54 by two members of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) after the Southern Paul, a buoy-boat of the Salvesen whaling fleet based at Leith Harbor, which transported the field party to the Bay of Isles and assisted on other occasions.||
11451|Mount Paulcke|Summit|655900S|0645300W|-65.9833333|-64.8833333|915|3002|01/01/1971|Mountain, at least 915 m, standing W of Huitfeldt Point, Barilari Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Wilhelm Paulcke (1873-1949), German pioneer exponent of skiing who, with three companions, demonstrated the possibilities of long distance ski-mountaineering for the first time.||
11452|Paulding Bay|Bay|663500S|1231500E|-66.5833333|123.25|||01/01/1955|A bay along the coast just W of Clark Point.  The outer portions of the bay are bounded by the Moscow University and Voyeykov Ice Shelves.  Mapped by G.D. Blodgett (1955) from aerial photographs obtained by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47), and named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James K. Paulding, Secretary of the Navy under President Martin Van Buren.  Paulding had previously served as U.S. Navy agent for New York and was instrumental in the outfitting of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Lieutenant Charles Wilkes.||
11453|Paulet Island|Island|633500S|0554700W|-63.5833333|-55.7833333|||01/01/1952|Circular island about 1 mi in diameter, lying 3 mi SE of Dundee Island, off the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered by a British expedition under Ross, 1839-43, and named by him for Captain the Right Honorable Lord George Paulet, Royal Navy (RN).||
11454|Pauling Islands|Island|663200S|0665800W|-66.5333333|-66.9666667|||01/01/1965|A separate group of islands lying 3 mi SE of Barcroft Islands, in Crystal Sound.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1958-59).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Linus C. Pauling, American chemist; originator of a theory of the structure of ice, in about 1935.||
11455|Paul Islands|Island|641600S|0634400W|-64.2666667|-63.7333333|||01/01/1963|Group of islands 3 mi in extent, lying NW of Quinton Point off the NW coast of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago. Discovered and named by the German expedition under Dallmann, 1873-74.||
11457|Paulsen Mountains|Summit|721000S|0012100E|-72.1666667|1.35|||01/01/1966|A group of mountains including Brattskarvet Mountain, Vendeholten Mountain and Tverrveggen Ridge, located in the northern part of the Sverdrup Mountains in Queen Maud Land. Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Alfred Ritscher, 1938-39, and named for Karl-Heinz Paulsen, oceanographer on the expedition.||
11458|Paulsen Peak|Summit|542000S|0364000W|-54.3333333|-36.6666667|1875|6152|01/01/1956|Rock peak, 1,875 m, standing near the head of Lyell Glacier, 2 mi NW of Mount Sugartop in the Allardyce Range of South Georgia.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), following mapping by the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, for Harald B. Paulsen (1898-1951), a leading figure in the Norwegian whaling industry.||
11459|Pauls Hole|Bay|644100S|0623800W|-64.6833333|-62.6333333|||01/01/1965|Small harbor lying along the E side of Ronge Island just S of Cuverville Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  The name was probably given by whalers operating in the area prior to 1921-22.||10/18/2000
11460|Mount Paulus|Summit|723700S|0310000E|-72.6166667|31|2420|7940|01/01/1966|Mountain, 2,420 m, close S of Mount Rossel in the SW part of the Belgica Mountains.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1957-58, under G. de Gerlache, who named it for Jean-Pierre Paulus, a patron of the expedition.||
11461|Paulus Glacier|Glacier|692400S|0703300W|-69.4|-70.55||||A glacier W of Mount Cupola, flowing SE from Rouen Mountains into Hampton Glacier, N Alexander Island.  Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and mapped from the air photographs by D. Searle of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1960.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lieutenant Commander John F. Paulus, USN, LC-130 aircraft commander, Squadron VXE-6, U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1969 and 1970.||
11462|Paumelle Point|Summit|650400S|0640300W|-65.0666667|-64.05|||01/01/1952|Point marking the S side of the entrance to Libois Bay and the NW end of the peninsula which forms the W extremity of Booth Island, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for R. Paumelle, steward of the ship Francais.||
11465|Pavie Ridge|Ridge|683400S|0665900W|-68.5666667|-66.9833333|500|1640|01/01/1955|Isolated rocky ridge rising over 500 m, which extends S and W from Martin Glacier to Moraine Cove, and forms the SE limit of Bertrand Ice Piedmont, on the W coast of Graham Land.  The name "Ile Pavie" was given in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot to an island, or possible cape, shown on the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) maps in 6827S, 6640W. From a position 15 mi SE of Jenny Island, Maurice Bongrain, French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) surveyor, made sketches of this feature which were labeled "Ile Pavie" and "Cap Pavie."  This general area was surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, but the feature named by Charcot was not identified.  Following further surveys by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1948, Charcot's "Ile Pavie" was identified from Bongrain's sketches as the feature now named Red Rock Ridge.  The name Red Rock Ridge is now too firmly established to alter.  The name Pavie Ridge has therefore been approved for the isolated rocky ridge described above as forming the S limit of Bertrand Ice Piedmont, and whose position is not far removed from the original position indicated by Charcot.  Named by Charcot, presumably for Auguste J.M. Pavie (1847-1925), French diplomat and explorer.||
11466|Pavlak Glacier|Glacier|825800S|1631200E|-82.9666667|163.2|||01/01/1966|A glacier that drains E from the Queen Elizabeth Range into Lowery Glacier close S of Mount Predoehl.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Thomas L. Pavlak, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciologist at South Pole Station, 1962-63.||
11467|Pavlov Peak|Summit|640300S|0615800W|-64.05|-61.9666667|||01/01/1965|Peak lying N of Mount Vesalius on Liege Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1954.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Ivan P. Pavlov (1849-1936), Russian experimental physiologist noted for his work on conditioned reflexes.||
11468|Pawley Nunataks|Summit|695900S|0673600W|-69.9833333|-67.6||||A line of four nunataks on the E side of Mount Allan, Traverse Mountains (q.v.), on the Rymill Coast, Palmer Land. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 after Michael R. Pawley, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) general assistant, 1969-71, and Station Leader, Stonington Island, 1972-73.||
11469|Mount Pawson|Summit|731000S|0610100W|-73.1666667|-61.0166667|||01/01/1968|A mountain 7 mi SE of Mohn Peaks, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  First mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS)-Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) joint sledge party of 1947-48.  Remapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for David L. Pawson, biologist with the Palmer Station-Eastwind Expedition, summer 1965-66.||
11470|Pawson Peak|Summit|621100S|0582800W|-62.1833333|-58.4666667|250|820||Solitary peak of irregular conical shape, rising to 250 m WNW of Sphinx Hill, Admiralty Bay, King George Island.  Named in 1977 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Kenneth Pawson, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) meteorological observer, Port Lockroy, 1947-48; general assistant, Admiralty Bay, 1948-50. The name "Czajkowski Needle" was applied to this feature by the Polish Antarctic Expedition, 1977-78, after Ryszard Czajkowski, a geophysicist with the expedition who climbed the peak.||
11472|Payer Mountains|Summit|720200S|0143500E|-72.0333333|14.5833333|||01/01/1966|A group of scattered mountains extending N-S for about 23 mi, standing 10 mi E of the Weyprecht Mountains and forming the eastern half of the Hoel Mountains in central Queen Maud Land. Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named for Julius Payer, Austrian explorer, who in company with Karl Weyprecht discovered Franz Josef Land in 1873.||
11473|Payne Creek|Stream|540000S|0380400W|-54|-38.0666667||||A narrow cove just S of Goldcrest Point along the W side of Bird Island, South Georgia.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Michael R. Payne, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) principal investigator on fur seals, Bird Island, 1971-74.||
11474|Paz Cove|Bay|661400S|1004700E|-66.2333333|100.7833333|||01/01/1956|Cove, 1 mi wide and 4 mi long, indenting the N side of the Bunger Hills 2.5 mi SE of Cape Henderson.  Mapped from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for H.J. Paz, air crewman on U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp photographic flights in this area and other coastal areas between 14 and 164 East longitude.||
11476|Peace Island|Island|641800S|0625700W|-64.3|-62.95|||01/01/1963|Small island which is northernmost of several islands which extend northward about 1 mi from the W extremity of Eta Island, in the Melchior Islands, Palmer Archipelago.  The name was probably given by DI personnel who roughly surveyed the island in 1927.  The island was resurveyed by Argentine expeditions in 1942, 1943 and 1948.||
11477|Mount Peacock|Summit|721300S|1692700E|-72.2166667|169.45|3210|10531|01/01/1950|A high peak (3,210 m) standing directly at the head of Kelly Glacier, 1.6 mi SW of Mount Herschel, in the Admiralty Mountains of Victoria Land.  Discovered in January 1841 by Sir James Clark Ross who named it for the Very Reverend Dr. George Peacock, Dean of Ely.||
11478|Peacock Peak|Summit|751100S|1343000W|-75.1833333|-134.5|||01/01/1974|A peak 1 mi S of Bennett Bluff on the W side of upper Berry Glacier, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Dennis S. Peacock, ionospheric physicist at Byrd Station, 1970-71.||
11479|Peacock Ridge|Ridge|664800S|0510000E|-66.8|51|||01/01/1965|A ridge standing between Mount Soucek and Mount Porteus, in the N part of the Tula Mountains in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for D. Peacock, a member of the crew of the Discovery during the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31.||
11481|Peacock Sound|Bay|724700S|0990500W|-72.7833333|-99.0833333|||01/01/1961|An ice-filled sound, 135 mi long and 40 mi wide, separating Thurston Island from the Eights Coast of Ellsworth Land.  The sound is not navigable by ships, it being occupied by the western part of Abbot Ice Shelf.  The feature was discovered by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in flights from the ship Bear in February 1940, and was further delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946.  The sound was first noted to parallel the entire S coast of Thurston Island, thereby establishing insularity, by the U.S. Navy (USN) Bellingshausen Sea Expedition in February 1960.  Named after the sloop of war Peacock in which Captain William L. Hudson, in company with the tender Flying Fish under Lieutenant William M. Walker, both of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE), 1838-42, sailed along the edge of the pack ice to the north of Thurston Island for several days in March 1839.||01/28/2004
11482|Peacock Subglacial Trench|Valley|763000S|1240000E|-76.5|124||||A subglacial trench that forms a N-S extension of Aurora Subglacial Basin in Wilkes Land.  The trench lies S of Dome Charlie and W of Belgica Subglacial Mountains.  The feature was delineated by the SPRI-NSF-TUD airborne radio echo sounding program, 1967-79, and named after the Peacock (Lieutenant William L. Hudson, U.S. Navy (USN)) one of the ships of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE), 1838-42 (Lieutenant Charles Wilkes, USN).||
11483|Péage Island|Island|664600S|1413200E|-66.7666667|141.5333333|||01/01/1962|Small rocky island 0.5 mi SW of Cape Decouverte. Charted in 1951 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) and named by them for its position, which seems to command access to the Curzon Islands for parties arriving from Port Martin, "peage" being French for toll.||
11484|Peake-Jones Rock|Island|673800S|0624800E|-67.6333333|62.8|||01/01/1965|Low, bean-shaped rock lying just off the coast and 2 mi NE of Ring Rock in Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Named by ANCA for K. Peake-Jones, weather observer at Mawson Station in 1959.||
11486|Peale Inlet|Stream|720100S|0985800W|-72.0166667|-98.9666667|||01/01/1955|Ice-filled inlet about 16 mi long, lying immediately W of Noville Peninsula and indenting the N side of Thurston Island. Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Titian Ramsay Peale, noted artist-naturalist who served on the sloop of war Peacock of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) under Wilkes, 1838-42.  The Peacock, accompanied by the tender Flying Fish, sailed along the edge of the pack ice to the north of Thurston Island for several days in March 1839.||01/28/2004
11487|Pearce Peak|Summit|674800S|0611200E|-67.8|61.2|1200|3937|01/01/1947|A partially snow-covered ridge, 1,200 m, which appears as a peak when viewed from the N, standing 2 mi S of Moyes Peak and 15 mi SSW of Falla Bluff.  Discovered in February 1931 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, who named it for Sir George Pearce, Chairman of the Australian Antarctic Committee, 1929.||
11488|Mount Pearigen|Summit|720100S|1685000E|-72.0166667|168.8333333|3020|9908|01/01/1970|A prominent mountain (3,020 m) standing 6 mi NW of Mount Hart in the Admiralty Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Jare M. Pearigen, U.S. Navy (USN), helicopter pilot in Operation Deep Freeze 1968, 1969 and 1970.||
11489|Pear Island|Island|643100S|0625400W|-64.5166667|-62.9|||01/01/1965|A small island lying immediately SW of False Island, off the NE coast of Anvers Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  The existence of the island is noted on a British hydrographic chart of 1929; the name is presumably descriptive of shape and appears on a British hydrographic chart of 1952.||
11490|Pearl Harbor Glacier|Glacier|721500S|1674000E|-72.25|167.6666667|||01/01/1962|Major tributary glacier flowing generally E from the Victory Mountains and entering the SW side of Tucker Glacier 17 mi NW of Bypass Hill.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) 1957-58, to commemorate the heroism of the United States forces at Pearl Harbor in 1941.||
11492|Pearl Rocks|Island|633500S|0595600W|-63.5833333|-59.9333333|||01/01/1960|A group of rocks covering an area 3 mi by 2 mi close off the W coast of Tower Island, Palmer Archipelago.  The name was given by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1955-57) and is descriptive of the numerous snow-covered rocks in this group.||
11493|Pearsall Ridge|Ridge|775307S|1630220E|-77.885334|163.038956|||01/01/1992|A ridge, for the most part ice covered, which extends ENE from Royal Society Range between Descent Pass and Covert Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Named in 1992 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Richard A. Pearsall, cartographer, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS); member of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geodetic control party to the Ellsworth Mountains in the 1979-80 season; additional work during the season at South Pole Station, determining the true position of the Geographic South Pole.||
11494|Pearse Valley|Valley|774233S|1613124E|-77.709164|161.523322|||01/01/1964|Ice-free valley 3 miles long, lying immediately W of Catspaw Glacier, at the S side of the Asgard Range in Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John S. Pearse, biologist at McMurdo Station, 1961, and the season 1961-62.||
11495|Mount Pearson|Summit|721700S|1664300E|-72.2833333|166.7166667|2440|8005|01/01/1964|A prominent snow peak (2,440 m) situated at the W side of the mouth of Lensen Glacier where the latter joins Pearl Harbor Glacier, in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named by the northern party of NZFMCAE, 1962-63, for F.H. Pearson, surveyor with the party.||
11497|Pearson Peak|Summit|755400S|1405700W|-75.9|-140.95|||01/01/1966|A rock peak rising 1 mi S of McGaw Peak on the ridge that trends S from Mount McCoy, coastal Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Herbert E. Pearson, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geomagnetician and seismologist at Byrd Station, 1963.||
11498|Pearson Point|Summit|540100S|0380500W|-54.0166667|-38.0833333|||01/01/1953|Point forming the SW extremity of Bird Island, off the W end of South Georgia.  The name appears on a 1921 British Admiralty chart.||
11500|Mount Peary|Summit|651500S|0635200W|-65.25|-63.8666667|1900|6234|01/01/1950|Conspicuous massif, 1,900 m, with a flat, snow-covered summit several miles in extent, surmounted by a marginal peak on the W, standing 7 mi ENE of Cape Tuxen and dominating the area between Wiggins and Bussey Glaciers on the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot and named by him for R. Admiral Robert E. Peary, U.S. Navy (USN), American Arctic explorer and first to attain the North Pole, in 1909.||
11501|Pebbly Mudstone Island|Island|631800S|0575100W|-63.3|-57.85|||01/01/1964|A small island in the SE part of Duroch Islands.  It lies 0.3 mi SW of Halpern Point, Trinity Peninsula.  Named by Martin Halpern, leader of the University of Wisconsin (U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP)) party during geological mapping of this area, 1961-62.  The principal outcrop of pebbly mudstone was found on this island and provides valuable data to the geologic history of the region.||
11503|Mount Pechell|Summit|710500S|1671600E|-71.0833333|167.2666667|1360|4462|01/01/1950|A peak (1,360 m) surmounting the W end of Hedgpet Heights in the Anare Mountains.  Discovered and rudely mapped in Jan. 1841 by Captain James Ross, Royal Navy (RN), who named this feature for Captain Sir Samuel J. Brooke Pechell, a junior lord of the Admiralty at that time.||
11504|Peckham Glacier|Glacier|802100S|1572500E|-80.35|157.4166667|||01/01/1965|A steep tributary glacier in the Britannia Range, flowing S from Mount McClintock into Byrd Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Verne E. Peckham, biologist, McMurdo Station winter party 1962, who with use of SCUBA gear made numerous dives under the sea ice of McMurdo Sound at Winter Quarters Bay and off Cape Evans.||
11505|Peck Range|Range|722000S|0624200W|-72.3333333|-62.7|1700|5577||A range of mountains, ridges and hills, 11 mi long N-S and 6 mi wide, in the W part of Du Toit Mountains, Black Coast, Palmer Land.  The feature rises to c. 1,700 m and is bounded to the S by a high snowfield, and to the E and W by unnamed north-flowing glaciers that coalesce at the N end of the range, S of Mount Wever.  The range was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs taken 1966-69 and was visited by a U.S. Geological Survey (USGS)-British Antarctic Survey (BAS) joint field party, 1986-87.  In association with the names of geologists grouped in this area, named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1988 after Dallas Lynn Peck, geologist, a world authority on igneous rocks, including granites; eleventh director of the U.S. Geological Survey, 1981-93; previously, Chief Geologist of the Geologic Division, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS).  Bedrock in the range is almost entirely made up of a coarse-grained fresh granite batholith.||
11506|Pecora Escarpment|Cliff|853800S|0684200W|-85.6333333|-68.7|||01/01/1966|An irregular escarpment, 7 mi long, standing 35 mi SW of Patuxent Range and marking the southernmost exposed rocks of the Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Dwight Schmidt, geologist to the Pensacola Mountains, 1962-66, for William T. Pecora, eighth director of the U.S. Geological Survey, 1965-71.||
11507|Mount Peddie|Summit|760100S|1450100W|-76.0166667|-145.0166667|||01/01/1966|An isolated mountain 5 mi N of Webster Bluff at the N end of the Ford Ranges in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped from surveys by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Norman W. Peddie, geomagnetician and seismologist at Byrd Station, 1964.||
11508|Peden Cliffs|Cliff|745700S|1362800W|-74.95|-136.4666667|||01/01/1974|A line of cliffs, 6 mi long, breached near the center by Rhodes Icefall.  The cliffs border the N side of Garfield Glacier in the W part of McDonald Heights, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Irene C. Peden, ionospheric physicist who made investigations on electrical measurements of the ice sheet near Byrd Station, 1970-71.||
11509|Mount Pedersen|Summit|720500S|1640200E|-72.0833333|164.0333333|2070|6791|01/01/1969|A mountain, 2,070 m, standing 9 mi SE of Galatos Peak in Salamander Range, Freyberg Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John M. Pedersen, biologist at McMurdo Station, summers 1965-66 and 1966-67.||
11510|Pedersen Nunatak|Summit|645600S|0604400W|-64.9333333|-60.7333333|||01/01/1952|The westernmost of the Seal Nunataks, lying 8 mi NE of Cape Fairweather, off the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  First charted in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and named for Captain Morten Pedersen of the Norwegian sealer Castor, which operated in Antarctic waters during the 1893-94 season.||
11514|Peeler Bluff|Cliff|723500S|0932000W|-72.5833333|-93.3333333|||01/01/1962|A prominent rock bluff along the middle of the west coast of McNamara Island.  The island lies within the northern edge of Abbot Ice Shelf, but Peeler Bluff is a conspicuous navigation mark from seaward.  This area was explored by personnel aboard the USS Glacier and Staten Island in February 1961. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander James C. Peeler, U.S. Navy (USN), who camped here, February 7-9, 1961, and obtained position data for the bluff and other points in the vicinity.||
11516|Pegasus Mountains|Summit|710000S|0671200W|-71|-67.2|||01/01/1976|Mountains, 16 mi long, consisting of a system of ridges and peaks broken by two passes.  Located between Bertram and Ryder Glaciers and immediately E of Gurney Point on the W coast of Palmer Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the constellation of Pegasus.||
11517|Peggotty Bluff|Cliff|540900S|0371700W|-54.15|-37.2833333|||01/01/1963|Bluff on the N side and near the head of King Haakon Bay, South Georgia.  In 1916, Sir Ernest Shackleton's party from Elephant Island established a camp near the head of King Haakon Bay which they called Peggotty Camp.  During the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1955-56, King Haakon Bay was surveyed and the approximate position of the camp deduced.  The name Peggotty Bluff was given to the feature now described, which is close to the campsite.||
11518|Pegmatite Peak|Summit|853900S|1543900W|-85.65|-154.65|790|2592|01/01/1970|A peak (790 m) along the W side of Koerwitz Glacier, about midway between the main summits of Medina Peaks and Mount Salisbury, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  So named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1969-70, because of the occurrence of large, whitish pegmatite dykes in a rock wall at the SE spur of the peak.||
11519|Pegmatite Point|Summit|850100S|1652000W|-85.0166667|-165.3333333|||01/01/1966|A distinctively banded point which juts into the head of Ross Ice Shelf from the Duncan Mountains.  The point is 7 mi ENE of Mount Fairweather.  It was first roughly plotted from ground surveys and aerial photographs by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition, 1928-30.  The Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, visited the point and gave the name because of the abundance of the rock Pegmatite.||
11520|Pegtop Mountain|Summit|770400S|1611500E|-77.0666667|161.25|1395|4577|01/01/1952|An elongated mountain marked by several conspicuous knobs, the highest and westernmost rising to 1,395 m, situated at the S side of Mackay Glacier, 3 mi W of Sperm Bluff; in Victoria Land. Mapped and given this descriptive name by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
11523|Peine Island|Island|632400S|0544200W|-63.4|-54.7|||01/01/1993|A small island W of Beagle Island in the Danger Islands (q.v.), SE of Joinville Island.  The descriptive name "Islote Peine" (comb island) was given by Ministerio de Defensa, Argentina, 1978; Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) approved the name in 1993 with the generic term Island.||
11524|Peleg Peak|Summit|655100S|0623300W|-65.85|-62.55|920|3018|01/01/1963|A rock peak (920 m) on the massif between Flask Glacier and Leppard Glacier on the E coast of Graham Land.  It stands 4 mi NW of Ishmael Peak.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Captain Peleg, part-owner of the whaling ship Pequod in Herman Melville's Moby Dick.||
11525|Peletier Plateau|Plain|835500S|1594000E|-83.9166667|159.6666667|||01/01/1966|An ice-covered plateau, about 20 mi long and 5 mi wide, forming the southern part of Queen Elizabeth Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Rear Admiral Eugene Peletier, Civil Engineer Corps (CEC), USN, Bureau of Yards and Docks, who was of assistance to Rear Admiral George Dufek in the preparation of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) II, 1956-57.||
11526|Mount Peleus|Summit|772842S|1620306E|-77.478413|162.051532|1790|5873|01/01/1964|Small peak, 1,790 m, about 3 mi W of Mount Theseus in the Olympus Range of Victoria Land.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1958-59) for a figure in Greek mythology.||
11527|Pelias Bluff|Cliff|660400S|0612300W|-66.0666667|-61.3833333|150|492|01/01/1963|Conspicuous rock bluff rising to more than 150 m at the head of the inlet lying immediately W of Standring Inlet, on the N coast of Jason Peninsula in Graham Land.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1953.  Named in 1956 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with Jason Peninsula; Pelias, who was his uncle, deprived Jason of his kingdom, but was later killed through the agency of Medea.||
11533|Pelletan Point|Summit|650600S|0630200W|-65.1|-63.0333333|||01/01/1965|Long, narrow point projecting into the head of Flandres Bay 3 miles S of Briand Fjord, on the W coast of Graham Land. Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) (1903-05) under Charcot, who applied the name "Baie Pelletan" to the indentations N and S of the point here described.  In 1960 the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) transferred the name Pelletan to the point; the two indentations do not together form an identifiable feature and they can be easily described by reference to this point.  Charles-Camille Pelletan (1846-1915) was a French politician and Minister of the Navy, 1902-05.||
11534|Pelseneer Island|Island|643900S|0621300W|-64.65|-62.2166667|||01/01/1952|Island 2 mi long and 1 mi wide, with three prominent rocky peaks projecting through its icecap, lying 2 mi W of Brooklyn Island in the south-central portion of Wilhelmina Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, and named by Gerlache for P. Pelseneer, member of the Belgica Commission and writer of some of the zoological reports of the expedition.||
11535|Pelter Glacier|Glacier|715700S|0982200W|-71.95|-98.3666667|||01/01/1960|A glacier about 5 mi long on Thurston Island, flowing from the E side of Noville Peninsula into the W side of Murphy Inlet. Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 in January 1960.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for J.A. Pelter, aerial photographer with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) in 1933-35.||01/28/2004
11536|Peltier Channel|Channel|645200S|0633200W|-64.8666667|-63.5333333|||01/01/1950|Channel 6 mi long, in a NE-SW direction, separating Doumer and Wiencke Islands to the S of Port Lockroy, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for Jean Peltier, noted French physicist.||
11537|Pemmican Bluff|Cliff|733100S|0942200W|-73.5166667|-94.3666667|||01/01/1963|A short but prominent bluff with steep rock N face and sloping snow S slope.  It overlooks the W side of upper Basecamp Valley just W of Pillsbury Tower, in the Jones Mountains.  Mapped by the University of Minnesota-Jones Mountains Party, 1960-61. So named by this party because the bluff is composed of complex volcanic rocks giving the N face a very mottled appearance similar to the pemmican eaten in the field.||
11538|Pemmican Step|Slope|720000S|1673300E|-72|167.55|||01/01/1970|A step-like rise in the level of Tucker Glacier above its junction with Leander Glacier, in Victoria Land.  It is very crevassed in its southern half, but there is easy traveling over it toward its north end.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58.  It is the second of the steps on this glacier.||
11539|Penance Pass|Gap|780400S|1635100E|-78.0666667|163.85|||01/01/1974|The lowest, and easternmost, pass from Shangri-la to the Miers Valley.  Named by the New Zealand Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1960-61.||
11540|Penca Hill|Summit|623600S|0610700W|-62.6|-61.1166667|200|656||Prominent hill rising to about 200 m at the base of Ray Promontory, Byers Peninsula, Livingston Island.  The feature is named "Cerro Penca" in a report by P.J. Hernandez P. and V. Azcarate M., 1971, following geological surveys by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition.  The name may be descriptive, penca being a fleshy leaf or joint of a plant.||
11541|Cape Penck|Cape|664300S|0874300E|-66.7166667|87.7166667|||01/01/1947|Ice-covered point fronting on West Ice Shelf about 35 mi WNW of Gaussberg, separating Leopold and Astrid Coast from Wilhelm II Coast.  Roughly charted by the Western Base Party of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE), 1911-14, under Mawson, and named for Albrecht Penck, internationally known German geographer.||
11542|Penck Glacier|Glacier|775700S|0344200W|-77.95|-34.7||||A small glacier flowing northward along the west side of Bertrab Glacier to Vahsel Bay.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1911-12, under Wilhelm Filchner, who named this feature for German geographer Albrecht Penck.||
11545|Penck Ledge|Summit|730300S|0041800W|-73.05|-4.3|||01/01/1966|A mainly ice-covered ledge at the W side of the head of Penck Trough in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and additional air photos (1958-59), and named in association with Penck Trough.||
11549|Penck Trough|Valley|730000S|0024500W|-73|-2.75|||01/01/1947|A broad ice-filled valley trending SW-NE. for about 60 mi between Borg Massif and the NE part of Kirwan Escarpment, in Queen Maud Land.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named for German geographer Albrecht Penck.  Maps of the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) incorrectly represent this feature with a N-S axis, but it was accurately mapped by the Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) under Giaever, 1949-52.||
11550|Pendant Ridge|Ridge|850400S|1744500W|-85.0666667|-174.75|||01/01/1966|A ridge about 3 mi long, extending SW to the N side of the mouth of McGregor Glacier, 1.5 mi NW of Simplicity Hill, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  So named by the Texas Tech Shackleton Glacier Expedition (1964-65) because a pyramidal peak at its southern extremity appears to be dangling from the ridge as a pendant.||
11553|Pendleton Strait|Channel|660000S|0663000W|-66|-66.5|||01/01/1947|A strait between Rabot and Lavoisier Islands, in the Biscoe Islands.  The French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), in accordance with Charcot's conception of this water feature, applied the name Pendleton Bay in January 1909.  The British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37, recognizing that it is really a strait, renamed it Pendleton Strait.  Named by Charcot for Captain Benjamin Pendleton, Yankee sealer of Stonington, CT. Captain Pendleton was commodore of the little fleet which included the sloop Hero under Captain Nathaniel B. Palmer who, at Pendleton's direction, explored this area in January 1821.||
11554|Mount Pendragon|Summit|611500S|0551400W|-61.25|-55.2333333|975|3199|01/01/1972|A mountain (975 m) 1.5 mi NW of Cape Lookout, Elephant Island, South Shetland Islands.  Mapped by U.K. Joint Services Expedition, 1970-71.  The name was applied to this highest mountain on Elephant Island by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 and acknowledges Prince Charles as royal patron of the Joint Services Expedition. Pendragon is the ancient title for a British or Welsh Prince.||
11556|Pendulum Cove|Bay|625600S|0603600W|-62.9333333|-60.6|||01/01/1952|Cove at the NE side of Port Foster, Deception Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name of the cove derives from the pendulum and magnetic observations made there by the British expedition under Foster in 1829.||
11557|Penelope Point|Summit|713000S|1694700E|-71.5|169.7833333||||A bold rock headland between Nielsen Glacier and Scott Keltie Glacier on the N coast of Victoria Land.  First charted by the Northern Party, led by Campbell, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.  Named by them after the nickname "Penelope" given to Lieutenant Harry L.L. Pennell, commander of the expedition ship Terra Nova.||
11558|Peneplain Peak|Summit|835100S|1670200E|-83.85|167.0333333|2650|8694|01/01/1970|A peak (2,650 m) located midway along Hampton Ridge, which lies between Montgomerie Glacier and Mackellar Glacier in Queen Alexandra Range.  So named by the Ohio State University Geological Party, 1967-68, because an excellent exposure of the "Kukri Peneplain," an ancient erosion surface, is present on the peak.||
11559|Penfold Point|Summit|625900S|0603500W|-62.9833333|-60.5833333|||01/01/1952|Point which forms the NW side of the entrance to Whalers Bay, Deception Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named for Lieutenant Commander D.N. Penfold, Royal Navy (RN), who conducted a survey of the island during 1948-49.||
11561|Penguin Bay|Bay|542000S|0361400W|-54.3333333|-36.2333333|||01/01/1965|Small, kelp-infested bay lying just SE of Ocean Harbor on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name appears on a 1931 British Admiralty chart.||
11564|Penguin Bight|Bay|641600S|0563900W|-64.2666667|-56.65||||A bight on the SE coast of Seymour Island, northward of Penguin Point.  The feature was named "Pinguinbucht" (Penguin Bay) from the large penguin rookery observed there by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04.  The term bight is considered appropriate for this feature.||
11565|Penguin Heights|Summit|680800S|0423800E|-68.1333333|42.6333333|||01/01/1975|A relatively low, rocky elevation about 1 mi SW of Cape Hinode, on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62.  The name Penguin Heights was given by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1973.||
11566|Penguin Island|Island|620600S|0575400W|-62.1|-57.9|||01/01/1952|Island 1 mi long, which lies close off the S coast of King George Island and marks the E side of the entrance to King George Bay, in the South Shetland Islands.  Sighted in January 1820 by a British expedition under Bransfield, and so named by him because penguins occupied the shores of the island.||
11572|Penguin Point|Summit|603100S|0455600W|-60.5166667|-45.9333333|||01/01/1947|Point which forms the NW extremity of Coronation Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Discovered on Dec. 7, 1821 by Captain George Powell, British sealer in the sloop Dove, and Captain Nathaniel Palmer, American sealer in the sloop James Monroe.  Named by Powell because of the number of penguins which were on this point.||
11573|Penguin Point|Summit|641900S|0564300W|-64.3166667|-56.7166667|||01/01/1952|Point located centrally along the S shore of Seymour Island, lying SE of James Ross Island at the S margin of Erebus and Terror Gulf.  The point was possibly seen in 1843 by a British expedition under Ross, and was roughly charted by Captain C.A. Larsen who landed on the island in 1892 and 1893.  Recharted by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, 1901-04, who so named it because a large penguin colony was found there.||
11574|Penguin Point|Summit|673900S|1461200E|-67.65|146.2|95|312||A rock point at the W side of the entrance to Murphy Bay. The point rises to 95 m and marks the termination of a granite wall about 3 mi long.  Discovered and named in 1912 by the eastern coastal party led by Cecil T. Madigan of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson.||
11577|Penguin River|Stream|541700S|0363000W|-54.2833333|-36.5|||01/01/1956|Small meandering stream which flows in a general NE direction from Hamberg Lakes to the coast close S of Horse Head in Cumberland East Bay, South Georgia.  First roughly surveyed by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, 1901-04, and named by Carl Skottsberg, botanist with the expedition.||
11579|Penitent Peak|Summit|675200S|0671400W|-67.8666667|-67.2333333|||01/01/1960|A peak between Mount Breaker and Ryan Peak on Horseshoe Island.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955-57 and so named because of the snow penitents which are a characteristic feature in the vicinity of the peak.||
11581|Pennell Coast|Beach|710000S|1670000E|-71|167|||01/01/1964|That portion of the coast of Antarctica between Cape Williams and Cape Adare.  Named by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1961 after Lieutenant Harry L.L. Pennell, Royal Navy (RN), commander of the Terra Nova, the expedition ship of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13. Pennell engaged in oceanographic work in the Ross Sea during this period.  In Feb. 1911 he sailed along this coast in exploration and an endeavor to land the Northern Party led by Lieutenant Victor Campbell.||
11584|Penney Bay|Bay|662600S|1103600E|-66.4333333|110.6|||01/01/1963|A large bay extending from Robinson Ridge to Browning Peninsula, at the E side of the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard L. Penney, ornithologist and biologist at Wilkes Station in 1959 and 1960.||
11585|Penney Landing|Locale|662200S|1102800E|-66.3666667|110.4666667|||01/01/1963|The only practical landing place toward the eastern end of the northern side of Ardery Island, in the Windmill Islands. Discovered in 1959 by Richard L. Penney, biologist at Wilkes Station, for whom it was named by ANCA.||
11586|Penney Ravine|Valley|662200S|1102700E|-66.3666667|110.45|||01/01/1967|A small ravine on Ardery Island in the Windmill Islands. It is on the northern side of the island just west of center. Discovered in February 1960 by a biological field party from Wilkes Station.  Named by ANCA for Richard L. Penney, biologist at Wilkes Station in 1959 and 1960.||
11588|Penny Lake|Lake|781600S|1631200E|-78.2666667|163.2|||01/01/1966|A coin-shaped lake perched in moraine near the mouth of Roaring Valley, just S of Walcott Glacier in Victoria Land.  It was the site of a base camp of the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1960-61, which gave this descriptive name.||
11589|Penny Point|Summit|804800S|1604100E|-80.8|160.6833333|||01/01/1965|An ice-covered point on the S side of Nicholson Peninsula, marking the N side of the entrance to Matterson Inlet along the Ross Ice Shelf.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander H.C. Penny, USN, commanding officer of USS Vance, ocean station ship in support of aircraft flights between New Zealand and Antarctica in U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1962.||
11591|Penola Island|Island|620300S|0575100W|-62.05|-57.85|||01/01/1963|Small island in Sherratt Bay lying close off the S coast of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted in 1937 by DI personnel on the Discovery II, and named for the Penola, the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) ship which assisted the Discovery II in the search for a survey party stranded on King George Island in January 1937.||
11592|Penola Strait|Channel|651000S|0640700W|-65.1666667|-64.1166667|||01/01/1950|Strait 11 mi long and averaging 2 mi wide, separating the Argentine Islands, Petermann Island and Hovgaard Island from the W coast of Graham Land.  Traversed by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache on Feb. 12, 1898.  Named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill, for the expedition ship Penola.||
11595|Penrod Nunatak|Summit|853500S|1345300W|-85.5833333|-134.8833333|||01/01/1967|A nunatak 2 mi NW of Abbey Nunatak, lying at the W side of Reedy Glacier just N of the mouth of Kansas Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Jack R. Penrod, builder with the Byrd Station winter party, 1957.||
11596|Pensacola Mountains|Summit|834500S|0550000W|-83.75|-55|||01/01/1957|A large group of mountain ranges and peaks, extending 280 mi in a NE-SW direction, comprising the Argentina Range, Forrestal Range, Dufek Massif, Cordiner Peaks, Neptune Range, Patuxent Range, Rambo Nunataks and Pecora Escarpment.  These mountain units lie astride the extensive Foundation Ice Stream and Support Force Glacier which drain northward to the Ronne Ice Shelf.  Discovered and photographed on Jan. 13, 1956 in the course of a transcontinental nonstop plane flight by personnel of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze I from McMurdo Sound to Weddell Sea and return.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the U.S. Naval Air Station, Pensacola, Florida, in commemoration of the historic role of that establishment in training aviators of the U.S. Navy.  The mountains were mapped in detail by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-67.||
11597|Penseroso Bluff|Cliff|710400S|1600600E|-71.0666667|160.1|1945|6381|01/01/1964|A prominent bluff (1,945 m) surmounting the narrow, northern neck of the Daniels Range, 10 mi NE of Mount Nero, in the Usarp Mountains.  The Northern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, reached this bluff in gloomy weather.  The feature appeared dark and sombre; hence, the party gave the name from Milton's "Il Penseroso" in antithesis to Allegro Valley 14 miles to the south.||
11598|Cape Pepin|Cape|663200S|1383400E|-66.5333333|138.5666667|||01/01/1947|Ice-covered cape between Ravin Bay and Barre Glacier. Discovered in 1840 by the French expedition under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville and named by him for his wife Adele Pepin. The area was charted by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) in 1912-13, and again by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) in 1931, both under Mawson.  The cape was more recently delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.||
11599|Pepper Peak|Summit|831200S|0575500W|-83.2|-57.9166667|940|3084|01/01/1968|A sharp peak, 940 m, standing 2 mi N of Mount Nervo in the Schmidt Hills portion of the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Clifford G. Pepper, hospital corpsman at Ellsworth Station, winter 1958.||
11602|Pequod Glacier|Glacier|653000S|0620300W|-65.5|-62.05|||01/01/1963|A glacier over 15 mi long, draining E into Exasperation Inlet on the E coast of Graham Land.  It lies parallel and just S of Melville Glacier.  The lower part of the glacier was surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947 and the upper reaches were surveyed in 1955. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the whaling ship Pequod in Herman Melville's Moby Dick.||
11604|Peralta Rocks|Island|631600S|0580800W|-63.2666667|-58.1333333|||01/01/1964|A group of about 8 small rocks covering an area 4 mi by 2 mi, lying 7 mi N of Cape Ducorps, Trinity Peninsula.  Named by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition, 1949-50, for Lieutenant Roberto Peralta Bell, second-in-command of the oil tanker Lientur.||04/12/2001
11606|Perce Point|Summit|720800S|0743800W|-72.1333333|-74.6333333|||01/01/1947|A low ice-covered point 12 mi WNW of Berlioz Point on the southern coast of Beethoven Peninsula, Alexander Island. Discovered by Snow, Perce and Carroll of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) expedition in a flight from Stonington Island on Dec. 22, 1940.  Originally named "Cape Perce" after Earl B. Perce, co-pilot of the discovery aircraft, but the term point is considered appropriate for this feature.||
11607|Perch Island|Island|660000S|0652200W|-66|-65.3666667|||01/01/1971|Island lying just off Prospect Point in the Fish Islands, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 because it is one of the Fish Islands.||
11608|Mount Perchot|Summit|654400S|0641000W|-65.7333333|-64.1666667|2040|6693|01/01/1950|Mountain, 2,040 m, surmounted by a prominent ridge extending in a general N-S direction, standing 4 mi SE of Magnier Peaks on the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, and named by Charcot for Monsieur Perchot, an acquaintance who donated seventy pairs of boots to the expedition.||
11609|Mount Percy|Summit|631500S|0554900W|-63.25|-55.8166667|765|2510|01/01/1963|Prominent mountain, 765 m, the highest feature on Joinville Island, standing immediately N of Mount Alexander near the center of the island.  Discovered by a British expedition under Ross on Dec. 30, 1842, and named for R. Admiral the Honorable Josceline Percy, Royal Navy (RN), 1784-1856.  Although this mountain is not surmounted by twin peaks, as described by Ross, there are a number of peaks of similar height in its vicinity, one of which may have given rise to Ross' description.||
11612|Peregrinus Peak|Summit|690900S|0655000W|-69.15|-65.8333333|1915|6283|01/01/1962|A peak (1,915 m) along the N side of Airy Glacier, 3 mi SE of Mount Timosthenes, in central Antarctic Peninsula. Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) Nov. 27, 1947.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in Dec. 1958.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Petrus Peregrinus de Maricourt, of Luceria, author of Epistola de magnete (1269), the first scientific treatise on the magnet.||
11613|Cape Peremennyy|Cape|661200S|1052400E|-66.2|105.4|||01/01/1961|An ice point on the coast of Antarctica 45 mi WNW of Merritt Island.  First mapped (1955) by G.D. Blodgett from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1947).  Photographed by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition and Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1956).  Named at the suggestion of members of the Soviet expedition. Peremennyy means "variable" and probably refers to the nature of this ice coastline.||
11615|Cape Perez|Cape|652400S|0640600W|-65.4|-64.1|||01/01/1960|Prominent cape between Collins Bay and Beascochea Bay on the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache, but apparently not named by them until about 1904, when in working up their scientific reports they gave it the name Trooz.  In the meantime, Charcot's French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, left for the Antarctic and in Nov. 1904 resighted the same cape, to which they gave the name Trois Perez, for the brothers Fernando, Leopoldo and Manuel Perez of Buenos Aires.  Maurice Bongrain in his report of 1914 acknowledges the Belgian name Trooz for this cape.  However, the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) has retained the Charcot name because of wider usage, and has given the name Trooz to the large glacier 5 mi NE of Cape Perez.||
11616|Mount Perez|Summit|700000S|1593200E|-70|159.5333333|1610|5282|01/01/1964|A mountain (1,610 m) at the S side of the upper reaches of Suvorov Glacier, 6 mi SW of Hornblende Bluffs, in the Wilson Hills.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Manuel J. Perez, Photographer's Mate, U.S. Navy (USN) member of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Topo West survey party that established geodetic control for features between Cape Adare and the Wilson Hills during 1962-63.||
11617|Perez Glacier|Glacier|840600S|1770000E|-84.1|177|||01/01/1966|A glacier, 10 mi long, flowing NE from Mount Brennan in the Hughes Range to the Ross Ice Shelf E of Giovinco Ice Piedmont. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ensign Richard Perez, U.S. Navy (USN), of Squadron VX-6, Antarctic Support Activity, who participated in USN. Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1964; wintered at McMurdo Station in 1961.||
11618|Pérez Peak|Summit|652500S|0640500W|-65.4166667|-64.0833333|||01/01/1965|A distinctive peak 1 mi SE of Cape Perez on the rugged peninsula between Collins Bay and Beascochea Bay, in western Graham Land.  The name "Sommet du Grand Perez" was given by J.B. Charcot during the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10.  It derived from nearby Cape Perez, after three brothers Manuel, Fernando and Leopoldo Perez of Buenos Aires.  The name Perez Peak has been established in use since 1957.||
11624|Mount Perkins|Summit|763200S|1440800W|-76.5333333|-144.1333333|||01/01/1947|Mountain at the E end of the Fosdick Mountains in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) on the Northeastern Flight of Dec. 15-16, 1934.  Named for Jack E. Perkins, biologist at the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) West Base (1939-41) and the leader of a biological party which visited this area in December 1940.||
11625|Perkins Canyon|Valley|852700S|1242000W|-85.45|-124.3333333|||01/01/1962|A canyon at the head of Quonset Glacier, between Ruseski Buttress and Mount LeSchack, along the N side of Wisconsin Range. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1959-60.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for David M. Perkins, geomagnetist, Byrd Station winter party, 1961.||
11626|Perkins Glacier|Glacier|745400S|1363700W|-74.9|-136.6166667|||01/01/1974|A broad, low gradient glacier 8 mi SSE of Cape Burks on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  It drains W from McDonald Heights into the E side of Hull Bay.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Earle B. Perkins, biologist with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35.||
11627|Perlebandet Nunataks|Summit|715600S|0230300E|-71.9333333|23.05|||01/01/1966|A linear group of nunataks 5 mi NW of Tanngarden Peaks in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Perlebandet (the string of beads).||
11628|Per Nunatak|Summit|715200S|0070400E|-71.8666667|7.0666667|||01/01/1967|A nunatak lying 4 mi NE of Larsen Cliffs in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named for Per Larsen, steward with Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-57).||
11629|Mount Perov|Summit|723400S|0311200E|-72.5666667|31.2|2380|7808|01/01/1962|Mountain, 2,380 m, just W of the terminus of Norsk Polarinstitutt Glacier in the Belgica Mountains.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1957-58, under G. de Gerlache, who named it for Commander V. Perov, Soviet pilot who came to the aid of four members of the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) in December 1958.||
11630|Perov Nunataks|Summit|673500S|0510600E|-67.5833333|51.1|||01/01/1961|A small group of nunataks on the E edge of the Scott Mountains, 19 mi SE of Debenham Peak.  Photographed in October 1956 by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft and surveyed in November 1958 by an airborne field party.  Named by ANCA for Viktor Perov, pilot of a Soviet aircraft which flew over this area and rescued the 1958 Belgian field party after an aircraft accident.||
11631|Perplex Ridge|Ridge|673900S|0674300W|-67.65|-67.7166667|915|3002|01/01/1956|Ridge, rising over 915 m, composed of four rocky masses separated by small glaciers, extending 6 mi northeastward from Lainez Point along the NW side of Pourquoi Pas Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  First sighted and roughly charted in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot.  It was surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) and in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  So named by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) because of confusion in attempting to identify this ridge from earlier maps.||
11632|Perrier Bay|Bay|642300S|0634500W|-64.3833333|-63.75|||01/01/1951|Bay 6 mi wide indenting the NW coast of Anvers Island between Giard Point and Quinton Point, in the Palmer Archipelago. Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for Edmond Perrier, French naturalist.||
11634|Per Rock|Summit|711700S|0112600E|-71.2833333|11.4333333|||01/01/1970|Rock lying 0.8 mi N of Pal Rock in the Arkticheskiy Institut Rocks, at the NW extremity of the Wohlthat Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and photographed by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped by Norway from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Per (Peter).||
11635|Perry Bay|Bay|660800S|1324900E|-66.1333333|132.8166667|||01/01/1955|An open ice-filled bay about 12 mi wide, indenting the coast between Freeman Point and a stubby peninsula terminating in Cape Keltie.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant O.H. Perry on the sloop Peacock of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Wilkes.||
11636|Perry Range|Range|750000S|1341200W|-75|-134.2|||01/01/1974|A narrow range of mountains, 6 mi long, separating the lower ends of Venzke Glacier and Berry Glacier where they enter Getz Ice Shelf, on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  The range was discovered and photographed from aircraft of the U.S. Antarctic Service in December 1940.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant John E. Perry, Civil Engineer Corps (CEC), U.S. Navy (USN), Public Works Officer at McMurdo Station, 1968. He commanded the Antarctic Construction Battalion Unit from January 1969 until it was decommissioned in May 1971, when he became project manager for the South Pole Station.||
11638|Mount Perseus|Summit|570400S|0264000W|-57.0666667|-26.6666667|455|1493|01/01/1972|The lower (455 m) and more northerly of twin ice domes in the E part of Candlemas Island, South Sandwich Islands.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 in association with nearby Mount Andromeda.  In Greek mythology, Perseus married Andromeda after rescuing her from a sea monster.||
11639|Perseus Crags|Cliff|703600S|0661100W|-70.6|-66.1833333|||01/01/1976|A group of about twelve small nunataks dominated by a high whale-backed hill, located on the W edge of the Dyer Plateau of Palmer Land, about 30 mi ENG. of Wade Point.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the constellation of Perseus.||
11640|Mount Perseverance|Summit|764800S|1621200E|-76.8|162.2|||01/01/1962|The high peak near the S end of the ridge from Mount Whitcombe, overlooking the lower Benson Glacier in Victoria Land. So named because it was the final station occupied by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) during a particularly long day's field work on October 22, 1957.||
11642|Per Spur|Ridge|711900S|0123600E|-71.3166667|12.6|||01/01/1970|A rock spur which marks the northern extremity of Ostliche Petermann Range, in the Wohlthat Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named for J. Per Madsen, a meteorologist with Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1958-59.||
11643|Persson Island|Island|641300S|0582400W|-64.2166667|-58.4|||01/01/1952|Island 1.5 mi long, lying in the entrance to Rohss Bay on the SW side of James Ross Island.  Discovered by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, 1901-04, and named by him for Nils Persson, a patron of the expedition.||
11644|Peruque Point|Summit|540800S|0364900W|-54.1333333|-36.8166667|||01/01/1965|Point at the S side of Anchorage Bay on the W side of Fortuna Bay, South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1931 British Admiralty chart.||
11645|Perutz Glacier|Glacier|673600S|0663300W|-67.6|-66.55|||01/01/1956|Glacier, 10 mi long and 2 mi wide, which flows WNW into Bourgeois Fjord, close E of Thomson Head, on the W coast of Graham Land.  The mouth of the glacier was first surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  The entire glacier was surveyed in 1946-47 and 1948-49 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and named by them for Max F. Perutz of the Cavendish Laboratory, Cambridge, who has made important studies on the mechanism of glacier flow.||
11646|Pervomayskaya Peak|Summit|714700S|0114000E|-71.7833333|11.6666667|2795|9170|01/01/1970|Peak, 2,795 m, standing 1 mi NE of Mount Skarshovden in the central Humboldt Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named Gora Pervomayskaya (May 1st Mountain).||
11648|Pesce Peninsula|Cape|714100S|0745700W|-71.6833333|-74.95||||Broad snow-covered peninsula between Rameau Inlet and Verdi Inlet on the N side of Beethoven Peninsula, Alexander Island. Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and mapped from these photographs by D. Searle of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1960.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Victor L. Pesce, U.S. Navy (USN), Commanding Officer, U.S. Navy Antarctic Development Squadron Six (VXE-6), from May 1980 to May 1981.||
11649|Pesky Rocks|Island|660900S|0655400W|-66.15|-65.9|||01/01/1971|Small group of rocks lying 3.5 mi W of Cape Evensen, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Shown on a Chilean government chart of 1947.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 because the rocks obstruct an otherwise clear shipping route.||
11650|Mount Peter|Summit|701100S|0645600E|-70.1833333|64.9333333|||01/01/1965|A large dome-shaped rock outcrop with a flat, sheer N face, about 2 mi E of Mount Bechervaise in the Athos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  First visited in November 1955 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by J.M. Bechervaise.  Named by ANCA for Peter Crohn, geologist at Mawson Station, 1955-56.||
11652|Peter Glacier|Glacier|732000S|0010900W|-73.3333333|-1.15|||01/01/1966|A short, broad glacier draining NE into Jutulstraumen Glacier just E of Neumayer Cliffs and Melleby Peak in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59).  Named for Peter Melleby who was in charge of sledge dogs with the Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE).||
11653|Peter I Island|Island|684700S|0903500W|-68.7833333|-90.5833333|1755|5758|01/01/1947|An isolated, mainly snow covered island, 11 mi long and 5 mi wide, located 200 mi NE of Cape Braathen, Thurston Island. The island is lofty with steep slopes, attaining a height of 1,755 m in Lars Christensen Peak.  Discovered in January 1821 by Captain Thaddeus Bellingshausen, who named it for Peter the Great of Russia.||
11655|Petermann Island|Island|651000S|0641000W|-65.1666667|-64.1666667|||01/01/1950|Island 1 mi long, lying 1 mi SW of Hovgaard Island in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Discovered by a German expedition 1873-74, and named by Dallmann for August Petermann, noted German geographer and founder of Petermanns Mitteilungen.  The Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) has rejected the name Lund Island, applied by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, in favor of the original naming.||
11657|Petermann Ranges|Range|714000S|0122000E|-71.6666667|12.3333333|||01/01/1970|A group of associated mountain ranges including the Ostliche Petermann, Mittlere Petermann, Westliche Petermann, Sudliche Petermann and Pieck Ranges, located just E of the Humboldt Mountains in the central Wohlthat Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, who named it for August Petermann.||
11658|Peter Nunatak|Summit|755500S|1283300W|-75.9166667|-128.55|2440|8005|01/01/1974|A prominent, conical nunatak (2,440 m) standing 3.5 mi SE of Mount Petras at the S extremity of the McCuddin Mountains, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Peter J. Anderson, USAF, Technical Editor, History and Research Division, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, during Operation Deep Freeze 1971 and 1972.||03/08/1999
11659|Peters Bastion|Summit|702700S|0625400W|-70.45|-62.9|||01/01/1976|The large, mainly ice-free mountain forming the northernmost summit of the Eland Mountains, in Palmer Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Vernon W. Peters, U.S. Navy (USN), Commanding Officer of Squadron VXE-6 in Antarctica during Operation Deep Freeze, 1974.||
11660|Peters Butte|Summit|851900S|1193200W|-85.3166667|-119.5333333|||01/01/1962|A flat-topped, steep-sided rock butte on the S side of McCarthy Valley in Long Hills, Horlick Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1958-60.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Norman L. Peters, meteorologist at Byrd Station in 1958.||
11661|Cape Petersen|Cape|715400S|1012700W|-71.9|-101.45|||01/01/1960|A rounded ice-covered cape on the N side of Thurston Island, about 18 mi ENE of Cape Flying Fish.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Carl O. Petersen, radio engineer with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) in 1928-30 and 1933-35.||01/28/2004
11663|Petersen Island|Island|673500S|0625400E|-67.5833333|62.9|||01/01/1965|Largest and most northerly island of the Jocelyn Islands in Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Named by ANCA for Captain H.C. Petersen, master of the Thala Dan, 1959-61, and formerly master of the Kista Dan.||
11664|Petersen Peak|Summit|802700S|0275700W|-80.45|-27.95|1215|3986|01/01/1962|A rock peak (1,215 m) standing 6 mi SW of Morris Hills in the north-central part of Shackleton Range.  First mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and named for Hans C. Petersen, captain of the Danish ship Magga Dan which transported members of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) to the Filchner Ice Shelf in 1956-57.||
11665|Peters Glacier|Glacier|540800S|0373300W|-54.1333333|-37.55||||A glacier flowing southward into the west side of Cheapman Bay, South Georgia.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Nikolaus Peters, a leading German authority on whales and whaling and Director of Reichstelle fur Walforschung, Hamburg, 1937-1940.||
11666|Mount Peterson|Summit|744000S|0765900W|-74.6666667|-76.9833333||||A small mountain rising above the ice surface 22 mi NW of Mount Rex, Ellsworth Land.  The feature lies within a group of nunataks first sighted and photographed on Nov. 23, 1935 by Lincoln Ellsworth.  The area was explored by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (1947-48) under Finn Ronne, who named the mountain for Harries-Clichy Peterson, physicist with the expedition.||
11667|Peterson Bluff|Cliff|710900S|1655300E|-71.15|165.8833333|1480|4856|01/01/1970|A prominent bluff (1,480 m) on the N side of Ebbe Glacier. The feature forms the SE end of the broad ridge descending from Mount Bolt in the Anare Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Donald C. Peterson, photographer's mate with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 at McMurdo Station, 1967-68 and 1968-69.||
11668|Peterson Glacier|Glacier|662500S|1104400E|-66.4166667|110.7333333|||01/01/1955|Glacier flowing W into Penney Bay opposite Herring Island in the Windmill Islands.  Mapped from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named for Louie N. Peterson, radio operator and recorder with the U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml parties which established astronomical control stations along Wilhelm II, Knox and Budd Coasts during January-February 1948.||
11669|Peterson Hills|Range|755000S|0675500W|-75.8333333|-67.9166667|||01/01/1968|A group of hills just E of Spear Glacier, between the Hauberg and Wilkins Mountains, in Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for D.G. Peterson, electronics technician at South Pole Station in 1963.||
11670|Peterson Icefalls|Glacier|700500S|0724400E|-70.0833333|72.7333333|||01/01/1965|A line of icefalls at the terminus of Stevenson Glacier, where the latter enters the east part of Amery Ice Shelf. Delineated in 1952 by John H. Roscoe from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Named by Roscoe for J.C. Peterson, Jr., air crewman on Operation Highjump photographic flights in the area.||
11671|Peterson Island|Island|662800S|1103000E|-66.4666667|110.5|||01/01/1993|Rocky island, 2 mi long, with two inlets indenting the N side, lying immediately W of Browning Peninsula in the S part of the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Mendel L. Peterson, USN, supply officer with U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml which established astronomical control stations in the area in January 1948.||
11673|Peterson Ridge|Ridge|843400S|1635600E|-84.5666667|163.9333333|||01/01/1972|High rock ridge that extends N from the W part of Storm Peak massif, in Queen Alexandra Range.  Named by the Ohio State University Geological Expedition, 1969-70, for Donald N. Peterson, party member who collected basalt lavas from the ridge for petrologic and paleomagnetic studies.||
11674|Peters Peak|Summit|821400S|1600400E|-82.2333333|160.0666667|2220|7283|01/01/1966|Snow-covered peak, 2,220 m, standing 4 mi N of Melrose Peak in the central part of Holyoake Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Merrill J. Peters, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) field assistant, 1962-63.||
11675|Petes Pillar|Pillar|630000S|0603300W|-63|-60.55|||01/01/1953|Pillar rock or stack lying immediately E of Fildes Point at the N side of the entrance to Port Foster, Deception Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The pillar was presumably a well-known landmark to early sealers at Deception Island and appears on the chart drawn by Lieutenant E.N. Kendall of the Pilot Officer Pete St. Louis, RCAF, pilot with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1949-50.||
11676|Mount Petinos|Summit|742500S|1324300W|-74.4166667|-132.7166667|500|1640|01/01/1962|A mountain (500 m) located 1 mi ESE of Worley Point in the NW part of Shepard Island.  Mapped from the USS Glacier on Feb. 4, 1962, and named for Lieutenant (j.g.) Frank Petinos, U.S. Navy (USN), First Lieutenant aboard the Glacier.||
11677|Petite Rocks|Summit|824000S|0513000W|-82.6666667|-51.5|||01/01/1968|Two small isolated rocks in the W part of Sallee Snowfield, about 5 mi E of central Dufek Massif, Pensacola Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  The name applied by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) is descriptive of their small size.||
11678|Mount Petlock|Summit|852500S|1721600E|-85.4166667|172.2666667|3195|10482|01/01/1966|The most prominent mountain (3,195 m) in the NE part of Otway Massif, surmounting the N end of the ridge which borders the E side of Burgess Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James D. Petlock, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) ionospheric physicist at South Pole Station, 1963.||
11679|Mount Petras|Summit|755200S|1283900W|-75.8666667|-128.65|2865|9399|01/01/1947|A high, prominent, ridge-shaped mountain, 2,865 m, standing 10 mi SE of Mount Flint in the McCuddin Mountains, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) on a flight from West Base on Dec. 14-15, 1940, and named for Theodore A. Petras, master technical sergeant, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC), pilot of the airplane on this flight.||
11681|Petrel Cove|Bay|632800S|0561300W|-63.4666667|-56.2166667|||01/01/1964|A small coastal indentation at the W end of Dundee Island between Welchness and Diana Reef.  The cove is adjacent to the Argentine station "Petrel," established in 1951-52, from which it takes its name.||
11682|Petrel Island|Island|540200S|0371700W|-54.0333333|-37.2833333|||01/01/1956|Island 0.75 mi SW of Prion Island, lying in the Bay of Isles, South Georgia.  First charted in 1912-13 by Robert Cushman Murphy, American naturalist aboard the brig Daisy. Recharted in 1929-30 by DI personnel, who so named it because of its association with Prion Island.  Petrels of the genus Prion were observed in these islands.||
11683|Pétrel Island|Island|664000S|1400100E|-66.6666667|140.0166667|45|148|01/01/1956|Rocky island, 0.5 mi long and 45 m in elevation, which lies NW of Rostand Island and is the largest feature in the cluster of islands at the SE end of Geologie Archipelago.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1949-51, and so named by them because numerous snow petrel nests were found there.  In January 1952, following destruction of the Port Martin base by fire, the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Marret, 1952-53, enlarged the hut on Petrel Island to serve as the new base site.||
11685|Petrel Lake|Lake|621300S|0585800W|-62.2166667|-58.9666667||||A lake lying W of Hydrographers Cove on Fildes Peninsula, King George Island.  The lake was included in Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) surveys from Bellingshausen Station from 1968 and was called "Ozero Al'batros" by L.S. Govorukha and I.M. Simonov, 1973; later called "Ozero Burevestnik" (petrel lake) in a report by I.M. Simonov, 1975. The Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) has approved the translated form of the latter name as recommended by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1979.||
11686|Petrellfjellet|Summit|715900S|0045000E|-71.9833333|4.8333333|||01/01/1966|A prominent, mainly ice-free mountain between Slokstallen Mountain and Mount Grytoyr in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Petrellfjellet (the petrel mountain).||
11687|Petrel Peak|Summit|541600S|0363200W|-54.2666667|-36.5333333|630|2067|01/01/1960|Peak, 630 m, standing at the N side of Hodges Glacier, 1 mi NW of Grytviken, South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57.  The name was proposed by J. Smith of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1958, following glaciological investigations as part of the IGY. Petrel Peak is named for the whale-catcher Petrel, belonging to the Compania Argentina de Pesca at Grytviken, and for the snow petrels which nest on the higher rocks of the peak.||
11689|Mount Petrides|Summit|750400S|1363000W|-75.0666667|-136.5|||01/01/1974|A mountain with much exposed rock midway between Oehlenschlager Bluff and Mount Sinha, in southern Erickson Bluffs, Marie Byrd Land.  It overlooks the confluence of Kirkpatrick and Hull Glaciers from the north.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for George A. Petrides, member of the biological party that made population studies of seals, whales and birds in the pack ice of the Bellingshausen and Amundsen Seas using U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Southwind and its two helicopters, 1971-72.||
11690|Petrie Ice Rises|Glacier|703300S|0721200W|-70.55|-72.2||||A N-S line of about ten ice rises in Wilkins Ice Shelf, to the W of Alexander Island.  Seen from the air on a British Antarctic Survey (BAS) radio echo sounding flight around Alexander Island, Feb. 11, 1967, and later accurately positioned from U.S. Landsat imagery.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1980 after David L. Petrie, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) and SPRI electronic technician, c. 1966-70, who was on the flight.||
11692|Petter Bay|Bay|604300S|0451000W|-60.7166667|-45.1666667|||01/01/1952|Bight 0.5 mi S of Spence Harbor along the E coast of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  This coast was roughly charted by Captain George Powell and Captain Nathaniel Palmer in December 1821.  The name Petters Bay appears on a chart drawn by Captain Petter Sorlle in 1912 and corrected by Hans Borge in 1913.  It seems likely that this name was first used by Borge and commemorates Captain Sorlle.||
11695|Pettersen Ridge|Ridge|714700S|0094200E|-71.7833333|9.7|||01/01/1970|Ridge extending N for 6 mi from Sandho Heights in the Conrad Mountains of the Orvin Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Discovered and photographed by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped by Norway from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named for Sverre Pettersen, steward with the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1957-58.||
11696|Pettigrew Scarp|Cliff|543000S|0370400W|-54.5|-37.0666667||||An escarpment nearly 0.5 mi long in the S part of Annenkov Island, South Georgia.  It is terminated to the SW by a ridge, and to the NE by three rock pinnacles.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Timothy H. Pettigrew, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist who worked on the island, 1972-73.||
11697|Pettus Glacier|Glacier|634800S|0590400W|-63.8|-59.0666667|||01/01/1964|A narrow deeply entrenched glacier 9 mi long, which flows N from Ebony Wall into Gavin Ice Piedmont between Poynter Hill and Tinsel Dome, Trinity Peninsula.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Robert N. Pettus, aircraft pilot with Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE), 1956-57.||
11698|Petty Rocks|Island|673400S|0672900W|-67.5666667|-67.4833333|||01/01/1958|A group of small rocks lying 3 mi SE of Cape Saenz in the center of the W part of Bigourdan Fjord, off the W coast of Graham Land.  First roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named Petty Rock because of its small size.  Air photos have disclosed that there are several rocks instead of just one.||
11700|Mount Pew|Summit|721900S|1691100E|-72.3166667|169.1833333|2950|9678|01/01/1970|A mountain (2,950 m) that surmounts the central part of the ridge separating Kelly and Towles Glaciers, in the Admiralty Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James A. Pew, geophysicist at McMurdo Station, 1966-67.||
11701|Lake Pewe|Lake|775641S|1641650E|-77.944825|164.280503|550|1804|01/01/1964|A small lake at 550 m elevation on the uppermost Koettlitz bench, 0.5 mi E of Blackwelder Glacier in Victoria Land.  Named in recognition of the glacial geomorphological work done in the Koettlitz Glacier area by Troy L. Pewe (Pewe Peak, q.v.) of the Univeristy of Alaska.  It was near this lake that members of the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1960-61, found a note left by Pewe, reporting observations on glacial erratics.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) party.||03/07/1997
11702|Péwé Peak|Summit|780156S|1634148E|-78.032255|163.696796|860|2821|01/01/1961|A bedrock peak, 860 m, composed of granite and topped with a dolerite sill.  The peak is immediately S of Joyce Glacier and is surrounded by glacial ice except on the S side.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Troy L. Pewe, glacial geologist with U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze, 1957-58, who personally explored this peak as well as adjacent portions of Victoria Land.||
11703|Pfaff Island|Island|665400S|0674400W|-66.9|-67.7333333|||01/01/1965|One of the Bennett Islands, lying just S of Granicher Island in Hanusse Bay.  Mapped from air photos taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (1947-48) and Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Alexius B.I.F. Pfaff (1825-86), German physicist who made pioneer investigations of the plastic deformation of ice, in Switzerland, in 1874-76.||
11704|Pfrogner Point|Summit|723700S|0893500W|-72.6166667|-89.5833333|||01/01/1968|An ice-covered point on the NW extension of Fletcher Peninsula; it is partially encompassed by the Abbot Ice Shelf. The point marks the division of Eights Coast and Bryan Coast. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1961-66. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ray L. Pfrogner, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geomagnetist-seismologist at Byrd Station, 1961-62.||
11705|Phantom Point|Summit|662500S|0654100W|-66.4166667|-65.6833333|||01/01/1964|Point within Darbel Bay, lying 1.5 mi W of Shanty pt. on the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1955-57, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  The name arose because the position of the point was only vaguely known when first visited by an Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) sledge party in 1957, and it was obscured by thick fog from which it finally loomed like a phantom.||
11706|Mount Phelan|Summit|715900S|1603700E|-71.9833333|160.6166667|2000|6562|01/01/1964|A mostly ice-free mountain (2,000 m) located 5 mi SE of Killer Nunatak in the S portion of Emlen Peaks, Usarp Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Michael J. Phelan, geomagnetist/seismologist at South Pole Station, 1962; a member of the Byrd Traverse, 1963-64.||
11707|Phelps Island|Island|661700S|1103000E|-66.2833333|110.5|||01/01/1956|Small island lying close W of the N end of Shirley Island, in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert F. Phelps, air crewman with U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml which established astronomical control stations in the area in January 1948.||
11708|Phelps Rock|Island|650000S|0655000W|-65|-65.8333333|10|33||An insular rock rising 10 m above sea level SW of Hugo Island, in the W approaches to French Passage, Wilhelm Archipelago.  The rock was charted by a Royal Navy (RN) Hydrographic Survey Unit from His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Protector, 1966-67.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Captain Edmund M.S. Phelps, First Officer in John Biscoe, 1966-72 (Senior Master from 1972), who assisted with the hydrographic survey of the area, 1965-67.||
11709|Philbin Inlet|Stream|740400S|1141100W|-74.0666667|-114.1833333|||01/01/1967|Narrow, ice-filled inlet about 15 mi long that indents the N end of Martin Peninsula between Murray Foreland and Slichter Foreland, on Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in January 1947.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Brigadier General Tony Philbin, USA, who served the Secretary of Defense in liaison with the U.S. Navy during the 1957-58 IGY.||03/07/1997
11710|Cape Philippi|Cape|751400S|1623300E|-75.2333333|162.55|490|1608||A rock cape rising abruptly to 490 m along the coast of Victoria Land, marking the N side of the terminus of David Glacier.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09, under Shackleton, who named this feature for Emil Philippi, distinguished geologist, who was a member of the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1901-03, under Drygalski.||
11713|Philippi Glacier|Glacier|544900S|0360300W|-54.8166667|-36.05|||01/01/1955|Glacier flowing E into Brandt Cove on the SW side of Drygalski Fjord, at the SE end of South Georgia.  Charted by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1911-12, under Filchner, who named it for Emil Philippi, glaciologist with the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1901-03, under Drygalski, and professor of geology at the University of Jena.||
11714|Philippi Glacier|Glacier|664500S|0882000E|-66.75|88.3333333|||01/01/1953|Coastal glacier about 15 mi long, flowing N to the E end of the West Ice Shelf, 15 mi W of Gaussberg.  Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named by the ANCA for Emil Philippi, geologist with the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Drygalski, 1901-03, who made scientific observations in the vicinity of Gaussberg.||
11717|Philippi Rise|Cliff|660600S|0621800W|-66.1|-62.3|395|1296|01/01/1952|Low, snow-covered promontory 7 mi wide and extending some 10 mi SE from the E coast of Graham Land.  The ice surface is highest in the W, where it rises to about 395 m and is broken by Borchgrevink and Gemini Nunataks.  The Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, 1901-04, reported an ice wall or glacial terrace in the vicinity of Borchgrevink Nunatak.  Although unable to determine its nature, Nordenskjold named the feature Philippigletscher, after Emil Philippi.  It was determined to be a snow-covered promontory by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) during their 1947 survey of this coast.||
11720|Cape Phillips|Cape|730400S|1693600E|-73.0666667|169.6|||01/01/1947|A cape approximately midway along the E side of Daniell Peninsula, 8 mi SE of Mount Brewster, in Victoria Land. Discovered in January 1841 by Sir James Clark Ross who named it for Lieutenant Charles G. Phillips of the Terror.||
11721|Mount Phillips|Summit|730100S|1671500E|-73.0166667|167.25|3035|9957|01/01/1950|The culminating summit (3,035 m) in the S part of the ice-covered Malta Plateau, in Victoria Land.  Discovered in January 1841 by Sir James Clark Ross who named it for Prof. John Phillips, assistant secretary of the British Association.||03/07/1997
11723|Phillips Mountains|Summit|761600S|1450000W|-76.2666667|-145|||01/01/1947|A range of mountains on the N side of Balchen Glacier and Block Bay in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1928-30) and named by Byrd for Albanus Phillips, Sr., a manufacturer of Cambridge, MD, and patron of the Byrd expeditions.||
11724|Phillips Nunatak|Summit|844500S|0623500W|-84.75|-62.5833333|||01/01/1968|A nunatak along the edge of a small ice escarpment 7 mi N of Mount Wanous in the Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Harry G. Phillips, cook at Palmer Station, winter 1967.||
11725|Phillips Ridge|Ridge|675000S|0624900E|-67.8333333|62.8166667|||01/01/1965|Ridge, 0.5 mi long, standing 0.5 mi W of the main massif of the Central Masson Range in the Framnes Mountains, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Named by ANCA for J. Phillips, physicist at Mawson Station in 1962.||
11727|Phils Island|Island|643000S|0630000W|-64.5|-63|||01/01/1963|The southern of two small islands lying immediately S of Guepratte Island in Discovery Sound, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Charted and named in 1927 by DI personnel on the Discovery.||
11728|Phleger Dome|Summit|855200S|1382400W|-85.8666667|-138.4|3315|10876|01/01/1967|A massive dome-shaped mountain, 3,315 m, at the NE end of Stanford Plateau along the Watson Escarpment.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Herman Phleger, one of the U.S. representatives in the discussions on the Antarctic Treaty of 1959.||
11729|Phobos Ridge|Ridge|715200S|0683000W|-71.8666667|-68.5|||01/01/1956|Rocky ridge of sandstones and shales forming the W side of Mars Glacier in the SE corner of Alexander Island.  The coast in this vicinity was first seen from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth on Nov. 23, 1935, and roughly mapped from photos obtained on that flight by W.L.G. Joerg.  This ridge was first surveyed in 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for its association with Mars Glacier, Phobos being the inner of the two satellites of Mars.||
11730|Mount Phoebe|Summit|714700S|0684700W|-71.7833333|-68.7833333|300|984|01/01/1975|A mountain between the head of Neptune Glacier and the Saturn Glacier in eastern Alexander Island.  The feature is situated at the junction of four radial ridges.  The summit is a small mesa of conglomerate rising 300 m above the surrounding ice.  First photographed by Lincoln Ellsworth, Nov. 23, 1935, in the course of a trans-Antarctic flight and plotted from the air photos by W.L.G. Joerg.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from association with Saturn Glacier after Phoebe, one of the satellites of Saturn.||
11731|Phoenix Peak|Summit|642400S|0593900W|-64.4|-59.65|||01/01/1964|A peak immediately S of Muskeg Gap at the N end of Sobral Peninsula, Graham Land.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61). Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the Phoenix Manufacturing Co. of Eau Claire, Wisconsin, which started in 1906-07 to design and build steam "locomotive sleds" for hauling logs over ice and snow, probably the earliest successful vehicles of their type.||
11732|Phoque Island|Island|664900S|1412400E|-66.8166667|141.4|||01/01/1962|Rocky island 0.1 mi long, the southernmost island in a small group 0.1 mi N of Cape Margerie.  Charted in 1951 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) and so named by them because of numerous seals near the island, "phoque" being French for seal.||
11735|Phyllis Bay|Bay|582800S|0261800W|-58.4666667|-26.3|||01/01/1952|Small bight between Allen and Scarlett Points at the S end of Montagu Island, in the South Sandwich Islands.  The feature was roughly outlined by Bellingshausen in 1819-20.  Charted in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II and named for Phyllis V. Horton, daughter of Lieutenant Commander W.A. Horton, Royal Navy (RN), chief engineer of the Discovery II at the time of the survey.||
11736|Physeter Rocks|Island|633100S|0600900W|-63.5166667|-60.15|||01/01/1960|Small group of rocks lying W of Ohlin Island, Palmer Archipelago.  Photographed by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE), 1956-57, and mapped from these photos.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 after the sperm whale, Physeter catodon.||
11737|Piccard Cove|Bay|644500S|0621900W|-64.75|-62.3166667|||01/01/1965|Cove forming the southernmost part of Wilhelmina Bay, along the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Auguste Piccard, Swiss physicist, stratosphere pioneer who reached a height of 9.5 mi in a hydrogen-filled balloon in 1931.||
11738|Mount Picciotto|Summit|834600S|1630000E|-83.7666667|163|2560|8399|01/01/1966|A prominent, mainly ice-free mountain, 2,560 m, surmounting the NE end of Painted Cliffs on Prince Andrew Plateau, Queen Elizabeth Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Edgard E. Picciotto, glaciologist at South Pole Station, 1962-63; South Pole-Queen Maud Land Traverse, 1964-65 and 1965-66.||
11740|Pickering Nunatak|Summit|712400S|0704700E|-71.4|70.7833333|||01/01/1961|A prominent nunatak at the E side of the mouth of Lambert Glacier, situated 20 mi SSW of Manning Nunataks.  Sighted on a flight by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Beaver aircraft over the Amery Ice Shelf on Nov. 2, 1957.  Named by ANCA for Flight Sergeant R. Pickering of the RAAF Antarctic Flight at Mawson Station, 1957.||
11741|Pickering Nunataks|Summit|714900S|0685700W|-71.8166667|-68.95|||01/01/1975|A group of nunataks lying 2 mi SW of Mount Phoebe and on the NE side of Saturn Glacier, in eastern Alexander Island.  The nunataks were photographed by Lincoln Ellsworth, Nov. 23, 1935, in the course of a trans-Antarctic flight and were plotted from the air photos by W.L.G. Joerg.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from association with Saturn Glacier after William H. Pickering (1858-1938), the American astronomer who discovered Phoebe, one of the satellites of Saturn.||
11742|Pickersgill Islands|Island|543700S|0364500W|-54.6166667|-36.75|||01/01/1952|Small group of islands 15 mi SE of Annenkov Island and 9 mi WSW of Leon Head, South Georgia.  Discovered in 1819 by a Russian expedition under Bellingshausen, who charted the largest feature of the group as Pickersgill Island, erroneously thinking it to be the island sighted in 1775 by Captain James Cook and named for Lieutenant Richard Pickersgill of the expedition ship Resolution. The name Pickersgill Islands has been established by usage for this group of islands; the island originally named by Cook has been known as Annenkov Island since 1819.||
11744|Pickwick Island|Island|652900S|0653800W|-65.4833333|-65.6333333|||01/01/1965|The largest of the Pitt Islands, in the Biscoe Islands. Very roughly charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  More accurately shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 after Samuel Pickwick, founder of the Pickwick Club in Charles Dickens' Pickwick Papers.||
11745|Picnic Passage|Channel|642000S|0565500W|-64.3333333|-56.9166667|||01/01/1963|A marine channel, 1.5 mi long and 0.5 mi wide, between Snow Hill Island and Seymour Island in the James Ross Island group. First surveyed in 1902 by Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Otto Nordenskjold.  The UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) name arose from the excellent sledging conditions experienced during the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) resurveying of the area of 1952, which gave to the work a picnic-like atmosphere.||
11747|Mount Pico|Summit|641000S|0622700W|-64.1666667|-62.45|1700|5577|01/01/1965|A peak over 1,700 m in northern Brabant Island, Palmer Archipelago.  It rises 3.5 mi northeast of Driencourt Point.  The name "Monte Pico" was used on a 1957 Argentine hydrographic chart.  In Spanish, "pico" means beak or bill of a bird; peak or sharp point of any kind.||
11749|Pidgeon Island|Island|661900S|1102700E|-66.3166667|110.45|||01/01/1956|Rocky island, 1 mi long, between Midgley Island and Mitchell Peninsula in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for E.C. Pidgeon, Photographer's Mate on U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp flights in this area and other coastal areas between 14 and 164 East longitude.  Thought to be a separate unit, the E part of this feature was previously named O'Brien Islet.  The name O'Brien is now applied to the bay N of Mitchell Peninsula.||
11751|Pieck Range|Range|714500S|0120600E|-71.75|12.1|||01/01/1970|A short mountain range surmounted by Zwiesel Mountain, located at the E side of Humboldt Graben in the Petermann Ranges, Wohlthat Mountains.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Wilhelm Pieck, first President of communist East Germany.||03/07/1997
11753|Pierce Peak|Summit|845200S|0630900W|-84.8666667|-63.15|1790|5873|01/01/1968|A peak, 1,790 m, standing 2 mi S of Sullivan Peaks at the NE edge of Mackin Table in the Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Chester M. Pierce who, with Jay T. Shurley, studied the psychophysiology of men while asleep and awake--both before, during, and after sojourns at the South Pole Station, in 1966-67.||
11754|Mount Pierre|Summit|635800S|0615000W|-63.9666667|-61.8333333|210|689|01/01/1952|Sharp conical peak, 210 m, standing immediately S of Moureaux Point, Liege Island, in the Palmer Archipelago. Discovered and named by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.||
11755|Mount Pierre|Summit|711800S|0354500E|-71.3|35.75|2200|7218|01/01/1966|A massif (2,200 m) standing next north of Mount Goossens in the Queen Fabiola Mountains.  Discovered on Oct. 7, 1960 by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), under Guido Derom, who named it for Michel Pierre, aircraft mechanic, member of the Belgian flight reconnoitering party in this area.||
11758|Piggott Peninsula|Cape|734300S|0612000W|-73.7166667|-61.3333333||||A broad snow-covered peninsula between New Bedford Inlet and Wright Inlet on Lassiter Coast, Palmer Land, bounded to the W by Bryan Glacier and Swann Glacier.  The feature was first seen from the air and photographed by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) on Dec. 30, 1940.  It was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1961-67.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1985 after William R. Piggott, British ionospheriscist and Head, Atmospheric Sciences Division, British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1973-79.||
11759|Pigmy Rock|Island|684300S|0673300W|-68.7166667|-67.55|||01/01/1956|Rock lying close off the SW side of Alamode Island at the S extremity of the Terra Firma Islands, off the W coast of Graham Land.  The Terra Firma Islands were first visited and surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  This rock was surveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who so named it because of its size.||
11760|Pig Point|Summit|540400S|0370900W|-54.0666667|-37.15|||01/01/1953|Point which forms the S side of the entrance to North Bay, Prince Olav Harbor, on the N coast of South Georgia.  Probably named by DI personnel who charted Prince Olav Harbor in 1929.||
11761|Pig Rock|Island|621900S|0584800W|-62.3166667|-58.8|65|213|01/01/1953|Rock, 65 m high, the largest of a group of rocks lying 1 mi E of the E end of Nelson Island, in the South Shetland Islands. This rock, known to sealers in the area as early as 1821, was charted and named by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1935.||
11762|Pi Islands|Island|642000S|0625300W|-64.3333333|-62.8833333|||01/01/1963|Two islands and several rocks which lie 1 mi E of the NE end of Omega Island in the Melchior Islands, Palmer Archipelago. The name, derived from the 16th letter of the Greek alphabet, appears to have been first used on a 1946 Argentine government chart following surveys of these islands by Argentine expeditions in 1942 and 1943.||
11764|Pila Island|Island|673500S|0624300E|-67.5833333|62.7166667|||01/01/1965|Small island 1.5 mi W of the Flat Islands in Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Pila (the arrow).||
11765|Pilarryggen|Ridge|724200S|0035600W|-72.7|-3.9333333|||01/01/1966|A rock ridge at the W side of Portalen Pass in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Pilarryggen (the pillar ridge).||
11766|Pilcher Peak|Summit|641900S|0604900W|-64.3166667|-60.8166667|||01/01/1965|Peak between Mouillard and Lilienthal Glaciers, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Percy S. Pilcher (1866-1899), British engineer and pioneer of gliding flight.||
11768|Pillar Rock|Island|540000S|0380100W|-54|-38.0166667|||01/01/1965|A prominent rock stack lying SW of Square Rock, off the W end of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1931 British Admiralty chart.||04/12/2001
11770|Pillow Knob|Summit|833900S|0584100W|-83.65|-58.6833333|810|2657|01/01/1968|A peak, 810 m, protruding through the snow cover at the NE end of Williams Hills in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  The descriptive name was suggested by Dwight L. Schmidt, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geologist to these mountains, 1962-66.||
11771|Pillow Rock|Island|542700S|0365500W|-54.45|-36.9166667||||An insular rock forming the easternmost element of Hauge Reef, lying 3.3 mi W of Cape Darnley, South Georgia.  So named following British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geological work, 1975-76, from the pillowed lavas that compose the feature.||
11772|Pillsbury Tower|Summit|733100S|0942000W|-73.5166667|-94.3333333|1295|4249|01/01/1963|A remnant volcanic cone, 1,295 m, with a shear north-facing rock cliff and a gradual slope at the south side, standing directly at the base of Avalanche Ridge in the Jones Mountains. With its dark rock rising 100 m above the surrounding area, it is clearly the most prominent landmark in these mountains.  Mapped by the University of Minnesota-Jones Mountains Party, 1960-61, and named by them after Pillsbury Hall which houses the Department of Geology at the University of Minnesota.||
11773|Pilon Peak|Summit|711400S|1645700E|-71.2333333|164.95|1880|6168|01/01/1970|A prominent peak (1,880 m) standing 2 mi NE of Mount Works along the W side of Horne Glacier, in the Everett Range, Concord Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Jerome R. Pilon, U.S. Navy (USN), Operations Officer of Antarctic Development Squadron Six (1967-68), Executive Officer (1968-69), and Commanding Officer (1969-70). Commander Pilon served on the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names of the U.S. Board on Geographic Names, 1976-78.||
11774|Pilot Glacier|Glacier|732300S|1650300E|-73.3833333|165.05|||01/01/1971|A short, deeply entrenched tributary glacier in the Mountaineer Range, descending along the SE side of Deception Plateau to enter Aviator Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, in recognition of services rendered by pilots of U.S. Navy Squadron VX-6 in Antarctica, and in association with Aviator Glacier.||
11776|Pilot Peak|Summit|655100S|0651600W|-65.85|-65.2666667|745|2444|01/01/1971|The highest peak on Larrouy Island, 745 m, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 because the peak, conspicuous from a great distance, is useful as a navigation mark for the passage of Grandidier Channel.||
11778|Pilten Nunatak|Summit|715300S|0244800E|-71.8833333|24.8|||01/01/1966|Nunatak in the N part of Gjel Glacier in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Pilten (the nipper).||
11779|The Pimple|Summit|775851S|1624027E|-77.980742|162.67423|3215|10548|01/01/1953|Small cone-shaped peak, 3,215 m, midway between Mount Lister and Camels Hump in the Royal Society Range, in Victoria Land.  Discovered and named by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) under Scott, 1901-04.||
11780|Mount Pinafore|Summit|694600S|0705200W|-69.7666667|-70.8666667|1100|3609||A prominent peak rising to c. 1,100 m between Bartok Glacier and Sullivan Glacier in N Alexander Island.  Named by UK- APC, 1977, in association with nearby Gilbert Glacier and Sullivan Glacier after the operetta HMS Pinafore.||
11781|Pinafore Moraine|Ridge|765300S|1592600E|-76.8833333|159.4333333|||01/01/1965|A sheet of moraine which extends northeastward from Carapace Nunatak, in Victoria Land.  Reconnoitered by the New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) Allan Hills Expedition (1964).  The name is descriptive.||
11783|Pincer Point|Summit|853400S|1503000W|-85.5666667|-150.5|||01/01/1967|A narrow rock point lying 4 mi ESE of Durham Point, near the NW end of the Tapley Mountains.  First seen and roughly mapped by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  So named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) because its appearance is similar to a part of a pincers.||
11784|Pinckard Table|Summit|740000S|1640300E|-74|164.05|||01/01/1968|An ice-covered tableland, 8 mi long and 3 mi wide, rising between the Styx and Burns Glaciers in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1955-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William Pinckard, biologist at McMurdo Station, 1965-66 season.||
11785|Pinder Gully|Valley|604300S|0453500W|-60.7166667|-45.5833333|||01/01/1975|A small gully in eastern Signy Island which runs north from Observation Bluff down to the sea.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Ronald Pinder, radio operator and meteorologist at Signy Island, 1959-61.||
11787|Pinegin Peak|Summit|714400S|0123300E|-71.7333333|12.55|2595|8514|01/01/1970|A central peak, 2,595 m, on Isdalsegga Ridge in Sudliche Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Soviet polar explorer N.V. Pinegin (1883-1940).||
11788|Pine Island Bay|Bay|745000S|1024000W|-74.8333333|-102.6666667|||01/01/1955|A bay about 40 mi long and 30 mi wide, into which flows the ice of Pine Island Glacier, at the SE extremity of Amundsen Sea. Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the USS Pine Island, seaplane tender and flagship of the eastern task group of U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp which explored this area.||08/19/2002
11789|Pine Island Glacier|Glacier|751000S|1000000W|-75.1666667|-100|||01/01/1968|A broad glacier flowing WNW along the S side of the Hudson Mountains into Pine Island Bay, Amundsen Sea.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Pine Island Bay.||08/19/2002
11790|Pinel Point|Summit|642100S|0621200W|-64.35|-62.2|||01/01/1960|Point lying 5 mi NE of D'Ursel Point on the E side of Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  First roughly charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos in 1959.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Philippe Pinel (1745-1826), French physician who held advanced views on investigation of disease and first succeeded in abolishing severe physical restraints on mental cases, in 1796.||
11791|Piner Bay|Bay|664300S|1401700E|-66.7166667|140.2833333|||01/01/1947|Open bay 8 mi long and 2 mi wide between Cape Bienvenue and the E side of Astrolabe Glacier Tongue.  Discovered on Jan. 30, 1840, by the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) under Wilkes, who named it for Thomas Piner, signal quartermaster on the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) flagship Vincennes.  This feature correlates closely with portions of the sketch of "Piners Bay" as shown on Wilkes' chart of 1840.||
11792|Piñero Island|Island|673400S|0674900W|-67.5666667|-67.8166667|||01/01/1950|Island 2 mi long and 0.5 mi wide, lying about 4.5 mi NW of Pourquoi Pas Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10, and named by him for Dr. Antonio F. Pinero, member of the Chamber of Deputies of the Argentine Republic, on whose motion the government voted unlimited credit to meet the needs of the expedition.||
11793|Piñero Peak|Summit|673400S|0674900W|-67.5666667|-67.8166667|380|1247||The highest point (380 m) of Pinero Island (q.v.) in Laubeuf Fjord, W Graham Land.  Named after the island by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1980.||
11795|Pinet Butte|Summit|731000S|1614100E|-73.1666667|161.6833333|||01/01/1969|A small butte comprising the westernmost portion of the Caudal Hills, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Paul R. Pinet, geologist at McMurdo Station, 1966-67.||
11808|Pingvinane Nunataks|Summit|720000S|0231700E|-72|23.2833333|||01/01/1966|Group of nunataks standing close N of Tanngarden Peaks in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Pingvinane (the penguins).||
11811|Pinnacle Gap|Gap|731500S|1630000E|-73.25|163|||01/01/1967|A gap between Pain and Tobin Mesas in the Mesa Range of Victoria Land.  The feature was traversed and so named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, because it is readily identified by the high rock pinnacle (Mount Ballou) on the N ridge overlooking the gap.||
11813|Pinnacle Rock|Island|610600S|0544700W|-61.1|-54.7833333|120|394|01/01/1952|Rock, 120 m high, lying 2.5 mi E of Point Wild and close off the N coast of Elephant Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name was probably suggested by members of the British expedition under Shackleton, 1914-16, who sighted and described this feature as a pillar of rock during their refuge at Elephant Island following the loss of the Endurance.||
11814|Pinn Island|Island|673400S|0475500E|-67.5666667|47.9166667|||01/01/1965|Island lying close off the NE end of McKinnon Island, off the coast of Enderby Land.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos in 1956 and visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party in October 1957.  Named by ANCA for John Pinn, geophysicist at Mawson Station in 1957.||
11816|Pinther Ridge|Ridge|702200S|0642000W|-70.3666667|-64.3333333|||01/01/1976|An arc-shaped mountain ridge, 6 mi long, that is somewhat isolated and mostly snow covered.  It rises above the ice surface at the E margin of the Dyer Plateau of Palmer Land, about 22 mi S of the Eternity Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Miklos Pinther, Chief Cartographer of the American Geographical Society in the 1970s, under whose supervision a number of excellent maps of Antarctica have been prepared.||
11817|Pioneer Crossing|Cape|682900S|0782200E|-68.4833333|78.3666667|||01/01/1961|A low pass across Langnes Peninsula, Vestfold Hills, leading from the southeast arm of Tryne Fjord to Langnes Fjord. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37).  The feature was visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) sledging party led by B.H. Stinear (1957), and was named to record this first known traverse of the pass.||
11818|Pioneer Heights|Summit|793000S|0833000W|-79.5|-83.5|||01/01/1966|A group name in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains, encompassing the large area of hills, ridges and peaks located eastward of Schneider and Schanz Glaciers and between Splettstoesser and Union Glaciers.  Among these features are the Inferno Ridge, the Nimbus, Gross, Buchanan and Collier Hills. The Pioneer Heights were mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  The name was applied by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with the name Heritage Range.||
11820|Pioneers Escarpment|Cliff|802800S|0210700W|-80.4666667|-21.1166667||||A mostly snow-covered north-facing escarpment, interrupted by occasional bluffs and spurs, between Slessor Glacier on the N and Shotton Snowfield on the S, in the Shackleton Range.  The escarpment was photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and was surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because features on the escarpment are named after the pioneers whose inventions have assisted living and traveling conditions in the polar regions.||
11822|Pionerskiy Dome|Summit|735900S|0730800E|-73.9833333|73.1333333|||01/01/1973|An ice-covered summit about 60 mi SSW of the Grove Mountains.  Discovered by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1958 and named "Kupol Pionerskiy" (Pionerskiy Dome).||03/07/1997
11823|Pio Point|Summit|540100S|0380500W|-54.0166667|-38.0833333|||01/01/1964|Point forming the N side of the entrance to Johnson Cove at the W end of Bird Island, South Georgia.  Roughly charted by DI personnel on the Discovery in the period 1926-30 and surveyed by His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Owen in 1960-61.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1963.  "Pio" is an old sailors' name for the light-mantled sooty albatross (Phoebetria palpebrata), a bird which breeds on Bird Island.||
11824|Piore Ridge|Ridge|724000S|1685500E|-72.6666667|168.9166667|||01/01/1973|A prominent ridge, 11 mi long, located between Elder Glacier and Bowers Glacier in the Victory Mountains of Victoria Land.  Mapped by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, and the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), 1960-62. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Emanuel Ruben Piore, American physicist, member of the National Science Board, National Science Foundation, 1961-72.||
11825|Pip Cliffs|Cliff|654300S|0630100W|-65.7166667|-63.0166667|1250|4101||Prominent rock cliffs W of Mount Fedallah, rising to c. 1,250 m on the N side of Flask Glacier on Oscar II Coast, Graham Land.  In association with names from Melville's Moby Dick grouped in this area, named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1987 after Pip, the cabin boy of the Pequod.||
11826|Pipecleaner Glacier|Glacier|781400S|1625100E|-78.2333333|162.85|||01/01/1974|A glacier formed by the coalescence of numerous small alpine glaciers on the E side of Mount Huggins.  Together with Glimpse Glacier it joins the Radian Glacier where that stream meets the N arm of Dismal Ridge.  Its surface is marked by innumerable bands of moraine reminiscent of pipecleaners.  Named by New Zealand Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1960-61.||
11827|Pipe Peak|Summit|790900S|0861500W|-79.15|-86.25|1720|5643|01/01/1966|A sharp peak on a ridge, 1,720 m, rising 1.5 mi N of Matney Peak in the Founders Peaks, Heritage Range.  So named by members of the University of Minnesota Geological Party, 1963-64, because a pipe was left here after a visit to the area.||
11828|Pipkin Rock|Island|680500S|0685000W|-68.0833333|-68.8333333|||01/01/1956|Small ice-free island, lying NE of Dismal Island in the Faure Islands, Marguerite Bay.  The Faure Islands were discovered and first charted in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot.  The group was surveyed in 1949 by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and so named from the insignificant size of the feature.||
11829|Pippin Peaks|Range|653900S|0622800W|-65.65|-62.4666667|880|2887|01/01/1976|An E-W line of several peaks ranging in height from 880 m to 1,160 m and formed of white or pink granite.  The feature is located at the W end of Stubb Glacier where it forms a part of the glacier's N wall.  The name is one of several in this area applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from Herman Melville's Moby Dick, Pippin being the shipkeeper in the Pequod who was cast adrift by Stubb.||
11833|Pirie Peninsula|Cape|604200S|0443900W|-60.7|-44.65|||01/01/1947|Narrow peninsula extending 3 mi northward from the center of Laurie Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  The peninsula was surveyed in 1903 by the ScotNAE under Bruce, who named it for Dr. J.H. Pirie, surgeon and geologist of the expedition.||
11836|Pirner Peak|Summit|543100S|0360400W|-54.5166667|-36.0666667|||01/01/1972|A peak 0.7 mi NW of Pirner Point, Royal Bay, South Georgia. Surveyed by the German group of the International Polar Year Investigations, 1882-83, and named by them for Captain Pirner of the expedition ship Moltke.||
11837|Pirner Point|Summit|543100S|0360400W|-54.5166667|-36.0666667|||01/01/1956|Point marking the N side of the entrance to Little Moltke Harbor in Royal Bay, South Georgia.  First surveyed by the German group of the International Polar Year Investigations, 1882-83, under Schrader, and named by them for Captain Pirner, commander of the expedition ship Moltke.||
11839|Pirrit Hills|Range|811700S|0852100W|-81.2833333|-85.35|||01/01/1964|An isolated group of peaks and nunataks about 7 mi in extent, lying southward of the Ellsworth Mountains, between the Heritage Range and Nash Hills.  The feature was positioned by the U.S. Ellsworth-Byrd Traverse Party in December 1958.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John Pirrit, glaciologist with the traverse party who had wintered at Ellsworth Station.  Pirrit was scientific leader at Byrd Station in 1959.||
11841|Mount Pisgah|Summit|625700S|0622900W|-62.95|-62.4833333|1860|6102||Peak, 1,860 m, standing nearly 3 mi SW of Mount Christi and 4 mi NE of Mount Foster in the north-central part of Smith Island, South Shetland Islands.  Because the peaks of Smith Island gave it a forked appearance when seen from a distance, American sealers in the 1820s called it Mount Pisgah Island after the double-topped Mount Pisgah in the town of Durham, CT.  The name has since been restricted to the peak described.||
11845|Pitkevitch Glacier|Glacier|712300S|1685200E|-71.3833333|168.8666667|||01/01/1964|Glacier, 20 mi long, flowing N from the Admiralty Mountains along the W side of DuBridge Range.  The glacier reaches the sea just E of Atkinson Cliffs, where it forms Anderson Icefalls.  A portion of the terminus merges northwestward with Fendley Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Staff Sergeant, Leonard M. Pitkevitch, USAF, who perished in the crash of a C-124 Globemaster aircraft in this vicinity in 1958.||
11846|Mount Pitman|Summit|700900S|0674200W|-70.15|-67.7|1830|6004|01/01/1955|Mountain with two mainly ice-covered, dome-shaped summits, the higher and northern rising to 1,830 m, standing 9 mi inland from George VI Sound, between Riley and Chapman Glaciers on the W coast of Palmer Land.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954 for E.L. Pitman, an airplane carpenter of Byfleet, Surrey, who made the sledges used by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, introducing important new elements into the design of the Nansen-type sledge.||
11847|Piton Island|Island|664700S|1413600E|-66.7833333|141.6|||01/01/1962|Small rocky island lying 0.1 mi SW of Guano Island in the Curzon Islands.  Charted in 1951 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) and so named by them for its very pointed shape.||
11848|Mount Pittard|Summit|713100S|1665400E|-71.5166667|166.9|2410|7907|01/01/1970|Pointed mountain (2,410 m) standing 12 mi E of the N part of Homerun Range in the Admiralty Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Donald A. Pittard, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1966-67 and 1967-68.||
11850|Pitt Islands|Island|652600S|0653000W|-65.4333333|-65.5|||01/01/1947|Group of small islands lying immediately off the N extremity of Renaud Island, at the N end of the Biscoe Islands. The name "Pitt's Island," for William Pitt, British statesman, was applied by John Biscoe in 1832 to an island which he erroneously charted as lying about 25 mi WNW of these islands. The present application of Pitt Islands is based on the interpretation of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, who charted the island group in 1935-36.||
11851|Pitt Point|Summit|635100S|0582200W|-63.85|-58.3666667|90|295|01/01/1952|Promontory, 90 m high, at the S side of the mouth of Victory Glacier on the S coast of Trinity Peninsula.  Charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1945, and named for K.A.J. Pitt, master of the 1944-45.||
11852|Pitzman Glacier|Glacier|704100S|1601000E|-70.6833333|160.1666667|||01/01/1970|A glacier, 6 mi long, draining the SE slopes of Pomerantz Tableland in the Usarp Mountains.  It flows between Mount Lowman and Williams Bluff to an ice piedmont just eastward.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Frederick J. Pitzman, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
11853|Mount Pivot|Summit|804100S|0301000W|-80.6833333|-30.1666667|1095|3592|01/01/1962|Conspicuous mountain, 1,095 m, with steep rock slopes on its W side, standing between Mount Haslop and Turnpike Bluff in the W part of the Shackleton Range.  First mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and so named because this prominent landmark was the turning point for aircraft and sledging parties of the expedition rounding the SW end of the Shackleton Range.||
11854|Pivot Peak|Summit|780133S|1610059E|-78.025854|161.016486|2470|8104|01/01/1962|Prominent conical peak, 2,470 m, distinguished by a large NE cirque and as the highest point in Wilkniss Mountains, Victoria Land.  The New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) established a survey station on its summit on Jan. 21, 1958.  So named by them because its prominent appearance and location make it the focal point of the topography in that area.||
11855|Plaice Island|Island|660100S|0652700W|-66.0166667|-65.45|||01/01/1971|Island lying W of Mackerel Island in the Fish Islands, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 because it is one of the Fish Islands.||
11856|Planck Point|Summit|791800S|0851100W|-79.3|-85.1833333|||01/01/1966|A snow-covered, spur-like point along the N side of Splettstoesser Glacier, located 10 mi SE of Landmark Peak in the Heritage Range.  Named by the University of Minnesota Geological Party to the area, 1963-64, for Russell E. Planck, helicopter crew chief with the 62nd Transportation Detachment, who assisted the party.||
11857|Plane Table|Summit|773528S|1612721E|-77.591242|161.455809|||01/01/1976|A distinctive ice free mesa in the N part of the Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  This flattish feature surmounts the area between Nibelungen Valley and the Sykes Glacier and commands an extensive view of Wright Valley.  A descriptive name given by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC).||
11858|Planet Heights|Summit|711300S|0684700W|-71.2166667|-68.7833333|||01/01/1961|Series of summits along a ridge, extending 24 mi in a N-S direction between the S part of LeMay Range and George VI Sound in the E part of Alexander Island.  First mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from association with the nearby glaciers named for planets.||
11859|Plankinton Bluff|Cliff|845800S|0643700W|-84.9666667|-64.6166667|||01/01/1968|A large rock bluff along the SW edge of Mackin Table, 5 mi SE of Shurley Ridge, in the Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John Clark Plankinton, Jr., meteorologist at South Pole Station, winter 1967.||09/08/2011
11861|Plata Glacier|Glacier|720400S|1661100E|-72.0666667|166.1833333||||A glacier in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land, flowing N between Mirabito Range and Monteath Hills into Jutland Glacier. One of several features in the Victory Mountains named after naval encounters, this glacier named after the naval battle of the Rio de la Plata, December 1939.  Named by the NZ- APC on the suggestion of R.H. Findlay, NZ-ARP geologist to this area, 1981-82.||03/07/1997
11862|Plata Passage|Channel|644000S|0620100W|-64.6666667|-62.0166667|||01/01/1965|Passage in Wilhelmina Bay separating Brooklyn Island from the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99, and named after the estuary between Argentina and Uruguay in recognition of the services rendered the expedition by the people of Argentina.||
11863|Platform Spur|Ridge|775847S|1621042E|-77.979732|162.178403|2350|7710|01/01/1993|A wedge-shaped sandstone platform which rises to 2,350 m and tapers to the NE, between Bindschadler Glacier and Jezek Glacier in the NW part of Royal Society Range, Victoria Land.  It was descriptively named by Alan Sherwood, NZGS party leader in the area, 1987-88.||
11865|Plato Island|Island|632600S|0544000W|-63.4333333|-54.6666667|||01/01/1993|A small island lying 1 mi E of Darwin Island in the Danger Islands, q.v.  The descriptive name "Islote Plato" (plate island) was given by Ministerio de Defensa, Argentina, 1977.  The term island is appropriate and replaces "islote" (islet) in the name approved by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1993.||
11867|Platt Cliffs|Cliff|621100S|0583500W|-62.1833333|-58.5833333|100|328||Cliffs rising to c. 100 m between Goulden Cove and Monsimet Cove in Ezcurra Inlet, Admiralty Bay, King George Island.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Eric Platt (1926-48), Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) base leader and geologist, Admiralty Bay, 1948.  Platt died from exhaustion and exposure near Ternyck Needle, Nov. 8, 1948, and is buried near the British station on Keller Peninsula.||
11869|Platt Point|Summit|683600S|0641400W|-68.6|-64.2333333||||The E entrance point to Bowman Inlet on the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  The feature marks the extremity of an ice-covered, though clearly outlined, spur that juts N from the W part of Hollick-Kenyon Peninsula.  The margins of the feature were photographed from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth, 1935, but it was more clearly defined by aerial photographs taken by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1940.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 for William D. Platt, U.S. Navy (USN), hospital corpsman, Palmer Station, winter party 1968.||
11870|Platypus Ridge|Ridge|704200S|1634300E|-70.7|163.7166667|||01/01/1964|Large ice-covered ridge bordering the W side of the mouth of Lillie Glacier.  It extends NE from Bowers Mountains to the head of Ob' Bay.  Its position was fixed by S.L. Kirkby, surveyor with Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Thala Dan) in Feb. 1962.  Named by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) after this monotreme mammal, native only to Australia.||
11874|Playfair Mountains|Summit|735500S|0632500W|-73.9166667|-63.4166667|||01/01/1968|A group of mountains between the Swann and Squires Glaciers in SE Palmer Land.  The mountains were first seen and photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  They were mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John Playfair (1748-1819), Scottish mathematician and geologist.||
11875|Plaza Point|Summit|620600S|0582600W|-62.1|-58.4333333|||01/01/1960|Point forming the S tip of Keller Peninsula, which separates Mackellar and Martel Inlets in the N part of Admiralty Bay, on King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands. Charted and named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10.  The name suggests the central position of the feature at the head of Admiralty Bay.||
11877|Pleasant Plateau|Plain|794600S|1583000E|-79.7666667|158.5|||01/01/1968|A small, somewhat isolated ice-free plateau located close W of Blank Peaks and Foggydog Glacier in the Brown Hills.  Explored by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1962-63, who so named it because of the agreeable weather encountered there on each occasion the area was visited.||
11878|The Pleiades|Summit|724200S|1653200E|-72.7|165.5333333|||01/01/1964|Several extinct volcanic peaks in a cluster, overlooking the W side of the head of Mariner Glacier.  Named after the cluster of small stars in Taurus by the Northern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63.||
11879|Mount Pleiones|Summit|724500S|1652900E|-72.75|165.4833333|||01/01/1969|The southernmost and highest peak of The Pleiades, at the head of Mariner Glacier.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) after Pleiones of Greek mythology.||
11881|Pléneau Island|Island|650600S|0640400W|-65.1|-64.0666667|||01/01/1971|Island, 0.8 mi long, lying just NE of Hovgaard Island in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Charted as a peninsula of Hovgaard Island by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, who named its NE point for Paul Pleneau, photographer of the expedition.  The feature was first shown to be an island on an Argentine government chart of 1957.||
11882|Cape Plenty|Cape|613000S|0552800W|-61.5|-55.4666667|||01/01/1993|The SE cape of Gibbs Island (actually marks S point of the island), in the South Shetland Islands.  Visited by JSEEIG in January 1977 and so named because a reef E of the cape causes upwelling of water which attracts numerous birds to feed in the area.  Approved by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1980.||
11883|Plog Island|Island|683200S|0780000E|-68.5333333|78|||01/01/1965|An island 1 mi long in Prydz Bay, lying 0.5 mi N of Lake Island and 0.5 mi W of Breidnes Peninsula, Vestfold Hills. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37) and named "Plogoy" (plow island), as being descriptive of the island's shape.||
11885|Plogskaftet Nunataks|Summit|714800S|0051200E|-71.8|5.2|||01/01/1967|A row of nunataks about 5 mi long lying close NW of Cumulus Mountain in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land. Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Plogskaftet (the plow handle).||
11889|Plumb Bob Point|Summit|775216S|1614418E|-77.871105|161.738269|||01/01/1993|A tapering rock point, 4 mi NE of Knobhead, marking the NE extremity of Quartermain Mountains, Victoria Land, and the point of apposition of the east-flowing Taylor Glacier and Ferrar Glacier.  The name is one of a group in the area associated with surveying applied in 1993 by the New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB).||
11890|Plummer Glacier|Glacier|795800S|0813000W|-79.9666667|-81.5|||01/01/1966|A short glacier descending E through the Enterprise Hills to the N of Lippert Peak and the Douglas Peaks, in the Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charles C. Plummer, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciologist at Palmer Station in 1965.||
11891|Plummet Glacier|Glacier|774701S|1615430E|-77.783571|161.908456|||01/01/1993|The westernmost glacier on the N side of Kukri Hills, flowing N to Taylor Glacier, in Victoria Land.  The name is one of a group in the area associated with surveying applied in 1993 by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB).  The name refers to a plummet, or plumb bob.||
11892|Plumstead Valley|Valley|763700S|1594900E|-76.6166667|159.8166667|||01/01/1965|A valley at the northern end of Shipton Ridge, east of Kirkcaldy Spur in the Allan Hills, Victoria Land.  Reconnoitered by the New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) Allan Hills Expedition, 1964.  They named it after Dr. E.P. Plumstead for her work on Glossopteris fossils, especially those from Antarctica.||
11893|Plunket Point|Summit|850500S|1670600E|-85.0833333|167.1|||01/01/1952|A conspicuous rock point marking the northern end of the Dominion Range and the confluence of the Beardmore and Mill Glaciers.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named for Lord Plunket, at that time Governor of New Zealand.||
11894|Pluto Glacier|Glacier|710700S|0682200W|-71.1166667|-68.3666667|||01/01/1955|Glacier on the E coast of Alexander Island, 10 mi long and 4 mi wide, which flows E into George VI Sound to the N of Succession Cliffs.  First photographed from the air on Nov. 23, 1935, by Lincoln Ellsworth and mapped from these photos by W.L.G. Joerg.  Roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for the planet Pluto following Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) surveys in 1948 and 1949.||
11895|Mount Plymouth|Summit|622800S|0594900W|-62.4666667|-59.8166667|520|1706|01/01/1953|Mountain, 520 m, standing 1.5 mi NW of Discovery Bay in the N part of Greenwich Island, in the South Shetland Islands. Charted in 1935 by DI personnel on the Discovery II, and named after the city of Plymouth in Devon, England.||
11896|Poa Cove|Bay|541500S|0363000W|-54.25|-36.5|||01/01/1956|Small cove 0.8 mi SW of Mai Point in the SE corner of Maiviken, Cumberland Bay, South Georgia.  Roughly surveyed by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold.  Resurveyed in 1929 by DI personnel, and in 1951 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the genus Poa, which includes the tussock grass which grows in profusion near this cove.||
11897|The Podium|Cliff|785600S|1610900E|-78.9333333|161.15|||01/01/1965|A high, flat ice-covered bluff, 1 mi in extent, which projects at the S end of the Worcester Range and surmounts the ice-filled embayment between Cape Teall and Cape Timberlake.  So named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 because of its position relative to nearby features and its resemblance to a podium.||
11898|Podprudnoye Lake|Lake|704500S|0113700E|-70.75|11.6166667|||01/01/1970|A small lake lying just SE of Prilednikovoye Lake in Schirmacher Hills, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1961 and named Ozero Podprudnoye (by-the-pond lake).||
11899|Pod Rocks|Island|680900S|0673000W|-68.15|-67.5|||01/01/1956|Small compact group of rocks, lying 5 mi W of Millerand Island in Marguerite Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  First roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  The rocks were visited and resurveyed in 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who established a sealing camp there.  The name, proposed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), derives from the old sealers' term "pod," meaning a group of seals hauled ashore.||
11901|Poindexter Peak|Summit|751300S|1342500W|-75.2166667|-134.4166667|1215|3986|01/01/1966|Snow-covered peak (1,215 m) rising 4 mi SE of Bennett Bluff, along the W side of upper Berry Glacier in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Monte F. Poindexter, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at Byrd Station, 1962.||
11902|Cape Poinsett|Cape|654600S|1131300E|-65.7666667|113.2166667|||01/01/1955|An ice-covered cape, the northern extremity of Budd Coast, from which the coast recedes abruptly to the southeast and southwest.  The position of Cape Poinsett correlates closely with the high seaward extremity of "Budd's High Land" as charted in 1840 by the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) under Lieutenant Charles Wilkes.  The cape was plotted from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Joel R. Poinsett, Secretary of War under President Martin Van Buren, who was instrumental in the compilation and publication of the large number of scientific reports based on the work of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE), 1838-42.||
11904|Pointer Nunatak|Summit|803700S|0290000W|-80.6166667|-29|1245|4085|01/01/1962|Conspicuous nunatak, 1,245 m, immediately E of Wedge Ridge in the W part of the Shackleton Range.  First mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and so named because it is an important landmark on the route from Blaiklock Glacier to Stratton Glacier which provides access from the W to the E part of the Shackleton Range.||03/07/1997
11905|The Pointers|Island|623600S|0611900W|-62.6|-61.3166667|||01/01/1965|Two rocks lying NW of Rugged Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name was applied by sealers in the area in the 1820s.||
11910|Poisson Hill|Summit|622900S|0593900W|-62.4833333|-59.65|80|262|01/01/1972|Rounded, ice-covered hill (80 m) located 0.3 mi NE of Iquique Cove, Greenwich Island, South Shetland Islands.  The recommended name derives from "Promontorio Poisson" and "Cerro Poisson," forms appearing on Chilean hydrographic charts of the 1950s.  Maurice Poisson signed the official act of inauguration of nearby Arturo Prat Station on Greenwich Island in 1947.||
11911|Pojeta Peak|Summit|792800S|0844100W|-79.4666667|-84.6833333|1500|4921||A peak rising to c. 1,500 m in the central part of Webers Peaks, 2 mi SE of Bingham Peak, in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after John Pojeta, Jr., U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) (Reston, VA) paleontologist from 1963; field party member and paleontologist with the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Ellsworth Mountains Expedition, 1979-80.||
11913|Polarårboken Glacier|Glacier|693600S|0760000E|-69.6|76|||01/01/1956|A glacier, 3 mi NE of Stein Islands, draining westward into the N part of Publications Ice Shelf.  Delineated in 1952 by John H. Roscoe from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Named by Roscoe after Polararboken, a polar journal published by the Norsk Polarklubb, Oslo, Norway.||
11914|Polarforschung Glacier|Glacier|695000S|0750700E|-69.8333333|75.1166667|||01/01/1956|A heavily crevassed glacier flowing northward along the west side of Meknattane Nunataks to Publications Ice Shelf. Vestknatten Nunatak lies within the mouth of the glacier. Delineated in 1952 by John H. Roscoe from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47), and named by him after fur Polarforschung, Kiel, West Germany.||
11915|Polaris Glacier|Glacier|641400S|0593100W|-64.2333333|-59.5166667|||01/01/1964|A distinctive glacier, 4 mi long, flowing southward from Detroit Plateau, Graham Land, between Pyke and Eliason Glaciers. Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the "Polaris" motor sledge made by Polaris Industries, Roseau, Minnesota, and used in Antarctica since 1960.||
11916|Polaris Peak|Summit|843900S|1724000W|-84.65|-172.6666667|970|3182|01/01/1966|A rounded peak (970 m) rising 4 mi SW of Mount Roth in the Gabbro Hills, Queen Maud Mountains.  So named by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1963-64) because they drove a Polaris motor toboggan to the summit.||
11917|Polar Record Glacier|Glacier|694500S|0753000E|-69.75|75.5|||01/01/1956|A large glacier flowing between Meknattane Nunataks and Dodd Island to the central part of Publications Ice Shelf. Delineated in 1952 by John H. Roscoe from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47.  Named by Roscoe after Research Institute, Cambridge, England.||
11918|Cape Polar Star|Cape|733800S|1694000E|-73.6333333|169.6666667||||A bold cape which forms the SW extremity of Coulman Island in northwestern Ross Sea.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1987 after U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) activities in Antarctica, including the Ross Sea, since Operation Deep Freeze, 1978.  A survey of this feature was conducted from Polar Star in 1986.||
11919|Polarstar Peak|Summit|773200S|0860900W|-77.5333333|-86.15|2400|7874|01/01/1961|Peak rising above 2,400 m, standing 3 mi N of Mount Ulmer in the N part of the Sentinel Range.  Discovered by Lincoln Ellsworth on his trans-Antarctic flight of Nov. 23, 1935.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the airplane Polar Star in which Ellsworth made the historic flight.||
11920|Polarstar Ridge|Ridge|714900S|0702900W|-71.8166667|-70.4833333||||A jagged ridge, 4 mi long, trending SW from The Obelisk in the Staccato Peaks, S Alexander Island.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after the Polar Star, the low-wing monoplane from which Lincoln Ellsworth, with pilot Herbert Hollick-Kenyon, discovered and photographed this ridge and the Staccato Peaks, Nov. 23, 1935.||
11921|Polar Subglacial Basin|Basin|850000S|1100000E|-85|110|||01/01/1961|A subglacial basin situated generally between Gamburtsev Subglacial Mountains and the Dominion Range in East Antarctica. The feature was roughly delineated by American, United Kingdom and Soviet seismic field parties, 1958-61.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1961) for the proximity of the feature to the South Pole area.||
11922|Polar Times Glacier|Glacier|694600S|0743500E|-69.7666667|74.5833333|||01/01/1956|A glacier on Ingrid Christensen Coast, flowing northward between Svarthausen Nunatak and Boyd Nunatak into the western part of Publications Ice Shelf.  Delineated by John H. Roscoe from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47. Named by Roscoe after The Polar Times, a polar journal published by the American polar Society, New York.||
11923|Poldervaart Edge|Ridge|804400S|0255700W|-80.7333333|-25.95|1300|4265||An east-facing escarpment rising to c. 1,300 m and trending NE-SW for 3.5 mi in the Du Toit Nunataks, Read Mountains, Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of geologists grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after Professor Arie Poldervaart (1919-64), Dutch petrologist known for his research on basaltic rocks.||
11924|Polish Bluff|Cliff|624000S|0602400W|-62.6666667|-60.4|100|328||A bluff with cliffs rising to 100 m, located SW of the entrance to Johnsons Dock on Hurd Peninsula, Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The feature was shown on a 1988 Spanish chart as "Punta Polaca" (Polish point).  The name has been approved in the amended form recommended by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1990.||
11925|Mount Pollard|Summit|702800S|0643700E|-70.4666667|64.6166667|||01/01/1970|A partly snow-covered mountain just S of Corry Massif and 3 mi W of Crohn Massif in the Porthos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveys and air photos, 1956-65. Named by ANCA for J.R. Pollard, ionosphere physicist at Wilkes Station, 1964.||
11926|Pollard Glacier|Glacier|654900S|0641300W|-65.8166667|-64.2166667|||01/01/1971|Glacier flowing into the S side of Comrie Glacier to the E of Bradford Glacier, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Alan F.C. Pollard (1877-1948), English documentalist, founder and first president of the British Society for International Bibliography, and pioneer in the introduction of the Universal Decimal Classification into British libraries.||03/07/1997
11927|Pollholmen|Island|690100S|0393600E|-69.0166667|39.6|||01/01/1971|Island, 0.3 mi long, situated 0.1 mi off the SE side of East Ongul Island, in the E side of the entrance of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Pollholmen (the bay island), presumably because of its location opposite the narrow inlet or bay separating Ongul and East Ongul Islands.||
11928|Cape Pollock|Cape|680300S|1465000E|-68.05|146.8333333|||01/01/1952|The northern point of Dixson Island, located at the W side of the mouth of Ninnis Glacier.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who named it for Prof. J.A. Pollock of the Expedition Advisory Committee.||
11929|Mount Pollock|Summit|734500S|1624700E|-73.75|162.7833333|2640|8661|01/01/1969|A symmetrical mountain (2,640 m) that rises above the mid-portion of Recoil Glacier just south of Archambault Ridge, in the Deep Freeze Range, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and US. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Herbert W. Pollock, U.S. Navy (USN), construction electrician at McMurdo Station, 1962 and 1967.||
11930|Pollux Nunatak|Summit|650500S|0595300W|-65.0833333|-59.8833333|||01/01/1963|One of the Seal Nunataks, lying 2 mi NW of Robertson Island in Larsen Ice Shelf.  The probable existence of the feature was first reported by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947 and its existence was confirmed during a Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) survey in 1953.  The UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) name derives from its association with Castor Nunatak 4.5 mi to the SSW; Castor and Pollux were sons of Zeus.||
11931|Pollux Rock|Island|570700S|0264700W|-57.1166667|-26.7833333|||01/01/1972|The southern of a pair of large off-lying rocks south of Vindication Island, South Sandwich Islands.  This rock, with its neighbor Castor Rock, was named "Castor and Pollux" during the survey of these islands from Royal Research Ship (RRS) Discovery II in 1930.  In 1971 UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) recommended that they be assigned unambiguous names making each individually identifiable, and this has been done by naming the southern one Pollux Rock and the northern one Castor Rock.||
11932|Polonez Cove|Bay|620900S|0580800W|-62.15|-58.1333333||||A cove on the N side of Low Head, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the Polish Antarctic Expedition in 1980 from the Polish form of the French word "polonaise," a stately Polish dance in 3/4 time.||
11935|Polygon Spur|Ridge|860000S|1260000W|-86|-126|||01/01/1967|A broad, ice-free spur lying 2 mi SE of Tillite Spur at the S end of the Wisconsin Plateau, Horlick Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  The name was proposed by John H. Mercer, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist to these mountains, 1964-65, because the surface of the spur is covered by a network of unsorted polygons.||
11936|Polynesia Point|Summit|604300S|0453600W|-60.7166667|-45.6|||01/01/1956|Ice-free point forming the N side of the entrance to Paal Harbor on the E side of Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Surveyed in 1933 by DI personnel, and resurveyed in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954 for the floating factory Polynesia, of the Rethval Whaling Co. of Oslo, which worked in the South Orkney Islands in 1913-14.||
11937|Pomerantz Tableland|Area|703800S|1595000E|-70.6333333|159.8333333|2290|7513|01/01/1964|A high (2,290 m) ice-covered tableland about 10 mi long, standing 15 mi NW of Daniels Range in the Usarp Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Martin A. Pomerantz, Director of the Barthol Research Foundation and Chairman of the U.S. Committee for the International Year of the Quiet Sun, who carried on cosmic ray studies in the McMurdo Sound area, 1959-60 and 1960-61.||
11940|Pomona Plateau|Plain|603500S|0455500W|-60.5833333|-45.9166667|300|984|01/01/1956|Ice-covered plateau, over 300 m elevation, extending between Sandefjord Peaks and Deacon Hill in the western part of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following a survey by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1948-50.  This naming revives in an altered form a name given by James Weddell in 1822. Being unaware of the prior discovery of Coronation Island by Captain Nathaniel Palmer and Captain George Powell, and its naming at that time, Weddell renamed the island "Pomona" or "Mainland" after the island in the northern Orkney Islands.  That name was published by Weddell in 1825 but did not survive.||
11941|Ponce Island|Island|631800S|0575300W|-63.3|-57.8833333|||01/01/1964|An island 0.1 mi E of Ortiz Island and 0.3 mi SE of Largo Island in the Duroch Islands.  The island lies 1 mi NE of the Chilean scientific station, General Bernardo O'Higgins.  Named by Martin Halpern, leader of the University of Wisconsin field party during geological mapping of this area, 1961-62.  Named for Lautaro Ponce, Chief of Antarctic Operations, University of Chile, in appreciation for Chilean logistical support provided to the Wisconsin field party.||
11942|Mount Pond|Summit|625700S|0603300W|-62.95|-60.55|550|1804|01/01/1952|Peak, 550 m, standing 1.5 mi ESE of Pendulum Cove, on Deception Island in the South Shetland Islands.  The name appears on a 1829 chart based upon survey work by the British expedition under Foster, 1828-31.  Probably named for John Pond, noted English astronomer and director of the Royal Observatory at Greenwich at that time.||
11943|Pond Peak|Summit|771850S|1622456E|-77.313991|162.415474|1430|4692||Conspicuous ice-free peak, 1,430 m, at the S side of the mouth of Baldwin Valley in Saint Johns Range, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 after James D. Pond, U.S. Navy (USN), who was in charge of electronic repair and maintenance at Hallett Station, 1962.||
11944|Pond Ridge|Ridge|732500S|0933300W|-73.4166667|-93.55|||01/01/1963|A flattish rock ridge which extends N from Mount Loweth, in the Jones Mountains.  Mapped by the University of Minnesota-Jones Mountains Party, 1960-61, and so named by them because a small pond was discovered on the ridge.||
11945|Pontes Ridge|Ridge|800800S|1562400E|-80.1333333|156.4||||A mountain spur that descends eastward to McCraw Glacier, 4 mi S of Derrick Peak in Britannia Range.  Named in association with Britannia by a University of Waikato (New Zealand) geological party, 1978-79, led by M.J. Selby.  Pontes is a historical placename formerly used in Roman Britain.||03/20/1997
11946|Ponting Cliff|Cliff|711200S|1682100E|-71.2|168.35|||01/01/1947|An angular cliff that is similar in appearance to Meares Cliff just eastward, located 3 mi E of the terminal confluences of the Dennistoun, Nash and Wallis Glaciers on the northern coast of Victoria Land.  First charted by the Northern Party, led by Campbell, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, which named it for Herbert G. Ponting, photographer of the expedition.||
11947|Ponton Island|Island|650600S|0630500W|-65.1|-63.0833333|||01/01/1965|Small island lying 1.5 mi SE of Moureaux Islands near the head of Flandres Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  The name "Islote Solitario" appears for the feature on an Argentine government chart of 1954, but has been rejected to avoid confusion with Solitario Island at 6752S, 6826W.  The island was renamed by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960, for Mungo Ponton (1802-80), a Scottish inventor who discovered in 1839 that potasium bichromate spread on paper is light sensitive, an important landmark in the development of photography.||
11948|Pony Lake|Lake|773313S|1661000E|-77.553482|166.16659|||01/01/1968|A small lake immediately N of Flagstaff Point at Cape Royds, Ross Island.  Named by British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09), who built their winter hut adjacent to this lake, because they had their ponies tethered nearby.||
11949|Mount Pool|Summit|861300S|1270000W|-86.2166667|-127|2090|6857|01/01/1967|A peak, 2,090 m, standing at the NW side of Metavolcanic Mountain, at the E flank of Reedy Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Douglas A. Pool, construction electrician at Byrd Station in 1962.||
11950|Poorman Peak|Summit|695700S|1591500E|-69.95|159.25|1610|5282|01/01/1970|A rock peak (1,610 m) near the head of Suvorov Glacier, 9 mi WSW of Mount Ellery, in the Wilson Hills.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Dean A. Poorman, ADJ1, U.S. Navy (USN), Aviation Machinist's Mate with Squadron VX-6 at McMurdo Station, 1967.||
11951|Pope Glacier|Glacier|751900S|1112200W|-75.3166667|-111.3666667|||01/01/1967|A glacier about 20 mi long, flowing N along the W side of Mount Murphy to Crosson Ice Shelf on Walgreen Coast, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Major Donald R. Pope, (CE) USA, civil engineer on the staff of the Commander, Naval Support Force, Antarctica, 1965-67.||
11952|Pope Mountain|Summit|694400S|1585000E|-69.7333333|158.8333333|1345|4413|01/01/1970|A largely ice-free mountain (1,345 m) rising directly at the head of Tomilin Glacier, 3 mi SE of Governor Mountain, in the Wilson Hills.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Thomas J. Pope, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), Navigator in LC-130F Hercules aircraft during Operation Deep Freeze, 1968.||
11954|Lake Porkchop|Lake|781600S|1630800E|-78.2666667|163.1333333|||01/01/1974|A lake near the middle of Roaring Valley, having the shape similar to that of a pork chop.  Given this descriptive name by the New Zealand Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1960-61.||
11955|Porphyry Bluff|Cliff|642700S|0591100W|-64.45|-59.1833333|||01/01/1964|A prominent rocky bluff extending from the coast to 2 miles inland, between Larsen Inlet and Longing Gap, Graham Land. Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the buff-colored quartz-plagioclase-porphyry rock which is characteristic of this exposure.||
11956|Porpoise Bay|Bay|663000S|1283000E|-66.5|128.5|||01/01/1955|An ice-filled embayment about 90 mi wide indenting the coast between Cape Goodenough and Cape Morse.  The U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Wilkes applied the name Porpoise Bay, after the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) brig identification of Porpoise Bay is based on the correlation of Wilkes' chart (1840) with G.D. Blodgett's reconnaissance map (1955) compiled from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  The name has been applied to the large embayment lying close SW in 6630S, 12830E, in keeping with Wilkes' original naming.||03/07/1997
11957|Porpoise Subglacial Highlands|Area|693000S|1340000E|-69.5|134||||A group of subglacial highlands to the W of Astrolabe Subglacial Basin, in the E part of Wilkes Land.  The feature was delineated by the SPRI-NSF-TUD airborne radio echo sounding program, 1967-79, and named after the Porpoise (Lieutenant C. Ringgold, U.S. Navy (USN)), one of the ships of the United States Exploring Expedition, 1838-42 (Lieutenant Charles Wilkes, USN).||
11958|Porro Bluff|Cliff|644500S|0623300W|-64.75|-62.55|||01/01/1965|Bluff lying S of Birdsend Bluff and overlooking Errera Channel on the W coast of Graham Land.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1950.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Ignazio Porro (1795-1875), Italian engineer who in 1851 invented a prism combination, important in the development of stereo-plotting instruments.||
11959|The Portal|Summit|780200S|1594500E|-78.033333|159.75|||01/01/1961|The gap between the Lashly Mountains and Portal Mountain, through which the main stream of the Skelton Glacier enters the Skelton neve from the polar plateau.  The descriptive name was given in January 1958 by a New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.||
11960|Portalen Pass|Gap|724300S|0035300W|-72.7166667|-3.8833333|||01/01/1966|Mountain pass between Domen Butte and Pilarryggen, in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Portalen (the gateway).||
11961|Portal Mountain|Summit|780600S|1591000E|-78.1|159.1666667|2555|8382|01/01/1961|A large mountain, 2,555 m, with a broad icecapped summit, standing S of the Lashly Mountains, on the S side of the main stream of the Skelton Glacier where it leaves the polar plateau. Discovered by the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) who named it because of its association with The Portal.||
11962|Portal Point|Summit|643000S|0614600W|-64.5|-61.7666667|||01/01/1965|Narrow point in the NE part of Reclus Peninsula, on the W coast of Graham Land.  In 1956, an Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) hut was established on the point, from which a route to the plateau was established.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 because the point is the "gateway" of the route.||
11963|Portal Rock|Summit|835000S|1653600E|-83.8333333|165.6|1990|6529|01/01/1968|A turret-like rock knob (1,990 m) in Queen Alexandra Range, standing 1.5 mi NW of Fairchild Peak, just S of the mouth of Tillite Glacier.  So named by the Ohio State University geology party (1966-67) because the only safe route to Tillite Glacier lies between this rock and Fairchild Peak.||04/11/2001
11964|Porten Pass|Gap|721200S|0022300E|-72.2|2.3833333|||01/01/1966|Mountain pass between Von Essen Mountain and Nupskammen Ridge in the Gjelsvik Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Porten (the gateway).||
11965|Porteous Point|Summit|604400S|0454100W|-60.7333333|-45.6833333|||01/01/1952|Point at the SW end of Signy Island forming the S entrance point of Cummings Cove and NE entrance point of Fyr Channel, in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted in 1933 by DI personnel on the engineer of the ship.||
11966|Porters Pinnacles|Island|713300S|0990900W|-71.55|-99.15|||01/01/1960|A group of low ice-covered rocks forming a menace to navigation along the N coast of Thurston Island, located about 4 mi N of the E extremity of Glacier Bight.  Discovered by the U.S. Navy (USN) Bellingshausen Sea Expedition in February 1960, and named for Commander Philip W. Porter, Jr., USN, commander of the icebreaker USS Glacier which made this discovery.||04/12/2001
11967|Mount Porteus|Summit|664900S|0510300E|-66.8166667|51.05|||01/01/1965|Mountain just E of Peacock Ridge, in the Tula Mountains in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for W.F. Porteus, a member of the crew of the Discovery during the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31.||
11968|Porthos Range|Range|702500S|0655000E|-70.4166667|65.8333333|||01/01/1962|The second range south in the Prince Charles Mountains, extending for about 30 mi in an E-W direction between Scylla and Charybdis Glaciers.  Visited in December 1956 by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) southern party under W.G. Bewsher and named after a character in Alexander Dumas' novel The Three Musketeers, the most popular book read on the southern journey.||
11970|Portnipa Peak|Summit|721400S|0022400E|-72.2333333|2.4|2665|8743|01/01/1966|Peak, 2,665 m, surmounting Von Essen Mountain and Porten Pass in the Gjelsvik Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Portnipa (the gateway peak).||
11971|Poryadin Island|Island|663200S|0925900E|-66.5333333|92.9833333|||01/01/1961|Island lying 0.5 mi S of Haswell Island in the Haswell Islands.  Discovered and mapped by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson, 1911-1914.  Remapped by the Soviet expedition of 1956, and named for Ya. Poryadin, navigator of the ship Vostok with the Bellingshausen expedition 1819-21.||
11972|Posadowsky Bay|Bay|664700S|0892700E|-66.7833333|89.45|||01/01/1961|Open embayment in the vicinity of Gaussberg, just E of the West Ice Shelf.  Discovered in February 1902 by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Drygalski, who named it for Count Arthur von Posadowsky-Wehner, Imperial Home Secretary, who secured a government grant to cover the cost of the Drygalski expedition.||
11974|Posadowsky Glacier|Glacier|542500S|0032200E|-54.4166667|3.3666667|||01/01/1957|A glacier which flows to the north coast of Bouvetoya, 1 mi eastward of Cape Circoncision.  First charted and named by a German expedition under Karl Chun which visited the island in the Imperial Home Secretary, was instrumental in obtaining government sponsorship of the expedition.||
11975|Posadowsky Glacier|Glacier|665000S|0892500E|-66.8333333|89.4166667|||01/01/1955|Glacier about 9 mi long, flowing N to Posadowsky Bay immediately E of Gaussberg.  The glacier was observed from the summit of Gaussberg by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Drygalski, 1901-03.  It was named after Drygalski's Posadowsky Bay by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1955 following studies of the aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.||
11977|Poseidon Pass|Gap|684700S|0634000W|-68.7833333|-63.6666667|375|1230|01/01/1962|A pass about 375 m high on the E side of Antarctic Peninsula.  It leads from Mobiloil Inlet to Larsen Ice Shelf between Cape Keeler and Cape Mayo.  Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), Dec. 1947, and roughly surveyed from the ground by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), Nov. 1947.  It was used by the east coast geological party from Stonington Island, Nov. 1960, and was found to provide an ideal sledge route.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Poseidon, god of the sea and of earthquakes in Greek mythology.||
11979|Posey Range|Range|711200S|1640000E|-71.2|164|||01/01/1964|A mountain range in eastern Bowers Mountains, bounded by the Smithson, Graveson, Lillie and Champness Glaciers.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Julian W. Posey, meteorologist, who was scientific leader at South Pole Station, winter party 1959.||
11981|Cape Possession|Cape|634300S|0615100W|-63.7166667|-61.85|||01/01/1952|Cape which forms the W extremity of Chanticleer Island, just W of Hoseason Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  The name was applied by Captain Henry Foster of the Chanticleer, whose party made a landing in this vicinity on January 7, 1829.||
11982|Possession Bay|Bay|540600S|0370700W|-54.1|-37.1166667|||01/01/1952|Bay 2 mi wide which recedes SW for 5 mi, entered SE of Black Head on the N coast of South Georgia.  Discovered and named by a British expedition under Cook in 1775. Cook made the first known landing on South Georgia in this vicinity.||
11983|Possession Island|Island|715200S|1711200E|-71.8666667|171.2|||01/01/1962|Rocky island nearly 2 mi long, which is the northernmost and largest of the Possession Islands.  Discovered by a British expedition under Ross, 1839-43, and so named by him in commemoration of the planting of the British flag there on Jan. 12, 1841.||
11984|Possession Islands|Island|715600S|1711000E|-71.9333333|171.1666667|||01/01/1947|A group of small islands and rocks extending over an area of about 7 mi, lying in the western part of Ross Sea, 5 mi SE of Cape McCormick, Victoria Land.  The group was named by Captain James Ross, Royal Navy (RN), in commemoration of the planting of the British flag here on Jan. 12, 1841.||
11986|Possession Rocks|Summit|664500S|0985100E|-66.75|98.85|||01/01/1948|Two small rock outcrops just E of Northcliffe Glacier, above which they rise to 160 meters.  Discovered by the Eastern Sledge Party under Frank Wild of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE), 1911-14, and so named following a ceremony in December 1912 of claiming this area for the British Crown.||04/12/2001
11987|Postel Nunatak|Summit|845300S|0674600W|-84.8833333|-67.7666667|1450|4757|01/01/1968|A nunatak, 1,450 m, standing 8 mi SW of Snake Ridge along the ice escarpment that trends SW from the ridge, in the Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Philip A. Postel, meteorologist at South Pole Station, winter 1967.||
11988|Poste Point|Summit|650500S|0640100W|-65.0833333|-64.0166667|||01/01/1952|Point on the W side of Booth Island which marks the S limit of Salpetrere Bay, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for L. Poste, stoker on the ship Francais.||03/04/1997
11989|Mount Poster|Summit|744100S|0653900W|-74.6833333|-65.65|||01/01/1968|A mountain lying W of the Latady Mountains and 9 mi NW of Mount Tenney, in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Carl K. Poster, geophysicist with the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) South Pole-Queen Maud Land Traverse III, summer 1967-68.||
11990|Postern Gap|Gap|631500S|0555900W|-63.25|-55.9833333|||01/01/1963|Pass in the central ridge of Joinville Island, just E of Mount Tholus.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1954.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because this is the only way through the ridge which gives access to the central part of the S coast of Joinville Island.||
11991|Postillion Rock|Island|681400S|0665300W|-68.2333333|-66.8833333|||01/01/1956|Small ice-free rock in the N part of Neny Fjord, lying close S of Roman Four Promontory along the W coast of Graham Land.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill. Resurveyed in 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and so named by them because of its outlying position.||04/12/2001
11992|Post Office Hill|Summit|772800S|1691400E|-77.4666667|169.2333333|430|1411|01/01/1964|Prominent hill, 430 m, standing 4 mi NW of The Knoll and overlooking the Adelie penguin rookery of Cape Crozier, Ross Island.  Mapped and so named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1958-59, because the ship Discovery, in January 1902, left messages attached to a pole in a cairn of rocks in the rookery for the relief ship Morning.||
11993|Post Ridge|Ridge|765600S|1433800W|-76.9333333|-143.6333333|||01/01/1972|A rock ridge, 3 mi long and trending WNW-ESE, situated immediately NE of Mount Swan in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land. Discovered and first mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Madison J. Post, ionospheric physicist at Byrd Station in 1970.||
11994|Post Rock|Island|540100S|0375900W|-54.0166667|-37.9833333|40|131|01/01/1965|Small promontory 40 m high, forming the W side of the entrance to Elsehul, near the W end of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1931 British Admiralty chart.||04/12/2001
11996|Potaka Inlet|Stream|720200S|0992300W|-72.0333333|-99.3833333|||01/01/1960|Narrow ice-filled inlet about 8 mi long, indenting the N side of Thurston Island immediately E of Starr Peninsula.  First delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Dr. Louis H. Potaka, medical officer with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35.||01/28/2004
11998|Pothole Gulch|Valley|570700S|0264600W|-57.1166667|-26.7666667|||01/01/1972|A gulch whose bed is broken by numerous potholes, draining the SE portion of Vindication Island, South Sandwich Islands. The descriptive name was applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971.||
11999|Potmess Rocks|Island|621900S|0594500W|-62.3166667|-59.75|||01/01/1972|A group of large rocks, including the very distinctive feature named Asses Ears near the N end, located 1.2 mi W of Heywood Island, South Shetland Islands.  The name arose from the midday stew served on Nimrod of the Royal Navy (RN) Hydrographic Survey Unit, January to March 1967, at the time the rocks were charted.||04/12/2001
12000|Potter Cove|Bay|621400S|0584200W|-62.2333333|-58.7|||01/01/1953|Cove indenting the SW side of King George Island to the E of Barton Peninsula, in the South Shetland Islands.  Potter Cove was known to sealers as early as 1821, and the name is now well established in international usage.||08/14/1998
12001|Potter Glacier|Glacier|782300S|1621200E|-78.3833333|162.2|||01/01/1963|A glacier about 12 mi long, between Mounts Huggins and Kempe in the Royal Society Range, flowing generally SW into the Skelton Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and Navy air photos.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1963 for Lieutenant Commander Edgar A. Potter, U.S. Navy (USN), helicopter pilot at McMurdo Station in 1960.||
12002|Potter Nunataks|Summit|720200S|1611000E|-72.0333333|161.1666667|||01/01/1970|A group of small, rather isolated nunataks about 6 mi SW of the Helliwell Hills and 20 mi NE of Welcome Mountain of the Outback Nunataks.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Neal Potter, economist, McMurdo Station, 1965-66, who made a study of the economic potentials of Antarctica.||
12003|Potter Peak|Summit|750700S|0684500W|-75.1166667|-68.75|||01/01/1968|Peak standing 6 mi E of Mount Jenkins in the Sweeney Mountains, Ellsworth Land.  First observed from aircraft by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Christopher J. Potter, glaciologist at Byrd Station, summer 1965-66.||
12004|Potter Peninsula|Cape|621500S|0584000W|-62.25|-58.6666667||||Low ice-free peninsula between Potter Cove and Stranger Point in SW King George Island, South Shetland Islands.  Named "Peninsula Potter" in association with the cove by Chilean geologists Roberto Araya and Francisco Herve, 1966, following field work at Potter Cove.  The English form of the name has been approved.||
12006|Pottinger Point|Summit|615600S|0582400W|-61.9333333|-58.4|||01/01/1960|Point 2 mi E of Round Point on the N coast of King George Island, South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Captain Pottinger, Master of the Tartar from London, who visited the South Shetland Islands in 1821-22.||
12007|Potts Glacier|Glacier|725800S|1665000E|-72.9666667|166.8333333|||01/01/1970|A steep glacier draining from the W slopes of Malta Plateau and flowing S to enter Mariner Glacier, in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Donald C. Potts, biologist at McMurdo Station, 1966-67.||
12008|Potts Peak|Summit|615800S|0581800W|-61.9666667|-58.3|||01/01/1960|Peak standing at the W side of Eldred Glacier on the N coast of King George Island, South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Captain Potts, Master of the sealing vessel L.P. Simmons from New London, CT, who visited the South Shetland Islands in 1873-74.||
12009|Poulter Glacier|Glacier|865000S|1533000W|-86.8333333|-153.5||||A tributary glacier draining E along the S flank of the Rawson Mountains of the Queen Maud Mountains to enter Scott Glacier.  Discovered by the geological party of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35, and named by Byrd for Thomas C. Poulter, second in command of the expedition.||
12010|Poulton Peak|Summit|680200S|0630200E|-68.0333333|63.0333333|||01/01/1971|The highest point on the elongated rock ridge in the NE part of Blanabbane Nunataks, in Mac. Robertson Land.  The summit has the appearance of a rock cairn.  The peak was used as an unoccupied trigonometrical station by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveyor M.J. Corry in 1965.  Named by ANCA for M.A. Poulton, weather observer at Mawson Station in 1965.||
12011|Pourquoi Pas Glacier|Glacier|661500S|1355500E|-66.25|135.9166667|||01/01/1955|Glacier 4 mi wide and 15 mi long, flowing NNW from the continental ice and terminating in a prominent tongue 9 mi WNW of Pourquoi Pas Point.  Delineated by French cartographers from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named in 1952 by the French Antarctic Sub-committee after the Pourquoi-Pas?, polar ship of the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10, later used by Charcot in expeditions to Greenland.||
12012|Pourquoi Pas Glacier Tongue|Glacier|661000S|1360000E|-66.1666667|136|||01/01/1956|Prominent glacier tongue 4 mi wide and 6 mi long, extending seaward from Pourquoi Pas Glacier.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named for the French polar ship Pourquoi-Pas?.||
12013|Pourquoi Pas Island|Island|674100S|0672800W|-67.6833333|-67.4666667|||01/01/1950|Mountainous island, 17 mi long and from 5 to 11 mi wide, lying between Bigourdan and Bourgeois Fjords off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10.  The island was charted more accurately by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37, who named it for Charcot's expedition ship, the Pourquoi-Pas?.||
12014|Pourquoi Pas Point|Summit|661200S|1361100E|-66.2|136.1833333|||01/01/1962|Ice-covered point which forms the W side of the entrance to Victor Bay.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1950-52, and named in 1954 for the French polar ship Pourquoi-Pas?.||
12015|Powder Island|Island|693200S|0684700W|-69.5333333|-68.7833333|||01/01/1955|Small island lying 8 mi SSE of Cape Jeremy and 2 mi off the W coast of Palmer Land, in George VI Sound.  First surveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and so named by them because of the friable nature of the rock found on the island.||
12016|Mount Powell|Summit|852100S|0875600W|-85.35|-87.9333333|2195|7201|01/01/1962|A prominent mountain (2,195 m) sharing a small massif with King Peak which stands 1.5 mi WNW, in the E part of the Thiel Mountains.  The name was proposed by Peter Bermel and Arthur Ford, co-leaders of the Thiel Mountains party which surveyed these mountains in 1960-61.  Named for John Wesley Powell, second director of the U.S. Geological Survey, 1881-94. Other peaks in the vicinity are named for directors of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS).||
12018|Powell Channel|Channel|680800S|0670700W|-68.1333333|-67.1166667|||01/01/1975|A narrow channel between Millerand Island and Debenham Islands, off the west coast of Graham Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Lieutenant John M. Powell, Royal Navy (RN), who surveyed the channel in 1972.||
12019|Powell Cove|Bay|661500S|1103200E|-66.25|110.5333333|||01/01/1960|A cove in the western side of Clark Peninsula, between Whitney and Stonehocker Points.  First mapped from air photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47) and included in a 1957 ground survey by C.R. Eklund.  Named by the latter for James T. Powell, USN, chief aerographer at Wilkes Station, 1957.||
12021|Powell Hill|Summit|815600S|1611100E|-81.9333333|161.1833333|||01/01/1965|A rounded, ice-covered prominence 6 mi WSW of Mount Christmas, overlooking the head of Algie Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander James A. Powell, USN, communications officer at McMurdo Station during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1963 and 1964.||
12022|Powell Island|Island|604100S|0450300W|-60.6833333|-45.05|||01/01/1947|Narrow island 7 mi long and 2 mi wide, lying between Coronation and Laurie Islands in the central part of the South Orkney Islands.  Discovered on the occasion of the joint cruise by Captain George Powell and Captain Nathaniel Palmer in December 1821.  It was correctly charted, though unnamed, on Powell's map published in 1822.  Named for Captain Powell on an Admiralty chart of 1839.||
12024|Powell Rock|Bar|604200S|0453600W|-60.7|-45.6|||01/01/1956|Small submerged rock on the E side of Signy Island in the South Orkney Islands.  It lies off the mouth of Starfish Cove, about 0.3 mi NE of Balin Point.  First charted by Petter Sorlle in 1912-13 and named "Powellboen," after his whale catcher Powell.  The Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) fixed the position of breakers here during rough weather in 1947.||
12025|Poynter Col|Gap|634900S|0590700W|-63.8166667|-59.1166667|700|2297|01/01/1953|A snow-filled col, over 700 m high, joining Poynter Hill and Ivory Pinnacles in northern Graham Land.  The col is 9 mi ESE of Cape Kjellman.  Charted by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1948.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from association with Poynter Hill.||
12026|Poynter Hill|Summit|634600S|0590600W|-63.7666667|-59.1|825|2707|01/01/1952|Conspicuous hill, 825 m, standing 8 mi ESE of Cape Kjellman on the W side of Trinity Peninsula.  Charted in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS). Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) (1950) after Mr. Poynter, Master's Mate, who accompanied Edward Bransfield on the brig Williams in January 1820 when explorations were made in the South Shetland Islands and Bransfield Strait.||
12028|Prague Spur|Ridge|700100S|0702000W|-70.0166667|-70.3333333|500|1640||A rock spur rising to c. 500 m between Puccini Spur and Finlandia Foothills, at the E end of Mozart Ice Piedmont, Alexander Island.  Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and mapped from these photographs by D. Searle of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1960. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 in association with the ice piedmont and Mozart's Symphony No. 38, The Prague.||
12029|Prahl Crags|Cliff|760400S|1344300W|-76.0666667|-134.7166667|2750|9022|01/01/1974|Rock crags at an elevation of 2,750 m on the south slopes of the Mount Moulton massif, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Sidney R. Prahl, a member of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) team that studied ice sheet dynamics in the area NE of Byrd Station, 1971-72.||
12030|Pram Point|Summit|540800S|0363900W|-54.1333333|-36.65|||01/01/1952|A point on the NE side of Leith Harbor, South Georgia. Charted by DI personnel in 1929 and named after the flat-bottomed boat used for inshore work.||
12031|Pram Point|Summit|775058S|1664628E|-77.849548|166.774523||||Low rounded point on the SE side of Hut Point Peninsula, about 1.5 mi NE of Cape Armitage, on Ross Island.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), under Scott, 1901-04, who so named it because it is necessary during the summer months to use a pram in the open water adjacent to the point when traveling between the S end of Hut Point Peninsula and the Ross Ice Shelf.||
12033|Pranke Island|Island|731400S|1245500W|-73.2333333|-124.9166667|||01/01/1966|A small ice-covered island lying close to Siple Island in the W extremity of Russell Bay, off the coast of Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James B. Pranke, aurora researcher at Byrd Station in 1965.||
12035|Mount Pratt|Summit|852400S|1764100E|-85.4|176.6833333||||The northernmost nunatak in the Grosvenor Mountains, standing just E of the head of Mill Stream Glacier, 17 mi N of Block Peak.  Discovered by R. Admiral Byrd on the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) flight to the South Pole in November 1929, and named by him for Thomas B. Pratt, American financier and contributor to the expedition.||
12037|Pratts Peak|Summit|802400S|0292100W|-80.4|-29.35||||A rock peak 6 mi E of Mount Provender in the W part of Shackleton Range.  First mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE); photographed in 1967 by U.S. Navy (trimetrogon aerial photography).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for David L. Pratt, engineer, and John G.D. Pratt, geophysicist, with the transpolar party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) in 1956-58.||
12038|Prebble Glacier|Glacier|841600S|1643000E|-84.2666667|164.5|||01/01/1966|A glacier, 9 mi long, flowing westward from Mount Kirkpatrick in Queen Alexandra Range to enter Walcott Neve N of Fremouw Peak.  Named by the Northern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for Michael Prebble, of the base support party, who assisted the party with preparations and training.||
12039|Prebble Icefalls|Glacier|795400S|1555500E|-79.9|155.9166667|||01/01/1968|Icefalls on the southwestern side of Midnight Plateau in the Darwin Mountains.  They occupy two large cirques southwestward of Mount Ellis and fall about 900 meters. Discovered by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1962-63) and named for W.M. Prebble, geologist with the expedition.||
12040|Precious Peaks|Range|620400S|0582000W|-62.0666667|-58.3333333|||01/01/1960|A line of about three dark peaks at the NE side of Martel Inlet, Admiralty Bay, on King George Island in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Alan Precious of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), meteorological observer at Hope Bay in 1954 and 1955, and leader at the Admiralty Bay station in 1957.||
12041|Mount Predoehl|Summit|825600S|1631100E|-82.9333333|163.1833333|1710|5610|01/01/1966|Partly snow-covered mountain, 1,710 m, just N of lower Pavlak Glacier in the Queen Elizabeth Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Martin C. Predoehl, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at McMurdo Station, 1961-62 and 1962-63.||
12042|Prehn Peninsula|Cape|750600S|0633000W|-75.1|-63.5|||01/01/1968|A mainly ice-covered peninsula, 20 mi long and 10 mi wide, between Hansen and Gardner Inlets, on the E coast and at the base of Antarctic Peninsula.  First observed from aircraft by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Frederick A. Prehn, Jr., USN, pilot on photographic flights in the Pensacola Mountains and Alexander Island areas on Operation Deep Freeze 1967 and 1968.||
12043|Preikestolen Ridge|Ridge|720600S|0025100W|-72.1|-2.85|||01/01/1966|A ridge in the western part of Liljequist Heights, in the Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Preikestolen (the pulpit).||
12044|President Beaches|Beach|623900S|0610900W|-62.65|-61.15|||01/01/1970|A series of beaches which extend for 6 mi along the broad western end of Byers Peninsula, Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name "West Beaches" was proposed by K.R. Everett, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) researcher who made a reconnaissance soil survey in the area during February 1969.  The proposed name is locationally appropriate but would be repetitious.  The Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) has chosen instead to restore a historical name to the vicinity. In the early part of the 1820-21 season, the Stonington sealers used the name "President's Harbor" (now New Plymouth) for the anchorage immediately off these beaches.||
12047|President Head|Cliff|624400S|0611200W|-62.7333333|-61.2|||01/01/1965|Headland forming the E extremity of Snow Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name President Island was applied by the Stonington sealers in 1820-21 to Snow Island, but that name did not become established.  President Head was applied by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961 in order to preserve the name on this island.||
12049|Preslik Spur|Ridge|823200S|0512000W|-82.5333333|-51.3333333||||An ice-free spur lying S of Clemons Spur and Forlidas Ridge in the Dufek Massif, Pensacola Mountains (q.v.).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN), at the suggestion of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) party leader Arthur B. Ford, after Private First Class Joseph W. Preslik, a member of the U.S. Army Aviation Detachment with the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Pensacola Mountains survey, 1965-66.||
12050|Mount Press|Summit|780500S|0855800W|-78.0833333|-85.9666667|3830|12565|01/01/1960|A mountain (3,830 m) just E of the main ridge of the Sentinel Range and 3.5 mi ENE of Mount Bentley, in the Ellsworth Mountains.  Mapped by the Marie Byrd Land Traverse Party (1957-58) led by C.R. Bentley, and named for Frank Press, vice chairman of the technical panel on glaciology of the U.S. National Committee for the IGY; later (1977- ) White House Science Advisor.||
12051|Pressure Bay|Bay|712500S|1692000E|-71.4166667|169.3333333||||An arm of Robertson Bay, 3 mi wide, lying between Cape Wood and Birthday Point along the N coast of Victoria Land.  Charted and named in 1911 by the Northern Party, led by Campbell, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.  The Northern Party experienced great difficulty in sledging across the pressure ice fringing the shore of Robertson Bay.  This pressure was caused by the adjacent Shipley Glacier descending to the sea ice.||
12052|Preston Island|Island|674800S|0685900W|-67.8|-68.9833333|||01/01/1964|The largest of the Henkes Islands, lying off the S end of Adelaide Island.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1963 for Frank Preston, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) officer in charge and surveyor at Adelaide station, 1961-62, and member of the first party to winter there.||
12053|Preston Point|Summit|701700S|0714800E|-70.2833333|71.8|||01/01/1956|An ice covered point with marginal rock exposures, marking the N end of Gillock Island in the Amery Ice Shelf.  Delineated in 1952 by John H. Roscoe from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47.  Named by Roscoe for J.C. Preston, Jr., air crewman on Operation Highjump photographic flights in this and other coastal areas between 14 and 164 east longitude.||
12054|Mount Prestrud|Summit|863400S|1650700W|-86.5666667|-165.1166667|2400|7874|01/01/1950|A peak over 2,400 m which rises from the southwestern part of the massif at the head of Amundsen Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  In November 1911, a number of mountain peaks in this general vicinity were observed and rudely positioned by the South Pole Party under Roald Amundsen.  Amundsen named one of them for Lieutenant K. Prestrud, first officer of the Fram and leader of the Norwegian expedition's Eastern Sledge Party to the Scott Nunataks.  The peak described was mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1960-64.  For the sake of historical continuity, the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) has selected this feature to be designated Mount Prestrud.||
12056|Prestrud Inlet|Stream|781800S|1560000W|-78.3|-156|||01/01/1947|A re-entrant in the S side of Edward VII Peninsula, at the NE corner of the Ross Ice Shelf.  Named by the U.S. Antarctic Service expedition (1939-41) in honor of Lieutenant K. Prestrud, leader of Amundsen's Eastern Sledge Party in 1911 who was first to traverse this region.||
12057|Preuschoff Range|Range|720400S|0040300E|-72.0666667|4.05|||01/01/1970|A mountain range consisting of Mount Hochlin and associated features, lying just W of Kaye Crest in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  The name "Preuschoff-Rucken" was applied in the general area by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, for Franz Preuschoff, engineer on the flying boat name with this feature may be arbitrary but is recommended for the sake of international uniformity and historical continuity.||
12058|Prevot Island|Island|645300S|0635800W|-64.8833333|-63.9666667|||01/01/1965|Small rocky island 0.5 mi NE of Miller Island, forming the northernmost of the Wauwermans Islands, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  The name was approved by the Argentine geographic coordinating committee in 1956, replacing the provisional toponym "Fernando."  Named in memory of First Lieutenant Prevot, commander of the mobile detachment in the operations of the Argentine Air Force unit for Antarctica.  He died on active duty.||
12060|Mount Priam|Summit|643400S|0632400W|-64.5666667|-63.4|1980|6496|01/01/1963|The central mass of the Trojan Range, standing 4 mi N of Mount Francais on Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago. It is flat topped and snow covered and rises to 1,980 m. Surveyed in 1955 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Priam, King of Troy in Homer's Iliad.||
12061|Mount Price|Summit|842900S|1663800E|-84.4833333|166.6333333|3030|9941|01/01/1966|The eastern of two peaks, rising to 3,030 m at the N end of the Adams Mountains, Queen Alexandra Range.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Rayburn Price, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at Hallett Station, 1963.||
12062|Price Bluff|Cliff|863200S|1443400W|-86.5333333|-144.5666667|||01/01/1967|A large bluff 5 mi NE of Mount Mooney, standing near the head of Robison Glacier in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Robert P. Price, USN, photographic officer who served as inflight observer on many photographic missions during Operation Deep Freeze 1965 and 1966.||
12063|Price Glacier|Glacier|540700S|0372900W|-54.1166667|-37.4833333|||01/01/1963|Glacier 3.5 mi long, flowing SW to Cheapman Bay on the S side of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named for Thomas Price, member of the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1955-56.||
12064|Price Nunatak|Summit|675700S|0624300E|-67.95|62.7166667|||01/01/1965|Nunatak marking the N end of the Trilling Peaks, 3 mi S of Mount Burnett in the Framnes Mountains, Mac. Robertson Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Named by ANCA for H. Price, senior diesel mechanic at Mawson Station in 1959.||
12065|Price Peak|Summit|854300S|1422400W|-85.7166667|-142.4|1510|4954|01/01/1967|Peak, 1,510 m, located at the N side of Leverett Glacier, 8 mi N of the extremity of California Plateau.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Floyd W. Price, personnel-man with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6, who participated in Operation Deep Freeze for 5 seasons, 1963-67.||
12066|The Pricker|Cape|540100S|0371900W|-54.0166667|-37.3166667|||01/01/1965|Point forming the E end of Albatross Island in the Bay of Isles, South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1931 British Admiralty chart.||
12067|Priddy Glacier|Glacier|775607S|1640204E|-77.935415|164.034543|||01/01/1992|A glacier, 2 mi long, on the W side of Esser Hill, flowing NW to join Hobbs Glacier, on Scott Coast, Victoria Land.  Named in 1992 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Allan R. Priddy of Holmes and Narver, Inc., who experienced one winter above 76 in Greenland and one below 76 at McMurdo Station, as well as several summer seasons in Antarctica from 1969-91.  He was construction foreman at four geological field camps and for four summer seasons at South Pole Station, and was a key crew member in the building of both Siple I and Siple II Stations.||
12068|Cape Pride|Cape|540000S|0375800W|-54|-37.9666667|||01/01/1953|Cape which forms the E side of the entrance to Elsehul, a small bay along the N coast and near the W end of South Georgia. The name appears to have been applied by DI personnel who surveyed Elsehul in 1930.||
12070|Mount Priestley|Summit|751100S|1615300E|-75.1833333|161.8833333|1100|3609||A mountain, 1,100 m, rising at the N side of David Glacier, 5 mi SW of Mount Bellingshausen, in the Prince Albert Mountains of Victoria Land.  First mapped by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09, which named it for Raymond (later Sir Raymond) E. Priestley, geologist with the expedition, who was later a member of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
12071|Priestley Glacier|Glacier|742000S|1632200E|-74.3333333|163.3666667||||A major valley glacier, about 60 mi long, originating at the edge of the polar plateau of Victoria Land and draining SE between Deep Freeze Range and Eisenhower Range to enter the N end of the Nansen Ice Sheet.  First explored by the Northern Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, and named for Raymond E. Priestley, geologist with the Northern Party.||
12072|Priestley Névé|Glacier|733500S|1602000E|-73.5833333|160.3333333|||01/01/1967|The neve at the head of Priestley Glacier in Victoria Land.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in about 1966 in association with Priestley Glacier.||
12073|Priestley Peak|Summit|671200S|0502300E|-67.2|50.3833333|||01/01/1965|Peak between Mount Pardoe and Mount Tod on the S side of Amundsen Bay in Enderby Land.  Sighted on Jan. 14, 1930, by British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, who named it for Sir Raymond Priestley, a member of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
12075|Prilednikovoye Lake|Lake|704500S|0113500E|-70.75|11.5833333|||01/01/1970|A lake 1.25 mi SSW of Tyuleniy Point in the Schirmacher Hills, situated at the edge of the continental ice sheet in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1961 and named Ozero Prilednikovoye (fore-glacier lake), presumably for its location.||
12076|Prime Head|Cliff|631300S|0571700W|-63.2166667|-57.2833333|||01/01/1963|Prominent snow-covered headland which forms the N extremity of Antarctic Peninsula.  The name Siffrey was given to a cape in this vicinity by the French expedition under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville, 1837-40, and was previously approved for the feature here described.  D'Urville's "Cap Siffrey" has since been identified by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) as a point 2 mi to the ESE, now called Siffrey Point.  The name Prime Head, given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1963, alludes to the position of the headland as the first or northernmost feature of Antarctic Peninsula.||
12081|Primero de Mayo Bay|Bay|625800S|0604200W|-62.9666667|-60.7|||01/01/1965|Bay on the SW side of Port Foster, Deception Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named "Bahia 1 de Mayo" or "Bahia Primero de Mayo" by the Argentine Antarctic Expedition, 1942-43, after the 1 de Mayo, an expedition ship which visited Deception Island in 1942 and 1943; she sank off the coast of Argentina on February 5, 1944.||
12085|Mount Prince|Summit|745800S|1341100W|-74.9666667|-134.1833333|640|2100|01/01/1966|A prominent butte (640 m) marking the N end of Perry Range on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  The feature was discovered and photographed from aircraft of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, and was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Joseph F. Prince, ADR2, U.S. Navy (USN), Aviation Machinist's Mate with Squadron VXE-6 who participated in several Deep Freeze operations and wintered over at Little America V (1956) and McMurdo Station (1966).||
12086|Prince Albert Mountains|Summit|760000S|1613000E|-76|161.5|||01/01/1947|A major mountain group, over 200 mi long, extending N-S between the Priestley Glacier and Ferrar Glacier in Victoria Land.  Discovered by Sir James Clark Ross, Feb. 17, 1841, and named by him for His Royal Highness Prince Albert, consort of Queen Victoria of England.  First exploration of the mountains was by British expeditions in the early 1900s; detailed survey and mapping was accomplished by New Zealand and American expeditions in the 1950s and 1960s.||
12087|Prince Andrew Plateau|Plain|833800S|1620000E|-83.6333333|162|||01/01/1966|An ice-covered plateau, about 40 mi long and 15 mi wide, lying S of Mount Rabot in the Queen Elizabeth Range.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for Prince Andrew, son of Queen Elizabeth II of Great Britain.||
12088|Prince Charles Mountains|Summit|720000S|0670000E|-72|67|||01/01/1961|A major group of mountains in Mac. Robertson Land including the Athos, Porthos, and Aramis Ranges.  These mountains together with other scattered peaks form an arc about 260 mi long, extending from the vicinity of Mount Starlight in the north to Goodspeed Nunataks in the south.  These mountains were first observed and photographed from a distance by airmen of U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  They were examined by several Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) parties and mapped in the years 1954-61.  Named by ANCA in 1956 for Prince Charles, heir apparent to the British throne.||
12089|Prince Charles Strait|Channel|610500S|0543500W|-61.0833333|-54.5833333|||01/01/1953|Strait 5 mi wide between Cornwallis and Elephant Islands, in the South Shetland Islands.  This strait was known to sealers as early as 1821, but first record of its navigation was in 1839 by the brig Porpoise of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) squadron under Wilkes. Soundings of the strait were made by the vessel John Biscoe and the frigate His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Sparrow in December 1948. Named for Prince Charles, son of Queen Elizabeth II of Great Britain.||
12090|Prince Creek|Stream|540100S|0380400W|-54.0166667|-38.0666667||||A cove N of Pio Point along the W side of Bird Island, South Georgia.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Peter A. Prince, assistant in fur seal investigations, Bird Island, 1971-74, and principal investigator on fur seals and birds, 1975-76.||
12092|Prince de Ligne Mountains|Summit|722000S|0311400E|-72.3333333|31.2333333|2285|7497|01/01/1962|A small group of mountains rising to 2,285 m, standing 10 mi N of the Belgica Mountains.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1957-58, under G. de Gerlache, who named them for Prince Antoine de Ligne, pilot and photographer with the expedition.||
12093|Prince Edward Glacier|Glacier|824600S|1593200E|-82.7666667|159.5333333|||01/01/1966|Glacier draining the N side of Cotton Plateau in the Queen Elizabeth Range and flowing N for about 6 mi along the W side of Hochstein Ridge.  Named by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) for Prince Edward, son of Queen Elizabeth II.||
12094|Prince Gustav Channel|Channel|635000S|0581500W|-63.8333333|-58.25|||01/01/1964|Strait about 80 mi long and from 4 to 15 mi wide, separating James Ross and Vega Islands from Trinity Peninsula. Discovered in October 1903 by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, who named it for Crown Prince (later King) Gustav of Sweden.||
12095|Prince Gustav Ice Shelf|Glacier|641500S|0583000W|-64.25|-58.5||||An ice shelf of more than 15 mi extent occupying the S part of Prince Gustav Channel, including Rohss Bay, James Ross Island.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1990 in association with the channel.||
12096|Prince Harald Coast|Beach|693000S|0360000E|-69.5|36|||01/01/1952|That portion of the coast of Queen Maud Land encompassing Lutzow-Holm Bay, lying between Riiser-Larsen Peninsula, in 34E, and the E entrance point of Lutzow-Holm Bay, marked by the coastal angle at 40E.  Discovered during a flight, Feb. 4, 1937, by Viggo Wideroe, Nils Romnaes, and Mrs. Ingrid Christensen of the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named after the infant son of the Crown Prince of Norway.||
12098|Prince of Wales Glacier|Glacier|824400S|1601000E|-82.7333333|160.1666667|||01/01/1966|Glacier in the Queen Elizabeth Range, flowing generally N for about 10 mi between Hochstein and Kohmyr Ridges into Hamilton Glacier.  Named by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for the Prince of Wales (Prince Charles), eldest son of Queen Elizabeth II.||
12103|Prince Olav Coast|Beach|683000S|0423000E|-68.5|42.5|||01/01/1952|That portion of the coast of Queen Maud Land between the E entrance point of Lutzow-Holm Bay, marked by the coastal angle at 40E, and Shinnan Glacier at 4438E.  Discovered by Captain Hjalmar Riiser-Larsen in January 1930 on a flight from the Norvegia.  Named for Crown Prince Olav of Norway.||
12104|Prince Olav Harbor|Harbor|540400S|0370900W|-54.0666667|-37.15|||01/01/1953|Small harbor in the SW portion of Cook Bay, entered between Point Abrahamsen and Sheep Point, along the N coast of South Georgia.  The name was in use as early as 1912 and was given, probably by Norwegian whalers, for Crown Prince Olav of Norway.||
12105|Prince Olav Mountains|Summit|845700S|1730000W|-84.95|-173|||01/01/1947|A mountain group of the Queen Maud Mountains stretching from Shackleton Glacier to Liv Glacier at the head of the Ross Ice Shelf.  Discovered in 1911 by Roald Amundsen when on the way to the South Pole, and named by him for the then Crown Prince of Norway.||
12106|Prince Philip Glacier|Glacier|822100S|1595500E|-82.35|159.9166667|||01/01/1966|Glacier flowing S for about 20 mi between Cobham and Holyoake Ranges into Nimrod Glacier.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) for Prince Philip, Duke of Edinburgh, husband of Queen Elizabeth II.||
12109|Princess Anne Glacier|Glacier|825900S|1592000E|-82.9833333|159.3333333|||01/01/1966|Glacier in the Queen Elizabeth Range, flowing from the area S of Mount Bonaparte between Cotton and Bartrum Plateaus into Marsh Glacier.  Named by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for Princess Anne, daughter of Queen Elizabeth II.||
12110|Princess Astrid Coast|Beach|704500S|0123000E|-70.75|12.5|||01/01/1947|That portion of the coast of Queen Maud Land lying between 5 and 20E.  The entire coast is bordered by ice shelves. Discovered by Captain H. Halvorsen of the Sevilla in March 1931 and named for Princess Astrid of Norway.||
12111|Princess Martha Coast|Beach|720000S|0073000W|-72|-7.5|35|115|01/01/1952|That portion of the coast of Queen Maud Land lying between 0500E and the terminus of Stancomb-Wills Glacier, in 2000W.  The entire coastline is bounded by ice shelves with ice cliffs 20 to 35 m high.  The name Crown Princess Martha Land was originally applied by Captain Hjalmar Riiser-Larsen to that section of the coast in the vicinity of Cape Norvegia which he discovered from the Norvegia and roughly charted from the air during February 1930.||07/07/2004
12112|Princess Ragnhild Coast|Beach|703000S|0270000E|-70.5|27|||01/01/1947|That portion of the coast of Queen Maud Land lying between 2000E and Riiser-Larsen Peninsula, in 3400E.  All but the eastern end of the coast is fringed by ice shelves.  Discovered by Captain Hjalmar Riiser-Larsen and Captain Nils Larsen in aerial flights from the ship Norvegia on February 16, 1931, and named for Princess Ragnhild of Norway.||
12116|Principal Point|Summit|645500S|0632700W|-64.9166667|-63.45|||01/01/1965|Prominent ice-covered point lying 4 mi E of Cape Errera and forming the SE end of Wiencke Island, in the Palmer Archipelago. First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05.  The name, applied by the Argentine Antarctic Expedition, 1953-54, suggests the prominence of the feature.||
12124|Prion Island|Island|540100S|0371500W|-54.0166667|-37.25|||01/01/1953|Island 1.5 mi NNE of Luck Point, lying in the Bay of Isles, South Georgia.  Charted in 1912-13 by Robert Cushman Murphy, American naturalist aboard the brig Daisy, and so named because he observed petrels of the genus Prion on the island.||
12125|Mount Prior|Summit|725800S|1684700E|-72.9666667|168.7833333|1220|4003|01/01/1962|A mountain (1,220 m) about 10 mi W of Mount Brewster, rising at the head of Whitehall Glacier in the W part of Daniell Peninsula, Victoria Land.  Named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, for George T. Prior of the Mineral Department, British Museum, who studied and analyzed the rocks obtained from this region by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04.||
12126|Prioress Island|Island|645600S|0635300W|-64.9333333|-63.8833333|||01/01/1960|Narrow island lying 0.5 mi E of Host Island in the Wauwermans Islands, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1954.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 after one of the characters in Chaucer's Canterbury Tales.||
12127|Prior Island|Island|754100S|1625200E|-75.6833333|162.8666667|||01/01/1947|An island 1 mi long, lying just E of Lamplugh Island, off the coast of Victoria Land.  First charted and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09, under Shackleton.  Probably named for George Thurland Prior, Keeper of the Department of Minerals, British Museum, 1909-27.||
12128|Prism Ridge|Ridge|733300S|0941400W|-73.55|-94.2333333|||01/01/1963|A small ridge with bare rock outcroppings located just N of Haskell Glacier and 2 mi SSW of Bonnabeau Dome, in the Jones Mountains.  Mapped and named by the University of Minnesota-Jones Mountains Party, 1960-61.  They found a large block of ice in the shape of a square prism standing as an isolated feature at the S end of this ridge.||
12129|Probe Ridge|Ridge|715000S|0682100W|-71.8333333|-68.35|||01/01/1994|A prominent snow-free terraced ridge forming part of the N flank of Viking Valley on Alexander Island.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1993 after the space probe which surveyed Mars in 1976.||
12130|Proclamation Island|Island|655100S|0534100E|-65.85|53.6833333|||01/01/1947|Small rocky island 2.5 mi W of Cape Batterbee and close E of Aagaard Islands.  Discovered by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, 1929-31, and so named, following the reading of a proclamation on its summit on Jan. 13, 1930 claiming the area for the British Crown.||
12131|Procyon Peaks|Range|702900S|0663000W|-70.4833333|-66.5|||01/01/1976|Two ridges of peaks connected by a sledgeable pass, located between the upper parts of Millett and Bertram Glaciers, about 25 mi E of Moore Point on the W coast of Palmer Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the star Procyon in the constellation of Canis Major.||
12132|Profile Bluff|Cliff|775210S|1602706E|-77.869567|160.451733|2070|6791|01/01/1993|A prominent bluff (2,070 m) midway between Mount Weller and Horizon Bluff on the W side of Beacon Valley, in Quartermain Mountains, Victoria Land.  The name is one of a group in the area associated with surveying applied in 1993 by the New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB).||
12133|Profound Lake|Lake|621100S|0585500W|-62.1833333|-58.9166667||||A lake 0.25 mi NW of Jasper Point in NE Fildes Peninsula, King George Island.  The feature was named "Ozero Glubokoye" (deep lake) by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) working from Bellingshausen Station from 1968, but both forms of the name are already in use in the Antarctic.  The UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) amended the name in 1979 to avoid duplication.||
12134|Projection Peak|Summit|775910S|1634714E|-77.986034|163.787217|1475|4839|01/01/1993|A peak (1,475 m) rising above the head of Garwood Glacier at the SW extremity of Hobbs Ridge, in Victoria Land.  Named by the New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1993 in association with several glaciers on this ridge (Bonne, Cassini and Mollweide Glaciers) that are named after types of map projections.||
12138|Prong Point|Summit|603200S|0453400W|-60.5333333|-45.5666667|||01/01/1964|Narrow protruding point forming the W side of the entrance to Ommanney Bay on the N coast of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  First seen in December 1821 in the course of a joint cruise by Captain Nathaniel Palmer, American sealer, and Captain George Powell, British sealer.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1956-58 and given this descriptive name by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959.||
12139|Proshchaniya Bay|Bay|701000S|0042000E|-70.1666667|4.3333333|||01/01/1970|A bay that indents the SW side of Neupokoyev Bight, along the ice shelf that fringes the coast of Queen Maud Land.  The feature was photographed from the air by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) in 1958-59 and roughly mapped from these photos.  It was also mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1961, and named Bukhta Proshchaniya (farewell bay).||
12141|Prospect Glacier|Glacier|693200S|0672000W|-69.5333333|-67.3333333|||01/01/1962|Glacier between Kinnear Mountains and Mayer Hills, flowing N into Forster Ice Piedmont on the W coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  First roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  In 1954 the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) gave the name Prospect Pass to a col between Eureka Glacier and the glacier here described.  During resurvey of the area by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1958, the col was found to be an indeterminate feature, while this glacier is well marked and requires a name.||
12142|Prospect Mesa|Summit|773113S|1615444E|-77.520393|161.912337|||01/01/1976|A low mesa below Bull Pass on the N side of Wright Valley in Victoria Land.  Named by geologists C.G. Vucetich and W.W. Topping of the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1969-70, to designate the type locality of the geological "Prospect Formation."||
12144|Prospect Point|Summit|660100S|0652100W|-66.0166667|-65.35|||01/01/1963|Point on the W coast of Graham Land, nearly 2 mi S of Ferin Head and immediately E of the Fish Islands.  Roughly charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57.  The name was suggested in 1957 by E.P. Arrowsmith, Governor of the Falkland Islands (Islas Malvinas).||
12145|Prospect Spur|Ridge|835700S|1732500E|-83.95|173.4166667|||01/01/1966|A narrow spur at the SW base of Cleft Peak in the Separation Range.  The spur descends westward to the edge of Hood Glacier.  So named because it was ascended to obtain a view up Hood Glacier in order to prospect a route to the south.  Named by the New Zealand Alpine Club Antarctic Expedition, 1959-60.||
12146|Protection Cove|Bay|713900S|1701200E|-71.65|170.2|||01/01/1947|A bay, 3 mi wide, lying at the E side of Cape Klovstad where it forms the head of Robertson Bay, northern Victoria Land. First charted by British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1898-1900, under C.E. Borchgrevink, and so named because the expedition ship Southern Cross found protection here during a gale.||
12147|Protector Heights|Summit|664200S|0661500W|-66.7|-66.25|2245|7365|01/01/1964|Mountainous coastal heights (2,245 m) which are separated from the Graham Land plateau by a narrow col, dominating the area between Wilkinson Glacier and southern Darbel Bay.  Mapped from air photos taken by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) work and served in the Antarctic every season from 1955 until 1967.||
12148|Proud Island|Island|540000S|0380800W|-54|-38.1333333|||01/01/1964|Small, relatively high, tussock-covered island, rising to a peak at its northern end, lying at the E end of the Willis Islands at South Georgia.  Roughly mapped by DI personnel on the 1960-61.  The name was given in 1963 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) and is descriptive, the expression "standing proud" in naval parlance being the equivalent of "sticking up."||
12149|Mount Provender|Summit|802300S|0295500W|-80.3833333|-29.9166667|900|2953|01/01/1962|Conspicuous rock mountain, 900 m, marking the NW extremity of the Shackleton Range.  First mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and so named because members of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) established a depot of food and fuel and an airplane camp on the S side of the mountain in 1957 to support sledging parties working in the Shackleton Range.||
12150|Providence Cove|Bay|681900S|0664700W|-68.3166667|-66.7833333|||01/01/1955|Cove bounded by ice cliffs which lies at the foot of Remus Glacier in the SE corner of Neny Fjord, along the W coast of Graham Land.  First roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  It was resurveyed in 1940-41 by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), and so named by them because on first arrival it seemed providential that a site for the East Base was found so quickly and easily. It was soon determined, however, that the cove did not provide a suitable site for the base.||
12151|Pryamougol'naya Bay|Bay|701000S|0053000E|-70.1666667|5.5|||01/01/1970|A small bay that indents the SE side of Neupokoyev Bight, along the ice shelf that fringes the coast of Queen Maud Land. The feature was photographed from the air by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) in 1958-59 and mapped from these photos.  It was also mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1961, and named Bukhta Pryamougol'naya (rectangle bay).||
12152|Prydz Bay|Bay|690000S|0750000E|-69|75|||01/01/1947|A deep embayment of the continent between the Lars Christensen Coast and Ingrid Christensen Coast. Portions of the bay were sighted in January and February 1931 by Norwegian whalers and the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE).  It was explored in February 1935 by Norwegian whaler Captain Klarius Mikkelsen in the Thorshavn, and was mapped in considerable detail from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition of 1936-37.  Named for Olaf Prydz, general manager of the Hvalfangernes Assuranceforening in Sandefjord, Norway.||
12153|Pryor Cliff|Cliff|735300S|1000000W|-73.8833333|-100|||01/01/1968|A distinctive rock cliff which faces northward toward Cosgrove Ice Shelf, standing 5 mi NE of Mount Nickens at the N end of the Hudson Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Douglas A. Pryor, map compilation specialist who contributed significantly to construction of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) sketch maps of Antarctica.||
12154|Pryor Glacier|Glacier|700500S|1601000E|-70.0833333|160.1666667|||01/01/1964|A glacier flowing northeastward, to the north of Mount Shields and Yermak Point, into Rennick Bay.  The feature is about 30 mi long and forms a physical separation between Wilson Hills and Usarp Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Madison E. Pryor, scientific leader at McMurdo Station (1959) and U.S. Exchange Scientist at the Soviet Mirnyy Station (1962).||
12155|Pryor Peak|Summit|671600S|0672200W|-67.2666667|-67.3666667|600|1968||A peak rising to c. 600 m at the W side of Giants Cirque in the Tyndall Mountains, Arrowsmith Peninsula, Loubet Coast.  The peak was visited by British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologists, 1980-81.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Commander John S.N. Pryor, Royal Navy (RN), Superintendent of Sailing Directions, Hydrographic Department, Ministry of Defence; Member of the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), 1968-82.||
12156|Przybyszewski Island|Island|765800S|1484500W|-76.9666667|-148.75||||An ice-covered island 12 mi long in the Marshall Archipelago.  It lies 3 mi east of Cronenwett Island in the western part of Sulzberger Ice Shelf.  The island was charted from aircraft of the USS Glacier under Captain Edwin A. McDonald, U.S. Navy (USN), in 1962.  Named by him for Lieutenant (j.g.) V.A. Przybyszewski, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), helicopter pilot on the Glacier who sighted the island from the air on Jan. 26, 1962.  The name has been misspelled "Prezbecheski Island" on certain maps and charts.||
12157|Mount Przywitowski|Summit|863600S|1540800W|-86.6|-154.1333333|2770|9088|01/01/1967|A mountain, 2,770 m, standing at the SE side of Holdsworth Glacier, 2.5 mi W of McNally Peak, in the Queen Maud Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard F. Przywitowski, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) scientific leader at South Pole Station, winter 1966.||
12158|Psi Islands|Island|641800S|0630100W|-64.3|-63.0166667|||01/01/1963|Group of small islands which lie close to the W side of Lambda Island in the Melchior Islands, Palmer Archipelago.  The name, derived from the 23rd letter of the Greek alphabet, appears to have been first used on a 1946 Argentine government chart following surveys of these islands by Argentine expeditions in 1942 and 1943.||
12159|Mount Ptolemy|Summit|683300S|0655800W|-68.55|-65.9666667|||01/01/1962|An isolated block mountain with four main summits, the highest rising to 1,370 meters.  It lies close north of the Traffic Circle on the northwestern side of Mercator Ice Piedmont, Antarctic Peninsula.  First observed by Finn Ronne and Carl Eklund of the U.S. Antarctic Service, 1939-41, from their sledge route through the Traffic Circle.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Claudius Ptolemy (2nd century A.D.), Egyptian mathematician, astronomer and geographer, who introduced the system of coordinates of latitude and longitude for fixing positions on the earth's surface.||
12160|Publications Ice Shelf|Glacier|693800S|0752000E|-69.6333333|75.3333333|||01/01/1973|An ice shelf about 35 mi long on the S shore of Prydz Bay, between Mount Caroline Mikkelsen and Stornes Peninsula.  Several glaciers, listed from SW to NE, nourish the ice shelf: Polar Times, Il Polo, Polarforschung, Polar Record and Polararboken Glaciers.  The feature was first mapped from air photos by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  The name "Publication Glacier Tongues" was applied by John H. Roscoe in 1952 following his study of U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47) air photos of the area, but the term ice shelf is more descriptive.  So named by Roscoe because the several glaciers in the area commemorate polar publications.||
12161|Puccini Spur|Ridge|700300S|0703800W|-70.05|-70.6333333|||01/01/1961|Rock spur, 6 mi long, extending SW into Mozart Ice Piedmont close S of Mahler Spur in the N part of Alexander Island.  First seen from the air and roughly mapped by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) in 1937. Accurately delineated from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Giacomo Puccini (1858-1924), Italian operatic composer.||
12162|Pudding Butte|Summit|755200S|1595900E|-75.8666667|159.9833333|||01/01/1966|A butte standing 2 mi SW of Beta Peak, in the Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named by the Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, because of a splendid feast at the nearby camp.||
12166|Puffball Islands|Island|690200S|0683000W|-69.0333333|-68.5|||01/01/1955|Scattered group of small, low, mainly ice-covered islands and rocks which extend about 10 mi in a NE-SW direction, lying in southern Marguerite Bay off the W coast of Antarctic Peninsula. The center of the group lies 23 mi NNE of Cape Jeremy.  First visited and surveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  The name, applied by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), derives from association with Mushroom Island which lies 14 mi NE of this group.||
12168|Puget Rock|Island|632900S|0553900W|-63.4833333|-55.65|||01/01/1965|Rock lying E of Eden Rocks, off the E end of Dundee Island in the Joinville Island group.  The name Cape Puget was given by Sir James Clark Ross on Dec. 30, 1842, for Captain William D. Puget, Royal Navy (RN), but it is not clear from Ross' text what feature he was naming.  The name Puget Rock was given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1956 in order to preserve Ross' name in this vicinity.||
12169|Pugh Shoal|Bar|540200S|0381300W|-54.0333333|-38.2166667|||01/01/1964|Area of shoal 1.5 mi S of Main Island in the Willis Islands, South Georgia.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Able Seaman Peter J. Pugh of His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Owen, which first charted this shoal in 1961.||
12170|Pujato Bluff|Cliff|824000S|0425700W|-82.6666667|-42.95|660|2165|01/01/1968|A rock bluff, 660 m, forming the S end of Schneider Hills in the Argentina Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for General Hernan Pujato, officer in charge of Argentine wintering parties at General Belgrano Station in 1955 and 1956.||
12171|Mount Pukaki|Summit|824900S|1620600E|-82.8166667|162.1|||01/01/1966|Peak between Mount Hawea and Mount Rotoiti in the Frigate Range.  Named by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for the New Zealand frigate Pukaki.||
12172|Pukkelen Rocks|Summit|721500S|0270900E|-72.25|27.15|||01/01/1966|Rock outcrops just W of Bollene Rocks at the head of Byrdbreen, in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Pukkelen (the hump).||
12173|Pulfrich Peak|Summit|644100S|0622800W|-64.6833333|-62.4666667|||01/01/1965|Peak near the E part of Wild Spur on Arctowski Peninsula, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Carl Pulfrich (1858-1927), "father of stereophotogrammetry," who independently developed a stereocomparator in 1901 and developed the principle of the "floating mark" established by Franz Stolze.||
12176|Mount Pulitzer|Summit|854900S|1541600W|-85.8166667|-154.2666667|2155|7070||A prominent mountain, 2,155 m, standing 7 mi NE of Mount Griffith on the elevated platform between Koerwitz and Vaughan Glaciers, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn, and named by Byrd for Joseph Pulitzer, publisher of the St. Louis Post-Dispatch, a patron of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) of 1928-30 and 1933-35.||
12177|Pullen Island|Island|723500S|0605700W|-72.5833333|-60.95|495|1624|01/01/1947|Snow-covered island 5 mi long, which rises to 495 m at its N end, lying near the center of Violante Inlet along the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in a flight from East Base on Dec. 30, 1940, and named for William A. Pullen, Aviation Machinist's Mate at the East Base.||
12178|Pull Point|Summit|540100S|0375800W|-54.0166667|-37.9666667|||01/01/1965|Point lying 0.5 mi S of Cape Pride on the E side of Elsehul, near the W end of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1931 British Admiralty chart.||
12179|Pulpit Mountain|Summit|604100S|0451300W|-60.6833333|-45.2166667|945|3100|01/01/1956|Conspicuous, red-colored mountain, 945 m, standing 1.5 mi W of Spence Harbor at the E end of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) following their survey of 1948-49.  The feature resembles a pulpit when seen from the east.||
12180|Pulpit Rock|Island|530500S|0732100E|-53.0833333|73.35|||01/01/1957|Rock lying 0.1 mi S of Cape Gazert, off the W side of Heard Island.  This feature was charted as a small island on an 1860 sketch map compiled by Captain H.C. Chester, American sealer operating in the area during this period.  The feature was surveyed and named in 1948 by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE).||
12181|Pumphouse Lake|Lake|604200S|0453700W|-60.7|-45.6166667|||01/01/1975|The southernmost lake in Three Lakes Valley on Signy Island.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because of the abandoned pumphouse and pipeline on the east side of the lake which was built by whalers.||
12183|Punchbowl Cirque|Basin|764200S|1594700E|-76.7|159.7833333|||01/01/1965|A cirque in the southern part of Shipton Ridge, about 0.5 mi SW of Roscolyn Tor, in the Allan Hills of Victoria Land. Reconnoitered by the New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) Allan Hills Expedition (1964) who gave the descriptive name.||
12184|Punchbowl Glacier|Glacier|651100S|0615700W|-65.1833333|-61.95|||01/01/1963|A glacier that enters the N end of Exasperation Inlet, N of Jorum Glacier, on the E side of Graham Land.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947 and 1955.  The name applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) is descriptive of shape as the glacier is hemmed in by mountains.||
12185|Pungent Point|Summit|561800S|0273100W|-56.3|-27.5166667|||01/01/1972|Low, dark lava cliffs forming the E point of Zavodovski Island, South Sandwich Islands.  The name applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 refers to the pungent volcanic fumes which are characteristic of this island.||
12189|Pup Cove|Bay|604200S|0453600W|-60.7|-45.6||||Small cove on the N side of Elephant Flats at the head of Borge Bay, Signy Island, South Orkney Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in recognition of the first recorded birth of a fur seal pup (Arctocephalus gazella) on the island (Feb. 1977) since the opening of Signy station in 1947.||01/05/2021
12190|Puppis Pikes|Summit|711600S|0662400W|-71.2666667|-66.4|||01/01/1976|A loosely-defined group of pointed nunataks and smaller outcrops running roughly east-west, located 7 mi northeast of Mount Cadbury in Palmer Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the constellation of Puppis.||10/19/2000
12191|Pup Rock|Island|682200S|0670300W|-68.3666667|-67.05|200|656|01/01/1962|A rock about 200 m in diameter, between Refuge Islands and Tiber Rocks in Rymill Bay, off the W coast of the Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered by geologist Robert L. Nichols of Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, who applied the name "Three Pup Island."  The name has been shortened for the sake of brevity.||
12192|Purcell Snowfield|Glacier|702900S|0695500W|-70.4833333|-69.9166667|||01/01/1961|Snowfield, 15 mi wide, between Colbert Mountains and Douglas Range in the central part of Alexander Island.  Mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Henry Purcell (1659-1695), English composer.||
12193|Purdy Point|Summit|603200S|0452600W|-60.5333333|-45.4333333|||01/01/1964|Point 1.5 mi ESE of Foul Point on the N coast of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  First seen in December 1821 in the course of a joint cruise by Captain George Powell, British sealer, and Captain Nathaniel Palmer, American sealer, and roughly shown on Powell's chart.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1956-58 and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for John Purdy (1773-1843), a leading English hydrographer of his day, who compiled numerous nautical directories and charts, including the South Orkney Islands, the forerunners of Admiralty sailing directions.||
12194|Purgatory Peak|Summit|772036S|1621757E|-77.343385|162.299122|||01/01/1962|Peak 2 mi SW of Pond peak in the Saint Johns Range of Victoria Land.  So named by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58, because of the extremely trying weather and surface conditions encountered while traveling toward and surveying from this peak.||
12195|Purka Mountain|Summit|681500S|0583500E|-68.25|58.5833333|||01/01/1967|A prominent mountain ridge with two outliers, about 5 mi SE of Mount Gjeita in the Hansen Mountains.  Mapped and named Purka (the sow) by Norwegian cartographers working from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.||
12197|Cape Purvis|Cape|633500S|0555800W|-63.5833333|-55.9666667|||01/01/1963|Cape forming the S extremity of Dundee Island, off the N tip of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered in Dec. 1842 by Captain James Ross, Royal Navy (RN), and named by him for Commodore (later Rear Admiral) John B. Purvis, Royal Navy (RN), who was of assistance to Ross' expedition.||
12198|Point Purvis|Summit|541000S|0364100W|-54.1666667|-36.6833333|||01/01/1965|Point lying 1 mi SW of Tonsberg Point in Husvik Harbor, South Georgia.  Charted by DI in 1928 and named after Petty Officer J. Purvis, Royal Navy (RN) (Purvis Glacier, q.v.), a member of the DI hydrographic survey party in this area in the motorboat Alert, 1928-30.||
12199|Purvis Glacier|Glacier|540600S|0371000W|-54.1|-37.1666667|||01/01/1952|Glacier flowing generally NE into the W side of Possession Bay, on the N coast of South Georgia.  Charted by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Filchner, 1911-12, and named after John Murray-Gletscher.  It was renamed Purvis Glacier, possibly to avoid confusion with Murray Glacier in northern Victoria Land, after Petty Officer J. Purvis, Royal Navy (RN) (Point Purvis, q.v.).||03/20/1997
12200|Purvis Peak|Summit|723800S|1690900E|-72.6333333|169.15|2250|7382|01/01/1973|A peak (2,250 m) 2 mi NE of Mount Northampton in the Victory Mountains of Victoria Land.  The peak overlooks the terminus of Tucker Glacier from the south.  Mapped by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, and the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (later Lieutenant Commander) Ronald S. Purvis, U.S. Navy (USN), of Squadron VX-6, pilot of Otter aircraft at Ellsworth Station, 1956-57, and of R5D Skymaster aircraft at McMurdo Station, 1957-58.||
12201|Putzke Peak|Summit|754900S|1283200W|-75.8166667|-128.5333333|2325|7628|01/01/1974|A peak (2,325 m) at the end of the spur which descends NE from Mount Petras, in the McCuddin Mountains, Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Stanley G. Putzke, USCG, Commanding Officer of U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Staten Island during Operation Deep Freeze 1971 and 1972.||
12202|Puzzle Islands|Island|645900S|0634000W|-64.9833333|-63.6666667|||01/01/1960|Group of small islands, rocks and reefs at the mouth of Flandres Bay, lying 1 mi W of Menier Island off the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05. So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958; the group is often hidden by icebergs which come to rest in the surrounding shallow waters.||
12203|Pyke Glacier|Glacier|641500S|0593600W|-64.25|-59.6|||01/01/1964|A glacier 5 mi long, flowing southward from Detroit Plateau, Graham Land, between Albone and Polaris Glaciers. Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Geoffrey N. Pyke (1894-1948), English scientist who in 1941 originated the ideas developed by the Studebaker Corporation into the M-29 Tracked Cargo Carrier or "Weasel," the first really successful snow vehicle.||
12204|Pylon Point|Summit|680600S|0650500W|-68.1|-65.0833333|||01/01/1947|Rocky promontory standing 4 mi SW of Three Slice Nunatak and marking the N end of the main mountainous mass of Joerg Peninsula, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Pylon Point lies in the area first seen by Sir Hubert Wilkins on his flight of Dec. 20, 1928, and crossed by Lincoln Ellsworth on his flight of Nov. 21, 1935.  So named by the US-SCAN because the various flights and sledge trips of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, rounded it on their way S along the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula.||
12205|Py Point|Summit|645300S|0633700W|-64.8833333|-63.6166667|||01/01/1950|Point forming the S extremity of Doumer Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for Monsieur Py, president of the French Chamber of Commerce in Buenos Aires at that time.||03/07/1997
12206|The Pyramid|Summit|632600S|0570100W|-63.4333333|-57.0166667|565|1854|01/01/1952|Pyramidal nunatak, 565 m, standing 1 mi E of Mount Carroll and 1.5 mi SE of the head of Hope Bay, at the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered and named by a party under J. Gunnar Andersson of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04.||
12207|The Pyramid|Summit|782100S|1633000E|-78.35|163.5|||01/01/1962|A small but distinctive peak just S of Pyramid Trough, at the W side of the Koettlitz Glacier.  The descriptive name appears to have been first used by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
12210|Pyramiden Nunatak|Summit|721700S|0034800W|-72.2833333|-3.8|||01/01/1966|A nunatak 2 mi E of Knallen Peak, on the E side of the head of Schytt Glacier in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Pyramiden (the pyramid).||
12211|Pyramid Island|Island|622600S|0600600W|-62.4333333|-60.1|205|673|01/01/1953|Conspicuous, pillar-shaped island, 205 m high, lying 2 mi NNE of Williams Point, Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  This island, presumably known to sealers in the area since about 1821, was charted and given this name by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1935.||
12212|Pyramid Mountain|Summit|774700S|1604000E|-77.7833333|160.6666667|2120|6955|01/01/1952|A mountain resembling a pyramid, rising to 2,120 m between Turnabout Valley and the mouth of Beacon Valley, in the Quartermain Mountains, Victoria Land.  The name seems first to appear on maps of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (R.F. Scott), 1910-13, but the mountain was almost certainly seen for the first time during Scott's first expedition, 1901-04.||
12213|Pyramid Mountain|Summit|811900S|1581500E|-81.3166667|158.25|2810|9219||A conspicuous pyramidal mountain, 2,810 m, standing 4 mi N of Mount Albert Markham in the Churchill Mountains.  Discovered and named by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04.||
12216|Pyramid Peak|Summit|540000S|0372300W|-54|-37.3833333|475|1558|01/01/1953|Peak, 475 m, surmounting Cape Buller at the W side of the entrance to the Bay of Isles, South Georgia.  Mapped in 1902 by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) and named descriptively "Die Pyramide."||
12217|Pyramid Peak|Summit|721600S|1653500E|-72.2666667|165.5833333|2565|8415|01/01/1964|A peak in the SE part of Destination Nunataks, Victoria Land, rising to 2,565 m 1 mi N of Sphinx Peak.  Descriptively named by the Northern Party of NZFMCAE, 1962-63.||
12219|Pyramid Point|Summit|540100S|0375800W|-54.0166667|-37.9666667|||01/01/1965|Point lying S of Cape Pride on the E side of Elsehul, near the W end of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1929 British Admiralty chart.||
12221|Pyramid Rock|Island|642300S|0630700W|-64.3833333|-63.1166667|||01/01/1952|Rock lying close to the extremity of Gourdon Peninsula, off the NE coast of Anvers Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  Charted and named by DI personnel on the Discovery in 1927.||
12222|Pyramid Trough|Valley|781800S|1632700E|-78.3|163.45|||01/01/1963|A deep trough immediately W of The Bulwark, through which a part of the Koettlitz Glacier formerly flowed N to Walcott Bay. Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1960-61) for its proximity to The Pyramid.||
12223|Pyrites Island|Island|615500S|0575900W|-61.9166667|-57.9833333|||01/01/1960|The largest of three small islands lying SE of Gam Point and forming the E side of Esther Harbor, off the N coast of King George Island in the South Shetland Islands.  In 1913-14, the rocky extremity of Gam Point and the adjoining islands to the NW and SE were named Esther, Pyritis (sic) or Pyritic Islands by Scottish geologist David Ferguson, who reported they were composed of pyrites and vein quartz.  From Ferguson's description it appears that the ice cliff behind the Gam Point has advanced since 1914 so that this "island" is now joined to the mainland. The highest and most conspicuous of the remaining islands is the one here described.  The name Pyrites Island was recommended by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 to avoid confusion with the other existing "Esther" names in the vicinity.||
12226|Pyroxenite Promontory|Cliff|823700S|0530000W|-82.6166667|-53|1150|3773||A promontory rising to c. 1,150 m near the W end of Dufek Massif (q.v.) in the Pensacola Mountains.  The feature is located W of Neuburg Peak and projects NW toward Rautio Nunatak.  The name was proposed by Arthur B. Ford, leader of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geological party in the Pensacola Mountains, 1978-79, from the pyroxenite rock which forms a conspicuous dark layer along the cliffs of the promontory.||
12227|Pyrox Island|Island|681200S|0664100W|-68.2|-66.6833333|||01/01/1963|Island lying at the head of Neny Fjord, along the W coast of Graham Land.  First surveyed by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Resurveyed in 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who so named it because of pyroxenic rocks found there.||
12228|Pythagoras Peak|Summit|665900S|0512000E|-66.9833333|51.3333333|1275|4183|01/01/1961|Highest peak, 1,275 m, in the central Tula Mountains, standing along the N side of Beaver Glacier, 8 mi SE of Mount Storer.  The peak has a prominent notch, the eastern aspect being a right-angled triangle with a perpendicular northern face.  It was photographed from Mount Riiser-Larsen in February 1958 by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) led by Phillip Law, but was first visited and surveyed in December 1958 by G.A. Knuckey, Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveyor.  Named by ANCA after Pythagoras, Greek philosopher, whose theorem concerning a right-angled triangle is well known.||
12229|Pythia Island|Island|643200S|0615900W|-64.5333333|-61.9833333|||01/01/1965|Island 0.2 mi long, the largest of a group of small islands off the E side of Enterprise Island in Wilhelmina Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 after Christen Christensen's whaling factory Pythia, which operated from nearby Gouvernoren Harbor during the 1921-22 whaling season.||
12230|Pyxis Ridge|Ridge|711600S|0664800W|-71.2666667|-66.8|||01/01/1976|A narrow ridge of nunataks separated by passes, located 5 mi NNW of Mount Cadbury from where it projects into the S side of Ryder Glacier, in Palmer Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the constellation of Pyxis.||
12231|Mount Quackenbush|Summit|802100S|1565800E|-80.35|156.9666667|2435|7989|01/01/1965|A flat-topped mountain, 2,435 m, which forms a projecting angle along the steep cliffs bordering the N side of Byrd Glacier, just W of Peckham Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Robert S. Quackenbush, Jr., chief of staff to Admiral Cruzen (Central Group of Task Force 68) in U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, led by Admiral Byrd.||
12232|The Quadrangle|Area|713500S|0683600W|-71.5833333|-68.6|||01/01/1975|An ice-covered area (essentially a glacial cirque) enclosed on three sides by rock ridges, but open to the south, lying between Mount Umbriel and Venus Glacier in eastern Alexander Island.  Mapped by Directorate of Overseas Surveys from satellite imagery supplied by U.S. National Aeronautics and Space Administration in cooperation with U.S. Geological Survey.  The feature was so named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in description of its shape.||
12233|Quadrant Peak|Summit|570600S|0264700W|-57.1|-26.7833333|430|1411|01/01/1972|A peak (430 m) forming the summit of Vindication Island, South Sandwich Islands.  The peak forms a narrow ridge above the uniform slopes of the original volcanic cone, and is a quadrant of what was probably once a circular mass cone.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971.||
12234|Quam Heights|Summit|710300S|1674800E|-71.05|167.8|1000|3281|01/01/1970|Mostly snow-covered heights, 15 mi long and 4 mi wide, rising over 1,000 m and forming the coastline between the Barnett and Dennistoun Glaciers in northern Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1960-63. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Louis O. Quam, Chief Scientist, Office of Polar Programs, National Science Foundation, 1967-72.||
12235|Mount Quandary|Summit|645200S|0613400W|-64.8666667|-61.5666667|||01/01/1963|A mountain on the E side and near the head of Hektoria Glacier, 12 mi NW of Shiver Point, in Graham Land.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955; the name arose because when first viewed it could not be determined whether the feature was part of the central plateau of Graham Land or a detached summit in Hektoria Glacier.||
12236|Quar Ice Shelf|Glacier|712000S|0110000W|-71.3333333|-11|||01/01/1970|The ice shelf between Cape Norvegia and Sorasen Ridge along the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE), 1949-52, whose Maudheim Station was located on this ice shelf.  Named for Leslie Quar, British radio mechanic and electrician with Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE), who drowned when the weasel (track-driven vehicle) in which he was riding drove over the edge of this ice shelf, Feb. 24, 1951.||
12238|Quarles Range|Range|853600S|1643000W|-85.6|-164.5|||01/01/1966|A high and rugged range of the Queen Maud Mountains, extending from the polar plateau between Cooper and Bowman Glaciers and terminating near the edge of Ross Ice Shelf.  Peaks in the range were first sighted by Captain Roald Amundsen in 1911, and the range was mapped in detail by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Donald A. Quarles, Sec. of the Air Force, 1955-57, and Deputy Sec. of Defense, 1957-59, at the outset of the International Geophysical Year and organization of U.S. activity in Antarctica.||
12239|Quarterdeck Ridge|Ridge|722700S|1701600E|-72.45|170.2666667|||01/01/1962|The undulating, north-south snow crest of Hallett Peninsula.  For the most part this crest is very close to the great 1,500 meter Cotter Cliffs that fall abruptly to the Ross Sea.  So named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, because impressions obtained in traversing along it recall those in walking the quarterdeck of a ship.||
12240|Quartermain Glacier|Glacier|670100S|0650900W|-67.0166667|-65.15|||01/01/1976|A well-defined, highly-crevassed glacier on the N side of Fricker Glacier, from which it is separated in its upper reaches by Mount Kennett.  It flows from the plateau into Mill Inlet on the E coast of Graham Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Leslie B. Quartermain (Quartermain Mountains, Quartermain Point, q.v.), New Zealand historian of the Antarctic and author of South to the Pole.  The early history of the Ross Sea Sector (London, 1967).||
12241|Quartermain Mountains|Summit|775035S|1603408E|-77.843095|160.56893||||A group of exposed mountains, c. 20 mi long, typical of ice-free features of the McMurdo Dry Valleys, Victoria Land, located S of Taylor Glacier and bounded by Finger Mountain, Mount Handsley, Mount Feather and Tabular Mountain; also including Knobhead, Terra Cotta Mountain, New Mountain, Beacon Heights, Pyramid Mountain, Arena Valley, Kennar Valley, Turnabout Valley and the several valleys and ridges within Beacon Valley.  The mountains were visited by British expeditions led by R.F. Scott (1901-04 and 1910-13) and E.H. Shackleton (1907-09), which applied several names.  Names were added in the years subsequent to IGY, 1957-58, concurrent with research carried out by New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) and U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) field parties, and to fulfill the requirement for maps compiled from U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1947-83.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1977 after Lester Bowden Quartermain (1895-1973), New Zealand Antarctic historian.||
12242|Quartermain Point|Summit|720300S|1700800E|-72.05|170.1333333|||01/01/1962|Prominent point in the N part of Moubray Bay between Helm Point and Cape Roget.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, for L.B. Quartermain, president, New Zealand Antarctic Society, who took a close interest in the work of the expedition.||03/07/1997
12243|Quartz Hills|Range|855600S|1325000W|-85.9333333|-132.8333333|||01/01/1967|An arcuate group of mainly ice-free hills and peaks standing immediately S of Colorado Glacier along the W side of Reedy Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  The name was proposed by John H. Mercer, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist to these hills in 1964-65, because there is much rose quartz in the superficial deposits of the hills.||
12244|Quartz Pebble Hill|Summit|844400S|1135900W|-84.7333333|-113.9833333|||01/01/1964|A flat-topped elevation on the N escarpment of Buckeye Table, Ohio Range, in the Horlick Mountains.  The hill is located where Discovery Ridge joins the main escarpment.  The rock that forms the hill is composed of sandstone and quartz pebble conglomerate.  The name was suggested by William E. Long, geologist of the Ohio State University expedition, who worked in these mountains in 1960-61 and 1961-62.||
12245|Quaternary Icefall|Glacier|771751S|1663228E|-77.2975|166.5411111|||06/04/1964|A western lobe of the Mount Bird icecap, descending steeply into Wohlschlag Bay 1 mi S of Cinder Hill on Ross Island.  Mapped and so named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1958-59, because of the Quaternary glacial period marine shells carried by the glacier and deposited in terminal moraines.||09/26/2011
12246|Quaver Nunatak|Summit|710000S|0701700W|-71|-70.2833333|250|820||Small nunatak rising to c. 250 m, the northernmost exposure of the Walton Mountains (q.v.), Alexander Island.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) (1977) after the musical term, reflecting the small size of the feature and in association with the names of composers in this area.||
12248|Queen Alexandra Range|Range|840000S|1680000E|-84|168|||01/01/1947|A major mountain range, about 100 mi long, bordering the entire W side of Beardmore Glacier from the Ross Ice Shelf to the polar plateau.  Discovered on the journey toward the South Pole by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09), and named by Shackleton for Alexandra, Queen of England, 1901-10.||
12249|Queen Elizabeth Range|Range|832000S|1613000E|-83.3333333|161.5|4350|14271|01/01/1962|A rugged mountain range paralleling the E side of Marsh Glacier for nearly 100 mi from Nimrod Glacier in the north to Law Glacier in the south.  Mount Markham, 4,350 m, is the highest elevation in the range.  Named by J.H. Miller of the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) who, with G.W. Marsh, explored this area. It was named for Queen Elizabeth II of Great Britain, the patron of the expedition.||
12250|Queen Fabiola Mountains|Summit|713000S|0354000E|-71.5|35.6666667|||01/01/1966|A group of mountains, 30 mi long, consisting mainly of seven small massifs which trend north-south, forming a partial barrier to the flow of inland ice.  The mountains stand in isolation about 90 mi SW of the head of Lutzow-Holm Bay. Discovered and photographed from aircraft by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition, 1960, under Guido Derom, on October 8, 1960, and named with the permission of the King for Dona Fabiola de Mora y Aragon, on the occasion of her wedding with King Baudouin of Belgium.  In November-December 1960, the mountains were visited by a party of the Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition which made geomorphological and geological surveys.  They applied the name "Yamato Mountains."||
12251|Queen Mary Coast|Beach|664500S|0960000E|-66.75|96|||01/01/1947|That portion of the coast of Antarctica lying between Cape Filchner, in 9154E, and Cape Hordern, in 10030E.  Discovered in February 1912 by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under the leadership of Douglas Mawson, who named it for Queen Mary of England.||
12253|Queen Maud Bay|Bay|541400S|0372300W|-54.2333333|-37.3833333|||01/01/1952|A V-shaped bay 2.5 mi wide at the entrance, lying immediately N of Nunez Peninsula along the S coast of South Georgia.  Roughly charted in 1819 by a Russian expedition under Bellingshausen.  Named prior to 1922 for Queen Maud, wife of King Haakon VII of Norway, probably by Norwegian whalers who frequented this coast.||
12255|Queen Maud Land|Area|723000S|0120000E|-72.5|12|||01/01/1952|That part of Antarctica lying between the terminus of Stancomb-Wills Glacier, in 2000W, and Shinnan Glacier, in 4438E. This name, given for Queen Maud of Norway, represents an expansion from that of the original core area, between 3700 and 5000E, discovered by Captain Hjalmar Riiser-Larsen in 1930.||
12256|Queen Maud Mountains|Summit|860000S|1600000W|-86|-160|||01/01/1965|A major group of mountains, ranges and subordinate features of the Transantarctic Mountains, lying between the Beardmore and Reedy Glaciers and including the area from the head of the Ross Ice Shelf to the polar plateau.  Captain Roald Amundsen and his South Pole party ascended Axel Heiberg Glacier near the central part of this group in November 1911, naming these mountains for the Queen of Norway.  Elevations bordering the Beardmore Glacier, at the western extremity of these mountains, were observed by the British expeditions led by E.H. Shackleton (1907-09) and R.F. Scott (1910-13), but the mountains as a whole were mapped by several American expeditions led by R.E. Byrd (1930s and 1940s), and U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) and New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) expeditions from the 1950s through the 1970s.||
12260|Mount Queensland|Summit|741600S|1635600E|-74.2666667|163.9333333|1910|6266|01/01/1950|A prominent mountain, 1,910 m, standing 7 mi N of Mount Dickason in the Deep Freeze Range, Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, which named this mountain for the State of Queensland, Australia, in recognition of the assistance given the expedition by its government.||
12261|Mount Queequeg|Summit|653900S|0620800W|-65.65|-62.1333333|900|2953|01/01/1963|Conspicuous, partly snow-covered mountain with three conical summits, the highest 900 m, between the mouths of Starbuck and Stubb Glaciers on the E coast of Graham Land. Surveyed and photographed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1956 after Starbuck's harpooner on the Pequod in Herman Melville's Moby Dick.||
12262|Queer Mountain|Summit|770834S|1614355E|-77.142658|161.731969|1180|3871|01/01/1952|A conspicuous black mountain (1,180 m) with steep slopes showing bands of sandstone above the granite, standing 1 mi W of Killer Ridge, between the Cotton and Miller Glaciers, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) and so named because, though surrounded by glacier, it has nearly every rock in the district, including coal beds, represented on its cliffs.||
12263|Quensel Glacier|Glacier|544600S|0355000W|-54.7666667|-35.8333333||||Small glacier flowing SE into Cooper Bay at the E tip of South Georgia.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Percy D. Quensel, Swedish geologist of Uppsala University, who visited South Georgia with Carl Skottsberg in 1909.||
12265|Quervain Peak|Summit|672300S|0663900W|-67.3833333|-66.65|||01/01/1965|A peak in the central part of the Boyle Mountains in Graham Land.  Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from surveys and air photos, 1956-59. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Alfred de Quervain, Swiss glaciologist who in 1909 first applied photogrammetric methods to the measurement of surface glacier flow.||
12266|Query Island|Island|684800S|0671200W|-68.8|-67.2|||01/01/1963|Prominent rocky island lying between the foot of Clarke Glacier and Keyhole Island on the S side of Mikkelsen Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Surveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who so named it because of the difficulty in deciding from a distance whether the feature was an island or part of the mainland.||
12267|Quest Channel|Channel|674800S|0690100W|-67.8|-69.0166667|||01/01/1964|A channel leading southwestward from Adelaide Anchorage between Hibbert Rock and Henkes Islands, off the S end of Adelaide Island.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the survey motorboat charted this area in 1963.||
12268|Quest Cliffs|Cliff|823600S|1551000E|-82.6|155.1666667|||01/01/1966|A line of steep east-facing cliffs immediately N of The Slot in the Geologists Range.  Seen by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) and named after the Quest, the ship of the Shackleton-Rowett Antarctic Expedition, 1921-22.||
12269|Quest Nunatak|Summit|813100S|0281000W|-81.5166667|-28.1666667|1065|3494|01/01/1962|Northeasternmost of the Whichaway Nunataks, 1,065 m.  First mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and so named because it was the last rock outcrop visited on the transpolar route of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) in December 1957 when a further search was made for plant fossils previously found in the area by the expedition's geologist.||
12272|Mount Quilmes|Summit|631400S|0553700W|-63.2333333|-55.6166667|715|2346|01/01/1964|A mainly snow-covered mountain, 715 m, standing NE of Haddon Bay on Joinville Island.  The name was given during the course of the Argentine Antarctic Expedition (1953-54) and memorializes the battle of the same name in which the Argentine squadron of Admiral Guillermo Brown was engaged.||
12274|Quilp Rock|Island|673700S|0674700W|-67.6166667|-67.7833333|||01/01/1956|Small, isolated rock in Laubeuf Fjord, lying 3.5 mi SSE of the S tip of Pinero Island and 1.5 mi off the NW side of Pourquoi Pas Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  First surveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and named by them after the dwarf, Daniel Quilp, a vicious, ill-tempered character in The Old Curiosity Shop, by Charles Dickens.||
12275|Quilty Nunataks|Summit|754500S|0714500W|-75.75|-71.75|||01/01/1966|A group of nunataks which extend over 8 mi, located 15 mi SW of Thomas Mountains in eastern Ellsworth Land.  Discovered by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, led by Ronne.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Patrick Quilty, geologist with the University of Wisconsin survey party to this area, 1965-66.||
12276|Quinault Pass|Gap|704900S|0692800W|-70.8166667|-69.4666667||||A snow pass trending N-S between Lully Foothills and LeMay Range in central Alexander Island.  Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and mapped from these photographs by D. Searle of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1960.  Named in association with the foothills by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), 1977, after Philippe Quinault (1635-88), French librettist who collaborated with J.B. Lully in three operas.||
12277|Quintana Island|Island|650900S|0645700W|-65.15|-64.95|||01/01/1960|Small isolated island, lying 6 mi NE of Betbeder Islands in the SW part of the Wilhelm Archipelago.  First charted as a group of islands by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for Manuel Quintana (1836-1906), then President of Argentina.  A survey in 1957-58 by the British Naval Hydrographic Survey Unit found only one island in this position.||
12279|Quinton Point|Summit|641900S|0634100W|-64.3166667|-63.6833333|||01/01/1971|Point at the N side of the entrance to Perrier Bay, on the NW coast of Anvers Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot after Rene Quinton (1867-1925), French naturalist, then assistant at the Laboratoire de Pathologie Physiologique, College de France.||
12281|Quonset Glacier|Glacier|851900S|1270500W|-85.3166667|-127.0833333|||01/01/1967|A glacier about 20 mi long which drains the N slopes of Wisconsin Range between Mount LeSchack and Ruseski Buttress and trends WNW to enter the N side of Davisville Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after the Naval Air Station, Quonset Point, Rhode Island, home base of Antarctic Development Squadron Six (VXE-6).||
12282|R4D Nunatak|Summit|724400S|1622100E|-72.7333333|162.35|||01/01/1967|A nunatak lying 2 mi SE of Burkett Nunatak, at the SE end of Monument Nunataks.  Named by the Northern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, after the R4D "Dakota" aircraft used by the U.S. Navy to transport the Northern Party to this area, and to resupply and return the party to Scott Base.||
12283|Mount Rabben|Summit|662700S|0540700E|-66.45|54.1166667|1540|5052|01/01/1970|Mountain, 1,540 m, standing 2 mi NE of Mount Griffiths in the Napier Mountains, Enderby Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Rabben (the small elongated elevation).||
12284|Rabben Ridge|Ridge|715200S|0024900E|-71.8666667|2.8166667|||01/01/1966|A small, isolated ridge about 5 mi N of Stabben Mountain in the N part of the Gjelsvik Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Rabben (the small elongated elevation).||
12285|Mount Rabot|Summit|831100S|1611700E|-83.1833333|161.2833333|3335|10941||A mountain, 3,335 m, standing 3 mi SE of Mount Lecointe in Queen Elizabeth Range.  Discovered and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09). Charles Rabot was editor of La Geographie, bulletin of the Societe Geographique, Paris, and was an outstanding glaciologist of that period.||
12286|Rabot Glacier|Glacier|831100S|1601000E|-83.1833333|160.1666667|||01/01/1966|A glacier in the Queen Elizabeth Range, flowing W from Mount Rabot between Mount Counts and Bartrum Plateau to enter Marsh Glacier.  Named in association with Mount Rabot by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1961-62.||
12287|Rabot Island|Island|655400S|0655900W|-65.9|-65.9833333|||01/01/1950|Island 5 mi long and 2 mi wide, lying 1 mi S of Renaud Island in the Biscoe Islands.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, who named it for Charles Rabot.||
12288|Rabot Point|Summit|641700S|0572000W|-64.2833333|-57.3333333|||01/01/1963|A high rocky point on the E side of James Ross Island.  It lies in Markham Bay and separates the mouths of Gourdon and Hobbs Glaciers.  The name "Rabot Gletscher" after the French glaciologist, Charles Rabot, was originally given by Otto Nordenskjold, leader of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, to a small glacier close W of The Watchtower on the S side of the island. The Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) surveyed the S part of the island in 1953 and found that the glacier is very insignificant and does not require a name. In order to preserve the name Rabot in the vicinity, the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) has applied it to the point described.||
12289|Rachel Glacier|Glacier|653700S|0621000W|-65.6166667|-62.1666667|||01/01/1976|A glacier on the E coast of Graham Land, 6 mi long, flowing E along the N side of Mount Baleen to join Larsen Ice Shelf.  The name, applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), is taken from Herman Melville's Moby Dick, the Rachel being a ship from Nantucket which met the Pequod and brought news of a lost whaleboat.||
12290|Racine Nunatak|Summit|852800S|1361800W|-85.4666667|-136.3|960|3150|01/01/1967|Nunatak, 960 m, located 3 mi W of the lower part of Reedy Glacier and 7 mi ESE of Berry Peaks.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Edward J. Racine, a member of the crew of the icebreaker Eastwind in Operation Deep Freeze 1967.||
12291|Racovitza Islands|Island|643100S|0620500W|-64.5166667|-62.0833333|||01/01/1963|Group of three islands lying just N of Nansen Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from the Racovitza, zoologist and botanist of the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) which explored this area in 1897-99.||
12293|Radford Island|Island|765400S|1463600W|-76.9|-146.6|||01/01/1966|An ice-covered island surmounted by several peaks, lying 6 mi W of Saunders Mountain in the E part of Sulzberger Ice Shelf. Discovered by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) on the Eastern Flight of Dec. 5, 1929. This feature was mapped as a part of the mainland by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and named "Radford Mountains."  It was determined to be an island by the U.S. Geological Survey from air photos taken by the U.S. Navy, 1962-65.  Named by Byrd for V. Admiral Arthur W. Radford, USN, Deputy Chief of Naval Operations (Air) during the exploration by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47) and later Admiral and Chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff.||
12295|Radian Glacier|Glacier|781300S|1630000E|-78.2166667|163|||01/01/1963|A glacier on the E side of the Royal Society Range, descending from a high cirque just SE of Mount Rucker and flowing E toward Walcott Glacier.  In the measurements made of this glacier by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1960-61), one of the survey angles, by chance, was exactly one radian, and the glacier came to be referred to by this term.||
12296|Radigan Point|Summit|712300S|0741600W|-71.3833333|-74.2666667||||A snow-covered point between Verdi Inlet and Brahms Inlet, marking the N extremity of Harris Peninsula, Alexander Island. Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and mapped from these photographs by D. Searle of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1960.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Matthew J. Radigan, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), Commanding Officer, U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VXE-6, from May 1983 to May 1984.||
12297|Radio Hill|Summit|663300S|0930000E|-66.55|93|50|164|01/01/1961|Hill rising to 50 m, standing 0.4 mi SW of Mabus Point on the coast of Antarctica.  Discovered and first mapped by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson, 1911-14.  Remapped and named by the Soviet expedition of 1956.||
12298|Mount Radlinski|Summit|823100S|1033400W|-82.5166667|-103.5666667|2750|9022|01/01/1962|A rounded, smooth, ice-covered mountain (2,750 m) rising 4 mi SE of Mount Seelig in the NE part of the Whitmore Mountains. Surveyed on Jan. 2, 1959 by William H. Chapman, a member of the Horlick Mountains Traverse (1958-59).  Named by Chapman after William A. Radlinski, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) photogrammetrist, 1949-79; Associate Director of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), 1969-79; president, American Society of Photogrammetry, 1968; president, International Federation of Surveyors, 1973-75.||03/07/1997
12299|Radok Lake|Lake|705200S|0680000E|-70.8666667|68|||01/01/1962|A meltwater lake about 4 mi long and marked by a slender glacier tongue feeding into it from the W, lying 3 mi SW of Beaver Lake and 15 mi SE of the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) from air photos taken by the RAAF Antarctic Flight in 1956.  Named for Uwe Radok, lecturer in meteorology at the University of Melbourne, who greatly assisted Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE)'s glaciological program.||
12300|Mount Radspinner|Summit|712900S|1643300E|-71.4833333|164.55|1785|5856|01/01/1964|A conspicuous ridge-like mountain, 1,785 m, located just E of Mount Freed and Copperstain Ridge in the E part of Bowers Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Frank H. Radspinner, Jr., USA, commanding officer of the helicopter detachment that supported the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Topo East-West party that surveyed this area in 1962-63.||
12301|Point Rae|Summit|604600S|0443700W|-60.7666667|-44.6166667|||01/01/1952|Point marking the NE side of the entrance to Scotia Bay on the S coast of Laurie Island, in the South Orkney Islands. Charted in 1903 by the ScotNAE under Bruce, who named it for John Rae, Scottish Arctic explorer and member of the Sir John Richardson expedition 1854, who learned the fate of the Sir John Franklin Arctic expedition 1847.||
12302|Raggatt Mountains|Summit|674200S|0490000E|-67.7|49|||01/01/1961|A group of peaks westward from the Scott Mountains, lying E of Rayner Glacier and N of Thyer Glacier.  Delineated by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) from air photos taken by RAAF Antarctic Flight of 1956.  Named by ANCA for Dr. H.G. Raggatt, Secretary of the Australian Department of National Development.||
12304|Ragged Peaks|Range|665900S|0510000E|-66.9833333|51|||01/01/1961|Prominent group of peaks on the eastern side of Amundsen Bay in a line running almost N-S  The peaks, extending 8 mi, contain several spires and the ridge connecting the peaks is much serrated. There are five peaks over 915 meters.  Sighted in October 1956 by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Amundsen Bay party led by P.W. Crohn. The descriptive name was given by ANCA.||
12306|Ragle Glacier|Glacier|762800S|1453200W|-76.4666667|-145.5333333|||01/01/1970|A small glacier that drains the W end of the Fosdick Mountains, between Mounts Ferranto and Avers, and flows NW to Block Bay, in Marie Byrd Land.  The glacier was photographed by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41), led by Admiral Byrd, and was mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named for Dr. B. Harrison Ragle, Admiral Byrd's personal physician in the late 1930s, who made financial contributions toward purchase of first aid equipment and medical supplies for U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and was a consultant on medical matters for that expedition.||
12307|Ragotzkie Glacier|Glacier|800200S|1574500E|-80.0333333|157.75|||01/01/1965|A glacier in the Britannia Range, about 10 mi long, flowing northward along the west side of Mount Aldrich and coalescing with other north-flowing glaciers which enter the Hatherton Glacier to the southwest of Junction Spur.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert A. Ragotzkie, project director for U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) studies of lakes in the ice-free valleys.  He made personal studies in Victoria Land in the 1962-63 season.||
12308|Rahir Point|Summit|650400S|0631400W|-65.0666667|-63.2333333|||01/01/1965|Point marking the NE end of a small peninsula which extends into Flandres Bay just N of Thomson Cove, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99, and named "Cap Rahir," probably for Maurice Rahir, Belgian geographer and member of the Belgian Royal Geographical Society.||
12309|Mount Rainbow|Summit|805400S|1565500E|-80.9|156.9166667|2050|6726|01/01/1966|A peak, 2,050 m, along the S side of Byrd Glacier, surmounting the broad ridge between Zeller and Sefton Glaciers. So named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) as the peak consists of multi-colored beds of sandstone with probable dolerite sitting on pink-green limestone.||
12310|Rainbow Ridge|Ridge|780600S|1652400E|-78.1|165.4|||01/01/1970|A small ridge which forms a distinct western rim to the large crater-like depression high in the central part of Brown Peninsula, in Victoria Land.  Given this geologically descriptive name by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC), it arose from investigations by the New Zealand Geological Survey and the Victoria University Expedition in 1964-65.  The top of the ridge has been planed off by subsequent glaciation and the resultant surface exposes two basalt "pipes" (Nubian Formation) within the trachyte.  These have altered the trachyte at their margins to various shades of brown, hence the name of the ridge.||
12312|Rainey Glacier|Glacier|734000S|1630600E|-73.6666667|163.1|||01/01/1964|A tributary glacier on the N side of Archambault Ridge, descending from the Deep Freeze Range into Campbell Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, for Denys Rainey, cartographer, who assisted this and other New Zealand Antarctic expeditions with their mapping problems.||
12315|Rakebosten Ridge|Ridge|715600S|0071200E|-71.9333333|7.2|||01/01/1967|A high rock ridge with lateral western spurs, forming the S part of Trollslottet Mountain in the Filchner Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Rakebosten (the shave bristles).||
12316|Rakekniven Peak|Summit|715400S|0071700E|-71.9|7.2833333|2365|7759|01/01/1967|A peak, 2,365 m, at the N end of Trollslottet Mountain in the Filchner Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Rakekniven (the razor).||
12317|Rakuda Glacier|Glacier|680300S|0435400E|-68.05|43.9|||01/01/1964|A glacier flowing to the coast just E of Rakuda Rock in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, who gave the name.||
12318|Rakuda Rock|Island|680200S|0434900E|-68.0333333|43.8166667|||01/01/1964|A projecting coastal rock at the W side of Rakuda Glacier in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, who gave the name.||04/12/2001
12319|Rakusa Point|Summit|621000S|0582800W|-62.1666667|-58.4666667||||A point 0.5 mi SE of Point Thomas, Admiralty Bay, on King George Island, South Shetland Islands.  Named by the Polish Antarctic Expedition in 1977 after Stanislaw Rakusa-Suszczewski, who established Poland's Arctowski Station near this point, Feb. 26, 1977.||
12321|Rallier Channel|Channel|650400S|0640300W|-65.0666667|-64.05|||01/01/1965|Narrow channel lying between Rallier Island and the W end of Booth Island, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Discovered and named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05, in association with Rallier Island.||
12324|Rallier Island|Island|650400S|0640300W|-65.0666667|-64.05|||01/01/1960|Small island with a small islet off its N side, lying 0.25 mi W of the NW extremity of Booth Island, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05, and named by him for Raymond Rallier du Baty, merchant marine cadet who signed on as seaman on the ship Francais.||
12325|Mount Ralph|Summit|765800S|1443200W|-76.9666667|-144.5333333|||01/01/1966|A mountain between Mount Gilmour and Mount McCormick in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered and mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41).  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ralph W. Smith, airplane pilot with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1933-35).||
12326|Ramage Point|Summit|733900S|1202000W|-73.65|-120.3333333|||01/01/1967|An ice-covered point lying just W of Beakley Glacier on the N side of Carney Island, along the coast of Marie Byrd Land. Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in January 1947.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for R. Admiral L.P. Ramage, USN, Asst. Chief of Naval Operations, Ships Operations and Readiness, in the post 1957-58 IGY period.||
12327|Rambler Harbor|Harbor|662800S|0662700W|-66.4666667|-66.45|||01/01/1965|A small harbor in the N side of Rambler Island, Bragg Islands, in Crystal Sound.  First mapped and named by Commander W.M. Carey, Royal Navy (RN), of the Discovery II (1930-31).  The location of the harbor was in doubt for several years, but in 1958 was reidentified and surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).||
12328|Rambler Island|Island|662800S|0662700W|-66.4666667|-66.45|||01/01/1965|The largest of the Bragg Islands, lying in Crystal Sound about 7.5 mi N of Cape Rey, Graham Land.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1958-59).  The name derives from association with Rambler Harbor which lies on the north side of the island.||
12329|Rambo Nunataks|Summit|835700S|0662000W|-83.95|-66.3333333|||01/01/1968|A loose chain of nunataks which lie NW of Patuxent Range and extend along the W side of the Foundation Ice Stream for 17 mi in the Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William L. Rambo, geophysicist in the Pensacola Mountains, 1965-66.||
12330|Ram Bow Bluff|Cliff|804800S|0264200W|-80.8|-26.7|||01/01/1960|Prominent rock bluff on the E side of Stephenson Bastion in the south-central part of the Shackleton Range.  First visited by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) in 1957 and given this descriptive name because of the feature's resemblance to the ram bow of an old battleship.||
12331|Rameau Inlet|Stream|714600S|0751300W|-71.7666667|-75.2166667||||A partly ice-filled inlet in SW Alexander Island, indenting the N side of Beethoven Peninsula between Pesce Peninsula and Cape Westbrook, the SW extremity of the island.  Delineated from U.S. Landsat imagery of Jan. 29, 1973, by DOS.  In association with names of composers in the area, named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Jean Philippe Rameau (1683-1764), French composer.||
12332|Mount Ramenskiy|Summit|714600S|0123300E|-71.7666667|12.55|2560|8399|01/01/1970|Mountain, 2,560 m, forming the S end of Isdalsegga Ridge in Sudliche Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Soviet botanist L.G. Ramenskiy (1884-1953).||
12334|Ram Head|Cliff|540100S|0372700W|-54.0166667|-37.45|||01/01/1965|Headland between Rosita Harbor and Camp Bay, on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1931 British Admiralty chart.||
12335|Ramírez Island|Island|690900S|0682800W|-69.15|-68.4666667||||The northernmost of the three Bugge Islands (q.v.), lying off Wordie Ice Shelf in S Marguerite Bay.  The island was named "Isla Eleuterio Ramirez" by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition, 1947, possibly after a member of the expedition.  A concise form of the original name has been approved.||
12336|Rampart Ridge|Ridge|781000S|1615500E|-78.1666667|161.9166667|||01/01/1962|A prominent broken ridge on the W side of the Royal Society Range, standing N of Rutgers Glacier and extending from The Spire to Bishop Peak.  Surveyed and given this descriptive name in February 1957 by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.||
12337|Ramp Rocks|Island|535900S|0381800W|-53.9833333|-38.3|23|75||Three barren rocks, the largest being 23 m high, lying 2.5 mi NW of Johannesen Point, Main Island, at the W extremity of South Georgia.  The name "Laavebrua," a descriptive Norwegian term meaning literally "threshing floor bridge" or "barn bridge," was used for the largest rock by whalers and sealers at South Georgia.  In Norwegian barns used for storing hay, there is a ramp up which the wagons are driven before tipping.  "Laavebrua," which is not strictly translatable, is this ramp.  The UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) recommended in 1954 that "Ramp Rock" be approved for the large rock, but in 1976 altered the name to Ramp Rocks to include the three rocks.  The name Lavebrua Island is already approved for an island near Deception Island.||
12338|Mount Ramsay|Summit|604500S|0444500W|-60.75|-44.75|475|1558|01/01/1952|Peak, 475 m, standing at the W side of Uruguay Cove on the N coast of Laurie Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted by the ScotNAE under Bruce, 1902-04, and named for Allan Ramsay, chief engineer of the expedition ship Scotia, who died on Aug. 6, 1903, and was buried at the foot of the peak.||
12339|Ramsay Wedge|Summit|802600S|0254300W|-80.4333333|-25.7166667|1200|3937||A narrow rock spur, 2 mi long, with talus slopes rising to c. 1,200 m, located 2 mi SW of Mount Absalom in the SW portion of the Herbert Mountains, Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of glacial geologists grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Sir Andrew C. Ramsay (1814-91), Scottish geologist who first recognized the glacial origin of rock basins in 1862; Director-General, Geological Survey of Great Britain, 1871-81.||
12340|Ramseier Glacier|Glacier|803000S|1561800E|-80.5|156.3|||01/01/1965|Steep cirque-type glacier, 5 mi long, flowing SW to enter Byrd Glacier immediately E of Mount Rummage.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Rene O. Ramseier, glaciologist at McMurdo and South Pole Stations, 1960-61 and 1961-62 seasons.||
12341|Ramsey Cliff|Cliff|832800S|0540900W|-83.4666667|-54.15|||01/01/1968|A rock cliff along Torbert Escarpment, standing 2 mi NE of Mount Torbert in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert E. Ramsey, storekeeper at Ellsworth Station, winter 1958.||
12342|Ramsey Glacier|Glacier|842400S|1792000E|-84.4|179.3333333|||01/01/1962|Glacier about 45 mi long, originating in the Bush Mountains near the edge of the polar plateau and flowing N to the Ross Ice Shelf eastward of Den Hartog Peak.  Discovered by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) on Flight C of February 29-March 1, 1940, and named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN), on the recommendation of R. Admiral Byrd, for Admiral DeWitt C. Ramsey, USN, Vice Chief of Naval Operations during U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.||
12343|Rancho Point|Summit|625800S|0603000W|-62.9666667|-60.5|170|558|01/01/1965|Conspicuous rock headland, 170 m, marking the E extremity of Deception Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  It rises from the sea to become a large rock which, because of its shape, has received the name.  The name was proposed by the commander of the Argentine ship Granville in the year 1947 through having observed, by chance, that the feature resembles a hut with a double-pitched roof.||
12344|Mount Randall|Summit|724800S|1674000E|-72.8|167.6666667|3000|9842|01/01/1994|A mountain rising to 3,000 m at the S end of Hackerman Ridge in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  The mountain, which forms the summit area in this part of the ridge, is 2 mi W of Mount Riddolls and 3.5 mi NE of Mount Burrill, with which this name is associated.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1994 after Richard R. Randall, geographer and cartographer, Executive Secretary, U.S. Board on Geographic Names, 1973-93, whose office included responsibility for geographic nomenclature in Antarctica. Succeeding Meredith F. Burrill (Mount Burrill, q.v.) as Executive Secretary, Randall combined with Burrill to direct a half-century of American geographic names research.||
12345|Randall Ridge (historical)|Ridge|714400S|0643800W|-71.7333333|-64.6333333|||01/01/1976|An arc-shaped rock ridge at the N side of the Guthridge Nunataks, in the Gutenko Mountains of central Palmer Land. Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Robert H. Randall (1890-1966), Assistant on Cartography with the U.S. Bureau of the Budget in the Executive Office of the President, with responsibility for coordinating the mapping activities of the Government, 1941-60.  In 1954 he set up the Technical Advisory Committee on Antarctic Mapping that established a mapping program for Antarctica based on the best technical methods.||
12346|Randall Rocks|Island|681100S|0671700W|-68.1833333|-67.2833333|||01/01/1956|Group of rocks situated 0.5 mi off the SW corner of Miller and Island and trending in a NW-SE direction for 1 mi, lying in Marguerite Bay off the W coast of Graham Land.  First roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Resurveyed in 1948-49 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named for Terence M. Randall, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) radio operator at Stonington Island, 1947-49.||
12347|Random Hills|Range|740700S|1642500E|-74.1166667|164.4166667|||01/01/1968|A group of rugged hills, bounded on the W by Campbell Glacier and on the E by Tinker Glacier and Wood Bay, centered about 15 mi NNW of Mount Melbourne, in Victoria Land.  Named by the Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1966-67, because of the random orientation of the ridges which comprise the feature.||
12348|Ranfurly Point|Summit|845000S|1693600E|-84.8333333|169.6|||01/01/1966|A low rocky point marking the convergence of the Beardmore and Keltie Glaciers, at the northern extremity of Supporters Range.  Named by D.B. Rainey, Cartographic Branch of the Department of Lands and Survey, New Zealand, for Lord Ranfurly, Governor of New Zealand, 1897-1904.||
12349|Rankine Rock|Summit|822400S|0503500W|-82.4|-50.5833333|||01/01/1968|A rock lying 1 mi N of Cox Nunatak at the N extremity of Dufek Massif, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for David F. Rankine, Jr., photographer with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 during Operation Deep Freeze 1964.||
12350|Rankin Glacier|Glacier|714100S|0621500W|-71.6833333|-62.25|||01/01/1976|A glacier about 12 mi long on the E side of Palmer Land. It flows SE and then E along the S side of Schirmacher Massif to join the Cline Glacier just inland from the head of Odom Inlet. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John S. Rankin, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist on the International Weddell Sea Oceanographic Expeditions, 1968 and 1969.||
12351|Ranney Nunatak|Summit|765300S|1435500W|-76.8833333|-143.9166667|||01/01/1970|A nunatak in the SW extremity of Gutenko Nunataks, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  First mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charles R. Ranney, ionospheric physicist at Byrd Station, 1969.||
12352|Ranvik|Bay|544800S|0361500W|-54.8|-36.25|||01/01/1963|Cove 3.5 mi SE of Diaz Cove along the S coast of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57.  The name is well established in local use.||
12353|Ranvika|Bay|684400S|0903000W|-68.7333333|-90.5|||01/01/1952|A cove indenting the E coast of Peter I Island near the NE corner of the island.  Discovered in 1927 by a Norwegian expedition under Eyvind Tofte in the Odd Island They applied the name, perhaps after the estate of Lars Christensen, sponsor of the expedition, situated at the head of Ranvik, a bay in Norway.||
12356|Ranvik Bay|Bay|690000S|0774000E|-69|77.6666667|||01/01/1947|An open bay 15 mi wide, lying southward of Rauer Islands in the southeast part of Prydz Bay.  Discovered and charted in February 1935 by a Norwegian expedition led by Captain Klarius Mikkelsen in the Thorshavn.  Named after the estate of Lars Christensen, sponsor of the expedition, situated at the head of Ranvik, a bay in Norway.||
12358|Ranvik Glacier|Glacier|691000S|0774000E|-69.1666667|77.6666667|||01/01/1962|A broad glacier flowing into the southern part of Ranvik Bay in the southeast part of Prydz Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37), and named Ranvikbreen (Ranvik Glacier) for its association with Ranvik Bay.||
12360|Ranvik Island|Island|685400S|0775000E|-68.9|77.8333333|||01/01/1956|A rocky island, 1.5 mi long, which is the largest island in the southern part of the Rauer Islands.  It lies at the northern end of Ranvik Bay, about 3 mi NW of Browns Glacier.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers, as being connected to the mainland, from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37). They gave the name "Ranviktangen" (the Ranvik tongue) because of its association with Ranvik Bay.  The Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) has approved John H. Roscoe's 1952 recommendation that the Norwegian name be amended to Ranvik Island.  Roscoe's examination of this area in air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47) determined that the feature described is actually separated from the mainland.||
12363|Rare Range|Range|742400S|0640500W|-74.4|-64.0833333|||01/01/1968|A rugged mountain range between the Wetmore and Irvine Glaciers, in Palmer Land.  Discovered and photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition, 1947-48.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (using the initials of the Ronne expedition) in recognition of the contributions made by this expedition to knowledge of Palmer Land and the Antarctic Peninsula area.||
12365|Rasmussen Island|Island|651500S|0640500W|-65.25|-64.0833333|||01/01/1960|Small island in the N part of Waddington Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  The N entrance to Waddington Bay was named "Cap Rasmussen" by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache, but air photos show no significant point there which can be reidentified without ambiguity.  To preserve the original name in the vicinity, the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 applied the name Rasmussen to this island.||
12367|Rastorfer Glacier|Glacier|715000S|1670600E|-71.8333333|167.1|||01/01/1970|Glacier draining S from the Admiralty Mountains and entering upper Tucker Glacier just E of Homerun Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1960-63. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James R. Rastorfer, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station in 1967-68 and Palmer Station in 1968-69.||
12368|Rastorguev Glacier|Glacier|705700S|1633000E|-70.95|163.5|||01/01/1964|Large tributary glacier which drains the E slopes of the Explorers Range between Mounts Ford and Sturm and joins Lillie Glacier via Flensing Icefall.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Vladimir I. Rastorguev, Soviet IGY observer, a Weather Central meteorologist at Little America V in 1957.||
12369|Mount Rath|Summit|741900S|0623000W|-74.3166667|-62.5|||01/01/1968|A mountain 6 mi NNE of Mount Owen, in the Hutton Mountains, Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Arthur E. Rath, electronics technician at South Pole Station in 1964.||
12370|Rathbone Hills|Range|713900S|0644800W|-71.65|-64.8|||01/01/1976|A line of low hills or nunataks, 14 mi long and trending E-W, located 4 mi N of Guthridge Nunataks in the Gutenko Mountains of central Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Major David L. Rathbone, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC), Commander of LC-130 aircraft in U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VXE-6 during Operation Deep Freeze, 1970 and 1971.||
12371|Mount Ratliff|Summit|854200S|1370000W|-85.7|-137|2520|8268|01/01/1967|Mountain, 2,520 m, located N of Watson Escarpment and 8 mi NNE of Mount Doumani.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charles E. Ratliff, aviation machinist mate with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 in several Operation Deep Freeze deployments, 1963-67.||
12373|Raudberget|Summit|723800S|0033000W|-72.6333333|-3.5|||01/01/1966|A prominent mountain just NE of Hogskavlen Mountain in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Raudberget (the red mountain).||
12374|Raudberg Pass|Gap|723800S|0032200W|-72.6333333|-3.3666667|||01/01/1966|A pass between Kulen Mountain and Raudberget in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named for its proximity to Raudberget.||
12376|Raudberg Valley|Valley|723900S|0032600W|-72.65|-3.4333333|||01/01/1966|The main ice-filled valley, about 20 mi long, extending northeastward through the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named for its proximity to Raudberget.||
12378|Rauer Islands|Island|685100S|0775000E|-68.85|77.8333333|||01/01/1947|A group of rocky coastal islands which lie between Sorsdal Glacier Tongue and Ranvik Bay, in the SE part of Prydz Bay.  Discovered and roughly charted in February 1935 by a Norwegian expedition under Captain Klarius Mikkelsen.  He named them Rauer, probably after the island lying in Oslofjorden opposite Tonsberg, Norway.||
12379|Rautio Nunatak|Summit|823700S|0530300W|-82.6166667|-53.05|1000|3281||Nunatak rising to c. 1,000 m between Neuburg Peak and Hannah Peak near the W end of Dufek Massif, Pensacola Mountains (q.v.).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Henry Rautio, photographer, U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6, who obtained reconnaissance photographs of the Pensacola Mountains from LC-47 aircraft on Jan. 22, 1964.||
12380|Ravelin Ridge|Ridge|611100S|0540500W|-61.1833333|-54.0833333|||01/01/1972|A ridge which extends N-S almost the length of Clarence Island, South Shetland Islands.  UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) applied the name in 1971 following mapping by the Joint Services Expedition, 1970-71.  The feature resembles a fortification, hence the name ravelin.||
12381|Ravel Peak|Summit|695500S|0711700W|-69.9166667|-71.2833333|1300|4265|01/01/1961|Peak, c. 1,300 m, surmounting Debussy Heights in the N part of Alexander Island.  The peak is markedly pyramid shaped when seen from the east.  First mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Maurice Ravel (1875-1937), French composer.||
12382|Ravin Bay|Bay|663200S|1382700E|-66.5333333|138.45|||01/01/1962|Small bay between Cape Pepin and the point where Francais Glacier discharges into the sea.  Discovered in 1840 by a French expedition under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville and named by him for the aspect of the coast, "ravin" being French for ravine.||
12384|Ravn Rock|Bar|630000S|0603400W|-63|-60.5666667|||01/01/1952|Submerged rock lying in the center of Neptunes Bellows, the entrance to Port Foster, Deception Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10.  Named for the whale catcher Ravn, based at Deception Island at that time.||
12385|Rawle Glacier|Glacier|715000S|1644000E|-71.8333333|164.6666667|||01/01/1964|A tributary glacier in the Concord Mountains, flowing NW between Leitch Massif and King Range into the Black Glacier. Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, for Russell Rawle, leader at Scott Base, 1964.||
12387|Rawson Mountains|Summit|864300S|1544000W|-86.7166667|-154.6666667||||A crescent-shaped range of tabular, ice-covered mountains including Fuller Dome, Mount Wyatt and Mount Verlautz, standing SE of Nilsen Plateau and extending SE for 18 mi to the W side of Scott Glacier.  Discovered in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn, and named by Byrd for Frederick H. Rawson, American banker and contributor to the Byrd Antarctic Expeditions of 1928-30 and 1933-35.||
12388|Rawson Plateau|Plain|855200S|1644500W|-85.8666667|-164.75|3400|11155|01/01/1967|An ice-covered plateau, 15 mi long and 3,400 m high, rising between the heads of the Bowman, Moffett and Steagall Glaciers in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30, and by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named for Kennett L. Rawson, a contributor to the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30, and a member of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35.||
12389|Mount Ray|Summit|850700S|1704800W|-85.1166667|-170.8|3905|12812|01/01/1966|A peak, 3,905 m, standing 1.5 mi SE of Mount Fisher in the Prince Olav Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Carleton Ray, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) zoologist at McMurdo Station in the 1963-64, 1964-65, and 1965-66 summer seasons.||
12390|Mount Raymond|Summit|855300S|1744300E|-85.8833333|174.7166667|2820|9252||A rock peak, 2,820 m, standing on the southernmost ridge of the Grosvenor Mountains, 2.5 mi SE of Mount Cecily.  Discovered by Shackleton of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09), who named this feature for his eldest son.  The position agrees with that shown on Shackleton's map, but the peak does not lie in the Dominion Range as he thought, being separated from that range by Mill Glacier.||
12393|Rayner Glacier|Glacier|674000S|0482500E|-67.6666667|48.4166667|||01/01/1961|Prominent glacier, 10 mi wide, flowing N to the coast of Enderby Land just W of Condon Hills.  Sighted in October 1956 by Squadron Leader D. Leckie during a flight in an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Beaver aircraft.  Named by ANCA for J.M. Rayner, Director of the Bureau of Mineral Resources in the Australian Department of National Development.||03/07/1997
12394|Rayner Peak|Summit|672400S|0555600E|-67.4|55.9333333|1270|4167|01/01/1947|Prominent peak, 1,270 m, standing 35 mi SW of the head of Edward VIII Bay and 2 mi W of Robert Glacier.  Discovered in February 1936 by DI personnel on the William Scoresby, and named for George W. Rayner, zoologist on the DI staff and leader of the expedition.||
12395|Rayner Point|Summit|603900S|0451000W|-60.65|-45.1666667|||01/01/1952|Point marked by a rocky peak forming the N side of the entrance to Gibbon Bay on the E coast of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted in 1912-13 by Captain Petter Sorlle, a Norwegian whaler.  Recharted in 1933 by DI personnel on the Discovery II and named for George W. Rayner, member of the zoological staff of the Discovery Committee.||
12396|Ray Nunatak|Summit|832800S|0515800W|-83.4666667|-51.9666667|1630|5348|01/01/1968|A nunatak, 1,630 m, located just N of Beiszer Nunatak and 5 mi SW of Dyrdal Peak in southern Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James A. Ray, utilities man at Ellsworth Station, winter 1957.||
12397|Ray Promontory|Cliff|623600S|0610900W|-62.6|-61.15||||A promontory 4 mi long which forms the NW termination of Byers Peninsula and Livingston Island, South Shetland Islands. Start Point marks the NW extremity of the promontory.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 after Captain Nathaniel Ray, Master of the American schooner Harmony, of Nantucket, which carried on sealing operations from Harmony Cove, Nelson Island, 1820-21.||
12398|Razlom Point|Summit|700000S|0125200E|-70|12.8666667|||01/01/1971|An ice point at the W edge of Lazarev Ice Shelf, about 2 mi N of Leningradskiy Island, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1959 and named Mys Razlom (breach point) because there is a large old break in the ice shelf nearby.||
12399|Mount Razorback|Summit|765000S|1611800E|-76.8333333|161.3|1600|5249|01/01/1964|A craggy mountain rising to c. 1,600 m E of Staten Island Heights in the Convoy Ridge, Victoria Land.  The descriptive name was applied by the 1957 New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.||
12402|Razor Point|Summit|540400S|0370800W|-54.0666667|-37.1333333|||01/01/1965|Point lying SW of Point Abrahamsen on the N side of Prince Olav Harbor, South Georgia.  The name appears on a 1938 British Admiralty chart.||
12403|Mount Razumovskiy|Summit|712900S|0124300E|-71.4833333|12.7166667|2285|7497|01/01/1970|A high peak, 2,285 m, on the S part of Deildegasten Ridge in Ostliche Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Soviet geologist N.K. Razumovskiy, 1893-1967.||
12405|Mount Rea|Summit|770400S|1453000W|-77.0666667|-145.5|||01/01/1947|Prominent rock mountain with an imposing monolith on its W side called The Billboard, standing between Arthur and Boyd Glaciers in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) on the Eastern Flight of Dec. 5, 1929, and named by Byrd for Mr. and Mrs. Rea, of Pittsburgh, PA, contributors to the expedition.||
12406|Reade Peak|Summit|650600S|0632900W|-65.1|-63.4833333|1060|3478|01/01/1965|Peak, 1,060 m, rising 1 mile S of Sonia Point and Flandres Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Joseph B. Reade (1801-70), English pioneer of photography, who obtained photographs on paper coated with silver nitrate, developed with gallic acid and fixed with hyposulphate of soda, in 1837.||
12407|Read Mountains|Summit|804200S|0244500W|-80.7|-24.75|1830|6004|01/01/1962|Group of rocky summits, the highest 1,830 m, lying E of Glen Glacier in the south-central part of the Shackleton Range. First mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and named for Prof. Herbert H. Read, Chairman of the Scientific Committee and member of the Committee of Management of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1955-58.||
12410|Rea Peak|Summit|620100S|0580900W|-62.0166667|-58.15|590|1936|01/01/1960|Peak, 590 m, lying nearly 2 mi NE of Rose Peak and 1.5 mi NW of Mount Hopeful in the central part of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Henry Rea, Master of the Enderby Brothers' schooner the tender Rose to continue John Biscoe's Antarctic researches.  The Antarctic voyage was abandoned after the December 1833 or January 1834.||
12411|Rea Rocks|Summit|770500S|1451000W|-77.0833333|-145.1666667|||01/01/1970|A group of rocks in the middle of Arthur Glacier, 6 mi E of Mount Rea, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for construction electrician Peter C. Rea, U.S. Navy (USN), of the Byrd Station, 1967.||04/12/2001
12412|Rebholz Nunatak|Summit|740500S|1001300W|-74.0833333|-100.2166667|||01/01/1970|Isolated nunatak just N of the Hudson Mountains, located 8 mi NNW of Teeters Nunatak.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Major Edward Rebholz, operations officer of the U.S. Army Aviation Detachment which supported the Ellsworth Land Survey, 1968-69.||
12413|Rebuff Glacier|Glacier|735800S|1631200E|-73.9666667|163.2|||01/01/1968|A tributary glacier descending from the Deep Freeze Range and entering Campbell Glacier 4 mi SE of the summit of Mount Mankinen, in Victoria Land.  Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, because the party was prevented from getting access to it.||
12414|Recely Bluff|Cliff|731000S|1254600W|-73.1666667|-125.7666667|||01/01/1966|A snow and rock bluff on the NE slope of Mount Siple on Siple Island.  The bluff is 7 mi NE of the summit of the mountain.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Frank J. Recely, Jr., U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) ionospheric physicist at Byrd Station in 1965.||
12415|Recess Cove|Bay|643000S|0613200W|-64.5|-61.5333333|||01/01/1963|Cove 2.5 mi wide in the E side of Charlotte Bay, along the W coast of Graham Land.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from the this cove forms a recess in the side of Charlotte Bay.||
12416|Recess Nunatak|Summit|763100S|1441700W|-76.5166667|-144.2833333|||01/01/1970|A small but conspicuous nunatak 1 mi W of Mount Perkins, in the Fosdick Mountains of the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41).  Later mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  So named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) because the nunatak is recessed in the ice at the base due to windscooping.||
12418|Reckling Moraine|Ridge|761500S|1584000E|-76.25|158.6666667||||A moraine located 8 mi W of Reckling Peak, the latter at the head of Mawson Glacier, Victoria Land.  The site of the moraine is part of a long, narrow patch of bare ice that extends W from Reckling Peak, from which the moraine is named.  The name arose following the collection of meteorites at the moraine by a U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) field party in the 1979-80 season.||
12419|Reckling Peak|Summit|761600S|1591500E|-76.2666667|159.25|2010|6594|01/01/1965|An isolated peak, 2,010 m, which surmounts the central part of a ridge located at the icefalls at the head of Mawson Glacier. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and Navy air photos.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for Lieutenant Commander Darold L. Reckling, pilot with U.S. Navy Squadron VX-6, 1961.||
12421|Recluse Nunatak|Summit|701800S|0703200W|-70.3|-70.5333333|||01/01/1961|Isolated rock exposure on Handel Ice Piedmont, midway between Haydn Inlet and Colbert Mountains in the W.-central part of Alexander Island.  First mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  The name given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) suggests the isolated position of the nunatak.||
12422|Reclus Peninsula|Cape|643300S|0614700W|-64.55|-61.7833333|||01/01/1952|Peninsula 7 mi long which borders the W side of Charlotte Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted in 1898 by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, who named the N extremity "Cap Reclus" for Elisee Reclus (1830-1905), French geographer and author.  The UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) extended the name Reclus to the entire peninsula in 1960.||
12423|Recoil Glacier|Glacier|734600S|1630500E|-73.7666667|163.0833333|||01/01/1967|A tributary glacier descending from the Deep Freeze Range, south of Mount Pollock, to the Campbell Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, because the geologist was said to have "recoiled in disgust" on finding little of geological interest there and not what he expected.||
12425|Recovery Glacier|Glacier|811000S|0280000W|-81.1666667|-28|||01/01/1960|Glacier, at least 60 mi long and 40 mi wide at its mouth, flowing W along the S side of the Shackleton Range.  First seen from the air and examined from the ground by the CTAF in 1957, and so named because of the recovery of the expedition's vehicles which repeatedly broke into bridged crevasses on this glacier during the early stages of the crossing of Antarctica.||
12426|Rector Ridge|Ridge|775400S|1603300E|-77.9|160.55|2105|6906|01/01/1992|A bold rock ridge at the head of Beacon Valley, rising to 2,105 m between Friedmann Valley and Mullins Valley in Quartermain Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named in 1992 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Commander Jack Rector, U.S. Navy (USN), Commanding Officer, Antarctic Development Squadron Six (VXE-6), May 1987 to May 1988.||
12427|Red Bay|Bay|681800S|0671100W|-68.3|-67.1833333|||01/01/1956|Small, open bay lying close S of the W extremity of Red Rock Ridge, along the W coast of Graham Land.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  The bay was resurveyed in 1948-49 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and so named by them for its association with Red Rock Ridge.||
12428|Red Buttress Peak|Summit|764900S|1622100E|-76.8166667|162.35|1060|3478|01/01/1964|A rock peak, 1,060 m, surmounting the bold rock mass between the lower Benson and Hunt Glaciers in Victoria Land.  Its E face is an immense cliff of red granite.  Mapped and given this descriptive name by the 1957 New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.||
12429|Redcastle Ridge|Ridge|722600S|1695700E|-72.4333333|169.95|||01/01/1962|A castlelike ridge of red and black volcanic rocks between Arneb Glacier and the terminal face of Edisto Glacier at the head of Edisto Inlet.  So named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, because of its coloring and shape.||
12430|Redcliff Nunatak|Summit|770200S|1620300E|-77.0333333|162.05|630|2067|01/01/1952|Red granite nunatak, 630 m, rising about 4 mi E of Mount Suess along the S flank of Mackay Glacier, in Victoria Land. Charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, and so named because of its color.||
12432|Reddick Nunatak|Summit|761700S|1440100W|-76.2833333|-144.0166667|||01/01/1970|A nunatak in the E part of the Phillips Mountains, 8 mi ENE of Mount Carbone, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Warren W. Reddick, Jr., construction electrician, U.S. Navy (USN), at Byrd Station in 1967.||
12433|Red Dike Bluff|Cliff|784800S|1621900E|-78.8|162.3166667|||01/01/1962|A prominent bluff immediately S of Trepidation Glacier on the E side of the Skelton Glacier.  The bluff is distinguished by a dike consisting of igneous rock against a black background of the intruded sediments.  The descriptive name was given in 1957 by the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.||
12435|Redfearn Island|Island|683700S|0775300E|-68.6166667|77.8833333|||01/01/1970|A small island lying just W of Warriner Island and 1 mi off the W end of Breidnes Peninsula, Vestfold Hills.  First plotted as two small islands by Norwegian cartographers working from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37. Replotted as a single island from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos of 1957-58. Named by ANCA for H.T. Redfearn, diesel mechanic at Davis Station, 1961.||
12436|Mount Redifer|Summit|854800S|1605200W|-85.8|-160.8666667|2050|6726|01/01/1967|A mountain, 2,050 m, standing 3 mi S of Mount Ellsworth in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Howard D. Redifer, meteorology electronics technician at South Pole Station, 1959.||
12437|Red Island|Island|525800S|0731800E|-52.9666667|73.3|95|312|01/01/1956|Conspicuous red lava island, 95 m high, which lies 0.5 mi N of Laurens Peninsula, Heard Island, and to which it is tied by a low isthmus.  The descriptive name was applied by American sealers at Heard Island in the period following their initiation of sealing there in 1855.||
12438|Red Island|Island|634400S|0575200W|-63.7333333|-57.8666667|495|1624|01/01/1952|Circular, flat-topped island, 1 mi in diameter and 495 m high, with reddish cliffs of volcanic rock, lying 3.5 mi NW of Cape Lachman, James Ross Island, in Prince Gustav Channel. Discovered and named by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, 1901-04.||
12439|Redmond Bluff|Cliff|710800S|1670300E|-71.1333333|167.05|1200|3937|01/01/1970|An abrupt east-facing bluff (1,200 m) standing 2.5 mi E of Mount Dalmeny in the Anare Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James R. Redmond, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
12444|Redondo Point|Summit|651200S|0640600W|-65.2|-64.1|||01/01/1965|A small point just W of Blanchard Ridge on the W coast of Graham Land.  The Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) has approved Redondo (round) for this point on the basis of prior naming on an Argentine chart of 1957. The name "Moot Point" is used for this feature on later British maps.||
12445|Redpath Peaks|Range|802800S|0811800W|-80.4666667|-81.3|||01/01/1966|A cluster of low, snow-covered peaks lying 3 mi SE of Mount Shattuck and the Independence Hills, at the S extremity of the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Bruce B. Redpath, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geophysicist on the South Pole-Queen Maud Land Traverse I, 1964-65.||
12446|Red Raider Rampart|Summit|850900S|1731200W|-85.15|-173.2|||01/01/1966|A rugged ice and rock wall just east of the juncture of the Gatlin and McGregor Glaciers, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by the Texas Tech Shackleton Glacier Expedition (1964-65) for the student body of Texas Technological College, whose athletic representatives are known as the Red Raiders.||
12447|Red Ridge|Ridge|770645S|1620741E|-77.112418|162.127972|||01/01/1964|A ridge just W of Robson Glacier in the Gonville and Caius Range, in Victoria Land.  The descriptive name was given by F. Debenham of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) during his plane table survey in 1912.||
12448|Red Rock Peak|Summit|715800S|1660500E|-71.9666667|166.0833333|2000|6562||A peak rising to 2,000 m about 1 mi NNW of Thomson Peak in the S part of Mirabito Range, Victoria Land.  The name is descriptive of the rock at the peak and was given by Bradley Field, geologist, NZGS, a member of a New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) geological party to the area, 1980-81.||
12449|Red Rock Ridge|Ridge|681800S|0670800W|-68.3|-67.1333333|690|2264|01/01/1950|Conspicuous reddish-colored promontory which rises to 690 m and projects from the W coast of Graham Land between Neny Fjord and Rymill Bay.  Surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, who so named it because of its color.  Further surveys in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) have identified this ridge as the feature first sighted in 1909 and named "Ile Pavie" or "Cap Pavie" by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, but the name Red Rock Ridge is now too firmly established to alter.  The name Pavie Ridge has been assigned to the prominent rocky ridge at 6834S, 6659W.||
12450|Red Spur|Ridge|855700S|1264400W|-85.95|-126.7333333|||01/01/1967|A narrow rock spur, 2 mi long, descending from southern Wisconsin Plateau to Olentangy Glacier 1 mi north of Tillite Spur.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64. The name was proposed by John H. Mercer, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist to this area in 1964-65, because the surface of a flat platform on this spur is weathered bright red.||
12451|Mount Reece|Summit|635000S|0583200W|-63.8333333|-58.5333333|1085|3560|01/01/1952|Sharp, ice-free peak, 1,085 m, standing 4 mi W of Pitt Point.  It is the highest point of a ridge forming the S wall of Victory Glacier on the S side of Trinity Peninsula.  Charted in 1945 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named for Alan Reece, leader of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) Deception Island base in 1945, and meteorologist and geologist at the Hope Bay base in 1946. Reece, a member of the Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE), 1949-52, was killed in an airplane accident in the Canadian Arctic in 1960.||
12453|Reece Pass|Gap|763200S|1443200W|-76.5333333|-144.5333333|||01/01/1947|A north-south pass just E of Mounts Colombo and Richardson, in the E part of the Fosdick Mountains in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered on aerial flights made from West Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and visited by a biological party in 1940. Named for J.A. Reece, radio operator at West Base.||
12454|Reece Valley|Valley|724100S|0002200E|-72.6833333|.3666667|||01/01/1966|An ice-filled valley between Gavlen Ridge and Nupskapa Peak, in the S part of the Sverdrup Mountains in Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59).  Named for Alan Reece, geologist with the Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and earlier with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).||
12455|Mount Reed|Summit|670200S|0513800E|-67.0333333|51.6333333|||01/01/1965|Mountain standing on the N side of Beaver Glacier, 2 mi E of Mount Sones in the Tula Mountains.  Plotted from air photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956.  Named by ANCA in 1962 for J.E. Reed, a member of the crew of the Discovery during British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31.||
12456|Reed Nunataks|Summit|744900S|1615800E|-74.8166667|161.9666667|||01/01/1968|A cluster of nunataks that form a divide between the upper portions of the Reeves and Larsen Glaciers, 6 mi W of Hansen Nunatak, in Victoria Lad.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1956-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for David E. Reed, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Topographic Engineer at McMurdo Station, 1964-65.||03/01/2001
12457|Reed Ridge|Ridge|850200S|0914000W|-85.0333333|-91.6666667|||01/01/1962|A flat-topped, snow-covered ridge extending NW for 3 mi from the W part of the Ford Massif, Thiel Mountains.  The ridge forms the W wall of Compton Valley.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-61.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Dale R. Reed, ionospheric scientist at Ellsworth Station in 1958 and Byrd Station in 1960.||
12458|Reedy Glacier|Glacier|853000S|1340000W|-85.5|-134|||01/01/1965|A major glacier, over 100 mi long and from 6 to 12 mi wide, descending from the polar plateau to the Ross Ice Shelf between the Michigan Plateau and Wisconsin Range, and marking the limits of the Queen Maud Mountains on the west and the Horlick Mountains on the east.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Rear Admiral James R. Reedy, USN, Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, from November 1962 until April 1965.||
12460|Reef Point|Cape|592700S|0271300W|-59.45|-27.2166667|||01/01/1952|Point bounded by a small reef forming the W end of Cook Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  Charted and named in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II.||
12461|Reek Point|Summit|561600S|0273200W|-56.2666667|-27.5333333|||01/01/1972|A low-lying lava feature forming the N point of Zavodovski Island, South Sandwich Islands.  The name given by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 refers to the volcanic fumes which arc characteristic of this island.||
12462|Mount Rees|Summit|764000S|1181000W|-76.6666667|-118.1666667|||01/01/1967|Mountain located 7 mi NW of Mount Steere in the N end of Crary Mountains, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Manfred H. Rees, aurora scientist at Byrd Station, 1965-66 season.||01/04/2021
12463|Reeve Island|Island|645500S|0635800W|-64.9166667|-63.9666667|||01/01/1960|Island 1.5 in. long, lying between Knight and Friar Islands in the Wauwermans Islands, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1950.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 after one of the characters in Chaucer's Canterbury Tales.||
12464|Mount Reeves|Summit|670700S|0675800W|-67.1166667|-67.9666667|1920|6299|01/01/1955|Mountain, 1,920 m, immediately NE of Mount Bouvier on the E side of Adelaide Island.  First sighted and roughly surveyed in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot.  Resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named by them for Edward A. Reeves, Map-curator and Instructor in Survey at the Royal Geographical Society, 1900-33.||
12466|Reeves Bluffs|Cliff|793600S|1584000E|-79.6|158.6666667|||01/01/1965|A line of east-facing rock bluffs, 8 mi long, situated 15 mi W of Cape Murray in the Cook Mountains.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) under Captain Robert F. Scott, who gave the name "Mount Reeves," after Edward A. Reeves, Map Curator to the Royal Geographical Society, to a summit along this bluff.  The bluff was mapped in detail by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography (1959-63).  Since a prominent mountain does not rise from the bluffs, and because the name Mount Reeves is in use elsewhere in Antarctica, the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1965) recommended that the original name be amended and that the entire line of bluffs be designated as Reeves Bluffs.||
12467|Reeves Glacier|Glacier|744500S|1621500E|-74.75|162.25|||01/01/1947|A broad glacier originating on the interior upland and descending between Eisenhower Range and Mount Larsen to merge with the Nansen Ice Sheet along the coast of Victoria Land. Discovered and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09, under Shackleton.  The New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) reported that the glacier is probably named for William Pember Reeves, former New Zealand Cabinet Minister, and the Agent-General for New Zealand in London, 1896-1909.||03/07/1997
12468|Reeves Névé|Glacier|742500S|1600000E|-74.4166667|160|||01/01/1967|An extensive neve lying westward of Eisenhower Range in Victoria Land.  Reeves Glacier, which drains southeastward to the coast, has its source in this neve.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in association with Reeves Glacier.||
12469|Reeves Peninsula|Cape|772400S|1522000W|-77.4|-152.3333333|||01/01/1970|A snow-covered peninsula along the N side of Edward VII Peninsula.  It extends between the lower ends of the Dalton and Gerry Glaciers into southern Sulzberger Bay.  This area was explored from the air and rudely mapped by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30. The peninsula was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN), at the suggestion of Admiral R.E. Byrd, for John M. Reeves (of Reeves Brothers, Inc.) who assisted the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) of 1928-30 and 1933-35 with contributions of sheepskin-lined coats, and by the development and donation of windproof material for cold weather clothing.||
12471|Reference Islands|Island|681200S|0671000W|-68.2|-67.1666667|||01/01/1972|Rocky islands 2 mi WNW of the W tip of Neny Island and 1.5 mi SE of Millerand Island, lying in Marguerite Bay off the W coast of Graham Land.  First roughly charted in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  The islands were surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947, and so named by them because they served as a convenient reference point for survey work.||
12472|Reference Peak|Summit|671500S|0502900E|-67.25|50.4833333|1030|3379|01/01/1961|Roughly conical peak, 1,030 m, with a steep face to the W near its crest, lying 3 mi S of Amundsen Bay between Mounts Weller and Hollingsworth.  Viewed from the N it presents a sharp peak with smooth, clear-cut sides.  Sighted in October 1956 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party and so named because the peak was used as a reference point for magnetic observations at Observation Island.||
12473|Referring Peak|Summit|765600S|1615100E|-76.9333333|161.85|1200|3937|01/01/1952|Conspicuous black peak over 1,200 m, standing on the N side of Mackay Glacier about 1.5 mi W of the mouth of Cleveland Glacier, in Victoria land.  Charted and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.  The name suggests the easy identification of the peak and its use as a landmark.||
12474|Refuge Islands|Island|682100S|0671000W|-68.35|-67.1666667|||01/01/1963|Small group of islands lying 1 mi from the ice cliffs at the SW side of Red Rock Ridge, off the W coast of Graham Land. Discovered and named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37, who used these islands as a depot for sledge journeys S from the southern base in the Debenham Islands.||
12476|Regent Reef|Bar|675200S|0683800W|-67.8666667|-68.6333333|||01/01/1964|An area of submerged and drying rocks forming the NE limit of the Dion Islands, off the S end of Adelaide Island.  Charted by the Royal Navy (RN) Hydrographic Survey Unit in 1963.  The name given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) extends those in the neighboring islands associated with an emperor's court.||
12477|Mount Regina|Summit|712700S|1654500E|-71.45|165.75|2080|6824|01/01/1970|Mountain (2,080 m) standing 10 mi WNW of Mount LeResche in the S part of Everett Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy photography, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Thomas J. Regina, Photographer's Mate, U.S. Navy (USN), on C-130 aircraft flights in the 1968-69 season.  He was a member of the McMurdo Station winter party in 1963.||
12479|Régnard Peaks|Range|651100S|0635300W|-65.1833333|-63.8833333|1220|4003|01/01/1951|Group of rounded, snow-covered peaks probably over 1,220 m, standing 3 mi N of Mount Peary on the W coast of Graham Land. Discovered and named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10.||
12483|Regula Range|Range|720500S|0032000W|-72.0833333|-3.3333333|||01/01/1970|A range of summits, including Flarjuven Bluff, Aurho Peak, Hornet Peak, and Snohetta Dome, forming the southwest portion of Ahlmann Ridge in western Queen Maud Land.  The name "Regula-Kette" after Herbert Regula, chief meteorologist with the expedition, was applied in the area by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39) under Alfred Ritscher.  The correlation of the name with this feature may be arbitrary, but it is recommended for the sake of international uniformity and historical continuity.||
12484|Mount Regulator|Summit|540000S|0374400W|-54|-37.7333333|655|2149|01/01/1963|Mountain, 655 m, standing 1 mi W of Right Whale Bay on the N side of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for the Regulator.  In 1800, Edmund Fanning found a deserted hut in Right Whale Bay, built by the crew of the Regulator which had been wrecked in the vicinity.||
12485|Cape Reichelderfer|Cape|692200S|0624300W|-69.3666667|-62.7166667|||01/01/1953|Rounded, mainly ice-covered headland 4 mi E of DeBusk Scarp, lying at the W side of Stefansson Strait on the E coast of Palmer Land.  This cape was seen by Sir Hubert Wilkins who explored this coast on his aerial flight of Dec. 20, 1928.  It was charted in 1940 by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) and erroneously called Cape Rymill at that time.  Resighted in 1947 by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne who named it for Francis W. Reichelderfer, Chief of the U.S. Weather Bureau.||03/07/1997
12486|Reichle Mesa|Summit|680900S|0650300W|-68.15|-65.05|1160|3806||An ice-covered tableland, 3 mi in extent and rising to 1,160 m, between Stubbs Pass and Getman Ice Piedmont on Joerg Peninsula, Bowman Coast.  The feature was photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1940, Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947, and U.S. Navy, 1966, and was surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1946-48.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 after Richard A. Reichle, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist, specialist on Antarctic seals in six austral summers, 1970-77, the last two summers in RV Islands.||
12487|Mount Reid|Summit|830300S|1660100E|-83.05|166.0166667|3315|10876|01/01/1949|A prominent, mainly ice-free mountain, 3,315 m, standing just E of the head of Cleaves Glacier in the Holland Range. Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named for Alfred Reid, manager of the expedition.||
12488|Reid Glacier|Glacier|663000S|0984000E|-66.5|98.6666667|||01/01/1947|Steep glacier descending between Melba and Davis Peninsulas to the Shackleton Ice Shelf.  Discovered in November 1912 by the Western Base Party of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE), 1911-14, and named for Sir George Reid, Australian High Commissioner in London in 1911.||
12489|Reid Glacier|Glacier|672900S|0671600W|-67.4833333|-67.2666667|||01/01/1955|Glacier, 1.5 mi wide and 8 mi long, which flows S to enter Bigourdan Fjord opposite The Narrows, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First roughly charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill. The lower reaches of the glacier were surveyed in 1948-49 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and named by them for Harry F. Reid (1859-1944), professor of geology at Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, noted for his studies of glacier flow and stratification in Alaska and the Alps.||03/07/1997
12491|Reid Island|Island|604100S|0453000W|-60.6833333|-45.5|||01/01/1953|Island at the E side of the entrance to Iceberg Bay, along the S coast of Coronation Island in the South Orkney Islands. The name "Reidholmen" appears in this location for a small group of islands on a chart drawn by Captain Petter Sorlle in 1912-13. Survey by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1948-49 determined that only a single island exists.||
12492|Reid Ridge|Ridge|765700S|1602300E|-76.95|160.3833333|||01/01/1965|Narrow rock ridge at the W side of the mouth of Cambridge Glacier in Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for John R. Reid, Jr., glaciologist at Little America V in 1959-60.||
12493|Reid Spur|Ridge|844600S|1783000E|-84.7666667|178.5|||01/01/1966|A spur, 5 mi long, in the Queen Maud Mountains, descending N along the E side of Ramsey Glacier from an unnamed prominence 3 mi NW of Mount Bellows.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for CWO James S. Reid, member of the U.S. Army Aviation Detachment which participated in exploring this area with the Texas Tech Shackleton Glacier Expedition, 1964-65.||
12494|Reilly Ridge|Ridge|713200S|1631800E|-71.5333333|163.3|||01/01/1970|Prominent rock ridge about 7 mi long on the NE side of Lanterman Range, Bowers Mountains.  The ridge descends from the heights just E of Mount Bernstein and forms a part of the SW wall of Sledgers Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Joseph L. Reilly, U.S. Navy (USN), officer in charge of the winter support party at McMurdo Station. 1964.||
12495|Reilly Rocks|Summit|750900S|1145900W|-75.15|-114.9833333|||01/01/1976|A cluster of rocks located 5 mi NNW of Detling Peak in the NW part of Kohler Range, Marie Byrd Land.  The name was applied by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in memory of Gerald E. Reilly, Jr., USCG.  A machinery technician assigned to U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Glacier, he lost his life in an accident aboard the ship while it was in the Ross Sea enroute from McMurdo Station to the Antarctic Peninsula, Jan. 22, 1976.||04/12/2001
12496|Mount Reimer|Summit|774800S|0861200W|-77.8|-86.2|2430|7972|01/01/1961|Mountain, 2,430 m, in the N portion of the Sentinel Range, standing on the S side of Newcomer Glacier 5 mi SW of Mount Warren.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John D. Reimer of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6, aerial photographer on flights over this range on Dec. 14-15, 1959.||
12498|Reinbolt Hills|Range|702900S|0723000E|-70.4833333|72.5|||01/01/1956|A group of rocky hills, low to moderate in height and about 5 mi long, situated 9 mi E of Gillock Island at the eastern margin of the Amery Ice Shelf.  Delineated in 1952 by John H. Roscoe from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47), and named by him for Lieutenant Fred L. Reinbolt, USN, co-pilot on Operation Highjump photographic flights over this area.||
12499|Reindeer Valley|Valley|541800S|0362000W|-54.3|-36.3333333|||01/01/1963|Valley between Godthul, on the N coast of South Georgia, and Sandebugten, in Cumberland East Bay.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and so named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because, in 1909, Norwegian whalers introduced reindeer into this part of the island.||
12501|Mount Reinhardt|Summit|841200S|1771200E|-84.2|177.2|1020|3346|01/01/1962|A mountain 1,020 m, with a spur descending NE from it, standing at the NW portal of Good Glacier where the latter flows into Ross Ice Shelf.  Discovered by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) on Flight C of February 29-March 1, 1940, and named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Charles O. Reinhardt, USN, engineer for U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47) and for Little America IV.||
12502|Reist Rocks|Island|663100S|1072500E|-66.5166667|107.4166667|||01/01/1955|A small group of rocks on the Antarctic coast, 8 mi W of Snyder Rocks.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Wilbur H. Reist, tractor driver with U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Windmill (1947-48), who assisted in transporting shore parties that established astronomical control stations from Wilhelm II Coast to Budd Coast.||04/12/2001
12503|Relay Bay|Bay|713000S|1693200E|-71.5|169.5333333||||An arm of Robertson Bay, about 5 mi wide, lying between Islands Point and Penelope Point along the N coast of Victoria Land.  First visited on Oct. 4, 1911 by the Northern Party, led by Victor Campbell, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.  So named because they found it necessary to relay their sledges owing to the heavy pressure ridges encountered here.  The Nielsen, Ommanney, Crume and Reusch Glaciers flowing into the bay contribute to these pressures.||
12504|Relay Hills|Range|692900S|0680000W|-69.4833333|-68|||01/01/1962|A group of low, ice-covered hills, mainly conical in shape, between Mount Edgell and Kinnear Mountains in western Antarctic Peninsula.  First roughly surveyed from the ground by British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1936-37.  Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), Nov. 1947. Resurveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), Nov. 1958.  The name, applied by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), arose because both the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) and the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) sledging parties had to relay their loads through this area to the head of Prospect Glacier.||
12505|Relict Lake|Lake|625700S|0603600W|-62.95|-60.6|||01/01/1963|Small lake lying SE of Pendulum Cove on Deception Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1957 because when Lieutenant E.N. Kendall made his survey of Deception Island in January-March 1829, Pendulum Cove extended inland to this lake, which has since been cut off from the sea.||
12506|Relief Inlet|Stream|751300S|1634500E|-75.2166667|163.75||||A narrow inlet at the SW corner of Terra Nova Bay.  The feature is formed along a shear plane caused by differential ice movement near the coast of Victoria Land involving the N edge of Drygalski Ice Tongue and S extremities of the Nansen Ice Sheet. So named by the South Magnetic Polar Party, led by T.W.E. David, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09, because, after almost giving up hope of rescue, the Nimrod picked up the party here.||
12507|Relief Pass|Gap|794900S|1582300E|-79.8166667|158.3833333|1000|3281|01/01/1968|A pass, about 1,000 m high, situated 1 mi N of Bastion Hill in the Brown Hills.  Explored by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1962-63, and so named by its members because of the relief it provided after ascent to this pass.||
12508|Reluctant Island|Island|675000S|0670500W|-67.8333333|-67.0833333|||01/01/1960|Small island off eastern Horseshoe Island.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955-57.  So named because of the feature's apparent reluctance to be recognized as an island; it did not appear on maps of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) 1934-37 and was mapped as a peninsula by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1948-50.||
12509|Remenchus Glacier|Glacier|660200S|1013500E|-66.0333333|101.5833333|||01/01/1955|Channel glacier about 4 mi wide and 8 mi long, flowing NW from the continental ice and terminating in a small, but prominent tongue close E of the Mariner Islands and 12 mi NE of Bunger Hills.  Mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John F. Remenchus, chief aviation pilot, who assisted U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml shore party operations and made photographic flights along Wilhelm II, Queen Mary, Knox and Budd Coasts in January-February 1948.||
12510|Mount Remington|Summit|714600S|1611700E|-71.7666667|161.2833333|1775|5823|01/01/1964|A mountain (1,775 m) 4 mi NW of Mount Bresnahan in the N part of Helliwell Hills.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Benjamin F. Remington, Jr., meteorologist who wintered over at Little America V, 1957, and at South Pole Station, 1959.||
12511|Remington Glacier|Glacier|783400S|0841800W|-78.5666667|-84.3|||01/01/1961|A steep glacier about 7 mi long in the SE part of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  It rises just N of McPherson Peak and flows ESE to debouch between the terminus of Hough Glacier and Johnson Spur.  Discovered by U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 on photographic flights of Dec. 14-15, 1959, and mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from these photos.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Edward W. Remington, glaciologist at the South Pole Station during the IGY in 1957.||
12516|Remplingen Peak|Summit|720500S|0041800E|-72.0833333|4.3|2650|8694|01/01/1966|A peak, 2,650 m, at the N end of Langfloget Cliff in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Remplingen (the calf).||
12517|Remus Glacier|Glacier|682000S|0664300W|-68.3333333|-66.7166667|||01/01/1955|Glacier, 8 mi long, which flows from the N slopes of Mount Lupa northwestward along the NE side of the Blackwall Mountains into Providence Cove, Neny Fjord, on the W coast of Graham Land. The lower reaches of the glacier were first roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Resurveyed in 1948-49 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who so named it for its association with Romulus Glacier, whose head lies near the head of this glacier.||
12519|Cape Renard|Cape|650122S|0634618W|-65.0227778|-63.7716667|740|2428|01/01/1947|A conspicuous headland dominated by two steep needles rising to 740 meters, the slopes of which are too precipitous to retain snow. The prominent feature marks the southwestern entrance point to Flandres Bay and divides Danco Coast from Graham Coast on the west side of Antarctic Peninsula. It was discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition under Lieutenant Adrien de Gerlache, 1897-99, and named after Professor Alphonse Renard, Belgian mineralogist of the University of Ghent, a member of the Belgica  Commission and of the Belgian Royal Academy. This cape should not be confused with False Cape Renard (q.v.), which is similar in appearance and lies 1 mile southwestward.||
12520|Renard Glacier|Glacier|644000S|0613800W|-64.6666667|-61.6333333|||01/01/1965|Glacier flowing into the southernmost part of Charlotte Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Charles Renard (1847-1905), who, with A.C. Krebs, constructed and flew the first dirigible airship capable of steady flight under control, in 1884.||
12521|Renaud Glacier|Glacier|674300S|0653500W|-67.7166667|-65.5833333|||01/01/1975|A heavily crevassed glacier flowing SE to enter Seligman Inlet between Lewis Glacier and Choyce Point, on the E coast of Graham Land.  The glacier was first photographed by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Andre Renaud, Swiss glaciologist and chairman of the Swiss Glacier Commission, 1955-74.||
12522|Renaud Island|Island|654000S|0660000W|-65.6666667|-66|||01/01/1947|Ice-covered island, 25 mi long and from 4 to 10 mi wide, lying between the Pitt Islands and Rabot Island in the Biscoe Islands.  The island was first charted and named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot.||
12524|Rendezvous Rocks|Summit|693500S|0673800W|-69.5833333|-67.6333333|945|3100||An isolated line of south-facing crags (c. 945 m), located S of Khamsin Pass and 5 mi SW of Kinnear Mountains on the W side of Antarctic Peninsula.  Surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1970-72, and so named because the feature was used as a rendezvous for two sledge parties traveling from opposite sides of the plateau in 1970.||04/11/2001
12525|Mount Rendu|Summit|672600S|0670400W|-67.4333333|-67.0666667|||01/01/1965|A mountain between Reid Glacier and Heim Glacier on Arrowsmith Peninsula in Graham Land.  Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from surveys and air photos, 1948-59.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Louis Rendu (1789-1859), French Bishop and scientist, author of Theorie des glaciers de la Savoie, an important book on the mechanism of glacier flow.||
12526|Renegar Glacier|Glacier|782200S|1630800E|-78.3666667|163.1333333|||01/01/1963|A steep glacier flowing SE from Mount Dromedary into Koettlitz Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1956-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Garland Renegar, U.S. Navy (USN), R4D aircraft pilot at McMurdo Station, 1960.||
12528|Renier Point|Summit|623700S|0594800W|-62.6166667|-59.8|||01/01/1960|Narrow point forming the E extremity of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The feature was known to sealers as Point Renier as early as 1821.  The name Pin Point, given by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1935, has been rejected in favor of the original name.||
12529|Renirie Rocks|Summit|712000S|1612000E|-71.3333333|161.3333333|||01/01/1964|An elliptical rock outcrop 1.5 mi long at the W side of the terminus of Gressitt Glacier, 10 mi NW of Morozumi Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Jack Renirie, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Public Information Officer at McMurdo Station in at least five austral summer seasons, 1962-63 through 1970-71.||04/12/2001
12530|Rennell Glacier|Glacier|792300S|0841200W|-79.3833333|-84.2|||01/01/1966|A glacier, 10 mi long, in the Pioneer Heights, Heritage Range.  It drains NW, to the E of Inferno Ridge, to join Splettstoesser Glacier.  Named by the University of Minnesota Geological Party to these mountains, 1963-64, for K.P. Rennell, biologist with the party.||
12531|Renner Peak|Summit|702100S|0675000W|-70.35|-67.8333333|||01/01/1976|The dominant peak on the small mountain mass between Chapman and Naess Glaciers on the west coast of Palmer Land. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Robert G.B. Renner, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geophysicist at Stonington Island, 1963-65.||
12532|Rennick Bay|Bay|700600S|1612000E|-70.1|161.3333333|||01/01/1947|An embayment of the coastline at the terminus of Rennick Glacier.  It is bounded on the west and east by Belousov Point and Stuhlinger Ice Piedmont.  The eastern part of the bay was discovered from the ship Terra Nova, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) under Scott.  Named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) for Lieutenant Henry E. de P. Rennick, Royal Navy (RN), an officer on the Terra Nova.  The bay was photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1947) and by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) (1958).||
12533|Rennick Glacier|Glacier|703000S|1604500E|-70.5|160.75|||01/01/1964|A broad glacier, nearly 200 miles long, which is one of the largest in Antarctica.  It rises on the polar plateau westward of Mesa Range and is 20 to 30 miles wide, narrowing to 10 miles near the coast.  It takes its name from Rennick Bay where the glacier reaches the sea.  The seaward part of the glacier was photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47.  In early 1960, Lieutenant Commander Robert L. Dale, pilot of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6, evacuated the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Victoria Land Traverse from 7238S, 16132E, on this glacier, from where an aerial photographic reconnaissance was made to Rennick Bay on the coast.||
12534|Rennick Névé|Glacier|731000S|1602000E|-73.1666667|160.3333333|||01/01/1967|The neve at the head of Rennick Glacier in Victoria Land.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in about 1966 in association with Rennick Glacier.||
12535|Mount Rennie|Summit|644100S|0633500W|-64.6833333|-63.5833333|1555|5102|01/01/1963|Snow-covered mountain, 1,555 m, forming the central part of the ridge which extends southwestward from Mount Francais, in the S part of Anvers Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  Roughly surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1944 and resurveyed by them in 1955. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Alexander J. Rennie of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), assistant surveyor at the Arthur Harbor station in 1955.||
12536|Mount Renouard|Summit|670000S|0522600E|-67|52.4333333|||01/01/1965|Mountain 3 mi S of Mount Keyser, in the E part of the Tula Mountains in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1957.  Named by ANCA for H.E. von Renouard, weather observer at Mawson Station in 1961.||
12538|Reptile Ridge|Ridge|673300S|0681100W|-67.55|-68.1833333|250|820||A ridge over 2 mi long, rising to c. 250 m and extending NW from the vicinity of Rothera Point, Adelaide Island.  The name is descriptive of its appearance when viewed in profile from north or south.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977.||
12539|Rescapé Islands|Island|664900S|1412200E|-66.8166667|141.3666667|||01/01/1956|A small group of rocky islands lying 0.5 mi northwest of Cape Margerie along Adelie Coast.  Surveyed by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) (1949-51) under Andre Liotard, and named in remembrance of an incident of the disembarcation at nearby Port Martin station, when a ship's boat was carried away by the wind.||
12541|Rescue Nunatak|Summit|693700S|1572700E|-69.6166667|157.45|||01/01/1964|A nunatak l4 mi SSE of Mount Martyn in southern Lazarev Mountains.  The feature lies along the W side of upper Matusevich Glacier.  Plotted by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) from photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47) and Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1959).  Visited by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1963-64) who gave the name because of the rescue, in bitter conditions, of a sledge and dogs which had fallen into a nearby crevasse.||
12542|Rescue Rock|Bar|540000S|0371400W|-54|-37.2333333|||01/01/1953|Submerged rock marked by breakers, 0.6 mi NE of Skua Island in the entrance to the Bay of Isles, South Georgia.  Charted in 1930 by DI survey personnel.  So named because a whale catcher passing near this rock sighted a flag on Skua Island, eventually leading to the rescue of the survey party at Camp Bay where their vessel had run aground.||04/06/2001
12543|Resolution Point|Summit|592600S|0270700W|-59.4333333|-27.1166667|||01/01/1952|Point on the NE side of Cook Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  The point was charted in 1930 by DI personnel on the the ship from which Captain James Cook discovered these islands in 1775.||
12544|Resolution Subglacial Highlands|Area|730000S|1350000E|-73|135||||A line of subglacial highlands of interior Wilkes Land, running NNW-SSE and separating Adventure Subglacial Trench from Wilkes Subglacial Basin.  The feature was delineated by the SPRI-NSF-TUD airborne radio echo sounding program, 1967-79, and was named after His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Resolution, flagship of the British expedition, 1772-75 (Captain James Cook, Royal Navy (RN)).||
12545|Ressac Island|Island|664200S|1411400E|-66.7|141.2333333|||01/01/1955|Small rocky island 1 mi E of Houle Island and 4 mi NE of Zelee Glacier Tongue.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1949-51, and so named by them because the surf breaks over the island.  "Ressac" is the French word for surf.||
12546|Restitution Point|Summit|540400S|0370900W|-54.0666667|-37.15|||01/01/1956|Point marking the N side of the entrance to South Bay in Prince Olav Harbor, on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name Factory Point, derived from the nearby whaling station (now no longer operating), was given for this feature by DI personnel in 1929. There is also a Factory Point at Leith Harbor, less than 20 mi to the NW.  Since Factory Point in Leith Harbor is better known locally, it has been retained.  To avoid confusion the name Factory Point is rejected for the feature now described, and a new name Restitution Point is approved.  The S.S. years at Prince Olav Harbor before the shore station was built there.||03/07/1997
12547|Rethval Point|Summit|604400S|0453600W|-60.7333333|-45.6|||01/01/1956|Ice-free point forming the S side of the entrance to Paal Harbor on the E side of Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Surveyed in 1933 by DI personnel, and resurveyed in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in1954 for the Rethval Whaling Co. of Oslo, the first company to start whaling in the South Orkney Islands in 1911-12.||
12548|Retour Island|Island|664600S|1413400E|-66.7666667|141.5666667|||01/01/1962|Rocky island 0.7 mi long, the largest feature in the Curzon Islands, lying 0.1 mi N of Cape Decouverte.  Charted in 1951 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) and so named by them to commemorate the return of French exploring parties to the vicinity.||
12549|Point Retreat|Summit|765500S|1623300E|-76.9166667|162.55|||01/01/1965|A point at the E extremity of the Kar Plateau, in Granite Harbor, Victoria Land.  Named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
12550|Retreat Hills|Range|725900S|1651200E|-72.9833333|165.2|||01/01/1967|A group of hills at the S side of the head of Astronaut Glacier, along the S margin of Evans Neve.  So named by the Northern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, which had hoped to visit the hills, but was forced to beat a hasty retreat due to blizzards.||03/07/1997
12551|Retrospect Spur|Ridge|840900S|1731200E|-84.15|173.2|||01/01/1966|A spur, 7 mi long, descending NNW from the base of Separation Range into the E side of Hood Glacier.  So named by the New Zealand Alpine Club Antarctic Expedition (1959-60) because they climbed the spur to obtain a panorama of Hood Glacier, which they had just traversed.||
12552|Return Point|Summit|603800S|0460100W|-60.6333333|-46.0166667|||01/01/1947|Rocky slope forming the SW extremity of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Discovered on Dec. 7, 1821, by Captain George Powell, British sealer in the sloop Dove, and Captain Nathaniel Palmer, American sealer in the sloop James Monroe.  Named by Powell who, after making a landing on this point of land, returned directly aboard ship after viewing the coast to the eastward.||
12553|Mount Reu|Summit|710900S|0653500E|-71.15|65.5833333|||01/01/1967|A partly snow-covered mountain about 18 mi E of Mount Hicks in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1960.  Named for R.N. Reu, radio officer at Wilkes Station in 1962.||
12554|Reuning Glacier|Glacier|712600S|0724100W|-71.4333333|-72.6833333||||A glacier on the N side of Beethoven Peninsula, Alexander Island, flowing NW and joining Hushen Glacier in discharging into S Mendelssohn Inlet.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy aerial photographs taken 1967-68 and U.S. Landsat imagery taken 1972-73. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Winifred M. Reuning, Office of Polar Programs, NSF, Editor, Antarctic Journal of the United States, from 1980.||
12555|Reusch Glacier|Glacier|712900S|1692900E|-71.4833333|169.4833333|||01/01/1947|A very small glacier descending into Relay Bay immediately E of Islands Point, along the N coast of Victoria Land.  First charted by British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1898-1900, under C.E. Borchgrevink, who named this feature for Prof. H. Reusch, then president of the Norwegian Geographical Society.||03/07/1997
12557|Reuther Nunataks|Summit|791000S|0855700W|-79.1666667|-85.95|||01/01/1966|A ridgelike line of nunataks 4 mi long, located 3 mi W of Landmark Peak in the Founders Peaks, Heritage Range.  Named by the University of Minnesota Geological Party to these mountains, 1963-64, for Charles J. Reuther, who served that season as helicopter technical representative with the 62nd Transportation Detachment.||03/07/1997
12559|Revelle Inlet|Stream|684000S|0632600W|-68.6666667|-63.4333333|||01/01/1953|Broad, ice-filled inlet which recedes W some 15 mi between Capes Agassiz and Keeler, along the E coast of Palmer Land.  The inlet lies in the area explored from the air by Sir Hubert Wilkins in 1928 and Lincoln Ellsworth in 1935, but it was first charted by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940.  It was resighted by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, under Ronne, who named it for Roger Revelle, oceanographer at the Scripps Institute for Oceanographic Research, who gave technical assistance during the fitting out of the Ronne expedition.||
12560|Revsnes Island|Island|691700S|0393700E|-69.2833333|39.6166667|||01/01/1968|A distinctive forked island with two branches, lying just off Hamnenabben Head in the E part of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Revsnes (fox's nose) because of its shape.||
12561|Mount Rex|Summit|745400S|0755700W|-74.9|-75.95|1105|3625||An isolated mountain (1,105 m) which rises above the interior ice surface of Ellsworth Land about 55 mi SSE of FitzGerald Bluffs.  Discovered and photographed from the air on Nov. 23, 1935 by Lincoln Ellsworth (Geographical Review, July 1936, p. 459, Fig. 16).  The feature was resighted by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (1947-48) under Finn Ronne, who named it for Lieutenant Commander Daniel F. Rex, U.S. Navy (USN), of the Office of Naval Research, who made important contributions to the planning of the scientific research program and the equipping of the expedition.||
12563|Cape Rey|Cape|663600S|0662700W|-66.6|-66.45|||01/01/1950|Dark rocky cape between the SW side of Darbel Bay and the NE side of Lallemand Fjord, on the W coast of Graham Land. Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot, and named by him for Lieutenant Joseph J. Rey, French Navy, meteorologist of the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05.||
12566|Reyes Spit|Bar|622900S|0594100W|-62.4833333|-59.6833333|||01/01/1972|A narrow shingle spit projecting westward into Discovery Bay from Guesalaga Peninsula, Greenwich Island, South Shetland Islands.  The name derives from "Punta Reyes" which appears for a point at the base of the spit, but not for the spit itself, on a Chilean hydrographic chart of 1951.  The recommended name, Reyes Spit, recognizes the practical continuity of the point with this shingle spit.  Named by the 1947 Chilean Antarctic Expedition for Second Navigation Sergeant Camilo Reyes Ulloa, who had charge of the gyrocompass and other navigation instruments aboard the frigate Iquique.||10/18/2000
12568|Cape Reynolds|Cape|752500S|1623400E|-75.4166667|162.5666667||||A rocky cape marking the S side of the terminus of David Glacier, on the coast of Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09, under Shackleton, who probably named this feature for Jeremiah (John) N. Reynolds, an American who long agitated for exploration of the Antarctic, and who was one of the principal promoters of the U.S. Exploring Expedition, 1838-42.||
12570|Mount Reynolds|Summit|724200S|0611600W|-72.7|-61.2666667|1130|3707|01/01/1947|Snow-capped mountain, 1,130 m, marked by steep, rocky lower slopes, standing at the S side of Violante Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in a flight from East Base on Dec. 30, 1940.  Named by the US-SCAN for Jeremiah (John) N. Reynolds, longtime protagonist (1826-38) of American exploration and expansion in the Pacific and the Antarctic.||
12571|Reynolds Bench|Bench|703500S|0634000W|-70.5833333|-63.6666667|||01/01/1976|A nearly flat bench, or mesa-like feature, 6 mi long and 2 mi wide, that has a smooth, snow-covered surface but has rock outcroppings along its steep sides.  The feature stands at the N side of the Kelley Massif, to which it appears to be joined, along the S side of the upper Clifford Glacier in Palmer Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard L. Reynolds, geologist with the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Lassiter Coast geologic and mapping party in 1970-71.||
12572|Reynolds Glacier|Glacier|773800S|1455500W|-77.6333333|-145.9166667|||01/01/1970|A glacier 5 mi long, flowing eastward from the Haines Mountains along the south side of Keyser Nunatak to enter the Hammond Glacier, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Donald K. Reynolds, ionospheric physicist at Byrd Station, 1967-68 season.||
12573|Reynolds Ice Rise|Glacier|690300S|0670100W|-69.05|-67.0166667||||A small ice rise lying 3 mi SE of Wade Ice Rise in Wordie Ice Shelf, Fallieres Coast.  The ice rise was mapped from U.S. Landsat imagery, 1974-79.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1987 after John M. Reynolds, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) glaciologist, 1978-83, who undertook a study of intensive calving of Wordie Ice Shelf from Landsat imagery.||
12574|Reynolds Nunatak|Summit|853300S|1494000W|-85.55|-149.6666667|||01/01/1967|Nunatak at the S side of the terminus of Leverett Glacier, l2 mi N of Mount Herr.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Clifford E. Reynolds, electrician with the Byrd Station winter party in 1957.||
12575|Reynolds Peak|Summit|691600S|1570100E|-69.2666667|157.0166667|785|2575|01/01/1961|A prominent peak (785 m) rising 6 mi NW of Eld Peak on the W side of Matusevich Glacier.  Two conical peaks were sighted in the area from the Peacock on Jan. 16, 1840 by Passed Midshipmen William Reynolds and Henry Eld of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42). The northwestern peak was named for Reynolds by U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) leader Lieutenant Charles Wilkes.  In 1959 Phillip Law of Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) made investigations of features in this area.  Reference to Wilkes' narrative showed that the recorded descriptions of the peaks seen by Reynolds and Eld to be in accord with photographs of the peaks on the W side of Matusevich Glacier.  The peak described was selected by Law to commemorate Wilkes' naming.||
12576|Reynolds Ridge|Ridge|754000S|1291900W|-75.6666667|-129.3166667|||01/01/1966|Rock ridge 1.5 mi long located 5 mi NW of Mount Flint in the McCuddin Mountains, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Warren Reynolds, U.S. Department of State, who assisted in work on the Antarctic Treaty of 1959.||03/07/1997
12577|Reynolds Strait|Channel|741500S|1321000W|-74.25|-132.1666667|||01/01/1974|A strait between Forrester Island on the north and Shepard and Grant Islands along the edge of Getz Ice Shelf on the south. The discovery of Forrester Island from USS Glacier on Feb. 4, 1962 simultaneously established the existence of the strait, which was then sounded.  The name was applied by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ralph R. Reynolds (1938-73), Lieutenant Commander, Civil Engineer Corps (CEC), U.S. Navy (USN) who was Officer-in-Charge of the Navy Nuclear Power Unit at McMurdo Station in 1970.||
12578|Mount Rhamnus|Summit|681100S|0665000W|-68.1833333|-66.8333333|865|2838|01/01/1955|Mountain, 865 m, which lies 2 mi NE of Mount Nemesis on the N side of Neny Fjord, Graham Land.  Seen from the W, it appears as a mainly snow-covered pyramid.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Resurveyed in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) who named the mountain for its association with Mount Nemesis.  According to the mythological story, the Greek goddess Nemesis had a celebrated sanctuary at Rhamnus in Attica.||
12579|Rhea Corner|Valley|715300S|0684800W|-71.8833333|-68.8|500|1640|01/01/1975|A triangular area of exposed rock on the N side of Saturn Glacier in southeastern Alexander Island.  The feature is a promontory at the W end of the massif that includes the Deimos, Pagoda and Phobos Ridges.  A cliff on the N face is about 500 m high.  Mapped by Directorate of Overseas Surveys from satellite imagery supplied by U.S. National Aeronautics and Space Administration in cooperation with U.S. Geological Survey.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with Saturn Glacier, Rhea being one of the satellites of Saturn.||03/07/1997
12581|Rhino Rock|Summit|693400S|0623200W|-69.5666667|-62.5333333|700|2297|01/01/1953|Prominent black rock with steep sides rising to 700 m, standing 5 mi SW of Cape Rymill on the E coast of Palmer Land. It was named Rhino Horn Rock for its suggestive appearance by members of the East Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) who charted the area on land and from the air in 1940, but the name has been shortened to Rhino Rock.||04/11/2001
12582|Mount Rhodes|Summit|664900S|0510900E|-66.8166667|51.15|||01/01/1965|Mountain between Mount Hampson and Mount Bond, in the N part of the Tula Mountains in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for G.J. Rhodes, a member of the crew of the Discovery during the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31.||
12583|Rhodes Bluff|Cliff|795000S|0832000W|-79.8333333|-83.3333333|||01/01/1966|A bare rock bluff 2 mi NW of Mount Dolence, forming the NW end of Enterprise Hills in the Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from, surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) Joseph J. Rhodes, (CEC) USN, in charge of the maintenance program at McMurdo Station, winter party 1966.||
12584|Rhodes Head|Cliff|744200S|1630300E|-74.7|163.05|||01/01/1968|A prominent headland forming the extremity of McCarthy Ridge on the SE side of Eisenhower Range, overlooking the Nansen Ice Sheet on the coast of Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1955-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain James C. Rhodes, U.S. Marine Corps Reserve (USMCR), an LC-130 aircraft commander with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 for several seasons to 1967.||
12585|Rhodes Icefall|Glacier|745800S|1362500W|-74.9666667|-136.4166667|||01/01/1974|An icefall draining W out of McDonald Heights through a breach in the middle of Peden Cliffs.  The icefall nourishes the Garfield Glacier near the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William L. Rhodes, ABH1, U.S. Navy (USN), Aviation Boatswain's Mate, crash crew leader at Williams Field, McMurdo Sound, during Operation Deep Freeze 1968, 1969 and 1970.||
12586|Rhodes Peak|Summit|832000S|1674700E|-83.3333333|167.7833333|780|2559|01/01/1966|A peak, 780 m, standing at the N side of the mouth of Hoffman Glacier, marking the seaward end of the ridge descending E from Mount Tripp, Holland Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander A.G. Rhodes, Royal New Zealand Navy (RNZN), commanding officer of HMNZS Pukaki, ocean station ship on duty between New Zealand and McMurdo Sound in 1964 and 1965.||
12587|Rho Islands|Island|641700S|0630000W|-64.2833333|-63|||01/01/1963|Group of small islands and rocks which lie immediately N of Lambda Island in the Melchior Islands, Palmer Archipelago.  The name, derived from the 17th letter of the Greek alphabet, appears to have been first used on a 1946 Argentine government chart following surveys of these islands by Argentine expeditions in 1942 and 1943.||03/07/1997
12588|Rhone Glacier|Glacier|774131S|1621150E|-77.691817|162.197277|||01/01/1960|Glacier lying W of Matterhorn Glacier and flowing S toward the junction of Lake Bonney and Taylor Glacier in Victoria Land. Charted and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, 1910-13.||
12589|Rhyolite Head|Cliff|621000S|0583600W|-62.1666667|-58.6||||The headland between Cardozo Cove and Goulden Cove in Ezcurra Inlet, Admiralty Bay, King George Island.  So named following geological work by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1975-76, because the feature largely results from the indurating effects of a rhyolite intrusion, a rare lithology in the South Shetland Islands.||
12590|Rhyolite Islands|Island|694000S|0683500W|-69.6666667|-68.5833333|||01/01/1955|Group of islands and rocks which extend 4 mi in an E-W direction, lying close off the Rymill Coast of Palmer Land opposite the N side of the mouth of Eureka Glacier, in George VI Sound.  Surveyed in 1948 by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and so named from the rock of which the islands are largely composed.  The name "Grupo Maipo," after the Chilean oil tanker Maipo, may refer to these islands roughly charted by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition, 1947, in c. 6954S, 6833W.||
12592|Rice Bastion|Summit|642700S|0601900W|-64.45|-60.3166667|||01/01/1964|A substantial mountain mass surmounted by a small crown of exposed rock which appears slightly higher than the plateau behind it, projecting from the edge of Detroit Plateau, Graham Land, 8 mi SW of Mount Elliott.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Lee Rice, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) surveyor at Hope Bay (1957-58), who worked in this area.||
12593|Rice Ridge|Ridge|732700S|0935000W|-73.45|-93.8333333|||01/01/1963|A low ridge with rocky exposures, 1 mi long, which extends from the N side of Anderson Dome in the Jones Mountains.  Mapped by the University of Minnesota-Jones Mountains Party, 1960-61. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Robert A. Rice, USN, Supply and Fiscal Officer of Mobile Construction Battalion One on U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1962.||
12594|Mount Rich|Summit|794700S|1584800E|-79.7833333|158.8|||01/01/1965|An isolated peak in the Brown Hills, 5 mi NW of Diamond Hill.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1962-63) for Charles C. Rich, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist who served as deputy leader and geologist of the expedition.||
12597|Richard Point|Summit|604100S|0453800W|-60.6833333|-45.6333333||||The S entrance point to Williams Haven, situated 0.3 mi SW of North Point, Signy Island, South Orkney Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1990 for Kenneth J. Richard, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) terrestrial biological technician, Signy Station, from 1978.||
12599|Richards Cove|Bay|623500S|0610900W|-62.5833333|-61.15|||01/01/1960|Small cove lying 1 mi E of Essex Point on the N coast of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name Richards Island was given by James Weddell in 1820-23 to the island close north of this cove, probably for Captain Richards of the sealer George of Liverpool who visited the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21.  Since the name Window Island (q.v.) has priority, the name Richards has been transferred to this nearby cove.||
12600|Richards Inlet|Stream|832000S|1683000E|-83.3333333|168.5|||01/01/1961|A large ice-filled inlet at the mouth of Lennox-King Glacier, opening to the Ross Ice Shelf just SE of Lewis Ridge. Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1959-60) for R.W. Richards, a member of the Ross Sea Party of the Imperial Trans-Antarctic Expedition (1914-17), who assisted in laying depots as far south as Mount Hope for Shackleton's proposed crossing of Antarctica.||03/07/1997
12602|Richards Nunatak|Summit|755600S|1594500E|-75.9333333|159.75|||01/01/1966|A large nunatak between McLea Nunatak and Pudding Butte in the Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped and named by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, for David Richards, radio operator at Scott Base, who shared field party work and was responsible for the training of the base dog team in the absence of the base dog handler.||
12604|Mount Richardson|Summit|763400S|1443900W|-76.5666667|-144.65|||01/01/1947|Peak just W of Reece Pass and 3 mi S of Mount Colombo in the SE part of the Fosdick Mountains, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered on aerial flights from West Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and named for Harrison H. Richardson, meteorological observer with the biological party which visited this area in 1940.||
12605|Richardson Bluff|Cliff|704700S|1662000E|-70.7833333|166.3333333|||01/01/1964|A steep rock bluff which rises on the E side of Kirkby Glacier opposite Frecker Ridge, in the Anare Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) for Sergeant A. Richardson, RAAF, member of the Antarctic Flight which accompanied the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Thala Dan) cruise to this coast, 1962.||
12606|Richardson Glacier|Glacier|702800S|0634200W|-70.4666667|-63.7|||01/01/1976|The broad NW tributary to the Clifford Glacier, entering it just SE of Mikus Hill in Palmer Land.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Harriet Richardson, French zoologist, author of a number of reports on the Crustacea (Isopoda) collected by the French Antarctic Expeditions of 1903-05 and 1908-10.||
12607|Richardson Hill|Summit|794800S|1564000E|-79.8|156.6666667|||01/01/1965|An ice-free hill which rises above the ice of Island Arena on the N side of the Darwin Mountains.  Mapped and named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1962-63), for Prof. L.R. Richardson of the Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand, an active supporter of the University's Antarctic expeditions.||
12608|Richardson Lakes|Lake|664500S|0503800E|-66.75|50.6333333|||01/01/1961|Small group of meltwater lakes at the foot of Mount Riiser-Larsen on the NW side, close E of Amundsen Bay. Photographed in 1956 by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft and first visited in November 1958 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by G.A. Knuckey.  Named for Sergeant A.K. Richardson, RAAF, a member of the 1958 Antarctic Flight at Mawson Station.||
12609|Richardson Nunatak|Summit|662200S|0645600W|-66.3666667|-64.9333333|||01/01/1971|Nunatak in the southern part of Hugi Glacier, in Graham Land.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1955-57, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for E.C. Richardson (1871-1954), the "father of British skiing," one of the principal founders and first secretary of the Ski Club of Great Britain.||
12611|Richardson Peak|Summit|672000S|0672100W|-67.3333333|-67.35|600|1968||A peak rising to c. 600 m at the E side of Vallot Glacier in the Tyndall Mountains, Arrowsmith Peninsula, Loubet Coast. Visited by British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologists during the 1980-81 season.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Hilda Richardson, Secretary General, International Glaciological Society, from 1962; Secretary, British Glaciological Society, 1953-62.||
12612|Richmond Peak|Summit|754800S|1154900W|-75.8|-115.8166667|3595|11794|01/01/1976|The central and culminating peak (3,595 m) of the Toney Mountain massif in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-71.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Addison E. Richmond, Jr., of the U.S. Department of State, Chairman of the Interagency Committee on Antarctica, 1971-72.||
12613|Richter Glacier|Glacier|771000S|1552500W|-77.1666667|-155.4166667|||01/01/1970|A low gradient coastal glacier located 10 mi W of Scott Nunataks on the N side of Edward VII Peninsula.  The feature saddles with the Butler Glacier and flows NW to the sea where it forms a small tongue.  The glacier and tongue are depicted on the map of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  The map indicates that the landing party from the Kainan Maru (Shirase) traversed up this glacier to the summit of Scott Nunataks in January 1912.  The glacier was mapped in detail by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gregory S. Richter, meteorologist and scientific leader of the Byrd Station winter party in 1968.||
12614|Richter Peaks|Range|712000S|0702100W|-71.3333333|-70.35|1385|4544||Group of peaks rising to c. 1,385 m near the S end of the Walton Mountains (q.v.), Alexander Island.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Joseph J. Richter, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist, Palmer Station, 1965-66 and 1966-67.||
12615|Richthofen Pass|Gap|660100S|0624200W|-66.0166667|-62.7|||01/01/1960|Pass, 1 mi wide, between Mount Fritsche and the rock wall N of McCarroll Peak, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Discovered and photographed in 1902 by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, who named it Richthofen Valley for Baron Ferdinand von Richthofen, German geographer and geologist.  The feature was found to be a pass by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955.||
12619|Ricker Canyon|Valley|844700S|1151800W|-84.7833333|-115.3|||01/01/1962|A steep-sided, ice-filled canyon that indents the N escarpment of Buckeye Table between Darling Ridge and Schulthess Buttress, in the Ohio Range, Horlick Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John F. Ricker, geologist with the Ohio State University expedition to the Horlick Mountains in 1961-62.||
12620|Ricker Dome|Summit|820400S|1624300E|-82.0666667|162.7166667|1720|5643|01/01/1966|Snow-free summit, 1,720 m, standing 3 mi E of Smith Bluff in the Nash Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Karl E. Ricker, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Sound, 1961.||
12621|Ricker Hills|Range|754100S|1591000E|-75.6833333|159.1666667|||01/01/1968|A group of mainly ice-free hills, about 9 mi long, lying just W of Hollingsworth Glacier in the Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped and named by the Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, for J.F. Ricker, a geologist with the party.||
12623|Rickmers Glacier|Glacier|661500S|0645500W|-66.25|-64.9166667|||01/01/1971|Glacier flowing into Hugi Glacier just S of Caulfeild Glacier, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1955-57, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for W. Rickmer Rickmers, German pioneer exponent of skiing and joint author of the first English manual on skiing.  He also improved the design of ice axes, introducing the characteristic shape still in use.||
12625|Riddell Nunataks|Summit|695400S|0642000E|-69.9|64.3333333|||01/01/1961|Group of low exposed rock ridges, with snow and ice nearly extending to the summits, lying 5 mi NW of Anare Nunataks in Mac. Robertson Land.  Discovered by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by R.G. Dovers in 1954.  Named for Alfred Riddell, carpenter at Mawson Station in 1955.||
12626|Riddle Islands|Island|653900S|0643300W|-65.65|-64.55|||01/01/1971|Small group of islands lying off the SW end of Chavez Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  The name arose locally in August 1957 because these islands were difficult to find among the icebergs frozen in the surrounding sea ice.||
12627|Mount Riddolls|Summit|724800S|1674600E|-72.8|167.7666667|3295|10810|01/01/1968|A very prominent mountain (3,295 m) situated directly at the head of Rudolph Glacier in the Victory Mountains of Victoria Land.  Named by the Mariner Glacier geology party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1966-67, for B.W. Riddolls, assistant geologist with the party.||
12629|Ridge Island|Island|674200S|0670600W|-67.7|-67.1|||01/01/1950|A ridge-shaped island, 6 mi long and 1.5 mi wide lying 3 mi E of Pourquoi Pas Island in the center of Bourgeois Fjord, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered and named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill.||
12630|Ridge Peak|Summit|633000S|0570300W|-63.5|-57.05|510|1673|01/01/1952|Pyramidal rocky peak, 510 m, from which a prominent ridge extends eastward, standing 2.5 mi SW of Trepassey Bay between Cairn Hill and Lizard Hill on Tabarin Peninsula.  This area was first explored by a party of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04.  Ridge Peak was charted and named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1946.||
12631|Ridgeway Glacier|Glacier|732400S|1671400E|-73.4|167.2333333|||01/01/1966|A short glacier in the E part of Mountaineer Range, draining SE between Spatulate Ridge and Gauntlet Ridge into Lady Newnes Bay, Victoria Land.  Named by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1966 for Norman Ridgeway, senior scientist at Hallett Station, 1963-64.||
12634|Ridley Beach|Beach|711800S|1701300E|-71.3|170.2166667||||A cuspate beach feature forming a triangle about 1 mi long on each side, lying 1 mi S of Cape Adare, on the W side of Adare Peninsula in northern Victoria Land.  This was the camp site of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1898-1900, under C.E. Borchgrevink.  He gave the camp his mother's maiden name.  The Northern Party, led by Campbell, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, disembarked here in 1911, and they gave the name to the entire beach.  The beach is the site of an Adelie penguin rookery.||
12636|Ridley Island|Island|615100S|0580300W|-61.85|-58.05|||01/01/1952|Island lying 2 mi N of False Round Point, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  This island was known to both American and British sealers as early as 1822, and the name Ridley is well established in international usage.||
12637|Mount Rifenburgh|Summit|825700S|1662000E|-82.95|166.3333333|2690|8825|01/01/1966|Mountain, 2,690 m, standing 2 mi E of the head of Davidson Glacier in the Holland Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys (1961-62) and Navy air photos (1960).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain E. Rifenburgh, USN, Commanding Officer of the USS Arneb during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1963.||
12638|Mount Rigby|Summit|853300S|1543500W|-85.55|-154.5833333|950|3117|01/01/1967|Mountain, 950 m, standing 2 mi NW of Mount Hastings, just W of the mouth of Scott Glacier, in the Karo Hills.  First observed and roughly mapped by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John F. Rigby, geologist at McMurdo Station, summer 1965-66.||
12639|Mount Rigel|Summit|702400S|0665200W|-70.4|-66.8666667|1910|6266||The highest peak (1,910 m) of Orion Massif, Rymill Coast, Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs taken 1966-69.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1976 after the star Rigel in the constellation Orion.||
12640|Rigel Skerries|Island|665500S|0571800E|-66.9166667|57.3|||01/01/1965|A chain of islands and rocks in the NW part of the Oygarden Group, lying in the S part of the entrance to Edward VIII Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and called Utskjera (the outer skerries).  The group was first visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party in 1954; these skerries were renamed by ANCA after the star Rigel which was used for an astrofix in the vicinity.||
12642|Rightangle Peak|Summit|733100S|0942500W|-73.5166667|-94.4166667|||01/01/1963|A small rock peak between Snowplume Peak and Camelback Ridge, in the Jones Mountains.  Mapped by the University of Minnesota-Jones Mountains Party, 1960-61.  So named by the party because the feature presented a right angle profile facing west when viewed from Camp Minnesota (from northward).||
12643|Right Whale Bay|Bay|540000S|0374100W|-54|-37.6833333|||01/01/1952|Bay 1.5 mi wide, entered between Craigie Point and Nameless Point along the N coast of South Georgia.  The name dates back to at least 1922 and is now well established.  The right whale is a species of whale found in this area.||07/06/1998
12644|Right Whale Rocks|Island|541400S|0362400W|-54.2333333|-36.4|||01/01/1953|Group of rocks 0.25 mi N of Barff Point, at the E side of the entrance to Cumberland Bay, South Georgia.  The name Merton Rocks was used for this feature on a chart of Cumberland Bay by personnel of His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Sappho in 1906, but the name Right Whale Rocks is retained because of wider and more recent acceptance.||04/12/2001
12645|Rigsby Islands|Island|664000S|0673700W|-66.6666667|-67.6166667|||01/01/1965|A small group of ice-capped islands lying off the NE coast of Adelaide Island, about 2 mi S of Sillard Islands.  Mapped from air photos taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (1947-48) and Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for George P. Rigsby, American geologist who has specialized in the investigation of ice crystal structure and the plasticity of ice.||
12646|Mount Riiser-Larsen|Summit|664700S|0504000E|-66.7833333|50.6666667|870|2854|01/01/1947|Prominent mountain, 870 m, standing at the NW end of the Tula Mountains on the E side of Amundsen Bay.  Named by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, in January 1930, for Captain Hjalmar Riiser-Larsen, leader of a Norwegian expedition in the Norvegia which also explored the area in that season.||
12647|Riiser-Larsen Ice Shelf|Glacier|724000S|0160000W|-72.6666667|-16|||01/01/1970|An ice shelf about 250 mi long on the coast of Queen Maud Land, extending from Cape Norvegia in the north to Lyddan Island and Stancomb-Wills Glacier in the south.  Parts of the ice shelf were sighted by Bruce in 1904, Shackleton in 1915, and Riiser-Larsen in 1930.  Most of it was photographed from the air in 1951-52 by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) and delineated from these photos.  Additional delineation of the southern and landward margins of the feature was accomplished from air photos taken, by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze from 1967 to 1969.  The feature was named by Norway for Captain Hjalmar Riiser-Larsen who explored the area from the 1930.||
12649|Riiser-Larsen Peninsula|Cape|685500S|0340000E|-68.9166667|34|||01/01/1952|A large peninsula forming the western portal to Lutzow-Holm Bay and marking the separation of the Princess Ragnhild and Prince Harald Coasts.  Named for Captain Hjalmar Riiser-Larsen who discovered the peninsula in a flight from the Norvegia on Feb. 21, 1931.||
12651|Mount Riley|Summit|861100S|1473700W|-86.1833333|-147.6166667|2100|6890|01/01/1967|A mountain, 2,100 m, standing along the NE side of Long Valley, just W of California Plateau, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) Stephen G. Riley, photographic officer with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 on Operation Deep Freeze 1966 and 1967.||
12652|Riley Glacier|Glacier|700300S|0682000W|-70.05|-68.3333333||||Heavily crevassed glacier, 14 mi long and 17 mi wide, flowing westward from the W side of Palmer Land into George VI Sound between the Traverse Mountains and Mount Dixey.  First sighted and surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill. Resurveyed in 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named for Quintin T.P.M. Riley, assistant meteorologist of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37.||
12654|Rimebrekka Slope|Slope|720800S|0131400E|-72.1333333|13.2333333|||01/01/1966|A crevassed ice slope 4 mi S of Rimekalvane Nunataks in the Weyprecht Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Rimebrekka (the frost slope).||
12655|Rime Crests|Ridge|603800S|0452500W|-60.6333333|-45.4166667|||01/01/1956|Five crest-like summits surmounting the E side of Sunshine Glacier, Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  The name, originally applied to the highest peak by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) following a survey of 1948-49, is descriptive of the feature's heavy cover of hoarfrost, or rime.  A collective name for the summits was considered to be more useful.||
12656|Rimekalvane Nunataks|Summit|720300S|0133800E|-72.05|13.6333333|||01/01/1966|A group of nunataks 4 mi E of Dekefjellrantane Hills in the Weyprecht Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Rimekalvane (the frost calves).||
12660|Rindebotnen Cirque|Basin|723300S|0032000W|-72.55|-3.3333333|||01/01/1966|A cirque indenting the NE wall of Borg Mountain, in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Rindebotnen (the mountain cirque).||
12661|Rindehallet Slope|Slope|722500S|0011300E|-72.4166667|1.2166667|||01/01/1966|An ice slope between Isingen Mountain and Egil Peak in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Rindehallet (the mountain slope).||
12662|Rinehart Peak|Summit|703800S|1600100E|-70.6333333|160.0166667|1710|5610|01/01/1970|A peak (1,710 m) which rises from a ridge on the east-central slopes of Pomerantz Tableland, in the Usarp Mountains.  The feature stands at the south side of the head of Helfferich Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Floyd J. Rinehart, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geophysicist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
12663|Ringed Nunatak|Summit|851300S|1731300W|-85.2166667|-173.2166667|||01/01/1966|A small but conspicuous nunatak located in the icefall at the head of Gatlin Glacier, in the Cumulus Hills.  So named by the Texas Tech Shackleton Glacier Expedition (1964-65) because a ring of moraine completely surrounds the nunatak.||
12664|Ringgold Knoll|Summit|692000S|1573900E|-69.3333333|157.65|||01/01/1967|A mountain 9 mi S of Archer Point on the E side of Matusevich Glacier.  On Jan. 16, 1840, Lieutenant-Commandant Cadwalader Ringgold on the Porpoise, one of the ships of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Wilkes, sighted a large dark mountain in this direction.  It was named Ringgold's Knoll on the chart by Wilkes.  In 1959 Phillip Law of Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) made an investigation of features in the area.  It was not possible to identify the feature sighted by Ringgold, but this mountain is in proper relationship to nearby Reynolds Peak and Eld Peak as indicated on Wilkes' chart.  It was selected by Law of Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) to perpetuate Wilkes' naming.||
12666|Ring Rock|Island|673900S|0624300E|-67.65|62.7166667|||01/01/1961|Rock lying 2 mi SE of Nost Island at the head of Holme Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Ringoya (ring island).  First visited in 1956 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) sledging party; they found that the term "rock" better describes this feature.||
12667|Rink Point|Summit|635300S|0581100W|-63.8833333|-58.1833333|||01/01/1963|A rocky point on the NW coast of James Ross Island, 2 mi E of Carlson Island.  The name arose because, during a visit by an Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) party in August 1952, the point was surrounded by a large area of slippery, snow-free sea ice resembling a skating rink.||
12668|Mount Rio Branco|Summit|652500S|0640000W|-65.4166667|-64|975|3199|01/01/1950|Mountain, 975 m, standing 2.5 mi E of Cape Perez on the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, and named by Charcot for Baron Rio Branco, at that time Minister of Foreign Affairs of Brazil.||
12671|Rip Point|Summit|621500S|0585900W|-62.25|-58.9833333|||01/01/1965|Point on Nelson Island forming the S side of the E entrance to Fildes Strait, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name appears on a British Admiralty chart showing the results of a survey by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1935.||
12672|Rippon Glacier|Glacier|664000S|0562900E|-66.6666667|56.4833333|||01/01/1965|Small glacier, close E of Seaton Glacier, flowing southward into Edward VIII Ice Shelf.  Mapped from aerial photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956, and named for Sergeant R. Rippon, RAAF, airframe fitter at Mawson in 1959.||
12673|Riptide Cirque|Basin|763700S|1605100E|-76.6166667|160.85|||01/01/1993|A glacial cirque on the S wall of Eastwind Ridge immediately W of Mount Naab, in the Convoy Range, Victoria Land. Icefalls at the head provide the main ice flow into the Towle Glacier.  One of the nautical names in Convoy Range.  The name was applied by a 1989-90 New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) field party to describe the fastest flowing tributary to Towle Glacier.||
12676|Risemedet Mountain|Summit|720300S|0031000E|-72.05|3.1666667|2705|8875|01/01/1966|Large mountain, 2,705 m, marking the eastern end of the Gjelsvik Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Risemedet (the giant landmark).||
12677|Risen Peak|Summit|715800S|0031800E|-71.9666667|3.3|||01/01/1967|A peak 2 mi N of Medhovden Bluff in the Gjelsvik Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Risen (the giant).||
12679|Risk Rock|Island|660900S|0654800W|-66.15|-65.8|||01/01/1971|Isolated rock midway between Cape Evensen and Pesky Rocks, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 because the rock lies in the route of ships which have passed southward through the channel between Marie Island and the mainland.||
12680|Ristelen Spur|Ridge|715900S|0053700E|-71.9833333|5.6166667|||01/01/1967|A rock spur about 5 mi SE of the summit of Breplogen Mountain, standing between the flow of Vestreskorve and Austreskorve Glaciers in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Ristelen (the plowshare).||
12681|Risting Glacier|Glacier|544600S|0360600W|-54.7666667|-36.1|||01/01/1963|Glacier, 4.5 mi long, lying N of Jenkins Glacier and flowing SE into the head of Drygalski Fjord in the S part of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Sigurd Risting (1870-1935), Norwegian whaling historian; secretary of Norsk Hvalfangerforening, 1918-35, and editor of Norsk Hvalfangst-Tidende, 1922-35. The German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Filchner, 1911-12, named Drygalski Fjord and this glacier for Erich von Drygalski, leader of the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1901-03, but the name for the glacier did not survive.  A number of features in Antarctica, including a glacier, are named for Drygalski.||
12682|Ristkalvane Nunataks|Summit|714100S|0103600E|-71.6833333|10.6|||01/01/1970|A small group of nunataks forming the N end of Shcherbakov Range, in the Orvin Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and photographed by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped by Norway from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Ristkalvane (the ridge calves).||
12683|Ritala Spur|Ridge|830700S|0485700W|-83.1166667|-48.95||||A mostly snow-covered spur extending NE from the E side of Lexington Table, Forrestal Range, in the Pensacola Mountains (q.v.).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1979 after Keith D. Ritala, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geophysicist who conducted gravity research at South Pole Station, winter party 1972.||
12684|Ritchie Point|Summit|702500S|0682000E|-70.4166667|68.3333333|||01/01/1967|A well defined point at the extremity of the large, flat rock feature extending northeastward from Amery Peaks in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1956 and 1960.  Named by ANCA for F.A. Ritchie, cook at Mawson Station in 1965.||
12687|Ritscher Peak|Summit|712400S|0132000E|-71.4|13.3333333|2790|9153|01/01/1966|A prominent peak (2,790 m) standing 7 mi WSW of Mount Mentzel in the Gruber Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  This peak was discovered and mapped by the German Antarctic Expedition of 1938-39 and was named for Captain Alfred Ritscher, leader of the expedition.||
12688|Ritscher Upland|Area|730000S|0090000W|-73|-9|||01/01/1966|A large ice-covered upland of western Queen Maud Land, bounded by Kraul Mountains and Heimefront Range to the west and southwest, and by Borg Massif and Kirwan Escarpment to the east. Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39, and named for Captain Alfred Ritscher, leader of the expedition.  Remapped from air photos taken by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) in 1951-52.||
12689|Rivard Glacier|Glacier|780400S|1635500E|-78.0666667|163.9166667|||01/01/1960|A glacier about 1 mi long at the head of Marshall Valley in Victoria Land.  The glacier was observed and mapped by Troy L. Pewe, glacial geologist with U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1957-58.  Named by Pewe for Norman Rivard who was his assistant on this expedition.||
12690|Rivas Peaks|Range|833500S|0542500W|-83.5833333|-54.4166667|||01/01/1968|A line of rock peaks that jut westward for 2 mi from the south part of Torbert Escarpment in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Merced G. Rivas, radioman at Ellsworth Station, winter 1958.||
12692|Rivera Peaks|Stream|734800S|0625000W|-73.8|-62.8333333|||01/01/1968|A wedge-shaped range of peaks, 14 mi long, between Swann Glacier and Watson Peaks, in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James P. Rivera, electronics technician at South Pole Station in 1967.||
12693|Mount Rivett|Summit|675000S|0661400E|-67.8333333|66.2333333|||01/01/1947|A bare rock mountain, the northeasternmost feature of the Gustav Bull Mountains in Mac. Robertson Land.  On February 13, 1931, the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) (1929-31) under Douglas Mawson made a landing on nearby Scullin Monolith.  They named this mountain after Sir David Rivett, Deputy Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of the Australian Council for Scientific and Industrial Research, 1927-45.||
12694|Roadend Nunatak|Summit|794800S|1580200E|-79.8|158.0333333|||01/01/1965|A conspicuous nunatak 4 mi WNW of Bastion Hill along the N side of Darwin Glacier.  So named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1962-63) because of its use as a landmark for manhauling sledge journeys and aircraft flights which supported the expedition and landed there.||
12696|Roald Glacier|Glacier|603900S|0451300W|-60.65|-45.2166667|||01/01/1956|Glacier which flows from the vicinity of Mount Noble and Mount Sladen eastward into Gibbon Bay, on the E coast of Coronation Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Chartered and named by the Norwegian whaling captain Petter Sorle in the period 1912-15.  Surveyed in 1948-49 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).||03/07/1997
12697|Roaring Cliffs|Cliff|862300S|1592400W|-86.3833333|-159.4|||01/01/1965|The high and precipitous rock cliffs just northward of Kutschin Peak on the west side of Nilsen Plateau, Queen Maud Mountains.  The name was proposed by William Long, geologist with a U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) field party that visited the area in the 1963-64 season. The name is descriptive of the sound made by the wind here; standing in the quiet, windless valley below, a roaring noise like an approaching train can be heard high up on the cliffs.||
12698|Roaring Ridge|Ridge|861400S|1464500W|-86.2333333|-146.75|||01/01/1970|A long and outstanding spur that descends from the Watson Escarpment 3.5 mi NE of Mount Blackburn.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  So named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1969-70) because two geologists worked and camped nearby, experiencing roaring gale force winds rushing down the steep escarpment.||
12699|Roaring Valley|Valley|781600S|1630300E|-78.2666667|163.05|||01/01/1974|A moraine-filled valley on the N side of Mount Dromedary, formerly occupied by the coalescing glaciers that descend NE and N from Mount Kempe and Mount Dromedary.  The New Zealand Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1960-61, which named this feature, experienced strong winds at most campsites in this area, but none of such violence and destructive force as those which struck their camp at the mouth of this valley, hence the name.||
12702|Robbery Beaches|Beach|623700S|0610500W|-62.6166667|-61.0833333|||01/01/1960|Beaches extending along the N side of Byers Peninsula, Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name Robbery Beach was used by James Weddell in 1820-23.  It arose from the English robbery of sealskins collected by the American brig Charity (Captain Charles H. Barnard) of New York in January 1821. There was fierce competition between British and American sealers in the area during the early 1820s.||
12703|Robb Glacier|Glacier|823800S|1650000E|-82.6333333|165|||01/01/1961|A glacier about 40 mi long, flowing from Clarkson Peak N along the E side of Softbed Ridges to the Ross Ice Shelf at Cape Goldie.  Named by the expedition after Murray Robb, leader of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1959-60), who traversed this glacier to reach Lowery Glacier.||
12704|Robbins Island|Island|644711S|0642610W|-64.7863889|-64.4361111|||01/01/1975|One of the southwestern Joubin Islands, off the southwest coast of Anvers Island.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Stephen H. Robbins, Jr., Able Seaman in the R.V. Hero in her first voyage to Antarctica in 1968.||09/26/2014
12705|Robbins Nunatak|Summit|831200S|0570500W|-83.2|-57.0833333|||01/01/1968|A conspicuous nunatak 8 mi NE of Mount Gorecki in the Schmidt Hills portion of the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Edward J. Robbins, aerographer at Ellsworth Station, winter 1958.||
12706|Cape Robert|Cape|662300S|1373900E|-66.3833333|137.65|||01/01/1947|Ice-covered point at the W side of Marret Glacier. Discovered and named by the French expedition under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville in 1840.  The name Robert is the first name of a member of the family of Dumont d'Urville.  The point was roughly charted by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson, 1911-14, and more recently delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.||
12708|Robert Glacier|Glacier|671000S|0561800E|-67.1666667|56.3|||01/01/1965|The eastern of two glaciers entering the southern part of Edward VIII Bay.  Seen by Robert Dovers and G. Schwartz in 1954 while carrying out a sledge journey and survey of Edward VIII Bay.  Named by ANCA for Dovers, who was surveyor and officer in charge at Mawson Station in 1954.||
12709|Robert Island|Island|622400S|0593000W|-62.4|-59.5|||01/01/1952|Island 11 mi long and 8 mi wide, lying between Nelson and Greenwich Islands in the South Shetland Islands.  The name dates back to at least 1821 and is now established in international usage.||
12711|Robert Point|Summit|622800S|0592300W|-62.4666667|-59.3833333|||01/01/1952|Point marking the SE tip of Robert Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  This point, which probably has been known to sealers and whalers in the area for over 100 years, takes its name from the island.||
12712|Cape Roberts|Cape|770200S|1631200E|-77.0333333|163.2|||01/01/1947|Cape at the S side of the entrance to Granite Harbor on the coast of Victoria Land.  Discovered by the South Magnetic Pole Party, led by David, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named for William C. Roberts, assistant zoologist and cook for the expedition.||
12714|Mount Roberts|Summit|640000S|0584900W|-64|-58.8166667|955|3133|01/01/1952|Dark, mostly ice-free rock peak with a flat, sloping top, 955 m, which is isolated from the Detroit Plateau to the W and lies 3 mi S of Aitkenhead Glacier on the S side of Trinity Peninsula.  First charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1945, and named for D.W. Roberts, Manager of the Falkland Islands Co. in 1945, who was of assistance to the expedition.||
12715|Roberts Butte|Summit|723900S|1600800E|-72.65|160.1333333|2830|9285|01/01/1964|A striking, flat-topped butte (2,830 m) that is very prominent and can be seen from great distances standing 2 mi NW of Miller Butte in the Outback Nunataks.  Discovered by the U.S. Victoria Land Traverse Party, 1959-60.  Louis J. Roberts, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) surveyor with this party, proposed the name "Flattop Mountain," but to avoid duplication the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) named it for Roberts who was first to survey the feature.||
12716|Roberts Cirque|Basin|754500S|1154900W|-75.75|-115.8166667|||01/01/1976|A cirque marked by a sheer rock cliff located just W of Zurn Peak along the central-north wall of Toney Mountain in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-71.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John H. Roberts III, U.S. Navy (USN), Chief Commissaryman with the South Pole Station winter party, 1974.||
12717|Roberts Cliff|Cliff|722400S|1700500E|-72.4|170.0833333|||01/01/1962|The third prominent rock bluff S of Seabee Hook on the E shore of Edisto Inlet.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, for Charles L. Roberts, Jr., U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist and scientific leader at Hallett Station in 1959.||
12718|Mount Robert Scott|Summit|834900S|1724800E|-83.8166667|172.8|1000|3281|01/01/1949|A small, flat, snow-covered mountain that rises over 1,000 m and is situated immediately S of Ebony Ridge in the Commonwealth Range.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) under Ernest Shackleton, who named this feature for Captain Robert F. Scott, Royal Navy (RN).  Shackleton had been a member of Scott's Southern Polar Party which reached 8217S on the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04).||
12720|Roberts Ice Piedmont|Glacier|690000S|0702000W|-69|-70.3333333|||01/01/1955|Large ice piedmont, 20 mi long in a N-S direction and 15 mi wide, lying to the N and NW of Mount Calais and occupying the NE corner of Alexander Island.  First seen from a distance and roughly surveyed by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot. Photographed from the air by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) on Aug. 15, 1936, and roughly mapped from these photos.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1955 after Brian B. Roberts (1912-78), British ornithologist, polar specialist and leading figure in the development of Antarctic nomenclature; ornithologist, British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37; Secretary, United Kingdom Antarctic Place-names Committee, 1945-74.||
12721|Roberts Inlet|Stream|791500S|0440000W|-79.25|-44|||01/01/1960|An ice-filled inlet, the central of three inlets which indent the east side of Berkner Island.  Discovered by U.S. ground and flying personnel at Ellsworth Station during the IGY (1957-58) under Captain Finn Ronne, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR).  Named by Ronne after Captain Elliott B. Roberts, USCGS (Ret.), formerly chief of the geophysical branch of the U.S. Coast and Geodetic Survey; Chairman, U.S. National Committee for the IGY Panel on Geomagnetism.||
12723|Roberts Knoll|Summit|712700S|0031500W|-71.45|-3.25|||01/01/1962|A snow-covered coastal knoll with numerous rock outcrops at the E side of the mouth of Schytt Glacier in Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named for Brian B. Roberts, Secretary of the United Kingdom Antarctic Place-names Committee.||
12725|Roberts Massif|Range|853200S|1770500W|-85.5333333|-177.0833333|2700|8858|01/01/1966|A remarkable snow-free massif at the head of Shackleton Glacier.  It rises to over 2,700 m and is about 60 square miles in area.  Visited by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62), who named it for A.R. Roberts, leader at Scott Base for 1961-62.||
12726|Cape Robertson|Cape|604400S|0444800W|-60.7333333|-44.8|||01/01/1953|Cape which marks the W side of the entrance to Jessie Bay, in the NW part of Laurie Island in the South Orkney Islands.  It lies 1 mi E of Route Point at the N end of Mackenzie Peninsula. On the map of Laurie Island by the ScotNAE under Bruce, 1902-04, the name Cape Robertson appears in the position of Route Point, previously named by Captain George Powell and Captain Nathaniel Palmer in 1821.  The name Route Point is retained for the NW end of Mackenzie Peninsula; Cape Robertson is the NE extremity. Named for Thomas Robertson, captain of the Scotia, expedition ship of the ScotNAE.||
12728|Mount Robertson|Summit|744100S|0641400W|-74.6833333|-64.2333333|1565|5134||Mountain, 1,565 m, standing 20 mi NW of Mount Austin and the head of Gardner Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land. Discovered by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, under Ronne, who named this feature for James B. Robertson, aviation mechanic with the expedition.||
12729|Robertson Bay|Bay|712500S|1700000E|-71.4166667|170|||01/01/1947|A large, roughly triangular bay that indents the N coast of Victoria Land between Cape Barrow and Cape Adare.  Discovered in 1841 by Captain James Ross, Royal Navy (RN), who named it for Dr. John Robertson, Surgeon on the Terror.||
12730|Robertson Channel|Channel|661900S|1102900E|-66.3166667|110.4833333|||01/01/1963|A body of water separating Mitchell Peninsula from Pidgeon Island and Warrington Island, in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard A. Robertson, glaciologist and member of the Wilkes Station party of 1958.||
12731|Robertson Glacier|Glacier|710300S|1652300E|-71.05|165.3833333|||01/01/1970|Tributary glacier that flows S from Anare Mountains and enters Ebbe Glacier E of Springtail Bluff.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John W. Robertson, photographer's mate with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 at McMurdo Station, 1967-68 and 1968-69.||
12732|Robertson Island|Island|651000S|0593700W|-65.1666667|-59.6166667|||01/01/1947|Ice-covered island, 13 mi long in a NW-SE direction and 6 mi wide, lying at the E end of the Seal Nunataks off the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  Captain C.A. Larsen discovered the island from the Jason on Dec. 9, 1893.  Larsen named it for William Robertson, co-owner of Woltereck and Robertson, the Hamburg firm that sent him to the Antarctic.||
12733|Robertson Islands|Island|604600S|0450900W|-60.7666667|-45.15|||01/01/1947|Group of islands extending 4 mi southward of the SE extremity of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands. Discovered and roughly charted by Captain George Powell and Captain Nathaniel Palmer in December 1821.  Named by James Weddell in 1823.||
12734|Robertson Landing|Locale|662300S|1102600E|-66.3833333|110.4333333|||01/01/1963|An unmanned boat landing on the N side of Ardery Island, near the W end of the island, in the Windmill Islands.  A landing was first made here by Phillip Law and an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party from the launch Robertson of Melbourne, donor of the launch.||
12735|Robertson Nunatak|Summit|715400S|0693700E|-71.9|69.6166667|||01/01/1973|A small nunatak 20 mi NE of Clemence Massif on the E side of Lambert Glacier.  Photographed by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1950.  Sighted and mapped by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains surveys of 1969 and 1971.  Named by ANCA for M.J. Robertson, geophysicist at Mawson Station in 1970, who took part in the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey in 1971.||
12736|Robertson Point|Summit|540600S|0364600W|-54.1|-36.7666667|||01/01/1953|Point forming the E side of the entrance to Fortuna Bay on the N coast of South Georgia.  Robertson Point is an established name dating back to at least 1920.||
12737|Robertson Ridge|Ridge|772425S|1620755E|-77.406907|162.131958|||01/01/1976|A ridge circumscribing the NW part of Clark Glacier in Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James D. Robertson, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geophysicist at Byrd Station, 1970-71 season; he participated in the geophysical survey of the Ross Ice Shelf in the 1973-74 and 1974-75 seasons.||
12740|Roberts Ridge|Ridge|862300S|1313000W|-86.3833333|-131.5|||01/01/1967|A prominent ridge 5 mi SW of Cleveland Mesa, at the SE end of Michigan Plateau.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Peter Roberts of the Division of International Scientific and Technical Affairs, Department of State.||
12741|Robillard Glacier|Glacier|681800S|0653500W|-68.3|-65.5833333|||01/01/1953|Narrow glacier flowing ENE and entering the N side of the head of Solberg Inlet, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by members of East Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  It was photographed from the air in 1947 by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), under Ronne, and charted in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by Ronne for Captain George Robillard, U.S. Navy (USN), of the legal section of the Bureau of Ships, who assisted in gaining Congressional support which resulted in procuring the expedition ship.||
12742|Robilliard Glacier|Glacier|701300S|1595600E|-70.2166667|159.9333333|||01/01/1970|A valley glacier, 17 mi long, which flows northeastward through the Usarp Mountains.  It rises southward of Mount Simmonds and emerges from the mountains at Mount Shields, where it joins Kooperatsiya Ice Piedmont.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gordon Robilliard, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station in 1967-68 and 1968-69.||
12744|Robin Heights|Summit|722700S|0003800E|-72.45|.6333333|||01/01/1966|A cluster of high rock summits between Hei Glacier and Kvitsvodene Valley in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59). Named for Gordon de Q. Robin, third in command and a physicist with the Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE).||
12745|Robin Peak|Summit|604100S|0453800W|-60.6833333|-45.6333333|270|886|01/01/1956|Sharply defined rocky summit, 270 m, which is the northernmost peak on Signy Island in the South Orkney Islands. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954 for Gordon de Quetteville Robin of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), leader at Signy Island base in 1947, who made the first detailed survey of the island.||
12746|Cape Robinson|Cape|665200S|0634300W|-66.8666667|-63.7166667|||01/01/1952|Cape marking the E end of Cole Peninsula, between Cabinet and Mill Inlets on the E coast of Graham Land.  Sir Hubert Wilkins, while on his flight of Dec. 20, 1928 along this coast, named an island for W.S. Robinson of London and Australia, which he reported to lie in about 6720S, 6140W.  Absence of photographs of this island by Wilkins has prevented its positive reidentification.  For this reason, and for the sake of historical continuity, it is recommended that the E end of the peninsula here described be given the name Cape Robinson.  This cape was charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in 1947.||
12747|Mount Robinson|Summit|715000S|1694900E|-71.8333333|169.8166667|2430|7972|01/01/1950|A mountain (2,430 m) at the head of DeAngelo Glacier in the Admiralty Mountains, Victoria Land.  Discovered on Jan. 15, 1841, by Captain James Ross, Royal Navy (RN), who named the feature for Reverend Dr. Robinson of Armagh, one of the more active promoters of magnetic research in the Antarctic and a member of the committee of the British Association which advocated sending out this expedition.||
12749|Robinson Bluff|Cliff|853600S|1594700W|-85.6|-159.7833333|||01/01/1967|A bold rock bluff overlooking the W side of lower Amundsen Glacier, just N of Whitney Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains. Discovered in December 1929 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Laurence Gould.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard R. Robinson, station engineer with the McMurdo Station winter party, 1966.||
12750|Robinson Glacier|Glacier|663000S|1071600E|-66.5|107.2666667|||01/01/1955|A channel glacier flowing to the Antarctic coast between Merritt Island and Reist Rocks.  Mapped (1955) by G.D. Blodgett from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for R.P. Robinson, Purser's Steward of the ship Vincennes on the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) under Lieutenant Charles Wilkes, 1838-42.||
12751|Robinson Group|Island|672700S|0632700E|-67.45|63.45|||01/01/1947|Group of small islands extending 10 mi in an E-W direction, lying close NW of Cape Daly.  The group was observed by British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, 1931, who named it after W.S. Robinson of Melbourne, a patron of the expedition.  Essentially the same islands were observed in 1931 by the crew of the Norwegian whale catcher Thorgaut, who gave the name Thorgautoyane.  In concurrence with the recommendations by ANCA, the name Robinson has been assigned to the whole group and the name Thorgaut to the most conspicuous island.||
12752|Robinson Heights|Summit|712200S|1664000E|-71.3666667|166.6666667|2170|7119|01/01/1964|The mainly ice-covered heights (2,170 m), elliptical in plan and 15 mi long, which rise S of Anare Pass and form the NW end of the Admiralty Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy photography, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Edwin S. Robinson, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geophysicist at McMurdo Sound in 1960.  He participated in a number of geophysical traverses, including his leadership of the South Pole Station Traverse, 1962-63.||
12754|Robinson Peak|Summit|792300S|0835800W|-79.3833333|-83.9666667|2040|6693|01/01/1966|A sharp peak, 2,040 m, on the ridge E of Rennell Glacier, standing 7 mi S of Mount Virginia in the Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Willard E. Robinson, construction mechanic at Byrd Station in 1965.||
12756|Robinson Ridge|Ridge|662200S|1103600E|-66.3666667|110.6|||01/01/1956|Rocky coastal peninsula between Sparkes Bay and Penney Bay, at the E side of the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp on February 1947.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Frederick G. Robinson, USN, aerological officer with U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml which established astronomical control stations in the area in January 1948.||
12757|Robison Glacier|Glacier|862900S|1481200W|-86.4833333|-148.2|||01/01/1967|A broad tributary glacier flowing NW along the N side of La Gorce Mountains to enter Scott Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Layton E. Robison, pilot with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 during Operation Deep Freeze 1964, 1965 and 1966.||
12758|Robison Peak|Summit|771132S|1601527E|-77.192103|160.257564|2230|7316|01/01/1963|A snow-covered peak, 2,230 m, standing 3 mi NE of Mount Dearborn, near the N end of the Willett Range, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Leslie B. Robison, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) civil engineer who surveyed the peak, December 1960.||
12759|Robson Glacier|Glacier|770500S|1621100E|-77.0833333|162.1833333|||01/01/1964|Glacier about 3 mi long, which flows N from the Gonville and Caius Range along the E side of Red Ridge.  It merges with the general flow of ice toward Granite Harber southward of Redcliff Nunatak.  Named by the Western Journey Party, led by Taylor, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
12760|Cape Roca|Cape|604500S|0444900W|-60.75|-44.8166667|||01/01/1952|Cape, 2 mi NW of Cape Davidson at the W end of Laurie Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted in 1903 by the ScotNAE under Bruce, who named it for Julio A. Roca, President of Argentina, 1880-86 and 1898-1904.||
12764|Roca Islands|Island|651100S|0642700W|-65.1833333|-64.45|||01/01/1959|Group of small islands between Cruls Islands and Anagram Islands on the S side of French Passage in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for Julio A. Roca, President of Argentina, 1880-86 and 1898-1904.  The name was incorrectly applied to the Anagram Islands by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, but was reidentified with this group after further mapping by the British Naval Hydrographic Survey Unit in 1958.||
12769|Rocca Islands|Island|674700S|0684600W|-67.7833333|-68.7666667|||01/01/1964|A group of small islands and rocks 3 mi E of Avian Island, off the S end of Adelaide Island.  Discovered in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) and named by Charcot for Monsieur Rocca, an acquaintance in Punta Arenas.  Remapped by the British Royal Navy Hydrographic Survey Unit in 1963.||
12771|Roché Peak|Summit|540000S|0380200W|-54|-38.0333333|365|1197|01/01/1964|Conspicuous peak, 365 m, the highest feature on Bird Island, South Georgia, standing 1 mi W of the W tip of the island.  The name La Roche Strait, for the nearby strait between Bird Island and South Georgia, was used for many years but has now been replaced in usage by Bird Sound.  Roche Peak, given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960, preserves this early name in the area.  It appears likely that Antonio de la Roche, an English merchant, was the discoverer of South Georgia in 1675.||
12772|Rochray Glacier|Glacier|721100S|1011000W|-72.1833333|-101.1666667|||01/01/1960|Glacier about 5 mi long, located just E of Hendersin Knob on Thurston Island and flowing S to Abbot Ice Shelf in Peacock Sound.  First delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) Samuel Rochray, USN, helicopter pilot on USS Glacier in February 1960, who made several flights in which new parts of Thurston Island were discovered.||01/28/2004
12776|Rockefeller Mountains|Summit|780000S|1550000W|-78|-155|||01/01/1947|A group of low-lying, scattered granite peaks and ridges, almost entirely snow covered, standing 30 mi SSW of the Alexandra Mountains on Edward VII Peninsula.  Discovered by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) on Jan. 27, 1929, and named by Byrd for John D. Rockefeller, Jr., a patron of the expedition.||
12777|Rockefeller Plateau|Plain|800000S|1350000W|-80|-135|1500|4921||That portion of the interior ice plateau of Marie Byrd Land lying eastward of Shirase and Siple Coasts and southward of the Ford, Flood and Executive Committee Ranges, centering near the coordinates given above.  Much of its extensive, ice-covered surface is from 1,000 to 1,500 m above sea level.  Discovered by Rear Admiral Richard E. Byrd, in 1934, and named for John D. Rockefeller, Jr., patron of the Byrd expeditions.||
12778|Rockfall Cliff|Cliff|732600S|0933400W|-73.4333333|-93.5666667|||01/01/1963|A conspicuous rock cliff which marks the NW face of Mount Loweth, in the Jones Mountains.  Mapped by the University of Minnesota-Jones Mountains Party, 1960-61, and so named by them because the continual falling of rocks made examination of the area hazardous.||
12779|Rock Haven|Bay|604400S|0453500W|-60.7333333|-45.5833333|||01/01/1975|A small cove on the east coast of Signy Island, between Pageant Point and Gourlay Point on Gourlay Peninsula.  The cove provides a sheltered anchorage for small boats.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the prominent rock at the entrance.||
12780|Rockney Ridge|Ridge|750200S|1334500W|-75.0333333|-133.75|||01/01/1974|A rock ridge on the NE side of Mount Goorhigian in the Demas Range, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Vaughn D. Rockney, meteorologist at Byrd Station, 1968-69.||
12781|Rockpepper Bay|Bay|630800S|0554400W|-63.1333333|-55.7333333|||01/01/1963|Bay 3.5 mi wide at its entrance, lying E of Boreal Point along the N coast of Joinville Island.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1953-54.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because of the very many small islands and rocks in the bay.||
12782|Rock Pile Peaks|Range|682500S|0650900W|-68.4166667|-65.15|1110|3642|01/01/1953|A cluster of peaks rising to 1,110 m between Wilson Pass and Rock Pile Point on Bermel Peninsula (q.v.), Bowman Coast, Graham Land.  The peaks were photographed from the air by Sir Hubert Wilkins, 1928, and Lincoln Ellsworth, 1935, and were roughly mapped from the photographs by W.L.G. Joerg, 1937; further photographed from the air by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1940; surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1947.  The name Rock Pile Peaks was suggested by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1952.  It derives from Rock Pile Point, a name applied descriptively to Bermel Peninsula by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, but subsequently reapplied by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) to the E point of the peninsula.||
12783|Rock Pile Point|Cape|682500S|0645800W|-68.4166667|-64.9666667|||01/01/1965|The E point of Bermel Peninsula (q.v.) on the Bowman Coast, Graham Land.  This feature was photographed from the air and roughly positioned by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, which applied the descriptive name Rock Pile Point to the peninsula; the name was subsequently reapplied by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) to the E point as described.||
12785|Rocky Bay|Bay|542900S|0364000W|-54.4833333|-36.6666667|||01/01/1953|Small bay, with numerous rocks lying in the bay and at its entrance, situated immediately N of Ducloz Head along the S coast of South Georgia.  The presence of this bay seems to have been first noted in 1819 by Admiral Thaddeus Bellingshausen who roughly charted a small inlet in this approximate position.  The name was in use prior to 1930 and was probably applied by sealers and whalers working in the area.||
12787|Rocky Cove|Bay|621200S|0585600W|-62.2|-58.9333333||||A cove between Lapidary Point and Suffield Point, Maxwell Bay, King George Island.  Following surveys by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) from 1968, the feature was called "Bukhta Kamenistaya" (rocky bay).  The name has been approved in the translated form recommended by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1978.||
12799|Roderick Valley|Valley|833000S|0573000W|-83.5|-57.5|||01/01/1968|A large ice-filled valley trending in a north-south direction and separating Schmidt and Williams Hills from the main mass of Neptune Range, in the Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain David W. Roderick, USAF, pilot and second in command of the Electronic Test Unit in the Pensacola Mountains, 1957-58.||
12800|Mount Rodger|Summit|794200S|0833400W|-79.7|-83.5666667|1410|4626|01/01/1966|A sharp peak, 1,410 m, at the NW end of Collier Hills in the Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Rodger A. Brown, meteorologist at Little America V Station in 1958.||
12802|Rodman Cove|Bay|610700S|0552800W|-61.1166667|-55.4666667|||01/01/1972|A cove S of Cape Lindsey on the W coast of Elephant Island, South Shetland Islands.  Named for Benjamin Rodman of New Bedford, MA, owner of whaling ships operating from that port in the 1820s and 1830s.  The name was suggested by American geographer Lawrence Martin and has appeared in descriptions and charts of Elephant Island since about 1943.||
12803|Rodman Passage|Channel|655200S|0660000W|-65.8666667|-66|||01/01/1971|Passage between the S end of Renaud Island and Rabot Island, in the Biscoe Islands.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Hugh Rodman of the U.S. Hydrographic Office, author in 1890 of Reports of Ice and Ice Movements in the North Atlantic, a pioneer work on the subject.||
12808|Mount Roe|Summit|850800S|1693600W|-85.1333333|-169.6|||01/01/1966|A flattish, largely ice-covered mountain overlooking the W side of Liv Glacier.  It stands 1 mi NE of Mount Wells at the SE end of Prince Olav Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Donald W. Roe, Jr., of U.S. Navy Squadron VX-6, a member of the 1961 winter party at McMurdo Station and squadron safety officer in the 1962-63 season.||
12809|Roe Glacier|Glacier|853600S|1512600W|-85.6|-151.4333333|||01/01/1967|A tributary glacier, 10 mi long, flowing NW through the Tapley Mountains to enter Scott Glacier just S of Mount Durham. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Derrell M. Roe, a member of summer parties at McMurdo Station in 1963-64 and 1964-65 and station engineer with the McMurdo winter party in 1966.||
12810|Roe Island|Island|640000S|0605000W|-64|-60.8333333|||01/01/1960|An island lying in the entrance of Curtiss Bay, about 2 mi W of Cape Andreas, Graham Land.  Mapped from air photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys (1955-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Sir Alliott Verdon-Roe, English pioneer aircraft designer and aviator since 1908; founder of A.V. Roe and Co., Ltd. (later Saunders-Roe Ltd.).||
12811|Mount Roer|Summit|721800S|0002100E|-72.3|.35|2085|6840|01/01/1962|An isolated mountain, 2,085 m, standing 7 mi W of Fuglefjellet in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59). Named for Nils Roer, surveyor with the Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE).||
12814|Mount Rogers|Summit|803300S|0292600W|-80.55|-29.4333333|995|3264|01/01/1962|Mountain, 995 m, on the E side of Blaiklock Glacier between Williams Ridge and Wedge Ridge in the W part of the Shackleton Range.  First mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and named for Allan F. Rogers, medical officer and physiologist with the transpolar party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) in 1956-58.||
12815|Rogers Glacier|Glacier|695900S|0730400E|-69.9833333|73.0666667|||01/01/1956|A broad glacier entering the eastern side of Amery Ice Shelf close northward of McKaskle Hills.  Delineated in 1952 by John H. Roscoe from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47), and named by him for Lieutenant Commander William J. Rogers, Jr., USN, plane commander of one of the three air crews during Operation Highjump which took air photos of the coastal areas between 14 and 164 East longitude.||
12816|Rogers Head|Cliff|530000S|0732400E|-53|73.4|||01/01/1956|A conspicuous headland marking the N extremity of the peninsula between Atlas Cove and Corinthian Bay on the N coast of Heard Island.  Named for the Rogers family of New London, CT, including Captain Erasmus Darwin Rogers, who in 1855 made the first landing on Heard Island in the ship Corinthian, Captain James H. Rogers, master of the brig Zoe, and Henry Rogers, first mate of the Zoe, who in 1856 was leader of the first party to winter on the island.  The name appears on an early manuscript map compiled by American sealers.||
12817|Rogers Peak|Summit|792100S|0841400W|-79.35|-84.2333333|1520|4987|01/01/1966|A peak, 1,520 m, standing at the E side of the terminus of Rennell Glacier, in the Heritage Range.  Named by the University of Minnesota Geological Party to these mountains, 1963-64, for M. Alan Rogers, geologist to the Hart Hills and Whitmore Mountains areas, 1964-65.||
12818|Rogers Peaks|Range|721500S|0243100E|-72.25|24.5166667|||01/01/1966|Small group of peaks standing just SW of Dufek Mountain in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named for Lieutenant Commander William J. Rogers, Jr. USN, plane commander of one of the three aerial crews of U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp which flew photographic flights in this and other coastal areas between 14 and 164 East longitude.||
12819|Rogers Spur|Ridge|743000S|1112400W|-74.5|-111.4|||01/01/1967|A rocky, wedge-shaped spur located at the head of Brush Glacier on Bear Peninsula, Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land. First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in January 1947.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after James C. Rogers, electrical engineer at the Byrd (very low frequency) Sub-station, 1966.||
12821|Cape Roget|Cape|715900S|1703700E|-71.9833333|170.6166667|||01/01/1947|A steep rock cape at the S tip of Adare Peninsula, marking the N side of the entrance to Moubray Bay along the E coast of Victoria Land.  Discovered by Captain James Ross, 1841, who named it for Peter Mark Roget, noted English lexicographer who was Secretary of the Royal Society.  The cape is the site of an Emperor penguin rookery.||
12822|Roget Rocks|Island|642000S|0611000W|-64.3333333|-61.1666667|||01/01/1963|A small group of rocks 4 mi SW of Spring Point in Hughes Bay, Graham Land.  Surveyed by K.V. Blaiklock of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from the member of the committee which planned the expedition of the of English Words and Phrases Classified and Arranged so as to Facilitate the Expression of Ideas and Assist in Literary Composition.||04/12/2001
12823|Rogged Bay|Bay|545200S|0360700W|-54.8666667|-36.1166667|||01/01/1956|Small bay lying immediately N of Cape Disappointment, the S tip of South Georgia.  The name Rogged Bay, which was probably used by early sealers, was recorded by Arnaldo Faustini on a 1906 map and applied to a wider but less distinctive embayment in this vicinity.  Following its survey in 1951-52, the South Georgia Survey (SGS) reported that the small bay immediately N of Cape Disappointment required a name.  The existing name Rogged Bay was recommended, as limited to this small bay, by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954.||
12825|Rogstad Glacier|Glacier|722100S|0011900E|-72.35|1.3166667|||01/01/1966|A glacier flowing NW along the N side of Isingen Mountain, in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59).  Named for Egil Rogstad, chief radio operator with the Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE).||
12826|Röhss Bay|Bay|641200S|0581600W|-64.2|-58.2666667|||01/01/1952|Bay 11 mi wide, between Capes Broms and Obelisk on the SW side of James Ross Island.  Discovered by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold, and named by him for August and Wilhelm Rohss, patrons of the expedition.||
12832|Rojas Peak|Summit|644900S|0625500W|-64.8166667|-62.9166667|675|2215||A peak rising to c. 675 m in the center of Lemaire Island, Danco Coast, Graham Land.  Named "Cerro Rojas" by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition, 1950-51, after Sargento Angel Gustavo Rojas, who disappeared in a blizzard while returning from hydrographic work at Discovery Bay, Greenwich Island, Sept. 1, 1949.||
12836|Rokhlin Nunataks|Summit|721200S|0142800E|-72.2|14.4666667|||01/01/1970|Four nunataks standing 6 mi S of Linnormen Hills at the S extremity of the Payer Mountains, in Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and first plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1958-59; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after M.I. Rokhlin, a wintering over geologist who died in 1958.||
12838|Mount Roland|Summit|862900S|1454200W|-86.4833333|-145.7|2210|7251|01/01/1967|A mountain, 2,210 m, directly N of Mount Mooney on the N flank of Robison Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) Charles J. Roland, aircraft navigator with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 on Operation Deep Freeze 1966 and 1967.||
12839|Roland Bay|Bay|650400S|0640300W|-65.0666667|-64.05|||01/01/1952|Cove, the S shore of which is Herveou Point, indenting the W end of the peninsula that forms the W extremity of Booth Island, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for F. Roland, a seaman on the ship Francais.||
12841|Rolf Rock|Island|542200S|0361200W|-54.3666667|-36.2|||01/01/1956|Small isolated rock in Hound Bay, 1.5 mi SSE of Tijuca Point, off the N coast of South Georgia.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), following mapping by the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, after the Rolf, one of the vessels of the Compania Argentina de Pesca which participated in establishing the first permanent whaling station at Grytviken, South Georgia, in 1904.||
12843|Rollet Island|Island|650200S|0640300W|-65.0333333|-64.05|||01/01/1965|A small island 1 mi N of the NW part of Booth Island in the Dannebrog Islands.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under J.B. Charcot, who named it "Ile Rollet de l'Isle" for Monsieur Rollet de l'Isle, French hydrographic surveyor.  A shortened form of the original name has been adopted.||
12844|Romanes Beach|Beach|771614S|1662212E|-77.270426|166.369921|||01/01/1964|Beach on the N shore of Wohlschlag Bay just S of Harrison Bluff, on the W side of Ross Island.  Mapped by a party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1958-59, landed there by the USS Arneb.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) for W. Romanes, mountaineer assistant with the expedition.||
12846|Roman Four Promontory|Cliff|681300S|0665600W|-68.2166667|-66.9333333|830|2723|01/01/1950|Rocky promontory rising to 830 m, marking the N side of the entrance to Neny Fjord on the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill.  The name was given by members of East Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, whose base was located on nearby Stonington Island, and derives from snow-filled clefts along the face of the promontory giving the appearance of a Roman numeral IV.||
12848|Romeo Island|Island|622300S|0595500W|-62.3833333|-59.9166667|||01/01/1965|Island lying 3.5 mi SW of Table Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961 after the British sealing vessel Romeo, probably from London, which visited the South Shetland Islands in 1821-22, and moored in nearby Clothier Harbor in March 1822.||
12853|Romerof Head|Cliff|540300S|0375200W|-54.05|-37.8666667|||01/01/1956|Prominent headland with steep rock cliffs, forming the W side of the entrance to Schlieper Bay, on the S coast and near the W end of South Georgia.  The name, which probably was given by early whalers, dates back to at least 1912.||
12854|Romero Rock|Island|631900S|0575700W|-63.3166667|-57.95|||01/01/1964|A rock lying 0.1 mi W of Saavedra Rock in the Duroch Islands, Trinity Peninsula.  The Chilean Antarctic Expedition of 1947-48, under the command of Navy Captain Ernesto Gonzalez Navarrete, made a survey of this area and gave the name "Islote Astronomo Romero" after Astronomer of the Chilean Army Guillermo Romero Gonzalez who was a member of the expedition and did astronomical work in the Antarctic.  Around 1951 the name "Islote Romero" began to be used to avoid the compound name.  The present name, Romero Rock, has been in use since 1962.||
12855|Rømlingane Peaks|Range|721100S|0010800E|-72.1833333|1.1333333|||01/01/1966|A chain of peaks extending from the W side of Vendeholten Mountain, in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Romlingane (the fugitives).||
12856|Rømlingsletta Flat|Flat|721600S|0010700E|-72.2666667|1.1166667|||01/01/1966|An ice-covered, flattish area of about 40 square miles, lying northward of the foot of Isingen Mountain, in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Romlingsletta (the fugitive's plain).||
12857|Mount Romnaes|Summit|713100S|0240000E|-71.5166667|24|1500|4921|01/01/1952|Prominent isolated mountain rising to 1,500 m, standing 22 mi NW of Brattnipane Peaks and the main group of the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1946 from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named for Nils Romnaes, aerial photographer with this expedition.||
12860|Romulus Glacier|Glacier|682300S|0665500W|-68.3833333|-66.9166667|||01/01/1955|Glacier, 7 mi long and 2 mi wide, which flows from the N slopes of Mount Lupa westward to Rymill Bay between the Blackwall Mountains and Black Thumb, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Resurveyed in 1948-49 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who so named it for its association with Remus Glacier, whose head lies near the head of this glacier.||
12862|Ronald Hill|Summit|625900S|0603500W|-62.9833333|-60.5833333|105|344|01/01/1963|Rocky ice-free hill, 105 m, standing N of Kroner Lake in Deception Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted, photographed and named by Olaf Holtedahl of the Norwegian expedition 1927-28, after the floating factory S.S. Ronald, which belonged to the Hektor Whaling Co. and was anchored at Deception Island in 1911-12 and many later seasons.||
12863|Ronald Ridge|Ridge|793700S|0832000W|-79.6166667|-83.3333333|||01/01/1966|A narrow ridge, 5 mi long, located 1 mi W of Donald Ridge, which it resembles, in the Pioneer Heights, Heritage Range. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ronald C. Taylor, meteorologist at Little America V Station in 1957.||
12864|Ronald Rock|Summit|832000S|0492500W|-83.3333333|-49.4166667|1145|3757|01/01/1968|A prominent rock, 1,145 m, along the cliff next N of Skidmore Cliff, located E of Saratoga Table in the Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ronald D. Brown, aviation structural mechanic at Ellsworth Station, winter 1957.||
12865|Mount Ronca|Summit|823800S|1551500E|-82.6333333|155.25|2200|7218|01/01/1966|Mountain over 2,200 m, surmounting the S end of Quest Cliffs in the Geologists Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Luciano B. Ronca, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist at McMurdo Station, 1960-61.||
12866|Ronde Island|Island|664700S|1411500E|-66.7833333|141.25|||01/01/1956|Small rocky island close to the NE side of Zelee Glacier Tongue, 2.6 mi WNW of Rescape Islands.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1949-51 and so named by them because of its round shape.||
12867|Rongé Island|Island|644300S|0624100W|-64.7166667|-62.6833333|||01/01/1960|High, rugged island 5 mi long, the largest island of the group which forms the W side of Errera Channel, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache, who named it for Madame de Ronge, a contributor to the expedition.||
12868|Mount Ronne|Summit|773400S|1461000W|-77.5666667|-146.1666667|||01/01/1966|A prominent, flattish mountain which projects from the middle of the E side of the Haines Mountains, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  The mountain was probably first observed on aerial flights by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1928-30).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Martin Ronne who was sailmaker, ski instructor, dog-driver and ice pilot with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1928-30), and who had been a shipboard member of the Fram on Amundsen's expedition (1910-12).||
12870|Ronne Entrance|Bay|723000S|0740000W|-72.5|-74|||01/01/1947|Broad SW entrance of George VI Sound where it opens on Bellingshausen Sea at the SW side of Alexander Island. Discovered on a sledge journey through the sound in December 1940 by Finn Ronne and Carl Eklund of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, and named Ronne Bay.  Since 1940, the head of the bay has receded eastward into George VI Sound, altering the relationships on which the name was based.  The name was therefore changed to Ronne Entrance, in keeping with the physical characteristics of the feature.  Named after the Ronne family, of which the father, Martin Ronne, was a member of the Norwegian expedition under Amundsen, 1910-12, and the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30; the son, Finn Ronne (d.1980), was a member of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35, and the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Finn Ronne also served as leader of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and as military and scientific leader at Ellsworth Station during the IGY, 1957.||03/07/1997
12871|Ronne Ice Shelf|Glacier|783000S|0610000W|-78.5|-61|||01/01/1968|The larger and western of the two major ice shelves at the head of Weddell Sea.  It is bounded on the west by the base of Antarctic Peninsula and Ellsworth Land, and on the east by Berkner Island.  Commander Finn Ronne, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), leader of Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (1947-48), discovered and photographed a strip along the entire northern portion of this ice shelf in two aircraft flights in November and December 1947.  He named it "Lassiter Shelf Ice" and gave the name "Edith Ronne Land" to the land presumed to lie south of it. In 1957-58, the US-IGY party at Ellsworth Station, under now Captain Ronne, determined that the ice shelf was larger than previously charted, that it extends southward to preempt most of "Edith Ronne Land."  Inasmuch as Captain James Lassiter's name has been assigned to a coast of Palmer Land, the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) has approved the name Ronne Ice Shelf for this large ice shelf.  The recommendation is on the basis of first sighting and exploration of the ice shelf by Ronne and parties under his leadership. Named for Edith Ronne, wife of Captain Ronne, who made important contributions to the planning, organization, and operation of Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) and who served as observer at the Stonington Island base while Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) members were in the field.  (Filchner Ice Shelf lies between Berkner Island and Coats Land.)||
12872|Röntgen Peak|Summit|640200S|0621700W|-64.0333333|-62.2833333|||01/01/1960|Peak 1 mi SE of Cape Cockburn in the NE part of Pasteur Peninsula, Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Shown on an Argentine government chart in 1953, but not named. Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos in 1959.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Wilhelm K. von Rontgen (1845-1923), German physicist who discovered X-rays in 1895.||
12873|Rookery Bay|Bay|541600S|0362000W|-54.2666667|-36.3333333|||01/01/1965|Small bay lying between Lucas and Rookery Points on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1930 British Admiralty chart.||
12874|Rookery Islands|Island|673700S|0623100E|-67.6166667|62.5166667|||01/01/1965|Group of small islands and rocks in the SW part of Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and called Innerskjera (the inner skerries).  The islands were visited in 1954 and 1955 by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) and so renamed by them because an Adelie penguin rookery occupies the largest island in the group.||
12876|Rookery Point|Summit|541500S|0361900W|-54.25|-36.3166667|||01/01/1965|Point forming the E side of the entrance to Rookery Bay, on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1930 British Admiralty chart.||
12880|Roosevelt Island|Island|792500S|1620000W|-79.4166667|-162|550|1804|01/01/1947|An ice-covered island, about 80 mi long in a NW-SE direction and 40 mi wide, lying in the E part of the Ross Ice Shelf.  The N extremity of the island is 3 mi S of the Bay of Whales.  Its main topographic expression is a central ridge about 550 m above sea level.  Discovered by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) in 1934, and named by R. Admiral Richard E. Byrd for Franklin D. Roosevelt, then President of the United States.||
12882|Roos Glacier|Glacier|751700S|1105700W|-75.2833333|-110.95|||01/01/1976|A steep glacier that drains the NW slopes of Mount Murphy on Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after S. Edward Roos, oceanographer with the Byrd Antarctic Expeditions of 1928-30 and 1933-35.||
12883|Rootes Point|Summit|604100S|0453600W|-60.6833333|-45.6||||The N entrance point to Starfish Cove on the E side of Signy Island, South Orkney Islands.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1990 after David M. Rootes, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) marine assistant at Signy Station, 1977-79; Base Commander, summers 1981-84.||
12884|Mount Roots|Summit|542800S|0362400W|-54.4666667|-36.4|2160|7087|01/01/1956|Mainly snow-covered mountain in the Allardyce Range, South Georgia, standing near the head of Nordenskjold Glacier, 4 mi ESE of Mount Paget.  Its western peak rises to 2,280 m; its eastern peak to 2,160 m.  The mountain is a prominent feature and presumably was known to whalers and sealers in South Georgia at an early date.  It was roughly surveyed in the period 1925-30 by DI personnel, and resurveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for James W. Roots, a member of the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52.||
12885|Roots Heights|Summit|723700S|0002700E|-72.6166667|.45|||01/01/1966|Ice-free heights between Reece Valley and Skarsdalen Valley in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59).  Named for Ernest F. Roots, chief geologist with the Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE).||
12887|Mount Ropar|Summit|835800S|1602900E|-83.9666667|160.4833333|2420|7940|01/01/1966|A mountain, 2,420 m, at the E extremity of Canopy Cliffs in Queen Elizabeth Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Nicholas J. Ropar, Jr., Weather Central meteorologist at Little America V, 1958.||
12888|Ropebrake Pass|Gap|844500S|1732500W|-84.75|-173.4166667|||01/01/1966|A steep, narrow snow pass between the S end of Gabbro Hills and Mount Llano, permitting passage between the Barrett and Gough Glaciers.  So named by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1963-64) because of the large number of rope brakes used in its crossing.||
12889|Roper Point|Summit|761900S|1125400W|-76.3166667|-112.9|||01/01/1967|A largely ice-covered point, but with some rock exposures, at the W extremity of Mount Takahe, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Nathaniel A. Roper, aurora researcher at Byrd Station in 1963.||
12891|Cape Roquemaurel|Cape|633300S|0585600W|-63.55|-58.9333333|||01/01/1952|Prominent rocky headland at the E side of the entrance to Bone Bay, on the N side of Trinity Peninsula.  Discovered by a French expedition, 1837-40, under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville, and named by him for Lieutenant Louis de Roquemaurel, second-in-command of the expedition ship Astrolabe.||
12893|Mount Rorqual|Summit|653900S|0622000W|-65.65|-62.3333333|1110|3642|01/01/1976|A peak between Starbuck and Stubb Glaciers, 5 mi W of Mount Queequeg, on the E side of Graham Land.  The feature is rocky and precipitous, rises to 1,110 m and is separated from Cachalot Peak by a narrow ridge.  The name is one of a group in the area applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) that reflects a whaling theme, the Rorquals being a species of baleen whales.||
12894|Cape Rosa|Cape|541100S|0372500W|-54.1833333|-37.4166667|||01/01/1952|Cape marking the S side of the entrance to King Haakon Bay on the S coast of South Georgia.  The name first appears about 1920 on charts of South Georgia and has since become established by usage.||
12897|Rosamel Island|Island|633400S|0561700W|-63.5666667|-56.2833333|435|1427|01/01/1952|Circular island 1 mi in diameter with precipitous cliffs of volcanic rock rising to a snow-covered peak 435 m high, lying W of Dundee Island in the S entrance to Antarctic Sound. Discovered by the French expedition, 1837-40, under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville, and named by him for V. Admiral Claude de Rosamel, French Minister of Marine under whose orders the expedition sailed.||
12898|Rosa Rock|Island|631800S|0575400W|-63.3|-57.9|||01/01/1964|A small rock lying 0.1 mi W of Agurto Rock in the Duroch Islands, Trinity Peninsula.  Named by the second Chilean Antarctic Expedition, 1948, for Rosa Gonzalez de Claro, daughter of the President of Chile, Gabriel Gonzalez Videla.||
12899|Roscoe Glacier|Glacier|663000S|0952000E|-66.5|95.3333333|||01/01/1955|Channel glacier, 12 mi long and 3 to 5 mi wide, debouching from a small valley onto the W portion of Shackleton Ice Shelf, midway between Cape Moyes and Junction Corner.  Charted as a valley depression during a southern reconnaissance in March 1912 by F. Wild and other members of the Western Base Party of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson.  Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John H. Roscoe, geographer, author of Antarctic Bibliography (Washington, 1951), and scientific advisor to the director of United States Antarctic Programs.  Roscoe served as photogrammetrist with the central task group of U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and with U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml, 1947-48, and assisted the latter group in establishing astronomical control stations along Wilhelm II, Queen Mary, Knox and Budd Coasts.||
12900|Roscoe Promontory|Cliff|665200S|0642700W|-66.8666667|-64.45||||A massive ice-capped promontory between Aagaard Glacier and Mitterling Glacier on the N side of Mill Inlet, Foyn Coast, Graham Land.  The feature was photographed by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) and surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1987 after John H. Roscoe, photogrammetrist on U.S. Navy Operation Highjump, 1946-47, and Operation Windmill, 1947-48; author of Antarctic Bibliography, U.S. Naval Photographic Interpretation Center, Department of the Navy, 1951, and Antarctica, Regional Photo Interpretation Series, Department of the Air Force, 1953. The promontory is in proximity to several features named after Antarctic bibliographers.||
12901|Roscolyn Tor|Summit|764200S|1595000E|-76.7|159.8333333|||01/01/1965|A high sandstone feature about 1 mi SW of Warren Peak in the Allan Hills of Victoria Land.  Reconnoitered by the New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) Allan Hills Expedition (1964) who gave the name after a similar feature in Anglesey, Wales.||
12902|Mount Rose|Summit|664000S|1400100E|-66.6666667|140.0166667|22|72|01/01/1962|Rocky hill, 22 m, standing S of Mount Cervin on the E side of Petrel Island in the Geologie Archipelago.  Charted in 1951 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) and named by them for a summit in the Alps between Italy and Switzerland.||03/07/1997
12904|Rosenau Head|Cliff|702800S|1624600E|-70.4666667|162.7666667|||01/01/1970|A steep, ice-covered coastal headland located on the E side of Barber Glacier in the Bowers Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Darrell D. Rosenau, U.S. Navy (USN), electronics technician at the South Pole Station, 1965.||
12905|Rosenberg Glacier|Glacier|754400S|1323300W|-75.7333333|-132.55|||01/01/1974|A steep, heavily-crevassed glacier draining the W slopes of the Ames Range between Mount Kosciusko and Mount Boennighausen, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Theodore J. Rosenberg, ionospheric physicist at Siple Station, 1970-71.||
12906|Mount Rosenthal|Summit|800300S|0831500W|-80.05|-83.25|1840|6037|01/01/1966|A prominent mountain, 1,840 m, at the N end of Liberty Hills, in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Ronald Rosenthal, U.S. Navy (USN), navigator on LC-47 aircraft, who perished in a crash on the Ross Ice Shelf, Feb. 2, 1966.||
12907|Rosenthal Islands|Island|643600S|0641800W|-64.6|-64.3|||01/01/1963|Group of islands fringing the W coast of Anvers Island, 6 mi N of Cape Monaco, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the German expedition 1873-74, under Dallmann, and named by him for Albert Rosenthal, Director of the Society for Polar Navigation, who, with the society, sponsored the expedition.||03/07/1997
12908|Mount Rosenwald|Summit|850400S|1790600W|-85.0666667|-179.1|3450|11319||A spectacular mountain (3,450 m) which forms a distinctive landmark between the heads of Gallup and Baldwin Glaciers in the Queen Maud Mountains.  The mountain is entirely snow covered on the SW side but has nearly vertical exposed-rock cliffs on the NE side.  Discovered and photographed by R. Admiral Byrd on the South Pole Flight of November 1929.  Named by Byrd for Julius Rosenwald of Chicago, a contributor to the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) of 1928-30 and 1933-35.||
12909|Rose Peak|Summit|620200S|0581200W|-62.0333333|-58.2|655|2149|01/01/1960|Peak, 655 m, lying nearly 2 mi SW of Rea Peak and 3 mi NE of Ternyck Needle in the central part of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for the Enderby Brothers' cutter Rose, tender to the schooner 1833 or January 1834 the Rose was crushed in the pack ice in 6017S, 5326W; her crew was rescued by the Hopeful.||
12910|Rose Point|Summit|744500S|1364500W|-74.75|-136.75|||01/01/1974|A rocky point 1 mi E of Cape Burks on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Stephen D. Rose, First Officer of the Bear of Oakland on the first voyage to Bay of Whales (1933); Master of the Jacob Ruppert on its second voyage to Bay of Whales (1935), during the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35.||
12911|Rose Rock|Island|711729S|1701324E|-71.2913889|170.2233333|||01/01/1962|The southern of two rocks called The Sisters (q.v.), off the N extremity of Cape Adare.  The other rock pillar, Gertrude Rock (q.v.) disappeared between 2003 and 2006. The Sisters were named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1898-1900.  Rose Rock was named by Campbell, leader of the Northern Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, at the suggestion of Levick, after a favorite comic song which concerned two sisters named Rose and Gertrude. This description was revised 17 July 2007.||04/12/2001
12913|Rosita Harbor|Harbor|540100S|0372700W|-54.0166667|-37.45|||01/01/1956|Small bay lying 1 mi N of Camp Bay in the W side of the Bay of Isles, South Georgia.  The names Rosita Harbor and Allardyce Harbor were given for this bay in the period 1905-12, and both have since appeared on maps for this feature.  Following a survey of South Georgia in 1951-52, the South Georgia Survey (SGS) reported that the feature is known locally as Rosita Harbor, and this name is approved on that basis.  The name Allardyce is rejected as applied to this feature; the main mountain range at South Georgia is already named for William L. Allardyce.  Rosita Harbor is named after the Co., which started operating with the company in 1905, and which anchored in this bay.||
12914|Cape Ross|Cape|764400S|1630100E|-76.7333333|163.0166667|||01/01/1947|A granite headland 8 mi N of Cape Archer on the coast of Victoria Land.  First charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) which named this feature for Sir James Clark Ross, the discoverer of the Ross Sea and Victoria Land.||
12917|Rossa Point|Summit|655700S|0651400W|-65.95|-65.2333333|||01/01/1971|Point 2 mi NE of Ferin Head on the W coast of Graham Land. Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Anders Rossa, a Jokkmokk Lapp who, with Pava Tuorda, accompanied A.E. Nordenskjold to Greenland in 1883 and first demonstrated the possibilities of skis for polar travel.||
12918|Ross Archipelago|Island|773000S|1670000E|-77.5|167|||01/01/1967|A convenient name for that group of islands which, together with the ice shelf between them, forms the eastern and southern boundaries of McMurdo Sound.  The most northerly is Beaufort Island, then comes Ross Island, the Dellbridge Islands, and Black and White Islands.  Debenham's classic report, The Physiography of the Ross Archipelago, 1923, described "Brown Island" (now Brown Peninsula) as a part of the group.||
12921|Mount Rossel|Summit|723600S|0310200E|-72.6|31.0333333|2250|7382|01/01/1965|Mountain, 2,250 m, standing 3 mi SW of Mount Perov in the Belgica Mountains.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1957-58, under G. de Gerlache, who named it for Mlle. Marie-Therese Rossel, a patron of the expedition.||
12922|Rosser Ridge|Ridge|824600S|0533500W|-82.7666667|-53.5833333|||01/01/1968|A rock ridge, 4 mi long, marking the N limit of the Cordiner Peaks, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Earl W. Rosser, topographic engineer in the Pensacola Mountains, 1965-66.||
12923|Ross Glacier|Glacier|543300S|0360600W|-54.55|-36.1|||01/01/1952|Glacier 6 mi long, flowing E from the juncture of Allardyce and Salvesen Ranges to Little Moltke Harbor, Royal Bay, on the N coast of South Georgia.  First mapped by the German group of the International Polar Year Investigations, 1882-83, and named for Sir James Clark Ross.||
12925|Ross Ice Shelf|Glacier|813000S|1750000W|-81.5|-175|||01/01/1953|A vast ice shelf, almost entirely afloat, occupying the entire southern part of the Ross Sea embayment and ending seaward in a cliffed ice front about 400 miles long and ranging from 15 to 50 meters high.  Discovered on Jan. 28, 1841, by Captain James Clark Ross, for whom it is named.  Ross mapped the ice front eastward to 160W.||
12926|Rossini Point|Summit|722800S|0730900W|-72.4666667|-73.15|||01/01/1961|Snow-covered point on the S coast of Alexander Island, marking the SE side of the entrance to the embayment occupied by Bach Ice Shelf.  First seen and roughly mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Remapped in greater detail from air photos obtained by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Gioacchino Rossini (1792-1868), Italian composer.||
12927|Ross Island|Island|773000S|1680000E|-77.5|168|3795|12451|01/01/1947|An island lying on the E side of McMurdo Sound and extending 43 mi from Cape Bird on the N to Cape Armitage on the S, and a like distance from Cape Royds on the W to Cape Crozier on the east.  This island is entirely volcanic, Mount Erebus, 3,795 m, near the center, being an active volcano; and Mount Terror, 3,230 m, about 20 mi eastward, being an extinct volcano. Mount Bird rises to 1,765 m just S of Cape Bird.  This area was discovered by Sir James Clark Ross in 1841, but he thought it formed part of the mainland of Victoria Land.  Determined to be an island and named by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) for Sir James Clark Ross.||
12929|Mount Rossman|Summit|794700S|0824800W|-79.7833333|-82.8|1450|4757|01/01/1966|A prominent wedge-shaped, ice-free mountain, 1,450 m, located at the N end of the Enterprise Hills between Union and Henderson Glaciers, in the Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Rossman W. Smith, ionospheric physicist at Eights Station in 1965.||
12930|Ross Pass|Gap|543200S|0361500W|-54.5333333|-36.25|610|2001|01/01/1956|Narrow but well-defined pass between the SE end of the Allardyce Range and the NW end of the Salvesen Range in South Georgia.  The pass is 610 m high and provides a sledging route between Ross Glacier and Brogger Glacier.  It was first mapped in 1882-83 by the German group of the International Polar Year Investigations who referred to it as "Gletscher-Joch" (meaning glacier yoke).  The name Ross Pass, which derives from association with nearby Ross Glacier, was given by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) following their survey of 1951-52.||
12931|Ross Peaks|Range|604300S|0443200W|-60.7166667|-44.5333333|450|1476||A series of elevations rising to c. 450 m and trending NW-SE between Ferguslie Peninsula and Fitchie Bay in Laurie Island, South Orkney Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1987 after Alastair Ross, taxidermist on the ScotNAE, 1902-04, led by W.S. Bruce.||
12932|Ross Point|Summit|622100S|0590800W|-62.35|-59.1333333|||01/01/1953|Point on the SW side of Nelson Island, 2 mi SE of Harmony Cove, in the South Shetland Islands.  The point was charted by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1935.||
12933|Ross Sea|Sea|750000S|1750000W|-75|-175|||01/01/1947|A large embayment of the Pacific Ocean, extending deeply into Antarctica between Cape Adare on the west and Cape Colbeck on the east.  The sea is named for Captain James Clark Ross who discovered it in 1841.||
12935|Rostand Island|Island|664000S|1400100E|-66.6666667|140.0166667|||01/01/1962|Rocky island 0.2 mi long, 0.1 mi SE of Petrel Island in the Geologie Archipelago.  Charted in 1951 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) and named by them for Jean Rostand, noted French biologist.||
12936|Rotch Dome|Summit|623800S|0605300W|-62.6333333|-60.8833333|||01/01/1960|Undulating snow dome lying immediately E of Byers Peninsula, Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 for William Rotch (1734-1828), and his brother, Francis Rotch, American whaling merchants of Nantucket and New Bedford, pioneers of the southern whale fishery, whose vessels also inaugurated the Canton fur trade for sealers.||
12939|Mount Roth|Summit|843500S|1722200W|-84.5833333|-172.3666667|870|2854|01/01/1962|A rock peak (870 m) located 3 mi E of Mount Justman in the NE corner of Gabbro Hills, near the edge of the Ross Ice Shelf. Discovered and photographed by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1928-30) and named for Benjamin Roth, mechanic and U.S. Army representative on that expedition.||
12940|Rothera Point|Summit|673400S|0680800W|-67.5666667|-68.1333333|||01/01/1965|Point at the E side of the entrance to Ryder Bay, on the SE coast of Adelaide Island.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for John M. Rothera, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) surveyor at the Horseshoe Island station in 1957 and at Detaille Island in 1958.||
12943|Rothschild Island|Island|693600S|0723300W|-69.6|-72.55|||01/01/1947|Island 24 mi long, mainly ice covered but surmounted by prominent peaks of Desko Mountains, 5 mi W of the N part of Alexander Island in the N entrance to Wilkins Sound.  Sighted from a distance by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, and named by Charcot, after Edouard-Alphonse, Baron de Rothschild (1868-1949), head of the French branch of the Rothschild family and president of the Rothschild Brothers bank.  In subsequent exploration by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, the feature was believed to be a mountain connected to Alexander Island, but its insularity was reaffirmed by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, who photographed and roughly mapped the island from the air.  Mapped in detail from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960, and from U.S. satellite imagery taken in 1974.||
12944|Mount Rotoiti|Summit|824800S|1621400E|-82.8|162.2333333|2900|9514|01/01/1966|A peak, 2,900 m, standing 1 mi NE of Mount Pukaki in the Frigate Range.  Named by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for the New Zealand frigate, Rotoiti.||
12945|Mount Rotolante|Summit|833600S|1682500E|-83.6|168.4166667|2460|8071|01/01/1966|A mountain, 2,460 m, standing 6 mi NW of Mount Fox in Queen Alexandra Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ralph A. Rotolante, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at McMurdo Station, 1962.||
12947|Rotunda Glacier|Glacier|780008S|1613815E|-78.002331|161.637408|2410|7907||A tributary glacier flowing N between Ugolini Peak and La Count Mountain into upper Ferrar Glacier, Victoria Land.  The name Rotunda Glacier was used for this feature in the report "Tephra in Glacier Ice" by J.R. Keys, P.W. Anderton, and P.R. Kyle following the 1973-74 and 1974-75 seasons.  Named in association with the 2,410 m butte of the same name on the W side of the glacier.||
12948|Rotz Glacier|Glacier|691700S|0654300W|-69.2833333|-65.7166667|||01/01/1962|A tributary glacier 9 mi long and 2 mi wide.  It flows W from Wakefield Highland, central Antarctic Peninsula, into Airy Glacier at a point due S of Mount Timosthenes.  Photographed by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) on Nov. 27, 1947 (Trimetrogon air photography).  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in Dec. 1958 and Nov. 1960.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Jean Rotz, 16th century French chartmaker and writer on the principles of navigation, who designed an elaborate magnetic compass and became hydrographer to King Henry VIII in 1542.||
12949|Rouch Point|Summit|651000S|0641100W|-65.1666667|-64.1833333|||01/01/1971|Point forming the NW end of Petermann Island, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, and named by Charcot for Jules Rouch, sub-lieutenant of the meteorology, atmospheric electricity and oceanography on the expedition.||
12951|Rouen Mountains|Summit|691000S|0705300W|-69.1666667|-70.8833333|2800|9186|01/01/1961|Prominent mountain range, c. 2,800 m, extending 35 mi NW-SE from Mount Bayonne to Care Heights and Mount Cupola, in N Alexander Island.  First mapped by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under J.B. Charcot and named by him after the French city of Rouen.  Charcot indicated a break in these mountains S of Mount Paris, but air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, as interpreted by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) indicate that the mountains are continuous SE to Mount Cupola; partly surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1948; further delineated from U.S. satellite imagery of January 1974 and February 1975.||
12953|Mount Rouge|Summit|653700S|0634200W|-65.6166667|-63.7|||01/01/1965|A prominent mountain between Funk and Cadman Glaciers at the head of Beascochea Bay, on the W side of Graham Land. Discovered and named Massif Rouge (red mountain) by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, led by Charcot.||
12955|Rougier Hill|Summit|851000S|1743000W|-85.1666667|-174.5|||01/01/1966|An ice-free hill just E of LaPrade Valley in the N part of the Cumulus Hills, overlooking the S side of McGregor Glacier. Named by the Texas Tech Shackleton Glacier Expedition (1964-65) for Michael Rougier, staff photographer with Life Magazine who was seriously injured while climbing this hill with the expedition.||
12956|Roullin Point|Summit|650700S|0640100W|-65.1166667|-64.0166667|||01/01/1952|Point marking the S tip of Booth Island, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Probably first seen by the German expedition under Dallmann, 1873-74.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05 under Charcot, and named by him for Captain Roullin, French Navy.||
12958|Roundel Dome|Summit|653800S|0631500W|-65.6333333|-63.25|1770|5807|01/01/1964|A mainly snow-covered dome, with a small circular rock exposure at the summit, rising to 1,770 m on the E side of Bruce Plateau, between the heads of Crane and Flask Glaciers.  The feature is a useful landmark along a proven E-W route from Larsen Ice Shelf across Bruce Plateau, Graham Land.  The name, applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), is descriptive of the circular area of dark colored rock surrounded by the smooth snow-covered lower slopes of the dome, resembling the type of aircraft marking known as a roundel.||
12959|Round Hill|Summit|530400S|0733800E|-53.0666667|73.6333333|380|1247|01/01/1957|An ice-free, rounded hill (380 m) rising southward of Fairchild Beach and between Compton Glacier and Brown Glacier, on the NE side of Heard Island.  The feature is roughly mapped on the 1874 chart by the Challenger expedition.  It was surveyed and given this descriptive name by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1948.||
12960|Round Island|Island|655400S|0653300W|-65.9|-65.55|||01/01/1950|Island 0.5 mi long, lying 1 mi W of Hummock Island and 7 mi NW of Ferin Head, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered and named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill.||
12962|Round Mountain|Summit|774028S|1610614E|-77.67435|161.104021|2410|7907|01/01/1962|Mountain, 2,410 m, overlooking the N side of Taylor Glacier at the E side of the Inland Forts, in Victoria Land.  So named by Scott of the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) because of its outline.||
12963|Round Point|Summit|615600S|0582800W|-61.9333333|-58.4666667|||01/01/1952|Point 12 mi W of False Round Point on the N coast of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The descriptive name dates back to at least 1822 and is established in international usage.||
12964|Cape Rouse|Cape|674500S|0670900E|-67.75|67.15|||01/01/1947|Ice-covered cape 8 mi E of Murray Monolith on the coast of Mac. Robertson Land.  Discovered on Feb. 12, 1931 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, and named for Edgar J. Rouse of Sydney, who assisted the expedition with photographic equipment.||
12965|Rouse Islands|Island|673500S|0625700E|-67.5833333|62.95||||Small group of islands in the E part of Holme Bay, fringing the coast of Mac. Robertson Land close S of Welch Island. Discovered on Feb. 13, 1931, by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, who named them for E.J. Rouse of Sydney, who assisted the expedition with photographic equipment.||
12967|Route Point|Summit|604400S|0444900W|-60.7333333|-44.8166667|||01/01/1952|Rocky point marking the NW extremity of Laurie Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Discovered and named by Captain George Powell and Captain Nathaniel Palmer during their joint cruise in December 1821.||
12968|Cape Roux|Cape|640100S|0622800W|-64.0166667|-62.4666667|||01/01/1952|Cape marking the NW extremity of Pasteur Peninsula, northern Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for Emile Roux, noted French physician and bacteriologist, then Director of the Pasteur Institute, Paris.||
12969|Roux Island|Island|665400S|0665700W|-66.9|-66.95|||01/01/1960|Island 2 mi long, lying 0.5 mi N of Arrowsmith Peninsula at the W side of the entrance to Lallemand Fjord, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10, who named it for Jules Charles-Roux.||
12970|Røver Anchorage|Harbor|542700S|0032100E|-54.45|3.35|||01/01/1957|An open anchorage along the SW coast of Bouvetoya, approximately midway between Norvegia Point and Lars Island.  The anchorage was used in December 1927 by the Norvegia, the vessel of the Norwegian expedition under Captain Harald Horntvedt. They named it "Roverhullet," a name suggesting a place where only pirates would feel at home!||
12971|Rowe Bluff|Cliff|680100S|0653300W|-68.0166667|-65.55|1200|3937||A bluff rising to 1,200 m on the N side of Trail Inlet, Bowman Coast, 5 mi NE of Williamson Bluff.  The bluff was photographed from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth, Nov. 21, 1935, and was mapped from these photographs by W.L.G. Joerg.  It appears in subsequent American photographs from U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1940, and was surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1946-48.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 for Lieutenant Commander Gary L. Rowe, USCG, Engineer Officer on U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Burton Island, U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze, 1975.||
12973|Rowell Peak|Summit|713300S|1631900E|-71.55|163.3166667|1725|5659||The highest peak (1,725 m) on Reilly Ridge in the Lanterman Range, Bowers Mountains (q.v.).  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1983 after A.J. Rowell, geologist, a member of R.A. Cooper's New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) geological party to the area, 1981-82.||
12974|Rowe Point|Summit|623500S|0605400W|-62.5833333|-60.9|||01/01/1965|Point lying in Barclay Bay, 8 mi SSW of Cape Shirreff on the N coast of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961 for Captain Rowe, Master of the British sealing vessel Grace from Plymouth, who visited the South Shetland Islands in 1821-22.||
12975|Rowett Island|Island|611700S|0551300W|-61.2833333|-55.2166667|||01/01/1963|Rocky island 0.5 mi long, lying immediately off Cape Lookout, Elephant Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The island was known to both American and British sealers as early as 1822.  It was named by members of a British expedition under Shackleton, 1921-22, for John Q. Rowett, chief patron of the expedition.||
12976|Row Island|Island|663100S|1623800E|-66.5166667|162.6333333|||01/01/1947|A small island, less than 1 mi in diameter, which lies just off the SE end of Young Island in the Balleny Islands.  John Balleny assigned the name in 1839 to an island which he reported to be 10 mi N of Young Island, naming it for J. Row, one of the merchants who united with Charles Enderby in sending out the expedition.  Since the island reported by Balleny could not be found by other explorers in the vicinity, the name was assigned to this island discovered by the British ship Discovery II in 1936.||
12977|Rowland Glacier|Glacier|824600S|1631000E|-82.7666667|163.1666667|||01/01/1966|Glacier on the N side of the Frigate Range, flowing E into Lowery Glacier.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert W. Rowland, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciologist at South Pole Station, 1962-63 and 1963-64.||
12978|Rowles Glacier|Glacier|711700S|1673900E|-71.2833333|167.65|||01/01/1970|Tributary glacier over 20 mi long, flowing NW along the E side of Dunedin Range, Admiralty Mountains, to enter Dennistoun Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for D.S. Rowles of the New Zealand Department of Scientific and Industrial Research, a member of the Hallett Station party, 1964.||
12979|Rowley Corridor|Gap|712500S|0671500W|-71.4166667|-67.25|||01/01/1976|A north-south pass in the Batterbee Mountains that extends from Ryder Glacier to Conchie Glacier and separates Mount Ness and Mount Bagshawe from the peaks along the western edge of Palmer Land and George VI Sound.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for David N. Rowley, senior pilot with the British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1969-74.||
12980|Rowley Massif|Range|713500S|0615500W|-71.5833333|-61.9166667|||01/01/1976|A prominent mountain massif between the Haley and Cline Glaciers.  It surmounts the N side of the head of Odom Inlet on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after geologist Peter D. Rowley of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), a member of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geologic and mapping party to the Lassiter Coast, 1970-71, and leader of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) party to the area, 1972-73.||
12981|Mount Roy|Summit|723100S|1661500E|-72.5166667|166.25|2850|9350|01/01/1969|A mountain rising to 2,850 m on the S side of Benighted Pass, Barker Range, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Robert R. Roy, cook at Hallett Station in 1957.||
12983|Royal Bay|Bay|543200S|0360000W|-54.5333333|-36|||01/01/1952|Bay, 4 mi wide and indenting 5 mi, entered between Capes Charlotte and Harcourt along the N coast of South Georgia. Discovered and named by a British expedition under Cook in 1775. Surveyed by the German group of the International Polar Year Investigations under Schrader which was based on the N shore of the bay in 1882-83.||
12984|Mount Royalist|Summit|714700S|1683000E|-71.7833333|168.5|3640|11942|01/01/1967|A prominent mountain (3,640 m) standing 2 mi W of Mount Adam in the Admiralty Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, for its impressive appearance and also for the New Zealand cruiser HMNZS Royalist.  Several adjacent peaks are named for New Zealand ships.||
12986|Royal Society Range|Range|781000S|1624000E|-78.1666667|162.6666667|4025|13205|01/01/1947|A majestic range of mountains rising to 4,025 m along the W shore of McMurdo Sound between the Koettlitz, Skelton and Ferrar Glaciers.  The range was probably first seen by Ross in 1841.  It was explored by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) under Scott, who named the range after the Royal Society and applied names of its members to many of its peaks.  The Royal Society provided financial support to British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) and its members had assisted on the committee which organized the expedition.||
12987|Cape Royds|Cape|773236S|1660838E|-77.543357|166.143804|||01/01/1947|Dark rock cape forming the W extremity of Ross Island, facing on McMurdo Sound.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named for Lieutenant Charles W.R. Royds, Royal Navy (RN), who acted as meteorologist for the expedition.  Royds rose to become an Admiral and was later Commissioner of the Metropolitan Police, London.  This cape was the site of the expedition camp of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09.||
12988|Røysane Rocks|Summit|721900S|0231700E|-72.3166667|23.2833333|||01/01/1966|A group of rocks 4 mi SE of Mount Nils Larsen in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Roysane (the pile of stones).||
12990|Rozier Glacier|Glacier|644500S|0621300W|-64.75|-62.2166667|||01/01/1965|Glacier flowing into Wilhelmina Bay N of Sophie Cliff, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Jean-Francois Pilatre de Rozier (1756-1785), French technician who made the first human balloon ascent and (with the Marquis d'Arlande) the first balloon voyage, in 1783.||
12991|Rozo Point|Summit|650300S|0640300W|-65.05|-64.05|||01/01/1952|Point marking the NW end of Cholet Island, which lies close N of the NW part of Booth Island in the Wilhelm Archipelago. Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for M. Rozo, the cook on the ship Francais.||
12992|Rubeli Bluff|Cliff|702600S|0722700E|-70.4333333|72.45|||01/01/1971|A bluff on the N end of the Reinbolt Hills, at the E margin of Amery Ice Shelf.  A survey station was established on the feature during the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) tellurometer traverse from Larsemann Hills in 1968.  Named by ANCA for M.N. Rubeli, surveyor at Mawson Station, who was in charge of the traverse.||
12993|Rubey Glacier|Glacier|751100S|1370700W|-75.1833333|-137.1166667|||01/01/1974|Broad, heavily crevassed glacier flowing N to coalesce with the W side of Hull Glacier eastward of Mount Giles, near the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Ervin B. Rubey, U.S. Navy (USN), Commander of Antarctic Support Activities at McMurdo Station, summer 1969-70.||
12994|Mount Rubin|Summit|732500S|0654000E|-73.4166667|65.6666667|||01/01/1961|A large, gently domed mountain, with a long tail of moraine trending E, standing 16 mi WNW of Cumpston Massif in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Photographed from the air by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), 1956-58. Named by ANCA for American meteorologist Morton J. Rubin, U.S. Exchange Scientist to the Soviet Mirnyy Station during 1958; member of the U.S. Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names, 1973-74.||
12995|Mount Rubin de la Borbolla|Summit|750200S|1350300W|-75.0333333|-135.05|1090|3576|01/01/1974|An ice-covered mountain (1,090 m) in the SE extremity of McDonald Heights, overlooking Johnson Glacier from the W in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for George S. Rubin de la Borbolla, meteorologist at Plateau Station, 1968.||
12996|Rubner Peak|Summit|664400S|0655100W|-66.7333333|-65.85|||01/01/1965|The highest point on the sharp ridge separating McCance and Widdowson Glaciers, just S of Darbel Bay on the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) in 1956-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Max Rubner (1854-1932), German physiologist who made outstanding researches on human calorie requirements and the calorie value of foods.||
12997|Ruby Peak|Summit|541200S|0364000W|-54.2|-36.6666667|||01/01/1965|Peak rising on the E side of Olsen Valley to the SW of Jason Peak, South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1930 British Admiralty chart.||
12998|Mount Rucker|Summit|781100S|1623200E|-78.1833333|162.5333333|3815|12516|01/01/1947|Mountain, 3,815 m, immediately S of Johns Hopkins Ridge in the Royal Society Range of Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) which named it for Sir Arthur Rucker, Honorary Secretary of the Royal Society.||
12999|Rücker Ridge|Ridge|781200S|1625000E|-78.2|162.8333333|||01/01/1973|A high spur descending E from pointed Mount Rucker in Royal Society Range and forming the divide between Radian and Walcott Glaciers.  Named after Mount Rucker by the New Zealand Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1960-61.||
13000|Rucker Spur|Ridge|773100S|1463000W|-77.5166667|-146.5|||01/01/1966|A rock spur between Alexander Peak and Mount Ronne, on the E side of the Haines Mountains in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Joseph T. Rucker, photographer with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1928-30).||
13001|Rudder Point|Summit|564000S|0280800W|-56.6666667|-28.1333333|||01/01/1972|The high, rocky SE point of Leskov Island, South Sandwich Islands.  The name, applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971, refers to the resemblance of the feature to a large ruder in contradistinction to Bowsprit Point at the other end of the island.||
13002|Rude Spur|Ridge|772713S|1604956E|-77.453643|160.832203|||01/01/1976|A rock spur 2 mi NW of Mount Circe that descends from the plateau of Victoria Land toward Balham Lake and Balham Valley. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) oceanographer Jeffrey D. Rude who drowned in McMurdo Sound, Oct. 12, 1975, when the tracked vehicle he was driving broke through bay ice and sank in the vicinity of Erebus Glacier Tongue and Turtle Rock.||
13003|Rudmose Brown Peak|Summit|662200S|0510400E|-66.3666667|51.0666667|||01/01/1947|Peak 7 mi S of the coast and 8 mi SW of Mount Hurley. Discovered in January 1930 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31, under Mawson, who named this feature for Dr. R.N. Rudmose Brown, naturalist of the ScotNAE, 1902-04, member of the Scott Polar Research Committee, 1939-41, and author of numerous books and articles on Antarctica.||
13004|Rudmose Rocks|Island|604200S|0443500W|-60.7|-44.5833333|||01/01/1952|Group of rocks 0.3 mi NNW of Cape Geddes, off the N coast of Laurie Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted in 1903 by the ScotNAE under Bruce, who named them for R.N. Rudmose Brown, naturalist of the expedition.||
13005|Rudolph Glacier|Glacier|645400S|0622600W|-64.9|-62.4333333|||01/01/1965|Glacier flowing into Andvord Bay S of Moser Glacier, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Paul Rudolph, German mathematical optician who designed the first anastigmatic camera lens, introduced by Zeiss in 1889, and the "Tessar" lens, introduced by Zeiss in 1902.||
13006|Rudolph Glacier|Glacier|723200S|1675300E|-72.5333333|167.8833333|||01/01/1964|A large tributary glacier flowing N between Hackerman Ridge and McElroy Ridge to Trafalgar Glacier, in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Emanuel D. Rudolph, American botanist (1927-92), U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) project leader for lichenology studies at Hallett Station in three summer seasons, 1961-64; Director, Ohio State University's Institute of Polar Studies (now Byrd Polar Research Center), 1969-73; Chairman of the Botany Department, Ohio State University, 1978-87.||
13007|Rudolphy Point|Summit|645300S|0630700W|-64.8833333|-63.1166667||||The SW point of Bryde Island, Danco Coast, Graham Land. Named "Punta Rudolphy" by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition, 1950-51, after Captain Raul Rudolphy of the Chilean Navy, commander of the expedition transport ship Angamos.||
13009|Mount Ruegg|Summit|715100S|1701100E|-71.85|170.1833333|1870|6135|01/01/1966|The culminating peak (1,870 m) on the divide between DeAngelo Glacier and Moubray Glacier in the Admiralty Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) for Captain H. Ruegg, nautical advisor to the Marine Department of New Zealand, a visitor to the Ross Sea area in 1956.||
13010|Rugate Ridge|Ridge|650100S|0615600W|-65.0166667|-61.9333333|||01/01/1963|A high, east-trending ridge between Green and Evans Glaciers on the E side of Graham Land.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955. So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because many small ridges and spurs make up the feature ("rugate" means "ridgy").||
13012|Rugged Island|Island|623800S|0611500W|-62.6333333|-61.25|||01/01/1947|Island 3 mi long and 1 mi wide, lying W of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  This island was known to both American and British sealers as early as 1820, and the name has been well established in international usage for over 100 years.||
13014|Rugged Rocks|Island|623700S|0594800W|-62.6166667|-59.8|||01/01/1953|Small group of rocks at the W side of the S entrance to McFarlane Strait, lying just N of Renier Point, Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  These rocks were known to early sealers in the area and appear on Powell's map of 1822. They were recharted in 1935 by DI personnel on the Discovery II and given this descriptive name.||
13015|Rugg Peak|Summit|661900S|0652300W|-66.3166667|-65.3833333|||01/01/1965|Peak at the E side of Widmark Ice Piedmont southward of Crookes Peak, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Andrew Rugg-Gunn, English ophthalmic surgeon, who in 1934 brought together the relevant data on radiation and protective glasses to improve the design of snow goggles.||
13018|Mount Ruhnke|Summit|720500S|0033800E|-72.0833333|3.6333333|2535|8317|01/01/1970|A peak (2,535 m) in the NW part of Festninga Mountain in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  The name "Ruhnke-Berg" was applied in the general area by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, for Herbert Ruhnke, radio operator on the flying boat Passat used by this expedition.  The correlation of the name with this feature may be arbitrary but is recommended for the sake of international uniformity and historical continuity.||
13020|Mount Ruker|Summit|734000S|0643000E|-73.6666667|64.5|||01/01/1967|A large, dark mountain just SW of Mount Rubin in the southern Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from air photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956.  Named by ANCA for R.A. Ruker, geologist at Mawson Station, 1960.||
13021|Mount Rukhin|Summit|713500S|0150700E|-71.5833333|15.1166667|1740|5709|01/01/1970|A small mountain, 1,740 m, standing 9 mi SW of Ekho Mountain in the Lomonosov Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1958-59; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after L.B. Rukhin, professor at Leningrad State University, who died in 1959.||
13023|Rullman Peak|Summit|791300S|0843200W|-79.2166667|-84.5333333|1910|6266|01/01/1966|A peak, 1,910 m, located just S of Grimes Glacier in the Anderson Massif, Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Chief Equipment Operator Gerald D. Rullman, USN, direct supervisor of the crew that first pierced the Ross Ice Shelf at 160 ft during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1966.  The drilling was accomplished near the Dailey Islands.||
13024|Rumbler Rock|Island|644700S|0641300W|-64.7833333|-64.2166667|||01/01/1965|Rock lying 3.5 mi W of Bonaparte Point, off the SW coast of Anvers Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  Surveyed by the British Naval Hydrographic Survey Unit in 1956-57.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because with the prevailing heavy SW swell, the noise of seas breaking over the rock may be heard well clear of the danger.||
13026|Rumbolds Point|Summit|545200S|0360000W|-54.8666667|-36|||01/01/1953|Point which marks the E side of the entrance to Doubtful Bay at the SE end of South Georgia.  The name appears on a chart based upon surveys of this area in 1930 by DI personnel, but may reflect an earlier naming.||
13027|Rum Cove|Bay|640600S|0582500W|-64.1|-58.4166667||||A cove indenting the NW coast of James Ross Island between Tumbledown Cliffs and Cape Obelisk.  Named in 1983 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with the names of other alcoholic spirits on this coast.||
13028|Rumdoodle Peak|Summit|674600S|0625000E|-67.7666667|62.8333333|||01/01/1965|Prominent peak 1 mi SW of Painted Peak in the North Masson Range, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  The name is associated with "Rumdoodle Air Strip," which the peak overlooks.  Rumdoodle was the name of a fictional mountain in a novel Ascent of Rumdoodle by W.E. Bowman, and since 1960 has been used locally by Mawson Station personnel for the air strip.||
13029|Mount Rummage|Summit|802900S|1561200E|-80.4833333|156.2|1510|4954|01/01/1965|A conical, bare rock mountain, 1,510 m, at the W side of Ramseier Glacier.  It is the westernmost mountain along the N wall of Byrd Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Chief Laurence A. Rummage, QMCM, USN, who took part in Christchurch transport and schedule operations for U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1965.||
13030|Rumpa Island|Island|690800S|0392600E|-69.1333333|39.4333333|||01/01/1968|An island in the E part of Lutzow-Holm Bay, 5 mi NW of Langhovde-kita Point.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Rumpa (the rump).||
13031|Rum Pond|Basin|765400S|1610700E|-76.9|161.1166667|||01/01/1993|The larger and eastern of two closely spaced frozen ponds in the floor of Alatna Valley, Convoy Range, in Victoria Land. The name is one of a group in Convoy Range reflecting a nautical theme.  Named after this traditional naval beverage by a 1989-90 New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) field party.||
13032|Runaway Hills|Range|731900S|1633300E|-73.3166667|163.55|||01/01/1968|A cluster of hills forming the NW extremity of Arrowhead Range in the Southern Cross Mountains, Victoria Land.  So named by the southern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1966-67, because both of their motor toboggans went out of control here, when going down hill.||
13033|Runaway Island|Island|681200S|0670700W|-68.2|-67.1166667|||01/01/1963|Rocky island 0.7 mi W of the W tip of Neny Island and 0.2 mi NW of Surf Rock, lying in Marguerite Bay off the W coast of Graham Land.  The island was roughly charted in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), and was surveyed in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  So named by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) because a runaway dog team left this island and returned to base.||
13035|Runciman Rock|Island|651500S|0641700W|-65.25|-64.2833333|||01/01/1950|Rock marked by breakers, lying 0.1 mi E of Black Island at the SE approach to Black Island Channel in the Argentine Islands. Charted in 1935 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, who named it for Philip Runciman, Chairman of the Board of Directors of Whites Southhampton Yachtbuilding and Engineering Company Limited, where the ship Penola was refitted before sailing south in 1934.||
13036|Runcorn Glacier|Glacier|720300S|0624200W|-72.05|-62.7||||A glacier to the W of Hess Mountains, flowing SE to join Beaumont Glacier near the head of Hilton Inlet, Black Coast, Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from aerial photographs taken by the U.S. Navy, 1966-69.  Surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1972-73.  In association with the names of continental drift scientists grouped in this area, named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1978 after Stanley K. Runcorn, English geophysicist, Professor of Physics, University of Newcastle, from 1963.||
13038|Rund Bay|Bay|670200S|0571500E|-67.0333333|57.25|||01/01/1947|Small bay indenting the S shore of Edward VIII Bay immediately E of Kvarsnes Foreland.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, who named it Rundvika (round bay).||
13039|Rundle Peaks|Range|804400S|1571200E|-80.7333333|157.2|||01/01/1965|A cluster of mainly ice-covered peaks at the S side of Byrd Glacier, just E of Sefton Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Arthur S. Rundle, a member of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) parties which made glaciological and geophysical studies on the Ross Ice Shelf, 1961-62 and 1962-63.||
13042|Rundvåg Bay|Bay|695000S|0390400E|-69.8333333|39.0666667|||01/01/1968|A rounded embayment, the S part of which is occupied by a glacier tongue, indenting the SE shore of Lutzow-Holm Bay just W of Rundvags Hills.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Rundvag (round bay).||
13043|Rundvågs Head|Cliff|695300S|0390000E|-69.8833333|39|160|525|01/01/1966|A rock headland rising to 160 m at the SW margin of Rundvag Bay, on the SE coast of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Rundvagshetta (the round bay cap) for its proximity to Rundvag Bay.||
13045|Rundvågs Hills|Range|695000S|0390900E|-69.8333333|39.15|||01/01/1966|Bare rock hills that rise just E of Rundvag Bay on the SE shore of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Rundvagskollane (the round bay hills) for their proximity to Rundvag Bay.||
13047|Runnelstone Rock|Island|654700S|0652000W|-65.7833333|-65.3333333|||01/01/1950|Rock lying at the SW end of Grandidier Channel, 3 mi NW of Larrouy Island and 16 mi WSW of Cape Garcia, Graham Land. Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) in 1935-36 and named after the Runnelstone off Land's End, Cornwall, England.||
13048|Runyon Rock|Summit|765600S|1163300W|-76.9333333|-116.55|||01/01/1975|A prominent rock along the northern side of Boyd Ridge, in the Crary Mountains, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William E. Runyon, U.S. Navy (USN), construction electrician at the South Pole Station in 1969 and 1974.||
13049|Ruotolo Peak|Summit|860400S|1480600W|-86.0666667|-148.1|2490|8169|01/01/1967|A peak, 2,490 m, surmounting the N side of Griffith Glacier, close W of the California Plateau and Watson Escarpment. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Anthony P. Ruotolo, aircraft pilot with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 on Operation Deep Freeze 1966 and 1967.||
13050|Ruppert Coast|Beach|754500S|1410000W|-75.75|-141|||01/01/1966|That portion of the coast of Marie Byrd Land between Brennan Point and Cape Burks.  Named by R. Admiral Byrd for Col. Jacob Ruppert of New York, a supporter of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1933-35) that made the first aerial reconnaissance flight along this coast.  The U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) completely mapped the coast from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.||
13051|Mount Rusanov|Summit|713200S|0193800E|-71.5333333|19.6333333|||01/01/1971|An isolated mountain lying N of the Russkiye Mountains, about 35 mi NE of Zhelannaya Mountain, in Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norsk Polarinstitutt from air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1958-59. Also mapped in 1959 by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), and named for Russian geologist and polar explorer V.A. Rusanov.||
13053|Ruseski Buttress|Cliff|852900S|1242300W|-85.4833333|-124.3833333|||01/01/1962|A projecting buttress rock or spur, forming the S portal to Perkins Canyon along the N side of the Wisconsin Range, Horlick Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1959-60.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Peter P. Ruseski (MC) USN, of the Byrd Station winter party, 1958.||
13054|Rush Glacier|Glacier|642300S|0623700W|-64.3833333|-62.6166667|||01/01/1960|Glacier 4 mi long in southern Brabant Island, flowing W from the Solvay Mountains into Dallmann Bay between Fleming and Humann Points, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Shown on an Argentine government chart in 1953, but not named.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos in 1959.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Benjamin Rush (1745-1813), first great American physician and philanthropist, author of works on insanity and fevers, and one of the signers of the Declaration of Independence.||
13055|Cape Russell|Cape|745400S|1635400E|-74.9|163.9|||01/01/1968|A rock cape in Terra Nova Bay along the coast of Victoria Land, forming the S extremity of the Northern Foothills.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander R.E. Russell, USN, officer in charge of the helicopter unit aboard the icebreaker Glacier in this area during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1958-59.||
13056|Mount Russell|Summit|861700S|1490800W|-86.2833333|-149.1333333|2280|7480|01/01/1947|A mountain, 2,280 m, standing on the E flank of Scott Glacier just S of the mouth of Howe Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered in December 1934 by the geological party of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35, and named for Richard S. Russell, Jr., one of the members of that party, and his father, Richard S. Russell, Sr., a supporter of the Byrd Antarctic expeditions.||
13057|Russell Bay|Bay|732700S|1235400W|-73.45|-123.9|||01/01/1967|A rather open bay in southwestern Amundsen Sea, extending along the N sides of Siple Island, Getz Ice Shelf and Carney Island, from Pranke Island to Cape Gates.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Admiral James S. Russell, U.S. Navy (USN), Vice Chief of Naval Operations during the post 1957-58 IGY period.||
13058|Russell Bluff|Cliff|822100S|1610600E|-82.35|161.1|||01/01/1966|An ice-free bluff at the E side of the mouth of Errant Glacier, at the juncture with Nimrod Glacier.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John Russell, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) traverse specialist at McMurdo Sound, 1959.||
13059|Russell East Glacier|Glacier|634400S|0582000W|-63.7333333|-58.3333333|||01/01/1963|Glacier, 6 mi long and 3 mi wide, which lies at the N end of Detroit Plateau and flows from Mount Canicula eastward into Prince Gustav Channel on the S side of Trinity Peninsula.  This glacier together with Russell West Glacier, which flows westward into Bone Bay on the N side of Trinity Peninsula, form a through glacier across the N part of Antarctic Peninsula.  It was first surveyed in 1946 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for V.I. Russell, surveyor and leader of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) base at Hope Bay in 1946.||
13060|Russell Nunatak|Summit|674700S|0631900E|-67.7833333|63.3166667|||01/01/1961|Solitary rounded nunatak 10 mi E of the Masson Range and 7 mi SE of Mount Henderson.  Discovered in December 1954 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by R. Dovers and named by ANCA for John Russell, engineer at Mawson Station, 1954.||
13063|Russell West Glacier|Glacier|634000S|0585000W|-63.6666667|-58.8333333|||01/01/1963|Glacier, 11 mi long and 4 mi wide, which lies immediately N of Detroit Plateau and flows from Mount Canicula westward into Bone Bay on the N side of Trinity Peninsula.  This glacier together with Russell East Glacier, which flows eastward into Prince Gustav Channel on the S side of Trinity Peninsula, form a through glacier across the N part of Antarctic Peninsula.  It was first surveyed in 1946 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for V.I. Russell, surveyor and leader of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) base at Hope Bay in 1946.||
13064|Russet Hills|Range|722700S|1634700E|-72.45|163.7833333||||A line of hills trending E-W for 3.5 mi and forming the southern ridge of Gallipoli Heights in the Freyberg Mountains. Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) on the proposal of P.J. Oliver, New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) geologist who studied the hills, 1981-82.  Named descriptively from the red-colored ignimbrite rock of this feature.||
13065|Russet Pikes|Summit|674900S|0670800W|-67.8166667|-67.1333333|||01/01/1960|Peaks just E of the mouth of Gaul Cove on Horseshoe Island. Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955-57.  The name is descriptive; reddish-brown color is visible on the feature most of the year, the slopes being too steep to retain snow cover for any length of time.||
13066|Russian Gap|Gap|691100S|0711300W|-69.1833333|-71.2166667|||01/01/1961|Gap extending in a N-S direction between the Havre Mountains and Rouen Mountains, in the N part of Alexander Island. The N coast of Alexander Island was first sketched from a great distance in 1821 by the Russian expedition under Bellingshausen and this gap apparently represented by one of two open spaces between three high features.  The gap was mapped in detail from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for the Russian group which observed this area in 1821.||
13067|Russkiye Mountains|Summit|721000S|0180000E|-72.1666667|18|||01/01/1971|A widely-scattered group of mountains and nunataks between the Hoel Mountains and Sor Rondane Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  The group was mapped from air photos taken by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) Dec. 1958-Jan. 1959.  The group was observed the same season by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), apparently after the landing at Lazarev Station in March 1959, and named Gory Russkiye (Russian Mountains).||
13068|Rustad Bay|Bay|543000S|0370500W|-54.5|-37.0833333|||01/01/1963|Small bay indenting the SW side of Annenkov Island, off the S coast of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Ditlef Rustad, biologist of the Norwegian expedition under Horntvedt, 1927-28, during which he visited and made collections on Annenkov Island.||
13070|Rustad Knoll|Summit|542800S|0032300E|-54.4666667|3.3833333|365|1197|01/01/1957|A rounded, snow-topped elevation (365 m) which surmounts the S shore of Bouvetoya immediately E of Cato Point.  First charted in 1898 by a German expedition under Karl Chun.  The knoll was recharted in December 1927 by the Norvegia expedition under Captain Harald Horntvedt.  They named it for Ditlef Rustad who was in charge of the biological research of the expedition.||
13072|Rust Bluff|Cliff|825600S|1574200E|-82.9333333|157.7|||01/01/1972|A small bluff or promontory on the E side of Miller Range, overlooking Marsh Glacier 5 mi S of Corner Nunatak.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Izak C. Rust, professor of geology, University of Port Elizabeth, South Africa.  Rust was international exchange scientist with the Ohio State University Geological Expedition, 1969-70, and with John Gunner collected geological samples at this bluff.||
13074|Rusty Bluff|Cliff|604400S|0453700W|-60.7333333|-45.6166667|225|738|01/01/1956|Prominent cliffs rising to a rounded summit, 225 m, on the W side of Paal Harbor on Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Surveyed in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  The name, given by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), was suggested by the color of the bluff and by a rusty iron post found on the summit.||
13077|Rutford Ice Stream|Stream|790000S|0810000W|-79|-81|||01/01/1966|A major ice stream, about 180 mi long and over 15 mi wide, which drains southeastward between the Ellsworth Mountains and Fletcher Ice Rise into the southwest part of Ronne Ice Shelf. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for geologist Robert H. Rutford, a member of several U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) expeditions to Antarctica; leader of the University of Minnesota Ellsworth Mountains Party, 1963-64.  Rutford served as Director of the Division of Polar Programs, National Science Foundation, 1975-77.||
13078|Rutgers Glacier|Glacier|781400S|1615500E|-78.2333333|161.9166667|||01/01/1963|A steep glacier in the Royal Society Range, descending SW from Johns Hopkins Ridge and Mount Rucker to enter the Skelton Glacier.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and Navy air photos.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Rutgers University, New Brunswick, New Jersey, which has sent researchers to Antarctica, and in association with Johns Hopkins Ridge and Carleton Glacier.||
13080|Mount Ruth|Summit|861800S|1514500W|-86.3|-151.75|2170|7119|01/01/1966|A ridge-shaped mountain, 2,170 m, standing 3 mi W of Mount Gardiner, at the SE side of the lower reaches of Bartlett Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn, and named at that time by R. Admiral Byrd for Ruth Black, deceased wife of Richard B. Black, expedition member who assisted with seismic, survey, and radio operations in the vicinity of Little America II.||
13083|Mount Ruth Gade|Summit|853700S|1644000W|-85.6166667|-164.6666667|3515|11532|01/01/1947|A pyramidal mountain, 3,515 m, standing 3 mi NE of Mount Wedel-Jarlsberg in the Quarles Range, Queen Maud Mountains. Discovered in November 1911, by Capt. Roald Amundsen who named it for Ruth Sibley Gade, wife of the Norwegian American architect John Allyne Gade (brother of Fredrik Herman Gade). Armundsen was a guest of the Gades in New York before his expedition. Mr Gade made a substantial contribution to Armundsen's expedition.||11/18/2014
13084|Ruth Ridge|Ridge|643900S|0604800W|-64.65|-60.8|||01/01/1952|Black, rocky ridge 1.5 mi long in a N-S direction, terminating at its S end in a small peak.  The ridge forms the S end of Detroit Plateau and marks a change in the direction of the plateau escarpment along the E coast of Graham Land where it turns W to form the N wall of Drygalski Glacier.  Dr. Otto Nordenskjold, leader of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, gave the name Cape Ruth, in honor of his sister, to what appeared to be a cape at the N side of Drygalski Glacier.  The feature was determined to be a ridge in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).||
13086|Ruthven Bluff|Cliff|823400S|0425400W|-82.5666667|-42.9|||01/01/1968|Large rock bluff 1 mi S of Sosa Bluff in the Schneider Hills portion of the Argentina Range, Pensacola Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard W. Ruthven, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) surveyor who visited the bluff in the 1965-66 season.||
13087|Rutkowski Glacier|Glacier|851100S|1662100E|-85.1833333|166.35|||01/01/1966|A glacier which drains the northern part of the Dominion Range icecap eastward of Mount Mills.  It descends northeastward into Meyer Desert where it terminates without reaching Beardmore Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard L. Rutkowski, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at the South Pole Station, 1962.||
13088|Ruvungane Peaks|Range|725400S|0032800W|-72.9|-3.4666667|||01/01/1966|A group of small peaks just N of Ryvingen Peak in the S part of the Borg Massif in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Ruvungane.||
13090|Ryan Glacier|Glacier|540300S|0373600W|-54.05|-37.6|||01/01/1963|Glacier, 2 mi long, flowing W to the head of Ice Fjord, South Georgia.  The German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1911-12) named this glacier for Dr. Albrecht Penck, though an incorrect spelling "Penk" appeared on published maps.  A number of significant Antarctic features, including a glacier, are named for Albrecht Penck.  To avoid confusion of these names the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) recommended in 1957 that this feature be renamed.  Ryan Glacier is named for Alfredo R.L. Ryan, president since 1946 of the Compania Argentina de Pesca, which operated the whaling station at Grytviken.||
13091|Ryan Peak|Summit|675200S|0671200W|-67.8666667|-67.2|||01/01/1960|A peak 1 mi E of Penitent Peak on Horseshoe Island. Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955-57.  Named for Francis B. Ryan of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), meteorologist at Horseshoe Island in 1956, who broke a leg in a climbing accident on this peak.||
13092|Ryan Reef|Bar|542600S|0360700W|-54.4333333|-36.1166667|||01/01/1956|Isolated reef lying off the N coast of South Georgia, 0.5 mi N of the E entrance point of Doris Bay.  The reef appears on a chart based upon surveys by DI personnel in the period 1925-31, but it may have been charted earlier.  It was named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), following a survey by the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, for Alfredo R.L. Ryan, president of the Compania Argentina de Pesca, which operated the whaling station at Grytviken, South Georgia.||
13094|Rydberg Peninsula|Cape|731000S|0794500W|-73.1666667|-79.75|||01/01/1968|A broad ice-covered peninsula, 30 mi long, between Fladerer Bay and Carroll Inlet, Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Sven Rydberg, commander of U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) Eltanin on Antarctic cruises, February 1962 to June 1963.||
13095|Rydelek Icefalls|Glacier|742700S|1135400W|-74.45|-113.9||||An area of icefalls between Smythe Shoulder and Coyer Point on the E side of Martin Peninsula, Walgreen Coast, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1959-67, and Landsat imagery, 1972-73.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 after Paul Rydelek, geophysicist, University of California, Los Angeles, a member of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) winter party at South Pole Station, 1974.||
13096|Mount Ryder|Summit|665700S|0521500E|-66.95|52.25|||01/01/1965|Mountain between Harvey Nunataks and Mount Keyser, in the E part of the Tula Mountains in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956 and 1957.  Named by ANCA for B.P. Ryder, radio officer at Mawson Station in 1961.||
13097|Ryder Bay|Bay|673400S|0682000W|-67.5666667|-68.3333333|||01/01/1956|Bay 6 mi wide at its mouth and indenting 4 mi, lying 5 mi E of Mount Gaudry on the SE coast of Adelaide Island.  The Leonie Islands lie across the mouth of this bay.  Discovered and first surveyed in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot.  Resurveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, and in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  The bay is named for Lisle C.D. Ryder, second mate on the Penola during the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37.||
13098|Ryder Glacier|Glacier|710700S|0672000W|-71.1166667|-67.3333333|||01/01/1955|Gently sloping glacier, 13 mi long and wide, flowing W from the Dyer Plateau of Palmer Land into George VI Sound to the S of Gurney Point.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954 for Captain Robert E.D. Ryder, Royal Navy (RN), who as Lieutenant, was commander of the Penola during the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37.||
13099|Ryge Rocks|Island|634000S|0600000W|-63.6666667|-60|||01/01/1960|Group of rocks lying E of Oluf Rocks, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Photographed by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) in 1955-57 and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for J.C. Ryge, Danish master of the freighter Oluf Sven, chartered by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE), 1955-57.||04/12/2001
13100|Cape Rymill|Cape|693000S|0622500W|-69.5|-62.4166667|||01/01/1947|A steep, metamorphic rock cliff standing opposite the central part of Hearst Island and jutting out from the icecap along the E coast of Palmer Land.  Named for John Rymill by members of the East Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) who charted this coast by land and from the air in 1940. Rymill was the leader of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), and in 1936 sledged eastward across Antarctic Peninsula to 6945S, 6328W.||
13102|Mount Rymill|Summit|730300S|0655000E|-73.05|65.8333333|||01/01/1961|A fairly massive mountain with an undulating surface marked by extensive formation of stone polygons, standing 6 mi W of Mount Stinear in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Photographed from the air by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), 1956-58.  Named by ANCA for John R. Rymill, leader of the British Graham Land Expedition, 1934-37.||
13103|Rymill Bay|Bay|682400S|0670500W|-68.4|-67.0833333|||01/01/1955|Bay, 9 mi wide at its mouth and indenting 5 mi, entered between Red Rock Ridge and Bertrand Ice Piedmont along the W coast of Graham Land.  Probably first seen from a distance by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot in 1909.  The bay was first surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), and was resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  The name, proposed by members of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), is for John R. Rymill, Australian leader of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37.||
13104|Rymill Coast|Beach|710000S|0673000W|-71|-67.5||||That portion of the W coast of Antarctic Peninsula between Cape Jeremy and Buttress Nunataks.  Partially photographed from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth, November 23, 1935; further photographed from the air and surveyed by British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) in October-November 1936; further surveyed by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1940, and by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1948-50; additional aerial photography by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947, and U.S. Navy, 1966.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1985 after John R. Rymill (1905-68), Australian leader of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37.||
13106|Ryrie Rock|Island|670300S|0612700E|-67.05|61.45|||01/01/1947|An isolated rock off the coast, 11 mi NE of Kidson Island and 26 mi NE of Byrd Head.  Discovered in February 1931 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, who named it for the Australian High Commissioner in London at the time.||
13109|Ryswyck Point|Summit|643400S|0625000W|-64.5666667|-62.8333333|||01/01/1960|Point marking the E extremity of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered and named by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache.||
13110|Cape Ryugu|Cape|675800S|0440200E|-67.9666667|44.0333333|||01/01/1964|Rocky cape 7 mi NE of Rakuda Rock on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Ryugu-misaki (cape of the dragon's palace).||
13111|Ryvingen Peak|Summit|725500S|0032900W|-72.9166667|-3.4833333|||01/01/1966|A rock peak 3 mi WSW of Brapiggen Peak, on the S side of Borg Massif in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Ryvingen.||
13113|Saavedra Rock|Island|631900S|0575600W|-63.3166667|-57.9333333|||01/01/1964|The largest of several rocks at the SW corner of Gonzalez Anchorage, in the Duroch Islands.  Named by the fifth Chilean Antarctic Expedition, 1950-51, for Lieutenant Col. Eduardo Saavedra R., chief army delegate aboard the ship Lautaro.||
13114|Mount Sabatier|Summit|544900S|0360800W|-54.8166667|-36.1333333|1145|3757|01/01/1963|Mountain 1,145 m, standing close N of Mount Senderens and 1 mi NE of Paradise Beach in the S part of South Georgia.  The feature appears on charts dating back to the 1930s.  It was surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Prof. Paul Sabatier (1854-1941), French chemist, whose work with Jean-Baptiste Senderens led to the introduction in about 1907 of the hydrogenation process for hardening whale oil.||
13115|Mount Sabine|Summit|715500S|1693300E|-71.9166667|169.55|3720|12205|01/01/1947|Prominent, relatively snow-free mountain rising to 3,720 m between the heads of Murray Glacier and Burnette Glacier in the Admiralty Mountains.  Discovered on Jan. 15, 1841 by Captain James Ross, Royal Navy (RN), who named this feature for Lieutenant Col. Edward Sabine of the Royal Artillery, Foreign Secretary of the Royal Society, one of the most active supporters of the expedition.||
13116|Sabine Glacier|Glacier|635500S|0594700W|-63.9166667|-59.7833333|||01/01/1960|A glacier terminating at the sea between Wennersgaard Point and Cape Kater on the northwest coast of Graham Land.  Captain Henry Foster gave the name "Cape Sabine" in 1829 to a feature lying southeast of Cape Kater but it has not been possible to identify that cape.  This toponym preserves the early use of Sabine in this area.  Sir Edward Sabine (1788-1883), English astronomer and geodesist, was a member of the committee which planned the 1829 voyage of Foster in the Chanticleer.||
13118|Sabre Rock|Island|541900S|0362600W|-54.3166667|-36.4333333|7|23||An offshore rock rising 7.5 m above sea level, located 0.5 mi ESE of Dartmouth Point in Cumberland East Bay, South Georgia. Surveyed in Jan. 1987 from His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Herald and named descriptively.||
13119|Sabrina Coast|Beach|672000S|1190000E|-67.3333333|119|||01/01/1947|That portion of the coast of Wilkes Land, Antarctica, lying between Cape Waldron, in 11533E, and Cape Southard, in 12205E. John Balleny has long been credited with having seen land in March 1839 in about 117E.  The U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) under Lieutenant Charles Wilkes approached this coast in February 1840 and indicated its general configuration as shown in part by "Totten High Land" on his 1840 chart.  In 1931 the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Douglas Mawson saw what appeared to be land in this longitude about one degree farther south than that reported by Balleny and Wilkes.  In recognition of Balleny's effort, Mawson retained the name of the cutter in 95E in the latter part of March 1839.||
13120|Sabrina Island|Island|665700S|1631700E|-66.95|163.2833333|||01/01/1947|The largest of three small islets lying 1 mi southward of Buckle Island in the Balleny Islands.  Named after the cutter Balleny's schooner the Eliza Scott, in 1839, when the Balleny Islands were discovered.||
13122|Sabrina Ridge|Ridge|800900S|1562000E|-80.15|156.3333333||||A bare rock ridge between Sabrina Valley and Tamarus Valley, 5 mi S of Derrick Peak in Britannia Range.  Named in association with Britannia by a University of Waikato (New Zealand) geological party, 1978-79, led by M.J. Selby.  Sabrina is a historical name formerly used in Roman Britain for the River Severn.||
13123|Sabrina Valley|Valley|800900S|1562200E|-80.15|156.3666667||||An ice-free valley between Pontes Ridge and Sabrina Ridge in the Britannia Range.  Named in association with Sabrina Ridge (q.v.) by a University of Waikato geological party, 1978-79.||
13125|Sachse Rocks|Bar|542400S|0032500E|-54.4|3.4166667|||01/01/1957|A group of submerged rocks which lie close to the northern coast of Bouvetoya and approximately 0.2 mi SE of Cape Valdivia.  The rocks were charted and named by the Norwegian expedition, 1927-28, under Captain Harald Horntvedt.  Named for Walter Sachse, navigation officer on the German vessel, the 1898 and accurately fixed the position of the island for the first time.||
13126|Sack Island|Island|662600S|1102500E|-66.4333333|110.4166667|||01/01/1963|A rocky island, 0.4 mi long, lying 0.2 mi E of the S end of Holl Island, in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in February 1947.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Norman F. Sack who served as photographer's mate with the central task force of U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and assisted U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml parties in obtaining photographic coverage of this area in January 1948.||
13129|Sacramento Bight|Bay|542900S|0360100W|-54.4833333|-36.0166667|||01/01/1956|An open bight, 2.5 mi wide, between Calf Head and Cape Harcourt on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name "Pinguin-Bay" was given by the German group of the International Polar Year Investigations, 1882-83, to a small bay within the bight now described.  The South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, reported that a name is not necessary for this bay, and that the bight, which is known to whalers and sealers as Sacramento Bay, does require a name.  In order to indicate the correct nature of the feature, and at the same time to conform to local usage, the name Sacramento Bight is approved.||
13130|Saddleback Ridge|Ridge|623500S|0595600W|-62.5833333|-59.9333333|125|410||A ridge rising to 125 m in the N part of Half Moon Island, Moon Bay, Livingston Island.  A descriptive name applied following geological work by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1975-76.  The "saddle" refers to a cover of permanent ice on the lower, central part of this 0.75 mile long ridge.||
13131|Saddle Bluff|Cliff|564200S|0270900W|-56.7|-27.15|||01/01/1956|Point 1.3 mi NW of Irving Point on the NE side of Visokoi Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  Named by DI personnel on the Discovery II following their survey in 1930.||
13132|Saddle Hill|Summit|722500S|1634500E|-72.4166667|163.75||||A small saddle-shaped table rising from the east end of the northern ridge of Gallipoli Heights, Freyberg Mountains.  The name is descriptive of the appearance of the hill when viewed from the north.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) on the proposal of P.J. Oliver, New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) geologist who studied the hill, 1981-82.||
13133|Saddle Island|Island|603800S|0445000W|-60.6333333|-44.8333333|||01/01/1952|Island nearly 2 mi long, consisting of twin summits which are almost separated by a narrow channel strewn with boulders, lying 5.5 mi N of the W end of Laurie Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Discovered and charted in 1823 by British sealer James Weddell, and so named by him because of its peculiar shape.||
13135|Saddle Peak|Summit|704000S|1644000E|-70.6666667|164.6666667|960|3150|01/01/1964|Twin peaks (960 m) with a distinct saddle between them, located 3 mi NW of Mount Kostka in western Anare Mountains. Given this descriptive name by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Thala Dan), 1962, which explored this area.||
13136|Saddle Point|Summit|530100S|0732900E|-53.0166667|73.4833333|||01/01/1956|A rock point separating Corinthian Bay and Mechanics Bay on the N coast of Heard Island.  The name was applied by American sealers at Heard Island following their initiation of sealing there in 1855.||
13137|The Saddlestone|Summit|632600S|0570200W|-63.4333333|-57.0333333|380|1247|01/01/1963|Small nunatak, 380 m, standing between Mount Carroll and The Pyramid, in the N part of Tabarin Peninsula.  It rises 45 m above the ice sheet at the head of Kenney Glacier.  Surveyed in 1955 by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who applied the descriptive name; saddlestone is an architectural term for the stone at the apex of a pediment or gable.||
13138|Sadler Point|Summit|644200S|0620400W|-64.7|-62.0666667|||01/01/1965|Point within Wilhelmina Bay, lying 2.5 mi E of Garnerin Point on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 after James Sadler (1751-1828), Oxford confectioner, the first English aeronaut, who ascended in a montgolfier balloon on Oct. 4, 1784.||
13144|Cape S�z|Cape|673300S|0673900W|-67.55|-67.65|||01/01/1963|Cape between Laubeuf and Bigourdan Fjords, forming the S extremity of Arrowsmith Peninsula on the W coast of Graham Land. Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10, and named by him for Dr. Roque Saenz Pena, President of the Argentine Republic, 1910-13.||
13147|Saetet Cirque|Basin|720100S|0024200E|-72.0166667|2.7|||01/01/1966|A large cirque in the N side of Jutulsessen Mountain, in the Gjelsvik Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Saetet (the seat).||
13148|Saether Crags|Cliff|715200S|0085400E|-71.8666667|8.9|||01/01/1967|High rock crags just south of Steinskaret Gap in the Kurze Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named for Hakon Saether, medical officer with Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-57).||
13150|Safety Col|Gap|682000S|0665700W|-68.3333333|-66.95|185|607|01/01/1956|Snow-covered col, 185 m high, between Red Rock Ridge and the Blackwall Mountains, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Resurveyed in 1948-49 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and so named by them because the col affords a safe sledging route between Neny Fjord and Rymill Bay when there is open water off the W end of Red Rock Ridge.||
13151|Safety Island|Island|673100S|0635400E|-67.5166667|63.9|||01/01/1961|Small coastal island 3 mi E of Cape Daly.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  First visited in 1954 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by R.G. Dovers, and so named because it was the nearest safe camp site to Scullin Monolith.||
13152|Safety Spur|Ridge|851900S|1680000E|-85.3166667|168|||01/01/1966|A small rock spur from the Dominion Range, extending SE from a broad isolated prominence between the mouth of Vandament Glacier and the W side of Mill Glacier.  So named by the Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) because it was at this landfall that the party arrived after their first crossing of Mill Glacier in November 1961.||
13153|Saffery Islands|Island|660400S|0654900W|-66.0666667|-65.8166667|||01/01/1971|Group of islands extending W from Black Head, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for J.H. Saffery, Deputy Leader and Flying Manager of the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) which photographed part of the area in 1955-57.||
13154|Sagbladet Ridge|Ridge|714700S|0055100E|-71.7833333|5.85|||01/01/1967|A rock ridge at the E side of the mouth of Austreskorve Glacier, in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land. Plotted from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Sagbladet (the saw blade).||
13155|Sagehen Nunataks|Summit|863000S|1531500W|-86.5|-153.25|150|492||A roughly triangular group of hills rising to c. 150 m above base level on the E side of Holdsworth Glacier, 5 mi N of McNally Peak, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1960-64.  Visited by a U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) - Arizona State University geological field party, 1978-79, and named after the Sagehen, mascot of Pomona College, Claremont, CA, the alma mater of Scott G. Borg, one of the field party members.||
13156|Sage Nunataks|Summit|843300S|1730000W|-84.55|-173|||01/01/1966|Two ice-free nunataks, 1 mi apart, located at the edge of the Ross Ice Shelf just N of Mount Justman and the Gabbro Hills. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard H. Sage, builder, U.S. Navy (USN), a member of the winter party at Byrd Station in 1959 and the South Pole Station in 1964.||
13157|Sail Rock|Island|525400S|0733400E|-52.9|73.5666667|||01/01/1957|A rock lying 1 mi NW of Shag Island and 7 mi N of Heard Island.  This rock, though positioned several miles too far westward, appears to have been first shown on an 1860 sketch map compiled by Captain H.C. Chester, American sealer operating in the area during this period.  It was more accurately charted and named on an 1874 chart by the Challenger expedition.||
13158|Sail Rock|Island|630200S|0605700W|-63.0333333|-60.95|30|98|01/01/1952|Insular rock, 30 m high, lying 7 mi SW of Deception Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  This name, which dates back to at least 1822, was probably given by sealers.  From a distance, the rock is reported to resemble a ship under sail, but at close range it is more like a house with a gable roof.||
13160|Bay of Sails|Bay|772131S|1633645E|-77.358705|163.612534|||01/01/1952|A shallow indentation of the coast of Victoria Land between Spike Cape and Gneiss Point.  The name was suggested by the Western Geological Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13), which while sledging across the ice at the mouth of the bay erected makeshift sails on their man-drawn sledge, thereby increasing the speed.||
13161|Saint Andrews Bay|Bay|542600S|0361100W|-54.4333333|-36.1833333|||01/01/1952|A bight 2 mi wide, indenting the N coast of South Georgia immediately S of Mount Skittle.  Probably first sighted by the British expedition under Cook which explored the N coast of South Georgia in 1775.  The name dates back to at least 1920 and is now well established.  On charts where abbreviations are used, the name may be abbreviated to St. Andrews Bay.||
13162|Saint George Peak|Summit|690600S|0720300W|-69.1|-72.05|1500|4921|01/01/1961|Peak in the W part of the Havre Mountains, 1,500 m, situated 3 mi NE of Cape Vostok on Alexander Island.  In 1821 the Russian expedition under Bellingshausen sighted a very high mountain in this area to which they gave the name "Gora Svyatogo Georgiya Pobedonostsa" (Mountain of Saint George the Victor). Though the position reported by them for this mountain would place it in the sea, it has been assumed that the peak described here is the same feature.  It was first mapped in detail from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960. The translated form of the name suggested by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) has been approved.||
13163|Saint Johns Range|Range|771718S|1620219E|-77.288443|162.038571|||01/01/1962|Crescent-shaped mountain range about 20 mi long, in Victoria Land.  It is bounded on the N by the Cotton, Miller and Debenham Glaciers, and on the S by Victoria Valley and the Victoria Upper and Victoria Lower Glaciers.  Named by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58, which surveyed peaks in the range in 1957.  Named for St. Johns College at Cambridge, England, with which several members of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) were associated during the writing of their scientific reports, and in association with the adjacent Gonville and Caius Range.||
13166|Saint Martha Cove|Bay|635600S|0575000W|-63.9333333|-57.8333333||||A small, almost landlocked cove on the NW side of Croft Bay, close S of Andreassen Point, James Ross Island.  Named on an Argentine map of 1959, presumably after Saint Martha, sister of Mary and Lazarus.||
13167|Mount Saint Michael|Summit|671000S|0582100E|-67.1666667|58.35|||01/01/1947|Prominent rocky point at the W side of the entrance to Bell Bay in Enderby Land.  Discovered in February 1936 by DI personnel on the William Scoresby, and probably named by them for its resemblance to Le Mont-Saint-Michel on the French coast.||
13168|Saint Pauls Mountain|Summit|773936S|1611124E|-77.660037|161.190008|||01/01/1962|A high, steeply-cliffed mountain 2 mi NE of Round Mountain on the N side of Taylor Glacier.  It is joined to Round Mountain by a high ridge.  Named by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04.||
13169|Saint Rita Point|Summit|641500S|0571600W|-64.25|-57.2666667||||A point terminating in a steep rock outcrop immediately N of the mouth of Gourdon Glacier, on the E coast of James Ross Island.  The name "Cabo Santa Rita" appears on a 1959 Argentine map.  Saint Rita (1381-1457), an Italian, was canonized in 1900 and is well known throughout the Spanish-speaking world as the saint of desperate causes.||
13170|Sakazuki Rock|Summit|684200S|0403100E|-68.7|40.5166667|||01/01/1975|A small and featureless rock which lies just east of the Tama Point rock outcrop on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62.  The name "Sakazuki-iwa" (wine cup rock) was applied by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1962.||04/12/2001
13171|Sakellari Peninsula|Cape|671000S|0491500E|-67.1666667|49.25|||01/01/1965|Large ice-covered peninsula immediately W of Amundsen Bay in Enderby Land.  This region was photographed by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956-57 and by the Soviet expedition in the Lena in 1957. Named by the Soviet expedition for N.A. Sakellari, Soviet scientist and navigator.||
13172|Salamander Point|Summit|592500S|0270500W|-59.4166667|-27.0833333|||01/01/1972|The northern point of Bellingshausen Island, South Sandwich Islands.  This feature was named North Point during the survey of the island from Royal Research Ship (RRS) Discovery II in 1930, but the name was changed by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 to avoid duplication.  The new name is in association with nearby Basilisk Peak; Salamander is an animal mythically supposed to live in fire.||
13173|Salamander Range|Range|720600S|1640800E|-72.1|164.1333333|||01/01/1964|A distinctive linear range between the Canham and Black Glaciers, in the Freyberg Mountains.  Named by the Northern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, from the nickname given to Lord Freyberg by Sir Winston Churchill, for the lizard that is untouched by fire.||
13175|Salen Mountain|Summit|720500S|0252700E|-72.0833333|25.45|2950|9678|01/01/1966|Mountain, 2,950 m, between Komsa Mountain and Sal Glacier in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Salen (the saddle) because of its shape.||
13176|Sal Glacier|Glacier|720300S|0253100E|-72.05|25.5166667|||01/01/1966|Glacier, 7 mi long, flowing N between Salen Mountain and Mount Bergersen in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Salbreen (the saddle glacier), probably for its association with Salen Mountain (q.v.).||
13178|Salient Glacier|Glacier|780600S|1630500E|-78.1|163.0833333|||01/01/1962|A glacier on the E side of the Royal Society Range, draining NE into the head of the Blue Glacier from the slopes of Salient Peak.  Surveyed in 1957 by the New Zealand Blue Glacier Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58).  Named after Salient Peak.||
13179|Salient Nunatak|Summit|844200S|1132400W|-84.7|-113.4||||A prominent cusp-shaped nunatak which stands out from the N side of Ohio Range, Horlick Mountains, 3 mi NE of Mount Glossopteris.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1958-59.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) following geological work in the area by a New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) field party, 1983-84.||
13180|Salient Peak|Summit|780900S|1624500E|-78.15|162.75|||01/01/1962|A buttressed peak of the Royal Society Range between Mounts Rucker and Hooker.  A ridge descends eastward from it and forms the watershed between tributaries of the Blue Glacier on the north and Walcott Glacier on the south.  So named by the New Zealand Blue Glacier Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) because it forms a salient of the Royal Society Range, where the summit turns SW toward Mounts Rucker and Huggins.||
13181|Salient Ridge|Ridge|780800S|1630000E|-78.1333333|163||||A prominent ridge, 6 mi long, extending ENE from Salient Peak along the S side of Salient Glacier in Royal Society Range, Victoria Land.  Named in association with the peak and glacier at the suggestion of R.H. Findlay, leader of three New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) geological parties to the area, 1977-81.||
13182|Salient Rock|Island|622200S|0592000W|-62.3666667|-59.3333333|||01/01/1965|The outermost of numerous rocks fringing the NE end of Robert Island and extending into Nelson Strait, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name "Roca Saliente" appears on a Chilean government chart of 1951 and is probably descriptive.||
13183|Mount Salisbury|Summit|853800S|1533700W|-85.6333333|-153.6166667|970|3182|01/01/1967|An ice-free mountain, 970 m, standing at the W side of the lower Scott Glacier at the S end of the Karo Hills.  First seen and roughly mapped by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James B. Salisbury who made cosmic radiation studies at McMurdo Station in 1965.||
13184|Salisbury Bluff|Cliff|624100S|0602700W|-62.6833333|-60.45|120|394||Rock cliffs rising to 120 m, 2 mi SW of Johnsons Dock, Hurd Peninsula, on Livingston Island in the South Shetland Islands. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1991 after the sealing ship visited the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21.||
13185|Salisbury Plain|Plain|540300S|0372100W|-54.05|-37.35|||01/01/1965|A small plain lying between the mouths of Grace and Lucas Glaciers on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1931 British Admiralty chart.||
13186|Salknappen Peak|Summit|721900S|0010200E|-72.3166667|1.0333333|||01/01/1966|A subsidiary peak on the N side of Isingen Mountain, in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Salknappen (the saddle button).||
13187|Sallee Snowfield|Glacier|823700S|0502000W|-82.6166667|-50.3333333|||01/01/1968|A large snowfield between Dufek Massif and northern Forrestal Range in the Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Ralph W. Sallee, Asst. Meteorological Officer on the staff of the Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, in 1967 and 1968.||
13188|Sally Cove|Bay|674800S|0671700W|-67.8|-67.2833333|||01/01/1964|Cove indenting the NW shore of Horseshoe Island, off Graham Land.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because the cove was used by all sledging parties leaving the nearby Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) station for the north.||
13189|Sally Rocks|Island|624200S|0602600W|-62.7|-60.4333333|||01/01/1965|Group of rocks lying in South Bay just N of Miers Bluff, Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name Sallys Cove was applied to a feature shown lying southward of Johnsons Dock by James Weddell in 1820-23. There is no true cove in this area, but these rocks may have formed one arm of what appeared to him to be a cove.  The name Sally Rocks was given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961 in order to preserve Weddell's name in the vicinity.||
13190|Salmon Bay|Bay|775539S|1643319E|-77.927409|164.555352|||01/01/1962|Bay just N of Cape Chocolate along the coast of Victoria Land.  The bay was originally named Davis Bay in association with Davis Glacier (now Salmon Glacier) by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.  The glacier was subsequently renamed Salmon Glacier by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) to avoid confusion with a second Davis Glacier in Victoria Land.  In order to preserve the original association, the name of this bay was also changed.||
13191|Salmon Cliff|Cliff|722200S|1700600E|-72.3666667|170.1|||01/01/1962|The second prominent rock cliff S of Seabee Hook on the W side of Hallett Peninsula.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, for K.J. Salmon, physicist and scientific leader at Hallett Station in 1958.||
13192|Salmon Cove|Bay|670600S|0662800W|-67.1|-66.4666667|||01/01/1964|A cove 4 mi SE of McCall Point on the E side of Lallemand Fjord, Graham Land.  Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from surveys and air photos, 1956-59.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Eric M.P. Salmon, assistant Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) meteorologist who spent several seasons in Antarctica, 1950-56, and visited this cove in 1956.||
13194|Salmon Glacier|Glacier|775815S|1640451E|-77.970815|164.080837|||01/01/1962|Small glacier lying 5 mi WSW of Cape Chocolate and immediately S of Salmon Hill in Victoria Land.  It appears on the charts of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) as Davis Glacier, a name given to another feature in Victoria Land.  To avoid the confusion of having identical names for nearby features, this glacier was renamed after nearby Salmon Hill by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.||
13195|Salmon Hill|Summit|775707S|1640912E|-77.952019|164.15344|||01/01/1962|Hill between Salmon and Blackwelder Glaciers in Victoria Land.  So named by F. Debenham of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) because of its sandy pink color due to a pink limestone.||
13196|Salmon Island|Island|660100S|0652800W|-66.0166667|-65.4666667|||01/01/1971|The westernmost of the Fish Islands, lying off the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 because it is one of the Fish Islands.||
13197|Salmon Stream|Stream|775607S|1642753E|-77.935364|164.464597|||01/01/1962|A small meltwater stream about 6 mi long, draining from the Salmon Glacier and flowing into Salmon Bay on the coast of Victoria Land.  Originally named Davis Creek by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.  Renamed for its association with Salmon Glacier by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1960.||
13198|Salomon Glacier|Glacier|544700S|0355400W|-54.7833333|-35.9|||01/01/1965|Glacier flowing S into Hamilton Bay, at the E end of South Georgia.  Named by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Filchner, 1911-12.||
13199|Salpêtrière Bay|Bay|650400S|0640200W|-65.0666667|-64.0333333|||01/01/1952|Bay 1 mi wide, between Herveou Point and Poste Point along the W side of Booth Island, in the Wilhelm Archipelago. First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Dr. Jean B. Charcot, 1903-05, and named by him after the Hopital de la Salpetriere, a Paris hospital where his father, Dr. Jean Martin Charcot, founded a clinic for the treatment of nervous diseases.||03/04/1997
13200|Mount Saltonstall|Summit|865300S|1541800W|-86.8833333|-154.3|2975|9760|01/01/1956|A tabular mountain, 2,975 m, standing 1 mi S of Mount Innes-Taylor at the S side of Poulter Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn, and named by Byrd for John Saltonstall, contributor to the expedition.||
13201|Saluta Rocks|Island|540300S|0375700W|-54.05|-37.95|||01/01/1963|Group of rocks 1 mi E of Laurie Point, lying off the S coast and near the W end of South Georgia.  The name Mutt and Jeff was probably given by Lieutenant Commander J.M. Chaplin of the 1926.  The South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1955-56, reported that the name is misleading; there are not two rocks as implied, but a group.  The rocks were renamed by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for the Saluta, a transport of the South Georgia Whaling Co. for many years.||
13202|Salvador Nunatak|Summit|723400S|1632000E|-72.5666667|163.3333333|||01/01/1969|A nunatak 2 mi N of Schumann Nunatak, in the SW part of Freyberg Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Anthony Salvador, ionospheric physics researcher at McMurdo Station in 1967.||
13204|Salvesen Cove|Bay|642400S|0612000W|-64.4|-61.3333333|||01/01/1952|Cove forming the S extremity of Hughes Bay, along the W coast of Graham Land.  The cove was partially outlined on the charts of the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Probably named by whalers operating in this vicinity after Salvesen and Company, whalers of Leith, Scotland.||
13205|Salvesen Range|Range|544000S|0360700W|-54.6666667|-36.1166667|2330|7644|01/01/1956|Rocky mountain range, 18 mi long and rising to 2,330 m, which extends from Ross Pass in a SE direction to the SE end of South Georgia.  The range is roughly delineated on several early charts of South Georgia.  It was surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, and named for Sir Harold Salvesen, a director of Messrs. Chr. Salvesen and Co., Leith, who gave great assistance to the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52 and 1953-54.||
13208|Samoylovich Nunatak|Summit|714800S|0045500E|-71.8|4.9166667|||01/01/1970|A nunatak near the N end of the Hamarskaftet Nunataks, in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norsk Polarinstitutt from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60.  Also mapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1961 and named for R.L. Samoylovich, a polar explorer.||
13209|Sample Nunataks|Summit|705300S|1595200E|-70.8833333|159.8666667|||01/01/1964|A cluster of nunataks located at the convergence point of the Lovejoy and Harlin Glaciers, in the Usarp Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gerald M. Sample, U.S. Navy (USN), radio operator on R4D aircraft, 1961-62, and again in 1962-63 in support of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Topo East-West party, including the survey of these nunataks.||
13210|Mount Samsel|Summit|702400S|0631500W|-70.4|-63.25|||01/01/1976|A mountain along the N side of Clifford Glacier, just W of the juncture of the Kubitza Glacier, in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gene L. Samsel, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at Palmer Station in the 1969-70 and 1970-71 seasons.||
13211|Samuel Islands|Island|541100S|0373700W|-54.1833333|-37.6166667|||01/01/1963|Group of small islands and rocks lying close to the S coast of South Georgia, 1 mi WSW of Nilse Hullet and 2 mi ESE of Klutschak Point.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the catcher Don Samuel, built in 1925 and later owned by the Compania Argentina de Pesca, Grytviken, which sank in the vicinity of these islands in 1951.||
13212|Samuel Nunataks|Summit|793800S|0823000W|-79.6333333|-82.5|||01/01/1966|A chain of about seven nunataks at the SE end of the Nimbus Hills, in the Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Samuel L. Wilson, meteorological electronics technician at Little America V Station in 1957.||
13213|Samuel Peak|Summit|623300S|0600700W|-62.55|-60.1166667|||01/01/1960|Peak rising westward of Edinburgh Hill in the NE part of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 after the American ship Samuel (Captain Robert Inott) from Nantucket, which visited the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21.||
13217|Sanavirón Island|Island|680900S|0670500W|-68.15|-67.0833333||||An island lying off Northeast Glacier, SE of Audrey Island, Debenham Islands, in Marguerite Bay, Fallieres Coast.  Charted by the Argentine Antarctic Expedition, 1950-51, as two small islands (probably because of overlying ice) and named "Islotes Sanaviron" after the Argentine ship Sanaviron, used for the hydrographic survey of the area.  The feature has been determined to be a single island.||
13218|San Carlos Point|Summit|635000S|0580200W|-63.8333333|-58.0333333||||The SW entrance point of Brandy Bay, James Ross Island.  A refuge hut called "Refugio San Carlos" was established on this point by the Argentine Antarctic Expedition in 1959.  Following geological work in the area by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1981-83, the point was called "Brandy Point" in association with the bay, but later named San Carlos Point.||
13219|Sanctuary Cliffs|Cliff|642700S|0571200W|-64.45|-57.2|||01/01/1963|Rock cliffs at the N edge of the ice cap which covers the central part of Snow Hill Island, James Ross Island group.  First seen and surveyed by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold. They gave the name "Mittelnunatak," presumably because of their position near the middle of the north coast of the island. Following survey by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1952, it was reported that the term "cliffs" is more suitable than "nunatak" for this feature.  Since the word "Middle" has been accepted in several other Antarctic names, the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) recommended an entirely new and more distinctive name be approved.  Sanctuary Cliffs is descriptive of the aspect of these cliffs which face into the sun and provide shelter from the prevailing southwesterly winds.||
13220|Sanctuary Glacier|Glacier|860000S|1502500W|-86|-150.4166667||||A glacier almost completely encircled by the Gothic Mountains.  It drains W between Outlook Peak and Organ Pipe Peaks into Scott Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1960-64.  The descriptive name was proposed by Edmund Stump, leader of a U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) - Arizona State University geological party which established a base camp on the glacier in January 1981.||
13221|Sanctuary Islands|Island|653700S|0643500W|-65.6166667|-64.5833333|||01/01/1971|Group of small islands lying just off the W side of Chavez Island, 0.5 mi SW of Link Stack, off the W coast of Graham Land. Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 because these islands provided sheltered camping sites for Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) sledging parties from the Prospect Point station in 1957, and there are several small boat anchorages which were used by the British Naval Hydrographic Survey Unit's motor-launch in 1957-58.||
13223|Sandau Nunatak|Summit|714200S|0671200W|-71.7|-67.2|400|1312||A coastal nunatak rising to c. 400 m at the SW end of Steeple Peaks, on the Rymill Coast, Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1966-69.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1976 after Charles L. Sandau, USN, cook with the winter party at Palmer Station, 1973.||
13224|Sandbakken Moraine|Ridge|713400S|0120800E|-71.5666667|12.1333333|||01/01/1970|An area of moraine located 2 mi NW of Grahorna Peaks, on the W side of Westliche Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains. First plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Sandbakken (the sand slope).||
13226|Sandbotnen Cirque|Basin|714400S|0120100E|-71.7333333|12.0166667|||01/01/1970|A cirque or small valley, the floor of which is covered by moraine, indenting the W side of Zwiesel Mountain in the Pieck Range, Wohlthat Mountains.  First plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Sandbotnen (the sand cirque).||
13227|Sandebugten|Bay|541800S|0362200W|-54.3|-36.3666667|||01/01/1965|Cove in Cumberland East Bay at the W end of Reindeer Valley, South Georgia.  The name appears on a 1929 British Admiralty chart but probably was applied earlier by Norwegian whalers operating from South Georgia.||
13228|Sandefjord|Bay|542100S|0365800W|-54.35|-36.9666667|||01/01/1963|Cove close W of Newark Bay along the S coast of South Georgia.  The name is well established in local use.||
13230|Sandefjord Bay|Bay|603700S|0460300W|-60.6166667|-46.05|||01/01/1956|Narrow body of water, 2 mi long, extending in a NE-SW direction between the W end of Coronation Island and Monroe Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  The N entrance is narrow and has Spine Island in the middle.  Discovered and roughly charted by Captain George Powell and Captain Nathaniel Palmer during their joint cruise in December 1821.  The name Sandefjord, presumably for Sandefjord, Norway, center of the Norwegian whaling industry, appears to have been first used on a 1912 chart by Petter Sorlle, Norwegian whaling captain.  The feature was surveyed by DI personnel in 1933.||
13234|Sandefjord Cove|Bay|684700S|0904200W|-68.7833333|-90.7|||01/01/1947|A cove between Cape Ingrid and the terminus of Tofte Glacier on the west side of Peter I Island.  A Norwegian expedition under Eyvind Tofte circumnavigated Peter I Island in the Odd I in 1927.  In February 1929 the Norvegia under Nils Larsen carried out a series of investigations all around the island, landing on February 2 to hoist the Norwegian flag.  Named for Sandefjord, Norway, center of the Norwegian whaling industry.||
13235|Sandefjord Ice Bay|Glacier|694000S|0742500E|-69.6666667|74.4166667||||A bay about 25 mi wide which forms the head of Prydz Bay. The feature is bounded on the west by Amery Ice Shelf, on the east by Publications Ice Shelf, and on the south by the mainland. Discovered in February 1935 by Captain Klarius Mikkelsen in the Norwegian whaling ship Thorshavn sent out by Lars Christensen.  They gave the name Sandefjordbukta after the town of Sandefjord, center of the Norwegian whaling industry.  The term "ice bay" is applied to this feature because of its formation in ice, and to eliminate duplication of the name Sandefjord Bay.||
13237|Sandefjord Peaks|Range|603700S|0455900W|-60.6166667|-45.9833333|635|2083|01/01/1956|Three conical peaks, the highest 635 m, marking the SW end of Pomona Plateau at the W end of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  The southernmost of these peaks was named Sandefjord Peak after nearby Sandefjord Bay by DI personnel in 1933.  The collective name, Sandefjord Peaks, was recommended by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following a survey of the peaks by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1950.||
13238|Sandegga Ridge|Ridge|715400S|0094300E|-71.9|9.7166667|||01/01/1970|Ridge extending S for 5 mi from Sandho Heights in the Conrad Mountains of the Orvin Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Discovered and photographed by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped by Norway from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Sandegga (the sand ridge).||
13239|Sandeggtind Peak|Summit|715200S|0094500E|-71.8666667|9.75|3055|10023|01/01/1970|Peak, 3,055 m, standing 1 mi S of Sandho Heights on Sandegga Ridge in the Conrad Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Discovered and photographed by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped by Norway from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Sandeggtind (sand ridge peak).||
13240|Sandeidet Moraine|Ridge|713900S|0121500E|-71.65|12.25|||01/01/1970|A moraine covering the surface between Grakammen Ridge and a small rock spur just NW, in Westliche Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains.  First plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Sandeidet (the sand isthmus).||
13242|Sandercock Nunataks|Summit|683200S|0520400E|-68.5333333|52.0666667|||01/01/1962|An isolated group of nunataks about 45 mi ESE of the Nye Mountains in Enderly Land.  Discovered and visited in Dec. 1959 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) airborne survey party.  Named by ANCA for Squadron Leader J.C. Sandercock, RAAF, officer commanding the Antarctic Flight at Mawson Station, 1959.||
13244|Sandford Cliffs|Cliff|835400S|1591700E|-83.9|159.2833333|||01/01/1966|Distinctive, mainly ice-free cliffs constituting the western limits of Peletier Plateau in Queen Elizabeth Range. Named by the New Zealand Southern Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) for N. Sandford, IGY scientist at Scott Base in 1957.||
13245|Sandford Glacier|Glacier|664000S|1295000E|-66.6666667|129.8333333|||01/01/1955|A channel glacier flowing to the E side of Porpoise Bay, about 25 mi SSW of Cape Morse.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Joseph P. Sandford, Passed Midshipman on the brig Porpoise of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Wilkes.||
13246|Sandhøhallet Glacier|Glacier|715200S|0095000E|-71.8666667|9.8333333|||01/01/1970|Small glacier flowing SE from the S slopes of Sandho Heights in the Conrad Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norway from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Sandohallet (the sand heights slope).||
13247|Sandhø Heights|Summit|715000S|0094700E|-71.8333333|9.7833333|||01/01/1970|Bare rock heights forming the summit area in the central Conrad Mountains, in Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and photographed by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped by Norway from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Sandho (sand heights).||
13248|Sandhøkalvane Nunataks|Summit|714600S|0095500E|-71.7666667|9.9166667|||01/01/1970|A group of nunataks located 4 mi NE of Sandho Heights, lying between Conrad Mountains and Mount Dallmann in Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and photographed by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped by Norway from air photos and surveys by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Sandhokalvane (the sand heights calves).||
13249|Sandilands Nunatak|Summit|703200S|0672700E|-70.5333333|67.45|||01/01/1965|A small, solitary nunatak about 3 mi N of Mount Seaton.  It lies in the middle of and near the northern end of Nemesis Glacier in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Sighted in December 1956 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) sledging party led by P.W. Crohn.  Named by ANCA for A.H. Sandilands, radio operator at Mawson Station in 1957.||
13250|Sandneset Point|Summit|713900S|0093300E|-71.65|9.55|||01/01/1970|The northern point of Furdesanden Moraine in the Conrad Mountains of the Orvin Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and photographed by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped by Norway from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Sandneset (the sand point).||
13251|Sandneskalven Nunatak|Summit|714000S|0095300E|-71.6666667|9.8833333|||01/01/1970|An isolated nunatak located 6 mi E of Sandneset Point in the Conrad Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norway from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Sandneskalven (the sand point calf).||
13252|Sandnesstaven Peak|Summit|714100S|0093900E|-71.6833333|9.65|2030|6660|01/01/1970|A peak, 2,030 m, at the N end of the Conrad Mountains in the Orvin Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norway from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Sandnesstaven (the sand point staff).||
13253|Mount Sandow|Summit|672200S|1002400E|-67.3666667|100.4|||01/01/1947|A nunatak overlooking the Denman Glacier about 11 mi SW of Mount Amundsen.  Discovered by the Western Base Party of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Mawson.  Named by Mawson for Eugene Sandow of London, a patron of the expedition.||
13254|Sandseten Mountain|Summit|713300S|0120900E|-71.55|12.15|||01/01/1970|A flattish mountain 1 mi S of Krakken Mountain and just SW of Gneysovaya Peak in Westliche Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Sandseten (the sand seat).||
13255|Mount Sandved|Summit|824100S|1610600E|-82.6833333|161.1|2440|8005|01/01/1966|Mountain, 2,440 m, standing 2 mi N of Mount Dougherty in the N part of the Queen Elizabeth Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Kurt G. Sandved, Information Officer at the Office of Antarctic Programs, National Science Foundation.||
13258|Sandwich Bluff|Cliff|635000S|0573000W|-63.8333333|-57.5|610|2001|01/01/1952|Flat-topped mountain, 610 m, broken sharply at its W side by a steep dark bluff standing slightly W of center on Vega Island in the James Ross Island group.  Discovered by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, 1901-04.  Charted in 1945 by the FlDS, and so named because a horizontal snow-holding band of rock breaks the western cliff giving it the appearance of a sandwich when viewed from the north.||
13263|Sandy Glacier|Glacier|772844S|1615721E|-77.4788|161.955885|600|1968|01/01/1966|A very small glacier (600 m long and 75 m wide) located 0.6 mi east of Mount Orestes in the Olympus Range of Victoria Land. The glacier was studied and named by Wakefield Dort, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist with the University of Kansas Expedition (1965-66), who reported that it is composed throughout of interbedded ice and sand layers.||
13265|San Eladio Point|Summit|645000S|0630700W|-64.8333333|-63.1166667||||The NW point of Bryde Island (q.v.), Danco Coast, Graham Land.  Charted by the Argentine Antarctic Expedition, 1949-50, and named "Punta San Eladio" or "Cabo San Eladio" after a staff officer on the expedition ship Chiriguano.  An English form of the name has been approved.||
13267|San Fernando Hill|Summit|635700S|0581700W|-63.95|-58.2833333|650|2133||A hill rising to c. 650 m northeast of Matkah Point on James Ross Island.  Named "Cerro San Fernando" in 1979 following work in the area by the Argentine Antarctic Expedition.  An English form of the name has been approved.||
13269|San José Pass|Gap|635500S|0575400W|-63.9166667|-57.9|200|656||Pass trending NW-SE and rising to c. 200 m between Lachman Crags and Stickle Ridge on James Ross Island.  On either side of this pass there are exposures of fossiliferous Cretaceous rocks. Following work in the area, named "Paso San Jose" after Saint Joseph by an Argentine Antarctic Expedition (announced 1979 by Argentina Ministerio de Defensa).||
13273|San Martín Glacier|Glacier|822400S|0421400W|-82.4|-42.2333333|||01/01/1968|A broad glacier flowing westward and bisecting the Argentina Range, in the Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the Argentine icebreaker General San Martin, which brought the first party to General Belgrano Station on the Filchner Ice Shelf in 1954-55 and made numerous relief and resupply voyages to the area.||
13277|Santa Cruz Point|Summit|623100S|0593300W|-62.5166667|-59.55|||01/01/1965|Bluff forming the E end of Greenwich Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name appears on an Argentine government chart of 1949 and is probably for the Santa Cruz, an Argentine vessel that visited the South Shetland Islands in 1948.||
13284|Santa Rock|Island|570200S|0264800W|-57.0333333|-26.8|35|115|01/01/1952|Rock, 35 m high, lying 1.5 mi NNW of Vindication Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  Charted and named in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II.||
13288|San Telmo Island|Island|622800S|0604900W|-62.4666667|-60.8166667|||01/01/1964|Island forming the W side of Shirreff Cove on the N coast of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 after the Spanish vessel San Telmo, which left Cadiz with the Alexandro, Prueba and Very severe weather was encountered in Drake Passage and the the Primeroso-Mariana in about 61S, 60W, but hawser after hawser parted and she was ultimately left to her fate in about 62S. Some of her spars and her anchor-stock were found by sealers on nearby Half Moon Beach in about 1821.||
13289|Santos Peak|Summit|642500S|0613200W|-64.4166667|-61.5333333|||01/01/1965|Peak lying S of Murray Island, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Alberto Santos-Dumont (1873-1932), Brazilian inventor resident in France, who designed and flew 14 small airships and accomplished the first official powered flight in Europe in 1906.||
13290|Sapper Hill|Summit|812400S|1603800E|-81.4|160.6333333|||01/01/1965|An ice-covered hill 2 mi NE of Hermitage Peak, in the northern part of Surveyors Range.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61), in association with nearby Mount Ubique, for the Royal Engineers.||
13292|Sappho Point|Summit|541400S|0362800W|-54.2333333|-36.4666667|||01/01/1952|Point which marks the W side of the entrance to Cumberland East Bay, on the N coast of South Georgia.  Probably first sighted by the British expedition under Cook which explored the N coast of South Georgia in 1775.  Named for His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Sappho, British ship used in charting portions of Cumberland Bay in 1906.||
13293|Sapp Rocks|Summit|823000S|0514800W|-82.5|-51.8|||01/01/1968|Two exposed rocks lying 2 mi N of Alley Spur along the N side of Dufek Massif, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Cliflton E. Sapp, hospital corpsman with the South Pole winter party, 1965.||
13295|Saratoga Table|Summit|832000S|0503000W|-83.3333333|-50.5|||01/01/1957|A high, flat, snow-covered plateau, 8 mi long and 6 mi wide, standing just S of Kent Gap and Lexington Table in southern Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Discovered and photographed on Jan. 13, 1956 on a transcontinental nonstop flight by personnel of U.S. Navy Operation Deep Freeze I from McMurdo Sound to the vicinity of Weddell Sea and return.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the USS Saratoga of 1926, one of the first large aircraft carriers of the U.S. Navy.||
13297|Sarcophagus Point|Summit|570400S|0264300W|-57.0666667|-26.7166667|||01/01/1972|A point at the SE side of Sea Serpent Cove on the W coast of Candlemas Island, South Sandwich Islands.  The point, with a spine of lava cliffs, almost cuts off Medusa Pool from the sea. It was referred to as "The Sarcophagus" on a sketch-survey of Sea Serpent Cove made by a boat party from Royal Research Ship (RRS) Discovery II in 1930.||
13299|Sargent Glacier|Glacier|852300S|1635000W|-85.3833333|-163.8333333|||01/01/1967|A steep-walled tributary glacier, flowing SE from the Herbert Range to enter Axel Heiberg Glacier just SE of Bell Peak. Probably first seen by Roald Amundsen's polar party in 1911, the glacier was mapped by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Howard H. Sargent III who made ionospheric studies at the South Pole Station in 1964.||
13301|Sarkofagen Mountain|Summit|721000S|0164500E|-72.1666667|16.75|||01/01/1970|A somewhat isolated mountain about 11 mi S of Mount Yakovlev in the Russkiye Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norsk Polarinstitutt from air photos taken by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1958-59, and named Sarkofagen (the sarcophagus).||
13302|Sarnoff Mountains|Summit|771000S|1450000W|-77.1666667|-145|||01/01/1970|A range of mountains, 25 mi long and 4 to 8 mi wide separating the west-flowing Boyd and Arthur Glaciers in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  The west end of the range was discovered and roughly plotted from photos taken by Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1928-30) on the flight of Dec. 5, 1929.  The range was mapped in greater detail by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1933-35) and U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41), all expeditions led by R. Admiral R.E. Byrd.  Named for David Sarnoff, president of RCA (Radio Corporation of America), who provided radio equipment for receiving and transmitting that was used in the field and at Little America by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1933-35).||
13305|Sartorius Point|Summit|623400S|0593900W|-62.5666667|-59.65|||01/01/1965|Point lying nearly 2 mi E of Ephraim Bluff on the S coast of Greenwich Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name Point Hardy was used for this feature by sealers in the area as early as 1820.  This name, however, was later incorrectly applied to Fort Point lying to the east.  In order to avoid further confusion and also duplication with Hardy Point in the South Sandwich Islands, the name was rejected by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961 and a new name substituted.  Sartorius Point derives from Sartorius Island, the name used for Greenwich Island by James Weddell in 1820-23.  Weddell served under Admiral Sir George R. Sartorius (1790-1885) on His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Avon in 1813-14.||
13306|Cape Sastrugi|Cape|743700S|1634100E|-74.6166667|163.6833333||||A sharply projecting point on the W side of Deep Freeze Range, standing 1.5 mi NW of Snowy Point and overlooking the N portion of Nansen Ice Sheet, in Victoria Land.  First explored by the Northern Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, and so named by them because of large and extensive sastrugi that impeded the travel of this party in approaching the point.||
13307|Såta Nunatak|Summit|694600S|0371700E|-69.7666667|37.2833333|||01/01/1968|A nunatak 0.5 mi N of Kista Nunatak, standing at the E side of Fletta Bay along the SW shore of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Sata (the haystack).||
13308|The Satellite|Summit|675100S|0610700E|-67.85|61.1166667|1100|3609|01/01/1947|Small rock peak rising to 1,100 m, protruding slightly above the ice sheet 3 mi SW of Pearce Peak and 8 mi E of Baillieu Peak.  Discovered and named in February 1931 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson.  The approximate position of this peak was verified in aerial photographs taken by the U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp on Feb. 26, 1947.||
13309|Satellite Snowfield|Glacier|712800S|0694500W|-71.4666667|-69.75|||01/01/1975|A snowfield at the SE side of the Walton Mountains in south-central Alexander Island.  Mapped by Directorate of Overseas Surveys from satellite imagery supplied by U.S. National Aeronautics and Space Administration in cooperation with U.S. Geological Survey.  The name applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) is for the satellites of the planets, a theme used in naming several features in this area.||
13310|Saturn Glacier|Glacier|720000S|0683500W|-72|-68.5833333|||01/01/1955|Glacier in SE Alexander Island, 15 mi long and 6 mi wide, flowing SE into the ice shelf of George VI Sound N of Corner Cliffs.  The coast in this vicinity was first seen from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth on Nov. 23, 1935, and roughly mapped from photos obtained on that flight by W.L.G. Joerg.  The glacier was surveyed in 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for the planet Saturn.||
13311|Cape Saunders|Cape|540700S|0363800W|-54.1166667|-36.6333333|||01/01/1952|Cape forming the W side of the entrance to Stromness Bay on the N coast of South Georgia.  Discovered in 1775 by a British expedition under Cook and named for his close friend Sir Charles Saunders, First Lord of the Admiralty.||
13312|Mount Saunders|Summit|852100S|1652600E|-85.35|165.4333333|2895|9498|01/01/1952|A mountain, 2,895 m, forming a part of the W escarpment of the Dominion Range, 4.5 mi NNW of Mount Nimrod.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named for Edward Saunders, secretary to Shackleton, who assisted in preparing the narrative of the expedition.||
13314|Saunders Bluff|Cliff|724500S|1604400E|-72.75|160.7333333|||01/01/1970|A small, isolated bluff standing 9 mi ESE of Miller Butte in the Outback Nunataks.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Jeffrey J. Saunders, biolab technician at McMurdo Station, 1965-66.||
13315|Saunders Coast|Beach|774500S|1500000W|-77.75|-150|||01/01/1964|That portion of the coast of Marie Byrd Land between Cape Colbeck and Brennan Point.  This coast was explored from the air on Dec. 5, 1929, by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1928-30) and was first mapped from aerial photographs obtained on that flight by Captain Harold E. Saunders, U.S. Navy (USN) (Saunders Mountain, q.v.), for whom the coast is named.  The U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) completely mapped the coast from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.||
13316|Saunders Hill|Summit|661900S|1103200E|-66.3166667|110.5333333|||01/01/1963|A rounded, rocky hill which projects into the SE part of O'Brien Bay, just E of the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after William Y. Saunders, biologist at Wilkes Station in 1961.||
13317|Saunders Island|Island|574700S|0262700W|-57.7833333|-26.45|||01/01/1952|An arc-shaped island 5.5 mi long, lying between Candlemas Islands and Montagu Island in the South Sandwich Islands. Discovered in 1775 by Captain James Cook, Royal Navy (RN), who named it for Sir Charles Saunders, First Lord of the Admiralty.  Charted in greater detail by Bellingshausen in 1819 and in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II.||
13318|Saunders Mountain|Summit|765300S|1454200W|-76.8833333|-145.7|975|3199|01/01/1966|A massive islandlike mountain rising to 975 m at the W end of Denfeld Mountains, Ford Ranges, on the Saunders Coast (q.v.), Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) on an aerial flight of Dec. 5, 1929, and named by R. Admiral Byrd after Captain Harold E. Saunders, U.S. Navy (USN) (1890-1961), naval architect, cartographer and toponymist; chief cartographer of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) of 1928-30 and 1933-35, who compiled maps of this coast from aerial photographs obtained by the Byrd expeditions; Technical Director, David Taylor Model Basin, Carderock, MD, 1940-46 (Director, 1946-47); Consultant to Bureau of Ships, USN, to 1961; member of US-SCAN, 1943-46; Chariman, Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN), 1947-61.||
13319|Saunders Point|Summit|604200S|0451900W|-60.7|-45.3166667|||01/01/1952|The southern extremity of the small island lying between Amphibolite Point and Tophet Bastion, off the S coast of Coronation Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted by DI personnel from the Discovery II in 1933.  Named for A. Saunders who was aboard Discovery II and photographed the South Orkney Islands.||
13320|Saunders Rock|Summit|852500S|1270200W|-85.4166667|-127.0333333|||01/01/1967|A rock 3 mi NW of Feeley Peak, between Davisville and Quonset Glaciers on the N side of Wisconsin Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John T. Saunders, electronics technician, Byrd Station winter party, 1960.||04/12/2001
13321|Saunders Valley|Valley|621300S|0585800W|-62.2166667|-58.9666667||||Valley 0.9 mi in length and varying width, trending WNW-ESE in S Fildes Peninsula, King George Island.  The valley mouth opens to Hydrographers Cove.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 for Andrew D. Saunders, British geologist, University of Birmingham, working with the British Antarctic Survey (BAS) party in this area, 1975.||
13322|Sauria Buttress|Cliff|803200S|0202400W|-80.5333333|-20.4|1300|4265||A rock buttress rising to c. 1,300 m to the SE of Lundstrom Knoll in Pioneers Escarpment, Shackleton Range. Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967.  Surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of pioneers of polar life and travel grouped in this area, named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after Charles-Marc Sauria (b. 1812), French inventor of the first practical friction match in 1831.||
13323|Saussure Glacier|Glacier|671100S|0670000W|-67.1833333|-67||||Glacier flowing NE from Tyndall Mountains, Arrowsmith Peninsula, into Lallemand Fjord, Loubet Coast.  Photographed from the air by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) in 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with the names of glaciologists grouped in the area after Horace Benedict de Saussure (1740-99), Swiss naturalist and physicist, who in 1787 was the first to recognize that erratic boulders had been moved great distances by ice.||
13324|Savage Glacier|Glacier|722800S|0960900W|-72.4666667|-96.15|||01/01/1960|Glacier at the E end of Thurston Island, lying S of Tierney Peninsula and flowing E to Seraph Bay.  Discovered on helicopter flights from the USS Glacier and Burton Island by personnel of the U.S. Navy (USN) Bellingshausen Sea Expedition in February 1960.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant John Savage, USN, Dental Officer aboard the Glacier who assisted in establishing geodetic control points in the area.||01/28/2004
13326|Savage Nunatak|Summit|862700S|1245800W|-86.45|-124.9666667|||01/01/1967|A nunatak located 7 mi SE of Hatcher Bluffs, along the E margin of upper Reedy Glacier.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Henry C. Savage, builder at Byrd Station in 1962.||
13327|Savin Nunatak|Summit|735200S|0680200W|-73.8666667|-68.0333333|||01/01/1968|An isolated nunatak 30 mi SW of Mount Vang, rising above the ice plateau at the base of Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Samuel M. Savin, glaciologist at Byrd Station, summer 1965-66.||
13328|Savoia Peak|Summit|645100S|0632600W|-64.85|-63.4333333|1415|4642|01/01/1965|Peak, 1,415 m, at the NE end of Sierra DuFief, a mountain range in the SW part of Wiencke Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, in 1898, and scaled by members of the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05.  Named by Charcot for Luigi di Savoia, Duke of the Abruzzi.||
13329|Mount Saw|Summit|681100S|0564400E|-68.1833333|56.7333333|||01/01/1967|An isolated mountain about 17 mi SSE of Mount Cook of the Leckie Range.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos.  Named by ANCA for B. Saw, helicopter pilot with the 1965 Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Nella Dan), led by Phillip Law.||
13330|Sawert Rocks|Island|673100S|0625000E|-67.5166667|62.8333333|||01/01/1965|Group of rocks 2.5 mi ENE of Azimuth Island in the NE part of Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  Plotted from photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1958.  Named by ANCA for A. Sawert, radio officer at Mawson Station in 1959.||
13331|Saw Rock|Island|570300S|0264700W|-57.05|-26.7833333|25|82|01/01/1952|Rock, 25 m high, lying 0.4 mi N of Crosscut Point, the N extremity of Vindication Island, in the South Sandwich Islands. Charted in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II and named by them, probably for association with Crosscut Point.||
13333|Sawyer Island|Island|652600S|0653200W|-65.4333333|-65.5333333|||01/01/1965|Island 2 mi long lying N of Pickwick Island, Pitt Islands, in the Biscoe Islands.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 after Robert Sawyer, one of the central characters in Charles Dickens' Pickwick Papers.||
13334|Sawyer Nunatak|Summit|754400S|1615000E|-75.7333333|161.8333333|||01/01/1968|A small but distinctive nunatak standing 3 mi SE of Mount Stephens in the Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Joseph O. Sawyer, satellite geodesist with the McMurdo Station winter party, 1966.||
13336|Saxby Pass|Gap|713600S|1674500E|-71.6|167.75||||A snow-covered pass through Lyttelton Range, Admiralty Mountains, S of Lange Peak.  The pass was used by a New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) field party led by R.H. Findlay, 1981-82, in travel between Atkinson Glacier and Dennistoun Glacier.  Named by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) after Eric Saxby.||
13337|Saxton Ridge|Ridge|703700S|0665200E|-70.6166667|66.8666667|||01/01/1967|A mountain ridge just S of Thomson Massif in the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1956.  Named by ANCA for R.A. Saxton, officer in charge at Wilkes Station in 1963.||
13338|Saxum Nunatak|Summit|631000S|0560200W|-63.1666667|-56.0333333|430|1411|01/01/1963|Isolated nunatak, 430 m, standing 6 mi N of Mount Tholus on the N side of Joinville Island.  It is dome-shaped when seen from the south, but has a conspicuous rock wall on its northern side. Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1954.  The name is descriptive of the feature as seen from the north, "saxum" being Latin for wall.||
13339|Sayce Glacier|Glacier|650500S|0625900W|-65.0833333|-62.9833333|||01/01/1965|Glacier flowing into Flandres Bay immediately N of Pelletan Point, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for B.J. Sayce (1839-1895), English photographer who, with W.B. Bolton, invented the collodion emulsion process of dryplate photography, which displaced wet collodion in 1864.||
13340|Sayen Rocks|Summit|734000S|0943700W|-73.6666667|-94.6166667|||01/01/1963|Two small rock exposures, visible from northward, situated near the crest of the ice-covered heights between Miller Crag and Sutley Peak, in the Jones Mountains.  Mapped by the University of Minnesota-Jones Mountains Party, 1960-61.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for L.D. Sayen, photographer of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6, who took part in photographing the Jones Mountains in January 1961.||
13341|Sayer Nunatak|Summit|622824S|0600807W|-62.4733333|-60.1352778|200|656||A nunatak rising to 200 meters southward of Williams Point, Livingston Island in the South Shetland Islands. The nunatak was photographed from the air by FIDASE, 1956-57, and visited during BAS geological work, 1975-76. Named by UK-APC after Capt. Sayer, Master of the brig General Scott, from Sag Harbor, New York, who carried out sealing operations in this area, 1821-22.||01/18/2010
13342|Sbrosovoye Lake|Lake|704500S|0113500E|-70.75|11.5833333|||01/01/1970|A small lake 1 mi SW of Tyuleniy Point in the Schirmacher Hills, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1961 and named Ozero Sbrosovoye (fault lake).||
13343|Scaife Mountains|Summit|750600S|0650800W|-75.1|-65.1333333|||01/01/1947|A group of mountains rising W of Prehn Peninsula and between the Ketchum and Ueda Glaciers, at the base of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, 1947-48, who named these mountains for Alan M. Scaife of Pittsburgh, a contributor to the expedition.||
13344|Scallop Hill|Summit|781200S|1664400E|-78.2|166.7333333|225|738|01/01/1963|A volcanic dome rising to 225 m directly behind Cape Spirit on Black Island, in the Ross Archipelago.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1958-59) after a fossiliferous conglomerate on top of the hill which contains a Chlamid lamellibranch commonly called scallops.||
13345|Scallop Ridge|Ridge|852600S|1390000W|-85.4333333|-139|||01/01/1967|An undulating ridge, 3 mi long, forming the SW portion of the Berry Peaks.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN).  The name is descriptive of the curving outline of the ridge.||
13346|Scanlan Peak|Summit|710500S|0652300E|-71.0833333|65.3833333|||01/01/1967|The southernmost of a group of three peaks about 5 mi SE of Husky Massif in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1960.  Named for A.M. Scanlan, cook at Davis Station in 1961.||
13347|Scarab Bluff|Cliff|712000S|0681600W|-71.3333333|-68.2666667|||01/01/1994|A bluff N of Giza Peak overlooking Fossil Bluff hut on Alexander Island.  A small plateau above the bluff contains a permanent melt pool which is a designated biological research site.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1993 in keeping with other names in the vicinity after the sacred Scarab Beetle of the Egyptians.||
13348|Scarab Peak|Summit|732100S|1630100E|-73.35|163.0166667|3160|10367|01/01/1964|A prominent peak, 3,160 m, located 2 mi NE of Mount Frustum in the SE end of Tobin Mesa, the Mesa Range, Victoria Land. Named by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, for its resemblance to a scarab beetle.||
13349|Scar Bluffs|Cliff|684800S|1533200E|-68.8|153.5333333|||01/01/1967|Three black, rectangular, steep-sided rock outcrops 27 mi S of Cape Hudson, Mawson Peninsula.  Photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47, the Soviet Antarctic Expedition, 1958, and Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), 1959.  Named by ANCA after the Special Committee on Antarctic Research (SCAR) of the International Council of Scientific Unions.||
13350|Scarborough Castle|Pillar|622800S|0604800W|-62.4666667|-60.8|30|98|01/01/1960|A crag rising to c. 30 m near the NE Entrance point to Shirreff Cove, Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands. Roughly charted and named by British sealer Robert Fildes in 1821.||
13351|Scar Hills|Range|632500S|0570100W|-63.4166667|-57.0166667|||01/01/1952|Small ridge of hills, with numerous glacial striae, extending from the head of Hope Bay 1 mi NE along the SE shore, at the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered and named "Schrammenhugel" by a party under J. Gunnar Andersson of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04.  An English translation of the name has been approved.||
13352|Scar Inlet|Stream|655600S|0615200W|-65.9333333|-61.8666667|||01/01/1964|An area of the Larsen Ice Shelf immediately NW of Jason Peninsula.  It is bounded by Tashtego Point and Chapman Point. Discovered in 1902 by Otto Nordenskjold, leader of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition, 1901-04, who gave the name "Scott Bay." That name has not survived in usage, perhaps due to the large number of features already named after Captain Robert F. Scott. The present name was given by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) (1963) after the Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research of the International Council of Scientific Unions, in recognition of the role of this organization in furthering scientific research in the Antarctic.||
13353|Scarlatti Peak|Summit|711600S|0702600W|-71.2666667|-70.4333333|750|2461|01/01/1961|Conspicuous pyramidal peak, 750 m, 8 mi NW of Holst Peak and 12 mi E of Walton Mountains in the central part of Alexander Island.  First mapped from air photos obtained by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Alessandro Scarlatti (1660-1725), Italian composer.||
13354|Scarlet Hill|Summit|530600S|0734000E|-53.1|73.6666667|410|1345|01/01/1957|Ice-free, rounded hill, 410 m, overlooking Skua Beach on the E side of Heard Island.  This feature appears to have been roughly charted on an 1874 chart by a British expedition under Nares in the Challenger.  It was surveyed and named by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1948.||
13355|Scarlett Point|Summit|582800S|0262000W|-58.4666667|-26.3333333|||01/01/1952|Point forming the W side of Phyllis Bay at the S end of Montagu Island, in the South Sandwich Islands.  Charted in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II and named for E.W.A. Scarlett, accountant on the staff of the Discovery Committee.||
13356|Scend Rocks|Island|644800S|0641500W|-64.8|-64.25|||01/01/1960|Small group of rocks lying 1.5 mi SW of Rumbler Rock and 2.5 mi WNW of Outcast Islands, off the SW coast of Anvers Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  Surveyed by the British Naval Hydrographic Survey Unit in 1956-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958. Scend is a nautical term describing the horizontal forward and backward flow of sea water breaking over a shallow obstruction, caused by the incoming ocean swell.||
13357|Mount Schaefer|Summit|712200S|1662300E|-71.3666667|166.3833333|1825|5987|01/01/1970|Mountain (1,825 m) which marks the W extremity of Robinson Heights in the Admiralty Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy photography, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Paul W. Schaefer, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1966-67.||
13358|Schaefer Islands|Island|734000S|1032400W|-73.6666667|-103.4|||01/01/1970|A small group of islands lying close to the NW end of Canisteo Peninsula and 2 mi SW of Lindsey Islands.  Mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William A. Schaefer, geologist on the Ellsworth Land Survey, 1968-69.||
13359|Schanz Glacier|Glacier|794500S|0834000W|-79.75|-83.6666667|||01/01/1966|A glacier 8 mi long in the Heritage Range, draining S between Soholt Peaks and Collier Hills to enter Union Glacier. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Thomas L. Schanz, supply officer with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 during Deep Freeze, 1965.||
13360|Scharon Bluff|Cliff|705800S|1672400E|-70.9666667|167.4|1000|3281|01/01/1970|A steep rock bluff (1,000 m) on the S side of Tapsell Foreland, Victoria Land.  The bluff surmounts the N side of Barnett Glacier, 9 mi W of Cape Moore.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for LeRoy H. Scharon, U.S. Exchange Scientist (geophysics) at Molodezhnaya station, winter 1968.||
13361|Schaus Ice Rises|Glacier|710300S|0724000W|-71.05|-72.6666667||||A group of small ice rises in Wilkins Ice Shelf, aligned E-W just off the N side of Eroica Peninsula, Alexander Island. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy aerial photographs taken 1967-68 and from Landsat imagery taken 1972-73.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Richard Schaus, U.S. Navy (USN), assigned to the Division of Polar Programs, NSF, as aviation projects officer, 1979-80.||
13362|Scheimpflug Nunatak|Summit|644800S|0623600W|-64.8|-62.6|||01/01/1965|Nunatak in the mouth of Deville Glacier on Arctowski Peninsula, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Theodor Scheimpflug (1865-1911), Austrian pioneer of aerophotogrammetry.||
13363|Schenck Peak|Summit|694000S|0721800W|-69.6666667|-72.3|500|1640||A peak (c. 500 m) in the Desko Mountains (q.v.), located 2 mi SW of Morrill Peak in SE Rothschild Island.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander James N. Schenck, USCG, Executive Officer of U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Staten Island during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1971.||
13364|Mount Scherger|Summit|731300S|0625500E|-73.2166667|62.9166667|||01/01/1965|A peak just W of Mount McCauley in the southern Prince Charles Mountains.  Mapped from air photos and surveys, 1956-57, by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE).  Named by ANCA for Air Marshal Sir Frederick Scherger, Chief of the Air Staff in Australia, 1957-61.||
13365|Scheuren Stream|Stream|772353S|1633914E|-77.398003|163.653834|||01/01/1968|A meltwater stream 1 mi west of Gneiss Point on the coast of Victoria Land.  It issues from the front of Wilson Piedmont Glacier and drains northward to the Bay of Sails.  The stream was studied by Robert L. Nichols, geologist for Metcalf and Eddy, Engineers, Boston, MA, which made engineering studies here under contract to the U.S. Navy in 1957-58 season.  Named by Nichols for John J. Scheuren, Jr., chief of Metcalf and Eddy's field party.||
13366|Mount Schevill|Summit|850700S|1671200W|-85.1166667|-167.2|1995|6545|01/01/1966|A conspicuous mountain, 1,995 m, overlooking the head of Somero Glacier, about 5 mi SE of Mount Johnstone, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William E. Schevill, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1964-65.||
13367|Mount Schicht|Summit|712600S|0130800E|-71.4333333|13.1333333|||01/01/1970|A prominent mountain with several summits, rising 4 mi WSW of Ritscher Peak in the Gruber Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  The feature was discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named Schicht-Berge (stratum mountains) because of its appearance.||
13368|Mount Schimansky|Summit|705000S|0634900W|-70.8333333|-63.8166667|||01/01/1976|A ridge-like mountain 6 mi NW of Heintz Peak of the Welch Mountains, in Palmer Land.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander John A. Schimansky, U.S. Navy (USN), Commander of LC-130 aircraft of Squadron VXE-6 on many aerial photographic and ice-sensing missions over the Antarctic continent during Operation Deep Freeze, 1970 and 1971.||
13369|Schimper Glacier|Glacier|801800S|0250500W|-80.3|-25.0833333||||A glacier in the E part of Herbert Mountains, Shackleton Range, flowing NNE into Slessor Glacier.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of glacial geologists grouped in the area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Karl Friedrich Schimper (1803-67), German botanist who in 1835 originated the theory of the Ice Age in Europe to account for the distribution of erratic boulders.||
13370|Schirmacher Hills|Range|704500S|0114000E|-70.75|11.6666667|||01/01/1966|A line of low coastal hills, 11 mi long, with numerous meltwater ponds, standing 40 mi N of the Humboldt Mountains along the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named for Richardheinrich Schirmacher, pilot of the Boreas, one of the expedition seaplanes.||
13371|Schirmacher Massif|Range|713700S|0622000W|-71.6166667|-62.3333333|||01/01/1976|An island-like mountain massif in the E part of Palmer Land.  The feature is surrounded by the flow of the Rankin and Cline Glaciers, 3 mi W of Rowley Massif.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Eberhard G. Schirmacher, topographic engineer, leader of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) topographic party on two expeditions to the Lassiter Coast, 1969-70 and 1970-71.  He was U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) party leader to Pine Island Bay, 1974-75.||
13373|Schirmacher Ponds|Swamp|704500S|0114000E|-70.75|11.6666667|||01/01/1966|A group of meltwater ponds scattered among the Schirmacher Hills, lying 40 mi N of the Humboldt Mountains, along the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named for Richardheinrich Schirmacher, pilot of the Boreas, one of the expedition seaplanes.||
13376|Schist Peak|Summit|771854S|1620055E|-77.314937|162.015413|1650|5413|01/01/1964|Peak, 1,650 m, surmounting the divide between the Willis and Packard Glaciers in the Saint Johns Range of Victoria Land. Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1959-60) for the rock type of which it is composed.||
13377|Schist Point|Summit|604300S|0451400W|-60.7166667|-45.2333333|||01/01/1956|Conspicuous point at the W side of Divide Peaks on the S coast of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  First surveyed by DI personnel in 1933.  The name, applied by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) following their survey of 1948-49, marks the eastern limit at sea level of the metamorphic rocks in this part of Coronation Island.||
13378|Schlatter Glacier|Glacier|774121S|1612706E|-77.689149|161.451546|||01/01/1976|Glacier descending from the Asgard Range toward Lake House in Pearse Valley, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Roberto P. Schlatter, Chilean biologist who worked in the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) bird-banding program relative to the Adelie penguin and the south polar skua, at Cape Crozier in the 1969-70 and 1970-71 seasons.||
13380|Schlieper Bay|Bay|540200S|0375000W|-54.0333333|-37.8333333|||01/01/1953|Bay 1 mi wide, entered between Romerof Head and Weddell Point along the S coast of South Georgia.  Schlieper Bay was named between 1905-12 after the director of the Compania Argentina de Pesca.||
13381|Schloredt Nunatak|Summit|750300S|1341500W|-75.05|-134.25|||01/01/1974|A nunatak 1 mi S of Bleclic Peaks, at the S extremity of the Perry Range in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Jerry L. Schloredt, Chief Construction Electrician, U.S. Navy (USN), who served as Nuclear Power Plant Operator with the Naval Nuclear Power Unit at McMurdo Station, 1966, 1967 and 1969.||
13382|Cape Schlossbach|Cape|750800S|0630600W|-75.1333333|-63.1|||01/01/1947|Cape forming the E end of Prehn Peninsula, located between Gardner and Hansen Inlets on the E side of the base of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, 1947-48, who named it for Commander Isaac Schlossbach, U.S. Navy (USN) (Ret.), second-in-command of the expedition and commander of the ship Port of Beaumont, Texas.||
13383|Mount Schlossbach|Summit|780300S|1544800W|-78.05|-154.8|||01/01/1947|A peak just SE of Mount Nilsen in the S group of the Rockefeller Mountains on Edward VII Peninsula.  Discovered by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) on a flight of Jan. 27, 1929, and named for Commander Isaac Schlossbach, U.S. Navy (USN), a member of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1933-35) and member of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) party which occupied the Rockefeller Mountains seismic station during November-December 1940.||
13384|Schmehl Peak|Summit|693400S|1584500E|-69.5666667|158.75|750|2461|01/01/1970|A rock peak (750 m) at the N end of the ridge overlooking the junction of the Walsh Glacier with the Tomilin Glacier, in the Wilson Hills.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) Peter W. Schmehl, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), Navigator in LC-130F Hercules aircraft during Operation Deep Freeze 1968.||
13385|Mount Schmid|Summit|775800S|0854000W|-77.9666667|-85.6666667|2430|7972|01/01/1961|A mountain (2,430 m) on the S side of Embree Glacier, rising 5 mi E of Mount Goldthwait in the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Ernest A. Schmid, USAF, who participated in the establishment of the IGY South Pole Station during the 1956-57 season.||
13386|Schmidt Glacier|Glacier|530300S|0732400E|-53.05|73.4|||01/01/1957|A glacier, 0.7 mi long, flowing W from Baudissin Glacier between Mount Drygalski and North West Cornice, on the W side of Heard Island.  The feature was roughly charted in 1902 by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Drygalski.  He named it for Dr. J. Schmidt of the Royal Prussian Ministry, who assisted in obtaining government support for the expedition.||
13387|Schmidt Glacier|Glacier|791500S|0834200W|-79.25|-83.7|||01/01/1964|A glacier, 20 mi long, in the Pioneer Heights of the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  The glacier originates near Hall Peak and drains N along the W side of Thompson Escarpment and Gross Hills to coalesce with the lower part of Splettstoesser Glacier, N of Mount Virginia.  Named by the University of Minnesota Ellsworth Mountains Party, 1961-62, for Paul G. Schmidt, geologist with the party.||
13388|Schmidt Hills|Range|831400S|0574800W|-83.2333333|-57.8|||01/01/1965|A group of rock hills, 15 mi long, lying N of Childs Glacier and W of Roderick Valley in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Dwight L. Schmidt, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geologist to the Pensacola Mountains in 1962-63, 1963-64 and 1965-66.||
13389|Schmidt Nunataks|Summit|695300S|1585600E|-69.8833333|158.9333333|||01/01/1970|A cluster of nunataks 11 mi SE of Governor Mountain in the Wilson Hills.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James L. Schmidt, AE2, U.S. Navy (USN), Aviation Electrician's Mate of Squadron VX-6 and a member of the winter-over party at McMurdo Station, 1967.||
13390|Schmidt Peak|Summit|861500S|1445000W|-86.25|-144.8333333|||01/01/1967|A peak along the S side of California Plateau, marking the end of a narrow ridge 3 mi NE of Parker Bluff in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Dennis C. Schmidt, photographer with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 on Operation Deep Freeze 1963, 1964 and 1967.||
13391|Schmidt Peninsula|Cape|631900S|0575400W|-63.3166667|-57.9|||01/01/1964|A small peninsula connected by a low isthmus to Cape Legoupil, Trinity Peninsula.  Named by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition of 1947-48 for Captain Hugo Schmidt Prado, Chilean Army, the first commander of Base Bernardo O'Higgins established in 1948 on this peninsula.||
13392|Schmitter Peak|Summit|711600S|0662100E|-71.2666667|66.35|||01/01/1967|A small mountain peak about 3 mi SW of Mount Woinarski in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1956 and 1960.  Named by ANCA for U. Schmitter, cook at Davis Station in 1964.||
13393|Schmitt Mesa|Summit|745600S|0640500W|-74.9333333|-64.0833333|||01/01/1968|A prominent, mainly ice-covered mesa, 15 mi long and 5 mi wide, forming the southern rampart of Latady Mountains at the base of Antarctic Peninsula.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Waldo L. Schmitt, marine biologist, Honorary Research Associate of the Smithsonian Institution.  Schmitt was aboard Fleurus at Deception Island in 1927.  He participated in the Staten Island cruise to Marguerite Bay and Weddell Sea in the 1962-63 season.||
13394|Schmutzler Nunatak|Summit|745700S|0721000W|-74.95|-72.1666667|1500|4921||A nunatak rising to c. 1,500 m, located 1 mi NW of Neff Nunatak and 1.5 mi SSW of Gaylord Nunatak in the Grossman Nunataks (q.v.), Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs taken 1965-68.  Named in 1987 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Robin A. Schmutzler, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) cartographer, a member of the joint U.S. Geological Survey (USGS)-British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geological party to Orville Coast, 1977-78.||
13395|Schneider Glacier|Glacier|792900S|0841700W|-79.4833333|-84.2833333|||01/01/1966|A glacier in the Heritage Range, 15 mi long, draining N between the Dunbar and Inferno Ridges and coalescing with Balish Glacier before entering the Splettstoesser Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Arthur F. Schneider, Maintenance Officer of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 during Deep Freeze 1965, and Commanding Officer in 1968.||
13396|Schneider Hills|Range|823600S|0424500W|-82.6|-42.75|||01/01/1968|A group of hills lying S of San Martin Glacier and forming the S half of the Argentina Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Otto Schneider, chief scientist of the Instituto Antartico Argentino in this period.||
13397|Schneider Peak|Summit|713700S|0624100W|-71.6166667|-62.6833333|1300|4265||A peak rising to c. 1,300 m near the head of Rankin Glacier, 6 mi WSW of Mount Geier, Schirmacher Massif, on the Black Coast of Palmer Land.  The peak was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1966-69, and was visited by a joint U.S. Geological Survey (USGS)-British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geological party, 1986-87.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1988 after David L. Schneider, cartographer, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), a member of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) satellite surveying team at Australia's Casey Station, winter party 1974. While assigned to the Law Dome ice-drilling team during March 1974, Schneider assisted in the rescue of three Australian co-workers whose Nodwell snow traverse vehicle had fallen into a deep crevasse.||
13398|Schneider Rock|Summit|740800S|1150500W|-74.1333333|-115.0833333|||01/01/1967|A rock 3 mi N of Siglin Rocks, protruding through the ice on the W side of Martin Peninsula, Bakutis Coast, in Marie Byrd Land.  First photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in January 1947.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lieutenant R.P. Schneider, USN, maintenance coordinator at the Williams Field air strip, McMurdo Sound, during Deep Freeze 1966.||04/12/2001
13399|Schobert Nunatak|Summit|853100S|1621400W|-85.5166667|-162.2333333|||01/01/1967|A nunatak overlooking the terminus of Bowman Glacier, standing 4 mi E of Mount Dean, at the NE end of Quarles Range, Queen Maud Mountains.  First mapped by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William J. Schobert, aviation electrician and maintenance shop supervisor with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 for several Deep Freeze operations, 1964-67 period.||
13400|Schoeck Peak|Summit|795300S|0825100W|-79.8833333|-82.85|1810|5938|01/01/1966|A peak, 1,810 m, standing directly at the head of Henderson Glacier in the Enterprise Hills, Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Peter A. Schoeck, auroral scientist at Little America V Station in 1957.||
13401|Schofield Peak|Summit|723600S|1661800E|-72.6|166.3|||01/01/1969|A peak 1 mi SE of Mount McCarthy, in the Barker Range, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Edmund A. Schofield, biologist at Hallett Station, summer 1963-64, and McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
13403|Schokalsky Bay|Bay|691500S|0695500W|-69.25|-69.9166667|||01/01/1955|Bay, 9 mi wide at its entrance and indenting 6 mi between Mount Calais and Cape Brown along the E coast of Alexander Island.  Hampton Glacier discharges tremendous amounts of ice into the head of Schokalsky Bay at a steep gradient causing the ice there to be extremely broken and irregular, and discourages use of this bay and glacier as an inland sledging route onto NE Alexander Island.  First sighted from a distance in 1909 and roughly charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot who, thinking it to be a strait, gave the name "Detroit Schokalsky" after Yuliy M. Shokal'skiy, Russian geographer, meteorologist and oceanographer. Charcot followed the spelling Schokalsky used by the man himself when writing in Roman script.  The coast in this vicinity was photographed from the air and this bay roughly charted in 1937 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), but Charcot's "Detroit Schokalsky" was not identified.  Surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1948 identified this bay as the feature originally named by Charcot.||
13404|Scholander Island|Island|662200S|0665800W|-66.3666667|-66.9666667|||01/01/1965|An island 1.5 mi E of Watkins Island, Biscoe Islands. Mapped from air photos taken by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Per F. Scholander, American physiologist who has investigated many aspects of polar physiology.||
13405|Schollaert Channel|Channel|643000S|0625000W|-64.5|-62.8333333|||01/01/1947|Channel between Anvers Island on the SW and Brabant Island on the NE, connecting Dallmann Bay and Gerlache Strait, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered in 1898 by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, who named it for Francois Schollaert (1851-1917), Belgian statesman.||
13406|Schoofs Nunatak|Summit|731800S|0640400W|-73.3|-64.0666667|||01/01/1968|An isolated nunatak 20 mi WNW of Mount Barkow, rising above the featureless ice plateau westward of the heads of Meinardus and Haines Glaciers, in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gerald J. Schoofs, radioscience researcher at Byrd Station, summer 1965-66.||
13407|Mount Schopf|Summit|844800S|1132500W|-84.8|-113.4166667|2990|9810|01/01/1962|An elongated, mesa-like, mainly ice-covered mountain (2,990 m), located just E of Buckeye Table in the Ohio Range.  Surveyed by the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Horlick Mountains Traverse party in Dec. 1958. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James M. Schopf, geologist, Coal and Geology Laboratory, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), Columbus, Ohio, who greatly assisted the field geologist by analyzing coal and related rock specimens from this mountain.  Schopf was a member of the Horlick Mountains Party in the 1961-62 season.||
13408|Schott Inlet|Stream|721000S|0605200W|-72.1666667|-60.8666667|||01/01/1953|Small ice-filled inlet indenting the E side of Merz Peninsula close S of Cape Darlington, along the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered and photographed from the air in December 1940 by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  Charted in 1947 by a joint party consisting of members of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne and the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Gerhard Schott, internationally known German oceanographer.||
13409|Schrader Glacier|Glacier|540700S|0373900W|-54.1166667|-37.65|||01/01/1953|Small glacier which flows to the head of Wilson Harbor on the S coast of South Georgia.  Charted by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Filchner, 1911-12, and named for Dr. K. Schrader, leader of the German group of the International Polar Year Investigations based at Royal Bay in 1882-83.||
13411|Schroeder Hill|Summit|852300S|1751200W|-85.3833333|-175.2|2680|8793|01/01/1966|A rock prominence, 2,680 m, standing 3.5 mi SE of Ellis Bluff in the Cumulus Hills.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Henry B. Schroeder, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at South Pole Station, winter 1964, who was field assistant at Byrd Station, 1964-65.||
13412|Schroeder Peak|Summit|821500S|1583700E|-82.25|158.6166667|2230|7316|01/01/1966|Peak, 2,230 m, standing 3 mi NW of Mount Kopere in the Cobham Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James E. Schroeder, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciologist at Little America V, 1959-60.||
13413|Schroeder Spur|Ridge|713800S|1603000E|-71.6333333|160.5|||01/01/1970|A large mountain spur lying S of Edwards Glacier and the parallel Thompson Spur, at the S end of Daniels Range, Usarp Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lauren A. Schroeder, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
13414|Schubert Inlet|Stream|705200S|0705500W|-70.8666667|-70.9166667|||01/01/1961|Ice-filled inlet, 14 mi long and 5 mi wide, indenting the W coast of Alexander Island between the Colbert and Walton Mountains.  Mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Franz Schubert (1797-1828), Austrian composer.||
13415|Schule Island|Island|654600S|0653300W|-65.7666667|-65.55|||01/01/1971|Small island lying 4 mi E of Laktionov Island, off the E side of Renaud Island in the Biscoe Islands.  First accurately shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for John J. Schule, Jr., American oceanographer who organized the sea ice service of the U.S. Hydrographic Office in 1950.||
13416|Schulte Hills|Range|733500S|1635000E|-73.5833333|163.8333333|||01/01/1968|A small group of low hills lying 5 mi SSW of Stewart Heights in the Southern Cross Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named by the southern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1966-67, for Frank Schulte, geologist with this party.||
13417|Schulthess Buttress|Cliff|844700S|1150000W|-84.7833333|-115|||01/01/1962|A broad ice-capped bluff between Ricker and Higgins Canyons on the N side of Buckeye Table, Ohio Range.  The feature has steep ice and rock cliffs and is prominent when viewed from northward.  Surveyed in Dec. 1958 by the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Horlick Mountains Traverse party.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Emil Schulthess, Swiss photographer who accompanied the party during part of the traverse.  He subsequently published an excellent photographic portrait of the continent in his book Antarctica, 1960.||
13418|Schultz Glacier|Glacier|771912S|1622018E|-77.319871|162.338226|||01/01/1976|A glacier flowing E between Pond Peak and Purgatory Peak to join Victoria Lower Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Robert L. Schultz, U.S. Navy (USN), Officer-in-Charge of the Naval Support Force winter-over detachment at McMurdo Station in 1975.||
13420|Schulz Point|Summit|661700S|1102900E|-66.2833333|110.4833333|||01/01/1963|The western point of Shirley Island in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Construction Mechanic Richard L. Schulz, USN, a member of the Wilkes Station party of 1958.||
13421|Mount Schumacher|Summit|715500S|0025800W|-71.9166667|-2.9666667|1230|4035|01/01/1962|Mountain, 1,230 m, standing 6 mi SW of Nils Jorgen Peaks on the W side of Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59). Named for Nils Jorgen Schumacher, senior meteorologist with the Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE).||
13422|Mount Schumann|Summit|713800S|0734200W|-71.6333333|-73.7|600|1968|01/01/1961|Mountain rising to c. 600 m SW of the head of Brahms Inlet on Beethoven Peninsula in the SW part of Alexander Island.  First mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Robert Schumann (1810-56), German composer.||
13423|Schumann Nunatak|Summit|723500S|1631800E|-72.5833333|163.3|||01/01/1969|A nunatak 2 mi S of Salvador Nunatak, at the SW end of Freyberg Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Edward A. Schumann, cosmic ray researcher at McMurdo Station in 1967.||
13424|Schüssel Cirque|Basin|713400S|0113300E|-71.5666667|11.55|||01/01/1970|A large west-facing cirque containing Schussel Moraine, in the north-central part of the Humboldt Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, who referred to it as "In der Schussel" (in the bowl) and "Grosse Brei-Schussel" (great mash bowl).  The Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) has recommended a shorter form of the original names and has added the appropriate generic term.||
13425|Schüssel Moraine|Ridge|713400S|0113200E|-71.5666667|11.5333333|||01/01/1970|A large morainal deposit occupying Schussel Cirque in the north-central Humboldt Mountains of Queen Maud Land. Discovered and first plotted by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39, who named the cirque.  The moraine was named in association with Schussel Cirque by the Soviet expedition which obtained air photos of the feature in 1961.||
13426|Mount Schutz|Summit|694600S|1591600E|-69.7666667|159.2666667|1260|4134|01/01/1970|A mountain (1,260 m) rising at the E side of the head of Noll Glacier in the Wilson Hills.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Albert C. Schutz, Jr., U.S. Navy (USN), Aircraft Commander in LC-117D and Co-pilot in LC-130F aircraft during Operation Deep Freeze 1967 and 1968.||
13427|Schwartz Peak|Summit|741000S|0761500W|-74.1666667|-76.25|||01/01/1968|A rock peak 15 mi ESE of FitzGerald Bluffs in Ellsworth Land.  The peak is one in a chain of small summits lying southeastward of the bluffs and is the dominant feature near the center of the group.  It was discovered and photographed on Nov. 23, 1935 by Lincoln Ellsworth.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Bruce L. Schwartz, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Topographic Engineer in Antarctica, 1967-68.||
13428|Schwartz Range|Range|670800S|0553800E|-67.1333333|55.6333333|||01/01/1961|Range of mountains trending in a NE-SW direction, standing 17 mi SW of Edward VIII Bay.  Discovered in November 1954 by R. Dovers and Georges Schwartz during an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) sledging journey to Edward VIII Bay.  Named by ANCA for Schwartz, who was French Observer with Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) at Mawson Station in 1954.||
13431|Schweitzer Glacier|Glacier|775000S|0344000W|-77.8333333|-34.6666667|||01/01/1947|A glacier which drains west along the north side of Littlewood Nunataks into Vahsel Bay.  The Lerchenfeld Glacier, trending west-northwestward, coalesces with the lower portion of this glacier.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition, 1911-12, under Wilhelm Filchner.  He named it for Major Schweitzer, first president of the German Antarctic Expedition Society.||
13432|Schwob Peak|Summit|755300S|1283900W|-75.8833333|-128.65|2715|8907|01/01/1974|A peak (2,715 m) 1.5 mi S of Mount Petras in the McCuddin Mountains, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain William S. Schwob, USCG, Commanding Officer of U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Southwind during Operation Deep Freeze 1972.||
13433|Schytt Glacier|Glacier|713500S|0034000W|-71.5833333|-3.6666667|||01/01/1962|A broad glacier about 60 mi long, flowing northward between Giaever and Ahlmann Ridges in Queen Maud Land to the Jelbart Ice Shelf.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named for Stig V. Schytt, second in command and glaciologist of Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE).||
13434|Scoble Glacier|Glacier|672300S|0602700E|-67.3833333|60.45|||01/01/1965|Glacier 4 mi W of Campbell Head in Mac. Robertson Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Breoddane (the glacier points).  Renamed by ANCA for Charles H. Scoble, diesel engineer at Macquarie Island station, who drowned in July 1948.||
13435|Cape Scoresby|Cape|663400S|1624500E|-66.5666667|162.75|||01/01/1952|A high bluff marking the N end of Borradaile Island in the Balleny Islands.  Charted by personnel on the Royal Research Ship (RRS) Discovery II who made running surveys of the northern portion of the Balleny Islands, 1936-38.  Named after the William Scoresby, a companion research ship of Discovery II in carrying out oceanographic work in Antarctic waters at that time.||
13437|Scoresby Point|Summit|545000S|0360000W|-54.8333333|-36|||01/01/1965|Point forming the S side of the entrance to Williams Cove, Larsen Harbor, at the SE end of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1929 British Admiralty chart.||
13438|Scorpio Peaks|Range|703100S|0672600W|-70.5166667|-67.4333333|||01/01/1976|A conspicuous massif with two high conical peaks dominating its western end and with a ridge of lower peaks extending eastward.  The feature separates Meiklejohn Glacier and Millett Glacier on the west edge of Palmer Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the constellation of Scorpio.||
13439|Scotia Bay|Bay|604600S|0444000W|-60.7666667|-44.6666667|||01/01/1947|Bay 2.5 mi wide, lying immediately E of Mossman Peninsula on the S side of Laurie Island, in the South Orkney Islands. Discovered and roughly charted in the course of the joint cruise by Captain George Powell and Captain Nathaniel Palmer in 1821. Surveyed in 1903 by the ScotNAE under Bruce.  He named it for the expedition ship Scotia.||
13440|Scotia Sea|Sea|573000S|0400000W|-57.5|-40|||01/01/1953|A sea bounded by Shag Rocks, South Georgia, South Sandwich Islands, South Orkney Islands and the South Shetland Islands; it merges at about 55W with Drake Passage.  Named in about 1932 after the Scotia, the expedition ship used in these waters by the ScotNAE (1902-04) under William S. Bruce.||
13441|Cape Scott|Cape|710700S|1680500E|-71.1166667|168.0833333|||01/01/1947|A cape at the W side of the terminus of Dennistoun Glacier on the N coast of Victoria Land.  Discovered by Captain James Ross, 1841, who named it for Peter A. Scott, Mate on the Terror.||
13444|Mount Scott|Summit|650900S|0640300W|-65.15|-64.05|880|2887|01/01/1950|Horseshoe-shaped massif, 880 m, open to the SW with its convex side fronting on Girard Bay and its NW side on Lemaire Channel, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99.  Mapped by Dr. Jean B. Charcot, leader of the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, and named for Captain Robert F. Scott, leader of the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04.||
13447|Scott Coast|Beach|763000S|1623000E|-76.5|162.5|||01/01/1964|That portion of the coast of Victoria Land between Cape Washington and Minna Bluff.  Named by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1961 after Captain Robert Falcon Scott, Royal Navy (RN), leader of the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13), who lost his life on the return journey from the South Pole.  Much of the early exploration of this coastline was accomplished by Scott and his colleagues, and many of the names in the region were bestowed by him.||
13448|Scott Cone|Summit|665500S|1631500E|-66.9166667|163.25|||01/01/1947|A conical hill about 2 mi NNE of Cape McNab on the S end of Buckle Island, in the Balleny Islands.  Located adjacent to Eliza Cone, the two features appear to have been named after John Balleny's schooner, the Eliza Scott, in which he discovered the Balleny Islands in Feb. 1839.||
13449|Scott Glacier|Glacier|663000S|1002000E|-66.5|100.3333333|||01/01/1947|Glacier, 7 mi wide and over 20 mi long, flowing NNW to the coast between Cape Hoadley and Grace Rocks.  Discovered by the Western Base Party of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-l4) under Mawson and named for Captain Robert F. Scott, Royal Navy (RN).||
13450|Scott Glacier|Glacier|854500S|1530000W|-85.75|-153|||01/01/1966|A major glacier, 120 mi long, originating on the polar plateau in the vicinity of D'Angelo Bluff and Mount Howe, and descending between Nilsen Plateau and the mountains of the Watson Escarpment to enter Ross Ice Shelf just W of Tapley Mountains. Discovered in December 1929 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Laurence Gould.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Robert F. Scott, Royal Navy (RN), leader of the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, and British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, who lost his life in March 1912 on the return journey from the South Pole, which he had reached on Jan. 18, 1912.||
13451|Scott Icefalls|Glacier|853200S|1701500E|-85.5333333|170.25|||01/01/1966|Extensive icefalls near the head of Mill Glacier, between Otway Massif and the S part of Dominion Range.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for Captain Robert F. Scott.||
13452|Scott Island|Island|672400S|1795500W|-67.4|-179.9166667|||01/01/1947|An island, 0.25 mi long and half as wide, lying 315 mi northeastward of Cape Adare, the northeastern extremity of Victoria Land.  Discovered in December 1902 by Lieutenant William Colbeck, Royal Navy Reserve (RNR),) commander of the Morning, relief ship for Captain Robert F. Scott's expedition.  Named by Colbeck for Captain Scott.||
13454|Scott Keltie Glacier|Glacier|713200S|1694900E|-71.5333333|169.8166667||||A very small glacier discharging into Robertson Bay between Penelope Point and Egeberg Glacier, on the N coast of Victoria Land.  First charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1898-1900, under C.E. Borchgrevink.  He named it for Sir John Scott Keltie, Secretary of the Royal Geographical Society.||
13456|Scott Mountains|Summit|673000S|0503000E|-67.5|50.5|||01/01/1962|A large number of isolated peaks lying S of Amundsen Bay in Enderby Land.  Discovered on Jan. 13, 1930 by British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Sir Douglas Mawson.  He named the feature Scott Range after Captain Robert F. Scott, Royal Navy (RN).  The term mountains is considered more appropriate because of the isolation of its individual features.||
13457|Scott Nunataks|Summit|771400S|1541200W|-77.2333333|-154.2|||01/01/1947|Conspicuous twin elevations which form the N end of the Alexandra Mountains on Edward VII Peninsula.  Discovered in 1902 by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) under Captain Robert F. Scott, Royal Navy (RN).  Named after Scott by Lieutenant K. Prestrud, leader of the Eastern Sledge Party of Amundsen's Norwegian expedition who ascended the features while exploring Edward VII Peninsula in 1911.||
13458|Scott Peninsula|Cape|742200S|1175800W|-74.3666667|-117.9666667|||01/01/1967|An ice-covered peninsula, 17 mi long, extending from the coast of Marie Byrd Land into the Getz Ice Shelf toward the W end of Wright Island.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Col. Thomas Scott, USA, who assisted with the early establishment of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) finances and liaison during the IGY.||
13460|Scott Uplands|Area|724200S|0660500W|-72.7|-66.0833333|1500|4921||A group of rounded hills rising to c. 1,500 m S of Seward Mountains in SW Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from aerial photographs taken by the U.S. Navy, 1966-69.  Surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1974-75.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 after Roger J. Scott, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) surveyor, Stonington Island, 1973-75, who was in charge of the survey party in this area.||
13461|Scree Cove|Bay|673400S|0670800W|-67.5666667|-67.1333333|||01/01/1965|A cove on the SW side of Blaiklock Island in Graham Land. Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from surveys and air photos, 1948-59, and named for the very prominent scree or talus slopes along the southern shore of the cove.||
13462|Scree Gap|Gap|540100S|0374800W|-54.0166667|-37.8|||01/01/1963|Gap between Schlieper Bay and Church Bay, near the W end of South Georgia.  The name is descriptive and was given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following surveys by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57.||
13463|Screen Islands|Island|650100S|0634300W|-65.0166667|-63.7166667|||01/01/1960|Group of islands extending NW from Aguda Point for 1.5 mi across the entrance to Hidden Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 because they form a screen across the entrance to Hidden Bay.||
13464|Scree Peak|Summit|633800S|0572700W|-63.6333333|-57.45|560|1837|01/01/1952|Conspicuous, flat-topped peak with talus-covered slopes, 560 m, standing at the NE end of Eagle Island in Prince Gustav Channel, off the S coast of Trinity Peninsula.  Discovered by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and so named following their 1945 survey.  The name is descriptive of the slopes of the peak.||
13465|Scripps Heights|Summit|690800S|0634000W|-69.1333333|-63.6666667|||01/01/1962|Rugged heights which are largely ice covered, surmounting the peninsula between Casey and Lurabee Glaciers on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Deeply scarred by glaciers, the heights terminate on the E in Cape Walcott.  Discovered by Sir Hubert Wilkins in his pioneer flight on Dec. 20, 1928.  Thinking the feature to be a large island lying between two great transverse channels which completely severed Antarctic Peninsula, he named it Scripps Island for William Scripps of Detroit, MI. Correlation of aerial photographs taken by Lincoln Ellsworth in 1935 and preliminary reports of the findings of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37, led W.L.G. Joerg to interpret this to be a peninsula.  In published reports, members of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) have concurred in this interpretation which was also borne out by the results of subsequent flights and a sledge trip from East Base by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940.||
13469|Scrivener Glacier|Glacier|765700S|1613700E|-76.95|161.6166667|||01/01/1952|Small tributary glacier flowing SE to the N side of Mackay Glacier, immediately W of Mount Allan Thomson in Victoria Land. Charted and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
13470|Cape Scrymgeour|Cape|633500S|0562600W|-63.5833333|-56.4333333|||01/01/1953|High, conspicuous cliffs of red-colored volcanic rock, forming the E end of Andersson Island in Antarctic Sound, off the NE tip of Antarctic Peninsula.  The cape was named by Thomas Robertson, captain of the Active of Dundee, Scotland, in 1893.  It was re-identified and charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947.||
13471|Scudder Mountain|Summit|860700S|1493600W|-86.1166667|-149.6|2280|7480|01/01/1970|Mountain, 2,280 m, between Organ Pipe Peaks and Mount McKercher on the E side of Scott Glacier in the Queen Maud Mountains.  The name appears in Paul Siple's 1938 botany report on the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35, based on exploration of this vicinity by the expedition's geological party led by Quin Blackburn.||
13472|Scudder Peak|Summit|755300S|1151200W|-75.8833333|-115.2|||01/01/1967|Small rock peak just SW of Spitz Ridge on the S side of Toney Mountain, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Brent E. Scudder, meteorologist at Byrd Station in 1966.||
13473|Scudding Glacier|Glacier|765400S|1604500E|-76.9|160.75|||01/01/1993|An abrupt glacier, 3 mi long, descending into the end of Alatna Valley from the S side of Mount Gunn in the Convoy Range, Victoria Land.  This high elevation glacier is adjacent to the neve of Cambridge Glacier and snow laden katabatic winds make their first descent into Alatna Valley over the glacier. Even on days of relatively light winds, snow clouds derived from the high neve may be seen swirling and scudding down this glacier.  So named by the 1989-90 New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) field party to the area.||
13474|Scud Rock|Island|632300S|0550100W|-63.3833333|-55.0166667|||01/01/1963|Isolated rock lying 4 mi S of Moody Point, the E extremity of Joinville Island.  Roughly surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1953.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because scud (low, fast moving cloud) is characteristic of this area.||
13475|Scullin Monolith|Pillar|674700S|0664200E|-67.7833333|66.7|||01/01/1947|Crescent-shaped rock fronting the sea 4 mi W of Torlyn Mountain in Mac. Robertson Land.  Early in January 1930 the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson made an aerial flight from the ship area.  Mawson landed on the rock on Feb. 13, 1931 and named it for James Henry Scullin, Prime Minister of Australia, 1929-31. The rock was charted in January-February 1931 from Norwegian whale catchers exploring along this coast, and named "Mount Klarius Mikkelsen" for Captain Klarius Mikkelsen, master of the whale catcher Torlyn.  Mikkelsen Peak is hereby retained as the name of the highest peak of this feature.||
13476|Scully Terrace|Bench|845300S|1690600E|-84.8833333|169.1||||A bold, flat-topped terrace which is triangular in plan and borders the NW part of Supporters Range between Ranfurly Point and Mount Kinsey, on the E side of upper Beardmore Glacier. Named in 1986 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after R. Tucker Scully, Director, Office of Oceans and Polar Affairs, U.S. Department of State, with responsibility for policy and negotiations relative to Antarctic resources, conservation, and the inspection of foreign stations under the Antarctic Treaty.||
13477|Sculpture Mountain|Summit|725100S|1620500E|-72.85|162.0833333|||01/01/1964|A large dissected mountain between the Monument Nunataks and Sheehan Mesa.  Named by the Northern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, due to the cuspate embayment which has been sculptured into the feature.||
13479|Scuppers Icefalls|Glacier|764800S|1613600E|-76.8|161.6|400|1312|01/01/1993|A prominent line of icefalls, 5 mi long and nearly 400 m high, between Mount Razorback and Mount Nespelen in Convoy Range, Victoria Land.  The icefalls are the main outflow draining from Flight Deck Neve into Benson Glacier.  One of a group of nautical names in Convoy Range, this descriptive name is derived from the drainage of the feature, suggestive of stormwater on a ship's deck draining through scuppers along the rail.  Named by a New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) field party, 1989-90.||
13480|Scylla Glacier|Glacier|702000S|0670000E|-70.3333333|67|||01/01/1961|A large glacier draining eastward between the Athos and Porthos Ranges of the Prince Charles Mountains.  Discovered in December 1956 by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) southern party led by W.G. Bewsher.  It was named after Homer's Scylla because of the difficulty in traversing the region due to the glacier.||
13481|Scythian Nunatak|Summit|764400S|1594700E|-76.7333333|159.7833333|||01/01/1965|An isolated ridge about 1 mi SE of Trudge Valley in the Allan Hills, Victoria Land.  Reconnoitered by the New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) Allan Hills Expedition (1964).  They found the feature to be continually shrouded in drifting snow and named it after the land of the scythians which, according to the Romans, had this peculiarity in common.||
13482|Seabee Heights|Summit|851300S|1711500W|-85.2166667|-171.25|3400|11155|01/01/1966|Rugged snow-covered heights rising to 3,400 m in the Queen Maud Mountains.  The heights are about 15 mi long and 5 mi wide and are bounded by the flow of the DeGanahl, LaVergne and Liv Glaciers.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the U.S. Navy (USN) Construction Battalions (Seabees) which have played a significant role in the building of U.S. Antarctic stations.||
13483|Seabee Hook|Bar|721900S|1701300E|-72.3166667|170.2166667|||01/01/1956|Low, recurved spit composed of coarse volcanic ash which projects about 0.5 mi W from the high rocky ridge forming Cape Hallett, along the coast of Victoria Land.  Surveyed in January 1956 by members of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) I aboard the icebreaker USS the Edisto which investigated and surveyed this area for possible use as a base site for International Geophysical Year operations.  Seabee is a phonetic spelling for "construction battalion" and now refers to individual or collective members of naval construction engineer units.||10/18/2000
13484|Seacatch Nunataks|Summit|635800S|0580400W|-63.9666667|-58.0666667|500|1640||A group of nunataks rising to c. 500 m between Carro Pass and Massey Heights in James Ross Island.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geological work here, 1981-83.  Named after Seacatch, the father seal in Kipling's The White Seal, in association with similar names in this area.||
13485|Seafarer Glacier|Glacier|725400S|1663400E|-72.9|166.5666667|||01/01/1968|A tributary glacier draining southward from Webb Neve, between the Lawrence Peaks and Malta Plateau, to enter Mariner Glacier, in Victoria Land.  So named by the Mariner Glacier party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1966-67, in association with the name Mariner.||
13486|Seagull Rock|Island|541100S|0364200W|-54.1833333|-36.7|||01/01/1965|Rock awash, lying W of Kanin Point in Husvik Harbor, South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1930 British Admiralty chart.||04/12/2001
13487|Seal Bay|Bay|714500S|0124500W|-71.75|-12.75|||01/01/1947|A bay which indents the northeastern end of Riiser-Larsen Ice Shelf just southward of Cape Norvegia, on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered in 1930 by Captain Hjalmar Riiser-Larsen and so named by him because of the abundance of seals in the bay.||
13488|Seal Cove|Bay|540300S|0360800W|-54.05|-36.1333333||||A cove on the S side of Lighthouse Bay in Cook Bay, South Georgia.  Charted and named by DI, 1929-30.||
13489|Sea Leopard Fjord|Bay|540400S|0371500W|-54.0666667|-37.25|||01/01/1953|Bay 1 mi wide between Bellingshausen and Luck Points in the SE part of the Bay of Isles, South Georgia.  Charted in 1912-13 by Robert Cushman Murphy, American naturalist aboard the brig there.||
13490|Sea Leopard Patch|Bar|620500S|0582400W|-62.0833333|-58.4|||01/01/1952|A shoal with a least depth of 18 m, located near the center of Visca Anchorage, Admiralty Bay, in the South Shetland Islands. Charted in 1927 by DI personnel on the Discovery and named after the leopard seal Hydrurga leptonyx.||
13492|Sealer Hill|Summit|624000S|0610600W|-62.6666667|-61.1|70|230||Hill rising to 70 m near the W end of South Beaches, Byers Peninsula, Livingston Island.  So named following geological work by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1975-76, from the presence of at least three crude stone huts, presumably built by sealers, below the hill.||
13493|Sealers Passage|Channel|610200S|0552300W|-61.0333333|-55.3833333|||01/01/1972|A marine channel between Elephant Island and Seal Islands, South Shetland Islands.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971, the passage is a short cut around the N coast of Elephant Island used by sealers in the 1820s.||
13494|Seal Glacier|Glacier|795300S|0815000W|-79.8833333|-81.8333333|||01/01/1966|A small glacier draining E, located just N of Parrish Peak in the Enterprise Hills, Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for radioman G.L. Seal, USN, who up to Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1966 had contributed to efficient communications during four austral summer seasons.||
13495|Seal Islands|Island|605800S|0552400W|-60.9666667|-55.4|||01/01/1947|Group of small islands and rocks lying from 3 to 6 mi NW of Elephant Island in the South Shetland Islands.  The group takes its name from the largest island, which Captain William Smith named Seal Island in 1820 because of the number of seals caught there.||
13497|Seal Nunataks|Summit|650300S|0601800W|-65.05|-60.3|||01/01/1947|Chain of nunataks trending WNW from Robertson Island and protruding above Larsen Ice Shelf, off the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered and named Seal Islands in December 1893 by a Norwegian whaling expedition under C.A. Larsen, who also named several individual features in the group.  They were surveyed in 1902 by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, who determined them to be nunataks, and by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947.||
13498|Seal Point|Cape|632400S|0565900W|-63.4|-56.9833333|||01/01/1952|Point which extends N from the SE shore of Hope Bay between Eagle Cove and Hut Cove, at the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula. Discovered by a party under J. Gunnar Andersson of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, and so named because the party relieved their shortage of food and fuel by killing a seal on this point.||
13499|Seal Point|Cape|712200S|1701400E|-71.3666667|170.2333333|||01/01/1947|A steep rock point 3.5 mi S of Ridley Beach on the W side of Adare Peninsula, northern Victoria Land.  Charted and named in 1911 by the Northern Party, led by Campbell, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
13500|Seal Rocks|Island|661500S|1621600E|-66.25|162.2666667|15|49|01/01/1947|Rocks (15 m high) on which the sea breaks, extending 3 mi NNW of Cape Ellsworth, the N extremity of Young Island, in the Balleny Islands.||
13502|Seaplane Point|Cape|640300S|0604600W|-64.05|-60.7666667|||01/01/1960|A point at the S side of Curtiss Bay on the W coast of Graham Land.  Mapped from air photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys (1955-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with Curtiss Bay; Glenn Curtiss, after whom the bay is named, pioneered seaplanes from 1911 onward.||
13503|Seaquist Peak|Summit|794500S|0812000W|-79.75|-81.3333333|800|2625|01/01/1966|A peak, 800 m, surmounting the NW end of the Meyer Hills in the Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Larry R. Seaquist, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at Ellsworth Station, 1961.||
13504|Mount Searle|Summit|674900S|0671500W|-67.8166667|-67.25|||01/01/1960|Peak between Sally and Gaul Coves on Horseshoe Island. Named for Derek J.H. Searle of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), surveyor at Horseshoe Island in 1955 and 1956, who surveyed this feature.||
13505|Sea Serpent Cove|Bay|570200S|0264200W|-57.0333333|-26.7|||01/01/1952|Small cove 1 mi SE of Vulcan Point on the W side of Candlemas Island, in the South Sandwich Islands.  Charted and named in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II.||
13506|Mount Seaton|Summit|703600S|0672700E|-70.6|67.45|||01/01/1965|A prominent domed peak, one of the Amery Peaks, situated about 3 mi S of Sandilands Nunatak in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) southern party led by W.G. Bewsher in January 1957, and named for Pilot Officer John Seaton, RAAF pilot with the Antarctic Flight at Mawson Station in 1956.||
13507|Seaton Glacier|Glacier|664300S|0562600E|-66.7166667|56.4333333|||01/01/1962|Glacier 17 mi long, flowing SE into Edward VIII Ice Shelf at the NW part of Edward VIII Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37. Remapped, 1954-58, by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) and named by ANCA in 1958 for Flight Lieutenant John Seaton, RAAF, pilot with Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) at Mawson in 1956.||
13509|Seavers Nunataks|Summit|731000S|0615800E|-73.1666667|61.9666667|||01/01/1970|Two nunataks 16 mi W of Mount Scherger, near the head of Fisher Glacier in the Prince Charles Mountains, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos and surveys, 1958 and 1960-61.  Named by ANCA for J.A. Seavers, assistant cook at Mawson Station, a member of the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) field party in this area in 1961.||
13510|Seavers Ridge|Ridge|670300S|0525100E|-67.05|52.85|||01/01/1965|Rock ridge 14 mi ESE of Mount Renouard in Enderby Land. Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1957.  Named by ANCA for J.A. Seavers, assistant cook at Mawson Station in 1961.||
13511|Seaward Rock|Island|540000S|0371900W|-54|-37.3166667|||01/01/1956|Rock close NE of Mollyhawk Island, being the northern and most seaward rock in a group of islands which occupies the central part of the Bay of Isles, South Georgia.  First charted in 1912-13 by Robert Cushman Murphy, American naturalist aboard the brig Daisy.  Probably named by DI personnel who surveyed the Bay of Isles in 1929-30.||04/12/2001
13512|Seay Nunatak|Summit|840300S|0543800W|-84.05|-54.6333333|||01/01/1968|A nunatak standing 3 mi S of Hill Nunatak at the SE extremity of the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William K. Seay, utilities man at Ellsworth Station, winter 1958.||
13513|Seay Peak|Summit|790500S|1573000E|-79.0833333|157.5|1805|5922|01/01/1965|Pointed ice-free peak, 1,805 m, the northeasternmost summit in the Finger Ridges, Cook Mountains.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1959-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Benny F. Seay, a member of the U.S. Army aviation support unit for Topo North and Topo South (1961-62) which conducted the tellurometer surveys.||
13514|Sechrist Peak|Summit|752300S|1110200W|-75.3833333|-111.0333333|1350|4429|01/01/1976|A peak (1,350 m) on the SW spur of the Mount Murphy massif in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Frank S. Sechrist, U.S. Exchange Scientist at the Soviet Molodezhnaya station in 1975.||
13515|Secluded Rocks|Summit|673200S|0592000E|-67.5333333|59.3333333|||01/01/1970|Low, prominently banded rock outcrops between Mulebreen and Cosgrove Glacier, standing 6 mi SSW of Kemp Peak, Enderby Land. Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveys and air photos, 1954-66, and so named because the rocks are situated in a hollow.||04/12/2001
13516|Second Crater|Crater|774922S|1664052E|-77.822823|166.681021|||01/01/1972|A crater on Arrival Heights, situated 0.6 mi NE of First Crater on Hut Point Peninsula, Ross Island.  Named by F. Debenham in 1912 on his local survey of Hut Point Peninsula during the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
13517|Second Facet|Cliff|771107S|1621703E|-77.185209|162.284035|||01/01/1964|A steep ice-free bluff standing just W of First Facet, the two features together forming the N wall of Debenham Glacier in Victoria Land.  Charted and descriptively named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, 1910-13.||
13518|Second Milestone|Island|540600S|0364400W|-54.1|-36.7333333|||01/01/1953|Rock marked by breakers, 1.7 mi ENE of Robertson Point, off the N coast of South Georgia.  Charted and named by DI personnel during the period 1927-30.||
13519|Secret Lake|Lake|715000S|0682100W|-71.8333333|-68.35|100|328|01/01/1975|A meltwater lake 2 mi W of Ares Cliff, in eastern Alexander Island.  The lake is situated in a NW-facing cirque and is fed from an area of stagnant ice.  It lies 100 m above the E edge of Mars Glacier and is visible only from the cirque or from the air. Mapped by Directorate of Overseas Surveys from satellite imagery supplied by U.S. National Aeronautics and Space Administration in cooperation with U.S. Geological Survey.  The name by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) refers to the secluded location of the lake.||
13520|Section Peak|Summit|731400S|1615500E|-73.2333333|161.9166667|||01/01/1964|A small, but prominent sandstone knob at the N end of the Lichen Hills, Victoria Land.  It provided for the geologist one of the few sections seen in sedimentary beds.  Mapped and named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63.||
13521|Security Bay|Bay|645100S|0633700W|-64.85|-63.6166667|||01/01/1965|Bay lying between Homeward and Gauthier Points on the N side of Doumer Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 because the bay gives adequate shelter to small craft against both the SW gales which create a heavy sea in the southern entrance to Neumayer Channel and the strong northeasterly winds which funnel down the channel; it was used for this purpose several times by the British Naval Hydrographic Survey Unit in 1956-57.||
13522|Mount Seddon|Summit|730600S|0650000E|-73.1|65|||01/01/1961|A mountain with two peaks separated by an ice-filled saddle, standing 20 mi W of Mount Stinear on the N side of Fisher Glacier, in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Discovered from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1957.  Named by ANCA for Norman R. Seddon, Managing Director of B.P. Australia Ltd. since 1957, in recognition of the assistance given to Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) by the company.||
13523|Sedgwick Glacier|Glacier|695100S|0692200W|-69.85|-69.3666667|||01/01/1955|Glacier on the E coast of Alexander Island, 7 mi long and 2 mi wide, which flows E from the foot of Mount Stephenson into George VI Sound immediately N of Mount King.  First roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named by them for Adam Sedgwick, English geologist and professor of geology at Cambridge University, 1818-73.||
13524|Cape Sedov|Cape|692200S|0140500E|-69.3666667|14.0833333|||01/01/1971|The ice cape which forms the NW extremity of Lazarve Ice Shelf along the coast of Queen Maud Land.  First photographed from the air and mapped by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Remapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1959 and named for Russian polar explorer G.Ya. Sedov.||
13526|Mount Seebeck|Summit|854400S|1504600W|-85.7333333|-150.7666667|||01/01/1967|A mountain standing directly at the head of Roe Glacier in the Tapley Mountains, Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard L. Seebeck, station engineer at McMurdo Station, winter party, 1962.||
13527|Mount Seedsman|Summit|700900S|0652600E|-70.15|65.4333333|||01/01/1967|A mountain about 8 mi E of Mount Dovers in the Athos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos.  Named for D.L. Seedsman, electronics engineer at Mawson Station in 1964.||
13528|Mount Seekopf|Summit|711700S|0134200E|-71.2833333|13.7|1300|4265|01/01/1970|A peak (1,300 m) surmounting the E side of Lake Ober-See in the Gruber Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and given the descriptive name Seekopf (lake peak) by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39, under Ritscher.||
13530|Mount Seelig|Summit|822800S|1035400W|-82.4666667|-103.9|3020|9908|01/01/1962|The largest and highest mountain in the Whitmore Mountains, rising to 3,020 m at the NE end of the group.  Surveyed on Jan. 2, 1959 by William H. Chapman of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), a member of the Horlick Mountains Traverse, 1958-59.  Named by Chapman after Walter R. Seelig, Office of Polar Programs, National Science Foundation, 1960-86, who developed the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS)-NSF plan for topographic mapping of Antarctica; NSF Representative in Christchurch, New Zealand, during eleven U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) austral seasons between 1971 and 1986, including seventeen trips to Antarctica and adjacent seas; member, U.S. Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names, 1973-86; Chairman, 1976-86.||
13531|See Nunatak|Summit|681900S|0590900E|-68.3166667|59.15|||01/01/1967|The northernmost of the group of peaks forming the eastern part of the Hansen Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos. Named by ANCA for R. See, chief helicopter mechanic with the 1965 Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Nella Dan), led by Phillip Law.||
13532|Sefton Glacier|Glacier|804500S|1565200E|-80.75|156.8666667|||01/01/1965|Glacier about 10 mi long, flowing into the S side of Byrd Glacier just W of Rundle Peaks.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ronald Sefton, ionospheric physicist, a member of the Byrd Station winter parties of 1962 and 1964.||
13534|Mount Segers|Summit|782500S|0852100W|-78.4166667|-85.35|2460|8071|01/01/1961|A peak (2,460 m) on the ridge at the E side of the head of Crosswell Glacier, 7 mi E of Mount Tyree, in the central part of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Discovered by U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 on photographic flights of Dec. 14-15, 1959, and mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from these photos.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Chester W. Segers, a Navy cook and a member of the first wintering party at the South Pole Station during the IGY in 1957.||
13540|Seilkopf Peaks|Range|724100S|0040000W|-72.6833333|-4|||01/01/1962|A group of mainly ice-free peaks and ridges between Portalen Pass and Nalegga Ridge in the Borg Massil, Queen Maud Land.  The feature was photograph air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39) and named for Heinrich Seilkopl, head of the marine aerology section of the Deutsche Seewarte (German Hydrographic Office) in Hamburg. Although rudely mapped by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), the Seilkopf Peaks are clearly shown and identified in air photos published by the expedition. The peaks were mapped in detail by the Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52).||
13541|Mount Seitz|Summit|714300S|1660500E|-71.7166667|166.0833333|2130|6988|01/01/1970|One in the series of peaks (2,130 m) that rise between Mirabito Range and Homerun Range in northern Victoria Land.  This peak is 4 mi SE of Mount Armagost and 9 mi NW of Boss Peak. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Thomas E. Seitz, Chief Construction Mechanic, U.S. Navy (USN), of the McMurdo Station party, 1967.||
13542|Cape Selborne|Cape|802300S|1604500E|-80.3833333|160.75|||01/01/1947|A high snow-covered cape at the S side of Barne Inlet, the terminus of Byrd Glacier at the W side of the Ross Ice Shelf. Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named for William Waldegrave Palmer Selborne, Second Earl of Selborne, who entered the Cabinet as First Lord of the Admiralty in 1900.||
13545|Mount Selby|Summit|801200S|1562300E|-80.2|156.3833333|2200|7218||A mountain rising over 2,200 m between Mount Henderson and Mount Olympus in Britannia Range.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) for M.J. Selby, Professor of Earth Sciences, University of Waikato, Hamilton, New Zealand.  Selby was a member of field parties in Antarctica, 1969-70, 1971-72, and 1978-79, the last doing geological work in Britannia Range.||
13546|Selene Nunatak|Summit|710800S|0684800W|-71.1333333|-68.8|1200|3937||A nunatak rising to c. 1,200 m west of Lunar Crag, Planet Heights, in eastern Alexander Island.  Named in association with Lunar Crag by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1988 after Selene, the Greek goddess of the Moon.||
13548|Seligman Inlet|Stream|675000S|0653000W|-67.8333333|-65.5|||01/01/1952|Broad inlet which recedes inland for 6 mi between Choyce Point and Cape Freeman on the E coast of Graham Land.  The inlet was photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940.  It was charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947 and named for Gerald Seligman, founder and president of the British Glaciological Society.||
13549|Seller Glacier|Glacier|691900S|0662400W|-69.3166667|-66.4|||01/01/1962|A well-defined glacier, 20 mi long and 4 mi wide flowing westward into Forster Ice Piedmont, western Antarctic Peninsula, just N of Flinders Peak.  Roughly surveyed by British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1936-37, and resurveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in Dec. 1958.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after John Seller (c. 1658-1698), English hydrographer and compass maker who published the first sailing directions for England, 1671; his the variation of the compass, with rules for its determination.||
13550|Mount Sellery|Summit|845800S|1724500W|-84.9666667|-172.75|3895|12779|01/01/1962|A prominent peak (3,895 m) between Mounts Oliver and Smithson in the Prince Olav Mountains.  Discovered and photographed by R. Admiral Byrd on the Baselaying Flight of Nov. 18, 1929, and surveyed by A.P. Crary in 1957-58.  Named by Crary for Harry Sellery of the U.S. National Bureau of Standards, who was Antarctic Project Leader for ionosphere studies, 1957-60.||
13553|Mount Selwood|Summit|665400S|0513000E|-66.9|51.5|||01/01/1965|Mountain 5 mi NE of Pythagoras Peak, in the Tula Mountains in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for C.H.V. Selwood, a member of the crew of the Discovery during the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31.||
13555|Semla Reef|Bar|541500S|0372500W|-54.25|-37.4166667|||01/01/1963|Reef, 1 mi long, at the S side of the entrance to Queen Maud Bay on the S side of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for the ex-catcher Georgia Whaling Co., Leith Harbor, as a service boat.||
13557|Mount Semprebon|Summit|820400S|0880100W|-82.0666667|-88.0166667|||01/01/1964|A prominent, partly snow-free peak rising 1 mi NE of Mount Barsoum in Martin Hills.  The peak was positioned by the U.S. Ellworth-Byrd Traverse Party on Dec. 10, 1958, and named for Louis C. Semprebon, ionospheric physicist and assistant scientific leader at Ellsworth Station in 1958.||
13559|Mount Send|Summit|700200S|1594900E|-70.0333333|159.8166667|1180|3871|01/01/1970|A mountain (1,180 m) on the N flank of Pryor Glacier, 10 mi E of Basilica Peak, in southern Wilson Hills.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Raymond F. Send, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geophysicist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
13560|Mount Senderens|Summit|545000S|0360700W|-54.8333333|-36.1166667|1315|4314|01/01/1963|Mountain, 1,315 m, standing close S of Mount Sabatier and 1 mi N of Rogged Bay at the S end of South Georgia.  The feature appears on charts dating back to the 1930s.  It was surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Jean-Baptiste Senderens (1856-1937), French chemist, whose work with Paul Sabatier led to the introduction in about 1907 of the hydrogenation process for hardening whale oil.||
13561|Sengekoven Cirque|Basin|715300S|0052600E|-71.8833333|5.4333333|||01/01/1967|A cirque indenting the N side of Breplogen Mountain immediately E of Hogsenga Crags, in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Sengekoven (the bed closet).||
13562|Senia Point|Summit|803100S|1605800E|-80.5166667|160.9666667|||01/01/1965|An ice-covered point 9 mi S of Cape Selborne, marking the N side of the entrance to Couzens Bay on the W side of Ross Ice Shelf.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for B. Senia, master of the cargo vessels U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) Mizar during Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1962 and U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) Mirfak during Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1963.||
13563|Sennet Glacier|Glacier|801200S|1584200E|-80.2|158.7|||01/01/1965|A precipitous glacier between Yancey and Merrick Glaciers in the Britannia Range, flowing southward from Mount Aldrich to the Byrd Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN), ACAN, in association with Byrd Glacier, for the USS Sennet, submarine (Central Group of Task Force 68) of U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, led by Admiral Byrd.||
13565|The Sentinel|Summit|525900S|0731900E|-52.9833333|73.3166667|420|1378|01/01/1957|A rocky hill (420 m) standing 0.8 mi NE of Anzac Peak on Laurens Peninsula, Heard Island.  Surveyed in 1948 by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) and so named by them because this isolated hill lies in front (north) of the main backbone of Laurens Peninsula and commands the approach to Atlas Cove.||04/11/2001
13567|Sentinel Buttress|Cliff|640400S|0580800W|-64.0666667|-58.1333333|535|1755||A prominent crag containing a volcanic breccia sequence, rising to 535 m E of Palisade Nunatak at the head of Rohss Bay, James Ross Island.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1987 from its commanding position in the area.||
13568|Sentinel Islands|Island|664700S|1414200E|-66.7833333|141.7|||01/01/1955|Small group of rocky islands lying immediately off the coastal ice cliffs 2 mi E of the Curzon Islands.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Charted and named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Liotard, 1949-51.  So named because these islands mark the easternmost rock outcrops, as yet known, along Adelie Coast.||
13571|Sentinel Nunatak|Summit|644600S|0604400W|-64.7666667|-60.7333333|||01/01/1952|High, black, pyramid-shaped nunatak at the mouth of Drygalski Glacier, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947 and so named because of its commanding position at the mouth of Drygalski Glacier.||
13572|Sentinel Peak|Summit|774643S|1622302E|-77.778518|162.383975|2000|6562|01/01/1953|A conspicuous, pointed peak over 2,000 m, standing at the N side of Ferrar Glacier and forming the highest point in the south-central part of the Kukri Hills, in Victoria Land. Discovered and named by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) 1901-04 under Scott.||
13574|Sentinel Range|Range|781000S|0853000W|-78.1666667|-85.5|4892|16050|01/01/1947|A major mountain range situated northward of Minnesota Glacier and forming the northern half of the Ellsworth Mountains. The range trends NNW-SSE for about 115 mi and is 15 to 30 mi wide.  Many peaks rise over 4,000 m and Vinson Massif (4,892 m) in the southern part of the range is the highest elevation on the continent.  The range was first sighted and photographed from the air on Nov. 23, 1935, by Lincoln Ellsworth who in naming it recognised its prominent position as a landmark on an otherwise featureless ice surface.  The range was first visited and partially surveyed in January 1958 by the Marie Byrd Land Traverse party, led by Charles R. Bentley.  The entire range was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from aerial photography taken by U.S. Navy, 1958-61.||
13575|The Sentinels|Island|541600S|0361600W|-54.2666667|-36.2666667|||01/01/1953|Small group of rocks lying in the entrance to Godthul, a bay along the N coast of South Georgia.  Rocks in this approximate position have been indicated on charts since about 1912, but they were first accurately charted by personnel on the by DI personnel who recharted this area in 1929.||04/11/2001
13576|Sentry Cove|Bay|621300S|0582600W|-62.2166667|-58.4333333||||Cove on the SW side of Demay Point, Admiralty Bay, King George Island.  So named following geological work by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1975-76.  The name derives from the serried row of upended whale skulls along the beach at the head of the cove.  After 1979, a Polish Antarctic Expedition referred to this feature as "Rajska Zatoka" (paradise cove).||
13577|Sentry Rocks|Island|704500S|1672400E|-70.75|167.4|||01/01/1970|Two high, rugged rocks lying just off Cape Dayman along the N coast of Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  The Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) applied this descriptive name which is suggestive of the position and appearance of the feature.||
13578|Mount Separation|Summit|530500S|0733300E|-53.0833333|73.55|1480|4856|01/01/1957|Rocky peak, 1,480 m, standing 1 mi NE of Campbell Peak on the NE flank of Big Ben, the dominating mountain on Heard Island. Surveyed in 1948 by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) and probably so named by them because this feature lies somewhat apart from the main cluster of peaks near the summit of Big Ben.||
13579|Separation Range|Range|840500S|1740000E|-84.0833333|174|||01/01/1962|The Commonwealth Range branches at about 8420S and forms two chains of mountains separated by Hood Glacier.  The Separation Range, about 30 mi long, is the eastern branch and terminates to the north at Ross Ice Shelf.  Named by the New Zealand Alpine Club Antarctic Expedition, 1959-60.||
13581|Sepúlveda Point|Summit|643100S|0613500W|-64.5166667|-61.5833333||||The S entrance point of Recess Cove, Charlotte Bay, Danco Coast.  The feature was named "Punta Sepulveda" by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition, 1952, after Teniente (Lieutenant) Hernan Sepulveda Gore, of the patrol ship Lientur which worked in the area.||
13582|Sequence Hills|Range|730300S|1611500E|-73.05|161.25|||01/01/1967|Escarpment-like hills on the W margin of the upper Rennick Glacier, about 7 mi NW of Caudal Hills, Victoria Land.  They provided the only good geological sequence in the area.  Mapped and named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63.||
13583|Seraph Bay|Bay|722800S|0951100W|-72.4666667|-95.1833333|||01/01/1947|An open bay about 15 mi wide, formed at the SE end of Thurston Island.  It is bounded by Cape Annawan on the NW, Abbot Ice Shelf on the SW and Dustin Island on the SE  Discovered by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in flights from the ship Bear in February 1940.  The bay was more accurately delineated by the U.S. Navy (USN) Bellingshausen Sea Expedition in February 1960.  Named by US-SCAN for the brig Seraph of Stonington, CT, which in 1830, under Captain Benjamin Pendleton, sailed westward from the South Shetland Islands, reaching as far as 101W, south of 60S.||01/28/2004
13584|Serba Peak|Summit|693700S|1590300E|-69.6166667|159.05|830|2723|01/01/1970|A prominent rock peak (830 m) that surmounts the ridge along the N side of Fergusson Glacier, in the Wilson Hills. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Edward W. Serba, U.S. Navy (USN), Navigator in LC-130F Hercules aircraft during Operation Deep Freeze 1967 and 1968.||
13587|Serlin Spur|Ridge|750400S|1344200W|-75.0666667|-134.7|||01/01/1974|A narrow, mostly snow-covered spur 4 mi S of Bowyer Butte in Marie Byrd Land.  The spur extends eastward from the divide between Johnson and Venzke Glaciers and intrudes into the upper part of the latter glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ronald C. Serlin, ionospheric physicist at Siple Station, 1969-70.||
13588|Serpan Peak|Summit|833400S|0545000W|-83.5666667|-54.8333333|1445|4741|01/01/1965|A small peak, 1,445 m, surmounting Washington Escarpment just W of Rivas Peaks in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert D. Serpan, aerologist with the Neptune Range field party, 1963-64.||
13589|Serpent Nunatak|Summit|692800S|0705500W|-69.4666667|-70.9166667|750|2461||A nunatak which is reverse S-shaped, rising to c. 750 m just W of Tufts Pass in Nichols Snowfield, Alexander Island. Descriptively named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977.||
13594|Serrat Glacier|Glacier|702400S|1610400E|-70.4|161.0666667|||01/01/1970|A glacier, 10 mi long, flowing N through the middle of Kavrayskiy Hills into the W side of Rennick Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1960-62. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Javier Serrat of the University of Chile, who worked (electrical engineering) at the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
13597|Sessrumnir Valley|Valley|773644S|1605355E|-77.612347|160.898519||||A high, mainly ice-free valley lying E of Mount Freya in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  The New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) approved the name in 1982 from a proposal by G.G.C. Claridge, Soil Bureau, DSIR, New Zealand.  One of several names from Norse mythology in Asgard Range; Sessrumnir being the palace of the goddess Freya.||
13598|Setenuten Peak|Summit|720300S|0044500E|-72.05|4.75|2745|9006|01/01/1966|A rock peak, 2,745 m, standing 1 mi S of Petrellfjellet in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Setenuten (the seat peak) because of its shape.||
13599|Seue Peaks|Range|671900S|0665500W|-67.3166667|-66.9166667|||01/01/1965|Peaks standing between Bentley Crag and Mount Rendu on Arrowsmith Peninsula in Graham Land.  Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from surveys and air photos, 1956-59.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Christian Martini de Seue, Norwegian surveyor and glaciologist who made pioneer measurements of glacier flow in Norway in about 1870.||
13600|Peak Seven|Summit|694100S|0644200E|-69.6833333|64.7|||01/01/1961|A peak 5 mi WNW of Summers Peak in the Stinear Nunataks in Mac. Robertson Land.  Discovered by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) southern party (1954) led by R.G. Dovers.  It was the farthest south reached by them.  The name was given as a code name in the field and has since been used by later parties.||
13602|Seven Buttresses|Cliff|633600S|0571000W|-63.6|-57.1666667|150|492|01/01/1952|Series of seven rock buttresses, 150 m high, which are separated by narrow icefalls and extend for 4 mi along the W side of Tabarin Peninsula, the E extremity of Trinity Peninsula. Probably first sighted by a party under J. Gunnar Andersson of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04.  The Seven Buttresses were surveyed and named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1946.||
13605|Mount Severtsev|Summit|714300S|0123700E|-71.7166667|12.6166667|2540|8333|01/01/1970|Peak, 2,540 m, standing 2 mi NE of Pinegin Peak in the Sudliche Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remappped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Russian geographer N.A. Severtsev (1827-85).||
13607|Sevier Nunatak|Summit|712200S|0701500W|-71.3666667|-70.25|1000|3281||A nunatak SE of Richter Peaks, rising to c. 1,000 m at the S end of the Walton Mountains (q.v.), Alexander Island.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Moses T. Sevier, U.S. Navy (USN), Assistant Chief of Staff for Supply and Logistics, Naval Support Force, Antarctica, Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1969 and 1970; Assistant Supply Officer, Squadron VX-6, Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1957 and 1958.||
13608|Seward Mountains|Summit|722600S|0661500W|-72.4333333|-66.25|1525|5003|01/01/1953|Isolated mountains, 1,525 m, standing 10 mi ESE of Buttress Nunataks and a like distance E of George VI Sound on the W coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill. Named by Rymill for Sir Albert Charles Seward, professor of botany at Cambridge, 1906-36.||
13609|Sewing-Machine Needles|Pillar|625800S|0603000W|-62.9666667|-60.5|45|148|01/01/1963|Three prominent rock needles, the highest 45 m, lying close SE of Rancho Point, Deception Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name Sewing-Machine Rock was given by whalers for what was originally a conspicuous natural arch.  Needles is now considered the more suitable descriptive term; an earthquake tremor in 1924 caused the arch to collapse.||
13611|Seymour Island|Island|641700S|0564500W|-64.2833333|-56.75|||01/01/1952|Island 10 mi long and 5 mi wide at its greatest breadth, lying 1 mi NE of Snow Hill Island at the S margin of Erebus and Terror Gulf The NE end of this feature was sighted by a British expedition under Ross, Jan. 6, 1843, and named Cape Seymour after R. Admiral George Francis Seymour.  Its insular nature was determined by Captain C.A. Larsen in 1892-93 and the name Seymour has since been extended to the entire island.||
13613|Sfinksen Nunatak|Summit|721800S|0034700W|-72.3|-3.7833333|||01/01/1966|A nunatak about 1 mi S of Pyramiden Nunatak, at the SW end of Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Sfinksen (the sphinx).||
13615|Shabica Glacier|Glacier|702100S|0624500W|-70.35|-62.75|||01/01/1976|A northern tributary glacier to the Clifford Glacier, joining it near its terminus just E of Mount Tenniel, in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Stephen V. Shabica, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist and Station Scientific Leader at Palmer Station in 1970.||
13616|Mount Shackleton|Summit|651300S|0635600W|-65.2166667|-63.9333333|1465|4806|01/01/1959|Mountain, 1,465 m, with perpendicular cliffs facing W, standing 2.5 mi E of Chaigneau Peak between Leay and Wiggins Glaciers, on the W side of Graham Land.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot and named by him for Sir Ernest Shackleton.||
13618|Shackleton Coast|Beach|820000S|1620000E|-82|162|||01/01/1964|That portion of the coast along the W side of the Ross Ice Shelf between Cape Selborne and Airdrop Peak at the E side of Beardmore Glacier.  Named by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1961 after Sir Ernest Shackleton.  He accompanied Scott on the southern journey during the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and subsequently led three Antarctic expeditions.  On the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09), Shackleton discovered the area beyond Shackleton Inlet to the Beardmore Glacier, and was the first to find a practicable route to the South Pole. Lack of food stopped him 97 miles from his goal.||
13619|Shackleton Gap|Gap|540800S|0371200W|-54.1333333|-37.2|300|984|01/01/1963|An ice-covered pass rising to c. 300 m between King Haakon Bay and Possession Bay, South Georgia.  The name Shackletons Pass, after Sir Ernest Shackleton, was used on a map in his book the route across South Georgia used by the Shackleton party in 1916.  The form approved was recommended by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1957.||
13620|Shackleton Glacier|Glacier|843500S|1762000W|-84.5833333|-176.3333333|||01/01/1947|A major glacier, over 60 mi long and from 5 to 10 mi wide, descending from the polar plateau from the vicinity of Roberts Massif and flowing N through the Queen Maud Mountains to enter the Ross Ice Shelf between Mount Speed and Waldron Spurs. Discovered by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and named by US-SCAN for Sir Ernest H. Shackleton, British Antarctic explorer.||
13623|Shackleton Icefalls|Glacier|850800S|1640000E|-85.1333333|164|||01/01/1966|Extensive icefalls of the upper Beardmore Glacier, southward of Mount Darwin and Mount Mills.  Named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) for Sir Ernest Shackleton, leader of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09), who first penetrated this region.||
13624|Shackleton Ice Shelf|Glacier|660000S|1000000E|-66|100|||01/01/1953|An extensive ice shelf fronting the coast of Antarctica for about 240 mi (95E to l05E), projecting seaward about 90 mi in the W portion and 40 mi in the east.  The existence of this ice shelf was first made known by the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) under Wilkes who mapped a portion of it from the Vincennes in February 1840.  It was explored by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson (1911-14) who named it for Sir Ernest Shackleton.  The extent of the ice shelf was mapped in greater detail in 1955, using aerial photography obtained by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Further mapping by the Soviet Expedition of 1956 showed the portion eastward of Scott Glacier to be a part of this ice shelf.||
13625|Shackleton Inlet|Stream|821900S|1640000E|-82.3166667|164|||01/01/1947|A reentrant, about 10 mi wide, between Cape Wilson and Cape Lyttelton.  It is occupied by the terminus of Nimrod Glacier descending at a low gradient from the bordering highlands to the Ross Ice Shelf Discovered by Captain Robert F. Scott, Royal Navy (RN), in December 1902, while on his attempted trip to the South Pole.  He was accompanied on this trip by Dr. Edward A. Wilson and Lieutenant (later Sir) Ernest H. Shackleton, Royal Navy Reserve (RNR),) for whom this inlet was named.||
13629|Shackleton Range|Range|803000S|0250000W|-80.5|-25|1875|6152|01/01/1960|Range of mountains rising to 1,875 m, extending in an E-W direction for c. 100 mi between Slessor and Recovery Glaciers. Seen from the air by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956, which surveyed the W part of the range from the ground in 1957.  The range was photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy in 1967 and further surveyed from the ground by British Antarctic Survey (BAS) from Halley station, with support from U.S. Navy (USN) C-130 Hercules aircraft, 1968-69 and 1969-70.  Named after Sir Ernest Shackleton (1874-1922), leader of a British expedition 1914-16, the unsuccessful forerunner of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE).||
13633|Shackleton Valley|Valley|540900S|0364300W|-54.15|-36.7166667||||A broad valley running WNW from Stromness Harbor, Stromness Bay, in South Georgia.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Sir Ernest Henry Shackleton, British Antarctic explorer, whose epic traverse of South Georgia with two of his men, in May 1916, following their boat journey from Elephant Island, ended in this valley. They made contact with Mr. Sorlle, the manager at Stromness whaling station, and then set about organizing the rescue of three of their party from King Haakon Bay, South Georgia, and a further group of men marooned on Elephant Island.||
13634|Mount Shadbolt|Summit|764100S|1602800E|-76.6833333|160.4666667|2270|7447|01/01/1993|The highest summit (2,270 m) in the N part of Convoy Range, Victoria Land, standing at the N side of the head of Towle Valley.  Named by the 1976-77 Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), led by Christopher J. Burgess, after New Zealand author Maurice Shadbolt.||
13635|Mount Shadow|Summit|715600S|1673100E|-71.9333333|167.5166667|||01/01/1962|A small peak in the Admiralty Mountains that rises above and close W of Shadow Bluff at the junction of the Tucker and Leander Glaciers.  Climbed by the geological team of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, in January 1958, and named from association with Shadow Bluff and nearby Mount Midnight.||
13636|Shadow Bluff|Cliff|715700S|1673800E|-71.95|167.6333333|||01/01/1962|A rock bluff just W of McGregor Range, at the junction of the Tucker and Leander Glaciers.  It is a landmark when sledging on the Tucker Glacier, and is nearly always in shadow, hence the name.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58.||
13637|Shafer Peak|Summit|740100S|1623600E|-74.0166667|162.6|3600|11811|01/01/1968|A prominent peak, 3,600 m, standing 3 mi S of Mount Hewson in the Deep Freeze Range, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1955-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Cdt. Willard G. Shafer, (CEC) USN, officer in charge of the nuclear power plant at McMurdo Station, winter party 1965.||
13639|Shag Island|Island|525500S|0733500E|-52.9166667|73.5833333|||01/01/1957|An island 0.5 mi long, the central and largest of a group of three islands and rocks that lie 6 mi N of Heard Island.  This feature appears to have been known to American sealers as Shag Rock, as shown by Captain H.C. Chester's 1860 sketch map of the Heard Island area.  The name Shag Island as applied on an 1874 chart by the Challenger expedition has become established in international usage.||
13640|Shagnasty Island|Island|604400S|0453800W|-60.7333333|-45.6333333|||01/01/1956|Small, rocky ice-free island lying 0.3 mi W of Lenton Point in the N part of Clowes Bay, close off the S coast of Signy Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Roughly charted in 1933 by DI personnel, and surveyed in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  The name, applied by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), arose from the unpleasant state of the island due to its occupation by a large colony of blue-eyed shags (Phalicrocorax atriceps).||
13641|Shag Point|Summit|540200S|0372700W|-54.0333333|-37.45|||01/01/1965|Point between Camp Bay and Sunset Fjord in the Bay of Isles, on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1931 British Admiralty chart.||
13642|Shag Rock|Island|660000S|0653800W|-66|-65.6333333|||01/01/1953|Rock 0.1 mi E of Cliff Island and 8 mi W of Prospect Point, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted and named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill.||
13644|Shag Rocks|Island|533300S|0420200W|-53.55|-42.0333333|75|246|01/01/1952|Group of four insular rocks, 75 m high, lying some 115 mi WNW of South Georgia.  Shag Rocks, probably so named because shags and other sea birds frequent them, were known to sealers prior to 1823 and are now considered to be identical with the "Aurora Islands" reported in this vicinity by the ship Aurora in 1762.  They were charted by DI personnel on the William Scoresby in 1927.||
13646|Shaler Cliffs|Cliff|801700S|0252900W|-80.2833333|-25.4833333|1000|3281||Rock cliffs 2 mi ESE of Charpentier Pyramid, rising to 1,000 m in the N part of Herbert Mountains, Shackleton Range. Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of glacial geologists grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Nathaniel S. Shaler (1841-1906), American geologist, joint author with geographer William Morris Davis of Glaciers (Boston, 1881) and of papers on glacial geology, 1884-92.||
13647|Shallop Cove|Bay|541400S|0372000W|-54.2333333|-37.3333333|||01/01/1963|Cove forming the head of Queen Maud Bay on the S side of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and so named because the remains of a shallop were found here by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in 1956.||
13648|Shallow Bay|Bay|674800S|0672800E|-67.8|67.4666667|||01/01/1947|Bay 5 mi wide, formed by a recession of limited extent in the ice cliffs just W of Point Williams, on the coast of Mac. Robertson Land.  Discovered on Feb. 12, 1931, by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, who so named it because it formed only a shallow indentation in the coast line.||
13649|Shambles Glacier|Glacier|672000S|0681300W|-67.3333333|-68.2166667|||01/01/1956|Steep glacier 4 mi long and 6 mi wide, with very prominent hummocks and crevasses, flowing E between Mount Bouvier and Mount Mangin into Stonehouse Bay on the E side of Adelaide Island.  The lower reaches of the glacier were first sighted and surveyed in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, and resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  The upper reaches were mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE), 1956-57.  So named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) because of the very broken nature of the glacier's surface.||
13650|Shamrock Hill|Summit|564200S|0270500W|-56.7|-27.0833333|||01/01/1972|A prominent volcanic cone located NW of Irving Point in the E part of Visokoi Island, South Sandwich Islands.  So named by the survey party from His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Protector because they occupied this feature as a survey station on St. Patrick's Day, Mar. 17, 1964.||
13651|Shangri-la|Valley|780300S|1634200E|-78.05|163.7|||01/01/1974|A small, secluded valley area completely isolated by mountain peaks, located immediately S of Joyce Glacier and Pewe Peak.  The valley reminded personnel of the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1960-61), who applied the name, of James Hilton's Shangri-la in Lost Horizon.||
13652|Shanklin Glacier|Glacier|843700S|1764000E|-84.6166667|176.6666667|||01/01/1966|A glacier in the Hughes Range, flowing SE from Mount Waterman to enter Muck Glacier at a point 5 mi W of Ramsey Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for CWO David M. Shanklin, USA, of the U.S. Army Aviation Detachment which supported the Texas Tech Shackleton Glacier Expedition, 1964-65.||
13653|Shannon Point|Summit|545200S|0355800W|-54.8666667|-35.9666667|||01/01/1953|Point marking the SW side of the entrance to Esbensen Bay at the SE end of South Georgia.  Charted in 1930 by DI personnel on the William Scoresby and named for Lieutenant Commander R.L.V. Shannon, Royal Navy (RN), captain of the ship at the time of the survey.||
13654|Shanty Point|Summit|662500S|0653800W|-66.4166667|-65.6333333|||01/01/1964|Small point within Darbel Bay, lying close W of the mouth of Cardell Glacier on the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1955-57, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because, when seen from a distance, a large rectangular boulder on the point has the appearance of a small hut with a crooked chimney.||
13655|Shapeless Mountain|Summit|772555S|1602421E|-77.432016|160.405919|2740|8989|01/01/1962|Massive mountain, 2,740 m, standing W of the head of Balham Valley in Victoria Land.  Named in 1957 by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) as being descriptive of its appearance from almost every direction.||
13656|Shapley Ridge|Ridge|861800S|1291000W|-86.3|-129.1666667|||01/01/1967|A prominent ridge overlooking Reedy Glacier; it extends E from Cleveland Mesa and marks the E extremity of the Watson Escarpment.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Alan H. Shapley, Vice-Chairman of the U.S. National Committee for the IGY.||
13657|Cape Sharbonneau|Cape|705000S|0612700W|-70.8333333|-61.45|||01/01/1952|Rounded, snow-covered headland forming the S side of the entrance to Lehrke Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Members of the East Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) explored this coast in 1940.  They charted this feature as an island which they named for Charles W. Sharbonneau, carpenter at East Base.  It was determined to be a cape of Palmer Land in 1947 by a joint sledge party consisting of members of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) and the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).||
13660|Shark Peak|Summit|680300S|0624100E|-68.05|62.6833333|||01/01/1970|An isolated nunatak 3.5 mi SSW of Van Hulssen Nunatak in the Framnes Mountains of Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Hanuten (the shark peak).  The translated form of the name recommended by ANCA has been adopted.||
13661|Sharks Tooth|Summit|760200S|1593800E|-76.0333333|159.6333333|||01/01/1965|A small steep-sided, tooth-like rock lying W of Beckett Nunatak at the N side of the upper Mawson Glacier in Victoria Land.  Mapped and named by the Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63.||04/11/2001
13662|Mount Sharp|Summit|775300S|0861000W|-77.8833333|-86.1666667|3000|9842|01/01/1960|Mountain over 3,000 m, standing 2 mi SE of Mount Barden in the N part of the Sentinel Range.  Mapped by the Marie Byrd Land Traverse party, 1957-58, who named the mountain for Prof. Robert P. Sharp, member of the Technical Panel on Glaciology, U.S. National Committee for the IGY.||
13663|Sharpend Glacier|Glacier|765200S|1605600E|-76.8666667|160.9333333|||01/01/1993|An alpine glacier, 1.5 mi long, which flows into Alatna Valley from the S end of Staten Island Heights, in the Convoy Range, Victoria Land.  Descriptively named from the pointed terminus of this glacier by a New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) field party to the area, 1989-90.||
13664|Sharp Glacier|Glacier|672000S|0662700W|-67.3333333|-66.45|||01/01/1965|A glacier flowing N to the head of Lallemand Fjord, close E of the Boyle Mountains, in Graham Land.  Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from surveys and air photos, 1948-59.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Robert P. Sharp, American geologist who has undertaken numerous studies on glaciers and their flow.||
13665|Sharp Peak|Summit|623200S|0600400W|-62.5333333|-60.0666667|500|1640|01/01/1950|Sharp peak, c. 500 m, situated in the NE part of Livingston Island, 2 mi NW of Edinburgh Hill, in the South Shetland Islands. The descriptive name was applied by DI personnel on the Discovery II who charted the peak in 1935.||
13666|Sharp Peak|Summit|660200S|0651800W|-66.0333333|-65.3|475|1558|01/01/1953|Peak, 475 m, standing 2 mi SE of Prospect Point, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered and named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill.  The name is descriptive.||
13668|Sharp Valley|Valley|635200S|0580400W|-63.8666667|-58.0666667||||A small valley trending NE-SW, located 1 mi ESE of Stoneley Point on James Ross Island.  Named in 1983 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Michael C. Sharp, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) field assistant in the area, 1981-82.||
13669|Shatskiy Hill|Summit|720200S|0132100E|-72.0333333|13.35|2705|8875|01/01/1970|Hill, 2,705 m, in the Dekefjellrantane Hills of the Weyprecht Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Soviet geologist, N.S. Shatskiy.||
13671|Mount Shattuck|Summit|802600S|0812800W|-80.4333333|-81.4666667|1430|4692|01/01/1966|A peak, 1,430 m, located at the S end of Independence Hills, about 3 mi NW of Redpath Peaks, in the Heritage Range. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for aviation machinist Wayne M. Shattuck, U.S. Navy (USN), air crewman on LC-47 aircraft, who perished in a crash on the Ross Ice Shelf, Feb. 2, 1966.||
13672|Shaula Island|Island|665800S|0572100E|-66.9666667|57.35|150|492|01/01/1965|Island 3 mi long and rising to 150 m, lying 1 mi E of Achernar Island in the Oygarden Group.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and called Soroya (the south island). The group was first visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party in 1954; the island was renamed by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) after the star Shaula which was used for an astrofix in the vicinity.||
13673|Mount Shaw|Summit|695700S|0643300E|-69.95|64.55|2035|6676|01/01/1961|The highest peak (2,035 m) of the Anare Nunataks in Mac. Robertson Land.  First visited in November 1955 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by J.M. Bechervaise.  Named by ANCA for P.J.R. Shaw, meteorologist at Mawson Station in 1955.||
13675|Shaw Islands|Island|673300S|0474400E|-67.55|47.7333333|||01/01/1965|A group of four islands lying 2 mi N of the central part of McKinnon Island, off the coast of Enderby Land.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1956.  Named by ANCA for John E. Shaw, physicist at Mawson Station in 1957.||
13676|Shaw Massif|Range|720100S|0665100E|-72.0166667|66.85|1355|4445|01/01/1961|A fairly flat-topped rock massif (1,355 m) on the W margin of Lambert Glacier.  It stands 12 mi S of Mount Willing in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Sighted in November 1956 from an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft.  Named by ANCA for Bernard Shaw, radio supervisor at Mawson Station in 1957.||
13677|Shaw Nunatak|Summit|693300S|0711200W|-69.55|-71.2|500|1640||Nunatak rising to 500 m in Nichols Snowfield, northern Alexander Island.  Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and mapped from these photographs by D. Searle of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1960. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 after Colin Shaw (1944-78), British Antarctic Survey (BAS) surveyor who worked in Alexander Island, 1975-76.||
13679|Shcherbakov Range|Range|715100S|0103200E|-71.85|10.5333333|||01/01/1970|A mountain range trending N-S for 20 mi, standing immediately E of Mount Dallmann where it marks the E extremity of the Orvin Mountains, in Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Soviet scientist D.I. Shcherbakov (d.1966).||
13680|Mount Shear|Summit|782000S|0860800W|-78.3333333|-86.1333333|4000|13123|01/01/1960|A mountain over 4,000 m, standing 4 mi NW of Mount Tyree in the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Discovered by the Marie Byrd Land Traverse Party (1957-58) led by C.R. Bentley, and named for James A. Shear, scientific leader at Hallett Station during the IGY in 1957.||
13681|Mount Shearer|Summit|711900S|1630000E|-71.3166667|163|2100|6890||A peak rising to 2,100 m, 2 mi NW of Mount Jamroga in the central portion of the Bowers Mountains (q.v.).  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1983 after Ian J. Shearer, elected to the New Zealand Parliament, 1975; Minister of Science and Technology, 1980-83.||
13682|Shearer Stack|Pillar|615500S|0580500W|-61.9166667|-58.0833333|||01/01/1960|Rock stack lying 1.5 mi SW of False Round Point, off the N coast of King George Island in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for the American sealing vessel Charles Shearer from Nantucket, which visited the South Shetland Islands in 1874-75.  In 1877 the ship again sailed for the islands and disappeared without a trace.||
13683|Sheathbill Bay|Bay|535900S|0372600W|-53.9833333|-37.4333333||||A small bay just N of Rosita Harbor (the features being separated by a small peninsula) along the N coast of South Georgia.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because the bay is frequented by sheathbills (Chionis alba).||
13684|Sheehan Glacier|Glacier|705600S|1622400E|-70.9333333|162.4|||01/01/1964|A steep and extremely broken glacier draining from the vicinity of Miller Peak in the Explorers Range, Bowers Mountains, and entering the Rennick Glacier just S of Alvarez Glacier. Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, for Maurice Sheehan, mountaineer who wintered at Scott Base, 1963, and was a field party assistant with the expedition.||
13685|Sheehan Islands|Island|672200S|0594600E|-67.3666667|59.7666667|||01/01/1947|Group of small islands lying at the SE side of Islay in the William Scoresby Archipelago.  Discovered on Feb. 18, 1931, by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson.  He named one of the group Sheehan Nunatak after H.H. Sheehan, Asst. Secretary to the Treasury, who was Secretary of the Australian Antarctic Committee of British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE). British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) erroneously charted Sheehan Nunatak as lying behind the coastline.  The insularity of the group was determined by DI personnel on the William Scoresby on Feb. 27, 1936.  The islands were more fully mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition in January and February 1937.||
13686|Sheehan Mesa|Summit|730100S|1621800E|-73.0166667|162.3|||01/01/1967|A prominent mesa standing 10 mi WNW of Pain Mesa in the NW part of Mesa Range, Victoria Land.  Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, for Maurice Sheehan, field assistant with this party.||
13689|Sheelagh Islands|Island|663200S|0501200E|-66.5333333|50.2|||01/01/1965|Group of small islands lying 3 mi S of Cape Kolosov, near the mouth of Amundsen Bay in Enderby Land.  They were possibly the site of the landing from an aircraft by Riiser-Larsen on Dec. 22, 1929.  An Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party landed on them on Feb. 14, 1958.  Named by ANCA for the wife of R.H.J. Thompson, Administrative Officer of the Antarctic Division and second-in-command of the expedition.||
13690|Sheep Point|Summit|540400S|0370800W|-54.0666667|-37.1333333|||01/01/1953|Point along the S side of Cook Bay, marking the S side of the entrance to Prince Olav Harbor, on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name appears on a chart based upon a 1929 survey of Prince Olav Harbor by DI personnel, but may reflect an earlier naming.||
13691|Sheer Point|Summit|540300S|0370800W|-54.05|-37.1333333||||A point E of Fine Point on the N side of Prince Olav Harbor, Cook Bay, South Georgia.  Charted and descriptively named "Steep Point" by DI in 1929, but that form duplicated a name at adjacent Possession Bay.  To avoid possible confusion, the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) recommended Sheer Point for the feature described here.||
13692|Sheets Peak|Summit|852800S|1255200W|-85.4666667|-125.8666667|1800|5905|01/01/1967|A peak over 1,800 m, standing 1 mi NW of Koopman Peak on the N side of Wisconsin Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Joseph D. Sheets, journalist on U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1965, 1966 and 1967.||
13693|Cape Sheffield|Cape|623700S|0611900W|-62.6166667|-61.3166667|||01/01/1960|Cape forming the NW extremity of Rugged Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named for James P. Sheffield, Master of the brig Hersilia of Stonington, CT, in 1819-20 and 1820-21, the first American sealer known to have visited the South Shetland Islands.  In 1819-20 he took 8,868 sealskins from headquarters at Rugged Island.||
13694|Mount Sheffield|Summit|801000S|0254200W|-80.1666667|-25.7|915|3002|01/01/1962|Rocky mountain, 915 m, at the junction of Gordon and Slessor Glaciers on the N side of the Shackleton Range.  First mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and named for Alfred H. Sheffield, Chairman of the radio communications working group for the IGY, who was of great assistance in this field to the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1955-58.||
13695|Sheila Cove|Bay|604500S|0444600W|-60.75|-44.7666667|||01/01/1956|Cove in the SW part of Jessie Bay on the N coast of Laurie Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Surveyed and named by the ScotNAE, 1902-04, for Sheila Bruce, daughter of William S. Bruce, leader of the expedition.||
13696|Mount Shelby|Summit|680900S|0655000W|-68.15|-65.8333333|1520|4987|01/01/1953|Mountain, 1,520 m, standing between Daspit Glacier and Bills Gulch at the head of Trail Inlet, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by members of East Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41. It was photographed from the air in 1947 by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, and charted in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by Ronne for Marjorie Shelby, who contributed her services as typist and editor in drafting the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) prospectus and assisted in general expedition work prior to departure.||
13698|Sheldon Glacier|Glacier|673000S|0682300W|-67.5|-68.3833333||||A glacier flowing SE from Mount Mangin into Ryder Bay, Adelaide Island.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 for Ernest B. Sheldon, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) meteorological observer, Adelaide Station, 1968-69, and Stonington Island, 1969-70; Base Commander, Adelaide Station, 1975-76, and Rothera Station, 1976-77.||
13699|Shell Glacier|Glacier|771549S|1662302E|-77.263685|166.383945|||01/01/1964|A western lobe of the Mount Bird icecap.  It descends steeply in the valley N of Trachyte Hill and Harrison Bluff in the center of the ice-free area on the lower western slopes of Mount Bird, Ross Island.  Mapped and so named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1958-59, because of the marine shell content of the moraines.||
13700|Shelter Cove|Bay|634100S|0575700W|-63.6833333|-57.95|||01/01/1964|A small coastal indentation on the N shore of Prince Gustav Channel, between Chapel Hill and Church Point, Trinity Peninsula. The name, given by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), is descriptive of the only part of this coast which is sufficiently sheltered from the prevailing SW winds to afford a reliable camp site.||
13701|Shelter Islands|Island|651500S|0641700W|-65.25|-64.2833333|||01/01/1950|Group of small islands lying 0.3 mi W of Winter Island in the Argentine Islands, Wilhelm Archipelago.  Charted and named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill.||
13702|Shelter Point|Summit|540400S|0370100W|-54.0666667|-37.0166667||||A point on the W side of Blue Whale Harbor on the N coast of South Georgia.  The feature was charted and named descriptively by DI, 1929-30.||
13703|Mount Shelton|Summit|714100S|1664800E|-71.6833333|166.8|2485|8153|01/01/1970|A mountain (2,485 m) located just W of the upper part of Rastorfer Glacier in the east-central portion of the Homerun Range, Admiralty Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John E. Shelton U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at Hallett Station, 1964-65.||
13704|Shelton Head|Cliff|723100S|0971900W|-72.5166667|-97.3166667|||01/01/1968|A headland marked by exposed rock, located 12 mi W of Long Glacier on the S coast of Thurston Island.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John A. Shelton meteorologist at Byrd Station, 1963-64.||01/28/2004
13705|Shelton Nunataks|Summit|754300S|0703500W|-75.7166667|-70.5833333|||01/01/1968|Two isolated nunataks located 10 mi SE of Thomas Mountains, in eastern Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Willard S. Shelton, electrician at Eights Station in 1964.||
13706|Shenk Peak|Summit|851100S|1744500W|-85.1833333|-174.75|2540|8333|01/01/1966|A sharp peak 2,540 m, standing just SE of Mount Kenyon, between Gillespie Glacier and LaPrade Valley in the Cumulus Hills.  Named by the Texas Tech Shackleton Glacier Expedition (1964-65) for John C. Shenk, graduate student at Texas Technological College and a member of the expedition.||
13707|Mount Shennan|Summit|701400S|0653300E|-70.2333333|65.55|||01/01/1967|A mountain 4 mi W of Farley Massif in the Athos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos.  Named for K.J. Shennan, assistant diesel mechanic at Mawson Station in 1963.||
13708|Shepard Cliff|Cliff|740800S|1610900E|-74.1333333|161.15|||01/01/1968|An isolated cliff, 4 mi long, at the NE margin of the Reeves Neve, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1956-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Danny L. Shepard, U.S. Navy (USN), construction electrician at South Pole Station in 1966.||
13709|Shepard Island|Island|742500S|1323000W|-74.4166667|-132.5|||01/01/1947|An island about 11 mi long, lying 6 mi W of Grant Island off the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  The island is ice capped except at its northern, seaward side, and is almost wholly embedded in the Getz Ice Shelf Discovered by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and named for John Shepard, Jr., a contributor to the expedition.||
13710|Shepherd Dome|Summit|745200S|0993300W|-74.8666667|-99.55|||01/01/1968|A low dome-shaped mountain at the N side of Pine Island Glacier, standing 4 mi SW of Mount Manthe in the S part of the Hudson Mountains.  Mapped from air photos made by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Donald C. Shepherd, ionospheric physicist at Byrd Station, 1967.||
13711|Sheppard Nunatak|Summit|632200S|0565900W|-63.3666667|-56.9833333|60|197|01/01/1952|Conical nunatak 60 m high which stands close N of Sheppard Point, the N side of the entrance to Hope Bay, at the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  This area was first explored by a party of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) 1901-04.  The nunatak was charted in 1945 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and named by them for its association with Sheppard Point.||
13712|Sheppard Point|Summit|632200S|0565800W|-63.3666667|-56.9666667|||01/01/1952|Point marking the N side of the entrance to Hope Bay, at the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered by a party under J. Gunnar Andersson of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, who wintered at Hope Bay in 1903.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for R. Sheppard, Master of the established a Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) scientific station at Hope Bay.||
13713|Sheppard Rocks|Summit|753700S|1583800E|-75.6166667|158.6333333|||01/01/1968|A group of rocks lying 4 mi NW of Ricker Hills, in the Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Paul D. Sheppard, storekeeper with the South Pole Station winter party in 1966.||
13714|Sheridan Bluff|Cliff|865300S|1533000W|-86.8833333|-153.5||||A bluff at the S side of the junction of Poulter Glacier and Scott Glacier, 2 mi ESE of Mount Saltonstall, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Michael F. Sheridan, Professor of Geology, Arizona State University, a member of a U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) field party in this area during the 1978-79 season.||
13715|Sheridan Peak|Summit|542600S|0362100W|-54.4333333|-36.35|955|3133||A peak rising to 955 m near the head of Nordenskjold Glacier, South Georgia.  During the British South Georgia Expedition, 1954-55, the feature was called "Thin Ridge."  It was named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1988 after Major James G. Sheridan, Royal Marines, who accepted the surrender of the Argentine garrison at King Edward Point, Apr. 25, 1982.||
13717|Sheriff Cliffs|Cliff|832400S|0503700W|-83.4|-50.6166667|1750|5741||Cliffs rising to c. 1,750 m to the W of Gabbro Crest, Saratoga Table, in the Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains (q.v.).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1979 after Steven D. Sheriff, geologist, Western Washington State University, Bellingham, WA, who worked in this area, 1978-79.||
13718|Sherlac Point|Summit|644400S|0624000W|-64.7333333|-62.6666667|||01/01/1965|Point at the SE end of Ronge Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted and named "Cap Charles" by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  To avoid confusion with Charles Point in Hughes Bay, an anagram of the name was adopted by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960.||
13719|Sherman Island|Island|724000S|0994500W|-72.6666667|-99.75|||01/01/1960|An ice-covered island about 32 mi long and 10 mi wide, lying S of Thurston Island in the middle of Peacock Sound.  The feature rises above Abbot Ice Shelf which occupies the sound. Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Admiral Forrest Sherman, USN, Chief of Naval Operations, 1949-51, when preparations were being made for U.S. Naval support during the forthcoming IGY operations.||01/28/2004
13720|Sherratt Bay|Bay|620200S|0575000W|-62.0333333|-57.8333333|||01/01/1960|Bay between Cape Melville and Penguin Island on the S side of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The existence of the bay was known and roughly charted by sealers working in the area in the early 1820s.  It was named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Richard Sherratt, Master of the Lady Trowbridge from Liverpool which was wrecked off Cape Melville on December 25, 1820. Sherratt occupied his time until rescued by making an inaccurate but historically interesting map of the South Shetland Islands.||03/07/1997
13721|Sherrell Point|Summit|631800S|0584100W|-63.3|-58.6833333|||01/01/1962|A point at the S end of Astrolabe Island, off Trinity Peninsula.  Named for Frederick W. Sherrell, surveyor and geologist in this area with the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE), 1955-56.||
13722|Sherwin Peak|Summit|823700S|1614800E|-82.6166667|161.8|2290|7513|01/01/1966|Peak, 2,290 m, surmounting the E side of Otago Glacier 5 mi SE of Mount Chivers, in the N part of Queen Elizabeth Range. Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James S. Sherwin, ionospheric scientist at Little America V, 1958.||
13726|Shewry Peak|Summit|644500S|0633800W|-64.75|-63.6333333|1065|3494|01/01/1965|Peak, 1,065 m, marking the end of the rock ridge which extends northward from Mount William in the S part of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Surveyed from the E by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1944, and resurveyed and photographed in 1955.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Arthur L. Shewry of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), general assistant at the Arthur Harbor station in 1955.||
13727|Shibuya Peak|Summit|751000S|1333500W|-75.1666667|-133.5833333|840|2756|01/01/1966|A rocky summit (840 m) on the E side of Berry Glacier, 4 mi SE of Demas Range, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Franklin T. Shibuya, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at Byrd Station, 1962.||
13728|Mount Shideler|Summit|775500S|1545100W|-77.9166667|-154.85|||01/01/1947|Peak 1 mi SE of Mount Fitzsimmons in the N group of the Rockefeller Mountains on Edward VII Peninsula.  Discovered on Jan. 27, 1929, by members of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) on an exploratory flight over this area.  The name appears to have been applied by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41).||
13730|Shield Nunatak|Summit|743300S|1643000E|-74.55|164.5|||01/01/1968|A prominent nunatak standing at the E side of the terminus of Campbell Glacier on the N shore of Terra Nova Bay, Victoria Land.  This feature, a multiple volcanic cone, was so named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1965-66, because it looks like an old Viking shield.||
13731|Mount Shields|Summit|701100S|1595600E|-70.1833333|159.9333333|1170|3839|01/01/1964|A mountain (1,170 m) at the junction of the Pryor and Robilliard Glaciers, at the N end of the Usarp Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Staff Sergeant James K. Shields, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC), assigned to U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 in Antarctica, 1962-63 and 1963-64.  During 1962, Shields served as navigator on aircraft in support of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Topo West survey of this area.||
13732|Shimizu Ice Stream|Stream|851100S|1240000W|-85.1833333|-124|||01/01/1962|An ice stream in the Horlick Mountains, draining WNW from the area between Wisconsin Range and Long Hills to enter the S flank of Horlick Ice Stream.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1959-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Hiromu Shimizu, glaciologist, Byrd Station winter party, 1961,; later Associate Professor, Institute of Low Temperature Science, Hokkaido, Japan.||
13734|Shimmering Icefield|Glacier|763900S|1594400E|-76.65|159.7333333|||01/01/1965|An icefield between the Shipton and Tilman Ridges in the Allan Hills, Victoria Land.  Reconnoitered by the New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) Allan Hills Expedition (1964) who gave the name because of its frequently nacreous luster when viewed against the sun.||
13735|Shingle Cove|Bay|603900S|0453400W|-60.65|-45.5666667|||01/01/1956|Small sheltered cove in the NW corner of Iceberg Bay on the S coast of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  First surveyed by DI personnel in 1933.  The name, applied by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) following their survey of 1948-49, arose from the fine shingle on the landing beach on the S shore of the cove.||
13736|Mount Shinn|Summit|782700S|0854600W|-78.45|-85.7666667|4666|15308|01/01/1961|A mountain over 4,800 m, standing 4 mi SE of Mount Tyree in the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Discovered on IGY reconnaissance flights in January 1958, and named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Conrad S. (Gus) Shinn, U.S. Navy (USN), pilot on some of these flights.  Shinn was pilot of the Navy R4D aircraft carrying Admiral Dufek which, on Oct. 31, 1956, made the first plane landing at the geographic South Pole.||01/04/2021
13737|Shinnan Glacier|Glacier|675500S|0443800E|-67.9166667|44.6333333|||01/01/1964|A glacier which flows NW to the coast just E of Shinnan Rocks and marks the division between Queen Maud Land and Enderby Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Shinnan-hyoga (new south glacier).||
13738|Shinnan Rocks|Summit|675700S|0443300E|-67.95|44.55|||01/01/1964|A substantial area of exposed coastal rocks at the W side of Shinnan Glacier in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Shinnan-iwa (new south rocks).||04/11/2001
13739|Shinobi Rock|Island|680300S|0434400E|-68.05|43.7333333|||01/01/1968|A small rock exposure on the coast between Kabuto Rock and Rakuda Rock in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Shinobi-iwa (hidden rock).||04/12/2001
13740|Ship Cone|Summit|764000S|1593500E|-76.6666667|159.5833333|||01/01/1965|A conical peak 1 mi south of Townrow Peak on the Tilman Ridge in Allan Hills, Victoria Land.  Reconnoitered by the New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) Allan Hills Expedition, 1964, who gave the name after a similarly shaped peak in the Hokonui Hills, New Zealand.||
13741|Shipley Glacier|Glacier|712600S|1691200E|-71.4333333|169.2|||01/01/1947|A glacier, 25 mi long, in the north-central Admiralty Mountains.  The glacier drains the northern slopes of Mount Adam and flows along the E wall of DuBridge Range to Pressure Bay on the N coast of Victoria Land.  Some of the glacier bypasses Pressure Bay and reaches the sea W of Flat Island.  The seaward end of the glacier was first mapped by the Northern Party, led by Victor Campbell, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.  Named by Campbell for Sir Arthur Shipley, master of Christ's College, Cambridge, England, at the suggestion of Priestley.  The entire glacier was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), 1960-63.||
13742|Ship Nunatak|Summit|710400S|1595000E|-71.0666667|159.8333333|||01/01/1970|A very striking nunatak which rises above the ice near the center of the upper portion of Harlin Glacier, in the Usarp Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  A descriptive name applied by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) because of the appearance of the feature, resembling that of a ship at sea.||
13743|Shipton Ridge|Ridge|764000S|1595100E|-76.6666667|159.85|||01/01/1965|The main ridge forming the northeastern arm of the Allan Hills in Victoria Land.  Reconnoitered by the New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) Allan Hills Expedition, 1964.  They named it after Eric Shipton, Himalayan mountaineer, because of his association with Prof. N.E. Odell, for whom the adjacent Odell Glacier is named.||
13744|Shipwreck Moraine|Ridge|765100S|1614700E|-76.85|161.7833333|||01/01/1993|An extensive moraine in a valley beside the Benson Glacier, between Black Pudding Peak and Mount Brogger, in Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named by a 1989-90 New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) field party (Trevor Chinn) to commemorate an incident at the site.  On a descent to the moraine, the motor toboggan and a sledge ran onto blue ice thinly disguised by snow and careened out of control down the slope, tossing gear and personnel overboard as the sledge overturned.||
13745|Shirase Coast|Beach|783000S|1560000W|-78.5|-156|||01/01/1964|The N segment of the relatively ill-defined coast along the E side of Ross Ice Shelf and Ross Sea, lying between the N end of Siple Coast (about 8330S, 15500W) and Cape Colbeck.  Named by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1961 after Lieutenant Npbu Shirase (1861-1946), leader of the Japanese expedition, whose ship Kainan Maru sailed near this coast in Jan. 1912.  Landings were made at Kainan Bay and at the Bay of Whales, the origin of a 160-mile journey SE on Ross Ice Shelf.  From 7656S, 15555W (off Edward VII Peninsula), another party landed for a sledge trip to the edge of the Alexandra Mountains.||
13746|Shirase Glacier|Glacier|700500S|0384500E|-70.0833333|38.75|||01/01/1962|A large glacier entering Havsbotn, the bay that forms the head of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  The area occupied by this feature was first mapped as a bay and named Instefjorden (the innermost fjord) by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Surveys by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, revealed the large glacier in this position which they named after Lieutenant Nobu Shirase, leader of the Japanese Antarctic Expedition of 1911-12.||
13748|Mount Shirley|Summit|753900S|1420300W|-75.65|-142.05|||01/01/1947|An ice-covered mountain whose E face is marked by a prominent cirque, surmounting the W side of the mouth of Land Glacier in Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and named for Charles C. Shirley, chief photographer at the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) West Base.||
13749|Shirley Island|Island|661700S|1103000E|-66.2833333|110.5|||01/01/1956|Rocky island 1 mi long, lying 0.1 mi NW of the W end of Bailey Peninsula, in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in February 1947.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Q. Shirley, chief photographer's mate on U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp photographic flights in this area and other coastal areas between 14 and 164 East longitude.||
13750|Cape Shirreff|Cape|622700S|0604700W|-62.45|-60.7833333|||01/01/1947|Prominent cape at the N end of the rocky peninsula which separates Hero and Barclay Bays on the N coast of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by Edward Bransfield in 1820 for Captain William H. Shirreff, at that time the British commanding officer in the Pacific.||
13751|Shirreff Cove|Bay|622800S|0604800W|-62.4666667|-60.8|||01/01/1953|Small cove or anchorage, situated immediately SW of Cape Shirreff along the N side of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Edward Bransfield, Master, Royal Navy (RN), named a cove in this vicinity for Captain William H. Shirreff British commanding officer in the Pacific in 1820. Present application of the name is based upon the location shown on Captain George Powell's map, published by Laurie in 1822.||
13753|Mount Shirshov|Summit|665100S|0513700E|-66.85|51.6166667|||01/01/1971|A small mountain lying 3 mi NE of Mount Selwood in the Tula Mountains, Enderby Land.  The mountain was visited by geologists of the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1961-62, which named it for P.P. Shirshov, Soviet polar explorer.||
13755|Shiver Point|Summit|650300S|0612200W|-65.05|-61.3666667|670|2198|01/01/1952|Point, surmounted by a peak 670 m high, 8 mi W of Cape Fairweather on the E coast of Graham Land.  Charted during 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1950.  The name is suggestive of the cold.||
13757|Shmidt Point|Summit|665500S|0670200W|-66.9166667|-67.0333333|||01/01/1960|Point marking the N extremity of Arrowsmith Peninsula, which separates Hanusse Bay and Lallemand Fjord on the W coast of Graham Land.  First seen and roughly surveyed in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot.  It was sketched from the air in 1937 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Named in 1954 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Prof. Otto Yu. Shmidt, Director of the Arctic Institute at Leningrad, 1930-32, Head of the Chief Administration of the Northern Sea Route, 1932-39, and leader of many Arctic expeditions.||03/07/1997
13758|Shmidt Subglacial Basin|Basin|720000S|1060000E|-72|106|||01/01/1975|A large subglacial basin situated southward of Knox Coast in East Antarctica.  Named by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition, 1957, after Soviet academician, Prof. Otto Yu. Shmidt (1891-1956).||
13760|Shockey Peak|Summit|773600S|0864700W|-77.6|-86.7833333|2010|6594|01/01/1961|Peak, 2,010 m, rising 2 mi SE of Allen Peak near the N extremity of the main ridge of the Sentinel Range.  Discovered by Lincoln Ellsworth on his trans-Antarctic flight of Nov. 23, 1935. Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charles C. Shockey of the Branch of Special Maps, U.S. Geological Survey, which prepared the 1962 map of this range.||
13761|Shockley Bluff|Cliff|732200S|1645600E|-73.3666667|164.9333333|||01/01/1969|A very steep bluff forming the S end of Deception Plateau, overlooking the point where Pilot Glacier joins the larger Aviator Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander William E. Shockley, U.S. Navy (USN), officer in charge of the Squadron VX-6 winter detachment at McMurdo Station, 1966.||
13762|Shoemake Nunatak|Summit|753300S|1400500W|-75.55|-140.0833333|||01/01/1972|A nunatak immediately west of Billey Bluff at the southwest end of the Ickes Mountains, coastal Marie Byrd Land.  The nunatak was photographed from aircraft of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, and was mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John L. Shoemake, aerographer, U.S. Navy (USN), weather observer at Brockton Station on the Ross Ice Shelf during two summer seasons, 1968-69 and 1969-70.||
13763|Shoemaker Glacier|Glacier|734700S|1644500E|-73.7833333|164.75|||01/01/1969|A tributary glacier in the Southern Cross Mountains, flowing E along the S side of Daley Hills to Aviator Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lieutenant (later Captain) Brian H. Shoemaker, U.S. Navy (USN), helicopter pilot with Squadron VX-6 at McMurdo Station, 1967.||
13764|Shoemaker Peak|Summit|795100S|0821900W|-79.85|-82.3166667|||01/01/1966|A peak on the E side of Ahrnsbrak Glacier, 3 mi ESE of Sutton Peak in the Enterprise Hills, Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Dawaine A. Shoemaker, meteorologist at Little America V Station in 1958.||
13765|Shoemaker Point|Summit|540100S|0380200W|-54.0166667|-38.0333333|||01/01/1964|Point 0.5 mi E of Jordan Cove on the S side of Bird Island, South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57 and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1963.  "Shoemaker" is an old sailors' name for the Cape hen (Procellaria aequinoctialis), a bird which breeds on Bird Island.||
13766|Shoesmith Glacier|Glacier|675100S|0671200W|-67.85|-67.2|||01/01/1964|The largest glacier on Horseshoe Island, flowing westward into both Lystad Bay and Gaul Cove.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 in association with Horseshoe Island.||
13768|Shomo Rock|Summit|753500S|1590900E|-75.5833333|159.15|||01/01/1967|A nunatak lying between the Ricker Hills and Pape Rock in the Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos 1956-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Barry C. Shomo, equipment operator with the South Pole Station winter party of 1966.||
13769|Mount Short|Summit|725000S|1621300E|-72.8333333|162.2166667|2110|6922|01/01/1969|A mountain, 2,110 m, standing 1 mi E of Sculpture Mountain, in the upper Rennick Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander John S. Short, USN, LC-130F aircraft commander in Operation Deep Freeze 1967 and 1968.||
13770|Shortcut Col|Gap|641600S|0591300W|-64.2666667|-59.2166667|460|1509|01/01/1964|A wide col rising to over 460 m immediately S of Mount Hornsby, Trinity Peninsula.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61).  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because this col provides a useful shortcut, avoiding the long detour through Longing Gap.||
13771|Shortcut Island|Island|644700S|0640700W|-64.7833333|-64.1166667|||01/01/1975|Crescent-shaped island 0.4 mi long, with three prominent indentations of the N shore, lying 0.7 mi SSE of Gamage Point and Palmer Station along the SW coast of Anvers Island.  The suggestive name was given by Palmer Station personnel.  The narrow, deep channel separating this island from Anvers Island is a shortcut from the station to the Biscoe Bay area by water.||
13772|Short Island|Island|635700S|0602400W|-63.95|-60.4|||01/01/1960|Island lying 2.5 mi SW of Cape Page, close off the W coast of Graham Land.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1952. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Short Brothers, the British firm started by Eustace and Horace Short, who in 1909 received an order from the Wright brothers to build six aircraft, and thus earned the title of "the first manufacturers of aircraft in the world."||
13773|Shostakovich Peninsula|Cape|721100S|0712000W|-72.1833333|-71.3333333|||01/01/1975|An ice-covered peninsula lying north of Stravinsky Inlet and extending into Bach Ice Shelf in southern Alexander Island. Mapped by Directorate of Overseas Surveys from satellite imagery supplied by U.S. National Aeronautics and Space Administration in cooperation with U.S. Geological Survey.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Dmitri Shostakovich, Russian composer.||
13775|Shotton Snowfield|Glacier|803500S|0231500W|-80.5833333|-23.25||||A large snowfield between Herbert Mountains and Pioneers Escarpment on the N and Read Mountains on the S, in the Shackleton Range.  The U.S. Navy obtained aerial photographs of the feature in 1967 and it was surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), 1971, in association with the names of glacial geologists grouped in this area, after Frederick W. Shotton (1906-90), British Quaternary geologist and Professor of Geology, University of Birmingham, 1949-74.||
13776|Shoulder Mountain|Summit|763700S|1620800E|-76.6166667|162.1333333|1000|3281|01/01/1962|A prominent, triangular rock buttress over 1,000 m, on the N side of the lower Fry Glacier and close S of Mount Creak in Victoria Land.  Mapped and given this descriptive name by the 1957 New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.||
13777|Shōwa Flat|Flat|690100S|0393400E|-69.0166667|39.5666667|||01/01/1968|A small flattish area along the NW shore of Lake O-ike in the E part of Ongul Island.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Showa-taira (Emperor Hirohito's era flat), presumably in association with Showa Station, the scientific station established by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) on nearby East Ongul Island.||
13778|Mount Showers|Summit|714500S|0612800W|-71.75|-61.4666667|||01/01/1976|A mountain rising above the Condor Peninsula, 13 mi SW of Cape MacDonald, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William Showers, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at Palmer Station in 1975.||
13782|Shrove Point|Summit|570400S|0263900W|-57.0666667|-26.65|||01/01/1952|The SE point of Candlemas Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  So named by DI personnel on the Discovery II because they charted it on Shrove Tuesday, March 4, 1930.||
13784|Shull Rocks|Summit|662700S|0664000W|-66.45|-66.6666667|||01/01/1965|A chain of low snow-covered rocks and one small island, lying in Crystal Sound about 10 mi NW of Cape Rey, Graham Land. Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1958-59).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Clifford G. Shull, American physicist who used neutron diffraction to determine the position of the hydrogen atoms in ice.||04/11/2001
13786|Shults Peninsula|Cape|785200S|1623900E|-78.8666667|162.65|||01/01/1963|A bold, mainly ice-covered peninsula, 10 mi long and 5 mi wide, at the E side of the mouth of Skelton Glacier in Victoria Land.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and Navy air photos.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Roy G. Shults, U.S. Navy (USN), Chief of Staff to the Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, 1962 and 1963.||
13787|Shultz Peak|Summit|761000S|1605100E|-76.1666667|160.85|||01/01/1965|A sharp peak 7 mi S of Mount Armytage, where it overlooks the N flank of Mawson Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and Navy air photos.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for Lieutenant Willard E. Shultz, U.S. Navy (USN), supply officer at McMurdo Station, 1962.||
13788|Shumskiy Cove|Bay|670400S|0672100W|-67.0666667|-67.35|||01/01/1965|A cove in southern Hanusse Bay indenting the NW side of Arrowsmith Peninsula in Graham Land.  Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from surveys and air photos, 1956-59.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Petr A. Shumskiy, Russian glaciologist, author in 1955 of an important publication on the petrology of ice.||
13789|Shupe Peak|Summit|781000S|1615500E|-78.1666667|161.9166667|2910|9547|01/01/1995|A prominent peak, 2,910 m, of Rampart Ridge, located 4 mi ESE of The Spire in the Royal Society Range, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1994 after Gordon H. Shupe, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) cartographic technician; conducted geodetic operations during three austral field seasons, 1990-94; U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) team leader for International Global Positioning System (GPS) Campaign, 1991-92, at McMurdo, Byrd, and South Pole Stations, and the Pine Island Bay area.  The team established the first continuous-tracking GPS reference station in Antarctica.||
13790|Shurley Ridge|Ridge|845400S|0652300W|-84.9|-65.3833333|||01/01/1968|A partly snow-covered ridge projecting from the SW side of Mackin Table, 6 mi SE of Snake Ridge, in the Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by US.ACAN for Jay T. Shurley, biologist at South Pole Station, summer 1966-67.||
13791|Mount Shute|Summit|715000S|1654700E|-71.8333333|165.7833333|2070|6791|01/01/1970|A mountain (2,070 m) standing 14 mi SE of Austin Peak in Mirabito Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos 1960 63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Larry R. Shute, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at Hallett Station, 1963-64.||
13794|Cape Sibbald|Cape|735400S|1652300E|-73.9|165.3833333|||01/01/1947|A cliffed cape at the SW margin of Lady Newnes Bay on the coast of Victoria Land.  It marks the SW extremity of the Mountaineer Range at the terminus of Aviator Glacier.  Sighted in February 1841 by Sir James Clark Ross and named by him for Lieutenant (later Commander) John Sibbald of the Erebus.||
13795|Sibelius Glacier|Glacier|695500S|0700500W|-69.9166667|-70.0833333|||01/01/1961|Glacier, 12 mi long and 6 mi wide, flowing S into Mozart Ice Piedmont 10 mi SW of Mount Stephenson in the N part of Alexander Island.  First seen from the air by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) in 1937. Mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Jean Sibelius (1865-1957), Finnish composer.||
13796|Mount Sibiryakov|Summit|675600S|0493500E|-67.9333333|49.5833333|||01/01/1971|An isolated mountain about 16 mi S of Mount Humble of the Raggatt Mountains, in Enderby Land.  Rock outcrops here were investigated by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1961-62, who named the feature for the Soviet icebreaker Sibiryakov.||
13797|Sickle Mountain|Summit|685300S|0664700W|-68.8833333|-66.7833333|1250|4101|01/01/1947|Mountain, 1,250 m, standing on the S side of Clarke Glacier and 14 mi E of Cape Berteaux, on the W coast of Graham Land.  So named by Finn Ronne of the East Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, because its peculiar shape was suggestive of that of a sickle.||
13798|Sickle Nunatak|Summit|713200S|1615700E|-71.5333333|161.95|||01/01/1969|A nunatak at the N side of the entrance to Jupiter Valley, on the E side of the Morozumi Range.  So named by members of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1967-68, because of its shape.||
13800|Siddons Point|Summit|623300S|0602600W|-62.55|-60.4333333|||01/01/1960|Point projecting into the middle of the head of Hero Bay on the N coast of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 for Captain Richard Siddons, Master of the Australian sealer Lynx of Sydney, who visited the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21 and 1821-22.||
13801|Siders Bluff|Cliff|731300S|1624000E|-73.2166667|162.6666667||||A bold rock bluff that forms the NW end of Tobin Mesa in the Mesa Range, Victoria Land.  The bluff exposes an easily accessible section of Jurassic basalt.  The feature was studied by Ohio State University geological parties in 1981-82 and 1982-83.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Mary A. Siders, geologist in those field parties.||
13802|Mount Sidley|Summit|770200S|1260600W|-77.0333333|-126.1|4285|14058|01/01/1947|A massive, mainly snow-covered mountain (4,285 m) which is the highest and most imposing of the five extinct volcanic mountains that comprise the Executive Committee Range of Marie Byrd Land.  The feature is marked by a spectacular caldera on the southern side and stands NE of Mount Waesche in the southern part of the range.  Discovered by R. Admiral Richard E. Byrd on an airplane flight, Nov. 18, 1934, and named by him for Mabelle E. Sidley, the daughter of William Horlick, manufacturer, who was a contributor to the Byrd Antarctic Expedition, 1933-35.||
13804|Siebert Rock|Island|644900S|0630200W|-64.8166667|-63.0333333||||A rock off the SW point of Lemaire Island in the entrance to Lientur Channel, Danco Coast, Graham Land.  Charted by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition, 1950-51, and named after Capitan de Corbeta Ernesto Siebert G., engineer officer on the expedition transport ship Angamos.||
13805|Siefker Ridge|Ridge|790900S|0851900W|-79.15|-85.3166667|||01/01/1966|A rugged ridge 6 mi long, extending NW from the W part of Anderson Massif in the Heritage Range.  Named by the University of Minnesota Geological Party to these mountains, 1963-64, for electronics technician Dennis R. Siefker, U.S. Navy (USN), who was in charge of the automatic weather station at the party's camp at Camp Hills.||
13806|Siege Dome|Summit|841600S|1722200E|-84.2666667|172.3666667|||01/01/1966|A small, ice-covered prominence standing to the S of the head of Hood Glacier, close SE of Mount Patrick in the Commonwealth Range.  Named by the New Zealand Alpine Club Antarctic Expedition (1959-60) because while attempting to establish a survey station here, they met with an eight day snow storm.||
13807|Siegfried Peak|Summit|773411S|1614707E|-77.569693|161.785369|||01/01/1976|Peak that forms a saddle with Siegmund Peak immediately southward, standing at the east side of the entrance to Odin Valley in the Asgard Range.  The peak is one in a group of features in the area named mainly from Norse mythology by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC). Siegfried was the hero of various German legends, particularly of the Nibelungenlied.||
13808|Siegmund Peak|Summit|773522S|1614630E|-77.589461|161.774949|||01/01/1976|The peak forms a saddle with Siegfried Peak just northward, located at the east side of the entrance to Odin Valley in Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  The name was applied by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) after Siegmund, the father of the German legend hero Siegfried in Der Ring des Nibelungen.||
13809|Siemiatkowski Glacier|Glacier|755400S|1441200W|-75.9|-144.2|||01/01/1966|A glacier about 25 mi long, flowing NW to Nickerson Ice Shelf on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped from surveys by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Edmond R. Siemiatkowski, auroral physicist at Byrd Station, 1964.||
13812|Sierra Island|Island|622400S|0594800W|-62.4|-59.8|||01/01/1972|A narrow island which is marked by a series of small elevations throughout its length, lying 0.5 mi NW of Dee Island in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the 5th Chilean Antarctic Expedition, 1950-51, after Sergeant Victor Sierra, sick-bay attendant of the patrol ship Lientur on the expedition.||
13814|Siffrey Point|Summit|631300S|0571300W|-63.2166667|-57.2166667||||A low rocky point projecting from the N coast of Trinity Peninsula, 6 mi WNW of Cape Dubouzet.  The feature is a reidentification of "Cap Siffrey," named by Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville in 1838.||
13815|Sigaren Islands|Island|691000S|0392800E|-69.1666667|39.4666667|||01/01/1968|Two islands lying in the E part of Lutzow-Holm Bay, 3.5 mi W of Langhovde-kita Point.  The islands were mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Sigaren (the cigar) because of their shape.||
13816|Sighing Peak|Summit|672400S|0675900W|-67.4|-67.9833333|640|2100|01/01/1956|Prominent, isolated, rocky peak, 640 m, at the S side of the entrance to Stonehouse Bay on the E side of Adelaide Island. First sighted and surveyed in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot. Resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and so named by them because of the persistent sighing of wind from the summit of this peak, even when apparently calm at sea level.||
13817|Siglin Rocks|Summit|741100S|1150600W|-74.1833333|-115.1|||01/01/1967|A cluster of rock outcrops midway between Schneider Rock and Binder Rocks on the W side of Martin Peninsula, Bakutis Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  First photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in January 1947.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Chief Warrant Officer D.F. Siglin, USN, maintenance coordinator at the Williams Field air strip, McMurdo Sound, during Deep Freeze 1967.||04/11/2001
13818|Sigma Islands|Island|641600S|0625500W|-64.2666667|-62.9166667|||01/01/1963|Group of small islands and rocks which lie 3 mi N of Eta Island and mark the N limit of the Melchior Islands, in the Palmer Archipelago.  The name, derived from the 18th letter of the Greek alphabet, appears to have been first used on a 1946 Argentine government chart following surveys of these islands by Argentine expeditions in 1942 and 1943.||
13819|Signy Island|Island|604300S|0453800W|-60.7166667|-45.6333333|||01/01/1952|Island 4 mi long and less than 3 mi wide, lying close S of the middle of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands. Unnamed, the appearance of the island was roughly plotted on James Weddell's chart of 1825.  Captain Petter Sorlle, in the Norwegian whale-catcher Palmer made a running survey of the island in the 1912-13 season.  Named after Captain Sorlle's wife, Signy Sorlle.  The island was surveyed in 1933 by DI personnel on the Discovery II and by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in the period 1947-50.||
13820|Sigurd Knolls|Summit|712100S|0073800E|-71.35|7.6333333|||01/01/1967|Isolated rock knolls at the N end of Otter Plain, about 20 mi NW of Drygalski Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named for Sigurd Helle, geodesist and leader of Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60).||
13823|Sigyn Glacier|Glacier|715200S|0083600E|-71.8666667|8.6|||01/01/1967|A broad glacier flowing N between the Drygalski Mountains and the Kurze Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped and named from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60).||
13824|Sikorski Glacier|Glacier|714900S|0982400W|-71.8166667|-98.4|||01/01/1960|Small glacier in the NE part of Noville Peninsula, Thurston Island.  It flows NE to Bellingshausen Sea between Mounts Palmer and Feury.  First roughly delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Stephen Sikorski, electronics technician on the USS Glacier, who assisted in setting up an automatic weather station on Thurston Island during the U.S. Navy (USN) Bellingshausen Sea Expedition in February 1960.||01/28/2004
13825|Sikorsky Glacier|Glacier|641200S|0605300W|-64.2|-60.8833333|||01/01/1965|Glacier flowing into Hughes Bay N of Charles Point, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Igor Sikorsky, American (Russian born) aircraft designer, who has pioneered helicopters since 1909.||
13827|Silk Glacier|Glacier|810900S|1585500E|-81.15|158.9166667|||01/01/1965|A glacier, 10 mi long, draining the E slopes of the Churchill Mountains between Mount Frost and Mount Zinkovich to enter Nursery Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Cdt. P.R.H. Silk, Royal New Zealand Navy (RNZN), commanding officer of HMNZS Endeavour II in Antarctic waters, 1963-64.||
13828|Sillard Islands|Island|663700S|0673500W|-66.6166667|-67.5833333|||01/01/1963|Group of small ice-covered islands lying close to Cape Mascart, the NE extremity of Adelaide Island.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot, and named for Director Sillard of the French Montevideo Co., Montevideo, Uruguay, whose company made repairs on Charcot's ship, the Pourquoi-Pas?.||
13829|Silva Ridge|Ridge|725900S|1621700E|-72.9833333|162.2833333|||01/01/1967|A ridge leading to the top of Sheehan Mesa, on the NE side. Large silicified tree stumps in place of growth were found halfway up this ridge, hence named Silva by the Northern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63.||
13830|Silver Ridge|Ridge|821600S|1614000E|-82.2666667|161.6666667|||01/01/1966|A long snow-covered ridge lying west of the mouth of Algie Glacier, being a prominent landmark on the north side of Nimrod Glacier.  So named by the southern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) because of the absence of rock on this steep-sided feature.||
13833|Silvia Rock|Island|631800S|0575400W|-63.3|-57.9|||01/01/1964|A rock lying in the Duroch Islands just SE of Agurto Rock and 0.3 mi N of Cape Legoupil, Trinity Peninsula.  Named by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition, 1948, for a daughter of Gabriel Gonzalez Videla, President of Chile.||
13835|Simensen Peak|Summit|715500S|0253100E|-71.9166667|25.5166667|2215|7267|01/01/1966|Peak, 2,215 m, standing on the N side of Glitrefonna Glacier in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp 1946-47 and named for Erik Simensen, photographic expert with the Lars Christensen Expedition to this area 1936-37.||
13837|Simler Snowfield|Glacier|660300S|0650500W|-66.05|-65.0833333|||01/01/1971|Snowfield lying NE of Holtedahl Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Josias Simler (1530-76), who wrote the first reasonable advice on precautions for travel on glaciers, in 1574.||
13838|Simmers Peaks|Range|660600S|0524800E|-66.1|52.8|840|2756|01/01/1947|Group of three peaks, the highest 840 m, rising above the icecap 13 mi SE of Cape Close and 11 mi N of Mount Codrington. Discovered by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson in 1930 and named for R.G. Simmers, meteorologist of the expedition.||
13839|Mount Simmonds|Summit|702000S|1593300E|-70.3333333|159.55|1885|6184|01/01/1968|A mountain (1,885 m) standing higher and next westward of Mount Theaker along the north side of Robilliard Glacier, in the Usarp Mountains.  Surveyed in 1962-63 by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) and in 1963-64 by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE).  Named by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) for G.A.E. Simmonds, New Zealand cartographer engaged in preparing final drawings of Antarctic maps, 1961-67.||
13840|Simmonds Peak|Summit|855800S|1583200W|-85.9666667|-158.5333333|1940|6365|01/01/1967|A prominent rock peak, 1,940 m, standing 4 mi S of Mount Dort on the E side of Amundsen Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Willard I. Simmonds, biologist, McMurdo Station winter party, 1964.||
13841|Mount Simmons|Summit|802200S|0814500W|-80.3666667|-81.75|1590|5216|01/01/1966|A mountain, 1,590 m, forming the N end of the Independence Hills, in the Heritage Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for aviation electronics technician Richard S. Simmons, U.S. Navy (USN), air crewman on LC-47 aircraft, who perished in a crash on the Ross Ice Shelf, Feb. 2, 1966.||03/07/1997
13842|Simmons Basin|Basin|774546S|1611655E|-77.762825|161.281962|||01/01/1992|An ice-free basin, or valley, trending SE between Solitary Rocks and Friis Hills, marginal to the N side of the bend of Taylor Glacier in Victoria Land.  The lower E end of the valley is occupied by Simmons Lake and a lobe of ice from Taylor Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1992 after George M. Simmons, Jr., biologist, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, who in the decade following 1977, led several U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) teams in the study of Lakes Bonney, Fryxell, Hoare, Vanda, and other lakes of the McMurdo Dry Valleys.||
13843|Simmons Glacier|Glacier|750000S|1133600W|-75|-113.6|||01/01/1976|Glacier draining northward between Mount Isherwood and Mount Strange in the east part of the Kohler Range, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Harry S. Simmons, assistant to the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Representative in Christchurch, New Zealand, for four seasons, 1969-70 through 1972-73.  His duties took him to Antarctica in 1971 and 1973.||
13844|Simmons Lake|Lake|774607S|1611932E|-77.768502|161.32545|||01/01/1992|A lake 1.5 mi long in the E part of Simmons Basin (q.v.), Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1992 in association with Simmons Basin after biologist George M. Simmons, Jr.||
13845|Simon Ridge|Ridge|710300S|0653000E|-71.05|65.5|||01/01/1967|An arc-shaped rock ridge about 8 mi SE of Husky Massif in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1960.  Named for M.J. Simon, radio officer at Wilkes Station in 1962.||
13846|Simoom Hill|Summit|692800S|0675600W|-69.4666667|-67.9333333|640|2100||One of the Relay Hills (q.v.), rising to 640 m, 3 mi E of Mount Edgell in western Antarctic Peninsula.  Named in 1977 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with other wind names in the area. Simoom is the warm south wind that blows off the Arabian Desert.||
13847|Simplicity Hill|Summit|850600S|1743800W|-85.1|-174.6333333|||01/01/1966|A small ice-free hill rising 1 mi W of Crilly Hill, at the N side of McGregor Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  So named by the Texas Tech Shackleton Glacier Expedition (1964-65) because of the ease with which they were able to approach the feature, and because of the relative simplicity of its geologic nature.||
13848|Cape Simpson|Cape|672800S|0610800E|-67.4666667|61.1333333|||01/01/1947|A high rocky bluff at the N end of Ufs Island, forming the E side of the entrance to Howard Bay.  Discovered in February 1931 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson.  He named it for F. Simpson of Adelaide, a patron of the expedition.||
13850|Mount Simpson|Summit|720800S|1003200W|-72.1333333|-100.5333333|||01/01/1960|A peak of the Walker Mountains, rising just W of the head of Hale Glacier on Thurston Island.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant B.L. Simpson, Jr., of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6, pilot of the P2V Neptune airplane which took additional air photos of the area in January 1960.||01/28/2004
13852|Simpson Crags|Cliff|742400S|1624500E|-74.4|162.75|||01/01/1968|A series of rugged crags descending SE from Mount Baxter of the Eisenhower Range and forming the S wall of O'Kane Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1955-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander William A. Simpson, Jr., USN, aircraft commander with Squadron VX-6 during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1967.||
13853|Simpson Glacier|Glacier|711700S|1683800E|-71.2833333|168.6333333|||01/01/1970|A glacier, 6 mi long, in the Admiralty Mountains.  It flows northward to the coast between Nelson Cliff and Mount Cherry-Garrard where it forms the Simpson Glacier Tongue.  The latter feature was named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, after Sir George Simpson, meteorologist of the expedition.  The glacier described was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), 1960-63, and was so named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) because (with Fendley Glacier to the east) it nourishes the Simpson Glacier Tongue.||
13854|Simpson Glacier Tongue|Glacier|711500S|1684500E|-71.25|168.75|||01/01/1947|A small floating glacier tongue nourished by Simpson Glacier and Fendley Glacier as it extends into the sea between Nelson Cliff and Atkinson Cliffs, along the N coast of Victoria Land.  Charted by the Northern Party, led by Campbell, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.  Named for Dr. (later Sir) George C. Simpson, meteorologist of the expedition.||
13855|Simpson Head|Cliff|732100S|0605900W|-73.35|-60.9833333|||01/01/1953|Conspicuous promontory rising to 1,065 meters.  It projects S into the N side of New Bedford Inlet 4 mi NW of Cape Kidson, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered and photographed from the air in December 1940 by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  During 1947 it was photographed from the air by members of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted it from the ground.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Sir George C. Simpson.||
13856|Simpson Hills|Range|714700S|0632400W|-71.7833333|-63.4||||A cluster of ridges and nunataks located at the head of Gruening Glacier, 6 mi NW of Owen Peak, on the Black Coast, Palmer Land.  The feature was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1966-69, and was visited by a British Antarctic Survey (BAS)-U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) joint field party, 1986-87.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Anthony R. Simpson, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) general assistant, a member of the British Antarctic Survey (BAS)-U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) field party.||
13857|Simpson Nunatak|Summit|635800S|0585400W|-63.9666667|-58.9|1165|3822|01/01/1964|A nunatak, 1,165 m, rising 2.5 mi NW of Mount Roberts, on the S margin of Aitkenhead Glacier, Trinity Peninsula.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Hugh W. Simpson of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), a member of the Detroit Plateau reconnaissance party from Hope Bay in 1957.||
13858|Simpson Peak|Summit|674300S|0500700E|-67.7166667|50.1166667|1720|5643|01/01/1961|Peak, 1,720 m, just E of Mount George in the SW end of the Scott Mountains.  Discovered in January 1930 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under D. Mawson.  He named it for Sir George C. Simpson.  The position of the feature was fixed by J.C. Armstrong of Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1959.||
13859|Simpson Ridge|Ridge|680600S|0622300E|-68.1|62.3833333|||01/01/1971|An isolated, sharp, serrated ridge situated 1 mi S of Mount Twintop in the Framnes Mountains, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveys, 1954-62.  Named by ANCA for C.R. Simpson, electronics engineer at Mawson Station in 1967.||
13860|Simpson Rocks|Island|615800S|0572300W|-61.9666667|-57.3833333|10|33|01/01/1952|A group consisting of a rock, 10 m high, surrounded by sunken rocks, lying 5 mi NE of Cape Melville, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name "Simpsons Islands" appears on a chart of 1825 by British sealer James Weddell, but the term rocks is considered more descriptive than islands.||
13862|Mount Simsarian|Summit|860600S|1325000W|-86.1|-132.8333333|||01/01/1967|A large mountain projecting from the E side of Michigan Plateau just S of the head of Gardiner Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James Simsarian Chief Division of International Scientific and Technical Affairs, Department of State.||
13863|Sims Island|Island|732100S|0781900W|-73.35|-78.3166667|||01/01/1947|A small but conspicuous island between Rydberg Peninsula and Case Island in the southern part of Carroll Inlet, off the coast of Ellsworth Land.  Discovered by pilot Ashley Snow of U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) on an aircraft flight, Dec. 22, 1940.  Named for Lieutenant (j.g.) L.S. Sims, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC), surgeon on the expedition.||
13864|Sinbad Rock|Island|621000S|0590200W|-62.1666667|-59.0333333|||01/01/1953|Low rock lying 1.25 mi WNW of Square End Island, off the W end of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The rock was charted in 1935 by DI personnel on the Discovery II but the name appears to be first used on a 1948 Admiralty chart based upon this survey.||
13865|Sinclair Island|Island|645500S|0635300W|-64.9166667|-63.8833333|||01/01/1965|Island over 1 mi long, lying 1.5 mi NE of Reeve Island in the Wauwermans Islands, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  First mapped by the Argentines in 1950.  The toponym replaces the provisional name "Alberto" and was approved by the Geographic Coordinating Committee (Argentina) in 1956.  It memorializes Argentine naval hero Captain Enrique Sinclair (1805-1904). Born in New York, U.S.A., he emigrated while very young to the Rio de la Plata, joined the Argentine navy and fought at the side of Admiral Brown in the war with Brazil.||
13866|Singer Glacier|Glacier|741600S|1135700W|-74.2666667|-113.95||||A glacier flowing ENE from Martin Peninsula between Slichter Foreland and Smythe Shoulder into Dotson Ice Shelf, on Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1959-67, and Landsat imagery, 1972-73. Named in 1977 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Howard Singer, geophysicist, University of California, Los Angeles, a member of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) winter party at South Pole Station, 1973.||
13867|Single Island|Island|694800S|0683600E|-69.8|68.6|||01/01/1966|A high ice-covered island on the W side of the Amery Ice Shelf about 14 mi S of Landon Promontory.  First plotted by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) from air photos taken in 1956, but incorrectly shown as a promontory.  Later mapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) as an island.  Named by ANCA for M. Single, senior diesel mechanic at Mawson Station in 1962, a member of the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) field party which visited the area in December 1962.||
13869|Singleton Nunatak|Summit|711500S|0613600W|-71.25|-61.6|||01/01/1976|A nunatak located directly W of the head of Kauffman Glacier on the E side of Palmer Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after David G. Singleton, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist who worked in the general vicinity of this feature.||
13870|Mount Sinha|Summit|750400S|1360900W|-75.0666667|-136.15|990|3248|01/01/1974|A mountain (990 m) at the SE extremity of Erickson Bluffs in the S part of McDonald Heights.  It overlooks lower Kirkpatrick Glacier from the north in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for A.A. Sinha, member of the biological party that made population studies of seals, whales and birds in the pack ice of the Bellingshausen and Amundsen Seas using U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Southwind and its two helicopters, 1971-72.||
13871|Siniff Bay|Bay|744000S|1355000W|-74.6666667|-135.8333333|||01/01/1974|A bay 13 mi wide between Verleger Point and Melville Point, along the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Donald B. Siniff, leader of a U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) party that studied population dynamics and behavior of Weddell seals in the McMurdo Sound area, 1971-72.  He also worked in the McMurdo Station area the three preceding austral summers and participated in the International Weddell Sea Oceanographic Expedition, 1967-68.||
13872|Sinker Rock|Island|644900S|0633000W|-64.8166667|-63.5|||01/01/1952|Rock off the N tip of Goudier Island, near the center of the harbor of Port Lockroy, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Rocks were charted in this position by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot.  So named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1944 because a sinker was laid near this rock for a boat mooring.||04/11/2001
13879|Mount Siple|Summit|731500S|1260600W|-73.25|-126.1|3110|10203|01/01/1947|A massive, conical, snow-covered mountain, rising to 3,110 m and dominating the NW part of Siple Island (q.v.), which is separated from Bakutis Coast, Marie Byrd Land, by the Getz Ice Shelf.  Named after Paul A. Siple (1908-68), American Antarctic explorer and geographer who took part in six Antarctic expeditions, including the two Byrd expeditions of 1928-30 and 1933-35 (Siple Coast, Siple Island, q.v.).  He was in command of the West Base (Little America) of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, and was navigator on all major exploratory flights from the base, including the flight on which Mount Siple was discovered.  He served as U.S. Army Senior Representative on U.S. Navy OpHjp, 1946-47; as Director of Scientific Projects in the planning stages for the US-IGY; and as the inaugural scientific leader at the U.S. Amundsen-Scott South Pole Station 1956-57.||
13880|Siple Coast|Beach|820000S|1550000W|-82|-155|||01/01/1964|The middle portion of the relatively ill-defined coast along the E side of the Ross Ice Shelf,  between the N end of Gould Coast (8330S, 15300W) and the S end of Shirase Coast (8010S, 15100W).  Named by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1961 after Paul A. Siple (Mount Siple, q.v.), noted American scientist-explorer who accompanied R. Admiral Richard E. Byrd on all his Antarctic expeditions.||
13881|Siple Island|Island|733900S|1250000W|-73.65|-125|||01/01/1967|A massive, snow-covered island, 70 mi long, lying E of Wrigley Gulf along Getz Ice Shelf, Bakutis Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1967 in association with Mount Siple (q.v.), which dominates the NW part of the island.  Though observed by earlier U.S. expeditions, the feature was first indicated as an island on U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) maps compiled from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.||
13882|Siple Ridge|Ridge|775551S|1600644E|-77.93088|160.112217|2570|8432|01/01/1992|A high (2,570 m) ridge, 3 mi long and 0.5 mi wide, being the more northern of two ridges that extend W from the Mount Feather block, in the Quartermain Mountains, Victoria Land.  The narrow upper surface is capped by ice but rock is exposed at many points along abrupt cliffs.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1992 after Ruth J. Siple, widow of renowned Antarctican Paul A. Siple (Mount Siple, q.v.); Honorary President and active supporter of The Antarctican Society; Honored Guest at the dedication of the new U.S. Amundsen-Scott South Pole Station at the site on January 9, 1975.||
13883|Siren Bay|Bay|712200S|1691500E|-71.3666667|169.25|||01/01/1947|A small bay formed by the configuration of the ice at the terminus of Shipley Glacier and the NW side of Flat Island along the N coast of Victoria Land.  Charted by the Northern Party, led by Campbell, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, and so named by them because they heard a noise like a ship's siren while mapping this area.||
13884|Siren Rock|Summit|743300S|0982400W|-74.55|-98.4|||01/01/1968|A fairly isolated rock lying 12 mi E of Mount Moses, in the E part of the Hudson Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Jan C. Siren, radio scientist at Byrd Station, 1967.||
13886|Mount Sirius|Summit|840800S|1631500E|-84.1333333|163.25|2300|7546|01/01/1966|A peak, 2,300 m, surmounting a prominent, wedge-shaped, ice-free spur between Walcott Neve and Bowden Neve, 3.5 mi N of Bauhs Nunatak.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for the star Sirius which was used in fixing the baseline in the area.||
13887|Sirius Cliffs|Cliff|703300S|0665300W|-70.55|-66.8833333|||01/01/1976|A conspicuous isolated nunatak with steep rock cliffs all along its N face, located between Mount Lepus and Procyon Peaks on the S side of Millett Glacier, in Palmer Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the star Sirius in the constellation of Canis Major.||
13888|Sirius Islands|Island|665700S|0572700E|-66.95|57.45|||01/01/1965|A chain of islands in the N part of the Oygarden Group. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and called Nordoyane (the north islands).  The group was first visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party in 1954; this chain was renamed by ANCA after the star Sirius which was used for an astrofix in the vicinity.||
13889|Sirius Knoll|Summit|634300S|0583600W|-63.7166667|-58.6|1010|3314|01/01/1953|Conspicuous ice-covered knoll, 1,010 m, marking the NE end of Detroit Plateau in the central part of Trinity Peninsula. Charted in 1946 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named after Sirius, the dog star.||
13891|Sirocco Glacier|Glacier|692500S|0683100W|-69.4166667|-68.5166667||||A glacier c. 3 mi long flowing NNE into West Bay, Fallieres Coast, between Brindle Cliffs and Mount Edgell. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 after the sirocco, the Italian name for the wind that blows from the Sahara.  One of several features in the area named after winds.||
13892|Sirohi Point|Summit|835700S|1700600E|-83.95|170.1|||01/01/1966|A rock point at the N side of the terminus of Alice Glacier, where the latter enters Beardmore Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Girraj S. Sirohi, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1960-61.||
13893|Sisco Mesa|Summit|855000S|1274800W|-85.8333333|-127.8|3350|10991|01/01/1967|An ice-capped mesa with steep rock walls whose summit area is 2 mi long and wide and rises to 3,350 m.  It stands just N of Haworth Mesa between the heads of Norfolk and Olentangy Glaciers in the Wisconsin Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Joseph J. Sisco, Assistant Secretary of State for International Organization Affairs, Chairman of the Antarctic Policy Group in 1966.||03/07/1997
13894|Sistefjell Mountain|Summit|732300S|0004400W|-73.3833333|-.7333333|||01/01/1966|A bluff-like mountain situated 10 mi SE of Neumayer Cliffs, at the NE end of the Kirwan Escarpment in Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Sistefjell (the last mountain).||
13895|Sistenup Peak|Summit|731700S|0004400W|-73.2833333|-.7333333|||01/01/1966|A low peak at the NE end of the Kirwan Escarpment, about 5 mi N of Sistefjell Mountain, in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian exp (1958-59) and named Sistenup (last peak).||
13896|Sisterabben Hill|Summit|732100S|0004400W|-73.35|-.7333333|||01/01/1966|A hill about 2 mi N of Sistefjell Mountain, at the NE end of the Kirwan Escarpment in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Sisterabben (the last hill).||
13897|The Sisters (historical)|Pillar|711724S|1701312E|-71.29|170.22|||01/01/1947|Gertrude Rock (q.v.), the northernmost pillar, collapsed into the sea between 2003 and 2006 leaving only Rose Rock (q.v.), the southernmost pillar standing. Formerly, two stacks or pillar-like rocks standing together just N of Cape Adare at the NE extremity of Victoria Land.  First charted and named The Sisters by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1898-1900, under C.E. Borchgrevink.  The northern pillar was later named Gertrude Rock, and the southern one Rose Rock, by the Northern Party of British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13. This description was revised 17 July 2007.||
13900|Sitka Bay|Bay|535900S|0372400W|-53.9833333|-37.4|||01/01/1956|Small bay 1 mi W of Cape Buller, along the N coast of South Georgia.  The names Sitka Bay and Buller Bay have both appeared for this feature on maps for many years.  Following a survey of South Georgia in 1951-52, the South Georgia Survey (SGS) reported that this feature is known locally as Sitka Bay, and the name is approved on that basis.||
13902|Sjøbotnen Cirque|Basin|712200S|0132500E|-71.3666667|13.4166667|||01/01/1970|The prominent cirque in the N face of the main massif of the Gruber Mountains, situated immediately E of Mount Zimmermann, in the Wohlthat Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Sjobotnen (the lake cirque) because the inner part of the feature is occupied by a sizable lake.||
13904|Sjögren Glacier|Glacier|641400S|0590000W|-64.2333333|-59|||01/01/1952|Glacier 15 mi long in the S part of Trinity Peninsula, flowing SE from Detroit Plateau to the S side of Mount Wild where it enters Prince Gustav Channel.  Discovered in 1903 by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold.  He named it Hj. Sjogren Fiord after a patron of the expedition.  The true nature of the feature was determined by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1945.||
13905|Sjögren Glacier Tongue (historical)|Glacier|641400S|0583800W|-64.2333333|-58.6333333|||01/01/1964|Formerly the mainly floating extension of Sjögren Glacier (q.v.), Trinity Peninsula, following survey by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1960-61, was so named in association with the glacier. Reported to have disappeared, February 1994. Landsat 7 ETM satellite imagery confirmed this, February 2000. The area is now covered by the Prince Gustav Channel (q.v.).  Formerly, the feature was a tongue of ice between 5 and 7 miles wide, extending 15 miles from Sjögren Glacier across Prince Gustav Channel toward Persson Island. The description was revised 17 July 2007. ||
13907|Sjøneset Spur|Ridge|711700S|0133500E|-71.2833333|13.5833333|||01/01/1970|A prominent rock spur from the Gruber Mountains, extending N along the E side of Anuchin Glacier to Lake Ober-See, in the Wohlthat Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Sjoneset (the lake ness).||
13908|Skaar Ridge|Ridge|844900S|1631500E|-84.8166667|163.25|||01/01/1972|A ridge on the SE side of Mount Augusta in Queen Alexandra Range.  It trends SE for 2 mi to Beardmore Glacier.  This area was first sighted by Shackleton's Southern Journey Party in 1908. The ridge is the site of the only known (1971) Permian peat deposit of Gondwanaland, discovered here by James M. Schopf of the Ohio State University Geological Expedition, 1969-70.  Named for Lieutenant Gerhard E. Skaar, U.S. Navy (USN), who piloted the helicopter that took Schopf to the locality and subsequent discovery.||
13910|Skålebreen|Glacier|720600S|0035200E|-72.1|3.8666667|||01/01/1966|A glacier flowing N between Festninga Mountain and Mount Hochlin in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains in Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Skalebreen.||
13911|Skålebrehalsen Terrace|Bench|721600S|0041000E|-72.2666667|4.1666667|||01/01/1966|A high ice-covered terrace at the S side of Skalebreen, in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Skalebrehalsen.||
13913|Skallen Glacier|Glacier|694000S|0393300E|-69.6666667|39.55|||01/01/1964|A glacier flowing to Lutzow-Holm Bay to the E of Skallen Hills.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named for its proximity to Skallen Hills.||
13914|Skallen Hills|Range|693900S|0392500E|-69.65|39.4166667|||01/01/1964|An area of bare rock coastal hills which project into eastern Lutzow-Holm Bay between Skallevika and Skallen Glacier.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Skallen (the skull), a name presumably suggested by the outline of the feature on the Norwegian map.||
13915|Skallevika|Bay|694100S|0392300E|-69.6833333|39.3833333|||01/01/1968|A small bay just W of Skallen Hills along the SE shore of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Skallevika (the skull bay) in association with nearby Skallen Hills.||
13916|Skallevikhalsen Hills|Range|694100S|0391800E|-69.6833333|39.3|||01/01/1968|A line of bare rock hills that fringe the SE shore of Lutzow-Holm Bay for 4 mi just W of Skallevika.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Skallevikhalsen (the skull bay neck) in association with nearby Skallevika.||
13917|Skallevik Point|Summit|694100S|0391500E|-69.6833333|39.25|||01/01/1968|A point marking the NW end of Skallevikhalsen Hills along the SE shore of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Skalleviksodden (the skull bay point) in association with nearby Skallevika.||
13919|Skappelnabben Spur|Ridge|734300S|0043300W|-73.7166667|-4.55|||01/01/1966|A spur at the E side of Urfjelldokka Valley, in the SW part of the Kirwan Escarpment in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and additional air photos (1958-59), and named Skappelnabben.||
13920|Skaret Pass|Gap|723200S|0002300E|-72.5333333|.3833333|||01/01/1966|Mountain pass at the E side of Skarsnuten Peak in the Roots Heights, Sverdrup Mountains, in Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Skaret (the gap).||
13921|Skarsbrotet Glacier|Glacier|715000S|0114500E|-71.8333333|11.75|||01/01/1970|A cirque-type glacier draining the E slopes of Skarshaugane Peaks, in the Humboldt Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and photographed by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped by Norway from air photos and surveys by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Skarsbrotet.||
13922|Skarsdalen Valley|Valley|723300S|0003000E|-72.55|.5|||01/01/1966|An ice-filled valley between Roots Heights and Hamrane Heights in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Skarsdalen (the gap valley).||
13923|Skarshaugane Peaks|Range|714900S|0113700E|-71.8166667|11.6166667|||01/01/1970|A group of peaks including Mount Skarshovden that extend S for 3 mi from Hovdeskar Gap, in the Humboldt Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and photographed by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39. Mapped by Norway from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Skarshaugane (the gap peaks).||
13924|Mount Skarshovden|Summit|714700S|0113800E|-71.7833333|11.6333333|2830|9285|01/01/1970|A rounded mountain, 2,830 m, surmounting the W side of Hovdeskar Gap in the Humboldt Mountains of Queen Maud Land. Discovered and photographed by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped by Norway from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Skarshovden (the gap mountain).||
13925|Skarskvervet Glacier|Glacier|714500S|0113000E|-71.75|11.5|||01/01/1970|Small cirque-type glacier at the E side of Botnfjellet Mountain in the Humboldt Mountains of Queen Maud Land. Discovered and photographed by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped by Norway from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Skarskvervet.||
13926|Skarsnuten Peak|Summit|723200S|0002200E|-72.5333333|.3666667|||01/01/1966|Peak in the N part of Roots Heights, Sverdrup Mountains, in Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Skarsnuten (the gap peak).||
13927|Skarvhalsen Saddle|Gap|732000S|0013900W|-73.3333333|-1.65|||01/01/1966|An ice saddle just S of Neumayer Cliffs, between Peter Glacier and Swithinbank Slope, in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Skarvhalsen (the barren mountain neck).||
13928|Skarvsnes Foreland|Cliff|692800S|0393900E|-69.4666667|39.65|||01/01/1964|An extensive foreland surmounted by bare rock peaks and indented by several coves, protruding into the E part of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Skarvsnes (barren mountain headland).||
13929|Skavlhø Mountain|Summit|720200S|0143000E|-72.0333333|14.5|2610|8563|01/01/1966|A mountain, 2,610 m, standing N of Ormeryggen in the Payer Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Skavlho (snow-drift heights).||
13930|Skavlrimen Ridge|Ridge|715800S|0133200E|-71.9666667|13.5333333|||01/01/1970|A largely snow-covered ridge, about 3 mi long and surmounted in the N part by Vyatskaya Peak, located 1.5 mi E of Dekefjellet Mountain in the Weyprecht Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39. Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Skavlrimen.||
13931|Skavlsletta Flat|Flat|732600S|0034200W|-73.4333333|-3.7|||01/01/1966|A small ice-covered area lying between Svartbandufsa Bluff and Tverregga Spur in the Kirwan Escarpment of Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Skavlsletta (the snowdrift plain).||
13933|Skeen Rocks|Island|674700S|0685400W|-67.7833333|-68.9|||01/01/1964|Two rocks lying S of Avian Island, off the S end of Adelaide Island.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Lieutenant Michael G.C. Skeen, Royal Navy (RN), officer in charge of the helicopter flight, His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) charting this area in 1961-63.||
13934|Skeidsberget Hill|Summit|720600S|0112500E|-72.1|11.4166667|||01/01/1966|A hill about 2 mi NW of the summit of Skeidshovden Mountain in the Wohlthat Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  First photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Skeidsberget.||
13935|Skeidshornet Peak|Summit|715000S|0120100E|-71.8333333|12.0166667|2725|8940|01/01/1970|Peak, 2,725 m, standing 5 mi WSW of Mount Valikhanov in the Pieck Range of the Petermann Ranges, in Queen Maud Land. Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39. Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Skeidshornet.||
13936|Skeidshovden Mountain|Summit|720800S|0113100E|-72.1333333|11.5166667|2730|8957|01/01/1966|A mountain rising to 2,730 m at the SW end of the Wohlthat Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  First photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Skeidshovden.||
13937|Skeidskar Gap|Gap|714600S|0113300E|-71.7666667|11.55|||01/01/1970|A narrow gap in the ridge along the SE side of Skarskvervet Glacier, in the Humboldt Mountains of Queen Maud Land. Discovered and photographed by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped by Norway from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Skeidskar.||
13938|Mount Skeidskneet|Summit|715300S|0115700E|-71.8833333|11.95|2600|8530|01/01/1970|Mountain, 2,600 m, surmounting the E side of the head of Humboldt Graben at the SW extremity of the Petermann Ranges, Wohlthat Mountains, in Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and photographed by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped by Norway from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Skeidskneet.||
13939|Skeidsnutane Peaks|Range|715300S|0113500E|-71.8833333|11.5833333|||01/01/1970|A group of peaks that extend S for about 6 mi from Skarshaugane Peaks, in the Humboldt Mountains of Queen Maud Land. Discovered and photographed by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped by Norway from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Skeidsnutane.||
13940|Skelly Peak|Summit|792300S|0851900W|-79.3833333|-85.3166667|1450|4757|01/01/1966|A peak (1,450 m) on the end of a spur, marking the NE limit of Watlack Hills in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Donald J. Skelly, hospital corpsman, USN, chief petty officer in charge of Palmer Station in 1966.||
13941|Skelton Glacier|Glacier|783500S|1613000E|-78.5833333|161.5|||01/01/1962|Large glacier flowing from the polar plateau into Ross Ice Shelf at Skelton Inlet.  Named after Skelton Inlet by the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.  The glacier was chosen in 1957 as the New Zealand party's route from the Ross Ice Shelf to the polar plateau.||
13942|Skelton Icefalls|Glacier|781400S|1581900E|-78.2333333|158.3166667|||01/01/1965|Prominent icefalls extending in an arc some 15 mi from Portal Mountain to the N end of Warren Range, in Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 in association with Skelton Neve and Skelton Glacier.||
13943|Skelton Inlet|Stream|785400S|1621500E|-78.9|162.25|||01/01/1947|An ice-filled inlet at the terminus of Skelton Glacier, along the western edge of Ross Ice Shelf.  The feature is about 10 mi wide at the entry points between Cape Timberlake and Fishtail Point.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, which named this feature for Lieutenant Reginald W. Skelton, Royal Navy (RN), chief engineer of the expedition ship Discovery.||
13944|Skelton Névé|Glacier|782000S|1600000E|-78.3333333|160|||01/01/1961|The immense neve of the Skelton Glacier, lying on the W side of the Royal Society Range.  Almost circular in outline, it is about 40 miles in diameter and has an area of about 1,300 square miles.  Surveyed by New Zealand parties of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58), who named it for its relationship to the Skelton Glacier.||
13945|Skep Point|Summit|640300S|0571800W|-64.05|-57.3|||01/01/1963|A high ice-free point 5 mi WNW of Ula Point on the NE coast of James Ross Island.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) first in 1945, then again in 1953.  The UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) name is descriptive; when viewed from seaward the feature resembles a skep type beehive.||
13947|Skew Peak|Summit|771311S|1604213E|-77.219656|160.70348|2535|8317|01/01/1962|Mountain, 2,535 m, just W of the head of Frazier Glacier, in the Clare Range of Victoria Land.  So named in 1957 by the Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) because the summit is notably asymmetrical from all directions.||
13948|Mount Skidmore|Summit|801800S|0285600W|-80.3|-28.9333333|865|2838||A mountain (865 m) on the E side of the mouth of Stratton Glacier in the Shackleton Range.  First mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE); photographed in 1967 by U.S. Navy (trimetrogon aerial photography).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Michael J. Skidmore, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist at the Brunt Ice Shelf, 1966-69, who worked in the Shackleton Range, 1968-69.||
13950|Skidmore Cliff|Cliff|832400S|0493000W|-83.4|-49.5|||01/01/1968|An irregular east-facing cliff, 4 mi long, located at the extremity of a spur trending eastward from Saratoga Table, in the Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Donald D. Skidmore, ionospheric scientist at Ellsworth Station, winter 1957.||
13951|Skidoo Nunatak|Summit|642300S|0594500W|-64.3833333|-59.75|935|3068||A nunatak rising to 935 m, 1.3 mi SSE of Nodwell Peaks on Nordenskjold Coast, Graham Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following geological work by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1978-79, and in association with the names of pioneers of overland mechanical transport grouped in this area.  Named after the Bombardier Ski-doo snowmobile used extensively by British Antarctic Survey (BAS) since 1976.||
13952|Skigarden Ridge|Ridge|715400S|0043200E|-71.9|4.5333333|||01/01/1967|A ridge with several conspicuous peaks, about 2 mi NE of Mount Grytoyr in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Skigarden (the rail fence).||
13954|Skilift Col|Gap|861100S|1483600W|-86.1833333|-148.6|||01/01/1970|A col in the mountain wall between the Griffith and Howe Glaciers, on the W side of Watson Escarpment.  The col is 2 mi NE of Mount Meeks and provides a shortcut to field parties.  So named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1969-70, because some members of the party used a motor toboggan here in a similar way to a ski-lift.||
13955|Skilling Island|Island|604700S|0450900W|-60.7833333|-45.15|||01/01/1956|Small island immediately N of Atriceps Island in the Robertson Islands group of the South Orkney Islands.  Although roughly charted at a much earlier date, the island was first surveyed in 1933 by DI personnel.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Charles J. Skilling (1931-52) of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), general assistant at Signy Island, 1949, and member of the sledge party which visited the Robertson Islands in 1949. Skilling died aboard the John Biscoe on April 17, 1952.||
13956|Skilly Peak|Summit|645900S|0611600W|-64.9833333|-61.2666667|||01/01/1963|A conspicuous rock peak 4 mi NE of Shiver Point on the E coast of Graham Land.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947 and 1955. "Skilly" means a thin soup; the name arose because the 1955 Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) party was short of rations, and pemmican and porridge were very thin.||
13957|Skimten Hill|Summit|721300S|0001700E|-72.2166667|.2833333|||01/01/1966|Small rock hill 5 mi N of Mount Roer in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Skimten (the glimpse), presumably because only a small portion of the hill can be seen protruding through the ice sheet.||
13958|Mount Skinner|Summit|844600S|1711000W|-84.7666667|-171.1666667|1060|3478||A flattish, mainly ice-free mesa, 3 mi long and 2 mi wide. It arises to 1,060 m immediately S of Bravo Hills, between Gough and Le Couteur Glaciers, near the edge of the Ross Ice Shelf. Surveyed by the U.S. Ross Ice Shelf Traverse Party (1957-58) under A.P. Crary, and named for Bernard W. Skinner, aviation and tractor mechanic with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1933-35).||
13959|Skinner Glacier|Glacier|701400S|0680000W|-70.2333333|-68|||01/01/1976|A glacier on the W edge of Palmer Land, flowing SSW between Mount Dixey and Mount Flower to enter George VI Sound just E of Carse Point.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Alexander C. Skinner, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist at Fossil Bluff and Stonington Island stations, 1968-70.||
13960|Skinner Peak|Summit|844600S|1125300W|-84.7666667|-112.8833333|2600|8530|01/01/1962|A mainly snow-covered peak, over 2,600 m, on the spur that descends NE from Mount Schopf in Ohio Range, Horlick Mountains. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Courtney J. Skinner, geological assistant and camp manager with the Ohio State University expedition to the Horlick Mountains in 1961-62. Skinner visited Antarctica with U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) every summer season from 1961-62 to 1966-67.||
13961|Skinner Ridge|Ridge|742400S|1614500E|-74.4|161.75|||01/01/1966|A ridge, 12 mi long, that descends southwestward from the western side of Eisenhower Range in Victoria Land.  Mounts Fenton and Mackintosh are astride the northern part of this ridge.  The feature was visited by the Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1962-63), who named it for D.N.B. Skinner, geologist with the expedition.||
13962|Skinner Saddle|Gap|805800S|1592500E|-80.9666667|159.4166667|||01/01/1965|A high, broad, snow-covered saddle between the northern part of Darley Hills and that portion of Churchill Mountains eastward of Mount Durnford.  Mapped by the Northern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) and named for D.N. Skinner, geologist with the party.||
13963|Mount Skittle|Summit|542400S|0361100W|-54.4|-36.1833333|480|1575|01/01/1956|Prominent rocky mountain, 480 m, forming the N limit of Saint Andrews Bay on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name "Kegel-Berg" (Skittle Mountain) was given for this feature by the German group of the International Polar Year Investigations, 1882-83.  During the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, the mountain was identified and located.  An English form of the name, Mount Skittle, was recommended by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954.||
13964|Skjegget Peak|Summit|692600S|0393700E|-69.4333333|39.6166667|360|1181|01/01/1968|A peak, 360 m, which surmounts the NW extremity of Skarvsnes Foreland on the E side of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Skjegget (the barb).||
13966|Skoddemedet Peak|Summit|725000S|0035100W|-72.8333333|-3.85|||01/01/1966|A rock peak about 5 mi SW of Hogfonna Mountain, in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Skoddemedet (the fog landmark).||
13969|Skontorp Cove|Bay|645400S|0625200W|-64.9|-62.8666667|||01/01/1947|Cove in Paradise Harbor, lying 2 mi SE of Bryde Island along the W coast of Graham Land.  Named for Edvard Skontorp, an outstanding Norwegian whale gunner, who commanded a whaler for Salvesen and Co. of Leith, Scotland.||
13970|Skontorp Rock|Island|543000S|0364300W|-54.5|-36.7166667|||01/01/1963|Rock lying 1 mi W of the N part of Rocky Bay, off the S coast of South Georgia.  Positioned by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Edvard Skontorp, a gunner of Tonsberg Hvalfangeri, Husvik, 1920-26.||
13972|Skorefjell|Summit|662700S|0535700E|-66.45|53.95|1520|4987|01/01/1966|Mountain, 1,520 m, standing 9 mi NE of Stor Hanakken Mountain in the Napier Mountains in Enderby Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Skorefjell.||
13973|Skorvebradden|Glacier|720700S|0053300E|-72.1166667|5.55|||01/01/1966|A heavily crevassed ice slope extending about 13 miles ESE from Hamarskorvene Bluff, in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Skorvebradden.||
13974|Skorvehallet Slope|Slope|715900S|0091200E|-71.9833333|9.2|||01/01/1971|A snow-covered slope with numerous rock outcrops, lying just W of the Gagarin Mountains in the Orvin Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Skorvehallet.||
13975|Skorvehalsen Saddle|Gap|720400S|0061100E|-72.0666667|6.1833333|||01/01/1966|An ice saddle immediately S of Huldreskorvene Peaks in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Skorvehalsen.||
13976|Skorvetangen Spur|Ridge|720300S|0052000E|-72.05|5.3333333|||01/01/1966|A rock spur 2 mi SE of Hamarskorvene Bluff in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Skorvetangen.||
13979|Skottsberg Point|Summit|635500S|0604900W|-63.9166667|-60.8166667|||01/01/1960|Point forming the S end of Trinity Island, in the palmer Archipelago.  First charted by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, and named by Nordenskjold for Carl Skottsberg, botanist of the expedition.||
13982|Skrap Skerries|Island|541500S|0361900W|-54.25|-36.3166667|||01/01/1953|Two small groups of islands and rocks lying midway between Cape George and Barff Point, close off the N coast of South Georgia.  The present name, which dates back to about 1930, derives from the Norwegian term "skrapskjaer" or "skrapskjar" formerly used for these islands.||
13984|Skredbotnen Cirque|Basin|715900S|0042700E|-71.9833333|4.45|||01/01/1967|A cirque indenting the W side of Mount Grytoyr in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Skredbotnen (the avalanche cirque).||
13985|Skruvestikka Nunatak|Summit|721100S|0142700E|-72.1833333|14.45|||01/01/1966|A nunatak just eastward of Filsponen Nunatak at the south end of the Payer Mountains, in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Skruvestikka (the screwdriver).||
13986|Skua Beach|Beach|530500S|0734100E|-53.0833333|73.6833333|||01/01/1957|Sandy beach lying at the base of Scarlet Hill on the E side of Heard Island.  The name "Launches Beach" appears to have had some usage by American sealers as shown by an unpublished sealer's map of "Hurds Island" of the 1860-70 period.  The name Skua Beach was given by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) during its 1948 survey of the island and is now established in usage.||
13987|Skua Creek|Stream|651500S|0641600W|-65.25|-64.2666667|||01/01/1955|Narrow channel between Skua Island and Winter Island in the Argentine Islands, Wilhelm Archipelago.  Charted and named Skua Inlet in 1935 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, but in recent years the name Skua Creek has overtaken the earlier name in usage.||
13988|Skua Glacier|Glacier|825500S|1574000E|-82.9166667|157.6666667|||01/01/1966|A small southern tributary of Astro Glacier in the Miller Range.  Mapped by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) and so named because of the skuas seen at its lower part in December 1961.||
13989|Skua Gull Peak|Summit|765100S|1452500W|-76.85|-145.4166667|||01/01/1952|Peak with a small lake enclosed near the summit, standing 2 mi NE of Saunders Mountain and 0.5 mi S of Mount Stancliff in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered in November 1934 by a sledging party of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1933-35) and so named because of the skua gull rookery found there.||
13991|Skua Island|Island|540100S|0371500W|-54.0166667|-37.25|||01/01/1963|Island immediately NE of Prion Island in the entrance to the Bay of Isles, South Georgia.  Charted in 1912-13 by Robert Cushman Murphy, American naturalist aboard the brig Daisy. Surveyed in 1929-30 by DI personnel and named in association with Albatross Island, Prion Island and other natural history names given in the Bay of Isles by Murphy in 1912-13.||
13992|Skua Island|Island|651500S|0641600W|-65.25|-64.2666667|||01/01/1950|Roughly triangular island 0.7 mi long, lying between Black Island to the SW and Winter Island and Galindez Island to the N and NE, in the Argentine Islands, Wilhelm Archipelago.  Charted and named in 1935 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.||
13993|Skua Lake|Lake|773809S|1662531E|-77.635842|166.425327|||01/01/1968|A small lake close NW of Island Lake at Cape Evans, Ross Island.  Named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) because of the nearby skua rookery.||
13994|Skua Point|Summit|541500S|0361800W|-54.25|-36.3|||01/01/1965|Point lying between Rookery Point and Long Point on the E side of Barff Peninsula, South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1930 British Admiralty chart.||
13996|Skua Terrace|Bench|604100S|0453800W|-60.6833333|-45.6333333||||A terrace in the NW part of Signy Island, South Orkney Islands, extending N-S from the vicinity of Spindrift Rocks to the vicinity of Express Cove.  Named in 1980 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from the numerous pairs of brown skuas nesting in the area.||
13997|Skuggekammen Ridge|Ridge|712300S|0134000E|-71.3833333|13.6666667|||01/01/1970|A jagged rock ridge extending southeastward from Mount Mentzel, in the Gruber Mountains of the Wohlthat Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Skuggekammen (the shade ridge).||
13998|Sky-Hi Nunataks|Summit|745200S|0713000W|-74.8666667|-71.5|||01/01/1966|A nunatak group 8 mi long, located 11 mi E of Grossman Nunataks and NE of Merrick Mountains in Ellsworth Land, extending from Doppler Nunatak in the W to Arnoldy Nunatak in the E and including Mount Mende, Mount Lanzerotti, Mount Carrara, and Mount Cahill.  The nunataks were first seen and photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48.  The name derives from the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) project Sky-Hi, in which Camp Sky-Hi (later designated Eights Station) was set up in Ellsworth Land in November 1961 as a conjugate point station to carry on simultaneous measurements of the earth's magnetic field and of the ionosphere.  Sky-Hi's conjugate point in the Northern Hemisphere is located in the Parc National des Laurentides, in Canada.  The nunataks were mapped in detail by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs taken 1965-67 and U.S. Landsat imagery taken 1973-74.||
13999|Sky Rock|Island|535900S|0373000W|-53.9833333|-37.5|3|10|01/01/1953|Small rock, 3 m high, marking the southern extent of the Welcome Islands off the N coast of South Georgia.  Charted and named by DI personnel in 1930.||
14000|Skytrain Ice Rise|Glacier|794000S|0783000W|-79.6666667|-78.5|||01/01/1968|A large, flattish, peninsula-like ice rise of about 50 mi extent, extending from the vicinity of Meyer Hills in the Heritage Range eastward into the Ronne Ice Shelf.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after the LC-47 Douglas Skytrain airplane (also called R4D and Dakota), used extensively in the supply and placement of U.S. field personnel in Antarctica beginning with U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and continuing into the late 1960s.||
14001|Slabotnen Cirque|Basin|714600S|0102700E|-71.7666667|10.45|||01/01/1970|A cirque formed between the E slopes of Mount Dallmann and the Shcherbakov Range, in the Orvin Mountains of Queen Maud Land. Discovered and photographed by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped by Norway from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Slabotnen (the sloping cirque).||
14002|Slackwater Cirque|Basin|763800S|1604500E|-76.6333333|160.75|||01/01/1993|The westernmost cirque on Eastwind Ridge which is connected to the "dead" western terminus of Towle Glacier, in the Convoy Range, Victoria Land.  So little ice from Eastwind Ridge enters the cirque that it barely makes any contribution to the west end of the Towle Glacier and arcuate supraglacial moraines remain drifting within the cirque.  So named by a 1989-90 New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) field party to describe the sluggish ice flow of this cirque.||
14003|Mount Sladen|Summit|604100S|0451700W|-60.6833333|-45.2833333|890|2920|01/01/1956|Conspicuous pyramid-shaped mountain, 890 m, standing 1.5 mi NE of Saunders Point in eastern Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1948-49.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Dr. William J.L. Sladen of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), medical officer and biologist at Hope Bay in 1948, and at Signy Island in 1950. During the 1960s and 1970s, Dr. Sladen was chief U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) investigator concerned with studies of penguins at Cape Crozier, Ross Island.||
14004|Sladen Summit|Summit|780700S|1622300E|-78.1166667|162.3833333|3395|11138|01/01/1995|A prominent peak rising to 3,395 m at the intersection of the Johns Hopkins Ridge and Rampart Ridge, in the Royal Society Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1994 after William J.L. Sladen, an American of British birth; Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) medical officer at Hope Bay (1948-49) and Signy Island (1950-51); U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) principal investigator (penguins) at Cape Crozier for many years.||03/20/1997
14005|Slagle Ridge|Ridge|715500S|1695000E|-71.9166667|169.8333333|||01/01/1970|A high and massive snow-covered ridge between Slone Glacier and Burnette Glacier in the Admiralty Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Thomas D. Slagle, U.S. Navy (USN), Chief Medical Officer at Little America V in 1958.||
14006|Slalåma Slope|Slope|723100S|0032500W|-72.5166667|-3.4166667|||01/01/1966|A steep ice slope on the NE side of Borg Mountain, in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Slalama (the slalom).||
14007|Slalom Lake|Lake|621200S|0585700W|-62.2|-58.95||||A small lake 0.25 mi N of Ardley Cove, Fildes Peninsula, King George Island.  Located near the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) Bellingshausen Station, erected 1968, the lake was named "Ozero Slalomnoye" (slalom lake).  The translated form has been approved.||
14009|Slater Rocks|Summit|750500S|1135300W|-75.0833333|-113.8833333|||01/01/1976|A cluster of rock outcrops or low rock hills 4 mi N of Leister Peak in the Kohler Range, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-71. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert T. Slater, EO2, U.S. Navy (USN), Equipment Operator at the South Pole Station, 1974.||04/11/2001
14010|Mount Slaughter|Summit|783700S|0853800W|-78.6166667|-85.6333333|3600|11811||An ice-free peak, rising to 3,600 m on a spur trending SW from Vinson Massif, Sentinel Range, in the Ellsworth Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1957-60. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1982, after John B. Slaughter, Director, National Science Foundation, 1980-82.||
14012|Slava Ice Shelf|Glacier|684900S|1544400E|-68.8166667|154.7333333|||01/01/1961|An ice shelf along the coast of Antarctica between Mawson Peninsula and Cape Andreyev.  The feature was photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in 1947.  The area was photographed in 1958 by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) which applied the name "Zaliv Slava" to the wide open bay that fronts this ice shelf.  This name decision is in accord with the recommendation by ANCA that the name would be appropriately applied to the ice shelf.  Named after the Soviet whaling flotilla Slava.||
14013|Sledgers Glacier|Glacier|712600S|1624800E|-71.4333333|162.8|||01/01/1964|A long tributary glacier in the Bowers Mountains, draining NW from Husky Pass and along the N flank of Lanterman Range to enter Rennick Glacier between Carnes Crag and Mount Gow.  Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, in appreciation of all Antarctic sledging men and the difficult areas they have covered on foot.  This glacier was traveled in arduous conditions by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) party.||
14014|Sledgers Icefall|Glacier|712800S|1631200E|-71.4666667|163.2|||01/01/1969|A heavily crevassed icefall midway up the Sledgers Glacier in the Bowers Mountains; its location is just N of the tip of Reilly Ridge.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1967-68, in conjunction with Sledgers Glacier and as a locality worth distinguishing in connection with the use of sledges.||
14015|Sledging Col|Gap|855100S|1544800W|-85.85|-154.8|||01/01/1970|A col between Mount Griffith and a very low peak on its NE side, in the Hays Mountains.  The col provides a sledging route from Scott Glacier to the head of Koerwitz Glacier and thence northward.  So named by members of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) who used this route in 1969-70 when the W side of the lower reaches of Scott Glacier were found to be impassable.||
14016|Sleipnir Glacier|Glacier|662900S|0635900W|-66.4833333|-63.9833333|||01/01/1952|Glacier 10 mi long, flowing into the W side of Cabinet Inlet between Balder and Spur Points, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Charted in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who named it after the horse of the mythological Norse god Odin.  It was photographed from the air during 1947 by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne.||
14017|Slessor Glacier|Glacier|795000S|0283000W|-79.8333333|-28.5|||01/01/1960|Glacier at least 75 mi long and 50 mi wide, flowing W into the Filchner Ice Shelf to the N of the Shackleton Range.  First seen from the air and mapped by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) in 1956.  Named by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) for Marshal of the RAF Sir John Slessor, chairman of the expedition committee.||
14018|Slessor Peak|Summit|663100S|0645800W|-66.5166667|-64.9666667|2370|7775|01/01/1956|A mainly ice-covered peak, 2,370 m, standing at the SW end of Bruce Plateau in Graham Land, close NW of Gould Glacier.  It rises about 300 m above the general level of the plateau ice sheet and has a steep rock face on its N side.  First surveyed in 1946-47 by a Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) sledge party led by Robert S. Slessor, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) medical officer at Stonington Island, for whom the peak is named.||
14019|Slettefjellet|Summit|714500S|0065500E|-71.75|6.9166667|||01/01/1967|A peak 1 mi N of Gessner Peak at the NE end of the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Slettefjellet (the smooth peak).||
14020|Mount Sletten|Summit|854700S|1533000W|-85.7833333|-153.5|||01/01/1967|A conspicuous rock peak surmounting Taylor Ridge on the W side of Scott Glacier, 4 mi NE of Mount Pulitzer.  Discovered and roughly mapped by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert S. Sletten who made studies in satellite geodesy at McMurdo Station in 1965.||
14021|Slettfjell|Summit|720800S|0031900W|-72.1333333|-3.3166667|||01/01/1966|A low, flattish mountain about 1 mi W of Aurho Peak, on the Ahlmann Ridge of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Slettfjell (level mountain).||
14022|Slettfjellklumpen Spur|Ridge|720800S|0031800W|-72.1333333|-3.3|||01/01/1966|A rock spur forming the N end of Slettfjell, on the Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52), and named Slettfjellklumpen (the level mountain lump) in association with Slettfjell.||
14023|Slettfjellnutane Peaks|Range|720500S|0031800W|-72.0833333|-3.3|||01/01/1966|Two small rock peaks about 2 mi N of Slettfjell on the Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52), and named Slettfjellnutane (the level mountain peaks) because of their proximity to Slettfjell.||
14025|Slichter Foreland|Cape|740700S|1135500W|-74.1166667|-113.9166667||||A high ice-covered peninsula, 15 mi long and 10 mi wide, forming the NE arm of Martin Peninsula on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  First mapped from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump in January 1947.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Louis B. Slichter, Professor Emeritus of Physics, University of California, Los Angeles, who has been involved with planning scientific programs for the South Pole Station, and who has trained a number of geophysicists who have gone to Antarctica to implement those programs.||
14026|Slithallet Slope|Slope|720300S|0025700E|-72.05|2.95|||01/01/1966|An ice slope between Jutulsessen Mountain and Risemedet Mountain in the Gjelsvik Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Slithallet (the drudgery slope).||
14027|Sloket Glacier|Glacier|715900S|0045400E|-71.9833333|4.9|||01/01/1966|A glacier flowing N between Slokstallen Mountain and Petrellfjellet in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Sloket (the millrace).||
14028|Sloknuten Peak|Summit|720200S|0045200E|-72.0333333|4.8666667|2765|9071|01/01/1966|A peak, 2,765 m, rising just SW of Slokstallen Mountain in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Sloknuten (the millrace peak).||
14029|Slokstallen Mountain|Summit|720000S|0045500E|-72|4.9166667|||01/01/1966|A mountain 1 mi E of Petrellfjellet in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Slokstallen (the millrace barn).||
14030|Sloman Glacier|Glacier|674100S|0683300W|-67.6833333|-68.55|||01/01/1964|Glacier flowing between Mount Liotard and Mount Ditte to the SE coast of Adelaide Island.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1963 for William O. Sloman, British Antarctic Survey Personnel Officer for a number of years beginning in 1956.||
14031|Slone Glacier|Glacier|715600S|1700300E|-71.9333333|170.05|||01/01/1964|A glacier descending along the N side of Slagle Ridge in the Admiralty Mountains to enter the W side of Moubray Glacier. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Airman Kelly Slone, USAF, who perished in the crash of a C-154 Globemaster aircraft in this vicinity in 1958.||
14032|Sløret Rocks|Summit|734300S|0041700W|-73.7166667|-4.2833333|||01/01/1966|A small group of rocks high along the ice slope of Kirwan Escarpment, about 5 mi S of Enden Point, in Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Sløret (the veil).||04/11/2001
14038|Slossarczyk Crag|Cliff|545100S|0355900W|-54.85|-35.9833333|805|2641|01/01/1963|Mountain crag, 805 m, between Doubtful Bay and Esbensen Bay at the SE end of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Third Officer Walter Slossarczyk, communications officer on the Deutschland during the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Filchner until his death in South Georgia on Nov. 26, 1911. Filchner had named the present Doubtful Bay for Slossarczyk, but the earlier naming did not survive.||
14039|The Slot|Glacier|824000S|1550500E|-82.6666667|155.0833333|||01/01/1966|Small swift glacier descending from the polar plateau between Mount Ronca and Mount Summerson in the Geologists Range. Seen by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) and so named because of its narrowness and crevassed nature.||
14041|Slumkey Island|Island|653000S|0652800W|-65.5|-65.4666667|||01/01/1965|Largest island of the group lying E of Tupman Island, Pitt Islands, in the Biscoe Islands.  First accurately shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 after the Honorable Samuel Slumkey, a character in Charles Dickens' Pickwick Papers.||
14042|Slump Mountain|Summit|775237S|1604348E|-77.876858|160.730053|2195|7201||A peak 0.7 mi SW of University Peak, rising to 2,195 m between the heads of University Valley and Farnell Valley in the Quartermain Mountains, Victoria Land.  So named by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) following geological work carried out by C.T. McElroy, G. Rose, and K.J. Whitby in the 1980-81 season.  The face of the peak exhibits large-scale slump structures in the Metschel Tillite zone.||
14043|Slusher Nunatak|Summit|742700S|0990600W|-74.45|-99.1|||01/01/1968|A nunatak lying 5 mi N of Mount Moses in the Hudson Mountains.  Mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Harold E. Slusher, meteorologist at Byrd Station, 1967.||
14045|Smaaland Cove|Bay|545200S|0360300W|-54.8666667|-36.05|||01/01/1956|Cove lying 1 mi W of Doubtful Bay along the SE coast of South Georgia.  The name Doubtful Bay was given to this feature during the survey by DI personnel in 1927, with the name Smaaland Bay appearing on their chart for a bay 1 mi to the east.  The South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, reported that both names are well established locally, but that they are always used in the reverse positions shown on the DI chart.  In order to conform to local usage and provide the most suitable descriptive term, the name Smaaland Cove is approved for the feature now described.  The name Doubtful Bay (q.v.) has been approved for the bay to the east.||
14046|Småhausane Nunataks|Summit|713300S|0251800E|-71.55|25.3|1180|3871|01/01/1966|Small nunataks, 1,180 m, standing between Mount Fidjeland and Nordtoppen Nunatak on the N side of the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1946 from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named Smahausane (the small crags) by the Norwegians.||
14047|Småknoltane Peaks|Range|720700S|0080300E|-72.1166667|8.05|||01/01/1966|A chain of peaks 4 mi long, rising on the E side of the mouth of Snuggerud Glacier in the Filchner Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Smaknoltane (the small knolls).||
14048|Småkovane Cirques|Basin|715400S|0053200E|-71.9|5.5333333|||01/01/1967|Two cirques, separated by a narrow ridge, indenting the NE side of Breplogen Mountain in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Smakovane (the small closets)||
14049|Smalegga Ridge|Ridge|720100S|0240000E|-72.0166667|24|||01/01/1966|Ridge, 4 mi long, extending N from Mount Walnum to the W of Gillock Glacier, in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Smalegga (the narrow ridge).||
14050|Smalegga Spur|Ridge|715500S|0103700E|-71.9166667|10.6166667|||01/01/1970|A small rock spur 3 mi SSE of Morkenatten Peak, Shcherbakov Range, in the Orvin Mountains of Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norway from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Smalegga (the narrow ridge).||
14051|Mount Small|Summit|703000S|0644200E|-70.5|64.7|||01/01/1970|A partly snow-covered peak standing 2 mi SW of Crohn Massif in the Porthos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveys and air photos, 1956-65.  Named by ANCA for G.R. Small, geophysicist at Wilkes Station, 1964.||
14052|Small Bay|Bay|540700S|0364700W|-54.1166667|-36.7833333|||01/01/1965|Small bay at the E side of Fortuna Bay, on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1931 British Admiralty chart.||
14053|Small Island|Island|640000S|0612700W|-64|-61.45|||01/01/1952|Island 1 mi long, lying 3 mi S of Intercurrence Island in the Christiania Islands, in the NE part of the Palmer Archipelago.  Though the origin of this name is unknown, it has appeared on maps for over 100 years and its usage has been established internationally.||
14055|Small Rock|Island|604300S|0453600W|-60.7166667|-45.6|||01/01/1953|Small rock 0.2 mi N of Berntsen Point, lying in the entrance to Borge Bay on the E side of Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  The name appears on a chart by DI personnel on the Discovery II who charted Borge Bay in 1933.||
14056|Mount Smart|Summit|751600S|0701400W|-75.2666667|-70.2333333|||01/01/1968|A mountain 4 mi SW of Mount Ballard, in the SW part of the Sweeney Mountains, Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert G. Smart, cook at Eights Station in 1965.||
14057|Småsponen Nunatak|Summit|720000S|0035500E|-72|3.9166667|||01/01/1967|A nunatak just NW of Storsponen Nunatak, at the N side of Mount Hochlin in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Smasponen (the little chip).||
14058|Småtind Peak|Summit|723300S|0025700W|-72.55|-2.95|||01/01/1966|A small peak close SE of Fasettfjellet, near the E end of Borg Massif in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Smatind (small peak).||
14060|Point Smellie|Summit|623900S|0610900W|-62.65|-61.15||||A small steep-sided headland extending out from President Beaches, Byers Peninsula, Livingston Island.  The feature was named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after John L. Smellie, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist from 1974, who took part in field investigation of this area, 1975-76.||
14061|Mount Smethurst|Summit|665000S|0523600E|-66.8333333|52.6|||01/01/1965|A prominent mountain 3 mi NW of Mount Torckler and 29 mi SW of Stor Hanakken Mountain in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1957.  Named by ANCA for N.R. Smethurst, officer-in-charge at Wilkes Station in 1961.||
14062|Smiggers Island|Island|652700S|0652100W|-65.45|-65.35|||01/01/1965|Island lying 1 mi SE of Weller Island, Pitt Islands, in the Biscoe Islands.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 after Joseph Smiggers, Esquire, Perpetual Vice President of the Pickwick Club in Charles Dickens' Pickwick Papers.||
14063|Smillie Peak|Summit|541700S|0365700W|-54.2833333|-36.95|1765|5791|01/01/1956|Rock peak, 1,765 m, standing 1 mi E of Mount Corneliussen in the W extremity of the Allardyce Range of South Georgia. Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Gordon Smillie, South Georgia Survey (SGS) surveyor.||
14064|Smirnov Peak|Summit|714300S|0103800E|-71.7166667|10.6333333|2105|6906|01/01/1970|A sharp peak, 2,105 m, standing 2.5 mi S of Ristkalvane Nunataks in Shcherbakov Range, Orvin Mountains, in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Aleksandr A. Smirnov, a member of the expedition.||
14065|Cape Smith|Cape|625200S|0621900W|-62.8666667|-62.3166667|||01/01/1952|Cape forming the N end of Smith Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The discovery of the South Shetland Islands was first reported in 1819 by Captain William Smith, for whom the cape is named.||
14067|Mount Smith|Summit|760300S|1614200E|-76.05|161.7|1400|4593|01/01/1949|Peak over 1,400 m, standing N of Mawson Glacier and 7 mi NNW of Mount Murray in Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) which probably named this peak for W.E. Smith, Chief Naval Constructor, who prepared the plans and supervised construction of the expedition ship Discovery.||
14069|Smith Bluff|Cliff|820500S|1622000E|-82.0833333|162.3333333|||01/01/1966|A steep rounded bluffon the W side of Nash Range to the W of Ricker Dome, overlooking Algie Glacier.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for H.T.U. Smith, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist at McMurdo Station, 1963-64.||
14070|Smith Bluffs|Cliff|723300S|0945500W|-72.55|-94.9166667|||01/01/1960|A line of ice-covered bluffs with many rock exposures, marking the N side of Dustin Island and the S limit of Seraph Bay.  Discovered in helicopter flights from the USS Burton Island and Glacier of the U.S. Navy (USN) Bellingshausen Sea Expedition, February 1960, and named for Philip M. Smith of the National Science Foundation, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Representative on this expedition.||01/28/2004
14071|Smith Glacier|Glacier|750500S|1120000W|-75.0833333|-112|||01/01/1967|A low-gradient glacier, over 100 mi long, draining from Toney Mountain in an ENE direction to Amundsen Sea.  A northern distributary, Kohler Glacier, drains to Dotson Ice Shelf but the main flow passes to the sea between Bear Peninsula and Mount Murphy, terminating at Crosson Ice Shelf.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Philip M. Smith (Smith Bluffs, q.v.), Deputy Director, Office of Polar Programs, National Science Foundation, who in the period 1956-71 participated in a large number of expeditions to Antarctica in field and supervisory capacities.||
14072|Smith Heights|Summit|795200S|1570700E|-79.8666667|157.1166667|||01/01/1968|The highest part of the jumble of peaks between Kennett Ridge and Junction Spur in the eastern part of the Darwin Mountains.  Mapped by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1962-63, and named for G.J. Smith, a member of the expedition.||06/05/2000
14073|Smith Inlet|Stream|705900S|1675200E|-70.9833333|167.8666667|||01/01/1947|Bay, 4 mi wide, partially filled with the ice tongue of Barnett Glacier.  Located between Cape Moore and Cape Oakeley along the coast of N Victoria Land.  Discovered by Captain James C. Ross, 1841, who named it for Alexander J. Smith, mate on the Erebus.||
14074|Smith Inlet|Stream|702500S|0620000W|-70.4166667|-62|||01/01/1953|Ice-filled inlet receding 15 mi in a westerly direction between Cape Boggs and Cape Collier, along the E coast of Palmer Land.  The inlet was discovered and charted in 1940 by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), but it was later erroneously shown on charts as "Stefansson Inlet."  During 1947 the inlet was photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted it from the ground.  Named by Ronne for R. Admiral Edward H. Smith, USCG, noted Arctic oceanographer and explorer, leader of the and later Director of the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institute.||
14075|Smith Island|Island|630000S|0623000W|-63|-62.5|||01/01/1947|Island 18 mi long and 5 mi wide, lying 45 mi W of Deception Island in the South Shetland Islands.  The discovery of the South Shetland Islands was first reported in 1819 by Captain William Smith, for whom the island is named.  This island was known to both American and British sealers as early as 1820, and the name Smith has been well established in international usage for over 100 years.||
14076|Smith Islands|Island|661800S|1102700E|-66.3|110.45|||01/01/1963|Two islands lying close to Tracy Point, the W extremity of Beall Island, in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Aerographer's Mate Roger E. Smith, USN, a member of the Wilkes Station party of 1958.||
14077|Smith Knob|Summit|852500S|0871500W|-85.4166667|-87.25|||01/01/1962|A partly snow-covered rock peak, or knob, standing 1 mi SSE of Mendenhall Peak in the E part of the Thiel Mountains.  The name was proposed by Peter Bermel and Arthur Ford, co-leaders of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Thiel Mountains party which surveyed these mountains, 1960-61.  Named for George Otis Smith, fourth director of the U.S. Geological Survey, 1907-30.||
14078|Smith Lake|Lake|660700S|1011700E|-66.1166667|101.2833333|||01/01/1961|Lake, 1 mi long, in the Bunger Hills, occupying the E half of the peninsula between Booth and Countess Peninsulas.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  The name "Smith Ridge" was given to the peninsula in 1956 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) but was later dropped.  The lake has instead been named for Kenneth R. Smith, air crewman on the U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp seaplane commanded by D.E. Bunger which landed in the area and obtained air and ground photos in February 1947.||
14080|Smith Nunatak|Summit|701300S|0643500E|-70.2166667|64.5833333|||01/01/1971|A nunatak just SE of Mount Starlight in the Athos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  The nunatak is marked by a moraine which extends 2 mi N from it.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos of 1965.  Named by ANCA for J.C. Smith, diesel mechanic at Wilkes Station in 1960.||
14081|Smith Nunataks|Summit|744800S|0730600W|-74.8|-73.1||||Two nunataks close together, lying 5 mi NNE of Whitmill Nunatak in the NW part of Grossman Nunataks, Ellsworth Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1961-68, and Landsat imagery, 1973-74.  Named in 1987 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Thomas T. Smith, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) cartographer, a member of the field party on Byrd Glacier and Darwin Glacier, 1978-79.||
14082|Smith Peak|Summit|721000S|0991800W|-72.1666667|-99.3|||01/01/1960|A prominent peak of the Walker Mountains, rising SE of the head of Potaka Inlet and 6 mi ENE of Mount Hubbard, on Thurston Island.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Dean C. Smith, aviation pilot of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) in 1928-30.||01/28/2004
14083|Smith Peaks|Range|675700S|0622900E|-67.95|62.4833333|||01/01/1961|Group of peaks standing close S of Mount Hordern in the David Range of the Framnes Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Remapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), 1957-60, and named by ANCA for F.A. Smith, diesel mechanic at Mawson Station, 1957.||
14084|Smith Peninsula|Cape|742500S|0611500W|-74.4166667|-61.25|||01/01/1953|Ice-covered, "dog-legged" peninsula 25 mi long and 10 mi wide, extending in an easterly direction between Keller and Nantucket Inlets on the E coast of Palmer Land.  The peninsula was photographed from the air in December 1940 by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), and in 1947 by members of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted it from the ground.  Named by Ronne for Walter Smith, ship's mate, navigator, and trail man with Ronne's expedition.||
14085|Smith Point|Summit|644900S|0632900W|-64.8166667|-63.4833333|||01/01/1952|Small point NE of Besnard Point on the SE side of the harbor of Port Lockroy, Wiencke Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot. The name appears on a chart based upon a 1927 survey by DI personnel on the Discovery, but may reflect an earlier naming.||
14086|Smith Ridge|Ridge|700200S|0725000E|-70.0333333|72.8333333|||01/01/1971|A prominent ridge in the Mistichelli Hills, at the E margin of the Amery Ice Shelf.  The ridge was occupied as a survey station by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1968.  Named by ANCA for R.S. Smith, geophysicist at Mawson Station in 1968, who assisted in the survey.||
14087|Smith Ridge|Ridge|790700S|0863200W|-79.1166667|-86.5333333|||01/01/1966|A ridge 4 mi long, lying 1 mi W of Frazier Ridge in the Founders Peaks, Heritage Range.  Named by the University of Minnesota Geological Party to these mountains, 1963-64, for Carl W. Smith who served that season as helicopter engine technical representative with the 62nd Transportation Detachment.||
14088|Smith Rocks|Island|673100S|0630100E|-67.5166667|63.0166667|||01/01/1965|Group of rocks lying 0.5 mi NE of Canopus Islands in the E part of Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Spjotoyholmane.  Renamed by ANCA for Captain V. Smith, RAASC, DUKW driver who took part in Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) changeover operations at Davis and Mawson stations in 1958-59 and 1959-60.||
14089|Smiths Bench|Bench|721000S|1630800E|-72.1666667|163.1333333|||01/01/1964|A distinctive bench-like elevation 5 mi NW of Mount Baldwin, in the Freyberg Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William M. Smith, psychologist, a member of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Victoria Land Traverse Party which surveyed this area in 1959-60.||
14095|Mount Smithson|Summit|845900S|1721000W|-84.9833333|-172.1666667|3000|9842|01/01/1966|A mountain over 3,000 m along the N escarpment of the Prince Olav Mountains, standing 3 mi E of Mount Sellery between the heads of Krout and Harwell Glaciers.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James Smithson, English philanthropist.  In 1835, his property came into the possession of the United States Government, having been bequeathed by him for the purpose of founding an institution at Washington, DC, to be called the Smithsonian Institution for the increase and diffusion of knowledge among men.||
14096|Smithson Glacier|Glacier|711500S|1635200E|-71.25|163.8666667|||01/01/1970|A tributary glacier in the Bowers Mountains.  It drains the slopes near Mount Verhage and flows N along the W side of Posey Range to enter Graveson Glacier adjacent to Mount Draeger. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Scott B. Smithson, geologist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
14097|Smoky Wall|Cliff|543500S|0361100W|-54.5833333|-36.1833333|1840|6037|01/01/1956|Prominent mountain block, 1,840 m, in the NW part of the Salvesen Range of South Georgia.  The name "Wetterwand" (weather wall) was given to this mountain by the German group of the International Polar Year Investigations, 1882-83, but the name did not become established.  The feature was surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, who reported that when viewed from the NE, its summit is level and regular and has the appearance of a wall.  The descriptive name Smoky Wall was recommended by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954.||
14098|Smolenskaya Mountain|Summit|715200S|0122100E|-71.8666667|12.35|2890|9482|01/01/1970|Small mountain, 2,890 m, standing 2.5 mi ESE of Mount Neustruyev in Sudliche Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains. Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after the city of Smolensk.||
14100|Smooth Island|Island|651300S|0641600W|-65.2166667|-64.2666667|||01/01/1962|The northeasternmost of the Forge Islands, Argentine Islands, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  The name, given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961, is descriptive of the smooth, ice-free surface of this island, which is a useful navigational mark for vessels approaching Bloor Passage from the north.||
14101|Smoot Rock|Summit|751500S|1352400W|-75.25|-135.4|||01/01/1974|An isolated rock lying eastward of the head of Hull Glacier, about 7 mi ESE of Mount Steinfeld, in Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-69. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Henry T. Smoot, meteorologist at Byrd Station, 1969-70.||04/11/2001
14102|Smørstabben Nunatak|Summit|713000S|0105200E|-71.5|10.8666667|||01/01/1970|An isolated nunatak lying 10 mi W of Eckhorner Peaks of the Humboldt Mountains, in Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and photographed by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped by Norway from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Smorstabben (the churnstaff).||
14104|Smyley Island|Island|725500S|0780000W|-72.9166667|-78|||01/01/1968|An ice-covered island, 38 mi long and from 8 to 21 mi wide, lying at the S side of Ronne Entrance and just NE of Rydberg Peninsula, Ellsworth Land.  The feature is almost wholly surrounded by an ice shelf, which gives an erroneous impression that the island is joined to Ellsworth Land.  This larger composite feature was observed from aircraft by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, who gave the name "Cape Smyley" to the projecting ice shelf at the NW extremity.  The Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) has withdrawn that name on the basis of the 1968 U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) map of the area and has approved the name Smyley Island for the island described.  Named after Captain William H. Smyley, American master of the sealing vessel Ohio during 1841-42.  Captain Smyley, in Feb. 1842, recovered the self-recording thermometer left at Pendulum Cove, Deception Island, by Captain Henry Foster of the be 0.5F.||03/20/1997
14105|Cape Smyth|Cape|673700S|1644000E|-67.6166667|164.6666667|||01/01/1947|The southern extremity of Sturge Island in the Balleny Islands.  In 1841, Captain James C. Ross, viewing Sturge Island from a considerable distance, thought it a group of three islands.  He named the southernmost "Smyth Island" for his friend Captain William Henry Smyth, Royal Navy (RN), President of the Royal Astronomical Society.  Ross' error was discovered in 1904 by Captain Robert F. Scott, who applied the name to the southernmost point on Sturge Island.||
14107|Smythe Shoulder|Summit|741800S|1135300W|-74.3|-113.8833333|450|1476||An ice-covered promontory rising to c. 450 m between Singer Glacier and Rydelek Icefalls, Martin Peninsula, on the Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1959-67, and U.S. Landsat imagery, 1972-73. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 after William Smythe, geophysicist, University of California, Los Angeles, a member of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) winter party at South Pole Station, 1975.||10/18/2000
14109|Snag Rocks|Island|650800S|0642700W|-65.1333333|-64.45|||01/01/1965|A cluster of rocks lying mid-channel in French Passage between Roca Islands and Myriad Islands, in Wilhelm Archipelago. Photographed from the helicopter of His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Protector in March 1958.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because the feature presents a hazard or obstacle to navigation.||04/06/2001
14110|Snake Ridge|Ridge|844900S|0663000W|-84.8166667|-66.5|||01/01/1968|A serpentine ridge, 4 mi long, adjoining the NW extremity of Mackin Table in the Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  The descriptive name was proposed by Dwight L. Schmidt, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geologist to these mountains, 1962-66.||
14111|Snakeskin Glacier|Glacier|845700S|1704000E|-84.95|170.6666667|||01/01/1966|A tributary glacier, 15 mi long, flowing NW to enter Keltie Glacier at the E side of Supporters Range.  Named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) as being descriptive of the ice and snow patterns observed on the glacier's surface.||
14113|Snarby Peak|Summit|720200S|0013700E|-72.0333333|1.6166667|||01/01/1966|An isolated peak 6 mi NE of Brattskarvet Mountain, at the NE end of the Sverdrup Mountains, in Queen Maud Land. Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59). Named for John Snarby, cook with the Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE).||
14114|Sneddon Nunataks|Summit|771700S|1534600W|-77.2833333|-153.7666667|||01/01/1970|A group of coastal nunataks on the N side of Edward VII Peninsula which overlooks the Swinburne Ice Shelf and Sulzberger Bay.  They stand 11 mi ESE of Scott Nunataks in the N part of Alexandra Mountains.  The nunataks appear on the map of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Donald L. Sneddon, U.S. Navy (USN), electronics technician with the Byrd Station winter party in 1967.||
14115|Snedeker Glacier|Glacier|662800S|1064800E|-66.4666667|106.8|||01/01/1955|A channel glacier flowing to the Antarctic coast 9 mi W of Merritt Island.  Mapped (1955) by G.D. Blodgett from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert H. Snedeker, photo interpreter with U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Windmill (1947-48), who assisted in establishing astronomical control stations along the coast from Wilhelm II Coast to Budd Coast.||
14116|Mount Snell|Summit|702000S|0713300W|-70.3333333|-71.55|500|1640||The southwesternmost and highest (c. 500 m) of the three peaks on Dorsey Island (q.v.) in Wilkins Ice Shelf, off NW Alexander Island.  The peak appears in U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1966, and U.S. Landsat imagery taken 1975. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Alfred W. Snell, USN, Staff Meteorologist, U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1967 and 1968.||
14117|Snick Pass|Gap|704100S|0692500W|-70.6833333|-69.4166667|||01/01/1961|Narrow pass between the Douglas and LeMay Ranges, leading from Grotto Glacier to purcell Snowfield in central Alexander Island.  First mapped from air photos obtained by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  The name given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) is descriptive, a snick being a small cut or incision.||
14118|Snipe Peak|Summit|604500S|0454100W|-60.75|-45.6833333|225|738|01/01/1956|Peak, 225 m, which is the main peak on Moe Island, situated close SW of Signy Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Surveyed in 1933 by DI personnel.  The name, proposed by G. Robin of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) following his survey in 1947, commemorates the first visit to Signy Island, in February 1948, of His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Snipe (Commander J.G. Forbes, Royal Navy (RN)).||
14119|Snøbjørga Bluff|Cliff|720500S|0043900E|-72.0833333|4.65|||01/01/1966|A rock and ice bluff at the E side of the head of Stuttflog Glacier, in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Snobjorga (the snow mountain).||
14120|Snodgrass Island|Island|652600S|0652900W|-65.4333333|-65.4833333|||01/01/1965|Island 2.5 mi long lying NE of Pickwick Island, Pitt Islands, in the Biscoe Islands.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 after Augustus Snodgrass, a member of the Pickwick Club in Charles Dickens' Pickwick Papers.||
14121|Snøhetta Dome|Summit|721100S|0024800W|-72.1833333|-2.8|||01/01/1966|A dome-shaped elevation which is snow covered except for a few rock exposures, situated 3 mi E of Hornet Peak in the Ahlmann Ridge of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Snohetta (the snow cap).||
14122|Snøkallen Hill|Summit|714200S|0013200W|-71.7|-1.5333333|||01/01/1966|A hill 3 mi SSE of Snokjerringa Hill, on the E side of Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Snokallen (the snow man).||
14123|Snøkjerringa Hill|Summit|713900S|0013500W|-71.65|-1.5833333|||01/01/1966|A hill 3 mi NNW of Snokallen Hill, on the E side of Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Snokjerringa (the snow woman).||
14124|Snønutane Peaks|Range|720500S|0044800E|-72.0833333|4.8|||01/01/1966|A group of rock peaks rising above the elevated snow surface just E of Snobjorga Bluff, in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Snonutane (the snow peaks).||
14125|Snønutryggen|Ridge|721400S|0052000E|-72.2333333|5.3333333|||01/01/1966|A broad, ice-covered ridge rising SE of Snonutane Peaks in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Snonutryggen (the snow peak ridge).||
14126|Snøskalkegga Ridge|Ridge|715900S|0131300E|-71.9833333|13.2166667|||01/01/1970|A largely snow-covered ridge, about 3 mi long and surmounted at the N end by Kazanskaya Mountain, located 2 mi W of Dekefjellet Mountain in the Weyprecht Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39. Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Snoskalkegga.||
14127|Snøskalkhausen Peak|Summit|720200S|0131200E|-72.0333333|13.2|2650|8694|01/01/1966|Peak 2,650 m, marking the SW end of the Weyprecht Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Snoskalkhausen.||
14128|Snøtoa Terrace|Bench|715700S|0043500E|-71.95|4.5833333|||01/01/1967|A flattish, ice-covered terrace on the NE side of Mount Grytoyr in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land. Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Snotoa (the snow patch).||
14130|Snow Hill Island|Island|642800S|0571200W|-64.4666667|-57.2|||01/01/1952|An almost completely snowcapped island, 20 mi long and 6 mi wide, lying SE of James Ross Island, from which it is separated by Admiralty Sound.  It was discovered on Jan. 6, 1843 by a British expedition under Ross who, uncertain of its connection with the mainland, named it Snow Hill because its snow cover stood out in contrast to the bare ground of nearby Seymour Island.  Its insular character was determined in 1902 by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold.||
14131|Snow Hills|Range|604200S|0453800W|-60.7|-45.6333333|240|787|01/01/1953|Two snow-covered hills, one 240 m, the other 265 m and 0.25 mi to the west.  Located 0.2 mi west of Cemetery Bay in the east-central part of Signy Island.  The lower, eastern hill was charted and named "Snow Hill" by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1933.  In local usage the name Snow Hills has become established for both hills.||
14132|Snow Island|Island|624700S|0612300W|-62.7833333|-61.3833333|||01/01/1947|A completely ice-covered island, 10 mi long and 5 mi wide, lying 4 mi SW of Livingston Island in the South Shetland Islands. This island was known to both American and British sealers as early as 1820, and the name has been well established in international usage for over 100 years.||
14133|Snow Nunataks|Summit|733500S|0771500W|-73.5833333|-77.25|||01/01/1966|A line of four widely separated nunataks on the coast of Ellsworth Land.  The peaks lie southward of Case Island and trend east-west for 20 miles.  The nunataks were discovered by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and named for Ashley C. Snow, aviation pilot on the expedition.||
14135|Snow Peak|Summit|540000S|0375500W|-54|-37.9166667|860|2821|01/01/1953|Conspicuous snow-covered peak, 860 m, standing 2 mi E of Cape Pride on the N coast of South Georgia.  Charted and named by DI personnel in the period 1926-27.||
14136|Snowplume Peak|Summit|733200S|0942700W|-73.5333333|-94.45|||01/01/1963|A small pyramidal peak along the N front of the Jones Mountains, located 0.75 mi WSW of Rightangle Peak and 2 mi WSW of Pillsbury Tower.  Mapped by the University of Minnesota-Jones Mountains Party, 1960-61.  So named by the party because a continual plume of wind-blown snow trails off the peak whenever the wind blows.||
14137|Snowshoe Glacier|Glacier|681900S|0663500W|-68.3166667|-66.5833333|||01/01/1962|A glacier 8 mi long flowing W from a col in the SW flank of Neny Glacier into Neny Fjord, western Graham Land.  Roughly surveyed from the ground (1936) and photographed from the air (1937) by British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE).  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1949.  The name was suggested by K.S.P. Butler of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1948 because the shape of the glacier with its narrow head and wide mouth resembles a snowshoe.||
14138|Snowshoe Pass|Gap|830300S|1573600E|-83.05|157.6|||01/01/1966|A snow saddle 4 mi NE of Aurora Heights, between Argosy and Skua Glaciers in the Miller Range.  Discovered and named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62), who found the deep soft snow here made snowshoeing the best method of travel.||
14139|Snowy Point|Summit|743700S|1634500E|-74.6166667|163.75|||01/01/1947|A gently sloping point marking the north side of the western portal of Browning Pass in Deep Freeze Range, Victoria Land.  First explored and given this descriptive name by the Northern Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
14140|Snubbin Island|Island|652900S|0655000W|-65.4833333|-65.8333333|||01/01/1965|Island lying 2 mi W of Pickwick Island at the western end of the Pitt Islands, in the Biscoe Islands.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 after Mr. Serjeant Snubbin, a barrister in Charles Dickens' Pickwick Papers.||
14141|Snug Cove|Bay|653000S|0642600W|-65.5|-64.4333333|||01/01/1971|Small cove along the E side of the second largest island in the Lippmann Islands, off the W coast of Graham Land.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 because the cove is a good enclosed anchorage for small boats.  It was first used by the British Naval Hydrographic Survey Unit's motor-launch in 1957-58.||
14143|Snuggerud Glacier|Glacier|720700S|0075200E|-72.1166667|7.8666667|||01/01/1966|Glacier flowing NNE between Klevekapa Mountain and Smaknoltane Peaks in the Filchner Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named for J. Snuggerud, radio mechanic with Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-58).||
14144|Snyder Peak|Summit|733100S|0935600W|-73.5166667|-93.9333333|||01/01/1963|A low ice-covered peak lying 1 mi SW of Anderson Dome in the Jones Mountains.  Mapped by the University of Minnesota-Jones Mountains Party, 1960-61.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for David Snyder, aviation electronics technician with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6, crew member on pioneer flights of LC-47 Dakota aircraft from Byrd Station to the Eights Coast area in November 1961.||
14145|Snyder Peninsula|Cape|712500S|0612600W|-71.4166667|-61.4333333|||01/01/1976|A high, ice-covered peninsula on the S side of Lamplugh Inlet terminating in Cape Howard, on the E coast of Palmer Land. Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for R. Admiral Joseph E. Snyder, Jr., U.S. Navy (USN), Antarctic project Officer for the Assistant Secretary of the Navy for Research and Development, 1967-69.||
14146|Snyder Rocks|Island|663400S|1074600E|-66.5666667|107.7666667|||01/01/1955|A small group of rocks on the coast about 3 mi W of the terminus of Underwood Glacier.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Mark G. Snyder, who assisted U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Windmill (1947-48) parties in establishing astronomical control stations along Wilhelm II, Knox and Budd Coasts.||04/12/2001
14148|Cape Sobral|Cape|643300S|0593400W|-64.55|-59.5666667|||01/01/1952|High, mainly snow-covered elevation which surmounts the S end of Sobral Peninsula, on the E coast of Graham Land. Discovered by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold, who named it for Lieutenant Jose M. Sobral of the Argentine Navy, asst. physicist and meteorologist with the expedition.||
14151|Sobral Peninsula|Cape|643000S|0594000W|-64.5|-59.6666667|||01/01/1964|A high and mainly ice-covered peninsula in northern Graham Land.  The feature is 11 mi long and 5 mi wide and projects southward into the northern part of Larsen Ice Shelf west of Larsen Inlet.  The name was applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) (1963) and derives from Cape Sobral at the south end of this peninsula.||
14152|Socks Glacier|Glacier|834200S|1700500E|-83.7|170.0833333|||01/01/1947|A small glacier descending the E slopes of Queen Alexandra Range just N of Owen Hills to enter the W side of Beardmore Glacier.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named for one of the ponies taken with the South Pole Party.  Socks, the last pony to survive the journey, fell into a crevasse on Dec. 7, 1908, on Beardmore Glacier near Socks Glacier.||
14153|Sofia Mountains|Summit|692800S|0713000W|-69.4666667|-71.5|1500|4921||A small cluster of mountains rising to c. 1,500 m in N Alexander Island, bounded by the N by Palestrina Glacier, to the E by Landers Peaks, to the S by Nichols Snowfield and to the W by the N part of Lassus Mountains.  The name derives from a Feb. 1988 visit by a field geology party comprised of members of British Antarctic Survey (BAS) and the first Bulgarian Antarctic Expedition.  It commemorates the centennial of the founding of the University of Sofia.||
14155|Softbed Ridges|Ridge|830300S|1634500E|-83.05|163.75|||01/01/1966|A series of parallel rock ridges interspaced by small snow-covered valleys, the whole trending N-S for about 15 mi and forming a portion of the divide between Lowery and Robb Glaciers. The name was applied in about 1960 by New Zealand parties working in the area.||
14156|Soft Snow Pass|Gap|723700S|1663400E|-72.6166667|166.5666667|2000|6562||A snow pass at c. 2,000 m at the head of Osuga Glacier, a tributary of Trafalgar Glacier in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  So named by the New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) geological party led by M.G. Laird, 1981-82, from the unusually soft snow encountered in the pass.||
14157|Sögen Island|Island|650400S|0640200W|-65.0666667|-64.0333333|||01/01/1952|Island forming the E side of Francais Cove, lying in the SW extremity of Port Charcot, which indents the N part of Booth Island, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, and named for one of the dogs which died and was buried here.  The name has been approved because of its long use.||
14158|Sohm Glacier|Glacier|660700S|0644900W|-66.1166667|-64.8166667|||01/01/1971|Glacier flowing into Bilgeri Glacier on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Victor Sohm, Austrian skiing exponent who invented a special type of ski skins and ski wax.||
14159|Soholt Peaks|Range|794300S|0841200W|-79.7166667|-84.2|||02/26/1964|A group of rugged, ice-free peaks rising between Gifford Peaks and Drake Icefall in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Named by the University of Minnesota Ellsworth Mountains Party, 1962-63, for Donald E. Soholt, geologist with that party.||09/18/2013
14162|Solberg Inlet|Stream|681900S|0651500W|-68.3166667|-65.25|||01/01/1953|Ice-filled inlet 5 to 10 mi wide, which recedes W 14 mi between Rock Pile Peaks and Joerg Peninsula, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940.  It was resighted in 1947 by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, who named it for R. Admiral Thorvald A. Solberg, U.S. Navy (USN), Chief of Naval Research, who was of assistance to the expedition.||
14163|Sölch Glacier|Glacier|670400S|0662300W|-67.0666667|-66.3833333|||01/01/1965|A glacier flowing W to Salmon Cove, on the E side of Lallemand Fjord in Graham Land.  Mapped from air photos taken by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE), 1956-57.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Johann Solch (1883-1951), Austrian glacial geologist and glaciologist.||
14164|Soldat Island|Island|683100S|0781100E|-68.5166667|78.1833333|||01/01/1970|An elongated rocky island, 2.5 mi long, lying S of Partizan Island in the S part of the entrance to Langnes Fjord, Vestfold Hills.  This feature was photographed by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37), but was plotted on the subsequent maps as a peninsula.  It was first shown to be an island by John Roscoe's 1952 study of aerial photographs of the area taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  The area was photographed by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1954-58) and the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) (1956), the latter applying the name Ostrov Soldat (soldier island).||
14165|Solem Ridge|Ridge|711200S|0631500W|-71.2|-63.25|||01/01/1976|A mostly snow-covered, arc-shaped ridge, 4 mi long, located 10 mi NNE of Mount Jackson in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Lynn D. Solem, U.S. Navy (USN), Medical Officer at the South Pole Station, 1972.||
14167|Solhøgdene Heights|Summit|712200S|0134200E|-71.3666667|13.7|||01/01/1970|The heights 1 mi E of Mount Mentzel, overlooking the N side of Asimutbreen Glacier in the eastern Gruber Mountains of the Wohlthat Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Solhogdene (the sun heights).||
14171|Solitario Island|Island|675200S|0682600W|-67.8666667|-68.4333333|||01/01/1965|Small island lying 3 mi S of the Guebriant Islands, off the S end of Adelaide Island.  The name appears on an Argentine government chart of 1957 and is descriptive of the island's position; solitario is a Spanish word meaning solitary.||
14173|Solitary Nunatak|Summit|672800S|0584600E|-67.4666667|58.7666667|||01/01/1970|A small isolated nunatak 14 mi SE of Svart Peak in Enderby Land.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveys and air photos, 1954-66, and so named because of its isolated position.||
14174|Solitary Peak|Summit|831400S|1614000E|-83.2333333|161.6666667|2810|9219|01/01/1970|A peak (2,810 m) located 4.5 mi SE of Mount Rabot in Queen Elizabeth Range.  An important geologic section was measured on the feature by the Ohio State University Geological Party, 1967-68, which suggested the name because of the peak's relative isolation.||
14175|Solitary Rocks|Summit|774638S|1611353E|-77.777272|161.231298|||01/01/1964|Mass of rocks immediately NW of Cavendish Icefalls on the N side of the major bend in Taylor Glacier in Victoria Land.  The descriptive name was given by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04.||04/11/2001
14176|Sollas Glacier|Glacier|774323S|1623555E|-77.723007|162.598686|||01/01/1964|Glacier between Marr and Hughes Glaciers, flowing from the Kukri Hills toward the E end of Lake Bonney in Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  Charted and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, 1910-13, for William J. Sollas, professor of geology at Oxford.||
14177|Solomon Glacier|Glacier|782300S|1623000E|-78.3833333|162.5|||01/01/1995|A glacier on the S side of Fisher Bastion which flows W from Solomon Saddle to enter Potter Glacier in the Royal Society Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1994 after Susan Solomon, NOAA, atmospheric chemist who has been a leader in the study of upper atmospheric physics in Antarctica.  At the time of naming, Chairman of the Office of Polar Programs Advisory Committee, NSF.||
14178|Solomon Saddle|Gap|782300S|1623900E|-78.3833333|162.65|1850|6069|01/01/1995|A snow saddle (c. 1,850 m) located between the heads of Solomon Glacier and Foster Glacier, to the S of Fisher Bastion in Royal Society Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1994 in association with Solomon Glacier (q.v.).||
14179|Solo Nunatak|Summit|725000S|1633500E|-72.8333333|163.5833333|||01/01/1967|An isolated nunatak lying 6 mi NW of Intention Nunataks, at the SW side of Evans Neve.  The name alludes to the isolation of the feature and was given by the Northern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63.||
14180|Mount Solov'yev|Summit|714100S|0121900E|-71.6833333|12.3166667|2715|8907|01/01/1970|Peak, 2,715 m, on the S part of Grakammen Ridge in Westliche Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Soviet cartographer M.D. Solov'yev.||
14182|Solstreif Island|Island|643300S|0620000W|-64.55|-62|||01/01/1965|The southernmost of the small group of islands at the E side of Foyn Harbor in Wilhelmina Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  The feature was so named by whalers operating in the area because the Norwegian whaling vessel Solstreif was moored to it during 1921-22, and probably in other seasons also.||
14183|Mount Solus|Summit|685000S|0653300W|-68.8333333|-65.55|1290|4232|01/01/1962|A conspicuous, isolated mountain (1,290 m) in the center and near the mouth of Weyerhaeuser Glacier, in southern Graham Land.  It has steep rock sides meeting in a sharp summit ridge. Photographed from the air by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in Aug. 1947, and by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (Trimetrogon photography) in Dec. 1947.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in Dec. 1958.  The UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) name is descriptive of the isolated position of the feature.||
14185|Mount Solvay|Summit|723400S|0312300E|-72.5666667|31.3833333|2560|8399|01/01/1966|Mountain, 2,560 m, close N of Mount Gillet in the Belgica Mountains.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1957-58, under G. de Gerlache, who named it for Ernest John Solvay, a patron of the expedition.||
14186|Solvay Mountains|Summit|642500S|0623200W|-64.4166667|-62.5333333|1500|4921|01/01/1952|Mountains, probably over 1,500 m, extending in an ENE-WSW direction in the S part of Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache, and named by him for Ernest Solvay, a supporter of the expedition.  The name originally extended along the entire E coast of the island, but has been limited to the prominent mountains in the S as there is no well-defined group of mountains farther north.||
14188|Sombre Lake|Lake|604100S|0453700W|-60.6833333|-45.6166667|||01/01/1975|The northernmost lake in Paternoster Valley in northern Signy Island.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because of the sombre setting of the lake and the proximity of Stygian Cove.||
14189|Sombre Point|Summit|574500S|0262500W|-57.75|-26.4166667|||01/01/1972|The northeast point of Saunders Island, South Sandwich Islands.  The name applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 refers to the dark and dull aspect of the basaltic rock and ash in this vicinity.||
14190|Somero Glacier|Glacier|850000S|1671200W|-85|-167.2|||01/01/1966|A tributary glacier 7 mi long, flowing NW from Mount Fairweather to enter Liv Glacier just S of the W end of the Duncan Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for George N. Somero, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1963-64, and winter 1965.||
14191|Somers Glacier|Glacier|652200S|0633100W|-65.3666667|-63.5166667|||01/01/1971|Glacier flowing NW into Trooz Glacier, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Henri Somers, chief engineer of the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE)'s ship Belgica, which explored in the area in 1897-99.||
14192|Somers Nunatak|Summit|672800S|0671600W|-67.4666667|-67.2666667|600|1968||Nunatak rising to c. 600 m on the W edge of Reid Glacier, Arrowsmith Peninsula, Loubet Coast.  The feature provides a useful vantage point near several geological localities. Following geological work in the area by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1980-81, named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Geoffrey Usher Somers, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) general assistant at Rothera Station, 1978-81, who assisted in the work.||
14193|Somerville Island|Island|652200S|0641900W|-65.3666667|-64.3166667|||01/01/1963|Small island 4 mi SW of Berthelot Islands and 2.5 mi NW of Darboux Island, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot, and named by him for Crichton Somerville, a resident of Kristiania (Oslo), Norway, who selected and supervised the making of much of the polar clothing and equipment used by the expedition.||
14194|Somigliana Glacier|Glacier|670000S|0670900W|-67|-67.15|||01/01/1965|A glacier flowing N to Langmuir Cove on the N part of Arrowsmith Peninsula in Graham Land.  Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from surveys and air photos, 1956-59.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Carlo Somigliana, Italian mathematician and physicist who originated a viscous theory of glacier flow, in 1921.||
14195|Mount Sones|Summit|670200S|0513000E|-67.0333333|51.5|||01/01/1965|Mountain standing on the N side of Beaver Glacier, 2 mi W of Mount Reed in the Tula Mountains.  Plotted from air photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956.  Named by ANCA in 1962 for F. Sones, a member of the crew of the Discovery during British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31.||
14196|Sonia Point|Summit|650400S|0632900W|-65.0666667|-63.4833333|||01/01/1965|Point lying 6 miles W of Rahir Point on the S side of Flandres Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05, and named for Madame Sonia Bunau-Varilla.||
14197|Sonntag Nunatak|Summit|845300S|0864200W|-84.8833333|-86.7|||01/01/1962|A solitary nunatak located 20 mi ENE of Hamilton Cliff, Ford Massif, of the Thiel Mountains.  The nunatak was observed on Dec. 13, 1959 by Edward Thiel and Campbell Craddock in the course of a U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) airlifted geophysical traverse along the 88th meridian West.  The name was proposed by Thiel and Craddock for Wayne Sonntag, Operations Director at the Geophysical Institute, University of Wisconsin, 1959-61, logistics officer for the airlifted traverse.||
14198|Mount Soond|Summit|750000S|1341300W|-75|-134.2166667|||01/01/1974|A peak 1 mi N of Bleclic Peaks in the Perry Range, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert T. Soond, geomagnetist/seismologist at Plateau Station, 1968.||
14199|Sooty Cove|Bay|540100S|0380200W|-54.0166667|-38.0333333||||A small cove just N of Shoemaker Point along the S side of Bird Island, South Georgia.  The name, applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), derives from the Light-mantled Sooty Albatross (Phoebetria palpebrata) which breeds on the island.||
14200|Sooty Rock|Island|651400S|0650900W|-65.2333333|-65.15|20|66|01/01/1972|A rock midway between Lumus Rock and Betheder Islands in Wilhelm Archipelago.  Discovered and named "Black Reef" by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37.  Resighted from His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Endurance in February 1969 and described as a rock about 20 m high.  The synonym Sooty was recommended by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) to avoid duplication of the name Black Rock.||04/11/2001
14202|Sophie Cliff|Cliff|644400S|0621500W|-64.7333333|-62.25|||01/01/1965|Conspicuous granite cliff at the E side of the entrance to Piccard Cove, Wilhelmina Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land. First charted and named by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache in 1898.||
14204|Søråsen Ridge|Ridge|712500S|0100000W|-71.4166667|-10|||01/01/1970|A broad snow covered ridge that separates the Quar and Ekstrom Ice Shelves, on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  The feature was first mapped and named Sorasen (the south ridge) by the Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE), 1949-52.||
14205|Sørensen Nunataks|Summit|714100S|0075700E|-71.6833333|7.95|||01/01/1967|A group of about 15 nunataks extending c. 6 mi, forming the NW part of the Drygalski Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  First plotted from air photos by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named after Stein Sorensen, a radio operator with Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-58).||
14206|Sorensen Peak|Summit|714300S|1674800E|-71.7166667|167.8|2640|8661|01/01/1970|A peak (2,640 m) which rises between the base of Lyttelton Range and Church Ridge in the Admiralty Mountains.  It surmounts the divide between the Dennistoun and Leander Glaciers.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Douglas J. Sorensen, field assistant at McMurdo Station, 1965-66.||
14208|Sorenson Glacier|Glacier|742800S|1112200W|-74.4666667|-111.3666667||||A glacier between Moore Dome and Rogers Spur on Bear Peninsula, flowing W into Dotson Ice Shelf on Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1959-67.  Named in 1977 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Jon E. Sorenson, civil engineer, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), a member of the satellite surveying team at South Pole Station, winter party 1975.||
14210|Sore Thumb|Pillar|764000S|1610600E|-76.6666667|161.1|1400|4593|01/01/1993|A notable rock spire (c. 1,400 m) which rises 50 m above a crest of Elkhorn Ridge, to the E of Topside Glacier, in Convoy Range, Victoria Land.  Though not the highest point on the ridge, the spire stands out "like a sore thumb" and is an excellent reference point.  The approved name is a shortened form of "Sore Thumb Stack," which had been suggested by New Zealand geologist Christopher J. Burgess during a visit to the area in the 1976-77 season.||
14211|Sorge Island|Island|671100S|0674300W|-67.1833333|-67.7166667|||01/01/1965|Island lying just S of The Gullet in Barlas Channel, close E of Adelaide Island.  Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from surveys and air photos, 1948-59.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Ernst F.W. Sorge, German glaciologist who made the first seismic soundings of the Greenland ice sheet, 1929-31, and developed a theory of the densification of firn.||
14212|Sørhaugen Hill|Summit|714800S|0253700E|-71.8|25.6166667|||01/01/1966|The southernmost hill in the group at the E side of Kamp Glacier in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1946 from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named Sorhaugen (the south hill) by the Norwegians.||
14213|Sørhausane Peaks|Range|724700S|0001500E|-72.7833333|.25|||01/01/1966|A small cluster of peaks 2 mi S of Nupskapa Peak, at the S end of the Sverdrup Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Sorhausane (the south peaks).||
14214|Sørhjelmen Peak|Summit|714800S|0262800E|-71.8|26.4666667|2030|6660|01/01/1966|Peak, 2,030 m, standing at the head of Hette Glacier, at the S end of the group of peaks just E of the mouth of Byrdbreen in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1946 from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named Sorhjelmen (the south helmet) by the Norwegians because of its position in the group.||
14215|Sørhortane|Summit|720200S|0123500E|-72.0333333|12.5833333|||01/01/1966|A group of rock crags along the NE edge of Horteriset Dome, southward of Petermann Ranges in Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Sørhortane.||04/11/2001
14219|Sörling Valley|Valley|542200S|0361800W|-54.3666667|-36.3|||01/01/1963|Ice-free valley between Cumberland East Bay and Hound Bay on the N side of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Erik Sorling of the Riksmuseum, Stockholm, who made zoological collections in South Georgia in 1904-05.||
14220|Cape S�rlle|Cape|604600S|0445900W|-60.7666667|-44.9833333|||01/01/1952|Rocky bluff marking the S end of Fredriksen Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Discovered and first charted in 1821 by Captain George Powell and Captain Nathaniel Palmer.  Recharted in 1933 by DI personnel on the Discovery II and named for Captain Petter Sorlle, Norwegian whaler who made a running survey of the South Orkney Islands in 1912-13.||
14221|Sørlle Buttress|Cliff|541700S|0365000W|-54.2833333|-36.8333333|1370|4495|01/01/1963|Mountain rising above 1,370 m, between Mount Spaaman and Three Brothers in the Allardyce Range of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Petter Sorlle (1884-1922), Norwegian whaling captain and inventor who, in 1922, took out a patent for his whale slipway.  Sorlle was the first manager of the United Whalers station at Stromness.||
14222|Sørlle Rocks|Island|603700S|0461500W|-60.6166667|-46.25|20|66|01/01/1952|Group of rocks, the highest 20 m high, lying 7 mi W of Moreton Point, the W extremity of Coronation Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Named Tre Sten (three stones) on Captain Petter Sorlle's chart resulting from his 1912-13 survey.  Renamed for Sorlle by DI personnel on the Discovery II following their survey in 1933.||
14223|Sorna Bluff|Cliff|831800S|0504000W|-83.3|-50.6666667|||01/01/1968|A prominent rock bluff on the N side of Saratoga Table, overlooking the head of May Valley in the Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Ronald E. Sorna, USN, pilot on photographic flights in the Pensacola Mountains.||
14224|Sørn and Bernt|Island|535900S|0375500W|-53.9833333|-37.9166667|||01/01/1963|Two conspicuous rocks lying close off the N coast of South Georgia, 2 mi NE of Cape Pride.  The name appears on a chart based upon surveys by DI personnel in the period 1926-30.  Named for Soren Berntsen and Herman Berntsen, managers of Tonsberg Hvalfangeri at Husvik.||
14230|Sorpresa Rock|Island|675100S|0693400W|-67.85|-69.5666667|||01/01/1964|An exposed rock lying SW of Cavalier Rock, off the S end of Adelaide Island.  The name appears on a Chilean government chart of 1947. Sorpresa is a Spanish word meaning surprise.||
14231|Sør Rondane Mountains|Summit|720000S|0250000E|-72|25|3400|11155|01/01/1953|Group of mountains about 100 mi long with main peaks rising to 3, 400 m, between the Queen Fabiola Mountains and Wohlthat Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and photographed from the air by members of the Lars Christensen Expedition on Feb. 6, 1937, and named after Rondane, a mountain massif in southern Norway.  The mountains were mapped in greater detail in 1957 by Norwegian cartographers working with air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.||
14233|Sørsdal Glacier|Glacier|684100S|0781500E|-68.6833333|78.25|||01/01/1947|A heavily crevassed glacier, 15 mi long, flowing westward along the south side of Krok Fjord and the Vestfold Hills and terminating in a prominent glacier tongue at Prydz Bay. Discovered in Feb. 1935 by a Norwegian expedition in the for Lief Sorsdal, a Norwegian dentist and a member of the party from Thorshavn that landed at the northern end of the Vestfold Hills.||
14234|Sørsdal Glacier Tongue|Glacier|684200S|0780000E|-68.7|78|||01/01/1956|The prominent seaward extension of Sorsdal Glacier into Prydz Bay.  Discovered by Captain Klarius Mikkelsen in 1935 and named in association with Sorsdal Glacier.||
14235|Sørskeidet Valley|Valley|720300S|0113000E|-72.05|11.5|||01/01/1966|An ice-filled valley lying N of Skeidshovden Mountain near the SW end of the Wohlthat Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  First photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Sorskeidet.||
14236|Sørtindane Peaks|Range|680800S|0622400E|-68.1333333|62.4|||01/01/1965|A group of peaks just S of Mount Twintop at the S end of the David Range, Framnes Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37) and named Sortindane (the southern peaks).||
14237|Sosa Bluff|Cliff|823200S|0425300W|-82.5333333|-42.8833333|||01/01/1968|A rock bluff 1 mi S of Lisignoli Bluff in the Schneider Hills portion of the Argentina Range, Pensacola Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant O.R. Sosa, Argentine officer in charge of General Belgrano Station, winter 1966.||
14238|Søstrene Islands|Island|693300S|0753000E|-69.55|75.5|||01/01/1947|A group of small islands and rocks that rise above the northern part of Publications Ice Shelf at the head of Prydz Bay. Discovered and charted in February 1935 by Captain Klarius Mikkelsen in the Norwegian whaling ship Thorshavn sent out by Lars Christensen.  They gave the name Sostrene after the islands by that name lying in the entrance to Oslofjorden, Norway.||
14241|Soto Glacier|Glacier|713100S|0614600W|-71.5166667|-61.7666667|||01/01/1976|A glacier about 12 mi long, draining SE along the SW side of Stromme Ridge and discharging into Odom Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Luis R. Soto, Argentine oceanographer on the International Weddell Sea Oceanographic Expeditions, 1968 and 1970.||
14243|Sotomayor Island|Island|632000S|0575500W|-63.3333333|-57.9166667|||01/01/1964|An island lying just S of the entrance to Unwin Cove, Trinity Peninsula.  Named by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition of 1950-51 for Second Lieutenant Victor Sotomayor L., cargo officer of the ship Lientur during the expedition.||
14244|Mount Soucek|Summit|664900S|0505800E|-66.8166667|50.9666667|||01/01/1965|Mountain standing between Mount Hardy and Peacock Ridge in the NW part of the Tula Mountains, in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for Dr. Z. Soucek, medical officer at Wilkes Station in 1960.||
14245|Soucek Ravine|Valley|662300S|1102700E|-66.3833333|110.45|||01/01/1963|A small ravine to the W of Penney Ravine, Ardery Island, in the Windmill Islands.  Discovered in 1960 by a biological field party from Wilkes Station.  Named by ANCA after Dr. Zdenek Soucek, medical officer at Wilkes in 1960 and 1962.||
14246|Souchez Glacier|Glacier|861700S|1540000W|-86.2833333|-154|||01/01/1967|A tributary glacier about 17 mi long, flowing from Mount Crockett S along the E side of Faulkner Escarpment and then turning SE to parallel the SW side of Hays Mountains.  It joins Bartlett Glacier just S of Mount Dietz, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Roland A. Souchez, involved in geological studies at McMurdo Station during the season of 1965-66.||
14247|The Sound|Gap|641900S|0625800W|-64.3166667|-62.9666667|||01/01/1956|A passage, 3 mi long and 0.5 mi wide, which extends in a N-S direction, separating the Melchior Islands into West Melchior Islands and East Melchior Islands, in the Palmer Archipelago. First roughly charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05. Probably named by DI personnel who roughly surveyed the feature in 1927.  Resurveyed by Argentine expeditions in 1942, 1943 and 1948.||
14248|Mount Sourabaya|Summit|590300S|0263600W|-59.05|-26.6|915|3002|01/01/1972|A mountain (915 m) 1 mi NW of Mount Darnley, Bristol Island, in the South Sandwich Islands.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971. The name refers to the whaling factory ship Sourabaya, from which an eruption of the island was witnessed in 1935.||
14250|South America Glacier|Glacier|774817S|1614806E|-77.804686|161.801547|2000|6562|01/01/1964|Small glacier near the SW corner of the Kukri Hills in Victoria Land.  The ice hangs down a cliff 2,000 m high, and takes a form similar to the continent for which it is named. Named by the Western Journey Party, led by Taylor, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
14251|Cape Southard|Cape|663200S|1220500E|-66.5333333|122.0833333|||01/01/1955|An ice-covered cape separating the Banzare and Sabrina Coasts of Wilkes Land.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47, and named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Samuel Lewis Southard, Secretary of the Navy under President John Quincy Adams.  While serving as Senator from New Jersey, Southard was instrumental in initiating interest in a government scientific expedition and gaining congressional authorization of the U.S. Exploring Expedition, 1838-42, under Charles Wilkes.||
14252|Mount Southard|Summit|721100S|1595600E|-72.1833333|159.9333333|2400|7874|01/01/1964|A lone mountain (2,400 m) standing 5 mi NW of Welcome Mountain in the NW extremity of the Outback Nunataks.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Rupert B. Southard, Chief, Office of International Activities, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), with responsibility for U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) field parties working in Antarctica; later Chief of the Topograpic Division of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS).||
14253|Southard Promontory|Cliff|665600S|0645000W|-66.9333333|-64.8333333|1500|4921||A notable promontory, 6 mi long and 2 mi wide, which juts into NW Mill Inlet between Breitfuss Glacier and Alberts Glacier, on the Foyn Coast, Graham Land.  The promontory is bordered by steep rock cliffs which rise 1,500 m to a relatively flat and snow covered upper surface.  It was photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) and surveyed from the ground by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947.  In association with the names of Antarctic cartographers grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Rupert B. Southard, Jr., Chief, National Mapping Division, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), 1979-86; Chief, Office of International Activities (with responsibility for U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) field parties working in Antarctica), 1961-64; U.S. Representative to the SCAR Working Group on Geodesy and Cartography, 1964-79; Chairman, Domestic Names Committee of the U.S. Board on Geographic Names (BGN), 1983-87 (Chairman, U.S. BGN, 1988-90).||
14255|South Barrier|Ridge|530900S|0733500E|-53.15|73.5833333|||01/01/1957|A rocky ridge descending southward from Budd Peak along the east margin of Fiftyone Glacier and terminating at Lambeth Bluff in southern Heard Island.  The descriptive name was applied by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1948.||
14256|South Bay|Bay|540400S|0370900W|-54.0666667|-37.15|||01/01/1953|Cove forming the S head of Prince Olav Harbor, along the N coast of South Georgia.  Probably named by DI personnel who charted Prince Olav Harbor in 1929.||
14257|South Bay|Bay|773829S|1662825E|-77.641349|166.473704|||01/01/1947|Bay 6 mi long, lying NW of False Bay on the S side of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  This bay was known to both American and British sealers as early as 1820, and the name has been well established in international usage for over 100 years.||
14258|South Bay|Bay|773800S|1662500E|-77.6333333|166.4166667|||01/01/1964|A small bay on the south side of Cape Evans, Ross Island. Named by members of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
14261|South Beaches|Beach|624000S|0610400W|-62.6666667|-61.0666667|||01/01/1960|The beaches along the S side of Byers Peninsula, Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The descriptive name was used by Captain George Powell on his chart of 1822.||
14262|South Beacon|Summit|775100S|1604700E|-77.85|160.783333|2210|7251||The summit of a bold, flat-topped ridge rising to 2,210 m in the south part of Beacon Heights, in the Quartermain Mountains, Victoria Land.  A ridge system connects South Beacon with West Beacon, 1.5 mi north, and East Beacon, 1.5 mi northeast.  So named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) following geological work here by C.T. McElroy, G. Rose, and K.J. Whitby in 1980-81.||
14263|South Cape|Cape|604800S|0450900W|-60.8|-45.15|||01/01/1952|Cape marking the S extremity of the Robertson Islands, lying S of the E end of Coronation Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Named by Captain George Powell and Captain Nathaniel Palmer, who discovered the South Orkney Islands while on a joint cruise in December 1821.||
14266|South East Point|Summit|625900S|0603100W|-62.9833333|-60.5166667|||01/01/1953|Point 1 mi ENE of Fildes Point, marking the southeastern point of Deception Island,in the South Shetland Islands.  The point was charted by a British expedition 1828-31, under Foster. The name was proposed in 1949 by the Hydrographic Department, Admiralty, following a survey of the island by Lieutenant Commander D.N. Penfold, Royal Navy (RN), in 1948-49.||
14267|Mount Southern|Summit|741200S|0762800W|-74.2|-76.4666667|||01/01/1968|A small mountain, or nunatak, located 1.5 mi NE of Mount Harry and 14 mi SE of FitzGerald Bluffs, in Ellsworth Land. Discovered and photographed by Lincoln Ellsworth on Nov. 23, 1935.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Merle E. Southern, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Topographic Engineer in Antarctica, 1967-68.||
14268|Southern Cross Mountains|Summit|734000S|1640000E|-73.6666667|164|||01/01/1966|The name applied to the group of ranges lying between the Mariner and Priestley Glaciers in Victoria Land.  Seaward parts of this area were first viewed by Ross in 1841 and subsequently by expeditions led by Borchgrevink, Scott, Shackleton and Byrd. The precise mapping of its overall features was accomplished from U.S. Navy air photographs and surveys by New Zealand and American parties in the 1950s and 1960s.  Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1965-66.||
14269|Southern Cross Subglacial Highlands|Area|710000S|1470000E|-71|147||||A group of subglacial highlands located E of Webb Subglacial Trench in the N end of Wilkes Subglacial Basin.  The feature was delineated by the SPRI-NSF-TUD airborne radio echo sounding program, 1967-79, and was named after the Southern Cross, the expedition ship of British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1898-1900, led by Carsten E. Borchgrevink.||
14274|Southern Thule|Island|592600S|0271200W|-59.4333333|-27.2|||01/01/1952|Group of islands consisting of Thule, Cook, and Bellingshausen Islands, at the S end of the South Sandwich Islands.  Southern Thule was named by Captain James Cook who discovered and roughly outlined its northern portions in 1775. Admiral Thaddeus Bellingshausen's report, published about 1831, stating that Southern Thule consists of one high rock and three small islands was confirmed in a survey by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1930.||
14278|South Fork|Valley|773347S|1611428E|-77.562997|161.241026|||01/01/1976|The southern arm of Wright Valley in Victoria Land.  The feature is separated from the North Fork by the Dais.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1958-59.||
14279|South Georgia|Island|541500S|0364500W|-54.25|-36.75|||01/01/1952|An island about 105 mi long and 20 mi wide, with steep glaciated mountains and deeply indented coasts.  It is generally accepted that South Georgia may have been sighted by Antonio de la Roche sailing an English merchant vessel in 1675, and from the Spanish ship Leon in 1756.  The island was explored and roughly charted in January 1775 by Captain James Cook in the Britain.  The S coast was first explored and charted by Captain Thaddeus Bellingshausen in 1819. Substantial additional mapping was accomplished by sealers, whalers and private expeditions. The coastal areas were roughly surveyed by DI personnel in the period 1926-30.  The South Georgia Survey (SGS) continued the surveys, including inland areas, 1951-57.||
14281|South Island|Island|530300S|0723600E|-53.05|72.6|||01/01/1957|A rock lying 0.1 mi SE of McDonald Island, marking the southernmost feature in the McDonald Islands.  Surveyed and given this descriptive name by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1948.||
14283|South Masson Range|Range|675300S|0624700E|-67.8833333|62.7833333|1070|3510|01/01/1965|The Masson Range is divided into three parts of which this segment is the southern, rising to 1,070 m and extending 2 mi in a NE-SW arc.  The Masson Range was discovered and named by British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31, under Mawson.  This southern range was mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Sorkammen (the south comb or crest).  The approved name, suggested by ANCA in 1960, more clearly identifies the feature as a part of Masson Range.||
14284|South Orkney Islands|Island|603500S|0453000W|-60.5833333|-45.5|||01/01/1947|A group of two larger and several smaller mountainous, barren islands covered with ice and snow and surrounded by many rocks, lying NE of the Antarctic Peninsula between 6020S and 6050S, and 4420W and 46457W.  Discovered on the occasion of the joint cruise by Captain George Powell, a British sealer in the sloop Dove, and Captain Nathaniel Palmer, an American sealer in the sloop James Monroe,  in December 1821.  The islands were named Powell's Group on Powell's chart, published in England, Nov. 1, 1822.  They were explored and roughly recharted by Captain James Weddell, British sealer, in 1823.  Weddell's chart carried the name South Orkney Islands, which became accepted internationally.  Subsequent charts of the group were published by the French expedition under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville, 1837-40, and by the Norwegian whaling captain Petter Sorlle, 1912-13.  A running survey of the islands was completed in 1933 by DI personnel on the Discovery II.  Further surveys were made by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in the period 1947-50.||
14286|South Point|Summit|604500S|0454200W|-60.75|-45.7|||01/01/1952|Point marking the south end of Moe Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Named by DI personnel on the Discovery II who charted the South Orkney Islands in 1933.||
14287|South Point|Summit|630100S|0603700W|-63.0166667|-60.6166667|||01/01/1953|Point 1.75 mi SW of Entrance Point, marking the southernmost point of Deception Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The point was charted by a British expedition 1828-31, under Foster.  The name was proposed in 1949 by the Hydrographic Department, Admiralty, following a survey of the island by Lieutenant Commander D.N. Penfold, Royal Navy (RN), in 1948-49.||
14290|South Sandwich Islands|Island|574500S|0263000W|-57.75|-26.5|||01/01/1947|A chain of N-S trending volcanic islands lying northward of Weddell Sea and extending 190 mi from Zavodovski Island on the N to Southern Thule on the south.  Discovered and roughly charted in 1775 by Captain James Cook who gave the name "Sandwich Land" for the fourth Earl of Sandwich, then First Lord of the Admiralty. Cook concluded he had charted a group of islands or a point of a continent.  The islands were more accurately charted by Admiral Thaddeus Bellingshausen in 1819.  The Traversay Islands, three islands forming the N end of the chain, were not seen by Cook but were discovered and first mapped by Bellingshausen.  The South Sandwich Islands were surveyed by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1930.||
14291|South Shetland Islands|Island|620000S|0580000W|-62|-58|||01/01/1947|A group of more than twenty islands and islets lying northward of Antarctic Peninsula and extending about 280 mi from Smith Island and Snow Island in the WSW to Elephant Island and Clarence Island in the ENE  The islands were sighted by Captain William Smith of the brig Williams in February 1819 while cruising close to the northern edge of the islands.  The name "New South Britain" was used briefly, but was soon changed to South Shetland Islands.  The name is now established international usage.||
14293|South Spit|Bar|621400S|0584800W|-62.2333333|-58.8|||01/01/1965|Rocky spit forming the S side of the entrance to Marian Cove, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The descriptive name appears on a British Admiralty chart showing the results of a survey by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1935.||10/18/2000
14294|South Stream|Stream|772652S|1634122E|-77.447687|163.689504|||01/01/1968|A meltwater stream 2 mi southwest of Marble Point on the coast of Victoria Land.  It issues from the front of Wilson Piedmont Glacier and flows southeastward to Bernacchi Bay.  The stream was studied by Robert L. Nichols, geologist for Metcalf and Eddy, Engineers, Boston, MA, which made engineering studies here under contract to the U.S. Navy in the 1957-58 season.  So named by Nichols because the stream was located south of the U.S. Navy installations in the Marble Point area.||
14296|Southtrap Rock|Island|625900S|0563800W|-62.9833333|-56.6333333|||01/01/1964|An isolated rock lying W of Cape Juncal, D'Urville Island, in the Joinville Island group.  In association with Northern Rocks (q.v.), so named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1963 because the rock is the southernmost of two groups of features which should be avoided by vessels entering Antarctic Sound from the north.||
14298|South West Bay|Bay|530300S|0732200E|-53.05|73.3666667|||01/01/1957|An open bay indenting the W side of Heard Island immediately N of Cape Gazert.  The bay was roughly charted on an 1860 sketch map compiled by Captain H.C. Chester, an American sealer.  The name "S.W. Bay" appears on an 1882 chart compiled by Ensign Washington I. Chambers aboard the USS Marion at Heard Island in January 1882.  The bay name appears to have developed from an American sealer name, "Southwest Beach," in use about 1860 for the pebble beach at the N end of this bay.||
14300|South West Point|Summit|543000S|0370600W|-54.5|-37.1|||01/01/1952|The SW point of Annenkov Island, off the south-central coast of South Georgia.  Annenkov Island was discovered by Captain James Cook in 1775, and resighted by Admiral Thaddeus Bellingshausen in 1819.  The point appears to be first named on a chart based upon DI surveys undertaken in the period 1926-30.||
14301|Mount Southwick|Summit|784600S|0845500W|-78.7666667|-84.9166667|3280|10761|01/01/1961|A mountain (3,280 m) near the S end of the Sentinel Range of the Ellsworth Mountains, located 9 mi SSE of Mount Craddock. First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Tech. Sergeant Thomas E. Southwick, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC), navigator on a Navy R4D reconnaissance flight to these mountains on Jan. 28, 1958.||
14302|Southwind Passage|Channel|651800S|0652000W|-65.3|-65.3333333|||01/01/1970|A navigable passage between Betheder Islands and Dickens Rocks, located at the north extremity of the Biscoe Islands. Named by Captain S.R. Dolber, U.S. Coast Guard (USCG), commander of the U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) 1967-68 season.||
14303|Sowle Nunatak|Summit|840300S|0660500W|-84.05|-66.0833333|||01/01/1968|One of the Rambo Nunataks, lying 5.5 mi SE of Wagner Nunatak on the W side of Foundation Ice Stream, in the Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Melvin L. Sowle, construction mechanic at Plateau Station, winter 1967.||01/05/2021
14304|Mount Soyat|Summit|855200S|1304600W|-85.8666667|-130.7666667|2150|7054|01/01/1967|A prominent mountain, 2,150 m, in western Wisconsin Range, rising on the E side of Reedy Glacier just N of the junction of Norfolk Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander David Soyat, USN, air operations officer with Squadron VX-6 at McMurdo Station, winter 1962.||
14305|Søyla Peak|Summit|724200S|0035100W|-72.7|-3.85|||01/01/1966|Small peak just N of Domen Butte in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Soyla (the pillar).||
14306|Mount Soza|Summit|711000S|1623400E|-71.1666667|162.5666667|2190|7185|01/01/1964|A massive mountain (2,190 m) in the Bowers Mountains that comprises the E wall of the Rennick Glacier between the entry points of the tributary Alt and Carryer Glaciers.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Ezekiel R. Soza, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) topographic engineer, a member of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Topo North and South, 1961-62, and Topo East and West, 1962-63.  Using Army turbine helicopters for rapid movement, these survey parties established geodetic control in the Transantarctic Mountains between the Cape Hallett area and Beardmore Glacier during the first season (Topo North and South); during the second season geodetic control was extended from Cape Hallett to Wilson Hills (Topo West), and from the foot of Beardmore Glacier through the Horlick Mountains (Topo East). Soza was leader of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) mapping party in the Pensacola Mountains, 1965-66 season.||
14307|Mount Spaaman|Summit|541600S|0365200W|-54.2666667|-36.8666667|1940|6365|01/01/1963|Mountain, 1,940 m, standing 1 mi W of Sorlle Buttress in the W part of the Allardyce Range of South Georgia.  The name "Spaaman" is well established in local use.  No precise translation is possible; it means roughly a weather prophet or a fortuneteller.  The name arose because the emergence of this mountain from its usual heavy cloud cover is said locally to be a sign of good weather.||
14309|Spaatz Island|Island|731200S|0750000W|-73.2|-75|||01/01/1968|A high ice-covered island, 50 mi long and 25 mi wide, lying close to the coast of Ellsworth Land, 30 mi E of Smyley Island. The N side of the island forms a portion of the S margin of Ronne Entrance; the remainder of the island is surrounded by the ice shelves of Stange Sound and George VI Sound. Finn Ronne and Carl Eklund of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) sledged along the N side of this feature in Dec. 1940.  It was photographed from the air and first mapped as an island by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (1947-48) under Finn Ronne. Named by Ronne for General Carl Spaatz, Chief of Staff, U.S. Army Air Force (USAAF), who gave assistance in providing an airplane for use of Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE).||
14310|Spallanzani Point|Summit|640800S|0615900W|-64.1333333|-61.9833333|||01/01/1960|Point forming the N side of the entrance to Hill Bay and the E tip of Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Probably first seen by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache.  Mapped in 1959 from photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Lazaro Spallanzani (1729-1799), Italian physiologist who first interpreted the process of digestion in 1780.||
14311|Spanley Rocks|Summit|825800S|0544000W|-82.9666667|-54.6666667|||01/01/1968|A group of about six rocks standing 10 mi SW of Cordiner Peaks, marking the northern extremity of Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John A. Spanley, Jr., cook at South Pole Station, winter 1965.||04/11/2001
14312|Mount Spann|Summit|820300S|0412100W|-82.05|-41.35|925|3035|01/01/1957|A mountain, 925 m, marking the N extremity of the Panzarini Hills and the Argentina Range, at the NE end of the Pensacola Mountains.  Discovered and photographed on Jan. 13, 1956 in the course of a U.S. Navy (USN) transcontinental nonstop plan flight from McMurdo Sound to Weddell Sea and return.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Staff Sergeant Robert C. Spann, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC), navigator of the P2V-2N Neptune aircraft during this flight.||
14313|Spano Island|Island|662400S|1103600E|-66.4|110.6|||01/01/1963|Small rocky island 0.5 mi N of the W end of Herring Island, in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Angelo F. Spano, meteorologist and member of the Wilkes Station party of 1960.||
14314|Sparkes Bay|Bay|662200S|1103200E|-66.3666667|110.5333333|||01/01/1963|Bay, 1 mi wide and indenting 2.5 mi between Mitchell Peninsula on the N and Robinson Ridge and Odbert Island on the S, in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Robert S. Sparkes, USN, military leader at Wilkes Station in 1958.||
14316|Spartan Glacier|Glacier|710300S|0682000W|-71.05|-68.3333333|||01/01/1975|A short valley glacier between Callisto Cliffs and Tombaugh Cliffs on the E side of Alexander Island.  Mapped by Directorate of Overseas Surveys from satellite imagery supplied by U.S. National Aeronautics and Space Administration in cooperation with U.S. Geological Survey.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the British dog team known as "The Spartans," used in ascending the glacier, 1969.||
14317|Spath Crest|Ridge|803900S|0261200W|-80.65|-26.2|1450|4757||Summit rocks rising to c. 1,450 m and marking the NW end of Du Toit Nunataks, Read Mountains, in the Shackleton Range. Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of geologists grouped in the area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Leonard F. Spath (1882-1957), British paleontologist and stratigrapher whose study of ammonites made possible the correlation of Mesozoic rocks; paleontologist, British Museum (Natural History), 1912-57.||
14318|Spatulate Ridge|Ridge|732800S|1671300E|-73.4666667|167.2166667|||01/01/1966|An ice-covered ridge in the Mountaineer Range which extends SE between Suter Glacier and Ridgeway Glacier to the coast of Victoria Land.  The name is descriptive of the shape and was applied in 1966 by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC).||
14319|Mount Spatz|Summit|724100S|1603300E|-72.6833333|160.55|2270|7447|01/01/1970|A mountain, 2,270 m, standing 10 mi WSW of Mount Weihaupt in the Outback Nunataks.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard Spatz, station engineer at McMurdo Station, 1968.||
14320|Spaulding Peninsula|Cape|742600S|1160000W|-74.4333333|-116||||A low ice-covered peninsula W of Martin Peninsula, extending 7 mi into Getz Ice Shelf between Brennan Inlet and Sweeny Inlet on the Bakutis Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1959-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 after PRC Richard L. Spaulding, USN, parachute-rescue team leader, Operation Deep Freeze 1977, during which, over South Pole Station, he made his 1,000th career jump. He made over 110 Antarctic jumps in his nine Deep Freeze seasonal deployments through 1977.||
14321|Spaulding Pond|Basin|773900S|1630700E|-77.65|163.1166667|||01/01/1992|A pond 0.3 mi NE of the terminal ice cliff of Howard Glacier in Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  The name was suggested by Diane McKnight, leader of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) field teams which studied the hydrology and geochemistry of streams and ponds in the Lake Fryxell basin, Taylor Valley, 1987-94.  Named after U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) hydrologist Sarah Ann Spaulding, a member of the team during two seasons, 1988-89 and 1991-92, who studied the pond.||
14322|Spaulding Rocks|Summit|770000S|1431600W|-77|-143.2666667|||01/01/1970|A somewhat isolated group of rocks lying 11 mi NE of Mount Warner in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Howard R. Spaulding, U.S. Navy (USN), builder at Byrd Station in 1966.||04/11/2001
14323|Spaull Point|Summit|604400S|0454100W|-60.7333333|-45.6833333|||01/01/1975|The northern point of Moe Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Vaughan W. Spaull, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) biologist on Signy Island, 1969.||
14324|Spayd Island|Island|703300S|0720700E|-70.55|72.1166667|||01/01/1956|An ice-covered island with prominent rock exposures 2 mi long, lying at the SE side of Gillock Island on the E margin of Amery Ice Shelf Delineated in 1952 by John H. Roscoe from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47, and named by him for A.W. Spayd, air crewman on Operation Highjump photographic flights in this and other coastal areas between 14 and 164 East longitude.||
14326|Spear Glacier|Glacier|755500S|0681500W|-75.9166667|-68.25|||01/01/1968|A glacier between the Hauberg Mountains and Peterson Hills, in eastern Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Milton B. Spear, construction electrician at Eights Station in 1965.||
14327|Spear Nunatak|Summit|863200S|1240600W|-86.5333333|-124.1|||01/01/1967|A nunatak lying 3 mi S of Strickland Nunatak; apparently being the farthest S outcrop along the E side of the head of Reedy Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Milton B. Spear, construction electrician, a member of the wintering party at Byrd Station in 1962.||
14328|Spear Spur|Ridge|823800S|0522200W|-82.6333333|-52.3666667|||01/01/1968|A rock spur 3 mi E of Clinton Spur on the S side of Dufek Massif, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Albert Spear, builder, Ellsworth Station winter party, 1957.||
14329|Specimen Nunatak|Summit|675900S|0664600W|-67.9833333|-66.7666667|||01/01/1973|A small but distinctive rock pinnacle that rises above the ice of Swithinbank Glacier about 4 mi S of the glacier terminus, in Graham Land.  The feature was visited on Feb. 9, 1941 by Herbert G. Dorsey and Joseph D. Healy of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, who gave the name because the pinnacle was a good example of a nunatak projecting above a broad ice field.||
14330|Spectator Nunatak|Summit|703700S|1592900E|-70.6166667|159.4833333|||01/01/1964|An isolated, mainly ice-covered nunatak consisting of hornblende, standing 4 mi W of the Pomerantz Tableland, Usarp Mountains.  The feature was used as a survey station by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1963-64), who gave the name because of its aspect.||
14331|The Spectre|Summit|860300S|1501000W|-86.05|-150.1666667|2020|6627||A prominent rock spire (2,020 m) near the center of Organ Pipe Peaks, Gothic Mountains, in Queen Maud Mountains. Discovered in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn.  The allusive name was suggested by Edmund Stump, leader of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) - Arizona State University geological party in the Gothic Mountains, 1980-81.||
14332|Mount Speed|Summit|843000S|1765000W|-84.5|-176.8333333|||01/01/1962|A roughly circular, mound-shaped mountain with several low summits at the edge of Ross Ice Shelf, standing at the W side of the mouth of Shackleton Glacier.  Discovered by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41), and surveyed by A.P. Crary, leader of the U.S. Ross Ice Shelf Traverse (1957-58).  Named by Crary for Lieutenant Harvey G. Speed, U.S. Navy (USN), Squadron VX-6, who wintered at Little America V in 1957.||
14333|Speerschneider Point|Summit|654500S|0661000W|-65.75|-66.1666667|||01/01/1971|Point forming the W side of the entrance to Malmgren Bay on the W side of Renaud Island, in the Biscoe Islands.  First accurately shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for C.I.H. Speerschneider, Danish meteorologist, who was editor of the annual reports on the state of the sea ice in the Arctic issued by Dansk Meteorologisk Institut, 1910-34.||
14337|Spence Harbor|Harbor|604100S|0450900W|-60.6833333|-45.15|||01/01/1952|Small bay 1 mi S of The Turret, along the E coast of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Discovered in December 1821 by Captain George Powell, a British sealer in the sloop Dove, who named the bay, and Captain Nathaniel Palmer, an American sealer in the sloop James Monroe.||
14338|Spenceley Glacier|Glacier|543500S|0361900W|-54.5833333|-36.3166667|||01/01/1963|Glacier 6 mi long, flowing NW along the SW flank of Salvesen Range to Brogger Glacier, in the S part of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named for George Spenceley, photographer and mountaineer on the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1955-56.||
14339|Cape Spencer|Cape|682400S|1472900E|-68.4|147.4833333|||01/01/1947|An ice-covered point marking on the east the seaward end of the depression occupied by the Ninnis Glacier.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who named it for Sir Baldwin Spencer, Director of the National Museum, Melbourne, in 1911.||
14340|Mount Spencer|Summit|771700S|1432000W|-77.2833333|-143.3333333|||01/01/1947|Peak 1 mi S of Mount Darling in the Allegheny Mountains of the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered on aerial flights from West Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and named for Herbert R. Spencer of Erie, PA, the Sea Scout commander of Paul Siple, leader of the West Base party of that expedition.||
14342|Spencer Island|Island|770900S|1480400W|-77.15|-148.0666667|||01/01/1970|A small ice-covered island in Marshall Archipelago, lying 2 mi off the NE part of Steventon Island within Sulzberger Ice Shelf.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Michael P. Spencer, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), navigator in LC-130F Hercules aircraft during Operation Deep Freeze 1968.||
14343|Spencer Nunatak|Summit|852100S|1221100W|-85.35|-122.1833333|||01/01/1962|A prominent nunatak 9 mi ENE of Mount LeSchack, lying between Wisconsin Range and Long Hills in the Horlick Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1959-60.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Donald J. Spencer, atmospheric noise scientist, Byrd Station winter party, 1958.||
14344|Spencer Peak|Summit|541500S|0362900W|-54.25|-36.4833333|440|1444|01/01/1965|Peak, 440 m, rising SW of Sappho Point, Cumberland Bay, on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1906 British Admiralty chart and is probably for Lieutenant P. Spencer, who surveyed in Cumberland Bay from His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Sappho in 1906.||
14345|Cape Spencer-Smith|Cape|780005S|1672746E|-78.001439|167.462881|||01/01/1961|The northernmost cape of White Island, in the Ross Archipelago.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1958-59) for the Reverend Arnold P. Spencer-Smith, chaplain with the Ross Sea Party of the Imperial Trans-Antarctic Expedition (1914-17), who died on March 9, 1916, on the return journey after laying the depots to Mount Hope for Shackleton's party.  He had suffered from scurvy and had been carried for 40 days on a sledge by his companions prior to his death.||
14349|Sperm Bluff|Cliff|770500S|1613600E|-77.0833333|161.6|1000|3281|01/01/1952|A prominent dark bluff, 3 mi long and over 1,000 m high, forming the NE extremity of Clare Range, in Victoria Land. Charted and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.  When viewed from the E, the N face of the bluff suggests the blunt head of a sperm whale.||
14350|Spermwhale Ridge|Ridge|654700S|0624800W|-65.7833333|-62.8|800|2625||A sharp-crested ridge rising to c. 800 m and flanking the S side of Flask Glacier W of Bulkington Pass, on Oscar II Coast, Graham Land.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1987.  One of several names in this area from Melville's Moby Dick, reflecting a whaling theme.||
14351|Sperring Point|Summit|672400S|0593100E|-67.4|59.5166667|||01/01/1953|Rocky point about midway along the W side of William Scoresby Bay.  Discovered and named by DI personnel on the William Scoresby in February 1936.||
14352|Spert Island|Island|635100S|0605700W|-63.85|-60.95|||01/01/1960|Island lying off the W extremity of Trinity Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Charted by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, 1901-04.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Sir Thomas Spert, Controller of the King's Ships in the time of Henry VIII, founder and first Master of the Mariners of England, which later became the Corporation of Trinity House.||
14353|Mount Speyer|Summit|785200S|1604200E|-78.8666667|160.7|2430|7972|01/01/1947|A mountain, 2,430 m, standing directly at the head of Kehle Glacier in the Worcester Range.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named for Sir Edgar Speyer, a contributor to the expedition.||
14354|Sphagnum Valley|Valley|541600S|0363500W|-54.2666667|-36.5833333|||01/01/1964|Valley sloping NW from Echo Pass to Cumberland West Bay, South Georgia.  First charted by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, 1901-04.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57 and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Sphagnum, the bog moss which occurs in this valley.||
14355|Spheroid Hill|Summit|774746S|1635627E|-77.796227|163.940702|1230|4035|01/01/1993|A mostly ice-free summit (1,230 m) 1 mi E of Ellipsoid Hill, on the N side of Blue Glacier in Victoria Land.  The name is one of a group in the area associated with surveying applied in 1993 by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB).  Named from spheroid (sometimes referred to as an ellipsoid), a mathematical figure formed by revolving an ellipse about its minor axis.||
14356|Mount Sphinx|Summit|722100S|0311500E|-72.35|31.25|2200|7218|01/01/1965|Mountain rising to 2,200 m, the culminating peak of the Prince de Ligne Mountains, standing 9 mi N of the Belgica Mountains.  Discovered by Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1957-58, under G. de Gerlache, who named it for its characteristic form resembling a sphinx.||
14358|Sphinx Hill|Summit|621100S|0582700W|-62.1833333|-58.45|145|476|01/01/1956|Conspicuous, isolated black hill, 145 m, standing 1.5 mi NNW of Demay Point on King George Island, South Shetland Islands. First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10.  The descriptive name was given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following a survey by Lieutenant Commander F.W. Hunt, Royal Navy (RN), in 1951-52.||
14359|Sphinx Island|Island|655400S|0645300W|-65.9|-64.8833333|||01/01/1950|Island 2 mi long and 1 mi wide, having a bare rocky summit with vertical faces on all four sides, lying in the entrance to Barilari Bay along the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered and named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill.||
14360|Sphinxkopf Peak|Summit|712500S|0115700E|-71.4166667|11.95|630|2067|01/01/1970|The peak (I,630 m) at the northern end of Sphinx Mountain, in the northern Wohlthat Mountains of Queen Maud Land. Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, who named it Sphinxkopf (sphinx head) because of its appearance.||
14361|Sphinx Mountain|Summit|712700S|0115800E|-71.45|11.9666667|1850|6069|01/01/1970|A linear mountain, 1,850 m, trending in a N-S direction for 6 mi, standing 5 mi E of Nordwestliche Insel Mountains in the Wohlthat Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  This mountain was discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39, who gave the name Sphinx to its northern peak.  The name was extended to this mountain by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and the Soviet Antarctic Expedition, 1960-61, who referred to it as Sfinksen (the sphinx) and Gora Sfinks (sphinx mountain), respectively.  The recommended spelling has been chosen to agree with the original German form.||
14362|Sphinx Peak|Summit|721700S|1653500E|-72.2833333|165.5833333|||01/01/1964|A massive summit 1 mi S of Pyramid Peak, in the SE part of Destination Nunataks, Victoria Land.  Named in association with Pyramid Peak by the Northern Party of NZFMCAE, 1962-63.||
14363|Sphinx Rock|Island|603700S|0460500W|-60.6166667|-46.0833333|||01/01/1952|Rock which lies immediately off the SW end of Monroe Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted and named by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1933.||
14364|Sphinx Rock|Island|712700S|1693000E|-71.45|169.5|||01/01/1947|A high rock (or island) lying in front of Islands Point in the W part of Robertson Bay, in Victoria Land.  Charted by the Northern Party, led by Campbell, of British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, who named it for its shape.||
14365|Sphinx Valley|Valley|775855S|1620038E|-77.981847|162.010506|||01/01/1993|A shallow hanging valley, 1 mi long, running NW parallel to Columnar Valley and terminating just W of the summit of Table Mountain, at the NW side of Royal Society Range, Victoria Land. Named from the distinctive rock formations along its NW wall, one of which is a particularly good likeness of the Egyptian Sphinx. Named by Alan Sherwood, NZGS party leader in the area, 1987-88.||
14366|Cape Spieden|Cape|662500S|1264400E|-66.4166667|126.7333333|||01/01/1955|A cape along the western shore of Porpoise Bay, about 17 mi SE of Cape Goodenough.  Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47), and named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after William Spieden, Purser on the sloop Peacock during the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Lieutenant Charles Wilkes.||
14367|Spiers Nunatak|Summit|852000S|1253600W|-85.3333333|-125.6|||01/01/1967|An isolated nunatak lying 7 miles west-northwest of Mount Brecher on the north side of Quonset Glacier, in the Wisconsin Range, Horlick Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1960-64. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Raymond R. Spiers, a cook at the U.S. Naval Air Facility, McMurdo Sound, 1956 winter party; member of the construction party which built Amundsen-Scott South Pole Station, 1956-57 season; Byrd Station, 1959 winter party.||05/19/2009
14369|Spiess Glacier|Glacier|721200S|0611800W|-72.2|-61.3||||A glacier c. 8 mi long on Merz Peninsula (q.v.), flowing N into a small bay E of Hjort Massif on the S side of Hilton Inlet, Black Coast.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from aerial photographs taken by the U.S. Navy, 1966-69.  Surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1974-75.  In association with the names of Antarctic oceanographers grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 after Captain (later Vice Admiral) Fritz A. Spiess (1881-1959), of the German Navy, Commander and Scientific Chief of the German Atlantic Expedition in Meteor, 1925-27, after the death of Professor Alfred Merz.||
14371|Spiess Rocks|Bar|542500S|0032900E|-54.4166667|3.4833333|||01/01/1957|A group of submerged rocks which extend up to 0.4 mi NE of Cape Lollo, Bouvetoya.  First charted in December 1927 by a Norwegian expedition under Captain Harald Horntvedt.  Named by the Norwegians for Captain Fritz A. Spiess, leader of the German expedition which visited Bouvetoya in the Meteor in 1926.||
14372|Spigot Peak|Summit|643800S|0623400W|-64.6333333|-62.5666667|285|935|01/01/1963|Conspicuous black peak 285 m, marking the S side of the entrance to Orne Harbor on the W coast of Graham Land.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1950.  The name, given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1956, is descriptive of the appearance of the feature; a spigot is a wooden peg.||
14373|The Spike|Island|540100S|0371900W|-54.0166667|-37.3166667|||01/01/1965|Rock lying between Mollyhawk and Crescent Islands in the Bay of Isles, South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1931 British Admiralty chart.||
14374|Spike Cape|Cape|771813S|1633459E|-77.303554|163.583156|||01/01/1952|A bare rocky point from which the Wilson Piedmont Glacier has receded, lying 4 mi S of Dunlop Island on the coast of Victoria Land.  First mapped by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.  The name was suggested by Seaman Forde, and adopted by Taylor, for its likeness to Spike Island at Plymouth, England.||
14375|Spilhaus Inlet|Stream|800500S|0434500W|-80.0833333|-43.75||||An ice-filled inlet which is the southernmost of the three inlets indenting the E side of Berkner Island, Filchner Ice Shelf.  Discovered by U.S. ground and aviation personnel from Ellsworth Station (1957-58) under Captain Finn Ronne, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1988 after Athelstan Spilhaus (b. 1911), meteorologist and oceanographer; member of the U.S. National Committee for the IGY, 1957-58, and of the National Science Board, 1966-72.||
14376|Spilite Arch|Arch|543000S|0370200W|-54.5|-37.0333333|30|98||A sea-worn arch formed by a pillar of rock 30 m high joined to the coastal cliffs by a spilite sill.  The arch is located on the N side of the E tip of Annenkov Island, South Georgia.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC).||
14377|Spiller Cove|Bay|623000S|0604300W|-62.5|-60.7166667|||01/01/1960|Small cove lying immediately W of Black Point along the N coast of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name Spillers Cove was mentioned by Robert Fildes in 1821.  It is probably for Captain Spiller of the Indian of Liverpool, who visited the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21 and brought back some of the crew of the wrecked Cora (Captain Fildes) from Desolation Island.||
14379|Spillway Icefall|Glacier|850100S|1662200W|-85.0166667|-166.3666667||||A spectacular icefall descending northward through central Duncan Mountains to Amundsen Coast.  The icefall cascades through the mountains giving the appearance of a turbulent spillway on a dam.  The descriptive name was approved by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) from a proposal by Edmund Stump, geologist, Arizona State University, who worked in this area, 1974-75.||
14380|Spincloud Heights|Summit|675000S|0670900W|-67.8333333|-67.15|||01/01/1960|Heights bordering the N side of Shoesmith Glacier on Horseshoe Island.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955-57, and so named because clouds of spindrift blowing off the heights give warning of approaching storms.||
14381|Spindrift Bluff|Cliff|693500S|0680200W|-69.5833333|-68.0333333|700|2297||An E-W trending bluff (c. 700 m) located close S of Mistral Ridge in NW Palmer Land.  Surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1971-72, and so named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), 1977.  A local wind blows in this area and spindrift sweeps from the bluff, when it is calm elsewhere.||
14382|Spindrift Col|Gap|604100S|0453700W|-60.6833333|-45.6166667|||01/01/1975|A col between hills in north-central Signy Island, 0.5 mi SE of Spindrift Rocks.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with Spindrift Rocks.||
14383|Spindrift Rocks|Island|604200S|0454000W|-60.7|-45.6666667|15|49|01/01/1956|Group of ice-free rocks, 15 m high, lying 0.75 mi SW of North Point and close to the W coast of Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Surveyed and named in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS). The name is descriptive of the spindrift, or sea spray, which forms over these rocks during westerly gales.||
14384|Spine Island|Island|603600S|0460200W|-60.6|-46.0333333|||01/01/1953|Narrow island composed of several aligned rock segments, lying between the W end of Coronation Island and Monroe Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Discovered by Captain George Powell and Captain Nathaniel Palmer on the occasion of their joint cruise in 1821.  So named because of its appearance by DI personnel on the Discovery II who surveyed the island in 1933.||
14385|The Spire|Summit|681800S|0665300W|-68.3|-66.8833333|||01/01/1956|Isolated rock pinnacle at the NW end of the Blackwall Mountains on the S side of Neny Fjord, Graham Land.  Probably first seen by British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) sledging parties in 1936-37, though not specifically mapped.  First climbed on Jan. 17, 1948 by members of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE).  The name was first used in 1949 by William Latady, aerial photographer with Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE).||04/11/2001
14386|The Spire|Summit|780900S|1613700E|-78.15|161.6166667|2600|8530|01/01/1962|A prominent rock spire, over 2,600 m, surmounting the W extremity of Rampart Ridge, in Victoria Land.  Surveyed and descriptively named in 1957 by the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.||04/11/2001
14387|Spiret Peak|Summit|723100S|0033800W|-72.5166667|-3.6333333|||01/01/1966|A rock peak in the NW part of Borg Mountain, in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Spiret (the spire).||
14388|Cape Spirit|Cape|781200S|1664500E|-78.2|166.75|||01/01/1963|The easternmost point of Black Island, in the Ross Archipelago.  Visited by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1958-59) and so named by them because of the almost constant and spirited winds blowing through the strait between Black and White Islands.||
14389|Spirogyra Lake|Lake|604200S|0453900W|-60.7|-45.65||||Small lake 0.25 mi SE of Thulla Point in the W part of Signy Island, South Orkney Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), 1981, after the algal genus Spirogyra, a species of which grows abundantly in this shallow lake in summer.||
14390|Spiro Hill|Summit|621600S|0590000W|-62.2666667|-59|120|394|01/01/1965|Hill, 120 m, lying at the head of Edgell Bay, Nelson Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The present toponym replaces the provisional "Sudeste" and was approved by the Geographic Coordinating Committee of Argentina in 1956.  It memorializes the mariner of Greek origin, Spiro, who was in the squadron of Admiral Brown and died valiantly by exploding the ship's magazine before its surrender to the enemy.||
14391|Spirtle Rock|Bar|651300S|0642000W|-65.2166667|-64.3333333|||01/01/1972|A rock awash in the navigable passage between The Barchans and Anagram Islands, in the Argentine Islands.  The descriptive name was recommended by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971.  "Spirtle" means to cause to splash.||
14392|The Spit|Bar|612900S|0553000W|-61.4833333|-55.5|80|262|01/01/1965|A shingle and boulder isthmus or spit, some 50 to 80 m long and 1 m above the level of high tide, connecting Furse Peninsula (q.v.) to the main part of Gibbs Island, South Shetland Islands. Charted by DI in January 1937 and named descriptively.||10/18/2000
14393|Spit Bay|Bay|530600S|0734500E|-53.1|73.75|||01/01/1956|An open bight formed by the NE coastline of Heard Island and Spit Point, the E extremity of the island.  The name derives from the conspicuous spit which forms the S and E shore of the bight, and may have been given by American sealers at Heard Island in the period following their initiation of sealing there in 1855.  The name appears on a chart by the British utilized many names then in use by the sealers.||
14394|Spit Point|Summit|530700S|0735100E|-53.1166667|73.85|||01/01/1956|The E tip of a conspicuous spit about 5 mi long, marking the E extremity of Heard Island.  The feature was charted by early American sealers at Heard Island in the years following initiation of sealing operations there in 1855.  The descriptive name was apparently given some years later and is now established in usage.||
14395|Spit Point|Summit|623200S|0594800W|-62.5333333|-59.8|||01/01/1953|Narrow gravel spit forming the S side of the entrance to Yankee Harbor, Greenwich Island, in the South Shetland Islands. The point was known to early sealers in the area and roughly charted on Powell's map of 1822.  It was recharted by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1935 and given this descriptive name.||
14397|Spitz Ridge|Ridge|754900S|1145200W|-75.8166667|-114.8666667|||01/01/1967|A prominent, mainly ice-covered ridge E of Cox Bluff, forming the E end of Toney Mountain, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Armand Lawrence Spitz, ionospheric physicist, who wintered at Byrd Station in 1966 and worked additional summer seasons at Byrd and Hallett Stations.||
14398|Mount Spivey|Summit|693100S|0695000W|-69.5166667|-69.8333333|2135|7005|01/01/1955|Flat-topped, mainly ice-covered mountain, 2,135 m, standing on the W side of Toynbee Glacier and 9 mi S of Mount Nicholas, in the N part of the Douglas Range of Alexander Island.  First photographed from the air in 1937 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill. Surveyed from the ground in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named for Robert E. Spivey, general assistant at Stonington Island, who took part in the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) sledge journey to George VI Sound in 1949.||
14402|Splettstoesser Glacier|Glacier|791200S|0840900W|-79.2|-84.15|||01/01/1964|A glacier, 35 mi long, draining from the plateau just S of Founders Escarpment and flowing ENE through the Heritage Range to the S of Founders Peaks and Anderson Massif to enter the Minnesota Glacier.  Named by the University of Minnesota Ellsworth Mountains Party which explored the area in 1961-62 for John F. Splettstoesser, geologist with that party.||
14403|Splettstoesser Pass|Gap|713800S|1671500E|-71.6333333|167.25|2200|7218||A snow-covered pass at c. 2,200 m, running E-W through Findlay Range to the NW of Gadsden Peaks, in the Admiralty Mountains, Victoria Land.  The name was proposed by R.H. Findlay, leader of a New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) geological party, 1981-82, which used this pass in travel between Field Neve and Atkinson Glacier, a tributary to Dennistoun Glacier.  Named after John F. Splettstoesser, geologist, Minnesota Geological Survey, who was field coordinator for U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) projects during the International Northern Victoria Land Project, 1981-82.||
14404|Splinten Peak|Summit|724100S|0035900W|-72.6833333|-3.9833333|||01/01/1966|One of the Seilkopf Peaks, standing just N of Pilarryggen in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Splinten (the splinter).||
14405|Splinter Crag|Cliff|570500S|0264800W|-57.0833333|-26.8|||01/01/1972|A wedge-shaped mass of rock, truncated by sheer cliffs on the N and W and falling more gradually to the S, forming the N peak of Vindication Island, South Sandwich Islands.  The name applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 derives from the pinnacled topography of the vicinity.||
14406|The Split Pin|Pillar|541100S|0363500W|-54.1833333|-36.5833333|12|39||Twin pinnacles, 12 m high, on the shore N of Lagoon Point in Jason Harbor, Cumberland West Bay, South Georgia.  Charted by DI in 1929 and named descriptively.||
14407|Split Rock|Island|644700S|0640300W|-64.7833333|-64.05|||01/01/1975|A distinctive oval-shaped rock, cleanly split in a north-south direction to the water line, lying 0.1 mi NW of Janus Island, off the SW coast of Anvers Island.  The descriptive name was given by Palmer Station personnel in 1972.||
14408|Splitwind Island|Island|650200S|0635600W|-65.0333333|-63.9333333|||01/01/1971|Island 0.25 mi long, lying off the N end of Booth Island, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot for Alphonse de Rothschild.  To avoid confusion with Rothschild Island near Alexander Island, the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 recommended that the name be changed to Splitwind Island.  Owing to some physical peculiarity, the wind south of this island is often very different from that north of it.||
14409|Mount Spohn|Summit|852800S|1715900E|-85.4666667|171.9833333|3240|10630|01/01/1965|A prominent peak rising from Otway Massif, being the highest summit (3,240 m) on the ridge bordering the W side of Burgess Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Harry R. Spohn, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at South Pole Station, 1963.||
14410|Sponholz Peak|Summit|800800S|0830000W|-80.1333333|-83|1730|5676|01/01/1966|A sharp peak, 1,730 m, standing 2.5 mi S of Moulder Peak in Liberty Hills, Heritage Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Martin P. Sponholz, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist, member of the winter party at Plateau Station in 1966.||
14411|Sponskaftet Spur|Ridge|713900S|0111200E|-71.65|11.2|||01/01/1970|A spur extending W from The Altar, in the Humboldt Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and mapped from air photos by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Remapped by Norway from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Sponskaftet (the wooden spoon handle).||
14412|Sponsors Peak|Summit|771814S|1612432E|-77.303795|161.408936|1600|5249|01/01/1964|Mountain, over 1,600 m, at the W side of the mouth of Victoria Upper Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1958-59) after sponsors who materially assisted the expedition.||
14413|Spooner Bay|Bay|673600S|0461500E|-67.6|46.25|||01/01/1965|Bay 6 mi wide on the coast of Enderby Land, lying 12 mi E of Freeth Bay in Alasheyev Bight.  Plotted from air photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956.  First visited by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Thala Dan) under D.F. Styles in February 1961 and named for Sen. W.H. Spooner, then Australian Minister of National Development.||
14414|Mount Sporli|Summit|793300S|0833600W|-79.55|-83.6|2255|7398|01/01/1966|A prominent mountain, 2,255 m, standing at the E side of the head of Driscoll Glacier in the Pioneer Heights, Heritage Range.  Named by the University of Minnesota Geological Party to these mountains, 1963-64, for Bernhard N. Sporli, geologist with the party.||
14415|Spøta Spur|Ridge|720300S|0040300E|-72.05|4.05|||01/01/1966|A spur extending from the north-central part of Mount Hochlin, in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Spota (the knitting needle).||
14416|Spouter Peak|Summit|654900S|0622300W|-65.8166667|-62.3833333|615|2018|01/01/1963|Conspicuous rock peak, 615 m, standing 4.5 mi SSW of Daggoo Peak at the S side of the mouth of Flask Glacier, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Surveyed and partially photographed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1956 after the Spouter Inn, New Bedford, where Herman Melville's story Moby-Dick opens.||
14417|Spraglegga Ridge|Ridge|715500S|0144500E|-71.9166667|14.75|||01/01/1970|A ridge that is partly rock and partly covered by snow, surmounted by Stenka Mountain, standing 4.5 mi SE of Kvaevefjellet Mountain in the Payer Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39. Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956 60, and named Spraglegga.||
14418|Sprekkefjellet|Summit|714200S|0053700E|-71.7|5.6166667|||01/01/1967|An isolated hill bearing the appearance of two low rock summits separated by a snow col, located 5 mi N of the mouth of Austreskorve Glacier and the main mass of the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, in Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Sprekkefjellet (the split hill).||
14419|Sprightly Island|Island|641700S|0610400W|-64.2833333|-61.0666667|||01/01/1963|An island 1 mi NW of Spring Point in Hughes Bay, Graham Land.  First roughly surveyed by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) (1897-99).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the British sealer Sprightly, Captain Hughes, which visited this vicinity in 1824-25.||
14421|Springer Peak|Summit|792400S|0845300W|-79.4|-84.8833333|1460|4790|01/01/1966|A rock peak (1,460 m) surmounting the N extremity of Webers Peaks in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Michael J. Springer, photographer on U.S. Navy (USN) flights over Marie Byrd Land and Ellsworth Land in the 1965-66 season.||
14422|Spring Glacier|Glacier|775525S|1630715E|-77.923493|163.120802|||01/01/1992|A glacier flowing from the NE portion of Royal Society Range between Stoner Peak and Transit Ridge, joining the Blue Glacier drainage S of Granite Knolls, in Victoria Land.  Named in 1992 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Thomas E. Spring, civil engineer, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS); leader of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) two man astronomic surveying team to South Pole Station and Byrd Station in the 1969-70 field season.  The team provided support to various science projects, established the position of the Geographic South Pole (previously done 1956), and established a tie to the Byrd Ice Strain net which had been under study for several years.||
14423|Spring Point|Cape|641800S|0610300W|-64.3|-61.05|||01/01/1960|Point forming the S side of the entrance to Brialmont Cove, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered in 1898 by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache.  He named it for Prof. W. Spring of the University of Liege, a member of the Belgica Commission.||
14424|Springtail Bluff|Cliff|710200S|1651200E|-71.0333333|165.2|||01/01/1964|The steep, south-facing bluff that borders the eastern half of Mount Hemphill, in the Anare Mountains.  So named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, for the find of small insects (Collembola) in this location.||
14425|Springtail Point|Summit|771010S|1604155E|-77.169388|160.698673|||01/01/1968|A rock point 3 mi N of Skew Peak in the Clare Range, Victoria Land.  So named by Heinz Janetschek, biologist at McMurdo Station (1961-62), because of a find of springtail insects at this location.||10/19/2000
14426|Springtail Spur|Ridge|604100S|0453700W|-60.6833333|-45.6166667|170|558||A spur rising to 170 m at the SW end of Andreaea Plateau, on Signy Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following British Antarctic Survey (BAS) ecological work from the springtail insects (especially, Cryptopygus antarcticus) that are abundant beneath stones and in the sparse vegetation of the spur.||06/17/1998
14427|Spume Island|Island|644800S|0640700W|-64.8|-64.1166667|||01/01/1960|Small, low, rocky island lying 1.5 mi SW of Bonaparte Point, off the SW coast of Anvers Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  Surveyed by the British Naval Hydrographic Survey Unit, 1956-57.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because heavy seas break over the island in a gale; spume is blown spray.||
14428|Spur Point|Summit|663600S|0634800W|-66.6|-63.8|||01/01/1952|Point at the E end of a black, rocky spur which extends SE between Anderson Glacier and Sielpnir Glacier to the W side of Cabinet Inlet, on the E coast of Graham Land.  This descriptive name was given by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) following their survey in 1947.  The feature was photographed from the air during 1947 by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne.||
14429|Sputnik Islands|Island|702200S|1632200E|-70.3666667|163.3666667|||01/01/1964|Two ice-covered islands, one much larger than the other, located between Capes Cheetham and Williams in the entrance to Ob' Bay.  The islands were photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Surveyed by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1958, and named after the first Soviet artificial earth satellite.||
14430|Square Bay|Bay|675100S|0670000W|-67.85|-67|||01/01/1947|Bay, roughly square in outline and 10 mi wide, indenting the W coast of Graham Land between Nicholl Head and Camp Point. Most of the entrance to the bay is occupied by Horseshoe Island, which limits access to a narrow southern strait opening onto Marguerite Bay and a narrower northwestern strait opening onto the mouth of Bourgeois Fjord.  Mapped and named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill.||
14431|Square End Island|Island|621000S|0585900W|-62.1666667|-58.9833333|||01/01/1953|Small island 3 mi NNE of the W tip of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The descriptive name appears to have been applied by DI personnel on the Discovery II who charted the island in 1935.||
14432|Square Rock|Island|540000S|0380100W|-54|-38.0166667|||01/01/1965|Rock lying 0.3 mi W of Cape Alexandra, at the W end of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1938 British Admiralty chart.||04/12/2001
14433|Squire Island|Island|645500S|0635400W|-64.9166667|-63.9|||01/01/1960|Small island lying immediately NE of Friar Island in the Wauwermans Islands, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1950.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 after one of the characters in Chaucer's Canterbury Tales.||
14434|Squire Point|Summit|540400S|0370800W|-54.0666667|-37.1333333|||01/01/1965|Point lying at the N side of the entrance to East Bay, in Prince Olav Harbor, South Georgia.  The name appears on a 1938 British Admiralty chart.||
14435|Squires Glacier|Glacier|735800S|0623500W|-73.9666667|-62.5833333|||01/01/1968|A tributary glacier between the Playfair and Hutton Mountains, flowing ENE to Swann Glacier, in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Peter L. Squires, glaciologist at Byrd Station, summer 1965-66.||
14436|Squires Peak|Summit|735600S|0623900W|-73.9333333|-62.65|||01/01/1968|A peak marking the eastern extremity of the Playfair Mountains, in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Donald F. Squires, biologist, member of the Palmer Station-Eastwind Expedition, summer 1965-66.||
14437|Srite Glacier|Glacier|760000S|0690000W|-76|-69||||A glacier over 20 mi long, flowing E and SE from Janke Nunatak, Hauberg Mountains, to Orville Coast, Ellsworth Land, W of Spear Glacier.  The feature was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1961-67, and was visited by a U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geological party, 1977-78, led by Peter D. Rowley.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Commander (later Captain) David A. Srite, USN, chief navigator of an LC-130 aircraft in support of the geological party in this area, 1977-78; Commanding Officer, Antarctic Development Squadron Six, 1979 to 1980; Commanding Officer, Naval Support Force, Antarctica, 1985 to 1987.||
14438|Staack Nunatak|Summit|741600S|0724900W|-74.2666667|-72.8166667|||01/01/1968|A nunatak lying 1 mi W of Horner Nunatak, being one of several scattered and somewhat isolated nunataks located 40 mi N of the Merrick Mountains, in eastern Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Karl J. Staack, meteorologist at Byrd Station, summer 1965-66.||
14440|Stabben Mountain|Summit|715700S|0025200E|-71.95|2.8666667|||01/01/1966|A prominent mountain immediately N of Mayr Ridge in the N part of the Gjelsvik Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Stabben (the stump).||
14441|Staccato Peaks|Range|714700S|0703900W|-71.7833333|-70.65|||01/01/1961|Series of rock peaks extending 11 mi in a N-S direction, rising from the snowfields 20 mi S of the Walton Mountains in the S part of Alexander Island.  First seen from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth on Nov. 23, 1935, and mapped from photos taken on that flight by W.L.G. Joerg.  Remapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  The name, given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), refers to the precipitous and abrupt way in which the peaks rise from the surrounding snowfields and is associated with other musical names in the vicinity.||
14442|Stack Bay|Bay|670300S|0580400E|-67.05|58.0666667|||01/01/1965|A small bay between West Stack and the mouth of Hoseason Glacier in Enderby Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37) and called "Skotvika" because of the proximity to West Stack, named by personnel of Royal Research Ship (RRS) William Scoresby in 1936.  The name for the bay has been approved in a translated form to agree with West Stack.||
14443|Stackpole Rocks|Island|624100S|0605800W|-62.6833333|-60.9666667|||01/01/1960|Group of rocks lying off the SE part of Byers Peninsula, Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 for Edouard A. Stackpole, Curator of the Marine Historical Association, Mystic, CT, historian of early American whaling and sealing in the South Shetland Islands.||
14445|The Stadium|Summit|610700S|0544200W|-61.1166667|-54.7|||01/01/1972|A cirque with mountains on three sides but open on the E, located 1 mi N of Walker Point, Elephant Island, South Shetland Islands.  The floor of this feature is occupied by a glacier. Mapped by the U.K. Joint Services Expedition, 1970-71. UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) applied the descriptive name for this bowl-shaped feature.||
14446|Mount Stadler|Summit|665500S|0531400E|-66.9166667|53.2333333|||01/01/1965|Mountain 2.5 mi SE of Mount Cordwell and 23 mi SSW of Stor Hanakken Mountain in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1957.  Named by ANCA for S. Stadler, weather observer at Wilkes Station in 1961.||
14447|Staeffler Ridge|Ridge|772113S|1624114E|-77.353672|162.687238|||01/01/1964|A long ridge W of Hanson Ridge, separating Victoria Lower Glacier from Greenwood Valley in Victoria Land.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for George R. Staeffler, topographic engineer with the U.S. Geological Survey, who worked in the McMurdo Sound area during 1960-61.||
14448|Stafford Glacier|Glacier|723000S|1681500E|-72.5|168.25|||01/01/1964|A glacier 5 mi E of Rudolph Glacier, flowing N into Trafalgar Glacier in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Sergeant Billy D. Stafford, USA, in charge of the enlisted detachment of the helicopter group which supported the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Topo North-South survey of the area in 1961-62.||
14449|Mount Stagnaro|Summit|771000S|1442000W|-77.1666667|-144.3333333|1130|3707||A mountain (1,130 m) located 3 mi ENE of Mount Gonzalez, Sarnoff Mountains, in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  The mountain was surveyed and mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1980 after John Stagnaro of La Crescenta, CA, who during the 1970's carried out nightly Ham radio schedules with the South Pole, McMurdo, Palmer and Siple Stations, connecting personnel at isolated research stations with family and friends in the United States.  The ham radio patches provided by "Big John" over many years were a significant factor in maintaining high morale at these stations.||
14450|Mount Stahlman|Summit|854100S|1513600W|-85.6833333|-151.6|1000|3281|01/01/1956|A mountain over 1,000 m, rising at the E flank of Scott Glacier between Mount Wallace and Mount Hamilton, at the W end of the Tapley Mountains in the Queen Maud Mountains.  First observed in December 1929 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Laurence Gould.  Visited in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn, and named by Byrd for James G. Stahlman, newspaper publisher of Nashville, TN, a supporter of the expedition.||
14451|Staircase Glacier|Glacier|721600S|1684300E|-72.2666667|168.7166667|||01/01/1962|A glacier about 8 mi long, descending SW between Mount Francis and Mount Titus into Tucker Glacier, in the Admiralty Mountains.  So named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, for its proximity to the "Staircase" survey station, the latter so designated because a long line of steps were cut in the ice in climbing to it.||
14452|Stair Hill|Summit|661000S|0651400W|-66.1666667|-65.2333333|||01/01/1971|Hill at the S side of the head of Holtedahl Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Ralph Stair of the U.S. National Bureau of Standards, whose work on the transmissive properties of tinted glass has contributed to the design of satisfactory snow goggles.||
14453|Mount Staley|Summit|722000S|1644100E|-72.3333333|164.6833333|2560|8399|01/01/1969|A mountain, 2,560 m, at the S end of Salamander Range, Freyberg Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James T. Staley, biologist at Hallett Station, summer 1962-63.||
14454|Mount Stalker|Summit|700900S|0653700E|-70.15|65.6166667|||01/01/1967|A mountain in the northern part of the Athos Range, Prince Charles Mountains, about 5 mi NW of Farley Massif.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos.  Named for J.F. Stalker, weather observer at Mawson Station in 1964.||03/07/1997
14455|Stålstuten Ridge|Ridge|720400S|0041000E|-72.0666667|4.1666667|||01/01/1966|A high ridge extending from the NE side of Mount Hochlin, in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Stalstuten (the bulldozer).||
14457|Stamnen Peak|Summit|721600S|0032600W|-72.2666667|-3.4333333|||01/01/1966|A peak 1 mi N of Babordsranten Ridge, near the SW end of Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Stamnen (the prow).||
14458|Stamper Peak|Summit|714100S|1691900E|-71.6833333|169.3166667|2180|7152|01/01/1970|A peak (2,180 m) 10 mi ENE of Mount Gilruth in the Admiralty Mountains.  It rises from the south-central part of the ridge separating Dugdale and Ommanney Glaciers.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Wilburn E. Stamper, RM2, U.S. Navy (USN), radioman at McMurdo Station, 1967.||
14459|Mount Stancliff|Summit|765000S|1452400W|-76.8333333|-145.4|||01/01/1952|Peak 3 mi NE of Saunders Mountain on the S side of Crevasse Valley Glacier, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land. Discovered by a sledging party of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) in November 1934, and named for Olin D. Stancliff, a member of that party.||
14461|Stancomb Cove|Bay|625600S|0604100W|-62.9333333|-60.6833333||||A cove NE of Laguna Hill in the NW part of Port Foster, Deception Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The feature was formed as the result of volcanic eruptions on the island between December 1967 and August 1970.  Surveyed from His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Endurance in January 1988 and named after the survey boat Stancomb-Wills used in the survey.||
14462|Stancomb-Wills Glacier|Glacier|751800S|0190000W|-75.3|-19|||01/01/1970|A large glacier that debouches into eastern Weddell Sea southward of Lyddan Island where it forms the extensive Stancomb-Wills Glacier Tongue.  The glacier was discovered in the course of the U.S. Navy LC-130 plane flight over the coast, Nov. 5, 1967, and was plotted by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from photographs obtained at that time.  The name was applied by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1969, in association with the "Stancomb-Wills Promontory" (now Stancomb-Wills Glacier Tongue), the seaward edge of which was discovered and named by Shackleton in January 1915.||
14463|Stancomb-Wills Glacier Tongue|Glacier|750000S|0220000W|-75|-22|||01/01/1970|A very extensive glacier tongue, the seaward projection of the Stancomb-Wills Glacier into eastern Weddell Sea.  The cliffed front of this feature was discovered in January 1915 by a British expedition led by Shackleton.  He named it "Stancomb-Wills Promontory," after Dame Janet Stancomb-Wills, one of the principal donors of the expedition.  In 1969, Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) amended the name to Stancomb-Wills Glacier Tongue.  This followed the U.S. Navy LC-130 aircraft flight over the area, Nov. 5, 1967, on which the glacier was discovered and the relationship with the glacier tongue was first observed.||
14466|Standifer Bluff|Cliff|723400S|0945800W|-72.5666667|-94.9666667|||01/01/1968|Conspicuous rock bluff, a component of the Smith Bluffs which form the NW coast of Dustin Island, standing 10 mi WSW of the N tip of the island.  The bluff was photographed from helicopters of the USS Burton Island and Glacier in the U.S. Navy (USN) Bellingshausen Sea Expedition, February 1960.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for J.N. Standifer, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) photographic specialist in Antarctica in the 1967-68 season.||01/28/2004
14468|Standring Inlet|Stream|660000S|0610300W|-66|-61.05|||01/01/1963|The easternmost of three inlets on the N coast of Jason Peninsula, Graham Land.  It is 9 mi long and is filled with ice shelf.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1953.  Named in 1956 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Anthony J. Standring, geologist at Hope Bay in 1953 and 1954, who visited Jason Peninsula with the survey party.||
14469|Stanford Nunatak|Summit|765100S|1431800W|-76.85|-143.3|||01/01/1972|A small, somewhat isolated nunatak located 3.5 mi NE of Mount Morgan in the eastern part of the Gutenko Nunataks, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Thomas H. Stanford, ionospheric physicist at Byrd Station, 1970.||
14470|Stanford Plateau|Plain|855700S|1400000W|-85.95|-140|3000|9842|01/01/1967|An icecapped plateau, over 3,000 m high and 15 mi wide, between the heads of Leverett and Kansas Glaciers.  The plateau unites with the interior ice sheet to the S, but terminates to the N in the Watson Escarpment.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Stanford University which has sent a number of researchers to study Antarctica.||
14471|Stange Ice Shelf|Glacier|731500S|0763000W|-73.25|-76.5||||The ice shelf in Stange Sound, English Coast, bounded to the E by Spaatz Island, to the NW by Smyley Island, and to the W by fast ice in Carroll Inlet.  Named in association with Stange Sound.||
14472|Stange Sound|Bay|731000S|0764000W|-73.1666667|-76.6666667|||01/01/1968|A sound about 60 mi long and 25 mi wide along the coast of Ellsworth Land.  An ice shelf occupies the sound, which is bounded on the west by Smyley and Case Islands, on the south by the mainland, on the east by Spaatz Island and on the north by open water in Ronne Entrance.  Photographed from the air and roughly plotted by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (1947-48) under Finn Ronne.  Named for Henry Stange of New York, a contributor to Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) who gave much time to assisting in preparations for the expedition.||
14473|Mount Stanley|Summit|840900S|1652900E|-84.15|165.4833333|3220|10564|01/01/1966|A peak, 3,220 m, standing NE of the head of Wyckoff Glacier near the western limits of Grindley Plateau, Queen Alexandra Range.  Named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) for the eldest brother of Dr. E.S. Marshall, a member of the expedition.  This identification is the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) interpretation of the original positioning by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09).||
14474|Stanley Island|Island|663200S|0634000W|-66.5333333|-63.6666667|520|1706|01/01/1952|Island 2 mi long and 520 m high, lying 4 mi NE of Spur Point in the W part of Cabinet Inlet, off the E coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947 and named for Rt. Hon. Oliver F.G. Stanley, M.P., Secretary of State for the British Colonies, who played an important part in establishing the survey.  This island was photographed from the air during 1947 by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne.||
14476|Stanley Patch|Bar|625900S|0603800W|-62.9833333|-60.6333333|||01/01/1952|Shoal lying in Port Foster, 2 mi WNW of Fildes Point, Deception Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named after Stanley, Falkland Islands, by Lieutenant Commander D.N. Penfold, Royal Navy (RN), following his survey in 1948-49.||
14477|Stanley Peak|Summit|541100S|0365500W|-54.1833333|-36.9166667|1265|4150||A central summit in the Wilckens Peaks, rising to 1,265 m at the head of Fortuna Glacier, South Georgia.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Lieutenant Commander (later Commander) Ian Stanley, Royal Navy (RN), helicopter pilot from His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Antrim, who carried out a rescue operation in bad weather after two helicopters had crashed on Fortuna Glacier, April 21, 1982.||
14478|Stansbury Peninsula|Cape|621400S|0590000W|-62.2333333|-59||||An ice-free peninsula on the N coast of Nelson Island between Edgell Bay and Fildes Strait, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geological work, 1975-76, after Michael J. Stansbury, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) meteorologist at Grytviken, 1958-59, and Base Leader at Admiralty Bay, 1959-60.  A later Polish Antarctic Expedition called this feature "Wzgorze Helikoptera" or "Helicopter Hills" in reference to successful helicopter landings in the 1980-81 season.||
14479|Mount Stansfield|Summit|664100S|0525100E|-66.6833333|52.85|||01/01/1965|Mountain 2.5 mi SE of Mount Berrigan and 20 mi WSW of Stor Hanakken Mountain in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1957.  Named by ANCA for P.B. Stansfield, supervising radio technician at Wilkes Station in 1961.||
14480|Stanton Group|Island|673200S|0613800E|-67.5333333|61.6333333|||01/01/1947|Group of small rocky islands close to the coast at the E side of Utstikkar Bay, 4 mi NE of Falla Bluff Discovered in February 1931 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson.  He named it for A.M. Stanton, first officer of the Discovery, 1930-31.||04/11/2001
14481|Stanton Hills|Range|751700S|0731200W|-75.2833333|-73.2|1300|4265||A group of loosely clustered nunataks which extend over 12 mi and rise to c. 1,300 m, centered 8 mi W of Mount Neuner, Behrendt Mountains, in eastern Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) following a visit to the area by a U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geological party, 1985, after Lieutenant Commander Ronald A. Stanton, USN, command pilot of an LC-130 Hercules aircraft in support of the party.||
14482|Stanwix Peak|Summit|704300S|1623900E|-70.7166667|162.65|2240|7349|01/01/1964|A distinctive peak (2,240 m) which surmounts the S side of the head of Astapenko Glacier in the Bowers Mountains.  The peak was used as a reference object by surveyor S. Kirkby, with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Thala Dan), 1962.  Named by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) for Captain John Stanwix, helicopter pilot with the expedition.||
14483|Stanwix Ridge|Ridge|692000S|1582000E|-69.3333333|158.3333333|||01/01/1967|A broad, partly ice-covered coastal ridge or promontory in the Wilson Hills.  It extends to the SW part of Davies Bay immediately W of McLeod Glacier.  Photographed from aircraft of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47.  First visited in March 1961 by an airborne field party from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Magga Dan, 1961) led by Phillip Law.  Named for Captain John Stanwix, helicopter pilot with the expedition.||
14484|Starbuck Crater|Crater|760100S|1331100W|-76.0166667|-133.1833333|||01/01/1974|A small snow-filled crater at the base of the W slope of the Mount Bursey massif in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James E. Starbuck of Bartol Research Foundation, who studied cosmic rays at the South Pole Station in 1970.||
14485|Starbuck Glacier|Glacier|653800S|0620900W|-65.6333333|-62.15|||01/01/1963|Glacier 15 mi long, flowing E and entering Scar Inlet immediately N of Mount Queequeg, on the E coast of Graham Land. Surveyed and partially photographed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947.  The entire glacier was photographed by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) in 1955-56, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the first mate on the Pequod in Herman Melville's Moby-Dick.||
14486|Starbuck Peak|Summit|544400S|0361200W|-54.7333333|-36.2|1435|4708|01/01/1963|Peak, 1,435 m, standing between the heads of Risting Glacier and Harmer Glacier in the S part of South Georgia. Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Alexander Starbuck, American whaling historian; author of History of the American Whaling Fishery From Its Earliest Inception to the Year 1876.||
14488|Starfish Cove|Bay|604200S|0453700W|-60.7|-45.6166667|||01/01/1956|Small cove close N of Balin Point on the E side of Signy Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Roughly surveyed in 1933 by DI personnel.  So named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), following their survey of 1947, because of the large number of starfish in the bottom fauna.||
14489|Stark Point|Summit|640200S|0574400W|-64.0333333|-57.7333333|||01/01/1963|A rocky point on the E side of Croft Bay, northern James Ross Island.  It is formed by almost vertical cliffs which rise from the sea to 285 meters.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in Aug. 1953.  The descriptive name was applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC).||
14490|Stark Rock|Island|651500S|0643300W|-65.25|-64.55|||01/01/1971|Conspicuous rock lying 2 mi south of Crulls Islands, in the Wilheim Archipelago.  Mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57.  The name, given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959, is descriptive.||
14491|Mount Starlight|Summit|701200S|0643000E|-70.2|64.5|||01/01/1961|An extensive ridge of exposed brown rock with steep sides but no sharp peaks, standing at the W end of the Athos Range in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Sighted in November 1955 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by J.M. Bechervaise.  Named to commemorate the so-called Operation Starlight during which depots were laid for further work and mapping and geological investigations accomplished.||
14492|Starr Lake|Lake|775000S|1664000E|-77.8333333|166.6666667|||01/01/1972|A small meltwater lake which is a source of water for McMurdo Station on Ross Island.  The lake is situated in the area of constant snow cover on Hut Point Peninsula, approximately 0.5 mi N of the station and midway between First Crater and Crater Hill.  The name Starr Lake came into general use at McMurdo Station for this feature in the early 1970s.  It is named after James W. Starr, steelworker, U.S. Navy (USN), who was closely associated with the development of the lake as a source of station water.||
14493|Starr Nunatak|Summit|755400S|1623500E|-75.9|162.5833333|||01/01/1968|A conspicuous nunatak marking the N side of the mouth of Harbord Glacier, on the coast of Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1957-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James W. Starr, U.S. Navy (USN), steelworker at McMurdo Station, 1966 and 1967 summer seasons.||
14494|Starr Peninsula|Cape|720100S|0993100W|-72.0166667|-99.5166667|||01/01/1960|An ice-covered peninsula about 10 mi long, between Wagoner and Potaka Inlets on the N side of Thurston Island.  Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert B. Starr, oceanographer aboard the USS Glacier in this area during the U.S. Navy (USN) Bellingshausen Sea Expedition in February 1960.||01/28/2004
14495|Starshot Glacier|Glacier|812000S|1602000E|-81.3333333|160.3333333|||01/01/1965|A glacier 50 mi long, flowing from the polar plateau eastward through the Churchill Mountains, then N along the W side of Surveyors Range, entering the Ross Ice Shelf S of Cape Parr. So named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) because the area was surveyed with the use of star observations.||
14499|Start Hill|Summit|623600S|0611100W|-62.6|-61.1833333|270|886||The highest point (270 m) on the ridge running ESE from Start Point, Ray Promontory, Livingston Island.  The hill was named "Cerro Start" by Chilean researchers in 1971 because of its nearness to Start Point.  An English form of the name has been approved.||
14500|Start Point|Summit|540300S|0372100W|-54.05|-37.35|||01/01/1952|The east entrance point of Ample Bay in the Bay of Isles, South Georgia.  Charted and probably named by DI, 1929-30.||
14501|Start Point|Summit|623500S|0611300W|-62.5833333|-61.2166667||||Point marking the NW end of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Discovered by Edward Bransfield in January 1820, and so named by him because of its resemblance to a point on the S coast of England by the same name and because it was the place where his operations began.||
14503|Staten Island Heights|Plain|764900S|1605700E|-76.8166667|160.95|||01/01/1965|A predominently flat, ice-covered upland between the Greenville and Alatna Valleys in the Convoy Range of Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and Navy air photos. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for the USS Staten Island, an icebreaker in the American convoy to McMurdo Sound in several seasons beginning in 1956-57.||
14504|Statham Peak|Summit|674100S|0674700W|-67.6833333|-67.7833333|1170|3839||Prominent pointed peak rising to 1,170 m at the SW end of Perplex Ridge, Pourquoi Pas Island, in NE Marguerite Bay.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1979 after David Statham (1938-58), Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) meteorological assistant, Signy Island, 1957-58, and Horseshoe Island, 1958, who was lost with G.A. Stride and S.E. Black when the sea ice between Horseshoe Island and Dion Islands broke up during a sledge journey, May 1958.||
14505|Static Nunatak|Summit|775539S|1605054E|-77.927411|160.848388|||01/01/1993|A nunatak 2 mi SSW of Altar Mountain, Quartermain Mountains, in Victoria Land.  The name is one of a group in the area associated with surveying applied in 1993 by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB).  Static is a modern survey technique involving stationary observations of survey stations with particular relevance to Global Positioning System (GPS) surveys.||
14506|Station Creek|Stream|621200S|0585800W|-62.2|-58.9666667||||A creek that flows SE from Lake Kitezh into Ardley Cove, Fildes Peninsula, King George Island.  The name derives from the proximity of the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) Bellingshausen Station, erected 1968, which is located just E of the creek.  The approved name, Station Creek, is a translation of the Russian "Ruch'ye Statsionnyy."||
14507|Station Nunatak|Summit|642300S|0570300W|-64.3833333|-57.05|150|492|01/01/1956|Isolated ice-free nunatak near the N coast of Snow Hill Island in the James Ross Island group.  It rises to 150 m and stands 4.5 mi SW of the E end of the island.  First surveyed in 1902 by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, who so named it because of its proximity to the expedition's winter station.||
14509|Station Tarn|Basin|683500S|0775800E|-68.5833333|77.9666667|||01/01/1965|A small fresh-water pond near the W end of Breidnes Peninsula, Vestfold Hills, immediately N of Heidemann Bay.  So named by the first Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party at Davis Station because of its proximity.||
14510|Statler Hills|Range|695500S|0731100E|-69.9166667|73.1833333|||01/01/1956|A group of low rocky hills just N of Rogers Glacier on the E margin of Amery Ice Shelf Delineated in 1952 by John H. Roscoe from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47), and named by him for L.R. Statier, air crewman on Operation Highjump photographic flights over this and other coastal areas between 14 and 164 East longitude.||
14511|Stauffer Bluff|Cliff|761000S|1114600W|-76.1666667|-111.7666667|||01/01/1975|A rocky bluff at the northeast extremity of Mount Takahe in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy tricamera aerial photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Bernhard Stauffer (University of Bern, Switzerland), U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciologist at Byrd Station, 1968-69 and 1969-70.||
14512|Stauren Peak|Summit|715100S|0063600E|-71.85|6.6|||01/01/1967|A peak on Staumeset Spur, in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Stauren (the pole).||
14513|Staurneset Spur|Ridge|715000S|0063300E|-71.8333333|6.55|||01/01/1967|A rock spur extending NW from Jokulkyrkja Mountain in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Staumeset (the pole point).||
14515|Stayaway Skerries|Island|644500S|0641800W|-64.75|-64.3|||01/01/1960|Group of rocks and low-lying reefs awash, lying 1.5 mi S of Cape Monaco, off the SW coast of Anvers Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  Surveyed by the British Naval Hydrographic Survey Unit in 1956-57.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) as a caution to mariners; the group has patches of shoal water extending for some distance from it and should be given a wide berth.||
14516|Steagall Glacier|Glacier|853800S|1615400W|-85.6333333|-161.9|||01/01/1967|A tributary glacier, 15 mi long, draining the E slopes of Rawson Plateau between Mount Alice Gade and Mount Deardorff and flowing N to enter Bowman Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains. First mapped by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Jack Steagall, meteorologist, South Pole Station winter party, 1961.||
14517|Stedet Island|Island|673300S|0612700E|-67.55|61.45|||01/01/1970|A small island lying at the head of Utstikkar Bay, just N of Falla Bluff, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Stedet (the place).||
14518|Mount Steele|Summit|695000S|1594000E|-69.8333333|159.6666667|1050|3445|01/01/1970|A mountain, 1,050 m, situated 4.5 mi ENE of Stevenson Bluff on the divide between Suvorov Glacier and Manna Glacier, in the Wilson Hills.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Carlett D. Steele, Chief Aviation Machinist's Mate of Squadron VX-6. Steele participated in several Deep Freeze operations between 1957 and 1968 as helicopter crewmember and maintenance supervisor.||
14519|Steele Island|Island|710000S|0604000W|-71|-60.6666667|||01/01/1947|A snow-covered island, 12 mi long from east to west and 10 mi wide, rising above the Larsen Ice Shelf off the E coast of Palmer Land, 12 mi SE of Cape Sharbonneau.  The steeply-sloping sides of the island are crevassed, but no rock is exposed. Discovered by members of East Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940.  Named for Clarence E. Steele, tractor driver for the East Base.||
14520|Steel Peak|Summit|705400S|0632700W|-70.9|-63.45|||01/01/1976|A high peak 1.5 mi N of Mount Nordhill in the east ridge of the Welch Mountains of Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Henry E. Steel, USCG, Commanding Officer of U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Edisto during Operation Deep Freeze, 1969 and 1970, and Commander of the Antarctic Peninsula Ship Group, 1969.||
14521|Steepholm|Island|604700S|0450900W|-60.7833333|-45.15|||01/01/1956|The southernmost island in the northern group of the Robertson Islands in the South Orkney Islands.  It lies close N of Skilling Island and forms the N side of the navigable channel through the Robertson Islands.  The Robertson Islands were discovered by Captain George Powell and Captain Nathaniel Palmer in December 1821.  The northern group, except Matthews Island which was thought to be part of Coronation Island, was named "Bratholm" by Petter Sorlle in 1912-13.  The name was later corrected to the plural form, "Brattholmene" (steep islands), by Sorlle. Subsequently "Bratholm" was restricted by others to the one island described.  The name Steepholm, derived from the forms used by Sorlle but restricted to the one island, was recommended by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following surveys by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1948-49.||
14522|The Steeple|Ridge|632600S|0570300W|-63.4333333|-57.05|500|1640|01/01/1952|Rocky ridge, c. 500 m, forming the NW arm of horseshoe-shaped Mount Carroll.  It rises on the E side of Depot Glacier, 1.5 mi S of the head of Hope Bay, at the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold.  The descriptive name was applied by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1945.||
14523|Steeple Peaks|Range|713800S|0670300W|-71.6333333|-67.05|||01/01/1976|A line of five distinct peaks, the northeasternmost being Mount Ward, located on the western edge of Palmer Land, south of Conchie Glacier.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because of a number of steeple-like features visible among the peaks.||
14524|Steeple Point|Summit|714300S|0671900W|-71.7166667|-67.3166667|||01/01/1976|A low ice-covered point on the W coast of Palmer Land, approximately 2 mi W of Sandau Nunatak of the Steeple Peaks.  The point was named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with the Steeple Peaks.||
14526|Steep Point|Summit|540600S|0370600W|-54.1|-37.1|||01/01/1965|Point lying NE of Brown Point on the E side of Possession Bay, South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1931 British Admiralty chart.||
14527|Mount Steere|Summit|764400S|1174900W|-76.7333333|-117.8166667|3500|11483|01/01/1967|Prominent mountain (3,500 m) standing 4 mi NNW of Mount Frakes in the Crary Mountains of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William C. Steere, biologist at McMurdo Station, 1964-65 season.||
14528|Steershead Crevasses|Valley|811000S|1640000W|-81.1666667|-164|||01/01/1966|A large and distinctive area of crevasses 70 miles south of Roosevelt Island in the east part of Ross Ice Shelf.  The outline of the crevasses resembles an immense steer's head.  This is a unique landmark on the direct line of flight between McMurdo Station and Byrd Station, and U.S. Navy pilots regularly observed the "steer's head" as a means of verifying their navigation. This was noted by Kenneth Bertrand and Fred Alberts during a November 1962 flight from McMurdo to Byrd.  On their recommendation, the name Steershead Crevasses was approved by the U.S. Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names.||
14529|Stefan Ice Piedmont|Glacier|664000S|0663000W|-66.6666667|-66.5|||01/01/1965|A small ice piedmont overlying the coast between Cape Rey and Holdfast Point, Graham Land.  Mapped from air photos taken by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Josef Stefan (1835-1893), Austrian physicist who in 1889 pioneered the theory of heat flow in a freezing ice layer and first used it to calculate rates of sea ice growth in the Arctic.||
14530|Stefansson Bay|Bay|672000S|0590800E|-67.3333333|59.1333333|||01/01/1947|Bay indenting the coast for 10 mi between Law Promontory and Fold Island.  Mawson of the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) applied the name to a sweep of the coast W of Cape Wilkins which he observed on about Feb. 18, 1931.  Exploration by DI personnel on the William Scoresby, 1936, and the Lars Christensen expedition 1936-37, defined this section of the coast more accurately.  Named for Vilhjalmur Stefansson, Arctic explorer.||
14533|Stefansson Strait|Channel|692600S|0622500W|-69.4333333|-62.4166667|||01/01/1947|An ice-filled strait 35 mi long and 3 to 10 mi wide, between the E coast of Palmer Land and Hearst Island.  This strait was first sighted by Sir Hubert Wilkins at the S end of his flight of Dec. 20, 1928, and was named by him for Vilhjalmur Stefansson.  He believed it to be a strait cutting off what is now known to be Antarctic Peninsula from the main land mass of Antarctica.  The true orientation of the strait was determined by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) who charted this coast by land and from the air in 1940.||
14535|Steinbotnen Cirque|Basin|711800S|0132100E|-71.3|13.35|||01/01/1970|A cirque in the W wall of Steinmulen Shoulder, in the Gruber Mountains of the Wohlthat Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39. Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Steinbotnen (the stone cirque).||
14536|Steinemann Island|Island|665200S|0675500W|-66.8666667|-67.9166667|||01/01/1965|An island off the NE coast of Adelaide Island, about 10 mi SW of Mount Velain.  Mapped from air photos taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (1947-48) and Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Samuel Steinemann, Swiss physicist who has made laboratory investigations on the flow of single and polycrystalline ice.||
14538|Mount Steinfeld|Summit|751200S|1355100W|-75.2|-135.85|685|2247|01/01/1966|Mountain (685 m) at the W end of an ice-covered ridge that overlooks the confluence of Hull Glacier and Kirkpatrick Glacier, near the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Edward F. Steinfeld, Jr., U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at Byrd Station, 1962.||
14539|Steinfila Nunatak|Summit|721200S|0142300E|-72.2|14.3833333|||01/01/1966|The westernmost of a small group of nunataks which mark the SW extremity of the Payer Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Steinfila (the stone file).||
14540|Steinheil Point|Summit|645100S|0624100W|-64.85|-62.6833333|||01/01/1965|Point 5 mi SE of Duthiers Point on the W side of Andvord Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First roughly charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Adolf Steinheil (1832-1893), German mathematical optician who designed and introduced an improved aplanatic camera lens in 1866 and, independently, the telephoto lens in 1891.||
14541|Stein Islands|Island|693900S|0754700E|-69.65|75.7833333|||01/01/1973|Two rock islands in the E part of Publications Ice Shelf, about 8 mi SE of the Sostrene Islands.  Mapped from air photos by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936) and named Steinane (the stones).||
14543|Steinmulen Shoulder|Ridge|711800S|0132500E|-71.3|13.4166667|||01/01/1970|A rock shoulder extending N from Mount Zimmermann in the Gruber Mountains of the Wohlthat Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39. Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Steinmulen (the stone snout).||10/18/2000
14544|Steinnes|Summit|692051S|0763535E|-69.3475|76.5930556|||01/01/1973|A rock point on the SE shore of Prydz Bay, about 4 mi ENE of Larsemann Hills.  First mapped from air photographs by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936) and named Steinnes (stone point).||01/18/2010
14545|Stein Nunatak|Summit|714200S|0075800E|-71.7|7.9666667|||01/01/1967|The largest of the Sorensen Nunataks, in the Drygalski Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named for Stein Sorensen, radio operator with Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-58).||
14546|Stein Nunataks|Summit|713600S|0011500W|-71.6|-1.25|||01/01/1966|A group of nunataks about 15 mi E of Witte Peaks on the NE part of Ahlmann Ridge, in Queen Maud Land.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named for Willy Stein, boatswain of the expedition.  Surveyed by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE), 1949-52.||
14547|Steinskaregga Ridge|Ridge|714900S|0085400E|-71.8166667|8.9|||01/01/1967|A bare rock ridge just N of Steinskaret Gap in the Kurze Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Steinskaregga (the stone gap ridge).||
14548|Steinskaret Gap|Gap|715100S|0085700E|-71.85|8.95|||01/01/1967|An ice-filled gap in the central Kurze Mountains, just S of Steinskaregga Ridge.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Steinskaret (the stone gap).||
14550|Stejneger Peak|Summit|540000S|0380400W|-54|-38.0666667|190|623|01/01/1964|Conspicuous rocky peak, 190 m, at the head of Evermann Cove on Bird Island, South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Biological Expedition, 1958-59.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Leonhard Stejneger (1851-1943), American zoologist who made important investigations of fur seals and birds in the islands of the Bering Sea at the end of the 19th century; member of the Joint British-American Commission for Fur Seal Investigation in the Bering Sea, 1896.||
14553|Stella Creek|Stream|651500S|0641600W|-65.25|-64.2666667|||01/01/1952|Narrow winding passage extending from Thumb Rock to the SE end of Winter Island and lying between Winter Island and Galindez Island in the Argentine Islands, Wilheim Archipela.  Charted in 1935 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) and named after the expedition motor boat Stella Polaris.||
14555|Stellar Crests|Ridge|710500S|0691500W|-71.0833333|-69.25|2000|6562|01/01/1961|Four prominent snow-covered peaks, 2,000 m, surmounting LeMay Range W of the N part of Planet Heights in central Alexander Island.  First mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for their proximity to features named for planets and their satellites.||
14556|Stench Point|Summit|561800S|0273600W|-56.3|-27.6|||01/01/1972|Conspicuous point forming the W extremity of Zavodovski Island, South Sandwich Islands.  The feature was named West Bluff in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II, but the name has been changed to avoid duplication.  The new name applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 refers to the evil-smelling volcanic fumes emitted in this vicinity.||
14557|Stene Point|Summit|603900S|0454200W|-60.65|-45.7|||01/01/1956|Point lying 1.5 mi of Cape Vik on the S coast of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney islands.  Surveyed by DI personnel in 1933, and resurveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1948-49.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for K.O. Stene, captain of the floating factory Normanna which operated in the South Orkney Islands in 1912-13.||
14558|Stenhouse Bluff|Cliff|620400S|0582400W|-62.0666667|-58.4|||01/01/1952|Southern face of a rocky knoll at the head of Visca Anchorage, Admiralty Bay, on King George Island in the South Shetland Islands.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot.  Named for Commander J.R. Stenhouse, Royal Navy Reserve (RNR),) captain of the Discovery in these waters in 1927.||
14559|Stenhouse Glacier|Glacier|620400S|0582500W|-62.0666667|-58.4166667|||01/01/1960|Small glacier flowing into the head of Visca Anchorage immediately W of Stenhouse Bluff, on King George Island in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted but not named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot.  The name West Stenhouse Glacier arose locally for this feature in 1958 from association with Stenhouse Bluff, but the shortened form recommended by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 has been adopted.||
14561|Stenhouse Peak|Summit|541500S|0363300W|-54.25|-36.55|525|1722|01/01/1965|Peak, 525 m, standing 1 mi W of Maiviken, Cumberland Bay, on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1929 British Admiralty chart.||
14562|Stenka Mountain|Summit|715500S|0144600E|-71.9166667|14.7666667|2350|7710|01/01/1970|Mountain, 2,350 m, forming the central part of Spraglegga Ridge in the Payer Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named Gora Stenka (little wall mountain).||
14563|Stepaside Spur|Ridge|781800S|1612500E|-78.3|161.4166667|1750|5741|01/01/1962|Prominent spur, 1,750 m high, at the E side of Upper Staircase and the Skelton Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Surveyed and named in 1957 by the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.||
14564|Mount Stephen|Summit|754200S|1614300E|-75.7|161.7166667|810|2657|01/01/1968|A mountain, 810 m, standing 6 mi E of Mount Howard in the Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ronald R. Stephen, meteorologist with the South Pole Station winter party, 1966.||
14566|Stephen Island|Island|755000S|1465400W|-75.8333333|-146.9|||01/01/1966|An ice-covered island about 4 mi long lying at the W side of Nickerson Ice Shelf, off the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped from surveys by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65). Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Alexander Stephen (1795-1875), Scottish shipbuilder of Alexander Stephen and Sons, whose firm built the Sir Ernest Shackleton and Admiral Richard Byrd in their expeditions to the Antarctic.||
14567|Mount Stephens|Summit|832300S|0512700W|-83.3833333|-51.45|2065|6775|01/01/1968|A prominent mountain, 2,065 m, surmounting the W extremity of Saratoga Table in the Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander H.E. Stephens, USN, leader of the unit from Mobile Construction Battalion One which constructed Ellsworth Station in January-February, 1957.||
14568|Mount Stephenson|Summit|694900S|0694300W|-69.8166667|-69.7166667|2985|9793|01/01/1955|Highest mountain in the Douglas Range, 2,985 m, standing at the heads of Toynbee and Sedgwick Glaciers 8 mi W of George VI Sound, on the E side of Alexander Island.  Probably first seen in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, but not recognized as part of the Douglas Range.  First surveyed in 1936 by Stephenson, Fleming, and Bertram of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  The E side of the mountain was resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) who named the feature for Alfred Stephenson, surveyor and leader of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) party to George VI Sound in 1936.||
14569|Stephenson Bastion|Summit|804600S|0271200W|-80.7666667|-27.2|1850|6069|01/01/1962|A mountain massif with steep rock cliffs on its S side, rising to 1,850 m in the south-central part of Shackleton Range. First mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE); photographed by U.S. Navy aircraft in 1967.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Philip J. Stephenson, Australian geologist with the transpolar party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) in 1956-58.||
14570|Stephenson Glacier|Glacier|530600S|0734200E|-53.1|73.7|||01/01/1968|A glacier close W of Dovers Moraine on the E side of Heard Island.  Surveyed by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1948.  Named by ANCA for P.J. Stephenson, Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) geologist on Heard Island in 1963.||
14571|Stephenson Nunatak|Summit|721100S|0690500W|-72.1833333|-69.0833333|640|2100|01/01/1956|Prominent, pyramid-shaped rock nunatak, 640 m, which rises 300 m above the surrounding ice at the NW side of Kirwan Inlet in the SE part of Alexander Island.  Discovered and roughly surveyed in 1940-41 by Ronne and Eklund of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  Resurveyed in 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Alfred Stephenson, surveyor with the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), who led a sledge party S into George VI Sound to about 72S in 1936.||
14573|Stepping Stones|Island|644700S|0640000W|-64.7833333|-64|||01/01/1975|Three prominent rocks lying 0.5 mi N of Limitrophe Island, off the SW coast of Anvers Island.  The rocks form one of a series of small boat refuges for parties working between nearby Palmer Station and Biscoe Bay, and therefore form "stepping stones" for coastal trips.  Named by Palmer Station personnel in 1972.||
14574|Stepup Col|Gap|633400S|0575100W|-63.5666667|-57.85|||01/01/1964|A snow-covered N-S running col linking Broad Valley and Cugnot Ice Piedmont, at the E end of Louis Philippe Plateau, Trinity Peninsula.  The name given by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) is descriptive, as 100 ft in height is gained when the col is traversed in a northerly direction.||
14575|Sterna Island|Island|652300S|0641400W|-65.3833333|-64.2333333|||01/01/1971|Small island lying 0.7 mi N of Darboux Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 because a large number of terns (Sterna vittata) breed here.||
14576|Cape Sterneck|Cape|640400S|0610200W|-64.0666667|-61.0333333|||01/01/1947|A bold, black cliff on a projecting point of land forming the N side of the entrance to Hughes Bay, on the W coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  In 1898, the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Lieutenant Adrien de Gerlache explored this area and named this cape for the German geophysicist whose apparatus was used on the expedition.||
14578|Sterrett Islands|Island|734800S|1032300W|-73.8|-103.3833333|||01/01/1960|A small group of islands in Amundsen Sea, lying 5 mi NW of Edwards Islands and 5 mi W of Canisteo Peninsula.  Plotted from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 in January, 1960.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James M. Sterrett, biologist with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) in 1933-35.||
14579|Steuri Glacier|Glacier|762300S|1122400W|-76.3833333|-112.4|||01/01/1975|A glacier descending the southern slopes of Mount Takahe in Marie Byrd Land.  The feature is 3.5 mi west of Moll Spur. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Heinrich Steuri (University of Bern, Switzerland), U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciologist at Byrd Station, 1968-69.||
14580|Stevenson Bluff|Cliff|695100S|1592800E|-69.85|159.4666667|||01/01/1970|A bluff 4 mi NW of Mount Ellery in Wilson Hills.  The bluff forms a portion of the divide between the Manna and Suvorov Glaciers.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William P. Stevenson, Aviation Machinist's Mate of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6, a helicopter crew-member at McMurdo Station during 1968.||
14581|Stevenson Cove|Bay|661500S|1103700E|-66.25|110.6166667|||01/01/1960|A cove on the N side of Clark Peninsula, about 2 mi ENE of Wilkes Station.  This region was photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47), Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1956) and the Soviet expedition (1956). The cove was included in a 1957 ground survey by C.R. Eklund.  He named it for Andrew Stevenson, economic advisor to the U.S. House of Representatives Committee on Interstate and Foreign Commerce, author of a report for the Committee on the IGY in the Arctic and Antarctic.||
14582|Stevenson Glacier|Glacier|700600S|0724800E|-70.1|72.8|||01/01/1956|A glacier flowing NW into the eastern side of the Amery Ice Shelf, just north of Branstetter Rocks.  Delineated in 1952 by John H. Roscoe from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47), and named by him for Lieutenant James C. Stevenson, co-pilot on Operation Highjump photographic flights in the area.||
14583|Stevenson Island|Island|672600S|0611100E|-67.4333333|61.1833333|120|394|01/01/1947|Small island 120 m high, lying at the E side of Colbeck Archipelago, 2 mi NE of Cape Simpson.  Discovered in February 1931 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson.  He named it for Captain J.B. Stevenson, Royal Navy (RN), a member of the Australian Aurora Committee, 1916-17.||
14584|Stevenson Peak|Summit|722500S|1681700E|-72.4166667|168.2833333|1780|5840|01/01/1970|A peak, 1,780 m, standing 5 mi WNW, of Bypass Hill in the Cartographers Range, Victory Mountains, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert G. Stevenson, geologist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
14585|Stevens Rock|Island|673700S|0644200E|-67.6166667|64.7|||01/01/1947|A small, lone bare rock 1.5 mi E of Strahan Glacier and 1 mi off the coast.  Discovered in February 1931 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, who named it for Commander C.W. Stevens, Hydrographic Department, Royal Australian Navy.||
14587|Steventon Island|Island|771500S|1481500W|-77.25|-148.25|||01/01/1967|A broad ice-covered island about 24 mi long, lying W of Court Ridge in the Sulzberger Ice Shelf Mapped from surveys by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard F. Steventon, U.S. Navy (USN), Petty Officer in charge of Eights Station, 1963.||
14588|Stever Ridge|Ridge|725100S|1680200E|-72.85|168.0333333||||Irregular ridge stretching SE from Mount Riddolls to the confluence of Behr Glacier and Borchgrevink Glacier in the Victory Mountains of Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for H. Guyford Stever, Director of the National Science Foundation, 1972-74, which has overall administrative responsibility for the U.S. Antarctic Research Program.  He traveled and worked in Antarctica on two occasions, 1973 and 1975.||
14590|Stewart Buttress|Cliff|790700S|0283000W|-79.1166667|-28.5|1005|3297|01/01/1962|A rock bluff (1,005 m) 2 mi S of Maro Cliffs in the Theron Mountains.  First mapped by Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-57) and named for Reginald H.A. Stewart, meteorologist with the advance party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) in 1955-56.||
14591|Stewart Glacier|Glacier|772900S|1512500W|-77.4833333|-151.4166667|||01/01/1970|A glacier on the N side of Edward VII Peninsula, flowing NE along the E side of Howard Heights into Sulzberger Ice Shelf Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Wayne B. Stewart, U.S. Navy (USN), co-pilot in LC-130F Hercules aircraft during Operation Deep Freeze 1968.||
14592|Stewart Heights|Summit|732900S|1635800E|-73.4833333|163.9666667|2760|9055|01/01/1968|Small, partly snow-covered heights which rise to 2,760 m, situated just S of Arrowhead Range and between the upper forks of Cosmonaut Glacier in the Southern Cross Mountains, Victoria Land. Named by the southern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1966-67, for Ian Stewart, field assistant with this party.||
14593|Stewart Hills|Range|841200S|0860000W|-84.2|-86|||01/01/1962|Several small nunataks and snow hills rising above an otherwise featureless terrain, 50 mi NE of Ford Massif, Thiel Mountains.  Observed by the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Horlick Mountains Traverse, 1958-59, and by Edward Thiel and Campbell Craddock in the course of an airlifted geophysical traverse, Dec. 13, 1959.  The name was proposed by Thiel and Craddock for Prof. Duncan Stewart, geologist, Carleton College, Minnesota, whose writing and interpretation of Antarctic rock samples have contributed to knowledge of the continent.||
14594|Stewart Stacks|Pillar|623800S|0611200W|-62.6333333|-61.2|||01/01/1960|Two prominent sea stacks on the S side of New Plymouth between Astor and Rugged Islands, in the South Shetland Islands. The name "Monuments" was applied by Robert Fildes in 1820-22, but has been rejected in order to avoid duplication with other existing Monument names.  Stewart Stacks, given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958, is for Hampton Stewart of the American sealer Jane Maria from New York, who according to the New York Gazette and General Advertiser of May 16, 1821, made one of the first charts (now lost) of the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21.||
14595|Stewart Strait|Channel|540000S|0380600W|-54|-38.1|||01/01/1953|Strait 2 mi wide between Bird Island and the Willis Islands, off the W end of South Georgia.  The strait was navigated and charted by Captain James Cook in 1775; later called Willis Sound by sealers and whalers; recharted by DI in 1930 and named after Walter Stuart , Customs Officer in South Georgia at that time.||
14600|Stich Peak|Summit|855700S|1320100W|-85.95|-132.0166667|2305|7562|01/01/1967|A peak, 2,305 m, on the W side of Reedy Glacier, standing between May Peak and Chapin Peak in the Quartz Hills.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander John D. Stich, USN, pilot at McMurdo Station during 1962-63 and 1963-64.||
14601|Stickle Ridge|Ridge|635600S|0575500W|-63.9333333|-57.9166667|720|2362||A ridge rising to c. 720 m, W of Saint Martha Cove on James Ross Island.  The weathered red lavas of the ridge were examined by British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologists during the 1985-86 season.  Named descriptively by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the spiny nature of the ridge.||
14602|Mount Stierer|Summit|750600S|1620900E|-75.1|162.15|1080|3543|01/01/1968|A mountain (1,080 m) rising 1.5 mi NNE of Mount Bellingshausen in the Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1957-62. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Byron A. Stierer, Airman First Class, USAF, a member of the McMurdo Station wintering party, 1962.||
14603|Stigant Point|Summit|620200S|0584500W|-62.0333333|-58.75|65|213|01/01/1953|Conspicuous point, 65 m high, lying 6 mi SW of Davey Point on the N coast of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted and named in 1935 by DI personnel on the of the Hydrographic Department of the Admiralty.||
14605|Stig Nunatak|Summit|732000S|0031400W|-73.3333333|-3.2333333|||01/01/1966|A nunatak about 3 mi NE of Mount Hallgren in the Kirwan Escarpment, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and additional air photos (1958-59).  Named for Stig E. Hallgren, photographer with Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE).||03/07/1997
14606|Stillwell Hills|Range|672600S|0592800E|-67.4333333|59.4666667|||01/01/1970|A group of rocky hills composed of banded gneisses and including Kemp Peak and Lealand Bluff, extending along the SW side of William Scoresby Bay.  This area was explored by DI personnel on the William Scoresby in Feb. 1936, and by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, the latter group taking air photos used to map these hills for the first time.  Geologic investigation of the area was made by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1961.  Named by ANCA for Dr. F.L. Stillwell, geologist with Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE), 1911-14, who derived a theory of metamorphic differentiation from banded gneisses of the same type on George V Coast.||
14607|Stillwell Island|Island|665500S|1434800E|-66.9166667|143.8|||01/01/1952|A small, steep rocky island, 0.25 mi in diameter, which is the largest member of the Way Archipelago.  It lies at the W side of the entrance to Watt Bay, 1.5 mi NE of Garnet Point. Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson.  He named it for Frank L. Stillwell, geologist with the expedition whose detailed survey included this coastal area.||
14608|Stina Rock|Island|540000S|0375800W|-54|-37.9666667|35|115|01/01/1963|Conical rock, 35 m high, lying off Cape Pride in the E side of the entrance to Elsehul, off the N coast of South Georgia. The name Pillar Rock was probably given by Lieutenant Commander J.M. Chaplin, Royal Navy (RN), during his survey of Elsehul in 1930, but this same name is more frequently used for a feature 1.5 mi away in Bird Sound than it is for this rock.  Pillar Rock has therefore been rejected for the feature now described and a new name substituted; Stina Rock, proposed by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1957, is for the buoy-boat (ex-catcher) Harbor.||
14609|Mount Stinear|Summit|730400S|0662400E|-73.0666667|66.4|1950|6398|01/01/1961|A prominent rock peak on a large massif rising to 1,950 m, standing just E of Mount Rymill at the junction of Fisher and Lambert Glaciers in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Mapped from air photos taken by the RAAF Antarctic Flight in 1956.  First visited in October 1957 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by Bruce H. Stinear, geologist at Mawson Station, for whom it is named.||
14610|Stinear Island|Island|673500S|0625000E|-67.5833333|62.8333333|||01/01/1965|One of the Flat Islands, lying 0.2 mi N of Bechervaise Island in Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  It is one of several islands plotted as a part of "Flatoy" (flat island) by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37. Found to be a separate island by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1954 and named for B.H. Stinear, geologist at Mawson Station in 1954, 1957 and 1959.||
14611|Stinear Lake|Lake|683400S|0780800E|-68.5666667|78.1333333|||01/01/1965|A salt-water lake, 1.5 mi long and 0.25 mi wide, lying immediately E of Lake Dingle on Breidnes Peninsula, Vestfold Hills.  Mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47. First visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1955.  Named by ANCA for Bruce H. Stinear, geologist at Davis and Mawson Stations for several seasons in the period 1954-59.||
14612|Stinear Nunataks|Summit|694200S|0644000E|-69.7|64.6666667|||01/01/1961|A group of dark brown nunataks about 16 mi N of Anare Nunataks in Mac. Robertson Land.  Visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) southern party (1954) led by R.G. Dovers.  He named the group for B.H. Stinear, geologist at Mawson Station in 1954.||
14613|Stinker Point|Summit|611300S|0552300W|-61.2166667|-55.3833333|||01/01/1972|Point 4 mi S of Table Bay on the W coast of Elephant Island, South Shetland Islands.  Mapped by the U.K. Joint Services Expedition to Elephant Island, 1970-71, and named after the Giant Petrel (Macronectes giganteus) which breeds there; "Stinker" being a sailors' name for that bird.||
14614|Stipple Rocks|Island|680600S|0672200W|-68.1|-67.3666667|||01/01/1956|Compact group of more than twenty rocks, lying 3 mi NW of Millerand Island in Marguerite Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, and resurveyed in 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  The name, applied by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), is descriptive of the representation on a map of the numerous rocks in this group.||
14615|Mount Stirling|Summit|713300S|1640700E|-71.55|164.1166667|2260|7415|01/01/1969|A mountain (2,260 m) in the Bowers Mountains, located 5 mi SW of Mount Freed where it forms part of the E wall of Leap Year Glacier.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1967-68, after I. Stirling, Canterbury University, zoologist at Scott Base in that season.||03/07/1997
14616|Mount St. Louis|Summit|670900S|0673000W|-67.15|-67.5|1280|4199|01/01/1956|A mountain (1,280 m) which is mainly ice covered and forms a prominent landmark immediately E of The Gullet, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First sighted and roughly charted in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under J.B. Charcot.  Surveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) who named it for Canadian pilot Peter B. St. Louis.  He flew from the Argentine Islands to Stonington Island in January and February 1950 to relieve the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) base.||
14617|St. Marie Peak|Summit|715600S|1710500E|-71.9333333|171.0833333|100|328|01/01/1969|A small peak (100 m) at the N end of Foyn Island, in the Possession Islands.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1958-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander John W. St. Marie, U.S. Navy (USN), co-pilot on the Squadron VX-6 flight of Jan. 18, 1958, at which time the Possession Islands and this feature were photographed.||
14618|Stocking Glacier|Glacier|774204S|1615151E|-77.701069|161.864157|||01/01/1964|Steep alpine glacier just E of Catspaw Glacier, flowing S toward Taylor Glacier in Victoria Land.  So named by Taylor of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) for its appearance as seen from above.||
14619|Stockton Peak|Summit|710800S|0621000W|-71.1333333|-62.1666667|||01/01/1976|A sharp, mostly ice-covered peak along the S side of the upper part of Murrish Glacier, 6 mi WNW of Cat Ridge, in Palmer Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William L. Stockton, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at Palmer Station in 1972.||
14620|Stoker Island|Island|622400S|0595100W|-62.4|-59.85|||01/01/1972|Island located 1.3 mi WSW of Emeline Island, South Shetland Islands.  This island is occupied by a Chinstrap Penguin rookery. The name applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) acknowledges the work of Donald N. Tait, stoker of the survey motor boat Nimrod, of the Royal Navy (RN) Hydrographic Survey Unit in these islands, 1967.||
14621|Stokes Hill|Summit|645200S|0633200W|-64.8666667|-63.5333333|270|886|01/01/1960|Small but prominent rocky peak, 270 m, lying 1 mi SE of Doumer Hill on Doumer Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05.  Surveyed by the British Naval Hydrographic Survey Unit in 1956-57.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because the hill was first climbed by the engineer of the Unit's motor-launch; stokes is naval slang for a seaman who works in the engineroom.||
14622|Stokes Peaks|Range|672400S|0680900W|-67.4|-68.15|800|2625||A group of peaks rising to c. 800 m between McCallum Pass and Sighing Peak on the N side of Wright Peninsula, Adelaide Island.  Photographed from the air by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE), 1956-57, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1961-62.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 for Jeffrey C.A. Stokes, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) assistant surveyor, Admiralty Bay, 1959-60, and Adelaide Island, 1960-61.||
14623|Stoltz Island|Island|691500S|0720900W|-69.25|-72.15||||Small island off the NW coast of Alexander Island, 7 mi S of Cape Vostok.  The island was photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1966, and was plotted by DOS, 1977, from the photographs and U.S. Landsat imagery of January 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Charles L. Stoltz, U.S. Navy (USN), Staff Photographic Officer, Naval Support Force, Antarctica, Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1970 and 1971.||
14624|Stolze Peak|Summit|644300S|0622600W|-64.7166667|-62.4333333|||01/01/1965|Peak on Arctowski Peninsula near the head of Beaupre Cove, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Franz Stolze, German scientist who in 1881 suggested improvements in methods of air photography and, in 1892, first established the principle of the "floating mark" used in stereophotogrammetry, later developed by Pulfrich.||
14625|Stonehocker Point|Summit|661500S|1103100E|-66.25|110.5166667|||01/01/1960|Rocky point on which Wilkes Station is built, forming the W extremity of Clark Peninsula.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47. Wilkes Station was established in 1937 and occupied by a U.S. party under C.R. Eklund.  Named by Eklund for Garth H. Stonehocker, ionospheric scientist with the US-IGY wintering party of 1957 at Wilkes Station.||
14626|Mount Stonehouse|Summit|842400S|1642400E|-84.4|164.4|2900|9514|01/01/1966|A peak, 2,900 m, standing 3.5 mi SW of Mount Falla in Queen Alexandra Range.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for Bernard Stonehouse who has made studies of Antarctic penguins and seals.||
14627|Stonehouse Bay|Bay|672100S|0680500W|-67.35|-68.0833333|||01/01/1956|Bay 5 mi wide, indenting the E coast of Adelaide Island between Hunt Peak and Sighing Peak.  First sighted and surveyed in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot.  Named for Bernard Stonehouse of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), meteorologist in 1947 and 1948 and biologist in 1949 at Stonington Island; leader of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) sledge party which resurveyed the bay in 1948.||
14628|Stoneley Point|Summit|635200S|0580700W|-63.8666667|-58.1166667|||01/01/1963|A rocky point on the NW coast of James Ross Island, 4 mi W of Brandy Bay.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Robert Stoneley, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) geologist at Hope Bay in 1952.||
14629|Stone Point|Summit|632400S|0565600W|-63.4|-56.9333333|||01/01/1956|Point with a small islet lying off it, marking the south side of the entrance to Hope Bay, at the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for H.W. Stone, First Mate on the Hunt, Royal Navy (RN), in 1952.||
14630|Stoner Peak|Summit|775430S|1630623E|-77.908422|163.106523|1300|4265|01/01/1992|A distinctive peak, 1,300 m, surmounting the E extremity of the ridge between Covert Glacier and Spring Glacier and forming its highest point, in NE Royal Society Range, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after James E. Stoner, cartographer, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS); active in geodetic control planning and data reduction in U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from 1981; member of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geodetic control teams in McMurdo Dry Valleys during the 1986-87 and 1989-90 field seasons; team leader, 1989-90, with additional control work in remote sites working from U.S. icebreakers.||
14631|Stonethrow Ridge|Ridge|625800S|0604400W|-62.9666667|-60.7333333|||01/01/1963|Snow-covered ridge rising W of Primero de Mayo Bay, Deception Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name arose following survey by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in January 1954 because of the large number of rocks and stones at the base of the steep E face which have been thrown off the ridge.||
14633|Stonington Island|Island|681100S|0670000W|-68.1833333|-67|||01/01/1947|Rocky island lying 1 mi NE of Neny Island in the E part of Marguerite Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  This island, 0.4 mi long from NW to SE and 0.2 mi wide, is connected by a drifted snow slope to Northeast Glacier on the mainland.  It was chosen as the site for the East Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, and named after Stonington, CT, home port of the sloop Hero in which Captain Nathaniel B. Palmer sighted the Antarctic continent in 1820.||
14635|Stopes Point|Summit|763600S|1593500E|-76.6|159.5833333|||01/01/1965|The northernmost point on Tilman Ridge, the northwestern arm of the Allan Hills, in Victoria Land.  Reconnoitered by the New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) Allan Hills Expedition, 1964, and named after Marie Stopes, authority on Carboniferous palaeobotany, and hence associated with the geology of the area.||
14637|Stopford Peak|Summit|634600S|0613800W|-63.7666667|-61.6333333|495|1624|01/01/1965|Peak, 495 m, on the E side of Hoseason Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  First roughly charted and named "Cape Stopford" by Henry Foster in 1829 for Admiral Sir Robert Stopford (1768-1847), Commander-in-Chief at Portsmouth, 1827-30, where Foster's ship, the Chanticleer, fitted out for the voyage. The most prominent feature on the E side of Hoseason Island is this peak which rises steeply from a straight piece of coast.||
14638|Mount Storegutt|Summit|665300S|0552700E|-66.8833333|55.45|1465|4806|01/01/1961|Mountain, 1,465 m, standing 28 mi W of Edward VIII Bay and 10 mi S of Jennings Bluff Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Storegutt (big boy).||
14639|Storeidet Col|Gap|714100S|0113100E|-71.6833333|11.5166667|||01/01/1970|A prominent col situated 3.5 mi W of Eidshaugane Peaks in the central Humboldt Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and photographed by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped by Norway from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Storeidet (the great isthmus).||
14640|Store Kari Rock|Island|542400S|0032600E|-54.4|3.4333333|3|10|01/01/1957|An insular rock 3 m high off the northern side of Bouvetoya.  It lies 0.8 mi east of Cape Valdivia.  Charted from the ship Norvegia in December 1927 by a Norwegian expedition under Captain Harald Horntvedt.  Named by Horntvedt in association with Lille Kari Rock which lies 1 mi eastward.||
14641|Store Point|Summit|681200S|0670200W|-68.2|-67.0333333|||01/01/1956|Northernmost point of Neny Island, lying in Marguerite Bay off the W coast of Graham Land.  Surveyed in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who so named it because Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) maintained an emergency food store on this point.||
14642|Mount Storer|Summit|665300S|0510000E|-66.8833333|51|||01/01/1961|A jagged peak in the Tula Mountains, 4 mi ENE of Mount Harvey.  Sighted from Observation Island in October 1956 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by P.W. Crohn.  Named by ANCA for William Storer, radio operator at Mawson Station in 1954.||
14643|Storer Reef|Bar|542200S|0370400W|-54.3666667|-37.0666667|||01/01/1956|An isolated reef lying 3 mi SE of Aspasia Point and 1.5 mi off the S coast of South Georgia.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following mapping by the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, for Captain Nathaniel Storer of New Haven, CT, who in 1801 built a small schooner on the coast of Patagonia, sailed her to South Georgia, and spent two seasons taking 45,000 fur seal skins.||
14644|Store Svarthorn Peak|Summit|713500S|0123300E|-71.5833333|12.55|2490|8169|01/01/1970|A very prominent black peak (2,490 m) rising abruptly at the SW extremity of Mittlere Petermann Range, in the Wohlthat Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and given the descriptive name "Grosses Schwarz-Horn" (great black peak) by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39.  The peak was remapped by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition, 1956-60, who used the form Store Svarthorn.  The Norwegian spelling has been recommended by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) to agree with associated features in the area having this name.||
14645|Storey Glacier (historical)|Glacier|544700S|0360100W|-54.7833333|-36.0166667||||A former glacier (verified by UK-APC in 2011 as no longer in existence) on the NE side of Drygalski Fjord at the SE end of South Georgia.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Bryan C. Storey, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist, 1974-79, who worked in the area, 1976-78.||10/19/2011
14646|Stor Hånakken Mountain|Summit|663200S|0533800E|-66.5333333|53.6333333|1970|6463|01/01/1953|Prominent mountain, 1,970 m, standing in the central part of the Napier Mountains in Enderby Land.  The mountain was mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken in January-February 1937 by the Lars Christensen expedition and named by them Stor Hanakken (the great shark's neck, or nape). It was visited in 1960 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by S.L. Kirby.||
14647|Storjoen Peak|Summit|720700S|0001200W|-72.1166667|-.2|||01/01/1966|A peak 4 mi NW of Tvora in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from air photos by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39). Remapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Storjoen (the skua).||
14648|Storkletten Peak|Summit|720300S|0032500W|-72.05|-3.4166667|||01/01/1966|An ice-free mountain 1 mi S of Flarjuven Bluff, on the Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Storkletten (the big, steep mountain).||
14649|Storknolten Peak|Summit|721100S|0080300E|-72.1833333|8.05|||01/01/1966|A peak about 1 mi W of Muller Crest at the S end of the Filchner Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Storknolten (the big knoll).||
14650|Stork Ridge|Ridge|673100S|0681200W|-67.5166667|-68.2|420|1378||An ENE-WSW ridge, 1 mi long and rising to c. 420 m, located 3.5 mi NW of Rothera Point, SE Adelaide Island.  The naming of the ridge follows a hydrographic survey conducted from His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) marked with a staff and flag, giving the appearance of a stork on the ridge.||
14651|Storkvaeven Cirque|Basin|724200S|0000900E|-72.7|.15|||01/01/1966|A cirque on the NW side of Nupskapa Peak, near the S end of the Sverdrup Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Storkvaeven.||
14652|Storkvammen Cirque|Basin|714400S|0114400E|-71.7333333|11.7333333|||01/01/1970|A cirque between Eidsgavlen and Kvamsgavlen Cliffs on the E side of the Humboldt Mountains, in Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and photographed by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped and named Storkvammen by Norway from air photos and surveys by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60.||
14653|Storkvarvet Mountain|Summit|714500S|0065400E|-71.75|6.9|||01/01/1967|A mountain that is round in plan and has several radial spurs, standing N of Haberrnehl Peak at the NE end of the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Plotted from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Storkvarvet (the big round of logs).||
14654|Storkvarvsteinen Peak|Summit|713600S|0070400E|-71.6|7.0666667|||01/01/1967|An isolated rock peak 8 mi NE of Storkvarvet Mountain and the main group of the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains.  Plotted from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Storkvarvsteinen (the big round of logs rock).||
14655|Storm Peak|Summit|843500S|1640000E|-84.5833333|164|3280|10761|01/01/1966|A flat-topped peak, 3,280 m, standing 3.5 mi N of Blizzard Peak in the Marshall Mountains, Queen Alexandra Range.  So named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) because of the stormy conditions experienced in the area.||
14657|Stornes Peninsula|Cape|692600S|0760500E|-69.4333333|76.0833333|||01/01/1971|A rocky, jagged peninsula about 3 mi long, projecting into Prydz Bay just W of Larsemann Hills.  First mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Stornes (big promontory, or ness).||
14658|Stornupen Peak|Summit|721000S|0022200E|-72.1666667|2.3666667|2275|7464|01/01/1966|Peak, 2,275 m, in the S part of Nupskammen Ridge, in the Gjelsvik Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Stomupen (the big mountain peak).||
14660|Storsåtklubben Ridge|Ridge|712500S|0122500E|-71.4166667|12.4166667|||01/01/1970|A ridge 3 mi long, located 5 mi NE of Mount Hansen in the Mittlere Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39. Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Storsatklubben (the large haystack mallet).||
14661|Storsponen Nunatak|Summit|720000S|0035600E|-72|3.9333333|||01/01/1966|A nunatak on the W side of Hoggestabben Butte, in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Storsponen (the big chip).||
14662|Stout Spur|Ridge|845200S|0634300W|-84.8666667|-63.7166667|||01/01/1968|A knife-like rock spur descending from the N edge of Mackin Table, 3 mi E of Mount Campleman, in the Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Dennis K. Stout, radioman at Palmer Station, winter 1967.||
14665|Strachey Stump|Summit|804100S|0231000W|-80.6833333|-23.1666667|1630|5348||A flat-topped mountain rising to 1,630 m, 5 mi NE of Mount Wegener in Read Mountains, Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967.  Surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with names of geologists grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after John Strachey (1671-1742), English geologist who made one of the first attempts to construct a geological cross-section.||
14667|Strahan Glacier|Glacier|673800S|0643700E|-67.6333333|64.6166667|||01/01/1947|Glacier flowing N into the sea 1.5 mi W of Stevens Rock, midway between Cape Daly and Cape Fletcher.  Discovered in February 1931 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson.  He named it for F. Strahan, Assistant Secretary, Prime Minister's Department (Australia), 1921-35.||
14669|The Strand Moraines|Ridge|774500S|1643100E|-77.75|164.516667|||01/01/1947|An ancient lateral moraine of the Koettlitz Glacier, deposited at the outer edge of Bowers Piedmont Glacier on the W shore of McMurdo Sound, in Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and first called "The Eskers."  The feature was renamed by Scott in keeping with its true nature.||
14670|Strandnebba|Summit|695700S|0384900E|-69.95|38.8166667|||01/01/1966|Low, bare rock hills that lie 1 mi  SW of Vesleknausen Rock and extend along the S shore of Lutzow-Holm Bay for 1.5 miles. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Strandnebba (the shore beak).||04/11/2001
14671|Strandrud Mountain|Summit|715200S|0253600E|-71.8666667|25.6|2070|6791|01/01/1966|Mountain, 2,070 m, rising above the glacial ice at the SE side of Austkampane Hills in the Sor Rondane Mountains. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named for one of the mechanics on the Lars Christensen Expedition to this area, 1936-37.||
14672|Mount Strandtmann|Summit|720700S|1630500E|-72.1166667|163.0833333|||01/01/1969|A mountain 3 mi N of Smiths Bench, in Freyberg Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Russell W. Strandtmann, biologist at McMurdo Station, summers 1966-67 and 1967-68.||
14673|Mount Strange|Summit|745800S|1133000W|-74.9666667|-113.5|||01/01/1967|A partly ice-free mountain 4 mi ENE of Mount Isherwood, standing at the E side of Simmons Glacier in the Kohler Range, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Joe F. Strange, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) topographic engineer, member of the Marie Byrd Land Survey Party, 1966-67.||
14674|Strange Glacier|Glacier|745000S|0634000W|-74.8333333|-63.6666667|||01/01/1968|A glacier in the Latady Mountains, draining SE along the S side of Crain Ridge to enter Gardner Inlet between Schmitt Mesa and Mount Austin, in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Donald L. Strange, hospital corpsman at South Pole Station in 1964.||
14675|Stranger Point|Summit|621600S|0583700W|-62.2666667|-58.6166667|||01/01/1960|Point forming the southernmost tip of King George Island in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for the sealer Stranger (Captain Joseph Adams) from Boston, MA, which visited the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21 in company with the O'Cain,  operating from nearby Potter Cove.||
14676|Mount Strathcona|Summit|672200S|0991100E|-67.3666667|99.1833333|1380|4528|01/01/1947|Mountain, 1,380 m, rising above the continental ice on the W side of Denman Glacier, 11 mi S of Mount Barr Smith. Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson, 1911-14, and named by him for Lord Strathcona, High Commissioner for Canada in 1911, a patron of the expedition.||
14677|Strath Point|Summit|643200S|0623600W|-64.5333333|-62.6|||01/01/1960|Low ice-covered point forming the S end of Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Roughly charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos in 1959.  The name is descriptive; "strath" means a stretch of flat land by the sea or a broad river valley.||
14678|Stratton Glacier|Glacier|802200S|0290000W|-80.3666667|-29|||01/01/1962|A glacier 20 mi long, flowing N from Pointer Nunatak and then NW to the N of Mount Weston, in the Shackleton Range.  First mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and named for David G. Stratton, surveyor and deputy leader of the transpolar party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) in 1956-58.||
14679|Stratton Hills|Range|774505S|1632213E|-77.751387|163.370358|850|2789||Rounded mountains, c. 3 mi long and rising to 850 m, forming the S wall of Ferrar Glazier between Overflow Glacier and the vicinity of Bettle Peak, in Victoria Land.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) at the suggestion of R.H. Findlay, New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) geologist in the area between 1977-81, after Winthrop Scott Stratton, a New Zealand carpenter who achieved a fortune and devoted most of it to philanthropic causes.||
14680|Stratton Inlet|Stream|661800S|0612500W|-66.3|-61.4166667|||01/01/1963|Extensive ice-filled inlet, 12 mi wide, entered eastward of Veier Head on the S side of Jason Peninsula in Graham Land. Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1953.  Named in 1956 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for David G. Stratton, surveyor at Hope Bay in 1952 and 1953, who made the first detailed survey of Jason Peninsula in May-June 1953.||
14681|Straumsida Bluff|Cliff|714400S|0011500W|-71.7333333|-1.25|||01/01/1966|An ice-covered bluff about 25 mi long, rising as part of the E slope of Ahlmann Ridge and overlooking the terminus of Jutulstraumen Glacier, in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Straumsida (the stream side).||
14683|Straumsvola Mountain|Summit|720700S|0002000W|-72.1166667|-.3333333|||01/01/1966|A prominent mountain 6 mi N of Jutulrora Mountain in the NW part of the Sverdrup Mountains, overlooking the E side of Jutulstraumen Glacier in Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from air photos by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Remapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Straumsvola (the stream mountain).||
14684|Mount Strauss|Summit|713900S|0731200W|-71.65|-73.2|815|2674|01/01/1961|Snow-covered mountain, 815 m, with a steep scarp on the S side, 6 mi ESE of the head of Brahms Inlet in the SW part of Alexander Island.  A number of mountains in this general vicinity appear on the maps of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48.  This mountain, apparently one of these, was mapped from Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) air photos by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Johann Strauss (1804-49) and Richard Strauss (1864-1949), German composers.||
14685|Strauss Glacier|Glacier|772000S|1394000W|-77.3333333|-139.6666667|||01/01/1970|A glacier, 40 mi long, flowing between the Ickes Mountains and Coulter Heights to enter the sea at the E side of Land Bay, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  The naming was proposed to Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) by Admiral Richard E. Byrd.  Named for Lewis Strauss, Chairman of the Atomic Energy Commission, 1953-58, longtime friend and advisor to Admiral Byrd who recommended that the Antarctic be used to demonstrate peaceful employment of atomic energy.||
14686|Stravinsky Inlet|Stream|722000S|0713000W|-72.3333333|-71.5|||01/01/1975|An ice-covered inlet between Shostakovich Peninsula and Monteverdi Peninsula in southern Alexander Island.  Mapped by Directorate of Overseas Surveys from satellite imagery supplied by U.S. National Aeronautics and Space Administration in cooperation with U.S. Geological Survey.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Igor F. Stravinsky (1882-1971), Russian-born composer who became a French citizen, ultimately a citizen of the United States.||
14687|Strawberry Cirque|Basin|832000S|1573600E|-83.3333333|157.6|||01/01/1970|A semi-circular glacial cirque, 1 mi wide, at the S end of Macdonald Bluffs in Miller Range.  It indents the cliff, at the N side of the terminus of Argo Glacier where the latter enters Marsh Glacier.  So named by the Ohio State University Geological Party, 1967-68, because the granite cliffs of the cirque have a bright pink to red color in certain lighting.||
14688|Strawn Pass|Gap|750600S|1351600W|-75.1|-135.2666667|||01/01/1974|A broad pass on the S side of McDonald Heights that connects the heads of Kirkpatrick Glacier and Johnson Glacier, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-69.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lawrence W. Strawn, glaciologist at Byrd Station, 1967-68.||
14689|Stray Islands|Island|651000S|0641400W|-65.1666667|-64.2333333|||01/01/1971|Scattered but distinct group of islands lying 2 mi W of Petermann Island, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57 and from the helicopter of His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Protector in March 1958.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because the group is scattered.||
14690|Streitenberger Cliff|Cliff|850300S|0920700W|-85.05|-92.1166667|||01/01/1962|An abrupt rock and ice cliff 1.3 mi W of Reed Ridge, along the NW margin of the Ford Massif in the Thiel Mountains.  The name was proposed by Peter Berrnel and Arthur Ford, co-leaders of the Thiel Mountains party which surveyed the area in 1960-61. Named for Staff Sergeant Fred W. Streitenberger, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC), navigator of the Squadron VX-6 plane crew that flew the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) party into the Thiel Mountains, and also to several other mountain ranges during the summer of 1960-61.||
14691|Strengen Valley|Valley|720000S|0032800W|-72|-3.4666667|||01/01/1966|An ice-filled valley, about 4 mi long, between Flarjuvnutane Peaks and Flarjuven Bluff on the W side of Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Strengen (the string).||
14692|Cape Streten|Cape|664900S|0491500E|-66.8166667|49.25|||01/01/1965|An ice cape at the NE tip of Sakellari Peninsula, forming the W side of the entrance to Amundsen Bay.  Plotted from air photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in November 1956.  Named by ANCA for N.A. Streten, meteorologist at Mawson Station in 1960.||
14694|Striated Nunatak|Summit|672100S|0561300E|-67.35|56.2166667|||01/01/1970|A low, rounded nunatak of banded gneiss 6 mi ENE of Rayner Peak, on the E side of Robert Glacier, Enderby Land.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveys and air photos, 1934-66, and so named because the surface of the nunatak displays a remarkable development of striations, grooves, and polishing caused by ice movement across its surface.||
14695|Striation Valley|Valley|705300S|0682300W|-70.8833333|-68.3833333||||A valley trending SE to George VI Sound, N of Jupiter Glacier, Alexander Island.  Surveyed by a field party from the Department of Geography, University of Aberdeen, Scotland, with British Antarctic Survey (BAS) support, 1978-79.  The name derives from glacial striations found on rocks in the valley.||
14697|Strickland Nunatak|Summit|862900S|1241200W|-86.4833333|-124.2|||01/01/1967|A large nunatak between Savage Nunatak and Spear Nunatak at the head of Reedy Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Emest E. Strickland, utilitiesman at Byrd Station in 1962.||
14698|Stridbukken Mountain|Summit|724800S|0031300W|-72.8|-3.2166667|||01/01/1966|A blufflike mountain about 1 mi SW of Moteplassen Peak, in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Stridbukken (the hardhead).||
14699|Stride Peak|Summit|674100S|0673800W|-67.6833333|-67.6333333|675|2215||A peak rising to 675 m at the head of Dalgliesh Bay, Porquoi Pas Island, in Marguerite Bay.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1979 after Geoffrey A. Stride (1927-58), Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) diesel mechanic, Horseshoe Island, 1958, who, with S.E. Black and D. Statham, was lost between Dion Islands and Horseshoe Island in May 1958, in a break up of the sea ice.||
14700|Strider Rock|Summit|780200S|1552600W|-78.0333333|-155.4333333|||01/01/1971|A rock 1 mi NW of Mount Nilsen in the Rockefeller Mountains of Edward VII Peninsula.  Discovered by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) in 1929. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John P. Strider, Aviation Machinist's Mate, U.S. Navy (USN), plane captain on the ski-equipped R4D carrying R. Admiral George Dufek that was the first aircraft to land at the geographic South Pole, on Oct. 31, 1956.||
14701|Stringfellow Glacier|Glacier|641000S|0601800W|-64.1666667|-60.3|||01/01/1960|A glacier just W of Henson Glacier, flowing N from the Detroit Plateau of Graham Land into Wright Ice Piedmont.  Mapped from air photos by Hunting Aerosurveys (1953-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for John Stringfellow (1799-1883), English designer of the first powered model airplane to make a flight, in 1848.||
14702|Striped Hill|Summit|634000S|0575300W|-63.6666667|-57.8833333|90|295|01/01/1952|Small ice-free hill, 90 m, standing near the S shore of Trinity Peninsula, 1 mi ENE of Church Point.  Charted and named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1946.  The descriptive name is derived from the stratifications on a small cliff on the seaward side of the hill.||
14703|Stroiteley Islands|Island|663300S|0925800E|-66.55|92.9666667|||01/01/1968|A chain of about four small islands in the southern part of the Haswell Islands.  They are aligned north-south and lie close to the mainland, 1 mi W of Mabus Point.  Plotted by G.D. Blodgett (1955) from aerial photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Photographed by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (1956) and shown on their chart as Ostrova Stroiteley (builders' islands).||
14704|Strombus Ridge|Ridge|604200S|0453900W|-60.7|-45.65||||A ridge curving eastward from Thulla Point toward Jane Col on Signy Island, South Orkney Islands.  The feature is 0.3 mi south of Jensen Ridge.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the whaling ship Strombus (Captain Gullik Jensen), from Tonsberg, Norway, used on the last whaling expedition to Signy Island, 1935-36.||
14705|Strom Glacier|Glacier|851000S|1643000W|-85.1666667|-164.5|||01/01/1955|A steep valley glacier flowing NE from the N side of Mount Fridtjof Nansen to the head of the Ross Ice Shelf, flanked on the NW by the Duncan Mountains and on the SE by the Herbert Range. The glacier derives its name from "Strom Camp" near its foot, occupied during December 1929 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Gould.  Strom Camp was named by that party for Sverre Strom, first mate of the ship City of New York, who remained ashore as a member of the winter party and headed the snowmobile party which hauled supplies in support of the two field parties.||
14706|Strømme Ridge|Ridge|712700S|0614200W|-71.45|-61.7|||01/01/1976|A broad ice-covered ridge, 15 mi long, trending NW-SE between the Muus and Soto Glaciers.  The ridge terminates at the N side of Odom Inlet on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Jan A. Stromme, Norwegian oceanographer from the University of Bergen, a member of the International Weddell Sea Oceanographic Expeditions, 1968 and 1969.||
14709|Stromness Bay|Bay|540900S|0363800W|-54.15|-36.6333333|||01/01/1952|Bay 3 mi wide, entered between Cape Saunders and Busen Point on the N coast of South Georgia.  Probably first seen in 1775 by Captain James Cook.  Named in about 1912, presumably by Norwegian whalers who frequented its harbors.||
14710|Stromness Harbor|Harbor|540900S|0364100W|-54.15|-36.6833333|||01/01/1953|The central of three harbors in the W side of Stromness Bay, South Georgia.  The name Fridtjof Nansen or Nansen appeared for this harbor on some early charts, but since about 1920 the name Stromness has been consistently used.||
14711|Mount Strong|Summit|703500S|0624500W|-70.5833333|-62.75|||01/01/1976|A ridge-like mountain about 5 mi E of the Eland Mountains, in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Frank E. Strong, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at Palmer Station in 1971-72.||
14712|Strong Peak|Summit|795600S|0821800W|-79.9333333|-82.3|||01/01/1966|A small sharp peak at the end of a ridge in the Enterprise Hills, standing 3 mi WSW of Parrish Peak and overlooking the head of Horseshoe Valley, Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Jack E. Strong, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at Palmer Station in 1965.||
14713|Mount Stroschein|Summit|842500S|0633500W|-84.4166667|-63.5833333|1020|3346|01/01/1968|Mountain, 1,020 m, standing 2 mi SW of Weber Ridge in the Anderson Hills in northern Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by US-ACN for Leander A. Stroschein, meteorologist at Plateau Station, 1965-66 and 1966-67.||
14714|Strover Peak|Summit|694300S|0740700E|-69.7166667|74.1166667|||01/01/1970|A low rock peak along the coast of Antarctica, standing 6 mi WNW of Mount Caroline Mikketsen.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named "Svartmulen" (the black snout). Renamed by ANCA for W.G.H. Strover, radio supervisor at Davis Station in 1963 and a member of the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party that surveyed this feature.  Acceptance of Strover Peak curtails the repetitive use of "Svart" (black) in Antarctic names.||
14716|Mount Strybing|Summit|784100S|0850400W|-78.6833333|-85.0666667|3200|10499|01/01/1961|A mountain (3,200 m) standing 3 mi SE of Mount Craddock in the S part of Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Master Sergeant Henry Strybing, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC), navigator on reconnaissance flights of R4D aircraft to this region in the 1957-58 season.||
14717|Mount Stuart|Summit|723300S|1621500E|-72.55|162.25|1995|6545|01/01/1964|A mountain, 1,995 m, standing 5 mi N of Mount VX-6, in the Monument Nunataks.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for A.W. Stuart, glaciologist and member of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Victoria Land Traverse Party which surveyed this area in 1959-60.||
14719|Stuart Point|Summit|662800S|1251000E|-66.4666667|125.1666667|||01/01/1955|An ice-covered point at the east side of the entrance to Maury Bay.  Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47), and named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Frederick D. Stuart, captain's clerk on the sloop Peacock of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) under Wilkes (1838-42), who assisted Wilkes with correction of the survey data obtained by the expedition.||
14720|Mount Stubberud|Summit|860700S|1584500W|-86.1166667|-158.75|2970|9744|01/01/1967|A mountain, 2,970 m, standing 2 mi SE of Beck Peak on a ridge from the N side of Nilsen Plateau, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Jorgen Stubberud, carpenter on the ship Fram and member of the land party at Framheim on Amundsen's expedition of 1910-12.  This naming preserves the spirit of Amundsen's 1911 commemoration of "Mount J. Stubberud," a name applied for an unidentifiable mountain in the general area.||
14721|Stubb Glacier|Glacier|654100S|0621000W|-65.6833333|-62.1666667|||01/01/1963|Glacier 11 mi long, flowing E into Scar Inlet between Mount Queequeg and Tashtego Point, on the E coast of Graham Land.  The lower reaches of this glacier were surveyed and photographed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947, and the upper reaches were surveyed in 1955. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1956 after the second mate on the Pequod in Herman Melville's Moby Dick.||
14722|Stubbs Pass|Gap|681100S|0651200W|-68.1833333|-65.2|||01/01/1976|A N-S pass through the middle of Joerg Peninsula on the E side of Graham Land.  The pass was photographed from aircraft by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, and the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48.  It was traveled by R.L. Freeman of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947-48.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Guy M. Stubbs, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist at Stonington Island, 1963-65.||
14723|Stuhlinger Ice Piedmont|Glacier|702200S|1623000E|-70.3666667|162.5|||01/01/1970|A coastal ice piedmont, about 10 mi long and wide, located immediately N of Bowers Mountains and between the lower ends of Gannutz and Barber Glaciers.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1968 for Ernst Stuhlinger, National Aeronautics and Space Administration, a member of the U.S. National Science Foundation's Advisory Panel for Antarctic Programs.||
14724|Mount Stump|Summit|861100S|1531000W|-86.1833333|-153.1666667|2490|8169||A mostly ice-free mountain rising to 2,490 m, located 1 mi NNE of Mount Colbert and 2 mi NE of Mount Borcik in the SE part of Hays Mountains, Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Mount Colbert (q.v.) after Edmund Stump, geologist, Arizona State University; U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geological investigator at lower Shackleton Glacier (1970-71), Duncan Mountains (1974-75), Leverett Glacier (1977-78), Scott Glacier and Byrd Glacier (1978-79), and La Gorce Mountains (1980-81); Chief Scientist, International Northern Victoria Land Project (1981-82); additional investigations, McMurdo Dry Valleys, January 1983; Nimrod Glacier area, 1985-86.||
14725|Stump Mountain|Summit|672900S|0605600E|-67.4833333|60.9333333|310|1017|01/01/1966|Rock peak over 310 m high, about 2 mi SW of Byrd Head, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Stabben (the stump).  The translated form of the name recommended by ANCA has been approved.||
14726|Stump Rock|Island|620500S|0580800W|-62.0833333|-58.1333333|||01/01/1952|Rock lying close offshore in the W portion of King George Bay, 0.5 mi NW of Martello Tower, in the South Shetland Islands. Charted and named during 1937 by DI personnel on the Discovery II.||
14728|Sturge Island|Island|672800S|1643800E|-67.4666667|164.6333333|||01/01/1947|An island about 20 mi long and 4 mi wide which is the largest and southernmost of the Balleny Islands.  Discovered in Feb. 1839 by John Balleny, captain of the schooner Eliza Scott, who named it for T. Sturge, one of the merchants who united with Charles Enderby in sending out the expedition.||
14729|Mount Sturm|Summit|710300S|1625800E|-71.05|162.9666667|2320|7611|01/01/1964|A peak, 2,320 m, standing directly at the head of Rastorguev Glacier in the Explorers Range, Bowers Mountains. Named by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, for Arnold Sturm, senior geologist with the expedition.||
14732|Stuttfloget Cliff|Cliff|720300S|0043000E|-72.05|4.5|||01/01/1966|A steep rock cliff forming the SW end of Mount Grytoyr in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Stuttfloget (the short rock wall).||
14733|Stuttflog Glacier|Glacier|715600S|0044500E|-71.9333333|4.75|||01/01/1966|A glacier flowing N between Mount Grytoyr and Pertrellfjellet in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Stuttflogbreen (short rock wall glacier).||
14734|Styggebrekka Crevasses|Valley|715800S|0054400E|-71.9666667|5.7333333|||01/01/1967|A crevasse field near the center of Austreskorve Glacier, in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Styggebrekka (the dangerous slope).||
14735|Styggebrekkufsa Bluff|Cliff|715500S|0055300E|-71.9166667|5.8833333|||01/01/1967|A bluff overlooking the cast-central part of Austreskorve Glacier in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land. Plotted from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Styggebrekkufsa (the dangerous-slope bluff).||
14736|Stygian Cove|Bay|604200S|0453700W|-60.7|-45.6166667|||01/01/1956|Cove lying immediately W of Berry Head in the N part of Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  On its W side steep rock cliffs rise to Robin Peak.  Roughly surveyed in 1912-13 by Petter Sorlle, Norwegian whaling captain, and again in 1933 by DI personnel.  Resurveyed and named in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  The name arose from the fact that this cove is so overshadowed by the cliffs of Robin Peak that a sense of stygian gloom is felt.||
14737|Styles Bluff|Cliff|664100S|0571800E|-66.6833333|57.3|||01/01/1965|Light-colored rock bluff at the SE side of Edward VIII Plateau, rising out of the sea 1 mi N of Cape Gotley.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  First visited in February 1960 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by D.F. Styles, Asst. Director, Antarctic Division, Melbourne, for whom this feature was named.||
14738|Styles Strait|Channel|665100S|0483500E|-66.85|48.5833333|||01/01/1965|Strait, 15 mi long and 6 to 9 mi wide, separating White Island from Sakellari Peninsula.  Plotted from air photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in November 1956.  Visited in February 1960 and February 1961 by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Thala Dan) led by D.F. Styles, Asst. Director, Antarctic Division, Melbourne, for whom it was named.||
14739|Styrbordsknattane Peaks|Range|721300S|0032600W|-72.2166667|-3.4333333|||01/01/1966|A cluster of small peaks just N of Kjolrabbane Hills, near the SW end of Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Styrbordsknattane (the starboard peaks).||
14740|Styx Glacier|Glacier|740200S|1635100E|-74.0333333|163.85|||01/01/1966|A tributary glacier in the Southern Cross Mountains, flowing SE to enter Campbell Glacier between Wood Ridge and Pinckard Table, in Victoria Land.  Observed by the Northern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1965-66, which named it after the mythical river Styx.||
14741|Mount Suarez|Summit|862700S|1454200W|-86.45|-145.7|2360|7743|01/01/1967|A mountain, 2,360 m, standing just E of Mount Noville on the divide between Van Reeth and Robison Glaciers, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) Ralph Suarez, aircraft navigator of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 on Operation Deep Freeze 1965, 1966 and 1967.||
14742|Suárez Glacier|Glacier|645600S|0625600W|-64.9333333|-62.9333333|||01/01/1965|A glacier flowing into the small cove between Skontorp Cove and Sturm Cove on the W coast of Graham Land.  First mapped by Scottish geologist David Ferguson in 1913-14.  Remapped by the 5th Chilean Antarctic Expedition (1950-51) and named for Lieutenant Commander Francisco Suarez V., Operations Officer on the transport ship Angamos.||
14743|Suarez Nunatak|Summit|821200S|0414700W|-82.2|-41.7833333|830|2723|01/01/1968|A nunatak, 830 m, standing 5 mi NW of Mount Ferrara in the Panzarini Hills portion of the Argentina Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Jorge Suarez, Argentine officer in charge at Ellsworth Station, 1959-61.||
14749|Subtense Valley|Valley|775025S|1600622E|-77.840245|160.106097|||01/01/1993|A mostly ice-free valley, 1.5 mi long, located 2 mi NW of Tabular Mountain in the W extremity of Quartermain Mountains, Victoria Land.  The name is one of a group in the area associated with surveying applied in 1993 by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB).  A subtense bar is a fixed base (usually 2 meters long) used in conjunction with a theodolite in the calculation of horizontal distance.||
14750|Succession Cliffs|Cliff|711100S|0681600W|-71.1833333|-68.2666667|||01/01/1956|A line of steep cliffs 1.5 mi long on the E coast of Alexander Island, facing E onto George VI Sound immediately S of the mouth of Pluto Glacier.  Probably first seen by Lincoln Ellsworth who photographed segments of the coast in this vicinity on Nov. 23, 1935.  First roughly surveyed from the ground in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) and resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  So named by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) because a geologic succession, or depositional sequence, is revealed by the accessible rock exposures of the cliffs.||
14751|Suchland Islands|Island|740600S|1023200W|-74.1|-102.5333333|||01/01/1968|A group of about 8 small islands lying just inside the central part of the mouth of Cranton Bay.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Everett B. Suchland, Jr., USN, radioman at Byrd Station, 1967.||
14752|Sucia Island|Island|645800S|0633600W|-64.9666667|-63.6|||01/01/1965|Small, almost entirely snow-covered island in Flandres Bay, lying immediately N of Menier Island off the W coast of Graham Land.  The name Sucia (foul) appears on an Argentine government chart of 1952.  The toponym reflects the characteristics of the waters surrounding the island with many low-lying dangers to navigation.||
14754|Sudan Beach|Beach|541900S|0362700W|-54.3166667|-36.45|||01/01/1956|Small shingle beach 0.3 mi S of Dartmouth Point, on the E side of Moraine Fjord, South Georgia.  This area was roughly surveyed by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold.  The beach was sketch surveyed and named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1951.  The feature is one of a group in the vicinity named after the chemical stain used in the preparation of histological specimans collected by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).||
14756|Sudare Rock|Summit|694200S|0391200E|-69.7|39.2|||01/01/1968|A coastal rock on the SE shore of Lutzow-Holm Bay, 1 mi W of Skallevikhalsen Hills.  Mapped from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Surveyed by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Sudare-iwa (bamboo blinds rock).||04/11/2001
14759|Südliche Petermann Range|Range|714600S|0122000E|-71.7666667|12.3333333|||01/01/1970|One of the Petermann Ranges, trending NE-SW for 22 mi from Svarthausane Crags to Gneiskopf Peak, in the Wohlthat Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39, which gave directional names to the eastern, middle and western units of the Petermann Ranges.  This range was named Sore Petermannkjeda by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, because of its southern position in association with other units in the Petermann Ranges.  A German form of this name has been recommended by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) to agree with spellings adopted for the aforementioned ranges.||
14766|Mount Suess|Summit|770200S|1614200E|-77.0333333|161.7|1190|3904|01/01/1952|A conspicuous mountain (1,190 m) surmounting the S part of Gondola Ridge, near the S side of Mackay Glacier in Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named for Eduard Suess, Austrian geologist and paleontologist.||
14767|Suess Glacier|Glacier|773832S|1624134E|-77.642352|162.692703|||01/01/1960|Glacier between Canada and Lacroix Glaciers, flowing S into Taylor Valley in Victoria Land.  Charted and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, 1910-13, for Prof. Eduard Suess, noted Austrian geologist and paleontologist.||
14768|Suffield Point|Summit|621200S|0585500W|-62.2|-58.9166667|||01/01/1953|The SW entrance point of Norma Cove, Fildes Peninsula, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted by DI, 1943-35, and named after William E. Suffield, boatswain in South Orkney Islands in January 1933.||
14769|Sugarloaf Island|Island|611100S|0540000W|-61.1833333|-54|||01/01/1963|Small island which lies close to the E side of Clarence Island, midway between Cape Lloyd and Cape Bowles, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name was in use by American and British sealers as early as 1822 and is now well established.||
14772|Mount Sugartop|Summit|542200S|0363800W|-54.3666667|-36.6333333|2325|7628|01/01/1956|Prominent, partly snow-covered mountain, 2,325 m, standing 5 mi NW of Mount Paget in the Allardyce Range of South Georgia. The name Sugarloaf Peak has appeared on maps for this feature for many years, but the South Georgia Survey (SGS), following a survey of South Georgia in 1951-52, reported that the name Mount Sugartop is well established locally for this mountain.  This latter name is approved on the basis of local usage.||
14773|Mount Suggs|Summit|751600S|0721300W|-75.2666667|-72.2166667|||01/01/1966|A mountain with a bare rock northern face, standing 2 mi S of Mount Goodman in the Behrendt Mountains, Ellsworth Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Henry E. Suggs, equipment operator of U.S. Navy (USN) Mobile Construction Battalion One, who participated in the deployment to new Byrd Station, summer 1961-62.||
14774|Suggs Peak|Summit|750500S|1130600W|-75.0833333|-113.1|||01/01/1967|A small ice-covered peak 6 mi SSW of Mount Wilbanks in the Kohler Range, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James D. Suggs U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist with the Marie Byrd Land Survey Party, 1966-67.||
14779|Mount Sullivan|Summit|693900S|0634900W|-69.65|-63.8166667|2070|6791|01/01/1953|Mountain, 2,070 m, standing 12 mi E of the N part of the Eternity Range, in Palmer Land.  This feature lies in the area explored from the air by Sir Hubert Wilkins in 1928 and Lincoln Ellsworth in 1935, but it was first charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) in 1936-37.  It was photographed from the air in 1940 by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) and in 1947 by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne.  Named by Ronne for Col. H.R. Sullivan of the Office of Research and Development of the then U.S. Army Air Force (USAAF), which furnished equipment for the expedition.||
14780|Sullivan Glacier|Glacier|694200S|0704500W|-69.7|-70.75|||01/01/1961|A glacier flowing W into Gilbert Glacier (q.v.), immediately S of Elgar Uplands in the N part of Alexander Island. First seen from a distance by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) during a flight in 1937 and roughly mapped.  Remapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  In association with the names of other composers in this area, named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Sir Arthur Sullivan (1842-1900), English composer.||11/27/2001
14782|Sullivan Nunatak|Summit|823100S|1563500E|-82.5166667|156.5833333|||01/01/1966|Long, narrow nunatak 2 mi E of the S end of Wellman Cliffs in the Geologists Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James G. Sullivan, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist at McMurdo Station, winter 1961 and the 1961-62 summer season.||
14783|Sullivan Nunataks|Summit|705200S|0653300E|-70.8666667|65.55|||01/01/1971|Three nunataks lying about 2 mi NE of Mount Bewsher in the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos.  Named by ANCA for R.N. Sullivan, radio operator at Wilkes Station in 1968, who died on a field trip on July 22, 1968.||
14784|Sullivan Peaks|Range|845000S|0630500W|-84.8333333|-63.0833333|1400|4593|01/01/1968|Two sharp peaks, over 1,400 m, on a spur descending from Pierce Peak on the N side of Mackin Table, in the Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Ronald C. Sullivan, (MC) USN, officer in charge of South Pole Station, winter 1967.||
14785|Sullivan Ridge|Ridge|844700S|1770500E|-84.7833333|177.0833333|||01/01/1962|A massive ridge, 15 mi long, displaying a steep, irregular E slope overlooking Ramsey Glacier and a low gradient, ice-covered W slope overlooking Muck Glacier.  The ridge extends generally N from Husky Heights and terminates at the confluence of Muck and Ramsey Glaciers.  Discovered and photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47) and named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Walter A. Sullivan of the New York Times staff, who has written extensively on Antarctic research and exploration.||
14786|Sulphur Point|Summit|564200S|0271600W|-56.7|-27.2666667|||01/01/1956|Prominent bluff 1.5 mi N of Wordie Point on the W side of Visokoi Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  It was named West Bluff because of its position by DI personnel following their survey in 1930, but the name has been changed to avoid duplication with West Bluff on nearby Zavodovski Island.  Sulphur Point was recommended in 1953 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC).  The ground here is reddish in color with patches and streaks of sulphur, and strong sulphurous fumes have been noted by all visitors to this island.||
14787|Sultan Glacier|Glacier|610800S|0552100W|-61.1333333|-55.35|||01/01/1972|Glacier flowing SW into Table Bay, Elephant Island, South Shetland Islands.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Sultan, a shore-based Royal Navy (RN) Engineering school which provided the refuge hut for the U.K. Joint Services Expedition to Elephant Island, 1970-71.||
14790|Sultans Head Rock|Summit|774216S|1671242E|-77.704446|167.211589|||01/01/1972|A rock spur along the E flank of Hut Point Peninsula, 7.5 mi SW of the Vee Cliffs, on the S side of Ross Island.  The name was first used by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) under Scott, 1901-04, in describing rocks collected there by Thomas V. Hodgson of the expedition.||04/11/2001
14791|Sulzberger Bay|Bay|770000S|1520000W|-77|-152|||01/01/1966|A bay indenting the front of the Sulzberger Ice Shelf between Fisher Island and Vollmer Island, along the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) on Dec. 5, 1929, and named by Byrd for Arthur H. Sulzberger, publisher of the New York Times, a supporter of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1928-30) and (1933-35).||
14793|Sulzberger Ice Shelf|Glacier|770000S|1480000W|-77|-148|||01/01/1966|An ice shelf about 85 mi long and 50 mi wide bordering the coast of Marie Byrd Land between Edward VII Peninsula and Guest Peninsula.  The ice shelf was observed and roughly mapped by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1928-30), which applied the name Sulzberger Bay to the open water indenting this feature.  The Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) extended the name Sulzberger to the adjacent ice shelf.||
14794|Sumgin Buttress|Cliff|801800S|0254400W|-80.3|-25.7333333|1100|3609||A prominent elevated rock mass 2.5 mi SW of Charpentier Pyramid, rising to c. 1,100 m on the W side of Herbert Mountains, Shackleton Range.  It was roughly surveyed by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1957, photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and resurveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-1971.  In association with the names of glacial geologists grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after Mikhail I. Sumgin (1873-1942), Russian pioneer in permafrost research.||
14795|Summers Glacier|Glacier|721300S|1672800E|-72.2166667|167.4666667|||01/01/1970|A tributary glacier that drains the vicinity W of Latino Peak and flows S to enter Pearl Harbor Glacier, in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James L. Summers, U.S. Navy (USN), chief utilitiesman at McMurdo Station, 1967.||
14796|Mount Summerson|Summit|824300S|1550500E|-82.7166667|155.0833333|2310|7579|01/01/1966|Mountain, 2,310 m, surmounting the N end of Endurance Cliffs in the Geologists Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charles H. Summerson, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist to the Mount Weaver area, 1962-63.||
14797|Summers Peak|Summit|694200S|0645300E|-69.7|64.8833333|2225|7300|01/01/1961|The highest peak (2,225 m) of the Stinear Nunataks in Mac. Robertson Land.  Discovered by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) southern party (1954) led by R.G. Dovers, who named it for Dr. R.O. Summers, medical officer at Mawson Station in 1954.||
14798|Summit Pass|Gap|632700S|0570200W|-63.45|-57.0333333|345|1132|01/01/1952|A col 345 m high between Passes Peak and Summit Ridge, situated 2. 5 mi S of the head of Hope Bay and 3.5 mi NE of Duse Bay, at the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  This area was first explored by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04. Summit Pass was first charted and named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1945.  It is the highest point on the sledge route between Hope Bay and Duse Bay.||
14799|Summit Ridge|Ridge|632700S|0570200W|-63.45|-57.0333333|380|1247|01/01/1952|Ridge, 380 m, with a steep ice slope on the N side and a rock cliff on the S side.  It extends eastward from Passes Peak for 0.5 mi and is located 2 mi S of the head of Hope Bay at the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  This area was first explored by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 190l-04. Summit Ridge was first charted and named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1945.  The feature takes its name from nearby Summit Pass.||
14800|Mount Sumner|Summit|743000S|0634500W|-74.5|-63.75|||01/01/1968|A mountain at the SE end of the Rare Range, in Palmer Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Joseph W. Sumner, utilitiesman at South Pole Station in 1964.||
14801|Sumner Glacier|Glacier|685300S|0654000W|-68.8833333|-65.6666667|||01/01/1962|A short, broad tributary glacier that flows NE into the lower reaches of Weyerhaeuser Glacier, close W of Mount Solus, in southern Graham Land.  Sketched from the air by D.P. Mason of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in Aug. 1947.  The lower reaches only were surveyed from the ground by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in Dec. 1958.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Thomas H. Sumner (1807-76), American sailor who, in 1837, introduced the position line method of navigation, since developed into standard practice at sea and in the air.||
14802|Sumrall Peak|Summit|824800S|0533300W|-82.8|-53.55|1130|3707|01/01/1968|Peak, 1,130 m, standing 1 mi S of Rosser Ridge in the Cordiner Peaks, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ensign William H. Sumrall, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), airplane pilot, Ellsworth Station winter party, 1957.||
14803|Sunday Island|Island|662800S|0662700W|-66.4666667|-66.45|||01/01/1965|An island close N of Rambler Island in the Bragg Islands. First mapped and named by Commander W.M. Carey, Royal Navy (RN) of the Discovery II (1930-31).  It was reidentified and surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1958.||
14804|Mount Sundbeck|Summit|861000S|1582800W|-86.1666667|-158.4666667|3030|9941|01/01/1967|A peak, 3,030 m, standing 4 mi SE of Mount Stubberud on a ridge from the N side of Nilsen Plateau, in Queen Maud Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from the surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Knut Sundbeck, engineer of the ship naming preserves the spirit of Amundsen's 1911 commemoration of "Mount K. Sundbeck," a name applied for an unidentifiable mountain in the general area.||
14805|Mount Sundberg|Summit|703400S|0664800E|-70.5666667|66.8|||01/01/1965|A pyramidal peak surmounting the central part of Thomson Massif in the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  First visited in December 1956 by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) southern party led by W.G. Bewsher.  Named by ANCA for Sergeant G. Sundberg, engine fitter with the RAAF Antarctic Flight at Mawson Station in 1956.||
14807|Sunfix Glacier|Glacier|691600S|0643000W|-69.2666667|-64.5|||01/01/1962|A tributary glacier, 15 mi long and 2 mi wide, draining ENE between Grimley and Lurabee Glaciers into Casey Glacier, in northern Palmer Land.  Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) on Dec. 22, 1947.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in Nov. 1960.  The name derives from the important sun fix for latitude which was observed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) at the head of this glacier, an area where cloud seldom allows such observation.||
14808|Sungold Hill|Summit|642300S|0575200W|-64.3833333|-57.8666667|860|2821|01/01/1964|A prominent round hill (860 m) with distinctive convex slopes, 2 mi inland between Cape Foster and Jefford Point on the S coast of James Ross Island.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) surveys, 1958-61.  The name records the characteristic color of the exposed rock cliffs.||
14809|Sunken Rock|Island|530100S|0733400E|-53.0166667|73.5666667|||01/01/1957|A sunken rock lying 0.2 mi NNE of Morgan Island, close off the N side of Heard Island.  Surveyed and named by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1948.||
14810|Sunker Nunataks|Summit|764000S|1612500E|-76.6666667|161.4166667|||01/01/1993|A group of small, rounded nunataks rising through the ice on the E side of Northwind Glacier, similar in appearance to a reef at sea, in the Convoy Range, Victoria Land.  So named by a 1989-90 New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) field party.  In Newfoundland fisherman's parlance, a sunker is a rocky reef.||
14811|Sunk Lake|Lake|773426S|1661444E|-77.573902|166.245455|||01/01/1968|A small lake lying between Deep Lake and the coast at Cape Royds, Ross Island.  The descriptive name appears on the maps by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13), but it may have been given earlier by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09).  The surface of the ice comprising the lake is 18 ft below sea level.||
14812|Sunny Ridge|Ridge|870000S|1542600W|-87|-154.4333333|||01/01/1965|A partly snow-free ridge that trends southward for 1 mi from the western extremity of Mount Weaver.  It stands at the W side of and near the head of Scott Glacier.  The ridge was scaled by the Ohio State University geological party in November 1962. So named by party leader George Doumani because of very sunny conditions during the climb.||
14813|Sunset Fjord|Bay|540300S|0372700W|-54.05|-37.45|||01/01/1953|Bay 1 mi wide in the SW corner of the Bay of Isles, South Georgia.  Charted in 1912-13 by Robert Cushman Murphy, American naturalist aboard the brig Daisy, and so named by him because from his anchorage in the Bay of Isles the sun appeared to set directly behind this feature.||
14815|Sunshine Glacier|Glacier|603800S|0453000W|-60.6333333|-45.5|60|197|01/01/1956|Glacier, 3 mi long and 2 mi wide, flowing S into Iceberg Bay on the S coast of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  It is the largest glacier on the S side of Coronation Island and terminates in ice cliffs up to 60 m high.  Surveyed in 1948-49 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and so named by them because, when all else was in shadow, small gaps in the clouds above frequently allowed patches of sunshine to appear on the surface of this glacier.||
14816|Mount Supernal|Summit|730400S|1654200E|-73.0666667|165.7|3655|11991|01/01/1967|A large double summit mountain (3,655 m) surmounting the SE corner of Hercules Neve and the heads of the Gair and Meander Glaciers, in Victoria Land.  The feature has at times been mistaken for Mount Murchison.  Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, because of its prominent and lofty appearance.||
14817|Supporters Range|Range|850400S|1693000E|-85.0666667|169.5|||01/01/1966|A rugged range of mountains, 25 mi long, bordering the E side of Mill Glacier, from Keltie Glacier in the north to Mill Stream Glacier in the south.  So named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) because several peaks of the range are named after supporters of Shackleton's expedition, the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09).||
14818|Support Force Glacier|Glacier|824500S|0463000W|-82.75|-46.5|||01/01/1968|A major glacier in the Pensacola Mountains, draining northward between the Forrestal Range and Argentina Range to Ronne Ice Shelf.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, which provided logistical support for the U.S. Antarctic Research Program during this period.||
14819|Supporting Party Mountain|Summit|852700S|1473300W|-85.45|-147.55|560|1837|01/01/1947|A mountain, 560 m, standing 3 mi E of Mount Fridovich in the Harold Byrd Mountains.  Discovered in December 1929 by members of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) Geological Sledging Party under Laurence Gould.  Named by them in appreciation of the splendid cooperative work of their Supporting Party.  The mountain was climbed by members of Gould's party who took panoramic photographs from the summit.||
14829|Surf Rock|Island|681200S|0670600W|-68.2|-67.1|||01/01/1956|Low rock 0.5 mi W of the W tip of Neny Island and 0.2 mi SE of Runaway Island, lying in Marguerite Bay off the W coast of Graham Land.  First roughly charted in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  It was surveyed in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) who so named it because of the noise of the surf breaking.||
14830|Surgeon Island|Island|704000S|1665900E|-70.6666667|166.9833333|||01/01/1970|The largest of the Lyall Islands, lying 4 mi ESE of Cape Hooker off the N coast of Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  The toponym conforms to other names in the island group which, along with Cape Hooker, have been named after surgeons who have worked in Antarctica. Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN).||
14831|Surge Rocks|Island|644700S|0640400W|-64.7833333|-64.0666667|||01/01/1975|A group of five rocks, two always exposed, lying 0.1 mi SW of Eichorst Island and 0.6 mi SSE of Bonaparte Point, Anvers Island.  The name was suggested by Palmer Station personnel in 1972. Ocean swells working on the shoal surrounding these rocks, cause breaking and a "surge" of the water level in any weather condition.||
14832|Mount Suribachi|Summit|692900S|0393800E|-69.4833333|39.6333333|||01/01/1975|A conical hill in the south-central portion of Skarvsnes Foreland on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62.  The name Suribachi-yama (Suribati Yama), meaning "conical mountain," was given by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1973.||
14834|Surko Stream|Stream|772519S|1634151E|-77.422001|163.697486|||01/01/1968|A meltwater stream 1 mi south of Gneiss Point on the coast of Victoria Land.  It issues from the front of Wilson Piedmont Glacier and flows eastward to Arnold Cove.  The stream was studied by Robert L. Nichols, geologist for Metcalf and Eddy, Engineers, Boston, MA, which made engineering studies here under contract to the U.S. Navy in the 1957-58 season.  Named by Nichols for Lieutenant Alexander Surko, U.S. Navy (USN), second-in-command of the Navy party that worked on the aircraft landing strip close north of this stream.||
14835|Cape Surprise|Cape|843100S|1742500W|-84.5166667|-174.4166667|||01/01/1966|A cape marking the northern end of Longhorn Spurs, between Massam and Barrett Glaciers, at the edge of the Ross Ice Shelf. It is composed of rocks of the Beacon and Ferrar groups.  So named by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1963-64) because this is the first place where rocks of these groups have been found on the coast, surprising the geologists.||
14837|Surprise Spur|Ridge|863400S|1475000W|-86.5666667|-147.8333333|||01/01/1970|A prominent spur, the northernmost of three spurs on the SW side of Ackerman Ridge in the La Gorce Mountains.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  So named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1969-70) because, in the middle of an extensive region of purely basement rocks, slightly altered sedimentary rocks which seem to belong to the much younger Beacon series appear on this spur.||
14838|Survey Isthmus|Isthmus|540200S|0375800W|-54.0333333|-37.9666667|39|128|01/01/1965|A narrow isthmus about 39 m high separating Elsehul and Undine Harbor near the W end of South Georgia.  The name appears to first be used on a 1931 British Admiralty chart.||
14839|Surveyors Range|Range|813700S|1601500E|-81.6166667|160.25|||01/01/1965|A mountain range 30 mi long, extending N along the E side of Starshot Glacier from the Thompson Mountain area to the glaciers terminus at the Ross Ice Shelf.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) for the early pioneering surveyors of New Zealand and present day equivalents in Great Britain who contributed to work carried out in this area by Captain P.J. Hunt, Royal Engineers.||
14840|Susa Point|Summit|541700S|0363000W|-54.2833333|-36.5|||01/01/1956|Low rocky point marking the seaward end of a small E-W ridge separating two tussock-covered flats, lying 0.25 mi S of the entrance to King Edward Cove in Cumberland East Bay, South Georgia.  Roughly surveyed by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) following their sketch survey in 1951.  The name is one of a group in the vicinity of Discovery Point derived from the chemical fixatives used there in biological work by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).||
14842|Mount Susini|Summit|604300S|0444800W|-60.7166667|-44.8|370|1214||A mountain rising to 370 m at the NW end of Mackenzie Peninsula (q.v.), Laurie Island, in the South Orkney Islands. Named "Monte Susini" by an Argentine Antarctic Expedition, 1957. An English form of the name has been approved.||
14845|Suspiros Bay|Bay|631855S|0562816W|-63.3152778|-56.4711111|||01/01/1965|A small bay indenting the west end of Joinville Island between Madder Cliffs and Cape Kinnes. The feature was named Bahía Suspiros (bay of sighs) by Captain Emilio L. Díaz, commander of the Argentine Antarctic task force, 1951-52, with reference to the difficulty of anchoring in the bay.   Not: Bahía Koegel, Bahía Suspiros, Kinnes Cove.||02/01/2009
14847|Suter Glacier|Glacier|733100S|1671000E|-73.5166667|167.1666667|||01/01/1966|Short glacier in the Mountaineer Range, Victoria Land, draining SE into Lady Newnes Bay just S of Spatulate Ridge. Named by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1966 for Douglas Suter, senior New Zealand scientist at Hallett Station, 1962-63.||
14848|Suter Island|Island|683600S|0775400E|-68.6|77.9|||01/01/1965|A small island off the Vestfold Hills, lying 0.5 mi SW of the S entrance point to Heidemann Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Named by ANCA for W. Suter, cook at Davis Station in 1960.||
14849|Sutherland Peak|Summit|773818S|1610333E|-77.638399|161.059136|||01/01/1976|One of the peaks of the Inland Forts, standing 2 mi NNW of Round Mountain in the Asgard Range of Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander William P. Sutherland, U.S. Navy (USN), Officer-in-Charge of the Naval Support Force winter-over detachment at McMurdo Station in 1974.||
14850|Sutley Peak|Summit|733900S|0943200W|-73.65|-94.5333333|1400|4593|01/01/1963|Rock peak (1,400 m) located just N of Wright Peak and 3 mi ENE of Miller Crag in the Jones Mountains.  Mapped by the University of Minnesota-Jones Mountains Party, 1960-61.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Robert M. Sutley, USN, Executive Officer of Mobile Construction Battalion One on U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1962.||
14851|Sutton Crag|Cliff|542300S|0362900W|-54.3833333|-36.4833333|1490|4888|01/01/1963|Crag, 1,490 m, standing N of and connected by a long ridge to the W peak of Mount Paget in the Allardyce Range of South Georgia.  Charted and unofficially named Sentinel or Sentinel Peak by the British South Georgia Expedition, 1954-55.  To avoid duplication with other "sentinel" names, the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1957 named this feature for George A. Sutton, leader of the expedition, who reached the summit in 1954.||
14852|Sutton Peak|Summit|794900S|0823400W|-79.8166667|-82.5666667|1410|4626|01/01/1966|A sharp peak, 1,410 m, on the ridge separating Henderson and Ahrnsbrak Glaciers in the Enterprise Hills, Heritage Range. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Walter C. Sutton, meteorologist at Little America V Station during 1957.||
14853|Suture Bench|Bench|733100S|1625700E|-73.5166667|162.95|||01/01/1967|A bench-like elevation at the SE end of Gair Mesa that overlooks the head of Campbell Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, because of a dog fight here in which one dog was so badly torn that its wounds required sutures.||03/07/1997
14854|Suvorov Glacier|Glacier|695600S|1600000E|-69.9333333|160|||01/01/1964|A glacier, 5 mi wide, flowing E from the Wilson Hills and discharging into the sea S of Northrup Head and Belousov Point. Mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1958, and named after V.S. Suvorov, Soviet mechanic who perished in the Arctic.||
14855|Mount Suydam|Summit|843200S|0652700W|-84.5333333|-65.45|1020|3346|01/01/1968|Mountain, 1,020 m, standing 3 mi W of Clark Ridge in Anderson Hills in northern Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for E. Lynn Suydam, biologist at Palmer Station, winter 1967.||
14856|Svartbandufsa Bluff|Cliff|732900S|0034800W|-73.4833333|-3.8|||01/01/1966|A bluff at the SW side of Tverregg Glacier in the Kirwan Escarpment, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and additional air photos (1958-59), and named Svartbandufsa (the black band bluff).||
14857|Svarthamaren Mountain|Summit|715400S|0051000E|-71.9|5.1666667|||01/01/1967|A prominent ice-free mountain at the E side of the mouth of Vestreskorve Glacier in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Svarthamaren (the black hammer).||
14858|Svarthausane Crags|Cliff|714000S|0124000E|-71.6666667|12.6666667|||01/01/1970|A group of crags surmounted by Zhil'naya Mountain, forming the NE end of Sudliche Petermann Range in the Wohlthat Mountains.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Svarthausane (the black crags).||
14859|Svarthausen Nunatak|Summit|694900S|0743000E|-69.8166667|74.5|||01/01/1973|A jagged, dark rock nunatak with a small outlier to the SW, lying on the W side of Polar Times Glacier, about 4 mi SSE of Mount Caroline Mikkelsen.  Mapped from air photographs by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Svarthausen (the black crag).||
14860|Svarthorna Peaks|Range|713500S|0123700E|-71.5833333|12.6166667|||01/01/1970|A series of five or more peaks on the curving ridge that forms the S end of Mittlere Petermann Range, in the Wohlthat Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, who gave the descriptive name "Schwarze Horner" (black peaks).  The peaks were remapped by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition, 1956-60, who used the spelling Svarthorna.  The Norwegian spelling has been recommended by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) to agree with associated features in the area having this name.||
14861|Svarthornbotnen Cirque|Basin|713500S|0123600E|-71.5833333|12.6|||01/01/1970|A large cirque just NE of Store Svarthorn Peak in the Mittlere Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Replotted by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Svarthornbotnen (the black peak cirque).||
14862|Svarthornkammen Ridge|Ridge|713100S|0123100E|-71.5166667|12.5166667|||01/01/1970|A high rock ridge extending N for 5 mi from Svarthorna Peaks in the Mittlere Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains. Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39. Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Svarthornkammen (the black peak ridge).||
14866|Svartnupen Peak|Summit|715500S|0085300E|-71.9166667|8.8833333|||01/01/1967|A peak on the S side of Hakon Col in the Kurze Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Svartnupen (the black peak).||
14868|Svart Peak|Summit|671600S|0582800E|-67.2666667|58.4666667|210|689|01/01/1947|A rock peak, 210 m, lying a short distance inland from the coast on the SW side of Law Promontory.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition in January-February 1937, and named Svartfjell because of its black appearance.||
14870|Svarttindane Peaks|Range|713900S|0123000E|-71.65|12.5|||01/01/1970|A cluster of sharp peaks including Veselaya Mountain, located 2 mi S of Store Svarthorn Peak in Sudliche Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Svarttindane (the black peaks).||
14871|Svaton Peaks|Range|823500S|1610000E|-82.5833333|161|||01/01/1966|A cluster of rugged peaks at the N end of the Queen Elizabeth Range, surmounting the area between the mouths of the Heilman and Otago Glaciers.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ernest M. Svaton, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) ionospheric physicist at McMurdo Station, winter 1963 and 1964.||
14873|Svea Glacier|Glacier|720800S|0015300E|-72.1333333|1.8833333|||01/01/1966|A broad glacier flowing N between the Sverdrup and Gjelsvik Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Sveabreen (the glacier of the Swedes).||
14874|Svelget|Basin|735500S|0052200W|-73.9166667|-5.3666667|||01/01/1966|A cirque between Tunga Spur and Uven Spur in the Kirwan Escarpment, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and additional air photos (1958-59), and named Svelget (the throat).||
14875|Svellnuten Peak|Summit|724000S|0030900W|-72.6666667|-3.15|||01/01/1966|A low peak at the E side of Jokulskarvet Ridge, in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52), and named Svellnuten (the icesheet peak) in association with the nearby slope, Breidsvellet.||
14879|Svendsen Glacier|Glacier|702100S|1600000E|-70.35|160|||01/01/1970|A meandering glacier, 13 mi long, in the Usarp Mountains. It flows northeastward from Mount Marzolf and emerges between McCain Bluff and Lenfant Bluff onto an ice piedmont just west of the terminus of Rennick Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Kendall L. Svendsen, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geomagnetist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
14880|Svenner Islands|Island|690200S|0765000E|-69.0333333|76.8333333|||01/01/1963|A small group of islands and rocks lying 14 mi SW of Rauer Islands in the SE part of Prydz Bay.  Discovered in February 1935 by a Norwegian expedition led by Captain Klarius Mikkelsen.  He charted the two main islands in the group and applied the name Svenner after the islands of that name near Sandefjord, Norway. The group was plotted in greater detail from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.||
14881|Sven Rock|Island|634400S|0601100W|-63.7333333|-60.1833333|||01/01/1960|Rock lying S of Oluf Rocks in Gilbert Strait, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Photographed by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) in 1955-57 and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 after the Danish freighter Oluf Sven (Captain J.C. Ryge) which transported the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) to Deception Island in 1955 and 1956, and was used during the two summers as a mobile base for operations by ground survey parties.||
14882|Svensson Ridge|Ridge|701100S|0642900E|-70.1833333|64.4833333|||01/01/1970|A rock ridge 1 mi NW of Mount Starlight in the Athos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveys and air photos, 1955-65.  Named by ANCA for A. Svensson, weather observer at Davis Station, 1964.||
14883|Sverdrup Mountains|Summit|722000S|0010000E|-72.3333333|1|||01/01/1962|A group of mountains about 50 mi long, standing just W of the Gjelsvik Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  The mountains were first photographed from the air and roughly plotted by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  They were mapped in detail by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59).  Named for H.U. Sverdrup, Chairman of the Norwegian Committee for the Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE).||
14884|Sverdrup Nunataks|Summit|724500S|0631500W|-72.75|-63.25|1800|5905||A line of peaks trending WNW-ESE and rising to 1,800 m in the NW part of Carey Range, near the edge of the interior plateau in SE Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from aerial photographs taken by the U.S. Navy, 1966-69.  In association with the names of Antarctic oceanographers grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 after Harald U. Sverdrup (1888-1957), Norwegian oceanographer and meteorologist; Director, Scripps Institution of Oceanography, 1936-48; Director, Norsk Polarinstitutt, 1948-57, and Chairman of the International Committee for the Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition, 1949-52.||
14887|Sverre Peak|Summit|714300S|0093900E|-71.7166667|9.65|||01/01/1970|A small peak 0.5 mi off the N end of Pettersen Ridge in the Conrad Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and photographed by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped by Norway from air photos and surveys by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named for Sverre Pettersen, steward with Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1957-58.||
14889|Svip Rocks|Bar|623500S|0613800W|-62.5833333|-61.6333333|||01/01/1952|Group of submerged rocks reported to lie 9 mi WNW of Rugged Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name seems first to appear on the charts of the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot.  It probably derives from the Svip, a whale catcher operating in the area at that time.||
14892|Mount Swadener|Summit|771600S|1534500W|-77.2666667|-153.75|||01/01/1971|A peak in the Sneddon Nunataks, in the N portion of the Alexandra Mountains of Edward VII Peninsula.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant John R. Swadener, U.S. Navy (USN), navigator of the ski-equipped R4D in which R. Admiral George Dufek made the first aircraft landing at the geographic South Pole, on Oct. 31, 1956.||
14894|Swain Islands|Island|661300S|1103700E|-66.2166667|110.6166667|||01/01/1956|A group of small islands and rocks about 2 mi in extent, lying 0.5 mi N of Clark Peninsula at the NE end of the Windmill Islands.  Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in February 1947.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for K.C. Swain who served as air crewman with the central task group of U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and also with USN. OpWml which obtained aerial and ground photographic coverage of the Windmill Islands in January 1948.||
14895|Mount Swan|Summit|765800S|1434500W|-76.9666667|-143.75|||01/01/1966|A mountain 4 mi S of Gutenko Nunataks in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered and mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41). Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Paul Swan, airplane pilot with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1933-35).||
14897|Swann Glacier|Glacier|735300S|0614800W|-73.8833333|-61.8|||01/01/1947|Broad glacier of undetermined length flowing E into Wright Inlet to the N of Mount Tricorn, on the E coast of Palmer Land. The glacier was discovered and photographed from the air in December 1940 by members of East Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  During 1947 it was photographed from the air by members of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), under Ronne, who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted it from the ground.  Named by Ronne for W.F.G. Swann, Director of the Barthol Research Foundation of Franklin Institute at Swarthmore, PA, a contributor to the expedition.||
14898|Swan Point|Summit|662200S|1103000E|-66.3666667|110.5|||01/01/1963|The westernmost point of Odbert Island, in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Aerographers Mate John R. Swan, USN, a member of the Wilkes Station party of 1958.||
14899|Swan Rock|Island|645800S|0631800W|-64.9666667|-63.3|||01/01/1965|Low rock lying 1.5 mi SW of Cape Willems, off the W coast of Graham Land.  The rock appears on an Argentine government chart of 1950.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Sir Joseph Swan (1828-1914), English manufacturer who invented the carbon process for photographic printing in 1866 and pioneered gelatin dry plates for instantaneous photography, 1879-81.||
14900|Swanson Glacier|Glacier|713000S|1602400E|-71.5|160.4|||01/01/1970|A glacier, 9 mi long, draining the E slopes of Daniels Range northward of Thompson Spur, in the Usarp Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charles D. Swanson, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
14901|Swanson Mountains|Summit|770000S|1450000W|-77|-145|||01/01/1947|A mountain range 8 mi long, standing 6 mi SE of Saunders Mountain in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered on aerial flights by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) in 1934 and named for the Hon. Claude A. Swanson, Secretary of the Navy, 1933-39.||
14902|Swarm Peak|Summit|762900S|1462000W|-76.4833333|-146.3333333|610|2001|01/01/1970|A rock peak (610 m) which is the easternmost of the Birchall Peaks, in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land. Photographed from the air and roughly plotted by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30, but mapped definitively by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for H. Myron Swarm, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) ionospheric physicist at Byrd Station in the 1966-67 season.||
14903|Swarsen Nunatak|Summit|712500S|0633900W|-71.4166667|-63.65|||01/01/1976|A conspicuous nunatak, largely snow covered, located 5 mi SW of Mount Jackson in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Ronald J. Swarsen, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), Medical Officer at Byrd Station, 1971, and at the South Pole Station, 1973.||
14904|Mount Swartley|Summit|771500S|1431200W|-77.25|-143.2|||01/01/1947|Peak 1 mi E of Mount Darling in the Allegheny Mountains of the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered on aerial flights from West Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and named for Prof. Stanley Swartley of Allegheny College, Pennsylvania.||
14905|Swartz Nunataks|Summit|783900S|1600000E|-78.65|160|1565|5134|01/01/1965|Two prominent nunataks, 1,565 m, protruding through the ice midway between the N part of Worcester Range and Tate Peak. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for Lieutenant Philip K. Swartz, Jr., MC, U.S. Navy (USN), officer in charge of the South Pole Station in 1961.||
14906|Swash Reef|Bar|673400S|0673300W|-67.5666667|-67.55|||01/01/1965|A reef in the entrance of Bigourdan Fjord, close N of Pourquoi Pas Island, in Graham Land.  Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from surveys and air photos, 1956-59, and so named because most of the reef is awash.||
14907|Mount Sweatt|Summit|854700S|1293900W|-85.7833333|-129.65|2540|8333|01/01/1967|A mountain, 2,540 m, standing 6.5 mi NE of Mount Soyat on the ridge between Hueneme and Norfolk Glaciers, in the Wisconsin Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Earl E. Sweatt, construction electrician, Byrd Station winter party, 1961.||
14908|Sweeney Mountains|Summit|750600S|0691500W|-75.1|-69.25|||01/01/1947|A group of mountains of moderate height and about 40 mi extent, located 30 mi N of the Hauberg Mountains in eastern Ellsworth Land.  Discovered by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, under Ronne, who named these mountains for Mrs. Edward C. Sweeney, a contributor to the expedition.||
14909|Sweeny Inlet|Stream|742700S|1152000W|-74.45|-115.3333333||||An ice-filled inlet, 18 mi wide, between Spaulding Peninsula and Martin Peninsula on Bakutis Coast, Marie Byrd Land. The feature marks the SE end of Getz Ice Shelf.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1959-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Captain Timothy A. Sweeny, (CE) USA, officer in charge of the aircraft recovery camp at Dome Charlie (q.v.) on U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1976.  Working at this remote camp in the 1975-76 season, the salvage team succeeded in recovering two LC-130 aircraft which had been damaged at Dome Charlie on Jan. 15, 1975, and Nov. 4, 1975.||
14910|Swell Point|Summit|592700S|0270600W|-59.45|-27.1|||01/01/1956|Small, narrow point 1.2 mi S of Resolution Point, on the E side and near the SE extremity of Cook Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  Charted and named by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1930.||
14914|Swift Glacier|Glacier|642200S|0574600W|-64.3666667|-57.7666667|||01/01/1964|A steep glacier about 2 mi long, close W of Jefford Point, James Ross Island.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) surveys, 1958-61.  The name is descriptive, this being one of the most active glaciers on the island.||
14915|Swift Peak|Summit|661900S|0630800W|-66.3166667|-63.1333333|1000|3281|01/01/1976|A peak that is the highest point of an undulating, mainly snow-covered range of hills rising to about 1,000 m.  Located at the N end of Churchill Peninsula on the E coast of Graham Land. Charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in 1947.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Jonathan Swift (1667-1745), English author of Gulliver's Travels, a novel from which several nearby features are named.||
14916|Swinburne Ice Shelf|Glacier|771000S|1535500W|-77.1666667|-153.9166667|||01/01/1971|An ice shelf just N of Edward VII Peninsula and the Alexandra Mountains in the S part of Sulzberger Bay.  The ice shelf is 20 mi long and 5 mi wide and extends from Fisher Island to White Islands.  It was photographed from aircraft and mapped by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain H.W Swinburne, Jr., Deputy Commander and Chief of Staff, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, during Deep Freeze 1970 and 1971.||
14917|Swine Hill|Summit|712400S|0673300W|-71.4|-67.55|||01/01/1955|The southernmost of two rugged, rocky knolls, 550 mi, standing 10 mi WNW of the summit of Mount Bagshawe on the W coast of Palmer Land and overlooking Gadarene Lake and George VI Sound. The feature was first seen and photographed from the air on Nov. 23, 1935 by Lincoln Ellsworth, and was mapped from these photographs by W.L.G. Joerg.  It was roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, and resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) who erected a cairn on the summit.  Named by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for its association with Gadarene Lake (q.v.) and the incident of the Gadarene swine.||
14918|Mount Swinford|Summit|771619S|1615426E|-77.271907|161.907326|||01/01/1976|A peak 2.75 mi WNW of Mount Harker in Saint Johns Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Harold D. Swinford, U.S. Navy (USN) (CEC), who served with the Navy Nuclear Power Unit at McMurdo Station, wintering over there in 1963 and 1968.||
14919|Swinford Glacier|Glacier|844500S|1641000E|-84.75|164.1666667|||01/01/1952|A tributary glacier, 6 mi long, flowing SE between Mount Holloway and Marshall Mountains to enter Beardmore Glacier. Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named by Shackleton for his eldest son, Raymond Swinford.  The map of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) and some subsequent maps transpose the positions of Swinford Glacier and Berwick Glacier.  The latter lies 12 mi northeastward.  The original application (British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09) of Berwick Glacier is the one recommended.||
14921|Swinhoe Peak|Summit|542000S|0363200W|-54.3333333|-36.5333333|845|2772|01/01/1963|Peak, 845 m, standing between Hamberg Glacier and Hestesletten on the N side of South Georgia.  The peak was mapped by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold.  It was surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Ernest Swinhoe, Manager of the South Georgia Exploration Co., who visited South Georgia in 1905 to prospect for minerals and to consider the establishment of an experimental sheep ranch.||
14922|Swinnerton Ledge|Summit|804300S|0222800W|-80.7166667|-22.4666667|1500|4921||A flat-topped ridge rising to c. 1,500 m and marking the E end of the Read Mountains, Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967.  Surveyed by the British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71. In association with the names of geologists grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Henry H. Swinnerton (1876-1966), British zoologist and paleontologist, Professor of Geology, University College of Nottingham (later Nottingham University), 1912-46; President, Geological Society, 1938-40.||
14923|Swithinbank Glacier|Glacier|675600S|0664600W|-67.9333333|-66.7666667|||01/01/1964|A glacier flowing N to the SE corner of Square Bay, in Graham Land.  Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from surveys and air photos, 1946-59.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Charles W. Swithinbank, British glaciologist, a participant in several British, New Zealand and American expeditions to Antarctica, 1949-62.||
14925|Swithinbank Moraine|Ridge|850000S|1770500W|-85|-177.0833333|||01/01/1966|A spectacular medial moraine in the Shackleton Glacier.  It trends northward from Matador Mountain.  Named by the Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for Charles W. Swithinbank, a member of the University of Michigan glaciological and survey parties to the major glaciers feeding the Ross Ice Shelf in 1960-61 and 1961-62.||
14926|Swithinbank Range|Range|814200S|1590000E|-81.7|159|||01/01/1965|A small range from the Churchill Mountains, extending eastward between Donnally and Ahern Glaciers to the W side of Starshot Glacier.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1959-60) for Charles W. Swithinbank, glaciologist that season at Little America V.||
14927|Swithinbank Slope|Slope|732800S|0021200W|-73.4666667|-2.2|||01/01/1966|A semi-circular ice slope, about 25 mi long, between Mount Hallgren and Newmayer Cliffs in the Kirwan Escarpment of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59).  Named for Charles W. Swithinbank, glaciologist with Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE).||
14928|Swope Glacier|Glacier|772000S|1455000W|-77.3333333|-145.8333333|||01/01/1970|A glacier which drains westward from the Ford Ranges, between Mounts Woodward and West, into Sulzberger Ice Shelf. Features in these ranges were discovered and successively mapped by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1928-30) and (1933-35) and by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) all led by R. Admiral R.E. Byrd.  The glacier is named for Gerard Swope, president of General Electric Corp., who contributed various types of electrical equipment to the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1933-35).||
14930|Sydney Cove|Bay|525800S|0731800E|-52.9666667|73.3|||01/01/1957|An open cove indenting the N side of Laurens Peninsula, Heard Island, immediately SE of Red Island.  The cove was frequented by early sealers, as shown by the name "Shanghai Beach" along the W side of the cove appearing on an 1860 sketch map compiled by Captain H.C. Chester, American sealer operating in the area during this period.  Surveyed in 1948 by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) and named by them after the city of Sydney, Australia.||
14933|Sykes Glacier|Glacier|773517S|1613244E|-77.587922|161.545631|||01/01/1970|A north-flowing glacier located just east of Plane Table in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  Named by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) for New Zealand film director Jeremy Sykes who perished in a helicopter accident at nearby Mount McLennan, Nov. 19, 1969.||
14934|Sylwester Glacier|Glacier|841400S|1594800E|-84.2333333|159.8|||01/01/1966|A glacier, 5 mi long, flowing N between Jacobs Nunatak and MacAlpine Hills into Law Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for David L. Sylwester, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) aurora scientist at South Pole Station, winter 1961, and Byrd Station, summer, 1961-62.||10/15/2004
14935|Symes Nunatak|Summit|723000S|1645500E|-72.5|164.9166667|||01/01/1994|A nunatak near the middle of Evans Neve in Victoria Land, situated 9 mi SE of Mount Staley.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1983 after J. Symes, geological assistant in R.A. Cooper's New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) geological field party to the area, 1974-75.||
14937|Symington Islands|Island|652700S|0645800W|-65.45|-64.9666667|||01/01/1971|Group of small islands lying 13 mi WNW of Lahille Island, in the Biscoe Islands.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for J.D.L. Symington, senior air photographer of the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) in this area in 1956-57.||
14938|Syningen Nunatak|Summit|682000S|0590900E|-68.3333333|59.15|||01/01/1967|A nunatak 1 mi S of See Nunatak in the eastern part of the Hansen Mountains.  Mapped and named by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.||
14941|Syrezol Rocks|Island|621100S|0581700W|-62.1833333|-58.2833333|||01/01/1960|Small group of rocks lying 1 mi W of Martins Head at the E side of the entrance to Admiralty Bay, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  In 1908-10, the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot assigned the name "Cap Syrezol" to a feature between what is now Martins Head and Chabrier Rock.  Since there is no distinctive point or cape in this position, the name has been applied to these rocks in order to preserve Charcot's naming in the area in which it was originally given.||
14942|Syrstad Rock|Summit|755800S|1330200W|-75.9666667|-133.0333333|||01/01/1974|A rock outcrop below and 1 mi N of Koerner Bluff on the NW slopes of Mount Bursey, in the Flood Range, Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Erik Syrstad, ionospheric physicist at South Pole Station, 1970.||04/11/2001
14943|Syrtis Hill|Summit|715000S|0682000W|-71.8333333|-68.3333333|500|1640|01/01/1994|A prominent snow-free conical terraced hill, rising to c. 500 m, on the NW corner of the Two Step Cliffs massif overlooking Viking Valley, Alexander Island.  The hill is an important snow-free landmark and the site of biological and geological research.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1993 after Syrtis Major, the prominent dark feature on Mars, first described by the Dutch astronomer Huygens in 1659.||
14944|Systerflesene Islands|Island|691700S|0392500E|-69.2833333|39.4166667|||01/01/1968|Three small islands in a group lying 5 mi W of Hamnenabben Head in the E part of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Systerflesene (the sister islets).||
14945|Szabo Bluff|Cliff|862900S|1444800W|-86.4833333|-144.8|||01/01/1967|A bluff standing just N of Price Bluff on the divide between Van Reeth and Robison Glaciers, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Alex J. Szabo, aircraft pilot of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 during Operation Deep Freeze 1966 and 1967.||
14946|Szanto Spur|Ridge|734300S|1611800E|-73.7166667|161.3|||01/01/1969|A noteworthy rock spur jutting from the N wall into Priestley Glacier, Victoria Land, at the head of the glacier. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Otto R. Szanto, U.S. Navy (USN), radio man who served in Antarctic support activities for 4 seasons at McMurdo Station in the 1960s.||
14947|Szielasko Ice Cap|Glacier|541900S|0361800W|-54.3166667|-36.3|||01/01/1963|Ice cap 2 mi long, occupying the highland close S of Godthul on the N side of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for August E.A. Szielasko, medical officer on the Fridtjof Nansen which was wrecked off South Georgia in 1906.  He published geographical and ornithological notes about the island.||
14948|Tabarin Peninsula|Cape|633200S|0570000W|-63.5333333|-57|||01/01/1952|Peninsula 15 mi long and 5 to 12 mi wide, lying S of the trough between Hope Bay and Duse Bay and forming the E extremity of Trinity Peninsula.  Discovered and charted by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold.  It was mapped in 1946 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named after Operation Tabarin, the naval code name for the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from 1943 to 1945.||
14949|Table Bay|Bay|610900S|0552400W|-61.15|-55.4|||01/01/1972|The largest bay on the W coast of Elephant Island, South Shetland Islands.  The name was applied by early sealers and dates back to at least 1822.||
14950|Table Bay|Bay|844700S|1633000E|-84.7833333|163.5|||01/01/1966|A small glacier between Mount Augusta and Mount Holloway in the S part of Queen Alexandra Range draining eastward into Beardmore Glacier at Lizard Point.  Evidently named by the Southern Polar Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) because of its appearance.  The term "Bay" is obviously a misnomer, but it has been retained because of uniform usage for over fifty years.||
14951|Table Island|Island|622100S|0594900W|-62.35|-59.8166667|||01/01/1952|Conspicuous flat-topped island 2.5 mi NW of the W tip of Robert Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name, which is descriptive, dates back to at least 1822 and is now established in international usage.||
14952|Table Mountain|Summit|775744S|1620248E|-77.96232|162.04668|2000|6562|01/01/1962|A large flat mountain rising to over 2,000 m immediately S of the junction of the Emmanuel and Ferrar Glaciers in Victoria Land.  Discovered and given this descriptive name by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) under Scott.||
14955|Table Nunatak|Summit|683000S|0625700W|-68.5|-62.95|||01/01/1953|Flat-topped, rectangular nunatak lying 0.5 mi E of Cape Agassiz on the E coast of Palmer Land.  This is probably the feature first seen in 1940 by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) and described as a snow-covered island close E of Cape Agassiz.  The nunatak was again sighted by Lieutenant Charles J. Adams, of the then U.S. Army Air Force (USAAF), pilot with the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) on a flight in September 1947.  The name is descriptive.||03/07/1997
14956|Taborovskiy Peak|Summit|714800S|0113500E|-71.8|11.5833333|2895|9498|01/01/1970|The highest peak, 2,895 m, in the Skarshaugane Peaks of the Betekhtin Range, Humboldt Mountains, in Queen Maud Land. Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Soviet meteorologist N.L. Taborovskiy.||
14958|Tabor Spur|Ridge|851500S|0901400W|-85.25|-90.2333333|||01/01/1962|A narrow, jagged spur jutting out from the front of the Bermel Escarpment between Taylor Outlier and Elliott Nunatak, in the Thiel Mountains.  The name was proposed by Peter Bermel and Arthur Ford, co-leaders of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Thiel Mountains party which surveyed these mountains in 1960-61.  Named for Rowland Tabor, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geologist with the 1961-62 Thiel Mountains party.||
14959|Tabular Mountain|Summit|775212S|1601458E|-77.870131|160.24938|2740|8989|01/01/1962|Broad, flat-topped mountain, 2,740 m, about 6 mi NNW of Mount Feather, in the Quartermain Mountains, Victoria Land. Descriptively named by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04.||
14960|Tachimachi Point|Summit|690000S|0393700E|-69|39.6166667|||01/01/1975|A low, snow-covered point which marks the NE extremity of East Ongul Island in northeastern Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62.  The name Tachimachi-misaki (Tatimati Point), meaning "stand and wait point," was given by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1972.||
14961|Tadpole Island|Island|655600S|0651900W|-65.9333333|-65.3166667|||01/01/1971|Island just N of Ferin Head, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  The name, given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959, is descriptive of the island's shape when seen from the air.||03/07/1997
14962|Taff y Bryn|Ridge|764300S|1612500E|-76.7166667|161.4166667|1600|5249|01/01/1993|A ridgelike summit capped by dolerite (c. 1,600 m), situated 1 mi W of Flagship Mountain from which it is separated by a snow col, in Convoy Range, Victoria Land.  Named after the River Taff in Wales, the toponym in Welsh literally means "Hill of the Taff."  Named by the 1976-77 Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) led by Christopher J. Burgess.||
14963|Taggen Nunatak|Summit|721000S|0214800E|-72.1666667|21.8|||01/01/1966|Nunatak between Borchgrevinkisen and Kreitzerisen in the western part of the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Taggen (the prong).||
14964|Tailend Nunatak|Summit|784900S|0272500W|-78.8166667|-27.4166667|535|1755|01/01/1962|Nunatak, 535 m, at the N end of the Theron Mountains. First mapped in 1956-57 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and so named because it was the last rock feature at the NE end of the Theron Mountains seen either from the ground or from the air by members of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) during their survey in 1956-57.||
14965|Tail Island|Island|634000S|0573700W|-63.6666667|-57.6166667|130|427|01/01/1952|Circular island 1.25 mi in diameter and 130 m high, lying midway between Egg Island and Eagle Island in the NE part of Prince Gustav Channel.  Islands in this area were first seen by a party under J. Gunnar Andersson of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04. Tail Island was charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1945, and so named by them because of its relative position to Eagle and Beak Islands.||
14966|Tait Glacier|Glacier|642200S|0580200W|-64.3666667|-58.0333333|||01/01/1963|Glacier about 4 mi long on the SW coast of James Ross Island, flowing SW into Carlsson Bay.  Probably first seen by Dr. Otto Nordenskjold in 1903.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1945.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Murdo F. Tait, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) meteorological observer at Hope Bay in 1952 and 1953.||
14967|Mount Takahe|Summit|761700S|1120500W|-76.2833333|-112.0833333|||01/01/1960|A large, isolated snow-covered mountain (an extinct volcano) standing 40 mi SE of Toney Mountain in Marie Byrd Land. It is roughly circular, 18 mi across, and rises to 3,400 meters. This mountain was probably among those viewed from a distance by Admiral Byrd and other members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in plane flights from the ship Bear on Feb. 24 and 25, 1940.  It was visited in December 1957 by members of the Marie Byrd Land Traverse Party, 1957-58, who applied the name.  "Takahe," the Maori name for a flightless, almost extinct New Zealand bird, is the nickname of the U.S. Navy LC-47 aircraft whose crew resupplied the traverse party near this mountain and assisted by providing aerial reconnaissance to locate passable routes.||
14968|Takaki Promontory|Cliff|653300S|0641400W|-65.55|-64.2333333|||01/01/1959|Promontory at the NE side of Leroux Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First seen and roughly charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 after Baron Kanehiro Takaki (1849-1920), Director-General of the Medical Department of the Imperial Japanese Navy, the first man to prevent beriberi empirically by dietary additions, in 1882.||03/07/1997
14969|Takrouna Bluff|Cliff|715900S|1632300E|-71.9833333|163.3833333|||01/01/1964|A small but prominent bluff on the E side of Alamein Range in the Freyberg Mountains, overlooking Canham Glacier from a position 6 mi WSW of Galatos Peak.  Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, after Takrouna, a similar feature in Tunisia associated with Lord Freyberg and the Second New Zealand Expeditionary Force during World War II.||
14970|Talbot Glacier|Glacier|651200S|0631400W|-65.2|-63.2333333|||01/01/1965|Glacier flowing into Etienne Fjord, Flandres Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for William H.F. Talbot (1800-77), English inventor of the first practical photographic process on paper, perfected and called calotype in 1839-41.||
14971|Talbott Point|Summit|661500S|0671000W|-66.25|-67.1666667|||01/01/1965|The northern point of DuBois Island, Biscoe Islands. Mapped from air photos taken by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for John H. Talbott, American physiologist who has specialized in the reactions of the human body to climatic environments.||
14974|Mount Talmadge|Summit|782500S|1623400E|-78.4166667|162.5666667|2395|7858|01/01/1995|A mountain (2,395 m) which rises above the steep cliffs at the W side of Koettlitz Neve, 3 mi S of Fisher Bastion, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1994 after John B. Talmadge, Head of Polar Coordination and Information Section (1984-95), Office of Polar Programs, NSF.||
14975|Talos Dome|Summit|730000S|1580000E|-73|158|2300|7546||A large ice dome rising to 2,300 m to the SW of the Usarp Mountains.  The dome overlies the E margin of the Wilkes Subglacial Basin.  The feature was delineated by the SPRI-NSF-TUD airborne radio echo sounding program, 1967-79, and was named after Talos of Greek mythology, who assisted Minos in the defense of Crete.||
14976|Talutis Inlet|Stream|771500S|0813000W|-77.25|-81.5||||An ice-filled inlet in the western side of Fowler Ice Rise. The inlet opens onto Carlson Inlet just south of Kealey Ice Rise. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from imagery provided by NASA Earth Resources Technology Satellite (ERTS-1), 1973-74.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant William R. Talutis, U.S. Navy (USN), Officer-in-Charge of the South Pole Station, 1972.||
14978|Tama Glacier|Glacier|684700S|0402200E|-68.7833333|40.3666667|||01/01/1964|A glacier flowing to the sea between Tensoku Rock and Manju Rock on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Tama-hyoga (ball glacier).||
14979|Tama Point|Summit|684300S|0402600E|-68.7166667|40.4333333|||01/01/1964|A point 3 mi NE of Tama Glacier on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Tama-misaki (ball point).||
14980|Tamarus Valley|Valley|801000S|1562000E|-80.1666667|156.3333333||||Ice-free valley lying S of Sabrina Ridge and 2.5 mi NE of Mount Henderson in the Britannia Range.  Named in association with Britannia by a University of Waikato (New Zealand) geological party, 1978-79, led by M.J. Selby.  Tamarus is the historical name used in Roman Britain for the River Tamar.||
14981|Tambovskaya Peak|Summit|714100S|0122000E|-71.6833333|12.3333333|2750|9022|01/01/1970|The central peak, 2,750 m, of Grakammen Ridge in Westliche Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after the city of Tambov.||
14982|Tammann Peaks|Range|665700S|0662100W|-66.95|-66.35|||01/01/1965|Peaks standing 4 mi SE of Orford Cliff and a like distance E of Lallemand Fjord, in Graham Land.  Mapped from air photos taken by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Gustav H.J.A. Tammann, German physical chemist who (1900-1935) made important studies of the physical properties of ice.||
14983|Tangekilen Bay|Bay|695800S|0262000E|-69.9666667|26.3333333|||01/01/1970|An indentation of the ice shelf northward of the Sor Rondane Mountains and 42 mi ENE of Breid Bay, along the coast of Queen Maud Land.  First mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Tangekilen (the tongue bay) after the large ice tongue just eastward.||
14985|Tange Promontory|Cliff|672700S|0464500E|-67.45|46.75|||01/01/1974|An ice-covered peninsula just W of Casey Bay on the coast of Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photographs taken from an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in November 1956.  Mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in February 1957.  Named by ANCA for Sir Arthur Tange, Secretary of the Australian Department of External Affairs, 1954-65.||03/07/1997
14986|Tanglefoot Peak|Summit|672100S|0673300W|-67.35|-67.55|650|2133|01/01/1956|Prominent rocky peak, 650 m, at the end of Haslam Heights, Arrowsmith Peninsula, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Probably first sighted by members of the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot who roughly charted this area in 1909.  Surveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and so named from the broken ridge extending S and SE from the peak.||
14988|Tankobu Peak|Summit|692400S|0394800E|-69.4|39.8|155|509|01/01/1968|A bare rock peak, 155 m, marking the N end of the Byvagasane Peaks on the E shore of Lutzow-Holm Bay. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Surveyed by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Tankobu-san (craggy peak).||
14989|Tanna Peak|Summit|722000S|0012000E|-72.3333333|1.3333333|||01/01/1966|A peak at the E side of the mouth of Rogstad Glacier in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Tanna (the tooth).||
14991|Tanner Island|Island|543800S|0364600W|-54.6333333|-36.7666667|145|476||The westernmost and largest of the Pickersgill Islands (q.v.), rising to 145 m off the S coast of South Georgia.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for William G. Tanner, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist, who worked on the island during the 1975-76 field season.||
14992|Tanngarden Peaks|Range|720200S|0231700E|-72.0333333|23.2833333|2350|7710|01/01/1966|Row of peaks, 2,350 m, just N of Viking Heights and Mount Wideroe in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Tanngarden (the row of teeth).||
14993|Tantalus Bluffs|Cliff|845500S|1682500W|-84.9166667|-168.4166667|||01/01/1966|High rock bluffs forming the NE shoulder of Mount Ferguson, overlooking the W side of the terminus of Liv Glacier near its entry into Ross Ice Shelf.  So named by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1963-64) because the bluffs appeared to be of geologic interest, but could not be reached.  In attempting to penetrate the crevasse field NE of the bluffs one of the geologists was injured in a crevasse accident.||
14994|Tantalus Peak|Summit|735300S|1612100E|-73.8833333|161.35|2220|7283|01/01/1967|The highest peak (2,220 m) along the S wall at the head of Priestley Glacier, Victoria Land.  So named by the southern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, because an attempt to establish a station there proved abortive due to steep ice.  (Tantalus, son of Zeus, was punished for transgressions by "standing in water that ebbed when he would drink.")||
14995|Tapley Mountains|Summit|854500S|1490000W|-85.75|-149||||A range of mountains fronting on the E side of Scott Glacier, extending eastward for 35 mi between Leverett and Albanus Glaciers in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered in December 1929 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Laurence Gould, and named by Byrd for the Hon. Harold L. Tapley of Dunedin, New Zealand, agent for the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) of 1928-30 and 1933-35.||
14996|Tapsell Foreland|Bay|705200S|1672000E|-70.8666667|167.3333333|800|2625|01/01/1970|A broad, mostly snow-covered foreland jutting into the sea between Yule Bay and Smith Inlet, northern Victoria Land.  Much of the central portion of this feature rises above 800 m The name Tapsell, applied by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1969, is the surname of the Master of the barque Brisk, one of the whaling vessels based on Enderby Settlement at Port Ross, Auckland Islands, 1849-52.  In an exploratory voyage in Feb. 1850, Tapsell sailed S to the Belleny Islands and then W along the parallel of 67S as far as 143E.  Despite the high latitude, no land was sighted.||
14997|Lake Tarachine|Lake|690100S|0393500E|-69.0166667|39.5833333|||01/01/1968|A small lake between Lake Kamome and Lake Minami in the S part of East Ongul Island.  Surveyed and named by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) in 1957.||
14998|Tarakanov Ridge|Ridge|821900S|1592400E|-82.3166667|159.4|||01/01/1966|A prominent ridge from the Cobham Range, between the Gray Glacier and Prince Philip Glacier.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gennady Tarakanov, Soviet exchange scientist, meteorologist at McMurdo Station, 1963.||
14999|Mount Tararua|Summit|720800S|1661400E|-72.1333333|166.2333333|2550|8366|01/01/1964|A prominent peak, 2,550 m, surmounting the SW part of Monteath Hills in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Climbed on Jan. 3, 1963 by the Southern Party of NZFMCAE, 1962-63, who named it after their parent mountain club, the Tararua Tramping Club, Wellington, New Zealand.||
15001|Tarbuck Crag|Cliff|683500S|0781200E|-68.5833333|78.2|140|459|01/01/1973|One of a group of three high points about 0.75 mi SW of Club Lake in the Vestfold Hills.  The feature is 140 m high and has steep sides to the south and east.  The feature was the terminal tellurometer station of the 1969 Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey.  Named by ANCA for J. Tarbuck, cook at Wilkes Station in 1965, cook at Davis Station in 1969, and expedition assistant with Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) at Wilkes in 1967.||
15002|Target Hill|Summit|660000S|0625700W|-66|-62.95|1010|3314|01/01/1963|A prominent hill which rises 1,010 m above the level of Larsen Ice Shelf.  It stands 6 mi W of Mount Fritsche on the S flank of Leppard Glacier in eastern Graham Land.  The hill was the most westerly point reached by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) survey party in 1955; it was visible to the party as a target upon which to steer from the summit of Richtliofen Pass.||
15003|Tårnet Pinnacle|Pillar|720100S|0253400E|-72.0166667|25.5666667|||01/01/1966|A prominent rock pinnacle on the NW side of Mount Bergersen in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Tarnet (the tower).||
15004|Mount Tarr|Summit|702500S|0654600E|-70.4166667|65.7666667|||01/01/1971|A mountain 1.5 mi ESE of Mount Creighton in the Porthos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos of 1965.  Named by ANCA for F. Tarr, aircraft engineer with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey party in 1969.||
15006|Tartar Island|Island|615600S|0582900W|-61.9333333|-58.4833333|||01/01/1960|Island 0.3 mi long lying 0.5 mi NW of Round Point, off the N coast of King George Island in the South Shetland Islands. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for the sealing vessel Tartar (Captain Pottinger) from London, which visited the South Shetland Islands in 1821-22.||
15007|Tasch Peak|Summit|764000S|1180300W|-76.6666667|-118.05|||01/01/1975|A rocky peak in the SE portion of Mount Rees, in the Crary Mountains of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy tricamera aerial photographs, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Paul Tasch, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist in the Sentinel Range and Ohio Range, summer 1966-67, and Coalsack Bluff, 1969-70.||
15008|Tashtego Point|Summit|654400S|0620900W|-65.7333333|-62.15|||01/01/1963|Rocky point marking the E end of the ridge at the S side of Stubb Glacier, on the E coast of Graham Land.  Surveyed and photographed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Stubbs harpooner on the Pequod in Herman Melville's Moby Dick.||03/07/1997
15009|Tasman Rip|Stream|613000S|0555600W|-61.5|-55.9333333||||A marine channel in the South Shetland Islands, running E-W between O'Brien Island and Eadie Island and characterized by strong tidal rips and whirlpools.  The channel was crossed by a party of the U.K. Joint Services Expedition to Elephant Island in January 1977, and so named after the Tasman canoes used in the crossing.||
15010|Tate Glacier|Glacier|855400S|1605000W|-85.9|-160.8333333|||01/01/1967|A tributary glacier on the S side of Thomas Spur, flowing E and merging with Moffett Glacier just E of the spur where the two glaciers enter the larger Amundsen Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert Tate, geomagnetist-seismologist with the South Pole Station winter party, 1964.||
15011|Tate Peak|Summit|783800S|1593100E|-78.6333333|159.5166667|1885|6184|01/01/1965|Sharp peak, 1,885 m, standing 2 mi E of Escalade Peak at the S side of Skelton Neve.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for Lieutenant T.N. Tate, U.S. Navy (USN), public works officer at McMurdo Station, 1963.||
15012|Tate Rocks|Summit|724000S|0743300E|-72.6666667|74.55|||01/01/1967|Three small nunataks lying 7 mi NNW of Mason Peaks in the Grove Mountains.  Mapped from air photos, 1956-60, by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Named by ANCA for K.A. Tate, radio officer at Mawson Station, 1962.||
15014|Tau Islands|Island|641800S|0625500W|-64.3|-62.9166667|||01/01/1963|Small group of islands and rocks which lie immediately off the NE extremity of Eta Island in the Melchior Islands, Palmer Archipelago.  The name, derived from the 19th letter of the Greek alphabet, appears to have been first used on a 1946 Argentine government chart following surveys of the islands by Argentine expeditions in 1942 and 1943.||
15015|Taurus Nunataks|Summit|705200S|0662300W|-70.8666667|-66.3833333|||01/01/1976|A line of three nunataks running E-W, with only the outer two of any prominence, located 23 mi ENE of Gurney Point in Palmer Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the constellation of Taurus.||
15016|Tawny Gap|Gap|540100S|0373600W|-54.0166667|-37.6|||01/01/1963|Low pass extending across South Georgia from the head of Ice Fjord to a cove just S of Wales Head.  The name was given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following survey by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57 and is descriptive of the colorful vegetation in this small gap.||
15017|Firth of Tay|Bay|632200S|0554500W|-63.3666667|-55.75|||01/01/1956|Sound, 12 mi long and 6 mi wide, extending in a NW-SE direction between the NE side of Dundee Island and the E portion of Joinville Island.  It merges to the NW with Active Sound with which it completes the separation of Dundee and Joinville Islands.  Discovered in 1892-93 by Captain Thomas Robertson of the Dundee whaling expedition and named by him after the Firth of Tay of Scotland.||
15018|Taygete Cone|Summit|724100S|1653400E|-72.6833333|165.5666667||||An extinct volcanic cone NE of Alcyone Cone in the N part of The Pleiades, Victoria Land.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) after Taygete (Taygeta), one of the stars in the Pleiades.||
15019|Tay Head|Cliff|632100S|0553400W|-63.35|-55.5666667|||01/01/1964|Rocky headland 6 mi E of Mount Alexander, extending into the Firth of Tay on the S coast of Joinville Island.  The name, given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1963, is derived from the Firth of Tay.||
15020|Mount Taylor|Summit|632600S|0570800W|-63.4333333|-57.1333333|1000|3281|01/01/1952|Large, flat-topped mountain, 1,000 m, having steep cliffs on the NE side, standing 2.5 mi WSW of the head of Hope Bay at the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold.  The mountain was charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1946 and named in 1948 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Captain A. Taylor, commander of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and leader of its base at Hope Bay in 1945.||
15021|Taylor Buttresses|Cliff|700800S|0672300W|-70.1333333|-67.3833333|||01/01/1976|An oval shaped, whale-backed hill with its smooth contours broken at the northern end by three rock buttresses which are conspicuous from the north, located near the heads of Riley Glacier and Chapman Glacier in western Palmer Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Brian J. Taylor, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist at Fossil Bluff station, 1961-63.||
15022|Taylor Dome|Summit|774000S|1574000E|-77.6666667|157.6666667|2400|7874|01/01/1994|An elliptical ice dome, 43 mi long ESE-WNW and 16 mi wide, rising to 2,400 m, centered c. 29 mi WNW of Mount Crean, Lashly Mountains, Victoria Land.  The feature was delineated by the SPRI-NSF-TUD airborne radio echo sounding program, 1967-79.  The name was first used by David J. Drewry of SPRI in 1980.  The dome is one of the local sources of ice to the Taylor Glacier, from which it is named.  Approved by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1994.||
15023|Taylor Glacier|Glacier|774505S|1614555E|-77.751277|161.765168|||01/01/1947|Glacier 1.5 mi wide, lying E of Hayes Peak and flowing N into the sea just E of Cape Bruce.  Discovered in February 1931 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson.  He named it for geologist Griffith Taylor.||
15024|Taylor Glacier|Glacier|774400S|1621000E|-77.7333333|162.1666667|||01/01/1947|Glacier about 35 mi long, flowing from the plateau of Victoria Land into the W end of Taylor Valley, N of the Kukri Hills.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and at that time thought to be a part of Ferrar Glacier.  The Western Journey Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) determined that the upper and lower portions of what was then known as Ferrar Glacier are apposed, i.e., joined in Siamese-twin fashion N of Knobhead.  With this discovery Scott named the upper portion for Griffith Taylor, geologist and leader of the Western Journey Party.||
15026|Taylor Hills|Range|823800S|1635000E|-82.6333333|163.8333333|||01/01/1966|A line of ice-covered hills bordering the E side of Lowery Glacier between Oliver Glacier and Robb Glacier.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lawrence D. Taylor, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciologist at South Pole Station, 1963-64.||
15028|Taylor Islands|Island|661000S|1001700E|-66.1666667|100.2833333|||01/01/1963|Group of rocky islands and rocks lying at the W side of Edisto Ice Tongue and marking the W end of the Highjump Archipelago.  Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named for Richard Spence Taylor, who served as surveyor with the U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml parties which established astronomical control stations from Wilhelm II Coast to Budd Coast in January-February 1948.||
15029|Taylor Nunatak|Summit|845400S|1760000W|-84.9|-176|||01/01/1966|A large nunatak at the E side of Shackleton Glacier, just S of the terminus of Dick Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains. Named by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for Thomas E. Taylor, topographic surveyor, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), who worked near the mouth of Shackleton Glacier in the summers of 1960-61 and 1961-62, and in the Pensacola Mountains, 1962-63.||02/20/2001
15030|Taylor Nunataks|Summit|631500S|0553300W|-63.25|-55.55|660|2165|01/01/1963|Two isolated nunataks, 650 m and 660 m, joined by a narrow ridge, lying SE of Mount Quilmes in the eastern half of Joinville Island.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1953.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Robert J.F. Taylor of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), dog-physiologist at Hope Bay in 1954 and 1955, who accompanied the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) survey party to Joinville Island in 1953-54.||
15031|Taylor Outlier|Summit|851300S|0901900W|-85.2166667|-90.3166667|||01/01/1962|A relatively isolated rock lying just in front of the W end of the Bermel Escarpment and about 1.5 mi E of the lower part of Counts Icefall, in the Thiel Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-61.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Alfred R. Taylor U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geologist, a member of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Victoria Land Traverse, 1959-60.||
15032|Taylor Peak|Summit|721200S|1683900E|-72.2|168.65|2550|8366|01/01/1964|The main peak (2,550 m) of the heights separating Helman and Tyler Glaciers in the Admiralty Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for C.B. Taylor, aurora scientist, New Zealand scientific leader at Hallett Station, 1962.||
15033|Taylor Platform|Bench|710100S|0670900E|-71.0166667|67.15|||01/01/1967|A low, fairly flat rock massif about 1 mi N of Mount Brocklehurst in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1956 and 1960.  Named by ANCA for F.J. Taylor, ionosphere physicist at Mawson Station in 1964.||
15034|Taylor Point|Summit|615600S|0574000W|-61.9333333|-57.6666667|||01/01/1960|Point forming the N limit of Destruction Bay, on the E coast of King George Island in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for D. Taylor, Master of the Hobart sealing vessel Caroline, which visited the South Shetland Islands in 1821-22.||
15035|Taylor Ridge|Ridge|854800S|1532100W|-85.8|-153.35|||01/01/1967|A rock ridge, 10 mi long, forming a precipitous wall along the W side of Scott Glacier between the mouths of Koerwitz and Vaughan Glaciers, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn in 1934.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John H. Taylor, ionospheric physicist with the South Pole Station winter party, 1966.||
15036|Taylor Spur|Ridge|783100S|0840900W|-78.5166667|-84.15|||01/01/1961|A wedge-shaped spur marking the N side of the terminus of Guerrero Glacier, on the E side of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Howard C. Taylor III, USN, medical officer at the South Pole Station in 1957.||
15037|Taylor Valley|Valley|773907S|1625630E|-77.651831|162.941541|||01/01/1947|An ice-free valley about 18 mi long, once occupied by the receding Taylor Glacier, lying N of the Kukri Hills between the Taylor Glacier and New Harbor in Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04), it was more fully explored by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13).  Named after the Taylor Glacier.||
15038|Taynaya Bay|Bay|682700S|0781600E|-68.45|78.2666667|||01/01/1970|A bay which is completely enclosed except for a very narrow entrance on the north side, lying within the northern part of Langnes Peninsula, Vestfold Hills.  The feature was photographed by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37), but was plotted on the subsequent maps as a lake.  John Roscoe's 1952 study of air photographs taken by Operation Highjump (1946-47) showed that the bay is connected at the north to the sea.  It was photographed by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1954-58) and the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (1956), the latter applying the name Bukhta Taynaya (secret bay).||
15039|Mount Tchaikovsky|Summit|712300S|0731500W|-71.3833333|-73.25|600|1968|01/01/1961|Snow-covered mountain, c. 600 m, with scarps on the S and E sides, located in the N part of Derocher Peninsula, Alexander Island.  A number of mountains in this vicinity first appear on maps by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48.  This mountain, apparently one of these, was mapped from Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) air photos by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Peter Ilyitch Tchaikovsky (1840-93), Russian composer.||
15042|Cape Teall|Cape|790300S|1610400E|-79.05|161.0666667|||01/01/1947|A high, rocky cape forming the N side of the entrance to Mulock Inlet, along the W side of the Ross Ice Shelf.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and probably named for Sir Jethro Teall, Dir. of the Geological Survey and Museum of Practical Geology, of London, 1901-13.||
15043|Teall Island|Island|790300S|1615400E|-79.05|161.9|||01/01/1962|A high ridgelike island which rises above the Ross Ice Shelf at the W side of the mouth of Skelton Inlet.  This may be the feature actually sighted and named Cape Teall by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04).  It was first mapped as an island by the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) and named in association with nearby Cape Teall.||
15044|Teall Nunatak|Summit|745000S|1623300E|-74.8333333|162.55|||01/01/1947|A large nunatak at the mouth of Reeves Glacier, standing 3 mi SE of Hansen Nunatak in Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, the area was more fully explored by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09, which named this feature for Sir Jethro Justinian Harris Teall, Director of the Geological Survey and Museum of Practical Geology, London, 1901-13.||03/07/1997
15045|Teal Ponds|Swamp|541900S|0362700W|-54.3166667|-36.45|||01/01/1956|A series of ponds in a tussock-covered valley 0.3 mi S of Dartmouth Point, on the E side of Moraine Fjord, South Georgia. Roughly surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1951 and named after the South Georgia teal, flocks of which frequent the ponds.||
15046|Teardrop Pond|Basin|765400S|1451800W|-76.9|-145.3|||01/01/1970|A meltwater pond 1 mi SW of Greegor Peak in the Denfeld Mountains of the Ford Ranges in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  The descriptive name, applied by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN), is suggestive of the shape of the feature in plan view.||
15047|Mount Tedrow|Summit|825300S|1630000E|-82.8833333|163|1490|4888|01/01/1966|A mountain in the Queen Elizabeth Range, 1,490 m, standing at the E side of the mouth of DeBreuck Glacier at its juncture with Kent Glacier.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Jack V. Tedrow, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciologist at McMurdo Station, 1959-60, 1960-61.||
15048|Tedrow Glacier|Glacier|775825S|1615211E|-77.973573|161.869707|||01/01/1964|Tributary Glacier which flows N into Ferrar Glacier along the W side of Table Mountain, in Victoria Land.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John C.F. Tedrow, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) project leader for soil studies, who worked at McMurdo Station, 1961-62.||
15049|Teeny Rock|Summit|833800S|0591000W|-83.6333333|-59.1666667|||01/01/1968|A small rock at the NW end of Williams Hills in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  The name by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) alludes to the small size of the feature.||
15050|Teeters Nunatak|Summit|741200S|1000100W|-74.2|-100.0166667|615|2018|01/01/1968|A nunatak (615 m) standing 5 mi N of Hodgson Nunatak in the Hudson Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert E. Teeters, USN, storekeeper at Byrd Station, 1966.||
15051|Mount Tegge|Summit|775700S|0851500W|-77.95|-85.25|1570|5151|01/01/1961|An isolated mountain mass (1,570 m) located at the mouth of Embree Glacier, on the E side of the Sentinel Range in the Ellsworth Mountains.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for 1st Lieutenant Richard C. Tegge, USAF, who participated in establishing the South Pole Station in the 1956-57 season.||
15053|Teie Point|Summit|541600S|0363800W|-54.2666667|-36.6333333|||01/01/1963|Point separating Mercer and Harpon Bays at the head of Cumberland West Bay, South Georgia.  First mapped by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for the sailing vessel Teie, owned by Tonsberg Hvalfangeri, Husvik Harbor.||
15054|Teigan Island|Island|662700S|1103600E|-66.45|110.6|||01/01/1963|Rocky island, 0.2 mi long, lying 0.1 mi NE of Bosner Island, near the S end of the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in February 1947. Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for B. Teigan, who served as air crewman with the central task group of U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and also with U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml which obtained aerial and ground photographic coverage of the Windmill Islands in January 1948.||
15057|Te Islands|Island|690300S|0393400E|-69.05|39.5666667|||01/01/1968|Three small islands and several rocks lying close together just S of Ongul Island in the Flatvaer Islands.  The three main islands were mapped as one by Norwegian cartographers, working from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition of 1936-37, and named Teoya (the tea island).  The Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, determined the feature to be a cluster of islands but the name has been retained for the group.||
15059|Teksla Island|Island|672700S|0605600E|-67.45|60.9333333|||01/01/1965|Largest island in the Colbeck Archipelago near the coast of Mac. Robertson Land, 1 mi N of Chapman Ridge.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Teksla (the coopers axe).||
15060|Telefon Bay|Bay|625600S|0604000W|-62.9333333|-60.6666667|||01/01/1952|Small bay in the NW side of Port Foster, Deception Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name appears on the chart of the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10, and derives from the awaiting repairs.||
15061|Telefon Point|Summit|621400S|0582800W|-62.2333333|-58.4666667||||A point W of the entrance to Admiralty Bay, 2 mi SW of Demay Point, King George Island.  Named in 1977 by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with Telefon Rocks (q.v.), which lie offshore E of this point.||
15062|Telefon Ridge|Ridge|625600S|0604300W|-62.9333333|-60.7166667|||01/01/1965|Ridge rising W of Telefon Bay on Deception Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named from association with Telefon Bay by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959.||
15063|Telefon Rocks|Island|621500S|0582700W|-62.25|-58.45|||01/01/1952|Group of rocks 1.5 mi SSW of Demay Point, at the W side of the entrance to Admiralty Bay, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named after the Telefon, a vessel which went aground and was abandoned there in 1908.||
15066|Telemeter Glacier|Glacier|774840S|1601315E|-77.810988|160.220699|||01/01/1993|A small glacier 1 mi SW of Fireman Glacier in the W part of Quartermain Mountains, Victoria Land.  The name is one of a group in the area associated with surveying applied in 1993 by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB); telemeter being an instrument used to ascertain ranges and distances.||
15067|Telen Glacier|Glacier|693800S|0394200E|-69.6333333|39.7|||01/01/1968|A glacier flowing to the E side of Lutzow-Holm Bay between Telen Hill and Kjuka Headland.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named after nearby Telen Hill.||
15068|Telen Hill|Summit|693800S|0394200E|-69.6333333|39.7|||01/01/1968|A bare rock hill along the coast between Skallen Glacier and Teen Glacier, on the E side of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Telen (the frozen crust).||
15069|Telescope Peak|Summit|775625S|1630724E|-77.940196|163.123204|1270|4167|01/01/1993|The summit peak (1,270 m) of the E portion of Transit Ridge on the E side of Royal Society Range, in Victoria Land.  The name is one of a group in the area associated with surveying applied in 1993 by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB).  Named from the refracting telescope as used in surveying; most commonly used as theodolites.||
15070|Teller Peak|Summit|855700S|1352800W|-85.95|-135.4666667|3550|11647|01/01/1966|A peak, 3,550 m, marking the NE extremity of Michigan Plateau and the Watson Escarpment, Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James T. Teller, geologist with the Ohio State University party to the Horlick Mountains in 1964-65.||
15073|Teltet Nunatak|Summit|715900S|0234300E|-71.9833333|23.7166667|||01/01/1966|Prominent nunatak 2 mi N of Vengen Spur in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Teltet (the tent).||
15074|Temmondai Rock|Summit|682500S|0414100E|-68.4166667|41.6833333|||01/01/1968|A rock exposure on the coast at the E side of the terminus of Higashi-naga-iwa Glacier in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Temmondai-iwa (astronomical observatory rock).||04/11/2001
15075|Temnikow Nunataks|Summit|703700S|0641000W|-70.6166667|-64.1666667|||01/01/1976|A rather scattered group of low rock outcroppings over an area of about 6 mi, located at the E margin of Dyer Plateau and 5 mi W of Kelley Massif in Palmer land.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Nicolas Temnikow, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at Palmer Station in 1974.||
15078|Tempest Peak|Summit|843100S|1641100E|-84.5166667|164.1833333|3410|11188|01/01/1966|A sharp ice-covered peak (3,410 m) with a subordinate summit (3, 345 in.) just southward, standing 3 mi NNE of Storm Peak in the Marshall Mountains, Queen Alexandra Range.  So named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) because of the stormy conditions experienced in the area.||
15080|Temple Glacier|Glacier|640000S|0600100W|-64|-60.0166667|||01/01/1960|Glacier flowing into the S side of Lanchester Bay on the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1955-57 and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Felix Du Temple (1823-1890), French naval officer who in 1857 designed the first powered model airplane to rise unaided, fly freely and land safely.||
15081|Mount Tempyo|Summit|693100S|0394300E|-69.5166667|39.7166667|260|853|01/01/1975|A rocky hill (260 m) that rises from the southern extremity of Skarvsnes Foreland on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62.  The name "Tempyo-zan" (Tenpyo Zan), apparently descriptive of the feature, was given by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1973.||
15082|Tenaza Peak|Summit|710500S|1672400E|-71.0833333|167.4|1345|4413|01/01/1970|A peak (1,345 m) located 2.5 mi E of Mount Pechell in the west-central part of Hedgpeth Heights, Anare Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard R. Tenaza, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at Hallett Station, 1967-68.||
15102|Mount Tennant|Summit|644100S|0624100W|-64.6833333|-62.6833333|690|2264|01/01/1953|Conspicuous peak, 690 m, situated at the N end of Ronge Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, who charted Ronge Island in 1898.  Named by members of His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Snipe, following an Antarctic cruise in January 1948, for V. Admiral Sir William Tennant, then Commander-in-Chief of the America and West Indies Station.||
15104|Tennant Peak|Summit|780900S|1551800W|-78.15|-155.3|||01/01/1947|Peak 1 mi S of Gould Peak in the S group of the Rockefeller Mountains on Edward VII Peninsula.  Discovered by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1928-30) and named by Byrd for George W. Tennant, cook on the expedition.||
15105|Mount Tennent|Summit|852200S|1664500E|-85.3666667|166.75|2895|9498|01/01/1966|A rocky peak, 2,895 m, in the Dominion Range, 2 mi S of Vandament Glacier.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for W. B. Tennent, Minister in Charge of Scientific and Industrial Research, New Zealand.||03/07/1997
15106|Mount Tenney|Summit|744900S|0651900W|-74.8166667|-65.3166667|||01/01/1968|A mountain located W of Latady Mountains, 9 mi NW of Mount Hyatt, at the base of Antarctic Peninsula.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Philip J. Tenney, traverse engineer on the South Pole-Queen Maud Land Traverse III, summer 1967-68.||
15107|Mount Tenniel|Summit|702000S|0624800W|-70.3333333|-62.8|1625|5331|01/01/1953|Mountain, 1,625 m, standing 7 mi WNW of the mouth of Clifford Glacier on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered in 1936 by a British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) sledge party under Rymill.  During 1947 it was photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne, who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted it from the ground.  Named in 1952 by Sir Miles Clifford, Government of the Falkland Islands, for his great-uncle Sir John Tenniel, 1820-1914, noted English illustrating artist, humorist, and political cartoonist.||03/07/1997
15108|Cape Tennyson|Cape|772200S|1681800E|-77.3666667|168.3|||01/01/1947|Rock cape on the N coast of Ross Island, about 25 mi SE of Cape Bird.  Discovered in February 1900 by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1898-1900) under C. E Borchgrevink, and named by him for English poet Alfred Tennyson.||
15110|Tenorio Rock|Island|622800S|0594400W|-62.4666667|-59.7333333|||01/01/1972|A rock 0.4 mi offshore in western Discovery Bay, Greenwich Island, South Shetland Islands.  The name derives from the forms "Islote Tenorio" and "Islote Aviador Tenorio" used on Chilean hydrographic charts of the 1950s. Humbert Tenorio Island was second pilot of the Sikorsky helicopter employed by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition of 1947.||
15112|Tensoku Rock|Summit|684800S|0401100E|-68.8|40.1833333|||01/01/1968|An exposed rock lying on the coast, midway between Flattunga and Tama Glacier in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Tensoku-iwa (observation rock) because the feature served as a point of observation for the Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) survey party.||04/11/2001
15113|Tentacle Ridge|Ridge|793700S|1571500E|-79.6166667|157.25|||01/01/1962|A long partially ice-free ridge lying S of Mount Longhurst, extending from the mouth of McCleary Glacier SE along the N side of Darwin Glacier.  The descriptive name was given by the Darwin Glacier Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58).||
15114|Tenterhooks Crevasses|Valley|714000S|1623000E|-71.6666667|162.5|||01/01/1964|A large system of crevasses in the Rennick Glacier between the Morozumi and Lanterman Ranges.  The southern part of these crevasses (near Onlooker Nunatak) was traversed with great difficulty by members of the Northern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, who gave the name.||
15115|Tent Island|Island|774107S|1662304E|-77.68529|166.384402|135|443|01/01/1948|The largest of the Dellbridge Islands, about 1 mi long and 135 m high, lying S of Cape Evans, Ross Island, in McMurdo Sound. Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04), which so named this island for its tentlike appearance.||
15116|Tent Nunatak|Summit|673600S|0652100W|-67.6|-65.35|||01/01/1952|Conspicuous pyramidal nunatak marking the S limit of Whirlwind Inlet on the east coast of Graham Land.  First seen and photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), in 1940, and described as a "distinctive tentshaped rock nunatak."  It was charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947.||
15117|Tent Peak|Summit|773000S|1685800E|-77.5|168.9666667|1570|5151||A tent-shaped peak rising to c. 1,570 m midway between Mount Terror and Cape Crozier in eastern Ross Island. Descriptively named by a party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1958-59, which occupied the peak as an astronomical control station, Jan. 5, 1959, and erected a tent below the peak.||
15118|Tent Rock|Summit|754200S|1583400E|-75.7|158.5666667|||01/01/1966|A small nunatak shaped like a ridge tent, lying 1 mi SW of Thomas Rock and 7 mi W of Ricker Hills in the Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped and descriptively named by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63.||
15121|Terletskiy Peak|Summit|714900S|0103100E|-71.8166667|10.5166667|2505|8218|01/01/1970|Peak, 2,505 m, rising 1.7 mi NW of Chervov Peak in the Shcherbakov Range, Orvin Mountains, in Queen Maud Land. Discovered and roughly plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39. Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60 remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Soviet hydrographer N.A. Terletskiy (1910-1954).||
15123|Terminal Island|Island|684500S|0703500W|-68.75|-70.5833333|||01/01/1965|A low snow-covered island 0.5 mi off the N tip of Alexander Island.  Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960 from trimetrogon air photography taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48.  The UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) name is descriptive of its position relative to Alexander Island.||
15124|Terminal Peak|Summit|755300S|1582400E|-75.8833333|158.4|1920|6299|01/01/1966|A small peak, 1,920 m, standing 1 mi N of Griffin Nunatak in the Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land.  So named by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, because it marked the western extent of their journey.||
15126|Terminus Mountain|Summit|780800S|1633600E|-78.1333333|163.6|800|2625|01/01/1962|Mountain over 800 m, standing immediately S of Adams Glacier on the E side of the Royal Society Range in Victoria Land.  It was climbed on Mar. 1, 1911 by Taylor and the Western Journey Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.  So named by Taylor because it was the furthest point they ascended in this area.||
15127|Terminus Nunatak|Summit|695200S|0682000W|-69.8666667|-68.3333333|670|2198|01/01/1955|Conspicuous nunatak, 670 m, standing between Frireka and Riley Glaciers and 0.5 mi inland from George VI Sound, on the W coast of Palmer Land.  This nunatak was first photographed from the air on Nov. 23, 1935 by Lincoln Ellsworth, and was mapped from these photographs by W.L.G. Joerg.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and so named by them because the nunatak marks the end of the sledge route from the Wordie Ice Shelf, down Eureka Glacier, to George VI Sound.||
15128|Tern Cove|Bay|604200S|0453700W|-60.7|-45.6166667|||01/01/1956|Small cove, the entrance to which is blocked by submerged rocks, lying immediately SE of Berry Head in the N part of Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  The cove contains three small islands, and an area near the head dries at low water. Roughly charted in 1933 by DI personnel.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), following their survey of 1947, for the colony of terns (Sterna vitata) on the southernmost island in the cove.||
15129|Terningen Peak|Summit|721100S|0024500E|-72.1833333|2.75|2680|8793|01/01/1966|A small rock peak, 2,680 m, marking the summit of Terningskarvet Mountain in the Gjelsvik Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Terningen (the die).||
15130|Terningskarvet Mountain|Summit|721100S|0024600E|-72.1833333|2.7666667|||01/01/1971|Large complex mountain just E of Mayr Ridge, forming the SE portion of the Gjelsvik Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1958-59) and named Terningskarvet (the die mountain).||
15131|Tern Island|Island|540300S|0372000W|-54.05|-37.3333333|||01/01/1963|Small, tussock-covered island lying 1 mi S of Albatross Island and 0. 6 mi E of Dot Island in the S part of the Bay of Isles, South Georgia.  First charted in 1912-13 by Robert Cushman Murphy, American naturalist aboard the brig Daisy. Surveyed in 1929-30 by DI personnel, who named it in association with Albatross Island, Prion Island and other natural history names given in the Bay of Isles by Murphy in 1912-13.||
15132|Tern Nunatak|Summit|620600S|0582000W|-62.1|-58.3333333|||01/01/1960|Nunatak lying just E of Lussich Cove, Admiralty Bay, on King George Island in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted but not named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot.  The name Tern Nunatak became established in local use at the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) Admiralty Bay station in about 1949.||
15135|Ternyck Needle|Pillar|620500S|0581600W|-62.0833333|-58.2666667|365|1197|01/01/1952|Conspicuous nunatak, 365 m, standing 1.5 mi E of the head of Martel Inlet at the base of the small peninsula separating Admiralty and King George Bays, on King George Island in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted in December 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, who presumably applied the name.||
15137|Terrace Lake|Lake|773439S|1661654E|-77.577515|166.281582|||01/01/1968|A descriptive name for a small, elongate lake which lies in a valley with moraine from the Barne Glacier, about 0.5 mi E of Cape Barne on Ross Island.  The name appears on the maps of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13), but may have been applied earlier by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09).||
15138|Terrace Ridge|Ridge|844900S|1134500W|-84.8166667|-113.75|||01/01/1962|A mostly ice-free ridge, or spur, descending NW from the summit area at the S end of Mount Schopf in the Ohio Range, Horlick Mountains.  Resistant sandstone strata predominate in the lower half of the slope of the ridge, forming a series of partly ice-covered terraces separated by scarps.  The descriptive name was suggested by geologists of the Ohio State University expedition who worked in these mountains in the 1960-61 and 1961-62 seasons.||03/07/1997
15139|Terra Cotta Mountain|Summit|775326S|1611717E|-77.890684|161.288039|||01/01/1962|Mountain between Windy Gully and Knobhead, on the S side of Taylor Glacier in Victoria Land.  The descriptive name was applied by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04.||
15142|Terrada Point|Summit|642300S|0621400W|-64.3833333|-62.2333333||||The NE entrance point to Buls Bay, Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  The point was roughly mapped by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99.  It was mapped in detail in 1954 by an Argentine Antarctic Expedition and, in 1978, named "Cabo Terrada" after an Argentine patriot.  The term point is appropriate and replaces "cabo" (cape) in the approved name.||
15145|Terra Firma Islands|Island|684200S|0673200W|-68.7|-67.5333333|||01/01/1950|Small group of islands lying 8 mi N of Cape Berteaux, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Roughly surveyed by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) in 1936.  The name "Terra Firma Island" was applied to the largest island (Alamode Island, q.v.), because a British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) depot-laying party camped there following the break-up of sea ice, but the name Terra Firma Islands was later applied to the whole group.||
15147|Mount Terra Nova|Summit|773100S|1675700E|-77.5166667|167.95|2130|6988|01/01/1948|Snow-covered mountain, 2,130 m, between Mount Erebus and Mount Terror on Ross Island.  First mapped by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) 1901-04, and named for the Terra Nova, relief ship for this expedition and the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
15148|Terra Nova Bay|Bay|745000S|1643000E|-74.8333333|164.5|||01/01/1947|A bay, often ice free, about 40 mi long, lying between Cape Washington and Drygalski Ice Tongue along the coast of Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) under Scott, 1901-04, and named by him after the Terra Nova, one of the relief ships for the expedition.||
15149|Terra Nova Islands|Island|665300S|1575700E|-66.8833333|157.95|||01/01/1970|Two small islands lying off the Antarctic coast about 14 mi N of Williamson Head.  Sighted from the Magga Dan, Mar. 8, 1961, by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) under Phillip Law.  Named by ANCA after the expedition ship of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, the Terra Nova, from which Lieutenant H.L.L. Pennell, Royal Navy (RN), discovered and charted coastal points in the vicinity.||08/14/1998
15150|Terrapin Hill|Summit|635800S|0573200W|-63.9666667|-57.5333333|545|1788|01/01/1952|Rounded, reddish-colored hill, 545 m high, standing at the S end of The Naze, a peninsula of northern James Ross Island, close S of Trinity Peninsula.  This area was first explored by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold.  Terrapin Hill was first charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1945, who in 1948 applied this name which is descriptive of its shape.||
15151|Mount Terrazas|Summit|745200S|0635100W|-74.8666667|-63.85|||01/01/1968|A prominent ridgelike mountain 10 mi W of Mount Austin in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Rudolph D. Terrazas, builder at South Pole Station in 1967.||
15152|Mount Terror|Summit|773100S|1683200E|-77.5166667|168.5333333|3230|10597|01/01/1947|An extinct volcano about 3,230 m high on Ross Island, about 20 miles eastward of Mount Erebus.  Named in 1841 by Sir James Clark Ross for his second ship, the Terror.||
15153|Terror Glacier|Glacier|773700S|1680300E|-77.6166667|168.05|||01/01/1964|Large glacier between Mount Terra Nova and Mount Terror on Ross Island, flowing S into Windless Bight.  So named by A.J. Heine of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, because of its association with Mount Terror.||
15154|Terror Point|Summit|774100S|1681300E|-77.6833333|168.2166667|||01/01/1972|A point below Mount Terror.  It marks the E limit of Fog Bay, 4 mi WNW of Cape MacKay, Ross Island.  The name was first used by members of the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, and was apparently applied in association with Mount Terror which overlooks this point from northeastward.||
15155|Tertene Nunataks|Summit|721600S|0215700E|-72.2666667|21.95|||01/01/1966|Several small nunataks on the W side of Kreitzerisen, near the W end of the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Tertene (the tarts).||
15156|Mount Terwileger|Summit|751300S|0644400W|-75.2166667|-64.7333333|||01/01/1968|A mountain on the N side of Ueda Glacier, standing at the SE extremity of the Scaife Mountains, near the base of Antarctic Peninsula.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Stephen E. Terwileger, hospital corpsman at South Pole Station in 1967.||
15157|Tester Nunatak|Summit|705800S|0712900E|-70.9666667|71.4833333|||01/01/1973|The southernmost of a group of three nunataks in the northern part of the Manning Nunataks, in the east part of Amery Ice Shelf.  The nunataks were photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47) and Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1957).  They were visited by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1965 and by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1969.  Named by ANCA for J. Tester, aircraft engineer with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey party in 1969.||
15158|Tethys Nunataks|Summit|721000S|0685900W|-72.1666667|-68.9833333|||01/01/1956|Group of about five rock nunataks, 2 mi NE of Stephenson Nunatak in the SE corner of Alexander Island.  Presumably first seen by Ronne and Eklund of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) who sledged through George VI Sound in 1940-41.  Surveyed in 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for association with nearby Saturn Glacier, Tethys being one of the satellites of Saturn.||
15159|Tetrad Islands|Island|635500S|0604400W|-63.9166667|-60.7333333|||01/01/1960|Group of small islands lying SE of Borge Point, Trinity Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1952.  The name given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 is descriptive; there are four islands in the group.||
15163|Teyssier Island|Island|673600S|0625400E|-67.6|62.9|||01/01/1965|Island at the S end of the Jocelyn Islands in Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Named by ANCA for P. Teyssier, cook at nearby Mawson Station in 1959.||
15164|Thala Hills|Range|673900S|0455800E|-67.65|45.9666667|||01/01/1965|Low, rounded coastal hills between Freeth and Spooner Bays in Enderby Land.  The hills were plotted from air photos taken by ANCA in 1956.  Named by ANCA for the ship Thala Dan in which Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) visited the hills in February 1961.||
15165|Thala Island|Island|703700S|1660500E|-70.6166667|166.0833333|||01/01/1964|The southern of two small, rocky islands lying just off the NW edge of Davis Ice Piedmont, along the N coast of Victoria Land.  Named by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) after M.V. Thala Dan, one of two expedition ships used by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1962 to explore this area.||
15166|Thala Rock|Bar|683300S|0775200E|-68.55|77.8666667|||01/01/1965|An isolated, submerged rock lying off the Vestfold Hills, about 0.3 mi from the western point of Turner Island, bearing 250.  The depth of water over the rock probably does not exceed 1 fathom.  The rock was struck by the Thala Dan on Jan. 16, 1959, when approaching Davis Anchorage with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) relief expedition.  Named after the Thala Dan.||
15167|Thälmann Mountains|Summit|720000S|0044500E|-72|4.75|||01/01/1970|A group of mountains in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains between Flogeken Glacier and Vestreskorve Glacier, in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norsk Polar-institutt from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60.  Also mapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1961 and named for Ernst Thalmann, German Communist leader in the 1920s.||
15169|Thanaron Point|Summit|633000S|0584000W|-63.5|-58.6666667|||01/01/1964|A rock point 8 mi ENE of Cape Roquemaurel, Trinity Peninsula.  Named in 1838 by the French expedition under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville after Lieutenant Charles Thanaron of the expedition ship Zelee.||
15170|Thanksgiving Point|Summit|845600S|1770000W|-84.9333333|-177|||01/01/1964|A conspicuous rock nunatak at the W side of Shackleton Glacier, just N of the mouth of Mincey Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  So named by the Texas Tech Shackleton Glacier Party (1962-63) because they reached this point on Thanksgiving Day, 1962.||
15171|Tharp Ice Rise|Glacier|722500S|0595400W|-72.4166667|-59.9||||An ice rise, c. 1.3 mi long, located at the ice front (1966) of Larsen Ice Shelf, 15 mi E of Cape Fanning, Merz Peninsula, Black Coast.  The ice rise was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy aerial photographs taken 1966-69.  In association with the names of Antarctic oceanographers grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 after Marie Tharp, American marine geologist and oceanographer of Lamont-Doherty Geological Observatory, Columbia University, New York.||
15172|Thatcher Peninsula|Cape|541700S|0363200W|-54.2833333|-36.5333333||||A mountainous peninsula in north-central South Georgia terminating to the north in Mai Point, rising between Cumberland West Bay to the west, and Cumberland East Bay and Moraine Fjord to the east; bounded to the southwest and south by Lyell Glacier and Hamberg Glacier.  King Edward Cove on the east side of the peninsula is the site of the British Antarctic Survey (BAS) Grytviken station and the disused whaling station of the same name.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1991, at the suggestion of members of the Royal Geographical Society, after the Rt. Honorable Margaret H. Thatcher, British Prime Minister, 1979-1990.||
15173|Mount Theaker|Summit|701800S|1593800E|-70.3|159.6333333|1685|5528|01/01/1970|A mountain (1,685 m) along the N wall of Robilliard Glacier, 3 mi NE of Mount Simmonds in the Usarp Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Paul R. Theaker, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
15174|Themis Nunatak|Summit|713700S|0690600W|-71.6166667|-69.1|||01/01/1975|A very large, flat-topped nunatak lying 6 mi WSW of Mount Umbriel in southern Alexander Island.  Mapped from trimetrogon air photography taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and from survey by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1948-50.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with nearby Saturn Glacier, Themis being one of the satellites of Saturn.||
15175|Theodolite Hill|Summit|632900S|0573500W|-63.4833333|-57.5833333|680|2231|01/01/1952|Hill, 680 m, with a small rock outcrop at its summit, standing at the SE corner of a plateau-type mountain 5 mi W of the NW end of Duse Bay, in the NE part of Trinity Peninsula. Discovered by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1946, and so named during their survey of the area because it served as an important theodolite station.||
15176|Mount Theodore|Summit|645800S|0623600W|-64.9666667|-62.6|||01/01/1963|A mountain 4 mi SE of Mount Inverleith on the S side of Bagshawe Glacier, near the W coast of Graham Land.  Named by Scottish geologist David Ferguson who made a geological reconnaissance in this vicinity from the whale catcher Hanka in 1913.||
15177|Theodor Rock|Island|543600S|0370100W|-54.6|-37.0166667|||01/01/1952|Rock approximately midway between Annenkov Island and Pickersgill Islands, off the S coast of South Georgia.  Charted by DI personnel in 1930 and named for Theodor Hansen, gunner on the Southern Pride, Norwegian whale catcher used in the survey.||
15178|Thern Promontory|Cliff|743300S|1620600E|-74.55|162.1|2220|7283|01/01/1968|A high, ice-covered promontory, 2,220 m, forming a westward projection at the S end of Eisenhower Range, about 7 mi W of Mount Nansen, in Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Michael G. Thern, station engineer at McMurdo Station with the 1965-66 summer party and the 1967 winter party.||
15179|Theron Mountains|Summit|790500S|0281500W|-79.0833333|-28.25|1175|3855|01/01/1960|Mountains, extending in a NE-SW direction for 28 mi and rising to 1, 175 m, on the E side of the Filchner Ice Shelf. First seen from the air in 1956 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and named for the Theron, the ship of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) in 1955-56.||
15180|Mount Theseus|Summit|772727S|1621623E|-77.457606|162.273191|1830|6004|01/01/1962|Prominent peak, 1,830 m, just S of Clark Glacier in the Olympus Range of Victoria Land.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1958-59) after a figure of Greek mythology.||
15181|Theta Islands|Island|641900S|0630100W|-64.3166667|-63.0166667|||01/01/1963|Several small islands and rocks which lie close W of Kappa Island at the W extremity of the Melchior Islands, Palmer Archipelago.  The islands were roughly charted by DI personnel in 1927.  The name, derived from the eighth letter of the Greek alphabet, appears to have been first used on a 1946 Argentine government chart following surveys of the Melchior Islands by Argentine expeditions in 1942 and 1943.||
15182|Thiébault Island|Island|651100S|0641100W|-65.1833333|-64.1833333|||01/01/1971|Small island which lies next W of Charlat Island in the small group off the S end of Petermann Island, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, and named by Charcot for Monsieur Thiebault, then French Minister to Argentina.||
15183|Thiel Mountains|Summit|851500S|0910000W|-85.25|-91|2810|9219|01/01/1962|Isolated, mainly snow-capped mountains, 45 mi long, located roughly between the Horlick Mountains and the Pensacola Mountains and extending from Moulton Escarpment on the west to Nolan Pillar on the east.  Major components include Ford Massif (2,810 m), Bermel Escarpment and a group of eastern peaks near Nolan Pillar. Observed and first positioned by the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Horlick Mountains Traverse Party, 1958-59.  Surveyed by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Thiel Mountains parties of 1960-61 and 1961-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Edward C. Thiel, traverse seismologist at Ellsworth Station and the Pensacola Mountains in 1957.  In December 1959, he made airlifted geophysical observations along the 88th meridian West, including work near these mountains.  Thiel perished with four others in the crash of a P2V Neptune aircraft soon after take-off from Wilkes Station, Nov. 9, 1961.||
15184|Thiel Trough|Valley|813000S|0570000W|-81.5|-57|1500|4921||A submarine trough trending NE-SW with depths reaching to 1,500 m below sea level.  The trough extends SW from c. 7630S, 3500W, in the Weddell Sea; underlies Filchner Ice Shelf and the S part of Ronne Ice Shelf, S of Henry Ice Rise; and continues W to c. 8300S, 8500W, near Martin Hills.  The portion NE of Henry Ice Rise was discovered in 1957-58 by a U.S. traverse party from Ellsworth Station and named "Crary Trough" after Albert P. Crary, Chief Scientist, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP).  The SW portion was traced by U.S. seismic traverse parties, 1958-64, and the whole delineated in greater detail by the SPRI-NSF-TUD airborne radio echo sounding program, 1967-79.  The name "Crary Trough" was set aside by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) at the suggestion of Dr. Crary, who recommended that the entire trough be named after Edward C. Thiel (1928-61), chief seismologist at Ellsworth Station, 1956-58, and leader of the traverse party that discovered this feature.||02/10/2003
15185|Thil Island|Island|700800S|0723900E|-70.1333333|72.65|||01/01/1963|A small rocky island lying 1 mi NE of Jennings Promontory in the eastern part of the Amery Ice Shelf.  Delineated in 1952 by John H. Roscoe from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47.  Named by Roscoe for R.B. Thil, air crewman on Operation Highjump photographic flights over this area.||03/07/1997
15186|Thimble Peak|Summit|632700S|0570600W|-63.45|-57.1|485|1591|01/01/1952|Truncated cone, 485 m, consisting of rock and ice, standing at the E side of Mondor Glacier and 2 mi NE of Duse Bay at the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  First charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1946. The descriptive name was given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1948.||
15188|Thode Island|Island|770200S|1480300W|-77.0333333|-148.05|||01/01/1970|A small ice-covered island in Sulzherger Ice Shelf, located 1 mi NW of Benton Island and 5 mi E of Przybyszewski Island in Marshall Archipelago.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for George C. Thode, meteorologist at Byrd Station in 1968.||
15189|Mount Tholus|Summit|631600S|0560400W|-63.2666667|-56.0666667|825|2707|01/01/1963|The highest mountain, 825 m, in the ridge extending SW from Postern Gap in the central part of Joinville Island.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1953-54 and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1956.  The name is descriptive, "tholus" being a circular, domed structure.||03/07/1997
15190|Lake Thomas|Lake|772430S|1621457E|-77.408443|162.249031|||01/01/1976|A meltwater lake that is circumscribed on the NW and NE sides by Robertson Ridge and Clark Glacier, in Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert H. Thomas who participated in U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) studies of the surface glaciology of the Ross Ice Shelf in the 1973-74 and 1974-75 seasons.||
15191|Mount Thomas|Summit|710100S|0643600E|-71.0166667|64.6|||01/01/1967|A mainly snow-covered mountain about 7 mi N of Mount Hicks in the Prince Charles Mountains.  It has a domed appearance, with a ridge easterly to a small peak.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1960.  Named for I.N. Thomas, radio officer at Wilkes Station in 1963.||
15192|Point Thomas|Summit|621000S|0583000W|-62.1666667|-58.5|||01/01/1952|Point marking the S side of the entrance to Ezcurra Inlet in Admiralty Bay, on King George Island in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot, and named by him for a member of the expedition.||
15193|Thomas Cove|Bay|645600S|0630600W|-64.9333333|-63.1||||The cove S of Haigh Point, Danco Coast.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1956-57.  The cove is named in association with Haigh Point (q.v.).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1985 after Joan Ena Thomas, personal assistant to the Secretary, UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), Polar Regions Section, Foreign and Commonwealth Office, 1948-62.||
15194|Thomas Glacier|Glacier|784000S|0840000W|-78.6666667|-84|||01/01/1961|A roughly Z-shaped glacier which drains the SE slopes of Vinson Massif and flows for 17 mi through the S part of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains, leaving the range S of Johnson Spur.  Discovered by U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 on photographic flights of Dec. 14-15, 1959, and mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from the photos. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for R. Admiral Charles W. Thomas, USCG, veteran of Antarctic expeditions in the 1950s.||
15195|Thomas Heights|Summit|774717S|1635116E|-77.788137|163.85451||||A line of summit ridges that extend from Bettle Peak eastward to the Scott Coast, Victoria Land.  The feature forms a portion of the divide between the lower ends of Ferrar Glacier and Blue Glacier.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1983 after Arthur A. Thomas of New Zealand at the suggestion of R.H. Findlay, New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) geologist to the area, 1977-81.||
15196|Thomas Hills|Range|842100S|0651200W|-84.35|-65.2|||01/01/1968|A linear group of hills, 17 mi long, between Foundation Ice Stream and MacNamara Glacier at the N end of Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) at the suggestion of Captain Finn Ronne, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), leader at Ellsworth Station, 1957. Charles S. Thomas was Secretary of the Navy, 1954-57, during the first few years of U.S. Navy (USN) Deep Freeze operations.||
15197|Thomas Island|Island|660700S|1005700E|-66.1166667|100.95|||02/02/1956|Large island in Highjump Archipelago, 6 mi long and from 1 to 3 mi wide, lying near the center of the main cluster of islands off the N flank of the Bunger Hills.  Mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) Randolph G. Thomas, USN, hydrographic officer with U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml, 1947-48, who served as surveyor with the astronomical control parties.||06/15/2015
15198|Thomas Mountains|Summit|753300S|0705700W|-75.55|-70.95|||01/01/1966|A separate cluster of rocky mountains, about 5 mi long, standing 15 mi NE of Mount Horne in eastern Ellsworth Land. Discovered by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, under Ronne, who named these mountains for noted author and radio commentator Lowell Thomas, a supporter of the expedition.||
15199|Thomas Nunatak|Summit|785800S|0872800W|-78.9666667|-87.4666667|||01/01/1966|The northern of two nunataks which stand close together about 17 mi W of the Camp Hills, in the Ellsworth Mountains. Named by the University of Minnesota Geological Party to these mountains, 1963-64, for Hollie Thomas, helicopter crew chief with the 62nd Transportation Corps Detachment, who assisted the party.||
15200|Thomas Nunataks|Summit|703200S|0651100E|-70.5333333|65.1833333|||01/01/1971|A group of three nunataks lying 2 mi SW of Mount Mervyn in the Porthos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos of 1965.  Named by ANCA for I.L. Thomas, physicist at Mawson Station in 1967.||
15201|Thomas Peak|Summit|724600S|1664300E|-72.7666667|166.7166667|2040|6693|01/01/1970|A peak (2,040 m) at the W side of Malta Plateau, situated on the ridge between Wilhelm and Olson Glaciers in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Francis J. Thomas, biologist at McMurdo Station, 1962-63 and 1964-65.||
15202|Thomas Rock|Summit|754200S|1583600E|-75.7|158.6|||01/01/1968|A small nunatak lying 1 mi NE of Tent Rock and 6 mi W of Ricker Hills in the Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos 1956-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Kenneth E. Thomas, radioman with the winter party at South Pole Station, 1966.||
15203|Thomas Spur|Ridge|855300S|1614000W|-85.8833333|-161.6666667|||01/01/1967|A prominent spur extending eastward from Rawson Plateau between Moffett and Tate Glaciers, in the Queen Maud Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Harry F. Thomas, meteorologist, South Pole Station winter party, 1960.||
15205|Thompo Icefall|Glacier|831800S|0500800W|-83.3|-50.1333333||||An icefall at the NE edge of Saratoga Table between Mount Hummer and Mount Hook, in the Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1967 from ground surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs taken in 1964.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1979 after Robert W. Thompson, photographer of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 in the Balleny Islands and Sky-Hi Nunataks areas, 1963-64, and in the Pensacola Mountains, 1964-65.  Thompo is a nickname by which he and other family members have been known.||
15206|Mount Thompson|Summit|704000S|0622100W|-70.6666667|-62.35|1690|5545|01/01/1947|Mountain, 1,690 m, standing NW of Lehrke Inlet and surmounting the central part of the base of Eielson Peninsula, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, under Ronne, who named this feature for Andrew A. Thompson, geophysicist with the expedition.||
15208|Thompson Escarpment|Cliff|792700S|0833000W|-79.45|-83.5|||01/01/1966|A steep east-facing escarpment, 8 mi long, located at the head of Flanagan Glacier in the Pioneer Heights, Heritage Range. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos. 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Robert C. Thompson, Operations Officer of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 during Deep Freeze 1965.||
15209|Thompson Glacier|Glacier|664500S|1233900E|-66.75|123.65|||01/01/1955|A channel glacier draining northward to the head of Paulding Bay.  Delineated by G.D. Blodgett (1955) from aerial photographs taken by Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Egbert Thompson, Midshipman on the sloop Wilkes.||
15210|Thompson Island|Island|660000S|1100700E|-66|110.1166667|||01/01/1958|The largest and northeasternmost of the Balaena Islands, situated about 0.5 mi from the coast of Antarctica and 15 mi NE of the Windmill Islands.  The island consists of two rocky knolls separated by a low saddle of snow (it may actually be two islands connected by ice).  This feature was first photographed from aircraft of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump in February 1947, and was mapped from that photography by Gardner Blodgett in 1955.  It was visited by a party of the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) on Jan. 19, 1956, and named for Richard Thompson, Administrative Officer, Antarctic Division, Melbourne, who was second-in-command for several years of Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) relief expeditions to Heard Island, Macquarie Island and Mawson Station.||
15211|Thompson Mountain|Summit|815000S|1594800E|-81.8333333|159.8|2350|7710|01/01/1966|A mountain, 2,350 m, standing 5 mi S of Mount McKerrow in the SW part of Surveyors Range.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) for Edgar H. Thompson, Professor of Surveying and Photogrammetry at the University College of London, England.||
15212|Thompson Nunataks|Summit|792700S|0854900W|-79.45|-85.8166667|||01/01/1966|Three evenly-spaced nunataks which he 4 mi S of Navigator Peak and surmount the central part of White Escarpment in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Russel W. Thompson, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at Wilkes Station, 1963.||
15213|Thompson Peak|Summit|692500S|1574000E|-69.4166667|157.6666667|980|3215|01/01/1961|A peak (980 m) 5 mi S of Ringgold Knoll in the NW end of Wilson Hills.  Plotted by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47) and Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1959).  Named by ANCA for R.H.J. Thompson, Administrative Officer of the Antarctic Division, Melbourne, second-in-command of several Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) expeditions to the Antarctic.||
15214|Thompson Peaks|Range|842600S|1663000E|-84.4333333|166.5|||01/01/1966|Two peaks on the divide between upper Moody Glacier and Bingley Glacier in the Queen Alexandra Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Douglas C. Thompson, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) cosmic rays scientist at McMurdo Station, 1963; South Pole Station, 1965.||
15215|Thompson Peninsula|Cape|642800S|0630800W|-64.4666667|-63.1333333|||01/01/1971|Peninsula 3 mi long forming the N side of the entrance to Fournier Bay, on Anvers Island in the Palmer Archipelago. Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for John W. Thompson of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), general assistant and mountaineer at Arthur Harbor in 1956 and leader at that station in 1957.||
15216|Thompson Point|Summit|701800S|1610400E|-70.3|161.0666667|||01/01/1970|A point of land which descends northeastward from Kavrayskiy Hills into the west part of the terminus of Rennick Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Max C. Thompson, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1966-67.||
15218|Thompson Ridge|Ridge|762700S|1460500W|-76.45|-146.0833333|||01/01/1970|A rock ridge, 2 mi long and trending N-S on the S shore of Block Bay, 3.5 mi NW of Mount Iphigene, in Marie Byrd Land.  The feature was photographed and mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, led by Byrd.  The naming was proposed by Admiral Byrd for Gershom J. Thompson, eminent doctor and professor at the Mayo Clinic, who advised on medical questions relating to the Byrd Antarctic Expeditions, 1928-30 and 1933-35, and made financial contributions to them.||
15219|Thompson Spur|Ridge|713300S|1602300E|-71.55|160.3833333|||01/01/1970|A large, rugged mountain spur that descends eastward from Daniels Range between the Swanson Glacier and Edwards Glacier, in the Usarp Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for David H. Thompson, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at Hallett Station, 1965-66 and 1967-68.||
15220|Thomsen Islands|Island|654700S|0661600W|-65.7833333|-66.2666667|||01/01/1971|Group of small islands lying 2 mi SW of Speerschneider Point, off the W side of Renaud Island in the Biscoe Islands. First accurately shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Helge Thomsen, Danish meteorologist, who, for a number of years beginning in 1946, was responsible for editing Dansk Meteorologisk Institut's annual reports on the state of the sea ice in the Arctic.||
15223|Thomson Cove|Bay|650600S|0631400W|-65.1|-63.2333333|||01/01/1965|Cove 1 mi wide, lying just N of Etienne Fjord in Flandres Bay, along the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted and named "Baie Thomson" by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05, for Gaston-Arnold-Marie Thomson (1848-1932), French politician who was Minister of the Navy in 1905.||
15224|Thomson Head|Cliff|673500S|0664600W|-67.5833333|-66.7666667|915|3002|01/01/1956|Steep, rocky headland rising to 915 m at the E side of Bourgeois Fjord, between Perutz and Bader Glaciers on the W coast of Graham Land.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill. Resurveyed in 1948-49 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named for William H. Thomson, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) air pilot at Stonington Island in 1947.||
15225|Thomson Massif|Range|703500S|0664800E|-70.5833333|66.8|||01/01/1967|A rock massif in the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains, from which rise Mount Sundberg and Mount McGregor. Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1956 and 1960.  Named by ANCA for R.B. Thomson, officer in charge at Wilkes Station in 1962.||
15226|Thomson Peak|Summit|715900S|1660700E|-71.9833333|166.1166667|2350|7710|01/01/1964|A peak (2,350 m) situated 11 mi SE of Mount Shute at the extreme S limit of Mirabito Range.  Named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, for Robert B. Thomson of New Zealand, scientific leader at Hallett Station, 1960; officer-in-charge at Wilkes Station, 1962; deputy leader at Scott base, 1963-64.||
15227|Thomson Point|Summit|604300S|0443800W|-60.7166667|-44.6333333|||01/01/1952|Point on the E side of Pirie Peninsula, 1.7 mi SE of Cape Mabel, on the N coast of Laurie Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted in 1903 by the ScotNAE under Bruce, who named it for J.A. (later Sir Arthur) Thomson, regius professor of natural history, University of Aberdeen, Scotland.||
15228|Thomson Rock|Summit|712700S|0665600W|-71.45|-66.9333333|||01/01/1976|A rock nunatak along the E margin of Batterbee Mountains, 3 mi E of Mount Bagshawe in Palmer Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Michael R.A. Thomson, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist at Fossil Bluff and Stonington Island stations, 1963-66.||
15229|Thomson Summit|Summit|751600S|0722600W|-75.2666667|-72.4333333|1515|4970||A mostly snow-covered mountain rising to 1,515 m between Mount Goodman and Mount Chandler in the Behrendt Mountains (q.v.), Ellsworth Land.  These mountains were visited during the 1984-85 season by a U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geological party led by Peter D. Rowley of the U.S. Geological Survey.  Upon his suggestion, named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN), 1986, after Janet Wendy Thomson, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist; British Exchange Scientist with the Rowley party who climbed to the summit of this mountain; from 1992, Head, Mapping and Geographic Information Centre, British Antarctic Survey (BAS).||
15230|Mount Thor|Summit|773617S|1604020E|-77.604683|160.672121|2000|6562|01/01/1962|Prominent peak, about 2,000 m, standing S of the Labyrinth in the Asgard Range of Victoria Land.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1958-59) for one of the Norse gods.||
15231|Mount Thorarinsson|Summit|671500S|0645900W|-67.25|-64.9833333|||01/01/1975|A peak at the S side of the terminus of Hess Glacier on the E coast of Graham Land.  The feature forms a point on the rocky spur that descends from the plateau, and is one of the most distinctive features along the coast as viewed from the Larsen Ice Shelf.  This coastal area was photographed by several American expeditions: U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41; Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48; U.S. Navy photos, 1968.  Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1947-48.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Sigurdur Thorarinsson, Icelandic glaciologist.||
15232|Thorfinn Islands|Island|672100S|0605400E|-67.35|60.9|||01/01/1966|Group of small islands lying about 5 mi off the coast of Mac. Robertson Land between Campbell Head and Cape Simpson. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named by them, apparently after the Norwegian whale catcher Thorfinn.||
15233|Thorgaut Island|Island|672700S|0633300E|-67.45|63.55|||01/01/1965|The largest island in the NE part of the Robinson Group, lying 7 mi NW of Cape Daly.  This island and those near it were sighted in 1931 by the crew of the Norwegian whale catcher names Thorgaut and Robinson, respectively, for the group.  Having approved Robinson as the group name, Thorgaut Island has been approved for the most conspicuous of its features.||
15235|Thor Island|Island|643300S|0620000W|-64.55|-62|||01/01/1965|The largest of a group of small islands lying at the E side of Foyn Harbor in Wilhelmina Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land. The island was named South Thor Island by whalers in 1921-22 because the whaling factory Thor I was moored to it during that season (the island to the NE was called North Thor Island). In 1960 the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) limited the name Thor to the island actually used by the ship; the other island was left unnamed.||
15236|Mount Thorne|Summit|854100S|1584000W|-85.6833333|-158.6666667|1465|4806|01/01/1947|A prominent peak, 1,465 m, rising on the E flank of Amundsen Glacier, 6 mi NW of Mount Goodale, in the Hays Mountains of the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered in December 1929 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Laurence Gould, and named for George A. Thorne, topographer and dog driver with that party.||
15238|Thorne Point|Summit|665700S|0671200W|-66.95|-67.2|||01/01/1964|A point at the W side of Langmuir Cove, marking the NW extremity of Arrowsmith Peninsula, Graham Land.  Mapped in 1960 from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named for John Thorne, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) meteorologist at Detaille Island in 1956 and 1957.||
15239|Mount Thornton|Summit|733400S|0770700W|-73.5666667|-77.1166667|||01/01/1968|A mountain between Mount McCann and Mount Benkert in the east-central part of the Snow Nunataks, Ellsworth Land. Discovered and photographed by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) 1939-41.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Richard Thornton, commander of U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) Eltanin on Antarctic cruises, 1967-68.||
15242|Thorp Ridges|Ridge|663400S|0525100E|-66.5666667|52.85|||01/01/1965|Three almost parallel ridges standing 18 mi W of Stor Hanakken Mountain in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for A. Thorp, electrical fitter at Wilkes Station in 1961.||
15246|Three Brothers|Summit|541600S|0364800W|-54.2666667|-36.8|||01/01/1956|Three mountain peaks aligned in a N-S direction, situated 4 mi W of the head of Cumberland West Bay in the central part of South Georgia.  The origin of the name which dates back to the 1930s is not certain.||
15247|Three Brothers Hill|Summit|621500S|0584100W|-62.25|-58.6833333|210|689|01/01/1953|Conspicuous hill, 210 m, which is the remnant neck of an extinct volcano situated at the E side of Potter Cove, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name was used by Scottish geologist David Ferguson in a 1921 report based upon his investigations of King George Island in 1913-14, but may reflect an earlier naming by whalers.  The name may be suggestive of the appearance of the feature which consists of two higher summits and one which is lower.||
15248|Three Lakes Valley|Lake|604200S|0453700W|-60.7|-45.6166667|||01/01/1956|Low valley containing three freshwater lakes, extending from the vicinity of Elephant Flats northward to Stygian Cove on Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Surveyed and given this descriptive name by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947.||
15250|Three Little Pigs|Island|651400S|0641700W|-65.2333333|-64.2833333|||01/01/1956|Three small islands 0.3 mi NW of Winter Island in the Argentine Islands, Wilhelm Archipelago.  Charted and named in 1935 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.||
15251|Three Nunataks|Summit|800400S|1545000E|-80.0666667|154.8333333|||01/01/1962|Three nunataks, largely ice covered, lying 2 mi SW of Haven Mountain at the NW edge of the Britannia Range.  Named by the Darwin Glacier Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.||
15254|Three Sails|Summit|802700S|0804200W|-80.45|-80.7|||01/01/1966|Three small isolated nunataks in a row, located 6 mi E of Redpath Peaks at the S extremity of the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  The descriptive name was applied by the University of Minnesota Geological Party to the area, 1963-64.||
15256|Three Sisters Cones|Summit|773346S|1665837E|-77.562872|166.976845|1800|5905|01/01/1972|Three aligned cones at an elevation of about 1,800 m on the SW slopes of Mount Erebus on Ross Island.  Named by members of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, under Scott.||
15257|Three Sisters Point|Summit|620400S|0575300W|-62.0666667|-57.8833333|||01/01/1952|Point marked by three conspicuous boulders, forming the W side of the entrance to Sherratt Bay on the S coast of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted and named during 1937 by DI personnel on the Discovery II.||
15259|Three-Slice Nunatak|Summit|680200S|0645700W|-68.0333333|-64.95|500|1640|01/01/1953|Conspicuous nunatak rising to 500 m, surmounting the low, ice-covered NE extremity of Joerg Peninsula on the E coast of Graham Land.  This distinctive landmark, in the form of a serrated ridge 1.5 mi long, is snow covered, except for the three almost vertical rock faces which suggest its name.  Discovered and named by members of East Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) who surveyed this area on land and from the air in 1940.||04/15/2010
15260|Threshold Nunatak|Summit|834600S|1660600E|-83.7666667|166.1|||01/01/1972|An isolated nunatak located at the mouth of Tillite Glacier, 5 mi NE of Portal Rock, in Queen Alexandra Range.  The name was suggested by John Gunner of the Ohio State University Geological Expedition, 1969-70, who was landed by helicopter to collect a rock sample here.  The name is in association with Portal Rock and also reflects the location at the mouth of Tillite Glacier.||
15261|Thrinaxodon Col|Gap|851200S|1741900W|-85.2|-174.3166667|||01/01/1971|A rock col 2 mi SE of Rougier Hill.  The col is along the ridge that trends southward from Rougier Hill in the Cumulus Hills, Queen Maud Mountains.  The name was proposed to Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1971 by geologist David H. Elliot of the Ohio State University Institute of Polar Studies.  The col is a very important fossil (vertebrate) locality at which several specimens of the mammal-like reptile Thrinaxodon were found.||
15262|Thule Island|Island|592700S|0271900W|-59.45|-27.3166667|||01/01/1952|Westernmost island of Southern Thule, a group of three small islands at the S end of the South Sandwich Islands. Southern Thule was discovered and named by Captain James Cook in 1775. Thule Island was named by Admiral Thaddeus Bellingshausen who made an accurate sketch of these islands in 1820.||
15263|Thule Islands|Island|604200S|0453700W|-60.7|-45.6166667|||01/01/1956|Group of small islands and rocks lying 0.25 mi SW of Balin Point in the NW part of Borge Bay, Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  The name Thule Rocks was used as early as 1916, and appears to refer at least in part to this group.  The whales at sea, belonged to the Thule Whaling Co. of Oslo.  It operated in the South Orkney Islands in 1912-13 and 1913-14 and anchored on the E side of Signy Island during January 1913.  The altered form of the name was recommended by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following a survey by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947.||
15266|Thulla Cove|Bay|604200S|0453900W|-60.7|-45.65||||A cove lying S of Thulla Point on the W side of Signy Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Named in 1990 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with the point.||
15267|Thulla Point|Summit|604300S|0454000W|-60.7166667|-45.6666667|||01/01/1956|Ice-free point lying 1 mi NE of Jebsen Point on the W coast of Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Roughly surveyed in 1933 by DI personnel, and surveyed in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954 for the Norwegian steamship Thulla, which searched for suitable anchorages for whale factory ships in the South Orkney Islands in 1911-12.||
15268|Thuma Peak|Summit|694000S|0720300W|-69.6666667|-72.05||||A mainly ice-free peak in the Desko Mountains (q.v.), rising 2 mi NW of Overton Peak in SE Rothschild Island.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Jack S. Thuma, USCG, Commanding Officer, U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) parallel track method of breaking ice in McMurdo Sound, supporting resupply of the U.S. McMurdo Station on Ross Island.||
15272|Thumb Point|Summit|755800S|1602800E|-75.9666667|160.4666667|||01/01/1966|A rock spur extending from the NW side of The Mitten, a butte in the Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named by the Southern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, because the feature resembles the thumb on a mitten.||
15273|Thumb Promontory|Cliff|844800S|1161800W|-84.8|-116.3||||A prominent rock spur on the N side of Lackey Ridge, Ohio Range.  Thumb Promontory was unofficially named by a New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) field party to the Ohio Range, 1979-80.  The name was formally proposed by geologist Margaret Bradshaw, member of a second New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) field party, 1983-84.  So named because of the similarity of the upper part of this feature to an upturned thumb from certain angles.||
15274|Thumb Rock|Island|651500S|0641600W|-65.25|-64.2666667|||01/01/1959|Rock lying between Winter Island and the NW end of Galindez Island in the Argentine Islands, Wilhelm Archipelago.  Charted and named in 1935 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.||
15275|Thunder Glacier|Glacier|645000S|0632400W|-64.8333333|-63.4|||01/01/1950|A through glacier, 4 mi long, which extends in an E-W direction across Wiencke Island between Sierra DuFief and the Wall Range, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Probably known since the discovery of Wiencke Island by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) in 1898.  Charted in 1944 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and so named by them because a survey party was nearly overwhelmed there by an avalanche.||
15276|Mount Thundergut|Summit|773734S|1612349E|-77.626032|161.396831|||01/01/1976|A rock peak 3 mi NE of St. Pauls Mountain in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  The descriptive name was given by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC); when viewed from the east, the peak presents a very steep domed face with a vertical gut subject to rockfall.||
15277|Mount Thurman|Summit|844200S|1705100W|-84.7|-170.85|780|2559|01/01/1966|The highest summit (780 m) in Bravo Hills along the edge of Ross Ice Shelf, located between the mouths of Gough and Le Couteur Glaciers.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Robert K. Thurman, U.S. Navy (USN), Assistant Chief of Staff for Operations, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, 1963.||
15278|Thuronyi Bluff|Cliff|664800S|0644500W|-66.8|-64.75||||A prominent bluff at the head of Mill Inlet between Balch Glacier and Gould Glacier, on the Foyn Coast, Graham Land.  The bluff was photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) and surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Geza T. Thuronyi, Antarctic bibliographer, Library of Congress, 1967-90; Head, Cold Regions Bibliography Project and Editor, volumes 3-18, Antarctic Bibliography, compiled in the Science and Technology Division, Library of Congress, Washington, DC; member of Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) between 1987-90.||
15280|Thurston Glacier|Glacier|731800S|1251800W|-73.3|-125.3|||01/01/1966|A glacier about 15 mi long which drains the southeast slopes of Mount Siple on Siple Island.  The glacier trends eastward and then east-northeastward to reach the north shore of the island.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Thomas R. Thurston, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at Byrd Station in 1965.||
15281|Thurston Island|Island|720600S|0990000W|-72.1|-99|||01/01/1961|A largely ice-covered, glacially dissected island, 135 mi long and 55 mi wide, lying between Amundsen and Bellingshausen Seas off the NW end of Ellsworth Land.  The island is separated from the mainland by Peacock Sound, which is occupied by the W portion of Abbot Ice Shelf Discovered by R. Admiral Byrd and members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in a flight from the Bear, Feb. 27, 1940.  Named by Byrd for W. Harris Thurston, New York textile manufacturer, designer of the windproof "Byrd Cloth" and contributor to the expedition.  Originally charted as a peninsula, the feature was found to be an island by the U.S. Navy (USN) Bellingshausen Sea Expedition in February 1960.||10/04/2011
15283|Thwaites Glacier|Glacier|753000S|1064500W|-75.5|-106.75|||01/01/1967|A broad glacier flowing into Amundsen Sea about 30 mi E of Mount Murphy, Marie Byrd Land.  Though imperfectly delineated, the glacier has tremendous flow and in January 1966 had formed a large floating glacier tongue (40 mi long) and an extensive grounded iceberg tongue (70 mi long).  Together, these features extend into Amundsen Sea more than 100 mi and inhibit E-W navigation by ships.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Thwaites Glacier Tongue.||
15284|Thwaites Glacier Tongue|Glacier|750000S|1065000W|-75|-106.8333333|||01/01/1967|A glacier tongue, about 20 mi wide and 40 mi long, which is the seaward extension of Thwaites Glacier into the Amundsen Sea. It enters the sea about 30 mi E of Mount Murphy in Marie Byrd Land.  Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in January 1947.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Fredrik T. Thwaites, glacial geologist, geomorphologist and professor emeritus at the University of Wisconsin.||
15285|Thwaites Iceberg Tongue|Glacier|740000S|1083000W|-74|-108.5|||01/01/1967|A very large and rather compact iceberg tongue which is aground and lies in the Amundsen Sea, about 20 mi NE of Bear Peninsula, Marie Byrd Land.  The feature is about 70 mi long and 20 mi wide and in January 1966 its S end was only 3 mi N of Thwaites Glacier Tongue, from whence it had broken off. Delineated by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Thwaites Glacier and Thwaites Glacier Tongue.||
15286|Thyer Glacier|Glacier|674300S|0484500E|-67.7166667|48.75|||01/01/1961|Tributary glacier, flowing NW along the S side of the Raggatt Mountains to enter the Rayner Glacier.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken by the RAAF flight in 1956.  Named by ANCA for R.F. Thyer, Chief Geophysicist, Bureau of Mineral Resources, Australian Department of National Development.||
15287|Tiber Rocks|Island|682300S|0670000W|-68.3833333|-67|||01/01/1955|Group of rocks lying near the head of Rymill Bay, close W of the mouth of Romulus Glacier and 3 mi NW of the highest summit of Black Thumb, off the W coast of Graham Land.  First seen and roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Resurveyed in 1948-49 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and so named by them because of the association of these rocks with nearby Romulus and Remus Glaciers.||
15288|Tickell Head|Cliff|603200S|0454800W|-60.5333333|-45.8|||01/01/1964|Headland forming the E side of Bridger Bay on the N coast of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  First seen in December 1821 in the course of the joint cruise by Captain Nathaniel Palmer, American sealer, and Captain George Powell, British sealer.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1956-58 and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for William L.N. Tickell, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) meteorologist at Signy Island in 1955 and leader at that station in 1956.||
15289|Tickle Channel|Channel|670600S|0674300W|-67.1|-67.7166667|||01/01/1956|Narrow channel in the S part of Hanusse Bay, from 1 to 3 mi wide and 5 mi long, extending northward from The Gullet and separating Hansen Island from the E extremity of Adelaide Island. First seen from the air by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) on a flight in February 1936. Surveyed from the ground in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who applied this descriptive name.  In Newfoundland and Labrador a tickle is a narrow water passage as between two islands.||
15290|Mount Tidd|Summit|811700S|0851300W|-81.2833333|-85.2166667|||01/01/1964|A prominent rock peak which is the highest summit in Pirrit Hills.  The peak was positioned by the U.S. Ellsworth-Byrd Traverse Party on Dec. 10, 1958.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Paul Tidd, U.S. Navy (USN), Officer-in-Charge of Ellsworth Station in 1958.||
15291|Tierney Peninsula|Cape|722300S|0954600W|-72.3833333|-95.7666667|||01/01/1960|An ice-covered peninsula about 14 mi long, between Savage Glacier and Morgan Inlet in the E end of Thurston Island. Discovered on helicopter flights from the USS Burton Island and Glacier of the U.S. Navy (USN) Bellingshausen Sea Expedition in February 1960.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for J.Q. Tierney, oceanographer aboard the Burton Island on this expedition.||01/28/2004
15293|Tiger Island|Island|764700S|1622800E|-76.7833333|162.4666667|||01/01/1967|An island 4 mi N of Lion Island on the N side of Granite Harbor, Victoria Land.  The New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) established a survey station on its highest point in October 1957.  They named it in analogy with nearby Lion Island.||
15294|Tiger Peak|Summit|705200S|1655800E|-70.8666667|165.9666667|1490|4888|01/01/1964|Peak, 1,490 m, standing above the cirque wall near the head of Ludvig Glacier in the central Anare Mountains.  The feature is distinguished by stripes of different colored rock; hence the name, applied by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Thala Dan), 1962, which explored this area.||
15295|Tiger Rocks|Island|535900S|0381600W|-53.9833333|-38.2666667|23|75||Two rocks, the higher of which rises 23 m above sea level, located 1. 5 mi W of Main Island in the Willis Islands, South Georgia.  The descriptive name was applied during the surveys from His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Owen in 1960-61.||
15296|Tigerstripe Ridge|Ridge|764200S|1613000E|-76.7|161.5||||The north ridge of Flagship Mountain, notable for the alternating stripes of rock and snow which extend over much of its length, in the Convoy Range, Victoria Land.  Descriptively named from the tigerlike stripes by a 1989-90 New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) field party.||
15297|Tighe Rock|Summit|742600S|1000400W|-74.4333333|-100.0666667|||01/01/1968|A rock outcropping along the coastal slope at the W margin of the Hudson Mountains, located 15 mi NW of Mount Moses.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert F. Tighe, electrical engineer at Byrd Station, 1964-65.||04/11/2001
15298|Tijuca Point|Summit|542000S|0361300W|-54.3333333|-36.2166667|||01/01/1956|Prominent rock point forming the NW side of the entrance to Hound Bay on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name Penguin Point was probably applied to this feature by DI personnel who made a running survey of this coast in 1930.  Following the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52, it was recommended that this name be altered to avoid confusion with the many other "Penguin" names.  The name Tijuca Point was given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for the Tijuca, a three-masted barque built at Nantes in 1866.  From 1908 onwards, she was used as a transport vessel by the Compania Argentina de Pesca, lying between Buenos Aires and the whaling station at Grytviken.  She foundered in 1946.||
15300|Tilbrook Hill|Summit|604400S|0453600W|-60.7333333|-45.6|70|230||A hill rising to 70 m between Hillier Moss and Caloplaca Cove in SE Signy Island, South Orkney Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1990 after Peter J. Tilbrook, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) terrestrial biologist, 1961-75 (latterly Head, Terrestrial Biology Section), who initiated two long-term research sites close to this feature.||
15301|Tilbrook Point|Summit|592600S|0271500W|-59.4333333|-27.25|||01/01/1972|Conspicuous cliffs forming the NW point of Cook Island, South Sandwich Islands.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Peter J. Tilbrook, zoologist of the survey of the South Sandwich Islands from His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Protector in 1964.||
15304|Tillberg Peak|Summit|644600S|0605400W|-64.7666667|-60.9|610|2001|01/01/1964|A largely ice-free peak, 610 m, on the ridge running E from Foster Plateau toward Sentinel Nunatak, on the E coast of Graham Land.  The name Tillberg was given to a group of four rocky outcrops in this area but, since they are not conspicuous topographically, the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1963 recommended that the name be transferred to this more useful landmark.  Named by Dr. Otto Nordenskjold after Judge Knut Tillberg, contributor to the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04.||
15305|Tillergone Slope|Slope|764400S|1612400E|-76.7333333|161.4|||01/01/1993|A glacial slope, 1.2 mi wide, which is a distributary of Flight Deck Neve between Dotson Ridge and Flagship Mountain, in Convoy Range, Victoria Land.  The name was applied by a New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) field party to commemorate an incident when the steering gear of a motor toboggan broke during the 1989-90 season.  At the time, this glacier was being used as access to a camp at Flagship Mountain, and the slope had to be negotiated twice without steerage.||
15309|Tillett Islands|Island|671100S|0592700E|-67.1833333|59.45|70|230|01/01/1947|Group of small, somewhat dispersed islands, the largest rising 70 m above the sea, lying 5 mi NE of Cape Wilkins. Discovered and named in February 1936 by DI personnel on the William Scoresby.||
15310|Mount Tilley|Summit|694500S|0692900W|-69.75|-69.4833333|1900|6234|01/01/1955|Flat-topped, ice-capped mountain, 1,900 m, 7 mi S of Mount Tyrrell and 3 mi inland from George VI Sound in the E part of Alexander Island.  Despite its height, it is best described as a foothill of the Douglas Range, from which it is separated by Toynbee Glacier.  First photographed from the air in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE).  Surveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named by them for Cecil E. Tilley, professor of mineralogy and petrology at Cambridge University.||
15311|Tilley Bay|Bay|672400S|0600400E|-67.4|60.0666667|||01/01/1965|Bay just E of Tilley Nunatak on the coast of Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Nabbvika (peg bay).  Renamed by ANCA because of its proximity to Tilley Nunatak.||
15312|Tilley Nunatak|Summit|672400S|0600300E|-67.4|60.05|||01/01/1947|Bold, rocky outcrop 5 mi S of Hobbs Islands, projecting from the coastal ice cliffs eastward of William Scoresby Bay. Discovered in February 1936 by DI personnel on the William Scoresby and named by them for Prof. C.E. Tilley, who studied the rock specimens brought back by the expedition.||
15313|Tillite Glacier|Glacier|835100S|1660000E|-83.85|166|||01/01/1966|A tributary glacier flowing NW from Pagoda Peak in Queen Alexandra Range to join Lennox-King Glacier N of Fairchild Peak. So named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) because it contains outcrops of ancient moraine (tillite), indicative of glacial action in remote Paleozoic times.||
15314|Tillite Spur|Ridge|855900S|1263600W|-85.9833333|-126.6|||01/01/1967|A narrow, steep-cliffed rock spur, 3 mi long, descending from southern Wisconsin Plateau between Red Spur and Polygon Spur and terminating at the E side of Olentangy Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  The name was proposed by John H. Mercer, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist to this area in 1964-65, because tillite extends the length of the spur above its granitic cliffs.||
15315|Tilman Ridge|Ridge|764000S|1593500E|-76.6666667|159.5833333|||01/01/1965|A ridge forming the northwestern arm of the Allan Hills, in Victoria Land.  Reconnoitered by the New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) Allan Hills Expedition (1964) who gave the name after W.H. Tilman, a mountaineering associate of Shipton and Odell, after whom the nearby Shipton Ridge and Odell Glacier are named.||
15316|Tilt Rock|Summit|702700S|0684400W|-70.45|-68.7333333|670|2198|01/01/1956|Isolated rock peak, 670 m, situated 2 mi inland from the ice shelf of George VI Sound and 2 mi NE of Block Mountain in eastern Alexander Island.  First photographed from the air on Nov. 23, 1935, by Lincoln Ellsworth and later mapped from these photos by W.L.G. Joerg.  Roughly surveyed from the ground in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) and resurveyed in 1948-49 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  So named by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) because of its tilted appearance.||04/11/2001
15317|Cape Timberlake|Cape|785800S|1613700E|-78.9666667|161.6166667|||01/01/1965|Bold cape at the W side of the mouth of Skelton Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for Lieutenant Commander Lewis G. Timberlake, U.S. Navy (USN), public works officer at McMurdo Station, 1962.||
15318|Timber Peak|Summit|741000S|1622300E|-74.1666667|162.3833333|3070|10072|01/01/1967|The high peak (3,070 m) above Priestley Glacier, on the south side.  The peak is 2 mi WNW of the summit of Mount New Zealand in the Eisenhower Range, Victoria Land.  The Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1962-63) gave this name because petrified sections of tree branches were found in sandstone deposits at this point.||
15319|Cape Timblon|Cape|624200S|0611900W|-62.7|-61.3166667|||01/01/1965|Conspicuous rocky cape forming the N extremity of Snow Island in the South Shetland Islands.  The cape is probably named for Carlos Timblon, Master of the Argentine sealer San Juan Nepomuceno which was the first vessel known to have taken fur seals in the South Shetland Islands, in 1819-20.||
15320|Mount Timosthenes|Summit|690800S|0655700W|-69.1333333|-65.95|||01/01/1962|A prominent peak between the head of Hariot Glacier and the N side of Airy Glacier, 3 mi NW of Peregrinus Peak, in central Antarctic Peninsula.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), Sept. 28, 1940, and by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), Nov. 27, 1947.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in Dec. 1958.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Aristotle Timosthenes of Rhodes, chief pilot of King Ptolemy II (285-246 B.C.), who wrote sailing directions and devised the windrose of 8 or 12 winds, later developed into the points of the compass.||
15321|Tindal Bluff|Cliff|670400S|0645200W|-67.0666667|-64.8666667|800|2625|01/01/1975|A rocky headland rising to 800 m between the terminus of Fricker Glacier and Monnier Point on the E coast of Graham Land. This coastal area was photographed by several American expeditions: U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41; Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48; U.S. Navy photos, 1968.  Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1947-48.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Ronald Tindal, General Assistant with the British Antarctic Survey (BAS) Larsen Ice Shelf party in 1963-64.||
15322|Tindegga Ridge|Ridge|723100S|0025400W|-72.5166667|-2.9|||01/01/1966|A rock ridge immediately SW of Ytstenut Peak, at the NE end of the Borg Massif in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Tindegga (the summit ridge).||
15323|Tindeklypa|Summit|720500S|0022200W|-72.0833333|-2.3666667|||01/01/1966|A double summit separated by a deep ravine.  The feature is located 1 mi N of Istind Peak, on the E side of Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Tindeklypa (the summit ravine).||
15324|Tindley Peaks|Range|711800S|0672600W|-71.3|-67.4333333|760|2493||A group of peaks rising to c. 760 m between Christie Peaks and McArthur Glacier in the Batterbee Mountains (q.v.), on the Rymill Coast, Palmer Land.  Named in 1977 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Roger C. Tindley, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) general assistant and mechanic at Fossil Bluff, 1973-75.||
15325|Tingey Rocks|Summit|695700S|0675200E|-69.95|67.8666667|||01/01/1973|Two small rock features located SW of Single Island on the W edge of the Amery Ice Shelf.  Discovered by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey party in 1971.  Named by ANCA for R.J. Tingey, geologist with the party.||04/12/2001
15326|Tinglof Peninsula|Cape|720200S|1000600W|-72.0333333|-100.1|||01/01/1960|An ice-covered peninsula, 10 mi long, between Henry and Wagoner Inlets on the N side of Thurston Island.  Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ivor Tinglof, tractor mechanic of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) in 1933-35, who built at Little America the first heavy cargo sleds for use in the Antarctic.||01/28/2004
15328|Tinker Glacier|Glacier|740000S|1645000E|-74|164.8333333|||01/01/1964|A glacier, 25 mi long, draining the central part of the Southern Cross Mountains and flowing SE into Wood Bay, on the coast of Victoria Land.  Named by the Northern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, for Lieutenant Col. Ron Tinker, leader at Scott Base during that season.||
15329|Tinker Glacier Tongue|Glacier|740600S|1650200E|-74.1|165.0333333|||01/01/1968|The seaward extension of the Tinker Glacier, projecting into the NW corner of Wood Bay on the coast of Victoria Land. The name was suggested by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Tinker Glacier.||
15330|Tinsel Dome|Summit|634400S|0585500W|-63.7333333|-58.9166667|700|2297|01/01/1953|Small ice-covered hill, 700 m, standing between Aureole Hills and Bone Bay on Trinity Peninsula.  Charted in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) who gave this descriptive name.||
15331|Tioga Hill|Summit|604400S|0453900W|-60.7333333|-45.65|290|951|01/01/1956|Rounded summit, 290 m, standing at the W side the head of McLeod Glacier on Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  The hill is the highest point on the island.  Surveyed in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954 for the Tioga, owned by Messrs. Christensen and Co. (Corral, Chile), which was one of the first floating factories to flense whales at sea.  It was wrecked at nearby Port Jebsen during a gale on Feb. 4, 1913.||03/07/1997
15332|Tioga Lake|Lake|604200S|0453900W|-60.7|-45.65||||A small lake NNE of Port Jebsen and NW of Tioga Hill, from which it takes its name, on Signy Island, South Orkney Islands. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1981.||
15333|Tisobis Valley|Valley|801100S|1562000E|-80.1833333|156.3333333||||An ice-free valley just NE of Mount Henderson in Britannia Range.  Named in association with Britannia by a University of Waikato (New Zealand) geological party, 1978-79, led by M.J. Selby. Tisobis is a historical name used in Roman Britain for the Dwyryd River.||
15334|Titan Dome|Summit|883000S|1650000E|-88.5|165|3100|10170||A large ice dome on the polar plateau, trending E-W and rising to 3,100 m between Queen Maud Mountains and the South Pole.  The dome was first crossed by the sledge parties of Shackleton, Amundsen, and Scott on their journeys toward the South Pole, and was described as a major snow ridge.  It was delineated by the SPRI-NFS-TUD airborne radio echo sounding program, 1967-79, and named after the Cambridge University (U.K.) Titan computer, which was used to process all the early radio echo sounding data for this part of Antarctica.||
15335|Titania Peak|Summit|713200S|0692500W|-71.5333333|-69.4166667|1250|4101|01/01/1961|Rock peak, 1,250 m, near the head of Uranus Glacier, 11 mi WNW of Mount Umbriel in central Alexander Island.  First mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from association with Uranus Glacier, Titania being one of the satellites of Uranus.||
15336|Titan Nunatak|Summit|720900S|0684300W|-72.15|-68.7166667|460|1509|01/01/1956|Broad, rather flat-topped nunatak, 460 m, standing between Coal Nunatak and Tethys Nunataks in the SE corner of Alexander Island.  First seen and photographed from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth on Nov. 23, 1935, and mapped from photos obtained on that flight by W.L.G. Joerg.  Observed from the NW (the direction from which Ellsworth photographed this nunatak), only the summit protrudes above the coastal ice, and it was uncertain whether this was a Peak on Alexander Island or an island in George VI Sound.  Its true nature was determined by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) who surveyed this nunatak in 1949.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for its association with nearby Saturn Glacier, Titan being one of the satellites of Saturn.||
15337|Mount Titus|Summit|721500S|1690200E|-72.25|169.0333333|2840|9317|01/01/1964|A mountain, 2,840 m, surmounting the heights between the Staircase and Kelly Glaciers in the Admiralty Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert W. Titus, meteorologist, station scientific leader at Hallett Station, 1961.||
15338|Tiw Valley|Valley|773600S|1614700E|-77.6|161.783333|||01/01/1976|A valley lying next eastward of Odin Valley in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  The feature is one in a group in this range named from Norse mythology, Tiw being the god of rules and regulations in war and peace.  The name was suggested by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in consultation with the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC).||
15341|Tjuvholene Crags|Cliff|715700S|0042800E|-71.95|4.4666667|2495|8186|01/01/1967|High rock crags, 2,495 m, which form the N end of Mount Grytoyr in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land. Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Tjuvholene (the thief's lair).||
15342|Toadstool Rocks|Island|685000S|0692500W|-68.8333333|-69.4166667|2|7||Insular rocks, ice-covered and rising to 2.5 m above sea level in the SW part of Marguerite Bay, ESE of Terminal Island, Alexander Island.  The rocks were roughly charted from Royal Research Ship (RRS) association with Mushroom Island and Puffball Islands.||
15344|Tobin Mesa|Summit|731700S|1625200E|-73.2833333|162.8666667|||01/01/1967|A large mesa in the Mesa Range, between Pain Mesa on the north and Gair Mesa on the south.  Named by the Northern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, for James Tobin, surveyor with this party.||
15346|Tobogganers Icefall|Glacier|713100S|1633000E|-71.5166667|163.5||||A prominent icefall in the west-flowing tributary to Sledgers Glacier, located at the N side of Molar Massif in the Bowers Mountains (q.v.).  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1983 in association with nearby Sledgers Icefall from a proposal by geologist M.G. Laird.||
15347|Toboggan Gap|Gap|721600S|1660300E|-72.2666667|166.05|||01/01/1964|A pass through the Millen Range just N of Turret Peak, offering good sledging from the polar plateau to the Pearl Harbor Glacier neve.  Named by the Southern Party of NZFMCAE, 1962-63.||
15348|Tocci Glacier|Glacier|721000S|1681800E|-72.1666667|168.3|||01/01/1970|A steep tributary glacier descending from Mount Lozen to enter the N side of Tucker Glacier, in the Admiralty Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Joseph J. Tocci II, U.S. Navy (USN), aerographer's mate at McMurdo Station, 1967.||
15349|Mount Tod|Summit|671300S|0503900E|-67.2166667|50.65|||01/01/1965|Mountain on the SW side of Auster Glacier, at the head of Amundsen Bay in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for I.M. Tod, weather observer at Mawson Station in 1961.||
15350|Mount Todd|Summit|780300S|0855600W|-78.05|-85.9333333|3600|11811||A peak in the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains, rising to 3,600 m on the E side of Embree Glacier, 2 mi NNE of Mount Press.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photography, 1957-60.  Named in 1984 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Edward P. Todd, physicist, National Science Foundation, 1963-84, Director, Division of Polar Programs, NSF, 1977-84, with responsibility for the development of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program.||
15351|Todd Glacier|Glacier|680300S|0670300W|-68.05|-67.05|||01/01/1964|A glacier 7 mi long flowing SW into Calmette Bay, western Graham Land.  Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947.  Surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1961-62.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Gertrude E. Todd, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) Scientific Officer and Editor, employed in the London Office, 1950-63.||
15352|Todd Gully|Valley|764300S|1594200E|-76.7166667|159.7|||01/01/1965|A valley about 0.7 mi west of Brock Gully in the Allan Hills, Victoria Land.  Reconnoitered by the New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) Allan Hills Expedition (1964) who named it after the dialect name for a fox because of the resemblance to fox country in parts of England.||
15353|Todd Hill|Summit|775057S|1630235E|-77.849239|163.043059|1245|4085|01/01/1992|A bluff type elevation (1,245 m) which forms the S extremity of the Briggs Hill massif and the N point of entrance to Descent Pass (leading to Ferrar Glacier), in Victoria Land. Named in 1992 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Ronald L. Todd, cartographer, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS); member of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) field team which established geodetic control in the Hudson Mountains, Jones Mountains, Thurston Island and Farwell Island areas of Walgreen Coast and Eights Coast during the 1968-69 season.||
15354|Todd Ridge|Ridge|851600S|1191900W|-85.2666667|-119.3166667|||01/01/1962|A narrow, flat-topped rock ridge at the NW end of Long Hills, Horlick Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1958-60.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Marion N. Todd, aurora scientist at Byrd Station in 1958.||
15355|Toddy Pond|Basin|764200S|1612100E|-76.7|161.35|||01/01/1993|A pond in an enclosed basin on the rock flats 2 mi NW of Flagship Mountain, in Convoy Range, Victoria Land.  The name is in the nautical beverage theme similar to Rum Pond and Tot Pond in this range.  Named by a 1989-90 New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) field party.||
15356|Todt Ridge|Ridge|712200S|0135700E|-71.3666667|13.95|||01/01/1970|A partially snow-covered ridge, 3 mi long, lying 5 mi E of Mount Mentzel at the E end of the Gruber Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39, under Captain Alfred Ritscher.  Named for Herbert Todt, an assistant to Ritscher who served as home secretary for the expedition.||
15359|The Toe|Cape|622000S|0591100W|-62.3333333|-59.1833333|||01/01/1952|Point marking the S side of the entrance to Harmony Cove on the W side of Nelson Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  This descriptive name seems first to appear on a chart based upon a 1935 survey by DI personnel on the Discovery II.||
15360|Tofani Glacier|Glacier|682100S|0653500W|-68.35|-65.5833333||||A glacier flowing NE into the head of Solberg Inlet, Bowman Coast, to the N of Houser Peak.  The feature was photographed from the air by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1940, U.S. Navy, 1966, and was surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1946-48.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 after Dr. Walter Tofani, M.D., station physician at Palmer Station, 1975.||
15361|Tofte Glacier|Glacier|684800S|0904200W|-68.8|-90.7|||01/01/1952|A glacier immediately south of Sandefjord Cove on the west side of Peter I Island.  Discovered in 1927 by a Norwegian expedition in the Odd I and named for Eyvind Tofte, leader of the expedition.||
15362|Toilers Mountain|Summit|714400S|1645200E|-71.7333333|164.8666667|1955|6414|01/01/1964|A massive peak (1,955 m) standing 4 mi NE of Halverson Peak in the NW end of the King Range, Concord Mountains.  The peak was used as a gravity station by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64.  So named by them because of the long climb and unpleasant conditions encountered in occupying the summit.||
15363|Tokarev Island|Island|663200S|0925900E|-66.5333333|92.9833333|||01/01/1962|One of the small islands in the Haswell Islands, lying 0.1 mi W of Gorev Island.  Discovered and first mapped by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson.  Photographed by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (1956) and named for Aleksey K. Tokarev (1915-57), biologist on the expedition who died while returning from the Antarctic.||
15364|Mount Tokoroa|Summit|711300S|1625000E|-71.2166667|162.8333333|||01/01/1964|A massive snow-covered mountain on a spur from the Explorers Range, Bowers Mountains, standing 6 mi SE of the summit of Mount Soza at the junction of the Morley and Carryer Glaciers. Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Topo West party, 1962-63, and named by members of this party for Tokoroa, New Zealand, in recognition of its kindness to U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) personnel.||
15366|Mount Tolchin|Summit|850600S|0651200W|-85.1|-65.2|1730|5676|01/01/1968|A mountain, 1,730 m, standing 5 mi SW of Houk Spur at the SW extremity of Mackin Table in southern Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Sidney Tolchin (MC) USN, officer in charge of South Pole Station, winter 1959.||
15367|Tollefson Nunatak|Summit|742500S|0722500W|-74.4166667|-72.4166667|||01/01/1968|A nunatak lying 5 mi W of Olander Nunatak, being one of several scattered and somewhat isolated nunataks located 40 mi N of the Merrick Mountains, in Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for T.W. Tollefson, construction electrician at Eights Station in 1963.||
15368|Mount Tolley|Summit|771700S|1430700W|-77.2833333|-143.1166667|1030|3379|01/01/1947|Peak, 1,030 m, standing 2 mi S of Mount Swartley in the Allegheny Mountains of the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land. Discovered on aerial flights from West Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and named for president William P. Tolley of Allegheny College, Pennsylvania.||
15371|Toltec Butte|Summit|763800S|1595300E|-76.6333333|159.8833333|||01/01/1965|A truncated peak east of Harris Valley in the Shipton Ridge of the Allan Hills, Victoria Land.  Reconnoitered by the New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) Allan Hills Expedition (1964) who named the feature for its resemblance to buildings of the civilization of the same name.||
15372|Tomandl Nunatak|Summit|764900S|1445700W|-76.8166667|-144.95|||01/01/1970|An isolated nunatak on the S side of Crevasse Valley Glacier, 7 mi E of Mount Stancliff, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Frank Tomandl, Jr., aviation electrician's mate, U.S. Navy (USN), of the McMurdo Station winter party, 1968.||
15373|Tombaugh Cliffs|Cliff|710500S|0681800W|-71.0833333|-68.3|||01/01/1965|Ice-free cliffs which stand at the N side of the mouth of Pluto Glacier and face George VI Sound, on the E side of Alexander Island.  Photographed from the air by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48; surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1948-50.  The naming by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) continues the astronomy related or celestial theme displayed in the toponymy of this area.  Clyde W. Tombaugh, American astronomer at Lowell Observatory, discovered the planet Pluto in 1930.||
15374|Tomblin Rock|Island|570400S|0263900W|-57.0666667|-26.65|||01/01/1972|Isolated rock 0.7 mi ESE of Demon Point, Candlemas Island, in the South Sandwich Islands.  It was charted and named Black Rock by personnel on Royal Research Ship (RRS) Discovery II in 1930, but that name was changed to avoid duplication.  Renamed by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 for John F. Tomblin, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist who made a detailed study of rocks at Candlemas Island in 1964.||
15375|Tombstone Hill|Summit|644900S|0633100W|-64.8166667|-63.5166667|50|164|01/01/1950|Hill which rises to 50 m close ENE of Damoy Point, Wiencke Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered and first mapped by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot.  The name given by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1944 is descriptive of some rocks on the top of the hill.||
15376|Tombstone Hill|Summit|722700S|1694200E|-72.45|169.7|1050|3445|01/01/1971|A prominent hill (1,050 m) on the N side of Edisto Glacier in the Admiralty Mountains, Victoria Land.  Its summit is littered with slabs of hard sedimentary rock, many of which are steeply tilted on end to give the appearance of a field of tombstones.  Named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58.||
15377|Tomilin Glacier|Glacier|693000S|1590000E|-69.5|159|||01/01/1961|A glacier over 15 mi long, draining N from Pope Mountain in central Wilson Hills.  It enters the sea E of Goodman Hills and Cape Kinsey, forming a substantial glacier tongue.  The glacier was photographed from aircraft of U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in 1947, and by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1958.  Named by the latter for Soviet polar aviator Mikhail N. Tomilin (1908-52), who perished in the Arctic.||
15378|Mount Tomlinson|Summit|671500S|0511100E|-67.25|51.1833333|||01/01/1965|Mountain 2 mi S of Mount Marsland in the NE part of the Scott Mountains, Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for R.C. Tomlinson, a member of the crew of the Discovery during the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31.||
15379|Tommeliten Rock|Summit|714700S|0022900W|-71.7833333|-2.4833333|||01/01/1966|A small isolated rock 6 mi E of Lorentzen Peak on the Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Tommeliten (Tom Thumb).||04/11/2001
15380|Tomovick Nunatak|Summit|745900S|1615100E|-74.9833333|161.85|||01/01/1968|A nunatak along the southern side of the upper portion of Larsen Glacier, 9 mi W of Mount Gerlache in Victoria Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1956-62. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Donald S. Tomovick, U.S. Navy (USN), utilitiesman at South Pole Station in 1966.||
15381|Tonagh Island|Island|670600S|0501800E|-67.1|50.3|||01/01/1961|Steep-sided, flat-topped island, 4 mi long and 2 mi wide, lying SW of the mouth of Beaver Glacier in the S part of Amundsen Bay.  Sighted in October 1956 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by P.W. Crohn and named for Lieutenant Leslie Tonagh, DUKW driver with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), 1956.||
15383|Toney Mountain|Summit|754800S|1154800W|-75.8|-115.8|3595|11794|01/01/1960|An elongated snow-covered mountain, 38 mi long and rising to 3,595 m in Richmond Peak, located 35 mi SW of Kohler Range in Marie Byrd Land.  The mountain was probably among those viewed from a distance by Admiral Byrd and others of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in plane flights from the ship Bear in February 1940.  It was mapped in December 1957 by the oversnow traverse party from Byrd Station to the Sentinel Range, 1957-58, led by C.R. Bentley who proposed the name.  Named after George R. Toney, scientific leader at Byrd Station in 1957, a participant in several Antarctic and Arctic operations, serving in both field and administrative capacities.||
15384|Tongue Peak|Summit|863400S|1530200W|-86.5666667|-153.0333333|2450|8038||A peak rising to c. 2,450 m between Holdsworth Glacier and Scott Glacier, 3 mi WNW of Mount Farley, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  The peak was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1960-64.  It was geologically mapped by a U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) - Arizona State University field party, 1978-79, and was named by geologist Scott G. Borg, a member of the party.  The name derives from a well developed tongue-shaped moraine in an abandoned cirque between the W and N ridges of the peak.||
15385|Tongue Rock|Island|673300S|0620000E|-67.55|62|||01/01/1965|Insular rock just N of Low Tongue, off Mac. Robertson Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Tangskjera (the tongue rock).  The translated form of the name recommended by ANCA has been approved.||
15386|Tongue Rocks|Island|633800S|0572100W|-63.6333333|-57.35|||01/01/1964|Small ice-free volcanic rocks lying between Eagle Island and Beak Island, off Trinity Peninsula.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with Eagle and Beak Islands.||
15388|Tonkin Island|Island|674900S|0650300W|-67.8166667|-65.05|||01/01/1952|Narrow, ice-capped island 3.5 mi long in a N-S direction, marked by ice-free peaks at each end, lying 11 mi SE of Choyce Point, Bowman Coast, in Larsen Ice Shelf.  The island was discovered and photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940.  It was charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947 and named after John E. Tonkin, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) general assistant at Stonington Island, 1945-47; named Lewis Island by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) following additional aerial photography, 1947. The names Isla Mateo de Toro Zambrano and Isla Riquelme, referring to the N and S parts of this feature shown as two islands, appear on a Chilean hydrographic chart, 1947.||
15390|Tønnesen Glacier|Glacier|720400S|0032800E|-72.0666667|3.4666667|||01/01/1966|A broad glacier flowing N between Risemedet Mountain and Festninga Mountain, separating the Gjelsvik Mountains and the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named for J. Tonnesen, meteorologist with Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-58).||
15391|Tønsberg Cove|Bay|603200S|0455500W|-60.5333333|-45.9166667|||01/01/1952|Cove 1 mi SE of Penguin Point on the N coast of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted in 1912-13 by Petter Sorlle, Norwegian whaling captain and named after the Tonsberg Hvalfangeri, of Tonsberg, Norway, a company which operated a permanent whaling base in the South Orkney Islands in the period 1920-30.||
15394|Tønsberg Point|Summit|541000S|0363900W|-54.1666667|-36.65|||01/01/1953|The E extremity of a low rocky peninsula which projects into Stromness Bay, South Georgia, separating Stromness Harbor on the N from Husvik Harbor on the south.  The name was in use as early as 1912 and derives from the Tonsberg Hvalfangeri, Norwegian whaling company with works at Husvik Harbor.||
15395|Mount Toogood|Summit|713700S|1601400E|-71.6166667|160.2333333|2100|6890|01/01/1970|A mountain (2,100 m) at the S side of the head of Edwards Glacier in the Daniels Range, Usarp Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for David J. Toogood, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68 and 1968-69.||
15396|The Tooth|Summit|773100S|1685900E|-77.5166667|168.9833333||||A distinctive rock outcrop on the eastern slopes of Mount Terror, Ross Island, at an elevation of c. 1,400 meters.  The feature lies 1 mi SSE of Tent Peak and is reported to resemble a fossilized shark's tooth.  Descriptively named by a party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1958-59, working in eastern Ross Island.||04/11/2001
15398|Tooth Peak|Summit|724700S|1620300E|-72.7833333|162.05|||01/01/1964|A small sharp peak on the N end of Sculpture Mountain in the upper Rennick Glacier.  Named for its tooth-like shape by the Northern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63.||
15399|Tooth Rock|Island|625200S|0612400W|-62.8666667|-61.4|85|279|01/01/1965|A rock rising 85 m above sea level, the largest of a group of rocks S of Cape Conway, Snow Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Descriptively named following survey by a Royal Navy (RN) Hydrographic Survey Unit form John Biscoe in 1951-52.||
15400|Tophet Bastion|Summit|604200S|0451700W|-60.7|-45.2833333|||01/01/1956|Conspicuous ice-capped rock wall, 1 mi long, with an apron of talus.  It stands 1 mi E of Saunders Point on the S coast of Coronation Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Roughly surveyed in 1933 by DI personnel.  The name, which is biblical, was applied by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) following their survey of 1948-49.||
15401|Topografov Island|Island|683000S|0781100E|-68.5|78.1833333|||01/01/1970|An island just N of Partizan Island in the N part of the entrance to Langnes Fjord, Vestfold Hills.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37).  Subsequently photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47), Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1954-58) and the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (1956).  The latter named it Ostrov Topografov (topographers' island).||
15402|Topping Cone|Summit|772900S|1691600E|-77.4833333|169.2666667|||01/01/1972|An exposed volcanic cone near Cape Crozier, located 1.75 mi NW of the summit of The Knoll in eastern Ross Island.  Named by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) for W.W. Topping, geologist with Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) which examined the cone in the 1969-70 season.||
15403|Topside Glacier|Glacier|764200S|1605700E|-76.7|160.95|||01/01/1993|A cirque glacier, 0.5 mi long, descending the S wall of Elkhorn Ridge in Greenville Valley, Convoy Range, Victoria Land. The name is a nautical approximation of the situation of the glacier.  Named by a 1989-90 New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) field party to the area.||
15404|Mount Torbert|Summit|833000S|0542500W|-83.5|-54.4166667|1675|5495|01/01/1957|A prominent, pyramidal rock peak, 1,675 m, midway along Torbert Escarpment in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains. Discovered and photographed on Jan. 13, 1956 on the transcontinental nonstop plane flight by personnel of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze I from McMurdo Sound to Weddell Sea and return.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander John H. Torbert, USN, pilot of the P2V-2N Neptune aircraft making this flight.||
15405|Torbert Escarpment|Cliff|832900S|0540800W|-83.4833333|-54.1333333|||01/01/1968|An escarpment, 15 mi long, marking the W margin of Median Snowfield in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Mount Torbert, the salient feature along its edge.||
15406|Torbjørn Rocks|Summit|715300S|0062100E|-71.8833333|6.35|||01/01/1967|A group of rocks lying in the mouth of Lunde Glacier in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named for Torbjorn Lunde, glaciologist with Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-58).||
15408|Mount Torckler|Summit|665200S|0524400E|-66.8666667|52.7333333|||01/01/1966|Mountain 3 mi SE of Mount Smethurst and 28 mi SW of Stor Hanakken Mountain in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1957.  Named by ANCA for R.M. Torckler, radio officer at Wilkes Station in 1961.||
15410|Torckler Rocks|Island|683500S|0775600E|-68.5833333|77.9333333|||01/01/1965|Three small islands lying at the N side of the entrance to Heidemann Bay, Vestfold Hills.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Remapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos and named for R.M. Torckler, radio officer at Davis Station in 1959.||
15411|Torgersen Island|Island|644600S|0640500W|-64.7666667|-64.0833333|||01/01/1963|Small rocky island lying just E of Litchfield Island in the entrance to Arthur Harbor, off the SW coast of Anvers Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Torstein Torgersen, first mate of the Harbor in late February 1955, preceding the Norsel in one of the ship's boats and making soundings.||
15412|Torgny Peak|Summit|715100S|0080600E|-71.85|8.1|||01/01/1967|A bare rock peak 2 mi W of Fenriskjeften Mountain in the Drygalski Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named for Torgny Vinje, meteorologist with Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60).||
15414|Torii Glacier|Glacier|711900S|0353800E|-71.3166667|35.6333333|||01/01/1966|A glacier flowing NW between Mount Goossens and Mount Fukushima in the Queen Fabiola Mountains.  Discovered on Oct. 7, 1960 by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), under Guido Derom, who named it after Tetsuya Torii, geochemist; leader of the Japanese party that visited this area in November 1960.||
15415|Torinosu Cove|Bay|692900S|0393400E|-69.4833333|39.5666667|||01/01/1975|A narrow cove in the eastern part of Lutzow-Holm Bay. It indents the W side of Skarvsnes Foreland 1.5 mi W of Mount Suribachi, on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62.  The name "Torinosu-wan" (bird's nest cove) was given by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1973.||
15416|Torlyn Mountain|Summit|674700S|0665500E|-67.7833333|66.9166667|||01/01/1947|An elongated mountain, of which Murray Monolith is the detached front, standing 4 mi E of Scullin Monolith on the coast of Mac. Robertson Land.  In January and February 1931 several Norwegian whale catchers explored along this coast, making sketches of the land from their vessels.  They named the mountain for their whale catcher, the Torlyn,  from whose deck it was seen in February, although the coast was sketched as early as January 19 from the Bouvet II, another Norwegian whaler. The British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson made an airplane flight over this area in January 1930, returning for further exploration in February 1931.  They named the mountain Murray Monolith, which name is hereby retained only for the detached front.||
15417|Tornquist Bay|Bay|540400S|0365900W|-54.0666667|-36.9833333|||01/01/1956|Small bay between Cape Constance and Antarctic Point along the N coast of South Georgia.  Charted in 1929-30 by DI personnel, who called it Windy Cove, because of strong gusts of wind experienced there, but the name Windy Hole was subsequently used on charts for the bay.  Following a survey of South Georgia in 1951-52, the South Georgia Survey (SGS) reported that this feature is known to the whalers and sealers as Tornquist Bay, because the wreck of the Cape Constance on Oct. 16, 1950, lies near its W shore.  This latter name is approved on the basis of local usage; the name Windy Hole is never used locally.  The name Windy Cove, originally applied to this bay, has been transferred in local usage to the bay immediately SE of Antarctic Point and it has since become established there.||
15420|Toro Point|Summit|631900S|0575400W|-63.3166667|-57.9|||01/01/1964|A point which forms the S extremity of Schmidt Peninsula and the N side of the entrance to Unwin Cove, Trinity Peninsula. Named by the fifth Chilean Antarctic Expedition (1950-51) after Carlos Toro Mazote G. who, as an aviation lieutenant in 1947, was one of the men chosen to occupy the General Bernardo O'Higgins station nearby.  He was also a member of the fifth Chilean expedition aboard the ship Lientur.||
15421|Tor Point|Summit|541200S|0363400W|-54.2|-36.5666667|||01/01/1965|Point forming the E side of the entrance to Jason Harbor in Cumberland West Bay, South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1930 British Admiralty chart.||
15426|Cape Torson|Cape|664000S|0903600E|-66.6666667|90.6|||01/01/1962|A point at the E side of Posadowsky Bay on the coast of Antarctica.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Remapped by the Soviet expedition 1956, who named it after Lieutenant K.P. Torson, of the ship Vostok in the Bellingshausen expedition 1819-21.||
15429|Tortoise Hill|Summit|642200S|0573000W|-64.3666667|-57.5|500|1640|01/01/1964|A hill more than 500 m high, 3 mi W of The Watchtower at the SE corner of James Ross Island.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) surveys, 1958-61.  The feature is similar geologically and in appearance to Terrapin Hill in the NE portion of the island; hence the application of a related name.||
15432|Tortula Cove|Bay|541400S|0363000W|-54.2333333|-36.5|||01/01/1956|Cove close S of Mai Point, on the E side of Maiviken in Cumberland Bay, South Georgia.  Roughly surveyed by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold.  Resurveyed in 1929 by DI personnel, and in 1951 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the moss (genus Tortula) which grows in this vicinity.||
15433|Mount Toth|Summit|862200S|1551500W|-86.3666667|-155.25|2410|7907|01/01/1967|The easternmost peak, 2,410 m, on the small ice-covered ridge 5 mi E of Mount Kendrick, in the Queen Maud Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Arpad J. Toth, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), operations officer in charge of Williams Field, McMurdo Sound, 1962-64.||
15434|Toth Nunataks|Summit|733300S|0644500W|-73.55|-64.75|||01/01/1968|A small group of isolated nunataks located 17 mi NNW of Mount Coman in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Stephen R. Toth, glaciologist at Byrd Station, summer 1965-66.||
15435|Tot Island|Island|653100S|0642000W|-65.5166667|-64.3333333|||01/01/1971|Small island lying just N of the NE end of Lahille Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 because the island is very small.||
15436|Tot Pond|Basin|765400S|1610700E|-76.9|161.1166667|||01/01/1993|The smaller and western of two closely spaced frozen ponds in the floor of Alatna Valley, filled by overflow from the larger adjacent Rum Pond, in the Convoy Range, Victoria Land.  Named by a 1989-90 New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) field party (Trevor Chinn) in association with Rum Pond; in nautical circles a tot is a traditional small issue of rum.||
15437|Tottan Hills|Range|750200S|0122500W|-75.0333333|-12.4166667|||01/01/1966|A group of rocky hills 20 mi in extent, forming the southwestern portion of Heimefront Range in Queen Maud Land.  The hills were observed and photographed by the Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition in the course of air reconnaissance from Maudheim in January 1952.  Named after the supply ship Tottan, used to establish and resupply the British Royal Society IGY station on the Brunt Ice Shelf, 1955-58.  During the 1957-58 season, Tottan also unloaded supplies at Norway station on Princess Martha Coast.||
15438|Totten Glacier|Glacier|670000S|1162000E|-67|116.3333333|||01/01/1955|A massive glacier about 40 mi long and 20 mi wide.  It drains northeastward from the continental ice but turns northwestward at the coast where it terminates in a prominent tongue close east of Cape Waldron.  Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for George M. Totten, Passed Midshipman on the Wilkes with correction of the survey data obtained by the expedition.||
15439|Totten Glacier Tongue|Glacier|663500S|1160500E|-66.5833333|116.0833333|||01/01/1956|A prominent glacier tongue extending seaward from Totten Glacier.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47) and named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Totten Glacier.||
15441|Tottsuki Point|Summit|685500S|0395000E|-68.9166667|39.8333333|||01/01/1968|A small rock point lying 3 mi SW of Flattunga on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37. Surveyed by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Tottsuki-misaki (first point).||
15443|Touchdown Glacier|Glacier|794800S|1581000E|-79.8|158.1666667|||01/01/1965|A tributary of Darwin Glacier, flowing S between Roadend Nunatak and the Brown Hills.  Mapped by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1962-63) and so named because the glacier was used as a landing site for aircraft supporting the expedition.||
15444|Touchdown Hills|Range|780700S|0350000W|-78.1166667|-35|||01/01/1960|Group of snow-covered hills extending S from Vahsel Bay on the E side of the Filchner Ice Shelf.  So named by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) in 1957 because one of the expedition members, while piloting a plane fitted with skis, mistook these hills for clouds and hit them, bounding upwards undamaged.||
15445|Tour de Pise|Summit|664000S|1400100E|-66.6666667|140.0166667|27|89|01/01/1962|Isolated rock dome, 27 m, which protrudes through the ice in NW Rostand Island in the Géologie Archipelago.  Charted in 1951 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) and named by them for the famous Tower of Pisa.||04/11/2001
15446|Mount Touring Club|Summit|651700S|0635600W|-65.2833333|-63.9333333|||01/01/1950|A small snow-capped peak near the extremity of a spur that descends southwestward from Mount Peary, on the west side of Graham Land.  Discovered and named "Sommet du Touring Club" by the French Antarctic Expedition (1908-10) under Dr. Jean B. Charcot.  A party from the expedition hiked along the southern side of this feature in the course of charting the area.||
15447|Tourmaline Plateau|Plain|741000S|1632700E|-74.1666667|163.45|||01/01/1966|An ice-covered plateau in the central part of the Deep Freeze Range, bounded by the Howard Peaks and the peaks and ridges which trend N-S from Mount Levick, in Victoria Land.  So named by the Northern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1965-66, because of the quantities of tourmaline-granite found there.||
15448|Tournachon Peak|Summit|641900S|0610500W|-64.3166667|-61.0833333|860|2821|01/01/1965|Peak, 860 m, rising S of Spring Point on the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Gaspard F. Tournachon (1820-1910), known professionally as Nadar, French portrait photographer and aeronaut who took the first air photos from a captive balloon in 1858 and suggested their use for mapmaking.||
15449|Tousled Peak|Summit|731100S|1690100E|-73.1833333|169.0166667|1220|4003|01/01/1966|Small ice-covered peak, 1,220 m, situated 3.5 mi NW of the summit of Mount Lubbock in the S end of Daniell Peninsula, Victoria Land.  The name given by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1966 is descriptive of the exceptionally broken ice summit.||
15450|Tow Bay|Bay|570200S|0264200W|-57.0333333|-26.7|||01/01/1952|Small bay 0.2 mi S of Vulcan Point on the W side of Candlemas Island, in the South Sandwich Islands.  Charted and named in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II.||
15452|The Tower|Summit|621300S|0583000W|-62.2166667|-58.5|345|1132|01/01/1952|Mountain, 345 m, which is snow covered except at the summit, standing close W of Demay Point at the W side of the entrance to Admiralty Bay, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted and named "La Tour" (The Tower) by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot.||
15453|Tower Hill|Summit|634200S|0604500W|-63.7|-60.75|1125|3691|01/01/1952|Sharp conical summit, 1,125 m, surmounting the NW part of Trinity Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  The origin of the name is not known, but it may be associated with the voyage in 1824-25 of the British sealer Sprightly under Captain Edward Hughes.||
15454|Tower Island|Summit|633300S|0595100W|-63.55|-59.85|305|1001|01/01/1947|Island 5 mi long and 305 m high, lying 20 mi NE of Trinity Island and marking the NE extent of Palmer Archipelago.  Named on Jan. 30, 1820, by Edward Bransfield, Master, Royal Navy (RN), who described it as a round island.||
15455|Tower Peak|Summit|642300S|0590900W|-64.3833333|-59.15|855|2805|01/01/1952|Peak, 855 m, whose rock exposure stands out clearly from an evenly contoured icefield 5 mi NW of Longing Gap, in northern Graham Land.  First charted and given this descriptive name by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1945.||
15456|Towle Glacier|Glacier|763800S|1610500E|-76.6333333|161.0833333|||01/01/1962|Glacier in the Convoy Range of Victoria Land, draining NE between Eastwind and Elkhorn Ridges into the Fry Glacier.  Mapped in 1957 by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) and named for the U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) Private John R. Towle, an American freighter which carried a large proportion of the New Zealand stores south in December 1956.||
15457|Towles Glacier|Glacier|722500S|1690500E|-72.4166667|169.0833333|||01/01/1964|Glacier descending from the western slopes of Mount Humphrey Lloyd to enter Tucker Glacier northwest of Trigon Bluff, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant William J. Towles, U.S. Navy (USN), medical officer at Hallett Station, 1960.||
15458|Towle Valley|Valley|764100S|1604500E|-76.6833333|160.75|||01/01/1964|The deep valley formerly occupied by the head of Towle Glacier, lying immediately W of Towle Glacier in the Convoy Range of Victoria Land.  Mapped in 1957 by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) and named by them for the U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) a large part of the New Zealand stores south in December 1956.||
15459|Townrow Peak|Summit|763800S|1593500E|-76.6333333|159.5833333|||01/01/1965|A prominent outlier of the Tilman Ridge in the Allan Hills, Victoria Land.  Reconnoitered by the New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) Allan Hills Expedition (1964) and named after J.A. Townrow of the University of Tasmania, palaeobotanist with the expedition.||
15460|Toynbee Glacier|Glacier|693500S|0693500W|-69.5833333|-69.5833333|||01/01/1955|Glacier in NE Alexander Island, 17 mi long and 5 mi wide, between the mountains of the Douglas Range on the W and Mount Tyrrell and Mount Tilley on the east.  It flows N from Mount Stephenson to George VI Sound.  First photographed from the air in 1937 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Surveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named for Patrick A. Toynbee, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) air pilot at Stonington Island in 1948 and 1949.||
15461|Trabucco Cliff|Cliff|763700S|1180100W|-76.6166667|-118.0166667|||01/01/1975|A cliff at the tip of the broad spur which forms the northeast extremity of Mount Rees in the Crary Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1959-66. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William J. Trabucco, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) ionospheric physicist at McMurdo Station, 1969, and Siple Station, 1973.||
15462|Trachyte Hill|Summit|771601S|1662623E|-77.266911|166.439747|470|1542|01/01/1964|Prominent hill, 470 m, just S of Shell Glacier in the center of the ice-free area on the lower W slopes of Mount Bird on Ross Island.  Mapped and so named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1958-59, because of the rock type composing the hill.||
15463|Tracy Glacier|Glacier|655700S|1022000E|-65.95|102.3333333|||01/01/1955|A channel glacier flowing to the Shackleton Ice Shelf 4 mi SW of Cape Elliott.  Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Lloyd W. Tracy, USN, pilot with U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Windmill, 1947-48, who assisted in operations which resulted in the establishment of astronomical control stations from Wilhelm II Coast to Budd Coast.||
15464|Tracy Point|Summit|661800S|1102700E|-66.3|110.45|||01/01/1963|The westernmost point of Beall Island in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Radioman Gordon F. Tracy, USN, a member of the Wilkes Station party of 1958.||
15465|Trafalgar Glacier|Glacier|722800S|1682500E|-72.4666667|168.4166667|||01/01/1962|A tributary glacier about 30 mi long, flowing E in the Victory Mountains to join Tucker Glacier below Bypass Hill, in Victoria Land.  Named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, in association with the Victory Mountains and after the famous British naval victory of 1805.||
15466|Traffic Circle|Glacier|683700S|0660000W|-68.6166667|-66|500|1640|01/01/1962|A glacier-filled expanse 500 m high, situated south of Mount Ptolemy and medially on Antarctic Peninsula between Marguerite Bay and Mobiloil Inlet.  Hub Nunatak rises from the center of the Traffic Circle.  From this position, five glacial troughs radiate like the spokes of a wheel.  One connects on the north with Gibbs Glacier and Neny Glacier, leading to Neny Fjord. Another connects on the west with Lammers Glacier and Windy Valley, leading to Mikkelsen Bay.  A third, Cole Glacier, trends southwest along Godfrey Upland toward the Wordie Ice Shelf area. The fourth, Weyerhaeuser Glacier, trends southward toward Wakefield Highland and connects with glaciers leading westward to Wordie Ice Shelf.  The fifth, Mercator Ice Piedmont, is nourished by the outflow from Weyerhaeuser, Cole and Gibbs Glaciers; it broadens as it descends eastward to the head of Mobiloil Inlet. Discovered in 1940 by members of the East Base party of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, who used this system of troughs in traveling across the upland, hence the name Traffic Circle.||
15467|Tragic Corner|Valley|680000S|0664800W|-68|-66.8|750|2461||A bluff rising to c. 750 m and marking the NE end of Boulding Ridge, located between Todd Glacier and McClary Glacier on Fallieres Coast.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because T.J. Allan and J.F. Noel died in the vicinity as a result of an accident on a sledge journey from Stonington Island in May 1966.||
15468|Mount Trail|Summit|671200S|0505100E|-67.2|50.85|||01/01/1965|Mountain on the NE side of Auster Glacier, at the head of Amundsen Bay in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for D.S. Trail, geologist at Mawson Station in 1961.||
15470|Trail Glacier|Glacier|733400S|0613500E|-73.5666667|61.5833333|2750|9022|01/01/1970|A broken mountain glacier on the southern side of Mount Menzies, about 2 mi from the summit.  It is about 5 mi long and 3 mi wide.  The glacier flows from a snowfield at about 2,750 m down a steep slope for at least 900 m vertically, then spreads out and merges with the ice sheet a few mi from the S side of the mountain.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos and surveys of the Prince Charles Mountains, 1960-61.  Named by ANCA for D.S. Trail, geologist who led an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) field party to this feature in December 1961.||
15471|Trail Inlet|Bay|680500S|0652000W|-68.0833333|-65.3333333|||01/01/1953|Ice-filled inlet which recedes SW 15 mi between Three Slice Nunatak and Cape Freeman, on the E coast of Graham Land.  The inlet was sighted by Sir Hubert Wilkins on his flight of Dec. 20, 1928.  The width of Graham Land is reduced to 20 mi between the heads of Trail Inlet and Neny Fjord.  So named by the US-SCAN because it was a natural route of travel for flights and sledge trips from the East Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, to the E coast of Graham Land.||
15472|Trainer Glacier|Glacier|723400S|1672900E|-72.5666667|167.4833333|||01/01/1964|A glacier 7 mi W of Rudolph Glacier, flowing NE to enter Trafalgar Glacier in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charles Trainer, meteorologist and senior U.S. representative at Hallett Station, 1960.||
15473|Trajer Ridge|Ridge|683400S|0783000E|-68.5666667|78.5|125|410|01/01/1970|A rock ridge about 125 m high at the S side of the base of Breidnes Peninsula, Vestfold Hills.  The region was photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47), Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1954, 1957 and 1958) and the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (1956).  Named by ANCA for F.L. Trajer, weather observer at Davis Station (1961) who, with M. Hay, visited the feature on foot on Nov. 4, 1961.||
15476|Mount Tranchant|Summit|651400S|0640500W|-65.2333333|-64.0833333|||01/01/1965|A small mountain or hill directly on the W coast of Graham Land.  The feature marks the S side of the terminus of Wiggins Glacier.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under J.B. Charcot who gave the descriptive name "Mont Tranchant" (sharp mountain or edge mountain).||
15477|Tranquil Lake|Lake|604200S|0453900W|-60.7|-45.65||||A cirque lake fed by meltwater from the local ice cover, lying between Amos Lake and Snow Hills on Signy Island, South Orkney Islands.  The lake was so named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), 1981, in reference to its sheltered position.||
15478|Tranquillity Valley|Valley|823600S|0525500W|-82.6|-52.9166667||||A snow-covered valley between Hannah Peak and Cairn Ridge in the W part of Dufek Massif, Pensacola Mountains.  The name was proposed by Arthur B. Ford, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geologist, leader of several U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) field parties to the Pensacola Mountains, 1965-79.  Named from its typical weather conditions, the valley being protected from strong winds most of the time.  The U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) snowmobile parties coming from cold, windy areas found welcome refuge in this valley.  The name is also in accord with nearby Enchanted Valley to indicate the general beauty of this part of Dufek Massif.||
15479|Transantarctic Mountains|Summit|850000S|1750000W|-85|-175|||01/01/1962|The mountains and ranges which extend with some interruptions between Cape Adare and Coats Land, these mountains serving as the division between East Antarctica and West Antarctica.  Included are the continuous but separately named mountain groups along the west side of Ross Sea and the western and southern sides of Ross Ice Shelf; also the Horlick Mountains, the Thiel Mountains, Pensacola Mountains, Shackleton Range and Theron Mountains.  This purely descriptive name was recommended by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1962 and has since gained international acceptance.||
15480|Transition Glacier|Glacier|702600S|0684900W|-70.4333333|-68.8166667|||01/01/1955|Glacier on the E coast of Alexander Island, 8 mi long and 2 mi wide, which flows E to George VI Sound along the N side of Block Mountain and Tilt Rock.  First photographed from the air on Nov. 23, 1935, by Lincoln Ellsworth and mapped from these photos by W.L.G. Joerg.  Surveyed in 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and so named by them because this glacier marks the transition between igneous rocks to the north and sedimentary rocks to the south.||
15481|Transit Ridge|Ridge|775627S|1630601E|-77.940817|163.100308|||01/01/1993|A ridge, 4 mi long, extending E from Royal Society Range between Spring Glacier and Mitchell Glacier, in Victoria Land. The name is one of a group in the area associated with surveying applied in 1993 by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB).  Named from transit theodolite, a telescope that can be rotated through the vertical position.||
15482|Transverse Island|Island|672000S|0591900E|-67.3333333|59.3166667|||01/01/1965|Island between Fold Island and Keel Island on the E side of Stefansson Bay, off the coast of Enderby Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Tverrholmen (the transverse islet).  Seen by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party in 1956.  The translated form of the name recommended by ANCA has been approved.||
15483|Tranter Glacier|Glacier|823200S|1614500E|-82.5333333|161.75|||01/01/1966|A glacier in the N part of Queen Elizabeth Range, draining into Nimrod Glacier between Mount Chivers and Mount Boman. Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for David L. Tranter, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciologist at Roosevelt Island, 1962-63.||
15484|Traversay Islands|Island|563600S|0274300W|-56.6|-27.7166667|||01/01/1963|Group of three islands, consisting of Zavodovski, Leskov, and Visokoi Islands, at the N end of the South Sandwich Islands. The group was discovered in 1819 by a Russian expedition under Bellingshausen, who named them for Jean-Baptiste Prevost de Sansac, Marquis de Traversay (1754-1831), French naval officer who was sent by King Louis XVI, at the request of Empress Catherine II, to join the Russian navy in 1791.  He was Minister of Naval Affairs at St. Petersburg, 1811-31, and chief promoter of Bellingshausen's Antarctic voyage.  The name was previously transliterated as Traverse because it was incorrectly thought that the man commemorated was a Russian.||
15486|Traverse Mountains|Summit|695700S|0675400W|-69.95|-67.9|1550|5085|01/01/1955|Group of almost ice-free mountains, rising to c. 1,550 m, and including McHugo Peak, Mount Noel, Mount Allan and Mount Eissinger, between Eureka Glacier and Riley Glacier, E of Warren Ice Piedmont, in western Palmer Land.  These mountains were first photographed from the air on Nov. 23, 1935, by Lincoln Ellsworth and were mapped from these photographs by W.L.G. Joerg.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill and resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  The name was first used by British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) sledging parties because the mountains are an important landmark in the overland traverse from the Wordie Ice Shelf, down Eureka Glacier, to George VI Sound.||
15487|Mount Treadwell|Summit|770100S|1445100W|-77.0166667|-144.85|820|2690|01/01/1970|A mountain (820 m) at the SE extremity of the Swanson Mountains, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named in 1969 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain T.K. Treadwell, U.S. Navy (USN), who earlier had been Deputy Commander as well as Commander, U.S. Naval Oceanographic Office.||
15488|Mount Treatt|Summit|680000S|0564800E|-68|56.8|||01/01/1967|The easternmost of three peaks rising sharply from the ice plateau about 9 mi SE of Mount Cook of the Leckie Range.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos.  Named for G. Treatt, helicopter pilot with the 1965 Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Nella Dan), led by Phillip Law.||
15489|Treble Peak|Summit|540700S|0364500W|-54.1166667|-36.75|610|2001||A peak with three summits rising to c. 610 m, situated E of Fortuna Bay and 0.5 mi S of Mount Harper on the N coast of South Georgia.  Charted and named descriptively by DI personnel in 1929.||
15491|Trench Glacier|Glacier|701200S|0691100W|-70.2|-69.1833333|||01/01/1955|Deeply entrenched glacier on the E coast of Alexander Island, 6 mi long and 2 mi wide, which flows E into George VI Sound immediately S of Mount Athelstan.  The mouth of this glacier was first photographed from the air on Nov. 23, 1935, by Lincoln Ellsworth, and it was mapped from these photos by W.L.G. Joerg.  Trench Glacier was surveyed in 1948 and 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who applied this descriptive name.||
15492|Trendall Crag|Cliff|544800S|0355900W|-54.8|-35.9833333|1005|3297|01/01/1963|Mountain crag, 1,005 m, overlooking the N side of Drygalski Fjord at the SE end of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named for Alec F. Trendall, geologist of the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1951-52 and 1953-54.||
15493|Trenholm Point|Summit|752600S|1422300W|-75.4333333|-142.3833333|||01/01/1972|An ice-covered point 8 mi NW of Eldred Point on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  It marks the northern end of the peninsula between Holcomb Glacier and El-Sayed Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William L. Trenholm, glaciologist at Byrd Station in three summer seasons, 1967-70.||
15496|Trepassey Bay|Bay|632800S|0565800W|-63.4666667|-56.9666667|||01/01/1963|Bay 0.8 mi wide, lying on the E side of Tabarin Peninsula 3.5 mi SE of Hope Bay.  First surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and by E. Burden, Master of the Trepassey, from that vessel in 1947. Resurveyed in 1955 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for the 1946-47.  The vessel was used for the relief of the station at Hope Bay in both seasons and for a survey of Antarctic Sound during the second one.||
15497|Trepassey Island|Island|681200S|0665900W|-68.2|-66.9833333|||01/01/1964|Small rocky island 0.6 mi SE of Stonington Island in Neny Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land. Several islands were roughly charted in the area by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, and by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  They were surveyed in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named for the M.V. Trepassey, ship used by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in establishing a base on Stonington Island in 1946.||
15498|Trepidation Glacier|Glacier|784600S|1622100E|-78.7666667|162.35|||01/01/1962|Small glacier entering the E side of Skelton Glacier between Moraine Bluff and Red Dike Bluff: The name was applied by the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) and refers to a 1957 attempt by an aircraft to land on the exceedingly broken ice at the foot of the glacier.||
15505|Tressler Bank|Bar|650000S|0950000E|-65|95|||01/01/1958|Submarine bank with a least depth of 56 fathoms, extending from about 94 to 96E in the eastern part of the Davis Sea.  The bank was sounded by the USS Burton Island and USS Willis L. Tressler of the U.S. Navy Hydrographic Office who carried on oceanographic studies in the Antarctic aboard the USS Tressler was scientific leader at Wilkes Station in 1958.||04/15/2004
15508|Trethewry Point|Summit|672300S|0594700E|-67.3833333|59.7833333|120|394|01/01/1947|Rocky promontory 120 m high, projecting from the coast 4 mi E of William Scoresby Bay.  Discovered and named in February 1936 by DI personnel on the William Scoresby.||
15509|Treves Butte|Summit|844300S|1142000W|-84.7166667|-114.3333333|2100|6890|01/01/1962|A prominent, partly ice-covered butte (2,100 m) immediately NW of Discovery Ridge in the Ohio Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Samuel B. Treves, geologist, who worked several seasons in Antarctica and who in the 1960-61 and 1961-62 seasons made investigations in the Ohio Range and other parts of the Horlick Mountains.||
15510|Trevillian Island|Island|673800S|0624200E|-67.6333333|62.7|||01/01/1965|Small, oval, humped island 1 mi S of Nost Island in Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Rundoy (round island).  Renamed by ANCA for T. Trevillian, draftsman with the Division of National Mapping, Department of National Development, Canberra, who for a number of years was responsible for the compilation of maps for Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE).||
15512|Trey Peaks|Summit|803600S|0285200W|-80.6|-28.8666667|||01/01/1962|Three conspicuous rock peaks, the highest 1,180 meters. They stand W of Blaiklock Glacier and 2 mi N of Mount Homard in the W part of Shackleton Range.  First mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and given this descriptive name, trey being a term for three used in dice or cards.||04/11/2001
15513|Triad Islands|Island|653600S|0642800W|-65.6|-64.4666667|||01/01/1971|Group of three small islands lying 1.5 mi E of Chavez Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  The name given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 is descriptive.||
15514|Triangle Point|Summit|623200S|0595100W|-62.5333333|-59.85|||01/01/1953|Triangular headland lying 1.5 mi NW of Spit Point on the SW side of Greenwich Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1935 and given this descriptive name.||
15515|Triassic Nunatak|Summit|742100S|0730700W|-74.35|-73.1166667||||A small nunatak 1.5 mi SW of Jurassic Nunatak in the W extremity of Yee Nunataks, Ellsworth Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1987 after the Triassic Period in geological time and in association with Jurassic Nunatak.  The name does not imply the age of the rock constituting this feature.||
15516|Trice Islands|Island|722500S|0992600W|-72.4166667|-99.4333333|||01/01/1968|A group of small ice-covered islands lying just W of Evans Point, Thurston Island, in Peacock Sound.  The group rises above the general level of Abbot Ice Shelf which occupies the sound. First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Jack L. Trice, meteorologist at Byrd Station, 1964-65.||01/28/2004
15517|Trickster Rocks|Island|653600S|0643600W|-65.6|-64.6|||01/01/1965|Several small rocks emerging from the sea less than 1 mi NW of Chavez Island in Grandidier Channel, off the W coast of Graham Land.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because the rocks escaped notice of the 1957 Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) survey party, as they were thought to be icebergs.  The feature was photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd., 1957-58.||
15518|Mount Tricorn|Summit|735800S|0614500W|-73.9666667|-61.75|1120|3674|01/01/1947|A distinctive massif whose vertical rock faces rise to 1,120 m and surround a snow-covered interior which is lower except for a 1,610 m peak in the NW portion, standing at the head of Wright Inlet on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in a flight from East Base on Dec. 30, 1940, and named for its resemblance to a gigantic tri-cornered hat.||
15522|Tricorn Mountain|Summit|850300S|1732700E|-85.05|173.45|3475|11401|01/01/1966|A mountain, 3,475 m, standing 4 mi E of Graphite Peak, about midway between the heads of Falkenhof and Leigh Hunt Glaciers.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) because of its resemblance to an admiral's tricorn hat.||
15524|Tricorn Peak|Summit|825900S|1564800E|-82.9833333|156.8|2320|7611|01/01/1966|Snow-covered peak, 2,320 m, on the ridge between Astro Glacier and Skua Glacier in the N part of the Miller Range.  Seen by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) and so named because of its resemblance to a three-cornered hat.||
15525|Mount Tricouni|Summit|783000S|1615700E|-78.5|161.95|1630|5348|01/01/1962|Prominent peak, 1,630 m, rising steeply 2 mi N of Hobnail Peak on the E side of Skelton Glacier, in Victoria Land. Surveyed and named in 1957 by the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.  So named because it resembles a tricouni, a saw-toothed nail used on soles of alpine boots.||
15526|Mount Trident|Summit|722600S|1691400E|-72.4333333|169.2333333|2480|8136|01/01/1962|A prominent peak (2,480 m) with three closely-spaced summits, rising above Trigon Bluff on the N side of Tucker Glacier in Victoria Land.  So named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, because of the three summits.||
15527|The Trident|Ridge|541000S|0370500W|-54.1666667|-37.0833333|1335|4380|01/01/1963|Ridge surmounted by three peaks, the highest 1,335 m, standing at the E side of Briggs Glacier in South Georgia.  The name is descriptive of the three peaks and was given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following survey by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57.||
15529|Trifid Peak|Summit|675100S|0670900W|-67.85|-67.15|||01/01/1960|Peak at the head of Shoesmith Glacier in western Horseshoe Island.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958.  The name is descriptive of this three-sided matterhorn-type peak.||
15530|Trigon Bluff|Cliff|722900S|1690900E|-72.4833333|169.15|1245|4085|01/01/1962|Steep, triangular bluff 10 mi W of Football Mountain, rising to 1,245 m on the N side of Tucker Glacier.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, which placed a triangulation station on its summit.  The name is descriptive.||
15531|Trigonia Island|Island|660100S|0654100W|-66.0166667|-65.6833333|||01/01/1963|Small island immediately off the S tip of Beer Island, lying 8 mi W of Prospect Point, off the W coast of Graham Land. Charted and named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill.||
15532|Trigwell Island|Island|683300S|0775700E|-68.55|77.95|||01/01/1965|An island in Prydz Bay, lying immediately W of Flutter Island and 1 mi W of Breidnes Peninsula, Vestfold Hills.  First mapped from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Remapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1957-58) and named for E.A. Trigwell, radio supervisor at Davis Station in 1958.||
15533|Trillingane Nunataks|Summit|715000S|0272500E|-71.8333333|27.4166667|||01/01/1966|Three nunataks standing 6 mi NE of Balchen Mountain at the E end of the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Trillingane (the triplets).||
15534|Trilling Bay|Bay|693100S|0394100E|-69.5166667|39.6833333|||01/01/1968|A small bay just S of Skarvsnes Foreland along the E side of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Trillingbukta (the triplet bay) in association with nearby Trilling Islands.||
15536|Trilling Islands|Island|693000S|0393800E|-69.5|39.6333333|||01/01/1968|Three islands at the S side of Skarvsnes Foreland, lying in Trilling Bay in the E part of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Trillingoyane (the triplet islands).||
15539|Trilling Peaks|Range|675800S|0624500E|-67.9666667|62.75|||01/01/1953|Group of linear nunataks comprised of three main peaks standing 3 mi S of South Masson Range in the Framnes Mountains, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Trillingnutane (the triplet peaks).||
15540|Mount Trimpi|Summit|752100S|0724800W|-75.35|-72.8|||01/01/1966|A mountain 3 mi WNW of Mount Brice in the Behrendt Mountains, Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Michael L. Trimpi, radioscience researcher at Eights Station in 1963.||
15545|Trinity Island|Island|540000S|0381000W|-54|-38.1666667|||01/01/1963|Island having three peaks, lying 0.7 mi NE of Main Island in the Willis Islands at South Georgia.  Charted and so named for its three peaks by DI personnel in the period 1926-30.||
15546|Trinity Island|Island|634500S|0604400W|-63.75|-60.7333333|||01/01/1947|Island 15 mi long and 6 mi wide in the N part of Palmer Archipelago.  Named by Nordenskjold, leader of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, in commemoration of Bransfield's "Trinity Land" of 1820.||
15547|Trinity Nunatak|Summit|762600S|1603800E|-76.4333333|160.6333333|||01/01/1962|A large nunatak in the stream of the Mawson Glacier, about 5 mi N of the Convoy Range in Victoria Land.  Mapped in 1957 by the New Zealand Northern Survey party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58), which applied the name because of its three summits.||
15548|Trinity Peninsula|Cape|633700S|0582000W|-63.6166667|-58.3333333|||01/01/1964|The extreme northeast portion of the Antarctic Peninsula, extending northeastward for about 80 mi from a line connecting Cape Kater and Cape Longing.  Dating back more than a century, chartmakers used various names (Trinity, Palmer, Louis Philippe) for this portion of the Antarctic peninsula, each name having some historical merit.  The recommended name derives from "Trinity Land" given by Edward Bransfield in January 1820, although the precise application by him has not been identified with certainty and is a matter of different interpretation by Antarctic historians.  Named after the Trinity Board.||
15550|Trioen Nunataks|Summit|722500S|0035900W|-72.4166667|-3.9833333|||01/01/1966|An isolated group of three nunataks about 8 mi NW of Borg Mountain in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Trioen (the trio).||
15551|Trio Nunataks|Summit|753000S|1594200E|-75.5|159.7|||01/01/1966|Three large nunataks standing at the S side of David Glacier, just W of the terminus of Hollingsworth Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Named by the Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63.||
15552|Triple Islands|Island|664600S|1411200E|-66.7666667|141.2|||01/01/1956|Three small rocky islands in a closely-spaced chain, lying close E of the tip of Zelee Glacier Tongue, 0.4 mi SSE of Double Islands.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47. Charted and named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Liotard, 1949-51.||
15553|The Triplets|Summit|622400S|0594100W|-62.4|-59.6833333|||01/01/1953|A three-pointed peak at the SE side of Coppermine Cove, near the W end of Robert Island in the South Shetland Islands. The name appears to have been applied by DI personnel on the Discovery II, who charted the peak in 1935.||
15555|Tripod Island|Island|641900S|0625700W|-64.3166667|-62.95|||01/01/1963|Small island which lies close S of the W extremity of Eta Island and marks the N side of the western entrance to Andersen Harbor in the Melchior Islands, Palmer Archipelago.  The name was probably given by DI personnel who roughly surveyed the island in 1927.  The island was resurveyed by Argentine expeditions in 1942, 1943 and 1948.||
15556|Mount Tripp|Summit|831700S|1665300E|-83.2833333|166.8833333|2980|9777|01/01/1947|A massive, cone-shaped, ice-covered mountain, 2,980 m, standing between Hoffman and Hewitt Glaciers, 7 mi WNW of Rhodes Peak in the Holland Range.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named for Leonard O.H. Tripp, of New Zealand, who gave assistance to this expedition and also to Shackleton's expedition of 1914-17.||
15557|Tripp Bay|Bay|763700S|1624400E|-76.6166667|162.7333333|||01/01/1948|A bay along the coast of Victoria Land formed by a recession in the ice between the Oates Piedmont Glacier and Evans Piedmont Glacier.  The bay was first charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09.  The name appears to have been first used by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) and derives from Tripp Island which lies within the bay.||
15558|Tripp Island|Island|763800S|1624200E|-76.6333333|162.7|||01/01/1947|An island in the S part of Tripp Bay along the coast of Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) which named this feature for Leonard O.H. Tripp of Wellington, New Zealand, a friend and supporter of Shackleton.||
15559|Tristan Island|Island|664400S|1405400E|-66.7333333|140.9|||01/01/1956|Small rocky island 0.7 mi W of Yseult Island and 0.2 mi N of the W point on Cape Jules.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Barre, 1951-52, and so named because of its twin relationship with Yseult Island. Tristan is the popular spelling of Tristram, legendary hero incorporated into Arthurian legend and later popularized by Wagner's opera Tristan und Isolde.||
15560|Triton Point|Summit|714200S|0681200W|-71.7|-68.2|||01/01/1956|Rocky point forming the E end of the high ridge separating Venus and Neptune Glaciers on the E coast of Alexander Island. The coast in this vicinity was first seen from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth on Nov. 23, 1935, and roughly mapped from photos obtained on that flight by W.L.G. Joerg.  The point was roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) and more accurately defined in 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for its association with Neptune Glacier, Triton being a satellite of Neptune.||
15561|Mount Tritoppen|Summit|675900S|0622900E|-67.9833333|62.4833333|1350|4429|01/01/1965|A triple-peaked mountain, 1,350 m, standing 3 mi S of Mount Hordern in the David Range of the Framnes Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Tritoppen (the three-peaked mountain).||
15564|Triune Peaks|Range|690800S|0665200W|-69.1333333|-66.8666667|||01/01/1962|Three prominent, sharply-pointed rock peaks, rising 12 mi NE of Mount Balfour and overlooking Wordie Ice Shelf on the W coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  First roughly surveyed from the ground by British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1936-37.  Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), Dec. 1947.  Resurveyed from the ground by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), Nov. 1958.  The UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) name derives from the number of peaks in the group.||
15566|Trivial Islands|Island|653100S|0651300W|-65.5166667|-65.2166667|||01/01/1971|Group of small islands lying 1.5 mi E of Lacuna Island and 7 mi N of Vieugue Island, in the Biscoe Islands.  Mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because these islands are small, dull and uninteresting.||
15568|Trojan Range|Range|643200S|0632300W|-64.5333333|-63.3833333|2135|7005|01/01/1963|A mountain range rising to 2,135 m, extending northward from Mount Francais along the E side of Iliad Glacier, Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955 and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for the Trojans, one of the opposing sides in the Trojan War in Homer's Iliad.||
15569|Trollhul|Bay|544900S|0361200W|-54.8166667|-36.2|||01/01/1963|Small cove 4 mi NW of Cape Disappointment at the mouth of Graae Glacier, along the S coast of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57.  The name is well established in local use.||
15570|Trollkjelen Crevasse Field|Area|711700S|0005000W|-71.2833333|-.8333333|||01/01/1966|A crevasse field about 12 mi long in the Fimbul Ice Shelf, lying immediately off the NE side of Trollkjelneset Headland in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Trollkjelen (the troll's cauldron).||
15571|Trollkjelneset Headland|Cliff|712500S|0010000W|-71.4166667|-1|||01/01/1966|A snow-domed headland rising between Krylvika Bight and the mouth of Jutulstraumen Glacier in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Trollkjelneset (cape of the troll's cauldron).||
15572|Trollkjelpiggen Peak|Summit|713500S|0010900W|-71.5833333|-1.15|||01/01/1966|A peak 5 mi SW of Utkikken Hill, on the E side of Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Trollkjelpiggen (peak of the troll's cauldron).||
15573|Trollslottet Mountain|Summit|715600S|0071400E|-71.9333333|7.2333333|||01/01/1967|A high ridgelike mountain with several prominent peaks, forming the NW limit of the Filchner Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Trollslottet (the troll castle).||
15575|Trooz Glacier|Glacier|652000S|0635800W|-65.3333333|-63.9666667|||01/01/1950|Glacier 1.5 mi wide at its mouth and some 15 mi long, flowing W into the N part of Collins Bay on the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10.  Named for J. de Trooz, Belgian Minister of the Interior and Public Instruction, who was instrumental in procuring funds for the publication of the scientific results of the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99.  This application was suggested by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) because of duplication of the name Trooz for what is now known as Cape Perez (q.v.).||
15576|Trost Peak|Summit|675200S|0624800E|-67.8666667|62.8|980|3215|01/01/1961|Peak, 980 m, standing 1.5 mi NE of Mount Burnett in the Masson Range of the Framnes Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Remapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), 1957-60, and named for P.A. Trost, physicist at Mawson Station, 1958.||
15577|Trost Rocks|Summit|694500S|0685800E|-69.75|68.9666667|||01/01/1967|Two rock outcrops at the NE end of Single Island on the W side of the Amery Ice Shelf.  The rocks were photographed from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956 and their position fixed by a field party in December 1962.  Named by ANCA for P.A. Trost, electronics engineer at Mawson Station in 1962, a member of the field party which visited the rocks.||04/11/2001
15578|Mount Trott|Summit|704200S|0662300E|-70.7|66.3833333|||01/01/1967|A ridgelike mountain with a jagged, saw-tooth appearance, about 1 mi N of Mount Bunt in the Prince Charles Mountains. Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1956 and 1960.  Named by ANCA for N.E. Trott, weather observer at Wilkes Station in 1962, and officer in charge at Davis Station in 1964.||
15579|Mount Troubridge|Summit|710800S|1674400E|-71.1333333|167.7333333|1000|3281|01/01/1947|Mountain over 1,000 m, surmounting the E end of Hedgpeth Heights in the Anare Mountains.  Discovered and rudely charted in Jan. 1841 by Captain James Ross, Royal Navy (RN), who named it for R. Admiral Sir Edward Thomas Troubridge, one of the junior lords of the Admiralty at that time.||
15580|Trousers Rock|Island|570400S|0264500W|-57.0666667|-26.75|||01/01/1952|Rock with a prominent wave-cut arch, lying immediately W of Cook Rock and 0.3 mi NE of Vindication Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  Charted in 1930 and given this descriptive name by DI personnel on the Discovery II.||
15581|Trout Island|Island|660100S|0652700W|-66.0166667|-65.45|||01/01/1971|Island just E of Salmon Island in the Fish Islands, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 because it is one of the Fish Islands.||
15583|Trowbridge Island|Island|620000S|0573900W|-62|-57.65|||01/01/1960|Island lying 2 mi NW of Cape Melville in Destruction Bay, off the E coast of King George Island in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for the sealer Lady Trowbridge (Captain Richard Sherratt) from Liverpool, which was wrecked off Cape Melville on December 25, 1820.||
15585|Trubyatchinskiy Nunatak|Summit|682000S|0493800E|-68.3333333|49.6333333|||01/01/1971|A nunatak lying 7 mi S of Alderdice Peak in the Nye Mountains, Enderby Land.  Named by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1961-62, for Soviet magnetician N.N. Trubyatchinskiy (1886-1942).||
15586|Trudge Valley|Valley|764300S|1594500E|-76.7166667|159.75|||01/01/1965|A valley on the southern side of Windwhistle Peak in the Allan Hills, Victoria Land.  Reconnoitered by the New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) Allan Hills Expedition (1964) who named it after the many journeys along its length.||
15587|True Glacier|Glacier|743800S|1114500W|-74.6333333|-111.75||||A glacier on the W side of Bear Peninsula, flowing SW into Dotson Ice Shelf S of Hunt Bluff, on the Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs taken in 1966.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 after Lawrence E. True, U.S. Navy (USN) radioman who to that time had served in three deployments of Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz).||
15588|True Hills|Range|801200S|0265100W|-80.2|-26.85|850|2789||Rock hills 1 mi SE of Wiggans Hills, rising to 850 m and marking the NE end of La Grange Nunataks, Shackleton Range. Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Anthony True, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) surveyor, Halley Station, 1968-70, who worked in Shackleton Range.||
15589|Trueman Terraces|Bench|804300S|0224100W|-80.7166667|-22.6833333|1520|4987||Ice-free terraces rising to 1,520 m on the E side of Goldschmidt Cirque, near the E end of Read Mountains, Shackleton Range.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of geologists grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Sir Arthur E. Trueman (1895-1956), British geologist, who worked on the coal measures and their correlation by marine bands, and on the introduction of statistical methods into paleontology; Professor of Geology, Glasgow University, 1937-46; President, Geological Society of London, 1945-47.||
15590|Trulla Bluff|Cliff|590200S|0263100W|-59.0333333|-26.5166667|||01/01/1972|A high, ice-covered bluff forming the eastern extremity of Bristol Island, South Sandwich Islands.  This feature was named "Glacier Bluff" during the survey of the island from Royal Research Ship (RRS) avoid duplication.  The new name refers to the Norwegian whaling vessel Trulla which visited the islands in 1911.||
15591|Truman Nunatak|Summit|724400S|0750100E|-72.7333333|75.0166667|||01/01/1967|A small, partly snow-covered nunatak 7.5 mi N of Mount Harding in the Grove Mountains.  Mapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) from air photos, 1956-60.  Named by ANCA for M.J. Truman, electrical fitter at Mawson Station, 1962.||
15593|Trump Islands|Island|660200S|0655600W|-66.0333333|-65.9333333|||01/01/1963|Small group of islands lying 4 mi SW of Dodman Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered and named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill.||
15594|Trundle Island|Island|652300S|0651800W|-65.3833333|-65.3|||01/01/1965|Island lying 1 mi NE of Jingle Island, Pitt Islands, in the Biscoe Islands.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956 and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 after Mr Trundle, a character in Charles Dickens' Pickwick Papers.||
15595|Trundy Island|Island|644657S|0642741W|-64.7825|-64.4613889|||01/01/1975|Island 0.4 mi WNW of Robbins Island in the W part of Joubin Islands.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for George B. Trundy, Able Seaman in the R.V. Hero in her first voyage to Antarctica and nearby Palmer Station in 1968.||09/26/2014
15597|Tryggve Point|Summit|773939S|1664215E|-77.660943|166.704178|||01/01/1952|Point 1 mi NW of Turks Head on the W side of Ross Island. First charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, under Scott, who named it for Tryggve Gran, Norwegian ski expert with the expedition.||
15598|Tryne Bay|Bay|682400S|0782800E|-68.4|78.4666667|||01/01/1965|A bay about 3 mi wide at the NE end of the Vestfold Hills, lying between the Tryne Islands and the coast.  Charted by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37) and named "Trynevika" (the snout bay).||
15599|Tryne Crossing|Gap|683000S|0781800E|-68.5|78.3|||01/01/1961|A low but rough pass across Langnes Peninsula, Vestfold Hills, leading from the southwest arm of Tryne Fjord to Langnes Fjord.  Used for portage and sledges and probably suitable for tracked vehicles.  The area was mapped from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37), and was photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  First traversed by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by B.H. Stinear, May 13, 1957, and named for its association with Tryne Fjord.||
15600|Tryne Fjord|Bay|682800S|0782200E|-68.4666667|78.3666667|||01/01/1956|An irregular-shaped fjord that idents the northern side of Langnes Peninsula in the Vestfold Hills.  Mapped and named Tryne Fjord (snout fjord) by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.||
15602|Tryne Islands|Island|682400S|0782300E|-68.4|78.3833333|||01/01/1965|A group of numerous small islands and rocks, about 4 mi in extent, forming the western limit of Tryne Bay and Tryne Sound at the northeast end of the Vestfold Hills.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37) and named Trynoyane (the snout islands).||
15603|Tryne Point|Summit|671800S|0590300E|-67.3|59.05|||01/01/1956|Rocky point at the E extremity of Law Promontory, forming the W side of the entrance of Stefansson Bay.  Charted by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Norwegian expedition under Christensen in January-February 1937, and named Trynet, a Norwegian word meaning "the snout."  The form Tryne, dropping the definite article, is approved with the added generic term point.||
15604|Tryne Sound|Bay|682500S|0782500E|-68.4166667|78.4166667|||01/01/1956|A short, narrow passage on the N side of Langnes Peninsula, Vestfold Hills, connecting Tryne Bay and Tryne Fjord.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37) and named Tryne Sund (snout sound).||
15610|Tschuffert Peak|Summit|672800S|0605400E|-67.4666667|60.9|||01/01/1965|Prominent, isolated peak between Taylor Glacier and Chapman Ridge in Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Svartpiggen (the black peak).  Renamed by ANCA for H. Tschuffert, meteorologist at Mawson Station in 1958.||
15611|Tsentral'naya Hill|Summit|704500S|0114000E|-70.75|11.6666667|205|673|01/01/1970|A bare rock hill (205 m) in the central part of the Schirmacher Hills, Queen Maud Land.  The feature was mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1961 and named Gora Tsentral'naya (central hill).||
15612|Tsiolkovskiy Island|Island|703000S|0030000E|-70.5|3|200|656|01/01/1970|An ice-covered island in the Fimbul Ice Shelf, Queen Maud Land.  The summit of the island rises about 200 m above the general level of the ice shelf.  Kroshka Island lies close SW and is similar but smaller.  First mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1961 and named for K.E. Tsiolkovskiy (1857-1935), Russian scientist and inventor.||
15614|Tua Hill|Summit|720500S|0011200E|-72.0833333|1.2|||01/01/1966|An isolated rock hill 3 mi W of Brattskarvet Mountain in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Tua (the knoll).||
15615|Mount Tuatara|Summit|803400S|1582000E|-80.5666667|158.3333333|1640|5381|01/01/1965|A mountain, 1,640 m, standing on the S side of Byrd Glacier, 7 mi N of Mount Hamilton.  Mapped by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) who so named it because the long spiny summit ridge resembles a lizard.||
15616|Tuati Peak|Summit|775727S|1624927E|-77.95739|162.82403|2595|8514|01/01/1993|A peak, 2,595 m, which rises above the N wall of Mitchell Glacier at the glacier head, in Royal Society Range, Victoria Land.  Named in 1993 by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) after Tuati, the Maori name of a sailor known as John Stewart, the first New Zealander to view the icy coast of Antarctica.  He sailed on the ship Vincennes, the flagship of the U.S. Exploring Expedition, 1838-42, led by Lieutenant Charles Wilkes, U.S. Navy (USN).||
15618|Mount Tuck|Summit|782900S|0845000W|-78.4833333|-84.8333333|3560|11680|01/01/1961|A pyramidal mountain (3,560 m) at the head of Hansen Glacier in the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant John Tuck, Jr., USN, Navy support leader at the South Pole Station in 1957.||03/20/1997
15619|Mount Tucker|Summit|642000S|0591600W|-64.3333333|-59.2666667|||01/01/1964|A distinctive rock mountain mass 9 mi NW of Longing Gap, overlooking Larsen Inlet in Graham Land.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the Tucker Sno-cat Corporation of Medford, Oregon, makers of Sno-cat vehicles.||
15620|Tucker Glacier|Glacier|723200S|1691500E|-72.5333333|169.25|||01/01/1962|A major valley glacier of Victoria Land, about 90 mi long, flowing southeast between Admiralty Mountains and Victory Mountains to the Ross Sea.  There is a snow saddle at the glacier's head, just west of Homerun Range, from which Ebbe Glacier flows northwestward.  Explored by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, and named by them after Tucker Inlet, the ice-filled coastal indentation at the mouth of this glacier named by Ross in 1841.||
15621|Tucker Inlet|Stream|723700S|1694500E|-72.6166667|169.75|||01/01/1947|An ice-filled inlet identing the coast of Victoria Land between Capes Wheatstone and Daniell.  Discovered in February 1841 by Sir James Clark Ross who named this feature for Charles T. Tucker, master of the Erebus.||
15622|Tucker Point|Summit|735700S|1144900W|-73.95|-114.8166667||||An ice-covered point on the W side of Murray Foreland, Martin Peninsula, 12 mi SW of Cape Herlacher, on the Bakutis Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1959-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 after Robert L. Tucker, U.S. Navy (USN) meteorologist on nine deployments of Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) through 1976.||
15623|Tuff Bluff|Cliff|780400S|1652700E|-78.0666667|165.45|||01/01/1970|A small though prominent light-colored bluff on the northern slopes of Brown Peninsula, Victoria Land.  The bluff is significant geologically as a locality for trachytic tuff, from which the feature derives its name.  Name applied by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) following investigations by the New Zealand Geological Survey and Victoria University Expedition in the area, 1964-65.||
15624|Tufft Nunatak|Summit|635500S|0584200W|-63.9166667|-58.7|||01/01/1964|A small nunatak 3 mi SW of Mount Bradley, Trinity Peninsula.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Ronald W. Tufft of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), a member of the reconnaissance party for the Detroit Plateau journey in February 1957.||
15626|Tufts Pass|Gap|692500S|0703500W|-69.4166667|-70.5833333|||01/01/1961|Pass extending in an E-W direction between Rouen Mountains and Elgar Uplands in the N part of Alexander Island.  First seen from the air and roughly mapped by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) in 1937.  Remapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) for Tufts University, Medford, MA, where Dr. Robert Nichols was head of the geology department before joining the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE).||
15628|Tukey Island|Island|644639S|0642454W|-64.7775|-64.415|||01/01/1975|Island near the center of the Joubin Islands.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Claude C. Tukey, Messman in R.V. Hero on her first voyage to Antarctica and nearby Palmer Station in 1968.||09/26/2014
15629|Mount Tukotok|Summit|721700S|1644300E|-72.2833333|164.7166667|2540|8333|01/01/1964|A red granite peak, 2,540 m, standing 5 mi ESE of Mount Apolotok in Salamander Range, Freyberg Mountains.  Named by the Northern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64; the name is of Eskimo origin and means "the little red one."||
15631|Tula Mountains|Summit|665400S|0510600E|-66.9|51.1|||01/01/1962|Group of extensive mountains lying immediately eastward of Amundsen Bay in Enderby Land.  Discovered on Jan. 14, 1930 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson and named Tula Range by him after John Biscoe's brig, the Tula, from which Biscoe discovered Enderby Land in 1831.  The term "mountains" was recommended for the group following an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) sledge survey in 1958 by G.A. Knuckey.||
15632|Tula Point|Summit|653100S|0653900W|-65.5166667|-65.65|||01/01/1960|Point forming the NE extremity of Renaud Island in the Biscoe Islands.  The Biscoe Islands were discovered in 1832 by a British expedition under John Biscoe and were first roughly surveyed by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05 and 1908-10. Renaud Island was again roughly surveyed in 1935-36 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE).  The point was named in 1954 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for the Tula, one of the two vessels of Biscoe's 1830-32 expedition.||
15637|Tumbledown Cliffs|Cliff|640500S|0582700W|-64.0833333|-58.45|||01/01/1963|Conspicuous rock cliffs on the W coast of James Ross Island, about 3 mi N of Cape Obelisk.  Probably first seen by Dr. Otto Nordenskjold in 1903.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1945.  The name given by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) is descriptive of the formation of the scree slope at the foot of these cliffs.||
15638|Tumble Glacier|Glacier|695700S|0692000W|-69.95|-69.3333333|||01/01/1955|Glacier on the E side of Alexander Island, 7 mi long and 3 mi wide, which flows E from the cliffs of Mounts Egbert, Ethelwulf and Ethelred into the W side of George VI Sound immediately S of Mount King.  First roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and so named by them because of the extremely broken condition of the lower reaches of the glacier.||
15639|Tunet Valley|Valley|720200S|0040200E|-72.0333333|4.0333333|||01/01/1966|A semi-circular ice-filled valley on the N side of Mount Hochlin, in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Tunet (the courtyard).||
15640|Tunga Spur|Ridge|735400S|0052000W|-73.9|-5.3333333|||01/01/1966|A prominent rock spur extending from the Kirwan Escarpment just SW of Gommen Valley, in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and additional air photos (1958-59), and named Tunga (the tongue).||
15641|Tuning Nunatak|Summit|844400S|1155800W|-84.7333333|-115.9666667|||01/01/1962|A small rock nunatak 1 mi N of Darling Ridge, Ohio Range. Surveyed by the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Horlick Mountains Traverse party in Dec. 1958.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Preston O. Tuning, meteorologist at Byrd Station in 1960.||
15642|Tuorda Peak|Summit|655900S|0651000W|-65.9833333|-65.1666667|870|2854|01/01/1971|Peak, 870 m, rising eastward of Ferin Head on the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Pava L. Tuorda, a Jokkmokk Lapp who, with Anders Rossa, accompanied A.E. Nordenskjold to Greenland in 1883 and first demonstrated the possibilities of skis for polar travel.||
15643|Tupinier Islands|Island|632200S|0581600W|-63.3666667|-58.2666667|||01/01/1963|Group of pyramid-shaped islands lying off the N coast of Trinity Peninsula, about 3 mi W of Cape Ducorps.  Discovered by the French expedition under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville, 1837-40, and named after the Baron Tupinier (1779-1850), an official of the French Navy Department who was instrumental in obtaining government support for the expedition.  The islands were recharted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1946.||
15644|Tupman Island|Island|652900S|0653200W|-65.4833333|-65.5333333|||01/01/1965|Island 2 mi long lying E of Pickwick Island, Pitt Islands, in the Biscoe Islands.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 after Tracy Tupman, a member of the Pickwick Club in Charles Dickens' Pickwick Papers.||
15645|Turbidite Hill|Summit|820100S|1574500E|-82.0166667|157.75|||01/01/1966|Hill 4 mi E of Laird Plateau on the N side of Olson Neve.  Mapped by the Holyoake, Cobham and Queen Elizabeth Ranges party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1964-65) and named after curious sedimentary features in the Beacon Sandstone making up a portion of the hill.||
15646|Turbulence Bluffs|Cliff|670900S|0562900E|-67.15|56.4833333|||01/01/1970|Three high bluffs with vertical faces on the NW but merging with the ice sheet on the SE, standing along the E side of Robert Glacier 16 mi NE of Rayner Peak in Enderby Land.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveys and air photos, 1954-66.  So named by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) because of severe turbulence encountered while attempting a helicopter landing in 1965.||
15647|Mount Turcotte|Summit|811500S|0852400W|-81.25|-85.4|||01/01/1964|A rock peak 2.5 mi NW of Mount Tidd in the Pirrit Hills. The peak was positioned by the U.S. Ellsworth-Byrd Traverse Party on Dec. 7, 1958, and named for F. Thomas Turcotte, seismologist with the party.||
15648|Turk Peak|Summit|810200S|1582300E|-81.0333333|158.3833333|2000|6562|01/01/1965|A large hump-shaped peak, 2,000 m, being the central of three peaks on a ridge 6 mi N of Mount Zinkovich, in the Churchill Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Col. Wilbert Turk, commander of the 61st Troop Carrier Squadron which initiated the flights of C-130 Hercules aircraft in Antarctica in January 1960.||
15649|Turks Head|Cliff|773950S|1664649E|-77.664021|166.780275|200|656|01/01/1952|A precipitous black headland over 200 m high, 5 mi ESE of Cape Evans on the W side of Ross Island.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and so named because of its resemblance to a head swathed in a turban.||
15650|Turks Head Bay|Bay|773942S|1664431E|-77.661642|166.742|||01/01/1964|A small bay between Tryggve Point and Turks Head on the W side of Ross Island.  The bay name appears to be first used on a map of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) and is in association with Turks Head.||
15651|Turks Head Ridge|Ridge|773800S|1664900E|-77.6333333|166.8166667|||01/01/1964|A mostly ice-covered ridge in the SW part of Ross Island, extending from Turks Head for a few miles up the slopes of Mount Erebus.  Mapped by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) under Scott and so named because of its association with Turks Head.||
15652|Turmoil Point|Summit|590200S|0264000W|-59.0333333|-26.6666667|400|1312|01/01/1972|The western point of Bristol Island, South Sandwich Islands.  This imposing point, rising to 400 m and culminating in a snow-covered summit, is a distinctive landmark when viewed from the west.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC).  The name refers to the violent air streams commonly encountered during flying operations from His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) seas typical of the locality.||
15653|Turmoil Rock|Island|622100S|0594700W|-62.35|-59.7833333|1|3|01/01/1972|Rock lying 0.7 mi SE of Table Island, South Shetland Islands.  The descriptive name was given by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 since the surface of the rock is about 0.5 m below the water level and almost always breaks the surface.||
15654|Turnabout Glacier|Glacier|774559S|1604338E|-77.766502|160.727216|||01/01/1992|A glacier to the S of Finger Mountain, occupying the E half of Turnabout Valley, the W part being ice free, in the Quartermain Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named in 1992 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Turnabout Valley.||
15655|Turnabout Island|Island|660600S|0654500W|-66.1|-65.75|||01/01/1950|Snow-capped island in the Saffery Islands, lying 2 mi SW of Black Head, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered and named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill.  So named because it represents the turning point on a British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) sledge journey in August 1935, when open water was encountered SW of this island.||
15656|Turnabout Ridge|Ridge|831800S|1623500E|-83.3|162.5833333|||01/01/1968|A high, rugged ridge, 10 mi long, lying between Linehan and Lowery Glaciers in the Queen Elizabeth Range.  So named by the Ohio State University party to the Queen Alexandra Range (1966-67) because the ridge was the farthest point from Base Camp reached by the party.||
15657|Turnabout Valley|Valley|774531S|1603333E|-77.758653|160.559066|||01/01/1964|A partially deglaciated valley between Finger Mountain and Pyramid Mountain, in the Quartermain Mountains, Victoria Land. Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1958-59.||
15658|Mount Turnbull|Summit|702100S|0640200E|-70.35|64.0333333|1980|6496|01/01/1970|A partly snow-covered mountain, 1,980 m, standing 12 mi SW of Mount Starlight in the NW portion of the Prince Charles Mountains, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveys and air photos, 1955-65.  Named by ANCA for W.L. Turnbull, radio supervisor at Mawson Station, 1965.||
15659|Turnbull Point|Summit|630200S|0563600W|-63.0333333|-56.6|||01/01/1964|An exposed rocky point at the W extremity of D'Urville Island.  Following surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1959-61, named after David H. Turnbull, Master of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS)/British Antarctic Survey (BAS) ship Shackleton, 1959-69.||
15660|Turner Glacier|Glacier|673700S|0682900W|-67.6166667|-68.4833333||||A glacier on the E side of Mount Liotard flowing NE into Ryder Bay, Adelaide Island.  The glacier was surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1948, and photographed from the air by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE), 1956-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 after Andrew John Turner, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) builder, Halley Station, 1973-74; Signy Island, 1974-75; Rothera Station, 1976-77, 1978-80; and Faraday Station, 1982-83.||
15661|Turner Hills|Range|825800S|1561800E|-82.9666667|156.3|||01/01/1966|A group of hills between Astro Glacier and Nimrod Glacier in the NW part of the Miller Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Dr. Mort D. Turner of the National Science Foundation who has been Program Manager for Polar Earth Sciences, Division of Polar Programs, since 1959.  Turner studied the geology of the dry valley areas near McMurdo Sound, 1959-60, and in several subsequent seasons served as U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Representative in Antarctica.||
15662|Turner Island|Island|683300S|0775300E|-68.55|77.8833333|||01/01/1965|An island lying 0.5 mi NW of Bluff Island and 2.5 mi W of Breidnes Peninsula, Vestfold Hills, in Prydz Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Remapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1957-58) and named for P.B. Turner, radio officer at Davis Station in 1958.||
15664|Turnpike Bluff|Cliff|804400S|0300400W|-80.7333333|-30.0666667|||01/01/1962|Conspicuous rock bluff at the SW extremity of the Shackleton Range, 5 mi SW of Mount Homard.  First mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and so named because it marks the beginning of a badly crevassed area of Recovery Glacier through which the vehicles of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) had difficulty in passing on their journey from Shackleton Base to the South Pole in 1957.||
15665|Turnstile Ridge|Ridge|795000S|1543600E|-79.8333333|154.6|||01/01/1962|A ridge about 9 mi long, lying 3 mi N of Westhaven Nunatak at the NW extremity of Britannia Range.  So named by the Darwin Glacier Party (1957) of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) because snow passages resembling turnstiles occur throughout its length.||
15666|Tu Rocks|Island|621400S|0585300W|-62.2333333|-58.8833333|||01/01/1953|Two low rocks lying in Maxwell Bay 2 mi E of the SW end of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name appears to have been given by DI personnel on the Discovery II who charted the rocks in 1935. Tu is apparently phonetic for two.||
15667|Tur Peak|Summit|730600S|1675800E|-73.1|167.9666667|1470|4823|01/01/1969|A distinctive peak (1,470 m) at the SE periphery of Malta Plateau, situated along the N wall of lower Mariner Glacier 4.5 mi SSE of Mount Alberts, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Juan J. Tur, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), medical officer at Hallett Station, 1957.||
15668|Turpie Rock|Island|540700S|0363900W|-54.1166667|-36.65|1|3|01/01/1963|Rock 1 m high, lying in the entrance to Hercules Bay off the N coast of South Georgia.  Positioned by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for the Turpie, which was for many years used by the South Georgia Whaling Co. as a hulk at Leith Harbor and is now sunk there.||
15669|Turquet Point|Summit|650300S|0635700W|-65.05|-63.95|||01/01/1952|Point marking the N extremity of Booth Island in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Probably first seen by the German expedition 1873-74, under Dallmann.  The point was charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot and named by him for J. Turquet, naturalist of the expedition.||
15670|The Turret|Island|604000S|0450900W|-60.6666667|-45.15|460|1509|01/01/1952|Conspicuous rocky headland, 460 m high, at the S side of the entrance to Gibbon Bay on the E coast of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Probably first sighted by Captain George Powell and Captain Nathaniel Palmer who discovered these islands in December 1821.  Charted and given this descriptive name by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1933.||
15671|Turret Island|Island|712200S|1691300E|-71.3666667|169.2166667|||01/01/1947|A small island, ice covered except for the N face.  It lies partly within the seaward terminus of Shipley Glacier, 1 mi W of Flat Island, along the N coast of Victoria Land.  The rocky N end projecting from the glacier is suggestive of a turret.  Charted and named by the Northern Party, led by Campbell, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
15672|Turret Nunatak|Summit|822500S|1580000E|-82.4166667|158|1960|6430|01/01/1966|Elongated nunatak, 1,960 m, standing W of Cobham Range in the lower portion of Lucy Glacier.  Mapped by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) and so named because of the turreted cliffs on its southern side.||
15673|Turret Peak|Summit|721600S|1660600E|-72.2666667|166.1|2790|9153|01/01/1964|A prominent rock peak, 2,790 m, standing 7 mi NW of Crosscut Peak in Millen Range.  The peak is topped with a 10 m vertical spire, or tower, which is an excellent landmark.  Named for its distinctive appearance by the Southern party of NZFMCAE, 1962-63.||
15674|Turret Point|Summit|620500S|0575500W|-62.0833333|-57.9166667|||01/01/1960|Point marked by conspicuous high rock stacks, forming the E limit of King George Bay on the S coast of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The point was charted in 1937 by DI personnel on the Discovery II who gave the name Turret Rocks, but this has led to confusion with a group of rocks lying close offshore.  The UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) recommended in 1960 that since the feature originally named is a land feature, the term point be used to avoid confusion and ambiguity.||
15675|Turret Ridge|Ridge|721400S|1661300E|-72.2333333|166.2166667||||A ridge c. 5 mi long extending NE from Turret Peak, Millen Range, in Victoria Land.  Visited by a New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) geological party led by R.H. Findlay, 1981-82, and named in association with Turret Peak.||
15678|Turtle Island|Island|660400S|0655100W|-66.0666667|-65.85|||01/01/1950|Small island which is the northwesternmost of the Saffery Islands, lying 6 mi W of Black Head, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered and named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill.||
15679|Turtle Peak|Summit|752200S|1111800W|-75.3666667|-111.3|||01/01/1967|Conspicuous, nearly bare rock summit rising to 600 mi S of Hedin Nunatak.  The peak is joined at its S side to an ice-covered spur which descends SW from Mount Murphy, on Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after John P. Turtle, aurora researcher at Byrd Station in 1962.||
15680|Turtle Rock|Island|774439S|1664633E|-77.744301|166.775715|||01/01/1952|Small island lying in Erebus Bay close W of Hut Point Peninsula, Ross Island.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, under Scott, and so named because of its low rounded appearance.||
15681|Tusing Peak|Summit|765100S|1260000W|-76.85|-126|2650|8694|01/01/1962|A snow-capped peak (2,650 m) rising from the central portion of Mount Hartigan in the Executive Committee Range, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy trimetrogon photography, 1958-60.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Allen D. Tusing, meteorologist at Byrd Station, 1959.||
15682|The Tusk|Summit|845200S|1681500W|-84.8666667|-168.25|460|1509|01/01/1966|A sharply pointed peak of white marble, about 460 m high, in the E part of Mayer Crags.  It stands 1.5 mi S of Mount Henson at the W side of the terminus of Liv Glacier.  A descriptive name given by the Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64.||
15683|Tussebrekka Slope|Slope|720800S|0062400E|-72.1333333|6.4|||01/01/1966|A mainly ice-covered slope, about 6 mi long, at the SW side of the head of Lunde Glacier in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Tussebrekka (the goblin slope).||
15684|Tussenobba Peak|Summit|720000S|0061500E|-72|6.25|2665|8743|01/01/1966|Peak, 2,665 m, rising 6 mi NE of Halsknappane Hills in the E part of the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains in Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Tussenobba.||
15685|Tussock Island|Island|542900S|0370700W|-54.4833333|-37.1166667||||An island 0.2 mi long, lying off the W side of Annenkov Island, South Georgia.  Following geological work by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1972-73, it was named after the thick mantle of tussock grass (Poa flabellata) that grows on the island.||
15686|Tustane Peaks|Range|720800S|0251700E|-72.1333333|25.2833333|||01/01/1966|Group of peaks at the head of Koms Glacier in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Tustane (the clumps).||
15687|Tutton Point|Summit|665300S|0673600W|-66.8833333|-67.6|||01/01/1965|The southwestern point of Liard Island in Hanusse Bay, Graham Land.  This point is a landing place, the start of a route into the interior of the island.  Mapped from air photos taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (1947-48) and Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Alfred E.H. Tutton (1864-1938), British mineralogist, author of The Natural History of Ice and Snow Illustrated from the Alps.||
15688|Mount Tuve|Summit|734700S|0800800W|-73.7833333|-80.1333333|935|3068|01/01/1947|A mountain (935 m) whose summit rises above the ice surface just south of the base of Wirth Peninsula, Ellsworth Land. Discovered by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, under Finn Ronne.  He named it for Merle A. Tuve, Director of the Department of Terrestrial Magnetism of Carnegie Institution, Washington, DC, who furnished instruments for the expedition.||
15689|Cape Tuxen|Cape|651600S|0640800W|-65.2666667|-64.1333333|||01/01/1950|Rocky cape forming the S side of the entrance to Waddington Bay on the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered and named by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache.||
15690|Tverrbrekka Pass|Gap|721400S|0011900E|-72.2333333|1.3166667|||01/01/1966|An E-W pass through the Sverdrup Mountains between Vendeholten Mountain and Tverrveggen Ridge, in Queen Maud Land. Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Tverrbrekka (the transverse slope).||
15691|Tverregga Spur|Ridge|732300S|0033600W|-73.3833333|-3.6|||01/01/1966|A spur 3 mi W of Mount Hallgren, in the Kirwan Escarpment of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and additional air photos (1958-59), and named Tverregga (the transverse ridge).||
15693|Tverregg Glacier|Glacier|732700S|0033600W|-73.45|-3.6|||01/01/1966|A glacier between Heksegryta Peaks and Tverregga Spur in the Kirwan Escarpment, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and additional air photos (1958-59), and named Tverreggbreen (the transverse ridge glacier).||
15694|Tverreggtelen Hill|Summit|732400S|0033300W|-73.4|-3.55|||01/01/1966|A hill immediately SE of Tverregga Spur in the Kirwan Escarpment, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and additional air photos (1958-59), and named in association with Tverregga Spur.||
15696|Tverrnipa Peak|Summit|721500S|0011900E|-72.25|1.3166667|2195|7201|01/01/1966|Peak, 2,195 m, surmounting the N end of Tverrveggen Ridge in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Tverrnipa (the transverse peak).||
15697|Tverrseten Col|Gap|720100S|0044600E|-72.0166667|4.7666667|||01/01/1966|An ice col between Setenuten Peak and Petrellfjellet in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Tverrseten (the transverse seat).||
15698|Tverrveggen Ridge|Ridge|721700S|0012000E|-72.2833333|1.3333333|||01/01/1966|A prominent ridge which extends southward for 4 mi from Tverrbrekka Pass in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Tverrveggen (the transverse wall).||
15699|Tvetaggen Peaks|Range|714500S|0251700E|-71.75|25.2833333|||01/01/1966|A short line of peaks standing 1.5 mi N of Austkampane Hills on the W side of Kamp Glacier, in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Tvetaggen (the double prongs) because of their appearance.||
15700|Tvibåsen Valley|Valley|715300S|0051500E|-71.8833333|5.25|||01/01/1967|An ice-filled valley whose upper portion divides into two heads, lying between Svarthamaren Mountain and Cumulus Mountain in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Tvibasen (the double stall).||
15701|Tvireita Moraine|Ridge|715500S|0143700E|-71.9166667|14.6166667|||01/01/1970|A moraine, about 5 mi long, comprising two somewhat parallel segments that appear to unite as they trend NE, located in the E part of Mendeleyev Glacier in the Payer Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Plotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Tvireita (two furrows).||
15702|Tvistein Pillars|Pillar|684200S|0904000W|-68.7|-90.6666667|||01/01/1953|Two flat-topped pillar rocks standing 1 mi SW of Cape Eva, the N extremity of Peter I Island.  The rocks were sighted from the Odd I by a Norwegian expedition under Eyvind Tofte in 1927.  The name Tvistein (two stones) was applied by a Norwegian expedition under Nils Larsen which charted the island from the Norvegia in 1929.||
15705|Tvora|Summit|721000S|0000500W|-72.1666667|-.0833333|||01/01/1966|A mountain with two north-trending spurs, about 3 mi E of Straumsvola Mountain in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Plotted from air photos by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Remapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Tvora (two ridges).||
15706|Tweeny Point|Summit|541400S|0363700W|-54.2333333|-36.6166667|||01/01/1965|Point lying 1 mi SW of Doubtful Point in Cumberland West Bay, South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1929 British Admiralty chart.||
15707|Mount Twigg|Summit|741700S|0675000E|-74.2833333|67.8333333|||01/01/1961|A large rock outcrop bisected by a north-trending glacier, standing 16 mi SE of Mount Maguire near the head of Lambert Glacier.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos and surveys, 1956-58. Named by ANCA for D.R. Twigg, radio supervisor at Mawson Station, 1958.||
15708|Twig Rock|Island|684200S|0673200W|-68.7|-67.5333333|90|295|01/01/1956|Small rocky mass, more than 90 m high, between Alamode Island and Hayrick Island in the Terra Firma Islands, off the W coast of Graham Land.  The Terra Firma Islands were first visited and surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Twig Rock was surveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), who so named it because of the branching nature of the dike system exposed on its N face.||
15709|Twilight Bay|Bay|683200S|0694800E|-68.5333333|69.8|||01/01/1971|A small re-entrant of the ice shelf into the plateau on the W side of the Amery Ice Shelf.  Photographed from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  The position of the feature was fixed by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) survey party in February 1968.  So named because the survey party was flown into the area after sunset, necessitating navigation and photo identification in twilight.||
15710|Twin Nunataks|Summit|753800S|1593600E|-75.6333333|159.6|||01/01/1966|Two small nunataks lying between Ricker Hills and Hollingsworth Glacier in the Prince Albert Mountains, Victoria Land.  Descriptively named by the Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63.||
15711|Twin Peaks|Range|632400S|0570700W|-63.4|-57.1166667|750|2461|01/01/1952|Two sharply defined peaks, 750 m, standing together 1.5 mi N of Mount Taylor and 2 mi W of the head of Hope Bay at the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) following their survey of the area in 1946.||
15713|Twin Pinnacles|Island|620800S|0580600W|-62.1333333|-58.1|20|66|01/01/1952|Rock 20 m high marked by two summits, lying 0.1 mi NE of Lions Rump at the W side of the entrance to King George Bay in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted and named during 1937 by DI personnel on the Discovery II.||
15714|Twin Rocks|Summit|782500S|1614100E|-78.4166667|161.6833333|||01/01/1964|Twin rock bluffs in the Lower Staircase of Skelton Glacier, about 6 mi E of Halfway Nunatak, in Victoria Land.  The rocks are an important reference point on the route up the glacier. Descriptively named by the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.||04/11/2001
15715|The Twins|Island|603700S|0460400W|-60.6166667|-46.0666667|||01/01/1952|Two rocks lying together 0.5 mi S of the S end of Monroe Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted and named in 1933 by DI personnel on the Discovery II.||
15716|Mount Twintop|Summit|680500S|0622200E|-68.0833333|62.3666667|||01/01/1965|A twin-peaked mountain about 6 mi SSW of Mount Tritoppen in the S part of the David Range, Framnes Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37) and named Tvitoppen (the twin peak).  The translated form of the name recommended by ANCA has been adopted.||
15717|Mount Twiss|Summit|792300S|0853600W|-79.3833333|-85.6|2000|6562|01/01/1966|Peak (2,000 m) at the N end of Watlack Hills in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after John R. Twiss, Jr., who served on support staff at McMurdo Station, 1961-63; U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Representative at McMurdo Station, 1964-65 season; U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Representative on U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) Eltanin Cruise 34, 1968; staff, NSF International Decade of Ocean Exploration, 1970-74; Executive Director, Marine Mammal Commission, from 1974.||
15718|Twisted Lake|Lake|604300S|0454000W|-60.7166667|-45.6666667|||01/01/1975|A lake 0.1 mi northeast of Cummings Cove in western Signy Island.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because of the very irregular shoreline of the lake.||
15719|Twitcher Glacier|Glacier|544300S|0355600W|-54.7166667|-35.9333333|||01/01/1956|Glacier, 4 mi long, which flows E from the Salvesen Range to the E coast of South Georgia, immediately S of Herz Glacier and Iris Bay.  The glacier was surveyed in 1951-52 by the South Georgia Survey (SGS). Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for John Montagu, fourth Earl of Sandwich, First Lord of the Admiralty, 1771-82, who was popularly known as "Jemmy Twitcher."||
15720|Twitcher Rock|Island|592800S|0271400W|-59.4666667|-27.2333333|55|180|01/01/1952|Rock in Douglas Strait, 55 m high, lying 0.7 mi E of the SE point of Thule Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  Discovered by a Russian expedition under Bellingshausen in 1820.  Charted in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II.  They named it for John Montagu, fourth Earl of Sandwich, who was popularly known by the nickname "Jemmy Twitcher."||
15721|Two Hummock Island|Island|640800S|0614200W|-64.1333333|-61.7|670|2198|01/01/1952|Ice-covered island, 5 mi long in a N-S direction, conspicuous for its two rocky summits 670 m high, lying 5 mi SE of Liege Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  This name has appeared on maps for over 100 years and its usage has become established internationally.||
15723|Twombley Glacier|Glacier|803500S|1574500E|-80.5833333|157.75|||01/01/1965|A glacier 6 mi long, flowing from the N side of Kent Plateau into the S side of Byrd Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for C.E. Twombley of the U.S. Weather Bureau, a member of the Little America V winter party, 1956.||
15724|Mount Twomey|Summit|713000S|1614100E|-71.5|161.6833333|||01/01/1970|A somewhat detached peak (over 1,200 in.) situated on the NW margin of the Morozumi Range, 2.5 mi NW of Berg Peak.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Arthur A. Twomey, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68 and 1968-69.||
15725|Two Step Cliffs|Cliff|715400S|0681300W|-71.9|-68.2166667|680|2231|01/01/1955|The eastern face of a flat-topped sedimentary mountain, 680 m, immediately E of Mars Glacier on the E coast of Alexander Island.  First seen from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth on Nov. 23, 1935, and mapped from photos obtained on that flight by W.L.G. Joerg.  Roughly surveyed from the ground in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) and in 1940-41 by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), who used the names "Two Step Mountains" and "Table Mountain" for this feature.  The name Two Step Cliffs derives from the name used by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), and was suggested by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) following surveys in 1949 as being particularly descriptive of this feature.||
15726|Two Step Moraine|Ridge|715300S|0682000W|-71.8833333|-68.3333333|||01/01/1994|A small area of homogeneous fine morainic debris, in the south-facing moraines at the foot of Two Step Cliffs, Alexander Island.  Containing moist soil and two ponds, the feature is remarkable for its abundance of mosses, algae, and cyanobacteria in such a southerly location.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1993 in association with Two Step Cliffs.||
15728|Two Summit Island|Island|621500S|0585700W|-62.25|-58.95|||01/01/1956|Small island marked by two prominent summits, lying at the E entrance to Fildes Strait in the South Shetland Islands.  It was named Two Hummock Island by DI personnel following their survey in 1935, but this name has been rejected because of probable confusion with Two Hummock Island in the N entrance to Gerlache Strait.  Two Summit Island, equally descriptive of the feature, was recommended by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954.||
15729|Tyler Glacier|Glacier|721500S|1683500E|-72.25|168.5833333|||01/01/1964|Tributary glacier flowing SW between Taylor Peak and Mount Francis to enter Tucker Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Paul E. Tyler, U.S. Navy (USN), medical officer at Hallett Station, 1962.||
15730|Tyndall Mountains|Summit|671500S|0671000W|-67.25|-67.1666667|||01/01/1965|Mountains close S of Avsyuk Glacier in central Arrowsmith Peninsula, Graham Land.  Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from surveys and air photos, 1948-59.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for John Tyndall (1820-93), Irish mountaineer and pioneer glaciologist, author of many works on glaciers and the physical properties of ice.||
15732|Mount Tyree|Summit|782400S|0855500W|-78.4|-85.9166667|4852|15918|01/01/1961|A very high and prominent bare-rock mountain (4,852 m) standing 8 mi NW of Vinson Massif in the main ridge of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  It was discovered by U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 during IGY reconnaissance flights of January 1958, and was mapped the same month by the Marie Byrd Land Traverse Party, 1957-58, under C.R. Bentley.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Rear Admiral David M. Tyree, USN, Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, from Apr. 14, 1959 to Nov. 26, 1962.||01/04/2021
15733|Tyrol Valley|Valley|773517S|1603749E|-77.587993|160.630237|||01/01/1968|A high ice-free valley lying E of Mount Baldr in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  The valley was named by Austrian biologist Heinz Janetschek, a participant in the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) program in this area in 1961-62, after his native Tirol (Tyrol).||
15734|Mount Tyrrell|Summit|693800S|0693100W|-69.6333333|-69.5166667|1310|4298|01/01/1955|Mountain with two summits, the highest 1,310 m, standing 3 mi inland from the E coast of Alexander Island on the E side and near the mouth of Toynbee Glacier.  First photographed from the air in 1937 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Surveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named by them for George W. Tyrrell, British geologist at Glasgow University.||
15735|Tyrrell Glacier|Glacier|542200S|0363100W|-54.3666667|-36.5166667||||A glacier flowing N into the head of Moraine Fjord where it joins Harker Glacier, on the N coast of South Georgia.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), 1982, in association with Harker Glacier (q.v.), after George W. Tyrrell (1883-1961), Senior Lecturer in geology, Glasgow University, 1919-48, author of several early papers on the petrology of South Georgia, the South Shetland Islands, and the Palmer Archipelago area.||
15737|Tysk Pass|Gap|724300S|0034700W|-72.7166667|-3.7833333|||01/01/1966|A mountain pass between Hogskavlen Mountain and Domen Butte in the Borg Massif, Queen Maud Land.  The feature was first photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  It was mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Tyskepasset (the German pass), presumedly because it was seen earlier by the German expedition.||
15738|Tyulen'i Islands|Island|663300S|0925700E|-66.55|92.95|||01/01/1968|A group of about three very small islands in the S part of the Haswell Islands, located 1 mi off the mainland and 1.2 mi W of Mabus Point.  The islands are aligned east-west and lie just west of Stroiteley Islands.  Plotted by G.D. Blodgett (1955) from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47). Photographed by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (1956) and named Ostrova Tyulen'i (seal islands).||
15739|Tyuleniy Point|Summit|704400S|0113600E|-70.7333333|11.6|||01/01/1970|A rock point 0.5 mi W of Ozhidaniya Cove on the N side of the Schirmacher Hills, Queen Maud Land.  First photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1961 and named Mys Tyuleniy (seal point).||
15740|Mount Ubique|Summit|813000S|1603200E|-81.5|160.5333333|935|3068|01/01/1965|A peak, 935 m, standing 4 mi S of Hermitage Peak in the Surveyors Range.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) for the Royal Engineer's motto, meaning "everywhere."||
15741|Ueda Glacier|Glacier|751500S|0643500W|-75.25|-64.5833333|||01/01/1968|A large glacier flowing eastward along the S side of the Scaife Mountains to enter Hansen Inlet near the base of Antarctic Peninsula.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Herbert T. Ueda who, with B. Lyle Hansen, was in charge of the deep core drilling program at Byrd Station, summers 1966-67 and 1967-68.||
15742|Ufsebotnen Cirque|Basin|712400S|0130900E|-71.4|13.15|||01/01/1970|A cirque 1 mi N of the summit of Mount Schicht in the Gruber Mountains of the Wohlthat Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39. Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Ufsebotnen (the bluff cirque).||
15743|Ufsebrotet Bluff|Cliff|712300S|0131700E|-71.3833333|13.2833333|||01/01/1970|A steep bluff located 2 mi S of Mount Zimmermann in the central Gruber Mountains of the Wohlthat Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39. Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Ufsebrotet.||
15744|Ufsekammen Ridge|Ridge|712400S|0131400E|-71.4|13.2333333|||01/01/1970|An arc-shaped rock ridge, 3 mi long, between Mount Schicht and Ufsebrotet Bluff in the Gruber Mountains of the Wohlthat Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Ufsekammen (the bluff ridge).||
15745|Ufs Island|Island|672800S|0610800E|-67.4666667|61.1333333|||01/01/1947|A rocky island 2 mi wide, lying in the E part of Howard Bay.  Cape Simpson, the N end of this island, was discovered by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson in February 1931, but the feature's insularity was first recognized by Norwegian cartographers working from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  They named it Ufsoy (bluff island).||
15747|Ugolini Peak|Summit|780038S|1613144E|-78.010425|161.529017|2200|7218|01/01/1965|A sharp rock peak, over 2,200 m, surmounting the central part of a large ice-free massif 6 mi S of Knobhead, at the S side of upper Ferrar Glacier in Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Fiorenzo C. Ugolini, who studied Antarctic soil processes in the McMurdo Sound area in 1961-62 and 1962-63.||
15748|Uksen Island|Island|672100S|0600900E|-67.35|60.15|||01/01/1965|Steep-sided, isolated island lying 4 mi NE of Tilley Nunatak, off the coast of Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Uksen (the ox).||
15751|Ula Point|Summit|640500S|0570900W|-64.0833333|-57.15|||01/01/1963|A low ice-covered point on the NE coast of James Ross Island, 5 mi NW of Cape Gage.  First seen and roughly surveyed by Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Otto Nordenskjold.  Resurveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1945.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Anton Olsen Ula, boatswain on the Antarctic the ship of the above Swedish expedition.||
15752|Ulendet Crevasses|Valley|725100S|0005900W|-72.85|-.9833333|||01/01/1966|A crevasse field about 7 mi long in the Jutulstraumen Glacier, about 15 mi NE of Neumayer Cliffs in Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Ulendet (the rough ground).||
15753|Mount Ulla|Summit|773146S|1622406E|-77.529371|162.401767|||01/01/1972|A sharp peak between Meserve and Hart Glaciers in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  The summit is a knife-edge ridge which drops away on both sides.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1958-59, after one of the Norse gods.||
15755|Ullmann Point|Summit|620500S|0582300W|-62.0833333|-58.3833333|||01/01/1952|Point marking the SW end of Ullmann Spur in Martel Inlet, Admiralty Bay, on King George Island in the South Shetland Islands.  The point was charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot.  It was named in association with Ullmann Spur some 20 years later.||
15757|Ullmann Spur|Ridge|620400S|0582200W|-62.0666667|-58.3666667|275|902|01/01/1960|Mountainous ridge, 275 m, situated centrally at the head of Martel Inlet, Admiralty Bay, on King George Island in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted and named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot.||
15760|Mount Ulmer|Summit|773500S|0860900W|-77.5833333|-86.15|2775|9104|01/01/1947|A prominent peak (2,775 m) situated 2 mi N of Mount Washburn in the northern part of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Discovered in his trans-Antarctic flight, Nov. 23, 1935, by Lincoln Ellsworth who called it Mount Mary Louise Ulmer, after his wife.  The peak has been reidentified by comparison of Ellsworth's photograph with those taken in 1959 by the U.S. Navy.||03/07/1997
15761|Ulu Peninsula|Cape|635600S|0580500W|-63.9333333|-58.0833333||||That portion of James Ross Island northwest of the narrow neck of land between Rohss Bay and Croft Bay, extending from Cape Obelisk to Cape Lachman.  Named descriptively by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1987.  In plan view the peninsula is shaped like an ulu, a type of knife traditionally used by Eskimo women.||
15762|Ulvetanna Peak|Summit|715100S|0082000E|-71.85|8.3333333|2930|9613|01/01/1967|A sharp peak, 2,930 m, about 2 mi N of Kinntanna Peak in the E part of Fenriskjeften Mountain in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Ulvetanna (the wolf tooth).||
15763|Umber Island|Island|691300S|0720000W|-69.2166667|-72|||01/01/1961|Rocky island, 1.5 mi long, lying 6 mi NW of Dint Island in Lazarev Bay, off the W side of Alexander Island.  Mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960. So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because on the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) photos the island appears in deep shadow cast by the Havre Mountains to the north.||
15764|Mount Umbriel|Summit|713600S|0685300W|-71.6|-68.8833333|1500|4921|01/01/1961|Peak, 1,500 m, overlooking the head of Venus Glacier in the E part of Alexander Island.  First mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) 1947-48 by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from association with nearby Uranus Glacier, Umbriel being one of the satellites of Uranus.||
15765|Umeboshi Rock|Island|680300S|0430700E|-68.05|43.1166667|||01/01/1968|A rock exposure 4 mi ENE of Akebono Rock on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Umebushi-iwa (rumpled rock).||04/12/2001
15767|Mount Underwood|Summit|680800S|0492100E|-68.1333333|49.35|||01/01/1965|An elongated mountain 2 mi E of Mount Flett in the central Nye Mountains.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956 and 1957.  Named by ANC for R. Underwood, geophysicist at Wilkes Station in 1959.||
15768|Underwood Glacier|Glacier|663500S|1080000E|-66.5833333|108|||01/01/1955|A channel glacier about 15 mi long, flowing to the Antarctic coast between Reist Rocks and Cape Nutt.  Mapped (1955) by G.D. Blodgett from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1947).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lieutenant Joseph A. Underwood, USN, who served on the sloop Vincennes of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Lieutenant Charles Wilkes.||
15769|Undine Harbor|Harbor|540200S|0375800W|-54.0333333|-37.9666667|||01/01/1953|A small bay at the head of the embayment between Cape Paryadin and Cape Chaplin on the S coast of South Georgia.  This feature (with Johan Harbor, Coal Harbor, and Frida Hole, q.v.) may form, part of the feature called "Adventure Bay" by James Weddell, 1823, and "Discovery Bay" by DI, 1929.  The recommended name Undine Harbor, after the sealing ship Undine of the Compania Argentina de Pesca, has been consistently used for this bay since about 1912.||
15770|Undine South Harbor|Harbor|543100S|0363300W|-54.5166667|-36.55|||01/01/1952|Bay, 6 mi wide and indenting 2 mi between Ducloz Head and Leon Head along the S coast of South Georgia.  The name appears to have been given by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Filchner, 1911-12.  The Pesca, was at South Georgia in the 1911-12 season and was made available for use by the Filchner expedition.||
15771|Ungane Islands|Island|691600S|0392900E|-69.2666667|39.4833333|||01/01/1968|Three small islands lying 4 mi WNW of Hamnenabben Head in the E part of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Ungane (the young ones).||
15772|Unger Island|Island|704100S|1665500E|-70.6833333|166.9166667|||01/01/1970|Small, ice-free island, the westernmost of the Lyall Islands, lying 4 mi SE of Cape Hooker in the W side of the entrance to Yule Bay, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Pat B. Unger, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), Medical Officer at Little America V, 1957.||
15773|Unger Peak|Summit|792100S|0861000W|-79.35|-86.1666667|||01/01/1966|Conspicuous, mainly ice-covered peak which rises above the plateau at the S end of Founders Escarpment.  It stands 2 mi NNW of Zavis Peak in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Maurice H. Unger, USN, navigator on photographic flights over Marie Byrd and Ellsworth Lands during Deep Freeze 1965 and 1966.||
15775|Mount Unicorn|Summit|711600S|0670700W|-71.2666667|-67.1166667|||01/01/1976|The northernmost of the Batterbee Mountains, located about 6 mi NW of Mount Ness.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the constellation of Monoceros (The Unicorn).||
15776|Union Glacier|Glacier|794500S|0823000W|-79.75|-82.5|||01/01/1964|A large, heavily-crevassed glacier which receives the flow of several tributaries and drains through the middle of the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  The glacier drains from the plateau at Edson Hills on the W side of the range and flows E between Pioneer Heights and Enterprise Hills.  Union Glacier was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  The name was applied by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with the name Heritage Range.||
15780|University Peak|Summit|775145S|1604530E|-77.862459|160.758285|||01/01/1968|A peak at the head of University Valley, 2.5 mi SSW of West Beacon, in Victoria Land.  Named by U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) researchers Heinz Janetschek, biologist at McMurdo Station, 1961-62, and Fiorenzo Ugolini, geologist at McMurdo Station, 1961-62, after their respective university affiliation, Leopold-Franzens-Universitat at Innsbruck, Austria, and Rutgers University at New Brunswick, New Jersey.||
15781|University Valley|Valley|775142S|1604305E|-77.861565|160.717946|||01/01/1968|A valley about 1 mi long, lying next NE of Farnell Valley in the Beacon Valley area of Victoria Land.  Named in January 1962 by U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) researchers Heinz Janetschek and Fiorenzo Ugolini after their respective university affiliation, Leopold-Franzens-Universitat at Innsbruck, Austria, and Rutgers University at New Brunswick, New Jersey.||03/07/1997
15782|Unneruskollen Island|Island|703000S|0061000W|-70.5|-6.1666667|||01/01/1970|An ice-covered island lying N of Halvfarryggen Ridge and between the Ekstrom and Jelbart Ice Shelves, on the coast of Queen Maud Land.  First mapped by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE), 1949-52.  It was named Unneruskollen by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60.||
15783|Lake Unter-See|Lake|712000S|0132700E|-71.3333333|13.45|||01/01/1970|A meltwater lake 3 mi SW of Lake Ober-See.  It occupies the S part of the large cirque indenting the N slopes of the Gruber Mountains in central Queen Maud Land.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, who named it Unter-See (lower lake).||
15786|Unwin Cove|Bay|631900S|0575400W|-63.3166667|-57.9|||01/01/1964|A cove immediately SE of Toro Point, Trinity Peninsula. The cove was charted by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition, 1947-48, which named it for First Lieutenant Tomas Unwin Lambie, a naval officer of this expedition and the commander of the ship 1949-50 and 1950-51.||
15788|Upper Island|Island|660000S|0653900W|-66|-65.65|||01/01/1963|Narrow island at the N side of Mutton Cove, lying between Cliff and Harp Islands and 8 mi W of Prospect Point, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted and named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill.||
15789|Upper Staircase|Glacier|781500S|1610000E|-78.25|161|||01/01/1965|The upper eastern portion of Skelton Glacier, just N of The Landing, which merges into the Skelton Neve in Victoria Land.  Surveyed in 1957 by the New Zealand party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) and so named because of its staircase effect in being the key for the approach to the polar plateau.||
15793|Upton Rock|Island|621200S|0590800W|-62.2|-59.1333333|||01/01/1965|Rock lying 3 mi NW of Flat Top Peninsula, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961 for Benjamin Upton, Master of the American sealing vessel Islands in 1821-22.||
15794|Uragannyy Point|Summit|695700S|0125000E|-69.95|12.8333333|||01/01/1971|An ice point along the W edge of Lazarev Ice Shelf about 3 mi N of Leningradskiy Island, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1959.  They named it Mys Uragannyy (hurricane point) because a strong hurricane occurred during the stay of the ship Ob' near this point.||
15795|Uranus Glacier|Glacier|712400S|0682000W|-71.4|-68.3333333|||01/01/1955|Glacier on the E coast of Alexander Island, 20 mi long and 6 mi wide at its mouth, flowing E into George VI Sound immediately S of Fossil Bluff Probably first seen by Lincoln Ellsworth who flew directly over it and photographed segments of this coast on Nov. 23, 1935.  The portion near the mouth of the glacier was first roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for the planet Uranus following resurvey of its lower portions by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1948 and 1949.  The entire glacier was mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.||
15796|Urbanak Peak|Summit|843800S|1115500W|-84.6333333|-111.9166667|||01/01/1962|A peak with exposed rock on the N side, situated along Mirsky Ledge in the Ohio Rarrge, Horlick Mountains.  Surveyed by the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Horlick Mountains Traverse party in Dec. 1958.  Named by US-CAN for Richard L. Urbanak, meteorologist at Byrd Station in 1960.||
15797|Urban Point|Summit|794800S|0820000W|-79.8|-82|||01/01/1966|A sharp rock point lying 2 mi E of the terminus of Ahrnsbrak Glacier on the N side of the Enterprise Hills, Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Verdis D. Urban, meteorologist with the Ellsworth Station winter party, 1958.||
15798|Urchin Rock|Island|651900S|0641600W|-65.3166667|-64.2666667|||01/01/1971|Rock, over which the sea breaks, lying 2.3 mi W of the largest of the Berthelot Islands, off the W coast of Graham Land. First shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 because the rock is a hazard on the edge of Grandidier Channel; an urchin is a roguish or mischievous boy.||03/07/1997
15799|Urfjell Cliffs|Cliff|735300S|0051700W|-73.8833333|-5.2833333|||01/01/1966|A line of rock cliff and spurs trending SW for 10 mi from Urfjelldokka Valley, forming a part of the Kirwan Escarpment in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and additional air photos (1958-59).  They gave the Urfjell (mountain with rock-strewn slopes).||
15800|Urfjelldokka Valley|Valley|735000S|0044500W|-73.8333333|-4.75|||01/01/1966|A broad ice-filled valley between Urfjell Cliffs and Skappelnabben Spur along the Kirwan Escarpment in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and additional air photos (1958-59). Named in association with Urfjell Cliffs.||
15802|Mount Uritorco|Summit|625600S|0604300W|-62.9333333|-60.7166667|||01/01/1965|Mountain surmounting the southern part of Telefon Ridge on Deception Island, it, the South Shetland Islands.  The name appears on an Argentine chart of 1956.||
15803|Urnosa Spur|Ridge|734700S|0050200W|-73.7833333|-5.0333333|||01/01/1966|A spur at the W side of Urfjelldokka Valley, in the SW part of the Kirwan Escarpment in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and additional air photos (1958-59).  They gave the name Urnosa (the rock-strewn nose).||
15805|Uruguay Cove|Bay|604500S|0444300W|-60.75|-44.7166667|||01/01/1952|Cove in the W part of Jessie Bay on tire N coast of Laurie Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted in 1903 by the ScotNAE under W.S. Bruce.  He named the cove after the Argentine corvette Uruguay which for many years after 1904 carried relief parties to the Argentine meteorological station near the cove.||
15806|Uruguay Island|Island|651400S|0641400W|-65.2333333|-64.2333333|||01/01/1952|Island 0.5 mi long with a cove indenting its W side, lying between Irizar Island and Corner Island in the Argentine Islands, Wilhelm Archipelago.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under J.B. Charcot, and named by him after the Argentine corvette The island was recharted in 1935 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under John Rymill.||
15809|Urvantsev Rocks|Summit|720600S|0053700E|-72.1|5.6166667|||01/01/1970|A groups of rocks lying 5 mi SE of Skorvetangen Spur in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norsk Polarinstitutt from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60. Also mapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1961 and named for geologist N.N. Urvantsev.||
15810|Usarp Mountains|Summit|711000S|1600000E|-71.1666667|160|||01/01/1964|A major Antarctic mountain chain, lying westward of the Rennick Glacier and trending N-S for about 120 miles.  The feature is bounded to the north by Pryor Glacier and the Wilson Hills.  Its important constituent parts include Pomerantz Tableland, Daniels Range, Emlen Peaks, Helliwell Hills and Morozumi Range.  Parts of these mountains were discovered and first photographed from aircraft of the U.S. Navy Operation Highjump, 1946-47.  They were completely mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  The name is an acronym of the United States Antarctic Research Program, and was applied by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in recognition of the accomplishments of that program in Antarctica.||
15811|Usas Escarpment|Cliff|760000S|1300000W|-76|-130|||01/01/1962|An expansive but discontinuous north-facing escarpment in Marie Byrd Land.  It is about 200 mi long, extending roughly west to east along the parallel of 76S from where the elevation of the snow surface descends toward the Ruppert Coast and Hobbs Coast. The position of the escarpment coincides with the north slopes of the Flood Range, Ames Range, McCuddin Mountains, and the eastern peaks of Mount Galla, Mount Aldaz and Benes Peak.  The escarpment was observed by members of the United States Antarctic Service, 1939-41, and in ensuing scientific reports was referred to as "76th Parallel Escarpment."  The approved name is an acronym for the discovery expedition.||
15812|Useful Island|Island|644300S|0625200W|-64.7166667|-62.8666667|||01/01/1963|Island 2 mi W of Ronge Island, with a string of rocks between, lying in Gerlache Strait off the W coast of Graham Land. Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache.  The name appears on a chart based upon a 1927 survey by DI personnel on the Discovery.||
15813|Mount Usher|Summit|845700S|1720400E|-84.95|172.0666667|||01/01/1952|A distinctive mountain overlooking the S side of Keltie Glacier about 4 mi SW of the mouth of Brandau Glacier. Discovered and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09). Identification of this feature varied on subsequent maps.  The present description follows the H.E. Saunders map of 1961 which has now been generally accepted.||
15814|Usher Glacier|Glacier|620200S|0583700W|-62.0333333|-58.6166667|||01/01/1960|Glacier nearly 4 mi long, flowing NW into the sea between Stigant and Davey Points on the N coast of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for J. Usher, Master of the Caraquet from Liverpool, who visited the South Shetland Islands in 1821-22.||
15815|Usnea Plug|Isthmus|623800S|0610500W|-62.6333333|-61.0833333|30|98|01/01/1970|A volcanic plug, 30 m from base to summit, standing less than 0.5 mi SW of Chester Cone in Byers Peninsula on the W end of Livingston Island, South Shetland Islands.  Named by K.R. Everett, Institute of Polar Studies, Ohio State University, who visited the area in Feb. 1969.  The name derives from the genus of lichen, Usnea, prevalent on the plug and in this vicinity.||
15816|Usnea Ridge|Ridge|604200S|0453800W|-60.7|-45.6333333|160|525||A ridge at an elevation of 100-160 m, extending NNW from Jane Peak to Spindrift Col in central Signy Island, South Orkney Islands.  This ridge was an ecological study site for British Antarctic Survey (BAS) biologists.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1991 after lichens of the genus Usnea, which form a main element of the plant life on the ridge.||
15817|Utgard Peak|Summit|773756S|1610931E|-77.63215|161.158713|2050|6726||A prominent peak, 2,050 m, located 0.8 mi NNE of Wolak Peak in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1982 from a proposal by G.G.C. Claridge, soil scientist with the DSIR, New Zealand.  One of a group of names from Norse mythology in Asgard Range and Jotunheim Valley.  Named after Utgard, a fortress in Jotunheim, home of the giants.||
15818|Utholmen Island|Island|685600S|0393100E|-68.9333333|39.5166667|||01/01/1968|The northwesternmost island in the Flatvaer Islands, lying in Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Utholmen (the outer is land).||
15820|Utkikken Hill|Summit|713200S|0010100W|-71.5333333|-1.0166667|||01/01/1966|The northeasternmost rock summit on the Ahlmann Ridge, standing 4 mi NE of Trollkjelpiggen Peak where it overlooks the mouth of Jutulstraumen Glacier and the coastal ice shelf, in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Utkikken (the look out).||
15822|Utråkket Valley|Valley|734000S|0042500W|-73.6666667|-4.4166667|||01/01/1966|An ice-filled valley between Skappelnabben Spur and Enden Point in the Kirwan Escarpment, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and additional air photos (1958-59), and named Utrakket.||
15823|Utrinden Point|Summit|735000S|0051800W|-73.8333333|-5.3|||01/01/1966|A rock point at the NW side of Kuven Hill, near the SW end of the Kirwan Escarpment in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by NGSAE (1949-52) and additional air photos (1958-59), and named Utrinden (the outer ridge).||
15824|Utrista Rock|Summit|713500S|0103200E|-71.5833333|10.5333333|||01/01/1970|An isolated rock lying 10 mi NE of Mount Dallmann, at the NE extremity of the Orvin Mountains in Queen Maud Land Discovered and photographed by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) 1938-39.  Mapped by Norway from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Utrista (the outer ridge).||
15826|Utsteinen Nunatak|Summit|715800S|0233400E|-71.9666667|23.5666667|||01/01/1966|Nunatak standing 4 mi N of Viking Heights and the main group of the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Utsteinen (the outer stone) because of its position.||
15827|Utstikkar Bay|Bay|673300S|0612800E|-67.55|61.4666667|||01/01/1947|Bay 4 mi wide, indenting the coast immediately E of Utstikkar Glacier.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and so named by them because the bay is contiguous with Utstikkar Glacier.||
15828|Utstikkar Glacier|Glacier|673300S|0612000E|-67.55|61.3333333|||01/01/1953|Broad glacier flowing N from the vicinity of Moyes Peak and terminating in Utstikkar Glacier Tongue just W of Utstikkar Bay. This glacier was mapped and named Utstikkarbreen (the out-jutting glacier) by Norwegian cartographers working from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition in January-February 1937.||
15829|Utstikkar Glacier Tongue|Glacier|673000S|0612200E|-67.5|61.3666667|||01/01/1953|A glacier tongue forming the seaward extension of Utstikkar Glacier, just W of Utstikkar Bay.  The glacier tongue was mapped and named by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition in January-February 1937.  The word Utstikkar refers to something jutting out and is descriptive of the conspicuous projection of the glacier tongue.||
15831|Uven Spur|Ridge|735600S|0052000W|-73.9333333|-5.3333333|||01/01/1966|A small rock spur just SW of Tunga Spur, extending from the Kirwan Escarpment in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and additional air photos (1958-59), and named Uven.||
15832|Uversnatten Rock|Summit|725800S|0035400W|-72.9666667|-3.9|||01/01/1966|A small rock eminence 1 mi W of Huldreslottet Mountain, at the S end of Borg Massif in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Uversnatten.||04/11/2001
15833|Vaca Nunatak|Summit|821700S|0414200W|-82.2833333|-41.7|||01/01/1968|The southernmost nunatak of Panzarini Hills, in the Argentina Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Jose M.T. Vaca, Argentine officer in charge of General Belgrano Station, winter 1961.||
15834|Vagrant Island|Island|662800S|0662800W|-66.4666667|-66.4666667|||01/01/1965|The northern of two islands just W of Rambler Island in the Bragg Islands, lying in Crystal Sound about 7.5 mi N of Cape Rey, Graham Land.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1958-59).  The name derives from association with Rambler Island.||
15835|Cape Vahsel|Cape|544500S|0354800W|-54.75|-35.8|||01/01/1952|Cape forming the E tip of South Georgia.  Roughly charted by Captain James Cook in 1775.  Remapped by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Filchner, 1911-12, and named for Captain Richard Vahsel, master of the expedition ship Deutschland.||
15836|Vahsel Bay|Bay|774900S|0350700W|-77.8166667|-35.1166667|||01/01/1947|A bay about 7 mi wide in the western part of Luitpold Coast.  This bay receives the flow of the Schweitzer Glacier and Lerchenfeld Glacier.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1911-12, under Wilhelm Filchner.  Upon discovery Filchner named the bay for Captain Richard Vahsel of the expedition ship Deutschland. He renamed it "Herzog Ernst Bucht" after large portions of the surrounding ice broke away forming a much larger bay.  However, later explorers have retained the name Vahsel Bay.||
15837|Vahsel Glacier|Glacier|530400S|0732300E|-53.0666667|73.3833333|||01/01/1957|A glacier draining W into South West Bay on the W side of Heard Island.  The feature was charted in 1902 by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Drygalski.  He named it for Richard Vahsel, an officer on the investigations near Atlas Cove.||
15838|Cape Vakop|Cape|542200S|0361000W|-54.3666667|-36.1666667|||01/01/1952|Cape between Hound Bay and Luisa Bay on the N coast of South Georgia.  Charted by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1911-12, under Filchner. The name appears on a chart based upon surveys of South Georgia in 1926-30 by DI personnel, but may represent an earlier naming.||
15839|Cape Valavielle|Cape|604100S|0443200W|-60.6833333|-44.5333333|||01/01/1952|Cape marking the N end of Watson Peninsula on the N coast of Laurie Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted and named by the French expedition, 1837-40, under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville.||
15840|Cape Valdivia|Cape|542400S|0032400E|-54.4|3.4|||01/01/1957|A prominent cape which projects from the central part of the north coast of Bouvetoya and forms the northernmost part of the island.  Charted and named by a German expedition under Karl Chun which visited the island in 1898.  Named for their expedition ship, the Valdivia.||
15841|Valdivia Point|Summit|642100S|0612200W|-64.35|-61.3666667|||01/01/1965|Point forming the NW side of the entrance to Salvesen Cove on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted and named "Valdivia Insel," after the German ship Valdivia, by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) under Nordenskjold, 1901-04. Air photos taken by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) in 1956-57 show the feature to be joined to the mainland.||
15842|Cape Valentine|Cape|610600S|0543900W|-61.1|-54.65|||01/01/1952|Cape forming the NE extremity of Elephant Island in the South Shetland Islands.  The name was in use by American and British sealers as early as 1822 and is now well established.||
15844|Valette Island|Island|604600S|0443600W|-60.7666667|-44.6|||01/01/1952|Island, 0.2 mi long, lying in the W side of the entrance to Mill Cove on the S side of Laurie Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted by the ScotNAE, 1902-04, under Bruce, who named it for L.H. Valette, Argentine meteorologist at the Laurie Island station during 1904.||
15845|Mount Valhalla|Summit|773427S|1615627E|-77.574039|161.940816|||01/01/1976|A peak in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land, standing at the W flank of Valhalla Glacier from where it overlooks the S side of Wright Valley.  The name is one in a group in the range derived from Norse mythology, Valhalla being the great hall where Odin receives and feasts the souls of heroes who have fallen bravely in battle.  The name was suggested by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in consultation with New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC).||
15846|Valhalla Glacier|Glacier|773343S|1615841E|-77.561884|161.978172|||01/01/1976|A small glacier in the Asgard Range located between Mount Valhalla and Conrow Glacier.  It flows part way down the N wall of the range toward Wright Valley.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) and New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in consultation.||
15847|Valiente Peak|Summit|652700S|0634300W|-65.45|-63.7166667|2165|7103|01/01/1960|Peak, 2,165 m, standing close N of the mouth of Lever Glacier where the latter enters Beascochea Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot and named by him "Sommet Saens Valiente," probably for Captain J.P. Saenz Valiente of Argentina.  Remapped by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill during surveys in Beascochea Bay in August 1935 and a journey to Trooz Glacier in January 1936.  Name shortened by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959.||
15848|Mount Valikhanov|Summit|714900S|0121500E|-71.8166667|12.25|2800|9186|01/01/1970|Mountain, 2,800 m, standing 1 mi NW of Mount Mirotvortsev in Sudliche Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Russian geographer Chokan Valikhanov (1935-65).||
15850|Mount Valinski|Summit|843200S|1773000E|-84.5333333|177.5|1640|5381|01/01/1962|A rock peak, 1,640 m, standing just S of Millington Glacier and 4 mi W of Ramsey Glacier in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for J.E. Valinski, USN, radio operator on U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47) Flight 8, Feb. 16, 1947, when this feature was photographed from the air.||
15851|Valken Hill|Summit|712900S|0015900W|-71.4833333|-1.9833333|||01/01/1966|A hill 6 mi SW of Marsteinen Nunatak in the N part of Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Valken (the roll).||
15852|Mount Valkyrie|Summit|773244S|1621857E|-77.545532|162.315798|||01/01/1972|A dolerite capped peak on the S wall of Wright Valley, separating Bartley and Meserve Glaciers in the Asgard Range of Victoria Land.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1958-59, after the Valkyries of Norse mythology.||
15853|Valkyrie Dome|Summit|773000S|0373000E|-77.5|37.5|3700|12139||An ice dome rising to c. 3,700 m in eastern Queen Maud Land.  In 1963-64, a Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) oversnow traverse crossed the N part of the dome at an elevation over 3,600 meters.  The feature was delineated by the SPRI-NSF-TUD airborne radio echo sounding program, 1967-79, and named from Norse mythology after the Valkyrie, who carried aloft those that had fallen in battle.||
15857|Vallot Glacier|Glacier|671800S|0673000W|-67.3|-67.5|||01/01/1965|A glacier flowing NW to Laubeuf Fjord close S of Lewis Peaks, on Arrowsmith Peninsula in Graham Land.  Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from surveys and air photos, 1948-59.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Joseph Vallot, French naturalist and glaciologist who first measured the surface velocity of a glacier over a long period, in Switzerland, 1891-99.||
15858|Valter Butte|Summit|715400S|0031400W|-71.9|-3.2333333|||01/01/1966|An ice-free butte on the E side of Schytt Glacier, about 5 mi WNW of Mount Schumacher in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named for Stig Valter Schytt, second in command and glaciologist with the expedition.||
15861|Mount Van Buren|Summit|711800S|0633000W|-71.3|-63.5|||01/01/1976|The prominent mountain 3 mi NNW of Mount Jackson, at the E side of the Dyer Plateau, Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974. The name was applied by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Mount Jackson.  Martin Van Buren (1782-1862) was the eighth President of the United States, 1837-41.  He was Vice President, 1833-37, during the second term of President Andrew Jackson.||
15862|Mount Vance|Summit|752800S|1393400W|-75.4666667|-139.5666667|840|2756|01/01/1966|A mountain (840 m) rising between Mount LeMasurier and Mount McCrory in the Ickes Mountains of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Dale L. Vance, ionospheric scientist at Byrd Station, 1963, and U.S. Exchange Scientist to the Vostok station, 1971.||
15863|Vance Bluff|Cliff|814900S|1565500E|-81.8166667|156.9166667|||01/01/1965|A small ice-covered eminence near the polar plateau, 10 mi N of Laird Plateau.  Its flat summit merges with the ice sheet to the north and west, but there is a steep cliff along the south side.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the USS Vance, ocean station ship in support of aircraft flights between New Zealand and McMurdo Sound during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1962.||
15864|Lake Vanda|Lake|773148S|1613422E|-77.530116|161.572855|||01/01/1962|Lake, 3 mi long, just E of the Dais in Wright Valley, Victoria Land.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1958-59) after a dog used by C. Bull, leader of this party, in the British North Greenland Expedition.||
15865|Vandament Glacier|Glacier|851900S|1671000E|-85.3166667|167.1666667|||01/01/1966|An east-flowing glacier, 6 mi long, draining the east-central portion of the Dominion Range icecap.  The glacier lies close S of Koski Glacier, whose flow it parallels, and terminates 2 mi NW of Safety Spur.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charles H. Vandament, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) ionospheric physicist at South Pole Station, 1962.||
15867|Mount Van der Essen|Summit|723500S|0312300E|-72.5833333|31.3833333|2525|8284|01/01/1966|Mountain, 2,525 m, just S of Mount Gillet in the Belgica Mountains.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1957-58, under G. de Gerlache, who named it for Alfred Van der Essen, director at the Ministry of Foreign Affairs and a patron of the expedition.||03/07/1997
15868|Vanderford Glacier|Glacier|663500S|1102600E|-66.5833333|110.4333333|||01/01/1955|A glacier about 5 mi wide flowing NW into the SE side of Vincennes Bay, close S of the Windmill Islands.  Mapped from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Benjamin Vanderford, pilot of the sloop of war Vincennes of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) under Wilkes, 1838-42.||
15869|Mount Vanderheyden|Summit|723000S|0312000E|-72.5|31.3333333|2120|6955|01/01/1962|Mountain, 2,120 m, standing 1.5 mi NE of Mount Bastin on the N side of the Belgica Mountains.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1957-58, under G. de Gerlache.  He named it for Henri Vanderheyden, aircraft mechanic with the expedition.||
15870|Mount Van der Hoeven|Summit|715400S|1612500E|-71.9|161.4166667|1940|6365|01/01/1964|A mountain (1,940 m) at the N side of the head of Boggs Valley, near the center of Helliwell Hills.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Frans G. Van der Hoeven, seismologist and leader of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP)-sponsored Victoria Land Traverse, 1959-60.  The 1,530 mile seismic and topographic traverse in Tucker Sno-Cat vehicles took a roughly triangular course, beginning at Hut Point Peninsula, Ross Island, and ascending to the plateau of Victoria Land via Skelton Glacier.  From there a NW course was followed on interior plateau to 7109S, 13912E.  The party returned eastward, keeping S of the 72S parallel to 7237S, 16132E (E side of Outback Nunataks), from where the party was evacuated by aircraft of U.S. Navy Squadron VX-6.||
15871|Mount Van der Veer|Summit|764100S|1455400W|-76.6833333|-145.9|||01/01/1966|A mountain about 8 mi SE of Mount Ronne in the Haines Mountains, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Willard Van der Veer, photographer with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1928-30).||
15872|Vane Glacier|Glacier|751500S|1101900W|-75.25|-110.3166667|||01/01/1976|A broad glacier that drains the NE slopes of Mount Murphy in Marie Byrd Land.  It enters Crosson Ice Shelf between Eisberg Head and Boyd Head.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gregg A. Vane, U.S. Exchange Scientist at the Soviet station Novolazerevskaya in 1972.||
15874|Mount Vang|Summit|732600S|0670900W|-73.4333333|-67.15|||01/01/1955|An isolated mountain standing southward of George VI Sound and 80 mi ESE of Eklund Islands in southern Palmer Land. Discovered by Finn Ronne and Carl Eklund of U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, during their sledge journey through George VI Sound.  Resighted from the air on a flight of Dec. 3, 1947 by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne.  Named by Ronne for Knut Vang of Brooklyn, NY, who contributed photographic materials to the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) 1947-48.||
15876|Vangengeym Glacier|Glacier|711700S|0134800E|-71.2833333|13.8|||01/01/1970|A glacier about 6 mi long, draining the vicinity E of Mount Mentzel and flowing N toward Mount Seekopf in the Gruber Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61 and named after Soviet meteorologist Georgiy Vangengeym (1886-1961).||
15877|Vanguard Nunatak|Summit|823300S|0473800W|-82.55|-47.6333333|715|2346|01/01/1968|A conspicuous cone-shaped nunatak, 715 m, standing at the northern extremity of Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  So named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for its prominent position at the north end of Forrestal Range.||
15878|Vanhöffen Bluff|Cliff|530000S|0732100E|-53|73.35|225|738|01/01/1957|A rocky bluff (225 m) immediately E of Jacka Glacier on the N coast of Heard Island.  The German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Drygalski, during its 1902 investigations of the area, applied the name Kap Vanhoffen to a cliffed feature about 1.5 mi to the NW, near The Sentinel. The Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), during its 1948 survey of the island, transferred the Vanhoffen name to this bluff, reporting that no well-marked cape exists along the high cliffs to the northwest.||03/07/1997
15879|Van Hulssen Island|Island|673300S|0624300E|-67.55|62.7166667|||01/01/1961|A small island lying 3 mi NW of Flat Islands in Holme Bay. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and perhaps included in the scattered islands which they called Ytterskjera.  Van Hulssen Island was included in a triangulation carried out by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1954, and in 1955 a party established an automatic meteorological station there.  Named by ANCA for F.A. Van Hulssen, radio station supervisor at Mawson Station in 1955.||
15880|Van Hulssen Islands|Island|673300S|0624300E|-67.55|62.7166667|||01/01/1970|A group of about ten small islands, of which Van Hulssen Island is the largest, lying 1.5 mi N of Pila Island in Holme Bay.  The islands were mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and included as part of a group called "Ytterskjera."  They were remapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE), 1954-62, and named after the largest island in the group.||
15881|Van Hulssen Nunatak|Summit|675900S|0624500E|-67.9833333|62.75|||01/01/1965|Nunatak at the S end of the Trilling Peaks in the Framnes Mountains, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Named by ANCA for F. Van Hulssen, technical officer (ionosphere) at Mawson Station in 1959.||
15882|Van Loon Glacier|Glacier|710100S|1632400E|-71.0166667|163.4|||01/01/1975|A tributary glacier, 7 mi long, draining the eastern slopes of the Bowers Mountains between Rasturguev Glacier and Montigny Glacier.  It merges into the larger Graveson Glacier at the east margin of the mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for meteorologist Harry van Loon, a member of the Antarctic Weather Central team at Little America on the Ross Ice Shelf 1957-58, who has written numerous scientific papers dealing with Antarctic and southern hemisphere atmospheric research.||
15883|Mount Van Mieghem|Summit|723600S|0311400E|-72.6|31.2333333|2450|8038|01/01/1965|Mountain, 2,450 m, standing 1 mi S of Mount Perov in the Belgica Mountains.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1957-58, under G. de Gerlache, who named it for Prof. Jacques Van Mieghem, president of the scientific committee of the expedition.||
15884|Vanni Peak|Summit|670500S|0670600W|-67.0833333|-67.1|||01/01/1965|A peak 3 mi N of Mount Lagally in the Dorsey Mountains, on Arrowsmith Peninsula in Graham Land.  Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from surveys and air photos, 1956-59.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Manfredo Vanni, Italian hydrologist and glaciologist.||
15885|Vann Peak|Summit|845000S|1164300W|-84.8333333|-116.7166667|2140|7021|01/01/1962|A small but prominent bare rock peak (2,140 m) which is the central and dominant feature of three aligned peaks at the W end of Ohio Range.  Surveyed by the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Horlick Mountains Traverse party in Dec. 1958.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charlie E. Vann, chief of the photogrammetry unit responsible for Antarctic maps in the Branch of Special Maps, U.S. Geological Survey.||
15886|Mount Van Pelt|Summit|711500S|0354300E|-71.25|35.7166667|2000|6562|01/01/1966|A steep, bare rock mountain (2,000 m) next east of Mount DeBreuck in the northern part of the Queen Fabiola Mountains. Discovered on Oct. 7, 1960 by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Guido Derom. Named by Derom for Guy Van Pelt, radio operator on Belgian aircraft during reconnoitering flights in this area in 1960.||
15887|Van Reeth Glacier|Glacier|862500S|1480000W|-86.4166667|-148|||01/01/1967|A tributary glacier about 20 mi long, draining westward to Scott Glacier between Mounts Blackburn and Bowlin, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Eugene W. Van Reeth, pilot with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 in Antarctica during Operation Deep Freeze 1966, 1967 and 1968, and Squadron Commander in 1969.||
15888|Van Rocks|Island|630600S|0625000W|-63.1|-62.8333333|||01/01/1965|Very conspicuous pinnacle rocks lying close W of Cape James, Smith Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Roughly shown as a small island on a chart resulting from a British expedition under Foster, 1828-31.  More accurately delineated by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1959 from air photos taken by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE), 1955-57. So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because they mark the first or westernmost of the South Shetland Islands.||
15892|Vanssay Point|Summit|650400S|0640100W|-65.0666667|-64.0166667|||01/01/1952|The extremity of a small peninsula which extends N into the W portion of Port Charcot, Booth Island, in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under Charcot, and named by him for Monsieur De Vanssay de Blavous.||
15893|Vantage Hill|Summit|801600S|1552200E|-80.2666667|155.3666667|2000|6562|01/01/1965|A flat-topped hill, over 2,000 m above sea level and 300 m above the surrounding plateau, standing 10 mi SW of Mount Henderson in the western part of Britannia Range.  This is the most southerly point reached by the Darwin Glacier Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1957-58), who gave it this name because of the splendid view it afforded.||
15894|Vantage Hills|Range|733300S|1622700E|-73.55|162.45|||01/01/1967|Small, escarpment-like hills located 5 mi W of the S end of Gair Mesa.  The hills overlook the saddle of the Campbell Glacier with Rennick Glacier from the south, in Victoria Land.  So named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, for their position of "vantage."||
15895|Mount Van Valkenburg|Summit|771900S|1420600W|-77.3166667|-142.1|1165|3822|01/01/1947|Mountain, 1,165 m, standing 1 mi S of Mount Burnham in the Clark Mountains of the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered on aerial flights from West Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and named for Prof. Samuel Van Valkenburg, Director of the School of Geography at Clark University.||03/07/1997
15896|Mount Van Veen|Summit|713500S|1615400E|-71.5833333|161.9|1510|4954|01/01/1970|A precipitous, mainly ice-free mountain rising to 1,510 m at the S side of Jupiter Amphitheatre in the Morozumi Range. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard C. Van Veen, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
15899|Vapour Col|Gap|625900S|0604400W|-62.9833333|-60.7333333|||01/01/1965|Col lying S of Stonethrow Ridge on the W side of Deception Island in the South Shetland Islands.  The name given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 originates from the fumaroles in the col.  This is the only locality on Deception Island where there is a complete cross section through the volcanic succession.||
15901|Varney Nunatak|Summit|755600S|1623100E|-75.9333333|162.5166667|||01/01/1968|An ice-free nunatak at the S side of the mouth of Harbord Glacier in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1957-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Kenneth L. Varney, U.S. Navy (USN), Equipment Operator at McMurdo Station during the 1965-66 and 1966-67 summer seasons.||
15902|Mount Vartdal|Summit|665100S|0642300W|-66.85|-64.3833333|1505|4938|01/01/1953|Snow-capped peak, 1,505 m, surmounting and forming part of the plateau escarpment along the E coast of Graham Land.  It is situated 4 mi NE of Karpf Point on the N side of Mill Inlet. Charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947 and named for Hroar Vartdal, Norwegian polar bibliographer.  This feature was photographed from the air during 1947 by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne.||
15903|Lake Vashka|Lake|772052S|1611022E|-77.347812|161.172654|||01/01/1964|A lake near the center of Barwick Valley, about 4 mi E of Webb Glacier in Victoria Land.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1958-59) after Vashka (Vaska), a sled dog of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
15904|Vashka Crag|Cliff|771841S|1610404E|-77.311512|161.067674|||01/01/1976|An abrupt rock crag at the E end of The Fortress, a series of four promontories on the N side of Barwick Valley in Victoria Land.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1959-60, in association with nearby Lake Vashka, located just below and to the southeast.||
15906|Mount Vaughan|Summit|855700S|1555000W|-85.95|-155.8333333|3140|10302|01/01/1952|A prominent peak, 3,140 m, standing 4 mi SSW of Mount Griffith on the ridge at the head of Vaughan Glacier, in the Hays Mountains of the Queen Maud Mountains.  Named for Norman D. Vaughan, dog driver with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Laurence Gould which explored the mountains in this vicinity in December 1929.  The map resulting from the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30, applied the name Mount Vaughan to the southern portion of Mount Goodale (q.v.), but the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) has modified the original naming to apply to this larger peak which lies 15 mi southeastward.||
15907|Vaughan Glacier|Glacier|855500S|1531200W|-85.9166667|-153.2|||01/01/1967|A tributary glacier, 10 mi long, draining eastward from Mount Vaughan to enter Scott Glacier just south of Taylor Ridge, in the Hays Mountains of the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Mount Vaughan.||
15908|Vaughan Island|Island|540000S|0381100W|-54|-38.1833333|||01/01/1964|Small, conical tussock-covered island close E of Main Island in the Willis Islands, South Georgia.  Roughly charted by DI personnel on the Discovery in the period 1926-30. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Lieutenant Commander Hugh L.F. Vaughan, Royal Navy (RN), First Lieutenant of His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Owen, which surveyed this area in 1961.||
15909|Vaughan Promontory|Cliff|830800S|1673500E|-83.1333333|167.5833333|||01/01/1966|A high, rugged ice-covered promontory which extends eastward from Holland Range between Ekblad and Morton Glaciers. It terminates in Cape Maude overlooking Ross Ice Shelf.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander V.J. Vaughan, U.S. Navy (USN), commanding officer of USS Glacier during Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1964 and 1965.||
15912|Vauréal Peak|Summit|621100S|0581800W|-62.1833333|-58.3|||01/01/1960|Rocky peak at the E side of the entrance to Admiralty Bay, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name "Cap Vaureal" was assigned in this location by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot in 1908-10.  Air photos now show that the most prominent feature in the vicinity is this peak.||
15913|Vavilov Hill|Summit|720200S|0131100E|-72.0333333|13.1833333|2640|8661|01/01/1970|Hill, 2,640 m, standing 3 mi W of Shatskiy Hill in the Weyprecht Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  First roughly plotted from air photos by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Soviet botanist Nikolay I. Vavilov.||
15914|Vázquez Island|Island|645500S|0632500W|-64.9166667|-63.4166667|||01/01/1965|Island lying between Fridtjof and Bob Islands, off the SE side of Wiencke Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05.  The name appears on an Argentine government chart of 1950.||
15918|Vedel Islands|Island|650700S|0641500W|-65.1166667|-64.25|||01/01/1963|Group of small islands lying 2 mi W of Hovgaard Island in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  The largest island of this group was discovered in 1898 and given the name Vedel by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache.  The French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot charted the remaining islands in 1904, and again in 1909, when the name was extended to include the entire group.||
15919|Vedkosten Peak|Summit|720100S|0035800E|-72.0166667|3.9666667|2285|7497|01/01/1966|A bare peak, 2,285 m, standing 1 mi SE of Hoggestabben Butte in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Vedkosten (the wooden broom).||
15920|Vedskålen Ridge|Ridge|720300S|0035600E|-72.05|3.9333333|||01/01/1966|A prominent rock and ice ridge on the NW side of Mount Hochlin, in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains of Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Vedskalen (the wooden shed).||
15921|Vee Cliffs|Cliff|773748S|1674525E|-77.630087|167.75692|||01/01/1972|Steep, mainly ice-covered cliffs, 4 mi long, between Aurora and Terror Glaciers on the S shore of Ross Island.  The name is suggested by two prominent V-shape wedges which protrude from the cliff wall.  The name was first used by Dr. Edward A. Wilson who, with Thomas V. Hodgson of British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, visited the cliffs in November 1903.||
15923|Vega Island|Island|635000S|0572500W|-63.8333333|-57.4166667|||01/01/1952|Island, 17 mi long and 6 mi wide, which is the northernmost of the James Ross Island group and lies in the W part of Erebus and Terror Gulf.  It is separated from James Ross Island by Herbert Sound and from Trinity Peninsula by Prince Gustav Channel.  The island was named by Dr. Otto Nordenskjold, leader of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, apparently for the ship making the first voyage through the Northeast Passage, 1878-79.||
15924|Vegetation Island|Island|744700S|1633700E|-74.7833333|163.6166667|||01/01/1947|A narrow island lying 2 mi N of Inexpressible Island and just W of the Northern Foothills, along the coast of Victoria Land.  Discovered by the Northern Party of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, who named it because the rocks were densely covered with lichens.||
15925|Veier Head|Cliff|662900S|0614200W|-66.4833333|-61.7|||01/01/1963|A high, snow-covered headland which marks the southernmost point of Jason Peninsula on the east coast of Graham Land. Norwegian explorer Captain C.A. Larsen discovered what he charted as an island in this vicinity on Dec. 9, 1893.  The feature was first seen by Soren Andersen First Mate of the Jason, and was named "Veieroen" after his home, Veierland or Veieroen, in Norway.  It is possible that Larsen mistook this high southern part of Jason Peninsula (which agrees well with his position and is conspicuous from seaward) for a separate island. In order to preserve Larsen's original name in the area, the name Veier Head has been approved for the headland described.||
15929|Veitch Point|Summit|603600S|0460300W|-60.6|-46.05|||01/01/1952|Point situated centrally along the NE end of Monroe Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted in 1933 by DI personnel on the Discovery II and named for R.S. Veitch, sounding machine technician of the ship.||
15931|Vela Bluff|Cliff|711000S|0665600W|-71.1666667|-66.9333333|||01/01/1976|A large isolated nunatak which signposts the only known route across the lower part of Ryder Glacier.  It is located 5 mi W of Canopus Crags and 11 mi from the W coast Palmer Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the constellation of Vela.||
15932|Mount Velain|Summit|664200S|0674400W|-66.7|-67.7333333|750|2461|01/01/1950|Mountain, 750 m, with an isolated, black triangular summit showing through its snow mantle, standing in the NE part of Adelaide Island.  First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) 1903-05, under Charcot, and named by him for Charles Velain, French geologist and geographer, and professor of physical geography at the Sorbonne.||
15937|Velie Nunatak|Summit|742300S|0991000W|-74.3833333|-99.1666667|||01/01/1968|A nunatak located 9 mi N of Mount Moses in the Hudson Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Edward C. Velie, meteorologist at Byrd Station, 1967.||
15938|Veli Peak|Summit|773828S|1612757E|-77.640994|161.465906|||01/01/1976|A peak just E of Idun Peak and 1 mi S of Brunhilde Peak in the Asgard Range of Victoria Land.  The precise origin of "Veli," applied by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC), is not known.||
15939|Venable Ice Shelf|Glacier|730300S|0872000W|-73.05|-87.3333333|||01/01/1968|An ice shelf, 40 mi long and 15 mi wide, between Fletcher and Allison Peninsulas, Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Cdm. J.D. Venable, U.S. Navy (USN), Ships Operations Officer, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, 1967 and 1968.||
15940|Vendehø Heights|Summit|721900S|0012800E|-72.3166667|1.4666667|||01/01/1966|A broad ice-covered elevation surmounted by several rock crags, rising close SE of Tverrveggen Ridge in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Vendeho.||
15941|Vendeholten Mountain|Summit|721200S|0012000E|-72.2|1.3333333|2230|7316|01/01/1966|A mountain, 2,230 m, standing N of Tverrbrekka Pass in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Vendeholten.||
15943|Venetz Peak|Summit|802300S|0253000W|-80.3833333|-25.5|1500|4921||A peak rising to c. 1,500 m and surmounting the SE rim of Bonney Bowl in the Herbert Mountains, Shackleton Range. Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of glacial geologists grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after Ignaz Venetz-Sitten (known as Venetz, 1788-1859), Swiss engineer and glacial geologist who, in 1821, first expressed in detail the idea that Alpine glaciers were formerly much more extensive.||
15944|Vengen Spur|Ridge|720400S|0234000E|-72.0666667|23.6666667|||01/01/1966|Rocky spur projecting N from the E part of Mount Wideroe in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Vengen (the wing).||
15945|Mount Vennum|Summit|713300S|0615300W|-71.55|-61.8833333|||01/01/1976|A mountain surmounting the NE part of Rowley Massif on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Walter R. Vennum, geologist, a member of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geological and mapping party to the Lassiter Coast, 1972-73.||
15947|Venta Plateau|Plain|800300S|1554000E|-80.05|155.6666667|2000|6562||A small plateau rising to 1,800-2,000 m between the heads of Isca Valley and Lemanis Valley, located 4 mi E of Haven Mountain in the Britannia Range.  Named in association with Britannia by a University of Waikato (New Zealand) geological party, 1978-79, led by M.J. Selby.  Venta is a historical name used in Roman Britain for present-day Winchester.||
15948|Ventifact Knobs|Summit|774107S|1623603E|-77.6852778|162.6008333|36|118|01/01/1960|Minor knobs, 3 to 6 m high, composed of lake clay covered by glacial drift.  The glacial drift has cobbles that are well polished by the wind and cut into ventifacts.  The knobs are covered by ventifacts, suggesting the name, and are located just E of Lake Bonney in Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  Named by U.S. geologist Troy L. Pewe who was first to study and describe the knobs in Dec. 1957.||12/23/2020
15953|Venture Dome|Summit|683600S|0621300E|-68.6|62.2166667|||01/01/1971|A large, heavily crevassed ice dome about 30 mi S of Mount Twintop in Mac. Robertson Land.  The feature had been seen by several parties traveling S from Mawson Station since 1957, but it had been avoided.  In 1967, Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveyor J. Manning selected a route through the crevasses and established a beaconed tellurometer station on it.  So named by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) to indicate the risk taken in crossing the dome.||
15954|Venus Bay|Bay|615500S|0575400W|-61.9166667|-57.9|||01/01/1960|Bay 6 mi wide, lying between False Round Point and Brimstone Peak along the N side of King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name Esther Bay was used for this feature by Scottish geologist David Ferguson in 1913-14.  Since the ship Esther is already commemorated on two neighboring features, the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) recommended a new name in 1960; Venus Bay is named for the schooner Venus from New York, which visited the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21, and was wrecked on a reef in the entrance to nearby Esther Harbor on Mar. 7, 1821.  Her crew was rescued a few days later by the Esther and Emerald.||
15955|Venus Glacier|Glacier|713800S|0681500W|-71.6333333|-68.25|||01/01/1955|Glacier on the E coast of Alexander Island, 10 mi long and 6 mi wide at its mouth flowing E into George VI Sound between Keystone Cliffs and Triton Point.  The coast in this vicinity was first seen from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth on Nov. 23. 1935 and roughly mapped from photos obtained on that flight by W.L.G. Joerg.  The glacier was first surveyed in 1949 by. the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for the planet Venus.||
15956|Venzke Glacier|Glacier|750000S|1342400W|-75|-134.4|||01/01/1974|A broad glacier flowing northward between Bowyer Butte and Perry Range into Getz Ice Shelf on the coast of Marie Byrd Land. The glacier was discovered and photographed from aircraft of the U.S. Antarctic Service in December 1940.  It was mapped in detail by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy photographs, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Norman C. Venzke, USCG, Commanding Officer of U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Northwind in Antarctica, 1972 and 1973, and a participant in several other Deep Freeze operations as ship's company officer aboard icebreakers.||
15957|Verblyud Island|Island|700000S|0155500E|-70|15.9166667|200|656|01/01/1970|An ice-covered island whose summit rises 200 m above the surrounding ice shelf, situated at the E margin of Lazarev Ice Shelf along the coast of Queen Maud Land.  First mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1961 and named Kupol Verblyud (camel dome).||
15959|Verdant Islands|Island|540000S|0380900W|-54|-38.15|||01/01/1963|Two small tussuck-covered islands between Trinity Island and Hall Island in the Willis Islands at South Georgia.  The descriptive name "Verdant Island" was given following the DI survey in 1930.  The name was amended in 1985 to include the two islands described.||
15966|Verdi Inlet|Stream|713600S|0743000W|-71.6|-74.5|||01/01/1961|An ice-filled inlet between Pesce Peninsula and Harris Peninsula, on the N side of Beethoven Peninsula, Alexander Island.  Observed from the air and first roughly mapped by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48.  Remapped from the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) air photos by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Giuseppe Verdi (1813-1901), Italian opera composer.||
15967|Vere Ice Rise|Glacier|702700S|0724400W|-70.45|-72.7333333||||A small ice rise in Wilkins Ice Shelf, off W Alexander Island.  It was roughly mapped from the air by British Antarctic Survey (BAS) on a radio echo sounding flight, Feb. 1, 1967, and later accurately positioned from U.S. Landsat imagery of Feb. 1979.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1980 after Flight Lieutenant Robert P. Vere, RAF, the second pilot of the Twin Otter aircraft used on the British Antarctic Survey (BAS) flight.||
15968|Lake Vereteno|Lake|683100S|0782500E|-68.5166667|78.4166667|||01/01/1970|A narrow lake, 1.5 mi long, located in the NE part of Breidnes Peninsula, Vestfold Hills, approximately 1.5 mi S of Luncke Ridge.  The lake was first photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47), and subsequently by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1954-58), and the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (1956).  Named Ozero Veretenu (spindle lake) by the latter.||
15969|Verge Rocks|Island|653400S|0643400W|-65.5666667|-64.5666667|||01/01/1971|Two rocks lying 2 mi N of Chavez Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57.  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because the rocks lie on the edge of Grandidier Channel.||
15970|Mount Verhaegen|Summit|723400S|0310800E|-72.5666667|31.1333333|2300|7546|01/01/1965|Ice-free mountain, 2,300 m, standing immediately W of Mount Perov in the Belgica Mountains.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1957-58, under G. de Gerlache and named by him for Baron Pierre Verhaegen, collaborator of the expedition.||
15971|Mount Verhage|Summit|712300S|1634200E|-71.3833333|163.7|2450|8038|01/01/1970|A prominent mountain, 2,450 m, standing directly at the head of Smithson Glacier in the Bowers Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Ronald G. Verhage, U.S. Navy (USN), supply officer at McMurdo Station, winter party, 1967.||
15972|Mount Verlautz|Summit|864600S|1530000W|-86.7666667|-153|2490|8169|01/01/1967|A mountain 2 490 m standing just N of the mouth of Poulter Glacier in the SE end of the Rawson Mountains, Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Major Sidney J. Verlautz, U.S. Army Transportation Corps, who served as logistics research officer on the staff of the Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica.||
15973|Verleger Point|Summit|744200S|1361500W|-74.7|-136.25|||01/01/1974|Point marking the W side of the entrance to Siniff Bay on the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) W.F. Verleger, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), Master of the Jacob Ruppert on the first trip to Bay of Whales (1933) during Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35.||
15974|Mount Verne|Summit|674500S|0673400W|-67.75|-67.5666667|1645|5397|01/01/1956|Mountain, 1,645 m, standing 6 mi E of Bongrain Point and dominating the S part of Pourquoi Pas Island, off the W coast of Graham Land.  First sighted and roughly surveyed in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot.  Resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and named by them for Jules Verne, author of Twenty Thousand Leagues Under the Sea.  Other features on Pourquoi Pas Island are named after characters in this book.||
15975|Verner Island|Island|673500S|0625300E|-67.5833333|62.8833333|||01/01/1965|One of the Jocelyn Islands, lying just W of Petersen Island in Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Remapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956 and named Verner Pedersen, chief officer of the Thala Dan in 1961.||
15976|Vernier Valley|Valley|775821S|1610901E|-77.972488|161.150331|||01/01/1993|An ice-free valley on the E side of Mount Blackwelder in the NE part of Wilkniss Mountains, Victoria Land.  The name is one of a group in the area associated with surveying applied in 1993 by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB); vernier being a graduated scale used on measuring instruments to allow the reading of finer subdivisions.||
15977|Mount Vernon Harcourt|Summit|723200S|1695500E|-72.5333333|169.9166667|1570|5151|01/01/1950|A remarkable conical mountain (1,570 m) in the south-central part of Hallett Peninsula, Victoria Land. Discovered in January 1841 by Sir James Clark Ross and named by him for the Reverend W. Vernon Harcourt, one of the founders of the British Association.||
15978|Verte Island|Island|664400S|1411100E|-66.7333333|141.1833333|||01/01/1955|Small rocky island 1 mi N of Double Islands and 1.5 mi E of the tip of Zelee Glacier Tongue.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1949-51, and so named by them because of its greenish appearance, "verte" being French for green.||
15979|Vertigo Bluff|Cliff|833500S|1670000E|-83.5833333|167|1950|6398|01/01/1972|A prominent rock bluff (1,950 m) located 4 mi S of Asquith Bluff on the W side of Lennox-King Glacier.  Rock samples were collected at the bluff by John Gunner and Henry Brecher of the Ohio State University Geological Expedition, 1969-70.  The name suggested by Gunner reflects the precipitous nature of the bluff face.||
15980|Vertigo Cliffs|Cliff|634800S|0572600W|-63.8|-57.4333333|200|656||Spectacular, near vertical cliffs on the N coast of Vega Island.  The cliffs rise to c. 200 m and extend W for 7 mi from Cape Well-met, broken by a cirque near the W end.  Named allusively by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1987.||
15981|Mount Vesalius|Summit|640400S|0615900W|-64.0666667|-61.9833333|765|2510|01/01/1965|Mountain, 765 m, standing NW of Macleod Point, Liege Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1950.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Vesalius (1514-1564), Flemish anatomist who wrote a pioneer work on the structure of the human body which revolutionized the whole concept of the subject.||
15982|Vesconte Point|Summit|683100S|0651200W|-68.5166667|-65.2|||01/01/1962|A steep rock point on the S side of Bermel Peninsula (q.v.), Bowman Coast, marking the extremity of a spur running SE from the easternmost of the Bowditch Crests.  The point was first roughly mapped by W.L.G. Joerg from air photos taken by Lincoln Ellsworth on Nov. 23, 1935; surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), Dec. 1958.  In association with the names of pioneers of navigation grouped in this area, it was named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Petrus Vesconte of Genoa, the earliest known chartmaker whose charts survive (the first dated 1311).||
15983|Vesëlaya Mountain|Summit|713800S|0123200E|-71.6333333|12.5333333|2385|7825|01/01/1970|Mountain with a sharp summit, 2,385 m, forming the N end of the Svarttindane Peaks in Sudliche Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named Gora Veselaya (cheerful mountain).||
15984|Veslekletten Peak|Summit|720500S|0032600W|-72.0833333|-3.4333333|||01/01/1966|A small mountain about 1 mi S of Storkletten Peak on the Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Veslekletten (the little mountain).||
15985|Vesleknausen Rock|Summit|695600S|0385300E|-69.9333333|38.8833333|110|361|01/01/1968|A rock, 1 10 m, standing 3 mi SW of Rundvags Head on the SE shore of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Vesleknausen (the tiny crag).||04/11/2001
15987|Veslenupen Peak|Summit|720700S|0021300E|-72.1166667|2.2166667|||01/01/1966|A peak near the N end of Nupskammen Ridge in the Gjelsvik Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Veslenupen (the little peak).||
15989|Vesleskarvet Cliff|Cliff|714000S|0025100W|-71.6666667|-2.85|||01/01/1966|A rock cliffs mi N of Lorentzen Peak, on the W side of Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Vesleskarvet (the little barren mountain).||
15990|Veslestabben Nunatak|Summit|694200S|0373500E|-69.7|37.5833333|||01/01/1968|An isolated nunatak standing in the central part of Botnneset Peninsula on the S side of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Veslestabben (the little stump).||
15991|Vesletind Peak|Summit|721000S|0030200W|-72.1666667|-3.0333333|||01/01/1966|A small peak 3 mi ESE of Aurho Peak on the Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Vesletind (little peak).||
15992|Vestal Ridge|Ridge|775327S|1603737E|-77.890958|160.627038|2240|7349|01/01/1993|A steep rock ridge in SE Beacon Valley, rising to 2,240 m and forming the divide between Mullins Valley and Farnell Valley, in the Quartermain Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1993 after J. Robie Vestal (1942-92), microbiologist at the University of Cincinnati, 1983-92; chairman of the advisory committee to the Division of Polar Programs, National Science Foundation, 1990-91.  His research in Antarctica focused on adaptations of microbial ecosystems to the extreme environments.||
15993|Vesta Nunataks|Summit|711800S|0684200W|-71.3|-68.7|1200|3937||A group of nunataks rising to c. 1,200 m between Grikurov Ridge in LeMay Range and Aeolus Ridge in Planet Heights, eastern Alexander Island.  In association with the names of planets and their satellites in this area, named after Vesta, an asteroid that lies between the orbits of Mars and Jupiter.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1987.||
15994|Vestbanen Moraine|Ridge|713500S|0115900E|-71.5833333|11.9833333|||01/01/1970|A medial moraine in Humboldt Graben, originating near Zwiesel Mountain and trending N in string-like fashion for 13 mi along the W flank of the Petermann Ranges, Wohlthat Mountains. First plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Remapped by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Vestbanen (the west path).  The feature is similar to Austbanen Moraine which parallels it 7 mi eastward.||
15996|Vestfold Hills|Range|683300S|0781500E|-68.55|78.25|||01/01/1947|An area of rounded rock coastal hills, 200 square mi in extent, located at the N side of Sorsdal Glacier on Ingrid Christensen Coast.  The hills are subdivided by three west-trending peninsulas bounded by narrow fjords.  Most of the hills range between 30 and 90 meters, the highest summit being nearly 160 meters.  Discovered and a landing made in the northern portion, Feb. 20, 1935, by Captain Klarius Mikkelsen in the Norwegian whaling ship Thorshavn sent out by Lars Christensen.  Named after Vestfold, a county in Norway where Sandefjord, headquarters of the whaling industry is located. This hill area and its off-lying islands were mapped from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37). Further brief landings were made by Lincoln Ellsworth in 1939, and the area was photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Landings were made and exploration carried out in 1954 and 1955 by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) led by Phillip Law.  Davis Station was established by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in January 1957.||
15997|Vestfold Island|Island|542200S|0365500W|-54.3666667|-36.9166667||||A small island offshore, forming the NW entrance point to Larvik, a bay on the S coast of South Georgia.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), 1982, after the whaling firm A/S Vestfold, which operated the whaling ship Vestfold and a shore whaling station at the head of Stromness Harbor, from c. 1920.||
16001|Vesthaugen Nunatak|Summit|714200S|0234000E|-71.7|23.6666667|1400|4593|01/01/1965|Nunatak rising to 1,400 m, standing 15 mi NW of Brattnipane Peaks in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1946 from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition,1936-37, and in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named Vesthaugen (the west hill) by the Norwegians.||
16003|Vesthjelmen Peak|Summit|714200S|0261800E|-71.7|26.3|1810|5938|01/01/1965|Peak, 1,810 m, standing 8 mi W of Austhamaren Peak in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1946 from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47. Named Vesthjelmen (the west helmet) by the Norwegians.||
16004|Vesthovde Headland|Cliff|694500S|0372300E|-69.75|37.3833333|||01/01/1968|An icy headland, marked by several rock exposures, which forms the western elevated portion of Botnneset Peninsula on the S side of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Vesthovde (west knoll).||
16005|Cape Vestkapp|Cape|724000S|0190000W|-72.6666667|-19|||01/01/1970|A prominent westward projection of the ice front of the Riiser-Larsen Ice Shelf located midway along the ice front and about 60 mi W of the Kraul Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  First photographed from the air by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) in 1951-52 and mapped from these photos.  Named Vestkapp (west cape) by Norway.||
16007|Vestknatten Nunatak|Summit|694800S|0750300E|-69.8|75.05|||01/01/1973|An elongated nunatak in the center of Polarforschung Glacier, about 13 mi ESE of Mount Caroline Mikkelsen.  First mapped from air photographs by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Vestknatten (the west crag).  Visited by I.R. McLeod, geologist with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey party in Jan. 1969.||
16010|Vestreskorve Glacier|Glacier|715700S|0050500E|-71.95|5.0833333|||01/01/1967|A broad glacier in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, to the S of Breplogen Mountain, which drains from a position opposite the head of Austreskorve Glacier northwestward along the W side of Svarthamaren Mountain.  Plotted and named from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60).||
16013|Vestskotet Bluff|Cliff|731300S|0020900W|-73.2166667|-2.15|||01/01/1966|A bluff just S of Armalsryggen, at the W end of Neumayer Cliffs in Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographer from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Vestskotet (the west bulkhead).||
16014|Veststraumen Glacier|Glacier|741500S|0150000W|-74.25|-15|||01/01/1970|Glacier about 45 mi long draining west along the south end of Kraul Mountains into Riiser-Larsen Ice Shelf.  The glacier was seen in the course of a U.S. Navy LC-130 plane flight over the coast, Nov. 5, 1967, and was plotted by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from photographs obtained at that time.  In 1969, Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) gave the name "Endurance Glacier" to this feature (in remembrance of the ill-fated voyage of the Endurance in this part of Weddell Sea in 1915), but that naming was rescinded because UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) gave the identical name to a small glacier on Elephant Island.  The descriptive name "Veststraumen" (the west stream) appears on a 1972 Norsk Polarinstitutt map.||
16015|Vestvika Bay|Bay|691000S|0330000E|-69.1666667|33|||01/01/1970|A large bay on the west side of Riiser-Larsen Peninsula, along the coast of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Vestvika (west bay).||
16016|Vestvollen Bluff|Cliff|720600S|0033800E|-72.1|3.6333333|||01/01/1966|A rock and ice bluff forming the W side of Festninga Mountain in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named Vestvollen (the west wall).||
16017|Vestvorren Ridge|Ridge|730600S|0015300W|-73.1|-1.8833333|||01/01/1966|The western of two rock ridges which trend northward from the Neumayer Cliffs in Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Vestvorren (the west jetty).||
16018|Veten Mountain|Summit|723700S|0035000W|-72.6166667|-3.8333333|||01/01/1966|A mountain about 2 mi NW of Hogskavlen Mountain in the Borg Massif of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Veten (the beacon).||
16019|Veterok Rock|Summit|715400S|0144300E|-71.9|14.7166667|||01/01/1970|A prominent rock just N of Spraglegga Ridge in the Payer Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named in commemoration of the achievement of Soviet scientists in the study of space.||
16020|Veto Gap|Gap|732400S|1625400E|-73.4|162.9|||01/01/1967|A gap between Tobin and Gair Mesas in the Mesa Range of Victoria Land which provides access from upper Rennick Glacier to the Aeronaut Glacier.  Named "Veto" by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, because it decided that Pinnacle Gap to the north offered the better route from Rennick to Aviator Glacier.||
16021|Vetrov Hill|Summit|663400S|0925800E|-66.5666667|92.9666667|20|66|01/01/1961|Hill rising to 20 m, standing at the E side of the entrance to McDonald Bay on the coast of Antarctica.  Mapped from aerial photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Remapped by the Soviet expedition of 1956 which named it Vetrov (windy).||
16022|Mount Veynberg|Summit|672700S|0673400W|-67.45|-67.5666667|900|2953|01/01/1965|A mountain rising to c. 900 m in the S part of Haslam Heights, on Arrowsmith Peninsula in Graham Land.  Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from surveys and air photos, 1948-59.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Boris P. Veynberg (1871-1942), Russian physicist who, in 1936, made pioneer studies of the mechanical properties and flow of ice in laboratory conditions.||
16024|Vicars Island|Island|655100S|0542400E|-65.85|54.4|||01/01/1947|A small ice-covered island about 2 mi off the coast of Enderby Land.  Discovered on Jan. 12, 1930 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson.  He named it after an Australian textile company which presented the expedition with cloth for uniforms.||
16026|Vickers Nunatak|Summit|852000S|1764000W|-85.3333333|-176.6666667|||01/01/1966|A massive nunatak in the upper Shackleton Glacier, about 11 mi SE of Mount Black.  Named by the Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for E. Vickers, radio operator at Scott Base, who was in contact with the Southern Party almost every day during the three months they were in the field.||
16027|Mount Victor|Summit|723600S|0311600E|-72.6|31.2666667|2590|8497|01/01/1962|Mountain, 2,590 m, between Mount Van Mieghem and Mount Boe in the Belgica Mountains.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1957-58, under G. de Gerlache, who named it for French polar explorer, Paul-Emile Victor, a counselor of the expedition.||
16028|Victor Bay|Bay|662000S|1363000E|-66.3333333|136.5|||01/01/1955|Bay about 16 mi wide and 7 mi long, indenting the coast between Pourquoi Pas Point and Mathieu Rock.  The bay is marked by an extensive chain of icebergs breaking away from the high tongue of Commandant Charcot Glacier.  Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Paul-Emile Victor, Director of the Expeditions Polaires Francaises, who organized French expeditions to Greenland in 1948-51 and Antarctica in 1948-53 and 1955-56.||
16029|Victor Cliff|Cliff|852000S|1191200W|-85.3333333|-119.2|||01/01/1962|An abrupt rock cliff 1.5 mi long, which forms the SW shoulder of Long Hills in the Horlick Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1958-60.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lawrence J. Victor, aurora scientist at Byrd Station in 1961.||
16032|Victoria Land|Area|741500S|1630000E|-74.25|163|||01/01/1947|That part of Antarctica which fronts on the western side of the Ross Sea, extending southward from about 7030S to 7800S, and westward from the Ross Sea to the edge of the polar plateau. Discovered in January 1841 by Captain James Clark Ross, Royal Navy (RN), and named for Queen Victoria.||
16035|Victoria Lower Glacier|Glacier|771931S|1623352E|-77.325391|162.564492|||01/01/1962|Glacier occupying the lower eastern end of Victoria Valley where it appears to merge with Wilson Piedmont Glacier.  Named by the Victoria University of Wellington Antarctic Expedition (1958-59) for their Alma Mater, which sponsored the expedition.||
16036|Victoria Peak|Summit|642900S|0623400W|-64.4833333|-62.5666667|485|1591|01/01/1960|Cone-shaped peak, 485 m, situated 2 mi E of Mount Bulcke in southern Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  First seen and photographed by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache.  The name Victoria seems to have first appeared on charts in about 1921 and has since become established through common usage.||
16037|Victoria Upper Glacier|Glacier|771537S|1612647E|-77.260235|161.446333|||01/01/1962|Glacier occupying the upper NW end of Victoria Valley. Named by the Victoria University of Wellington Antarctic Expedition (1958-59) for their Alma Mater which sponsored the expedition.||
16038|Victoria Upper Lake|Lake|771827S|1613407E|-77.30754|161.568747|||01/01/1970|A meltwater lake at the terminus of Victoria Upper Glacier in Victoria Land.  Named for its position at the terminus of the glacier by American geologist Parker E. Calkin, in 1964.||
16039|Victoria Valley|Valley|772312S|1614759E|-77.386607|161.799602|||01/01/1962|An extensive ice-free valley, formerly occupied by a large glacier, extending from Victoria Upper Glacier to Victoria Lower Glacier.  Named by the Victoria University of Wellington Antarctic Expedition (1958-59) after their Alma Mater which sponsored the expedition.||
16040|Victory Glacier|Glacier|634900S|0582500W|-63.8166667|-58.4166667|||01/01/1952|Gently sloping glacier, 8 mi long, flowing ESE from the N end of Detroit Plateau on Trinity Peninsula to Prince Gustav Channel immediately N of Pitt Point.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and so named because the glacier was sighted in the week following the surrender of Japan in World War II, in August 1945.||
16041|Victory Mountains|Summit|724000S|1680000E|-72.6666667|168|||01/01/1962|A major group of mountains in Victoria Land, about 100 mi long and 50 mi wide, which is bounded primarily by Mariner Glacier, Tucker Glacier and the Ross Sea.  The division between these mountains and the Concord Mountains (to the NW) is less precise but apparently lies in the vicinity of Thomson Peak.  A Ross Sea aspect of the mountains was first obtained by early British expeditions of Ross, Borchgrevink, Scott and Shackleton. The mapping of the interior mountains was largely done from air photos taken by the U.S. Navy and surveys undertaken by New Zealand and American parties in the 1950s and 1960s.  So named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) 1957-58, because of the proximity of this group to the Admiralty Mountains, and with the intention that many of the topographic features would be named for celebrated victories, especially naval victories.||
16042|Victory Nunatak|Summit|684500S|0642200W|-68.75|-64.3666667|||01/01/1962|A conspicuous island-like nunatak with three rocky summits, the southernmost and highest, 360 meters.  It rises above the ice of southeastern Mobiloil Inlet 8 mi SE of Kay Nunatak on the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  The nunatak was first mapped by W.L.G. Joerg from air photos taken by Lincoln Ellsworth on Nov. 23, 1935.  It was subsequently photographed from the air by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), Sept. 1940; Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), Aug. 1947; and Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (Trimetrogon air photography), Dec. 1947.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961; when viewed from the air three dots and a dash, Morse code for the letter "V", are apparent on the surface of the feature.||
16043|Lake Vida|Lake|772323S|1615605E|-77.389739|161.934768|||01/01/1962|A lake lying N of Mount Cerberus in the Victoria Valley of Victoria Land.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1958-59) after Vida (Vaida), a sledge dog of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
16045|Vidal Rock|Island|623000S|0594300W|-62.5|-59.7166667|||01/01/1972|A rock 0.8 mi W of Ferrer Point in southern Discovery Bay, Greenwich Island, South Shetland Islands.  Named by the first Chilean Antarctic Expedition (1947) for mariner Osvaldo Vidal, in charge of echo sounding on the frigate Iquique.||04/11/2001
16046|Vidaurre Rock|Bar|631800S|0575600W|-63.3|-57.9333333|||01/01/1964|A rock which breaks the surface at low water lying 0.05 mi E of Acuna Rocks in the Duroch Islands, Trinity Peninsula. Named by the fourth Chilean Antarctic Expedition, 1949-50.||04/06/2001
16047|Viddalen Valley|Valley|722000S|0024500W|-72.3333333|-2.75|||01/01/1966|A broad ice-filled valley which drains eastward between the S end of Ahlmann Ridge and the Borg Massif in Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Viddalen (the wide valley).||
16048|Viddalskollen Hill|Summit|722500S|0021900W|-72.4166667|-2.3166667|||01/01/1966|A hill 6 mi SW of Nashornet Mountain, on the S side of Vaddalen Valley in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Viddalskollen (the wide valley's knoll).||
16052|Vietor Rock|Island|624100S|0610600W|-62.6833333|-61.1|||01/01/1960|Rock which appears to be tied to the S coast of Livingston Island by a spit, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 for Alexander O. Vietor, Curator of Maps, Yale University Library, who discovered the original logbooks of the American brig Hersilia, 1819-20, and Huron, 1820-21.||
16053|Mount Viets|Summit|781400S|0861400W|-78.2333333|-86.2333333|3600|11811|01/01/1960|A sharp pyramidal mountain over 3,600 m, standing 2 mi N of Mount Giovinetto in the main ridge of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Discovered by the Marie Byrd Land Traverse party, 1957-58, under C.R. Bentley, and named for Ronald L. Viets, geophysicist at Little America V Station in 1957.||
16054|Vieugué Island|Island|654000S|0651300W|-65.6666667|-65.2166667|||01/01/1950|Island 3 mi long at the W side of Grandidier Channel, lying 1 mi NW of Duchaylard Island and 12 mi WNW of Cape Garcia, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, and named by Charcot after Monsieur Vieugue, then French Charge d'Affaires at Buenos Aires.||
16055|View Point|Summit|633300S|0572200W|-63.55|-57.3666667|150|492|01/01/1952|Eastern tip of a promontory, 150 m, forming the W side of the entrance to Duse Bay on the S coast of Trinity Peninsula. Discovered by a party under J. Gunnar Andersson of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04.  So named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) following their survey of the area in 1945 because from this promontory, good panoramic photographs were obtained.||
16056|Vigen Cliffs|Cliff|832300S|0500700W|-83.3833333|-50.1166667|1750|5741||Cliffs rising to c. 1,750 m to the E of Gabbro Crest, Saratoga Table, in the Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains (q.v.).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1979 for Oscar C. Vigen, Budget and Planning Officer, Division of Polar Programs, National Science Foundation, 1968-85.||
16060|Vigil Spur|Ridge|710600S|1653000E|-71.1|165.5|||01/01/1964|A spur which borders Ebbe Glacier and forms the SW extremity of Mount Bolt in the Anare Mountains.  So named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1963-64, because it spent a prolonged period of time here due to blizzard conditions which prevented travel.||
16061|Cape Vik|Cape|604000S|0454000W|-60.6666667|-45.6666667|||01/01/1952|Cape marking the W side of the entrance to Marshall Bay on the S coast of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands. The cape appears to be first shown and named on a chart made by the Norwegian whaler Captain Petter Sorlle in 1912-13.||
16062|Viking Heights|Summit|720400S|0232400E|-72.0666667|23.4|2960|9711|01/01/1966|A prominent flat-topped mountain, 2,960 m, between Tanngarden Peaks and Mount Wideroe in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Vikinghogda (the Viking height).||
16063|Viking Hills|Range|764200S|1614800E|-76.7|161.8|||01/01/1993|A range of low hills characterized by outcroppings of reddish granite in chocolate brown dolerite, situated between Flagship Mountain and Mount Davidson in Convoy Range, Victoria Land.  The hills were visited and named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1976-77, led by Christopher J. Burgess.  Named in association with Mars Hills and from their coloration, reminiscent of the color images of Mars obtained by the U.S. NASA planetary probes Viking I and Viking II that landed on Mars in July and September of 1976.||
16065|Viking Valley|Valley|715300S|0682100W|-71.8833333|-68.35|||01/01/1994|A valley on the E side Mars Glacier containing a braided stream which feeds into Secret Lake, Alexander Island.  This area was the prime research site of the 1992-93 Mars Glacier field party led by D. D. Wynn-Williams.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1993 in association with Mars Glacier.  The name "Viking" stems from the Viking Lander project of NASA which first searched for life on Mars in 1976.||
16068|Villard Point|Summit|623700S|0610400W|-62.6166667|-61.0666667||||A point on Robbery Beaches, Barclay Bay, Livingston Island. The name "Punta Villard" appears in a 1971 report following geological work carried out by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition. Probably named after a member of the expedition.||
16071|Vincennes Bay|Bay|663000S|1093000E|-66.5|109.5|||01/01/1956|Large V-shaped bay, 65 mi wide at its entrance between Cape Nutt and Cape Folger and marked by several large, steep glaciers near its head, lying along Knox and Budd Coasts.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  The bay was entered in January 1948 by U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml icebreakers Burton Island and stations in the Windmill Islands in the NE portion of the bay. Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the sloop of war Vincennes, flagship of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) under Wilkes, from which a series of coastal landfalls along Wilkes Land were discovered and plotted during January-February 1840. Wilkes' chart suggests a possible coastal recession corresponding closely with the longitudinal limits for Vincennes Bay, although pack ice conditions prevented close reconnaissance by the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) of the coast in this immediate area.||
16072|Vincennes Subglacial Basin|Basin|733000S|1220000E|-73.5|122||||A subglacial basin to the N of Dome Charlie in Wilkes Land, running ENE-WSW and joining Aurora Subglacial Basin with Adventure Subglacial Trench.  The feature was delineated by the SPRI-NSF-TUD airborne radio echo sounding program, 1967-79, and named after Vincennes, the command ship of the United States Exploring Expedition, 1838-42 (Lieutenant Charles Wilkes, U.S. Navy (USN)).||
16075|Vincent Islands|Island|540900S|0371600W|-54.15|-37.2666667|||01/01/1963|Small group of islands at the head of King Haakon Bay on the S side of South Georgia.  Roughly charted by the British expedition under Shackleton, 1914-16, and surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for J. Vincent, boatswain of the Endurance, 1914-16, who accompanied Shackleton in the James Caird from Elephant Island to King Haakon Bay.||
16076|Vindegga Ridge|Ridge|725700S|0034600W|-72.95|-3.7666667|||01/01/1966|A ridge of low peaks extending N from Huldreslottet Mountain, in the S part of Borg Massif in Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named Vindegga (the wind ridge).||
16077|Vindegga Spur|Ridge|715100S|0111900E|-71.85|11.3166667|||01/01/1970|A prominent ridge just S of Vindegghallet Glacier in the Humboldt Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and photographed by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped by Norway from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Vindegga (the wind ridge).||
16078|Vindegghallet Glacier|Glacier|714900S|0111500E|-71.8166667|11.25|||01/01/1970|Glacier flowing W for 4 mi along the S side of Mount Flanuten in the Humboldt Mountains of Queen Maud Land. Discovered and photographed by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped by Norway from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Vindegghallet (the wind ridge slope) in association with nearby Vindegga Spur.||
16079|Vindication Island|Island|570400S|0264600W|-57.0666667|-26.7666667|||01/01/1952|Island 1 mi in extent, lying 2 mi SW of Candlemas Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  Vindication Island was discovered in 1775 by Captain James Cook, who reported it to be one of the two Candlemas Islands.  Reports indicating that the Candlemas Islands contained three islands or a single island for many years overshadowed Cook's earlier description.  A survey in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II confirmed Cook's report, thus suggesting the name for this island.||
16081|Vinje Glacier|Glacier|715500S|0080000E|-71.9166667|8|||01/01/1966|A broad glacier about 20 mi long flowing NW between the Filchner Mountains and Fenriskjeften Mountain in Queen Maud Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named for T. Vinje, meteorologist with Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-58).||
16082|Vinson Massif|Range|783500S|0852500W|-78.5833333|-85.4166667|4892|16050|01/01/1961|A large mountain massif in the southern portion of the main ridge of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  The massif is about 13 mi long and 8 mi wide and has a height of 4,892 m, the highest elevation in Antarctica.  First seen on reconnaissance flights of U.S. Naval aircraft from Byrd Station in January 1958. Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Rep. Carl G. Vinson of Georgia, Chairman of the House Naval Affairs Committee and later of the House Armed Services Committee, whose active interest and vision played a large part in U.S. Government support of Antarctic exploration in the period 1935-61.||01/05/2021
16084|Vinten-Johansen Ridge|Ridge|714900S|0085800E|-71.8166667|8.9666667|||01/01/1967|A high, bare rock ridge in the north-central part of the Kurze Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1956-60) and named for A. Vinten-Johansen, medical officer with Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) (1957-58).||
16086|Violante Inlet|Stream|723500S|0610500W|-72.5833333|-61.0833333|||01/01/1947|Ice-filled inlet 16 mi long, in an E-W direction, and 12 to 15 mi wide, lying between Cape Fanning and Cape Herdman along the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered and photographed from the air in December 1940 by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) and named for Major (later Col.) Andre L. Violante, USA, who designed the prefabricated buildings used by the expedition.  Particularly because of a false floor, they proved to be the must satisfactory quarters used by American Antarctic expeditions.||
16087|Virchow Hill|Summit|640700S|0621700W|-64.1166667|-62.2833333|||01/01/1960|Hill between Lister and Pare Glaciers in the N part of Brabant Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Shown on an Argentine government chart in 1953, but not named.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57, and mapped from these photos in 1959.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Rudolph Virchow (1821-1902), German pioneer of pathological research.||
16088|Mount Virdin|Summit|732900S|0615400W|-73.4833333|-61.9|||01/01/1968|A mountain 4 mi SW of Mount Hemmingsen in the Werner Mountains, Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Floyd Virdin, construction mechanic at South Pole Station in 1967.||
16091|Virgin Hill|Summit|635600S|0580900W|-63.9333333|-58.15|665|2182||A hill rising to 665 m west of Carro Pass, James Ross Island.  The name derives from "Cerro Virgen de las Nieves" (Virgin of the Snows hill) applied by Argentine Antarctic Expeditions, 1978.  A more concise English form of the name has been approved.||
16092|Mount Virginia|Summit|791500S|0840200W|-79.25|-84.0333333|||01/01/1966|A bare rock mountain at the N extremity of a ridge in the Pioneer Heights, Heritage Range.  The mountain marks the point of convergence of the Splettstoesser and Schmidt Glaciers.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Virginia S. Taylor, geographer, a staff assistant to Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN), 1961-65.||
16093|Visca Anchorage|Harbor|620500S|0582400W|-62.0833333|-58.4|||01/01/1952|The northwestern cove of Martel Inlet, Admiralty Bay, at King George Island in the South Shetland Islands.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot, and named by him for Dr. Visca, an acquaintance in Montevideo.||
16094|Vishniac Peak|Summit|771412S|1603101E|-77.236776|160.516907|2280|7480|01/01/1975|A peak (2,280 m) which rises just north of the head of Webb Glacier and 3 mi southwest of Skew Peak in southern Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1947-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Wolf V. Vishniac (1922-73), professor of biology at the University of Rochester, New York, who made Antarctic studies (1971-72 and 1973) on the water absorption of soil particles and its microbiological significance, and the ability of microorganisms to withstand a hostile milieu.  Dr. Vishniac fell to his death in the Asgard Range, upper Wright Valley, 20 mi south of this peak, on Dec. 11, 1973.||
16096|Mount Vision|Summit|781300S|1661500E|-78.2166667|166.25|||01/01/1963|A peak in the volcanic complex 1 mi NW of Mount Aurora on Black Island.  So named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1958-59) because of the magnificent view obtained of the peaks in this vicinity and of the Ross Archipelago and Minna Bluff area.||
16098|Visokoi Island|Island|564200S|0271200W|-56.7|-27.2|915|3002|01/01/1952|Island 4.5 mi long and 3 mi wide, capped by Mount Hudson, a volcanic peak 915 m, in the South Sandwich Islands.  Discovered in 1819 by a Russian expedition under Bellingshausen, who named the island Visokoi (high) because of its conspicuous height.||
16099|Visser Hill|Summit|664500S|0674400W|-66.75|-67.7333333|||01/01/1965|A hill 2.5 mi S of Mount Velain in northern Adelaide Island.  Mapped from air photos taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (1947-48) and Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Philipp C. Visser (1882-1955), Dutch diplomat and mountaineer who made classic investigations of glaciers in the Karakoram (1921-35).||
16103|Vitnesteinen Rock|Summit|712500S|0123600E|-71.4166667|12.6|||01/01/1970|A large rock outcrop along the W side of Ostliche Petermann Range in the Wohlthat Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39. Replotted from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60, and named Vitnesteinen (the witness stone).||
16104|Mount Vito|Summit|854400S|1313000W|-85.7333333|-131.5|1810|5938|01/01/1967|A bare mountain, 1,810 m, in western Wisconsin Range, standing 2 mi NE of Mount Frontz along the E side of Reedy Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John Vito, electronics technician, Byrd Station winter party, 1961.||
16105|Vittoria Buttress|Cliff|692300S|0714700W|-69.3833333|-71.7833333|750|2461|01/01/1962|Conspicuous rock cliff, 750 m, overlooking the SE side of Lazarev Bay and forming the NW extremity of the Lassus Mountains in northern Alexander Island.  Mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Tomas Luis de Vittoria (1535-1611), Spanish composer.||
16108|Vivaldi Glacier|Glacier|704700S|0695000W|-70.7833333|-69.8333333||||A glacier between Colbert Mountains and Lully Foothills, flowing S from Purcell Snowfield into the head of Schubert Inlet on the W coast of Alexander Island.  The feature appears to be first shown on maps of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) which photographed Alexander Island from the air in 1940.  It was mapped from air photos obtained by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960. Named "Vivaldi Gap" by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961, after Antonio Vivaldi (1675-1741), Venetian composer.  The name was amended to Vivaldi Glacier following review of U.S. Landsat imagery, 1979, displaying flow lines in the feature.||
16109|Vivallos Glacier|Glacier|645200S|0624800W|-64.8666667|-62.8||||A short, steep glacier flowing N into Leith Cove, Paradise Harbor, Danco Coast.  Following survey by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition, 1950-51, the glacier was named for Cabo Jose L. Vivallos, a member of the expedition.||
16110|Vivian Nunatak|Summit|773200S|1433400W|-77.5333333|-143.5666667|||01/01/1970|A nunatak which marks the SW extremity of the Mackay Mountains in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant John F. Vivian, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), co-pilot of LC-130F Hercules aircraft during Operation Deep Freeze 1968.||
16111|Vize Islands|Island|654000S|0653700W|-65.6666667|-65.6166667|||01/01/1971|Group of small islands lying 2.5 mi S of Karelin Islands, off the E side of Renaud Island in the Biscoe Islands.  First accurately shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Vladimir Vize, Soviet climatologist and oceanographer, a pioneer of ice forecasting methods and author of numerous works on sea ice in the Arctic.||
16112|Vkhodnoy Island|Island|663200S|0925800E|-66.5333333|92.9666667|||01/01/1968|A small island in the Haswell Islands, lying 0.5 mi SW of Tokarev Island and 1.4 mi NW of Mabus Point.  Plotted by G.D. Blodgett (1955) from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Photographed by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (1956) and shown on their map as Ostrov Vkhodnoy (entrance island), presumably because of its location along the ship route to Mabus Point and Mirnyy Station.||
16113|Vogel Glacier|Glacier|650000S|0631000W|-65|-63.1666667|||01/01/1965|Glacier flowing into Flandres Bay 3 mi SE of Cape Willems, on the W coast of Graham Land.  The glacier appears on an Argentine government chart of 1952.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Hermann W. Vogel (1834-1898), German chemist who introduced the first orthochromatic emulsion for photographic plates in 1903.||
16115|Vogel Peak|Summit|543400S|0361400W|-54.5666667|-36.2333333|1350|4429|01/01/1963|Peak, 1,350 m, rising 1.5 mi SE of Ross Pass in the Salvesen Range of South Georgia.  The name Matterhorn was given by the German group of the International Polar Year Investigations, 1882-83.  This name has never gained currency and since many peaks in South Georgia resemble the Swiss Matterhorn, a new name was proposed by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1957. Vogel Peak is named for Dr. P. Vogel, second-in-command, physicist and meteorologist on the 1882-83 German expedition who made the first glaciological studies in South Georgia.||
16116|Vogt Peak|Summit|822200S|1564400E|-82.3666667|156.7333333|2180|7152|01/01/1966|Peak, 2,180 m, surmounting the E part of McKay Cliffs in the Geologists Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Peter R. Vogt, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist at McMurdo Station, 1962-63.||
16117|Voight Nunatak|Summit|742200S|0722700W|-74.3666667|-72.45|1500|4921||A nunatak rising to c. 1,500 m, 3 mi NNW of Tollefson Nunatak in the Yee Nunataks, Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs 1961-68.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1987 after William M. Voight, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) cartographer, who worked in the field in support of the Ross Ice Shelf Project, at Byrd and Siple Stations and at Dome Charlie in 1974-75.||
16119|Voit Peak|Summit|664000S|0653500W|-66.6666667|-65.5833333|||01/01/1965|Peak between Drummond and Hopkins Glaciers on the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) in 1956-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Carl von Voit (1831-1908), German physiologist, pioneer of basic metabolic studies who published what was probably the first standard of human calorie requirements in 1881.||
16121|Vollmer Island|Island|764400S|1503000W|-76.7333333|-150.5|||01/01/1966|An ice-covered island 11 mi long, lying along the edge of Sulzberger Ice Shelf, 7 mi NW of Cronenwett Island.  It appears that this feature was first observed and roughly mapped from aerial photographs taken by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant T.H. Vollmer, U.S. Navy (USN), engineering officer aboard USS Glacier along this coast, 1961-62.||
16122|Mount Von Braun|Summit|715900S|1693400E|-71.9833333|169.5666667|3275|10745|01/01/1970|Mountain (3,275 m) located 4 mi S of Mount Sabine in the Admiralty Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Wernher von Braun of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration, a visitor at McMurdo Station, 1966-67.||
16123|Von der Wall Point|Summit|723200S|0984000W|-72.5333333|-98.6666667|||01/01/1960|A low ice-covered point on the S side of Thurston Island. It extends into Peacock Sound toward the NE extremity of Sherman Island.  Delineated from aerial photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for J.H. Von der Wall, tractor driver and mechanic with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) in 1933-35.||01/28/2004
16124|Von Essen Mountain|Summit|721400S|0022300E|-72.2333333|2.3833333|2665|8743|01/01/1966|Mountain, 2,665 m, marking the SW end of the Gjelsvik Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59).  Named for R.G.D.J. Von Essen, commander of the Swedish Air Force unit (1951-52) with the Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE).||
16126|Von Guerard Stream|Stream|773646S|1631527E|-77.612738|163.257397|||01/01/1992|A glacial meltwater stream, 2.5 mi long, which flows NW from the unnamed glacier E of Crescent Glacier to enter Lake Fryxell close E of Harnish Creek, in Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  The name was suggested by Diane McKnight, leader of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) teams which made extensive studies of the hydrology of streams in the Lake Fryxell basin, 1987-94.  Named after hydrologist Paul B. von Guerard, a member of the field team in three seasons, 1990-94, who assisted in establishing stream gaging stations on streams flowing into Lake Fryxell in the 1990-91 season.||
16128|Von Tunzelman Point|Summit|711800S|1701100E|-71.3|170.1833333||||The W point of the cuspate Ridley Beach, 1 mi SW of Cape Adare, Adare Peninsula, in NE Victoria Land.  Named in 1984 by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) after Alexander Von Tunzelman, one of four New Zealanders taken on at Stewart Island as crew members of led by Captain Leonard Kristensen and Henrik J. Bull.  He was a member of the launch party under Captain Kristensen which made a landing in the vicinity of this point, January 24, 1895, the first recorded landing in Victoria Land.||
16130|Vorposten Peak|Summit|712500S|0153100E|-71.4166667|15.5166667|1670|5479|01/01/1966|An isolated peak (1,670 m) about 25 mi NE of the Payer Mountains in central Queen Maud Land.  This feature was discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named Vorposten (the outpost) because of its location at the eastern extremity of the area explored by the German expedition.||
16131|Vorrkulten Mountain|Summit|730400S|0015400W|-73.0666667|-1.9|||01/01/1966|A mountain at the N end of Vestvorren Ridge, just N of Neumayer Cliffs in Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Vorrkulten (the jetty knoll).||
16132|Vorrnipa Peak|Summit|730800S|0015100W|-73.1333333|-1.85|2320|7611|01/01/1966|A peak, 2,320 m, surmounting Neumayer Cliffs just S of Vestvorren Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Vorrnipa (the jetty peak).||
16133|Vorrtind Peak|Summit|730500S|0013500W|-73.0833333|-1.5833333|||01/01/1966|A peak at the N end of Austvorren Ridge, just N of Neumayer Cliffs in Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Vorrtind (the jetty peak).||
16134|Vorta Nunatak|Summit|720500S|0014400E|-72.0833333|1.7333333|||01/01/1966|An isolated nunatak about 5 mi E of Brattskarvet Mountain, in the Sverdrup Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Photographed from the air by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39).  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Vorta (the wart).||
16136|Vørterkaka Nunatak|Summit|722000S|0272900E|-72.3333333|27.4833333|||01/01/1965|Rock outcrop 1 mi S of Bleikskoltane Rocks at the SE extremity of the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped in 1957 by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named Vorterkaka (a round Norwegian sweet bread containing brewer's wort).||
16137|Vortex Col|Gap|773340S|1602509E|-77.561168|160.419252|||01/01/1976|A col leading from the plateau into the S side of Wright Upper Glacier in Victoria Land.  At this locality, winds carrying clouds of snow from the polar plateau are deflected by Mount Fleming and funneled down this depression.  The descriptive name was given by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC).||
16138|Vortex Island|Island|634400S|0573800W|-63.7333333|-57.6333333|245|804|01/01/1963|Island 0.5 mi long and 245 m high, lying in the NE part of Prince Gustav Channel about 2 mi WSW of Corry Island, close S of Trinity Peninsula.  Islands in this area were first seen by a party under J. Gunnar Andersson of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04. Vortex Island was first charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in August 1945.  The Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) survey party was forced to lie idle there by a whirlwind snowstorm, thus suggesting the name.||
16139|Vorweg Point|Summit|655700S|0644800W|-65.95|-64.8|||01/01/1971|Point NW of Huitfeldt Point on the SW side of Barilari Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for O. Vorweg, German pioneer exponent of skiing and author of Das Schneeschuh Laufen (1893), probably the earliest manual on skiing.||
16141|Vos'moy Mart Rocks|Summit|720200S|0144000E|-72.0333333|14.6666667|||01/01/1970|Group of rocks lying 0.5 mi E of Mount Dzhalil' in Linnormen Hills, Payer Mountains, in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by the Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named Skaly Vos'mogo Marta (March 8th Rocks) in recognition of International Women's Day.||
16143|Cape Vostok|Cape|690700S|0721000W|-69.1166667|-72.1666667|||01/01/1961|Rocky mass which forms the W extremity of the Havre Mountains and the NW extremity of Alexander Island.  First seen by the Russian expedition of 1821 under Bellingshausen.  Mapped in detail from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for the sloop Vostok, commanded by Bellingshausen.||
16144|Vostok Subglacial Highlands|Area|800000S|1020000E|-80|102||||A line of subglacial highlands trending NNW-SSE and forming an E extension of Gamburtsev Subglacial Mountains.  The feature was delineated by the SPRI-NSF-TUD airborne radio echo sounding program, 1967-79, and named after Vostok, the flagship of the Russian expedition, 1819-21 (Admiral Thaddeus Bellingshausen).||
16146|Voyeykov Ice Shelf|Glacier|662000S|1243800E|-66.3333333|124.6333333|||01/01/1961|An ice shelf fringing the coast between Paulding Bay and Cape Goodenough.  Mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) (1958) and named after Aleksandr I. Voyeykov (1842-1916), Russian climatologist.||
16147|Vrana Dome|Summit|695300S|0732800E|-69.8833333|73.4666667|||01/01/1971|A prominent, rounded ice dome about 4 mi NE of Statler Hills, at the E side of Amery Ice Shelf A survey station was established on the dome during the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) tellurometer traverse from Larsemann Hills to Reinbolt Hills in 1968.  Named for A. Vrana, cosmic ray physicist at Mawson Station in 1968, who assisted in the survey.||
16148|Vrana Peak|Summit|702200S|0635900E|-70.3666667|63.9833333|||01/01/1970|Peak just SW of Mount Turnbull and 14 mi SW of Mount Starlight, in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveys and air photos, 1955-65.  Named by ANCA for A. Vrana, physicist at Mawson Station, 1965.||
16150|Vukovich Peaks|Range|722300S|0745900E|-72.3833333|74.9833333|||01/01/1967|Two well-defined peaks surmounting the northernmost rock outcrop in the Grove Mountains.  Mapped from air photos, 1956-60, by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE).  Named by ANCA for J.N. Vukovich, weather observer at Mawson Station, 1963.||
16151|Vulcan Hills|Range|734000S|1633800E|-73.6666667|163.6333333|||01/01/1969|A group of small volcanic hills about 4 mi SW of Shulte Hills in the Southern Cross Mountains of Victoria Land.  Named by the southern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1966-67, in recognition of the volcanic composition of the rocks which form these hills.||
16152|Vulcan Nunatak|Summit|763500S|1443700W|-76.5833333|-144.6166667|||01/01/1970|A nunatak, badly sculptured away by ice, the remnant of a huge cone of an extinct volcano, located 2 mi SE of Mount Richardson in the Fosdick Mountains of the Ford Ranges in Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered on Nov. 28, 1934 by Paul Siple and Stevenson Corey of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35, who investigated the feature and referred to it as "The Volcano."  A form of the original field name has been approved by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN).||
16154|Vulcan Point|Summit|570200S|0264300W|-57.0333333|-26.7166667|||01/01/1952|The NW point of Candlemas Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  Charted in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II and so named because a lava plateau occupies the N portion of the island, giving evidence of earlier volcanic activity.||
16155|Mount VX-6|Summit|723800S|1621200E|-72.6333333|162.2|2185|7169|01/01/1964|A distinctive, sharp mountain, 2,185 m, standing 4 mi N of Minaret Nunatak in the Monument Nunataks.  Surveyed by the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Victoria Land Traverse Party, 1959-60.  They named it for U.S. Navy (USN) Air Development Squadron Six (VX-6) which supported the traverse party in the field.  On Jan. 1, 1969, the squadron was redesignated Antarctic Development Squadron Six (VXE-6) but its mission remained the same.||
16157|Vyatskaya Peak|Summit|715700S|0133200E|-71.95|13.5333333|2455|8054|01/01/1970|Peak, 2,455 m, on the N part of Skavlrimen Ridge in the Weyprecht Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named presumedly after the river Vyatka.||
16158|Vysotskiy Peak|Summit|713400S|0114000E|-71.5666667|11.6666667|2035|6676|01/01/1970|A peak, 2,035 m, in the N part of Gorki Ridge, overlooking Schussel Moraine in the Humboldt Mountains, Queen Maud Land. Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Soviet geographer G.N. Vysotskiy.||
16160|Vystrel Mountain|Summit|713700S|0150400E|-71.6166667|15.0666667|1995|6545|01/01/1970|Partly snow-covered mountain, 1,995 m, standing 1 mi S of Mount Rukhin at the S end of the Lomonosov Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and first plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1958-59; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named Gora Vystrel (shot mountain).||
16161|Waddington Bay|Bay|651600S|0640500W|-65.2666667|-64.0833333|||01/01/1950|Bay 2 mi long, in a NW-SE direction, and 1 mi wide, indenting the W coast of Graham Land immediately N of Cape Tuxen. This bay is partially defined on the charts of the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache.  It was more fully delineated by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot, who named it for Senator Waddington, president of the Chamber of Commerce at Rouen.||
16162|Waddington Glacier|Glacier|780245S|1612432E|-78.045843|161.40895|||01/01/1995|A tributary glacier, 3 mi long, flowing WNW along the S side of Ugolini Peak, Colwell Massif, to enter Palais Glacier, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1994 after Edwin D. Waddington, geophysicist, University of Washington; from 1990, field investigator at Taylor Dome (q.v.) in an extended program of glacier geophysical studies.||
16163|Mount Wade|Summit|845100S|1741900W|-84.85|-174.3166667|4085|13402|01/01/1947|A massive mountain (4,085 m) which is a most distinctive landmark in its region, standing 4 mi NW of Mount Campbell in the Prince Olav Mountains.  The feature is easily viewed from positions on Shackleton Glacier or the Ross Ice Shelf. Discovered and photographed by R. Admiral Byrd on flights to the Queen Maud Mountains in November 1929.  Named by US-SCAN after F. Alton Wade (1903-78), geologist with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1933-35), senior scientist at West Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41), and leader of two Texas Tech Shackleton Glacier Parties (1962-63 and 1964-65) to this vicinity; Senior Scientist U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Marie Byrd Land Survey, 1966-67 and 1967-68.||
16165|Wade Ice Rise|Glacier|690100S|0670500W|-69.0166667|-67.0833333||||A small ice rise in Wordie Ice Shelf, 8 mi NW of Triune Peaks, Fallieres Coast.  Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, and surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1958.  Named in 1977 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after George W. Wade, Jr., U.S. Navy (USN), Chief Construction Electrician, Palmer Station, winter party 1970.||
16166|Wade Point|Summit|704100S|0674100W|-70.6833333|-67.6833333|915|3002|01/01/1955|Rocky mass fronting on George VI Sound, rising to 915 m and marking the W extremity of the rock ridge separating Millett and Bertram Glaciers on the W coast of Palmer Land.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Named in 1954 by the members of the expedition for Muriel H. Wade, who was secretary to the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE).||
16168|Cape Wadworth|Cape|731900S|1694700E|-73.3166667|169.7833333|||01/01/1947|The northern extremity of Coulman Island, in the Ross Sea just off Victoria Land.  Discovered Jan. 17, 1841 by Sir James Clark Ross who named it in compliment to his wife's uncle, Robert John Coulman, Esquire, of Wadworth Hall, Doncaster.||
16169|Mount Waesche|Summit|771000S|1265400W|-77.1666667|-126.9|3290|10794|01/01/1947|A large and prominent mountain (3,290 m) of volcanic origin, standing immediately SW of Mount Sidley and marking the southern end of the Executive Committee Range in Marie Byrd Land. The feature is snow covered except for rock exposures on the S and SW slopes.  Discovered by the United States Antarctic Service expedition on a flight, Dec. 15, 1940, and named for V. Admiral Russell R. Waesche, U.S. Coast Guard, member of the Antarctic Service Executive Committee.||
16170|Wager Glacier|Glacier|694800S|0692300W|-69.8|-69.3833333|||01/01/1956|Small, heavily crevassed glacier on the E coast of Alexander Island.  It occupies a trench-like valley and flows E into George VI Sound immediately S of Marr Bluff.  Surveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and named by them for Lawrence R. Wager, professor of geology at Oxford University.||
16171|Wagner Ice Piedmont|Glacier|692800S|0723800W|-69.4666667|-72.6333333|||01/01/1961|Ice piedmont, 9 mi long in a NW-SE direction and 4 mi wide, overlying the SW part of Rothschild Island.  Observed and photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Richard Wagner (1813-1883), German composer.||
16172|Wagner Nunatak|Summit|835800S|0663000W|-83.9666667|-66.5|850|2789|01/01/1968|One of the Rambo Nunataks, 850 m, standing 9 mi S of Blackburn Nunatak in the Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John K. Wagner, radioscientist at Plateau Station, winter 1967.||
16173|Wagner Spur|Ridge|700900S|1593600E|-70.15|159.6|||01/01/1970|A pointed rock and ice spur along the N flank of Pryor Glacier, 11 mi SE of Mount Gorton, at the SE extremity of Wilson Hills.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John E. Wagner, worker in the field of glaciology at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
16174|Wagoner Inlet|Stream|720100S|0994700W|-72.0166667|-99.7833333|||01/01/1960|An ice-filled inlet between Tinglof and Starr Peninsulas on the N side of Thurston Island.  Delineated from aerial photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charles Wagoner, seaman on the USS Glacier during the U.S. Navy (USN) Bellingshausen Sea Expedition, a member of the field party engaged in scientific work on Thurston Island in February 1960.||01/28/2004
16175|Wahl Glacier|Glacier|835900S|1650600E|-83.9833333|165.1|||01/01/1966|A glacier, 10 mi long, flowing NW from Grindley Plateau to enter upper Lennox-King Glacier westward of Mount Mackellar. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Bruno W. Wahl, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) ionospheric physicist at McMurdo Station, 1962.||
16176|The Waifs|Island|643300S|0624200W|-64.55|-62.7|||01/01/1951|Group of islands and rocks lying in the middle of the SE entrance to Schollaert Channel, in the Palmer Archipelago. Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache.  The name appears on a chart based upon a 1927 survey by DI personnel on the Discovery.||
16177|Waipuke Beach|Beach|771350S|1662437E|-77.230597|166.410375|||01/01/1964|Beach between McDonald and Caughley Beaches, lying 6 mi SW of Cape Bird on Ross Island.  So named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1958-59, because of periodic flooding by meltwater from the Cape Bird icecap, which has been destructive to nearby penguin rookeries. Waipuke is the Maori word for flood.||
16178|The Waist|Isthmus|643800S|0612400W|-64.6333333|-61.4|||01/01/1965|The narrow neck of land between Herbert Plateau and Foster Plateau in northern Graham Land.  Photographed by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) in 1956-57 and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960.||10/18/2000
16179|Waitabit Cliffs|Cliff|713100S|0681400W|-71.5166667|-68.2333333|||01/01/1956|A line of sedimentary cliffs on the E coast of Alexander Island which faces E onto George VI Sound and extends 3 mi N from the mouth of Mercury Glacier.  Probably first seen by Lincoln Ellsworth, who flew directly over it and photographed segments of this coast on Nov. 23, 1935.  First roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE).  Resurveyed in 1949 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), at which time the rock strata were independently examined by members of the party at two different points, an important investigation causing the delay which gave rise to the name.||
16180|Cape Waite|Cape|724200S|1030300W|-72.7|-103.05|||01/01/1960|Cape at the NW extremity of King Peninsula, marking the SW side of the entrance to Peacock Sound.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Amory H. Waite, member of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35, and communications specialist on the Atka vovage of 1955 and the U.S. Navy (USN) Bellingshausen Sea Expedition of 1959-60.||01/28/2004
16181|Waite Islands|Island|724400S|1034000W|-72.7333333|-103.6666667|||01/01/1968|A group of small islands in Amundsen Sea, lying 6 mi W of Cape Waite, the NW extremity of King Peninsula.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for their proximity to Cape Waite.||
16182|Waitt Peaks|Range|712900S|0623400W|-71.4833333|-62.5666667|||01/01/1976|A cluster of pointed peaks, mostly snow covered, at the SW end of a large horseshoe-shaped ridge.  Located 4 mi NW of Schirmacher Massif in the E part of Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for geologist Richard B. Waitt, a member of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geological and mapping party to the Lassiter Coast, 1972-73.||
16183|Wakadori Island|Island|690000S|0393200E|-69|39.5333333|||01/01/1975|The southernmost island in a cluster of three small islands that lie 0.5 mi northwest of the strait that separates Ongul Island and East Ongul Island.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by the Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62.  The name "Wakadori-jima" (young bird island) was given by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) Headquarters in 1972.||
16185|Wakefield Highland|Area|692000S|0651000W|-69.3333333|-65.1666667|||01/01/1962|A snow-covered highland in central Antarctic Peninsula, bounded to the N by Hermes Glacier and the heads of Weyerhaeuser and Aphrodite Glaciers, to the W by the heads of Airy, Rotz and Seller Glaciers, to the S by Fleming Glacier and to the E by the heads of Lurabee, Sunfix and Grimley Glaciers.  Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) on Dec. 22, 1947.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in Nov. 1960. Named after Viscount Wakefield of Hythe, a contributor to British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37.  This toponym, concurred in by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) and Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN), restores the name Wakefield in the vicinity of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE)'s displaced "Mount Wakefield" (now Mount Hope).||
16186|Wakefield Reef|Bar|531100S|0732100E|-53.1833333|73.35|||01/01/1957|Reef, 0.5 mi across, lying 2.5 mi WSW of Cape Arkona, off the SW side of Heard Island.  The existence of a reef in this area is noted on an unpublished American sealer's map of "Hurds Island" compiled during the 1860-70 period, although the configuration of this side of the island is somewhat distorted, as were all early maps of the island.  The feature was more accurately charted and named by His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Wakefield which visited the island in April 1910.||
16187|Wakeford Nunatak|Summit|674900S|0630200E|-67.8166667|63.0333333|||01/01/1965|Small nunatak 3 mi E of the Central Masson Range in the Framnes Mountains, Mac. Robertson Land.  Plotted from photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1960 and seen by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party in 1962.  Named by ANCA for R. Wakeford, cook at Mawson Station in 1962.||
16188|Cape Walcott|Cape|690500S|0631900W|-69.0833333|-63.3166667|625|2051|01/01/1947|Bold, ice-covered headland rising to 625 m, forming the seaward extremity of Scripps Heights on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered by Sir Hubert Wilkins in 1928 and named by him for Frederic C. Walcott of the Council of the American Geographical Society.||
16189|Mount Walcott|Summit|852100S|0872300W|-85.35|-87.3833333|2155|7070|01/01/1962|A mainly ice-free mountain (2,155 m) located 2.5 mi E of Mount Powell in the E part of the Thiel Mountains.  The name was proposed by Peter Bermel and Arthur Ford, co-leaders of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Thiel Mountains party which surveyed these mountains in 1960-61. Named for Charles D. Walcott, third director of the U.S. Geological Survey, 1894-1907.||
16190|Walcott Bay|Bay|781400S|1633700E|-78.2333333|163.6166667|||01/01/1962|A bay indenting the coast of Victoria Land between Walcott Glacier and Heald Island.  Named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) in association with Walcott Glacier.||
16191|Walcott Glacier|Glacier|781400S|1631500E|-78.2333333|163.25|||01/01/1962|Glacier between Radian and Howchin Glaciers, descending eastward from the Royal Society Range toward Walcott Bay.  Named by Taylor of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13), presumably for Charles D. Walcott, Director of the U.S. Geological Survey (1894-1907) and Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, 1907-28.||
16192|Walcott Névé|Glacier|842300S|1624000E|-84.3833333|162.6666667|||01/01/1966|A neve, about 350 square miles in area, bounded by the Marshall Mountains, Lewis Cliffs and Mount Sirius.  Named by the Northern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for Richard Walcott, party leader and geologist.||
16193|Walcott Peak|Summit|714900S|0642200W|-71.8166667|-64.3666667|||01/01/1976|A large nunatak midway between Mount Jukkola and Lokey Peak in the S part of the Guthridge Nunataks, in central Palmer Land. Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Fred P. Walcott, Civil Engineer Corps (CEC), U.S. Navy (USN), Officer-in-Charge of the South Pole Station in 1973.||
16197|Waldeck-Rousseau Peak|Summit|660900S|0653800W|-66.15|-65.6333333|||01/01/1950|A conspicuous monolith 3 mi ENE of Cape Evensen on the W coast of Graham Land.  The French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) (1903-05) under Jean B. Charcot charted a cape in this area which they named for French statesman Pierre Waldeck-Rousseau.  On re-exploring this area, the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) (1908-10) under Charcot sighted the feature from Pendleton Strait, 25 mi distant, and charted it as an island near the coast.  Correlating its work with that of Charcot, the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under John Rymill charted this portion of the coast by land and from the air in 1935. Waldeck-Rousseau Peak as here applied is in accord with the interpretation of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE).||
16198|Cape Walden|Cape|715000S|0965300W|-71.8333333|-96.8833333|||01/01/1960|Ice-covered cape at the NW termination of Evans Peninsula, marking the E entrance of Koether Inlet on Thurston Island. Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 in January 1960.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Arthur T. Walden, dog driver and leader of the Queen Maud Mountains Supporting Party of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) in 1928-30.||01/28/2004
16199|Cape Waldron|Cape|663400S|1153300E|-66.5666667|115.55|||01/01/1955|An ice-covered cape just westward of Totten Glacier. Delineated by G.D. Blodgett (1955) from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for R.R. Waldron, purser on the sloop Vincennes of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Lieutenant Charles Wilkes.||
16200|Mount Waldron|Summit|782700S|0845300W|-78.45|-84.8833333|3100|10170|01/01/1961|A mountain (3,100 m) 3 mi N of Mount Tuck, surmounting the ridge between Dater and Hansen Glaciers in the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Discovered by U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 on photographic flights of Dec. 14-15, 1959, and mapped from these photos by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Kenneth L. Waldron, construction electrician, USN, a member of the IGY South Pole Station winter party, 1957.||
16201|Waldron Glacier|Glacier|663100S|1300000E|-66.5166667|130|||01/01/1955|A channel glacier flowing to the E side of Porpoise Bay, midway between Sandford and Morse Glaciers.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Thomas W. Waldron, captain's clerk on the brig Porpoise of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Wilkes.||
16202|Waldron Spurs|Ridge|843500S|1754000W|-84.5833333|-175.6666667|||01/01/1962|A group of rocky spurs at the E side of the terminus of Shackleton Glacier in the foothills of the Queen Maud Mountains. Discovered by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41), and named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander James E. Waldron, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), pilot with Squadron VX-6 in 1957-58.||
16203|Wales Glacier|Glacier|773745S|1633014E|-77.629241|163.503959|||01/01/1964|Short alpine glacier just W of Mount Barnes at the E end of the Kukri Hills.  It drains N into Taylor Valley in Victoria Land.  Named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) under Scott.||
16204|Wales Head|Cliff|540000S|0373400W|-54|-37.5666667|||01/01/1963|Headland 2.5 mi E of Craigie Point on the N coast of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for William Wales (1734-1798), English astronomer sent by the Board of Longitude to make astronomical observations during Cook's second voyage, 1772-75, sailing in the Resolution.||
16205|Wales Stream|Stream|773457S|1632955E|-77.582476|163.498506|||01/01/1976|A meltwater stream that drains from Wales Glacier to Explorers Cove in New Harbor, Victoria Land.  The name was used by New Zealand geologist Burton Murrell in 1973, but he attributes it to an earlier use by C.G. Vucetich and H.W. Wellman.||
16206|Walgreen Coast|Beach|753000S|1070000W|-75.5|-107|||01/01/1947|That portion of the coast of Antarctica between Cape Herlacher and Cape Waite.  Discovered by R. Admiral Byrd and members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in flights from the USS Bear in February 1940.  Named by Byrd for Charles R. Walgreen, president of the Walgreen Drug Co. of Chicago, who was a supporter of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35, and assisted in equipping the Bear for the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  This coast was mapped in detail by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.||
16207|Walgreen Peak|Summit|770300S|1454300W|-77.05|-145.7166667|570|1870|01/01/1970|A prominent rock peak (570 m) which forms the NW extremity of the Sarnoff Mountains, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) led by R. Admiral R.E. Byrd.  Named for Charles R. (Buck) Walgreen, Jr., vice president of Walgreen Co., 1933-39 (later chairman of the board), who contributed malted milk powder used on the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41).||
16208|Walkabout Rocks|Summit|682200S|0783200E|-68.3666667|78.5333333|||01/01/1965|Prominent rock exposures along the coast at the NE extremity of the Vestfold Hills, about 0.5 mi S of Wyatt Earp Islands.  Mapped from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  In January 1939 a landing was made on this point from the Wyatt Earp.  It was visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party in May 1957 and records left in 1939 were recovered.  The records were wrapped in a copy of the Australian Geographical Magazine Walkabout," hence the name.||04/11/2001
16210|Mount Walker|Summit|644900S|0620100W|-64.8166667|-62.0166667|||01/01/1963|A snow-covered mountain which rises from the NE part of Forbidden Plateau, 2 mi S of the head of Blanchard Glacier, in northern Graham Land.  It was surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Richard Walker of the Discovery Investigations, First Officer on Royal Research Ship (RRS) Discovery II, 1933-37.||
16212|Walker Bay|Bay|623800S|0604200W|-62.6333333|-60.7|||01/01/1960|Bay lying between John Beach and Hannah Point along the S coast of Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 for John Walker, Master of the sealer 1820-21 and provided George Powell with descriptions and sketches of their southern coasts for incorporation in his 1822 chart.||
16213|Walker Mountains|Summit|721300S|0990200W|-72.2166667|-99.0333333|||01/01/1952|A range of peaks and nunataks which are fairly well separated but trend E-W to form the axis, or spine, of Thurston Island.  Discovered by R. Admiral Byrd and members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in a flight from the ship Bear, Feb. 27, 1940.  Named by US-SCAN for Lieutenant William M. Walker, captain of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) ship Island on Mar. 23, 1839.||01/28/2004
16214|Walker Nunatak|Summit|675500S|0631500E|-67.9166667|63.25|||01/01/1965|Small nunatak 10 mi E of Branson Nunatak on the E edge of the Framnes Mountains, Mac. Robertson Land.  Photographed from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1962, and seen by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) dog-sledge party in January 1963.  Named by ANCA for K.G. Walker, assistant cook at Mawson Station in 1962, a member of the sledge party.||
16215|Walker Peak|Summit|823800S|0531300W|-82.6333333|-53.2166667|1495|4905|01/01/1968|A sharp peak, 1,495 m, marking the SW extremity of Dufek Massif, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Paul T. Walker, glaciologist at Ellsworth Station, a member of the first party to visit Dufek Massif, in December 1957.||
16216|Walker Point|Summit|610800S|0544200W|-61.1333333|-54.7|||01/01/1952|Point which lies 3 mi SW of Cape Valentine, near the E end of Elephant Island in the South Shetland Islands.  The name appears on Powell's map of 1822 based upon the joint cruise of Captain Nathaniel B. Palmer, in the sloop James Monroe, and Captain George Powell, in the sloop Dove, in December 1821. Probably named for Captain John Walker, whose assistance in the construction of the map was acknowledged by Powell.||
16217|Walker Ridge|Ridge|723400S|1682200E|-72.5666667|168.3666667|||01/01/1970|A high mountain ridge between Stafford Glacier and Coral Sea Glacier in the Victory Mountains of Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Dr. Eric A. Walker, president of Pennsylvania State University and president of the National Academy of Engineering. He was a member of the National Science Board from 1960-64 and chairman from 1964-66.||
16218|Walker Rocks|Summit|761400S|1613600E|-76.2333333|161.6|||01/01/1965|A group of high rocks, about 3 mi in extent, lying 3 mi SW of Mount Murray near the mouth of Mawson Glacier in Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for Carson B. Walker, utility man at South Pole Station, 1961.||04/11/2001
16220|Walker Spur|Ridge|850100S|0911200W|-85.0166667|-91.2|||01/01/1962|A notable rock spur forming the E side of Compton Valley in the N part of the Ford Massif, Thiel Mountains.  The name was proposed by Peter Bermel and Arthur Ford, co-leaders of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Thiel Mountains party which surveyed these mountains in 1960-61. Named for Captain Joseph G. Walker, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC), Squadron VX-6 pilot who made several flights in support of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) party in 1960-61.||
16221|Walker Valley|Valley|704100S|0673300E|-70.6833333|67.55|||01/01/1973|A large, wide, snow-filled valley lying immediately W of Manning Massif in the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains. Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photographs.  Named by ANCA for K.G. Walker, expedition assistant with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey party in 1970.||
16222|Walk Glacier|Glacier|733800S|0941800W|-73.6333333|-94.3|||01/01/1963|A glacier descending westward from Christoffersen Heights, to the south of Forbidden Rocks, in the Jones Mountains.  Mapped by the University of Minnesota-Jones Mountains Party, 1960-61. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Donald R. Walk, U.S. Navy (USN), medical officer and officer in charge of Byrd Station, 1961.||
16223|Wallabies Nunataks|Summit|811200S|1562000E|-81.2|156.3333333|||01/01/1966|A large group of nunataks near the polar plateau, lying 10 mi NE of All-Blacks Nunataks at the E side of the Byrd Neve.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) for the well known Australian rugby team.||
16224|Cape Wallace|Cape|631300S|0621500W|-63.2166667|-62.25|||01/01/1952|Cape marking the NW end of Low Island in the South Shetland Islands. Though the origin of the name Cape Wallace is unknown, it has appeared on charts for over a hundred years and its usage has been established internationally.||
16225|Mount Wallace|Summit|853900S|1512400W|-85.65|-151.4|1490|4888|01/01/1967|One of the Tapley Mountains, 1,490 m, standing at the S side of the mouth of Roe Glacier at the juncture with Scott Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for J. Allen Wallace, Jr., meteorologist, South Pole Station winter party, 1960.||
16226|Wallace Rock|Summit|755500S|1282700W|-75.9166667|-128.45|||01/01/1974|A rock outcrop 1 mi E of Peter Nunatak at the SE extremity of the McCuddin Mountains, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-69.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James W. Wallace, UTC, U.S. Navy (USN), Chief Utilitiesman at South Pole Station in 1965 and 1969.||04/11/2001
16228|Wallend Glacier|Glacier|645800S|0621300W|-64.9666667|-62.2166667|||01/01/1963|A deeply entrenched glacier which drains eastward from Forbidden Plateau to join Green Glacier in northern Graham Land. Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) because the glacier is walled in on three sides by the escarpment of Forbidden Plateau.||
16230|Wallis Glacier|Glacier|711400S|1681500E|-71.2333333|168.25|||01/01/1964|A glacier nearly 20 mi long in the NW part of the Admiralty Mountains, Victoria Land.  The glacier flows N and then NW, eventually coalescing with the lower portions of Dennistoun and Nash Glaciers just before all three reach the sea just E of Cape Scott.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Staff Sergeant Nathaniel Wallis, who perished in the crash of a C-154 Globemaster aircraft in this vicinity in 1958.||
16232|Wallis Nunataks|Summit|665200S|0553900E|-66.8666667|55.65|||01/01/1970|Four nunataks with steep rock faces on their S and E sides, standing 4 mi ENE of Mount Storegutt in Enderby Land.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveys and air photos, 1954-66.  Named by ANCA for G.R. Wallis, geologist with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (Nella Dan), 1965.||
16233|The Wallows|Area|604200S|0453700W|-60.7|-45.6166667|||01/01/1956|Low-lying area 0.3 mi S of Berry Head in the NE part of Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  The area is sheltered by low ridges on all sides and has a small freshwater pond in the center.  Roughly surveyed in 1933 by DI personnel and resurveyed in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  The name given by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) arose because the bulk of moulting elephant seals on Signy Island wallow here in the summer.||
16234|Wall Peak|Summit|710300S|0652300E|-71.05|65.3833333|||01/01/1967|The largest and northernmost of three sharply defined peaks about 5 mi SE of Husky Massif in the Prince Charles Mountains. Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1960.  Named for B.H. Wall, ionosphere physicist at Wilkes Station in 1960.||
16235|Wall Range|Range|644900S|0632200W|-64.8166667|-63.3666667|1095|3592|01/01/1951|Mountain range, 3 mi long in a NE-SW direction with steep wall-like cliffs and jagged peaks rising to 1,095 m, extending from Thunder Glacier to Channel Glacier in the center of Wiencke Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  First mapped by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache.  Surveyed in 1944 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and given this descriptive name.||
16236|Wall Rock|Summit|830800S|0565700W|-83.1333333|-56.95|||01/01/1968|A rock 4 mi N of Robbins Nunatak in the Schmidt Hills portion of the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John Wall, a member of the Electronic Test Unit in the Pensacola Mountains, 1957-58.||
16237|Mount Walnum|Summit|720600S|0241000E|-72.1|24.1666667|2870|9416|01/01/1952|Large mountain rising to 2,870 m, standing 4 mi E of Mount Wideroe in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1946 from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition 1936-37 and named for Ragnvald Walnum, one-time chairman of the Norwegian Whaling Board, who prepared an ice chart of Antarctica.  Remapped by the Norwegians in 1957 from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.||03/07/1997
16239|Walsham Rocks|Island|645000S|0643200W|-64.8333333|-64.5333333|||01/01/1965|Group of rocks lying 1 mi E of Buff Island at the SW end of the Palmer Archipelago.  Surveyed by the British Naval Hydrographic Survey Unit in 1956-57 and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Able Seaman John Walsham, Royal Navy (RN), a member of the Unit.||
16240|Walsh Bluff|Cliff|530600S|0732300E|-53.1|73.3833333|||01/01/1968|A rock bluff close N of the mouth of Abbotsmith Glacier on the W side of Heard Island.  Surveyed by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1948.  Named by ANCA for J.E. Walsh, Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) weather observer on Heard Island in 1950 and 1954; dog attendant at Heard Island in 1951.||
16241|Mount Walshe|Summit|861100S|1521500W|-86.1833333|-152.25|2050|6726|01/01/1967|A bare rock peak, 2,050 m, standing at the N side of Bartlett Glacier where it joins Scott Glacier, in southern Hays Mountains, Queen Maud Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Edward C. Walshe, Jr., USN, an officer aboard the Arneb in Antarctica in the 1957-58 and 1958-59 seasons; on the staff of the Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, during 1966-67.||
16242|Walsh Glacier|Glacier|693300S|1584500E|-69.55|158.75|||01/01/1970|Tributary glacier in the central part of Wilson Hills.  It drains ENE along the S side of Goodman Hills to enter the lower part of Tomilin Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Gary Walsh, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at Hallett Station, 1968-69.||
16243|Walsh Nunatak|Summit|730900S|0631100W|-73.15|-63.1833333|||01/01/1968|A nunatak on the N side of Haines Glacier, 8 mi SW of Mount Axworthy, in the Dana Mountains, Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John J. Walsh, biologist, member of the Palmer Station-Eastwind Expedition, summer 1965-66.||
16244|Walsh Spur|Ridge|724000S|1692200E|-72.6666667|169.3666667|||01/01/1973|A pointed rock spur 4 mi E of Mount Northampton in the Victory Mountains of Victoria Land.  The spur forms the W side of the terminus of Whitehall Glacier.  First mapped from surveys by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, and U.S. Navy aerial photography.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Don Walsh, U.S. Navy (USN), special assistant to the Assistant Secretary of the Navy for Research and Development, 1971-72.  In 1960, with Jacques Piccard, Walsh descended to the bottom of the Mariana Trench in the Trieste.||
16246|Walter Glacier|Glacier|691700S|0702100W|-69.2833333|-70.35||||A glacier flowing ENE, merging with the S side of Moran Glacier (q.v.) to enter Schokalsky Bay, NE Alexander Island. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Howard J. Walter, U.S. Navy (USN), LC-130 aircraft commander, Squadron VXE-6, Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1970 and 1971.||
16248|Walters Peak|Summit|853900S|1284500W|-85.65|-128.75|2430|7972|01/01/1967|A sharp peak, 2,430 m, on the spur descending the N slope of Wisconsin Range between Faure Peak and Lentz Buttress.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Robert E. Walters, USN, a member of the McMurdo Station winter party, 1960.||
16249|Mount Walton|Summit|722900S|1601800E|-72.4833333|160.3|2460|8071|01/01/1970|A sharp, bare mountain (2,460 m) rising midway between Oona Cliff and Mount Chadwick in the Outback Nunataks.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Fred W. Walton, geomagnetist/seismologist at South Pole Station, 1968.||
16250|Walton Mountains|Summit|711200S|0702000W|-71.2|-70.3333333|1450|4757|01/01/1947|Isolated chain of three predominantly snow-covered mountain masses, rising to 1, 450 m at Mount McArthur, extending S from Schubert Inlet for 25 mi in Alexander Island.  First seen from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth on Nov. 23, 1935, and roughly mapped from photos obtained on that flight by W.L.G. Joerg.  Resighted from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940, and in 1947 by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne.  Ronne named the mountains after Lieutenant Col. R.C. Walton, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC), of the Office of Naval Research, who was instrumental in obtaining the loan of a ship from the Navy and in securing Navy assistance for the Ronne expedition.||
16251|Walton Peak|Summit|680900S|0664800W|-68.15|-66.8|825|2707|01/01/1956|Sharp peak, 825 m, which stands 2 mi N of Mount Rhamnus and is part of the irregular ridge separating Northeast Glacier from Neny Fjord, on the W coast of Graham Land.  First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill.  Resurveyed in 1946 and 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named for Eric W.K. Walton, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) engineer at Stonington Island in 1946 and 1947, who in 1946 rescued J.E. Tonkin of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from a crevasse in Northeast Glacier.||
16252|Walts Cliff|Cliff|760100S|1354200W|-76.0166667|-135.7|||01/01/1974|A rock cliff that is conspicuous from a great distance, marking the base of Mount Berlin at the NE side, in the Flood Range of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Dennis S. Walts of the U.S. Weather Bureau, meteorologist at South Pole Station, 1970.||
16254|Wandel Peak|Summit|650500S|0640000W|-65.0833333|-64|980|3215|01/01/1971|Peak, 980 m, standing 0.5 mi S of Gourdon Peak and marking the highest point on Booth Island in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  In 1898, the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache charted this area and applied the name "Ile Wandel" to this island which Dallmann had named Booth in 1873-74.  Although Booth later became established as the name of the island, Gerlache's naming has been preserved in the name for its highest peak.  Carl F. Wandel (1843-1930) was a Danish hydrographer who assisted in preparations for the Belgian expedition.||
16255|Wanderer Valley|Valley|540000S|0380300W|-54|-38.05||||A valley in central Bird Island, South Georgia.  The valley extends NE for 0.5 mi from the head of Freshwater Inlet.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the Wandering Albatross (Diomedea exulans) whose principal breeding grounds are nearby.||
16256|Mount Wanous|Summit|845200S|0622000W|-84.8666667|-62.3333333|1660|5446|01/01/1968|A prominent, bare, conical mountain, 1,660 m, standing 4.5 mi E of Pierce Peak at the NE edge of Mackin Table in the Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard E. Wanous, geophysicist in the Pensacola Mountains, 1965-66.||
16257|Waratah Islands|Island|672400S|0472500E|-67.4|47.4166667|||01/01/1965|Two small islands lying close to the coast about 1 mi NW of Hannan Ice Shelf, Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA after the Australian native plant Waratah (Telopea truncata).||
16258|Warburton Peak|Summit|540500S|0373400W|-54.0833333|-37.5666667|1090|3576|01/01/1963|Peak, 1,090 m, standing 3 mi NE of the head of Wilson Harbor in the W part of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named for Keith Warburton, medical officer of the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1953-54, who was invalided home soon after the expedition reached the island.  He accompanied the South Georgia Survey (SGS) 1955-56, as second-in-command, medical officer and mountaineer.||
16259|Mount Ward|Summit|713600S|0665700W|-71.6|-66.95|||01/01/1947|A mountain at the NE end of Steeple Peaks, located S of Batterbee Mountains near George VI Sound in western Palmer Land. During a flight on Dec. 23, 1947, by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (1947-48) a high peak was seen in the area S and E of Batterbee Mountains.  It was named by F. Ronne after W.W. Ward of Beaumont, Texas, editor of the Beaumont Journal and a supporter of the expedition. No peak exists at the coordinates given by Ronne, but it is most likely that the feature here described was that seen by him.||
16260|Mount Ward|Summit|854000S|1671000E|-85.6666667|167.1666667|||01/01/1952|A rock peak 3 mi SE of Davis Nunataks, the feature being a southern outlier of the main body of the Dominion Range. Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named for Sir Joseph George Ward, then Prime Minister of New Zealand, who gave the expedition considerable support.||
16261|Mount Warden|Summit|860000S|1463700W|-86|-146.6166667|2860|9383|01/01/1967|A snow-covered peak, 2,860 m, standing close SE of Hunt Spur and surmounting a projecting buttress at the NW face of Watson Escarpment.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant George W. Warden, USN, pilot on aircraft flights over the Queen Maud Mountains in U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47.||
16262|Warden Pass|Gap|802800S|0282000W|-80.4666667|-28.3333333|1000|3281||A snow pass at c. 1,000 m trending E-W between the NW side of Fuchs Dome and Flat Top in the Shackleton Range.  The area was surveyed by Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) in 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Michael A. Warden, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) general assistant, Halley Station, 1970-72, who worked in the area.||
16263|Warden Rock|Summit|673200S|0671900W|-67.5333333|-67.3166667|||01/01/1960|Rock lying 2 mi NW of Guardian Rock on the N side of Bigourdan Fjord in Graham Land.  Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from surveys and air photos, 1946-57, and so named from association with Guardian Rock.||04/12/2001
16264|Ward Glacier|Glacier|781000S|1632700E|-78.1666667|163.45|||01/01/1962|Small glacier between Terminus Mountain and Howchin Glacier on the E side of the Royal Society Range in Victoria Land.  Named by Taylor of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) for L. Ward, a Tasmanian geologist.||
16265|Ward Islands|Island|673800S|0693500W|-67.6333333|-69.5833333|||01/01/1964|A group of two small islands and off-lying rocks forming the southern part of the Amiot Islands, off the SW part of Adelaide Island.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Herbert G.V. Ward, Chief Engineer of Royal Research Ship (RRS) John Biscoe,  1948-1962, which ship assisted the Royal Navy (RN) Hydrographic Survey Unit which charted this group in 1963.||
16266|Ward Lake|Lake|781000S|1633500E|-78.1666667|163.5833333|||01/01/1960|A small lake, formed at the snout of the Ward Glacier, on the E side of the Royal Society Range in Victoria Land.  Named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) after Ward Glacier.||
16267|Wardle Entrance|Gut|652700S|0652600W|-65.45|-65.4333333|||01/01/1965|Small SE entrance to Johannessen Harbor, lying between Snodgrass and Weller Islands, Pitt Islands, in the Biscoe Islands.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956 and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after one of the central characters in Charles Dickens' Pickwick Papers.||
16268|Ward Nunataks|Summit|680700S|0493600E|-68.1166667|49.6|||01/01/1965|A linear group of nunataks 4 mi N of Alderdice Peak in the eastern part of Nye Mountains.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for D.J. Ward, radio officer at Wilkes Station in 1960.||
16269|Ward Rock|Summit|670800S|0512100E|-67.1333333|51.35|||01/01/1965|Rounded rock exposure just E of the Howard Hills in the NE part of the Scott Mountains, Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for F.J. Ward, a member of the crew of Discovery during the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31.||
16270|Mount Ware|Summit|702700S|0653600E|-70.45|65.6|||01/01/1971|A mountain just S of Mount Kerr in the Porthos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos of 1965. Named by ANCA for W.R. Ware, weather observer at Mawson Station in 1968.||
16271|Waring Bluff|Cliff|730100S|1610500E|-73.0166667|161.0833333|||01/01/1969|A rock bluff in the N part of the Sequence Hills, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James T. Waring, U.S. Navy (USN), an air controlman at McMurdo Station in 1967.||
16272|Waring Rocks|Island|540400S|0380100W|-54.0666667|-38.0166667|||01/01/1964|Two pointed rocks lying off the W end of South Georgia, 0.6 mi SW of Cape Paryadin.  Charted by DI personnel on the 1963 for Leading Seaman Thomas J. Waring of His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Owen, which surveyed this area in 1961.||04/11/2001
16273|Mount Warner|Summit|770500S|1440000W|-77.0833333|-144|||01/01/1947|An isolated mountain just S of the head of Arthur Glacier and 5 mi N of Mount Crow in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land. Discovered by members of a geological party of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and named for Lawrence A. Warner, geologist at the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) West Base and leader of the party which visited this mountain.||
16274|Warning Glacier|Glacier|713200S|1702100E|-71.5333333|170.35|||01/01/1947|A glacier descending sharply on the W side of Adare Peninsula to discharge into Robertson Bay 4 mi N of Nameless Glacier, in Victoria Land.  First charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1898-1900, under C.E. Borchgrevink.  The feature was so named by Borchgrevink because southerly gales at Cape Adare were always heralded by a cloud of snow sweeping over this glacier into Robertson Bay.||
16275|Mount Warnke|Summit|842000S|0645500W|-84.3333333|-64.9166667|915|3002|01/01/1968|A mountain, 915 m, standing 3 mi NE of Martin Peak in the Thomas Hills in northern Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Detlef A. Warnke, biologist at Palmer Station, 1966-67.||
16276|Warnock Islands|Island|671200S|0594400E|-67.2|59.7333333|||01/01/1947|Group of small offshore islands lying 1 mi S and SW of Dales Island at the N end of William Scoresby Archipelago. Discovered and named in February 1936 by DI personnel on the William Scoresby.||
16278|Mount Warren|Summit|774300S|0855700W|-77.7166667|-85.95|2340|7677|01/01/1961|Mountain, 2,340 m, just N of the turn in Newcomer Glacier in the N part of the Sentinel Range.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Aviation Master Sergeant Cecil O. Warren, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC), navigator on U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 photographic flights over the range on Dec. 14-15, 1959.||
16279|Warren Ice Piedmont|Glacier|700000S|0681500W|-70|-68.25||||An ice piedmont on the Rymill Coast of Palmer Land, lying westward of Traverse Mountains and bounded N and S by Terminus Nunatak and Riley Glacier, the latter once considered to include this ice piedmont.  The feature was photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1966, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1970-73.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1978 after Douglas E. Warren, Director of Overseas Surveys, 1968-80, with overall responsibility for British mapping in the Antarctic.||
16280|Warren Island|Island|672300S|0593600E|-67.3833333|59.6|||01/01/1963|Small island in William Scoresby Bay, close S of the W end of Bertha Island.  Discovered and named by DI personnel on the William Scoresby in February 1936.||
16281|Warren Nunatak|Summit|793200S|0825000W|-79.5333333|-82.8333333|||01/01/1966|A nunatak located 4 mi E of Mount Capley, along the E side of the Nimbus Hills in the Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Arthur D. Warren, auroral scientist at Ellsworth Station in 1958.||
16282|Warren Peak|Summit|764100S|1595200E|-76.6833333|159.8666667|||01/01/1965|A high rock peak southeast of Halle Flat in the Allan Hills, Victoria Land.  Reconnoitered by the New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) Allan Hills Expedition, 1964.  They named it after Guyon Warren, from whose initiative the expedition was conceived and organized, but who only participated in the expedition for part of the time because of an accident.||
16283|Warren Range|Range|782800S|1581600E|-78.4666667|158.2666667|||01/01/1966|A range about 15 mi long just W of Boomerang Range, with which it lies parallel, in Victoria Land.  Discovered by the Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58), which called the highest summit "Mount Warren" after Guyon Warren, a member of the party in 1957-58.  To avoid confusion with another mountain of the same name, the name Warren has instead been applied to the whole range.||
16284|Warriner Island|Island|683700S|0775400E|-68.6166667|77.9|||01/01/1970|A small island lying just off the W end of Breidnes Peninsula, Vestfold Hills.  First mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Named by ANCA for A. Warriner, radio officer at Davis Station, 1961.||
16285|Warrington Island|Island|662000S|1102800E|-66.3333333|110.4666667|||01/01/1956|Rocky island, 0.7 mi long, lying immediately S of Pidgeon Island in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for W.H. Warrington, photographer's mate on U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp flights in this and other coastal areas between 14 and 164 East longitude.||
16286|Mount Washburn|Summit|773700S|0860800W|-77.6166667|-86.1333333|2725|8940|01/01/1960|Mountain (2,725 m) midway between Mount Ulmer and Mount Cornwell in the N part of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Mapped by the Marie Byrd Land Traverse party, 1957-58, under C.R. Bentley, and named for Dr. A. Lincoln Washburn, member, U.S. National Committee for the IGY.||
16287|Cape Washington|Cape|743900S|1652500E|-74.65|165.4166667|275|902|01/01/1947|A prominent cape, 275 m, marking the S extremity of the peninsula which separates Wood Bay and Terra Nova Bay, in Victoria Land.  Discovered in 1841 by Captain James Clark Ross, Royal Navy (RN), and named by him for Captain Washington, Royal Navy (RN), who was secretary of the Royal Geographical Society, 1836-40.||03/07/1997
16288|Washington Escarpment|Cliff|834200S|0550800W|-83.7|-55.1333333|||01/01/1965|The major west-facing escarpment of the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains, extending some 50 mi and being the point of origin of a number of west-trending rock ridges.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the University of Washington at Seattle.  Several members of the Neptune Range field party of 1963-64 attended this university.||
16289|Washington Ridge|Ridge|780600S|1544800W|-78.1|-154.8|||01/01/1966|A rock ridge surmounted by three peaks, standing 1.5 mi SE of Mount Franklin in the S group of the Rockefeller Mountains on Edward VII Peninsula.  Discovered on a Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) flight of Jan. 27, 1929.  Named by R. Admiral Richard E. Byrd for his niece, Helen A. Washington.||
16290|Washington Strait|Channel|604300S|0445600W|-60.7166667|-44.9333333|||01/01/1947|Passage 3 mi wide between Fredriksen and Powell Islands on the W and Laurie Island and several smaller islands on the E, in the South Orkney Islands.  Discovered in December 1821 on the occasion of the joint cruise by Captain George Powell, a British sealer in the sloop Dove, and Captain Nathaniel Palmer, an American sealer in the sloop James Monroe.  Supposedly, it was named for George Washington, first President of the United States.||
16291|Mount Wasilewski|Summit|751100S|0712400W|-75.1833333|-71.4|1615|5298|01/01/1966|Prominent isolated mountain (1,615 m) located 9 mi ESE of Merrick Mountains in Ellsworth Land.  First seen and photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Peter J. Wasilewski, member of the University of Wisconsin parties which explored this area in the 1961-62 and 1965-66 seasons.||
16292|Mount Wasko|Summit|843400S|1765800W|-84.5666667|-176.9666667|1170|3839|01/01/1962|A double-peaked, saddle-shaped mountain (1,170 m) on the W side of Shackleton Glacier, 3 mi N of Mount Franke, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41), and surveyed by A.P. Crary (1957-58).  Named by Crary for Lieutenant Commander Frank Wasko, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), of Squadron VX-6 at Little America V in 1957-58.||
16293|Wasp Point|Summit|592800S|0272200W|-59.4666667|-27.3666667|||01/01/1972|A projecting point in the middle of the SW coast of Thule Island, South Sandwich Islands.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after the American sealing vessel in which Captain Benjamin Morrell of Stonington, CT, visited the island in 1823.||
16294|Wasson Rock|Summit|735000S|1614500E|-73.8333333|161.75|||01/01/1969|A prominent, mainly ice-free rock situated along the N wall near the head of Priestley Glacier, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William G. Wasson, aviation electrician's mate with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 at McMurdo Station, 1966.||04/11/2001
16295|The Watchkeeper|Island|621800S|0594900W|-62.3|-59.8166667|||01/01/1953|Low rock fringed on the N side by sunken rocks, lying 2.5 mi N of Table Island in the South Shetland Islands.  This feature was known to early sealers in the area as Flat Isle, but in recent years The Watchkeeper has overtaken the early name in usage.  It was charted by DI personnel on the Discovery II in 1935.||
16296|The Watchtower|Summit|642300S|0572200W|-64.3833333|-57.3666667|400|1312|01/01/1967|An isolated, steep-sided, flat-topped rock mass, 400 m, on the SE extremity of James Ross Island.  First seen, roughly surveyed, and given the descriptive name "The Watch Tower" by Otto Nordenskjold of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) in March 1902.||
16297|Watchtower Hill|Summit|731600S|1630800E|-73.2666667|163.1333333|||01/01/1963|A small, pointed hill at the SE side of Pinnacle Gap in the Mesa Range, in Victoria Land.  So named by the northern party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63, because the feature provides a good "watchtower" to the entrance of Pinnacle Gap.||
16298|Waterboat Point|Summit|644900S|0625100W|-64.8166667|-62.85|||01/01/1964|The low westernmost termination of the peninsula between Paradise Harbor and Andvord Bay on the west coast of Graham Land. This feature has "island" characteristics, but it is only separated from the mainland at high water and is more usefully described as a "point."  The coast in this vicinity was first roughly surveyed by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition in 1898. This point was surveyed and given this name by T.W. Bagshawe and M.C. Lester who lived here in a water boat from January 1921 until January 1922.||
16300|Waterhouse Spur|Ridge|863700S|1472500W|-86.6166667|-147.4166667|||01/01/1970|A spur of well-exposed strata that juts SW from the S portion of Ackerman Ridge, 6 mi NE of Johansen Peak, in the La Gorce Mountains.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1969-70, for Barry C. Waterhouse, a member of the geological party who worked here.||
16302|Mount Waterman|Summit|842700S|1752500E|-84.45|175.4166667|3880|12730|01/01/1962|A massive mountain, 3,880 m, in the Hughes Range, standing 3 mi NE of Mount Wexler.  Discovered and photographed by R. Admiral Byrd on the Baselaying Flight of Nov. 18, 1929, and surveyed by A.P. Crary in 1957-58.  Named by Crary for Alan T. Waterman, Director of the National Science Foundation, which directly supported U.S. Antarctic programs during and after the IGY period, 1957-58.||03/20/1997
16303|Waterpipe Beach|Beach|604300S|0453700W|-60.7166667|-45.6166667|||01/01/1956|Flat shingle beach on the W side of Borge Bay, Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Surveyed in 1933 by DI personnel.  Resurveyed and named in 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  An old pipe line from a pumping station by the southernmost lake in Three Lakes Valley leads down to this beach and was used by the Tonsberg Hvalfangeri for watering whaling vessels during the period 1920-30.||
16304|Watkins Island|Island|662200S|0670600W|-66.3666667|-67.1|||01/01/1953|Low, ice-covered island 5 mi long, lying 3 mi SW of Lavoisier Island in the Biscoe Islands.  The island was first mapped by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05 and 1908-10, but remained unnamed until resighted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  He gave the name Mikkelsen Island after Ejnar Mikkelsen, Danish Arctic explorer.  In applying the name, Rymill was unaware of the existence of Mikkelsen Islands 75 mi southwestward, named in 1908-10 by Charcot.  To avoid confusion of the two, the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) recommended in 1952 that the Rymill naming be amended.  The new name, Watkins Island, commemorates Henry G. Watkins, leader of the British Arctic Air Route Expedition, 1930-31.  A new feature, Mikkelsen Bay (q.v.), has been named for Ejnar Mikkelsen.||
16305|Watlack Hills|Range|792600S|0852200W|-79.4333333|-85.3666667|||01/01/1966|A line of mainly ice-free hills, 10 mi long, bounded by the White Escarpment, Splettstoesser Glacier, and Dobbratz Glacier, in the Heritage Range.  Named by the University of Minnesota Geological Party to these mountains, 1963-64, for Chief Warrant Officer Richard G. Watlack, pilot with the 62nd Transportation Detachment, who assisted the party.||
16306|Watson Bluff|Cliff|662500S|0985700E|-66.4166667|98.95|225|738|01/01/1953|Dark bluff 225 m, at the E end of David Island.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE), 1911-14, under Mawson, and named for Andrew D. Watson, geologist with the expedition.||
16307|Watson Escarpment|Cliff|860000S|1450000W|-86|-145|3550|11647|01/01/1947|A major escarpment in the Queen Maud Mountains, trending northward along the east margin of Scott Glacier, then eastward to Reedy Glacier where it turns southward along the glacier's west side. Somewhat arcuate, the escarpment is nearly 100 mi long, rises 3,550 m above sea level, and 1,000 to 1,500 m above the adjacent terrain.  The north-central part of the escarpment was observed from a vantage point on Supporting Party Mountain and was partially mapped in December 1929 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Laurence Gould.  The escarpment was more closely observed in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn, and was named by Byrd for Thomas J. Watson, American business executive, a patron of this expedition.  The escarpment was mapped in detail by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.||
16308|Watson Nunatak|Summit|675800S|0624500E|-67.9666667|62.75|||01/01/1970|Nunatak standing between Price and Van Hulssen Nunataks in the Trilling Peaks, Framnes Mountains, in Mac. Robertson Land. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Named by ANCA for K.D. Watson, diesel mechanic at Mawson Station, who assisted in the Framnes Mountains--Depot Peak survey by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1965.||
16309|Watson Peaks|Range|734500S|0623600W|-73.75|-62.6|||01/01/1968|A linear group of peaks that trend in a NW-SE direction for 9 mi, located 2 mi NE of Rivera Peaks, in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for George E. Watson, biologist on the Palmer Station-Eastwind Expedition, summer 1965-66; author of the handbook Birds of the Antarctic and Sub-Antarctic, 1975.||
16310|Watson Peninsula|Cape|604200S|0443200W|-60.7|-44.5333333|||01/01/1952|Narrow peninsula 2 mi long separating Macdougal and Marr Bays on the N coast of Laurie Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted in 1903 by the ScotNAE under Bruce, who named it for G.L. Watson, yacht builder and redesigner of the expedition ship Scotia.||
16311|Watson Ridge|Ridge|670000S|0554600E|-67|55.7666667|||01/01/1970|Partially snow-covered rock ridge standing 9 mi SE of Mount Storegutt, Enderby Land.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveys and air photos, 1954-66.  Named by ANCA for R.A. Watson, weather observer at Mawson Station, 1963.||
16312|Mount Watt|Summit|722800S|1660900E|-72.4666667|166.15|2715|8907|01/01/1964|A peak, 2,715 m, located 3 mi NW of Mount Roy in the Barker Range, Victoria Land.  Named by the Southern Party of NZFMCAE, 1962-63, after B.H. Watt, expedition secretary.||
16313|Watt Bay|Bay|670200S|1440000E|-67.0333333|144|||01/01/1947|A bay about 16 mi wide indenting the coast between Garnet Point and Cape De la Motte.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who named it for W.A. Watt, Premier of Victoria in 1911.||
16314|Mount Watters|Summit|764400S|1593800E|-76.7333333|159.6333333|||01/01/1965|A massive peak westward of Scythian Nunatak in the Allan Hills, Victoria Land.  Reconnoitered by the New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) Allan Hills Expedition (1964) and named after W.A. Watters, a geologist with the expedition.||
16315|Wattle Island|Island|671700S|0464600E|-67.2833333|46.7666667|||01/01/1965|Small island lying close to the coast and 6 mi E of Kirkby Head, Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956. Wattle is the vernacular name given to over 400 species of Acacia found in different parts of Australia.||
16316|Watt Ridge|Ridge|844500S|1734700W|-84.75|-173.7833333|||01/01/1966|A ridge, 7 mi long, extending NW from Mount Llano in the Prince Olav Mountains and terminating at the E side of Barrett Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Robert C. Watt, USN, Supply Officer during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1964.||
16317|Watts Needle|Pillar|804400S|0245900W|-80.7333333|-24.9833333|1450|4757||A needle-shaped peak (1,450 m) at the SW end of the ridge E of Glen Glacier, in the Read Mountains, Shackleton Range. Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of geologists grouped in this area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after William Whitehead Watts (1860-1947), British geologist who worked particularly on the Precambrian rocks of the English midlands; Professor of Geology, Imperial College, London, 1906-30.||
16318|Watts Nunatak|Summit|723800S|0741300E|-72.6333333|74.2166667|||01/01/1967|An isolated nunatak lying 12 mi NW of Mason Peaks in the Grove Mountains.  Mapped from air photos, 1956-60, by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE). Named by ANCA for J.P. Watts, supervising technician (radio) at Mawson Station, 1962.||
16319|Watts Summit|Summit|831200S|0503100W|-83.2|-50.5166667|1785|5856||A peak rising to 1,785 m in the SW corner of Lexington Table, Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1967 from ground surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs taken 1964.  Named in 1979 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Raymond D. Watts, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geophysicist who worked in the Forrestal Range and Dufek Massif, 1978-79.||
16320|Mount Waugh|Summit|653100S|0640700W|-65.5166667|-64.1166667|585|1919|01/01/1971|Mountain, 585 m, standing at the S side of Beascochea Bay 3.5 mi NE of Nunez Point, on the W coast of Graham Land. First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for W.A. Waugh, American biochemist who, with Charles G. King, first identified the antiscorbutic component from lemon juice, making possible the production of synthetic vitamin C to prevent scurvy, in 1932.||
16321|Waugh Peak|Summit|860400S|1603600W|-86.0666667|-160.6|2430|7972|01/01/1967|A rock peak, 2,430 m, standing just SE of Breyer Mesa at the W side of Amundsen Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Douglas Waugh, Chief Cartographer with the American Geological Society from 1963, who has contributed much to the Society's Antarctic mapping program.||
16323|Wauters Point|Summit|640600S|0614300W|-64.1|-61.7166667|||01/01/1960|Ice-covered point forming the N end of Two Hummock Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache, and named by him for Alphonse Wauters, a supporter of the expedition.||
16326|Wauwermans Islands|Island|645500S|0635300W|-64.9166667|-63.8833333|||01/01/1951|Group of small, low, snow-covered islands forming the northernmost group in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  Discovered by a German expedition 1873-74, under Dallmann.  Sighted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache, and named for Lieutenant General Wauwermans, president of the Societe Royale de Geographie, Antwerp, a supporter of the expedition.||03/07/1997
16327|Wave Peak|Summit|603700S|0453600W|-60.6166667|-45.6|960|3150|01/01/1956|Conspicuous peak, 960 m, which rises precipitously from the head of Laws Glacier in the central part of Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  The feature has a prominent ridge running in a southwesterly direction.  To the N and E it slopes gently to the level of Brisbane Heights.  Surveyed in 1948-49 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), and so named by them because of the resemblance of this peak to a wave about to break.||
16328|Waverly Glacier|Glacier|740100S|0613800W|-74.0166667|-61.6333333|||01/01/1947|Narrow glacier flowing along the S flank of Mount Tricorn and entering Wright Inlet, on the E coast of Palmer Land.  This glacier was photographed from the air by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in December 1940, and by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne in 1947.  Named by Ronne after Waverly, New York, home of the Kasco Mills.  Mr. Marc Ivy and Mr. Edwin Knapp, officers of the Kasco Mills, contributed twenty tons of dog food to Ronne's expedition.||
16331|Wawel Hill|Summit|620700S|0582400W|-62.1166667|-58.4|290|951||A hill rising to 290 m N of Point Hennequin, on the E side of Admiralty Bay, King George Island.  Named "Gora Wawel" in 1980 by the Polish Antarctic Expedition after a hill by this name in Krakow, historic site of the castle of the Polish kings.||
16332|Way Archipelago|Island|665300S|1434000E|-66.8833333|143.6666667|||01/01/1947|More than 120 small islands and rocks, of which the largest is Stillwell Island, distributed close off shore in the form of an arc.  The archipelago extends from the vicinity of Cape Gray, at the east side of the entrance to Commonwealth Bay, to the vicinity of Garnet Point, at the west side of the entrance to Watt Bay.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who named the group for Sir Samuel Way, Chancellor of the University of Adelaide in 1911.||
16333|Weasel Gap|Gap|701100S|0643900E|-70.1833333|64.65|||01/01/1965|A gap with a neve surface and a low gradient offering a feasible N-S route between Mount Starlight and Mount Lacey in the Athos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Sighted in November 1955 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by J.M. Bechervaise.  Named after the tracked vehicles used by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE).||
16334|Weasel Hill|Summit|641500S|0593300W|-64.25|-59.55|||01/01/1964|A small distinctive elevation in the ice piedmont 5 miles N of Larsen Inlet, Graham Land, between Pyke and Polaris Glaciers. Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC). after the M-29 Tracked Cargo Carrier, or "Weasel," manufactured by the Studebaker Corporation.||
16336|Weather Guesser Nunataks|Summit|753000S|0714500W|-75.5|-71.75|||01/01/1966|An isolated nunatak group 10 mi WNW of Thomas Mountains in eastern Ellsworth Land.  First seen and photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48.  The name was suggested by Russell R. White, Jr., U.S. Navy (USN) aerographer and member of the University of Wisconsin survey party to the area, 1965-66.||
16338|Mount Weaver|Summit|865800S|1535000W|-86.9666667|-153.8333333|2780|9121|01/01/1947|A mountain, 2,780 m, standing 2 mi W of Mount Wilbur at the head of Scott Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered and ascended in December 1934 by members of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn.  Named by them for Charles E. Weaver, professor of paleontology at the University of Washington.||
16339|Weaver Nunataks|Summit|795100S|0811100W|-79.85|-81.1833333|||01/01/1966|A cluster of nunataks just S of Meyer Hills in the Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William E. Weaver, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at Ellsworth Station, 1962.||
16340|Weaver Peninsula|Cape|621200S|0584800W|-62.2|-58.8||||Small peninsula between Collins Harbor and Marian Cove, Maxwell Bay, King George Island, terminating in North Spit. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 after Stephen D. Weaver, geologist, University of Birmingham, with the British Antarctic Survey (BAS) party in this area in 1975.||
16341|Weaver Point|Summit|653100S|0654600W|-65.5166667|-65.7666667|||01/01/1971|Point lying 2.5 mi W of Tula Point at the N end of Renaud Island, in the Biscoe Islands.  First accurately shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for John C. Weaver, American author of Ice Atlas of the Northern Hemisphere, 1946.||
16342|Cape Webb|Cape|675100S|1465500E|-67.85|146.9166667|||01/01/1947|A coastal point separating Ainsworth Bay and Doolette Bay, also serving to mark on the W the depression occupied by Ninnis Glacier.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, and named after Eric N. Webb (Webb Subglacial Trench, q.v.), chief magnetician of the Main Base Party of the expedition.||
16343|Mount Webb|Summit|711100S|1630000E|-71.1833333|163|2430|7972|01/01/1969|A mountain (2,430 m) rising 4 mi SE of Mount Glasgow at the W side of Edlin Neve, in the Explorers Range, Bowers Mountains.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1967-68, for William Webb, leader of the Scott Base winter party, 1968.||
16344|Webber Island|Island|771700S|1530500W|-77.2833333|-153.0833333|||01/01/1970|The large central island (between Olson Island and Chandler Island) of the White Islands in southern Sulzberger Bay.  It is rudely delineated on the map of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30, and indicated as "low ice cliffs" that rise above the ice shelf in this part of the bay.  Mapped in detail by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named for James Webber, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) ionospheric physicist at Byrd Station, 1968-69 season.||
16345|Webber Nunatak|Summit|744700S|0995000W|-74.7833333|-99.8333333|495|1624|01/01/1968|A nunatak (495 m) standing 6 mi W of Mount Manthe in the Hudson Mountains.  Mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for George E. Webber, electrical engineer at Byrd Station, 1967.||
16346|Webb Glacier|Glacier|543200S|0361000W|-54.5333333|-36.1666667|||01/01/1963|Glacier, 2 mi long, flowing SE from Mount Brooker into Ross Glacier on the N side of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS), 1954-55.  Named for E. Clive Webb, member of the South Georgia Survey (SGS) who, with I.M. Brooker, climbed Mount Brooker on Jan. 30, 1955.  This glacier forms part of the approach route to the mountain.||
16347|Webb Glacier|Glacier|771824S|1604410E|-77.306801|160.736209|||01/01/1962|Glacier just N of Mount Bastion and Gibson Spur, flowing SE into the head of Barwick Valley in Victoria Land.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1958-59) for P.N. Webb who, with B.C. McKelvey, did the first geological exploration in this area (1957-58) and was in Wright Valley with the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) in 1958-59.||
16348|Webb Icefall|Glacier|771616S|1603010E|-77.271117|160.502855|||01/01/1970|An icefall just south of Vishniac Peak that descends from Willett Range and nourishes the western tributary at the head of Webb Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Named by American geologist Parker E. Calkin in association with Webb Glacier.||
16349|Webb Island|Island|672700S|0675600W|-67.45|-67.9333333|||01/01/1953|Rocky island 1.5 mi long, lying in Laubeuf Fjord about 3 mi S of the entrance to Stonehouse Bay, Adelaide Island.  Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10, and named by him for Captain (later Admiral Sir) Richard C. Webb, Royal Navy (RN), commanding officer of an English cruiser in Argentine waters at that time.||
16350|Webb Lake|Lake|772004S|1605304E|-77.334336|160.884429|||01/01/1970|A meltwater lake at the terminus of Webb Glacier in Barwick Valley, Victoria Land.  Named in 1964 by American geologist Parker E. Calkin in association with Webb Glacier.||
16351|Webb Névé|Glacier|724200S|1661800E|-72.7|166.3|||01/01/1968|The neve at the head of Seafarer Glacier in Victoria Land.  Named by the Northern Party of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1966-67, after the appointed Public Relations Officer Dexter Webb, who was killed before taking up the appointment.||
16352|Webb Nunataks|Summit|832400S|0564200W|-83.4|-56.7|||01/01/1968|A group of nunataks 2 mi W of Madey Ridge in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Dalton Webb, electronics engineer with Raydist Corporation, a member of the Electronic Test Unit in the Pensacola Mountains, 1957-58.||
16353|Webb Peak|Summit|693800S|0662800W|-69.6333333|-66.4666667|1480|4856||A peak rising to 1,480 m at the W end of Crescent Scarp (q.v.) in northern Palmer Land.  The peak was photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1940, and surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1958.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 after John E. Webb, geodesist, U.S. Army Topographic Command (later Defense Mapping Agency Hydrographic/Topographic Center), a member of the Palmer Station winter party, 1969.||06/05/2012
16354|Webb Subglacial Trench|Valley|700000S|1460000E|-70|146||||A subglacial trench in the NW part of Wilkes Subglacial Basin, to the W of Southern Cross Subglacial Highlands, in East Antarctica.  The feature was delineated by the SPRI-NSF-TUD airborne radio echo sounding program, 1967-79, and named after Eric N. Webb (1890-1984), magnetician with the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE), 1911-14 (Sir Douglas Mawson).||
16355|Weber Inlet|Stream|715600S|0732800W|-71.9333333|-73.4666667|||01/01/1961|A broad ice-filled inlet, which indents the S part of Beethoven Peninsula, SW of Bennett Dome, forming the NW arm of Bach Ice Shelf in Alexander Island.  First mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Carl Maria von Weber (1786-1826), German composer.||
16356|Weber Ridge|Ridge|842000S|0631200W|-84.3333333|-63.2|||01/01/1968|A bare rock ridge, 8 mi long, located at the N end of Anderson Hills in northern Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Max K. Weber, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) topographic engineer in the Pensacola Mountains, 1965-66.||
16357|Webers Peaks|Range|792800S|0844000W|-79.4666667|-84.6666667|||01/01/1964|A line of peaks on a ridge bounded by Splettstoesser Glacier on the N, Balish Glacier on the E and Dobbratz and Fendorf Glaciers on the W, in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Named by the University of Minnesota Ellsworth Mountains Party, 1962-63, for geologist Gerald F. Webers, a member of that party.||
16358|Mount Webster|Summit|854000S|1442400W|-85.6666667|-144.4|1610|5282|01/01/1967|Prominent isolated mountain, 1,610 m, standing 3 mi N of Leverett Glacier and 12 mi NW of Mount Beazley.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant John B. Webster, USN, flight surgeon with the McMurdo Station winter party in 1962.||
16359|Webster Bluff|Cliff|760600S|1450300W|-76.1|-145.05|||01/01/1966|An ice-covered bluff with a steep, rocky N face, 9 mi long, forming a northern extension of the Phillips Mountains in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for David O. Webster, ionospheric physicist at Byrd Station, 1964.||
16360|Webster Glacier|Glacier|790600S|0861100W|-79.1|-86.1833333|||01/01/1966|Glacier in the Founders Peaks of the Heritage Range, flowing generally N between Frazier Ridge and Pipe Peak to enter Minnesota Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charles W. Webster, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist and member of the winter party at Wilkes Station in 1963.||
16361|Webster Knob|Summit|851800S|1663000W|-85.3|-166.5|||01/01/1956|A prominent rock knob at the head of Strom Glacier in the Queen Maud Mountains.  It stands near the extremity of a spur which descends from the NE shoulder of Mount Fridtjof Nansen. Discovered and visited in November 1929 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Laurence Gould.  Named by Byrd for Mrs. Laurence J. Webster, a contributor to the expedition.||
16362|Webster Pass|Gap|743400S|1110900W|-74.5666667|-111.15||||A snow pass in central Bear Peninsula located at the divide between Brush Glacier and Holt Glacier, on Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs taken 1966.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 after William O. Webster, U.S. Navy (USN) aerographer on seven Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) deployments, including one winter.||
16363|Webster Peaks|Range|635500S|0594000W|-63.9166667|-59.6666667|1065|3494|01/01/1953|Group of four rocky peaks, 1065 m, standing W of Whitecloud Glacier at the head of Charcot Bay on the W coast of Graham Land. Charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1948, and named for W.H.B. Webster, medical officer and naturalist on the Chanticleer, which approached Tower and Trinity Islands off this coast in 1829.||
16364|Webster Peaks|Range|702800S|0652500E|-70.4666667|65.4166667|||01/01/1971|A group of five peaks 3 mi SE of Mount Kirkby in the Porthos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos of 1965.  Named by ANCA for G.K. Webster, ionospheric physicist at Mawson Station in 1965.||
16366|Weddell Arm|Bay|683200S|0780700E|-68.5333333|78.1166667|||01/01/1965|The southernmost and westernmost arm of Langnes Fjord in the Vestfold Hills.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37. Visited in 1955 and 1957 by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) parties and so named because they found large numbers of Weddell seals in the area.||10/18/2000
16367|Weddell Glacier|Glacier|543500S|0360000W|-54.5833333|-36|||01/01/1953|Glacier 2 mi long on the N side of South Georgia, flowing N into Royal Bay between Will Point and Cape Charlotte.  First mapped by the German group of the International Polar Year Investigations, 1882-83, and named for James Weddell, Master, Royal Navy (RN), who as a sealing captain visited South Georgia in 1823.||
16368|Weddell Islands|Island|603900S|0445100W|-60.65|-44.85|||01/01/1952|Group of small islands and rocks lying 1 mi S of Saddle Island and 4 5 mi N of the W end of Laurie Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  Probably seen on the occasion of a joint cruise by Captain Nathaniel B. Palmer and Captain George Powell in December 1821.  The name first appears on James Weddell's chart resulting from his exploration of the South Orkney Islands in 1823.||
16369|Weddell Point|Summit|540300S|0374900W|-54.05|-37.8166667|||01/01/1956|Low, tussock-covered point forming the E side of the entrance to Schlieper Bay, on the S coast and near the W end of South Georgia.  The name Cape Weddell was given by David Ferguson, Scottish geologist, during his visit to South Georgia in 1911-12.  Named after James Weddell, Master, Royal Navy (RN), who visited South Georgia in 1823.  Point is considered a more suitable descriptive term for this feature than cape.||
16370|Weddell Sea|Sea|720000S|0450000W|-72|-45|||01/01/1947|A great ice-filled sea which indents the continent between the Antarctic Peninsula and Cape Norvegia, Queen Maud Land.  The sea was discovered in 1823 by James Weddell, Master, Royal Navy (RN), who named it George IV Sea.  The present name, honoring the discoverer, was proposed by Dr. Karl Fricker in 1900, and it has been universally accepted.||
16373|Mount Wedel-Jarlsberg|Summit|853900S|1650800W|-85.65|-165.1333333|||01/01/1956|An ice-covered mountain between Cooper and Bowman Glaciers, standing 2 mi SW of Mount Ruth Gade in the Quarles Range. Discovered in December 1911 by Roald Amundsen, and named by him for Alice Wedel-Jarlsberg, wife of a Norwegian diplomat.||
16375|Wedemeyer Rocks|Summit|760600S|1355600W|-76.1|-135.9333333|||01/01/1974|A group of rocks that outcrop near the base of the southern slope of Mount Berlin in the Flood Range, Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Charles H. Wedemeyer, CM1, U.S. Navy (USN) construction mechanic with the 1956 Army-Navy Trail Party that traversed eastward from Little America V to establish Byrd Station.||04/11/2001
16376|Wedge Face|Cliff|841200S|1713000E|-84.2|171.5|||01/01/1962|A descriptive name for the prominent wedge-shaped rock spur that projects from Mount Patrick into the eastern part of Beardmore Glacier.  This feature was almost surely observed by Shackleton's Southern Journey Party on its ascent of the Beardmore Glacier in December 1908.  It was named by the South Pole Party of the British Antarctic Expedition, 1910-13, under Robert Scott.||
16377|Wedge Ridge|Ridge|803800S|0291200W|-80.6333333|-29.2|1145|3757|01/01/1962|Conspicuous rock ridge, 1,145 m, near the head of Blaiklock Glacier and immediately W of Pointer Nunatak in the W part of the Shackleton Range.  First mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE).  The name given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) is descriptive of the shape of the feature.||
16379|Wednesday Island|Island|645600S|0634500W|-64.9333333|-63.75|||01/01/1953|Island 1 mi long, at the E end of Wauwermans Islands in the N part of Wilhelm Archipelago.  The Wauwermans Islands were discovered by the German expedition under Dallmann, 1873-74, and were later roughly mapped by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99, and the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05.  Wednesday Island was charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill, and so named because it was first sighted on a Wednesday.||
16380|Weeder Rock|Summit|702300S|1620200E|-70.3833333|162.0333333|||01/01/1970|A small isolated coastal rock located 6 mi NNW of Mount Belolikov.  It rises above the smooth, ice-covered peninsula between the mouths of Rennick and Gannutz Glaciers.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Courtland C. Weeder, U.S. Navy (USN), storekeeper with the South Pole Station winter party, 1965.||04/11/2001
16381|Mount Weeks|Summit|833300S|1605400E|-83.55|160.9|||01/01/1966|A tabular mountain 6 mi N of Cranfield Peak, on the western edge of Prince Andrew Plateau, Queen Elizabeth Range.  Named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) for Lieutenant James W. Weeks, U.S. Navy (USN), pilot of the reconnaissance and supply flights in the area.||
16382|Weeks Stack|Pillar|621400S|0590300W|-62.2333333|-59.05|||01/01/1965|A sea stack lying off the north tip of Nelson Island in the northern approach to Fildes Strait, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961 for Captain Weeks, Master of the British sealing vessel Horatio from London, who visited the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21.||
16383|Mount Weems|Summit|772700S|0861000W|-77.45|-86.1666667|2210|7251|01/01/1961|Prominent mountain, 2,210 m, located 8 mi N of Mount Ulmer near the N end of the Sentinel Range in the Ellsworth Mountains. Discovered by Lincoln Ellsworth on his trans-Antarctic flight of Nov. 23, 1935.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain P.V.H. Weems, U.S. Navy (USN) (Ret.), inventor and developer of air navigation instrumentation and techniques and consultant to Ellsworth on air navigation problems of this flight.||
16384|Weertman Island|Island|665800S|0674400W|-66.9666667|-67.7333333|||01/01/1965|The largest and southernmost of the Bennett Islands, lying in Hanusse Bay.  Mapped from air photos taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) (1947-48) and Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Johannes Weertman, American metallurgist who proposed a theory of slip of glaciers on their beds and has made important contributions to the theory of glacier flow.||
16385|Mount Wegener|Summit|804400S|0233100W|-80.7333333|-23.5166667|1385|4544||Mountain rising to 1,385 m in central Read Mountains, Shackleton Range.  The feature was photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967.  Surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with the names of geologists grouped in this area after Alfred L. Wegener (1880-1930), German astronomer, meteorologist, and Arctic explorer; a pioneer of the theory of continental drift; Professor of Geophysics and Meteorology, University of Graz, Austria, 1924-30; Leader of German expeditions to Greenland in 1929 and 1930, losing life on the ice cap in November of that year.||
16386|Wegener Range|Range|724200S|0622300W|-72.7|-62.3833333|1800|5905||A mountain range with peaks rising to 1,800 m, trending WNW-ESE for c. 45 mi between Maury Glacier and Fenton Glacier in SE Palmer Land.  The range was first photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1940; rephotographed by the U.S. Navy, 1966-69, and mapped from these photographs by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS).  In association with the names of continental drift scientists grouped in this area, named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Professor Alfred L. Wegener.||
16387|Wegert Bluff|Cliff|694200S|1592000E|-69.7|159.3333333|||01/01/1970|A bluff, the NE extremity of a truncated ridge that overlooks the E margin of Noll Glacier in the Wilson Hills. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Sidney J. Wegert, U.S. Navy (USN), pilot in LC-130F Hercules aircraft during Operation Deep Freeze 1967 and 1968.||
16388|Wegger Peak|Summit|620600S|0583100W|-62.1|-58.5166667|305|1001|01/01/1952|Peak, 305 m, at the W side of the entrance to Mackellar Inlet, Admiralty Bay, on King George Island in the South Shetland Islands.  The name "Le Poing" (The Fist) was given to an elevation hereabout by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot in 1908-10. Although Charcot's map shows a single summit, there are four in the vicinity and a question arose over which was named.  In 1958 it was suggested by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) members that the name referred to all four; together they resemble the knuckles of a clenched fist when viewed from the Chabrier Rock area.  However, the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) considered the collective name to be unsuitable and it was rejected.  New names were recommended by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for the feature here described and nearby Admiralen Peak (q.v.). Wegger Peak is named for Ole Wegger (1859-1936), director for 47 years of Framnaes Mekaniske Vaeksted, Norway, shipbuilders who fitted the Admiralen with a slipway for whaling.||
16389|Mount Weihaupt|Summit|723700S|1610300E|-72.6166667|161.05|2285|7497|01/01/1964|A large, bare mountain (2,285 m) which stands 10 mi E of Mount Bower and is the dominant feature in the E part of the Outback Nunataks.  First mapped by the U.S. Victoria Land Traverse party, 1959-60.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John G. Weihaupt, seismologist with this party.||
16390|Weikman Nunataks|Summit|763000S|1435900W|-76.5|-143.9833333|||01/01/1970|Two nunataks on the divide separating the upper reaches of Balchen Glacier and Crevasse Valley Glacier, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  The nunataks lie 2 mi E of Mount Perkins. First mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Edward R. Weikman Jr., CMH2, U.S. Navy (USN), Construction Mechanic at Byrd Station, 1967.||
16391|Mount Weininger|Summit|844700S|0653000W|-84.7833333|-65.5|1970|6463|01/01/1968|A large, mainly ice-free mountain, 1,970 m, standing at the N extremity of Mackin Table, to which it is joined by a short ridge, in the Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard B. Weininger, scientific leader at South Pole Station, winter 1967.||
16392|Mount Weir|Summit|845900S|1771000E|-84.9833333|177.1666667|||01/01/1962|A steep section of the polar plateau escarpment with almost all of the rock exposed facing NE, standing just S of the base of Fulgham Ridge at the head of Ramsey Glacier.  Discovered and photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp on Flight 8A of Feb. 16, 1947, and named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Major Robert R. Weir, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC), pilot of this flight.||
16393|Weir Glacier|Glacier|660400S|0644200W|-66.0666667|-64.7|||01/01/1956|Glacier 8 mi long, the western of two glaciers flowing N into the S part of Barilari Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land. First sighted and roughly charted in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot.  It was surveyed in 1935-36 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill and later named for William D. Weir, 1st Viscount Weir of Eastwood, and his son, the Hon. James K. Weir, who contributed toward the cost of the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37.||
16394|Weiss Amphitheater|Basin|770400S|1260600W|-77.0666667|-126.1|||01/01/1962|An amphitheater-like caldera, 2 mi wide and breached at the southern side, occupying the south-central part of Mount Sidley, in the Executive Committee Range, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy trimetrogon photography, 1958-60. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Bernard D. Weiss, Meteorologist-in-Charge at Byrd Station, 1959.||
16396|Welch Island|Island|673400S|0625600E|-67.5666667|62.9333333|130|427|01/01/1947|Island, 1 mi long with a prominent pinnacle rock of 130 m, lying N of Rouse Islands and 1 mi off the shore in the E side of Holme Bay.  Discovered in February 1931 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson, who named it for B.F. Welch, second engineer on the Discovery.||
16397|Welch Mountains|Summit|705700S|0633000W|-70.95|-63.5|3015|9892|01/01/1971|A group of mountains that dominate the area, the highest peak rising to 3,015 m, located 25 mi N of Mount Jackson on the E margin of the Dyer Plateau of Palmer Land.  These mountains were probably seen from the air by Ellsworth in 1935 and their N extremities were sketched in 1936 by a British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) sledge party under Rymill.  In 1940 they were photographed from the air and charted from the ground by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), and in the expedition reports and charts were assumed to be Ellsworth's Eternity Range (q.v.).  The mountains were mapped in detail by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for R. Admiral David F. Welch, Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, 1969-71.||
16398|Welchness|Bar|632900S|0561400W|-63.4833333|-56.2333333|||01/01/1952|A gravel spit which forms the W extremity of Dundee Island in the Joinville Island group.  Roughly charted by the Dundee whaling expedition (1892-93) and named after Captain George Welch (d.1891), a leading Dundee whaler and Manger, from c. 1860 onward, of the Jay Whale Fishing Company, which for many years owned the Dundee whaling expedition ship Active.||10/18/2000
16399|Welch Peak|Summit|853900S|1491500W|-85.65|-149.25|1010|3314|01/01/1967|Peak, 1,010 m, standing at the N side of the Tapley Mountains, 9 mi NW of Mount Gould.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Walton D. Welch, electronics technician with the Byrd Station winter party in 1957.||
16400|Welch Rocks|Island|673300S|0625400E|-67.55|62.9|||01/01/1965|Two rocks 0.5 mi N of Welch Island in the E part of Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  Plotted from photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1958 and 1959.  Named by ANCA after Welch Island.||
16401|Welcome Islands|Island|535800S|0372900W|-53.9666667|-37.4833333|||01/01/1963|Group of rocky islands lying 4 mi WNW of Cape Buller, off the N coast of South Georgia.  These islands were discovered by Captain James Cook in 1775.  The name dates back to at least 1912 and is now well established.||
16402|Welcome Mountain|Summit|721400S|1601200E|-72.2333333|160.2|2505|8218|01/01/1964|A very prominent mountain that is surmounted by three peaks, the highest 2,505 m, standing 5 mi SE of Mount Southard in the Outback Nunataks.  Discovered and named by the U.S. Victoria Land Traverse party, 1959-60.  So named because it was the first mountain visited by the traverse party after crossing the interior plateau and not seeing any mountains or landmark features for nearly three months.||
16403|Welcome Nunatak|Summit|790600S|0855400W|-79.1|-85.9|||01/01/1966|A relatively small but truly distinctive cone-shaped nunatak standing in near isolation to the N of Reuther Nunataks in the Founders Peaks, Heritage Range.  Named by the University of Minnesota Geological Party, 1963-64.  For the members of the party using motor toboggans, the nunatak was a welcome sight as it meant they were almost to base camp, located at Camp Hills.||
16404|Welcome Pass|Gap|823500S|0524500W|-82.5833333|-52.75||||A snow pass between Cairn Ridge and Czamanske Ridge, providing access to Tranquillity Valley in the Dufek Massif (q.v.), Pensacola Mountains.  Named from association with Tranquillity Valley; also because during the 1976-77 season, Arthur B. Ford and Willis H. Nelson, of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), on discovery of a Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) helicopter cache left here the previous summer, left a note of welcome to the Dufek Massif for the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) party leader, Garrik Grikurov.||
16405|Weldon Glacier|Glacier|771211S|0315025W|-77.2030556|-31.8402778|||01/01/1970|A glacier entering the southeast part of Weddell Sea midway between Vahsel Bay and Hayes Glacier. The glacier was discovered in the course of a U.S. Navy LC-130 reconnaissance flight over the coast of Coats Land, Nov. 5, 1967, and was plotted by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from photographs obtained at that time. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1969) after Don W. Weldon, U.S. Navy (USN), photographer on that flight.  Not:  Weldon Ice Stream.||02/01/2009
16408|Mount Weller|Summit|671700S|0504000E|-67.2833333|50.6666667|1080|3543|01/01/1965|Mountain, 1,080 m, standing W of Auster Glacier and 2 mi E of Reference Peak in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956.  Named by ANCA for G.E. Weller, meteorologist at Mawson Station in 1961.||
16409|Mount Weller|Summit|775100S|1602900E|-77.85|160.4833333|2420|7940|01/01/1992|A peak (2,420 m) rising above the W side of Beacon Valley, 4 mi SW of Pyramid Mountain, in Quartermain Mountains, Victoria Land.  The name appears to be first used on a 1961 New Zealand Lands and Survey Department map compiled from New Zealand field surveys, 1957-60, and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs of that period.  Presumably named after William J. Weller, Royal Navy (RN), a seaman of the ship "Discovery" during the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, led by R.F. Scott.  In November 1903, Weller and Thomas Kennar (Kennar Valley, q.v.) accompanied Hartley T. Ferrar in the first geological reconnaissance of Quartermain Mountains.||
16410|Weller Island|Island|652700S|0652400W|-65.45|-65.4|||01/01/1965|Island lying E of Snodgrass Island, Pitt Islands, in the Biscoe Islands.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957. Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 after Samuel Weller, Mr. Pickwick's servant in Charles Dickens' Pickwick Papers.||
16411|Wellman Cliffs|Cliff|822700S|1561000E|-82.45|156.1666667|||01/01/1966|Prominent cliffs about 12 mi long on the E side of Boucot Plateau in the Geologists Range.  Seen by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) and named for H.W. Wellman, geologist, who devised a simple method of map-making from air photos, used by the expedition.||
16412|Wellman Glacier|Glacier|642900S|0612600W|-64.4833333|-61.4333333|||01/01/1965|Glacier flowing into the NE part of Recess Cove, Charlotte Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Walter Wellman (1858-1934), American Arctic explorer who attempted unsuccessfully to reach the North Pole in a semi-rigid airship in 1907 and 1909.||
16413|Wellman Valley|Valley|795500S|1564000E|-79.9166667|156.6666667|||01/01/1968|A mainly ice-free valley lying just E of Midnight Plateau and N of Mount Ash in the Darwin Mountains.  Explored by Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1962-63, and named for H.W. Wellman, geologist of the Victoria University of Wellington, a participant in three Antarctic expeditions.||
16414|Cape Well-met|Cape|634700S|0571900W|-63.7833333|-57.3166667|||01/01/1952|Dark, conspicuous headland near the center of the N side of Vega Island, close S of Trinity Peninsula.  Cape Well-met was discovered and named by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, and commemorates the long delayed union at this point of a relief party under Dr. J. Gunnar Andersson and the winter party under Dr. Otto Nordenskjold after twenty months of enforced separation.||
16415|Mount Wells|Summit|851000S|1694800W|-85.1666667|-169.8|||01/01/1966|A massive ice-covered mountain in the Prince Olav Mountains, standing at the W side of Liv Glacier, about 4 mi NW of June Nunatak.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Harry Wells, Executive Secretary of the Committee on Polar Research, National Academy of Sciences, 1962-66.||
16416|Wells Glacier|Glacier|733200S|0611100W|-73.5333333|-61.1833333|||01/01/1968|Glacier 9 mi W of Cape Brooks, flowing N into New Bedford Inlet in Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James T. Wells, storekeeper with the South Pole Station winter party in 1967.||
16417|Wells Ridge|Ridge|765800S|1444500W|-76.9666667|-144.75|||01/01/1947|Rocky ridge 4 mi long between the Swanson Mountains and Mount Gilmour in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered on aerial flights made from the West Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and named for Loran Wells, photographer and observer with the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) geology party which visited this ridge in 1940.||
16418|Wells Saddle|Gap|760300S|1353500W|-76.05|-135.5833333|||01/01/1974|A broad snow-filled saddle between Mount Berlin and Mount Moulton in the Flood Range of Marie Byrd Land.  The saddle was photographed from aircraft of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in December 1940.  It was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James H. Wells, a member of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) team that studied ice sheet dynamics in the area NE of Byrd Station, 1971-72.||
16419|Mount Wendland|Summit|844200S|1751800W|-84.7|-175.3|1650|5413||A peak (1,650 m) near the head of Massam Glacier, 2 mi NE of Mount Kenney, in the Prince Olav Mountains.  The feature was geologically mapped on Nov. 18, 1970, by the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Ohio State University Party of 1970-71.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Vaughn P. Wendland, geologist and field assistant with the Ohio State party.||
16420|Wennersgaard Point|Summit|635100S|0595400W|-63.85|-59.9|||01/01/1960|A point forming the E side of the entrance to Lanchester Bay on the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) in Nov.-Dec. 1902 and named after Ole C. Wennersgaard, a seaman of the expedition who died while wintering on Paulet Island in 1903.||
16422|Wensleydale Beacon|Summit|625700S|0604200W|-62.95|-60.7|110|361|01/01/1953|Hill, 110 m, situated just N of Primero de Mayo Bay, on the W side of Port Foster, Deception Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The hill was charted by a British expedition 1828-31, under Foster.  Named by Lieutenant Commander D.N. Penfold, Royal Navy (RN), following his survey of the island in 1948-49, after Wensleydale in Yorkshire, England.||
16423|Werenskiold Bastion|Summit|672600S|0653200W|-67.4333333|-65.5333333|1000|3281|01/01/1975|A bold rock headland that rises very steeply to over 1,000 m and forms the coastline between Demorest Glacier and Matthes Glacier on the E coast of Graham Land.  The feature was observed and photographed by several American expeditions: U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41; Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) 1947-48; U.S. Navy photos, 1968.  Mapped by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1947-48. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Werner Werenskiold (1883-1961), Norwegian geographer who worked on the theory of glacier flow.||
16424|Werlein Island|Island|662500S|1102600E|-66.4166667|110.4333333|||01/01/1956|Rocky island 0.8 mi long, lying 0.2 mi SE of Holl Island in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in February 1947.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ensign Richard O. Werlein, USN, assistant hydrographic officer with U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml which established astronomical control stations in the area in January 1948.||
16425|Werner Mountains|Summit|733400S|0622000W|-73.5666667|-62.3333333|||01/01/1968|A group of mountains located just WSW of New Bedford Inlet and between the Meinardus and Bryan Glaciers, in Palmer Land. The mountains were first seen and photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Abraham Gottlob Werner (1750-1819), German geologist and mineralogist.||
16426|Werner Peak|Summit|684300S|0651400W|-68.7166667|-65.2333333|1550|5085|01/01/1962|The highest (1,550 m) and most conspicuous peak on the SE side of Mercator Ice Piedmont.  The peak rises just E of the N end of Norwood Scarp.  A steep rock ridge on its N side is easily recognizable from any point on the ice piedmont.  Photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) on Sept. 28, 1940.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1958.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Johannes Werner (1468-1528), German astronomer and mathematician who probably first (1514) suggested the method of lunar distances for determining longitude.||
16428|Wesele Cove|Bay|621000S|0580900W|-62.1666667|-58.15||||A cove between Boy Point and Low Head on the S coast of King George Island, South Shetland Islands.  Named in 1980 by the Polish Antarctic Expedition after Wesele (The Wedding), a play by Polish dramatist Stanislaw Wyspianski (1869-1907).||
16429|Wessbecher Glacier|Glacier|785300S|0841800W|-78.8833333|-84.3|||01/01/1961|Glacier about 7 mi long, draining S between Wilson and Marze Peaks at the S end of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Howard O. Wessbecher, a member of the winter party at McMurdo Sound, 1956, who was representative (assisting in logistical preparations) for the establishing of the South Pole Station.||
16430|Mount West|Summit|772500S|1453000W|-77.4166667|-145.5|||01/01/1970|A somewhat isolated mountain 9 mi SE of Mount Woodward, surmounting the ice-covered ridge between Hammond and Swope Glaciers, in the Ford Ranges of Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41.  The name was applied by Paul Siple, commander of the West Base of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), for James E. West, the first Chief Scout Executive of the Boy Scouts of America.  Siple's first visit to Antarctica was as a member of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1928-30), having been selected as an Eagle Scout for that venture.||
16431|West Antarctica|Area|790000S|1000000W|-79|-100|||01/01/1962|One of the two major regions of Antarctica, lying on the Pacific Ocean side of the Transantarctic Mountains and comprising Marie Byrd Land, Ellsworth Land, and Antarctic Peninsula.  All of West Antarctica lies within the Western Hemisphere.  The name has been in existence more than 90 years (Balch, 1902; Nordenskjold, 1905), but its greatest use followed the International Geophysical Year (1957-58) and explorations disclosing that the Transantarctic Mountains provide a useful regional separation of West Antarctica and East Antarctica.  The name was approved by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1962.||10/18/2000
16432|West Arm|Summit|673600S|0625200E|-67.6|62.8666667|||01/01/1965|Rock mass forming the western limit of Horseshoe Harbor in Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  Roughly mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Rephotographed by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47. First visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party on Feb. 5, 1954.  Named by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE).||10/18/2000
16435|West Bay|Bay|530200S|0732100E|-53.0333333|73.35|||01/01/1956|A small bay on the west coast of Heard Island, indenting the south side of the base of Laurens Peninsula 0.5 mi west of Atlas Cove.  The name, which is descriptive of the position of the bay, may have been applied by American sealers at Heard Island in the period following their initiation of sealing there in 1855.  It appears on a chart by the British Challenger expedition which visited the island in 1874 and utilized many names then in use.||
16436|West Bay|Bay|692100S|0682600W|-69.35|-68.4333333||||A bay between Brindle Cliffs and Mount Guernsey in Marguerite Bay, Fallieres Coast.  Surveyed by British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1936, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1948-50, and photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1966.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 for Captain W.E. West, USCG, Commanding Officer, U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Glacier, U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze, 1973 and 1974.||
16438|West Beacon|Summit|774925S|1604817E|-77.823746|160.804782|2345|7693|01/01/1962|The prominent western peak, rising to 2,345 m in Beacon Hieghts (q.v.), in the Quartermain Mountains, Victoria Land.  The name "Beacon Height West" was first used by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04). The name was shortened by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1958-59.||
16441|Cape Westbrook|Cape|715000S|0752600W|-71.8333333|-75.4333333||||Snow-covered cape forming the SW extremity of Alexander Island.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from aerial photographs taken by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947, U.S. Navy, 1967-68, and from U.S. Landsat imagery taken 1972-73.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Darrel E. Westbrook, Jr., U.S. Navy (USN), Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, from June 1978 to June 1980.||
16442|West Budd Island|Island|673500S|0625000E|-67.5833333|62.8333333|||01/01/1965|The western of two larger islands at the N end of the Flat Islands in Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  They named the northern islands Flatoynalane (the flat island needles).  This western island was named by ANCA for Dr. G.M. Budd, medical officer at nearby Mawson Station in 1959.||
16443|West Cape|Cape|530200S|0731700E|-53.0333333|73.2833333|||01/01/1957|A cape that marks the south extremity of Laurens Peninsula, Heard Island, and the western entrance point to West Bay.  The feature appears to have been roughly charted on an 1860 sketch map compiled by Captain H.C. Chester, American sealer operating in the area during this period.  It was surveyed in 1948 by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) and so named because of its position at the entrance to West Bay.||
16445|West Dailey Island|Island|775251S|1645446E|-77.880735|164.912692|||01/01/1972|The largest and westernmost of the Dailey Islands, located 5 mi NE of Cape Chocolate in McMurdo Sound.  Though visited by Scott's British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, which named the island group, this western island appears to have been named by Scott's British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.||
16449|West Groin|Summit|773847S|1604838E|-77.646274|160.8105|||01/01/1976|Prominent rock spur between Mudrey Cirque and Flory Cirque on the S side of Asgard Range in Victoria Land.  Named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, led by Captain Robert F. Scott.  The name is descriptive of position; East Groin marks the east side of Flory Cirque.||04/11/2001
16450|Westhaven Nunatak|Summit|795100S|1541400E|-79.85|154.2333333|2240|7349|01/01/1962|A prominent nunatak, 2,240 m, standing 3 mi S of Turnstile Ridge in the NW part of Britannia Range.  It is the westernmost rock outcrop in this part of the range.  The Darwin Glacier Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) set up a survey station on its summit in December 1957.  The name was suggested by Squadron-Leader J.R. Claydon, Royal New Zealand Air Force (RNZAF), who first saw the feature from the air.||
16451|West Ice Shelf|Glacier|664000S|0850000E|-66.6666667|85|||01/01/1953|Prominent ice shelf extending about 180 mi in an E-W direction along the coast between Barrier Bay and Posadowsky Bay. Discovered and named by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1901-03, under Dr. Erich von Drygalski.  The toponym describes the direction in which the German expedition first viewed the ice shelf.  Their limited westward view became a prolonged one; on Feb. 22 1902, the ship feature.  It remained there imprisoned by the pack until Feb. 8, 1903.||
16452|Westliche Petermann Range|Range|713500S|0121000E|-71.5833333|12.1666667|||01/01/1970|One of the Petermann Ranges, extending N-S for 16 mi from Mount Hansen to Aurdalen Valley, in the Wohlthat Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39, and so named by them for its western position in the northern part of the Petermann Ranges.||
16454|West Melchior Islands|Island|641900S|0630000W|-64.3166667|-63|||01/01/1956|A group of small ice-covered islands and rocks which lie W of The Sound in the Melchior Islands, Palmer Archipelago.  The islands E of The Sound are called East Melchior Islands.  The name was probably given by DI personnel who roughly surveyed these islands in 1927.  The islands were surveyed by Argentine expeditions in 1942, 1943 and 1948.||
16455|Mount Westminster|Summit|845900S|1692200E|-84.9833333|169.3666667|3370|11056|01/01/1952|A mountain, 3,370 m, on the E side of Beardmore Glacier, standing 4 mi S of Mount Kinsey in the Supporters Range. Discovered and named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09).  Named for the Duke of Westminster, a financial supporter of the expedition.||03/20/1997
16457|Mount Weston|Summit|802800S|0291000W|-80.4666667|-29.1666667|1210|3970|01/01/1962|The highest peak (1,210 m) of Haskard Highlands, in the W part of the Shackleton Range.  First mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and named after Flight Sergeant Peter D. Weston, RAF, aircraft mechanic with the RAF contingent of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) in 1956-58.||
16459|West Point|Summit|541200S|0363500W|-54.2|-36.5833333|||01/01/1965|Point at the west side of the entrance to Jason Harbor in Cumberland West Bay, South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1929 British Admiralty chart.||
16460|West Prongs|Summit|835400S|0573400W|-83.9|-57.5666667|||01/01/1968|Three distinctive rock spurs that form the west end of the ridge just north of Elliott Ridge in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Clyde E. West, cook at Ellsworth Station, winter 1958.||
16461|West Quartzite Range|Range|720000S|1644500E|-72|164.75|||01/01/1967|A range, the western of two parallel quartzite ranges, situated at the E side of Houliston Glacier in the Concord Mountains.  Named by the Northern Party of NZFMCAE, 1962-63, after the distinctive geological formation of the feature.||
16462|West Reef|Bar|610500S|0553600W|-61.0833333|-55.6|||01/01/1972|A reef 3 mi NW of Cape Lindsey, Elephant Island, South Shetland Islands.  The name is descriptive of location with reference to Elephant Island.  An old sealer name dating back to at least 1822.||
16465|West Skerry|Island|541500S|0362000W|-54.25|-36.3333333|||01/01/1953|small group of islands and rocks forming the W part of Skrap Skerries, lying 2 mi E of Barff Point off the N coast of South Georgia.  The name appears on a chart based upon a survey of this area by DI personnel in the period 1926-30, but it may reflect an earlier naming by whalers.||
16467|West Stack|Pillar|670300S|0580300E|-67.05|58.05|120|394|01/01/1947|A coastal rock outcrop which rises to 120 m on the W side of Hoseason Glacier, 14 mi SE of Edward VIII Bay.  Discovered in February 1936 by DI personnel on the William Scoresby, and probably so named by them because of its distinctive appearance and association with nearby East Stack.||
16470|Wetmore Glacier|Glacier|743800S|0633500W|-74.6333333|-63.5833333|||01/01/1947|Glacier about 40 mi long, flowing SE between the Rare Range and Latady Mountains into the N part of Gardner Inlet. Discovered by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, under Ronne, who named this feature for Alexander Wetmore, Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, who assisted Ronne in laying out the scientific research program of the expedition.||
16471|Wetmore Peak|Summit|712800S|1673500E|-71.4666667|167.5833333|2120|6955|01/01/1970|A peak (2,120 m) in the N part of Lyttelton Range, 6 mi ENE of Mount Bierle, in the Admiralty Mountains, Victoria Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Cliff Wetmore, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at Hallett Station, 1963-64.||
16474|Mount Wever|Summit|721000S|0624500W|-72.1666667|-62.75|1700|5577||A mountain which is a northern outlier of Du Toit Mountains, rising to c. 1,700 m S of Beaumont Glacier and 13 mi SW of Dietz Bluff, on the Black Coast, Palmer Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1988 from a proposal by P.D. Rowley of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS).  Named after Hein E. Wever, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist, member of a joint British Antarctic Survey (BAS)-U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) field party to the Black Coast, 1986-87.||
16475|Mount Wexler|Summit|843000S|1750100E|-84.5|175.0166667|4025|13205|01/01/1962|A prominent ice-free mountain, 4,025 m, standing 3 mi SW of Mount Waterman in the Hughes Range.  Discovered and photographed by R. Admiral Byrd on the Baselaying Flight of Nov. 18, 1929, and surveyed by A.P. Crary in 1957-58.  Named by Crary for Harry Wexler, Chief Scientist for U.S. Antarctic IGY programs, 1957-58.||
16477|Mount Weyant|Summit|773247S|1624221E|-77.546417|162.705959|1930|6332|01/01/1964|Prominent ice-free summit, 1,930 m, between Loftus and Newall Glaciers in Victoria Land.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for William S. Weyant, meteorologist in charge with the winter party at Little America V in 1958.||
16478|Weyerhaeuser Glacier|Glacier|684500S|0653200W|-68.75|-65.5333333|||01/01/1953|Large glacier flowing N into Mercator Ice Piedmont close W of Mobiloil Inlet, on the E coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  This glacier lies in the area first explored from the air by Sir Hubert Wilkins in 1928 and Lincoln Ellsworth in 1935, but it was first clearly delineated in aerial photographs taken by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940.  The glacier was resighted in 1947 by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne.  He named it for F.K. Weyerhaeuser of the Weyerhaeuser Lumber Co. who contributed lumber and insulating material to the expedition.||
16479|Weyprecht Mountains|Summit|720000S|0133000E|-72|13.5|||01/01/1966|A small group of mountains about 10 mi W of the Payer Mountains, forming the western half of the Hoel Mountains in Queen Maud Land.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named for Karl Weyprecht, Austrian polar explorer who in company with Julius Payer discovered Franz Josef Land in 1873, and who initiated the first International Polar Year expedition in 1882-83.||
16480|Whakawhiti Saddle|Gap|823400S|1640500E|-82.5666667|164.0833333|||01/01/1966|A low, broad snow saddle between Oliver Glacier and the lower portion of Robb Glacier, close E of Taylor Hills. Traversed by the southern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1959-60) and so named because Whakawhiti is a Maori word meaning "crossing over."||
16483|Whaleback Rocks|Island|633900S|0590400W|-63.65|-59.0666667|||01/01/1964|A group of low rocks lying 2 mi W of Blake Island in Bone Bay, off the N coast of Trinity Peninsula.  Charted in 1948 by members of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) who gave this descriptive name.||
16484|Whale Bay|Bay|604400S|0451100W|-60.7333333|-45.1833333|||01/01/1952|Small bay between the SE end of Coronation Island and the NW side of Matthews Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  The name Hvalbugten (Whale Bay) appears on a chart based upon a running survey of the South Orkney Islands in 1912-13 by Norwegian whaler Captain Petter Sorlle.||
16485|Whaler Channel|Channel|541000S|0364200W|-54.1666667|-36.7|||01/01/1965|Northernmost of three small channels leading into Husvik Harbor in Stromness Bay, South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1930 British Admiralty chart.||
16486|Whalers Bay|Bay|625900S|0603400W|-62.9833333|-60.5666667|||01/01/1952|Small bay entered between Fildes Point and Penfold Point at the E side of Port Foster, Deception Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The bay was so named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot, because of its use at that time by whalers.||
16487|Whalers Bluff|Cliff|604300S|0453900W|-60.7166667|-45.65|210|689||A bluff rising sharply to 210 m east of Port Jebsen, Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  The name "Consulens Hat," of unknown origin, was applied to the highest point of the bluff on a 1913 chart by Norwegian whaling captain M. Thoralf Moe.  The bluff was named in 1990 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) and calls to mind the earlier activity of whalers in this area.||
16488|Whalers Passage|Channel|535900S|0372900W|-53.9833333|-37.4833333|||01/01/1965|Narrow channel lying between the Welcome Islands and Sky Rock, off the N coast of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1931 British Admiralty chart.||
16490|Bay of Whales|Bay|783000S|1642000W|-78.5|-164.3333333|||01/01/1947|An iceport indenting the front of Ross Ice Shelf just northward of Roosevelt Island.  A natural ice harbor which generally forms here, it served as the base site for Amundsen's successful dash to the South Pole, 1911, the Byrd Antarctic Expeditions of 1928-30 and 1933-35, and for the West Base of U.S. Antarctic Service, 1939-41.  The configuration of the iceport is continuously changing.  A survey by the Byrd expedition in 1934 determined that the feature lay at the junction of two separate ice systems, the movements of which are influenced by the presence of Roosevelt Island. Commander Glen Jacobsen, U.S. Navy (USN), who visited in the Atka in January 1955, found that calving of the ice shelf rendered the iceport temporarily unusable.  The feature was so named by Ernest Shackleton in the Nimrod, January 24, 1908, because of the large number of whales seen in it.||
16491|Whale Skerries|Island|604200S|0450600W|-60.7|-45.1|||01/01/1956|Small group of islands and rocks in Lewthwaite Strait in the South Orkney Islands, lying close W of Cape Disappointment, Powell Island.  First charted and named "Hvalskjaer" by Petter Sorlle in 1912-13.  The name was later corrected to the plural form, "Hvalskjaerene" (Whale Skerries), by Sorlle.  The English form of the name was recommended by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1954.||
16492|Whale Valley|Valley|543000S|0360500W|-54.5|-36.0833333|||01/01/1972|A small valley leading NW from Moltke Harbor, South Georgia.  The name derives from "Whaler Thal" (whaler valley), given by the German expedition 1882-83, under Schrader.||
16493|Mount Wharton|Summit|810300S|1574900E|-81.05|157.8166667|2800|9186|01/01/1947|A mountain over 2,800 m, standing 5.5 mi W of Turk Peak in the Churchill Mountains.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and named for Sir William Wharton, Hydrographer to the Royal Navy, 1884-1904.||
16495|Mount Wheat|Summit|645000S|0632300W|-64.8333333|-63.3833333|1100|3609||A prominent mountain (1,100 m) forming the highest point in Wall Range, rising immediately N of Thunder Glacier in the center of Wiencke Island, Palmer Archipelago.  Probably first observed by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) which circumnavigated Wiencke Island in 1898. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lieutenant Commander Luther William Wheat, U.S. Navy (USN), helicopter commander with Squadron VXE-6, Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1975-78; Aviation Projects Manager, Division of Polar Programs, National Science Foundation, 1978; member, U.S. Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names, 1979-88.||
16496|Cape Wheatstone|Cape|723700S|1701300E|-72.6166667|170.2166667|||01/01/1947|A bold rock cape that forms the south end of Hallett Peninsula and marks the north entrance to Tucker Inlet, Victoria Land.  Discovered in January 1841 by Sir James Clark Ross who named it for Sir Charles Wheatstone, English physicist and inventor.||
16497|Wheatstone Glacier|Glacier|644400S|0623100W|-64.7333333|-62.5166667|||01/01/1965|A glacier on the west coast of Graham Land.  It enters Errera Channel east of Danco Island.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Sir Charles Wheatstone (1802-75), English scientist and inventor who designed the first mirror stereoscope in 1832.||
16498|Cape Wheeler|Cape|735800S|0610500W|-73.9666667|-61.0833333|||01/01/1947|An abrupt rock scarp rising to 460 meters.  It forms the N side of the entrance to Wright Inlet on the E coast of Palmer Land.  The cape was photographed from the air in 1940 by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) and in 1947 by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne.  Named by Ronne for John N. Wheeler, president of the North American Newspaper Alliance and a contributor to the expedition.||
16499|Wheeler Bay|Bay|661800S|0560600E|-66.3|56.1|||01/01/1965|Bay 3 mi wide, indenting the coast 2 mi NW of Magnet Bay. Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  They named this bay Brorvika (brother bay) and the rocks at its entrance Brodrene (the brothers).  The area was remapped in 1956-57 by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) which renamed the bay and the rocks for G.T. Wheeler, weather observer at Mawson Station in 1957.  The name Wheeler has been accepted for this bay; the name Brodrene Rocks (q.v.) has been approved for the associated rocks.||
16500|Wheeler Glacier|Glacier|543600S|0362200W|-54.6|-36.3666667|||01/01/1963|Glacier draining the N flank of Mount Fraser, flowing WNW for 2 mi to the S coast of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for J.F.G. Wheeler, British zoologist and member of the scientific staff of the Discovery Investigations Marine Station, Grytviken, South Georgia, 1925-27 and 1929-30.||
16502|Wheeler Valley|Valley|771154S|1614136E|-77.198261|161.693436|||01/01/1964|The ice-free hanging valley on the SW side of Miller Glacier, immediately E of Mount Mahony in Victoria Land.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1959-60) for R.H. Wheeler, the party's deputy leader and surveyor.||
16503|Whelan Nunatak|Summit|700900S|0641700E|-70.15|64.2833333|||01/01/1970|An isolated nunatak standing 5 mi NW of Mount Starlight in the Athos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Mapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) from air photos taken in 1965.  Named by ANCA for R.F. Whelan, radio officer at Davis Station, 1964.||
16504|Whetter Nunatak|Summit|665800S|1430100E|-66.9666667|143.0166667|||01/01/1955|A small rock outcrop on the coastal ice slopes near the sea, situated 8 mi ENE of Cape Denison on the E shore of Commonwealth Bay.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who named it for Dr. Leslie H. Whetter, a surgeon with the expedition.||
16505|Mount Whewell|Summit|720300S|1693500E|-72.05|169.5833333|2945|9662|01/01/1950|A massive mountain (2,945 m) between the mouths of Ironside and Honeycomb Glaciers in the Admiralty Mountains, Victoria Land. Named by Sir James Clark Ross, Jan. 15, 1841, for the Reverend Dr. William Whewell, Master of Trinity College, Cambridge.||
16506|Whewell Glacier|Glacier|720400S|1694700E|-72.0666667|169.7833333|||01/01/1970|A narrow, steep glacier that drains the E slopes of Mount Whewell and merges with the lower part of Honeycomb Glacier, in the Admiralty Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Mount Whewell.||
16507|Whichaway Nunataks|Summit|813300S|0283000W|-81.55|-28.5|||01/01/1960|Group of rocky nunataks extending for 7 mi and marking the S side of the mouth of Recovery Glacier.  First seen from the air and visited in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and so named because it was uncertain which route from the nunataks would lead furthest inland.||
16508|Mount Whillans|Summit|842700S|0641500W|-84.45|-64.25|870|2854|01/01/1968|Mountain, 870 m, standing 4 mi SW of Mount Stroschein in Anderson Hills in northern Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ian M. Whillans, glaciologist at Palmer Station, winter 1967.||
16509|Whiplash Glacier|Glacier|721600S|1674200E|-72.2666667|167.7|||01/01/1964|A tributary glacier flowing northwestward from Cartographers Range into the lower part of Pearl Harbor Glacier where the direction becomes east, in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  Named by the northern party of NZFMCAE, 1962-63, because of its characteristic shape.||
16510|Whirlwind Glaciers|Glacier|672400S|0653200W|-67.4|-65.5333333|||01/01/1952|Four prominent converging glaciers which flow into the W side of Whirlwind Inlet on the E coast of the Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered by Sir Hubert Wilkins on his flight of Dec. 20, 1928, the glaciers were so named because their relative position was suggestive of the radial cylinders of his Wright Whirlwind engine.  The Whirlwind Glaciers, comprising Flint, Demorest, Matthes, and Chamberlin Glaciers, were photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940; charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1948.||
16511|Whirlwind Inlet|Stream|673000S|0652500W|-67.5|-65.4166667|||01/01/1952|Ice-filled inlet that recedes inland for 7 mi and is 12 mi wide at its entrance between Cape Northrop and Tent Nunatak, along the E coast of Graham Land.  Sir Hubert Wilkins discovered the inlet on his flight of Dec. 20, 1928. Wilkins reported four large glaciers flowing into the inlet, which he named Whirlwind Glaciers because their relative position was suggestive of the radial cylinders of his Wright Whirlwind engine.  The inlet was photographed from the air by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) in 1940 and charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947.||
16513|Whisky Bay|Bay|635300S|0580900W|-63.8833333|-58.15||||A bay between Rink Point and Stoneley Point on the NW side of James Ross Island.  The bay was almost surely discovered by Otto Nordenskjold of the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) in 1903, who roughly mapped this area and showed small bays in this position.  It was surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1945 and 1952, and later called "Caleta Santa Eduvigis" on an unpublished Argentine Antarctic Expedition map, c. 1959.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1983 in association with nearby Brandy Bay.||
16514|Whisnant Nunatak|Summit|695900S|0730500E|-69.9833333|73.0833333|||01/01/1956|A small coastal nunatak protruding above the terminus of Rogers Glacier between McKaskle Hills and Maris Nunatak, at the E side of Amery Ice Shelf.  Delineated in 1952 by John H. Roscoe from U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump aerial photographs taken in March 1947.  Named by Roscoe for J.R. Whisnant, Operation Highjump air crewman on photographic flights over this and other coastal areas between 14 and 164 East longitude.||
16515|Whistle Cove|Bay|540900S|0364900W|-54.15|-36.8166667|||01/01/1965|Cove lying at the head of Fortuna Bay on the N coast of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1931 British Admiralty chart.||
16516|Whistle Pass|Gap|694700S|0702500W|-69.7833333|-70.4166667|1050|3445||A snow pass at c. 1,050 m at the head of Sullivan Glacier in N Alexander Island.  The pass trends NE-SW and provides access to and from the upper part of Hampton Glacier.  So named by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1977, because the pass falls away steeply to the SW between high cliffs, so that the descent by sledge is fast and exhilarating as suggested by the name.||
16517|Whistler Nunatak|Summit|745000S|0714100W|-74.8333333|-71.6833333||||A nunatak lying W of Mount Mende in the Sky-Hi Nunataks (q.v.), Ellsworth Land.  Named in 1987 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in reference to the whistler effect caused by amplitude change of radio signals in the upper atmosphere and in association with names of upper atmosphere researchers grouped in the area.||
16518|Whistling Bay|Bay|673000S|0673700W|-67.5|-67.6166667|||01/01/1956|An open bay, 4 mi wide and indenting 2.5 mi, between Longridge Head and Cape Saenz along the W coast of Graham Land.  First roughly surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill. Resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and so named by them because of the curious and unidentified whistling sounds heard there at the time of the survey.||
16519|Mount Whitcombe|Summit|764600S|1621200E|-76.7666667|162.2|1425|4675|01/01/1962|A large mountain, 1,425 m, standing just N of Mount Perseverance and W of Mount Arrowsmith at the W side of Evans Piedmont Glacier in Victoria Land.  Mapped in 1957 by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.  Named by them for its similarity to the Canterbury, New Zealand, mountain of that name, and in association with Mount Arrowsmith.||
16520|Whitcomb Ridge|Ridge|730700S|1660000E|-73.1166667|166|||01/01/1969|A high, ice-covered ridge along the S side of the head of Gair Glacier, standing 6 mi SE of Mount Supernal in the Mountaineer Range of Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Jean P. Whitcomb, radio scientist at McMurdo Station, 1965-66 and 1966-67.||
16521|Mount White|Summit|850900S|1701800E|-85.15|170.3|3470|11384|01/01/1952|A massive mountain, 3,470 m, standing 2.5 mi NNW of Mount Henry Lucy and forming the highest elevation in the Supporters Range.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named for the Secretary of the expedition.||
16523|Whitecloud Glacier|Glacier|635500S|0593200W|-63.9166667|-59.5333333|||01/01/1960|A glacier which flows northward to discharge into Charcot Bay just west of Almond Point, Trinity Peninsula.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960.  The name is descriptive of cloud conditions that prevailed at the time of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) survey of the area in 1948.||
16524|The White Company|Summit|610600S|0550900W|-61.1|-55.15|||01/01/1972|A group of snow-covered mountains located N of Endurance Glacier and W of Pardo Ridge in Elephant Island, South Shetland Islands.  A descriptive name given by the U.K. Joint Services Expedition to Elephant Island, 1970-71.||
16526|Whited Inlet|Stream|695000S|1600800E|-69.8333333|160.1333333|||01/01/1970|An ice-filled inlet along the coast between Northrup Head and Anderson Peninsula.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Master Chief Quartermaster Robert J. Whited, U.S. Navy (USN), Leading Chief for the staff and a member of Operations Division responsible for maintaining and updating charts for Task Force 43 during Operation Deep Freeze 1968 and 1969.||
16527|White Escarpment|Cliff|792900S|0853700W|-79.4833333|-85.6166667|||01/01/1966|An escarpment in the W part of the Heritage Range, extending for 15 mi between the heads of the Splettstoesser and Dobbratz Glaciers.  Named by the University of Minnesota Geological Party to these mountains, 1963-64, for Chief Warrant Officer Ronald B. White, pilot with the 62nd Transportation Detachment, who assisted the party.||
16528|White Glacier|Glacier|754500S|1405000W|-75.75|-140.8333333|||01/01/1970|A broad westward flowing tributary glacier which joins the Land Glacier on the N side of Mount McCoy in Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for General Thomas D. White, USAF, Chief of Staff and member of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, 1957-61, who participated in the planning and organizational stages of Operation Deep Freeze in an administrative capacity and in matters relating to aircraft.  Application of the name was proposed by Admiral Richard E. Byrd.||
16529|Whitehall Glacier|Glacier|724300S|1692500E|-72.7166667|169.4166667|||01/01/1962|A large glacier flowing N into Tucker Inlet between Daniell Peninsula and the SE part of the Victory Mountains, in Victoria Land.  Named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, partly because of the literal meaning and partly with reference to the proximity of the glacier to the Admiralty Mountains, the Admiralty office in London being situated in Whitehall.||
16530|White Island|Island|664400S|0483500E|-66.7333333|48.5833333|||01/01/1961|Ice-covered island 13 mi long and 5 mi wide, lying 6 mi N of Sakellari Peninsula, Enderby Land.  Discovered and called Hvit Oya (White Island) by Riiser-Larsen in January 1930.  Its existence was considered doubtful for a number of years but was confirmed by the Soviet expedition in the Lena in March 1957, and by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) led by D.F. Styles in the Thala Dan in February 1960.||
16531|White Island|Island|780800S|1672400E|-78.1333333|167.4|||01/01/1947|An island in the Ross Archipelago, 15 mi long, protruding through the Ross Ice Shelf immediately E of Black Island. Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) (1901-04) and so named by them because of the mantle of snow which covers it.||
16532|White Islands|Island|771700S|1531000W|-77.2833333|-153.1666667|||01/01/1970|A group of ice-covered islands extending N-S for about 10 miles.  They lie at the E margin of Swinburne Ice Shelf and near the terminus of Butler Glacier in the S part of Sulzberger Bay. This feature is rudely delineated on the map of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30, as "low ice cliffs" that rise above the level of the ice shelf.  The islands were mapped in detail by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  The name was applied by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) at the suggestion of Admiral R.E. Byrd.  Named for Dr. Paul Dudley White, internationally renowned specialist on heart diseases, who was a consultant on medical matters in regard to U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47, led by Byrd.||
16533|White Massif|Range|703200S|0671300E|-70.5333333|67.2166667|||01/01/1967|A rock massif about 3 mi ENE of Thomson Massif in the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1956 and 1960.  Named by ANCA for R.F. White, senior technician (electronics) at Mawson Station in 1963 who died there on October 18, 1963.||
16534|White Nunataks|Summit|844600S|0660500W|-84.7666667|-66.0833333|||01/01/1968|Three nunataks standing 3 mi N of the NW tip of Mackin Table in the Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Noah D. White, radioman at South Pole Station, winter 1967.||
16536|Mount Whiteside|Summit|671900S|0592900E|-67.3166667|59.4833333|190|623|01/01/1947|Low, conical peak, 190 m, surmounting the E extremity of Fold Island.  Discovered and named by DI personnel on the William Scoresby in February 1936.||
16537|Whiteside Hill|Summit|650800S|0613800W|-65.1333333|-61.6333333|330|1083|01/01/1960|Ice-covered hill, 330 m, at the S side of the mouth of Evans Glacier on the E coast of Graham Land.  This area was observed from the air by Sir Hubert Wilkins on Dec. 20, 1928. The feature was first charted as a point during 1947 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS). In 1955, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) reported that the point is not marked by any rock exposures and merges so gradually with the ice of Evans Glacier that the hill is the feature to which the name should be applied. The descriptive name was given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC).||
16539|White Spur|Ridge|711900S|1601600E|-71.3166667|160.2666667|||01/01/1970|A spur forming part of the S wall of Allegro Valley as it juts eastward from the central portion of the Daniels Range, Usarp Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Russell F. White, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at South Pole Station, 1967-68.||
16540|White Strait|Channel|781300S|1664800E|-78.2166667|166.8|||01/01/1962|The small ice-filled strait between Black and White Islands, in the Ross Archipelago.  First mapped by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1958-59) for M. White, a member of the party.||
16541|White Valley|Valley|763900S|1175700W|-76.65|-117.95|||01/01/1975|A broad ice-covered valley that indents the northern part of Crary Mountains between Trabucco Cliff and Lie Cliff, in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photos, 1959-60.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Franklin E. White, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) ionospheric physicist at Byrd Station in four summer seasons, 1966-71.||
16542|Whitewhale Bastion|Summit|653700S|0623000W|-65.6166667|-62.5|1200|3937|01/01/1976|A prominent L-shaped mass that arises to nearly 1,200 m and dominates Starbuck Glacier, 10 mi from its terminus on the east side of Graham Land.  Its east face consists of walls of white granite, hence the name, one of several in the vicinity applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in association with Herman Melville's whaling novel, Moby Dick.||
16543|Mount Whiting|Summit|714000S|0623700W|-71.6666667|-62.6166667|||01/01/1976|A pyramidal mountain, largely ice free and steep cliffed on the S side, standing at the SW side of Rankin Glacier near the E coast of Palmer Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1974.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for topographic engineer Ronald F. Whiting, a member of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geological and mapping party to the Lassiter Coast area, 1970-71.||
16545|Whiting Rocks|Island|651500S|0642000W|-65.25|-64.3333333|||01/01/1972|Three rocks lying 0.5 mi S of The Barchans, Argentine Islands, off the coast of Graham Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Colin S. Whiting, survey assistant of the Hydrographic Survey Unit from His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Endurance working in the area in February 1969.||03/07/1997
16546|Whitmer Peninsula|Cape|755000S|1624500E|-75.8333333|162.75|||01/01/1968|A broad ice-capped peninsula, about 7 mi long and wide, between Cheetham Ice Tongue and Harbord Glacier Tongue on the coast of Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1957-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant (j.g.) R.D. Whitmer, U.S. Navy (USN), who wintered over at Williams Field, McMurdo Sound, in 1956.  He returned to Antarctica with U.S. Naval Construction Battalion units during Deep Freeze 1966 and 1967.||
16547|Whitmill Nunatak|Summit|745300S|0730900W|-74.8833333|-73.15||||One of the Grossman Nunataks (q.v.), lying in the W part of the group 5 mi SSW of Smith Nunataks, in Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1961-68.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1987 after Leland D. Whitmill, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) cartographer, a member of the field party on Darwin Glacier and Byrd Glacier, 1978-79.||
16548|Whitmore Mountains|Summit|823500S|1043000W|-82.5833333|-104.5|||01/01/1962|An isolated group of mountains in West Antarctica, consisting of three mountains and a cluster of nunataks extending over 15 miles.  The group was visited and surveyed on Jan. 2, 1959, by William H. Chapman, cartographer with the Horlick Mountains Traverse Party (1958-59).  Named by Chapman for George D. Whitmore, Chief Topographic Engineer, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), who was a member of the Working Group on Cartography of the Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research.||
16549|Whitney Glacier|Glacier|853900S|1600000W|-85.65|-160|||01/01/1967|A tributary glacier, 6 mi long, draining NE from Mount Ellsworth to enter Amundsen Glacier just S of Robinson Bluff, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered and mapped by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Raymond L. Whitney, meteorologist, South Pole Station winter party, 1961.||
16550|Whitney Island|Island|694000S|0683100W|-69.6666667|-68.5166667||||The easternmost and second largest of the Rhyolite Islands (q.v.), lying close offshore the Rymill Coast in George VI Sound. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 after Farrell W. Whitney, U.S. Navy (USN), Senior Chief Aviation Boatswain's Mate with Squadron VXE-6, Operation Deep Freeze, 1958-71, at McMurdo Station and Christchurch, New Zealand.||
16551|Whitney Peak|Summit|762600S|1260300W|-76.4333333|-126.05|3005|9859|01/01/1962|A conspicuous peak (3,005 m) rising 3 mi NW of Mount Hampton, from which it is separated by a distinctive ice-covered saddle, in the northernmost part of the Executive Committee Range, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photographs, 1958-60.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Herbert Whitney, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), commander of the Navy's Mobile Construction Battalion responsible for the building of Antarctic stations for use during the International Geophysical Year. Whitney wintered over at Little America V in 1956.||
16552|Whitney Point|Summit|661500S|1103100E|-66.25|110.5166667|||01/01/1963|A rocky point at the N side of the entrance to Powell Cove on Clark Peninsula.  Mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47, and at first thought to be a small island.  It was included in a ground survey by Carl R. Eklund in 1957.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for photographer's mate I.A. Whitney, USN, who participated in Operation Highjump.||
16553|Whit Rock|Island|660300S|0655600W|-66.05|-65.9333333|||01/01/1971|Rock lying between the Trump and Saffery Islands off the W coast of Graham Land.  First shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for its small size, "whit" meaning the smallest part or particle.||
16554|Cape Whitson|Cape|604600S|0443200W|-60.7666667|-44.5333333|||01/01/1952|Cape at the S end of the peninsula separating Methuen and Aitken Coves, on the S coast of Laurie Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted in 1903 by the ScotNAE under Bruce, who named it for T.B. (later Sir Thomas) Whitson, treasurer of the expedition.||03/20/1997
16555|Whitten Peak|Summit|632500S|0570400W|-63.4166667|-57.0666667|445|1460|01/01/1952|Pyramidal peak, 445 m, forming the NE end of Blade Ridge at the W side of the head of Hope Bay, on the NE end of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for R. Whitten, first mate of the ship Eagle, which participated in Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) operations in 1944-45.||
16556|Whittle Glacier|Glacier|662200S|1141300E|-66.3666667|114.2166667|||01/01/1955|A short channel glacier flowing NE to Colvocoresses Bay and terminating in a small glacier tongue 6 mi NW of Williamson Glacier.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47), and named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Dr. J.S. Whittle, Assistant Surgeon on the sloop Vincennes of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Lieutenant Charles Wilkes.||
16557|Whittle Glacier Tongue|Glacier|662000S|1142400E|-66.3333333|114.4|||01/01/1956|A small glacier tongue extending seaward from Whittle Glacier into Colvocoresses Bay.  Delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47), and named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Whittle Glacier.||
16558|Whittle Peninsula|Cape|634900S|0594800W|-63.8166667|-59.8||||A peninsula, 5 mi long, terminating in Cape Kater and forming the W limit of Charcot Bay on Davis Coast, Graham Land. Surveyed by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) in December 1902.  Named in 1977 by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Sir Frank Whittle, Air Commodore, RAF, British pioneer of gas turbines for jet propulsion of aircraft from 1937.||
16559|Whitworth Ridge|Ridge|702400S|0660800E|-70.4|66.1333333|||01/01/1967|A rock ridge about 2 mi NE of Mount Leckie in the Porthos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1956.  Named by ANCA for R. Whitworth, geophysicist at Wilkes Station in 1963.||
16560|Whymper Spur|Ridge|802500S|0212900W|-80.4166667|-21.4833333|1250|4101||A rock spur rising to c. 1,250 m eastward of Blanchard Hill in Pioneers Escarpment (q.v.), Shackleton Range.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after English mountaineer and artist Edward Whymper (1840-1911), who made the first ascent of the Matterhorn, Switzerland, July 14, 1865; designer of the prototype of the Whymper tent, 1861-62.||
16561|Point Widdows|Summit|674200S|0452500E|-67.7|45.4166667|||01/01/1965|Point at the W side of the entrance to Freeth Bay on the coast of Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956.  Named by ANCA for E.I. Widdows, meteorologist at Mawson Station in 1959.||
16562|Widdowson Glacier|Glacier|664300S|0654600W|-66.7166667|-65.7666667|||01/01/1964|Glacier flowing into Darbel Bay between Drummond and McCance Glaciers, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1955-57, and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Elsie M. Widdowson of the Department of Experimental Medicine, Cambridge, joint author of The Chemical Composition of Foods, a fundamental work containing all the quantitative data required for calculating expedition ration requirements other than vitamins.||
16563|Wideopen Islands|Island|630000S|0554900W|-63|-55.8166667|||01/01/1963|Group of islands and rocks lying 7 mi N of Boreal Point, JoinviIle Island.  Roughly surveyed from a distance by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1953-54.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 because of their exposed, isolated position on the S side of Bransfield Strait.||
16564|Mount Wider�e|Summit|720800S|0233000E|-72.1333333|23.5|3180|10433|01/01/1947|Large mountain rising to 3,180 m between Mount Walnum and Mount Nils Larsen in the Sor Rondane Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers in 1946 from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named for Viggo Wideroe, airplane pilot of this expedition.  Remapped by the Norwegians in 1957 from air photos taken on U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.||
16566|Widich Nunatak|Summit|852000S|1212500W|-85.3333333|-121.4166667|||01/01/1962|A nunatak 3.5 mi E of Spencer Nunatak, lying between Wisconsin Range and Long Hills in the Horlick Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1959-60.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for George Widich, traverse engineer, Byrd Station winter party, 1960.||
16567|Widmark Ice Piedmont|Glacier|661700S|0653000W|-66.2833333|-65.5|||01/01/1971|Ice piedmont between Holtedahl and Darbel Bays on the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1955-57 and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Erik J. Widmark (1850-1909), Swedish ophthalmologist, pioneer of researches upon the etiology and treatment of snow blindness.||
16568|Widowmaker Pass|Gap|745500S|1622000E|-74.9166667|162.3333333|||01/01/1967|A heavily crevassed and therefore dangerous pass leading from Larsen Glacier to Reeves Glacier, between Mount Janetschek and Mount Gerlache in Victoria Land.  Given this expressive name by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1962-63.||
16569|Wiencke Island|Island|645000S|0632500W|-64.8333333|-63.4166667|||01/01/1947|Island 16 mi long and from 2 to 5 mi wide, which is the southernmost of the major islands of the Palmer Archipelago, lying between Anvers Island and the W coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache and named for Carl-August Wiencke, a seaman who lost his life on the expedition.||09/08/2012
16570|Wiener Peaks|Range|764900S|1443000W|-76.8166667|-144.5|||01/01/1947|Group of nunataks 5 mi NE of Mount Passel in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered on aerial flights over this area by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and named for Murray A. Wiener, auroral observer at West Base during this expedition.||
16571|Wiens Peak|Summit|835900S|0561900W|-83.9833333|-56.3166667|||01/01/1965|A peak at the E end of Elliott Ridge in southern Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Rudolph H. Wiens, aurora scientist at Ellsworth Station, winter 1962.||
16572|Wiest Bluff|Cliff|852200S|1762200W|-85.3666667|-176.3666667|2160|7087|01/01/1966|A prominent bluff, 2,160 m, standing just N of the confluence of Shackleton and Zaneveld Glaciers and marking the W extremity of the Cumulus Hills.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for William G. Wiest, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) ionospheric scientist at the South Pole Station, 1964.||
16573|Wiggans Hills|Range|801100S|0270300W|-80.1833333|-27.05|700|2297||Exposed rock hills, 2 mi long, rising to c. 700 m on the W side of the terminus of Gordon Glacier and forming the northernmost feature of La Grange Nunataks, Shackleton Range. Photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 for Thomas H. Wiggans, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) general assistant at Halley Station, 1968-70, who worked in the area during two seasons.||
16574|Wiggins Glacier|Glacier|651400S|0640300W|-65.2333333|-64.05|||01/01/1971|Glacier 10 mi long, flowing from Bruce Plateau to the W coast of Graham Land just S of Blanchard Ridge.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot, and named "Glacier du Milieu" (Middle Glacier). Feeling that a more distinctive name was needed, the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 renamed the glacier for W.D.C. Wiggins, then Deputy Director of Overseas Surveys.||03/07/1997
16575|Wigg Islands|Island|673200S|0623400E|-67.5333333|62.5666667|||01/01/1965|Group of six small islands, 6 mi NW of the Flat Islands in Holme Bay, Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Mesteinene (the middle stones). Renamed by ANCA for Dr. D.R. Wigg, medical officer at Mawson Station in 1962.||
16576|Wignall Nunataks|Summit|701000S|0642300E|-70.1666667|64.3833333|||01/01/1970|Two snow-covered nunataks standing 2 mi NW of Mount Starlight in the Athos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Mapped from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) surveys and air photos, 1955-65.  Named by ANCA for R. Wignall, weather observer at Davis Station, 1964.||
16577|Wignall Peak|Summit|702400S|0662400E|-70.4|66.4|||01/01/1967|A small peak just W of Mount McCarthy in the eastern part of the Porthos Range, Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1956 and 1960.  Named for R. Wignall, weather observer at Davis Station in 1964.||
16578|Mount Wilbanks|Summit|750000S|1125300W|-75|-112.8833333|||01/01/1967|A mound-shaped mountain that is partly ice covered but has a prominent bare rock E face, forming the E extremity of the Kohler Range in Marie Byrd Land.  First roughly mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from air photos obtained by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in January 1947.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John R. Wilbanks, geologist with the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Marie Byrd Land Survey party, 1966-67.||
16579|Mount Wilbur|Summit|865800S|1523700W|-86.9666667|-152.6166667|||01/01/1956|A mountain standing 2 mi E of Mount Weaver at the head of Scott Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn, and named by Byrd for the Hon. Curtis D. Wilbur, Secretary of the Navy, 1925-29.||03/07/1997
16580|Mount Wilbye|Summit|693000S|0713200W|-69.5|-71.5333333|2050|6726|01/01/1961|The higheat peak (c. 2,050 m) of Lassus Mountains in the N part of Alexander Island.  Mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after John Wilbye (1574-1638), English madrigal composer.||
16582|Wilckens Peaks|Range|541200S|0365700W|-54.2|-36.95|1375|4511|01/01/1963|Numerous peaks, the highest 1,375 m, in the form of an arc which extends from the N side of Keilhau Glacier to the N side of Neumayer Glacier in South Georgia.  The peaks were roughly located in 1928-29 by Ludwig Kohl-Larsen who gave the name "Wilckenskette" after Otto Wilckens of Bonn University.  An English form of the name has been accepted.||
16583|Mount Wilcox|Summit|675700S|0665600W|-67.95|-66.9333333|||01/01/1956|Mountain with a sharp, rocky, triangular peak surmounting the SE corner of Square Bay, 8 mi E of Camp Point on the W coast of Graham Land.  The mountain was apparently first seen and roughly charted in 1909 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot.  It was surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill and was photographed from the air in 1940 by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  The name, proposed by Col. Lawrence Martin, is for Phineas Wilcox, mate on the Hero, in which Captain Nathaniel B. Palmer explored the Antarctic mainland S of Deception Island in 1820.||
16584|Cape Wild|Cape|682300S|1490700E|-68.3833333|149.1166667|||01/01/1947|A prominent rock cape on the eastern end of the Organ Pipe Cliffs.  This may be the cape viewed from the ship superior mirage, by the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) under Lieutenant Charles Wilkes, Jan. 19, 1840. Wilkes applied the name "Point Emmons" for Lieutenant George F. Emmons of the Vincennes.  The cape was accurately positioned by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who named it for Frank Wild, a member of the expedition and leader of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) Western Base Party.||
16586|Mount Wild|Summit|641200S|0585300W|-64.2|-58.8833333|945|3100|01/01/1966|Sharply defined rock ridge with several summits, the highest 945 m, standing at the N side of the mouth of Sjogren Glacier on the E coast of Trinity Peninsula.  First charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1945 and named for Frank Wild.||
16587|Mount Wild|Summit|844800S|1624000E|-84.8|162.6666667|||01/01/1953|A peak 2.5 mi W of Mount Augusta at the SW extremity of the Queen Alexandra Range.  Discovered by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1907-09) and named for Frank Wild, a member of the Southern Polar Party of that expedition.||
16588|Point Wild|Summit|610600S|0545200W|-61.1|-54.8666667|||01/01/1953|A point 6 mi W of Cape Valentine on the N coast of Elephant Island, South Shetland Islands.  Named Cape Wild by the Shackleton Endurance expedition 1914-16, but Point Wild is recommended for this feature because of its small size and to avoid confusion with Cape Wild on George V Coast.  Named for Frank Wild, leader of the party from Shackleton's shipwrecked expedition which camped on the point for four months until rescued in August 1916.||
16589|Wild Icefalls|Glacier|845500S|1622500E|-84.9166667|162.4166667|||01/01/1966|The extensive icefalls at the head of Beardmore Glacier, between Mount Wild and Mount Buckley.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) in association with nearby Mount Wild.||
16591|Wilds Nunatak|Summit|730100S|1601300E|-73.0166667|160.2166667|||01/01/1969|A lone nunatak located 2 mi W of the S end of Frontier Mountain in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ronald F. Wilds, aviation machinist's mate with U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 at McMurdo Station, 1966.||
16592|Wild Spur|Ridge|644200S|0623200W|-64.7|-62.5333333|||01/01/1965|Spur extending from Pulfrich Peak to the W side of Arctowski Peninsula, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Heinrich Wild (1833-1902), Swiss instrument designer responsible for the autograph, first used about 1924 for stereosurvey from ground stations and later adapted for air survey.||
16593|Wildwind Glacier|Glacier|765200S|1611000E|-76.8666667|161.1666667|||01/01/1993|A substantial mountain glacier, 3 mi wide, which flows southward into Alatna Valley, draining both the Staten Island Heights and Mount Razorback areas, in the Convoy Range, Victoria Land.  So named by a 1989-90 New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) field party because strong and persistent winds in this vicinity have cut major flutings through the ice-cliffed terminus of the glacier.||
16596|Wilhelm Archipelago|Island|650800S|0642000W|-65.1333333|-64.3333333|||01/01/1971|The myriad of islands, the largest of which are Booth and Hovgaard Islands, extending from Bismarck Strait SW to Lumus Rock, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by a German expedition under Dallmann, 1873-74.  He named them for Wilhelm I, then Emperor of Germany and King of Prussia.||
16598|Mount Wilhelm Christophersen|Summit|853300S|1672000W|-85.55|-167.3333333|||01/01/1950|A mound-shaped, ice-covered knob which rises from the edge of the polar plateau 3 mi S of Mount Engelstad and overlooks the S side of the head of Axel Heiberg Glacier.  Discovered in 1911 by Roald Amundsen and named by him for Wilhelm Christophersen, Norwegian diplomat and Minister at Buenos Aires at that time.||
16599|Wilhelm Glacier|Glacier|724600S|1663700E|-72.7666667|166.6166667|||01/01/1970|A glacier 2 mi N of Olson Glacier, draining the N part of the W slopes of Malta Plateau and flowing W into Seafarer Glacier in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert C. Wilhelm, a member of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciological party at Roosevelt Island in 1967-68.||
16600|Wilhelm II Coast|Beach|670000S|0900000E|-67|90|||01/01/1947|That portion of the coast of Antarctica lying between Cape Penck, in 8743E, and Cape Filchner, in 9154E.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (1901-03), under the leadership of Erich von Drygalski, and named for Kaiser Wilhelm II.||
16601|Wilhelmina Bay|Bay|643800S|0621000W|-64.6333333|-62.1666667|||01/01/1950|Bay 15 mi wide between Reclus Peninsula and Cape Anna along the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache, and named for Wilhelmina, Queen of the Netherlands, 1890-1948.||
16604|Wilhoite Nunataks|Summit|813900S|1545500E|-81.65|154.9166667|||01/01/1965|Group of dark rock nunataks near the polar plateau, about 12 mi SW of All-Blacks Nunataks.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after the USS ocean station in support of aircraft flights between New Zealand and Antarctica in U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1961.||
16606|Wilkes Land|Area|690000S|1200000E|-69|120|||01/01/1947|A large land in Antarctica fronting on the lndian Ocean between Queen Mary Coast and George V Coast, extending from Cape Hordern in 10031E to Point Alden in 14202E.  Named for Rear Admiral Charles Wilkes, American explorer who was in command of the United States Exploring Expedition, 1838-42.  The name has been applied over this extent in recognition of the fact that Wilkes recognized the phenomena of the continental margin over a distance of 1,500 miles of coast and thus first provided substantial proof that Antarctica is a continent.  This definition of extent excludes the area east of 14202E which was sighted by Wilkes but has been shown by later expeditions to be farther south than the positions originally assigned by him.||
16607|Wilkes Subglacial Basin|Basin|750000S|1450000E|-75|145|||01/01/1961|A large subglacial basin situated generally southward of George V Coast and westward of Prince Albert Mountains in East Antarctica.  The feature was roughly delineated by U.S. seismic parties, 1958-60.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1961) for the proximity of the western portion of this feature to Wilkes Land, and for the explorations along George V Coast by the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Lieutenant Charles Wilkes, U.S. Navy (USN).||
16608|Cape Wilkins|Cape|671500S|0591800E|-67.25|59.3|||01/01/1947|A rocky cape at the N tip of Fold Island, forming the E side of the entrance to Stefansson Bay.  Discovered on Feb. 18, 1931, by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson.  Mapped in February 1936 by DI personnel on the William Scoresby.  It was remapped in greater detail from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37. Mawson named this feature Cape Hearst in gratitude for the purchase of the news rights of British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) by the Hearst Press.  Later he agreed to change the name to Cape Wilkins, the name used by subsequent expeditions.||
16609|Wilkins Coast|Beach|694000S|0630000W|-69.6666667|-63|||01/01/1953|That portion of the E coast of the Antarctic Peninsula between Cape Agassiz and Cape Boggs.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Sir Hubert Wilkins, who in a pioneer Antarctic exploratory flight on Dec. 20, 1928, flew southward from Deception Island and crossed the Antarctic Peninsula to its E side.  He continued southward to Stefansson Strait and Hearst Island which lie midway along Wilkins Coast.||
16610|Wilkins Ice Shelf|Glacier|701500S|0730000W|-70.25|-73||||A rectangular ice shelf about 80 miles long and 60 miles wide.  The feature occupies the central part of Wilkins Sound, from which it takes its name.  The name was proposed by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971.||
16612|Wilkins Mountains|Summit|753200S|0663000W|-75.5333333|-66.5|||01/01/1947|A group of low mountains of about 20 mi extent, located 25 mi SE of the Sweeney Mountains in eastern Ellsworth Land. Discovered by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, under Ronne, who named these mountains for Sir Hubert Wilkins.||
16613|Wilkins Nunatak|Summit|753900S|1395500W|-75.65|-139.9166667|||01/01/1966|The northeasternmost of three nunataks.  It lies 6 mi SW of Ickes Mountains in coastal Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Melvin L. Wilkins, QM3, U.S. Navy (USN), Quartermaster aboard USS Glacier in exploration of this coast, 1961-62.||
16614|Wilkinson Glacier|Glacier|665000S|0662000W|-66.8333333|-66.3333333|||01/01/1964|A glacier on the S side of Protector Heights, flowing westward into Lallemand Fjord to the S of Holdfast Point, Graham Land.  Mapped from air photos taken by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Captain John V. Wilkinson, Royal Navy (RN), captain of His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Protector in these waters, 1955-56 and 1956-57.||
16615|Wilkinson Peaks|Range|663700S|0541500E|-66.6166667|54.25|||01/01/1965|Group of peaks in the Napier Mountains standing 5 mi SE of Mount Griffiths.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and called Langnabbane (the long peaks).  Visited in 1961 by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) sledge party and renamed by ANCA for B.G. Wilkinson, assistant diesel mechanic at Mawson Station in 1961.||
16616|Wilkins Sound|Bay|701500S|0730000W|-70.25|-73|||01/01/1947|A sound that is largely occupied by the Wilkins Ice Shelf;, located between the concave western coastline of Alexander Island and the shores of Charcot Island and Latady Island farther to the west.  Its northern portion was first seen and roughly mapped in 1910 by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under J.B. Charcot and was observed from the air in 1929 by Sir Hubert Wilkins.  The configuration of the sound was determined in 1940 on exploratory flights by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  Named by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) for Sir Hubert Wilkins, who in 1929 first proved "Charcot Land" to be an island and thereby indirectly discovered this feature.  The existence of Latady Island at the SW side of the sound was determined in 1960 by D.J.H. Searle of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) by examination of air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48.||
16618|Wilkniss Mountains|Summit|775941S|1610648E|-77.994679|161.113319|2340|7677|01/01/1992|A prominent group of conical peaks and mountains, 10 mi long running N-S, located 9 mi ESE of Mount Feather, Quartermain Mountains, in Victoria Land.  The mountains are 3 mi wide in the N portion where Mount Blackwelder (2,340 m) and Pivot Peak (2,450 m) rise above ice-free valleys.  Except for an outlying SW peak, the S portion narrows to a series of mainly ice-covered smaller peaks.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1992 after Peter E. Wilkniss, chemist, who from 1975 has served in various positions at the National Science Foundation, including Deputy Assistant Director of the Directorate for Scientific, Technological, and International Affairs; Director, Division of Polar Programs, 1984-93; senior science associate to the Assistant Director for Geosciences, from 1993.||
16619|Willan Nunatak|Summit|623900S|0601700W|-62.65|-60.2833333|400|1312||A nunatak rising to c. 400 m on the W side of Huntress Glacier, 2.1 mi ENE of Johnsons Dock, Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Robert C.R. Willan, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist in charge of the work on Hurd Peninsula, Livingston Island, from 1985.||
16620|Cape Willems|Cape|645700S|0631600W|-64.95|-63.2666667|||01/01/1947|Cape forming the N side of the entrance to Flandres Bay on the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, and named by Gerlache for Pierre Willems.||
16621|Willett Cove|Bay|721900S|1701400E|-72.3166667|170.2333333|||01/01/1956|A small cove on the S side of Seabee Hook, a recurved spit formed 1 mi W of Cape Hallett at the entrance to Edisto Inlet, Victoria Land.  Surveyed in January 1956 by members of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) I from the icebreaker Edisto.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James H. Willett of the Navy Hydrographic Office, who directed the establishment of astronomical control stations on Ross Island and Seabee Hook in 1955-56.||
16622|Willett Range|Range|771957S|1603457E|-77.332474|160.582624|||01/01/1962|The range extending N from Mistake Peak and running for 20 mi as a high shelf along the edge of the continental ice to the Mackay Glacier, in Victoria Land.  The range is breached by several glaciers flowing E from the plateau.  Named by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) for R.W. Willett, Director of the New Zealand Geological Survey, who gave valuable assistance throughout the expedition and in the compilation stages after its return.||
16623|Willey Glacier|Glacier|702500S|0675000W|-70.4166667|-67.8333333|||01/01/1976|A heavily-crevassed glacier N of Creswick Peaks in Palmer Land, flowing W from Creswick Gap into George VI Sound.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Laurence E. Willey, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist at Fossil Bluff and Stonington Island stations, 1966-69 and 1973.||
16624|Willey Point|Summit|843700S|1654500E|-84.6166667|165.75|||01/01/1966|A conspicuous rock point along the W side of Beardmore Glacier, marking the S side of the mouth of Berwick Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Francis J. Willey III, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at Hallett Station, 1963.||
16627|Mount William|Summit|644700S|0634100W|-64.7833333|-63.6833333|1600|5249|01/01/1951|Prominent snow-covered mountain, 1,600 m, standing 4 mi NNE of Cape Lancaster, the S extremity of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered on Feb. 21, 1832, by John Biscoe who believed it to be part of the mainland of Antarctic Peninsula.  Named by Biscoe for William IV, then King of England.||
16631|William Glacier|Glacier|644300S|0632700W|-64.7166667|-63.45|||01/01/1952|Glacier flowing S from the interior highlands of Anvers Island to the head of Borgen Bay on the SE coast of the island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache, and charted by them simply as a "grand glacier."  The name William Glacier first appears on a chart based upon a 1927 survey by DI personnel on the Discovery.||
16633|Cape Williams|Cape|703000S|1640900E|-70.5|164.15|||01/01/1947|An ice-covered cape at the E side of the terminus of Lillie Glacier.  Discovered in February 1911 when the Terra Nova of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, explored the area westward of Cape North. Named for William Williams, Chief Engine-room Artificer on the Terra Nova.||
16634|Mount Williams|Summit|664800S|0505100E|-66.8|50.85|||01/01/1965|Peak between Mount Riiser-Larsen and Mount Soucek in the NW part of the Tula Mountains, in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for J. Williams, assistant diesel mechanic at Wilkes Station in 1959.||
16635|Point Williams|Summit|674900S|0673400E|-67.8166667|67.5666667|||01/01/1952|A point on the coast of Mac. Robertson Land at the E side of Shallow Bay.  Discovered by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE) under Mawson on Feb. 12, 1931, and named for A.J. Williams, wireless officer on the Discovery.||
16637|Williams Bluff|Cliff|704300S|1601200E|-70.7166667|160.2|||01/01/1964|A rock and ice bluff 7 mi E of Keim Peak in the Usarp Mountains.  The east-facing bluff rises between the Pitzman and Lovejoy Glaciers.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Harry N. Williams of U.S. Navy Squadron VX-6, aerial photographer on flights over Victoria Land and other Antarctic areas in three summer seasons, 1960-63.||
16638|Williams Cliff|Cliff|773449S|1664659E|-77.580338|166.782928|||01/01/1964|A prominent rock cliff that stands out from the ice-covered SW slopes of Mount Erebus, situated 6 mi E of Cape Barne on Ross Island.  This rock cliff was mapped by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, 1910-13, and identified simply as "Bold Cliff" on maps resulting from that expedition.  It was named Williams Cliff by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 to commemorate Richard T. Williams, who lost his life when his tractor broke through the ice at McMurdo Sound in January 1956.||
16639|William Scoresby Archipelago|Island|672000S|0594500E|-67.3333333|59.75|||01/01/1947|Group of islands which extends northward from the coast just E of William Scoresby Bay.  The more important islands in the group are Bertha, Islay, Couling and Sheehan Islands.  Most of the islands in this archipelago were discovered in February 1936 by DI personnel on the William Scoresby.  They named the group after their ship.||
16640|William Scoresby Bay|Bay|672400S|0593400E|-67.4|59.5666667|||01/01/1947|A coastal embayment at the W side of William Scoresby Archipelago, 5 mi long and 3.5 mi wide, with shores marked by steep rock headlands and snow-free hills rising to 210 meters. The practical limits of the bay are extended 4 mi northward from the coast by island groups located along its E and W margin. Discovered in February 1936 by DI personnel on the William Scoresby, for which the bay was named.||
16641|Williams Cove|Bay|545000S|0360000W|-54.8333333|-36|||01/01/1965|Small cove in the N side of Larsen Harbor at the SE end of South Georgia.  The name appears to be first used on a 1929 British Admiralty chart.||
16642|Williams Glacier|Glacier|780600S|1621800E|-78.1|162.3|||01/01/1995|A glacier about 2.5 mi long which flows from Sladen Summit to enter Emmanuel Glacier, in the Royal Society Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1994 after Richard S. Williams, Jr., U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) research geologist, an authority in aerial and satellite investigations of geomorphic processes and the fluctuations of glaciers on a global basis, particularly in Iceland and Antarctica; co-editor (with Jane G. Ferrigno) of Satellite Image Atlas of Glaciers of the World.||
16644|Williams Haven|Harbor|604100S|0453800W|-60.6833333|-45.6333333||||A cove 0.2 mi SW of North Point, Signy Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  There is a large sea cave in the cliff on the N side of the cove.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1990 after David D. Wynn-Williams, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) microbiologist from 1974, including two winters and six summer seasons on Signy Island.||
16646|Williams Hills|Range|834200S|0585500W|-83.7|-58.9166667|||01/01/1965|A compact group of hills, 10 mi long, located S of Childs Glacier and W of Roderick Valley in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Paul L. Williams, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geologist with the Neptune Range field party, 1963-64.||
16647|Williams Island|Island|715400S|1011100W|-71.9|-101.1833333|||01/01/1960|Ice-covered island about 1 mi long, lying midway between Cape Petersen and Dyer Point and about 2 mi off the N coast of Thurston Island.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 in January 1960.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Frederick W. Williams, aviation machinist's mate with U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, who lost his life in a seaplane crash at Thurston Island on Dec. 30, 1946.||01/28/2004
16648|Williams Nunatak|Summit|662600S|1104300E|-66.4333333|110.7166667|||01/01/1956|Small coastal nunatak just E of the Windmill Islands, standing at the S side of the terminus of Peterson Glacier where it faces on Penney Bay.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in February 1947.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Calvin E. Williams, member of one of the two U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml photographic units which obtained ground and aerial photographic coverage of this area in January 1948.||
16649|Williamson Bluff|Cliff|680500S|0654200W|-68.0833333|-65.7|1000|3281|01/01/1976|A flat-topped bluff more than 1,000 m high near the head of Trail Inlet on the E coast of Graham Land.  The upper part of the bluff is snow topped, but the sides are steep and rocky.  The bluff extends from the E side of Bills Gulch, 4 mi NE of Mount Shelby.  First photographed from aircraft by personnel of U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) on a flight of Sept. 28, 1940.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after the Reverend William Williamson (1804-75), British mathematician and lawyer who made one of the earliest measurements of the surface flow of a glacier, in Switzerland, 1844.||
16650|Williamson Glacier|Glacier|664000S|1140600E|-66.6666667|114.1|||01/01/1955|A glacier draining northeastward from Law Dome into Colvocoresses Bay.  Delineated by G.D. Blodgett (1955) from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after John G. Williamson, crew member on the sloop Vincennes of the U.S. Exploring Expedition (USEE) (1838-42) under Lieutenant Charles Wilkes.||
16651|Williamson Glacier Tongue|Glacier|662900S|1142400E|-66.4833333|114.4|||01/01/1956|The prominent seaward extension of the Williamson Glacier into Colvocoresses Bay.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump (1946-47).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Williamson Glacier.||
16652|Williamson Head|Cliff|691100S|1580000E|-69.1833333|158|||01/01/1947|A prominent cape 6 mi WNW of Drake Head on the coast of Antarctica.  Discovered from the Terra Nova in Feb. 1911 during Scott's last expedition.  Named for Petty Officer Thomas S. Williamson, Royal Navy (RN), a member of the expedition.||
16654|Williamson Ridge|Ridge|754700S|1164500W|-75.7833333|-116.75|||01/01/1976|Low snow-covered ridge, 10 mi long and 2 to 5 mi wide, that forms a western extension of Toney Mountain in Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-71.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Paul R. Williamson, ionospheric physicist at Byrd Station in two austral summers, 1967-68 and 1969-70.||
16655|Williamson Rock|Island|772700S|1691500E|-77.45|169.25|||01/01/1952|Rock lying 4 mi NW of Cape Crozier, close off the N coast of Ross Island.  Charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, under Scott. Named for Thomas S. Williamson, who as able seaman and petty officer accompanied Scott's expeditions of 1901-04 and 1910-13.||
16656|Williams Peak|Summit|775809S|1635556E|-77.969305|163.932101|1400|4593|01/01/1964|A prominent peak over 1,400 m in a nodal position between the drainage of the Hobbs, Salmon and Garwood Glaciers, in Victoria Land.  Named by the Victoria University of Wellington Antarctic Expedition (1960-61) for Dr. J. Williams, Vice-Chancellor of the University.||
16657|Williams Point|Summit|622708S|0600811W|-62.4522222|-60.1363889|||01/01/1947|A rock point forming the northeast tip of Livingston Island in the South Shetland Islands. The discovery of the South Shetland Islands was first reported in 1819 by William Smith, Master of the brig Williams.  In John Miers’ account of Smith’s voyage, published in 1820, he states that Smith gave the name Williams to a point of land in this vicinity. In recent years Williams Point has been established in international usage for the point described.||01/18/2010
16659|Williams Reef|Bar|542800S|0032800E|-54.4666667|3.4666667|||01/01/1957|A reef which extends southward for about 0.5 mi from Cape Fie, Bouvetoya.  The reef was charted in 1898 by a German expedition in the Valdivia under Karl Chun.  It was recharted in December 1927 by a Norwegian expedition in the latter for Captain John Williams, American sealer who visited Bouvetoya in the schooner Golden West in 1878, making a landing on the island.||
16661|Williams Ridge|Ridge|803000S|0292000W|-80.5|-29.3333333|1060|3478|01/01/1962|Conspicuous rock ridge, 1,060 m, extending E-W between Blaiklock and Stratton Glaciers, 1 mi NW of Honnywill Peak in the W part of the Shackleton Range.  First mapped in 1957 by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) and named for Sergeant Ellis Williams, RAF, radio operator with the advance party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) in 1955-56 and with the RAF contingent of the expedition in 1956-58.||
16662|Williams Rocks|Island|672600S|0624600E|-67.4333333|62.7666667|||01/01/1965|Group of rocks 9 mi N of Flat Islands and Holme Bay, off the coast of Mac. Robertson Land.  Mapped by R.G. Dovers of Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1954.  Named by ANCA for J. Williams, assistant diesel mechanic at Mawson Station in 1962, who assisted in a triangulation of the rocks and the erection of a beacon.||
16663|Mount Willing|Summit|715100S|0665500E|-71.85|66.9166667|||01/01/1961|A mountain, elongated in an E-W direction, standing 17 mi SW of Fisher Massif in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Discovered in November 1956 during a photographic flight by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft. Named by ANCA for Dr. Richard L. Willing, medical officer at Mawson Station in 1957.||
16664|Mount Willis|Summit|792200S|1592700E|-79.3666667|159.45|||01/01/1965|A mountain 2 mi S of Mount Chalmers in the southern part of the Conway Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1959-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Charles H. Willis, USN, commander of USS Wilhoite on ocean station duty in support of aircraft flights between Christchurch and McMurdo Sound during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1961.||
16665|Willis Glacier|Glacier|771559S|1620451E|-77.266453|162.08077|||01/01/1964|Valley glacier in the St. Johns Range of Victoria Land, flowing NE from Schist Peak along the W side of Mount Harker to Debenham Glacier.  Charted by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1959-60, and named by them for I.A.G. Willis, geophysicist with the expedition.||
16667|Willis Islands|Island|540000S|0381100W|-54|-38.1833333|||01/01/1952|Group of islands and rocks lying 2 mi W of Bird Island, off the W end of South Georgia.  Discovered in 1775 by Captain James Cook and named for the crew member who first sighted them.||
16670|Williwaw Rocks|Island|632000S|0550100W|-63.3333333|-55.0166667|||01/01/1963|Two small rocks lying 2 mi S of Moody Point, the E extremity of Joinville Island.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1953. The name arose because williwaws appear to be characteristic in the vicinity of Moody Point and the nearby Danger Islands.||
16671|Willows Nunatak|Summit|742900S|1651700E|-74.4833333|165.2833333|||01/01/1968|A nunatak standing 1 mi inland from the S shore of Wood Bay on the coast of Victoria Land, rising above the col between Cape Washington and Mount Melbourne.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1955-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for A.O. Dennis Willows, biologist at McMurdo Station, summer 1965-66.||
16672|Will Point|Summit|543300S|0360100W|-54.55|-36.0166667|||01/01/1963|Point at the head of Royal Bay, lying 4 mi W of Cape Charlotte on the N coast of South Georgia.  First mapped by the German group of the International Polar Year Investigations, 1882-83.  Resurveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57 and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Dr. H. Will, botanist with the German expedition which wintered at Royal Bay in 1882-83.||
16673|Wilma Glacier|Glacier|671200S|0560000E|-67.2|56|||01/01/1965|The western of two glaciers entering the southern part of Edward VIII Bay.  Seen by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party led by Robert Dovers in November 1954.  Named by ANCA for the wife of Robert Dovers, officer in charge and surveyor at Mawson Station in 1954.||
16674|Cape Wilson|Cape|540200S|0371000W|-54.0333333|-37.1666667|||01/01/1952|Cape at the E side of the entrance to the Bay of lsles on the N coast of South Georgia.  The Bay of Isles was charted in 1912-13 by Robert Cushman Murphy, American naturalist aboard the brig Daisy.  The cape was named by Murphy for Woodrow Wilson, President of the United States, 1913-21.||
16675|Cape Wilson|Cape|821400S|1634700E|-82.2333333|163.7833333|||01/01/1947|A bold, rocky, snow-covered cape, forming the SE end of the Nash Range and marking the northern entrance point to Shackleton Inlet on the western edge of the Ross Ice Shelf.  Discovered by Captain Robert F. Scott, Royal Navy (RN), in December 1902, on his attempted trip to the South Pole.  He was accompanied on this trip by Lieutenant (later Sir) Ernest H. Shackleton, Royal Navy Reserve (RNR),) and Dr. Edward A. Wilson, for whom the cape was named.||
16676|Lake Wilson|Lake|794900S|1593300E|-79.8166667|159.55|||01/01/1968|An ice-covered lake along the W margin of Ross Ice Shelf, lying 5 mi NE of the summit of Diamond Hill just N of the terminus of Darwin Glacier.  Charted by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1962-63, and named for Prof. A.T. Wilson of the Victoria University of Wellington, investigator of lakes in the ice-free valleys W of McMurdo Sound.||
16677|Mount Wilson|Summit|682700S|0653300W|-68.45|-65.55|1300|4265|01/01/1953|A mountain rising to c. 1,300 m in the W part of Bermel Peninsula, Bowman Coast.  This mountain appears indistinctly in a photograph taken by Sir Hubert Wilkins on his flight of Dec. 20, 1928.  The feature was rephotographed in 1935 by Lincoln Ellwsorth, in 1940 by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), and in 1947 by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne.  It was surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1948.  Named by Ronne after Major General R.C. Wilson, chief of staff to Lieutenant General Curtis LeMay, head of the Office of Research and Development of the then Army Air Force, which furnished equipment for Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE).||
16678|Wilson Bluff|Cliff|742000S|0664700E|-74.3333333|66.7833333|||01/01/1965|Large, rather flat-topped rock outcrop at the S end of Lambert Glacier, 16 mi WNW of Mount Borland.  This feature is 5 sq. mi in area and has a tail of moraine extending NE for several miles.  Plotted from air photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956 and visited by an airborne field party led by G.A. Knuckey in October 1958.  Named by ANCA for Flight Lieutenant H.O. Wilson, RAAF, pilot at Mawson Station in 1958.||
16680|Wilson Glacier|Glacier|664600S|0562500E|-66.7666667|56.4166667|||01/01/1962|Glacier 9 mi long, flowing NE into Edward VIII Ice Shelf just S of Seaton Glacier.  Photographed from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA for Flight Lieutenant H.O. Wilson, RAAF pilot at Mawson Station, 1959, who was killed in an aircraft accident shortly after his return to Australia.||
16682|Wilson Harbor|Harbor|540700S|0374200W|-54.1166667|-37.7|||01/01/1952|Bay 1.5 mi wide and 3 mi long, between Kade Point and Cape Demidov along the S coast of South Georgia.  This coast was roughly charted by a Russian expedition under Bellingshausen in 1819. Wilson Harbor was named about 1912, probably for J. Innes Wilson, who sketched some of the inland portions of the island at about that time.||
16683|Wilson Hills|Range|694000S|1583000E|-69.6666667|158.5|||01/01/1947|A group of scattered hills, nunataks and ridges that extend NW-SE for about 70 mi between Matusevich Glacier and Pryor Glacier.  Discovered by Lieutenant H.L.L. Pennell, Royal Navy (RN), on the Terra Nova in Feb. 1911 during Scott's last expedition.  Named after Dr. Edward A. Wilson, zoologist with the expedition, who perished with Scott on the return journey from the South Pole.||
16684|Wilson Island|Island|662700S|1103400E|-66.45|110.5666667|||01/01/1963|A mainly ice-free island lying between Browning Peninsula and Bosner Island in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for W. Stanley Wilson, biologist and member of the Wilkes Station party of 1961.||
16685|Wilson Mountains|Summit|721500S|0615000W|-72.25|-61.8333333|1600|5249||A group of mountains including Hjort Massif, rising to c. 1,600 m to the W of Merz Peninsula, Black Coast, Palmer Land. The feature is bounded to the W by Du Toit Mountains, to N by Beaumont Glacier and Hilton Inlet, and to S by Defant Glacier. First photographed from the air by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1940.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy aerial photographs taken 1966-69.  In association with the names of continental drift scientists grouped in this area, named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after John Tuzo Wilson (1908-93), Canadian geophysicist who visited Antarctica on U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze, 1958; Professor of Geophysics, University of Toronto, 1946-74; Director-General, Ontario Science Centre, 1974-85.||
16686|Wilson Nunataks|Summit|800100S|0803800W|-80.0166667|-80.6333333|||01/01/1966|An irregular string of nunataks about 8 mi long, lying between the Douglas Peaks and the head of Hercules Inlet in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Named by the University of Minnesota Geological Party to these mountains, 1963-64, for Chief Warrant Officer Kenneth Wilson, pilot with the 62nd Transportation Detachment which assisted the party.||
16687|Wilson Pass|Gap|682600S|0651500W|-68.4333333|-65.25|400|1312||A glacier pass at c. 400 m, running NW-SE between Bowditch Crests and Rock Pile Peaks on Bermel Peninsula, Bowman Coast. The pass leads from Solberg Inlet to Mobiloil Inlet.  The feature was photographed from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth, 1935, the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, and Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48.  Named after Alison Wilson, of the Center for Polar Archives, National Archives, Washington, DC, who has been associated with Antarctic research from 1957; member, U.S. Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names, 1974-94; Chair, 1986-93.||
16688|Wilson Peak|Summit|785200S|0844800W|-78.8666667|-84.8|2400|7874|01/01/1961|A peak (2,400 m) near the S end of the Sentinel Range of the Ellsworth Mountains, rising at the E side of Nimitz Glacier, 15 mi SSE of Mount Craddock.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for J.H. Wilson, radioman on Navy R4D reconnaissance flights in the area during January 1958.||
16689|Wilson Piedmont Glacier|Glacier|772038S|1632129E|-77.343974|163.358134|||01/01/1947|A large piedmont glacier extending from Granite Harbor to Marble Point on the coast of Victoria Land.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04.  The British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, named the feature for Dr. Edward A. Wilson, surgeon and artist with Scott's first expedition and chief of the scientific staff with the second. Wilson lost his life on the way back from the South Pole with Scott.||
16690|Wilson Portal|Summit|842800S|1785400W|-84.4666667|-178.9|1000|3281|01/01/1962|A coastal mountain rising over 1,000 m, which is snow covered except for its N steep rock face. Spurs descend NE from the feature.  It stands 2.5 mi SE of O'Leary Peak and overlooks the W side of the mouth (or portal) of Kosko Glacier where the latter enters Ross Ice Shelf.  Discovered and photographed by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and surveyed by A.P. Crary (1957-58).  Named by Crary for Charles R. Wilson, chief aurora scientist at Little America V (1958) and glaciologist of the U.S. Victoria Land Traverse Party (1958-59).||
16691|Wilson Ridge|Ridge|724800S|0750500E|-72.8|75.0833333|||01/01/1967|A prominent razorback ridge 6 mi N of Mount Harding in the Grove Mountains.  Mapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) from air photos, 1956-60. Named by ANCA for R.R. Wilson, topographic draftsman, Division of National Mapping, Australian Department of National Development, who has contributed substantially to the compilation of Antarctic maps.||
16692|Wilson Rock|Island|590300S|0263900W|-59.05|-26.65|150|492|01/01/1952|Rock, 150 m high, lying 1.4 mi W of Bristol Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  Discovered by Captain James Cook in 1775, but more accurately charted by Admiral Thaddeus Bellingshausen in 1819-20.  Recharted in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II and named for Sir Samuel H. Wilson, Permanent Under-Secretary of State for the British Colonies.||
16693|Wilson Saddle|Gap|721300S|0031500W|-72.2166667|-3.25|||01/01/1966|A snow saddle between Kjolrabbane Hills and Aurho Peak in the SW part of Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and named for Ove Wilson, medical officer with Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE).||
16694|Wilson Stream|Stream|771644S|1662504E|-77.278892|166.417755|||01/01/1964|A meltwater stream which flows from the ice-free lower W slopes of Mount Bird, to the south of Alexander Hill, and over steep sea cliffs into Wohlschlag Bay, Ross Island.  Mapped by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1958-59, and named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) for J. Wilson, mountaineer assistant with the expedition.||
16695|Wilton Bay|Bay|604600S|0444500W|-60.7666667|-44.75|||01/01/1952|Bay lying between Cape Davidson and Cape Hartree on the SW side of Laurie Island in the South Orkney Islands.  Charted in 1903 by the ScotNAE under Bruce, who named it for D.W. Wilton, zoologist of the expedition.||
16696|Wiltshire Rocks|Island|673000S|0630700E|-67.5|63.1166667|||01/01/1973|A group of rocks in the sea about 2.5 mi ENE of Smith Rocks, off the coast of Mac. Robertson Land.  First mapped from air photographs by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Spjotoyskjera.  Renamed (1971) by ANCA for A.C.W. Wiltshire, cook at Mawson Station in 1963.||03/07/1997
16697|Cape Wiman|Cape|641300S|0563800W|-64.2166667|-56.6333333|||01/01/1963|A low, rocky cape marking the N extremity of Seymour Island, James Ross Island group.  Probably first seen by Sir James Ross in January 1843, but the cape was not adequately surveyed until 1902-03 when the Swedish expedition under Nordenskjold wintered in the area.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after C. Wiman, who worked on the Seymour Island fossils collected by the Swedish expedition.||
16698|Wimple Dome|Summit|633800S|0585100W|-63.6333333|-58.85|725|2379|01/01/1953|Ice-covered hill, 725 m, standing 2 mi S of Hanson Hill and 2 mi E of Bone Bay on the N side of Trinity Peninsula.  The name was applied by members of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) following their survey in 1948 and is descriptive of the shape of the feature, a wimple being a type of headdress worn by nuns.||
16699|Mount Windle|Summit|775356S|1621752E|-77.899013|162.297651|1970|6463|01/01/1992|An ice-covered peak rising to 1,970 m on the S side of Ferrar Glacier.  It surmounts the most western massif of Cathedral Rocks in the N part of Royal Society Range, Victoria Land.  Named in 1992 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Chaplains Tableland (q.v.) after Lieutenant D.L. Windle, U.S. Navy (USN), chaplain with the 1963 winter party at McMurdo Station.||
16700|Windless Bight|Bay|774101S|1673949E|-77.683524|167.663558|||01/01/1964|The prominent bight indenting the S side of Ross Island eastward of Hut Point Peninsula.  Named by the Winter Journey Party, led by Wilson, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13), which encountered no wind in this area.||
16701|Windmill Islands|Island|662000S|1102800E|-66.3333333|110.4666667|||01/01/1955|A group of rocky islands and rocks about 6 mi wide, paralleling the coast for 17 mi immediately N of Vanderford Glacier along the E side of Vincennes Bay.  Mapped from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  So named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) because personnel of Operation Windmill, 1947-48, landed on Holl Island at the SW end of the group to establish ground control for U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp photographs.  The term Operation Windmill is a popular expression which developed after the expedition disbanded and refers to the extensive use of helicopters made by this group. The official title of this expedition was Second Antarctic Development Project, U.S. Navy Task Force 39, 1947-48.||
16702|Window Buttress|Cliff|674200S|0684500W|-67.7|-68.75|800|2625||A cliff rising to c. 800 m near the SE end of Fuchs Ice Piedmont, Adelaide Island, 3 mi WNW of the summit of Mount Ditte. So named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC), 1982, from the window-like structure near the top of the cliff, which is visible only from the southwest.||
16703|Window Island|Island|623400S|0610700W|-62.5666667|-61.1166667|||01/01/1960|Island lying at the W side of the entrance to Barclay Bay, off the N coast of Livingston Island in the South Shetland Islands.  It was charted and named by Captain George Powell in 1820-22.||
16704|Bay of Winds|Bay|663000S|0973500E|-66.5|97.5833333|||01/01/1947|Coastal embayment between Cape Dovers and Avalanche Rocks. Discovered by Western Base Party of the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE), 1911-14, under Mawson, who so named it because of the almost constant outflow of cold dense air from the plateau into the bay.||
16705|Windscoop Nunataks|Summit|642500S|0590700W|-64.4166667|-59.1166667|400|1312||A cluster of four gable-shaped nunataks rising to c. 400 m between Porphyry Bluff and Tower Peak on Nordenskjold Coast, Graham Land.  So named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) following British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geological work, 1978-79, from the windscoops associated with each nunatak.||
16706|Windvane Hill|Summit|773814S|1662510E|-77.637192|166.419575|||01/01/1953|Small hill just NE of the extremity of Cape Evans on Ross Island.  So named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) because an anemometer station was established on this site.||
16707|Windwhistle Peak|Summit|764200S|1594600E|-76.7|159.7666667|||01/01/1965|A square sandstone peak south of Punchbowl Cirque in the Allan Hills, Victoria Land.  Reconnoitered by the New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) Allan Hills Expedition (1964) which so named the peak because of the peculiar behavior of the wind in its vicinity.||
16708|Windy Cove|Bay|540400S|0365800W|-54.0666667|-36.9666667|||01/01/1956|Small bay entered 0.6 mi SE of Antarctic Point on the N coast of South Georgia.  The bay was named Whatahope Bay, probably by DI personnel who charted this coast in 1929, but is known locally as Windy Cove.  It is probable that this latter name, originally given by DI personnel in 1929 to the next bay to the northwest (now Tornquist Bay, q.v.), was erroneously transferred to this feature.  Since Whatahope Bay is unknown locally, the name Windy Cove as applied to this feature is approved.||
16709|Windy Gap|Gap|633400S|0580900W|-63.5666667|-58.15|975|3199|01/01/1952|Pass 975 m high, located at the NE end of Louis Philippe Plateau.  It marks the meeting place of three valleys of Trinity Peninsula, namely Broad Valley leading eastward toward Duse Bay, a valley leading northward to Lafond Bay, and another southward to Prince Gustav Channel.  Discovered by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and so named because of the very bad weather experienced in the pass during a survey journey in April 1946.||
16710|Windy Gully|Valley|775300S|1611047E|-77.883299|161.179586|||01/01/1964|An ice-filled gully between New Mountain and Terra Cotta Mountain, on the S side of Taylor Glacier in Victoria Land. Named by the Western Journey Party, led by Taylor, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13. All parties in this area have commented on the incidence of high winds here.||
16713|Windy Peak|Summit|791300S|0860400W|-79.2166667|-86.0666667|1910|6266|01/01/1966|A prominent peak, 1,910 m, located 2 mi SW of the S end of Reuther Nunataks in the Founders Peaks, Heritage Range.  So named by the University of Minnesota Geological Party, 1963-64, because high velocity winds were present here whenever the peak was visited.||
16714|Windy Valley|Valley|683700S|0665000W|-68.6166667|-66.8333333|||01/01/1947|Glacier-filled valley opening onto the N part of Mikkelsen Bay on the W coast of Graham Land and providing access via its head to the plateau, Lammers Glacier and the Traffic Circle area. So named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37, because of the strong winds which descend from the high plateau and blow out of this valley with great force.||
16716|Winkle Island|Island|653100S|0653900W|-65.5166667|-65.65|||01/01/1965|Island lying between Tula Point and Pickwick Island, Pitt Islands, in the Biscoe Islands.  Shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 after Nathaniel Winkle, a member of the Pickwick Club in Charles Dickens' Pickwick Papers.||
16717|Winship Point|Summit|621500S|0584400W|-62.25|-58.7333333|||01/01/1960|Point at the W side of the entrance to Potter Cove, King George Island, in the South Shetland Islands. Named by the UK-APC in 1960 for Jonathan Winship, master of the ship O'Cain from Boston, MA, who visited the Shetland Islands in 1820-21 operating from Potter Cove.||11/21/2011
16718|Winslow Rock|Island|661700S|0664400W|-66.2833333|-66.7333333|||01/01/1965|A rock close off the E side of Lavoisier Island, Biscoe Islands.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1958-59). There is a small penguin rookery on this rock, which provides the only known landing place on the E side of Lavoisier Island.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Charles E.A. Winslow, American physiologist who has specialized in the reactions of the human body to cold environments.||04/11/2001
16720|Winston Glacier|Glacier|530900S|0733800E|-53.15|73.6333333|||01/01/1968|A glacier flowing to Winston Lagoon on the SE side of Heard Island.  Surveyed by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1948.  Named by ANCA in 1964 in association with nearby Winston Lagoon.||
16721|Winston Lagoon|Swamp|530900S|0733900E|-53.15|73.65|||01/01/1957|A lagoon indenting the SE coast of Heard Island about 1 mi NE of Cape Lockyer.  The feature is roughly portrayed on an American sealer chart of the 1860 period.  It was sighted from the air by Lieutenant Malcolm Smith, RAAF, pilot of the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) seaplane that made the first reconnaissance flight over the island in 1948. Lieutenant Smith proposed that it be named Lake Winston after his wife.  In view of his death in an aircraft accident shortly afterward, this proposal was adopted by ANCA with only a change of generic term.||
16722|Winter Island|Island|651500S|0641600W|-65.25|-64.2666667|||01/01/1950|Island 0.5 mi long, lying 0.1 mi N of Skua Island in the Argentine Islands, Wilhelm Archipelago. Winter Island was named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, which made this island the site of its winter base during 1935.||
16723|Winter Quarters Bay|Bay|775050S|1663844E|-77.847344|166.645474|||01/01/1952|Small bay immediately E of Hut Point, at the S end of Ross Island.  Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, and so named because the expedition ship Discovery was moored in the bay and "frozen-in" during the winter seasons of 1902 and 1903.||
16725|Wirdnam Glacier|Glacier|782500S|1620200E|-78.4166667|162.0333333|||01/01/1963|Glacier which drains the W slopes of the Royal Society Range between Mounts Moxley and Lisicky and flows W into Skelton Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and air photos. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Squadron Leader K.A.C. Wirdnam, RAF pilot stationed at McMurdo Station in 1960 as an observer, who also flew missions for U.S. Navy Squadron VX-6.||
16726|Wirth Peninsula|Cape|732700S|0804000W|-73.45|-80.6666667|||01/01/1968|A broad ice-covered peninsula, 20 mi long, between Eltanin and Fladerer Bays, Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Laurence Wirth, commander of U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) Eltanin on Antarctic cruises, September 1966-November 1967.||
16727|Wisconsin Islands|Island|631700S|0575100W|-63.2833333|-57.85|||01/01/1964|A group of a dozen or more small rocky islands which lie 1 mi NE of Largo Island in the NE part of the Duroch Islands. Named after the University of Wisconsin, Madison, WI.  The name was applied by Martin Halpern, leader of the University of Wisconsin field party which geologically mapped these islands, 1961-62.||
16728|Wisconsin Plateau|Plain|854800S|1252400W|-85.8|-125.4|2800|9186|01/01/1967|A large ice-capped plateau with general elevations above 2,800 m, comprising most of the upland surface area of the Wisconsin Range, Horlick Mountains.  To the E and SE, the plateau descends gradually and with only minor ice escarpments to merge with the interior ice plateau; to the N and W, the plateau displays abrupt escarpments and cliffs of over 1,000 meters. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with the Wisconsin Range.||
16729|Wisconsin Range|Range|854500S|1250000W|-85.75|-125|||01/01/1962|A major mountain range of the Horlick Mountains, comprising the Wisconsin Plateau and numerous glaciers, ridges and peaks bounded by the Reedy Glacier, Shimizu Ice Stream, Horlick Ice Stream and the interior ice plateau.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1959-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the University of Wisconsin, Madison, WI, which has sent numerous researchers to Antarctica.||
16730|Wisdom Hills|Range|713300S|1633300E|-71.55|163.55|2000|6562||A cluster of summits which rise to 2,000 m and form the NW segment of Molar Massif in the Bowers Mountains (q.v.).  Named in 1983 by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC), on a proposal from geologist M.G. Laird, in association with the name Molar Massif.||
16731|Mount Wise|Summit|780800S|1652300E|-78.1333333|165.3833333|815|2674|01/01/1973|A bare rock summit, the highest point (815 m) on Brown Peninsula.  Named by A.J. Heine of the McMurdo Ice Shelf Project, 1962-63, for K.C. Wise, a New Zealander who explored the peninsula while a member of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1958-59.||
16732|Wise Bay|Bay|830200S|1673500E|-83.0333333|167.5833333|||01/01/1966|An ice-filled inlet at the terminus of Ekblad Glacier, opening on to the Ross Ice Shelf just W of Driscoll Point.  Named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1959-60) for K.C. Wise, who was a member of the expedition and wintered over in 1959.||
16733|Wise Peak|Summit|783500S|1581800E|-78.5833333|158.3|1580|5184|01/01/1965|A small peak (1,580 m) marking the S end of Warren Range in Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Keith A.J. Wise, biologist working out of the McMurdo Station for five seasons, 1960-61 to 1964-65.||
16734|Mount Wishart|Summit|701900S|0651500E|-70.3166667|65.25|||01/01/1967|A snow-covered mountain 5 mi N of Mount Kirkby, on the N side of Scylla Glacier in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos.  Named for E.R. Wishart, technical officer (glaciology) at Mawson Station in 1963.||
16735|Wishbone Ridge|Ridge|845600S|1665600W|-84.9333333|-166.9333333||||A Y-shaped ridge trending NE from the main ridge of the Duncan Mountains.  The feature is 2 mi E of Morris Peak and is unique among the series of ridges in the Duncan Mountains in that it bifurcates, giving an aerial view similar in shape to a "wishbone."  The descriptive name was suggested by Edmund Stump of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Ohio State University field party who, with C.E. Corbató and P.V. Colbert, geologically mapped the ridge on Dec. 21, 1974.||01/10/2018
16736|Mount Wisting|Summit|862700S|1652600W|-86.45|-165.4333333|2580|8464|01/01/1950|A rock peak (2,580 m), the northwesternmost summit of the massif at the head of Amundsen Glacier in the Queen Maud Mountains.  In November 1911, a number of mountain peaks in this general vicinity were observed and rudely positioned by the South Pole Party under Roald Amundsen.  Amundsen named one of them for Oscar Wisting, a member of the party.  The peak described was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy aerial photography, 1960-64.  For the sake of historical continuity and to commemorate the Norwegian exploration in this area, the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) has selected this feature to be designated Mount Wisting.  Other peaks in the massif have been named for members of Amundsen's South Pole Party.||
16737|Witalis Peak|Summit|853300S|1601800W|-85.55|-160.3|760|2493|01/01/1967|A rock peak, 760 m, in the NE part of Collins Ridge, at the confluence of Bowman and Amundsen Glaciers in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered and mapped by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ronald E. Witalis, meteorologist, South Pole Station winter party, 1961.||
16738|Witches Cauldron|Basin|695600S|0694900W|-69.9333333|-69.8166667|||01/01/1961|Ice-filled basin on the W side of the Douglas Range, immediately W of Mount Egbert in the N part of Alexander Island. First seen from the air and roughly mapped by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) in 1937. More accurately mapped from air photos taken by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947-48, by Searle of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for the feature's kettle-like shape.||
16739|Withem Island|Island|621400S|0590900W|-62.2333333|-59.15|||01/01/1965|Island lying off the NW side of Nelson Island in the South Shetland Islands.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1961 after Nicholas Withem Master of the American sealing vessel Governor Brooks from Salem, MA, who visited the South Shetland Islands in 1820-21.  Originally proposed and approved as "Withen Island," the name was amended in 1990 to agree with the correct spelling of the personal name.||
16741|Withrow Glacier|Glacier|772400S|1562500W|-77.4|-156.4166667|||01/01/1966|A glacier on Edward VII Peninsula, flowing NW into Bartlett Inlet just E of Cape Colbeck.  Mapped from surveys by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander W.H. Withrow, U.S. Navy (USN), of the staff of the Commander, Naval Support Force, Antarctica, who was officer in charge of Detachment One at Christchurch, New Zealand, 1965-66.||
16742|Witt Bluff|Cliff|711600S|0682700W|-71.2666667|-68.45|||01/01/1975|A rock bluff on the SW side of Eros Glacier in eastern Alexander Island.  The bluff is situated at the E end of a spur projecting from Planet Heights.  Mapped by Directorate of Overseas Surveys from satellite imagery supplied by U.S. National Aeronautics and Space Administration in cooperation with U.S. Geological Survey.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from association with Eros Glacier after Carl G. Witt (1866-1946), the German astronomer who discovered Eros in 1898.||
16743|Witte Nunataks|Summit|752900S|0692200W|-75.4833333|-69.3666667|||01/01/1966|Isolated nunataks about midway between the Sweeney Mountains and Hauberg Mountains in Ellsworth Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-67.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Paul F. Witte, construction mechanic with the Eights Station winter party in 1964.||
16744|Witte Peaks|Range|713200S|0020400W|-71.5333333|-2.0666667|||01/01/1966|A line of about four nunataks trending SW-NE, rising 15 mi W of Stein Nunataks on the N part of Ahlmann Ridge in Queen Maud Land.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named for Dietrich Witte, motor mechanic on the expedition.  Surveyed by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE), 1949-52.||
16745|Wittmann Island|Island|654400S|0654900W|-65.7333333|-65.8166667|||01/01/1971|Island lying 2 mi WSW of Nusser Island, off the E side of Renaud Island in the Biscoe Islands.  First accurately shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 after Walter I. Wittmann, American oceanographer who has specialized in sea ice studies.||
16746|Mount Wodzicki|Summit|712100S|1631000E|-71.35|163.1666667|2380|7808||The highest peak (2,380 m) on the ridge between Mount Jamroga and Helix Pass in the central portion of the Bowers Mountains (q.v.). Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) after Jontek Wodzicki, New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) geologist who climbed and studied the geology of this peak in the 1974-75 season.||
16747|Wohlschlag Bay|Bay|772213S|1662547E|-77.370339|166.429711|||01/01/1964|Large bay indenting the W side of Ross Island between Harrison Bluff and Cape Royds.  Charted by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE) under Scott, 1901-04.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for Donald E. Wohlschlag, professor of biology at Stanford University, who outfitted the biology laboratories on the U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) Eltanin and at McMurdo Station, where he worked five summer seasons from 1958-64.||
16749|Wohlthat Mountains|Summit|713500S|0122000E|-71.5833333|12.3333333|||01/01/1966|A large group of associated mountain features consisting of the Humboldt Mountains, Petermann Ranges, and the Gruber Mountains, located immediately E of the Orvin Mountains in central Queen Maud Land.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named for Councilor of State Helmuth C.H. Wohlthat, who as economist and fiscal officer dealt with the organization of the expedition.||
16750|Mount Woinarski|Summit|711400S|0663000E|-71.2333333|66.5|||01/01/1967|A triple-peaked mountain about 18 mi SW of Taylor Platform in the Prince Charles Mountains.  Plotted from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) air photos taken in 1956 and 1960.  Named by ANCA for B.C.Z. Woinarski, officer in charge at Mawson Station in 1965.||
16751|Wolak Peak|Summit|773832S|1610801E|-77.642206|161.133641|||01/01/1976|A peak in the Inland Forts, located 1 mi NW of St. Pauls Mountain in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard J. Wolak, administrative assistant at McMurdo Station in the 1972-73 and 1973-74 seasons; he was station manager at South Pole Station in 1975.||
16752|Wold Nunatak|Summit|744700S|0983800W|-74.7833333|-98.6333333|||01/01/1968|A nunatak standing 10 mi E of Mount Manthe in the SE part of the Hudson Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard J. Wold, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geologist at Byrd Station, 1960-61 season.||
16753|Wollan Island|Island|662500S|0663800W|-66.4166667|-66.6333333|||01/01/1965|A dome-shaped, ice-capped island with conspicuous rock exposures on its NW side, lying 1 mi N of Davidson Island in Crystal Sound.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1958-59).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Ernest O. Wollan, American physicist who used neutron diffraction to study the structure of ice.||
16754|Cape Wollaston|Cape|634000S|0604700W|-63.6666667|-60.7833333|||01/01/1947|Cape forming the NW extremity of Trinity Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  The name was originally applied to the N tip of the island by the British expedition in the of Cape Wollaston has been restricted to the E extremity (now Cape Neumayer), but the cape here described has been determined to be the feature indicated by Foster.  Named for William H. Wollaston, commissioner of the Royal Society on the Board of Longitude, 1818-28, which loaned astronomical instruments to Foster's former ship, the Conway, for astronomical and pendulum observations (an objective of the Chanticleer voyage).||
16755|Wollesen Islands|Island|673100S|0624100E|-67.5166667|62.6833333|||01/01/1973|A group of small islands in the entrance to Holme Bay, about 1 mi W of Azimuth Islands.  First mapped from air photographs by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37. Remapped from air photos by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE).  Named by ANCA for C. Wollesen Petersen, radio officer on the Thala Dan and Nella Dan on nine Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) relief voyages.||
16756|Wolseley Buttress|Cliff|641200S|0594700W|-64.2|-59.7833333|||01/01/1964|A high buttress on the southern edge of Detroit Plateau, Graham Land, forming the W side of Albone Glacier.  Mapped from surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) (1960-61).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Wolseley Tool and Motor Car Co. which, in 1908-10, designed the experimental motor sledge used by Captain Scott's 1910-13 expedition.||
16757|Wombat Island|Island|673500S|0475700E|-67.5833333|47.95|||01/01/1965|A small island just off the E end of McKinnon Island, off the coast of Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956.  Named by ANCA after the wombat, a native animal of Australia.||
16758|Womochel Peaks|Range|724000S|1610400E|-72.6666667|161.0666667|||01/01/1970|Low rock peaks about 2 mi S of Mount Weihaupt in the Outback Nunataks.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Daniel R. Womochel, biologist at McMurdo Station, 1967-68.||
16759|Wonsey Rock|Island|661300S|1103600E|-66.2166667|110.6|||01/01/1960|A small rock N of Cameron Island in the Swain Islands. This region was photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47), Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1956), and the Soviet expedition (1956).  It was included in a 1957 survey of the islands N of Wilkes Station by C.R. Eklund. He named the rock for construction mechanic Duane J. Wonsey, USN, of the Wilkes Station party, 1957.||
16760|Cape Wood|Cape|712400S|1691800E|-71.4|169.3|||01/01/1947|A point marking the E extremity of Flat Island at the western entrance to Robertson Bay, Victoria Land.  Discovered in Jan. 1841 by Captain James Ross, Royal Navy (RN), and named by him for Charles Wood, Esquire, First Secretary to the Admiralty.||
16761|Mount Wood|Summit|744900S|1582400E|-74.8166667|158.4|||01/01/1968|An isolated nunatak lying northward of David Glacier and 13 mi NE of Mount Kring in Victoria Land.  Named by D.B. McC. Rainey of the Cartographic Branch of the New Zealand Department of Lands and Survey. Named after the foster parents of Staff Sergeant Arthur L. Kring, U.S. Marine Corps (USMC), navigator with the U.S. Navy VX-6 Squadron which provided logistic support for the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1962-63).||
16762|Mount Wood|Summit|745100S|0640700W|-74.85|-64.1166667|1230|4035|01/01/1947|Mountain, 1,230 m, standing W of Gardner Inlet and 15 mi W of Mount Austin on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Discovered by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) 1947-48, under Ronne, who named this mountain for E.A. Wood, ship's engineer with the expedition.||
16763|Woodall Peak|Summit|841700S|1783800E|-84.2833333|178.6333333|720|2362|01/01/1962|A small rock peak, 720 m, close to the S edge of the Ross Ice Shelf, about midway between the mouths of Good and Ramsey Glaciers.  Discovered and photographed by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) on Flight C of February 29-March 1, 1940, and named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Vance Woodall, Seaman, USN, who lost his life in an unloading accident on U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.||
16764|Wood Bay|Bay|741300S|1653000E|-74.2166667|165.5|||01/01/1947|A large bay which is bounded by Cape Johnson and Aviator Glacier Tongue on the north and Cape Washington on the south, along the coast of Victoria Land.  Discovered in 1841 by Captain James Clark Ross, Royal Navy (RN), and named by him for Lieutenant James F.L. Wood of the ship Erebus.||
16765|Woodberry Glacier|Glacier|750600S|1613800E|-75.1|161.6333333|||01/01/1968|A small tributary glacier flowing S between Evans Heights and Mount Fearon to the N side of David Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-62. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Barry D. Woodberry, ionospheric physicist with the South Pole Station winter party, 1966.||
16766|Woodberry Nunataks|Summit|674700S|0621100E|-67.7833333|62.1833333|||01/01/1965|Group of small nunataks 1 mi N of Lucas Nunatak in the Casey Range, Framnes Mountains.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Visited by an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party in 1962 and named for B.D. Woodberry, ionosphere physicist at Mawson Station, a member of the field party.||
16767|Woodbury Glacier|Glacier|644700S|0622000W|-64.7833333|-62.3333333|||01/01/1965|Glacier just W of Montgolfier Glacier, flowing into Piccard Cove, Wilhelmina Bay, on the W coast of Graham Land.  Mapped by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) from air photos taken by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1956-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Walter B. Woodbury (1834-1885), English pioneer of photomechanical printing in 1865 and of serial film cameras for use in balloons and kites in 1877.||
16768|Wooden Peak|Summit|660800S|0653500W|-66.1333333|-65.5833333|||01/01/1971|Peak 2 mi SE of Black Head on the W coast of Graham Land. Charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Frederick E. Wooden, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) surveyor at Danco Island in 1956 and at Prospect Point in 1957. Wooden was also attached to the British Naval Hydrographic Survey Unit which worked in the area in 1957-58.||
16769|Woodfield Channel|Channel|674900S|0684400W|-67.8166667|-68.7333333|||01/01/1964|A deep water channel between the Dion Islands and Henkes and Rocca Islands, off the S end of Adelaide Island.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1963 for Thomas Woodfield, First Officer of Royal Research Ship (RRS) Hydrographic Survey Unit in the survey of this area in 1963.||
16770|Wood Glacier|Glacier|722900S|1664200E|-72.4833333|166.7|||01/01/1964|A tributary glacier flowing SE and entering Trafalgar Glacier just E of Mount McDonald in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  It shares a common saddle with Lensen Glacier which flows northward.  Named by the southern party of NZFMCAE, 1962-63, for B.L. Wood, geologist member of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1957-58, which also worked in this general area.||
16771|Wood Island|Island|622900S|0601900W|-62.4833333|-60.3166667|||01/01/1960|Island lying SE of Desolation Island in the South Shetland Islands.  First charted in 1820-21 by Robert Fildes.  Fildes gave the name Wood Harbour or Port Wood to the nearby harbor of Desolation Island in December 1820.  Later in that season, however, Fildes changed the name of the harbor to Blythe Bay, which has since become established.  Wood Island was applied by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1958 and derives from Fildes' original naming.||
16772|Wood Point|Summit|541100S|0363600W|-54.1833333|-36.6|||01/01/1964|Point at the head of Jason Harbor, Cumberland West Bay, South Georgia.  The feature was charted and named by DI personnel in 1929.||
16773|Wood Point|Summit|772500S|1685700E|-77.4166667|168.95||||Point on the N coast of Ross Island, 10 mi ESE of Cape Tennyson.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for Robert C. Wood, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist who carried on investigations at nearby Cape Crozier in the summer seasons 1961-62, 1962-63, and 1963-64.||
16774|Wood Ridge|Ridge|740000S|1634500E|-74|163.75|||01/01/1968|A flat-topped, ice-covered ridge, 7 mi long, extending in a N-S direction between Campbell and Styx Glaciers in the Southern Cross Mountains, Victoria Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1955-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Vernon P. Wood, U.S. Navy (USN) yeoman, a member of the McMurdo Station winter parties of 1963 and 1967.||
16776|Mount Woods|Summit|844000S|0643000W|-84.6666667|-64.5|1170|3839|01/01/1968|A bare, ridge-like mountain, 1,170 m, standing 4.5 mi NE of O'Connell Nunatak in Anderson Hills in central Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Clifford R. Woods, Jr., hospital corpsman at Palmer Station, winter 1967.||
16777|Mount Woodward|Summit|540600S|0365400W|-54.1|-36.9|770|2526|01/01/1963|Mountain, 770 m, standing 1.5 mi E of the mouth of Antarctic Bay on the N coast of South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Roswall Woodward, of New Haven, CT, who in 1790 commanded one of the first two American sealing vessels to visit South Georgia. Nearby Antarctic Bay was at one time known as Woodward Harbor, but this name did not survive.||
16778|Mount Woodward|Summit|771800S|1454700W|-77.3|-145.7833333|||01/01/1947|Mountain with broad twin summits standing between Hammond Glacier and Boyd Glacier, 6 mi WNW of Mount Douglass in the Ford Ranges, Marie Byrd Land.  Discovered by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) (1928-30) and named for Donald Woodward, a patron of the expedition.||
16780|Woolam Peak|Summit|764100S|1254900W|-76.6833333|-125.8166667|||01/01/1962|A small peak on the southern part of the crater rim of Mount Cumming in the Executive Committee Range, Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy trimetrogon photography, 1958-60.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Alvis E. Woolam, ionospheric physicist at Byrd Station, 1959.||
16781|Mount Woollard|Summit|803300S|0964300W|-80.55|-96.7166667|2675|8776|01/01/1960|An isolated mountain (2,675 m) with only Mount Moore nearby 8 mi to the north.  It stands nearly 150 mi W of the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Discovered by the Marie Byrd Land Traverse Party (1957-58), and named for George P. Woollard, member of the Technical Panel on Seismology and Gravity, U.S. National Committee for the IGY, trainer of numerous Antarctic geophysicists.||
16782|Mount Woolnough|Summit|765600S|1611900E|-76.9333333|161.3166667|1400|4593|01/01/1952|Mountain over 1,400 m, standing on the N side of Mackay Glacier, about midway between Mount Morrison and Mount Gran in Victoria Land.  Charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, and named for Walter G. Woolnough, British geologist who assisted in writing the scientific reports of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09.||
16783|Woolpack Island|Island|653700S|0650000W|-65.6166667|-65|||01/01/1950|Narrow island 1.5 mi long, lying 4 mi NE of Vieugue Island at the W side of Grandidier Channel, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered and named by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE), 1934-37, under Rymill.||
16784|Woozle Hill|Summit|651500S|0641500W|-65.25|-64.25|||01/01/1971|Hill near the center of Galindez Island, in the Argentine Islands in the Wilhelm Archipelago.  First charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 after an imaginary animal in A.A. Milne's Winnie-the-Pooh which leaves tracks in the snow, in reality made by the tracker who is unaware that he is walking in circles.  The hill was extensively used for ice observations and, as it can be approached from any direction, encircling tracks were often seen from the summit.||
16785|Worcester Range|Range|785000S|1610000E|-78.8333333|161|||01/01/1947|A high coastal range, about 30 mi long, standing between the Skelton and Mulock Glaciers on the W side of Ross Ice Shelf. Probably named after the training ship in the Thames, in which many officers of early British Antarctic expeditions trained. Discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04.  The name seems to have been first applied on the charts of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09.||
16786|Worcester Summit|Summit|823600S|0522200W|-82.6|-52.3666667|2030|6660||The crest of a ridge rising to c. 2,030 m at the E end of Jaeger Table, Dufek Massif, in the Pensacola Mountains (q.v.). Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1979 after Robin D. Worcester who, with David W. Bennett, comprised the first of the annual U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) satellite surveying teams at the South Pole Station, winter party 1973.||04/26/2004
16787|Wordie Ice Shelf|Glacier|691500S|0674500W|-69.25|-67.75|||01/01/1953|A confluent glacier projecting as an ice shelf into the SE part of Marguerite Bay between Cape Berteaux and Mount Edgell, along the W coast of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill, 1934-37, who named this feature for James M. Wordie, Honorary Secretary (later President) of the Royal Geographical Society, member of the Discovery Committee, and chairman of the Scott Polar Research Institute.  He also had been geologist and Chief of the Scientific Staff of the British expedition, 1914-16, under Shackleton.||
16788|Wordie Nunatak|Summit|661600S|0513100E|-66.2666667|51.5166667|||01/01/1947|Rock outcrop 4 mi SE of Mount Biscoe and 4 mi ENE of Mount Hurley.  Discovered in January 1930 by the British Australian and New Zealand Antarctic Research Expedition (BANZARE), 1929-31, under Mawson, and named for James M. Wordie.||
16789|Wordie Point|Summit|564400S|0271500W|-56.7333333|-27.25|||01/01/1952|The SW point of Visokoi Island in the South Sandwich Islands.  Charted in 1930 by DI personnel on the Discovery II and named for James M. Wordie.||
16791|Workman Rocks|Island|662300S|0654200W|-66.3833333|-65.7|||01/01/1965|Group of rocks in the NE part of Darbel Bay just westward of Panther Cliff, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by the Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) in 1956-57.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Everley J. Workman, American physicist who has investigated the electrical properties of ice.||
16792|Mount Works|Summit|711500S|1645000E|-71.25|164.8333333|1780|5840|01/01/1964|A mountain, 1,780 m, rising just W of Horne Glacier and 2 mi SW of Pilon Peak in the Everett Range, Concord Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant W.W. Works, U.S. Navy (USN), pilot of P2V aircraft on photographic missions in Victoria Land and other parts of Antarctica in 1961-62 and 1962-63.||
16793|Worley Point|Summit|742400S|1324700W|-74.4|-132.7833333|||01/01/1974|A rock point, the site of an Adelie penguin rookery, forming the NW corner of Shepard Island.  Like Grant Island, 5 mi eastward, Shepard Island is surrounded by the Getz Ice Shelf except on the N side.  The point was charted from the USS Name applied by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Richard J. Worley, U.S. Navy (USN), Medical Officer at South Pole Station, 1969.||
16794|Wormald Ice Piedmont|Glacier|672900S|0680500W|-67.4833333|-68.0833333||||An ice piedmont covering the E part of Wright Peninsula, Adelaide Island, between Rothera Point and Sighing Peak. Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1961-62, and by British Antarctic Survey (BAS) from 1976.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 after Steven Wormald, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) meteorological observer, Adelaide Station, 1969-70; general assistant, Stonington Island, 1970-71; Field Operations Manager, 1973-77.||
16795|Cape Worsley|Cape|643900S|0602400W|-64.65|-60.4|225|738|01/01/1952|Dome-shaped cape 225 m high with snow-free cliffs on the S and E sides, lying 10 mi E of the S end of Detroit Plateau on the E coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1947 and named for Commander Frank A. Worsley, British polar explorer and member of Sir Ernest Shackleton's expeditions of 1914-16 and 1921-22.||
16796|Mount Worsley|Summit|541100S|0370900W|-54.1833333|-37.15|1105|3625|01/01/1963|Mountain, 1,105 m, on the W side of Briggs Glacier in South Georgia.  Surveyed by the South Georgia Survey (SGS) in the period 1951-57, and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Frank A. Worsley (1872-1943), Master of the 1914-16. Worsley accompanied Shackleton in the James Caird from Elephant Island to King Haakon Bay, South Georgia, and made the overland crossing with him to Stromness whaling station.||
16797|Worsley Icefalls|Glacier|825700S|1550000E|-82.95|155|||01/01/1966|Icefalls near the head of Nimrod Glacier.  Seen by the northern party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1961-62) and presumbably named for Frank Worsley, member of the British Trans-Antarctic Expedition, 1914-16, and Shackleton-Rowett Antarctic Expedition, 1921-22.||
16798|Worswick Hill|Summit|603400S|0454400W|-60.5666667|-45.7333333|575|1886|01/01/1956|Rounded summit, 575 m, at the W end of Brisbane Heights on Coronation Island, in the South Orkney Islands.  The peak appears on some early charts of the South Orkney Islands but is not accurately located.  It was roughly surveyed by DI personnel in 1933 and resurveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1948-49.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Robert F. Worswick of the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), meteorologist at Signy Island in 1950 and 1951, who reached this hill during a sledge journey in 1950.||
16799|Worthley Peak|Summit|824300S|1644600E|-82.7166667|164.7666667|840|2756|01/01/1966|Peak, 840 m, at the N end of Benson Ridge overlooking lower Robb Glacier.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Elmer G. Worthley, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) bryologist at McMurdo Sound, 1958-59.||
16800|Worth Reef|Bar|674800S|0685600W|-67.8|-68.9333333|||01/01/1964|An arc of rocks forming the northernmost part of the Henkes Islands, off the S end of Adelaide Island.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Acting Corporal David A. Worth, RM, of the Royal Navy (RN) Hydrographic Survey Unit which first charted this reef in 1963.||
16801|Wotkyns Glacier|Glacier|860400S|1312500W|-86.0666667|-131.4166667|||01/01/1967|A glacier flowing N from Michigan Plateau along the W side of Caloplaca Hills to enter the Reedy Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1960-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Grosenvar S. Wotkyns, hospital corpsman at Byrd Station in 1962.||
16802|Mount Wrather|Summit|852300S|0871400W|-85.3833333|-87.2333333|2095|6873|01/01/1962|Rock peak (2,095 m) 2.5 mi SSE of Mount Walcott along the E margin of the Thiel Mountains.  The name was proposed by Peter Bermel and Arthur Ford, co-leaders of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Thiel Mountains party that surveyed the mountains in 1960-61.  Named for William E. Wrather, sixth director of the U.S. Geological Survey, 1943-56.||
16803|Mount Wright|Summit|713300S|1691000E|-71.55|169.1666667|1800|5905|01/01/1950|A peak over 1,800 m in the N part of the Admiralty Mountains, Victoria Land.  It rises between Shipley Glacier and Crume Glacier, 8 mi SW of Birthday Point.  The feature was named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, after Charles (later Sir Charles) S. Wright (1887-1975), physicist with the expedition.||
16804|Wright Bay|Bay|663400S|0933700E|-66.5666667|93.6166667|||01/01/1967|A small bay formed between the W side of Helen Glacier Tongue and the mainland.  Discovered by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) (1911-14) under Douglas Mawson, who named it for Charles S. Wright of Scott's Terra Nova expedition (1910-13).||
16806|Wright Hill|Summit|794200S|1584600E|-79.7|158.7666667|||01/01/1965|A large flat-topped hill at the E side of Bowling Green Plateau in the Cook Mountains.  Mapped by the Darwin Glacier Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58).  Named after D. Wright, a member of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) who accompanied Sir Edmund Hillary to the South Pole.||
16807|Wright Ice Piedmont|Glacier|635800S|0602000W|-63.9666667|-60.3333333|||01/01/1960|Ice piedmont extending westward from Lanchester Bay along the W coast of Graham Land.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1955-57 and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Wilbur Wright (1867-1912) and his brother Orville Wright (1871-1948), American aeronautical engineers who made the first controlled flights in a powered heavier-than-air machine on December 17, 1903.||
16808|Wright Inlet|Stream|735700S|0612600W|-73.95|-61.4333333|||01/01/1947|Ice-filled inlet receding westward between Capes Little and Wheeler along the E coast of Palmer Land.  The inlet was photographed from the air in 1940 by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) and in 1947 by the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) under Ronne.  Named by Ronne for John K. Wright, Director of the American Geographical Society, which lent its auspices to Ronne's expedition.||03/07/1997
16809|Wright Island|Island|740200S|1165000W|-74.0333333|-116.8333333|||01/01/1967|An ice-covered island 35 mi long, lying at the N edge of Getz Ice Shelf about midway between Carney Island and Martin Peninsula, on the Bakutis Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in January 1947.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Admiral Jerauld Wright, USN, Commander in Chief, Atlantic Fleet, in over-all command of U.S. Navy (USN) Deep Freeze operations during the IGY, 1957-58.||
16811|Wright Lower Glacier|Glacier|772500S|1625810E|-77.416579|162.969321|||01/01/1962|A stagnant glacier occupying the mouth of Wright Valley and coalescing at its E side with Wilson Piedmont Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Formerly called Wright Glacier, but that name was amended by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1958-59) to distinguish this glacier from Wright Upper Glacier at the head of Wright Valley.  Originally named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) for Charles (later Sir Charles) S. Wright, physicist with the expedition.||
16812|Wright Pass|Gap|744500S|1103500W|-74.75|-110.5833333||||A snow pass to the W of Jones Bluffs, running N-S for 3 mi between the terminus of Holt Glacier and the vicinity of Mayo Peak, Bear Peninsula on the Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs taken 1966.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 after Petty Officer William L. Wright, USN, who completed six Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) deployments up to 1977.  As Leading Petty Officer (Transportation Operations), he conducted cargo traverses across the ice of McMurdo Sound to the McMurdo Dry Valleys.||
16813|Wright Peak|Summit|734000S|0943200W|-73.6666667|-94.5333333|1510|4954|01/01/1963|Small rock Peak (1510 m) located 0.5 mi S of Sutley Peak in the Jones Mountains.  Mapped by the University of Minnesota-Jones Mountains Party, 1960-61, which named it for Herbert E. Wright, Jr., glacial geologist, University of Minnesota, who was advisor to the party and visited Antarctica in the 1961-62 season.||
16814|Wright Peninsula|Cape|672800S|0681000W|-67.4666667|-68.1666667|||01/01/1965|Peninsula lying between Ryder and Stonehouse Bays on the E coast of Adelaide Island.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1964 for Alan F. Wright, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) surveyor at nearby Adelaide station, 1960-63.||
16815|Wright Point|Summit|662400S|1103000E|-66.4|110.5|||01/01/1963|The northernmost point of Ford Island in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commissaryman Robert D. Wright, USN, a member of the Wilkes Station party of 1958.||
16816|Wright Spires|Pillar|693000S|0683100W|-69.5|-68.5166667|750|2461||Three distinctive spires (aiguilles) rising to c. 750 m at the E side of Chinook Pass on the Rymill Coast, Palmer Land.  The feature was photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1966, and was surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1970-73.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Graham K. Wright, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) general assistant, Halley Station, 1969-71, and Stonington Island, 1972-73, (Station Leader) 1974-75.||
16817|Wright Upper Glacier|Glacier|773207S|1603328E|-77.535391|160.557749|||01/01/1962|An ice apron at the upper W end of Wright Valley formed by a glacier flowing E from the inland ice plateau.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1958-59) for C.S. Wright, a member of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13), after whom the "Wright Glacier" (now Wright Lower Glacier) was named.||
16818|Wright Valley|Valley|773146S|1615218E|-77.529324|161.871548|||01/01/1960|Large E-W trending valley, formerly occupied by a glacier but now ice free except for Wright Upper Glacier at its head and Wright Lower Glacier at its mouth, in Victoria Land.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (1958-59) for Sir Charles Wright, for whom the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) (1910-13) named the glacier at the mouth of this valley.||
16819|Wrigley Bluffs|Cliff|843400S|0634500W|-84.5666667|-63.75|||01/01/1968|Rock bluffs 4 mi long, standing 3 mi N of Mount Cross in Anderson Hills in northern Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Richard J. Wrigley, equipment operator at Palmer Station, winter 1966.||
16820|Wrigley Gulf|Bay|740000S|1290000W|-74|-129|||01/01/1947|An embayment about 115 mi wide along the coastline of Antarctica, lying seaward of the Getz Ice Shelf.  Nearly a right angle in plan, its limits are described by Grant, Dean, and Siple Islands, which are partially or wholly embedded in the ice shelf. Discovered in December 1940 by the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  Named for Philip Wrigley, Chicago manufacturer who helped support the expedition.||
16822|Wubbold Glacier|Glacier|692000S|0713500W|-69.3333333|-71.5833333||||A steeply inclined glacier, 8 mi long, flowing S from Havre Mountains, Alexander Island, into Lazarev Bay, N of Mount Holt. The glacier was photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in 1947 and was mapped from the photographs by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1960.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander J.H. Wubbold, USCG, Commanding Officer, U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Northwind, U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1977.||
16823|Wujek Ridge|Ridge|822800S|0505500W|-82.4666667|-50.9166667||||A rock ridge trending N-S and marking the E extent of Davis Valley in the Dufek Massif, Pensacola Mountains (q.v.).  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1979 after CWO Stanley J. Wujek, USA, helicopter pilot of the Army Aviation Detachment which supported the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Pensacola Mountains survey, 1965-66.||
16824|Wunneburger Rock|Summit|744200S|1131000W|-74.7|-113.1666667|||01/01/1967|An isolated rock outcrop in Maunee Ice Piedmont, lower Kohler Glacier, on the Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Henry E. Wunneburger, U.S. Navy (USN), cook with the Byrd Station winter party, 1966.||04/11/2001
16825|Wu Nunatak|Summit|722900S|1610800E|-72.4833333|161.1333333|||01/01/1970|A nunatak about 8 mi NNE of Mount Weihaupt in the Outback Nunataks.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-64.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Tien H. Wu, glaciologist at McMurdo Station, 1966-67.||
16826|Wüst Inlet|Stream|722000S|0605000W|-72.3333333|-60.8333333|||01/01/1953|Ice-filled inlet, from 2 to 5 mi wide, indenting the E side of Merz Peninsula between Cape Christmas and Old Mans Head, along the E coast of Palmer Land.  The inlet was photographed from the air in 1940 by members of the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS).  During 1947 the inlet was photographed from the air by members of the Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), who in conjunction with the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) charted it from the ground.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) for Prof. Georg Wust, German oceanographer.||
16827|Wyandot Ridge|Ridge|763600S|1603000E|-76.6|160.5|||01/01/1965|Rocky ridge at the W side of Chattahoochee Glacier.  It extends northward from the NW end of the Convoy Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and Navy air photos.  Named in 1964 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after the USS Wyandot, a cargo vessel in the American convoy to McMurdo Sound in several years beginning with the 1955-56 season.||
16828|Mount Wyatt|Summit|864600S|1540000W|-86.7666667|-154|2930|9613|01/01/1956|A prominent flat-topped mountain, 2,930 m, standing 3 mi W of Mount Verlautz in the Rawson Mountains of the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn and named by Rear Admiral Byrd for Jane Wyatt, a friend of Richard S. Russell, Jr., a member of that party.||
16829|Mount Wyatt Earp|Summit|773400S|0862500W|-77.5666667|-86.4166667|2370|7775|01/01/1964|A mainly snow-covered peak, 2,370 m, standing 3 mi WNW of Mount Ulmer in the N part of the Sentinel Range.  Discovered by Lincoln Ellsworth on his trans-Antarctic flight of Nov. 23, 1935. Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for the ship Wyatt Earp, used by Ellsworth in four expeditions to Antarctica between 1933 and 1939.||
16830|Wyatt Earp Islands|Island|682200S|0783200E|-68.3666667|78.5333333|||01/01/1965|A small group of islands and rocks off the northern extremity of the Vestfold Hills, about 0.5 mi N of Walkabout Rocks.  Mapped from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37) and named "Norsteholmen" by Norwegian cartographers.  In January 1939 a landing was made at nearby Walkabout Rocks from the Wyatt Earp, after which the islands were renamed by ANCA.||
16831|Wyatt Glacier|Glacier|681800S|0661000W|-68.3|-66.1666667|||01/01/1962|A steep, narrow glacier 6 mi long in southern Graham Land. It flows S from the central plateau near Beehive Hill to join the upper part of Gibbs Glacier.  Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), Nov. 1947.  Surveyed from the ground by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), May 1958.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Henry T. Wyatt of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), Medical Officer at Detaille Island, 1957, and at Stonington Island, 1958.||
16832|Wyatt Hill|Summit|743200S|1102700W|-74.5333333|-110.45|500|1640||A small ice-covered hill rising to c. 500 m at the W side of Hamilton Ice Piedmont, Bear Peninsula, on the Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs taken in 1966.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Joseph T. Wyatt, electrical engineer, Lockheed-Georgia Company, a member of the aircraft recovery team at Dome Charlie (q.v.) in 1975-76 and 1976-77, which accomplished the repair and recovery of three LC-130 Hercules aircraft damaged there during January and November 1975.||
16833|Wyatt Island|Island|672000S|0674000W|-67.3333333|-67.6666667|||01/01/1956|Island, 5 mi long and 2 mi wide, lying 2 mi S of Day Island near the center of Laubeuf Fjord, off the W coast of Graham Land. First surveyed in 1936 by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill which used the provisional name South Island for this feature.  The island was resurveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and was renamed by V. Admiral Sir Arthur G.N. Wyatt, Hydrographer to the Navy, 1945-50.||
16834|Wyche Island|Island|661400S|1103500E|-66.2333333|110.5833333|||01/01/1960|A small island just S of the W end of Burnett Island in the Swain Islands.  This region was photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47), Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1956), and the Soviet expedition (1956). The island was included in a 1957 ground survey by C.R. Eklund. He named it for aerographer's mate Paul A. Wyche, USN, a member of the Wilkes Station party, 1957.||
16835|Wyck Island|Island|643900S|0620500W|-64.65|-62.0833333|||01/01/1952|Small island lying close to the W side of Brooklyn Island in the E portion of Wilhelmina Bay, off the W coast of Graham Land.  Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE), 1897-99, under Gerlache, and named on the recommendation of Dr. Frederick A. Cook, surgeon of the expedition in honor of R.A. Van Wyck, first mayor of Greater New York City.||
16836|Wyckoff Glacier|Glacier|841100S|1644000E|-84.1833333|164.6666667|||01/01/1966|A glacier, 6 mi long, flowing W from Grindley Plateau in Queen Alexandra Range, just N of Lamping Peak.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Kent A. Wyckoff, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) meteorologist at Hallett Station, 1963.||
16837|Wyers Ice Shelf|Glacier|671100S|0495400E|-67.1833333|49.9|||01/01/1965|Small ice shelf at the E side of the base of Sakellari Peninsula in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956 and 1957.  Named by ANCA for R.W.L. Wyers, glaciologist at Mawson Station in 1961.||
16838|Wyers Nunataks|Summit|671300S|0494300E|-67.2166667|49.7166667|||01/01/1965|Group of nunataks at the base of Sakellari Peninsula, just W of Wyers Ice Shelf in Enderby Land.  Plotted from air photos taken from Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) aircraft in 1956 and 1957.  Named by ANCA for R.W.L. Wyers, glaciologist at Mawson Station in 1961.||
16839|Wyeth Heights|Summit|804500S|0293300W|-80.75|-29.55|1335|4380||Rock heights rising to 1,335 m at the head of Blaiklock Glacier, forming the SE extremity of Otter Highlands in western Shackleton Range.  The feature was surveyed by Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1957, photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and further surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after Robert B. Wyeth, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist, Stonington Island, 1971-73, who worked in the Shackleton Range in 1971.||
16840|Wylde Glacier|Glacier|733200S|1664200E|-73.5333333|166.7|||01/01/1966|A glacier situated E of Mount Murchison in the Mountaineer Range, draining S between Dessent Ridge and Cape King into Lady Newnes Bay, Victoria Land.  Named in 1966 by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) for Leonard Wylde, scientific officer at Hallett Station, 1962-63.||
16841|Wylie Bay|Bay|644400S|0641000W|-64.7333333|-64.1666667|||01/01/1971|Bay 4 mi wide, lying between Cape Monaco and Norsel Point on the SW coast of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago. First charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for John P. Wylie, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) surveyor at Arthur Harbor in 1956 and 1957.||
16842|Wylie Ridge|Ridge|715100S|1682700E|-71.85|168.45|||01/01/1970|A ridge that extends westward from Meier Peak in the Admiralty Mountains.  It parallels the N side of Massey Glacier for 6 mi and terminates at Man-o-War Glacier.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1960-63.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Ronald P. Wylie, U.S. Navy (USN), pilot with Squadron VX-6 during Operation Deep Freeze 1967 and 1968.||
16843|Mount Wyman|Summit|835400S|1585600E|-83.9|158.9333333|2665|8743|01/01/1966|A mountain, 2,665 m, at the end of the rock spur running W from Sandford Cliffs, Queen Elizabeth Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Carl O. Wyman, ionospheric scientist at Little America V, 1957.||
16844|Mount Wyss|Summit|824700S|1624200E|-82.7833333|162.7|1930|6332|01/01/1966|Peak, 1,930 m, standing 3 mi E of Mount Rotoiti in the Frigate Range.  Mapped by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from tellurometer surveys and Navy air photos, 1960-62.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Orville Wyss, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1962-63.||
16845|Rock X|Island|662000S|1364200E|-66.3333333|136.7|||01/01/1955|Prominent offshore rock 0.4 mi long, lying close inside the E side of the entrance to Victor Bay, 1 mi NW of Gravenoire Rock. Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Marret, 1952-53.  So named because the rock was indicated by a cross or "X" mark in selected prints of the OpHjp photographs for the purpose of identifying it to the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) party which established an astronomical control station there.||
16846|Xanthus Spur|Ridge|643300S|0633000W|-64.55|-63.5|||01/01/1963|Mainly ice-covered spur extending northwestward from Mount Priam for 3 mi in the Trojan Range of Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955 and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Xanthus, son of Zeus and the god of one of the two chief rivers of the Trojan plain.||
16847|Yaglou Point|Summit|662300S|0671200W|-66.3833333|-67.2|||01/01/1965|The northern point of Belding Island, Biscoe Islands. Mapped from air photos taken by Falkland Islands and Dependencies Aerial Survey Expedition (FIDASE) (1956-57).  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Constantin P. Yaglou, American physiologist who has specialized in the reactions of the human body to cold environments.||
16849|Mount Yakovlev|Summit|715900S|0163800E|-71.9833333|16.6333333|||01/01/1971|A somewhat isolated mountain about 11 mi N of Sarkofagen Mountain in the Russkiye Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norsk Polarinstitutt from air photos taken by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE) in 1958-59. Also observed in 1959 by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) and named for noted Soviet paleontologist N.N. Yakovlev.||
16852|Yalour Islands|Island|651400S|0641000W|-65.2333333|-64.1666667|||01/01/1953|Group of islands and rocks 1.5 mi in extent in the S part of the Wilhelm Archipelago.  The group lies 1 mi NW of Cape Tuxen, Graham Land.  Discovered and named by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1903-05, under J.B. Charcot.  Named for Lieutenant Jorge Yalour, Argentine Navy, an officer of the Argentine corvette Uruguay which came to the rescue of the shipwrecked Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE) in Nov. 1903.||
16853|Yalour Sound|Bay|633400S|0563900W|-63.5666667|-56.65|||01/01/1964|A passage 1 mi wide and 4 mi long, usually ice bound, linking Fridtjof Sound and Antarctic Sound between Jonassen Island and Andersson Island, off Trinity Peninsula.  Named by Argentina for Lieutenant Jorge Yalour, who accompanied the Uruguay relief expedition of 1903.||
16855|Yamato Glacier|Glacier|712500S|0353500E|-71.4166667|35.5833333|||01/01/1966|A glacier about 6 mi wide, flowing W between Mount Fukushima and Mount Eyskens in the Queen Fabiola Mountains. Discovered by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Guido Derom, Oct. 7, 1960, and named after an old name of the peninsula of Honshu.  Yamato is the symbol of the political unity and the national consciousness of the Japanese people.  In November-December 1960, a Japanese field party reached this area and carried out geodetic and other scientific work.||
16858|Yancey Glacier|Glacier|801400S|1583000E|-80.2333333|158.5|||01/01/1965|A precipitous glacier in Britannia Range, flowing east from the vicinity of Mount McClintock and then southeastward to enter Byrd Glacier just west of Sennet Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with nearby Byrd Glacier for the USS Yancey, cargo ship (Central Group of Task Force 68) of U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, led by Admiral Byrd.||
16859|Yankee Harbor|Harbor|623200S|0594700W|-62.5333333|-59.7833333|||01/01/1947|Small harbor entered between Glacier Bluff and Spit Point, indenting the SW side of Greenwich Island in the South Shetland Islands.  Yankee Harbor was known to both American sealers and the British as early as 1820, and this name is now established in international usage.  Port Foster, the crater harbor of Deception Island, has at times also been referred to as Yankee Harbor.||
16862|Yanovskiy Rocks|Summit|715600S|0114000E|-71.9333333|11.6666667|||01/01/1970|Two isolated rock outcrops lying 5 mi S of Mount Khmyznikov near the SE end of the Humboldt Mountains, Queen Maud Land. First mapped from air photos and surveys by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Soviet hydrographer S.S. Yanovskiy.||
16864|Mount Yarbrough|Summit|842400S|0660000W|-84.4|-66|865|2838|01/01/1968|A ridge-like mountain, 865 m, standing 2 mi SW of Nance Ridge in the Thomas Hills in northern Patuxent Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Leonard S. Yarbrough, industrial engineer at Plateau Station, 1965-66.||
16866|Yates Glacier|Glacier|704900S|0621200W|-70.8166667|-62.2|||01/01/1976|A glacier 3 mi S of Matheson Glacier, discharging into the W side of Lehrke Inlet on the E coast of Palmer Land.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) after J. Yates, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) surveyor who worked in the general vicinity of this feature.||
16867|Yates Spur|Ridge|684100S|0645700W|-68.6833333|-64.95||||A prominent rock spur on the S side of Mobiloil Inlet, Bowman Coast, at the W side of the terminus of Earnshaw Glacier. The spur was photographed from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth, 1935, U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1940, and Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE), 1947, and was surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1958. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1977 after D. Kent Yates, Applied Research Laboratories, University of Texas, a member of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) satellite surveying team at Palmer Station, winter party 1973.||
16868|Yeates Bluff|Cliff|832300S|1691000E|-83.3833333|169.1666667|1190|3904|01/01/1966|A steep, mainly ice-covered bluff surmounted by a 1,190 m peak at its N end, standing between Lennox-King and Beaver Glaciers, 4 mi NE of Mount Nickerson in Queen Alexandra Range. Named by New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1959-60) for Peter A. Yeates, for two seasons radio operator at Scott Base.||
16869|Yeats Glacier|Glacier|850100S|1750000W|-85.0166667|-175|||01/01/1964|A tributary glacier about 8 mi long, flowing W from the N side of Mount Finley to enter Shackleton Glacier just N of Lockhart Ridge, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Named by F. Alton Wade, leader of the Texas Tech Shackleton Glacier Expeditions (1962-63 and 1964-65), for Vestal L. Yeats, a member of the Texas Technological College faculty and of both expeditions.||
16870|Yee Nunataks|Summit|742200S|0723000W|-74.3666667|-72.5|1700|5577|01/01/1994|A group of scattered nunataks, about 24 mi long and 12 mi wide, centered 35 mi NE of Lyon Nunataks in Ellsworth Land.  The nunataks rise 1,300-1,700 m in elevation and in the four quadrants include Staack Nunatak, Olander Nunatak, Metzgar Nunatak and Triassic Nunatak.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1961-68, and U.S. Landsat imagery, 1973-74.  Named in 1994 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Virginia Yee-Wray, cartographer and air brush specialist in the Shaded Relief and Special Maps Unit, Branch of Special Maps, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), who for many years prepared U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) shaded relief maps of Antarctica.||
16871|Cape Yelcho|Cape|610300S|0552200W|-61.05|-55.3666667|||01/01/1972|The NW extremity of Elephant Island, South Shetland Islands.  Named by the U.K. Joint Services Expedition, 1970-71, after the Chilean steam tug Yelcho which rescued members of Shackleton's party from nearby Point Wild, August 1916.||
16874|Yeliseyev Rocks|Summit|720500S|0143000E|-72.0833333|14.5|||01/01/1970|Group of rocks forming the S part of Linnormen Hills in the Payer Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39.  Mapped from surveys and air photos by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1958-59; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Soviet geologist N.A. Yeliseyev.||
16875|Yellowstone Crags|Cliff|574500S|0262700W|-57.75|-26.45|||01/01/1972|Crags which are locally eroded into striking pinnacles, situated 0. 5 mi W of Sombre Point, Saunders Island, in the South Sandwich Islands.  The name applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 refers to the yellow color of the tuff rocks and their craggy topography.||
16877|Yermak Point|Summit|700600S|1604100E|-70.1|160.6833333|||01/01/1964|A coastal point in the W part of Rennick Bay, 25 mi WNW of Znamenskiy Island.  Named by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) (1958) after the Soviet icebreaker Yermak.||
16878|Mount Yesenin|Summit|720300S|0142600E|-72.05|14.4333333|2520|8268|01/01/1970|Mountain, 2,520 m, standing 2 mi NW of Yeliseyev Rocks in the Payer Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named after Russian poet S.A. Yesenin (1895-1925).||
16880|Cape Yevgenov|Cape|690000S|1563600E|-69|156.6|||01/01/1967|An ice-covered cape midway along the NE side of Krylov Peninsula, forming the W entrance to Lauritzen Bay.  Photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47), Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) (1957-58), and Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1959).  Named by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) after Russian hydrographer Nikolay I. Yevgenov (1888-1964).||
16881|Yingling Nunatak|Summit|663000S|1103700E|-66.5|110.6166667|||01/01/1963|Rocky nunatak just southward of the Windmill Islands, lying 0.8 mi SE of Goldenberg Ridge in the E part of Browning Peninsula.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for David L. Yingling, meteorologist and member of the Wilkes Station party of 1960.||
16883|Yochelson Ridge|Ridge|793600S|0842500W|-79.6|-84.4166667||||A rugged, partly snow-covered ridge, nearly 4 mi long, extending NNW from Eley Peak, Soholt Peaks, in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Ellis L. Yochelson, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geologist at the National Museum of Natural History, Washington, DC; paleontologist with the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Ellsworth Mountains Expedition, 1979-80.||
16884|Yoder Glacier|Glacier|750700S|1142400W|-75.1166667|-114.4|||01/01/1976|Glacier with abrupt valley walls, 3 mi long, which is a western tributary to Kohler Glacier.  Located just SW of Morrison Bluff in the central part of Kohler Range, Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from ground surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-71.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Robert D. Yoder, U.S. Department of State, Chairman of the Interagency Committee on Antarctica, 1970-73.||
16885|Yoke Island|Island|635800S|0615600W|-63.9666667|-61.9333333|||01/01/1965|Island lying W of the N end of Liege Island in the Palmer Archipelago.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1903-05. The name given by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 is descriptive of the shape of the island in both plan and elevation.||
16886|Yotsume Rocks|Summit|694400S|0380700E|-69.7333333|38.1166667|||01/01/1968|Four distinct rock exposures on the ice-covered N side of Djupvikneset Peninsula, along the SW shore of Lutzow-Holm Bay. First mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37.  Surveyed by Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE), 1957-62, and named Yotsume-iwa (the rock with four eyes).||04/11/2001
16888|Mount Young|Summit|842700S|1794800E|-84.45|179.8|770|2526|01/01/1962|A small peak, 770 m, at the N end of a spur on the E side of Ramsey Glacier, just S of the Ross Ice Shelf.  Discovered and photographed by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp on the flights of Feb. 16, 1947, and named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Henry Richard Young of New Zealand, who was a mechanic on the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30 and 1933-35.||
16889|Young Glacier|Glacier|780400S|0844900W|-78.0666667|-84.8166667|||01/01/1961|A glacier which flows E for 8 mi and terminates at the N end of Barnes Ridge on the E side of Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  First mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1957-59.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for First Lieutenant Dale L. Young, USAF, who participated in establishing the South Pole Station in the 1956-57 season.||06/05/2000
16890|Young Head|Cliff|812900S|1612400E|-81.4833333|161.4|350|1148|01/01/1965|A prominent rock headland, 350 m, marking the N side of the entrance to Beaumont Bay on the W side of the Ross Ice Shelf Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for CWO Victor Young, U.S. Navy (USN), member of the Mobile Construction Battalion party at Little America V, winter 1956.||
16891|Young Island|Island|662500S|1622400E|-66.4166667|162.4|||01/01/1947|An island, 19 mi long and 4 mi wide, which is the northernmost of the Balleny Islands.  It is ice covered and rises gently to 1,340 meters.  Discovered in Feb. 1839 by John Balleny, captain of the schooner Eliza Scott.  He named it for G.F. Young, one of the merchants who united with Charles Enderby in sending out the expedition.||
16892|Mount Youngman|Summit|771500S|1542100W|-77.25|-154.35|620|2034|01/01/1971|A snow-covered coastal mountain (620 m) 4 mi SE of Scott Nunataks in the Alexandra Mountains.  It stands at the head of Cumbie Glacier and overlooks Swinburne Ice Shelf and Sulzberger Bay which are just northward.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1964-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Captain Samuel A. Youngman, U.S. Navy (USN), medical officer on the staff of the Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, during Operation Deep Freeze 1969 and 1970.||
16893|Young Nunataks|Summit|664400S|0540800E|-66.7333333|54.1333333|||01/01/1965|Group of nunataks in the Napier Mountains standing 2 mi S of Mount Elkins.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37. Remapped from aerial photos taken by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) in 1956 and named for W.F. Young, electrical fitter at Mawson Station in 1961.||
16894|Young Peak|Summit|694500S|0743100E|-69.75|74.5166667|||01/01/1970|A low peak near the Antarctic coast, standing just S of Holder Peak and 2 mi E of Mount Caroline Mikkelsen.  First plotted from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and with Holder Peak called "Tvillingfjell" (twin mountain) by Norwegian cartographers.  This peak was named by ANCA for W. Young, officer in charge at Davis Station, 1963, who led an Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) party that surveyed this area.||
16895|Young Point|Summit|633600S|0585500W|-63.6|-58.9166667|||01/01/1953|Rocky point 3 mi S of Cape Roquemaurel at the E side of Bone Bay, on the W coast of Trinity Peninsula.  Charted by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1948 and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Dr. Adam Young, surgeon on the brig Williams which made explorations in the South Shetland Islands and Bransfield Strait in 1820.||
16897|Yseult Island|Island|664400S|1405600E|-66.7333333|140.9333333|||01/01/1956|Small rocky island 0.7 mi E of Tristan Island and 0.4 mi N of the E point on Cape Jules.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Barre, 1951-52, and so named because of its twin relationship with Tristan Island. Yseult is the French spelling of Isolde, legendary heroine incorporated into Arthurian legend and later popularized by Wagner's opera Tristan und Isolde.||
16898|Ystekleppane Rocks|Island|695900S|0384700E|-69.9833333|38.7833333|||01/01/1968|A group of bare rocks protruding through the ice on the E shore of Havsbotn, lying 1 mi S of Strandnebba at the extreme SE side of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Ystekleppane (the outermost lumps).||
16899|Ytrehovdeholmen Island|Island|691300S|0392800E|-69.2166667|39.4666667|||01/01/1968|The largest of four islands in a cluster.  It lies 4 mi W of Langhovde Hills in the E part of Lutzow-Holm Bay.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from air photos taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37, and named Ytrehovdeholmen (the outer knoll island) because of its position among the islands adjacent to Langhovde Hills.||
16900|Ytstenut Peak|Summit|723000S|0025000W|-72.5|-2.8333333|||01/01/1966|The northeasternmost peak in the Borg Massif, in Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by Norwegian cartographers from surveys and air photos by Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition (NBSAE) (1949-52) and air photos by the Norwegian expedition (1958-59) and named Ytstenut (outermost peak).||
16902|Yule Bay|Bay|704400S|1664000E|-70.7333333|166.6666667|||01/01/1947|A bay indenting the coast of northern Victoria Land between Cape Hooker and Cape Dayman.  An inner (western) portion of the bay is circumscribed by Bates Point and Ackroyd Point. Discovered by Captain James Clark Ross, 1841, who named it for Henry B. Yule, Second Master on the Erebus.||
16903|Yule Peak|Summit|683100S|0653700W|-68.5166667|-65.6166667|750|2461|01/01/1962|A small but conspicuous triangular rock peak (750 m) at W end of Bermel Peninsula (q.v.), Bowman Coast.  The peak was photographed from the air by Lincoln Ellsworth on Nov. 21 and 23, 1935, and was mapped from these photos by W.L.G. Joerg.  Surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in Dec. 1958 and so named because Christmas Day 1958 was celebrated by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) sledging party close to this peak.||
16910|Zakharoff Ridge|Ridge|725500S|0750700E|-72.9166667|75.1166667|||01/01/1967|A ridge with several peaks, mostly snow covered, 1.5 mi SE of Mount Harding in the Grove Mountains.  Mapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) from air photos, 1956-60.  Named by ANCA for O. Zakharoff, radio officer at Mawson Station, 1960.||
16911|Zaneveld Glacier|Glacier|852600S|1762500W|-85.4333333|-176.4166667|||01/01/1966|A broad tributary glacier, flowing from the polar plateau NW between Roberts Massif and Cumulus Hills to enter the upper part of Shackleton Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Jacques S. Zaneveld, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) biologist at McMurdo Station, 1963-64 and 1964-65, who participated in the cruise of the USS Glacier, January-March 1965.||
16912|Mount Zanuck|Summit|855800S|1511000W|-85.9666667|-151.1666667|||01/01/1956|A mountain about 5 mi long surmounted by three sharp peaks in an E-W line, the highest of which rises to 2,525 meters.  The feature stands at the S side of Albanus Glacier at the point where the latter joins Scott Glacier, in the Queen Maud Mountains.  Discovered by R. Admiral Byrd on the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) flight to the South Pole in November 1929.  The mountain was visited in December 1934 by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) geological party under Quin Blackburn.  Named by Byrd for Darryl F. Zanuck, official of Twentieth Century-Fox Pictures, who assisted the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35, in assembling motion-picture records, and later supplied the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, with motion-picture projectors.||
16913|Zanuck East Peak|Summit|855700S|1505300W|-85.95|-150.8833333|||01/01/1970|The easternmost of the three high peaks that rise from Mount Zanuck massif in the Queen Maud Mountains.  The peak was discovered and mapped by the geological party of the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1933-35, led by Quin Blackburn.  The name was applied in association with Mount Zanuck by members of New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) who climbed the peak in the 1969-70 season.||
16914|Zapadnoye Lake|Lake|704400S|0112800E|-70.7333333|11.4666667|||01/01/1970|A lake about 0.5 mi long situated near the western end of the Schirmacher Hills, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1961 and named Ozero Zapadnoye (western lake).||
16915|Zapato Point|Summit|643600S|0615800W|-64.6|-61.9666667|||01/01/1965|Point 3 mi SW of Canon Point on the W coast of Graham Land.  First seen by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, which sailed between the point and Brooklyn Island, on Feb. 7, 1898.  The name appears on an Argentine government chart of 1954.||
16917|Zavadovskiy Island|Island|664300S|0862400E|-66.7166667|86.4|200|656|01/01/1965|Ice-covered island in the West Ice Shelf.  It rises to 200 m and is located 12 mi E of Mikhaylov Island.  Discovered by the Soviet expedition of 1956 which named it for Ivan Zavadovskiy, second in command of the sloop Vostok in the Bellingshausen expedition 1819-21.||
16919|Zavis Peak|Summit|792300S|0860800W|-79.3833333|-86.1333333|2195|7201|01/01/1966|A sharp peak, 2,195 m, standing 4 mi W of Navigator Peak at the S end of Founders Escarpment in the Heritage Range.  Named by the University of Minnesota Geological Party, 1963-64, for Alfred Zavis, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) topographic engineer with the party in these mountains.||
16921|Zavodovski Island|Island|562000S|0273500W|-56.3333333|-27.5833333|490|1608|01/01/1952|Circular island 3 mi in diameter which marks the N end of the South Sandwich Islands.  An active volcanic cone of 490 m surmounts the island.  Discovered in 1819 by a Russian expedition under Bellingshausen and named by him for Ivan Zavadovskiy, second in command on the sloop Vostok.  The spelling "Zavodovski" has been retained because of long usage and results from an earlier system of transliteration of the Russian name.||
16923|Mount Zdarsky|Summit|660500S|0645800W|-66.0833333|-64.9666667|||01/01/1971|Mountain rising at the E side of Simler Snowfield, between Barilari and Holtedahl Bays on the W coast of Graham Land.  First charted and named "Mont Garcia" by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Charcot, 1908-10, presumably in association with his nearby "Cap Garcia." Charcot later transferred "Cap Garcia" (now Cape Garcia) to the N entrance of Barilari Bay, leaving the mountain name on the S side.  To avoid confusion with Cape Garcia on the other side of Barilari Bay, the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) altered the name of this mountain in 1959 to Mount Zdarsky.  Named for Mathias Zdarsky, Austrian pioneer exponent of ski-mountaineering, inventor of the first dependable ski binding, and author of one of the earliest skiing manuals.||
16924|Zebra Peak|Summit|694100S|0645600E|-69.6833333|64.9333333|||01/01/1973|A peak 1.5 mi NE of Summers Peak in the Stinear Nunataks, Mac. Robertson Land.  The feature was visited by D.J. Grainger, geologist with the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) Prince Charles Mountains survey party in Feb. 1970.  So named by ANCA because of the irregular bands and lenses of light and dark colored rocks which have the appearance of zebra stripes.||
16925|Zebra Ridge|Ridge|700200S|0691400W|-70.0333333|-69.2333333|760|2493|01/01/1956|Prominent rock ridge, 2 mi long, situated 3 mi S of the mouth of Tumble Glacier where it rises 760 m above the coastal ice piedmont of E Alexander Island.  First seen from a distance by Lincoln Ellsworth, who photographed the Douglas Range from the air on Nov. 23, 1935.  First surveyed in 1948 by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) and so named because of the striped appearance of the rock strata.||
16926|Zed Islands|Island|622600S|0601000W|-62.4333333|-60.1666667|290|951|01/01/1953|Small group of islands, the westernmost rising to 290 m, lying 0.8 mi N of Williams Point, Livingston Island, in the South Shetland Islands.  The name appears to have been applied by DI personnel on the Discovery II who charted the islands in 1935.||
16927|Mount Zeigler|Summit|771300S|1430300W|-77.2166667|-143.05|1120|3674|01/01/1970|A mountain (1,120 m) 3 mi NNE of Mount Swartley in the Allegheny Mountains, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) (1939-41) and by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos (1959-65). Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander Luther L. Zeigler, U.S. Navy (USN), pilot on LC-130F Hercules aircraft flights during Operation Deep Freeze 1968.||
16929|Zélée Glacier|Glacier|665200S|1411000E|-66.8666667|141.1666667|||01/01/1955|Glacier about 3 mi wide and 6 mi long, flowing NNW from the continental ice along the W side of Lacroix Nunatak and terminating in a prominent tongue at the W side of Port Martin. Probably first sighted in 1840 by the French expedition under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville, although no glaciers were noted on d'Urville's chart of this coast.  Photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47.  Charted by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) under Liotard, 1949-51, and named for the Zelee, corvette which accompanied d'Urville's flagship, the Astrolabe.||
16930|Zélée Glacier Tongue|Glacier|664700S|1411000E|-66.7833333|141.1666667|||01/01/1956|Glacier tongue about 2 mi wide and 7 mi long which extends seaward from Zelee Glacier.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, and named for the French corvette Zelee.||
16931|Zélée Rocks|Island|625700S|0571500W|-62.95|-57.25|||01/01/1952|Group of rocks, some of which are above water and others near the surface, lying in Bransfield Strait 17 mi N of Prime Head, the N tip of Antarctic Peninsula.  Discovered by the French expedition, 1837-40, under Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville, and named by him after the expedition ship Zelee.||04/06/2001
16932|Zélée Subglacial Trench|Valley|680000S|1440000E|-68|144||||A subglacial trench on George V Coast, running NNE-SSW and coinciding with the trough cut by Mertz Glacier.  The feature was delineated by the SPRI-NSF-TUD airborne radio echo sounding program, 1967-79, and named after the ship Zelee (Lieutenant Charles Jacquinot) of the French expedition, 1837-40 (Captain Jules Dumont d'Urville).||
16933|Zeller Glacier|Glacier|805500S|1563000E|-80.9166667|156.5|||01/01/1965|A glacier about 10 mi long, flowing WNW to enter the S side of Byrd Glacier just N of Mount Fries.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Edward J. Zeller, geologist at McMurdo Station, 1959-60 and 1960-61 seasons.||
16934|Zenith Glacier|Glacier|715200S|1634500E|-71.8666667|163.75|||01/01/1969|A glacier which lies 1 mi W of Johnstone Glacier and drains S from the S end of Lanterman Range, Bowers Mountains.  So named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) to northern Victoria Land, 1967-68, because the glacier is an important geological outcrop area with an impressive view from the top (the head of the glacier) of much of the Bowers Mountains.||
16935|Zenker Ridge|Ridge|541800S|0363000W|-54.3|-36.5|||01/01/1956|Low moraine ridge extending NE from Osmic Hill to Discovery Point in Cumberland East Bay, South Georgia.  This moraine was charted by the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, under Nordenskjold.  Named by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) following their sketch survey in 1951.  The name is one of a group in the vicinity of Discovery Point derived from the chemical fixatives used there in biological work by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).||
16937|Zephyr Glacier|Glacier|692800S|0683600W|-69.4666667|-68.6||||A glacier, c. 8 mi long, flowing westward from the SW side of Mount Edgell into George VI Sound to the S of Cape Jeremy. The feature was surveyed by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1948, and British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1971-72; photographed from the air by U.S. Navy, 1966.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 after zephyr, the west wind.  One of several features in this area named after winds.||
16938|Mount Zeppelin|Summit|642700S|0613100W|-64.45|-61.5166667|1265|4150|01/01/1965|Mountain, 1,265 m, standing 3 mi SE of Eckener Point on the W coast of Graham Land.  Charted by the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (BelgAE) under Gerlache, 1897-99.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1960 for Count Ferdinand von Zeppelin (1838-1917), German aeronautical engineer who perfected the large-scale rigid airship, 1894-1917.||
16939|Zero Point|Summit|540700S|0370900W|-54.1166667|-37.15|||01/01/1965|Point at the N side of Assistance Bay in Possession Bay, South Georgia.  The name appears on a chart in the 1932 DI surveys at South Georgia, 1926-30.||
16941|Zeus Ridge|Ridge|643500S|0633400W|-64.5833333|-63.5666667|1675|5495|01/01/1963|A heavily crevassed, steep-sided, ice-covered ridge, the main part rising over 1,675 m, extending NW from Mount Francais between the Achaean and Trojan Ranges in central Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago.  Surveyed by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1955 and named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Zeus, the supreme Olympian deity.||
16942|Zhelannaya Mountain|Summit|720400S|0182800E|-72.0666667|18.4666667|||01/01/1971|A relatively isolated mountain about 9 mi N of Mount Karpinskiy in the Russkiye Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) of 1959 and named Gora Zhelannaya (desired mountain).||
16943|Zhil'naya Mountain|Summit|714000S|0123800E|-71.6666667|12.6333333|2560|8399|01/01/1970|The central mountain, 2,560 m, of the Svarthausane Crags, in Sudliche Petermann Range, Wohlthat Mountains, Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and plotted from air photos by German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39. Mapped from air photos and surveys by Norwegian Antarctic Expedition (NorAE), 1956-60; remapped by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1960-61, and named Gora Zhil'naya (branching mountain).||
16944|Ziegler Point|Summit|792100S|0830000W|-79.35|-83|||01/01/1966|A high rock point, or spur, on the SE side of Gross Hills in the Heritage Range.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1961-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for equipment operator Ernest L. Ziegler, USN, a participant in Deep Freeze 1966 at McMurdo Station.||
16945|Zigzag Bluff|Cliff|851800S|1633000W|-85.3|-163.5||||A rock bluff at the foot of Herbert Range, overlooking Ross Ice Shelf about 5 mi W of the terminus of Axel Heiberg Glacier. Probably first seen by Roald Amundsen in 1911, the bluff was roughly mapped by the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE), 1928-30.  So named by the Southern Party of the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE), 1961-62, because of the peculiar folding of the marble on the bluff.||
16946|Zigzag Island|Island|633600S|0595200W|-63.6|-59.8666667||||A small island close off the S coast of Tower Island, Palmer Archipelago.  The name applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) is descriptive of the island in plan; it is deeply indented, with steep cliff faces.||
16947|Zigzag Pass|Gap|541200S|0365900W|-54.2|-36.9833333||||A pass through the W portion of Wilckens Peaks in South Georgia, leading from Kohl Plateau to the head of Esmark Glacier. Descriptively named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1982 from the zigzag folding of the rocks in the pass.||
16948|Zilch Cliffs|Cliff|745800S|1345500W|-74.9666667|-134.9166667|||01/01/1966|A series of steep cliffs that mark the E extremity of McDonald Heights near the coast of Marie Byrd Land.  The cliffs were photographed from aircraft of U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS), 1939-41, and were mapped in detail from U.S. Navy air photos and U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) surveys, 1959-65. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Commander C.H. Zilch, U.S. Navy (USN), Officer-in-Charge of the meteorological support unit during Operation Deep Freeze 1966.||
16949|Zilva Peaks|Range|664500S|0652300W|-66.75|-65.3833333|||01/01/1964|Two conspicuous peaks between the two arms of Drummond Glacier in Graham Land.  Photographed by Hunting Aerosurveys Ltd. in 1955-57 and mapped from these photos by the Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS).  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for S.S. Zilva of the Lister Institute of Preventive Medicine, London, one of the principal investigators in the work which led to the production of synthetic vitamin C.  He helped in the calculation of the sledging rations of many British polar expeditions between World War I and II.||
16950|Zimmerman Island|Island|662600S|1102700E|-66.4333333|110.45|||01/01/1963|A mainly ice-free island 0.4 mi SE of Werlein Island in the Windmill Islands.  First mapped from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp and OpWml in 1947 and 1948.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for John R. Zimmerman, meteorologist and member of the Wilkes Station party of 1958.||
16951|Mount Zimmermann|Summit|712000S|0132000E|-71.3333333|13.3333333|2325|7628|01/01/1966|A peak (2,325 m) standing 3.5 mi N of Ritscher Peak in the Gruber Mountains, central Queen Maud Land.  Discovered by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) under Ritscher, 1938-39, and named for the vice-president of the Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft (German Research Society).||
16952|Mount Zinkovich|Summit|810800S|1582100E|-81.1333333|158.35|2280|7480|01/01/1965|Pointed mountain, 2,280 m, standing 4 mi N of Mount Frost at the N side of the head of Silk Glacier in the Churchill Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Col. Michael Zinkovich, USAF, commanding officer of the 1710th Aerial Port Squadron, which furnished airlift support between New Zealand and Antarctica, and from McMurdo Sound inland to Byrd, Eights, and South Pole Stations during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1962.||
16953|Mount Zirzow|Summit|830800S|0490600W|-83.1333333|-49.1|1615|5298|01/01/1968|Mountain, 1,615 m, standing 4 mi N of Mount Mann on the E edge of Lexington Table, in the Forrestal Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) air photos, 1956-66.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Commander Charles F. Zirzow, USN, Asst. Chief of Staff to the Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, 1966-67.||
16954|Zittel Cliffs|Cliff|804000S|0255900W|-80.6666667|-25.9833333|1400|4593||Cliffs rising to c. 1,400 m in the NW part of Du Toit Nunataks, Read Mountains, Shackleton Range.  The feature was surveyed by the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1957, photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1967, and further surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1968-71.  In association with the names of geologists grouped in this area, named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1971 after Karl Alfred von Zittel (1839-1904), German paleontologist who specialized in the study of fossil sponges.||
16955|Znamenskiy Island|Island|701400S|1615100E|-70.2333333|161.85|||01/01/1965|A high, nearly round, ice-covered island 2.5 mi long, lying in Rennick Bay just N of the terminus of Rennick Glacier. Charted by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1958 and named for Soviet hydrographer K.I. Znamenskiy (1903-41).||
16956|Zohn Nunataks|Summit|745800S|0724900W|-74.9666667|-72.8166667|1310|4298||Three nunataks, the largest being Cheeks Nunatak, rising to 1,310 m in the SW part of Grossman Nunataks, Ellsworth Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs, 1961-68, and Landsat imagery, 1973-74.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Harry L. Zohn, Jr., U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) topographic engineer, a member of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS)-British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geological party to the Orville Coast, 1977-78.||
16957|Zoller Glacier|Glacier|775242S|1621734E|-77.878214|162.292713|||01/01/1964|Glacier in the Cathedral Rocks between Emmanuel and Darkowski Glaciers, flowing N into the Ferrar Glacier of Victoria Land.  Charted by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) under Scott, 1910-13.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1964 for Lieutenant John E. Zoller, U.S. Navy (USN), chaplain with the winter party of 1957 at Little America V.||
16958|Zonda Glacier|Glacier|693300S|0683000W|-69.55|-68.5||||A glacier c. 8 mi long, flowing WSW between Fohn Bastion and Zonda Towers into George VI Sound.  The glacier was included in surveys by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS), 1948, and British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1971-72, and was photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1966.  The name applied by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 continues the theme of wind names in the area.  Zonda is the Argentine name for the warm dry wind descending the E slopes of the Andes.||
16959|Zonda Towers|Summit|693400S|0681800W|-69.5666667|-68.3|825|2707||An E-W trending rock ridge, 4 mi long, between Zonda Glacier and Eureka Glacier on the Rymill Coast, Palmer Land.  The eastern section of the ridge rises to 825 m and is notable for four rock towers.  The feature was photographed from the air by the U.S. Navy, 1966, and was surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1971-72.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1977 in association with Zonda Glacier.||
16960|Zotikov Glacier|Glacier|850200S|1691500W|-85.0333333|-169.25|||01/01/1966|A tributary glacier, 8 mi long, flowing NE from Mount Fisher in the Prince Olav Mountains and entering Liv Glacier just E of Hardiman Peak.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Igor A. Zotikov, Soviet exchange scientist to the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) at McMurdo Station in 1965.||
16961|Zubchatyy Ice Shelf|Glacier|671300S|0490500E|-67.2166667|49.0833333|||01/01/1971|A small ice shelf which borders the S side of Sakellari Peninsula in Enderby Land.  Plotted by Russian cartographers from air photos taken by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE), 1961-62.  The Russian name means "toothed" and refers to the serrated nature of the ice front when viewed in plan.||
16962|Zub Lake|Lake|704500S|0114400E|-70.75|11.7333333|||01/01/1970|A lake about 0.5 mi long, lying 1 mi ESE of Tsentral'naya Hill in the Schirmacher Hills, Queen Maud Land.  The feature was mapped by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1961 and named Ozero Zub (tooth lake), presumably for its shape when viewed in plan.||
16963|Zubov Bay|Bay|654200S|0655200W|-65.7|-65.8666667|||01/01/1971|Bay 2.5 mi wide, indenting the E side of Renaud Island in the Biscoe Islands.  First accurately shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Nikolay N. Zubov, Soviet oceanographer and author of numerous works on sea ice in the Arctic.||
16964|Mount Zuckerhut|Summit|712500S|0132700E|-71.4166667|13.45|2525|8284|01/01/1970|A peak (2,525 m) standing 2 mi SE of Ritscher Peak in the Gruber Mountains of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and given the descriptive name Zuckerhut (sugarloaf) by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39, under Ritscher.||
16967|Zuhn Bluff|Cliff|721700S|0980200W|-72.2833333|-98.0333333|||01/01/1960|Steep north-facing bluff standing about 5 mi ESE of Mount Bramhall in the Walker Mountains of Thurston Island.  Delineated from air photos taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in December 1946.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Arthur A. Zuhn, physicist with the Byrd Antarctic Expedition (ByrdAE) in 1933-35.||01/28/2004
16969|Zukriegel Island|Island|655400S|0654800W|-65.9|-65.8|||01/01/1971|Island 1 mi long, lying between Rabot Island and Hennessy Islands, in the Biscoe Islands.  First accurately shown on an Argentine government chart of 1957.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1959 for Josef Zukriegel, Czechoslovakian geographer who specialized in sea ice studies.||07/15/2004
16971|Cape Zumberge|Cape|761400S|0694000W|-76.2333333|-69.6666667||||A steep rock cape on the W side of the Ronne Ice Shelf, marking the SW end of the Orville Coast of Ellsworth Land.  The name "Zumberge Nunatak" was given by the US-IGY party from Ellsworth Station, 1957-58, to a rock feature reported to lie 30 mi north of the westernmost traverse station occupied by the party.  The cape described, though somewhat farther north, is apparently the only rock feature lying in that direction.  Named for James H. Zumberge, American glaciologist who has made studies of the Ross Ice Shelf.||
16972|Zumberge Coast|Beach|780000S|0740000W|-78|-74|||01/01/1968|That portion of the E coast of Ellsworth Land between Cape Zumberge and the S entrance point to Hercules Inlet.  Overlooking the W part of Ronne Ice Shelf, this coast was mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from U.S. Navy (USN) aerial photographs taken 1961-66 and Landsat imagery taken 1973-74.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1986 after James H. Zumberge (1923-92), American geologist and glaciologist who directed research on Ross Ice Shelf, 1957-64; Chairman, Committee on Polar Research (later Polar Research Board) of NAS, 1972-76; President, Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research (SCAR), 1982-86; President, University of Southern California, 1980-91.||
16974|Zuncich Hill|Summit|755000S|1425100W|-75.8333333|-142.85|1075|3527|01/01/1970|A broad, ice-covered hill (1,075 m) rising between the heads of Siemiatkowski Glacier and El-Sayed Glacier in Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-65.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Lieutenant Joseph L. Zuncich, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), navigator in LC-130F Hercules aircraft on Operation Deep Freeze 1968.||
16975|Zuniga Glacier|Glacier|743400S|1115100W|-74.5666667|-111.85||||A glacier flowing WNW into Dotson Ice Shelf between Jeffrey Head and Mount Bodziony on the W side of Bear Peninsula, Walgreen Coast, Marie Byrd Land.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp in 1947 and U.S. Navy (USN) in 1966.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Mike Zuniga, Chief Aviation Storekeeper, USN, who made seven Deep Freeze deployments between 1960 and 1978.||
16976|Zurn Peak|Summit|754400S|1154000W|-75.7333333|-115.6666667|1515|4970|01/01/1976|Rocky peak (1,515 m) rising from the N edge of Toney Mountain, about 4 mi NE of Richmond Peak, in Marie Byrd Land. Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys and U.S. Navy air photos, 1959-71. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Walter A. Zurn, Station Scientific Leader at South Pole Station, 1972.||
16977|Lake Zvezda|Lake|683200S|0782700E|-68.5333333|78.45|||01/01/1974|A large, irregular-shaped lake 0.5 mi SE of Lake Cowan in the E part of Vestfold Hills.  The lake was photographed from the air by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp (1946-47) and was mapped from air photos taken by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) (1956) and Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) (1957-58).  Named Zvezda (star) by the Soviet expedition.  Not to be confused with Braunsteffer Lake, which is 0.5 mi SW of Lake Cowan.||
16979|Zwiesel Mountain|Summit|714300S|0120800E|-71.7166667|12.1333333|2970|9744|01/01/1970|A large complex mountain which is highly dissected, rising to 2,970 m and forming the N portion of Pieck Range in the Petermann Ranges of Queen Maud Land.  Discovered and given the descriptive name "Zwiesel-Berg" (forked mountain) by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE), 1938-39, under Ritscher.||
16980|Zykov Glacier|Glacier|703700S|1644600E|-70.6166667|164.7666667|||01/01/1964|A valley glacier about 25 mi long in the Anare Mountains, flowing NW and reaching the coast between Cape Williams and Cooper Bluffs.  Photographed by the Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1958 and named for student navigator Ye. Zykov, who died in Antarctica, Feb. 3, 1957.||
16981|Zykov Island|Island|663200S|0930100E|-66.5333333|93.0166667|||01/01/1961|Small island lying between Fulmar Island and Buromskiy Island in the Haswell Islands.  Discovered and first mapped by the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE) under Mawson, 1911-14.  Remapped by the Soviet expedition of 1956, which named it for Ye. Zykov, a student navigator who lost his life in the Antarctic in 1957.||
17046|Saxby Range|Range|720400S|1670800E|-72.0666667|167.1333333|2450|8038|01/01/1994|A broad mountain range, rising to 2,450 m, in the Victory Mountains of Victoria Land, bounded by Jutland Glacier, Tucker Glacier, Pearl Harbor Glacier, and Midway Glacier.  Named by the New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) in 1982 after Eric Saxby, field leader and coordinator of NZ projects during the International Northern Victoria Land Project, 1981-82.|06/17/1998|03/06/2001
17047|Abbott Spur|Ridge|781522S|1615342E|-78.2561111|161.895|||01/01/1994|An ice-covered spur which separates the lower ends of Rutgers Glacier and Allison Glacier on the W side of Royal Society Range, Victoria Land.  Named by US-ACAN (1994) after Robin R. Abbott, ASA, Helicopter Field Operations Coordinator at McMurdo Station, active in coordination and planning of science support in Antarctica from 1984.|06/17/1998|01/18/2010
17048|Adams Stream|Stream|780600S|1634500E|-78.1|163.75|||01/01/1994|A melt stream 0.5 mile long. It flows from the snout of Adams Glacier into Lake Miers in Miers Valley, Denton Hills, Scott Coast. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1994) in association with Adams Glacier.|06/17/1998|06/15/2008
17049|Mount Alexandra|Summit|780009S|1635038E|-78.002485|163.84375|||01/01/1994|A mountain rising to 1274 m at the south side of the head of Garwood Glacier in Denton Hills, Scott Coast. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) after Jane Alexandra (1829-92), an early botanist with an interest in lower plants. Born in Calcutta, she came to New Zealand in 1862.|06/17/1998|06/15/2008
17050|Alph Lake|Lake|781200S|1634200E|-78.2|163.7|||01/01/1994|A lake, 0.4 mile long, surrounded by steep morainic walls. It lies at the foot of Ward Valley on the NW side of Koettlitz Glacier, Scott Coast. The Alph River, from which it takes its name, flows through the lake. Named by the Western Journey Party, led by Griffith Taylor, of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.|06/17/1998|06/15/2008
17051|Roberts Peak|Summit|781400S|0851000W|-78.2333333|-85.1666667|||01/01/1996|A peak (1,800 m) on the N side of Ellen Glacier, standing 10 km E of Mount Jumper in central Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1996 after Carol A. Roberts, Deputy Director, Office of Polar Programs, National Science Foundation, 1988-96, who represented U.S. research interests on behalf of the National Science Foundation within the Antarctic Treaty system.|06/18/1998|
17052|Alph River|Stream|781200S|1634500E|-78.2|163.75|||01/01/1994|A small river, flowing in summertime, on the northern side of Koettlitz Glacier, Scott Coast. It rises from Koettlitz ice at the upper end of Pyramid Trough and from south to north includes Pyramid Ponds, Trough Lake, Walcott Lake, Howchin Lake, and Alph Lake. The portion north of Pyramid Trough was explored and named in February 1911 by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE) Western Journey Party led by Griffith Taylor. He reported that the stream continues north a considerable distance under moraine and ultimately subglacially beneath Koettlitz Glacier to the Ross Sea. This led to the name from a passage in Coleridge’s poem: “Where Alph the sacred river ran, Through caverns measureless to man, Down to a sunless sea.”|06/22/1998|06/15/2008
17053|The Altiplano|Valley|780800S|1635500E|-78.1333333|163.9166667|||01/01/1995|A small elevated plain (550 m) between Findlay Ridge and Miers Valley in the Denton Hills, Scott Coast. So named by a NZGS field party to the area, 1977-78, after the much larger intermontane plateau of the Andes Mountains.|06/22/1998|06/15/2008
17054|Amphitheatre Glacier|Glacier|781700S|1630400E|-78.2833333|163.0666667|||01/01/1995|A moraine-covered glacier that flows N from The Amphitheatre into Roaring Valley, Royal Society Range. Named by a NZGS field party in the area, 1977-78, in association with The Amphitheatre (a cirque).|06/22/1998|06/15/2008
17055|Aorta Ridge|Ridge|780600S|1633000E|-78.1|163.5|||01/01/1995|A ridge that separates upper Miers Glacier and Adams Glacier and extends eastward to Holiday Peak in Denton Hills, Scott Coast. Aorta Ridge was approved by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1994. The name derives from association with “The Heart,” an informal name used in the 1960s for Holiday Peak (q.v.).|06/22/1998|06/15/2008
17056|Mount Atholl|Summit|780011S|1634223E|-78.003168|163.706365|||01/01/1995|A peak rising to 728 m to the west of Mount Alexandra in Denton Hills, Scott Coast. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1994 after Sarah Atholl (d. 1873), an early New Zealand botanist with an interest in lichens.|06/22/1998|06/15/2008
17057|Auger Hill|Summit|780034S|1641555E|-78.009398|164.265337|||01/01/1995|A peak which rises to 1000 m between Handley Hill and Coral Hill in Keble Hills, Scott Coast. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1994. Shallow soil deposits occur on the summit; an auger was used to obtain deep samples.|06/22/1998|06/15/2008
17058|Backdrop Ridge|Ridge|782100S|1631800E|-78.35|163.3|||01/01/1995|An east-west ridge running to the north of The Stage on the north side of Renegar Glacier, Scott Coast. The ridge links the northern ends of the West, Central, and East Aisle Ridges. So named by a NZGS field party, 1977-78, led by D. N. B. Skinner. The name is derived from the ridge’s position relative to The Stage (q.v.). Not: Back Drop Ridge.|06/22/1998|06/15/2008
17059|Ball Glacier|Glacier|780300S|1625000E|-78.05|162.8333333|||01/01/1995|A glacier 7 miles long with the head located between Mount Lister and Mount Hooker on the east side of Royal Society Range. The glacier flows northeast between Craw Ridge and Tasman Ridge into Blue Glacier. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) after Gary Ball (Ball Peak, q.v.) New Zealand mountaineer who climbed Mount Lister with an Italian field party, 1976-77, and camped on this glacier; field assistant with R. H. Findlay’s New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) party to this area, 1980-81.|06/22/1998|06/15/2008
17060|Mount Band|Summit|780238S|1635732E|-78.043883|163.958756|||01/01/1995|A peak rising to1173 m east of Mount Pams on Marshall Ridge, Denton Hills, Scott Coast. So named by the New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB), 1994, from the profusion of colored lichens appearing in bands on brown rocks.|06/22/1998|06/15/2008
17061|Battleship|Range|780055S|1614401E|-78.015281|161.733597|||01/01/1995|An elongated ice-free massif 3 miles long between Rotunda Glacier and Blankenship Glacier, southern tributaries to Ferrar Glacier in Royal Society Range, Victoria Land. Descriptively named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1994. The shape of the massif resembles the superstructure and forward part of a battleship.|06/22/1998|06/15/2008
17062|Becker Point|Cape|780800S|1641300E|-78.1333333|164.2166667|||01/01/1995|A point on Scott Coast at the foot of Miers Valley, Denton Hills, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1994) after Robert A. Becker, Vice President and Project Director (1982-90) of ITT Antarctic Services, corporate contractor to NSF in Antarctica.|06/22/1998|06/15/2008
17063|Berry Spur|Ridge|782100S|1620700E|-78.35|162.1166667|||01/01/1995|A mostly ice-covered spur between McDermott Glacier and Comberiate Glacier on the west side of Royal Society Range, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1994) after Russell D. Berry, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) cartographer, a member of the satellite surveying team at South Pole Station, winter party 1983.|06/22/1998|06/15/2008
17064|Boom Basin|Basin|781400S|1624800E|-78.2333333|162.8|||01/01/1995|A small basin on the north side of Radian Ridge, immediately west of the confluence of Pipecleaner Glacier and Radian Glacier, Royal Society Range. A loud explosive boom was heard by members of a NZGS field party working in the area on Dec. 3, 1977. They suggested the name. The source of the noise remained a mystery.|06/22/1998|06/15/2008
17065|Brandau Crater|Crater|781200S|1632200E|-78.2|163.3666667|||01/01/1995|An ice-free volcanic crater lying to the south of the snout of Howchin Glacier on Chancellor Ridge, Royal Society Range. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1994) after Lieutenant Cmdr. James F. Brandau, U.S. Navy (USN), Squadron VX-6 helicopter pilot in the area, 1964 and 1965.|06/22/1998|06/15/2008
17066|Bulwark Stream|Stream|781600S|1633200E|-78.2666667|163.5333333|||01/01/1995|A meltwater stream from Koettlitz Glacier on the east side of The Bulwark, a mountain outlier south of Walcott Bay, Scott Coast. The stream flows north and then west, following the perimeter of The Bulwark to enter Trough Lake and the Alph River system. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1994) in association with The Bulwark.|06/22/1998|06/15/2008
17067|Buttress Nunatak|Summit|780126S|1611311E|-78.023958|161.219589|||01/01/1995|A nunatak rising to 2175 m at the east side of the head of Creagh Glacier in Wilkniss Mountains, Victoria Land. So named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1994) because a buttress spur on the east side of the nunatak leads to the summit.|06/22/1998|06/15/2008
17068|Camp II Point|Ridge|782300S|1631000E|-78.3833333|163.1666667|||01/01/1995|A point of ice-cored moraine that extends east into Koettlitz Glacier at the south side of lower Renegar Glacier. So named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1994) because the second camp of a NZGS field party led by D. N. B. Skinner, 1977-78, was made on the moraine.|06/22/1998|06/15/2008
17069|Campbell Crag|Cliff|782724S|1633240E|-78.4566667|163.5444444|1918|6293|01/01/1995|A rock peak rising to 1918 m at the south end of Testa Ridge on the north slope of Mount Morning, Scott Coast. Named by US-ACAN (1994) after Richard J. (Rick) Campbell, ASA, fixed-wing Flight Operations Coordinator at McMurdo Station, active in science support in Antarctica from 1981.|06/22/1998|01/18/2010
17070|Catacomb Ridge|Ridge|780500S|1632400E|-78.0833333|163.4|||01/01/1995|A N-S ridge (1280 m) to the S of Catacomb Hill in the W part of Denton Hills, Scott Coast. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1994) in association with Catacomb Hill.|06/22/1998|06/15/2008
17071|Central Aisle Ridge|Ridge|782100S|1631800E|-78.35|163.3|||01/01/1995|A north-south ridge immediately east of The Stage on the north side of lower Renegar Glacier, Scott Coast. The name is derived from the position of the ridge relative to West Aisle Ridge, East Aisle Ridge, and its proximity to The Stage (q.v.). Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1994) following work by a NZGS party to the area, 1977-78.|06/22/1998|06/15/2008
17072|Chancellor Ridge|Ridge|781200S|1631200E|-78.2|163.2|||01/01/1995|A ridge between Walcott Glacier and Howchin Glacier in Royal Society Range, Victoria Land. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1994) in association with Chancellor Lakes near the east end of the ridge.|06/22/1998|06/15/2008
17073|Comberiate Glacier|Glacier|782100S|1621400E|-78.35|162.2333333|||01/01/1995|A glacier flowing west from Royal Society Range between Berry Spur and Utz Spur. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1994) after Michael A. Comberiate, who was instrumental in developing a system for satellite communications to and within Antarctica, the South Pole Satellite Data Link (SPSDL).|06/22/1998|06/15/2008
17074|Coral Hill|Summit|780025S|1641753E|-78.006884|164.297957|||01/01/1995|A peak rising to about 850 m elevation 0.5 mile east of Auger Hill in Keble Hills, Scott Coast, Victoria Land. The descriptive name, applied by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) 1994, is suggested by the delicate rock shapes resembling filmy reef corals that have been created by years of wind erosion.|06/22/1998|06/15/2008
17075|DeMaster Point|Cape|780408S|1642526E|-78.068953|164.423965|||01/01/1995|A point at the foot of Marshall Valley, Denton Hills, on the Scott Coast of Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1994) after Douglas P. DeMaster, biologist, University of Minnesota; conducted seal studies; l976-77 (McMurdo Sound), 1977-78 (South Shetland Island), and 1978-79 (Palmer Archipelago).|06/22/1998|06/15/2008
17076|Dot Cliff|Cliff|781900S|1615700E|-78.3166667|161.95|||01/01/1995|The cliff at the west end of the spur between Dimick Peaks and Berry Spur in Royal Society Range. Descriptively named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1994) from the appearance of the small rock cliff at the end of a snow-covered mountain spur.|06/22/1998|06/15/2008
17077|Dreschhoff Peak|Summit|780122S|1610513E|-78.022793|161.086975|||01/01/1995|Named after Gisela A.M. Dreschhoff, physicist, Space Technology Center, University of Kansas; conducted radioactivity surveys and other field work in various parts of Antarctica, including Victoria Land, for 11 field seasons, 1976-89.|06/22/1998|
17078|Mount Duvall|Summit|782200S|1623100E|-78.3666667|162.5166667|||01/01/1995|An ice-covered mountain, 2149 m, standing close west of Fisher Bastion on the north side of Solomon Glacier, Royal Society Range, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1994) after Thomas L. Duvall, Jr., who conducted research, along with John W. Harvey and Martin Pomerantz, in helioseismology at the South Pole Station from 1980.|06/22/1998|06/15/2008
17079|East Aisle Ridge|Ridge|782100S|1632300E|-78.35|163.3833333|||01/01/1995|A north-south ridge 1 mile east of Central Aisle Ridge at the junction of the lower Renegar Glacier and Koettlitz Glacier, Scott Coast. The name is derived from the position of the ridge relative to West Aisle Ridge, Central Aisle Ridge, and its proximity to The Stage (q.v.). Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1994) following work by a NZGS party to the area, 1977-78.|06/22/1998|06/15/2008
17080|Engebretson Peak|Summit|780800S|1622700E|-78.1333333|162.45|||01/01/1995|A peak rising to 3271 m between Sladen Summit and Borg Bastion in John Hopkins Ridge, Royal Society Range, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1994) after Mark J. Engebretson, upper atmosphere physicist, Augsburg College, an authority in the correlation of Arctic, Antarctic, and spacecraft data.|06/22/1998|06/15/2008
17082|Findlay Ridge|Ridge|780800S|1640000E|-78.1333333|164|||01/01/1995|A broad ridge which rises to 750 m between Miers Valley and Hidden Valley in Denton Hills, Scott Coast, Victoria Land. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1994) after New Zealand geologist Robert H. Findlay, a member of the New Zealand geological Survey field party to this area, 1977-78.|06/22/1998|06/15/2008
17083|Foster Crater|Crater|782400S|1625800E|-78.4|162.9666667|||01/01/1995|A volcanic crater in scoria cone located south of Highway Ridge on the northern flank of Foster Glacier, Royal Society Range. Named in association with Foster Glacier by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1994) following work in the area by a NZGS field party, 1977-78.|06/22/1998|06/15/2008
17084|Frio Peak|Summit|780800S|1625200E|-78.1333333|162.8666667|2606|8550|01/01/1995|A peak (2606 m) located 1.5 miles east of Salient Peak on Salient Ridge, Royal Society Range, Victoria Land. Name suggested by K. Brodie, a member of R.H. Findlay’s New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) field party, 1979-80. “Frio” is the Spanish word for cold and commemorates work conducted in the area in 1979 in piercing cold wind.|06/22/1998|02/09/2010
17085|Fulcrum|Summit|780156S|1610725E|-78.032125|161.123654|||01/01/1995|A peaked nunatak rising to c. 2000 m at the north end of Lever Nunataks in Wilkniss Mountains, Victoria Land. The position of the nunatak suggests a fulcrum upon which Lever Nunataks act. Named by the New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1994.|06/22/1998|06/15/2008
17086|Lake Garwood|Lake|780159S|1641737E|-78.033189|164.293589|||01/01/1995|A lake at the lower end of Garwood Valley on Scott Coast, Victoria Land. The lake receives meltwater from Garwood Glacier at the valley head. Named by Griffith Taylor of the BrAE, 1910-13, in association with Garwood Glacier.|06/22/1998|01/18/2010
17106|Wilson Canyon|Valley|703500S|1761500E|-70.5833333|176.25|||01/01/1988|An undersea canyon named in association with the Wilson Hills.  Name approved 6/88 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 228).|07/06/1998|07/07/1998
17107|Whale Bay Furrows|Valley|780000S|1690000W|-78|-169|||01/01/1980|Shallow furrows on the central Ross continental shelf named in association with the Bay of the Whales.  Name approved 4/80 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 201).|07/06/1998|07/07/1998
17108|Wegener Canyon|Valley|704500S|0140000W|-70.75|-14|||01/01/1989|An undersea canyon named for Alfred Wegener.  Name proposed by Hans Werner Schenke, Alfred Wegener Institute for Polar and Marine Research, Bremerhaven, Germany.  Name approved 7/89 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 233).|07/06/1998|07/07/1998
17109|Weddell Plain|Plain|650000S|0200000W|-65|-20|||01/01/1987|An undersea plain named in association with the Weddell Sea. Name approved 6/87 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 225).|07/07/1998|07/07/1998
17110|Vaughan Bank|Bar|673700S|1633000E|-67.6166667|163.5|||01/01/1980|A bank named for V. J. Vaughan, Commanding Officer, USS Glacier used in the U.S./New Zealand Balleny Island Expedition (1965).  Name approved 4/80 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 201).|07/07/1998|07/07/1998
17111|Vanderford Valley|Valley|662500S|1101000E|-66.4166667|110.1666667|||01/01/1970|An undersea valley named in association with the Vanderford Glacier.  Name approved 1/70 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 111).|07/07/1998|07/07/1998
17112|Umitaka Bank|Bar|672500S|1670000E|-67.4166667|167|||01/01/1980|A bank named for the research vessel Umitaku-Maru of the Tokyo University of Fisheries, which took soundings in the area (1964-65).  Name approved 4/80 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 201).|07/07/1998|
17114|Terra Nova Canyon|Valley|690000S|1590000E|-69|159|||01/01/1988|An undersea canyon named in association with the Terra Nova Islands.  Name approved 6/88 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 228).|07/08/1998|
17115|Sulzberger Basin|Basin|770000S|1523000W|-77|-152.5|||01/01/1988|An undersea basin on the central Ross shelf named in association with the Sulzberger Bay.  Name approved 6/88 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 228).|07/08/1998|
17116|South Shetland Trough|Valley|610000S|0593000W|-61|-59.5|||01/01/1977|An undersea trough named in association with the South Shetland Islands.  Name approved 10/77 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 177).|07/08/1998|07/08/1998
17117|South Scotia Ridge|Valley|600000S|0463000W|-60|-46.5|||01/01/1987|An undersea ridge named in association with the Scotia Sea.  Name approved 6/87 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 225).|07/08/1998|08/29/2000
17118|South Orkney Trough|Valley|600000S|0450000W|-60|-45|||01/01/1977|An undersea trough named in association with the South Orkney Islands and approved 10/77 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 177).|07/08/1998|09/07/2000
17119|South Indian Basin|Basin|600000S|1200000E|-60|120|||01/01/1963|An undersea basin name approved 7/63 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 12).|07/08/1998|
17120|Southeast Pacific Basin|Basin|600000S|1150000W|-60|-115|||01/01/1963|An undersea basin name approved 7/63 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 12).|07/08/1998|
17121|Shirase Bank|Bar|764000S|1580000W|-76.6666667|-158|||01/01/1988|A bank named in association with Shirase Coast.  Name approved 6/88 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 228).|07/08/1998|
17124|Scott Seamounts|Summit|680000S|1795000W|-68|-179.8333333|||01/01/1988|Seamounts named in association with Scott Island.  Name approved 6/88 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 228).|07/08/1998|
17125|Scott Island Bank|Bar|674500S|1795500W|-67.75|-179.9166667|||01/01/1964|An undersea ridge name reaffirmed 7/64 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 30).|07/08/1998|
17126|Saunders Basin|Basin|765000S|1550000W|-76.8333333|-155|||01/01/1988|An undersea basin in the central Ross shelf named in association with Saunders Coast.  Name approved 6/88 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 228).|07/08/1998|
17127|Ross Canyon|Valley|750000S|1630000W|-75|-163|||01/01/1988|An undersea canyon named in association with Ross Sea.  Name approved 6/88 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 228).|07/08/1998|
17128|Ross Bank|Bar|764500S|1760000W|-76.75|-176|||01/01/1988|A bank named in association with Ross Island.  Name approved 6/88 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 228).|07/08/1998|
17129|Prestrud Bank|Bar|773000S|1593000W|-77.5|-159.5|||01/01/1988|A bank named in association with Prestrud Inlet.  Name approved 6/88 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 228).|07/08/1998|
17130|Powell Basin|Basin|621500S|0493000W|-62.25|-49.5|||01/01/1977|An undersea basin named for George Powell, captain of a British sealing ship, who discovered Powell Island.  Name approved 10/77 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 177).|07/08/1998|
17131|Porpoise Basin|Basin|661000S|1283000E|-66.1666667|128.5|||01/01/1971|An undersea basin named in association with Porpoise Bay.  Name approved 12/71 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 132).|07/08/1998|
17132|Petersen Bank|Bar|654500S|1095500E|-65.75|109.9166667|||01/01/1964|Submarine bank extending NNW from the coast of Antarctica, just W of Balaena Islands. A portion of the bank was sounded by ships of U.S. Navy (USN) OpWml, 1947-48. The bank was more fully delineated by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) during January 1956 and 1957. Named by the Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) for Captain Hans C. Petersen, master of the Kista Dan, who explored the bank in this vessel in January 1956.|07/08/1998|04/15/2004
17133|Pennell Bank|Bar|743000S|1795900E|-74.5|179.9833333|||01/01/1964|A northeast trending bank on the continental shelf in the eastern Ross Sea.  Name approved 2/64 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 201).|07/08/1998|
17134|Pacific-Antarctic Ridge|Ridge|620000S|1570000W|-62|-157|||01/01/1971|The southern part of the Albatross Cordillera that extends from the Eltanin Fracture Zone to the Antarctic coast.  Name approved 11/71 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 130).|07/08/1998|07/08/1998
17135|Oates Bank|Bar|701500S|1650000E|-70.25|165|||01/01/1997|A bank name proposed by Dr. Steven C. Cande, Scripps Institution of Oceanography.  Named in association with Oates Coast.  Name approved 9/97 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 272).|07/08/1998|
17136|Oates Canyon|Valley|680000S|1643000E|-68|164.5|||01/01/1988|An undersea canyon on the continental rise east of Iselin Bank named in association with Oates Coast.  Name approved 6/88 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 228).|07/08/1998|
17137|Nordenskjöld Basin|Basin|760300S|1650000E|-76.05|165|||01/01/1980|An undersea basin named in association with the Nordenskjold Ice Tongue.  Name approved 4/80 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 201).|07/08/1998|
17138|Mertz-Ninnis Valley|Valley|672500S|1460000E|-67.4166667|146|||01/01/1971|An undersea valley named in association with the Mertz Glacier/Mertz Tongue and the Ninnis Glacier/Ninnis Tongue.  Name approved 12/71 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 132).|07/08/1998|
17139|Mawson Bank|Bar|733000S|1740000E|-73.5|174|||01/01/1988|A bank named for Sir Douglas Mawson, British Antarctic scientist.  Name approved 6/88 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 228).|07/08/1998|
17140|Shackleton Fracture Zone|Ridge|600000S|0600000W|-60|-60|||01/01/1987|An undersea fracture zone name found on the Pacific-Antarctic sheet of the Circum-Pacific Project charts.  Name approved 6/87 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 225).|07/08/1998|
17141|Maud Seamount|Summit|650000S|0023500E|-65|2.5833333|||01/01/1964|A seamount name approved 2/64 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 23).|07/08/1998|08/16/1999
17142|Maud Rise|Ridge|660000S|0030000E|-66|3|||01/01/1987|An undersea rise name approved 6/87 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 225).6/87 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 225).|07/08/1998|08/29/2000
17143|Marie Byrd Seamount|Summit|700000S|1180000W|-70|-118|||01/01/1988|A seamount named in association with Marie Byrd Land.  Name approved 6/88 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 228).|07/08/1998|
17144|Little America Basin|Basin|773000S|1620000W|-77.5|-162|||01/01/1988|An undersea basin named for the science station Little America.  Name approved 6/88 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 228).|07/08/1998|
17145|Ligeti Ridge|Ridge|620000S|0280000W|-62|-28|||01/01/1987|An undersea ridge named on GEBCO 5.16.  Name approved 6/87 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 225).|07/10/1998|07/10/1998
17146|Lazarev Trough|Valley|653500S|1300000E|-65.5833333|130|||01/01/1988|An undersea trough named for the Russian polar explorer Admiral Mikhail P. Lazarev, commanding officer of the sloop Mirnyy during the Bellingshausen expedition of 1819-1821. Name proposed by Dr. G. Agapova, Geological Institute of the Russian Academy of Sciences.  Name approved 8/85 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 218).|07/10/1998|
17147|JOIDES Basin|Basin|743000S|1740000E|-74.5|174|||01/01/1988|A northeast trending undersea basin of the central Ross continental shelf named for the "Joint Oceanographic Institutes Deep Earth Sampling."  Name approved 6/88 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 228).|07/10/1998|
17148|Iselin Seamount|Summit|704500S|1781500W|-70.75|-178.25|||01/01/1964|A seamount named for the research ship Iselin II of the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institute.  Name approved 2/64 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 23).|07/10/1998|07/10/1998
17149|Iselin Bank|Bar|723000S|1790000W|-72.5|-179|||01/01/1980|A bank in the Ross Sea. Name approved 4/80 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 201).|07/10/1998|
17150|Hjort Fracture Zone|Ridge|620000S|1630000E|-62|163|||01/01/1971|An undersea fracture zone name approved 12/71 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 132).|07/10/1998|
17151|Hero Fracture Zone|Ridge|613000S|0660000W|-61.5|-66|||01/01/1987|An undersea fracture zone named on GEBCO 5.16.  Name approved 6/87 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 225).|07/10/1998|
17152|Gunnerus Ridge|Ridge|663000S|0334500E|-66.5|33.75|||01/01/1988|An undersea ridge name approved 6/88 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 228).|07/10/1998|
17153|Gunnerus Bank|Bar|680000S|0330000E|-68|33|||01/01/1964|Name of bank reaffirmed 7/64 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 30).|07/10/1998|
17154|Glomar Challenger Basin|Basin|774500S|1800000E|-77.75|180|||01/01/1988|A northeast trending undersea basin in the central Ross continental shelf named for the ship/drilling platform by the same name.  Name approved 6/88 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 228).|07/10/1998|
17155|Franklin Shoals|Bar|760000S|1690000E|-76|169|||01/01/1988|Shoals named in association with Franklin Island. Name approved 6/88 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 228).|07/10/1998|09/05/2000
17156|Fram Bank|Bar|671800S|0700000E|-67.3|70|||01/01/1964|Name of bank reaffirmed 7/64 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 30).|07/10/1998|
17157|Four Ladies Bank|Bar|673000S|0773000E|-67.5|77.5|||01/01/1964|Name of bank reaffirmed 7/64 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 30).|07/10/1998|
17158|Endurance Ridge|Ridge|623000S|0400000W|-62.5|-40|||01/01/1987|An undersea ridge.  Name approved 6/87 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 225).|07/10/1998|
17159|Enderby Plain|Plain|600000S|0400000E|-60|40|||01/01/1988|An undersea plain.  Name approved 6/88 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 228).|07/10/1998|
17160|Dubinin Trough|Valley|671000S|0803000E|-67.1666667|80.5|||01/01/1985|An undersea trough named for Soviet Captain A.I. Dubinin, leader of 1957 Antarctic expedition.  Name proposed by Dr. G. Agapova, Geological Institute of the Russian Academy of Sciences.  Name approved 8/85 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 218).|07/10/1998|
17161|Drygalski Basin|Basin|745000S|1663000E|-74.8333333|166.5|||01/01/2003|An undersea basin approved as Drygalski Basin 4/80 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 201) in association with Drygalski Ice Tongue.  Name changed to Von Drygalski 11/95 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 265) in agreement with GEBCO/SCUFN.  Name changed back to Drygalski Basin 6/2003 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 297)|07/10/1998|08/08/2003
17162|Dibble Basin|Basin|652000S|1330000E|-65.3333333|133|||01/01/1971|An undersea basin name approved 12/71 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 132).|07/10/1998|
17163|De Gerlache Seamounts|Summit|650000S|0903000W|-65|-90.5|||01/01/1988|Seamounts named for the Lieutenant Adrien Victor Joseph de Gerlache (Royal Belgian Navy), Commander of the Belgica during the first Belgian Antarctic Expedition, 1896-1899.|07/10/1998|
17164|Crary Bank|Bar|750000S|1690000E|-75|169|||01/01/1988|A northeast trending bank of the central Ross continental shelf named for A.P.Crary (1911-1987), American geophysicist.  Named in association with Crary Ice Rise.  Name approved 6/88 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 228).|07/10/1998|
17165|Colbeck Basin|Basin|770000S|1593000W|-77|-159.5|||01/01/1988|A deep undersea basin of the central Ross shelf named in association with Cape Colbeck.  Name approved 6/88 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 228).|07/10/1998|
17167|Charcot Fan|Bar|660000S|0860000W|-66|-86|||01/01/1988|Name of undersea fan approved 6/88 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 228).|07/10/1998|
17168|Byrd Canyon|Valley|753000S|1571500W|-75.5|-157.25|||01/01/1988|An undersea canyon named for Admiral Richard E. Byrd.  Name found on GEBCO 5.18.  Name approved 6/88 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 228).|07/10/1998|
17169|Bruce Spur|Ridge|633000S|1011500E|-63.5|101.25|||01/01/1963|Name of undersea spur approved 9/63 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 14).|07/10/1998|
17170|Bruce Ridge|Ridge|600000S|0350000W|-60|-35|||01/01/1967|An undersea ridge named for the leader of the Scottish National Antarctic Expedition (1902-1904) on the Scotie.  Name approved 4/67 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 72).|07/10/1998|
17171|Brategg Bank|Bar|651600S|0683500W|-65.2666667|-68.5833333|||01/01/1964|Name of bank reaffirmed 7/64 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 30).|07/10/1998|
17172|Bransfield Trough|Valley|613000S|0540000W|-61.5|-54|||01/01/1977|An undersea trough between the Antarctic Peninsula and the South Shetland Islands.  Named for Edward Bransfield who charted the South Shetland Islands in 1820.  Name approved 10/77 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 177).|07/10/1998|
17173|Bowers Canyon|Valley|715500S|1723000E|-71.9166667|172.5|||01/01/1980|An undersea canyon west of Iselin Bank in the Ross Sea. Named in association with Bowers Glacier and approved 4/80 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 201).|07/10/1998|09/05/2000
17174|Borchgrevink Canyon|Valley|701500S|1701500E|-70.25|170.25|||01/01/1988|An undersea canyon on the continental rise east of Iselin Bank.  Name in association with Borchgrevink Coast and approved 6/88 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 228).|07/10/1998|
17175|Berkner Bank|Bar|750000S|0480000W|-75|-48|||01/01/1973|A bank in the Weddell Sea named for Lloyd V. Berkner, an engineer who sailed with Admiral Byrd on the Byrd Antarctic Expedition to Antarctica, 1928-1930.  Name approved 4/73 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 144).|07/10/1998|
17176|Bellingshausen Plain|Plain|640000S|0900000W|-64|-90|||01/01/1974|An undersea plain parallel to the continental rise in the Bellingshausen Sea, named for Admiral Thaddeus von Bellingshausen, commander of Russian Antarctic Expedition (1818-1821).  Name approved 4/74 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 150).-152571 variant Bellinghausen Abyssal Plain.|07/10/1998|08/29/2000
17177|Belgrano Bank|Bar|730000S|0483000W|-73|-48.5|||01/01/1988|A bank named for General Manuel Belgrano (1770-1820), an Argentine general and revolutionary hero.  The Argentine Antarctic base is also named for him. Name approved 6/88 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 228). -152568 V General Belgrano Bank.|07/10/1998|09/05/2000
17178|Balleny Trough|Valley|660000S|1580000E|-66|158|||01/01/1972|An undersea trough named in association with the Balleny Islands.  Name approved 2/72 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 134).|07/10/1998|
17179|Balleny Seamounts|Summit|610000S|1613000E|-61|161.5|||01/01/1988|Seamounts named in association with the Balleny Islands.  Name approved 6/88 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 228).|07/10/1998|09/07/2000
17180|Balleny Fracture Zone|Ridge|620000S|1560000E|-62|156|||01/01/1971|An undersea fracture zone that extends south towards the Balleny Islands. Name approved 12/71 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 132).|07/10/1998|
17181|Balleny Basin|Basin|670000S|1700000E|-67|170|||01/01/1972|A minor undersea basin, almost an appendage to the Southeast Pacific Basin.  Named in association with the Balleny Islands and approved 2/72 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 134).|07/10/1998|
17182|Atlantic-Indian Basin|Basin|600000S|0150000E|-60|15|||01/01/1963|Name of a large undersea basin approved 7/63 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 12) as a result of review of a National Geographic Society globe.|07/10/1998|
17183|Astrid Ridge|Ridge|680000S|0120000E|-68|12|||01/01/1987|An undersea ridge name used on GEBCO 5.18 and 5.16.  Name approved 6/87 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 225).|07/10/1998|
17184|Amundsen Plain|Plain|650000S|1250000W|-65|-125|||01/01/1988|An undersea plain named in association with Amundsen Coast.  Name approved 6/88 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 228).|07/10/1998|
17185|Amery Basin|Basin|681500S|0743000E|-68.25|74.5|||01/01/1988|An undersea basin named on GEBCO 5.18.  Name approved 6/88 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 228).|07/10/1998|
17186|Adélie Valley|Valley|653000S|1360000E|-65.5|136|||01/01/1971|A drowned fjord (undersea valley) located on the continental shelf margin of East Antarctica.  Named in association with this long named portion of Wilkes Land on the Antarctic coast.  Name approved 12/71 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 132).|05/02/2007|05/02/2007
17187|Adare Seamounts|Summit|700000S|1713000E|-70|171.5|||01/01/1988|Seamounts in Balleny Basin named in association with Adare Peninsula and Cape Adare. Name approved 6/88 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 228).|07/10/1998|
17188|Heirtzler Fracture Zone|Ridge|633000S|1623000E|-63.5|162.5|||01/01/1993|An undersea fracture zone named for Dr. James R. Heirtzler, a geophysicist who was a pioneer in geomagnetics studies.  Name proposed by Drs. Cande, Haxby and Raymond, Lamont-Doherty Geological Observatory [now Lamont-Doherty Earth Observatory]. Name approved 3/93 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 256).|07/10/1998|
17189|Pitman Fracture Zone|Ridge|643000S|1700000W|-64.5|-170|||01/01/1993|An undersea fracture zone named for Dr. Walter C. Pitman II, a geophysicist and pioneer in studies of continental drift and seafloor spreading.  Name proposed by Drs. Cande, Haxby and Raymond, Lamont-Doherty Geological Observatory [now Lamont-Doherty Earth Observatory].  Name approved 3/93 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 256).|07/10/1998|
17190|Barsukov Seamount|Summit|610300S|0291200W|-61.05|-29.2|||01/01/1995|A seamount named in honor of Russian scientist, B.L. Barsukov, former Director of the Vernadsky Institute of Geochemistry (VIG).  Name proposed by Dr. G.B. Udintsev, VIG.  Name approved 6/95 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 263).|07/10/1998|
17191|Orca Seamount|Summit|622600S|0582400W|-62.4333333|-58.4|||01/01/2000|A seamount in the Bransfield Strait; named after the cetacean Orcinus orca ("Killer Whale"), often sighted in these waters.  Name approved 2/2000 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 281).  The variant name of Viehoff Seamount (approved in 6/95 Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 263) was named for Dr. Thomas Viehoff, a remote sensing specialist in marine sciences. Name proposed by Dr. G.B. Udintsev, Vernadsky Institute of Geochemistry (VIG).|07/10/1998|08/08/2003
17192|Hespérides Trough|Valley|602100S|0505000W|-60.35|-50.8333333|||01/01/1995|An undersea trough named for the Spanish ship R/V Hespérides. Name approved 11/95 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 265).|07/10/1998|07/23/2003
17193|Belgica Guyot|Area|653000S|0903000W|-65.5|-90.5|||01/01/1997|An undersea tablemount named for the Belgian research ship Belgica, used in the first Belgian Antarctic Expedition (1896-1899).  Name proposed by Dr. Rick Hagen, Alfred Wegener Institute for Polar and Marine Research, Bremerhaven, Germany.  Name approved 6/97 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 270).|07/10/1998|
17194|Dallmann Seamount|Summit|671000S|0965300W|-67.1666667|-96.8833333|||01/01/1997|A seamount named for Edouard Dallmann (1839-1896), polar explorer.  He surveyed the area west of Graham Land up to 66° S. Name proposed by Dr. Rick Hagen, Alfred Wegener Institute for Polar and Marine Research, Bremerhaven, Germany.  Name approved 6/97 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 270).|07/10/1998|
17195|Lecointe Guyot|Area|650600S|0930000W|-65.1|-93|||01/01/1997|An undersea tablemount named for George Lecointe, navigator/astronomer aboard the Belgica. Name proposed by Dr. Rick Hagen, Alfred Wegener Institute for Polar and Marine Research, Bremerhaven, Germany.  Name approved 6/97 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 270).|07/10/1998|
17196|Rosenthal Seamount|Summit|683800S|0970500W|-68.6333333|-97.0833333|||01/01/1997|A seamount in the Weddell Sea named for Alfred Rosenthal (1828-1882), German captain and ship owner involved in polar research.  Rosenthal financed Dallmann's voyage. Name proposed by Dr. Heinrich Hinze, Alfred Wegener Institute for Polar and Marine Research, Bremerhaven, Germany.  Name approved 6/97 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 271).|07/10/1998|
17197|Emerald Fracture Zone|Ridge|620000S|1700000E|-62|170|||01/01/1997|An undersea fracture zone running the distance from the southwest corner of the Campbell Plateau to the northern tip of  Iselin Bank. Name proposed by Dr. Steven C. Cande, Scripps Institution of Oceanography for the vessel Emerald, which traversed this region in 1821. Name approved 6/97 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 270).|07/10/1998|
17198|Akademik Fedorov Canyon|Valley|724500S|0320000W|-72.75|-32|||01/01/1997|An undersea canyon in the Weddell Sea named for the Russian research vessel that worked in the northern Weddell Sea (1989).  Name proposed by Dr. Heinrich Hinze, Alfred Wegener Institute for Polar and Marine Research, Bremerhaven, Germany.  Name approved 6/97 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 271).|07/10/1998|
17199|Albert Bank|Bar|771000S|0324500W|-77.1666667|-32.75|||01/01/1997|A bank in the Weddell Sea named for Albert I of Monaco (1848-1922), instrumental in initiating first GEBCO charts (1903). Name proposed by Dr. Heinrich Hinze, Alfred Wegener Institute for Polar and Marine Research, Bremerhaven, Germany.  Name approved 6/97 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 271).|07/10/1998|
17200|Andenes Knoll|Summit|722600S|0225000W|-72.4333333|-22.8333333|||01/01/1997|The southeastern most knoll in a group of three knolls (Andenes, Explora and Polarstern) in the Weddell Sea.  Named for the Norwegian coast-guard vessel K.V. Andenes. Name proposed by Dr. Heinrich Hinze, Alfred Wegener Institute for Polar and Marine Research, Bremerhaven, Germany.  Name approved 6/97 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 271).|07/10/1998|
17201|Behm Bank|Bar|762100S|0300000W|-76.35|-30|||01/01/1997|A bank in the Weddell Sea named for Alexander Behm (1880-1952), inventor of an electronic sounding apparatus (1912/13). Name proposed by Dr. Heinrich Hinze, Alfred Wegener Institute for Polar and Marine Research, Bremerhaven, Germany.  Name approved 6/97 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 271).|07/10/1998|
17202|Brunt Basin|Basin|750000S|0250000W|-75|-25|||01/01/1997|A glacially eroded basin of the Brunt Ice Shelf and partially of the Stancomb-Willis Glacier.  Named in association with Brunt Ice Shelf. Name proposed by Dr. Heinrich Hinze, Alfred Wegener Institute for Polar and Marine Research, Bremerhaven, Germany.  Name approved 6/97 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 271).m Bank|07/10/1998|
17203|Crary Fan|Area|740000S|0330000W|-74|-33|||01/01/1997|A fan named for A.P.Crary (1911-1987), American geophysicist. Name proposed by Dr. Heinrich Hinze, Alfred Wegener Institute for Polar and Marine Research, Bremerhaven, Germany.  Name approved 6/97 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 271).|07/10/1998|
17204|Dawson-Lambton Trough|Valley|760000S|0260000W|-76|-26|||01/01/1997|An undersea trough extending from the Dawson-Lambton Glacier terminus. Name proposed by Dr. Heinrich Hinze, Alfred Wegener Institute for Polar and Marine Research, Bremerhaven, Germany.  Name approved 6/97 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 271).|07/10/1998|
17205|Defant Bank|Bar|765000S|0314000W|-76.8333333|-31.6666667|||01/01/1997|A bank in the Weddell Sea amed for Albert Defant (1884-1974), physician, oceanographer/geophysicist specializing in tides. Name proposed by Dr. Heinrich Hinze, Alfred Wegener Institute for Polar and Marine Research, Bremerhaven, Germany.  Name approved 6/97 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 271).|07/10/1998|
17207|Explora Knoll|Summit|720000S|0240000W|-72|-24|||01/01/1997|An undersea knoll named for the Antarctic science ship F.S. Explora. Name proposed by Dr. Heinrich Hinze, Alfred Wegener Institute for Polar and Marine Research, Bremerhaven, Germany.  Name approved 6/97 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 271).|07/10/1998|
17208|Explora Escarpment|Cliff|703300S|0150000W|-70.55|-15|||01/01/1997|An undersea escarpment named for the Antarctic science ship F.S. Explora. Name proposed by Dr. Heinrich Hinze, Alfred Wegener Institute for Polar and Marine Research, Bremerhaven, Germany.  Name approved 6/97 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 271).|07/10/1998|
17209|Filchner Trough|Valley|770000S|0360000W|-77|-36|||01/01/1997|An undersea trough extending north from its associated feature, the Filchner Ice Shelf. Name proposed by Dr. Heinrich Hinze, Alfred Wegener Institute for Polar and Marine Research, Bremerhaven, Germany.  Name approved 6/97 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 271).|07/10/1998|09/05/2000
17210|Freeden Bank|Bar|762000S|0285000W|-76.3333333|-28.8333333|||01/01/1997|A bank named for Wilhelm von Freeden (1822-1894), founder of Norddeutsche Seewarte (forerunner of the German Hydrographic Office). Name proposed by Dr. Heinrich Hinze, Alfred Wegener Institute for Polar and Marine Research, Bremerhaven, Germany.  Name approved 6/97 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 271).|07/10/1998|
17211|Helmert Bank|Bar|750000S|0292000W|-75|-29.3333333|||01/01/1997|A bank in the Weddell Sea named for Friedrich Robert Helmert (1843-1917), geodesist. Name proposed by Dr. Heinrich Hinze, Alfred Wegener Institute for Polar and Marine Research, Bremerhaven, Germany.  Name approved 6/97 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 271).|07/10/1998|
17212|Hofmann Trough|Valley|770000S|0323000W|-77|-32.5|||01/01/1997|A bank in the Weddell Sea named for Walther Hofmann (1920-1993), cartographer/photogrammetrist on Arctic/Antarctic expeditions. Name proposed by Dr. Heinrich Hinze, Alfred Wegener Institute for Polar and Marine Research, Bremerhaven, Germany.  Name approved 6/97 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 271).|07/10/1998|01/05/2021
17213|Lichte Trough|Valley|762500S|0300000W|-76.4166667|-30|||01/01/1997|An undersea trough named for Prof. Heinrich Lichte (1910-1988), a geodesist who specialized in glaciology. Name proposed by Dr. Heinrich Hinze, Alfred Wegener Institute for Polar and Marine Research, Bremerhaven, Germany.  Name approved 6/97 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 271).|07/10/1998|
17214|McDonald Bank|Bar|753000S|0263500W|-75.5|-26.5833333|||01/01/1997|A bank in the Weddell Sea named in association with McDonald Ice Rumples. Name proposed by Dr. Heinrich Hinze, Alfred Wegener Institute for Polar and Marine Research, Bremerhaven, Germany.  Name approved 6/97 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 271).|07/10/1998|
17215|Möller Trough|Valley|763500S|0304000W|-76.5833333|-30.6666667|||01/01/1997|An undersea trough in the Weddell Sea named for Dietrich Moller, geodesist and former President, German Society for Polar Research. Name proposed by Dr. Heinrich Hinze, Alfred Wegener Institute for Polar and Marine Research, Bremerhaven, Germany.  Name approved 6/97 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 271).|07/10/1998|
17216|Polarstern Knoll|Summit|712500S|0244700W|-71.4166667|-24.7833333|||01/01/1997|An undersea knoll named for the German research vessel Polarstern, which took part in 22 expeditions to the Arctic and Antarctic (1982-1995). Name proposed by Dr. Heinrich Hinze, Alfred Wegener Institute for Polar and Marine Research, Bremerhaven, Germany.  Name approved 6/97 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 271).|07/10/1998|
17217|Polarstern Canyon|Valley|713000S|0210000W|-71.5|-21|||01/01/1997|An undersea canyon named for the German research vessel Polarstern, which took part in 22 expeditions to the Arctic and Antarctic (1982-1995). Name proposed by Dr. Heinrich Hinze, Alfred Wegener Institute for Polar and Marine Research, Bremerhaven, Germany.  Name approved 6/97 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 271).|07/10/1998|
17218|Rinner Trough|Valley|774000S|0350000W|-77.6666667|-35|||01/01/1997|An undersea trough in the Weddell Sea named for Karl Rinner (1921-1991), Austrian geodisist and founder of the journal "Marine Geodesy". Name proposed by Dr. Heinrich Hinze, Alfred Wegener Institute for Polar and Marine Research, Bremerhaven, Germany.  Name approved 6/97 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 271).|07/10/1998|
17219|Da Vinci Bank|Bar|773000S|0343000W|-77.5|-34.5|||01/01/1997|Named for Leonardo da Vinci (1452-1519), world-renowned scientist and artist.  Name proposed by Dr. Heinrich Hinze, Alfred Wegener Institute for Polar and Marine Research, Bremerhaven, Germany.  Name approved 11/05 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 314); originally approved as Vinci Bank 6/97 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 271).|08/22/2007|
17220|Kosminskaya Fracture Zone|Ridge|613200S|0302000W|-61.5333333|-30.3333333|||01/01/1997|An undersea fracture zone named for Professor Irina Kosminskaya, a Russian scientist specializing in Marine Geophysics and Seismology. Name proposed by Dr. Galina Agapova, Geological Institute of the Russian Academy of Sciences.  Name approved 9/97 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 272).|07/10/1998|
17221|Vinogradov Fracture Zone|Ridge|605600S|0291200W|-60.9333333|-29.2|||01/01/1997|An undersea fracture zone named for Alexandr Vinogradov, Russian scientist/geochemist and first Director of Vernadsky Institute of Geochemistry(VIG).  Name proposed by Dr. Galina Agapova, Geological Institute of the Russian Academy of Sciences.  Name approved 9/97 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 272).|07/10/1998|
17222|Adare Trough|Valley|700200S|1723000E|-70.0333333|172.5|||01/01/1997|An undersea trough name proposed by Dr. Steven C. Cande, Scripps Institution of Oceanography.  Named in association with Adare Peninsula and Cape Adare.  Name approved  9/97 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 272).|07/10/1998|
17223|Antipodes Fracture Zone|Ridge|600000S|1510000W|-60|-151|||01/01/1997|An undersea fracture zone named in association with Antipodes Island.  Name proposed by Dr. Steven C. Cande, Scripps Institution of Oceanography.  Name approved 9/97 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 272).|07/10/1998|
17224|Hallett Ridge|Ridge|711500S|1765000E|-71.25|176.8333333|||01/01/1997|An undersea ridge name proposed by Dr. Steven C. Cande, Scripps Institution of Oceanography.  Named in association with Cape Hallett and Hallett Peninsula.  Name approved 9/97 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 272).|07/10/1998|
17225|Grootes Peak|Summit|780300S|1613600E|-78.05|161.6|2635|8645|01/01/1994|A peak rising to 2635 m in the south extremity of Colwell Massif, Victoria Land. Named by US-ACAN (1994) after Pieter Meiert Grootes of the Quaternary Isotope Laboratory, University of Washington, 1977-94; very active in USAP ice-coring activity including investigation of Taylor Dome; director of the Carbon-14 laboratory at Christian Albrechts University in Kiel, Germany from 1994.|09/21/1998|01/18/2010
17226|Handley Hill|Summit|780039S|1641243E|-78.010782|164.211871|||01/01/1994|A peak (1009 m) standing 0.6 mile west of Auger Hill in Keble Hills, Scott Coast, Victoria Land. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1994) after W.R.C. Handley, Ph.D. supervisor to New Zealand Antarctic biologist Laurence Greenfield.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17227|Harvey Summit|Summit|781852S|1621809E|-78.3144444|162.3025|2644|8674|01/01/1994|A peak (2644 m) at the head of McDermott Glacier in Royal Society Range, Victoria Land. Named by US-ACAN (1994) after John W. Harvey, National Solar Observatory, who, with Thomas L. Duvall, Jr. and Martin Pomerantz, conducted research in helioseismology at the South Pole from 1980.|09/21/1998|01/18/2010
17228|Highway Ridge|Ridge|782300S|1625800E|-78.3833333|162.9666667|||01/01/1994|A ridge extending eastward from Shark Fin Glacier to Foster Glacier in Royal Society Range. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1994) following work in the area by a NZGS field party, 1977-78. The name alludes to the excellent access that the ridge provides from the lower part of Foster Glacier to Shark Fin Glacier.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17229|Hofmann Spur|Ridge|781700S|1620400E|-78.2833333|162.0666667|||01/01/1994|An ice-covered spur between Allison Glacier and Dale Glacier on the west side of Royal Society Range, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1994) after David J. Hofmann of the University of Wyoming and NOAA; he conducted upper atmospheric research through high-altitude ballooning in Antarctica for over 15 years, contributing to the understanding of the ozone hole.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17230|Horseshoe Crater|Crater|781400S|1625300E|-78.2333333|162.8833333|||01/01/1994|A volcanic crater at the confluence of Radian Glacier and Pipecleaner Glacier in Royal Society Range, Victoria Land. Named descriptively by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1994) following work in the area by a NZGS field party, 1977-78, from the horseshoe shape of the crater.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17231|Howchin Lake|Lake|781300S|1633100E|-78.2166667|163.5166667|||01/01/1994|A lake, one of several in the Alph River system, located 1.1 miles southeast of the snout of Howchin Glacier in Denton Hills, Scott Coast. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1994) in association with Howchin Glacier.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17232|Howchin North Stream|Stream|781200S|1632500E|-78.2|163.4166667|||01/01/1994|A meltwater stream draining from the north side of Howchin Glacier in Denton Hills, Scott Coast. It flows eastward into Howchin Lake northward of Howchin South Stream. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1994) in association with Howchin Glacier.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17233|Howchin South Stream|Stream|781300S|1632500E|-78.2166667|163.4166667|||01/01/1994|A meltwater stream draining from the south side of Howchin Glacier in Denton Hills, Scott Coast. It flows eastward into Howchin Lake southward of Howchin North Stream. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1994) in association with Howchin Glacier.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17234|Mount Hubbard|Summit|782200S|1634300E|-78.3666667|163.7166667|||01/01/1994|A peak to the north of Mount Morning in Victoria Land. It rises to 1172 m in the northern part of Riviera Ridge. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1994) after Paula H. Hubbard, U.S. Navy (USN) pilot with the VXE-6 Squadron, 1981-85, who commanded LC-130 aircraft in the U.S. Antarctic Program.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17235|Janosy Hill|Summit|780900S|1634400E|-78.15|163.7333333|||01/01/1994|A hill rising to 913 m just west of Mirabilite Pond in Porter Hills of the Denton Hills, Scott Coast. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1994) after Robert J. Janosy, a geologist with the Byrd Polar Research Center geological field party to the Royal Society Range, 1991-92.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17236|Inan Peak|Summit|782000S|1623800E|-78.3333333|162.6333333|2451|8041|01/01/1994|A peak rising to 2451 meters 1.15 miles west of Mount Kempe in Royal Society Range, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1994) after Umran S. Inan, Stanford University, who conducted critical research from 1980 in the upper atmosphere of Antarctica at Siple Station and Palmer Station; internationally recognized as a leader in the study of upper atmospheric phenomena.|09/21/1998|01/20/2010
17237|Jigsaw Rock Gut|Gut|781200S|1625200E|-78.2|162.8666667|||01/01/1994|A prominent gully 0.5 mile west of Margaret Hill on Rücker Ridge, Royal Society Range, Victoria Land. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1994) following work in the area by a NZGS field party, 1977-78. Intense and intricate folds interlock like a jigsaw puzzle in the marble wall forming the eastern side of this gully.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17238|Kahiwi Maihao Ridge|Ridge|780500S|1640000E|-78.0833333|164|||01/01/1994|An ice-free ridge near the center of Denton Hills on the Scott Coast of Victoria Land. The ridge rises to 1075 m and extends west-east between Marshall Valley and Miers Valley. Named Kahiwi Maihao Ridge by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1994, a Maori name meaning “finger ridge.”|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17239|Keble Hills|Summit|775939S|1640853E|-77.994296|164.14803|||01/01/1994|An imposing line of granite hills rising to 1300 m, including from west to east Murphy Peak, Handley Hill, Auger Hill and Coral Hill. The hills separate Salmon Glacier and Garwood Valley in Denton Hills, Victoria Land. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1994 after Keble Martin (1877-1969), a New Zealand botanist who surveyed plants of New Zealand and the sub-Antarctic.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17241|Koci Cliffs|Cliff|780400S|1613600E|-78.0666667|161.6|||01/01/1994|Arcuate cliffs, 2424 m, standing 1 mile south of Colwell Massif in Victoria Land. The cliffs trend WSW-ENE across the head of Waddington Glacier and locally mark the divide between glaciers flowing north to Ferrar Glacier or south to Skelton Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1994) after Bruce R. Koci, Polar Ice Coring Office (PICO), University of Nebraska-Lincoln, an authority in ice drilling with broad experience for many years in Antarctica and Greenland. He provided support to the Antarctic Muon and Neutrino Detection Array (AMANDA) at the South Pole, 1993-2001, and to other parts of the U.S. Antarctic Program through the 2004-05 field season.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17242|Koettlitz Névé|Glacier|782700S|1630000E|-78.45|163|||01/01/1994|A roughly circular névé about 7 miles wide at the head of Koettlitz Glacier, Victoria Land. The névé is bounded to the west and south by Mount Talmadge, Mount Rees and Mount Cocks; to the east by Mount Morning. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1994) in association with Koettlitz Glacier.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17243|Lava Tongue Pass|Gap|781400S|1624100E|-78.2333333|162.6833333|||01/01/1994|A prominent north-south gully at 1850 m bisecting Radian Ridge in Royal Society Range, Victoria Land. Named descriptively by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1994) following work in the area by a NZGS field party, 1977-78, for a lava flow that fills the pass.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17244|Lever Nunataks|Summit|780400S|1610800E|-78.0666667|161.1333333|||01/01/1994|A chain of nunataks that extend southeastward from Fulcrum and the head of Creagh Glacier in Wilkniss Mountains, Victoria Land. The name is suggested by the position and linear arrangement of the group away from Fulcrum (q.v.). Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1994.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17245|Lower Jaw Glacier|Glacier|782200S|1625700E|-78.3666667|162.95|||01/01/1994|The south branch of the glacier on the eastern side of the ridge running north from Shark Fin (a peak). The branch flows eastward and converges with Upper Jaw Glacier (q.v.) before entering Renegar Glacier, Royal Society Range. Named by the New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB), 1994. On a map, the combined shapes of the Upper and Lower Jaw Glaciers resemble a gaping mouth, an illusion strengthened by the proximity of Shark Fin.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17246|Maine Ridge|Ridge|780422S|1620539E|-78.0727778|162.0941667|||01/01/1994|A ridge that extends NW-SE between Matataua Glacier and Tedrow Glacier in Royal Society Range. Named by US-ACAN (1994) after the University of Maine, Orono, in association with the names Emmanuel Glacier, Johns Hopkins Ridge, and Rutgers Glacier in the immediate area.|09/21/1998|09/13/2018
17247|Matataua Peak|Summit|780700S|1615700E|-78.1166667|161.95|||01/01/1994|A prominent peak on the ridge separating the mouth of Matatua Glacier and Ferrigno Glacier in Royal Society Range, Victoria Land. A Maori name meaning “a scout before the troops.” Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1994) in reference to the view from this 3,013 m peak. To the NE, there is an array of rocky peaks; to the SW, the view overlooks Rampart Ridge and the large Upper Staircase glacier. The name was changed in September 2018 to the one-word form, by ACAN/BGN based upon recommendation from the NZGNB as the correct Maori form.|09/21/1998|09/13/2018
17248|McDermott Glacier|Glacier|782000S|1620400E|-78.3333333|162.0666667|||01/01/1994|A glacier flowing west from Royal Society Range between Dot Cliff and Berry Spur. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1994) after Cathleen McDermott, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) cartographer, a member of the satellite surveying team at South Pole Station, winter party 1993.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17249|Morning Glacier|Glacier|782734S|1634729E|-78.4594444|163.7913889|||01/01/1994|A glacier close west of upper Vereyken Glacier on the northeast slope of Mount Morning, Victoria Land. The glacier flows partway down the mountain, terminating 4.5 miles south of Lake Morning. Named by US-ACAN (1994) in association with Mount Morning (q.v.).|09/21/1998|01/18/2010
17250|Mosley-Thompson Cirques|Basin|780059S|1613022E|-78.016497|161.505997|||01/01/1994|Prominent steep-walled cirques that indent the west part of Colwell Massif, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1994) after Ellen Stone Mosley-Thompson, glaciologist, Byrd Polar Research Center, Ohio State University, who from 1974 analyzed ice samples from Antarctica and conducted field research at South Pole, Siple Station, and Plateau Remote Camp. Not: Mosely-Thompson Cirques.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17251|Murcray Heights|Summit|780500S|1621300E|-78.0833333|162.2166667|||01/01/1994|A cluster of prominent peaks that rise to 3091 m at the south end of Sickle Ridge, Royal Society Range, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1994) after the Murcray brothers, David G. and Frank H., and Frank J. Murcray (son of David G.), University of Denver, long term specialists in infrared spectroscopy in Antarctica.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17252|Murihau Peak|Summit|780800S|1631000E|-78.1333333|163.1666667|2026|6647|01/01/1994|A peak 1.5 miles west of Armitage Saddle. It rises to 2026 m on the west-east ridge at the head of Blue Glacier, Royal Society Range. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1994. Murihau is a Maori name meaning “area of gentle breeze.”|09/21/1998|01/20/2010
17253|Norton Crag|Cliff|782100S|1610500E|-78.35|161.0833333|||01/01/1994|A rock summit (1250 m) in northeastern Halfway Nunatak, near the center of the upper Skelton Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1994) after William L. Norton, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) cartographer, a member of the satellite surveying team at South Pole Station, winter party, 1991.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17254|Mount Pams|Summit|780249S|1635447E|-78.047062|163.913181|||01/01/1994|A peak rising to 1072 m between Mount Steep and Mount Band on Marshall Ridge, Denton Hills, Scott Coast. The peak stands immediately north of Rivard Glacier. So named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1994) from the acronym for the Department of Plants and Microbiological Sciences, University of Canterbury, Christchurch, New Zealand.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17255|Pari Haupapa Cliffs|Cliff|782800S|1615300E|-78.4666667|161.8833333|||01/01/1994|Bold ice-covered cliffs that extend north-south between Wirdman Glacier and Mount Tricouni on the east side of the Lower Staircase of Skelton Glacier. The cliffs are 4 miles long and rise to over 1000 meters. Pari Haupapa, a Maori name meaning ice cliffs, was applied by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1994.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17256|Porter Hills|Summit|781000S|1634000E|-78.1666667|163.6666667|||01/01/1994|A series of ice-free hills which rise to 931 m in Wilson Hill and extend west-east between Hidden Valley and Ward Valley in Denton Hills, Scott Coast. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1994) after Raymond C. Porter, Electronics Technician, USCG, a crewman of U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Glacier, who was killed in an offloading accident at McMurdo Station, February 8, 1979.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17257|Mount Potter|Summit|780800S|1621700E|-78.1333333|162.2833333|||01/01/1994|A peak rising to 3369 m between Bishop Peak and Sladen Summit in Rampart Ridge, Royal Society Range. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1994) after Noel Potter, Jr., Chairman, Department of Geology, Dickinson college, Carlisle, PA; a glacial geologist who worked in this area during seven field seasons.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17258|Poutini Peak|Summit|780900S|1630600E|-78.15|163.1|2062|6765|01/01/1994|A peak rising to 2062 m at the south side of Bowden Glacier, Victoria Land. It stands 1 mile west of Murihau Peak on the west-east ridge marking the head of Blue Glacier. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1994. Poutini is the guardian taniwha of the essence of New Zealand greenstone.|09/21/1998|01/20/2010
17259|Puke Toropa Mountain|Summit|781400S|1622500E|-78.2333333|162.4166667|3465|11368|01/01/1994|A mostly ice-covered mountain (3465 m) standing 3.3 miles SSW of Mount Rücker in Royal Society Range, Victoria Land. A Maori name given by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1994 meaning “circular hill.”|09/21/1998|01/20/2010
17260|Pyramid Ponds|Lake|781700S|1632700E|-78.2833333|163.45|||01/01/1994|A group of ponds lying south of Trough Lake in Pyramid Trough on Scott Coast. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1994) in association with Pyramid Trough and The Pyramid.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17261|Radian Ridge|Ridge|781400S|1624000E|-78.2333333|162.6666667|||01/01/1994|A ridge that extends east along the south side of Radian Glacier in Royal Society Range, Victoria Land. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1994) in association with Radian Glacier.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17262|Rampart Terrace|Bench|781100S|1620100E|-78.1833333|162.0166667|||01/01/1994|A relatively level ice-covered terrace, 5 miles long and rising to 2250 m, adjoining the south-central part of Rampart Ridge in Royal Society Range. The abrupt southern face of the terrace rises about 200 to 300 m above Rutgers Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1994) in association with Rampart Ridge.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17263|Mount Rees|Summit|782900S|1622900E|-78.4833333|162.4833333|2314|7592|01/01/1994|A mountain (2314 m) which rises above the cliffs at the west side of Koettlitz Névé, 3.5 miles SSW of Mount Talmadge, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1994) after Margaret N. Rees, geologist, University of Nevada, who conducted studies in the Transantarctic Mountains, including the Skelton Glacier area of Victoria Land, and in the Ellsworth Mountains in several field seasons, 1984-96.|09/21/1998|01/20/2010
17264|Rester Peak|Summit|781000S|1623700E|-78.1666667|162.6166667|||01/01/1995|A peak rising to 3638 meters 1.25 miles northeast of Mount Rücker in Royal Society Range. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1994) after A. Carl Rester, astrophysicist, Institute for Astrophysics and Planetary Exploration, University of Florida. Responsible for the instrumentation of a huge astrophysical observation balloon that was launched over Antarctica in January 1988.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17265|Riu ō Te Ata Valley|Valley|782200S|1635200E|-78.3666667|163.8666667|||01/01/1994|A small, mostly ice-free valley at the southern side of Lake Morning (q.v.) in Victoria Land. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1994. The Maori name means “valley of the morning,” a pun on the name of the relief-vessel Morning.|09/21/1998|11/16/2020
17266|Rotunda|Summit|780102S|1613336E|-78.017141|161.559887|||01/01/1994|A peak rising to 2410 m in the central part of the Colwell Massif, which is bounded by Palais Glacier, Ferrar Glacier, Rotunda Glacier and Waddington Glacier, in Victoria Land. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1994) after a distinctive butte that forms this summit.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17267|Ruecroft Glacier|Glacier|781300S|1614000E|-78.2166667|161.6666667|||01/01/1994|Named after George Ruecroft, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) cartographic technician in Special Maps Branch, c. 1960-84, a specialist in Antarctic mapping.|09/21/1998|09/05/2000
17268|Savage Ridge|Ridge|782900S|1632200E|-78.4833333|163.3666667|||01/01/1994|A linear volcanic outcrop 2.5 miles long on the northwest slope of Mount Morning, Victoria Land. The ridge extends north-south and is 0.5 mile west of Weidner Ridge. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1994) after Michael L. Savage, Department of Meteorology, University of Wisconsin; along with Charles Stearns, developed the use of automatic weather stations in Antarctica during four field seasons, 1980-86.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17269|Schulz Crag|Cliff|782300S|1611100E|-78.3833333|161.1833333|||01/01/1994|A rock summit (1110 m) in easternmost Halfway Nunatak, near the center of the upper Skelton Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1994) after Thomas J. Schulz, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) cartographer; member of the 1982-83 geodetic control team in the McMurdo Dry Valleys, the first joint US-NZ cooperative effort to establish mapping control in order to map the region at 1:50,000 scale.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17270|Schutt Glacier|Glacier|781600S|1613100E|-78.2666667|161.5166667|||01/01/1994|A glacier, 5.5 miles long, flowing south between Stepaside Knoll and Stepaside Spur, to the west, and Holmes Block and Crary Knoll, to the east; the flow merges with that of Rutgers Glacier and Allison Glacier north of The Landing in the Skelton Glacier system. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1994) after John W. Schutt, Department of Geology and Planetary Sciences, University of Pittsburgh; member of U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) meteorite search teams in Victoria Land in 18 field seasons, 1981-2003.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17271|Mount Schwerdtfeger|Summit|782100S|1624600E|-78.35|162.7666667|2950|9678|01/01/1994|A peak (2950 m) on the ridge at the head of Renegar Glacier, 1.75 miles south of Mount Kempe in Royal Society Range, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1994) after Werner Schwerdtfeger, senior meteorological researcher, University of Wisconsin, a driving force in the study of Antarctic meteorology. His specialty was the study of the barrier winds east of the Antarctic Peninsula.|09/21/1998|01/20/2010
17272|Seahorse|Summit|781600S|1631700E|-78.2666667|163.2833333|1008|3307|01/01/1994|A volcanic peak, 1008 m, located 1.75 miles east of Lake Porkchop on Scott Coast. An NZGS geological party led by D.N.B. Skinner, 1977-78, described the peak as the easternmost volcano on the south side of Roaring Valley. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1994. The name is suggested by an outcrop of black lava on pale granite which, when viewed from the south, resembles the head of a seahorse.|09/21/1998|01/20/2010
17273|Shark Fin|Summit|782200S|1625500E|-78.3666667|162.9166667|2242|7356|01/01/1994|A sharp peak, 2242 m, at the eastern end of the ridge separating the heads of Renegar Glacier and Foster Glacier in Royal Society Range. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB), 1994, following work in the area by a NZGS geological party, 1977-78, led by D.N.B. Skinner. The peak has the triangular shape of a shark fin when viewed from the south.|09/21/1998|01/20/2010
17274|Shark Fin Glacier|Glacier|782300S|1625500E|-78.3833333|162.9166667|||01/01/1994|A small hanging glacier between the heads of Renegar Glacier and Foster Glacier and to the south of Shark Fin in Royal Society Range. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1994 in association with Shark Fin (q.v.).|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17275|Sickle Ridge|Ridge|780100S|1621000E|-78.016667|162.166667|||01/01/1994|A sickle-shaped ridge, 5 miles long and rising to over 2600 m, in Royal Society Range, Victoria Land. The ridge extends southward from the The Handle (q.v.) between Tedrow Glacier and Emmanuel Glacier and terminates at Murcray Heights. Named descriptively by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1994) following work in the area in the 1987-88 field season by NZGS geologist Alan Sherwood.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17276|The Stage|Bench|782056S|1631526E|-78.3488889|163.2572222|1000|3281|01/01/1994|A prominent moraine floored amphitheater (a cirque) between West Aisle Ridge and Central Aisle Ridge on the north side of Renegar Glacier, Scott Coast. The cirque floor (1000 m) is relatively flat. The feature was visited by D.N.B. Skinner’s NZGS field party, 1977-78, which suggested the name. Viewed from the lower Renegar Glacier the elevated floor of the amphitheater appears to be the ideal stage for some great theater.|09/21/1998|01/18/2010
17277|Mount Stearns|Summit|781900S|1624900E|-78.3166667|162.8166667|||01/01/1994|A mountain rising to 2670 m on the divide between the head of Kempe Glacier and Renegar Glacier in Royal Society Range, Victoria Land. The mountain stands 1.3 miles east of Mount Kempe. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1994) after Charles R. Stearns, Department of Meteorology, University of Wisconsin, who designed and positioned automated weather stations in Antarctica over many seasons, 1990-2006.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17278|Mount Steep|Summit|780246S|1635108E|-78.046035|163.852282|||01/01/1994|A mountain rising to 978 m at the east side of Lake Buddha in Denton Hills, Scott Coast. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1994; the name is suggested by the steep climb of the west side of the mountain.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17279|Stepaside Knoll|Summit|781300S|1612400E|-78.2166667|161.4|||01/01/1994|An ice-covered knoll rising to l829 m in the north part of Stepaside Spur, between Upper Staircase and Schutt Glacier in the Skelton Glacier drainage system. Named by|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17280|Sulphide Pass|Gap|781200S|1624500E|-78.2|162.75|||01/01/1994|Pyritized shale is exposed in the pass and the rock gives off a sulphurous smell when hit by a hammer.|09/21/1998|09/05/2000
17281|Testa Ridge|Ridge|782700S|1633200E|-78.45|163.5333333|||01/01/1994|A volcanic ridge, 2.7 miles long, extending north-south between Weidner Ridge and Riviera Ridge on the north slope of Mount Morning, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1994) after J. Ward Testa, biologist, University of Minnesota (later of University of Alaska); conducted seal studies during ten field seasons in McMurdo Sound and other coastal regions, 1980-94.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17282|Trough Lake|Lake|781700S|1632800E|-78.2833333|163.4666667|||01/01/1994|A lake with an area of 1 square mile which occupies the north portion of Pyramid Trough, Scott Coast. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1994) in association with Pyramid Trough (q.v.).|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17283|Ugolini Ridge|Ridge|780209S|1612611E|-78.035941|161.436278|||01/01/1994|A ridge that extends west from Ugolini Peak, Colwell Massif, in Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1994) in association with Ugolini Peak.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17284|Upper Jaw Glacier|Glacier|782100S|1625700E|-78.35|162.95|||01/01/1994|A small tributary glacier that flows east and converges with Lower Jaw Glacier before entering Renegar Glacier, Royal Society Range. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1994. On a map, the combined shapes of the Upper Jaw Glacier and Lower Jaw Glacier resemble a gaping mouth, an illusion strengthened by the proximity of Shark Fin (q.v.).|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17285|Utz Spur|Ridge|782124S|1621928E|-78.3566667|162.3244444|||01/01/1994|An ice-covered spur between the upper parts of the Comberiate Glacier and Potter Glacier in the Royal Society Range, Victoria Land. Named by US-ACAN (1994) after Loreen G. Utz, USGS cartographer, a member of the satellite surveying team at South Pole Station, winter party 1983.|09/21/1998|01/18/2010
17286|Vereyken Glacier|Glacier|782500S|1635700E|-78.4166667|163.95|||01/01/1994|A glacier which, together with Morning Glacier, drains the NE slopes of Mount Morning, Victoria Land. Vereyken Glacier flows north between Riviera Ridge and Hurricane Ridge into Koettlitz Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1994) after Jill Vereyken, ASA manager of Field Support Services, McMurdo Station, who was active in coordination and planning of science support in Antarctica from 1984.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17287|Waikato Spur|Ridge|780325S|1622707E|-78.05705|162.452048|||01/01/1994|A rock spur about 3 miles long that extends northwestward from Mount Lister. The spur separates the upper part of Emmanuel Glacier from the Carleton Glacier in Royal Society Range. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1994) after the University of Waikato, Hamilton, NZ, in association with nearby features that are named after colleges and universities.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17288|Waiparahoaka Mountain|Summit|781700S|1622500E|-78.2833333|162.4166667|||01/01/1994|A mostly ice-covered mountain, 3608 m, on the southwest shoulder of Mount Huggins in Royal Society Range, Victoria Land. A Maori name applied by the New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1994) meaning “mountain of many glaciers.”|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17289|Walcott Lake|Lake|781400S|1632800E|-78.2333333|163.4666667|||01/01/1994|One of several lakes in the Alph River system, this one located 1.3 miles east of the snout of Walcott Glacier on Scott Coast. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1994) in association with Walcott Glacier.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17290|Walcott North Stream|Stream|781400S|1632300E|-78.2333333|163.3833333|||01/01/1994|A meltwater stream from the northern part of the snout of Walcott Glacier. It flows eastward to Walcott Lake on Scott Coast. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1994) in association with Walcott Glacier.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17291|Walcott South Stream|Stream|781500S|1632300E|-78.25|163.3833333|||01/01/1994|A meltwater stream from the southern part of the snout of Walcott Glacier. It flows eastward to Walcott Lake on Scott Coast. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1994) in association with Walcott Glacier.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17292|Ward Stream|Stream|781100S|1634200E|-78.1833333|163.7|||01/01/1994|A meltwater stream from the Ward Glacier in Denton Hills, Scott Coast. It flows eastward through Ward Valley and Ward Lake into Alph Lake. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1994) in association with Ward Glacier and Ward Lake.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17293|Ward Valley|Valley|781000S|1633700E|-78.1666667|163.6166667|||01/01/1994|An ice-free valley that lies between Porter Hills and Xanadu Hills and east of the snout of Ward Glacier in the Denton Hills, Scott Coast. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1994) in association with Ward Glacier and Ward Lake.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17294|Weidner Ridge|Ridge|782800S|1632600E|-78.4666667|163.4333333|||01/01/1994|A linear volcanic outcrop, 2.2 miles long, between Savage Ridge and Testa Ridge on the north slope of Mount Morning, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after George A. Weidner, Department of Meteorology (later Space Science and Engineering Center), University of Wisconsin; along with Charles Stearns, developed the use of automatic weather stations in Antarctica in the period 1982-2005.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17295|West Aisle Ridge|Ridge|782000S|1631200E|-78.3333333|163.2|||01/01/1994|A north-south ridge immediately west of The Stage and 1 mile west of Central Aisle Ridge at the junction of lower Renegar Glacier and Koettlitz Glacier, Scott Coast. The name is derived from the position of the ridge relative to Central Aisle Ridge, East Aisle Ridge, and its proximity to The Stage (q.v.). Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1994) following work by a NZGS party to the area, 1977-78.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17296|Wilson Hill|Summit|781000S|1634200E|-78.1666667|163.7|||01/01/1994|An ice-free hill (931 m) standing 0.85 mile southwest of Janosy Hill, in Porter Hills of the Denton Hills, Scott Coast. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1994) after Terry J. Wilson, a geologist with the Byrd Polar Research Center geological party in Victoria Land, 1989-90; Royal Society Range, 1991-92; a principal investigator in U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) Transantarctic Mountains deformation network research over several field seasons through 2005-06.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17297|Zetland Glacier|Glacier|780034S|1635018E|-78.009541|163.838367|||01/01/1994|A small hanging glacier on the southern slopes of Mount Alexandra in Denton Hills, Scott Coast. The glacier terminates on the cliffs north of Colleen Lake. The name, applied by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1994, is taken from an old spelling for the Shetland Islands of Scotland.|09/21/1998|06/15/2008
17298|Bowden Glacier|Glacier|780800S|1630700E|-78.1333333|163.1166667|||01/01/1995|A glacier lying on the SE flank of Salient Ridge that flows NE to Blue Glacier, Victoria Land.  Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1994 for Charles Bowden, first chairman of the Ross Dependency Committee during Sir Edmund Hillary's South Pole Expedition, part of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) in 1957.  Bowden also served as a member of the New Zealand Parliament until 1955.|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17299|Bulgarian Beach|Beach|623800S|0602200W|-62.6333333|-60.3666667|||01/01/1995|A beach facing South Bay, Livingston Island, situated between Hesperides Point to the SW and a nameless glacier to the NE.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1994 at the request of the Bulgarian Second Expedition (1993-94) in association with the Bulgarian station St. Kliment Ohridski.|09/22/1998|09/07/2000
17300|Contell Glacier|Glacier|623900S|0602200W|-62.65|-60.3666667|||01/01/1995|A glacier flowing W into South Bay, on the N side of Johnsons Dock, Livingston Island.  Recognized by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1994, the name is a translation of the Spanish name "Glaciar Contell."|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17302|Hespérides Point|Cape|623900S|0602300W|-62.65|-60.3833333|||01/01/1995|A point of land projecting into South Bay, 1.4 km N of Johnsons Dock, Livingston Island.  Recognized by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1994, the name is a translation of the Spanish name "Punta Hespérides," after the Spanish ocean exploration ship Hespérides.|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17303|The Ringer|Ridge|771314S|1620357E|-77.220584|162.065696|||01/01/1995|A ring-shaped moraine found at the mouth of Ringer Glacier as it enters Miller Glacier, Victoria Land.  The name stems from the strikingly symmetrical configuration of the feature.  The name first appeared on a 1961 NZ map; approved by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1995.|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17304|Ringer Glacier|Glacier|771423S|1615503E|-77.239631|161.917402|||01/01/1995|Glacier, 5 mi long, heading on the NE flank of Saint Johns Range and flowing NE to Miller Glacier, Victoria Land.  Named in association with the distinctive moraine at its mouth, The Ringer.  The name first appeared on a 1961 NZ map; approved by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1995.|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17305|Mount Roper|Summit|780709S|1624516E|-78.1191667|162.7544444|3660|12008|01/01/1995|A prominent peak, 3660 m, between Mount Hooker and Salient Peak in Royal Society Range, Victoria Land. Named by the New Zealand Geographic Board (1994) after Charles A. (Cas) Roper, member of the summer party at Scott Base, 1976-77; officer-in-charge and senior scientific officer, winter party 1980; New Zealand scientist who oversaw Scott Base laboratory programs for 20 years. |09/22/1998|02/01/2009
17306|Sinemorets Hill|Summit|623800S|0602200W|-62.6333333|-60.3666667|||01/01/1995|A hill rising to 66 m, locate 750 m NE of Hesperides Point, South Bay, Livingston Island.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1994 at the request of the Bulgarian Second Expedition (1993-94) after a Bulgarian village on the Black Sea coast.|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17307|Spanish Point|Cape|623800S|0602100W|-62.6333333|-60.35|||01/01/1995|Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1994 at the request of the Bulgarian Second Expedition (1993-94) in recognition of key Spanish support for the expedition.|09/22/1998|
17308|Tasman Ridge|Ridge|780203S|1630707E|-78.034249|163.118729|||01/01/1995|Ridge, 3 mi long, located 10 mi NE of Mount Hooker, bounded on the NW by Ball Glacier and on the SE by Hooker Glacier, descending into Blue Glacier in the Royal Society Range, Victoria Land.  Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1994 in association with other names from Mount Cook National Park that are found in this area.|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17309|Xanadu Hills|Summit|781100S|1633200E|-78.1833333|163.5333333|||01/01/1995|A ridge of hills lying between Ward Valley and the Alph River in Victoria Land.  Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1994 in connection with the adjacent Alph River, an earlier name inspired by a poem of Samuel Taylor Coleridge.|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17310|Dikstra Buttresses|Summit|694800S|0695300W|-69.8|-69.8833333|||01/01/1995|Summits rising to c. 1,500 m on W side of Douglas Range, N Alexander Island.  Surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1975-76.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1980 after Barry James Dikstra, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geophysicist, Adelaide and Rothera, 1974-77.|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17311|Fleming Summit|Summit|842000S|1661800E|-84.3333333|166.3|||01/01/1995|A peak rising to over 4,200 m, 1.5 km W of Mount Kirkpatrick, Queen Alexandra Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1995 after Thomas H. Fleming, geologist, Ohio State University, who conducted field research in this area, 1985-86 and 1990-91.|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17312|Foreman Glacier|Glacier|691800S|0712200W|-69.3|-71.3666667|||01/01/1995|Glacier flowing SSE from Havre Mountains into Palestrina Glacier, N Alexander Island.  Surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1975-76.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1980 after David Alexander Foreman, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) aircraft mechanic, Adelaide, 1973-76.|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17313|Haffner Pass|Gap|694700S|0712200W|-69.7833333|-71.3666667|||01/01/1995|Pass running NE-SW and rising to c. 500 m between Gilbert Glacier and Mozart Ice Piedmont, N Alexander Island.  Surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1975-77.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1980 after Mozart's Haffner symphony (1782) in association with the name of the ice piedmont.|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17314|Hanson Spur|Ridge|842200S|1644400E|-84.3666667|164.7333333|||01/01/1995|A flat-topped ridge, 2 km long, trending NW from Mount Falla, Queen Alexandra Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1995 after Richard E. Hanson, geologist, Ohio State University, who conducted field research in this area, 1990-91.|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17315|Kip Peak|Summit|843100S|1642800E|-84.5166667|164.4666667|||01/01/1995|A summit rising to over 3000 m, located 3 km NE of Tempest Peak on a NE trending ridge, Queen Alexandra Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1995 after Christopher A. (Kip) Miller, geologist, Ohio State University, who conducted field research in this area, 1990-91.|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17316|Lennon Glacier|Glacier|691200S|0715900W|-69.2|-71.9833333|||01/01/1995|Glacier flowing SW into the outer part of Lazarev Bay, N Alexander Island. Surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1975-76. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1980 after Peter Wilfred Lennon, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) glaciologist, 1974-78, who worked on Alexander Island, 1974-76.|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17317|McManus Glacier|Glacier|692800S|0712700W|-69.4666667|-71.45|||01/01/1995|Glacier flowing N into Palestrina Glacier, NW Alexander Island.  Surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1975-76.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1980 after Alan James McManus, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) cook, Grytviken and Faraday, 1971-73; Adelaide and Rothera, 1975-78.|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17318|Moscow University Ice Shelf|Glacier|670000S|1210000E|-67|121|||01/01/1995|A narrow ice shelf, c. 120 mi long, which fringes Sabrina Coast between Totten Glacier and Paulding Bay.  Dalton Iceberg Tongue extends N from the E part of the shelf.  The feature was partly delineated from aerial photographs taken by U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47; further photographed and mapped by Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) and Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) in 1958.  Named by Soviet Antarctic Expedition (SovAE) after Moscow University.|09/22/1998|06/21/2000
17319|Mount Newman|Summit|691100S|0712600W|-69.1833333|-71.4333333|||01/01/1995|Mountain rising to c. 1,150 m in NE Havre Mountains, N Alexander Island.  Surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1975-76. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1980 after John Newman, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) Diesel mechanic, Adelaide, 1968-69; Stonington Island, 1969-70 and 1972-74; who was instrumental in modifying British Antarctic Survey (BAS) motor sledges, first used successfully as replacements for dog teams on this survey.|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17320|Pearson Spur|Ridge|694300S|0702500W|-69.7166667|-70.4166667|||01/01/1995|Spur extending SE from Elgar Uplands toward the head of Sibelius Glacier, N Alexander Island.  Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in 1947, roughly mapped from air photographs by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1959, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1973-77.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1980 after Martin Robert Pearson, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) glaciologist, 1970-73, who worked on Alexander Island, 1971-72.|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17321|Peel Cirque|Basin|690700S|0703100W|-69.1166667|-70.5166667|||01/01/1995|Cirque laying above SW side of Roberts Ice Piedmont, NE Alexander Island.  Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in 1947, mapped from air photographs by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1959, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1973-77.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1980 after Dr. David Anthony Peel, glaciologist with British Antarctic Survey (BAS) from 1968, who worked on Alexander Island, 1975-76.|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17322|Rosselin Glacier|Glacier|691600S|0705300W|-69.2666667|-70.8833333|||01/01/1995|Glacier flowing SW from Rouen Mountains into Palestrina Glacier, N Alexander Island.  Surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1975-76.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1980 after F. Rosselin, Chief Engineer, FAE, 1908-10, in association with other FAE names in this area.|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17323|Mount Sanderson|Summit|691700S|0704700W|-69.2833333|-70.7833333|||01/01/1995|Mountain rising to c. 2,300 m in S Rouen Mountains, N Alexander Island.  Surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1975-76. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1980 after Timothy John Oliver Sanderson, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) glaciologist, 1975-78, who worked on George VI Ice Shelf.|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17324|Senouque Spurs|Ridge|690500S|0711100W|-69.0833333|-71.1833333|||01/01/1995|Spurs rising to c. 1,250 m and extending NW from Rouen Mountains to Bongrain Ice Piedmont.  Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in 1947, roughly mapped from air photographs by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1959, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1975-76.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1980 after A. Senouque, magnetician and photographer on FAE, 1908-10, in association with other FAE names in this area.|09/22/1998|09/29/1998
17325|Simon Peak|Summit|691600S|0715300W|-69.2666667|-71.8833333|||01/01/1995|Mountain rising to c. 1,000 m on the W side of Havre Mountains, NW Alexander Island, NE of Umber Island.  Possibly sighted by FAE, 1908-10, in January 1909; surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1975-76.  Named after Alec Edward Simon, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) aircraft mechanic, Adelaide, summers 1972-76.|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17326|Sutton Heights|Summit|694500S|0713000W|-69.75|-71.5|||01/01/1995|Heights rising to c. 800 m between Lassus Mountains and Debussy Heights, N Alexander Island.  Photographed from the air by Ronne Antarctic Research Expedition (RARE) in 1947, mapped from air photographs by Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) in 1959, and surveyed by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1975-76.  Named after John Sutton, Professor of Geology, Imperial College of Science and Technology, London University, 1958-73; Dean Royal School of Mines, 1965-68 and 1974-77; member of the British Antarctic Survey (BAS) Scientific Advisory Committee, 1970-85; member of NERC, 1977-79; Chairman, British National Committee on Antarctic Research, from 1979.|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17327|Lindblad Cove|Bay|635100S|0592700W|-63.85|-59.45|||01/01/1996|Cove, 5 km wide, between Almond Point and Auster Point in Charcot Bay, Trinity Peninsula.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1995 in commemoration of Lars-Eric Lindblad (1927-94), pioneer in Antarctic tourism.  A noted conservationist, Mr. Lindblad operated the first cruise to Antarctica in 1966 and was a leader in the concept of expedition tourism as a means of environmental awareness.|09/22/1998|09/24/1998
17328|Seely Ridge|Ridge|835300S|0565500W|-83.8833333|-56.9166667|||01/01/1996|Ridge, 10 km long, rising to 1,240 m at the S end, trends NE from West Prongs to join Heiser Ridge in the Neptune Range, Pensacola Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1995 after Benjamin W. Seely, who invented the inflatable life raft in 1915 at Pensacola Naval Air Station.|09/22/1998|09/24/1998
17329|Atlantic Club Ridge|Ridge|623900S|0602200W|-62.65|-60.3666667|||01/01/1996|Ridge rising to 165 m, located 750 m SE of Hesperides Point, Livingston Island.  Named in 1995 by BulAPC in commemoration of the principal organizers of the 1993-94 and 1994-95 Bulgarian Antarctic Expeditions.|09/22/1998|09/24/1998
17330|Ball Glacier|Glacier|642000S|0572200W|-64.3333333|-57.3666667|||01/01/1996|Small glacier separating Redshaw Point from Hamilton Point, flowing NE to Markham Bay on the SE side of James Ross Island.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1995 after H. William Ball (b. 1926), Keeper of Paleontology, British Museum (Natural History), 1966-86, and author of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) Scientific Report No. 24 on fossils from the James Ross Island area.|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17331|Day Nunatak|Summit|643000S|0572100W|-64.5|-57.35|||01/01/1996|Nunatak appearing within the main ice cap of Snow Hill Island, 2.8 km N of Dingle Nunatak.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1995 after Crispin Mark Jeremy Day (b. 1960), long-serving British Antarctic Survey (BAS) General Field Assistant; at Rothera Station, 1986-89, 1991-92, 1993-94; a member of the British Antarctic Survey (BAS) field party in the James Ross Island area from 1994-95.|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17332|Dingle Nunatak|Summit|643100S|0572300W|-64.5166667|-57.3833333|||01/01/1996|Nunatak appearing within the main ice cap of Snow Hill Island, 2.8 km S of Day Nunatak.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1995 after Richard Vernon Dingle (b. 1943), Senior British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist (Paleoenvironmental change), a member of the British Antarctic Survey (BAS) field party in the James Ross Island area from 1994-95.|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17333|Howarth Glacier|Glacier|642300S|0572300W|-64.3833333|-57.3833333|||01/01/1996|Small glacier flowing SSE to Admiralty Sound along the W side of The Watchtower, SE James Ross Island.  Named by UK=APC in 1995 after Michael Kingsley Howarth (b. 1932), Deputy Keeper of Paleontology, British Museum (Natural History), 1980-92, and author of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) Scientific Report No. 21, Alexander Island.|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17334|Karlsen Cliffs|Cliff|642000S|0565800W|-64.3333333|-56.9666667|||01/01/1996|Cliffs forming the NW coast of Spath Peninsula, NE Snow Hill Island.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1995 after Anders Karlsen (b. 1864), First Engineer on the Swedish Antarctic Expedition (SwedAE), 1901-04, led by Otto Nordenskjold.|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17335|Lomas Ridge|Ridge|642200S|0573500W|-64.3666667|-57.5833333|||01/01/1996|Ridge, 3 km long, trending NNW-SSE, midway between Jefford Point and Tortoise Hill, SE James Ross Island.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1995 after Simon Andrew Lomas (b. 1965), British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist who was a member of the British Antarctic Survey (BAS) field party in the area, 1994-95.|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17336|Redshaw Point|Summit|641900S|0572200W|-64.3166667|-57.3666667|||01/01/1996|Ice-free point facing Markham Bay, situated between Hobbs Glacier and Ball Glacier, SE James Ross Island.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1995 after Susan Margaret Redshaw (b. 1954), British Antarctic Survey (BAS) General Field Assistant at James Ross Island, 1990-91; Rothera Station, 1992-93; from 1994-95, a member of the British Antarctic Survey (BAS) field party in the Jame Ross Island area.|09/22/1998|10/19/2000
17337|Spath Peninsula|Cape|642100S|0565500W|-64.35|-56.9166667|||01/01/1996|Ice-free peninsula, 65. km long, forming the NE extremity of Snow Hill Island.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1995 after Leonard Frank Spath (1882-1957), eminent UK paleontologist and author of a classic paper on ammonites from the James Ross Island area, Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) Scientific Report No. 3.|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17338|Tesore Hill|Summit|642000S|0565500W|-64.3333333|-56.9166667|||01/01/1996|Hill rising to c. 160 m on the E side of Spath Peninsula, Snow Hill Island.  English translation of the existing Argentine name Cerro Tesore was approved by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1995.|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17339|Thyasira Hill|Summit|642200S|0570000W|-64.3666667|-57|||01/01/1996|A distinctive hill within a group of small hills rising to c. 60 m, 250-300 m S of Nordenskjold's hut on Spath Peninsula, Snow Hill Island.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1995 because of the abundance of the fossil bivalue mollusk Thyasira townsendi found in this area.|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17340|Wilckens Gully|Valley|642200S|0565700W|-64.3666667|-56.95|||01/01/1996|Water-cut ravine eroded into clay-rich rocks on E side of Spath Peninsula, Snow Hill Island. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1995 after Prof. Otto Wilckens (1876-1943), eminent German paleontologist and author of an important paper documenting the results of the SwedAD, 1901-04.|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17341|Wörner Gap|Gap|623800S|0601200W|-62.6333333|-60.2|||01/01/1996|Saddle at the divide between the catchment area of Perunika Glacier and Huron Glacier, 2,000 m NE of Pliska Ridge, Livingston Island.  Named in 1995 by BulAPC in commemoration of the late Bulgarian Secretary General of the Atlantic Alliance, Manfred Worner, whose outstanding contribution to the political dialogue and cooperation was specifically important for the present Bulgarian Antarctic activities.|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17342|Aleko Rock|Cape|623700S|0602100W|-62.6166667|-60.35|||01/01/1996|Rocky point on the NE coast of South Bay, Livingston Island, 2,000 m N of Spanish Point; emerged during a glacier retreat.  Named Aleko Point by the Third Bulgarian Expedition (1994-95) after a peak in the Rila Mountains and a site on Vitosha Mountain which commemorates a writer and proponent of wilderness exploration.  Approved as Aleko Rock by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 1995.|09/22/1998|09/23/1998
17343|Andersen Creek|Stream|773715S|1625424E|-77.620951|162.906791|||01/01/1996|Meltwater stream, 1,500 m long, flowing SW along the E side of Canada Glacier into the NE corner of Lake Hoare in Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1996 after Dale T. Andersen, NASA limnologist, who established the camp at the base of the stream in 1978 and has conducted limnological studies in the area from that time.  He participated in the first scuba diving investigations in lakes of the McMurdo Dry Valleys.|09/22/1998|09/23/1998
17344|Biker Glacier|Glacier|771054S|1601103E|-77.181627|160.184183|||01/01/1996|Glacier, 4 km long and less than 1 km wide, flowing N from the polar plateau between Mount Littlepage and Mount Dearborn into Mackay Glacier, Victoria Land.  Approved by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1995, the name alludes to the use of a bicycle as a practical means of transportation by a New Zealand glacial mapping party led by Trevor Chinn, summer season 1992-93, and is part of a theme of cycling names in the area.|09/22/1998|09/23/1998
17345|Bohner Stream|Stream|774202S|1623421E|-77.700521|162.572523|||01/01/1996|Meltwater stream, 3,000 m long, flowing N from the S end of Sollas Glacier to Priscu Stream in Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1996 after Lieutenant Commander Robert T. (Beez) Bohner, U.S. Navy (USN), helicopter pilot, Squadron VXE-6, who flew Antarctic missions from 1986; liaison with National Science Foundation, 1989-91; organized first spring (WINFLY) helicopter flights to McMurdo Dry Valleys in 1991.|09/22/1998|09/23/1998
17346|Chain Moraines|Ridge|771127S|1603140E|-77.19078|160.527708|||01/01/1996|Drifting moraines located 5 km NW of Skew Peak at the confluent flow of ice from Rim Glacier, Spocket Glacier, and Mackay Glacier, including the moraines at the W side of Rim Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Approved by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1995, the name alludes to the use of a bicycle as a practical means of transportation by a New Zealand glacial mapping party led by Trevor Chinn, summer season 1992-93, and is part of a theme of cycling names in the area.|09/22/1998|09/23/1998
17347|Cycle Glacier|Glacier|770921S|1601833E|-77.155923|160.309142|||01/01/1996|Glacier, 6 km long and 2 km wide, flowing N from the polar plateau between Mount Dearborn and Robinson Peak into Mackay Glacier, Victoria Land.  Approved by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1995, the name alludes to the use of a bicycle as a practical means of transportation by a New Zealand glacial mapping party led by Trevor Chinn, summer season 1992-93, and is part of a theme of cycling names in the area.|09/22/1998|09/23/1998
17348|Doran Stream|Stream|774153S|1623549E|-77.698159|162.596857|||01/01/1996|Meltwater stream, 3,000 m long, flowing N from an unnamed alpine glacier E of Sollas Glacier to Priscu Stream in Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1996 after Peter T. Doran, paleolimnologist, Desert Research Institute (Reno, NV), who has conducted studies of the paleolimnology and climate of the McMurdo Dry Valleys from 1993.|09/22/1998|09/23/1998
17349|House Creek|Stream|773834S|1624432E|-77.642769|162.742093|||01/01/1996|Meltwater stream, 1,500 m long, heading at c. 350 m elevation on the NE side of Suess Glacier and flowing S along the base of the glacier to the NW corner of Lake Chad in Taylor Valley, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1996 after Harold R. House, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) hydrologist, a member of the Long Term Ecological Research (LTER) field team during four summer seasons since 1993, who assisted in establishing stream gaging stations flowing into Lake Bonney and Lake Hoare.|09/22/1998|09/23/1998
17350|Lawson Creek|Stream|774311S|1621552E|-77.719785|162.264524|||01/01/1996|Meltwater stream, 400 m long, flowing SE from the SW tip of Rhone Glacier to the NW corner of Lake Chad in Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1996 after Wendy Julia Lawson, glaciologist, University of Canterbury, New Zealand, leader of an expedition that studied glacial processes on Taylor Glacier during the 1992 and 1993 summer seasons.|09/22/1998|09/23/1998
17351|Lizotte Creek|Stream|774157S|1622842E|-77.699163|162.478225|||01/01/1996|Meltwater stream, 2,000 m long, flowing SE from the extreme SW tip of Matterhorn Glacier to the NE end of Lake Bonney in Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1996 after Michael P. Lizotte, biologist, University of Wisconsin (Oskosh), who has studied algal physiology and ecology in perennially ice-covered lakes in the McMurdo Dry Valleys area from 1985.|09/22/1998|09/23/1998
17352|Lyons Creek|Stream|774338S|1621649E|-77.727253|162.280228|||01/01/1996|Meltwater stream, 1,500 m long, flowing NE along the S side of Taylor Glacier into the W end of Lake Bonney in Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1996 after William Berry Lyons, geologist, University of Alabama, who has studied the geochemistry and paleolimnology of the streams and lakes of the McMurdo Dry Valleys from 1985.|09/22/1998|09/23/1998
17353|McKay Creek|Stream|773837S|1624443E|-77.643683|162.745393|||01/01/1996|Meltwater stream, 250 m long, heading on Suess Glacier WSW of the W end of Lake Chad at c. 100 m elevation and flowing ENE into Lake Chad in Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1996 after Christopher P. McKay, NASA, planetary scientist, who conducted limnological research on Lake Hoare from 1982 and pioneered the use of year-round environmental data collection in dry valley ecosystems.|09/22/1998|09/23/1998
17354|Priscu Stream|Stream|774045S|1623715E|-77.679179|162.620851|||01/01/1996|Meltwater stream, 3,000 m long, flowing SW from SE end of Lacroix Glacier to the NE end of Lake Bonney in Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1996 after John C. Priscu, ecologist, Montana State University; principal investigator from 1984 on numerous studies of marine and fresh water systems in the McMurdo region and the author of numerous papers on the ecology of this area; led first WINFLY expedition (1991) into the McMurdo Dry Valleys.|09/22/1998|09/23/1998
17355|Vincent Creek|Stream|774314S|1622718E|-77.720646|162.454905|||01/01/1996|Meltwater stream, 1,000  m long, flowing N from the N end of Hughes Glacier to the S edge of Lake Bonney in Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1996 after Warwick F. Vincent, Universite Laval, Canada; New Zealand limnologist who has conducted experimental ecological research in the McMurdo Dry Valleys from 1978.|09/22/1998|09/23/1998
17356|Wharton Creek|Stream|773842S|1624439E|-77.644979|162.7441|||01/01/1996|Meltwater stream, 1,000 m long, flowing NE along the S edge of Suess Glacier to the SW corner of Lake Chad in Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1996 after Robert A. Wharton, Jr., biologist, Desert Research Institute (Reno, NV), principal investigator in the first Long Term Ecological Research (LTER) project in McMurdo Dry Valleys, who had conducted pioneering research with microbial mats in Lake Hoare from 1978.|09/22/1998|09/06/2000
17357|Perunika Glacier|Glacier|623600S|0601200W|-62.6|-60.2|||01/01/1996|Glacier, heads to the N of Mount Pliska and enters South Bay N of Bulgarian Beach, Livingston Island.  The name of a Bulgarian village in the Rhodopes Mountains, Perunika is a derivation of Perun, the name of an ancient Slavonic god.  Named  in 1995 by BulAPC.|09/22/1998|09/23/1998
17358|Rezen Knoll|Summit|623800S|0601600W|-62.6333333|-60.2666667|||01/01/1996|Low knoll rising to 443 m, composed of lavas, 600 m NW of Burdick Peak, Livingston Island.  A transfer name from Bulgarian geography, Golyam (big) Rezen and Malak (little) Rezen are two of the most spectacular peaks of Vitosha Mountain.  Named Rezen Peak in 1995 by BulAPC.|09/22/1998|09/23/1998
17359|Pedalling Ice Field|Glacier|771500S|1595500E|-77.25|159.9166667|||01/01/1996|Icefield composed of blue ice, located at the edge of the polar plateau just S of Mount Dewitt and Mount Littlepage, Victoria Land.  The name alludes to the use of a bicycle as a practical means of transportation by a glacial mapping party led by Trevor Chinn, summer season 1992-93, and is part of a theme of cycling names in the area.  Approved by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1995.|09/22/1998|09/23/1998
17360|Rim Glacier|Glacier|771215S|1602622E|-77.204141|160.439435|||01/01/1996|Glacier, 10 km long and 2 km wide, flowing N from the polar plateau in a deep valley between Robinson Peak and Mount Vishniac into Mackay Glacier, Victoria Land.  The name alludes to the use of a bicycle as a practical means of transportation by a glacial mapping party led by Trevor Chinn, summer season 1992-93, and is part of a theme of cycling names in the area.  Approved by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1995.|09/22/1998|09/23/1998
17361|Sprocket Glacier|Glacier|771201S|1603544E|-77.200148|160.595429|||01/01/1996|Glacier, 5 km long, flowing N from Skew Peak to abut against the ice of Mackay Glacier at the Chain Moraines, Victoria Land.  The name alludes to the use of a bicycle as a practical means of transportation by a glacial mapping party led by Trevor Chinn, summer season 1992-93, and is part of a theme of cycling names in the area.  Approved by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1995.|09/22/1998|09/23/1998
17363|Baker Point|Cape|773435S|1633335E|-77.576349|163.559615|||01/01/1997|A point at the S side of the entrance to Explorers Cove, New Harbor, McMurdo Sound, on Scott Coast, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) after Bill James Baker, Associate Professor of Chemistry, Florida Institute of Technology, Melbourne, FL, who conducted underwater research in several areas of McMurdo Sound during the 1992-93, 1993-94 and 1996-97 field seasons, including work at Cape Evans, Razorback Islands, Hutton Cliffs, Arrival Heights, and New Harbor, the location of this point.|09/22/1998|01/21/1999
17364|Baumann Valley|Valley|772658S|1620429E|-77.449427|162.074596|||01/01/1997|A valley at the W side of Nottage Ridge in the E part of Olympus Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) after Clinton L. Baumann, electronic technician, Applied Physics Laboratory, Johns Hopkins University, who was a member of the 1971-72 U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) field party that established a network of horizontal and vertical control in support of compilation of topographic maps at 1:50,000 scale, of areas of McMurdo Dry Valleys bounded by 160° and 164°E and 77°15' and 77°45'S.|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17367|Cerberus Glacier|Glacier|772629S|1615451E|-77.441486|161.914155|||01/01/1997|A glacier, 1 mi long, fringing the S and E lower slopes of otherwise ice-free Mount Cerberus in Olympus Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1997 in association with Mount Cerberus.|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17368|Dais Col|Gap|773302S|1610338E|-77.55065|161.060693|||01/01/1997|An ice-free col at 600 m, connecting the E edge of the Labyrinth and the W edge of the Dais, in Wright Valley, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) in association with the Dais.|09/22/1998|09/22/1998
17369|Plíska Ridge|Ridge|623900S|0601400W|-62.65|-60.2333333|||01/01/1996|Ridge rising to 681 m, ENE of Willan Nunatak, Livingston Island.  Pliska is the name of a village in NE Bulgaria which in the seventh century became the first Bulgarian capital.  Named Mount Pliska in 1995 by BulAPC.|09/23/1998|08/13/1999
17370|Don Quixote Pond|Lake|773209S|1610648E|-77.535875|161.113461|||01/01/1997|A pond located 1.1 mi NE of Dais Col in North Fork, Wright Valley, Victoria Land.  A whimsical name applied in juxtaposition to Don Juan Pond.  The name appears in various reports on the locality published in the 1970s, including those by Keros Cartwright and Henry Harris, Illinois State Geological Survey, who studied the hydrogeology of this area in three field seasons, 1973-76.|09/23/1998|
17371|Doolittle Bluff|Summit|773658S|1623826E|-77.616222|162.640681|||01/01/1997|The large rock bluff at the head of Suess Glacier, on the N side of Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  From the Suess Glacier neve, the bluff rises 500 m to a summit area of 1,835 m.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) after John H. (Jack) Doolittle, American physicist, Station Science Leader at Siple Station, winter party 1977; Research Scientist, Lockheed Martin Palo Alto Research Laboratory, Space Physics Laboratory, from 1983; Staff Physicist from 1993; continuous participation as a South Pole co-investigator in auroral studies since 1983; 20 working visits to Antarctica (McMurdo, Siple and South Pole Stations) from the 1975-76 season.|09/23/1998|
17372|Doran Glacier|Glacier|774326S|1624015E|-77.723855|162.670734|||01/01/1997|A glacier between Sollas Glacier and Marr Glacier on the N slope of Kukri Hills, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) from association with Doran Stream, which flows N from this glacier into Taylor Valley.|09/23/1998|
17373|Mount Feola|Summit|773024S|1623645E|-77.50667|162.612486|1800|5905|01/01/1997|A mountain rising to 1,800 m at the head of Denton Glacier in Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  The feature is 1.3 mi WSW of Mount Newell.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) for Samuel D. Feola, helicopter pilot, U.S. Navy Squadron VXE-6, principally flying in the McMurdo Dry Valleys, 1976 and 1977; from 1990 to the time of naming, Director Logistics, Antarctic Support Associates (ASA), responsible for contractor planning, management, and operations of logistic and operational support requirements for NSF's U.S. Antarctic Program.|09/23/1998|01/13/2010
17374|Flint Hill|Summit|773051S|1630123E|-77.514155|163.023178|||01/01/1997|The central summit on Flint Ridge, rising to 995 m E of Sagittate Hill in Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997), the hill is the precise site of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) survey tablet stamped "Flint ET 1971-72."|09/23/1998|
17375|Gallagher Ridge|Ridge|772756S|1624930E|-77.465536|162.825091|||01/01/1997|A ridge that trends NE from Mount Newall, Asgard Range, and descends to lower Wright Valley to the E of Decker Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) after Charles Gallagher, Command Master Chief, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, who served four austral summers at McMurdo Station, 1991-92 through 1994-95.  Upon Navy retirement, Gallagher joined Antarctic Support Associates (ASA) as Housing Coordinator at McMurdo Station, 1995-96 and 1996-97.  He became ill during the winter-over period and died at McMurdo Station, May 1, 1997.|09/23/1998|09/05/2000
17376|Ghent Ridge|Ridge|773408S|1630717E|-77.568861|163.121451|||01/01/1997|A ridge that parallels the S flank of Commonwealth Glacier, 0.5 mi N of Mount Falconer, lower Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  The Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1965-66, called this feature "Smith Ridge," presumably after I. Smith, a member of the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) field party, but that toponym is already in use for other features.  It is therefore recommended that it not be approved and that this ridge be named after Edward D. Ghent, leader of the 1965-66 Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), later with the Department of Geology, University of Calgary, Alberta, Canada.|09/23/1998|08/13/1999
17377|Green Mesa|Summit|772600S|1610300E|-77.433333|161.05|||01/01/1997|An ice-free mesa of 1 mi extent, located 0.9 mi WSW of Canfield Mesa in the W part of Insel Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) after William J. Green, School of Interdisciplinary Studies, Miami University, Oxford, Ohio, who from the 1968-69 season made studies of lakes and streams in Taylor Valley and Wright Valley, including a geochemical analysis of the Onyx River and Lake Vanda with Donald E. Canfield (Canfield Mesa) in 1980-81, 1986-87, and 1987-88; co-editor (with E. Imre Friedmann) of Physical and Biogeochemical Processes in Antarctic Lakes, Antarctic Research Series, Vol. 59, American Geophysical Union, 1993.|09/23/1998|
17378|Hallam Peak|Summit|773854S|1632300E|-77.648245|163.383422|900|2953|01/01/1997|A distinctive rock peak in the Kukri Hills, Victoria Land.  The peak rises to 900 m between the heads of Von Guerard Glacier and Aiken Glacier and provides an unobstructed view of the Lake Fryxell locality of Taylor Valley.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) after Dr. Cheryl A. Hallam, geographer, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), who specializes in geographic information systems; worked four summer seasons in Antarctica, 1994-95, 1995-96, 1996-97 and 1999-00.|09/23/1998|01/13/2010
17379|Hall Bluff|Cliff|773316S|1612330E|-77.554576|161.391722|||01/01/1997|A prominent rock bluff (750 m) that forms the E end of Dais and marks the valley entrances to North Fork and South Fork in Wright Valley, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) after Brenda Hall, Research Assistant, Department of Geological Sciences, University of Maine from 1990; field party geologist in six U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) supported field seasons, 1990-91 to 1995-96, including work in Wright Valley in proximity of this bluff.|09/23/1998|
17380|Harp Glacier|Glacier|773143S|1631401E|-77.528576|163.233667|||01/01/1997|A tributary glacier flowing S from the glacial col W of Harp Hill into Commonwealth Glacier, Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) in association with Harp Hill.|09/23/1998|
17381|Harp Hill|Summit|773111S|1631753E|-77.519799|163.297964|||01/01/1997|A detached hill (750 m) that is triangular in plan, the NW and SE sides of which are defined by ridgelike rock exposures, located at the N side of MacDonald Hills in Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  Named descriptively by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) from its distinctive appearance.|09/23/1998|
17382|Harris Ledge|Ridge|772829S|1612623E|-77.474587|161.439794|||01/01/1997|A flat, ice-free ridge to the N of Mount Hercules in Olympus Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) after Henry Harris, Illinois State Geological Survey, who made hydrogeological studies with Keros Cartwright (Cartwright Valley) in Victoria Valley, Wright Valley, and Taylor Valley during the Dry Valley Drilling Project; 1973-74, 1974-75, and 1975-76 seasons.|09/23/1998|
17383|Harvard Tarn|Lake|773414S|1630845E|-77.570551|163.145837|||01/01/1997|A tarn 0.2 mi SW of Yale Tarn in central Tarn Valley, Victoria Land.  The feature is one of four tarns in the valley named after American universities by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1965-66.|09/23/1998|
17384|Mount Helios|Summit|772652S|1621937E|-77.447819|162.32695|||01/01/1997|A peak 0.8 mi NE of Mount Theseus, rising to 1,650 m in the E part of Olympus Range, Victoria Land.  In association with the names grouped in this area from Greek mythology, named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) after Helios, the sun god.|09/23/1998|
17385|Helios Ridge|Ridge|772624S|1622810E|-77.439896|162.469388|||01/01/1997|A broad rock ridge, 4.5 mi long, that extends in an ENE direction from Mount Helios, Olympus Range, to the vicinity of Lake Brownworth in Wright Valley, Victoria Land.  The ridge rises between the E snout of Clark Glacier and Wright Valley, causing meltwater streams to flow E around it to reach Onyx River.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) in association with Mount Helios and other features in this area that are named from Greek mythology.|09/23/1998|
17386|Henderson Hill|Summit|773421S|1631127E|-77.572566|163.190709|700|2297|01/01/1997|An ice free summit 0.8 mi NE of Mount Falconer, rising to 700 m on the N side of Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  The name Henderson Hill appears in a 1968 report and geologic sketch map of the area prepared by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1965-66, and is presumably named after Robert A. Henderson, a member of the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) field party, later with the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts.|09/23/1998|01/13/2010
17387|Hoehn Peak|Summit|773752S|1621806E|-77.631219|162.301781|||01/01/1997|A peak rising to 2,000 m at the head of Matterhorn Glacier; the peak marks the S end of Morelli Ridge in Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) after Robert C. Hoehn, Civil Engineering Department, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, who studied the Lake Bonney ecosystem during the 1974-75 field season.|09/23/1998|
17388|Mount Holm-Hansen|Summit|773609S|1621128E|-77.602379|162.191134|||01/01/1997|A prominent mountain rising to 1,920 m between lower David Valley and Bartley Glacier in Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1997 after Osmund Holm-Hansen, plant physiologist, who, working in the 1959-60 season, was one of the first American scientists to visit and conduct research in both Taylor Valley and Wright Valley; Research Biologist, Scripps Institution of Oceanography from 1962; extensive field research from 1976 includes studies of microbial populations in McMurdo Sound, the Ross Sea, and other ocean areas S of the Antarctic Convergence.|09/23/1998|
17389|Hothem Cliffs|Cliff|773427S|1624316E|-77.574202|162.720974|||01/01/1997|A line of abrupt rock cliffs at the N side of the head of Canada Glacier in Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) after Larry D. Hothem, American geodesist, who wintered-over with Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) at Mawson Station, 1969; with U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from 1991.|09/23/1998|03/01/2001
17390|Huey Gully|Valley|773455S|1630119E|-77.581853|163.021879|||01/01/1997|A high, deeply incised gully between Mount Keohane and Mount Falconer in the N wall of Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  Containing some glacial ice from Commonwealth Glacier, the gully provides meltwater to Huey Creek, which descends S to Lake Fryxell, Taylor Valley.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1997.|09/23/1998|09/05/2000
17391|Jones Terrace|Bench|772951S|1620425E|-77.497584|162.073715|800|2625|01/01/1997|A prominent ice free terrace S of Mount Peleus, at the S end of the E segment of Olympus Range, Victoria Land.  The terrace rises 800 m from the floor of central Wright Valley to a summit of over 1,000 m.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) after Lois M. Jones, geologist, University of Georgia, leader of a 1969-1970 research party in McMurdo Dry Valleys.|09/23/1998|03/21/2011
17392|Kaminuma Crag|Summit|773736S|1622654E|-77.626555|162.448246|||01/01/1997|A craggy, island-like nunatak, 0.75 mi long, rising to 1,750 m in the uppermost neve area of the Newall Glacier, Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) after Japanese geophysicist Katsutada Kaminuma, Professor of Earth Sciences, National Institute of Polar Research, Tokyo, who worked eight field seasons in the McMurdo Sound region: two seasons with the Dry Valleys Drilling Project, 1974-75, 1975-76; one season with Antarctic Search for Meteorites, 1976-77; five seasons with International Mount Erebus Seismic Survey, 1979-80, 1982-83, 1983-84, 1985-86, 1986-87.|09/23/1998|
17393|Kellogg Valley|Valley|772926S|1611050E|-77.490576|161.180531|||01/01/1997|A high (1,400 m) hanging valley, for the most part free of ice, between Mount Boreas and Mount Aeolus in Olympus Range, Victoria Land; the valley opens N to McKelvey Valley, 500 m below.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) after husband and wife glacial geologists Thomas B. Kellogg and Davida E. Kellogg, Department of Geological Sciences and Institute of Quaternary Studies, University of Maine, who in several seasons, 1976-90, collaborated in study of the glacial history of the McMurdo Sound region, including field work on the McMurdo Ice Shelf, Ross Ice Shelf, in Ross Sea, and the McMurdo Dry Valleys, the location of this valley.|09/23/1998|
17394|Kennedy Glacier|Glacier|773847S|1621245E|-77.646285|162.212362|||01/01/1997|A steep glacier, 0.8 mi long, flowing E from Kottmeier Mesa into upper Matterhorn Glacier, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) after Henry Kennedy, Deputy Director of the Antarctic Peninsula System for ITT Antarctic Services, 1985-90, with responsibility for Palmer Station and MV Polar Duke and procurement for RV Nathaniel B. Palmer.  Worked on specialized technical projects with Antarctic Support Associates (ASA) from 1990 to the time of naming.|09/23/1998|
17395|Mount Keohane|Summit|773529S|1625959E|-77.591272|162.999739|||01/01/1997|A peak immediately NW of Lake Fryxell, rising to 1,250 m between Canada Glacier and Huey Gully on the N side of Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  Named in 1997 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Petty Officer Patrick Keohane, R.N., of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.  Keohane was a member of Robert F. Scott's South Pole Journey Support Party that reached the Upper Glacier Depot on Beardmore Glacier (85°07'S, 163°04'E) before returning to headquarters on Cape Evans.|09/23/1998|09/23/1998
17396|Kottmeier Mesa|Summit|773843S|1620840E|-77.645373|162.144533|||01/01/1997|A prominent 2,120 m mesa, 2.8 mi NW of Mount J.J. Thompson in Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  Almost wholly ice covered, the mesa is 1.5 mi long, averages 0.5 mi wide, and rises above the converging heads of David Valley, Bartley Glacier, Matterhorn Glacier, and the N flank of Rhone Glacier, all receiving ice that drains from the feature.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) after Steven T. Kottmeier, who as a U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) researcher, 1981-87, investigated sea ice microbial communities in the fast ice of McMurdo Sound, as well as krill associated with ice edge zones in Bellingshausen, Scotia and Weddell Seas.  Served as the Manager, Laboratory Facilities, McMurdo Station for ITT Antarctic Services, 1988-90; Manager, Laboratory Science, 1990-96 and Chief Scientist from 1997 for Antarctic Support Associates (ASA).|09/23/1998|
17397|Lyons Cone|Summit|773755S|1623015E|-77.631911|162.504109|1850|6069|01/01/1997|A cone shaped peak 2.4 mi NNE of the Matterhorn, rising to 1,850 m on the ridge separating the heads of Lacroix, Newall, and Suess Glaciers in Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after William Berry Lyons, American geochemist, veteran of expeditions to the Himalayas, Greenland, Iceland, and Antarctica, 1980-97; chief scientist, McMurdo Dry Valleys Long-Term Ecological Research (LTER) field team, 1993-97.  As a member of a University of New Hampshire field party, 1988-89, Lyons participated in glaciochemical investigations that collected two ice cores, 150 and 175 m deep, from upper Newall Glacier, in proximity of this peak.|09/23/1998|01/20/2010
17398|MacDonald Hills|Summit|773241S|1632037E|-77.54477|163.343476|||01/01/1997|A compact group of exposed rock hills including Mount Coleman (1,110 m) rising east of Commonwealth Glacier on the north side of lower Taylor Valley, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) after William R. MacDonald (1925-77), Chief of the Branch of International Activities, U.S. Geological Survey, and a member of the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names, of the U.S. Board on Geographic Names, 1976-77 (MacDonald Peak, q.v.).|09/23/1998|01/13/2010
17399|Martin Cirque|Basin|772800S|1624000E|-77.466667|162.666667|||01/01/1997|A prominent cirque, 1.9 mi NW of Mount Newall, Asgard Range, which occupies the S wall of Wright Valley between Denton Glacier and Nichols Range.  The cirque is 1 mi wide and its floor, 850 m elevation, is nearly ice free.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) after Craig J. Martin , who had 10 years involvement in Antarctic construction and engineering projects at Siple, South Pole, and McMurdo Stations and various field camps in McMurdo Dry Valleys from 1977; from 1989, Director, Engineering, Antarctic Support Associates (ASA), with responsibility for the management of engineering, construction, and facilities maintenance efforts that directly support U.S. scientific research in Antarctica.|09/23/1998|
17400|Matsumoto Pond|Lake|773336S|1610407E|-77.55992|161.068738|||01/01/1997|A pond S of Dais Col and 1.4 mi W of Don Juan Pond in South Fork, Wright Valley, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) after Genki I. Matsumoto, Japanese chemist, who was a member of four Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) field parties (1976-77, 1981-82, 1983-84, 1985-86) that made geophysical and geochemical studies of ponds in McMurdo Dry Valleys, including investigation of this feature.|09/23/1998|
17401|McClelland Ridge|Ridge|772710S|1620942E|-77.452688|162.161797|||01/01/1997|A high rock ridge between Sanford Valley and Thomas Valley in the E part of Olympus Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) after Elias E. McClelland, topographic engineer, leader of the 1971-72 U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) field party that established a network of horizontal and vertical control over a 6,000 square kilometer area of McMurdo Dry Valleys to support compilation of eight topographic maps at 1:50,000 scale.  These maps, bounded by 160° and 164°E and 77°15' and 77°45'S, were published by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1977.|09/23/1998|
17402|McClintock Point|Cape|773246S|1633956E|-77.546166|163.665496|||01/01/1997|A point at the N side of the entrance to Explorers Cove, New Harbor, McMurdo Sound, on Scott Coast, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) after James B. McClintock, Associate Professor of Biology, University of Alabama, Birmingham, who studied the benthos of McMurdo Sound W of Ross Island and along the coast from Granite Harbor to Cape Chocolate, including extensive work in New Harbor in proximity to this point.|09/23/1998|
17403|Morelli Ridge|Ridge|773606S|1621832E|-77.601653|162.308981|||01/01/1997|A ridge, 2.7 mi long, that extends N from Hoehn Peak into the upper part of Bartley Glacier, in Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) after Frank A. Morelli, Bioscience and Planetology Section, Jet Propulsion Laboratory, California Institute of Technology, who studied the surface distribution of microorganisms in soils of the McMurdo Dry Valleys, 1970-71 field season; member of the environmental monitoring team for the Dry Valley Drilling Project, 1973-74.|09/23/1998|
17404|Nichols Ridge|Ridge|772739S|1624537E|-77.460954|162.760323|||01/01/1997|A rock ridge between Denton Glacier and Decker Glacier in E Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  The feature descends from heights N of Mount Newall to the snout of Wright Lower Glacier at the E end of Wright Valley.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) after Robert L. Nichols (Nichols Snowfield), one of the first American scientists to do geologic research in Wright Valley.  In 1958, he found pecten deposits near the middle of the valley that greatly heightened research to determine the origin of the deposits and the glacial history of Wright Valley.  This ridge is in proximity to Meserve, Hart, Goodspeed, and Denton Glaciers, named after four young geologists who worked in this area under Nichols in the 1958-59 field season.|09/23/1998|
17405|Nottage Ridge|Ridge|772732S|1620549E|-77.458822|162.09705|||01/01/1997|A ridge to the N of Mount Peleus that separates Baumann Valley and Sanford Valley in the E part of Olympus Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) after George W. (Billy) Nottage, topographic engineer, a member of the 1971-72 U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) field party that established a network of horizontal and vertical control in support of compilation of topographic maps at the scale of 1:50,000 of areas of McMurdo Dry Valleys bounded by 160° and 164°E and 77°15' and 77°45'S.|09/23/1998|
17406|Noxon Cliff|Cliff|773141S|1630507E|-77.528156|163.085353|||01/01/1997|An E-W trending cliff at the S end of Flint Ridge in Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  The cliff encloses the N flank of Commonwealth Glacier where it rises from 50 to 150 m above the glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) after John F. Noxon, who pioneered the technique of visible spectroscopy for measurements of stratospheric trace gases, particularly nitrogen dioxide.  By 1975, he began making measurements of nitrogen dioxide column as a function of latitude, and was surprised to discover an abrupt decrease in the amounts in Arctic air as compared to values observed at lower latitudes.  This unexpected phenomenon, width implications for later ozone depletion studies, became known as the "Noxon cliff".  In 1978, Noxon sailed on RV Hero from Ushuaia, and quickly confirmed that a "cliff" in nitrogen dioxide is also found in the Antarctic atmosphere.|09/24/1998|
17407|Orestes Glacier|Glacier|772720S|1615454E|-77.455432|161.915121|||01/01/1997|A narrow glacier within Orestes Valley, aligned along the valley's N wall, in the Olympus Range, Victoria Land.  Named after the valley by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1997.|09/24/1998|
17408|Penhale Peak|Summit|773654S|1624715E|-77.614999|162.787427|||01/01/1997|A peak 0.8 mi E of Mount Torii on the N wall of Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  The peak rises to 1,600 m directly N of the W end of Lake Hoare.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) after Polly A. Penhale, biologist, Program Manager for Polar Biology and Medicine, Office of Polar Programs, NSF, from 1986; co-editor (with C. Susan Weiler) of Ultraviolet Radiation in Antarctica: Measurements and Biological Effects, American  Geophysical Union, Washington, D.C., 1994.|09/24/1998|
17409|Penn Tarn|Lake|773427S|1630711E|-77.574219|163.119762|||01/01/1997|A tarn 0.1 mi N of Princeton Tarn in the SW part of Tarn Valley, Victoria Land.  The feature is one of four tarns in the valley named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1965-66, after American universities; Penn is a colloquial form of reference to the University of Pennsylvania.|09/24/1998|
17410|Perk Summit|Summit|773445S|1625421E|-77.579264|162.90596|1750|5741|01/01/1997|A mountain peak, 1,750 m, that is the highest elevation on the ridge between Mount McLennan and Mount Keohane, in Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) after Henry Perk, Chief Pilot, Kenn Borek Air, Ltd., Calgary, Canada, who has flown Twin Otter aircraft in the McMurdo Sound region and in many remote parts of the continent in direct support of the U.S. Antarctic Program from 1989.|09/24/1998|01/13/2010
17411|Plane Table Glacier|Glacier|773448S|1612931E|-77.580018|161.492037|||01/01/1997|A short, tapering glacier on the N side of Plane Table that extends part way down the S wall of Wright Valley, Victoria Land.  Named in 1997 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Plane Table.|09/24/1998|
17412|Princeton Tarn|Lake|773441S|1630644E|-77.57801|163.112136|||01/01/1997|A tarn at the NW side of Mount Falconer and 0.1 mi S of Penn Tarn in the SW part of Tarn Valley, Victoria Land.  The feature is one of four tarns in the valley named after American universities by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1965-66.|09/24/1998|
17413|Quinn Gully|Valley|773212S|1633150E|-77.536575|163.530679|||01/01/1997|A mainly ice-free gully, descending between MacDonald Hills and Hjorth Hill to Explorers Cove, New Harbor, at the lower end of Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) after Thomas Quinn, Supervisor of Continental Air Operations, Antarctic Support Associates.|09/24/1998|02/19/2003
17414|Sagittate Hill|Summit|773038S|1625717E|-77.510611|162.954645|||01/01/1997|A hill with much exposed rock rising to 850 m at the W side of Flint Ridge, Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  Named descriptively by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) from the shape of the hill which is suggestive of an arrowhead, or the characteristic leaf form.|09/24/1998|
17415|Sanders Nunatak|Summit|773332S|1630228E|-77.558989|163.041198|850|2789|01/01/1997|A prominent nunatak (850 m) rising above the ice of upper Commonwealth Glacier to the S of Noxon Cliff, in Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) after Ryan Sanders of NOAA, a member of the National Ozone Expedition to the McMurdo Station area in 1986 and 1987, returning as principal investigator in 1991, 1992, 1994 and 1996.|09/24/1998|01/13/2010
17416|Sanford Valley|Valley|772657S|1620825E|-77.449302|162.140369|||01/01/1997|A valley that trends N-S between Nottage Ridge and McClelland Ridge in the E part of Olympus Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) after Leroy L. Sanford, topographic engineer, a member of the 1971-72 U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) field party that established a network of horizontal and vertical control for compilation of eight 1:50,000 scale maps of the area of McMurdo Dry Valleys bounded by 160° and 164° and 77°15' and 77°45'S.|09/24/1998|02/24/2000
17417|Stuiver Valley|Valley|772855S|1610142E|-77.481946|161.028341|||01/01/1997|A high (1,400 m) hanging valley, largely ice free, between Mount Circe and Mount Dido on the W and Mount Boreas on the E, in the Olympus Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1997 after Minze Stuiver, geochemist, Quaternary Research Center, University of Washington, Quaternary specialist in dating Antarctic samples with U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) from 1969 to the time of naming; authority on the glacial history of the McMurdo Sound region and McMurdo Dry Valleys, the location of this valley (not completed).|09/24/1998|
17418|Tarn Valley|Valley|773420S|1630812E|-77.572235|163.136612|||01/01/1997|An elevated ice-free valley, 1.5 mi long, containing four tarns named after American universities, Yale, Harvard, Princeton, and Penn (Pennsylvania), located at the N side of lower Taylor Valley, N of Mount Falconer, in Victoria Land.  This valley was visited in the 1965-66 field season by Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) (Edward D. Ghent, leader) which named the tarns.  The valley was named in association with the tarns by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1997.|09/24/1998|
17419|Thomas Valley|Valley|772706S|1621154E|-77.451631|162.198339|||01/01/1997|A valley at the E side of McClelland Ridge in the E part of Olympus Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) after Jean-Claude Thomas, Associate Professor of Geography-Cartography, Catholic University of America, 1967-76, George Mason University, 1976-85; U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Cartographer from 1985, specializing in satellite image mapping at various scales, including the 1:25,000-scale color maps of McMurdo Dry Valleys, 1997.|09/24/1998|
17420|Mount Torii|Summit|773655S|1624348E|-77.615327|162.730103|||01/01/1997|A prominent bluff-type mountain above Lake Chad and Lake Hoare, surmounting the N wall of Taylor Valley between Suess Glacier and Canada Glacier, in Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) after Tetsuya Torii (Torii Glacier), geochemist, Japan Polar Research Association, who led Japanese research parties in geochemical studies of the lakes and ponds of McMurdo Dry Valleys in 20 summer field seasons, 1963 though 1986-87.|09/24/1998|
17421|Twickler Cone|Summit|773627S|1622217E|-77.607557|162.371341|1950|6398|01/01/1997|A cone-shaped peak in the Asgard Range, Victoria Land, rising to 1,950 m on the ridge separating the upper reaches of Bartley Glacier and Newall Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1997 after Mark S. Twickler, a specialist in recovery, analysis, and interpretation of ice core records, with many seasons in Antarctica and Greenland, 1984-95; Executive Director, National Ice Core Laboratory-Science Management Office, from 1997.  As a member of a University of New Hampshire field party, 1988-89, Twickler participated in glaciochemical investigations that collected two ice cores, 150 and 175 m deep, from upper Newall Glacier, in proximity of this peak.|09/24/1998|01/20/2010
17422|Von Guerard Glacier|Glacier|773912S|1632023E|-77.653297|163.339621|||01/01/1997|A glacier between Crescent Glacier and Aiken Glacier on the N slope of Kukri Hills, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) from association with Von Guerard Creek, which flows N from this glacier into Taylor Valley.|09/24/1998|
17423|Yale Tarn|Lake|773405S|1630930E|-77.568112|163.15837|||01/01/1997|A tarn 0.8 mi NE of Mount Falconer in Tarn Valley, Victoria Land.  This feature is the most easter of four tarns in the valley named after American universities by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1965-66.|09/24/1998|
17424|Balkan Snowfield|Glacier|623800S|0601800W|-62.6333333|-60.3|||01/01/1997|An ice-covered plateau of elevation from 150 to 280 m in eastern Livingston Island, 3,000 m long in SW-NE direction and 2,000 m wide.  Bounded to the SW by Velchev Rock and upper Contell Glacier, to the SE and E by the foots of Castillo Nunatak and Burdick Ridge and to the N by the lower course of Perunika Glacier.  Sloping gently northwestward, its foot bounded by the hills along Bulgarian Beach.|09/24/1998|
17425|Emona Anchorage|Harbor|623736S|0602218W|-62.6266667|-60.3716667|-100|-328|01/01/1997|An anchorage at the head of South Bay, Livingston Island, South Shetland Islands, over 100 meters deep at its center NNW of Spanish Point. The anchorage serves vessels visiting Ohridsky (Ohridski) station and is entered between Hespérides Point and a nameless point approximately 2 miles NNW of it. Named in 1994 by the Bulgarian Antarctic Place-names Commission. Emona is the name of a village, and in the version of Emine, a nearby cape on the Black Sea coast.     Not: Zaliv Emona.|09/24/1998|09/06/2000
17426|Bowles West Peak|Summit|623600S|0601300W|-62.6|-60.2166667|||01/01/1997|The peak rising to 678 m at the W extremity of Mount Bowles in Eastern Livingston Island.  Located 1,130 m W by N of the highest point of Mount Bowles, 920 m S by E of Hemus Peak, 6,240 m E of Aleko Rock and 3,170 m ENE of Rezen Knoll.  Steep and partly ice free on the western slopes.  Overlooking Perunika Glacier to the SW.|09/24/1998|
17427|Burdick South Peak|Summit|623800S|0601500W|-62.6333333|-60.25|||01/01/1997|The peak rising to 544 m and formed by an offshoot extending 1,000 m west-southwestward from the SE extremity of Burdick Ridge in Eastern Livingston Island.  Located 900 m SSW of Burdick Peak, 5,260 m E of Sinemorets Hill, 1,500 m NE of Willan Nunatak (440 m) and 1,500 m W by N of the summit of Pliska Ridge.  Narrow, with steep and partly ice-free southern and northern slopes.  Linked with Willan Nunatak by a flat 1,000 m long nameless saddle.|09/24/1998|
17428|Burdick West Peak|Summit|623700S|0601600W|-62.6166667|-60.2666667|||01/01/1997|The peak rising to 455 m at the NW extremity of Burdick Ridge in Eastern Livingston Island.  Located 1,000 m NW by W of Burdick Peak, 620 m SSE of Rezen Knoll, 3,860 m ESE of Aleko Rock and 4,750 m E by N of Sinemorets Hill.|09/24/1998|
17429|Hespérides Hill|Ridge|623800S|0602200W|-62.6333333|-60.3666667|94|308|01/01/1997|The ridge linked by a saddle of elevation 52 m with the northern slopes of Atlantic Club Peak in Eastern Livingston Island.  Surmounting the South Bay coast N of Johnsons Dock to the SW, and Bulgarian Beach to the NE.  Bounded to the SW by Sea Lion Glacier.  Extending 420 m in SSE-NNW direction, 250 m wide and narrowing toward NNW.  Hesperides Hill has two heights, 94 and 63 m, the latter surmounting Hespérides Point.  The summit is located 665 m SW of Sinemorets Hill and 510 m NW by N of Atlantic Club Peak.  Snow free in the summer months.  The feature takes its name from the adjacent Hespérides Point.  |09/24/1998|05/29/2009
17430|Velchev Rock|Summit|623800S|0602000W|-62.6333333|-60.3333333|||01/01/1997|A small nunatak rising to 208 m on the SW endge of Balkan Snowfield just N of Contell Glacier on eastern Livingston Island.  Located 1,000 m E of Atlantic Club Peak and 1,220 m SE of Sinemorets Hill.  Projecting slightly above the ice sheet with approximately 0.3 hectares of rocky ground exposed on its northern slope in the summer.  Named for Krum A. Velchev, meteorologist at the St. Kliment Ohridski Base during the summer seasons of 1993-94, 1994-95 and 1995-96.|09/24/1998|
17431|Tuhchiev Knoll|Summit|623800S|0600900W|-62.6333333|-60.15|||01/01/1997|A solitary ice-covered knoll rising to approx. 650 m in Eastern Livingston Island.  Located some 1,300 m E of the midpoint of Worner Gap, 3,600 m ENE of the summit of Pliska Ridge, 4,030 m NNE of the summit of Mount Friesland and 2,900 m SE of the highest point of Mount Bowles.  A conspicuous landmark in Worner Gap area, overlooking Huron Glacier and upper Perununka Glacier.  Named for Kuzman Tukhchiev, participant in the 1993-94 Bulgarian Antarctic campaign and base commander at St. Kliment Ohridski during the 1994-95 and 1995-96 seasons.|09/24/1998|
17432|Rezovski Creek|Stream|623800S|0602100W|-62.6333333|-60.35|||01/01/1997|The 500 m long meltwater stream draining that portion of the north-western slope of Balkan Snowfield located between Hesperides Hill, Atlantic Club Peak, Velchev Rock and Sinemorets Hill in Eastern Livingston Island.  The arms of Rezovski Creek encompass the old buildings of the Bulgarian Base, its lower course forms Grand Lagoon and has its mouth at the SW extremity of Bulgarian Beach.  Rezovski is the name of a river in southeastern Bulgaria.|09/24/1998|
17433|Rongel Reef|Bar|623700S|0602400W|-62.6166667|-60.4|||01/01/1997|The narrow crescent-shaped moraine reef off the NW coast of Emona Anchorage in Eastern Livingstone Island.  Extending over 600 m in NE-SW direction.  Partly exposed at low tide and submerged at high tide but for the islet rising to near 3 m at its NE extremity.  Its midpoint is located 2,850 m NNW of Herperides Point, 3,120 m W of Aleko Rock and 3,350 m NE by E of Ereby Point.  A 710 m wide cove is indenting for 250 m the coast behind Rongel Reef, the NE side of its entrance formed by a nameless ice-free tipped cape located 75 m NNE of the NE extremity of Rongel Reef, 3,140 m NNW of Herperides Point and 2,920 m W of Aleko Rock.  The SW extremity of Rongel Reef is located 300 m SE of the nameless point forming the NW side of the entrance to Emona Anchorage and located 3,180 m NW by N of Hesperides Point and 3,040 m NE by E of Ereby Point.  Emerged during a recent glacier retreat.  Named for the Brazilian Navy ship Ary Rongel, in recognition of her logistic support for the Bulgarian Antarctic campaigns.|09/24/1998|
17434|Tarnovo Ice Piedmont|Glacier|624500S|0601400W|-62.75|-60.2333333|||01/01/1997|The ice piedmont located next E of Barnard Point in Eastern Livingston Island.  Bounded to the N and W by the southernmost offshoot of Mount Friesland and flowing southeastward into Bransfield Strait.  Tarnovo is the name of a city in central northern Bulgaria and the capital of the medieval Second Bulgarian Kingdom.|09/24/1998|
17435|Ethelbert Ridge|Ridge|701900S|0685500W|-70.3166667|-68.9166667|||01/01/1997|A ridge composed of igneous rocks within the Fossil Bluff groups of sedimentary rocks located ESE of Mount Alfred.  Originally named Saddleback Ridge informally by British Antarctic Survey (BAS) geologist Alastair Linn because of its pronounced saddleback when viewed from the S.  Named for Ethelbert (836-866, son of Ethelwulf, Saxon King of West Saxons and Kentishmen, and effectively King of all England from 860-866.  Continues the naming of features in the area after Saxon Kings of England.|09/24/1998|08/13/1999
17436|Ethelbald Bluff|Cliff|705000S|0690300W|-70.8333333|-69.05|||01/01/1997|A bluff composed of igneous rock forming the W end of the complex ridges trending W from Belemnite Point.  Named for Ethelbald (834-860), son of Ethelwulf, King of the West Saxons and effectively King of all England from 858-860.  Continues the naming of features in the area after Saxon Kings of England.|09/24/1998|
17437|Sullivan Heights|Summit|781900S|0850300W|-78.3166667|-85.05|||01/01/1997|A compact group of mountains rising to 2,760 m in Mount Levack and including Mount Farrell and Mount Segers, centered 11.5 mi ENE of Mount Tyree in the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains.  Roughly elliptical in plan and 11 mi long, the feature includes sharp mountain peaks, rugged ridges, and steep peripheral scarps, all encompassed by the flow of the Crosswell, Ellen, and Dater Glaciers.  Named in 1997 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Cornelius Wayne Sullivan (b.1943), American oceanographer; U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) field team leader for Sea Ice Microbial Communities (SIMCO) studies in McMurdo Sound, 1980-86, 1988, 1989; chief scientist and cruise coordinator for AMERIEZ (Antarctic Marine Ecosystem Research at the Ice Edge Zone) projects in Weddell Sea, Nov.-Dec. 1983, Feb.-Apr. 1986, June-July 1988; Professor of Biological Science, Hancock Institute of Marine Studies, Director, 1991-93; Director, Office of Polar Programs, National Science Foundation, 1993-97.|09/24/1998|11/05/2004
17438|Hemus Peak|Summit|623600S|0601300W|-62.6|-60.2166667|||01/01/1997|An ice-covered peak rising to 636 m off the NW extremity of Mount Bowles in eastern Livingston Island.  Located 1,720 m NW of the highest point of Mount Bowles (834 m), 920 m N by W of Bowles West Peak (678 m), 3,550 m NE of Rezen Knoll, 6,270 m E by N of Aleko Rock and 3,500 m S by E of Gleaner Heights.  The feature is cone-shaped, 850 m long in E-W direction and 550 m wide.  Overlooking Perunika Glacier to the WSW, with a small tributary glacier draining the area between Hemus Peak and Bowles West Peak.  Hemus is an ancient name of the Balkan Mountains, the central mountain range separating northern from southern Bulgaria.|09/24/1998|
17439|Belozem Hill|Summit|623800S|0602000W|-62.6333333|-60.3333333|||01/01/1997|The north-eastern most in the chain of hills along Bulgarian Beach in Eastern Livingston Island.  Bounder-clay capped with twin heights, the higher east-northeastern of them rising to 41 m and located 880 m NE of Sinemorets Hill, 3,800 m WSW of Rezen Knoll and 1,910 m S by W of Aleko Rock.  Snow free in summer.  Belozem is the name of a settlement in southern Bulgaria, 'belozem' being the Bulgarian for 'white soil'.|09/24/1998|
17440|Kresna Gully|Valley|623700S|0601700W|-62.6166667|-60.2833333|||01/01/1997|The longitudinal depression in Perunika Glacier extending 2,700 m westward from Rezen Knoll in Eastern Livingston Island.  Heavily crevassed.  Terminates in the indentation forming the E corner of Emona Harbour and located 930 m SE by S of Aleko Rock and 3,000 m NE of Herperides Point.  Kresna is the name of a town and a gorge formed by Struma River in south-western Bulgaria.|09/24/1998|
17442|Nesebar Gap|Gap|623800S|0601200W|-62.6333333|-60.2|||01/01/1997|The 1,300 m wide gap in Eastern Livingston Island bounded to the W by Pliska Ridge and to the E by the northern slope of Mount Friesland.  Elevation 550 m.  Part of the divide between the glacial catchments of Perunika Glacier to the north and Huntress Glacier to the south.  Nesebar is the name of a town on the Black Sea coast.|09/24/1998|
17443|Orpheus Pass|Gap|623800S|0601300W|-62.6333333|-60.2166667|||01/01/1997|The 250 m wide pass in Eastern Livingston Island bounded by Pliska Ridge to the SE and Burdick Ridge to the NW.  Elevation just over 560 m.  Part of the overland route from Balkan Plateau via the nameless saddle between Willan Nunatak and Burdick South Peak, then via Orpheus Pass to upper Perunika Glacier and Mount Friesland area.  Midpoint located 6,100 m E of Sinemorets Hill.  The name Orpheus was originally applied in 1995 to a neighboring peak, but due to priority of the existing British name form Willan Nunatak, transferred subsequently to the present feature.|09/24/1998|
17444|Rezen Saddle|Gap|623700S|0601500W|-62.6166667|-60.25|||01/01/1997|The 600 m long horseshoe-shaped flat saddle between Rezen Knoll and Burdick Ridge in Eastern Livingston Island, affording overland access from Balkan Plateau to upper Perunika Glacier and Mount Bowles area.  The feature takes its name from the adjacent Rezen Knoll.|09/24/1998|
17445|Ruen Icefall|Glacier|624100S|0601600W|-62.6833333|-60.2666667|||01/01/1997|The icefall descending toward False Bay from the circus overlooked by the southernmost three out of the five summits of Friesland Ridge in Eastern Livingston Island.  Midpoint located 5,100 m S of Willan Nunatak and 4,100 m SE of Napier Peak.  Ruen is the name of a summit on Osogovo Mountain in southwestern Bulgaria.|09/24/1998|
17446|Vergilov Rocks|Island|623800S|0602200W|-62.6333333|-60.3666667|||01/01/1997|Located 510 m NE by N of Hesperides Point and 310 m W by S of the shore rock rising to 6 m on Bulgarian Beach, located 800 m NE of Hesperides Point and locally known as Greenpeace Rock.  Two adjacent smaller rocks submerging at high water.  Named for Zlatil Vergilov, a member of the party which built the first facilities at St. Kliment Okhridski base in April 1988.|09/24/1998|08/13/1999
17447|Admirals Nunatak|Summit|712500S|0690100W|-71.4166667|-69.0166667|||01/01/1994|A nunatak rising to 925 m on the upper Uranus Glacier, central Alexander Island.  The name originates from dog teams named "The Admirals" that served at various British stations in Antarctica, 1952-94, and honors the loyal service of all Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS)/British Antarctic Survey (BAS) sled dogs.|09/25/1998|
17448|Blorenge Buttress|Summit|764300S|1612000E|-76.7166667|161.3333333|||01/01/1994|A prominent, orange-colored pillar of sandstone, 2.2 mi W of the summit of Flagship Mountain at the W end of Viking Hills, Convoy Range, Victoria Land.  The pillar is flanked to the W by steep blue ice and a huge windscoop from Flight Deck Neve and rises sheer from a large ice-free area to the north.  The featudre was geologically mapped by Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1976-77, led by Christopher J. Burgess who named it after a similar feature in Wales, Great Britain.|09/25/1998|
17449|Bratina Lagoon|Swamp|780148S|1652959E|-78.030009|165.499626|||01/01/1994|A tidal lagoon of sand flats, ponds, and channels, c. 700 m long and 250 m wide, located on the SW side of Bratina Island, which lies off the N tip of Brown Peninsula, Ross Ice Shelf.  Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) at the suggestion of C. Howard-Williams in association with Bratina Island.|09/25/1998|
17450|Huns Nunatak|Summit|712500S|0690100W|-71.4166667|-69.0166667|||01/01/1994|A nunatak rising to 950 m in the middle of Milky Way Glacier between LeMay Range and Planet Heights, central Alexander Island.  The name originates from dog teams named "The Huns" that served at various British stations in Antarctica, 1961-74, and honors the loyal service of all Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS)/British Antarctic Survey (BAS) sled dogs.|09/25/1998|
17451|Scuttle Valley|Valley|763800S|1610900E|-76.6333333|161.15|||01/01/1994|A small deglaciated valley with meltwater lakes which lies parallel to and just S of Towle Glacier in the Convoy Range, Victoria Land.  The valley comprises the lower elevations at the NE end of Elkhorn Ridge and is separated from Towle Glacier by a dolerite ridge upon which the flank of Towle Glacier rests 80 m above the valley floor.  The feature was visited by Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1976-77, led by Christopher J. Burgess.  The name derives from the discovery of a parachute and abandoned airdrop packaging in the vicinity.|09/25/1998|
17452|Damien Bay|Bay|544800S|0355300W|-54.8|-35.8833333|||01/01/1996|Located NNE of Hamilton Bay on the SE coast of South Georgia.  Named after the yacht Damien II, owned by Sally and Jerome Poncet, residents of Beaver Island in the Falkland Islands.  The Poncets conducted investigations of the breeding colonies of seals and seabirds around the coastline of South Georgia.  The Damien II was chartered by the British Antarctic Survey for various wildlife surveys between 1985 and 1992.|09/25/1998|
17453|Miers Stream|Stream|780700S|1640900E|-78.1166667|164.15|||01/01/1995|A meltwater stream from Miers Glacier in Denton Hills, Scott Coast. It flows east through Lake Miers in Miers Valley, reaching Ross Sea north of Becker Point. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1994) in association with Miers Valley.|09/25/1998|06/15/2008
17454|Aspis Island|Island|622755S|0600859W|-62.4652778|-60.1497222|15|49|01/01/1998|A small, low lying rocky island rising about 15 m above sea level. It is the easternmost island in the Dunbar Islands, South Shetland Islands. The island is one of several features given the name of “fabulous beasts” in the Williams Point area. Named by UK-APC (1998) after Aspis, a small “musical dragon” often portrayed in medieval literature.|09/25/1998|01/18/2010
17455|Basilisk Crag|Cliff|622816S|0600829W|-62.4711111|-60.1413889|70|230|01/01/1998|A NE trending linear serrated cliff rising to about 70 m above sea level on the SE shore of Griffin Cove, Livingston Island. The cliff is one of several features given the name of “fabulous beasts” in the Williams Point area. Named by UK-APC (1998) after the Basilisk, king of the serpents. A gigantic monster with the body of a cock, iron claws, and beak, a triple snake’s tail and a fatal stare. Also the name of a present day lizard which the feature could crudely resemble.|09/25/1998|01/18/2010
17456|Charybdis Cove|Bay|622839S|0600912W|-62.4775|-60.1533333|||01/01/1998|A broad cove flanked on the east side by ice cliffs and to the north and south by Organpipe Point and Slab Point, respectively, in NE Livingston Island, South Shetland Islands. The cove is one of several features given the name of “fabulous beasts” in the Williams Point area. Named by UK-APC (1998) after Charybdis, a mythical Greek sea monster which wrecked ships and devoured sailors.   Not: Charybdis.|09/25/1998|01/18/2010
17457|Dragon Beach|Beach|622759S|0600747W|-62.4663889|-60.1297222|10|33|01/01/1998|A broad gravel and boulder strewn area flanking Dragon Cove, and extending up to about 10 m above sea level. To the north it ascends to the Williams Point platform, to the south it is bounded by an ice ramp, and rises to the west onto the flank of Gargoyle Bastion. The feature is a major source of petrified wood, which is abundantly strewn over this area. Named by UK-APC (1998) in association with Dragon Cove (q.v.).|09/25/1998|01/18/2010
17458|Gargoyle Bastion|Cliff|622758S|0600824W|-62.4661111|-60.14|60|197|01/01/1998|An upstanding arcuate rocky headland with sub-vertical cliff faces to seaward, and flanked to north and south by rock cliffs. It rises above adjacent cliffs, to about 60 m above sea level at the south side of Hydra Cove, Livingston Island. The headland is one of several features given the name of “fabulous beasts” in the Williams Point area. Named by UK-APC (1998) after the mythical Gargoyle, a dragon-monster.|09/25/1998|01/18/2010
17459|Griffin Cove|Bay|622808S|0600843W|-62.4688889|-60.1452778|||01/01/1998|Small oval-shaped bay bounded to the NE, SE and SW by Gargoyle Bastion, Basilisk Crag and Organpipe Point, respectively, in NE Livingston Island. The bay is one of several features given the name of “fabulous beasts” in the Williams Point area. Named by the UK-APC (1998) after the griffin, a huge bird, often portrayed as a monster.|09/25/1998|01/18/2010
17460|Hydra Cove|Bay|622755S|0600814W|-62.4652778|-60.1372222|35|115|01/01/1998|Small, semicircular bay backed by 35 m high Morton Cliff, which forms the west escarpment of Williams Point, Livingston Island. The bay is one of several features given the name of “fabulous beasts” in the Williams Point area. Named by UK-APC (1998) after the hydra, the Lernaean Snake of Argos, a monster with nine heads, slain by Hercules.|09/25/1998|01/18/2010
17461|Morton Cliff|Cliff|622739S|0600809W|-62.4608333|-60.1358333|35|115|01/01/1998|A prominent sub-vertical rock cliff rising to about 35 meters above sea level, forming the west escarpment of Williams Point, Livingston Island in the South Shetland Islands. Named by UK-APC (1998) after British Antarctic Survey field assistant Ashley Morton (b. 1953). |09/25/1998|01/18/2010
17462|Organpipe Point|Ridge|622816S|0600904W|-62.4711111|-60.1511111|70|230|01/01/1998|Prominent E-W aligned jagged headland rising to about 60 or 70 m above sea level between Charybdis Cove and Griffin Cove, Livingston Island. Formed of doleritic rock showing very conspicuous sub-vertical, continuous columnar joints resembling organ pipes. Named by UK-APC in 1998.|09/25/1998|01/18/2010
17463|Phelps Promontory|Cliff|622855S|0600715W|-62.4819444|-60.1208333|180|591|01/01/1998|An ice piedmont promontory fringed by several low-lying rocky headlands. The promontory rises gently to an elevation of about 180 meters southward of Williams Point, Livingston Island, South Shetland Islands. Named by UK-APC (1998) after Edmond Malcolm Stuart Phelps, Master RSS John Biscoe, 1972-91 (First Officer, 1966-72; Second Officer, 1964-66), who gave substantial assistance to J. L. Smellie and M.R.A. Thomson, British Antarctic Survey geologists with the survey of this area during the 1974-75 season.|09/25/1998|01/18/2010
17464|Slab Point|Cliff|622845S|0600942W|-62.4791667|-60.1616667|7|23|01/01/1998|AA rocky point rising to 7 m above sea level at the south side of Charybdis Cove, Hero Bay, Livingston Island. The point is formed of a geological sill dipping gently to the north, suggesting the name Slab Point. Named by UK-APC in 1998.  |09/25/1998|01/18/2010
17465|Grand Lagoon|Swamp|623800S|0602200W|-62.6333333|-60.3666667|||01/01/1998|The 1 ha lagoon is on Bulgarian Beach on Eastern Livingston Island, and is formed by Rezovo Creek and separated from the sea by a moraine at almost 3 m.  The feature is surmounted by an unnamed summit rising to 36 m and located between Hesperides Hill and Sinemorets Hill.  The name is descriptive.|09/25/1998|
17466|Sea Lion Glacier|Glacier|623800S|0602200W|-62.6333333|-60.3666667|||01/01/1998|The isolated 350 m long glacier located NW of Atlantic Club Peak and SW of Hesperides Hill and terminating on the South Bay coast in Eastern Livingston Island.|09/25/1998|
17467|Sea Lion Tarn|Lake|623800S|0602200W|-62.6333333|-60.3666667|||01/01/1998|The 0.3 ha tarn located between Sea Lion Glacier and the northwestern slopes of Atlantic Club Peak on Eastern Livingston Island.  The feature takes its name from the adjacent Sea Lion Glacier.|09/25/1998|
17468|Aiken Glacier|Glacier|773816S|1632420E|-77.637907|163.405679|||01/01/1998|A small glacier between Von Guerard Glacier and Wales Glacier on the N slope of Kukri Hills, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) from association with Aiken Creek, which flows N from this glacier into Taylor Valley.|09/25/1998|
17471|Canfield Mesa|Summit|772522S|1611017E|-77.422863|161.171451|||01/01/1998|An ice-free mesa of 0.8 mi extent, located 0.9 mi ENE of Green Mesa in the W part of Insel Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) after Donald E. Canfield, School of Interdisciplinary Studies, Miami University, Oxford, Ohio, who made a geochemical analysis of the Onyx River and Lake Vanda with William J. Green (Green Mesa) in the 1980-81, 1986-87, and 1987-88 field seasons.|09/25/1998|
17472|Cartwright Valley|Valley|772841S|1612049E|-77.478076|161.346905|||01/01/1998|A hanging valley that is for the most part free of ice, lying E of Mount Aeolus in Olympus Range, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1997) after Keros Cartwright, Illinois State Geological Survey, who made hydrogeological studies with Henry Harris (Harris Ledge) in Victoria Valley, Wright Valley, and Taylor Valley during the Dry Valley Drilling Project; 1973-74, 1974-75, and 1975-76 seasons.|09/25/1998|
17474|Betzel Cove|Bay|644300S|0641200W|-64.7166667|-64.2|||01/01/1998|A cove in Wylie Bay, located ENE of Dream Island.  Named for Alfred P. (Buzz) Betzel, who was Ocean Projects Manager for NSF's Office of Polar Programs 1974-86; was liaison in scheduling U.S. Coast Guard Icebreaker Antarctic deployment.|09/25/1998|10/05/1998
17475|Fraser Island|Island|644300S|0640800W|-64.7166667|-64.1333333|||01/01/1998|An island in Wylie Bay, located NE of Halfway Island.  Named for William R. Fraser, of Montana State University, who studied seabird ecology in the Antarctic Peninsula area for over twenty years.|09/25/1998|10/05/1998
17476|Kennedy Cove|Bay|644500S|0640500W|-64.75|-64.0833333|||01/01/1998|A cove in Wylie Bay, located N of Loudwater Cove.  Named for Henry Kennedy, who was Deputy Director of the Peninsula System for Antarctic Services, and also worked for Antarctic Services Associates.  He managed the conversion of the M/V POLAR DUKE from an oil industry supply vessel to a research vessel, and managed the construction of its replacement the R/V LAURENCE M. GOULD.|09/25/1998|02/02/1999
17477|Peoples Rocks|Island|644500S|0640600W|-64.75|-64.1|||01/01/1998|A group of small islands off the coast of Anvers Island in Wylie Bay, located NE of Norsel Point.  Named for Ann Peoples, who served in a variety of positions from 1981-96; selected as the Berg Field Center Manager for McMurdo Station in 1986; first woman hired as a Station Manager; Palmer Station Manager 1991-96.|09/25/1998|10/05/1998
17478|Cape Polar Sea|Cape|733200S|1692700E|-73.5333333|169.45|||01/01/1998|A rock cape that forms the W extremity of Coulman Island in NW Ross Sea.  Named in 1998 by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Polar Sea, an icebreaker in support of U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) activities in the Ross, Amundsen and Bellingshausen Seas, and other Antarctic coastal areas during 11 seasons, 1980-1997.  The cape lies in proximity to Cape Polar Star and Glacier Strait, two features named earlier for American icebreakers.|09/25/1998|
17479|Siple Dome|Summit|814000S|1485000W|-81.6666667|-148.8333333|||01/01/1998|An ice dome approximately 100 km wide and 100 km long, located 130 km east of Siple Coast.  Charles Bentley and Robert Thomas established a "strain rosette" on this feature to determine ice movement in 1973-74.  They referred to the feature as Siple Dome because of its proximity to Siple Coast.|09/25/1998|
17480|Trivelpiece Island|Island|644400S|0640900W|-64.7333333|-64.15|||01/01/1998|An island in Wylie Bay, located NE of Halfway Island.  Named for Wayne Z. and Susan Green Trivelpiece, who studied seabird ecology in the Antarctic Peninsula area for over twenty years.|09/25/1998|
17481|Pimpirev Ice Wall|Slope|623700S|0602400W|-62.6166667|-60.4|||01/01/1998|The rectilinear ice slope running parallel to and some 100 m inland from the NW coast of Emona Harbour in Livingston Island.  Approx. 50 m high, extending from the N corner of Emona Harbour 3,700 m in WSW direction.  Named for Christo Pimpirev, leader of the Bulgarian Antarctic campaigns during the 1993/94, 1994/95, 1995/96, and 1996/97 seasons, who also conducted geological field work on Alexander Island during the summer of 1987/88.|09/25/1998|08/13/1999
17483|Belemnite Valley|Valley|711800S|0682000W|-71.3|-68.3333333|||01/01/1999|A valley, 1.1 mi NW of Fossil Bluff Base and bounded to the N by Eros Glacier.  It is mostly snow and ice free with a central meltwater stream.  The feature has been referred to as Hollow Valley in scientific reports in the early 1960s, and is sometimes referred to today as Happy Valley.  The name Belemnite Valley was proposed due to the preponderance of Belemnites found in the exposed rock in the valley.|01/21/1999|08/13/1999
17484|Blodwen Peak|Summit|712000S|0682200W|-71.3333333|-68.3666667|914|2999||A peak rising to 914 m situated just over 1 mi WNW of Khufu Peak and 0.6 m W of Pearce Dome.  It is snow and ice free on the N slopes, and is named for one of the three muskeg tractors used in the area in 1974.  It was referred to as The 2nd Pyramid in scientific reports in the early 1960s.|01/21/1999|08/13/1999
17485|Drune Hill|Summit|711900S|0681900W|-71.3166667|-68.3166667|680|2231|01/01/1999|A rounded flat topped mountain rising to 680 m, and located about 0.5 mi N of Khufu Peak, separated from it by Khufu Corrie, and about 0.5 mi NE of Pearce Dome.  The name is used by those working in the area, however, the origin of the name is unknown.|01/21/1999|09/06/2000
17486|Elephant Ridge|Ridge|712000S|0681900W|-71.3333333|-68.3166667|699|2293|01/01/1999|A sharp curved ridge, orientated generally W-E, and extending for about 0.5 mi, with the highest point at the center rising to 6999m.  The N slopes are snow and ice free, and the central point is situated about 0.7 mi SSE of Khufu Peak and 0.9 mi SW of Giza Peak.  Uranus Glacier forms the S boundary of the feature.  Elephant Ridge is referred to as Man Pack Hill in scientific reports in the early 1960s, and is locally known descriptively as The Elephant.  The summit resembles an elephant's head, with the ridge forming the trunk.|01/21/1999|08/13/1999
17487|Khufu Corrie|Glacier|711900S|0681900W|-71.3166667|-68.3166667|||01/01/1999|A cirque roughly 0.3 mi by 0.3 mi formed between Drune Hill to the N and Khufu Peak to the S.  It was referred to as Fossil Bluff Glacier in scientific reports in the early 1960s, and is sometimes referred to today as Moraine Corrie and Moraine Corrie Valley.  The name is derived from the nearby feature named Khufu Peak.|01/21/1999|08/13/1999
17488|Pearce Dome|Summit|711900S|0682000W|-71.3166667|-68.3333333|789|2589|01/01/1999|A dome shaped mountain rising to 789 m that is snow and ice free on the N slopes and is situated about 0.5 mi WNW of Khufu Peak and 0.6 mi due E of Blodwen Peak.  The feature was referred to descriptively as The Snow Dome in scientific reports in the early 1960s, and referred to as Dome by those working in the area.  Named for C.J. Pearce, a Falkland Islands Dependencies Survey Meteorologist who spent the first winter season (1961) at Fossil Bluff along with B.J. Taylor and J.P. Smith.|01/21/1999|08/13/1999
17489|Promenade Screes|Slope|711900S|0681800W|-71.3166667|-68.3|||01/01/1999|Rounded slopes W of Fossil Bluff field station that are snow and ice free, and are criss-crossed with pathways.  These screes are frequently the destination of short walks from the nearby field station.|01/21/1999|09/05/2000
17490|Rubble Glacier|Glacier|712000S|0681800W|-71.3333333|-68.3|||01/01/1999|An ice filled valley surrounded by Giza Peak and the ridge connecting it to Baily Ridge to the N and Elephant Ridge to the S.  Rubble Glacier is referred to as Man Pack Glacier in scientific reports of the early 1960s, but now descriptively referred to as Rubble Glacier or sometimes as Louis Glacier.|01/21/1999|08/13/1999
17491|Utopia Glacier|Glacier|715100S|0681600W|-71.85|-68.2666667|||01/01/1999|Encircled by Mariner Hill, Syrtis Hill, Natal Ridge, and Ares Cliff; the feature was named for Utopia Planitia on the planet Mars, which was the landing site of the NASA Viking 2 Lander Mission on 3 September 1976.  This name was applied to the feature by members of the Mars Oasis Party who were searching for life on the glacier, much in the same manner as the satellite was on the planet Mars.|01/21/1999|
17492|Sophie Rocks|Summit|643900S|0623300W|-64.65|-62.55|||01/01/1999|Small group of land rocks midway between Spigot Peak and Zeiss Needle, overlooking Selvick Cove to the W and Orne Harbor to the E, Arctowski Peninsula, Danco Coast.  The name Sophie Rocks was originally used by F.A.A. Cook, a member of the Belgian Antarctic Expedition, in 1898 to refer to this conspicuous group of rocks, and presumably Spigot Peak and Zeiss Needle as well.  The name is being applied to retain its use in this area.|01/21/1999|04/11/2001
17493|Carruthers Cliff|Cliff|621100S|0581700W|-62.1833333|-58.2833333|180|591|01/01/1999|Prominent sub-vertical rock cliffs forming the SSE flank of Vaureal Peak.  The cliffs extend inland about 1,900-2,300 ft, rising to about 180 m above sea level.  Fossilized wood and leaf remains were discovered near the base of these cliffs in 1996.  Named for Robert George Carruthers (1880-1965), an English stratigrapher, invertebrate palaeontologist, and quaternary geologist with the British Geological Survey.  He was the originator of the undermelt theory in which British glacial deposits resulted from a single glacial advance.|01/21/1999|
17494|Hull Point|Ridge|620900S|0581100W|-62.15|-58.1833333|90|295|01/01/1999|Low promontory on the NE side of Legru Bay, rising about 15 m above sea level.  It comprises a whale-back ridge aligned in a NW-SE orientation and is backed on the NE side by a sandy beach.  Named for Professor Edward Hull, LLD, FRS, FGS (1829-1971), a stratigrapher from Ulster, and a structural and economic geologist.  He worked with the British Geological Survey on the coalfields of England and Wales and briefly in Scotland where he compiled outstanding drift maps of Glasgow.  He later became the director of the Geological Survey of Ireland.|01/21/1999|10/19/2000
17495|Mistake Crag|Ridge|620900S|0581100W|-62.15|-58.1833333|90|295|01/01/1999|A slightly bowed crag extending N from Cinder Spur and rising to about 90 m above the presently unnamed glacier on its W side.  The name is derived from the mistaken belief that Cinder Spur was mainly composed of cinders from the supposed adjacent volcanic vent, now proved by snow retreat to be a cirque. The crag is formed of sedimentary rock, whereas Cinder Spur is a dyke.|01/21/1999|01/19/2001
17496|Stamp Buttress|Ridge|620900S|0580900W|-62.15|-58.15|||01/01/1999|An upstanding rocky headland forming the seaward termination of Dunikowski Ridge.  Named for Sir Laurence Dudley Stamp (1898-1966), an English startigrapher and geographer.  He was Professor of Geology and Geography, University of Rangoon (1923-26), and Professor of Economic Geography at the London School of Economics (1926-1945).  He is also the author of Britain's Structure and Scenery (1949).|01/21/1999|
17497|Teasdale Corrie|Glacier|620900S|0581100W|-62.15|-58.1833333|||01/01/1999|A cirque about 2,000 ft E-W and 1,500 ft N-S, situated about 1,600 ft NNE of Cinder Spur.  It is backed on its N flank by the high rocky crags of Dunikowski Ridge.  The cirque, erroneously believed to be a volcanic vent, was exposed by recent glacial retreat.  It contains a series of small lakes near the S margin, which are fed by seasonal meltwater.  Named for Andrew Teasdale (b. 1966), British Antarctic Survey Field Assistant to Dr. J.L. Smellie for the duration of the January to April 1996 field season.|01/21/1999|
17503|Nostoc Flats|Flat|780248S|1634108E|-78.046746|163.685427|||01/01/1999|A small, flat glacial outwash plain, the surface of which is covered by the algae Nostoc.  The feature is located East of the S lobe of Joyce Glacier on the Scott Coast, Victoria Land.  So named by the New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1994.|04/29/1999|12/24/2002
17523|Riviera Ridge|Ridge|782400S|1634200E|-78.4|163.7|||01/01/1995|The western of two broad, mainly ice-free ridges that descend northward from Mount Morning, Scott Coast, Victoria Land. Mount Hubbard and Lake Morning are located at the north end of the ridge. The name was suggested by New Zealand geologist Anne C. Wright, who visited the ridge in balmy weather, 1985-86, in contrast to terrible wind conditions experienced earlier in the season on nearby Hurricane Ridge (q.v.).|05/19/1999|06/15/2008
17543|Minna Hook|Cape|783600S|1670600E|-78.6|167.1||||A massive hook-shaped volcanic feature, 9 mi long and rising to 1115 m, that forms the SE termination of the peninsula named Minna Bluff at the S end of Scott Coast.  The name derives from Minna Bluff and was first used in a geologic sketch map and report by Anne Wright-Grassham, 1987.|07/23/1999|
17563|Schwall Peak|Summit|765100S|1605400E|-76.85|160.9|1550|5085||A rock summit rising to 1550 meters west of Sharpend Glacier in Convoy Range, Victoria Land. The feature forms the extremity of a rock ledge at the south edge of Staten Island Heights. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1999) after Captain Karen Schwall, the first female U.S. Army Officer in Antarctica, who specialized in logistics and air and ship operations, 1988-91. She became the Logistics Manager with Antarctic Support Associates, 1991-96, and was central during the transfer of the supply and transportation logistics from the military to the civilian support.|12/23/1999|
17564|Geelan Ice Piedmont|Glacier|692900S|0724100W|-69.4833333|-72.6833333||||An ice piedmont forming N end of Rothschild Island, following survey by British Antarctic Survey (BAS), 1975-77.  Named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Patrick John Michael Geelan, Secretary, PCGN, 1955-79, member of UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from 1955, and Chairman of UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) from 1992.|12/23/1999|
17565|Vogler Peak|Summit|773801S|1621239E|-77.633619|162.210871||||A rock peak (2,050 m) 0.75 mile SW of Mount Irvine on Roa Ridge in Asgard Range, Victoria Land.  Named for Jane Vogler, NSF program manager, who was NSF Science Representative at McMurdo and South Pole stations.  Established the management plan for McMurdo's Albert P. Crary Science and Engineering Center (1985-86), and established the Foundation's Antarctic Environmental Research Program (1994).|12/23/1999|
17566|Mount H�ich|Summit|715700S|0061200E|-71.95|6.2||||A peak (2,885 m) which rises from the eastern part of Håhellerskarvet in the Muhlig-Hofmann Mountains in Queen Maud Land. The name "Häderich-Berg," after the procurator of the former German Lufthansa Corporation, was applied in this area by the German Antarctic Expedition (GerAE) (1938-39) under Alfred Ritscher. The correlation of the name with this peak may be arbitrary but is recommended for the sake of international uniformity and historical continuity.|12/23/1999|03/15/2021
17583|Anne Hill|Summit|781400S|1624300E|-78.2333333|162.7166667|2079|6821|01/01/1999|The most prominent hill on Radian Ridge in Royal Society Range, Victoria Land.  It rises to 2,079 m at the E side of Lava Tongue Pass.  Named after Anne C. Wright (later Anne Wright-Grassham), a geologist with the New Zealand Geological Survey field party in this area, 1977-78; geologist with U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) field parties, 1982-83, 1983-84, and 1985-86 seasons, with work at Ross Island, Minna Bluff, Mount Discovery, Mount Morning, and Mason Spur.|12/28/1999|02/06/2003
17584|Anniversary Bluff|Cliff|783300S|1641500E|-78.55|164.25|1300|4265|01/01/1999|A rock bluff 1.5 mi W of Birthday Bluffs on the S side of Mason Spur, Scott Coast, Victoria Land.  The bluff rises to c. 1,300 meters.  The name was suggested by geologist Anne C. Wright, Department of Geoscience, New Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology, Socorro, whose field party visited the bluff on Nov. 29, 1983, her parents' wedding anniversary.|12/28/1999|09/06/2000
17585|Bellafronto Bight|Bay|781300S|1650600E|-78.2166667|165.1|||01/01/1999|An ice-filled embayment between the base of the W side of Brown Peninsula and the low NW foot of Mount Discovery, on Scott Coast, Victoria Land.  The bight extends SW-NE for 6 mi from Hahn Island to Swyers Point.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1999) after Lieutenant Robert L. Bellafronto, Civil Engineer Corps (CEC), USN, a public works officer at McMurdo Station in U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1977 and 1978.|12/28/1999|09/06/2000
17586|Birthday Bluffs|Cliff|783300S|1642200E|-78.55|164.3666667|1296|4252|01/01/1999|Rock bluffs that rise to 1,296 m between Anniversary Bluffs and Windscoop Bluff on the S side of Mason Spur, Scott Coast, Victoria Land.  The feature comprises a series of cliffs (caused by thick lava flows) that step up the escarpment.  The name was suggested by geologist Anne C. Wright, Department of Geoscience, New Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology, Socorro, who examined the bluffs on Nov. 21, 1983, the birthday of her father, Peter Wright.|12/28/1999|09/06/2000
17587|Lake Cole|Lake|780900S|1661300E|-78.15|166.2166667|||01/01/1999|An ice-covered lake 1.5 mi long, located S of Mount Ewart and Mount Melania on Black Island in the Ross Archipelago.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1999) after J.W. Cole, Department of Geology, Victoria University of Wellington, who, with A. Ewart (Mount Ewart), investigated the geology of Brown Peninsula, Black Island, and Cape Bird in the 1964-65 season.|12/28/1999|09/06/2000
17588|Denton Hills|Summit|780500S|1635500E|-78.0833333|163.9166667|1703|5587|01/01/1999|A group of rugged foothills, 24 mi long SW-NE and 9 mi wide, to the E of Royal Society Range on Scott Coast, Victoria Land.  The feature comprises a series of E-trending ridges and valleys circumscribed by Howchin Glacier, Armitage Saddle, Blue Glacier, the coast, and Walcott Bay.  The highest summits, Mount Kowalczyk (1,703 m) and Goat Mountain (1,634 m) rise from Hobbs Ridge in the N part of the foothills.  Elevations decrease southward as in Kahiwi Maihao Ridge (1,045 m) near the center of the group and Xanadu Hills (820 m) at the S end.  The principal glaciers (Hobbs, Blackwelder, Salmon, Garwood, Joyce, Rivard, Miers, Adams, Ward) flow E but have receded, leaving several dry valleys.  Discovered and roughly mapped by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, under R.F. Scott.  The hills were mapped in detail by U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) and New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) personnel in the years following the IGY, 1957-58.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1999) after Prof. George H. Denton (Denton Glacier) of the Department of Geological Sciences and Institute for Quaternary Studies, University of Maine, Orono, who conducted geological research in the Transantarctic Mountains and Victoria Land (including work in these hills), 1958-99, making more than 25 visits to Antarctica.|12/28/1999|09/06/2000
17589|Dibble Bluff|Cliff|780700S|1671300E|-78.1166667|167.2166667|||01/01/1999|A conspicuous rock bluff, 1 mi S of Marshall Cirque on the W side of White Island, Ross Archipelago.  The bluff rises abruptly from Murdo Ice Shelf to over 400 meters.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1999) after Ray R. Dibble, Department of Geology, Victoria University of Wellington, who investigated volcanic eruptions and the seismicity of nearby Mount Erebus in five seasons, 1980-81 through 1984-85.|12/28/1999|09/06/2000
17590|Lake Discovery|Lake|782000S|1641500E|-78.3333333|164.25|||01/01/1999|A lake, 3 mi long, situated at the N end of Hurricane Ridge on the W margin of Discovery Glacier, Scott Coast, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1999) in association with Discovery Glacier, a partial source for the lake, and Mount Discovery, the dominant feature in the vicinity.|12/28/1999|09/06/2000
17591|Discovery Glacier|Glacier|782000S|1643000E|-78.3333333|164.5|||01/01/1999|A broad glacier, 9 mi long, between Hurricane Ridge and Mount Discovery on Scott Coast, Victoria Land.  The glacier flows N to coalesce with the E margin of lower Koettlitz Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1999) in association with Mount Discovery, which Captain Robert Scott had named after the expedition ship of the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04.|12/28/1999|09/06/2000
17592|Dreary Isthmus|Isthmus|781200S|1651700E|-78.2|165.2833333|||01/01/1999|A low, narrow neck of land, or isthmus, that joins the base of Brown Peninsula and the low morainal area N of Mount Discovery, Scott Coast, Victoria Land.  Named descriptively by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1999) in keeping with the dark and gloomy aspect of the feature.|12/28/1999|09/06/2000
17593|Dunbar Head|Cliff|783800S|1641000E|-78.6333333|164.1666667|||01/01/1999|A projecting rock headland at the S end of Scott Coast, 11 mi SE of the summit of Mount Morning.  The feature rises to over 200 m and overlooks Ross Ice Shelf midway between Eastface Nunatak and Birthday Bluffs.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1999) after Nelia W. Dunbar, Department of Geoscience, New Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology, Socorro, who made geological investigations at nearby Mount Erebus, Allan Hills, Mount Takahe, and Crary Mountains.|12/28/1999|01/30/2003
17594|Lake Eggers|Lake|780600S|1652500E|-78.1|165.4166667|||01/01/1999|An ice-covered lake, 0.5 mi long, located just E of Rainbow Ridge in central Brown Peninsula, Scott Coast, Victoria Land.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1999) after Alan J. Eggers, Department of Geology, Victoria University of Wellington, who, in December 1975 as a member of Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), sampled the Scallop Hill Formation at the N end of Brown Peninsula.|12/28/1999|09/06/2000
17595|Mount Estes|Summit|781600S|1661800E|-78.2666667|166.3|600|1968|01/01/1999|A flattish mountain 2.5 mi S of Mount Aurora in the S part of Black Island, Ross Archipelago.  The mountain rises to 600 m and is similar to the flat Cape Beck massif that forms the S end of the island.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1999) after Steve A. Estes, Geophysical Institute, University of Alaska, Fairbanks, who investigated the seismicity of nearby Mount Erebus, 1980-81 and 1981-82.|12/28/1999|09/06/2000
17596|Mount Ewart|Summit|780800S|1660800E|-78.1333333|166.1333333|213|699|01/01/1999|An ice-free mountain rising to 213 m at the NW side of Lake Cole and 1.5 mi W of Mount Melania, Black Island, in Ross Archipelago.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1999) after A. Ewart, New Zealand Geological Survey, Lower Hutt, who, with J.W. Cole, investigated the geology of Brown Peninsula, Black Island, and Cape Bird in the 1964-65 season.|12/28/1999|09/06/2000
17597|Gandalf Ridge|Ridge|782100S|1640700E|-78.35|164.1166667|||01/01/1999|A volcanic ridge at the NW end of Hurricane Ridge, to the N of Mount Morning on Scott Coast.  Gandalf is a whimsical name put forward by geologist Philip R. Kyle, Institute of Polar Studies, The Ohio State University, who examined the ridge in December 1977.  The discovery of very hard volcanic rock at this ridge led to the naming: Gandalf, after a crusty character (a wizard) in J.R.R. Tolkien's Lord of the Rings.|12/28/1999|09/06/2000
17598|Hurricane Ridge|Ridge|782400S|1641200E|-78.4|164.2|||01/01/1999|The eastern of two broad, mainly ice-free ridges that descend N from Mount Morning, Scott Coast, Victoria Land.  Gandalf Ridge and Lake Discovery are located at the N end of this ridge.  The name was suggested by geologist Anne C. Wright, Department of Geoscience, New Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology, a member of the NMIMT field party that camped on the ridge in the 1985-86 season.  The party's tent was blown to shreds by 100-knot winds, requiring evacuation of the party by helicopter.  This ridge is renowned for consistently strong winds.  Riviera Ridge, which is similar in appearance to this ridge, lies 4 mi to the west.|12/28/1999|09/06/2000
17599|Kienle Cirque|Basin|780400S|1672100E|-78.0666667|167.35|||01/01/1999|An ice-filled cirque, 2 mi wide, the largest cirque on the W side of White Island, Ross Archipelago.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1999) after Juergen Kienle (d.), Geophysical Institute, University of Alaska, Fairbanks, a team leader for the investigation of volcanic activity and seismicity at nearby Mount Erebus in six seasons, 1980-81 through 1985-86.|12/28/1999|09/06/2000
17600|Margaret Hill|Summit|781200S|1625500E|-78.2|162.9166667|1874|6148|01/01/1999|A peak rising to 1874 m on Rucker Ridge, 5 mi E of Mount Rucker, Royal Society Range, Victoria Land.  Named after Margaret Clark, a geologist with the 1977-78 New Zealand Geological Survey field party in this area.  The form of the name has been selected to avoid redundancy of the name Clark in the region.|12/28/1999|09/06/2000
17601|Marshall Cirque|Basin|780500S|1671600E|-78.0833333|167.2666667|||01/01/1999|An ice-filled cirque, 1 mi wide, located 1 mi SW of Kienle Cirque on the W side of White Island, Ross Archipelago.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1999) after Dianne L. Marshall, Geophysical Institute, University of Alaska, Fairbanks, who investigated the volcanic activity and seismicity of nearby Mount Erebus in 1981-82 and 1982-83.|12/28/1999|09/06/2000
17602|McIntosh Cliffs|Cliff|783200S|1662400E|-78.5333333|166.4|||01/01/1999|A line of steep, uneven, volcanic bluffs or cliffs, 16 mi long, forming the SW side of the Minna Bluff peninsula, at the S end of Scott Coast, Victoria Land.  The height of the cliffs increases from W to E, ranging from 400-600 m above Ross Ice Shelf.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1999) after William C. McIntosh, Department of Geoscience, New Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology, Socorro, a member of the 1982 NMIMT field party that carried out the first geological mapping of Minna Bluff; additional field work at Mount Erebus, 1977-78, 1984-85; Mount Discovery and Mason Spur, 1983-84; Mount Murphy, 1985; Executive Committee Range, 1989-90; Crary Mountains, 1992-93.|12/28/1999|09/06/2000
17603|Melania Ridge|Ridge|780900S|1661700E|-78.15|166.2833333|||01/01/1999|A basalt ridge running SE for 3 mi from Mount Melania, Black Island, in Ross Archipelago.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1999) in association with Mount Melania.|12/28/1999|09/06/2000
17604|Moraine Strait|Channel|781200S|1654800E|-78.2|165.8|||01/01/1999|A strait on the McMurdo Ice Shelf that trends N-S between Brown Peninsula, Mount Discovery, and Minna Bluff on the W, and Black Island on the east.  The surface of the strait, especially the N part between Brown Peninsula and Black Island, is noteworthy for the presence of broad moraine belts that obscure much of the ice and suggest the name.  The strait was discovered by the British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, led by Scott.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1999.|12/28/1999|09/06/2000
17605|Rowe Nunataks|Summit|781500S|1660700E|-78.25|166.1166667|||01/01/1999|A cluster of nunataks 3 mi NW of Cape Beck in the SW part of Black Island, Ross Archipelago.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1999) after C.A. Rowe, Geophysical Institute, University of Alaska, Fairbanks, who investigated volcanic activity and seismicity at nearby Mount Erebus, 1984-85 and 1985-86.|12/28/1999|09/06/2000
17606|Snow Petrel Peak|Summit|783200S|1643800E|-78.5333333|164.6333333|605|1985|01/01/1999|A sharp rock peak (605 m) that marks the E=most summit of Mason Spur at the S end of Scott Coast, Victoria Land.  The name appears in a 1987 sketch map and report by geologist Anne Wright-Grassham, (earlier Anne C. Wright), who had been a member of the 1983-84 New Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology field party to Mason Spur.  So named because of the common presence of a pair of snow petrels seen flying around the peak over several days in November 1983.  It was concluded they were nesting there.|12/28/1999|09/06/2000
17607|Speden Bench|Bench|780143S|1672505E|-78.028715|167.418146|||01/01/1999|A bench (c.45 m) on the W side of White Island, 1 mi from the N end, in Ross Archipelago.  The bench comprises the NW-most moraine-covered volcanic outcrops on the island, upon which occur tuffaceous conglomerate block and shell fragments of the Scallop Hill Formation.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1999) after Ian G. Speden, New Zealand Geological Survey, DSIR, who, accompanied by A.C. Beck, collected fossiliferous deposits here, Dec. 22, 1958.|12/28/1999|09/06/2000
17623|Stuckless Glacier|Glacier|781600S|1661200E|-78.2666667|166.2|||01/01/1999|A broad glacier in the SW part of Black Island, Ross Archipelago.  If flows SW between Rowe Nunataks and Cape Beck to Moraine Strait, McMurdo Ice Shelf.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1999) after John S. Stuckless, Department of Geology, Northern Illinois University, DeKalb (later U.S. Geological Survey), who, in several seasons from 1972-73, investigated the geochemistry of McMurdo volcanic rocks, correlating samples from several Ross Island sites with DVDP core samples obtained in McMurdo Dry Valleys.|12/29/1999|09/06/2000
17624|Swyers Point|Cape|781000S|1650800E|-78.1666667|165.1333333|||01/01/1999|An ice-free point on the W side of Brown Peninsula, Scott Coast, that marks the N extent of Bellafronto Bight.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1999) after Lieutenant Commander H.M. Swyers, USN, a public works officer at McMurdo Station in U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) 1976 and 1977.|12/29/1999|09/06/2000
17625|Vella Flat|Flat|781100S|1661400E|-78.1833333|166.2333333|||01/01/1999|A coastal flat to the S of Lake Cole in the NW part of Black Island, Ross Archipelago.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1999) after Prof. Paul Vella, Department of Geology, Victoria University of Wellington, who made a reconnaissance survey of Brown Peninsula and Black Island stratigraphy with the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1964-65.|12/29/1999|09/06/2000
17626|Windscoop Bluff|Cliff|783200S|1642800E|-78.5333333|164.4666667|1000|3281|01/01/1999|A rock bluff ENE of Birthday Bluffs on the S side of Mason Spur, Scott Coast, Victoria Land.  The bluff rises to c. 1000 m and is marked at the base by a large windscoop.  The name was suggested by geologist Anne C. Wright, Department of Geoscience, New Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology, Socorro, who examined the bluff in 1983-84.|12/29/1999|09/06/2000
17627|Artemis Ridge|Ridge|772656S|1621433E|-77.448894|162.242433|||01/01/1998|A ridge, 1 mile long, rising to 1700 meters. between Thomas Valley and the SW part of Clark Glacier in Olympus Range, McMurdo Dry Valleys. In keeping with the names from Greek mythology grouped in this area, named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) after a goddess associated with the moon.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17628|Ball Peak|Summit|773404S|1624718E|-77.567893|162.788245|||01/01/1998|A peak rising to 1700 m at the head of Loftus Glacier in Asgard Range, Victoria Land. Ball Peak stands 0.7 mi SW of Mount McLennan in proximity to Mount Hall and Harris Peak, with which this naming is associated. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) after Gary Ball, New Zealand Antarctic Division field guide and instructor in survival training at Scott Base, 1976-77; field guide, northern Victoria Land GANOVEX expedition, 1979-80. Gary Ball died in the Himalayas, 1993.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17629|Bifrost Ledge|Summit|773500S|1621100E|-77.583333|162.183333|||01/01/1998|A flat benchlike feature that rises to 1750 m on the N side of Mount Holm-Hansen in Asgard Range, McMurdo Dry Valleys. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) in association with names from Norse mythology in Asgard Range, Bifrost being a “bridge” linking Asgard (home of the gods) with earth.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17630|Bromley Peak|Summit|773759S|1620427E|-77.633068|162.074149|||01/01/1998|A peak, 2020 m, marking the summit of Horowitz Ridge in Asgard Range, Victoria Land. The peak stands 1.8 miles W of Vogler Peak. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) after A. M. (Tony) Bromley, a New Zealand Polar Medalist involved in Antarctic meteorological research for 30 years; member of the 1974 Vanda Station winter party.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17631|Campbell Terrace|Bench|774039S|1622850E|-77.677416|162.480694|||01/01/1998|A relatively horizontal ice-free area on the south side of Matterhorn in Asgard Range, Victoria Land. The terrace has a median elevation of 1050 m and is additionally bounded by the lower margins of Matterhorn Glacier, Lacroix Glacier, and the northern wall of Taylor Valley. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) after Iain Campbell, New Zealand Soil Bureau, whose Antarctic research from 1964 spanned over 30 years.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17632|Canada Peak|Summit|773637S|1625017E|-77.610401|162.837967|||01/01/1998|A sharp peak rising to 1350 m on the west side of Canada Glacier where it spills into Taylor Valley, Victoria Land. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) in association with Canada Glacier (q.v.).|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17633|Cat Nunatak|Summit|772928S|1632850E|-77.491136|163.480468|||01/01/1998|A nunatak midway between Vince Nunatak and Hogback Hill in the south part of Wilson Piedmont Glacier, Victoria Land. So named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1994) in recollection that ship’s cats accompanied the Morning and the Terra Nova on R. F. Scott’s 1901-04 and 1910-13 expeditions to McMurdo Sound.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17634|Chinn Glacier|Glacier|772753S|1621451E|-77.464743|162.247538|||01/01/1998|A glacier 0.7 mile long on the south side of Mount Theseus in Olympus Range, McMurdo Dry Valleys. A hanging glacier, it terminates on the north wall of Wright Valley. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) after Trevor J. H. Chinn of the Institute of Geological and Nuclear Sciences Limited, Christchurch, New Zealand, a glaciologist in McMurdo Dry Valleys for several seasons in the period 1974-93.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17635|Claridge Terrace|Bench|774146S|1622117E|-77.696098|162.354698|||01/01/1998|A relatively horizontal area, 0.75 mile square with a median elevation of 1050 meters, between Mount J. J. Thomson and the northern wall of Taylor Valley, Victoria Land. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) after Graeme Claridge, New Zealand Soil Bureau, whose Antarctic research from 1959 spanned over 35 years.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17636|Clio Glacier|Glacier|772613S|1620220E|-77.437069|162.038845|||01/01/1998|A NE-flowing glacier, 1 mile long, on the east side of Eurus Ridge in Olympus Range, McMurdo Dry Valleys. In association with the names from Greek mythology grouped in this area, named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) after the Greek muse of history.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17637|Colony Cirque|Basin|773240S|1631741E|-77.544361|163.294731|||01/01/1998|A cirque immediately east of Mount Knox in MacDonald Hills, Asgard Range, Victoria Land. Named by NZGB (1998) after a form of government. The name complements the adjacent Commonwealth Glacier (q.v.), named earlier by Capt. R. F. Scott after the Commonwealth of Australia.|12/29/1999|01/18/2010
17638|Commanda Glacier|Glacier|772937S|1624708E|-77.49354|162.785436|||01/01/1998|A steep glacier flowing eastward from Mount Newall to the south of Mount Ponder, Asgard Range, Victoria Land. The glacier enters lower Newall Glacier westward of Sagittate Hill. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) because Antarctica NZ installed a radio repeater on nearby Mount Newall; Commanda was the model name for a high frequency radio used by early NZ field parties.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17639|Mount Darby|Summit|774000S|1621141E|-77.66676|162.194664|||01/01/1998|A mountain rising to 1750 meters on the divide between Rhone Glacier and Matterhorn Glacier in Asgard Range, Victoria Land. The mountain stands 1.3 miles northwest of Mount J.J. Thomson. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) after Marie Darby, marine biologist of the Canterbury Museum, Christchurch; her January 1968 voyage to McMurdo Sound in the Magga Dan marks the first visit of a New Zealand woman scientist to Antarctica.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17640|Dominion Hill|Summit|773148S|1630912E|-77.529981|163.153205|||01/01/1998|A rounded rock summit rising to about 900 m in the east part of Noxon Cliff, Victoria Land. Dominion Hill bounds the north edge of Commonwealth Glacier where it descends southeastward into Taylor Valley. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) after a form of government to complement the Commonwealth (of Australia) Glacier.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17641|Enyo Glacier|Glacier|772847S|1620036E|-77.47968|162.009964|||01/01/1998|A south-flowing glacier 0.6 mile long situated east of Sandy Glacier in the east part of Olympus Range, McMurdo Dry Valleys. In association with the names from Greek mythology grouped in this area, named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) after Enyo, a goddess of war.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17642|Eos Glacier|Glacier|772828S|1621101E|-77.474534|162.183488|||01/01/1998|A south-flowing glacier, 0.6 mile long, between Mount Peleus and Mount Theseus in the east part of Olympus Range, McMurdo Dry Valleys. In association with names from Greek mythology grouped in this area, named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) after the mythological goddess of the dawn.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17643|Eurus Ridge|Ridge|772618S|1615912E|-77.438451|161.986636|||01/01/1998|A ridge between Cerberus Valley and Clio Glacier in Olympus Range, McMurdo Dry Valleys. In association with other names from Greek mythology grouped in this area, named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) after the mythological god of the east wind.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17644|Ferguson Glacier|Glacier|772753S|1625120E|-77.464594|162.855644|||01/01/1998|A glacier on the east side of Gallagher Ridge in Asgard Range, McMurdo Dry Valleys. It flows north parallel to Decker Glacier, the two glaciers merging before reaching the snout of Wright Lower Glacier. In association with Tractor Corner nearby, named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) to recall the passage of Massey Ferguson tractors over the Wright Lower Glacier enroute to Wright Valley in 1967.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17645|Godwit Glacier|Glacier|773537S|1621236E|-77.593659|162.209893|||01/01/1998|A glacier that flows NE from Mount Holm-Hansen into Bartley Glacier in Asgard Range, Victoria Land. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) after a migratory bird which summers in New Zealand.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17646|Gurkha Peak|Summit|773931S|1631545E|-77.658536|163.262535|||01/01/1998|A peak rising to c. 900 m between Crescent Glacier and Von Guerard Glacier on the north slope of Kukri Hills, Victoria Land. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) in association with Kukri Hills (q.v.) and the Gurkha people, traditional users of the kukri (knife).|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17647|Mount Jord|Summit|773040S|1622638E|-77.510992|162.443872|||01/01/1998|A peak, 1400 m, located northwest of Hetha Peak on the ridge between Hart Glacier and Goodspeed Glacier, Asgard Range, Victoria Land. In association with names from Norse mythology grouped in this range, named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) after a mythological Norse earth goddess.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17648|Mount Hall|Summit|773400S|1623600E|-77.5666667|162.6|||01/01/1998|A peak rising to 1800 meters 1.6 miles southwest of Mount Weyant in Asgard Range, Victoria Land. Mount Hall stands close westward of Harris Peak and Ball Peak (q.v.), with which this naming is associated. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB), 1998, after Rob Hall (who died on Mount Everest with A.M. “Andy” Harris), a guide who worked two seasons for New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) as field training instructor and, in the 1990s, guided clients (with Gary Ball) on climbs in Ellsworth Mountains.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17649|Harris Peak|Summit|773400S|1624200E|-77.5666667|162.7|||01/01/1998|A peak rising to 1750 meters 1.4 miles south of Mount Weyant in Asgard Range, Victoria Land. Harris Peak is located between Mount Hall and Ball Peak (q.v.), with which this naming is associated. Named by the New Zealand Geographic Board, 1998, after A.M. “Andy” Harris (who died on Mount Everest with Rob Hall), a guide and New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) field leader, 1987-92, including two trips to Marie Byrd Land.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17650|Hendy Hills|Summit|774229S|1621146E|-77.708018|162.196034|||01/01/1998|Mostly ice-free hills, 1 mile long and 1435 m elevation, located along the western margin of Rhone Glacier where the glacier descends abruptly to Lake Bonney, Taylor Valley, Victoria Land. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) after Chris H. Hendy, New Zealand geochemist involved for many years from 1969 in Antarctic research, including work at nearby Lake Bonney.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17651|Hetha Peak|Summit|773150S|1623133E|-77.530626|162.52592|1700|5577|01/01/1998|A peak, 1700 m, situated 1.5 miles NE of Mount Saga on the ridge bounding the west side of Newall Glacier, Asgard Range, McMurdo Dry Valleys. In association with the names from Norse mythology grouped in this range, named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) after Hetha, a mythological Norse earth goddess.|12/29/1999|01/18/2010
17652|Hoffman Peak|Summit|773216S|1625229E|-77.537845|162.874691|||01/01/1998|A peak rising to 1550 m NNE of Mount McLennan in Asgard Range, Victoria Land. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) after J.H. (Jack) Hoffman, a drilling specialist who helped establish the New Zealand Scott Base and erect its various antennae.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17653|Mount Irvine|Summit|773745S|1621555E|-77.629074|162.265285|||01/01/1998|A peak rising to 2067 m between Vogler Peak and Hoehn Peak on Roa Ridge, the dividing ridge at the heads of Bartley Glacier and Matterhorn Glacier in Asgard Range, Victoria Land. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) after Sir Robin Irvine (1929-96), formerly Vice Chancellor of the University of Otago, Chairman of the Ross Dependency Research Committee and of the Antarctic New Zealand Board.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17654|Kaki Ponds|Swamp|774157S|1624312E|-77.699086|162.719995|||01/01/1998|A few small ponds 0.2 mile north of the terminus of Marr Glacier in Taylor Valley, Victoria Land. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1994 after a New Zealand water bird, the Stilt.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17655|Karoro Pond|Basin|774029S|1621603E|-77.67472|162.267572|||01/01/1998|A pond 0.8 mile north-northeast of Mount J.J. Thomson on the rock divide separating Matterhorn Glacier and Rhone Glacier in Victoria Land. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) after the New Zealand gull of that name.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17656|Mount Knox|Summit|773256S|1631801E|-77.548826|163.300297|800|2625|01/01/1998|A peak rising to about 800 m at the west extremity of MacDonald Hills, on the north side of Taylor Valley, Victoria Land. Named by the New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) after Professor Emeritus George A. Knox, formerly of the zoology department of the University of Canterbury, New Zealand Knox made numerous Antarctic visits and established the university’s Antarctic Research Unit that was active from 1961 until 1981; New Zealand delegate to SCAR 1974-86; President of SCAR 1978-82.|12/29/1999|01/13/2010
17657|Koi Peak|Summit|774400S|1624200E|-77.7333333|162.7|||01/01/1998|A peak rising to about 1700 m at the intersection of ridges at the head of Doran Glacier in Kukri Hills, Victoria Land. A Maori name given by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) meaning “sharp” peak.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17658|Markham Spur|Ridge|773916S|1622114E|-77.65436|162.353918|||01/01/1998|A prominent rock spur extending southwest from Roa Ridge into Matterhorn Glacier in Asgard Range, Victoria Land. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) after Geoffrey W. Markham, Secretary of the New Zealand National Committee for the IGY, 1957-58; first Superintendent of Antarctic Division, New Zealand DSIR, 1959-65.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17659|Moa Glacier|Glacier|774254S|1624726E|-77.714888|162.790511|||01/01/1998|A valley glacier between Marr Glacier and Goldman Glacier in Kukri Hills, Victoria Land. It flows north into Taylor Valley but terminates midway down the south wall of the valley. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) after an extinct New Zealand bird.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17660|Norris Glacier|Glacier|773932S|1621323E|-77.658871|162.222984|||01/01/1998|A glacier flowing eastward between Kennedy Glacier and Mount Darby into the upper part of Matterhorn Glacier in Asgard Range, Victoria Land. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) after Baden Norris, Honorary Curator of the Antarctic collection, Canterbury Museum; historian who worked in Antarctica as a conservator of historic huts.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17661|Parera Pond|Basin|773915S|1625502E|-77.654241|162.917318|||01/01/1998|A pond lying 1 mile south of Andrews Ridge in Taylor Valley, Victoria Land. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1998. Parera is the Maori word for wild duck.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17662|Ponder Peak|Summit|772915S|1624706E|-77.48756|162.78487|||01/01/1998|A peak rising to 1412 m at the head of Repeater Glacier in northeastern Asgard Range, McMurdo Dry Valleys. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) after W. Frank Ponder, architect who designed Scott Base for occupation in the 1957 International Geophysical Year and for the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17663|Poseidon Pond|Basin|772719S|1621141E|-77.455289|162.194613|||01/01/1998|A pond 0.2 mile long lying in Thomas Valley in eastern Olympus Range, McMurdo Dry Valleys. In association with the names from Greek mythology grouped in this range, named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) after Poseidon, god of the sea, whose mythological home was Mount Olympus.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17664|Pukeko Pond|Basin|772905S|1623419E|-77.484849|162.571882|||01/01/1998|A pond, 0.25 mile long, between Mount Loke and the west side of Denton Glacier in Asgard Range, McMurdo Dry Valleys. Named by the New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) after a New Zealand water bird.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17665|Rahi Peak|Summit|774402S|1624953E|-77.733801|162.831349|||01/01/1998|A prominent peak rising to 1830 m between the head of Moa Glacier and Goldman Glacier in Kukri Hills, Victoria Land. A Maori name applied by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB), 1998, meaning a “big” peak.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17666|Repeater Glacier|Glacier|772906S|1625035E|-77.484883|162.842985|||01/01/1998|A steep glacier, 0.9 mile long, flowing east from Ponder Peak, Asgard Range, Victoria Land. This glacier and the Commanda Glacier, close southward (q.v.), drain the eastern slopes of the Mount Newall massif before entering lower Newall Glacier. Named by NZGB (1998) in recognition of the radio repeater installed by New Zealand on Mount Newall.|12/29/1999|01/18/2010
17667|Roa Ridge|Ridge|773811S|1622006E|-77.636318|162.334912|||01/01/1998|A bow-shaped ridge, 5 miles long, which for much of the extent separates Matterhorn Glacier and Lacroix Glacier in Asgard Range, Victoria Land. Summits on the ridge from NW to SE include Vogler Peak, Mount Irvine, Hoehn Peak, Webb Peak and Matterhorn. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 1998. Roa is a Maori word meaning “long” ridge.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17668|Mount Saga|Summit|773248S|1622655E|-77.54669|162.448528|||01/01/1998|A peak rising to 1750 meters 1.2 miles southwest of Hetha Peak in Asgard Range, Victoria Land. The summit surmounts a ridge at the southern extremity of the head of Hart Glacier. In association with the theme of names in Asgard Range, named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1994) after a goddess in Norse mythology whose name means “seeress.”|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17669|Scar Peak|Summit|773841S|1623635E|-77.64463|162.609616|1882|6174|01/01/1998|A peak (1882 m) surmounting the northern wall of Taylor Valley immediately east of Lacroix Glacier, Victoria Land. Named by NZGB (1998) after the Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research (SCAR).|12/29/1999|01/18/2010
17670|Scholars Peak|Summit|773452S|1630500E|-77.581053|163.083267|||01/01/1998|A peak rising to 750 meters 0.5 mile west of Mount Falconer, on the north wall of Taylor Valley, Victoria Land. The peak stands at the southwest end of Tarn Valley and was named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) in association with the prominent universities for which nearby tarns are named.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17671|Territory Cirque|Basin|773254S|1631935E|-77.548233|163.32641|||01/01/1998|A cirque, 0.6 mile wide, which occupies the southernmost part of MacDonald Hills on the north wall of Taylor Valley, Victoria Land. At 600 m elevation, the cirque rises above the terminus of Commonwealth Glacier immediately southward. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) after a form of government to complement the Commonwealth (of Australia) Glacier.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17672|Tractor Corner|Valley|772754S|1625608E|-77.464976|162.935435|||01/01/1998|An inland rock point (the extremity of a spur) located 1.5 miles northeast of Repeater Glacier in Asgard Range, Victoria Land. The spur marks the northeastern extremity of the Mount Newall massif near the snout of Wright Lower Glacier. So named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) from the passage of tractors over Wright Lower Glacier enroute to Wright Valley in 1967.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17673|Unwin Ledge|Summit|773445S|1623838E|-77.579139|162.644003|||01/01/1998|A flat-topped ridge or tableland, located to the west of Hothem Cliffs and 1 mile south of Mount Hall in Asgard Range, Victoria Land. The upper surface of the feature (1950 m) is ice covered and rises 400 m above the heads of the adjacent Newall Glacier and Canada Glacier. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) after R.S. Unwin, former superintendent of the New Zealand DSIR Geophysical Observatory, who was active in research at Scott Base from 1958-59.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17674|Vince Nunatak|Summit|772953S|1632259E|-77.497918|163.383094|||01/01/1998|A nunatak lying next west of Cat Nunatak and 3 miles west of Hogback Hill in the south part of Wilson Piedmont Glacier, Victoria Land. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) after Seaman George Vince, a crew member of R.F. Scott’s British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04, who lost his life at Danger Slopes (q.v.), Ross Island.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17675|Webb Peak|Summit|773900S|1622300E|-77.65|162.3833333|||01/01/1998|A peak on Roa Ridge, 1.5 miles northwest of Matterhorn, in Asgard Range, Victoria Land. The peak rises to 1750 m between Matterhorn Glacier and Lacroix Glacier. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) after Eric N. Webb, a New Zealand magnetician with the Australasian Antarctic Expedition (AAE), 1911-14, led by Douglas Mawson.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17676|Young Hill|Summit|773819S|1632657E|-77.638662|163.449274|||01/01/1998|An ice-free summit rising to 1000 meters 1 mile northeast of Hallam Peak in Kukri Hills, Victoria Land. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1998) after Euan C. Young, New Zealand ornithologist, whose Antarctic research spanned 30 years, beginning in the 1959-60 field season.|12/29/1999|06/15/2008
17683|Lane Plateau|Plain|842300S|1752600E|-84.3833333|175.4333333|3000|9842|01/01/2000|A flat, ice-covered plateau that rises to 3,000 m between Mount Waterman, Mount Cartwright, and Mount Bronk in the central Hughes Range of the Queen Maud Mountains.  The plateau trends N-S for 9 miles and is 2.5 miles wide.  Discovered and photographed by R. Admiral Byrd on the Baselaying Flight of Nov. 18, 1929, and surveyed by A.P. Crary, 1957-58.  Mapped by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) from surveys, 1962-63, and U.S. Navy photography taken 1958-63.  The plateau is named in honor of Neal Lane, Director of the National Science Foundation from 1993 to 1998.  Under his leadership NSF won congressional approval for rebuilding South Pole Station as a premier international science facility set to open at the beginning of the 21st century.|05/18/2000|05/18/2000
17684|Endeavour Massif|Range|763300S|1620200E|-76.55|162.0333333|||01/01/2000|A huge, flat-topped massif on the Scott Coast of Victoria Land.  The massif extends S from Pa Tio Tio Gap to Fry Glacier and forms the S block of the Kirkwood Range (Robertson Massif forms the N block).  Shoulder Mountain, Mount Belgrave and Mount Creak rise from the S part of the massif.  Steep coastal cliffs and projecting ridges mark the E margin, but there is a gentle slope W from the massif's broad, plateaulike snow summit.  This feature was originally named Mount Endeavour by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party of Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) in Oct. 1957, but on subsequent New Zealand and U.S. maps the name is identified as an 1800 m summit 3.5 mi NW of Mount Creak.  Following additional mapping by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1999 and consultation between Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) and New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB), the name of the S block of Kirkwood Range was amended to Endeavour Massif to provide terminology better suited to the complex nature of the feature.  For the sake of historical continuity the name Mount Endeavour (q.v.) has been retained for the summit NW of Mount Creak.  Both features are named after HMNZS Endeavour (formerly John Biscoe), supply ship to the 1957 New Zealand Northern Survey Party.|05/18/2000|05/18/2000
17685|Mount Endeavour|Summit|763300S|1620000E|-76.55|162|1810|5938|01/01/2000|An 1810 m summit 1 mi. N of the base of Ketchum Ridge in the S part of Endeavour Massif, Kirkwood Range, Victoria Land. The name Mount Endeavour was given to the S block of the Kirkwood Range by the New Zealand Northern Survey Party of Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) in Oct. 1957, but in subsequent New Zealand and U.S. maps the name is identified as the 1810 m summit described above. Following additional mapping by U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 1999 and consultation between Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) and New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB), the name Endeavour Massif (q.v.) was approved for the S block of the Kirkwood Range. For the sake of historical continuity the name Mount Endeavour has been retained for the summit near Ketchum Ridge. The summit and the massif are named after HMNZS Endeavour (formerly John Biscoe), supply ship to the 1957 New Zealand Northern Survey Party. A 1962 decision refined.|05/18/2000|05/18/2000
17686|Mount Belgrave|Summit|763600S|1620100E|-76.6|162.0166667|1200|3937|01/01/2000|A prominent rock summit that rises over 1200 m about 1.5 miles W of Mount Creak.  The feature overlooks the N side of Fry Glacier at the S extremity of Kirkwood Range.  Named after Vince Belgrave, surveyor or leader in several surveys and geodetic projects for NZAP, 1984-1997.|05/18/2000|09/06/2000
17687|Boney Point|Cape|763900S|1624300E|-76.65|162.7166667|||01/01/2000|A rock point along the S side of the entrance to Tripp Bay in Victoria Land.  Named in association with nearby Brough Nunatak (q.v.) after Lieutenant Commander B.E. Boney, U.S. Navy (USN), captain of USS Brough in Antarctic waters in Operation Deep Freeze IV, 1958-59.|05/18/2000|09/06/2000
17688|Brough Nunatak|Summit|763100S|1622700E|-76.5166667|162.45|||01/01/2000|A nunatak in the NW part of Evans Piedmont Glacier, 4 mi WSW of Boney Point (q.v.), Victoria Land.  The USS Brough (DE-148) maintained an ocean weather station at 60S, 170E in support of aircraft flights between New Zealand and the Antarctic in Operation Deep Freeze II, III, and IV; three seasons, 1956-57 through 1958-59.|05/18/2000|05/18/2000
17689|Bulfinch Ridge|Ridge|762900S|1621300E|-76.4833333|162.2166667|||01/01/2000|A ridge 4 miles long that extends east from the north part of Endeavour Massif, Kirkwood Range, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1999) after Commander C. Bulfinch, U.S. Navy (USN), captain of USS Atka in the Ross Sea during Operation Deep Freeze II and III, 1956-57 and 1957-58. Not: Bullfinch Ridge.|05/18/2000|06/15/2008
17690|Mount Cleary|Summit|762700S|1615800E|-76.45|161.9666667|1400|4593|01/01/2000|A summit that overlooks Pa Tio Tio Gap from the south.  It rises over 1400 m at the N extremity of Endeavour Massif in Kirkwood Range.  Named after Peter Cleary, who has served with the Antarctic Division and Antarctica NZ since 1978; worked with NZ and UK programs as field assistant, dog handler, and in logistics support.  Currently working for Antarctica NZ.|05/18/2000|
17691|Cowie Nunatak|Summit|770807S|1602141E|-77.135272|160.361407|1782|5846|01/01/2000|A bold bluff-type nunatak (1782m) with a cliffed E face, located 5 mi W of Detour Nunatak in the upper part of Mackay Glacier, Victoria Land.  Named after James Cowie of the Scott Base drilling project at Cape Roberts.|05/18/2000|
17692|Mount Curtiss|Summit|770544S|1622658E|-77.095442|162.449582|1300|4265|01/01/2000|A peak (c. 1300 m) at the E end of the main ridge of Gonville and Caius Range, Victoria Land.  Named after the seaplane tender USS Curtiss which transported personnel to McMurdo Sound in Operation Deep Freeze II, 1956-57.  Departing, "she" carried out wintering-over personnel of Deep Freeze I and construction party personnel left at Cape Hallett.|05/18/2000|
17693|Fritter Glacier|Glacier|770754S|1623349E|-77.131796|162.563555|||01/01/2000|A glacier between Mount Curtiss and Mount Jensen in Gonville and Caius Range, Victoria Land.  It flows E to Wilson Piedmont Glacier.  Named in association with Mount Curtiss (q.v.) after Captain C.T. Fritter, U.S. Navy (USN), commander of the seaplane tender USS Curtiss in the Ross Sea, Operation Deep Freeze II, 1956-57.|05/18/2000|
17694|Glezen Glacier|Glacier|763200S|1621800E|-76.5333333|162.3|||01/01/2000|A glacier that flows E from Endeavour Massif, Kirkwood Range, Victoria Land.  The glacier flows along the N side of Ketchum Ridge to Tripp Ice Tongue.  Named after Lieutenant Commander Glenn F. Glezen, U.S. Navy (USN), Administrative Officer, Task Force 43, on Operation Deep Freeze I and IV, 1955-56 and 1958-59.|05/18/2000|
17695|Griffiths Glacier|Glacier|770933S|1621531E|-77.159103|162.258624|||01/01/2000|Prominent cirque-type glacier located NE of Crisp Glacier in Gonville and Caius Range, Victoria Land.  The feature drains ESE to Debenham Glacier to the E of Second Facet.  Named after Harold Griffiths (d. 1974) who was associated with Antarctic exploration for over 50 years.  He was instrumental in the NZ Antarctic Society's campaign to get the NZ Government to establish a presence in Antarctica.|05/18/2000|
17696|Hedblom Glacier|Glacier|763400S|1622400E|-76.5666667|162.4|||01/01/2000|A glacier between Mount Creak and Tito Peak that flows E from Endeavour Massif to Tripp Ice Tongue, Victoria Land.  Named after Captain E.E. Hedblom, U.S. Navy (USN), Medical Officer of Task Force 43 in the Ross Sea area, Operation Deep Freeze I, 1955-56.|05/18/2000|
17697|Irving Glacier|Glacier|761300S|1601600E|-76.2166667|160.2666667|||01/01/2000|A glacier that flows NW between Coombs Hills and Wyandot Ridge to enter Odell Glacier, in the Convoy Range, Victoria Land.  Named in association with nearby Wyandot Ridge (q.v.) after Captain R.K. Irving, U.S. Navy (USN), commander of USS Wyandot (AKA-92), a cargo ship in the Ross Sea Unit in Operation Deep Freeze IV, 1958-59.|05/18/2000|
17698|Kappen Cliffs|Cliff|765600S|1622200E|-76.9333333|162.3666667|600|1968|01/01/2000|Steep rock cliffs that form the S edge of Kar Plateau on Scott Coast, Victoria Land.  The cliffs are 5.5 mi long and rise to 600 meters.  Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1999) after Professor Ludger Kappen, Kiel University, Germany, who conducted extensive lichen ecophysiology in the Cape Geology area.|05/18/2000|
17699|Ketchum Ridge|Ridge|763300S|1622000E|-76.55|162.3333333|||01/01/2000|The largest ridge that extends E from the S part of Endeavour Massif, Kirkwood Range.  Named after Captain Gerald L. Ketchum, U.S. Navy (USN), Deputy Commander of Task Force 43 for Operation Deep Freeze I, II, and III; three seasons, 1955-56 through 1957-58, in command of ships in the Ross Sea Group.|05/18/2000|
17700|Newport Point|Cape|773134S|1661117E|-77.5261111|166.1880556|||01/01/2000|The S entrance point to Horseshoe Bay in W Ross Island. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) after Terry Newport, a carpenter in the NZ Antarctic Program, who perished in a helicopter crash near this point in October 1992.|05/18/2000|08/08/2018
17701|Pa Tio Tio Gap|Gap|762500S|1615700E|-76.4166667|161.95|1000|3281|01/01/2000|A glacier-filled gap at 1,000 m.  It trends E-W between Robertson Massif and Endeavour Massif in Kirkwood Range, Victoria Land.  Pa Tio Tio is a Maori word meaning frozen over.|05/18/2000|
17702|Pyne Glacier|Glacier|770400S|1621800E|-77.0666667|162.3|||01/01/2000|Glacier E of Robson Glacier in Gonville and Caius Range.  Flows N and joins Mackay Glacier system SW of The Flatiron.  Named after Alex Pyne, recipient of the Polar Medal for services in Antarctic geological and in particular glacial research since 1977; currently works at Victoria University's Antarctic Research Centre in Wellington.|05/18/2000|
17703|Robertson Massif|Range|762200S|1615500E|-76.3666667|161.9166667|||01/01/2000|A rugged, mainly ice-covered massif, 7 miles long, located N of Pa Tio Tio Gap.  The feature includes Mount Gauss and Mount Chetwynd and forms the N segment of Kirkwood Range.  Named after William Robertson, Chief Executive Officer and Surveyor-General of the Department of Survey and Land Information, 1988-96; directed programs for Antarctic surveying, mapping and place naming; currently a member of SCAR.|05/18/2000|
17704|Mount Schmidtman|Summit|763400S|1610000E|-76.5666667|161|||01/01/2000|A peak to the N of Mount Naab at the NE end of Eastwind Ridge, Convoy Range.  Named in association with Eastwind Ridge (q.v.) after Captain R.D. Schmidtman, U.S. Coast Guard (USCG), commander of the icebreaker U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Eastwind in the Ross Seas Ship Group in Operation Deep Freeze, 1960.|05/18/2000|
17705|Stevens Cliff|Cliff|765000S|1624000E|-76.8333333|162.6666667|200|656|01/01/2000|A cliff between Tiger Island and Cape Archer along the N side of Granite Harbor, Victoria Land.  The cliff is straight, 3 mi long and rises 200 m above the sea.  Named after Alan R. Stevens, Chief, Science and Application Branch, National Mapping Division.  As chief of the Science and Application Branch, he was instrumental to U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Antarctic mapping and geodesy programs during the 1990s.  He worked in the McMurdo Sound area as a member of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) 1994-95 Antarctic field program.|05/18/2000|
17723|Tito Peak|Summit|763600S|1621700E|-76.6|162.2833333|600|1968|01/01/2000|A prominent peak over 600 m, located at the end of the ridge 2 miles E of Mount Creak in the SE extremity of Endeavor Massif, Kirkwood Range.  In association with Endeavour Massif, named after Ramon Tito, Able Seaman on HMNZS Endeavour who raised the first NZ flag over Scott Base, Jan. 20, 1957.|05/19/2000|
17724|Tripp Ice Tongue|Cape|763400S|1624500E|-76.5666667|162.75|||01/01/2000|An ice tongue that occupies the N half of Tripp Bay on the coast of Victoria Land.  The feature is nurtured by several glaciers (Fry Glacier, Hedblom Glacier, as well as ice from Oates Piedmont Glacier).  It could be misleading to name this tongue in association with one of these partial sources.  It is therefore named for its geographic location in Tripp Bay.|05/19/2000|10/18/2000
17725|Varcoe Headland|Cliff|773112S|1661242E|-77.52|166.2116667|34|112|01/01/2000|A low headland, 34 m, that marks the N entrance point to Horseshoe Bay in W Ross Island.  Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) after Technical Services Officer Garth Edwin Varcoe, who worked in the NZ Antarctic Program over a period of 15 years until his accidental death in a helicopter crash near this headland in October 1992.  His expertise was in the mechanical and electrical areas and he played a leading role in the reconstruction of Scott Base.|05/19/2000|08/08/2018
17726|Ainley Peak|Summit|773000S|1690200E|-77.5|169.0333333|1240|4068|01/01/2000|A prominent peak, 1240 m, located 3 mi SW of Post Office Hill in E Ross Island.  Named after David G. Ainley, Point Reyes Bird Observatory, Stinson Beach, CA, a U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) ornithologist who studied penguin and skua populations at Cape Crozier and McMurdo Sound in six seasons, 1969-70 to 1983-84.|05/19/2000|
17727|Mount Cis|Summit|773405S|1661724E|-77.568014|166.289902||||A hill, 184 m, located 1.1 mi NE of Cape Barne in W Ross Island.  Named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09, at the suggestion of geologist Raymond Priestley, after one of the expeditionary dogs.|05/19/2000|
17728|Davison Peak|Summit|775235S|1640344E|-77.876496|164.062317|1340|4396|01/01/2000|A coastal peak, 1340 m, located 1.8 mi E of Hobbs Peak in Denton Hills, Victoria Land.  Named after William Davison, Zoology Department, Canterbury University, who from 1983 specialized in Antarctic fish research.|05/19/2000|
17729|Eastwind Glacier|Glacier|773700S|1681600E|-77.6166667|168.2666667|||01/01/2000|A glacier that drains part of the S slopes of Mount Terror in SE Ross Island.  It flows SW and coalesces with the E margin of Terror Glacier where the two glaciers enter Fog Bay.  In association with the names of expedition ships grouped on this island, named after U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Eastwind.  An icebreaker, "she" made nine Antarctic deployments in support of science activities from U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz), 1955-56, through the 1966-67 season.|05/19/2000|
17730|Endeavour Piedmont Glacier|Glacier|772422S|1664237E|-77.406111|166.710398|||01/01/2000|A piedmont glacier, 6 mi long and 2 mi wide, between the SW part of Mount Bird and Micou Point, Ross Island. In association with the names of expedition ships grouped on this island, named after HMNZS Endeavour, tanker/supply ship which for at least 10 seasons, 1962-63 to 1971-72, transported bulk petroleum products and cargo to Scott Base and McMurdo Station on Ross Island.|05/19/2000|
17731|Glacier Ridge|Ridge|773538S|1671635E|-77.593989|167.276256|2200|7218|01/01/2000|A broad N-S ridge, 4.5 mi long and 0.8 mi wide, on the S slopes of Mount Erebus, Ross Island.  Completely ice covered, the ridge descends from c. 2200 m to 600 m, terminating 2.1 mi NW of Tyree Head.  In association with the names of expedition ships grouped on this island, named after U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Glacier, an icebreaker which for three decades, 1955-56 to 1986-87, supported scientific activity in Antarctica and Ross Sea on virtually an annual basis.  From 1955-56, Glacier<i/> operated as a US Navy ship.  Along with other Navy icebreakers, Glacier was transferred to the US Coast Guard fleet, June 1966, from which "she" operated until decommissioned, June 1987.|05/19/2000|
17732|Kuechle Island|Island|775146S|1651410E|-77.862718|165.236215|||01/01/2000|Island lying 1 mi NW of Uberuaga Island that is the N-most feature in Dailey Islands, McMurdo Sound.  Named after Valerian B. (Larry) Kuechle, University of Minnesota biologist with U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) who studied population dynamics and behavior of Weddell seals at Erebus Bay and McMurdo Sound, 1968-69 to 1971-72.|05/19/2000|
17733|Lettau Bluff|Cliff|765700S|1670000E|-76.95|167|200|656|01/01/2000|A rock and ice bluff that forms the central part of the W edge of Beaufort Island.  It rises 200 m above Ross Sea.  Named after Professor Heinz H. Lettau of the University of Wisconsin, an authority on Antarctic meteorology who was active in the planning and development of the meteorological program and equipment for the U.S. Plateau Station, 1966-68.  He co-authored (with Paul C. Dalrymple and Sarah H. Wollaston) an analysis of the 1958 meteorological data from South Pole Station.|05/19/2000|
17734|Maumee Bight|Bay|772843S|1662143E|-77.478524|166.361812|||01/01/2000|A bight between Rocky Point and Micou Point on the W side of Ross Island.  The feature is 6 mi long and forms the S part of Wohlschlag Bay.  In association with the names of expedition ships grouped on this island, named after U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) Maumee<i/>, a tanker that made at least 12 Antarctic deployments to the Ross Sea from 1969-70 to 1984-85.  With a 7,000,000 gallon capacity, and increased tank storage at McMurdo Station, Maumee<i/> initiated a program of delivering a whole year's supply of bulk petroleum products to the station in a single trip.  Prior to 1969 it took two smaller ships six trips to deliver the same amount of fuel.|05/19/2000|
17735|Pakaru Icefalls|Glacier|773749S|1664431E|-77.630333|166.741909|||01/01/2000|Icefalls between Cape Evans and Turks Head on the SW shore of Ross Island.  The feature comprises a very irregular and broken glacial area to the N of Turks Head Ridge with ice descending to Erebus Bay.  Descriptively named, Pakaru being a Maori word meaning "broken."|05/19/2000|
17736|Robbins Hill|Summit|774737S|1640422E|-77.793596|164.07271|1140|3740|01/01/2000|A hill, 3 mi long, which is the E-most rock unit on the N side of the terminus of Blue Glacier, on Scott Coast, Victoria Land.  The feature rises to 1140 m in the W portion.  Named after Rob Robbins, who in 1999 completed 20 consecutive years of deployment to Antarctica in various positions held for three U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) support contractors at McMurdo and Palmer Stations; wintered at McMurdo, 1981 and 1985; construction diver/divemaster, McMurdo and Palmer Stations, 1985-86, 1988-89, 1995-96 seasons; Scientific Diving Coordinator, McMurdo and Palmer Stations, 1996-99 seasons.  Mr. Robbins made over 1,000 dives in Antarctica for U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) and supported science in many locations around McMurdo Sound.|05/19/2000|
17737|Rocky Point|Cape|773037S|1661417E|-77.510282|166.237947|||01/01/2000|A point between Horseshoe Bay and Maumee Bight on the W side of Ross Island, Victoria Land.  A descriptive name given by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1907-09, led by Ernest Shackleton.|05/19/2000|
17738|Rohnke Crests|Ridge|773500S|1684100E|-77.5833333|168.6833333|1400|4593|01/01/2000|Two rock ridges (c. 1400 m) that are parallel and rise above the general ice mantle on the SE slopes of Mount Terror, Ross Island.  This feature is E of the head of Eastwind Glacier and 4 mi NE of Conical Hill.  Names in association with Eastwind Glacier after Captain (later Rear Admiral) Oscar C. Rohnke, USCG, who commanded U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Eastwind<i/> in Ross Sea during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) I, 1955-56.|05/19/2000|
17739|Slattery Peak|Summit|773400S|1685900E|-77.5666667|168.9833333|600|1968|01/01/2000|A somewhat isolated rock peak (c. 600 m) that rises above the ice mantle SE of Mount Terror on Ross Island.  The peak position is additionally defined as 5.5 mi SW of The Knoll and 3.8 mi ENE of Rohnke Crests.  Named after Leo Slattery, who wintered at Scott Base three times, twice as Officer in Charge; Post Clerk on Ross Island, summer 1973-74; Postmaster on Ross Island, summers 1979-80, 1981-82, and 1983-84.|05/19/2000|
17740|Stewart Peak|Summit|774338S|1635242E|-77.727186|163.878309|1097|3599|01/01/2000|A sharp coastal peak that rises to 1097 m on the S side of New Harbor, McMurdo Sound, Victoria Land.  It is the E-most summit in the range of hills flanking the S side of Ferrar Glacier.  Named after James R. Stewart, Diving Safety Officer of the Scripps Institution of Oceanography, who has been Principal Advisor on Research Diving for the NSF's Office of Antarctic Programs, 1967 to the present (1999).|05/19/2000|
17741|Terra Nova Glacier|Glacier|772810S|1674259E|-77.469433|167.716288|||01/01/2000|A glacier about 5 mi long in N-central Ross Island.  It flows N from the saddle between Mount Erebus and Mount Terra Nova into Lewis Bay.  So named for its proximity to Mount Terra Nova (q.v.)|05/19/2000|
17742|Towle Point|Cape|772700S|1691400E|-77.45|169.2333333|||01/01/2000|A point 1 mi N of Post Office Hill that marks the NE extremity of Ross Island.  In association with the names of expeditionary ships grouped on this island, named after U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) Private John R. Towle<i/>, a ship that carried cargo to this area in support of U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) in at least 18 seasons, 1956-80.|05/19/2000|
17743|Tyree Head|Cliff|773911S|1672742E|-77.652933|167.461641|400|1312|01/01/2000|A headland 3.2 mi NE of Sultans Head Rock on the S side of Ross Island.  The headland rises to over 400 m and is ice covered except for rock exposed on the lower E side.  Named after Admiral David M. Tyree, U.S. Navy (USN) (d. 1984), Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, 1959-62.|05/19/2000|
17744|Uberuaga Island|Island|775231S|1651806E|-77.875276|165.301797|||01/01/2000|An island 0.5 mi long that is the E-most feature in Dailey Islands, McMurdo Sound.  Named after Julia Mary Uberuaga, who from 1979-99 made 20 consecutive Antarctic seasonal deployments working for contractors in support of U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP).  She worked at South Pole Station as general field assistant the first two seasons; from 1981, worked for 15 seasons as heavy equipment operator at Williams Field, McMurdo Sound, with assignments at field camps including Siple Dome, Siple Station, and Byrd Surface Camp.  The last few seasons she operated a Caterpillar D7 Pearl on McMurdo Ice Shelf.|05/19/2000|
17763|Wyandot Point|Cape|772300S|1680400E|-77.3833333|168.0666667|||01/01/2000|A rock point 3 mi WSW of Cape Tennyson on the N side of Ross Island.  In association with the names of expedition ships grouped on this island, named after U.S. Naval Ship (USNS) Wyandot<i/>, a transport ship that carried supplies to this area in at least 13 seasons, 1955-56 to 1971-72.|05/22/2000|
17764|Mount Guyon|Summit|782500S|1581700E|-78.4166667|158.2833333|2541|8337|01/01/2000|A bluff-type mountain with a small summit area, 2541 m.  It rises at the W side of Deception Glacier and forms the highest elevation in Warren Range.  The Northern Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE) (1956-58) called this feature "Mount Warren" after Guyon Warren, a member of the field party in 1957-58.|05/22/2000|
17765|Mount Streich|Summit|780900S|1585300E|-78.15|158.8833333|2250|7382|01/01/2000|A buttress-type mountain (2250 m) that rises above Skelton Icefalls midway between Angino Buttress and Portal Mountain.  Named after Lieutenant Paul R. (Bob) Streich, one of the first pilots in US Navy Squadron VX-6 during Operation Deep Freeze (OpDFrz) I and Ii, 1955-57.  An "Otter" pilot, he flew from Little America V and provided aerial reconnaissance for the establishment of Byrd Station.|05/22/2000|
17766|Van Allen Range|Range|780900S|1593000E|-78.15|159.5|2035|6676|01/01/2000|A range 14 mi long that includes Escalade Peak (2035 m), Tate Peak and Mount Marvel, located at the S margin of Skelton Neve between Boomerang Range and Worcester Range.  Named after James A. Van Allen, American scientist and one of the original organizers of the International Geophysical Year of 1957-58.  He conducted ionospheric research in the Arctic and Antarctic regions and is the discoverer of the Van Allen radiation belts.|05/22/2000|
17767|Mercer Ice Stream|Stream|845000S|1450000W|-84.8333333|-145|||01/01/2003|An ice stream flowing W to Gould Coast to the S of Whillans Ice Stream.  It is the southern most of several major ice streams draining from Marie Byrd Land into the Ross Ice Shelf.  The ice streams were investigated and mapped by U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) personnel in a number of field seasons from 1983-84 and named Ice Stream A, B, C, etc., according to their position from south to north.  The name was changed by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 2002 to honor John H. Mercer (1922-87), Quaternary geologist, Institute of Polar Studies (now Byrd Polar Research Center), Ohio State University, who mapped the moraines above Reedy Glacier and in Ohio Range at the head of Horlick Ice Stream, the major tributaries to Mercer Ice Stream. |05/22/2000|01/07/2003
17768|Whillans Ice Stream|Stream|834000S|1450000W|-83.6666667|-145|||01/01/2001|An ice stream flowing W to Gould Coast between Mercer Ice Stream and Kamb Ice Stream. One of several major ice streams draining from Marie Byrd Land into the Ross Ice Shelf, it is identified as "Ice Stream B" in reports by the SPRI-NSF-TUD airborne radio echo sounding program (1967-79) and U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) from 1984. The name was changed by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 2001 to honor Ian M. Whillans (1944-2001) glaciologist, Byrd Polar Research Center and Department of Geological Sciences, Ohio State University, whose work in Antarctica spanned the years from 1967 until his death. Whillans was a major figure in the study of West Antarctic ice streams, particularly this one, and he had a central role in recognizing from the earliest years that these ice streams hold the key to determining the stability of the West Antarctic ice sheet.|05/22/2000|03/23/2004
17769|Kamb Ice Stream|Stream|821500S|1450000W|-82.25|-145|||01/01/2003|An ice stream flowing W to Siple Coast between Siple Dome and Whillans Ice Stream. It is one of several major ice streams draining from Marie Byrd Lnad into the Ross Ice Shelf. The ice streams were investigated and mapped by U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) personnel in a number of field seasons from 1983-84 and named Ice Stream A, B, C, etc., according to their position from south to north. The name was changed by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 2002 to honor Barclay Kamb, Division of Geological and Planetary Sciences, California Institute of Technology, who, during the 1990s, conducted geophysical measurements and other monitoring of the movement of Marie Byrd Land ice streams.|05/22/2000|11/05/2004
17770|Bindschadler Ice Stream|Stream|810000S|1420000W|-81|-142|||01/01/2003|An ice stream between Siple Dome and MacAyeal Ice Stream.  It is one of several major ice streams draining from Marie Byrd Land into the Ross Ice Shelf.  The ice streams were investigated and mapped by U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) personnel in a number of field seasons from 1983-84 and named Ice Stream A, B, C, etc., according to their position from south to north.  The name was changed by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 2002 to honor Robert A. Bindschadler, NASA Goddard Space Flight Center, Greenbelt, MD, a U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP)  investigator of the West Antarctic Ice Sheet including the dynamics of the Marie Byrd Land ice streams and their interaction with the Ross Ice Shelf, c.1983-98.|05/22/2000|01/07/2003
17771|MacAyeal Ice Stream|Stream|800000S|1430000W|-80|-143|||01/01/2003|An ice stream flowing W to the juncture of Shirase and Siple Coasts between Bindschadler Ice Stream and Echelmeyer Ice Stream.  It is one of several major ice streams draining from Marie Byrd Land into the Ross Ice Shelf.  The ice streams were investigated and mapped by U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) personnel in a number of field seasons from 1983-84 and named Ice Stream A, B, C, etc., according to their position from south to north.  The name was changed by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 2002 to honor Douglas R. MacAyeal, Department of Geophysical Sciences, University of Chicago, Chicago, IL, U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) investigator in the Ross Sea area including study of the Ross Ice Shelf, the West Antarctic Ice Sheet and the Marie Byrd Land ice streams, 1989-2002.|05/22/2000|01/07/2003
17772|Echelmeyer Ice Stream|Stream|791000S|1500000W|-79.1666667|-150|||01/01/2003|An ice stream flowing W to Shirase Coast to the N of MacAyeal Ice Stream.  It is one of several major ice streams draining from Marie Byrd Land into the Ross Ice Shelf.  The ice streams were investigated and mapped by U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) personnel in a number of field seasons from 1983-84 and named Ice Stream A, B, C, etc., according to their position from south to north.  The name was changed by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 2002 to honor Keith A. Echelmeyer, Geophysical Institute, University of Alaska, Fairbanks, AK, who studied the flow of Marie Byrd Land ice streams, 1992-93 and 1994-95, as well as fast flow of surging glaciers in Alaska and Greenland.  |05/22/2000|01/07/2003
17783|Berry Bastion|Summit|801300S|1571100E|-80.2166667|157.1833333|3144|10315|01/01/2000|A large, mostly ice-covered mountain with abrupt north facing rock cliffs.  It rises to 3,144 m between Mount Olympus and Mount McClintock and the main ridge of Britannia Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after M. John Berry, Assistant Secretary for Policy, Management and Budget, U.S. Department of the Interior, 1997-2000.|10/20/2000|10/23/2000
17784|Keys Point|Cape|771431S|1662148E|-77.241966|166.363249|||01/01/2000|A projecting point of land at McDonald Beach, 1 mi NW of Inclusion Hill in NW Ross Island.  At the suggestion of P.R. Kyle, named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after John R. (Harry) Keys, New Zealand geochemist who worked seversl seasons during the 1970s and 1980s under the auspices of NZAP and U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) on investigations as to the origin of salts in the McMurdo Sound area, the Mount Erebus volcano, and the quantity, shapes, and sizes of icebergs in the Antarctic marine environment.|10/20/2000|02/10/2003
17803|Takahe Nunatak|Summit|771254S|1664812E|-77.21506|166.803196|1100|3609|01/01/2000|The northern of two similar nunataks that lie 0.3 mi apart and 3.3 mi NNE of Mount Bird in NW Ross Island.  It rises to c.1100 m and, like Kakapo Nunatak is one of several features near Mount Bird assigned the native name of a New Zealand mountain bird.  Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB), 2000.|10/23/2000|
17804|Kakapo Nunatak|Summit|771314S|1664745E|-77.220489|166.795824|1100|3609|01/01/2000|The southern of two similar nunataks that lie 0.3 mi apart and 3.3 mi NNE of Mount Bird in NW Ross Island.  It rises to c.1200 m and, like Takahe Nunatak close NE, appears to be part of an ice-covered crater rim.  Kakapo Nunatak is one of several features near Mount Bird assigned the native name of a New Zealand mountain bird.  Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB), 2000.|10/23/2000|
17805|Norman Crag|Summit|771402S|1664447E|-77.233769|166.746487|1400|4593|01/01/2000|A rugged nunatak 2.2 mi N of the summit of Mount Bird, Ross Island.  The feature has a divided summit area and rises to over 1400 m.  Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (2000) after Bob Norman.|10/23/2000|
17806|Ruru Crests|Ridge|771425S|1663805E|-77.240196|166.634762|1400|4593|01/01/2000|Two parallel rock ridges 2.2 mi NW of the summit of Mount Bird, Ross Island.   The feature rises to c.1400 m.  It is one of several landmarks near Mount Bird assigned the native name of a New Zealand mountain bird.  Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB), 2000.|10/23/2000|
17807|Nash Peak|Summit|771508S|1664421E|-77.252198|166.739187|1600|5249|01/01/2000|A prominent peak 1.4 mi N of the Mount Bird summit in NW Ross Island.  The feature rises to over 1600 m.  Named by the New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (2000) after Sir Walter Nash, who was deeply involved in promoting New Zealand's role in Antarctica and who signed the Antarctic Treaty for New Zealand as Prime Minister.|10/23/2000|
17808|Wong Peak|Summit|771505S|1665004E|-77.251495|166.834328|1600|5249|01/01/2000|A peak 1.6 mi NE of the summit of Mount Bird in NW Ross Island.   The feature rises to over 1600 m.  Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (2000) after Frank Wong.|10/23/2000|
17809|Beeby Peak|Summit|771526S|1665429E|-77.257089|166.907954|1400|4593|01/01/2000|A peak 2.4 mi ENE of the summit of Mount Bird in NW Ross Island.  The feature rises to c.1400 m.  Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (2000) after Chris Beeby.|10/23/2000|
17810|Keys Hill|Summit|771705S|1663524E|-77.284701|166.589986|1100|3609|01/01/2000|A hill (c1100 m) located at the head of Shearwater Glacier, 2.2 mi WSW of the summit of Mount Bird in NW Ross Island.  Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (2000) after Gordon Keys, leader of long term NZAP atmospheric research, 1985-95.|10/23/2000|
17811|Kea Nunataks|Summit|771723S|1665130E|-77.289588|166.858327|||01/01/2000|A line of several nunataks 1.2 mi SE of the summit of Mount Bird, Ross Island.  The feature trends NW-SE and is 1.5 mi long.  Kea Nunataks is one of several features near Mount Bird assigned the native name of a New Zealand mountain bird.  Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB), 2000.|10/23/2000|
17823|Kaka Nunatak|Summit|771711S|1665020E|-77.286419|166.838939|1400|4593|01/01/2000|The most prominent of the Kea Nunataks, rising to c.1400 m near the center of the group.  It stands 2 mi SE of the summit of Mount Bird in NW Ross Island.  Kaka Nunatak is one of several features near Mount Bird assigned the native name of a New Zealand mountain bird.  Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB), 2000.|10/25/2000|
17824|Tazieff Rocks|Summit|772722S|1662947E|-77.456004|166.496495|200|656|01/01/2000|A nunatak 0.8 mi SE of Micou Point, Ross Island.  It rises to c.200 m at the S end of Endeavour Piedmont Glacier.  At the suggestion of P.R. Kyle, named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Haroun Tazieff (d.), a renowned French volcanologist who worked at Mount Erebus with several groups of French scientists in three field seasons, 1973-79.|10/25/2000|02/10/2003
17825|Krall Crags|Summit|772714S|1664857E|-77.454003|166.815833|1400|4593|01/01/2000|Two rock summits rising to over 1400 m on the NW slope of Mount Erebus, Ross Island.  The feature is 1.2 mi WNW of Abbott Peak.  At the suggestion of P.R. Kyle, named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2000) after Sarah Krall who worked over 10 years in providing support to science in Antarctica.  She was cook and camp manager at the lower Erebus Hut during the 1992-93 NSF-NASA Dante robot experiment on Mount Erebus.  She also managed the food room at McMurdo Station, was the hovercraft pilot, and has also been a helicopter technician.|10/25/2000|02/10/2003
17826|Tarr Nunatak|Summit|772841S|1665317E|-77.478006|166.888183|1700|5577|01/01/2000|A nunatak rising to c.1700 m on the NW slope of Mount Erebus, Ross Island.  The feature is 1.2 mi SSW of Abbott Peak.  Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (2000) after Sergeant L.W. (Wally) Tarr, Royal New Zealand Air Force (RNZAF), aircraft mechanic with the New Zealand contingent of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58.|10/25/2000|
17827|Alcorta Rocks|Summit|773014S|1662211E|-77.503981|166.369792|100|328|01/01/2000|A nunatak on the E shore of Maumee Bight, Ross Island, 1.6 mi ENE of Rocky Point.  The feature rises to c.100 m and is distinctive because three ridges radiate from the center.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2000) after Jesse J. Alcorta, year round support employee with eight field seasons at McMurdo Station from 1992-93 and many trips to South Pole Station and Christchurch; hazardous waste handling specialist at both McMurdo and South Pole Stations; cryogenic technician in support of the U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) laboratories.|10/25/2000|
17828|Cashman Crags|Summit|773226S|1665102E|-77.540504|166.850438|1500|4921|01/01/2000|Two rock summits at c.1500 m on the W slope of Mount Erebus, Ross Island.  The feature is 0.6 mi SW of Hoopers Shoulder.  At the suggestion of P.R. Kyle, named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2000) after Katherine V. Cashman, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) team member on Mount Erebus in 1978-79 while a Fulbright scholar at Victoria University of Wellington; worked again on Mount Erebus, 1988-89; later Professor of Geology, University of Oregon.|10/25/2000|02/10/2003
17829|Tech Crags|Ridge|773649S|1664602E|-77.613497|166.767316|1000|3281|01/01/2000|A narrow broken ridge 2 mi S of Williams Cliff on Ross Island.  The feature rises to c.1000 m and marks a declivity along the N flank of broad Turks Head Ridge, from which ice moves to Pukaru Icefalls.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2000) after the New Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology, known as New Mexico Tech.  From 1981, many Tech students under the direction of Philip R. Kyle, have undertaken graduate research projects (thesis and dissertation) on Mount Erebus, Ross Island.|10/25/2000|
17830|Grazyna Bluff|Cliff|773834S|1664924E|-77.642825|166.823222|600|1968|01/01/2000|A rock bluff rising to c.600 m in the S part of Turks Head Ridge, Ross Island.  The bluff is 1.5 mi NNE of Turks Head.  At the suggestion of P.R. Kyle, named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2000) after Grazyna Zreda-Gostynska, who worked on Mount Erebus in 1989-90 as a member of the New Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology team.  A Ph.D. student at NMIMT, she completed her doctoral dissertation on the gas emissions from Mount Erebus.|10/25/2000|02/10/2003
17831|Esser Bluff|Cliff|773820S|1665428E|-77.638772|166.90775|600|1968|01/01/2000|A rock bluff rising to c.600 m on the SE margin of Turks Head Ridge, Ross Island.  The bluff is 1.1 mi ENE of Grazyna Bluff.  At the suggestion of P.R. Kyle, named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2000) after Richard Esser, a member of New Mexico Tech field parties on Mount Erebus in the 1993-94 and 1994-95 seasons; later a technician in the New Mexico Geochronology Lab at NM Tech, where he has dated many rocks from Antarctica.|10/25/2000|02/10/2003
17832|Centipede Nunatak|Summit|774450S|1665332E|-77.747205|166.892322|||01/01/2000|A narrow nunatak that is 0.3 mi long, located 0.8 mi NNW of Ford Rock in central Hut Point Peninsula, Ross Island.  The name is allusive; snow that cuts across parts of the nunatak gives it a segmented appearance resembling that of a centipede.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN), 2000.|10/25/2000|
17833|Rodgers Point|Cape|774604S|1664702E|-77.767734|166.783895|||01/01/2000|A point 2.5 mi NE of Knob Point on the W side of Hut Point Peninsula, Ross Island.  Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (2000) after Thelma A. Rodgers, scientific officer, who was the first woman to winter-over at Scott Base, 1979.|10/25/2000|11/08/2000
17834|Ackley Point|Cape|774722S|1665513E|-77.789466|166.920391|||01/01/2000|An ice-covered point 1 mile SE of Cone Hill on the E side of Hut Point Peninsula, Ross Island. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 2000 after Stephen F. Ackley, Snow and Ice Division, U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory (CRREL), Hanover, New Hampshire, a U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) sea ice specialist who worked in McMurdo Sound and diverse parts of the Southern Ocean for more than 25 years, dating from the 1976-77 austral season. Not: Sheppard Point.|10/25/2000|06/15/2008
17835|Polar Bear Point|Cape|774859S|1665106E|-77.816287|166.851715|||01/01/2000|An ice-covered point 1.2 mi SE of Castle Rock on the E side of Hut Point Peninsula, Ross Island.  A breached crater stands 0.7 mi NNW, but no rock is exposed on the point which is well defined and elevated at the juncture with McMurdo Ice Shelf.  The name is allusive; when viewed from the W, the appearance of the point is suggestive of the head, neck, and fore part of an Arctic polar bear.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN), 2000.|10/25/2000|11/08/2000
17836|Te Puna Roimata Peak|Summit|772651S|1673341E|-77.447407|167.561469|890|2920|01/01/2000|A peak (c.890 m) located 1.5 mi W of Terra Nova Glacier and 2 mi S of Lewis Bay on the lower NE slope of Mount Erebus, Ross Island.  On November 28, 1979, a New Zealand DC10 aircraft on a scenic flight from Auckland crashed near this peak claiming the lives of 237 passengers from eight countries and a crew of 20.  In 1987, a stainless steel memorial cross was erected W of the peak.  Te Puna Roimata Peak (meaning spring of tears) was named by the New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in 2000.|10/25/2000|
17837|Sheppard Crater|Crater|774819S|1665030E|-77.805347|166.841572|200|656|01/01/2000|A distinctive breached crater rising to 200 m about 0.8 mi E of Castle Rock on Hut Point Peninsula, Ross Island.  Named in 2000 by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) after Deirdre Jeanette Sheppard, DSIR Antarctic Division/NZAP/Antarctica NZ librarian, 1980-96, who worked one season at Vanda Station.|10/25/2000|
17838|Coleman Peak|Summit|772917S|1672839E|-77.488132|167.477419|1600|5249|01/01/2000|A peak rising to c.1600 m on the NE slope of Mount Erebus, Ross Island, 3.6 mi E of the summit of Fang Ridge.  Named by the New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (2000) after Father Coleman, a New Zealand chaplain, who traveled to Antarctica many times with the U.S. Antarctic Program.|10/25/2000|
17839|Millennium Peak|Summit|773024S|1672254E|-77.506569|167.381754|1800|5905|01/01/2000|A peak rising to c.1800 m on the NE slope of Mount Erebus, Ross Island, 4 mi ENE of the Erebus summit.  So named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in the millennium year 2000.|10/25/2000|
17840|Oamaru Peak|Summit|772800S|1675400E|-77.4666667|167.9|1000|3281|01/01/2000|A peak 2 mi N of Mount Terra Nova on Ross Island.  The feature rises to c.1000 m 1 mi N of Caldwell Peak.  Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (2000) after Oamaru, Otago, New Zealand, the port the Terra Nova first visited after the death of Captain Robert F. Scott.|10/25/2000|
17841|Caldwell Peak|Summit|772900S|1675400E|-77.4833333|167.9|1300|4265|01/01/2000|A peak 2 mi N of Mount Terra Nova on Ross Island.  The feature rises to c.1300 m 1 mi S of Oamaru Peak.  At the suggestion of P.R. Kyle, named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2000) after David A. Caldwell, geologist, New Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology, who worked two field seasons on Mount Erebus (first one, 1986-87); completed M.S. thesis on lava flows at the Mount Erebus summit.|10/25/2000|02/10/2003
17842|Joyce Peak|Summit|772800S|1681200E|-77.4666667|168.2|1400|4593|01/01/2000|A peak rising to over 1400 m in the N-central part of Ross Island.  It stands W of the main summits of Giggenbach Ridge and 5.3 m SSE of Wyandot Point.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2000) after Karen Joyce, a long-term ASA employee, who from 1990 made 10 deployments to McMurdo Station, including a winter-over; assisted with computers in the Crary Science and Engineering Center.|10/25/2000|
17843|Giggenbach Ridge|Summit|772800S|1682000E|-77.4666667|168.3333333|2400|7874|01/01/2000|A N-S chain of summits, 5 mi long, located to the W and NW of Mount Terror on Ross Island.  The ridge rises to c.2400 m W of Mount Terror, but descends to 1320 m at the N end.  At the suggestion of P.R. Kyle, named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2000) after Werner F. Giggenbach (d.), Chemistry Division, DSIR, who worked in the NZAP at Mount Erebus in four field seasons during the 1970s.  He rappelled into the Inner Crater of Mount Erebus in 1978, but had to be pulled out when an eruption showered him and colleagues on the crater rim with volcanic bombs; one of the leading volcanic gas geochemists of the period.|10/25/2000|02/10/2003
17844|Barker Peak|Summit|773000S|1681800E|-77.5|168.3|2200|7218|01/01/2000|A peak 3.6 mi WNW of Mount Terror on Ross Island.  The feature rises to c.2200 m and is the western of two peaks near the S end of Giggenbach Ridge.  Name by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (2000) after Major James R. M. Barker, officer in command at Scott Base, 1970-71; a NZAP manager, 1970-86.|10/25/2000|
17845|Kristin Peak|Summit|772600S|1681900E|-77.4333333|168.3166667|1300|4265|01/01/2000|A peak rising to over 1300 m at the N end of Giggenbach Ridge on Ross Island.  The feature is 4.5 mi S of Cape Tennyson.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2000) after Kristin Larson, who has participated in support activities to U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) from 1988, including two winters at McMurdo Station; supervisor, Eklund Biological Center and Thiel Labs, 1988 and 1992; supervisor, Crary Science and Engineering Center, 1992-95; editor, The Antarctican Society newsletter from 1996; later of staff of OPP, NSF.|10/25/2000|
17846|Manahan Peak|Summit|772900S|1682600E|-77.4833333|168.4333333|2000|6562|01/01/2000|A prominent peak 1 mi E of Giggenbach Ridge in NE Ross Island.  The peak rises to over 2000 m 2.6 mi NW of the summit of Mount Terror.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2000) after biologist Donal T. Manahan, who worked eight seasons in Antarctica from 1983; U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) prinicipal investigator in study of early stages (embryos larvae) of marine animals; chair, Polar Research Board, National Academy of Sciences, 2000.|10/25/2000|01/19/2001
17863|Mount Sutherland|Summit|773000S|1682800E|-77.5|168.4666667|2500|8202|01/01/2000|A peak 1.4 mi WNW of the summit of Mount Terror on Ross Island.  The feature rises to c.2500 m.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2000) after Alexander L. Sutherland, Jr., Ocean Projects Manager, OPP, NSF, with responsibility for directing operations and logistics for U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) research vessels from 1989; responsible for acquisition of the Research Vessel/Ice Breakers Nathaniel B. Palmer and Laurence M. Gould.|10/27/2000|12/20/2001
17864|Moore Peak|Summit|773100S|1682700E|-77.5166667|168.45|2500|8202|01/01/2000|A peak rising to c.2500 m on the W slope of Mount Terror, Ross Island.  The peak is 1.6 mi WSW of the summit of Mount Terror and 1 mi S of Mount Sutherland.  At the suggestion of P.R. Kyle, named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2000) after James A. Moore, a member of the New Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology team on Mount Erebus in the 1983-84 and 1985-86 field seasons.  He completed his M.S. thesis on the geology of Mount Erebus.|10/27/2000|02/10/2003
17865|Kienle Nunataks|Summit|772800S|1683600E|-77.4666667|168.6|1700|5577|01/01/2000|Three aligned nunataks to the N of Mount Terror in NE Ross Island.  The nunataks trend E-W for 1 mi and rise to c.1700 m.  The central nunatak is 2.5 mi NNE of the Mount Terror summit.  At the suggestion of P.R. Kyle, named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Juergen Kienle (d.), Geophysical Institute, University of Alaska, Fairbanks, a U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) team leader for the investigation of volcanic activity and seismicity on Mount Erebus in six field seasons, 1980-81 through 1985-86.|10/27/2000|02/10/2003
17866|Ohau Peak|Summit|773000S|1684200E|-77.5|168.7|2400|7874|01/01/2000|A sharp rock peak 1.9 mi NE of the summit of Mount Terror on Ross Island.  The feature rises to c.2400 m and is central in three aligned summits 0.8 mi N of Mount McIntosh.  Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (2000) after a peak near the locality of Tekapo (Tekapo Ridge, q.v.), New Zealand.|10/27/2000|
17867|Mount McIntosh|Summit|773100S|1684100E|-77.5166667|168.6833333|2600|8530|01/01/2000|A mountain rising to c.2600 m in the W part of Kyle Hills, Ross Island.  It stands at the NW end of Lofty Promenade, 1.5 mi E of the summit of Mount Terror.  The mountain in conspicuous because of diagonal bands of rock and ice on the N face.  At the suggestion of P.R. Kyle, named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2000) after William C. McIntosh, geologist, New Mexico Institute of Mines and Technology, who worked extensively in Antarctica under U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) auspices and in support of Kyle's investigations on Mount Erebus; made first trip to Mount Erebus in 1977-78 and at least 15 trips through 1999.|10/27/2000|02/10/2003
17868|Tekapo Ridge|Ridge|773000S|1685200E|-77.5|168.8666667|2200|7218|01/01/2000|A crescent-shaped chain of low peaks, 3 mi long, in Kyle Hills, Ross Island.  The ridge descends SW-NE from Scanniello Peak (c.2200 m) to Parawera Cone (c.1300 m).  Named by the New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (2000) after Tekapo, a New Zealand locality where Antarctic training takes place.|10/27/2000|
17869|Parawera Cone|Summit|772900S|1685900E|-77.4833333|168.9833333|1300|4265|01/01/2000|A cone rising to c.1300 m at the NE end of Tekapo Ridge in Kyle Hills, Ross Island.  The cone is 1 mi NW of Ainley Peak.  The name Parawera (meaning south wind) is one of several Maori wind names applied by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in this area.|10/27/2000|
17870|Mount Melton|Summit|773100S|1685200E|-77.5166667|168.8666667|2000|6562|01/01/2000|A squarish mountain 1.3 mi W of Tent Peak in Kyle Hills, Ross Island.  The feature rises to c.2000 m on the N side of Lofty Promenade.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2000) after Terry Melton, power plant mechanic/facilities engineer, Palmer Station, June 1981-Jan. 1983; worked nine WINFLY/summer seasons at McMurdo Sound as Williams Field facilities engineer/site supervisor, McMurdo operations superintendent, and McMurdo area manager, 1984-93; NSF McMurdo Station manager, Oct. 1998-Oct. 1999.|10/27/2000|
17871|Lofty Promenade|Glacier|773100S|1685200E|-77.5166667|168.8666667|2600|8530|01/01/2000|An inclined glacial course, 7 mi long and 1 mi wide, in the E part of Ross Island.  The feature is partly framed between the S elements of the Kyle Hills and Guardrail Ridge, as it descends ESE from 2600 m near Mount Terror to 200 m near Allen Rocks.  The glacial surface is relatively smooth and affords an unobstructed route between the Cape Crozier area and Mount Terror.  The name is allusive and refers to a public place for taking a leisurely walk.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN), 2000.|10/27/2000|
17872|Guardrail Ridge|Ridge|773200S|1685000E|-77.5333333|168.8333333|2200|7218|01/01/2000|A ridge 2 mi long located 2 mi WSW of The Tooth in the Kyle Hills, Ross Island.  The ridge rises to 2200 m at Sherve Peak.  The name alludes to the position of the ridge along the S margin of Lofty Promenade.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN), 2000.|10/27/2000|
17873|Sherve Peak|Summit|773100S|1684600E|-77.5166667|168.7666667|2200|7218|01/01/2000|A peak rising to 2200 m in the W part of Guardrail Ridge in Kyle Hills, Ross Island.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2000) after John Sherve, facilities maintenance supervisor/construction coordinator at McMurdo Station, 1988-94; ASA resident manager at McMurdo Station, winter 1994; NSF McMurdo Station manager, Dec. 1997-Nov. 1998.|10/27/2000|
17874|Coughran Peak|Summit|773200S|1685300E|-77.5333333|168.8833333|1700|5577|01/01/2000|A peak rising to c.1700 m at the E end of Guardrail Ridge in Kyle Hills, Ross Island.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2000) after William A. Coughran, long-term U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) support employee who made 14 deployments to South Pole and McMurdo Stations, including three winter-over assignments, from 1984; ITT/ANS South Pole Station manager, winter 1989; NSF McMurdo Station manager, winter 2000.|10/27/2000|
17875|Lutz Hill|Summit|773200S|1690200E|-77.5333333|169.0333333|1000|3281|01/01/2000|A hill rising to c.1000 m 1 mi SE of The Tooth in Kyle Hills, Ross Island.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2000) after Larry F. Lutz, electrical engineer, Institute for Physical Science and Technology, University of Maryland, a specialist in the development of scientific research instrumentation for ground based, balloon, and rocket sounding programs for U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP); 17 summer seasons at McMurdo, South Pole, and Siple Stations, 1980-2000.|10/27/2000|
17876|Panter Ridge|Ridge|773300S|1690300E|-77.55|169.05|800|2625|01/01/2000|A solitary ridge 0.5 mi long in the S part of Kyle Hills, Ross Island.  The feature rises to 800 m between Slattery Peak and Detrick Peak.  At the suggestion of P.R. Kyle, named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2000) after Kurt S. Panter, who, as a Ph.D. student at New Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology, worked extensively in Marie Byrd Land where he completed his dissertation on rocks from Mount Sidley; also assisted with work on Mount Erebus in five field seasons, 1988-96.|10/27/2000|02/10/2003
17877|Detrick Peak|Summit|773200S|1690600E|-77.5333333|169.1|700|2297|01/01/2000|A sharp peak, c.700 m standing 1 mi ESE of Lutz Hill in the Kyle Hills, Ross Island.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2000) after Daniel L. Detrick, physicist/engineer, Institute for Physical Science and Technology, University of Maryland, involved in long-term ionospheric research with U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP), including the design and fabrication, as well as deployment of instruments at McMurdo, South Pole, and Siple Stations; more than a dozen visits to Antarctica from 1980.|10/27/2000|
17878|Allen Rocks|Summit|773300S|1690900E|-77.55|169.15|||01/01/2000|A small but distinctive group of rocks 2.2 mi ENE of Slattery Peak in Kyle Hills, Ross Island.  The feature includes a central nunatak that in outline resembles the letter a.  A low ridge encloses the nunatak except on the south.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2000) after Robert J. Allen, U.S. Antarctic Resource Center, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), Reston, VA, cartographer and expert on aerial photography of Antarctica, who was closely involved in U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) mapping of the continent, 1950-2000.|10/27/2000|
17880|Pönui Nunatak|Summit|773500S|1690100E|-77.5833333|169.0166667|320|1050|01/01/2000|A nunatak located 0.6 mi SE of Slattery Peak and 5.6 mi SW of The Knoll in SE Ross Island.  The feature rises to 320 m near the juncture of the island and Ross Ice Shelf.  The name Ponui (meaning south wind) is one of several Maori wind names applied by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in this vicinity.|10/27/2000|01/19/2001
17881|Kaminuma Bluff|Cliff|773600S|1685700E|-77.6|168.95|200|656|01/01/2000|A bold ice-covered bluff that rises to over 200 m near the shore in SE Ross Island.  The bluff is midway between Cape Mackay and Cape Crozier.  At the suggestion of P.R. Kyle, named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2000) after Katsutada Kaminuma, National Institute of Polar Research, Japan, who was a founding member of the International Mount Erebus Seismic Study (IMESS), 1980-81 through 1986.  This was a joint project with the United States, Japan, and New Zealand.  Kaminuma was the lead Japanese member and continued to work in Antarctica and on Mount Erebus for many years.|10/27/2000|02/10/2003
17882|Warren Ridge|Ridge|772800S|1690500E|-77.4666667|169.0833333|1100|3609|01/01/2000|A SW-NE ridge 2 mi long on the N slope of Kyle Hills, Ross Island.  The ridge rises to c.1100 m at the SW end and culminates in Dibble Peak, 1 mi N of Ainley Peak.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2000) after Stephen G. Warren, Department of Atmospheric Sciences, University of Washington, Seattle, who worked several summer seasons with U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) and Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) from 1985; investigated climate processes on the Antarctic plateau in four deployments to South Pole Station, including the full year of 1992 as station science leader.|10/27/2000|
17883|Dibble Peak|Summit|772900S|1690300E|-77.4833333|169.05|1100|3609|01/01/2000|A peak 2.3 mi SW of Post Office Hill in Kyle Hills, Ross Island.  The peak rises to c.1100 m and marks the highest and SW-most point of Warren Ridge.  At the suggestion of P.R. Kyle, named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2000) after Raymond R. Dibble, geophysicist, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand, who visited Cape Crozier in the 1962-63 season; made seismic and volcanic observations of Mount Erebus during the 1970s, also 1980-86 as a founding member of the International Mount Erebus Seismic Studies (IMESS); after retirement from Victoria University and involvement with NZAP, Dibble joined U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) and dthe NMIMT team (Kyle) in the maintenance and upgrading of the seismic stations run by the Mount Erebus Volcano Observatory, 1993-94, 1994-95, 1995-96, and 1997-98.|10/27/2000|02/10/2003
17884|Tarakäkä Peak|Summit|773000S|1690900E|-77.5|169.15|700|2297|01/01/2000|A peak 1.3 mi ENE of Ainley Peak in the Kyle Hills, Ross Island.  The feature rises to c.700 m.  The name Tarakaka (meaning southwest wind) is one of several Maori wind names applied by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in this area.|10/27/2000|01/19/2001
17885|Gamble Cone|Summit|772800S|1691400E|-77.4666667|169.2333333||||A cone 0.6 mi SSE of Post Office Hill in the Kyle Hills, Ross Island.  The feature rises to c.400 m.  A the suggestion of P.R. Kyle, named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2000) after John A. Gamble, geologist, Victoria University of Wellington, New Zealand, who participated in three U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) field projects under Kyle's leadership, 1981-82, 1982-83, and 1984-85; later with NZAP on the West Antarctic Volcano Exploration, 1989-90, a collaborative US-UK-NZ effort in Marie Byrd Land; extensive work on Xenoliths that occur in volcanic rocks, including work at Cape Crozier and Cape Bird on Ross Isand.|10/27/2000|02/10/2003
17903|Mūmū Nunatak|Summit|772700S|1690400E|-77.45|169.0666667|||01/01/2000|A nunatak in the N part of Kyle Hills, Ross Island.  The feature is 2 mi WSW of Towle Point and 0.6 mi inland from steep cliffs that form the NE edge of the island.  The name Mumu (meaning boisterous wind) is one of several Maori wind names applied by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) in this area. In 2019, the NZGB replaced umlauts with macrons for Maori names.|10/31/2000|05/18/2021
17904|Palais Bluff|Cliff|771841S|1663237E|-77.311348|166.543478|400|1312|01/01/2000|An ice-free coastal bluff rising to over 400 m between the terminus of Shearwater Glacier and Quaternary Icefall in NW Ross Island.  The bluff overlooks Wohlschlag Bay.  At the suggestion of P.R. Kyle, named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2000) after Julie Palais, Program Manager for Glaciology, Office of Polar Programs, NSF.  As a Ph.D. student at Ohio State University, collected snow samples and short ice core on Ross Island to examine the volcanic record.  She has made many trips to Antarctica.|10/31/2000|02/10/2003
17905|Dufek Head|Cape|773653S|1674228E|-77.61462|167.70785|620|2034|01/01/2000|An ice-covered headland 4.4 mi NE of Tyree Head in S Ross Island.  The headland rises to 620 m at the E side of the terminus of Aurora Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2000) in association with Tyree Head, q.v., after Rear Admiral George J. Dufek, U.S. Navy (USN) (1903-77), Commander, U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, 1954-59.|10/31/2000|11/08/2000
17906|Scanniello Peak|Summit|773100S|1684900E|-77.5166667|168.8166667|2200|7218|01/01/2000|A peak which rises to 2200m and marks the highest and SW-most point of Tekapo Ridge in Kyle Hills, Ross Island.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2000) after Jeffrey Scanniello, long-term ASA field engineer, who was active in surveying at McMurdo and South Pole Stations from 1990; member of McMurdo Station winter party, 1994.|10/31/2000|12/19/2001
17907|Chuan Peak|Summit|772900S|1682100E|-77.4833333|168.35|2200|7218|01/01/2000|A peak, c.2200 m, located 1 mi NE of Barker Peak in the S part of Giggenbach Ridge, Ross Island.  At the suggestion of P.R. Kyle, named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2000) after Raymond L. Chuan who, as a scientist with the Brunswick Corporation, Costa Mesa, CA, undertook many airborne surveys of volcanic aerosols from Mount Erebus and also did sampling at the crater rim, 1983-84 and 1986-87; investigator (with Julie Palais) on a project which examined aerosols between Mount Erebus and the South Pole.|10/31/2000|02/10/2003
17908|Kyle Hills|Summit|773000S|1690200E|-77.5|169.0333333|2600|8530|01/01/2000|A prominent group of volcanic cones, hills, ridges, and peaks that occupy the E part of Ross Island between Mount Terror and Cape Crozier.  The hills extend E-W for 8 mi, rising from sea level at Cape Crozier to c.2600 m in Mount McIntosh at the W end of the group.  Local relief of features is on the order of 200 m.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2000) after Philip R. Kyle, Professor of Geochemistry, New Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology, Socorro, NM, who worked extensively in Antarctica over 28 field seasons, 1969-2000; completed six seasons under New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) auspices, 1969-76; principal investigator on numerous NSF research projects in 23 seasons of field work under U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) auspices, 1977-2000, with focus on long-term research of the volcano Mount Erebus; in charge of the Mount Erebus Volcano Observatory, 2000.|10/31/2000|
17909|Helo Cliffs|Cliff|773012S|1670701E|-77.503455|167.116913|3525|11565|01/01/2000|Prominent cliffs at c.3525 m on the N rim of the summit caldera of Mount Erebus, Ross Island.  The name derives from a nearby U.S. Coast Guard (USCG) HH-52A helicopter (CG 1404) which lost power and crashed while enroute from McMurdo Station to Cape Bird, Jan. 9, 1971.  The four crew and passengers were not injured, but the helicopter was abandoned because of its location.|10/31/2000|
17910|Nausea Knob|Summit|773116S|1670849E|-77.521068|167.146857|3633|11919|01/01/2000|A prominent outcropping of jumbled rocks, 3633 m, formed as a lava flow on the NW upper slope of the active cone of Mount Erebus, Ross Island.  The feature is near a camp site used mainly in the 1970s by teams working at the summit of the volcano.  So named because many working at the camp suffered from nausea due to high elevation mountain sickness.|10/31/2000|04/06/2001
17911|Seismic Bluff|Cliff|773154S|1670447E|-77.531538|167.079644|3470|11384|01/01/2000|Steep bluff at c.3470 m on the SW rim of the summit caldera of Mount Erebus, Ross Island.  So named after a seismic station nearby.|10/31/2000|11/08/2000
17912|Crystal Slope|Slope|773132S|1670901E|-77.52563|167.150153|3700|12139|01/01/2000|A western slope (3700 m) between Camp Slope and Robot Gully, leading down from the summit crater rim of Mount Erebus, Ross Island.  So named because the slope includes a talus of large anorthoclase feldspar crystals.|10/31/2000|11/07/2000
17913|Main Crater|Crater|773143S|1670935E|-77.528689|167.159805|3750|12303|01/01/2000|The topographic feature that rises to c.3750 m and forms the primary summit crater of Mount Erebus on Ross Island.  Inner Crater, q.v., which lies within Main Crater, contains an anorthoclase-phonolite lava lake.|10/31/2000|
17914|Inner Crater|Crater|773137S|1670955E|-77.527048|167.16524|||01/01/2000|The topographic feature that embraces the crater within the floor of Main Crater, q.v., at the summit of Mount Erebus, Ross Island.  Inner Crater contains an active anorthoclase-phonolite lava lake.  The name derives from the fact that the crater is within the Main Crater of Mount Erebus.|10/31/2000|
17915|Side Crater|Crater|773147S|1670836E|-77.529609|167.14334|3700|12139|01/01/2000|A nearly circular crater (c.3700 m) situated at the summit of Mount Erebus on the SW crater rim.  Named for its location on the side of the main summit cone of Mount Erebus.|10/31/2000|
17916|Western Crater|Crater|773156S|1670709E|-77.532253|167.119251|3561|11683|01/01/2000|A small circular crater at 3561 m on the western slope of the summit of Mount Erebus, Ross Island.  So named for its location.|10/31/2000|
17917|Robot Gully|Valley|773137S|1670845E|-77.52682|167.145742|3675|12057|01/01/2000|A gully at c.3675 m on the NW side of the summit crater of Mount Erebus, Ross Island.  The feature was used as the access route from a NASA robot called Dante that was carried to the crater rim, Jan. 1, 1993.|10/31/2000|11/08/2000
17918|Tramway Ridge|Ridge|773102S|1670632E|-77.517086|167.10901|3450|11319|01/01/2000|A ridge that rises to c.3450 m in the NW part of the summit caldera of Mount Erebus, Ross Island.  The ridge is formed by the levees (banks on the side) of a young lava flow.  The appearance of the feature is suggestive of a set of railway or tram lines.|10/31/2000|11/07/2000
17919|Ice Tower Ridge|Ridge|773158S|1670646E|-77.532647|167.112645|3540|11614|01/01/2000|A ridge at c.3540 m that descends the SW slope of the summit crater of Mount Erebus, Ross Island.  So named because the ridge is defined by a series of fumarolic ice towers.|10/31/2000|11/07/2000
17920|Camp Slope|Slope|773142S|1670847E|-77.528236|167.146427|3650|11975|01/01/2000|A concave slope (c.3650 m) just S of Crystal Slope on the W side of the summit cone of Mount Erebus, Ross Island.  The feature is the site of a slump which has occurred off the crater rim.  It is also a former camp site used by summit parties.  A small hut is located on the upper part of the slope.|10/31/2000|11/07/2000
17921|Half Moon Crater|Crater|774828S|1664450E|-77.807744|166.747093|||01/01/2000|A crater 0.5 mi SW of Castle Rock on Hut Point Peninsula, Ross Island.  Descriptively named for its shape by Frank Debenham of British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, who made a plane table survey of the peninsula in 1912.|10/31/2000|
17922|Boulder Cones|Summit|774826S|1664236E|-77.807266|166.710021|||01/01/2000|A descriptive name for cones 0.9 mi SW of Castle Rock on Hut Point Peninsula, Ross Island.  Named by Frank Debenham of British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, who made a plane table survey of the peninsula in 1912.|10/31/2000|02/27/2001
17923|Twin Crater|Crater|775026S|1664110E|-77.840604|166.686128|||01/01/2000|A crater with twin nested cones that rises behind McMurdo Station and 0.5 mi W of Crater Hill on Hut Point Peninsula, Ross Island.  This crater was named Middle Crater by Frank Debenham of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, apparently for its location in relation to First Crater and Crater Hill, but the name has fallen into disuse.  Twin Crater, alluding to the nested cones in the crater, was applied as early as 1971 and the name has become established because of consistent use in current maps and reports.|10/31/2000|11/07/2000
17924|Black Knob|Summit|775017S|1663949E|-77.838187|166.663478|||01/01/2000|A descriptive name for a rock outcrop 0.2 mi W of Twin Crater/Middle Crater on Hut Point Peninsula, Ross Island.  The name has been used in reports and maps since at least 1971.|10/31/2000|04/11/2001
17943|The Ramp|Slope|773755S|1662547E|-77.63202|166.429595|50|164|01/01/2000|A steep rocky slope 0.5 mi inland from Cape Evans, Ross Island.  The slope is 0.5 mi long and rises to 50 m.  Descriptively named by the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.|11/02/2000|
17944|Turret Cone|Summit|773303S|1662626E|-77.55096|166.440671|455|1493|01/01/2000|A small summit (c.455 m) that is locally conspicuous, located 3.8 mi E of Cape Royds and 3 mi NE of Cape Barne on Ross Island.  Descriptively named by Griffith Taylor of the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.|11/02/2000|
17945|Bird Saddle|Gap|772241S|1665339E|-77.378174|166.89418|800|2625|01/01/2000|The feature is one of three prominent snow saddles on Ross Island, this one at c.800 m between Mount Bird and Mount Erebus.  Named in association with Mount Bird, which rises to 1800 m to the N of this saddle.|11/02/2000|
17946|Terra Nova Saddle|Gap|773055S|1674103E|-77.515237|167.684093|1400|4593|01/01/2000|The feature is one of three prominent snow saddles on Ross Island, this one at c.1400 m between Mount Erebus and Mount Terra Nova.  Named in association with Mount Terra Nova, which rises to 2130 m to the E of this saddle.|11/02/2000|
17947|Terror Saddle|Gap|773100S|1680500E|-77.5166667|168.0833333|1600|5249|01/01/2000|The feature is one of three prominent snow saddle on Ross Island, this one at c.1600 m between Mount Terra Nova and Mount Terror.  Named in association with Mount Terror, which rises to 3262 m to the E of this saddle.|11/02/2000|
17948|Mount Ritchie|Summit|783200S|1582500E|-78.5333333|158.4166667|1600|5249|01/01/2000|A mountain rising over 1600 m in the SE part of Warren Range.  The feature is 3 mi NE of Wise Peak on the W side of Deception Glacier.  Named by the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE), 1970-71, after A. Ritchie, curator of fossils at the Australian Museum, Sydney, a member of the Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) party that discovered important sites of fossil fish in this Skelton Neve area.|11/02/2000|
17949|Clow Island|Island|773640S|1631048E|-77.611059|163.179976|||01/01/2000|An island 0.6 mi long in the E part of Lake Fryxell in Taylor Valley, Victoria Land.  This feature was a peninsula as recently as the 1980s when the rising level of the lake submerged the E part of the peninsula and created the island.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2000) after Gary D. Clow, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), who studied sand/ice interactions and sediment deposition in perennially ice-covered lakes in Taylor Valley, 1985-86; glacier geophysics at Taylor Dome, 1993-94 through 1995-96.|11/02/2000|02/27/2001
17950|Terry Peak|Summit|774434S|1633057E|-77.742815|163.515957|1282|4206|01/01/2000|The highest peak (1282 m) on the rock bluffs at the S side of New Harbor on Scott Coast, Victoria Land.  The peak is 4.7 mi WSW of Stewart Peak.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2000) after Terry L. Johnson, environmentalist with Antarctic Support Associates, U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP), from 1990 through the time of naming.|11/02/2000|
17951|Thoreson Peak|Summit|774414S|1633828E|-77.737321|163.641227|1200|3937|01/01/2000|One of the highest peaks (1200 m) on the rock bluffs at the S side of New Harbor on Scott Coast, Victoria Land.  The peak is 3.2 mi WSW of Stewart Peak.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2000) after Ronald D. Thoreson, biology laboratory manager with the winter party at McMurdo Station, 1970.|11/02/2000|
17952|Weatherwax Glacier|Glacier|773813S|1633528E|-77.636966|163.591101|||01/01/2000|A glacier which occupies the elevated basin S of Mount Barnes in Kukri Hills, Victoria Land.  It drains SE from 800 m elevation and terminates in a narrow glacial snout on rock bluffs 200 m above New Harbor.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2000) after Allan T. Weatherwax, physicist, Institute of Physical Science and Technology, University of Maryland, who conducted investigations of the atmosphere, ionosphere, and magnetosphere at McMurdo Station, South Pole Station, and several of the Automated Geophysical Observatories (AGOs) located on the Antarctic plateau; completed 10 field seasons in Antarctica, 1988-89 through 1998-99.|11/02/2000|
17963|The Fang|Summit|772909S|1671213E|-77.485943|167.203614|3159|10364|01/01/2000|A distinctive toothlike peak, 3159 m, which forms the highest point of Fang Ridge on Mount Erebus, Ross Island.  Descriptively named by Frank Debenham of British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13, who made a plane table survey of the vicinity in 1912.|11/07/2000|
17983|Alley Glacier|Glacier|795800S|1580500E|-79.9666667|158.0833333|||01/01/2000|A glacier that drains the N slopes of Britannia Range in the vicinity of Ward Tower and flows N to Darwin Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Richard B. Alley, Department of Geosciences, Pennsylvania State University, U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) glaciologist who has specialized in the study of ice streams of the West Antarctic Ice Sheet.|11/14/2000|
17984|Mount Askin|Summit|801000S|1575300E|-80.1666667|157.8833333|3000|9842|01/01/2000|High (c.3000 m) flat-topped mountain between Mount McClintock and Mount Aldrich on the main ridge of Britannia Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Rosemary A. Askin, geologist, Byrd Polar Research Center, Ohio State University, who, 1970-2000, worked in such diverse parts of Antarctica as Antarctic Peninsula, South Shetland Islands, Victoria Land and the Transantarctic Mountains, including the general vicinity of this mountain.|11/14/2000|
17985|Benson Bluff|Cliff|800000S|1575700E|-80|157.95|1300|4265|01/01/2000|A distinctive triangular rock bluff (c.1300 m) at the W side of Ragotzkie Icefall in Britannia Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Dale P. Benson, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) cartographer who conducted surveys at South Pole Station, 1993-94, and supported the first airborne GPS controlled photogrammetry project, which established photo control on Black Island and positioned the location of seismographic equipment on the flanks of Mount Erebus.|11/14/2000|12/05/2000
17986|Borowski Peak|Summit|801100S|1591300E|-80.1833333|159.2166667|1176|3858|01/01/2000|A small but distinctive peak (1176 m) located 5.6 mi SW of Rand Peak in Nebraska Peaks, Britannia Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after D. Borowski, a member of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geophysical party, Ross Ice Shelf Project, 1974-75 field season.|11/14/2000|
17987|Bowling Green Col|Gap|794000S|1583500E|-79.6666667|158.5833333|||01/01/2000|An ice-filled E-W col between Reeves Plateau and Bowling Green Plateau in the Cook Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Bowling Green Plateau.|11/14/2000|
17988|Brandwein Nunataks|Summit|800200S|1595500E|-80.0333333|159.9166667|870|2854|01/01/2000|Two nunataks (870 m) which lie close together and mark the NE extent of Nebraska Peaks.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after S. (Sid) Brandwein, a member of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geophysical field party, Ross Ice Shelf Project, 1973-74 field season.|11/14/2000|
17989|Cohn Bluff|Cliff|801500S|1583000E|-80.25|158.5|400|1312|01/01/2000|A rock bluff (c.400 m) in the S part of Britannia Range.  The bluff marks the S side of the terminus of Yancey Glacier at the juncture with Byrd Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Byrd Glacier and Yancey Glacier (q.v.), after Captain J.E. Cohn, USN, captain of USS Yancey, a cargo ship of U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, led by Admiral Byrd.|11/14/2000|12/05/2000
17990|Cornwell Corner|Cliff|801300S|1585900E|-80.2166667|158.9833333|800|2625|01/01/2000|An angular rock bluff (c.800 m) at the W end of Horney Bluff and the terminus of Merrick Glacier, where the glacial flow is forced E at an acute angle upon entering Byrd Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Byrd Glacier (q.v.) after Captain Delbert S. Cornwell, USN, captain of the aircraft carrier USS Philippine Sea in U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, led by Admiral Byrd.  The Philippine Sea  carried six twin-engine Douglas R4D aircraft, which took off from the carrier deck and flew c.700 mi to Little America base, Ross Ice Shelf, from where exploratory and photographic flights were made.|11/14/2000|12/05/2000
18003|Dartmouth Peak|Summit|801200S|1574100E|-80.2|157.6833333|3320|10892|01/01/2000|A peak (3320 m) standing 2.8 mi ENE of Mount McClintock in the central part of Britannia Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with HMS Britannia (Britannia Range, q.v.) after Dartmouth, A seaport of Devonshire, England, on the W bank of the River Dart estuary.  From 1863 until 1905, British naval cadets (including some officers of R.F. Scott's British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04) received Royal Navy officer training in His (Her) Majesty's Ship (HMS) Britannia, then berthed at Dartmouth.|11/17/2000|
18004|Dusky Ledge|Ridge|800200S|1565700E|-80.0333333|156.95|1100|3609|01/01/2000|An area of relatively level exposed rock (c.1100 m) that forms the N part of Dusky Ridge in Britannia Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) is association with Dusky Ridge (q.v.).|11/17/2000|
18005|Eilers Peak|Summit|800400S|1592800E|-80.0666667|159.4666667|1500|4921|01/01/2000|A prominent peak (c.1500 m) located 2.5 mi NNW of Rand Peak in central Nebraska Peaks.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after D.H. Eilers of the Ross Ice Shelf Management Office, University of Nebraska, Lincoln, a member of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciological party during RISP, 1974-75 field season.|11/17/2000|
18006|Ferrell Buttress|Cliff|795700S|1590200E|-79.95|159.0333333|900|2953|01/01/2000|A distinctive rock buttress (c.900 m) near the E end of Cranfield Icefalls, on the S side and near the terminus of Darwin Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lieutenant Commander W.F. Ferrell, U.S. Navy (USN), a pilot with the VXE-6 detachment at Darwin Glacier Field Camp in the 1978-79 field season.|11/17/2000|
18007|Gatson Ridge|Ridge|794300S|1585100E|-79.7166667|158.85|||01/01/2000|A jagged ridge, 3 mi long, that runs E from the S part of Bowling Green Plateau in Brown Hills, Cook Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Karl W. Gatson of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), topographic engineer on joint 1975-76 U.S. Geological Survey (USGS)-British Antarctic Survey (BAS) project to establish control points for Landsat mosaics of Palmer Land; also to establish geodetically tied independent survey nets in the Ellsworth Mountains and Antarctic Peninsula into a worldwide reference system using Doppler satellite control.|11/17/2000|
18023|Gaussiran Glacier|Glacier|800000S|1591000E|-80|159.1666667|||01/01/2000|A glacier in the E part of Britannia Range.  It drains N from the saddle with Merrick Glacier to a juncture with Darwin Glacier between Cranfield Icefalls and Nebraska Peaks.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lieutenant C.D. Gaussiran, U.S. Navy (USN), a pilot with the VXE-6 detachment at Darwin Glacier Field Camp, 1978-79.|11/21/2000|
18024|Gaylord Ridge|Ridge|800200S|1591600E|-80.0333333|159.2666667|||01/01/2000|A solitary N-S ridge, 2 mi long, located 3 mi NW of Eilers Peak in the W part of Nebraska Peaks.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after D.R. Gaylord, University of Nebraska, a member of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciological team during the Ross Ice Shelf Project, 1973-74 field season.|11/21/2000|
18025|Hourihan Glacier|Glacier|800800S|1584500E|-80.1333333|158.75|||01/01/2000|Glacier draining the S slopes of Ward Tower, Britannia Range, and flowing SE to Merrick Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Byrd Glacier and Merrick Glacier (q.v.), after Captain Joseph J. Hourihan, USN, captain of USS Merrick, a cargo vessel of U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, led by Admiral Byrd.|11/21/2000|
18026|Icenhower Ridge|Ridge|801300S|1582500E|-80.2166667|158.4166667|1600|5249|01/01/2000|A broad, mainly ice-covered ridge that rises to over 1600 m between Yancey Glacier and Sennet Glacier in Britannia Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Byrd Glacier and Sennet Glacier (q.v.), after Commander Joseph B. Icenhower, USN, captain of USS Sennet, a submarine (Central Group of Task Force 68) of U.S. Navy (USN) OpHjp, 1946-47, led by Admiral Byrd.|11/21/2000|
18027|Johnson Spire|Summit|795900S|1585900E|-79.9833333|158.9833333|1570|5151|01/01/2000|A mountain with a spire-like summit (1570 m) between Cranfield Icefalls and Gaussiran Glacier in NE Britannia Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Bradish F. Johnson, Chief Optical Science Laboratory, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), with responsibility for calibrating aerial mapping cameras used in Antarctica; conducted GPS observations during U.S. Geological Survey (USGS)-Ohio State University Transantarctic Mountains Deformation Project, summer 1999-2000.|11/21/2000|
18028|Kerr Inlet|Bay|800400S|1601500E|-80.0666667|160.25|||01/01/2000|An ice-filled inlet, 1 mi wide, located at the W side of Cape Kerr in the N part of Barne Inlet.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Cape Kerr.|11/21/2000|
18029|Kirchner Peak|Summit|795900S|1592200E|-79.9833333|159.3666667|1170|3839|01/01/2000|A somewhat isolated peak, 1170 m, located 2 mi NNE of Gaylord Ridge in Nebraska Peaks.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after J.F. Kirchner, a member of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geophysical field party during the Ross Ice Shelf Project, 1974-75 and 1976-77 seasons.|11/21/2000|
18043|MacAyeal Peak|Summit|800100S|1594300E|-80.0166667|159.7166667|1100|3609|01/01/2000|A peak (c.1100 m) located 2 mi WNW of Brandwein Nunataks in the N-central part of Nebraska Peaks.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Douglas R. MacAyeal, Institute of Quaternary Studies, University of Maine, Orono, a member of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) glaciological party during the Ross Ice Shelf Project, 1976-77 austral summer; later affiliated with the University of Chicago.|11/22/2000|
18044|Nebraska Peaks|Summit|800400S|1593000E|-80.0666667|159.5|||01/01/2000|A scattered group of peaks and nunataks which lie E of Gaussiran Glacier and Merrick Glacier in the E part of Britannia Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after the University of Nebraska, Lincoln, which was the location of the Ross Ice Shelf Project Management Office, 1972-77.  Several features in the group have been named after RISP personnel.|11/22/2000|
18045|Nepal Peak|Summit|794300S|1593500E|-79.7166667|159.5833333|1203|3947|01/01/2000|A peak, 1203 m, at the N end of Goorkha Craters, Cook Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Goorkha Craters (Gurkha), a name applied by R.F. Scott, 1901-04.  The present day Kingdom of Nepal is the homeland of the Gurkhas.|11/22/2000|
18046|Peter Crest|Summit|793900S|1575700E|-79.65|157.95|1600|5249|01/01/2000|The summit (1600 m) of Mulgrew Nunatak in Cook Mountains.  Named after New Zealand Antarctic veteran Peter D. Mulgrew (Mulgrew Nunatak, q.v.).  He perished in the Air New Zealand DC10 scenic flight to Ross Island, Nov. 28, 1979, when the airplane crashed near Te Puna Roimata Peak (spring of tears peak) on the NE slope of Mount Erebus, killing all 257 persons aboard.|11/22/2000|
18047|Ragotzkie Icefall|Glacier|800300S|1580000E|-80.05|158|||01/01/2000|An icefall 2.5 mi wide in the E-central part of Ragotzkie Glacier, Britannia Range.  The icefall is a significant distributary of Ragotzkie ice to Alley Glacier, which occupies the valley to the east.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Ragotzkie Glacier.|11/22/2000|
18048|Rand Peak|Summit|800600S|1593000E|-80.1|159.5|1510|4954|01/01/2000|A prominent peak (1510 m) in the S part of Nebraska Peaks, Britannia Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after John H. Rand, U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory (CRREL), who drilled ice core at site J-9 (82?22'S, 168?40'W) during the Ross Ice Shelf Project, austral summers 1974-75 and 1976-77.|11/22/2000|11/22/2000
18063|Reeves Plateau|Plain|793500S|1583500E|-79.5833333|158.5833333|1700|5577|01/01/2000|An inclined ice-covered plateau, 8 mi long and 4 mi wide, located N of Bowling Green Plateau and W of Reeves Bluffs in the Cook Mountains.  The feature rises to 1700 m in the E near Reeves Bluffs and descends to 1400 m in the W.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Reeves Bluffs.|11/27/2000|
18064|Mount Rhone|Summit|795900S|1584400E|-79.9833333|158.7333333|2020|6627|01/01/2000|The highest peak (2020 m) in Bucknell Ridge in the NE part of Britannia Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Christopher M. Rhone, a communications officer with U.S. Naval Support Force, Antarctica, 1992-94; Director of Information Systems with ASA, 1994-2000.|11/27/2000|
18065|Robertson Buttress|Cliff|795100S|1581700E|-79.85|158.2833333|1040|3412|01/01/2000|The W-most (1040 m) in a series of large rock buttresses on the S side of Darwin Glacier between Alley Glacier and Gaussiran Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after William Gray Robertson, Jr., of ASA, a specialist in the design and installation of communication systems for U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) in the McMurdo Sound and McMurdo Dry Valleys areas, 1990-2000.|11/27/2000|
18066|Mount Rockmore|Summit|800200S|1580900E|-80.0333333|158.15|1730|5676|01/01/2000|A mound-shaped mountain (1730 m) standing 4 mi N of Mount Aldrich in Britannia Range.  Named after Mark Rockmore, geographer, U.S. Defense Mapping Agency/Topographic-Hydrographic Center, 1979-96; after reorganization, National Imagery and Mapping Agency from 1996; Secretary of Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN), 1984-93; Member of Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) from 1994.|11/27/2000|
18067|Schoonmaker Ridge|Ridge|793900S|1585000E|-79.65|158.8333333|||01/01/2000|A jagged ridge, 4.5 mi long, that runs E from the S part of Reeves Plateau, Cook Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after remote sensing scientist James W. (Bill) Schoonmaker, Jr., topographic engineer, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS).  He spent three austral summers in Antarctica, 1972-76, with geodetic work at South Pole, Byrd Station, Antarctic Peninsula, Ellsworth Mountains and Ross Ice Shelf, where he determined the precise location of geophysical sites established during the Ross Ice Shelf Project, 1973-74 field season.|11/27/2000|
18068|Starbuck Cirque|Basin|793300S|1571400E|-79.55|157.2333333|||01/01/2000|A remarkable cirque, 4 mi wide, between the base of Tentacle Ridge and Mount Hughes in Cook Mountains.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Michael J. Starbuck, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) cartographer who, with Roger A. Barlow, operated the seismometer and Doppler satellite receiving stations at South Pole, winter 1992; member of US-NZ field team in a program to combine US and NZ geodetic networks in the McMurdo Dry Valleys area, summer 1996-97.|11/27/2000|
18069|Sternberg Peak|Summit|800400S|1593800E|-80.0666667|159.6333333|1300|4265|01/01/2000|A peak (c.1300 m) located 2.7 mi NE of Rand Peak in Nebraska Peaks, Britannia Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after B. Sternberg, a member of the geophysical party, Ross Ice Shelf Project, 1973-74 season.|11/27/2000|
18070|Waldrip Ledge|Ridge|795700S|1574300E|-79.95|157.7166667|900|2953|01/01/2000|A conspicuous area of relatively level exposed rock along the N margin of Britannia Range.  The feature (c.6 square mi and rising to c.900 m) is located on the E side of the terminus of Ragotzkie Glacier at the juncture with Hatherton Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Mr. D. Waldrip of Holmes and Narver, Inc., camp manager of the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) Darwin Glacier Field Camp in the 1978-79 season.  The camp was near this feature.|11/27/2000|
18071|Warburton Ledge|Ridge|801300S|1574700E|-80.2166667|157.7833333|3200|10499|01/01/2000|A massive flat ridge (c.3200 m) that is ice covered and steep sided, located 4 mi E of Mount McClintock in Britannia Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Joseph A. Warburton, Desert Research Institute, University of Nevada, Reno, U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) scientist in charge of the RISP meteorological program, 1974-75 field season.|11/27/2000|
18072|Ward Tower|Summit|800600S|1583300E|-80.1|158.55|2760|9055|01/01/2000|A prominent mountain, 2760 m, located 3 mi ENE of Mount Aldrich on the main ridge of Britannia Range.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Commander Edward M. Ward, USN, commanding officer of U.S. Navy (USN) Squadron VX-6 during Operation Deep Freeze I and II, 1955-56 and 1956-57.|11/27/2000|
18073|Whiting Peak|Summit|800200S|1592900E|-80.0333333|159.4833333|1300|4265|01/01/2000|A peak (c.1300 m) located 5.5 mi E of the N part of Gaylord Ridge in Nebraska Peaks.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after L. Whiting, a member os the U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) geophysical field party, Ross Ice Shelf Project, 1973-74 and 1974-75 field seasons.|11/27/2000|
18074|Gorgons Head|Summit|793300S|1573000E|-79.55|157.5|||01/01/2000|A peak SE of Mount Hughes in the Cook Mountains.  The peak is sandstone with dolerite intrusions and is a sharp summit ridge.  Named after the three winged creatures of Greek mythology only one of which (Medusa) could be killed by having its head cut off.|11/27/2000|02/27/2001
18075|Medusa Peak|Summit|793800S|1572500E|-79.6333333|157.4166667|1700|5577|01/01/2000|A peak, 1700 m, located SE of Perseus Peak on Tentacle Ridge, Cook Mountains.  Named is association with other peaks in the area after Medusa, one of the three gorgons of Greek mythology.|11/27/2000|
18076|Overturn Glacier|Glacier|795400S|1571500E|-79.9|157.25|||01/01/2000|A short tributary glacier of the Hatherton Glacier 3.6 mi W of Junction Spur in Darwin Mountains.  The glacier is steep without crevasses.  Named by the members of a New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP) field group who had a dramatic overturn with their toboggan while driving down the glacier.|11/27/2000|
18077|Perseus Peak|Summit|793700S|1572000E|-79.6166667|157.3333333|||01/01/2000|A distinct, triangular peak on Tentacle Ridge, NW of Medusa Peak in the Cook Mountains.  The peak is in bedded Beacon sandstone.  Named in association with other peaks in the area after Perseus, the hero in Greek mythology who killed Medusa by cutting off her head with Mercury's sword.|11/27/2000|
18078|Soyuz-13 Rock|Summit|794000S|1590800E|-79.6666667|159.1333333|1270|4167|01/01/2000|A nunatak, 1270 m, located 2 mi SE of Schoonmaker Ridge in the Cook Mountains.  Named after the Soviet spacecraft Soyuz 13 of December 18, 1973.|11/27/2000|
18079|Soyuz-17 Cliff|Cliff|793100S|1590800E|-79.5166667|159.1333333|500|1640|01/01/2000|A prominent rock cliff, 3.5 mi long, on the N side of Carlyon Glacier in Cook Mountains.  The cliff is 4 mi WNW of Cape Murray and rises to c.500 meters.  Named after the Soviet spacecraft Soyuz 17 of January 17, 1975.|11/27/2000|
18080|Soyuz-18 Rock|Summit|793900S|1592500E|-79.65|159.4166667|1230|4035|01/01/2000|A distinctive nunatak 3 mi W of Cheney Bluff in the Cook Mountains.  The feature rises to 1230 m and is pyramid shaped, especially when viewed from the west.  Named after the Soviet spacecraft Soyuz 18 of May 24, 1975.|11/27/2000|
18082|Amundsen-Scott South Pole Station|Locale|900000S|0000000E|-90|0||||A year-round station operated by USA opened in 1956 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|11/27/2000|03/27/2013
18083|Palmer Station|Locale|644600S|0640500W|-64.7666667|-64.0833333||||A year-round station operated by USA opened in 1965 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|11/27/2000|03/27/2013
18084|Siple Dome Camp|Locale|813900S|1490400W|-81.65|-149.0666667||||Unmanned. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|11/27/2000|03/27/2013
18085|Byrd Camp|Locale|800500S|1193200W|-80.0833333|-119.5333333||||Seasonal and unmanned. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|11/27/2000|03/27/2013
18086|Mid-C Camp|Locale|753200S|1454900W|-75.5333333|-145.8166667||||Unmanned. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|11/27/2000|03/27/2013
18087|Cape Shirreff Field Station|Locale|622800S|0582800W|-62.4666667|-58.4666667||||Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|11/27/2000|03/27/2013
18088|Copacabana Field Station|Locale|621000S|0582800W|-62.1666667|-58.4666667||||Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|11/27/2000|03/27/2013
18089|Downstream Bravo Camp|Locale|840100S|1550000W|-84.0166667|-155||||Unmanned. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|11/27/2000|03/27/2013
18090|Ford Range Camp|Locale|771600S|1422700W|-77.2666667|-142.45||||Unmanned. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|11/27/2000|03/27/2013
18091|Upstream Delta Camp|Locale|810000S|1400000W|-81|-140||||Unmanned. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|11/27/2000|03/27/2013
18103|Micou Point|Cape|772644S|1662551E|-77.445502|166.430885|||01/01/1993|A point 7 mi NE of Cape Royds on the W side of Ross Island.  The point constitutes the N end of Maumee Bight in Wohlschlag Bay.  Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1993 for air crewman U.S. Navy (USN) Benjamin Micou, who lost his life in a helicopter accident near this point on October 13, 1992.|12/12/2000|
18123|Menster Ledge|Bench|801800S|1562300E|-80.3|156.3833333|1800|5905|01/01/2001|A relatively level benchlike feature which rises to 1800 m 6 mi SW of Mount Olympus in Hughes Basin, Britannia Range. The feature is 2.5 mi wide and is smoothly ice covered in the central and N portions; an abrupt ice and rock cliff forms the S end of the ledge. Named after Chaplain William J. Menster (Commander, U.S. Navy (USN)) of the flagship Mount Olympus in Operation Deep Freeze, 1946-47. The location of the ledge is in proximity to Byrd Glacier, Mount Olympus, and other features that memorialize leaders and ships of Operation High Jump.|12/07/2001|12/07/2001
18163|Walker Cirque|Basin|793200S|1563100E|-79.5333333|156.5166667|||01/01/2001|A prominent glacier-filled cirque at the W side of the terminus of McCleary Glacier in Cook Mountains. The cirque opens to Darwin Glacier near the head. Named after Carlton Walker, Facilities, Maintenance, and Construction Supervisor at South Pole Station during U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) South Pole Station Modernization|12/23/2002|12/23/2002
18164|Felder Peak|Summit|793300S|1570000E|-79.55|157|||01/01/2001|A rock peak rising to 1970 m between the terminus of McCleary Glacier and the W side of Starbuck Cirque in the Cook Mountains. Named after Robert P. Felder of the Institute of Polar Studies and Department of Geology and Mineralogy, Ohio State University, who, with Gunter Faure, made geological investigations in the nearby Brown Hills, 1978-79.|12/23/2002|
18165|Bromwich Terrace|Area|792800S|1571300E|-79.4666667|157.2166667|||01/01/2001|A high relatively flat ice-capped area of about 7 square mi between Festive Plateau and Mount Longhurst on the N and Starbuck Cirque and Mount Hughes on the S, in the Cook Mountains. At 2000 m elevation, the terrace is 200 m below the adjoining Festive Plateau and 850 m below towering Mount Longhurst. Named after David H. Bromwich, Polar Meteorology Group, Byrd Polar Research Center, Ohio State University, who carried out climatological investigations of Antarctica for over 20 years beginning c. 1978.|12/23/2002|08/13/2003
18166|Mason Nunatak|Summit|793900S|1551500E|-79.65|155.25|||01/01/2001|A nunatak 1 mi long at the NW end of the Meteorite Hills and Darwin Mountains. Named after Brian Mason of the Department of Mineral Sciences, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, DC,  who examined and classified meteorites collected by U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) field parties directed by W.A. Cassidy in seven austral summers, 1977-78 through 1983-84.|12/23/2002|
18167|Olsen Peak|Summit|794000S|1553100E|-79.6666667|155.5166667|||01/01/2001|A peak with local relief of about 200 m between Mason Nunatak and Score Ridge in the Meteorite Hills, Darwin Mountains. Named after Edward Olsen of the Field Museum of Natural History, Pittsburgh, PA, co-investigator with W.A. Cassidy on a search for meteorites at Allan Hills, austral summer 1976-77.|12/23/2002|
18168|Score Ridge|Ridge|793900S|1555300E|-79.65|155.8833333|||01/01/2001|A rock ridge 2.5 mi NW of Lindstrom Ridge in N-central Meteorite Hills (q.v.), Darwin Mountains. Named after Roberta Score, manager of the Antarctic Meteorite Laboratory, NASA Johnson Space Center, Houston, TX, 1978-96;  member of ANSMET meteorite search teams in several areas of the Transantarctic Mountains, 1984-85 and 1988-89 field seasons; supervisor, Crary Science and Engineering Center (McMurdo), 1996-2001.|12/23/2002|
18169|Lindstrom Ridge|Ridge|794300S|1560000E|-79.7166667|156|||01/01/2001|A ridge on the W side of Green Glacier in the Darwin Mountains. The ridge is 4 mi long and forms the E end of Meteorite Hills. Named after Marilyn Lindstrom,  curator of Antarctic meteorites at the NASA Johnson Space Center, Houston, TX, for many years up to 2000.|12/23/2002|
18170|Access Slope|Slope|794100S|1560300E|-79.6833333|156.05|||01/01/2001|An ice slope between the N end of Lindstrom Ridge and Tether Rock in the Meteorite Hills, Darwin Mountains. The slope is at the W end of the Circle Icefall in Darwin Glacier and appears to be the only route through the icefall. Descriptively named by the Darwin Glacier Party of the Commonwealth Trans-Antarctic Expedition (CTAE), 1956-58, which made the first descent of the glacier.|12/23/2002|12/23/2002
18171|Tether Rock|Summit|794000S|1560900E|-79.6666667|156.15|||01/01/2001|A rock outlier 1 mi N of Lindstrom Ridge in the Darwin Mountains. The rock marks the N margin of ice-covered Access Slope (q.v.), a route through the Circle Icefall of upper Darwin Glacier. Named in association with Lindstrom Ridge, to which Tether Rock appears to be subglacially connected.|12/23/2002|12/31/2020
18172|Muchmore Valley|Valley|794600S|1561500E|-79.7666667|156.25|||01/01/2001|A valley 6 mi long between Haskell Ridge and Colosseum Ridge in the Darwin Mountains. The valley is filled by ice except at the head, where flow from the Midnight Plateau icecap is insufficient to enter the valley. Named after Dr. Harold G. Muchmore of the Oklahoma Medical Research Foundation, Oklahoma City, OK, field leader for a long term project on biomedical aspects of human adaptation at the South Pole, 1970-83.|12/23/2002|
18173|The Colosseum|Basin|794700S|1562500E|-79.7833333|156.4166667|||01/01/2001|A steep sided, moraine floored cirque on the E side of Colosseum Ridge, Darwin Mountains. The large well formed amphitheater is near the head of the glacier-filled enclave W of Richardson Hill. So named because this cirque and four others on the ridge bear a striking resemblance to the Colosseum in Rome.|12/23/2002|
18174|Friedmann Peak|Summit|795100S|1564500E|-79.85|156.75|||01/01/2001|A prominent peak rising to 1920 m in the central part of Kennett Ridge, Darwin Mountains. Named after Roseli Ocampo Friedmann, professor of microbiology, Florida A&M University, Tallahassee, FL,  who worked five austral summers in McMurdo Dry Valleys; co-discoverer there (with E. Imre Friedmann) of endolithic microorganisms in the Beacon sandstone, 1976.|12/23/2002|
18175|Hale Valley|Valley|795200S|1564000E|-79.8666667|156.6666667|||01/01/2001|The N-most of three largely ice-free valleys that trend E from midnight Plateau in the Darwin Mountains. This valley is immediately S of Kennett Ridge. Named after Mason E. Hale (d.), lichenologist, National Museum of Natural History (Smithsonian), Washington, DC, who worked about six austral summers in the McMurdo Dry Valleys beginning c.1980.|12/23/2002|
18176|McKay Valley|Valley|795300S|1564000E|-79.8833333|156.6666667|||01/01/2001|The central valley of three largely ice-free valleys that trend E from Midnight Plateau in the Darwin Mountains. Named after Christopher P. McKay, physicist, NASA Ames Research Center, Moffett Field, CA, who carried out investigations in McMurdo Dry Valleys (micrometeorology, thickness of ice in frozen lakes, stability of ground ice) in 15 austral summers beginning c.1980.|12/23/2002|
18177|The Stump|Summit|795300S|1565400E|-79.8833333|156.9|||01/01/2001|A small ice-free mountain, 1200 m, to the W of Smith Heights in the Darwin Mountains. The feature has a distinctive flat summit that rises 300 m above the lake at Wellman Valley. So named from its appearance.|12/23/2002|
18178|Communication Heights|Summit|795800S|1561500E|-79.9666667|156.25|||01/01/2001|A group of highly eroded ice-free elevations to the S of Midnight Plateau in the Darwin Mountains. The feature rises to c. 1800 m between Conant Valley and Grant Valley. So named because features in the area are named for communication workers.|12/23/2002|
18179|Grant Valley|Valley|795800S|1562500E|-79.9666667|156.4166667|||01/01/2001|A valley between Communication Heights and Mount Ash in the Darwin Mountains. A lobe of ice from Hatherton Glacier occupies the mouth of the valley. Named after Bettie Kathryn (B.K.) Grant, Information Systems Supervisor  at South Pole Station. She made 11 deployments to Antarctica, 1990-2001, the last 10 to South Pole Station where she wintered, 1993.|12/23/2002|
18180|Conant Valley|Valley|795700S|1560300E|-79.95|156.05|||01/01/2001|A valley between Duncan Bluff and Communication Heights in the S part of Darwin Mountains. The valley mouth opens to Hatherton Glacier. Named after Neil Conant, communications operator in support of the U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) in 15 austral summers, 1984-2001; three summers were  at Siple Station in the 1980s, the remainder at South Pole Station.|12/23/2002|
18181|Polarmail Ledge|Ridge|795600S|1561300E|-79.9333333|156.2166667|||01/01/2001|A relatively flat wedge-shaped platform that rises above Communication Heights in the S part of Midnight Plateau, Darwin Mountains. At 2000 m, the feature is similar in elevation and aspect to Skilton Ledge, 1 mi to the east. Named in association with Richard Chapman Johnson of Nazareth, PA, radio operator involved for 16 years (1985-2001) in coordinating MARSgrams and Polarmail which have enabled personnel in Antarctica to communicate with home.|12/23/2002|08/21/2003
18182|Skilton Ledge|Ridge|795600S|1562200E|-79.9333333|156.3666667|||01/01/2001|A relatively flat rectangular rock platform at the SE margin of Midnight Plateau, Darwin Mountains. The upper surface (2070 m) is ice covered but a rock cliff forms the S end. Named after Larry Skilton, Connecticut ham radio operator who made phone patches in the United States to complete radio communications from U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) science stations including Palmer, McMurdo, Byrd surface station, and particularly South Pole. He worked a regular nightly schedule for 11 years (1990-2001) and arranged the completion of several thousand calls.|12/23/2002|
18183|Duncan Bluff|Ridge|795700S|1555800E|-79.95|155.9666667|||01/01/2001|A steep rock bluff along the N side of Hatherton Glacier. It rises to 1800 m between Corell Cirque and Conant Valley in the Darwin Mountains. In association with the names of communication workers grouped in this area, named after Patrick Duncan Smith of the Office of Polar Programs, NSF, 1995-2001, information technology specialist for the U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) with responsibility for projects that access communication satellites as well as Antarctic communication with the outside world.|12/23/2002|12/23/2002
18184|Corell Cirque|Basin|795400S|1555700E|-79.9|155.95|||01/01/2001|A large cirque containing a glacier between Harvey Cirque and Duncan Bluff in the S part of the Darwin Mountains. Located at the E end of the extensive Prebble Icefalls, the cirque channels some of the ice from the Midnight Plateau icecap into the Hatherton Glacier. Named after Robert Corell, who headed the  Geosciences Directorate at the NSF, 1987-99, which for many years included the Foundation's Polar Research, and chaired national and international groups evaluating global change.|12/23/2002|
18185|Harvey Cirque|Basin|795400S|1555200E|-79.9|155.8666667|||01/01/2001|A cirque containing a small glacier between Scheuermann Spur and Corell Cirque in the S part of the Darwin Mountains. The cirque occurs along the extensive Prebble Icefalls which contributes some ice to the head of the cirque; there is limited flow from the cirque to Hatherton Glacier. Named after geologist Ralph P. Harvey of Case Western Reserve University, Cleveland, OH, engaged in the U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) Antarctic Search for Meteorites in the Transantarctic Mountains for many austral summers, 1992-2001, ultimately as ANSMET principal investigator.|12/23/2002|
18186|Scheuermann Spur|Summit|795100S|1553500E|-79.85|155.5833333|||01/01/2001|A broad ice-covered limb of the Darwin Mountains between the head of the Hatherton Glacier and the W end of Prebble Icefalls. The feature has a relatively flat summit area (c. 1600 m) that tapers southward to a narrow snout. A rock cliff marks the W side facing Hatherton Glacier. Named after Mike  Scheuermann, Air Projects Specialist, Office of Polar Programs, NSF, 1995-2001; former Navy liaison to OPP from U.S. Navy.|12/23/2002|12/23/2002
18187|Marty Nunataks|Summit|800838S|1551335E|-80.1438889|155.2263889|||01/01/2001|A group comprising about six nunataks in the W part of Britannia Range. The group lies midway between Haven Mountain and Vantage Hill and extends E-W for 7.5 miles. The nunataks rise to over 2000 m; local relief is on the order of 200 m. Named after Jerry W. Marty, involved in Antarctica from 1969, first as a construction manager for the South Pole Station characterized by the iconic geodesic dome; from 1994-1998 engaged in on-site contract support to the Office of Polar Programs, NSF, associated with planning for modernization of South Pole Station; from 1998-2009 as Facilities Construction and Maintenance Manager at the NSF for South Pole Station Modernization and as NSF Representative South Pole. |12/23/2002|06/22/2009
18188|DeGalan Peak|Summit|800700S|1555500E|-80.1166667|155.9166667|||01/01/2001|A peak that rises to 2470 m at the head of Magnis Valley in Britannia Range. Named after Lee DeGalan, contractor employee in charge of U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) cargo shipments out of Port Hueneme, CA, for more than 20 years.|12/23/2002|
18189|Operose Peak|Summit|800600S|1561400E|-80.1|156.2333333|2130|6988|01/01/2001|A peak above Onnum Valley to the SW of Derrick Peak in the Britannia Range. The steep lower slopes of the peak are of Beacon sandstone; the top (2130 m) is made up of a thick dolerite sill. The Latin name means laborious or requiring great pain reflecting the steepness of the slopes.|12/23/2002|
18190|Onnum Valley|Valley|800600S|1562100E|-80.1|156.35|||01/01/2001|An ice-free valley between Derrick Peak and Onnum Ridge in Britannia Range. Named in association with Onnum Ridge (q.v.) by a University of Waikato (New Zealand) geological party, 1978-79, led by M.J. Selby.|12/23/2002|
18191|Krissek Peak|Summit|801300S|1555700E|-80.2166667|155.95|||01/01/2001|A sharp peak which rises to c. 2500 m on the SW ridge from Mount Henderson, in Britannia Range. Named after geologist Lawrence A. Krissek of the Byrd Polar Research Center and Department of Geology and Mineralogy, Ohio State University, Columbus, OH,  who worked many austral summers in the central Transantarctic Mountains beginning c. 1985-86.|12/23/2002|
18192|Brier Icefalls|Glacier|801500S|1553600E|-80.25|155.6|||01/01/2001|Icefalls about 150 m high and 5 mi wide at the E side of Vantage Hill in Britannia Range.  Named after Frank Brier of the Office of Polar Programs, NSF, Facilities, Engineering and Construction Program Manager for renovation of facilities at McMurdo and for South Pole Station Modernization, 1995-2001.|12/23/2002|03/22/2005
18193|Moore Pinnacle|Summit|801300S|1564900E|-80.2166667|156.8166667|||01/01/2001|A solitary peak rising to 2650 m in the S part of Mount Olympus, Britannia Range. In association with Mount Olympus and Byrd Glacier, named after Captain R.R. Moore, USN, commanding officer of USS Mount Olympus, flagship of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47, led by Admiral R.E. Byrd.|12/23/2002|
18194|Mount Stephenson|Summit|802500S|1564500E|-80.4166667|156.75|||01/01/2001|A mountain rising to 2400 m on the N side of Byrd Glacier in Britannia Range. It stands near the head of Ramseier Glacier, 4 mi SW of Mount Quackenbush. Named after Simon Stephenson, party member, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) glacial geophysical survey of Rutford Ice Stream, 1978-80; NASA team study of ice streams draining the West Antarctic ice sheet, four seasons, 1984-89; from 1989-2001, NSF Representative in Antarctica during austral summers and Research Support Manager, Office of Polar Programs, during off-seasons overseeing the planning and implementing of U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) projects.|12/23/2002|
18195|Hughes Basin|Basin|801900S|1561800E|-80.3166667|156.3|||01/01/2001|A large basinlike neve in Britannia Range which is  bounded except to the S by Ravens Mountains, Mount Henderson, Mount Olympus and Mount Quackenbush. The feature is 15 mi long and the ice surface descends N-S from 2000 m near Mount Olympus to 1000 m near Darnell Nunatak, where there is discharge to Byrd Glacier. Named after Terence J. Hughes of the Department of Geological Sciences and Institute of Quaternary Studies, University of Maine, Orono, who made an intensive study of the Byrd Glacier, 1978-79, entailing photogrammetric determination of the elevation of the ice surface and its velocity, radio-echo sounding from LC-130 aircraft, and ground survey from fixed stations close to Byrd Glacier and moving stations on the glacier itself.|12/23/2002|
18196|Ravens Mountains|Summit|802000S|1552500E|-80.3333333|155.4166667|||01/01/2001|A symmetrical group of mountains on the W side of Hughes Basin in Britannia Range. The mountains are 12 mi long and rise to 2130 m in Doll Peak.  Named after the 109 Airlift Wing of the New York Air National Guard which has provided logistical support to the U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) for several years beginning in 1988. Ravens is a nickname associated with the Airlift Wing.|12/23/2002|
18197|Doll Peak|Summit|801800S|1550600E|-80.3|155.1|||01/01/2001|A peak rising to 2130 m in the NW part of the Ravens Mountains, Britannia Range. Named after Brigadier General Karl H. Doll, who served as Director of Operations of the 109 Tactical Airlift Group and was instrumental in early transition planning of the LC-130 operations from the U.S. Navy to the Air National Guard.|12/23/2002|
18198|Saburro Peak|Summit|802000S|1550100E|-80.3333333|155.0166667|||01/01/2001|A peak to the S of Doll Peak, rising to 1930 m in the S part of Ravens Mountains, Britannia Range. Named after Col. Richard M. Saburro, Commanding Officer of the 109 Airlift Wing, New York Air National Guard, who was the first Guard commander for Operation Deep Freeze.|12/23/2002|
18199|Adams Crest|Summit|802000S|1553300E|-80.3333333|155.55|1950|6398|01/01/2001|The summit, 1950 m, of an irregular V-shaped mountain 5 mi E of Saburro Peak in the Ravens Mountains, Britannia Range. Named after Col. Jonathan E. Adams who served as Commander of the 109 Airlift Wing during the transition of LC-130 operations from the U.S. Navy to the Air National Guard.|12/23/2002|
18200|Lucia Peak|Summit|801800S|1552300E|-80.3|155.3833333|||01/01/2001|A peak 2 mi NW of Adams Crest in the Ravens Mountains, Britannia Range. Named after CMSgt Charles R. Lucia who served with the 109 Airlift Wing as Chief of Maintenance Control during the transition of LC-130 operations from the U.S. Navy to the Air National Guard|12/23/2002|
18201|Pritchard Peak|Summit|802200S|1551800E|-80.3666667|155.3|||01/01/2001|A peak rising to over 1800 m 3 mi SE of Saburro Peak in the Doll Mountains, Britannia Range. Named after Col. Marion Graham Pritchard, Jr., who served as Vice Commander and then Commander of the 109 Airlift Wing during the transition of LC-130 operations from the U.S. Navy to the Air National Guard|12/23/2002|
18202|Stahl Peak|Summit|802000S|1551300E|-80.3333333|155.2166667|||01/01/2001|A peak 2 mi E of Saburro Peak in the Ravens Mountains, Britannia Range. It rises to over 1800 meters. Named after Chief Master Sergeant Alfred E. Stahl who served with the 109 Airlift Wing as a Flight Engineer Superintendent during the transition of LC-130 operations from the U.S. Navy to the Air National Guard|12/23/2002|
18203|Casatelli Peak|Summit|802200S|1553100E|-80.3666667|155.5166667|||01/01/2001|A peak 2 mi E of Pritchard Peak in the Ravens Mountains, Britannia Range. It rises to c. 1600 m at the end of the W ridge that descends from Adams Crest. Named after Chief Master Sergeant Michael F. Casatelli who served with the 109 Airlift Wing as Medical Administration Supervisor during the transition of LC-130 operations from the U.S. Navy to the Air National Guard.|12/23/2002|
18204|Aldi Peak|Summit|801700S|1545000E|-80.2833333|154.8333333|||01/01/2001|A peak rising to 1800 m at the W end of the Ravens Mountains, Britannia Range. Named after Chief Master Sergeant Louis M. Aldi who served as the 109 Airlift Wing Command Chief Master Sergeant during the transition of LC-130 operations from the U.S. Navy to the Air National Guard|12/23/2002|
18205|Beale Peak|Summit|801800S|1553000E|-80.3|155.5|||01/01/2001|A peak 2 mi SE of Vantage Hill in the Ravens Mountains, Britannia Range. Named after Master Sergeant Garry(sp?) A. Beale who served as the 109 Airlift Wing Logistics Planner during the transition of LC-130 operations from the U.S. Navy to the Air National Guard.|12/23/2002|
18206|Tyke Nunatak|Summit|801300S|1533500E|-80.2166667|153.5833333|||01/01/2001|The smallest and N-most of the Bates Nunataks at the W end of Britannia Range. So named because of its small size in relation to the two southern nunataks in the group.|12/23/2002|
18207|McCafferty Spur|Summit|791700S|1560400E|-79.2833333|156.0666667|||01/01/2001|A spur on the N face of Butcher Ridge, Cook Mountains, 5.5 mi NW of Mount Ayres. Named after Anne McCafferty, geophysicist, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), who in 1991-92 worked on a U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) aeromagnetic survey over the Ross Ice Shelf and, in a cooperative U.S. Geological Survey (USGS)-German project, participated in the first aeromagnetic flight across the Butcher Ridge and Cook Mountains.|12/23/2002|
18208|Gjelsvik Spur|Summit|791800S|1561900E|-79.3|156.3166667|||01/01/2001|A rock spur 2 mi NW of Mount Ayres on the Butcher Ridge, Cook Mountains. Named after Per Gjelsvik of the University of Wisconsin-Madison aeromagnetic project under John Behrendt, 1963-64. Working from U.S. Navy aircraft, Gjelsvik acquired aeromagnetic profiles over the Transantarctic Mountains bordering the Ross Sea and Ross Ice Shelf.|12/23/2002|
18209|Finn Spur|Summit|791700S|1563700E|-79.2833333|156.6166667|||01/01/2001|A rock spur 3.5 mi NE of Mount Ayres on the N side of Longhurst Plateau, Cook Mountains. Named after Carol Finn, geophysicist, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), who was U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) project chief on a cooperative U.S. Geological Survey (USGS)-German aeromagnetic survey over the Butcher Ridge-Cook Mountains-Darwin Neve area, 1997-98; additional aeromagnetic surveys from 1991, including seasons over the West Antarctic ice sheet from 1994 as a principal investigator and U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) project chief.|12/23/2002|
18210|Fastook Glacier|Glacier|790200S|1564500E|-79.0333333|156.75|||01/01/2001|A southern tributary to Mulock Glacier about 20 mi long and 5 mi wide. It heads on the N side of Longhurst Plateau in the Cook Mountains and flows N between Butcher Ridge and Finger Ridges. Named after James L. Fastook, Department of Computer Sciences and Institute for Quaternary Studies, University of Maine, Orono, U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) investigator of ice streams, ice shelves, and ice sheets over a 20 year period beginning c. 1978.|12/23/2002|
18211|Himmelberg Hills|Summit|832400S|0514600W|-83.4|-51.7666667|1710|5610|01/01/2001|A linear group of hills with prominent rock outcrops, 11.5 mi long, at the SW end of Saratoga Table, Pensacola Mountains. Named features in the group include Haskill Nunatak, 1710 m, near the center, and Ray Nunatak and Beiszer Nunatak at the S end. Named after Glen R. Himmelberg, Department of Geology, University of Missouri-Columbia. His laboratory research and scientific reporting with A.B. Ford (1973-91) on the petrology of Antarctica and specifically on the Dufek intrusion of the northern Pensacola Mountains was critical for the understanding of the evolution of this major igneous complex.|12/23/2002|
18212|Kistler Valley|Valley|823000S|0513000W|-82.5|-51.5|||01/01/2001|A mostly ice-filled valley in th E-central part of Dufek Massif, Pensacola Mountains. The valley lies between Sapp Rocks and Forlidas Ridge and heads in the amphitheater between Nutt Bluff and Preslik Spur. Named after Ronald W. Kistler, Research Geologist, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) (retired). His laboratory research and scientific reporting with A.B. Ford (1979-2000) on the geochronology and petrology of the Dufek intrusion of the northern Pensacola Mountains was critical for the understanding of the evolution of this major igneous complex.|12/23/2002|
18213|O'Neal Point|Cape|644200S|0621800W|-64.7|-62.3|||01/01/2001|A point on the E side of Arctowski Peninsula, Danco Coast. The point stands between the entrances of Beaupre Cove and Piccard Cove in Wilhelmina Bay. Named after James D. O'Neal, cartographer, Special Maps Branch, U.S. Geological Survey, who was United States Observer with the Chilean Antarctic Expedition, October 1956-April 1957, working in the South Shetland Islands and northwestern Antarctic Peninsula.|12/23/2002|
18214|Jungk Hill|Summit|781200S|1662600E|-78.2|166.4333333|||01/01/2001|A mostly ice-free hill 1.7 mi NE of Mount Aurora on Black Island, Ross Archipelago. Named after Robert A. Jungk of ASA, engaged in development and expansion of Black Island communication systems for several years beginning in 1989; ASA project engineer for the U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) Unattended Satellite Earth Station which became operational in 1995.|12/23/2002|
18215|Juergens Island|Island|775259S|1650150E|-77.883044|165.030444|||01/01/2001|An island 1.5 mi E of West Dailey Island in the Dailey Islands, McMurdo Sound. Named after Eric D. Juergens of ASA, co-manager of a U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) project to clean up Antarctic waste sites beginning in 1991; director of safety, environment, and health activities, 1992-99, with heightened emphasis on environmental protection.|12/23/2002|
18216|Hatcher Island|Island|775322S|1650428E|-77.889317|165.074362|||01/01/2001|One of the Dailey Islands in McMurdo Sound; this one lies on the E side of Juergens Island, 2 mi E of West Dailey Island. Named after John H. Hatcher, III of ASA, who initiated a comprehensive waste management program for the U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) in 1992; he continued through 1999 as manager of the program.|12/23/2002|
18217|DeZafra Ridge|Ridge|791700S|1572700E|-79.2833333|157.45|||01/01/2001|A narrow but prominent rock ridge, 5 mi long, which extends N from the NE cliffs of Longhurst Plateau, Cook Mountains. The ridge is 2.5 mi W of Fault Bluff and rises 350 m above the ice surface N of the plateau. Named after Robert L. deZafra, Professor of Physics, State University of New York, Stony Brook, whose research at the South Pole and McMurdo Sound provided breakthrough contributions to understanding the formation of the Antarctic ozone hole.|12/23/2002|01/05/2021
18218|Harper Ridge|Ridge|790900S|1565700E|-79.15|156.95|||01/01/2001|A nearly ice-free ridge, 2 mi long and rising to over 1800 m. It extends N from the central part of Finger Ridges, Cook Mountains, toward Yamagata Ridge. Named after Doyal A. Harper of the University of Chicago, Yerkes Observatory, Williams Bay, WI,  director of the Center for Astrophysical Research in Antarctica at South Pole Station for several years from 1991.|12/23/2002|
18219|Holmes Ridge|Ridge|791000S|1564200E|-79.1666667|156.7|||01/01/2001|A rock ridge, 2 mi long, which is the largest feature in the W part of Finger Ridges, Cook Mountains. Named after Robert E. Holmes of the Space Science and Engineering Center, University of Wisconsin, Madison, who was involved with the siting and operation of automatic weather station units (AWS) throughout Antarctica, 1991-97|12/23/2002|
18220|Yamagata Ridge|Ridge|790500S|1570200E|-79.0833333|157.0333333|||01/01/2001|A narrow linear nunatak, 3 mi long and rising to 1690 m, located 5 mi W of Seay Peak in the N-central part of Finger Ridges, Cook Mountains. Named after Noboru Yamagata, Institute of Public Health, Japan, geochemist with Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) in four field seasons in the McMurdo Dry Valleys, 1963-64 to 1968-69.|12/23/2002|
18221|Yoshida Bluff|Ridge|792000S|1581200E|-79.3333333|158.2|||01/01/2001|A flat-topped bluff which rises to 2000 m at the N side of the head of Carlyon Glacier in Cook Mountains. The bluff is midway between Mill Mountain and Kanak Peak and is ice covered except for rock cliffs at the S and W sides. Named after Yoshio Yoshida of the National Institute of Polar Research, Japan, geochemist with Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) in four field seasons in the McMurdo Dry Valleys, 1963-64 to 1973-74.|12/23/2002|
18222|Murayama Crests|Summit|791200S|1583400E|-79.2|158.5666667|||01/01/2001|A group of about four peaks or nunataks, the highest rising to 2020 m, located 4 mi NNE of Kanak Peak in Cook Mountains. Named after Haruta Murayama, Yokohama National University, Japan, geochemist with Japanese Antarctic Research Expedition (JARE) in the McMurdo Dry Valleys during the 1981-82 field season.|12/23/2002|08/13/2003
18223|Mount Marks|Summit|784700S|1603500E|-78.7833333|160.5833333|2600|8530|01/01/2001|A broad ice-covered mountain rising to 2600 m 5 mi NNW of Mount Speyer in Worcester Range. Named after Rodney Marks (1968-2000), an Australian citizen who died while conducting astrophysical research as a member of the 2000 winter party at the NSF South Pole Station. He was employed by the Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, working on the Antarctic Submillimeter Telescope and Remote Observatory, a research project of the University of Chicago's Center for Astrophysical Research in Antarctica (CARA). He previously had spent the 1998 winter at the Pole as part of CARA's South Pole Infrared Explorer project.|12/23/2002|01/15/2004
18224|Jensen Rampart|Cliff|785200S|1600800E|-78.8666667|160.1333333|||01/01/2001|Steep rock cliffs that rise to 1600 m at the SW edge of Worcester Range. The cliffs are 6 mi W of Mount Speyer and overlook the N side of Mulock Glacier. Named after Kate Jensen, NOAA field team leader at South Pole Station; also worked for ASA and Raytheon at South Pole.|12/23/2002|02/19/2003
18243|Abercrombie Crests|Summit|810000S|1600900E|-81|160.15|||01/01/2003|A cluster of rock summits rising to 1259 m in the N part of Darley Hills, Churchill Mountains. The feature is 9 mi SSE of Mount Deleon. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Thomas J. Abercrombie of the National Geographic Magazine Foreign Editorial Staff, 1957-90, who was on assignment in Antarctica, 1957-58. One of several features in Darley Hills (q.v.) that are named for NGM staff.|01/24/2003|01/24/2003
18245|Algie Knoll|Summit|821200S|1620900E|-82.2|162.15|||01/01/2003|A rounded ice-covered elevation rising to 400 m between Silver Ridge and the mouth of Algie Glacier in Churchill Mountains. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Algie Glacier, q.v.|01/24/2003|01/24/2003
18246|Alligator Eyes|Summit|813800S|1605500E|-81.6333333|160.9166667|||01/01/2003|Two nunataks which are near together and rise to over 600 m on the E side of Dickey Glacier in Churchill Mountains. The feature surmounts the end of the broad ice-covered ridge that extends N from Mount Arcone. So named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) because of its appearance.|01/24/2003|01/24/2003
18247|Mount Arcone|Summit|814300S|1610200E|-81.7166667|161.0333333|||01/01/2003|A horseshoe-shaped mountain rising to 1350 m in Nash Range, Churchill Mountains. It stands at the E side of Dickey Glacier,  7 mi N of Mount Canopus. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Steven A. Arcone, U.S. Army Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory (CRREL), who conducted ground radar traverses and airborne radar surveys in the South Pole area, Transantarctic Mountains, and ice sheet of West Antarctica during six field seasons, 1993-2002.|01/24/2003|01/24/2003
18248|Bally Glacier|Glacier|812200S|1591200E|-81.3666667|159.2|||01/01/2003|A glacier 6 mi long which occupies the central part of Carlstrom Foothills, Churchill Mountains. It flows N along the E side of Mount Blick into Jorda Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after John Bally of the University of Colorado Center for Astrophysics and Space Astronomy, Boulder, CO; U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) principal investigator and field team member of the Advanced Telescope Project, South Pole Center for Astrophysical Research in Antarctica, 1992-95.|01/24/2003|01/24/2003
18249|Benbrook Glacier|Glacier|812700S|1585500E|-81.45|158.9166667|||01/01/2003|A glacier 5 mi long in the Churchill Mountains. It flows SSE from Egress Peak, Carlstrom Foothills, into the Flynn Glacier. Named after James R. Benbrook, Department of Physics, University of Houston, Houston, TX; U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) team member in balloon-borne investigation of the ionosphere and magnetosphere over the geographic South Pole, 1985-95.|01/24/2003|01/24/2003
18250|Bieber Bench|Bench|815700S|1602300E|-81.95|160.3833333|||01/01/2003|A relatively horizontal upland area of 20 square mi at the S side of Surveyors Range, Churchill Mountains. The ice-covered feature rises to 1800 m between Mansergh Snowfield and the head of Algie Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after John W. Bieber, Bartol Research Institute, University of Delaware; U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) principal investigator for solar and heliospheric studies with Antarctic cosmic ray observations at the McMurdo and South Pole Stations, 1988-2002.|01/24/2003|01/24/2003
18251|Mount Blick|Summit|812100S|1590500E|-81.35|159.0833333|||01/01/2003|A conical peak rising to over 1400 m in the N extremity of Carlstrom Foothills, Churchill Mountains. The peak is on the W side of Bally Glacier, 8 mi ESE of Pyramid Mountain. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in honor of Graeme Blick, Geodetic Survey Advisor, Office of the New Zealand Surveyor-General, 1996-2002.  From 1998 to the present  he has worked closely with the US Geological Survey on geodetic surveys in the Ross Sea Region and has overseen the development of the new Ross Sea Region Geodetic Datum 2000.|01/24/2003|08/13/2003
18252|Boyer Bluff|Cliff|811000S|1600500E|-81.1666667|160.0833333|||01/01/2003|A mostly ice-covered bluff, 1080 m, at the SW periphery of Darley Hills, Churchill Mountains. The feature is 4 mi SW of Constellation Dome. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after David S. Boyer of the National Geographic Magazine Foreign Editorial Staff, who was on assignment in Antarctica, 1956-57. One of several features in Darley Hills (q.v.) that are named for NGM staff.|01/24/2003|12/01/2003
18253|Brecher Glacier|Glacier|804200S|1572800E|-80.7|157.4666667|||01/01/2003|A broad glacier 5 mi long in the N Churchill Mountains. It flows N between Rundle Peaks and Mandarich Massif into Byrd Glacier. Named after Henry H. Brecher (Mount Brecher, q.v.) of the Byrd Polar Research Center, Ohio State University; he conducted Antarctic glaciological investigations for over 30 years, 1960-95, including determinations of surface velocities and elevations on Byrd Glacier.|01/24/2003|01/24/2003
18254|Carlstrom Foothills|Summit|812500S|1590000E|-81.4166667|159|||01/01/2003|A group of peaks and ridges running N-S between Mount Albert Markham and Kelly Plateau in Churchill Mountains. The feature is 10 mi long with summits rising to 1690 m. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after John Carlstrom of the Department of Astronomy and Astrophysics, University of Chicago, Chicago, IL; Projects Director, Center for Astrophysical Research in Antarctica at South Pole Station from 2001.|01/24/2003|
18255|Carnegie Range|Range|821100S|1611000E|-82.1833333|161.1666667|||01/01/2003|A mountain range, 18 mi long, running N-S between Errant Glacier and Holyoake Range on the W and Algie Glacier and Nash Range on the E. The range rises to over 1400 m and is ice covered except for peaks and ridges in the N portion and Russell Bluff at the S end. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Andrew Carnegie (1825-1919), American industrialist of Scottish birth who established numerous foundations and endowments for education, research, and social advancement, including the provision of public libraries in the United States, Great Britain, and other English speaking countries.|01/24/2003|01/24/2003
18263|Chamberlin Rampart|Cliff|810300S|1595300E|-81.05|159.8833333|||01/01/2003|A series of ice-covered bluffs midway along the W slope of Darley Hills, Churchill Mountains. The bluffs rise to 1200 m and are interspaced by heavily crevassed ice. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Wellman Chamberlin, National Geographic Magazine cartographer, c.1935-70; author of the NGM monograph The Round Earth on Flat Paper, 1947. One of several features in Darley Hills (q.v.) that are named for NGM staff.|01/28/2003|12/01/2003
18264|Chapman Snowfield|Glacier|813000S|1572000E|-81.5|157.3333333|||01/01/2003|A large snowfield lying W of the central ridge in Churchill Mountains, bounded to the N by Elder Peak and the massif surmounted by Mount Wharton, to the S by Sosa Icefalls and the head of  Starshot Glacier, and to the W by Wallabies Nunataks and All-Blacks Nunataks. Named after William H. Chapman, topographic engineer, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), leader of the 1961-62 Topo North-Topo South survey of mountains W of Ross Sea from Cape Roget, Adare Peninsula, to Otway Massif at the head of Beardmore Glacier, a traverse totalling 1570 miles. This first helicopter-supported traverse with EDM electronic-distant-measuring instruments resulted in the establishment of ground control making possible the mapping of a 100,000-square-mile area of the Transantarctic Mountains.|01/28/2003|01/28/2003
18265|Contortion Spur|Ridge|802500S|1600900E|-80.4166667|160.15|||01/01/2003|The largest and easternmost of three spurs which descend N from Mount Madison near the mouth of Byrd Glacier. The spur exposes a spectacular syncline of white marble and black schist. It was geologically mapped on Dec. 10, 2000, by Edmund Stump of U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP); he suggested the name because of the skewed form of the spur.|01/28/2003|01/31/2003
18266|Cooper Snowfield|Glacier|805600S|1584000E|-80.9333333|158.6666667|||01/01/2003|A snowfield with an area of c.25 square miles in the Churchill Mountains. The snowfield rises to over 1200 m and is nearly encircled  by ridges  connecting Mount Bevin, Mount Field, Mount Durnford, and Mount Liard. Named after Alan K. Cooper, marine geophysicist, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), Menlo Park, CA;  involved in drilling and seismic studies of the Antarctic continental margin for deriving paleoenvironments and ice sheet history, 1984-2002.|01/28/2003|
18267|Cupcake Peaks|Summit|804200S|1583600E|-80.7|158.6|||01/01/2003|Two rounded peaks, or nunataks, which rise to 1391 m 3 mi SE of Mount Hamilton in Churchill Mountains. The allusive name given by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) is suggestive of the appearance of the peaks.|01/28/2003|
18268|DeVries Bluff|Cliff|801900S|1574500E|-80.3166667|157.75|||01/01/2003|A steep bluff rising to 1660 m on the N side of Byrd Glacier. The feature is immediately E of DeVries Glacier, where the latter enters Byrd Glacier. The bluff was named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with DeVries Glacier (q.v.). Biologist Arthur L. DeVries conducted research on freezing avoidance of McMurdo Sound fishes at the U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) McMurdo Station over four decades, 1960-61 through 2001-02 field seasons.|01/28/2003|12/01/2003
18270|Egress Peak|Summit|812400S|1585400E|-81.4|158.9|||01/01/2003|A peak rising to 1690 m 6 mi E of Mount Albert Markham, Churchill Mountains. Situated at the W extremity of Carlstrom Foothills, the peak overlooks a 1400-m ice divide. Benbrook Glacier flows S from the divide into Flynn Glacier; an unnamed glacier flows N from the divide into Jorda Glacier. So named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) because of the emergence of the two glaciers adjacent to this peak.|01/28/2003|
18271|Elder Peak|Summit|810700S|1572000E|-81.1166667|157.3333333|||01/01/2003|A peak at the N margin of Chapman Snowfield (q.v.) in the Churchill Mountains. The peak rises to 2360 m 6 mi SW of Mount Wharton. Named after William C. Elder, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) topographic engineer with the Topo North-Topo South survey expedition in these mountains, 1961-62.|01/28/2003|
18272|Fisher Point|Cape|810900S|1604300E|-81.15|160.7166667|||01/01/2003|A rock coastal point on the E margin of the Darley Hills, Churchill Mountains. The point marks the S side of the mouth of ice-filled Grazzini Bay at Ross Ice Shelf. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Franklin L. Fisher, Chief of the Illustrations Division, National Geographic Magazine, c. 1905-49. One of several features in Darley Hills (q.v.) that are named for NGM staff|01/28/2003|12/01/2003
18273|Gootee Nunatak|Summit|803900S|1595700E|-80.65|159.95|||01/01/2003|A small but distinctive nunatak, c. 250 m, which is the only rock outcrop at the W end of Couzens Bay, Shackleton Coast. The nunatak was geologically mapped by a U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) field party led by Edmund Stump, 2000-01, and named after geologist Brian Gootee, a member of the party.|01/28/2003|
18283|Grazzini Bay|Bay|810800S|1603800E|-81.1333333|160.6333333|||01/01/2003|An ice-filled coastal embayment, 2 mi wide, between Gentile Point and Fisher Point on the E side of Darley Hills, Churchill Mountains. The bay opens to Ross Ice Shelf. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Athos D. Grazzini, cartographer and toponymic specialist on the National Geographic Magazine staff from about 1950-70. One of several features in Darley Hills (q.v.) that are named for NGM staff.|01/29/2003|
18284|Gutenberg Glacier|Glacier|815800S|1583200E|-81.9666667|158.5333333|||01/01/2003|A glacier 8 mi long in N Holyoake Range, Churchill Mountains. It flows NW between Mount Hubble and Mount Richter (q.v.) to enter Starshot Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after German-born seismologist Beno Gutenberg, director of the California Institute of Technology seismology laboratory in the 1930s; collaborator with Charles F. Richter in developing the Richter Scale, 1935, used to measure the magnitude of earthquakes|01/29/2003|01/31/2003
18286|Mount Isbell|Summit|822200S|1562400E|-82.3666667|156.4|||01/01/2003|A mountain, 2360 m, at the NE perimeter of Geologists Range, Churchill Mountains. The summit is 2.6 mi W of Vogt Peak. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after John Isbell, Department of Geosciences, University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee; investigator of Permian and Lower Triassic strata of the Darwin and Churchill Mountains in several field seasons, 1992-2001, including work near this mountain.|01/29/2003|
18287|Jacobs Peninsula|Cape|815200S|1623900E|-81.8666667|162.65|||01/01/2003|A massive peninsula, 5 mi long and 3 mi wide, extending E from Nash Range into Ross Ice Shelf. The peninsula rises to over 800 m and is ice covered except for fringing spurs, as at Cape May, the NE extremity. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Stanley S. Jacobs, oceanographer, Lamont-Doherty Earth Observatory, Columbia University, who made physical/chemical observations in the Southern Ocean including the Ross Sea area, 1963-2000.|01/29/2003|
18288|Kilroy Bluff|Cliff|811500S|1594200E|-81.25|159.7|||01/01/2003|An ice-covered bluff, 1040 m,  on the W side of  Nursery Glacier at the junction with Jorda Glacier in Churchill Mountains. The E face of the feature is indented by twin cirques that resemble eyes. Under certain light conditions the appearance of the bluff is  reminiscent of ubiquitous Kilroy graffiti of World War II: a caricature of a head peering over a wall and the message "Kilroy was here".|01/29/2003|12/01/2003
18289|Mount Liard|Summit|805800S|1585100E|-80.9666667|158.85|||01/01/2003|A peak 6 mi E of Mount Durnford in Churchill Mountains. It rises to 1770 m on the ridge S of Cooper Snowfield. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Theodore J. Liard, Jr. (1918-2002), geographer with the Department of Interior and the Department of Defense in toponymic research for the U.S. Board on Geographic Names, 1949-80; Chief, Geographic Names Division, Defense Mapping Agency (now National Imagery and Mapping Agency), 1969-80.|01/29/2003|
18290|Lowry Massif|Range|803700S|1581200E|-80.6166667|158.2|||01/01/2003|A compact block of ridgelines without a prominent culminating summit, rising to c. 1800 m on the S side of Byrd Glacier. The unit is 3 mi long and stands 3 mi SSW of Mount Tuatara. A section of Shackleton Limestone was measured here by U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) geologist Edmund Stump, November 21, 2000. Named after geologist Patrick H. Lowry, a member of Stump’s Arizona State University field parties, 1977-78 and 1978-79, the latter season in the Byrd Glacier area.|01/29/2003|
18291|Madison Terrace|Bench|803200S|1601800E|-80.5333333|160.3|||01/01/2003|A rectangular terrace, 6 mi long and 3 mi wide, abutting the S part of Mount Madison (q.v.) on Shackleton Coast. Ice draining from Mount Madison covers the terrace, which terminates in a line of icefalls within Couzens Bay. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Mount Madison.|01/29/2003|
18292|Mandarich Massif|Range|804100S|1574000E|-80.6833333|157.6666667|||01/01/2003|A rugged Y-shaped massif which rises to 1860 m on the S side of Byrd Glacier. It stands between Brecher Glacier and Twombley Glacier, two southern tributaries to Byrd Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Captain (later Rear Admiral) Stevan Mandarich (1911-2001), U.S. Navy (USN), Chief of Staff to Rear Admiral R.E. Byrd on Operation Deep Freeze 1, 1955-56.|01/29/2003|
18293|Mansergh Wall|Cliff|820600S|1601800E|-82.1|160.3|||01/01/2003|An ice-covered cliff, 4 mi long, running E-W between Mansergh Snowfield and the head of Errant Glacier in Churchill Mountains. The cliff rises to over 1600 m and forms part of the divide between the N-flowing Starshot Glacier system, including Mansergh Snowfield, and the Nimrod Glacier system, including the S-flowing Errant Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in association with Mansergh Snowfield (q.v).|01/29/2003|
18294|McClintock Ridge|Ridge|820300S|1610000E|-82.05|161|||01/01/2003|A prominent E-W ridge that is ice covered, 6 mi N of Rubin Peak in Carnegie Range, Churchill Mountains. The ridge comprises several aligned summits that descend the E slope of the range for 7 mi, ending at Algie Glacier. The W portion, near Mansergh Wall, rises to over 1400 m; elevations decline to 400 m near Algie Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Barbara McClintock (1902-92), Department of Genetics, Carnegie Institution, Cold Spring Harbor, NY, 1942-67, although she continued full-time research, supported by Carnegie, until her death; Nobel Laureate in Physiology or Medicine, 1983.|01/29/2003|
18295|Miscast Nunataks|Summit|803000S|1590900E|-80.5|159.15|||01/01/2003|A group of four nunataks which rise to 910 m on the S side of Byrd Glacier. The outcrops lie between Mount Tadpole and Mount Madison in the Churchill Mountains. The feature was geologically mapped as Dick Formation, a clastic, sandstone unit, by NZGS, 1960-61. The name arose following remapping by U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) geologist Edmund Stump, 2000-01, and the determination that the entire outcrop is Shackleton Limestone.|01/29/2003|08/13/2003
18297|Peacock Heights|Summit|813300S|1584500E|-81.55|158.75|||01/01/2003|A bold array of peaks and ridges, 11 mi long and 5 mi wide, extending ESE from Mount Nares in the Churchill Mountains. The feature rises from c. 600 m on Starshot Glacier to c. 2600 m near Mount Nares and forms the divide between Flynn Glacier and Donnally Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Dennis S. Peacock (Peacock Peak, q.v.), Director, Solar-Terrestrial Physics Program in the Division of Atmospheric Sciences, National Science Foundation, 1975-87; Section Head for Upper Atmospheric Research, 1988-91; U.S. Antarctic Program Chief Scientist, 1991-2002, concurrently serving as Head, Polar Sciences Section in the NSF Office of Polar Programs.|01/29/2003|
18298|Pernic Bluff|Cliff|812900S|1593000E|-81.4833333|159.5|||01/01/2003|An ice-covered bluff, 1060 m, at the S end of Kelly Plateau and Carlstrom Foothills in Churchill Mountains. The bluff rises 700 m above the terminus of Flynn Glacier at the junction with Starshot Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Robert J. Pernic, electrical engineer, University of Chicago Herkes Observatory, Williams Bay, WI; team leader for polar operations in support of CARA-wide projects at the U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) Center for Astrophysical Research in Antarctica at the South Pole Station, 1991-2002.|01/29/2003|12/01/2003
18299|Mount Richter|Summit|815800S|1584700E|-81.9666667|158.7833333|||01/01/2003|A mountain rising to 2550 m between Gutenberg Glacier (q.v.) and upper Starshot Glacier in N Holyoake Range, Churchill Mountains. The mountain is 3 mi N of Mount Hubble. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Charles F. Richter, American physicist, California Institute of Technology, 1930-70; in collaboration with Beno Gutenberg, 1935, he developed the Richter Scale which bears his name, used to measure the magnitude of earthquakes.|01/29/2003|
18300|Riddiford Nunatak|Summit|805900S|1594800E|-80.9833333|159.8|||01/01/2003|A small but conspicuous nunatak (c.1200 m) with an adjoining lower outcrop, lying 2.5 mi WNW of Abercrombie Crests in  Darley Hills, Churchill Mountains. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Charles E. Riddiford, National Geographic Magazine cartographer/typographer, c. 1923-58; his drawings illustrate the NGM monograph The Round Earth on Flat Paper, 1947. One of several features in Darley Hills that are named for NGS staff.|01/29/2003|
18301|Roberts Pike|Summit|803600S|1584500E|-80.6|158.75|||01/01/2003|A peak rising to 1630 m, 5 mi SE of Mount Tuatara in the Churchill Mountains. The culmination of several ridgelines, the summit commands a view of the drainage areas of Judith Glacier, Entrikin Glacier, and Couzens Bay. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after John “J.R.” Roberts, New Zealand mountaineer and field guide in 12 Antarctic seasons with U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP), 1987-88 to 2000-01, the last season in Churchill Mountains including work at this peak.|01/29/2003|
18302|Rubin Peak|Summit|821000S|1610900E|-82.1666667|161.15|||01/01/2003|A prominent rock summit rising to over 1100 m in the central part of Carnegie Range, Churchill Mountains. The peak is 11 mi N of Russell Bluff. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after  Vera Rubin, observational astronomer, Department of Terrestrial Magnetism, Carnegie Institution of Washington, 1965-2002; with Carnegie Institution co-worker Kent Ford, Rubin confirmed that most of the universe  consists of dark matter, 1978.|01/29/2003|
18303|Rutland Nunatak|Summit|813600S|1560800E|-81.6|156.1333333|||01/01/2003|A cone-shaped nunatak with associated rock outcrops, 2070 m, in the W part of Chapman Snowfield, Churchill Mountains. The nunatak is 10 mi ENE of Wilhoite Nunataks. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after cartographer Jane Rutland Brown, Antarctic map compilation specialist in the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Branch of Special Maps, 1951-71.|01/29/2003|
18304|Sleek Spur|Ridge|811900S|1601200E|-81.3166667|160.2|||01/01/2003|A tapered, ice-covered coastal spur at the E end of Kelly Plateau, Churchill Mountains. The spur is 8 mi SW of Cape Parr where the confluent Nursery, Jorda, and Starshot Glaciers enter Ross Ice Shelf. Named descriptively by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN).|01/29/2003|
18305|Sivjee Glacier|Glacier|815700S|1592300E|-81.95|159.3833333|||01/01/2003|A glacier 10 mi long which drains the NE slopes of Hunt Mountain in the Churchill Mountains. It flows N along the W side of Stark Ridge to enter Starshot Glacier S of Mount Hoskins. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Gulamabas G. Sivjee, U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) principal investigator for spectroscopic and interferometric studies of airglow and auroral processes in the upper atmosphere above the geographic South Pole, 1991-2001.|01/29/2003|
18306|Soza Icefalls|Glacier|815100S|1574800E|-81.85|157.8|||01/01/2003|A line of icefalls nearly 200 m high at the S margin of Chapman Snowfield (q.v.), Churchill Mountains. The icefalls extend  SW for 12 mi from Mount Massam, ending near the head of Starshot Glacier. Named after Ezekiel R. Soza, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) topographic engineer with the Topo North-Topo South survey expedition in these mountains, 1961-62.|01/29/2003|02/10/2003
18307|Stark Ridge|Ridge|815800S|1593100E|-81.9666667|159.5166667|||01/01/2003|A narrow ridge that extends from the E part of Hunt Mountain, Churchill Mountains, and trends N for 11 mi to the sharp NNE turn in Starshot Glacier. Several summits rise from the ridge which separates Sivjee Glacier and Mansergh Snowfield. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Antony A. Stark, Smithsonian Astrophysical Observatory, Cambridge, MA; U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) principal investigator for the Antarctic submillimeter telescope and remote observatory at the South Pole, 1991-2002.|01/29/2003|
18308|Mount Tadpole|Summit|803100S|1584100E|-80.5166667|158.6833333|||01/01/2003|A rounded and mostly ice-free mountain, c. 1000 m, with a narrow ridge running SW from the main mass. The mountain is 4 mi ENE of Mount Tuatara on the S side of Byrd Glacier. So named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) because of the appearance of the mountain.|01/29/2003|01/31/2003
18328|Conway Ice Ridge|Ridge|842500S|1400000W|-84.4166667|-140|||01/01/2003|An ice ridge between Whillans Ice Stream and Mercer Ice Stream on the Gould Coast, Marie Byrd Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Howard B. Conway, Department of Geophysics, University of Washington, Seattle, WA; U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) geophysicist at Siple Dome, 1994-95; Meserve Glacier, 1995-96; team leader in glacial history study of this ice ridge, 2001-02.|01/31/2003|
18329|Engelhardt Ice Ridge|Ridge|832000S|1460000W|-83.3333333|-146|||01/01/2003|An ice ridge between Whillans Ice Stream and Kamb Ice Stream (formerly Ice Streams B and C) near the junction of Gould Coast and Siple Coast in Marie Byrd Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Hermann Engelhardt, Division of Geological and Planetary Sciences, California Institute of Technology; U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) geophysicist who drilled boreholes in Whillans and Kamb Ice Streams in four field seasons, 1991-96.|01/31/2003|
18330|Raymond Ice Ridge|Ridge|813500S|1350000W|-81.5833333|-135|||01/01/2003|An ice ridge between Bindschadler Ice Stream and Kamb Ice Stream on Siple Coast, Marie Byrd Land. Siple Dome is at the W end of the ridge. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Charles F. Raymond, Geophysics Program, University of Washington, Seattle, WA, who studied the glacial history and evolution of the Marie Byrd Land ice stream system, with work on Siple Dome and the adjacent Bindschadler and Kamb Ice Streams in several field seasons, 1994-2002.|01/31/2003|
18331|Shabtaie Ice Ridge|Ridge|803000S|1400000W|-80.5|-140|||01/01/2003|An ice ridge between MacAyeal Ice Stream and Bindschadler Ice Stream at the junction of Shirase Coast and Siple Coast, Marie Byrd Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Sion Shabtaie, Geophysical and Polar Research Center, University of Wisconsin, Madison, WI, who, with Charles Bentley, 1982-84 and 1985-86, made a glaciogeophysical survey of the nearby Mercer, Whillans and Kamb Ice Streams (formerly Ice Streams A, B and C) and the intervening ice ridges.|01/31/2003|
18332|Harrison Ice Ridge|Ridge|793000S|1460000W|-79.5|-146|||01/01/2003|An ice ridge between Echelmeyer Ice Stream and MacAyeal Ice Stream on the Shirase Coast, Marie Byrd Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after William D. Harrison, Geophysics Institute, University of Alaska, Fairbanks, AK; U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) investigator of ice flow dynamics in the margin of nearby Whillans Ice Stream, 1992-93 and 1993-94, and at Siple Dome, 2001-02.|01/31/2003|
18333|Van der Veen Ice Stream|Stream|835000S|1300000W|-83.8333333|-130|||01/01/2003|A large SE tributary to Whillans Ice Stream in Marie Byrd Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Cornelis J. "Kees" van der Veen, Byrd Polar Research Center and Departments of Geological Sciences and Geography, Ohio State University, Columbus, OH; glacial theoretician and collaborator with Ian Whillans, 1986-2001, in many seminal reports on the dynamics of the West Antarctic Ice Sheet, including former Ice Stream B, now Whillans Ice Stream (q.v.).|01/31/2003|02/21/2003
18334|Acosta Glacier|Glacier|715800S|1005500W|-71.9666667|-100.9166667|||01/01/2003|Glacier about 2 mi long flowing N from Thurston Island just E of Dyer Point.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Alex V. Acosta, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), Flagstaff, Arizona, Computer and graphic specialist, part of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) team that compiled the 1:5,000,000-scale Advanced Very High Resolution Radiometer satellite image maps of Antarctica and the 1: 250,000-scale Landsat TM image maps of the Siple Coast area in the 1990s.|01/31/2003|
18335|Alison Ice Stream|Stream|735500S|0820400W|-73.9166667|-82.0666667|||01/01/2003|Ice Stream about 8 mi long flowing into Eltanin Bay S of Wirth Peninsula.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Alison Cook, British Antarctic Survey, computer specialist, part of the USA-UK cooperative project to compile Glaciological and Coastal-Change Maps of the Antarctic Peninsula in the late 1990s and early 2000s.|01/31/2003|
18336|Anandakrishnan Glacier|Glacier|753200S|1400500W|-75.5333333|-140.0833333|||01/01/2003|Glacier about 15 mi long draining through Ruppert Coast N of Strauss Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Sridhar Anandakrishnan, Penn State University geophysicist; glaciological interests focus on Antarctic ice sheet studies, ice stream migration, time-series investigations, and Antarctic tectonics.|01/31/2003|
18337|Bellisime Glacier|Glacier|721900S|0995300W|-72.3166667|-99.8833333|||01/01/2003|Glacier about 4 mi long flowing S from Thurston Island E of Myers Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lynda B. Bellisime, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), Flagstaff, Arizona, part of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) team that compiled the 1:5,000,000-scale Advanced Very High Resolution Radiometer maps of Antarctica and the 1: 250,000-scale Landsat TM image maps of the Siple Coast area in the 1990s.|01/31/2003|08/13/2003
18338|Chavez Glacier|Glacier|735500S|1011500W|-73.9166667|-101.25|||01/01/2003|Glacier about 10 mi long flowing S from Canisteo Peninsula into Cranton Bay.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Pat Chavez, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), Flagstaff, Arizona, co-leader of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) team that compiled the 1:5,000,000-scale Advanced Very High Resolution Radiometer maps of Antarctica in the 1990s.|01/31/2003|
18339|Clarke Glacier|Glacier|751100S|1390600W|-75.1833333|-139.1|||01/01/2003|Glacier about 8 mi long draining from Coulter Heights to Hull Bay.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Theodore S. Clarke, geophysicist, University of Wisconsin; research from early 1990s to the present focused on theoretical and field analysis of ice stream area of West Antarctica.|01/31/2003|
18340|Cooke Glacier|Glacier|724400S|0883400W|-72.7333333|-88.5666667|||01/01/2003|Glacier about 6 mi long flowing N from the northern end of Fletcher Peninsula.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Kirsten Cooke Healey, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), Woods Hole, Massachusetts, computer graphics specialist from the mid 1990s to the present for the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) project that is compiling the Satellite Image Atlas of Glaciers and 25 Glaciological and Coastal-Change Maps of Antarctica.|01/31/2003|
18341|Fahnestock Glacier|Glacier|775300S|1494100W|-77.8833333|-149.6833333|||01/01/2003|Glacier about 30 mi long draining to the Sulzberger Ice Shelf. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Mark A. Fahnestock, faculty, University of New Hampshire, field and theoretical researcher in Greenland and the West Antarctic Ice Stream area from the 1980s to the present.|01/31/2003|08/13/2003
18342|Ferrigno Ice Stream|Stream|734300S|0834900W|-73.7166667|-83.8166667|||01/01/2003|Ice Stream more than 15 mi long flowing into Eltanin Bay SW of Wirth Peninsula.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Jane G. Ferrigno, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), Reston, Virginia, specialist from the 1970s to the present in the use of satellite imagery for glacier studies and map compilation, co-leader of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) team that compiled the 1:5,000,000-scale Advanced Very High Resolution Radiometer maps of Antarctica, and task leader of the team that is compiling 25 Glaciological and Coastal-Change Maps of Antarctica.|01/31/2003|
18343|Foley Glacier|Glacier|715800S|1011000W|-71.9666667|-101.1666667|||01/01/2003|Glacier about 4 mi long flowing N from the western end of Thurston Island just E of Cape Peterson.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Kevin M. Foley, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), Reston, Virginia, computer specialist, team member of the Glaciological and Coastal-Change Maps of Antarctica Project.|01/31/2003|
18344|Fox Ice Stream|Stream|732800S|0852900W|-73.4666667|-85.4833333|||01/01/2003|Ice Stream about 6 mi long flowing into Eltanin Bay SW of Wirth Peninsula.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Adrian Fox, British Antarctic Survey, part of the USA-UK cooperative project to compile Glaciological and Coastal-Change Maps of the Antarctic Peninsula, active in field and mapping projects from the early 1990s to the present.|01/31/2003|
18345|Goodell Glacier|Glacier|725500S|0883000W|-72.9166667|-88.5|||01/01/2003|Glacier about 5 mi long flowing E and N from Fletcher Peninsula into Williams Ice Stream.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Janice G. Goodell, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), Woods Hole, Massachusetts, support member of the Glacier Studies Project Team from the early 1990s to the present.|01/31/2003|
18346|Gould Knoll|Summit|721400S|1003500W|-72.2333333|-100.5833333|||01/01/2003|A mostly ice-covered rock knoll that rises on the E margin of Hale Glacier, Thurston Island, at the point the glacier enters Abbot Ice Shelf. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after William G. Gould, NOAA specialist, 1960s to the mid 1990s, in the archiving of Advanced Very High Resolution Radiometer satellite images of the world, including those used for AVHRR image maps of the Antarctic continent.|01/31/2003|06/06/2003
18347|Hamilton Glacier|Glacier|773300S|1572500W|-77.55|-157.4166667|||01/01/2003|Glacier about 5 mi long draining NW from Edward VII Peninsula S of Cape Colbeck.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Gordon S. Hamilton, faculty, University of Maine, theoretical and field researcher of ice motion in the West Antarctic ice stream area from the 1980s to the present.|01/31/2003|
18348|Hulbe Glacier|Glacier|734700S|1255500W|-73.7833333|-125.9166667|||01/01/2003|Glacier about 10 mi long draining the N side of Siple Island.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Christina L. Hulbe, faculty, Portland State University, theoretical and field researcher of ice motion in Antarctica from the early 1990s to the present.|01/31/2003|
18349|Isbrecht Glacier|Glacier|721400S|1004600W|-72.2333333|-100.7666667|||01/01/2003|Small glacier flowing S from Thurston Island between Cox and Hale Glaciers.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after JoAnn Isbrecht, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), Flagstaff, Arizona, satellite image processing specialist, and part of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) team that compiled the 1:5,000,000-scale Advanced Very High Resolution Radiometer maps of Antarctica and the 1: 250,000-scale Landsat TM image maps of the Siple Coast area in the 1990s.|01/31/2003|
18350|Jacobel Glacier|Glacier|774400S|1481700W|-77.7333333|-148.2833333|||01/01/2003|Glacier about 30 mi long draining to the Sulzberger Ice Shelf S of Hershey Ridge.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Robert W. Jacobel, faculty, St. Olaf College, Northfield, Minnesota, Antarctic researcher from the 1980s to the present; research interests include the combination of ground based radar and ice core studies in West Antarctica.|01/31/2003|
18351|Lord Glacier|Glacier|751200S|1384100W|-75.2|-138.6833333|||01/01/2003|Glacier about 6 mi long draining from Coulter Heights to Hull Bay.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Neal E. Lord, geophysicist, University of Wisconsin, whose research focused on theoretical and field analysis of Ice Stream area of West Antarctica from the late 1980s to the present.|01/31/2003|
18352|Lucchitta Glacier|Glacier|742400S|0995600W|-74.4|-99.9333333|||01/01/2003|Glacier about 20 mi long flowing S from the Hudson Mountains into Pine Island Bay.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Baerbel K. Lucchitta, geologist, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), Flagstaff, Arizona, Specialist in the use of satellite imagery for geological and glaciological studies from the early 1980s to the early 2000s; one of the pioneers in the use of imagery for glacier velocity measurements in Antarctica.|01/31/2003|
18353|Nereson Glacier|Glacier|735600S|1242400W|-73.9333333|-124.4|||01/01/2003|Glacier about 5 mi long draining the N side of Siple Island.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Nadine A. Nereson, University of Washington, glaciologist whose research in West Antarctica during the 1990s focused on the history of ice flow, and the past and present stability of the ice sheet.|01/31/2003|
18354|Rignot Glacier|Glacier|730600S|1020000W|-73.1|-102|||01/01/2003|Glacier about 4 mi long draining N from the King Peninsula into Abbot Ice Shelf.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Eric J. Rignot, Jet Propulsion Laboratory, California Institute of Technology, geophysicist; uses field and remotely sensed data to study Antarctic glacier mechanics from the 1990s to the present.|01/31/2003|
18355|Rosanova Glacier|Glacier|731500S|0975500W|-73.25|-97.9166667|||01/01/2003|Glacier about 8 mi long flowing N from King Peninsula into the Abbot Ice Shelf.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Christine E. Rosanova, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), Flagstaff, AZ; specialist in the use of satellite imagery for geological and glaciological studies from the early 1990s to 2002; a pioneer in the use of imagery for glacier velocity measurements.|01/31/2003|06/06/2003
18356|Scambos Glacier|Glacier|774400S|1492500W|-77.7333333|-149.4166667|||01/01/2003|Glacier about 35 mi long draining to the Sulzberger Ice Shelf.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Theodore A. Scambos, National Snow and Ice Data Center, Boulder, Colorado, expert in the use of remotely sensed data for field and theoretical studies of Antarctic ice behavior from the 1980s to the present.|01/31/2003|
18357|Shuman Glacier|Glacier|751500S|1393000W|-75.25|-139.5|||01/01/2003|Glacier about 6 mi long draining through the Ruppert Coast N of Strauss Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Christopher A. Shuman, faculty, Earth System Science Interdisciplinary Center, University of Maryland, field and theoretical researcher in the West Antarctic Ice Stream area from the 1990s to the present.|01/31/2003|05/12/2003
18358|Stapleton Glacier|Glacier|725600S|1023000W|-72.9333333|-102.5|||01/01/2003|Glacier about 6 mi long flowing E from King Peninsula just N of Morelli Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Jo Anne Stapleton, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), Reston, Virginia, geographer and map specialist, participated in Antarctic map production from the 1980s to the present, part of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) team that compiled the 1:5,000,000-scale Advanced Very High Resolution Radiometer maps of Antarctica and the 1: 250,000-scale Landsat TM image maps of the Siple Coast area.|01/31/2003|
18359|Thomson Glacier|Glacier|732700S|0801300W|-73.45|-80.2166667|||01/01/2003|Glacier about 8 mi long on Bryan Coast flowing between Rydberg and Wirth Peninsulas into Fladerer Bay.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Janet W. Thomson, British Antarctic Survey, head of the mapping operations from the 1980s to 2002, and member of the USA-UK cooperative project to compile Glaciological  and Coastal-Change Maps of the Antarctic Peninsula.|01/31/2003|06/06/2003
18360|Velasco Glacier|Glacier|741600S|1011100W|-74.2666667|-101.1833333|||01/01/2003|Glacier about 5 mi long flowing W from Walgreen Coast toward the Backer Islands.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Miguel G. Velasco, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), Flagstaff, Arizona, computer specialist, part of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) team that compiled the Advanced Very High Resolution Radiometer 1:5,000,000-scale maps of Antarctica in the 1990s.|01/31/2003|
18361|Vornberger Glacier|Glacier|735500S|1250400W|-73.9166667|-125.0666667|||01/01/2003|Glacier about 10 mi long draining the N side of Siple Island.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Patricia Vornberger, NASA, specialist in field and remotely sensed data studies of ice motion in West Antarctica from the 1980s to the present.|01/31/2003|
18362|Wiesnet Ice Stream|Stream|732400S|0865200W|-73.4|-86.8666667|||01/01/2003|Ice Stream about 15 mi long flowing into Venable Ice Shelf W of Allison Peninsula.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Donald R. Wiesnet, National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, pioneer, from the 1970s to the 1980s, in the use of remotely sensed data for mapping Antarctica and first to conceive of the use of polar orbiting satellite data to completely map the continent.|01/31/2003|
18363|Williams Ice Stream|Stream|731500S|0882700W|-73.25|-88.45|||01/01/2003|Ice Stream about 15 mi long flowing into Venable Ice Shelf just E of Fletcher Peninsula.   Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Richard S. Williams, Jr., senior research geologist, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), Woods Hole, Massachusetts, authority in aerial and satellite investigations of geomorphic processes and the fluctuations of glaciers on a global basis, particularly in Iceland and Antarctica; project leader of the team that is compiling 25 Glaciological and Coastal-Change Maps of Antarctica, and that compiled the 1:5,000,000-scale Advanced Very High Resolution Radiometer maps of Antarctica.|01/31/2003|07/22/2021
18403|Hakurei Seamount|Summit|625200S|1404900E|-62.8666667|140.8166667|||01/01/2003|A seamount located off Wilkes Land; named after the R/V "Hakurei-maru" which conducted a detailed survey of the area.  Name approved 7/99 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 279).|07/23/2003|08/08/2003
18423|Porpoise Canyon|Valley|642000S|1310000E|-64.3333333|131|||01/01/2003|An undersea canyon located off Wilkes Land; named after associated feature Porpoise Bay, Antarctica.  Name approved 7/99 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 179).|08/08/2003|08/08/2003
18424|Lichtner Seamount|Summit|673300S|0004000W|-67.55|-.6666667|||01/01/2003|A seamount located in the Southern Ocean; named for Werner Lichtner, German cartographer.  Name approved 4/2000 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 282).|08/08/2003|05/11/2004
18443|Mount Bockheim|Summit|780207S|1615748E|-78.0352778|161.9633333|2479|8133|01/01/1995|A peak, 2749 m, at the NW end of Maine Ridge in Royal Society Range. The peak is bordered N and S by Tedrow Glacier and Matataua Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (1995) after James G. Bockheim, Department of Soil Science, University of Wisconsin, Madison, who made soil development studies of McMurdo Dry Valleys in 12 field seasons during the 1970s and 1980s.|10/08/2003|09/13/2018
18483|Alexander Cone|Summit|812700S|1560500E|-81.45|156.0833333|||01/01/2003|A cone-shaped feature, 1978 m, in the All-Blacks Nunataks, west of the Churchill Mountains.  Named in honor of John Alexander, involved in operational work at Cape Hallett, Scott Base and the Cape Roberts Project from 1984 - present.|01/22/2004|05/11/2004
18484|Black Icefalls|Glacier|814600S|1571400E|-81.7666667|157.2333333|||01/01/2003|A line of icefalls at the south margin of Chapman Snowfield, Churchill Mountains.  The icefalls extend southwest from Mount Massam to Vance Bluff.  Named in honor of A. W. Black, a member of the 1959 Cape Hallett winter-over team, working as a technician on the geomagnetic project.|01/22/2004|02/04/2004
18485|Blake Massif|Range|803800S|1580000E|-80.6333333|158|1800|5905|01/01/2003|A compact block of ridgelines without a prominent culminating summit, rising to approximately 1800 m on the south side of Byrd Glacier.  The unit lies between Lowry Massif to the northeast and Mandarich Massif to the southwest.  Named in honor of Sir Peter Blake, who died in December 2001 during an environmental awareness expedition up the Amazon River.  He was an exceptional sailor.  In his most recent endeavors, Sir Peter Blake sought to raise worldwide awareness of environmental issues, to help protect life in, on and around the waters of the world.  He sailed to the Antarctic Peninsula aboard the Seamaster in January 2001.|01/22/2004|11/05/2004
18486|Bledisloe Glacier|Glacier|812200S|1562100E|-81.3666667|156.35|||01/01/2003|A glacier flowing north west between All-Blacks Nunataks and Wallabies Nunataks, west of the Churchill Mountains.  Named in association with the adjacent All Black Nunataks and Wallabies Nunataks, and specifically named after the Bledisloe Cup, which is contested between the New Zealand and Australian rugby teams.|01/22/2004|
18487|Bradshaw Peak|Summit|810300S|1583400E|-81.05|158.5666667|1640|5381|01/01/2003|A peak rising to 1640 m, 4 km south east of Turk Peak, Churchill Mountains.  Situated on the south west side of McLay Glacier.  Named in honor of Margaret Bradshaw, geological scientist, University of Canterbury.  Margaret is an eminent geologist and in 1979 was the first woman to lead a deep field party in the Antarctic.  Margaret is also the only New Zealand woman to be awarded a Polar medal.|01/22/2004|01/22/2004
18488|Brown Buttress|Cliff|814100S|1603000E|-81.6833333|160.5|800|2625|01/01/2003|A wedge-shaped buttress rising to approximately 800 m, located near the head of Dickey Glacier, which flows into Beaumont Bay.  Named in honor of R F Brown, a member of the 1960 Cape Hallett winter-over team, working as a technician on the geomagnetic project.|01/22/2004|01/22/2004
18489|Carr Crest|Summit|803800S|1592300E|-80.6333333|159.3833333|1200|3937|01/01/2003|A rock summit rising to 1200 m in the northern extreme of the Churchill Mountains.  The feature is 12 km east south east of Roberts Pike and overlooks Couzens Bay due east.  Named in honor of Roderick Carr, a member of Shackleton's Expedition of 1914-17.|01/22/2004|01/22/2004
18490|Couzens Saddle|Gap|803100S|1593500E|-80.5166667|159.5833333|500|1640|01/01/2003|A saddle rising to approximately 500 m, between Miscast Nunataks and Mount Madison at west and east, and Byrd Glacier and Couzens Bay at north and south.  Named at the suggestion of the US ACAN, in association with Couzens Bay, which was named by the New Zealand Geological Survey Antarctic Expedition (NZGSAE) (1960-61) in honor of Lieutenant Thomas Couzens, Royal New Zealand Air Force (RNZAF), who lost his life in a crevasse accident near Cape Selborne on 19 November 1959.|01/22/2004|02/04/2004
18491|Farmer Glacier|Glacier|814700S|1594800E|-81.7833333|159.8|||01/01/2003|A glacier flowing north west into Starshot Glacier, and located between Mount McKerrow at north and Thompson Mountain at south, at the southern end of Surveyors Range.  Named in honor of D. W. Farmer, a member of the 1960 Cape Hallett winter-over team, working as a technician on the geomagnetic project.|01/22/2004|
18492|Fraser Nunatak|Summit|814700S|1555500E|-81.7833333|155.9166667|2070|6791|01/01/2003|A nunatak rising to 2070 m, 22 km south west of Wilhoite Nunataks and west of the Churchill Mountains.  Named in honor of Graham Fraser, who has had some 45 years of Antarctic experience and led geomagnetic pulsation research over 11 seasons from 1989 to the present.|01/22/2004|01/22/2004
18493|Gamble Glacier|Glacier|810600S|1564500E|-81.1|156.75|||01/01/2003|A glacier flowing north west from Chapman Snowfield, and located between Green Nunatak at south west and Keating Massif at north east, Churchill Mountains.  Named in honor of John A Gamble, geological scientist, Victoria University.  He spent five field seasons (during 1984 - 93) in Antarctica working on mantle and crustal xenolith studies to understand the nature of the West Antarctic lithosphere. He has worked in Marie Byrd Land, including the West Antarctica Volcano Expedition (WAVE - 1989-92), and on the volcanoes in McMurdo Sound.|01/22/2004|
18494|Geddes Crag|Cliff|813200S|1554700E|-81.5333333|155.7833333|||01/01/2003|A crag immediately south of All-Blacks Nunataks, 10 km north west of Rutland Nunatak.  Named in honor of Dave Geddes, involved in operational work for DSIR Antarctic Division and NZAP from 1986 - 1995.|01/22/2004|
18495|Green Nunatak|Summit|810700S|1563400E|-81.1166667|156.5666667|1800|5905|01/01/2003|A nunatak rising to approximately 1800 m at the northern extreme of the Wallabies Nunataks, west of the Churchill Mountains.  Named in honor of E. N. Green, a member of the 1964 Cape Hallett winter-over team, working as a technician on the geomagnetic project.|01/22/2004|01/22/2004
18496|Howard-Williams Point|Summit|812600S|1612500E|-81.4333333|161.4166667|||01/01/2003|Prominent point extending into Ross Ice Shelf, located just north of Beaumont Bay, north east of Surveyors Range.  Named in honor of Clive Howard-Williams, an ecologist who lead several research events in the Dry Valleys, Darwin Glacier, and Bratina Island areas from 1984.  Antarctica New Zealand Board member 1996 - 2000.  Considerable input to international Antarctic science and environmental management, including development of a McMurdo Dry Valleys Antarctic Specially Managed Area.  Currently the SCAR delegate for New Zealand and also one of the four SCAR Vice-Presidents.|01/22/2004|01/22/2004
18497|Jones Buttress|Cliff|813700S|1603400E|-81.6166667|160.5666667|||01/01/2003|A wedge-shaped feature similar to Brown Buttress.  Located 3 km north of Brown Buttress, where it juts out from the east side of Surveyors Range into Dickey Glacier.  Named in honor of L. R. Jones, a member of the 1959 Cape Hallett winter-over team, working as a scientific officer on the geomagnetic project.|01/22/2004|
18498|Keating Massif|Range|810000S|1563400E|-81|156.5666667|||01/01/2003|A rugged mainly ice-covered massif, 20 km long, rising to approximately 2370 m, and lying northwest.  It is located at the southern edge of the head of Byrd Glacier.  The feature includes Mount Fries and forms the southwestern boundary of Zeller Glacier, Churchill Mountains.  Named in honor of Colin Keating, who was the Secretary for Justice from 1997 - 2000.  He had a distinguished 30 year career in the Public Service, mostly with the Ministry of Foreign Affairs and Trade, during which time he had a significant Antarctic focus through his work in the Legal Division and then as the Deputy Secretary responsible for Multi Lateral Affairs, which included the Legal and Antarctic Divisions.  Later, as the Deputy Secretary responsible for Corporate Affairs, he retained authority for the Antarctic Policy Unit, at a time of considerable changes to the organizational structure of New Zealand Antarctic institutions from 1985 through to 1993.  He provided much of the intellectual input behind New Zealand's work leading to the adoption of the Environment Protocol.|01/22/2004|
18499|Lee Glacier|Glacier|811500S|1590700E|-81.25|159.1166667|||01/01/2003|A glacier flowing southeast into Jorda Glacier, Churchill Mountains.  Mount Frost and Mount Coley are located at its head.  Named in honor of the Honorable Sandra Lee, a former Minister of Conservation, for her contribution to environmental protection in Antarctica and its surrounding waters.|01/22/2004|01/22/2004
18500|Lowe Peak|Summit|814000S|1612200E|-81.6666667|161.3666667|1060|3478|01/01/2003|A peak rising to 1060 m, 5 km south west of Mount Kolp, at the north west end of Nash Range.  Named in honor of P. A. Lowe, a member of the 1961 Cape Hallett winter-over team, working as a technician on the geomagnetic project.|01/22/2004|01/22/2004
18501|MacFarlane Bluff|Cliff|812800S|1553600E|-81.4666667|155.6|1800|5905|01/01/2003|A bluff, above 1800 m, in the All-Blacks Nunataks, west of the Churchill Mountains.  Named in honor of Malcolm MacFarlane, who worked at Vanda Station, Scott Base and in the DSIR Antarctic Division/NZAP/Antarctica New Zealand between 1983 - 1996.|01/22/2004|01/22/2004
18502|McLay Glacier|Glacier|810200S|1584900E|-81.0333333|158.8166667|||01/01/2003|A glacier flowing southeast into Nursery Glacier, Churchill Mountains.  Mount Durnford, Mount Stewart and Mount Liard flank the north and Turk Peak and Bradshaw Peak flank the south.  Named in honor of the Honorable James Kenneth McLay, QSO, who was the former Minister of Justice, Attorney General and Deputy Prime Minister.  He held the position of New Zealand's Whaling Commissioner for 9 years, during which time he fought for a whaling sanctuary in the Southern Ocean, and opposed scientific whaling.|01/22/2004|
18503|Mount Exley|Summit|811000S|1561400E|-81.1666667|156.2333333|1980|6496|01/01/2003|A mountain at 1980 m in the Wallabies Nunataks, west of the Churchill Mountains.  Named in honor of R. R. Exley, a member of the 1962 Cape Hallett winter-over team, working as a technician on the geomagnetic project.|01/22/2004|01/22/2004
18504|Mount Mace|Summit|812500S|1555300E|-81.4166667|155.8833333|1960|6430|01/01/2003|A mountain at 1960 m, in the All-Blacks Nunataks, west of the Churchill Mountains.  Named in honor of Chris Mace, Chair of the Antarctica New Zealand Board from it establishment in 1996 until April 2003.|01/22/2004|01/22/2004
18505|Mount Moa|Summit|804600S|1575700E|-80.7666667|157.95|2000|6562|01/01/2003|A mountain rising above 2000 m at the northern end of the Churchill Mountains.  Located above Kiwi Pass and at the southern end of Kent Plateau.  Named after an extinct and flightless bird species in New Zealand, Dinornis gigantea, Moa being the Maori name.  Also, named in association with the adjacent feature, Kiwi Pass, which was named as a familiar nickname for New Zealander's, and being also a species of flightless bird (currently endangered and protected) found only in New Zealand.|01/22/2004|
18506|Mount Stent|Summit|811500S|1562000E|-81.25|156.3333333|2010|6594|01/01/2003|A mountain at 2010 m at the southern extreme of the Wallabies Nunataks, west of the Churchill Mountains.  Named in honor of N. E. Stent, a member of the 1961 Cape Hallett winter-over team, working as a technician on the geomagnetic project.|01/22/2004|
18507|Mount Stewart|Summit|805900S|1583200E|-80.9833333|158.5333333|1900|6234|01/01/2003|A mountain rising to 1900 m, located mid way between Mount Durnford and Mount Liard.  Named in honor of Ian Stewart, a retired diplomat, who was also the Whaling Commissioner for 12 years before John Scott and Jim McLay, setting the groundwork in place.|01/22/2004|01/22/2004
18508|Prior Cliff|Cliff|804700S|1585000E|-80.7833333|158.8333333|||01/01/2003|A cliff between 1000 m and 1200 m extending east north east from Mount Dick, Churchill Mountains.  Named in honor of Stuart Prior, a senior public servant with the Ministry of Foreign Affairs and Trade with previous involvement in Antarctic Treaty administration, who led New Zealand's Antarctic Policy Unit for several years and has actively worked against illegal sub-Antarctic fishing.|01/22/2004|
18509|Mount Waterhouse|Summit|812500S|1554200E|-81.4166667|155.7|1800|5905|01/01/2003|A mountain rising above 1800 m, at the north west extreme of the All-Blacks Nunataks, west of the Churchill Mountains.  Named in honor of Emma Waterhouse, Environmental Manager with Antarctica New Zealand from 1993 - 2001.  First trip to ice 1987.  Emma played a key role in the development of New Zealand systems to implement the Protocol on Environmental Protection to the Antarctic Treaty and its Act.|01/22/2004|01/22/2004
18510|Reid Bluff|Cliff|814000S|1581800E|-81.6666667|158.3|2040|6693|01/01/2003|A bluff rising to 2040 m, at the head of Donnally Glacier, Churchill Mountains.  Named in honor of B. E. Reid, a member of the 1959 Cape Hallett winter-over team, working as a biologist on the geomagnetic project.|01/22/2004|
18511|Skellerup Glacier|Glacier|813800S|1554200E|-81.6333333|155.7|||01/01/2003|A glacier flowing west north west between All-Blacks Nunataks and Wilhoite Nunataks, west of the Churchill Mountains.  Named in honor of P. J. Skellerup, who sponsored the Antarctic wing at Canterbury Museum.  He is particularly keen on scientific research and donated money to build a specialist Antarctic Library at the Museum.  He also donated a large collection of Antarctic materials to the Museum, including some very old and rare Antarctic manuscripts.  He remains interested in the collection and has continued his sponsorship and donations over 30+ years.|01/22/2004|
18512|Taniwha Cove|Bay|803000S|1604000E|-80.5|160.6666667|||01/01/2003|A U-shaped cove within Couzens Bay, at the northeastern end of the Churchill Mountains.  Its entrance is bounded at the east by Senia Point and Mount Tadpole rises above its western shores.  Taniwha is the Maori word for a creature/monster of the deep, often used mythologically.|01/22/2004|
18513|Woodgate Crest|Gap|812900S|1555900E|-81.4833333|155.9833333|2040|6693|01/01/2003|A crest rising to 2040 m, in the All-Blacks Nunataks, west of the Churchill Mountains.  Named in honor of Paul Woodgate, Antarctica New Zealand employee from 1981 - present, currently Movements Controller.  Paul plays a key role for all travelers to the ice with New Zealand's program, handling cargo and passenger movements.|01/22/2004|
18515|Woodgyer Peak|Summit|811300S|1562000E|-81.2166667|156.3333333|2000|6562|01/01/2003|A peak above 2000 m in the Wallabies Nunataks, west of the Churchill Mountains.  Named in honor of N. G. Woodgyer, a member of the 1962 Cape Hallett winter-over team, working as a technician on the geomagnetic project.|01/22/2004|01/22/2004
18516|Young Peaks|Summit|811400S|1584200E|-81.2333333|158.7|1200|3937|01/01/2003|A group of peaks along a ridge running west-east, starting 5 km east of Mount Coley, Churchill Mountains.  The feature is 5 km long with summits rising above 1200 m.  Flanked by Lee Glacier at north and Jorda Glacier at south.  Named in honor of Pamela Young who was the first female event member in New Zealand Antarctic Research Program (NZARP).|01/22/2004|
18523|Doolittle Massif|Range|805000S|1564200E|-80.8333333|156.7|2050|6726|01/01/2003|A compact group of mountain heights in NW Churchill Mountains, between Zeller Glacier and Sefton Glacier where the two enter Byrd Glacier. The feature is 10 miles long and rises to 2050 m in Mount Rainbow. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 2003 after General James H. (Jimmy) Doolittle (1896-1993) USAF, American aviator and hero who visited McMurdo Station in 1962. In 1942, then Lieutenant Col. Doolittle initiated heavy aircraft operations from the U.S. Navy aircraft carrier Hornet, leading to carrier-based R4D operations from the carrier Philippine Sea, January 1946, during Operation Highjump.|01/23/2004|06/15/2008
18524|Mount Hubble|Summit|805200S|1581900E|-80.8666667|158.3166667|2490|8169|01/01/2003|A mountain rising to 2490 m between Mount Field and Mount Dick in the Churchill Mountains. Named after American astronomer Edwin Powell Hubble (1869-1953) of the Carnegie Institution of Washington's Mount Wilson Observatory, 1919-53; he furnished the first certain evidence (1923) that extragalactic nebulae were situated far outside the boundaries of our own galaxy, in fact were independent stellar systems.|01/23/2004|
18525|Mount Morse|Summit|804900S|1572100E|-80.8166667|157.35|1800|5905|01/01/2003|A mountain rising to over 1800 m at the end of the ridge extending W from Mount Egerton, Churchill Mountains. The feature is 6 mi W of the Mount Egerton summit. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Robert M. Morse, Department of Physics, University of Wisconsin, a U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) principal investigator, 1989-2002, including research relating to AMANDA, the Antarctic muon and neutrino detector array near the South Pole Station.|01/23/2004|
18526|Blackwall Ice Stream|Stream|825200S|0352100W|-82.8666667|-35.35|||01/01/2003|A slightly S-shaped ice stream c. 240 mi long and 12 mi wide. It descends from c.1900 m to 730 m where it joins Recovery Glacier between Argentina Range and Whichaway Nunataks. Named after Hugh Blackwall Evans (1874-1975), English-born Canadian naturalist with the British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1898-1900, led by Carsten E. Borchgrevink.|01/23/2004|01/23/2004
18527|Concordia Subglacial Lake|Lake|740600S|1250900E|-74.1|125.15|||01/01/2003|Subglacial lake located beneath an ice sheet 4000 m to 4100m thick. It has a surface of about 900 square km and is 250m deep. The surface of the water has an elevation from 800 to 950m below the sea level. First located in Dec. 1999. The name derives from the nearby Italian Concordia research station.|01/23/2004|
18528|Vostok Subglacial Lake|Lake|773000S|1060000E|-77.5|106|||01/01/2003|A subglacial lake at the base of the East Antarctica ice sheet near the Pole of Inaccessability. The lake is estimated to be of 140 by 30 mi extent and of 500 m depth in the deepest S portion. Seismic soundings and echo soundings indicate the lake is 2.3 to 2.6 mi beneath the ice surface at various points of its length. The name derives from the Russian Vostok research station located above the S part of the lake.|01/23/2004|
18529|Argentina Glacier|Glacier|624100S|0602400W|-62.6833333|-60.4|||01/01/2003|Glacier flowing NW from Hurd Dome and terminating near Argentina Cove, South Bay, Livingston Island. The name Argentina Glacier was given in association with Argentina Cove by the Spanish Antarctic Expedition, c. 1995.|01/23/2004|01/23/2004
18530|Boyana Glacier|Glacier|624200S|0600500W|-62.7|-60.0833333|||01/01/2003|Glacier 1 mi ENE of Brunow Bay, Livingston Island, flowing S into Bransfield Strait. Named by the Bulgarian Antarctic-Place-names Commission, 2002, after the settlement of Boyana, now part of Sofia.|01/23/2004|
18531|Iskar Glacier|Glacier|623800S|0595900W|-62.6333333|-59.9833333|||01/01/2003|Glacier flowing N into Bruix Cove, Moon Bay, in E Livingston Island. Named by the Bulgarian Antarctic Place-names Commission, 2002, after the Iskŭr River in Bulgaria.|01/23/2004|03/26/2021
18532|Johnsons Glacier|Glacier|624000S|0602100W|-62.6666667|-60.35|||01/01/2003|Glacier flowing NW from Hurd Dome into Johnsons Dock, South Bay, Livingston Island. Named in association with Johnsons Dock by the Spanish Antarctic Expedition, which monitored the dynamics of the glacier in several seasons from 1994-95.|01/23/2004|01/23/2004
18533|Kaliakra Glacier|Glacier|623500S|0601000W|-62.5833333|-60.1666667|||01/01/2003|Glacier S of Samuel Peak, Livingston Island, flowing E into the N part of Moon Bay. Named by the Bulgarian Antarctic Place-names Commission, c.1995, after Nos Kaliakra, a Bulgarian coastal point on the Black Sea.|01/23/2004|
18534|Las Palmas Glacier|Glacier|624100S|0602500W|-62.6833333|-60.4166667|||01/01/2003|Glacier flowing WNW from Hurd Dome and terminating at Las Palmas Cove, South Bay, Livingston Island. The name Las Palmas Glacier was given by the Spanish Antarctic Expedition, c. 1998, after the ship Las Palmas of the 1988-91 Spanish Antarctic campaigns.|01/23/2004|02/04/2004
18535|Magura Glacier|Glacier|624000S|0600000W|-62.6666667|-60|||01/01/2003|Glacier 1 mi NE of M'Kean Point, S Livingston Island; it drains the S slopes of Helmet Peak and flows SE into Bransfield Strait. Named by the Bulgarian Antarctic Place-names Commission, 2002, after Magura cave in Bulgaria.|01/23/2004|
18536|Peshtera Glacier|Glacier|624200S|0601800W|-62.7|-60.3|||01/01/2003|Glacier whose head is on the NE side of MacKay Peak, S Livingston Island; it flows NW into False Bay W of the S portal to Inepta Cove. Named by the Bulgarian Antarctic Place-names Commission, 2002, after the Bulgarian town of Peshtera.|01/23/2004|
18537|Prespa Glacier|Glacier|624300S|0601300W|-62.7166667|-60.2166667|||01/01/2003|Glacier between Tarnovo Ice Piedmont and Needle Peak, S Livingston Island, flowing SE into Bransfield Strait. Named by the Bulgarian Antarctic Place-names Commission, 2002, after Prespa Peak in the Rhodopes Mountains, Bulgaria.|01/23/2004|
18538|Sopot Ice Piedmont|Glacier|623700S|0595400W|-62.6166667|-59.9|||01/01/2003|Ice piedmont between Rila Point and Renier Point on the SE side of Moon Bay, Livingston Island. Named by the Bulgarian Antarctic Place-names Commission, 2002, after the Bulgarian town of Sopot.|01/23/2004|
18539|Srebŭrna Glacier|Glacier|624100S|0600200W|-62.6833333|-60.0333333|||01/01/2003|Glacier in SE Livingston Island flowing SE to enter Bransfield Strait between Aytos Point and M'Kean Point. Named by the Bulgarian Antarctic Place-names Commission, 2002, after Srebŭrna Lake in Bulgaria.|01/23/2004|11/16/2020
18540|Bravo Glacier|Glacier|623100S|0594700W|-62.5166667|-59.7833333|||01/01/2003|Glacier between Triangle Point and Glacier Bluff on the N side of Yankee Harbor, Greenwich Island, South Shetland Islands. Named "Glaciar Bravo" following survey of Yankee Harbor from the ship Lientur of the Chilean Antarctic Expedition, 1952-53, probably after an officer in the ship.|01/23/2004|
18541|Fuerza Aérea Glacier|Glacier|623000S|0593800W|-62.5|-59.6333333|||01/01/2003|Glacier flowing W into Discovery Bay, Greenwich Island, South Shetland Islands. Named Glaciar Fuerza Aerea (Air Force Glacier) by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition, 1947, after the Chilean Air Force.|01/23/2004|
18542|Quito Glacier|Glacier|622700S|0594700W|-62.45|-59.7833333|||01/01/2003|Glacier flowing N into the sea W of Canto Point in N Greenwich Island, South Shetland Islands. Named after the capital of Ecuador, c.1990, by the Ecuadorian Antarctic Expedition.|01/23/2004|
18543|Solis Glacier|Glacier|623100S|0594600W|-62.5166667|-59.7666667|||01/01/2003|Glacier flowing W into Yankee Harbor, Greenwich Island, South Shetland Islands. Named by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition, 1952-53, after a member of the party that made a hydrographic survey of Yankee Harbor.|01/23/2004|
18544|Traub Glacier|Glacier|622800S|0594700W|-62.4666667|-59.7833333|||01/01/2003|Glacier flowing E into Discovery Bay, Greenwich Island, South Shetland Islands. Named by the Chilean Antarctic Expedition, 1947, after Lieutenant Noberto Traub, a member of the expedition. Not: Gran Glacier Teniente Traub, Gran Glacier Traub.|01/23/2004|
18545|Doctors Icefall|Glacier|621000S|0583800W|-62.1666667|-58.6333333|||01/01/2003|Icefall at the head of Goulden Cove, Ezcurra Inlet, Admiralty Bay, King George Island. Named by the Polish Antarctic Expedition, 1980, after its doctor teams.|01/23/2004|
18546|Domeyko Glacier|Glacier|620400S|0582700W|-62.0666667|-58.45|||01/01/2003|Glacier flowing SE into Mackellar Inlet, Admiralty Bay, King George Island. Named by the Polish Antarctic Expedition, 1980, after Ignacy Domeyko (1802-89), of Polish birth, explorer of the Andes and sometime Professor of Chemistry and Mineralogy, and, Rector, University of Chile, Santiago.|01/23/2004|01/23/2004
18547|Ecology Glacier|Glacier|621100S|0582800W|-62.1833333|-58.4666667|||01/01/2003|Glacier flowing NE into Admiralty Bay, King George Island, N of Llano Point. Named by the Polish Antarctic Expedition, 1980, after the Institute of Ecology of the Polish Academy of Sciences, sponsor of  nearby  Arcktowski Station.|01/23/2004|
18548|Fourcade Glacier|Glacier|621300S|0584000W|-62.2166667|-58.6666667|||01/01/2003|Glacier at the head of Potter Cove, Maxwell Bay, King George Island. Named by the Polish Antarctic Expedition, 1980, after Nestor H. Fourcade of Instituto Antartico Argentino, who made detailed geological investigations of Potter Cove and Fildes Peninsula in several seasons, 1957-58 to 1960-61.|01/23/2004|
18549|Goetel Glacier|Glacier|620400S|0581900W|-62.0666667|-58.3166667|||01/01/2003|Glacier flowing S between Ullmann Spur and Precious Peaks into Martel Inlet, Admiralty Bay, King George Island. Named by the Polish Antarctic Expedition, 1980, after Professor Walery Goetel (1889-1972), Polish geologist and conservationist.|01/23/2004|
18550|Krak Glacier|Glacier|620600S|0582000W|-62.1|-58.3333333|||01/01/2003|An outlet glacier of Krakow Dome/Krakow Icefield at the head of Lussich Cove, Martel Inlet, Admiralty Bay, King George Island. Named by the Polish Antarctic Expedition, 1980, after legendary prince Krak, founder of Krakow and killer of the Dragon (Dragon Glacier, q.v.).|01/23/2004|
18551|Poetry Glacier|Glacier|615600S|0574800W|-61.9333333|-57.8|||01/01/2003|Glacier flowing N and NW into the E side of Venus Bay, N King George Island. So named by the Polish Antarctic Expedition, 1984. [in association with "Milosz Point."].  Lodowiec Poezji is the translation of the English name.|01/23/2004|
18552|Polar Club Glacier|Glacier|621400S|0583200W|-62.2333333|-58.5333333|||01/01/2003|Broad glacier ENE of Stranger Point, King George Island, flowing S into Bransfield Strait. Named by the Polish Antarctic Expedition, 1980, after the Polish Polar Club.|01/23/2004|
18553|Stwosz Icefall|Glacier|620900S|0581200W|-62.15|-58.2|||01/01/2003|Icefall, outlet of Krakow Icefield/Krakow Dome at the head of Legru Bay, King George Island. Named by the Polish Antarctic Expedition, 1980, after Wit Stwosz (c.1445-1533), carver of the wooden altar piece in Mariacki Church. Krakow, 1477-87.|01/23/2004|
18554|Almirante Ice Fringe|Glacier|645200S|0624100W|-64.8666667|-62.6833333|||01/01/2003|A narrow ice piedmont bordering the SW side of Andvord Bay on Danco Coast, Graham Land.  Named by the Polish Antarctic Expedition, c. 1995, after Almirante Brown Station (Argentine) on nearby Coughtrey Peninsula, Paradise Harbor.|01/23/2004|
18555|Baker Knob|Cliff|723000S|0960100W|-72.5|-96.0166667|||01/01/2003|A small rounded coastal elevation which has an abrupt E face, standing 2 mi N of Harrison Nunatak at the E end of Thurston Island. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after T.W. Baker, Photographer's Mate in the Eastern Group of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, which obtained aerial photographs of Thurston Island and adjacent coastal areas, 1946-47.|01/23/2004|
18556|Ball Peninsula|Cape|720800S|0980300W|-72.1333333|-98.05|||01/01/2003|A broad ice-covered peninsula on the N side of Thurston Island. It extends into Murphy Inlet between Noville Peninsula and Edwards Peninsula. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lieutenant (jg) James L. Ball, PBM Mariner pilot in the Eastern Group of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, which obtained aerial photographs of this peninsula and adjacent coastal areas, 1946-47. Ball commanded the Jan. 11, 1947 search plane which, after 12 days of uncertainty, found the burned wreck and survivors of the Mariner crash on Noville Peninsula.|01/23/2004|
18557|Bearman Glacier|Glacier|722100S|0991000W|-72.35|-99.1666667|||01/01/2003|A glacier whose head is E of Mount Howell in central Thurston Island. The glacier flows S into Schwartz Cove on the S side of the island. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after F.O. Bearman, Photographer's Mate in the Eastern Group of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, which obtained aerial photographs of this glacier and adjacent coastal areas, 1946-47.|01/23/2004|
18558|Bulbur Glacier|Glacier|722700S|0983300W|-72.45|-98.55|||01/01/2003|A glacier in S-central Thurston Island; it flows S along the W side of Boker Rocks into O'Dowd Cove. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after E.R. Bulbur, Photographer's Mate in the Eastern Group of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, which obtained aerial photographs of Thurston Island and adjacent coastal areas, 1946-47.|01/23/2004|
18559|Dickens Peak|Summit|720800S|0991900W|-72.1333333|-99.3166667|||01/01/2003|A peak 1.5 mi NNW of Smith Peak in N-central Thurston Island.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Aviation Machinist's Mate J.D. Dickens, aircrewman in the Eastern Group of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, which obtained aerial photographs of this peak and adjacent coastal areas, 1946-47.|01/23/2004|
18560|Mount Gimber|Summit|720100S|1020000W|-72.0166667|-102|||01/01/2003|An ice-covered mountain 0.5 mi SE of Landfall Peak in the extreme W part of Thurston Island. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Commander H.M.S. Gimber, captain of the destroyer Brownson  in the Eastern Group of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47.|01/23/2004|
18561|Goff Glacier|Glacier|721400S|0972600W|-72.2333333|-97.4333333|||01/01/2003|A broad glacier flowing from Parker Peak into the head of Koether Inlet on the N side of Thurston Island. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lieutenant (jg) Robert G. Goff, co-pilot of PBM Mariner aircraft in the Eastern Group of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, which obtained aerial photographs of Thurston Island and adjacent coastal areas, 1946-47.|01/23/2004|
18562|Hlubeck Glacier|Glacier|723000S|0970900W|-72.5|-97.15|||01/01/2003|A glacier 9 mi W of Long Glacier in SE Thurston Island. It flows S along the E side of Shelton head into Abbot Ice Shelf. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Aviation Radioman Vernon R. Hlubeck, PBM Mariner aircrewman in the Eastern Group of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, which obtained aerial photographs of Thurston Island and adjoining coastal areas, 1946-47.|01/23/2004|
18563|Mount Howell|Summit|721400S|0990300W|-72.2333333|-99.05|||01/01/2003|A mountain 3 mi SSW of Mount Borgeson in the Walker Mountains, Thurston Island. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lieutenant Commander John D. Howell, pilot and airplane commander in the Eastern Group of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, which obtained aerial photographs of this mountain and coastal areas adjacent to Thurston Island, 1946-47. Commander Howell landed a PBM Mariner seaplane in open water of eastern Glacier Bight, Jan. 11, 1947, in rescuing six survivors of a Dec. 30 Mariner crash on Noville Peninsula.|01/23/2004|
18564|Jones Peninsula|Cape|715500S|1005000W|-71.9166667|-100.8333333|||01/01/2003|An ice-covered peninsula 5 mi W of Hughes Peninsula in NW Thurston Island. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Ensign Robert H. Jones, navigator and second pilot of PBM Mariner aircraft in the Eastern Group of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, which obtained aerial photographs of this peninsula and coastal areas adjacent to Thurston Island, 1946-47.|01/23/2004|
18565|Kearns Peninsula|Cape|720300S|0991300W|-72.05|-99.2166667|||01/01/2003|A broad ice-covered peninsula between Potaka Inlet and Peale Inlet on the N side of Thurston Island. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lieutenant (jg) William H. Kearns, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), co-pilot of the Operation Highjump PBM Mariner seaplane that crashed on adjacent Noville Peninsula, Dec. 30, 1946. Kearns and five other survivors were rescued on Jan. 12, 1947.|01/23/2004|
18566|Cape LeBlanc|Cape|714400S|0984600W|-71.7333333|-98.7666667|||01/01/2003|The ice-covered N extremity of Noville Peninsula, which is also the northernmost point of Thurston Island. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lieutenant Ralph P. LeBlanc, U.S. Navy Reserve (USNR), plane commander of the Operation Highjump PBM Mariner seaplane that crashed 8 mi S. of this cape, Dec. 30, 1946. Severely injured, LeBlanc was among six of nine aboard that survived the crash. The survivors were rescued Jan. 12, 1947 by Lieutenant Commander John D. Howell, who landed a PBM in open water off the NW edge of Noville Peninsula.|01/23/2004|
18567|Levko Glacier|Glacier|722500S|0960200W|-72.4166667|-96.0333333|||01/01/2003|A glacier flowing from Pallid Crest to the E end of Thurston Island. It enters Seraph Bay between Tierney Peninsula and Simpson Bluff. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after G. Levko, Photographer's Mate in the Eastern Group of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, which obtained aerial photographs of Thurston Island and adjacent coastal areas, 1946-47.|01/23/2004|
18568|Litz Bluff|Cliff|721100S|0990800W|-72.1833333|-99.1333333|||01/01/2003|An ice-covered bluff 2 mi W of Mount Borgeson in the Walker Mountains, Thurston Island. Rock salients mark the face of the bluff. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Ensign M. Eugene Litz, navigator and second pilot of PBM Mariner aircraft in the Eastern Group of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, which obtained aerial photographs of this bluff and coastal areas adjacent to Thurston Island, 1946-47.|01/23/2004|
18569|Litz Glacier|Glacier|720700S|0990400W|-72.1166667|-99.0666667|||01/01/2003|A glacier flowing NE from the vicinity of Smith Peak and Litz Bluff in N-central Thurston Island. The glacier enters the W part of Peale Inlet N of Guy Peaks. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after A.K. Litz, Chief Photographer's Mate in the Eastern Group of Operation Highjump, which obtained aerial photographs of this glacier and adjacent coastal areas, 1946-47.|01/23/2004|
18570|Long Bluff|Cliff|723200S|0964600W|-72.5333333|-96.7666667|||01/01/2003|A conspicuous rock bluff on the W side of Long Glacier in SE Thurston Island. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after W.A. Long, Chief Pharmacist's Mate in the Eastern Group of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47. Assigned to the Jan. 11, 1947 search flight commanded by Lieutenant (jg) James L. Ball, Long was first to sight the wreck of PBM Mariner seaplane George One on Noville Peninsula, leading to the rescue of its survivors.|01/23/2004|
18571|Lowe Nunataks|Summit|721300S|0985600W|-72.2166667|-98.9333333|||01/01/2003|A cluster of low peaks or nunataks 1.5 mi SE of Mount Borgeson in the Walker Mountains, Thurston Island. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Photographer's Mate W.L. Lowe, aircrewman in the Eastern Group of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, which obtained aerial photographs of this feature and coastal areas adjacent to Thurston Island, 1946-47.|01/23/2004|
18572|Mahaffey Glacier|Glacier|721800S|0962600W|-72.3|-96.4333333|||01/01/2003|A glacier flowing into the head of Morgan Inlet at the E end of Thurston Island. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after J.S. Mahaffey, Photographer's Mate in the Eastern Group of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, which obtained aerial photographs of Thurston Island and adjacent coastal areas, 1946-47.|01/23/2004|
18573|Marck Glacier|Glacier|721600S|0970200W|-72.2666667|-97.0333333|||01/01/2003|A glacier flowing into the SW extremity of Cadwalader Inlet on the N side of Thurston Island. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Aviation Machinist's Mate George H. Marck, aircrewman in the Eastern Group of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, which obtained aerial photographs of Thurston Island and adjacent coastal areas, 1946-47.|01/23/2004|
18574|McCarty Glacier|Glacier|720600S|0992400W|-72.1|-99.4|||01/01/2003|A broad glacier flowing into the head of Potaka Inlet on the N side of Thurston Island. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Chief Photographer's Mate Owen McCarty, aircrewman on the U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump PBM Mariner seaplane that crashed on nearby Noville Peninsula, Dec. 30, 1946. McCarty and five other survivors were rescued on Jan. 12, 1947.|01/23/2004|
18575|Mills Cliff|Cliff|721000S|0955300W|-72.1666667|-95.8833333|||01/01/2003|An isolated rock cliff in the N-central part of Lofgren Peninsula, Thurston Island. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Aviation Machinist's Mate William H. Mills, aircrewman in the Eastern Group of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, which obtained aerial photographs of Thurston Island and adjacent coastal areas, 1946-47.|01/23/2004|
18576|Mincer Glacier|Glacier|721000S|0975500W|-72.1666667|-97.9166667|||01/01/2003|A broad glacier flowing from Zuhn Bluff into the SE arm of Murphy Inlet on the N side of Thurston Island. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lieutenant Dale F. Mincer, co-pilot of PBM Mariner aircraft in the Eastern Group of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, which obtained aerial photographs of Thurston Island and adjacent coastal areas, 1946-47.|01/23/2004|
18577|O'Dowd Cove|Bay|723000S|0985500W|-72.5|-98.9166667|||01/01/2003|An ice-filled cove of Abbot Ice Shelf between Williamson Peninsula and Von der Wall Point on the S side of Thurston Island. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Commander William O'Dowd, Aviation Officer of the seaplane tender USS Pine Island in the Eastern Group of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47.|01/23/2004|
18578|Pallid Crest|Gap|722300S|0961300W|-72.3833333|-96.2166667|||01/01/2003|A solitary ice-covered ridge 2 mi W of the base of Tierney Peninsula in SE Thurston Island. The feature is visible from a considerable distance and various directions. So named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) because of its whitish appearance.|01/23/2004|
18579|Payne Glacier|Glacier|715500S|0964200W|-71.9166667|-96.7|||01/01/2003|A glacier in the N part of Evans Peninsula, Thurston Island. It flows into the sea E of Cape Walden. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Photographer's Mate J.B. Payne, aircrewman in the Eastern Group of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, which obtained aerial photographs of Thurston Island and adjacent coastal areas, 1946-47.|01/23/2004|
18580|Prickly Ridge|Ridge|723100S|0973400W|-72.5166667|-97.5666667|||01/01/2003|A rounded ice-covered ridge 4 mi W of Shelton Head on the S side of Thurston Island. Belknap Nunatak is the largest outcrop on the ridge. The descriptive name was given by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN); small dispersed nunataks rise above the ice surface giving the feature a prickly appearance.|01/23/2004|
18581|Rescue Point|Summit|715400S|0990900W|-71.9|-99.15|||01/01/2003|An ice-covered point forming the W extremity of Noville Peninsula on Thurston Island. So named in remembrance of the Mariner seaplane crash on the peninsula during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, and that six survivors were rescued near this point, January 12, 1947 (Ball Peninsula, Mount Howell, q.v.).|01/23/2004|
18582|Rexford Glacier|Glacier|720500S|1000400W|-72.0833333|-100.0666667|||01/01/2003|A glacier flowing NE into the head of Wagoner Inlet on the N side of Thurston Island. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Aviation Radioman Phillip W. Rexford, PBM Mariner aircrewman in the Eastern Group of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, which obtained aerial photographs of this glacier and adjoining coastal areas, 1946-47.|01/23/2004|
18583|Robbins Glacier|Glacier|721000S|0984100W|-72.1666667|-98.6833333|||01/01/2003|A broad glacier flowing into the head of Peale Inlet on the N side of Thurston Island. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Aviation Radarman James Haskin Robbins of the Eastern Group of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, aircrewman in the PBM Mariner seaplane that crashed on adjacent Noville Peninsula, Dec. 30, 1946. His energy and initiative contributed to the well-being of six survivors who were rescued Jan 12, 1947 (Ball Peninsula, Mount Howell, q.v.).|01/23/2004|02/04/2004
18584|Ryan Point|Point|721800S|0955100W|-72.3|-95.85|||01/01/2003|A bold coastal point in ice-filled Morgan Inlet at the E end of Thurston Island. The point forms the E extremity of the wedge-shaped promontory between Lofgren Peninsula and Tierney Peninsula. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after A.E. Ryan, Chief Photographer's Mate in the Eastern Group of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, which obtained aerial photographs of Thurston Island and adjacent coastal areas, 1946-47.|01/23/2004|
18585|Schwartz Cove|Bay|722400S|0992800W|-72.4|-99.4666667|||01/01/2003|An ice-filled cove of Abbot Ice Shelf located W of Williamson Peninsula on the S side of Thurston Island. Trice Islands lie at the cove entrance. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Commander Isidor J. Schwartz, Executive Officer of the seaplane tender USS Pine Island in the Eastern Group of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47.|01/23/2004|
18586|Sessums Glacier|Glacier|720000S|1003300W|-72|-100.55|||01/01/2003|A glacier flowing into the head of Henry Inlet on the N side of Thurston Island. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lieutenant Commander Walter Sessums, helicopter pilot in the Eastern Group of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, which obtained aerial photographs of Thurston Island and adjacent coastal areas, 1946-47.|01/23/2004|02/04/2004
18587|Simpson Bluff|Cliff|722700S|0960600W|-72.45|-96.1|||01/01/2003|A broad ice-covered bluff at the E end of Thurston Island. The bluff stands between Levko Glacier and Savage Glacier where they enter Seraph Bay. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Photographer's Mate R.M. Simpson, aircrewman in the Eastern Group of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, which obtained aerial photographs of Thurston Island and adjacent coastal areas, 1946-47.|01/23/2004|
18588|Smith Cliff|Cliff|715900S|1000800W|-71.9833333|-100.1333333|||01/01/2003|A rock cliff midway along the ice-covered northern shore of Tinglof Peninsula, Thurston Island. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Aviation Radioman William F. Smith, aircrewman in the Eastern Group of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, which obtained aerial photographs of this cliff and coastal areas adjacent to Thurston Island, 1946-47.|01/23/2004|
18589|Tribby Peak|Summit|715600S|0974800W|-71.9333333|-97.8|||01/01/2003|A peak 1.5 mi W of Mount Bubier on Edwards Peninsula, Thurston Island. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Osborne M. Tribby, Pharmacist's Mate in the Eastern Group of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump; aircrewman on the PBM Mariner flight to Noville Peninsula, Jan. 11-12, 1947, in which survivors of the Dec. 30 PBM crash were rescued and returned to the seaplane tender Pine Island.|01/23/2004|
18590|Cape Walker|Cape|723300S|0955700W|-72.55|-95.95|||01/01/2003|An ice-covered cape which forms the SE end of Thurston Island. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Captain Edward K. Walker, captain of the Canisteo, a tanker in the Eastern Group of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47.|01/23/2004|
18591|Walsh Knob|Summit|721300S|0960300W|-72.2166667|-96.05|||01/01/2003|A small but distinctive ice-covered elevation that rises midway along the S side of Lofgren Peninsula in E Thurston Island. The feature has a rounded appearance except for a cliff at the S side. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after R.W. Walsh, Photographer's Mate in the Eastern Group of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, which obtained aerial photographs of Thurston Island and adjacent coastal areas, 1946-47|01/23/2004|
18592|Warr Glacier|Glacier|721100S|0981900W|-72.1833333|-98.3166667|||01/01/2003|A broad glacier flowing N into the SW arm of Murphy Inlet, Thurston Island. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after William Warr, Aviation Machinist's Mate in the Eastern Group of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47. Warr and five others survived the Dec. 30, 1946 crash of a PBM Mariner seaplane on adjacent Noville Peninsula.|01/23/2004|
18593|Williamson Peninsula|Cape|722700S|0991800W|-72.45|-99.3|||01/01/2003|An ice-covered peninsula midway along the S side of Thurston Island. It extends SW into Abbot Ice Shelf between Schwartz Cove and O'Dowd Cove. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Lieutenant Commander H. E. Williamson, Medical Officer of the seaplane tender Pine Island in the Eastern Group of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47.|01/23/2004|
18594|Zinberg Glacier|Glacier|722100S|0960400W|-72.35|-96.0666667|||01/01/2003|A glacier in E Thurston Island; it flows ENE into Morgan Inlet between Tierney Peninsula and the promontory ending in Ryan Point. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Cpl. E. Zinberg, U.S. Army photographer in the Eastern Group of U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, which obtained aerial photographs of Thurston Island and adjacent coastal areas, 1946-47.|01/23/2004|
18643|Gould Spur|Ridge|792100S|0854000W|-79.35|-85.6666667|||01/01/2004|A spur, 3 mi long, that extends from Navigator Peak to the S side of Splettstoesser Glacier, in the Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Patricia Gould, geologist on a U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) 1979-80 Ellsworth Mountains expedition.|07/14/2004|
18644|Hudak Peak|Summit|795800S|0814000W|-79.9666667|-81.6666667|1440|4724|01/01/2004|A peak rising to 1440 m immediately S of Plummer Glacier in the Douglas Peaks, Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Curtis M. Hudak, geologist on a U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) 1979-80 Ellsworth Mountains expedition.|07/14/2004|
18645|Nylen Glacier|Glacier|774117S|1612948E|-77.688048|161.496802|||01/01/2004|A narrow glacier between Schlatter Glacier and Fountain Glacier in Asgard Range, McMurdo Dry Valleys; it flows S into Pearse Valley. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Thomas H. Nylen, U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) geologist from the Department of Geology at Portland State University in Portland, Oregon who studied glaciers in the Taylor Valley area, 1999-2003.|07/14/2004|09/20/2004
18646|Rosen Peak|Summit|791900S|0832100W|-79.3166667|-83.35|1220|4003|01/01/2004|A peak rising to 1220 m in the S part of Gross Hills, Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Lawrence C. Rosen, geologist on a U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) 1979-80 Ellsworth Mountains expedition.|07/14/2004|
18647|Anna Glacier|Glacier|620200S|0581200W|-62.0333333|-58.2|||01/01/2004|Glacier flowing SE between Rose Peak and Rea Peak, tributary to Polonia Glacier/Polonia Ice Piedmont at the head of King George Bay, King George Island. Named by the Polish Antarctic Expedition, 1981, after Anna Tokarska, field assistant of PAE geological party to King George Island, 1979-80, and wife of Antoni K. Tokarski (Tokarski Peak, q.v.).|07/14/2004|
18648|Arctowski Dome|Summit|620800S|0583800W|-62.1333333|-58.6333333|||01/01/2004|Axial, main ice dome of King George Island, between 57°45'W and 58°50'W. Named by the Polish Antarctic Expedition, 1980, after Henryk Arctowski (1871-1958), American meteorologist of Polish birth (Arctowski Cove, q.v.).|07/14/2004|
18649|Blue Icefalls|Glacier|645400S|0622000W|-64.9|-62.3333333|||01/01/2004|Steep icefalls of blue ice on the W margin of Forbidden Plateau, Danco Coast; the 4 mi long icefalls overlook the E-most cove of Andvord Bay. Named by the Polish Antarctic Expedition, c. 1995|07/14/2004|
18650|Emerald Icefalls|Glacier|620900S|0583400W|-62.15|-58.5666667|||01/01/2004|Icefalls along the N side of Ezcurra Inlet, Admiralty Bay, King George Island. So named by the Polish Antarctic Expedition, 1980, from the color of the serac.|07/14/2004|
18651|Henryk Glacier|Glacier|644200S|0623000W|-64.7|-62.5|||01/01/2004|A glacier on Arctowski Peninsula, Danco Coast, with a noteworthy cirque at the head; it flows SW between Wild Spur and Hübl Peak into Errera Channel. Named in association with the peninsula after Henryk Arctowski (Arctowski Peninsula, q.v.), by the Polish Antarctic Expedition, c. 1993.|07/14/2004|
18652|Hurd Dome|Summit|624100S|0602300W|-62.6833333|-60.3833333|375|1230|01/01/2004|Ice dome rising to c. 375 m and covering much of Hurd Peninsula, S Livingston Island. The name “Glaciar Hurd” was given by the Spanish Antarctic Expedition|07/14/2004|
18653|Ice Gate Glacier|Glacier|645400S|0624500W|-64.9|-62.75|||01/01/2004|A narrow hanging glacier, tributary to Astudillo Glacier, between rock spurs on the W slope of Dallmeyer Peak, Danco Coast. Named by the Polish Antarctic Expedition, c. 1992, probably from the gatelike appearance of the spurs at the junction of the two glaciers.|07/14/2004|
18654|Kraków Dome|Summit|620700S|0581500W|-62.1166667|-58.25|||01/01/2004|The ice dome covering Krakow Peninsula (q.v.), King George Island. The name Kopula Krakowa or Krakow Icefield, after the old capital of Poland, was applied to this feature by the Polish Antarctic Expedition, 1980.|07/14/2004|
18655|Warszawa Dome|Summit|621200S|0583500W|-62.2|-58.5833333|||01/01/2004|An ice dome rising to 450 m in SW King George Island, bounded by Ezcurra Inlet, Admiralty Bay, Bransfield Strait and Maxwell Bay. Named by the Polish Antarctic Expedition, 1980, after Warsaw, capital of Poland.|07/14/2004|
18656|Craddock Crags|Cliff|801600S|0820800W|-80.2666667|-82.1333333|1450|4757|01/01/2004|Steep, rugged rock summits that rise to about 1450 m just E of Beitzel Peak in the Marble Hills, Heritage Range, Ellsworth Mountains. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after John P. Craddock, geologist and member of a U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) 1979-80 Ellsworth Mountains expedition.|07/14/2004|
18657|Fountain Glacier|Glacier|774127S|1613824E|-77.690865|161.639985|||01/01/2004|A glacier between Nylen Glacier and Catspaw Glacier in the Asgard Range, McMurdo Dry Valleys; it flows S into Pearse Valley. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Andrew G. Fountain, Department of Geology, Portland State University, Portland, OR; U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) investigator in glacier mass balance studies of McMurdo Dry Valleys, 1993-2003.|07/14/2004|
18658|Priscu Valley|Valley|772840S|1604843E|-77.477795|160.812009|||01/01/2004|An upland ice-free valley on the E side of Prentice Plateau in Olympus Range. The valley opens N to the head of McKelvey Valley. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after John C. Priscu, Department of Biological Sciences, Montana State University, Bozeman, MT; U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) investigator in the McMurdo Dry Valleys, 1984-2002.|07/14/2004|
18659|Redman Pond|Basin|773309S|1605134E|-77.552629|160.859518|||01/01/2004|A frozen freshwater pond in the Labyrinth of Wright Valley, McMurdo Dry Valleys. The pond is the smaller of the two ponds W of Hoffman Ledge in Healy Trough. It is just NW of larger Rodriquez Pond (q.v.). Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Regina Redman, U.S. Geological Survey, Seattle, WA; member of a U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) field party in the Labyrinth in 2003-04.|07/14/2004|
18660|Sarcophagus Pond|Basin|773347S|1604309E|-77.563132|160.719248|||01/01/2004|A small ice-covered pond 0.15 mi ENE of Dauphin Pond in the Labyrinth of Wright Valley, McMurdo Dry Valleys. A descriptive name suggested by the U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) field party that sampled the pond in the 2003-04 season. A rock in the middle of the pond is shaped like a stone coffin.|07/14/2004|
18661|Stepping Stone Pond|Basin|773358S|1604741E|-77.566118|160.794818|||01/01/2004|A small freshwater frozen pond 0.4 mi ENE of Craig Pond in the Labyrinth of Wright Valley, McMurdo Dry Valleys. So named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) following a visit by the U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) field sampling party (2003-04), which reported the pond has perfect stepping stones that allow it to be crossed easily.|07/14/2004|
18662|Mount Thrace|Summit|773000S|1610722E|-77.499868|161.12272|1800|5905|01/01/2004|A peak rising to 1800 m at the SE side of Mount Boreas, Olympus Range, in the McMurdo Dry Valleys. The peak is connected by a ridge to the Mount Boreas massif. In association with the names of figures in Greek mythology grouped in the range, named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Thrace, legendary home of Boreas (Mount Boreas, q.v.).|07/14/2004|
18663|Wall Valley|Valley|772915S|1605117E|-77.487451|160.85469|||01/01/2004|An upland valley next E of Priscu Valley in Olympus Range; Minotaur Pass is at the head between Apollo Peak and Mount Electra. The valley opens N to McKelvey Valley. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Diana Wall, Natural Resources Ecology Laboratory, Colorado State University, Fort Collins, CO; U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) soils biologist in the McMurdo Dry Valleys, 13 field seasons, 1989-2002.|07/14/2004|
18664|Watanuki Pond|Basin|773134S|1604626E|-77.526159|160.773858|||01/01/2004|A pond lying 1.7 mi SSW of Apollo Peak in the NW part of the Labyrinth of Wright Valley. The pond is also positioned as being 0.25 mi ENE of Kurasawa Pond and 0.8 m E of the Wright Upper Glacier terminus. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Kunihiki Watanuki, Department of Chemistry, University of Tokyo, Japan; participant in the McMurdo Dry Valleys Drilling Project during the 1973-74 field season; Labyrinth pond studies, 1985-86.|07/14/2004|
18665|Wrenn Peak|Summit|772814S|1615939E|-77.470568|161.994089|1750|5741|01/01/2004|A peak rising to 1750 m on the ridge at the head of Sandy Glacier and Enyo Glacier in Olympus Range, McMurdo Dry Valleys. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after John H. Wrenn, Department of Geology, Northern Illinois University, DeKalb, IL, a participant in the McMurdo Dry Valleys Drilling Project, 1973-74.|07/14/2004|
18666|Nakai Snowfield|Glacier|772918S|1613135E|-77.488399|161.526265|1600|5249|01/01/2004|A snowfield at c. 1600 m elevation that occupies the col between Mount Hercules and Mount Jason in Olympus Range, McMurdo Dry Valleys. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Nobuyuki Nakai, Department of Earth Sciences, Nagoya University, Nagoya, Japan; a participant in the McMurdo Dry Valleys Drilling Project, 1973-76.|07/14/2004|
18667|Parish Riegel|Ridge|772600S|1613038E|-77.433306|161.510497|||01/01/2004|A riegel, or rock bar extending N from Parish Ledge, Olympus Range, across McKelvey Valley toward Insel Range. The riegel is 2 mi long, 1 mi wide, and is similar to Bonney Riegel in Taylor Valley. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) in association with Parish Ledge (q.v.).|07/14/2004|07/15/2004
18668|Pentecost Cirque|Basin|773023S|1604114E|-77.506463|160.687231|||01/01/2004|A cirque between Hawkins Cirque and Dean Cirque on the S side of Olympus Range, McMurdo Dry Valleys. The cirque opens S to Wright Upper Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after John S. Pentecost, PHI helicopter pilot with U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) in seven consecutive field seasons from 1997-98.|07/14/2004|
18669|Hawthorne Bluff|Cliff|772910S|1602118E|-77.486096|160.354972|||01/01/2004|A rock bluff at the S end of McAllister Hills in Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Ann Parks Hawthorne, photographer, Washington, D.C., who photodocumented the U.S. Antarctic Program in several field seasons, 1984-2003.|07/14/2004|
18670|Healy Trough|Valley|773300S|1605053E|-77.549939|160.847975|||01/01/2004|A primary elongate trough in the Labyrinth of Wright Valley, McMurdo Dry Valleys, extending diagonally SW-NE across the E part of the feature. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Terry R. Healy, Department of Earth Sciences, University of Waikato, Hamilton, New Zealand, who, with John Shaw, published observations on the formation of the Labyrinth following a visit in the 1975-76 season.|07/14/2004|
18671|Jackson Pond|Basin|773252S|1604540E|-77.547685|160.761095|||01/01/2004|A freshwater frozen pond midway between the terminus of Wright Upper Glacier and Anvil Pond in the Labyrinth, McMurdo Dry Valleys. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after J.K. Jackson, Department of Geology, Northern Illinois University, DeKalb, IL; a member of the core legging and processing team during the McMurdo Dry Valleys Drilling Project, 1974-75.|07/14/2004|
18672|Kurasawa Pond|Basin|773141S|1604446E|-77.52809|160.74622|||01/01/2004|A pond in the NW part of the Labyrinth of Wright Valley, McMurdo Dry Valleys; it lies S of Dean Cirque and 0.5 mi E of the Wright Upper Glacier terminus. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Hajime Kurasawa, Japan Geological Survey, a participant in the McMurdo Dry Valleys Drilling Project in the 1973-74 and 1974-75 field seasons.|07/14/2004|
18673|Leibert Cirque|Basin|773000S|1605500E|-77.5|160.916667|||01/01/2004|A cirque between Mount Electra and Mount Dido on the S side of Olympus Range, McMurdo Dry Valleys. The cirque opens S to the Labyrinth. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Gregg Leibert, PHI helicopter pilot with U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) in seven consecutive field seasons from 1996-97.|07/14/2004|
18674|Marsh Cirque|Basin|772942S|1612654E|-77.49498|161.448441|||01/01/2004| A cirque in the S part of Mount Hercules, Olympus Range. The cirque is 1 mi wide and in part occupied by a glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Bruce D. Marsh, geologist, Department of Earth and Planetary Sciences, Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, MD; U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) investigator of Basement Sill at McMurdo Dry Valleys sites in seven field seasons, 1995-2005.|07/14/2004|03/25/2005
18675|Medley Ridge|Ridge|773208S|1601158E|-77.5355556|160.1994444|||01/01/2004|A rock ridge that extends NE from Mount Fleming to the S margin of Wright Upper Glacier, in Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after David Medley, PHI helicopter mechanic with U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) in eight consecutive field seasons from 1996-97.|07/14/2004|01/05/2021
18676|Murphy Valley|Valley|772544S|1614734E|-77.428821|161.792704|||01/01/2004|An upland valley on the NE side of Mount Booth in E Olympus Range, McMurdo Dry Valleys. The valley opens N to Victoria Valley. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Kenneth W. Murphy, Jr., U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) cartographic technician, a member of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) satellite surveying teams at the South Pole Station during two winters, 1981 and 1987.|07/14/2004|
18677|Gupwell Pond|Basin|773326S|1605433E|-77.557139|160.909037|||01/01/2004|A pond 0.3 mi S of midmost Hoffman Ledge in the Labyrinth of Wright Valley, McMurdo Dry Valleys. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after J.H.(Jim) Gupwell, a drilling supervisor with the New Zealand drilling team during the McMurdo Dry Valleys Drilling Project, 1973-76.|07/14/2004|
18678|Anderson Scarp|Cliff|773319S|1612014E|-77.55536|161.337315|935|3068|01/01/2004|An acclivity and cliff (935 m) about 0.8 mi W of Hall Bluff on the Dais, Wright Valley, McMurdo Dry Valleys. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Kent Anderson, Albuquerque Seismological Laboratory, U.S. Geological Survey, Albuquerque, NM, from 1992; played a key role in the installation of the VNDA seismograph station (Bull Pass, near Lake Vanda) in the early 1990s.|07/14/2004|
18679|Mount Booth|Summit|772553S|1614548E|-77.431432|161.763222|1575|5167|01/01/2004|A peak (1575 m) surmounting the junction of mountain ridges at the SW end of Murphy Valley in Olympus Range, McMurdo Dry Valleys. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after John F. (Johan) Booth, science technician who wintered eight times at the U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) Palmer Station and South Pole Station between 1994 and 2004.|07/14/2004|
18680|Butler Summit|Summit|773311S|1610608E|-77.553105|161.102259|1000|3281|01/01/2004|A peak rising to c. 1000 m in the extreme W part of the Dais in Wright Valley, McMurdo Dry Valleys. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Rhett Butler of Incorporated Research Institutions for Seismology (IRIS); Program Manager for the Global Seismograph Network; U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) investigator for the South Pole Station seismic observatory installed jointly by IRIS and U.S. Geological Survey (USGS).|07/14/2004|
18681|Cerberus Valley|Valley|772609S|1615650E|-77.435808|161.947091|||01/01/2004|An upland valley between Mount Cerberus and Euros Ridge in E Olympus Range, McMurdo Dry Valleys. The valley opens N to Victoria Valley. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) in association with Mount Cerberus.|07/14/2004|
18682|Cleft Ledge|Ridge|773230S|1605243E|-77.54172|160.878639|920|3018|01/01/2004|A flat-topped ridge 1 mi long and 0.3 mi wide between Shaw Trough and Healy Trough in the Labyrinth of Wright Valley, McMurdo Dry Valleys. The ledge rises to 920 m and is 0.3 mi NW of Hoffman Ledge. The name is descriptive and was recommended by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) because a central N-S hanging valley nearly divides the ledge in half.|07/14/2004|
18683|Craig Pond|Basin|773402S|1604614E|-77.567191|160.7706|||01/01/2004|A freshwater frozen pond 0.85 mi E of Dauphin Pond in the Labyrinth of Wright Valley, McMurdo Dry Valleys. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Scott D. Craig, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, East Orland, ME; member of a U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) party that field sampled Labyrinth ponds in 2003-04.|07/14/2004|
18684|Dean Cirque|Basin|773020S|1604511E|-77.505551|160.753169|||01/01/2004|A cirque between the SE part of Prentice Plateau and Apollo Peak in Olympus Range, McMurdo Dry Valleys. The cirque opens S to the Labyrinth. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Christopher T. Dean, PHI helicopter pilot with U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) in eight consecutive field seasons from 1996-97.|07/14/2004|
18685|Delinski Glacier|Glacier|773035S|1602016E|-77.509842|160.337651|||01/01/2004|A glacier flowing S into Wright Upper Glacier between McAllister Hills and Prentice Plateau, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after George F. Delinski, Jr., Geography Discipline, U.S. Geological Survey, cartographic technician in the preparation of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) maps of Antarctica, 1966-2004.|07/14/2004|
18686|Fritsen Valley|Valley|772819S|1612437E|-77.472076|161.410361|||01/01/2004|An upland valley to the N of the Mount Hercules summit area and W of Harris Ledge in Olympus Range, McMurdo Dry Valleys. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Christian H. Fritsen, microbiologist, Division of Earth and Ecosystem Sciences, Desert Research Institute, Reno, NV; U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) investigator of pack ice and lake ice from c. 1992.|07/14/2004|
18687|Goldich Crest|Summit|772929S|1614026E|-77.491252|161.674007|1700|5577|01/01/2004|A peak, 1700 m, between Mount Jason and Bull Pass in Olympus Range, McMurdo Dry Valleys. Gonzalez Spur extends ESE from the peak. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after S.S. (Sam) Goldich, Department of Geology, Northern Illinois University, DeKalb, IL (later U.S. Geological Survey, Denver, CO); a participant in the McMurdo Dry Valleys Drilling Project, 1973-76.|07/14/2004|
18688|Moby Dick Icefall|Glacier|615800S|0574200W|-61.9666667|-57.7|||01/01/2004|Icefall at the head of Destruction Bay, E King George Island. Named by the Polish Antarctic Expedition, 1981, after the famous white whale of Herman Melville’s novel Moby Dick.|07/14/2004|
18689|Lake Chapman|Lake|770100S|1622300E|-77.0166667|162.3833333|||01/01/2004|This lake is located on The Flatiron, at Granite Harbor, and is a site of active research being undertaken at the University of Waikato. It has been named in honor of Dr. M. Ann Chapman, one of the first women scientists to visit the Ross Sea Region, and the first woman to lead a scientific expedition in the Antarctic. Dr. Chapman led a team of scientists from the University of Waikato working on Antarctic limnology from 1970 to 1971. Dr. Chapman was a founding member of the University of Waikato Antarctic Research Program and of the New Zealand Limnological Society.|07/14/2004|08/08/2018
18690|Mount Bevin|Summit|715400S|1692700E|-71.9|169.45|3490|11450|01/01/2004|A prominent sharply pointed mountain which rises to 3490 m at the W side of the head of Murray Glacier in the Admiralty Mountains, Victoria Land. The mountain stands 2 mi WNW of Mount Sabine. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Anthony (Tony) J. Bevin, Surveyor-General, New Zealand, and Chairman, New Zealand Geographic Board, 1996-2004, with responsibility for New Zealand surveying and place naming in Antarctica.|07/14/2004|
18691|Prentice Plateau|Plain|772839S|1603749E|-77.47747|160.630372|1850|6069|01/01/2004|A nearly rectangular plateau of c. 9 square mi at the N side of Victoria Upper Glacier and W of Apollo Peak, Olympus Range, Victoria Land. The upper surface (c.1850 m) is ice covered except for scoured outcrops. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Michael L. Prentice, Department of Earth Sciences, University of New Hampshire, Durham, NH; in U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) for 15 years from c. 1983 including work in McMurdo Dry Valleys.|07/14/2004|
18692|Rodriquez Pond|Basin|773301S|1605024E|-77.55033|160.840045|||01/01/2004|A freshwater frozen pond in the Labyrinth of Wright Valley in the McMurdo Dry Valleys. The pond is the larger of the two ponds that lie W of Hoffman Ledge in Healy Trough. It is just SE of smaller Redman Pond (q.v.). Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after Russell Rodriquez, U.S. Geological Survey, Seattle, WA; member of a U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) party that sampled the pond in 2003-04.|07/14/2004|
18693|Shaw Trough|Valley|773217S|1605152E|-77.538003|160.864461|||01/01/2004|A primary elongate trough in the Labyrinth of Wright Valley, McMurdo Dry Valleys, extending W-E across the N part of the feature. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after John Shaw, Department of Geography, University of Alberta, Edmonton, Canada, who, with Terry R. Healy, published observations on the formation of the Labyrinth following a visit in the 1975-76 season.|07/14/2004|
18694|Virginia Valley|Valley|772857S|1605555E|-77.482521|160.931866|||01/01/2004|An upland valley E of Wall valley in Olympus Range, located between the N part of Mount Electra on the W, and Mount Circe and Mount Dido on the E. The valley opens N to McKelvey Valley. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Ross A. Virginia, Environmental Studies Program, Dartmouth College, Hanover, NH; U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) soils biologist in the McMurdo Dry Valleys, 13 field seasons, 1989-2002.|07/14/2004|
18695|Warren Icefall|Glacier|773312S|1602645E|-77.553371|160.445793|||01/01/2004|An icefall entering the S part of Wright Upper Glacier N of Vortex Col, Asgard Range, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Alden Warren, Geography Discipline, U.S. Geological Survey; photographer (scientific and technical) in the preparation of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) maps of Antarctica, 1956-2004.|07/14/2004|
18696|Williams Pond|Basin|773226S|1605901E|-77.54053|160.983563|||01/01/2004|A pond 0.4 mi N of the E end of Hoffman Ledge in the Labyrinth of Wright Valley, McMurdo Dry Valleys. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after M.W. (Max) Williams of Hamilton, New Zealand, a driller and supervisor with the New Zealand drilling team during the Murdo Dry Valleys Drilling Project, 1973-76.|07/14/2004|
18697|Parish Ledge|Ridge|772829S|1613207E|-77.474757|161.535191|1642|5387|01/01/2004|A flat-topped ridge (1642 m) on the E side of Bratina Valley in Olympus Range, McMurdo Dry Valleys, Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Thomas R. Parish, Department of Atmospheric Science, University of Wyoming, Laramie, WY, long-term U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) investigator of Antarctic katabatic winds, 1981-97.|07/14/2004|
18698|Hawkins Cirque|Basin|773032S|1603512E|-77.508923|160.586736|||01/01/2004|A cirque about 0.5 mi wide, in part occupied by a glacier, near the center of the S cliffs of Prentice Plateau, Olympus Range. The cirque opens S to Wright Upper Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Jack D. Hawkins, lead PHI helicopter pilot with U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) in eight consecutive field seasons from 1996-97.|07/14/2004|
18699|Headwall Pond|Basin|773404S|1604702E|-77.56777|160.783966|||01/01/2004|A very small ice-covered pond in the Labyrinth of Wright Valley, McMurdo Dry Valleys. The pond lies along a rock headwall close NE of Craig Pond. The descriptive name was suggested by the U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) field party that sampled the pond in 2003-04.|07/14/2004|
18700|Hoffman Ledge|Ridge|773318S|1605200E|-77.554927|160.866693|1000|3281|01/01/2004|An arcuate flat-topped ridge, 1.8 mi long and 0.5 mi wide, located W of Dais Col in the Labyrinth of Wright Valley, McMurdo Dry Valleys. The relatively level ledge rises to 1000 m and is bounded W and N by Healy Trough; cliffs and slopes bordering the ledge rise from 50 to over 100 m above the trough. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) after J.H. (Jack) Hoffman of the Geophysics Division, DSIR, superintendent of the New Zealand drilling team engaged in the McMurdo Dry Valleys Drilling Project, 1973-76.|07/14/2004|
18701|Koltermann Peak|Summit|772845S|1602241E|-77.479264|160.378169|2166|7106|01/01/2004|A peak (2166 m) in the E part of McAllister Hills, located W of Olympus Range in Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Major David Koltermann, 109th Airlift Wing, New York Air National Guard, co-pilot of the LC-130 aircraft in a pre-season McMurdo to South Pole Station flight, Oct. 16, 1999.|07/14/2004|
18702|Malin Valley|Valley|772553S|1615059E|-77.43133|161.849729|||01/01/2004|An upland valley on the W side of Mount Cerberus in E Olympus Range, McMurdo Dry Valleys. The valley opens N to Victoria Valley. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Michael C. Malin, Department of Geology, Arizona State University; U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) abrasion rate observations in the McMurdo Dry Valleys, 1983-84 to 1993-94.|07/14/2004|
18703|McAllister Hills|Range|772829S|1602206E|-77.474837|160.36846|||01/01/2004|A hill group or bastion between Shapeless Mountain and Wright Upper Glacier in Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Major George R. McAllister, 109th Airlift Wing, New York Air National Guard, LC-130 command pilot in a pre-season McMurdo to South Pole Station flight, Oct. 16, 1999.|07/14/2004|
18704|Melcon Peak|Summit|772642S|1602519E|-77.445107|160.422067|2500|8202|01/01/2004|An ice-covered peak rising to 2500 m 1.1 mi S of Shapeless Mountain in Victoria Land. There is exposed rock on the S side of this wedge-shaped elevation. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Mark (“Commander”) Melcon, a McMurdo Station carpenter who worked 23 field seasons in Antarctica.|07/14/2004|
18705|Murray Pond|Basin|773330S|1605623E|-77.558239|160.939675|||01/01/2004|A pond 0.4 mi ESE of Gupwell Pond in the Labyrinth of Wright Valley, McMurdo Dry Valleys. It is the W-most of the three aligned ponds lying S of the E part of Hoffman Ledge. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after D.F.C. Murray, a driller with the New Zealand drilling team during the McMurdo Dry Valleys Drilling Project, 1973-76.|07/14/2004|
18706|Hallet Valley|Valley|773235S|1601619E|-77.543015|160.271998|||01/01/2004|A valley between Meddley Ridge and Vortex Col in W Asgard Range, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Bernard Hallet, Quaternary Research Center, University of Washington, Seattle, WA; U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) investigator of land surface stability in the McMurdo Dry Valleys, 1995-2002.|07/14/2004|
18707|Anvil Pond|Lake|773252S|1604854E|-77.547879|160.815031|||01/01/2004|A freshwater frozen pond to the W of Healy Trough and 0.6 mi NW of Rodriquez Pond in the Labyrinth of Wright Valley, McMurdo Dry Valleys. The name was suggested by a U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) field party, 2003-04, because a rock in this small pond looks like an anvil.|07/14/2004|
18708|Bratina Valley|Valley|772752S|1612928E|-77.464546|161.491225|||01/01/2004|An upland valley at the E side of Harris Ledge in Olympus Range, McMurdo Dry Valleys; the valley opens N to McKelvey Valley. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Bonnie J. Bratina, Department of Microbiology, Michigan State University, East Lansing, MI; with U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) for four seasons at Lake Vanda in the 1990s.|07/14/2004|
18709|Mount Cassidy|Summit|772721S|1604744E|-77.455773|160.795539|1917|6289|01/01/2004|A mountain (1917 m) which forms a salient angle in the NE part of Prentice Plateau, Olympus Range, McMurdo Dry Valleys. Rude Spur descends from the E side of the mountain. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Dennis S. Cassidy, Curator of the Antarctic Marine Geology Research Facility and Core Library, Florida State University, Tallahassee, from 1962-1991.|07/14/2004|
18710|Connell Pond|Basin|773318S|1605027E|-77.554967|160.840913|||01/01/2004|A freshwater frozen pond in the Labyrinth of Wright Valley, McMurdo Dry Valleys. The pond lies in Healy Trough, 0.5 mi S of Rodriquez Pond. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Laurie Connell, University of Maine, Orono; leader of a U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) field party that sampled the pond in 2003-04.|07/14/2004|
18711|Dauphin Pond|Basin|773353S|1604238E|-77.564858|160.710578|||01/01/2004|A freshwater frozen pond in the Labyrinth of Wright Valley, McMurdo Dry Valleys. The pond is near the SW extremity of Healy Trough, 0.2 mi E of the Wright Upper Glacier terminus. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after a USCG Dauphin helicopter (HH-65A) that landed on the pond January 20, 2004, in the course of sampling the pond.|07/14/2004|
18712|Dipboye Cirque|Basin|773013S|1605001E|-77.503618|160.833629|||01/01/2004|A cirque on the S side of Olympus Range between Apollo Peak and Mount Electra in the McMurdo Dry Valleys. The cirque opens S to the Labyrinth. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Richard L. Dipboye, PHI helicopter pilot with U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) in eight consecutive field seasons from 1996-97.|07/14/2004|
18713|Glover Cirque|Basin|773000S|1610500E|-77.5|161.083333|||01/01/2004|A cirque occupied by a glacier in the S part of the Mount Boreas massif; the cirque is bounded on the NE side by a ridge connecting Mount Boreas and Mount Thrace. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Robert P. Glover, cartographer, Geography Discipline, U.S. Geological Survey; five field seasons in Antarctica up to 2003-04.|07/14/2004|
18714|Gonzalez Spur|Ridge|773011S|1614752E|-77.503193|161.797871|||01/01/2004|A prominent rock spur 2.5 mi long that extends ESE from 1700-meter high Goldich Crest in Olympus Range, McMurdo Dry Valleys. The spur descends to 500 m at the E extremity where it overhangs Wright Valley and forms the W side of the S entrance to higher Bull Pass. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after Angel Gonzalez, Manager, U.S. Antarctic Resource Center, U.S. Geological Survey, 1996-2004.|07/14/2004|
18715|Balsley Peak|Summit|773800S|1533600W|-77.6333333|-153.6|1100|3609|01/01/2004|A distinctive peak (c.1100m) located 1.4 mi SE of LaGorce Peak in Alexandra Mountains, Marie Byrd Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2004) after James R. Balsley, U.S. Geological Survey, who conducted airborne magnetometer near this peak during U.S. Navy (USN) Operation Highjump, 1946-47; later Chief, Branch of Geophysics, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS).|07/14/2004|
18716|Shulman Peak|Summit|771829S|1612224E|-77.307928|161.37333|1400|4593|01/01/2005|A peak rising to 1400 m 0.5 mi SW of Sponsors Peak in Cruzen Range, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Leonard M. Shulman, Bartol Research Institute, University of Delaware, Newark, DE, who maintained, calibrated, and upgraded neutron monitors at Amundsen-Scott South Pole Station and McMurdo Station, 13 field seasons 1991-2005.|03/06/2006|
18717|Mount Payne|Summit|724902S|1675137E|-72.8172222|167.8602778|3221|10567|04/25/2006|Mount Payne is a mostly ice covered mountain 1.75 miles east of Mount Riddolls in Stever Ridge of the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land.  The mountain, which rises to over 3,200 meters, is 3.5 miles east of Mount Randall and 7 miles east of Mount Burrill, features with which the name is associated.  Mount Payne honors Roger L. Payne, geographer, historian, toponymist, and Executive Secretary, U.S. Board on Geographic Names, 1993-2006, whose office includes responsibility for geographic nomenclature in Antarctica.  His contributions to the design and implementation of the Geographic Names Information System from 1985 pioneered the development of automated national placename repositories.  In 2000 he assisted on the Transantarctic Mountain Deformation Survey, Ross Island Photo Identification, and Satellite Imagery identification in Antarctica.|05/09/2006|09/11/2011
18718|Jorquera Glacier|Glacier|622800S|0593900W|-62.4666667|-59.65|||01/01/2005|A glacier on Greenwich Island flows W into Discovery Bay S of Ash Point.  Charted by CAE in 1965 and probably named for Captain (F) P. Jorquera G.|01/01/2005|
18719|Drewry Ice Stream|Stream|754000S|0730000W|-75.6666667|-73|||01/01/2005|An ice stream in eastern Ellsworth Land that flows SW from the area between the Behrendt Mountains and Mount Hassage into Evans Ice Stream.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) for Professor David John Drewry, former Director of SPRI and British Antarctic Survey (BAS).|01/01/2005|
18720|Mount Airthrey|Summit|780252S|1640329E|-78.04771|164.057976|||01/01/2005|A prominent summit 1175m located midway on the range separating the Garwood Valley and Marshall Valley in the McMurdo Dry Valleys area. Named by one of the Scottish members of the biology team from Canterbury University, which had done much work in this area. Airthrey is Gaelic for high point, and is also the name for the ground on which the Stirling University was founded.  Named by New Zealand in 2000.|01/01/2005|
18721|Bordogna Plateau|Plain|831800S|1651900E|-83.3|165.3166667|||01/01/2005|A high triangular plateau in south Holland Range, Shackleton Coast, approximately 45 square miles in extent and varying from 3000 to 4000 meters in elevation. The plateau is bordered by steep cliffs, and by Mount Lloyd on the north and Clarkson Peak and Mount Miller on the south. The abrupt southern cliffs rise 1200 meters above the Bowden Névé. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Joseph Bordogna who served the National Science Foundation as Assistant Director for Engineering (1992-96), Assistant Deputy Director (1996-99), and Deputy Director (1999-2005). Throughout the period he provided key leadership and guidance to the U.S. Antarctic Program at a number of critical points in its evolution.|01/01/2005|
18722|Albert Valley|Valley|772238S|1605515E|-77.377302|160.92089|||01/01/2005|A hanging valley between Conway Peak and Wendler Spur in central Apocalypse Peaks, Victoria Land. The valley opens N to Barwick Valley. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Mary R. Albert, Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory, Hanover, NH, who conducted field and laboratory research to characterize ice core, firn, and snow properties from Siple Dome, from the US-ITASE traverses of West Antarctica, and from East Antarctic megadunes, 1996-2003; Member, 2002-  , Polar Research Board, National Academy of Sciences; Chair 2003-  , U.S. National Committee for the International Polar Year, 2007-08. |01/01/2005|
18723|Alexander Valley|Valley|771708S|1612336E|-77.285441|161.393322|||01/01/2005|A valley 1.5 mi long between Mount Leland and Sponsors Peak in Cruzen Range, Victoria Land. The lower end of the valley is ice free and opens to Victoria Upper Glacier; the upper portion is partly ice covered and is surmounted by Mount Isaac, 1250 m. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Stephen Paul Alexander, U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) marine biologist in study of McMurdo Sound benthic foraminifer, six seasons 1985-2001; laboratory manager, Crary Science and Engineering Center, McMurdo Station, three seasons 2002-04|01/01/2005|
18724|Mount Arnaudo|Summit|840400S|1724000E|-84.0666667|172.6666667|||01/01/2005|A mound-shaped ice-covered mountain 2 mi S of Mount Cyril in the N part of Commonwealth Range. The feature rises to 1500 m between the E margin of lower Beardmore Glacier and the Hood Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Raymond V. Arnaudo, Deputy Director of the Office of Oceans Affairs, Department of State, who was involved in Antarctic and polar international issues from 1986. He led two U.S. inspection teams to Antarctica under terms of the Antarctic Treaty: one in 1989 along the Ross Sea and George V Coast, the other in 2000 to the Antarctic Peninsula.|01/01/2005|
18725|Bell Buttress|Ridge|771815S|1605930E|-77.304167|160.991667|||01/01/2005|A forked flat-topped ridge, 1.2 mi long, which extends N from The Fortress, Cruzen Range, Victoria Land, into the SW part of Victoria Upper Névé. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Robin E. Bell, Lamont-Doherty Earth Observatory, Columbia University, Palisades, NY; aerogeophysical research of the lithosphere of the West Antarctic rift system (CASERTZ), five field seasons 1991-99.|01/01/2005|
18726|Berkey Valley|Valley|771926S|1612247E|-77.323793|161.379691|||01/01/2005|A valley 1 mi long on the E side of Price Terrace in Cruzen Range, Victoria Land. The valley opens S to Barwick Valley. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Frank T. Berkey, Center for Atmospheric and Space Sciences, Utah State University, Logan, UT; U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) principal investigator for  observation of the ionosphere from Siple Station, 1982 and 1983, and from Amundsen-Scott South Pole Station, 1984-95.|01/01/2005|
18727|Besson Spur|Cliff|772300S|1610145E|-77.383333|161.029167|||01/01/2005|A rock spur that descends N between Papitashvili Valley and Hernandez Valley in Apocalypse Peaks, Victoria Land, Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after David Z. Besson, Physics Department, University of Kansas, Lawrence, KS; AMANDA and related research at Amundsen-Scott South Pole Station; eight field seasons 1997-2004.|01/01/2005|
18728|Bowser Valley|Valley|772006S|1615443E|-77.335059|161.912009|||01/01/2005|A valley that encloses a small glacier at the headwall, lying E of Crawford Valley in St. Johns Range, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Samuel S. Bowser, Division of Molecular Medicine, New York State Department of Health, Albany, NY, who conducted research of giant foraminifera in McMurdo Sound, 10 field seasons 1984-2004.|01/01/2005|
18729|Conrad Ledge|Ridge|771734S|1605252E|-77.2927|160.881151|||01/01/2005|A flat-topped ridge 1 mi long between Hilt Cirque and Dana Cirque in The Fortress, Cruzen Range, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Lieutenant Commander Lawrence J. Conrad, U.S. Navy (USN) (Ret.), Squadron VXE-6 helicopter pilot at McMurdo Station, 1982-85; member, U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) project to photograph named geographic features in the McMurdo Sound region, 2003-04|01/01/2005|
18730|Conway Peak|Summit|772213S|1605345E|-77.370278|160.895833|||01/01/2005|An ice-free peak which rises to 1800 m between the foot of Wreath Valley and Albert Valley in Apocalypse Peaks, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Maurice Conway of Thames, New Zealand; field guide in eight summer seasons for German expeditions to Victoria Land, Marie Byrd Land, and Queen Maud Land, 1979-2000; field guide/technician in six seasons, 1997-2004, for U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) at Roosevelt Island and W Marie Byrd Land ice streams.|01/01/2005|
18731|Crawford Valley|Valley|771936S|1615040E|-77.32679|161.844452|||01/01/2005|A valley which is ice free except at the headwall, lying between Deshler Valley and Bowser Valley in St. Johns Range, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after photographer Neelon Crawford, a participant in the National Science Foundation’s Antarctic Artists and Writers Program, five field seasons 1989-94.|01/01/2005|
18732|Cruzen Range|Range|771917S|1610918E|-77.321458|161.154901|||01/01/2005|A mountain range that rises to 1600 m in Vashka Crag and extends W-E for 10 mi between Salyer Ledge and Nickell Peak in McMurdo Dry Valleys, Victoria Land. The range is bounded to N, E, S, and W by Clare Range, Victoria Valley, Barwick Valley, and Webb Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Rear Admiral Richard H. Cruzen, commander of Task Force 68 during the U.S. Navy Antarctic Developments Project, 1946-47 (commonly called Operation Highjump).|01/01/2005|
18733|Dahe Glacier|Glacier|771519S|1620056E|-77.255169|162.015621|||01/01/2005|A glacier flowing NE between Stone Ridge and Wise Ridge in St. Johns Range, Victoria Land. It terminates as a hanging glacier on a bluff 200 m above the head of Debenham Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Qin Dahe, Director of the Chinese National Meteorological Administration; manager, Great Wall Station for two years in 1980s; co-author of studies on distribution, transport and range of chemicals recovered from surface snow and ice cores in traverses from Zhongshan Station to Dome Argus, 1996-2002.|01/01/2005|
18734|Dana Cirque|Basin|771747S|1605401E|-77.296451|160.900233|||01/01/2005|A cirque 0.5 mi wide lying E of Conrad Ledge in The Fortress, Cruzen Range, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Gayle L. Dana, Biological Research Center, Desert Research Institute, Reno, NV; team member, U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) McMurdo Dry Valleys ecological research, five seasons 1993-2001.|01/01/2005|
18735|Deshler Valley|Valley|771915S|1614519E|-77.320771|161.755235|||01/01/2005|A mostly ice-free valley between Spain Peak and Morse Spur in St. Johns Range, Victoria Land. The valley opens S to Victoria Valley. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Terry Deshler, Department of Atmospheric Science, University of Wyoming, Laramie, WY; U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) investigations addressing quantitative ozone loss and related research, 13 field seasons 1990-2004.|01/01/2005|
18736|Mount Dragovan|Summit|772253S|1604227E|-77.381343|160.707434|||01/01/2005|The highest summit in Apocalypse Peaks, Victoria Land, rising to 2360 m W of Wreath Valley in the W part of the group. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after astronomer Mark W. Dragovan, who (1986) collaborated with Yerkes engineer Robert J. Pernic to build a telescope to observe the early formation of structure in the universe; nine field seasons at the Amundsen-Scott South Pole Station Center for Astrophysical Research in Antarctica, 1988-2000.|01/01/2005|
18737|Finnemore Peak|Summit|772350S|1605156E|-77.397327|160.865441|||01/01/2005|A summit, 2050 m, at the S end of the ridge that separates the head of Wreath Valley and Albert Valley in Apocalypse Peaks, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Michelle Rogan Finnemore who wintered twice with the U.S. Antarctic Program: the first time in 1990 at Amundsen-Scott South Pole Station as U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) team leader for geodesy and seismology observations; a second winter at McMurdo Station in 1992 entailed satellite observations and ionospheric studies for the University of Texas in Austin; later, Manager of Gateway Antarctica, the center for Antarctic Studies and Research, at the University of Canterbury in Christchurch, New Zealand|01/01/2005|
18738|Gaisser Valley|Valley|771943S|1610756E|-77.328539|161.132342|||01/01/2005|A mostly ice-free valley 1.5 mi long that descends S from Vashka Crag in Cruzen Range, Victoria Land. The valley is bounded to the E by Peterson Terrace and terminates as a hanging valley 0.5 mi NW of Lake Vashka. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Thomas K. Gaisser, Bartol Research Institute, University of Delaware, Newark, DE; U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) principal investigator for study of cosmic-ray showers at Amundsen-Scott South Pole Station, 1991-2005.|01/01/2005|
18739|Halzen Mesa|Plain|772339S|1612552E|-77.39415|161.431244|||01/01/2005|An oblong islandlike mesa, 5 mi long and rising to 1345m, that is the largest and E-most of three mesas in the Insel Range, McMurdo Dry Valleys, Victoria Land. The upper surface is relatively level but the periphery is marked by abrupt cliffs that rise 500 to 600 m above the floor of Barwick Valley and McKelvey Valley. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Francis Halzen, Physics Department, University of Wisconsin, Madison, WI, who (1988) conceived of AMANDA, the Antarctic muon and neutrino detector array at Amundsen-Scott South Pole Station; U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) principal investigator in a project to build the “IceCube” neutrino telescope at the South Pole Station in six field seasons beginning 2004-05.|01/01/2005|
18740|Haselton Glacier|Glacier|772107S|1604507E|-77.351821|160.752046|||01/01/2005|A glacier flowing ENE between Gibson Spur and the Apocalypse Peaks,  terminating as a hanging glacier at Barwick Valley, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) in association with Haselton Icefall, a heavily crevassed upper part of the glacier.|01/01/2005|
18741|Hernandez Valley|Valley|772248S|1610350E|-77.38009|161.063798|||01/01/2005|An ice-free valley, which is the E-most of four aligned hanging valleys in Apocalypse Peaks, Victoria Land. The valley opens N to Barwick Valley opposite Lake Vashka. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Gonzalo J. Hernandez, Department of Earth and Space Sciences, University of Washington, Seattle, WA; U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) high-latitude atmospheric research at Amundsen-Scott South Pole and McMurdo Stations; 15 field seasons 1991-2004.|01/01/2005|
18742|Hilt Cirque|Basin|771725S|1605110E|-77.290359|160.85282|||01/01/2005|The W-most cirque of The Fortress in Cruzen Range, Victoria Land. The cirque is 0.5 mi wide and lies E of Salyer Ledge. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Lieutenant (jg) J.W. Hilt, U.S. Navy (USN), pilot of the VX-6 Otter aircraft that obtained low-elevation oblique aerial photographs of St. Johns Range, Willett Range, and Cruzen Range, November 20, 1959.|01/01/2005|
18743|Johns Cirque|Basin|771923S|1610031E|-77.323092|161.008561|||01/01/2005|A cirque on the E side of McLean Buttress in Cruzen Range, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Bjorn Johns, project manager from 1996-2005 of University NAVSTAR Consortium (UNAVCO), a consortium of 30 U.S. Universities that provides support of surveying, mapping, and other applications of the Global Positioning System to the U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP).|01/01/2005|
18744|Lake Karentz|Lake|771542S|1614816E|-77.26167|161.804492|||01/01/2005|An ice-covered lake, 1.3 mi long, lying W of Mount Swinford and Ringer Glacier in Ringer Valley, Saint Johns Range, Victoria Land. The lake receives melt from short glaciers on the headwall of Ringer Valley and from slopes in the Mount Swinford area. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Deneb Karentz, U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) marine biologist with 17 field seasons in Antarctica, 1986-2005, including research at Palmer Station and McMurdo Station and on several cruises in Bellingshausen Sea and Ross Sea; from 1992, instructor in the advanced biology course taught at McMurdo Station.|01/01/2005|
18745|Kreutz Snowfield|Glacier|771727S|1611445E|-77.290858|161.245952|||01/01/2005|An intermontane snowfield 3 mi sq in Cruzen Range, McMurdo Dry Valleys, Victoria Land. The snowfield is bounded to S by Forsyth Peak, to W by Victoria Upper Névé, to N by Mount Leland, and to E by Mount Isaac. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Karl J. Kreutz, Department of Geological Sciences, The University of Maine, Orono, ME, who investigated late Holocene climate variability from Siple Dome ice cores, three field seasons 1994-97; from Taylor Glacier and Clark Glacier ice cores, two seasons 2003-05|01/01/2005|
18746|Kuivinen Ridge|Ridge|771400S|1614635E|-77.233254|161.776278|||01/01/2005|A transverse ridge extending SW-NE across St. Johns Range between an unnamed glacier and the Ringer Glacier in Victoria Land. The ridge is 5 mi long and rises to 1750 m at Lanyon Peak. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after ice coring specialist Karl C. Kuivinen, University of Nebraska, Lincoln, NE, 1974-2003; Field Operations Manager, Ross Ice Shelf Project Management Office, UNL, 1974-78; Director, Polar Ice Coring Office, UNL, 1979-89 and 1994-2001; 15 summer field seasons in Antarctica, 1968-2000; 24 summer field seasons in Greenland and Alaska 1974-99.|01/01/2005|
18747|LaBelle Valley|Valley|771950S|1611545E|-77.330578|161.262567|||01/01/2005|A valley 1 mi long between Peterson Terrace and Price Terrace in Cruzen Range, Victoria Land. The valley opens S to Barwick Valley. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after James W. LaBelle, Department of Physics and Astronomy, Dartmouth College, Hanover, NH; U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) principal investigator for the study of low, middle, and high frequency auroral radio noise observed at Amundsen-Scott South Pole Station and at other observatories, 1991-2004.|01/01/2005|
18748|Lazzara Ledge|Ridge|772237S|1604612E|-77.376868|160.769899|||01/01/2005|A flat-topped ridge rising to 1900 m NE of Mount Dragovan in Apocalypse Peaks, Victoria Land. The ledge comprises the central part of the divide between Haselton Glacier and Wreath Valley. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Matthew A. Lazzara of the U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) Antarctic Meteorological Research Center field team, who worked in the McMurdo Station area and at other Antarctic locations in eight summer seasons, 1994-2004.|01/01/2005|
18749|Loewenstein Peak|Summit|771814S|1610818E|-77.303954|161.138315|1559|5115|01/01/2005|An ice-free peak, 1539 m, located 0.75 mi NE of Vashka Crag in Cruzen Range, Victoria Land. It stands at the W end of a line of peaks that mark the divide in E Cruzen Range. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Robert F. Loewenstein, University of Chicago and Yerkes Observatory; member of the U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) astrophysical research team at Amundsen-Scott South Pole Station, 13 field seasons 1991-2004.|01/01/2005|01/18/2010
18750|Mount Majerus|Summit|771616S|1613844E|-77.271029|161.645559|||01/01/2005|A peak rising to 1635 m at the S end of Kuivinen Ridge, St. Johns Range, Victoria Land. The peak is 1 mi SW of Lanyon Peak. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after  four members of the Majerus family of Rochester, MN, who engaged in various science support activities in many field seasons,  1980-2005,  predominately at the McMurdo Station:  Nicholas D. Majerus, 13 seasons; his daughter Michelle R. Majerus, 10 seasons; his brother Gregory J. Majerus,  15 seasons; and Gregory’s daughter, Nicole R. Majerus,  4 seasons.|01/01/2005|
18751|Metcalf Spur|Cliff|772445S|1602420E|-77.4125|160.405556|||01/01/2005|A rock spur, 1.5 mi long, which extends from Shapeless Mountain NW to Pākira Nunatak on the plateau of Willett Range, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Altie Metcalf, Budget and Planning Officer, Office of Polar Programs, National Science Foundation, 1995-2005.|01/01/2005|
18752|Molnia Bluff|Cliff|771554S|1605647E|-77.265108|160.946302|||01/01/2005|A steep bluff rising to 1750 m and extending W-E for 1 mi at the SE end of Parker Mesa, Clare Range, Victoria Land. The elevation drops to 1350 m at the foot of the bluff. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Bruce Franklin Molnia, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geologist who conducted seismic studies in the Southern Ocean and Antarctic marginal seas from R.V. Eltanin,  1965-66; Acting Executive Director of the Polar Research Board of the National Research Council, National Academy of Sciences, 1985-87; Chief, International Polar Programs, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), 1987-2002; Research Geologist, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), 2002-05|01/01/2005|
18753|Morse Spur|Cliff|772011S|1614852E|-77.336414|161.814363|||01/01/2005|A spur projecting S from St. Johns Range between Deshler Valley and Crawford Valley, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after David L. Morse, Institute for Geophysics, University of Texas, Austin, TX; ten Antarctic field seasons, 1990-2004, including four at Taylor Dome ice core site, three conducting aerogeophysical research in both East and West Antarctica, and three seasons of ground-based studies of Bindschadler Ice Stream, West Antarctica, and Taylor Glacier, Victoria Land.|01/01/2005|
18754|Mount Novak|Summit|771701S|1611652E|-77.283698|161.281122|||01/01/2005|An elongated mountain, c. 1400 m, 0.7 mi S of Mount Leland in Cruzen Range, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN)  (2005) after Giles Novak, Department of Physics and Astronomy, Northwestern University, Evanston, IL; member of the U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) astrophysics team at  Amundsen-Scott South Pole Station; 11 summer seasons 1992-2004.|01/01/2005|
18755|Ormerod Terrace|Bench|771830S|1603429E|-77.308381|160.57471|||01/01/2005|A ramplike rock platform, 2 mi long, that parallels the S flank of McSaveney Spur, Willett Range, and declines moderately toward the Webb Glacier. The terrace has a median elevation of 1600 m and rises 300 m above Caffin Valley (q.v.). Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Robin Ormerod, editor 1984-95 of Antarctic, the widely read publication of the New Zealand Antarctic Society.|01/01/2005|
18756|Papitashvili Valley|Valley|772243S|1610001E|-77.3786|161.00036|||01/01/2005|A hanging valley between Wendler Spur and Besson Spur in Apocalypse Peaks, Victoria Land. The valley opens N to Barwick Valley opposite Hourglass Lake and is ice free but for a glacier at the headwall. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Vladimir O. Papitashvili, Space Physics Research Laboratory, University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, MI, member of a joint US-Russian project to collect magnetometer data in the Mirnyy to Vostok station area; four seasons, 1994-99; Program Manager for Aeronomy and Astrophysics, Office of Polar Programs, NSF, 2002-  .|01/01/2005|
18757|Peterson Terrace|Bench|771942S|1611200E|-77.32823|161.20013|||01/01/2005|A gently inclined, mostly ice-free area c. 1.5 mi sq between Gaisser Valley and LaBelle Valley in Cruzen Range, Victoria Land. The terrace rises to 1250 m; 750 m above Barwick Valley and Lake Vashka, close southward. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Jeffrey B. Peterson, Physics Department, Carnegie-Mellon University, Pittsburgh, PA; astrophysics research at Amundsen-Scott South Pole Station, 14 field seasons 1988-2005.|01/01/2005|
18758|Price Terrace|Bench|771940S|1611806E|-77.327651|161.301674|||01/01/2005|A relatively level ice-free area c. 1 mi sq between LaBelle Valley and Berkey Valley in Cruzen Range, Victoria Land. The terrace  rises to 1250 m, about 750 m above Barwick Valley close southward. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after P. Buford Price, Physics Department, University of California at Berkeley, a U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) principal investigator for cosmic-ray studies near McMurdo Station, 1989, and neutrino astrophysics research at Amundsen-Scott South Pole Station, 1991.|01/01/2005|
18759|Ringer Valley|Valley|771612S|1614655E|-77.269949|161.782046|||01/01/2005|A hanging valley 6 mi long between Kuivinen Ridge and Stone Ridge in St. Johns Range, Victoria Land. The lower and middle portion of the valley is occupied by Ringer Glacier, which flows N to Miller Glacier; the upper (south) portion is mostly ice free. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) in association with Ringer Glacier and The Ringer (q.v.).|01/01/2005|
18760|Salyer Ledge|Ridge|771716S|1604924E|-77.287903|160.823308|||01/01/2005|A bold flat-topped ridge (1300 m) at the W end of The Fortress, the series of ridges and cirques that comprise the W half of Cruzen Range in McMurdo Dry Valleys, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Lieutenant Commander Herbert Salyer, U.S. Navy (USN), co-pilot and navigator (Commander William Hawkes, R4D command pilot), on the Operation Highjump photographic flight of February 20, 1947, during which this ledge and Cruzen Range were observed for the first time and recorded.|01/01/2005|
18762|Spain Peak|Summit|771746S|1614132E|-77.296226|161.692352|||01/01/2005|A peak rising to 1450 m on the W side of Deshler Valley in St. Johns Range, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Rae Spain, who from 1979 to 2004 completed 22 field season deployments in various positions held for U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) support contractors at the McMurdo, Siple, Palmer, and South Pole Stations, and at remote field camp stations.|01/01/2005|
18763|Stone Ridge|Ridge|771526S|1615537E|-77.25734|161.926923|||01/01/2005|A ridge surmounted by Mount Swinford, 1550 m, extending SW-NE between Ringer Glacier and Dahe Glacier in St. Johns Range, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Brian Stone, U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) logistics specialist with Antarctic Support Associates from 1990; Science Cargo Coordinator for McMurdo Station cargo, 1992-95; Terminal Operations Manager, McMurdo Station, 1995-97; Terminal Operations Manager, Christchurch, NZ, 1997-2000; Research Support Manager, OPP, NSF, 2000-05|01/01/2005|
18764|Tilav Cirque|Basin|771910S|1605730E|-77.319444|160.958333|||01/01/2005|A cirque on the NW side of McLean Buttress in The Fortress of Cruzen Range, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Serap Z. Tilav, U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) field team member in support of the Antarctic Muon and Neutrino Detector Array (AMANDA) and cosmic-ray studies at Amundsen-Scott South Pole Station; nine field seasons 1991-2005.|01/01/2005|
18765|Victoria Upper Névé|Glacier|771604S|1610539E|-77.26775|161.09418|||01/01/2005|A névé with an area of c. 15 square mi at the head of Victoria Upper Glacier in Victoria Land. The névé lies between Clare Range and Cruzen Range eastward of The Fortress. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) in association with Victoria Upper Glacier.|01/01/2005|
18766|Webb Cirque|Basin|771432S|1604715E|-77.242275|160.787447|||01/01/2005|A prominent cirque at the head of Webb Glacier in Victoria Land. The cirque is bounded by Vishniac Peak, Skew Peak, and Parker Mesa and is occupied by the névé of the Webb Glacier.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) in association with the Webb Glacier|01/01/2005|
18767|Welch Crag|Summit|771707S|1603510E|-77.285268|160.586099|||01/01/2005|A steep rugged peak, which is marked by secondary spires rising to 1500 m in the NE part of McSaveney Spur, Willett Range, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Kathleen A. Welch, Department of Geology, University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa, AL; team member in U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) McMurdo Dry Valleys Long-Term Ecological Research, 11 field seasons 1994-2004.|01/01/2005|
18768|Wendler Spur|Cliff|772235S|1605759E|-77.376395|160.966416|||01/01/2005|A rock spur that descends N between Albert Valley and Papitashvili Valley in Apocalypse Peaks, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Gerd Wendler, Geophysical Institute, University of Alaska, Fairbanks, AK; a U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) member in an international collaboration (France, Australia, United States) to study katabatic winds and their interaction with sea ice at Adélie Coast and George V Coast; several field seasons 1979-2001|01/01/2005|
18769|Wise Ridge|Ridge|771610S|1615934E|-77.269329|161.992783|||01/01/2005|A sharp-crested ridge, 4 mi long, extending SW-NE between Dahe Glacier and Willis Glacier in St. Johns Range, Victoria Land. Peaks on the ridge rise 1200-1525 m above sea level. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Sherwood W. Wise, Jr., Antarctic Marine Geology Research Facility, Florida State University, Tallahassee, FL, who had a significant part in the planning, coring, analyzing, and storage of Southern Ocean geological specimens, 1973-2004|01/01/2005|
18770|Wreath Valley|Valley|772242S|1604933E|-77.378213|160.825878|||01/01/2005|An ice-free valley between Lazzara Ledge and Conway Peak in Apocalypse Peaks, Victoria Land. It is the W-most in a group of four aligned hanging valleys.  So named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) from an ice and rock formation on the valley headwall, which is wreathlike in appearance and visible from a great distance.|01/01/2005|
18771|Castellini Bluff|Cliff|780900S|1671000E|-78.15|167.1666667|||01/01/2005|A rock bluff rising to c. 500 m between Dibble Bluff and Mount Nesos in W White Island, Ross Archipelago. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Michael A. Castellini, Institute of Marine Sciences, University of Alaska, Fairbanks, AK, who studied the Weddell seal in McMurdo Sound sea ice areas, 1977-2004, including winter season research at White Island with Randall W. Davis (Davis Bluff, q.v.), 1981.|01/01/2005|
18772|Costa Spur|Cliff|730800S|1691000E|-73.1333333|169.1666667|||01/01/2005|A prominent spur 4 mi SW of Quetin Head, Daniell Peninsula, Borchgrevink Coast. The spur descends eastward to Ross Sea and marks the southern extent of Mandible Cirque.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Daniel P. Costa, Professor of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, University of California, Santa Cruz, CA, who studied seals at McMurdo Sound, South Georgia, and Livingson Island in several field seasons from 1977; chief scientist aboard Nathaniel B. Palmer for two winter cruises associated with the U.S. Southern Ocean Global Ocean Ecosystem Dynamics (GLOBEC) projects, 2001 and 2002|01/01/2005|
18773|Davis Bluff|Cliff|780900S|1673500E|-78.15|167.5833333|||01/01/2005|A rock bluff rising to 400 m 2 mi NE of Isolation Point in E White Island, Ross Archipelago. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Randall W. Davis, Department of Marine Biology, Texas A'&'M University, Galveston, TX, who studied the Weddell seal in McMurdo Sound sea ice areas, 1977-2003, including winter season research at White Island with Michael A. Castellini (Castellini Bluff. q.v.), 1981.|01/01/2005|
18774|Kennicutt Point|Cape|743000S|1652900E|-74.5|165.4833333|||01/01/2005|The S entrance point of Wood Bay, Borchgrivink Coast. The point is 9 mi N of Cape Washington. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Mahlon Kennicutt II, Geochemical and Environmental Research Group, Texas A'&'M University, College Station, TX; U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) investigator of marine-habitat change in McMurdo Sound, near the McMurdo Station, and in Arthur Harbor in proximity of the Palmer Station, several summer seasons 1990-2005|01/01/2005|
18775|Ponganis Icefall|Glacier|733200S|1695100E|-73.5333333|169.85|||01/01/2005|An icefall 1000 m high and 1.25 mi wide on the E side of Coulman Island, Ross Sea. The icefall descends from Hawkes Heights caldera to the sea at Cape Main. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Paul J. Ponganis, Center for Marine Biotechnology, Scripps Institution of Oceanography, LaJolla, CA, who studied the behavior and census of emperor penguins at Cape Crozier, Cape Washington, Beaufort Island, Franklin Island, and Coulman Island in 13 field seasons, 1987-2004, and for Katherine V. Ponganis (Mrs. Paul J. Ponganis), a member of the study team in five field seasons.|01/01/2005|
18776|Quetin Head|Cliff|730600S|1692600E|-73.1|169.4333333|||01/01/2005|A rock headland 3.5 mi SW of Cape Phillips, Daniell Peninsula, Borchgrevink Coast. The headland rises to 900 m and marks the E extent of Mandible Cirque. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Langdon B. Quetin and Robin Macurda Ross-Quetin, Marine Science Institute, University of California, Santa Barbara, CA, collaborators in U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) ecological research in the Southern Ocean, 14 field seasons 1991-2004.|01/01/2005|
18777|Terrie Bluff|Cliff|773136S|1690515E|-77.5266667|169.0875|||01/01/2005|A rock bluff rising to 1000 m 1.5 mi SSE of Ainley Peak, Kyle Hills, Ross Island. The steep rock bluff face marks the E end of a mound-shaped and mostly ice-covered elevation 0.5 mi NW of Detrick Peak. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Terrie/Theresa M. Williams Professor of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, University of California, Santa Cruz; U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) co-principal investigator of hunting behavior of free-ranging Weddell seals, several seasons in McMurdo Sound sea ice areas, 1984-2002|01/01/2005|
18778|Anu Whakatoro Glacier|Glacier|771721S|1614135E|-77.289258|161.693008|||01/01/2006|A glacier, 0.7 mi long, between Tūkeri Peak and Spain Peak on the headwall of Ringer Valley in Saint Johns Range, Victoria Land.  “Anu Whakatoro” is a Maori word, meaning force of wind, and was applied descriptively to this glacier by the New Zealand Geographic Board in 2005|01/01/2006|
18779|Broady Valley|Valley|771526S|1613527E|-77.257198|161.590799|||01/01/2006|A steeply inclined valley, 1.5 mi long, lying W of Lanyon Peak in Saint Johns Range, Victoria Land. The valley opens SW to the snout of Victoria Upper Glacier.  Named by the New Zealand Geographic Board (2005) after Paul Broady, University of Melbourne (later University of Canterbury, New Zealand), a microbial biologist who worked with the NZAP for eight seasons from 1981, at McMurdo Dry Valleys, Ross Island, Marie Byrd Land, and other areas; with British Antarctic Survey (BAS) at Signy Island, 1970s; with Australian National Antarctic Research Expeditions (ANARE) early 1980s|01/01/2006|
18780|Bryan Glacier|Glacier|772415S|1605545E|-77.4041667|160.9291667|||01/01/2006|A glacier that flows S from a divide with Papitashvili Valley in Apocalypse Peaks, Victoria Land.  Named by the New Zealand Geographic Board (2005) after John Bryan, an Australian coal geologist who led a party in mapping the Permian coal measures at Mount Fleming, Shapeless Mountain,  and Mount Electra during one visit in 1982-83.|01/01/2006|
18781|Clegg Nunataks|Summit|772244S|1603555E|-77.378983|160.598609|||01/01/2006|A nunatak group, 1.4 mi long, lying above (SW of) Haselton Icefall in the upper part of Haselton Glacier, Willett Range, Victoria Land.  Named by the New Zealand Geographic Board (2005) after Keith Clegg, Information Officer, Antarctic Division, Department of Scientific and Industrial Research, 1979-88.|01/01/2006|
18782|Dickinson Valley|Valley|771857S|1612613E|-77.315706|161.43688|||01/01/2006|A valley 1.2 mi long on the W side of Nickell Peak, Cruzen Range, Victoria Land.  Named by the New Zealand Geographic Board (2005) after Warren Dickenson, a geologist studying quaternary geology, who led Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) field parties working in the McMurdo Dry Valleys during five seasons from 1996.  The spelling of the name was changed from Dickenson to Dickinson 17 July 2007.|01/01/2006|
18783|Edbrooke Hill|Summit|772340S|1603818E|-77.394444|160.638333|||01/01/2006|A hill, 2100 m, at the extreme W end of the Apocalypse Peaks, Victoria Land. The hill rises 100 m above the adjacent plateau ice, which diverges at the hill to the ENE-flowing Haselton Glacier and the E-flowing Huka Kapo Glacier.  Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (2005) after Steven Edbrooke, geologist, New Zealand Geological Survey, who mapped coal measures at Mount Fleming, Shapeless Mountain, and Mount Electra in 1982-83; in upper Wright Valley, Clare Range, and Willett Range, 1992-93.|01/01/2006|
18784|Fenwick Glacier|Glacier|771619S|1614225E|-77.271818|161.706918|||01/01/2006|A glacier, 0.6 mi long, between Mount Majerus and Tūkeri Peak on the headwall of Ringer Valley, Saint Johns Range, Victoria Land.  Named by the New Zealand Geographic Board (2005) after John Fenwick, a Ministry of Works hydrology technician, who led field parties on visits to this area in 1972-73 and 1973-74.|01/01/2006|
18785|Forsyth Peak|Summit|771825S|1611014E|-77.306818|161.170485|||01/01/2006|A peak rising to 1500 m 0.5 mi E of Loewenstein Peak in Cruzen Range, Victoria Land.  Named by the New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (2005) after geologist Jane Forsyth, a member of geological mapping parties in this area during five seasons from 1988, including work at Willett Range, Clare Range, and Victoria Valley|01/01/2006|
18786|Gabites Glacier|Glacier|772048S|1603202E|-77.346792|160.533966|||01/01/2006|A glacier on the headwall of Caffin Valley, 0.3 mi W of the head of Walker Glacier, in Willett Range, Victoria Land.  Named by the New Zealand Geographic Board  (2005) after Isobel (Helen) Gabites, a member of the  Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) geological party at Mount Bastion and Allan Hills, 1982-83.|01/01/2006|
18787|Huka Kapo Glacier|Glacier|772405S|1604202E|-77.40134|160.700585|||01/01/2006|A glacier from the plateau of Willett Range, Victoria Land. It flows E, southward of Edbrooke Hill, and terminates nearly midway along the S side of Apocalypse Peaks.  “Huka Kapo” is a Maori word, meaning driving hail, and was applied descriptively to this glacier by the New Zealand Geographic Board in 2005.|01/01/2006|
18788|Mount Isaac|Summit|771743S|1611913E|-77.295367|161.320315|||01/01/2006|A mountain 0.9 mi SE of Mount Novak in Cruzen Range, Victoria Land. It rises to 1250 m at the head of Alexander Valley, dividing the S part of the valley.  Named by the New Zealand Geographic Board (2005)  after Mike Isaac, a geologist who led a scientific party during two visits in 1985 and 1992.|01/01/2006|
18789|Moremore Nunataks|Summit|771828S|1602721E|-77.307734|160.455937|||01/01/2006|A nunatak group 2 mi long, immediately W of McSaveney Spur and Mount Bastion on the plateau of Willett Range, Victoria Land.  “Moremore” is a Maori word, meaning bald head, and was applied descriptively to these nunataks in 2005 by the New Zealand Geographic Board.|01/01/2006|
18790|Pākira Nunatak|Summit|772403S|1602247E|-77.4008333|160.3797222|||01/01/2006|A nunatak, 2400 m, at the N end of Metcalf Spur on the plateau of Willett Range, Victoria Land. The nunatak is 1.75 mi NW of Shapeless Mountain.  “Pākira” is a Maori word, meaning bald head, and was applied descriptively to this nunatak in 2005 by the New Zealand Geographic Board.|01/01/2006|
18791|Pūanu Glacier|Glacier|772330S|1605840E|-77.3916667|160.9777778|||01/01/2006|A glacier that occupies the upper portion of Papitashvili Valley in Apocalypse Peaks, Victoria Land.  “Pūanu” is a Maori word, meaning intense cold, and was applied descriptively to this glacier  in 2005 by the New Zealand Geographic Board.|01/01/2006|
18792|Rose Crest|Summit|772326S|1605617E|-77.390611|160.938061|||01/01/2006|A summit (c. 2000 m) at the S end of Wendler Spur in Apocalypse Peaks, Victoria Land. The feature stands between the head of Albert Valley and Papitashvili Valley.  Named by the New Zealand Geographic Board (2005) after Geoffrey (Toby) Rose, leader of a party that investigated coal measures in the Mount Bastion and Sponsors Peak area, 1984-85|01/01/2006|
18793|Templeton Peak|Summit|771733S|1615024E|-77.292519|161.839873|||01/01/2006|A peak rising to c. 1400 m on the ridge between the head of Ringer Valley and Deshler Valley in Saint Johns Range, Victoria Land. The peak is 1.4 mi SW of Mount Swinford.  Named by the New Zealand Geographic Board (2005) after Malcolm Templeton, former New Zealand Foreign Service officer, who held a number of senior positions including that of permanent representative to the United Nations, and Deputy Secretary of Foreign Affairs; author of A Wise Adventure – New Zealand and Antarctica 1920 – 1960|01/01/2006|
18794|Totoa Nunatak|Summit|771915S|1602523E|-77.320793|160.423118|||01/01/2006|A nunatak at the SW end of the Moremore Nunataks, 0.8 mi W of Mount Bastion, on the plateau of Willett Range, Victoria Land.  “Totoa” is a Maori wind word, meaning boisterous and stormy, and was applied descriptively to this nunatak in 2005 by the New Zealand Geographic Board.|01/01/2006|
18795|Tūkeri Peak|Summit|771655S|1614131E|-77.2819444|161.6919444|||01/01/2006|A peak rising to 1400 m at the head of Ringer Valley, Victoria Land. The peak stands midway between Mount Majerus and Spain Peak on the principal ridge of Saint Johns Range.  “Tūkeri” is a Maori wind word, meaning force of wind, and was applied descriptively to this peak by the New Zealand Geographic Board in 2005|01/01/2006|
18796|Turnbull Peak|Summit|772326S|1610119E|-77.39048|161.021851|||01/01/2006|A peak rising to 1600 m at the head of Hernandez Valley in Apocalypse Peaks, Victoria Land.  Named by the New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (2005) after Ian Turnbull, an Institute of Geology and Nuclear Sciences geologist, who was a member of geology mapping parties at Asgard Range, Victoria Valley, Saint Johns Range, and at the Mackay Glacier and Wilson Piedmont Glacier areas in several field seasons 1988-89 to 1997-98|01/01/2006|
18797|Walker Glacier|Glacier|771933S|1603750E|-77.325848|160.630576|||01/01/2006|An attenuated glacier flowing NE in Caffin Valley closely following the W side of Gibson Spur, Willett Range, Victoria Land. The glacier terminates at Barwick Valley short of reaching the S flank of Webb Glacier.  Named by the New Zealand Geographic Board (2005) after Barry Walker, a geologist with Victoria University's Antarctic Expeditions (VUWAE) to this area, 1979-80, 1981-82, and 1982-83; field leader for basement geology studies at Mount Bastion|01/01/2006|
18798|Mount Zimmerman|Summit|731800S|1671000E|-73.3|167.1666667|||01/01/2006|A broad mountain, 1010 m, which is bounded by the terminus of the Meander Glacier, Mariner Glacier, and Boyer Glacier in east Mountaineer Range, Borchgrevink Coast. The mountain is ice covered with the exception of steep rock cliffs that form its northern face. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) after Herman B. Zimmerman, a geologist-oceanographer who served the National Science Foundation in several capacities from 1977-2005 including: Director, Division of Earth Sciences, 1999-2005; Director, Polar Glaciology Program, Division of Polar Programs, 1987-91; four visits to Antarctica relative to activities such as polar ice coring, for which he was NSF Program Manager.|01/01/2006|
18799|Alyabiev Glacier|Glacier|714200S|0724000W|-71.7|-72.6666667|||01/01/2006|A glacier flowing S from Gluck Peak, Alexander Island, into Boccherini Inlet. Named by the USSR Academy of Sciences (1987) after Alexander Alyabiev  (1787-1851), Russian composer.  Not: Lednik Aljab’eva.|01/01/2006|
18800|Arensky Glacier|Glacier|713900S|0721500W|-71.65|-72.25|||01/01/2006|A glacier flowing S from Beethoven Peninsula, Alexander Island, into the N end of Boccherini Inlet. Named by the USSR Academy of Sciences (1987) after Anton Arensky 1861-1906), Russian composer.  Not: Lednik Arenskogo|01/01/2006|
18801|Asafiev Glacier|Glacier|710500S|0704500W|-71.0833333|-70.75|||01/01/2006|A glacier flowing NW into Schubert Inlet from the W side of the Walton Mountains, Alexander Island. Named by the USSR Academy of Sciences (1987) after Boris Asafiev (1884-1949), Russian composer.  Not: Lednik Asaf’eva.|01/01/2006|
18802|Balakirev Glacier|Glacier|712500S|0701000W|-71.4166667|-70.1666667|||01/01/2006|A glacier flowing NE into Schubert Inlet from the S part of Walton Mountains, Alexander Island. Named by the USSR Academy of Sciences (1987) after Mily Balakirev (1837-1910), Russian composer.  Not: Lednik Balakireva.|01/01/2006|
18803|Dargomyzhsky Glacier|Glacier|715000S|0705000W|-71.8333333|-70.8333333|||01/01/2006|A glacier flowing W from Staccato Peaks, Alexander Island, into Williams Inlet. Named by the USSR Academy of Sciences (1987) after Alexander Dargomyzhsky (1813-69),  Russian composer.  Not: Lednik Dargomyžskogo|01/01/2006|
18804|Glazunov Glacier|Glacier|722500S|0713700W|-72.4166667|-71.6166667|||01/01/2006|A glacier flowing N into Stravinsky Inlet from Monteverdi Peninsula, Alexander Island. Named by the USSR Academy of Sciences (1987) after Alexander Glazunov (1865-1936), Russian composer.  Not: Lednik Glazunova.|01/01/2006|
18805|Liadov Glacier|Glacier|713200S|0734500W|-71.5333333|-73.75|||01/01/2006|A glacier flowing ENE from Harris Peninsula, Alexander Island, into Brahms Inlet. Named by the USSR Academy of Sciences (1987) after Anatol Liadov (1855-1914), Russian composer. Not: Lednik Ljadova.|01/01/2006|
18806|Nikitin Glacier|Glacier|734800S|0753600W|-73.8|-75.6|||01/01/2006|A glacier flowing N into to Stange Sound, English Coast, eastward of Lidke Ice Stream and an unnamed intervening glacier. Named by the USSR Academy of Sciences (1987) after Afanasiy Nikitin (? - 1472), Russian traveler who documented a visit to India and Africa during the years 1466-72.  Not: Lednik Afanasija Nikitina|01/01/2006|
18807|Rachmaninoff Glacier|Glacier|723000S|0723500W|-72.5|-72.5833333|||01/01/2006|A glacier flowing S from Monteverdi Peninsula, Alexander Island, into Britten Inlet. Named by the USSR Academy of Sciences (1987) after Sergei Rachmaninoff (1873-1943), Russian composer.  Not: Lednik Rahmaninova|01/01/2006|
18808|Varlamov Glacier|Glacier|714000S|0732500W|-71.6666667|-73.4166667|||01/01/2006|A glacier on Beethoven Peninsula, Alexander Island, flowing NW into the head of  Brahms Inlet. Named by the USSR Academy of Sciences (1987) after Alexander Varlamov (1801-48), Russian composer.  Not: Lednik Varlamova|01/01/2006|
18809|Bishop Glacier|Glacier|694200S|0712700W|-69.7|-71.45|||01/01/2006|A glacier flowing SW into Mozart Ice Piedmont, NW Alexander Island. Named by  UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) (1980) after James Francis Bishop (1950-80) British Antarctic Survey (BAS) glaciologist, 1972-78, who worked in Alexander Island, 1973-75, and who was killed in the Karakoram Range July 14, 1980, while a member of the Royal Geographical Society International Karakoram Project.|01/01/2006|
18810|Brahms Ice Shelf|Glacier|712800S|0734100W|-71.4666667|-73.6833333|||01/01/2006|The ice shelf in Brahms Inlet (q.v.), SW Alexander Island.|01/01/2006|
18811|Britten Ice Shelf|Glacier|723600S|0723000W|-72.6|-72.5|||01/01/2006|The ice shelf in Britten Inlet (q.v.), SW Alexander Island.  |01/01/2006|
18812|Frachat Glacier|Glacier|690800S|0705800W|-69.1333333|-70.9666667|||01/01/2006|A glacier flowing SW from Rouen Mountains into Russian Gap, N Alexander Island. In association with other French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE) names in the area, named by the UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) (1980) after M. Frachat, motor engineer in Pourquoi Pas? on French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, one of the first expeditions to take motorized transport to Antarctica.|01/01/2006|
18813|Landy Ice Rises|Glacier|721500S|0703500W|-72.25|-70.5833333|||01/01/2006|A group of six ice rises in Bach Ice Shelf near the head of Stravinsky Inlet, Alexander Island. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) (1980) after Michael Paul Landy, British Antarctic Survey (BAS) glaciologist 1975-81, who worked in the area from Adelaide station, 1975-76, and Rothera station, 1976-77.|01/01/2006|
18814|Nueve de Julio Glacier|Glacier|682600S|0665200W|-68.4333333|-66.8666667|||01/01/2006|A broad glacier that flows southwestward from Black Thumb and adjoining ridges into the north part of Bertrand Ice Piedmont, Rymill Bay, Fallières Coast. Named by Argentina (1978) to honor its National Day of Independence, July 9.|01/01/2006|
18815|Rameau Ice Shelf|Glacier|714600S|0751300W|-71.7666667|-75.2166667|||01/01/2006|The ice shelf in Rameau Inlet (q.v.), SW Alexander Island|01/01/2006|
18816|Siegfried Glacier|Glacier|693300S|0722800W|-69.55|-72.4666667|||01/01/2006|A glacier flowing ESE into Lazarev Bay, S of Mirnyy Peak, Rothschild Island. In association with Wagner Ice Piedmont (q.v.), named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) (1980) after Siegfried, the third part of the four-part festival play Der Ring des Nibelungen (1826) by Wagner.|01/01/2006|
18817|Uspallata Glacier|Glacier|681100S|0665200W|-68.1833333|-66.8666667|||01/01/2006|A glacier that flows W from the col between Walton Peak and Mount Rhamnus, then SW along the W side of Mount Rhamnus and Mount Nemesis into Neny Bay, Fallières Coast. Named by Argentina, presumably after Uspallata, a town in Mendoza province, Argentina.|01/01/2006|
18818|Verdi Ice Shelf|Glacier|713600S|0743000W|-71.6|-74.5|||01/01/2006|The ice shelf in Verdi Inlet (q.v.), SW Alexander Island.|01/01/2006|
18819|Ward Glacier|Glacier|671400S|0672400W|-67.2333333|-67.4|||01/01/2006|A glacier flowing SW into Vallot Glacier on Arowsmith Peninsula, Loubet Coast. In association with the names of glaciologists grouped in this area, named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) (1960) after William Hallam Ward, British geotechnical engineer who studied glacier flow and mass balance; member of the Arctic Institute of North America expeditions to Baffin Island, 1950 and 1953; Secretary, International Commission of Snow and Ice, 1959-71|01/01/2006|
18820|Burrows Glacier|Glacier|780204S|1635457E|-78.034533|163.915745|||01/01/2006|A hanging glacier on the S wall of Garwood Valley and opposite the Garwood Glacier in Denton  Hills. The glacier provides the water and nutrients for the existence of Nostoc beds below. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (2002) after Emeritus Professor Colin Burrows, sometime teacher in the Department of Plant and Microbial Sciences, University of Christchurch, New Zealand.|01/01/2006|
18821|Harbour Glacier|Glacier|770200S|1625400E|-77.0333333|162.9|||01/01/2006|A glacier flowing north from Wilson Piedmont Glacier into Granite Harbor east of Couloir Cliffs, Victoria Land, where it forms the Harbour Glacier Tongue (q.v.). Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) in association with “Harbour Ice Tongue” (now Harbour Glacier Tongue), which was named by British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13.|01/01/2006|
18822|Harbour Glacier Tongue|Glacier|770100S|1625500E|-77.0166667|162.9166667|||01/01/2006|A glacier tongue, 1 mi long, which is the seaward extension of  Harbour Glacier into Granite Harbor east of Couloir Cliffs, Victoria Land. This glacier tongue was charted and named Harbour Ice Tongue by a geological party led by Griffith Taylor of  British Antarctic Expedition (BrAE), 1910-13. The form Harbour Glacier Tongue was approved by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2005) in association with the Harbour Glacier (q.v.), its source.  Not: Harbour Ice Tongue|01/01/2006|
18823|Lugger Glacier|Glacier|765800S|1605000E|-76.9666667|160.8333333|||01/01/2006|A broad glacier, 3.6 mi long, which occupies the upland northward of Mount Bergen and Mount Gran, Convoy Range, and flows N to the head of Alatna Valley. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (c. 1980) in association with the names of ships grouped in Convoy Range; lugger being a small vessel with four-sided sails|01/01/2006|
18824|Mercury Glacier|Glacier|793400S|1571700E|-79.5666667|157.2833333|||01/01/2006|A wide glacier flowing S from the slopes of Mount Hughes in the Cook Mountains. In association with the names from Greek mythology grouped in this area, named by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) after Mercury, a god in Greek mythology.|01/01/2006|
18825|Minerva Glacier|Glacier|793412S|1571500E|-79.57|157.25|||01/01/2006|A tongue-shaped glacier that flows NW into the valley between Tentacle Ridge and Gorgons Head in the Cook Mountains. In association with the names from Greek mythology grouped in this area, named by New Zealand Antarctic Place-Names Committee (NZ-APC) after the Greek goddess Minerva|01/01/2006|
18826|Seelig Peak|Summit|822600S|1635800E|-82.4333333|163.9666667|||01/01/2006|An ice-free peak, 1346 m, which marks the summit of Campbell Hills on the southern side of Nimrod Glacier.  The peak stands 2,5 m NW of Mount Christchurch, a mountain named after Christchurch, New Zealand, by Captain R.F. Scott’s British National Antarctic Expedition (BrNAE), 1901-04.  In 2005, in association with Mount Christchurch, the New Zealand Geographic Board named this peak after Walter R. Seelig (1919-2005), the National Science Foundation Representative in Christchurch during eleven U.S. Antarctic Research Program (USARP) austral deployments between 1971 and 1986 (Mount Seelig, q.v.).  Seelig was accompanied in the Christchurch sojourns by his wife, Josephine Seelig|01/01/2006|
18827|Skog Passage|Channel|631800S|0562900W|-63.3|-56.4833333|||04/16/2002|A narrow channel, 0.2 mi wide, between Madder Cliffs on the W end of Joinville Island, and an unnamed island, connecting Suspiros Bay and an unnamed body of water.  Named for Captain Peter Skog who has been on cruise ships in Antarctic waters since 1973.  During that time he continually took soundings of poorly charted areas to ensure the safety of landings, and the soundings have been used to enhance British Admiralty Charts.  In 1998, as master of the MS Explorer, Captain Skog became the first person to pilot a cruise ship through this channel.|08/01/2007|
18828|Aster Glacier|Glacier|783500S|0850000W|-78.5833333|-85|||11/01/2006|A glacier descending the E slope of Craddock Massif and flowing between Elfring Peak and Willis Ridge into Thomas Glacier in the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Richard C. Aster, geophysicist, New Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology, involved in seismic studies at the Mount Erebus volcano observatory on Ross Island, 1996-2002.|08/04/2007|
18829|Bender Glacier|Glacier|784300S|0852000W|-78.7166667|-85.3333333|||11/01/2006|A glacier flowing S from Mount Atkinson and Mount Craddock into the Nimitz Glacier in S Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Professor Michael L. Bender, Department of Geosciences (Geochemistry), Princeton University (earlier, Graduate School of Oceanography, University of Rhode Island), whose paleoclimate research from 1984 centered on the glacial-interglacial climate change and the global carbon cycle.|08/06/2007|
18830|Boyce Ridge|Ridge|783100S|0861400W|-78.5166667|-86.2333333|||11/01/2006|A five-mile ridge that extends westward from Taylor Ledge to the head of Nimitz Glacier in Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains. The ridge adjoins the N flank of lower Branscomb Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Joseph Boyce, a retired NASA manager who was instrumental in facilitating the U.S. meteorite program in partnership with NSF and the Smithsonian Institution; a member of the ANSMET team in the 2004-05 field season.|08/06/2007|
18831|Branscomb Peak|Summit|783057S|0854144W|-78.5158333|-85.6955556|4520|14829|11/01/2006|A small snowy prominence (4520 m), 1.1 mi NW of Mount Vinson. It is the highest point of the ridge that forms the top of the main W face of Vinson Massif, overlooking the upper section of the Branscomb  Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) in association with Branscomb Glacier.|08/06/2007|
18832|Brook Glacier|Glacier|784200S|0850900W|-78.7|-85.15|||11/01/2006|A glacier flowing westward between Mount Strybing and Mount Allen into Bender Glacier in S. Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Edward J. Brook, Professor of Geosciences, Oregon State University; U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) investigator of Antarctic paleoclimate in numerous field seasons from 1988; Chair, U.S. National Ice Core Working Group for use of Antarctic ice cores for research purposes, 2004-05.|08/06/2007|
18833|Bugueño Pinnacle|Pillar|783700S|0851500W|-78.6166667|-85.25|4400|14436|11/01/2006|A slender rock peak that is reported to rise over 4400 m between Mount Rutford and Rada Peak on the crest of Craddock Massif, Sentinel Range. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Manuel Bugueño, a Chilean member of the Omega High Antarctic GPS Expedition to the Sentinel Range in 2005. He made ascents of Mount Craddock and Rada Peak and, with Camilo Rada, ran the GPS measurements of both.|08/06/2007|
18834|Cairns Glacier|Glacier|783400S|0860000W|-78.5666667|-86|||11/01/2006|A glacier on the W slope of Vinson Massif, Sentinel Range; it flows W between Branscomb Glacier and Tulaczyk Glacier into Nimitz Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Stephen Douglas Cairns, research zoologist, Department of Invertebrate Zoology, National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, 1985-2006; Board of Associated Editors, Antarctic Research Series, American Geophysical Union, 1990-95.|08/06/2007|
18835|Cervellati Glacier|Glacier|782300S|0854300W|-78.3833333|-85.7166667|||11/01/2006|A glacier flowing NE between Tyree Ridge and Epperly Ridge and entering Crosswell Glacier on the E slope of Sentinel Range. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Roberto Cervellati, Italian representative to the SCAR Expert Group on Geographic Information, 1992-2006, and director of the SCAR Composite Gazetteer of Antarctica in the same period.|08/06/2007|
18836|Chaplin Peak|Summit|784203S|0852731W|-78.7008333|-85.4586111|1978|6489|11/01/2006|A small peak (1978 m) on the W side of Bender Glacier, 5 mi SW of Mount Craddock in the Sentinel Range. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Stephen Neville Chaplin, geologist and member of the Omega Foundation High Antarctic GPS Expedition 2005-06 that conducted GPS surveys of peaks in the area, including this peak.|08/06/2007|
18837|Clinch Peak|Summit|783208S|0853045W|-78.5355556|-85.5125|4841|15882|11/01/2006|A high, elongated peak (4841 m), 1.4 mi SE of Mount Vinson on the summit plateau of Vinson Massif, Sentinel Range. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Nicholas Bayard Clinch, leader of the 1966-67 American Antarctic Mountaineering Expedition that made the first ascent of Vinson Massif and other high mountains in the range.     |08/06/2007|
18838|Corbet Peak|Summit|783131S|0853250W|-78.5252778|-85.5472222|4822|15820|11/01/2006|A high peak (4822 m), 0.9 mi E of Mount Vinson on the summit plateau of Vinson Massif, Sentinel Range. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Barry Corbet (1936-2004), member of the 1966-67 American Antarctic Mountaineering Expedition that made the first ascent of Vinson Massif and other high mountains in the range.|08/06/2007|
18839|Craddock Massif|Range|783600S|0851800W|-78.6|-85.3|4477|14688|11/01/2006|A mountain massif at the SE side of Vinson Massif, between Hammer Col and Severinghaus Glacier, rising to  4477 m in Mount Rutford and also including from N to S Bugueño Pinnacle, Rada Peak and Mount Craddock. This massif was originally named Mount Craddock by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 1965, but subsequent maps limited the name to the massif’s southernmost peak, a modification that was adopted by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 2006 when it approved the name Craddock Massif.  The massif is named after Professor J. Campbell Craddock (1930-2006), leader of the 1962-63 University of Minnesota geological expedition to the Sentinel and Heritage Ranges of the Ellsworth Mountains.       |08/06/2007|
18840|Della Pia Glacier|Glacier|783400S|0850300W|-78.5666667|-85.05|||11/01/2006|A glacier that descends the E slope of Craddock Massif and flows between Mount Mohl and Elfring Peak into Thomas Glacier in the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Col. Max Della Pia, Commander of the 109th Airlift Wing, New York Air National Guard, 1999-2006, which logistically supported the U.S. Antarctic Program.|08/06/2007|
18841|Donnellan Glacier|Glacier|783600S|0854800W|-78.6|-85.8|||11/01/2006|A steep valley glacier fed by highland ice adjacent to Fukushima Peak on the summit plateau of Vinson Massif, Sentinel Range. The glacier flows westward from Vinson Massif along the north side of Mount Slaughter into Nimitz Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Andrea Donnellan, Satellite Geodesy and Geodynamics Systems Group, Jet Propulsion Laboratory, California Institute of Technology, involved from the mid 1990s in research projects involving the use of GPS in studies of earth crustal deformation in Southern California and also in Antarctica.|08/06/2007|
18842|Elfring Peak|Summit|783500S|0845800W|-78.5833333|-84.9666667|2600|8530|11/01/2006|A peak rising to 2600 m between the lower part of Della Pia Glacier and Aster Glacier, where the two glaciers enter Thomas Glacier on the E side of Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Christine A. (Chris) Elfring, Director of the Polar Research Board of the National Academy of Sciences, 1996-2013.|08/06/2007|04/03/2013
18843|Epperly Ridge|Ridge|782500S|0854500W|-78.4166667|-85.75|||11/01/2006|A rock ridge that extends NE for 4 miles from Mount Epperly (q.v.) in Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) in association with Mount Epperly. |08/06/2007|
18844|Fukushima Peak|Summit|783331S|0853416W|-78.5586111|-85.5711111|4634|15203|11/01/2006|A high, pointed peak (4634 m) on the S edge of the summit plateau of Vinson Massif, 2 mi S of Mount Vinson. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Eichii Fukushima, member of the 1966-67 American Antarctic Mountaineering Expedition that made the first ascent of Vinson Massif and other high mountains in the Sentinel Range.|08/06/2007|
18846|Giles Glacier|Glacier|784000S|0844600W|-78.6666667|-84.7666667|||11/01/2006|A hanging glacier that flows eastward along the south side of Moyher Ridge to Thomas Glacier in S Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after J. David Giles, Polar Ice Coring Office, University of Nebraska, who supported U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) drilling operations at Taylor Dome, the South Pole, Windless Bight, Siple Dome and Kamb Ice Stream, 1993-98.|08/06/2007|
18847|Goodge Col|Gap|782800S|0853800W|-78.4666667|-85.6333333|3600|11811|11/01/2006|A broad ice-covered col at 3600 m elevation between the S side of Mount Shinn and the Vinson Massif in the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains. The col is relatively level, 1.5 miles wide, and is easily identified from positions east and west of the range. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after John W. Goodge, Assistant Professor, Department of Geological Sciences, University of Minnesota, Duluth; U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) investigator of the evolution of the East Antarctic shield, mid 1980s to 2006.|08/06/2007|
18849|Hammer Col|Gap|783400S|0852300W|-78.5666667|-85.3833333|3800|12467|11/01/2006|A broad ice-covered col at 3800 m elevation between the S part of Vinson Massif and the Craddock Massif in the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains. The 1.5-mile wide col is relatively level and visually separates the two massifs whether viewed from the east or the west. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after William R. Hammer, Department of Geology, Augustana College, Rockford, IL, U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) investigator of vertebrate fossils, primarily in the central Transantarctic Mountains, 1977-2003.|08/06/2007|
18850|Hinkley Glacier|Glacier|782700S|0852000W|-78.45|-85.3333333|||11/01/2006|A glacier flowing NE from Schoening Peak, Vinson Massif, and continuing between Mount Segers and Zinsmeister Ridge to enter Dater Glacier on the E slope of Sentinel Range. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Todd K. Hinkley, Technical Director, National Ice Core Laboratory, U.S. Geological Survey, Denver, CO,2001-06.|08/06/2007|
18869|Hollister Peak|Summit|783243S|0853519W|-78.5452778|-85.5886111|4279|14039|11/01/2006|A sharp peak (4729 m) in the central part of the summit plateau of Vinson Massif, 1.2 mi S of Mount Vinson. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Charles Davis Hollister (1936-99), geologist, oceanographer and member of the 1966-67 American Antarctic Mountaineering Expedition that made the first ascent of Vinson Massif and other high mountains in the Sentinel Range. |08/06/2007|
18870|Knutzen Peak|Summit|782947S|0855635W|-78.4963889|-85.9430556|3373|11066|11/01/2006|A sharp, rocky summit (3373 m) on the N edge of Taylor Ledge in the Sentinel Range. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after  Donald H. Knutzen, topographic engineer with the U.S. Geological Survey in the Sentinel Range, 1979-80. |08/07/2007|
18871|Kornicker Glacier|Glacier|784300S|0843500W|-78.7166667|-84.5833333|||11/01/2006|A glacier flowing NE from the cirque bounded by Mounts Liptak, Southwick, Milton and Mullen in S Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains. The glacier merges with the terminus of SE-flowing Thomas Glaciers as both glaciers emerge from the range. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Louis S. Kornicker, research zoologist, Department of Invertebrate Zoology (Crustacea), National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, 1964-2006; Board of Associated Editors, Antarctic Research Series, American Geophysical Union, 1978-90.|08/07/2007|
18872|Marts Peak|Summit|783218S|0852407W|-78.5383333|-85.4019444|4551|14931|11/01/2006|A small, sharp peak (4551 m) at the SE extremity of the summit plateau of Vinson Massif, 2.7 mi ESE of Mount Vinson. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Brian Marts, member of the 1966-67 American Antarctic Mountaineering Expedition that made the first ascent of Vinson Massif and other high mountains in the Sentinel Range.   |08/07/2007|
18873|Moyher Ridge|Ridge|783900S|0845200W|-78.65|-84.8666667|||11/01/2006|A narrow rock ridge that extends WSW-ENE between Saltzman Glacier and Giles Glacier in S Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains. The ridge has a discontinuous appearance because of low ice cols between its peaks. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Marian Moyher, manager of U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) laboratory services to McMurdo, South Pole and Palmer Stations, 1997-2001; earlier, supervisor of laboratory services at Palmer Station, 1993-97.|08/07/2007|
18874|Mount Mullen|Summit|784800S|0843600W|-78.8|-84.6|2400|7874|11/01/2006|A double-peaked mountain 2.5 mi ESE of Mount Milton in S Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains. The mountain rises to 2400 m and forms the divide between Kornicker Glacier and Wessbecher Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Roy R. Mullen of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), 1960-95; Associate Chief of the National Mapping Division with responsibility for Antarctic activities, 1980-95; U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) representative to SCAR.|08/07/2007|
18875|Rada Peak|Summit|783700S|0851300W|-78.6166667|-85.2166667|4001|13126|11/01/2006|A rounded peak that rises to 4001 m between Bugueño Pinnacle and Mount Craddock on the crest of Craddock Massif, Sentinel Range. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Camilo Rada Giacaman, a Chilean member of the Omega High Antarctic GPS Expedition to the Sentinel Range, 2004 and 2005; together with Manuel Bugueño in the latter season, he obtained GPS data for Mount Craddock and Rada Peak.|08/07/2007|
18876|Ramorino Glacier|Glacier|782400S|0853800W|-78.4|-85.6333333|||11/01/2006|A glacier flowing NE between Epperly Ridge and Shinn Ridge and entering Crosswell Glacier on the E slope of Sentinel Range. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Maria Chiara Ramorino, manager of the Italian team that compiled and promulgated the SCAR Composite Gazetteer of Antarctica, 1998-2006.|08/07/2007|
18877|Mount Rutford|Summit|783600S|0851800W|-78.6|-85.3|4477|14688|11/01/2006|A sharp peak that rises to 4477 m and marks the highest point on Craddock Massif in Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains. The peak stands just north of Bugueño Pinnacle and 2.1 mi north of Mount Craddock, with which this naming is associated. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Robert H. Rutford, member of J. Campbell Craddock’s University of Minnesota geological expedition to Ellsworth Mountains, 1962-63; leader, University of Minnesota expedition to Ellsworth Mountains, 1963-64; Director, Division of Polar Programs, NSF, 1975-77; President of SCAR (Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research). |08/07/2007|
18878|Mount Ryan|Summit|782200S|0860200W|-78.3666667|-86.0333333|3200|10499|11/01/2006|A mountain rising to 3200 m between Mount Shear and Mount Gardner on the central ridge of the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Barbara J. Ryan, Associate Director for Geography, U.S. Geological Survey; Department of the Interior representative on the U.S. Board on Geographic Names, 2001-05.|08/07/2007|
18879|Saltzman Glacier|Glacier|783900S|0845100W|-78.65|-84.85|||11/01/2006|A glacier that drains the E slopes of Mount Strybing and flows eastward between Mount Osborne and Moyher Ridge into Thomas Glacier in S Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Eric S. Saltzman, Department of Earth System Science, University of California, Irvine; U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) investigator of Antarctic ice core records of oceanic emissions; Chair, 2006, U.S. National Ice Core Working Group for use of Antarctic ice cores for research purposes.|08/07/2007|
18880|Sanchez Peak|Summit|783800S|0850000W|-78.6333333|-85|2800|9186|11/01/2006|A peak, 2800 m, located 2.5 m E of Mount Craddock on the ridge that extends eastward to Mount Osborne in S Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Richard D. Sanchez of U.S. Geological Survey, a senior physical scientist and specialist in remote sensing, image analysis and the use of GPS and GIS with respect to Antarctic mapping applications.|08/07/2007|
18881|Schatz Ridge|Ridge|782900S|0860300W|-78.4833333|-86.05|||11/01/2006|A ridge 1 mi long located 1 mi NW of Knutzen Peak, Taylor Ledge, in Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains. An outlier, the ridge has the appearance of a nunatak with two peaks, the higher eastern one rising 200 m above the ice surface. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Gerald S. Schatz, research analyst and editor of the National Academy of Sciences News Report, who authored a number of papers on Antarctic environment, conservation and legal issues in the 1970s and 1980s; on temporary appointment to ITT Antarctic Services Inc., provided environmental policy advice to the U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP).|08/07/2007|
18882|Schoening Peak|Summit|783136S|0852757W|-78.5266667|-85.4658333|4743|15561|11/01/2006|A high, steep and rocky peak (4743 m) at the E edge of the summit plateau of Vinson Massif, 1.8 mi E of Mount Vinson. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Peter K. Schoening (1936-2004), member of the 1966-67 American Antarctic Mountaineering Expedition that made the first ascent of Vinson Massif and other high mountains in the Sentinel Range. |08/07/2007|
18883|Severinghaus Glacier|Glacier|784000S|0851500W|-78.6666667|-85.25|||11/01/2006|A glacier flowing westward along the N side of Mount Strybing into Bender Glacier in S Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Jeffrey P. Severinghaus, University of Rhode Island Graduate School of Oceanography; U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) researcher from 1996 on the history of the atmosphere, including greenhouse gases, and history of climate changes, using the ice core record.|08/07/2007|
18884|Shinn Ridge|Ridge|782600S|0853400W|-78.4333333|-85.5666667|||11/01/2006|A rock ridge that extends NE for 4 miles from Mount Shinn (q.v.) in Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) in association with Mount Shinn.|08/07/2007|
18885|Silverstein Peak|Summit|783248S|0853914W|-78.5466667|-85.6538889|4790|15715|11/01/2006|A prominent high peak (4790 m) on the summit plateau of Vinson Massif, 1.3 mi SW of Mount Vinson. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Samuel Silverstein, member of the 1966-67 American Antarctic Mountaineering Expedition that made the first ascent of Vinson Massif and other high mountains in the Sentinel Range.|08/07/2007|
18886|Sowers Glacier|Glacier|783700S|0845900W|-78.6166667|-84.9833333|||11/01/2006|A glacier that flows from the prominent cirque on the E side of Craddock Massif and continues between Willis Ridge and Mount Osborne into Thomas Glacier, in the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Todd A. Sowers, Environment Institute, Department of Geosciences, Pennsylvania State University; U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) investigator of climate change and abrupt climate change, using isotopes and atmospheric gases, including greenhouse gases, from the ice core record, 1991-2006.  |08/07/2007|
18887|Taylor Ledge|Ridge|783000S|0855700W|-78.5|-85.95|||11/01/2006|A notable flat-topped ridge displaying abrupt cliffs N and S, situated between Boyce Ridge and Mount Shinn on the W slope of Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains. The upper surface of the feature is ice covered and relatively level except for 3400-meter Knutzen Peak on the N edge. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Thomas N. and Edith L. Taylor, Department of Ecology and Evolutionary Biology, University of Kansas, Lawrence, husband and wife U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) researchers of plant fossils in the central Transantarctic Mountains, 1980s-2004.|08/07/2007|
18888|Tulaczyk Glacier|Glacier|783500S|0855300W|-78.5833333|-85.8833333|||11/01/2006|A steep valley glacier descending the W slope of Vinson Massif between Cairns Glacier and Zapol Glacier in the Sentinel Range. The glacier flows westward into Nimitz Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Slawek M. Tulaczyk, Earth Sciences, University of California, Santa Cruz; U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) researcher of West Antarctic ice streams from 1998.|08/07/2007|
18889|Tyree Ridge|Ridge|782300S|0854000W|-78.3833333|-85.6666667|||11/01/2006|A narrow rock ridge that extends NE for 3 miles from Mount Tyree (q.v.) in Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) in association with Mount Tyree.|08/07/2007|
18890|Mount Vinson|Summit|783131S|0853702W|-78.5252778|-85.6172222|4892|16050|11/01/2006|A very high peak (4892 m) that marks the highest point on Vinson Massif in the Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains, and the greatest elevation on the Antarctic continent. The peak is situated in the north part of the summit plateau of Vinson Massif, 1.2 mi north of Hollister Peak. It was named Mount Vinson by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) in association with Vinson Massif (q.v.).|08/07/2007|
18891|Wahlstrom Peak|Summit|783259S|0853129W|-78.5497222|-85.5247222|4677|15344|11/01/2006|A high, sharp peak (4677 m) at the SE side of the summit plateau of Vinson Massif, 1.8 mi SE of Mount Vinson. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Richard Wahlstrom, member of the 1966-67 American Antarctic Mountaineering Expedition that made the first ascent of Vinson Massif and other high mountains in the Sentinel Range.|08/07/2007|
18892|Willis Ridge|Ridge|783600S|0850000W|-78.6|-85|||11/01/2006|A narrow-crested ridge extending W-E between Aster Glacier and Sowers Glacier on the E side of Craddock Massif, Sentinel Range. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Michael J. Willis, Ohio State University geologist in Antarctica seven field seasons, 1997-2006, including research at Siple Dome and the Whillans, Bindschadler and MacAyeal Ice Streams.|08/07/2007|
18893|Zapol Glacier|Glacier|783500S|0855100W|-78.5833333|-85.85|||11/01/2006|A steep valley glacier descending the W slope of Vinson Massif between Tulaczyk Glacier and Donnellan Glacier in the Sentinel Range. The glacier flows westward into Nimitz Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Dr. Warren M. Zapol, Department of Anesthesia, Massachusetts General Hospital, whose long-term research near McMurdo Station on diving physiology of Weddell seals (begun mid 1970s) was part of a larger effort to understand how gas is handled in mammals as part of a search to understand SIDS (Sudden Infant Death Syndrome).|08/07/2007|
18894|Zinsmeister Ridge|Ridge|782700S|0851500W|-78.45|-85.25|3000|9842|11/01/2006|A high, rugged mountain ridge, 9 mi long, running NE from Schoening Peak, Vinson Massif, in the Sentinel Range. Jagged 2000 to 3000 m peaks surmount the ridge, which separates Hinkley Glacier from the upper part of Dater Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after William J. Zinsmeister, Department of Earth and Atmospheric Sciences, Purdue University, U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) researcher of the paleontology (molluscan fauna) of Seymour Island, 1975-95.|08/07/2007|
18895|Magsig Rampart|Cliff|855400S|1420000W|-85.9|-142|||11/01/2006|An outcropping of rock forming a buttress or rampart on the west flank of the Stanford Plateau along the Watson Escarpment.  The buttress rises about 400 m above the east side of Leverett Glacier near the glacier head. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Russell Magsig, a mechanic with the Siple Station winter party, 1983, who worked 16 summer seasons at Williams Field, South Pole Station, McMurdo Station, including participation on the U.S. Antarctic Program South Pole Traverse Project, 2002-05.|08/07/2007|
18896|Mount Malfait|Summit|730500S|1680900E|-73.0833333|168.15|2080|6824|11/01/2006|A peak 5.5 mi NW of Cape Crossfire on the Borchgrevink Coast of Victoria Land. The peak rises to 2080 m on the extremity of the ridge extending eastward from Malta Plateau, a rugged salient between the converging Mariner Glacier and Borchgrevink Glacier where they enter Ross Sea. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Bruce T. Malfait,  Head, Marine Geosciences Section, in the Division of Ocean Sciences, NSF, 2001-06; Program Director for the Ocean Drilling Project (ODP), 1987-2001; through his long work in the ODP, he facilitated the scientific community to conduct basic research into the history of the ocean basins and the overall crust beneath the ocean floor using a scientific drill ship.|08/07/2007|
18897|Mount Myers|Summit|720700S|1700200E|-72.1166667|170.0333333|645|2116|11/01/2006|A coastal mountain rising to 645 m near the center of Honeycomb Ridge on the Borchgrevink Coast of Victoria Land. The mountain is ice covered except for the eastern slope, which is marked by a triangular-shaped cliff that towers above the shore of Moubray Bay, Ross Sea. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Charles E. Myers, Office of Polar Programs, National Science Foundation, 1974-2005, who drafted language for use in the legislation of the Antarctic Conservation Act of 1978; it codified in U.S. law, the Antarctic Treaty of 1959 objective of “preservation and conservation of living resources.”|08/07/2007|
18898|Mount Wisneski|Summit|775800S|1593300E|-77.9666667|159.55|2334|7657|11/01/2006|A ridgelike mountain, 2334 m, that forms the south end of the Lashly Mountains near the polar plateau of Victoria Land. There is much exposed rock on the south cliff and east spur of the mountain. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 2006 after Stanley P. Wisneski III, who served the U.S. Antarctic Program as a senior manager for two successive contractors to the National Science Foundation, the ITT and ASA. He worked in several planning and implementation divisions in support of logistics, operations and engineering at both McMurdo and South Pole Stations, serving for two winters and 11 summer field seasons, from 1985-99.|08/07/2007|
18899|Mahaka Ponds|Lake|771801S|1605138E|-77.300299|160.860548|||11/01/2006|Two ponds close together at the S end of Conrad Ledge in The Fortress, Cruzen Range, Victoria Land. The New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) revised its 2005 decision of Greenfield Ponds to Mahaka Ponds in 2006. Mahaka is a Maori word meaning twin, which is a descriptive name for the two ponds in close proximity.  |08/07/2007|
18900|Gildea Glacier|Glacier|783800S|0853900W|-78.6333333|-85.65|||11/01/2006|A glacier that flows westward from Craddock Massif between Mount Slaughter and Mount Atkinson into Nimitz Glacier, Sentinel Range, Ellsworth Mountains. The upper portion of the glacier also receives ice from Hammer Col and southern Vinson Massif. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Damien Gildea, Australian leader of several Omega Foundation expeditions to Sentinel Range and Livingston Island, 2000-05. He made an ascent of Mount Craddock via this glacier, 2005, and directed the preparation of a 1:50,000-scale map of the Vinson Massif area for publication by the Omega Foundation, 2006.|08/07/2007|
18930|Amsler Island|Island|644540S|0640530W|-64.7611111|-64.0916667|||07/17/2007|An island of irregular shape, 1 mile long, with Norsel Point at the narrow W extremity. The island lies between Loudwater Cove and Arthur Harbor and close off Anvers Island in Palmer Archipelago. This feature was mapped as a point of land from Anvers Island for decades because Marr Ice Piedmont covered its eastern part. A rapid recession of the Marr Ice Piedmont in 2005 created an eastern channel several hundred meters wide revealing the actuality of the island. The name Norsel Point is retained for the island’s western point. The island was named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 2007 after Charles D. Amsler and Margaret O. Amsler, husband and wife U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) marine biologists in the Anvers Island area for three decades from 1979.|08/14/2007|
18931|Ashworth Glacier|Glacier|850136S|1691553E|-85.0266667|169.2647222|||07/17/2007|A glacier with sharply delineated sides flowing W from Supporters Range into Mill Glacier 3 miles N of Mount Iveagh. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) after Allan C. Ashworth, Professor of Paleontology and Stratigraphy at North Dakota State University. He discovered the only yet known fly and beetle fossils in Antarctica in the nearby Dominion Range.|08/14/2007|
18932|Boogie Island|Island|644928S|0633016W|-64.8244444|-63.5044444|||07/17/2007|Small, low lying island in the entrance to Port Lockroy, about 550 meters W of Goudier Island, Wiencke Island, Palmer Archipelago. Roughly charted by J. B. Charcot in 1904. Surveyed and originally named by UK Operation Tabarin, 1944.|08/14/2007|
18933|Comer Range|Range|644800S|0632600W|-64.8|-63.4333333|600|1968|07/17/2007|A mountain range, 3 miles long, running SW-NE and rising to 600 meters to the W of Harbour Glacier in Wiencke Island, Palmer Archipelago. From S to N the range includes Jabet Peak and Noble Peak. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 2007 after Gary C. Comer (1927-2006), American philanthropist and founder of the Lands’ End company whose association with polar research stems from his 2001 trip through the Northwest Passage in the vessel Turmoil.  The ease of his passage in comparison to that of numerous experienced sailors previously convinced him that climate change was occurring. To research the issue Comer contacted distinguished scientists Wallace S. Broecker, Lamont-Doherty Geological Observatory, and F. Sherwood Rowland, University of California, Irvine, and engaged their help in sponsoring a fellowship/mentorship program that he would fund. Comer’s investments in climate and environmental change research in the Arctic, and in particular the polar science internship program that he developed and supported, represents a substantial contribution to the advancement of polar science. The new intellectual capital represented by the cadre of new scientists trained through his internship program has already made substantial contributions to knowledge of the Arctic and this in turn represents a significant contribution to improving the global glacial-geologic and glaciological context that is essential for understanding climate change work in the Antarctic.|08/14/2007|
18934|Dennis Knoll|Summit|781440S|1661000E|-78.2444444|166.1666667|400|1312|07/17/2007|A gentle knoll that rises to approximately 400 meters on the SW shore of Black Island in Ross Archipelago. The knoll is ice free on the W slope and stands 2 miles SW of Mount Vision. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) after Dennis Hoffman, who in 2006 completed 20 years of service in support of the U.S. Antarctic Program. He worked as a carpenter, advanced to the computer tech shop and on to network engineer in eight summer seasons and 13 winters at McMurdo Station. The knoll is near the U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) communication facility on Black Island. The honoree’s given name rather than surname was approved because of potential confusion by name similarity with a nearby feature name.|08/14/2007|
18935|Fenwick Ice Piedmont|Range|714500S|1704500E|-71.75|170.75|||07/17/2007|An ice piedmont on the east side of Adare Peninsula near the northeast extremity of Victoria Land. The ice piedmont is formed by numerous glaciers draining the east side of Adare Peninsula between Downshire Cliffs and Cape McCormick. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (2005) to honor the voluntary work and service given by Rob Fenwick over more than a decade to furthering the protection of historic sites under New Zealand’s care in Antarctica.|08/14/2007|
18936|Hall Glacier|Glacier|735400S|0762300W|-73.9|-76.3833333|||07/17/2007|A glacier flowing N between Lidke Ice Stream and Nikitin Glacier into Stange Sound on the English Coast of Ellsworth Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2006) after Dann V. Hall, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) surveyor in support of the Ross Ice Shelf Project, 1976-77; team member, joint U.S. Geological Survey (USGS)-British Antarctic Survey (BAS) Doppler Landsat Control Project, 1977-78, via twin otter aircraft and ship to discrete positions at Haag Nunataks, Orville Coast, Antarctic Peninsula, Ronne Ice Shelf, Filchner Ice Shelf, Lyddan Island, Theron Mountains, Deception Island, Signy Island, Bird Island and South Georgia.|08/14/2007|
18937|Hewitt Bay|Bay|644900S|0634700W|-64.8166667|-63.7833333|||07/17/2007|A rectangular bay 1 mile long between Biscoe Point and Access Point, Anvers Island, in Palmer Archipelago. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) after Roger P. Hewitt of the Antarctic Ecosystem Research Group, Southwest Fisheries Science Center, La Jolla, CA; leader of surveys of the ecosystem in waters adjoining the South Shetland Islands and northern Antarctic Peninsula 1989-2005; convener, Commission for the Conservation of Antarctic Marine Living Resources (CCAMLR) working group, 2000-05.|08/14/2007|
18938|Holt Inlet|Gut|642200S|0631700W|-64.3666667|-63.2833333|||07/17/2007|A western arm of Lapayrère Bay, Anvers Island, in Palmer Archipelago. The inlet is 2 miles long and 1 mile wide with the entrance S of The Hump. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) after Rennie S. Holt, Director, Antarctic Ecosystem Research Group, Southwest Fisheries Science Center, La Jolla, CA; leader of the U.S. Antarctic Marine Living Resources (AMLR) program to waters adjoining the South Shetland Islands and northern Antarctic Peninsula, 1989-2006.|08/14/2007|
18939|Jaegyu Knoll|Summit|632800S|0562700W|-63.4666667|-56.45|||07/17/2007|An undersea knoll (submarine volcano) 5.5 miles NW of Rosamel Island in Antarctic Sound. It rises c. 700 meters above the sea floor to c. 200 meters below sea level. First mapped by swath bathymetry during U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) cruise in N.B. Palmer, January 2007 (Eugene Domack, chief scientist; M. Terminal, ship’s master). Named by US-Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) (2007) after Jeon Jaegyu, a young scientist at King Sejong Station, King George Island, with the Korean Antarctic Program during the 2003 field season. He participated in a rescue attempt for an overturned boat in Maxwell Bay, was himself thrown into the sea by heavy seas, and succumbed to hypothermia while making his way along the shore toward Marsh Station.|08/14/2007|
18940|Mount Koger|Summit|775000S|1593300E|-77.8333333|159.55|2563|8409|07/17/2007|A mostly ice-free mountain, 2563 m, which forms the N end of Lashly Mountains near the polar plateau of Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) after Ronald G. Koger, from 1992-98 the Project Director of Antarctic Support Associates (ASA), the primary civilian support contractor to the United States Antarctic Program (U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP)). In 1992 the U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) embarked on a significant transition in method of operations by converting the support functions previously provided by the U.S. Navy’s Operation Deep Freeze to civilian contractor service.  Koger oversaw ASA’s role in this transition from 1992 through 1998.|08/14/2007|
18941|Richardson Cove|Bay|604415S|0454145W|-60.7375|-45.6958333|||07/17/2007|A west-facing cove on the SW side of Moe Island, South Orkney Islands. The cove, entered between Conroy Point and Corral Point, falls within Antarctic Specially Protected Area No. 109. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) (2006) after Michael George Richardson, Head of Polar Regions Unit, Foreign and Commonwealth office, 1992-2006; British Antarctic Survey (BAS) Biologist, 1970-75; Base Commander, Signy Island 1972-73.|08/14/2007|
18942|Silverfish Bay|Bay|743700S|1643800E|-74.6166667|164.6333333|||07/17/2007|A roughly triangular body of water that lies within Terra Nova Bay along Scott Coast, Victoria Land. Its outline may be defined by a line that connects the tip of Campbell Glacier Tongue, Shield Nunatak, Oscar Point, and then returns to Campbell Glacier Tongue. So named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (2006) because of an abundance of silverfish (Pleuragramma antarcticum) eggs in the bay.|08/14/2007|
18943|Sjögren Inlet|Gut|641400S|0590000W|-64.2333333|-59|||07/17/2007|An inlet exposed following the retreat of Sjögren Glacier, approximately 9 miles long running ESE from the base of Sjögren Glacier, Trinity Peninsula, into Prince Gustav Channel, N of Longing Peninsula. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) (2006) in association with Sjögren Glacier.|08/14/2007|
18944|Skane Nunatak|Summit|644302S|0641636W|-64.7172222|-64.2766667|130|427|07/17/2007|A distinctive nunatak rising to 130 meters 0.4 mile E of Cape Monaco, Anvers Island, in the Palmer Archipelago. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) after Richard J. Skane, carpenter foreman in support of the U.S. Antarctic Program at McMurdo Station for four field seasons from 1979; at Palmer Station for 10 field seasons including two winters, 1986-96.|08/14/2007|
18945|Spillane Fjord|Bay|652000S|0621000W|-65.3333333|-62.1666667|-1250|-4101|07/17/2007|A fjord in front of Crane Glacier in the W part of Exasperation Inlet, Oscar II Coast, Graham Land. The feature is 2 miles wide, 10 miles long and averages 1000 m deep. Its greatest depth is 1250 m at the far W end of the fjord. The fjord was created by the catastrophic retreat of Crane Glacier, which was itself caused by the break up of the N portion of the Larsen Ice Shelf in March 2002. The fjord’s creation was documented by satellite images and the feature was first visited by surface ship in April 2006 during the U.S. Antarctic Program NBP06-03 cruise, when the extent, depth and dimension were determined by swath bathymetry. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) after Joshua Spillane who served the U.S. Antarctic Project (USAP) as a marine technician aboard L.M.Gould and N.B. Palmer. He lost his life in Drake Passage, April 16, 2006, while L.M.Gould was transiting from Palmer Station to Punta Arenas, Chile.|08/14/2007|
18946|Swift Bay|Bay|642230S|0574613W|-64.375|-57.7702778|||07/17/2007|A bay entered W of Jefford Point on the S side of James Ross Island. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) (2006) in association with Swift Glacier which flows southward into the bay.|08/14/2007|
18947|Vacchi Piedmont Glacier|Glacier|743400S|1643800E|-74.5666667|164.6333333|||07/17/2007|A piedmont glacier between Shield Nunatak and Oscar Point on Scott Coast, Victoria Land. The glacier terminates at Silverfish Bay. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (2006) after Marino Vacchi, a marine researcher and participant in the Italian Antarctic Program from 1987; from 1990, the Italian delegate to the working meetings of the Commission for the Conservation of Antarctic Marine Living Resources (CCAMLR).|08/14/2007|
18948|Woogie Island|Island|644925S|0632955W|-64.8236111|-63.4986111|||07/17/2007|Small low lying island in the entrance to Port Lockroy, about 330 meters NW of Goudier Island, Wiencke Island, Palmer Archipelago. Roughly charted by J. B. Charcot in 1904. Surveyed and originally named by UK Operation Tabarin, 1944.|08/14/2007|
18949|Wordie Bay|Bay|690700S|0674500W|-69.1166667|-67.75|||07/17/2007|A bay which lies between Cape Berteaux and Mount Guernsey, to the W of Wordie Ice Shelf, Fallières Coast, Antarctic Peninsula. Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) (1999) in association with Wordie Ice Shelf.|08/14/2007|
18970|Eyelash Crevasse|Cave|794700S|1530000E|-79.7833333|153|||04/16/2002|The 1.5 mile long crevasse is located 12 miles west of Turnstile Ridge.  Given this descriptive name by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 2002 because of the overall appearance and fissure patter of the feature.|08/15/2007|
19030|Palmer Basin|Basin|645700S|0642400W|-64.95|-64.4||||Named in association with the U.S. Antarctic research base Palmer Station. Name proposed by Margareth Knuth, National Science Foundation approved 1/07 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 321).|08/23/2007|
19031|South Sandwich Fracture Zone|Valley|630000S|0200000W|-63|-20||||An undersea fracture zone named in association with the South Sandwich Islands.  Name approved 6/87 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 225).|08/23/2007|
19032|Wordie Seamount|Summit|614800S|0552700W|-61.8|-55.45||||A seamount located in Bransfield Strait; named for James Wordie, geologist on Ernest Shackleton's 1914 expedition to Antarctica. Name approved 8/03 (Advisory Committee for Undersea Features (ACUF) 298).|08/23/2007|
19033|Wordie Caldera|Crater|614800S|0552700W|-61.8|-55.45||||The crater of Wordie Seamount.|08/23/2007|
19050|Aaron Glacier|Glacier|850800S|0904000W|-85.1333333|-90.6666667|||12/31/1962|Glacier 4 mi. long, drains E. from Ford Massif between Janulis Spur and Gray Spur, in the Thiel Mountains.  The name was proposed by Peter Bermel and Arthur Ford, co-leaders of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Thiel Mountains party, 1960-61.  Named for Johm M. Aaron, U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) geologist and member of the 1960-61 and 1961-62 field parties to the Thiel Mountains.|09/18/2007|03/30/2010
19057|Aboa Station|Building|730300S|0132500W|-73.05|-13.4166667|400|1312||A seasonal station operated by Finland opened in 1989 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006.  Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19059|Arctowski Station|Building|620934S|0582815W|-62.1594444|-58.4708333|2|7||A year-round station operated by Poland opened in 1977 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19060|Artigas Station|Building|621104S|0585408W|-62.1844444|-58.9022222|17|56||A year-round station operated by Uruguay opened in 1984 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19061|Arturo Parodi Station|Building|801906S|0811828W|-80.3183333|-81.3077778|880|2887||A station operated by Chile - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19062|Arturo Prat Station|Building|623000S|0594100W|-62.5|-59.6833333|33|108||A seasonal station operated by Chile opened in 1947 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19063|Belgrano II Station|Building|775228S|0343737W|-77.8744444|-34.6269444|50|164||A year-round station operated by Argentina opened in 1955; this station opened in 1979 and replaced the original Belgrano Station opened in 1955 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19064|Belgrano Station (historical)|Building|775248S|0343737W|-77.88|-34.6269444||||A station operated by Argentina originally opened in 1955; the Belgrano II Station (q.v.) replaced this station in 1979 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19065|Bellingshausen Station|Building|621146S|0585738W|-62.1961111|-58.9605556|16|52||A year-round station operated by Russia opened in 1968 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19066|Browning Pass Station|Building|743722S|1635449E|-74.6227778|163.9136111|170|558||A station operated by Italy - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19067|Casey Station|Building|661700S|1103110E|-66.2833333|110.5194444|30|98||A year-round station operated by Australia opened in 1969 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19068|Commandante Ferraz Station|Building|620500S|0582328W|-62.0833333|-58.3911111|8|26||A year-round station operated by Brazil opened in 1984 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19069|Concordia Station|Building|750607S|1232343E|-75.1019444|123.3952778|3220|10564||A year-round station operated jointly by France & Italy opened in 1997; the station opened in 1997 for summer only operation, and became a year-round station in February 2005 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19070|D 10 Skiway|Airport|664004S|1394910E|-66.6677778|139.8194444|100|328||A airstrip operated by France - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006.|12/05/2007|01/31/2014
19071|D 85 Skiway|Airport|702530S|1340845E|-70.425|134.1458333|2850|9350||An airstrip operated by France - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006.|12/05/2007|
19072|Davis Station|Building|683437S|0775821E|-68.5769444|77.9725|15|49||A year-round station operated by Australia opened in 1957 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19073|Dome Fuji Station|Building|771901S|0394212E|-77.3169444|39.7033333|3810|12500||A seasonal station operated by Japan opened in 1995 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19074|Druzhnaya 4 Station|Building|694400S|0734200E|-69.7333333|73.7|20|66||A seasonal station operated by Russia opened in 1987 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19075|Dumont d'Urville Station|Building|663946S|1400004E|-66.6627778|140.0011111|42|138||A year-round station operated by France opened in 1956 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|
19076|Enigma Lake Station|Building|744248S|1640229E|-74.7133333|164.0413889|170|558||A station operated by Italy - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19077|Escudero Station|Building|621204S|0585745W|-62.2011111|-58.9625|10|33||A year-round station operated by Chile opened in 1994 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19078|Esperanza Station|Building|632341S|0565946W|-63.3947222|-56.9961111|25|82||A year-round station operated by Argentina opened in 1952 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19079|Fossil Bluff Station|Building|711945S|0681601W|-71.3291667|-68.2669444|92|302||A station operated by the United Kingdom - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19080|Frei Station|Building|621200S|0585751W|-62.2|-58.9641667|10|33||A year-round station operated by Chile opened in 1969 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19081|Refugio Gabriel de Castilla|Locale|625900S|0604100W|-62.9833333|-60.6833333|15|49||A seasonal unmanned refuge operated by Spain opened in 1990 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|05/07/2014
19082|Great Wall Station|Building|621258S|0585743W|-62.2161111|-58.9619444|10|33||A year-round station operated by China opened in 1985 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19083|Halley Station|Building|753453S|0263228W|-75.5813889|-26.5411111|37|121||A year-round station operated by the United Kingdom opened in 1956 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19084|Juan Carlos Primero Station|Building|623900S|0602300W|-62.65|-60.3833333|12|39||A seasonal station operated by Spain opened in 1989 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19085|Carlini Station|Building|621416S|0583952W|-62.2377778|-58.6644444|10|33||A year-round station operated by Argentina opened in 1982 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19086|King Sejong Station|Building|621324S|0584721W|-62.2233333|-58.7891667|10|33||A year-round station operated by South Korea opened in 1988 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19087|Kohnen Station|Building|750000S|0000400E|-75|.0666667|2900|9514||A seasonal station operated by Germany opened in 2001 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19088|Law Base|Building|692323S|0762249E|-69.3897222|76.3802778|65|213||A summer-only facility established by Australia in the Larsemann Hills in 1987 and named after Phillip Law, Director of Australia’s Antarctic Division between 1949 and 1966. Under a Memorandum of Understanding between Australia and the Romanian Antarctic Foundation, Romania was able to utilize the facility between 2005 and 2015 (see variant name). That MOU expired in 2015. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|08/08/2018
19089|Macchu Picchu Station|Building|620529S|0582816W|-62.0913889|-58.4711111|10|33||A seasonal station operated by Peru opened in 1989 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19090|Maitri Station|Building|704557S|0114408E|-70.7658333|11.7355556|130|427||A year-round station operated by India opened in 1989 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19091|Maldonado Station|Building|622657S|0594432W|-62.4491667|-59.7422222|10|33||A seasonal station operated by Ecuador opened in 1990 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19092|Marambio Station|Building|641441S|0563925W|-64.2447222|-56.6569444|200|656||A year-round station operated by Argentina opened in 1969 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19093|Mario Zucchelli Station|Building|744100S|1640700E|-74.6833333|164.1166667|15|49||A seasonal station operated by Italy opened in 1986 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19094|Mawson Station|Building|673616S|0625215E|-67.6044444|62.8708333|5|16||A year-round station operated by Australia opened in 1954 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19095|McMurdo Station|Building|775047S|1664007E|-77.8463889|166.6686111|10|33||A year-round station operated by USA opened in 1955 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19096|Mid Point Station|Building|753226S|1454907E|-75.5405556|145.8186111|2520|8268||A station operated by Italy - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19097|Mirny Station|Building|663307S|0930052E|-66.5519444|93.0144444|40|131||A year-round station operated by Russia opened in 1956 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19098|Molodezhnaya Station|Building|674058S|0460804E|-67.6827778|46.1344444|225|738||A station operated by Russia - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19099|Neumayer Station|Building|703800S|0081548W|-70.6333333|-8.2633333|40|131||A year-round station operated by Germany opened in 1981 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19100|Novolazarevskaya Station|Building|704625S|0115153E|-70.7736111|11.8647222|102|335||A year-round station operated by Russia opened in 1961 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19101|O'Higgins Station|Building|631915S|0575401W|-63.3208333|-57.9002778|12|39||A year-round station operated by Chile opened in 1948 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|
19102|Ohridski Station|Building|623828S|0602152W|-62.6411111|-60.3644444|10|33||A seasonal station operated by Bulgaria opened in 1988 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19103|Odell Glacier Station|Building|763900S|1595800E|-76.65|159.9666667|1600|5249||A station operated by USA - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19104|Orcadas Station|Building|604419S|0444416W|-60.7386111|-44.7377778|4|13||A year-round station operated by Argentina opened in 2004 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19106|Progress 2 Station|Building|692300S|0762300E|-69.3833333|76.3833333|15|49||A year-round station operated by Russia opened in 1989 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19107|Rothera Station|Building|673410S|0680712W|-67.5694444|-68.12|16|52||A year-round station operated by the United Kingdom opened in 1976 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19108|San Martín Station|Building|680746S|0670612W|-68.1294444|-67.1033333|5|16||A year-round station operated by Argentina opened in 1951 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19109|SANAE IV Station|Building|714025S|0024943W|-71.6736111|-2.8286111|850|2789||A year-round station operated by South Africa opened in 1962: there were three previous stations replaced by SANAE IV; SANAE I (q.v.), SANAE II (q.v.), and SANAE III (q.v.); the new station opened in 1997 approximately 200 km south of the original location of the first three stations - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19110|SANAE I (historical)|Building|695225S|0024943W|-69.8736111|-2.8286111||||Formerly a year-round station operated by South Africa opened in 1962: this was the first of three previous stations replaced by SANAE IV; the others were SANAE II (q.v.), and SANAE III (q.v.); the new station opened in 1997 approximately 200 km south of this original location - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19111|SANAE II (historical)|Building|695225S|0024943W|-69.8736111|-2.8286111||||Formerly a year-round station operated by South Africa opened in 1962: this was the second of three previous stations replaced by SANAE IV; the others were SANAE I (q.v.), and SANAE III (q.v.); the new station opened in 1997 approximately 200 km south of this original location - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19112|SANAE III (historical)|Building|695225S|0024943W|-69.8736111|-2.8286111||||Formerly a year-round station operated by South Africa opened in 1962: this was the third of three previous stations replaced by SANAE IV; the others were SANAE I (q.v.), and SANAE II (q.v.); the new station opened in 1997 approximately 200 km south of this original location - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19113|Scott Base|Building|775058S|1664602E|-77.8494444|166.7672222|10|33||A year-round station operated by New Zealand opened in 1957 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19114|Signy Station|Building|604300S|0453600W|-60.7166667|-45.6|7|23||A seasonal station operated by the United Kingdom opened in 1947 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19115|Sitry Depot and Refuge|Building|713919S|1483908E|-71.6552778|148.6522222|1600|5249||An unmanned depot and refuge operated by Italy - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19116|Sky Blu Runway|Airport|745122S|0713409W|-74.8561111|-71.5691667|1370|4495||An unmanned airstrip operated by the United Kingdom - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006.|12/05/2007|
19117|Syowa Station|Building|690022S|0393523E|-69.0061111|39.5897222|29|95||A year-round station operated by Japan opened in 1957 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19118|Tor Station|Building|715300S|0050900E|-71.8833333|5.15|1625|5331||A seasonal station operated by Norway opened in 1985 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19119|Troll Station|Building|720007S|0023201E|-72.0019444|2.5336111|1300|4265||A year-round station operated by Norway opened in 1990; opened originally for summer operation only, and opened for year-round operations in February 2005 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19120|Vernadsky Station|Building|651443S|0641524W|-65.2452778|-64.2566667|7|23||A year-round station operated by Ukraine opened in 1996 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19121|Vicente Station|Building|620800S|0582200W|-62.1333333|-58.3666667|10|33||A seasonal station operated by Ecuador opened in 1990 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19122|Vostok Station|Building|782800S|1064800E|-78.4666667|106.8|3500|11483||A year-round station operated by Russia opened in 1957 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19123|Wasa Station|Building|730300S|0132500W|-73.05|-13.4166667|400|1312||A seasonal station operated by Sweden opened in 1989 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19124|Zhongshan Station|Building|692216S|0762313E|-69.3711111|76.3869444|10|33||A year-round station operated by China opened in 1989 - Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs (COMNAP), May 18, 2006. Station and camp names and locations are included in the Geographic Names Information System as a convenience for people searching for places in Antarctica, but that the US does not consider station or camp names to be equivalent to geographic features that are named through a BGN-approved process.|12/05/2007|03/27/2013
19125|Bachtold Glacier|Glacier|770639S|1615939E|-77.110809|161.994157|||01/15/2008|A glacier flowing north from Mount Chaudoin, Gonville and Caius Range, into the lower part of Cotton Glacier. The glacier drains the broad slopes between Killer Ridge and Red Ridge. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) after CE2 Harry W. Bachtold, U.S. Navy (USN) (Seabees), who at the time was a member of the construction crew which built the original Little America V Station and the original Byrd Station in the 1955-57 pre-IGY period.|01/21/2008|
19126|Mount Basurto|Summit|765600S|1604200E|-76.9333333|160.7|2000|6562|01/15/2008|An ice-free mountain rising to 2000 meters at the south end of Noring Terrace, Convoy Range, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) after Juan Basurto, cargo specialist, and a member of the U.S. Antarctic Program logistics operation, who contributed to the movement of science team cargo to and from McMurdo Station in 21 austral field seasons from 1986 through 2007.|01/21/2008|
19127|Mount Bevilacqua|Summit|771356S|1622845E|-77.2322222|162.4791667|1164|3819|01/15/2008|A mostly ice-free mountain rising to 1164 meters 1.5 miles north of Mount Evans, Saint Johns Range, Victoria Land. The summit is situated at the union of Y-shaped ridge lines north of Mount Evans. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) after CW04 Charles A. Bevilacqua, Civil Engineer Corps (CEC), U.S. Navy (USN) (Seabees), who at the time was the senior enlisted construction Builder Chief and member of the construction crew, which built the original McMurdo Station and the original South Pole Station in the 1955-57 pre-IGY period.|01/21/2008|10/03/2011
19128|Mount Brigham|Summit|770700S|1621800E|-77.116667|162.3|1450|4757|01/15/2008|A central peak in Gonville and Caius Range, Victoria Land, rising to 1450 meters 2 miles WSW of Mount Curtiss. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) after Captain Lawson W. Brigham, U.S. Coast Guard, (Retired), Commanding Officer of U.S. Coast Guard Cutter (USCGC) Polar Sea  in Antarctic and Arctic Waters, 1993-95; later researcher at Scott Polar Research Institute.|01/21/2008|
19129|Mount Chaudoin|Summit|770908S|1620022E|-77.152189|162.006008|1400|4593|01/15/2008|An abrupt mountain rising to about 1400 meters in the west part of Gonville and Caius Range, Victoria Land. The mountain forms part of the divide between Bachtold Glacier and the head of Griffiths Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) after YNC Robert L. Chaudoin U.S. Navy (USN) (Seabees), who at the time was the Senior Administrative Yeoman to the commanding officer and member of the construction crew which built the original McMurdo Station and the original South Pole Station in the 1955-57 pre-IGY period. He also was the first U.S. Navy Postal Clerk at the South Pole Station, 1956.|01/21/2008|
19130|Coalbed Mountain|Summit|771152S|1601741E|-77.197882|160.294672|2230|7316||An ice-free mountain rising to 2230 meters at Robison Peak located between Cycle Glacier and Rim Glacier in eastern Head Mountains, Victoria Land. So named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) in association with coal beds discovered in rock strata of the mountain (q.v., Mulligan Peak).|01/21/2008|
19131|The Cocked Hat|Summit|771510S|1624047E|-77.252802|162.679641|900|2953|01/15/2008|A bluff-type mountain rising to 900 meters 3.5 miles southwest of Lizards Foot in Saint Johns Range, Victoria Land. The mountain was observed from eastward on Wilson Piedmont Glacier by Taylor, Debenham, Gran and Forde of the British Antarctic Expedition, 1910-13, which applied the descriptive name.|01/21/2008|
19132|Drifter Cirque|Basin|763500S|1610200E|-76.5833333|161.0333333|||01/15/2008|A cirque between Mount Schmidtman and Mount Nabb at the NE end of Eastwind Ridge, Convoy Range, Victoria Land. Iceflow from Eastwind Ridge is insufficient to carry surficial moraine away into Fry Glacier and moraines lie in a tangled eddy. So named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) which also considered the name Eddy Cirque.|01/21/2008|
19133|Ebel Hills|Summit|771306S|1605148E|-77.218432|160.863412|2300|7546|01/15/2008|A cluster of rugged hills at the head of Frazier Glacier that abut the rim of Webb Cirque east of Skew Peak, Victoria Land.  The hills are 1.5 miles long and rise to 2300 meters. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) after Michael S. Ebel, maintenance specialist responsible for mechanical operation of Crary Laboratory at McMurdo Station for five summer seasons from 2003. He worked in various areas of McMurdo’s infrastructure support a portion of every year except one in the 1988-2007 period, including six winters at the station. |01/21/2008|
19134|Four Mile Cliff|Cliff|771158S|1622705E|-77.199565|162.451288|||01/15/2008|A rock cliff 4 miles long that flanks the southern side of Debenham Glacier north of Mount Bevilacqua. The cliff rises 150 meters above the glacier and 600 meters above sea level. A descriptive name applied by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) in 2007.|01/21/2008|
19135|Gargoyle Turrets|Pillar|770951S|1614056E|-77.164133|161.682095|1300|4265|01/15/2008|A group of three prominent sandstone buttresses rising to c. 1300 meters at the top of steep cliffs above Miller Glacier in NW Saint Johns Range, Victoria Land. The group stands 1.5 miles SW of Queer Mountain. So named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (2006) because the massive upper sandstone unit has weathered into steep and cavernously sculptured tors which, when seen from below, have the appearance of gargoyle carvings.|01/21/2008|
19136|Head Mountains|Range|771142S|1601014E|-77.194941|160.170517|||01/15/2008|A group of mountains to the south of Gateway Nunatak and the head of Mackay Glacier near the interior ice plateau of Victoria Land. From west to east the group includes Mount DeWitt, Mount Littlepage, Mount Dearborn (2300 m) and Coalbed Mountain. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) after James W. Head III, Department of Geological Sciences, Brown University, Providence, RI, internationally known planetary scientist whose investigations in McMurdo Dry Valleys 2002-06 have led to important advances to the concept of Antarctica as an analog of Martian features.|01/21/2008|
19137|Heil Valley|Valley|771138S|1600423E|-77.193954|160.07317|||01/15/2008|An ice-free valley 1.5 miles long that indents the northern part of V-shaped Mount Littlepage, Head Mountains, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) after Joseph J. Heil III, supervisor of the communications center at McMurdo Station for 11 austral summers from 1993; he served 18 summers and two winters in support of the U.S.Antarctic Program 1987-2007.|01/21/2008|
19138|Helicopter Mountains|Range|771127S|1612550E|-77.190839|161.430568|1700|5577|01/15/2008|A series of rugged mountains west of Mount Mahony, Saint Johns Range, rising to 1700 meters at Mount James and including also from west to east  Touchstone Crag, Mick Peak and Hott Peak. The mountains form the NW end of Saint Johns Range. So named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) in recognition of the wide use of helicopters in supporting the U.S. Antarctic Program at McMurdo Sound and McMurdo Dry Valleys. Peaks in the mountains have been named after personnel in the helicopter group.|01/21/2008|
19139|Hopkins Nunataks|Summit|764600S|1602400E|-76.7666667|160.4|2180|7152|01/15/2008|A group of three nunataks rising to 2180 meters at the head of Cambridge Glacier, between the Coombs Hills and Convoy Range in Victoria Land. The nunataks extend west-east 1.5 miles and rise about 50 meters above Cambridge Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) after Steve Hopkins who worked several seasons at McMurdo Station, first as a cargo handler loading and unloading C-141 and C-130 aircraft later attaining the lead supervisory cargo position.  He was injured during the 2001-02 season in a helicopter crash at Lake Fryzell while working as Lead Helo-tech for helicopter operations.|01/21/2008|
19140|Hott Peak|Summit|771240S|1613011E|-77.21102|161.502936|1550|5085|01/15/2008|A steep ridgelike mountain with a sharp peak rising to 1550 meters between Mount James and Mount Mahony in east Helicopter Mountains, Saint Johns Range. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) after Ronald Dale Hott, helicopter mechanic in support of the U.S. Antarctic Program at McMurdo Sound and McMurdo Dry Valleys in 10 austral field seasons 1998-99 to 2007-08.|01/21/2008|
19141|Mount Hubel|Summit|771328S|1615344E|-77.22437|161.895672|1450|4757|01/15/2008|A prominent ice-free mountain rising to 1450 meters in the north part of Kuivinen Ridge, Saint Johns Range. The mountain stands above Miller Glacier at the west side of Ringer Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) after Lieutenant Commander Edward H. Hubel, Civil Engineer Corps (CEC), U.S. Navy (USN) (Seabees), who at the time was the senior enlisted construction Utilities Chief and member of the crew which built the original McMurdo Station and the original South Pole Station in the 1955-57 pre-IGY period.|01/21/2008|
19142|Mount Hush|Summit|771447S|1614615E|-77.246282|161.770785|1400|4593|01/15/2008|A steep ice-free mountain, 1400 meters, joined by a col to the central-east part of Kuivinen Ridge, Saint Johns Range. The mountain extends ENE 1 mile into Ringer Valley to Ringer Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) after Michael Hush and Christine Hayslip Hush, husband and wife team, who served the U.S. Antarctic Program a combined 33 years between 1988 and 2007 as members of the U.S. Navy Air Development Squadron VXE-6 at McMurdo Station and later with Antarctic Support Associates and Raytheon Polar Services.|01/21/2008|
19143|Mount James|Summit|771203S|1612858E|-77.200893|161.482721|1700|5577|01/15/2008|The highest mountain in Helicopter Mountains, Saint Johns Range, rising to 1700 meters between Mick Peak and Hott Peak. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) after Barry Wendell James, helicopter pilot in support of the U.S. Antarctic Program at McMurdo Sound and McMurdo Dry Valleys in 10 austral field seasons 1998-99 to 2007-08.|01/21/2008|
19144|Jatko Peak|Summit|771121S|1610011E|-77.189112|161.003146|2050|6726|01/15/2008|A sharp-pointed peak rising to 2050 meters 1.75 miles NW of Dykes Peak in Clare Range, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) after Joyce A. Jatko, Environmental Officer for the National Science Foundation’s Office of Polar Programs, 1994--2003; U.S. representative to the SCAR Committee for Environmental Protection and Vice Chair of the Committee for two terms. |01/21/2008|
19145|Mount Lewis|Summit|771428S|1613041E|-77.241227|161.511475|1450|4757|01/15/2008|A mountain rising to 1450 meters at the SW end of Rutherford Ridge, Saint Johns Range. A rock gable on the SW face of the mountain provides an easily recognized landmark when viewed from southward. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) after Adam R. Lewis, research assistant professor at North Dakota State University who has made significant contributions to understanding the Late Cenozoic vegetation history of the McMurdo Dry Valleys.|01/21/2008|
19146|Lobeck Glacier|Glacier|771301S|1614654E|-77.217007|161.781684|||01/15/2008|A glacier flowing NE between Rutherford Ridge and Kuivinen Ridge in Saint Johns Range, Victoria Land. About 4 miles long, the glacier terminates upon rock cliffs overlooking Miller Glacier with insignificant if any flow entering it. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) after noted American geographer-geologist Armin K. Lobeck (1886-1958), Professor of Geology, Columbia University, New York, NY, 1929-54; author of the textbook Geomorphology,  McGraw-Hill, 1939 widely used in training geomorphologists active in Antarctica. |01/21/2008|
19147|Low Nunatak|Summit|770425S|1615700E|-77.0736111|161.95|50|164|01/15/2008|A nunatak in the Cotton Glacier 2 miles north of the western end of Killer Ridge, Gonville and Caius Range, Victoria Land. About 1 mile long, the nunatak rises 50 meters above the surrounding ice surface to about 450 meters above sea level. The descriptive name appears on the map of the British Antarctic Expedition, 1910-13.|01/21/2008|
19148|Marchetti Glacier|Glacier|770932S|1612942E|-77.158836|161.495082|||01/15/2008|A glacier flowing from the north slope of Mount Mahony in Saint Johns Range into Cotton Glacier, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) after Peter Anthony Marchetti who made 20 deployments to McMurdo Sound in the period 1987-2007, including seven winters; Camp Manager for the U.S. Antarctic Program’s Telecommunications Facility on Black Island, Ross Archipelago for 11 austral summers from 1996.|01/21/2008|
19149|Mick Peak|Summit|771131S|1612302E|-77.191939|161.383776|1500|4921|01/15/2008|A peak rising to c. 1500 meters 1.5 miles WNW of Mount James in Helicopter Mountains, Saint Johns Range. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) after Robert Franz Mick, helicopter mechanic in support of the U.S. Antarctic Program at McMurdo Sound and McMurdo Dry Valleys in eight austral field seasons 2000-01 to 2007-08.|01/21/2008|
19150|Noring Terrace|Bend|764900S|1604000E|-76.8166667|160.6666667|2000|6562|01/15/2008|A relatively level ice-covered terrace rising to 2000 meters with an area of about 4 square miles between Mount Gunn and Mount Basurto in SW Convoy Range, Victoria Land. Ice from the terrace drains westward into Cambridge Glacier and also eastward in the short Scudding Glacier toward Battleship Promontory. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) after Randy (Crunch) Noring who served 16 summer seasons and two winters in Antarctica between 1991 and 2007 at the South Pole and McMurdo Stations, working in operations, heavy equipment and fuels, and  since 1999 as the Camp Manager at Marble Point Victoria Land|01/21/2008|
19151|Prescott Spur|Ridge|770530S|1621630E|-77.0916667|162.275|1250|4101|01/15/2008|A rock spur running N-S and rising to 1250 meters between Robson Glacier and Pyne Glacier in Gonville and Caius Range, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) after BU2 Richard J. Prescott, U.S. Navy (USN) (Seabees), who at the time was a member of the construction crew which built the original McMurdo Station, the original Beardmore Refueling Station and the original South Pole Station in the 1955-57 pre-IGY period. He was also a sled dog handler at McMurdo and South Pole Stations|01/21/2008|
19152|Raney Peak|Summit|771302S|1603117E|-77.217342|160.521437|2050|6726|01/15/2008|A symmetrical peak rising to 2050 meters between Rim Glacier and Sprocket Glacier, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) after Michele E. Raney, who as physician with the 1979 winter party at Amundsen-Scott South Pole Station was the first female to winter at an inland station.|01/21/2008|
19153|Mount Rowland|Summit|771246S|1614238E|-77.212885|161.710648|1550|5085|01/15/2008|A mountain with a sharp-pointed summit rising to 1550 meters in the central part of Rutherford Ridge, Saint Johns Range, Victoria Land. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) after F. Sherwood Rowland, Professor of Chemistry, University of California at Irvine, winner of the Nobel Prize in Chemistry for 1995.  The Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences awarded the 1995 Nobel Prize in Chemistry to Professor Paul Crutzen, Max-Planck-Institute for Chemistry, Mainz, Germany (Dutch citizen); Professor Mario Molina, Department of Earth, Atmospheric and Planetary Sciences and Department of Chemistry, MIT, Cambridge, MA, USA; and Professor F. Sherwood Rowland, Department of Chemistry, University of California, Irvine, CA, USA “for their work in atmospheric chemistry, particularly concerning the formation and decomposition of ozone.”|01/21/2008|
19154|Rutherford Ridge|Ridge|771226S|1614345E|-77.2071|161.729157|1550|5085|01/15/2008|A transverse ridge, 5.5 miles long, extending SW-NE across Saint Johns Range between Wheeler Valley and Lobeck Glacier, Victoria Land. The ridge rises to 1550 meters in Mount Rowland.  Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) after Ernest Rutherford, 1st Baron of Nelson and Cambridge (1871-1937), British physicist of New Zealand birth and winner of the Nobel Prize in Chemistry for 1908. His researches in radiation and atomic structure were basic to the later 20th-century developments in nuclear physics.|01/21/2008|
19155|Sechrist Ridge|Ridge|771333S|1623711E|-77.2258333|162.6197222|865|2838|01/15/2008|A narrow rock spur, 3 miles long, descending NE from the central ridge just east of Mount Evans and terminating 1 mile east of Mount Bevilacqua, Saint Johns Range. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) after Daniel Robert Sechrist, U. S. Geological Survey geographer from 1980 involved in traditional mapping, digital mapping and mapping research; from 2004, Manager of the U.S. Antarctic Resource Center at U.S. Geological Survey (USGS), Reston, VA; a member of the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) Survey team deployed to McMurdo Dry Valleys, November-December 2004.|01/21/2008|06/21/2011
19156|Stroup Peak|Summit|770615S|1623700E|-77.104167|162.616667|1100|3609|01/15/2008|A peak rising to 1100 meters at the extremity of the ridge extending east from Mount Curtiss, Gonville and Caius Range, Victoria Land. The peak stands 2.7 miles east of Mount Curtiss where it overlooks the north part of Wilson Piedmont Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) after CW04 William E. Stroup, Civil Engineer Corps (CEC), U.S. Navy (USN) (Seabees), who at the time was the senior enlisted Construction Electrician Chief and member of the construction crew which built the original Little America V Station and the original Byrd Station in the 1955-57 pre-IGY period. He was also a member of the Byrd Traverse to Byrd Station in 1956.|01/21/2008|
19157|Touchstone Crag|Summit|771157S|1611826E|-77.199058|161.307138|1550|5085|01/15/2008|A rugged mountain rising to 1550 meters 1.4 miles west of Mick Peak in the west part of Helicopter Mountains. The abrupt south-facing cliffs of the feature also mark the NW extremity of Saint Johns Range. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) after Steven Touchstone, helicopter mechanic in support of the U.S. Antarctic Program at McMurdo Sound and McMurdo Dry Valleys in nine austral field seasons 1999-2000 to 2007-08.|01/21/2008|
19158|Watson Valley|Valley|771423S|1613405E|-77.23986|161.56795|||01/15/2008|A valley E of Mount Lewis in Saint Johns Range, Victoria Land. The valley, which opens southward to Victoria Upper Glacier, is ice free except for a small glacier at the head wall. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) after HM2 Donald E. Watson, U.S. Navy (USN) (Seabees), who at the time was Medical Assistant and member of the construction crew which built the original Little America V Station and the original Byrd Station in the 1955-57 pre-IGY period. He was the medical person on the oversnow Byrd Traverse to Byrd Station, 1956.|01/21/2008|
19159|Mount Welser|Summit|764300S|1620900E|-76.7166667|162.15|1150|3773|01/15/2008|A peak rising to 1150 meters in the central part of the ridge south of Albrecht Penck Glacier, Scott Coast, Victoria Land. The peak is 2.5 miles ENE of Mount Davidson. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2007) after Lieutenant General William Welser III, Commander, 18th Air Force, Scott Air Force, Illinois, in recognition of his efforts and that of the Air Mobility Command in providing airlift support to the U.S. Antarctic Program.|01/21/2008|
19163|Mount Del Valle|Summit|660800S|0615000W|-66.1333333|-61.8333333|||07/07/2008|A mountain on the north side of Jason Peninsula, east of Medea Dome, Graham Land.  Named by ACAN (2008) after Rodolfo del Valle, earth scientist with the Instituto Antartico Argentino, who worked in Antarctica for more than three decades from the early 1970s.  His work focuses on the geology of the Antarctic Peninsula.|07/07/2008|
19164|Joughin Glacier|Glacier|734600S|0622400W|-73.7666667|-62.4|||07/07/2008|A glacier east of Watson Peaks, flowing southeast into Wright Inlet, Lassiter Coast.    Named by ACAN (2008) after Ian Joughin, electrical engineer, who pioneered the use of interferometric synthetic aperture radar to estimate surface motion and topography of ice sheets both in Antarctica and Greenland.  He has used remote sensing, field  work, and modeling to study ice dynamics since the early 1990s.|07/07/2008|
19165|Hanza Inlet|Gut|655940S|0612631W|-65.9944444|-61.4419444|||04/21/2009|An ice-filled inlet lying west of Chapman Point on the north side of Jason Peninsula, Oscar II Coast. Named by Argentina, 1978, after Sub-lieutenant Alberto Hanza of the corvette ARA Uruguay on the voyage of 1906-07.    Not: Ensenada Hanza,  Skvarca Inlet.  The variant name Skvarca Inlet was approved by the U.S. Board on Geographic Names on July 7, 2008, but based upon additional heretofore unknown information proves the feature was already named Hanza Inlet.|07/07/2008|
19167|Mount Augustana|Summit|851336S|1742112W|-85.2266667|-174.3533333|||10/21/2008|A mountain rising to over 2800 meters between the heads of LaPrade Valley and Cheu Valley in northern Cumulus hills, Queen Maud Mountains.  The northern slopes of the mountain comprise rugged largely ice-free terrain that descends 1500 meters to McGregor Glacier.  The southern part is ice covered and descends gradually to the head of Logie Glacier. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2008) after Augustana College, Rock Island, Illinois.  Augustana College has a long history in polar and glacial geology, with strong ties to Antarctic research. The Fryxell Geology museum at Augustana College is the home of the only fossils of Cryolophosaurus, the largest carnivorous dinosaur found to date in Antarctica.|10/28/2008|
19168|Erb Range|Range|843800S|1773600W|-84.6333333|-177.6|2240|7349|10/21/2008|A rugged mountain range rising to 2240 meters between Kosco Glacier and Shackleton Glacier, Queen Maud Mountains, and extending north from Anderson Heights to Mount Speed on the west side of Ross Ice Shelf. The range was photographed from aircraft of the U.S. Antarctic Service expedition, 1939-41, and surveyed by A.P. Crary, leader of the U.S. Ross Ice Shelf Traverse, 1957-58. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2008) after Karl A. Erb who played a major role in guiding the U.S. Antarctic Program as both the NSF Senior Science Advisor in the mid 1990s and subsequently as Director of the Office of Polar Programs from 1998 until 2007 and beyond. During his tenure as the Senior Science Advisor, he helped to guide NSF through the process of justifying and then securing Congressional funding for the redevelopment of South Pole Station.|10/28/2008|
19169|Falkner Glacier|Glacier|734432S|1660103E|-73.7422222|166.0175|||10/21/2008|An east-flowing valley glacier, 4 miles long, located 2 miles south of Oakley Glacier in Mountaineer Range, Victoria Land. The glacier descends steeply to Lady Newnes Bay where it forms a floating glacier tongue. Named by US-ACAN (2009) after Kelly K. Falkner, Professor of Chemical Oceanography, Oregon State University, who served from 2006 as the first Program Director for the Antarctic Integrated System Science Program in the Division of Antarctic Sciences, Office of Antarctic Programs, National Science Foundation.|10/28/2008|01/18/2010
19170|Hargreaves Peak|Summit|713715S|1703305E|-71.6208333|170.5513889|2083|6834|10/21/2008|The highest peak on Adare Peninsula, Victoria Land, rising to 2083 meters. The feature stands sharply above Downshire Cliffs to the east; its western ice slopes descend gently toward Nameless Glacier. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (2008) after Paul Hargreaves, sea cadet aboard HMNZS Hawea on the first New Zealand scientific voyage into the Southern Ocean and Ross Sea in company with HMNZS Endeavour, summer 1956-57; visitor to Scott Base and McMurdo Sound on Distinguished Visitor tour, January 1994; Board Member, Antarctica New Zealand from 2001; Chairman, 2003-2008.|10/28/2008|
19171|Holystone Slope|Slope|764600S|1612000E|-76.7666667|161.3333333|||10/21/2008|A glacial slope distributary from Flight Deck Névé, 1.2 miles wide, that descends northwest over subdued steps between Dotson Ridge and Dory Nunatak in Convoy Range, Victoria Land. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (1993) in association with other nautical theme place names in the Convoy Range.|10/28/2008|
19172|Navarro Ridge|Ridge|765215S|1601300E|-76.8708333|160.2166667|||10/21/2008|A rugged ridge, 3.5 miles long, that extends from Coombs Hills southeastward to the west side of Cambridge Glacier. The central peak of the ridge rises to 2100 meters. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2008) after members of the Navarro family who carried on support activities for the U.S. Antarctic Program at McMurdo, South Pole, and Palmer Stations in the period 1989-2008: Kenneth Navarro, Palmer Station logistics supervisor who worked 18 summer and four winter seasons at the three stations; Kenneth’s wife Carol Gould Navarro, engaged in logistics and administration at Palmer and McMurdo five summers and four winters; his sister Suzanne McCullough Navarro, a cook at McMurdo four summers and one winter; his brother Steven Navarro, carpenter at Palmer and McMurdo three summers and one winter; Kenneth and Carol’s sons, Eliot Gould and Tyler Gould, also worked a few seasons in Antarctica.|10/28/2008|
19173|Mount Peterson|Summit|724610S|1694156E|-72.7694444|169.6988889|1910|6266|10/21/2008|The northernmost summit on Daniell Peninsula, Victoria Land, rising to 1910 meters. The feature is flanked by Whitehall Glacier to the west, Tucker Glacier and Tucker Inlet to the north, and Ross Sea at the east. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board (NZGB) (2008) after Dean Peterson, Science and Information Manager, Antarctica New Zealand, 1998 - 2008.|10/28/2008|
19174|Renard Island|Island|650134S|0634635W|-65.0261111|-63.7763889|||10/21/2008|An island approximately 1.1 mile long and 0.85 mile wide with Cape Renard at its northern end and separated from False Cape Renard by a channel that appeared following the loss of ice prior to 2001.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) (2008) in association with Cape Renard.|10/28/2008|
19175|Una Peaks|Summit|650128S|0634636W|-65.0244444|-63.7766667|||10/21/2008|Twin ice and snow-capped  peaks on Renard Island (q.v.), south of Cape Renard, at the entrance to Lemaire Channel, Danco Coast.  The feature is extremely prominent and has a long history of informal usage among British Antarctic Survey (BAS) (ca. 1955) and later tourist personnel. The feature is known  in the mountaineering world as “Cape Renard Towers”. The peaks were named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) in 2008 after Una Spivey, staff member of Falklands Islands Dependencies Survey (FIDS) at Stanley, Falkland Islands.  |10/28/2008|
19176|Vaughan Inlet|Gut|650215S|0613600W|-65.0375|-61.6|||10/21/2008|An inlet approximately 9 miles long and 7.5 miles wide between Whiteside Hill and Shiver Point, Oscar II Coast. The inlet coincides with the southeast part of the ice-covered feature photographed from the air by Sir Hubert Wilkins, December 20, 1928, to which he applied the name “Hektoria Fiords” after the whaling factory ship Hektoria,  which transported his expedition to Deception Island. The nature of the feature was altered, revealing open water, by the retreat of the lower parts of Hektoria, Green and Evans Glacier, which followed the calving of the Larsen Ice Shelf in the area in March 2002.  Named by UK Antarctic Place-names Committee (UK-APC) (2008) after David G. Vaughan, Honorary Professor of Geography, Swansea University; British Antarctic Survey (BAS) Principal Investigator 1999-2008; British Antarctic Survey (BAS) glaciologist, 1986-99, who has been in the forefront of investigations into the movement and break-up of the Antarctic ice sheet.  |10/28/2008|
19177|Voigt Ledge|Ridge|764800S|1604800E|-76.8|160.8|2000|6562|10/21/2008|A flat-topped ridge that rises to 2000 meters between the head of Greenville Valley and Merrell Valley in Convoy Range, Victoria Land. The relatively level upper surface of the ledge is 3 miles long by 1.5 miles wide, tapering in the north. It stands 500 meters above the adjoining valleys. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2008) after Donald E. Voigt of the Department of Geosciences and Penn State Ice and Climate Exploration Center, Pennsylvania State University, who carried out research in glaciology, geophysics and seismology in diverse parts of Antarctica, including the Transantarctic Mountains, in 12 field seasons 1995-2008.|10/28/2008|
19180|Mount Lightbody|Summit|780432S|1625022E|-78.0755556|162.8394444|3046|9993|04/05/2009|A buttress type mountain 1.5 miles northeast of Mount Hooker to which it is joined in Royal Society Range, Victoria Land. The mountain rises to 3046 m in western Tasman Ridge and overlooks Ball Glacier to the north and Hooker Glacier to the south. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2009) after John W. (Jack) Lightbody, National Science Foundation Program Officer in the Office of Polar Programs for the IceCube Neutrino Project, 2001-09, who served in this capacity while also serving NSF as Deputy Director for the Division of Physics (until 2007) and then as Deputy Assistant Director of NSF for the Directorate for Mathematics and Physical Sciences.|02/05/2009|
19182|Molar Island|Island|733944S|1012227W|-73.6622222|-101.3741667|||04/21/2009|An ice-covered island of irregular shape, 0.25 mile long, between Early Islands and Cosgrove Ice Shelf in the extreme southeast part of Ferrero Bay, Eights Coast. The occurrence of open water around the feature, clearly shown in U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) aerial photographs and satellite images of the 1966-2000 period, has drawn attention due to the island position behind the fast ice of Ferrero Bay. Named descriptively by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2009) because the shape of the island is reminiscent of a molar.|04/29/2009|05/29/2010
19183|Racer Rocks|Island|640401S|0613640W|-64.0669444|-61.6111111|17|56|01/01/1992|A small cluster of approximately 10 insular rocks, the largest rising to 17 meters, located midway between Auguste Island and Lobodon Island in Gerlache Strait. An automated weather station was placed on the summit of the largest rock in November 1989 by a research team (Anthony M. Amos leader) representing the University of Texas Marine Science Institute. The name is an acronym for the National Science Foundation sponsored Research on Antarctic Coastal Ecosystems and Rates program which carried out multi-disciplinary studies in Gerlache Strait. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN), 1992.|04/29/2009|
19184|Weir Icefall|Glacier|780157S|1614116E|-78.0325|161.6877778|||01/01/1994|An icefall at the head of Rotunda Glacier between Colwell Massif and Battleship in Victoria Land. The icefall was named descriptively in 1994 by the New Zealand Geographic Board; the feature has a weir-like appearance caused by a dam of rock over which the ice passes.|04/29/2009|
19185|Landau Glacier|Glacier|635316S|0591911W|-63.8877778|-59.3197222|||05/04/2009|A glacier flowing northwest into Lindblad Cove, Charcot Bay on the Davis Coast of Graham Land. This feature lies 2 miles northeast of McNeile Glacier and is the northernmost glacier flowing into Lindblad Cove (q.v.), a name with which Landau Glacier is associated. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2009) after Denise Landau for her role in the development of environmentally responsible policies for the growing Antarctic tourism industry, serving as the International Association of Antarctica Tour Operators (IAATO) spokesperson to the Antarctic Treaty from 1997-2008 and as Executive Director of IAATO from 1999-2008. She was instrumental in guiding the development of a system within IAATO that provides transparency to environmental practices and operations of tour operators in the Antarctic and serves as an effective mechanism for self regulation and adherence to laws and regulations derived from the Antarctic Treaty.|05/05/2009|05/06/2009
19186|Gibbs Point|Cape|674822S|0670938W|-67.8061111|-67.1605556|||09/02/2009|A rock point forming the northwest entrance point to Gaul Cove on the northeast side of Horseshoe Island, Marguerite Bay, Fallières Coast. Named by Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) (2009) after George Washington Gibbs, Jr., (1916-2000), U.S. Navy member of the United States Antarctic Service expedition (U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS)), 1939-41. As cook on the expedition ship Bear, Gibbs participated in establishing the U.S. Antarctic Service (USAS) West Base near the Bay of Whales, Ross Ice Shelf, and East Base on Stonington Island, Marguerite Bay.|09/02/2009|09/02/2009
19210|Glukhoy Glacier|Glacier|704824S|0674547E|-70.8066667|67.7630556|||10/20/2009|A glacier about 6 miles long flowing eastward between Manning Massif and McLeod Massif in the Aramis Range, Prince Charles Mountains. The glacier terminates on the rock bluff of McLeod Massif, approximately 1.75 miles west of Radok Lake.  The spelling Lednik Gluhoj is applied to this glacier in a 1983 Soviet map of the area.  Not:  Lednik Gluhoj.|01/06/2010|01/07/2010
19227|Forbes Glacier|Glacier|673909S|0622209E|-67.6525|62.3691667|||10/20/2009|A glacier entering the west part of Holme Bay on Mawson Coast, to the north of Casey Range, Framnes Mountains. The glacier was mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition (1936-37) and called Brygga (the wharf). It was renamed by the Australian Antarctic Names and Medal Committee after A. Forbes of ANARE who perished on a field trip at Heard Island in 1952.|01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19228|Tekuchiy Glacier|Glacier|695131S|0681213E|-69.8586111|68.2036111|||10/20/2009|A broad glacier flowing southward between Tingey Rocks and ice-covered Single Island at the west side of Amery Ice Shelf. The name Lednik Tekučij appears for the glacier on a 1974 Soviet map of the area.   Not:  Lednik Tekucij.|01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19229|Law Plateau|Plain|730500S|0702500E|-73.0833333|70.4166667|1100|3609|10/20/2009|A high ice plateau (c.1100 meters) extending eastward from the Mawson Escarpment. Delineated from aerial photographs taken from ANARE aircraft in 1956. Named by the Australian Antarctic Names and Medal Committee after Phillip G. Law, Director of the Antarctic Division, Australian Department of External Affairs, 1949-66.|01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19230|Allison Dome|Summit|733317S|0703559E|-73.5547222|70.5997222|||10/20/2009|A prominent isolated ice feature on Law Plateau, about 36 miles east of the southern end of the Mawson Escarpment.  Photographed by ANARE in 1960. A fuel depot was established nearby by the ANARE Prince Charles Mountains survey party in 1972. Named by the Australian Antarctic Names and Medal Committee after Ian F. Allison, glaciologist at Mawson Station in 1969 and a member of the Prince Charles Mountains surveys in 1972 and 1974.|01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19231|Lepekhin Glacier|Glacier|724300S|0695800E|-72.7166667|69.9666667|||10/20/2009|A large glacier flowing north-northeastward from Mawson Plateau on the east side of the Mawson Escarpment. Approximately 60 miles long, the glacier terminates eastward of Clemence Massif where the confluent ice enters the east side of Lambert Glacier. The name Lednik Lepëhina appears in the Soviet gazetteer Slovar’ Geograficheskikh Nazvaniy Antarktiki, 1987.    Not:  Lednik Lepëhina.|01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19232|Kronshtadtskiy Glacier|Glacier|714300S|0713500E|-71.7166667|71.5833333|||10/20/2009|A tributary to the lower east part of Lambert Glacier. The glacier flows west northwestward and enters Lambert Glacier approximately 5 miles southeast of Pickering Nunatak. The name appears in the Soviet gazetteer Slovar’ Geograficheskikh Nazvaniy Antarktiki, 1987.     Not:  Lednik Kronštadtskij.|01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19233|Budd Ice Rumples|Glacier|712925S|0684559E|-71.4902778|68.7663889|||10/20/2009| A significant persistent and recognizable glaciological feature exposed as a surface disturbance in the flow of the Lambert Glacier 15 miles east of Fisher Massif, Prince Charles Mountains. Named by the Australian Antarctic Names and Medal Committee after Professor William J.Budd (Budd Peak, q.v.), an Australian senior scientist.|01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19234|Styles Glacier|Glacier|723735S|0681859E|-72.6263889|68.3163889|||10/20/2009|A valley glacier flowing northward at the northern end of the Mawson Escarpment. Photographed by ANARE in 1956, 1960 and 1973. Seen frequently by the ANARE Prince Charles Mountains survey parties in 1971 and 1972. Named by the Australian Antarctic Names and Medal Committee (1978) after Don F. Styles, (then) Deputy Director of the Antarctic Division, Melbourne.    Not:  Lednik Loškina.|01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19235|Korotkiy Glacier|Glacier|725031S|0680919E|-72.8419444|68.1552778|||10/20/2009|A small glacier 2 miles north of Rofe Glacier in the Mawson Escarptment; the glacier flows westward into Lambert Glacier. The feature is named Lednik Korotkij in a 1977 Soviet map.    Not:  Lednik Korotkij.|01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19236|Rofe Glacier|Glacier|725221S|0681859E|-72.8725|68.3163889|||10/20/2009|A broad glacier, 10 miles long, flowing westward from the northern part of the Mawson Escarpment into Lambert Glacier. Plotted from ANARE aerial photographs taken in 1956, 1960 and 1973. Named by the Australian Antarctic Names and Medal Committee (1973) after Bryan Rofe, Director of the Antarctic Division, Melbourne, from October 1970 until his death in August, 1971.   Not:  Lednik Vetvistyj.|01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19237|Petkovic Glacier|Glacier|725812S|0681348E|-72.97|68.23|||10/20/2009|A steep valley glacier, 3 miles long, in the central part of the Mawson Escarpment. It flows westward, midway between Rofe Glacier and Dolinnyy Glacier, to enter Lambert Glacier. Plotted from ANARE aerial photographs taken in 1956, 1960 and 1973. Named by the Australian Antarctic Names and Medal Committee after J.J. Petkovic, geophysicist at Mawson in 1971 and a member of the ANARE Prince Charles Mountains survey party in 1972.|01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19238|Dolinnyy Glacier|Glacier|730117S|0681430E|-73.0213889|68.2416667|||10/20/2009|A small valley glacier 2.5 miles south of Petkovic Glacier in the Mawson Escarpment; it flows west into Lambert glacier. The name is spelled Lednik Dolinnyj on a 1977 Soviet map.    Not:  Lednik Dolinnyj. |01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19239|Helmore Glacier|Glacier|730354S|0681841E|-73.065|68.3113889|||10/20/2009|A small west-flowing glacier 2 miles south of Dolinnyy Glacier, which it parallels, in the northern part of the Mawson Escarpment. The glaciers flow separately into Lambert Glacier. Plotted from ANARE aerial photographs taken in 1956, 1960 and 1973. Named by the Australian Antarctic Names and Medal Committee (1975) after R. Helmore, technical officer with the ANARE Prince Charles Mountains survey party in 1973.   Not:   Lednik Krutoj.|01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19240|Manning Glacier|Glacier|730933S|0681429E|-73.1591667|68.2413889|||10/20/2009|A glacier in the Mawson Escarpment, 10 miles long, flowing westward between Helmore Glacier and Greenall into the Lambert Glacier.  Photographed by ANARE in 1956 and 1960. A geodetic survey station was established on the bluff north of the glacier in 1972 by the ANARE Prince Charles Mountains survey party. Named by the Australian Antarctic Names and Medal Committee after John Manning, surveyor-in-charge of field survey operations during the ANARE Prince Charles Mountains surveys in 1969, 1971, 1972, 1973 and 1974.   Not:  Lednik Kalesnika. |01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19241|Greenall Glacier|Glacier|731326S|0681818E|-73.2238889|68.305|||10/20/2009|A small glacier in the Mawson Escarpment flowing west at the north side of McIntyre Bluffs to enter Lambert Glacier.  Plotted from ANARE aerial photographs taken in 1956, 1960 and 1973. Named by the Australian Antarctic Names and Medal Committee after A. Greenall, surveyor with the ANARE Prince Charles Mountains survey party in 1972.  Not:  Lednik Barhatistyj, Snežnik Barchatistyj. |01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19242|McIntyre Bluffs|Cliff|731522S|0681306E|-73.2561111|68.2183333|1000|3281|10/20/2009|Rock bluffs between Greenall Glacier and Turk Glacier in the Mawson Escarpment. The west-facing bluffs rise to about 1000 meters and overlook Lambert Glacier. Plotted from ANARE aerial photographs taken in 1956, 1960 and 1973. Named by the Australian Antarctic Names and Medal Committee after Sir Laurence McIntyre, C.B.E., Deputy Secretary, Australian Department of External Affairs, 1965-70. |01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19243|Morgan Glacier|Glacier|731702S|0681718E|-73.2838889|68.2883333|||10/20/2009|A small mountain glacier in central McIntyre Bluffs on the Mawson Escarpment. The glacier flows west into Lambert Glacier.  Plotted from ANARE aerial photographs taken in 1956, 1960 and 1973. Named by the Australian Antarctic Names and Medal Committee after Vin I. Morgan, glaciologist with the Antarctic Division, Melbourne, and a member of the ANARE Prince Charles Mountains survey parties in 1973 and 1974. |01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19244|Turk Glacier|Glacier|732127S|0682339E|-73.3575|68.3941667|||10/20/2009|A small glacier at the south side of McIntyre Bluffs in the Mawson Escarpment. The glacier flows west to enter Lambert Glacier.  Plotted from ANARE aerial photographs taken in 1956, 1960 and 1973. Named by the Australian Antarctic Names and Medal Committee after Andrew Turk, surveyor with the ANARE Prince Charles Mountains survey party in 1974.  Not:  Lednik Kričaka. |01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19245|Sheraton Glacier|Glacier|732633S|0682337E|-73.4425|68.3936111|||10/20/2009|A small glacier flowing westward in the Mawson Escarpment to enter Lambert Glacier north of Casey Point. Plotted from ANARE aerial photographs taken in 1956, 1960 and 1973. Named by the Australian Antarctic Names and Medal Committee (1973) after J. Sheraton, geologist with the ANARE Prince Charles Mountains survey party in 1973. |01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19246|Casey Point|Summit|732714S|0682116E|-73.4538889|68.3544444||||A narrow rock spur separating Sheraton Glacier and Arriens Glacier in the Mawson Escarpment. Plotted from ANARE aerial photographs taken in 1956, 1960 and 1973. Named by the Australian Antarctic Names and Medal Committee after J. N. Casey, (then) Assistant Director (Geology) of the Bureau of Mineral Resources, Geology and Geophysics, Australian Department of Minerals and Energy, Canberra.|01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19247|Arriens Glacier|Glacier|732748S|0682401E|-73.4633333|68.4002778|||10/20/2009|A small glacier south of Casey Point in the Mawson Escarpment. It flows west to enter Lambert Glacier.  Plotted from ANARE aerial photographs taken in 1956, 1960 and 1973. Named by the Australian Antarctic Names and Medal Committee after P.Arriens, geochronologist with the ANARE Prince Charles Mountains survey party in 1973.|01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19248|England Glacier|Glacier|733014S|0682328E|-73.5038889|68.3911111|||10/20/2009|A small glacier at the north side of McCue Bluff in the Mawson Escarpment. It flows west to enter Lambert Glacier.  Plotted from ANARE aerial photographs taken in 1956, 1960 and 1973. Named by the Australian Antarctic Names and Medal Committee after R. England, geologist with the ANARE Prince Charles Mountains survey parties in 1973 and 1974.|01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19249|McCue Bluff|Cliff|733108S|0682043E|-73.5188889|68.3452778|||10/20/2009|A rock bluff near the southern end of the Mawson Escarpment, between England Glacier and Tingey Glacier. Plotted from ANARE aerial photographs taken in 1956, 1960 and 1973. Named by the Australian Antarctic Names and Medal Committee after Clarence G. McCue, (then) Acting Assistant Secretary, Ionospheric Prediction Service Branch, Australian Department of Science and later Director Antarctic Division.|01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19250|Tingey Glacier|Glacier|733353S|0682444E|-73.5647222|68.4122222|||10/20/2009|A small glacier at the south side of McCue Bluff in the southern part of the  Mawson Escarpment. The glacier flows west into Lambert Glacier.  Photographed by ANARE in 1956 and 1960. Named by the Australian Antarctic Names and Medal Committee (1973) after Robert J. Tingey, geologist with the ANARE Prince Charles Mountains survey parties in 1970, 1971 and 1972. |01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19251|Razdelyayushchiy Glacier|Glacier|733424S|0664653E|-73.5733333|66.7813889|||10/20/2009|A deeply incised glacier which takes rise on the south-central plateau of Cumston Massif and flows northwestward to enter Mellor Glacier 3 miles southwest of Patrick Point. Approximately 5 miles long, the entrenched glacier attributes a cleaved appearance to the Cumston Massif, with two distinct parts.  The name means “that which is being divided” and is listed in the Soviet gazetteer Slovar’ Geograficheskikh Nazvaniy Antarktiki, 1987.   Not:  Lednik Razdeljajuščij|01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19252|Shennong Glacier|Glacier|693011S|0760159E|-69.5030556|76.0330556|||10/20/2009|A glacier flowing to Ingrid Christensen Coast and entering Prydz Bay between Bolinger islands and Stornes Peninsula where it forms a short glacier tongue. The glacier was mapped by Norwegian cartographers from aerial photographs taken by the Lars Christensen Expedition, 1936-37. The spelling form Shennong Bingchaun (Shennong Glacier) was approved by the Chinese Place-name Committee.   Not:  Shennong Bingchaun.|01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19253|Gould Islands|Island|683547S|0715853W|-68.5963889|-71.9813889|||10/20/2009|A cluster of three islands, each less than a mile long, lying about 34 miles northwest of Mount Bayonne, Alexander Island, in the southwest part of Marguerite Bay. Nautical charts have indicated the possibility of rocks or small islands in the vicinity. The three islands were sighted and positioned from the Research Vessel Lawrence M. Gould (Captain Joseph Abshire) during the 2009 cruise. Named by ACAN (2009) after the vessel which has worked in the U.S. Antarctic Program since its commission in 1997.|01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19254|Martinson Island|Island|683616S|0715838W|-68.6044444|-71.9772222|||10/20/2009|An island 0.9 kilometer long and 224 meters high which is the largest and southernmost of the three Gould Islands (q.v.) in southwestern Marguerite Bay. Nautical charts have indicated the possibility of rocks or small islands in the vicinity. Gould Islands were sighted and positioned from the Research Vessel Laurence M. Gould (Captain Joseph Abshire) during the January 2009 cruise. Martinson Island was named by US-ACAN (2009) after Douglas G. Martinson, the expedition leader and project co-Principal Investigator.|01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19255|Abshire Island|Island|683603S|0715805W|-68.6008333|-71.9680556|||10/20/2009|An island 0.52 kilometer long and 140 meters high which is the easternmost of the three Gould Islands (q.v.) in southwestern Marguerite Bay. Nautical charts have indicated the possibility of rocks or small islands in the vicinity. Named by US-ACAN (2009) after Captain Joseph Abshire of Research Vessel Laurence M. Gould, from which Gould Islands were sighted and positioned during the cruise of January 2009. Captain Abshire has been an officer on the vessel in Antarctic waters since its commissioning in 1997.|01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19256|Higdon Island|Island|683441S|0720014W|-68.5780556|-72.0038889|||10/20/2009|An island 1 kilometer long and 62 meters high which is the northernmost of the three Gould Islands (q.v.) in southwestern Marguerite Bay. The island is relatively flat with numerous sharp spires on the southern half. Nautical charts have indicated the possibility of rocks or small islands in the vicinity. Higdon Island was named by US-ACAN (2009). Ship’s First Mate John Higdon was in command of the Research Vessel Laurence M. Gould, January 24, 2009, when he sighted Gould Islands. The individual islands were positioned from the ship on January 29.|01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19257|Forsythe Crag|Summit|802552S|1561440E|-80.4311111|156.2444444|1400|4593|10/20/2009|An irregularly shaped nunatak, 1400 meters, with a nearly flat central summit and glacially worn peripheral spurs. The feature stands 3.5 miles east-northeast of Darnell Nunatak in the south part of Hughes Basin, Britannia Range, amidst confluent ice flowing south to enter Byrd Glacier. Named by US-ACAN (2009) after Douglas M. Forsythe, Senior Construction Coordinator, Amundsen-Scott South Pole Station, involved in the U.S. Antarctic Program, 1994-2009.|01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19258|Douglas Scarp|Cliff|794716S|1540808E|-79.7877778|154.1355556|||10/20/2009|A rock scarp on the western end of Turnstile Ridge at the northwestern extremity of Britannia Range. Named by US-ACAN (2009) after Patricia Douglas, Logistics Manager at Amundsen-Scott South Pole Station, involved in the U.S. Antarctic Program, 2002-2009.|01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19259|Watson Glacier|Glacier|795012S|1545603E|-79.8366667|154.9341667|||10/20/2009|A glacier at the east end of Turnstile Ridge in the narrow northwestern portion of Britannia Range. The glacier flows northeastward to enter the upper part of Hatherton Glacier. Named by US-ACAN (2009) after Elizabeth J. Watson, involved in support services to the U.S. Antarctic Program, 1998-2009, with numerous summer seasons at Amundsen-Scott South Pole Station; winters at South Pole in 1999 and at Palmer Station in 2000.|01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19260|Smith Cleaver|Summit|800626S|1565655E|-80.1072222|156.9486111|||10/20/2009|A nunatak approximately 2.25 miles long in the central part of Lieske Glacier in Britannia Range. The nunatak is narrow, mostly ice free and is surmounted by a sharp-edged ridge. Named by US-ACAN (2009) after Scott F. Smith who participated in U.S. Antarctic Program construction projects and station facility maintenance from 1991 through 2009, including 5 winters at McMurdo Station, 4 summer seasons at McMurdo Station, and 11 summer seasons at Amundsen-Scott South Pole Station.|01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19261|Sullivan Knoll|Summit|801301S|1550101E|-80.2169444|155.0169444|||10/20/2009|A lone nunatak midway between Marty Nunataks and Raven Mountains in Britannia Range. Named by US-ACAN (2009) after Paul J. Sullivan, Electronics Technician in support of the U.S. Antarctic Program at McMurdo Station, 1994-95 and 1995-96 austral field seasons; Cryogenics Technician, Amundsen-Scott South Pole Station, 1996-2009 austral field seasons, including one winter; Manager of South Pole Science Support, 2009.|01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19262|Manuel Glacier|Glacier|721853S|1671508E|-72.3147222|167.2522222|||10/20/2009|A valley glacier flowing north from Cartographers Range into Pearl Harbor Glacier in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land. Approximately 4 miles long, the tributary enters Pearl Harbor Glacier 5.2 miles west of Mount Bridger. Named by US-ACAN (2009) after Gregory Anselm Manuel, U.S. Geological Survey, Geography Discipline, 1980-2009; member of the USGS satellite surveying team at Amundsen-Scott South Pole Station, winter party 1988.|01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19263|Lawson Glacier|Glacier|722020S|1673646E|-72.3388889|167.6127778|||10/20/2009|A glacier flowing south along the western side of Hughes Ridge and entering Hearfield Glacier in Cartographers Range, Victory Mountains, Victoria Land. Named by US-ACAN (2009) after Harold Scott Lawson, cartographer, U.S. Geological Survey, Geography Discipline, 1978-2004; member of the USGS satellite surveying team at Amundsen-Scott South Pole Station, winter party 1985. |01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19264|Clarke Bay|Bay|742357S|0605336W|-74.3991667|-60.8933333|||10/20/2009|A bay south of Cape Fiske, on the eastern side of Smith Peninsula, Lassiter Coast, Palmer Land, The bay is approximately 6 miles wide, bordered on its western side by a glacier and usually occupied by semi-permanent fast ice. Found to support a colony of emperor penguins (Aptenodytes fostori) in 2008. Named by UK-APC after Professor Andrew C. Clarke, Honorary Professor, University of St. Andrews and University of Anglia; Senior Research Ecologist, British Antarctic Survey, 2000-09; Head of Marine Life Sciences Division (BAS), 1988-99.|01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19265|Ajmonecat Lake|Lake|625520S|0604040W|-62.9222222|-60.6777778|||10/20/2009|A small round lake, c. 255 meters in diameter, formed by volcanic activity 1967-69, 0.25 kilometers NE of Stancomb Cove, Deception Island. Named by the Italian Committee for Antarctic Geographical Names after Commander Giovanni Ajmone Cat (1934-2007), Commander, Italian merchant navy. He led expeditions to Antarctica (1969-71 and 1973-74) aboard his 34 ton felucca, San Guiseppe II, which he had designed himself and had built near Naples, Italy. Commander Ajmone Cat sailed into Stancomb Cove in 1969, after the volcanic eruption. Ajmone Cat is the full family name/surname of the individual in question, but Ajmonecat Lake has been recommended to conform with the spelling form advanced by the proponents of the name.|01/07/2010|01/07/2010
19267|Sidell Spur|Ridge|642138S|0623316W|-64.3605556|-62.5544444|||02/17/2010|A prominent spur, 1.5 miles long, projecting west from the main mountain range of Brabant Island, Palmer Archipelago. The spur has a narrow crest and abuts the north side of Rush Glacier; it terminates in a bold rock face at Dallmann Bay. Named by US-ACAN (2010) after Bruce David Sidell (b. 3/20/48), Director of Marine Sciences, University of Maine, who from 1987 conducted seminal research on the physiology of Antarctic icefish in 15 field seasons at the Palmer Station and aboard research vessels in the Palmer Archipelago and South Shetland Islands. The spur overlooks the Dallmann Bay fishing area frequented by Dr. Sidell to obtain fish for his research. |03/05/2010|03/05/2010
19268|Hughes Ridge|Ridge|722120S|1674111E|-72.3555556|167.6863889|2420|7940|10/20/2009|A ridge, 3.5 miles long, running northeast-southwest and rising to 2420 meters on the east side of Lawson Glacier in Cartographers Range, Victoria Land. Named by US-ACAN (2009) after Dwight Sturtevant Hughes, Senior Software Engineer and Technical Team Leader in support of U.S. Geological Survey’s Geographic Names Information System, 1993-2009; responsible for complete redesign and reprogramming of GNIS and integration with geospatial information technology, 1997, allowing efficient maintenance, public access and display of the Antarctic name database through the Internet.|03/05/2010|03/05/2010
19287|Mount Knauff|Summit|713557S|1694912E|-71.5991667|169.82|1000|3281|02/10/2009|A mountain rising to over 1000 meters between Egeberg Glacier and the terminus of Dugdale Glacier on the Pennell Coast of Victoria Land. The east side of Mount Knauff and a spur which extends northward to Robertson Bay are marked by abrupt scarp slopes that are typical of this coast. Named by US-ACAN (2009) after Major General Robert A. Knauff, chief of staff of the New York Air National Guard, who supervised five flying wings and the Eastern Air Defense Sector and was primary advisor to the adjutant general on Air Guard matters; he was active in the United States Antarctic Program (USAP) from 2003 and remained a powerful voice in that governing body until retirement in 2009, providing critical resources, guidance and advocacy for many high priority USAP International Polar Year projects, including leadership which permitted the United States to commission the new Amundsen-Scott South Pole Station on time in January 2008.|03/09/2010|03/09/2010
19307|Pingvin Island|Island|654500S|0815000E|-65.75|81.8333333|||02/13/1962|Small island lying off the northwest side of the West Ice Shelf.  Firts mapped by the Soviet exp., 1956-57, who named it Pingvin (penguin).|04/05/2010|
19367|Blériot Glacier|Airport|604600S|0443700W|-60.7666667|-44.6166667|||||06/28/2010|
19387|Wayne Head|Cape|674849S|0670848W|-67.8136111|-67.1466667|0|0|03/23/2011|A rock headland that forms the northeast entrance of Gaul Cove across the entrance to Gaul Cove from Gibbs Point on the northeast portion of Horseshoe Island, Marguerite Bay, Fallières Coast. The feature was named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Anthony Walter Wayne, Seaman First Class on the USS Bear, flagship of Admiral Richard Byrd, Commanding Officer, United States Antarctic Service Expedition, 1939-1941. Mr. Wayne’s exemplary service in the U.S. Navy was paramount in being chosen to serve aboard the barkentine-rigged (three or more masts) vessel. He was aboard when the 67- year old ship was icebound for several days. Anthony Walter Wayne was born Anthony Walter Kelczewski, which is how the name appears on the ship’s crew list during the USAS Expedition.|03/26/2011|08/28/2011
19407|Fitzpatrick Glacier|Glacier|774918S|1600849E|-77.8216667|160.1469444|2085|6840|07/19/2011|A glacier 2 miles south southwest of Fireman Glacier just south of Cassidy Glacier in the western part of Quartermain Mountains, Victoria Land. The feature was named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Joan J. Fitzpatrick, Research Scientist at the U.S. Geological Survey specializing in geology and climatology, and serving as a principal investigator in numerous projects involving ice core analyses and other related activities.|08/12/2011|10/03/2011
19408|McGann Point|Cape|794946S|1593849E|-79.8294444|159.6469444|190|623|07/19/2011|A rocky, mostly ice free point or headland on the north side of the mouth of Darwin Glacier 8.5 miles westnorthwest of MacDonald Point, the south side of the mouth of Darwin Glacier where it flows into or terminates at Ross Ice Shelf.The feature was named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for James McGann, Lieutenant Colonel U.S. Air Force. He served as the Mission Commander for the 304th Air Expeditionary Group from 2004 to 2008 and was responsible for managing the critical air link which provides C-17 support to the U.S. Antarctic Program (USAP) between Christchurch, New Zealand and McMurdo Station, Antarctica. He conducted the first ever C-17 airdrop at the South Pole Station, as well as pioneered the first test landing and procedures for the landing of C-17aircraft at McMurdo Station using night vision goggles.|08/12/2011|10/10/2011
19409|Naveen Cove|Bay|632440S|0580545W|-63.4111111|-58.0958333|0|0|07/19/2011|A cove on the north side of the isthmus connecting Cockerell Peninsula to Trinity Peninsula just north of Lafond Bay on the north Coast of Trinity Peninsula. The feature was named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Ron Naveen, who spent more than 25 years leading research teams on penguin and bird studies and site survey work in Antarctica. He founded Oceanites, Inc., a non-profit education and science foundation, which focuses on Antarctica. In the early 1980s, he founded International Student Research, an organization that trained aspiring student- scientists in Antarctic research and operated natural history tours. He is also one of the country’s experts on Antarctic tourism, and has also led and conducted field work over the past two decades on penguin and other bird studies and environmental impact assessments as well as tourism.|08/12/2011|08/12/2011
19410|Zwally Glacier|Glacier|711244S|1650812E|-71.2122222|165.1366667|1383|4537|07/19/2011|A glacier approximately 22 miles long flowing southeast to northwest parallel to and then emptying into Ebbe Glacier between Mount Craven and Everett Spur, in the north part of Everett Range. Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for H. Jay Zwally who was in the forefront of glaciological research at the National Science Foundation’s Division of Polar Programs, 1972-1974, managing the initiation of the interdisciplinary Ross Ice Shelf Project, the Greenland Ice Sheet Project, and improved airborne radar mapping of ice sheet thickness. At the National Aeronautics and Space Agency, 1974 – 2009, he was a primary advocate of satellite laser altimetry for ice sheet mass balance studies, leading to the Ice, Cloud, and Land Elevation Satellite (ICESat) in 2003.|08/12/2011|10/03/2011
19411|Skvarca Headland|Summit|660411S|0605611W|-66.0697222|-60.9363889|145|476|07/19/2011|A headland, at the East entrance of Ensenada de Silva and separating Standring Inlet from Ensenada de Silva, 16.5 miles  East of Hanza Inlet, and beyond the north coast of Jason Peninsula, Graham Land. Named by the Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names (US-ACAN) for Pedro Skvarca, glaciologist with the Instituto Antartico Argentino, who worked in Antarctica for more than 30 years starting in the early 1970s; his work includes monitoring, surveying, and studying the Larsen Ice Shelf.|08/12/2011|05/07/2014
19427|Compost Peak|Summit|840634S|1651053E|-84.1094444|165.1813889|2554|8379|10/18/2011|The feature is located in Queen Alexandra Range, west of Grindley Plateau, south of Wahl Glacier, and approximately 2 miles north of Levi Peak. Dolerite blankets the slopes as thin scree that has a rich brown color reminiscent of compost. The peak was a destination point on a flagged route for members of the Central Transantarctic Mountains (CTAM) camp during the 2010-2011 field season on Bowden Névé (q.v.). The route had been flagged early in the season by mountaineers and the peak received many visitors from the camp. The name became established in common use as a necessary reference. The rock is sandstone of Buckley Formation with dikes and sills of Ferrar dolerite (forms well-exposed cliffs along the length of the Transantarctic Mountains).|11/12/2011|11/12/2011
19428|LaFratta Point|Cape|772138S|1630253E|-77.3605556|163.0480556|397|1302|10/18/2011|A point that is the northeastern extremity of Mount Doorly, approximately 6.7 miles northwest of King Pin, and approximately 6.25 miles north-northeast of Lake Brownworth. Named by U.S.-ACAN for Susanne M. LaFratta-Decker of the National Science Foundation (NSF) who has served in numerous prominent roles in support of the U.S. Antarctic Program (USAP) beginning in 1996, rising in 2003 to Deputy Section Head for the Polar Research Support Section of the NSF's Office of Polar Programs (OPP), and in 2005, to Senior Advisor to the Director of OPP.  Ms. LaFratta served in Antarctica during seven austral summer seasons.|11/12/2011|11/12/2011
19429|Liston Glacier|Glacier|773914S|1610428E|-77.6538889|161.0744444|1517|4977|10/18/2011|The glacier is the easternmost of a series of three glaciers on the northern side of western Taylor Glacier in the McMurdo Dry Valleys region, located approximately 2 miles east of East Groin, north of Round Mountain, and just southwest of Wolak Peak. Named for Glen E. Liston who participated in the 2007-2008 United States – Norway International Polar Year (IPY) overland traverse to the South Pole, and conducted research in 2005 on aspects of glacier melt studies in the Dry Valleys. He also participated in the 1996-1997 Norwegian Antarctic Research Expedition to Queen Maud Land. Liston has published numerous papers and research results regarding glacial melt and related activities.|11/12/2011|
19430|Marinelli Head|Cape|775150S|1642732E|-77.8638889|164.4588889|87|285|10/18/2011|A headland in the southeastern part of the McMurdo Dry Valleys region approximately 7.3 miles south of The Strand Moraines, and at the southeastern base of Hobbs Ridge that forms the south entrance to Blue Glacier from McMurdo Sound. Named by U.S. ACAN for Dr. Roberta L. Marinelli who served as Associate Program Director in the Antarctic Biology and Medicine Program of the Office of Polar Programs at the National Science Foundation (NSF) from 1997 to 2000, and as the Program Director for Antarctic Organisms and Ecosystems from 2005 to 2011. While in Antarctica, she served as the NSF Science Representative at both McMurdo Station and Palmer Station.|11/12/2011|
19447|Summerhayes Inlet|Gut|660726S|0613912W|-66.1238889|-61.6533333|||01/17/2012|Situated between Scar Inlet (on the east) and Stratton Inlet (on the west) about 20 miles east of Jason Peninsula and about 50 miles north-northwest of Cape Alexander. Named by UK-APC after Colin Summerhayes, first Executive Director of the Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research (SCAR). |04/19/2012|09/03/2019
19448|Rose Spur|Ridge|840529S|0564656W|-84.0913889|-56.7822222|1196|3924|01/17/2012|A spur descending from west side of Mt Bragg, approximately 1196 m. Named by UK-APC for Paul Rose, BAS field assistant, diver and Rothera Base Commander 1980-2000s.|04/19/2012|04/19/2012
19449|Storey Peak|Summit|834323S|0583836W|-83.7230556|-58.6433333|893|2930|04/17/2012|A peak south of Pillow Knob, currently denoted by 893 m spot height. Named by UK-APC for Bryan Storey, Irish geologist, associated with BAS work in Pensacolas in 1980s.|04/19/2012|04/19/2012
19450|Elizabeth City State University Bay|Bay|735532S|1022216W|-73.9255556|-102.3711111|123|404|04/17/2012|The feature is a former ice shelf occupying an embayment along the southern side of Canisteo Peninsula 12.5 miles north of Suchland Islands and approximately 20 miles north northwest of Cranton Bay. The feature is named by US-ACAN BGN for Elizabeth City State University in Elizabeth City, North Carolina where a group of students under the direction of Dr. Malcolm LeCompte at Elizabeth City State University (ECSU) conducted a research project to quantify ice margin changes in the Amundsen Sea region using LIMA as a benchmark. They discovered a small ice shelf that had gradually shrunk from 1972 to 2003 and has failed to reform.|04/19/2012|05/05/2012
19467|Tuttell Point|Cape|781535S|1635048E|-78.2597222|163.8466667|387|1270|10/23/2012|The point is on the central part of the southern shore of Heald Island jutting into Koettlitz Glacier, 7.3 miles northwest of Gandalf Ridge, and approximately 10 miles west of Discovery Glacier. The feature is named by US-ACAN BGN for Lieutenant Commander Robert Joseph Tuttell, a Naval Aviator in Antarctic Development Squadron Six (VXE-6) from November 1983 to February 1986. He flew the ski-equipped LC-130 Hercules aircraft, and was also a Maintenance Functional Check Pilot in the LC-130 aircraft flying numerous check flights on repaired LC-130s that were damaged due to the challenging polar operating conditions. He also flew missions in support of Winter Fly In (WINFLY) in August 1984 and 1985, and was also an experienced pilot in the squadron with a Navy Special Instrument Rating where he was assigned several high profile missions.|12/04/2012|12/04/2012
19507|Gogineni Subglacial Trench|Valley|804149S|1554413E|-80.6969444|155.7369444|||11/19/2013|A subglacial trench under Byrd Glacier located in Victoria Land between Britannia Range and Nicholson Peninsula the center of which is approximately 75 miles southwest of the mouth of Byrd Glacier and Barne Inlet. Named by ACAN for Sivaprasad ("Prasad") Gogineni Distinguished Professor in the Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science at the University of Kansas. He has more than two decades of research and teaching experience in radar remote sensing of the Earth, including polar ice sheets. He has successfully led multi-disciplinary research projects funded by NASA and NSF. He served as the Director of the Radar Systems and Remote Sensing Laboratory at the University of Kansas before serving as Manager of NASA’s Polar Research Programs during 1997-1999. During his tenure at NASA, he served as an interface between science and flight project groups and as the chair of the science panel of Earth System Science Pathfinder missions. He is Director of the Center for Remote Sensing of Ice Sheets (CReSIS) where he manages and develops connections between science and engineering in polar research.|11/20/2013|11/20/2013
19508|Haywood Peak|Summit|772926S|1684735E|-77.4905556|168.7930556|2052|6732|11/19/2013|The peak rising 2052 meters is in Kyle Hills just west of Tekapo Ridge on the eastern slopes of Mount McIntosh, eastern Ross Island. The feature is named by US-ACAN BGN for John Haywood who spent much time in the Antarctic Program devoting attention to improving and streamlining processes and communication. He designed an ordering spreadsheet in 1995 which is now the ordering template used by RPSC divisions. He has designed and worked with Raytheon and NSF engineers in the development of the Standardized USAP Field Facility design package that details each component that goes into a deep field camp. The design and development have led to the standardization of deep field camps. He spent many seasons in various support positions, later as Carpenter Shop and then Construction Coordinator for one season. In 2006 he became Manager of Construction.|11/20/2013|05/07/2014
19509|Hill Peak|Summit|773021S|1684504E|-77.5058333|168.7511111|2396|7861|11/19/2013|The peak rising 2396 meters is in Kyle Hills just west of Tekapo Ridge on the eastern slopes of Mount McIntosh, eastern Ross Island. The feature is named by US-ACAN BGN for Pamela Hill, who began supporting the program in 1985 and in 2011 served in her 21st season. She has held many positions in the Antarctic such as Shuttlebus Driver, Shuttles Supervisor, Winterover Administrative Coordinator, Winterover Site Manager, Helicopter Assistant Supervisor, and in 2011 Field Support Coordinator at McMurdo Station; as well as Helicopter Supervisor, MEC Assistant Supervisor, Mac Ops Supervisor, and Winterover Inventory Control Specialist at Palmer Station.|11/20/2013|11/20/2013
19510|Barnola Glacier|Glacier|641438S|0580336W|-64.2438889|-58.06|||11/19/2013|Glacier 6 km long and 4 km wide, flowing west off James Ross Island into Röhss Bay. Named by UK-APC after Jean-Marc Barnola, leader of the French/UK ice core drilling projects on James Ross Island and Berkner Island. The drilling projects on both James Ross Island and Berkner Island were jointly undertaken by the UK and France. Jean-Marc Barnola was a leader in the French participation in the joint drilling activities. He had a landmark contribution at the national and international level in the field of Earth climate studies, through his pioneering reconstruction of the carbon dioxide evolution in the atmosphere. He was the first author of an iconic publication published with two others in Nature in 1987, which reported the first CO2 curve from the Russian Vostok ice core, showing the remarkable link between carbon dioxide mixing ratio and temperature during a full glacial-interglacial climatic cycle. This curve formed part of the scientific basis for the Kyoto Protocol.|11/20/2013|11/20/2013
19511|The Symplegades|Cliff|635113S|0605510W|-63.8536111|-60.9194444|150|492|11/19/2013|Vertical cliffs approx 100-150 meters high, either side of a narrow but navigable passage between Spert Island and Trinity Island. Named after the mythological clashing rocks at the Bosporus, which clashed together randomly, crushing anything between them.|11/20/2013|11/20/2013
19512|Spert Arch|Arch|635118S|0605819W|-63.855|-60.9719444|||11/19/2013|High curved sea arch approximately 100 m long , on the southwest of Spert Island. Named by UK-APC in association with the island.|11/20/2013|11/20/2013
19513|Robin Subglacial Basin|Valley|820000S|0750000W|-82|-75|||11/19/2013|Deep subglacial basin approximately 220 km by 50 km immediately upstream of the grounding line of the West Antarctic Ice Sheet in the Weddell Sea sector. The Institute and Möller Ice Streams run through the region, separated by the Bungenstock Ice Rise. Ice is grounded in the entire basin, over 2 km thick in places. The basin itself is nearly 2 km below sea level. It is one of three major deep basins in West Antarctica, the others being Byrd Subglacial Basin and the Bentley Subglacial Trench. Named by UK-APC after Dr. Gordon de Quetteville Robin (1927-2004), pioneering glaciologist who demonstrated the utility of airborne radar sounding of polar ice sheets through a series of deep field campaigns in Antarctica during the 1960s and 1970s. His research led significantly to appreciation of subglacial Antarctica, and how it controls ice sheet dynamics. Dr. Gordon de Q. Robin was an FIDS Base Leader, "Cape Geddes", 1947, Signy, 1947-48; geophysicist, Norwegian-British-Swedish Antarctic Expedition, 1949-52; Director, SPRI, 1958-82; Secretary, SCAR, 1958-70, and President 1970-74. The Institute Ice Stream that feeds ice into the basin was named after SPRI.|11/20/2013|11/20/2013
19514|Clissold Nunatak|Summit|772726S|1665423E|-77.4572222|166.9063889|1790|5873|11/19/2013|A distinctive nunatak, on the northwestern slopes of Mount Erebus, Ross Island. The nunatak is in close proximity to the summit of Mount Erebus and is in keeping with other features in this area which are also named after members of the British National Antarctic Expedition (1910-13). Named by New Zealand after Thomas Clissold (1886-1963), cook on the British National Antarctic Expedition (1910-13), in association with the 2012 Scott Centenary year. Clissold was one of four men who hauled extra provisions to One Ton Depot in December 1911 and January 1912.|11/20/2013|11/20/2013
19515|Omelchenko Bluff|Cliff|773808S|1664533E|-77.6355556|166.7591667|600|1968|11/19/2013|A rock bluff rising above 600m, between Turks Head Ridge and Tech Crags. The bluff is approximately one kilometer northwest of Grazyna Bluff, Cape Evans, Ross Island. The bluff is in close proximity to Cape Evans and is in keeping with other features in this area which are also named after members of the British National Antarctic Expedition (1910-13). Named by New Zealand after Anton Omelchenko (1883-1932), groom on the British National Antarctic Expedition (1910-13), in association with the 2012 Scott Centenary year.|11/20/2013|11/20/2013
19516|Gerof Point|Cape|773340S|1661258E|-77.5611111|166.2161111|||11/19/2013|A west facing distinctive coastal point at the southern end of Backdoor Bay, and approximately one kilometer southeast of Cape Royds, Ross Island. The coastal point is in close proximity to Cape Royds and is in keeping with other features in this area which are also named after members of the British National Antarctic Expedition (1910-13). Named by New Zealand after Demetri Gerof (1888-1932), dog driver on the British National Antarctic Expedition (1910-13), in association with the 2012 Scott Centenary year.|11/20/2013|11/20/2013
19517|Yamato Yukihara Camp Site (historical)|Locale|800500S|1563700E|-80.0833333|156.6166667||||Named by Nobu Shirase, leader of the Japanese Antarctic Expedition, 1911-12 for the camp site of his final destination, Shirase Coast, West Ross Ice Shelf. Latitude and longitude are based on the astronomical positioning.|11/20/2013|11/20/2013
19527|Sheathbill Cove|Bay|644552S|0640355W|-64.7644444|-64.0652778|||04/08/2014|The bay is approximately .1 mile wide and .15 mile long, and indents the east side of Amsler Island approximately 1 mile north northwest of Palmer Station. The name is used by scientists as a needed reference and was selected because of the Sheathbill (Chionis alba) birds frequenting the area.|04/29/2014|04/29/2014
19528|Tuttle Cove|Bay|644544S|0640451W|-64.7622222|-64.0808333|||04/08/2014|A bay, .2 mile across at the west end of Amsler Island .5 mile northeast of Torgersen Island, and 1.2 miles northwest of Palmer Station. Ms. Robin Tuttle served the international Antarctic community for over 20 years through her contribution as a member of the US Delegation to the Convention for the Conservation for Antarctic Living Resources (CCAMLR). Her experience and insight in international fisheries management (e.g., with FAO) and her skill in collaborating at a personal level with policy specialists from other nations provided critical expertise to the US Delegation. Through her efforts in developing and implementing the US permit process under CCAMLR, the first US fishers entered the Antarctic crab and krill fisheries.|04/29/2014|04/29/2014
19529|Johnson Point|Cape|674902S|0670618W|-67.8172222|-67.105|5|16|04/08/2014|A point of land on the northeastern portion of Horseshoe Island, Marguerite Bay, Fallières Coast, 2 miles east southeast of Gibbs Point and 1 mile east southeast of Wayne Head, features with which Johnson Point is associated. Named by ACAN for Robert Roland Johnson who was a crew member of the United States Antarctic Service Expedition, 1939-1941, and aboard the USS Bear, a barkentine-rigged (three or more masts) vessel; on both trips of Operation Highjump; and1946-1947 Operation Windmill 1947-1948. Johnson was one of only two with experience on a sailing vessel; he performed numerous tasks and duties well beyond expectations.|04/29/2014|09/10/2014
19530|Dead Seal Island|Island|634653S|0635807W|-63.7813889|-63.9686111|5|16|04/08/2014|An island, 300 meters long and 200 meters wide, just southwest of Anvers Island, approximately .5 mile northeast of Stepping Stones, and 2.5 miles east southeast of Palmer Station. Named by ACAN as a descriptive name and needed for use as a navigational aid and for a reference in scientific investigation. The name has been reported to be in local use.|04/29/2014|04/29/2014
19531|Diana Island|Island|644642S|0640304W|-64.7783333|-64.0511111|0|0|04/08/2014|An island, at Anvers Island, just south of Palmer Station, just west of Bonaparte Point, 1.5 miles south southeast of Amsler Island. Named by ACAN as a navigational aid and for use in scientific investigations. The name has been reported to be in local use.|04/29/2014|04/29/2014
19532|Jeffrey Rock|Island|644654S|0640553W|-64.7816667|-64.0980556|||04/08/2014|A small island, just northeast of Janus Island and just southeast of DeLaca Island, 1.5 miles southwest of Amsler Island, and 1.5 miles west of Palmer Station. Named by ACAN as a navigational aid and for use in scientific investigations. The name has been reported to be in local use.|04/29/2014|04/29/2014
19533|Killer Whale Rocks|Island|644645S|0640644W|-64.7791667|-64.1122222|||04/08/2014|A rocky shoal just northwest of Janus Island, 1.75 miles southwest of Amsler Island, and 2 miles southwest of the coast of Anvers island. Named by ACAN as a navigational aid and for use in scientific investigations. The name is descriptive after the distinct shape of the rocks, which resemble a pod of killer whales (Orcinus orca) when viewed from a distance. The name has been reported to be in local use.|04/29/2014|04/29/2014
19534|Kristie Cove|Bay|644639S|0640306W|-64.7775|-64.0516667|||04/08/2014|Bay, on the south side of the peninsula of Bonaparte Point, just west of Palmer Station, 1.25 miles south southeast of Amsler Island, 2 miles east of Janus Island. Named by ACAN as a navigational aid and for use in scientific investigations. The name has been reported to be in local use.|04/29/2014|04/29/2014
19535|Argo Gully|Valley|773106S|1613846E|-77.5183333|161.6461111|163|535|04/08/2014|A prominent valley, between Mount Jason and Goldich Crest on the southern slopes of the Olympus Range just north of the east end of Lake Vanda. The valley trends northwest - southeast from the upper slopes of Mount Jason over a distance of 1.8 miles to the northeastern shore of Lake Vanda. The valley is significant for marine sedimentary deposits that lie exposed. The feature is named by ACAN for the ship Argo which is associated with Jason and the Argonauts in Greek mythology and continues the theme of names applied across the Olympus Range. The name is useful for reference in scientific literature. The name has been reported to be in local use.|04/29/2014|04/29/2014
19536|Blood Falls|Falls|774319S|1621617E|-77.7219444|162.2713889|246|807|04/08/2014|An area of discharge that is a bright orange-red saline iron-rich of subglacial origin that emerges at the snout of the Taylor Glacier at the western end of Lake Bonney. The name is descriptive and named by ACAN for use in scientific investigations and scientific literature. The name has been reported to be in local use.|04/29/2014|04/29/2014
19537|Boulder Pavement|Flat|773123S|1614520E|-77.5230556|161.7555556|150|492|04/08/2014|A flat approximately .3 mile wide and .3 mile long along the Onyx River through a relatively flat area of boulders where the Onyx River fans out and flows slowly 1 mile east of Lake Vanda. A descriptive name applied by ACAN and useful for scientific investigation and use in scientific literature. The name has been reported to be in local use.|04/29/2014|04/29/2014
19538|Packard Stream|Stream|772229S|1621227E|-77.3747222|162.2075|428|1404|04/08/2014|A meltwater stream flowing south from Packard Glacier (q.v.) into Kite Stream, 3 miles northeast of Lake Vida and 5 miles southwest of Victoria Lower Glacier. The name is associative with Packard Glacier (q.v.)and named by ACAN for purposes of scientific investigation and use in scientific literature. The name has been reported to be in local use.|04/29/2014|05/05/2014
19539|Santa Fe Stream|Stream|774317S|1621441E|-77.7213889|162.2447222|116|381|04/08/2014|A meltwater stream flowing east along the northern margin of the lower portion of Taylor Glacier into the western end of Lake Bonney, 10.5 miles east of Ferrar Glacier. Named by ACAN, the name is likely in reference to the seminal US/NZ McMurdo Dry Valleys Workshop held in Santa Fe, New Mexico, in March 1995, the report from which led to a management plan for the Dry Valleys Antarctic Specially Managed Area being adopted in 2004, the first such area to be agreed by the Antarctic Treaty Parties. The name is useful for purposes of scientific investigation and use in scientific literature. The name has been reported to be in local use.|04/29/2014|04/29/2014
19540|Victoria Dunes|Summit|772230S|1620837E|-77.375|162.1436111|395|1296|04/08/2014|A sand dune feature extending approximately 5 miles along Victoria Valley just northeast of Lake Vida and just southwest of Victoria Lower Glacier, approximately 10 miles south of the center of Saint Johns Range. The name is associative with Victoria Valley and named by ACAN for purposes of scientific investigation and use in scientific literature. The name has been reported to be in local use.|04/29/2014|04/29/2014
19547|Amsler Passage|Gut|644543S|0640344W|-64.7619444|-64.0622222|||10/21/2014|A water passage appearing in approximately 2009 separating Amsler Island from Anvers Island approximately 1 mile north northwest of Palmer Station. The name, The Gap, has been used by scientists since 2009 as a necessary reference. The name is associative with Amsler Island and is not considered as a second commemorative name for Amsler.|10/21/2014|10/21/2014
19548|Shom Rock|Island|643425S|0621931W|-64.5736111|-62.3252778|||10/21/2014|Submerged rock north of Emma Island, Gerlache Strait, Graham Land. Position accurately identified by a multibeam hydrographic survey undertaken by Xplore Expeditions and SHOM, the French Hydrographic Office. Named after the Service Hydrographique et Océanographique de la Marine (SHOM) in recognition of their role in the survey. This stretch of water is regularly used, and due to the previously unknown position of this rock (for many years there has only been ‘Position Approximate’ marked on the charts), a number of vessels are known to have run aground.|10/21/2014|10/21/2014
19567|Chinstrap Island|Island|665300S|1632000E|-66.8833333|163.3333333|||01/01/1975|The island is located in the Balleny Islands heavily glaciated and volcanic in origin, lying 150 miles NNE of Cape Kinsey, Oates Coast.|06/22/2015|
19587|Detrich Island|Island|644555S|0640312W|-64.7652778|-64.0533333|32|105|01/19/2016|An island still mostly connected to the southern part of Anvers Island by ice, but with some melting occurring on Marr Ice Piedmont revealing the island, 0.75 mile east of Amsler Island, 0.75 mile north of Palmer Station, and 7 miles north of the southern end of Bismarck Strait. The feature was named by ACAN for Dr. H. William Detrich of Northeastern University who has made numerous notable discoveries in Antarctic waters, especially in and around Anvers Island, regarding the actions of genes for various icefish, and has initiated studies regarding reactions of icefish to the possibility of warming sea water. He has also been heavily involved in student internships at Palmer Station and has provided guidance to Polar Programs at the National Science Foundation regarding ecology of polar regions.|02/10/2016|02/10/2016
19588|Mount Luyendyk|Summit|762920S|1460137W|-76.4888889|-146.0269444|802|2631|01/19/2016|A summit, the northern portion of the Mount Iphigene massif in the northwestern part of Fosdick Mountains of the Ford Ranges, 2.5 miles south of Thompson Ridge between Marujupu Peak and Birchall Peaks. Named by ACAN for Bruce P. Luyendyk, professor (emeritus) at the University of California Santa Barbara who has been active in international Antarctic research for 25 years. He was responsible for two expeditions and was principal investigator for five marine geophysical expeditions focusing on the Ross Sea area. His cumulative research, findings, and publications have significantly increased scientific knowledge in Antarctica.|02/10/2016|03/31/2016
19589|Cape Moneta|Cape|604456S|0444651W|-60.7488889|-44.7808333|||01/19/2016|A cape at the western entrance to Sheila Cove, on the east coast of Mackenzie Peninsula, Laurie Island, South Orkney Islands. Named by the Comisión de Coordinación Geográfica Antártida Argentina in 1978 after José Manuel Moneta who worked for the Argentine Servicio Meteorólogico Nacional and spent four winters on Orcadas base: 1923 (assistant meteorologist), 1925 (assistant leader), 1927 and 1929 (Leader). Name adopted by the UK-APC in 2014 ahead of Moneta’s book Cuatro Años en las Orcadas del Sur being published in English. The name was adopted by ACAN on January 19, 2016.|02/10/2016|02/10/2016
19590|Amundsen Peak|Summit|640745S|0614216W|-64.1291667|-61.7044444|||01/19/2016|This is the highest peak on Two Hummock Island, Gerlache Strait, Danco Coast. Named by UK-APC after Roald Amundsen (1872-1928), Norwegian polar explorer, who was the leader of the expedition that first reached the South Pole in 1911, and first to fly across the North Pole by airship in 1926. Whilst he is usually associated with the Ross Sea area, Amundsen’s first landing site in the Antarctic was on Moreno Rock (approximately 12.5 mi (20 km) east of Two Hummock Island) on 24 January 1898 during the Belgian Antarctic Expedition (1897-99), lead [sic] by Lieut. Adrien de Gerlache de Gomery. The name was adopted by ACAN on January 19, 2016.|02/10/2016|02/10/2016
19591|Mercury Point|Cape|675222S|0664919W|-67.8727778|-66.8219444|||01/19/2016|A rocky point at the foot of a small ridge, adjacent to the glacier terminus, east of Centre Island, Square Bay, Fallières Coast. It is a suitable anchor point for small boats. Named by UK-APC after Mercury, the Messenger of the gods, which features on the emblem of the Royal Corps of Signals, as part of a regional naming theme of British Forces. The name was adopted by ACAN on January 19, 2016. |02/10/2016|02/10/2016
19592|Marshall Shoals|Bar|665142S|0664805W|-66.8616667|-66.8013889|||01/19/2016|An area of shoals approximately 0.6 mi (1 km) by 0.3 mi (0.5 km) in extent, north-west of Detaille Island, Loubet Coast. Named by UK-APC after Captain John B. Marshall, master of the RRS Bransfield (1992-1999) and then the RRS Ernest Shackleton (1999-2012), for his contribution to Antarctic logistics. Captain Marshall discovered the shoal area when the RRS Ernest Shackleton was anchored off Detaille Island, whilst looking for safe access to Detaille Island Hut in order to carry out restoration there. The name was adopted by ACAN on January 19, 2016.|02/10/2016|02/10/2016
19593|Hopkins Ridge|Ridge|692157S|0715033W|-69.3658333|-71.8425|||01/19/2016|A ridge in southern Havre Mountains on north-west Alexander Island, to the south of Coulter Glacier. The ridge projects into north-eastern Lazarev Bay. Its southernmost point is 1.2 mi (1.9 km) to the north of Dint Island and is 5.6 mi (9 km) due west of Mount Holt. Named by UK-APC for Professor David William Hopkins for his contributions to understanding of the biogeochemistry of Antarctic soils. His work, widely published in international journals, has focused on the biological processes underlying carbon and nitrogen transformations in soil, typically in the McMurdo Dry Valleys, but also at locations in the Maritime Antarctic, including Mars Oasis on Alexander Island. The name was approved by ACAN January 19, 2016.|02/10/2016|02/10/2016
19594|Hodge Glacier|Glacier|665106S|0660259W|-66.8516667|-66.0497222|||01/19/2016|A glacier south-east of Protector Heights, flowing west into Wilkinson Glacier, Loubet Coast. Named by UK-APC after Leading Seaman Reginald W. Hodge, crew of HMS Protector, who died in an accident onboard the vessel on 6 December 1963, during a cruise along the Andean Ridge; and which was carrying out a seismic survey in conjunction with the British Antarctic Survey. The name was approved by ACAN on January 19, 2016.|02/10/2016|02/10/2016
19595|Lane Glacier|Glacier|664805S|0655851W|-66.8013889|-65.9808333|||01/19/2016|A glacier south-east of Protector Heights, flowing west into Wilkinson Glacier, Loubet Coast. Named by UK-APC after Able Seaman Michael B. Hodge, crew of HMS Protector, who died in an accident onboard the vessel on 6 December 1963, during a cruise along the Andean Ridge; and which was carrying out a seismic survey in conjunction with the British Antarctic Survey. The name was approved by ACAN on January 16, 2016.|02/10/2016|02/10/2016
19596|Green Range|Range|832730S|1704000E|-83.4583333|170.6666667|||01/19/2016|The feature, which is located at the northernmost end of Queen Alexandra Range near the terminus of Beardmore Glacier as it flows into Ross Ice Shelf, is of a size comparable with other similarly named features in the area. It is distinct and has clearly defined geography overlooking King Glacier to the west and The Gateway to the east. Dr Allan Green has significant association with this particular area of Antarctica and has made significant contributions to the field of biological science throughout Antarctica. Dr Allan Green is Professor Emeritus at the University of Waikato in New Zealand and has over 35 years of research experience in the Ross Sea Region. His field of expertise and research is in Antarctic and lichen ecophysiology. In June 2013 he was awarded the New Zealand Antarctic Medal as part of the Queen’s Birthday Honours List. He has organised and/or led 18 research expeditions in Antarctica. In 1990 he set up and led the Waikato University Antarctic Terrestrial Biology Program which developed into the largest terrestrial biology program in New Zealand and one of most successful in world. Dr. Allan Green facilitated the first visit of a biological team to the Beardmore Glacier region in over 50 years, as well as the first comprehensive biological survey of the area. The name was approved by the New Zealand Geographical Names Board in October 2015 and by ACAN on January 19, 2016.|02/10/2016|02/10/2016
19607|Blaisdell Spur|Ridge|854938S|1431148W|-85.8272222|-143.1966667|1491|4892|05/16/2016|The ridge, extends about 4 miles north northwest at the eastern tip of California Plateau on Watson Escarpment just northwest of Mount Beazley, about 8 miles north northwest of Magsig Rampart and almost 10 miles southwest of Price Peak. The ridge was named for George Blaisdell who served as Chief Program Manager in the Antarctic Infrastructure and Logistics Section at National Science Foundation from 2012 until 2016. He served as a project engineer and program manager at the US Army Corps of Engineers from 1979 to 2003 at the Cold Regions Research and Engineering Laboratory in Hanover, New Hampshire, USA. Also, from 2003 to 2012, Blaisdell served as Operations Manager for the National Science Foundation, Office of Polar Programs, where he was directly responsible for all civil, vehicle, and operational support for US facilities in Antarctica. Several innovations in snow and ice construction are the direct result of Blaisdell's creative problem-solving. He provided multifaceted service to the USAP that consistently went well beyond expectations represented by his formal position description.|05/24/2016|05/24/2016
19627|German Glacier|Glacier|832840S|1672003E|-83.4777778|167.3341667|766|2513|10/17/2017|A glacier, in the southern part of Holland Range situated between Mount Allen Young to the northwest and Asquith Bluff to the southeast, and flowing east-northeast from the northeast portion of Bowden Névé to Lennox-King Glacier. The feature was named by ACAN for Major General Anthony P. German, who was commander of the New York State Army National Guard and the New York Air National Guard. From 1989 to 2003, General German served as a navigator with the 109th Airlift Wing of the New York Air National Guard, where he flew operational missions in support of scientific research in both Antarctica and Greenland. From 2003 to 2004 he served as the Department of Defense (DOD) Liaison to the National Science Foundation (NSF), Office of Polar Programs where he served as the primary interface between NSF and all DOD support elements of USAP. From 2006 to 2010 General German was the Commander of the 109th Airlift Wing and had overall responsibility for LC-130 operations and field logistics support in Antarctica. He was instrumental in increasing the efficiency of flight operations in Antarctica, which was critical to completing the South Pole Station Modernization on schedule, while also maintaining support of deep field research and numerous other high-level projects.|11/08/2017|02/10/2018
19628|Grunow Peak|Summit|863041S|1582654W|-86.5113889|-158.4483333|3206|10518|10/17/2017|A peak, in the Queen Maud Mountains, on the southwestern edge of Nilsen Plateau, and the southern part of Roaring Cliffs about 45 miles south of the center of Amundsen Glacier and just south of Kutschin Peak. The peak was named by ACAN for Anne Grunow, who has worked for 12 field seasons from 1985 through 1996 in this and numerous other areas of Antarctica concentrating on all aspects of tectonic activity and related mapping activities. Grunow has continuously been part of Antarctic geological research for 32 years. She conducted her Ph.D. work in Antarctica starting in 1983 in West Antarctica and the northern Antarctic Peninsula. She was also part of three joint expeditions with the USA and the British Antarctic Survey in West Antarctica and the Pensacola Mountains, and was one of the first women to work in the deep field. In 1990, she conducted her own research expeditions to Antarctica and focused on the Transantarctic Mountains and the Antarctic Peninsula. Grunow has 34 publications concerning Antarctic geological research. In 2003, Grunow became the Curator of the Polar Rock Repository, which houses Antarctic rock samples, and makes these available to researchers around the world.|11/08/2017|02/05/2018
19629|McAfee Ridge|Ridge|772906S|1684333E|-77.485|168.7258333|1935|6348|10/17/2017|A ridge, on Ross Island at Cape Crozier and which extends about 2 miles from Ohau Peak in the south at the highest part of about 7,400 feet (2,256 meters) to the north at the lowest part of about 5,600 feet (1,707 meters) with a distinctive curve and saddle in the center, just west of Kyle Hills and Tekapo Ridge. The ridge was named by ACAN for Bill McAfee, who completed 18 years of USAP service in support of scientific research. He managed the Information Technology and Communications Infrastructure at South Pole during his almost two decades of service, including 12 South Pole deployments (with two winter- overs in 1993 and 1995), one to McMurdo Station, and one aboard a research vessel for LTER in 1996. During his South Pole deployments, McAfee dramatically expanded the station's IT and communications infrastructure while providing world-class technical support to a station population of up to 250 scientists and contractors. Beyond official duties, McAfee constantly sought outreach opportunities including, initiating the collaboration among Google, NSF, and the Polar Geospatial Center that greatly enhanced the imagery of the south polar region.|11/08/2017|08/21/2018
19630|Peterman Glacier|Glacier|720957S|1674524E|-72.1658333|167.7566667|1044|3425|10/17/2017|A glacier, in the Saxby Range, Victory Mountains of Victoria Land, beginning in the vicinity of Latino Peak and flowing east about 8 miles to Tucker Glacier just south of Pearl Harbor Glacier. The glacier was named by ACAN for Kenneth Peterman of the National Geospatial-intelligence Agency (NGA). Mr. Peterman was instrumental in facilitating access to, and distribution of sub-meter commercial satellite imagery to the US Antarctic and Arctic science communities. Prior to Ken’s work, the principal sources of land-surface imagery were historical air photography and coarse resolution satellite imagery (typically at a resolution of 15m). Mr. Peterman developed paths for the near-real-time access to commercial high-resolution satellite imagery acquired for US Government use by NGA so that the Polar Geospatial Center (PGC) could exploit the data for emergency and safety purposes. His work also made it possible to collect repeat imagery of biological hotspots, areas of change in glaciers, ice sheets, and permafrost phenomena, as well as geologic outcrops, sea ice, and other areas of scientific interest. This imagery has provided new insight into time-dependent processes that were poorly understood or never before seen. The sub-meter imagery mosaic made from imagery provided by this program is being used by PGC to improve the geographic coordinates in the ACAN place names database for the Antarctic. Mr. Peterman spent the 2012-2013 season at McMurdo Station, the Dry Valleys, and around the area of McMurdo Sound.|11/08/2017|
19631|Smith Peak|Summit|654450S|0643803W|-65.7472222|-64.6341667|482|1581|10/17/2017|A peak, at the southwest entrance to Bigo Bay at the western tip of Fontaine Heights in the central part of Graham Coast almost 10 miles south of Chavez Island and about 7 miles southwest of the Lizard Island-Correo Islotes complex. The islands are named by ACAN for Dr. Craig R. Smith of the University of Hawaii Manoa. Dr. Smith was awarded the 2016 Senckenberg Prize and Award for his studies in various ecosystems in the Antarctic as well as in mangroves, submarine canyons, at cold seeps, continental slopes, and on deep-sea plains. He and his research team contributed education materials to the 2008 Antarctic LARISSA Project (NSF project to study the environmental change in Antarctica's Larsen Ice Shelf System and its global change implications) website that was utilized by students from more than 80 countries. Dr. Smith's 2012 discovery of a population of deep sea king crabs living in the Palmer Deep off Palmer Station generated worldwide media coverage. Dr. Smith has led eleven NSF-sponsored research cruises to the Antarctic Peninsula, where he has pioneered the study of fjord systems of Antarctica.|11/08/2017|
19632|Adie Cove|Bay|652900S|0634630W|-65.4833333|-63.775|||10/17/2017|A cove, 1.5 miles (2.5 km) wide and 2.2 miles (3.5 km) long, to the east of Bachstrom Point on the northern side of Beascochea Bay, Graham Coast. The feature was named by UK-APC for Susan Adie (b. 1953) naturalist and pioneering tour guide. She is sustained contributor to the evolution of responsible Antarctic tourism through work with International Association of Antarctica Tour Operators including the development of many of the visitor management guidelines.|11/08/2017|
19633|Admiralen Glacier|Glacier|620600S|0583100W|-62.1|-58.5166667|||10/17/2017|A glacier, 1 mile (1.5 km) long flowing east between Admiralen Peak and Lange Glacier, King George Island. The glacier was named by UK-APC from proximity to Admiralen Peak to the north and after Admiralen (Kapt. Søren Andersen), the first modern floating factory ship, owned by A/S Ørnen and first operated in Admiralty Bay, January 1906.|11/08/2017|
19634|Cardell Cove|Bay|662400S|0653700W|-66.4|-65.6166667|||10/17/2017|A cove 2.8 miles (4.5 km) wide and 3.2 miles (5 km) long to the north of Phantom Point on the north-eastern side of Darbel Bay, Loubet Coast. The bay was named by UK-APC in association with Cardell Glacier and with the names grouped in this area of pioneers in the prevention of snow-blindness. John Douglas Magor Cardell (1896-1966), English ophthalmic surgeon, who in co-operation with Messrs Theodore Hamblin Ltd (Hamblin Glacier, q.v.) in 1933 evolved the first satisfactory snow-goggle design, combining adequate protection and ventilation with safety and visual field.|11/08/2017|
19635|Crosbie Point|Cape|664836S|0663334W|-66.81|-66.5594444|||10/17/2017|A point between Demel Cove and Skog Bay, and forming the northwest boundary of Wilkinson Glacier, Arrowsmith Peninsula. The point was named by UK-APC for Dr Kim Crosbie (b.1969), Environmental Manager and Operations Director (2005-2013), and Executive Director (2013-17) for the International Association of Antarctica Tour Operators (IAATO). She played a leading role in developing safe and environmentally responsible tourism in Antarctica, including working on the International Maritime Organization’s Polar Code. Dr Crosbie was awarded the Polar Medal in 2016. The name is part of a naming theme for pioneers of sustainable tourism in the Gerlache Strait and Grandidier Channel areas, including nearby Demel Cove and Skog Bay.|11/08/2017|
19636|Dalrymple Point|Cape|631114S|0552331W|-63.1872222|-55.3919444|||10/17/2017|A conspicuous rocky point, 0.6 miles (1 km) long at the eastern end of Ambush Bay, Joinville Island. The point was named by UK-APC for Alexander Dalrymple (1737 – 1808), Fellow of the Royal Society and inaugural Hydrographer of the Navy in 1795. The name continues the theme of Naval Hydrographers established at Fitzroy Point and King Point (q.v.).|11/08/2017|
19637|Demel Cove|Bay|664800S|0663300W|-66.8|-66.55|||10/17/2017|A cove, 1 mile (2.5 km) long and 0.6 mile (1 km wide) to the southeast of Holdfast Point, Loubet Coast. The cove was named by UK-APC after Captain Uli Demel (b.1944), naval architect and long serving, exploratory Antarctic passenger ship captain since 1989. He was contributor to several initiatives to strengthen safety and navigational understanding of polar water operations.|11/08/2017|
19638|Doyle Glacier|Glacier|610800S|0544600W|-61.1333333|-54.7666667|||10/17/2017|A glacier, 1.3 miles (2 km) long flowing east between Walker Point and Pygoscelis Point, Elephant Island. The glacier was named by UK-APC after Professor Frederick J. Doyle (1920 - 2013), who played a key role in the development of photogrametric mapping from space platforms. He was leader of NASA Apollo Orbital Science Photographic Team from 1969, developing camera systems used to map the surface of the moon, and for later missions to Mars, Venus and Mercury. He also developed sensors for early Landsat systems and large format cameras for the Space Shuttle.|11/08/2017|
19639|Duyvis Cove|Bay|655330S|0643400W|-65.8916667|-64.5666667|||10/17/2017|A cove, 1.5 miles (2.5 km) wide and 1.8 miles (3 km) long, to the north of Duyvis Point on the north side of Barilari Bay, Graham Coast. The cove was named by UK-APC in association with Duyvis Point, after Frits Donker Duyvis (1894-1961), Dutch pioneer of documentation, especially of the Universal Decimal Classification.|11/08/2017|
19640|Field Cove|Bay|652815S|0635130W|-65.4708333|-63.8583333|||10/17/2017|A cove, 2.2 miles (3.5 km) wide and 1.8 miles (3 km) long, to the west of Bachstrom Point on the northern side of Beascochea Bay, Graham Coast. The cove was named by UK-APC after Carmen Field (1963-2016) who spent 27 years as an expedition tour guide during the establishment of Antarctic tourism, visiting Antarctica 78 times, latterly, a conservationist and Marine Science educator at the Alaska Department of Fish and Game.|11/08/2017|
19641|Georgi Point|Cape|671500S|0675430W|-67.25|-67.9083333|||10/17/2017|A prominent point between Brockhamp Islands and Mothes Point on the east coast of Adelaide Island. The point was named by UK-APC in association with the names of glaciologists grouped in this area, for Dr Johannes Georgi (1888-1972) of the German Naval Observatory, Hamburg. He was meteorologist on Wegener’s German Greenland Expedition 1930-31, and he was the meteorologist responsible for the central Ice Cap Station Eismitte. He spent a difficult winter there 1930-31 with Ernst Sorge (q.v) and Fritz Loewe (q.v.); despite great hardships they still managed to acquire valuable glaciological observations.|11/08/2017|
19642|Grosswald Bay|Bay|671200S|0674830W|-67.2|-67.8083333|||10/17/2017|A bay on the east side of Adelaide Island. The bay was named by UK-APC for Mikhail Grosswald (1921-2007) Professor at the Institute of Geography (Russian Academy of Sciences) and one of the founders of glaciology in Russia. He was also an honorary academician of the Royal Swedish Academy of Sciences.|11/08/2017|
19643|Heleva Glacier|Glacier|610800S|0544800W|-61.1333333|-54.8|||10/17/2017|A glacier, 1.3 miles (2 km) long flowing south between Pygoscelis Point and Nelly Point, directly south of The Cornet, Elephant Island. The glacier was named by UK-APC after Uuno (Uki) Vilho Helava (1923-1994) who developed the concepts underlying modern photogrametry in the late 1950s and implemented these in both early analytical stereo-plotters and the first complete digital photogrammetry workstation, 1982-85. He also founded Helava Asssociates (1979) where he developed widely used photogrametric instruments and software in association with Leica and BAe Systems.|11/08/2017|
19644|Hoek Bay|Bay|655815S|0650530W|-65.9708333|-65.0916667|||10/17/2017|A bay, 1.6 miles (2.5 km) wide and 1.8 miles (3 km) long at the terminus of Hoek Glacier. The bay was named by UK-APC after Henry William Hoek (1875-1951), pioneer Swiss (originally German) ski-mountaineer and author of Der Schi und seine sportliche Benutzung (München, 1906), one of the earliest skiing manuals.|11/08/2017|
19645|Hopkins Cove|Bay|663535S|0654300W|-66.5930556|-65.7166667|||10/17/2017|A cove, 1.5 miles (2.5 km) wide and 2.2 (3.5 km) long on the eastern side of Darbel Bay, Loubet Coast, and named in association with Hopkins Glacier. The cove was named by UK-APC after Sir Frederick Gowland Hopkins (1861-1947), founder of the School of Biochemistry and Professor of Biochemistry, University of Cambridge, 1914-1943, who made pioneering investigations on synthetic diets and vitamins of importance to the development of sledge rations; Nobel Laureate in medicine, 1929.|11/08/2017|
19646|IAATO Islands|Island|654500S|0652500W|-65.75|-65.4166667|||10/17/2017|A chain of islands east of Renaud Island, west of Grandidier Channel, and north of Maskelyne Passage. They extend southwest between Huddle Rocks and Cat Island, including Trivial Islands and Vieugué Island, but excluding Lacuna Island and Martin Islands. The islands are named by UK-APC after the International Association of Antarctica Tour Operators, founded in 1991 to advocate and promote the practice of safe and environmentally-responsible private-sector travel to the Antarctic. The islands are conspicuous landmarks on a voyage through Grandidier Channel.|11/08/2017|
19647|Jolle Island|Island|644122S|0623805W|-64.6894444|-62.6347222|||10/17/2017|An island, about 30 miles (50 km) long between Cuverville Island and Rongé Island, Danco Coast. The island was named by UK-APC for Jolle, which is the Norwegian name for a water-boat, following the theme of names from the whaling era in this area. This area was used as an anchorage by whalers in the early twentieth century and the island has anchorage chains and a water-boat.|11/08/2017|
19648|Keith Glacier|Glacier|661900S|0653700W|-66.3166667|-65.6166667|||10/17/2017|A glacier, 4.5 miles (7.5 km) wide and 3.2 miles (5 km) long, flowing southwest from Widmark Ice Piedmont into Darbel Bay, Loubet Coast. The glacier was named by UK-APC after Keith Shackleton (1923-2015) artist, illustrator, and naturalist. He was a pioneer of Antarctic tourism from 1969, and Trustee of UK Antarctic Heritage Trust as well as MBE for services to wildlife conservation, 2012.|11/08/2017|
19649|Kraus Glacier|Glacier|643600S|0631700W|-64.6|-63.2833333|||10/17/2017|A glacier, 1.8 miles (3 km) long flowing north from Mount Français into Fournier Bay, Anvers Island. The glacier was named by UK-APC after Karl Kraus (1939-2006), Professor and Head of the Institute of Photogrametry and Remote Sensing, Technical University of Vienna, 1974-2006. He researched and published widely on new techniques in digital photogrammetry, laser scanning and Digital Elevation Model extraction, and quality assessment. He was author of five key textbooks on photogrametry and remote sensing.|11/08/2017|
19650|Lampe Cove|Bay|663120S|0654000W|-66.5222222|-65.6666667|||10/17/2017|A cove, 1 mile (1.5 km) wide and 1.2 miles (2 k long flowing west into Darbel Bay, Loubet Coast. The cove was named by UK-APC in association with Lampe Glacier, which is after Captain Karl-Ulrich Lampe (b. 1937), long serving and exploratory Antarctic passenger ship captain since 1987. He is contributor to several initiatives to strengthen safety and navigational understanding of polar water operations.|11/08/2017|
19651|Lampe Glacier|Glacier|663215S|0653500W|-66.5375|-65.5833333|||10/17/2017|A glacier, miles (8 km) long and 1 mile (1.5 km) wide flowing west into Lampe Cove, Darbel Bay, from Mount Bain. The glacier was named by UK-APC in association with Lampe Cove, which is named after Captain Karl-Ulrich Lampe (b. 1937). He is long serving and exploratory Antarctic passenger ship captain since 1987, and contributor to several initiatives to strengthen safety and navigational understanding of polar water operations.|11/08/2017|
19652|Lettner Glacier|Glacier|655815S|0645800W|-65.9708333|-64.9666667|||10/17/2017|A glacier, 5.3 miles (8.5 km) long and 1.5 miles (2.5 km) wide, flowing northwest from Mount Paulcke towards Harrison Passage, Graham Coast. The glacier was named by UK-APC after Rudolf Lettner, Austrian climber and mountain skier, in association with names of pioneers of ski-mountaineering grouped in this area. He developed the use of steel edges for skis, improving control on steep and icy slopes, and which was patented 1926.|11/08/2017|11/08/2017
19653|Loewe Island|Island|671255S|0674920W|-67.2152778|-67.8222222|||10/17/2017|An island, 0.7 mile (1.1 km) long, about 1.5 miles (2.5 km) to the north of Mothes Point in Barlas Channel. The feature was an isthmus in 1960 when the names in this area were allocated. It is now separated from Adelaide Island by a 0.6 mile (1 km) wide channel. The island was named by UK-APC in association with the names of glaciologists grouped in this area, and is for Dr Fritz Loewe (1895-1974) of the German Aviation Weather Bureau, Berlin. He was, glaciologist on Wegener’s German Greenland Expedition of 1930-31. He spent a difficult winter at the central Ice Cap Station Eismitte 1930-1931 with Ernst Sorge (q.v) and Johannes Georgi (q.v.). Despite great hardships, including amputation of Loewe’s toes due to frostbite, they still managed to acquire valuable glaciological observations. He later worked at the Scott Polar Research Institute, founded the first meteorological institute in Australia, and was a member of further polar expeditions.|11/08/2017|
19654|Mount Ivins|Ridge|655800S|0632954W|-65.9666667|-63.4983333|||10/17/2017|The most prominent mountain in a series of peaks between Fleece Glacier and Leppard Glacier, Graham Land. The feature is a 3 mile (4.2 km) long ridge rising to about 2000 m (610 feet), and is mainly snow-covered but with extensive rock outcrops along the ridge and on the southwest flank. The ridge was named by UK-APC for Dr Erik Ivins (b.1949), Senior Research Scientist at the NASA Jet Propulsion Laboratory, Pasedena, California. Dr. Ivins carried out influential research on glacial isostatic adjustment, with particular focus on Antarctica’s response to past and present ice-sheet change.|11/08/2017|11/08/2017
19655|Mount Plummer|Summit|731736S|0631123W|-73.2933333|-63.1897222|1473|4833|10/17/2017|A prominent nunatak with a distinctive steep sided summit ridge 5 miles (8 km) west-northwest of Mount Heer with an elevation of 1474 m (449 feet). The nunatak was named by UK-APC for Charles C. Plummer of the US Geological Survey, Denver, Colorado, USA. He was a geologist on the first major geological fieldwork campaign in southern Palmer Land, 1969-1970. This expedition, led by Paul Williams (q.v) laid the foundations for subsequent sustained geological fieldwork in southern Palmer Land. He was later Professor in the Geology Department at California State University in Sacramento, California USA.|11/08/2017|
19656|Peter Glacier|Glacier|663730S|0661500W|-66.625|-66.25|||10/17/2017|A glacier, 7.5 miles (12 km) long and 3.2 miles (5 km) wide flowing north from Protector Heights into Darbel Bay, Loubet Coast. The glacier was named by UK-APC after Sir Peter Scott (1909-1989) an influential conservationist of the 20th century, wildlife artist, and pioneer of Antarctic tourism. He founded the Wildfowl and Wetlands Trust, and was founder and first chairman of the World Wildlife Fund (WWF) as well as originator of the World Conservation Union Red Data Books.|11/08/2017|
19657|Phillipa Glacier|Glacier|664000S|0660500W|-66.6666667|-66.0833333|||10/17/2017|A glacier 5 miles (8 km) long and 1.5 miles (2.5 km) wide flowing northeast from Protector Heights into Darbel Bay. The glacier was named by UK-APC after Lady Philippa Scott (1919-2010). She was wife of Sir Peter Scott, and was a conservationist, wildlife photographer, and pioneer of Antarctic wildlife tourism.|11/08/2017|
19658|Poncet Point|Cape|663600S|0654600W|-66.6|-65.7666667|||10/17/2017|A point on the southeastern side of Darbel Bay, Loubet Coast, and to the south of Hopkins Cove. The point was named by UK-APC after Jérôme Poncet (b. 1946), exploratory sailor and boat builder. He is a pioneer of yacht-based exploration in Antarctica since 1973, supporting many scientific and filming expeditions in yachts Damien II and Golden Fleece. He was awarded the Queen’s Polar Medal in 2016.|11/08/2017|
19659|Schoeling Glacier|Glacier|635400S|0592100W|-63.9|-59.35|||10/17/2017|A glacier flowing northwest into Lindblad Cove, Charcot Bay, Graham Land. It lies 1.3 miles (2 km) northeast of McNeile Glacier and is the middle glacier flowing into Lindblad Cove. The glacier was named by UK-APC in association with Lindblad Cove and Landau Glacier, and for Darrel Schoeling (b.1958), IAATO Executive secretary 1994-1998. He wrote the first joint Initial Environmental Evaluation for ship-based Antarctic tourism in 1996. He was United States delegate to Antarctic Treaty Consultative Meeting (ATCM) 1992-1998, also led preparation of ‘Guidance for Visitors to the Antarctic’, a key document in the development of ATCM Recommendation XVIII-1 in 1994.|11/08/2017|
19660|Skog Bay|Bay|665300S|0662800W|-66.8833333|-66.4666667|||10/17/2017|A bay, 8.7 miles (14 km) wide and 4.3 miles (7 km) long, between Holdfast Point and Orford Cliff to the east of Andresen Island, Loubet Coast. The bay was named by UK-APC for Captain Leif Skog (b.1948), long serving and exploratory Antarctic passenger ship Captain since 1984. H was Chairman of the IAATO Marine Committee, and led development of several initiatives to strengthen safety and navigational understanding of polar water ship operations such as the IAATO-wide Emergency Contingency Plan and a crowd sourcing scheme to improve bathymetric data for Antarctica.|11/08/2017|
19661|Smith Glacier|Glacier|654500S|0641800W|-65.75|-64.3|||10/17/2017|A glacier, 5 miles (8 km) long and 1.8 miles (3 km) wide flowing northwest from between Mount Bigo and Mount Perchot into Bigo Bay, Graham Coast. The glacier was named by UK-APC for G. Joan Smith (b. 1931), in association with the names of pioneers of documentation grouped in this area. She was British Antarctic Survey archivist and registrar 1979-1991, and set up the BAS Archives, its classification scheme, and computer database. She is a pioneer of computerization within the UK archive and records management community, and convener of UK Society of Archivists’ working party on technical standards for preservation of born-digital records. She established BAS as a Place of Deposit under the UK National Archives for records of UK national operator activity in Antarctica.|11/08/2017|11/08/2017
19662|Splettstoesser Glacier|Glacier|661300S|0653000W|-66.2166667|-65.5|||10/17/2017|A glacier, 5 miles (8 km) long and 1 mile (1.5 km) wide flowing north from Widmark Ice Piedmont into Holtedahl Bay, Graham Coast. The glacier was named by UK-APC for John Splettstoesser (1934-2016), US geologist who worked in Antarctica 1960-1986. From 1983, he was a leading figure in the development of Antarctic tourism and the International Association of Antarctica Tour Operators. He guided and lectured on tours to Antarctica and the sub-Antarctic Islands for several decades, and represented IAATO at several Antarctic Treaty Consultative Meetings as well as contributed to Antarctic science and legislation in the U.S.|11/08/2017|
19663|Stadium Glacier|Glacier|610700S|0544400W|-61.1166667|-54.7333333|||10/17/2017|A glacier, 2.5 miles (4 km) long flowing east into the unnamed cove between Cape Valentine and Walker Point, Elephant Island. The feature was named by UK-APC in association with The Stadium, the cirque that is the source of the glacier. The feature was named Stadium Glacier by Furse (Elephant Island, an Antarctic Expedition, 1979, p.127), but the name was not adopted at the time.|11/08/2017|11/08/2017
19664|Torlegård Glacier|Glacier|675700S|0665230W|-67.95|-66.875|||10/17/2017|A glacier, 3.8 miles (6 km) long to the east of Mount Wilcox, flowing northwest into Square Bay, Fallières Coast, Graham Land. The glacier was named by UK-APC after Kennert Torlegård (1937-2016) Professor of Photogrametry at the Royal Institute of Technology in Stockholm, 1974-2001. He played an important role in the development of photogrametric data capture for Digital Elevation Models in the 1980s. He was Secretary General of International Society for Photogrametry and Remote Sensing 1984-1988 and president, 1988-1992 as well as Chair of the ISPRS working group on data capture for Digital Elevation Models 1980-1984.|11/08/2017|
19665|Urbanek Icefall|Glacier|620830S|0583130W|-62.1416667|-58.525|||10/17/2017|An icefall, 0.6 mile (1 km) long between Polar Committee Icefall and Ladies Icefall (UK-APC approved), on the north side of Ezcurra Inlet, Admiralty Bay, King George Island. The icefall was named by UK-APC after Professor Adam Urbanek, paleontologist, and past president of the Committee on Polar Research of the Polish Academy of Sciences.|11/08/2017|11/08/2017
19666|Useless Island|Island|644303S|0625156W|-64.7175|-62.8655556|||10/17/2017|A low, rocky island about 300 meters (984 feet) long, about 100 meters (328 feet) east of Useful Island, and west of Rongé Island, Gerlache Strait. The island was named by UK-APC in association with the larger island named Useful Island, immediately to the west.|11/08/2017|
19667|Vinogradov Point|Cape|671200S|0674600W|-67.2|-67.7666667|||10/17/2017|A prominent point on the east side of Adelaide Island extending into Barlas Channel. The point was named by UK-APC for Oleg Nikolayevich Vinogradov (1926-2004), who was a cartographer and geodesist at the Institute of Geography (Russian Academy of Sciences). He was one of the project leaders оn the Catalogue Of Glaciers in the USSR and Atlas of Global Snow and Glacial Resources.|11/08/2017|11/08/2017
19668|Widdowson Cove|Bay|664305S|0654600W|-66.7180556|-65.7666667|||10/17/2017|A cove, 2.8 miles (4.5) km wide and 4.7 miles (7.5) km long on the south side of Darbel Bay, Loubet Coast. The cove was named by UK-APC in association with Widdowson Glacier and with the names of biochemists grouped in this area. Dr. Elsie May Widdowson (1906-2000), of the Department of Experimental Medicine, University of Cambridge, 1938-1966, was joint author with R.A. McCance (McCance Glacier, q.v.) of The chemical composition of foods (London, 1940), a fundamental work containing all the quantitative data required for calculating expedition ration requirements other than vitamins.|11/08/2017|11/08/2017
19669|Znosko Glacier|Glacier|620600S|0582900W|-62.1|-58.4833333|||10/17/2017|A glacier, 1 mile (1.5 km) long south of Crépin Point, King George Island, flowing between Wegger Peak and Admiralen Peak into Admiralty Bay. The glacier was named by UK-APC in honor of Professor Jerzy Znosko, a Polish geologist.|11/08/2017|11/08/2017
19670|Polar Committee Glacier|Glacier|620800S|0583000W|-62.1333333|-58.5|||10/17/2017|A glacier, 1.3 miles (2 km) long south of Klekowski Crag, King George Island. The glacier was named by UK-APC for the Committee on Polar Research of the Polish Academy of Sciences.|11/08/2017|
19687|Dromedary Platform|Plain|781757S|1632103E|-78.2991667|163.3508333|655|2149|10/17/2017|A normally ice-free plateau in the Royal Society Range of Victoria Land situated between Mount Dromedary on the west and The Bulwark on the east, and just west of Koettlitz Glacier.|12/11/2017|12/11/2017
19707|Whillans Subglacial Lake|Lake|841417S|1532916W|-84.2380556|-153.4877778|||07/17/2018|A subglacial lake, in Marie Byrd Land on Gould Coast about 135 miles northeast of Prince Olav Mountains, and situated beneath the northern downstream part of Whillans Ice Stream, which drains north from Harold Byrd Mountains. The feature was named by ACAN in association with Whillans Ice Stream under which the feature is located.|07/31/2018|08/03/2018
19708|Mercer Subglacial Lake|Lake|843915S|1492948W|-84.6541667|-149.4966667|||07/17/2018|A subglacial lake, in Marie Byrd Land on Gould Coast about 150 miles northeast of Prince Olav Mountains, and situated beneath the northern downstream part of Mercer Ice Stream, which drains north from Harold Byrd Mountains. The feature was named by ACAN in association with Mercer Ice Stream under which the feature is located.|07/31/2018|08/03/2018
19709|Engelhardt Subglacial Lake|Lake|834308S|1572949W|-83.7188889|-157.4969444|||07/17/2018|A subglacial lake, near the junction of Gould Coast and Siple Coast, in Marie Byrd Land on Amundsen Coast about 135 miles northeast of Prince Olav Mountains, and situated beneath the northern downstream part of Whillans Ice Stream, which drains north from Harold Byrd Mountains and the subglacial location is adjacent to Engelhardt Ice Ridge. The feature was named by ACAN in association with Engelhardt Ice Ridge, which is at the surface near the subglacial location.|07/31/2018|07/31/2018
19710|Conway Subglacial Lake|Lake|842336S|1483603W|-84.3933333|-148.6008333|||07/17/2018|A subglacial lake, in Marie Byrd Land on Gould Coast about 135 miles northeast of Prince Olav Mountains, adjacent to Conway Ice Ridge, which is between Whillans Ice Stream and Mercer Ice Stream and the subglacial lake is situated beneath the northern downstream part of Whillans Ice Stream, which drains north from Harold Byrd Mountains. The feature was named by ACAN in association with Conway Ice Ridge, which is on the surface near the location of the subglacial lake.|07/31/2018|08/03/2018
19711|Imray Bay|Bay|603220S|0453645W|-60.5388889|-45.6125|||07/17/2018|A bay on the north coast of Coronation Island between Conception Point and Prong Point, west of Ommaney Bay. Named by UK-APC for James Imray (1803-1870), founder of James Imray and Son Ltd, publisher of an extensive list of charts and pilot books and forerunner of independent chart publishers Imray, Laurie, Norie and Wilson Ltd. In association with Findlay Point, Laurie Island and Purdy Point, other leading C19 compilers and publishers of charts and nautical directories.|07/31/2018|07/31/2018
19712|Lancing Bay|Bay|603345S|0455900W|-60.5625|-45.9833333|||07/17/2018|A bay on the west side of Coronation Island, west of Pomona Plateau. Named by UK-APC for SS Lancing, a whaling factory ship operated by Norwegian whaling firm Hvalfanger A/S Globus, which worked in waters off South Orkney Islands 1925-27. The Lancing is notable as the first whaling factory ship to be fitted with a stern slipway and pioneered the practice of pelagic whaling without the need for shore stations.|07/31/2018|07/31/2018
19713|Memorial Point|Cape|644845S|0630140W|-64.8125|-63.0277778|||07/17/2018|A point at the western end of Lemaire Island. Named by UK-APC to commemorate all those British personnel who died whilst working in Antarctica and who have not been commemorated individually.|07/31/2018|07/31/2018
19714|Mount Daynes|Summit|641212S|0590635W|-64.2033333|-59.1097222|936|3071|07/17/2018|A locally prominent peak rising to 936 m at the south-eastern end of the promontory between Boydell and Sjögren Glaciers. Named by UK-APC for Roger Daynes (b.1942), meteorologist and BC at Halley 1971-73. Co-founder, owner and Director of Snowsled Ltd 2000-16, Manufacturers of Nansen sledges and pyramid tents for BAS since 1988 and designers and suppliers of polar equipment to many national polar research programs and expeditions.|07/31/2018|08/08/2018
19715|Norie Bay|Bay|603642S|0452234W|-60.6116667|-45.3761111|||07/17/2018|A bay on the north side of Coronation Island. South east of Findlay Point and west of Palmer Bay. Named by UK-APC for John William Norie (1772-1843), hydrographer, chart maker and publisher of nautical books as J.W Norie and co. Most famous for his Epitome of Practical Navigation (1805) which became a standard work on navigation. Forerunner of independent chart publishers Imray, Laurie, Norie and Wilson Ltd. In association with Findlay Point, Laurie Island and Purdy Point, other leading C19 compilers and publishers of charts and nautical directories.|07/31/2018|07/31/2018
19716|Rochette Point|Cape|603730S|0451655W|-60.625|-45.2819444|||07/17/2018|Named by UK-APC for Louis Stanislas d Arcy de la Rochette (1731-1812), Hydrographer to Laurie and Whittle, leading independent C19 publishers of maps, charts and nautical works. Named in association with Whittle Point and Sayer Bay.|07/31/2018|07/31/2018
19717|Sayer Bay|Bay|603713S|0451640W|-60.6202778|-45.2777778|||07/17/2018|A bay on the north-east coast of Coronation Island, between Crown Head and Cape Bennett. Named by UK-APC for Robert Sayer (1725-1794) a leading publisher and seller of maps and maritime charts in Georgian Britain. Notable as the publisher of the North American Pilot (1775), which included important charts made by Captain James Cook. On his death, the firm was taken over by employees Robert Laurie and James Whittle as Laurie and Whittle Ltd. forerunner of independent chart publishers Imray, Laurie, Norie and Wilson Ltd. Named in association with Rochette Point, Norie Bay and Whittle Point.|07/31/2018|07/31/2018
19718|Sherman Bay|Bay|603140S|0454600W|-60.5277778|-45.7666667|||07/17/2018|A bay on the north side of Coronation Island between Tickell Head and Conception Point. Named for R.L. Sherman, surveyor at Base H Signy Island, 1957-58. Along with J.F.D. Bridger he carried out the triangulation and traversing work for the map: South Orkney Islands, DOS 510 Series, South Orkney Islands, West Sheet. 1963.|07/31/2018|07/31/2018
19720|Whittle Point|Cape|603456S|0452300W|-60.5822222|-45.3833333|||07/17/2018|A point on north coast of Coronation Island, between Purdy Point and Findlay Point. Named by UK-APC for James Whittle (1757-1818), partner with Robert Laurie in Laurie and Whittle Ltd. (1794-1818) leading C19 publishers of maps, charts and nautical works. The firm was later taken over by Richard Holmes Laurie (Laurie Island) and was a forerunner of independent chart publishers Imray, Laurie, Norie and Wilson Ltd. In association with Purdy Point, Findlay Point and Laurie Island, other prominent C19 compilers and publishers of charts and nautical directories.|07/31/2018|07/31/2018
19721|Harrowfield Hill|Summit|745328S|1634818E|-74.8911111|163.805|95|312|07/17/2018|The hill, is 1.7km long, 95m high on Inexpressible Island, Terra Nova Bay, Antarctica. The name by NZGNB honours David Harrowfield, who has worked in the Antarctic for over 40 years, notably in archaeology and historical conservation. Most recently Harrowfield served as the historian on Heritage Expeditions New Zealand Ltd’s Antarctic tours.|07/31/2018|07/31/2018
19722|Karl Crest|Ridge|771628S|1664043E|-77.2744444|166.6786111|1572|5157|07/17/2018|The feature is a small ice-free feature, 1572m, on the western slope of Mount Bird, Ross Island, Antarctica. It is 1.7km west of Mount Bird’s summit. The feature is approximately 7.5-8.8km southeast of the three Adélie penguin colonies, below Adélie Glacier, Petrel Glacier, and Shell Glacier on the west coast of Mount Bird. The feature is named by NZGNB for Brian Karl, who worked as a core member of New Zealand’s Adélie penguin program in Antarctica between 1987 and 2016, and also worked closely in collaboration with the US Adélie penguin program. He retired in 2016.|07/31/2018|08/08/2018
19723|Shiraishi Peak|Summit|794033S|1553219E|-79.6758333|155.5386111|1640|5381|07/17/2018|The feature is a partially ice-free peak at 1640m, on a prominent ridge in the Meteorite Hills, south Victoria Land, Antarctica. The feature is named by NZGNB for Dr. Kazuyuki Shiraishi, an eminent geologist and in 2011, the Director-General of the National Institute for Polar Research (NIPR), Japan’s National Antarctic Program. Dr. Shiraishi has had particular involvement in the discovery, collection, and analysis of Antarctic meteorites, and completed a three-year term as Chair of COMNAP, the council formed by the leaders of national Antarctic science programs in 30 countries.|07/31/2018|08/08/2018
19727|ERS Ice Stream|Stream|725345S|0672840W|-72.8958333|-67.4777778|||07/16/2019|Glacier flowing west between Jensen Nunataks and Gunn Peaks into George VI Ice Shelf. Named after European Space Agency satellites carrying Synthetic Aperture Radar (SAR) instruments, following a naming theme in western Palmer Land for Earth Observation satellites and their sensors that have collected important data for understanding the Antarctic Ice Sheet. The European Remote Sensing (ERS) ERS-1 satellite was operational between 1991 and 1999 and was joined by ERS-2 from 1995 - 2011. The SAR systems provided high-resolution, wide-swath, all-weather, and day-and-night images, including repeat-pass interferometry for polar ice velocity measurements.|07/24/2019|07/22/2021
19728|Envisat Ice Stream|Stream|730700S|0683630W|-73.1166667|-68.6083333|||07/16/2019|Glacier flowing west into George VI Ice Shelf, northwest of Mount Vang. It is named after Envisat, a European Space Agency (ESA) satellite launched in 2002 and which operated until 2012. It carried 10 instruments including a more advanced imaging radar and radar altimeter instruments that extended data sets collected by the earlier European Remote Sensing (ERS) satellites ERS-1 and ERS-2. Following a naming theme in western Palmer Land for Earth Observation satellites and their sensors that have collected important data for understanding the Antarctic Ice Sheet.|07/24/2019|07/22/2021
19729|CryoSat Ice Stream|Stream|731800S|0695700W|-73.3|-69.95|||07/16/2019|Glacier flowing west into George VI Ice Shelf, northwest of Savin Nunatak and 25 mi (40 km) southeast of Eklund Islands. Following a naming theme in western Palmer Land for Earth Observation satellites and their sensors that have collected important data for understanding the Antarctic Ice Sheet. CryoSat-2 is a European Space Agency satellite launched in 2010 and planned to be operational until 2022. It is specifically designed for monitoring the cryosphere and uses sophisticated synthetic aperture radar altimetry and radar interferometry techniques to provide improved accuracy over rugged ice sheet margins and sea ice in polar waters.|07/24/2019|07/22/2021
19730|GRACE Ice Stream|Stream|732400S|0711800W|-73.4|-71.3|||07/16/2019|Glacier flowing west into George VI Ice Shelf, 12.5 mi (20 km) southeast of Eklund Islands. Following a naming theme in western Palmer Land for Earth Observation satellites and their sensors that have collected important data for understanding the Antarctic Ice Sheet. The National Aeronautics and Space Administration (NASA) and the German Aerospace Center's joint mission, GRACE (Gravity Recovery and Climate Experiment), was designed to map variations and changes in Earth's gravity field from which changes in mass of the Antarctic Ice Sheet can be derived. It was launched in 2002 and operated until late 2017.|07/24/2019|07/22/2021
19731|Sentinel Ice Stream|Stream|733800S|0731400W|-73.6333333|-73.2333333|||07/16/2019|Glacier flowing into George VI Ice Shelf and English Coast, northwest from Yee Nunataks and 19 mi (30 km) southeast from DeAtley Island. Following a naming theme in western Palmer Land for Earth Observation satellites and their sensors that have collected important data for understanding the Antarctic Ice Sheet. The European Space Agency developed the Sentinel suite of European Union satellites to support the Copernicus environmental and climate change monitoring program, including provision of Synthetic Aperture Radar, Altimeter, and multi-spectral datasets. The Sentinel missions began with the launch of Sentinel-1 in 2014; to date there have been five Sentinel launches.|07/24/2019|07/22/2021
19732|ALOS Ice Rumples|Glacier|733900S|0755600W|-73.65|-75.9333333|||07/16/2019|An 8.7 mi (14 km) wide group of small ice rumples in Stange Ice Shelf to the north of Nikitin Glacier and Hall Glacier. Following a naming theme in western Palmer Land for Earth Observation satellites and their sensors that have collected important data for understanding the Antarctic Ice Sheet. The Advanced Land Observing Satellite-1 (ALOS) was a mission of the Japan Aerospace Exploration Agency. It carried three instruments, including a Phased Array L-band Synthetic Aperture Radar (PALSAR) instrument that operated between 2006 and 2011 and provided polar ice velocity measurements.|07/24/2019|07/24/2019
19733|Landsat Ice Stream|Stream|733600S|0790300W|-73.6|-79.05|||07/16/2019|Glacier flowing north into Stange Ice Shelf, English Coast, west of Berg Ice Stream and east of Mount Combs. Following a naming theme in western Palmer Land for Earth Observation satellites and their sensors that have collected important data for understanding the Antarctic Ice Sheet. The NASA-United States Geological Survey (USGS) Landsat series of Earth Observation satellites has been operational since 1972. The most recent instrument is Landsat 8. For nearly 50 years, this  series of satellites have collected millions of multi-spectral images covering the visible, near-infrared and thermal parts of the spectrum at up to 15 meters resolution. Landsat data were used to generate the Landsat Image Mosaic of Antarctica (LIMA) in 2008, a collaboration between NSF, NASA and USGS which was a major milestone for advancing studies of the Antarctic ice sheets. The data remain a unique resource for global change research and have had a very significant impact on Antarctic glaciology and mapping.|07/24/2019|07/22/2021
19747|Ducklow Inlet|Bay|694900S|0752500W|-69.8166667|-75.4166667|||10/08/2019|At the northwest part of Charcot Island along western Bellingshausen Sea, just south of Mount Monique about 75 miles west of Desko Mountains and about 135 miles west of Douglas Range. Named by ACAN for Hugh Ducklow, Professor of Earth and Environmental Sciences at the Lamont-Doherty Earth Observatory. Dr. Ducklow served as Director of the NSF Long Term Ecological Research Program (LTER) at Palmer Station, Antarctica for 16 years. He is highly accomplished having made extensive, noteworthy, and exemplary contributions to the advancement of marine biology in Antarctica. Much of Dr. Ducklow’s research and activity includes seasons at Palmer Station and is associated with Charcot Island.|10/10/2019|10/10/2019
19748|Icebreaker Island|Island|665438S|0601001W|-66.9105556|-60.1669444|||10/08/2019|Until the early 1990s, it was connected to Bawden Ice Rise by shelf ice from the previously more extensive Larsen Ice Shelf. By October of 1996, the island was distinguished by glacial calving of adjacent portions of the shelf ice with indication of rock rising above sea level. The island is located on the Oscar II Coast about 69 miles west of Cape Alexander, about 68 miles south of Cape Framnes, and about 0.5 miles southeast of Bawden Ice Rise. The island is oriented northwest to southeast and measures about 0.62 miles in length and 1,250 feet in width. Named by ACAN to honor the service of numerous icebreaker ships from the USA and other countries.|10/10/2019|01/02/2020
19750|Tirohanga Hukapō|Summit|782958S|1632601E|-78.4994444|163.4336111|8481|27824|10/08/2019|On the upper northwestern slope of Mount Morning. The name means ‘glacier view’ and the feature overlooks Koettlitz Névé and Koettlitz Glacier.|10/10/2019|10/10/2019
19751|Brack Pond|Lake|780056S|1653242E|-78.0155556|165.545|||10/08/2019|Refers to its salinity, and relative to Salt Pond and Fresh Pond. One of a group of ponds subject to continuous monitoring since 1989. Name first applied by Professor S.J. de Mora (University of Auckland) during fieldwork in 1987.|10/10/2019|10/10/2019
19752|Castenholz Pond|Lake|780046S|1653307E|-78.0127778|165.5519444|||10/08/2019|Named for eminent US biologist with Antarctic connections, Professor Richard Castenholz. One of a group of ponds subject to continuous monitoring since 1989. Name first applied as 'Casten Pond' by Professor S.J. de Mora (University of Auckland) during fieldwork in 1987, modified by NZ-ANC to 'Castenholz Pond' when approved in 2019.|10/10/2019|10/10/2019
19753|Conophyton Pond|Lake|780052S|1653241E|-78.0144444|165.5447222|||10/08/2019|For cyanobacterial growths across the base of the pond that resemble conophyton stromatolites – ancient fossils. One of a group of ponds subject to continuous monitoring since 1989. Name first applied by Professor S.J. de Mora (University of Auckland) during fieldwork in 1987.|10/10/2019|10/10/2019
19754|Duet Pond|Lake|780056S|1653258E|-78.0155556|165.5494444||||The pond appeared to split in two with a small subsidiary pond in the southeastern corner. One of a group of ponds subject to continuous monitoring since 1989. Name first applied by Professor S.J. de Mora (University of Auckland) during fieldwork in 1987.|10/10/2019|10/10/2019
19755|Fogg Horne Pond|Lake|780058S|1653306E|-78.0161111|165.5516667|||10/08/2019|Named after two eminent biologists with Antarctic connections Professors G.E. Fogg and A. Horne, both of whom studied nitrogen fixation. Nitrogen fixing organisms have been found in abundance in Fogg Horne Pond. One of a group of ponds subject to continuous monitoring since 1989. Name first applied as 'Fogghorne Pond' by Professor S.J. de Mora (University of Auckland) during fieldwork in 1987, modified by NZ-ANC to Fogg Horne Pond when approved in 2019.|10/10/2019|10/10/2019
19756|Fresh Pond|Lake|780057S|1653235E|-78.0158333|165.5430556|||10/08/2019|Refers to its lack of salinity relative to Salt Pond and Brack Pond. One of a group of ponds subject to continuous monitoring since 1989. Name first applied by Professor S.J. de Mora (University of Auckland) during fieldwork in 1987.|10/10/2019|10/10/2019
19757|Orange Pond|Lake|780050S|1653318E|-78.0138889|165.555|||10/08/2019|For the conspicuous orange-colored cyanobacterial mats that coat the base of the pond. One of a group of ponds subject to continuous monitoring since 1989. Name first applied by Professor S.J. de Mora (University of Auckland) during fieldwork in 1987.|10/10/2019|10/10/2019
19758|Pond Seventy|Lake|780053S|1653309E|-78.0147222|165.5525|||10/08/2019|70th pond counted in an initial survey of ponds in the area in 1989. One of a group of ponds subject to continuous monitoring since 1989. Name first applied as 'Pond P70' by Professor S.J. de Mora (University of Auckland) during fieldwork in 1987, modified by NZ-ANC to Pond Seventy when approved in 2019.|10/10/2019|10/10/2019
19759|Salt Pond|Lake|780058S|1653243E|-78.0161111|165.5452778|||10/08/2019|For the salt crystals (predominantly sodium sulphate) surrounding the pond and refers to its salinity. A theme with Brack Pond and Fresh Pond. One of a group of ponds subject to continuous monitoring since 1989. Name first applied by Professor S.J. de Mora (University of Auckland) during fieldwork in 1987.|10/10/2019|10/10/2019
19760|Skua Pond|Lake|780048S|1653305E|-78.0133333|165.5513889|||10/19/2019|For a pair of nesting Skua in the immediate vicinity of the pond in 1989. One of a group of ponds subject to continuous monitoring since 1989. Name first applied by Professor S.J. de Mora (University of Auckland) during fieldwork in 1987.|10/10/2019|10/10/2019
19761|Oliver Bluffs|Cliff|850713S|1644515E|-85.1202778|164.7541667|||10/08/2019|Mostly ice-free bluffs 1 mi (1.6 km) long on the northwest of Dominion Range adjacent to Beardmore Glacier in Meyer Desert (ice-free area) about 6 mi (10 km) south-southwest of Plunket Point and the confluence of Beardmore Glacier and Mill Glacier. Named by New Zealand Geographic Board Ngā Pou Taunaha o Aotearoa for geologist Dr. Robin Langford Oliver (1921-2001) who is recorded as being the first person to study the feature in 1961, and the first team here since Scott’s expedition returned from the South Pole in 1912-1913. The name is in common and long-term use in scientific publications (33 years). The feature is important to geology, paleontology, and climate science as one of the most southerly deposits of Neogene fossils. Dr. Oliver’s first Antarctic expedition was in 1959-60 (NZ Alpine Club expedition), where he served as Chief Geologist. Dr Oliver spent most of his career as a Lecturer and then Senior Lecturer of geology at the University of Adelaide and made seven trips to Antarctica.|10/10/2019|10/10/2019
19762|Room With A View|Locale|774157S|1671109E|-77.6991667|167.1858333||||The site of a regular field camp, overlooking Sultans Head Rock, Hut Point Peninsula approximately 12 miles (19.5 km) from Scott Base. The site regularly features on Familiarization Trips from Scott Base and McMurdo Station. The name is for the site of a regular field camp near Sultans Head Rock, and the ‘IMAX Crevasse’ (unofficial place name). Familiarization trips around Ross Island by Antarctica New Zealand can include the site as it is on the Ross Island Trail System.|10/10/2019|10/10/2019
19767|Mount Yost|Summit|724931S|1675624E|-72.8252778|167.94|3017|9898|10/08/2019|A summit, mostly ice-covered mountain just west of Stever Ridge in the Victory Mountains, Victoria Land. The mountain, which rises to just over 3,000 meters, is 2 miles east-southeast of Mount Payne, 6 miles east-southeast of Mount Randall, and just over 10 miles east of Mount Burrill, features with which the name is associated. Mount Yost honors Louis A. Yost IV, geographer and toponymist, and Executive Secretary, U.S. Board on Geographic Names, 2006-2019, whose office includes responsibility for geographic nomenclature in Antarctica.|11/07/2019|11/07/2019
19787|Córdova Nunatak|Summit|723756S|1653707E|-72.6322222|165.6186111|||10/15/2019|An outlier nunatak at the extreme northern extension of The Pleiades, a cluster of volcanic vents about 50 miles west of Victory Mountains. Córdova Nunatak is 21 miles northwest of Lawrence Peaks and 9 miles north-northeast of Mount Atlas. The Pleiades is named for a prominent cluster of stars, also known as “The Seven Sisters,” in the constellation Taurus. Named by the U.S. Board on Geographic Names Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names for Dr. France A. Córdova, an astrophysicist and the 14th Director of the U.S. National Science Foundation (NSF); President Emerita of Purdue University; Chancellor Emerita of the University of California, Riverside; former Chair of the Smithsonian Board of Regents; former member of NSF’s National Science Board; and the first woman to serve as NASA’s chief scientist.|02/06/2020|02/06/2020
19807|Isla Viola|Island|641654S|0615954W|-64.2816667|-61.9983333|||02/10/2020|Ice-covered island in Palmer Archipelago, 1.2 miles east of Lecointe Island, 5.5 miles northeast of Pampa Island, and 0.5 mile southeast of Guesalaga Island in the northern Gerlache Strait. Named in 1963 by Chilean national name authority, adopted and approved by the US Board on Geographic Names Advisory Committee on Antarctic Names in 2020.|02/11/2020|02/11/2020
19827|Rudolph Peak|Summit|842642S|1763955E|-84.445|176.6652778|2477|8127|04/20/2021|In Hughes Range, at the head of Millington Glacier, just east of Mount Bronk, and 45 miles east of Beardmore Glacier. Mr. Rudolph served as a key member of the United States delegation to the Antarctic Treaty Consultative Meeting for 23 years, from 1997 to 2019. His expertise in international law, organizations, and collaborative skills, as well as participation in numerous policy and operational matters added significant value to the U.S. delegation and overall Treaty policy related to many complex issues for decades.|04/20/2021|04/20/2021
19847|Fafnir Ridge|Ridge|695226S|0700423W|-69.8738889|-70.0730556|||07/20/2021|Rock ridge 0.9 mi. (1.5 km.) long, to the north of Draco Spur, at the northern end of Finlandia Foothills. Named after a dragon in Norse Mythology, following a theme of names for dragons in this area. The area had not been visited previously and the first field party (January 2018) were reminded of old maps and charts where uncharted areas were decorated with dragons and other mythical beasts.|07/20/2021|07/21/2021
19848|Draco Spur|Ridge|695251S|0700349W|-69.8808333|-70.0636111|||07/20/2021|Rock ridge 0.6 mi. (1 km.) long, to the south of Fafnir Ridge, at the northern end of Finlandia Foothills. The name is Latin for dragon, following a theme of names for dragons in this area. The area had not been visited previously and the first field party (January 2018) were reminded of old maps and charts where uncharted areas were decorated with dragons and other mythical beasts.|07/20/2021|
19849|Lindworm Glacier|Glacier|695306S|0700419W|-69.885|-70.0719444|||07/20/2021|Glacier 1.6 mi. (2.5 km.) long, flowing northeast from Dragon Peak, Finlandia Foothills. Named after a wingless dragon important in heraldry, following a theme of names for dragons in this area. The area had not been visited previously and the first field party (January 2018) were reminded of old maps and charts where uncharted areas were decorated with dragons and other mythical beasts.|07/20/2021|
19850|Dragon Peak|Summit|695422S|0700540W|-69.9061111|-70.0944444|1119|3671|07/20/2021|Peak, 3671 ft. (1119 m.), the highest point of Finlandia Foothills. The name follows a theme of names for dragons in this area and reflects that the peak is the highest in Finlandia Foothills. The area had not been visited previously and the first field party (January 2018) were reminded of old maps and charts where uncharted areas were decorated with dragons and other mythical beasts.|07/20/2021|07/21/2021
19851|Tatsu Glacier|Glacier|695505S|0700329W|-69.9180556|-70.0580556|||07/20/2021|Glacier 1.2 mi. (2 km.) long, flowing east from Dragon Peak, to the north of Ryu Ridge, Finlandia Foothills. The name is Japanese for dragon, following a theme of names for dragons in this area. The area had not been visited previously and the first field party (January 2018) were reminded of old maps and charts where uncharted areas were decorated with dragons and other mythical beasts.|07/20/2021|
19852|Ryu Ridge|Ridge|695521S|0700407W|-69.9225|-70.0686111|||07/20/2021|Ridge to the southeast of Dragon Peak, between Tatsu Glacier and Smaug Glacier, Finlandia Foothills. The name is a Sino-Japanese word for dragon, following a theme of names for dragons in this area. The area had not been visited previously and the first field party (January 2018) were reminded of old maps and charts where uncharted areas were decorated with dragons and other mythical beasts.|07/20/2021|
19853|Smaug Glacier|Glacier|695541S|0700524W|-69.9280556|-70.09|||07/20/2021|Glacier 1.9 mi. (3 km.) long flowing southeast from Dragon Peak, in the central part of Finlandia Foothills. Named after the fearsome dragon in JRR Tolkien’s novel The Hobbit (1937), following a theme of names for dragons in this area. The area had not been visited previously and the first field party (January 2018) were reminded of old maps and charts where uncharted areas were decorated with dragons and other mythical beasts.|07/20/2021|
19854|Mount Wyvern|Summit|695620S|0700729W|-69.9388889|-70.1247222|1074|3524|07/20/2021|Peak rising to 3524 ft. (1074 m.) to the south of Smaug Glacier, Finlandia Foothills, Alexander Island. Named for a two-legged dragon important in heraldry, following a theme of names for dragons in this area. The area had not been visited previously and the first field party (January 2018) were reminded of old maps and charts where uncharted areas were decorated with dragons and other mythical beasts.|07/20/2021|07/21/2021
19855|Long Heights|Cliff|695716S|0701046W|-69.9544444|-70.1794444|||07/20/2021|Buttress 8.1 mi. (13 km.) long, forming the southwestern edge of Finlandia Foothills. The name is Chinese for dragon, following a theme of names for dragons in this area. The area had not been visited previously and the first field party (January 2018) were reminded of old maps and charts where uncharted areas were decorated with dragons and other mythical beasts.|07/20/2021|
19856|Mount Arach|Summit|695753S|0700729W|-69.9647222|-70.1247222|1033|3389|07/20/2021|Peak rising to 3889 ft. (1033 m.) at the southern end of Finlandia Foothills. The name is Gaelic for dragon, following a theme of names for dragons in this area. The area had not been visited previously and the first field party (January 2018) were reminded of old maps and charts where uncharted areas were decorated with dragons and other mythical beasts.|07/20/2021|07/21/2021
19857|Bamber Glacier|Glacier|670700S|0680500W|-67.1166667|-68.0833333|||07/20/2021|Glacier on Adelaide Island, about 5.6 mi. (9 km.) long and 1.2 mi. (2 km.) wide, flowing west from between Mount Reeves and the unnamed mountains to the north, to join Fuchs Ice Piedmont north of Bond Nunatak. Named for Professor Jonathan Bamber (b. 1962), Professor of Physical Geography, University of Bristol. Specialist in using satellite altimetry to study the morphology and dynamics of the Antarctic and Greenland ice sheets, and the contribution of land ice to sea level change. President, Cryospheric Sciences Division, European Geosciences Union, 2002-07; President EGU, 2017-2019.|07/20/2021|07/20/2021
19858|Fricker Ice Piedmont|Summit|671230S|0675500W|-67.2083333|-67.9166667|||07/20/2021|Ice Piedmont about 7.5 mi. (12 km.) wide and 3.7 mi. (6 km.) long on the eastern side of Adelaide Island. It is bounded to the west and fed by glaciers descending from Mount Reeves and Mount Bouvier, and forms the coastline of Adelaide Island along Barlas Channel. Named for Professor Helen Amanda Fricker (b. 1969, UK), founder and co-lead of Polar Center at Scripps Institution of Oceanography, University of California San Diego. Glaciologist and Science Team member on NASA’s ICESat and ICESat-2 missions, and a significant figure in satellite altimetry of the Antarctic and Greenland ice sheets (especially ice shelves). She played a major role in the foundation of the field of Antarctic sub-ice sheet hydrology and active subglacial lakes. The name continues an established naming theme of glaciologists in the northern Marguerite Bay area.|07/20/2021|07/20/2021
19859|Bremner Glacier|Glacier|721300S|0623800W|-72.2166667|-62.6333333|||07/20/2021|Glacier flowing north from the Peck Range to meet Beaumont Glacier, east of Mount Wever, Palmer Land. The glacier has two arms in its upper reaches, to the west and east of the Peck Range, and is about 12.4 mi. (20 km.) long and about 2.2 mi. (3.5 km.) wide where it merges with Beaumont Glacier. Named for Mr. Steven Bremner (b. 1959), who spent 35 years as an engineer at BAS and played a key role in the development of technology for BAS science. Head of Engineering until 2019, including responsibility for scientific marine engineering for the RRS Sir David Attenborough (ship). Awarded the Fuchs Medal 2019. Named in association with an extensive group of names for marine scientists in this area, including oceanographers, marine geologists, and marine biologists.|07/20/2021|07/20/2021
19860|Hindley Glacier|Glacier|721000S|0621130W|-72.1666667|-62.1916667|||07/20/2021|Glacier flowing north from Wilson Mountains into Hilton Inlet, Palmer Land, about 12.4 mi. (20 km.) long and about 1.9 mi. (3 km.) wide at the entrance to Hilton Inlet. Named for Christopher Hindley (1948 - 2020), BAS Ships Program and Operations Manager, 2000 to 2020. He played a key role in the development of BAS marine science through programming marine scientific cruises, and was responsible for the shipping of materials for the building of Halley VI Research Station and the chartering of BAS ships for other non-Antarctic tasks. Awarded the Fuchs Medal in 2015. Named in association with an extensive group of names for marine scientists in this area, including oceanographers, marine geologists, and marine biologists.|07/20/2021|07/20/2021
19861|Bone Glacier|Glacier|720815S|0615600W|-72.1375|-61.9333333|||07/20/2021|Glacier flowing north from Wilson Mountains into Hilton Inlet, Palmer Land. About 10.6 mi. (17 km.) long and about 1.6 mi. (2.5 km.) wide at the entrance to Hilton Inlet. Named for Mr. Douglas Bone (b. 1945). He wintered at Signy 1967 and 1968 as an Assistant Biologist, and then joined the British Antarctic Survey’s Marine Life Science Division. He was a leading figure in the scientific commissioning of the RRS James Clark Ross (ship) and worked every season in Antarctica up to his retirement from BAS in 2005. He was awarded the Polar Medal in 1981, Second Clasp in 2005 and the Fuchs Medal 2005. Named in association with an extensive group of names for marine scientists in this area, including oceanographers, marine geologists, and marine biologists.|07/20/2021|07/20/2021
19862|Cape Fothergill|Cape|703500S|0745700W|-70.5833333|-74.95|||07/20/2021|Prominent cape on the north side of Latady Island, forming the eastern edge of Attenborough Strait. Named for Alastair Fothergill (b.1960). Head of BBC Natural History Unit 1992-1998. Producer of high-impact documentary series advancing public awareness of Antarctica and climate change: Life in the Freezer (1993); Blue Planet (2001); Planet Earth (2006); Frozen Planet (2011) and Our Planet (2019). Awarded the Royal Geographical Society’s Cherry Kearton Medal (1996), Patron’s Medal (2012), and OBE (2019).|07/20/2021|07/20/2021
19863|King Dome|Summit|765400S|0795500W|-76.9|-79.9166667|1350|4429|07/20/2021|Dome rising to about 4429 ft. (1350 m.) on the west side of Fowler Peninsula, Zumberge Coast, about 31 mi. (50 km.) to the west of Haag Nunataks. Named for Dr Edward King (b. 1954), geophysicist at the British Antarctic Survey from 1986. King used seismic techniques to study the structure of the Antarctic continent and surrounding ocean floor. Subsequently, he was a key part of a team that developed and used ground-penetrating radar techniques to study ice stream dynamics, including work on nearby Carlson Inlet and Evans Ice Stream. King used the instruments to undertake the first detailed geophysical study of subglacial landforms beneath any active ice sheet at the nearby Rutford Ice Stream. Awarded the Polar Medal (1999). The feature lies to the south of Evans Ice Stream, named for Dr. Stanley Evans (b. 1929), British physicist who, from 1961, developed the apparatus and technique for radio echo-sounding of ice caps and glaciers.|07/20/2021|07/21/2021
19864|Corr Dome|Summit|774600S|0751800W|-77.7666667|-75.3|550|1804|07/20/2021|Dome rising to about 1804 ft. (550 m.) at the eastern end of Fowler Peninsula, Zumberge Coast. Named for Hugh Corr, glaciologist, and radar engineer at British Antarctic Survey from 1986 to 2017. He developed and applied a range of geophysical measurement techniques, particularly ice-penetrating radar systems, from aircraft to study the ice sheet and the continental structure beneath. Corr took part in several large international collaborative projects across Antarctica including aero geophysical survey of the Gamburtsev Subglacial Mountains during the International Polar Year 2007-08. He also led the NERC Research project ‘Ice shelves in a warming world’. Awarded the Polar Medal 2005. The feature lies to the south of Evans Ice Stream, named for Dr. Stanley Evans (b. 1929), British physicist who, from 1961, developed the apparatus and technique for radio echo-sounding of ice caps and glaciers.|07/20/2021|07/21/2021
19865|Hindmarsh Dome|Summit|782438S|0802520W|-78.4105556|-80.4222222|700|2297|07/20/2021|Dome rising to over 2297 ft. (700 m.) forming the eastern part of Fletcher Promontory, bounded by Carlson Inlet to the north and Rutford Ice Stream to the South. Named for Professor Richard Hindmarsh, a glaciologist and ice sheet modeler at the British Antarctic Survey for more than 25 years. Hindmarsh developed advanced numerical models of ice sheets, including Antarctica, and worked on modelling subglacial bedforms. He undertook a series of field campaigns with BAS and the USA and New Zealand Antarctic Programs, mainly focusing on radar measurements of ice rises and ice domes.|07/20/2021|07/21/2021
19866|Pinnock Nunataks|Summit|751600S|0702000W|-75.2666667|-70.3333333|||07/20/2021|A group of nunataks extending about 5.6 mi. (9 km.) north-south and 3.7 mi. (6 km.) west-east, including Mount Smart and forming part of the Sweeney Mountains, Southern Palmer Land. Named for engineer and physicist Michael Pinnock (b. 1954). He joined British Antarctic Survey in 1976, wintered at Halley Research Station, 1977, 1978, and 1981, and established the long-running SUPERDARN radar array at Halley 1987-88. Research leader and later Board member for Science Delivery 2004-2014. Awarded the Polar Medal 1985, 2nd clasp 2013. The name extends an established naming theme of atmospheric physicists in the Merrick Mountains to the west and Sky Hi Nunataks to the north-west.|07/20/2021|07/20/2021
19867|Rodger Nunataks|Summit|750930S|0700400W|-75.1583333|-70.0666667|||07/20/2021|A group of nunataks extending about 6.2 mi. (10 km.) north-south and 4.4 mi. (7 km.) west-east, including Mount Ballard and forming part of the Sweeney Mountains, Southern Palmer Land. Named for physicist Professor Alan Rodger D.Sc. (1951-2020). He joined the British Antarctic Survey in 1972 and wintered at Faraday Research Station in 1973 and 1974. He was a key leader in space weather research, not only in the UK but worldwide. Long serving member of the BAS executive team with responsibility for science strategy, and Interim Director, 2013. Editor of the Journal of Geophysical Research: Space Physics, from 2014, and a member of the Editorial Board of Antarctic Science, from 1997. Awarded the Polar Medal in 1987, and a NASA achievement award in 1998. The name extends an established naming theme of atmospheric physicists in the Merrick Mountains to the west and Sky Hi Nunataks to the northwest.|07/20/2021|07/20/2021
19868|Dudeney Nunataks|Summit|751030S|0693530W|-75.175|-69.5916667|||07/20/2021|A group of nunataks extending about 7.5 mi. (12 km.) north-south and 3.1 mi. (5 km.) west-east, including Mount Edward and forming part of the Sweeney Mountains, Southern Palmer Land. Named for physicist Dr. John Dudeney (b. 1945). He joined British Antarctic Survey in 1966 and wintered at Faraday Station in 1967 and 1968, including as Base Commander 1968. Research scientist in the field of ionosphere/magnetosphere physics, including roles as research leader, Head of BAS science division and Deputy Director, to 2006. Chief Officer for solar-terrestrial and astronomical research for the Scientific Committee for Antarctic Research from 1992 to 1994. UK representative to the Council of Managers of National Antarctic Programs and a member of the UK delegation to the Antarctic Treaty, 1999 to 2005. Awarded the Polar Medal in 1976, 2nd clasp in 1995, and OBE 2004. The name extends an established naming theme of atmospheric physicists in the Merrick Mountains to the west and Sky Hi Nunataks to the northwest.|07/20/2021|07/20/2021
19869|Lagoon Islands|Island|673537S|0681424W|-67.5936111|-68.24|||07/20/2021|Lagoon Islands, in Léonie Islands, composed of two islands, East Lagoon Island and West Lagoon Island, separated by a 164 ft. (50 m.) wide shallow channel. The islands are never connected, even during low tides, although under some states of the tide, it is possible to cross between them wearing waders. Proposed as an Antarctic Specially Protected Area (ASPA) on the East Lagoon Island. Lying in the entrance to Ryder Bay on the southeast side of Adelaide Island. Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot. The island was charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill in February 1936.|07/20/2021|07/20/2021
19870|East Lagoon Island|Island|673535S|0681405W|-67.5930556|-68.2347222|||07/20/2021|Easternmost island of Lagoon Islands. Separated from West Lagoon Island by a 164 ft. (50 m.) wide shallow channel. The islands are never connected, even during low tides, although under some states of the tide, it is possible to cross between them wearing waders. Proposed as an Antarctic Specially Protected Area (ASPA) on this island. Lying in the entrance to Ryder Bay on the southeast side of Adelaide Island. Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot. The island was charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill in February 1936.|07/20/2021|07/20/2021
19871|West Lagoon Island|Island|673540S|0681450W|-67.5944444|-68.2472222|||07/20/2021|Westernmost island of Lagoon Islands, Ryder Bay. Separated by a 164 ft. (50 m.) wide shallow channel. The islands are never connected, even during low tides, although under some states of the tide, it is possible to cross between them wearing waders. Lying in the entrance to Ryder Bay on the southeast side of Adelaide Island. Discovered by the French Antarctic Expedition (FrAE), 1908-10, under Charcot. The island was charted by the British Graham Land Expedition (BGLE) under Rymill in February 1936.|07/20/2021|07/20/2021
19872|Mucklescarf Island|Island|673538S|0681541W|-67.5938889|-68.2613889|||07/20/2021|Small island about 197 ft. (60 m.) long, lying 656 ft. (200 m.) northeast of Kirsty Island, Ryder Bay. The island contains about 2 percent of the global population of imperial cormorants/blue-eyed shags (Phalacrocorax atriceps). ‘Muckle scarf’ is the Shetland Islands term for the cormorant, and comes from Old Norse.|07/20/2021|07/20/2021
19873|Skart Island|Island|673820S|0681020W|-67.6388889|-68.1722222|500|1640|07/20/2021|Island about 1640 ft. (500 m.) long, the largest and highest of the Mikkelsen Islands, Ryder Bay, Adelaide Island. The island contains about 2 percent of the global population of imperial cormorants/blue-eyed shags (Phalacrocorax atriceps). Skart is an Orcadian (Orkney Islands) name for shag, and comes from Old Norse.|07/20/2021|07/21/2021
19874|Laxon Bay|Bay|653730S|0660000W|-65.625|-66|||07/20/2021|Bay about 6.2 mi. (10 km.) wide and 1.9 mi. (3 km.) across between Kusunoki Point, Maurstad Point, and Palosuo Islands on the west side of Renaud Island, Biscoe Islands. Named for Professor Seymour Laxon (1963-2013), Director, Centre for Polar Observation and Modeling at University College London. His research pioneered the use of satellite altimetry to measure sea ice thickness and surface circulation in the Arctic Ocean and studied how the changing ice cover is affecting the coupling between the Arctic Ocean and the atmosphere. His work provided much of the evidence which eventually led to the launch of the European Space Agency’s CryoSat mission. The name continues an established naming theme of sea ice specialists in this area.|07/20/2021|07/20/2021
19875|Giles Bay|Bay|653200S|0654200W|-65.5333333|-65.7|||07/20/2021|Bay about 2.5 mi. (4 km.) wide and 1.9 mi. (3 km.) across between Weaver Point and Tula Point at the northern end of Renaud Island, Biscoe Islands. Named for Dr. Katherine Giles (1978-2013), Lecturer at University College London, whose research focused on sea ice, ocean circulation, and wind patterns, and pioneered the use of satellite altimetry to measure the thickness of Arctic and Antarctic sea ice. The name continues an established naming theme of sea ice specialists in this area.|07/20/2021|07/20/2021
19876|Heywood Glacier|Glacier|724500S|0614500W|-72.75|-61.75|||07/20/2021|Glacier about 11.2 mi. (18 km.) long and 1.9 mi. (3 km.) wide flowing north from the Wegener Range, Palmer Land, to the west of Heezen Glacier, to join Maury Glacier. Named for Professor Karen Heywood (b. 1961), Professor of Physical Oceanography, University of East Anglia. Leader of six oceanographic research cruises to Antarctica since 1995, including Pine Island Bay, the Weddell Sea, and the Scotia Sea. Pioneer of the use of autonomous ocean gliders. Recipient of the Challenger Medal from the Challenger Society for Marine Science, 2016, President of the Ocean Sciences Division of the European Geosciences Union, 2016-2021, and Fellow of the American Geophysical Union, 2019. Editor, Journal of Physical Oceanography, 2012-21.|07/20/2021|07/20/2021
19877|Thomas Glacier|Glacier|725100S|0610900W|-72.85|-61.15|||07/20/2021|Glacier about 14.3 mi. (23 km.) long and 1.9 mi. (3 km.) wide, flowing north from the Wegener Range, Palmer Land, between Fogg Highland and Heezen Glacier to enter Violante Inlet. Named for Professor David N. Thomas (b. 1962), Head of the School of Ocean Sciences, later Pro-Vice Chancellor for Research, Bangor University. Professor of Arctic Ecosystems Research at the University of Helsinki, and Honorary Professor in the School of Ocean Sciences, Bangor University, from 2020. Sea ice ecologist, with six expeditions to the Southern Ocean, mainly with Alfred Wegener Institute. Editor of the influential book Sea Ice. The name continues an established naming theme of Marine Biologists and Oceanographers in the area.|07/20/2021|07/20/2021
19878|Watkins Glacier|Glacier|725700S|0605100W|-72.95|-60.85|||07/20/2021|Glacier about 12.4 mi. (20 km.) long and 1.9 mi. (3 km.) wide, flowing north from the Wegener Range, Palmer Land, into Mason Inlet south of Fogg Highland and west of Clowes Glacier and Kemp Peninsula. Named for Dr. Jonathan L. Watkins (b. 1955) marine biologist at the British Antarctic Survey, 1981-2016. Specialist in the role of Antarctic krill in the Southern Ocean ecosystem, including many research cruises to South Georgia and the Scotia Sea. The name continues an established naming theme of Marine Biologists and Oceanographers in the area.|07/21/2021|07/21/2021
19879|Turner Nunatak|Summit|812750S|0262449W|-81.4638889|-26.4136111|1078|3537|07/20/2021|Low, flat-topped nunatak about 1 x 0.4 mi.(1.6 x 0.7 km.) at an altitude of 3537 ft. (1078 m.), about 18.6 mi. (30 km.) east of Whichaway Nunataks and forming the northern boundary of Hutchison Icefield. Comprised of sedimentary rock layers with petrified wood. Named after Professor Grenville Turner FRS (Fellow Royal Society) (b. 1936) pioneering lunar and meteorite scientist, Emeritus Professor at the University of Manchester. He established the University of Manchester Isotope Cosmochemistry group and his pioneering work on rare gases in meteorites led him to develop the argon–argon dating technique that demonstrated the great age of meteorites and provided a precise chronology of rocks brought back by the Apollo missions. He was one of the few UK scientists to be a Principal Investigator of the Apollo samples during the time of the USA manned Moon missions. Named in association with names of pioneering meteoriticists grouped in this area.|07/21/2021|07/21/2021
19880|Hutchison Icefield|Glacier|813030S|0261000W|-81.5083333|-26.1666667|1250|4101|07/20/2021|Icefield containing a group of blue ice areas about 18.6 mi. (30 km.) to the east of Whichaway Nunataks, covering an area of about 12.4 x 12.4 mi. (20 x 20 km.) and ranging between 3773-4101 ft. (1150-1250 m.) altitude. The area includes Karpenko Massif, Pillinger Nunatak and Turner Nunatak. Named after British meteorite scientist Dr. Robert Hutchison (1938-2007) who was the Curator of Meteorites at the Natural History Museum, London. He was Head of the Cosmic Mineralogy Research Program at the NHM, and responsible for the national meteorite collection, one of the most significant meteorite collections in the world. Awarded the Gold Medal of the Royal Astronomical Society in 2002; asteroid 5308 named Hutchison by the International Astronomical Union. Named in association with names of pioneering meteoriticists grouped in this area.|07/21/2021|07/21/2021
19881|Karpenko Massif|Ridge|813500S|0260000W|-81.5833333|-26|1300|4265|07/20/2021|Ridge of disturbed ice and blue ice areas, about 12.4 mi. (20 km.) long and at about 4265 ft. (1300 m.), running southwest to northeast to the south of Recovery Glacier and to the south of Pillinger Nunatak. Forms the southern edge of Hutchison Icefield. Named after Aleksei Illaryonovich Karpenko 1940-1982, Engineer with CAE 27 at Vostok Station who lost his life fighting a fire on the station, April 1982.|07/21/2021|07/21/2021
19882|King Glacier|Glacier|731320S|0620430W|-73.2222222|-62.075|||07/20/2021|Glacier about 15.5 mi. (25 km.) long and 1.6 mi. (2.5 km.) wide flowing east from Dana Mountains, south of Galan Ridge, into New Bedford Inlet between Mount Cummings and Court Nunatak. Named for Professor John King (b. 1955), meteorologist at British Antarctic Survey from 1984. Head of Meteorology 1988-1999, Principal Investigator and Science Leader for Climate Processes 1999-2018, Senior Atmospheric Scientist from 2018. Honorary Professor, School of Environmental Sciences, University of East Anglia, from 2018. Member of the International Commission on Polar Meteorology of the International Association of Meteorology and Atmospheric Sciences. The name continues an established naming theme of Antarctic meteorologists in this area.|07/21/2021|07/21/2021
19883|Ladkin Glacier|Glacier|730600S|0613830W|-73.1|-61.6416667|||07/20/2021|Glacier about 9.3 mi. (15 km.) long and 1.4 mi. (2.25 km.) wide flowing southwest into Mosby Glacier, Lassiter Coast, to the east of Fenton Glacier. Named for Russell Scott Ladkin (b.1966). Meteorologist at British Antarctic Survey, including wintering at Halley Research Station in 1990 and 1991. From 2005 to 2018 he was the engineer responsible for airborne meteorology instrumentation. He was the instrument engineer on an airborne meteorology campaign studying the Weddell Sea polynya (area of open water in sea ice) to the east of this area in February 2008. He was awarded the Fuchs Medal 2002 and Polar Medal 2007. The name continues an established naming theme of Antarctic meteorologists in this area.|07/21/2021|07/21/2021
19884|Turner Inlet|Glacier|732000S|0605245W|-73.3333333|-60.8791667|||07/20/2021|Inlet about 9.3 mi. (15 km.) long and 3.1 mi. (5 km.) wide at the mouth, between Simpson Head and Cape Kidson. A tributary of New Bedford Inlet. Named for Dr. John Turner (b. 1953), meteorologist at the British Antarctic Survey from 1986. Dr. Turner has had a long involvement with the Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research (SCAR) including membership of the Antarctic Climate 2100 (AntClim21) Steering Committee and Chair of the Antarctic Climate Change and the Environment Advisory Group. President of the International Association of Meteorology and Atmospheric Sciences (IAMAS) International Commission on Polar Meteorology from 1995 to 2003, and later President of IAMAS. Awarded the International Journal of Climatology Prize of the Royal Meteorological Society and the SCAR Medal for Excellence in Antarctic Research (2010). The name continues an established naming theme of Antarctic meteorologists in this area.|07/21/2021|07/21/2021
19885|Larter Glacier|Glacier|744130S|0994650W|-74.6916667|-99.7805556|||07/20/2021|Glacier about 31.1 mi. (50 km.) long and up to 12.4 mi. (20 km.) wide, flowing west into Pine Island Bay between Mount Moses and Siren Rock to the north and Webber Nunatak, Mount Manthe, and Wold Nunatak to the south. Named for Dr. Robert Larter, marine geophysicist at British Antarctic Survey since 1987. Specialist in acquisition, processing, and interpretation of seismic reflection, marine magnetic, swath bathymetry and sidescan sonar data. His research focuses on late Quaternary ice sheet history, glacial geomorphology, and glacial/glacial-marine processes. He has worked in the Amundsen Sea Embayment of West Antarctica since 2005, including four research cruises, two as Principal Investigator, in the Pine Island/Thwaites Glacier region. Principal Investigator on the Thwaites Offshore Research project (THOR) of the International Thwaites Glacier Collaboration, from 2018. Polar Medal 2009.|07/21/2021|07/21/2021
19886|Mount Cox|Summit|691003S|0704848W|-69.1675|-70.8133333|1500|4921|07/20/2021|Peak in the Rouen Mountains about 9678 ft. (2950 m.) high between Mount Hankey and Mount Hall with 4921 ft. (1500 m.) cliffs and an unnamed ridge on the east side above Peel Cirque. Named for Nicholas Cox (b. 1953) who worked for BAS for over 40 years in a variety of roles. Wintered at Signy Research Station 1976 and 1977 as boatman/builder and responsible for medical care, and Rothera 1980 as Base General Assistant, carpenter, and dog driver. Later, polar guide at Rothera 1987-88, and Base Commander at Signy to 1991. Manager of the UK’s Arctic Research station at Ny-Ålesund, Svalbard which he helped establish in 1991. Awarded the Polar Medal in 1992, Second Clasp in 2017 and MBE (Order of the British Empire) 2006.|07/21/2021|07/21/2021
19887|Mount Fiennes|Summit|693448S|0702512W|-69.58|-70.42|2550|8366|07/20/2021|Summit at about 8366 ft. (2550 m.) high on the eastern side of Elgar Uplands, Alexander Island, between Gerontius Glacier and Hampton Glacier. Named for Virginia (Ginny), Lady Twistleton-Fiennes (1947-2004). Explorer and polar radio operator, including research on very low frequency radio propagation. She played a leading role in the conception, planning, and logistics support for the Transglobe Expedition 1979-82, led by her husband Sir Ranulph Fiennes. The expedition was the first to reach both north and south poles, including crossing Antarctica, and the Arctic Ocean through the Northwest Passage. First woman invited to join the Antarctic Club 1985, first female recipient of polar medal 1987.|07/21/2021|07/21/2021
19888|Mulvaney Promontory|Summit|805030S|0541300W|-80.8416667|-54.2166667|||07/20/2021|Promontory at the southern end of Berkner Island. Named for Dr Robert Mulvaney (b. 1958), a glaciochemist with the British Antarctic Survey. Mulvaney led ice core drilling projects to bedrock on Berkner Island, James Ross Island, and Fletcher Promontory and was part of the European Project for Ice Coring in Antarctica (EPICA), as well as numerous other shallow and medium depth ice coring campaigns. He also worked on a range of ice cores from Greenland and Svalbard. He was closely linked to the technological development of continuous flow analysis of ice cores. Mulvaney was awarded the Polar Medal, 1999, OBE (Order of the British Empire) in 2009, and second clasp to the Polar Medal in 2019.|07/21/2021|07/21/2021
19889|Pudsey Bay|Bay|650100S|0651000W|-65.0166667|-65.1666667|||07/20/2021|Bay about 4.7 mi. (7.5 km.) wide and 3.7 mi. (6 km.) across between Cape Fairweather and Shiver Point, Oscar II Coast. Named for Dr. Carol Pudsey (b. 1955), who spent over twenty years at BAS as a marine geologist specializing in the Quaternary of the Scotia Sea and Weddell Sea. She integrated geophysical surveys with coring on RRS James Clark Ross (ship), taking a particular research interest in the collapsing ice shelves of the northeast Antarctic Peninsula. She was a key member of the BAS marine geology group, expanding its activities when swath bathymetry became available. First woman Principal Scientist on a BAS marine science cruise, on RRS John Biscoe (ship) in 1990, and also took part in a number of International Ocean Drilling Program cruises. Awarded the Polar Medal in 2003.|07/21/2021|07/21/2021
19890|Shanklin Glacier|Glacier|741230S|0613730W|-74.2083333|-61.625|||07/20/2021|Glacier about 7.6 mi. (12 km.) long and 2.2 mi. (3.5 km.) wide flowing south from Farman Highland into Keller Inlet. Named for Jonathan D. Shanklin (b. 1953), Meteorologist at the British Antarctic Survey from 1977, later Head of the BAS Meteorology and Ozone Monitoring Unit. He was a member of the BAS team led by Joseph Farman (Farman Highland) that discovered the Antarctic Ozone Hole in 1985. Awarded the Chree Medal (2000) from the Institute of Physics and Polar Medal 2005. The name continues an established naming theme of Antarctic meteorologists in this area.|07/21/2021|07/21/2021
19891|Tranter Glacier|Glacier|665800S|0662800W|-66.9666667|-66.4666667|||07/20/2021|Glacier about 8.7 mi. (14 km.) long and 1.9 mi. (3 km.) wide flowing northwest from Mount Deeley to enter Lallemand Fjord between Orford Cliff and Neb Bluff. Named for Professor Martyn Tranter (b. 1956), Professor of Polar Biogeochemistry, University of Bristol. Specialist in the fields of biogeochemical processes in glacial meltwater and microbial life in subglacial environments. Awarded the Polar Medal in 2010. The name continues an established naming theme of glaciologists on this part of the Antarctic Peninsula.|07/21/2021|07/21/2021
19892|Wienecke Ice Tongue|Glacier|723000S|0900000W|-72.5|-90|||07/20/2021|Conspicuous ice tongue about 10.6 mi. (17 km.) long extending from the Abbot Ice Shelf into the Bellingshausen Sea, between Farwell Island and Pfrogner Point, Fletcher Peninsula. There is an emperor penguin colony, identified on satellite imagery in 2019 located at the ice tongue. Named for Dr. Barbara Wienecke, seabird ecologist at the Australian Antarctic Division from 1993 specializing in emperor penguin research. Awarded the Australian Antarctic Medal (2013).|07/21/2021|07/21/2021
19893|Worlds End Bluff|Cliff|744852S|0995419W|-74.8144444|-99.9052778|267|876|07/20/2021|Exposed rock bluff about 0.4 mi. (0.7 km.) long and at an altitude of 876 ft. (267 m.), about 6.8 mi. (11 km.) to the south of Webber Nunatak, and to the south of Mount Manthe. Named because the site looks out unrestricted over Pine Island Ice Shelf and the Amundsen Sea, giving the feeling of being at the end of the world.|07/21/2021|07/21/2021
19894|Winkie Nunatak|Summit|745141S|0990000W|-74.8613889|-99|490|1608|07/20/2021|Nunatak about 0.6 mi. (0.9 km.) long at an altitude of 1608 ft. (490 m.), about 11.2 mi. (18 km.) to the southeast of Webber Nunatak, and south of Mount Manthe. Named after the Winkie Drill, a lightweight minerals exploration drill developed in 1956 by Canadian mining engineer F. W. Wink (1914-2007).|07/21/2021|07/21/2021
19895|Sheldon Cove|Bay|673130S|0681530W|-67.525|-68.2583333|||07/20/2021|Cove about 1.9 mi. (3 km.) wide and 2.2 mi. (3.5 km.) across at the northern end of Ryder Bay, immediately west of Stork Ridge, and with its entrance to the south. Formed by the retreat of Sheldon Glacier since the 1970s and named in association with Sheldon Glacier.|07/21/2021|07/21/2021
19896|Francis Peak|Summit|673726S|0682642W|-67.6238889|-68.445|1136|3727||Locally prominent peak 3727 ft. (1136 m.), with imposing cliffs on its eastern side, on the horseshoe shaped ridge east of Mount Liotard, Adelaide Island. It lies between Turner Glacier and Back Cirque. Named for Professor Dame Jane Francis (b. 1956), pioneering palaeobotanist and palaeoclimatologist specializing in the study of fossil plants, especially woods, and their use as tools for climate interpretation and information about past biodiversity in the polar regions. Research roles at the Universities of Southampton, London, and Adelaide, and 15 science expeditions to the polar regions. Professor of Palaeoclimatology, University of Leeds, 1991-2008 and Dean of the Faculty of Environment, University of Leeds, 2008-13. Director of the British Antarctic Survey, from 2013, and Chancellor, University of Leeds, from 2018. Awarded the Polar Medal, 2002, Geological Society of London Coke Medal, 2014, and appointed Dame Commander of the Most Distinguished Order of Saint Michael and Saint George (DCMG) in recognition of services to UK polar science and diplomacy, 2017. Director of the British Antarctic Survey during significant development of the nearby Rothera Research Station from 2018.|07/21/2021|07/21/2021
19897|Crampton Point|Cliff|623400S|0603717W|-62.5666667|-60.6213889|||07/20/2021|Promontory on the north coast of Livingston Island, 1.9 mi. (3 km.) northeast of Snow Peak and 6.2 mi. (10 km.) southeast from Black Point. Named after palaeontologist Professor James Crampton, Victoria University, Wellington, New Zealand. He worked on Byers Peninsula, Livingston Island, with British Antarctic Survey in 1990-91. Named in association with other features named for British Antarctic Survey Geologists and Polar Guides who worked on Livingston Island.|07/21/2021|07/21/2021
19898|Farmer Point|Cliff|623430S|0603437W|-62.575|-60.5769444|||07/20/2021|Promontory on the north coast of Livingston Island, 1.9 mi. (3 km.) northeast of Snow Peak and 6.2 mi. (10 km.) southeast from Black Point. Named after palaeontologist Professor James Crampton, Victoria University, Wellington, New Zealand. He worked on Byers Peninsula, Livingston Island, with British Antarctic Survey in 1990-91. Named in association with other features named for British Antarctic Survey Geologists and Polar Guides who worked on Livingston Island.|07/21/2021|07/21/2021
19899|Hathway Point|Cliff|623403S|0602814W|-62.5675|-60.4705556|||07/20/2021|Rocky Promontory on the north coast of Livingston Island, 1.9 mi. (3 km.) south-southwest of Siddins Point. Named after Dr. Ben Hathway, British Antarctic Survey geologist who worked on Byers Peninsula and Cape Shirreff in 1993-94 and made a definitive geological map of Byers Peninsula.|07/21/2021|07/21/2021
19900|Farrant Point|Cape|600054S|0604015W|-60.015|-60.6708333|||07/20/2021|South-southwestern point of Deception Island, on the outer coast of the island, between South Point and Descubierta Point. Named for Arthur Henry Farrant (1913-1953). Diesel mechanic who died whilst in service at the Falkland Island Dependencies (FIDS) base at Deception Island.|07/21/2021|07/21/2021
19901|Aguirre Point|Cliff|610540S|0544431W|-61.0944444|-54.7419444|||07/20/2021|Promontory on the north coast of Elephant Island, 3.4 mi. (5.5 km.) west from Cape Valentine. Named after León Aguirre Romero 2nd in command of the Chilean tugboat Yelcho (Cape Yelcho), which rescued 22 members of Imperial Trans Antarctic Expedition (ITAE) from Point Wild, 30 August 1916. Named in association with Cape Yelcho and Pardo Ridge [Capt. Luis Alberto Pardo Villalón (1882-1935), commander of the Yelcho].|07/21/2021|07/21/2021
19902|Téllez Point|Cliff|610550S|0544152W|-61.0972222|-54.6977778|||07/20/2021|Promontory on the north coast of Elephant Island, 1.9 mi. (3 km.) west from Cape Valentine. Named after José Muñoz Téllez, Bosun of the Chilean tugboat Yelcho (Cape Yelcho), which rescued 22 members of Imperial Trans Antarctic Expedition (ITAE) from Point Wild, 30 August 1916. Named in association with Cape Yelcho and Pardo Ridge [Capt. Luis Alberto Pardo Villalón (1882-1935), commander of the Yelcho].|07/21/2021|07/21/2021
19903|Appleton Point|Cape|611403S|0552143W|-61.2341667|-55.3619444|||07/20/2021|Rocky Point on the western coast of Elephant Island, 1.6 mi. (2.5 km.) southeast of Stinker Point. Named after Captain James Appleton of the American sealing ship Charles Shearer from Stonington, which visited the South Shetland Islands in 1874-75. The ship again sailed for the islands in 1877 but disappeared without trace and is now thought to be the remains of the wooden sailing vessel at Historic Sites and Monuments (HSM) 74 nearby.|07/21/2021|07/21/2021
19904|Walton Terraces|Cliff|673600S|0682128W|-67.6|-68.3577778|||07/20/2021|A series of rock terraces on the western side of Léonie Island, largest island of the Léonie Islands, Marguerite Bay. The site is one of the most verdant in Marguerite Bay, with rich vegetation, streams, and high numbers of birds. The terraces support an exceptional plant community with large areas of vegetation, including many closed stands of higher plants (Deschampsia antarctica, Colobanthus quitensis), mosses and a very diverse lichen flora. Named for Professor David Walton (1945-2019), BAS terrestrial biologist, 1967-1986, Head of Terrestrial and Freshwater Life Sciences Division, 1986-1996, Head of Environment and Information Division, 1996-2006. He led the development of terrestrial biology research at the nearby Rothera Research Station in the 1990s, identifying Léonie Island as an important research site. Chair - GOSEAC (Group of Specialists on Environmental Affairs and Conservation) and recipient of the SCAR medal for International Science Collaboration (2006). Founder (1989) and Editor-in-chief of the journal Antarctic Science.|07/21/2021|07/21/2021
19905|East Beach|Beach|673410S|0680659W|-67.5694444|-68.1163889|||07/20/2021|Cobble and gravel beach on the eastern side of Rothera Point, to the east of its highest point. The feature is about 1312 ft. (400 m.) long and extends about 164 ft. (50 m.) from the coast. Named descriptively.|07/21/2021|07/21/2021
19906|Hangar Cove|Bay|673352S|0680740W|-67.5644444|-68.1277778|||07/20/2021|Cove to the west of the northern end of the runway at Rothera Research Station, bounded by ice cliffs of Wormald Ice Piedmont to the west. Named descriptively from the proximity to the aircraft hangar at the station.|07/21/2021|07/21/2021
19907|Hole Peninsula|Cape|693900S|0720400W|-69.65|-72.0666667|||07/20/2021|Prominent, low-lying, largely ice-covered peninsula forming the southeastern part of Rothschild Island, adjacent to northern Alexander Island. The peninsula is about 10.6 mi. (17 km.) long, and includes the eastern part of Desko Mountains, including Schenck Peak. Named for Dr. Malcom J. Hole, (b. 1960). Senior Lecturer in Geology at the University of Aberdeen and previously a geologist at British Antarctic Survey. Dr Hole completed three geological fieldwork campaigns in Antarctica involving extended overland travel between 1983 and 1987, including working in this area in 1985-86.|07/21/2021|07/21/2021
19908|Rumble Point|Cliff|643730S|0623315W|-64.625|-62.5541667|||07/20/2021|Prominent point at the northern end of the 1.6 mi. (2.5 km.) long promontory forming the southwest entrance to Orne Harbor (Orne Harbour), Danco Coast. The promontory runs north to south and includes Spigot Peak, 948 ft. (289 m.). Named for Jane Rumble, (Order of the British Empire) OBE, (b. 1972) Head of the UK Foreign, Commonwealth, and Development Office Polar Regions Department since 2007, Deputy Commissioner for the British Antarctic Territory, Head of UK delegation to the Antarctic Treaty Consultative Meeting and UK CCAMLR (Convention for the Conservation of Antarctic Living Marine Resources) Commissioner. Awarded Honorary Doctorate of Science from the University of Leeds and (Order of the British Empire) OBE for services to Polar science, marine conservation and diplomacy in 2018.|07/21/2021|07/21/2021
19909|Dowdeswell Bay|Bay|671200S|0664900W|-67.2|-66.8166667|||07/20/2021|Bay about 5.3 mi. (8.5 km.) wide and 5 mi (8 km.) across (2021) at the southern end of Lallemand Fjord, Loubet Coast. To the west of Hooke Point and north of, and formed by the retreat of, Müller Ice Shelf. Named for Professor Julian Dowdeswell, Sc.D. (b. 1957), glaciologist studying the form and flow of glaciers and ice caps and their response to climate change, and the links between former ice sheets and the marine geological record. Director of the Scott Polar Research Institute and Professor of Physical Geography, Cambridge University 2002 to 2021. Chief Scientist on the Weddell Sea Expedition, 2019. He represented the UK on the Councils of both the Scientific Committee on Antarctic Research (SCAR) and the International Arctic Science Committee (IASC) and was Chair of the UK National Committee on Antarctic Research. Awarded the Polar Medal (1994); Founder’s Gold Medal from the Royal Geographical Society (2008); Louis Agassiz Medal from European Geosciences Union (2011), and Lyell Medal from the Geological Society of London (2018). The name continues a well-established naming theme of international glaciologists in this area.|07/21/2021|07/21/2021
19910|ICESat Ice Stream|Stream|732842S|0722510W|-73.4783333|-72.4194444|||07/20/2021|Ice stream on English Coast flowing west into George VI Ice Shelf, 20 mi (32 km) south of Eklund Islands and 33 miles (53 km) west of DeAtley Island. Following a naming theme in western Palmer Land for Earth Observation satellites and their sensors that have collected important data for understanding the Antarctic Ice Sheet. The first laser altimetry satellite; an ice, cloud, and land elevation satellite (ICESat) that mapped the surface of the world’s ice sheets and sea ice in unprecedented detail, and its capabilities led directly to major discoveries on the processes and causes of ice sheet and glacier mass loss, sub-glacial lake activity, and iceberg evolution.|07/22/2021|07/22/2021